| History log of /src/sbin |
| Revision | Date | Author | Comments |
| 1.142 | 24-Feb-2025 |
martin | Centralize the test for platforms that HAVE_EFI_RT
|
| 1.141 | 24-Feb-2025 |
martin | Restrict building of the efi userland tool to architectures providing
efi runtime serivces.
|
| 1.140 | 24-Feb-2025 |
christos | New efi program from Anon Ymous.
|
| 1.139 | 06-Jun-2022 |
nia | branches: 1.139.4;
revert bits and pieces I accidentally included in my last commit
from hannken
|
| 1.138 | 06-Jun-2022 |
nia | build system: Revert all the recent additions of MK[...] knobs that
allow conditionally disabling the building of certain user space
programs in the 'base' set.
There is not enough consensus that this is the right way and a few
people had strong objections, see source-changes-d@.
|
| 1.137 | 27-May-2022 |
nia | mk: Add a MKLFS flag for excluding the log-structured filesystem userspace
tools from the build.
|
| 1.136 | 06-Apr-2022 |
reinoud | Add the fsck_udf(8) tool to the build and release
|
| 1.135 | 24-Feb-2022 |
mrg | enable blkdiscard(8) build.
|
| 1.134 | 30-Sep-2018 |
jmcneill | Install mount_qemufwcfg everywhere instead of just x86.
|
| 1.133 | 31-Jul-2018 |
khorben | Add a port of the umb(4) driver from OpenBSD
The umb(4) driver provides support for USB MBIM (Mobile Broadband
Interface Model) devices.
MBIM devices establish connections via cellular networks such as GPRS,
UMTS, and LTE. They appear as a regular point-to-point network interface, transporting raw IP frames.
Required configuration parameters like PIN and APN have to be set with
umbctl(8), a new tool specific to this driver. The IP address is configured
automatically; the default route and DNS server information have to be set
separately.
The driver is not fully functional yet, it is therefore still marked as
experimental and disabled by default. Any help welcome to complete it!
Tested on NetBSD/amd64, with a Sierra Wireless EM7345 LTE modem on a Lenovo
ThinkPad T440s. No functional change expected otherwise.
|
| 1.132 | 14-Jan-2018 |
christos | branches: 1.132.2; 1.132.4;
Add mount_autofs
|
| 1.131 | 25-Nov-2017 |
jmcneill | Build and install mount_qemufwcfg on i386 and amd64
|
| 1.130 | 27-May-2017 |
bouyer | merge the bouyer-socketcan branch to HEAD.
CAN stands for Controller Area Network, a broadcast network used
in automation and automotive fields. For example, the NMEA2000 standard
developped for marine devices uses a CAN network as the link layer.
This is an implementation of the linux socketcan API:
https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/networking/can.txt
you can also see can(4).
This adds a new socket family (AF_CAN) and protocol (PF_CAN),
as well as the canconfig(8) utility, used to set timing parameter of
CAN hardware. Also inclued is a driver for the CAN controller
found in the allwinner A20 SoC (I tested it with an Olimex lime2 board,
connected with PIC18-based CAN devices).
There is also the canloop(4) pseudo-device, which allows to use
the socketcan API without CAN hardware.
At this time the CANFD part of the linux socketcan API is not implemented.
Error frames are not implemented either. But I could get the cansend and
canreceive utilities from the canutils package to build and run with minimal
changes. tcpudmp(8) can also be used to record frames, which can be
decoded with etherreal.
|
| 1.129 | 01-Jul-2016 |
christos | branches: 1.129.4;
cgdconfig does not need crypto.
|
| 1.128 | 04-Jun-2016 |
nonaka | nvmectl(8): Added NVM Express control utility.
Ported from FreeBSD nvmecontrol(8).
|
| 1.127 | 11-Sep-2014 |
roy | Remove rtsol(8) and rtsold(8) as their functionality is in dhcpcd(8).
Remove rtsol(8) from rc.d/network.
Add -w seconds command to ifconfig to wait for N seconds for until DAD
has finished on all addresses.
Use ifconfig -w in rc.d/network instead of a forced sleep.
As discussed on tech-net@
|
| 1.126 | 25-Dec-2013 |
christos | moved to external
|
| 1.125 | 28-Oct-2013 |
mbalmer | link luactl(8) to the build
|
| 1.124 | 23-Mar-2013 |
christos | pdisk has moved
|
| 1.123 | 24-Nov-2011 |
ahoka | branches: 1.123.6;
Import mount_chfs for CHFS.
|
| 1.122 | 15-Nov-2011 |
riz | Build and install new in-kernel iscsi initiator kernel module and associated
binaries (iscsid, iscsictl) if MKISCSI != no. Initiator can also be built
into a kernel by adding 'pseudo-device iscsi' in kernel configuration.
|
| 1.121 | 29-Aug-2011 |
mrg | branches: 1.121.2;
add the device publish daemon, written by jmcneill@.
listens on drvctl for new devices and invokes MAKEDEV for them.
missing:
- manual page
- rc.d script
- more testing
but it works well enough to make new disk nodes appear in /dev when
netbsd sees them and they're missing. you will need to make sure
you have a new /dev/MAKEDEV for this to work properly (postinstall
should handle this normally, of course.)
thanks jared!
|
| 1.120 | 27-Jun-2011 |
uch | 7th Edition(V7) File System support. and NetBSD symbolic-link, socket, FIFO extension. see newfs_v7fs(8).
|
| 1.119 | 08-Feb-2011 |
haad | Initial import of libdm and dmctl to tree. libdm library can be used
to access, manage and manipulate device-mapper driver. Which opens us bunch
of new possibilities like
dm-multipath device target
dm-crypt device target
dm-ccd compatibility layer
With this import I'm bringing in dmctl tool for working with dm driver ,too.
I plan to replace gpl2 licensed dmsetup command with our dmctl tool in near
feature. It can also by placed to /rescue where we was not able to put
dmsetup because of licensing problems.
With libdm in tree we can now write RUMP atf test suite for dm driver to
ensure LVM subsystem stability as time goes.
Reviewed by: blymn@ and rmind@
Oked: by no objections on tech-userlevel@
|
| 1.118 | 13-Jan-2011 |
haad | branches: 1.118.2;
Move chown from usr.sbin to sbin and chgrp from usr.bin to bin directories.
This was discussed and oked on tech-userlevel I have run full build release,
test anita cycle with this patch.
|
| 1.117 | 30-Oct-2010 |
haad | Add resize_ffs tool to build, change default behaviour to grow filesystem
to device size. Add parameter -s to specify size if user want to shrink
filesystem.
Apply some KNF, remove dead unused code.
Oked by christos@.
|
| 1.116 | 10-Mar-2010 |
abs | Relegate edlabel to use in extremely memory constrained install
ramdisks and prefer disklabel elsewhere.
Based on discussion on affected port lists (port-sparc port-sparc64
port-sun3 port-sun2 port-atari port-mvme68k).
All listed ports plus amd64 test built after change
|
| 1.115 | 14-Jan-2010 |
pooka | Descend into mount_puffs.
|
| 1.114 | 18-Jul-2009 |
reinoud | Import read-only part of the NiLFS (v2) implementation for NetBSD. It has been
tested with a DEBUG+DIAGNOSTIC+LOCKDEBUG kernel. To summerise NiLFS, i'll
repeat my posting to tech-kern here:
NiLFS stands for New implementation of Logging File System; LFS done
right they claim :) It is at version 2 now and is being developed by NTT, the
Japanese telecom company and recently put into the linux source tree. See
http://www.nilfs.org. The on-disc format is not completely frozen and i expect
at least one minor revision to come in time.
The benefits of NiLFS are build-in fine-grained checkpointing, persistent
snapshots, multiple mounts and very large file and media support. Every
checkpoint can be transformed into a snapshot and v.v. It is said to perform
very well on flash media since it is not overwriting pieces apart from a
incidental update of the superblock, but that might change. It is accompanied
by a cleaner to clean up the segments and recover lost space.
My work is not a port of the linux code; its a new implementation. Porting the
code would be more work since its very linux oriented and never written to be
ported outside linux. The goal is to be fully interchangable. The code is non
intrusive to other parts of the kernel. It is also very light-weight.
The current state of the code is read-only access to both clean and dirty
NiLFS partitions. On mounting a dirty partition it rolls forward the log to
the last checkpoint. Full read-write support is however planned!
Just as the linux code, mount_nilfs allows for the `head' to be mounted
read/write and allows multiple read-only snapshots/checkpoint mounts next to
it.
By allowing the RW mount at a different snapshot for read-write it should be
possible eventually to revert back to a previous state; i.e. try to upgrade a
system and being able to revert to the exact state prior to the upgrade.
Compared to other FS's its pretty light-weight, suitable for embedded use and
on flash media. The read-only code is currently 17kb object code on
NetBSD/i386. I doubt the read-write code will surpass the 50 or 60. Compared
this to FFS being 156kb, UDF being 84 kb and NFS being 130kb. Run-time memory
usage is most likely not very different from other uses though maybe a bit
higher than FFS.
|
| 1.113 | 12-Nov-2008 |
ad | Remove LKMs and switch to the module framework, pass 1.
Proposed on tech-kern@.
|
| 1.112 | 27-Jul-2008 |
joerg | branches: 1.112.2;
Update build glue for dhcpcd 4.0.0rc3 and move it to
src/external/dhcpcd.
Make dhcpcd quiet by default when run from rc.
|
| 1.111 | 24-May-2008 |
joerg | Hook dhcpcd into build.
|
| 1.110 | 14-May-2008 |
reinoud | Import writing part of the UDF file system making optical media like CD's
and DVD's behave like floppy discs. Writing is supported upto and including
version 2.01; version 2.50 and 2.60 will follow.
Also extending the UDF implementation to support symbolic links and
hardlinks.
Added are the mmcformat(8) tool to format rewritable CD/DVD discs and
newfs_udf(8).
Limitations:
all operations can be performed on the file system though the
sheduling is currently optimised for archiving workloads.
mv(1)/rename(2) is currently only implemented for non-directories.
|
| 1.109 | 09-Feb-2008 |
jmmv | branches: 1.109.4; 1.109.6; 1.109.8;
Descend into modstat if MKMODULAR is set.
|
| 1.108 | 09-Jan-2008 |
simonb | Remove support for NetBSD/pc532.
|
| 1.107 | 17-Nov-2007 |
tsutsui | branches: 1.107.2;
Descend into newfs_ext2fs(8).
|
| 1.106 | 29-Jun-2007 |
rumble | branches: 1.106.4;
Add read-only support for SGI's Extent File System.
Reviewed by pooka@.
|
| 1.105 | 01-May-2007 |
bouyer | Add bio(4) and associated bioctl(8) from OpenBSD, a driver control block
device controllers, and more specifically raid controllers.
Add a new sensor type, ENVSYS_DRIVE, to report drive status. From OpenBSD.
Add bio and sysmon support to mfi(4). This allow userland to query
status for drives and logical volumes attached to a mfi(4) controller. While
there fix some debug printfs in mfi so they compile.
Add bio(4) to amd64 and i386 GENERIC.
|
| 1.104 | 06-Mar-2007 |
dillo | Complete rename of hfsp to hfs, requested by thorpej.
|
| 1.103 | 05-Mar-2007 |
dillo | Integrate apmlabel and HFS+ file system.
|
| 1.102 | 01-Mar-2007 |
martin | Add a tool to scan disks for BSD disklabels (might be from different
archs) and add wedges for them. Similar to the kernel options
DKWEDGE_AUTODISCOVER and DKWEDGE_METHOD_BSDLABEL, and actually reusing
most of that code.
This means, for example, you can plug a sparc64 disk into an i386, run
this tool and mount the partitions (provided your kernel has the FFS_EI
option).
|
| 1.101 | 15-Oct-2006 |
christos | branches: 1.101.2;
hook in gpt
|
| 1.100 | 23-Jul-2006 |
bouyer | Add a /dev/amr* control file for amr(4) devices, which allows sending raw
commands to the controller.
Add a amrctl(8) control tool, which for now only allows to get status
from the adapter (status of adapter, logical volumes and and individual
drives).
From FreeBSD, with some adjustements by Andrew Doran and me.
|
| 1.99 | 25-Feb-2006 |
christos | remove vinum
|
| 1.98 | 02-Feb-2006 |
reinoud | Initial import of a UDF file system implementation for NetBSD.
Finally the logic glue and the set distribution lists modifications.
|
| 1.97 | 29-Dec-2005 |
tsutsui | Add preliminary support for System V Boot File System.
Written by UCHIYAMA Yasushi <uch@netbsd>.
|
| 1.96 | 06-Dec-2005 |
skrll | Remove lmcctl.
|
| 1.95 | 10-Sep-2005 |
jmmv | Initial addition of tmpfs, an efficient memory file-system. This project
was developed as part of Google's Summer of Code 2005 program. This
change adds the kernel code, the mount_tmpfs utility, a regression test
suite and does all other related changes to integrate these.
The file-system is still *experimental*. Therefore, it is disabled by
default in all kernels. However, as typically done, a commented-out
entry is added in them to ease its setup.
Note that I haven't commited the required mountd(8) changes to be able
to export tmpfs file-systems because NFS support is still very unstable
and because, before enabling it, I'd like to do some other changes.
OK'ed by my project mentor, William Studenmund (wrstuden@).
|
| 1.94 | 15-Jun-2005 |
xtraeme | Add scan_ffs(8) from OpenBSD, it was modified to support FFSv2
for NetBSD (with different blocksizes). Utility to find
FFSv1 and FFSv2 partitions on disks, useful to recover lost
disklabels.
Reviewed by christos.
|
| 1.93 | 01-May-2005 |
lukem | Test USE_INET6 instead of MKINET6 for various apps.
Part of PR 30092 from Jukka Salmi.
|
| 1.92 | 23-Apr-2005 |
perseant | Provide a resize_lfs(8), including kernel and cleaner support. The current
implementation requires the fs to be mounted while resizing. Tested in both
directions, and everything appears to work happily, but ymmv.
|
| 1.91 | 10-Jan-2005 |
lukem | branches: 1.91.2;
remove unnecessary comment
|
| 1.90 | 11-Nov-2004 |
yamt | move pf reachover makefiles into usr.sbin/pf. ok'ed by itojun.
before:
sbin/pfctl
usr.sbin/authpf
usr.sbin/spamdb
libexec/ftp-proxy
libexec/spamd
libexec/spamd-setup
libexec/spamlogd
after:
usr.sbin/pf/pfctl
usr.sbin/pf/authpf
usr.sbin/pf/spamdb
usr.sbin/pf/ftp-proxy
usr.sbin/pf/spamd
usr.sbin/pf/spamd-setup
usr.sbin/pf/spamlogd
|
| 1.89 | 11-Nov-2004 |
christos | add mount_ptyfs
|
| 1.88 | 19-Aug-2004 |
drochner | +drvctl
|
| 1.87 | 22-Jun-2004 |
itojun | PF from openbsd 3.5
massage pfctl to compile/run on netbsd. put reachover makefile for pfctl
into src/sbin.
reviewed by matt, perry, christos
|
| 1.86 | 03-Jan-2004 |
lukem | Don't build cgdconfig when MKCRYPTO==no.
Fixes [bin/18552].
|
| 1.85 | 07-Dec-2003 |
matt | Make building IPv6 support controllable by MKINET6
|
| 1.84 | 10-Oct-2003 |
grog | Hook Vinum into build.
|
| 1.83 | 18-Feb-2003 |
jdolecek | add mount_smbfs(8)
|
| 1.82 | 19-Jan-2003 |
jdolecek | fix typo on mount_ext2fs line
|
| 1.81 | 19-Jan-2003 |
jdolecek | do not link all mount programs into single image; the total size difference
isn't really that huge now that these are compiled as dynamic
|
| 1.80 | 23-Nov-2002 |
blymn | Renamed the verified exec fingerprint loader.
|
| 1.79 | 29-Oct-2002 |
blymn | Added fingerprint loader tool for verified exec.
|
| 1.78 | 04-Oct-2002 |
elric | include cgdconfig(8) in the build.
|
| 1.77 | 09-Jul-2002 |
dbj | get pdisk compiling on macppc and mac68k
|
| 1.76 | 09-Jan-2002 |
thorpej | Descend into dkctl.
|
| 1.75 | 10-Dec-2001 |
martin | Move /usr/sbin/pppoectl to /sbin/pppoectl, so we can call it from
ifconfig.pppoe* files.
Rename the source directory and files to match the primary purpose
of this utility - probably noone is using this for ISDN now anymore,
as isdnd has simpler ways to acomplish the same.
|
| 1.74 | 17-Aug-2001 |
thorpej | Descend into brconfig/
|
| 1.73 | 14-Feb-2001 |
minoura | Descend to mount_* subdirs when cleandir, in addition to clean and distclean.
|
| 1.72 | 16-Nov-2000 |
jdolecek | also visit mount_* for 'make clean' and 'make distclean'
Pointed out by Minoura Makoto in private e-mail.
|
| 1.71 | 13-Nov-2000 |
jdolecek | add mount_* to SUBDIR for 'make obj', so that the obj directories get
created and used. Some ramdisks compile individual mount_* commands
directly and hence need the obj dirs setup in order to allow shared
source tree.
Noted in private mail by Andrew Brown <atatat@atatdot.net>.
|
| 1.70 | 04-Nov-2000 |
thorpej | Visit wdogctl.
|
| 1.69 | 30-Oct-2000 |
jdolecek | mount(8) now includes code for all mount_*(8) but mount_portal(8) and
mount_mfs(8); the mount_*(8) are hardlinked to mount (appropriate mount routine
is called depending on program name) - this saves approx. 1.7MB of /sbin
space
mount.c: make all local symbols static
|
| 1.68 | 13-Jun-2000 |
itojun | move setkey(8) from usr.sbin to sbin, to enable us to initialize
IPsec manual key before /usr mount..
(based on "don't use cvsmove" discussion i have seen, I did not use cvsmove)
|
| 1.67 | 15-Mar-2000 |
soren | branches: 1.67.2;
mbrlabel moves to /sbin.
|
| 1.66 | 20-Jan-2000 |
wrstuden | Add mount_overlay.
|
| 1.65 | 17-Jan-2000 |
itojun | move sysctl to /sbin/sysctl. symlink from /usr/sbin/sysctl
is supplied for backward compatibility.
add /sbin/sysctl to base/mi (does not remove /usr/sbin/sysctl
as we have a symlink)
|
| 1.64 | 23-Nov-1999 |
mrg | move rcorder to sbin.
|
| 1.63 | 20-Nov-1999 |
lukem | add newbtconf (missed by darrenr)
|
| 1.62 | 01-Oct-1999 |
perseant | Working version of aborted dump{,_lfs} join.
|
| 1.61 | 30-Sep-1999 |
perseant | Undo broken dump{,_lfs} changes, part 2.
|
| 1.60 | 29-Sep-1999 |
perseant | Adapt dump(8) to use filestore-independent (but still ufs-specific)
replacements for NINDIR, fsbtodb, etc. Create dump_lfs by adding a few
LFS-filestore-specific routines. As described in PR#8317.
|
| 1.59 | 02-Jul-1999 |
itojun | branches: 1.59.2;
rtsol: Throw IPv6 router solicitation to request autoconfiguration
(to be used on end host).
|
| 1.58 | 01-Jul-1999 |
itojun | ping for IPv6. try
ping6 ::1
on you node.
|
| 1.57 | 06-May-1999 |
christos | Add mount_ntfs
|
| 1.56 | 25-Mar-1999 |
explorer | Enable lmcctl
|
| 1.55 | 18-Mar-1999 |
thorpej | Goodbye: newlfs
Hello: newfs_lfs, fsck_lfs
|
| 1.54 | 30-Jan-1999 |
veego | Add the ldconfig SUBDIR for all platforms so ldconfig(8) is available on
a shared /usr/share directory.
src/sbin/ldconfig/Makefile has allready an check to build the ldconfig
programm only on a.out platforms.
|
| 1.53 | 28-Dec-1998 |
hannken | Add subdir wsconsctl.
|
| 1.52 | 15-Dec-1998 |
pk | Build ldconfig on non-ELF platforms.
|
| 1.51 | 15-Dec-1998 |
ws | Typo
|
| 1.50 | 19-Nov-1998 |
kenh | wdctl -> atactl
|
| 1.49 | 19-Nov-1998 |
kenh | Build wdctl(8).
|
| 1.48 | 13-Nov-1998 |
oster | Added raidctl to the list of things to build.
|
| 1.47 | 15-Oct-1998 |
thorpej | Build scsictl.
|
| 1.46 | 14-Aug-1998 |
mark | Added mount_filecore.
|
| 1.45 | 13-Oct-1997 |
explorer | compile rndctl
|
| 1.44 | 23-Jul-1997 |
mikel | alphabetize
|
| 1.43 | 23-Jun-1997 |
veego | quotacheck has MOVED to usr.sbin.
|
| 1.42 | 23-Jun-1997 |
mrg | move man pages into share/man.
|
| 1.41 | 20-Jun-1997 |
pk | `dump', `dumplfs' and `quotacheck' have moved to /usr/sbin
|
| 1.40 | 13-Jun-1997 |
thorpej | Remove swapon, add swapctl
|
| 1.39 | 11-Jun-1997 |
bouyer | Add support programs for ext2fs. fsck_ext2fs is derived from fsck_ffs.
|
| 1.38 | 12-Apr-1997 |
mrg | ipf is now in usr.sbin/ipf/ipf
|
| 1.37 | 31-Mar-1997 |
jonathan | Update sbin and usr.sbin Makefiles for mountd, nfsd, nfsiod in /usr/sbin.
|
| 1.36 | 29-Mar-1997 |
thorpej | Build fdisk on the PowerPC.
|
| 1.35 | 07-Mar-1997 |
christos | Added fsirand
|
| 1.34 | 01-Mar-1997 |
christos | Added newfs_msdos
|
| 1.33 | 08-Jan-1997 |
veego | Add ipf.
|
| 1.32 | 23-Sep-1996 |
christos | Put fsck back.
|
| 1.31 | 28-May-1996 |
mrg | sparc uses edlabel also.
|
| 1.30 | 27-May-1996 |
leo | Atari also uses edlabel.
|
| 1.29 | 14-May-1996 |
ws | branches: 1.29.4;
Add fsck utility for msdosfs
|
| 1.28 | 05-Apr-1996 |
cgd | check in changes proposed in PR 2006 (approved by J.T.), to rename fsck
to fsck_ffs, so that in the future 'fsck' can be a wrapper than invokes
appropriate filesystem-specific checker programs. For now, the only
user-visible change is that the names have changed in the manual page
and in error messages; fsck and fsck.8 are now links to fsck_ffs and
fsck_ffs.8, until the rest of the transition is complete.
|
| 1.27 | 30-Mar-1996 |
cgd | since the only difference between the old 'savecore' and the new one
is savecore.c, move it back into the 'savecore' dir (renamed as
savecore_old.c) so that the build is more 'normal,' and more like what
it used to be.
|
| 1.26 | 16-Mar-1996 |
leo | New libkvm/savecore implementation. With the following differences:
1) savecore will not access the dump or live-kernel directly. It
will always use the kvm-functions. Allowing it to work on kernels
that don't have a 1-1 PA-VA mapping.
2) the kvm-lib has some additional functions to accomplish 1
- kvm_dump_mkheader()
- kvm_dump_wrtheader()
- kvm_dump_inval()
3) the file formats of the dump generated by the kernel and the dump
generated by savecore have been changed. The file format now looks
like the format produced for 'normal' core dumps.
Ports not yet supporting the new kvm-format will be using libkvm.old/
savecore.old for the time being.
|
| 1.25 | 10-Oct-1995 |
gwr | Fix my typo
|
| 1.24 | 09-Oct-1995 |
thorpej | Build fsdb(8).
|
| 1.23 | 08-Oct-1995 |
gwr | On the sun3, add SUBDIR+= edlabe
|
| 1.22 | 17-Aug-1995 |
thorpej | Build ccdconfig.
|
| 1.21 | 12-Jul-1995 |
cgd | add mount_ffs(8). reorganize, to seperate the file system mount commands,
and to make it more clear what programs are dependent on a particular file
systems's format.
|
| 1.20 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | halt(8) has been assimilated (into reboot(8)).
|
| 1.19 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.18 | 08-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Various.
|
| 1.17 | 03-Jun-1994 |
chopps | add mount_ados
|
| 1.16 | 22-Apr-1994 |
cgd | add bim
|
| 1.15 | 30-Mar-1994 |
cgd | add ttyflags
|
| 1.14 | 12-Jan-1994 |
cgd | new mount_ programs
|
| 1.13 | 03-Nov-1993 |
cgd | chown no longer here
|
| 1.12 | 24-Aug-1993 |
cgd | little point in having mount_procfs if you don't make it...
|
| 1.11 | 31-Jul-1993 |
mycroft | Add RCS indentifiers.
|
| 1.10 | 28-Jul-1993 |
cgd | incorporate changes from 0-9-base to 0-9-ALPHA
|
| 1.9 | 07-Jun-1993 |
cgd | branches: 1.9.2;
add support for terry lambert's loadable kernel modules.
needs a bit of cleanup, but overall: SLICK!
|
| 1.8 | 09-Apr-1993 |
cgd | fixed bug that i created when updating for new entries
|
| 1.7 | 09-Apr-1993 |
cgd | added mount_pcfs, quotacheck, and fdisk. fdisk is i386 specific.
(patch 111)
|
| 1.6 | 05-Apr-1993 |
cgd | moved chown into sbin from usr.sbin
|
| 1.5 | 28-Mar-1993 |
cgd | merged mount_fdesc and mount_kernfs into mount_miscfs
|
| 1.4 | 23-Mar-1993 |
cgd | added support for mount_kernfs and mount_fdesc
|
| 1.3 | 23-Mar-1993 |
cgd | changed "Id" to "Header" for rcsids
|
| 1.2 | 22-Mar-1993 |
cgd | added rcs ids to all files
|
| 1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.2 | 23-Jul-1997 |
mikel | import 4.4BSD-Lite2 versions
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | initial import of 386bsd-0.1 sources
|
| 1.9.2.2 | 20-Jul-1993 |
cgd | break mount_miscfs into mount_kernfs and mount_fdesc
|
| 1.9.2.1 | 20-Jul-1993 |
cgd | note mount_pcfs -> mount_msdos change
|
| 1.29.4.2 | 28-Jun-1996 |
jtc | Backslashes don't seem to work in make conditionals
|
| 1.29.4.1 | 28-Jun-1996 |
jtc | Pulled up from rev 1.31 by request from Leo Weppelman
|
| 1.59.2.1 | 27-Dec-1999 |
wrstuden | Pull up to last week's -current.
|
| 1.67.2.1 | 22-Jun-2000 |
minoura | Sync w/ netbsd-1-5-base.
|
| 1.91.2.4 | 15-Oct-2007 |
riz | Pull up following revisions via patch (requested by bouyer in ticket #1838):
distrib/sets/lists/man/mi: revision 1.997
sbin/bioctl/strtonum.c: revision 1.1
sys/dev/Makefile: revision 1.25
sys/arch/amd64/conf/GENERIC: revision 1.139
sbin/bioctl/strtonum.h: revision 1.1
sys/dev/bio.c: revision 1.1
sbin/bioctl/bioctl.c: revision 1.1
share/man/man4/bio.4: revision 1.1
sbin/bioctl/bioctl.8: revision 1.1
sys/sys/envsys.h: revision 1.11
sbin/bioctl/bioctl.8: revision 1.3
sbin/bioctl/bioctl.8: revision 1.4
sys/arch/i386/conf/XEN2_DOM0: revision 1.25
distrib/sets/lists/base/mi: revision 1.704
sys/conf/majors: revision 1.34
share/man/man4/Makefile: revision 1.426
etc/MAKEDEV.tmpl: revision 1.86
sys/arch/i386/conf/GENERIC: revision 1.825
distrib/sets/lists/comp/mi: revision 1.1022
sys/conf/files: revision 1.839
usr.sbin/envstat/envstat.c: revision 1.24
sbin/Makefile: revision 1.105
sys/dev/ic/mfi.c: revision 1.4
sys/dev/biovar.h: revision 1.1
sys/dev/ic/mfivar.h: revision 1.4
sbin/bioctl/Makefile: revision 1.1
Fix typo.
Add bio(4) and associated bioctl(8) from OpenBSD, a driver control block
device controllers, and more specifically raid controllers.
Add a new sensor type, ENVSYS_DRIVE, to report drive status. From OpenBSD.
Add bio and sysmon support to mfi(4). This allow userland to query
status for drives and logical volumes attached to a mfi(4) controller. While
there fix some debug printfs in mfi so they compile.
Add bio(4) to amd64 and i386 GENERIC.
Add bio(4) and associated bioctl(8) from OpenBSD, a driver control block
device controllers, and more specifically raid controllers.
Add a new sensor type, ENVSYS_DRIVE, to report drive status. From OpenBSD.
Add bio and sysmon support to mfi(4). This allow userland to query
status for drives and logical volumes attached to a mfi(4) controller. While
there fix some debug printfs in mfi so they compile.
Add bio(4) to amd64 and i386 GENERIC.
Fix Dd argument (use full month names).
Use more markup.
Comment out references to safte(4) and softraid(4), which don't exist in
NetBSD.
Remove trailing whitespace.
Use macros instead of characters for HTML output (replace ">", "<"
with \*[Gt], \*[Lt]).
Sort sections.
Create /dev/bio
|
| 1.91.2.3 | 11-Aug-2006 |
riz | Pull up following revision(s) via patch (requested by ghen in ticket #1460):
distrib/sets/lists/base/mi: revision 1.556, 1.565
distrib/sets/lists/man/mi: revision 1.792, 1.814
sbin/Makefile: revision 1.94
sbin/scan_ffs/Makefile: revision 1.1-1.3, 1.5-1.7
sbin/scan_ffs/scan_ffs.c: revision 1.1-1.9
sbin/scan_ffs/scan_ffs.8: revision 1.1-1.6 via patch
Add scan_ffs(8) from OpenBSD, modified for NetBSD to support FFSv2 and
LFS (scan_lfs(8)). Utility to find FFSv1, FFSv2 and LFS partitions on
disks, useful to recover lost disklabels.
|
| 1.91.2.2 | 30-Jul-2006 |
tron | Apply patch (requested by bouyer in ticket #1431):
- Add a /dev/amr* control file for amr(4) devices, which allows sending
raw commands to the controller.
- Add a amrctl(8) control tool, which for now only allows to get status
from the adapter (status of adapter, logical volumes and and
individual drives).
|
| 1.91.2.1 | 07-May-2005 |
tron | Apply patch (requested by perseant in ticket #242):
* fsck_lfs buffer cache fixes, including PR #29151
* Change fsck_lfs phase 0 message to reflect reality
* fsck_lfs: check phase 5 (cleanerinfo accounting) even on
roll-forward
* Keep better track of the free list during roll-forward, avoiding
a core dump
* Improve hash table use for fsck_lfs buffer and vnode cache
* Document fsck_lfs flag -f, and implement -q
* Add resize_lfs, including kernel support
* Add LFS to mountd's list of exportable filesystem types
* Make the LFS lkm work again [christos@]
* Add MP locking to the LFS kernel subsystem
* Fix pager_map deadlock in lfs_putpages()
* Avoid incomplete file extension that looks like "partial
truncation" to fsck
* Use lfs_malloc for cleaner malloc, since the cleaner often runs
in low-memory conditions.
* Use splay trees, not hash table, to track page allocation for
write.
* Fix mkdir panic on full fs
* Fix page accounting leak by counting differently.
* Use rightly named structure for lfs_getattr [skrll@]
* Cosmetic changes for readability.
|
| 1.101.2.1 | 08-May-2007 |
pavel | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by bouyer in ticket #603):
distrib/sets/lists/base/mi: revision 1.704
distrib/sets/lists/comp/mi: revision 1.1022
distrib/sets/lists/man/mi: revision 1.997
doc/CHANGES: revision 1.839
sbin/Makefile: patch
sbin/bioctl/Makefile: revision 1.1
sbin/bioctl/bioctl.8: revision 1.1
sbin/bioctl/bioctl.c: revision 1.1
sbin/bioctl/strtonum.c: revision 1.1
sbin/bioctl/strtonum.h: revision 1.1
share/man/man4/Makefile: revision 1.426
share/man/man4/bio.4: revision 1.1
sys/arch/amd64/conf/GENERIC: revision 1.139
sys/arch/i386/conf/GENERIC: revision 1.825
sys/arch/i386/conf/XEN2_DOM0: revision 1.25
sys/conf/files: revision 1.839
sys/conf/majors: patch
sys/dev/Makefile: revision 1.25
sys/dev/bio.c: patch
sys/dev/biovar.h: patch
sys/dev/ic/mfi.c: revision 1.4-1.5
sys/dev/ic/mfivar.h: revision 1.4
sys/sys/envsys.h: revision 1.11
usr.sbin/envstat/envstat.c: revision 1.24
Add bio(4) and associated bioctl(8) from OpenBSD, a driver control block
device controllers, and more specifically raid controllers.
Add a new sensor type, ENVSYS_DRIVE, to report drive status. From OpenBSD.
Add bio and sysmon support to mfi(4). This allow userland to query
status for drives and logical volumes attached to a mfi(4) controller. While
there fix some debug printfs in mfi so they compile.
Add bio(4) to amd64 and i386 GENERIC.
note bio(4), envsys(4) DRIVE, and mfi(4) support for both.
tred->sensor is a u_int.
|
| 1.106.4.2 | 23-Mar-2008 |
matt | sync with HEAD
|
| 1.106.4.1 | 09-Jan-2008 |
matt | sync with HEAD
|
| 1.107.2.3 | 18-Feb-2008 |
mjf | Add some devfs code that's been sitting in my local tree for a while.
devfsd(8) is now the first daemon to be started after init(8). It tracks
device insertion (will eventually track removal) and devfs mounts.
Currently, we can mount multiple device file systems and have device
special files pushed into the mounts automatically, though, the device
special files aren't created with the correct major/minor number pairs
yet.
More work to come soon.
|
| 1.107.2.2 | 18-Feb-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.107.2.1 | 08-Dec-2007 |
mjf | Add devfs daemon. This daemon parses a config file which contains "rules"
that specify the attributes of device special files that will appear in
the device file system.
|
| 1.109.8.2 | 18-Sep-2008 |
wrstuden | Sync with wrstuden-revivesa-base-2.
|
| 1.109.8.1 | 23-Jun-2008 |
wrstuden | Sync w/ -current. 34 merge conflicts to follow.
|
| 1.109.6.2 | 04-Jun-2008 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.109.6.1 | 18-May-2008 |
yamt | sync with head.
|
| 1.109.4.4 | 17-Jan-2009 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.109.4.3 | 28-Sep-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.109.4.2 | 02-Jun-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.109.4.1 | 21-Feb-2008 |
mjf | Start where the mjf-devfs branch left off.
|
| 1.112.2.1 | 18-Nov-2011 |
sborrill | Pull up the following revisions(s) (requested by riz in ticket #1690):
distrib/sets/lists/base/mi patch
distrib/sets/lists/man/mi patch
sbin/Makefile patch
sbin/resize_ffs/Makefile patch
sbin/resize_ffs/TODO patch
sbin/resize_ffs/resize_ffs.8 patch
sbin/resize_ffs/resize_ffs.c patch
Fix resize_ffs(8) so that growing and shrinking all FFSv1
(including byteswapped) and growing FFSv2 file systems is supported.
|
| 1.118.2.1 | 08-Feb-2011 |
bouyer | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.121.2.2 | 22-May-2014 |
yamt | sync with head.
for a reference, the tree before this commit was tagged
as yamt-pagecache-tag8.
this commit was splitted into small chunks to avoid
a limitation of cvs. ("Protocol error: too many arguments")
|
| 1.121.2.1 | 17-Apr-2012 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.123.6.2 | 20-Aug-2014 |
tls | Rebase to HEAD as of a few days ago.
|
| 1.123.6.1 | 23-Jun-2013 |
tls | resync from head
|
| 1.129.4.1 | 17-Apr-2017 |
bouyer | Add canconfig(8), an utility to configure CAN interfaces.
Compile-tested only.
|
| 1.132.4.1 | 10-Jun-2019 |
christos | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.132.2.2 | 20-Oct-2018 |
pgoyette | Sync with head
|
| 1.132.2.1 | 06-Sep-2018 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD
Resolve a couple of conflicts (result of the uimin/uimax changes)
|
| 1.139.4.2 | 02-Aug-2025 |
perseant | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.139.4.1 | 29-Jun-2024 |
perseant | Implementation of exFAT filesystem, with compilation conditional on MKEXFATFS
make variable.
|
| 1.25 | 12-May-2024 |
rillig | lint: suppress "used but not defined" for bin, sbin, usr.bin, usr.sbin
These diagnostics are emitted by lint2, and like all diagnostics from
lint2, they don't affect the exit status.
In libc, lint cannot handle the renamings from namespace.h, generating
many false positive diagnostics since 'libc_function' is used but
'_libc_function' is defined. Until this situation is handled properly,
suppress this diagnostic.
|
| 1.24 | 20-Apr-2024 |
rillig | {usr.,}{s,}bin: replace LINT_SUPPORTED with the standard NOLINT
While here, re-enable lint in those cases where lint was skipped due to
a bug in interpreting abstract types, which was fixed in cgram.y 1.469
from 2023-08-02.
|
| 1.23 | 14-Sep-2021 |
rillig | sbin: enable lint for almost all programs
The programs fsck_lfs and newfs_lfs both trigger a longstanding bug in
lint that is difficult to fix, so ignore them for now.
For resize_ffs, lint thinks that 'struct fs' is incomplete, but GCC and
Clang accept it. Needs further investigation.
|
| 1.22 | 21-Mar-2012 |
matt | Default to WARNS=5
|
| 1.21 | 11-Apr-2009 |
lukem | branches: 1.21.6;
Enable WARNS=4 by default except for:
dump dump_lfs fsck_ffs fsck_lfs fsdb mount_smbfs
newfs_ext2fs newfs_lfs resize_lfs setkey
|
| 1.20 | 08-Oct-2006 |
peter | branches: 1.20.28; 1.20.32;
WFORMAT is no more...
|
| 1.19 | 27-Jun-2005 |
christos | Move WARNS=3 to the Makefile.inc, and add a little const to the remaining
programs that did not compile before.
|
| 1.18 | 27-Sep-2002 |
thorpej | Revert previous; the change that required it will be done differently.
|
| 1.17 | 27-Sep-2002 |
thorpej | Only use the MKDYNAMICROOT semantics (i.e. -rpath=/lib,/usr/lib and
-dynamic-linker=/libexec/ld.elf_so) if the BINDIR of the program being
built is /bin or /sbin.
The reason we do this is because now all programs *except* those in
/bin and /sbin (i.e. the "special cases") match the default the compiler
uses, which is what is used for things in e.g. xsrc, pkgsrc, and other
random 3rd party programs.
|
| 1.16 | 27-Aug-2002 |
lukem | Implement MKDYNAMICROOT, which currently defaults to "no", but will
be changed in the future to "yes".
If MKDYNAMICROOT == "no", there is no change from existing behaviour
of a static /bin and /sbin (and a few programs in elsewhere).
If MKDYNAMICROOT == "yes", the following changes occur:
in <bsd.own.mk>:
SHLIBDIR?= /lib
SHLINKDIR?= /lib
in various Makefiles, the following entry is DISABLED.
LDSTATIC?=-static
This results in all programs (except those "standalone" programs built
in sys/arch/*/stand) are linked dynamically, the shared linker is moved
from /usr/libexec to /lib (with a compat symlink), and the shared
libraries used by /bin and /sbin programs are moved from /usr/lib to
/lib (with compat symlinks).
|
| 1.15 | 05-Dec-2001 |
lukem | enable WARNS?=2
|
| 1.14 | 10-Oct-2000 |
is | Format string cleanups by Bill Sommerfeld.
|
| 1.13 | 02-Mar-1998 |
cgd | branches: 1.13.2; 1.13.10;
pull bsd.own.mk in before LDSTATIC?=-static, so that LDSTATIC can be
overridden by bsd.own.mk/mk.conf.
|
| 1.12 | 10-Oct-1997 |
mikel | allow overrides of LDSTATIC, from Soren S. Jorvang in PR bin/4178
|
| 1.11 | 15-Sep-1997 |
lukem | define WARNS?=1 for all of sbin/*
|
| 1.10 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.9 | 30-Dec-1993 |
cgd | get rid of *very* bogus addition to CFLAGS
|
| 1.8 | 08-Nov-1993 |
cgd | use LDSTATIC, not LDFLAGS any more
|
| 1.7 | 03-Nov-1993 |
cgd | add 'LDFLAGS+= -static'
|
| 1.6 | 01-Oct-1993 |
mycroft | Use ${.CURDIR}/.., in case we're inside an obj dir while compiling.
|
| 1.5 | 07-Sep-1993 |
ws | Changes to VFS readdir semantics
NFS changes for better cookie support
ISOFS changes for better Rockridge support and support for generation numbers
|
| 1.4 | 01-Aug-1993 |
mycroft | Add RCS identifiers.
|
| 1.3 | 23-Mar-1993 |
cgd | changed "Id" to "Header" for rcsids
|
| 1.2 | 22-Mar-1993 |
cgd | added rcs ids to all files
|
| 1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.2 | 23-Jul-1997 |
mikel | import 4.4BSD-Lite2 versions
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | initial import of 386bsd-0.1 sources
|
| 1.13.10.1 | 18-Oct-2000 |
tv | Pullup sbin string format fixes [is].
See "cvs log" for explicit revision numbers per file, from sommerfeld.
|
| 1.13.2.1 | 10-Oct-2000 |
he | Pull up revision 1.14 (requested by is):
Format string cleanup.
|
| 1.20.32.1 | 27-Aug-2009 |
matt | Change LDSTATIC?= -static to LDSTATIC+= -static so MKDYNAMICROOT=no works again.
|
| 1.20.28.1 | 13-May-2009 |
jym | Sync with HEAD.
Third (and last) commit. See http://mail-index.netbsd.org/source-changes/2009/05/13/msg221222.html
|
| 1.21.6.1 | 17-Apr-2012 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.1 | 23-Jul-2006 |
bouyer | branches: 1.1.2;
Add a /dev/amr* control file for amr(4) devices, which allows sending raw
commands to the controller.
Add a amrctl(8) control tool, which for now only allows to get status
from the adapter (status of adapter, logical volumes and and individual
drives).
From FreeBSD, with some adjustements by Andrew Doran and me.
|
| 1.1.2.2 | 30-Jul-2006 |
tron | Apply patch (requested by bouyer in ticket #1431):
- Add a /dev/amr* control file for amr(4) devices, which allows sending
raw commands to the controller.
- Add a amrctl(8) control tool, which for now only allows to get status
from the adapter (status of adapter, logical volumes and and
individual drives).
|
| 1.1.2.1 | 23-Jul-2006 |
tron | file Makefile was added on branch netbsd-3 on 2006-07-30 16:38:58 +0000
|
| 1.4 | 11-Sep-2016 |
sevan | Spelling mistake.
Bump date.
|
| 1.3 | 19-Oct-2009 |
bouyer | Remove closes 3 & 4 from my licence. Lots of thanks to Soren Jacobsen
for the booring work !
|
| 1.2 | 23-Jul-2006 |
wiz | branches: 1.2.2;
Drop trailing whitespace.
|
| 1.1 | 23-Jul-2006 |
bouyer | Add a /dev/amr* control file for amr(4) devices, which allows sending raw
commands to the controller.
Add a amrctl(8) control tool, which for now only allows to get status
from the adapter (status of adapter, logical volumes and and individual
drives).
From FreeBSD, with some adjustements by Andrew Doran and me.
|
| 1.2.2.2 | 30-Jul-2006 |
tron | Apply patch (requested by bouyer in ticket #1431):
- Add a /dev/amr* control file for amr(4) devices, which allows sending
raw commands to the controller.
- Add a amrctl(8) control tool, which for now only allows to get status
from the adapter (status of adapter, logical volumes and and
individual drives).
|
| 1.2.2.1 | 23-Jul-2006 |
tron | file amrctl.8 was added on branch netbsd-3 on 2006-07-30 16:38:58 +0000
|
| 1.13 | 03-Nov-2024 |
rillig | sbin, usr.bin, usr.sbin: remove redundant getopt declarations
No binary change, except for assertion line numbers in tprof.
|
| 1.12 | 06-Sep-2020 |
mrg | branches: 1.12.8;
avoid calling printf() %s with NULL.
|
| 1.11 | 27-Aug-2018 |
sevan | Remove reference to -c flag which was never implemented.
|
| 1.10 | 23-Mar-2014 |
dholland | branches: 1.10.18; 1.10.24; 1.10.26;
don't use sprintf
|
| 1.9 | 18-May-2012 |
jakllsch | branches: 1.9.2;
Don't exit on ioctl failure, instead let the caller handle it.
This is needed so that we can detect failure of the 40LD firmware
interface and fall back to the 8LD interface.
|
| 1.8 | 18-May-2012 |
jakllsch | Add $NetBSD$ to header, and add __RCSID.
|
| 1.7 | 18-May-2012 |
jakllsch | Use C99 fixed width integer types.
|
| 1.6 | 18-May-2012 |
jakllsch | Use err(3) instead of perror(3) + exit(3).
Additionally, use symbolic EXIT_FAILURE.
|
| 1.5 | 18-May-2012 |
jakllsch | Use __arraycount instead of identical local macro.
|
| 1.4 | 18-May-2012 |
jakllsch | constify number to string lookup tables
|
| 1.3 | 27-Aug-2011 |
joerg | branches: 1.3.2;
staticfy. Use __dead.
|
| 1.2 | 16-Mar-2009 |
lukem | fix sign-compare issues
|
| 1.1 | 23-Jul-2006 |
bouyer | branches: 1.1.2; 1.1.32;
Add a /dev/amr* control file for amr(4) devices, which allows sending raw
commands to the controller.
Add a amrctl(8) control tool, which for now only allows to get status
from the adapter (status of adapter, logical volumes and and individual
drives).
From FreeBSD, with some adjustements by Andrew Doran and me.
|
| 1.1.32.1 | 13-May-2009 |
jym | Sync with HEAD.
Third (and last) commit. See http://mail-index.netbsd.org/source-changes/2009/05/13/msg221222.html
|
| 1.1.2.2 | 30-Jul-2006 |
tron | Apply patch (requested by bouyer in ticket #1431):
- Add a /dev/amr* control file for amr(4) devices, which allows sending
raw commands to the controller.
- Add a amrctl(8) control tool, which for now only allows to get status
from the adapter (status of adapter, logical volumes and and
individual drives).
|
| 1.1.2.1 | 23-Jul-2006 |
tron | file amrctl.c was added on branch netbsd-3 on 2006-07-30 16:38:59 +0000
|
| 1.3.2.2 | 22-May-2014 |
yamt | sync with head.
for a reference, the tree before this commit was tagged
as yamt-pagecache-tag8.
this commit was splitted into small chunks to avoid
a limitation of cvs. ("Protocol error: too many arguments")
|
| 1.3.2.1 | 23-May-2012 |
yamt | sync with head.
|
| 1.9.2.1 | 20-Aug-2014 |
tls | Rebase to HEAD as of a few days ago.
|
| 1.10.26.1 | 10-Jun-2019 |
christos | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.10.24.1 | 06-Sep-2018 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD
Resolve a couple of conflicts (result of the uimin/uimax changes)
|
| 1.10.18.1 | 28-Aug-2018 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by sevan in ticket #992):
external/bsd/top/dist/top.1.in: revision 1.11
sbin/gpt/main.c: revision 1.12
sbin/amrctl/amrctl.c: revision 1.11
bin/df/df.c: revision 1.93
sbin/fsck_ext2fs/fsck_ext2fs.8: revision 1.21
sbin/fsck_ext2fs/main.c: revision 1.38
bin/ksh/ksh.Man: revision 1.26
bin/ln/ln.c: revision 1.40
bin/df/df.1: revision 1.48
bin/df/df.1: revision 1.49
Document the WCPU field.
Match SYNOPSIS with usage()
-G cannot be specified alongside -i or -P.
Heads up by <leot>
Add -l to SYNOPSIS
Update usage to include -w
Match sequence as per SYNOPSIS in manual
Remove reference to -c flag which was never implemented.
Remove references to -c flag which was never included.
Add the -T flag to usage()
|
| 1.12.8.1 | 02-Aug-2025 |
perseant | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.2 | 21-Mar-2012 |
riz | Remove ${NETBSDSRCDIR}/sys/lib/libkern from .PATH; there are no
source files from there compiled.
|
| 1.1 | 05-Mar-2007 |
dillo | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 05-Mar-2007 |
dillo | branches: 1.1.1.1.36;
Utility to add Apple Partition Map partitions to disklabel, based
on mbrlabel.
|
| 1.1.1.1.36.1 | 17-Apr-2012 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.3 | 25-Jun-2007 |
rumble | Nuke extra comma in Xrefs.
|
| 1.2 | 19-May-2007 |
wiz | Sort options. Bump date.
|
| 1.1 | 05-Mar-2007 |
dillo | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 05-Mar-2007 |
dillo | Utility to add Apple Partition Map partitions to disklabel, based
on mbrlabel.
|
| 1.3 | 19-Oct-2013 |
christos | fix unused variable warnings.
|
| 1.2 | 27-Aug-2011 |
joerg | branches: 1.2.2; 1.2.8;
staticfy. Use __nodead
|
| 1.1 | 05-Mar-2007 |
dillo | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 05-Mar-2007 |
dillo | Utility to add Apple Partition Map partitions to disklabel, based
on mbrlabel.
|
| 1.2.8.1 | 20-Aug-2014 |
tls | Rebase to HEAD as of a few days ago.
|
| 1.2.2.1 | 22-May-2014 |
yamt | sync with head.
for a reference, the tree before this commit was tagged
as yamt-pagecache-tag8.
this commit was splitted into small chunks to avoid
a limitation of cvs. ("Protocol error: too many arguments")
|
| 1.6 | 24-Jul-2008 |
dholland | Fix this to not need -Wno-pointer-sign. Make it pass -Wsign-compare too,
while I'm at it.
|
| 1.5 | 21-Jul-2008 |
gmcgarry | Add HAVE_PCC tests for -Wno-pointer-sign.
|
| 1.4 | 11-May-2006 |
mrg | branches: 1.4.20; 1.4.24;
sprinkle some -fno-strict-aliasing and -Wno-pointer-sign with GCC4.
|
| 1.3 | 20-Jan-2005 |
xtraeme | WARNS=2 is the default defined in sbin/Makefile.inc. (thanks wiz)
|
| 1.2 | 20-Jan-2005 |
xtraeme | Kill __P(), remove main() prototype; WARNS=2
|
| 1.1 | 19-Nov-1998 |
kenh | wdctl -> atactl
|
| 1.4.24.1 | 18-Sep-2008 |
wrstuden | Sync with wrstuden-revivesa-base-2.
|
| 1.4.20.1 | 28-Sep-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.32 | 24-May-2022 |
andvar | fix various typos in comments, docs and log messages.
|
| 1.31 | 31-May-2019 |
wiz | New sentence, new line.
|
| 1.30 | 31-May-2019 |
mlelstv | Mention SATL support.
|
| 1.29 | 03-Mar-2019 |
mrg | - smart vendor support now does try to guess the vendor,
adjust the BUGS to suit
- claim some copyright
|
| 1.28 | 05-Dec-2018 |
wiz | Remove trailing whitespace.
|
| 1.27 | 05-Dec-2018 |
mrg | "smart status" already obtains the ata parameters to check if smart
is actually supported, so we can attempt to guess a vendor smart
table from the model name. add basic support for all the micron /
crucial disk names i could find, and add a couple more micron
specific values.
XXX: probably should add regex support for matching, and probably
should be more restrictive with the current matches.
|
| 1.26 | 03-Nov-2018 |
wiz | Use more appropriate macros. Make a sentence easier to read.
|
| 1.25 | 31-Oct-2018 |
mrg | extend "smart status" command to "smart status [vendor]", and supply a
"Micron" (for Micron/Crucial) list with their documented values.
this allows the vendor-specific data to be used.
there appears to be no simple way to automatically determine the right
vendor to use -- identify data seems to be the only obvious way and
that data can be and is changed by OEMs. (eg, a disk may be listed as
being "dell", but dell don't make disks.) as such, no attempt is made
to automatically determine if a vendor list should be used.
|
| 1.24 | 09-Jan-2013 |
riastradh | branches: 1.24.28; 1.24.30;
Add some ATA SECURITY commands to atactl(8).
|
| 1.23 | 30-Apr-2008 |
martin | branches: 1.23.20; 1.23.26;
Convert TNF licenses to new 2 clause variant
|
| 1.22 | 18-Nov-2007 |
christos | branches: 1.22.8; 1.22.10;
From Marco Trillo (marcotrillo at gmail dot com):
Add Advanced power management in atactl(8)
|
| 1.21 | 12-Apr-2005 |
wiz | branches: 1.21.10;
Improve formatting.
|
| 1.20 | 12-Apr-2005 |
drochner | document the "security" command
|
| 1.19 | 10-Oct-2004 |
wiz | branches: 1.19.2;
Bump date for "offline" description.
|
| 1.18 | 08-Oct-2004 |
soren | Add offline command to usage() and man page.
|
| 1.17 | 16-Sep-2004 |
erh | Add a couple cross-references to make similar ctl commands easier to find.
|
| 1.16 | 02-Aug-2004 |
wiz | No leading zeroes in date string.
|
| 1.15 | 01-Aug-2004 |
bouyer | Add infrastructure for ATA bus commands, and implement the reset bus command.
|
| 1.14 | 20-Dec-2003 |
lha | Extend SMART status to print temperature. Add support for printing
selftest log (but no code it start selftest yet).
|
| 1.13 | 01-Oct-2002 |
wiz | New sentence, new line. By Robert Elz with minimal fixes.
|
| 1.12 | 06-Aug-2002 |
wiz | Ispell. Drop .Pp before .Sh.
|
| 1.11 | 06-Aug-2002 |
soren | s/smart info/smart status/ to better fit in with the standard's feature set.
|
| 1.10 | 05-Aug-2002 |
soren | Add ATA SMART reporting support from Ben Collver in kern/12787.
|
| 1.9 | 16-Nov-2001 |
wiz | Sort sections.
|
| 1.8 | 05-Jun-2001 |
wiz | Drop arguments of .Os.
|
| 1.7 | 01-Mar-2000 |
hubertf | fix typo: he -> the
|
| 1.6 | 19-Oct-1999 |
soren | Fix pastos.
|
| 1.5 | 24-Feb-1999 |
jwise | branches: 1.5.4;
Code to check for cooked device names was failing even if it succeeded in
opening the cooked device. Also some typos.
Fixes part of PR bin/6883 from Soren S. Jorvang.
|
| 1.4 | 31-Jan-1999 |
msaitoh | s/.Ic/.Cm/
|
| 1.3 | 30-Jan-1999 |
msaitoh | Fix some roff bugs.
We should use 'Ic' for internal command.
|
| 1.2 | 23-Nov-1998 |
kenh | Implement a new command: "checkpower". Returns the current power management
mode of an ATA device.
|
| 1.1 | 19-Nov-1998 |
kenh | wdctl -> atactl
|
| 1.5.4.1 | 27-Dec-1999 |
wrstuden | Pull up to last week's -current.
|
| 1.19.2.2 | 15-Apr-2005 |
tron | Pull up revision 1.21 (requested by drochner in ticket #156):
Improve formatting.
|
| 1.19.2.1 | 15-Apr-2005 |
tron | Pull up revision 1.20 (requested by drochner in ticket #156):
document the "security" command
|
| 1.21.10.1 | 09-Jan-2008 |
matt | sync with HEAD
|
| 1.22.10.1 | 18-May-2008 |
yamt | sync with head.
|
| 1.22.8.1 | 02-Jun-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.23.26.1 | 25-Feb-2013 |
tls | resync with head
|
| 1.23.20.1 | 23-Jan-2013 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.24.30.1 | 10-Jun-2019 |
christos | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.24.28.2 | 26-Dec-2018 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD, resolve a few conflicts
|
| 1.24.28.1 | 26-Nov-2018 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD, resolve a couple of conflicts
|
| 1.86 | 23-Feb-2025 |
jakllsch | atap_logical_align is already what we want, we don't have to subtract it
from the logical blocks per physical block number.
|
| 1.85 | 20-Dec-2020 |
jmcneill | branches: 1.85.8;
Managment -> Management
|
| 1.84 | 07-Dec-2020 |
mrg | micron SMART 202 is percent lifetime used not remaining.
almost gave myself a heart attack when my server said 7% remaining!
|
| 1.83 | 30-May-2019 |
mlelstv | branches: 1.83.2;
Add support for ATA command pass-through to SCSI devices.
|
| 1.82 | 03-Mar-2019 |
mrg | - smart vendor support now does try to guess the vendor,
adjust the BUGS to suit
- claim some copyright
|
| 1.81 | 03-Mar-2019 |
mrg | add a samsung specific SMART table with:
235 - POR Recovery Count
243 - SATA Downshift Count
244 - Thermal Throttle Status
245 - Timed Workload Media Wear
251 - NAND Writes
all 5 turn up on newer samsung SSDs, though 3 of them all
read 65535 for me across muliplte devices.
|
| 1.80 | 01-Mar-2019 |
mrg | add some intel specific smart values, and be more specific for
a bunch of micron/crucial values.
|
| 1.79 | 05-Dec-2018 |
mrg | "smart status" already obtains the ata parameters to check if smart
is actually supported, so we can attempt to guess a vendor smart
table from the model name. add basic support for all the micron /
crucial disk names i could find, and add a couple more micron
specific values.
XXX: probably should add regex support for matching, and probably
should be more restrictive with the current matches.
|
| 1.78 | 31-Oct-2018 |
mrg | extend "smart status" command to "smart status [vendor]", and supply a
"Micron" (for Micron/Crucial) list with their documented values.
this allows the vendor-specific data to be used.
there appears to be no simple way to automatically determine the right
vendor to use -- identify data seems to be the only obvious way and
that data can be and is changed by OEMs. (eg, a disk may be listed as
being "dell", but dell don't make disks.) as such, no attempt is made
to automatically determine if a vendor list should be used.
|
| 1.77 | 04-Oct-2016 |
mrg | branches: 1.77.12; 1.77.14;
add SMART 249: Total Raw NAND Writes (1GiB units), sourced from
intel spec sheets.
|
| 1.76 | 10-May-2016 |
mrg | branches: 1.76.2;
update the micron smart codes for 247/248 to match data i found in
micron's "TN-FD-33: M510DC SSD SMART Implementation Introduction"
document.
these two values can be used to calculate the write amplication
factor:
WAF = ( A247 + A248 ) / A247
|
| 1.75 | 21-Sep-2015 |
mrg | add smart IDs 210, 246, 247 and 248 (Micron):
+ { 210, "Successful RAIN Recovery Count", NULL },
+ { 246, "Total Host Sector Writes", NULL },
+ { 247, "Contact Factory (Micron)", NULL },
+ { 248, "Contact Factory (Micron)", NULL },
(eek i hope 247 and 248 don't move.)
|
| 1.74 | 15-Oct-2014 |
mrg | add a whole bunch of S.M.A.R.T. status i found around various sources.
now nothing on my new SSD is unknown, except #249.
|
| 1.73 | 09-Dec-2013 |
wiz | branches: 1.73.4;
Fix typo ("then" instead of "than")
|
| 1.72 | 30-Oct-2013 |
drochner | -recognize CF cards by the magic value in inquiry data
-kill CFG_ATAPI_MASK, didn't see anything in the specs supporting
that it exists
|
| 1.71 | 06-Aug-2013 |
soren | TRIM showed up sometime between ATA-7 and ATA-8.
|
| 1.70 | 03-Aug-2013 |
soren | Don't use \t to align text columns.
Add a few attribute descriptions.
|
| 1.69 | 08-Feb-2013 |
jakllsch | Decode 6Gbps signaling SATA capability in IDENTIFY DEVICE data.
|
| 1.68 | 09-Jan-2013 |
riastradh | Add some ATA SECURITY commands to atactl(8).
|
| 1.67 | 19-Oct-2012 |
drochner | Implement experimental support to pass notifications that a file
was deleted from the filesystem to the disk driver, commonly
known as "discard" or "trim".
fs/driver support is in ffs and ata wd for now.
This is what was posted here:
http://mail-index.netbsd.org/tech-kern/2012/02/28/msg012813.html
with minor cleanup, and the global switch replaced by a mount option.
|
| 1.66 | 31-Oct-2011 |
jakllsch | branches: 1.66.2; 1.66.4; 1.66.8;
Constify structure pointed to by getataparams() return value.
|
| 1.65 | 31-Oct-2011 |
jakllsch | Remove write-only variable.
|
| 1.64 | 31-Oct-2011 |
jakllsch | Wrap or shorten lines longer than 80 columns.
|
| 1.63 | 24-Oct-2011 |
jakllsch | use C99 fixed-width integer types
|
| 1.62 | 24-Oct-2011 |
jakllsch | constify
|
| 1.61 | 24-Oct-2011 |
jakllsch | change lines containing only whitespace to empty lines,
remove trailing whitespace
|
| 1.60 | 27-Aug-2011 |
joerg | staticfy. Use __dead.
|
| 1.59 | 19-Jan-2011 |
nisimura | fix mislabelled S.M.A.R.T. lifetime temperature record reading.
|
| 1.58 | 14-Jan-2011 |
nisimura | fix a mysterious indent lossage roaming around for last couple of years.
|
| 1.57 | 13-Mar-2010 |
mrg | add SMART code 187: "Reported uncorrect". from smartmontools.
|
| 1.56 | 25-Jan-2010 |
jakllsch | Add display of Long Physical Sector and Long Logical Sectors feature set
information to atactl identify output.
Also:
- remove caddr_t cast
- warn about invalid IDENTIFY data checksum (when possible)
- humanize capacity in power-of-10 format
- remove semi-pointless ATAPI check
- slightly rework command queue depth output to be less conversational
|
| 1.55 | 08-Jun-2009 |
jakllsch | Improve "identify" output slightly:
- Capitialize "Name" in World Wide Name.
- Print the World Wide Name if it exists.
- Use LBA48 maximum address when available for "total sectors" output.
- So that geometry will display on more drives, don't be as strict when
checking for non-ATAPI devices. (This seemed to be an issue on at least
one instance of a Caviar SE16 drive.)
- Check more carefully for valid/relevant queue depth before printing it.
- Increment the queue depth by one for display.
While here, wrap some long lines that I should have had wrapped before they
were commited in rev. 1.46.
|
| 1.54 | 06-Jun-2009 |
mlelstv | make space for a trailing \0 in model,revision and serial buffers.
|
| 1.53 | 16-Mar-2009 |
lukem | fix sign-compare issues
|
| 1.52 | 25-Aug-2008 |
dholland | branches: 1.52.2; 1.52.4; 1.52.8;
Add two missing SMART attributes; PR 37967 from Henry Bent. Also add a
third I found while digging around, and fix one whose name was typoed.
|
| 1.51 | 24-Jul-2008 |
dholland | Fix this to not need -Wno-pointer-sign. Make it pass -Wsign-compare too,
while I'm at it.
|
| 1.50 | 28-Apr-2008 |
martin | branches: 1.50.2;
Remove clause 3 and 4 from TNF licenses
|
| 1.49 | 15-Dec-2007 |
perry | branches: 1.49.4; 1.49.6;
replace instances of __attribute__((__packed__)) with __packed
|
| 1.48 | 18-Nov-2007 |
christos | branches: 1.48.2;
From Marco Trillo (marcotrillo at gmail dot com):
Add Advanced power management in atactl(8)
|
| 1.47 | 04-Nov-2007 |
xtraeme | Fix typo in SATA features: Perservation -> Preservation.
|
| 1.46 | 21-Aug-2007 |
bouyer | branches: 1.46.2;
Improved SATA support, from Jonathan A. Kollasch in PR bin/36772:
* use full 5-bit command queue depth that SATA supports
* decode SATA bits
|
| 1.45 | 16-Oct-2006 |
christos | add missing initializers
|
| 1.44 | 24-Sep-2006 |
xtraeme | It's WDCC_SECURITY_FREEZE not WCDD_SECURITY_FREEZE.
Noticed by Sergey Svishchev.
|
| 1.43 | 23-Sep-2006 |
xtraeme | Do not print "SMART not supported" when SMART was disabled, this
fixes PR bin/18666.
|
| 1.42 | 25-Feb-2006 |
wiz | Fix some typos.
|
| 1.41 | 29-Nov-2005 |
dbj | fix byteswap of log revision structure check, improve error printout
|
| 1.40 | 29-Nov-2005 |
dbj | add newline termination on error message
|
| 1.39 | 27-Jun-2005 |
christos | Move WARNS=3 to the Makefile.inc, and add a little const to the remaining
programs that did not compile before.
|
| 1.38 | 12-Apr-2005 |
drochner | Implement a "security" command with subcommands to query the status of
the "security" extension and to "freeze" it. With the security extension
frozen, disk passwords cannot be set anymore, until the next hard reset.
Normally, this is the business of the BIOS, but older/buggy/embedded
BIOSes don't care. This leaves the (theoretical) possibility that a
malicious program in posession of superuser rights sets a disk password,
rendering the disk useless (or at least uneconomical to recover from).
Inspired by an article in the german "ct" magazine.
Being here, consolidate the implementations of IDENTIFY into one, and
fix an obvious alignment problem.
|
| 1.37 | 20-Jan-2005 |
xtraeme | branches: 1.37.2;
Kill __P(), remove main() prototype; WARNS=2
|
| 1.36 | 17-Jan-2005 |
dogcow | Add missing SMART attribute (6, Read channel margin)
|
| 1.35 | 17-Nov-2004 |
fvdl | * don't swap the WDSMART_CYL value, it isn't needed
* swap the 16- and 32 bit fields of the SMART structures (where used)
Makes SMART commands work on big-endian systems.
|
| 1.34 | 08-Oct-2004 |
soren | Add offline command to usage() and man page.
|
| 1.33 | 08-Oct-2004 |
mycroft | Combine the listing of enabled/disabled features with the general listing of
features.
Add an "smart error-log" command to display the SMART error-log.
Add an "offline" command to run offline selftests.
|
| 1.32 | 10-Sep-2004 |
atatat | Add some more attribute "names", taken from
http://freepgs.com/smart/attributes.php
which gets them from smartmontools as maintained by Bruce Allen.
Note that some of these attributes should be "named" differently
depending on the drive (point for future work?), but at least now
there are names for some of the one that were missing them.
|
| 1.31 | 10-Sep-2004 |
atatat | White space police
|
| 1.30 | 01-Aug-2004 |
bouyer | Add infrastructure for ATA bus commands, and implement the reset bus command.
|
| 1.29 | 28-Mar-2004 |
mycroft | Print the raw SMART values always. These are important in a bunch of cases --
e.g. for the load cycle count and power-cycle count.
Also, consistently treat the raw values as unsigned.
|
| 1.28 | 14-Mar-2004 |
wiz | It's extension, not extention. From Miod Vallat (miod at online fr).
|
| 1.27 | 05-Jan-2004 |
jmmv | Homogenize usage messages: make the 'usage' word all lowercase, as this seems
to be the most common practice in our tree.
|
| 1.26 | 30-Dec-2003 |
thorpej | No longer need to include <dev/ic/wdcreg.h>
|
| 1.25 | 30-Dec-2003 |
thorpej | Don't need to include atavar.h
|
| 1.24 | 20-Dec-2003 |
lha | Extend SMART status to print temperature. Add support for printing
selftest log (but no code it start selftest yet).
|
| 1.23 | 30-Nov-2003 |
yamt | display more capabilities for "identify" command.
|
| 1.22 | 21-Oct-2003 |
fvdl | Fix various uses of NULL that should have been 0.
|
| 1.21 | 23-Jun-2003 |
agc | Add NetBSD RCS Ids.
|
| 1.20 | 13-Sep-2002 |
mycroft | Allow the enable command if SMART is not enabled. Duh.
Also, just blindly allow the disable command.
|
| 1.19 | 15-Aug-2002 |
soren | Typo.
|
| 1.18 | 15-Aug-2002 |
mycroft | Correct the check for whether SMART is enabled.
|
| 1.17 | 06-Aug-2002 |
soren | Print symbolic names for SMART STATUS attributes.
|
| 1.16 | 06-Aug-2002 |
soren | s/smart info/smart status/ to better fit in with the standard's feature set.
|
| 1.15 | 05-Aug-2002 |
soren | Add ATA SMART reporting support from Ben Collver in kern/12787.
|
| 1.14 | 07-Sep-2001 |
simonb | Use the command set/feature *enabled* words when displaying what
command sets and features are enabled.
|
| 1.13 | 07-Sep-2001 |
simonb | ANSIfy.
|
| 1.12 | 28-Aug-2001 |
ad | errx() prints the newline for you.
|
| 1.11 | 19-Feb-2001 |
cgd | convert to use getprogname()
|
| 1.10 | 10-Oct-2000 |
is | Format string cleanups by Bill Sommerfeld.
|
| 1.9 | 13-Jul-2000 |
ad | Back out previous two - didn't follow the code properly.
|
| 1.8 | 13-Jul-2000 |
ad | Fix previous. From Micheal Eriksson <eramore@era-t.ericsson.se>.
|
| 1.7 | 06-Jul-2000 |
ad | printf fmt string without %s, from OpenBSD.
|
| 1.6 | 01-Nov-1999 |
soren | branches: 1.6.6;
Fix typo.
|
| 1.5 | 29-Oct-1999 |
soren | Sync with scsictl: rearrange usage() and print list of commands.
|
| 1.4 | 24-Feb-1999 |
jwise | branches: 1.4.2; 1.4.4;
Code to check for cooked device names was failing even if it succeeded in
opening the cooked device. Also some typos.
Fixes part of PR bin/6883 from Soren S. Jorvang.
|
| 1.3 | 23-Nov-1998 |
kenh | Implement a new command: "checkpower". Returns the current power management
mode of an ATA device.
|
| 1.2 | 20-Nov-1998 |
kenh | Fix a warning that shows up on big-endian machines.
|
| 1.1 | 19-Nov-1998 |
kenh | wdctl -> atactl
|
| 1.4.4.1 | 27-Dec-1999 |
wrstuden | Pull up to last week's -current.
|
| 1.4.2.1 | 10-Oct-2000 |
he | Pull up revision 1.10 (requested by is):
Format string cleanup.
|
| 1.6.6.1 | 18-Oct-2000 |
tv | Pullup sbin string format fixes [is].
See "cvs log" for explicit revision numbers per file, from sommerfeld.
|
| 1.37.2.1 | 15-Apr-2005 |
tron | Pull up revision 1.38 (requested by drochner in ticket #156):
Implement a "security" command with subcommands to query the status of
the "security" extension and to "freeze" it. With the security extension
frozen, disk passwords cannot be set anymore, until the next hard reset.
Normally, this is the business of the BIOS, but older/buggy/embedded
BIOSes don't care. This leaves the (theoretical) possibility that a
malicious program in posession of superuser rights sets a disk password,
rendering the disk useless (or at least uneconomical to recover from).
Inspired by an article in the german "ct" magazine.
Being here, consolidate the implementations of IDENTIFY into one, and
fix an obvious alignment problem.
|
| 1.46.2.2 | 09-Jan-2008 |
matt | sync with HEAD
|
| 1.46.2.1 | 06-Nov-2007 |
matt | sync with HEAD
|
| 1.48.2.1 | 27-Dec-2007 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.49.6.1 | 18-May-2008 |
yamt | sync with head.
|
| 1.49.4.2 | 28-Sep-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.49.4.1 | 02-Jun-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.50.2.1 | 18-Sep-2008 |
wrstuden | Sync with wrstuden-revivesa-base-2.
|
| 1.52.8.1 | 21-Apr-2010 |
matt | sync to netbsd-5
|
| 1.52.4.1 | 13-May-2009 |
jym | Sync with HEAD.
Third (and last) commit. See http://mail-index.netbsd.org/source-changes/2009/05/13/msg221222.html
|
| 1.52.2.1 | 06-Jun-2009 |
bouyer | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by mlelstv in ticket #794):
sbin/atactl/atactl.c: revision 1.54
make space for a trailing \0 in model,revision and serial buffers.
|
| 1.66.8.3 | 20-Aug-2014 |
tls | Rebase to HEAD as of a few days ago.
|
| 1.66.8.2 | 25-Feb-2013 |
tls | resync with head
|
| 1.66.8.1 | 20-Nov-2012 |
tls | Resync to 2012-11-19 00:00:00 UTC
|
| 1.66.4.2 | 07-Dec-2014 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by mrg in ticket #1206):
sbin/atactl/atactl.c: revision 1.70 and 1.74
Don't use \t to align text columns.
Add a few attribute descriptions.
Add various S.M.A.R.T. status attributes.
|
| 1.66.4.1 | 18-Feb-2013 |
riz | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by jakllsch in ticket #830):
sbin/atactl/atactl.c: revision 1.69
Decode 6Gbps signaling SATA capability in IDENTIFY DEVICE data.
|
| 1.66.2.3 | 22-May-2014 |
yamt | sync with head.
for a reference, the tree before this commit was tagged
as yamt-pagecache-tag8.
this commit was splitted into small chunks to avoid
a limitation of cvs. ("Protocol error: too many arguments")
|
| 1.66.2.2 | 23-Jan-2013 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.66.2.1 | 30-Oct-2012 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.73.4.1 | 09-Nov-2014 |
snj | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by mrg in ticket #196):
sbin/atactl/atactl.c: revision 1.74
add a whole bunch of S.M.A.R.T. status i found around various sources.
now nothing on my new SSD is unknown, except #249.
|
| 1.76.2.1 | 04-Nov-2016 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.77.14.1 | 10-Jun-2019 |
christos | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.77.12.2 | 26-Dec-2018 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD, resolve a few conflicts
|
| 1.77.12.1 | 26-Nov-2018 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD, resolve a couple of conflicts
|
| 1.83.2.1 | 12-Dec-2020 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by mrg in ticket #1148):
sbin/atactl/atactl.c: revision 1.84
micron SMART 202 is percent lifetime used not remaining.
almost gave myself a heart attack when my server said 7% remaining!
|
| 1.85.8.1 | 02-Aug-2025 |
perseant | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.15 | 27-Jun-2005 |
christos | Move WARNS=3 to the Makefile.inc, and add a little const to the remaining
programs that did not compile before.
|
| 1.14 | 08-Aug-2004 |
christos | warns = 3
|
| 1.13 | 19-Aug-2002 |
lukem | Use ${NETBSDSRCDIR}/some/path instead of ${.CURDIR}/../../some/path
|
| 1.12 | 15-Jan-1999 |
bouyer | #include machine/bswap.h and remove -lutil.
|
| 1.11 | 18-Mar-1998 |
bouyer | Add support for non-native endian ffs.
|
| 1.10 | 15-Sep-1997 |
lukem | define WARNS?=1 for all of sbin/*
|
| 1.9 | 01-Aug-1997 |
christos | Fix warnings.
Use warn(3) and err(3) instead of printf+perror
|
| 1.8 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.7 | 22-Dec-1994 |
cgd | specify man pages the new way.
|
| 1.6 | 11-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Fix up RCS ids.
|
| 1.5 | 10-Jun-1994 |
pk | Update to 4.4-lite.
|
| 1.4 | 01-Aug-1993 |
mycroft | Add RCS identifiers.
|
| 1.3 | 23-Mar-1993 |
cgd | changed "Id" to "Header" for rcsids
|
| 1.2 | 22-Mar-1993 |
cgd | added rcs ids to all files
|
| 1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.2 | 13-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Import 4.4-Lite version.
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | initial import of 386bsd-0.1 sources
|
| 1.17 | 07-Aug-2003 |
agc | Move UCB-licensed code from 4-clause to 3-clause licence.
Patches provided by Joel Baker in PR 22308, verified by myself.
|
| 1.16 | 25-Feb-2003 |
wiz | .Nm does not need a dummy argument ("") before punctuation or
for correct formatting of the SYNOPSIS any longer.
|
| 1.15 | 16-Nov-2001 |
wiz | Sort sections.
|
| 1.14 | 05-Jun-2001 |
wiz | Drop arguments of .Os.
|
| 1.13 | 06-May-2001 |
wiz | Improve wording of a sentence. misc/10893 by Jim Bernard, part 2.
|
| 1.12 | 02-Oct-2000 |
hubertf | We don't ship format(8), so don't x-ref it.
|
| 1.11 | 29-Apr-1998 |
fair | branches: 1.11.10;
fix bad .Xr references
|
| 1.10 | 15-Sep-1997 |
lukem | can now use '.Nm "" :'
|
| 1.9 | 14-Sep-1997 |
lukem | use .Nm appropriately
|
| 1.8 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.7 | 03-Nov-1994 |
jtc | Misc manpages fixes (PR #551)
|
| 1.6 | 11-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Fix up RCS ids.
|
| 1.5 | 10-Jun-1994 |
pk | Update to 4.4-lite.
|
| 1.4 | 01-Aug-1993 |
mycroft | Add RCS indentifiers.
|
| 1.3 | 23-Mar-1993 |
cgd | changed "Id" to "Header" for rcsids
|
| 1.2 | 22-Mar-1993 |
cgd | added rcs ids to all files
|
| 1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.2 | 13-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Import 4.4-Lite version.
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | initial import of 386bsd-0.1 sources
|
| 1.11.10.1 | 02-Oct-2000 |
hubertf | Pull up rev. 1.12 to netbsd-1-5 branch, OK'd by thorpej:
> We don't ship format(8), so don't x-ref it.
|
| 1.35 | 17-Nov-2022 |
chs | Restore backward compatibility of UFS2 with previous NetBSD releases by
disabling support in UFS2 for extended attributes (including ACLs).
Add a new variant of UFS2 called "UFS2ea" that does support extended attributes.
Add new fsck_ffs operations "-c ea" and "-c no-ea" to convert file systems
from UFS2 to UFS2ea and vice-versa (both of which delete all existing extended
attributes in the process).
|
| 1.34 | 05-Sep-2016 |
sevan | Drop main() prototype.
|
| 1.33 | 23-Jun-2013 |
dholland | fsbtodb() -> FFS_FSBTODB(), EXT2_FSBTODB(), or MFS_FSBTODB()
dbtofsb() -> FFS_DBTOFSB() or EXT2_DBTOFSB()
(Christos already did the lfs ones a few days back)
|
| 1.32 | 16-Mar-2009 |
lukem | branches: 1.32.6; 1.32.12;
fix sign-compare issues
|
| 1.31 | 29-Dec-2008 |
christos | branches: 1.31.2;
fix dev_t format.
|
| 1.30 | 20-Jul-2008 |
lukem | Remove the \n and tabs from the __COPYRIGHT() strings.
(Tweak some to use a consistent format.)
|
| 1.29 | 08-Aug-2004 |
christos | branches: 1.29.26; 1.29.30;
cleanup some lint
remove unused variables
XXX: fs.h macros are not portable in ansi.
|
| 1.28 | 08-Aug-2004 |
christos | - fix broken superblock finding code was wrong.
- ansify, KNF
- if the filesystem was not modified, don't ask the user to fsck.
|
| 1.27 | 27-Mar-2004 |
dsl | Don't require ffsv2 suberblocks to have FS_FLAGS_UPDATED set
|
| 1.26 | 21-Mar-2004 |
dsl | When searching for the superblock, check that the fs_sblockloc field
matches the location we read it from to ensure we don't have one of the
alternate superblocks.
Fixes part of PR kern/24809
|
| 1.25 | 05-Jan-2004 |
jmmv | Homogenize usage messages: make the 'usage' word all lowercase, as this seems
to be the most common practice in our tree.
|
| 1.24 | 07-Aug-2003 |
agc | Move UCB-licensed code from 4-clause to 3-clause licence.
Patches provided by Joel Baker in PR 22308, verified by myself.
|
| 1.23 | 13-Jul-2003 |
itojun | use bounded string op
|
| 1.22 | 02-Apr-2003 |
fvdl | Add support for UFS2. UFS2 is an enhanced FFS, adding support for
64 bit block pointers, extended attribute storage, and a few
other things.
This commit does not yet include the code to manipulate the extended
storage (for e.g. ACLs), this will be done later.
Originally written by Kirk McKusick and Network Associates Laboratories for
FreeBSD.
|
| 1.21 | 24-Jan-2003 |
fvdl | Bump daddr_t to 64 bits. Replace it with int32_t in all places where
it was used on-disk, so that on-disk formats remain the same.
Remove ufs_daddr_t and ufs_lbn_t for the time being.
|
| 1.20 | 17-Aug-2001 |
lukem | remove third argument (`int ns') from ffs_sb_swap(), and let ffs_sb_swap()
determine the endianness of the `struct fs *o' superblock from o->fs_magic
and set needswap as necessary, rather than trusting the caller to get
it right. invariably, almost every caller of ffs_sb_swap() was calling it
with ns set to the wrong value for ns anyway!
ansi KNF ffs_bswap.c declarations whilst here.
this fixes all sorts of problems when trying to use other-endian file systems,
notably the kernel trying to access memory *way* off, possibly corrupting or
panicing, and userland programs SEGVing and/or corrupting things (e.g,
"fsck_ffs -B" to swap a file system endianness).
whilst the previous rev of ffs_bswap.c (1.10, 2000/12/23) made this problem
worse, i suspect that the problem was always there and previous versions
just happened not to trash things at the wrong time.
FFS_EI should now be a lot more stable.
|
| 1.19 | 19-Feb-2001 |
cgd | convert to use getprogname()
|
| 1.18 | 04-Feb-2001 |
christos | fix nested extern
|
| 1.17 | 30-Jul-1999 |
drochner | branches: 1.17.8;
don't use the result of a readdir() after closedir(), from
Christian Groessler per PR bin/8107
|
| 1.16 | 25-Aug-1998 |
ross | from Erik Bertelsen <erik@mediator.uni-c.dk>
{ put } { in } { lots } { of } { these } { to } { shut } { up } { egcs }
|
| 1.15 | 18-Mar-1998 |
bouyer | Add support for non-native endian ffs.
|
| 1.14 | 16-Sep-1997 |
lukem | resolve sccsid conflict
|
| 1.13 | 14-Sep-1997 |
lukem | * don't use register
* warnx() doesn't need trailing \n
|
| 1.12 | 01-Aug-1997 |
christos | Fix warnings.
Use warn(3) and err(3) instead of printf+perror
|
| 1.11 | 21-Sep-1996 |
scottr | Since the filesystem is mounted on the block device, we need to use
the character device instead. Closes PRs 897, 994, 2719, and 2769, but
somewhat differently.
|
| 1.10 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.9 | 30-Jan-1995 |
mycroft | Don't mix stat flags and inode flags.
|
| 1.8 | 31-Oct-1994 |
cgd | Add string.h
|
| 1.7 | 11-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Fix up RCS ids.
|
| 1.6 | 10-Jun-1994 |
pk | Update to 4.4-lite.
|
| 1.5 | 15-Dec-1993 |
jtc | Update to use <dirent.h>.
|
| 1.4 | 01-Aug-1993 |
mycroft | Add RCS identifiers.
|
| 1.3 | 23-Mar-1993 |
cgd | changed "Id" to "Header" for rcsids
|
| 1.2 | 22-Mar-1993 |
cgd | added rcs ids to all files
|
| 1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.3 | 16-Sep-1997 |
lukem | imported from lite-2
|
| 1.1.1.2 | 13-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Import 4.4-Lite version.
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | initial import of 386bsd-0.1 sources
|
| 1.17.8.1 | 25-Nov-2001 |
he | Pull up revision 1.20 (requested by lukem):
Call ffs_sb_swap() with the correct arguments. Fixes problems
with using other-endian file systems.
|
| 1.29.30.1 | 18-Sep-2008 |
wrstuden | Sync with wrstuden-revivesa-base-2.
|
| 1.29.26.2 | 17-Jan-2009 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.29.26.1 | 28-Sep-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.31.2.1 | 13-May-2009 |
jym | Sync with HEAD.
Third (and last) commit. See http://mail-index.netbsd.org/source-changes/2009/05/13/msg221222.html
|
| 1.32.12.1 | 20-Aug-2014 |
tls | Rebase to HEAD as of a few days ago.
|
| 1.32.6.1 | 22-May-2014 |
yamt | sync with head.
for a reference, the tree before this commit was tagged
as yamt-pagecache-tag8.
this commit was splitted into small chunks to avoid
a limitation of cvs. ("Protocol error: too many arguments")
|
| 1.5 | 16-Jan-2015 |
christos | kill 1 copy of strtonum.
|
| 1.4 | 11-Apr-2009 |
lukem | Enable WARNS=4 by default except for:
dump dump_lfs fsck_ffs fsck_lfs fsdb mount_smbfs
newfs_ext2fs newfs_lfs resize_lfs setkey
|
| 1.3 | 02-Jan-2008 |
xtraeme | branches: 1.3.12;
Rewrite bioctl(8) and add support for the following features:
- Ability to add/remove hot-spare disks (previously only 'add' was accepted).
- Ability to add/remove pass-through disks.
- Ability to create/remove RAID volumes with optional size, stripe, level,
member disks and others.
- Ability to start/stop consistency checks in a RAID volume.
- Ability to show only information about physical disks, volumes or both.
Rather than using multiple flags, the utility has been modified to use
the same mode than dkctl(8) (and maybe others), i.e:
$ ./bioctl
usage: bioctl device command [arg [...]]
Available commands:
show [disks] | [volumes]
alarm [enable] | [disable] | [silence] | [test]
blink start | stop [channel:target[.lun]]
hotspare add | remove channel:target.lun
passthru add DISKID | remove channel:target.lun
check start | stop VOLID
create volume VOLID DISKIDs [SIZE] STRIPE RAID_LEVEL channel:target.lun
remove volume VOLID channel:target.lun
$
I'll add support for other features soon.
|
| 1.2 | 04-Nov-2007 |
xtraeme | branches: 1.2.2;
- Remove the code for softraid, it's unlikely that NetBSD will support
this because we do have a working raidframe(4).
- Miscellaneous cleanups and make the code WARNS=4 compliant.
- Removed all stuff that doesn't apply to NetBSD.
|
| 1.1 | 01-May-2007 |
bouyer | branches: 1.1.2; 1.1.6; 1.1.8;
Add bio(4) and associated bioctl(8) from OpenBSD, a driver control block
device controllers, and more specifically raid controllers.
Add a new sensor type, ENVSYS_DRIVE, to report drive status. From OpenBSD.
Add bio and sysmon support to mfi(4). This allow userland to query
status for drives and logical volumes attached to a mfi(4) controller. While
there fix some debug printfs in mfi so they compile.
Add bio(4) to amd64 and i386 GENERIC.
|
| 1.1.8.3 | 15-Oct-2007 |
riz | Clean up after a mistake I made pulling up ticket #1838. We
really only need one copy of each new file. :-)
|
| 1.1.8.2 | 15-Oct-2007 |
riz | Pull up following revisions via patch (requested by bouyer in ticket #1838):
distrib/sets/lists/man/mi: revision 1.997
sbin/bioctl/strtonum.c: revision 1.1
sys/dev/Makefile: revision 1.25
sys/arch/amd64/conf/GENERIC: revision 1.139
sbin/bioctl/strtonum.h: revision 1.1
sys/dev/bio.c: revision 1.1
sbin/bioctl/bioctl.c: revision 1.1
share/man/man4/bio.4: revision 1.1
sbin/bioctl/bioctl.8: revision 1.1
sys/sys/envsys.h: revision 1.11
sbin/bioctl/bioctl.8: revision 1.3
sbin/bioctl/bioctl.8: revision 1.4
sys/arch/i386/conf/XEN2_DOM0: revision 1.25
distrib/sets/lists/base/mi: revision 1.704
sys/conf/majors: revision 1.34
share/man/man4/Makefile: revision 1.426
etc/MAKEDEV.tmpl: revision 1.86
sys/arch/i386/conf/GENERIC: revision 1.825
distrib/sets/lists/comp/mi: revision 1.1022
sys/conf/files: revision 1.839
usr.sbin/envstat/envstat.c: revision 1.24
sbin/Makefile: revision 1.105
sys/dev/ic/mfi.c: revision 1.4
sys/dev/biovar.h: revision 1.1
sys/dev/ic/mfivar.h: revision 1.4
sbin/bioctl/Makefile: revision 1.1
Fix typo.
Add bio(4) and associated bioctl(8) from OpenBSD, a driver control block
device controllers, and more specifically raid controllers.
Add a new sensor type, ENVSYS_DRIVE, to report drive status. From OpenBSD.
Add bio and sysmon support to mfi(4). This allow userland to query
status for drives and logical volumes attached to a mfi(4) controller. While
there fix some debug printfs in mfi so they compile.
Add bio(4) to amd64 and i386 GENERIC.
Add bio(4) and associated bioctl(8) from OpenBSD, a driver control block
device controllers, and more specifically raid controllers.
Add a new sensor type, ENVSYS_DRIVE, to report drive status. From OpenBSD.
Add bio and sysmon support to mfi(4). This allow userland to query
status for drives and logical volumes attached to a mfi(4) controller. While
there fix some debug printfs in mfi so they compile.
Add bio(4) to amd64 and i386 GENERIC.
Fix Dd argument (use full month names).
Use more markup.
Comment out references to safte(4) and softraid(4), which don't exist in
NetBSD.
Remove trailing whitespace.
Use macros instead of characters for HTML output (replace ">", "<"
with \*[Gt], \*[Lt]).
Sort sections.
Create /dev/bio
|
| 1.1.8.1 | 01-May-2007 |
riz | file Makefile was added on branch netbsd-3 on 2007-10-15 05:09:52 +0000
|
| 1.1.6.2 | 09-Jan-2008 |
matt | sync with HEAD
|
| 1.1.6.1 | 06-Nov-2007 |
matt | sync with HEAD
|
| 1.1.2.4 | 10-Dec-2010 |
bouyer | Remove spurious -I/usr/src/sys introduced by patch from ticket 1175.
This cause build failure in some cases.
|
| 1.1.2.3 | 29-Aug-2008 |
bouyer | Apply patch, requested by christos in tickets #1175:
sys/dev/bio.c patch
sys/dev/biovar.h patch
sys/dev/pci/arcmsr.c patch
sys/dev/pci/arcmsrvar.h patch
sbin/bioctl/Makefile patch
sbin/bioctl/bioctl.8 patch
sbin/bioctl/bioctl.c patch
sbin/bioctl/dehumanize_number.c patch
sbin/bioctl/strtonum.c patch
sbin/bioctl/strtonum.h patch
Port bioctl(8) and arcmsr(4) from current:
bioctl(8): Rewritten to handle new features like creating/removing
hot-spare, pass-through disks and RAID volumes, start/stop
consistency checks in volumes and others.
arcmsr(4): Added support to create/remove hot-spare, pass-through
disks and RAID volumes, start/stop consistency checks
in volumes as well as showing information about physical
disks (even if they are marked as hot-spare, pass-through
or unused).
|
| 1.1.2.2 | 08-May-2007 |
pavel | branches: 1.1.2.2.2;
Pull up following revision(s) (requested by bouyer in ticket #603):
distrib/sets/lists/base/mi: revision 1.704
distrib/sets/lists/comp/mi: revision 1.1022
distrib/sets/lists/man/mi: revision 1.997
doc/CHANGES: revision 1.839
sbin/Makefile: patch
sbin/bioctl/Makefile: revision 1.1
sbin/bioctl/bioctl.8: revision 1.1
sbin/bioctl/bioctl.c: revision 1.1
sbin/bioctl/strtonum.c: revision 1.1
sbin/bioctl/strtonum.h: revision 1.1
share/man/man4/Makefile: revision 1.426
share/man/man4/bio.4: revision 1.1
sys/arch/amd64/conf/GENERIC: revision 1.139
sys/arch/i386/conf/GENERIC: revision 1.825
sys/arch/i386/conf/XEN2_DOM0: revision 1.25
sys/conf/files: revision 1.839
sys/conf/majors: patch
sys/dev/Makefile: revision 1.25
sys/dev/bio.c: patch
sys/dev/biovar.h: patch
sys/dev/ic/mfi.c: revision 1.4-1.5
sys/dev/ic/mfivar.h: revision 1.4
sys/sys/envsys.h: revision 1.11
usr.sbin/envstat/envstat.c: revision 1.24
Add bio(4) and associated bioctl(8) from OpenBSD, a driver control block
device controllers, and more specifically raid controllers.
Add a new sensor type, ENVSYS_DRIVE, to report drive status. From OpenBSD.
Add bio and sysmon support to mfi(4). This allow userland to query
status for drives and logical volumes attached to a mfi(4) controller. While
there fix some debug printfs in mfi so they compile.
Add bio(4) to amd64 and i386 GENERIC.
note bio(4), envsys(4) DRIVE, and mfi(4) support for both.
tred->sensor is a u_int.
|
| 1.1.2.1 | 01-May-2007 |
pavel | branches: 1.1.2.1.2;
file Makefile was added on branch netbsd-4 on 2007-05-08 10:45:04 +0000
|
| 1.1.2.2.2.1 | 04-Sep-2008 |
skrll | Sync with netbsd-4.
|
| 1.1.2.1.2.1 locked by: joerg; | 01-May-2007 |
skrll | file Makefile was added on branch netbsd-4 on 2008-09-04 08:46:43 +0000
|
| 1.2.2.1 | 18-Feb-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.3.12.1 | 13-May-2009 |
jym | Sync with HEAD.
Third (and last) commit. See http://mail-index.netbsd.org/source-changes/2009/05/13/msg221222.html
|
| 1.25 | 08-May-2019 |
wiz | Sort SEE ALSO.
|
| 1.24 | 08-May-2019 |
cnst | bioctl(8): Xr ataraid(4), mpii(4) && mfii(4);
|
| 1.23 | 03-Jul-2017 |
wiz | branches: 1.23.6;
Remove workaround for ancient HTML generation code.
|
| 1.22 | 11-Sep-2016 |
sevan | Note which version it appeared in before the rewrite.
Bump date.
|
| 1.21 | 30-Sep-2014 |
wiz | Add comma in enumeration.
|
| 1.20 | 30-Sep-2014 |
pettai | Add mpt reference, as support for this device was added recently
|
| 1.19 | 18-Mar-2014 |
riastradh | Merge riastradh-drm2 to HEAD.
|
| 1.18 | 20-Jul-2013 |
wiz | Use Mt for email addresses.
|
| 1.17 | 25-Apr-2011 |
wiz | branches: 1.17.4; 1.17.10; 1.17.14;
Add serial comma.
|
| 1.16 | 25-May-2008 |
mhitch | Add ciss(4) to drivers supporting bio(4) and bioctl(8).
|
| 1.15 | 16-Mar-2008 |
wiz | branches: 1.15.2; 1.15.4;
Various improvements (mdoc, wording, punctuation).
|
| 1.14 | 16-Mar-2008 |
xtraeme | Xref cac(4).
|
| 1.13 | 03-Mar-2008 |
christos | fix example (from anon ymous)
|
| 1.12 | 03-Mar-2008 |
xtraeme | Typo in previous.
|
| 1.11 | 03-Mar-2008 |
xtraeme | Improve usage() and manpage commands/args.
|
| 1.10 | 02-Feb-2008 |
xtraeme | branches: 1.10.2; 1.10.4;
Add two examples to create and remove a RAID volume in a supported
controller... such as arcmsr(4) for now.
|
| 1.9 | 11-Jan-2008 |
xtraeme | New bioctl(8) first appeared on 5.0 not 4.1.
|
| 1.8 | 02-Jan-2008 |
xtraeme | Rewrite bioctl(8) and add support for the following features:
- Ability to add/remove hot-spare disks (previously only 'add' was accepted).
- Ability to add/remove pass-through disks.
- Ability to create/remove RAID volumes with optional size, stripe, level,
member disks and others.
- Ability to start/stop consistency checks in a RAID volume.
- Ability to show only information about physical disks, volumes or both.
Rather than using multiple flags, the utility has been modified to use
the same mode than dkctl(8) (and maybe others), i.e:
$ ./bioctl
usage: bioctl device command [arg [...]]
Available commands:
show [disks] | [volumes]
alarm [enable] | [disable] | [silence] | [test]
blink start | stop [channel:target[.lun]]
hotspare add | remove channel:target.lun
passthru add DISKID | remove channel:target.lun
check start | stop VOLID
create volume VOLID DISKIDs [SIZE] STRIPE RAID_LEVEL channel:target.lun
remove volume VOLID channel:target.lun
$
I'll add support for other features soon.
|
| 1.7 | 05-Dec-2007 |
xtraeme | branches: 1.7.2;
- Remove -D flag... it's useless (it was removed in OpenBSD as well).
- Use errx(3) in the appropiate function rather than warn(4) and
returning EXIT_SUCCESS all the time.
- Remove another case where it checks the device passed string will be
the same than in bv_dev.
|
| 1.6 | 05-Dec-2007 |
xtraeme | Mention arcmsr(4) in SEE ALSO.
|
| 1.5 | 04-Nov-2007 |
xtraeme | - Remove the code for softraid, it's unlikely that NetBSD will support
this because we do have a working raidframe(4).
- Miscellaneous cleanups and make the code WARNS=4 compliant.
- Removed all stuff that doesn't apply to NetBSD.
|
| 1.4 | 09-Sep-2007 |
wiz | branches: 1.4.2;
Fix Dd argument (use full month names).
Use more markup.
Comment out references to safte(4) and softraid(4), which don't exist in
NetBSD.
Remove trailing whitespace.
Use macros instead of characters for HTML output (replace ">", "<"
with \*[Gt], \*[Lt]).
Sort sections.
|
| 1.3 | 09-Sep-2007 |
bouyer | Fix typo.
|
| 1.2 | 07-May-2007 |
xtraeme | branches: 1.2.2; 1.2.6;
Remove an extra comma.
|
| 1.1 | 01-May-2007 |
bouyer | Add bio(4) and associated bioctl(8) from OpenBSD, a driver control block
device controllers, and more specifically raid controllers.
Add a new sensor type, ENVSYS_DRIVE, to report drive status. From OpenBSD.
Add bio and sysmon support to mfi(4). This allow userland to query
status for drives and logical volumes attached to a mfi(4) controller. While
there fix some debug printfs in mfi so they compile.
Add bio(4) to amd64 and i386 GENERIC.
|
| 1.2.6.3 | 23-Mar-2008 |
matt | sync with HEAD
|
| 1.2.6.2 | 09-Jan-2008 |
matt | sync with HEAD
|
| 1.2.6.1 | 06-Nov-2007 |
matt | sync with HEAD
|
| 1.2.2.4 | 29-Aug-2008 |
bouyer | Apply patch, requested by christos in tickets #1175:
sys/dev/bio.c patch
sys/dev/biovar.h patch
sys/dev/pci/arcmsr.c patch
sys/dev/pci/arcmsrvar.h patch
sbin/bioctl/Makefile patch
sbin/bioctl/bioctl.8 patch
sbin/bioctl/bioctl.c patch
sbin/bioctl/dehumanize_number.c patch
sbin/bioctl/strtonum.c patch
sbin/bioctl/strtonum.h patch
Port bioctl(8) and arcmsr(4) from current:
bioctl(8): Rewritten to handle new features like creating/removing
hot-spare, pass-through disks and RAID volumes, start/stop
consistency checks in volumes and others.
arcmsr(4): Added support to create/remove hot-spare, pass-through
disks and RAID volumes, start/stop consistency checks
in volumes as well as showing information about physical
disks (even if they are marked as hot-spare, pass-through
or unused).
|
| 1.2.2.3 | 11-Sep-2007 |
xtraeme | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by bouyer in ticket #874):
sbin/bioctl/bioctl.8: revision 1.3
Fix typo.
|
| 1.2.2.2 | 08-May-2007 |
pavel | branches: 1.2.2.2.2;
Pull up following revision(s) (requested by bouyer in ticket #603):
distrib/sets/lists/base/mi: revision 1.704
distrib/sets/lists/comp/mi: revision 1.1022
distrib/sets/lists/man/mi: revision 1.997
doc/CHANGES: revision 1.839
sbin/Makefile: patch
sbin/bioctl/Makefile: revision 1.1
sbin/bioctl/bioctl.8: revision 1.1
sbin/bioctl/bioctl.c: revision 1.1
sbin/bioctl/strtonum.c: revision 1.1
sbin/bioctl/strtonum.h: revision 1.1
share/man/man4/Makefile: revision 1.426
share/man/man4/bio.4: revision 1.1
sys/arch/amd64/conf/GENERIC: revision 1.139
sys/arch/i386/conf/GENERIC: revision 1.825
sys/arch/i386/conf/XEN2_DOM0: revision 1.25
sys/conf/files: revision 1.839
sys/conf/majors: patch
sys/dev/Makefile: revision 1.25
sys/dev/bio.c: patch
sys/dev/biovar.h: patch
sys/dev/ic/mfi.c: revision 1.4-1.5
sys/dev/ic/mfivar.h: revision 1.4
sys/sys/envsys.h: revision 1.11
usr.sbin/envstat/envstat.c: revision 1.24
Add bio(4) and associated bioctl(8) from OpenBSD, a driver control block
device controllers, and more specifically raid controllers.
Add a new sensor type, ENVSYS_DRIVE, to report drive status. From OpenBSD.
Add bio and sysmon support to mfi(4). This allow userland to query
status for drives and logical volumes attached to a mfi(4) controller. While
there fix some debug printfs in mfi so they compile.
Add bio(4) to amd64 and i386 GENERIC.
note bio(4), envsys(4) DRIVE, and mfi(4) support for both.
tred->sensor is a u_int.
|
| 1.2.2.1 | 07-May-2007 |
pavel | file bioctl.8 was added on branch netbsd-4 on 2007-05-08 10:45:03 +0000
|
| 1.2.2.2.2.2 | 04-Sep-2008 |
skrll | Sync with netbsd-4.
|
| 1.2.2.2.2.1 | 23-Sep-2007 |
wrstuden | Sync with somewhat-recent netbsd-4.
|
| 1.4.2.3 | 15-Oct-2007 |
riz | Clean up after a mistake I made pulling up ticket #1838. We
really only need one copy of each new file. :-)
|
| 1.4.2.2 | 15-Oct-2007 |
riz | Pull up following revisions via patch (requested by bouyer in ticket #1838):
distrib/sets/lists/man/mi: revision 1.997
sbin/bioctl/strtonum.c: revision 1.1
sys/dev/Makefile: revision 1.25
sys/arch/amd64/conf/GENERIC: revision 1.139
sbin/bioctl/strtonum.h: revision 1.1
sys/dev/bio.c: revision 1.1
sbin/bioctl/bioctl.c: revision 1.1
share/man/man4/bio.4: revision 1.1
sbin/bioctl/bioctl.8: revision 1.1
sys/sys/envsys.h: revision 1.11
sbin/bioctl/bioctl.8: revision 1.3
sbin/bioctl/bioctl.8: revision 1.4
sys/arch/i386/conf/XEN2_DOM0: revision 1.25
distrib/sets/lists/base/mi: revision 1.704
sys/conf/majors: revision 1.34
share/man/man4/Makefile: revision 1.426
etc/MAKEDEV.tmpl: revision 1.86
sys/arch/i386/conf/GENERIC: revision 1.825
distrib/sets/lists/comp/mi: revision 1.1022
sys/conf/files: revision 1.839
usr.sbin/envstat/envstat.c: revision 1.24
sbin/Makefile: revision 1.105
sys/dev/ic/mfi.c: revision 1.4
sys/dev/biovar.h: revision 1.1
sys/dev/ic/mfivar.h: revision 1.4
sbin/bioctl/Makefile: revision 1.1
Fix typo.
Add bio(4) and associated bioctl(8) from OpenBSD, a driver control block
device controllers, and more specifically raid controllers.
Add a new sensor type, ENVSYS_DRIVE, to report drive status. From OpenBSD.
Add bio and sysmon support to mfi(4). This allow userland to query
status for drives and logical volumes attached to a mfi(4) controller. While
there fix some debug printfs in mfi so they compile.
Add bio(4) to amd64 and i386 GENERIC.
Add bio(4) and associated bioctl(8) from OpenBSD, a driver control block
device controllers, and more specifically raid controllers.
Add a new sensor type, ENVSYS_DRIVE, to report drive status. From OpenBSD.
Add bio and sysmon support to mfi(4). This allow userland to query
status for drives and logical volumes attached to a mfi(4) controller. While
there fix some debug printfs in mfi so they compile.
Add bio(4) to amd64 and i386 GENERIC.
Fix Dd argument (use full month names).
Use more markup.
Comment out references to safte(4) and softraid(4), which don't exist in
NetBSD.
Remove trailing whitespace.
Use macros instead of characters for HTML output (replace ">", "<"
with \*[Gt], \*[Lt]).
Sort sections.
Create /dev/bio
|
| 1.4.2.1 | 09-Sep-2007 |
riz | file bioctl.8 was added on branch netbsd-3 on 2007-10-15 05:09:52 +0000
|
| 1.7.2.2 | 18-Feb-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.7.2.1 | 05-Dec-2007 |
mjf | file bioctl.8 was added on branch mjf-devfs on 2008-02-18 21:04:16 +0000
|
| 1.10.4.2 | 02-Jun-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.10.4.1 | 03-Apr-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.10.2.1 | 24-Mar-2008 |
keiichi | sync with head.
|
| 1.15.4.1 | 23-Jun-2008 |
wrstuden | Sync w/ -current. 34 merge conflicts to follow.
|
| 1.15.2.1 | 04-Jun-2008 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.17.14.1 | 23-Jul-2013 |
riastradh | sync with HEAD
|
| 1.17.10.1 | 20-Aug-2014 |
tls | Rebase to HEAD as of a few days ago.
|
| 1.17.4.1 | 22-May-2014 |
yamt | sync with head.
for a reference, the tree before this commit was tagged
as yamt-pagecache-tag8.
this commit was splitted into small chunks to avoid
a limitation of cvs. ("Protocol error: too many arguments")
|
| 1.23.6.1 | 10-Jun-2019 |
christos | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.20 | 04-Aug-2023 |
rin | bioctl(8): bio_show_volumes(): Do not return pointer to stack.
Found by GCC 12.
|
| 1.19 | 10-May-2022 |
msaitoh | bioctl(8): Don't print garbage bv_seconds.
This bug was added in bioctl.c rev. 1.7.
Before:
Volume Status Size Device/Label Level Stripe
|
| 1.18 | 04-Feb-2019 |
mrg | branches: 1.18.2;
- bump buffer sizes to avoid potential truncation issues
|
| 1.17 | 16-Jan-2015 |
christos | branches: 1.17.8; 1.17.16;
kill 1 copy of strtonum.
|
| 1.16 | 15-Nov-2014 |
joerg | Skip vendor if the string is empty.
|
| 1.15 | 29-Aug-2011 |
joerg | branches: 1.15.20;
Use __dead
|
| 1.14 | 25-May-2011 |
joerg | Simplify
|
| 1.13 | 20-Feb-2010 |
ahoka | Fix two problems with argc handling in bioctl(8), which makes
bioctl(8) dump core if expected arguments are not passed in.
Closes PR bin/39946 (patch by Juan RP).
|
| 1.12 | 18-Jan-2009 |
lukem | fix -Wsign-compare issues
|
| 1.11 | 03-Mar-2008 |
xtraeme | Improve usage() and manpage commands/args.
|
| 1.10 | 03-Mar-2008 |
xtraeme | - Fix total user specified and free disk size based on the RAID level.
- Adapt for BIOC_SVOL_RAID01 and BIOC_SVOL_RAID10 levels.
|
| 1.9 | 01-Mar-2008 |
xtraeme | On RAID 1 volumes and when bv_stripe_size is 0 make it print 'N/A', like:
$ sudo bioctl arcmsr0 show volumes
Volume Status Size Device/Label Level Stripe
|
| 1.8 | 29-Feb-2008 |
xtraeme | bio_setstate_consistency: zero out the struct before anything else,
and fix argv argument for strtoul().
|
| 1.7 | 02-Jan-2008 |
xtraeme | branches: 1.7.2; 1.7.4;
Rewrite bioctl(8) and add support for the following features:
- Ability to add/remove hot-spare disks (previously only 'add' was accepted).
- Ability to add/remove pass-through disks.
- Ability to create/remove RAID volumes with optional size, stripe, level,
member disks and others.
- Ability to start/stop consistency checks in a RAID volume.
- Ability to show only information about physical disks, volumes or both.
Rather than using multiple flags, the utility has been modified to use
the same mode than dkctl(8) (and maybe others), i.e:
$ ./bioctl
usage: bioctl device command [arg [...]]
Available commands:
show [disks] | [volumes]
alarm [enable] | [disable] | [silence] | [test]
blink start | stop [channel:target[.lun]]
hotspare add | remove channel:target.lun
passthru add DISKID | remove channel:target.lun
check start | stop VOLID
create volume VOLID DISKIDs [SIZE] STRIPE RAID_LEVEL channel:target.lun
remove volume VOLID channel:target.lun
$
I'll add support for other features soon.
|
| 1.6 | 07-Dec-2007 |
xtraeme | branches: 1.6.2;
Add BIOC_SVMIGRATING to bio(4) and bioctl(8) to report if a volume
is migrating currently showing the percentage.
Update arcmsr(4) to report this, like:
$ sudo ./bioctl -h arcmsr0
Volume Status Size Device
arcmsr0 0 Migrating 698G ARC-1210-VOL#00 RAID 5 7% done
0 Online 234G 0:0.0 noencl <WDC WD2500YS-01SHB1 20.06C06>
1 Online 234G 0:1.0 noencl <WDC WD2500YS-01SHB1 20.06C06>
2 Online 234G 0:2.0 noencl <WDC WD2500YS-01SHB1 20.06C06>
3 Online 234G 0:3.0 noencl <WDC WD2500YS-01SHB1 20.06C06>
$
|
| 1.5 | 05-Dec-2007 |
xtraeme | There's no need to waste 14 spaces in the third element when the
the human output is requested, align it at most 4 spaces.
I'd also make the human output the default but not sure everybody will
agree...
|
| 1.4 | 05-Dec-2007 |
xtraeme | - Remove -D flag... it's useless (it was removed in OpenBSD as well).
- Use errx(3) in the appropiate function rather than warn(4) and
returning EXIT_SUCCESS all the time.
- Remove another case where it checks the device passed string will be
the same than in bv_dev.
|
| 1.3 | 05-Dec-2007 |
xtraeme | Do not enforce that passed device string will be the same than the
one in bv_dev, which in some drivers like arcmsr(4) it contains the
volume name.
While I'm here, fix the formatting output so that it fits with arcmsr(4),
like:
$ sudo bioctl -h arcmsr0
Volume Status Size Device
arcmsr0 0 Building 698G ARC-1210-VOL#00 RAID5 96% done
0 Online 234G 0:0.0 noencl <WDC WD2500YS-01SHB1 20.06C06>
1 Online 234G 0:1.0 noencl <WDC WD2500YS-01SHB1 20.06C06>
2 Online 234G 0:2.0 noencl <WDC WD2500YS-01SHB1 20.06C06>
3 Online 234G 0:3.0 noencl <WDC WD2500YS-01SHB1 20.06C06>
$
|
| 1.2 | 04-Nov-2007 |
xtraeme | - Remove the code for softraid, it's unlikely that NetBSD will support
this because we do have a working raidframe(4).
- Miscellaneous cleanups and make the code WARNS=4 compliant.
- Removed all stuff that doesn't apply to NetBSD.
|
| 1.1 | 01-May-2007 |
bouyer | branches: 1.1.2; 1.1.6; 1.1.8;
Add bio(4) and associated bioctl(8) from OpenBSD, a driver control block
device controllers, and more specifically raid controllers.
Add a new sensor type, ENVSYS_DRIVE, to report drive status. From OpenBSD.
Add bio and sysmon support to mfi(4). This allow userland to query
status for drives and logical volumes attached to a mfi(4) controller. While
there fix some debug printfs in mfi so they compile.
Add bio(4) to amd64 and i386 GENERIC.
|
| 1.1.8.3 | 15-Oct-2007 |
riz | Clean up after a mistake I made pulling up ticket #1838. We
really only need one copy of each new file. :-)
|
| 1.1.8.2 | 15-Oct-2007 |
riz | Pull up following revisions via patch (requested by bouyer in ticket #1838):
distrib/sets/lists/man/mi: revision 1.997
sbin/bioctl/strtonum.c: revision 1.1
sys/dev/Makefile: revision 1.25
sys/arch/amd64/conf/GENERIC: revision 1.139
sbin/bioctl/strtonum.h: revision 1.1
sys/dev/bio.c: revision 1.1
sbin/bioctl/bioctl.c: revision 1.1
share/man/man4/bio.4: revision 1.1
sbin/bioctl/bioctl.8: revision 1.1
sys/sys/envsys.h: revision 1.11
sbin/bioctl/bioctl.8: revision 1.3
sbin/bioctl/bioctl.8: revision 1.4
sys/arch/i386/conf/XEN2_DOM0: revision 1.25
distrib/sets/lists/base/mi: revision 1.704
sys/conf/majors: revision 1.34
share/man/man4/Makefile: revision 1.426
etc/MAKEDEV.tmpl: revision 1.86
sys/arch/i386/conf/GENERIC: revision 1.825
distrib/sets/lists/comp/mi: revision 1.1022
sys/conf/files: revision 1.839
usr.sbin/envstat/envstat.c: revision 1.24
sbin/Makefile: revision 1.105
sys/dev/ic/mfi.c: revision 1.4
sys/dev/biovar.h: revision 1.1
sys/dev/ic/mfivar.h: revision 1.4
sbin/bioctl/Makefile: revision 1.1
Fix typo.
Add bio(4) and associated bioctl(8) from OpenBSD, a driver control block
device controllers, and more specifically raid controllers.
Add a new sensor type, ENVSYS_DRIVE, to report drive status. From OpenBSD.
Add bio and sysmon support to mfi(4). This allow userland to query
status for drives and logical volumes attached to a mfi(4) controller. While
there fix some debug printfs in mfi so they compile.
Add bio(4) to amd64 and i386 GENERIC.
Add bio(4) and associated bioctl(8) from OpenBSD, a driver control block
device controllers, and more specifically raid controllers.
Add a new sensor type, ENVSYS_DRIVE, to report drive status. From OpenBSD.
Add bio and sysmon support to mfi(4). This allow userland to query
status for drives and logical volumes attached to a mfi(4) controller. While
there fix some debug printfs in mfi so they compile.
Add bio(4) to amd64 and i386 GENERIC.
Fix Dd argument (use full month names).
Use more markup.
Comment out references to safte(4) and softraid(4), which don't exist in
NetBSD.
Remove trailing whitespace.
Use macros instead of characters for HTML output (replace ">", "<"
with \*[Gt], \*[Lt]).
Sort sections.
Create /dev/bio
|
| 1.1.8.1 | 01-May-2007 |
riz | file bioctl.c was added on branch netbsd-3 on 2007-10-15 05:09:51 +0000
|
| 1.1.6.3 | 23-Mar-2008 |
matt | sync with HEAD
|
| 1.1.6.2 | 09-Jan-2008 |
matt | sync with HEAD
|
| 1.1.6.1 | 06-Nov-2007 |
matt | sync with HEAD
|
| 1.1.2.3 | 29-Aug-2008 |
bouyer | Apply patch, requested by christos in tickets #1175:
sys/dev/bio.c patch
sys/dev/biovar.h patch
sys/dev/pci/arcmsr.c patch
sys/dev/pci/arcmsrvar.h patch
sbin/bioctl/Makefile patch
sbin/bioctl/bioctl.8 patch
sbin/bioctl/bioctl.c patch
sbin/bioctl/dehumanize_number.c patch
sbin/bioctl/strtonum.c patch
sbin/bioctl/strtonum.h patch
Port bioctl(8) and arcmsr(4) from current:
bioctl(8): Rewritten to handle new features like creating/removing
hot-spare, pass-through disks and RAID volumes, start/stop
consistency checks in volumes and others.
arcmsr(4): Added support to create/remove hot-spare, pass-through
disks and RAID volumes, start/stop consistency checks
in volumes as well as showing information about physical
disks (even if they are marked as hot-spare, pass-through
or unused).
|
| 1.1.2.2 | 08-May-2007 |
pavel | branches: 1.1.2.2.2;
Pull up following revision(s) (requested by bouyer in ticket #603):
distrib/sets/lists/base/mi: revision 1.704
distrib/sets/lists/comp/mi: revision 1.1022
distrib/sets/lists/man/mi: revision 1.997
doc/CHANGES: revision 1.839
sbin/Makefile: patch
sbin/bioctl/Makefile: revision 1.1
sbin/bioctl/bioctl.8: revision 1.1
sbin/bioctl/bioctl.c: revision 1.1
sbin/bioctl/strtonum.c: revision 1.1
sbin/bioctl/strtonum.h: revision 1.1
share/man/man4/Makefile: revision 1.426
share/man/man4/bio.4: revision 1.1
sys/arch/amd64/conf/GENERIC: revision 1.139
sys/arch/i386/conf/GENERIC: revision 1.825
sys/arch/i386/conf/XEN2_DOM0: revision 1.25
sys/conf/files: revision 1.839
sys/conf/majors: patch
sys/dev/Makefile: revision 1.25
sys/dev/bio.c: patch
sys/dev/biovar.h: patch
sys/dev/ic/mfi.c: revision 1.4-1.5
sys/dev/ic/mfivar.h: revision 1.4
sys/sys/envsys.h: revision 1.11
usr.sbin/envstat/envstat.c: revision 1.24
Add bio(4) and associated bioctl(8) from OpenBSD, a driver control block
device controllers, and more specifically raid controllers.
Add a new sensor type, ENVSYS_DRIVE, to report drive status. From OpenBSD.
Add bio and sysmon support to mfi(4). This allow userland to query
status for drives and logical volumes attached to a mfi(4) controller. While
there fix some debug printfs in mfi so they compile.
Add bio(4) to amd64 and i386 GENERIC.
note bio(4), envsys(4) DRIVE, and mfi(4) support for both.
tred->sensor is a u_int.
|
| 1.1.2.1 | 01-May-2007 |
pavel | branches: 1.1.2.1.2;
file bioctl.c was added on branch netbsd-4 on 2007-05-08 10:45:03 +0000
|
| 1.1.2.2.2.1 | 04-Sep-2008 |
skrll | Sync with netbsd-4.
|
| 1.1.2.1.2.1 | 01-May-2007 |
skrll | file bioctl.c was added on branch netbsd-4 on 2008-09-04 08:46:43 +0000
|
| 1.6.2.2 | 18-Feb-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.6.2.1 | 07-Dec-2007 |
mjf | file bioctl.c was added on branch mjf-devfs on 2008-02-18 21:04:16 +0000
|
| 1.7.4.1 | 03-Apr-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.7.2.1 | 24-Mar-2008 |
keiichi | sync with head.
|
| 1.15.20.1 | 14-May-2015 |
snj | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by joerg in ticket #758):
bin/ksh/Makefile: revision 1.31
bin/ps/print.c: revision 1.123
external/bsd/iscsi/dist/src/lib/parameters.c: revision 1.4
external/bsd/iscsi/dist/src/lib/target.c: revision 1.9
external/gpl2/lvm2/dist/lib/commands/toolcontext.c: revision 1.8
external/gpl2/lvm2/dist/lib/format1/import-export.c: revision 1.2
gnu/dist/texinfo/makeinfo/xml.c: revision 1.2
sbin/bioctl/bioctl.c: revision 1.16
usr.sbin/isdn/isdnd/msghdl.c: revision 1.12
Drop pointer checks that are always true.
--
Comment out impossible code.
--
Remove tautologic check.
--
Skip vendor if the string is empty.
Use l_wmesg if the string is not empty. Don't bother checking l_name for
nullness.
--
Array can't be null.
--
Show display if it is not empty.
--
Make cast warnings for clang non-fatal.
|
| 1.17.16.1 | 10-Jun-2019 |
christos | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.17.8.1 | 15-May-2022 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by msaitoh in ticket #1741):
sbin/bioctl/bioctl.c: revision 1.19
bioctl(8): Don't print garbage bv_seconds.
This bug was added in bioctl.c rev. 1.7.
Before:
Volume Status Size Device/Label Level Stripe
|
| 1.18.2.1 | 14-May-2022 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by msaitoh in ticket #1449):
sbin/bioctl/bioctl.c: revision 1.19
bioctl(8): Don't print garbage bv_seconds.
This bug was added in bioctl.c rev. 1.7.
Before:
Volume Status Size Device/Label Level Stripe
|
| 1.1 | 29-Aug-2008 |
bouyer | branches: 1.1.2; 1.1.4;
file dehumanize_number.c was initially added on branch netbsd-4.
|
| 1.1.4.2 | 04-Sep-2008 |
skrll | Sync with netbsd-4.
|
| 1.1.4.1 | 29-Aug-2008 |
skrll | file dehumanize_number.c was added on branch wrstuden-fixsa on 2008-09-04 08:46:43 +0000
|
| 1.1.2.1 | 29-Aug-2008 |
bouyer | Apply patch, requested by christos in tickets #1175:
sys/dev/bio.c patch
sys/dev/biovar.h patch
sys/dev/pci/arcmsr.c patch
sys/dev/pci/arcmsrvar.h patch
sbin/bioctl/Makefile patch
sbin/bioctl/bioctl.8 patch
sbin/bioctl/bioctl.c patch
sbin/bioctl/dehumanize_number.c patch
sbin/bioctl/strtonum.c patch
sbin/bioctl/strtonum.h patch
Port bioctl(8) and arcmsr(4) from current:
bioctl(8): Rewritten to handle new features like creating/removing
hot-spare, pass-through disks and RAID volumes, start/stop
consistency checks in volumes and others.
arcmsr(4): Added support to create/remove hot-spare, pass-through
disks and RAID volumes, start/stop consistency checks
in volumes as well as showing information about physical
disks (even if they are marked as hot-spare, pass-through
or unused).
|
| 1.2 | 16-Jan-2015 |
christos | kill 1 copy of strtonum.
|
| 1.1 | 01-May-2007 |
bouyer | branches: 1.1.2; 1.1.8;
Add bio(4) and associated bioctl(8) from OpenBSD, a driver control block
device controllers, and more specifically raid controllers.
Add a new sensor type, ENVSYS_DRIVE, to report drive status. From OpenBSD.
Add bio and sysmon support to mfi(4). This allow userland to query
status for drives and logical volumes attached to a mfi(4) controller. While
there fix some debug printfs in mfi so they compile.
Add bio(4) to amd64 and i386 GENERIC.
|
| 1.1.8.3 | 15-Oct-2007 |
riz | Clean up after a mistake I made pulling up ticket #1838. We
really only need one copy of each new file. :-)
|
| 1.1.8.2 | 15-Oct-2007 |
riz | Pull up following revisions via patch (requested by bouyer in ticket #1838):
distrib/sets/lists/man/mi: revision 1.997
sbin/bioctl/strtonum.c: revision 1.1
sys/dev/Makefile: revision 1.25
sys/arch/amd64/conf/GENERIC: revision 1.139
sbin/bioctl/strtonum.h: revision 1.1
sys/dev/bio.c: revision 1.1
sbin/bioctl/bioctl.c: revision 1.1
share/man/man4/bio.4: revision 1.1
sbin/bioctl/bioctl.8: revision 1.1
sys/sys/envsys.h: revision 1.11
sbin/bioctl/bioctl.8: revision 1.3
sbin/bioctl/bioctl.8: revision 1.4
sys/arch/i386/conf/XEN2_DOM0: revision 1.25
distrib/sets/lists/base/mi: revision 1.704
sys/conf/majors: revision 1.34
share/man/man4/Makefile: revision 1.426
etc/MAKEDEV.tmpl: revision 1.86
sys/arch/i386/conf/GENERIC: revision 1.825
distrib/sets/lists/comp/mi: revision 1.1022
sys/conf/files: revision 1.839
usr.sbin/envstat/envstat.c: revision 1.24
sbin/Makefile: revision 1.105
sys/dev/ic/mfi.c: revision 1.4
sys/dev/biovar.h: revision 1.1
sys/dev/ic/mfivar.h: revision 1.4
sbin/bioctl/Makefile: revision 1.1
Fix typo.
Add bio(4) and associated bioctl(8) from OpenBSD, a driver control block
device controllers, and more specifically raid controllers.
Add a new sensor type, ENVSYS_DRIVE, to report drive status. From OpenBSD.
Add bio and sysmon support to mfi(4). This allow userland to query
status for drives and logical volumes attached to a mfi(4) controller. While
there fix some debug printfs in mfi so they compile.
Add bio(4) to amd64 and i386 GENERIC.
Add bio(4) and associated bioctl(8) from OpenBSD, a driver control block
device controllers, and more specifically raid controllers.
Add a new sensor type, ENVSYS_DRIVE, to report drive status. From OpenBSD.
Add bio and sysmon support to mfi(4). This allow userland to query
status for drives and logical volumes attached to a mfi(4) controller. While
there fix some debug printfs in mfi so they compile.
Add bio(4) to amd64 and i386 GENERIC.
Fix Dd argument (use full month names).
Use more markup.
Comment out references to safte(4) and softraid(4), which don't exist in
NetBSD.
Remove trailing whitespace.
Use macros instead of characters for HTML output (replace ">", "<"
with \*[Gt], \*[Lt]).
Sort sections.
Create /dev/bio
|
| 1.1.8.1 | 01-May-2007 |
riz | file strtonum.c was added on branch netbsd-3 on 2007-10-15 05:09:51 +0000
|
| 1.1.2.3 | 29-Aug-2008 |
bouyer | Apply patch, requested by christos in tickets #1175:
sys/dev/bio.c patch
sys/dev/biovar.h patch
sys/dev/pci/arcmsr.c patch
sys/dev/pci/arcmsrvar.h patch
sbin/bioctl/Makefile patch
sbin/bioctl/bioctl.8 patch
sbin/bioctl/bioctl.c patch
sbin/bioctl/dehumanize_number.c patch
sbin/bioctl/strtonum.c patch
sbin/bioctl/strtonum.h patch
Port bioctl(8) and arcmsr(4) from current:
bioctl(8): Rewritten to handle new features like creating/removing
hot-spare, pass-through disks and RAID volumes, start/stop
consistency checks in volumes and others.
arcmsr(4): Added support to create/remove hot-spare, pass-through
disks and RAID volumes, start/stop consistency checks
in volumes as well as showing information about physical
disks (even if they are marked as hot-spare, pass-through
or unused).
|
| 1.1.2.2 | 08-May-2007 |
pavel | branches: 1.1.2.2.2;
Pull up following revision(s) (requested by bouyer in ticket #603):
distrib/sets/lists/base/mi: revision 1.704
distrib/sets/lists/comp/mi: revision 1.1022
distrib/sets/lists/man/mi: revision 1.997
doc/CHANGES: revision 1.839
sbin/Makefile: patch
sbin/bioctl/Makefile: revision 1.1
sbin/bioctl/bioctl.8: revision 1.1
sbin/bioctl/bioctl.c: revision 1.1
sbin/bioctl/strtonum.c: revision 1.1
sbin/bioctl/strtonum.h: revision 1.1
share/man/man4/Makefile: revision 1.426
share/man/man4/bio.4: revision 1.1
sys/arch/amd64/conf/GENERIC: revision 1.139
sys/arch/i386/conf/GENERIC: revision 1.825
sys/arch/i386/conf/XEN2_DOM0: revision 1.25
sys/conf/files: revision 1.839
sys/conf/majors: patch
sys/dev/Makefile: revision 1.25
sys/dev/bio.c: patch
sys/dev/biovar.h: patch
sys/dev/ic/mfi.c: revision 1.4-1.5
sys/dev/ic/mfivar.h: revision 1.4
sys/sys/envsys.h: revision 1.11
usr.sbin/envstat/envstat.c: revision 1.24
Add bio(4) and associated bioctl(8) from OpenBSD, a driver control block
device controllers, and more specifically raid controllers.
Add a new sensor type, ENVSYS_DRIVE, to report drive status. From OpenBSD.
Add bio and sysmon support to mfi(4). This allow userland to query
status for drives and logical volumes attached to a mfi(4) controller. While
there fix some debug printfs in mfi so they compile.
Add bio(4) to amd64 and i386 GENERIC.
note bio(4), envsys(4) DRIVE, and mfi(4) support for both.
tred->sensor is a u_int.
|
| 1.1.2.1 | 01-May-2007 |
pavel | branches: 1.1.2.1.2;
file strtonum.c was added on branch netbsd-4 on 2007-05-08 10:45:02 +0000
|
| 1.1.2.2.2.1 | 04-Sep-2008 |
skrll | Sync with netbsd-4.
|
| 1.1.2.1.2.1 locked by: joerg; | 01-May-2007 |
skrll | file strtonum.c was added on branch netbsd-4 on 2008-09-04 08:46:43 +0000
|
| 1.2 | 16-Jan-2015 |
christos | kill 1 copy of strtonum.
|
| 1.1 | 01-May-2007 |
bouyer | branches: 1.1.2; 1.1.8;
Add bio(4) and associated bioctl(8) from OpenBSD, a driver control block
device controllers, and more specifically raid controllers.
Add a new sensor type, ENVSYS_DRIVE, to report drive status. From OpenBSD.
Add bio and sysmon support to mfi(4). This allow userland to query
status for drives and logical volumes attached to a mfi(4) controller. While
there fix some debug printfs in mfi so they compile.
Add bio(4) to amd64 and i386 GENERIC.
|
| 1.1.8.3 | 15-Oct-2007 |
riz | Clean up after a mistake I made pulling up ticket #1838. We
really only need one copy of each new file. :-)
|
| 1.1.8.2 | 15-Oct-2007 |
riz | Pull up following revisions via patch (requested by bouyer in ticket #1838):
distrib/sets/lists/man/mi: revision 1.997
sbin/bioctl/strtonum.c: revision 1.1
sys/dev/Makefile: revision 1.25
sys/arch/amd64/conf/GENERIC: revision 1.139
sbin/bioctl/strtonum.h: revision 1.1
sys/dev/bio.c: revision 1.1
sbin/bioctl/bioctl.c: revision 1.1
share/man/man4/bio.4: revision 1.1
sbin/bioctl/bioctl.8: revision 1.1
sys/sys/envsys.h: revision 1.11
sbin/bioctl/bioctl.8: revision 1.3
sbin/bioctl/bioctl.8: revision 1.4
sys/arch/i386/conf/XEN2_DOM0: revision 1.25
distrib/sets/lists/base/mi: revision 1.704
sys/conf/majors: revision 1.34
share/man/man4/Makefile: revision 1.426
etc/MAKEDEV.tmpl: revision 1.86
sys/arch/i386/conf/GENERIC: revision 1.825
distrib/sets/lists/comp/mi: revision 1.1022
sys/conf/files: revision 1.839
usr.sbin/envstat/envstat.c: revision 1.24
sbin/Makefile: revision 1.105
sys/dev/ic/mfi.c: revision 1.4
sys/dev/biovar.h: revision 1.1
sys/dev/ic/mfivar.h: revision 1.4
sbin/bioctl/Makefile: revision 1.1
Fix typo.
Add bio(4) and associated bioctl(8) from OpenBSD, a driver control block
device controllers, and more specifically raid controllers.
Add a new sensor type, ENVSYS_DRIVE, to report drive status. From OpenBSD.
Add bio and sysmon support to mfi(4). This allow userland to query
status for drives and logical volumes attached to a mfi(4) controller. While
there fix some debug printfs in mfi so they compile.
Add bio(4) to amd64 and i386 GENERIC.
Add bio(4) and associated bioctl(8) from OpenBSD, a driver control block
device controllers, and more specifically raid controllers.
Add a new sensor type, ENVSYS_DRIVE, to report drive status. From OpenBSD.
Add bio and sysmon support to mfi(4). This allow userland to query
status for drives and logical volumes attached to a mfi(4) controller. While
there fix some debug printfs in mfi so they compile.
Add bio(4) to amd64 and i386 GENERIC.
Fix Dd argument (use full month names).
Use more markup.
Comment out references to safte(4) and softraid(4), which don't exist in
NetBSD.
Remove trailing whitespace.
Use macros instead of characters for HTML output (replace ">", "<"
with \*[Gt], \*[Lt]).
Sort sections.
Create /dev/bio
|
| 1.1.8.1 | 01-May-2007 |
riz | file strtonum.h was added on branch netbsd-3 on 2007-10-15 05:09:51 +0000
|
| 1.1.2.3 | 29-Aug-2008 |
bouyer | Apply patch, requested by christos in tickets #1175:
sys/dev/bio.c patch
sys/dev/biovar.h patch
sys/dev/pci/arcmsr.c patch
sys/dev/pci/arcmsrvar.h patch
sbin/bioctl/Makefile patch
sbin/bioctl/bioctl.8 patch
sbin/bioctl/bioctl.c patch
sbin/bioctl/dehumanize_number.c patch
sbin/bioctl/strtonum.c patch
sbin/bioctl/strtonum.h patch
Port bioctl(8) and arcmsr(4) from current:
bioctl(8): Rewritten to handle new features like creating/removing
hot-spare, pass-through disks and RAID volumes, start/stop
consistency checks in volumes and others.
arcmsr(4): Added support to create/remove hot-spare, pass-through
disks and RAID volumes, start/stop consistency checks
in volumes as well as showing information about physical
disks (even if they are marked as hot-spare, pass-through
or unused).
|
| 1.1.2.2 | 08-May-2007 |
pavel | branches: 1.1.2.2.2;
Pull up following revision(s) (requested by bouyer in ticket #603):
distrib/sets/lists/base/mi: revision 1.704
distrib/sets/lists/comp/mi: revision 1.1022
distrib/sets/lists/man/mi: revision 1.997
doc/CHANGES: revision 1.839
sbin/Makefile: patch
sbin/bioctl/Makefile: revision 1.1
sbin/bioctl/bioctl.8: revision 1.1
sbin/bioctl/bioctl.c: revision 1.1
sbin/bioctl/strtonum.c: revision 1.1
sbin/bioctl/strtonum.h: revision 1.1
share/man/man4/Makefile: revision 1.426
share/man/man4/bio.4: revision 1.1
sys/arch/amd64/conf/GENERIC: revision 1.139
sys/arch/i386/conf/GENERIC: revision 1.825
sys/arch/i386/conf/XEN2_DOM0: revision 1.25
sys/conf/files: revision 1.839
sys/conf/majors: patch
sys/dev/Makefile: revision 1.25
sys/dev/bio.c: patch
sys/dev/biovar.h: patch
sys/dev/ic/mfi.c: revision 1.4-1.5
sys/dev/ic/mfivar.h: revision 1.4
sys/sys/envsys.h: revision 1.11
usr.sbin/envstat/envstat.c: revision 1.24
Add bio(4) and associated bioctl(8) from OpenBSD, a driver control block
device controllers, and more specifically raid controllers.
Add a new sensor type, ENVSYS_DRIVE, to report drive status. From OpenBSD.
Add bio and sysmon support to mfi(4). This allow userland to query
status for drives and logical volumes attached to a mfi(4) controller. While
there fix some debug printfs in mfi so they compile.
Add bio(4) to amd64 and i386 GENERIC.
note bio(4), envsys(4) DRIVE, and mfi(4) support for both.
tred->sensor is a u_int.
|
| 1.1.2.1 | 01-May-2007 |
pavel | branches: 1.1.2.1.2;
file strtonum.h was added on branch netbsd-4 on 2007-05-08 10:45:03 +0000
|
| 1.1.2.2.2.1 | 04-Sep-2008 |
skrll | Sync with netbsd-4.
|
| 1.1.2.1.2.1 locked by: joerg; | 01-May-2007 |
skrll | file strtonum.h was added on branch netbsd-4 on 2008-09-04 08:46:43 +0000
|
| 1.1 | 07-Feb-2022 |
mrg | convert my fdiscard-stuff.c into blkdiscard.c and give it a UI
that matches the linux-util version.
comes in two forms: blkdiscard equivalent, and the (almost)
original interface i used (the "-s" option is conflicting and
i've switched to only the not yet implemented secure erase
option.) the only real difference is that "fdiscard" mode
requires the -R flag to do something, vs blkdiscard needs the
-n flag to not do anything.
not yet hooked into the build or sets. would like more testing
on it to be performed before doing that (but soon.)
|
| 1.3 | 25-Jan-2024 |
mrg | blkdiscard: avoid asserting when passed a bsd disklabel raw device
PR#57856 shows when using blkdiscard on eg, /dev/ld0 it asserts because
'0' is not between 'a' and 'p'. switch this to using DISKPART() on the
returned st_rdev, so it works on 'ld0c' or 'ld0' (rawpart=2.)
|
| 1.2 | 15-Oct-2022 |
andvar | branches: 1.2.2;
fix various typos in documentation and comments.
mainly in words functionality, functional, function.
|
| 1.1 | 07-Feb-2022 |
mrg | convert my fdiscard-stuff.c into blkdiscard.c and give it a UI
that matches the linux-util version.
comes in two forms: blkdiscard equivalent, and the (almost)
original interface i used (the "-s" option is conflicting and
i've switched to only the not yet implemented secure erase
option.) the only real difference is that "fdiscard" mode
requires the -R flag to do something, vs blkdiscard needs the
-n flag to not do anything.
not yet hooked into the build or sets. would like more testing
on it to be performed before doing that (but soon.)
|
| 1.2.2.1 | 03-Feb-2024 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by mrg in ticket #565):
sbin/blkdiscard/blkdiscard.c: revision 1.2
sbin/blkdiscard/blkdiscard.c: revision 1.3
sbin/blkdiscard/blkdiscard.8: revision 1.3
determine the tty width instead off writing 100 chars before a new line.
blkdiscard: avoid asserting when passed a bsd disklabel raw device
PR#57856 shows when using blkdiscard on eg, /dev/ld0 it asserts because
'0' is not between 'a' and 'p'. switch this to using DISKPART() on the
returned st_rdev, so it works on 'ld0c' or 'ld0' (rawpart=2.)
|
| 1.4 | 08-Feb-2024 |
andvar | fix misplaced or missing "e" in words with "ment" ending (argument, implement,
increment, decrement, alignment), in comments, documentation, log messages.
|
| 1.3 | 25-Jan-2024 |
mrg | blkdiscard: avoid asserting when passed a bsd disklabel raw device
PR#57856 shows when using blkdiscard on eg, /dev/ld0 it asserts because
'0' is not between 'a' and 'p'. switch this to using DISKPART() on the
returned st_rdev, so it works on 'ld0c' or 'ld0' (rawpart=2.)
|
| 1.2 | 25-Jan-2024 |
mrg | determine the tty width instead off writing 100 chars before a new line.
|
| 1.1 | 07-Feb-2022 |
mrg | branches: 1.1.2;
convert my fdiscard-stuff.c into blkdiscard.c and give it a UI
that matches the linux-util version.
comes in two forms: blkdiscard equivalent, and the (almost)
original interface i used (the "-s" option is conflicting and
i've switched to only the not yet implemented secure erase
option.) the only real difference is that "fdiscard" mode
requires the -R flag to do something, vs blkdiscard needs the
-n flag to not do anything.
not yet hooked into the build or sets. would like more testing
on it to be performed before doing that (but soon.)
|
| 1.1.2.1 | 03-Feb-2024 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by mrg in ticket #565):
sbin/blkdiscard/blkdiscard.c: revision 1.2
sbin/blkdiscard/blkdiscard.c: revision 1.3
sbin/blkdiscard/blkdiscard.8: revision 1.3
determine the tty width instead off writing 100 chars before a new line.
blkdiscard: avoid asserting when passed a bsd disklabel raw device
PR#57856 shows when using blkdiscard on eg, /dev/ld0 it asserts because
'0' is not between 'a' and 'p'. switch this to using DISKPART() on the
returned st_rdev, so it works on 'ld0c' or 'ld0' (rawpart=2.)
|
| 1.3 | 27-Jun-2005 |
christos | Move WARNS=3 to the Makefile.inc, and add a little const to the remaining
programs that did not compile before.
|
| 1.2 | 20-Jan-2005 |
xtraeme | Remove main() prototype; WARNS=3
|
| 1.1 | 17-Aug-2001 |
thorpej | Configuration utility for bridge(4) devices.
|
| 1.22 | 03-Sep-2024 |
uwe | brconfig(8): tweak markup
|
| 1.21 | 03-Sep-2024 |
ozaki-r | brconfig: add protect/-protect commands
It marks/clears a specified interface "protected".
|
| 1.20 | 19-Jul-2020 |
wiz | branches: 1.20.6; 1.20.8;
Remove unused Pp. Sort SEE ALSO.
|
| 1.19 | 19-Jul-2020 |
maxv | sync with reality
|
| 1.18 | 05-Jan-2015 |
msaitoh | Add missing "addr" and "static" commands.
|
| 1.17 | 08-Jan-2007 |
wiz | branches: 1.17.20; 1.17.38; 1.17.56;
Bump date for previous.
|
| 1.16 | 07-Jan-2007 |
isaki | Sync with reality. The default timeout is 1200 sec.
|
| 1.15 | 14-Dec-2006 |
reed | Mention pfil(9). Reword slightly for "ipf" option as filters IPv6
also (and ICMP is implied) and that other types are blocked.
Point to pf(4) and pfil man pages.
Based on discussion in January 2006 on tech-kern. (This has been
in my tree for around 11 months.)
This part of my work to change this (and related to use) pfil (instead
of ipf). That is done back then but needs some testing.
|
| 1.14 | 11-Oct-2006 |
pooka | lower value mean higher priority for bridges
+ fix off-by-one
Tobias Nygren, bin/34781
|
| 1.13 | 12-Jan-2006 |
wiz | Improve a sentence.
|
| 1.12 | 11-Jan-2006 |
agc | Minor fix - correct a typo
|
| 1.11 | 29-Apr-2003 |
wiz | Remove superfluous +. From FUKAUMI Naoki in PR 21390.
|
| 1.10 | 19-Mar-2003 |
wiz | Bump date for last change; new sentence, new line.
|
| 1.9 | 19-Mar-2003 |
bouyer | Fix 2 bugs:
- initialise stp when the bridge is turned up, without this stp will keep
all interfaces disabled in a sequence like:
brconfig bridge0 add if0 add if1 stp if0 stp if1 up
- s/BRDGSPRI/BRDGSIFPRIO in brconfig.c:cmd_ifpriority()
add a command (ifpathcost) to change the stp path cost of the STP path cost of
an interface. Display the interface path cost with the others STP parameters.
|
| 1.8 | 03-Mar-2003 |
wiz | New sentence, new line.
|
| 1.7 | 25-Feb-2003 |
wiz | .Nm does not need a dummy argument ("") before punctuation or
for correct formatting of the SYNOPSIS any longer.
|
| 1.6 | 15-Feb-2003 |
perseant | Add ipf packet-filtering option to if_bridge. The option is controlled at
compile-time by BRIDGE_IPF, and at runtime by brconfig with the {ipf,-ipf}
option on a per-bridge basis.
As a side-effect, add PFIL_HOOKS processing to if_bridge.
|
| 1.5 | 06-Nov-2002 |
enami | Fix typo.
|
| 1.4 | 01-Oct-2002 |
wiz | New sentence, new line. By Robert Elz with minimal fixes.
|
| 1.3 | 16-Nov-2001 |
wiz | branches: 1.3.2;
Sort sections, use standard section headers.
|
| 1.2 | 16-Nov-2001 |
wiz | Whitespace nits
|
| 1.1 | 17-Aug-2001 |
thorpej | Configuration utility for bridge(4) devices.
|
| 1.3.2.2 | 30-Jun-2003 |
grant | Pull up revision 1.10 (requested by bouyer in ticket #1355):
Bump date for last change; new sentence, new line.
|
| 1.3.2.1 | 30-Jun-2003 |
grant | Apply patch (requested by bouyer in ticket #1355):
Fix 2 bugs:
- initialise stp when the bridge is turned up, without this stp will
keep all interfaces disabled in a sequence like:
brconfig bridge0 add if0 add if1 stp if0 stp if1 up
- s/BRDGSPRI/BRDGSIFPRIO in brconfig.c:cmd_ifpriority()
add a command (ifpathcost) to change the stp path cost of the STP path
cost of an interface. Display the interface path cost with the others
STP parameters.
|
| 1.17.56.1 | 08-Jan-2015 |
snj | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by msaitoh in ticket #391):
sbin/brconfig/brconfig.8: revision 1.18
Add missing "addr" and "static" commands.
|
| 1.17.38.1 | 16-Jan-2015 |
snj | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by msaitoh in ticket #1228):
sbin/brconfig/brconfig.8: revision 1.18
Add missing "addr" and "static" commands.
|
| 1.17.20.1 | 23-Jan-2015 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by msaitoh in ticket #1941):
sbin/brconfig/brconfig.8: revision 1.18
Add missing "addr" and "static" commands.
|
| 1.20.8.1 | 02-Aug-2025 |
perseant | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.20.6.1 | 05-Sep-2024 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by ozaki-r in ticket #818):
sys/net/if_bridgevar.h: revision 1.39
sbin/brconfig/brconfig.c: revision 1.18
tests/net/if_bridge/unicast.pcap.uue: revision 1.1
tests/net/if_bridge/t_bridge.sh: revision 1.20
sbin/brconfig/brconfig.8: revision 1.21
tests/net/if_bridge/t_bridge.sh: revision 1.21
sys/net/if_bridge.c: revision 1.194
tests/net/if_bridge/Makefile: revision 1.4
distrib/sets/lists/tests/mi: revision 1.1336
tests/net/if_bridge/broadcast.pcap.uue: revision 1.1
bridge: implement interface protection
It enables a feature similar to "protected-port" or "isolation" in some
router products by marking member interfaces protected; when a frame
arrives on a protected interface and is being forwarded to another
protected interface, the frame will be discarded.
The code is developed by the SEIL team at IIJ.
tests: dedup test scripts like others
brconfig: add protect/-protect commands
It marks/clears a specified interface "protected".
tests, bridge: add tests for interface protection
The original author of the test is k-goda@IIJ. ozaki-r improved
the test slightly.
distrib: install uuencoded pcap files for testing
|
| 1.18 | 03-Sep-2024 |
ozaki-r | brconfig: add protect/-protect commands
It marks/clears a specified interface "protected".
|
| 1.17 | 01-Jun-2015 |
matt | branches: 1.17.26; 1.17.28;
Use the new BRDGGIFS and BRDGRTS cmds which just use ifdrv directly.
|
| 1.16 | 28-May-2015 |
joerg | constness doesn't increase by applying more const.
|
| 1.15 | 28-May-2015 |
matt | Constify an array of strings.
|
| 1.14 | 23-Aug-2012 |
drochner | the address expire counter is just a time difference; it can turn
negative after the timer expired until the entry is deleted.
make it signed, so that we don't get output like
"00:1b:78:12:50:46 wm0 18446744073709551349 flags=0<>"
|
| 1.13 | 29-Aug-2011 |
joerg | branches: 1.13.2;
static + __dead
|
| 1.12 | 16-Mar-2009 |
lukem | fix sign-compare issues
|
| 1.11 | 20-Mar-2006 |
christos | branches: 1.11.30;
Coverity CID 774: Don't increment a pointer *before* testing it for NULL!
|
| 1.10 | 20-Mar-2005 |
yamt | remove IFFBITS definition. now net/if.h has it.
PR/29748 from FUKAUMI Naoki.
|
| 1.9 | 20-Jan-2005 |
xtraeme | Remove main() prototype; WARNS=3
|
| 1.8 | 28-Oct-2004 |
dsl | Add (unsigned char) to isdidgit call
|
| 1.7 | 19-Sep-2003 |
itojun | realloc pedant
|
| 1.6 | 23-Jun-2003 |
agc | Add NetBSD RCS Ids.
|
| 1.5 | 19-Mar-2003 |
bouyer | Fix 2 bugs:
- initialise stp when the bridge is turned up, without this stp will keep
all interfaces disabled in a sequence like:
brconfig bridge0 add if0 add if1 stp if0 stp if1 up
- s/BRDGSPRI/BRDGSIFPRIO in brconfig.c:cmd_ifpriority()
add a command (ifpathcost) to change the stp path cost of the STP path cost of
an interface. Display the interface path cost with the others STP parameters.
|
| 1.4 | 27-Feb-2003 |
perseant | Make BRIDGE_IPF an option, and document it. Add it (commented) to GENERIC.
Let brconfig tell whether the bridge is using the ipfilter hook, or not.
|
| 1.3 | 15-Feb-2003 |
perseant | Add ipf packet-filtering option to if_bridge. The option is controlled at
compile-time by BRIDGE_IPF, and at runtime by brconfig with the {ipf,-ipf}
option on a per-bridge basis.
As a side-effect, add PFIL_HOOKS processing to if_bridge.
|
| 1.2 | 06-Nov-2002 |
enami | Fix typo in error message.
|
| 1.1 | 17-Aug-2001 |
thorpej | branches: 1.1.2;
Configuration utility for bridge(4) devices.
|
| 1.1.2.1 | 30-Jun-2003 |
grant | Apply patch (requested by bouyer in ticket #1355):
Fix 2 bugs:
- initialise stp when the bridge is turned up, without this stp will
keep all interfaces disabled in a sequence like:
brconfig bridge0 add if0 add if1 stp if0 stp if1 up
- s/BRDGSPRI/BRDGSIFPRIO in brconfig.c:cmd_ifpriority()
add a command (ifpathcost) to change the stp path cost of the STP path
cost of an interface. Display the interface path cost with the others
STP parameters.
|
| 1.11.30.1 | 13-May-2009 |
jym | Sync with HEAD.
Third (and last) commit. See http://mail-index.netbsd.org/source-changes/2009/05/13/msg221222.html
|
| 1.13.2.1 | 30-Oct-2012 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.17.28.1 | 02-Aug-2025 |
perseant | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.17.26.1 | 05-Sep-2024 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by ozaki-r in ticket #818):
sys/net/if_bridgevar.h: revision 1.39
sbin/brconfig/brconfig.c: revision 1.18
tests/net/if_bridge/unicast.pcap.uue: revision 1.1
tests/net/if_bridge/t_bridge.sh: revision 1.20
sbin/brconfig/brconfig.8: revision 1.21
tests/net/if_bridge/t_bridge.sh: revision 1.21
sys/net/if_bridge.c: revision 1.194
tests/net/if_bridge/Makefile: revision 1.4
distrib/sets/lists/tests/mi: revision 1.1336
tests/net/if_bridge/broadcast.pcap.uue: revision 1.1
bridge: implement interface protection
It enables a feature similar to "protected-port" or "isolation" in some
router products by marking member interfaces protected; when a frame
arrives on a protected interface and is being forwarded to another
protected interface, the frame will be discarded.
The code is developed by the SEIL team at IIJ.
tests: dedup test scripts like others
brconfig: add protect/-protect commands
It marks/clears a specified interface "protected".
tests, bridge: add tests for interface protection
The original author of the test is k-goda@IIJ. ozaki-r improved
the test slightly.
distrib: install uuencoded pcap files for testing
|
| 1.2 | 27-May-2017 |
bouyer | merge the bouyer-socketcan branch to HEAD.
CAN stands for Controller Area Network, a broadcast network used
in automation and automotive fields. For example, the NMEA2000 standard
developped for marine devices uses a CAN network as the link layer.
This is an implementation of the linux socketcan API:
https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/networking/can.txt
you can also see can(4).
This adds a new socket family (AF_CAN) and protocol (PF_CAN),
as well as the canconfig(8) utility, used to set timing parameter of
CAN hardware. Also inclued is a driver for the CAN controller
found in the allwinner A20 SoC (I tested it with an Olimex lime2 board,
connected with PIC18-based CAN devices).
There is also the canloop(4) pseudo-device, which allows to use
the socketcan API without CAN hardware.
At this time the CANFD part of the linux socketcan API is not implemented.
Error frames are not implemented either. But I could get the cansend and
canreceive utilities from the canutils package to build and run with minimal
changes. tcpudmp(8) can also be used to record frames, which can be
decoded with etherreal.
|
| 1.1 | 17-Apr-2017 |
bouyer | branches: 1.1.2;
file Makefile was initially added on branch bouyer-socketcan.
|
| 1.1.2.1 | 17-Apr-2017 |
bouyer | Add canconfig(8), an utility to configure CAN interfaces.
Compile-tested only.
|
| 1.3 | 29-May-2017 |
wiz | New sentence, new line. Fix typos. More consistent grammar.
Comment out empty EXAMPLES section. Remove unnecessary macros.
|
| 1.2 | 27-May-2017 |
bouyer | merge the bouyer-socketcan branch to HEAD.
CAN stands for Controller Area Network, a broadcast network used
in automation and automotive fields. For example, the NMEA2000 standard
developped for marine devices uses a CAN network as the link layer.
This is an implementation of the linux socketcan API:
https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/networking/can.txt
you can also see can(4).
This adds a new socket family (AF_CAN) and protocol (PF_CAN),
as well as the canconfig(8) utility, used to set timing parameter of
CAN hardware. Also inclued is a driver for the CAN controller
found in the allwinner A20 SoC (I tested it with an Olimex lime2 board,
connected with PIC18-based CAN devices).
There is also the canloop(4) pseudo-device, which allows to use
the socketcan API without CAN hardware.
At this time the CANFD part of the linux socketcan API is not implemented.
Error frames are not implemented either. But I could get the cansend and
canreceive utilities from the canutils package to build and run with minimal
changes. tcpudmp(8) can also be used to record frames, which can be
decoded with etherreal.
|
| 1.1 | 17-Apr-2017 |
bouyer | branches: 1.1.2;
file canconfig.8 was initially added on branch bouyer-socketcan.
|
| 1.1.2.2 | 20-Apr-2017 |
bouyer | Implement listenonly and loopback flags.
Fix do_canflag()
|
| 1.1.2.1 | 17-Apr-2017 |
bouyer | Add canconfig(8), an utility to configure CAN interfaces.
Compile-tested only.
|
| 1.2 | 27-May-2017 |
bouyer | merge the bouyer-socketcan branch to HEAD.
CAN stands for Controller Area Network, a broadcast network used
in automation and automotive fields. For example, the NMEA2000 standard
developped for marine devices uses a CAN network as the link layer.
This is an implementation of the linux socketcan API:
https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/networking/can.txt
you can also see can(4).
This adds a new socket family (AF_CAN) and protocol (PF_CAN),
as well as the canconfig(8) utility, used to set timing parameter of
CAN hardware. Also inclued is a driver for the CAN controller
found in the allwinner A20 SoC (I tested it with an Olimex lime2 board,
connected with PIC18-based CAN devices).
There is also the canloop(4) pseudo-device, which allows to use
the socketcan API without CAN hardware.
At this time the CANFD part of the linux socketcan API is not implemented.
Error frames are not implemented either. But I could get the cansend and
canreceive utilities from the canutils package to build and run with minimal
changes. tcpudmp(8) can also be used to record frames, which can be
decoded with etherreal.
|
| 1.1 | 17-Apr-2017 |
bouyer | branches: 1.1.2;
file canconfig.c was initially added on branch bouyer-socketcan.
|
| 1.1.2.4 | 21-Apr-2017 |
bouyer | Fix humanize_number() usage.
Display more user-friendly operational parameters (baud rate, tq value,
number of tq).
|
| 1.1.2.3 | 20-Apr-2017 |
bouyer | Implement listenonly and loopback flags.
Fix do_canflag()
|
| 1.1.2.2 | 19-Apr-2017 |
bouyer | Make output better
Fix setting timings parameters
|
| 1.1.2.1 | 17-Apr-2017 |
bouyer | Add canconfig(8), an utility to configure CAN interfaces.
Compile-tested only.
|
| 1.9 | 27-Apr-2013 |
christos | one less kvm groveller. Use sysctl to get ccd info.
|
| 1.8 | 28-May-2007 |
tls | branches: 1.8.36; 1.8.42;
Add new Makefile knob, USE_FORT, which extends USE_SSP by turning on the
FORTIFY_SOURCE feature of libssp, thus checking the size of arguments to
various string and memory copy and set functions (as well as a few system
calls and other miscellany) where known at function entry. RedHat has
evidently built all "core system packages" with this option for some time.
This option should be used at the top of Makefiles (or Makefile.inc where
this is used for subdirectories) but after any setting of LIB.
This is only useful for userland code, and cannot be used in libc or in
any code which includes the libc internals, because it overrides certain
libc functions with macros. Some effort has been made to make USE_FORT=yes
work correctly for a full-system build by having the bsd.sys.mk logic
disable the feature where it should not be used (libc, libssp iteself,
the kernel) but no attempt has been made to build the entire system with
USE_FORT and doing so will doubtless expose numerous bugs and misfeatures.
Adjust the system build so that all programs and libraries that are setuid,
directly handle network data (including serial comm data), perform
authentication, or appear likely to have (or have a history of having)
data-driven bugs (e.g. file(1)) are built with USE_FORT=yes by default,
with the exception of libc, which cannot use USE_FORT and thus uses
only USE_SSP by default. Tested on i386 with no ill results; USE_FORT=no
per-directory or in a system build will disable if desired.
|
| 1.7 | 20-Jan-2005 |
xtraeme | WARNS=2 is the default defined in sbin/Makefile.inc. (thanks wiz)
|
| 1.6 | 20-Jan-2005 |
xtraeme | Kill __P(), ANSIfy, remove main() prototype; WARNS=2
|
| 1.5 | 11-Jun-2002 |
grant | add ccd.conf(5)
|
| 1.4 | 15-Sep-1997 |
lukem | define WARNS?=1 for all of sbin/*
|
| 1.3 | 20-Jul-1997 |
thorpej | Build with WARNS.
|
| 1.2 | 16-May-1996 |
thorpej | Use getmaxpartitions() and getrawpartition() from libutil, not homegrown
versions.
|
| 1.1 | 17-Aug-1995 |
thorpej | Configuration utility for the ccd.
|
| 1.8.42.1 | 23-Jun-2013 |
tls | resync from head
|
| 1.8.36.1 | 22-May-2014 |
yamt | sync with head.
for a reference, the tree before this commit was tagged
as yamt-pagecache-tag8.
this commit was splitted into small chunks to avoid
a limitation of cvs. ("Protocol error: too many arguments")
|
| 1.5 | 13-Aug-2014 |
apb | Interleave 0 means concatenate serially, do not interleave.
This information was in the ccd(4) man page, but not
in ccdconfig(8) or ccd.conf(5).
|
| 1.4 | 17-May-2005 |
grant | move to my now standard 3-clause BSD license (remove advertising clause)
|
| 1.3 | 11-Jun-2002 |
wiz | Seems I was overzealous. Undo part of last, noted by grant.
|
| 1.2 | 11-Jun-2002 |
wiz | Fix copyright, and some minor mdoc improvements.
|
| 1.1 | 11-Jun-2002 |
grant | add ccd.conf(5)
|
| 1.27 | 13-Aug-2014 |
apb | Interleave 0 means concatenate serially, do not interleave.
This information was in the ccd(4) man page, but not
in ccdconfig(8) or ccd.conf(5).
|
| 1.26 | 27-Apr-2013 |
christos | one less kvm groveller. Use sysctl to get ccd info.
|
| 1.25 | 22-Aug-2009 |
joerg | branches: 1.25.6; 1.25.12;
Fix markup
|
| 1.24 | 30-Apr-2008 |
martin | Convert TNF licenses to new 2 clause variant
|
| 1.23 | 17-Oct-2003 |
lukem | branches: 1.23.32; 1.23.34;
Support CCDF_NOLABEL. Document what CCDF_UNIFORM actually does.
|
| 1.22 | 25-Feb-2003 |
wiz | .Nm does not need a dummy argument ("") before punctuation or
for correct formatting of the SYNOPSIS any longer.
|
| 1.21 | 01-Oct-2002 |
wiz | New sentence, new line. By Robert Elz with minimal fixes.
|
| 1.20 | 11-Jun-2002 |
grant | add ccd.conf(5)
|
| 1.19 | 16-Nov-2001 |
wiz | Sort sections, use standard section headers.
|
| 1.18 | 16-Nov-2001 |
wiz | Whitespace nits
|
| 1.17 | 20-Aug-2001 |
wiz | precede, not preceed.
|
| 1.16 | 26-Jul-2001 |
wiz | concatinate -> concatenate
|
| 1.15 | 05-Jun-2001 |
wiz | Drop arguments of .Os.
|
| 1.14 | 11-Aug-1999 |
thorpej | Garbage-collect CCDF_SWAP; no longer used, and doesn't make any sense
with the UVM swap code.
|
| 1.13 | 13-Nov-1998 |
thorpej | CCDF_MIRROR is nuked from orbit.
|
| 1.12 | 31-Jul-1998 |
thorpej | Remove the stats printing code. Now that the ccd driver uses the pool
allocator, there are no more stats that it keeps.
|
| 1.11 | 01-Dec-1997 |
lukem | use fparseln() instead of fgets(), improve man page
|
| 1.10 | 24-Nov-1997 |
lukem | use Bl -column, fix .Nx usage
|
| 1.9 | 11-Oct-1997 |
enami | - Use .Nm "" instead of .Nm ccdconfig in SYNOPSYS.
- Delete the period at the end of ``SEE ALSO'' list.
|
| 1.8 | 10-Oct-1997 |
lukem | all but the first .Nm in SYNOPSIS need to be spelt out. [bin/4256]
|
| 1.7 | 15-Sep-1997 |
lukem | fix use of .Nm
|
| 1.6 | 31-Jul-1997 |
jtc | Fix files using old TNF copyright notice
|
| 1.5 | 30-Jan-1997 |
thorpej | Add support to display the ccd-specific statistics kept by the ccd
driver.
|
| 1.4 | 28-Feb-1996 |
thorpej | Copyright assigned to The NetBSD Foundation.
|
| 1.3 | 01-Feb-1996 |
thorpej | Add experimental data mirroring support, derived from code written by
Satoshi Asami and Nisha Talagala. For details on using data mirroring,
see the ccd(4) manual page.
|
| 1.2 | 11-Nov-1995 |
thorpej | Fix handling of "-M core" and "-N system"; a real brain-o on my part.
Fix related typo in manual page.
|
| 1.1 | 17-Aug-1995 |
thorpej | branches: 1.1.2;
Configuration utility for the ccd.
|
| 1.1.2.1 | 11-Nov-1995 |
thorpej | Update from trunk; fix -M and -N.
|
| 1.23.34.1 | 18-May-2008 |
yamt | sync with head.
|
| 1.23.32.1 | 02-Jun-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.25.12.1 | 23-Jun-2013 |
tls | resync from head
|
| 1.25.6.1 | 22-May-2014 |
yamt | sync with head.
for a reference, the tree before this commit was tagged
as yamt-pagecache-tag8.
this commit was splitted into small chunks to avoid
a limitation of cvs. ("Protocol error: too many arguments")
|
| 1.58 | 06-Oct-2020 |
mlelstv | Use raw device for configuring units. This is necessary as
having a block device opened prevents autodiscovery of wedges.
|
| 1.57 | 06-Sep-2020 |
mrg | rework error message to never call printf() %s with NULL.
|
| 1.56 | 07-Dec-2014 |
mlelstv | branches: 1.56.18;
Make ccdconfig resolve wedge names.
|
| 1.55 | 17-Aug-2014 |
apb | Don't print ccd_size with %zu; it no longer has type size_t.
Instead, cast to uintmax_t and print with %ju.
|
| 1.54 | 16-Aug-2014 |
sborrill | Switch size_t to uint64_t in appropriate places to ensure that ccd(4) works
with component and total sizes of > 2TB.
Add COMPAT_60 code for platforms where this alters userland-accessible
structures.
Make kernel print device information when a ccd configured.
Fix some typos in comments.
|
| 1.53 | 03-May-2013 |
christos | branches: 1.53.6;
avoid initialization bug in vax gcc: int i; foo(&i);
|
| 1.52 | 27-Apr-2013 |
christos | one less kvm groveller. Use sysctl to get ccd info.
|
| 1.51 | 27-Aug-2011 |
joerg | branches: 1.51.2; 1.51.4; 1.51.8;
static. __dead.
|
| 1.50 | 04-Jan-2011 |
wiz | Fix file descriptor leak. Found by cppcheck.
|
| 1.49 | 16-Mar-2009 |
lukem | fix sign-compare issues
|
| 1.48 | 20-Jul-2008 |
lukem | branches: 1.48.2; 1.48.4;
Remove the \n and tabs from the __COPYRIGHT() strings.
(Tweak some to use a consistent format.)
|
| 1.47 | 28-Apr-2008 |
martin | branches: 1.47.2;
Remove clause 3 and 4 from TNF licenses
|
| 1.46 | 16-Oct-2006 |
christos | branches: 1.46.18; 1.46.20;
c99 initializers
|
| 1.45 | 20-Mar-2006 |
christos | Delete an obvious free(NULL) pointed out by erh.
|
| 1.44 | 20-Mar-2006 |
christos | Coverity CID's 1853, 1852, 1851: Plug memory leaks.
|
| 1.43 | 17-Mar-2006 |
hubertf | Fix minor ressource leak
Coverity CID 1855
OK'd by thorpej
|
| 1.42 | 16-Feb-2006 |
lukem | * The kernel's struct ccd_softc has extra structure members over the
userland version; provide another ccd global variable (ccd_softc_elemsize)
containing the kernel's size, and use that it ccdconfig(8) to convert the
kernel's ccd_softc into userland versions.
Fixes 'ccdconfig -g'.
* Use DISKUNIT() instead of home-grown cruft to determine the `N' of "ccdN".
Fixes 'ccdconfig -g ccd1'.
* Use (void *) instead of (char *) in the calls to kvm_read().
XXX: ccd could be converted from nlist to sysctl. "Someone else's yak shave".
|
| 1.41 | 08-Sep-2005 |
drochner | namespace sanity: no need to include <sys/device.h>
|
| 1.40 | 20-Jan-2005 |
xtraeme | branches: 1.40.2;
Kill __P(), ANSIfy, remove main() prototype; WARNS=2
|
| 1.39 | 28-Oct-2004 |
dsl | Add (unsigned char) to isdigit()
|
| 1.38 | 17-Oct-2003 |
lukem | Support CCDF_NOLABEL. Document what CCDF_UNIFORM actually does.
|
| 1.37 | 08-Oct-2003 |
itojun | use asprintf David Hill
|
| 1.36 | 08-Oct-2003 |
itojun | plug memory leak. David Hill
|
| 1.35 | 19-Sep-2003 |
itojun | realloc pedant
|
| 1.34 | 19-Feb-2001 |
cgd | convert to use getprogname()
|
| 1.33 | 28-Jan-2001 |
thorpej | Sprinkle some const.
|
| 1.32 | 10-Oct-2000 |
is | Format string cleanups by Bill Sommerfeld.
|
| 1.31 | 07-Jul-2000 |
itojun | warnx?/errx? audit. don't pass variable/function return value alone.
use with "%s". from openbsd.
|
| 1.30 | 09-Jun-2000 |
enami | branches: 1.30.2;
Sync with rev. 1.19 of vnconfig.c.
|
| 1.29 | 16-Feb-2000 |
enami | branches: 1.29.2;
Define __POOL_EXPOSE almost at the beginning, instead of just before
dev/vndvar.h or dev/ccdvar.h so that struct pool is always available
regardless of multiple inclusion. Actually, ccdconfig.c compiles without
this change but ...
|
| 1.28 | 11-Aug-1999 |
thorpej | Garbage-collect CCDF_SWAP; no longer used, and doesn't make any sense
with the UVM swap code.
|
| 1.27 | 01-Apr-1999 |
ross | branches: 1.27.2;
Define __POOL_EXPOSE for this nlist-groveling program.
|
| 1.26 | 21-Jan-1999 |
thorpej | update for changes to the ccd_softc.
|
| 1.25 | 12-Jan-1999 |
thorpej | Update for changes to ccdvar.h
|
| 1.24 | 13-Nov-1998 |
thorpej | CCDF_MIRROR is nuked from orbit.
|
| 1.23 | 25-Aug-1998 |
ross | from Erik Bertelsen <erik@mediator.uni-c.dk>
{ put } { in } { lots } { of } { these } { to } { shut } { up } { egcs }
|
| 1.22 | 10-Aug-1998 |
msaitoh | delete an obsolete usage
|
| 1.21 | 31-Jul-1998 |
thorpej | Remove the stats printing code. Now that the ccd driver uses the pool
allocator, there are no more stats that it keeps.
|
| 1.20 | 06-Jul-1998 |
mrg | - change setgid kmem programs (that lend themselves to this) so setegid(getgid())
and the top, and then set the effective gid back to kmem around the call to
kvm_openfiles(). this reduces the time group kmem is available.
- for those above that also allow this, setgid(getgid()) after the call to
kvm_openfiles() to fully revoke priviledges.
- some KNF
- use err(3) over fprintf(3) in some places
|
| 1.19 | 03-Feb-1998 |
mrg | use warn() properly.
|
| 1.18 | 30-Dec-1997 |
mycroft | The output of `ccdconfig -g' is supposed to be a valid configuration file.
Prefix two messages with `# ' so they're comments.
|
| 1.17 | 30-Dec-1997 |
mrg | reset the gid before calling fopen() on the config file. stops people
having read kmem access. from rotel@indigo.ie (who obtained it from
openbsd).
|
| 1.16 | 05-Dec-1997 |
thorpej | Fix type problems on the Alpha.
|
| 1.15 | 01-Dec-1997 |
lukem | use fparseln() instead of fgets(), improve man page
|
| 1.14 | 14-Sep-1997 |
lukem | branches: 1.14.2;
use memset instead of bzero
|
| 1.13 | 31-Jul-1997 |
jtc | Fix files using old TNF copyright notice
|
| 1.12 | 23-Jul-1997 |
thorpej | Clean up usage of __COPYRIGHT() macro.
|
| 1.11 | 20-Jul-1997 |
thorpej | Case size_t to "long" for printing, and use %ld for the format.
|
| 1.10 | 20-Jul-1997 |
thorpej | - Use __COPYRIGHT() and __RCSID().
- Fix compiler warnings.
|
| 1.9 | 21-Apr-1997 |
mrg | be safe with buffers.
|
| 1.8 | 30-Jan-1997 |
thorpej | Add support to display the ccd-specific statistics kept by the ccd
driver.
|
| 1.7 | 06-Jun-1996 |
thorpej | Discard setgid privelidges if not reading the running kernel, as suggested
in PR #2485 from Mike Grupenhoff <ashmir@umiacs.umd.edu>.
|
| 1.6 | 16-May-1996 |
thorpej | branches: 1.6.4;
Use getmaxpartitions() and getrawpartition() from libutil, not homegrown
versions.
|
| 1.5 | 28-Feb-1996 |
thorpej | Copyright assigned to The NetBSD Foundation.
|
| 1.4 | 01-Feb-1996 |
thorpej | Add experimental data mirroring support, derived from code written by
Satoshi Asami and Nisha Talagala. For details on using data mirroring,
see the ccd(4) manual page.
|
| 1.3 | 11-Nov-1995 |
thorpej | Fix handling of "-M core" and "-N system"; a real brain-o on my part.
Fix related typo in manual page.
|
| 1.2 | 23-Aug-1995 |
thorpej | branches: 1.2.2;
Fix up a printf(), from Chris P. Ross.
|
| 1.1 | 17-Aug-1995 |
thorpej | Configuration utility for the ccd.
|
| 1.2.2.1 | 11-Nov-1995 |
thorpej | Update from trunk; fix -M and -N.
|
| 1.6.4.1 | 06-Jun-1996 |
thorpej | Update from trunk:
Discard setgid privilidges if not reading the running kernel, as suggested
in PR #2485 from Mike Grupenhoff <ashmir@umiacs.umd.edu>.
|
| 1.14.2.2 | 30-Dec-1997 |
mycroft | Pull up revision 1.18.
|
| 1.14.2.1 | 30-Dec-1997 |
mrg | pull up rev 1.16->1.17 from trunk
|
| 1.27.2.1 | 10-Oct-2000 |
he | Pull up revision 1.32 (requested by is):
Format string cleanup.
|
| 1.29.2.1 | 22-Jun-2000 |
minoura | Sync w/ netbsd-1-5-base.
|
| 1.30.2.2 | 18-Oct-2000 |
tv | Pullup sbin string format fixes [is].
See "cvs log" for explicit revision numbers per file, from sommerfeld.
|
| 1.30.2.1 | 27-Jul-2000 |
itojun | pullup (approved by releng-1-5)
printf-like format pedant. do not pass string variable alone. use "%s".
from openbsd.
/cvsroot/basesrc/sbin/swapctl/swapctl.c 1.14 -> 1.15
/cvsroot/basesrc/sbin/ping6/ping6.c 1.15 -> 1.16
/cvsroot/basesrc/sbin/disklabel/disklabel.c 1.84 -> 1.85
/cvsroot/basesrc/sbin/ccdconfig/ccdconfig.c 1.30 -> 1.31
|
| 1.40.2.1 | 20-Feb-2006 |
tron | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by lukem in ticket #1178):
sys/dev/ccd.c: revision 1.108
sbin/ccdconfig/ccdconfig.c: revision 1.42
* The kernel's struct ccd_softc has extra structure members over the
userland version; provide another ccd global variable (ccd_softc_elemsize)
containing the kernel's size, and use that it ccdconfig(8) to convert the
kernel's ccd_softc into userland versions.
Fixes 'ccdconfig -g'.
* Use DISKUNIT() instead of home-grown cruft to determine the `N' of "ccdN".
Fixes 'ccdconfig -g ccd1'.
* Use (void *) instead of (char *) in the calls to kvm_read().
XXX: ccd could be converted from nlist to sysctl. "Someone else's yak shave".
|
| 1.46.20.1 | 18-May-2008 |
yamt | sync with head.
|
| 1.46.18.2 | 28-Sep-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.46.18.1 | 02-Jun-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.47.2.1 | 18-Sep-2008 |
wrstuden | Sync with wrstuden-revivesa-base-2.
|
| 1.48.4.1 | 13-May-2009 |
jym | Sync with HEAD.
Third (and last) commit. See http://mail-index.netbsd.org/source-changes/2009/05/13/msg221222.html
|
| 1.48.2.1 | 27-Aug-2014 |
msaitoh | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by sborrill in ticket #1919):
sbin/ccdconfig/ccdconfig.c 1.54 via patch
sys/dev/ccd.c 1.152 via patch
sys/dev/ccdvar.h 1.34 via patch
Switch size_t to uint64_t in appropriate places to ensure that ccd(4)
works with component and total sizes of > 2TB.
Make kernel print device information when a ccd configured.
Fix some typos in comments.
|
| 1.51.8.1 | 23-Jun-2013 |
tls | resync from head
|
| 1.51.4.1 | 27-Aug-2014 |
msaitoh | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by sborrill in ticket #1113):
sbin/ccdconfig/ccdconfig.c 1.54 via patch
sys/dev/ccd.c 1.152 via patch
sys/dev/ccdvar.h 1.34 via patch
Switch size_t to uint64_t in appropriate places to ensure that ccd(4)
works with component and total sizes of > 2TB.
Make kernel print device information when a ccd configured.
Fix some typos in comments.
|
| 1.51.2.1 | 22-May-2014 |
yamt | sync with head.
for a reference, the tree before this commit was tagged
as yamt-pagecache-tag8.
this commit was splitted into small chunks to avoid
a limitation of cvs. ("Protocol error: too many arguments")
|
| 1.53.6.2 | 09-Dec-2014 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by mlelstv in ticket #305):
sbin/ccdconfig/ccdconfig.c: revision 1.56
Make ccdconfig resolve wedge names.
|
| 1.53.6.1 | 18-Aug-2014 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by sborrill in ticket #38):
sys/dev/ccd.c: revision 1.152
sbin/ccdconfig/ccdconfig.c: revision 1.54
sbin/ccdconfig/ccdconfig.c: revision 1.55
sys/dev/ccdvar.h: revision 1.34
Switch size_t to uint64_t in appropriate places to ensure that ccd(4) works
with component and total sizes of > 2TB.
Add COMPAT_60 code for platforms where this alters userland-accessible
structures.
Make kernel print device information when a ccd configured.
Fix some typos in comments.
Don't print ccd_size with %zu; it no longer has type size_t.
Instead, cast to uintmax_t and print with %ju.
|
| 1.56.18.1 | 11-Oct-2020 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by mlelstv in ticket #1110):
sys/dev/dkwedge/dk.c: revision 1.102
sys/dev/ccd.c: revision 1.185
sbin/ccdconfig/ccdconfig.c: revision 1.58
Use raw device for configuring units. This is necessary as
having a block device opened prevents autodiscovery of wedges.
Fix ioctl locking. Add dkdriver.
Check dkdriver before calling a driver function.
|
| 1.4 | 28-Apr-2008 |
martin | Remove clause 3 and 4 from TNF licenses
|
| 1.3 | 31-Jul-1997 |
jtc | branches: 1.3.46; 1.3.48;
Fix files using old TNF copyright notice
|
| 1.2 | 28-Feb-1996 |
thorpej | Copyright assigned to The NetBSD Foundation.
|
| 1.1 | 17-Aug-1995 |
thorpej | Configuration utility for the ccd.
|
| 1.3.48.1 | 18-May-2008 |
yamt | sync with head.
|
| 1.3.46.1 | 02-Jun-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.23 | 12-May-2024 |
christos | PR/58212: Malte Dehling: Add zfs verification method
|
| 1.22 | 12-Aug-2022 |
riastradh | branches: 1.22.2;
cgdconfig(8): Add support for shared keys.
New clause `shared <id> algorithm <alg> subkey <info>' in a keygen
block enables `cgdconfig -C' to reuse a key between different params
files, so you can, e.g., use a single password for multiple disks.
This is better than simply caching the password itself because:
- Hashing the password is expensive, so it should only be done once.
Suppose your budget is time t before you get bored, and you
calibrate password hash parameters to unlock n disks before you get
bored waiting for `cgdconfig -C'.
. With n password hashings the adversary's cost goes up only by a
factor of t/n.
. With one password hashing and n subkeys the adversary's cost goes
up by a factor of n.
And if you ever add a disk, rehashing it will make `cgdconfig -C'
go over budget, whereas another subkey adds negligible cost to you.
- Subkeys work for other types of keygen blocks, like shell_cmd,
which could be used to get a key from a hardware token that needs a
button press.
The <info> parameter must be different for each params file;
everything else in the keygen block must be the same. With this
clause, the keygen block determines a shared key used only to derive
keys; the actual key used by cgdconfig is derived from the shared key
by the specified algorithm.
The only supported algorithm is hkdf-hmac-sha256, which uses
HKDF-Expand of RFC 5869 instantiated with SHA-256.
Example:
algorithm aes-cbc;
iv-method encblkno1;
keylength 128;
verify_method none;
keygen pkcs5_pbkdf2/sha1 {
iterations 39361;
salt AAAAgMoHiYonye6KogdYJAobCHE=;
shared "pw" algorithm hkdf-hmac-sha256
subkey AAAAgFlw0BMQ5gY+haYkZ6JC+yY=;
};
The key used for this disk will be derived by
HKDF-HMAC-SHA256_k(WXDQExDmBj6FpiRnokL7Jg==),
where k is the outcome of PBKDF2-SHA1 with the given parameters.
Note that <info> encodes a four-byte prefix giving the big-endian
length in bits of the info argument to HKDF, just like all other bit
strings in cgdconfig parameters files.
If you have multiple disks configured using the same keygen block
except for the info parameter, `cgdconfig -C' will only prompt once
for your passphrase, generate a shared key k with PBKDF2 as usual,
and then reuse it for each of the disks.
|
| 1.21 | 17-May-2022 |
christos | Use the Makefile.inc from libargon2 (fixes the vax build that requires
a compiler hack).
|
| 1.20 | 16-May-2022 |
christos | make things behave just like before the libcrypt symbol renaming:
The normal cgdconfig binary is built with threads and the crunched one
in rescue without.
|
| 1.19 | 16-May-2022 |
christos | Re-enable threads; apparently we get different results depending if we are
threaded or not... This tastes like a bug.
|
| 1.18 | 15-May-2022 |
christos | Build argon2 inline so that crunched programs work. I also disabled threads
for now; we can put them back if needed.
|
| 1.17 | 28-Nov-2021 |
christos | -lpthread to LDADD (fixes lint build)
|
| 1.16 | 22-Nov-2021 |
nia | cgdconfig(8): Add an argon2id password-based key generation method
This provides an extra level of side-channel and cracking resistance
compared to the pre-existing pkcs5_pbkdf2/sha1 method used for
password-based disk encryption.
Several new keygen parameters are supported:
memory (integer, in kilobytes)
parallelism (integer, usually the number of CPU cores)
version (integer, usually 19...)
We do our best to calibrate these automatically when the paramsfile
is initially generated.
lgtm riastradh@
|
| 1.15 | 01-Jul-2016 |
christos | replace openssl HMAC(3) with our hmac(3).
|
| 1.14 | 14-Dec-2010 |
pooka | Convert from the oldstyle cgd_kops.op_open to the newstyle prog_open
and define RUMPPRG. Get rid of the Makefile.inc stuff, since it was
useful only for the oldstyle regime.
|
| 1.13 | 19-Dec-2009 |
pooka | Use RUMP_ACTION to avoid having to specify the same information
in the Makefiles of all the consumers.
|
| 1.12 | 08-Sep-2009 |
pooka | * allow specification of kernel operations vector
* make it possible to build cgdconfig as a library
|
| 1.11 | 20-Apr-2009 |
drochner | define YY_NO_INPUT where appropriate, from Kurt J. Lidl per PR misc/41160
|
| 1.10 | 24-Jul-2008 |
dholland | branches: 1.10.4;
Adjust this to not need -Wno-pointer-sign.
|
| 1.9 | 21-Jul-2008 |
gmcgarry | Add HAVE_PCC tests for -Wno-pointer-sign.
|
| 1.8 | 16-Feb-2008 |
matt | branches: 1.8.4; 1.8.8;
Change incorrect usage of CFLAGS to CPPFLAGS
|
| 1.7 | 11-May-2006 |
mrg | branches: 1.7.10; 1.7.12;
sprinkle some -fno-strict-aliasing and -Wno-pointer-sign with GCC4.
|
| 1.6 | 25-Feb-2006 |
simonb | We link against libl and liby, so depend on them too.
|
| 1.5 | 09-Mar-2005 |
christos | Add -lcrypt where -lcrypto is specified.
|
| 1.4 | 17-Apr-2003 |
thorpej | We need -I., too.
|
| 1.3 | 17-Apr-2003 |
fvdl | -I. -> -I${.CURDIR}
|
| 1.2 | 24-Mar-2003 |
elric | substantial rototill of the code.
o added new features:
o -G: generate a new paramsfile that produces the same
key as the old paramsfile,
o ffs verify_method,
o multiple keygen methods that are xor'ed together
(for n-factor authentication), and
o calibrating the iteration count of PKCS#5 PBKDF2 to
the current machine's speed.
o changed paramsfile format to allow for the new features.
o replaced open-coded parser with yacc grammar.
o lots of supporting changes.
o updated documentation to reflect new features and new
paramsfile format.
|
| 1.1 | 04-Oct-2002 |
elric | Initial checkin of cgdconfig(8), a program to configure a cgd.
|
| 1.7.12.1 | 18-Feb-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.7.10.1 | 23-Mar-2008 |
matt | sync with HEAD
|
| 1.8.8.1 | 18-Sep-2008 |
wrstuden | Sync with wrstuden-revivesa-base-2.
|
| 1.8.4.1 | 28-Sep-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.10.4.1 | 13-May-2009 |
jym | Sync with HEAD.
Third (and last) commit. See http://mail-index.netbsd.org/source-changes/2009/05/13/msg221222.html
|
| 1.22.2.1 | 11-Oct-2024 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by riastradh in ticket #941):
sbin/cgdconfig/params.c: revision 1.35
sbin/cgdconfig/params.h: revision 1.15
sbin/cgdconfig/cgdconfig.c: revision 1.62
sbin/cgdconfig/cgdconfig.c: revision 1.63
sbin/cgdconfig/cgdconfig.8: revision 1.58
sbin/cgdconfig/cgdconfig.8: revision 1.59
sbin/cgdconfig/Makefile: revision 1.23
cgdconfig(8): KNF in cgdconfig.c.
No functional change intended.
PR/58212: Malte Dehling: Add zfs verification method
cgdconfig(8): Estimate verify methods' false accept probabilities.
An addendum following discussion around:
PR bin/58212: cgdconfig(8): Add zfs verification method
|
| 1.4 | 14-Dec-2010 |
pooka | Convert from the oldstyle cgd_kops.op_open to the newstyle prog_open
and define RUMPPRG. Get rid of the Makefile.inc stuff, since it was
useful only for the oldstyle regime.
|
| 1.3 | 05-Dec-2010 |
pooka | mirror change of -lrumpcrypto ==> -lrumpkern_crypto
|
| 1.2 | 19-Dec-2009 |
pooka | Use RUMP_ACTION to avoid having to specify the same information
in the Makefiles of all the consumers.
|
| 1.1 | 08-Sep-2009 |
pooka | * allow specification of kernel operations vector
* make it possible to build cgdconfig as a library
|
| 1.1 | 22-Nov-2021 |
nia | cgdconfig(8): Add an argon2id password-based key generation method
This provides an extra level of side-channel and cracking resistance
compared to the pre-existing pkcs5_pbkdf2/sha1 method used for
password-based disk encryption.
Several new keygen parameters are supported:
memory (integer, in kilobytes)
parallelism (integer, usually the number of CPU cores)
version (integer, usually 19...)
We do our best to calibrate these automatically when the paramsfile
is initially generated.
lgtm riastradh@
|
| 1.1 | 22-Nov-2021 |
nia | cgdconfig(8): Add an argon2id password-based key generation method
This provides an extra level of side-channel and cracking resistance
compared to the pre-existing pkcs5_pbkdf2/sha1 method used for
password-based disk encryption.
Several new keygen parameters are supported:
memory (integer, in kilobytes)
parallelism (integer, usually the number of CPU cores)
version (integer, usually 19...)
We do our best to calibrate these automatically when the paramsfile
is initially generated.
lgtm riastradh@
|
| 1.3 | 14-Dec-2010 |
pooka | Convert from the oldstyle cgd_kops.op_open to the newstyle prog_open
and define RUMPPRG. Get rid of the Makefile.inc stuff, since it was
useful only for the oldstyle regime.
|
| 1.2 | 13-Oct-2009 |
pooka | fix prototypes of function pointers to varargs syscalls
|
| 1.1 | 08-Sep-2009 |
pooka | * allow specification of kernel operations vector
* make it possible to build cgdconfig as a library
|
| 1.4 | 14-Dec-2010 |
pooka | Convert from the oldstyle cgd_kops.op_open to the newstyle prog_open
and define RUMPPRG. Get rid of the Makefile.inc stuff, since it was
useful only for the oldstyle regime.
|
| 1.3 | 13-Oct-2009 |
pooka | fix prototypes of function pointers to varargs syscalls
|
| 1.2 | 10-Sep-2009 |
pooka | fix LP64 builds. yay, C type system.
patch from Joachim Kuebart
|
| 1.1 | 08-Sep-2009 |
pooka | * allow specification of kernel operations vector
* make it possible to build cgdconfig as a library
|
| 1.2 | 14-Dec-2010 |
pooka | Convert from the oldstyle cgd_kops.op_open to the newstyle prog_open
and define RUMPPRG. Get rid of the Makefile.inc stuff, since it was
useful only for the oldstyle regime.
|
| 1.1 | 19-Dec-2009 |
pooka | Use RUMP_ACTION to avoid having to specify the same information
in the Makefiles of all the consumers.
|
| 1.59 | 09-Oct-2024 |
riastradh | cgdconfig(8): Estimate verify methods' false accept probabilities.
An addendum following discussion around:
PR bin/58212: cgdconfig(8): Add zfs verification method
|
| 1.58 | 12-May-2024 |
christos | branches: 1.58.2;
PR/58212: Malte Dehling: Add zfs verification method
|
| 1.57 | 12-Aug-2022 |
riastradh | branches: 1.57.2;
cgdconfig(8): Handle -P/-S for shared keys with -G too.
This way you can convert an existing parameters file to one that is
derived from a shared key, and derive other subkeys for other disks
from the same shared key.
cgdconfig -G -S -o /etc/cgd/wd0.shared /etc/cgd/wd0
cgdconfig -G -S -o /etc/cgd/wd1.shared \
-P /etc/cgd/wd0.shared /etc/cgd/wd1
This way, if you enter the same new password both times, wd0.shared
and wd1.shared generate the same keys as wd0 and wd1, but only need
one password entry with `cgdconfig -C'.
|
| 1.56 | 12-Aug-2022 |
riastradh | cgdconfig(8): Add support for generating shared-key parameters files.
Usage model:
- Generate a parameters file that supports sharing its main key:
cgdconfig -g -S -o /etc/cgd/wd0e -V gpt adiantum
- Make another parameters file that uses the same shared main key but
derives an independent subkey from it:
cgdconfig -g -S -P /etc/cgd/wd0e -o /etc/cgd/ld1e \
-V disklabel aes-cbc 256
|
| 1.55 | 12-Aug-2022 |
riastradh | cgdconfig(8): Add support for shared keys.
New clause `shared <id> algorithm <alg> subkey <info>' in a keygen
block enables `cgdconfig -C' to reuse a key between different params
files, so you can, e.g., use a single password for multiple disks.
This is better than simply caching the password itself because:
- Hashing the password is expensive, so it should only be done once.
Suppose your budget is time t before you get bored, and you
calibrate password hash parameters to unlock n disks before you get
bored waiting for `cgdconfig -C'.
. With n password hashings the adversary's cost goes up only by a
factor of t/n.
. With one password hashing and n subkeys the adversary's cost goes
up by a factor of n.
And if you ever add a disk, rehashing it will make `cgdconfig -C'
go over budget, whereas another subkey adds negligible cost to you.
- Subkeys work for other types of keygen blocks, like shell_cmd,
which could be used to get a key from a hardware token that needs a
button press.
The <info> parameter must be different for each params file;
everything else in the keygen block must be the same. With this
clause, the keygen block determines a shared key used only to derive
keys; the actual key used by cgdconfig is derived from the shared key
by the specified algorithm.
The only supported algorithm is hkdf-hmac-sha256, which uses
HKDF-Expand of RFC 5869 instantiated with SHA-256.
Example:
algorithm aes-cbc;
iv-method encblkno1;
keylength 128;
verify_method none;
keygen pkcs5_pbkdf2/sha1 {
iterations 39361;
salt AAAAgMoHiYonye6KogdYJAobCHE=;
shared "pw" algorithm hkdf-hmac-sha256
subkey AAAAgFlw0BMQ5gY+haYkZ6JC+yY=;
};
The key used for this disk will be derived by
HKDF-HMAC-SHA256_k(WXDQExDmBj6FpiRnokL7Jg==),
where k is the outcome of PBKDF2-SHA1 with the given parameters.
Note that <info> encodes a four-byte prefix giving the big-endian
length in bits of the info argument to HKDF, just like all other bit
strings in cgdconfig parameters files.
If you have multiple disks configured using the same keygen block
except for the info parameter, `cgdconfig -C' will only prompt once
for your passphrase, generate a shared key k with PBKDF2 as usual,
and then reuse it for each of the disks.
|
| 1.54 | 12-Aug-2022 |
riastradh | cgdconfig(8): New -T operation prints all generated keys in cgd.conf.
For testing purposes.
|
| 1.53 | 12-Aug-2022 |
riastradh | cgdconfig(8): New -t operation just prints the derived key in base64.
For testing purposes.
|
| 1.52 | 04-Dec-2021 |
nia | cgdconfig.8: Use argon2id in examples
|
| 1.51 | 22-Nov-2021 |
nia | cgdconfig(8): Add an argon2id password-based key generation method
This provides an extra level of side-channel and cracking resistance
compared to the pre-existing pkcs5_pbkdf2/sha1 method used for
password-based disk encryption.
Several new keygen parameters are supported:
memory (integer, in kilobytes)
parallelism (integer, usually the number of CPU cores)
version (integer, usually 19...)
We do our best to calibrate these automatically when the paramsfile
is initially generated.
lgtm riastradh@
|
| 1.50 | 30-Apr-2021 |
nia | cgdconfig.8: use gpt in examples, it's more versatile for this use case
|
| 1.49 | 18-Apr-2021 |
maya | The -n flag is useless with -g, don't mention it.
From rudolf in PR misc/36243
|
| 1.48 | 11-Dec-2020 |
riastradh | Touch up cgdconfig(8) man page.
- Suggest adiantum first.
- Remove references to Blowfish.
- Clarify that ivmethod is relevant only for ancient compatibility.
|
| 1.47 | 23-Jun-2020 |
wiz | Use Nm.
|
| 1.46 | 23-Jun-2020 |
nia | cgdconfig.8: remove references to using cgd for swap
this is potentially misleading now that the kernel does swap encryption
|
| 1.45 | 23-Jun-2020 |
nia | cgdconfig.8: Reflect actual behaviour of /dev/(u)random
|
| 1.44 | 29-Dec-2018 |
wiz | Sort SEE ALSO.
|
| 1.43 | 28-Dec-2018 |
alnsn | s/Dec/December/.
|
| 1.42 | 27-Dec-2018 |
alnsn | Document that cgd.conf supports NAME=label and ROOT.<suffix> targets.
XXX Default paramsfile for NAME=label is /etc/cgd/dkNN (resolved wedge
partition) and /etc/cgd/ROOT.<suffix> for ROOT.<suffix>. This isn't yet
documented. IMO, it should be the other way around: /etc/cgd/label
for the former and /et/cgd/[root-device] for the latter.
|
| 1.41 | 01-Sep-2018 |
prlw1 | typo
|
| 1.40 | 09-May-2018 |
kre | branches: 1.40.2;
With the change to use getpass_r the 128 byte passphrase limit no
longer applies, so update the BUGS section here to reflect that change.
The limit now is 1023 whichever method is used to fetch the passphrase.
|
| 1.39 | 09-May-2018 |
alnsn | Add '-e' option (echo the passphrase) and wipe the passphrase after use.
XXX Using memset for wiping isn't a good idea because memset is likely
optimised away by gcc. This should be revisited.
|
| 1.38 | 09-May-2018 |
wiz | Add commas in enumeration.
|
| 1.37 | 09-May-2018 |
kre | Fix missing -p in usage message (noted by Christoph Badura, thanks),
and update -l usage as well.
While here fix man page synopses and a few other odds and ends.
|
| 1.36 | 11-Sep-2016 |
sevan | branches: 1.36.6; 1.36.12;
Spelling mistake.
Bump date.
|
| 1.35 | 14-Dec-2014 |
wiz | Bump date for previous. Fix typo.
|
| 1.34 | 14-Dec-2014 |
mlelstv | Add validation methods "mbr" and "gpt" for disks without a valid disklabel.
|
| 1.33 | 05-Dec-2012 |
wiz | Whitespace.
New sentence, new line.
|
| 1.32 | 05-Dec-2012 |
christos | add cgdconfig -l like vnconfig -l
|
| 1.31 | 03-Jul-2011 |
dholland | branches: 1.31.2; 1.31.8;
fix typo
|
| 1.30 | 30-Mar-2010 |
joerg | \\ -> \e
|
| 1.29 | 19-Oct-2009 |
wiz | Document -n, from Jukka Ruohonen in private mail.
Bump date.
|
| 1.28 | 12-Sep-2008 |
christos | PR/39525: Joachim Schueth, Frederik Sausmikat:
cgd inadvertently encrypts blkno eight times to generate IV
|
| 1.27 | 13-May-2008 |
wiz | Bump date for previous.
|
| 1.26 | 11-May-2008 |
elric | Add a new keygen method which will execute an external command and
take its output as the key. I've been meaning to do this for quite
a while...
|
| 1.25 | 10-May-2008 |
elric | Add -p flag to retrieve passphrases from stdin. This is mainly aimed
at programatic use where the caller wants to be able to use PKCS#5.
Disable looping on invalid verifications unless both a passphrase method
is in use and the -p flag is not specified.
Update man page to document -p flag.
|
| 1.24 | 30-Apr-2008 |
martin | branches: 1.24.2;
Convert TNF licenses to new 2 clause variant
|
| 1.23 | 23-Feb-2007 |
rumble | branches: 1.23.12; 1.23.14;
Add a DIAGNOSTICS section and explain that the error message "could not
calibrate pkcs5_pbkdf2" could have resulted due to dynamic changes in cpu
clock frequency.
|
| 1.22 | 15-Oct-2004 |
salo | Correct the omission in 're-enter' verification method addition in EXAMPLES.
|
| 1.21 | 13-Aug-2004 |
wiz | Bump date for previous, and re-add some flags that were removed in the
previous commit without a mention in the commit message, and which are
still in the usage.
|
| 1.20 | 13-Aug-2004 |
tv | Add "urandomkey" key generation method as described in PR kern/22766;
useful for configuring a throwaway key for cgd-on-swap at boot time.
|
| 1.19 | 04-Jul-2004 |
elric | Add options to SYNOPSIS.
Addresses PR misc/26065.
|
| 1.18 | 17-Mar-2004 |
wiz | branches: 1.18.2;
Drop trailing whitespace; new sentence, new line.
|
| 1.17 | 17-Mar-2004 |
dan | Fix a longstanding algorithmic flaw in PKCS#5 key generation.
The existing pkcs5_pbdkf2 keygen method is retained functionally
as-is, for compatibility with existing params files. The corrected
algorithm, which is now the default for new params file generation, is
called pkcs5_pbkdf2/sha1.
NB. The backwards compatibility for the miscreant keygen method will
be removed at the same time as support for the previous parameters
file syntax. Sometime between now and then, users should update their
params files using -G, which will create a new params file including
an xor value so that the resulting generated key is the same; they
should also
Problem discovery and 2-char algorithm fix by Charles Blundell, messy
compat goop by me, long complicated names by Roland Dowdeswell.
Update manpage accordingly and bump date.
|
| 1.16 | 23-Sep-2003 |
wiz | Add article.
|
| 1.15 | 23-Sep-2003 |
cb | add a new verification method that prompts for the pkcs#5 pbkdf2
passphrase again and checks the generated key against the original.
|
| 1.14 | 27-Jun-2003 |
wiz | Remove superfluous "".
|
| 1.13 | 16-Apr-2003 |
wiz | Bump date for last-but-one; remove superfluous .Pp.
|
| 1.12 | 15-Apr-2003 |
elric | Fix typo. params files are not stored in /dev/cgd/
|
| 1.11 | 24-Mar-2003 |
elric | substantial rototill of the code.
o added new features:
o -G: generate a new paramsfile that produces the same
key as the old paramsfile,
o ffs verify_method,
o multiple keygen methods that are xor'ed together
(for n-factor authentication), and
o calibrating the iteration count of PKCS#5 PBKDF2 to
the current machine's speed.
o changed paramsfile format to allow for the new features.
o replaced open-coded parser with yacc grammar.
o lots of supporting changes.
o updated documentation to reflect new features and new
paramsfile format.
|
| 1.10 | 25-Feb-2003 |
wiz | .Nm does not need a dummy argument ("") before punctuation or
for correct formatting of the SYNOPSIS any longer.
|
| 1.9 | 19-Jan-2003 |
atatat | The next release will be 2.0, not 1.7.
|
| 1.8 | 13-Oct-2002 |
elric | At the suggestion of wiz@, we remove the lines that mention that the
lack of the feature added earlier today was a bug.
|
| 1.7 | 12-Oct-2002 |
elric | Add documentation for verification methods. Specify defaults for IV
method, keygen method and verification method.
|
| 1.6 | 07-Oct-2002 |
wiz | Begin new sentence in upper case.
|
| 1.5 | 05-Oct-2002 |
grant | cgdconfig first appeared in NetBSD 1.7 (for now).
|
| 1.4 | 05-Oct-2002 |
grant | New sentence, new line. Some mdoc cleanup, other minor nits.
|
| 1.3 | 05-Oct-2002 |
dan | note some other caveats and uses
|
| 1.2 | 04-Oct-2002 |
dan | channelling wiz
|
| 1.1 | 04-Oct-2002 |
elric | Initial checkin of cgdconfig(8), a program to configure a cgd.
|
| 1.18.2.1 | 13-Aug-2004 |
tv | Oy, sometimes CVS sticky tags hurt. Revert urandomkey; that should be on HEAD.
|
| 1.23.14.1 | 18-May-2008 |
yamt | sync with head.
|
| 1.23.12.2 | 28-Sep-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.23.12.1 | 02-Jun-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.24.2.2 | 24-Sep-2008 |
wrstuden | Merge in changes between wrstuden-revivesa-base-2 and
wrstuden-revivesa-base-3.
|
| 1.24.2.1 | 23-Jun-2008 |
wrstuden | Sync w/ -current. 34 merge conflicts to follow.
|
| 1.31.8.1 | 25-Feb-2013 |
tls | resync with head
|
| 1.31.2.1 | 16-Jan-2013 |
yamt | sync with (a bit old) head
|
| 1.36.12.3 | 18-Jan-2019 |
pgoyette | Synch with HEAD
|
| 1.36.12.2 | 06-Sep-2018 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD
Resolve a couple of conflicts (result of the uimin/uimax changes)
|
| 1.36.12.1 | 21-May-2018 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.36.6.2 | 07-Aug-2018 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by alnsn in ticket #958):
sbin/cgdconfig/cgdconfig.c: revision 1.46
sbin/cgdconfig/cgdconfig.c: revision 1.47
sbin/cgdconfig/cgdconfig.c: revision 1.48
sbin/cgdconfig/cgdconfig.8: revision 1.39
sbin/cgdconfig/cgdconfig.8: revision 1.40
Add '-e' option (echo the passphrase) and wipe the passphrase after use.
XXX Using memset for wiping isn't a good idea because memset is likely
optimised away by gcc. This should be revisited.
Missed one change when doing a manual merge of my patch with kre's commit.
use explicit_memset(3)
With the change to use getpass_r the 128 byte passphrase limit no
longer applies, so update the BUGS section here to reflect that change.
The limit now is 1023 whichever method is used to fetch the passphrase.
|
| 1.36.6.1 | 31-Jul-2018 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by kre in ticket #946):
sbin/cgdconfig/cgdconfig.c: revision 1.42
sbin/cgdconfig/cgdconfig.c: revision 1.43
sbin/cgdconfig/cgdconfig.c: revision 1.44
sbin/cgdconfig/cgdconfig.c: revision 1.45
sbin/cgdconfig/cgdconfig.8: revision 1.37
sbin/cgdconfig/cgdconfig.8: revision 1.38
Check whether the cgd device selected is available to be
configured,that is, not already in use, before requesting
passwords from the user (or elsewhere).
Fix usage for rump. Fixes test breakage caused by previous commit.
Check arg count in configure() at entry, rather than later.
This avoids the stupid null deref I added a couple of commits
ago (on bad usage) and also simplifies the rest of the routine
which no longer needs to check the arg count nearly as much.
Thanks to Alexander Nasonov for finding the null deref bug.
Fix missing -p in usage message (noted by Christoph Badura, thanks),
and update -l usage as well.
While here fix man page synopses and a few other odds and ends.
Add commas in enumeration.
|
| 1.40.2.1 | 10-Jun-2019 |
christos | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.57.2.1 | 11-Oct-2024 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by riastradh in ticket #941):
sbin/cgdconfig/params.c: revision 1.35
sbin/cgdconfig/params.h: revision 1.15
sbin/cgdconfig/cgdconfig.c: revision 1.62
sbin/cgdconfig/cgdconfig.c: revision 1.63
sbin/cgdconfig/cgdconfig.8: revision 1.58
sbin/cgdconfig/cgdconfig.8: revision 1.59
sbin/cgdconfig/Makefile: revision 1.23
cgdconfig(8): KNF in cgdconfig.c.
No functional change intended.
PR/58212: Malte Dehling: Add zfs verification method
cgdconfig(8): Estimate verify methods' false accept probabilities.
An addendum following discussion around:
PR bin/58212: cgdconfig(8): Add zfs verification method
|
| 1.58.2.1 | 02-Aug-2025 |
perseant | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.63 | 12-May-2024 |
christos | PR/58212: Malte Dehling: Add zfs verification method
|
| 1.62 | 29-Apr-2024 |
riastradh | cgdconfig(8): KNF in cgdconfig.c.
No functional change intended.
|
| 1.61 | 17-Nov-2022 |
chs | branches: 1.61.2;
Restore backward compatibility of UFS2 with previous NetBSD releases by
disabling support in UFS2 for extended attributes (including ACLs).
Add a new variant of UFS2 called "UFS2ea" that does support extended attributes.
Add new fsck_ffs operations "-c ea" and "-c no-ea" to convert file systems
from UFS2 to UFS2ea and vice-versa (both of which delete all existing extended
attributes in the process).
|
| 1.60 | 13-Sep-2022 |
riastradh | cgdconfig(8): Restore loop for password re-entry for non-shared keys.
Fixes mistake in previous which changed the semantics in the case
where _no_ keys are shared.
|
| 1.59 | 30-Aug-2022 |
riastradh | cgdconfig(8): Gracefully handle failed verification with shared keys.
The first time each key is verified, if verification fails, we chuck
the failed key and try again with passphrase re-entry.
But if a key has already been verified, and verification fails,
assume something is wrong with the disk and fail.
|
| 1.58 | 12-Aug-2022 |
riastradh | cgdconfig(8): Handle -P/-S for shared keys with -G too.
This way you can convert an existing parameters file to one that is
derived from a shared key, and derive other subkeys for other disks
from the same shared key.
cgdconfig -G -S -o /etc/cgd/wd0.shared /etc/cgd/wd0
cgdconfig -G -S -o /etc/cgd/wd1.shared \
-P /etc/cgd/wd0.shared /etc/cgd/wd1
This way, if you enter the same new password both times, wd0.shared
and wd1.shared generate the same keys as wd0 and wd1, but only need
one password entry with `cgdconfig -C'.
|
| 1.57 | 12-Aug-2022 |
riastradh | cgdconfig(8): Add support for generating shared-key parameters files.
Usage model:
- Generate a parameters file that supports sharing its main key:
cgdconfig -g -S -o /etc/cgd/wd0e -V gpt adiantum
- Make another parameters file that uses the same shared main key but
derives an independent subkey from it:
cgdconfig -g -S -P /etc/cgd/wd0e -o /etc/cgd/ld1e \
-V disklabel aes-cbc 256
|
| 1.56 | 12-Aug-2022 |
riastradh | cgdconfig(8): Add support for shared keys.
New clause `shared <id> algorithm <alg> subkey <info>' in a keygen
block enables `cgdconfig -C' to reuse a key between different params
files, so you can, e.g., use a single password for multiple disks.
This is better than simply caching the password itself because:
- Hashing the password is expensive, so it should only be done once.
Suppose your budget is time t before you get bored, and you
calibrate password hash parameters to unlock n disks before you get
bored waiting for `cgdconfig -C'.
. With n password hashings the adversary's cost goes up only by a
factor of t/n.
. With one password hashing and n subkeys the adversary's cost goes
up by a factor of n.
And if you ever add a disk, rehashing it will make `cgdconfig -C'
go over budget, whereas another subkey adds negligible cost to you.
- Subkeys work for other types of keygen blocks, like shell_cmd,
which could be used to get a key from a hardware token that needs a
button press.
The <info> parameter must be different for each params file;
everything else in the keygen block must be the same. With this
clause, the keygen block determines a shared key used only to derive
keys; the actual key used by cgdconfig is derived from the shared key
by the specified algorithm.
The only supported algorithm is hkdf-hmac-sha256, which uses
HKDF-Expand of RFC 5869 instantiated with SHA-256.
Example:
algorithm aes-cbc;
iv-method encblkno1;
keylength 128;
verify_method none;
keygen pkcs5_pbkdf2/sha1 {
iterations 39361;
salt AAAAgMoHiYonye6KogdYJAobCHE=;
shared "pw" algorithm hkdf-hmac-sha256
subkey AAAAgFlw0BMQ5gY+haYkZ6JC+yY=;
};
The key used for this disk will be derived by
HKDF-HMAC-SHA256_k(WXDQExDmBj6FpiRnokL7Jg==),
where k is the outcome of PBKDF2-SHA1 with the given parameters.
Note that <info> encodes a four-byte prefix giving the big-endian
length in bits of the info argument to HKDF, just like all other bit
strings in cgdconfig parameters files.
If you have multiple disks configured using the same keygen block
except for the info parameter, `cgdconfig -C' will only prompt once
for your passphrase, generate a shared key k with PBKDF2 as usual,
and then reuse it for each of the disks.
|
| 1.55 | 12-Aug-2022 |
riastradh | cgdconfig(8): New -T operation prints all generated keys in cgd.conf.
For testing purposes.
|
| 1.54 | 12-Aug-2022 |
riastradh | cgdconfig(8): New -t operation just prints the derived key in base64.
For testing purposes.
|
| 1.53 | 22-Nov-2021 |
nia | cgdconfig(8): Add an argon2id password-based key generation method
This provides an extra level of side-channel and cracking resistance
compared to the pre-existing pkcs5_pbkdf2/sha1 method used for
password-based disk encryption.
Several new keygen parameters are supported:
memory (integer, in kilobytes)
parallelism (integer, usually the number of CPU cores)
version (integer, usually 19...)
We do our best to calibrate these automatically when the paramsfile
is initially generated.
lgtm riastradh@
|
| 1.52 | 16-Jun-2021 |
riastradh | cgdconfig(8): Fail more gracefully than SIGSEGV if shell_cmd fails.
|
| 1.51 | 18-Apr-2021 |
maya | The -n flag is useless with -g, don't mention it.
From rudolf in PR misc/36243
|
| 1.50 | 10-Apr-2019 |
kre | KNF, 80 column police, a few other tidy ups (use if (ret == 0) rather
than if (!ret) when ret is not a boolean, and test fopen result against
NULL, for example).
NFCI.
|
| 1.49 | 10-Apr-2019 |
kre | PR bin/53999 from rudolf (eq.cz)
Fix cgdconfig to report verification failures with gpt and mbr
verification methods (and not treat them as silent hard errors).
This also causes the cgd to be unconfigured when one of those
verification methods fails.
Add ATF tests to check that bad verification is reported, and
does not leave the cgd configured.
Patches from the PR applied.
|
| 1.48 | 09-May-2018 |
alnsn | branches: 1.48.2;
use explicit_memset(3)
|
| 1.47 | 09-May-2018 |
alnsn | Missed one change when doing a manual merge of my patch with kre's commit.
|
| 1.46 | 09-May-2018 |
alnsn | Add '-e' option (echo the passphrase) and wipe the passphrase after use.
XXX Using memset for wiping isn't a good idea because memset is likely
optimised away by gcc. This should be revisited.
|
| 1.45 | 09-May-2018 |
kre | Fix missing -p in usage message (noted by Christoph Badura, thanks),
and update -l usage as well.
While here fix man page synopses and a few other odds and ends.
|
| 1.44 | 09-May-2018 |
kre | Check arg count in configure() at entry, rather than later.
This avoids the stupid null deref I added a couple of commits
ago (on bad usage) and also simplifies the rest of the routine
which no longer needs to check the arg count nearly as much.
Thanks to Alexander Nasonov for finding the null deref bug.
|
| 1.43 | 06-May-2018 |
kre | Fix usage for rump. Fixes test breakage caused by previous commit.
|
| 1.42 | 05-May-2018 |
kre | Check whether the cgd device selected is available to be
configured,that is, not already in use, before requesting
passwords from the user (or elsewhere).
|
| 1.41 | 10-Jan-2017 |
christos | branches: 1.41.6; 1.41.12;
Need <sys/stat.h> for S_IFBLK.
|
| 1.40 | 22-Nov-2015 |
christos | branches: 1.40.2;
Don't chdir to the config directory; just form the parameters file with a
path if needed.
|
| 1.39 | 14-Dec-2014 |
christos | fix possibly uninitialized variable.
|
| 1.38 | 14-Dec-2014 |
christos | avoid local variable shadowing devname.
|
| 1.37 | 14-Dec-2014 |
mlelstv | Add validation methods "mbr" and "gpt" for disks without a valid disklabel.
|
| 1.36 | 14-Dec-2014 |
mlelstv | support wedge names.
The default param file for a wedge is still named after the device (dkN)
which might be unpredictable. Use an explicit param file instead.
|
| 1.35 | 09-Jun-2013 |
christos | List all cgd's no matter if they are not contiguously allocated
|
| 1.34 | 05-Dec-2012 |
christos | add cgdconfig -l like vnconfig -l
|
| 1.33 | 29-Aug-2011 |
joerg | branches: 1.33.2; 1.33.8;
Use __dead
|
| 1.32 | 14-Dec-2010 |
pooka | Convert from the oldstyle cgd_kops.op_open to the newstyle prog_open
and define RUMPPRG. Get rid of the Makefile.inc stuff, since it was
useful only for the oldstyle regime.
|
| 1.31 | 02-Dec-2010 |
elric | Remove a line that was intended only for my personal testing and that
breaks things.
|
| 1.30 | 02-Dec-2010 |
elric | In -G, refuse to operate if KEYGEN_URANDOM is specified as we already do
for KEYGEN_RANDOMKEY.
Print a warning if such a refusal is made---this will help the user understand
why there is an error.
Patch provided by: Taylor R Campbell <campbell+netbsd@mumble.net>.
|
| 1.29 | 27-Nov-2010 |
elric | Remove trailing whitespace (patch provided by: Taylor R Campbell
<campbell+netbsd@mumble.net>)
|
| 1.28 | 08-Sep-2009 |
pooka | * allow specification of kernel operations vector
* make it possible to build cgdconfig as a library
|
| 1.27 | 24-Jul-2008 |
christos | PR/39525: Joachim Schueth, Frederik Sausmikat:
cgd inadvertently encrypts blkno eight times to generate IV
Add "encblkno1" IV type to encrypt only once, rename old "encblkno" to
"encblkno8" for clarity, and make "encblkno" an alias for "encblkno8"
for backward compatibility.
|
| 1.26 | 24-Jul-2008 |
dholland | bzero the passphrase before freeing it, to discourage chill attacks.
|
| 1.25 | 24-Jul-2008 |
dholland | Adjust this to not need -Wno-pointer-sign.
|
| 1.24 | 20-Jul-2008 |
lukem | Remove the \n and tabs from the __COPYRIGHT() strings.
(Tweak some to use a consistent format.)
|
| 1.23 | 11-May-2008 |
elric | Add a new keygen method which will execute an external command and
take its output as the key. I've been meaning to do this for quite
a while...
|
| 1.22 | 10-May-2008 |
elric | Add -p flag to retrieve passphrases from stdin. This is mainly aimed
at programatic use where the caller wants to be able to use PKCS#5.
Disable looping on invalid verifications unless both a passphrase method
is in use and the -p flag is not specified.
Update man page to document -p flag.
|
| 1.21 | 28-Apr-2008 |
martin | branches: 1.21.2;
Remove clause 3 and 4 from TNF licenses
|
| 1.20 | 06-Nov-2007 |
martin | branches: 1.20.8; 1.20.10;
Do not use %d for size_t
|
| 1.19 | 06-Nov-2007 |
christos | 3 month roland feedback timeout:
- Pass lint
- knf
- convert ints to size_t's
|
| 1.18 | 06-Feb-2007 |
cbiere | branches: 1.18.4;
Fixed format string in opendisk_werror() which was wrong since my previous
commit.
|
| 1.17 | 06-Feb-2007 |
cbiere | * 1 -> EXIT_FAILURE.
* Replaced atoi() with parse_int().
* Use an enum for ACTION_* instead of #define.
* Use strdup() or asnprintf() instead of strlcpy() to avoid truncation.
* pread() returns ssize_t not int.
* Suppress "unused parameter" warnings.
* verify_disklabel(): Pass the correct size to disklabel_scan().
* verify_ffs():
* Don't indicate success if pread() fails.
* Check the amount of bytes read.
* Don't cast buf to (struct fs *), it's not aligned.
* eliminate_cores(): No need for a temporary variable.
|
| 1.16 | 27-Jun-2005 |
christos | - constify.
- don't dup extern declarations on each file because they end up being
inconsistent (yyerror).
|
| 1.15 | 30-Mar-2005 |
elric | setprogname(3) needs to come before calls to err(3).
|
| 1.14 | 30-Mar-2005 |
elric | Lock all memory.
|
| 1.13 | 30-Mar-2005 |
elric | Turn off core dumps.
|
| 1.12 | 13-Aug-2004 |
tv | Add "urandomkey" key generation method as described in PR kern/22766;
useful for configuring a throwaway key for cgd-on-swap at boot time.
|
| 1.11 | 10-Aug-2004 |
rumble | In getkey(), check the return values of the various keygen functions
and abort if necessary. Also, check for errors in its callers and
handle them gracefully.
OK'd by elric.
|
| 1.10 | 17-Mar-2004 |
dan | branches: 1.10.2;
Fix a longstanding algorithmic flaw in PKCS#5 key generation.
The existing pkcs5_pbdkf2 keygen method is retained functionally
as-is, for compatibility with existing params files. The corrected
algorithm, which is now the default for new params file generation, is
called pkcs5_pbkdf2/sha1.
NB. The backwards compatibility for the miscreant keygen method will
be removed at the same time as support for the previous parameters
file syntax. Sometime between now and then, users should update their
params files using -G, which will create a new params file including
an xor value so that the resulting generated key is the same; they
should also
Problem discovery and 2-char algorithm fix by Charles Blundell, messy
compat goop by me, long complicated names by Roland Dowdeswell.
Update manpage accordingly and bump date.
|
| 1.9 | 23-Sep-2003 |
cb | add a new verification method that prompts for the pkcs#5 pbkdf2
passphrase again and checks the generated key against the original.
|
| 1.8 | 17-May-2003 |
itojun | use strlcpy
|
| 1.7 | 02-Apr-2003 |
fvdl | Add support for UFS2. UFS2 is an enhanced FFS, adding support for
64 bit block pointers, extended attribute storage, and a few
other things.
This commit does not yet include the code to manipulate the extended
storage (for e.g. ACLs), this will be done later.
Originally written by Kirk McKusick and Network Associates Laboratories for
FreeBSD.
|
| 1.6 | 24-Mar-2003 |
elric | Quick bugfix:
o need to do keygen_filldefaults() in generate_convert no
matter what, not only if there are no existing keygen
methods in the new parameters.
|
| 1.5 | 24-Mar-2003 |
elric | substantial rototill of the code.
o added new features:
o -G: generate a new paramsfile that produces the same
key as the old paramsfile,
o ffs verify_method,
o multiple keygen methods that are xor'ed together
(for n-factor authentication), and
o calibrating the iteration count of PKCS#5 PBKDF2 to
the current machine's speed.
o changed paramsfile format to allow for the new features.
o replaced open-coded parser with yacc grammar.
o lots of supporting changes.
o updated documentation to reflect new features and new
paramsfile format.
|
| 1.4 | 28-Oct-2002 |
elric | bugfix: was still pulling random bits from /dev/random when generating
a paramsfile of type randomkey which does not need them. Pointed out
by dan@netbsd.org.
|
| 1.3 | 12-Oct-2002 |
elric | Add the concept of a verification method which allows cgdconfig(8)
to reprompt for the passphrase if the key does not meet certain
criteria. The currently implemented methods are ``none'' and
``disklabel''. The first behaves in the original fashion, the
second will scan for a disklabel on the cgd after configuration
and if it does not find a disklabel then it will reprompt for the
password and reconfigure the disk.
|
| 1.2 | 12-Oct-2002 |
elric | Small usage enhancement: open the cgd before prompting for the passphrase
so that errors can be reported w/o asking for the passphrase unnec.
|
| 1.1 | 04-Oct-2002 |
elric | Initial checkin of cgdconfig(8), a program to configure a cgd.
|
| 1.10.2.1 | 13-Aug-2004 |
tv | Oy, sometimes CVS sticky tags hurt. Revert urandomkey; that should be on HEAD.
|
| 1.18.4.4 | 23-Mar-2008 |
matt | sync with HEAD
|
| 1.18.4.3 | 08-Jan-2008 |
matt | Pull in changes from HEAD to make compile
|
| 1.18.4.2 | 08-Nov-2007 |
matt | sync with HEAD
|
| 1.18.4.1 | 06-Nov-2007 |
matt | sync with HEAD
|
| 1.20.10.1 | 18-May-2008 |
yamt | sync with head.
|
| 1.20.8.2 | 28-Sep-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.20.8.1 | 02-Jun-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.21.2.2 | 18-Sep-2008 |
wrstuden | Sync with wrstuden-revivesa-base-2.
|
| 1.21.2.1 | 23-Jun-2008 |
wrstuden | Sync w/ -current. 34 merge conflicts to follow.
|
| 1.33.8.2 | 23-Jun-2013 |
tls | resync from head
|
| 1.33.8.1 | 25-Feb-2013 |
tls | resync with head
|
| 1.33.2.2 | 22-May-2014 |
yamt | sync with head.
for a reference, the tree before this commit was tagged
as yamt-pagecache-tag8.
this commit was splitted into small chunks to avoid
a limitation of cvs. ("Protocol error: too many arguments")
|
| 1.33.2.1 | 16-Jan-2013 |
yamt | sync with (a bit old) head
|
| 1.40.2.1 | 20-Mar-2017 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.41.12.1 | 21-May-2018 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.41.6.2 | 07-Aug-2018 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by alnsn in ticket #958):
sbin/cgdconfig/cgdconfig.c: revision 1.46
sbin/cgdconfig/cgdconfig.c: revision 1.47
sbin/cgdconfig/cgdconfig.c: revision 1.48
sbin/cgdconfig/cgdconfig.8: revision 1.39
sbin/cgdconfig/cgdconfig.8: revision 1.40
Add '-e' option (echo the passphrase) and wipe the passphrase after use.
XXX Using memset for wiping isn't a good idea because memset is likely
optimised away by gcc. This should be revisited.
Missed one change when doing a manual merge of my patch with kre's commit.
use explicit_memset(3)
With the change to use getpass_r the 128 byte passphrase limit no
longer applies, so update the BUGS section here to reflect that change.
The limit now is 1023 whichever method is used to fetch the passphrase.
|
| 1.41.6.1 | 31-Jul-2018 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by kre in ticket #946):
sbin/cgdconfig/cgdconfig.c: revision 1.42
sbin/cgdconfig/cgdconfig.c: revision 1.43
sbin/cgdconfig/cgdconfig.c: revision 1.44
sbin/cgdconfig/cgdconfig.c: revision 1.45
sbin/cgdconfig/cgdconfig.8: revision 1.37
sbin/cgdconfig/cgdconfig.8: revision 1.38
Check whether the cgd device selected is available to be
configured,that is, not already in use, before requesting
passwords from the user (or elsewhere).
Fix usage for rump. Fixes test breakage caused by previous commit.
Check arg count in configure() at entry, rather than later.
This avoids the stupid null deref I added a couple of commits
ago (on bad usage) and also simplifies the rest of the routine
which no longer needs to check the arg count nearly as much.
Thanks to Alexander Nasonov for finding the null deref bug.
Fix missing -p in usage message (noted by Christoph Badura, thanks),
and update -l usage as well.
While here fix man page synopses and a few other odds and ends.
Add commas in enumeration.
|
| 1.48.2.1 | 10-Jun-2019 |
christos | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.61.2.1 | 11-Oct-2024 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by riastradh in ticket #941):
sbin/cgdconfig/params.c: revision 1.35
sbin/cgdconfig/params.h: revision 1.15
sbin/cgdconfig/cgdconfig.c: revision 1.62
sbin/cgdconfig/cgdconfig.c: revision 1.63
sbin/cgdconfig/cgdconfig.8: revision 1.58
sbin/cgdconfig/cgdconfig.8: revision 1.59
sbin/cgdconfig/Makefile: revision 1.23
cgdconfig(8): KNF in cgdconfig.c.
No functional change intended.
PR/58212: Malte Dehling: Add zfs verification method
cgdconfig(8): Estimate verify methods' false accept probabilities.
An addendum following discussion around:
PR bin/58212: cgdconfig(8): Add zfs verification method
|
| 1.2 | 22-Nov-2015 |
christos | Don't chdir to the config directory; just form the parameters file with a
path if needed.
|
| 1.1 | 08-Sep-2009 |
pooka | Remember to add cgdconfig.h too.
|
| 1.1 | 14-Dec-2010 |
pooka | Convert from the oldstyle cgd_kops.op_open to the newstyle prog_open
and define RUMPPRG. Get rid of the Makefile.inc stuff, since it was
useful only for the oldstyle regime.
|
| 1.1 | 14-Dec-2010 |
pooka | Convert from the oldstyle cgd_kops.op_open to the newstyle prog_open
and define RUMPPRG. Get rid of the Makefile.inc stuff, since it was
useful only for the oldstyle regime.
|
| 1.7 | 12-Aug-2022 |
riastradh | cgdconfig(8): Add support for shared keys.
New clause `shared <id> algorithm <alg> subkey <info>' in a keygen
block enables `cgdconfig -C' to reuse a key between different params
files, so you can, e.g., use a single password for multiple disks.
This is better than simply caching the password itself because:
- Hashing the password is expensive, so it should only be done once.
Suppose your budget is time t before you get bored, and you
calibrate password hash parameters to unlock n disks before you get
bored waiting for `cgdconfig -C'.
. With n password hashings the adversary's cost goes up only by a
factor of t/n.
. With one password hashing and n subkeys the adversary's cost goes
up by a factor of n.
And if you ever add a disk, rehashing it will make `cgdconfig -C'
go over budget, whereas another subkey adds negligible cost to you.
- Subkeys work for other types of keygen blocks, like shell_cmd,
which could be used to get a key from a hardware token that needs a
button press.
The <info> parameter must be different for each params file;
everything else in the keygen block must be the same. With this
clause, the keygen block determines a shared key used only to derive
keys; the actual key used by cgdconfig is derived from the shared key
by the specified algorithm.
The only supported algorithm is hkdf-hmac-sha256, which uses
HKDF-Expand of RFC 5869 instantiated with SHA-256.
Example:
algorithm aes-cbc;
iv-method encblkno1;
keylength 128;
verify_method none;
keygen pkcs5_pbkdf2/sha1 {
iterations 39361;
salt AAAAgMoHiYonye6KogdYJAobCHE=;
shared "pw" algorithm hkdf-hmac-sha256
subkey AAAAgFlw0BMQ5gY+haYkZ6JC+yY=;
};
The key used for this disk will be derived by
HKDF-HMAC-SHA256_k(WXDQExDmBj6FpiRnokL7Jg==),
where k is the outcome of PBKDF2-SHA1 with the given parameters.
Note that <info> encodes a four-byte prefix giving the big-endian
length in bits of the info argument to HKDF, just like all other bit
strings in cgdconfig parameters files.
If you have multiple disks configured using the same keygen block
except for the info parameter, `cgdconfig -C' will only prompt once
for your passphrase, generate a shared key k with PBKDF2 as usual,
and then reuse it for each of the disks.
|
| 1.6 | 22-Nov-2021 |
nia | cgdconfig(8): Add an argon2id password-based key generation method
This provides an extra level of side-channel and cracking resistance
compared to the pre-existing pkcs5_pbkdf2/sha1 method used for
password-based disk encryption.
Several new keygen parameters are supported:
memory (integer, in kilobytes)
parallelism (integer, usually the number of CPU cores)
version (integer, usually 19...)
We do our best to calibrate these automatically when the paramsfile
is initially generated.
lgtm riastradh@
|
| 1.5 | 29-Oct-2009 |
christos | use %option instead of #define YY_NO_...
|
| 1.4 | 28-Oct-2009 |
christos | no unput
|
| 1.3 | 11-May-2008 |
elric | Add a new keygen method which will execute an external command and
take its output as the key. I've been meaning to do this for quite
a while...
|
| 1.2 | 28-Apr-2008 |
martin | branches: 1.2.2;
Remove clause 3 and 4 from TNF licenses
|
| 1.1 | 24-Mar-2003 |
elric | branches: 1.1.32; 1.1.34;
substantial rototill of the code.
o added new features:
o -G: generate a new paramsfile that produces the same
key as the old paramsfile,
o ffs verify_method,
o multiple keygen methods that are xor'ed together
(for n-factor authentication), and
o calibrating the iteration count of PKCS#5 PBKDF2 to
the current machine's speed.
o changed paramsfile format to allow for the new features.
o replaced open-coded parser with yacc grammar.
o lots of supporting changes.
o updated documentation to reflect new features and new
paramsfile format.
|
| 1.1.34.1 | 18-May-2008 |
yamt | sync with head.
|
| 1.1.32.1 | 02-Jun-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.2.2.1 | 23-Jun-2008 |
wrstuden | Sync w/ -current. 34 merge conflicts to follow.
|
| 1.7 | 12-Aug-2022 |
riastradh | cgdconfig(8): Add support for shared keys.
New clause `shared <id> algorithm <alg> subkey <info>' in a keygen
block enables `cgdconfig -C' to reuse a key between different params
files, so you can, e.g., use a single password for multiple disks.
This is better than simply caching the password itself because:
- Hashing the password is expensive, so it should only be done once.
Suppose your budget is time t before you get bored, and you
calibrate password hash parameters to unlock n disks before you get
bored waiting for `cgdconfig -C'.
. With n password hashings the adversary's cost goes up only by a
factor of t/n.
. With one password hashing and n subkeys the adversary's cost goes
up by a factor of n.
And if you ever add a disk, rehashing it will make `cgdconfig -C'
go over budget, whereas another subkey adds negligible cost to you.
- Subkeys work for other types of keygen blocks, like shell_cmd,
which could be used to get a key from a hardware token that needs a
button press.
The <info> parameter must be different for each params file;
everything else in the keygen block must be the same. With this
clause, the keygen block determines a shared key used only to derive
keys; the actual key used by cgdconfig is derived from the shared key
by the specified algorithm.
The only supported algorithm is hkdf-hmac-sha256, which uses
HKDF-Expand of RFC 5869 instantiated with SHA-256.
Example:
algorithm aes-cbc;
iv-method encblkno1;
keylength 128;
verify_method none;
keygen pkcs5_pbkdf2/sha1 {
iterations 39361;
salt AAAAgMoHiYonye6KogdYJAobCHE=;
shared "pw" algorithm hkdf-hmac-sha256
subkey AAAAgFlw0BMQ5gY+haYkZ6JC+yY=;
};
The key used for this disk will be derived by
HKDF-HMAC-SHA256_k(WXDQExDmBj6FpiRnokL7Jg==),
where k is the outcome of PBKDF2-SHA1 with the given parameters.
Note that <info> encodes a four-byte prefix giving the big-endian
length in bits of the info argument to HKDF, just like all other bit
strings in cgdconfig parameters files.
If you have multiple disks configured using the same keygen block
except for the info parameter, `cgdconfig -C' will only prompt once
for your passphrase, generate a shared key k with PBKDF2 as usual,
and then reuse it for each of the disks.
|
| 1.6 | 22-Nov-2021 |
nia | cgdconfig(8): Add an argon2id password-based key generation method
This provides an extra level of side-channel and cracking resistance
compared to the pre-existing pkcs5_pbkdf2/sha1 method used for
password-based disk encryption.
Several new keygen parameters are supported:
memory (integer, in kilobytes)
parallelism (integer, usually the number of CPU cores)
version (integer, usually 19...)
We do our best to calibrate these automatically when the paramsfile
is initially generated.
lgtm riastradh@
|
| 1.5 | 17-Jul-2008 |
drochner | include <stdlib.h> explicitely, for exit(), getprogname() etc.
(it happens to be pulled in by the yacc skeleton, but we shouldn't
rely on this)
|
| 1.4 | 11-May-2008 |
elric | Add a new keygen method which will execute an external command and
take its output as the key. I've been meaning to do this for quite
a while...
|
| 1.3 | 28-Apr-2008 |
martin | branches: 1.3.2;
Remove clause 3 and 4 from TNF licenses
|
| 1.2 | 27-Jun-2005 |
christos | branches: 1.2.20; 1.2.22;
- constify.
- don't dup extern declarations on each file because they end up being
inconsistent (yyerror).
|
| 1.1 | 24-Mar-2003 |
elric | substantial rototill of the code.
o added new features:
o -G: generate a new paramsfile that produces the same
key as the old paramsfile,
o ffs verify_method,
o multiple keygen methods that are xor'ed together
(for n-factor authentication), and
o calibrating the iteration count of PKCS#5 PBKDF2 to
the current machine's speed.
o changed paramsfile format to allow for the new features.
o replaced open-coded parser with yacc grammar.
o lots of supporting changes.
o updated documentation to reflect new features and new
paramsfile format.
|
| 1.2.22.1 | 18-May-2008 |
yamt | sync with head.
|
| 1.2.20.2 | 28-Sep-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.2.20.1 | 02-Jun-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.3.2.2 | 18-Sep-2008 |
wrstuden | Sync with wrstuden-revivesa-base-2.
|
| 1.3.2.1 | 23-Jun-2008 |
wrstuden | Sync w/ -current. 34 merge conflicts to follow.
|
| 1.2 | 16-Feb-2008 |
matt | yyerror returns void, not int
|
| 1.1 | 27-Jun-2005 |
christos | branches: 1.1.10; 1.1.12;
- constify.
- don't dup extern declarations on each file because they end up being
inconsistent (yyerror).
|
| 1.1.12.1 | 18-Feb-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.1.10.1 | 23-Mar-2008 |
matt | sync with HEAD
|
| 1.1 | 12-Aug-2022 |
riastradh | cgdconfig(8): Add support for shared keys.
New clause `shared <id> algorithm <alg> subkey <info>' in a keygen
block enables `cgdconfig -C' to reuse a key between different params
files, so you can, e.g., use a single password for multiple disks.
This is better than simply caching the password itself because:
- Hashing the password is expensive, so it should only be done once.
Suppose your budget is time t before you get bored, and you
calibrate password hash parameters to unlock n disks before you get
bored waiting for `cgdconfig -C'.
. With n password hashings the adversary's cost goes up only by a
factor of t/n.
. With one password hashing and n subkeys the adversary's cost goes
up by a factor of n.
And if you ever add a disk, rehashing it will make `cgdconfig -C'
go over budget, whereas another subkey adds negligible cost to you.
- Subkeys work for other types of keygen blocks, like shell_cmd,
which could be used to get a key from a hardware token that needs a
button press.
The <info> parameter must be different for each params file;
everything else in the keygen block must be the same. With this
clause, the keygen block determines a shared key used only to derive
keys; the actual key used by cgdconfig is derived from the shared key
by the specified algorithm.
The only supported algorithm is hkdf-hmac-sha256, which uses
HKDF-Expand of RFC 5869 instantiated with SHA-256.
Example:
algorithm aes-cbc;
iv-method encblkno1;
keylength 128;
verify_method none;
keygen pkcs5_pbkdf2/sha1 {
iterations 39361;
salt AAAAgMoHiYonye6KogdYJAobCHE=;
shared "pw" algorithm hkdf-hmac-sha256
subkey AAAAgFlw0BMQ5gY+haYkZ6JC+yY=;
};
The key used for this disk will be derived by
HKDF-HMAC-SHA256_k(WXDQExDmBj6FpiRnokL7Jg==),
where k is the outcome of PBKDF2-SHA1 with the given parameters.
Note that <info> encodes a four-byte prefix giving the big-endian
length in bits of the info argument to HKDF, just like all other bit
strings in cgdconfig parameters files.
If you have multiple disks configured using the same keygen block
except for the info parameter, `cgdconfig -C' will only prompt once
for your passphrase, generate a shared key k with PBKDF2 as usual,
and then reuse it for each of the disks.
|
| 1.1 | 12-Aug-2022 |
riastradh | cgdconfig(8): Add support for shared keys.
New clause `shared <id> algorithm <alg> subkey <info>' in a keygen
block enables `cgdconfig -C' to reuse a key between different params
files, so you can, e.g., use a single password for multiple disks.
This is better than simply caching the password itself because:
- Hashing the password is expensive, so it should only be done once.
Suppose your budget is time t before you get bored, and you
calibrate password hash parameters to unlock n disks before you get
bored waiting for `cgdconfig -C'.
. With n password hashings the adversary's cost goes up only by a
factor of t/n.
. With one password hashing and n subkeys the adversary's cost goes
up by a factor of n.
And if you ever add a disk, rehashing it will make `cgdconfig -C'
go over budget, whereas another subkey adds negligible cost to you.
- Subkeys work for other types of keygen blocks, like shell_cmd,
which could be used to get a key from a hardware token that needs a
button press.
The <info> parameter must be different for each params file;
everything else in the keygen block must be the same. With this
clause, the keygen block determines a shared key used only to derive
keys; the actual key used by cgdconfig is derived from the shared key
by the specified algorithm.
The only supported algorithm is hkdf-hmac-sha256, which uses
HKDF-Expand of RFC 5869 instantiated with SHA-256.
Example:
algorithm aes-cbc;
iv-method encblkno1;
keylength 128;
verify_method none;
keygen pkcs5_pbkdf2/sha1 {
iterations 39361;
salt AAAAgMoHiYonye6KogdYJAobCHE=;
shared "pw" algorithm hkdf-hmac-sha256
subkey AAAAgFlw0BMQ5gY+haYkZ6JC+yY=;
};
The key used for this disk will be derived by
HKDF-HMAC-SHA256_k(WXDQExDmBj6FpiRnokL7Jg==),
where k is the outcome of PBKDF2-SHA1 with the given parameters.
Note that <info> encodes a four-byte prefix giving the big-endian
length in bits of the info argument to HKDF, just like all other bit
strings in cgdconfig parameters files.
If you have multiple disks configured using the same keygen block
except for the info parameter, `cgdconfig -C' will only prompt once
for your passphrase, generate a shared key k with PBKDF2 as usual,
and then reuse it for each of the disks.
|
| 1.35 | 12-May-2024 |
christos | PR/58212: Malte Dehling: Add zfs verification method
|
| 1.34 | 12-Aug-2022 |
riastradh | branches: 1.34.2;
cgdconfig(8): Add support for generating shared-key parameters files.
Usage model:
- Generate a parameters file that supports sharing its main key:
cgdconfig -g -S -o /etc/cgd/wd0e -V gpt adiantum
- Make another parameters file that uses the same shared main key but
derives an independent subkey from it:
cgdconfig -g -S -P /etc/cgd/wd0e -o /etc/cgd/ld1e \
-V disklabel aes-cbc 256
|
| 1.33 | 12-Aug-2022 |
riastradh | cgdconfig(8): Add support for shared keys.
New clause `shared <id> algorithm <alg> subkey <info>' in a keygen
block enables `cgdconfig -C' to reuse a key between different params
files, so you can, e.g., use a single password for multiple disks.
This is better than simply caching the password itself because:
- Hashing the password is expensive, so it should only be done once.
Suppose your budget is time t before you get bored, and you
calibrate password hash parameters to unlock n disks before you get
bored waiting for `cgdconfig -C'.
. With n password hashings the adversary's cost goes up only by a
factor of t/n.
. With one password hashing and n subkeys the adversary's cost goes
up by a factor of n.
And if you ever add a disk, rehashing it will make `cgdconfig -C'
go over budget, whereas another subkey adds negligible cost to you.
- Subkeys work for other types of keygen blocks, like shell_cmd,
which could be used to get a key from a hardware token that needs a
button press.
The <info> parameter must be different for each params file;
everything else in the keygen block must be the same. With this
clause, the keygen block determines a shared key used only to derive
keys; the actual key used by cgdconfig is derived from the shared key
by the specified algorithm.
The only supported algorithm is hkdf-hmac-sha256, which uses
HKDF-Expand of RFC 5869 instantiated with SHA-256.
Example:
algorithm aes-cbc;
iv-method encblkno1;
keylength 128;
verify_method none;
keygen pkcs5_pbkdf2/sha1 {
iterations 39361;
salt AAAAgMoHiYonye6KogdYJAobCHE=;
shared "pw" algorithm hkdf-hmac-sha256
subkey AAAAgFlw0BMQ5gY+haYkZ6JC+yY=;
};
The key used for this disk will be derived by
HKDF-HMAC-SHA256_k(WXDQExDmBj6FpiRnokL7Jg==),
where k is the outcome of PBKDF2-SHA1 with the given parameters.
Note that <info> encodes a four-byte prefix giving the big-endian
length in bits of the info argument to HKDF, just like all other bit
strings in cgdconfig parameters files.
If you have multiple disks configured using the same keygen block
except for the info parameter, `cgdconfig -C' will only prompt once
for your passphrase, generate a shared key k with PBKDF2 as usual,
and then reuse it for each of the disks.
|
| 1.32 | 22-Nov-2021 |
nia | cgdconfig(8): Add an argon2id password-based key generation method
This provides an extra level of side-channel and cracking resistance
compared to the pre-existing pkcs5_pbkdf2/sha1 method used for
password-based disk encryption.
Several new keygen parameters are supported:
memory (integer, in kilobytes)
parallelism (integer, usually the number of CPU cores)
version (integer, usually 19...)
We do our best to calibrate these automatically when the paramsfile
is initially generated.
lgtm riastradh@
|
| 1.31 | 03-Jun-2021 |
prlw1 | Make adiantum a first class citizen
|
| 1.30 | 30-Dec-2018 |
mlelstv | branches: 1.30.8;
Avoid crash when no algorithm is specified in parameter file.
|
| 1.29 | 11-Dec-2016 |
alnsn | branches: 1.29.12; 1.29.14;
Add aes-xts to cgdconfig(8).
|
| 1.28 | 24-Nov-2015 |
christos | branches: 1.28.2;
CID 1340063: fix TOCTOU
|
| 1.27 | 22-Nov-2015 |
christos | Don't chdir to the config directory; just form the parameters file with a
path if needed.
|
| 1.26 | 16-Jun-2015 |
christos | fix error messages containing \n
|
| 1.25 | 14-Dec-2014 |
mlelstv | Add validation methods "mbr" and "gpt" for disks without a valid disklabel.
|
| 1.24 | 12-Sep-2008 |
christos | PR/39525: Joachim Schueth, Frederik Sausmikat:
cgd inadvertently encrypts blkno eight times to generate IV
|
| 1.23 | 11-May-2008 |
elric | Add a new keygen method which will execute an external command and
take its output as the key. I've been meaning to do this for quite
a while...
|
| 1.22 | 28-Apr-2008 |
martin | branches: 1.22.2;
Remove clause 3 and 4 from TNF licenses
|
| 1.21 | 11-Nov-2007 |
christos | branches: 1.21.8; 1.21.10;
simplify and fix the combination code. Hi pooka.
|
| 1.20 | 06-Nov-2007 |
christos | 3 month roland feedback timeout:
- Pass lint
- knf
- convert ints to size_t's
|
| 1.19 | 06-Feb-2007 |
cbiere | branches: 1.19.4;
Use warn() and warnx().
|
| 1.18 | 06-Feb-2007 |
cbiere | crypt_defaults_lookup():
* Avoid comparison of int with unsigned.
* Simplified.
|
| 1.17 | 17-Jan-2007 |
hubertf | Remove more duplicate #includes,
from Slava Semushin <slava.semushin@gmail.com>
|
| 1.16 | 26-Aug-2006 |
christos | Programs that use efun.
|
| 1.15 | 17-Mar-2006 |
elad | Proper bounds check, found by Coverity, CID 1468.
|
| 1.14 | 27-Jun-2005 |
christos | - constify.
- don't dup extern declarations on each file because they end up being
inconsistent (yyerror).
|
| 1.13 | 30-Mar-2005 |
christos | Centralize error checking for malloc,calloc,strdup.
|
| 1.12 | 04-Jan-2005 |
elric | Fix comment. We're using microseconds not milliseconds.
|
| 1.11 | 04-Jan-2005 |
elric | Fix bits vs. bytes problem in call to calibration routine.
|
| 1.10 | 13-Aug-2004 |
tv | Add "urandomkey" key generation method as described in PR kern/22766;
useful for configuring a throwaway key for cgd-on-swap at boot time.
|
| 1.9 | 17-Mar-2004 |
dan | branches: 1.9.2;
Fix a longstanding algorithmic flaw in PKCS#5 key generation.
The existing pkcs5_pbdkf2 keygen method is retained functionally
as-is, for compatibility with existing params files. The corrected
algorithm, which is now the default for new params file generation, is
called pkcs5_pbkdf2/sha1.
NB. The backwards compatibility for the miscreant keygen method will
be removed at the same time as support for the previous parameters
file syntax. Sometime between now and then, users should update their
params files using -G, which will create a new params file including
an xor value so that the resulting generated key is the same; they
should also
Problem discovery and 2-char algorithm fix by Charles Blundell, messy
compat goop by me, long complicated names by Roland Dowdeswell.
Update manpage accordingly and bump date.
|
| 1.8 | 23-Sep-2003 |
cb | add a new verification method that prompts for the pkcs#5 pbkdf2
passphrase again and checks the generated key against the original.
|
| 1.7 | 13-Jul-2003 |
itojun | die if asprintf fails to malloc
|
| 1.6 | 10-Apr-2003 |
elric | If reading an old style parameters file then default a missing
keygen_iteration to 128. This will not default the iteration count
on a new style parameter file as it is an error in the new style
to fail to specify the iteration count.
Addresses PR: bin/21056
|
| 1.5 | 24-Mar-2003 |
elric | substantial rototill of the code.
o added new features:
o -G: generate a new paramsfile that produces the same
key as the old paramsfile,
o ffs verify_method,
o multiple keygen methods that are xor'ed together
(for n-factor authentication), and
o calibrating the iteration count of PKCS#5 PBKDF2 to
the current machine's speed.
o changed paramsfile format to allow for the new features.
o replaced open-coded parser with yacc grammar.
o lots of supporting changes.
o updated documentation to reflect new features and new
paramsfile format.
|
| 1.4 | 04-Dec-2002 |
elric | Make iteration count for PKCS#5 settable in the parameters files.
|
| 1.3 | 30-Nov-2002 |
lukem | tweaks for fparseln(3) move from libutil to libc:
- remove #include <util.h> if nothing else needed it
- remove LDFLAGS+=-lutil if nothing else needed it
|
| 1.2 | 12-Oct-2002 |
elric | Add the concept of a verification method which allows cgdconfig(8)
to reprompt for the passphrase if the key does not meet certain
criteria. The currently implemented methods are ``none'' and
``disklabel''. The first behaves in the original fashion, the
second will scan for a disklabel on the cgd after configuration
and if it does not find a disklabel then it will reprompt for the
password and reconfigure the disk.
|
| 1.1 | 04-Oct-2002 |
elric | Initial checkin of cgdconfig(8), a program to configure a cgd.
|
| 1.9.2.1 | 13-Aug-2004 |
tv | Oy, sometimes CVS sticky tags hurt. Revert urandomkey; that should be on HEAD.
|
| 1.19.4.2 | 09-Jan-2008 |
matt | sync with HEAD
|
| 1.19.4.1 | 06-Nov-2007 |
matt | sync with HEAD
|
| 1.21.10.1 | 18-May-2008 |
yamt | sync with head.
|
| 1.21.8.2 | 28-Sep-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.21.8.1 | 02-Jun-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.22.2.2 | 24-Sep-2008 |
wrstuden | Merge in changes between wrstuden-revivesa-base-2 and
wrstuden-revivesa-base-3.
|
| 1.22.2.1 | 23-Jun-2008 |
wrstuden | Sync w/ -current. 34 merge conflicts to follow.
|
| 1.28.2.1 | 07-Jan-2017 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD. (Note that most of these changes are simply $NetBSD$
tag issues.)
|
| 1.29.14.1 | 10-Jun-2019 |
christos | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.29.12.1 | 18-Jan-2019 |
pgoyette | Synch with HEAD
|
| 1.30.8.1 | 06-Jun-2021 |
cjep | sync with head
|
| 1.34.2.1 | 11-Oct-2024 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by riastradh in ticket #941):
sbin/cgdconfig/params.c: revision 1.35
sbin/cgdconfig/params.h: revision 1.15
sbin/cgdconfig/cgdconfig.c: revision 1.62
sbin/cgdconfig/cgdconfig.c: revision 1.63
sbin/cgdconfig/cgdconfig.8: revision 1.58
sbin/cgdconfig/cgdconfig.8: revision 1.59
sbin/cgdconfig/Makefile: revision 1.23
cgdconfig(8): KNF in cgdconfig.c.
No functional change intended.
PR/58212: Malte Dehling: Add zfs verification method
cgdconfig(8): Estimate verify methods' false accept probabilities.
An addendum following discussion around:
PR bin/58212: cgdconfig(8): Add zfs verification method
|
| 1.15 | 12-May-2024 |
christos | PR/58212: Malte Dehling: Add zfs verification method
|
| 1.14 | 12-Aug-2022 |
riastradh | branches: 1.14.2;
cgdconfig(8): Add support for generating shared-key parameters files.
Usage model:
- Generate a parameters file that supports sharing its main key:
cgdconfig -g -S -o /etc/cgd/wd0e -V gpt adiantum
- Make another parameters file that uses the same shared main key but
derives an independent subkey from it:
cgdconfig -g -S -P /etc/cgd/wd0e -o /etc/cgd/ld1e \
-V disklabel aes-cbc 256
|
| 1.13 | 12-Aug-2022 |
riastradh | cgdconfig(8): Add support for shared keys.
New clause `shared <id> algorithm <alg> subkey <info>' in a keygen
block enables `cgdconfig -C' to reuse a key between different params
files, so you can, e.g., use a single password for multiple disks.
This is better than simply caching the password itself because:
- Hashing the password is expensive, so it should only be done once.
Suppose your budget is time t before you get bored, and you
calibrate password hash parameters to unlock n disks before you get
bored waiting for `cgdconfig -C'.
. With n password hashings the adversary's cost goes up only by a
factor of t/n.
. With one password hashing and n subkeys the adversary's cost goes
up by a factor of n.
And if you ever add a disk, rehashing it will make `cgdconfig -C'
go over budget, whereas another subkey adds negligible cost to you.
- Subkeys work for other types of keygen blocks, like shell_cmd,
which could be used to get a key from a hardware token that needs a
button press.
The <info> parameter must be different for each params file;
everything else in the keygen block must be the same. With this
clause, the keygen block determines a shared key used only to derive
keys; the actual key used by cgdconfig is derived from the shared key
by the specified algorithm.
The only supported algorithm is hkdf-hmac-sha256, which uses
HKDF-Expand of RFC 5869 instantiated with SHA-256.
Example:
algorithm aes-cbc;
iv-method encblkno1;
keylength 128;
verify_method none;
keygen pkcs5_pbkdf2/sha1 {
iterations 39361;
salt AAAAgMoHiYonye6KogdYJAobCHE=;
shared "pw" algorithm hkdf-hmac-sha256
subkey AAAAgFlw0BMQ5gY+haYkZ6JC+yY=;
};
The key used for this disk will be derived by
HKDF-HMAC-SHA256_k(WXDQExDmBj6FpiRnokL7Jg==),
where k is the outcome of PBKDF2-SHA1 with the given parameters.
Note that <info> encodes a four-byte prefix giving the big-endian
length in bits of the info argument to HKDF, just like all other bit
strings in cgdconfig parameters files.
If you have multiple disks configured using the same keygen block
except for the info parameter, `cgdconfig -C' will only prompt once
for your passphrase, generate a shared key k with PBKDF2 as usual,
and then reuse it for each of the disks.
|
| 1.12 | 22-Nov-2021 |
nia | cgdconfig(8): Add an argon2id password-based key generation method
This provides an extra level of side-channel and cracking resistance
compared to the pre-existing pkcs5_pbkdf2/sha1 method used for
password-based disk encryption.
Several new keygen parameters are supported:
memory (integer, in kilobytes)
parallelism (integer, usually the number of CPU cores)
version (integer, usually 19...)
We do our best to calibrate these automatically when the paramsfile
is initially generated.
lgtm riastradh@
|
| 1.11 | 14-Dec-2014 |
mlelstv | Add validation methods "mbr" and "gpt" for disks without a valid disklabel.
|
| 1.10 | 11-May-2008 |
elric | Add a new keygen method which will execute an external command and
take its output as the key. I've been meaning to do this for quite
a while...
|
| 1.9 | 28-Apr-2008 |
martin | branches: 1.9.2;
Remove clause 3 and 4 from TNF licenses
|
| 1.8 | 06-Nov-2007 |
christos | branches: 1.8.8; 1.8.10;
3 month roland feedback timeout:
- Pass lint
- knf
- convert ints to size_t's
|
| 1.7 | 13-Aug-2004 |
tv | branches: 1.7.16;
Add "urandomkey" key generation method as described in PR kern/22766;
useful for configuring a throwaway key for cgd-on-swap at boot time.
|
| 1.6 | 17-Mar-2004 |
dan | branches: 1.6.2;
Fix a longstanding algorithmic flaw in PKCS#5 key generation.
The existing pkcs5_pbdkf2 keygen method is retained functionally
as-is, for compatibility with existing params files. The corrected
algorithm, which is now the default for new params file generation, is
called pkcs5_pbkdf2/sha1.
NB. The backwards compatibility for the miscreant keygen method will
be removed at the same time as support for the previous parameters
file syntax. Sometime between now and then, users should update their
params files using -G, which will create a new params file including
an xor value so that the resulting generated key is the same; they
should also
Problem discovery and 2-char algorithm fix by Charles Blundell, messy
compat goop by me, long complicated names by Roland Dowdeswell.
Update manpage accordingly and bump date.
|
| 1.5 | 23-Sep-2003 |
cb | add a new verification method that prompts for the pkcs#5 pbkdf2
passphrase again and checks the generated key against the original.
|
| 1.4 | 24-Mar-2003 |
elric | substantial rototill of the code.
o added new features:
o -G: generate a new paramsfile that produces the same
key as the old paramsfile,
o ffs verify_method,
o multiple keygen methods that are xor'ed together
(for n-factor authentication), and
o calibrating the iteration count of PKCS#5 PBKDF2 to
the current machine's speed.
o changed paramsfile format to allow for the new features.
o replaced open-coded parser with yacc grammar.
o lots of supporting changes.
o updated documentation to reflect new features and new
paramsfile format.
|
| 1.3 | 04-Dec-2002 |
elric | Make iteration count for PKCS#5 settable in the parameters files.
|
| 1.2 | 12-Oct-2002 |
elric | Add the concept of a verification method which allows cgdconfig(8)
to reprompt for the passphrase if the key does not meet certain
criteria. The currently implemented methods are ``none'' and
``disklabel''. The first behaves in the original fashion, the
second will scan for a disklabel on the cgd after configuration
and if it does not find a disklabel then it will reprompt for the
password and reconfigure the disk.
|
| 1.1 | 04-Oct-2002 |
elric | Initial checkin of cgdconfig(8), a program to configure a cgd.
|
| 1.6.2.1 | 13-Aug-2004 |
tv | Oy, sometimes CVS sticky tags hurt. Revert urandomkey; that should be on HEAD.
|
| 1.7.16.1 | 06-Nov-2007 |
matt | sync with HEAD
|
| 1.8.10.1 | 18-May-2008 |
yamt | sync with head.
|
| 1.8.8.1 | 02-Jun-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.9.2.1 | 23-Jun-2008 |
wrstuden | Sync w/ -current. 34 merge conflicts to follow.
|
| 1.14.2.1 | 11-Oct-2024 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by riastradh in ticket #941):
sbin/cgdconfig/params.c: revision 1.35
sbin/cgdconfig/params.h: revision 1.15
sbin/cgdconfig/cgdconfig.c: revision 1.62
sbin/cgdconfig/cgdconfig.c: revision 1.63
sbin/cgdconfig/cgdconfig.8: revision 1.58
sbin/cgdconfig/cgdconfig.8: revision 1.59
sbin/cgdconfig/Makefile: revision 1.23
cgdconfig(8): KNF in cgdconfig.c.
No functional change intended.
PR/58212: Malte Dehling: Add zfs verification method
cgdconfig(8): Estimate verify methods' false accept probabilities.
An addendum following discussion around:
PR bin/58212: cgdconfig(8): Add zfs verification method
|
| 1.17 | 22-Nov-2021 |
nia | cgdconfig(8): add some console feedback when calculating the number
of pkcs5_pbkdf2 iterations
|
| 1.16 | 01-Jul-2016 |
christos | replace openssl HMAC(3) with our hmac(3).
|
| 1.15 | 27-Nov-2010 |
elric | Remove trailing whitespace (patch provided by: Taylor R Campbell
<campbell+netbsd@mumble.net>)
|
| 1.14 | 28-Apr-2008 |
martin | Remove clause 3 and 4 from TNF licenses
|
| 1.13 | 21-Apr-2008 |
christos | PR/28627: Andreas Gustafsson: Try 5 times to calibrate before failing. Should
fix issues with CPU's that don't produce consistent timing output due to code
morphing or power-savings.
|
| 1.12 | 06-Nov-2007 |
martin | branches: 1.12.8; 1.12.10;
size_t != unsigned int - so don't pass the address of the former when a
pointer to the latter is expected.
|
| 1.11 | 06-Nov-2007 |
christos | 3 month roland feedback timeout:
- Pass lint
- knf
- convert ints to size_t's
|
| 1.10 | 27-Jan-2007 |
cbiere | branches: 1.10.4;
Replaced int_encode() with be32enc().
|
| 1.9 | 26-Aug-2006 |
christos | Programs that use efun.
|
| 1.8 | 11-May-2006 |
mrg | HMAC() wants unsigned int pointer for the final argument; make it so.
|
| 1.7 | 30-Mar-2005 |
christos | Centralize error checking for malloc,calloc,strdup.
|
| 1.6 | 04-Jan-2005 |
elric | s/milliseconds/microseconds/ in comments and a variable because it is
misleading to say one when we've been meaning the other.
|
| 1.5 | 17-Mar-2004 |
dan | Fix a longstanding algorithmic flaw in PKCS#5 key generation.
The existing pkcs5_pbdkf2 keygen method is retained functionally
as-is, for compatibility with existing params files. The corrected
algorithm, which is now the default for new params file generation, is
called pkcs5_pbkdf2/sha1.
NB. The backwards compatibility for the miscreant keygen method will
be removed at the same time as support for the previous parameters
file syntax. Sometime between now and then, users should update their
params files using -G, which will create a new params file including
an xor value so that the resulting generated key is the same; they
should also
Problem discovery and 2-char algorithm fix by Charles Blundell, messy
compat goop by me, long complicated names by Roland Dowdeswell.
Update manpage accordingly and bump date.
|
| 1.4 | 25-Sep-2003 |
cb | back out revision 1.3. this should not have been committed yet,
since it breaks backward compatibility.
noticed by recht@
|
| 1.3 | 23-Sep-2003 |
cb | add a new verification method that prompts for the pkcs#5 pbkdf2
passphrase again and checks the generated key against the original.
|
| 1.2 | 24-Mar-2003 |
elric | substantial rototill of the code.
o added new features:
o -G: generate a new paramsfile that produces the same
key as the old paramsfile,
o ffs verify_method,
o multiple keygen methods that are xor'ed together
(for n-factor authentication), and
o calibrating the iteration count of PKCS#5 PBKDF2 to
the current machine's speed.
o changed paramsfile format to allow for the new features.
o replaced open-coded parser with yacc grammar.
o lots of supporting changes.
o updated documentation to reflect new features and new
paramsfile format.
|
| 1.1 | 04-Oct-2002 |
elric | Initial checkin of cgdconfig(8), a program to configure a cgd.
|
| 1.10.4.2 | 08-Nov-2007 |
matt | sync with HEAD
|
| 1.10.4.1 | 06-Nov-2007 |
matt | sync with HEAD
|
| 1.12.10.1 | 18-May-2008 |
yamt | sync with head.
|
| 1.12.8.1 | 02-Jun-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.5 | 28-Apr-2008 |
martin | Remove clause 3 and 4 from TNF licenses
|
| 1.4 | 06-Nov-2007 |
christos | branches: 1.4.8; 1.4.10;
3 month roland feedback timeout:
- Pass lint
- knf
- convert ints to size_t's
|
| 1.3 | 17-Mar-2004 |
dan | branches: 1.3.22;
Fix a longstanding algorithmic flaw in PKCS#5 key generation.
The existing pkcs5_pbdkf2 keygen method is retained functionally
as-is, for compatibility with existing params files. The corrected
algorithm, which is now the default for new params file generation, is
called pkcs5_pbkdf2/sha1.
NB. The backwards compatibility for the miscreant keygen method will
be removed at the same time as support for the previous parameters
file syntax. Sometime between now and then, users should update their
params files using -G, which will create a new params file including
an xor value so that the resulting generated key is the same; they
should also
Problem discovery and 2-char algorithm fix by Charles Blundell, messy
compat goop by me, long complicated names by Roland Dowdeswell.
Update manpage accordingly and bump date.
|
| 1.2 | 24-Mar-2003 |
elric | substantial rototill of the code.
o added new features:
o -G: generate a new paramsfile that produces the same
key as the old paramsfile,
o ffs verify_method,
o multiple keygen methods that are xor'ed together
(for n-factor authentication), and
o calibrating the iteration count of PKCS#5 PBKDF2 to
the current machine's speed.
o changed paramsfile format to allow for the new features.
o replaced open-coded parser with yacc grammar.
o lots of supporting changes.
o updated documentation to reflect new features and new
paramsfile format.
|
| 1.1 | 04-Oct-2002 |
elric | Initial checkin of cgdconfig(8), a program to configure a cgd.
|
| 1.3.22.1 | 06-Nov-2007 |
matt | sync with HEAD
|
| 1.4.10.1 | 18-May-2008 |
yamt | sync with head.
|
| 1.4.8.1 | 02-Jun-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.1 | 14-Dec-2010 |
pooka | Convert from the oldstyle cgd_kops.op_open to the newstyle prog_open
and define RUMPPRG. Get rid of the Makefile.inc stuff, since it was
useful only for the oldstyle regime.
|
| 1.21 | 20-Mar-2012 |
matt | Convert to C89 function definitions
|
| 1.20 | 11-Apr-2009 |
lukem | branches: 1.20.6;
fix sign-compare issues
|
| 1.19 | 11-May-2008 |
elric | branches: 1.19.4;
Add a new keygen method which will execute an external command and
take its output as the key. I've been meaning to do this for quite
a while...
|
| 1.18 | 28-Apr-2008 |
martin | branches: 1.18.2;
Remove clause 3 and 4 from TNF licenses
|
| 1.17 | 06-Nov-2007 |
christos | branches: 1.17.8; 1.17.10;
3 month roland feedback timeout:
- Pass lint
- knf
- convert ints to size_t's
|
| 1.16 | 06-Feb-2007 |
cbiere | branches: 1.16.4;
memxor(): Fixed size_t/int mismatch.
|
| 1.15 | 26-Aug-2006 |
christos | Programs that use efun.
|
| 1.14 | 11-May-2006 |
mrg | __b64_pton() wants unsigned char *.
|
| 1.13 | 22-Mar-2006 |
christos | Coverity CID 2753: Free the correct variable.
|
| 1.12 | 22-Mar-2006 |
christos | fix compile problem.
|
| 1.11 | 22-Mar-2006 |
christos | Coverity CID 1593: Plug memory leak
|
| 1.10 | 20-Mar-2006 |
christos | Coverity CID 1203: Check return code of b64_ntop().
|
| 1.9 | 27-Jun-2005 |
christos | - constify.
- don't dup extern declarations on each file because they end up being
inconsistent (yyerror).
|
| 1.8 | 02-Jun-2005 |
lukem | Avoid dereferencing/free()ing invalid pointers if the random device
cannot be opened.
Detected with gcc -Wuninitialized.
(The bug was fixed in rev 1.4 by rumble but reintroduced in rev 1.5 by tv !)
|
| 1.7 | 30-Mar-2005 |
elric | one more malloc -> emalloc.
|
| 1.6 | 30-Mar-2005 |
christos | Centralize error checking for malloc,calloc,strdup.
|
| 1.5 | 13-Aug-2004 |
tv | branches: 1.5.2;
Add "urandomkey" key generation method as described in PR kern/22766;
useful for configuring a throwaway key for cgd-on-swap at boot time.
|
| 1.4 | 10-Aug-2004 |
rumble | Avoid dereferencing/free()ing invalid pointers if the random device
cannot be opened.
OK'd by elric.
|
| 1.3 | 23-Sep-2003 |
cb | branches: 1.3.2;
add a new verification method that prompts for the pkcs#5 pbkdf2
passphrase again and checks the generated key against the original.
|
| 1.2 | 24-Mar-2003 |
elric | substantial rototill of the code.
o added new features:
o -G: generate a new paramsfile that produces the same
key as the old paramsfile,
o ffs verify_method,
o multiple keygen methods that are xor'ed together
(for n-factor authentication), and
o calibrating the iteration count of PKCS#5 PBKDF2 to
the current machine's speed.
o changed paramsfile format to allow for the new features.
o replaced open-coded parser with yacc grammar.
o lots of supporting changes.
o updated documentation to reflect new features and new
paramsfile format.
|
| 1.1 | 04-Oct-2002 |
elric | Initial checkin of cgdconfig(8), a program to configure a cgd.
|
| 1.3.2.1 | 13-Aug-2004 |
tv | Oy, sometimes CVS sticky tags hurt. Revert urandomkey; that should be on HEAD.
|
| 1.5.2.1 | 14-Jun-2005 |
tron | Pull up revision 1.8 (requested by lukem in ticket #404):
Avoid dereferencing/free()ing invalid pointers if the random device
cannot be opened.
Detected with gcc -Wuninitialized.
(The bug was fixed in rev 1.4 by rumble but reintroduced in rev 1.5 by tv !)
|
| 1.16.4.1 | 06-Nov-2007 |
matt | sync with HEAD
|
| 1.17.10.1 | 18-May-2008 |
yamt | sync with head.
|
| 1.17.8.1 | 02-Jun-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.18.2.1 | 23-Jun-2008 |
wrstuden | Sync w/ -current. 34 merge conflicts to follow.
|
| 1.19.4.1 | 13-May-2009 |
jym | Sync with HEAD.
Third (and last) commit. See http://mail-index.netbsd.org/source-changes/2009/05/13/msg221222.html
|
| 1.20.6.1 | 17-Apr-2012 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.9 | 11-May-2008 |
elric | Add a new keygen method which will execute an external command and
take its output as the key. I've been meaning to do this for quite
a while...
|
| 1.8 | 28-Apr-2008 |
martin | branches: 1.8.2;
Remove clause 3 and 4 from TNF licenses
|
| 1.7 | 06-Nov-2007 |
christos | branches: 1.7.8; 1.7.10;
3 month roland feedback timeout:
- Pass lint
- knf
- convert ints to size_t's
|
| 1.6 | 26-Aug-2006 |
christos | branches: 1.6.8;
Programs that use efun.
|
| 1.5 | 30-Mar-2005 |
christos | Centralize error checking for malloc,calloc,strdup.
|
| 1.4 | 13-Aug-2004 |
tv | Add "urandomkey" key generation method as described in PR kern/22766;
useful for configuring a throwaway key for cgd-on-swap at boot time.
|
| 1.3 | 23-Sep-2003 |
cb | branches: 1.3.2;
add a new verification method that prompts for the pkcs#5 pbkdf2
passphrase again and checks the generated key against the original.
|
| 1.2 | 24-Mar-2003 |
elric | substantial rototill of the code.
o added new features:
o -G: generate a new paramsfile that produces the same
key as the old paramsfile,
o ffs verify_method,
o multiple keygen methods that are xor'ed together
(for n-factor authentication), and
o calibrating the iteration count of PKCS#5 PBKDF2 to
the current machine's speed.
o changed paramsfile format to allow for the new features.
o replaced open-coded parser with yacc grammar.
o lots of supporting changes.
o updated documentation to reflect new features and new
paramsfile format.
|
| 1.1 | 04-Oct-2002 |
elric | Initial checkin of cgdconfig(8), a program to configure a cgd.
|
| 1.3.2.1 | 13-Aug-2004 |
tv | Oy, sometimes CVS sticky tags hurt. Revert urandomkey; that should be on HEAD.
|
| 1.6.8.1 | 06-Nov-2007 |
matt | sync with HEAD
|
| 1.7.10.1 | 18-May-2008 |
yamt | sync with head.
|
| 1.7.8.1 | 02-Jun-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.8.2.1 | 23-Jun-2008 |
wrstuden | Sync w/ -current. 34 merge conflicts to follow.
|
| 1.1 | 14-Mar-2001 |
thorpej | Add a chkconfig(8) utility for managing rc.conf.d settings. Written
by Dan Mercer <dmercer@zembu.com>, inspired by the similar command that
appears in IRIX.
|
| 1.6 | 25-Feb-2003 |
wiz | .Nm does not need a dummy argument ("") before punctuation or
for correct formatting of the SYNOPSIS any longer.
|
| 1.5 | 01-Oct-2002 |
wiz | New sentence, new line. By Robert Elz with minimal fixes.
|
| 1.4 | 16-Nov-2001 |
wiz | Sort sections, use standard section headers.
|
| 1.3 | 05-Jun-2001 |
wiz | Drop arguments of .Os.
|
| 1.2 | 03-Apr-2001 |
wiz | Add section to .Xr.
|
| 1.1 | 14-Mar-2001 |
thorpej | Add a chkconfig(8) utility for managing rc.conf.d settings. Written
by Dan Mercer <dmercer@zembu.com>, inspired by the similar command that
appears in IRIX.
|
| 1.3 | 05-Jan-2004 |
jmmv | Homogenize usage messages: make the 'usage' word all lowercase, as this seems
to be the most common practice in our tree.
|
| 1.2 | 04-Jan-2003 |
wiz | Spell output with two ts.
|
| 1.1 | 14-Mar-2001 |
thorpej | Add a chkconfig(8) utility for managing rc.conf.d settings. Written
by Dan Mercer <dmercer@zembu.com>, inspired by the similar command that
appears in IRIX.
|
| 1.6 | 13-Jan-2011 |
haad | Use SYMLINKS, I'm not sure why I ahve commited old version of my patch, but
it should be ok now. Thanks to tron@ for pointing at this issue.
|
| 1.5 | 13-Jan-2011 |
haad | Move chown from usr.sbin to sbin and chgrp from usr.bin to bin directories.
This was discussed and oked on tech-userlevel I have run full build release,
test anita cycle with this patch.
|
| 1.4 | 03-Nov-1993 |
mycroft | Clean up deleted files.
|
| 1.3 | 01-Aug-1993 |
mycroft | Add RCS identifiers.
|
| 1.2 | 05-Apr-1993 |
cgd | made link to chgrp relative
|
| 1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | initial import of 386bsd-0.1 sources
|
| 1.10 | 20-May-2023 |
pgoyette | ALso fix chgrp Synopsis to include -d option
|
| 1.9 | 04-May-2023 |
pgoyette | Add a -d flag to avoid changing a file's owner/group to the current
value. This avoids some unnecessary operations on the file.
As discussed on tech-userlevel@
|
| 1.8 | 04-Jul-2017 |
wiz | Add EXIT STATUS section. Use Ex.
|
| 1.7 | 03-Jul-2017 |
wiz | Remove workaround for ancient HTML generation code.
|
| 1.6 | 17-Dec-2013 |
apb | In all man pages that say:
The -H, -L and -P options are ignored unless the -R option is
specified. In addition, these options override each other and the
command's actions are determined by the last one specified.
Add:
The default is as if the -P option had been specified.
|
| 1.5 | 22-Oct-2012 |
christos | support --reference=rfile
|
| 1.4 | 13-Jan-2011 |
haad | branches: 1.4.6; 1.4.12;
Move chown from usr.sbin to sbin and chgrp from usr.bin to bin directories.
This was discussed and oked on tech-userlevel I have run full build release,
test anita cycle with this patch.
|
| 1.3 | 03-Nov-1993 |
mycroft | Clean up deleted files.
|
| 1.2 | 01-Aug-1993 |
mycroft | Add RCS indentifiers.
|
| 1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | initial import of 386bsd-0.1 sources
|
| 1.4.12.2 | 20-Aug-2014 |
tls | Rebase to HEAD as of a few days ago.
|
| 1.4.12.1 | 20-Nov-2012 |
tls | Resync to 2012-11-19 00:00:00 UTC
|
| 1.4.6.2 | 22-May-2014 |
yamt | sync with head.
for a reference, the tree before this commit was tagged
as yamt-pagecache-tag8.
this commit was splitted into small chunks to avoid
a limitation of cvs. ("Protocol error: too many arguments")
|
| 1.4.6.1 | 30-Oct-2012 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.14 | 20-May-2023 |
pgoyette | dd -d to the Synopsis
|
| 1.13 | 04-May-2023 |
pgoyette | Add a -d flag to avoid changing a file's owner/group to the current
value. This avoids some unnecessary operations on the file.
As discussed on tech-userlevel@
|
| 1.12 | 04-Jul-2017 |
wiz | Add EXIT STATUS section. Use Ex. Sort sections.
|
| 1.11 | 03-Jul-2017 |
wiz | Remove workaround for ancient HTML generation code.
|
| 1.10 | 11-Sep-2016 |
sevan | Document the version chown first appeared.
Replace contractions highlighted by textproc/igor.
Bump date.
|
| 1.9 | 12-Jul-2016 |
wiz | Bump date for previous.
|
| 1.8 | 12-Jul-2016 |
zafer | improve description regarding symbolic links. ok @wiz.
|
| 1.7 | 17-Dec-2013 |
apb | In all man pages that say:
The -H, -L and -P options are ignored unless the -R option is
specified. In addition, these options override each other and the
command's actions are determined by the last one specified.
Add:
The default is as if the -P option had been specified.
|
| 1.6 | 23-Oct-2012 |
wiz | + ly
|
| 1.5 | 22-Oct-2012 |
christos | support --reference=rfile
|
| 1.4 | 13-Jan-2011 |
haad | branches: 1.4.6; 1.4.12;
Move chown from usr.sbin to sbin and chgrp from usr.bin to bin directories.
This was discussed and oked on tech-userlevel I have run full build release,
test anita cycle with this patch.
|
| 1.3 | 03-Nov-1993 |
mycroft | Clean up deleted files.
|
| 1.2 | 01-Aug-1993 |
mycroft | Add RCS indentifiers.
|
| 1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | initial import of 386bsd-0.1 sources
|
| 1.4.12.2 | 20-Aug-2014 |
tls | Rebase to HEAD as of a few days ago.
|
| 1.4.12.1 | 20-Nov-2012 |
tls | Resync to 2012-11-19 00:00:00 UTC
|
| 1.4.6.2 | 22-May-2014 |
yamt | sync with head.
for a reference, the tree before this commit was tagged
as yamt-pagecache-tag8.
this commit was splitted into small chunks to avoid
a limitation of cvs. ("Protocol error: too many arguments")
|
| 1.4.6.1 | 30-Oct-2012 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.12 | 04-May-2023 |
christos | KNF: no space after ( and before ), constants on the RHS (like everywhere else
in this file).
|
| 1.11 | 04-May-2023 |
martin | Cast -1 to expected type and fix a edititing mishap to make this build.
|
| 1.10 | 04-May-2023 |
pgoyette | Add a -d flag to avoid changing a file's owner/group to the current
value. This avoids some unnecessary operations on the file.
As discussed on tech-userlevel@
|
| 1.9 | 28-Apr-2023 |
pgoyette | Fix typo in comment
|
| 1.8 | 24-Oct-2012 |
enami | The id chgrp command is required to change is not uid but gid.
|
| 1.7 | 23-Oct-2012 |
christos | - use {g,s}etprogname()
- fix usage
|
| 1.6 | 22-Oct-2012 |
christos | support --reference=rfile
|
| 1.5 | 29-Aug-2011 |
joerg | branches: 1.5.2; 1.5.8;
Use __dead
|
| 1.4 | 13-Jan-2011 |
haad | Move chown from usr.sbin to sbin and chgrp from usr.bin to bin directories.
This was discussed and oked on tech-userlevel I have run full build release,
test anita cycle with this patch.
|
| 1.3 | 03-Nov-1993 |
mycroft | Clean up deleted files.
|
| 1.2 | 01-Aug-1993 |
mycroft | Add RCS identifiers.
|
| 1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | initial import of 386bsd-0.1 sources
|
| 1.5.8.1 | 20-Nov-2012 |
tls | Resync to 2012-11-19 00:00:00 UTC
|
| 1.5.2.1 | 30-Oct-2012 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.15 | 26-Jul-2009 |
dholland | Remove gross hack and attendant need for -fno-strict-aliasing.
|
| 1.14 | 29-Aug-2008 |
gmcgarry | Wrap compiler-specific flags with HAVE_GCC and HAVE_PCC as necessary. Add a few flags for PCC.
|
| 1.13 | 11-May-2006 |
mrg | branches: 1.13.20; 1.13.24;
sprinkle some -fno-strict-aliasing and -Wno-pointer-sign with GCC4.
|
| 1.12 | 27-Jun-2005 |
christos | Move WARNS=3 to the Makefile.inc, and add a little const to the remaining
programs that did not compile before.
|
| 1.11 | 20-Jan-2005 |
xtraeme | Kill __P(), ANSIfy, remove main() prototype; WARNS=3
|
| 1.10 | 19-Aug-2002 |
lukem | Use ${NETBSDSRCDIR}/some/path instead of ${.CURDIR}/../../some/path
|
| 1.9 | 15-Jan-1999 |
bouyer | #include machine/bswap.h and remove -lutil.
|
| 1.8 | 18-Mar-1998 |
bouyer | Add support for non-native endian FFS.
Clear the clean flag in the SB when an inode has been cleared.
|
| 1.7 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.6 | 22-Dec-1994 |
cgd | specify man pages the new way.
|
| 1.5 | 08-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Update from 4.4-Lite.
|
| 1.4 | 01-Aug-1993 |
mycroft | Add RCS identifiers.
|
| 1.3 | 23-Mar-1993 |
cgd | changed "Id" to "Header" for rcsids
|
| 1.2 | 22-Mar-1993 |
cgd | added rcs ids to all files
|
| 1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.2 | 13-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Import 4.4-Lite version.
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | initial import of 386bsd-0.1 sources
|
| 1.13.24.1 | 18-Sep-2008 |
wrstuden | Sync with wrstuden-revivesa-base-2.
|
| 1.13.20.1 | 28-Sep-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.9 | 12-Sep-2016 |
sevan | Actually, V6 included clri before 3BSD.
http://minnie.tuhs.org/cgi-bin/utree.pl?file=V6/usr/man/man8/clri.8
Amend HISTORY once more.
Bump date.
|
| 1.8 | 11-Sep-2016 |
sevan | Document the version clri first appeared.
Bump date.
|
| 1.7 | 07-Aug-2003 |
agc | Move UCB-licensed code from 4-clause to 3-clause licence.
Patches provided by Joel Baker in PR 22308, verified by myself.
|
| 1.6 | 05-Jun-2001 |
wiz | Drop arguments of .Os.
|
| 1.5 | 06-Apr-1999 |
cgd | change:
.Sh "SEE ALSO"
to:
.Sh SEE ALSO
The doc macros check for the latter (actually just for 'SEE' as the first
argument to .Sh) to set the section header SEE ALSO flag, which modifies
some behaviour (e.g. references done with .Rs/.Re).
|
| 1.4 | 14-Sep-1997 |
lukem | - fix use of .Nm
- deprecate use of register
- cleanup for WARNS=1
|
| 1.3 | 11-Jul-1997 |
mikel | icheck(8) and ncheck(8) Went Away a *long* time ago
|
| 1.2 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.1 | 08-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | branches: 1.1.1;
Update from 4.4-Lite.
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 13-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Import 4.4-Lite version.
|
| 1.26 | 26-Feb-2023 |
andvar | s/superblok/superblock/ in comment.
|
| 1.25 | 17-Nov-2022 |
chs | Restore backward compatibility of UFS2 with previous NetBSD releases by
disabling support in UFS2 for extended attributes (including ACLs).
Add a new variant of UFS2 called "UFS2ea" that does support extended attributes.
Add new fsck_ffs operations "-c ea" and "-c no-ea" to convert file systems
from UFS2 to UFS2ea and vice-versa (both of which delete all existing extended
attributes in the process).
|
| 1.24 | 30-Aug-2015 |
mlelstv | Calculate sector size from superblock and use that instead of DEV_BSIZE.
|
| 1.23 | 23-Jun-2013 |
dholland | fsbtodb() -> FFS_FSBTODB(), EXT2_FSBTODB(), or MFS_FSBTODB()
dbtofsb() -> FFS_DBTOFSB() or EXT2_DBTOFSB()
(Christos already did the lfs ones a few days back)
|
| 1.22 | 26-Jul-2009 |
dholland | branches: 1.22.6; 1.22.12;
Remove gross hack and attendant need for -fno-strict-aliasing.
|
| 1.21 | 16-Mar-2009 |
lukem | fix sign-compare issues
|
| 1.20 | 20-Jul-2008 |
lukem | branches: 1.20.4;
Remove the \n and tabs from the __COPYRIGHT() strings.
(Tweak some to use a consistent format.)
|
| 1.19 | 20-Jan-2005 |
xtraeme | branches: 1.19.26; 1.19.30;
Kill __P(), ANSIfy, remove main() prototype; WARNS=3
|
| 1.18 | 27-Mar-2004 |
dsl | Don'r check FS_FLAGS_UPDATED for ffsv2
|
| 1.17 | 21-Mar-2004 |
dsl | When searching for the superblock, check that the fs_sblockloc field
matches the location we read it from to ensure we don't have one of the
alternate superblocks.
Fixes part of PR kern/24809
|
| 1.16 | 07-Aug-2003 |
agc | Move UCB-licensed code from 4-clause to 3-clause licence.
Patches provided by Joel Baker in PR 22308, verified by myself.
|
| 1.15 | 02-Apr-2003 |
fvdl | Add support for UFS2. UFS2 is an enhanced FFS, adding support for
64 bit block pointers, extended attribute storage, and a few
other things.
This commit does not yet include the code to manipulate the extended
storage (for e.g. ACLs), this will be done later.
Originally written by Kirk McKusick and Network Associates Laboratories for
FreeBSD.
|
| 1.14 | 17-Aug-2001 |
lukem | remove third argument (`int ns') from ffs_sb_swap(), and let ffs_sb_swap()
determine the endianness of the `struct fs *o' superblock from o->fs_magic
and set needswap as necessary, rather than trusting the caller to get
it right. invariably, almost every caller of ffs_sb_swap() was calling it
with ns set to the wrong value for ns anyway!
ansi KNF ffs_bswap.c declarations whilst here.
this fixes all sorts of problems when trying to use other-endian file systems,
notably the kernel trying to access memory *way* off, possibly corrupting or
panicing, and userland programs SEGVing and/or corrupting things (e.g,
"fsck_ffs -B" to swap a file system endianness).
whilst the previous rev of ffs_bswap.c (1.10, 2000/12/23) made this problem
worse, i suspect that the problem was always there and previous versions
just happened not to trash things at the wrong time.
FFS_EI should now be a lot more stable.
|
| 1.13 | 25-Aug-1998 |
ross | branches: 1.13.10;
from Erik Bertelsen <erik@mediator.uni-c.dk>
{ put } { in } { lots } { of } { these } { to } { shut } { up } { egcs }
|
| 1.12 | 18-Mar-1998 |
bouyer | Add support for non-native endian FFS.
Clear the clean flag in the SB when an inode has been cleared.
|
| 1.11 | 16-Sep-1997 |
lukem | resolve sccsid conflict
|
| 1.10 | 14-Sep-1997 |
lukem | - fix use of .Nm
- deprecate use of register
- cleanup for WARNS=1
|
| 1.9 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.8 | 30-Jan-1995 |
mycroft | Make this more type safe.
|
| 1.7 | 23-Sep-1994 |
mycroft | err(3)/warn(3) cleanup
|
| 1.6 | 08-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Update from 4.4-Lite.
|
| 1.5 | 25-Apr-1994 |
cgd | need <sys/time.h>
|
| 1.4 | 01-Aug-1993 |
mycroft | Add RCS identifiers.
|
| 1.3 | 23-Mar-1993 |
cgd | changed "Id" to "Header" for rcsids
|
| 1.2 | 22-Mar-1993 |
cgd | added rcs ids to all files
|
| 1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.3 | 16-Sep-1997 |
lukem | imported from lite-2
|
| 1.1.1.2 | 13-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Import 4.4-Lite version.
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | initial import of 386bsd-0.1 sources
|
| 1.13.10.1 | 25-Nov-2001 |
he | Pull up revision 1.14 (requested by lukem):
Call ffs_sb_swap() with the correct arguments. Fixes problems
with using other-endian file systems.
|
| 1.19.30.1 | 18-Sep-2008 |
wrstuden | Sync with wrstuden-revivesa-base-2.
|
| 1.19.26.1 | 28-Sep-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.20.4.1 | 13-May-2009 |
jym | Sync with HEAD.
Third (and last) commit. See http://mail-index.netbsd.org/source-changes/2009/05/13/msg221222.html
|
| 1.22.12.1 | 20-Aug-2014 |
tls | Rebase to HEAD as of a few days ago.
|
| 1.22.6.1 | 22-May-2014 |
yamt | sync with head.
for a reference, the tree before this commit was tagged
as yamt-pagecache-tag8.
this commit was splitted into small chunks to avoid
a limitation of cvs. ("Protocol error: too many arguments")
|
| 1.5 | 15-Feb-2015 |
christos | let's make this compile again.
|
| 1.4 | 11-Aug-2013 |
dholland | branches: 1.4.4;
These pass WARNS=5, so don't set WARNS=4
|
| 1.3 | 11-Jan-2013 |
mlelstv | Provide a script for devpubd(8) that creates symlinks for each dk(4)
device under /dev/wedges so that you can access them by name.
|
| 1.2 | 06-Sep-2011 |
riz | branches: 1.2.2; 1.2.8;
Build and install the skeleton manpage for devpubd - it's better than
nothing.
|
| 1.1 | 29-Aug-2011 |
mrg | add the device publish daemon, written by jmcneill@.
listens on drvctl for new devices and invokes MAKEDEV for them.
missing:
- manual page
- rc.d script
- more testing
but it works well enough to make new disk nodes appear in /dev when
netbsd sees them and they're missing. you will need to make sure
you have a new /dev/MAKEDEV for this to work properly (postinstall
should handle this normally, of course.)
thanks jared!
|
| 1.2.8.2 | 20-Aug-2014 |
tls | Rebase to HEAD as of a few days ago.
|
| 1.2.8.1 | 25-Feb-2013 |
tls | resync with head
|
| 1.2.2.2 | 22-May-2014 |
yamt | sync with head.
for a reference, the tree before this commit was tagged
as yamt-pagecache-tag8.
this commit was splitted into small chunks to avoid
a limitation of cvs. ("Protocol error: too many arguments")
|
| 1.2.2.1 | 23-Jan-2013 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.4.4.1 | 17-Feb-2015 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by jmcneill in ticket #525):
sbin/devpubd/hooks/01-makedev: revision 1.2
sbin/devpubd/devpubd-run-hooks.in: revision 1.3
sbin/devpubd/Makefile: revision 1.5
sbin/devpubd/hooks/02-wedgenames: revision 1.2
sbin/devpubd/devpubd.c: revision 1.3
sbin/devpubd/devpubd.c: revision 1.4
At startup, instead of doing run-hooks for each device, call run-hooks
once with a list of all found devices. This lets us batch calls to MAKEDEV
which results in a noticeable improvement in Raspberry Pi boot time.
Run the initial device enumeration hooks before detaching from the foreground,
ensuring that any required devices have been created before the rc.d script
exits.
let's make this compile again.
|
| 1.4 | 05-Aug-2021 |
kre | Expunge bogus (implementation defined / unspecified) uses of $@ in
scripts. $@ is unspecified except when used in a place where
field splitting can occur (which is never in an assignment),
X=$@ (with or without double quotes) is simply wrong.
Use $* instead of $@ in such places, or as here, simply change
the way things are done (very very slightly) and DTRT.
|
| 1.3 | 15-Feb-2015 |
jmcneill | At startup, instead of doing run-hooks for each device, call run-hooks
once with a list of all found devices. This lets us batch calls to MAKEDEV
which results in a noticeable improvement in Raspberry Pi boot time.
Run the initial device enumeration hooks before detaching from the foreground,
ensuring that any required devices have been created before the rc.d script
exits.
|
| 1.2 | 04-Dec-2011 |
jmcneill | branches: 1.2.18;
exit 0 on success
|
| 1.1 | 29-Aug-2011 |
mrg | branches: 1.1.2;
add the device publish daemon, written by jmcneill@.
listens on drvctl for new devices and invokes MAKEDEV for them.
missing:
- manual page
- rc.d script
- more testing
but it works well enough to make new disk nodes appear in /dev when
netbsd sees them and they're missing. you will need to make sure
you have a new /dev/MAKEDEV for this to work properly (postinstall
should handle this normally, of course.)
thanks jared!
|
| 1.1.2.1 | 17-Apr-2012 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.2.18.1 | 17-Feb-2015 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by jmcneill in ticket #525):
sbin/devpubd/hooks/01-makedev: revision 1.2
sbin/devpubd/devpubd-run-hooks.in: revision 1.3
sbin/devpubd/Makefile: revision 1.5
sbin/devpubd/hooks/02-wedgenames: revision 1.2
sbin/devpubd/devpubd.c: revision 1.3
sbin/devpubd/devpubd.c: revision 1.4
At startup, instead of doing run-hooks for each device, call run-hooks
once with a list of all found devices. This lets us batch calls to MAKEDEV
which results in a noticeable improvement in Raspberry Pi boot time.
Run the initial device enumeration hooks before detaching from the foreground,
ensuring that any required devices have been created before the rc.d script
exits.
let's make this compile again.
|
| 1.7 | 24-Feb-2020 |
wiz | New sentence, new line. Bump date for previous.
|
| 1.6 | 24-Feb-2020 |
mlelstv | Add one-shot mode.
|
| 1.5 | 11-Sep-2016 |
sevan | branches: 1.5.14;
Document the version devpubd first appeared.
Bump date.
|
| 1.4 | 12-Jan-2013 |
wiz | Bump date for previous.
|
| 1.3 | 11-Jan-2013 |
mlelstv | Provide a script for devpubd(8) that creates symlinks for each dk(4)
device under /dev/wedges so that you can access them by name.
|
| 1.2 | 22-Nov-2012 |
reed | Add some details about the hook scripts.
|
| 1.1 | 29-Aug-2011 |
wiz | branches: 1.1.2; 1.1.8;
Add minimal devpubd man page, not hooked into the build yet.
XXX: someone should write drvctl(4)
|
| 1.1.8.1 | 25-Feb-2013 |
tls | resync with head
|
| 1.1.2.2 | 23-Jan-2013 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.1.2.1 | 16-Jan-2013 |
yamt | sync with (a bit old) head
|
| 1.5.14.1 | 08-Apr-2020 |
martin | Merge changes from current as of 20200406
|
| 1.7 | 21-Jun-2021 |
christos | fix proplib deprecation
|
| 1.6 | 24-Feb-2020 |
mlelstv | Add one-shot mode.
|
| 1.5 | 06-Feb-2020 |
kamil | Stop including unused header <sys/poll.h>
|
| 1.4 | 15-Feb-2015 |
christos | branches: 1.4.16;
let's make this compile again.
|
| 1.3 | 15-Feb-2015 |
jmcneill | At startup, instead of doing run-hooks for each device, call run-hooks
once with a list of all found devices. This lets us batch calls to MAKEDEV
which results in a noticeable improvement in Raspberry Pi boot time.
Run the initial device enumeration hooks before detaching from the foreground,
ensuring that any required devices have been created before the rc.d script
exits.
|
| 1.2 | 16-Sep-2011 |
joerg | branches: 1.2.20;
Use __dead. Save a pointer.
|
| 1.1 | 29-Aug-2011 |
mrg | add the device publish daemon, written by jmcneill@.
listens on drvctl for new devices and invokes MAKEDEV for them.
missing:
- manual page
- rc.d script
- more testing
but it works well enough to make new disk nodes appear in /dev when
netbsd sees them and they're missing. you will need to make sure
you have a new /dev/MAKEDEV for this to work properly (postinstall
should handle this normally, of course.)
thanks jared!
|
| 1.2.20.1 | 17-Feb-2015 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by jmcneill in ticket #525):
sbin/devpubd/hooks/01-makedev: revision 1.2
sbin/devpubd/devpubd-run-hooks.in: revision 1.3
sbin/devpubd/Makefile: revision 1.5
sbin/devpubd/hooks/02-wedgenames: revision 1.2
sbin/devpubd/devpubd.c: revision 1.3
sbin/devpubd/devpubd.c: revision 1.4
At startup, instead of doing run-hooks for each device, call run-hooks
once with a list of all found devices. This lets us batch calls to MAKEDEV
which results in a noticeable improvement in Raspberry Pi boot time.
Run the initial device enumeration hooks before detaching from the foreground,
ensuring that any required devices have been created before the rc.d script
exits.
let's make this compile again.
|
| 1.4.16.1 | 08-Apr-2020 |
martin | Merge changes from current as of 20200406
|
| 1.3 | 05-Aug-2021 |
kre | Expunge bogus (implementation defined / unspecified) uses of $@ in
scripts. $@ is unspecified except when used in a place where
field splitting can occur (which is never in an assignment),
X=$@ (with or without double quotes) is simply wrong.
Use $* instead of $@ in such places, or as here, simply change
the way things are done (very very slightly) and DTRT.
|
| 1.2 | 15-Feb-2015 |
jmcneill | At startup, instead of doing run-hooks for each device, call run-hooks
once with a list of all found devices. This lets us batch calls to MAKEDEV
which results in a noticeable improvement in Raspberry Pi boot time.
Run the initial device enumeration hooks before detaching from the foreground,
ensuring that any required devices have been created before the rc.d script
exits.
|
| 1.1 | 29-Aug-2011 |
mrg | branches: 1.1.20;
add the device publish daemon, written by jmcneill@.
listens on drvctl for new devices and invokes MAKEDEV for them.
missing:
- manual page
- rc.d script
- more testing
but it works well enough to make new disk nodes appear in /dev when
netbsd sees them and they're missing. you will need to make sure
you have a new /dev/MAKEDEV for this to work properly (postinstall
should handle this normally, of course.)
thanks jared!
|
| 1.1.20.1 | 17-Feb-2015 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by jmcneill in ticket #525):
sbin/devpubd/hooks/01-makedev: revision 1.2
sbin/devpubd/devpubd-run-hooks.in: revision 1.3
sbin/devpubd/Makefile: revision 1.5
sbin/devpubd/hooks/02-wedgenames: revision 1.2
sbin/devpubd/devpubd.c: revision 1.3
sbin/devpubd/devpubd.c: revision 1.4
At startup, instead of doing run-hooks for each device, call run-hooks
once with a list of all found devices. This lets us batch calls to MAKEDEV
which results in a noticeable improvement in Raspberry Pi boot time.
Run the initial device enumeration hooks before detaching from the foreground,
ensuring that any required devices have been created before the rc.d script
exits.
let's make this compile again.
|
| 1.8 | 08-Aug-2021 |
martin | Fix obvious editor mishap in previous
|
| 1.7 | 05-Aug-2021 |
kre | Obliterate bogus $@ usage.
While here, fix some quoting, change some style, and attempt
to properly handle wedge names with embedded newlines, and those
that end with a '/' character (not particularly happy with the
solution to that last one, but it is better than it was).
Is there a reason that characters that need encoding in wedge names
(white space, and more) are encoded as %%XX (XX is the hex value of
the char - but 2 % chars? Why?). That remains unchanged, but as
the script already relied upon sh's $'...' quoting, I think we can rely
upon printf as well, so replace the old (very elegant, but slow) encoding
function with a much simpler one (does the same thing).
|
| 1.6 | 09-Jan-2021 |
mlelstv | Also replace calls to dirname.
|
| 1.5 | 09-Jan-2021 |
mlelstv | Remove need for awk/sed/readlink tools.
|
| 1.4 | 15-Aug-2016 |
mlelstv | Avoid error message when /dev/wedges doesn't exist yet.
|
| 1.3 | 01-Mar-2015 |
mlelstv | safely update existing wedge links
|
| 1.2 | 15-Feb-2015 |
jmcneill | At startup, instead of doing run-hooks for each device, call run-hooks
once with a list of all found devices. This lets us batch calls to MAKEDEV
which results in a noticeable improvement in Raspberry Pi boot time.
Run the initial device enumeration hooks before detaching from the foreground,
ensuring that any required devices have been created before the rc.d script
exits.
|
| 1.1 | 11-Jan-2013 |
mlelstv | branches: 1.1.2; 1.1.6; 1.1.12;
Provide a script for devpubd(8) that creates symlinks for each dk(4)
device under /dev/wedges so that you can access them by name.
|
| 1.1.12.2 | 07-Mar-2015 |
snj | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by mlelstv in ticket #561):
sbin/devpubd/hooks/02-wedgenames: revision 1.3
safely update existing wedge links
|
| 1.1.12.1 | 17-Feb-2015 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by jmcneill in ticket #525):
sbin/devpubd/hooks/01-makedev: revision 1.2
sbin/devpubd/devpubd-run-hooks.in: revision 1.3
sbin/devpubd/Makefile: revision 1.5
sbin/devpubd/hooks/02-wedgenames: revision 1.2
sbin/devpubd/devpubd.c: revision 1.3
sbin/devpubd/devpubd.c: revision 1.4
At startup, instead of doing run-hooks for each device, call run-hooks
once with a list of all found devices. This lets us batch calls to MAKEDEV
which results in a noticeable improvement in Raspberry Pi boot time.
Run the initial device enumeration hooks before detaching from the foreground,
ensuring that any required devices have been created before the rc.d script
exits.
let's make this compile again.
|
| 1.1.6.2 | 25-Feb-2013 |
tls | resync with head
|
| 1.1.6.1 | 11-Jan-2013 |
tls | file 02-wedgenames was added on branch tls-maxphys on 2013-02-25 00:28:04 +0000
|
| 1.1.2.2 | 23-Jan-2013 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.1.2.1 | 11-Jan-2013 |
yamt | file 02-wedgenames was added on branch yamt-pagecache on 2013-01-23 00:05:28 +0000
|
| 1.75 | 03-Jun-2023 |
lukem | bsd.own.mk: rename GCC_NO_* to CC_WNO_*
Rename compiler-warning-disable variables from
GCC_NO_warning
to
CC_WNO_warning
where warning is the full warning name as used by the compiler.
GCC_NO_IMPLICIT_FALLTHRU is CC_WNO_IMPLICIT_FALLTHROUGH
Using the convention CC_compilerflag, where compilerflag
is based on the full compiler flag name.
|
| 1.74 | 13-Oct-2019 |
mrg | introduce some common variables for use in GCC warning disables:
GCC_NO_FORMAT_TRUNCATION -Wno-format-truncation (GCC 7/8)
GCC_NO_STRINGOP_TRUNCATION -Wno-stringop-truncation (GCC 8)
GCC_NO_STRINGOP_OVERFLOW -Wno-stringop-overflow (GCC 8)
GCC_NO_CAST_FUNCTION_TYPE -Wno-cast-function-type (GCC 8)
use these to turn off warnings for most GCC-8 complaints. many
of these are false positives, most of the real bugs are already
commited, or are yet to come.
we plan to introduce versions of (some?) of these that use the
"-Wno-error=" form, which still displays the warnings but does
not make it an error, and all of the above will be re-considered
as either being "fix me" (warning still displayed) or "warning
is wrong."
|
| 1.73 | 24-Jan-2018 |
skrll | branches: 1.73.4;
Remove port-acorn26
OK core@
|
| 1.72 | 31-Jan-2016 |
christos | fix broken patch
|
| 1.71 | 31-Jan-2016 |
christos | PR/50729: Izumi Tsutsui: Add "SMALLPROG"-like options to disklabel(8)
|
| 1.70 | 03-May-2013 |
matt | Make disklabel a MI tool. It will use MACHINE/MACHINE_ARCH to determine
the disklabel params as well as allowing command-line options of -M <machine>
and -B {le,be} to specify MACHINE and byteorder to be used.
|
| 1.69 | 30-Aug-2011 |
bouyer | branches: 1.69.2; 1.69.8;
Add getlabelusesmbr(), as proposed in
http://mail-index.netbsd.org/tech-userlevel/2011/08/25/msg005404.html
This is used by disk tools such as disklabel(8) to dynamically decide is
the undelyling platform uses a disklabel-in-mbr-partition or not
(instead of using a compile-time list of ports).
getlabelusesmbr() reads the sysctl kern.labelusesmbr, takes its value from the
machdep #define LABELUSESMBR.
For evbmips, make LABELUSESMBR 1 if the platform uses pmon
as bootloader, and 0 (the previous value) otherwise.
|
| 1.68 | 18-Aug-2011 |
phx | Define USE_MBR for ofppc.
|
| 1.67 | 12-Feb-2011 |
dholland | Disable COMPAT_386BSD_MBRPART. The code is still here if anyone needs it
for some reason. (But I have no idea why that would be -- if you have one
of these really ancient partitions and you're about to run disklabel, you
can easily run fdisk first and change the partition type to NetBSD.)
As it stands, the code will munch FreeBSD installs under some
circumstances, which is really not acceptable behavior.
The code, along with the kernel support that's been disabled by
default for several years, and some related but less dangerous code in
sysinst, should prboably be removed entirely after -6 is branched.
Discussed on tech-kern and tech-userlevel; closes PR 44496.
This is also almost certainly the cause of PR 42521 and PR 38841.
|
| 1.66 | 13-Dec-2009 |
nakayama | branches: 1.66.2;
System utilities, boot programs and kernel modules are machine
(port) specific not CPU, so use MACHINE not MACHINE_ARCH.
|
| 1.65 | 05-Dec-2009 |
pooka | Remove support for NetBSD/playstation2.
|
| 1.64 | 28-Nov-2009 |
tsutsui | Don't use #ifdef __${MACHINE_ARCH}__ to enable machine dependent features.
Instead, use proper macro defined in Makefile per ${MACHINE_ARCH}.
__${MACHINE_ARCH}__ doesn't represent an architecture of tool's target
but an architecture of binaries being compiled, so required features
are not prolery enabled or unintentionally enabled on certain host
and target combinations during src/tools build.
|
| 1.63 | 28-Nov-2009 |
tsutsui | Make dreamcast, evbsh3, and mmeye use -DUSE_MBR.
All of these ports use src/sys/arch/sh3/sh3/disksubr.c
which is MBR aware.
|
| 1.62 | 14-Feb-2009 |
abs | Convert more MACHINE tests to MACHINE_ARCH
|
| 1.61 | 11-Mar-2008 |
aymeric | branches: 1.61.6; 1.61.8;
The hpcsh kernel does for sure USE_MBR. Make disklabel use it too on hpcsh.
With this, it is possible to bootstrap a MBR partitioned CF card without
partitioning and disklabelling it first on another platform.
|
| 1.60 | 18-Dec-2006 |
nonaka | branches: 1.60.4; 1.60.10; 1.60.12;
zaurus use MBR partition info.
|
| 1.59 | 01-Sep-2006 |
uwe | New NetBSD/landisk port uses MBR too.
|
| 1.58 | 19-Oct-2005 |
dsl | Rototil the way disklabel -r reads and writes labels.
In particular the 'read' part plays 'hunt the disklabel' in order to get a
label into a local buffer - from where it can be displayed/edited.
The 'write' part makes a separate scan of the disk looking for places to
write the label.
The main changes are:
- It can no longer write the first 8k of the mbr to the pbr (or v.v.)
- All labels on the disk (that it can find) get updated during a write
- With -A all the labels are displayed (inc. those deleted by -D)
- Addition of -D which will delete (by one's complimenting dk_magic{2}) and
existing labels before writing labels to the expected locations.
- -v gives some verbose output to stderr, -vv more etc
A better basis for processing incorrect endian labels, or labels from other
architectures.
|
| 1.57 | 23-Jun-2005 |
fvdl | If HOSTPROG is empty, do not pull in libutil, since we do not need it in that
case, and several host platforms do not have libutil. Fixes the build of
these programs as host tools on platforms without libutil.
|
| 1.56 | 17-Jun-2005 |
dsl | Rip out the support for writing bootstrap code. installboot(8) contains
support for hp300, hp700 and vax, $MACHINE is never arm32.
Fix usage output to only contain progname() once - bug introduced in rev 1.89
|
| 1.55 | 12-Jun-2005 |
dyoung | Make disklabel(8) into a host-tool, "nbdisklabel." Move disklabel.c
to main.c to avoid a name collision with lib/libc/gen/disklabel.c
when we build nbdisklabel. Still todo: commit host-tool build
infrastructure to src/tools/disklabel/.
|
| 1.54 | 20-Jan-2005 |
xtraeme | WARNS=2 is the default defined in sbin/Makefile.inc. (thanks wiz)
|
| 1.53 | 20-Jan-2005 |
xtraeme | WARNS=2
|
| 1.52 | 13-Oct-2004 |
gavan | Initial import of iyonix port.
The Iyonix is a desktop machine from Castle Technology, based on a 600MHz
XScale[tm] 80321 processor.
* Uses the bootloader from NetBSD/acorn32, which is now 32-bit compatible.
* Currently boots multiuser with a serial console.
* Device support is not yet complete.
With help from abs.
|
| 1.51 | 28-Jun-2004 |
jkunz | Add hp700 MD options for proper boot code handling.
|
| 1.50 | 18-Jan-2004 |
lukem | * Enable SAVEBOOTAREA on i386 and amd64 (by merging the Makefile
controls with the section for the other MBR-using platforms that
already enable this)
* Don't prompt the user to "erase the previous contents of the disk"
when there's no NetBSD MBR partition; SAVEBOOTAREA is sufficient.
These fixes mean that you can create a disklabel (on an i386/amd64) on a disk
that doesn't have a NetBSD MBR partition without trashing the existing MBR.
The previous behaviour was extremely annoying when working with media such
as FAT-formatted CF cards, and didn't really protect people with such from
accidentally trashing part of sector 1 of such disks, and made it extremely
easy to trash sectors 0..15 of those disks instead.
|
| 1.49 | 10-Nov-2003 |
fvdl | Bring back disklabel -B for now, since hp300 installboot isn't ready
for prime time yet.
|
| 1.48 | 08-Nov-2003 |
dsl | Rip out all the '-B bootblock' support, everything should use installboot(8).
(can only affect arm32, hp300 and vax ports, and doesn't affect sysinst).
|
| 1.47 | 02-Nov-2003 |
shin | playstation2 needs MBR support in disklabel(8).
|
| 1.46 | 26-Apr-2003 |
fvdl | x86_64 -> amd64
|
| 1.45 | 11-Dec-2002 |
fvdl | Handle MBRs for x86_64.
|
| 1.44 | 28-Jul-2002 |
manu | Enable USE_MBR for all arm ports.
|
| 1.43 | 18-Jun-2002 |
itojun | USE_MBR on macppc too
|
| 1.42 | 24-Mar-2002 |
bjh21 | Rename arm26 -> acorn26.
|
| 1.41 | 29-Nov-2001 |
bjh21 | Rather than making FileCore boot block support conditional on __arm32__, make
it conditional on USE_ACORN, and define that if MACHINE is arm26 or acorn32.
This is less than optimal, and maybe we should define it for all ARM systems,
but then disklabel handling across architectures is generally a mess at the
moment.
|
| 1.40 | 19-Nov-2001 |
minoura | Preserve the boot area on x68k.
|
| 1.39 | 24-Dec-2000 |
lukem | move showinfo() and showpartition() into separate file, for use by
other programs. slightly change argument signature so that globals
aren't depended upon.
|
| 1.38 | 02-May-2000 |
soren | branches: 1.38.4;
MBR on cobalt too.
|
| 1.37 | 02-May-2000 |
nonaka | also use mbr partition table on prep.
|
| 1.36 | 31-Jan-2000 |
soda | - use MBR partition table also on arc.
- use defined(USE_MBR) instead of defined(__i386__), like hpcmips and arc.
|
| 1.35 | 09-Jan-2000 |
shin | Add '-DSAVEBOOTAREA' to keep MBR partition information
when NetBSD partition starts at sector 0.
Closes PR:port-hpcmips/9146.
|
| 1.34 | 11-Oct-1999 |
shin | add hpcmips support (MBR)
|
| 1.33 | 03-Jun-1999 |
cgd | branches: 1.33.2;
On NetBSD/alpha, go out of the way to read the boot area's contents if -r
is specified, so that the boot blocks aren't clobbered when writing labels.
|
| 1.32 | 09-Apr-1999 |
kleink | Update a pasto-ed comment.
|
| 1.31 | 21-Jan-1999 |
pk | branches: 1.31.2;
Enable non-cylinder-aligned partition warning on sparc[64] & sun3.
See also PR#6853.
|
| 1.30 | 02-Mar-1998 |
drochner | Handle new MBR partition ID on i386. Put all code which decides about
usability of an entry to one place, use same algorithm as kernel (ie,
check signature).
|
| 1.29 | 18-Oct-1997 |
mark | branches: 1.29.2;
Define NUMBOOT=1 for the arm32 port.
|
| 1.28 | 10-Oct-1997 |
christos | CFLAGS->CPPFLAGS
|
| 1.27 | 25-Sep-1997 |
lukem | switch to using opendisk(3) from libutil
|
| 1.26 | 15-Sep-1997 |
lukem | define WARNS?=1 for all of sbin/*
|
| 1.25 | 30-Jun-1997 |
christos | Fix warnings.
|
| 1.24 | 07-Jun-1997 |
perry | i386 now uses "installboot" for installing boot blocks. Comment out
the CFLAGS+= -DNUMBOOT=2 for now.
|
| 1.23 | 18-Mar-1997 |
christos | Remove -g
|
| 1.22 | 18-Mar-1997 |
christos | Off by one.
|
| 1.21 | 14-Mar-1997 |
perry | Nuke obsolete special case .if for amigas.
|
| 1.20 | 09-Mar-1997 |
christos | Jason says: Use getmaxpartitions(3) to determine the number of partitions
allowed in this architecture.
|
| 1.19 | 08-Mar-1997 |
christos | Add -i (interactive mode to create/edit labels) inspired by the SunOS/Solaris
format/partition command.
|
| 1.18 | 17-Oct-1995 |
cgd | don't define NUMBOOT on the alpha, any more. boot block installation
is now done by /usr/mdec/installboot.
|
| 1.17 | 23-Apr-1995 |
ragge | Changed to use only one bootblock file on VAX.
|
| 1.16 | 18-Apr-1995 |
ragge | Added vax for 2-file boot blocks.
|
| 1.15 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.14 | 11-Feb-1995 |
cgd | NUMBOOT == 2 on the alpha, too.
|
| 1.13 | 22-Dec-1994 |
cgd | kill unnecessary .include.
|
| 1.12 | 22-Dec-1994 |
cgd | specify man pages the new way.
|
| 1.11 | 20-Dec-1994 |
cgd | pull in bsd.own.mk by hand, early, so NOMAN= can be defined there.
|
| 1.10 | 22-Sep-1994 |
mycroft | Finish 4.4-Lite merge, and convert to use err(3)/warn(3) functions.
|
| 1.9 | 24-Jun-1994 |
hpeyerl | disklabel(8) from 4.4 merged with our old disklabel(8) by John Brezak
(brezak@apollo.hp.com). hp300's can now disklabel by themselves.
|
| 1.8 | 12-Feb-1994 |
chopps | added -D${MACHINE} for amiga's becuase of differing sizeof (struct disklabel)
|
| 1.7 | 01-Aug-1993 |
mycroft | Add RCS identifiers.
|
| 1.6 | 18-Jul-1993 |
mycroft | Use ${COPY}, not -c for install.
|
| 1.5 | 25-Apr-1993 |
mycroft | Don't build man page if NOMAN set.
|
| 1.4 | 10-Apr-1993 |
cgd | make user the cat5 dir exists before trying to install man page there.
|
| 1.3 | 23-Mar-1993 |
cgd | changed "Id" to "Header" for rcsids
|
| 1.2 | 22-Mar-1993 |
cgd | added rcs ids to all files
|
| 1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.2 | 22-Sep-1994 |
mycroft | Import original 4.4-Lite version.
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | initial import of 386bsd-0.1 sources
|
| 1.29.2.1 | 23-Nov-1998 |
cgd | pull up rev 1.30 from trunk (jonathan)
|
| 1.31.2.1 | 21-Jun-1999 |
perry | pullup 1.32->1.33 (cgd)
|
| 1.33.2.1 | 27-Dec-1999 |
wrstuden | Pull up to last week's -current.
|
| 1.38.4.1 | 26-Feb-2001 |
he | Pull up revision 1.39 (requested by lukem):
Several fixes and enhancements:
o with ``-I'', initialize the label if it's not there, it's
corrupt, or there's no ``fake'' label.
o correct partition table header
o move some functions into a separate file for other programs
to use
o fix examples and cross references
o various cleanups
|
| 1.60.12.1 | 03-Apr-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.60.10.1 | 24-Mar-2008 |
keiichi | sync with head.
|
| 1.60.4.1 | 23-Mar-2008 |
matt | sync with HEAD
|
| 1.61.8.1 | 13-May-2009 |
jym | Sync with HEAD.
Third (and last) commit. See http://mail-index.netbsd.org/source-changes/2009/05/13/msg221222.html
|
| 1.61.6.1 | 08-Mar-2011 |
riz | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by dholland in ticket #1561):
sbin/disklabel/Makefile: revision 1.67
Disable COMPAT_386BSD_MBRPART. The code is still here if anyone needs it
for some reason. (But I have no idea why that would be -- if you have one
of these really ancient partitions and you're about to run disklabel, you
can easily run fdisk first and change the partition type to NetBSD.)
As it stands, the code will munch FreeBSD installs under some
circumstances, which is really not acceptable behavior.
The code, along with the kernel support that's been disabled by
default for several years, and some related but less dangerous code in
sysinst, should prboably be removed entirely after -6 is branched.
Discussed on tech-kern and tech-userlevel; closes PR 44496.
This is also almost certainly the cause of PR 42521 and PR 38841.
|
| 1.66.2.1 | 17-Feb-2011 |
bouyer | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.69.8.1 | 23-Jun-2013 |
tls | resync from head
|
| 1.69.2.1 | 22-May-2014 |
yamt | sync with head.
for a reference, the tree before this commit was tagged
as yamt-pagecache-tag8.
this commit was splitted into small chunks to avoid
a limitation of cvs. ("Protocol error: too many arguments")
|
| 1.73.4.1 | 13-Apr-2020 |
martin | Mostly merge changes from HEAD upto 20200411
|
| 1.5 | 31-Jan-2016 |
christos | PR/50729: Izumi Tsutsui: Add "SMALLPROG"-like options to disklabel(8)
|
| 1.4 | 18-Jul-2015 |
htodd | Fix build.
|
| 1.3 | 17-Jul-2015 |
tsutsui | Fix botch in "make disklabel a MI tool" changes in rev 1.2.
After that chanage, "MAXPARTITIONS" constant is not for the target port.
If host's MAXPARTITIONS is larger than a value of the target label and
target endianness is different from the build host, bswaplabel() could
overwrite data beyond the disklabel and primary boot stored after
LABELSECTOR in images might be corrupted.
This fixes boot failure of sun2 liveimage built by
"build.sh -U -m sun2 release live-image"
on TME.
Should be pulled up to netbsd-7.
|
| 1.2 | 03-May-2013 |
matt | branches: 1.2.6;
Make disklabel a MI tool. It will use MACHINE/MACHINE_ARCH to determine
the disklabel params as well as allowing command-line options of -M <machine>
and -B {le,be} to specify MACHINE and byteorder to be used.
|
| 1.1 | 05-Jan-2010 |
tsutsui | branches: 1.1.6; 1.1.12;
Add necessary byteswap ops for tools disklabel(8) used with -F option
(treating a target disk as a regular file and suppressing ioctl(2)s)
on reading/writing disklabel in a target file.
This allows cross build enviroment creating bootable disk images
for targets in different endian.
No functional changes to native (non-tools) disklabel(8) command.
Closes PR toolchain/42357.
|
| 1.1.12.1 | 23-Jun-2013 |
tls | resync from head
|
| 1.1.6.1 | 22-May-2014 |
yamt | sync with head.
for a reference, the tree before this commit was tagged
as yamt-pagecache-tag8.
this commit was splitted into small chunks to avoid
a limitation of cvs. ("Protocol error: too many arguments")
|
| 1.2.6.1 | 30-Jul-2015 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by tsutsui in ticket #891):
sbin/disklabel/bswap.c: revision 1.3-1.4
Fix botch in "make disklabel a MI tool" changes in rev 1.2.
After that chanage, "MAXPARTITIONS" constant is not for the target port.
If host's MAXPARTITIONS is larger than a value of the target label and
target endianness is different from the build host, bswaplabel() could
overwrite data beyond the disklabel and primary boot stored after
LABELSECTOR in images might be corrupted.
This fixes boot failure of sun2 liveimage built by
"build.sh -U -m sun2 release live-image"
on TME.
Fix build.
|
| 1.3 | 31-Jan-2016 |
christos | PR/50729: Izumi Tsutsui: Add "SMALLPROG"-like options to disklabel(8)
|
| 1.2 | 03-May-2013 |
matt | Make disklabel a MI tool. It will use MACHINE/MACHINE_ARCH to determine
the disklabel params as well as allowing command-line options of -M <machine>
and -B {le,be} to specify MACHINE and byteorder to be used.
|
| 1.1 | 05-Jan-2010 |
tsutsui | branches: 1.1.6; 1.1.12;
Add necessary byteswap ops for tools disklabel(8) used with -F option
(treating a target disk as a regular file and suppressing ioctl(2)s)
on reading/writing disklabel in a target file.
This allows cross build enviroment creating bootable disk images
for targets in different endian.
No functional changes to native (non-tools) disklabel(8) command.
Closes PR toolchain/42357.
|
| 1.1.12.1 | 23-Jun-2013 |
tls | resync from head
|
| 1.1.6.1 | 22-May-2014 |
yamt | sync with head.
for a reference, the tree before this commit was tagged
as yamt-pagecache-tag8.
this commit was splitted into small chunks to avoid
a limitation of cvs. ("Protocol error: too many arguments")
|
| 1.31 | 28-Aug-2022 |
hgutch | Change back various occurrences of \*[Le], \*[Ge] (less/greater equal)
and \*(ua (upwards arrow) to literal "<=", ">=" and "^" whenever
appropriate (e.g., in code examples).
|
| 1.30 | 03-Jul-2017 |
wiz | Remove workaround for ancient HTML generation code.
|
| 1.29 | 15-Oct-2016 |
snj | revert part of revision 1.28. "e.g." is correct. bad igor!
|
| 1.28 | 11-Sep-2016 |
sevan | Grammar fix suggested by textproc/igor.
Syntax fix highlighted by mandoc -Tlint.
Bump date.
|
| 1.27 | 25-Feb-2006 |
christos | branches: 1.27.68;
mark vinum as obsolete.
|
| 1.26 | 21-Sep-2005 |
tsutsui | Sync DK types and FS types with <sys/disklabel.h>.
XXX: More other stuff should be sync'ed?
|
| 1.25 | 07-Aug-2003 |
agc | Move UCB-licensed code from 4-clause to 3-clause licence.
Patches provided by Joel Baker in PR 22308, verified by myself.
|
| 1.24 | 13-Jul-2003 |
lukem | xref dkctl(8)
|
| 1.23 | 16-Apr-2003 |
wiz | Use
.In header.h
instead of
.Fd #include \*[Lt]header.h\*[Gt]
Much easier to read and write, and supported by groff for ages.
Okayed by ross.
|
| 1.22 | 12-Dec-2002 |
scw | Use getlabel{sector,offset}() instead of LABEL{SECTOR,OFFSET}.
|
| 1.21 | 02-Oct-2002 |
wiz | partition, not parition (by Adrian Mrva). file system instead of filesystem.
|
| 1.20 | 28-Sep-2002 |
dbj | add FS_APPLEUFS
part of PR #17345
|
| 1.19 | 28-Sep-2002 |
dbj | tweak indentation on FS_JFS2 comment
|
| 1.18 | 28-Sep-2002 |
dbj | add DTYPE_JFS2 and FS_JFS2 for IBM Journaled File System
this is to match FreeBSD's disklabel.h revision 1.73
FreeBSD change was requested by Hiten Pandya <hiten@uk.FreeBSD.org>
|
| 1.17 | 28-Sep-2002 |
dbj | fix DTYPE_LD comment
|
| 1.16 | 28-Sep-2002 |
dbj | add DTYPE_LD to match disklabel.h
|
| 1.15 | 08-Feb-2002 |
ross | branches: 1.15.2;
Generate <>& symbolically. I'm avoiding .../dist/... directories for now.
|
| 1.14 | 16-Nov-2001 |
wiz | Use .Pp for new paragraphs.
|
| 1.13 | 06-Jan-2001 |
cgd | #warn is _not_ the GCC CPP directive that gives a warning, #warning is.
(this code has, apparently, always been wrong, but current GCC is kind
enough to warn about unknown CPP directives.)
|
| 1.12 | 13-Jul-2000 |
msaitoh | s/ ar / are /
|
| 1.11 | 05-Apr-2000 |
enami | branches: 1.11.4;
Introduce new filesystem type FS_CCD so that an operator can mark the
ccd component partition. Note that the ccd driver still allows partitions
of any types as components since an on-disk BSD disklabel isn't available
on some port.
|
| 1.10 | 16-Mar-2000 |
enami | Sync disklabel.5 with disklabel.h and dkio.h more closely.
|
| 1.9 | 11-Feb-2000 |
oster | Note the "RAID" partition type.
|
| 1.8 | 13-Aug-1999 |
bouyer | Sync with sys/disklabel.h
|
| 1.7 | 29-Apr-1998 |
fair | fix bad .Xr references
|
| 1.6 | 28-Apr-1998 |
fair | Principally, change foo(N) to .Xr foo N
Also, do some other mdoc tagging.
|
| 1.5 | 08-Mar-1997 |
mouse | alternate -> alternative, per PR 2643
|
| 1.4 | 03-Jul-1996 |
pk | Update.
|
| 1.3 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.2 | 05-Feb-1995 |
cgd | docs follow code.
|
| 1.1 | 22-Dec-1994 |
cgd | specify man pages the new way.
|
| 1.11.4.2 | 26-Feb-2001 |
he | Pull up revision 1.13 (requested by lukem):
Several fixes and enhancements:
o with ``-I'', initialize the label if it's not there, it's
corrupt, or there's no ``fake'' label.
o correct partition table header
o move some functions into a separate file for other programs
to use
o fix examples and cross references
o various cleanups
|
| 1.11.4.1 | 21-Sep-2000 |
msaitoh | pullup revision 1.12 (approved by releng-1.5):
s/ ar / are /
|
| 1.15.2.3 | 09-Sep-2003 |
tron | Pull up revision 1.18 (requested by tv in ticket #1454):
add DTYPE_JFS2 and FS_JFS2 for IBM Journaled File System
this is to match FreeBSD's disklabel.h revision 1.73
FreeBSD change was requested by Hiten Pandya <hiten@uk.FreeBSD.org>
|
| 1.15.2.2 | 09-Sep-2003 |
tron | Pull up revision 1.17 (requested by tv in ticket #1454):
fix DTYPE_LD comment
|
| 1.15.2.1 | 09-Sep-2003 |
tron | Pull up revision 1.16 (requested by tv in ticket #1454):
add DTYPE_LD to match disklabel.h
|
| 1.27.68.1 | 04-Nov-2016 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.6 | 22-Dec-1994 |
mycroft | Clean up deleted files.
|
| 1.5 | 24-Jun-1994 |
hpeyerl | disklabel(8) from 4.4 merged with our old disklabel(8) by John Brezak
(brezak@apollo.hp.com). hp300's can now disklabel by themselves.
|
| 1.4 | 01-Aug-1993 |
mycroft | Add RCS indentifiers.
|
| 1.3 | 23-Mar-1993 |
cgd | changed "Id" to "Header" for rcsids
|
| 1.2 | 22-Mar-1993 |
cgd | added rcs ids to all files
|
| 1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.3 | 16-Sep-1997 |
lukem | imported from lite-2
|
| 1.1.1.2 | 22-Sep-1994 |
mycroft | Import original 4.4-Lite version.
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | initial import of 386bsd-0.1 sources
|
| 1.70 | 02-Jul-2019 |
wiz | Sort and unify a bit. Add more macros.
|
| 1.69 | 02-Jul-2019 |
mlelstv | Add options to define labelsector and -offset and number of slices.
Make options to chose alternate label position for systems using MBR
more intuitive. -m now selects mode with MBR, -n selects mode without,
independent of the machine defaults.
|
| 1.68 | 03-Jul-2017 |
wiz | branches: 1.68.6;
Remove workaround for ancient HTML generation code.
|
| 1.67 | 11-Sep-2016 |
sevan | Remove ignored Pp macro, highlighted by mandoc -Tlint.
|
| 1.66 | 11-Sep-2016 |
sevan | Document the version disklabel first appeared.
Fix spelling mistakes.
Replace contraction.
Bump date.
|
| 1.65 | 29-Apr-2015 |
christos | Add missing doc flags (B,M,m)
|
| 1.64 | 02-Aug-2011 |
wiz | Sort sections. Remove comma in enumeration of two items.
|
| 1.63 | 25-Jul-2011 |
christos | mention that we don't handle more than 2TB disks/partitions.
|
| 1.62 | 28-Nov-2009 |
abs | Shuffle the order of examples to put the interactive option (-i) ahead
of $EDITOR and "disklabel -w -r /dev/rsd0c sd2212 foo"
|
| 1.61 | 27-Jan-2007 |
perry | As pointed out by James Wetterau, we wish to complement, as in the
logical operation, rather than compliment, as in praise, the magic
number of the disk.
There are probably other instances of this in the tree. We should fix
them.
|
| 1.60 | 26-Nov-2006 |
jmmv | Add a '-l' flag and a 'L' command to interactive mode to list all known
file system types. (Similar to what fdisk does for partition types.)
Closes PR bin/12954.
|
| 1.59 | 04-Feb-2006 |
wiz | Use more markup, fix xref, serial comma, other misc. fixes.
|
| 1.58 | 29-Jan-2006 |
dsl | Update/rewrite to match reality and in a muchmore succinct format.
|
| 1.57 | 19-Jun-2005 |
wiz | Quote Fr so options are sorted properly.
|
| 1.56 | 17-Jun-2005 |
dsl | Rip out the support for writing bootstrap code. installboot(8) contains
support for hp300, hp700 and vax, $MACHINE is never arm32.
Fix usage output to only contain progname() once - bug introduced in rev 1.89
|
| 1.55 | 15-Jun-2005 |
dsl | Rip out the references to the installation of more than one bootstrap file.
Only arm32 needs the -B stuff at all, all other ports use installboot(8).
|
| 1.54 | 28-May-2004 |
snj | Bump date for last. Put the exit EXIT STATUS section in the right place.
New sentence, new line. Correct two typos.
|
| 1.53 | 28-May-2004 |
erh | Make it possible to distinguish between exit values that indicate errors,
and those that are warnings. Document the exit statuses in the man page.
|
| 1.52 | 20-Mar-2004 |
wiz | Single-letter options do not need a line each; add more
commas; drop trailing whitespace; use Pa where appropriate.
|
| 1.51 | 19-Mar-2004 |
dyoung | Add flag -F to disklabel. Flag -F indicates that the target of the
disklabel operation is a file, not a disk. With -t disktab and -T
disktype, the user may tell disklabel the "geometry" for the file.
|
| 1.50 | 18-Mar-2004 |
wiz | Add Xref to mscdlabel, bump date.
|
| 1.49 | 10-Nov-2003 |
fvdl | Bring back disklabel -B for now, since hp300 installboot isn't ready
for prime time yet.
|
| 1.48 | 08-Nov-2003 |
dsl | Rip out all the '-B bootblock' support, everything should use installboot(8).
(can only affect arm32, hp300 and vax ports, and doesn't affect sysinst).
|
| 1.47 | 07-Aug-2003 |
agc | Move UCB-licensed code from 4-clause to 3-clause licence.
Patches provided by Joel Baker in PR 22308, verified by myself.
|
| 1.46 | 13-Jul-2003 |
lukem | xref dkctl(8)
|
| 1.45 | 06-May-2003 |
wiz | Bump date for last.
|
| 1.44 | 02-May-2003 |
gmcgarry | Document -I option. From Richard Rauch <rauch@math.rice.edu>
in PR#11890.
|
| 1.43 | 25-Feb-2003 |
wiz | .Nm does not need a dummy argument ("") before punctuation or
for correct formatting of the SYNOPSIS any longer.
|
| 1.42 | 21-Oct-2002 |
rtr | Removed "disklabel -I [-r] [-C] disk" from SYNOPSIS.
The code does not permit usage of the -I flag without either -e or -i.
|
| 1.41 | 28-Sep-2002 |
wiz | mdoc nits. New sentence, new line. Remove a comment about tahoe.
|
| 1.40 | 19-Aug-2002 |
enami | Fix an argument to -width option of .Bl macro.
|
| 1.39 | 08-Feb-2002 |
ross | Generate <>& symbolically. I'm avoiding .../dist/... directories for now.
|
| 1.38 | 14-Dec-2001 |
fredette | The sun2 also requires partitions in integer cylinders.
|
| 1.37 | 24-Nov-2001 |
perry | Note in far more places that -B is only supported on some platforms.
|
| 1.36 | 16-Nov-2001 |
wiz | Simplify markup in one place, and sort sections and SEE ALSO.
|
| 1.35 | 05-Jun-2001 |
wiz | Drop arguments of .Os.
|
| 1.34 | 14-Nov-2000 |
abs | xref (disklabel.8, fdisk.8, mbrlabel.8) as appropriate
|
| 1.33 | 08-Oct-2000 |
christos | allow -I -i to install a new label interactively.
|
| 1.32 | 12-Aug-2000 |
jhawk | "boostrap" => "bootstrap"
|
| 1.31 | 13-Jul-2000 |
hubertf | 'disklabel -i' on a disk without a label recommends to use -I. Document
that in the usage.
|
| 1.30 | 31-May-2000 |
fvdl | branches: 1.30.2;
Add a -I flag which, combined with -e, gives the user the opportunity
to edit and create a new label on a virgin disk.
|
| 1.29 | 09-Mar-2000 |
hubertf | branches: 1.29.2;
s/comprised/composed/, per PR 9586 by Seebs <seebs@ged.plethora.net>
|
| 1.28 | 31-Jan-2000 |
soda | mention that hpcmips and arc use `d' as RAW_PART.
|
| 1.27 | 03-Jun-1999 |
cgd | kill some bogus comments about -r: it _does not_ cause the boot area to
be clobbered. since 4.4-Lite(?) disklabel.c has gone to extra effort
to avoid clobbering the boot area when using -r, but the 4.4-Lite manual
pages were apparently not updated to note that!
|
| 1.26 | 09-Apr-1999 |
kleink | Update for sparc64.
|
| 1.25 | 07-Mar-1999 |
mycroft | branches: 1.25.2;
Clean up SYNOPSIS formatting.
|
| 1.24 | 19-Jan-1999 |
abs | Add '-f disktab' option to disklabel, via lib/6623 from
Greg A. Woods <woods@most.weird.com>. (Very) slightly tweaked disklabel.8
|
| 1.23 | 27-Apr-1998 |
fair | Clarify the documentation of the "-B" option, inspired by PR#5262.
Contrary to the PR, the "-B" option does work, but not on all platforms.
|
| 1.22 | 01-Jan-1998 |
enami | Add missing -C flag in SYNOPSIS
|
| 1.21 | 01-Jan-1998 |
enami | Fix typo; the flag for interactive disklabel creation is not -e but -i.
Also, make the description of -C flag into separate paragraph.
|
| 1.20 | 18-Oct-1997 |
fair | additional sun3/sparc warning about the "-r" option.
|
| 1.19 | 14-Oct-1997 |
fair | add a warning about sun3 and sparc systems requiring partitions in integer cylinders or the boot ROMs get upset, per PR#3267. Is that it?
|
| 1.18 | 11-Oct-1997 |
enami | - Use .Nm "" instead of .Nm disklabel in SYNOPSIS.
- Do a trick to remove whitespace before close paren from generated output.
- Delete space at the end of line.
|
| 1.17 | 10-Oct-1997 |
lukem | all but the first .Nm in SYNOPSIS need to be spelt out. [bin/4256]
|
| 1.16 | 14-Sep-1997 |
lukem | - cleanup use of .Nm
- xref installboot(8)
- deprecate register
|
| 1.15 | 02-Jul-1997 |
mikel | s/except/accept/, from John F. Woods in PR bin/3802
|
| 1.14 | 29-May-1997 |
cgd | Fix broken uses of Dd. Both the mdoc and mdoc.samples pages agree:
.Dd is supposed to be invoked like:
.Dd month day, year
e.g. ".Dd January 25, 1989", rather than:
.Dd "month day, year"
which is what these pages did.
|
| 1.13 | 08-Mar-1997 |
christos | Add -i (interactive mode to create/edit labels) inspired by the SunOS/Solaris
format/partition command.
|
| 1.12 | 02-Oct-1996 |
christos | PR/1551: clarify usage in manual page
PR/2452: add -t option to print label in disktab(5) format.
Misc cleanups...
|
| 1.11 | 29-Jun-1996 |
pk | Allow display and editing of partition size & offset fields in
<cyl/track/sector> format. This format is always excepted on input
(`-e' and `-R'); to display it use `-C'.
|
| 1.10 | 16-Jan-1996 |
hpeyerl | PR487. From John Kohl. (more examples and some corrections)
|
| 1.9 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.8 | 22-Sep-1994 |
mycroft | Finish 4.4-Lite merge, and convert to use err(3)/warn(3) functions.
|
| 1.7 | 24-Jun-1994 |
hpeyerl | disklabel(8) from 4.4 merged with our old disklabel(8) by John Brezak
(brezak@apollo.hp.com). hp300's can now disklabel by themselves.
|
| 1.6 | 14-Jan-1994 |
jtc | Fix spelling errors
|
| 1.5 | 05-Aug-1993 |
jtc | Update to -mandoc macros
|
| 1.4 | 01-Aug-1993 |
mycroft | Add RCS indentifiers.
|
| 1.3 | 23-Mar-1993 |
cgd | changed "Id" to "Header" for rcsids
|
| 1.2 | 22-Mar-1993 |
cgd | added rcs ids to all files
|
| 1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.2 | 22-Sep-1994 |
mycroft | Import original 4.4-Lite version.
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | initial import of 386bsd-0.1 sources
|
| 1.25.2.1 | 21-Jun-1999 |
perry | pullup 1.26->1.27 (cgd): Kill bogus comments about -r
|
| 1.29.2.1 | 22-Jun-2000 |
minoura | Sync w/ netbsd-1-5-base.
|
| 1.30.2.4 | 26-Feb-2001 |
he | Pull up revision 1.34 (requested by lukem):
Several fixes and enhancements:
o with ``-I'', initialize the label if it's not there, it's
corrupt, or there's no ``fake'' label.
o correct partition table header
o move some functions into a separate file for other programs
to use
o fix examples and cross references
o various cleanups
|
| 1.30.2.3 | 18-Oct-2000 |
tv | Pullup 1.30-1.33 [christos]:
typo and new doc for -I usage
|
| 1.30.2.2 | 12-Aug-2000 |
jhawk | Pullup rev 1.32, approved by thorpej:
"boostrap" => "bootstrap"
|
| 1.30.2.1 | 13-Jul-2000 |
hubertf | Pull up into 1.5, approved by thorpej:
Documenting where to use disklabel -I
disklabel.8: 1.30 -> 1.31
disklabel.c: 1.85 -> 1.86
|
| 1.68.6.1 | 13-Apr-2020 |
martin | Mostly merge changes from HEAD upto 20200411
|
| 1.136 | 12-Jun-2005 |
dyoung | Make disklabel(8) into a host-tool, "nbdisklabel." Move disklabel.c
to main.c to avoid a name collision with lib/libc/gen/disklabel.c
when we build nbdisklabel. Still todo: commit host-tool build
infrastructure to src/tools/disklabel/.
|
| 1.135 | 12-Nov-2004 |
hubertf | Translate an error message from C to english.
Before: disklabel: warning, partition g: offset % cylinder-size != 0
After: disklabel: warning, partition g: not starting on cylinder boundary
|
| 1.134 | 13-Jul-2004 |
enami | Warn overlapping partitions (except the one marked as FS_UNUSED).
Address PR#10777.
|
| 1.133 | 24-Jun-2004 |
enami | A variable referenced isn't `write only'.
Wrap long line and fix some indent while here.
|
| 1.132 | 22-Jun-2004 |
abs | Fix some interesting disklabel lossage:
If the input to 'disklabel' (non -i) referenced a partition two or more
larger than that permitted by npartitions it would error out with 'bad
partition name' (and the option given to re-edit if -e). If a partition one
larger was used it would be dropped from the disklabel with a warning and the
label written anyway! The (off by one) check for a bad partition name was
against npartitions anyway, rather than MAXPARTITIONS. npartitions was just
read from the disklabel and could have been set to an arbitrary value.
Given 'disklabel -i' sets npartitions automatically, make the normal case
check partition names against MAXPARTITIONS, and if necessary increase
npartitions to the size needed to hold the last partition used.
While here remove two 'write only' uses of a 'part' variable.
|
| 1.131 | 28-May-2004 |
erh | Make it possible to distinguish between exit values that indicate errors,
and those that are warnings. Document the exit statuses in the man page.
|
| 1.130 | 19-Mar-2004 |
dyoung | branches: 1.130.2;
Add flag -F to disklabel. Flag -F indicates that the target of the
disklabel operation is a file, not a disk. With -t disktab and -T
disktype, the user may tell disklabel the "geometry" for the file.
|
| 1.129 | 14-Mar-2004 |
christos | Fix remaining issues:
- use getulong everywhere for proper range checking
- fix error checking in getulong
|
| 1.128 | 13-Mar-2004 |
dsl | Fix breakage of last commit (disklabel -R just plain didn't work!)
Convert two large nasty #defines into much smaller (still nasty) #defines
that call proper functions.
Fixes PR 24765
|
| 1.127 | 29-Feb-2004 |
itojun | use strtoul() instead of atoi(). have proper range check for each fields.
|
| 1.126 | 18-Jan-2004 |
lukem | * Enable SAVEBOOTAREA on i386 and amd64 (by merging the Makefile
controls with the section for the other MBR-using platforms that
already enable this)
* Don't prompt the user to "erase the previous contents of the disk"
when there's no NetBSD MBR partition; SAVEBOOTAREA is sufficient.
These fixes mean that you can create a disklabel (on an i386/amd64) on a disk
that doesn't have a NetBSD MBR partition without trashing the existing MBR.
The previous behaviour was extremely annoying when working with media such
as FAT-formatted CF cards, and didn't really protect people with such from
accidentally trashing part of sector 1 of such disks, and made it extremely
easy to trash sectors 0..15 of those disks instead.
|
| 1.125 | 18-Jan-2004 |
dsl | Use correct sector number when the netbsd partition is in the extended
partition chain (and not the first extended partition).
|
| 1.124 | 05-Jan-2004 |
jmmv | Homogenize usage messages: make the 'usage' word all lowercase, as this seems
to be the most common practice in our tree.
|
| 1.123 | 11-Dec-2003 |
dyoung | fix spelling, s/extented/extended/
|
| 1.122 | 15-Nov-2003 |
bouyer | Commit changes proposed on tech-kern Thu, 6 Nov 2003
- factor out disksubr.c between sun3, sparc and sparc64. Keep the sun3
groveling code to find a NetBSD disklabel in the first sector (so that it
can find a label at the old sun3 LABELOFFSET) as a fallback is not
label at LABELOFFSET, or sun label is present.
- Fix the sun3 LABELOFFSET (was 64, but the kernel wrote the NetBSD label at
128)
- Make next68k disksubr.c always write a next-compatible disklabel.
- remove #ifdef __sparc__ hack from disklabel(8), and change it to issue
a DIOCWDINFO after writing the disklabel to the raw partition in the
-r/-I case (so that the kernel can convert the label if needed).
|
| 1.121 | 10-Nov-2003 |
fvdl | Bring back disklabel -B for now, since hp300 installboot isn't ready
for prime time yet.
|
| 1.120 | 08-Nov-2003 |
dsl | Rip out all the '-B bootblock' support, everything should use installboot(8).
(can only affect arm32, hp300 and vax ports, and doesn't affect sysinst).
|
| 1.119 | 08-Oct-2003 |
lukem | Overhaul MBR handling (part 1):
<sys/bootblock.h>:
* Added definitions for the Master Boot Record (MBR) used by
a variety of systems (primarily i386), including the format
of the BIOS Parameter Block (BPB).
This information was cribbed from a variety of sources
including <sys/disklabel_mbr.h> which this is a superset of.
As part of this, some data structure elements and #defines
were renamed to be more "namespace friendly" and consistent
with other bootblocks and MBR documentation.
Update all uses of the old names to the new names.
<sys/disklabel_mbr.h>:
* Deprecated in favor of <sys/bootblock.h> (the latter is more
"host tool" friendly).
amd64 & i386:
* Renamed /usr/mdec/bootxx_dosfs to /usr/mdec/bootxx_msdos, to
be consistent with the naming convention of the msdosfs tools.
* Removed /usr/mdec/bootxx_ufs, as it's equivalent to bootxx_ffsv1
and it's confusing to have two functionally equivalent bootblocks,
especially given that "ufs" has multiple meanings (it could be
a synonym for "ffs", or the group of ffs/lfs/ext2fs file systems).
* Rework pbr.S (the first sector of bootxx_*):
+ Ensure that BPB (bytes 11..89) and the partition table
(bytes 446..509) do not contain code.
+ Add support for booting from FAT partitions if BOOT_FROM_FAT
is defined. (Only set for bootxx_msdos).
+ Remove "dummy" partition 3; if people want to installboot(8)
these to the start of the disk they can use fdisk(8) to
create a real MBR partition table...
+ Compile with TERSE_ERROR so it fits because of the above.
Whilst this is less user friendly, I feel it's important
to have a valid partition table and BPB in the MBR/PBR.
* Renamed /usr/mdec/biosboot to /usr/mdec/boot, to be consistent
with other platforms.
* Enable SUPPORT_DOSFS in /usr/mdec/boot (stage2), so that
we can boot off FAT partitions.
* Crank version of /usr/mdec/boot to 3.1, and fix some of the other
entries in the version file.
installboot(8) (i386):
* Read the existing MBR of the filesystem and retain the BIOS
Parameter Block (BPB) in bytes 11..89 and the MBR partition
table in bytes 446..509. (Previously installboot(8) would
trash those two sections of the MBR.)
mbrlabel(8):
* Use sys/lib/libkern/xlat_mbr_fstype.c instead of homegrown code
to map the MBR partition type to the NetBSD disklabel type.
Test built "make release" for i386, and new bootblocks verified to work
(even off FAT!).
|
| 1.118 | 07-Aug-2003 |
agc | Move UCB-licensed code from 4-clause to 3-clause licence.
Patches provided by Joel Baker in PR 22308, verified by myself.
|
| 1.117 | 04-Aug-2003 |
dsl | Read correct sector when following extended partition chain.
Require extended partition chain to be through increasing sector numbers
in order to abort loops.
|
| 1.116 | 13-Jul-2003 |
itojun | use bounded copy (a few unbounded copy remains - need work)
|
| 1.115 | 07-Jul-2003 |
dsl | Allow for the netbsd partition being in the extended partition list.
|
| 1.114 | 02-Apr-2003 |
fvdl | Add support for UFS2. UFS2 is an enhanced FFS, adding support for
64 bit block pointers, extended attribute storage, and a few
other things.
This commit does not yet include the code to manipulate the extended
storage (for e.g. ACLs), this will be done later.
Originally written by Kirk McKusick and Network Associates Laboratories for
FreeBSD.
|
| 1.113 | 16-Jan-2003 |
kleink | Rename `sigset' locals to avoid symbol shadowing warning.
|
| 1.112 | 06-Jan-2003 |
wiz | writable, not writeable.
|
| 1.111 | 12-Dec-2002 |
scw | Use getlabel{sector,offset}() instead of LABEL{SECTOR,OFFSET}.
|
| 1.110 | 11-Dec-2002 |
fvdl | Handle MBRs for x86_64.
|
| 1.109 | 05-Dec-2002 |
jonb | While cleaning up other places that invoked $EDITOR, noticed that
this one had all the infrastructure of fork/exec/wait, like the
others, but called system instead of exec creating an extra PID
and associated memory usage during the edit.
|
| 1.108 | 18-Nov-2002 |
rtr | Fix bug causing segmentation fault when no fs type specified
|
| 1.107 | 28-Sep-2002 |
dbj | add FS_APPLEUFS
part of PR #17345
|
| 1.106 | 18-Jun-2002 |
itojun | need disklabel_mbr.h for USE_MBR build
|
| 1.105 | 27-May-2002 |
drochner | display / read the p_cdsession field in the FS_ISO9660 case
|
| 1.104 | 14-May-2002 |
thorpej | Alpha boot block stuff has moved to <sys/bootblock.h>
|
| 1.103 | 09-Apr-2002 |
mycroft | Make this build again after the alpha/disklabel.h and dev/dec/dec_boot.h
changes.
|
| 1.102 | 14-Feb-2002 |
kleink | When accessing the MBR magic as a 16-bit value, consider its on-disk
layout would be little-endian, too.
|
| 1.101 | 13-Dec-2001 |
reinoud | Remove `const' attribute from writelabel prototype and function to make it
compile again on Alpha.
|
| 1.100 | 29-Nov-2001 |
bjh21 | Rather than making FileCore boot block support conditional on __arm32__, make
it conditional on USE_ACORN, and define that if MACHINE is arm26 or acorn32.
This is less than optimal, and maybe we should define it for all ARM systems,
but then disklabel handling across architectures is generally a mess at the
moment.
|
| 1.99 | 19-Oct-2001 |
lukem | minor WARNS=2 stuff
|
| 1.98 | 15-Jun-2001 |
nonaka | Fix big-endian vs. MBR parameters.
|
| 1.97 | 29-Mar-2001 |
drochner | Don't error out if the mbr cannot be read.
This makes "disklabel cd0" working also on platforms with MBR support.
|
| 1.96 | 19-Feb-2001 |
cgd | convert to use getprogname()
|
| 1.95 | 08-Jan-2001 |
fvdl | When -I is specified, we mean to initialize the label if it's not there
already. So, don't fail if there appears to be a corrupt label or
no 'fake' label; get the 'default' label (which is generated
from DIOCGDEFLABEL) instead.
|
| 1.94 | 03-Jan-2001 |
enami | Test read(2) failure by read(..., sizeof(n)) != sizeof(n) instead of
< sizeof(n) to avoid unwanted type promotion.
|
| 1.93 | 03-Jan-2001 |
enami | Kill whitespace at the end of line.
|
| 1.92 | 24-Dec-2000 |
lukem | move showinfo() and showpartition() into separate file, for use by
other programs. slightly change argument signature so that globals
aren't depended upon.
|
| 1.91 | 24-Dec-2000 |
lukem | - convert to KNF ANSI style guide
- reorder arguments of runcmd(), getnum(), defnum() to be consistent
with other functions (pass struct disklabel * first)
|
| 1.90 | 27-Nov-2000 |
perseant | Change "cpg" to "cpg/sgs" in the printed partition table header, in an
attempt to avoid confusion. (PR #9230)
|
| 1.89 | 10-Oct-2000 |
is | Format string cleanups by Bill Sommerfeld.
|
| 1.88 | 08-Oct-2000 |
christos | allow -I -i to install a new label interactively.
|
| 1.87 | 14-Aug-2000 |
lukem | * use strcasecmp() instead of strcmp() so that filesystem type and disk type
searchs (amongst others) are case insensitive.
* in interactive mode (-i), when editing entries display supported disk types
and filesystem types when given `?' (when ``[?]'' appears in the prompt
this feature is supported for the question).
* support `m' as a suffix equivalent to `M'
* in interactive mode, be a bit more sensible about handling errors and EOF
* implement dumpnames(), which takes a char ** and size, and displays
as per ls -F (sorted, listed vertically) but indented by one tab
* don't assume d_typename and d_packname are NUL terminated
* fix up some comments and some warning messages (bad cut & pastos :)
* deprecate deffstypename() and getfstypename()
* be consistent when using sizeof()
|
| 1.86 | 13-Jul-2000 |
hubertf | 'disklabel -i' on a disk without a label recommends to use -I. Document
that in the usage.
|
| 1.85 | 07-Jul-2000 |
itojun | warnx?/errx? audit. don't pass variable/function return value alone.
use with "%s". from openbsd.
|
| 1.84 | 31-May-2000 |
fvdl | branches: 1.84.2;
Add a -I flag which, combined with -e, gives the user the opportunity
to edit and create a new label on a virgin disk.
|
| 1.83 | 27-May-2000 |
jdolecek | add system(3) for spawning the editor - this is handy when EDITOR is set to
something like 'editor arg1 arg2 ...'
|
| 1.82 | 25-May-2000 |
thorpej | branches: 1.82.2;
Provide some information when confirming "Write outside MBR partition".
|
| 1.81 | 31-Jan-2000 |
soda | - use MBR partition table also on arc.
- use defined(USE_MBR) instead of defined(__i386__), like hpcmips and arc.
|
| 1.80 | 18-Jan-2000 |
perseant | disklabel now understands the p_sgs partition field (shift to compute
segment size from block size).
newfs_lfs now reads the disklabel to find segment, block, and fragment
sizes. Because reading this info from the wrong fs type could result in
very poor fs layout (e.g. ffs has "16" where the segshift would go,
resulting in 512-*megabyte* segments for 8K blocks), newfs_lfs refuses
to create a filesystem on a partition not labeled "4.4LFS".
Man pages for newfs_lfs updated to reflect this change.
|
| 1.79 | 20-Dec-1999 |
fair | change "millisecond" to "microsecond" for headswitch and track seek
comments, to resolve PR 8189. This makes the documentation for these
fields consistent. Not that it matters - a grep of syssrc shows that
these fields aren't actually used for anything and should probably be
GC'd.
|
| 1.78 | 26-Nov-1999 |
mrg | allow changing partition info from inside the interactive handler.
|
| 1.77 | 12-Oct-1999 |
shin | Fix typo. ('_i386__' -> '__i386__')
Pointed by D'Arcy J.M. Cain, thanks.
|
| 1.76 | 11-Oct-1999 |
shin | add hpcmips support (MBR)
|
| 1.75 | 17-Sep-1999 |
ross | branches: 1.75.2;
don't unbalance { } pairs with #ifdefs or ctags(1) gets confused
|
| 1.74 | 21-Jul-1999 |
kleink | Try $TMPDIR before resorting to _PATH_TMP.
|
| 1.73 | 04-Jun-1999 |
is | Make BSDLFS a EXT2FS-like filesystem, that is, dont print or parse the cpg
field.
According to disklabel.h, its LFS semantics are "segment shift" (log2(segment
size)), but in the code it is used nowhere, and there are even plans to
allow non-poweroftwo segment sizes, so it won't ever work.
While at this, simplify the disktab-like output routine... here, currently,
BSDFFS, BSDLFS, EX2FS and ADOS do the same, so don't duplicate the code.
|
| 1.72 | 03-Jun-1999 |
is | Print bsize and fsize in disktab-format output also for LFS and ADOS.
|
| 1.71 | 03-Jun-1999 |
is | Print/parse block size, fragment size and cpg for FS_BSDLFS and FS_ADOS.
(cpg has different semantics for LFS and ADOS, but is in use.)
XXX The disktab reading/disktab format output writing needs still to be done.
|
| 1.70 | 03-Jun-1999 |
cgd | On NetBSD/alpha, go out of the way to read the boot area's contents if -r
is specified, so that the boot blocks aren't clobbered when writing labels.
|
| 1.69 | 03-May-1999 |
christos | Add a 'chain' command in interactive mode that allows you to vary the
size of the partitions, while the starting point gets adjusted automagically.
This chaining works for partitions that are not 'unused'.
|
| 1.68 | 30-Apr-1999 |
abs | STRICT_ALIGNMENT only applies to the start of partitions, not length.
|
| 1.67 | 29-Apr-1999 |
wrstuden | Fix disklabel -t to work with disks that don't end on a cylinder. Before it
wasn't adding a "su" entry, so when the disktab was read, the sectors per
unit was initialized to "nc"*"sc" which was wrong.
Fixes PR/7446 reported by Matthias Buelow <mkb@altair.mayn.de>.
|
| 1.66 | 26-Apr-1999 |
abs | Allow partitions to extend to the end of the disk, even when
STRICT_CYLINDER_ALIGNMENT defined. This allows existing valid disklabels
to work (including those generated by sysinst).
|
| 1.65 | 09-Apr-1999 |
bouyer | If checklabel() failed, the label has not been written, so exit(1).
|
| 1.64 | 05-Apr-1999 |
cgd | instead of coding an alpha boot block checksum routine here, use
the macro now provided by disklabel.h
|
| 1.63 | 27-Jan-1999 |
thorpej | branches: 1.63.2;
Use <sys/disklabel_mbr.h>
|
| 1.62 | 21-Jan-1999 |
pk | Enable non-cylinder-aligned partition warning on sparc[64] & sun3.
See also PR#6853.
|
| 1.61 | 19-Jan-1999 |
abs | Add '-f disktab' option to disklabel, via lib/6623 from
Greg A. Woods <woods@most.weird.com>. (Very) slightly tweaked disklabel.8
|
| 1.60 | 12-Nov-1998 |
christos | Adjust for DKTYPENAME changes.
|
| 1.59 | 10-Aug-1998 |
perry | bzero->memset, bcopy->memcpy, bcmp->memcmp
|
| 1.58 | 04-Aug-1998 |
drochner | -fix some lint warnings
-fix overflow conditions (PR bin/5534, Zdenek Salvet <salvet@ics.muni.cz>)
(+ one more: can VAX SMD drives be >4G?)
-fix output of "*" at odd end cylinder number (not odd size)
-break some lines >80 cols
|
| 1.57 | 27-Jul-1998 |
mycroft | Shift column headers into the right position.
|
| 1.56 | 26-Jul-1998 |
mycroft | const poisoning.
|
| 1.55 | 07-Jun-1998 |
mark | Fix from Chris Demetriou to modify the way in which arm32 filecore
checksums are calculated paying attention to the fact that the way
the checksum works a sectors filled with a single byte value will
always checksum correctly.
|
| 1.54 | 26-Mar-1998 |
cgd | when reading the MBR, seek to DOSBBSECTOR * DEV_BSIZE rather than just
DOSBBSECTOR. DOSBBSECTOR is 0 so it doesn't really matter, but the former
is what was really intended.
|
| 1.53 | 26-Mar-1998 |
cgd | in makebootarea() (if NUMBOOT is nonzero), before reading the contents
of the old boot area so that 'disklabel -r -w' won't clobber anything,
be sure to seek to the offset of the boot area (like readlabel() does).
Otherwise, if the machine has code which looks up machine-dependent label
bits, the offset read from will be incorrect, and disklabel will end up
secretly replacing the boot area with other data (which probably doesn't
look like a boot block). The only port this currently affects is
NetBSD/arm32, because it's the only one of the three ports that use
NUMBOOT > 0 that has MD label grovelling code.
|
| 1.52 | 25-Mar-1998 |
cgd | factor out some more common bits into 'confirm', and make it a bit more
bullet-proof. also, make the arm32 #ifdefs a bit more consistent with
the i386 #ifdefs (without actually changing the behaviour of the code).
|
| 1.51 | 24-Mar-1998 |
cgd | use warnx when warning about an old BSD partition ID (i386 MBR code),
since err/warn seem to be used consistently throughout the code, rather
than fprintf.
|
| 1.50 | 24-Mar-1998 |
cgd | KNF arm32-specific label-grovelling code. Also, clean up error messages
(errx instead of err, kill bogus newlines, make error messages look more
"normal").
|
| 1.49 | 02-Mar-1998 |
drochner | Handle new MBR partition ID on i386. Put all code which decides about
usability of an entry to one place, use same algorithm as kernel (ie,
check signature).
|
| 1.48 | 01-Jan-1998 |
enami | Fix usage; -i and -C flags are alway effective regardless of NUMBOOT.
|
| 1.47 | 19-Oct-1997 |
pk | branches: 1.47.2;
On the sparc, do not write to the raw disk at all if `-r' is on.
|
| 1.46 | 17-Oct-1997 |
mark | Added support for filecore partitions on arm32 platforms.
|
| 1.45 | 13-Oct-1997 |
bouyer | The number of fs types is FSMAXTYPES not DKMAXTYPES.
Correct read of formatted file (used with -e or -R) so that fstype with
spaces will work. Also enlarge the fstype field by 2 chars so that
"Linux Ext2" will not be truncated.
|
| 1.44 | 30-Sep-1997 |
phil | Backout prototype of opendisk.
|
| 1.43 | 30-Sep-1997 |
phil | Add a prototype for opendisk().
|
| 1.42 | 25-Sep-1997 |
lukem | switch to using opendisk(3) from libutil
|
| 1.41 | 16-Sep-1997 |
lukem | fix sccsid conflict
|
| 1.40 | 10-Jul-1997 |
veego | Define boot1 if NUMBOOT > 1.
Noticed in pr#3850, but fixed differently.
|
| 1.39 | 30-Jun-1997 |
christos | Fix warnings.
|
| 1.38 | 16-Mar-1997 |
lukem | use mkstemp() instead of mktemp()
|
| 1.37 | 08-Mar-1997 |
christos | Add -i (interactive mode to create/edit labels) inspired by the SunOS/Solaris
format/partition command.
|
| 1.36 | 20-Oct-1996 |
thorpej | Add missing '}', from David Carrel <carrel@ipsec.com>, PR #2873.
|
| 1.35 | 02-Oct-1996 |
christos | PR/1551: clarify usage in manual page
PR/2452: add -t option to print label in disktab(5) format.
Misc cleanups...
|
| 1.34 | 10-Aug-1996 |
explorer | Fix disklabel to deal with some syntax errors a little better.
Mostly, when someone specifies a partition entry like:
c: 1295850 0
or
g: 1295850 0 4.2BSD
disklabel would dump core. Now it generates a warning like it should
in the first case and complains about too few fields in the second.
Perhaps I should just default to unused in the first case, but this prevents
core dumps. (pr bin/2659)
|
| 1.33 | 10-Aug-1996 |
explorer | Don't display cylinder comments if the number of cylinders is zero. This
closes pr bin/2683.
|
| 1.32 | 29-Jun-1996 |
pk | On the sparc on an extra DIOCWDINFO after writing to the raw device.
|
| 1.31 | 29-Jun-1996 |
pk | Allow display and editing of partition size & offset fields in
<cyl/track/sector> format. This format is always accepted on input
(`-e' and `-R'); to display it use `-C'.
|
| 1.30 | 14-Mar-1996 |
ghudson | Include the total number of sectors in the text representation of
the label; calculating based on the disk geometry is not always
accurate (notably, for SCSI disks). Also be a bit more careful
about printing out fixed-width types.
|
| 1.29 | 26-Jun-1995 |
jtc | sys/errno.h -> errno.h
sys/signal.h -> signal.h
|
| 1.28 | 29-Apr-1995 |
mycroft | Make sure to reset signal mask on errors.
|
| 1.27 | 22-Mar-1995 |
cgd | make sure that the alpha boot block is checksummed in a way more
acceptable to charles; #ifdef it, and do it explicitly here, rather
than doing a WDINFO ioctl for the -r case.
|
| 1.26 | 22-Mar-1995 |
mycroft | Don't do a DIOCWDINFO after already writing the label.
|
| 1.25 | 21-Mar-1995 |
mycroft | Use POSIX signals.
|
| 1.24 | 19-Mar-1995 |
cgd | re-order the DIOCWLABEL in the rflag case, so it actually works right.
|
| 1.23 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.22 | 10-Feb-1995 |
cgd | do the DIOCWDINFO in writelabel() even if -r is specified.
On most machines it's redundant, but it gives others the chance to
take special actions, e.g. updating a checksum.
|
| 1.21 | 30-Jan-1995 |
mycroft | Fix typos, and minor cosmetic changes.
|
| 1.20 | 12-Jan-1995 |
mycroft | Change the magic question to an absolute, flat lie that should hopefully make
people think twice before toying with it. B-P
|
| 1.19 | 05-Dec-1994 |
cgd | more cleanups from Jim Jegers, passed over by me.
|
| 1.18 | 30-Sep-1994 |
mycroft | Clean up this festering pile of rotten code a bit. To wit:
* Add prototypes.
* Remove a strange and apparently pointless bit of code propagated
from 386BSD.
* Collapse NOWRITE and WRITEABLE into one.
* Use the same algorithm as the kernel for finding the label.
* Redo some of the parsing more sanely.
|
| 1.17 | 23-Sep-1994 |
mycroft | Eliminate uses of some obsolete functions.
|
| 1.16 | 22-Sep-1994 |
mycroft | Finish 4.4-Lite merge, and convert to use err(3)/warn(3) functions.
|
| 1.15 | 20-Jul-1994 |
brezak | Fix i386 disklabel bug
|
| 1.14 | 05-Jul-1994 |
deraadt | branches: 1.14.2;
usage message with less surprise
|
| 1.13 | 24-Jun-1994 |
hpeyerl | disklabel(8) from 4.4 merged with our old disklabel(8) by John Brezak
(brezak@apollo.hp.com). hp300's can now disklabel by themselves.
|
| 1.12 | 13-Jun-1994 |
cgd | fix include file
|
| 1.11 | 21-Mar-1994 |
cgd | don't core so easily
|
| 1.10 | 06-Dec-1993 |
cgd | 386BSD -> NetBSD and/or i386
|
| 1.9 | 02-Dec-1993 |
mycroft | We said we're going to default to `n', now do it!
|
| 1.8 | 13-Oct-1993 |
mycroft | Check boundary of *c* partition against the DOS partition table, not the *a*
partition, as we might want the latter to not necessarily be at the beginning
of the NetBSD section.
|
| 1.7 | 07-Aug-1993 |
cgd | merge in changes from netbsd-0-9-ALPHA2
|
| 1.6 | 01-Aug-1993 |
mycroft | Add RCS identifiers.
|
| 1.5 | 18-Apr-1993 |
mycroft | branches: 1.5.2;
Cleanup for GCC 2.
|
| 1.4 | 23-Mar-1993 |
cgd | changed "Id" to "Header" for rcsids
|
| 1.3 | 22-Mar-1993 |
cgd | added rcs ids to all files
|
| 1.2 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | after 0.2.2 "stable" patches applied
|
| 1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.3 | 16-Sep-1997 |
lukem | imported from lite-2
|
| 1.1.1.2 | 22-Sep-1994 |
mycroft | Import original 4.4-Lite version.
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | initial import of 386bsd-0.1 sources
|
| 1.5.2.1 | 04-Aug-1993 |
cgd | patch from terry@uieosa.csl.uiuc.edu to deal with an uninitialized
pointer bug.
|
| 1.14.2.2 | 20-Jul-1994 |
cgd | update from trunk; better fix.
|
| 1.14.2.1 | 20-Jul-1994 |
cgd | don't clobber i386 BIOS labels. from tim@introl.introl.com.
a bit of a hack -- a better fix will go in the trunk in a day or two.
|
| 1.47.2.2 | 20-Jan-1999 |
cgd | pull up rev 1.48 from trunk (via patch). (drochner)
|
| 1.47.2.1 | 23-Nov-1998 |
cgd | pull up rev 1.49 from trunk (jonathan)
|
| 1.63.2.6 | 10-Oct-2000 |
he | Pull up revision 1.89 (via patch, requested by is):
Format string cleanup.
|
| 1.63.2.5 | 22-Jun-1999 |
perry | pullup 1.70->1.73 (is)
|
| 1.63.2.4 | 21-Jun-1999 |
perry | pullup 1.69->1.70 (cgd)
|
| 1.63.2.3 | 30-Apr-1999 |
perry | pullup 1.67->1.68 (David Brownlee)
|
| 1.63.2.2 | 29-Apr-1999 |
perry | pullup 1.65->1.66 (abs), 1.66->1.67 (wrstuden)
|
| 1.63.2.1 | 09-Apr-1999 |
bouyer | Pull up 1.64->1.65: If we didn't write the label because checklabel() failed,
exit with a non-zero status.
|
| 1.75.2.1 | 27-Dec-1999 |
wrstuden | Pull up to last week's -current.
|
| 1.82.2.1 | 22-Jun-2000 |
minoura | Sync w/ netbsd-1-5-base.
|
| 1.84.2.7 | 16-Aug-2001 |
tv | Pullup [drochner]:
sbin/disklabel/disklabel.c 1.97
Make disklabel viewing work on platforms that use MBR, for devices
without a valid MBR (such as CD-ROMs).
|
| 1.84.2.6 | 26-Feb-2001 |
he | Pull up revisions 1.90-1.95 (requested by lukem):
Several fixes and enhancements:
o with ``-I'', initialize the label if it's not there, it's
corrupt, or there's no ``fake'' label.
o correct partition table header
o move some functions into a separate file for other programs
to use
o fix examples and cross references
o various cleanups
|
| 1.84.2.5 | 18-Oct-2000 |
tv | Pullup 1.84-1.87 [christos]:
cleanup c syntax (sizeof parentheses)
|
| 1.84.2.4 | 18-Oct-2000 |
tv | Pullup 1.88 (with 1.89) [christos]:
Allow -i with -I.
|
| 1.84.2.3 | 18-Oct-2000 |
tv | Pullup sbin string format fixes [is].
See "cvs log" for explicit revision numbers per file, from sommerfeld.
|
| 1.84.2.2 | 27-Jul-2000 |
itojun | pullup (approved by releng-1-5)
printf-like format pedant. do not pass string variable alone. use "%s".
from openbsd.
/cvsroot/basesrc/sbin/swapctl/swapctl.c 1.14 -> 1.15
/cvsroot/basesrc/sbin/ping6/ping6.c 1.15 -> 1.16
/cvsroot/basesrc/sbin/disklabel/disklabel.c 1.84 -> 1.85
/cvsroot/basesrc/sbin/ccdconfig/ccdconfig.c 1.30 -> 1.31
|
| 1.84.2.1 | 13-Jul-2000 |
hubertf | Pull up into 1.5, approved by thorpej:
Documenting where to use disklabel -I
disklabel.8: 1.30 -> 1.31
disklabel.c: 1.85 -> 1.86
|
| 1.130.2.1 | 11-Sep-2004 |
he | Pull up revisions 1.132-1.133 (requested by abs in ticket #825):
Fix an off-by-one error in calculating how many partitions
are allowed, and also fix which value we use to compare the
maximum number of partitions against.
|
| 1.14 | 03-May-2013 |
matt | Make disklabel a MI tool. It will use MACHINE/MACHINE_ARCH to determine
the disklabel params as well as allowing command-line options of -M <machine>
and -B {le,be} to specify MACHINE and byteorder to be used.
|
| 1.13 | 05-Jan-2010 |
tsutsui | branches: 1.13.6; 1.13.12;
Add necessary byteswap ops for tools disklabel(8) used with -F option
(treating a target disk as a regular file and suppressing ioctl(2)s)
on reading/writing disklabel in a target file.
This allows cross build enviroment creating bootable disk images
for targets in different endian.
No functional changes to native (non-tools) disklabel(8) command.
Closes PR toolchain/42357.
|
| 1.12 | 24-Oct-2009 |
tsutsui | - u_short -> uint16_t
- KNF a bit
|
| 1.11 | 12-Jun-2005 |
dyoung | Make disklabel(8) into a host-tool, "nbdisklabel." Move disklabel.c
to main.c to avoid a name collision with lib/libc/gen/disklabel.c
when we build nbdisklabel. Still todo: commit host-tool build
infrastructure to src/tools/disklabel/.
|
| 1.10 | 07-Aug-2003 |
agc | Move UCB-licensed code from 4-clause to 3-clause licence.
Patches provided by Joel Baker in PR 22308, verified by myself.
|
| 1.9 | 24-Dec-2000 |
lukem | - convert to KNF ANSI style guide
- reorder arguments of runcmd(), getnum(), defnum() to be consistent
with other functions (pass struct disklabel * first)
|
| 1.8 | 14-Sep-1997 |
lukem | branches: 1.8.12;
- cleanup use of .Nm
- xref installboot(8)
- deprecate register
|
| 1.7 | 30-Jun-1997 |
christos | Fix warnings.
|
| 1.6 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.5 | 22-Sep-1994 |
mycroft | Finish 4.4-Lite merge, and convert to use err(3)/warn(3) functions.
|
| 1.4 | 01-Aug-1993 |
mycroft | Add RCS identifiers.
|
| 1.3 | 23-Mar-1993 |
cgd | changed "Id" to "Header" for rcsids
|
| 1.2 | 22-Mar-1993 |
cgd | added rcs ids to all files
|
| 1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.2 | 22-Sep-1994 |
mycroft | Import original 4.4-Lite version.
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | initial import of 386bsd-0.1 sources
|
| 1.8.12.1 | 26-Feb-2001 |
he | Pull up revision 1.9 (requested by lukem):
Several fixes and enhancements:
o with ``-I'', initialize the label if it's not there, it's
corrupt, or there's no ``fake'' label.
o correct partition table header
o move some functions into a separate file for other programs
to use
o fix examples and cross references
o various cleanups
|
| 1.13.12.1 | 23-Jun-2013 |
tls | resync from head
|
| 1.13.6.1 | 22-May-2014 |
yamt | sync with head.
for a reference, the tree before this commit was tagged
as yamt-pagecache-tag8.
this commit was splitted into small chunks to avoid
a limitation of cvs. ("Protocol error: too many arguments")
|
| 1.6 | 03-May-2013 |
matt | Make disklabel a MI tool. It will use MACHINE/MACHINE_ARCH to determine
the disklabel params as well as allowing command-line options of -M <machine>
and -B {le,be} to specify MACHINE and byteorder to be used.
|
| 1.5 | 05-Jan-2010 |
tsutsui | branches: 1.5.6; 1.5.12;
Add necessary byteswap ops for tools disklabel(8) used with -F option
(treating a target disk as a regular file and suppressing ioctl(2)s)
on reading/writing disklabel in a target file.
This allows cross build enviroment creating bootable disk images
for targets in different endian.
No functional changes to native (non-tools) disklabel(8) command.
Closes PR toolchain/42357.
|
| 1.4 | 24-Oct-2009 |
tsutsui | - u_short -> uint16_t
- KNF a bit
|
| 1.3 | 24-Dec-2000 |
lukem | - convert to KNF ANSI style guide
- reorder arguments of runcmd(), getnum(), defnum() to be consistent
with other functions (pass struct disklabel * first)
|
| 1.2 | 09-Jan-1998 |
perry | branches: 1.2.10;
RCS Id Police.
|
| 1.1 | 30-Jun-1997 |
christos | Fix warnings.
|
| 1.2.10.1 | 26-Feb-2001 |
he | Pull up revision 1.3 (requested by lukem):
Several fixes and enhancements:
o with ``-I'', initialize the label if it's not there, it's
corrupt, or there's no ``fake'' label.
o correct partition table header
o move some functions into a separate file for other programs
to use
o fix examples and cross references
o various cleanups
|
| 1.5.12.1 | 23-Jun-2013 |
tls | resync from head
|
| 1.5.6.1 | 22-May-2014 |
yamt | sync with head.
for a reference, the tree before this commit was tagged
as yamt-pagecache-tag8.
this commit was splitted into small chunks to avoid
a limitation of cvs. ("Protocol error: too many arguments")
|
| 1.13 | 03-May-2013 |
matt | Make disklabel a MI tool. It will use MACHINE/MACHINE_ARCH to determine
the disklabel params as well as allowing command-line options of -M <machine>
and -B {le,be} to specify MACHINE and byteorder to be used.
|
| 1.12 | 17-Jan-2013 |
christos | move dk_ioctl to a header file for the benefit of x-building.
|
| 1.11 | 21-Oct-2009 |
snj | branches: 1.11.6; 1.11.12;
Remove 3rd and 4th clauses in christos' license. OK christos.
|
| 1.10 | 26-Nov-2006 |
jmmv | Add a '-l' flag and a 'L' command to interactive mode to list all known
file system types. (Similar to what fdisk does for partition types.)
Closes PR bin/12954.
|
| 1.9 | 19-Oct-2005 |
dsl | Rototil the way disklabel -r reads and writes labels.
In particular the 'read' part plays 'hunt the disklabel' in order to get a
label into a local buffer - from where it can be displayed/edited.
The 'write' part makes a separate scan of the disk looking for places to
write the label.
The main changes are:
- It can no longer write the first 8k of the mbr to the pbr (or v.v.)
- All labels on the disk (that it can find) get updated during a write
- With -A all the labels are displayed (inc. those deleted by -D)
- Addition of -D which will delete (by one's complimenting dk_magic{2}) and
existing labels before writing labels to the expected locations.
- -v gives some verbose output to stderr, -vv more etc
A better basis for processing incorrect endian labels, or labels from other
architectures.
|
| 1.8 | 13-Dec-2001 |
reinoud | Remove `const' attribute from writelabel prototype and function to make it
compile again on Alpha.
|
| 1.7 | 26-May-2001 |
christos | - KNF printlabel.c
- add a function to print only one partition's info.
- print the partition information if it was modified in interactive mode.
- improve on the chaining code. [still assumes that partition offsets increase
monotonically]. We could check for overlap too.
|
| 1.6 | 24-Dec-2000 |
lukem | move showinfo() and showpartition() into separate file, for use by
other programs. slightly change argument signature so that globals
aren't depended upon.
|
| 1.5 | 24-Dec-2000 |
lukem | - convert to KNF ANSI style guide
- reorder arguments of runcmd(), getnum(), defnum() to be consistent
with other functions (pass struct disklabel * first)
|
| 1.4 | 26-Nov-1999 |
mrg | branches: 1.4.4;
allow changing partition info from inside the interactive handler.
|
| 1.3 | 03-May-1999 |
christos | branches: 1.3.4;
Add a 'chain' command in interactive mode that allows you to vary the
size of the partitions, while the starting point gets adjusted automagically.
This chaining works for partitions that are not 'unused'.
|
| 1.2 | 30-Jun-1997 |
christos | Fix warnings.
|
| 1.1 | 08-Mar-1997 |
christos | Add -i (interactive mode to create/edit labels) inspired by the SunOS/Solaris
format/partition command.
|
| 1.3.4.1 | 27-Dec-1999 |
wrstuden | Pull up to last week's -current.
|
| 1.4.4.1 | 26-Feb-2001 |
he | Pull up revisions 1.5-1.6 (requested by lukem):
Several fixes and enhancements:
o with ``-I'', initialize the label if it's not there, it's
corrupt, or there's no ``fake'' label.
o correct partition table header
o move some functions into a separate file for other programs
to use
o fix examples and cross references
o various cleanups
|
| 1.11.12.2 | 23-Jun-2013 |
tls | resync from head
|
| 1.11.12.1 | 25-Feb-2013 |
tls | resync with head
|
| 1.11.6.2 | 22-May-2014 |
yamt | sync with head.
for a reference, the tree before this commit was tagged
as yamt-pagecache-tag8.
this commit was splitted into small chunks to avoid
a limitation of cvs. ("Protocol error: too many arguments")
|
| 1.11.6.1 | 23-Jan-2013 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.40 | 03-Nov-2021 |
nia | disklabel(8): convert malloc(x * y) to reallocarr
|
| 1.39 | 31-Jan-2016 |
christos | PR/50729: Izumi Tsutsui: Add "SMALLPROG"-like options to disklabel(8)
|
| 1.38 | 03-May-2013 |
matt | Make disklabel a MI tool. It will use MACHINE/MACHINE_ARCH to determine
the disklabel params as well as allowing command-line options of -M <machine>
and -B {le,be} to specify MACHINE and byteorder to be used.
|
| 1.37 | 17-Jan-2013 |
christos | move dk_ioctl to a header file for the benefit of x-building.
|
| 1.36 | 15-Jan-2013 |
christos | - simplify getinput.
- add adjust command.
|
| 1.35 | 06-Jan-2011 |
apb | branches: 1.35.6; 1.35.12;
Change printf formats to match the data type of the values being
printed. There's now a lot of PRIu16 and PRIu32, some PRIu8, some
SCNu32, and a few cases where %u and %d were reversed. Multiplication
of 32-bit and 8-bit values is cast to uint64_t and printed with PRIu64.
Inspired by a report from Patrick Welche on current-users.
|
| 1.34 | 28-May-2010 |
dholland | Change getnum() to use intmax_t instead of int, so it doesn't overflow
between 2^31 and 2^32. Adjust call sites accordingly. PR 43354.
|
| 1.33 | 28-Nov-2009 |
abs | - Display "Enter '?' for help" when starting interactive mode
- Use %.40g rather than %g when printing sectors and MB for existing
partition size/offset.
Changes [1.93802e+06c, 1953525105s, 953870M]:
to: [1938021c, 1953525105s, 953869.6875M]:
|
| 1.32 | 21-Oct-2009 |
snj | Remove 3rd and 4th clauses in christos' license. OK christos.
|
| 1.31 | 16-Mar-2009 |
lukem | fix sign-compare issues
|
| 1.30 | 26-Nov-2006 |
jmmv | branches: 1.30.26; 1.30.28; 1.30.32;
Add a '-l' flag and a 'L' command to interactive mode to list all known
file system types. (Similar to what fdisk does for partition types.)
Closes PR bin/12954.
|
| 1.29 | 18-Mar-2006 |
dsl | Avoid indexing beyond the end of a malloced array.
Rework loop to be less confusing.
Coverty 519 made me read this code, but this isn't the 'bug' it found.
|
| 1.28 | 17-Mar-2006 |
rumble | Gracefully handle out of memory condition.
|
| 1.27 | 19-Oct-2005 |
dsl | Rototil the way disklabel -r reads and writes labels.
In particular the 'read' part plays 'hunt the disklabel' in order to get a
label into a local buffer - from where it can be displayed/edited.
The 'write' part makes a separate scan of the disk looking for places to
write the label.
The main changes are:
- It can no longer write the first 8k of the mbr to the pbr (or v.v.)
- All labels on the disk (that it can find) get updated during a write
- With -A all the labels are displayed (inc. those deleted by -D)
- Addition of -D which will delete (by one's complimenting dk_magic{2}) and
existing labels before writing labels to the expected locations.
- -v gives some verbose output to stderr, -vv more etc
A better basis for processing incorrect endian labels, or labels from other
architectures.
|
| 1.26 | 27-Jun-2005 |
christos | Move WARNS=3 to the Makefile.inc, and add a little const to the remaining
programs that did not compile before.
|
| 1.25 | 12-Jun-2005 |
dyoung | Make disklabel(8) into a host-tool, "nbdisklabel." Move disklabel.c
to main.c to avoid a name collision with lib/libc/gen/disklabel.c
when we build nbdisklabel. Still todo: commit host-tool build
infrastructure to src/tools/disklabel/.
|
| 1.24 | 07-Apr-2005 |
christos | Recognize more units and be more helpful when we enter bad units.
|
| 1.23 | 29-Dec-2003 |
jdc | Add missing ' in prompt text.
Pointed out by Allen Briggs.
|
| 1.22 | 29-Dec-2003 |
jdc | Add the ability to define a partition as starting after another partition.
If chaining is on, display all changed partitions (not just this one).
OK'ed by Christos.
|
| 1.21 | 20-Oct-2003 |
pooka | Handle partition offset and size as unsigned entities.
|
| 1.20 | 29-Jun-2002 |
grant | disallow creation of partitions which start beyond (or extend beyond)
the end of the disk.
|
| 1.19 | 19-Oct-2001 |
lukem | branches: 1.19.2;
minor WARNS=2 stuff
|
| 1.18 | 26-May-2001 |
christos | - KNF printlabel.c
- add a function to print only one partition's info.
- print the partition information if it was modified in interactive mode.
- improve on the chaining code. [still assumes that partition offsets increase
monotonically]. We could check for overlap too.
|
| 1.17 | 24-Dec-2000 |
lukem | move showinfo() and showpartition() into separate file, for use by
other programs. slightly change argument signature so that globals
aren't depended upon.
|
| 1.16 | 24-Dec-2000 |
lukem | - convert to KNF ANSI style guide
- reorder arguments of runcmd(), getnum(), defnum() to be consistent
with other functions (pass struct disklabel * first)
|
| 1.15 | 04-Sep-2000 |
lukem | in cmd_name(), put the default prompt into a temporary buffer rather
than overwrite the existing d_packname. noted by enami@.
|
| 1.14 | 14-Aug-2000 |
lukem | * use strcasecmp() instead of strcmp() so that filesystem type and disk type
searchs (amongst others) are case insensitive.
* in interactive mode (-i), when editing entries display supported disk types
and filesystem types when given `?' (when ``[?]'' appears in the prompt
this feature is supported for the question).
* support `m' as a suffix equivalent to `M'
* in interactive mode, be a bit more sensible about handling errors and EOF
* implement dumpnames(), which takes a char ** and size, and displays
as per ls -F (sorted, listed vertically) but indented by one tab
* don't assume d_typename and d_packname are NUL terminated
* fix up some comments and some warning messages (bad cut & pastos :)
* deprecate deffstypename() and getfstypename()
* be consistent when using sizeof()
|
| 1.13 | 17-Dec-1999 |
abs | branches: 1.13.4;
Use '$' instead of '-' to select remainder of disk interactively
|
| 1.12 | 17-Dec-1999 |
abs | When setting size of partitions interactively allow '-' for remainder of disk
|
| 1.11 | 26-Nov-1999 |
mrg | allow changing partition info from inside the interactive handler.
|
| 1.10 | 05-Sep-1999 |
abs | branches: 1.10.4;
Accept 'Y' for label disk as well as 'y'
|
| 1.9 | 03-May-1999 |
christos | Add a 'chain' command in interactive mode that allows you to vary the
size of the partitions, while the starting point gets adjusted automagically.
This chaining works for partitions that are not 'unused'.
|
| 1.8 | 12-Nov-1998 |
christos | branches: 1.8.2;
Adjust for DKTYPENAME changes.
|
| 1.7 | 13-Oct-1997 |
bouyer | The number of fs types is FSMAXTYPES not DKMAXTYPES.
Correct read of formatted file (used with -e or -R) so that fstype with
spaces will work. Also enlarge the fstype field by 2 chars so that
"Linux Ext2" will not be truncated.
|
| 1.6 | 18-Sep-1997 |
enami | Don't pass return value of writelabel() to strerror(), since
the value is not a errno but just 0 or 1.
|
| 1.5 | 30-Jun-1997 |
christos | Fix warnings.
|
| 1.4 | 18-Mar-1997 |
christos | Off by one.
|
| 1.3 | 09-Mar-1997 |
christos | fix reversed test for maxpartitions.
|
| 1.2 | 09-Mar-1997 |
christos | Jason says: Use getmaxpartitions(3) to determine the number of partitions
allowed in this architecture.
|
| 1.1 | 08-Mar-1997 |
christos | Add -i (interactive mode to create/edit labels) inspired by the SunOS/Solaris
format/partition command.
|
| 1.8.2.2 | 17-Dec-1999 |
he | Pull up revisions 1.12-1.13 (requested by abs):
When setting size of partitions interactively, allow '$'
for the remainder of the disk.
|
| 1.8.2.1 | 10-Sep-1999 |
he | Pull up revision 1.10:
'Label disk?' prompt should check for 'Y' as well as 'y'. (abs)
|
| 1.10.4.1 | 27-Dec-1999 |
wrstuden | Pull up to last week's -current.
|
| 1.13.4.2 | 26-Feb-2001 |
he | Pull up revisions 1.16-1.17 (requested by lukem):
Several fixes and enhancements:
o with ``-I'', initialize the label if it's not there, it's
corrupt, or there's no ``fake'' label.
o correct partition table header
o move some functions into a separate file for other programs
to use
o fix examples and cross references
o various cleanups
|
| 1.13.4.1 | 18-Oct-2000 |
tv | Pullup 1.13-1.15 [christos]:
supported disk types printout, sizeof parentheses, better error messages.
|
| 1.19.2.1 | 29-Jun-2002 |
lukem | Pull up revision 1.20 (requested by grant in ticket #402):
disallow creation of partitions which start beyond (or extend beyond)
the end of the disk.
|
| 1.30.32.1 | 20-May-2011 |
matt | bring matt-nb5-mips64 up to date with netbsd-5-1-RELEASE (except compat).
|
| 1.30.28.1 | 13-May-2009 |
jym | Sync with HEAD.
Third (and last) commit. See http://mail-index.netbsd.org/source-changes/2009/05/13/msg221222.html
|
| 1.30.26.1 | 12-Jun-2010 |
riz | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by dholland in ticket #1410):
sbin/disklabel/interact.c: revision 1.34
Change getnum() to use intmax_t instead of int, so it doesn't overflow
between 2^31 and 2^32. Adjust call sites accordingly. PR 43354.
|
| 1.35.12.2 | 23-Jun-2013 |
tls | resync from head
|
| 1.35.12.1 | 25-Feb-2013 |
tls | resync with head
|
| 1.35.6.2 | 22-May-2014 |
yamt | sync with head.
for a reference, the tree before this commit was tagged
as yamt-pagecache-tag8.
this commit was splitted into small chunks to avoid
a limitation of cvs. ("Protocol error: too many arguments")
|
| 1.35.6.1 | 23-Jan-2013 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.59 | 19-Jan-2025 |
tsutsui | Add an entry of (belated) virt68k. Required to build live-image.
XXX: should be added to https://www.netbsd.org/developers/new-port.html
|
| 1.58 | 15-May-2024 |
tsutsui | branches: 1.58.2;
Fix an old bug in NATIVELABEL_ONLY case in PR/50729 by me. (sigh)
'disklabel -r -w' writes a disklabel at a wrong sector in
NATIVELABEL_ONLY && !LABELUSESMBR && LABELSECTOR != 0 case
if the target disk doesn't have a valid disklabel, due to
incorrect LABEL_OFFSET value.
Found and investigated on NetBSD/hp300 bootable CD tests.
Maybe this affects ports that use distrib/utils/x_disklabel
but have no MBR support, i.e. only NetBSD/hp300 10.0 and
NetBSD/ews4800mips 9.0 and later.
Should be pulled up to netbsd-10 and netbsd-9.
|
| 1.57 | 03-Nov-2021 |
nia | branches: 1.57.2;
disklabel(8): convert malloc(x * y) to reallocarr
|
| 1.56 | 29-May-2021 |
christos | first check, then copy
|
| 1.55 | 29-Sep-2020 |
msaitoh | branches: 1.55.2;
s/occurence/occurrence/
|
| 1.54 | 29-Sep-2020 |
msaitoh | s/parition/partition/
|
| 1.53 | 03-Aug-2019 |
isaki | Fix a trivial wrong comment. x68k's arch is not m68010.
|
| 1.52 | 03-Jul-2019 |
mlelstv | branches: 1.52.2;
Fix NATIVELABEL_ONLY build.
|
| 1.51 | 02-Jul-2019 |
mlelstv | Add options to define labelsector and -offset and number of slices.
Make options to chose alternate label position for systems using MBR
more intuitive. -m now selects mode with MBR, -n selects mode without,
independent of the machine defaults.
|
| 1.50 | 27-Jun-2018 |
kamil | branches: 1.50.2;
Avoid misaligned access in disklabel(8) in find_label()
Introduce a new helper variable tlp and use it for memory access.
Detected with MKSANITIZER/UBSan
A patch by <christos>
|
| 1.49 | 01-Apr-2018 |
ryo | Add initial support for ARMv8 (AARCH64) (by nisimura@ and ryo@)
- sys/arch/evbarm64 is gone and integrated into sys/arch/evbarm. (by skrll@)
- add support fdt. evbarm/conf/GENERIC64 fdt (bcm2837,sunxi,tegra) based generic 64bit kernel config. (by skrll@, jmcneill@)
|
| 1.48 | 24-Jan-2018 |
skrll | branches: 1.48.2;
Remove port-acorn26
OK core@
|
| 1.47 | 09-Mar-2017 |
chs | use warnx() rather than warn() in a case where errno is not relevant.
|
| 1.46 | 31-Jan-2016 |
christos | branches: 1.46.2; 1.46.4;
PR/50729: Izumi Tsutsui: Add "SMALLPROG"-like options to disklabel(8)
|
| 1.45 | 27-Apr-2015 |
christos | fix mistake in previous
|
| 1.44 | 25-Apr-2015 |
christos | make table smaller in size.
|
| 1.43 | 02-Jan-2015 |
christos | Fix the 3 programs that use DTYPE_ (disklabel disk types) constants from the
kernel. Two of them are inside ifdefs.
|
| 1.42 | 19-Sep-2014 |
matt | Add OpenRISC 1000 & UCB RISC-V platform support.
|
| 1.41 | 10-Aug-2014 |
apb | Fix typo in "dreamcast" port name.
|
| 1.40 | 10-Aug-2014 |
matt | Changes to existing files to enable building AARCH64 userland.
evbarm64-el
This is clang only. While gcc4.8 supports aarch64, no netbsd support has
been written for aarch64 with gcc4.8.
|
| 1.39 | 15-Jul-2014 |
joerg | Print uint32_t field as such.
|
| 1.38 | 24-Feb-2014 |
skrll | branches: 1.38.2;
Rename NetBSD/hp700 to NetBSD/hppa.
Unfortunately our VCS isn't very helpful here.
|
| 1.37 | 22-Aug-2013 |
matt | Add m68000/coldfire.
Add evbcf.
|
| 1.36 | 11-Aug-2013 |
riz | A number of new earm MACHINE_ARCH have shown up recently; make sure
we can deduce their endianness.
|
| 1.35 | 15-May-2013 |
christos | %td is for ptrdiff_t not for off_t
|
| 1.34 | 13-May-2013 |
christos | CVE 1020933: Prevent integer overflow by using wider type
|
| 1.33 | 13-May-2013 |
christos | CVE 1020935: Prevent overflow
|
| 1.32 | 05-May-2013 |
skrll | Add an arch_endian entry for x86_64.
|
| 1.31 | 03-May-2013 |
matt | Make sure to initialize byteorder if native.
|
| 1.30 | 03-May-2013 |
matt | Fix tpyos.
|
| 1.29 | 03-May-2013 |
matt | Make disklabel a MI tool. It will use MACHINE/MACHINE_ARCH to determine
the disklabel params as well as allowing command-line options of -M <machine>
and -B {le,be} to specify MACHINE and byteorder to be used.
|
| 1.28 | 17-Jan-2013 |
christos | move dk_ioctl to a header file for the benefit of x-building.
|
| 1.27 | 08-Apr-2012 |
cyber | branches: 1.27.2;
PR bin/45744
from Julian Fagir
Removing options that have had implementations removed.
-b: removed in -r1.4
-s: removed in -r1.2
|
| 1.26 | 30-Aug-2011 |
bouyer | branches: 1.26.2;
Add getlabelusesmbr(), as proposed in
http://mail-index.netbsd.org/tech-userlevel/2011/08/25/msg005404.html
This is used by disk tools such as disklabel(8) to dynamically decide is
the undelyling platform uses a disklabel-in-mbr-partition or not
(instead of using a compile-time list of ports).
getlabelusesmbr() reads the sysctl kern.labelusesmbr, takes its value from the
machdep #define LABELUSESMBR.
For evbmips, make LABELUSESMBR 1 if the platform uses pmon
as bootloader, and 0 (the previous value) otherwise.
|
| 1.25 | 29-Aug-2011 |
joerg | Use __dead
|
| 1.24 | 06-Jan-2011 |
apb | Change printf formats to match the data type of the values being
printed. There's now a lot of PRIu16 and PRIu32, some PRIu8, some
SCNu32, and a few cases where %u and %d were reversed. Multiplication
of 32-bit and 8-bit values is cast to uint64_t and printed with PRIu64.
Inspired by a report from Patrick Welche on current-users.
|
| 1.23 | 06-Jan-2011 |
christos | match printf formats and types from Patrick Welche
|
| 1.22 | 05-Jan-2010 |
tsutsui | Add necessary byteswap ops for tools disklabel(8) used with -F option
(treating a target disk as a regular file and suppressing ioctl(2)s)
on reading/writing disklabel in a target file.
This allows cross build enviroment creating bootable disk images
for targets in different endian.
No functional changes to native (non-tools) disklabel(8) command.
Closes PR toolchain/42357.
|
| 1.21 | 28-Nov-2009 |
tsutsui | Don't use #ifdef __${MACHINE_ARCH}__ to enable machine dependent features.
Instead, use proper macro defined in Makefile per ${MACHINE_ARCH}.
__${MACHINE_ARCH}__ doesn't represent an architecture of tool's target
but an architecture of binaries being compiled, so required features
are not prolery enabled or unintentionally enabled on certain host
and target combinations during src/tools build.
|
| 1.20 | 04-May-2009 |
mhitch | fix sign-compare issues in vax-specific code.
|
| 1.19 | 20-Jul-2008 |
lukem | branches: 1.19.4;
Remove the \n and tabs from the __COPYRIGHT() strings.
(Tweak some to use a consistent format.)
|
| 1.18 | 28-Apr-2008 |
martin | branches: 1.18.2;
Remove clause 3 and 4 from TNF licenses
|
| 1.17 | 05-Jun-2007 |
dyoung | branches: 1.17.12; 1.17.14;
Let the operator use the DISKLABELSECTOR and DISKLABELOFFSET
environment variables to override the sector number, and the
bytes-offset in the sector, where disklabel(8) writes a disklabel.
If disklabel(8) was compiled as a host tool, then the defaults
still come from the port's LABELOFFSET and LABELSECTOR #defines.
Otherwise, the defaults still come from the sysctls, kern.labelsector
and kern.labeloffset.
This change helps me create a bootable CompactFlash image with both
a Master Boot Record (MBR) and a BSD disklabel for the RouterBOARD
153. The RB 153 is an evbmips board with a CompactFlash slot. It
searches the MBR on a CompactFlash card for a partition containing
an ELF kernel. When disklabel(8) is built for evbmips, it will
ordinarily overwrite an MBR with the BSD disklabel.
|
| 1.16 | 12-Apr-2007 |
matt | Remove defunct B from getopt string.
|
| 1.15 | 08-Feb-2007 |
drochner | include <signal.h> where signal(3) is used
|
| 1.14 | 17-Jan-2007 |
hubertf | Remove more duplicate #includes,
from Slava Semushin <slava.semushin@gmail.com>
|
| 1.13 | 26-Nov-2006 |
jmmv | Add a '-l' flag and a 'L' command to interactive mode to list all known
file system types. (Similar to what fdisk does for partition types.)
Closes PR bin/12954.
|
| 1.12 | 25-Jun-2006 |
christos | GCC4 fixes from Mike Pumford
|
| 1.11 | 11-Jun-2006 |
christos | PR/33695: Arnaud Lacombe: Add compatibility syntax for FreeBSD interoperability.
|
| 1.10 | 07-Jun-2006 |
christos | fix gcc warning.
|
| 1.9 | 18-Mar-2006 |
dsl | Coverty 521: fclose() temporary file used when editing label.
|
| 1.8 | 07-Dec-2005 |
jmc | Fix acorn builds
|
| 1.7 | 20-Oct-2005 |
dsl | Fix alpha build - pointed out by Kurt Schreiner on port-alpha
|
| 1.6 | 19-Oct-2005 |
dsl | Rototil the way disklabel -r reads and writes labels.
In particular the 'read' part plays 'hunt the disklabel' in order to get a
label into a local buffer - from where it can be displayed/edited.
The 'write' part makes a separate scan of the disk looking for places to
write the label.
The main changes are:
- It can no longer write the first 8k of the mbr to the pbr (or v.v.)
- All labels on the disk (that it can find) get updated during a write
- With -A all the labels are displayed (inc. those deleted by -D)
- Addition of -D which will delete (by one's complimenting dk_magic{2}) and
existing labels before writing labels to the expected locations.
- -v gives some verbose output to stderr, -vv more etc
A better basis for processing incorrect endian labels, or labels from other
architectures.
|
| 1.5 | 27-Aug-2005 |
uwe | When building as host tool don't include "../../include/util.h".
getlabel{offset,sector} and opendisk functions declared in that file
are not used in this case anyway, and <util.h> pulls in unwatned
includes (e.g. <utmpx.h> doesn't exist on FreeBSD 4.*).
XXX: We can probably undo the #if !HAVE_NBTOOL_CONFIG_H kludge in
<util.h> now.
|
| 1.4 | 17-Jun-2005 |
dsl | Rip out the support for writing bootstrap code. installboot(8) contains
support for hp300, hp700 and vax, $MACHINE is never arm32.
Fix usage output to only contain progname() once - bug introduced in rev 1.89
|
| 1.3 | 15-Jun-2005 |
dsl | Remove the never changed 'bootxx' variable
|
| 1.2 | 15-Jun-2005 |
dsl | Remove all the code that was under 'NUMBOOT > 1' nothing has set that for
a long time.
|
| 1.1 | 12-Jun-2005 |
dyoung | Make disklabel(8) into a host-tool, "nbdisklabel." Move disklabel.c
to main.c to avoid a name collision with lib/libc/gen/disklabel.c
when we build nbdisklabel. Still todo: commit host-tool build
infrastructure to src/tools/disklabel/.
|
| 1.17.14.1 | 18-May-2008 |
yamt | sync with head.
|
| 1.17.12.2 | 28-Sep-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.17.12.1 | 02-Jun-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.18.2.1 | 18-Sep-2008 |
wrstuden | Sync with wrstuden-revivesa-base-2.
|
| 1.19.4.1 | 13-May-2009 |
jym | Sync with HEAD.
Third (and last) commit. See http://mail-index.netbsd.org/source-changes/2009/05/13/msg221222.html
|
| 1.26.2.3 | 22-May-2014 |
yamt | sync with head.
for a reference, the tree before this commit was tagged
as yamt-pagecache-tag8.
this commit was splitted into small chunks to avoid
a limitation of cvs. ("Protocol error: too many arguments")
|
| 1.26.2.2 | 23-Jan-2013 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.26.2.1 | 17-Apr-2012 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.27.2.3 | 20-Aug-2014 |
tls | Rebase to HEAD as of a few days ago.
|
| 1.27.2.2 | 23-Jun-2013 |
tls | resync from head
|
| 1.27.2.1 | 25-Feb-2013 |
tls | resync with head
|
| 1.38.2.1 | 10-Aug-2014 |
tls | Rebase.
|
| 1.46.4.1 | 21-Apr-2017 |
bouyer | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.46.2.1 | 20-Mar-2017 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.48.2.2 | 28-Jul-2018 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.48.2.1 | 07-Apr-2018 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD. 77 conflicts resolved - all of them $NetBSD$
|
| 1.50.2.1 | 13-Apr-2020 |
martin | Mostly merge changes from HEAD upto 20200411
|
| 1.52.2.1 | 17-Jun-2024 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by tsutsui in ticket #1841):
sbin/disklabel/main.c: revision 1.58
Fix an old bug in NATIVELABEL_ONLY case in PR/50729 by me. (sigh)
'disklabel -r -w' writes a disklabel at a wrong sector in
NATIVELABEL_ONLY && !LABELUSESMBR && LABELSECTOR != 0 case
if the target disk doesn't have a valid disklabel, due to
incorrect LABEL_OFFSET value.
Found and investigated on NetBSD/hp300 bootable CD tests.
Maybe this affects ports that use distrib/utils/x_disklabel
but have no MBR support, i.e. only NetBSD/hp300 10.0 and
NetBSD/ews4800mips 9.0 and later.
|
| 1.55.2.1 | 31-May-2021 |
cjep | sync with head
|
| 1.57.2.1 | 17-Jun-2024 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by tsutsui in ticket #692):
sbin/disklabel/main.c: revision 1.58
Fix an old bug in NATIVELABEL_ONLY case in PR/50729 by me. (sigh)
'disklabel -r -w' writes a disklabel at a wrong sector in
NATIVELABEL_ONLY && !LABELUSESMBR && LABELSECTOR != 0 case
if the target disk doesn't have a valid disklabel, due to
incorrect LABEL_OFFSET value.
Found and investigated on NetBSD/hp300 bootable CD tests.
Maybe this affects ports that use distrib/utils/x_disklabel
but have no MBR support, i.e. only NetBSD/hp300 10.0 and
NetBSD/ews4800mips 9.0 and later.
|
| 1.58.2.1 | 02-Aug-2025 |
perseant | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.8 | 07-Aug-2003 |
agc | Move UCB-licensed code from 4-clause to 3-clause licence.
Patches provided by Joel Baker in PR 22308, verified by myself.
|
| 1.7 | 21-Jul-1999 |
kleink | Try $TMPDIR before resorting to _PATH_TMP.
|
| 1.6 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.5 | 22-Sep-1994 |
mycroft | Finish 4.4-Lite merge, and convert to use err(3)/warn(3) functions.
|
| 1.4 | 01-Aug-1993 |
mycroft | Add RCS identifiers.
|
| 1.3 | 23-Mar-1993 |
cgd | changed "Id" to "Header" for rcsids
|
| 1.2 | 22-Mar-1993 |
cgd | added rcs ids to all files
|
| 1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.2 | 22-Sep-1994 |
mycroft | Import original 4.4-Lite version.
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | initial import of 386bsd-0.1 sources
|
| 1.16 | 06-Jan-2011 |
apb | Change printf formats to match the data type of the values being
printed. There's now a lot of PRIu16 and PRIu32, some PRIu8, some
SCNu32, and a few cases where %u and %d were reversed. Multiplication
of 32-bit and 8-bit values is cast to uint64_t and printed with PRIu64.
Inspired by a report from Patrick Welche on current-users.
|
| 1.15 | 18-Jan-2009 |
apb | Remove local definitions of PRIxxxx macros in favour of the
centralised definitions from tools/compat/compat_defs.h, which
are included via nbtool_config.h.
|
| 1.14 | 27-Aug-2005 |
uwe | Oops, brain fart. PRIu32 should be "u", not "d".
|
| 1.13 | 27-Aug-2005 |
uwe | Define PRIu32 in host environments that don't have it defined.
Define it to "d", as we are unlikely to support hosts where int is
smaller than 32 bits anyway :).
|
| 1.12 | 12-Jun-2005 |
dyoung | Make disklabel(8) into a host-tool, "nbdisklabel." Move disklabel.c
to main.c to avoid a name collision with lib/libc/gen/disklabel.c
when we build nbdisklabel. Still todo: commit host-tool build
infrastructure to src/tools/disklabel/.
|
| 1.11 | 28-Feb-2004 |
dsl | Print everything unsigned - helps a bit for disks with [2^31..2^32) sectors.
|
| 1.10 | 29-Dec-2003 |
jdc | If a partition is adjusted so that it falls off the end of the disk, display
a '+' character (aka the '*').
OK'ed by Christos.
|
| 1.9 | 20-Oct-2003 |
pooka | Partition size and offset inside the disklabel are unsigned. Print
them as unsigned so that we don't print negative values when we're
halfway through.
|
| 1.8 | 07-Aug-2003 |
agc | Move UCB-licensed code from 4-clause to 3-clause licence.
Patches provided by Joel Baker in PR 22308, verified by myself.
|
| 1.7 | 04-Aug-2003 |
dsl | Make output fit into 80 columns when a partition doesn't end on a cylinder
boundary.
|
| 1.6 | 01-Jul-2003 |
simonb | Line up the cylinder numbers in the printlabel output a bit better.
|
| 1.5 | 28-Sep-2002 |
dbj | add FS_APPLEUFS
part of PR #17345
|
| 1.4 | 27-May-2002 |
drochner | display / read the p_cdsession field in the FS_ISO9660 case
|
| 1.3 | 19-Oct-2001 |
lukem | minor WARNS=2 stuff
|
| 1.2 | 26-May-2001 |
christos | - KNF printlabel.c
- add a function to print only one partition's info.
- print the partition information if it was modified in interactive mode.
- improve on the chaining code. [still assumes that partition offsets increase
monotonically]. We could check for overlap too.
|
| 1.1 | 24-Dec-2000 |
lukem | branches: 1.1.2;
move showinfo() and showpartition() into separate file, for use by
other programs. slightly change argument signature so that globals
aren't depended upon.
|
| 1.1.2.2 | 26-Feb-2001 |
he | Pull up revision 1.1 (new, requested by lukem):
Several fixes and enhancements:
o with ``-I'', initialize the label if it's not there, it's
corrupt, or there's no ``fake'' label.
o correct partition table header
o move some functions into a separate file for other programs
to use
o fix examples and cross references
o various cleanups
|
| 1.1.2.1 | 24-Dec-2000 |
he | file printlabel.c was added on branch netbsd-1-5 on 2001-02-26 22:25:44 +0000
|
| 1.7 | 06-Aug-2011 |
dholland | Use explicit cast instead of -Wno-pointer-sign. The site in question is
already marked XXX so there's not much point in whitewashing it.
|
| 1.6 | 20-Jun-2011 |
mrg | remove most of the remaining HAVE_GCC tests that are always true in
the modern world.
|
| 1.5 | 29-Aug-2008 |
gmcgarry | branches: 1.5.16;
Wrap compiler-specific flags with HAVE_GCC and HAVE_PCC as necessary. Add a few flags for PCC.
|
| 1.4 | 11-May-2006 |
mrg | branches: 1.4.20; 1.4.24;
sprinkle some -fno-strict-aliasing and -Wno-pointer-sign with GCC4.
|
| 1.3 | 27-Jun-2005 |
christos | Move WARNS=3 to the Makefile.inc, and add a little const to the remaining
programs that did not compile before.
|
| 1.2 | 20-Jan-2005 |
xtraeme | ANSIfy; WARNS=3
|
| 1.1 | 09-Jan-2002 |
thorpej | dkctl(8) -- a program to manupulate disks. It currently supports
the disk cache-related ioctls.
|
| 1.4.24.1 | 18-Sep-2008 |
wrstuden | Sync with wrstuden-revivesa-base-2.
|
| 1.4.20.1 | 28-Sep-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.5.16.1 | 23-Jun-2011 |
cherry | Catchup with rmind-uvmplock merge.
|
| 1.30 | 14-Sep-2024 |
mlelstv | Expose DIOCGMEDIASIZE, DIOCGSECTORSIZE with new getgeometry command.
|
| 1.29 | 30-Mar-2020 |
wiz | branches: 1.29.8;
Teach dk(4) about ZFS.
"looks ok" mlelstv
|
| 1.28 | 07-Jan-2018 |
wiz | branches: 1.28.4;
Bump date for previous.
|
| 1.27 | 07-Jan-2018 |
kre | PR bin/52905
Document, and properly implement, the -q and -e options to dkctl xxN listwedges.
(implementation fix supplied by Petar Bogdanovic.)
|
| 1.26 | 06-Jan-2016 |
wiz | branches: 1.26.8;
Sort commands so I can find stuff.
|
| 1.25 | 05-Nov-2014 |
wiz | New sentence, new line. Bump date for previous.
|
| 1.24 | 04-Nov-2014 |
mlelstv | Add 'makewedges' option to autodiscover wedges from a changed label.
|
| 1.23 | 04-Jan-2011 |
wiz | branches: 1.23.24;
Use Nm. Bump date for previous.
|
| 1.22 | 04-Jan-2011 |
spz | add notes what 'device' is and also rub in that addwedge doesn't
create stuff on disk a bit more.
|
| 1.21 | 18-May-2010 |
wiz | Mention that dkctl(8) does not modify on-disk data, and add xrefs to
fdisk(8) and gpt(8). Bump date.
|
| 1.20 | 02-Aug-2009 |
wiz | Bump date for previous. Add comma in enumeration. Use Pp for paragraph
separation.
|
| 1.19 | 30-Jul-2009 |
spz | list the partition types addwedge understands, so you don't need to utsl
to find out what strings to use here
fixes PR 37252
|
| 1.18 | 07-Feb-2009 |
uebayasi | - Display cache, strategy, and list of wedges if no command is specified in
the command line.
- Sort list of wedges.
Posted on tech-userlevel a while ago, no objections then.
|
| 1.17 | 12-Jan-2006 |
wiz | branches: 1.17.4; 1.17.16; 1.17.28; 1.17.30; 1.17.32;
Improve description of strategy command a bit.
Increase list width a bit for less unnecessary line breaks.
|
| 1.16 | 26-Dec-2005 |
yamt | add a functionality to get/switch bufq strategy.
based on a patch from Juan RP.
|
| 1.15 | 25-Sep-2004 |
wiz | Improve formatting.
|
| 1.14 | 25-Sep-2004 |
snj | Bump date for last.
|
| 1.13 | 25-Sep-2004 |
thorpej | Add commands to create, delete, and query the configuration of wedges.
|
| 1.12 | 16-Sep-2004 |
erh | Add a couple cross-references to make similar ctl commands easier to find.
|
| 1.11 | 30-Aug-2004 |
wiz | Bump date for improved bad sector
description.
|
| 1.10 | 30-Aug-2004 |
drochner | mention that the "badsector" subcommend depends on the WD_BADSECTOR
kernel option
|
| 1.9 | 13-Jul-2003 |
lukem | also reference disklabel(5)
|
| 1.8 | 16-Apr-2003 |
wiz | New sentence, new line.
|
| 1.7 | 16-Apr-2003 |
wiz | Drop superfluous .Pp; bump date for last.
|
| 1.6 | 15-Apr-2003 |
darrenr | Add a note to "retry" option about device requirements.
|
| 1.5 | 15-Apr-2003 |
darrenr | Implement (and document!) "dkctl <dev> badsector .." to `manage' the bad
sector information in the kernel. Doing this uncovered some shortcomings
that should have been pretty obvious with the code committed prior, addressing
the major kludge with a new struct - disk_bacsecinfo to be passed into
DIOCBSLIST.
|
| 1.4 | 01-Oct-2002 |
wiz | New sentence, new line. By Robert Elz with minimal fixes.
|
| 1.3 | 01-Jul-2002 |
yamt | add a new command, "keeplabel".
|
| 1.2 | 09-Jan-2002 |
wiz | Grammar fix, and drop a trailing comma in SEE ALSO section.
|
| 1.1 | 09-Jan-2002 |
thorpej | dkctl(8) -- a program to manupulate disks. It currently supports
the disk cache-related ioctls.
|
| 1.17.32.1 | 21-Apr-2010 |
matt | sync to netbsd-5
|
| 1.17.30.1 | 14-Aug-2009 |
snj | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by spz in ticket #887):
sbin/dkctl/dkctl.8: revision 1.19, 1.20
list the partition types addwedge understands, so you don't need to utsl
to find out what strings to use here
fixes PR 37252
|
| 1.17.28.1 | 14-Aug-2009 |
snj | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by spz in ticket #887):
sbin/dkctl/dkctl.8: revision 1.19
list the partition types addwedge understands, so you don't need to utsl
to find out what strings to use here
fixes PR 37252
|
| 1.17.16.2 | 18-Aug-2009 |
bouyer | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by spz in ticket #1350):
sbin/dkctl/dkctl.8: revision 1.20
Bump date for previous. Add comma in enumeration. Use Pp for paragraph
separation.
|
| 1.17.16.1 | 18-Aug-2009 |
bouyer | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by spz in ticket #1350):
sbin/dkctl/dkctl.c: revision 1.18
sbin/dkctl/dkctl.8: revision 1.19
list the partition types addwedge understands, so you don't need to utsl
to find out what strings to use here
fixes PR 37252
make dkctl conform to its man page and print the device name on addwedge
when the addition was successful (as well as indicating success).
|
| 1.17.4.2 | 18-Aug-2009 |
bouyer | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by spz in ticket #1350):
sbin/dkctl/dkctl.8: revision 1.20
Bump date for previous. Add comma in enumeration. Use Pp for paragraph
separation.
|
| 1.17.4.1 | 18-Aug-2009 |
bouyer | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by spz in ticket #1350):
sbin/dkctl/dkctl.c: revision 1.18
sbin/dkctl/dkctl.8: revision 1.19
list the partition types addwedge understands, so you don't need to utsl
to find out what strings to use here
fixes PR 37252
make dkctl conform to its man page and print the device name on addwedge
when the addition was successful (as well as indicating success).
|
| 1.23.24.1 | 11-Nov-2014 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by mlelstv in ticket #201):
sbin/dkctl/dkctl.8: revision 1.24
sbin/dkctl/dkctl.8: revision 1.25
sys/dev/scsipi/sd.c: revision 1.310
sys/dev/ata/wd.c: revision 1.415
sbin/dkctl/dkctl.c: revision 1.21
sys/dev/raidframe/rf_netbsdkintf.c: revision 1.315
sys/dev/ld.c: revision 1.78
sys/dev/vnd.c: revision 1.234
sys/dev/dksubr.c: revision 1.54
sys/sys/dkio.h: revision 1.20
sys/dev/dkwedge/dk.c: revision 1.74
Add ioctl to autodiscover wedges.
Implement DIOCMWEDGES ioctl that triggers wedge autodiscovery.
Also fix a reference counting bug and clean up some code.
support DIOCMWEDGES ioctl.
Add 'makewedges' option to autodiscover wedges from a changed label.
New sentence, new line. Bump date for previous.
|
| 1.26.8.1 | 11-Apr-2018 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by kre in ticket #737):
sbin/dkctl/dkctl.8: revision 1.27
sbin/dkctl/dkctl.8: revision 1.28
sbin/dkctl/dkctl.c: revision 1.26
PR bin/52905
Document, and properly implement, the -q and -e options to dkctl xxN listwedges.
(implementation fix supplied by Petar Bogdanovic.)
Bump date for previous.
|
| 1.28.4.1 | 08-Apr-2020 |
martin | Merge changes from current as of 20200406
|
| 1.29.8.1 | 02-Aug-2025 |
perseant | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.27 | 14-Sep-2024 |
mlelstv | Expose DIOCGMEDIASIZE, DIOCGSECTORSIZE with new getgeometry command.
|
| 1.26 | 07-Jan-2018 |
kre | branches: 1.26.16;
PR bin/52905
Document, and properly implement, the -q and -e options to dkctl xxN listwedges.
(implementation fix supplied by Petar Bogdanovic.)
|
| 1.25 | 05-Apr-2017 |
jdolecek | branches: 1.25.4;
write info about DKCACHE_FUA, DKCACHE_DPO in disk_getcache()
|
| 1.24 | 10-Jan-2017 |
christos | branches: 1.24.2;
missing <sys/stat.h>
|
| 1.23 | 06-Jan-2016 |
wiz | branches: 1.23.2;
Sort command list in usage.
|
| 1.22 | 23-Nov-2014 |
christos | - pass the proper argument vector so that subcommands can use getopt.
- add -q and -e for listwedges.
|
| 1.21 | 04-Nov-2014 |
mlelstv | Add 'makewedges' option to autodiscover wedges from a changed label.
|
| 1.20 | 27-Aug-2011 |
joerg | branches: 1.20.20;
staticfy. __dead.
|
| 1.19 | 06-Aug-2011 |
dholland | Use explicit cast instead of -Wno-pointer-sign. The site in question is
already marked XXX so there's not much point in whitewashing it.
|
| 1.18 | 02-Aug-2009 |
spz | make dkctl conform to its man page and print the device name on addwedge
when the addition was successful (as well as indicating success).
|
| 1.17 | 07-Feb-2009 |
uebayasi | - Display cache, strategy, and list of wedges if no command is specified in
the command line.
- Sort list of wedges.
Posted on tech-userlevel a while ago, no objections then.
|
| 1.16 | 17-Jun-2006 |
christos | branches: 1.16.4; 1.16.16; 1.16.28; 1.16.30; 1.16.32;
fix typo
|
| 1.15 | 16-Jun-2006 |
elad | strcpy -> strlcpy
okay christos
|
| 1.14 | 17-Mar-2006 |
dsl | Fix build breakage, split assignment and test for ease of reading.
|
| 1.13 | 17-Mar-2006 |
rumble | Check for allocation failures in malloc, calloc, realloc, asprintf, and
vasprintf and try to handle them.
|
| 1.12 | 26-Dec-2005 |
yamt | add a functionality to get/switch bufq strategy.
based on a patch from Juan RP.
|
| 1.11 | 20-Jan-2005 |
xtraeme | ANSIfy; WARNS=3
|
| 1.10 | 28-Sep-2004 |
martin | Use PRI* format strings to print 64 bit data types.
|
| 1.9 | 25-Sep-2004 |
thorpej | Add commands to create, delete, and query the configuration of wedges.
|
| 1.8 | 05-Jan-2004 |
jmmv | Homogenize usage messages: make the 'usage' word all lowercase, as this seems
to be the most common practice in our tree.
|
| 1.7 | 23-Jun-2003 |
agc | Add NetBSD RCS Ids.
|
| 1.6 | 16-Apr-2003 |
martin | Until timeval.tv_sec becomes a time_t, we can't pass a pointer to
it to ctime(). tv_sec is long, while time_t is int on some archs.
|
| 1.5 | 16-Apr-2003 |
dsl | Fix printf formats and kill unused variable to make it compile
|
| 1.4 | 15-Apr-2003 |
darrenr | Don't forget to increment the iterator when going around a loop
|
| 1.3 | 15-Apr-2003 |
darrenr | Implement (and document!) "dkctl <dev> badsector .." to `manage' the bad
sector information in the kernel. Doing this uncovered some shortcomings
that should have been pretty obvious with the code committed prior, addressing
the major kludge with a new struct - disk_bacsecinfo to be passed into
DIOCBSLIST.
|
| 1.2 | 01-Jul-2002 |
yamt | add a new command, "keeplabel".
|
| 1.1 | 09-Jan-2002 |
thorpej | dkctl(8) -- a program to manupulate disks. It currently supports
the disk cache-related ioctls.
|
| 1.16.32.1 | 21-Apr-2010 |
matt | sync to netbsd-5
|
| 1.16.30.1 | 14-Aug-2009 |
snj | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by spz in ticket #887):
sbin/dkctl/dkctl.c: revision 1.18
make dkctl conform to its man page and print the device name on addwedge
when the addition was successful (as well as indicating success).
|
| 1.16.28.1 | 14-Aug-2009 |
snj | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by spz in ticket #887):
sbin/dkctl/dkctl.c: revision 1.18
make dkctl conform to its man page and print the device name on addwedge
when the addition was successful (as well as indicating success).
|
| 1.16.16.1 | 18-Aug-2009 |
bouyer | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by spz in ticket #1350):
sbin/dkctl/dkctl.c: revision 1.18
sbin/dkctl/dkctl.8: revision 1.19
list the partition types addwedge understands, so you don't need to utsl
to find out what strings to use here
fixes PR 37252
make dkctl conform to its man page and print the device name on addwedge
when the addition was successful (as well as indicating success).
|
| 1.16.4.1 | 18-Aug-2009 |
bouyer | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by spz in ticket #1350):
sbin/dkctl/dkctl.c: revision 1.18
sbin/dkctl/dkctl.8: revision 1.19
list the partition types addwedge understands, so you don't need to utsl
to find out what strings to use here
fixes PR 37252
make dkctl conform to its man page and print the device name on addwedge
when the addition was successful (as well as indicating success).
|
| 1.20.20.1 | 11-Nov-2014 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by mlelstv in ticket #201):
sbin/dkctl/dkctl.8: revision 1.24
sbin/dkctl/dkctl.8: revision 1.25
sys/dev/scsipi/sd.c: revision 1.310
sys/dev/ata/wd.c: revision 1.415
sbin/dkctl/dkctl.c: revision 1.21
sys/dev/raidframe/rf_netbsdkintf.c: revision 1.315
sys/dev/ld.c: revision 1.78
sys/dev/vnd.c: revision 1.234
sys/dev/dksubr.c: revision 1.54
sys/sys/dkio.h: revision 1.20
sys/dev/dkwedge/dk.c: revision 1.74
Add ioctl to autodiscover wedges.
Implement DIOCMWEDGES ioctl that triggers wedge autodiscovery.
Also fix a reference counting bug and clean up some code.
support DIOCMWEDGES ioctl.
Add 'makewedges' option to autodiscover wedges from a changed label.
New sentence, new line. Bump date for previous.
|
| 1.23.2.2 | 26-Apr-2017 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.23.2.1 | 20-Mar-2017 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.24.2.1 | 21-Apr-2017 |
bouyer | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.25.4.1 | 11-Apr-2018 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by kre in ticket #737):
sbin/dkctl/dkctl.8: revision 1.27
sbin/dkctl/dkctl.8: revision 1.28
sbin/dkctl/dkctl.c: revision 1.26
PR bin/52905
Document, and properly implement, the -q and -e options to dkctl xxN listwedges.
(implementation fix supplied by Petar Bogdanovic.)
Bump date for previous.
|
| 1.26.16.1 | 02-Aug-2025 |
perseant | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.3 | 23-Jan-2016 |
christos | Define _KERNTYPES for things that need it.
|
| 1.2 | 02-Mar-2007 |
riz | Use CPPFLAGS, not COPTS, and ${NETBSDSRCDIR}, not "../..". This
should fix OBJDIR builds. (Hi, martin!)
|
| 1.1 | 01-Mar-2007 |
martin | Add a tool to scan disks for BSD disklabels (might be from different
archs) and add wedges for them. Similar to the kernel options
DKWEDGE_AUTODISCOVER and DKWEDGE_METHOD_BSDLABEL, and actually reusing
most of that code.
This means, for example, you can plug a sparc64 disk into an i386, run
this tool and mount the partitions (provided your kernel has the FFS_EI
option).
|
| 1.3 | 10-Nov-2021 |
msaitoh | s/endianess/endianness/
|
| 1.2 | 30-Apr-2008 |
martin | Convert TNF licenses to new 2 clause variant
|
| 1.1 | 01-Mar-2007 |
martin | branches: 1.1.12; 1.1.14;
Add a tool to scan disks for BSD disklabels (might be from different
archs) and add wedges for them. Similar to the kernel options
DKWEDGE_AUTODISCOVER and DKWEDGE_METHOD_BSDLABEL, and actually reusing
most of that code.
This means, for example, you can plug a sparc64 disk into an i386, run
this tool and mount the partitions (provided your kernel has the FFS_EI
option).
|
| 1.1.14.1 | 18-May-2008 |
yamt | sync with head.
|
| 1.1.12.1 | 02-Jun-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.5 | 11-Apr-2020 |
jdolecek | adjust to work with updated dkwedge_bsdlabel.c - provide geteblk() and
brelse() which just allocate/free the memory
|
| 1.4 | 08-Jun-2017 |
chs | branches: 1.4.6;
use a minimal "struct disk" in userland rather than the full kernel structure.
needed due to upcoming sys/disk.h changes needed for ZFS.
|
| 1.3 | 27-Aug-2011 |
joerg | Mark usage as static and dead.
|
| 1.2 | 28-Apr-2008 |
martin | Remove clause 3 and 4 from TNF licenses
|
| 1.1 | 01-Mar-2007 |
martin | branches: 1.1.12; 1.1.14;
Add a tool to scan disks for BSD disklabels (might be from different
archs) and add wedges for them. Similar to the kernel options
DKWEDGE_AUTODISCOVER and DKWEDGE_METHOD_BSDLABEL, and actually reusing
most of that code.
This means, for example, you can plug a sparc64 disk into an i386, run
this tool and mount the partitions (provided your kernel has the FFS_EI
option).
|
| 1.1.14.1 | 18-May-2008 |
yamt | sync with head.
|
| 1.1.12.1 | 02-Jun-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.4.6.1 | 21-Apr-2020 |
martin | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.3 | 01-Jan-2013 |
dsl | Explicitly include sys/ioctl.h
|
| 1.2 | 28-Apr-2008 |
martin | branches: 1.2.20; 1.2.26;
Remove clause 3 and 4 from TNF licenses
|
| 1.1 | 01-Mar-2007 |
martin | branches: 1.1.12; 1.1.14;
Add a tool to scan disks for BSD disklabels (might be from different
archs) and add wedges for them. Similar to the kernel options
DKWEDGE_AUTODISCOVER and DKWEDGE_METHOD_BSDLABEL, and actually reusing
most of that code.
This means, for example, you can plug a sparc64 disk into an i386, run
this tool and mount the partitions (provided your kernel has the FFS_EI
option).
|
| 1.1.14.1 | 18-May-2008 |
yamt | sync with head.
|
| 1.1.12.1 | 02-Jun-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.2.26.1 | 25-Feb-2013 |
tls | resync with head
|
| 1.2.20.1 | 23-Jan-2013 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.5 | 08-Jun-2017 |
chs | use a minimal "struct disk" in userland rather than the full kernel structure.
needed due to upcoming sys/disk.h changes needed for ZFS.
|
| 1.4 | 15-Mar-2012 |
joerg | Add __printflike attribution to use vprintf and friends with an argument
as format string.
|
| 1.3 | 27-Aug-2011 |
joerg | branches: 1.3.2;
Mark usage as static and dead.
|
| 1.2 | 28-Apr-2008 |
martin | Remove clause 3 and 4 from TNF licenses
|
| 1.1 | 01-Mar-2007 |
martin | branches: 1.1.12; 1.1.14;
Add a tool to scan disks for BSD disklabels (might be from different
archs) and add wedges for them. Similar to the kernel options
DKWEDGE_AUTODISCOVER and DKWEDGE_METHOD_BSDLABEL, and actually reusing
most of that code.
This means, for example, you can plug a sparc64 disk into an i386, run
this tool and mount the partitions (provided your kernel has the FFS_EI
option).
|
| 1.1.14.1 | 18-May-2008 |
yamt | sync with head.
|
| 1.1.12.1 | 02-Jun-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.3.2.1 | 17-Apr-2012 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.1 | 08-Feb-2011 |
haad | branches: 1.1.2;
Initial import of libdm and dmctl to tree. libdm library can be used
to access, manage and manipulate device-mapper driver. Which opens us bunch
of new possibilities like
dm-multipath device target
dm-crypt device target
dm-ccd compatibility layer
With this import I'm bringing in dmctl tool for working with dm driver ,too.
I plan to replace gpl2 licensed dmsetup command with our dmctl tool in near
feature. It can also by placed to /rescue where we was not able to put
dmsetup because of licensing problems.
With libdm in tree we can now write RUMP atf test suite for dm driver to
ensure LVM subsystem stability as time goes.
Reviewed by: blymn@ and rmind@
Oked: by no objections on tech-userlevel@
|
| 1.1.2.2 | 08-Feb-2011 |
bouyer | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.1.2.1 | 08-Feb-2011 |
bouyer | file Makefile was added on branch bouyer-quota2 on 2011-02-08 18:09:39 +0000
|
| 1.2 | 08-Feb-2011 |
wiz | branches: 1.2.2;
Fix typos.
|
| 1.1 | 08-Feb-2011 |
haad | Initial import of libdm and dmctl to tree. libdm library can be used
to access, manage and manipulate device-mapper driver. Which opens us bunch
of new possibilities like
dm-multipath device target
dm-crypt device target
dm-ccd compatibility layer
With this import I'm bringing in dmctl tool for working with dm driver ,too.
I plan to replace gpl2 licensed dmsetup command with our dmctl tool in near
feature. It can also by placed to /rescue where we was not able to put
dmsetup because of licensing problems.
With libdm in tree we can now write RUMP atf test suite for dm driver to
ensure LVM subsystem stability as time goes.
Reviewed by: blymn@ and rmind@
Oked: by no objections on tech-userlevel@
|
| 1.2.2.2 | 08-Feb-2011 |
bouyer | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.2.2.1 | 08-Feb-2011 |
bouyer | file README was added on branch bouyer-quota2 on 2011-02-08 18:09:39 +0000
|
| 1.5 | 04-Jun-2017 |
abhinav | Fix typo
|
| 1.4 | 11-Sep-2016 |
sevan | Mention author in AUTHORS section.
Bump date.
|
| 1.3 | 21-Feb-2011 |
njoly | Small typo in macro (Ii -> It).
|
| 1.2 | 08-Feb-2011 |
wiz | branches: 1.2.2;
Improve a bit.
|
| 1.1 | 08-Feb-2011 |
haad | Initial import of libdm and dmctl to tree. libdm library can be used
to access, manage and manipulate device-mapper driver. Which opens us bunch
of new possibilities like
dm-multipath device target
dm-crypt device target
dm-ccd compatibility layer
With this import I'm bringing in dmctl tool for working with dm driver ,too.
I plan to replace gpl2 licensed dmsetup command with our dmctl tool in near
feature. It can also by placed to /rescue where we was not able to put
dmsetup because of licensing problems.
With libdm in tree we can now write RUMP atf test suite for dm driver to
ensure LVM subsystem stability as time goes.
Reviewed by: blymn@ and rmind@
Oked: by no objections on tech-userlevel@
|
| 1.2.2.3 | 05-Mar-2011 |
bouyer | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.2.2.2 | 08-Feb-2011 |
bouyer | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.2.2.1 | 08-Feb-2011 |
bouyer | file dmctl.8 was added on branch bouyer-quota2 on 2011-02-08 18:09:39 +0000
|
| 1.6 | 09-Feb-2024 |
andvar | fix spelling mistakes, mainly in comments and log messages.
|
| 1.5 | 16-Jun-2015 |
christos | fix error messages containing \n
|
| 1.4 | 19-Oct-2013 |
christos | fix unused variable warnings.
|
| 1.3 | 27-Aug-2011 |
joerg | branches: 1.3.2; 1.3.8;
static. dead.
|
| 1.2 | 08-Feb-2011 |
pgoyette | branches: 1.2.2;
Use PRIu64 to fix build on amd64 (and presumably other 64-bit ports)
|
| 1.1 | 08-Feb-2011 |
haad | Initial import of libdm and dmctl to tree. libdm library can be used
to access, manage and manipulate device-mapper driver. Which opens us bunch
of new possibilities like
dm-multipath device target
dm-crypt device target
dm-ccd compatibility layer
With this import I'm bringing in dmctl tool for working with dm driver ,too.
I plan to replace gpl2 licensed dmsetup command with our dmctl tool in near
feature. It can also by placed to /rescue where we was not able to put
dmsetup because of licensing problems.
With libdm in tree we can now write RUMP atf test suite for dm driver to
ensure LVM subsystem stability as time goes.
Reviewed by: blymn@ and rmind@
Oked: by no objections on tech-userlevel@
|
| 1.2.2.2 | 08-Feb-2011 |
bouyer | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.2.2.1 | 08-Feb-2011 |
bouyer | file dmctl.c was added on branch bouyer-quota2 on 2011-02-08 18:09:39 +0000
|
| 1.3.8.1 | 20-Aug-2014 |
tls | Rebase to HEAD as of a few days ago.
|
| 1.3.2.1 | 22-May-2014 |
yamt | sync with head.
for a reference, the tree before this commit was tagged
as yamt-pagecache-tag8.
this commit was splitted into small chunks to avoid
a limitation of cvs. ("Protocol error: too many arguments")
|
| 1.12 | 05-Sep-2005 |
dsl | Make is worthwhile haveing #ifdef SMALL by making the Makefile set it when
SMALLPROG is defined (eg by src/distrib/commonMakefile.crunch).
Shrink SMALL version even more.
|
| 1.11 | 20-Jan-2005 |
xtraeme | WARNS=2 is the default defined in sbin/Makefile.inc. (thanks wiz)
|
| 1.10 | 20-Jan-2005 |
xtraeme | Remove main() prototype; WARNS=2
|
| 1.9 | 16-Jun-2000 |
simonb | Oops, forgot to commit this file - actually remove the kmem setgid bit.
|
| 1.8 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | branches: 1.8.14;
convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.7 | 22-Dec-1994 |
cgd | specify man pages the new way.
|
| 1.6 | 11-May-1994 |
cgd | clean up import
|
| 1.5 | 28-Jan-1994 |
cgd | needs -lkvm, not -lutil
|
| 1.4 | 01-Aug-1993 |
mycroft | Add RCS identifiers.
|
| 1.3 | 23-Mar-1993 |
cgd | changed "Id" to "Header" for rcsids
|
| 1.2 | 22-Mar-1993 |
cgd | added rcs ids to all files
|
| 1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.2 | 11-May-1994 |
cgd | oops
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | initial import of 386bsd-0.1 sources
|
| 1.8.14.1 | 22-Jun-2000 |
minoura | Sync w/ netbsd-1-5-base.
|
| 1.26 | 30-Oct-2018 |
kre | Correct the 6 second offset issue between the time reported by
dmesg -T and the actual time a message was produced, noted on
current-users by Geoff Wing (Oct 27, 2018).
The size of the offset would depend upon architecture, and processor,
but was the delay from starting the clocks to initialising the time
of day (after mounting root, in case that is needed).
Change the kernel to set boottime to be the time at which the
clocks were started, rather than the time at which it is init'd
(by subtracting the interval between).
Correct dmesg to properly compute the ToD based upon the
boottime (which is a timespec, not a timeval, and has been
since Jan 2009) and the time logged in the message.
Note that this can (rarely) be 1 second earlier than date reports.
This occurs when the time when the message was logged was actually
in the next second, but the timecounters have not yet processed
the tick, and so the time of the last tick, near the end of the
previous second, is reported instead. Since times are always
truncated, rather than rounded, it is occasionally possible to
observe that disparity (if you try hard enough).
IOW: sys/kern/subr_prf.c:addtstamp() uses getnanouptime() rather
than nanouptime().
Note in dmesg(8) that -T conversions are gibberish other than
when the message comes from current the running kernel. (It
could be fixed when -M is used, for messages generated by the
kernel whose corpse is being observed. But hasn't been...)
|
| 1.25 | 20-Sep-2018 |
kre | s/or/of/ (a common typo of mine) and s/or// (too many of them.)
|
| 1.24 | 20-Sep-2018 |
wiz | Remove a comma and some trailing whitespace.
|
| 1.23 | 19-Sep-2018 |
christos | changes from kre@
- pass intmax to fmtydhmsf instead of time_t to avoid extra conversions.
- make -TTT mean "always keep 3 decimal digits of duration precision" (ie:
always print ms) (including trailing 0's, even .000 if it happens)
- make -T (all forms) be subject to the locale (obey the radix character)
- don't print ymd, since that would require calendar calculations to get
right.
|
| 1.22 | 19-Sep-2018 |
christos | add -TT printing ISO 8601 duration
|
| 1.21 | 14-Apr-2018 |
kre | branches: 1.21.2;
Minor wording change (no date bump needed.)
|
| 1.20 | 11-Apr-2018 |
wiz | Sort flags in SYNOPSIS.
|
| 1.19 | 10-Apr-2018 |
christos | match the linux dmesg flags.
|
| 1.18 | 01-Apr-2018 |
christos | Handle new timestamp sequences.
|
| 1.17 | 11-Sep-2016 |
sevan | branches: 1.17.12;
dmesg first appeared in 3BSD
http://minnie.tuhs.org/cgi-bin/utree.pl?file=3BSD/usr/src/cmd/dmesg.c
Bump date.
|
| 1.16 | 30-Apr-2004 |
wiz | Bump date for previous; add comma in SEE ALSO; use Dv instead of Em.
|
| 1.15 | 30-Apr-2004 |
briggs | Talk a little about the system message buffer and cross-reference
MSGBUFSIZE in options(4).
|
| 1.14 | 07-Aug-2003 |
agc | branches: 1.14.2;
Move UCB-licensed code from 4-clause to 3-clause licence.
Patches provided by Joel Baker in PR 22308, verified by myself.
|
| 1.13 | 05-Jun-2001 |
wiz | branches: 1.13.2;
Drop arguments of .Os.
|
| 1.12 | 20-Jun-2000 |
simonb | branches: 1.12.2;
The default core file is /dev/mem, not /dev/kmem.
|
| 1.11 | 29-Apr-2000 |
abs | branches: 1.11.2;
Mention /var/run/dmesg.boot
|
| 1.10 | 14-Sep-1997 |
lukem | branches: 1.10.4;
- cleanup for WARNS=1
- cleanup .Nm usage
|
| 1.9 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.8 | 06-Aug-1994 |
jtc | vmunix -> netbsd (PR #375)
|
| 1.7 | 11-May-1994 |
cgd | branches: 1.7.2;
clean up import
|
| 1.6 | 01-Aug-1993 |
mycroft | Add RCS indentifiers.
|
| 1.5 | 13-Jun-1993 |
mycroft | Add FILES section.
|
| 1.4 | 13-Jun-1993 |
mycroft | Update file names.
|
| 1.3 | 23-Mar-1993 |
cgd | changed "Id" to "Header" for rcsids
|
| 1.2 | 22-Mar-1993 |
cgd | added rcs ids to all files
|
| 1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.2 | 11-May-1994 |
cgd | oops
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | initial import of 386bsd-0.1 sources
|
| 1.7.2.1 | 06-Aug-1994 |
mycroft | update from trunk
|
| 1.10.4.1 | 22-May-2000 |
he | Pull up revision 1.11 (requested by abs):
Mention /var/run/dmesg.boot.
|
| 1.11.2.1 | 22-Jun-2000 |
minoura | Sync w/ netbsd-1-5-base.
|
| 1.12.2.2 | 20-Jun-2000 |
simonb | The default core file is /dev/mem, not /dev/kmem.
|
| 1.12.2.1 | 20-Jun-2000 |
simonb | file dmesg.8 was added on branch netbsd-1-5 on 2000-06-20 01:47:04 +0000
|
| 1.13.2.1 | 13-Aug-2004 |
jmc | Pullup rev 1.15-1.16 (requested by briggs in ticket #1728)
Talk a little about the system message buffer and cross-reference
MSGBUFSIZE in options(4).
|
| 1.14.2.1 | 04-Aug-2004 |
he | Pull up revisions 1.15-1.16 (requested by briggs in ticket #727):
Expand description of the system message buffer, and cross-reference
MSGBUFSIZE in options(4). Bump date and some minor cleanup.
Part of fix for PR#26439.
|
| 1.17.12.4 | 26-Nov-2018 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD, resolve a couple of conflicts
|
| 1.17.12.3 | 30-Sep-2018 |
pgoyette | Ssync with HEAD
|
| 1.17.12.2 | 16-Apr-2018 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD, resolve some conflicts
|
| 1.17.12.1 | 07-Apr-2018 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD. 77 conflicts resolved - all of them $NetBSD$
|
| 1.21.2.1 | 10-Jun-2019 |
christos | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.51 | 06-Aug-2022 |
rin | Assert postts only if we really obtained a timestamp.
|
| 1.50 | 06-Aug-2022 |
rin | Do not declare unused tstamp for SMALL. NFC.
|
| 1.49 | 06-Aug-2022 |
rin | Get back to the statically-allocated tbuf.
If a string is longer than tbuf, it cannot be a timestamp.
Therefore, no need for buffering anymore in this case.
|
| 1.48 | 06-Aug-2022 |
rin | Oops, fix thinko in the previous.
|
| 1.47 | 06-Aug-2022 |
rin | Do not discard \[.*\] which is not identified as a timestamp.
|
| 1.46 | 06-Aug-2022 |
rin | KNF. Do not unnecessarily define ADDC() for SMALL. No binary changes.
|
| 1.45 | 01-Jan-2020 |
kre | Make recent change build for SMALL builds as well as normal ones.
|
| 1.44 | 31-Dec-2019 |
tsutsui | Fix dmesg(8) to preserve leading whitespaces of kernel messages.
Closes PR/54729.
|
| 1.43 | 04-Jun-2019 |
kre | branches: 1.43.2;
Delete a redundant (useless) assignment. NFCI.
|
| 1.42 | 04-Jun-2019 |
kre | PR toolchain/54269
Make a SMALL dmesg even smaller.
When compiled -DSMALL, dmesg does nothing at all with the kernel
timestamps (it processes no options to be told what would be the
user's desire) so make it truly do (almost) nothing, rather than
some botched partial processing of them.
The "almost" is that a SMALL dmesg will now ignore spaces at the
beginning of each new message line ... those are (vanishingly)
unlikely to occur, as the kernel puts the timestamp (which starts
with '[' there) - fixing this would have meant even more #ifdef's
as the code that ignores that leading space is the only remaining
thing that (in a SMALL) dmesg looks at the value of the "tstamp"
variable, and if we don't keep some use of it, gcc complains...
These changes affect only SMALL dmesg (as installed on boot
floppies, etc) and have no intended effect on the version that's
installed on a normal (full size) running system.
|
| 1.41 | 30-Oct-2018 |
kre | Correct the 6 second offset issue between the time reported by
dmesg -T and the actual time a message was produced, noted on
current-users by Geoff Wing (Oct 27, 2018).
The size of the offset would depend upon architecture, and processor,
but was the delay from starting the clocks to initialising the time
of day (after mounting root, in case that is needed).
Change the kernel to set boottime to be the time at which the
clocks were started, rather than the time at which it is init'd
(by subtracting the interval between).
Correct dmesg to properly compute the ToD based upon the
boottime (which is a timespec, not a timeval, and has been
since Jan 2009) and the time logged in the message.
Note that this can (rarely) be 1 second earlier than date reports.
This occurs when the time when the message was logged was actually
in the next second, but the timecounters have not yet processed
the tick, and so the time of the last tick, near the end of the
previous second, is reported instead. Since times are always
truncated, rather than rounded, it is occasionally possible to
observe that disparity (if you try hard enough).
IOW: sys/kern/subr_prf.c:addtstamp() uses getnanouptime() rather
than nanouptime().
Note in dmesg(8) that -T conversions are gibberish other than
when the message comes from current the running kernel. (It
could be fixed when -M is used, for messages generated by the
kernel whose corpse is being observed. But hasn't been...)
|
| 1.40 | 20-Sep-2018 |
kre | Whitespace. NFC.
|
| 1.39 | 20-Sep-2018 |
kre | Use the locale's numeric radix character ("decimal point") more generally
(in !SMALL versions of dmesg).
|
| 1.38 | 20-Sep-2018 |
kre | Remove #if 0'd code that somehow got mangled in the (somewhat messy)
commit process and ended up being a syntax error...
|
| 1.37 | 19-Sep-2018 |
christos | changes from kre@
- pass intmax to fmtydhmsf instead of time_t to avoid extra conversions.
- make -TTT mean "always keep 3 decimal digits of duration precision" (ie:
always print ms) (including trailing 0's, even .000 if it happens)
- make -T (all forms) be subject to the locale (obey the radix character)
- don't print ymd, since that would require calendar calculations to get
right.
|
| 1.36 | 19-Sep-2018 |
kre | Allow a third use of -T to force .NNN (always three digits) in -TT
(ISO8601 durations) format for timestamps - that is,not dropping trailing 0's.
|
| 1.35 | 19-Sep-2018 |
kre | In -TT mode (ISO8601 duration timestamps) print milliseconds as
decimal fractions of a second (as they should be) rather than integer
milliseconds (ie nnn.1means nnn seconds and 1/10 of a second, not
nnn seconds, and 1 millisecond). While here convert some inappropriate
time_t usage to intmax_t which works better (int, or long, would probably
work just as well).
|
| 1.34 | 19-Sep-2018 |
christos | add -TT printing ISO 8601 duration
|
| 1.33 | 14-Apr-2018 |
kre | branches: 1.33.2;
Make timestamp reading code adapt to whatever precision (up to
nanoseconds, 9 digits) the kernel happens to send in the timestamps
in log messages.
Output (numeric) timestamps (when produced) are unchanged and always
in microseconds (for now).
|
| 1.32 | 11-Apr-2018 |
wiz | Update usage.
|
| 1.31 | 10-Apr-2018 |
christos | match the linux dmesg flags.
|
| 1.30 | 02-Apr-2018 |
christos | eat NUL's first so that the state machine is not altered by them.
|
| 1.29 | 01-Apr-2018 |
christos | handle log being before timestamp...
|
| 1.28 | 01-Apr-2018 |
christos | Handle new timestamp sequences.
|
| 1.27 | 29-Aug-2011 |
joerg | branches: 1.27.40;
Use __dead
|
| 1.26 | 20-Jul-2008 |
lukem | Remove the \n and tabs from the __COPYRIGHT() strings.
(Tweak some to use a consistent format.)
|
| 1.25 | 16-Oct-2006 |
christos | branches: 1.25.18; 1.25.22;
c99 initializer
|
| 1.24 | 05-Sep-2005 |
dsl | Make is worthwhile haveing #ifdef SMALL by making the Makefile set it when
SMALLPROG is defined (eg by src/distrib/commonMakefile.crunch).
Shrink SMALL version even more.
|
| 1.23 | 20-Jan-2005 |
xtraeme | Remove main() prototype; WARNS=2
|
| 1.22 | 07-Aug-2003 |
agc | Move UCB-licensed code from 4-clause to 3-clause licence.
Patches provided by Joel Baker in PR 22308, verified by myself.
|
| 1.21 | 05-Jun-2002 |
augustss | Make it possible to see \ in dmesg.
|
| 1.20 | 20-Jun-2000 |
simonb | branches: 1.20.2;
If "SMALL" is defined don't include kvm support, primarily for install
media.
|
| 1.19 | 16-Jun-2000 |
simonb | Don't check namelist when choosing to use the sysctl interface.
|
| 1.18 | 16-Jun-2000 |
simonb | ANSIfy.
|
| 1.17 | 16-Jun-2000 |
simonb | Use new KERN_MSGBUF sysctl if running on a live kernel, and remove
setgid kmem bit from executable.
|
| 1.16 | 05-Jul-1998 |
mrg | branches: 1.16.8;
discard privs as soon as possible.
|
| 1.15 | 20-Sep-1997 |
enami | Cosmetic change;
- indent continuation line by four space.
- put an empty line at the beginning of function which has no local variable.
|
| 1.14 | 20-Sep-1997 |
enami | Fix revived bug, described in PR#3285. But use a bit simple way;
Use loop count instead of hackery pointer play.
|
| 1.13 | 20-Sep-1997 |
enami | Don't include <sys/cdefs.h> twice in same file.
|
| 1.12 | 19-Sep-1997 |
leo | Commit userland part of pr-1891.
|
| 1.11 | 14-Sep-1997 |
lukem | - cleanup for WARNS=1
- cleanup .Nm usage
|
| 1.10 | 03-May-1997 |
mjacob | We need a hint of *what* address is bad on the kvm_read. Also,
there are two reads- one for the msgbuf pointer, and then that
for what it points to.
|
| 1.9 | 06-Mar-1997 |
thorpej | Don't get stuck in an infinite loop if the msgbuf index is 0 or 1, from
enami tsugutomo <enami@ba2.so-net.or.jp>, PR #3285.
|
| 1.8 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | branches: 1.8.6;
convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.7 | 05-Dec-1994 |
cgd | more cleanups from Jim Jegers, passed over by me.
|
| 1.6 | 11-May-1994 |
cgd | clean up import
|
| 1.5 | 13-Oct-1993 |
jtc | #include <unistd.h>, so getopt(), optarg, opterr, optind, and optopt
declarations can be removed from <stdlib.h>.
|
| 1.4 | 01-Aug-1993 |
mycroft | Add RCS identifiers.
|
| 1.3 | 23-Mar-1993 |
cgd | changed "Id" to "Header" for rcsids
|
| 1.2 | 22-Mar-1993 |
cgd | added rcs ids to all files
|
| 1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.2 | 11-May-1994 |
cgd | oops
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | initial import of 386bsd-0.1 sources
|
| 1.8.6.1 | 06-Mar-1997 |
thorpej | Pull up from trunk:
Don't get stuck in an infinite loop if the msgbuf index is 0 or 1, from
enami tsugutomo <enami@ba2.so-net.or.jp>, PR #3285.
|
| 1.16.8.1 | 22-Jun-2000 |
minoura | Sync w/ netbsd-1-5-base.
|
| 1.20.2.2 | 20-Jun-2000 |
simonb | If "SMALL" is defined don't include kvm support, primarily for install
media.
|
| 1.20.2.1 | 20-Jun-2000 |
simonb | file dmesg.c was added on branch netbsd-1-5 on 2000-06-20 01:49:21 +0000
|
| 1.25.22.1 | 18-Sep-2008 |
wrstuden | Sync with wrstuden-revivesa-base-2.
|
| 1.25.18.1 | 28-Sep-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.27.40.4 | 26-Nov-2018 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD, resolve a couple of conflicts
|
| 1.27.40.3 | 30-Sep-2018 |
pgoyette | Ssync with HEAD
|
| 1.27.40.2 | 16-Apr-2018 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD, resolve some conflicts
|
| 1.27.40.1 | 07-Apr-2018 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD. 77 conflicts resolved - all of them $NetBSD$
|
| 1.33.2.2 | 08-Apr-2020 |
martin | Merge changes from current as of 20200406
|
| 1.33.2.1 | 10-Jun-2019 |
christos | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.43.2.1 | 05-Jan-2020 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by tsutsui in ticket #601):
sbin/dmesg/dmesg.c: revision 1.44
sbin/dmesg/dmesg.c: revision 1.45
Fix dmesg(8) to preserve leading whitespaces of kernel messages.
Closes PR/54729.
Make recent change build for SMALL builds as well as normal ones.
|
| 1.4 | 22-Sep-2006 |
thorpej | - Add a new DRVCTLCOMMAND ioctl to /dev/drvctl. This is a generic
"execute a command" ioctl that takes a dictionary as an argument
(specifying the command and arguments) and returns a dictionary
with the results (error code, optional error message, optional
result data).
- Define and implement a "get-properties" command for DRVCTLCOMMAND
that returns the properties dictionary of the specified device.
- Add a -p flag to drvctl(8) to fetch and display the properties of
the specified device.
This is a great example of how to use prop_dictionary_sendrecv_ioctl().
|
| 1.3 | 27-Jun-2005 |
christos | Move WARNS=3 to the Makefile.inc, and add a little const to the remaining
programs that did not compile before.
|
| 1.2 | 20-Jan-2005 |
xtraeme | ANSIfy; WARNS=3
|
| 1.1 | 18-Aug-2004 |
drochner | add a little utility to exercise the rescan / detach autoconf functions
|
| 1.20 | 07-Aug-2019 |
wiz | Remove superfluous Pp.
|
| 1.19 | 06-Aug-2019 |
mrg | add an example about reattaching USB devices
|
| 1.18 | 11-Sep-2016 |
sevan | branches: 1.18.14;
Document the version drvctl appeard.
Reword bad sentence.
Remove space in License.
Bump date.
|
| 1.17 | 08-Aug-2015 |
mrg | add an example for rescanning ATA busses.
|
| 1.16 | 13-May-2015 |
mlelstv | Add documentation for the drvctl driver and add reference.
Fixes PR 49895.
|
| 1.15 | 25-Feb-2015 |
wiz | Bump date for previous.
New sentence, new line.
|
| 1.14 | 24-Feb-2015 |
mlelstv | Let drvctl -p select elements from an array property by numeric index.
|
| 1.13 | 16-Jan-2012 |
pgoyette | branches: 1.13.18;
Enhance drvctl -p processing to handle new autoconfig info in property
dictionaries.
|
| 1.12 | 07-Aug-2011 |
jmcneill | branches: 1.12.2;
add the -t option that modifies -l behaviour to recursively scan for
child devices and print them in tree format:
$ drvctl -lt usb0
uhub0
uhub6
uhidev0
ukbd0
wskbd1
uhidev1
ums0
wsmouse1
uhid0
ubt0
|
| 1.11 | 07-Aug-2011 |
jmcneill | add an optional argument to the -p flag that lets you extract specific
property values from the command-line:
$ drvctl -p wd0 disk-info/geometry/cylinders-per-unit
620181
$ drvctl -p wd0 device-driver device-unit
wd
0
$ drvctl -p wd0 nonexistent || echo "not found"
not found
|
| 1.10 | 20-Apr-2009 |
wiz | Document -n.
|
| 1.9 | 20-Apr-2009 |
wiz | Add -n to usage. Now it just needs to be documented.
|
| 1.8 | 20-Apr-2009 |
wiz | Bump date for previous. Remove trailing whitespace.
|
| 1.7 | 20-Apr-2009 |
dyoung | Add flag -n to suppress the first column of drvctl -l output.
|
| 1.6 | 04-Apr-2009 |
joerg | If drvctl -l is used without argument, print the root device nodes.
|
| 1.5 | 16-Feb-2008 |
dyoung | branches: 1.5.10; 1.5.12; 1.5.16;
Document -l, -Q, -R, and -S.
|
| 1.4 | 10-Mar-2007 |
christos | branches: 1.4.4; 1.4.6;
drvctl 4 does not exist.
|
| 1.3 | 22-Sep-2006 |
thorpej | branches: 1.3.2; 1.3.4;
- Add a new DRVCTLCOMMAND ioctl to /dev/drvctl. This is a generic
"execute a command" ioctl that takes a dictionary as an argument
(specifying the command and arguments) and returns a dictionary
with the results (error code, optional error message, optional
result data).
- Define and implement a "get-properties" command for DRVCTLCOMMAND
that returns the properties dictionary of the specified device.
- Add a -p flag to drvctl(8) to fetch and display the properties of
the specified device.
This is a great example of how to use prop_dictionary_sendrecv_ioctl().
|
| 1.2 | 18-Aug-2004 |
wiz | New sentence, new line.
|
| 1.1 | 18-Aug-2004 |
drochner | add a little utility to exercise the rescan / detach autoconf functions
|
| 1.3.4.1 | 03-Sep-2007 |
wrstuden | Sync w/ NetBSD-4-RC_1
|
| 1.3.2.1 | 31-Jul-2007 |
liamjfoy | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by jnemeth in ticket #805):
sbin/drvctl/drvctl.8: revision 1.4
drvctl 4 does not exist.
|
| 1.4.6.1 | 18-Feb-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.4.4.1 | 23-Mar-2008 |
matt | sync with HEAD
|
| 1.5.16.1 | 21-Apr-2010 |
matt | sync to netbsd-5
|
| 1.5.12.1 | 13-May-2009 |
jym | Sync with HEAD.
Third (and last) commit. See http://mail-index.netbsd.org/source-changes/2009/05/13/msg221222.html
|
| 1.5.10.3 | 12-Aug-2011 |
riz | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by jmcneill in ticket #1656):
sbin/drvctl/drvctl.8: revision 1.11
sbin/drvctl/drvctl.8: revision 1.12
sbin/drvctl/drvctl.c: revision 1.11
sbin/drvctl/drvctl.c: revision 1.12
add an optional argument to the -p flag that lets you extract specific
property values from the command-line:
$ drvctl -p wd0 disk-info/geometry/cylinders-per-unit
620181
$ drvctl -p wd0 device-driver device-unit
wd
0
$ drvctl -p wd0 nonexistent || echo "not found"
not found
add the -t option that modifies -l behaviour to recursively scan for
child devices and print them in tree format:
$ drvctl -lt usb0
uhub0
uhub6
uhidev0
ukbd0
wskbd1
uhidev1
ums0
wsmouse1
uhid0
ubt0
|
| 1.5.10.2 | 06-Jun-2009 |
bouyer | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by dyoung in ticket #736):
sbin/drvctl/drvctl.8: revisions 1.7 - 1.10
sbin/drvctl/drvctl.c: revision 1.7 via patch, 1.9, 1.10
fix sign-compare issues
Add flag -n to suppress the first column of drvctl -l output.
Mention -n in usage.
Bump date for previous. Remove trailing whitespace.
Add -n to usage. Now it just needs to be documented.
Document -n.
|
| 1.5.10.1 | 03-May-2009 |
snj | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by joerg in ticket #675):
sbin/drvctl/drvctl.8: revision 1.6
sbin/drvctl/drvctl.c: revision 1.8 via patch
If drvctl -l is used without argument, print the root device nodes.
|
| 1.12.2.1 | 17-Apr-2012 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.13.18.1 | 07-Mar-2015 |
snj | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by mlelstv in ticket #562):
sbin/drvctl/drvctl.8: revision 1.14
sbin/drvctl/drvctl.c: revision 1.17
Let drvctl -p select elements from an array property by numeric index.
|
| 1.18.14.1 | 13-Apr-2020 |
martin | Mostly merge changes from HEAD upto 20200411
|
| 1.23 | 03-Nov-2024 |
rillig | sbin, usr.bin, usr.sbin: remove redundant getopt declarations
No binary change, except for assertion line numbers in tprof.
|
| 1.22 | 21-Aug-2022 |
mlelstv | branches: 1.22.4;
When extracting properties, don't bail for non-existent or invalid path
elements, but continue with next properry.
|
| 1.21 | 11-Jun-2020 |
thorpej | Update for proplib(3) API changes.
|
| 1.20 | 14-Feb-2018 |
jakllsch | Revert functional changes in previous, at expense of strict KNF conformance.
|
| 1.19 | 07-Jan-2018 |
christos | KNF.
|
| 1.18 | 07-Dec-2015 |
pgoyette | synch usage() with the man page.
|
| 1.17 | 24-Feb-2015 |
mlelstv | Let drvctl -p select elements from an array property by numeric index.
|
| 1.16 | 17-Jan-2012 |
wiz | branches: 1.16.18;
Add -n to usage.
|
| 1.15 | 16-Jan-2012 |
pgoyette | Enhance drvctl -p processing to handle new autoconfig info in property
dictionaries.
|
| 1.14 | 19-Oct-2011 |
dyoung | branches: 1.14.2;
Don't print the silly header, "Properties for device `xxx0':", before
the device properties if the -n option was given.
|
| 1.13 | 29-Aug-2011 |
joerg | Use __dead
|
| 1.12 | 07-Aug-2011 |
jmcneill | add the -t option that modifies -l behaviour to recursively scan for
child devices and print them in tree format:
$ drvctl -lt usb0
uhub0
uhub6
uhidev0
ukbd0
wskbd1
uhidev1
ums0
wsmouse1
uhid0
ubt0
|
| 1.11 | 07-Aug-2011 |
jmcneill | add an optional argument to the -p flag that lets you extract specific
property values from the command-line:
$ drvctl -p wd0 disk-info/geometry/cylinders-per-unit
620181
$ drvctl -p wd0 device-driver device-unit
wd
0
$ drvctl -p wd0 nonexistent || echo "not found"
not found
|
| 1.10 | 20-Apr-2009 |
dyoung | Mention -n in usage.
|
| 1.9 | 20-Apr-2009 |
dyoung | Add flag -n to suppress the first column of drvctl -l output.
|
| 1.8 | 04-Apr-2009 |
joerg | If drvctl -l is used without argument, print the root device nodes.
|
| 1.7 | 16-Mar-2009 |
lukem | fix sign-compare issues
|
| 1.6 | 27-Jan-2008 |
dyoung | branches: 1.6.10; 1.6.12; 1.6.16;
Patch /dev/drvctl and drvctl(8) to let us suspend/resume device
sub-trees, and to let us list the children of a device.
While I am here, add -p to the drvctl(8) usage message.
|
| 1.5 | 22-Sep-2006 |
thorpej | branches: 1.5.8; 1.5.10;
- Add a new DRVCTLCOMMAND ioctl to /dev/drvctl. This is a generic
"execute a command" ioctl that takes a dictionary as an argument
(specifying the command and arguments) and returns a dictionary
with the results (error code, optional error message, optional
result data).
- Define and implement a "get-properties" command for DRVCTLCOMMAND
that returns the properties dictionary of the specified device.
- Add a -p flag to drvctl(8) to fetch and display the properties of
the specified device.
This is a great example of how to use prop_dictionary_sendrecv_ioctl().
|
| 1.4 | 02-Jun-2005 |
lukem | Fix an uninitialized variable issue.
Found with gcc -Wuninitialized.
|
| 1.3 | 20-Jan-2005 |
xtraeme | branches: 1.3.2;
ANSIfy; WARNS=3
|
| 1.2 | 18-Aug-2004 |
wiz | Sync usage with man page.
|
| 1.1 | 18-Aug-2004 |
drochner | add a little utility to exercise the rescan / detach autoconf functions
|
| 1.3.2.1 | 14-Jun-2005 |
tron | Pull up revision 1.4 (requested by lukem in ticket #401):
Fix an uninitialized variable issue.
Found with gcc -Wuninitialized.
|
| 1.5.10.1 | 18-Feb-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.5.8.1 | 23-Mar-2008 |
matt | sync with HEAD
|
| 1.6.16.1 | 21-Apr-2010 |
matt | sync to netbsd-5
|
| 1.6.12.1 | 13-May-2009 |
jym | Sync with HEAD.
Third (and last) commit. See http://mail-index.netbsd.org/source-changes/2009/05/13/msg221222.html
|
| 1.6.10.4 | 14-Aug-2011 |
riz | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by jmcneill in ticket #1659):
sbin/drvctl/drvctl.c: patch
Fix the build problem introduced by pullup ticket #1656.
|
| 1.6.10.3 | 12-Aug-2011 |
riz | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by jmcneill in ticket #1656):
sbin/drvctl/drvctl.8: revision 1.11
sbin/drvctl/drvctl.8: revision 1.12
sbin/drvctl/drvctl.c: revision 1.11
sbin/drvctl/drvctl.c: revision 1.12
add an optional argument to the -p flag that lets you extract specific
property values from the command-line:
$ drvctl -p wd0 disk-info/geometry/cylinders-per-unit
620181
$ drvctl -p wd0 device-driver device-unit
wd
0
$ drvctl -p wd0 nonexistent || echo "not found"
not found
add the -t option that modifies -l behaviour to recursively scan for
child devices and print them in tree format:
$ drvctl -lt usb0
uhub0
uhub6
uhidev0
ukbd0
wskbd1
uhidev1
ums0
wsmouse1
uhid0
ubt0
|
| 1.6.10.2 | 06-Jun-2009 |
bouyer | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by dyoung in ticket #736):
sbin/drvctl/drvctl.8: revisions 1.7 - 1.10
sbin/drvctl/drvctl.c: revision 1.7 via patch, 1.9, 1.10
fix sign-compare issues
Add flag -n to suppress the first column of drvctl -l output.
Mention -n in usage.
Bump date for previous. Remove trailing whitespace.
Add -n to usage. Now it just needs to be documented.
Document -n.
|
| 1.6.10.1 | 03-May-2009 |
snj | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by joerg in ticket #675):
sbin/drvctl/drvctl.8: revision 1.6
sbin/drvctl/drvctl.c: revision 1.8 via patch
If drvctl -l is used without argument, print the root device nodes.
|
| 1.14.2.1 | 17-Apr-2012 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.16.18.1 | 07-Mar-2015 |
snj | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by mlelstv in ticket #562):
sbin/drvctl/drvctl.8: revision 1.14
sbin/drvctl/drvctl.c: revision 1.17
Let drvctl -p select elements from an array property by numeric index.
|
| 1.22.4.1 | 02-Aug-2025 |
perseant | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.43 | 03-Jun-2023 |
lukem | bsd.own.mk: rename GCC_NO_* to CC_WNO_*
Rename compiler-warning-disable variables from
GCC_NO_warning
to
CC_WNO_warning
where warning is the full warning name as used by the compiler.
GCC_NO_IMPLICIT_FALLTHRU is CC_WNO_IMPLICIT_FALLTHROUGH
Using the convention CC_compilerflag, where compilerflag
is based on the full compiler flag name.
|
| 1.42 | 03-Jun-2023 |
lukem | bsd.own.mk: rename to CC_WNO_ADDRESS_OF_PACKED_MEMBER
Provide a single variable
CC_WNO_ADDRESS_OF_PACKED_MEMBER
with options for both clang and gcc, to replace
CLANG_NO_ADDR_OF_PACKED_MEMBER
CC_NO_ADDR_OF_PACKED_MEMBER
GCC_NO_ADDR_OF_PACKED_MEMBER
Using the convention CC_compilerflag, where compilerflag
is based on the full compiler flag name.
|
| 1.41 | 06-Sep-2020 |
mrg | add support for new GCC 9 warnings that may be too much to fix
right now. new address-of-packed-member and format-overflow
warnings have new GCC_NO_ADDR_OF_PACKED_MEMBER amd
GCC_NO_FORMAT_OVERFLOW variables to remove these warnings.
apply to a bunch of the tree. mostly, these are real bugs that
should be fixed, but in many cases, only by removing the 'packed'
attribute from some structure that doesn't really need it. (i
looked at many different ones, and while perhaps 60-80% were
already properly aligned, it wasn't clear to me that the uses
were always coming from sane data vs network alignment, so it
doesn't seem safe to remove packed without careful research for
each affect struct.) clang already warned (and was not erroring)
for many of these cases, but gcc picked up dozens more.
|
| 1.40 | 13-Oct-2019 |
mrg | introduce some common variables for use in GCC warning disables:
GCC_NO_FORMAT_TRUNCATION -Wno-format-truncation (GCC 7/8)
GCC_NO_STRINGOP_TRUNCATION -Wno-stringop-truncation (GCC 8)
GCC_NO_STRINGOP_OVERFLOW -Wno-stringop-overflow (GCC 8)
GCC_NO_CAST_FUNCTION_TYPE -Wno-cast-function-type (GCC 8)
use these to turn off warnings for most GCC-8 complaints. many
of these are false positives, most of the real bugs are already
commited, or are yet to come.
we plan to introduce versions of (some?) of these that use the
"-Wno-error=" form, which still displays the warnings but does
not make it an error, and all of the above will be re-considered
as either being "fix me" (warning still displayed) or "warning
is wrong."
|
| 1.39 | 10-Aug-2012 |
joerg | branches: 1.39.32;
Don't depend on HAVE_GCC being always defined.
|
| 1.38 | 07-Apr-2012 |
christos | use getfsspecname()
|
| 1.37 | 20-Jun-2011 |
mrg | branches: 1.37.2;
remove most of the remaining HAVE_GCC tests that are always true in
the modern world.
|
| 1.36 | 11-Apr-2009 |
lukem | branches: 1.36.4;
Enable WARNS=4 by default except for:
dump dump_lfs fsck_ffs fsck_lfs fsdb mount_smbfs
newfs_ext2fs newfs_lfs resize_lfs setkey
|
| 1.35 | 29-Aug-2008 |
gmcgarry | branches: 1.35.4;
Wrap compiler-specific flags with HAVE_GCC and HAVE_PCC as necessary. Add a few flags for PCC.
|
| 1.34 | 10-Aug-2008 |
simonb | Remove adding -g to CFLAGS and LDFLAGS. Ancient debug bogon?
|
| 1.33 | 11-May-2006 |
mrg | branches: 1.33.20; 1.33.24;
sprinkle some -fno-strict-aliasing and -Wno-pointer-sign with GCC4.
|
| 1.32 | 19-Apr-2005 |
hannken | Snapshot support for dump(8):
- New option `-x backup' takes the dump from a snapshot backed up by `backup'.
The snapshot will be deleted on exit.
- New option `-X' as a synonym for `-x mountpoint' where `mountpoint' is the
file system to be dumped.
Reviewed and Approved by: Manuel Bouyer <bouyer@netbsd.org>
|
| 1.31 | 02-Apr-2003 |
fvdl | branches: 1.31.6;
Add support for UFS2. UFS2 is an enhanced FFS, adding support for
64 bit block pointers, extended attribute storage, and a few
other things.
This commit does not yet include the code to manipulate the extended
storage (for e.g. ACLs), this will be done later.
Originally written by Kirk McKusick and Network Associates Laboratories for
FreeBSD.
|
| 1.30 | 27-Mar-2003 |
lukem | Use "wall -g operator" (instead of private code) to broadcast() messages to
members of the operator group.
Don't install "setgid tty", and remove now unnecessary gid/egid swapping.
Remove utmp trawling code pulled in from usr.bin/who.
The Code is now simpler, and more portable (without the utmp cruft) too.
This is derived from similar work in OpenBSD.
|
| 1.29 | 19-Aug-2002 |
lukem | Use ${NETBSDSRCDIR}/some/path instead of ${.CURDIR}/../../some/path
|
| 1.28 | 02-Aug-2002 |
christos | support utmpx
|
| 1.27 | 25-Dec-2001 |
lukem | document more of the debug options
|
| 1.26 | 23-Dec-2001 |
lukem | nuke trailing whitespace
|
| 1.25 | 01-Oct-1999 |
perseant | Working version of aborted dump{,_lfs} join.
|
| 1.24 | 30-Sep-1999 |
perseant | Back out changes made on the 29th, not at all the changes I intended to commit.
(I don't know how I did it though ... I'll figure it out tonight.)
I'll reapply this, in a working form, this evening.
|
| 1.23 | 29-Sep-1999 |
perseant | Adapt dump(8) to use filestore-independent (but still ufs-specific)
replacements for NINDIR, fsbtodb, etc. Create dump_lfs by adding a few
LFS-filestore-specific routines. As described in PR#8317.
|
| 1.22 | 23-Mar-1999 |
bouyer | branches: 1.22.4;
Implement a read cache, as announced on tech-userlevel. Default is 32k
read buffer size, 512 buffer or 15% of the user memory. Can be changed
with the -k and -s options.
|
| 1.21 | 09-Mar-1999 |
bouyer | Handle "nodump" flag on directories, by not dumping any files or directories
under it. Based on some parts of PR 6705 by Brian Grayson.
In the Makefile, add (commented out) debug options that can be turned on.
|
| 1.20 | 15-Jan-1999 |
bouyer | #include machine/bswap.h and remove -lutil.
|
| 1.19 | 18-Mar-1998 |
bouyer | Add support for non-native byte order FFS. The dump is in filesystem byte
order, restore already knows how to byteswap dumps.
|
| 1.18 | 10-Oct-1997 |
christos | CFLAGS->CPPFLAGS
|
| 1.17 | 27-May-1997 |
mrg | enable rcmd(). garbage collect.
|
| 1.16 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | branches: 1.16.4;
convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.15 | 22-Dec-1994 |
cgd | specify man pages the new way.
|
| 1.14 | 08-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Update from 4.4-Lite, with local changes.
|
| 1.13 | 22-Dec-1993 |
cgd | new version from CSRG, via BSDI, with fixes
|
| 1.12 | 14-Nov-1993 |
cgd | from Thomas Eberhardt <thomas@mathematik.uni-Bremen.de>:
Some reordering and modifications in the Makefiles for sh, dump,
restore to get dependicies right. The README in /usr/share/mk
states that it's a Bad Thing(tm) to add something after
.include <bsd.prog.mk>, but this seems the only way to get the
dependencies right.
|
| 1.11 | 12-Nov-1993 |
cgd | oops again; fix that last
|
| 1.10 | 12-Nov-1993 |
cgd | oops; fix that last
|
| 1.9 | 12-Nov-1993 |
cgd | add LDSTATIC
|
| 1.8 | 01-Aug-1993 |
mycroft | Add RCS identifiers.
|
| 1.7 | 18-Jul-1993 |
mycroft | Use ${COPY}, not -c for install.
|
| 1.6 | 18-Apr-1993 |
mycroft | Okay, so I was confused (but only a little).
|
| 1.5 | 18-Apr-1993 |
mycroft | Make rdump target match normal program target.
(This should probably be in a separate directory, no?)
|
| 1.4 | 08-Apr-1993 |
cgd | make install copy
|
| 1.3 | 23-Mar-1993 |
cgd | changed "Id" to "Header" for rcsids
|
| 1.2 | 22-Mar-1993 |
cgd | added rcs ids to all files
|
| 1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.2 | 13-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Import 4.4-Lite version.
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | initial import of 386bsd-0.1 sources
|
| 1.16.4.1 | 17-Feb-1997 |
mrg | this program is not setuid in the new-rcmd-world-order
|
| 1.22.4.1 | 27-Dec-1999 |
wrstuden | Pull up to last week's -current.
|
| 1.31.6.1 | 21-Apr-2005 |
tron | Pull up revision 1.32 (requested by hannken in ticket #184):
Snapshot support for dump(8):
- New option `-x backup' takes the dump from a snapshot backed up by `backup'.
The snapshot will be deleted on exit.
- New option `-X' as a synonym for `-x mountpoint' where `mountpoint' is the
file system to be dumped.
Reviewed and Approved by: Manuel Bouyer <bouyer@netbsd.org>
|
| 1.33.24.1 | 18-Sep-2008 |
wrstuden | Sync with wrstuden-revivesa-base-2.
|
| 1.33.20.1 | 28-Sep-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.35.4.1 | 13-May-2009 |
jym | Sync with HEAD.
Third (and last) commit. See http://mail-index.netbsd.org/source-changes/2009/05/13/msg221222.html
|
| 1.36.4.1 | 23-Jun-2011 |
cherry | Catchup with rmind-uvmplock merge.
|
| 1.37.2.2 | 30-Oct-2012 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.37.2.1 | 17-Apr-2012 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.39.32.1 | 13-Apr-2020 |
martin | Mostly merge changes from HEAD upto 20200411
|
| 1.72 | 19-Aug-2019 |
perseant | Add -D flag to allow the user to specify an alternate dumpdates file.
Closes PR #54469.
|
| 1.71 | 25-Mar-2019 |
wiz | Bump date for previous.
|
| 1.70 | 25-Mar-2019 |
manu | Add -U flag to dump(8) and dump_lfs(8) to specify dumpdates entry
This address situations where dump(8) cannot figure out the device being
dumped. It also allows tracking of subvolume dumps by using virtual
device as dumpdates entry.
|
| 1.69 | 15-Jul-2018 |
dholland | Document what rdump is (was once) for. PR 53442.
|
| 1.68 | 15-Aug-2016 |
sevan | branches: 1.68.6; 1.68.12; 1.68.14;
dump was there from v4.
Confirmed from the TUHS hosted copies of man pages.
Bump date.
|
| 1.67 | 24-Aug-2015 |
bouyer | Default the read block size (-k default value) to kern.maxphys (usually
64k these days). This gives a noticable performance boost on large filesystems.
|
| 1.66 | 28-Apr-2015 |
prlw1 | Fix typos
|
| 1.65 | 29-Aug-2012 |
dholland | branches: 1.65.10;
Use more markup, fix English usage.
|
| 1.64 | 19-Feb-2012 |
wiz | Sort option descriptions a bit more.
|
| 1.63 | 19-Feb-2012 |
christos | PR/45735: Bug Hunting: The dump(8) manpage, as well as the program's `usage'-line,
needs improvement
|
| 1.62 | 05-Nov-2010 |
hannken | branches: 1.62.6; 1.62.8;
File system snapshots are no longer experimental.
|
| 1.61 | 14-May-2010 |
jruoho | Use a list for the list of bugs.
|
| 1.60 | 26-Feb-2010 |
wiz | -i does not take an argument. Remove unnecessary Bk/Ek. New sentence, new line.
|
| 1.59 | 26-Feb-2010 |
christos | PR/42883: Greywolf: Add -i flag which brings "true incremental" capability.
|
| 1.58 | 30-Jan-2009 |
enami | Use indent-synopsis instead of iS register. The latter is a register
used in BSD derived .Nm implementation.
|
| 1.57 | 12-Aug-2008 |
simonb | We don't need to dump WAPBL log files - don't dump files with SF_LOG
flag set, and document this.
|
| 1.56 | 11-Sep-2005 |
wiz | branches: 1.56.20; 1.56.24;
Argument is read-blocksize, not "read blocksize". From YOMURA Masanori in private mail.
|
| 1.55 | 19-Apr-2005 |
wiz | Sort SEE ALSO.
|
| 1.54 | 19-Apr-2005 |
hannken | Snapshot support for dump(8):
- New option `-x backup' takes the dump from a snapshot backed up by `backup'.
The snapshot will be deleted on exit.
- New option `-X' as a synonym for `-x mountpoint' where `mountpoint' is the
file system to be dumped.
Reviewed and Approved by: Manuel Bouyer <bouyer@netbsd.org>
|
| 1.53 | 07-Aug-2003 |
agc | branches: 1.53.6;
Move UCB-licensed code from 4-clause to 3-clause licence.
Patches provided by Joel Baker in PR 22308, verified by myself.
|
| 1.52 | 26-May-2003 |
lukem | * Document $RCMD_CMD in environ(7).
* Cross-reference rcmd(1), rcmd(3), and environ(7) as appropriate.
Should fix [bin/21670] from Geoff Wing.
|
| 1.51 | 27-Mar-2003 |
lukem | Use "wall -g operator" (instead of private code) to broadcast() messages to
members of the operator group.
Don't install "setgid tty", and remove now unnecessary gid/egid swapping.
Remove utmp trawling code pulled in from usr.bin/who.
The Code is now simpler, and more portable (without the utmp cruft) too.
This is derived from similar work in OpenBSD.
|
| 1.50 | 25-Feb-2003 |
wiz | .Nm does not need a dummy argument ("") before punctuation or
for correct formatting of the SYNOPSIS any longer.
|
| 1.49 | 04-Feb-2003 |
perry | "Utilize" has exactly the same meaning as "use," but it is more
difficult to read and understand. Most manuals of English style
therefore say that you should use "use".
|
| 1.48 | 01-Oct-2002 |
wiz | New sentence, new line. By Robert Elz with minimal fixes.
|
| 1.47 | 26-Feb-2002 |
wiz | Typo fix, from jslag@prop.walkerart.org via OpenBSD.
|
| 1.46 | 21-Jan-2002 |
wiz | Fix typo in macro.
|
| 1.45 | 07-Jan-2002 |
bouyer | For -l: specify the timeout on the command line (in seconds) instead of
hardwiring it to 2s, as suggested on tech-userlevel.
|
| 1.44 | 30-Dec-2001 |
lukem | Add -a to "auto-size" the tape, rather than relying upon other options
to define the tape size. Requires the tape driver to either return ENOSPC
at end of media, or 0 when a write is attempted (such as the "early warning"
support in st(4) enabled with "mt eew 1"). From FreeBSD.
|
| 1.43 | 14-Dec-2001 |
bouyer | Add a -l (autoload) flag. For multivolume dumps, this makes dump eject the
tape when a volume is full, and try to reopen the tape drive for 2 mn.
To be used with tape changers which load the next tape when the current one is
ejected.
While I'm there fix eject handling for remote tape.
|
| 1.42 | 07-Dec-2001 |
wiz | One '\' too many.
|
| 1.41 | 16-Nov-2001 |
lukem | relax the restriction on -F that the file system image argument must be a
regular file
|
| 1.40 | 15-Oct-2001 |
wiz | Whitespace fixes, sort SEE ALSO, sort sections.
|
| 1.39 | 15-Oct-2001 |
blymn | Add the capability for dump to print timestamps on all informational
messages.
|
| 1.38 | 14-Aug-2001 |
lukem | - implement -F, which indicates that files-to-dump is a regular file
containing a file system image (instead of being a single file as
part of a subtree dump)
- use "file system" instead of "filesystem" or "file-system"
|
| 1.37 | 05-Jun-2001 |
wiz | Drop arguments of .Os.
|
| 1.36 | 28-May-2001 |
lukem | * improve parsing of file-systems-to-dump when a path is given:
- if it's a path to an unmounted file-system listed in /etc/fstab, use
that instead of assuming the user wanted a subtree dump of the parent
directory. this restores the behaviour of dump before the subtree
dumping code went in.
- if it's a path to a mounted file-system which is not in /etc/fstab,
use the info from getmntinfo(3). previously, dump would choke.
* implement error checked malloc(), calloc(), strdup(), and use
appropriately (some of the calloc()s weren't being checked)
* use 'file-system' instead of 'filesystem' in the man page
|
| 1.35 | 07-May-2001 |
tron | Add a new option "e" to "dump" which allows to eject tapes automatically
if a tape change is required.
|
| 1.34 | 01-Jul-1999 |
abs | branches: 1.34.8;
Note the default tape device is taken from _PATH_DEFTAPE in /usr/include/paths.h
|
| 1.33 | 28-Jun-1999 |
abs | Default device is nrst0 not rst0
|
| 1.32 | 23-Mar-1999 |
bouyer | branches: 1.32.2;
Implement a read cache, as announced on tech-userlevel. Default is 32k
read buffer size, 512 buffer or 15% of the user memory. Can be changed
with the -k and -s options.
|
| 1.31 | 09-Mar-1999 |
bouyer | Handle "nodump" flag on directories, by not dumping any files or directories
under it. Based on some parts of PR 6705 by Brian Grayson.
In the Makefile, add (commented out) debug options that can be turned on.
|
| 1.30 | 07-Mar-1999 |
mycroft | Clean up SYNOPSIS formatting.
|
| 1.29 | 03-Jan-1999 |
lukem | s/1998/1999/
|
| 1.28 | 03-Jan-1999 |
lukem | add support for '-L label', which file(1) and restore(1) can extract
from the header.
mostly based on [bin/6715] from Brian Grayson <bgrayson@ece.utexas.edu>
|
| 1.27 | 02-Jan-1999 |
tron | Add reference to "st(4)" as suggested by Brian Grayson in PR bin/6713.
|
| 1.26 | 11-Aug-1998 |
frueauf | A dump level above 0 saves new or modified files since the last dump of
a lower level, not the same level. Fixes pr 5402 by Kevin Sullivan.
|
| 1.25 | 03-Jul-1998 |
fair | PR#5697 + nroff cleanup
|
| 1.24 | 29-Apr-1998 |
fair | fix bad .Xr references
|
| 1.23 | 28-Apr-1998 |
fair | Change occurrences of "UNIX" to .Ux or .At as appropriate.
|
| 1.22 | 11-Nov-1997 |
mrg | add missing .Nm sections.
|
| 1.21 | 20-Oct-1997 |
enami | branches: 1.21.2;
Fix .Nm usage.
|
| 1.20 | 18-Sep-1997 |
lukem | Various changes from Brian Grayson <bgrayson@ece.utexas.edu> in [bin/4103]
* exit after providing an estimate if -S was given. the PR used -e,
but checking around indicated prior art in Solaris usin -S.
* remove superfluous 'DUMP:' prefix in two messages
* initialise blocksperfile explicitly (not necessary, but everything
else in that section gets initialised, so be consistant :)
* display the ``pretty'' name of the dumped directory, so the user
knows if it's a subset or not
|
| 1.19 | 16-Sep-1997 |
lukem | resolve conflicts from lite-2 import
|
| 1.18 | 15-Sep-1997 |
lukem | * cleanup for WARNS=1
* fix use of .Nm
* comment out some unused(?) functions
|
| 1.17 | 05-Jun-1997 |
lukem | cleanup xrefs
|
| 1.16 | 05-Jun-1997 |
lukem | * Add the ability to dump specific files & directories of a single
filesystem. This uses fts(3) to access the directory structure (and
not the raw device), so the standard access permissions are adhered
to (unlike dumping an entire filesystem, which just requires read
access to the raw disk device).
* Support SIGINFO status reporting.
* Remove now unused variables that previously stored the (e)uid.
* Be more informative in a couple of error messages.
|
| 1.15 | 15-Apr-1997 |
lukem | use _PATH_DEFTAPE from <paths.h>
change doco references/examples from /dev/rmt* to /dev/rst*
|
| 1.14 | 05-Feb-1996 |
mrg | support $TAPE. update manual to reflect reality (#1937).
|
| 1.13 | 02-Feb-1996 |
phil | Add /dev/rst* to FILES section. (pr 601) (Matches mt man page.)
|
| 1.12 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.11 | 21-Feb-1995 |
mycroft | Fix an old formatting glitch.
|
| 1.10 | 20-Feb-1995 |
mycroft | Use getopt(3), with obsolete() from restore(8) for backward compatibility.
|
| 1.9 | 08-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Update from 4.4-Lite, with local changes.
|
| 1.8 | 28-Jan-1994 |
jtc | More spelling errors.
|
| 1.7 | 22-Dec-1993 |
cgd | new version from CSRG, via BSDI, with fixes
|
| 1.6 | 30-Nov-1993 |
jtc | Use ".At v6" macro instead of spelling out "Version 6 AT&T UNIX".
|
| 1.5 | 20-Aug-1993 |
jtc | Dump is now in /sbin.
|
| 1.4 | 01-Aug-1993 |
mycroft | Add RCS indentifiers.
|
| 1.3 | 23-Mar-1993 |
cgd | changed "Id" to "Header" for rcsids
|
| 1.2 | 22-Mar-1993 |
cgd | added rcs ids to all files
|
| 1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.3 | 16-Sep-1997 |
lukem | imported from lite-2
|
| 1.1.1.2 | 13-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Import 4.4-Lite version.
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | initial import of 386bsd-0.1 sources
|
| 1.21.2.1 | 11-Nov-1997 |
mrg | pull up from trunk: add missing .Nm sections.
|
| 1.32.2.1 | 02-Jul-1999 |
perry | pullup 1.32->1.33 (abs): Correct default device from /dev/rst0 to /dev/nrst0
|
| 1.34.8.3 | 16-Jan-2002 |
he | Pull up revision 1.44 (via patch, requested by bouyer):
Add an ``-a'' option to ``auto-size'' the tape, rather than
relying upon other options to define the tape size.
|
| 1.34.8.2 | 16-Jan-2002 |
he | Pull up revisions 1.43,1.45 (via patch, requested by bouyer):
Implement ``-l <timeout>'' option for use with e.g. autochangers.
|
| 1.34.8.1 | 09-May-2001 |
he | Pull up revision 1.35 (requested by tron):
Add a new option ``e'' to dump which directs it to eject tapes
automatically if a tape change is required.
|
| 1.53.6.2 | 21-Apr-2005 |
tron | Pull up revision 1.55 (requested by hannken in ticket #184):
Sort SEE ALSO.
|
| 1.53.6.1 | 21-Apr-2005 |
tron | Pull up revision 1.54 (requested by hannken in ticket #184):
Snapshot support for dump(8):
- New option `-x backup' takes the dump from a snapshot backed up by `backup'.
The snapshot will be deleted on exit.
- New option `-X' as a synonym for `-x mountpoint' where `mountpoint' is the
file system to be dumped.
Reviewed and Approved by: Manuel Bouyer <bouyer@netbsd.org>
|
| 1.56.24.1 | 18-Sep-2008 |
wrstuden | Sync with wrstuden-revivesa-base-2.
|
| 1.56.20.1 | 28-Sep-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.62.8.1 | 08-Mar-2016 |
snj | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by bouyer in ticket #1331):
sbin/dump/dump.8: revision 1.67 via patch
sbin/dump/main.c: revision 1.72
sbin/dump/rcache.c: revision 1.25
Default the read block size (-k default value) to kern.maxphys (usually
64k these days). This gives a noticable performance boost on large filesystems.
|
| 1.62.6.2 | 30-Oct-2012 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.62.6.1 | 17-Apr-2012 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.65.10.1 | 06-Nov-2015 |
riz | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by bouyer in ticket #990):
sbin/dump/rcache.c: revision 1.25
sbin/dump/dump.8: revision 1.67
sbin/dump/main.c: revision 1.72
Default the read block size (-k default value) to kern.maxphys (usually
64k these days). This gives a noticable performance boost on large filesystems.
|
| 1.68.14.2 | 13-Apr-2020 |
martin | Mostly merge changes from HEAD upto 20200411
|
| 1.68.14.1 | 10-Jun-2019 |
christos | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.68.12.1 | 28-Jul-2018 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.68.6.1 | 29-Mar-2019 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by manu in ticket #1221):
sbin/dump/tape.c: revision 1.55
sbin/dump_lfs/dump_lfs.8: revision 1.18
sbin/dump/dump.h: revision 1.56
sbin/dump/dump.8: revision 1.69
sbin/dump/dump.h: revision 1.57
sbin/dump/ffs_inode.c: revision 1.23
sbin/dump/optr.c: revision 1.43
sbin/dump/itime.c: revision 1.21
sbin/dump/main.c: revision 1.74
sbin/dump/itime.c: revision 1.22
sbin/dump/main.c: revision 1.75
sbin/dump/dump.8: revision 1.70
sbin/dump/traverse.c: revision 1.52
sbin/dump/dump.8: revision 1.71
Document what rdump is (was once) for. PR 53442.
Use getfsspecname() to fill the filesystem argument in dumpdates.
While here, make sure that the error strings terminate with newline
consistently, and add a function that adds the system error string.
Add -U flag to dump(8) and dump_lfs(8) to specify dumpdates entry
This address situations where dump(8) cannot figure out the device being
dumped. It also allows tracking of subvolume dumps by using virtual
device as dumpdates entry.
Bump date for previous.
|
| 1.60 | 19-Jun-2021 |
christos | Add external attribute dumping and restoring support from FreeBSD.
Does not fully work yet, attributes are being saved and restored correctly,
but don't appear in the restored files somehow.
|
| 1.59 | 03-Dec-2020 |
kre | PR bin/55834
count blocks written in unsigned 64 bit counter
rather than signed int which overflows after 2^31-1
blocks (2TiB) after which neither the 5 minute
status updates or SIGINFO (^T) reports are issued
until the negative numbers increase past 0 and
wildly inaccurate reports would be written.
|
| 1.58 | 05-Apr-2020 |
joerg | Fix depenency on common symbols in sbin.
|
| 1.57 | 25-Mar-2019 |
manu | branches: 1.57.2;
Add -U flag to dump(8) and dump_lfs(8) to specify dumpdates entry
This address situations where dump(8) cannot figure out the device being
dumped. It also allows tracking of subvolume dumps by using virtual
device as dumpdates entry.
|
| 1.56 | 01-Mar-2019 |
christos | Use getfsspecname() to fill the filesystem argument in dumpdates.
While here, make sure that the error strings terminate with newline
consistently, and add a function that adds the system error string.
|
| 1.55 | 03-Feb-2019 |
mrg | - mark Exit() __dead
- bump a buffer size to avoid possible truncation
- adding missing fallthru comment
|
| 1.54 | 16-Nov-2015 |
christos | branches: 1.54.8; 1.54.16;
- update NAME_MAX to match the kernel.
- add a comment about where the constant is used.
|
| 1.53 | 12-Aug-2015 |
dholland | Hack up dinode usage to be 64 vs. 32 as needed. Part 1.
(This part changes the native lfs code; the ufs-derived code already
has 64 vs. 32 logic, but as aspects of it are unsafe, and don't
entirely interoperate cleanly with the lfs 64/32 stuff, pass 2 will be
rehashing that.)
|
| 1.52 | 28-Jul-2015 |
dholland | Add a new lfs header file: lfs_accessors.h.
This contains all the accessor functions and macros out of lfs.h.
Add an include of lfs_accessors.h after all uses of lfs.h... except
for code that wants to define its own struct lfs-alike that the
accessors are supposed to play along with. For these, set STRUCT_LFS
and include lfs_accessors.h after the necessary structure has been
defined, so that lfs_accessors.h can emit functions in terms of it.
|
| 1.51 | 15-Jun-2013 |
christos | handle new lfs split
|
| 1.50 | 22-Jan-2013 |
dholland | Stuff UFS_ in front of a few of ufs's symbols to reduce namespace
pollution. Specifically:
ROOTINO -> UFS_ROOTINO
WINO -> UFS_WINO
NXADDR -> UFS_NXADDR
NDADDR -> UFS_NDADDR
NIADDR -> UFS_NIADDR
MAXSYMLINKLEN -> UFS_MAXSYMLINKLEN
MAXSYMLINKLEN_UFS[12] -> UFS[12]_MAXSYMLINKLEN (for consistency)
Sort out ext2fs's misuse of NDADDR and NIADDR; fortunately, these have
the same values in ext2fs and ffs.
No functional change intended.
|
| 1.49 | 13-Jan-2013 |
dholland | Use __printflike.
|
| 1.48 | 13-Jan-2013 |
dholland | Add some const.
|
| 1.47 | 05-May-2012 |
christos | branches: 1.47.2;
remove ancient crap
|
| 1.46 | 26-Feb-2010 |
christos | branches: 1.46.6;
PR/42883: Greywolf: Add -i flag which brings "true incremental" capability.
|
| 1.45 | 16-Feb-2008 |
matt | Fix some inconsisent/conflicting definitions and missing parameters
|
| 1.44 | 26-Oct-2006 |
hannken | branches: 1.44.8; 1.44.10;
When using a snapshot take the snapshot raw device on further open.
Fixes PR #34923 dump(8) only dumps a corefile with -X (snapshots)
Approved by: Manuel Bouyer <bouyer@netbsd.org>
|
| 1.43 | 24-Jun-2006 |
perseant | Change LFCNWRAP{STOP,GO} to make them more suitable for snapshotting; in
particular, the caller can now choose whether to wait for the condition
to be met, and if the caller of LFCNWRAPSTOP dies or otherwise closes
the descriptor, the filesystem is started again. Updated the ckckp
regression test to use the new semantics.
dump_lfs(8) now uses the fcntls to implement LFS-style snapshotting through
the -X flag, addressing PR#33457 albeit not using fss(4). Fixed a couple
other problems with dump_lfs that manifested themselves during testing.
|
| 1.42 | 21-Apr-2006 |
skrll | Don't use cast expressions as lvalues as newer versions of gcc warn.
|
| 1.41 | 24-Dec-2005 |
perry | Remove leading __ from __(const|inline|signed|volatile) -- it is obsolete.
|
| 1.40 | 27-Jun-2005 |
christos | sprinkle const
|
| 1.39 | 21-Apr-2004 |
christos | branches: 1.39.2; 1.39.4; 1.39.6;
Replace the statfs() family of system calls with statvfs().
Retain binary compatibility.
|
| 1.38 | 15-Mar-2004 |
lukem | Adjust tstart_volume (volume start time) by the time spent in query(),
similar to the adjustment for tstart_writing made in optr.c rev 1.4.
Should fix PR bin/19711 from matthew green.
|
| 1.37 | 07-Aug-2003 |
agc | Move UCB-licensed code from 4-clause to 3-clause licence.
Patches provided by Joel Baker in PR 22308, verified by myself.
|
| 1.36 | 02-Apr-2003 |
fvdl | Add support for UFS2. UFS2 is an enhanced FFS, adding support for
64 bit block pointers, extended attribute storage, and a few
other things.
This commit does not yet include the code to manipulate the extended
storage (for e.g. ACLs), this will be done later.
Originally written by Kirk McKusick and Network Associates Laboratories for
FreeBSD.
|
| 1.35 | 27-Mar-2003 |
lukem | Use "wall -g operator" (instead of private code) to broadcast() messages to
members of the operator group.
Don't install "setgid tty", and remove now unnecessary gid/egid swapping.
Remove utmp trawling code pulled in from usr.bin/who.
The Code is now simpler, and more portable (without the utmp cruft) too.
This is derived from similar work in OpenBSD.
|
| 1.34 | 24-Jan-2003 |
fvdl | Bump daddr_t to 64 bits. Replace it with int32_t in all places where
it was used on-disk, so that on-disk formats remain the same.
Remove ufs_daddr_t and ufs_lbn_t for the time being.
|
| 1.33 | 30-Dec-2001 |
lukem | Add -a to "auto-size" the tape, rather than relying upon other options
to define the tape size. Requires the tape driver to either return ENOSPC
at end of media, or 0 when a write is attempted (such as the "early warning"
support in st(4) enabled with "mt eew 1"). From FreeBSD.
|
| 1.32 | 25-Dec-2001 |
lukem | Fixes from FreeBSD:
- Fix error if first tape was write protected. Fix NetBSD PRs 4754 and 6098.
- Make dump exit codes confirm to manual page.
- Use \a instead of \7 to make noise.
- Fix estimated number of tapes for huge dumps to cartridges.
- Use <sys/queue.h> SLIST_* instead of home-rolled lists.
- Do not exit if unable to read or create /etc/dumpdates.
- Support output (tape) device returning ENOSPC for end-of-media on a write.
Fixes by me:
- Remove unused ddates_in.
- Don't dump core if SIGINFO is received before 1 second has elapsed.
- Only process SIGINFO in current "active" child.
- Don't dump core in -w if dumpdates wasn't readable and ddatev == NULL
- Minor KNF; wrap some lines
|
| 1.31 | 22-Dec-2001 |
lukem | - use correct type for minTime in findlru() (size_t instead of int)
- clean up whitespace
|
| 1.30 | 14-Dec-2001 |
bouyer | Add a -l (autoload) flag. For multivolume dumps, this makes dump eject the
tape when a volume is full, and try to reopen the tape drive for 2 mn.
To be used with tape changers which load the next tape when the current one is
ejected.
While I'm there fix eject handling for remote tape.
|
| 1.29 | 15-Oct-2001 |
blymn | Add the capability for dump to print timestamps on all informational
messages.
|
| 1.28 | 14-Aug-2001 |
lukem | s/filesystem/file system/
|
| 1.27 | 28-May-2001 |
lukem | * improve parsing of file-systems-to-dump when a path is given:
- if it's a path to an unmounted file-system listed in /etc/fstab, use
that instead of assuming the user wanted a subtree dump of the parent
directory. this restores the behaviour of dump before the subtree
dumping code went in.
- if it's a path to a mounted file-system which is not in /etc/fstab,
use the info from getmntinfo(3). previously, dump would choke.
* implement error checked malloc(), calloc(), strdup(), and use
appropriately (some of the calloc()s weren't being checked)
* use 'file-system' instead of 'filesystem' in the man page
|
| 1.26 | 27-May-2001 |
lukem | knf to ansi
|
| 1.25 | 12-May-2001 |
tron | Fix bug in new "e" option: only eject tape if it is full, not if the dump
was finished.
|
| 1.24 | 07-May-2001 |
tron | Add a new option "e" to "dump" which allows to eject tapes automatically
if a tape change is required.
|
| 1.23 | 04-Feb-2001 |
christos | restore needs the rcmd operations.
|
| 1.22 | 04-Feb-2001 |
christos | fix redundant decls
|
| 1.21 | 13-Dec-2000 |
scw | `dev_bsize' needs to be declared extern.
|
| 1.20 | 10-Oct-2000 |
is | Format string cleanups by Bill Sommerfeld.
|
| 1.19 | 01-Oct-1999 |
perseant | branches: 1.19.6;
Working version of aborted dump{,_lfs} join.
|
| 1.18 | 30-Sep-1999 |
perseant | Back out changes made on the 29th, not at all the changes I intended to commit.
(I don't know how I did it though ... I'll figure it out tonight.)
I'll reapply this, in a working form, this evening.
|
| 1.17 | 29-Sep-1999 |
perseant | Adapt dump(8) to use filestore-independent (but still ufs-specific)
replacements for NINDIR, fsbtodb, etc. Create dump_lfs by adding a few
LFS-filestore-specific routines. As described in PR#8317.
|
| 1.16 | 23-Mar-1999 |
bouyer | branches: 1.16.2; 1.16.4;
Implement a read cache, as announced on tech-userlevel. Default is 32k
read buffer size, 512 buffer or 15% of the user memory. Can be changed
with the -k and -s options.
|
| 1.15 | 15-Jan-1999 |
bouyer | #include machine/bswap.h and remove -lutil.
|
| 1.14 | 18-Mar-1998 |
bouyer | Add support for non-native byte order FFS. The dump is in filesystem byte
order, restore already knows how to byteswap dumps.
|
| 1.13 | 16-Sep-1997 |
lukem | resolve conflicts from lite-2 import
|
| 1.12 | 15-Sep-1997 |
lukem | remove __dead
|
| 1.11 | 05-Jun-1997 |
lukem | * Add the ability to dump specific files & directories of a single
filesystem. This uses fts(3) to access the directory structure (and
not the raw device), so the standard access permissions are adhered
to (unlike dumping an entire filesystem, which just requires read
access to the raw disk device).
* Support SIGINFO status reporting.
* Remove now unused variables that previously stored the (e)uid.
* Be more informative in a couple of error messages.
|
| 1.10 | 10-Apr-1997 |
lukem | Implement changes from [bin/1915]
* 'w' and 'W' display the year
* verbosity additions displaying total & per-volume transfer times and rates
|
| 1.9 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.8 | 23-Sep-1994 |
mycroft | Eliminate uses of some obsolete functions.
|
| 1.7 | 08-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Update from 4.4-Lite, with local changes.
|
| 1.6 | 22-Dec-1993 |
cgd | new version from CSRG, via BSDI, with fixes
|
| 1.5 | 02-Dec-1993 |
mycroft | Avoid core dumping if /etc/dumpdates is not present. Note that only file
systems listed in dumpdates are display by `dump w' and `dump W'; this is
probably a bug.
Original bug reported by John Brezak <brezak@ch.hp.com>.
|
| 1.4 | 01-Aug-1993 |
mycroft | Add RCS identifiers.
|
| 1.3 | 23-Mar-1993 |
cgd | changed "Id" to "Header" for rcsids
|
| 1.2 | 22-Mar-1993 |
cgd | added rcs ids to all files
|
| 1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.3 | 16-Sep-1997 |
lukem | imported from lite-2
|
| 1.1.1.2 | 13-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Import 4.4-Lite version.
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | initial import of 386bsd-0.1 sources
|
| 1.16.4.1 | 27-Dec-1999 |
wrstuden | Pull up to last week's -current.
|
| 1.16.2.1 | 10-Oct-2000 |
he | Pull up revision 1.20 (requested by is):
Format string cleanup.
|
| 1.19.6.8 | 28-Mar-2002 |
he | Pull up revision 1.27 (via patch, requested by bouyer):
Improve behaviour when a path is given:
1) check if the path is an unmounted file system listed in fstab
2) check if it is a path to a mounted file system not listed in fstab
Fixes PR#15790.
|
| 1.19.6.7 | 17-Jan-2002 |
he | Pull up revision 1.23 (via patch, requested by bouyer):
Fix the ``Implement -l <timeout>'' pull-up;
restore needs the rcmd operation.
|
| 1.19.6.6 | 16-Jan-2002 |
he | Pull up revision 1.33 (via patch, requested by bouyer):
Add an ``-a'' option to ``auto-size'' the tape, rather than
relying upon other options to define the tape size.
|
| 1.19.6.5 | 16-Jan-2002 |
he | Pull up revisions 1.31-1.32 (via patch, requested by bouyer):
Various fixes:
o Fix error if first tape is write-protected; fixes PR#4754 and PR#6098
o Make error codes conform to manual page
o Use \a to make noise
o Fix estimated number of tapes for huge dumps to cartridges
o Use <sys/queue.h> SLIST_* macros instead of homegrown variants
o Do not exit if unable to read/create /etc/dumpdates
o Support output (tape) device returning ENOSPC for end-of-media on write
o Don't dump core if SIGINFO is received before 1 second has elapsed
o Only process SIGINFO in currently active child
o Ensure current (sub)block isn't past end of file system -- fixes
"spins forever but does nothing" bug.
o Some other minor fixes (types, whitespace, KNF, unifdef sunos, ...)
|
| 1.19.6.4 | 16-Jan-2002 |
he | Pull up revision 1.30 (via patch, requested by bouyer):
Implement ``-l <timeout>'' option for use with e.g. autochangers.
|
| 1.19.6.3 | 15-May-2001 |
he | Pull up revision 1.25 (requested by tron):
Fix bug in new ``e'' option: only eject tape if it is full, not
if the dump was finished.
|
| 1.19.6.2 | 09-May-2001 |
he | Pull up revision 1.24 (requested by tron):
Add a new option ``e'' to dump which directs it to eject tapes
automatically if a tape change is required.
|
| 1.19.6.1 | 18-Oct-2000 |
tv | Pullup sbin string format fixes [is].
See "cvs log" for explicit revision numbers per file, from sommerfeld.
|
| 1.39.6.1 | 11-Nov-2006 |
bouyer | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by hannken in ticket #1573):
sbin/dump/snapshot.h: revision 1.3 via patch
sbin/dump/snapshot.c: revision 1.3 via patch
sbin/dump/main.c: revision 1.63 via patch
sbin/dump/tape.c: revision 1.47 via patch
sbin/dump/dump.h: revision 1.44 via patch
When using a snapshot take the snapshot raw device on further open.
Fixes PR #34923 dump(8) only dumps a corefile with -X (snapshots)
Approved by: Manuel Bouyer <bouyer@netbsd.org>
|
| 1.39.4.1 | 11-Nov-2006 |
bouyer | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by hannken in ticket #1573):
sbin/dump/snapshot.h: revision 1.3 via patch
sbin/dump/snapshot.c: revision 1.3 via patch
sbin/dump/main.c: revision 1.63 via patch
sbin/dump/tape.c: revision 1.47 via patch
sbin/dump/dump.h: revision 1.44 via patch
When using a snapshot take the snapshot raw device on further open.
Fixes PR #34923 dump(8) only dumps a corefile with -X (snapshots)
Approved by: Manuel Bouyer <bouyer@netbsd.org>
|
| 1.39.2.1 | 11-Nov-2006 |
bouyer | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by hannken in ticket #1573):
sbin/dump/snapshot.h: revision 1.3 via patch
sbin/dump/snapshot.c: revision 1.3 via patch
sbin/dump/main.c: revision 1.63 via patch
sbin/dump/tape.c: revision 1.47 via patch
sbin/dump/dump.h: revision 1.44 via patch
When using a snapshot take the snapshot raw device on further open.
Fixes PR #34923 dump(8) only dumps a corefile with -X (snapshots)
Approved by: Manuel Bouyer <bouyer@netbsd.org>
|
| 1.44.10.1 | 18-Feb-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.44.8.1 | 23-Mar-2008 |
matt | sync with HEAD
|
| 1.46.6.3 | 22-May-2014 |
yamt | sync with head.
for a reference, the tree before this commit was tagged
as yamt-pagecache-tag8.
this commit was splitted into small chunks to avoid
a limitation of cvs. ("Protocol error: too many arguments")
|
| 1.46.6.2 | 23-Jan-2013 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.46.6.1 | 23-May-2012 |
yamt | sync with head.
|
| 1.47.2.2 | 23-Jun-2013 |
tls | resync from head
|
| 1.47.2.1 | 25-Feb-2013 |
tls | resync with head
|
| 1.54.16.2 | 08-Apr-2020 |
martin | Merge changes from current as of 20200406
|
| 1.54.16.1 | 10-Jun-2019 |
christos | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.54.8.2 | 07-Dec-2020 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by kre in ticket #1630):
sbin/dump/dump.h: revision 1.59
sbin/dump/main.c: revision 1.78
PR bin/55834
count blocks written in unsigned 64 bit counter
rather than signed int which overflows after 2^31-1
blocks (2TiB) after which neither the 5 minute
status updates or SIGINFO (^T) reports are issued
until the negative numbers increase past 0 and
wildly inaccurate reports would be written.
|
| 1.54.8.1 | 29-Mar-2019 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by manu in ticket #1221):
sbin/dump/tape.c: revision 1.55
sbin/dump_lfs/dump_lfs.8: revision 1.18
sbin/dump/dump.h: revision 1.56
sbin/dump/dump.8: revision 1.69
sbin/dump/dump.h: revision 1.57
sbin/dump/ffs_inode.c: revision 1.23
sbin/dump/optr.c: revision 1.43
sbin/dump/itime.c: revision 1.21
sbin/dump/main.c: revision 1.74
sbin/dump/itime.c: revision 1.22
sbin/dump/main.c: revision 1.75
sbin/dump/dump.8: revision 1.70
sbin/dump/traverse.c: revision 1.52
sbin/dump/dump.8: revision 1.71
Document what rdump is (was once) for. PR 53442.
Use getfsspecname() to fill the filesystem argument in dumpdates.
While here, make sure that the error strings terminate with newline
consistently, and add a function that adds the system error string.
Add -U flag to dump(8) and dump_lfs(8) to specify dumpdates entry
This address situations where dump(8) cannot figure out the device being
dumped. It also allows tracking of subvolume dumps by using virtual
device as dumpdates entry.
Bump date for previous.
|
| 1.57.2.1 | 06-Dec-2020 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by kre in ticket #1139):
sbin/dump/dump.h: revision 1.59
sbin/dump/main.c: revision 1.78
PR bin/55834
count blocks written in unsigned 64 bit counter
rather than signed int which overflows after 2^31-1
blocks (2TiB) after which neither the 5 minute
status updates or SIGINFO (^T) reports are issued
until the negative numbers increase past 0 and
wildly inaccurate reports would be written.
|
| 1.5 | 22-Dec-1993 |
mycroft | Clean up deleted files.
|
| 1.4 | 01-Aug-1993 |
mycroft | Add RCS identifiers.
|
| 1.3 | 23-Mar-1993 |
cgd | changed "Id" to "Header" for rcsids
|
| 1.2 | 22-Mar-1993 |
cgd | added rcs ids to all files
|
| 1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | initial import of 386bsd-0.1 sources
|
| 1.7 | 22-Dec-1993 |
mycroft | Clean up deleted files.
|
| 1.6 | 02-Dec-1993 |
mycroft | Change the four inode loops to the form:
for (ino = 1; ino <= maxino; ino++)
Based on a bug fix from Havard Eidnes <Havard.Eidnes@runit.sintef.no> and
suggestion by Chris Torek <torek@horse.ee.lbl.gov>.
|
| 1.5 | 01-Aug-1993 |
mycroft | Add RCS identifiers.
|
| 1.4 | 20-Apr-1993 |
mycroft | Don't overrun end of argv.
|
| 1.3 | 23-Mar-1993 |
cgd | changed "Id" to "Header" for rcsids
|
| 1.2 | 22-Mar-1993 |
cgd | added rcs ids to all files
|
| 1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | initial import of 386bsd-0.1 sources
|
| 1.6 | 22-Dec-1993 |
mycroft | Clean up deleted files.
|
| 1.5 | 01-Aug-1993 |
mycroft | Add RCS identifiers.
|
| 1.4 | 20-Apr-1993 |
mycroft | Don't dereference NULL pointer.
|
| 1.3 | 23-Mar-1993 |
cgd | changed "Id" to "Header" for rcsids
|
| 1.2 | 22-Mar-1993 |
cgd | added rcs ids to all files
|
| 1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | initial import of 386bsd-0.1 sources
|
| 1.37 | 15-Jun-2013 |
christos | handle new lfs split
|
| 1.36 | 13-Jan-2013 |
dholland | Use <ctype.h> functions correctly.
|
| 1.35 | 13-Jan-2013 |
dholland | Add some const.
|
| 1.34 | 29-Aug-2011 |
joerg | branches: 1.34.2; 1.34.8;
Use __dead
|
| 1.33 | 11-Apr-2009 |
lukem | fix sign-compare issue
|
| 1.32 | 18-Dec-2006 |
christos | branches: 1.32.22;
Convert a couple of "(void)&" constructs to volatile.
Flag various unused parameters in restore and dump so that these will
compile with -Wextra. (Note: restore uses some stuff from dump.)
|
| 1.31 | 27-Jun-2005 |
christos | sprinkle const
|
| 1.30 | 07-Aug-2003 |
agc | Move UCB-licensed code from 4-clause to 3-clause licence.
Patches provided by Joel Baker in PR 22308, verified by myself.
|
| 1.29 | 25-Dec-2001 |
lukem | Fixes from FreeBSD:
- Fix error if first tape was write protected. Fix NetBSD PRs 4754 and 6098.
- Make dump exit codes confirm to manual page.
- Use \a instead of \7 to make noise.
- Fix estimated number of tapes for huge dumps to cartridges.
- Use <sys/queue.h> SLIST_* instead of home-rolled lists.
- Do not exit if unable to read or create /etc/dumpdates.
- Support output (tape) device returning ENOSPC for end-of-media on a write.
Fixes by me:
- Remove unused ddates_in.
- Don't dump core if SIGINFO is received before 1 second has elapsed.
- Only process SIGINFO in current "active" child.
- Don't dump core in -w if dumpdates wasn't readable and ddatev == NULL
- Minor KNF; wrap some lines
|
| 1.28 | 23-Dec-2001 |
lukem | unifdef sunos
|
| 1.27 | 14-Dec-2001 |
bouyer | Add a -l (autoload) flag. For multivolume dumps, this makes dump eject the
tape when a volume is full, and try to reopen the tape drive for 2 mn.
To be used with tape changers which load the next tape when the current one is
ejected.
While I'm there fix eject handling for remote tape.
|
| 1.26 | 01-Nov-2001 |
lukem | fix -Wshadow warnings
|
| 1.25 | 28-May-2001 |
lukem | unifdef !__STDC__ (missed in previous)
|
| 1.24 | 27-May-2001 |
lukem | knf to ansi
|
| 1.23 | 26-May-2001 |
lukem | use strdup appropriately
|
| 1.22 | 04-Feb-2001 |
christos | fix redundant decls
|
| 1.21 | 30-Jul-1998 |
thorpej | branches: 1.21.10;
Turn on TCP_NODELAY on the remote tape socket, from FreeBSD. Here is the
commit message from Bill Fenner:
Turn on TCP_NODELAY on the remote socket, to turn off sender silly window
syndrome avoidance. The combination of SWS avoidance and ack-every-other
causes low throughput if the block size divided by the MSS is odd (which
is true with the default block size and MSS).
Turning on TCP_NODELAY disables the Nagle algorithm and sender SWS avoidance.
The rdump request/response protocol can not invoke Nagle and cannot cause
SWS, so this has no negative effects.
Also, put back the code that sets the TOS to "throughput", which seems to
have been erroneously removed during the Lite-2 merge.
|
| 1.20 | 30-Mar-1998 |
mrg | use <errno.h>
|
| 1.19 | 16-Sep-1997 |
lukem | resolve conflicts from lite-2 import
|
| 1.18 | 15-Sep-1997 |
lukem | * cleanup for WARNS=1
* fix use of .Nm
* comment out some unused(?) functions
|
| 1.17 | 05-Jun-1997 |
mrg | fix PR#3710, reported by Tatoku Ogaito <tacha@trap.fukui-med.ac.jp>.
- don't pass pw->pw_name into functions; make a copy.
|
| 1.16 | 05-Jun-1997 |
lukem | * Add the ability to dump specific files & directories of a single
filesystem. This uses fts(3) to access the directory structure (and
not the raw device), so the standard access permissions are adhered
to (unlike dumping an entire filesystem, which just requires read
access to the raw disk device).
* Support SIGINFO status reporting.
* Remove now unused variables that previously stored the (e)uid.
* Be more informative in a couple of error messages.
|
| 1.15 | 27-May-1997 |
mrg | enable rcmd(). garbage collect.
|
| 1.14 | 26-May-1997 |
mrg | use orcmd() for now.
|
| 1.13 | 21-Apr-1997 |
mrg | be safe with buffers.
|
| 1.12 | 15-Apr-1997 |
lukem | remove use of "register".
|
| 1.11 | 05-Nov-1996 |
thorpej | - If rcmd() fails, don't do any of the setsockopt() calls.
- Since the TCP_MAXSEG setsockopt can only descrease the MSS, and never
increase it, do an IP_TOS:IPTOS_THROUGHPUT setsockopt instead, since
dump is a bulk transfer.
Submitted by Bill Fenner <fenner@parc.xerox.com>.
|
| 1.10 | 15-Mar-1996 |
scottr | Be more paranoid with our effective uid.
|
| 1.9 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.8 | 23-Sep-1994 |
mycroft | Eliminate uses of some obsolete functions.
|
| 1.7 | 23-Sep-1994 |
mycroft | err(3)/warn(3) cleanup
|
| 1.6 | 08-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Update from 4.4-Lite, with local changes.
|
| 1.5 | 22-Dec-1993 |
cgd | new version from CSRG, via BSDI, with fixes
|
| 1.4 | 01-Aug-1993 |
mycroft | Add RCS identifiers.
|
| 1.3 | 23-Mar-1993 |
cgd | changed "Id" to "Header" for rcsids
|
| 1.2 | 22-Mar-1993 |
cgd | added rcs ids to all files
|
| 1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.3 | 16-Sep-1997 |
lukem | imported from lite-2
|
| 1.1.1.2 | 13-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Import 4.4-Lite version.
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | initial import of 386bsd-0.1 sources
|
| 1.21.10.2 | 16-Jan-2002 |
he | Pull up revisions 1.28-1.29 (via patch, requested by bouyer):
Various fixes:
o Fix error if first tape is write-protected; fixes PR#4754 and PR#6098
o Make error codes conform to manual page
o Use \a to make noise
o Fix estimated number of tapes for huge dumps to cartridges
o Use <sys/queue.h> SLIST_* macros instead of homegrown variants
o Do not exit if unable to read/create /etc/dumpdates
o Support output (tape) device returning ENOSPC for end-of-media on write
o Don't dump core if SIGINFO is received before 1 second has elapsed
o Only process SIGINFO in currently active child
o Ensure current (sub)block isn't past end of file system -- fixes
"spins forever but does nothing" bug.
o Some other minor fixes (types, whitespace, KNF, unifdef sunos, ...)
|
| 1.21.10.1 | 16-Jan-2002 |
he | Pull up revision 1.27 (via patch, requested by bouyer):
Implement ``-l <timeout>'' option for use with e.g. autochangers.
|
| 1.32.22.1 | 13-May-2009 |
jym | Sync with HEAD.
Third (and last) commit. See http://mail-index.netbsd.org/source-changes/2009/05/13/msg221222.html
|
| 1.34.8.2 | 23-Jun-2013 |
tls | resync from head
|
| 1.34.8.1 | 25-Feb-2013 |
tls | resync with head
|
| 1.34.2.2 | 22-May-2014 |
yamt | sync with head.
for a reference, the tree before this commit was tagged
as yamt-pagecache-tag8.
this commit was splitted into small chunks to avoid
a limitation of cvs. ("Protocol error: too many arguments")
|
| 1.34.2.1 | 23-Jan-2013 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.5 | 22-Dec-1993 |
mycroft | Clean up deleted files.
|
| 1.4 | 01-Aug-1993 |
mycroft | Add RCS identifiers.
|
| 1.3 | 23-Mar-1993 |
cgd | changed "Id" to "Header" for rcsids
|
| 1.2 | 22-Mar-1993 |
cgd | added rcs ids to all files
|
| 1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | initial import of 386bsd-0.1 sources
|
| 1.8 | 22-Dec-1993 |
mycroft | Clean up deleted files.
|
| 1.7 | 02-Dec-1993 |
mycroft | Change the four inode loops to the form:
for (ino = 1; ino <= maxino; ino++)
Based on a bug fix from Havard Eidnes <Havard.Eidnes@runit.sintef.no> and
suggestion by Chris Torek <torek@horse.ee.lbl.gov>.
|
| 1.6 | 01-Aug-1993 |
mycroft | Add RCS identifiers.
|
| 1.5 | 13-Jun-1993 |
mycroft | Add support for fast symlinks.
|
| 1.4 | 09-Apr-1993 |
cgd | from patch 110, by bostic:
dump not mapping last inode in fs
|
| 1.3 | 23-Mar-1993 |
cgd | changed "Id" to "Header" for rcsids
|
| 1.2 | 22-Mar-1993 |
cgd | added rcs ids to all files
|
| 1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | initial import of 386bsd-0.1 sources
|
| 1.24 | 17-Nov-2022 |
chs | Restore backward compatibility of UFS2 with previous NetBSD releases by
disabling support in UFS2 for extended attributes (including ACLs).
Add a new variant of UFS2 called "UFS2ea" that does support extended attributes.
Add new fsck_ffs operations "-c ea" and "-c no-ea" to convert file systems
from UFS2 to UFS2ea and vice-versa (both of which delete all existing extended
attributes in the process).
|
| 1.23 | 01-Mar-2019 |
christos | Use getfsspecname() to fill the filesystem argument in dumpdates.
While here, make sure that the error strings terminate with newline
consistently, and add a function that adds the system error string.
|
| 1.22 | 23-Jun-2013 |
dholland | branches: 1.22.20; 1.22.28;
fsbtodb() -> FFS_FSBTODB(), EXT2_FSBTODB(), or MFS_FSBTODB()
dbtofsb() -> FFS_DBTOFSB() or EXT2_DBTOFSB()
(Christos already did the lfs ones a few days back)
|
| 1.21 | 19-Jun-2013 |
dholland | Rename ambiguous macros:
MAXDIRSIZE -> UFS_MAXDIRSIZE or LFS_MAXDIRSIZE
NINDIR -> FFS_NINDIR, EXT2_NINDIR, LFS_NINDIR, or MFS_NINDIR
INOPB -> FFS_INOPB, LFS_INOPB
INOPF -> FFS_INOPF, LFS_INOPF
blksize -> ffs_blksize, ext2_blksize, or lfs_blksize
sblksize -> ffs_blksize
These are not the only ambiguously defined filesystem macros, of
course, there's a pile more. I may not have found all the ambiguous
definitions of blksize(), too, as there are a lot of other things
called 'blksize' in the system.
|
| 1.20 | 22-Jan-2013 |
dholland | Stuff UFS_ in front of a few of ufs's symbols to reduce namespace
pollution. Specifically:
ROOTINO -> UFS_ROOTINO
WINO -> UFS_WINO
NXADDR -> UFS_NXADDR
NDADDR -> UFS_NDADDR
NIADDR -> UFS_NIADDR
MAXSYMLINKLEN -> UFS_MAXSYMLINKLEN
MAXSYMLINKLEN_UFS[12] -> UFS[12]_MAXSYMLINKLEN (for consistency)
Sort out ext2fs's misuse of NDADDR and NIADDR; fortunately, these have
the same values in ext2fs and ffs.
No functional change intended.
|
| 1.19 | 13-Jan-2013 |
dholland | Use static; remove unused global var this uncovered.
|
| 1.18 | 20-Jul-2008 |
lukem | branches: 1.18.18; 1.18.24;
Remove the \n and tabs from the __COPYRIGHT() strings.
(Tweak some to use a consistent format.)
|
| 1.17 | 18-Dec-2006 |
christos | branches: 1.17.12; 1.17.16;
Convert a couple of "(void)&" constructs to volatile.
Flag various unused parameters in restore and dump so that these will
compile with -Wextra. (Note: restore uses some stuff from dump.)
|
| 1.16 | 27-Mar-2004 |
dsl | Don't require ffsv2 fs have FS_FLAGS_UPDATED set
|
| 1.15 | 24-Mar-2004 |
ws | After determining whether the filesystem is byte swapped,
we better return that fact to the caller.
|
| 1.14 | 21-Mar-2004 |
dsl | When searching for the superblock, don't pick an ffsv1 superblock from the
location where we expect to find an ffsv2 superblock.
It could be the first alternate for a ffsv1 filesystem with 64k blocks.
Fixes part of PR kern/24809
|
| 1.13 | 07-Aug-2003 |
agc | Move UCB-licensed code from 4-clause to 3-clause licence.
Patches provided by Joel Baker in PR 22308, verified by myself.
|
| 1.12 | 02-Apr-2003 |
fvdl | Add support for UFS2. UFS2 is an enhanced FFS, adding support for
64 bit block pointers, extended attribute storage, and a few
other things.
This commit does not yet include the code to manipulate the extended
storage (for e.g. ACLs), this will be done later.
Originally written by Kirk McKusick and Network Associates Laboratories for
FreeBSD.
|
| 1.11 | 24-Jan-2003 |
fvdl | Bump daddr_t to 64 bits. Replace it with int32_t in all places where
it was used on-disk, so that on-disk formats remain the same.
Remove ufs_daddr_t and ufs_lbn_t for the time being.
|
| 1.10 | 23-Dec-2001 |
lukem | unifdef sunos
|
| 1.9 | 22-Dec-2001 |
lukem | - use correct type for minTime in findlru() (size_t instead of int)
- clean up whitespace
|
| 1.8 | 01-Nov-2001 |
lukem | fix -Wshadow warnings
|
| 1.7 | 17-Aug-2001 |
lukem | remove third argument (`int ns') from ffs_sb_swap(), and let ffs_sb_swap()
determine the endianness of the `struct fs *o' superblock from o->fs_magic
and set needswap as necessary, rather than trusting the caller to get
it right. invariably, almost every caller of ffs_sb_swap() was calling it
with ns set to the wrong value for ns anyway!
ansi KNF ffs_bswap.c declarations whilst here.
this fixes all sorts of problems when trying to use other-endian file systems,
notably the kernel trying to access memory *way* off, possibly corrupting or
panicing, and userland programs SEGVing and/or corrupting things (e.g,
"fsck_ffs -B" to swap a file system endianness).
whilst the previous rev of ffs_bswap.c (1.10, 2000/12/23) made this problem
worse, i suspect that the problem was always there and previous versions
just happened not to trash things at the wrong time.
FFS_EI should now be a lot more stable.
|
| 1.6 | 14-Aug-2001 |
lukem | s/filesystem/file system/dump.h
|
| 1.5 | 28-May-2001 |
lukem | unifdef !__STDC__ (missed in previous)
|
| 1.4 | 27-May-2001 |
lukem | knf to ansi
|
| 1.3 | 01-Oct-1999 |
perseant | branches: 1.3.4; 1.3.8;
Working version of aborted dump{,_lfs} join.
|
| 1.2 | 30-Sep-1999 |
perseant | Back out changes made on the 29th, not at all the changes I intended to commit.
(I don't know how I did it though ... I'll figure it out tonight.)
I'll reapply this, in a working form, this evening.
|
| 1.1 | 29-Sep-1999 |
perseant | Adapt dump(8) to use filestore-independent (but still ufs-specific)
replacements for NINDIR, fsbtodb, etc. Create dump_lfs by adding a few
LFS-filestore-specific routines. As described in PR#8317.
|
| 1.3.8.3 | 17-Jan-2002 |
he | Pull up revision 1.7 (requested by he):
Fix compile problem after last round of pullups.
The already-pulled-up 1.7 was inadvertently undone by the previous patch.
|
| 1.3.8.2 | 16-Jan-2002 |
he | Pull up revisions 1.9-1.10 (via patch, requested by bouyer):
Various fixes:
o Fix error if first tape is write-protected; fixes PR#4754 and PR#6098
o Make error codes conform to manual page
o Use \a to make noise
o Fix estimated number of tapes for huge dumps to cartridges
o Use <sys/queue.h> SLIST_* macros instead of homegrown variants
o Do not exit if unable to read/create /etc/dumpdates
o Support output (tape) device returning ENOSPC for end-of-media on write
o Don't dump core if SIGINFO is received before 1 second has elapsed
o Only process SIGINFO in currently active child
o Ensure current (sub)block isn't past end of file system -- fixes
"spins forever but does nothing" bug.
o Some other minor fixes (types, whitespace, KNF, unifdef sunos, ...)
|
| 1.3.8.1 | 25-Nov-2001 |
he | Pull up revision 1.7 (requested by lukem):
Call ffs_sb_swap() with the correct arguments. Fixes problems
with using other-endian file systems.
|
| 1.3.4.1 | 27-Dec-1999 |
wrstuden | Pull up to last week's -current.
|
| 1.17.16.1 | 18-Sep-2008 |
wrstuden | Sync with wrstuden-revivesa-base-2.
|
| 1.17.12.1 | 28-Sep-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.18.24.3 | 20-Aug-2014 |
tls | Rebase to HEAD as of a few days ago.
|
| 1.18.24.2 | 23-Jun-2013 |
tls | resync from head
|
| 1.18.24.1 | 25-Feb-2013 |
tls | resync with head
|
| 1.18.18.2 | 22-May-2014 |
yamt | sync with head.
for a reference, the tree before this commit was tagged
as yamt-pagecache-tag8.
this commit was splitted into small chunks to avoid
a limitation of cvs. ("Protocol error: too many arguments")
|
| 1.18.18.1 | 23-Jan-2013 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.22.28.1 | 10-Jun-2019 |
christos | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.22.20.1 | 29-Mar-2019 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by manu in ticket #1221):
sbin/dump/tape.c: revision 1.55
sbin/dump_lfs/dump_lfs.8: revision 1.18
sbin/dump/dump.h: revision 1.56
sbin/dump/dump.8: revision 1.69
sbin/dump/dump.h: revision 1.57
sbin/dump/ffs_inode.c: revision 1.23
sbin/dump/optr.c: revision 1.43
sbin/dump/itime.c: revision 1.21
sbin/dump/main.c: revision 1.74
sbin/dump/itime.c: revision 1.22
sbin/dump/main.c: revision 1.75
sbin/dump/dump.8: revision 1.70
sbin/dump/traverse.c: revision 1.52
sbin/dump/dump.8: revision 1.71
Document what rdump is (was once) for. PR 53442.
Use getfsspecname() to fill the filesystem argument in dumpdates.
While here, make sure that the error strings terminate with newline
consistently, and add a function that adds the system error string.
Add -U flag to dump(8) and dump_lfs(8) to specify dumpdates entry
This address situations where dump(8) cannot figure out the device being
dumped. It also allows tracking of subvolume dumps by using virtual
device as dumpdates entry.
Bump date for previous.
|
| 1.22 | 25-Mar-2019 |
manu | Add -U flag to dump(8) and dump_lfs(8) to specify dumpdates entry
This address situations where dump(8) cannot figure out the device being
dumped. It also allows tracking of subvolume dumps by using virtual
device as dumpdates entry.
|
| 1.21 | 01-Mar-2019 |
christos | Use getfsspecname() to fill the filesystem argument in dumpdates.
While here, make sure that the error strings terminate with newline
consistently, and add a function that adds the system error string.
|
| 1.20 | 15-Jun-2013 |
christos | branches: 1.20.20; 1.20.28;
handle new lfs split
|
| 1.19 | 13-Jan-2013 |
dholland | Add some const.
|
| 1.18 | 11-Mar-2010 |
christos | branches: 1.18.6; 1.18.12;
PR/42952: The Grey Wolf: Fix for "true incremental". Don't overload level
9, use a new level "i" which is logically 10.
|
| 1.17 | 26-Feb-2010 |
christos | PR/42883: Greywolf: Add -i flag which brings "true incremental" capability.
|
| 1.16 | 19-May-2006 |
christos | Coverity CID 3275: Plug memory leak.
|
| 1.15 | 07-Aug-2003 |
agc | Move UCB-licensed code from 4-clause to 3-clause licence.
Patches provided by Joel Baker in PR 22308, verified by myself.
|
| 1.14 | 16-Nov-2002 |
itojun | use strlcpy. use sizeof() instead of xxLEN to avoid de-synchronization
|
| 1.13 | 25-Dec-2001 |
lukem | Fixes from FreeBSD:
- Fix error if first tape was write protected. Fix NetBSD PRs 4754 and 6098.
- Make dump exit codes confirm to manual page.
- Use \a instead of \7 to make noise.
- Fix estimated number of tapes for huge dumps to cartridges.
- Use <sys/queue.h> SLIST_* instead of home-rolled lists.
- Do not exit if unable to read or create /etc/dumpdates.
- Support output (tape) device returning ENOSPC for end-of-media on a write.
Fixes by me:
- Remove unused ddates_in.
- Don't dump core if SIGINFO is received before 1 second has elapsed.
- Only process SIGINFO in current "active" child.
- Don't dump core in -w if dumpdates wasn't readable and ddatev == NULL
- Minor KNF; wrap some lines
|
| 1.12 | 23-Dec-2001 |
lukem | unifdef sunos
|
| 1.11 | 28-May-2001 |
lukem | * improve parsing of file-systems-to-dump when a path is given:
- if it's a path to an unmounted file-system listed in /etc/fstab, use
that instead of assuming the user wanted a subtree dump of the parent
directory. this restores the behaviour of dump before the subtree
dumping code went in.
- if it's a path to a mounted file-system which is not in /etc/fstab,
use the info from getmntinfo(3). previously, dump would choke.
* implement error checked malloc(), calloc(), strdup(), and use
appropriately (some of the calloc()s weren't being checked)
* use 'file-system' instead of 'filesystem' in the man page
|
| 1.10 | 28-May-2001 |
lukem | unifdef !__STDC__ (missed in previous)
|
| 1.9 | 27-May-2001 |
lukem | knf to ansi
|
| 1.8 | 22-Apr-1998 |
bouyer | branches: 1.8.10;
PR bin/5346 from haszlaki@UAccess.NET:
After parsing the entries from /etc/dumpdates, remember ou entrie, in order
to print the date after /etc/dumpdates has been rewritten.
|
| 1.7 | 01-Apr-1998 |
kleink | Need <time.h> for ctime() prototype.
|
| 1.6 | 18-Mar-1998 |
bouyer | Add support for non-native byte order FFS. The dump is in filesystem byte
order, restore already knows how to byteswap dumps.
|
| 1.5 | 15-Sep-1997 |
lukem | * cleanup for WARNS=1
* fix use of .Nm
* comment out some unused(?) functions
|
| 1.4 | 15-Apr-1997 |
lukem | remove use of "register".
|
| 1.3 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.2 | 08-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Update from 4.4-Lite, with local changes.
|
| 1.1 | 22-Dec-1993 |
cgd | branches: 1.1.1;
new version from CSRG, via BSDI, with fixes
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 13-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Import 4.4-Lite version.
|
| 1.8.10.1 | 16-Jan-2002 |
he | Pull up revisions 1.12-1.13 (via patch, requested by bouyer):
Various fixes:
o Fix error if first tape is write-protected; fixes PR#4754 and PR#6098
o Make error codes conform to manual page
o Use \a to make noise
o Fix estimated number of tapes for huge dumps to cartridges
o Use <sys/queue.h> SLIST_* macros instead of homegrown variants
o Do not exit if unable to read/create /etc/dumpdates
o Support output (tape) device returning ENOSPC for end-of-media on write
o Don't dump core if SIGINFO is received before 1 second has elapsed
o Only process SIGINFO in currently active child
o Ensure current (sub)block isn't past end of file system -- fixes
"spins forever but does nothing" bug.
o Some other minor fixes (types, whitespace, KNF, unifdef sunos, ...)
|
| 1.18.12.2 | 23-Jun-2013 |
tls | resync from head
|
| 1.18.12.1 | 25-Feb-2013 |
tls | resync with head
|
| 1.18.6.2 | 22-May-2014 |
yamt | sync with head.
for a reference, the tree before this commit was tagged
as yamt-pagecache-tag8.
this commit was splitted into small chunks to avoid
a limitation of cvs. ("Protocol error: too many arguments")
|
| 1.18.6.1 | 23-Jan-2013 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.20.28.1 | 10-Jun-2019 |
christos | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.20.20.1 | 29-Mar-2019 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by manu in ticket #1221):
sbin/dump/tape.c: revision 1.55
sbin/dump_lfs/dump_lfs.8: revision 1.18
sbin/dump/dump.h: revision 1.56
sbin/dump/dump.8: revision 1.69
sbin/dump/dump.h: revision 1.57
sbin/dump/ffs_inode.c: revision 1.23
sbin/dump/optr.c: revision 1.43
sbin/dump/itime.c: revision 1.21
sbin/dump/main.c: revision 1.74
sbin/dump/itime.c: revision 1.22
sbin/dump/main.c: revision 1.75
sbin/dump/dump.8: revision 1.70
sbin/dump/traverse.c: revision 1.52
sbin/dump/dump.8: revision 1.71
Document what rdump is (was once) for. PR 53442.
Use getfsspecname() to fill the filesystem argument in dumpdates.
While here, make sure that the error strings terminate with newline
consistently, and add a function that adds the system error string.
Add -U flag to dump(8) and dump_lfs(8) to specify dumpdates entry
This address situations where dump(8) cannot figure out the device being
dumped. It also allows tracking of subvolume dumps by using virtual
device as dumpdates entry.
Bump date for previous.
|
| 1.79 | 04-Oct-2024 |
rillig | dump: suppress lint warning about "effectively discards 'const'"
|
| 1.78 | 03-Dec-2020 |
kre | branches: 1.78.8;
PR bin/55834
count blocks written in unsigned 64 bit counter
rather than signed int which overflows after 2^31-1
blocks (2TiB) after which neither the 5 minute
status updates or SIGINFO (^T) reports are issued
until the negative numbers increase past 0 and
wildly inaccurate reports would be written.
|
| 1.77 | 05-Apr-2020 |
joerg | Fix depenency on common symbols in sbin.
|
| 1.76 | 19-Aug-2019 |
perseant | Add -D flag to allow the user to specify an alternate dumpdates file.
Closes PR #54469.
|
| 1.75 | 25-Mar-2019 |
manu | branches: 1.75.2;
Add -U flag to dump(8) and dump_lfs(8) to specify dumpdates entry
This address situations where dump(8) cannot figure out the device being
dumped. It also allows tracking of subvolume dumps by using virtual
device as dumpdates entry.
|
| 1.74 | 01-Mar-2019 |
christos | Use getfsspecname() to fill the filesystem argument in dumpdates.
While here, make sure that the error strings terminate with newline
consistently, and add a function that adds the system error string.
|
| 1.73 | 24-Aug-2015 |
bouyer | branches: 1.73.8; 1.73.16;
Consistently use iswap64() and 64bit intermediate variable, as well as
64bit formats for c_tapea. Fixes tape useage report for large filesystems.
|
| 1.72 | 24-Aug-2015 |
bouyer | Default the read block size (-k default value) to kern.maxphys (usually
64k these days). This gives a noticable performance boost on large filesystems.
|
| 1.71 | 08-Sep-2013 |
mlelstv | branches: 1.71.4;
Fix handling of NAME aliases in /etc/fstab.
|
| 1.70 | 15-Jun-2013 |
christos | handle new lfs split
|
| 1.69 | 07-Apr-2012 |
christos | branches: 1.69.2;
factor out rawname() from dump, fsck, savecore.
|
| 1.68 | 07-Apr-2012 |
christos | use getfsspecname()
|
| 1.67 | 19-Feb-2012 |
christos | PR/45735: Bug Hunting: The dump(8) manpage, as well as the program's `usage'-line,
needs improvement
|
| 1.66 | 11-Mar-2010 |
christos | branches: 1.66.6; 1.66.8;
PR/42952: The Grey Wolf: Fix for "true incremental". Don't overload level
9, use a new level "i" which is logically 10.
|
| 1.65 | 26-Feb-2010 |
christos | PR/42883: Greywolf: Add -i flag which brings "true incremental" capability.
|
| 1.64 | 20-Jul-2008 |
lukem | Remove the \n and tabs from the __COPYRIGHT() strings.
(Tweak some to use a consistent format.)
|
| 1.63 | 26-Oct-2006 |
hannken | branches: 1.63.18; 1.63.22;
When using a snapshot take the snapshot raw device on further open.
Fixes PR #34923 dump(8) only dumps a corefile with -X (snapshots)
Approved by: Manuel Bouyer <bouyer@netbsd.org>
|
| 1.62 | 24-Jun-2006 |
perseant | Change LFCNWRAP{STOP,GO} to make them more suitable for snapshotting; in
particular, the caller can now choose whether to wait for the condition
to be met, and if the caller of LFCNWRAPSTOP dies or otherwise closes
the descriptor, the filesystem is started again. Updated the ckckp
regression test to use the new semantics.
dump_lfs(8) now uses the fcntls to implement LFS-style snapshotting through
the -X flag, addressing PR#33457 albeit not using fss(4). Fixed a couple
other problems with dump_lfs that manifested themselves during testing.
|
| 1.61 | 19-Apr-2006 |
hannken | Emit "a snapshot of" message for snap_internal case too.
|
| 1.60 | 18-Mar-2006 |
christos | Coverity CID 2297: Fix memory leak.
|
| 1.59 | 27-Jun-2005 |
christos | sprinkle const
|
| 1.58 | 19-Apr-2005 |
hannken | Snapshot support for dump(8):
- New option `-x backup' takes the dump from a snapshot backed up by `backup'.
The snapshot will be deleted on exit.
- New option `-X' as a synonym for `-x mountpoint' where `mountpoint' is the
file system to be dumped.
Reviewed and Approved by: Manuel Bouyer <bouyer@netbsd.org>
|
| 1.57 | 21-Apr-2004 |
christos | branches: 1.57.2;
Replace the statfs() family of system calls with statvfs().
Retain binary compatibility.
|
| 1.56 | 07-Aug-2003 |
agc | Move UCB-licensed code from 4-clause to 3-clause licence.
Patches provided by Joel Baker in PR 22308, verified by myself.
|
| 1.55 | 02-Apr-2003 |
fvdl | Add support for UFS2. UFS2 is an enhanced FFS, adding support for
64 bit block pointers, extended attribute storage, and a few
other things.
This commit does not yet include the code to manipulate the extended
storage (for e.g. ACLs), this will be done later.
Originally written by Kirk McKusick and Network Associates Laboratories for
FreeBSD.
|
| 1.54 | 27-Mar-2003 |
lukem | Use "wall -g operator" (instead of private code) to broadcast() messages to
members of the operator group.
Don't install "setgid tty", and remove now unnecessary gid/egid swapping.
Remove utmp trawling code pulled in from usr.bin/who.
The Code is now simpler, and more portable (without the utmp cruft) too.
This is derived from similar work in OpenBSD.
|
| 1.53 | 17-Nov-2002 |
itojun | should be safer to cast to u_long than to cast down to int
|
| 1.52 | 17-Nov-2002 |
tsutsui | Add a cast to sizeof in printf() arg since _BSD_SIZE_T is unsigned long
on some ports.
|
| 1.51 | 16-Nov-2002 |
itojun | use strlcpy. use sizeof() instead of xxLEN to avoid de-synchronization
|
| 1.50 | 07-Jan-2002 |
bouyer | For -l: specify the timeout on the command line (in seconds) instead of
hardwiring it to 2s, as suggested on tech-userlevel.
|
| 1.49 | 30-Dec-2001 |
lukem | Add -a to "auto-size" the tape, rather than relying upon other options
to define the tape size. Requires the tape driver to either return ENOSPC
at end of media, or 0 when a write is attempted (such as the "early warning"
support in st(4) enabled with "mt eew 1"). From FreeBSD.
|
| 1.48 | 25-Dec-2001 |
lukem | Fixes from FreeBSD:
- Fix error if first tape was write protected. Fix NetBSD PRs 4754 and 6098.
- Make dump exit codes confirm to manual page.
- Use \a instead of \7 to make noise.
- Fix estimated number of tapes for huge dumps to cartridges.
- Use <sys/queue.h> SLIST_* instead of home-rolled lists.
- Do not exit if unable to read or create /etc/dumpdates.
- Support output (tape) device returning ENOSPC for end-of-media on a write.
Fixes by me:
- Remove unused ddates_in.
- Don't dump core if SIGINFO is received before 1 second has elapsed.
- Only process SIGINFO in current "active" child.
- Don't dump core in -w if dumpdates wasn't readable and ddatev == NULL
- Minor KNF; wrap some lines
|
| 1.47 | 23-Dec-2001 |
lukem | clean up from time_t -> int32_t change in dumprestore.h
|
| 1.46 | 23-Dec-2001 |
lukem | unifdef sunos
|
| 1.45 | 23-Dec-2001 |
lukem | nuke trailing whitespace
|
| 1.44 | 22-Dec-2001 |
lukem | - use correct type for minTime in findlru() (size_t instead of int)
- clean up whitespace
|
| 1.43 | 20-Dec-2001 |
soren | Another little mistake, spotted by wiz.
|
| 1.42 | 20-Dec-2001 |
soren | Sync getopt() / man page with actual getopt options.
|
| 1.41 | 14-Dec-2001 |
bouyer | Add a -l (autoload) flag. For multivolume dumps, this makes dump eject the
tape when a volume is full, and try to reopen the tape drive for 2 mn.
To be used with tape changers which load the next tape when the current one is
ejected.
While I'm there fix eject handling for remote tape.
|
| 1.40 | 16-Nov-2001 |
lukem | relax the restriction on -F that the file system image argument must be a
regular file
|
| 1.39 | 15-Oct-2001 |
blymn | Add the capability for dump to print timestamps on all informational
messages.
|
| 1.38 | 14-Aug-2001 |
lukem | - implement -F, which indicates that files-to-dump is a regular file
containing a file system image (instead of being a single file as
part of a subtree dump)
- use "file system" instead of "filesystem" or "file-system"
|
| 1.37 | 08-Aug-2001 |
david | Patch to drop setgid tty privs until forking for operator notification
|
| 1.36 | 17-Jul-2001 |
mrg | reset uid & gid around calling rmthost().
|
| 1.35 | 16-Jul-2001 |
mrg | display what signal, not "unknown"
|
| 1.34 | 03-Jun-2001 |
hannken | Assign a saved copy of dt->fs_file to mountpoint. dt->fs_file will be freed
otherwise resulting in a wrong spcl.c_filesys .
|
| 1.33 | 28-May-2001 |
lukem | * improve parsing of file-systems-to-dump when a path is given:
- if it's a path to an unmounted file-system listed in /etc/fstab, use
that instead of assuming the user wanted a subtree dump of the parent
directory. this restores the behaviour of dump before the subtree
dumping code went in.
- if it's a path to a mounted file-system which is not in /etc/fstab,
use the info from getmntinfo(3). previously, dump would choke.
* implement error checked malloc(), calloc(), strdup(), and use
appropriately (some of the calloc()s weren't being checked)
* use 'file-system' instead of 'filesystem' in the man page
|
| 1.32 | 27-May-2001 |
lukem | more KNF
|
| 1.31 | 27-May-2001 |
lukem | knf to ansi
|
| 1.30 | 12-May-2001 |
tron | Add "e" option to usage message. Problem pointed out by Takahiro Kambe
in private e-mail.
|
| 1.29 | 12-May-2001 |
tron | Fix bug in new "e" option: only eject tape if it is full, not if the dump
was finished.
|
| 1.28 | 07-May-2001 |
tron | Add a new option "e" to "dump" which allows to eject tapes automatically
if a tape change is required.
|
| 1.27 | 13-Dec-2000 |
scw | Global variables don't need to be initialised to zero.
|
| 1.26 | 11-Oct-2000 |
briggs | Fix format warnings
|
| 1.25 | 01-Oct-1999 |
perseant | branches: 1.25.6;
Working version of aborted dump{,_lfs} join.
|
| 1.24 | 30-Sep-1999 |
perseant | Back out changes made on the 29th, not at all the changes I intended to commit.
(I don't know how I did it though ... I'll figure it out tonight.)
I'll reapply this, in a working form, this evening.
|
| 1.23 | 29-Sep-1999 |
perseant | Adapt dump(8) to use filestore-independent (but still ufs-specific)
replacements for NINDIR, fsbtodb, etc. Create dump_lfs by adding a few
LFS-filestore-specific routines. As described in PR#8317.
|
| 1.22 | 23-Mar-1999 |
bouyer | branches: 1.22.2; 1.22.4;
Implement a read cache, as announced on tech-userlevel. Default is 32k
read buffer size, 512 buffer or 15% of the user memory. Can be changed
with the -k and -s options.
|
| 1.21 | 03-Jan-1999 |
lukem | add support for '-L label', which file(1) and restore(1) can extract from the
header. mostly based on [bin/6715] from Brian Grayson <bgrayson@ece.utexas.edu>
old filesystems don't have fs_qbmask and fs_qfmask set in the superblock;
fudge them as per code in /sys/ufs/ffs/ffs_vfsops.c::ffs_oldfscompat().
bug and suggested fix from Robert Elz <kre@munnari.OZ.AU> in [bin/6610]
XXX: there may be other variables required as well...
|
| 1.20 | 25-Aug-1998 |
ross | from Erik Bertelsen <erik@mediator.uni-c.dk>
{ put } { in } { lots } { of } { these } { to } { shut } { up } { egcs }
|
| 1.19 | 06-Jul-1998 |
mrg | - use an array MAXHOSTNAMELEN+1 size to hold hostnames
- ensure hostname from gethostname() is nul-terminated in all cases
- minor KNF
- use MAXHOSTNAMELEN over various other values/defines
- be safe will buffers that hold hostnames
|
| 1.18 | 18-Mar-1998 |
bouyer | Add support for non-native byte order FFS. The dump is in filesystem byte
order, restore already knows how to byteswap dumps.
|
| 1.17 | 18-Sep-1997 |
lukem | Various changes from Brian Grayson <bgrayson@ece.utexas.edu> in [bin/4103]
* exit after providing an estimate if -S was given. the PR used -e,
but checking around indicated prior art in Solaris usin -S.
* remove superfluous 'DUMP:' prefix in two messages
* initialise blocksperfile explicitly (not necessary, but everything
else in that section gets initialised, so be consistant :)
* display the ``pretty'' name of the dumped directory, so the user
knows if it's a subset or not
|
| 1.16 | 16-Sep-1997 |
lukem | resolve conflicts from lite-2 import
|
| 1.15 | 15-Sep-1997 |
lukem | * cleanup for WARNS=1
* fix use of .Nm
* comment out some unused(?) functions
|
| 1.14 | 05-Jun-1997 |
lukem | * Add the ability to dump specific files & directories of a single
filesystem. This uses fts(3) to access the directory structure (and
not the raw device), so the standard access permissions are adhered
to (unlike dumping an entire filesystem, which just requires read
access to the raw disk device).
* Support SIGINFO status reporting.
* Remove now unused variables that previously stored the (e)uid.
* Be more informative in a couple of error messages.
|
| 1.13 | 27-May-1997 |
mrg | enable rcmd(). garbage collect.
|
| 1.12 | 21-Apr-1997 |
mrg | be safe with buffers.
|
| 1.11 | 15-Apr-1997 |
lukem | remove use of "register".
|
| 1.10 | 10-Apr-1997 |
lukem | Implement changes from [bin/1915]
* 'w' and 'W' display the year
* verbosity additions displaying total & per-volume transfer times and rates
|
| 1.9 | 27-Feb-1997 |
mikel | set bflag so that 'dump bd M N' works properly. fix from Juergen
Hannken-Illjes in PR bin/3254.
|
| 1.8 | 15-Mar-1996 |
scottr | Be more paranoid with our effective uid.
|
| 1.7 | 05-Feb-1996 |
mrg | support $TAPE. update manual to reflect reality (#1937).
|
| 1.6 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.5 | 20-Feb-1995 |
mycroft | Use getopt(3), with obsolete() from restore(8) for backward compatibility.
|
| 1.4 | 23-Sep-1994 |
mycroft | Eliminate uses of some obsolete functions.
|
| 1.3 | 08-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Update from 4.4-Lite, with local changes.
|
| 1.2 | 28-Mar-1994 |
cgd | don't segv if called with no options!
|
| 1.1 | 22-Dec-1993 |
cgd | branches: 1.1.1;
new version from CSRG, via BSDI, with fixes
|
| 1.1.1.2 | 16-Sep-1997 |
lukem | imported from lite-2
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 13-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Import 4.4-Lite version.
|
| 1.22.4.1 | 27-Dec-1999 |
wrstuden | Pull up to last week's -current.
|
| 1.22.2.1 | 11-Oct-2000 |
he | Pull up revision 1.26 (requested by he):
Format string cleanup.
|
| 1.25.6.8 | 28-Mar-2002 |
he | Pull up revisions 1.33-1.34 (via patch, requested by bouyer):
Improve behaviour when a path is given:
1) check if the path is an unmounted file system listed in fstab
2) check if it is a path to a mounted file system not listed in fstab
Fixes PR#15790.
|
| 1.25.6.7 | 16-Jan-2002 |
he | Pull up revision 1.49 (via patch, requested by bouyer):
Add an ``-a'' option to ``auto-size'' the tape, rather than
relying upon other options to define the tape size.
|
| 1.25.6.6 | 16-Jan-2002 |
he | Pull up revisions 1.46-1.48 (via patch, requested by bouyer):
Various fixes:
o Fix error if first tape is write-protected; fixes PR#4754 and PR#6098
o Make error codes conform to manual page
o Use \a to make noise
o Fix estimated number of tapes for huge dumps to cartridges
o Use <sys/queue.h> SLIST_* macros instead of homegrown variants
o Do not exit if unable to read/create /etc/dumpdates
o Support output (tape) device returning ENOSPC for end-of-media on write
o Don't dump core if SIGINFO is received before 1 second has elapsed
o Only process SIGINFO in currently active child
o Ensure current (sub)block isn't past end of file system -- fixes
"spins forever but does nothing" bug.
o Some other minor fixes (types, whitespace, KNF, unifdef sunos, ...)
|
| 1.25.6.5 | 16-Jan-2002 |
he | Pull up revisions 1.41,1.50 (via patch, requested by bouyer):
Implement ``-l <timeout>'' option for use with e.g. autochangers.
|
| 1.25.6.4 | 08-Aug-2001 |
jhawk | Pull up revision 1.37 via patch (requested by david):
Temporarily drop setgid (for setgid tty) privileges, but restore them
if we fork to perform an operator notification. Generalize pre-existing
#ifdef RDUMP code.
|
| 1.25.6.3 | 15-May-2001 |
he | Pull up revision 1.29 (requested by tron):
Fix bug in new ``e'' option: only eject tape if it is full, not
if the dump was finished.
|
| 1.25.6.2 | 09-May-2001 |
he | Pull up revision 1.28 (requested by tron):
Add a new option ``e'' to dump which directs it to eject tapes
automatically if a tape change is required.
|
| 1.25.6.1 | 18-Oct-2000 |
tv | Pullup sbin string format fixes [is].
See "cvs log" for explicit revision numbers per file, from sommerfeld.
|
| 1.57.2.3 | 11-Nov-2006 |
bouyer | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by hannken in ticket #1573):
sbin/dump/snapshot.h: revision 1.3 via patch
sbin/dump/snapshot.c: revision 1.3 via patch
sbin/dump/main.c: revision 1.63 via patch
sbin/dump/tape.c: revision 1.47 via patch
sbin/dump/dump.h: revision 1.44 via patch
When using a snapshot take the snapshot raw device on further open.
Fixes PR #34923 dump(8) only dumps a corefile with -X (snapshots)
Approved by: Manuel Bouyer <bouyer@netbsd.org>
|
| 1.57.2.2 | 21-Apr-2006 |
tron | branches: 1.57.2.2.2;
Pull up following revision(s) (requested by hannken in ticket #1283):
sbin/dump/main.c: revision 1.61
Emit "a snapshot of" message for snap_internal case too.
|
| 1.57.2.1 | 21-Apr-2005 |
tron | branches: 1.57.2.1.2;
Pull up revision 1.58 (requested by hannken in ticket #184):
Snapshot support for dump(8):
- New option `-x backup' takes the dump from a snapshot backed up by `backup'.
The snapshot will be deleted on exit.
- New option `-X' as a synonym for `-x mountpoint' where `mountpoint' is the
file system to be dumped.
Reviewed and Approved by: Manuel Bouyer <bouyer@netbsd.org>
|
| 1.57.2.2.2.1 | 11-Nov-2006 |
bouyer | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by hannken in ticket #1573):
sbin/dump/snapshot.h: revision 1.3 via patch
sbin/dump/snapshot.c: revision 1.3 via patch
sbin/dump/main.c: revision 1.63 via patch
sbin/dump/tape.c: revision 1.47 via patch
sbin/dump/dump.h: revision 1.44 via patch
When using a snapshot take the snapshot raw device on further open.
Fixes PR #34923 dump(8) only dumps a corefile with -X (snapshots)
Approved by: Manuel Bouyer <bouyer@netbsd.org>
|
| 1.57.2.1.2.1 | 11-Nov-2006 |
bouyer | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by hannken in ticket #1573):
sbin/dump/snapshot.h: revision 1.3 via patch
sbin/dump/snapshot.c: revision 1.3 via patch
sbin/dump/main.c: revision 1.63 via patch
sbin/dump/tape.c: revision 1.47 via patch
sbin/dump/dump.h: revision 1.44 via patch
When using a snapshot take the snapshot raw device on further open.
Fixes PR #34923 dump(8) only dumps a corefile with -X (snapshots)
Approved by: Manuel Bouyer <bouyer@netbsd.org>
|
| 1.63.22.1 | 18-Sep-2008 |
wrstuden | Sync with wrstuden-revivesa-base-2.
|
| 1.63.18.1 | 28-Sep-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.66.8.2 | 08-Mar-2016 |
snj | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by bouyer in ticket #1332):
sbin/dump/main.c: revision 1.73
sbin/dump/tape.c: revision 1.54
Consistently use iswap64() and 64bit intermediate variable, as well as
64bit formats for c_tapea. Fixes tape useage report for large filesystems.
|
| 1.66.8.1 | 08-Mar-2016 |
snj | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by bouyer in ticket #1331):
sbin/dump/dump.8: revision 1.67 via patch
sbin/dump/main.c: revision 1.72
sbin/dump/rcache.c: revision 1.25
Default the read block size (-k default value) to kern.maxphys (usually
64k these days). This gives a noticable performance boost on large filesystems.
|
| 1.66.6.2 | 22-May-2014 |
yamt | sync with head.
for a reference, the tree before this commit was tagged
as yamt-pagecache-tag8.
this commit was splitted into small chunks to avoid
a limitation of cvs. ("Protocol error: too many arguments")
|
| 1.66.6.1 | 17-Apr-2012 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.69.2.2 | 20-Aug-2014 |
tls | Rebase to HEAD as of a few days ago.
|
| 1.69.2.1 | 23-Jun-2013 |
tls | resync from head
|
| 1.71.4.2 | 06-Nov-2015 |
riz | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by bouyer in ticket #991):
sbin/dump/tape.c: revision 1.54
sbin/dump/main.c: revision 1.73
Consistently use iswap64() and 64bit intermediate variable, as well as
64bit formats for c_tapea. Fixes tape useage report for large filesystems.
|
| 1.71.4.1 | 06-Nov-2015 |
riz | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by bouyer in ticket #990):
sbin/dump/rcache.c: revision 1.25
sbin/dump/dump.8: revision 1.67
sbin/dump/main.c: revision 1.72
Default the read block size (-k default value) to kern.maxphys (usually
64k these days). This gives a noticable performance boost on large filesystems.
|
| 1.73.16.3 | 13-Apr-2020 |
martin | Mostly merge changes from HEAD upto 20200411
|
| 1.73.16.2 | 08-Apr-2020 |
martin | Merge changes from current as of 20200406
|
| 1.73.16.1 | 10-Jun-2019 |
christos | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.73.8.2 | 07-Dec-2020 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by kre in ticket #1630):
sbin/dump/dump.h: revision 1.59
sbin/dump/main.c: revision 1.78
PR bin/55834
count blocks written in unsigned 64 bit counter
rather than signed int which overflows after 2^31-1
blocks (2TiB) after which neither the 5 minute
status updates or SIGINFO (^T) reports are issued
until the negative numbers increase past 0 and
wildly inaccurate reports would be written.
|
| 1.73.8.1 | 29-Mar-2019 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by manu in ticket #1221):
sbin/dump/tape.c: revision 1.55
sbin/dump_lfs/dump_lfs.8: revision 1.18
sbin/dump/dump.h: revision 1.56
sbin/dump/dump.8: revision 1.69
sbin/dump/dump.h: revision 1.57
sbin/dump/ffs_inode.c: revision 1.23
sbin/dump/optr.c: revision 1.43
sbin/dump/itime.c: revision 1.21
sbin/dump/main.c: revision 1.74
sbin/dump/itime.c: revision 1.22
sbin/dump/main.c: revision 1.75
sbin/dump/dump.8: revision 1.70
sbin/dump/traverse.c: revision 1.52
sbin/dump/dump.8: revision 1.71
Document what rdump is (was once) for. PR 53442.
Use getfsspecname() to fill the filesystem argument in dumpdates.
While here, make sure that the error strings terminate with newline
consistently, and add a function that adds the system error string.
Add -U flag to dump(8) and dump_lfs(8) to specify dumpdates entry
This address situations where dump(8) cannot figure out the device being
dumped. It also allows tracking of subvolume dumps by using virtual
device as dumpdates entry.
Bump date for previous.
|
| 1.75.2.1 | 06-Dec-2020 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by kre in ticket #1139):
sbin/dump/dump.h: revision 1.59
sbin/dump/main.c: revision 1.78
PR bin/55834
count blocks written in unsigned 64 bit counter
rather than signed int which overflows after 2^31-1
blocks (2TiB) after which neither the 5 minute
status updates or SIGINFO (^T) reports are issued
until the negative numbers increase past 0 and
wildly inaccurate reports would be written.
|
| 1.78.8.1 | 02-Aug-2025 |
perseant | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.44 | 14-Mar-2022 |
mlelstv | Silently ignore fstab entries with NAME= entries that cannot be resolved.
Fixes PR 56249.
|
| 1.43 | 01-Mar-2019 |
christos | branches: 1.43.2;
Use getfsspecname() to fill the filesystem argument in dumpdates.
While here, make sure that the error strings terminate with newline
consistently, and add a function that adds the system error string.
|
| 1.42 | 08-Sep-2013 |
mlelstv | branches: 1.42.18; 1.42.26;
Fix handling of NAME aliases in /etc/fstab.
|
| 1.41 | 15-Jun-2013 |
christos | handle new lfs split
|
| 1.40 | 13-Jan-2013 |
dholland | Use more static.
|
| 1.39 | 13-Jan-2013 |
dholland | Add some const.
|
| 1.38 | 07-Apr-2012 |
christos | branches: 1.38.2;
factor out rawname() from dump, fsck, savecore.
|
| 1.37 | 07-Apr-2012 |
christos | use getfsspecname()
|
| 1.36 | 18-Dec-2006 |
christos | branches: 1.36.36;
Convert a couple of "(void)&" constructs to volatile.
Flag various unused parameters in restore and dump so that these will
compile with -Wextra. (Note: restore uses some stuff from dump.)
|
| 1.35 | 24-Jun-2006 |
perseant | Change LFCNWRAP{STOP,GO} to make them more suitable for snapshotting; in
particular, the caller can now choose whether to wait for the condition
to be met, and if the caller of LFCNWRAPSTOP dies or otherwise closes
the descriptor, the filesystem is started again. Updated the ckckp
regression test to use the new semantics.
dump_lfs(8) now uses the fcntls to implement LFS-style snapshotting through
the -X flag, addressing PR#33457 albeit not using fss(4). Fixed a couple
other problems with dump_lfs that manifested themselves during testing.
|
| 1.34 | 27-Jun-2005 |
christos | sprinkle const
|
| 1.33 | 21-Apr-2004 |
christos | Replace the statfs() family of system calls with statvfs().
Retain binary compatibility.
|
| 1.32 | 15-Mar-2004 |
lukem | Adjust tstart_volume (volume start time) by the time spent in query(),
similar to the adjustment for tstart_writing made in optr.c rev 1.4.
Should fix PR bin/19711 from matthew green.
|
| 1.31 | 07-Aug-2003 |
agc | Move UCB-licensed code from 4-clause to 3-clause licence.
Patches provided by Joel Baker in PR 22308, verified by myself.
|
| 1.30 | 02-Apr-2003 |
fvdl | Add support for UFS2. UFS2 is an enhanced FFS, adding support for
64 bit block pointers, extended attribute storage, and a few
other things.
This commit does not yet include the code to manipulate the extended
storage (for e.g. ACLs), this will be done later.
Originally written by Kirk McKusick and Network Associates Laboratories for
FreeBSD.
|
| 1.29 | 27-Mar-2003 |
lukem | Use "wall -g operator" (instead of private code) to broadcast() messages to
members of the operator group.
Don't install "setgid tty", and remove now unnecessary gid/egid swapping.
Remove utmp trawling code pulled in from usr.bin/who.
The Code is now simpler, and more portable (without the utmp cruft) too.
This is derived from similar work in OpenBSD.
|
| 1.28 | 18-Aug-2002 |
yamt | save/restore errno in signal handlers.
|
| 1.27 | 16-Aug-2002 |
itojun | defend against malicious line in ut_line, which could cause unwanted
writes to anything under /dev. revoke setuid/gid privs earlier.
From: xs@kittenz.org
|
| 1.26 | 02-Aug-2002 |
christos | support utmpx
|
| 1.25 | 25-Dec-2001 |
lukem | Fixes from FreeBSD:
- Fix error if first tape was write protected. Fix NetBSD PRs 4754 and 6098.
- Make dump exit codes confirm to manual page.
- Use \a instead of \7 to make noise.
- Fix estimated number of tapes for huge dumps to cartridges.
- Use <sys/queue.h> SLIST_* instead of home-rolled lists.
- Do not exit if unable to read or create /etc/dumpdates.
- Support output (tape) device returning ENOSPC for end-of-media on a write.
Fixes by me:
- Remove unused ddates_in.
- Don't dump core if SIGINFO is received before 1 second has elapsed.
- Only process SIGINFO in current "active" child.
- Don't dump core in -w if dumpdates wasn't readable and ddatev == NULL
- Minor KNF; wrap some lines
|
| 1.24 | 24-Dec-2001 |
lukem | For dump_lfs(8), in getfstab(), only "lfs" (instead of "ufs" or "ffs").
Fix from Minoura Makoto in [bin/10525].
|
| 1.23 | 23-Dec-2001 |
lukem | nuke trailing whitespace
|
| 1.22 | 22-Dec-2001 |
lukem | - use correct type for minTime in findlru() (size_t instead of int)
- clean up whitespace
|
| 1.21 | 01-Nov-2001 |
lukem | fix -Wshadow warnings
|
| 1.20 | 25-Oct-2001 |
lukem | in msg(), don't call va_list using functions twice in a row without calling
va_start() in between; reorder code so that we call vsnprintf and then
just fputs that buffer. crank the size of lastmsg whilst we're here
problem noted by Hideo Saito in [bin/14348].
|
| 1.19 | 15-Oct-2001 |
blymn | Add the capability for dump to print timestamps on all informational
messages.
|
| 1.18 | 08-Aug-2001 |
david | Patch to drop setgid tty privs until forking for operator notification
|
| 1.17 | 28-May-2001 |
lukem | * improve parsing of file-systems-to-dump when a path is given:
- if it's a path to an unmounted file-system listed in /etc/fstab, use
that instead of assuming the user wanted a subtree dump of the parent
directory. this restores the behaviour of dump before the subtree
dumping code went in.
- if it's a path to a mounted file-system which is not in /etc/fstab,
use the info from getmntinfo(3). previously, dump would choke.
* implement error checked malloc(), calloc(), strdup(), and use
appropriately (some of the calloc()s weren't being checked)
* use 'file-system' instead of 'filesystem' in the man page
|
| 1.16 | 28-May-2001 |
lukem | unifdef !__STDC__ (missed in previous)
|
| 1.15 | 27-May-2001 |
lukem | knf to ansi
|
| 1.14 | 10-Oct-2000 |
is | Format string cleanups by Bill Sommerfeld.
|
| 1.13 | 01-Apr-1998 |
kleink | branches: 1.13.2; 1.13.10;
Need <time.h> for time(), localtime() and ctime() prototypes.
|
| 1.12 | 15-Sep-1997 |
lukem | * cleanup for WARNS=1
* fix use of .Nm
* comment out some unused(?) functions
|
| 1.11 | 27-May-1997 |
mrg | fix off by one bug.
|
| 1.10 | 21-Apr-1997 |
thorpej | Don't need to account for space for NUL, as it's included in the
sizeof(_PATH_DEV), noted by Chris Demetriou <cgd@netbsd.org>
|
| 1.9 | 21-Apr-1997 |
thorpej | Add missing `-', noted by Erik Fair <fair@cesium.clock.org> on
current-users.
|
| 1.8 | 21-Apr-1997 |
mrg | be safe with buffers.
|
| 1.7 | 15-Apr-1997 |
lukem | remove use of "register".
|
| 1.6 | 10-Apr-1997 |
lukem | Implement changes from [bin/1915]
* 'w' and 'W' display the year
* verbosity additions displaying total & per-volume transfer times and rates
|
| 1.5 | 16-Jan-1997 |
perry | fix pr 2977 -- only try to dump ufs/ffs partitions
|
| 1.4 | 18-May-1996 |
jtk | Adjust the base for time estimates to ignore time we spent waiting
for operator input.
enhancements from PR #900
|
| 1.3 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.2 | 08-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Update from 4.4-Lite, with local changes.
|
| 1.1 | 22-Dec-1993 |
cgd | branches: 1.1.1;
new version from CSRG, via BSDI, with fixes
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 13-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Import 4.4-Lite version.
|
| 1.13.10.4 | 28-Mar-2002 |
he | Pull up revision 1.17 (via patch, requested by bouyer):
Improve behaviour when a path is given:
1) check if the path is an unmounted file system listed in fstab
2) check if it is a path to a mounted file system not listed in fstab
Fixes PR#15790.
|
| 1.13.10.3 | 16-Jan-2002 |
he | Pull up revision 1.25 (via patch, requested by bouyer):
Various fixes:
o Fix error if first tape is write-protected; fixes PR#4754 and PR#6098
o Make error codes conform to manual page
o Use \a to make noise
o Fix estimated number of tapes for huge dumps to cartridges
o Use <sys/queue.h> SLIST_* macros instead of homegrown variants
o Do not exit if unable to read/create /etc/dumpdates
o Support output (tape) device returning ENOSPC for end-of-media on write
o Don't dump core if SIGINFO is received before 1 second has elapsed
o Only process SIGINFO in currently active child
o Ensure current (sub)block isn't past end of file system -- fixes
"spins forever but does nothing" bug.
o Some other minor fixes (types, whitespace, KNF, unifdef sunos, ...)
|
| 1.13.10.2 | 08-Aug-2001 |
jhawk | Pull up revision 1.18 via patch (requested by david):
Temporarily drop setgid (for setgid tty) privileges, but restore them
if we fork to perform an operator notification. Generalize pre-existing
#ifdef RDUMP code.
|
| 1.13.10.1 | 18-Oct-2000 |
tv | Pullup sbin string format fixes [is].
See "cvs log" for explicit revision numbers per file, from sommerfeld.
|
| 1.13.2.1 | 10-Oct-2000 |
he | Pull up revision 1.14 (requested by is):
Format string cleanup.
|
| 1.36.36.3 | 22-May-2014 |
yamt | sync with head.
for a reference, the tree before this commit was tagged
as yamt-pagecache-tag8.
this commit was splitted into small chunks to avoid
a limitation of cvs. ("Protocol error: too many arguments")
|
| 1.36.36.2 | 23-Jan-2013 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.36.36.1 | 17-Apr-2012 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.38.2.3 | 20-Aug-2014 |
tls | Rebase to HEAD as of a few days ago.
|
| 1.38.2.2 | 23-Jun-2013 |
tls | resync from head
|
| 1.38.2.1 | 25-Feb-2013 |
tls | resync with head
|
| 1.42.26.1 | 10-Jun-2019 |
christos | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.42.18.1 | 29-Mar-2019 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by manu in ticket #1221):
sbin/dump/tape.c: revision 1.55
sbin/dump_lfs/dump_lfs.8: revision 1.18
sbin/dump/dump.h: revision 1.56
sbin/dump/dump.8: revision 1.69
sbin/dump/dump.h: revision 1.57
sbin/dump/ffs_inode.c: revision 1.23
sbin/dump/optr.c: revision 1.43
sbin/dump/itime.c: revision 1.21
sbin/dump/main.c: revision 1.74
sbin/dump/itime.c: revision 1.22
sbin/dump/main.c: revision 1.75
sbin/dump/dump.8: revision 1.70
sbin/dump/traverse.c: revision 1.52
sbin/dump/dump.8: revision 1.71
Document what rdump is (was once) for. PR 53442.
Use getfsspecname() to fill the filesystem argument in dumpdates.
While here, make sure that the error strings terminate with newline
consistently, and add a function that adds the system error string.
Add -U flag to dump(8) and dump_lfs(8) to specify dumpdates entry
This address situations where dump(8) cannot figure out the device being
dumped. It also allows tracking of subvolume dumps by using virtual
device as dumpdates entry.
Bump date for previous.
|
| 1.43.2.1 | 21-Aug-2023 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by manu in ticket #1717):
sbin/dump/optr.c: revision 1.44
Silently ignore fstab entries with NAME= entries that cannot be resolved.
Fixes PR 56249.
|
| 1.11 | 07-Aug-2003 |
agc | Move UCB-licensed code from 4-clause to 3-clause licence.
Patches provided by Joel Baker in PR 22308, verified by myself.
|
| 1.10 | 27-Mar-2003 |
lukem | Use "wall -g operator" (instead of private code) to broadcast() messages to
members of the operator group.
Don't install "setgid tty", and remove now unnecessary gid/egid swapping.
Remove utmp trawling code pulled in from usr.bin/who.
The Code is now simpler, and more portable (without the utmp cruft) too.
This is derived from similar work in OpenBSD.
|
| 1.9 | 15-Apr-1997 |
lukem | use _PATH_DEFTAPE from <paths.h>
change doco references/examples from /dev/rmt* to /dev/rst*
|
| 1.8 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.7 | 20-Jan-1995 |
mycroft | Use /etc/rmt explicitly.
|
| 1.6 | 08-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Update from 4.4-Lite, with local changes.
|
| 1.5 | 22-Dec-1993 |
cgd | new version from CSRG, via BSDI, with fixes
|
| 1.4 | 01-Aug-1993 |
mycroft | Add RCS identifiers.
|
| 1.3 | 23-Mar-1993 |
cgd | changed "Id" to "Header" for rcsids
|
| 1.2 | 22-Mar-1993 |
cgd | added rcs ids to all files
|
| 1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.2 | 13-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Import 4.4-Lite version.
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | initial import of 386bsd-0.1 sources
|
| 1.25 | 24-Aug-2015 |
bouyer | Default the read block size (-k default value) to kern.maxphys (usually
64k these days). This gives a noticable performance boost on large filesystems.
|
| 1.24 | 15-Jun-2013 |
christos | branches: 1.24.6;
handle new lfs split
|
| 1.23 | 27-Jan-2010 |
spz | branches: 1.23.6; 1.23.8; 1.23.12;
range-check what we assign to int cachebufs from calculations with
uint64_t usermem. This only becomes relevant if you have several TB of RAM.
Promoting cachebufs to uint64_t is not necessary as it gets limited to
(currently) 512 anyway.
fixes the last issue of PR: 19852
|
| 1.22 | 28-Apr-2008 |
martin | Remove clause 3 and 4 from TNF licenses
|
| 1.21 | 13-Sep-2003 |
simonb | branches: 1.21.32; 1.21.34;
Use HW_USERMEM64 to fetch the amount of memory available.
|
| 1.20 | 19-Apr-2003 |
tls | The sysctl returning the amount of memory in the system returns "int",
which is silly. Luckily, it really does return the correct result if
interpreted as an unsigned int. This change lets dump work on 32-bit
systems that have more than 2GB of RAM.
|
| 1.19 | 06-Feb-2003 |
enami | No need to print same error message twice in the same line.
|
| 1.18 | 06-Feb-2003 |
enami | Check lseek error correctly (i.e., use == -1 rather than < 0).
|
| 1.17 | 04-Feb-2003 |
enami | Fix typo I've introduced while cleaning up for commit.
|
| 1.16 | 04-Feb-2003 |
enami | - Fix daddr_t print format inside ifdef DIAGNOSTIC.
- Start scan cache entry just filled, rather than starting from top.
|
| 1.15 | 04-Feb-2003 |
enami | Convert `nblksread' to in terms of device block size. This restores
originally intended behaviour (see tech-userlevel archive around 1999 March).
|
| 1.14 | 04-Feb-2003 |
enami | Cosmetic changes.
|
| 1.13 | 03-Feb-2003 |
hannken | Merge "struct cheader" and "struct cdesc" into an union.
No more alignment problems if the alignment of these two differs.
Approved by: Manuel Bouyer <bouyer@netbsd.org>
|
| 1.12 | 24-Jan-2003 |
fvdl | Bump daddr_t to 64 bits. Replace it with int32_t in all places where
it was used on-disk, so that on-disk formats remain the same.
Remove ufs_daddr_t and ufs_lbn_t for the time being.
|
| 1.11 | 19-Feb-2002 |
lukem | branches: 1.11.2;
rcsid
|
| 1.10 | 23-Dec-2001 |
lukem | nuke trailing whitespace
|
| 1.9 | 22-Dec-2001 |
lukem | When using the read cache in bread(), ensure that the current (sub)block
isn't past the end of the file system.
Should fix the "spins forever but doing nothing" bug that dump
would occasionally have.
|
| 1.8 | 22-Dec-2001 |
lukem | - use correct type for minTime in findlru() (size_t instead of int)
- clean up whitespace
|
| 1.7 | 22-Dec-2001 |
lukem | In rawread(), add back a check to ensure that dump doesn't try to read
past EOM and fail with "short read error". This check was part of
traverse.c::bread(), and was removed when that function was migrated
to rcache.c::rawread() as part of the "read cache" functionality.
This should fix the problem with dump barfing on "short read" when "-r 0",
but I'm still debugging the problem where dump gets to a point and
"does nothing" when the read cache is being used.
|
| 1.6 | 27-May-2001 |
lukem | knf to ansi
|
| 1.5 | 11-Oct-2000 |
briggs | Fix format warnings
|
| 1.4 | 01-Oct-1999 |
perseant | branches: 1.4.6;
Working version of aborted dump{,_lfs} join.
|
| 1.3 | 30-Sep-1999 |
perseant | Back out changes made on the 29th, not at all the changes I intended to commit.
(I don't know how I did it though ... I'll figure it out tonight.)
I'll reapply this, in a working form, this evening.
|
| 1.2 | 29-Sep-1999 |
perseant | Adapt dump(8) to use filestore-independent (but still ufs-specific)
replacements for NINDIR, fsbtodb, etc. Create dump_lfs by adding a few
LFS-filestore-specific routines. As described in PR#8317.
|
| 1.1 | 23-Mar-1999 |
bouyer | branches: 1.1.2; 1.1.4;
Implement a read cache, as announced on tech-userlevel. Default is 32k
read buffer size, 512 buffer or 15% of the user memory. Can be changed
with the -k and -s options.
|
| 1.1.4.1 | 27-Dec-1999 |
wrstuden | Pull up to last week's -current.
|
| 1.1.2.1 | 11-Oct-2000 |
he | Pull up revision 1.5 (requested by he):
Format string cleanup.
|
| 1.4.6.2 | 16-Jan-2002 |
he | Pull up revisions 1.7-1.10 (via patch, requested by bouyer):
Various fixes:
o Fix error if first tape is write-protected; fixes PR#4754 and PR#6098
o Make error codes conform to manual page
o Use \a to make noise
o Fix estimated number of tapes for huge dumps to cartridges
o Use <sys/queue.h> SLIST_* macros instead of homegrown variants
o Do not exit if unable to read/create /etc/dumpdates
o Support output (tape) device returning ENOSPC for end-of-media on write
o Don't dump core if SIGINFO is received before 1 second has elapsed
o Only process SIGINFO in currently active child
o Ensure current (sub)block isn't past end of file system -- fixes
"spins forever but does nothing" bug.
o Some other minor fixes (types, whitespace, KNF, unifdef sunos, ...)
|
| 1.4.6.1 | 18-Oct-2000 |
tv | Pullup sbin string format fixes [is].
See "cvs log" for explicit revision numbers per file, from sommerfeld.
|
| 1.11.2.1 | 16-Jun-2003 |
grant | Pull up revision 1.20 (requested by rafal in ticket #1272):
The sysctl returning the amount of memory in the system returns "int",
which is silly. Luckily, it really does return the correct result if
interpreted as an unsigned int. This change lets dump work on 32-bit
systems that have more than 2GB of RAM.
|
| 1.21.34.1 | 18-May-2008 |
yamt | sync with head.
|
| 1.21.32.1 | 02-Jun-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.23.12.1 | 23-Jun-2013 |
tls | resync from head
|
| 1.23.8.1 | 08-Mar-2016 |
snj | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by bouyer in ticket #1331):
sbin/dump/dump.8: revision 1.67 via patch
sbin/dump/main.c: revision 1.72
sbin/dump/rcache.c: revision 1.25
Default the read block size (-k default value) to kern.maxphys (usually
64k these days). This gives a noticable performance boost on large filesystems.
|
| 1.23.6.1 | 22-May-2014 |
yamt | sync with head.
for a reference, the tree before this commit was tagged
as yamt-pagecache-tag8.
this commit was splitted into small chunks to avoid
a limitation of cvs. ("Protocol error: too many arguments")
|
| 1.24.6.1 | 06-Nov-2015 |
riz | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by bouyer in ticket #990):
sbin/dump/rcache.c: revision 1.25
sbin/dump/dump.8: revision 1.67
sbin/dump/main.c: revision 1.72
Default the read block size (-k default value) to kern.maxphys (usually
64k these days). This gives a noticable performance boost on large filesystems.
|
| 1.5 | 01-Mar-1995 |
mycroft | Clean up deleted files.
|
| 1.4 | 01-Aug-1993 |
mycroft | Add RCS indentifiers.
|
| 1.3 | 23-Mar-1993 |
cgd | changed "Id" to "Header" for rcsids
|
| 1.2 | 22-Mar-1993 |
cgd | added rcs ids to all files
|
| 1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | initial import of 386bsd-0.1 sources
|
| 1.7 | 03-Feb-2019 |
mrg | - mark Exit() __dead
- bump a buffer size to avoid possible truncation
- adding missing fallthru comment
|
| 1.6 | 24-Feb-2011 |
hannken | branches: 1.6.44;
fss(4): Allow FSSIOCSET to set the initial flags. Add a new flag
"FSS_UNLINK_ON_CREATE" to unlink the backing store before
the snapshot gets created.
With this change dump(8) no longer dumps the zero-sized, but named
snapshot it is working on. Same applies to fsck_ffs(8).
|
| 1.5 | 11-Apr-2010 |
hannken | branches: 1.5.2;
Add -x option which allows to run `fsck_msdos -n' on a snapshot of
a live file system.
While here modify snap_open() to accept a character device as its
first arg and remove now unneeded get_snap_device().
Reviewed by: Manuel Bouyer <bouyer@netbsd.org>
|
| 1.4 | 28-Apr-2008 |
martin | branches: 1.4.4;
Remove clause 3 and 4 from TNF licenses
|
| 1.3 | 26-Oct-2006 |
hannken | branches: 1.3.18; 1.3.20;
When using a snapshot take the snapshot raw device on further open.
Fixes PR #34923 dump(8) only dumps a corefile with -X (snapshots)
Approved by: Manuel Bouyer <bouyer@netbsd.org>
|
| 1.2 | 19-Apr-2005 |
hannken | branches: 1.2.2;
Fix copyright date for previous.
|
| 1.1 | 19-Apr-2005 |
hannken | Snapshot support for dump(8):
- New option `-x backup' takes the dump from a snapshot backed up by `backup'.
The snapshot will be deleted on exit.
- New option `-X' as a synonym for `-x mountpoint' where `mountpoint' is the
file system to be dumped.
Reviewed and Approved by: Manuel Bouyer <bouyer@netbsd.org>
|
| 1.2.2.4 | 11-Nov-2006 |
bouyer | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by hannken in ticket #1573):
sbin/dump/snapshot.h: revision 1.3 via patch
sbin/dump/snapshot.c: revision 1.3 via patch
sbin/dump/main.c: revision 1.63 via patch
sbin/dump/tape.c: revision 1.47 via patch
sbin/dump/dump.h: revision 1.44 via patch
When using a snapshot take the snapshot raw device on further open.
Fixes PR #34923 dump(8) only dumps a corefile with -X (snapshots)
Approved by: Manuel Bouyer <bouyer@netbsd.org>
|
| 1.2.2.3 | 21-Apr-2005 |
tron | branches: 1.2.2.3.2; 1.2.2.3.4;
Pull up revision 1.2 (requested by hannken in ticket #184):
Fix copyright date for previous.
|
| 1.2.2.2 | 21-Apr-2005 |
tron | Pull up revision 1.1 (requested by hannken in ticket #184):
Snapshot support for dump(8):
- New option `-x backup' takes the dump from a snapshot backed up by `backup'.
The snapshot will be deleted on exit.
- New option `-X' as a synonym for `-x mountpoint' where `mountpoint' is the
file system to be dumped.
Reviewed and Approved by: Manuel Bouyer <bouyer@netbsd.org>
|
| 1.2.2.1 | 19-Apr-2005 |
tron | file snapshot.c was added on branch netbsd-3 on 2005-04-21 19:04:41 +0000
|
| 1.2.2.3.4.1 | 11-Nov-2006 |
bouyer | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by hannken in ticket #1573):
sbin/dump/snapshot.h: revision 1.3 via patch
sbin/dump/snapshot.c: revision 1.3 via patch
sbin/dump/main.c: revision 1.63 via patch
sbin/dump/tape.c: revision 1.47 via patch
sbin/dump/dump.h: revision 1.44 via patch
When using a snapshot take the snapshot raw device on further open.
Fixes PR #34923 dump(8) only dumps a corefile with -X (snapshots)
Approved by: Manuel Bouyer <bouyer@netbsd.org>
|
| 1.2.2.3.2.1 | 11-Nov-2006 |
bouyer | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by hannken in ticket #1573):
sbin/dump/snapshot.h: revision 1.3 via patch
sbin/dump/snapshot.c: revision 1.3 via patch
sbin/dump/main.c: revision 1.63 via patch
sbin/dump/tape.c: revision 1.47 via patch
sbin/dump/dump.h: revision 1.44 via patch
When using a snapshot take the snapshot raw device on further open.
Fixes PR #34923 dump(8) only dumps a corefile with -X (snapshots)
Approved by: Manuel Bouyer <bouyer@netbsd.org>
|
| 1.3.20.1 | 18-May-2008 |
yamt | sync with head.
|
| 1.3.18.1 | 02-Jun-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.4.4.1 | 18-Jun-2011 |
bouyer | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by hannken in ticket #1627):
sys/kern/vfs_wapbl.c: revisions 1.41-1.42
sbin/dump/snapshot.c: revisions 1.6 (patch)
share/man/man4/fss.4: revisions 1.15 (patch)
sys/dev/fss.c: revisions 1.73 (patch)
sys/dev/fssvar.h: revisions 1.25
usr.sbin/fssconfig/fssconfig.c: revisions 1.7
sys/ufs/ffs/ffs_balloc.c: revisions 1.54
sys/ufs/ffs/ffs_snapshot.c: revisions 1.90, 1.98, 1.100-1.101, 1.103-1.110, 1.111, 1.112-1.115 (patch)
- Try to keep snapshot indirect blocks contiguous. This speeds up snapshot
creation by a factor of ~3 and reduces the file system suspension time by
a factor of ~5.
- Refine the scope of WAPBL transactions and the limit for deallocations in
one transaction so we should no longer get a "wapbl_flush: current
transaction too big to flush" panic when creating or removing snapshots
on larger logging disks.
- fss(4): Allow FSSIOCSET to set the initial flags. Add a new flag
"FSS_UNLINK_ON_CREATE" to unlink the backing store before the snapshot
gets created. With this change dump(8) no longer dumps the zero-sized,
but named snapshot it is working on.
|
| 1.5.2.1 | 05-Mar-2011 |
bouyer | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.6.44.1 | 10-Jun-2019 |
christos | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.4 | 28-Apr-2008 |
martin | Remove clause 3 and 4 from TNF licenses
|
| 1.3 | 26-Oct-2006 |
hannken | branches: 1.3.18; 1.3.20;
When using a snapshot take the snapshot raw device on further open.
Fixes PR #34923 dump(8) only dumps a corefile with -X (snapshots)
Approved by: Manuel Bouyer <bouyer@netbsd.org>
|
| 1.2 | 19-Apr-2005 |
hannken | branches: 1.2.2;
Fix copyright date for previous.
|
| 1.1 | 19-Apr-2005 |
hannken | Snapshot support for dump(8):
- New option `-x backup' takes the dump from a snapshot backed up by `backup'.
The snapshot will be deleted on exit.
- New option `-X' as a synonym for `-x mountpoint' where `mountpoint' is the
file system to be dumped.
Reviewed and Approved by: Manuel Bouyer <bouyer@netbsd.org>
|
| 1.2.2.4 | 11-Nov-2006 |
bouyer | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by hannken in ticket #1573):
sbin/dump/snapshot.h: revision 1.3 via patch
sbin/dump/snapshot.c: revision 1.3 via patch
sbin/dump/main.c: revision 1.63 via patch
sbin/dump/tape.c: revision 1.47 via patch
sbin/dump/dump.h: revision 1.44 via patch
When using a snapshot take the snapshot raw device on further open.
Fixes PR #34923 dump(8) only dumps a corefile with -X (snapshots)
Approved by: Manuel Bouyer <bouyer@netbsd.org>
|
| 1.2.2.3 | 21-Apr-2005 |
tron | branches: 1.2.2.3.2; 1.2.2.3.4;
Pull up revision 1.2 (requested by hannken in ticket #184):
Fix copyright date for previous.
|
| 1.2.2.2 | 21-Apr-2005 |
tron | Pull up revision 1.1 (requested by hannken in ticket #184):
Snapshot support for dump(8):
- New option `-x backup' takes the dump from a snapshot backed up by `backup'.
The snapshot will be deleted on exit.
- New option `-X' as a synonym for `-x mountpoint' where `mountpoint' is the
file system to be dumped.
Reviewed and Approved by: Manuel Bouyer <bouyer@netbsd.org>
|
| 1.2.2.1 | 19-Apr-2005 |
tron | file snapshot.h was added on branch netbsd-3 on 2005-04-21 19:04:41 +0000
|
| 1.2.2.3.4.1 | 11-Nov-2006 |
bouyer | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by hannken in ticket #1573):
sbin/dump/snapshot.h: revision 1.3 via patch
sbin/dump/snapshot.c: revision 1.3 via patch
sbin/dump/main.c: revision 1.63 via patch
sbin/dump/tape.c: revision 1.47 via patch
sbin/dump/dump.h: revision 1.44 via patch
When using a snapshot take the snapshot raw device on further open.
Fixes PR #34923 dump(8) only dumps a corefile with -X (snapshots)
Approved by: Manuel Bouyer <bouyer@netbsd.org>
|
| 1.2.2.3.2.1 | 11-Nov-2006 |
bouyer | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by hannken in ticket #1573):
sbin/dump/snapshot.h: revision 1.3 via patch
sbin/dump/snapshot.c: revision 1.3 via patch
sbin/dump/main.c: revision 1.63 via patch
sbin/dump/tape.c: revision 1.47 via patch
sbin/dump/dump.h: revision 1.44 via patch
When using a snapshot take the snapshot raw device on further open.
Fixes PR #34923 dump(8) only dumps a corefile with -X (snapshots)
Approved by: Manuel Bouyer <bouyer@netbsd.org>
|
| 1.3.20.1 | 18-May-2008 |
yamt | sync with head.
|
| 1.3.18.1 | 02-Jun-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.57 | 19-Jun-2021 |
christos | Add external attribute dumping and restoring support from FreeBSD.
Does not fully work yet, attributes are being saved and restored correctly,
but don't appear in the restored files somehow.
|
| 1.56 | 07-Jun-2021 |
hannken | Bitmaps (TS_BITS and TS_CLRI) dont use the "c_addr" array as they
cannot have holes. As bitmaps are written without TS_ADDR records
"c_count" may be larger than the "c_addr" size resulting in a
segmentation violation reading "c_addr" beyond its end.
Compute "blks" for TS_INODE and TS_ADDR only -- its used for multi
volume dumps and the bitmaps must both be on the first volume.
|
| 1.55 | 01-Mar-2019 |
christos | branches: 1.55.2;
Use getfsspecname() to fill the filesystem argument in dumpdates.
While here, make sure that the error strings terminate with newline
consistently, and add a function that adds the system error string.
|
| 1.54 | 24-Aug-2015 |
bouyer | branches: 1.54.8; 1.54.16;
Consistently use iswap64() and 64bit intermediate variable, as well as
64bit formats for c_tapea. Fixes tape useage report for large filesystems.
|
| 1.53 | 15-Jun-2013 |
christos | branches: 1.53.6;
handle new lfs split
|
| 1.52 | 13-Jan-2013 |
dholland | Use void * for I/O functions and remove no-longer-needed casts.
|
| 1.51 | 13-Jan-2013 |
dholland | Add some const.
|
| 1.50 | 16-Sep-2011 |
plunky | branches: 1.50.2; 1.50.4; 1.50.8;
NULL does not need a cast, here
|
| 1.49 | 16-Feb-2008 |
matt | Fix some inconsisent/conflicting definitions and missing parameters
|
| 1.48 | 18-Dec-2006 |
christos | branches: 1.48.4; 1.48.6;
Convert a couple of "(void)&" constructs to volatile.
Flag various unused parameters in restore and dump so that these will
compile with -Wextra. (Note: restore uses some stuff from dump.)
|
| 1.47 | 26-Oct-2006 |
hannken | When using a snapshot take the snapshot raw device on further open.
Fixes PR #34923 dump(8) only dumps a corefile with -X (snapshots)
Approved by: Manuel Bouyer <bouyer@netbsd.org>
|
| 1.46 | 24-Jun-2006 |
perseant | Change LFCNWRAP{STOP,GO} to make them more suitable for snapshotting; in
particular, the caller can now choose whether to wait for the condition
to be met, and if the caller of LFCNWRAPSTOP dies or otherwise closes
the descriptor, the filesystem is started again. Updated the ckckp
regression test to use the new semantics.
dump_lfs(8) now uses the fcntls to implement LFS-style snapshotting through
the -X flag, addressing PR#33457 albeit not using fss(4). Fixed a couple
other problems with dump_lfs that manifested themselves during testing.
|
| 1.45 | 02-Jun-2005 |
lukem | appease gcc -Wuninitialized
|
| 1.44 | 08-Aug-2004 |
lukem | branches: 1.44.2; 1.44.4; 1.44.6;
Signal handlers should manipulate 'volatile sig_atomic_t' instead of 'int'.
|
| 1.43 | 15-Mar-2004 |
lukem | Adjust tstart_volume (volume start time) by the time spent in query(),
similar to the adjustment for tstart_writing made in optr.c rev 1.4.
Should fix PR bin/19711 from matthew green.
|
| 1.42 | 18-Feb-2004 |
hannken | Avoid signal race condition. If a slave gets the SIGUSR2 signal between
the "setjmp" and the "ready = 1" statements the slave will pause forever
and the complet dump hangs.
Fixes PR #24453
|
| 1.41 | 07-Aug-2003 |
agc | Move UCB-licensed code from 4-clause to 3-clause licence.
Patches provided by Joel Baker in PR 22308, verified by myself.
|
| 1.40 | 02-Apr-2003 |
fvdl | Add support for UFS2. UFS2 is an enhanced FFS, adding support for
64 bit block pointers, extended attribute storage, and a few
other things.
This commit does not yet include the code to manipulate the extended
storage (for e.g. ACLs), this will be done later.
Originally written by Kirk McKusick and Network Associates Laboratories for
FreeBSD.
|
| 1.39 | 16-Jan-2003 |
kleink | Rename `sigset' locals to avoid symbol shadowing warning.
|
| 1.38 | 18-Aug-2002 |
yamt | save/restore errno in signal handlers.
|
| 1.37 | 07-Jan-2002 |
bouyer | For -l: specify the timeout on the command line (in seconds) instead of
hardwiring it to 2s, as suggested on tech-userlevel.
|
| 1.36 | 30-Dec-2001 |
lukem | Add -a to "auto-size" the tape, rather than relying upon other options
to define the tape size. Requires the tape driver to either return ENOSPC
at end of media, or 0 when a write is attempted (such as the "early warning"
support in st(4) enabled with "mt eew 1"). From FreeBSD.
|
| 1.35 | 25-Dec-2001 |
lukem | Fixes from FreeBSD:
- Fix error if first tape was write protected. Fix NetBSD PRs 4754 and 6098.
- Make dump exit codes confirm to manual page.
- Use \a instead of \7 to make noise.
- Fix estimated number of tapes for huge dumps to cartridges.
- Use <sys/queue.h> SLIST_* instead of home-rolled lists.
- Do not exit if unable to read or create /etc/dumpdates.
- Support output (tape) device returning ENOSPC for end-of-media on a write.
Fixes by me:
- Remove unused ddates_in.
- Don't dump core if SIGINFO is received before 1 second has elapsed.
- Only process SIGINFO in current "active" child.
- Don't dump core in -w if dumpdates wasn't readable and ddatev == NULL
- Minor KNF; wrap some lines
|
| 1.34 | 23-Dec-2001 |
lukem | unifdef sunos
|
| 1.33 | 23-Dec-2001 |
lukem | nuke trailing whitespace
|
| 1.32 | 22-Dec-2001 |
lukem | - use correct type for minTime in findlru() (size_t instead of int)
- clean up whitespace
|
| 1.31 | 14-Dec-2001 |
bouyer | Add a -l (autoload) flag. For multivolume dumps, this makes dump eject the
tape when a volume is full, and try to reopen the tape drive for 2 mn.
To be used with tape changers which load the next tape when the current one is
ejected.
While I'm there fix eject handling for remote tape.
|
| 1.30 | 01-Nov-2001 |
lukem | fix -Wshadow warnings
|
| 1.29 | 14-Aug-2001 |
lukem | s/filesystem/file system/dump.h
|
| 1.28 | 28-May-2001 |
lukem | * improve parsing of file-systems-to-dump when a path is given:
- if it's a path to an unmounted file-system listed in /etc/fstab, use
that instead of assuming the user wanted a subtree dump of the parent
directory. this restores the behaviour of dump before the subtree
dumping code went in.
- if it's a path to a mounted file-system which is not in /etc/fstab,
use the info from getmntinfo(3). previously, dump would choke.
* implement error checked malloc(), calloc(), strdup(), and use
appropriately (some of the calloc()s weren't being checked)
* use 'file-system' instead of 'filesystem' in the man page
|
| 1.27 | 28-May-2001 |
lukem | unifdef !__STDC__ (missed in previous)
|
| 1.26 | 27-May-2001 |
lukem | knf to ansi
|
| 1.25 | 12-May-2001 |
tron | Fix bug in new "e" option: only eject tape if it is full, not if the dump
was finished.
|
| 1.24 | 07-May-2001 |
tron | Add a new option "e" to "dump" which allows to eject tapes automatically
if a tape change is required.
|
| 1.23 | 11-Oct-2000 |
he | Better fix for format warnings.
The type of time_t varies between ports, so we need to cast
before printing. It appears to be sufficient and safe to use (int).
|
| 1.22 | 11-Oct-2000 |
briggs | Fix format warnings
|
| 1.21 | 01-Oct-1999 |
perseant | branches: 1.21.6;
Working version of aborted dump{,_lfs} join.
|
| 1.20 | 30-Sep-1999 |
perseant | Back out changes made on the 29th, not at all the changes I intended to commit.
(I don't know how I did it though ... I'll figure it out tonight.)
I'll reapply this, in a working form, this evening.
|
| 1.19 | 29-Sep-1999 |
perseant | Adapt dump(8) to use filestore-independent (but still ufs-specific)
replacements for NINDIR, fsbtodb, etc. Create dump_lfs by adding a few
LFS-filestore-specific routines. As described in PR#8317.
|
| 1.18 | 23-Mar-1999 |
bouyer | branches: 1.18.2; 1.18.4;
Implement a read cache, as announced on tech-userlevel. Default is 32k
read buffer size, 512 buffer or 15% of the user memory. Can be changed
with the -k and -s options.
|
| 1.17 | 18-Jul-1998 |
lukem | use AF_LOCAL instead of AF_UNIX
|
| 1.16 | 18-Mar-1998 |
bouyer | Add support for non-native byte order FFS. The dump is in filesystem byte
order, restore already knows how to byteswap dumps.
|
| 1.15 | 16-Sep-1997 |
mrg | make these compile on the alpha after WARNS=1.
|
| 1.14 | 16-Sep-1997 |
lukem | resolve conflicts from lite-2 import
|
| 1.13 | 15-Sep-1997 |
lukem | remove __dead
|
| 1.12 | 15-Sep-1997 |
lukem | * cleanup for WARNS=1
* fix use of .Nm
* comment out some unused(?) functions
|
| 1.11 | 05-Jun-1997 |
lukem | * Add the ability to dump specific files & directories of a single
filesystem. This uses fts(3) to access the directory structure (and
not the raw device), so the standard access permissions are adhered
to (unlike dumping an entire filesystem, which just requires read
access to the raw disk device).
* Support SIGINFO status reporting.
* Remove now unused variables that previously stored the (e)uid.
* Be more informative in a couple of error messages.
|
| 1.10 | 15-Apr-1997 |
lukem | use _PATH_DEFTAPE from <paths.h>
change doco references/examples from /dev/rmt* to /dev/rst*
|
| 1.9 | 15-Apr-1997 |
lukem | remove use of "register".
|
| 1.8 | 10-Apr-1997 |
lukem | Implement changes from [bin/1915]
* 'w' and 'W' display the year
* verbosity additions displaying total & per-volume transfer times and rates
|
| 1.7 | 21-Mar-1995 |
mycroft | Use POSIX signals.
|
| 1.6 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.5 | 31-Oct-1994 |
cgd | correct return values.
|
| 1.4 | 23-Sep-1994 |
mycroft | Eliminate uses of some obsolete functions.
|
| 1.3 | 08-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Update from 4.4-Lite, with local changes.
|
| 1.2 | 09-Mar-1994 |
cgd | light clean, and don't forget to close remote tape when aborting.
Inspired by Andreas Schulz.
|
| 1.1 | 22-Dec-1993 |
cgd | branches: 1.1.1;
new version from CSRG, via BSDI, with fixes
|
| 1.1.1.2 | 16-Sep-1997 |
lukem | imported from lite-2
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 13-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Import 4.4-Lite version.
|
| 1.18.4.1 | 27-Dec-1999 |
wrstuden | Pull up to last week's -current.
|
| 1.18.2.2 | 11-Oct-2000 |
he | Pull up revision 1.23 (requested by he):
Format string cleanup.
|
| 1.18.2.1 | 11-Oct-2000 |
he | Pull up revision 1.22 (requested by he):
Format string cleanup.
|
| 1.21.6.6 | 16-Jan-2002 |
he | Pull up revision 1.36 (via patch, requested by bouyer):
Add an ``-a'' option to ``auto-size'' the tape, rather than
relying upon other options to define the tape size.
|
| 1.21.6.5 | 16-Jan-2002 |
he | Pull up revisions 1.32-1.35 (via patch, requested by bouyer):
Various fixes:
o Fix error if first tape is write-protected; fixes PR#4754 and PR#6098
o Make error codes conform to manual page
o Use \a to make noise
o Fix estimated number of tapes for huge dumps to cartridges
o Use <sys/queue.h> SLIST_* macros instead of homegrown variants
o Do not exit if unable to read/create /etc/dumpdates
o Support output (tape) device returning ENOSPC for end-of-media on write
o Don't dump core if SIGINFO is received before 1 second has elapsed
o Only process SIGINFO in currently active child
o Ensure current (sub)block isn't past end of file system -- fixes
"spins forever but does nothing" bug.
o Some other minor fixes (types, whitespace, KNF, unifdef sunos, ...)
|
| 1.21.6.4 | 16-Jan-2002 |
he | Pull up revisions 1.31,1.37 (requested by bouyer):
Implement ``-l <timeout>'' option for use with e.g. autochangers.
|
| 1.21.6.3 | 15-May-2001 |
he | Pull up revision 1.25 (requested by tron):
Fix bug in new ``e'' option: only eject tape if it is full, not
if the dump was finished.
|
| 1.21.6.2 | 09-May-2001 |
he | Pull up revision 1.24 (requested by tron):
Add a new option ``e'' to dump which directs it to eject tapes
automatically if a tape change is required.
|
| 1.21.6.1 | 17-Oct-2000 |
tv | Pullup 1.22 [releng] and 1.23 [he]:
Fix format warnings.
The type of time_t varies between ports, so we need to cast
before printing. It appears to be sufficient and safe to use (int).
|
| 1.44.6.1 | 11-Nov-2006 |
bouyer | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by hannken in ticket #1573):
sbin/dump/snapshot.h: revision 1.3 via patch
sbin/dump/snapshot.c: revision 1.3 via patch
sbin/dump/main.c: revision 1.63 via patch
sbin/dump/tape.c: revision 1.47 via patch
sbin/dump/dump.h: revision 1.44 via patch
When using a snapshot take the snapshot raw device on further open.
Fixes PR #34923 dump(8) only dumps a corefile with -X (snapshots)
Approved by: Manuel Bouyer <bouyer@netbsd.org>
|
| 1.44.4.1 | 11-Nov-2006 |
bouyer | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by hannken in ticket #1573):
sbin/dump/snapshot.h: revision 1.3 via patch
sbin/dump/snapshot.c: revision 1.3 via patch
sbin/dump/main.c: revision 1.63 via patch
sbin/dump/tape.c: revision 1.47 via patch
sbin/dump/dump.h: revision 1.44 via patch
When using a snapshot take the snapshot raw device on further open.
Fixes PR #34923 dump(8) only dumps a corefile with -X (snapshots)
Approved by: Manuel Bouyer <bouyer@netbsd.org>
|
| 1.44.2.1 | 11-Nov-2006 |
bouyer | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by hannken in ticket #1573):
sbin/dump/snapshot.h: revision 1.3 via patch
sbin/dump/snapshot.c: revision 1.3 via patch
sbin/dump/main.c: revision 1.63 via patch
sbin/dump/tape.c: revision 1.47 via patch
sbin/dump/dump.h: revision 1.44 via patch
When using a snapshot take the snapshot raw device on further open.
Fixes PR #34923 dump(8) only dumps a corefile with -X (snapshots)
Approved by: Manuel Bouyer <bouyer@netbsd.org>
|
| 1.48.6.1 | 18-Feb-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.48.4.1 | 23-Mar-2008 |
matt | sync with HEAD
|
| 1.50.8.2 | 23-Jun-2013 |
tls | resync from head
|
| 1.50.8.1 | 25-Feb-2013 |
tls | resync with head
|
| 1.50.4.1 | 08-Mar-2016 |
snj | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by bouyer in ticket #1332):
sbin/dump/main.c: revision 1.73
sbin/dump/tape.c: revision 1.54
Consistently use iswap64() and 64bit intermediate variable, as well as
64bit formats for c_tapea. Fixes tape useage report for large filesystems.
|
| 1.50.2.2 | 22-May-2014 |
yamt | sync with head.
for a reference, the tree before this commit was tagged
as yamt-pagecache-tag8.
this commit was splitted into small chunks to avoid
a limitation of cvs. ("Protocol error: too many arguments")
|
| 1.50.2.1 | 23-Jan-2013 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.53.6.1 | 06-Nov-2015 |
riz | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by bouyer in ticket #991):
sbin/dump/tape.c: revision 1.54
sbin/dump/main.c: revision 1.73
Consistently use iswap64() and 64bit intermediate variable, as well as
64bit formats for c_tapea. Fixes tape useage report for large filesystems.
|
| 1.54.16.1 | 10-Jun-2019 |
christos | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.54.8.2 | 08-Jun-2021 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by hannken in ticket #1683):
sbin/dump/tape.c: revision 1.56
Bitmaps (TS_BITS and TS_CLRI) dont use the "c_addr" array as they
cannot have holes. As bitmaps are written without TS_ADDR records
"c_count" may be larger than the "c_addr" size resulting in a
segmentation violation reading "c_addr" beyond its end.
Compute "blks" for TS_INODE and TS_ADDR only -- its used for multi
volume dumps and the bitmaps must both be on the first volume.
|
| 1.54.8.1 | 29-Mar-2019 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by manu in ticket #1221):
sbin/dump/tape.c: revision 1.55
sbin/dump_lfs/dump_lfs.8: revision 1.18
sbin/dump/dump.h: revision 1.56
sbin/dump/dump.8: revision 1.69
sbin/dump/dump.h: revision 1.57
sbin/dump/ffs_inode.c: revision 1.23
sbin/dump/optr.c: revision 1.43
sbin/dump/itime.c: revision 1.21
sbin/dump/main.c: revision 1.74
sbin/dump/itime.c: revision 1.22
sbin/dump/main.c: revision 1.75
sbin/dump/dump.8: revision 1.70
sbin/dump/traverse.c: revision 1.52
sbin/dump/dump.8: revision 1.71
Document what rdump is (was once) for. PR 53442.
Use getfsspecname() to fill the filesystem argument in dumpdates.
While here, make sure that the error strings terminate with newline
consistently, and add a function that adds the system error string.
Add -U flag to dump(8) and dump_lfs(8) to specify dumpdates entry
This address situations where dump(8) cannot figure out the device being
dumped. It also allows tracking of subvolume dumps by using virtual
device as dumpdates entry.
Bump date for previous.
|
| 1.55.2.1 | 08-Jun-2021 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by hannken in ticket #1283):
sbin/dump/tape.c: revision 1.56
Bitmaps (TS_BITS and TS_CLRI) dont use the "c_addr" array as they
cannot have holes. As bitmaps are written without TS_ADDR records
"c_count" may be larger than the "c_addr" size resulting in a
segmentation violation reading "c_addr" beyond its end.
Compute "blks" for TS_INODE and TS_ADDR only -- its used for multi
volume dumps and the bitmaps must both be on the first volume.
|
| 1.56 | 07-Aug-2023 |
mrg | fix always true conditional by removing the address-of operator.
found by GCC 12.
|
| 1.55 | 26-Jan-2022 |
christos | PR/56643: Paul Goyette: Disable the last block adjustment for now. It seems
to break restore.
|
| 1.54 | 07-Jul-2021 |
christos | PR/56270: Matthias Scheler: dump fails on ffsv1: Zero c_extsize since ffsv1
does not support extended attributes.
|
| 1.53 | 19-Jun-2021 |
christos | Add external attribute dumping and restoring support from FreeBSD.
Does not fully work yet, attributes are being saved and restored correctly,
but don't appear in the restored files somehow.
|
| 1.52 | 01-Mar-2019 |
christos | Use getfsspecname() to fill the filesystem argument in dumpdates.
While here, make sure that the error strings terminate with newline
consistently, and add a function that adds the system error string.
|
| 1.51 | 03-Feb-2019 |
mrg | - mark Exit() __dead
- bump a buffer size to avoid possible truncation
- adding missing fallthru comment
|
| 1.50 | 15-Jun-2013 |
christos | branches: 1.50.20; 1.50.28;
handle new lfs split
|
| 1.49 | 22-Jan-2013 |
dholland | Stuff UFS_ in front of a few of ufs's symbols to reduce namespace
pollution. Specifically:
ROOTINO -> UFS_ROOTINO
WINO -> UFS_WINO
NXADDR -> UFS_NXADDR
NDADDR -> UFS_NDADDR
NIADDR -> UFS_NIADDR
MAXSYMLINKLEN -> UFS_MAXSYMLINKLEN
MAXSYMLINKLEN_UFS[12] -> UFS[12]_MAXSYMLINKLEN (for consistency)
Sort out ext2fs's misuse of NDADDR and NIADDR; fortunately, these have
the same values in ext2fs and ffs.
No functional change intended.
|
| 1.48 | 12-Aug-2008 |
simonb | branches: 1.48.18; 1.48.24;
We don't need to dump WAPBL log files - don't dump files with SF_LOG
flag set, and document this.
|
| 1.47 | 24-Jun-2006 |
perseant | branches: 1.47.20; 1.47.24;
Change LFCNWRAP{STOP,GO} to make them more suitable for snapshotting; in
particular, the caller can now choose whether to wait for the condition
to be met, and if the caller of LFCNWRAPSTOP dies or otherwise closes
the descriptor, the filesystem is started again. Updated the ckckp
regression test to use the new semantics.
dump_lfs(8) now uses the fcntls to implement LFS-style snapshotting through
the -X flag, addressing PR#33457 albeit not using fss(4). Fixed a couple
other problems with dump_lfs that manifested themselves during testing.
|
| 1.46 | 21-Apr-2006 |
skrll | Don't use cast expressions as lvalues as newer versions of gcc warn.
|
| 1.45 | 19-Aug-2005 |
christos | 64 bit inode changes
|
| 1.44 | 25-May-2004 |
hannken | Add ffs internal snapshots. Written by Marshall Kirk McKusick for FreeBSD.
- Not enabled by default. Needs kernel option FFS_SNAPSHOT.
- Change parameters of ffs_blkfree.
- Let the copy-on-write functions return an error so spec_strategy
may fail if the copy-on-write fails.
- Change genfs_*lock*() to use vp->v_vnlock instead of &vp->v_lock.
- Add flag B_METAONLY to VOP_BALLOC to return indirect block buffer.
- Add a function ffs_checkfreefile needed for snapshot creation.
- Add special handling of snapshot files:
Snapshots may not be opened for writing and the attributes are read-only.
Use the mtime as the time this snapshot was taken.
Deny mtime updates for snapshot files.
- Add function transferlockers to transfer any waiting processes from
one lock to another.
- Add vfsop VFS_SNAPSHOT to take a snapshot and make it accessible through
a vnode.
- Add snapshot support to ls, fsck_ffs and dump.
Welcome to 2.0F.
Approved by: Jason R. Thorpe <thorpej@netbsd.org>
|
| 1.43 | 24-Mar-2004 |
hannken | Make the computation of estimated blocks work for frag size != 1024.
|
| 1.42 | 07-Aug-2003 |
agc | Move UCB-licensed code from 4-clause to 3-clause licence.
Patches provided by Joel Baker in PR 22308, verified by myself.
|
| 1.41 | 01-May-2003 |
fvdl | Fix byteswapping issues in dirindir(); mostly from Enami Tsugutomo.
|
| 1.40 | 01-May-2003 |
fvdl | Swap the right disk block in mapdirs() for the UFS1 case. From Enami.
|
| 1.39 | 08-Apr-2003 |
fvdl | Since the size passed in may be different from the fs blocksize, just
allocate a buffer each time instead of using a static one.
|
| 1.38 | 08-Apr-2003 |
fvdl | dblk should be static. Fixes PR 21020, by Geoff Wing. Patch supplied
by him.
|
| 1.37 | 02-Apr-2003 |
fvdl | Add support for UFS2. UFS2 is an enhanced FFS, adding support for
64 bit block pointers, extended attribute storage, and a few
other things.
This commit does not yet include the code to manipulate the extended
storage (for e.g. ACLs), this will be done later.
Originally written by Kirk McKusick and Network Associates Laboratories for
FreeBSD.
|
| 1.36 | 24-Jan-2003 |
fvdl | Bump daddr_t to 64 bits. Replace it with int32_t in all places where
it was used on-disk, so that on-disk formats remain the same.
Remove ufs_daddr_t and ufs_lbn_t for the time being.
|
| 1.35 | 30-Sep-2002 |
lukem | Add fix from FreeBSD traverse.c 1.16:
Files in subdirectories of directories that have the nodump flag set
are sometimes incorrectly being dumped.
The problem arises because the subdirectory only gets its entry
cleared from usedinomap if it is also present in dumpinomap, and it is
the absence of a directory in usedinomap that internally indicates
that the directory is under the effects of UF_NODUMP (either directly
or inherited).
FreeBSD PR: 32414
Submitted by: David C Lawrence <tale@dd.org>
|
| 1.34 | 23-Dec-2001 |
lukem | unifdef sunos
|
| 1.33 | 01-Nov-2001 |
lukem | fix -Wshadow warnings
|
| 1.32 | 14-Aug-2001 |
lukem | s/filesystem/file system/dump.h
|
| 1.31 | 28-May-2001 |
lukem | * improve parsing of file-systems-to-dump when a path is given:
- if it's a path to an unmounted file-system listed in /etc/fstab, use
that instead of assuming the user wanted a subtree dump of the parent
directory. this restores the behaviour of dump before the subtree
dumping code went in.
- if it's a path to a mounted file-system which is not in /etc/fstab,
use the info from getmntinfo(3). previously, dump would choke.
* implement error checked malloc(), calloc(), strdup(), and use
appropriately (some of the calloc()s weren't being checked)
* use 'file-system' instead of 'filesystem' in the man page
|
| 1.30 | 28-May-2001 |
lukem | unifdef !__STDC__ (missed in previous)
|
| 1.29 | 27-May-2001 |
lukem | knf to ansi
|
| 1.28 | 01-Oct-1999 |
perseant | branches: 1.28.6;
Working version of aborted dump{,_lfs} join.
|
| 1.27 | 30-Sep-1999 |
perseant | Back out changes made on the 29th, not at all the changes I intended to commit.
(I don't know how I did it though ... I'll figure it out tonight.)
I'll reapply this, in a working form, this evening.
|
| 1.26 | 29-Sep-1999 |
perseant | Adapt dump(8) to use filestore-independent (but still ufs-specific)
replacements for NINDIR, fsbtodb, etc. Create dump_lfs by adding a few
LFS-filestore-specific routines. As described in PR#8317.
|
| 1.25 | 05-May-1999 |
sommerfe | branches: 1.25.2;
Avoid byte overflow in block estimate for large files
|
| 1.24 | 23-Mar-1999 |
bouyer | branches: 1.24.2;
Implement a read cache, as announced on tech-userlevel. Default is 32k
read buffer size, 512 buffer or 15% of the user memory. Can be changed
with the -k and -s options.
|
| 1.23 | 09-Mar-1999 |
bouyer | Handle "nodump" flag on directories, by not dumping any files or directories
under it. Based on some parts of PR 6705 by Brian Grayson.
In the Makefile, add (commented out) debug options that can be turned on.
|
| 1.22 | 28-Dec-1998 |
lukem | fix estimate of blocks for subsets.
fix from Brian Grayson <bgrayson@ece.utexas.edu> in [bin/6607]
|
| 1.21 | 25-Aug-1998 |
ross | from Erik Bertelsen <erik@mediator.uni-c.dk>
{ put } { in } { lots } { of } { these } { to } { shut } { up } { egcs }
|
| 1.20 | 18-Mar-1998 |
bouyer | Add support for non-native byte order FFS. The dump is in filesystem byte
order, restore already knows how to byteswap dumps.
|
| 1.19 | 16-Sep-1997 |
lukem | resolve conflicts from lite-2 import
|
| 1.18 | 15-Sep-1997 |
lukem | * cleanup for WARNS=1
* fix use of .Nm
* comment out some unused(?) functions
|
| 1.17 | 05-Jun-1997 |
lukem | * Add the ability to dump specific files & directories of a single
filesystem. This uses fts(3) to access the directory structure (and
not the raw device), so the standard access permissions are adhered
to (unlike dumping an entire filesystem, which just requires read
access to the raw disk device).
* Support SIGINFO status reporting.
* Remove now unused variables that previously stored the (e)uid.
* Be more informative in a couple of error messages.
|
| 1.16 | 15-Apr-1997 |
lukem | remove use of "register".
|
| 1.15 | 30-Nov-1996 |
cgd | patches from Tom I Helbekkmo <tih@nhh.no> to deal with type-size issues,
so this works (better, at least) on 64-bit machines (e.g. alpha).
|
| 1.14 | 18-Jun-1995 |
cgd | branches: 1.14.6;
update for posixified stat structure
|
| 1.13 | 11-Jun-1995 |
mycroft | Back out previous change.
|
| 1.12 | 07-Jun-1995 |
cgd | typeof(timeval.tv_sec) != time_t
|
| 1.11 | 27-Mar-1995 |
mycroft | Fix another bogus cast.
|
| 1.10 | 27-Mar-1995 |
mycroft | Remove incorrect cast on lseek() return value.
|
| 1.9 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.8 | 30-Jan-1995 |
mycroft | Don't mix stat flags and inode flags.
|
| 1.7 | 23-Sep-1994 |
mycroft | Eliminate uses of some obsolete functions.
|
| 1.6 | 17-Sep-1994 |
mycroft | Correct typo; IFMT -> S_IFMT.
|
| 1.5 | 14-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Fix compatibility with old fastlinks.
|
| 1.4 | 08-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Update from 4.4-Lite, with local changes.
|
| 1.3 | 25-Apr-1994 |
cgd | change some #ifdef's.
|
| 1.2 | 14-Jan-1994 |
cgd | fix for() starting condition in mapfiles()
|
| 1.1 | 22-Dec-1993 |
cgd | branches: 1.1.1;
new version from CSRG, via BSDI, with fixes
|
| 1.1.1.2 | 16-Sep-1997 |
lukem | imported from lite-2
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 13-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Import 4.4-Lite version.
|
| 1.14.6.1 | 06-Dec-1996 |
rat | Pullup request from Chris G Demetriou <Chris_G_Demetriou@ux2.sp.cs.cmu.edu>
>Make dump and restore usable on the alpha
|
| 1.24.2.1 | 05-May-1999 |
perry | pullup 1.24->1.25 (sommerfeld)
|
| 1.25.2.1 | 27-Dec-1999 |
wrstuden | Pull up to last week's -current.
|
| 1.28.6.1 | 16-Jan-2002 |
he | Pull up revision 1.34 (via patch, requested by bouyer):
Various fixes:
o Fix error if first tape is write-protected; fixes PR#4754 and PR#6098
o Make error codes conform to manual page
o Use \a to make noise
o Fix estimated number of tapes for huge dumps to cartridges
o Use <sys/queue.h> SLIST_* macros instead of homegrown variants
o Do not exit if unable to read/create /etc/dumpdates
o Support output (tape) device returning ENOSPC for end-of-media on write
o Don't dump core if SIGINFO is received before 1 second has elapsed
o Only process SIGINFO in currently active child
o Ensure current (sub)block isn't past end of file system -- fixes
"spins forever but does nothing" bug.
o Some other minor fixes (types, whitespace, KNF, unifdef sunos, ...)
|
| 1.47.24.1 | 18-Sep-2008 |
wrstuden | Sync with wrstuden-revivesa-base-2.
|
| 1.47.20.1 | 28-Sep-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.48.24.2 | 23-Jun-2013 |
tls | resync from head
|
| 1.48.24.1 | 25-Feb-2013 |
tls | resync with head
|
| 1.48.18.2 | 22-May-2014 |
yamt | sync with head.
for a reference, the tree before this commit was tagged
as yamt-pagecache-tag8.
this commit was splitted into small chunks to avoid
a limitation of cvs. ("Protocol error: too many arguments")
|
| 1.48.18.1 | 23-Jan-2013 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.50.28.1 | 10-Jun-2019 |
christos | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.50.20.1 | 29-Mar-2019 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by manu in ticket #1221):
sbin/dump/tape.c: revision 1.55
sbin/dump_lfs/dump_lfs.8: revision 1.18
sbin/dump/dump.h: revision 1.56
sbin/dump/dump.8: revision 1.69
sbin/dump/dump.h: revision 1.57
sbin/dump/ffs_inode.c: revision 1.23
sbin/dump/optr.c: revision 1.43
sbin/dump/itime.c: revision 1.21
sbin/dump/main.c: revision 1.74
sbin/dump/itime.c: revision 1.22
sbin/dump/main.c: revision 1.75
sbin/dump/dump.8: revision 1.70
sbin/dump/traverse.c: revision 1.52
sbin/dump/dump.8: revision 1.71
Document what rdump is (was once) for. PR 53442.
Use getfsspecname() to fill the filesystem argument in dumpdates.
While here, make sure that the error strings terminate with newline
consistently, and add a function that adds the system error string.
Add -U flag to dump(8) and dump_lfs(8) to specify dumpdates entry
This address situations where dump(8) cannot figure out the device being
dumped. It also allows tracking of subvolume dumps by using virtual
device as dumpdates entry.
Bump date for previous.
|
| 1.17 | 15-Jun-2013 |
christos | handle new lfs split
|
| 1.16 | 13-Jan-2013 |
dholland | Add some const.
|
| 1.15 | 07-Aug-2003 |
agc | branches: 1.15.56; 1.15.62;
Move UCB-licensed code from 4-clause to 3-clause licence.
Patches provided by Joel Baker in PR 22308, verified by myself.
|
| 1.14 | 02-Apr-2003 |
fvdl | Add support for UFS2. UFS2 is an enhanced FFS, adding support for
64 bit block pointers, extended attribute storage, and a few
other things.
This commit does not yet include the code to manipulate the extended
storage (for e.g. ACLs), this will be done later.
Originally written by Kirk McKusick and Network Associates Laboratories for
FreeBSD.
|
| 1.13 | 27-May-2001 |
lukem | knf to ansi
|
| 1.12 | 04-Feb-1998 |
christos | Use strptime() instead of a home grown parser.
|
| 1.11 | 15-Sep-1997 |
lukem | * cleanup for WARNS=1
* fix use of .Nm
* comment out some unused(?) functions
|
| 1.10 | 15-Apr-1997 |
lukem | remove use of "register".
|
| 1.9 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.8 | 28-Dec-1994 |
mycroft | Sync with CSRG.
|
| 1.7 | 08-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Update from 4.4-Lite, with local changes.
|
| 1.6 | 24-Dec-1993 |
jtc | Replace emitl(), a function that converts a struct tm to a time_t, with
a call to C library function mktime(), which does the exact same thing
(using basically the same algorithm too).
|
| 1.5 | 22-Dec-1993 |
cgd | new version from CSRG, via BSDI, with fixes
|
| 1.4 | 01-Aug-1993 |
mycroft | Add RCS identifiers.
|
| 1.3 | 23-Mar-1993 |
cgd | changed "Id" to "Header" for rcsids
|
| 1.2 | 22-Mar-1993 |
cgd | added rcs ids to all files
|
| 1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.3 | 16-Sep-1997 |
lukem | imported from lite-2
|
| 1.1.1.2 | 13-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Import 4.4-Lite version.
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | initial import of 386bsd-0.1 sources
|
| 1.15.62.2 | 23-Jun-2013 |
tls | resync from head
|
| 1.15.62.1 | 25-Feb-2013 |
tls | resync with head
|
| 1.15.56.2 | 22-May-2014 |
yamt | sync with head.
for a reference, the tree before this commit was tagged
as yamt-pagecache-tag8.
this commit was splitted into small chunks to avoid
a limitation of cvs. ("Protocol error: too many arguments")
|
| 1.15.56.1 | 23-Jan-2013 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.21 | 03-Jun-2023 |
lukem | bsd.own.mk: rename GCC_NO_* to CC_WNO_*
Rename compiler-warning-disable variables from
GCC_NO_warning
to
CC_WNO_warning
where warning is the full warning name as used by the compiler.
GCC_NO_IMPLICIT_FALLTHRU is CC_WNO_IMPLICIT_FALLTHROUGH
Using the convention CC_compilerflag, where compilerflag
is based on the full compiler flag name.
|
| 1.20 | 14-Apr-2021 |
mrg | build lfs_node.c with -O3 on ia64 to avoid assembler overflow issues.
|
| 1.19 | 07-Sep-2020 |
mrg | remove GCC_NO_ADDR_OF_PACKED_MEMBER for several subdir builds
that are now handled by lfs_accessors.h internally.
|
| 1.18 | 06-Sep-2020 |
mrg | add support for new GCC 9 warnings that may be too much to fix
right now. new address-of-packed-member and format-overflow
warnings have new GCC_NO_ADDR_OF_PACKED_MEMBER amd
GCC_NO_FORMAT_OVERFLOW variables to remove these warnings.
apply to a bunch of the tree. mostly, these are real bugs that
should be fixed, but in many cases, only by removing the 'packed'
attribute from some structure that doesn't really need it. (i
looked at many different ones, and while perhaps 60-80% were
already properly aligned, it wasn't clear to me that the uses
were always coming from sane data vs network alignment, so it
doesn't seem safe to remove packed without careful research for
each affect struct.) clang already warned (and was not erroring)
for many of these cases, but gcc picked up dozens more.
|
| 1.17 | 13-Oct-2019 |
mrg | introduce some common variables for use in GCC warning disables:
GCC_NO_FORMAT_TRUNCATION -Wno-format-truncation (GCC 7/8)
GCC_NO_STRINGOP_TRUNCATION -Wno-stringop-truncation (GCC 8)
GCC_NO_STRINGOP_OVERFLOW -Wno-stringop-overflow (GCC 8)
GCC_NO_CAST_FUNCTION_TYPE -Wno-cast-function-type (GCC 8)
use these to turn off warnings for most GCC-8 complaints. many
of these are false positives, most of the real bugs are already
commited, or are yet to come.
we plan to introduce versions of (some?) of these that use the
"-Wno-error=" form, which still displays the warnings but does
not make it an error, and all of the above will be re-considered
as either being "fix me" (warning still displayed) or "warning
is wrong."
|
| 1.16 | 15-Jun-2013 |
christos | branches: 1.16.28;
revert part of previous commit
|
| 1.15 | 15-Jun-2013 |
christos | fix compilation
|
| 1.14 | 07-Apr-2012 |
christos | branches: 1.14.2;
use getfsspecname()
|
| 1.13 | 14-Aug-2011 |
christos | branches: 1.13.2;
use a union to eliminate strict alias warnings.
|
| 1.12 | 22-Jun-2011 |
mrg | apply some -Wno-error and/or -fno-strict-aliasing.
all of this should be looked at closer, but some of them are not
very trivial.
|
| 1.11 | 11-Apr-2009 |
lukem | Enable WARNS=4 by default except for:
dump dump_lfs fsck_ffs fsck_lfs fsdb mount_smbfs
newfs_ext2fs newfs_lfs resize_lfs setkey
|
| 1.10 | 13-Feb-2009 |
uebayasi | Comment out CFLAGS+=-g.
|
| 1.9 | 27-Apr-2008 |
tsutsui | branches: 1.9.4; 1.9.6;
Enable gcc optimization on m68000 (sun2) again with minimum hacks.
gcc -O0 generates a bit fat binaries.
|
| 1.8 | 09-Feb-2008 |
mrg | branches: 1.8.4; 1.8.6;
make all sun2 use -O0 and move most of the hacks out into just 3 files.
|
| 1.7 | 24-Jun-2006 |
mrg | branches: 1.7.10; 1.7.12;
work around some GCC4 internal problems on m68000 platform.
document the hack, and update another GCC4 list.
|
| 1.6 | 19-Apr-2005 |
hannken | Snapshot support for dump(8):
- New option `-x backup' takes the dump from a snapshot backed up by `backup'.
The snapshot will be deleted on exit.
- New option `-X' as a synonym for `-x mountpoint' where `mountpoint' is the
file system to be dumped.
Reviewed and Approved by: Manuel Bouyer <bouyer@netbsd.org>
|
| 1.5 | 27-Mar-2003 |
lukem | branches: 1.5.6;
Remove "setgid tty" and references to utmp code from usr.bin/who.
|
| 1.4 | 19-Aug-2002 |
lukem | Use ${NETBSDSRCDIR}/some/path instead of ${.CURDIR}/../../some/path
|
| 1.3 | 02-Aug-2002 |
scw | Fix dump_lfs build following recent utmp changes.
|
| 1.2 | 13-Jul-2001 |
perseant | Merge the short-lived perseant-lfsv2 branch into the trunk.
Kernels and tools understand both v1 and v2 filesystems; newfs_lfs
generates v2 by default. Changes for the v2 layout include:
- Segments of non-PO2 size and arbitrary block offset, so these can be
matched to convenient physical characteristics of the partition (e.g.,
stripe or track size and offset).
- Address by fragment instead of by disk sector, paving the way for
non-512-byte-sector devices. In theory fragments can be as large
as you like, though in reality they must be smaller than MAXBSIZE in size.
- Use serial number and filesystem identifier to ensure that roll-forward
doesn't get old data and think it's new. Roll-forward is enabled for
v2 filesystems, though not for v1 filesystems by default.
- The inode free list is now a tailq, paving the way for undelete (undelete
is not yet implemented, but can be without further non-backwards-compatible
changes to disk structures).
- Inode atime information is kept in the Ifile, instead of on the inode;
that is, the inode is never written *just* because atime was changed.
Because of this the inodes remain near the file data on the disk, rather
than wandering all over as the disk is read repeatedly. This speeds up
repeated reads by a small but noticeable amount.
Other changes of note include:
- The ifile written by newfs_lfs can now be of arbitrary length, it is no
longer restricted to a single indirect block.
- Fixed an old bug where ctime was changed every time a vnode was created.
I need to look more closely to make sure that the times are only updated
during write(2) and friends, not after-the-fact during a segment write,
and certainly not by the cleaner.
|
| 1.1 | 29-Sep-1999 |
perseant | branches: 1.1.4; 1.1.10;
Adapt dump(8) to use filestore-independent (but still ufs-specific)
replacements for NINDIR, fsbtodb, etc. Create dump_lfs by adding a few
LFS-filestore-specific routines. As described in PR#8317.
|
| 1.1.10.1 | 27-Jun-2001 |
perseant | Import of what I've been calling "LFSv2", that is, LFS with some features
added that require changes to the on-disk data structures. These include:
- 64-bit time in everything but inodes
- User-specified segment offset, and segment size no longer
restricted to PO2.
- Serial number on segment summaries in addition to timestamp, and
a new volume identifier, to make roll-forward feasible without
fear of finding old data and thinking it was new.
Although I think this version works at least as well as what's on the trunk,
we're not done yet; hence this commit is going in on a branch and not on
the trunk. Enhancements that are not here yet include fragment addressing,
like FFS does, instead of block addressing.
|
| 1.1.4.1 | 27-Dec-1999 |
wrstuden | Pull up to last week's -current.
|
| 1.5.6.1 | 21-Apr-2005 |
tron | Pull up revision 1.6 (requested by hannken in ticket #184):
Snapshot support for dump(8):
- New option `-x backup' takes the dump from a snapshot backed up by `backup'.
The snapshot will be deleted on exit.
- New option `-X' as a synonym for `-x mountpoint' where `mountpoint' is the
file system to be dumped.
Reviewed and Approved by: Manuel Bouyer <bouyer@netbsd.org>
|
| 1.7.12.1 | 18-Feb-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.7.10.1 | 23-Mar-2008 |
matt | sync with HEAD
|
| 1.8.6.1 | 18-May-2008 |
yamt | sync with head.
|
| 1.8.4.1 | 02-Jun-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.9.6.1 | 13-May-2009 |
jym | Sync with HEAD.
Third (and last) commit. See http://mail-index.netbsd.org/source-changes/2009/05/13/msg221222.html
|
| 1.9.4.1 | 08-Dec-2010 |
riz | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by uwe in ticket #1490):
usr.bin/mkdep/Makefile: revision 1.16
sbin/dump_lfs/Makefile: revision 1.10
usr.sbin/services_mkdb/Makefile: revision 1.5
sbin/ifconfig/Makefile: revision 1.40
usr.sbin/racoonctl/Makefile: revision 1.3
sbin/sysctl/Makefile: revision 1.18
Comment out CFLAGS+=-g.
Disable debug.
|
| 1.13.2.2 | 22-May-2014 |
yamt | sync with head.
for a reference, the tree before this commit was tagged
as yamt-pagecache-tag8.
this commit was splitted into small chunks to avoid
a limitation of cvs. ("Protocol error: too many arguments")
|
| 1.13.2.1 | 17-Apr-2012 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.14.2.1 | 23-Jun-2013 |
tls | resync from head
|
| 1.16.28.1 | 13-Apr-2020 |
martin | Mostly merge changes from HEAD upto 20200411
|
| 1.19 | 25-Mar-2019 |
wiz | Bump date for previous.
|
| 1.18 | 25-Mar-2019 |
manu | Add -U flag to dump(8) and dump_lfs(8) to specify dumpdates entry
This address situations where dump(8) cannot figure out the device being
dumped. It also allows tracking of subvolume dumps by using virtual
device as dumpdates entry.
|
| 1.17 | 07-Jun-2017 |
abhinav | branches: 1.17.6;
s/filesystem/file system/
|
| 1.16 | 08-Apr-2012 |
wiz | branches: 1.16.24;
Remove unnecessary Bk/Ek pairs from SYNOPSIS.
No effective change except where I used the opportunity to sort options
and/or option descriptions.
|
| 1.15 | 30-Jan-2009 |
enami | branches: 1.15.8;
Use indent-synopsis instead of iS register. The latter is a register
used in BSD derived .Nm implementation.
|
| 1.14 | 24-Jun-2006 |
wiz | Use Dv for a macro; new sentence, new line.
|
| 1.13 | 24-Jun-2006 |
perseant | Change LFCNWRAP{STOP,GO} to make them more suitable for snapshotting; in
particular, the caller can now choose whether to wait for the condition
to be met, and if the caller of LFCNWRAPSTOP dies or otherwise closes
the descriptor, the filesystem is started again. Updated the ckckp
regression test to use the new semantics.
dump_lfs(8) now uses the fcntls to implement LFS-style snapshotting through
the -X flag, addressing PR#33457 albeit not using fss(4). Fixed a couple
other problems with dump_lfs that manifested themselves during testing.
|
| 1.12 | 13-Jul-2004 |
wiz | Add description for -l, from dump(8).
Addresses PR 26066 by Kouichirou Hiratsuka.
|
| 1.11 | 07-Aug-2003 |
agc | Move UCB-licensed code from 4-clause to 3-clause licence.
Patches provided by Joel Baker in PR 22308, verified by myself.
|
| 1.10 | 26-May-2003 |
lukem | * Document $RCMD_CMD in environ(7).
* Cross-reference rcmd(1), rcmd(3), and environ(7) as appropriate.
Should fix [bin/21670] from Geoff Wing.
|
| 1.9 | 25-Feb-2003 |
wiz | .Nm does not need a dummy argument ("") before punctuation or
for correct formatting of the SYNOPSIS any longer.
|
| 1.8 | 04-Feb-2003 |
perry | "Utilize" has exactly the same meaning as "use," but it is more
difficult to read and understand. Most manuals of English style
therefore say that you should use "use".
|
| 1.7 | 01-Oct-2002 |
wiz | New sentence, new line. By Robert Elz with minimal fixes.
|
| 1.6 | 21-Jan-2002 |
wiz | Fix typo in macro.
|
| 1.5 | 07-Dec-2001 |
wiz | One '\' too many.
|
| 1.4 | 16-Nov-2001 |
wiz | Sort sections, use standard section headers.
|
| 1.3 | 16-Nov-2001 |
wiz | Whitespace nits
|
| 1.2 | 05-Jun-2001 |
wiz | Drop arguments of .Os.
|
| 1.1 | 29-Sep-1999 |
perseant | branches: 1.1.4;
Adapt dump(8) to use filestore-independent (but still ufs-specific)
replacements for NINDIR, fsbtodb, etc. Create dump_lfs by adding a few
LFS-filestore-specific routines. As described in PR#8317.
|
| 1.1.4.1 | 27-Dec-1999 |
wrstuden | Pull up to last week's -current.
|
| 1.15.8.1 | 17-Apr-2012 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.16.24.1 | 29-Mar-2019 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by manu in ticket #1221):
sbin/dump/tape.c: revision 1.55
sbin/dump_lfs/dump_lfs.8: revision 1.18
sbin/dump/dump.h: revision 1.56
sbin/dump/dump.8: revision 1.69
sbin/dump/dump.h: revision 1.57
sbin/dump/ffs_inode.c: revision 1.23
sbin/dump/optr.c: revision 1.43
sbin/dump/itime.c: revision 1.21
sbin/dump/main.c: revision 1.74
sbin/dump/itime.c: revision 1.22
sbin/dump/main.c: revision 1.75
sbin/dump/dump.8: revision 1.70
sbin/dump/traverse.c: revision 1.52
sbin/dump/dump.8: revision 1.71
Document what rdump is (was once) for. PR 53442.
Use getfsspecname() to fill the filesystem argument in dumpdates.
While here, make sure that the error strings terminate with newline
consistently, and add a function that adds the system error string.
Add -U flag to dump(8) and dump_lfs(8) to specify dumpdates entry
This address situations where dump(8) cannot figure out the device being
dumped. It also allows tracking of subvolume dumps by using virtual
device as dumpdates entry.
Bump date for previous.
|
| 1.17.6.1 | 10-Jun-2019 |
christos | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.29 | 12-May-2024 |
msaitoh | s/unitialized/uninitialized/
|
| 1.28 | 15-Oct-2015 |
dholland | Make dump recognize lfs64.
For now at least it will refuse to touch it though as it needs to be
taught more abstraction about directory entries; currently it blindly
uses struct direct from ffs and will croak on the lfs64 64-bit inode
numbers.
|
| 1.27 | 21-Sep-2015 |
dholland | Fix some assorted 32-bit assumptions not yet otherwise handled.
Also apply patch to fix the overt problem in PR 50246: newfs was
calculating ifpb wrong for volumes with non-default block sizes.
|
| 1.26 | 01-Sep-2015 |
dholland | The ifile's inode number is constant. (it is always 1)
Therefore, storing the value in the superblock and reading it out
again is silly and offers the opportunity for it to become corrupted.
So, don't do that (most of the code already didn't) and use the
existing constant instead. Initialize new 32-bit superblocks with
the value for the sake of old userland programs, but don't keep the
value in the 64-bit superblock at all.
(approved by Margo Seltzer)
|
| 1.25 | 12-Aug-2015 |
dholland | Hack up dinode usage to be 64 vs. 32 as needed. Part 1.
(This part changes the native lfs code; the ufs-derived code already
has 64 vs. 32 logic, but as aspects of it are unsafe, and don't
entirely interoperate cleanly with the lfs 64/32 stuff, pass 2 will be
rehashing that.)
|
| 1.24 | 12-Aug-2015 |
dholland | Add IFILE32 and IFILE64 structures for the on-disk ifile entries.
Add and use accessors. There are also a bunch of places that cast and
I hope I've found them all...
|
| 1.23 | 02-Aug-2015 |
dholland | Add a (draft) 64-bit superblock. Make things build again.
Add pieces of support for using both superblock types where
convenient, and specifically to the superblock accessors, but don't
actually enable it anywhere.
First substantive step on PR 50000.
|
| 1.22 | 02-Aug-2015 |
dholland | Use accessor functions for the version field of the lfs superblock.
I thought at first maybe the cases that test the version should be
rolled into the accessors, but on the whole I think the conclusion on
that is no.
|
| 1.21 | 24-Jul-2015 |
dholland | More lfs superblock accessors.
(This changes the rest of the code over; all the accessors were
already added.)
The difference between this commit and the previous one is arbitrary,
but the previous one passed the regression tests on its own so I'm
keeping it separate to help with any bisections that might be needed
in the future.
|
| 1.20 | 24-Jul-2015 |
dholland | Switch to accessor functions for elements of the LFS on-disk
superblock. This will allow switching between 32/64 bit forms on the
fly; it will also allow handling LFS_EI reasonably tidily. (That
currently doesn't work on the superblock.)
It also gets rid of cpp abuse in the form of fake structure member
macros.
Also, instead of doing sleep/wakeup on &lfs_avail and &lfs_nextseg
inside the on-disk superblock, add extra elements to the in-memory
struct lfs for this. (XXX: these should be changed to condvars, but
not right now)
XXX: this migrates a structure needed by the lfs code in libsa (struct
salfs) into lfs.h, where it doesn't belong, but for the time being
this is necessary in order to allow the accessors (and the various
lfs macros and other goop that relies on them) to compile.
|
| 1.19 | 19-Jun-2013 |
dholland | Make this build again. hi christos
|
| 1.18 | 15-Jun-2013 |
christos | fix compilation
|
| 1.17 | 08-Jun-2013 |
dholland | Add unsafe hacks to make this build going forward.
XXX: unsafe hacks are unsafe -- dump needs to be cleaned up to make
XXX: it more fs-independent.
|
| 1.16 | 22-Jan-2013 |
dholland | Stuff UFS_ in front of a few of ufs's symbols to reduce namespace
pollution. Specifically:
ROOTINO -> UFS_ROOTINO
WINO -> UFS_WINO
NXADDR -> UFS_NXADDR
NDADDR -> UFS_NDADDR
NIADDR -> UFS_NIADDR
MAXSYMLINKLEN -> UFS_MAXSYMLINKLEN
MAXSYMLINKLEN_UFS[12] -> UFS[12]_MAXSYMLINKLEN (for consistency)
Sort out ext2fs's misuse of NDADDR and NIADDR; fortunately, these have
the same values in ext2fs and ffs.
No functional change intended.
|
| 1.15 | 14-Aug-2011 |
christos | branches: 1.15.2; 1.15.8;
use a union to eliminate strict alias warnings.
|
| 1.14 | 20-Jul-2008 |
lukem | Remove the \n and tabs from the __COPYRIGHT() strings.
(Tweak some to use a consistent format.)
|
| 1.13 | 28-Sep-2006 |
perseant | branches: 1.13.18; 1.13.22;
Call fcntl on the file descriptor *before* closing it.
|
| 1.12 | 24-Jun-2006 |
perseant | Change LFCNWRAP{STOP,GO} to make them more suitable for snapshotting; in
particular, the caller can now choose whether to wait for the condition
to be met, and if the caller of LFCNWRAPSTOP dies or otherwise closes
the descriptor, the filesystem is started again. Updated the ckckp
regression test to use the new semantics.
dump_lfs(8) now uses the fcntls to implement LFS-style snapshotting through
the -X flag, addressing PR#33457 albeit not using fss(4). Fixed a couple
other problems with dump_lfs that manifested themselves during testing.
|
| 1.11 | 18-Jun-2005 |
lukem | be consistent in XXXGCC -Wuninitialized fixes ...
|
| 1.10 | 16-Jun-2005 |
jmc | Mark an sh3 gcc unitialized variable w. XXGCC
|
| 1.9 | 06-Feb-2005 |
perry | ANSIfy a function declaration, remove obsolete "register" declaration.
|
| 1.8 | 07-Aug-2003 |
agc | Move UCB-licensed code from 4-clause to 3-clause licence.
Patches provided by Joel Baker in PR 22308, verified by myself.
|
| 1.7 | 02-Apr-2003 |
fvdl | Add support for UFS2. UFS2 is an enhanced FFS, adding support for
64 bit block pointers, extended attribute storage, and a few
other things.
This commit does not yet include the code to manipulate the extended
storage (for e.g. ACLs), this will be done later.
Originally written by Kirk McKusick and Network Associates Laboratories for
FreeBSD.
|
| 1.6 | 24-Jan-2003 |
fvdl | Bump daddr_t to 64 bits. Replace it with int32_t in all places where
it was used on-disk, so that on-disk formats remain the same.
Remove ufs_daddr_t and ufs_lbn_t for the time being.
|
| 1.5 | 25-May-2002 |
wiz | __STDC__ is always defined on NetBSD.
|
| 1.4 | 02-Nov-2001 |
lukem | fix -Wshadow warnings
|
| 1.3 | 13-Jul-2001 |
perseant | Merge the short-lived perseant-lfsv2 branch into the trunk.
Kernels and tools understand both v1 and v2 filesystems; newfs_lfs
generates v2 by default. Changes for the v2 layout include:
- Segments of non-PO2 size and arbitrary block offset, so these can be
matched to convenient physical characteristics of the partition (e.g.,
stripe or track size and offset).
- Address by fragment instead of by disk sector, paving the way for
non-512-byte-sector devices. In theory fragments can be as large
as you like, though in reality they must be smaller than MAXBSIZE in size.
- Use serial number and filesystem identifier to ensure that roll-forward
doesn't get old data and think it's new. Roll-forward is enabled for
v2 filesystems, though not for v1 filesystems by default.
- The inode free list is now a tailq, paving the way for undelete (undelete
is not yet implemented, but can be without further non-backwards-compatible
changes to disk structures).
- Inode atime information is kept in the Ifile, instead of on the inode;
that is, the inode is never written *just* because atime was changed.
Because of this the inodes remain near the file data on the disk, rather
than wandering all over as the disk is read repeatedly. This speeds up
repeated reads by a small but noticeable amount.
Other changes of note include:
- The ifile written by newfs_lfs can now be of arbitrary length, it is no
longer restricted to a single indirect block.
- Fixed an old bug where ctime was changed every time a vnode was created.
I need to look more closely to make sure that the times are only updated
during write(2) and friends, not after-the-fact during a segment write,
and certainly not by the cleaner.
|
| 1.2 | 01-Oct-1999 |
perseant | branches: 1.2.4; 1.2.10;
Working version of aborted dump{,_lfs} join.
|
| 1.1 | 29-Sep-1999 |
perseant | Adapt dump(8) to use filestore-independent (but still ufs-specific)
replacements for NINDIR, fsbtodb, etc. Create dump_lfs by adding a few
LFS-filestore-specific routines. As described in PR#8317.
|
| 1.2.10.2 | 10-Jul-2001 |
perseant | Check both superblocks. If the fsb unit in the proto-superblock is > 8k,
look first for the true primary superblock at fs->lfs_sboffs[0].
|
| 1.2.10.1 | 02-Jul-2001 |
perseant | Change disk addressing unit to be the fragment, instead of the disk sector.
All quantities in the superblock, inodes, indirect blocks, etc. refer now
to this abstract unit (called "fsb" as it is in FFS) instead of disk sectors;
as a consequence segment summary blocks have to be multiples of a fragment in
size. In v1 filesystems, compatibility code ensures that 1 fsb == 1 sector,
regardless of fragment size.
Fragments can now range in size between 512 and 32k; in the event that
LFS_LABELPAD (8k) is smaller than the disk address unit size, an extra
proto-superblock is kept at 8k from the beginning of the disk, to be used
*only* to locate the real superblocks. (Not all of the userland knows about
this yet.)
Almost all of this was done not by me, but by joff.
|
| 1.2.4.1 | 27-Dec-1999 |
wrstuden | Pull up to last week's -current.
|
| 1.13.22.1 | 18-Sep-2008 |
wrstuden | Sync with wrstuden-revivesa-base-2.
|
| 1.13.18.1 | 28-Sep-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.15.8.2 | 23-Jun-2013 |
tls | resync from head
|
| 1.15.8.1 | 25-Feb-2013 |
tls | resync with head
|
| 1.15.2.2 | 22-May-2014 |
yamt | sync with head.
for a reference, the tree before this commit was tagged
as yamt-pagecache-tag8.
this commit was splitted into small chunks to avoid
a limitation of cvs. ("Protocol error: too many arguments")
|
| 1.15.2.1 | 23-Jan-2013 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.3 | 02-Mar-2025 |
riastradh | efi(8): Nix trailing whitespace.
|
| 1.2 | 25-Feb-2025 |
rillig | efi: don't use compound expressions as initializers
Lint doesn't like them, even though GCC accepts them.
No binary change.
|
| 1.1 | 24-Feb-2025 |
christos | New efi program from Anon Ymous.
|
| 1.3 | 02-Mar-2025 |
riastradh | efi(8): Break more overlong lines.
|
| 1.2 | 02-Mar-2025 |
riastradh | efi(8): Nix trailing whitespace.
|
| 1.1 | 24-Feb-2025 |
christos | New efi program from Anon Ymous.
|
| 1.1 | 24-Feb-2025 |
christos | New efi program from Anon Ymous.
|
| 1.4 | 02-Mar-2025 |
riastradh | efi(8): Nix trailing whitespace.
|
| 1.3 | 27-Feb-2025 |
christos | make this compile with clang.
|
| 1.2 | 25-Feb-2025 |
rillig | efi: don't use compound expressions as initializers
Lint doesn't like them, even though GCC accepts them.
No binary change.
|
| 1.1 | 24-Feb-2025 |
christos | New efi program from Anon Ymous.
|
| 1.1 | 24-Feb-2025 |
christos | New efi program from Anon Ymous.
|
| 1.2 | 30-Mar-2025 |
riastradh | efi(8)/efi(9): Rename EFI_VARNAME_MAXLENGTH -> EFI_VARNAME_MAXBYTES.
This should help avoid potential confusion over the units.
No functional change intended.
Prompted by (but will not fix):
PR kern/59235: efi(8) panics
|
| 1.1 | 24-Feb-2025 |
christos | New efi program from Anon Ymous.
|
| 1.1 | 24-Feb-2025 |
christos | New efi program from Anon Ymous.
|
| 1.3 | 02-Mar-2025 |
riastradh | efi(8): Nix trailing whitespace.
|
| 1.2 | 27-Feb-2025 |
christos | make this compile with clang.
|
| 1.1 | 24-Feb-2025 |
christos | New efi program from Anon Ymous.
|
| 1.4 | 02-Mar-2025 |
riastradh | efi(8): Break overlong lines.
|
| 1.3 | 02-Mar-2025 |
riastradh | efi(8): Nix trailing whitespace.
|
| 1.2 | 24-Feb-2025 |
martin | Fix a few printf formats
|
| 1.1 | 24-Feb-2025 |
christos | New efi program from Anon Ymous.
|
| 1.1 | 24-Feb-2025 |
christos | New efi program from Anon Ymous.
|
| 1.6 | 02-Mar-2025 |
riastradh | efi(8): Avoid hard-coding sizeof(devpath_t) as magic constants.
|
| 1.5 | 02-Mar-2025 |
riastradh | efi(8): Break more overlong lines.
|
| 1.4 | 02-Mar-2025 |
riastradh | efi(8): Break overlong lines.
|
| 1.3 | 02-Mar-2025 |
riastradh | efi(8): Nix trailing whitespace.
|
| 1.2 | 27-Feb-2025 |
christos | make this compile with clang.
|
| 1.1 | 24-Feb-2025 |
christos | New efi program from Anon Ymous.
|
| 1.1 | 24-Feb-2025 |
christos | New efi program from Anon Ymous.
|
| 1.6 | 02-Mar-2025 |
riastradh | efi(8): Break more overlong lines.
|
| 1.5 | 02-Mar-2025 |
riastradh | efi(8): Break overlong lines.
|
| 1.4 | 02-Mar-2025 |
riastradh | efi(8): Nix trailing whitespace.
|
| 1.3 | 25-Feb-2025 |
christos | fix the build
|
| 1.2 | 24-Feb-2025 |
martin | Fix a few printf formats
|
| 1.1 | 24-Feb-2025 |
christos | New efi program from Anon Ymous.
|
| 1.1 | 24-Feb-2025 |
christos | New efi program from Anon Ymous.
|
| 1.5 | 02-Mar-2025 |
riastradh | efi(8): Break overlong lines.
|
| 1.4 | 02-Mar-2025 |
riastradh | efi(8): Nix trailing whitespace.
|
| 1.3 | 25-Feb-2025 |
christos | fix the build
|
| 1.2 | 24-Feb-2025 |
martin | Fix a few printf formats
|
| 1.1 | 24-Feb-2025 |
christos | New efi program from Anon Ymous.
|
| 1.1 | 24-Feb-2025 |
christos | New efi program from Anon Ymous.
|
| 1.2 | 02-Mar-2025 |
riastradh | efi(8): Break overlong lines.
|
| 1.1 | 24-Feb-2025 |
christos | New efi program from Anon Ymous.
|
| 1.1 | 24-Feb-2025 |
christos | New efi program from Anon Ymous.
|
| 1.3 | 24-Feb-2025 |
uwe | efi(8): brush up markup a bit (mostly consistent use of .Va)
XXX: The manpage should really make up its mind whether it wants to
call the boot number(s) "hexnum", "####", or "bootnum".
|
| 1.2 | 24-Feb-2025 |
uwe | efi.8: g/c duplicate rcs id line
|
| 1.1 | 24-Feb-2025 |
christos | New efi program from Anon Ymous.
|
| 1.4 | 30-Mar-2025 |
riastradh | efi(8)/efi(9): Rename EFI_VARNAME_MAXLENGTH -> EFI_VARNAME_MAXBYTES.
This should help avoid potential confusion over the units.
No functional change intended.
Prompted by (but will not fix):
PR kern/59235: efi(8) panics
|
| 1.3 | 30-Mar-2025 |
riastradh | efi(8): EFI_VARNAME_MAXLENGTH is in bytes, not CHAR16.
Same with struct efi_var_ioc::namesize.
This shouldn't change the semantics of the program -- it was just
allocating twice the maximum buffer space that the kernel would ever
actually use; now it only allocates exactly the maximum buffer space
that the kernel will ever actually use.
Prompted by (but will not fix):
PR kern/59235: efi(8) panics
|
| 1.2 | 02-Mar-2025 |
riastradh | efi(8): Nix trailing whitespace.
|
| 1.1 | 24-Feb-2025 |
christos | New efi program from Anon Ymous.
|
| 1.1 | 24-Feb-2025 |
christos | New efi program from Anon Ymous.
|
| 1.2 | 02-Mar-2025 |
riastradh | efi(8): Nix trailing whitespace.
|
| 1.1 | 24-Feb-2025 |
christos | New efi program from Anon Ymous.
|
| 1.1 | 24-Feb-2025 |
christos | New efi program from Anon Ymous.
|
| 1.5 | 02-Mar-2025 |
riastradh | efi(8): Break more overlong lines.
|
| 1.4 | 02-Mar-2025 |
riastradh | efi(8): Break overlong lines.
|
| 1.3 | 02-Mar-2025 |
riastradh | efi(8): Nix trailing whitespace.
|
| 1.2 | 24-Feb-2025 |
martin | Fix a few printf formats
|
| 1.1 | 24-Feb-2025 |
christos | New efi program from Anon Ymous.
|
| 1.1 | 24-Feb-2025 |
christos | New efi program from Anon Ymous.
|
| 1.5 | 02-Mar-2025 |
riastradh | efi(8): Break more overlong lines.
|
| 1.4 | 02-Mar-2025 |
riastradh | efi(8): Nix trailing whitespace.
|
| 1.3 | 27-Feb-2025 |
jakllsch | fix build
|
| 1.2 | 27-Feb-2025 |
christos | make this compile with clang.
|
| 1.1 | 24-Feb-2025 |
christos | New efi program from Anon Ymous.
|
| 1.4 | 02-Mar-2025 |
riastradh | efi(8): Break more overlong lines.
|
| 1.3 | 02-Mar-2025 |
riastradh | efi(8): Break overlong lines.
|
| 1.2 | 02-Mar-2025 |
riastradh | efi(8): Nix trailing whitespace.
|
| 1.1 | 24-Feb-2025 |
christos | New efi program from Anon Ymous.
|
| 1.1 | 24-Feb-2025 |
christos | New efi program from Anon Ymous.
|
| 1.5 | 02-Mar-2025 |
riastradh | efi(8): Break more overlong lines.
|
| 1.4 | 02-Mar-2025 |
riastradh | efi(8): Nix trailing whitespace.
|
| 1.3 | 27-Feb-2025 |
christos | make this compile with clang.
|
| 1.2 | 25-Feb-2025 |
christos | fix the build
|
| 1.1 | 24-Feb-2025 |
christos | New efi program from Anon Ymous.
|
| 1.2 | 27-Feb-2025 |
christos | make this compile with clang.
|
| 1.1 | 24-Feb-2025 |
christos | New efi program from Anon Ymous.
|
| 1.3 | 02-Mar-2025 |
riastradh | efi(8): Nix trailing whitespace.
|
| 1.2 | 25-Feb-2025 |
christos | fix the build
|
| 1.1 | 24-Feb-2025 |
christos | New efi program from Anon Ymous.
|
| 1.1 | 24-Feb-2025 |
christos | New efi program from Anon Ymous.
|
| 1.9 | 24-Mar-1997 |
christos | - Makefile cleanups
|
| 1.8 | 18-Oct-1996 |
thorpej | Use ${INSTALL}.
|
| 1.7 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.6 | 22-Dec-1994 |
cgd | specify man pages the new way.
|
| 1.5 | 23-Sep-1994 |
mycroft | Merge with 4.4-Lite version.
|
| 1.4 | 01-Aug-1993 |
mycroft | Add RCS identifiers.
|
| 1.3 | 23-Mar-1993 |
cgd | changed "Id" to "Header" for rcsids
|
| 1.2 | 22-Mar-1993 |
cgd | added rcs ids to all files
|
| 1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.2 | 23-Sep-1994 |
mycroft | Import original 4.4-Lite version.
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | initial import of 386bsd-0.1 sources
|
| 1.13 | 07-Aug-2003 |
agc | Move UCB-licensed code from 4-clause to 3-clause licence.
Patches provided by Joel Baker in PR 22308, verified by myself.
|
| 1.12 | 16-Nov-2001 |
wiz | Sort SEE ALSO.
|
| 1.11 | 16-Nov-2001 |
wiz | Whitespace nits
|
| 1.10 | 05-Jun-2001 |
wiz | Drop arguments of .Os.
|
| 1.9 | 29-Apr-1998 |
fair | fix bad .Xr references
|
| 1.8 | 15-Sep-1997 |
lukem | fixup .Nm usage
|
| 1.7 | 14-Sep-1997 |
lukem | fix capitalisation
|
| 1.6 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.5 | 23-Sep-1994 |
mycroft | Merge with 4.4-Lite version.
|
| 1.4 | 01-Aug-1993 |
mycroft | Add RCS indentifiers.
|
| 1.3 | 23-Mar-1993 |
cgd | changed "Id" to "Header" for rcsids
|
| 1.2 | 22-Mar-1993 |
cgd | added rcs ids to all files
|
| 1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.2 | 23-Sep-1994 |
mycroft | Import original 4.4-Lite version.
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | initial import of 386bsd-0.1 sources
|
| 1.6 | 23-Apr-1995 |
cgd | slightly clean rcs ids, etc.
|
| 1.5 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.4 | 23-Sep-1994 |
mycroft | Merge with 4.4-Lite version.
|
| 1.3 | 23-Mar-1993 |
cgd | changed "Id" to "Header" for rcsids
|
| 1.2 | 22-Mar-1993 |
cgd | added rcs ids to all files
|
| 1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.2 | 23-Sep-1994 |
mycroft | Import original 4.4-Lite version.
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | initial import of 386bsd-0.1 sources
|
| 1.6 | 23-Apr-1995 |
cgd | slightly clean rcs ids, etc.
|
| 1.5 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.4 | 23-Sep-1994 |
mycroft | Merge with 4.4-Lite version.
|
| 1.3 | 23-Mar-1993 |
cgd | changed "Id" to "Header" for rcsids
|
| 1.2 | 22-Mar-1993 |
cgd | added rcs ids to all files
|
| 1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.2 | 23-Sep-1994 |
mycroft | Import original 4.4-Lite version.
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | initial import of 386bsd-0.1 sources
|
| 1.45 | 03-Jan-2025 |
rillig | fdisk: remove unreachable options 'T' and 't', fix lint warnings
|
| 1.44 | 03-Jun-2023 |
lukem | branches: 1.44.2;
bsd.own.mk: rename GCC_NO_* to CC_WNO_*
Rename compiler-warning-disable variables from
GCC_NO_warning
to
CC_WNO_warning
where warning is the full warning name as used by the compiler.
GCC_NO_IMPLICIT_FALLTHRU is CC_WNO_IMPLICIT_FALLTHROUGH
Using the convention CC_compilerflag, where compilerflag
is based on the full compiler flag name.
|
| 1.43 | 13-Oct-2019 |
mrg | introduce some common variables for use in GCC warning disables:
GCC_NO_FORMAT_TRUNCATION -Wno-format-truncation (GCC 7/8)
GCC_NO_STRINGOP_TRUNCATION -Wno-stringop-truncation (GCC 8)
GCC_NO_STRINGOP_OVERFLOW -Wno-stringop-overflow (GCC 8)
GCC_NO_CAST_FUNCTION_TYPE -Wno-cast-function-type (GCC 8)
use these to turn off warnings for most GCC-8 complaints. many
of these are false positives, most of the real bugs are already
commited, or are yet to come.
we plan to introduce versions of (some?) of these that use the
"-Wno-error=" form, which still displays the warnings but does
not make it an error, and all of the above will be re-considered
as either being "fix me" (warning still displayed) or "warning
is wrong."
|
| 1.42 | 05-May-2012 |
tsutsui | branches: 1.42.32;
Don't use "#if defined(__i386__) || defined(__x86_64__)" conditionals
in C source file to define option features.
Define proper options in each Makefile per ${MACHINE_ARCH} variable instead.
Previously if a host is x86 and it has /usr/mdec/mbr file in its system,
tools fdisk implicitly installs it as mbr bootcode even for !x86 targets.
|
| 1.41 | 27-Nov-2009 |
tsutsui | branches: 1.41.6; 1.41.8;
Remove fdisk/mbr for macppc which was blindly pulled from OpenBSD.
It just fakes MBR partition map which contains 1MB FAT16B partition
and ~1GB OpenBSD partition, and we can always create necessary
MBR partitions for OpenFirmware by the fdisk(8) command itself.
|
| 1.40 | 01-Jun-2009 |
christos | Delete GPT partitions if we overwrite with MBR to avoid confusion with disks
that have both MBR and a secondary left over GPT partition signature. From
Mike M. Volokhov
|
| 1.39 | 06-Apr-2009 |
lukem | remove mispelt WARNS. (it will be set in ../Makefile.inc "soon")
|
| 1.38 | 29-Nov-2007 |
dsl | branches: 1.38.2; 1.38.16;
Make this compile without -Wno-pointer-sign
(Needs updated bootblock.h)
|
| 1.37 | 10-Mar-2007 |
apb | branches: 1.37.4;
WARNS= 4
|
| 1.36 | 12-May-2006 |
mrg | don't do the -Wno-pointer-sign dance for host programs.
|
| 1.35 | 11-May-2006 |
mrg | sprinkle some -fno-strict-aliasing and -Wno-pointer-sign with GCC4.
|
| 1.34 | 23-Jun-2005 |
fvdl | If HOSTPROG is empty, do not pull in libutil, since we do not need it in that
case, and several host platforms do not have libutil. Fixes the build of
these programs as host tools on platforms without libutil.
|
| 1.33 | 12-Jun-2005 |
dyoung | Turn fdisk(8) into a host tool. Still todo: commit the host-tool
build infrastructure to src/tools/fdisk/.
|
| 1.32 | 22-May-2005 |
lukem | Make fdisk(8) available on all platforms, since MS-DOS partitioning
is the de-facto standard for many removable media types.
|
| 1.31 | 20-Jan-2005 |
xtraeme | WARNS=2 is the default defined in sbin/Makefile.inc. (thanks wiz)
|
| 1.30 | 20-Jan-2005 |
xtraeme | Remove main() prototype; WARNS=2
|
| 1.29 | 13-Oct-2004 |
gavan | Initial import of iyonix port.
The Iyonix is a desktop machine from Castle Technology, based on a 600MHz
XScale[tm] 80321 processor.
* Uses the bootloader from NetBSD/acorn32, which is now 32-bit compatible.
* Currently boots multiuser with a serial console.
* Device support is not yet complete.
With help from abs.
|
| 1.28 | 30-Apr-2003 |
dsl | Don't descend into mbr_bootsel.
i386/and64 mbr code is built in arch i386/stand/mbr
|
| 1.27 | 26-Apr-2003 |
fvdl | x86_64 -> amd64
|
| 1.26 | 23-Nov-2002 |
fvdl | Compile mbr and mbr_bootsel on x86_64
|
| 1.25 | 26-Jul-2002 |
manu | Added fdisk on hpcarm
|
| 1.24 | 17-Jun-2002 |
itojun | fdisk is now useful for macppc, build it
|
| 1.23 | 09-May-2002 |
uch | add hpcsh
|
| 1.22 | 03-Apr-2002 |
thorpej | Build fdisk(8) on netwinder.
|
| 1.21 | 27-Feb-2002 |
scw | fdisk(8) is needed on mvmeppc since PPCBUG uses PeeCee-style MBR
partition info when booting from disk.
|
| 1.20 | 15-Oct-2001 |
uch | playstation2 support
|
| 1.19 | 02-May-2000 |
nonaka | also install on prep.
|
| 1.18 | 19-Mar-2000 |
soren | Also install on cobalt.
|
| 1.17 | 31-Jan-2000 |
soda | Build fdisk also on arc
|
| 1.16 | 25-Sep-1999 |
enami | Oops, needs an operator.
|
| 1.15 | 25-Sep-1999 |
enami | Build fdisk also on hpcmips.
|
| 1.14 | 25-Sep-1999 |
enami | Don't decend into the subdirectory mbr_bootsel except i386,
since it currently doesn't contain MI thing and not compile
on ofppc box (thanks Wolfgang) and probably on bebox box.
|
| 1.13 | 02-Jul-1999 |
sakamoto | branches: 1.13.2;
Build fdisk on bebox and ofppc(replaced powerpc).
|
| 1.12 | 02-May-1999 |
ross | Since fdisk/mbr contains a man page, we need to descend into it regardless
of which ${MACHINE} we are.
|
| 1.11 | 15-Apr-1999 |
fvdl | Add and build a bootselecting MBR (i386).
|
| 1.10 | 15-Oct-1998 |
ws | branches: 1.10.2;
Separate master bootcode from fdisk.
|
| 1.9 | 25-Sep-1997 |
lukem | switch to using opendisk(3) from libutil
|
| 1.8 | 15-Sep-1997 |
lukem | define WARNS?=1 for all of sbin/*
|
| 1.7 | 14-Sep-1997 |
lukem | * support ``short'' names of disks (e.g, ``sd0'') instead of requiring
the full name (e.g, ``/dev/rsd0d'') a la disklabel(8) (where the code
was effectively lifted from ;-)
* prefix hexadecimal numbers in output with '0x'
|
| 1.6 | 05-Sep-1997 |
phil | -- add -b flag for setting fdisk's idea of BIOS geometry from command line
-- cleanup so WARNS=1 works
-- man page updated to reality.
|
| 1.5 | 23-Jun-1997 |
mrg | move man pages into share/man.
|
| 1.4 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.3 | 22-Dec-1994 |
cgd | specify man pages the new way.
|
| 1.2 | 01-Aug-1993 |
mycroft | Add RCS identifiers.
|
| 1.1 | 09-Apr-1993 |
cgd | added a 386bsd fdisk program, by julian elischer. (patch 111)
|
| 1.10.2.2 | 02-May-1999 |
perry | pullup 1.11->1.12 (fvdl)
|
| 1.10.2.1 | 18-Apr-1999 |
fvdl | Pull up bootselector mods, as approved by releng.
|
| 1.13.2.1 | 27-Dec-1999 |
wrstuden | Pull up to last week's -current.
|
| 1.37.4.1 | 09-Jan-2008 |
matt | sync with HEAD
|
| 1.38.16.1 | 13-May-2009 |
jym | Sync with HEAD.
Third (and last) commit. See http://mail-index.netbsd.org/source-changes/2009/05/13/msg221222.html
|
| 1.38.2.2 | 29-Nov-2007 |
dsl | Make this compile without -Wno-pointer-sign
(Needs updated bootblock.h)
|
| 1.38.2.1 | 29-Nov-2007 |
dsl | file Makefile was added on branch mjf-devfs on 2007-11-29 23:19:26 +0000
|
| 1.41.8.1 | 12-Jun-2012 |
riz | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by tsutsui in ticket #315):
sbin/fdisk/fdisk.c: revision 1.141
sbin/fdisk/fdisk.c: revision 1.142
tools/fdisk/Makefile: revision 1.5
tools/fdisk/Makefile: revision 1.7
sbin/fdisk/Makefile: revision 1.42
Don't use "#if defined(__i386__) || defined(__x86_64__)" conditionals
in C source file to define option features.
Define proper options in each Makefile per ${MACHINE_ARCH} variable instead.
Previously if a host is x86 and it has /usr/mdec/mbr file in its system,
tools fdisk implicitly installs it as mbr bootcode even for !x86 targets.
Use ${DESTDIR}/usr/mdec for DEFAULT_BOOTDIR on tools fdisk(8)
rather than unknown build host's /usr/mdec directory.
XXX: no option to leave MBR bootcode empty on x86 targets
|
| 1.41.6.1 | 23-May-2012 |
yamt | sync with head.
|
| 1.42.32.1 | 13-Apr-2020 |
martin | Mostly merge changes from HEAD upto 20200411
|
| 1.44.2.1 | 02-Aug-2025 |
perseant | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.93 | 03-Jan-2025 |
rillig | fdisk: remove unreachable options 'T' and 't', fix lint warnings
|
| 1.92 | 24-May-2020 |
wiz | branches: 1.92.8;
Use Nx, fix formatting nit.
|
| 1.91 | 24-May-2020 |
jmcneill | Add -g flag to preserve GPT headers when updating MBR.
|
| 1.90 | 15-Dec-2019 |
wiz | Fix xrefs.
|
| 1.89 | 14-Dec-2019 |
christos | PR/54756: germain: Avoid confusion caused by overuse of the word "file" both
as a noun and an argument name.
|
| 1.88 | 09-Apr-2019 |
tnn | mention that -B is used to set the timeout for mbr_bootsel
|
| 1.87 | 27-Jan-2017 |
abhinav | branches: 1.87.12;
Fix spelling of simultaneous.
|
| 1.86 | 11-Sep-2016 |
sevan | branches: 1.86.2;
- Document the HISTORY of fdisk based on the original post to comp.unix.bsd by
Julian Elischer [1] and the Mach 2.5 Installation notes [2].
I was unable to pin point the exact version of Mach the fdisk utility appeared
as I didn't find documentation older than version 2.5 & no source code or repo
history. fdisk utility appears as a separate utility[3] in v2.5. Due to this,
I've avoided stating the exact version fdisk first appeared in Mach.
- Make correction pointed by textproc/igor
- Bump date
[1] https://groups.google.com/forum/#!searchin/comp.unix.bsd/14-Dec-89$20Robert$20Baron$20(rvb)$20at$20Carnegie-Mellon$20University%7Csort:relevance/comp.unix.bsd/Hhi45vAHxDg
[2] ftp://ftp.mcs.vuw.ac.nz/doc/misc/mach-i386-doc/i386_install.ps
[3] ftp://ftp.mcs.vuw.ac.nz/doc/misc/mach-i386-doc/i386_manpages.ps
|
| 1.85 | 04-Apr-2014 |
wiz | branches: 1.85.8;
-s:
If the optional arguments are not provided, they stay as before or
use the same defaults as the interactive mode, if new.
(feel free to improve)
|
| 1.84 | 04-Apr-2014 |
wiz | Fix a bug in previous and update detailed -s description.
|
| 1.83 | 03-Apr-2014 |
wiz | Update SYNOPSIS.
Christos, please check.
|
| 1.82 | 31-Mar-2014 |
martin | Bring back the playstation2 port - now that a toolchain for it is
available again.
|
| 1.81 | 06-Oct-2013 |
apb | Suggest using -b 1023/255/63 for modern disks where the BIOS is
configured to use LBA-Assisted translation.
|
| 1.80 | 06-Oct-2012 |
wiz | Revert my previous commit, I misunderstood the intention.
Noted by njoly.
|
| 1.79 | 05-Oct-2012 |
wiz | Previous slightly more consistently.
|
| 1.78 | 05-Oct-2012 |
njoly | Fix indented blocks rendering with mandoc. Switch from .in unsupported
macro to .Bd/.Ed ones. While here kill some unneeded .Pp/.br macros.
|
| 1.77 | 08-Apr-2012 |
wiz | branches: 1.77.2;
Remove unnecessary Bk/Ek pairs from SYNOPSIS.
No effective change except where I used the opportunity to sort options
and/or option descriptions.
|
| 1.76 | 06-Apr-2012 |
christos | support sector sizes > 512.
|
| 1.75 | 04-Jan-2012 |
wiz | Remove trailing whitespace.
|
| 1.74 | 31-Dec-2011 |
riz | According to most other OSes and documentation sources, an MBR has
one "extended" partition and the partitions inside that are "logical"
partitions. Make fdisk(8) man page follow suit.
Patch from Julian Fagir in PR#45695.
|
| 1.73 | 01-Dec-2011 |
wiz | Remove trailing whitespace.
|
| 1.72 | 01-Dec-2011 |
christos | Add a flag to support writing overlapping partitions and explain why.
|
| 1.71 | 25-Apr-2011 |
wiz | branches: 1.71.4;
Use Nx.
|
| 1.70 | 07-Apr-2010 |
wiz | Minor punctuation fixes, improve and sort SYNOPSIS, sort flag descriptions.
From Bug Hunting in PR 43130.
|
| 1.69 | 23-Dec-2009 |
dsl | Add info for -A ptn_alignment[/ptn_0_offset]
|
| 1.68 | 17-Dec-2009 |
pooka | Use implicit -F for regular files, much like disklabel(8).
|
| 1.67 | 05-Dec-2009 |
pooka | Remove support for NetBSD/playstation2.
|
| 1.66 | 29-Nov-2009 |
tsutsui | Add a bunch of useful typical examples. Also use appropriate markup there.
|
| 1.65 | 28-Nov-2009 |
tsutsui | Update -u usage to follow changes in fdisk.c rev 1.125:
>> Allow MB, GB and CYL (not just M, G and C) and lower case.
>> Don't output a splurious 'd' before "cyl".
>> Fixes PR/37414.
XXX "NNcy" is also allowed?
|
| 1.64 | 28-Nov-2009 |
tsutsui | Clarify description of -f and -u options.
(-u means updating partition data, not interactive mode)
|
| 1.63 | 14-Oct-2009 |
joerg | Do not use .Xo / .Xc without a good reason.
|
| 1.62 | 10-Aug-2009 |
yamt | an example.
|
| 1.61 | 02-Jul-2009 |
snj | Small grammar tweak.
|
| 1.60 | 01-Jun-2009 |
christos | Delete GPT partitions if we overwrite with MBR to avoid confusion with disks
that have both MBR and a secondary left over GPT partition signature. From
Mike M. Volokhov
|
| 1.59 | 20-Jan-2008 |
dsl | Note the existance of mbr_com0 and mbr_com0_9600.
|
| 1.58 | 23-Dec-2007 |
apb | Remove note about the first track being reserved for the BIOS (it's
not), and replace it with a note about the first partition traditionally
beginning in the second track of the first cylinder.
|
| 1.57 | 23-Dec-2007 |
apb | Report the first active partition.
|
| 1.56 | 20-May-2007 |
wiz | branches: 1.56.4; 1.56.6;
Plural fix.
|
| 1.55 | 11-Mar-2007 |
apb | Bump date for previous.
|
| 1.54 | 10-Mar-2007 |
apb | Document the new checks for whether a PBR is bootable.
Also add more detail in the introduction, and a few
more references.
|
| 1.53 | 24-Sep-2006 |
wiz | branches: 1.53.2;
Use more macros. New sentence, new line.
|
| 1.52 | 24-Sep-2006 |
jmcneill | PR# 28660: how to remove bootmenu text from some partition
|
| 1.51 | 07-Apr-2005 |
dsl | Allow partition sizes to be input in GB
|
| 1.50 | 13-Jul-2004 |
uwe | s/Nm/Nx/, as it's NetBSD that has ports, not fdisk.
|
| 1.49 | 13-Jul-2004 |
wiz | Bump date for previous; new sentence, new line;
sort list of ports where fdisk is available.
|
| 1.48 | 13-Jul-2004 |
darcy | Add note top man page explaining that fdisk is not used on all platforms
and list the ones that is is.
Partial fix to PR#25943
|
| 1.47 | 22-Mar-2004 |
lukem | Use .Pp instead of .br as appropriate.
(This needs more work)
|
| 1.46 | 20-Mar-2004 |
wiz | Nm needs no argument; also, correct wrong Nm usage.
|
| 1.45 | 19-Mar-2004 |
snj | Bump date for last. Use Sq for single quotes. Drop trailing space.
New sentence, new line. Sort xrefs. Fix a spelling error.
|
| 1.44 | 19-Mar-2004 |
dyoung | Add flag -F, options -t disktab and -T disktype to fdisk. Flag -F
indicates that the target of the fdisk operation is a file, not a
disk. With -t and -T, the user tells fdisk the geometry for the
file If the default geometry that fdisk will "fake up" for a file
are not satisfactory, the user may tell the geometry to fdisk using
-t disktab -T disktype.
|
| 1.43 | 06-Oct-2003 |
lukem | be consistent about "MS-DOS"
|
| 1.42 | 03-Jun-2003 |
joda | add missing . before Fl
|
| 1.41 | 06-May-2003 |
wiz | MBR, not mbr.
|
| 1.40 | 01-May-2003 |
dsl | Change a couple of .Em to .Ar
|
| 1.39 | 01-May-2003 |
wiz | Replace some raw roff with mdoc.
|
| 1.38 | 01-May-2003 |
wiz | Improve formatting for [/bootmenu], requested by dsl; add some commas.
|
| 1.37 | 01-May-2003 |
dsl | a mbr -> an mbr
|
| 1.36 | 01-May-2003 |
wiz | Drop trailing space.
|
| 1.35 | 30-Apr-2003 |
dsl | Rototilled fdisk that supports:
- editing of the extended partition list
- user friendly default start/size for new partitions
- partition start/size input in sectors, cylinders or MB
- bootsel menu names configured with paritition bounds
- partition update loop asks used which partition to change
(instead of asking about each partition in turn).
- detection (and erroring) of overlapped partitions.
- automatic installation of correct mbr_xxx code (after prompting user)
|
| 1.34 | 25-Feb-2003 |
wiz | .Nm does not need a dummy argument ("") before punctuation or
for correct formatting of the SYNOPSIS any longer.
|
| 1.33 | 09-Feb-2003 |
wiz | Drop trailing space (in last).
|
| 1.32 | 09-Feb-2003 |
perry | Slightly clarify/improve the documentation for the -B (boot selector)
option
|
| 1.31 | 01-Oct-2002 |
wiz | New sentence, new line. By Robert Elz with minimal fixes.
|
| 1.30 | 26-Mar-2002 |
christos | PR/16073: Jachym _Freza_ Holecek: Add the ability to list known partition types.
While I am here, KNF a bit.
|
| 1.29 | 05-Mar-2002 |
wiz | Drop duplicate .Pp.
|
| 1.28 | 08-Feb-2002 |
ross | Generate <>& symbolically. I'm avoiding .../dist/... directories for now.
|
| 1.27 | 13-Jan-2002 |
fair | Cross-link fdisk(8), mbr(8), and mbrlabel(8) in the SEE ALSO sections,
as suggested in PR 14288. Also add a little white space to mbr(8) to
make it a little more readable.
|
| 1.26 | 16-Nov-2001 |
wiz | Whitespace nits
|
| 1.25 | 05-Jun-2001 |
wiz | Drop arguments of .Os.
|
| 1.24 | 18-Dec-2000 |
lukem | list the options in a specific options list (as per the `traditional'
man page). i find this much easier to read than option descriptions
scattered amongst paragraphs of text.
|
| 1.23 | 14-Nov-2000 |
abs | xref (disklabel.8, fdisk.8, mbrlabel.8) as appropriate
|
| 1.22 | 07-Jun-2000 |
augustss | Note that sysid 0 marks a partition as unused.
|
| 1.21 | 11-Oct-1999 |
hubertf | branches: 1.21.4;
Add note that "fdisk -i" is the same as "fdisk /mbr" on MSDOS.
|
| 1.20 | 21-Sep-1999 |
simonb | branches: 1.20.2;
Fix tyop and clean up usage of commas a little.
|
| 1.19 | 02-May-1999 |
fvdl | Remove confusing entry about cylinder boundaries.
|
| 1.18 | 17-Apr-1999 |
fvdl | Make the bootselector configurable by fdisk. Add a -B flag to this
effect (i386 only of course). Also change one branch in the
bootselector code to an explicit 16 bit one, and check both
the boot menu and partition tables to see if the partition
requested by the user should be booted. This check just in case,
should the bootselector menu and partition table get out of sync
somehow. (mmm, bytesqueezing)
|
| 1.17 | 07-Mar-1999 |
mycroft | branches: 1.17.2;
Clean up SYNOPSIS formatting.
|
| 1.16 | 15-Oct-1998 |
ws | Separate master bootcode from fdisk.
|
| 1.15 | 28-Sep-1998 |
ws | Automagically initialize boot code and partition table if not yet valid.
Don't touch the partition table on -i, if previously valid.
|
| 1.14 | 19-Feb-1998 |
drochner | update for new partition ID
|
| 1.13 | 06-Feb-1998 |
perry | macroize BSD, NetBSD, FreeBSD and misc cleanup
|
| 1.12 | 26-Nov-1997 |
ross | Typos, English.
|
| 1.11 | 14-Sep-1997 |
lukem | branches: 1.11.2;
correct use of various mdoc macros to cleanup resultant man page
|
| 1.10 | 05-Sep-1997 |
phil | -- add -b flag for setting fdisk's idea of BIOS geometry from command line
-- cleanup so WARNS=1 works
-- man page updated to reality.
|
| 1.9 | 11-Aug-1997 |
phil | Upgrade for non-interactive use. Interactive use is nearly unchanged.
-i no longer implies -u, -i now does not use the entire first track
because some BIOSes refuse to boot from a partition in the first track.
-s renamed to -S, new -s for non-interactive setting of a partition's
id, offset and size. Updated documentation to match.
|
| 1.8 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.7 | 23-Sep-1994 |
mycroft | Clean up a bit more.
|
| 1.6 | 23-Sep-1994 |
mycroft | Clean this up a bit.
|
| 1.5 | 28-Jan-1994 |
jtc | More spelling errors.
|
| 1.4 | 14-Jan-1994 |
jtc | Fix spelling errors
|
| 1.3 | 06-Dec-1993 |
cgd | 386bsd -> NetBSD
|
| 1.2 | 02-Aug-1993 |
mycroft | Add RCS identifiers, remove some completely useless RCS logs and patchkit
headers, and a few other insignificant changes.
|
| 1.1 | 09-Apr-1993 |
cgd | added a 386bsd fdisk program, by julian elischer. (patch 111)
|
| 1.11.2.1 | 27-Nov-1997 |
mellon | Pull rev 1.12 up from trunk (ross)
|
| 1.17.2.3 | 21-Nov-1999 |
he | Pull up revision 1.20 (requested by simonb):
Fix typo and clean up usage of commas a little.
|
| 1.17.2.2 | 02-May-1999 |
perry | pullup 1.18->1.19 (fvdl)
|
| 1.17.2.1 | 18-Apr-1999 |
fvdl | Pull up bootselector mods, as approved by releng.
|
| 1.20.2.1 | 27-Dec-1999 |
wrstuden | Pull up to last week's -current.
|
| 1.21.4.1 | 22-Jun-2000 |
minoura | Sync w/ netbsd-1-5-base.
|
| 1.53.2.1 | 22-Mar-2007 |
jdc | Pull up revisions 1.54-1.55 (requested by apb in ticket #513).
Document the new checks for whether a PBR is bootable.
Also add more detail in the introduction, and a few
more references.
Bump date for previous.
|
| 1.56.6.2 | 18-Feb-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.56.6.1 | 27-Dec-2007 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.56.4.2 | 23-Mar-2008 |
matt | sync with HEAD
|
| 1.56.4.1 | 09-Jan-2008 |
matt | sync with HEAD
|
| 1.71.4.3 | 22-May-2014 |
yamt | sync with head.
for a reference, the tree before this commit was tagged
as yamt-pagecache-tag8.
this commit was splitted into small chunks to avoid
a limitation of cvs. ("Protocol error: too many arguments")
|
| 1.71.4.2 | 30-Oct-2012 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.71.4.1 | 17-Apr-2012 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.77.2.2 | 20-Aug-2014 |
tls | Rebase to HEAD as of a few days ago.
|
| 1.77.2.1 | 20-Nov-2012 |
tls | Resync to 2012-11-19 00:00:00 UTC
|
| 1.85.8.1 | 20-Mar-2017 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.86.2.1 | 21-Apr-2017 |
bouyer | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.87.12.2 | 08-Apr-2020 |
martin | Merge changes from current as of 20200406
|
| 1.87.12.1 | 10-Jun-2019 |
christos | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.92.8.1 | 02-Aug-2025 |
perseant | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.163 | 24-Feb-2025 |
andvar | s/sightly/slightly/ and s/sligtly/slightly/ in documentation and comment.
|
| 1.162 | 03-Jan-2025 |
rillig | fdisk: remove unreachable options 'T' and 't', fix lint warnings
|
| 1.161 | 02-Apr-2022 |
mlelstv | branches: 1.161.4;
Avoid crashes with invalid or tiny sector sizes.
|
| 1.160 | 03-Nov-2021 |
nia | fdisk(8): Convert realloc(x * y) to reallocarr. Eliminate temp variables.
|
| 1.159 | 24-May-2020 |
wiz | Add -g to usage.
|
| 1.158 | 24-May-2020 |
jmcneill | Add -g flag to preserve GPT headers when updating MBR.
|
| 1.157 | 07-Oct-2019 |
christos | print the name of the disk causing the error.
|
| 1.156 | 14-Nov-2018 |
mlelstv | In validate_bootsel, the code assumed that arr[j][i] can be accessed
with something like arr[0][j*ARRAYWIDTH+i]. gcc no longer allows such
hacks and discards the code silently because of undefined behaviour.
|
| 1.155 | 27-Aug-2018 |
sevan | Add missing -z flag to usage()
|
| 1.154 | 02-Oct-2017 |
joerg | branches: 1.154.2; 1.154.4;
Really don't include ioctl code for tools build.
|
| 1.153 | 22-Nov-2015 |
christos | branches: 1.153.8;
explain how to clear an entry (without reading the source)
|
| 1.152 | 16-Jun-2015 |
christos | a few more \n's in errors
|
| 1.151 | 16-Jun-2015 |
christos | fix error messages containing \n
|
| 1.150 | 04-Apr-2014 |
christos | remove debugging.
|
| 1.149 | 03-Apr-2014 |
christos | instead of using ugly -1's make args optional
|
| 1.148 | 01-Apr-2014 |
christos | default to something reasonable (like the interactive mode does) instead
of 0 when -1 is specified for the start or size.
|
| 1.147 | 30-Mar-2014 |
christos | Allow -1 values in the -s <sysid>/<start>/<size> indicate use the previous
values. For example:
fdisk -f -i /dev/rsd0d # initialize mbr and create an msdos partition.
fdisk -f -u -0 -a -s 169/-1/-1 /dev/rsd0d # converts the msdos partition
to a netbsd one, and makes it active.
|
| 1.146 | 10-Mar-2014 |
jakllsch | Always print the MBR drive serial number, even if it's 0.
|
| 1.145 | 14-Apr-2013 |
jakllsch | Improve support for logical sector sizes greater than 512.
|
| 1.144 | 13-Feb-2013 |
christos | Don't produce spurious errors when creating labels on files.
|
| 1.143 | 09-Feb-2013 |
christos | CID/979997: missing va_end()
|
| 1.142 | 05-Jun-2012 |
tsutsui | branches: 1.142.2;
Use ${DESTDIR}/usr/mdec for DEFAULT_BOOTDIR on tools fdisk(8)
rather than unknown build host's /usr/mdec directory.
XXX: no option to leave MBR bootcode empty on x86 targets
|
| 1.141 | 05-May-2012 |
tsutsui | Don't use "#if defined(__i386__) || defined(__x86_64__)" conditionals
in C source file to define option features.
Define proper options in each Makefile per ${MACHINE_ARCH} variable instead.
Previously if a host is x86 and it has /usr/mdec/mbr file in its system,
tools fdisk implicitly installs it as mbr bootcode even for !x86 targets.
|
| 1.140 | 06-Apr-2012 |
christos | support sector sizes > 512.
|
| 1.139 | 15-Mar-2012 |
joerg | Add __printflike attribution to use vprintf and friends with an argument
as format string.
|
| 1.138 | 02-Dec-2011 |
christos | branches: 1.138.2;
Also ignore out of space conditions for -I so we can create overlapping
partitions on a full disk. Document and add it to the options.
|
| 1.137 | 02-Dec-2011 |
enami | Add missing -F flag and -I flag in usage. Sort the order to match
manpage.
|
| 1.136 | 02-Dec-2011 |
christos | put the error check in the conditional where it belongs.
|
| 1.135 | 01-Dec-2011 |
christos | Add a flag to support writing overlapping partitions and explain why.
|
| 1.134 | 28-Aug-2011 |
gson | branches: 1.134.2;
fix the sparc build
|
| 1.133 | 27-Aug-2011 |
christos | one static is enough, otherwise you risk zapping yourself.
|
| 1.132 | 27-Aug-2011 |
joerg | staticfy. __dead.
|
| 1.131 | 08-May-2011 |
pgoyette | Fix parsing of -A option so that the [/ptn_0_offset] part is optional, as
described in the man page.
|
| 1.130 | 23-Dec-2009 |
dsl | Put #endif in correct place - fixes PR/42500
Update usage() for -A, and rename one of the variables for clarity.
|
| 1.129 | 22-Dec-2009 |
dsl | Add support for partition being aligned on non-cylinder boundaries.
Info can be specified with -A parameter.
Default is based on how the first partition is defined.
For empty disks larger than 128GB (arbitrary figure) use 1MB alignment.
|
| 1.128 | 22-Dec-2009 |
dsl | Editing partitions larger than 1TB works better if 'decimal' returns
64 bit integer values!
|
| 1.127 | 20-Dec-2009 |
dsl | Add a large comment about disk geometries.
Rename (with #defines) the variables use for aligning partitions to
separate them from the bios geometry.
All in advance of allowing other partition alignments (eg 2048 sectors).
|
| 1.126 | 17-Dec-2009 |
pooka | Use implicit -F for regular files, much like disklabel(8).
|
| 1.125 | 04-Nov-2009 |
dsl | Allow MB, GB and CYL (not just M, G and C) and lower case.
Don't output a splurious 'd' before "cyl".
Fixes PR/37414.
Patch in PR is wrong!
|
| 1.124 | 31-Oct-2009 |
dsl | Make absence of /usr/mdec/mbr only a warning.
Fixes PR/26510
|
| 1.123 | 05-Aug-2009 |
dsl | Change arguments to decimal() to be int64_t.
They need to be able to hold disk sector numbers > 2^31 and also -1.
Should fix PR/34807
|
| 1.122 | 02-Jun-2009 |
christos | make this compile one non mbr machines (move #define to the general section)
|
| 1.121 | 01-Jun-2009 |
christos | Delete GPT partitions if we overwrite with MBR to avoid confusion with disks
that have both MBR and a secondary left over GPT partition signature. From
Mike M. Volokhov
|
| 1.120 | 20-Apr-2009 |
drochner | also fix a comment wrt use of the csysid/cstart/csize vars
|
| 1.119 | 20-Apr-2009 |
sborrill | When using -s flag, read start and size as unsigned to allow for larger
disks. (Thanks to drochner@ for catching it).
|
| 1.118 | 06-Apr-2009 |
lukem | fix sign-compare issues
|
| 1.117 | 18-Jan-2009 |
apb | branches: 1.117.2;
Remove local definitions of PRIxxxx macros in favour of the
centralised definitions from tools/compat/compat_defs.h, which
are included via nbtool_config.h.
|
| 1.116 | 09-Mar-2008 |
tnn | branches: 1.116.6;
mbr_dsn is unsigned, print it as such.
|
| 1.115 | 25-Jan-2008 |
dsl | branches: 1.115.2; 1.115.4;
Add support for mbr code with ascii keycodes
|
| 1.114 | 20-Jan-2008 |
tsutsui | - add a sanity check to avoid possible division by zero
- adjust sector numbers _after_ "Sanity check the data against all zeroes"
Should close PR bin/37656.
|
| 1.113 | 23-Dec-2007 |
apb | Track zero is not strictly reserved for the BIOS, that's just a
convention, so don't make it an error in check_overlap(). Sector 0 is
reserved for the MBR, so make that an error in check_overlap().
|
| 1.112 | 23-Dec-2007 |
apb | Report the first active partition.
|
| 1.111 | 23-Dec-2007 |
apb | If the partition is unused, then attempting to decode the PBR would
actually decode the MBR from sector 0 of the disk. Don't do it if
v_flag < 3.
|
| 1.110 | 29-Nov-2007 |
dsl | branches: 1.110.2;
Make this compile without -Wno-pointer-sign
(Needs updated bootblock.h)
|
| 1.109 | 29-Nov-2007 |
dsl | Change -F to not use opendisk().
Don't change default to the boot volume until after we've found we aren't
doing -F.
For tool-fdisk enforce -F and use #defines to make code that can no
longer possibly execute compile.
|
| 1.108 | 18-Nov-2007 |
apb | Remove unwanted ">" from a printed message.
|
| 1.107 | 28-Oct-2007 |
tsutsui | Don't print Drive serial number if -S (setting shell variables) is specified.
|
| 1.106 | 04-Sep-2007 |
tls | This program is a host tool, so when we use newfangled C features like
PRIxyz we have to ensure it still builds on hosts with Old compilers.
Noticed while building a cross-toolchain on FreeBSD 4.
|
| 1.105 | 05-Jul-2007 |
dsl | branches: 1.105.4;
Preserve the mbr 'driver serial number' when copying in the netbsd
mbr code. Should leave windows vista bootable.
Print the dsn from the mbr, not each pbr.
|
| 1.104 | 26-Apr-2007 |
christos | PR/36223: Milos Negovanovic: Don't ask if we want to install mbr_bootselect
with -f.
|
| 1.103 | 10-Mar-2007 |
apb | Try to check whether each partition is bootable. If not,
always print an error message. If bootable and -v flag was
specified, print a success message. If -v flag was specified
more than once, also try to decode more information from
the PBR.
Input from dsl and bad.
|
| 1.102 | 25-Nov-2006 |
dsl | branches: 1.102.2;
Report the last sector number of a partition, instead of that of the first
of the next - with appropriate discarding of the head/sector values
if the partition is cylinder aligned.
Fixes PR 26921
|
| 1.101 | 02-Jun-2006 |
christos | PR/33633: Yoshito Komatsu: /sbin/fdisk does not work
Downgrade error getting heads to a warning.
|
| 1.100 | 21-May-2006 |
christos | PR/33522: Peter Bex: Sanity checks to avoid zerodivide.
|
| 1.99 | 18-Mar-2006 |
dsl | Appease Coverty CID 7449. Avoid close(-1) in error path.
|
| 1.98 | 17-Mar-2006 |
rumble | Check for allocation failures in malloc, calloc, realloc, asprintf, and
vasprintf and try to handle them.
|
| 1.97 | 14-Feb-2006 |
dyoung | So that we can build a full-featured fdisk cross-tool with -DBOOTSEL,
condition the definition of DEFAULT_BOOTxxx variables and SCAN_xxx
on defined(BOOTSEL), instead of defined(__i386__) || defined(__x86_64__).
While I'm here, only build get_diskname in the same conditions as
get_geometry is built, since only the latter calls the former.
|
| 1.96 | 29-Jan-2006 |
dsl | Byteswap the constant MBR_{BS_}MAGIC throughout, should genetate better code.
Except that non all architectures have that optimisation :-(
|
| 1.95 | 07-Oct-2005 |
uwe | PRI* macros should not contain percent sign.
While here, conditionalise use of "lld" for PRId64 on HAVE_LONG_LONG.
|
| 1.94 | 07-Oct-2005 |
dogcow | Fix cross-compilation on FreeBSD 4.x (and other OSes) where PRId64 isn't
defined.
|
| 1.93 | 27-Aug-2005 |
uwe | When building as host tool don't include "../../include/util.h".
opendisk() declared in that file is not used in this case anyway, and
<util.h> pulls in unwatned includes (e.g. <utmpx.h> doesn't exist on
FreeBSD 4.*).
|
| 1.92 | 27-Jun-2005 |
christos | Move WARNS=3 to the Makefile.inc, and add a little const to the remaining
programs that did not compile before.
|
| 1.91 | 12-Jun-2005 |
dyoung | Turn fdisk(8) into a host tool. Still todo: commit the host-tool
build infrastructure to src/tools/fdisk/.
|
| 1.90 | 12-Jun-2005 |
dyoung | For portability, use standard types: s/uint/unsigned int/,
s/ulong/unsigned long/, s/u_int8_t/uint8_t/.
|
| 1.89 | 07-Apr-2005 |
dsl | Allow partition sizes to be input in GB
|
| 1.88 | 20-Jan-2005 |
xtraeme | branches: 1.88.2;
Remove main() prototype; WARNS=2
|
| 1.87 | 18-Nov-2004 |
wiz | Fix typo in error message, reported by Nicolas Joly in PR 28347.
|
| 1.86 | 15-Nov-2004 |
christos | Use the 1st element's size as the argument to bsearch.
|
| 1.85 | 12-Nov-2004 |
christos | Use ptype table from <sys/bootblock.h>
|
| 1.84 | 10-Nov-2004 |
christos | Add 0xBF for Solaris. From Larry Lee <lclee at west.sun.com>
|
| 1.83 | 28-Oct-2004 |
dsl | Add (unsigned char) to isdigit() calls
|
| 1.82 | 12-Sep-2004 |
dsl | Fix intuit_translated_geometry() calculation.
From Izumi Tsutsui in PR bin/26917
|
| 1.81 | 30-Jul-2004 |
dbj | check sysctl error return on both calls.
this prevents sysctl from coredumping if the second call fails while the
first succeeds. This isn't supposed to happen, but there is another bug
in the i386 kernel implementation of sysctl machdep.diskinfo that excites this
|
| 1.80 | 19-May-2004 |
dyoung | Insert missing space so fdisk prints "primary partition table
invalid, no magic in sector 0", not "primarypartition ...".
|
| 1.79 | 10-May-2004 |
dsl | Use the disk size from the device driver, not the bios when checking
whether partitions are valid.
Stops problems with broken BIOS, fixes PR bin/25491
|
| 1.78 | 08-May-2004 |
dsl | Don't output the 'Installed bootfile doesn't support required options'
message when we are updating the mbr code because the user did fdisk -i ...
|
| 1.77 | 24-Mar-2004 |
lukem | branches: 1.77.2;
Only examine mbr_bootsel* #ifdef BOOTSEL.
Noted on current-users@ by Markus Hennecke.
|
| 1.76 | 22-Mar-2004 |
lukem | Move mbr_bootsel from offset 404 to offset 400 in struct mbr_sector to
leave 4 bytes for the Windows NT Drive Serial Number (DSN) at 440-443
(as mbr_sector.mbr_dsn).
Ensure that all the MBR & PBR code reserves space for mbr_sector.mbr_dsn.
Leave the bootsel magic number at 444-445 as mbr_sector.mbr_bootsel_magic
(instead of mbr_sector.mbr_bootsel.mbrbs_magic), but use 0xb5e1 (MBR_BS_MAGIC)
instead of 0xaa55 (MBR_MAGIC) to indicate that this change has occurred.
Rework MBR_BS_NEWMBR to mean "mbr_bootsel has moved to 400".
Modify fdisk(8) to automatically relocate the mbr_bootsel from 404 to 400
if mbr_bootsel_magic is the old value (0xaa55), and unset MBR_BS_NEWMBR
to flag that new mbr_bootsel code must be used if updating the MBR.
These changes fixes a problem where Windows 2000 or Windows XP would corrupt
the last 3 bytes + NUL of MBR partition 3's bootsel name if the bootsel name
was 5 characters long, replacing bytes 6-9 with the DSN.
Also, by explicitly reserving the space for the DSN we prevent problems in the
future if non bootsel MBR or PBR code had other information at bytes 440-443.
|
| 1.75 | 19-Mar-2004 |
dyoung | Add flag -F, options -t disktab and -T disktype to fdisk. Flag -F
indicates that the target of the fdisk operation is a file, not a
disk. With -t and -T, the user tells fdisk the geometry for the
file If the default geometry that fdisk will "fake up" for a file
are not satisfactory, the user may tell the geometry to fdisk using
-t disktab -T disktype.
|
| 1.74 | 05-Jan-2004 |
jmmv | Homogenize usage messages: make the 'usage' word all lowercase, as this seems
to be the most common practice in our tree.
|
| 1.73 | 21-Nov-2003 |
lukem | Add "DISK" to -S output.
|
| 1.72 | 11-Oct-2003 |
lukem | unconditionally #define DEFAULT_BOOTDIR. should fix non-x86 builds
|
| 1.71 | 08-Oct-2003 |
lukem | Overhaul MBR handling (part 1):
<sys/bootblock.h>:
* Added definitions for the Master Boot Record (MBR) used by
a variety of systems (primarily i386), including the format
of the BIOS Parameter Block (BPB).
This information was cribbed from a variety of sources
including <sys/disklabel_mbr.h> which this is a superset of.
As part of this, some data structure elements and #defines
were renamed to be more "namespace friendly" and consistent
with other bootblocks and MBR documentation.
Update all uses of the old names to the new names.
<sys/disklabel_mbr.h>:
* Deprecated in favor of <sys/bootblock.h> (the latter is more
"host tool" friendly).
amd64 & i386:
* Renamed /usr/mdec/bootxx_dosfs to /usr/mdec/bootxx_msdos, to
be consistent with the naming convention of the msdosfs tools.
* Removed /usr/mdec/bootxx_ufs, as it's equivalent to bootxx_ffsv1
and it's confusing to have two functionally equivalent bootblocks,
especially given that "ufs" has multiple meanings (it could be
a synonym for "ffs", or the group of ffs/lfs/ext2fs file systems).
* Rework pbr.S (the first sector of bootxx_*):
+ Ensure that BPB (bytes 11..89) and the partition table
(bytes 446..509) do not contain code.
+ Add support for booting from FAT partitions if BOOT_FROM_FAT
is defined. (Only set for bootxx_msdos).
+ Remove "dummy" partition 3; if people want to installboot(8)
these to the start of the disk they can use fdisk(8) to
create a real MBR partition table...
+ Compile with TERSE_ERROR so it fits because of the above.
Whilst this is less user friendly, I feel it's important
to have a valid partition table and BPB in the MBR/PBR.
* Renamed /usr/mdec/biosboot to /usr/mdec/boot, to be consistent
with other platforms.
* Enable SUPPORT_DOSFS in /usr/mdec/boot (stage2), so that
we can boot off FAT partitions.
* Crank version of /usr/mdec/boot to 3.1, and fix some of the other
entries in the version file.
installboot(8) (i386):
* Read the existing MBR of the filesystem and retain the BIOS
Parameter Block (BPB) in bytes 11..89 and the MBR partition
table in bytes 446..509. (Previously installboot(8) would
trash those two sections of the MBR.)
mbrlabel(8):
* Use sys/lib/libkern/xlat_mbr_fstype.c instead of homegrown code
to map the MBR partition type to the NetBSD disklabel type.
Test built "make release" for i386, and new bootblocks verified to work
(even off FAT!).
|
| 1.70 | 19-Sep-2003 |
itojun | realloc pedant
|
| 1.69 | 29-Aug-2003 |
dsl | Define and use PRIdaddr for printing disk block numbers.
Should fix bin/22638 for compilation on amd64.
|
| 1.68 | 10-Aug-2003 |
dsl | Put cylinder number 1023 into the mbr for sectors beyond the CHS limit
(rather than encoding the highest CHS addressable sector).
|
| 1.67 | 14-Jul-2003 |
dsl | Fix code that detects bios geometry from mbr table.
|
| 1.66 | 07-Jul-2003 |
dsl | Only look at each pair of CHS values once when trying to guess geometry.
|
| 1.65 | 17-May-2003 |
itojun | asprintf is easier
|
| 1.64 | 14-May-2003 |
dsl | delete a diagnostic printf that was accidentally left in
|
| 1.63 | 01-May-2003 |
bjh21 | Remove some unused variabled from get_params_to_use() in the !i386 && !amd64
case.
|
| 1.62 | 30-Apr-2003 |
dsl | Rototilled fdisk that supports:
- editing of the extended partition list
- user friendly default start/size for new partitions
- partition start/size input in sectors, cylinders or MB
- bootsel menu names configured with paritition bounds
- partition update loop asks used which partition to change
(instead of asking about each partition in turn).
- detection (and erroring) of overlapped partitions.
- automatic installation of correct mbr_xxx code (after prompting user)
|
| 1.61 | 30-Apr-2003 |
dsl | Move some definitions from fdisk.c to disklabel_mbr.h so they don't have
to be duplicated elsewhere (eg in mbr.S).
Modify fdisk.c so that it builds with the new disklabel.h
|
| 1.60 | 01-Apr-2003 |
fvdl | Fix range check for the default boot option case.
|
| 1.59 | 10-Jan-2003 |
jmmv | Print missing newline in two bootselector-related messages. Approved by wiz.
|
| 1.58 | 30-Nov-2002 |
fvdl | Enable bootselector code for x86_64.
XXX the ifdef-ed parts should be split off into a seperate file.
|
| 1.57 | 24-Nov-2002 |
fvdl | Avoid format warning for off_t printf.
|
| 1.56 | 08-Oct-2002 |
jdarrow | Make the -l flage more useful, by actually printing the systype number
alongside the sysid string (instead of just the array index of the
struct part_type they are found in).
Now fdisk -l shows the familiar 169 for NetBSD, 165 for FreeBSD or
386BSD or old NetBSD, and other possibly-familiar (131 for Linux native,
015 for Ext. Partition - LBA) values in with their correct numbers.
|
| 1.55 | 27-Sep-2002 |
dbj | add partition type 0xaf for Apple HFS.
|
| 1.54 | 08-Aug-2002 |
soren | Clean up printf->err conversions.
|
| 1.53 | 05-Jun-2002 |
yamt | exit on EOF from stdin.
|
| 1.52 | 03-Apr-2002 |
thorpej | branches: 1.52.2;
Build fdisk(8) on netwinder.
|
| 1.51 | 26-Mar-2002 |
christos | nicer printing.
|
| 1.50 | 26-Mar-2002 |
christos | PR/16073: Jachym _Freza_ Holecek: Add the ability to list known partition types.
While I am here, KNF a bit.
|
| 1.49 | 04-Mar-2002 |
dbj | add "Apple UFS" and "Apple Boot" partition ids used by Darwin
|
| 1.48 | 07-Nov-2001 |
lukem | if sysctl kern.root_device is availalbe, use that the default device
(rather than /dev/rwd0d). display the disk device used when printing
the partition table.
|
| 1.47 | 01-Nov-2001 |
lukem | opendisk(3) checks the device type for us
|
| 1.46 | 16-Apr-2001 |
lukem | add fix by Minoura Makoto to correctly support recursive extended partitions.
the offset of an extended sub-partition is the offset of the top-level
extended partition, not the partition before it (this is annoying, and
makes `clean' recursive mbr descent difficult). fixes PRs 11829 and 12677.
|
| 1.45 | 24-Dec-2000 |
lukem | use MBR_IS_EXTENDED() instead of local test (which was missing a test case)
|
| 1.44 | 19-Dec-2000 |
lukem | * Recursively print out extended partition entries. An extended partition is
effectively an MBR with it's own partition table which contains another
4 `slots', each of which can be another extended partition...
This involved reworking some of the internal functions.
* Use off_t appropriately (so we can manipulate sectors past 4GB).
* Tweak to compile with WARNS=2
|
| 1.43 | 19-Dec-2000 |
lukem | convert to ANSI KNF
|
| 1.42 | 06-Jul-2000 |
thorpej | When fetching the disk's hardware geometry, first attempt the
DIOCGDEFLABEL ioctl, then fall back onto the DIOCGDINFO ioctl
if that fails. This ensures that we will get the actual hardware
geometry info rather than any bogus info that might have been
previously written to the disk's label area.
|
| 1.41 | 14-Jun-2000 |
wiz | branches: 1.41.2;
Fix QNX partition IDs, confirmed by looking at FreeBSD's fdisk.
Note: 77 == 0x4d
|
| 1.40 | 27-May-2000 |
fvdl | Truncate the CHS values correctly in case a partition boundary exceeds
their range.
|
| 1.39 | 31-Jan-2000 |
soda | branches: 1.39.2;
Build fdisk also on arc
|
| 1.38 | 06-Sep-1999 |
soren | Update usage().
Prevent buffer overflows when configuring boot selector.
Cycle through partitions when entering boot names.
Use '<UNUSED>' consistently.
Reviewed by: fvdl
|
| 1.37 | 04-Jun-1999 |
thorpej | Make sure the boot selector actually gets updated if you only change
the timeout and/or the default menu choice.
|
| 1.36 | 02-May-1999 |
fvdl | Make check if we need int13 extensions for the bootselector more correct.
|
| 1.35 | 28-Apr-1999 |
fvdl | Only use int13 extensions if the sectors can not be read through the
older CHS interface. This works around stupid BIOSs who report that
int13 extensions are present and functional, but fail when you actually
use them. Like Adaptec SCSI BIOSs.
For the bootselector, there was no space to get the CHS info from
the BIOS. Instead, use a flag that can be set by fdisk. fdisk will
set it if one of the partitions on the disk is out of CHS reach
for this disk/BIOS, so that the bootselector will use int13 extensions.
This isn't so bad, because it needs to be configured via fdisk anyway.
Change the mbr manualpage to reflect some shorter error messages.
|
| 1.34 | 17-Apr-1999 |
fvdl | Make the bootselector configurable by fdisk. Add a -B flag to this
effect (i386 only of course). Also change one branch in the
bootselector code to an explicit 16 bit one, and check both
the boot menu and partition tables to see if the partition
requested by the user should be booted. This check just in case,
should the bootselector menu and partition table get out of sync
somehow. (mmm, bytesqueezing)
|
| 1.33 | 09-Feb-1999 |
perry | branches: 1.33.2;
add BeOS entry, from URA Hiroshi, PR 6974
|
| 1.32 | 27-Jan-1999 |
thorpej | Use <sys/disklabel_mbr.h>.
|
| 1.31 | 08-Nov-1998 |
jonathan | Set otherwise-unused global variable `disksectors' to disklabel.d_secperunit.
Change fdisk -S to emit disksectors as DLSIZE (for benefit of sysinst.)
|
| 1.30 | 15-Oct-1998 |
ws | Separate master bootcode from fdisk.
|
| 1.29 | 02-Oct-1998 |
ws | Completely zero out a partition table entry,
if type, start and size are given as zero.
|
| 1.28 | 28-Sep-1998 |
ws | Automagically initialize boot code and partition table if not yet valid.
Don't touch the partition table on -i, if previously valid.
|
| 1.27 | 10-Aug-1998 |
rvb | Dont report more than 1023 cylinders for DOS/BIOS because
the code below will truncate to a 10 bit field. This
can cause major problems later for DOS.
|
| 1.26 | 25-Feb-1998 |
drochner | Use the new NetBSD partition ID for first time setup of an MBR.
|
| 1.25 | 19-Feb-1998 |
drochner | Add new NetBSD partition ID.
Update information about partition types - add missing types, insert
"reserved" for IDs which are marked as "officially reserved" in other
lists.
Sources of information:
-"How it Works -- Partition Tables" by Hale Landis <hlandis@ibm.net>
-Ralph Brown's interrupt list
|
| 1.24 | 07-Feb-1998 |
ghudson | When estimating the number of cylinders in the BIOS geometry, use the
total number of sectors as reported by disklabel.d_secperunit rather
than multiplying out the disklabel geometry, which is less accurate.
|
| 1.23 | 02-Feb-1998 |
mikel | Don't print "DOS partition initialized" if -S set; from Nathan
Williams in PR bin/4893.
|
| 1.22 | 22-Dec-1997 |
enami | Add missing cast. This is a minimum fix to avoid overflow which causes
core dumps with some disk geometry.
|
| 1.21 | 30-Sep-1997 |
phil | branches: 1.21.2;
Backout the prototype of opendisk().
|
| 1.20 | 30-Sep-1997 |
phil | Prototype opendisk().
|
| 1.19 | 25-Sep-1997 |
lukem | switch to using opendisk(3) from libutil
|
| 1.18 | 14-Sep-1997 |
lukem | * support ``short'' names of disks (e.g, ``sd0'') instead of requiring
the full name (e.g, ``/dev/rsd0d'') a la disklabel(8) (where the code
was effectively lifted from ;-)
* prefix hexadecimal numbers in output with '0x'
|
| 1.17 | 11-Sep-1997 |
phil | Don't print some things if -f flag given.
|
| 1.16 | 05-Sep-1997 |
phil | -- add -b flag for setting fdisk's idea of BIOS geometry from command line
-- cleanup so WARNS=1 works
-- man page updated to reality.
|
| 1.15 | 11-Aug-1997 |
phil | Upgrade for non-interactive use. Interactive use is nearly unchanged.
-i no longer implies -u, -i now does not use the entire first track
because some BIOSes refuse to boot from a partition in the first track.
-s renamed to -S, new -s for non-interactive setting of a partition's
id, offset and size. Updated documentation to match.
|
| 1.14 | 29-Jul-1997 |
phil | Add code for a -s flag where the output is a series of VAL=xyz lines
so /bin/sh can "eval `fdisk -s`" and get variables defined with the
fdisk information.
|
| 1.13 | 24-Jun-1997 |
perry | Add a whole lot of MBR partition types, derived from a couple of sources
including Linux.
Is there a master list of this somewhere?
|
| 1.12 | 29-Mar-1997 |
thorpej | Make this work on big-endian systems, such as the PowerPC. From
Wolfgang Solfrank <ws@tools.de>
|
| 1.11 | 04-Oct-1995 |
ghudson | Add code to look at the existing partition entries to deduce the
translated geometry of the disk. This code will only change the
disk geometry if it can find a geometry which is consistent with
all partition entries, so it's very conservative about choosing
a new disk geometry. Under some circumstances, it will choose a
number of cylinders which is a little lower than it needs to be,
but this code is enough so that you can create new partitions
with the correct physical addresses.
The right solution to this problem is to have the boot loader
communicate the BIOS geometry of each disk to the kernel, in a
manner similar to the symbol table, and then provide a kernel
interface to get at that information. I'm unfortunately not
really qualified to make such a change, and I want something
that works better than the status quo.
|
| 1.10 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.9 | 13-Jan-1995 |
mycroft | Recognize Linux file systems correctly.
|
| 1.8 | 05-Dec-1994 |
cgd | more cleanups from Jim Jegers, passed over by me.
|
| 1.7 | 20-Oct-1994 |
mycroft | Allow `partitioning' of a regaular file.
|
| 1.6 | 23-Sep-1994 |
mycroft | Remove some more uses of obsolete functions.
|
| 1.5 | 23-Sep-1994 |
mycroft | Clean up a bit more.
|
| 1.4 | 23-Sep-1994 |
mycroft | Clean this up a bit.
|
| 1.3 | 06-Dec-1993 |
cgd | 386bsd -> NetBSD
|
| 1.2 | 02-Aug-1993 |
mycroft | Add RCS identifiers, remove some completely useless RCS logs and patchkit
headers, and a few other insignificant changes.
|
| 1.1 | 09-Apr-1993 |
cgd | added a 386bsd fdisk program, by julian elischer. (patch 111)
|
| 1.21.2.4 | 16-Nov-1998 |
cgd | pull up rev 1.25 from trunk (jonathan)
|
| 1.21.2.3 | 24-Feb-1998 |
mellon | Pull up 1.24 (ghudson)
|
| 1.21.2.2 | 07-Feb-1998 |
mellon | Pull up 1.23 (mycroft)
|
| 1.21.2.1 | 22-Dec-1997 |
perry | pullup from trunk to fix coredump (enami)
|
| 1.33.2.4 | 01-Jun-2000 |
he | Pull up revision 1.40 (requested by fvdl):
Fix a booting problem when int13 extensions are used (> 8GB),
and CHS values in MBRs were written from sysinst or fdisk that
some BIOSes (Adaptec SCSI BIOS 2.20 in particular) didn't like.
|
| 1.33.2.3 | 22-Jun-1999 |
perry | pullup 1.36->1.37 (thorpej): update boot selector only if it needs updating
|
| 1.33.2.2 | 02-May-1999 |
perry | pullup 1.34->1.36 (fvdl)
|
| 1.33.2.1 | 18-Apr-1999 |
fvdl | Pull up bootselector mods, as approved by releng.
|
| 1.39.2.1 | 22-Jun-2000 |
minoura | Sync w/ netbsd-1-5-base.
|
| 1.41.2.1 | 14-Feb-2002 |
he | Pull up revision 1.42 (requested by itojun):
When fetching the disk's hardware geometry, first attempt the
DIOCGDEFLABEL ioctl, then fall back to the DIOCGDINFO ioctl.
This ensures that we will get the actual hardware geometry info
rather than any bogus info which might have been previously
written to the disk's label area.
|
| 1.52.2.3 | 02-Jun-2003 |
tron | Pull up revision 1.56 (requested by jdarrow in ticket #1206):
Make the -l flage more useful, by actually printing the systype number
alongside the sysid string (instead of just the array index of the
struct part_type they are found in).
Now fdisk -l shows the familiar 169 for NetBSD, 165 for FreeBSD or
386BSD or old NetBSD, and other possibly-familiar (131 for Linux native,
015 for Ext. Partition - LBA) values in with their correct numbers.
|
| 1.52.2.2 | 02-Jun-2003 |
tron | Pull up revision 1.55 (requested by jdarrow in ticket #1205):
add partition type 0xaf for Apple HFS.
|
| 1.52.2.1 | 11-Jan-2003 |
jmc | Pull up revisions 1.58-1.59 (requested by jmmv in ticket #1065)
Print missing newline in two bootselector-related messages.
|
| 1.77.2.2 | 01-Dec-2005 |
riz | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by tsutsui in ticket #10165):
sbin/fdisk/fdisk.c: revision 1.82 via patch
Fix intuit_translated_geometry() calculation.
From Izumi Tsutsui in PR bin/26917
|
| 1.77.2.1 | 16-Aug-2004 |
jmc | branches: 1.77.2.1.2; 1.77.2.1.4;
Pullup rev 1.81 (requested by dbj in ticket #767)
Add support to pxeboot for reading the bios disk geometry
as well as fixing several related bugs that occur when the bios
geometry is not read by the boot loader.
|
| 1.77.2.1.4.1 | 01-Dec-2005 |
riz | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by tsutsui in ticket #10165):
sbin/fdisk/fdisk.c: revision 1.82 via patch
Fix intuit_translated_geometry() calculation.
From Izumi Tsutsui in PR bin/26917
|
| 1.77.2.1.2.1 | 01-Dec-2005 |
riz | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by tsutsui in ticket #10165):
sbin/fdisk/fdisk.c: revision 1.82 via patch
Fix intuit_translated_geometry() calculation.
From Izumi Tsutsui in PR bin/26917
|
| 1.88.2.2 | 30-May-2009 |
snj | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by jnemeth in ticket #2018):
sbin/fdisk/fdisk.c: revision 1.104
PR/36223: Milos Negovanovic: Don't ask if we want to install mbr_bootselect
with -f.
|
| 1.88.2.1 | 22-Feb-2008 |
bouyer | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by tsutsui in ticket #1897):
sbin/fdisk/fdisk.c: revisions 1.100, 1.101, 1.114
PR/33522: Peter Bex: Sanity checks to avoid zerodivide.
PR/33633: Yoshito Komatsu: /sbin/fdisk does not work
Downgrade error getting heads to a warning.
- add a sanity check to avoid possible division by zero
- adjust sector numbers _after_ "Sanity check the data against all zeroes"
Should close PR bin/37656.
|
| 1.102.2.5 | 03-Feb-2008 |
riz | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by tsutsui in ticket #1053):
sbin/fdisk/fdisk.c: revision 1.107
Don't print Drive serial number if -S (setting shell variables) is specified.
|
| 1.102.2.4 | 03-Feb-2008 |
riz | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by tsutsui in ticket #1052):
sbin/fdisk/fdisk.c: revision 1.114
- add a sanity check to avoid possible division by zero
- adjust sector numbers _after_ "Sanity check the data against all zeroes"
Should close PR bin/37656.
|
| 1.102.2.3 | 24-Aug-2007 |
liamjfoy | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by dsl in ticket #832):
sbin/fdisk/fdisk.c: revision 1.105
Preserve the mbr 'driver serial number' when copying in the netbsd
mbr code. Should leave windows vista bootable.
Print the dsn from the mbr, not each pbr.
|
| 1.102.2.2 | 28-Apr-2007 |
bouyer | branches: 1.102.2.2.2;
Pull up following revision(s) (requested by christos in ticket #593):
sbin/fdisk/fdisk.c: revision 1.104
PR/36223: Milos Negovanovic: Don't ask if we want to install mbr_bootselect
with -f.
|
| 1.102.2.1 | 22-Mar-2007 |
jdc | Pull up revision 1.103 (requested by apb in ticket #513).
Try to check whether each partition is bootable. If not,
always print an error message. If bootable and -v flag was
specified, print a success message. If -v flag was specified
more than once, also try to decode more information from
the PBR.
Input from dsl and bad.
|
| 1.102.2.2.2.2 | 03-Jun-2008 |
skrll | Sync with netbsd-4.
|
| 1.102.2.2.2.1 | 03-Sep-2007 |
wrstuden | Sync w/ NetBSD-4-RC_1
|
| 1.105.4.3 | 23-Mar-2008 |
matt | sync with HEAD
|
| 1.105.4.2 | 09-Jan-2008 |
matt | sync with HEAD
|
| 1.105.4.1 | 06-Nov-2007 |
matt | sync with HEAD
|
| 1.110.2.3 | 18-Feb-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.110.2.2 | 27-Dec-2007 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.110.2.1 | 29-Nov-2007 |
mjf | file fdisk.c was added on branch mjf-devfs on 2007-12-27 00:46:56 +0000
|
| 1.115.4.1 | 03-Apr-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.115.2.1 | 24-Mar-2008 |
keiichi | sync with head.
|
| 1.116.6.3 | 09-Jan-2010 |
snj | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by dsl in ticket #1207):
sbin/fdisk/fdisk.c: revision 1.128
Editing partitions larger than 1TB works better if 'decimal' returns
64 bit integer values!
|
| 1.116.6.2 | 24-Dec-2009 |
snj | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by dsl in ticket #1201):
sbin/fdisk/fdisk.c: revision 1.123
Change arguments to decimal() to be int64_t.
They need to be able to hold disk sector numbers > 2^31 and also -1.
Should fix PR/34807
|
| 1.116.6.1 | 20-Apr-2009 |
snj | branches: 1.116.6.1.4;
Pull up following revision(s) (requested by sborrill in ticket #712):
sbin/fdisk/fdisk.c: revision 1.119
When using -s flag, read start and size as unsigned to allow for larger
disks. (Thanks to drochner@ for catching it).
|
| 1.116.6.1.4.1 | 21-Apr-2010 |
matt | sync to netbsd-5
|
| 1.117.2.1 | 13-May-2009 |
jym | Sync with HEAD.
Third (and last) commit. See http://mail-index.netbsd.org/source-changes/2009/05/13/msg221222.html
|
| 1.134.2.4 | 22-May-2014 |
yamt | sync with head.
for a reference, the tree before this commit was tagged
as yamt-pagecache-tag8.
this commit was splitted into small chunks to avoid
a limitation of cvs. ("Protocol error: too many arguments")
|
| 1.134.2.3 | 30-Oct-2012 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.134.2.2 | 23-May-2012 |
yamt | sync with head.
|
| 1.134.2.1 | 17-Apr-2012 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.138.2.1 | 12-Jun-2012 |
riz | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by tsutsui in ticket #315):
sbin/fdisk/fdisk.c: revision 1.141
sbin/fdisk/fdisk.c: revision 1.142
tools/fdisk/Makefile: revision 1.5
tools/fdisk/Makefile: revision 1.7
sbin/fdisk/Makefile: revision 1.42
Don't use "#if defined(__i386__) || defined(__x86_64__)" conditionals
in C source file to define option features.
Define proper options in each Makefile per ${MACHINE_ARCH} variable instead.
Previously if a host is x86 and it has /usr/mdec/mbr file in its system,
tools fdisk implicitly installs it as mbr bootcode even for !x86 targets.
Use ${DESTDIR}/usr/mdec for DEFAULT_BOOTDIR on tools fdisk(8)
rather than unknown build host's /usr/mdec directory.
XXX: no option to leave MBR bootcode empty on x86 targets
|
| 1.142.2.3 | 20-Aug-2014 |
tls | Rebase to HEAD as of a few days ago.
|
| 1.142.2.2 | 23-Jun-2013 |
tls | resync from head
|
| 1.142.2.1 | 25-Feb-2013 |
tls | resync with head
|
| 1.153.8.1 | 28-Aug-2018 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by sevan in ticket #993):
sbin/fdisk/fdisk.c: revision 1.155
Add missing -z flag to usage()
|
| 1.154.4.2 | 13-Apr-2020 |
martin | Mostly merge changes from HEAD upto 20200411
|
| 1.154.4.1 | 10-Jun-2019 |
christos | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.154.2.2 | 26-Nov-2018 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD, resolve a couple of conflicts
|
| 1.154.2.1 | 06-Sep-2018 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD
Resolve a couple of conflicts (result of the uimin/uimax changes)
|
| 1.161.4.1 | 02-Aug-2025 |
perseant | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.18 | 05-Jun-2009 |
haad | Add support for DIOCGDISKINFO to disk like device drivers. Change
partutil.c::getdiskinfo to use it to get disk geometry info.
Use DIOCGWEDGEINFO ioctl to get information about partition size, if disk
driver doesn't support it use old DIOCGDINFO. This patch adds support for
wedge like devices(lvm logical volumes, ZFS zvol partitions) to newfs and
other tools.
No objections on tech-userlevel@.
|
| 1.17 | 26-Aug-2006 |
christos | Programs that use efun.
|
| 1.16 | 19-Aug-2004 |
christos | Remove special case for RESCUEDIR
|
| 1.15 | 23-Aug-2002 |
lukem | if RESCUEDIR is defined, set _PATH_RESCUE to that
|
| 1.14 | 27-Sep-1996 |
christos | - Rename util.c and util.h to fsutil.c and fsutil.h to avoid conflict with
<util.h>
- Change checkfstab so that the checkit function takes the name of the
mount point too (needed by quotacheck).
- Remove globals debug, verbose and preen
|
| 1.13 | 23-Sep-1996 |
christos | - added -T fstype:fsoptions per cgd's suggestion.
- handle parallelism in preening here using the original preening code from
fsck_ffs.
- move common code from fsck_ffs and fsck_msdos here.
|
| 1.12 | 11-Sep-1996 |
christos | New version of filesystem independent fsck(8) program similar to mount(8).
|
| 1.11 | 05-Apr-1996 |
cgd | check in changes proposed in PR 2006 (approved by J.T.), to rename fsck
to fsck_ffs, so that in the future 'fsck' can be a wrapper than invokes
appropriate filesystem-specific checker programs. For now, the only
user-visible change is that the names have changed in the manual page
and in error messages; fsck and fsck.8 are now links to fsck_ffs and
fsck_ffs.8, until the rest of the transition is complete.
|
| 1.10 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.9 | 22-Dec-1994 |
cgd | specify man pages the new way.
|
| 1.8 | 30-Jun-1994 |
cgd | deal with new share/doc strategy
|
| 1.7 | 25-Jun-1994 |
cgd | update for new doc-make/install strategy
|
| 1.6 | 08-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Update from 4.4-Lite, with local changes.
|
| 1.5 | 01-Aug-1993 |
mycroft | Add RCS identifiers.
|
| 1.4 | 28-Apr-1993 |
cgd | i don't think we're in sys.386bsd any more...
|
| 1.3 | 23-Mar-1993 |
cgd | changed "Id" to "Header" for rcsids
|
| 1.2 | 22-Mar-1993 |
cgd | added rcs ids to all files
|
| 1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.3 | 16-Sep-1997 |
lukem | imported from lite-2
|
| 1.1.1.2 | 13-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Import 4.4-Lite version.
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | initial import of 386bsd-0.1 sources
|
| 1.2 | 18-Mar-1998 |
bouyer | This is now in libutil.
|
| 1.1 | 09-Oct-1997 |
bouyer | Ext2 metadata are always stored on disk in little-endian byte order,
so do byte-swapping on big-endian system. The byte-swap routines are in
fsck/bswap.c because they will also be used in fsck_ffs in future.
Tested on i386 and sparc.
|
| 1.18 | 05-Apr-1996 |
cgd | check in changes proposed in PR 2006 (approved by J.T.), to rename fsck
to fsck_ffs, so that in the future 'fsck' can be a wrapper than invokes
appropriate filesystem-specific checker programs. For now, the only
user-visible change is that the names have changed in the manual page
and in error messages; fsck and fsck.8 are now links to fsck_ffs and
fsck_ffs.8, until the rest of the transition is complete.
|
| 1.17 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.16 | 28-Dec-1994 |
mycroft | Mostly sync with CSRG.
|
| 1.15 | 05-Dec-1994 |
cgd | more cleanups from Jim Jegers, passed over by me.
|
| 1.14 | 28-Oct-1994 |
mycroft | On a recursive call to fsck_readdir() through getpathname(), don't attempt to
fix a problem that's already being fixed.
|
| 1.13 | 06-Oct-1994 |
mycroft | dircheck() shouldn't be looking at d_type or d_namlen in blank entries
*at all*. Not only is it wrong, but it causes a serious problem on
little-endian machines, since after -c2 conversion, d_type will often
be > 15.
|
| 1.12 | 23-Sep-1994 |
mycroft | Remove some more uses of obsolete functions.
|
| 1.11 | 23-Sep-1994 |
mycroft | Eliminate uses of some obsolete functions.
|
| 1.10 | 20-Sep-1994 |
mycroft | A correct fix for the byte order problem when reconnecting.
|
| 1.9 | 29-Jul-1994 |
mycroft | Fix oversight in last patch.
|
| 1.8 | 28-Jul-1994 |
mycroft | Fix byte-order problem with directory entry creation.
|
| 1.7 | 08-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | branches: 1.7.2;
Update from 4.4-Lite, with local changes.
|
| 1.6 | 25-Apr-1994 |
cgd | need <sys/time.h>
|
| 1.5 | 05-Nov-1993 |
mycroft | Patch from Bruce Evans to deal with file names with NULs in them.
|
| 1.4 | 01-Aug-1993 |
mycroft | Add RCS identifiers.
|
| 1.3 | 23-Mar-1993 |
cgd | changed "Id" to "Header" for rcsids
|
| 1.2 | 22-Mar-1993 |
cgd | added rcs ids to all files
|
| 1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.3 | 16-Sep-1997 |
lukem | imported from lite-2
|
| 1.1.1.2 | 13-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Import 4.4-Lite version.
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | initial import of 386bsd-0.1 sources
|
| 1.7.2.5 | 07-Nov-1994 |
cgd | for patch #2
|
| 1.7.2.4 | 06-Oct-1994 |
mycroft | dircheck() shouldn't be looking at d_type or d_namlen in blank entries
*at all*. Not only is it wrong, but it causes a serious problem on
little-endian machines, since after -c2 conversion, d_type will often
be > 15.
|
| 1.7.2.3 | 20-Sep-1994 |
mycroft | A correct fix for the byte order problem when reconnecting.
|
| 1.7.2.2 | 29-Jul-1994 |
cgd | from trunk.
|
| 1.7.2.1 | 28-Jul-1994 |
cgd | from trunk.
|
| 1.3 | 21-Jun-2015 |
dholland | add missing rcsid
|
| 1.2 | 28-Apr-2008 |
martin | Remove clause 3 and 4 from TNF licenses
|
| 1.1 | 23-Feb-2008 |
christos | branches: 1.1.2; 1.1.4; 1.1.6; 1.1.8;
Make sure that the exit values are always sane, and use symbolic instead
of magic constants. Reviewed by go@
|
| 1.1.8.1 | 18-May-2008 |
yamt | sync with head.
|
| 1.1.6.3 | 02-Jun-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.1.6.2 | 03-Apr-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.1.6.1 | 23-Feb-2008 |
mjf | file exitvalues.h was added on branch mjf-devfs2 on 2008-04-03 13:54:10 +0000
|
| 1.1.4.2 | 24-Mar-2008 |
keiichi | sync with head.
|
| 1.1.4.1 | 23-Feb-2008 |
keiichi | file exitvalues.h was added on branch keiichi-mipv6 on 2008-03-24 07:14:48 +0000
|
| 1.1.2.2 | 23-Mar-2008 |
matt | sync with HEAD
|
| 1.1.2.1 | 23-Feb-2008 |
matt | file exitvalues.h was added on branch matt-armv6 on 2008-03-23 00:44:23 +0000
|
| 1.7 | 27-Sep-1996 |
christos | - Rename util.c and util.h to fsutil.c and fsutil.h to avoid conflict with
<util.h>
- Change checkfstab so that the checkit function takes the name of the
mount point too (needed by quotacheck).
- Remove globals debug, verbose and preen
|
| 1.6 | 23-Sep-1996 |
christos | - added -T fstype:fsoptions per cgd's suggestion.
- handle parallelism in preening here using the original preening code from
fsck_ffs.
- move common code from fsck_ffs and fsck_msdos here.
|
| 1.5 | 05-Apr-1996 |
cgd | check in changes proposed in PR 2006 (approved by J.T.), to rename fsck
to fsck_ffs, so that in the future 'fsck' can be a wrapper than invokes
appropriate filesystem-specific checker programs. For now, the only
user-visible change is that the names have changed in the manual page
and in error messages; fsck and fsck.8 are now links to fsck_ffs and
fsck_ffs.8, until the rest of the transition is complete.
|
| 1.4 | 12-Apr-1995 |
mycroft | Set the clean flag if necessary. If preening, don't check `clean' file
systems.
|
| 1.3 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.2 | 06-Dec-1994 |
cgd | adjust; from jimj.
|
| 1.1 | 05-Dec-1994 |
cgd | more cleanups from Jim Jegers, passed over by me.
|
| 1.41 | 18-Apr-2020 |
sevan | grammar
|
| 1.40 | 11-Sep-2016 |
wiz | branches: 1.40.14;
file system police.
|
| 1.39 | 11-Sep-2016 |
sevan | Document the version fsck first appeared.
Bump date.
|
| 1.38 | 28-Apr-2011 |
wiz | New sentence, new line. Sort sections.
|
| 1.37 | 18-Feb-2010 |
wiz | Use Dq for double quotes; remove trailing whitespace.
|
| 1.36 | 17-Feb-2010 |
christos | Add -x <mountpoint> ``exclude'' option.
|
| 1.35 | 21-Oct-2009 |
snj | Remove 3rd and 4th clauses in christos' license. OK christos.
|
| 1.34 | 24-Feb-2008 |
reed | Fix typo.
|
| 1.33 | 23-Feb-2008 |
christos | Say what our exit values mean (this is not correct right now, because not
all fsck programs have been fixed but it will be soon).
|
| 1.32 | 23-Feb-2007 |
rumble | branches: 1.32.4; 1.32.10; 1.32.12;
Cross-reference fsck_lfs and fsck_ext2fs.
|
| 1.31 | 19-Jan-2005 |
wiz | Sort options.
|
| 1.30 | 13-Jan-2005 |
christos | Add a progress meter to fsck_ffs based on the work by thorpej presented
to the mailing lists last January. This is optional.
|
| 1.29 | 20-Oct-2003 |
dsl | Add a -q (quiet) option to print nothing for clean filesystems.
Support in fsck_ffs and stub in fsck_xxx.
Push a few more messages through pwarn() instead of printf() to ensure
disk name is shown.
|
| 1.28 | 25-Feb-2003 |
wiz | .Nm does not need a dummy argument ("") before punctuation or
for correct formatting of the SYNOPSIS any longer.
|
| 1.27 | 01-Oct-2002 |
wiz | New sentence, new line. By Robert Elz with minimal fixes.
|
| 1.26 | 20-Dec-2001 |
soren | Sync getopt() / man page with actual getopt options.
|
| 1.25 | 16-Nov-2001 |
wiz | Sort SEE ALSO.
|
| 1.24 | 18-Jun-2001 |
lukem | - Don't attempt to fsck a file system that is mounted read-write unless -f
(force) is given. fsck(8) will return with a zero exit status if "fsck -p"
is used in this circumstance, but all other invocations (e.g, "fsck",
"fsck /filesystem", "fsck -p /filesystem") will return with a non-zero exit
status in this circumstance.
Per discussions with various people including Bill Sommerfeld.
- Use "file system" instead of "filesystem"
|
| 1.23 | 18-Jun-2001 |
lukem | -d is always compiled in; there's no specific #define to remove it
|
| 1.22 | 05-Jun-2001 |
wiz | Drop arguments of .Os.
|
| 1.21 | 03-Apr-2001 |
wiz | Xref exit 3, not 2. Whitespace fixes while I'm here.
|
| 1.20 | 07-Mar-2001 |
fair | Clarify the description of "preen" mode, per PR 12110
|
| 1.19 | 10-Mar-1999 |
erh | branches: 1.19.12;
Add missing .El
|
| 1.18 | 07-Mar-1999 |
mycroft | Clean up SYNOPSIS formatting.
|
| 1.17 | 09-Nov-1996 |
perry | Fix more cosmetic problems -- changed .Nm fsck to just .Nm (thats the
whole point of the .Nm macro), replaced naked "fsck"s with .Nm's,
fixed another "the the", and .Dq'ed the "no" in the -t
description. Note that the description of -t is still ambiguous --
needs to be cleaned up by someone like Christos that actually knows it
well.
|
| 1.16 | 09-Nov-1996 |
lukem | fixed typos, from SAITOH Masanobu <msaitoh@spa.is.uec.ac.jp> in [misc/2924]
|
| 1.15 | 22-Oct-1996 |
christos | - Move some pieces from the fsck_ffs manual page that are appropriate for
fsck now.
- Correct the usage.
|
| 1.14 | 03-Oct-1996 |
christos | Document -f flag.
|
| 1.13 | 23-Sep-1996 |
christos | - added -T fstype:fsoptions per cgd's suggestion.
- handle parallelism in preening here using the original preening code from
fsck_ffs.
- move common code from fsck_ffs and fsck_msdos here.
|
| 1.12 | 11-Sep-1996 |
christos | New version of filesystem independent fsck(8) program similar to mount(8).
|
| 1.11 | 05-Apr-1996 |
cgd | check in changes proposed in PR 2006 (approved by J.T.), to rename fsck
to fsck_ffs, so that in the future 'fsck' can be a wrapper than invokes
appropriate filesystem-specific checker programs. For now, the only
user-visible change is that the names have changed in the manual page
and in error messages; fsck and fsck.8 are now links to fsck_ffs and
fsck_ffs.8, until the rest of the transition is complete.
|
| 1.10 | 12-Jul-1995 |
cgd | implement a 'force check' flag, '-f'. I used the SunOS name, but the Digital
semantics. now:
(1) dirty file systems will always be checked; nothing new there.
(2) if not '-f' clean file systems will _NEVER_ be checked,
i.e. they won't be checked even if -p isn't specified. This
allows one to 'fsck -p ; fsck' to preen, then clean up
anything that 'fsck -p' barfs on, without waiting for the
clean file systems to be checked again.
(3) if '-f' clean file systems will ALWAYS be checked. This
allows people to put 'fsck -fp' into /etc/rc on systems
where they're leery of the FS clean flag state, need
the extra reliability, and can afford time 'wasted'
in checks.
The assumption made here is that if a file system is marked clean, it
_IS CLEAN_, really, and shouldn't be checked unless fsck is explicitly
told to (with -f). This should be a valid assumption, but may not be in
the presence of file system bugs. Documentation updated to note '-f'.
|
| 1.9 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.8 | 28-Dec-1994 |
mycroft | Mostly sync with CSRG.
|
| 1.7 | 08-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Update from 4.4-Lite, with local changes.
|
| 1.6 | 13-Apr-1994 |
deraadt | typo
|
| 1.5 | 05-Aug-1993 |
jtc | Updated to -mandoc macros.
|
| 1.4 | 01-Aug-1993 |
mycroft | Add RCS indentifiers.
|
| 1.3 | 23-Mar-1993 |
cgd | changed "Id" to "Header" for rcsids
|
| 1.2 | 22-Mar-1993 |
cgd | added rcs ids to all files
|
| 1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.3 | 16-Sep-1997 |
lukem | imported from lite-2
|
| 1.1.1.2 | 13-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Import 4.4-Lite version.
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | initial import of 386bsd-0.1 sources
|
| 1.19.12.1 | 04-Apr-2001 |
he | Pull up revision 1.21 (requested by wiz):
Some whitespace fixes.
|
| 1.32.12.1 | 03-Apr-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.32.10.1 | 24-Mar-2008 |
keiichi | sync with head.
|
| 1.32.4.1 | 23-Mar-2008 |
matt | sync with HEAD
|
| 1.40.14.1 | 21-Apr-2020 |
martin | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.53 | 24-Jan-2023 |
mlelstv | Use opendisk when looking for filesystem type, otherwise the detection
only works if the correct device path is given as an argument.
|
| 1.52 | 25-Oct-2014 |
mlelstv | branches: 1.52.26;
fix logic that handles command line arguments. Now you can:
fsck /mnt/point
fsck dkX
fsck rdkX
fsck /dev/dkX
fsck /dev/rdkX
fsck NAME=wedge
|
| 1.51 | 07-Apr-2012 |
christos | branches: 1.51.10;
use getfsspecname()
|
| 1.50 | 27-Aug-2011 |
joerg | branches: 1.50.2;
Use __dead and __printflike.
|
| 1.49 | 24-Feb-2010 |
hannken | Dont pass option -x down to fsck_xxxfs.
Hi christos ...
|
| 1.48 | 17-Feb-2010 |
christos | Add -x <mountpoint> ``exclude'' option.
|
| 1.47 | 23-Feb-2008 |
christos | Make sure that the exit values are always sane, and use symbolic instead
of magic constants. Reviewed by go@
|
| 1.46 | 17-Jul-2007 |
christos | branches: 1.46.4; 1.46.10; 1.46.12;
kill MFSNAMELEN
|
| 1.45 | 13-Dec-2006 |
christos | Sprinkle volatile, instead of using the (void)&foo; which does not work on
gcc 4.
|
| 1.44 | 16-Oct-2006 |
christos | - add volatile
- static before const
|
| 1.43 | 26-Aug-2006 |
christos | Programs that use efun.
|
| 1.42 | 20-Mar-2006 |
christos | Coverity CID 1745: Fix memory leak.
|
| 1.41 | 27-Jun-2005 |
christos | Move WARNS=3 to the Makefile.inc, and add a little const to the remaining
programs that did not compile before.
|
| 1.40 | 19-Jan-2005 |
xtraeme | Add 'P' (progress meter flag) to getopt()'s optstring, remove
main() prototype.
|
| 1.39 | 19-Jan-2005 |
wiz | Sync usage with reality.
|
| 1.38 | 13-Jan-2005 |
christos | When we run with 'fsck -f -n' we should go over all the filesystems, not
exit on the first one that fails. Add a new flag CHECK_NOFIX so that we
specify -n, we keep going.
|
| 1.37 | 13-Jan-2005 |
christos | Add a progress meter to fsck_ffs based on the work by thorpej presented
to the mailing lists last January. This is optional.
|
| 1.36 | 25-Sep-2004 |
thorpej | Try the DIOCGWEDGEINFO ioctl first. If that succeeds (i.e. the block
device is a wedge), use the partition type string from the dkwedge_info
structure to get the file system type.
|
| 1.35 | 19-Aug-2004 |
christos | Deal with RESCUEDIR
|
| 1.34 | 21-Apr-2004 |
christos | Replace the statfs() family of system calls with statvfs().
Retain binary compatibility.
|
| 1.33 | 20-Mar-2004 |
christos | Remove my license.
|
| 1.32 | 05-Jan-2004 |
jmmv | Homogenize usage messages: make the 'usage' word all lowercase, as this seems
to be the most common practice in our tree.
|
| 1.31 | 20-Oct-2003 |
dsl | Add a -q (quiet) option to print nothing for clean filesystems.
Support in fsck_ffs and stub in fsck_xxx.
Push a few more messages through pwarn() instead of printf() to ensure
disk name is shown.
|
| 1.30 | 07-Aug-2003 |
agc | Move UCB-licensed code from 4-clause to 3-clause licence.
Patches provided by Joel Baker in PR 22308, verified by myself.
|
| 1.29 | 23-Aug-2002 |
lukem | if _PATH_RESCUE is defined, try that before _PATH_SBIN & _PATH_USRSBIN
|
| 1.28 | 20-Dec-2001 |
soren | Sync getopt() / man page with actual getopt options.
|
| 1.27 | 01-Nov-2001 |
lukem | fix a couple of -Wshadow warnings
|
| 1.26 | 18-Jun-2001 |
lukem | - Don't attempt to fsck a file system that is mounted read-write unless -f
(force) is given. fsck(8) will return with a zero exit status if "fsck -p"
is used in this circumstance, but all other invocations (e.g, "fsck",
"fsck /filesystem", "fsck -p /filesystem") will return with a non-zero exit
status in this circumstance.
Per discussions with various people including Bill Sommerfeld.
- Use "file system" instead of "filesystem"
|
| 1.25 | 18-Jun-2001 |
lukem | ansi knf
|
| 1.24 | 18-Jun-2001 |
lukem | use TAILQ_xxx instead of referencing tqh_xxx elements directly
|
| 1.23 | 19-Feb-2001 |
cgd | convert to use getprogname()
|
| 1.22 | 04-Feb-2001 |
christos | remove redundant declarations and nested externs.
|
| 1.21 | 22-Apr-1999 |
abs | Copy code across from newfs so that 'fsck sd0a' and similar will work.
|
| 1.20 | 12-Nov-1998 |
christos | Adjust for DKTYPENAME changes.
|
| 1.19 | 25-Aug-1998 |
ross | from Erik Bertelsen <erik@mediator.uni-c.dk>
{ put } { in } { lots } { of } { these } { to } { shut } { up } { egcs }
|
| 1.18 | 26-Jul-1998 |
mycroft | const poisoning.
|
| 1.17 | 26-Jul-1998 |
mycroft | const poisoning.
|
| 1.16 | 31-Oct-1997 |
mycroft | Rewrite catopt(), as in mount(8).
|
| 1.15 | 31-Oct-1997 |
mycroft | Format police.
|
| 1.14 | 29-Oct-1997 |
christos | PR/4384: Brian Grayson: Use real name for exec'ed child's argv[0]
|
| 1.13 | 13-Oct-1997 |
bouyer | branches: 1.13.2;
The number of fs types is FSMAXTYPES not DKMAXTYPES.
|
| 1.12 | 14-Sep-1997 |
lukem | * cleanup for WARNS=1
* deprecate register
* prefix hex numbers with '0x'
|
| 1.11 | 23-Jun-1997 |
mikel | eliminate excess errx() argument
|
| 1.10 | 20-Jun-1997 |
christos | Move fscknames to <sys/disklabel.h> where they belong logically.
|
| 1.9 | 07-Dec-1996 |
christos | PR/3002: bug in my previous commit.
|
| 1.8 | 05-Dec-1996 |
christos | PR/2975: fsck lies to children about their program name
PR/2979: fsck is not smart enough about filesystems not in /etc/fstab
|
| 1.7 | 03-Oct-1996 |
christos | - Null terminate the argv vector [from ws]
- Dynamically allocate the argv vector
- Add -f global flag [from ws]
|
| 1.6 | 28-Sep-1996 |
christos | Fix typo.
|
| 1.5 | 28-Sep-1996 |
christos | Allow for an extra argument needed by quotacheck.
|
| 1.4 | 27-Sep-1996 |
christos | - Rename util.c and util.h to fsutil.c and fsutil.h to avoid conflict with
<util.h>
- Change checkfstab so that the checkit function takes the name of the
mount point too (needed by quotacheck).
- Remove globals debug, verbose and preen
|
| 1.3 | 27-Sep-1996 |
cgd | fix up a debugging printf (was given its args in the wrong order), and
allow "ufs" in /etc/fstab to indicate MOUNT_UFS == MOUNT_FFS (for backward
compatibility).
|
| 1.2 | 23-Sep-1996 |
christos | - added -T fstype:fsoptions per cgd's suggestion.
- handle parallelism in preening here using the original preening code from
fsck_ffs.
- move common code from fsck_ffs and fsck_msdos here.
|
| 1.1 | 11-Sep-1996 |
christos | New version of filesystem independent fsck(8) program similar to mount(8).
|
| 1.13.2.1 | 31-Oct-1997 |
mellon | Pull rev 1.14, 1.15 and 1.16 up from trunk (mycroft)
|
| 1.46.12.1 | 03-Apr-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.46.10.1 | 24-Mar-2008 |
keiichi | sync with head.
|
| 1.46.4.1 | 23-Mar-2008 |
matt | sync with HEAD
|
| 1.50.2.1 | 17-Apr-2012 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.51.10.1 | 11-Nov-2014 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by mlelstv in ticket #199):
sbin/newfs/newfs.c: revision 1.112
sbin/fsck/fsck.c: revision 1.52
fix logic that handles command line arguments. Now you can:
fsck /mnt/point
fsck dkX
fsck rdkX
fsck /dev/dkX
fsck /dev/rdkX
fsck NAME=wedge
Support wedge names.
before:
newfs dk1 - formats /dev/rdk1
newfs rdk1 - cannot open /dev/rrdk1
newfs /dev/dk1 - /dev/dk1 is a block-device, use raw device
newfs /dev/rdk1 - formats /dev/rdk1
now:
newfs dk1 - formats /dev/rdk1
newfs rdk1 - cannot open /dev/rrdk1
newfs /dev/dk1 - formats /dev/rdk1 (*)
newfs /dev/rdk1 - formats /dev/rdk1
newfs NAME=wedge - formats /dev/rdk1
(*) getfsspecname() returns the block device which must be translated.
Passing a block device manually cannot be distinguished from this case.
|
| 1.52.26.1 | 22-Feb-2023 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by mlelstv in ticket #93):
sbin/fsck/fsck.c: revision 1.53
Use opendisk when looking for filesystem type, otherwise the detection
only works if the correct device path is given as an argument.
|
| 1.11 | 05-Apr-1996 |
cgd | check in changes proposed in PR 2006 (approved by J.T.), to rename fsck
to fsck_ffs, so that in the future 'fsck' can be a wrapper than invokes
appropriate filesystem-specific checker programs. For now, the only
user-visible change is that the names have changed in the manual page
and in error messages; fsck and fsck.8 are now links to fsck_ffs and
fsck_ffs.8, until the rest of the transition is complete.
|
| 1.10 | 12-Apr-1995 |
mycroft | Set the clean flag if necessary. If preening, don't check `clean' file
systems.
|
| 1.9 | 21-Mar-1995 |
cgd | type sizes
|
| 1.8 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.7 | 05-Dec-1994 |
cgd | more cleanups from Jim Jegers, passed over by me.
|
| 1.6 | 08-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Update from 4.4-Lite, with local changes.
|
| 1.5 | 02-May-1994 |
pk | Prototype some things.
|
| 1.4 | 01-Aug-1993 |
mycroft | Add RCS identifiers.
|
| 1.3 | 23-Mar-1993 |
cgd | changed "Id" to "Header" for rcsids
|
| 1.2 | 22-Mar-1993 |
cgd | added rcs ids to all files
|
| 1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.3 | 16-Sep-1997 |
lukem | imported from lite-2
|
| 1.1.1.2 | 13-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Import 4.4-Lite version.
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | initial import of 386bsd-0.1 sources
|
| 1.27 | 03-Apr-2020 |
joerg | Avoid common symbols for fsck_lfs.
|
| 1.26 | 21-Jun-2015 |
dholland | branches: 1.26.16;
Add used-by comments on source files that are .PATH'd in from elsewhere.
|
| 1.25 | 21-Jun-2015 |
dholland | global variables should be declared extern.
|
| 1.24 | 13-Jan-2013 |
mlelstv | Support symlinks to a block device to resolve the name of the
corresponding raw device.
|
| 1.23 | 08-Apr-2012 |
christos | branches: 1.23.2;
Don't re-use the same buffer that we pass in for newname in the cooked->raw
conversion. Better variable names.
|
| 1.22 | 07-Apr-2012 |
christos | factor out rawname() from dump, fsck, savecore.
|
| 1.21 | 07-Apr-2012 |
christos | use getfsspecname()
|
| 1.20 | 09-Jun-2011 |
christos | branches: 1.20.2;
share more code.
|
| 1.19 | 04-Feb-2010 |
christos | branches: 1.19.4;
Centralize time printing and deal with ctime possibly returning NULL.
|
| 1.18 | 16-Mar-2008 |
lukem | errexit() now provides the trailing \n (since fsck_ffs assumed that
from a conversion from err(3)), so "make it so".
|
| 1.17 | 23-Feb-2008 |
christos | Make sure that the exit values are always sane, and use symbolic instead
of magic constants. Reviewed by go@
|
| 1.16 | 26-Aug-2006 |
christos | branches: 1.16.8; 1.16.16; 1.16.18;
Programs that use efun.
|
| 1.15 | 05-Jun-2006 |
christos | s/perror/perr/ so that we can make it varyadic. Overloading stdio's perror()
sneaky.
|
| 1.14 | 20-Oct-2003 |
dsl | Add a -q (quiet) option to print nothing for clean filesystems.
Support in fsck_ffs and stub in fsck_xxx.
Push a few more messages through pwarn() instead of printf() to ensure
disk name is shown.
|
| 1.13 | 07-Aug-2003 |
agc | Move UCB-licensed code from 4-clause to 3-clause licence.
Patches provided by Joel Baker in PR 22308, verified by myself.
|
| 1.12 | 28-Mar-2003 |
perseant | Make vmsg non-static, so it can be used directly by fsck_lfs.
|
| 1.11 | 09-Nov-2001 |
lukem | use MAXPATHLEN instead of 32 as the size of the rawbuf
|
| 1.10 | 18-Jun-2001 |
lukem | ansi knf
|
| 1.9 | 19-Feb-2001 |
cgd | convert to use getprogname()
|
| 1.8 | 10-Oct-2000 |
is | Format string cleanups by Bill Sommerfeld.
|
| 1.7 | 30-Jul-1998 |
thorpej | branches: 1.7.2; 1.7.12;
Cast pointer diffs to int for use in printf format width specifiers.
|
| 1.6 | 26-Jul-1998 |
mycroft | const poisoning.
|
| 1.5 | 31-Oct-1997 |
mycroft | Format police.
|
| 1.4 | 14-Sep-1997 |
lukem | branches: 1.4.2;
* cleanup for WARNS=1
* deprecate register
* prefix hex numbers with '0x'
|
| 1.3 | 22-Oct-1996 |
christos | Fix varyadic non ansi functions.
|
| 1.2 | 03-Oct-1996 |
christos | - Null terminate the argv vector [from ws]
- Dynamically allocate the argv vector
- Add -f global flag [from ws]
|
| 1.1 | 27-Sep-1996 |
christos | - Rename util.c and util.h to fsutil.c and fsutil.h to avoid conflict with
<util.h>
- Change checkfstab so that the checkit function takes the name of the
mount point too (needed by quotacheck).
- Remove globals debug, verbose and preen
|
| 1.4.2.1 | 31-Oct-1997 |
mellon | Pull rev 1.5 up from trunk (mycroft)
|
| 1.7.12.1 | 18-Oct-2000 |
tv | Pullup sbin string format fixes [is].
See "cvs log" for explicit revision numbers per file, from sommerfeld.
|
| 1.7.2.1 | 10-Oct-2000 |
he | Pull up revision 1.8 (requested by is):
Format string cleanup.
|
| 1.16.18.1 | 03-Apr-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.16.16.1 | 24-Mar-2008 |
keiichi | sync with head.
|
| 1.16.8.1 | 23-Mar-2008 |
matt | sync with HEAD
|
| 1.19.4.1 | 23-Jun-2011 |
cherry | Catchup with rmind-uvmplock merge.
|
| 1.20.2.2 | 23-Jan-2013 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.20.2.1 | 17-Apr-2012 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.23.2.1 | 25-Feb-2013 |
tls | resync with head
|
| 1.26.16.1 | 08-Apr-2020 |
martin | Merge changes from current as of 20200406
|
| 1.21 | 03-Apr-2020 |
joerg | Avoid common symbols for fsck_lfs.
|
| 1.20 | 21-Jun-2015 |
dholland | branches: 1.20.16;
global variables should be declared extern.
|
| 1.19 | 07-Apr-2012 |
christos | factor out rawname() from dump, fsck, savecore.
|
| 1.18 | 27-Aug-2011 |
joerg | branches: 1.18.2;
Use __dead and __printflike.
|
| 1.17 | 09-Jun-2011 |
christos | fix compilation.
|
| 1.16 | 09-Jun-2011 |
christos | share more code.
|
| 1.15 | 04-Feb-2010 |
christos | branches: 1.15.4;
Centralize time printing and deal with ctime possibly returning NULL.
|
| 1.14 | 21-Oct-2009 |
snj | Remove 3rd and 4th clauses in christos' license. OK christos.
|
| 1.13 | 15-Sep-2007 |
ragge | __attribute -> __attribute__.
|
| 1.12 | 26-Aug-2006 |
christos | branches: 1.12.8;
Programs that use efun.
|
| 1.11 | 05-Jun-2006 |
christos | s/perror/perr/ so that we can make it varyadic. Overloading stdio's perror()
sneaky.
|
| 1.10 | 13-Jan-2005 |
christos | When we run with 'fsck -f -n' we should go over all the filesystems, not
exit on the first one that fails. Add a new flag CHECK_NOFIX so that we
specify -n, we keep going.
|
| 1.9 | 13-Jan-2005 |
christos | Add a progress meter to fsck_ffs based on the work by thorpej presented
to the mailing lists last January. This is optional.
|
| 1.8 | 28-Mar-2003 |
perseant | Make vmsg non-static, so it can be used directly by fsck_lfs.
|
| 1.7 | 18-Jun-2001 |
lukem | - Don't attempt to fsck a file system that is mounted read-write unless -f
(force) is given. fsck(8) will return with a zero exit status if "fsck -p"
is used in this circumstance, but all other invocations (e.g, "fsck",
"fsck /filesystem", "fsck -p /filesystem") will return with a non-zero exit
status in this circumstance.
Per discussions with various people including Bill Sommerfeld.
- Use "file system" instead of "filesystem"
|
| 1.6 | 18-Jun-2001 |
lukem | ansi knf
|
| 1.5 | 04-Feb-2001 |
christos | remove redundant declarations and nested externs.
|
| 1.4 | 26-Jul-1998 |
mycroft | const poisoning.
|
| 1.3 | 03-Oct-1996 |
christos | - Null terminate the argv vector [from ws]
- Dynamically allocate the argv vector
- Add -f global flag [from ws]
|
| 1.2 | 28-Sep-1996 |
christos | Allow for an extra argument needed by quotacheck.
|
| 1.1 | 27-Sep-1996 |
christos | - Rename util.c and util.h to fsutil.c and fsutil.h to avoid conflict with
<util.h>
- Change checkfstab so that the checkit function takes the name of the
mount point too (needed by quotacheck).
- Remove globals debug, verbose and preen
|
| 1.12.8.1 | 06-Nov-2007 |
matt | sync with HEAD
|
| 1.15.4.1 | 23-Jun-2011 |
cherry | Catchup with rmind-uvmplock merge.
|
| 1.18.2.1 | 17-Apr-2012 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.20.16.1 | 08-Apr-2020 |
martin | Merge changes from current as of 20200406
|
| 1.18 | 05-Apr-1996 |
cgd | check in changes proposed in PR 2006 (approved by J.T.), to rename fsck
to fsck_ffs, so that in the future 'fsck' can be a wrapper than invokes
appropriate filesystem-specific checker programs. For now, the only
user-visible change is that the names have changed in the manual page
and in error messages; fsck and fsck.8 are now links to fsck_ffs and
fsck_ffs.8, until the rest of the transition is complete.
|
| 1.17 | 17-Dec-1995 |
thorpej | Squish some type bugs pointed out by Jonathan Stone.
|
| 1.16 | 14-Dec-1995 |
thorpej | Make this compile with -Werror.
|
| 1.15 | 07-Jun-1995 |
cgd | typeof(timeval.tv_sec) != time_t
|
| 1.14 | 20-Mar-1995 |
mycroft | Make sure to recreate the `..' entry in the root directory if missing.
|
| 1.13 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.12 | 05-Dec-1994 |
cgd | more cleanups from Jim Jegers, passed over by me.
|
| 1.11 | 23-Sep-1994 |
mycroft | Eliminate uses of some obsolete functions.
|
| 1.10 | 14-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Fix compatibility with old fastlinks.
|
| 1.9 | 08-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Update from 4.4-Lite, with local changes.
|
| 1.8 | 02-May-1994 |
pk | Prototype some things.
|
| 1.7 | 25-Apr-1994 |
cgd | need <sys/time.h>
|
| 1.6 | 18-Apr-1994 |
cgd | kill some code if SMALL is defined...
|
| 1.5 | 01-Aug-1993 |
mycroft | Add RCS identifiers.
|
| 1.4 | 13-Jun-1993 |
mycroft | Add support for fast symlinks.
|
| 1.3 | 23-Mar-1993 |
cgd | changed "Id" to "Header" for rcsids
|
| 1.2 | 22-Mar-1993 |
cgd | added rcs ids to all files
|
| 1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.3 | 16-Sep-1997 |
lukem | imported from lite-2
|
| 1.1.1.2 | 13-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Import 4.4-Lite version.
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | initial import of 386bsd-0.1 sources
|
| 1.20 | 05-Apr-1996 |
cgd | this file has moved; not properly checked in in previous commit.
|
| 1.19 | 28-Nov-1995 |
jtc | merge in changes from 1.1 release branch
|
| 1.18 | 12-Jul-1995 |
cgd | branches: 1.18.2;
recognize 'ffs' and 'ufs' as meaning the same thing.
|
| 1.17 | 12-Jul-1995 |
cgd | implement a 'force check' flag, '-f'. I used the SunOS name, but the Digital
semantics. now:
(1) dirty file systems will always be checked; nothing new there.
(2) if not '-f' clean file systems will _NEVER_ be checked,
i.e. they won't be checked even if -p isn't specified. This
allows one to 'fsck -p ; fsck' to preen, then clean up
anything that 'fsck -p' barfs on, without waiting for the
clean file systems to be checked again.
(3) if '-f' clean file systems will ALWAYS be checked. This
allows people to put 'fsck -fp' into /etc/rc on systems
where they're leery of the FS clean flag state, need
the extra reliability, and can afford time 'wasted'
in checks.
The assumption made here is that if a file system is marked clean, it
_IS CLEAN_, really, and shouldn't be checked unless fsck is explicitly
told to (with -f). This should be a valid assumption, but may not be in
the presence of file system bugs. Documentation updated to note '-f'.
|
| 1.16 | 12-Apr-1995 |
mycroft | Set the clean flag if necessary. If preening, don't check `clean' file
systems.
|
| 1.15 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.14 | 05-Dec-1994 |
cgd | more cleanups from Jim Jegers, passed over by me.
|
| 1.13 | 08-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Update from 4.4-Lite, with local changes.
|
| 1.12 | 25-Apr-1994 |
cgd | need <sys/time.h>
|
| 1.11 | 06-Apr-1994 |
cgd | kill the evil U word! from Mike Long <mike.long@analog.com>
|
| 1.10 | 15-Oct-1993 |
cgd | try again to keep it from rebooting endlessly
|
| 1.9 | 06-Oct-1993 |
cgd | set the 'clean' flag sometimes, but ignore it when deciding to clean
or not. this allows you to use this fsck and... reboot your system;
otherwise it would inf-loop rebooting and marking the FS clean,
which would then mark the fs modified, cause a reboot, etc.
|
| 1.8 | 03-Oct-1993 |
mycroft | #if 0 the fs_clean check for now.
|
| 1.7 | 01-Oct-1993 |
mycroft | Don't set clean flag if -n.
|
| 1.6 | 01-Oct-1993 |
mycroft | Initial count for fs_state is `FS_CLEANFREQ'.
|
| 1.5 | 01-Oct-1993 |
mycroft | Skip check if filesystem is marked clean and isn't too dusty, only with -p.
Set clean flag after checking a filesystem.
|
| 1.4 | 01-Aug-1993 |
mycroft | Add RCS identifiers.
|
| 1.3 | 23-Mar-1993 |
cgd | changed "Id" to "Header" for rcsids
|
| 1.2 | 22-Mar-1993 |
cgd | added rcs ids to all files
|
| 1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.3 | 16-Sep-1997 |
lukem | imported from lite-2
|
| 1.1.1.2 | 13-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Import 4.4-Lite version.
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | initial import of 386bsd-0.1 sources
|
| 1.18.2.1 | 01-Nov-1995 |
jtc | complete ufs -> ffs change (From John Kohl; PR #1403)
|
| 1.19 | 13-Apr-2025 |
jakllsch | Add physical sector and alignment info to struct disk_geom and the
geometry plist, and handle in partutil.
Bump version for disk_geom addition.
Collect DIOCGSECTORALIGN handling into one place.
|
| 1.18 | 02-Jan-2023 |
hannken | branches: 1.18.2;
Change getdiskinfo() to no longer infer the partition from the device name.
Since 2016-06-16 we create disk devices "<type><<unit>" as an alias
for "<type><<unit><part>" where "<part>" is the raw partition.
These devices are treated as invalid partitions and a zero geometry
is returned.
Take the partition from "st_rdev" instead.
Fix for PR kern/57134: st_size of stat on vnd raw partition sometimes
is 0, causing newfs to fail
|
| 1.17 | 28-Sep-2019 |
bad | branches: 1.17.8;
initialize disc_dict to NULL.
otherwise, if DIOCGDISKINFO returns an error != ENXIO getdiskinfo() later
tries to prop_object_release() stack garbage.
found by rumpctrl tests using clang-7.
|
| 1.16 | 18-Aug-2019 |
martin | Properly release the disk properties dictionary we received via
ioctl.
Detected by leak sanitizer when building with MKSANITIZER=yes.
|
| 1.15 | 03-Jun-2015 |
martin | branches: 1.15.16; 1.15.18;
Make querying the disk geometry fail silently if called for a non-exitent
disk.
XXX: DIOCGDISKINFO returns strange error codes
|
| 1.14 | 29-Dec-2014 |
christos | abort earlier.
|
| 1.13 | 29-Dec-2014 |
christos | Provide a simple getdisksize() api for gpt(8).
|
| 1.12 | 13-Apr-2013 |
jakllsch | branches: 1.12.6;
Make getdiskinfo() always return correct dkwedge_info for the raw partition.
A real disk's raw partition does not implement DIOCGWEDGEINFO, but does
implement DIOCGDINFO. This was resulting in the returned wedge information
containing 32-bit-clamped values for size of the raw partition, with no
indication thereof.
|
| 1.11 | 13-Nov-2011 |
christos | branches: 1.11.6;
use getfstypename
|
| 1.10 | 06-Mar-2010 |
christos | branches: 1.10.6;
- use warn/err properly
- wrap long lines
|
| 1.9 | 16-Jul-2009 |
dyoung | Callers expect getdiskinfo() to return -1 on error, so do that.
Simplify getdiskinfo() a bit while I am here: don't save error
codes that we will never refer to again.
|
| 1.8 | 14-Jun-2009 |
haad | Remove bogus warn, which was printed when DIOCGDISKINFO failed.
|
| 1.7 | 06-Jun-2009 |
haad | Add support for devices which do not support DIOCGDISKINFO ioctl yet. This
change will restore fsck/newfs on vnd device.
|
| 1.6 | 06-Jun-2009 |
haad | Remove debug printfs.
|
| 1.5 | 05-Jun-2009 |
haad | Add support for DIOCGDISKINFO to disk like device drivers. Change
partutil.c::getdiskinfo to use it to get disk geometry info.
Use DIOCGWEDGEINFO ioctl to get information about partition size, if disk
driver doesn't support it use old DIOCGDINFO. This patch adds support for
wedge like devices(lvm logical volumes, ZFS zvol partitions) to newfs and
other tools.
No objections on tech-userlevel@.
|
| 1.4 | 11-Apr-2009 |
lukem | fix sign-compare issues
|
| 1.3 | 28-Apr-2008 |
martin | branches: 1.3.6;
Remove clause 3 and 4 from TNF licenses
|
| 1.2 | 27-Aug-2006 |
christos | branches: 1.2.18; 1.2.20;
add a const
|
| 1.1 | 26-Aug-2006 |
christos | - make preen recognize wedges and insert their parent disks in the disk list
so that we don't run multiple fsck's on the same spindle at the same time!
- Add some partition getting utilities that are wedge aware (soon to be able
to use the native geometry ioctl), so that we can fsck wedges.
|
| 1.2.20.1 | 18-May-2008 |
yamt | sync with head.
|
| 1.2.18.1 | 02-Jun-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.3.6.1 | 13-May-2009 |
jym | Sync with HEAD.
Third (and last) commit. See http://mail-index.netbsd.org/source-changes/2009/05/13/msg221222.html
|
| 1.10.6.2 | 22-May-2014 |
yamt | sync with head.
for a reference, the tree before this commit was tagged
as yamt-pagecache-tag8.
this commit was splitted into small chunks to avoid
a limitation of cvs. ("Protocol error: too many arguments")
|
| 1.10.6.1 | 17-Apr-2012 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.11.6.1 | 23-Jun-2013 |
tls | resync from head
|
| 1.12.6.1 | 25-May-2015 |
msaitoh | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by jnemeth in ticket #793):
sbin/fsck/partutil.c: revision 1.13
sbin/fsck/partutil.h: revision 1.3
Provide a simple getdisksize() api for gpt(8).
|
| 1.15.18.3 | 03-Jan-2023 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by hannken in ticket #1560):
sbin/fsck/partutil.c: revision 1.18
Change getdiskinfo() to no longer infer the partition from the device name.
Since 2016-06-16 we create disk devices "<type><<unit>" as an alias
for "<type><<unit><part>" where "<part>" is the raw partition.
These devices are treated as invalid partitions and a zero geometry
is returned.
Take the partition from "st_rdev" instead.
Fix for PR kern/57134: st_size of stat on vnd raw partition sometimes
is 0, causing newfs to fail
|
| 1.15.18.2 | 09-Jan-2021 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by tsutsui in ticket #1184):
sbin/fsck/partutil.c: revision 1.17
initialize disk_dict to NULL.
otherwise, if DIOCGDISKINFO returns an error != ENXIO getdiskinfo() later
tries to prop_object_release() stack garbage.
found by rumpctrl tests using clang-7.
|
| 1.15.18.1 | 18-Aug-2019 |
msaitoh | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by martin in ticket #88):
sbin/fsck/partutil.c: revision 1.16
Properly release the disk properties dictionary we received via
ioctl.
Detected by leak sanitizer when building with MKSANITIZER=yes.
|
| 1.15.16.1 | 13-Apr-2020 |
martin | Mostly merge changes from HEAD upto 20200411
|
| 1.17.8.1 | 03-Jan-2023 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by hannken in ticket #32):
sbin/fsck/partutil.c: revision 1.18
Change getdiskinfo() to no longer infer the partition from the device name.
Since 2016-06-16 we create disk devices "<type><<unit>" as an alias
for "<type><<unit><part>" where "<part>" is the raw partition.
These devices are treated as invalid partitions and a zero geometry
is returned.
Take the partition from "st_rdev" instead.
Fix for PR kern/57134: st_size of stat on vnd raw partition sometimes
is 0, causing newfs to fail
|
| 1.18.2.1 | 02-Aug-2025 |
perseant | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.3 | 29-Dec-2014 |
christos | Provide a simple getdisksize() api for gpt(8).
|
| 1.2 | 28-Apr-2008 |
martin | branches: 1.2.40;
Remove clause 3 and 4 from TNF licenses
|
| 1.1 | 26-Aug-2006 |
christos | branches: 1.1.18; 1.1.20;
- make preen recognize wedges and insert their parent disks in the disk list
so that we don't run multiple fsck's on the same spindle at the same time!
- Add some partition getting utilities that are wedge aware (soon to be able
to use the native geometry ioctl), so that we can fsck wedges.
|
| 1.1.20.1 | 18-May-2008 |
yamt | sync with head.
|
| 1.1.18.1 | 02-Jun-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.2.40.1 | 25-May-2015 |
msaitoh | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by jnemeth in ticket #793):
sbin/fsck/partutil.c: revision 1.13
sbin/fsck/partutil.h: revision 1.3
Provide a simple getdisksize() api for gpt(8).
|
| 1.15 | 05-Apr-1996 |
cgd | check in changes proposed in PR 2006 (approved by J.T.), to rename fsck
to fsck_ffs, so that in the future 'fsck' can be a wrapper than invokes
appropriate filesystem-specific checker programs. For now, the only
user-visible change is that the names have changed in the manual page
and in error messages; fsck and fsck.8 are now links to fsck_ffs and
fsck_ffs.8, until the rest of the transition is complete.
|
| 1.14 | 18-Jan-1996 |
mycroft | Use fs_csaddr to find the cg summary area. From der Mouse, PR 1366.
|
| 1.13 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.12 | 05-Dec-1994 |
cgd | more cleanups from Jim Jegers, passed over by me.
|
| 1.11 | 23-Sep-1994 |
mycroft | Remove some more uses of obsolete functions.
|
| 1.10 | 23-Sep-1994 |
mycroft | Eliminate uses of some obsolete functions.
|
| 1.9 | 29-Jun-1994 |
ws | Reads on raw disks are only guarranteed in multiples of the block size
|
| 1.8 | 14-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Fix compatibility with old fastlinks.
|
| 1.7 | 08-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Update from 4.4-Lite, with local changes.
|
| 1.6 | 25-Apr-1994 |
cgd | need <sys/time.h>
|
| 1.5 | 01-Aug-1993 |
mycroft | Add RCS identifiers.
|
| 1.4 | 13-Jun-1993 |
mycroft | Add support for fast symlinks.
|
| 1.3 | 23-Mar-1993 |
cgd | changed "Id" to "Header" for rcsids
|
| 1.2 | 22-Mar-1993 |
cgd | added rcs ids to all files
|
| 1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.3 | 16-Sep-1997 |
lukem | imported from lite-2
|
| 1.1.1.2 | 13-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Import 4.4-Lite version.
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | initial import of 386bsd-0.1 sources
|
| 1.10 | 05-Apr-1996 |
cgd | check in changes proposed in PR 2006 (approved by J.T.), to rename fsck
to fsck_ffs, so that in the future 'fsck' can be a wrapper than invokes
appropriate filesystem-specific checker programs. For now, the only
user-visible change is that the names have changed in the manual page
and in error messages; fsck and fsck.8 are now links to fsck_ffs and
fsck_ffs.8, until the rest of the transition is complete.
|
| 1.9 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.8 | 05-Dec-1994 |
cgd | more cleanups from Jim Jegers, passed over by me.
|
| 1.7 | 23-Sep-1994 |
mycroft | Eliminate uses of some obsolete functions.
|
| 1.6 | 08-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Update from 4.4-Lite, with local changes.
|
| 1.5 | 25-Apr-1994 |
cgd | need <sys/time.h>
|
| 1.4 | 01-Aug-1993 |
mycroft | Add RCS identifiers.
|
| 1.3 | 23-Mar-1993 |
cgd | changed "Id" to "Header" for rcsids
|
| 1.2 | 22-Mar-1993 |
cgd | added rcs ids to all files
|
| 1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.3 | 16-Sep-1997 |
lukem | imported from lite-2
|
| 1.1.1.2 | 13-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Import 4.4-Lite version.
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | initial import of 386bsd-0.1 sources
|
| 1.13 | 05-Apr-1996 |
cgd | check in changes proposed in PR 2006 (approved by J.T.), to rename fsck
to fsck_ffs, so that in the future 'fsck' can be a wrapper than invokes
appropriate filesystem-specific checker programs. For now, the only
user-visible change is that the names have changed in the manual page
and in error messages; fsck and fsck.8 are now links to fsck_ffs and
fsck_ffs.8, until the rest of the transition is complete.
|
| 1.12 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.11 | 28-Dec-1994 |
mycroft | Change some spacing to match Kirk's view of the world.
|
| 1.10 | 28-Dec-1994 |
mycroft | Mostly sync with CSRG.
|
| 1.9 | 05-Dec-1994 |
cgd | more cleanups from Jim Jegers, passed over by me.
|
| 1.8 | 28-Oct-1994 |
mycroft | Get the byte order right when creating `.' and `..' entries.
|
| 1.7 | 23-Sep-1994 |
mycroft | Eliminate uses of some obsolete functions.
|
| 1.6 | 08-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | branches: 1.6.2;
Update from 4.4-Lite, with local changes.
|
| 1.5 | 25-Apr-1994 |
cgd | need <sys/time.h>
|
| 1.4 | 01-Aug-1993 |
mycroft | Add RCS identifiers.
|
| 1.3 | 23-Mar-1993 |
cgd | changed "Id" to "Header" for rcsids
|
| 1.2 | 22-Mar-1993 |
cgd | added rcs ids to all files
|
| 1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.3 | 16-Sep-1997 |
lukem | imported from lite-2
|
| 1.1.1.2 | 13-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Import 4.4-Lite version.
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | initial import of 386bsd-0.1 sources
|
| 1.6.2.1 | 07-Nov-1994 |
cgd | for patch #2
|
| 1.9 | 05-Apr-1996 |
cgd | check in changes proposed in PR 2006 (approved by J.T.), to rename fsck
to fsck_ffs, so that in the future 'fsck' can be a wrapper than invokes
appropriate filesystem-specific checker programs. For now, the only
user-visible change is that the names have changed in the manual page
and in error messages; fsck and fsck.8 are now links to fsck_ffs and
fsck_ffs.8, until the rest of the transition is complete.
|
| 1.8 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.7 | 05-Dec-1994 |
cgd | more cleanups from Jim Jegers, passed over by me.
|
| 1.6 | 08-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Update from 4.4-Lite, with local changes.
|
| 1.5 | 25-Apr-1994 |
cgd | need <sys/time.h>
|
| 1.4 | 01-Aug-1993 |
mycroft | Add RCS identifiers.
|
| 1.3 | 23-Mar-1993 |
cgd | changed "Id" to "Header" for rcsids
|
| 1.2 | 22-Mar-1993 |
cgd | added rcs ids to all files
|
| 1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.3 | 16-Sep-1997 |
lukem | imported from lite-2
|
| 1.1.1.2 | 13-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Import 4.4-Lite version.
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | initial import of 386bsd-0.1 sources
|
| 1.10 | 05-Apr-1996 |
cgd | check in changes proposed in PR 2006 (approved by J.T.), to rename fsck
to fsck_ffs, so that in the future 'fsck' can be a wrapper than invokes
appropriate filesystem-specific checker programs. For now, the only
user-visible change is that the names have changed in the manual page
and in error messages; fsck and fsck.8 are now links to fsck_ffs and
fsck_ffs.8, until the rest of the transition is complete.
|
| 1.9 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.8 | 05-Dec-1994 |
cgd | more cleanups from Jim Jegers, passed over by me.
|
| 1.7 | 23-Sep-1994 |
mycroft | Eliminate uses of some obsolete functions.
|
| 1.6 | 08-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Update from 4.4-Lite, with local changes.
|
| 1.5 | 25-Apr-1994 |
cgd | need <sys/time.h>
|
| 1.4 | 01-Aug-1993 |
mycroft | Add RCS identifiers.
|
| 1.3 | 23-Mar-1993 |
cgd | changed "Id" to "Header" for rcsids
|
| 1.2 | 22-Mar-1993 |
cgd | added rcs ids to all files
|
| 1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.3 | 16-Sep-1997 |
lukem | imported from lite-2
|
| 1.1.1.2 | 13-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Import 4.4-Lite version.
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | initial import of 386bsd-0.1 sources
|
| 1.15 | 05-Apr-1996 |
cgd | check in changes proposed in PR 2006 (approved by J.T.), to rename fsck
to fsck_ffs, so that in the future 'fsck' can be a wrapper than invokes
appropriate filesystem-specific checker programs. For now, the only
user-visible change is that the names have changed in the manual page
and in error messages; fsck and fsck.8 are now links to fsck_ffs and
fsck_ffs.8, until the rest of the transition is complete.
|
| 1.14 | 21-Mar-1995 |
cgd | type sizes
|
| 1.13 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.12 | 28-Dec-1994 |
mycroft | Mostly sync with CSRG.
|
| 1.11 | 18-Dec-1994 |
cgd | light clean, and make it compile against new header files.
|
| 1.10 | 05-Dec-1994 |
cgd | more cleanups from Jim Jegers, passed over by me.
|
| 1.9 | 28-Oct-1994 |
mycroft | Use the S_IS*() macros, and make this compile again after Chris's changes to ufs.
|
| 1.8 | 23-Sep-1994 |
mycroft | Remove some more uses of obsolete functions.
|
| 1.7 | 23-Sep-1994 |
mycroft | Eliminate uses of some obsolete functions.
|
| 1.6 | 08-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Update from 4.4-Lite, with local changes.
|
| 1.5 | 25-Apr-1994 |
cgd | need <sys/time.h>
|
| 1.4 | 01-Aug-1993 |
mycroft | Add RCS identifiers.
|
| 1.3 | 23-Mar-1993 |
cgd | changed "Id" to "Header" for rcsids
|
| 1.2 | 22-Mar-1993 |
cgd | added rcs ids to all files
|
| 1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.3 | 16-Sep-1997 |
lukem | imported from lite-2
|
| 1.1.1.2 | 13-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Import 4.4-Lite version.
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | initial import of 386bsd-0.1 sources
|
| 1.2 | 21-Oct-2009 |
snj | Remove 3rd and 4th clauses in christos' license. OK christos.
|
| 1.1 | 11-Sep-1996 |
christos | New version of filesystem independent fsck(8) program similar to mount(8).
|
| 1.32 | 21-Jun-2015 |
dholland | Add used-by comments on source files that are .PATH'd in from elsewhere.
|
| 1.31 | 07-Apr-2012 |
christos | use getfsspecname()
|
| 1.30 | 23-Feb-2008 |
christos | branches: 1.30.22;
Make sure that the exit values are always sane, and use symbolic instead
of magic constants. Reviewed by go@
|
| 1.29 | 26-Aug-2006 |
christos | branches: 1.29.8; 1.29.16; 1.29.18;
- make preen recognize wedges and insert their parent disks in the disk list
so that we don't run multiple fsck's on the same spindle at the same time!
- Add some partition getting utilities that are wedge aware (soon to be able
to use the native geometry ioctl), so that we can fsck wedges.
|
| 1.28 | 26-Aug-2006 |
christos | Programs that use efun.
|
| 1.27 | 13-Jan-2005 |
christos | When we run with 'fsck -f -n' we should go over all the filesystems, not
exit on the first one that fails. Add a new flag CHECK_NOFIX so that we
specify -n, we keep going.
|
| 1.26 | 28-Oct-2004 |
dsl | Add (unsigned char) to isdigit() call
|
| 1.25 | 07-Aug-2003 |
agc | Move UCB-licensed code from 4-clause to 3-clause licence.
Patches provided by Joel Baker in PR 22308, verified by myself.
|
| 1.24 | 20-Jul-2002 |
grant | sweep of errx/warnx, remove unnecessary trailing \n
|
| 1.23 | 01-Nov-2001 |
lukem | fix a couple of -Wshadow warnings
|
| 1.22 | 18-Jun-2001 |
lukem | - Don't attempt to fsck a file system that is mounted read-write unless -f
(force) is given. fsck(8) will return with a zero exit status if "fsck -p"
is used in this circumstance, but all other invocations (e.g, "fsck",
"fsck /filesystem", "fsck -p /filesystem") will return with a non-zero exit
status in this circumstance.
Per discussions with various people including Bill Sommerfeld.
- Use "file system" instead of "filesystem"
|
| 1.21 | 18-Jun-2001 |
lukem | use TAILQ_xxx instead of referencing tqe_xxx elements directly
|
| 1.20 | 18-Jun-2001 |
lukem | ansi knf
|
| 1.19 | 18-Jun-2001 |
lukem | use TAILQ_xxx instead of referencing tqh_xxx elements directly
|
| 1.18 | 26-Jul-1998 |
mycroft | const poisoning.
|
| 1.17 | 16-Sep-1997 |
lukem | resolve conflicts from lite-2 merge
|
| 1.16 | 14-Sep-1997 |
lukem | * cleanup for WARNS=1
* deprecate register
* prefix hex numbers with '0x'
|
| 1.15 | 28-Sep-1996 |
christos | Allow for an extra argument needed by quotacheck.
|
| 1.14 | 27-Sep-1996 |
christos | - Rename util.c and util.h to fsutil.c and fsutil.h to avoid conflict with
<util.h>
- Change checkfstab so that the checkit function takes the name of the
mount point too (needed by quotacheck).
- Remove globals debug, verbose and preen
|
| 1.13 | 23-Sep-1996 |
christos | - added -T fstype:fsoptions per cgd's suggestion.
- handle parallelism in preening here using the original preening code from
fsck_ffs.
- move common code from fsck_ffs and fsck_msdos here.
|
| 1.12 | 05-Apr-1996 |
cgd | check in changes proposed in PR 2006 (approved by J.T.), to rename fsck
to fsck_ffs, so that in the future 'fsck' can be a wrapper than invokes
appropriate filesystem-specific checker programs. For now, the only
user-visible change is that the names have changed in the manual page
and in error messages; fsck and fsck.8 are now links to fsck_ffs and
fsck_ffs.8, until the rest of the transition is complete.
|
| 1.11 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.10 | 28-Dec-1994 |
mycroft | Mostly sync with CSRG.
|
| 1.9 | 05-Dec-1994 |
cgd | more cleanups from Jim Jegers, passed over by me.
|
| 1.8 | 28-Oct-1994 |
mycroft | Use the S_IS*() macros, and make this compile again after Chris's changes to ufs.
|
| 1.7 | 23-Sep-1994 |
mycroft | Eliminate uses of some obsolete functions.
|
| 1.6 | 08-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Update from 4.4-Lite, with local changes.
|
| 1.5 | 25-Apr-1994 |
cgd | need <sys/time.h>
|
| 1.4 | 01-Aug-1993 |
mycroft | Add RCS identifiers.
|
| 1.3 | 23-Mar-1993 |
cgd | changed "Id" to "Header" for rcsids
|
| 1.2 | 22-Mar-1993 |
cgd | added rcs ids to all files
|
| 1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.3 | 16-Sep-1997 |
lukem | imported from lite-2
|
| 1.1.1.2 | 13-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Import 4.4-Lite version.
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | initial import of 386bsd-0.1 sources
|
| 1.29.18.1 | 03-Apr-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.29.16.1 | 24-Mar-2008 |
keiichi | sync with head.
|
| 1.29.8.1 | 23-Mar-2008 |
matt | sync with HEAD
|
| 1.30.22.1 | 17-Apr-2012 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.5 | 11-Apr-2009 |
lukem | fix sign-compare issues
|
| 1.4 | 28-Apr-2008 |
martin | branches: 1.4.6;
Remove clause 3 and 4 from TNF licenses
|
| 1.3 | 14-Nov-2006 |
apb | branches: 1.3.18; 1.3.20;
Improve the progress bar displayed by fsck_ffs -p -P.
The progress bar will now travel from 0 to 20% during pass 1, from 20%
to 95% during pass 2, and from 95% to 100% during passes 3, 4, and 5.
Previously, the progress bar was not displayed at all during pass 1,
slowly traveled from 0 to about 50% during pass 2, and then very rapidly
traveled from 50% to 100% during passes 3, 4, and 5.
Note that fsck_ffs is the only user of fsck/progress.{c,h}.
|
| 1.2 | 10-May-2005 |
atatat | If progress is disabled, don't clear the progress bar.
|
| 1.1 | 13-Jan-2005 |
christos | branches: 1.1.2;
Add a progress meter to fsck_ffs based on the work by thorpej presented
to the mailing lists last January. This is optional.
|
| 1.1.2.2 | 20-Nov-2006 |
tron | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by ghen in ticket #1590):
sbin/fsck_ffs/pass4.c: revision 1.23
sbin/fsck_ffs/pass5.c: revision 1.47
sbin/fsck_ffs/pass2.c: revision 1.44
sbin/fsck_ffs/pass1.c: revision 1.43
sbin/fsck_ffs/pass3.c: revision 1.19
sbin/fsck/progress.c: revision 1.3
sbin/fsck_ffs/main.c: revision 1.61
sbin/fsck/progress.h: revision 1.2
Improve the progress bar displayed by fsck_ffs -p -P.
The progress bar will now travel from 0 to 20% during pass 1, from 20%
to 95% during pass 2, and from 95% to 100% during passes 3, 4, and 5.
Previously, the progress bar was not displayed at all during pass 1,
slowly traveled from 0 to about 50% during pass 2, and then very rapidly
traveled from 50% to 100% during passes 3, 4, and 5.
Note that fsck_ffs is the only user of fsck/progress.{c,h}.
|
| 1.1.2.1 | 11-May-2005 |
tron | Pull up revision 1.2 (requested by atatat in ticket #280):
If progress is disabled, don't clear the progress bar.
|
| 1.3.20.1 | 18-May-2008 |
yamt | sync with head.
|
| 1.3.18.1 | 02-Jun-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.4.6.1 | 13-May-2009 |
jym | Sync with HEAD.
Third (and last) commit. See http://mail-index.netbsd.org/source-changes/2009/05/13/msg221222.html
|
| 1.3 | 28-Apr-2008 |
martin | Remove clause 3 and 4 from TNF licenses
|
| 1.2 | 14-Nov-2006 |
apb | branches: 1.2.18; 1.2.20;
Improve the progress bar displayed by fsck_ffs -p -P.
The progress bar will now travel from 0 to 20% during pass 1, from 20%
to 95% during pass 2, and from 95% to 100% during passes 3, 4, and 5.
Previously, the progress bar was not displayed at all during pass 1,
slowly traveled from 0 to about 50% during pass 2, and then very rapidly
traveled from 50% to 100% during passes 3, 4, and 5.
Note that fsck_ffs is the only user of fsck/progress.{c,h}.
|
| 1.1 | 13-Jan-2005 |
christos | branches: 1.1.2;
Add a progress meter to fsck_ffs based on the work by thorpej presented
to the mailing lists last January. This is optional.
|
| 1.1.2.1 | 20-Nov-2006 |
tron | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by ghen in ticket #1590):
sbin/fsck_ffs/pass4.c: revision 1.23
sbin/fsck_ffs/pass5.c: revision 1.47
sbin/fsck_ffs/pass2.c: revision 1.44
sbin/fsck_ffs/pass1.c: revision 1.43
sbin/fsck_ffs/pass3.c: revision 1.19
sbin/fsck/progress.c: revision 1.3
sbin/fsck_ffs/main.c: revision 1.61
sbin/fsck/progress.h: revision 1.2
Improve the progress bar displayed by fsck_ffs -p -P.
The progress bar will now travel from 0 to 20% during pass 1, from 20%
to 95% during pass 2, and from 95% to 100% during passes 3, 4, and 5.
Previously, the progress bar was not displayed at all during pass 1,
slowly traveled from 0 to about 50% during pass 2, and then very rapidly
traveled from 50% to 100% during passes 3, 4, and 5.
Note that fsck_ffs is the only user of fsck/progress.{c,h}.
|
| 1.2.20.1 | 18-May-2008 |
yamt | sync with head.
|
| 1.2.18.1 | 02-Jun-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.23 | 05-Apr-1996 |
cgd | check in changes proposed in PR 2006 (approved by J.T.), to rename fsck
to fsck_ffs, so that in the future 'fsck' can be a wrapper than invokes
appropriate filesystem-specific checker programs. For now, the only
user-visible change is that the names have changed in the manual page
and in error messages; fsck and fsck.8 are now links to fsck_ffs and
fsck_ffs.8, until the rest of the transition is complete.
|
| 1.22 | 12-Jul-1995 |
cgd | implement a 'force check' flag, '-f'. I used the SunOS name, but the Digital
semantics. now:
(1) dirty file systems will always be checked; nothing new there.
(2) if not '-f' clean file systems will _NEVER_ be checked,
i.e. they won't be checked even if -p isn't specified. This
allows one to 'fsck -p ; fsck' to preen, then clean up
anything that 'fsck -p' barfs on, without waiting for the
clean file systems to be checked again.
(3) if '-f' clean file systems will ALWAYS be checked. This
allows people to put 'fsck -fp' into /etc/rc on systems
where they're leery of the FS clean flag state, need
the extra reliability, and can afford time 'wasted'
in checks.
The assumption made here is that if a file system is marked clean, it
_IS CLEAN_, really, and shouldn't be checked unless fsck is explicitly
told to (with -f). This should be a valid assumption, but may not be in
the presence of file system bugs. Documentation updated to note '-f'.
|
| 1.21 | 12-Apr-1995 |
mycroft | Set the clean flag if necessary. If preening, don't check `clean' file
systems.
|
| 1.20 | 21-Mar-1995 |
cgd | type sizes
|
| 1.19 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.18 | 28-Dec-1994 |
mycroft | Mostly sync with CSRG.
|
| 1.17 | 27-Dec-1994 |
mycroft | Copy fs_maxcluster when comparing superblocks.
|
| 1.16 | 18-Dec-1994 |
cgd | light clean, and make it compile against new header files.
|
| 1.15 | 05-Dec-1994 |
cgd | more cleanups from Jim Jegers, passed over by me.
|
| 1.14 | 28-Oct-1994 |
mycroft | Use the S_IS*() macros, and make this compile again after Chris's changes to ufs.
|
| 1.13 | 23-Sep-1994 |
mycroft | Remove some more uses of obsolete functions.
|
| 1.12 | 23-Sep-1994 |
mycroft | Eliminate uses of some obsolete functions.
|
| 1.11 | 29-Jun-1994 |
ws | Reads on raw disks are only guarranteed in multiples of the block size
|
| 1.10 | 08-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Update from 4.4-Lite, with local changes.
|
| 1.9 | 25-Apr-1994 |
cgd | oops; changed comparison, but not field!
|
| 1.8 | 25-Apr-1994 |
cgd | need <sys/time.h>
|
| 1.7 | 14-Apr-1994 |
cgd | fs type names will soon be strings
|
| 1.6 | 09-Apr-1994 |
deraadt | from <dean@fsa.ca>: let "fsck /usr" work. also, if the user does
"fsck /dev/sd0a" attempt to map to the raw device name.
|
| 1.5 | 01-Oct-1993 |
mycroft | Skip check if filesystem is marked clean and isn't too dusty, only with -p.
Set clean flag after checking a filesystem.
|
| 1.4 | 01-Aug-1993 |
mycroft | Add RCS identifiers.
|
| 1.3 | 23-Mar-1993 |
cgd | changed "Id" to "Header" for rcsids
|
| 1.2 | 22-Mar-1993 |
cgd | added rcs ids to all files
|
| 1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.3 | 16-Sep-1997 |
lukem | imported from lite-2
|
| 1.1.1.2 | 13-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Import 4.4-Lite version.
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | initial import of 386bsd-0.1 sources
|
| 1.2 | 27-Sep-1996 |
christos | - Rename util.c and util.h to fsutil.c and fsutil.h to avoid conflict with
<util.h>
- Change checkfstab so that the checkit function takes the name of the
mount point too (needed by quotacheck).
- Remove globals debug, verbose and preen
|
| 1.1 | 23-Sep-1996 |
christos | - added -T fstype:fsoptions per cgd's suggestion.
- handle parallelism in preening here using the original preening code from
fsck_ffs.
- move common code from fsck_ffs and fsck_msdos here.
|
| 1.2 | 27-Sep-1996 |
christos | - Rename util.c and util.h to fsutil.c and fsutil.h to avoid conflict with
<util.h>
- Change checkfstab so that the checkit function takes the name of the
mount point too (needed by quotacheck).
- Remove globals debug, verbose and preen
|
| 1.1 | 23-Sep-1996 |
christos | - added -T fstype:fsoptions per cgd's suggestion.
- handle parallelism in preening here using the original preening code from
fsck_ffs.
- move common code from fsck_ffs and fsck_msdos here.
|
| 1.16 | 05-Apr-1996 |
cgd | check in changes proposed in PR 2006 (approved by J.T.), to rename fsck
to fsck_ffs, so that in the future 'fsck' can be a wrapper than invokes
appropriate filesystem-specific checker programs. For now, the only
user-visible change is that the names have changed in the manual page
and in error messages; fsck and fsck.8 are now links to fsck_ffs and
fsck_ffs.8, until the rest of the transition is complete.
|
| 1.15 | 23-Apr-1995 |
cgd | slightly clean rcs ids, etc.
|
| 1.14 | 12-Apr-1995 |
mycroft | Set the clean flag if necessary. If preening, don't check `clean' file
systems.
|
| 1.13 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.12 | 10-Feb-1995 |
cgd | functions which are 'fake-varaargs' should be passed longs, not ints.
|
| 1.11 | 05-Dec-1994 |
cgd | more cleanups from Jim Jegers, passed over by me.
|
| 1.10 | 23-Sep-1994 |
mycroft | Eliminate uses of some obsolete functions.
|
| 1.9 | 08-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Update from 4.4-Lite, with local changes.
|
| 1.8 | 02-May-1994 |
pk | Prototype some things.
|
| 1.7 | 25-Apr-1994 |
cgd | need <sys/time.h>
|
| 1.6 | 09-Apr-1994 |
deraadt | if user does ie, "fsck /etc/group", then types ^C to the CONTINUE
prompt do not dump core. fix from <dean@fsa.ca> (who i will stop
hounding about bug fixes for an hour or two)
|
| 1.5 | 28-Mar-1994 |
cgd | kill extern'd lseek()
|
| 1.4 | 01-Aug-1993 |
mycroft | Add RCS identifiers.
|
| 1.3 | 23-Mar-1993 |
cgd | changed "Id" to "Header" for rcsids
|
| 1.2 | 22-Mar-1993 |
cgd | added rcs ids to all files
|
| 1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.3 | 16-Sep-1997 |
lukem | imported from lite-2
|
| 1.1.1.2 | 13-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Import 4.4-Lite version.
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | initial import of 386bsd-0.1 sources
|
| 1.18 | 31-Mar-2019 |
mlelstv | No longer rely on data in disklabel to deduce alternate superblock
positions from block size. Instead use the same defaults as newfs_ext2fs.
Side effect is that fsck_ext2fs now works with wedges.
|
| 1.17 | 04-Mar-2014 |
joerg | branches: 1.17.26;
Make pointer NULL check non-fatal for a bogus condition.
|
| 1.16 | 06-Aug-2011 |
dholland | branches: 1.16.2; 1.16.8;
Avoid -Wno-pointer-sign.
|
| 1.15 | 20-Jun-2011 |
mrg | remove most of the remaining HAVE_GCC tests that are always true in
the modern world.
|
| 1.14 | 29-Aug-2008 |
gmcgarry | branches: 1.14.16;
Wrap compiler-specific flags with HAVE_GCC and HAVE_PCC as necessary. Add a few flags for PCC.
|
| 1.13 | 26-Aug-2006 |
christos | branches: 1.13.18; 1.13.22;
Programs that use efun.
|
| 1.12 | 11-May-2006 |
mrg | sprinkle some -fno-strict-aliasing and -Wno-pointer-sign with GCC4.
|
| 1.11 | 20-Jan-2005 |
xtraeme | WARNS=2 is the default defined in sbin/Makefile.inc. (thanks wiz)
|
| 1.10 | 19-Jan-2005 |
xtraeme | Kill __P(), ANSIfy, remove main() prototype; WARNS=2
|
| 1.9 | 19-Aug-2002 |
lukem | Use ${NETBSDSRCDIR}/some/path instead of ${.CURDIR}/../../some/path
|
| 1.8 | 28-Jan-2000 |
bouyer | Correct bogons in filetype option support, and add support for the
sparse_super option.
|
| 1.7 | 15-Jan-1999 |
bouyer | #include machine/bswap.h and remove -lutil.
|
| 1.6 | 18-Mar-1998 |
bouyer | Use libutil rather than ../fsck/bswap.c
|
| 1.5 | 11-Oct-1997 |
veego | s/$FSCK/${FSCK}/
|
| 1.4 | 10-Oct-1997 |
christos | CFLAGS->CPPFLAGS
|
| 1.3 | 09-Oct-1997 |
bouyer | Ext2 metadata are always stored on disk in little-endian byte order,
so do byte-swapping on big-endian system. The byte-swap routines are in
fsck/bswap.c because they will also be used in fsck_ffs in future.
Tested on i386 and sparc.
|
| 1.2 | 16-Jun-1997 |
bouyer | Don't compile with -g by default.
|
| 1.1 | 11-Jun-1997 |
bouyer | Add support programs for ext2fs. fsck_ext2fs is derived from fsck_ffs.
|
| 1.13.22.1 | 18-Sep-2008 |
wrstuden | Sync with wrstuden-revivesa-base-2.
|
| 1.13.18.1 | 28-Sep-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.14.16.1 | 23-Jun-2011 |
cherry | Catchup with rmind-uvmplock merge.
|
| 1.16.8.1 | 20-Aug-2014 |
tls | Rebase to HEAD as of a few days ago.
|
| 1.16.2.1 | 22-May-2014 |
yamt | sync with head.
for a reference, the tree before this commit was tagged
as yamt-pagecache-tag8.
this commit was splitted into small chunks to avoid
a limitation of cvs. ("Protocol error: too many arguments")
|
| 1.17.26.1 | 10-Jun-2019 |
christos | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.28 | 23-Jun-2013 |
dholland | Stick ffs_, ext2_, chfs_, filecore_, cd9660_, or mfs_ in front of
the following symbols so as to disambiguate fully. (Christos already
did the lfs ones.)
lblkno
lblktosize
lfragtosize
numfrags
blkroundup
fragroundup
|
| 1.27 | 09-Jun-2013 |
dholland | Stick UFS_ in front of these symbols:
DIRBLKSIZ
DIRECTSIZ
DIRSIZ
OLDDIRFMT
NEWDIRFMT
Part of PR 47909.
|
| 1.26 | 22-Jan-2013 |
dholland | Stuff UFS_ in front of a few of ufs's symbols to reduce namespace
pollution. Specifically:
ROOTINO -> UFS_ROOTINO
WINO -> UFS_WINO
NXADDR -> UFS_NXADDR
NDADDR -> UFS_NDADDR
NIADDR -> UFS_NIADDR
MAXSYMLINKLEN -> UFS_MAXSYMLINKLEN
MAXSYMLINKLEN_UFS[12] -> UFS[12]_MAXSYMLINKLEN (for consistency)
Sort out ext2fs's misuse of NDADDR and NIADDR; fortunately, these have
the same values in ext2fs and ffs.
No functional change intended.
|
| 1.25 | 25-Nov-2012 |
jakllsch | Catch up to the kernel with respect to Ext2 huge_file feature.
|
| 1.24 | 25-Nov-2012 |
jakllsch | e2di_nblock is (assuming the huge_file feature is not active) stored in
DEV_BSIZE units, not fs block size units.
|
| 1.23 | 19-Oct-2009 |
bouyer | branches: 1.23.6; 1.23.12;
Remove closes 3 & 4 from my licence. Lots of thanks to Soren Jacobsen
for the booring work !
|
| 1.22 | 16-Mar-2008 |
lukem | errexit() now provides the trailing \n (since fsck_ffs assumed that
from a conversion from err(3)), so "make it so".
|
| 1.21 | 16-Mar-2008 |
lukem | sync from fsck_ffs/dir.c 1.21:
lost+found directories are mode -1700
|
| 1.20 | 16-Oct-2006 |
christos | branches: 1.20.8; 1.20.16; 1.20.18;
use c99 initializers
|
| 1.19 | 10-May-2006 |
mrg | quell GCC 4.1 uninitialised variable warnings.
XXX: we should audit the tree for which old ones are no longer needed
after getting the older compilers out of the tree..
|
| 1.18 | 20-Mar-2006 |
christos | Coverity CID 2299: Fix memory leak.
|
| 1.17 | 20-Mar-2006 |
christos | Coverity CID 2298: Fix memory leak.
|
| 1.16 | 19-Aug-2005 |
christos | 64 bit inode changes
|
| 1.15 | 26-Jun-2005 |
christos | more const.
|
| 1.14 | 26-Jun-2005 |
christos | constify.
|
| 1.13 | 09-Feb-2005 |
ws | Add support for large files (>2GB).
Allow conversion of old filesystems to use this,
if they are already at revision 1.
There probably should be an option to turn revision 0 to revision 1.
Reviewed (in part) by Manuel (bouyer@).
|
| 1.12 | 19-Jan-2005 |
xtraeme | Kill __P(), ANSIfy, remove main() prototype; WARNS=2
|
| 1.11 | 22-Mar-2004 |
bouyer | Fix disclaimer in my copyright. Pointed out by Thomas Klausner.
|
| 1.10 | 05-Oct-2003 |
bouyer | More licence fixes, pointed out by Thomas Klausner.
|
| 1.9 | 05-Oct-2003 |
bouyer | Remove references to University of California from my copyright notices.
|
| 1.8 | 07-Aug-2003 |
agc | Move UCB-licensed code from 4-clause to 3-clause licence.
Patches provided by Joel Baker in PR 22308, verified by myself.
|
| 1.7 | 13-Jul-2003 |
itojun | use bounded string op (one strcpy remains)
VS: ----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
| 1.6 | 09-May-2002 |
simonb | Don't bother testing if a uint8_t is > 256 -- that test is always false.
|
| 1.5 | 28-Jan-2000 |
bouyer | Correct bogons in filetype option support, and add support for the
sparse_super option.
|
| 1.4 | 26-Jan-2000 |
bouyer | First cut at ext2fs rev 1 support (as of mke2fs 1.18): supports the filetype
option read/write and the sparse option read-only.
|
| 1.3 | 09-Oct-1997 |
bouyer | Ext2 metadata are always stored on disk in little-endian byte order,
so do byte-swapping on big-endian system. The byte-swap routines are in
fsck/bswap.c because they will also be used in fsck_ffs in future.
Tested on i386 and sparc.
|
| 1.2 | 14-Sep-1997 |
lukem | * cleanup for WARNS=1
* deprecate register
* cleanup manpage
* remove unused docheck()
* getopt returns -1 not EOF
* put a ) in the correct place in a printf, so that the argument gets
& 0xff, not the result of printf() itself...
|
| 1.1 | 11-Jun-1997 |
bouyer | Add support programs for ext2fs. fsck_ext2fs is derived from fsck_ffs.
|
| 1.20.18.1 | 03-Apr-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.20.16.1 | 24-Mar-2008 |
keiichi | sync with head.
|
| 1.20.8.1 | 23-Mar-2008 |
matt | sync with HEAD
|
| 1.23.12.3 | 20-Aug-2014 |
tls | Rebase to HEAD as of a few days ago.
|
| 1.23.12.2 | 23-Jun-2013 |
tls | resync from head
|
| 1.23.12.1 | 25-Feb-2013 |
tls | resync with head
|
| 1.23.6.3 | 22-May-2014 |
yamt | sync with head.
for a reference, the tree before this commit was tagged
as yamt-pagecache-tag8.
this commit was splitted into small chunks to avoid
a limitation of cvs. ("Protocol error: too many arguments")
|
| 1.23.6.2 | 23-Jan-2013 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.23.6.1 | 16-Jan-2013 |
yamt | sync with (a bit old) head
|
| 1.8 | 25-Nov-2012 |
jakllsch | Catch up to the kernel with respect to Ext2 huge_file feature.
|
| 1.7 | 09-Jun-2011 |
christos | branches: 1.7.2; 1.7.8;
share more code.
|
| 1.6 | 26-Jun-2005 |
christos | branches: 1.6.42;
constify.
|
| 1.5 | 09-Feb-2005 |
ws | Add support for large files (>2GB).
Allow conversion of old filesystems to use this,
if they are already at revision 1.
There probably should be an option to turn revision 0 to revision 1.
Reviewed (in part) by Manuel (bouyer@).
|
| 1.4 | 19-Jan-2005 |
xtraeme | Kill __P(), ANSIfy, remove main() prototype; WARNS=2
|
| 1.3 | 13-Jul-2003 |
itojun | use bounded string op (one strcpy remains)
VS: ----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
| 1.2 | 26-Jul-1998 |
mycroft | const poisoning.
|
| 1.1 | 11-Jun-1997 |
bouyer | Add support programs for ext2fs. fsck_ext2fs is derived from fsck_ffs.
|
| 1.6.42.1 | 23-Jun-2011 |
cherry | Catchup with rmind-uvmplock merge.
|
| 1.7.8.1 | 25-Feb-2013 |
tls | resync with head
|
| 1.7.2.1 | 16-Jan-2013 |
yamt | sync with (a bit old) head
|
| 1.17 | 05-Apr-2020 |
joerg | Fix depenency on common symbols in sbin.
|
| 1.16 | 15-Aug-2016 |
jdolecek | branches: 1.16.14;
divorce list of features supported by fsck_ext2fs from the kernel;
while kernel might support e.g. extents, extra_isize or dir_nlink,
fsck could actually have no idea about the features
|
| 1.15 | 19-Oct-2009 |
bouyer | Remove closes 3 & 4 from my licence. Lots of thanks to Soren Jacobsen
for the booring work !
|
| 1.14 | 09-Oct-2008 |
christos | Disable userid to username lookups by default. Add a -U flag to perform them.
In single user mode lookups that involve the network might not work and they
slow down fsck.
|
| 1.13 | 26-Jun-2005 |
christos | branches: 1.13.4; 1.13.20;
constify.
|
| 1.12 | 09-Feb-2005 |
ws | Add support for large files (>2GB).
Allow conversion of old filesystems to use this,
if they are already at revision 1.
There probably should be an option to turn revision 0 to revision 1.
Reviewed (in part) by Manuel (bouyer@).
|
| 1.11 | 19-Jan-2005 |
xtraeme | Kill __P(), ANSIfy, remove main() prototype; WARNS=2
|
| 1.10 | 22-Mar-2004 |
bouyer | Fix disclaimer in my copyright. Pointed out by Thomas Klausner.
|
| 1.9 | 05-Oct-2003 |
bouyer | Remove references to University of California from my copyright notices.
|
| 1.8 | 07-Aug-2003 |
agc | Move UCB-licensed code from 4-clause to 3-clause licence.
Patches provided by Joel Baker in PR 22308, verified by myself.
|
| 1.7 | 29-Mar-2003 |
wiz | Consistently spell occurrence with two rs.
|
| 1.6 | 24-Jan-2003 |
fvdl | Bump daddr_t to 64 bits. Replace it with int32_t in all places where
it was used on-disk, so that on-disk formats remain the same.
Remove ufs_daddr_t and ufs_lbn_t for the time being.
|
| 1.5 | 04-Feb-2001 |
christos | fix nested extern and duplicate declarations
|
| 1.4 | 28-Jan-2000 |
bouyer | Correct bogons in filetype option support, and add support for the
sparse_super option.
|
| 1.3 | 26-Jan-2000 |
bouyer | First cut at ext2fs rev 1 support (as of mke2fs 1.18): supports the filetype
option read/write and the sparse option read-only.
|
| 1.2 | 09-Oct-1997 |
bouyer | Ext2 metadata are always stored on disk in little-endian byte order,
so do byte-swapping on big-endian system. The byte-swap routines are in
fsck/bswap.c because they will also be used in fsck_ffs in future.
Tested on i386 and sparc.
|
| 1.1 | 11-Jun-1997 |
bouyer | Add support programs for ext2fs. fsck_ext2fs is derived from fsck_ffs.
|
| 1.13.20.1 | 17-Jan-2009 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.13.4.1 | 24-Mar-2009 |
bouyer | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by manu in ticket #1288):
sbin/fsck_lfs/inode.c: revision 1.40 via patch
sbin/fsck_ffs/fsck_ffs.8: revision 1.44 via patch
sbin/fsck_ext2fs/fsck.h: revision 1.14 via patch
sbin/fsck_ext2fs/main.c: revision 1.30 via patch
sbin/fsck_ffs/inode.c: revision 1.61 via patch
sbin/fsck_ffs/main.c: revision 1.71 via patch
sbin/fsck_ext2fs/inode.c: revision 1.23 via patch
sbin/fsck_lfs/fsck.h: revision 1.18 via patch
sbin/fsck_lfs/fsck_lfs.8: revision 1.21 via patch
sbin/fsck_lfs/main.c: revision 1.38 via patch
sbin/fsck_ext2fs/fsck_ext2fs.8: revision 1.15 via patch
sbin/fsck_ffs/fsck.h: revision 1.47 via patch
Disable userid to username lookups by default. Add a -U flag to perform them.
In single user mode lookups that involve the network might not work and they
slow down fsck.
|
| 1.16.14.1 | 08-Apr-2020 |
martin | Merge changes from current as of 20200406
|
| 1.21 | 27-Aug-2018 |
sevan | Remove references to -c flag which was never included.
|
| 1.20 | 11-Sep-2016 |
sevan | branches: 1.20.6; 1.20.12; 1.20.14;
Document the author and the version fsck_ext2fs first appeared.
Bump date.
|
| 1.19 | 21-Feb-2010 |
wiz | Call the file system "ext2" consistently. Suggested by tsutsui.
|
| 1.18 | 19-Oct-2009 |
bouyer | Remove closes 3 & 4 from my licence. Lots of thanks to Soren Jacobsen
for the booring work !
|
| 1.17 | 15-Mar-2009 |
joerg | Fix markup.
|
| 1.16 | 09-Oct-2008 |
wiz | branches: 1.16.4;
Standardize.
|
| 1.15 | 09-Oct-2008 |
christos | Disable userid to username lookups by default. Add a -U flag to perform them.
In single user mode lookups that involve the network might not work and they
slow down fsck.
|
| 1.14 | 22-Mar-2004 |
bouyer | branches: 1.14.16; 1.14.32;
Fix disclaimer in my copyright. Pointed out by Thomas Klausner.
|
| 1.13 | 05-Oct-2003 |
bouyer | Remove references to University of California from my copyright notices.
|
| 1.12 | 07-Aug-2003 |
agc | Move UCB-licensed code from 4-clause to 3-clause licence.
Patches provided by Joel Baker in PR 22308, verified by myself.
|
| 1.11 | 25-Feb-2003 |
wiz | .Nm does not need a dummy argument ("") before punctuation or
for correct formatting of the SYNOPSIS any longer.
|
| 1.10 | 01-Oct-2002 |
wiz | New sentence, new line. By Robert Elz with minimal fixes.
|
| 1.9 | 07-Feb-2002 |
ross | Edit -mdoc usage.
* There is no -indent option to .Bd or .Bl, although you would
never know that from its frequent use in this tree. There is a
"-offset indent" combination that makes sense, and you can certainly
say "-width indent".
* Also, you can't markup the -width option argument, tho you CAN
use a callable macro. So "-width Ar filename" doesn't make sense,
but either "-width Ar" or "-width filename" does, as might something
like "-width xxfilename" for a little extra space.
* There are a lot of needlessly complex hanging tag macros in man4 used
to create simple item lists. Those should be simplified one of these
days before someone copies and edits yet another man4 page.
|
| 1.8 | 16-Nov-2001 |
wiz | Sort SEE ALSO.
|
| 1.7 | 16-Nov-2001 |
wiz | Whitespace nits
|
| 1.6 | 05-Jun-2001 |
wiz | Drop arguments of .Os.
|
| 1.5 | 07-Mar-1999 |
mycroft | Clean up SYNOPSIS formatting.
|
| 1.4 | 15-Sep-1997 |
lukem | use .Nm correctly
|
| 1.3 | 14-Sep-1997 |
lukem | * cleanup for WARNS=1
* deprecate register
* cleanup manpage
* remove unused docheck()
* getopt returns -1 not EOF
* put a ) in the correct place in a printf, so that the argument gets
& 0xff, not the result of printf() itself...
|
| 1.2 | 09-Jul-1997 |
mikel | eliminate dangling FFS references
|
| 1.1 | 11-Jun-1997 |
bouyer | Add support programs for ext2fs. fsck_ext2fs is derived from fsck_ffs.
|
| 1.14.32.1 | 17-Jan-2009 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.14.16.1 | 24-Mar-2009 |
bouyer | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by manu in ticket #1288):
sbin/fsck_lfs/inode.c: revision 1.40 via patch
sbin/fsck_ffs/fsck_ffs.8: revision 1.44 via patch
sbin/fsck_ext2fs/fsck.h: revision 1.14 via patch
sbin/fsck_ext2fs/main.c: revision 1.30 via patch
sbin/fsck_ffs/inode.c: revision 1.61 via patch
sbin/fsck_ffs/main.c: revision 1.71 via patch
sbin/fsck_ext2fs/inode.c: revision 1.23 via patch
sbin/fsck_lfs/fsck.h: revision 1.18 via patch
sbin/fsck_lfs/fsck_lfs.8: revision 1.21 via patch
sbin/fsck_lfs/main.c: revision 1.38 via patch
sbin/fsck_ext2fs/fsck_ext2fs.8: revision 1.15 via patch
sbin/fsck_ffs/fsck.h: revision 1.47 via patch
Disable userid to username lookups by default. Add a -U flag to perform them.
In single user mode lookups that involve the network might not work and they
slow down fsck.
|
| 1.16.4.1 | 13-May-2009 |
jym | Sync with HEAD.
Third (and last) commit. See http://mail-index.netbsd.org/source-changes/2009/05/13/msg221222.html
|
| 1.20.14.1 | 10-Jun-2019 |
christos | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.20.12.1 | 06-Sep-2018 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD
Resolve a couple of conflicts (result of the uimin/uimax changes)
|
| 1.20.6.1 | 28-Aug-2018 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by sevan in ticket #992):
external/bsd/top/dist/top.1.in: revision 1.11
sbin/gpt/main.c: revision 1.12
sbin/amrctl/amrctl.c: revision 1.11
bin/df/df.c: revision 1.93
sbin/fsck_ext2fs/fsck_ext2fs.8: revision 1.21
sbin/fsck_ext2fs/main.c: revision 1.38
bin/ksh/ksh.Man: revision 1.26
bin/ln/ln.c: revision 1.40
bin/df/df.1: revision 1.48
bin/df/df.1: revision 1.49
Document the WCPU field.
Match SYNOPSIS with usage()
-G cannot be specified alongside -i or -P.
Heads up by <leot>
Add -l to SYNOPSIS
Update usage to include -w
Match sequence as per SYNOPSIS in manual
Remove reference to -c flag which was never implemented.
Remove references to -c flag which was never included.
Add the -T flag to usage()
|
| 1.37 | 04-Aug-2016 |
jdolecek | rename struct ext2fs_dinode attribute e2di_dacl to correct
e2di_size_high; even Linux ext2 filesystem code actually uses it
unconditionally this way and ext4 code finally also calls it that way
in their struct definition too; if there was any trace of this for other
purpose it's long gone
|
| 1.36 | 23-Jun-2013 |
dholland | branches: 1.36.10;
Stick ffs_, ext2_, chfs_, filecore_, cd9660_, or mfs_ in front of
the following symbols so as to disambiguate fully. (Christos already
did the lfs ones.)
lblkno
lblktosize
lfragtosize
numfrags
blkroundup
fragroundup
|
| 1.35 | 23-Jun-2013 |
dholland | fsbtodb() -> FFS_FSBTODB(), EXT2_FSBTODB(), or MFS_FSBTODB()
dbtofsb() -> FFS_DBTOFSB() or EXT2_DBTOFSB()
(Christos already did the lfs ones a few days back)
|
| 1.34 | 19-Jun-2013 |
dholland | Rename ambiguous macros:
MAXDIRSIZE -> UFS_MAXDIRSIZE or LFS_MAXDIRSIZE
NINDIR -> FFS_NINDIR, EXT2_NINDIR, LFS_NINDIR, or MFS_NINDIR
INOPB -> FFS_INOPB, LFS_INOPB
INOPF -> FFS_INOPF, LFS_INOPF
blksize -> ffs_blksize, ext2_blksize, or lfs_blksize
sblksize -> ffs_blksize
These are not the only ambiguously defined filesystem macros, of
course, there's a pile more. I may not have found all the ambiguous
definitions of blksize(), too, as there are a lot of other things
called 'blksize' in the system.
|
| 1.33 | 22-Jan-2013 |
dholland | Stuff UFS_ in front of a few of ufs's symbols to reduce namespace
pollution. Specifically:
ROOTINO -> UFS_ROOTINO
WINO -> UFS_WINO
NXADDR -> UFS_NXADDR
NDADDR -> UFS_NDADDR
NIADDR -> UFS_NIADDR
MAXSYMLINKLEN -> UFS_MAXSYMLINKLEN
MAXSYMLINKLEN_UFS[12] -> UFS[12]_MAXSYMLINKLEN (for consistency)
Sort out ext2fs's misuse of NDADDR and NIADDR; fortunately, these have
the same values in ext2fs and ffs.
No functional change intended.
|
| 1.32 | 25-Nov-2012 |
jakllsch | Catch up to the kernel with respect to Ext2 huge_file feature.
|
| 1.31 | 04-Feb-2010 |
christos | branches: 1.31.6; 1.31.12;
Centralize time printing and deal with ctime possibly returning NULL.
|
| 1.30 | 19-Oct-2009 |
bouyer | Remove closes 3 & 4 from my licence. Lots of thanks to Soren Jacobsen
for the booring work !
|
| 1.29 | 06-Apr-2009 |
lukem | fix sign-compare issues
|
| 1.28 | 02-Mar-2009 |
tsutsui | - add a sanity check for e2fs_inode_size in readsb()
- use EXT2_DINODE_SIZE() rather than sizeof(struct ext2fs_dinode) or
struct ext2fs_dinode array/pointer to see e2fs_ipb and inode offsets
|
| 1.27 | 24-Nov-2008 |
tsutsui | branches: 1.27.2;
Handle 32 bit uid field on E2FS_REV1.
|
| 1.26 | 24-Nov-2008 |
tsutsui | Add missed byteswap ops against ext2fs_dinode members.
|
| 1.25 | 24-Nov-2008 |
tsutsui | Use "size > INT32_MAX" rather than "size >= 0x80000000U" to check 2GB limit.
|
| 1.24 | 24-Nov-2008 |
tsutsui | - unsigned -> unsigned int
- remove unnecessary casts from malloc(3) and free(3)
- fix a bogus indent
|
| 1.23 | 09-Oct-2008 |
christos | branches: 1.23.2;
Disable userid to username lookups by default. Add a -U flag to perform them.
In single user mode lookups that involve the network might not work and they
slow down fsck.
|
| 1.22 | 16-Mar-2008 |
lukem | errexit() now provides the trailing \n (since fsck_ffs assumed that
from a conversion from err(3)), so "make it so".
|
| 1.21 | 16-Nov-2007 |
tsutsui | branches: 1.21.6; 1.21.8;
Add a workaround for incorrect "SUMMARY INFORMATIONS WRONG FOR CG #N"
and "BLK(S) MISSING IN BIT MAP #N" reports on newer ext2fs with
EXT2F_COMPAT_RESIZE feature by accounting blocks in EXT2_RESIZEINO.
XXX1: Should we account blocks allocated by all other reserved inodes?
XXX2: We should really check and fix EXT2_RESIZEINO accordingly.
|
| 1.20 | 19-Aug-2005 |
christos | branches: 1.20.4; 1.20.10;
64 bit inode changes
|
| 1.19 | 26-Jun-2005 |
christos | more const.
|
| 1.18 | 26-Jun-2005 |
christos | constify.
|
| 1.17 | 09-Feb-2005 |
ws | Add support for large files (>2GB).
Allow conversion of old filesystems to use this,
if they are already at revision 1.
There probably should be an option to turn revision 0 to revision 1.
Reviewed (in part) by Manuel (bouyer@).
|
| 1.16 | 05-Feb-2005 |
xtraeme | Kill __P();
|
| 1.15 | 19-Jan-2005 |
xtraeme | Kill __P(), ANSIfy, remove main() prototype; WARNS=2
|
| 1.14 | 22-Mar-2004 |
bouyer | Fix disclaimer in my copyright. Pointed out by Thomas Klausner.
|
| 1.13 | 05-Oct-2003 |
bouyer | More licence fixes, pointed out by Thomas Klausner.
|
| 1.12 | 05-Oct-2003 |
bouyer | Remove references to University of California from my copyright notices.
|
| 1.11 | 07-Aug-2003 |
agc | Move UCB-licensed code from 4-clause to 3-clause licence.
Patches provided by Joel Baker in PR 22308, verified by myself.
|
| 1.10 | 13-Jul-2003 |
itojun | use bounded string op (one strcpy remains)
VS: ----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
| 1.9 | 24-Jan-2003 |
fvdl | Bump daddr_t to 64 bits. Replace it with int32_t in all places where
it was used on-disk, so that on-disk formats remain the same.
Remove ufs_daddr_t and ufs_lbn_t for the time being.
|
| 1.8 | 28-Jan-2000 |
bouyer | Correct bogons in filetype option support, and add support for the
sparse_super option.
|
| 1.7 | 26-Jan-2000 |
bouyer | First cut at ext2fs rev 1 support (as of mke2fs 1.18): supports the filetype
option read/write and the sparse option read-only.
|
| 1.6 | 17-Feb-1999 |
bouyer | Properly handle FIFO (linux seems to puts something in the block addr fields
here) and a new field that can be different in the master superblock and
its first copy. From Tim Shepard.
|
| 1.5 | 28-Jul-1998 |
mycroft | __AUDIT__ cleanup.
|
| 1.4 | 01-Apr-1998 |
kleink | Need <time.h> for ctime() and time() prototypes.
|
| 1.3 | 09-Oct-1997 |
bouyer | Ext2 metadata are always stored on disk in little-endian byte order,
so do byte-swapping on big-endian system. The byte-swap routines are in
fsck/bswap.c because they will also be used in fsck_ffs in future.
Tested on i386 and sparc.
|
| 1.2 | 14-Sep-1997 |
lukem | * cleanup for WARNS=1
* deprecate register
* cleanup manpage
* remove unused docheck()
* getopt returns -1 not EOF
* put a ) in the correct place in a printf, so that the argument gets
& 0xff, not the result of printf() itself...
|
| 1.1 | 11-Jun-1997 |
bouyer | Add support programs for ext2fs. fsck_ext2fs is derived from fsck_ffs.
|
| 1.20.10.2 | 23-Mar-2008 |
matt | sync with HEAD
|
| 1.20.10.1 | 09-Jan-2008 |
matt | sync with HEAD
|
| 1.20.4.1 | 24-Mar-2009 |
bouyer | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by manu in ticket #1288):
sbin/fsck_lfs/inode.c: revision 1.40 via patch
sbin/fsck_ffs/fsck_ffs.8: revision 1.44 via patch
sbin/fsck_ext2fs/fsck.h: revision 1.14 via patch
sbin/fsck_ext2fs/main.c: revision 1.30 via patch
sbin/fsck_ffs/inode.c: revision 1.61 via patch
sbin/fsck_ffs/main.c: revision 1.71 via patch
sbin/fsck_ext2fs/inode.c: revision 1.23 via patch
sbin/fsck_lfs/fsck.h: revision 1.18 via patch
sbin/fsck_lfs/fsck_lfs.8: revision 1.21 via patch
sbin/fsck_lfs/main.c: revision 1.38 via patch
sbin/fsck_ext2fs/fsck_ext2fs.8: revision 1.15 via patch
sbin/fsck_ffs/fsck.h: revision 1.47 via patch
Disable userid to username lookups by default. Add a -U flag to perform them.
In single user mode lookups that involve the network might not work and they
slow down fsck.
|
| 1.21.8.2 | 17-Jan-2009 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.21.8.1 | 03-Apr-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.21.6.1 | 24-Mar-2008 |
keiichi | sync with head.
|
| 1.23.2.1 | 16-Jan-2011 |
bouyer | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by tsutsui in ticket #1486):
sbin/fsck_ext2fs/setup.c: revision 1.26
sbin/newfs_ext2fs/mke2fs.c: revision 1.10
sbin/newfs_ext2fs/mke2fs.c: revision 1.11
sbin/newfs_ext2fs/mke2fs.c: revision 1.12
sbin/fsck_ext2fs/inode.c: revision 1.24
sys/lib/libsa/ext2fs.c: revision 1.6
sbin/newfs_ext2fs/extern.h: revision 1.3
sbin/fsck_ext2fs/inode.c: revision 1.25
sys/lib/libsa/ext2fs.c: revision 1.7
sbin/fsck_ext2fs/inode.c: revision 1.26
sys/ufs/ext2fs/ext2fs_inode.c: revision 1.68
sbin/fsck_ext2fs/inode.c: revision 1.27
sbin/fsck_ext2fs/inode.c: revision 1.28
sys/ufs/ext2fs/ext2fs_dinode.h: revision 1.18
sys/ufs/ext2fs/ext2fs_dinode.h: revision 1.19
sbin/newfs_ext2fs/newfs_ext2fs.c: revision 1.5
sbin/newfs_ext2fs/newfs_ext2fs.8: revision 1.2
sbin/newfs_ext2fs/newfs_ext2fs.c: revision 1.6
sbin/newfs_ext2fs/newfs_ext2fs.8: revision 1.3
sys/ufs/ext2fs/ext2fs_vfsops.c: revision 1.142
sbin/newfs_ext2fs/newfs_ext2fs.c: revision 1.7
sbin/newfs_ext2fs/newfs_ext2fs.8: revision 1.4
sbin/newfs_ext2fs/newfs_ext2fs.c: revision 1.8
PR/40936: Frederik Sausmikat: ext2fs: add support for inodes > 128 bytes
Support variable inode sizes.
catch up with variable inode size.
Don't use e2fs_inode_size in superblock on E2FS_REV0 file system.
- accept only EXT2_REV0_DINODE_SIZE inodesize on -O 0
- use inodesize to get offset of inode, not struct ext2fs_dinode array
Replace a magic number with a new EXT2_REV0_DINODE_SIZE macro.
Use EXT2_DINODE_SIZE() to get offset of inode, not struct ext2fs_dinode array.
Fix botched logic in inodesize check.
Use inodesize to get offset of inode in one more place.
- add a sanity check for e2fs_inode_size in readsb()
- use EXT2_DINODE_SIZE() rather than sizeof(struct ext2fs_dinode) or
struct ext2fs_dinode array/pointer to see e2fs_ipb and inode offsets
Sort options.
New sentence, new line.
Sort options in usage.
- unsigned -> unsigned int
- remove unnecessary casts from malloc(3) and free(3)
- fix a bogus indent
Use "size > INT32_MAX" rather than "size >= 0x80000000U" to check 2GB limit.
Add missed byteswap ops against ext2fs_dinode members.
Handle 32 bit uid field on E2FS_REV1.
|
| 1.27.2.1 | 13-May-2009 |
jym | Sync with HEAD.
Third (and last) commit. See http://mail-index.netbsd.org/source-changes/2009/05/13/msg221222.html
|
| 1.31.12.3 | 20-Aug-2014 |
tls | Rebase to HEAD as of a few days ago.
|
| 1.31.12.2 | 23-Jun-2013 |
tls | resync from head
|
| 1.31.12.1 | 25-Feb-2013 |
tls | resync with head
|
| 1.31.6.3 | 22-May-2014 |
yamt | sync with head.
for a reference, the tree before this commit was tagged
as yamt-pagecache-tag8.
this commit was splitted into small chunks to avoid
a limitation of cvs. ("Protocol error: too many arguments")
|
| 1.31.6.2 | 23-Jan-2013 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.31.6.1 | 16-Jan-2013 |
yamt | sync with (a bit old) head
|
| 1.36.10.1 | 06-Aug-2016 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.41 | 05-Apr-2020 |
joerg | Fix depenency on common symbols in sbin.
|
| 1.40 | 15-Aug-2019 |
kamil | fsck: Stop defining the same variable concurrently in bss and data
returntosingle was defined in multiple places:
- fsck_lfs/main.c
- fsck_ffs/main.c
- fsck_ext2fs/main.c
- fsck/fsutil.c
Keep the fsutil.c definition as the only one.
Detected during the build of telned with Address Sanitizer (MKSANITIZER).
|
| 1.39 | 03-Feb-2019 |
mrg | branches: 1.39.2;
- add or adjust /* FALLTHROUGH */ where appropriate
- add __unreachable() after functions that can return but won't in
this case, and thus can't be marked __dead easily
|
| 1.38 | 27-Aug-2018 |
sevan | Remove references to -c flag which was never included.
|
| 1.37 | 09-Jun-2011 |
christos | branches: 1.37.34; 1.37.40; 1.37.42;
share more code.
|
| 1.36 | 07-Jan-2010 |
christos | branches: 1.36.4;
make this compile again.
|
| 1.35 | 06-Jan-2010 |
christos | PR/42568: Pedro F. Giffuni: Better signal handling from OpenBSD, but simplified.
|
| 1.34 | 19-Oct-2009 |
bouyer | Remove closes 3 & 4 from my licence. Lots of thanks to Soren Jacobsen
for the booring work !
|
| 1.33 | 16-Aug-2009 |
tron | Ignore the "-P" option as intended to make this work with e.g.
"fsck_flags=-pP" in "/etc/rc.conf".
Patch supplied by Pierre Pronchery in PR bin/41490.
|
| 1.32 | 12-Oct-2008 |
wiz | branches: 1.32.2; 1.32.6; 1.32.8;
Don't use unicode in usage.
Noted by Anon Ymous.
|
| 1.31 | 09-Oct-2008 |
wiz | Sync usage with man page.
|
| 1.30 | 09-Oct-2008 |
christos | Disable userid to username lookups by default. Add a -U flag to perform them.
In single user mode lookups that involve the network might not work and they
slow down fsck.
|
| 1.29 | 20-Jul-2008 |
lukem | Remove the \n and tabs from the __COPYRIGHT() strings.
(Tweak some to use a consistent format.)
|
| 1.28 | 16-Mar-2008 |
lukem | branches: 1.28.4;
errexit() now provides the trailing \n (since fsck_ffs assumed that
from a conversion from err(3)), so "make it so".
|
| 1.27 | 23-Feb-2008 |
christos | Make sure that the exit values are always sane, and use symbolic instead
of magic constants. Reviewed by go@
|
| 1.26 | 16-Jul-2007 |
pooka | branches: 1.26.4; 1.26.10; 1.26.12;
Make all mount(2) return value error checks against -1. Some file
systems just checked != 0, breaking MNT_GETARGS. Others worked with < 0,
but make them check against -1 too for consistency. And sprinkle some
stylish line wrapping where appropriate.
|
| 1.25 | 14-Jul-2007 |
dsl | Add additional 'sizeof args' parameter to mount(2).
|
| 1.24 | 08-Feb-2007 |
drochner | include <signal.h> where signal(3) is used
|
| 1.23 | 23-Sep-2005 |
jmmv | branches: 1.23.4;
Apply the NFS exports list rototill patch:
- Remove all NFS related stuff from file system specific code.
- Drop the vfs_checkexp hook and generalize it in the new nfs_check_export
function, thus removing redundancy from all file systems.
- Move all NFS export-related stuff from kern/vfs_subr.c to the new
file sys/nfs/nfs_export.c. The former was becoming large and its code
is always compiled, regardless of the build options. Using the latter,
the code is only compiled in when NFSSERVER is enabled. While doing this,
also make some functions in nfs_subs.c conditional to NFSSERVER.
- Add a new command in nfssvc(2), called NFSSVC_SETEXPORTSLIST, that takes a
path and a set of export entries. At the moment it can only clear the
exports list or append entries, one by one, but it is done in a way that
allows setting the whole set of entries atomically in the future (see the
comment in mountd_set_exports_list or in doc/TODO).
- Change mountd(8) to use the nfssvc(2) system call instead of mount(2) so
that it becomes file system agnostic. In fact, all this whole thing was
done to remove a 'XXX' block from this utility!
- Change the mount*, newfs and fsck* userland utilities to not deal with NFS
exports initialization; done internally by the kernel when initializing
the NFS support for each file system.
- Implement an interface for VFS (called VFS hooks) so that several kernel
subsystems can run arbitrary code upon receipt of specific VFS events.
At the moment, this only provides support for unmount and is used to
destroy NFS exports lists from the file systems being unmounted, though it
has room for extension.
Thanks go to yamt@, chs@, thorpej@, wrstuden@ and others for their comments
and advice in the development of this patch.
|
| 1.22 | 19-Aug-2005 |
christos | 64 bit inode changes
|
| 1.21 | 26-Jun-2005 |
christos | constify.
|
| 1.20 | 19-Jan-2005 |
xtraeme | Kill __P(), ANSIfy, remove main() prototype; WARNS=2
|
| 1.19 | 13-Jan-2005 |
christos | Add a progress meter to fsck_ffs based on the work by thorpej presented
to the mailing lists last January. This is optional.
|
| 1.18 | 13-May-2004 |
wiz | Remove option letter from getopt string, since it does not
have a case handler below. From aaron@openbsd.
|
| 1.17 | 21-Apr-2004 |
christos | Replace the statfs() family of system calls with statvfs().
Retain binary compatibility.
|
| 1.16 | 22-Mar-2004 |
bouyer | Fix disclaimer in my copyright. Pointed out by Thomas Klausner.
|
| 1.15 | 05-Jan-2004 |
jmmv | Homogenize usage messages: make the 'usage' word all lowercase, as this seems
to be the most common practice in our tree.
|
| 1.14 | 20-Oct-2003 |
dsl | Add a -q (quiet) option to print nothing for clean filesystems.
Support in fsck_ffs and stub in fsck_xxx.
Push a few more messages through pwarn() instead of printf() to ensure
disk name is shown.
|
| 1.13 | 05-Oct-2003 |
bouyer | Remove references to University of California from my copyright notices.
|
| 1.12 | 07-Aug-2003 |
agc | Move UCB-licensed code from 4-clause to 3-clause licence.
Patches provided by Joel Baker in PR 22308, verified by myself.
|
| 1.11 | 24-Jan-2003 |
fvdl | Bump daddr_t to 64 bits. Replace it with int32_t in all places where
it was used on-disk, so that on-disk formats remain the same.
Remove ufs_daddr_t and ufs_lbn_t for the time being.
|
| 1.10 | 19-Feb-2001 |
cgd | convert to use getprogname()
|
| 1.9 | 04-Feb-2001 |
christos | fix nested extern and duplicate declarations
|
| 1.8 | 28-Jan-2000 |
bouyer | Correct bogons in filetype option support, and add support for the
sparse_super option.
|
| 1.7 | 26-Jan-2000 |
bouyer | First cut at ext2fs rev 1 support (as of mke2fs 1.18): supports the filetype
option read/write and the sparse option read-only.
|
| 1.6 | 26-Jul-1998 |
mycroft | const poisoning.
|
| 1.5 | 01-Apr-1998 |
kleink | Need <time.h> for time() prototype.
|
| 1.4 | 01-Mar-1998 |
fvdl | Merge with Lite2 + local changes
|
| 1.3 | 01-Oct-1997 |
enami | Don't declare optind and optarg.
|
| 1.2 | 14-Sep-1997 |
lukem | * cleanup for WARNS=1
* deprecate register
* cleanup manpage
* remove unused docheck()
* getopt returns -1 not EOF
* put a ) in the correct place in a printf, so that the argument gets
& 0xff, not the result of printf() itself...
|
| 1.1 | 11-Jun-1997 |
bouyer | Add support programs for ext2fs. fsck_ext2fs is derived from fsck_ffs.
|
| 1.23.4.1 | 24-Mar-2009 |
bouyer | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by manu in ticket #1288):
sbin/fsck_lfs/inode.c: revision 1.40 via patch
sbin/fsck_ffs/fsck_ffs.8: revision 1.44 via patch
sbin/fsck_ext2fs/fsck.h: revision 1.14 via patch
sbin/fsck_ext2fs/main.c: revision 1.30 via patch
sbin/fsck_ffs/inode.c: revision 1.61 via patch
sbin/fsck_ffs/main.c: revision 1.71 via patch
sbin/fsck_ext2fs/inode.c: revision 1.23 via patch
sbin/fsck_lfs/fsck.h: revision 1.18 via patch
sbin/fsck_lfs/fsck_lfs.8: revision 1.21 via patch
sbin/fsck_lfs/main.c: revision 1.38 via patch
sbin/fsck_ext2fs/fsck_ext2fs.8: revision 1.15 via patch
sbin/fsck_ffs/fsck.h: revision 1.47 via patch
Disable userid to username lookups by default. Add a -U flag to perform them.
In single user mode lookups that involve the network might not work and they
slow down fsck.
|
| 1.26.12.3 | 17-Jan-2009 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.26.12.2 | 28-Sep-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.26.12.1 | 03-Apr-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.26.10.1 | 24-Mar-2008 |
keiichi | sync with head.
|
| 1.26.4.1 | 23-Mar-2008 |
matt | sync with HEAD
|
| 1.28.4.1 | 18-Sep-2008 |
wrstuden | Sync with wrstuden-revivesa-base-2.
|
| 1.32.8.1 | 21-Apr-2010 |
matt | sync to netbsd-5
|
| 1.32.6.1 | 05-Sep-2009 |
bouyer | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by tron in ticket #914):
sbin/fsck_ext2fs/main.c: revision 1.33
Ignore the "-P" option as intended to make this work with e.g.
"fsck_flags=3D-pP" in "/etc/rc.conf".
Patch supplied by Pierre Pronchery in PR bin/41490.
|
| 1.32.2.1 | 05-Sep-2009 |
bouyer | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by tron in ticket #914):
sbin/fsck_ext2fs/main.c: revision 1.33
Ignore the "-P" option as intended to make this work with e.g.
"fsck_flags=3D-pP" in "/etc/rc.conf".
Patch supplied by Pierre Pronchery in PR bin/41490.
|
| 1.36.4.1 | 23-Jun-2011 |
cherry | Catchup with rmind-uvmplock merge.
|
| 1.37.42.2 | 13-Apr-2020 |
martin | Mostly merge changes from HEAD upto 20200411
|
| 1.37.42.1 | 10-Jun-2019 |
christos | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.37.40.1 | 06-Sep-2018 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD
Resolve a couple of conflicts (result of the uimin/uimax changes)
|
| 1.37.34.1 | 28-Aug-2018 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by sevan in ticket #992):
external/bsd/top/dist/top.1.in: revision 1.11
sbin/gpt/main.c: revision 1.12
sbin/amrctl/amrctl.c: revision 1.11
bin/df/df.c: revision 1.93
sbin/fsck_ext2fs/fsck_ext2fs.8: revision 1.21
sbin/fsck_ext2fs/main.c: revision 1.38
bin/ksh/ksh.Man: revision 1.26
bin/ln/ln.c: revision 1.40
bin/df/df.1: revision 1.48
bin/df/df.1: revision 1.49
Document the WCPU field.
Match SYNOPSIS with usage()
-G cannot be specified alongside -i or -P.
Heads up by <leot>
Add -l to SYNOPSIS
Update usage to include -w
Match sequence as per SYNOPSIS in manual
Remove reference to -c flag which was never implemented.
Remove references to -c flag which was never included.
Add the -T flag to usage()
|
| 1.39.2.1 | 16-Aug-2019 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by kamil in ticket #73):
sbin/fsck_lfs/main.c: revision 1.54
sbin/fsck_ext2fs/main.c: revision 1.40
sbin/fsck_ffs/main.c: revision 1.86
fsck: Stop defining the same variable concurrently in bss and data
returntosingle was defined in multiple places:
- fsck_lfs/main.c
- fsck_ffs/main.c
- fsck_ext2fs/main.c
- fsck/fsutil.c
Keep the fsutil.c definition as the only one.
Detected during the build of telned with Address Sanitizer (MKSANITIZER).
|
| 1.26 | 21-Apr-2017 |
christos | Fix previous properly (wrong variable was tested) thanks riastradh@
|
| 1.25 | 21-Apr-2017 |
christos | e2di_block is an array; can't be NULL, (clang)
|
| 1.24 | 19-Jun-2013 |
dholland | branches: 1.24.10;
Rename ambiguous macros:
MAXDIRSIZE -> UFS_MAXDIRSIZE or LFS_MAXDIRSIZE
NINDIR -> FFS_NINDIR, EXT2_NINDIR, LFS_NINDIR, or MFS_NINDIR
INOPB -> FFS_INOPB, LFS_INOPB
INOPF -> FFS_INOPF, LFS_INOPF
blksize -> ffs_blksize, ext2_blksize, or lfs_blksize
sblksize -> ffs_blksize
These are not the only ambiguously defined filesystem macros, of
course, there's a pile more. I may not have found all the ambiguous
definitions of blksize(), too, as there are a lot of other things
called 'blksize' in the system.
|
| 1.23 | 22-Jan-2013 |
dholland | Stuff UFS_ in front of a few of ufs's symbols to reduce namespace
pollution. Specifically:
ROOTINO -> UFS_ROOTINO
WINO -> UFS_WINO
NXADDR -> UFS_NXADDR
NDADDR -> UFS_NDADDR
NIADDR -> UFS_NIADDR
MAXSYMLINKLEN -> UFS_MAXSYMLINKLEN
MAXSYMLINKLEN_UFS[12] -> UFS[12]_MAXSYMLINKLEN (for consistency)
Sort out ext2fs's misuse of NDADDR and NIADDR; fortunately, these have
the same values in ext2fs and ffs.
No functional change intended.
|
| 1.22 | 25-Nov-2012 |
jakllsch | Catch up to the kernel with respect to Ext2 huge_file feature.
|
| 1.21 | 04-Feb-2010 |
christos | branches: 1.21.6; 1.21.12;
Centralize time printing and deal with ctime possibly returning NULL.
|
| 1.20 | 19-Oct-2009 |
bouyer | Remove closes 3 & 4 from my licence. Lots of thanks to Soren Jacobsen
for the booring work !
|
| 1.19 | 06-Apr-2009 |
lukem | fix sign-compare issues
|
| 1.18 | 24-Nov-2008 |
tsutsui | branches: 1.18.2;
Remove unnecessary casts.
|
| 1.17 | 16-Mar-2008 |
lukem | errexit() now provides the trailing \n (since fsck_ffs assumed that
from a conversion from err(3)), so "make it so".
|
| 1.16 | 16-Nov-2007 |
tsutsui | branches: 1.16.6; 1.16.8;
Add a workaround for incorrect "SUMMARY INFORMATIONS WRONG FOR CG #N"
and "BLK(S) MISSING IN BIT MAP #N" reports on newer ext2fs with
EXT2F_COMPAT_RESIZE feature by accounting blocks in EXT2_RESIZEINO.
XXX1: Should we account blocks allocated by all other reserved inodes?
XXX2: We should really check and fix EXT2_RESIZEINO accordingly.
|
| 1.15 | 19-Aug-2005 |
christos | branches: 1.15.10;
64 bit inode changes
|
| 1.14 | 09-Feb-2005 |
ws | Add support for large files (>2GB).
Allow conversion of old filesystems to use this,
if they are already at revision 1.
There probably should be an option to turn revision 0 to revision 1.
Reviewed (in part) by Manuel (bouyer@).
|
| 1.13 | 19-Jan-2005 |
xtraeme | Kill __P(), ANSIfy, remove main() prototype; WARNS=2
|
| 1.12 | 22-Mar-2004 |
bouyer | Fix disclaimer in my copyright. Pointed out by Thomas Klausner.
|
| 1.11 | 05-Oct-2003 |
bouyer | Remove references to University of California from my copyright notices.
|
| 1.10 | 07-Aug-2003 |
agc | Move UCB-licensed code from 4-clause to 3-clause licence.
Patches provided by Joel Baker in PR 22308, verified by myself.
|
| 1.9 | 31-Jan-2000 |
bouyer | Byteswap the group descriptors fields as well. Works again on big-endian
systems.
|
| 1.8 | 28-Jan-2000 |
bouyer | Correct bogons in filetype option support, and add support for the
sparse_super option.
|
| 1.7 | 26-Jan-2000 |
bouyer | First cut at ext2fs rev 1 support (as of mke2fs 1.18): supports the filetype
option read/write and the sparse option read-only.
|
| 1.6 | 17-Feb-1999 |
bouyer | Properly handle FIFO (linux seems to puts something in the block addr fields
here) and a new field that can be different in the master superblock and
its first copy. From Tim Shepard.
|
| 1.5 | 01-Apr-1998 |
kleink | Need <time.h> for ctime() prototype.
|
| 1.4 | 09-Oct-1997 |
bouyer | Ext2 metadata are always stored on disk in little-endian byte order,
so do byte-swapping on big-endian system. The byte-swap routines are in
fsck/bswap.c because they will also be used in fsck_ffs in future.
Tested on i386 and sparc.
|
| 1.3 | 14-Sep-1997 |
lukem | * cleanup for WARNS=1
* deprecate register
* cleanup manpage
* remove unused docheck()
* getopt returns -1 not EOF
* put a ) in the correct place in a printf, so that the argument gets
& 0xff, not the result of printf() itself...
|
| 1.2 | 10-Jul-1997 |
mikel | fix printf formats
|
| 1.1 | 11-Jun-1997 |
bouyer | Add support programs for ext2fs. fsck_ext2fs is derived from fsck_ffs.
|
| 1.15.10.2 | 23-Mar-2008 |
matt | sync with HEAD
|
| 1.15.10.1 | 09-Jan-2008 |
matt | sync with HEAD
|
| 1.16.8.2 | 17-Jan-2009 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.16.8.1 | 03-Apr-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.16.6.1 | 24-Mar-2008 |
keiichi | sync with head.
|
| 1.18.2.1 | 13-May-2009 |
jym | Sync with HEAD.
Third (and last) commit. See http://mail-index.netbsd.org/source-changes/2009/05/13/msg221222.html
|
| 1.21.12.2 | 23-Jun-2013 |
tls | resync from head
|
| 1.21.12.1 | 25-Feb-2013 |
tls | resync with head
|
| 1.21.6.3 | 22-May-2014 |
yamt | sync with head.
for a reference, the tree before this commit was tagged
as yamt-pagecache-tag8.
this commit was splitted into small chunks to avoid
a limitation of cvs. ("Protocol error: too many arguments")
|
| 1.21.6.2 | 23-Jan-2013 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.21.6.1 | 16-Jan-2013 |
yamt | sync with (a bit old) head
|
| 1.24.10.1 | 26-Apr-2017 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.8 | 19-Oct-2009 |
bouyer | Remove closes 3 & 4 from my licence. Lots of thanks to Soren Jacobsen
for the booring work !
|
| 1.7 | 06-Apr-2009 |
lukem | fix sign-compare issues
|
| 1.6 | 19-Jan-2005 |
xtraeme | branches: 1.6.36;
Kill __P(), ANSIfy, remove main() prototype; WARNS=2
|
| 1.5 | 22-Mar-2004 |
bouyer | Fix disclaimer in my copyright. Pointed out by Thomas Klausner.
|
| 1.4 | 05-Oct-2003 |
bouyer | Remove references to University of California from my copyright notices.
|
| 1.3 | 07-Aug-2003 |
agc | Move UCB-licensed code from 4-clause to 3-clause licence.
Patches provided by Joel Baker in PR 22308, verified by myself.
|
| 1.2 | 14-Sep-1997 |
lukem | * cleanup for WARNS=1
* deprecate register
* cleanup manpage
* remove unused docheck()
* getopt returns -1 not EOF
* put a ) in the correct place in a printf, so that the argument gets
& 0xff, not the result of printf() itself...
|
| 1.1 | 11-Jun-1997 |
bouyer | Add support programs for ext2fs. fsck_ext2fs is derived from fsck_ffs.
|
| 1.6.36.1 | 13-May-2009 |
jym | Sync with HEAD.
Third (and last) commit. See http://mail-index.netbsd.org/source-changes/2009/05/13/msg221222.html
|
| 1.15 | 19-Oct-2009 |
bouyer | Remove closes 3 & 4 from my licence. Lots of thanks to Soren Jacobsen
for the booring work !
|
| 1.14 | 16-Mar-2008 |
lukem | errexit() now provides the trailing \n (since fsck_ffs assumed that
from a conversion from err(3)), so "make it so".
|
| 1.13 | 26-Jun-2005 |
christos | branches: 1.13.10; 1.13.18; 1.13.20;
constify.
|
| 1.12 | 09-Feb-2005 |
ws | Add support for large files (>2GB).
Allow conversion of old filesystems to use this,
if they are already at revision 1.
There probably should be an option to turn revision 0 to revision 1.
Reviewed (in part) by Manuel (bouyer@).
|
| 1.11 | 19-Jan-2005 |
xtraeme | Kill __P(), ANSIfy, remove main() prototype; WARNS=2
|
| 1.10 | 22-Mar-2004 |
bouyer | Fix disclaimer in my copyright. Pointed out by Thomas Klausner.
|
| 1.9 | 05-Oct-2003 |
bouyer | Remove references to University of California from my copyright notices.
|
| 1.8 | 07-Aug-2003 |
agc | Move UCB-licensed code from 4-clause to 3-clause licence.
Patches provided by Joel Baker in PR 22308, verified by myself.
|
| 1.7 | 13-Jul-2003 |
itojun | use bounded string op (one strcpy remains)
VS: ----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
| 1.6 | 28-Jan-2000 |
bouyer | Correct bogons in filetype option support, and add support for the
sparse_super option.
|
| 1.5 | 26-Jan-2000 |
bouyer | First cut at ext2fs rev 1 support (as of mke2fs 1.18): supports the filetype
option read/write and the sparse option read-only.
|
| 1.4 | 09-Oct-1997 |
bouyer | Ext2 metadata are always stored on disk in little-endian byte order,
so do byte-swapping on big-endian system. The byte-swap routines are in
fsck/bswap.c because they will also be used in fsck_ffs in future.
Tested on i386 and sparc.
|
| 1.3 | 16-Sep-1997 |
mrg | make these compile on the alpha after WARNS=1.
|
| 1.2 | 14-Sep-1997 |
lukem | * cleanup for WARNS=1
* deprecate register
* cleanup manpage
* remove unused docheck()
* getopt returns -1 not EOF
* put a ) in the correct place in a printf, so that the argument gets
& 0xff, not the result of printf() itself...
|
| 1.1 | 11-Jun-1997 |
bouyer | Add support programs for ext2fs. fsck_ext2fs is derived from fsck_ffs.
|
| 1.13.20.1 | 03-Apr-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.13.18.1 | 24-Mar-2008 |
keiichi | sync with head.
|
| 1.13.10.1 | 23-Mar-2008 |
matt | sync with HEAD
|
| 1.7 | 19-Oct-2009 |
bouyer | Remove closes 3 & 4 from my licence. Lots of thanks to Soren Jacobsen
for the booring work !
|
| 1.6 | 19-Jan-2005 |
xtraeme | Kill __P(), ANSIfy, remove main() prototype; WARNS=2
|
| 1.5 | 22-Mar-2004 |
bouyer | Fix disclaimer in my copyright. Pointed out by Thomas Klausner.
|
| 1.4 | 05-Oct-2003 |
bouyer | Remove references to University of California from my copyright notices.
|
| 1.3 | 07-Aug-2003 |
agc | Move UCB-licensed code from 4-clause to 3-clause licence.
Patches provided by Joel Baker in PR 22308, verified by myself.
|
| 1.2 | 14-Sep-1997 |
lukem | * cleanup for WARNS=1
* deprecate register
* cleanup manpage
* remove unused docheck()
* getopt returns -1 not EOF
* put a ) in the correct place in a printf, so that the argument gets
& 0xff, not the result of printf() itself...
|
| 1.1 | 11-Jun-1997 |
bouyer | Add support programs for ext2fs. fsck_ext2fs is derived from fsck_ffs.
|
| 1.10 | 19-Oct-2009 |
bouyer | Remove closes 3 & 4 from my licence. Lots of thanks to Soren Jacobsen
for the booring work !
|
| 1.9 | 16-Mar-2008 |
lukem | errexit() now provides the trailing \n (since fsck_ffs assumed that
from a conversion from err(3)), so "make it so".
|
| 1.8 | 19-Aug-2005 |
christos | branches: 1.8.10; 1.8.18; 1.8.20;
64 bit inode changes
|
| 1.7 | 09-Feb-2005 |
ws | Add support for large files (>2GB).
Allow conversion of old filesystems to use this,
if they are already at revision 1.
There probably should be an option to turn revision 0 to revision 1.
Reviewed (in part) by Manuel (bouyer@).
|
| 1.6 | 19-Jan-2005 |
xtraeme | Kill __P(), ANSIfy, remove main() prototype; WARNS=2
|
| 1.5 | 22-Mar-2004 |
bouyer | Fix disclaimer in my copyright. Pointed out by Thomas Klausner.
|
| 1.4 | 05-Oct-2003 |
bouyer | Remove references to University of California from my copyright notices.
|
| 1.3 | 07-Aug-2003 |
agc | Move UCB-licensed code from 4-clause to 3-clause licence.
Patches provided by Joel Baker in PR 22308, verified by myself.
|
| 1.2 | 14-Sep-1997 |
lukem | * cleanup for WARNS=1
* deprecate register
* cleanup manpage
* remove unused docheck()
* getopt returns -1 not EOF
* put a ) in the correct place in a printf, so that the argument gets
& 0xff, not the result of printf() itself...
|
| 1.1 | 11-Jun-1997 |
bouyer | Add support programs for ext2fs. fsck_ext2fs is derived from fsck_ffs.
|
| 1.8.20.1 | 03-Apr-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.8.18.1 | 24-Mar-2008 |
keiichi | sync with head.
|
| 1.8.10.1 | 23-Mar-2008 |
matt | sync with HEAD
|
| 1.20 | 26-Aug-2012 |
dholland | stdlib.h, not malloc.h
|
| 1.19 | 06-Aug-2011 |
dholland | branches: 1.19.2;
Avoid -Wno-pointer-sign.
|
| 1.18 | 06-Aug-2011 |
dholland | Add static to a private function.
|
| 1.17 | 19-Oct-2009 |
bouyer | Remove closes 3 & 4 from my licence. Lots of thanks to Soren Jacobsen
for the booring work !
|
| 1.16 | 06-Apr-2009 |
lukem | fix sign-compare issues
|
| 1.15 | 16-Mar-2008 |
lukem | branches: 1.15.8;
errexit() now provides the trailing \n (since fsck_ffs assumed that
from a conversion from err(3)), so "make it so".
|
| 1.14 | 13-Nov-2007 |
tsutsui | branches: 1.14.6; 1.14.8;
Use more proper aligned format in a debug function print_bmap().
|
| 1.13 | 06-May-2006 |
christos | branches: 1.13.10;
We don't need ext2fs_extern.h
|
| 1.12 | 20-Mar-2006 |
christos | branches: 1.12.2;
Coverity CID 2301: FIx memory leak.
|
| 1.11 | 19-Jan-2005 |
xtraeme | Kill __P(), ANSIfy, remove main() prototype; WARNS=2
|
| 1.10 | 22-Mar-2004 |
bouyer | Fix disclaimer in my copyright. Pointed out by Thomas Klausner.
|
| 1.9 | 05-Oct-2003 |
bouyer | Remove references to University of California from my copyright notices.
|
| 1.8 | 07-Aug-2003 |
agc | Move UCB-licensed code from 4-clause to 3-clause licence.
Patches provided by Joel Baker in PR 22308, verified by myself.
|
| 1.7 | 28-Jan-2000 |
bouyer | Correct bogons in filetype option support, and add support for the
sparse_super option.
|
| 1.6 | 28-Jul-1998 |
mycroft | __AUDIT__ cleanup.
|
| 1.5 | 01-Mar-1998 |
fvdl | Merge with Lite2 + local changes
|
| 1.4 | 09-Oct-1997 |
bouyer | Ext2 metadata are always stored on disk in little-endian byte order,
so do byte-swapping on big-endian system. The byte-swap routines are in
fsck/bswap.c because they will also be used in fsck_ffs in future.
Tested on i386 and sparc.
|
| 1.3 | 14-Sep-1997 |
lukem | * cleanup for WARNS=1
* deprecate register
* cleanup manpage
* remove unused docheck()
* getopt returns -1 not EOF
* put a ) in the correct place in a printf, so that the argument gets
& 0xff, not the result of printf() itself...
|
| 1.2 | 10-Jul-1997 |
mikel | fix printf formats
|
| 1.1 | 11-Jun-1997 |
bouyer | Add support programs for ext2fs. fsck_ext2fs is derived from fsck_ffs.
|
| 1.12.2.3 | 20-Apr-2006 |
christos | Don't include kauth.h
|
| 1.12.2.2 | 19-Apr-2006 |
elad | include kauth.h
|
| 1.12.2.1 | 20-Mar-2006 |
elad | file pass5.c was added on branch elad-kernelauth on 2006-04-19 18:49:08 +0000
|
| 1.13.10.2 | 23-Mar-2008 |
matt | sync with HEAD
|
| 1.13.10.1 | 09-Jan-2008 |
matt | sync with HEAD
|
| 1.14.8.1 | 03-Apr-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.14.6.1 | 24-Mar-2008 |
keiichi | sync with head.
|
| 1.15.8.1 | 13-May-2009 |
jym | Sync with HEAD.
Third (and last) commit. See http://mail-index.netbsd.org/source-changes/2009/05/13/msg221222.html
|
| 1.19.2.1 | 30-Oct-2012 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.10 | 16-Mar-2008 |
lukem | Remove unused file.
|
| 1.9 | 23-Feb-2008 |
christos | Make sure that the exit values are always sane, and use symbolic instead
of magic constants. Reviewed by go@
|
| 1.8 | 05-Jun-2006 |
christos | branches: 1.8.10; 1.8.18; 1.8.20;
s/perror/perr
|
| 1.7 | 19-Jan-2005 |
xtraeme | Kill __P(), ANSIfy, remove main() prototype; WARNS=2
|
| 1.6 | 22-Mar-2004 |
bouyer | Fix disclaimer in my copyright. Pointed out by Thomas Klausner.
|
| 1.5 | 05-Oct-2003 |
bouyer | Remove references to University of California from my copyright notices.
|
| 1.4 | 07-Aug-2003 |
agc | Move UCB-licensed code from 4-clause to 3-clause licence.
Patches provided by Joel Baker in PR 22308, verified by myself.
|
| 1.3 | 13-Jul-2003 |
itojun | use bounded string op (one strcpy remains)
VS: ----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
| 1.2 | 14-Sep-1997 |
lukem | * cleanup for WARNS=1
* deprecate register
* cleanup manpage
* remove unused docheck()
* getopt returns -1 not EOF
* put a ) in the correct place in a printf, so that the argument gets
& 0xff, not the result of printf() itself...
|
| 1.1 | 11-Jun-1997 |
bouyer | Add support programs for ext2fs. fsck_ext2fs is derived from fsck_ffs.
|
| 1.8.20.1 | 03-Apr-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.8.18.1 | 24-Mar-2008 |
keiichi | sync with head.
|
| 1.8.10.1 | 23-Mar-2008 |
matt | sync with HEAD
|
| 1.39 | 31-Mar-2019 |
mlelstv | Ignore EXT4 'kbytes written' field when validating alternate superblock.
|
| 1.38 | 31-Mar-2019 |
mlelstv | No longer rely on data in disklabel to deduce alternate superblock
positions from block size. Instead use the same defaults as newfs_ext2fs.
Side effect is that fsck_ext2fs now works with wedges.
|
| 1.37 | 31-Mar-2019 |
mlelstv | remove debug printfs from last commit.
|
| 1.36 | 30-Mar-2019 |
mlelstv | Ignore recorded last mount point when validating alternate superblocks.
Compute log_bsize correctly. This fixes computation of alternate
superblock addresses.
|
| 1.35 | 15-Aug-2016 |
jdolecek | branches: 1.35.14;
more informative debug output for unsupported features
|
| 1.34 | 15-Aug-2016 |
jdolecek | adjust inode size check to compare against EXT2_REV0_DINODE_SIZE, rather then sizeof(struct ext2fs_dinode), as the structure definition was expanded with the optional fields
|
| 1.33 | 15-Aug-2016 |
jdolecek | divorce list of features supported by fsck_ext2fs from the kernel;
while kernel might support e.g. extents, extra_isize or dir_nlink,
fsck could actually have no idea about the features
|
| 1.32 | 04-Dec-2014 |
christos | Instead of zerodivide, give a useful error message.
|
| 1.31 | 23-Jun-2013 |
dholland | branches: 1.31.6;
fsbtodb() -> FFS_FSBTODB(), EXT2_FSBTODB(), or MFS_FSBTODB()
dbtofsb() -> FFS_DBTOFSB() or EXT2_DBTOFSB()
(Christos already did the lfs ones a few days back)
|
| 1.30 | 19-Jun-2013 |
dholland | Rename ambiguous macros:
MAXDIRSIZE -> UFS_MAXDIRSIZE or LFS_MAXDIRSIZE
NINDIR -> FFS_NINDIR, EXT2_NINDIR, LFS_NINDIR, or MFS_NINDIR
INOPB -> FFS_INOPB, LFS_INOPB
INOPF -> FFS_INOPF, LFS_INOPF
blksize -> ffs_blksize, ext2_blksize, or lfs_blksize
sblksize -> ffs_blksize
These are not the only ambiguously defined filesystem macros, of
course, there's a pile more. I may not have found all the ambiguous
definitions of blksize(), too, as there are a lot of other things
called 'blksize' in the system.
|
| 1.29 | 22-Jan-2013 |
dholland | Stuff UFS_ in front of a few of ufs's symbols to reduce namespace
pollution. Specifically:
ROOTINO -> UFS_ROOTINO
WINO -> UFS_WINO
NXADDR -> UFS_NXADDR
NDADDR -> UFS_NDADDR
NIADDR -> UFS_NIADDR
MAXSYMLINKLEN -> UFS_MAXSYMLINKLEN
MAXSYMLINKLEN_UFS[12] -> UFS[12]_MAXSYMLINKLEN (for consistency)
Sort out ext2fs's misuse of NDADDR and NIADDR; fortunately, these have
the same values in ext2fs and ffs.
No functional change intended.
|
| 1.28 | 16-Sep-2011 |
plunky | branches: 1.28.2; 1.28.8;
NULL does not need a cast, here
|
| 1.27 | 19-Oct-2009 |
bouyer | Remove closes 3 & 4 from my licence. Lots of thanks to Soren Jacobsen
for the booring work !
|
| 1.26 | 02-Mar-2009 |
tsutsui | - add a sanity check for e2fs_inode_size in readsb()
- use EXT2_DINODE_SIZE() rather than sizeof(struct ext2fs_dinode) or
struct ext2fs_dinode array/pointer to see e2fs_ipb and inode offsets
|
| 1.25 | 16-Mar-2008 |
lukem | branches: 1.25.6; 1.25.8;
errexit() now provides the trailing \n (since fsck_ffs assumed that
from a conversion from err(3)), so "make it so".
|
| 1.24 | 22-Dec-2007 |
tsutsui | branches: 1.24.2; 1.24.4;
Use h2fs32() rather than fs2h32() on host to disk conversion.
|
| 1.23 | 22-Dec-2007 |
tsutsui | - use MINFREE defiend in <ufs/ext2fs/ext2fs.h>
- remove unnecessary casts
- unsigned -> unsigned int
- misc KNF
|
| 1.22 | 22-Dec-2007 |
tsutsui | Remove unused macro.
|
| 1.21 | 13-Nov-2007 |
tsutsui | branches: 1.21.2;
Fix e2fs_itpg calculation (a rounddown bug).
|
| 1.20 | 16-Oct-2006 |
christos | branches: 1.20.8;
comment out impossible code.
|
| 1.19 | 26-Jun-2005 |
christos | constify.
|
| 1.18 | 09-Feb-2005 |
ws | Add support for large files (>2GB).
Allow conversion of old filesystems to use this,
if they are already at revision 1.
There probably should be an option to turn revision 0 to revision 1.
Reviewed (in part) by Manuel (bouyer@).
|
| 1.17 | 19-Jan-2005 |
xtraeme | Kill __P(), ANSIfy, remove main() prototype; WARNS=2
|
| 1.16 | 29-Oct-2004 |
dsl | Add (unsigned char) cast to ctype function
Fix check for device name ending in [0-9a-h] (strchr(dev, 0) doesn't ever
return NULL - which is fortunate because the () were wrong as well!)
|
| 1.15 | 22-Mar-2004 |
bouyer | Fix disclaimer in my copyright. Pointed out by Thomas Klausner.
|
| 1.14 | 05-Oct-2003 |
bouyer | Remove references to University of California from my copyright notices.
|
| 1.13 | 07-Aug-2003 |
agc | Move UCB-licensed code from 4-clause to 3-clause licence.
Patches provided by Joel Baker in PR 22308, verified by myself.
|
| 1.12 | 28-Jan-2000 |
bouyer | Correct bogons in filetype option support, and add support for the
sparse_super option.
|
| 1.11 | 26-Jan-2000 |
bouyer | First cut at ext2fs rev 1 support (as of mke2fs 1.18): supports the filetype
option read/write and the sparse option read-only.
|
| 1.10 | 17-Feb-1999 |
bouyer | branches: 1.10.2;
Properly handle FIFO (linux seems to puts something in the block addr fields
here) and a new field that can be different in the master superblock and
its first copy. From Tim Shepard.
|
| 1.9 | 01-Feb-1999 |
bouyer | Check malloc's return value before using the pointer.
|
| 1.8 | 12-Nov-1998 |
christos | Adjust for DKTYPENAME changes.
|
| 1.7 | 26-Jul-1998 |
mycroft | const poisoning.
|
| 1.6 | 09-Oct-1997 |
bouyer | Ext2 metadata are always stored on disk in little-endian byte order,
so do byte-swapping on big-endian system. The byte-swap routines are in
fsck/bswap.c because they will also be used in fsck_ffs in future.
Tested on i386 and sparc.
|
| 1.5 | 16-Sep-1997 |
mrg | make these compile on the alpha after WARNS=1.
|
| 1.4 | 14-Sep-1997 |
lukem | * cleanup for WARNS=1
* deprecate register
* cleanup manpage
* remove unused docheck()
* getopt returns -1 not EOF
* put a ) in the correct place in a printf, so that the argument gets
& 0xff, not the result of printf() itself...
|
| 1.3 | 10-Jul-1997 |
mikel | prototype calcsb()
|
| 1.2 | 16-Jun-1997 |
bouyer | The computed superblock size is bigger than SBSIZE, malloc() enouth
memory for it. Apparently, this bug was hidden by our malloc implementation.
Reported by Jason Downs.
|
| 1.1 | 11-Jun-1997 |
bouyer | Add support programs for ext2fs. fsck_ext2fs is derived from fsck_ffs.
|
| 1.10.2.1 | 01-Feb-2000 |
he | Apply patch (requested by bouyer):
Add support for ext2fs revision 1, with read-only support for
the 'sparse_super' and 'filetype' options. Should fix PR#9088.
|
| 1.20.8.2 | 23-Mar-2008 |
matt | sync with HEAD
|
| 1.20.8.1 | 09-Jan-2008 |
matt | sync with HEAD
|
| 1.21.2.1 | 27-Dec-2007 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.24.4.1 | 03-Apr-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.24.2.1 | 24-Mar-2008 |
keiichi | sync with head.
|
| 1.25.8.1 | 13-May-2009 |
jym | Sync with HEAD.
Third (and last) commit. See http://mail-index.netbsd.org/source-changes/2009/05/13/msg221222.html
|
| 1.25.6.1 | 16-Jan-2011 |
bouyer | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by tsutsui in ticket #1486):
sbin/fsck_ext2fs/setup.c: revision 1.26
sbin/newfs_ext2fs/mke2fs.c: revision 1.10
sbin/newfs_ext2fs/mke2fs.c: revision 1.11
sbin/newfs_ext2fs/mke2fs.c: revision 1.12
sbin/fsck_ext2fs/inode.c: revision 1.24
sys/lib/libsa/ext2fs.c: revision 1.6
sbin/newfs_ext2fs/extern.h: revision 1.3
sbin/fsck_ext2fs/inode.c: revision 1.25
sys/lib/libsa/ext2fs.c: revision 1.7
sbin/fsck_ext2fs/inode.c: revision 1.26
sys/ufs/ext2fs/ext2fs_inode.c: revision 1.68
sbin/fsck_ext2fs/inode.c: revision 1.27
sbin/fsck_ext2fs/inode.c: revision 1.28
sys/ufs/ext2fs/ext2fs_dinode.h: revision 1.18
sys/ufs/ext2fs/ext2fs_dinode.h: revision 1.19
sbin/newfs_ext2fs/newfs_ext2fs.c: revision 1.5
sbin/newfs_ext2fs/newfs_ext2fs.8: revision 1.2
sbin/newfs_ext2fs/newfs_ext2fs.c: revision 1.6
sbin/newfs_ext2fs/newfs_ext2fs.8: revision 1.3
sys/ufs/ext2fs/ext2fs_vfsops.c: revision 1.142
sbin/newfs_ext2fs/newfs_ext2fs.c: revision 1.7
sbin/newfs_ext2fs/newfs_ext2fs.8: revision 1.4
sbin/newfs_ext2fs/newfs_ext2fs.c: revision 1.8
PR/40936: Frederik Sausmikat: ext2fs: add support for inodes > 128 bytes
Support variable inode sizes.
catch up with variable inode size.
Don't use e2fs_inode_size in superblock on E2FS_REV0 file system.
- accept only EXT2_REV0_DINODE_SIZE inodesize on -O 0
- use inodesize to get offset of inode, not struct ext2fs_dinode array
Replace a magic number with a new EXT2_REV0_DINODE_SIZE macro.
Use EXT2_DINODE_SIZE() to get offset of inode, not struct ext2fs_dinode array.
Fix botched logic in inodesize check.
Use inodesize to get offset of inode in one more place.
- add a sanity check for e2fs_inode_size in readsb()
- use EXT2_DINODE_SIZE() rather than sizeof(struct ext2fs_dinode) or
struct ext2fs_dinode array/pointer to see e2fs_ipb and inode offsets
Sort options.
New sentence, new line.
Sort options in usage.
- unsigned -> unsigned int
- remove unnecessary casts from malloc(3) and free(3)
- fix a bogus indent
Use "size > INT32_MAX" rather than "size >= 0x80000000U" to check 2GB limit.
Add missed byteswap ops against ext2fs_dinode members.
Handle 32 bit uid field on E2FS_REV1.
|
| 1.28.8.3 | 20-Aug-2014 |
tls | Rebase to HEAD as of a few days ago.
|
| 1.28.8.2 | 23-Jun-2013 |
tls | resync from head
|
| 1.28.8.1 | 25-Feb-2013 |
tls | resync with head
|
| 1.28.2.2 | 22-May-2014 |
yamt | sync with head.
for a reference, the tree before this commit was tagged
as yamt-pagecache-tag8.
this commit was splitted into small chunks to avoid
a limitation of cvs. ("Protocol error: too many arguments")
|
| 1.28.2.1 | 23-Jan-2013 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.31.6.1 | 14-Apr-2015 |
snj | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by christos in ticket #688):
sbin/fsck_ext2fs/setup.c: revision 1.32
Instead of zerodivide, give a useful error message.
|
| 1.35.14.1 | 10-Jun-2019 |
christos | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.23 | 23-Jun-2013 |
dholland | fsbtodb() -> FFS_FSBTODB(), EXT2_FSBTODB(), or MFS_FSBTODB()
dbtofsb() -> FFS_DBTOFSB() or EXT2_DBTOFSB()
(Christos already did the lfs ones a few days back)
|
| 1.22 | 09-Jun-2011 |
christos | branches: 1.22.2; 1.22.8;
share more code.
|
| 1.21 | 07-Jan-2010 |
christos | branches: 1.21.4;
make this compile again.
|
| 1.20 | 06-Jan-2010 |
christos | PR/42568: Pedro F. Giffuni: Better signal handling from OpenBSD, but simplified.
|
| 1.19 | 19-Oct-2009 |
bouyer | Remove closes 3 & 4 from my licence. Lots of thanks to Soren Jacobsen
for the booring work !
|
| 1.18 | 24-Nov-2008 |
tsutsui | Remove unnecessary casts.
|
| 1.17 | 16-Mar-2008 |
lukem | errexit() now provides the trailing \n (since fsck_ffs assumed that
from a conversion from err(3)), so "make it so".
|
| 1.16 | 23-Feb-2008 |
christos | Make sure that the exit values are always sane, and use symbolic instead
of magic constants. Reviewed by go@
|
| 1.15 | 08-Feb-2007 |
drochner | branches: 1.15.4; 1.15.10; 1.15.12;
include <signal.h> where signal(3) is used
|
| 1.14 | 26-Jun-2005 |
christos | constify.
|
| 1.13 | 11-Feb-2005 |
simonb | White space nit- don't put a space before/after increment/decrement
operators.
|
| 1.12 | 19-Jan-2005 |
xtraeme | Kill __P(), ANSIfy, remove main() prototype; WARNS=2
|
| 1.11 | 22-Mar-2004 |
bouyer | Fix disclaimer in my copyright. Pointed out by Thomas Klausner.
|
| 1.10 | 05-Oct-2003 |
bouyer | Remove references to University of California from my copyright notices.
|
| 1.9 | 07-Aug-2003 |
agc | Move UCB-licensed code from 4-clause to 3-clause licence.
Patches provided by Joel Baker in PR 22308, verified by myself.
|
| 1.8 | 13-Jul-2003 |
itojun | use bounded string op (one strcpy remains)
VS: ----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
| 1.7 | 24-Jan-2003 |
fvdl | Bump daddr_t to 64 bits. Replace it with int32_t in all places where
it was used on-disk, so that on-disk formats remain the same.
Remove ufs_daddr_t and ufs_lbn_t for the time being.
|
| 1.6 | 04-Feb-2001 |
christos | fix nested extern and duplicate declarations
|
| 1.5 | 10-Oct-2000 |
is | Format string cleanups by Bill Sommerfeld.
|
| 1.4 | 30-Mar-1998 |
mrg | branches: 1.4.2; 1.4.10;
use extern int over extern
|
| 1.3 | 09-Oct-1997 |
bouyer | Ext2 metadata are always stored on disk in little-endian byte order,
so do byte-swapping on big-endian system. The byte-swap routines are in
fsck/bswap.c because they will also be used in fsck_ffs in future.
Tested on i386 and sparc.
|
| 1.2 | 14-Sep-1997 |
lukem | * cleanup for WARNS=1
* deprecate register
* cleanup manpage
* remove unused docheck()
* getopt returns -1 not EOF
* put a ) in the correct place in a printf, so that the argument gets
& 0xff, not the result of printf() itself...
|
| 1.1 | 11-Jun-1997 |
bouyer | Add support programs for ext2fs. fsck_ext2fs is derived from fsck_ffs.
|
| 1.4.10.1 | 18-Oct-2000 |
tv | Pullup sbin string format fixes [is].
See "cvs log" for explicit revision numbers per file, from sommerfeld.
|
| 1.4.2.1 | 10-Oct-2000 |
he | Pull up revision 1.5 (requested by is):
Format string cleanup.
|
| 1.15.12.2 | 17-Jan-2009 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.15.12.1 | 03-Apr-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.15.10.1 | 24-Mar-2008 |
keiichi | sync with head.
|
| 1.15.4.1 | 23-Mar-2008 |
matt | sync with HEAD
|
| 1.21.4.1 | 23-Jun-2011 |
cherry | Catchup with rmind-uvmplock merge.
|
| 1.22.8.1 | 20-Aug-2014 |
tls | Rebase to HEAD as of a few days ago.
|
| 1.22.2.1 | 22-May-2014 |
yamt | sync with head.
for a reference, the tree before this commit was tagged
as yamt-pagecache-tag8.
this commit was splitted into small chunks to avoid
a limitation of cvs. ("Protocol error: too many arguments")
|
| 1.51 | 03-Jun-2023 |
lukem | bsd.own.mk: rename to CC_WNO_ADDRESS_OF_PACKED_MEMBER
Provide a single variable
CC_WNO_ADDRESS_OF_PACKED_MEMBER
with options for both clang and gcc, to replace
CLANG_NO_ADDR_OF_PACKED_MEMBER
CC_NO_ADDR_OF_PACKED_MEMBER
GCC_NO_ADDR_OF_PACKED_MEMBER
Using the convention CC_compilerflag, where compilerflag
is based on the full compiler flag name.
|
| 1.50 | 06-Sep-2020 |
mrg | add support for new GCC 9 warnings that may be too much to fix
right now. new address-of-packed-member and format-overflow
warnings have new GCC_NO_ADDR_OF_PACKED_MEMBER amd
GCC_NO_FORMAT_OVERFLOW variables to remove these warnings.
apply to a bunch of the tree. mostly, these are real bugs that
should be fixed, but in many cases, only by removing the 'packed'
attribute from some structure that doesn't really need it. (i
looked at many different ones, and while perhaps 60-80% were
already properly aligned, it wasn't clear to me that the uses
were always coming from sane data vs network alignment, so it
doesn't seem safe to remove packed without careful research for
each affect struct.) clang already warned (and was not erroring)
for many of these cases, but gcc picked up dozens more.
|
| 1.49 | 11-Jun-2018 |
kamil | Restore the MKGROFF=bo MKCXX=yes build
Mark the documentation in dc(1), gprof(1), rogue(6) and fsck_ffs(8) with
the .roff flag in SUBDIR.
Sponsored by <The NetBSD Foundation>
|
| 1.48 | 08-Feb-2017 |
rin | branches: 1.48.10;
Add smaller versions of fsck_ffs(8) and newfs(8) for install media, where
support for Endian-Independent FFS and Apple UFS is disabled unless FFS_EI=1
and APPLE_UFS=1 are added to CRUNCHENV, respectively.
This reduces the size of ramdisk image for atari by over 15KB.
Thanks tsutsui and christos for their useful comments.
|
| 1.47 | 07-Feb-2017 |
rin | Do not compile in progress.c when SMALLPROG is defined.
|
| 1.46 | 23-Mar-2016 |
christos | branches: 1.46.2; 1.46.4;
-O0 for pass1.c and vax
|
| 1.45 | 05-Jul-2014 |
dholland | Rework /usr/share/doc.
Update the <bsd.doc.mk> infrastructure, and update the docs to match
the new infrastructure.
- Build and install text, ps, pdf, and/or html, not roff sources.
- Don't wire the chapter numbers into the build system, or use them in
the installed pathnames. This didn't matter much when the docs were a
museum, but now that we're theoretically going to start maintaining
them again, we're going to add and remove documents periodically and
having the chapter numbers baked in creates a lot of thrashing for no
purpose.
- Specify the document name explicitly, rather than implicitly in a
path. Use this name (instead of other random strings) as the name
of the installed files.
- Specify the document section, which is the subdirectory of
/usr/share/doc to install into.
- Allow multiple subdocuments. (That is, multiple documents in one
output directory.)
- Enumerate the .png files groff emits along with html so they can be
installed.
- Remove assorted hand-rolled rules for running roff and roff widgetry
and add enough variable settings to make these unnecessary. This
includes support for
- explicit use of soelim
- refer
- tbl
- pic
- eqn
- Forcibly apply at least minimal amounts of sanity to certain
autogenerated roff files.
- Don't exclude USD.doc, SMM.doc, and PSD.doc directories from the
build, as they now actually do stuff.
Note: currently we can't generate pdf. This turns out to be a
nontrivial problem with no immediate solution forthcoming. So for now,
as a workaround, install compressed .ps as the printable form.
|
| 1.44 | 10-Aug-2012 |
joerg | branches: 1.44.2; 1.44.8;
Don't depend on HAVE_GCC being always defined.
|
| 1.43 | 14-Aug-2011 |
christos | branches: 1.43.2;
WARNS=4
|
| 1.42 | 20-Jun-2011 |
mrg | remove most of the remaining HAVE_GCC tests that are always true in
the modern world.
|
| 1.41 | 06-Mar-2011 |
bouyer | branches: 1.41.2;
merge the bouyer-quota2 branch. This adds a new on-disk format
to store disk quota usage and limits, integrated with ffs
metadata. Usage is checked by fsck_ffs (no more quotacheck)
and is covered by the WAPBL journal. Enabled with kernel
option QUOTA2 (added where QUOTA was enabled in kernel config files),
turned on with tunefs(8) on a per-filesystem
basis. mount_mfs(8) can also turn quotas on.
See http://mail-index.netbsd.org/tech-kern/2011/02/19/msg010025.html
for details.
|
| 1.40 | 05-Jun-2009 |
haad | branches: 1.40.2;
Add support for DIOCGDISKINFO to disk like device drivers. Change
partutil.c::getdiskinfo to use it to get disk geometry info.
Use DIOCGWEDGEINFO ioctl to get information about partition size, if disk
driver doesn't support it use old DIOCGDINFO. This patch adds support for
wedge like devices(lvm logical volumes, ZFS zvol partitions) to newfs and
other tools.
No objections on tech-userlevel@.
|
| 1.39 | 11-Apr-2009 |
lukem | Enable WARNS=4 by default except for:
dump dump_lfs fsck_ffs fsck_lfs fsdb mount_smbfs
newfs_ext2fs newfs_lfs resize_lfs setkey
|
| 1.38 | 30-Aug-2008 |
bouyer | branches: 1.38.4;
Add fss(4) snapshot support to fsck_ffs(8) (via -x or -X options, like
dump(8)). This allows fsck_ffs -n to work on a snapshot of a R/W mounted
filesystem, and avoid errors related to filesystem activity.
|
| 1.37 | 29-Aug-2008 |
gmcgarry | Wrap compiler-specific flags with HAVE_GCC and HAVE_PCC as necessary. Add a few flags for PCC.
|
| 1.36 | 31-Jul-2008 |
simonb | Merge the simonb-wapbl branch. From the original branch commit:
Add Wasabi System's WAPBL (Write Ahead Physical Block Logging)
journaling code. Originally written by Darrin B. Jewell while
at Wasabi and updated to -current by Antti Kantee, Andy Doran,
Greg Oster and Simon Burge.
OK'd by core@, releng@.
|
| 1.35 | 04-May-2008 |
tsutsui | branches: 1.35.2; 1.35.4;
There is only one more file which requires HACKS for m68000,
so handle it in each Makefile rather than sys.mk.
These ICEs might be related with GCC Bugzilla Bug 32424
which is not resolved yet even in the upstream.
|
| 1.34 | 09-Feb-2008 |
mrg | branches: 1.34.4; 1.34.6;
make all sun2 use -O0 and move most of the hacks out into just 3 files.
|
| 1.33 | 26-Aug-2006 |
christos | branches: 1.33.8; 1.33.10;
- Deal with wedges and the new disk geometry structures, instead of using
struct disklabel.
Functionality lost:
1. struct disklabel used to be updated to contain bsize, fsize, cpg.
This information was used to locate the alternative superblock in
the filesystem if the primary superblock was corrupted. We need
to find a new place to store this information if we need this
functionality.
2. On vax SMD drives that contained bad sector lists, the newfs program
knew how to get the offset and skip to the correct location in order
to place the label.
|
| 1.32 | 17-Aug-2006 |
christos | Revert previous. It is not ready for public consumption.
|
| 1.31 | 17-Aug-2006 |
christos | Don't use || if you need &&.
|
| 1.30 | 24-Jun-2006 |
mrg | work around some GCC4 internal problems on m68000 platform.
document the hack, and update another GCC4 list.
|
| 1.29 | 11-May-2006 |
mrg | sprinkle some -fno-strict-aliasing and -Wno-pointer-sign with GCC4.
|
| 1.28 | 20-Jan-2005 |
xtraeme | WARNS=2 is the default defined in sbin/Makefile.inc. (thanks wiz)
|
| 1.27 | 19-Jan-2005 |
xtraeme | Kill __P(), ANSIfy and WARNS=2
|
| 1.26 | 13-Jan-2005 |
christos | Use -DPROGRESS to enable the progress bar, don't depend on SMALL.
|
| 1.25 | 13-Jan-2005 |
christos | Add a progress meter to fsck_ffs based on the work by thorpej presented
to the mailing lists last January. This is optional.
|
| 1.24 | 28-Sep-2002 |
dbj | Add support for the Apple UFS variation on ffs
This is the bulk of PR #17345
The general approach is to use a run time deteriminable value
for DIRBLKSIZ. Additional allowances are included for using
MAXSYMLINKLEN with FS_42INODEFMT and a shift in the cylinder group
cluster summary count array. Support is added for managing
the Apple UFS volume label.
|
| 1.23 | 19-Aug-2002 |
lukem | Use ${NETBSDSRCDIR}/some/path instead of ${.CURDIR}/../../some/path
|
| 1.22 | 15-Jan-1999 |
bouyer | branches: 1.22.4;
#include machine/bswap.h and remove -lutil.
|
| 1.21 | 18-Mar-1998 |
bouyer | Add support for non-native byteorder FFS, and converting byteorder.
Also, be a bit more conservative with the clean flag: don't mark the FS
clean when we know there may still be errors (user anserwed 'n' to
a question, or fsck says "you must rerun fsck").
|
| 1.20 | 11-Oct-1997 |
mycroft | Use bsd.subdir.mk as appropriate.
|
| 1.19 | 10-Oct-1997 |
christos | CFLAGS->CPPFLAGS
|
| 1.18 | 21-Sep-1997 |
lukem | remove -g from CFLAGS=
|
| 1.17 | 16-Sep-1997 |
lukem | resolve conflicts from lite-2 merge.
|
| 1.16 | 08-May-1997 |
gwr | Back out the .PATH.c changes. The .depend problem (and others)
will be fixed using the new .NOPATH make feature instead.
|
| 1.15 | 06-May-1997 |
gwr | Use .PATH.c: ...
|
| 1.14 | 21-Feb-1997 |
mikel | use += instead of = for CFLAGS
|
| 1.13 | 27-Sep-1996 |
christos | - util.h -> fsutil.h
|
| 1.12 | 23-Sep-1996 |
christos | - fixed all printf formats [there were a lot of %l? <-> %? mistakes]
- added missing prototypes, and made local functions static
- removed parallel preening code; this is part of fsck(8)
- use printing utilities from fsck(8)
- Makefile does not make links to fsck and fsck.8
- removed -l maxparallel option. It has no meaning anymore.
|
| 1.11 | 05-Apr-1996 |
cgd | check in changes proposed in PR 2006 (approved by J.T.), to rename fsck
to fsck_ffs, so that in the future 'fsck' can be a wrapper than invokes
appropriate filesystem-specific checker programs. For now, the only
user-visible change is that the names have changed in the manual page
and in error messages; fsck and fsck.8 are now links to fsck_ffs and
fsck_ffs.8, until the rest of the transition is complete.
|
| 1.10 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.9 | 22-Dec-1994 |
cgd | specify man pages the new way.
|
| 1.8 | 30-Jun-1994 |
cgd | deal with new share/doc strategy
|
| 1.7 | 25-Jun-1994 |
cgd | update for new doc-make/install strategy
|
| 1.6 | 08-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Update from 4.4-Lite, with local changes.
|
| 1.5 | 01-Aug-1993 |
mycroft | Add RCS identifiers.
|
| 1.4 | 28-Apr-1993 |
cgd | i don't think we're in sys.386bsd any more...
|
| 1.3 | 23-Mar-1993 |
cgd | changed "Id" to "Header" for rcsids
|
| 1.2 | 22-Mar-1993 |
cgd | added rcs ids to all files
|
| 1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.3 | 16-Sep-1997 |
lukem | imported from lite-2
|
| 1.1.1.2 | 13-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Import 4.4-Lite version.
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | initial import of 386bsd-0.1 sources
|
| 1.22.4.1 | 19-Oct-1999 |
fvdl | Add -I${.CURDIR}/../../sys for convenience. Should not be merged with
the trunk.
|
| 1.33.10.1 | 18-Feb-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.33.8.1 | 23-Mar-2008 |
matt | sync with HEAD
|
| 1.34.6.1 | 18-May-2008 |
yamt | sync with head.
|
| 1.34.4.2 | 28-Sep-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.34.4.1 | 02-Jun-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.35.4.1 | 10-Jun-2008 |
simonb | Initial commit of Wasabi System's WAPBL (Write Ahead Physical Block
Logging) journaling code. Originally written by Darrin B. Jewell
while at Wasabi and updated to -current by Antti Kantee, Andy Doran,
Greg Oster and Simon Burge.
Still a number of issues - look in doc/BRANCHES for "simonb-wapbl"
for more info.
|
| 1.35.2.1 | 18-Sep-2008 |
wrstuden | Sync with wrstuden-revivesa-base-2.
|
| 1.38.4.1 | 13-May-2009 |
jym | Sync with HEAD.
Third (and last) commit. See http://mail-index.netbsd.org/source-changes/2009/05/13/msg221222.html
|
| 1.40.2.1 | 20-Jan-2011 |
bouyer | Snapshot of work in progress on a modernised disk quota system:
- new quotactl syscall (versionned for backward compat), which takes
as parameter a path to a mount point, and a prop_dictionary
(in plistref format) describing commands and arguments.
For each command, status and data are returned as a prop_dictionary.
quota commands features will be added to take advantage of this,
exporting quota data or getting quota commands as plists.
- new on disk-format storage (all 64bit wide), integrated to metadata for
ffs (and playing nicely with wapbl).
Quotas are enabled on a ffs filesystem via superblock flags.
tunefs(8) can enable or disable quotas.
On a quota-enabled filesystem, fsck_ffs(8) will track per-uid/gid
block and inode usages, and will check and update quotas in Pass 6.
quota usage and limits are stored in unliked files (one for users,
one for groups)l fsck_ffs(8) will create the files if needed, or
free them if needed. This means that after enabling or disabling
quotas on a filesystem; a fsck_ffs(8) run is required.
quotacheck(8) is not needed any more, on a unclean shutdown
fsck or journal replay will take care of fixing quotas.
newfs(8) can create a ready-to-mount quota-enabled filesystem
(superblock flags are set and quota inodes are created).
Other new features or semantic changes:
- default quota datas, applied to users or groups which don't already
have a quota entry
- per-user/group grace time (instead of a filesystem global one)
- 0 really means "nothing allowed at all", not "no limit".
If you want "no limit", set the limit to UQUAD_MAX (tools will
understand "unlimited" and "-")
A quota file is structured as follow:
it starts with a header, containing a few per-filesystem values,
and the default quota limits.
Quota entries are linked together as a simple list, each entry has a
pointer (as an offset withing the file) to the next.
The header has a pointer to a list of free quota entries, and
a hash table of in-use entries. The size of the hash table depends
on the filesystem block size (header+hash table should fit in the
first block). The file is not sparse and is a multiple of
filesystem block size (when the free quota entry list is empty a new
filesystem block is allocated). quota entries to not cross
filesystem block boundaries.
In memory, the kernel keeps a cache of recently used quota entries
as a reference to the block number, and offset withing the block.
The quota entry itself is keept in the buf cache.
fsck_ffs(8), tunefs(8) and newfs(8) supports are completed (with
related atf tests :)
The kernel can update disk usage and report it via quotactl(2).
Todo: enforce quotas limits (limits are not checked by kernel yet)
update repquota, edquota and rpc.rquotad to the new world
implement compat_50_quotactl ioctl.
update quotactl(2) man page
fsck_ffs required fixes so that allocating new blocks or inodes will
properly update the superblock and cg sumaries. This was not an issue up
to now because superblock and cg sumaries check happened last, but now
allocations or frees can happen in pass 6.
|
| 1.41.2.1 | 23-Jun-2011 |
cherry | Catchup with rmind-uvmplock merge.
|
| 1.43.2.1 | 30-Oct-2012 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.44.8.1 | 10-Aug-2014 |
tls | Rebase.
|
| 1.44.2.1 | 20-Aug-2014 |
tls | Rebase to HEAD as of a few days ago.
|
| 1.46.4.1 | 21-Apr-2017 |
bouyer | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.46.2.1 | 20-Mar-2017 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.48.10.1 | 25-Jun-2018 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.3 | 07-Oct-2023 |
rin | Drop -O[01] hacks for vax; no longer necessary for patched GCC 10
PR port-vax/57646: Import major vax toolchain fix by Kalvis Duckmanton
XXXRO: GCC 12 may require hacks for a while, but it turned out that
GCC 12 should be treated differently from older versions; a lot of new
files need -O[01] flags, while some may no longer require it.
I will take a look later.
Note that these hacks are not required if Kalvis's patches for GCC 12
are applied.
Keep doc/HACKS entries for a while (will be sync with update for GCC 12).
diff --git a/crypto/external/bsd/openssh/lib/Makefile b/crypto/external/bsd/openssh/lib/Makefile
index 96a93f5e396..4e38be1b642 100644
--- a/crypto/external/bsd/openssh/lib/Makefile
+++ b/crypto/external/bsd/openssh/lib/Makefile
@@ -117,12 +117,6 @@ COPTS.${f}.c+= -Wno-pointer-sign
# XXX
COPTS.channels.c+= -fno-strict-aliasing
-# XXX
-.if ${MACHINE} == "vax"
-COPTS.poly1305.c+= -O0
-COPTS.umac.c+= -O0
-.endif
-
COPTS.hostfile.c+= ${CC_WNO_FORMAT_TRUNCATION}
COPTS.sshkey.c+= ${CC_WNO_FORMAT_TRUNCATION}
COPTS.cipher.c+= -Wno-error=deprecated-declarations
diff --git a/distrib/utils/x_ping/Makefile b/distrib/utils/x_ping/Makefile
index f1c452a0d60..8ee77580a3f 100644
--- a/distrib/utils/x_ping/Makefile
+++ b/distrib/utils/x_ping/Makefile
@@ -12,10 +12,6 @@ CPPFLAGS+= -I${SRCDIR} -DCRUNCHOPS
DPADD= ${LIBM}
LDADD= -lm
-.if ${MACHINE_ARCH} == "vax"
-COPTS.ping.c=-O0
-.endif
-
.include <bsd.prog.mk>
.PATH: ${SRCDIR}
diff --git a/external/apache2/argon2/lib/libargon2/Makefile.inc b/external/apache2/argon2/lib/libargon2/Makefile.inc
index d3f4470c6c7..6a1dd146d7d 100644
--- a/external/apache2/argon2/lib/libargon2/Makefile.inc
+++ b/external/apache2/argon2/lib/libargon2/Makefile.inc
@@ -16,7 +16,3 @@ CFLAGS+= -pthread
LDADD+=-lpthread
DPADD+=${LIBPTHREAD}
.endif
-
-.if ${MACHINE} == "vax"
-COPTS.blake2b.c+= -O0
-.endif
diff --git a/external/bsd/jemalloc/lib/Makefile.inc b/external/bsd/jemalloc/lib/Makefile.inc
index 2f524358f46..d5da774f293 100644
--- a/external/bsd/jemalloc/lib/Makefile.inc
+++ b/external/bsd/jemalloc/lib/Makefile.inc
@@ -53,12 +53,6 @@ COPTS.ctl.c+=-Wno-error=stack-protector
COPTS.stats.c+=-Wno-error=stack-protector
COPTS.tcache.c+=-Wno-error=stack-protector
-.if ${MACHINE_ARCH} == "vax"
-# in merge_overlapping_regs, at regrename.c
-COPTS.arena.c+=-O0
-COPTS.extent.c+=-O0
-.endif
-
SRCS+=${JEMALLOC_SRCS}
jemalloc.d jemalloc.pico jemalloc.o jemalloc.ln jemalloc.po jemalloc.go: \
diff --git a/external/bsd/mdocml/lib/libmandoc/Makefile b/external/bsd/mdocml/lib/libmandoc/Makefile
index 40d7e29ae88..dfd3077a2c7 100644
--- a/external/bsd/mdocml/lib/libmandoc/Makefile
+++ b/external/bsd/mdocml/lib/libmandoc/Makefile
@@ -39,11 +39,6 @@ tbl_opts.c
MAN= mandoc.3
-# XXX
-.if ${MACHINE} == "vax"
-COPTS.mdoc_macro.c+=-O0
-.endif
-
COPTS.man_validate.c+=-Wno-error=array-bounds
.include <bsd.lib.mk>
diff --git a/external/gpl3/binutils.old/lib/libbfd/Makefile b/external/gpl3/binutils.old/lib/libbfd/Makefile
index 03477232b55..74a354532fa 100644
--- a/external/gpl3/binutils.old/lib/libbfd/Makefile
+++ b/external/gpl3/binutils.old/lib/libbfd/Makefile
@@ -41,10 +41,6 @@ CPPFLAGS+= -I${.CURDIR}/arch/${BFD_MACHINE_ARCH} -I${DIST}/include -I. \
-DDEBUGDIR=\"${DEBUGDIR}\" -DLIBDIR=\"${LIBDIR}\" \
-DBINDIR=\"${BINDIR}\"
-.if (${BFD_MACHINE_ARCH} == "vax")
-CPPFLAGS.elf.c += -O0
-.endif
-
COPTS.pei-x86_64.c+= -Wno-stack-protector
COPTS.elfxx-mips.c+= -Wno-stack-protector
COPTS.elf.c+= ${${ACTIVE_CC} == "gcc" && ${HAVE_GCC:U0} >= 10:? -Wno-overflow :}
diff --git a/external/gpl3/binutils/lib/libbfd/Makefile b/external/gpl3/binutils/lib/libbfd/Makefile
index 00cb2b20081..a3f0c25fd35 100644
--- a/external/gpl3/binutils/lib/libbfd/Makefile
+++ b/external/gpl3/binutils/lib/libbfd/Makefile
@@ -41,10 +41,6 @@ CPPFLAGS+= -I${.CURDIR}/arch/${BFD_MACHINE_ARCH} -I${DIST}/include -I. \
-DDEBUGDIR=\"${DEBUGDIR}\" -DLIBDIR=\"${LIBDIR}\" \
-DBINDIR=\"${BINDIR}\"
-.if (${BFD_MACHINE_ARCH} == "vax")
-CPPFLAGS.elf.c += -O0
-.endif
-
COPTS.pei-x86_64.c+= -Wno-stack-protector
COPTS.elfxx-mips.c+= -Wno-stack-protector
COPTS.elf.c+= ${${ACTIVE_CC} == "gcc" && ${HAVE_GCC:U0} >= 10:? -Wno-overflow :}
diff --git a/external/gpl3/gcc.old/lib/Makefile.sanitizer b/external/gpl3/gcc.old/lib/Makefile.sanitizer
index efd36ae4bee..5173a5109a0 100644
--- a/external/gpl3/gcc.old/lib/Makefile.sanitizer
+++ b/external/gpl3/gcc.old/lib/Makefile.sanitizer
@@ -88,22 +88,3 @@ COPTS+=-fno-builtin -fno-exceptions -fno-rtti -funwind-tables
# Can't profile without it`
#-fomit-frame-pointer
-
-.if ${MACHINE_ARCH} == "vax"
-COPTS.sanitizer_allocator.cc += -O1
-COPTS.sanitizer_common.cc += -O1
-COPTS.sanitizer_common_libcdep.cc += -O1
-COPTS.sanitizer_coverage_libcdep.cc += -O1
-COPTS.sanitizer_coverage_mapping_libcdep.cc += -O1
-COPTS.sanitizer_deadlock_detector1.cc += -O1
-COPTS.sanitizer_mac.cc += -O1
-COPTS.sanitizer_netbsd.cc += -O1
-COPTS.sanitizer_posix.cc += -O1
-COPTS.sanitizer_printf.cc += -O1
-COPTS.sanitizer_procmaps_common.cc += -O1
-COPTS.sanitizer_stackdepot.cc += -O1
-COPTS.sanitizer_symbolizer_libcdep.cc += -O1
-COPTS.sanitizer_symbolizer_report.cc += -O1
-COPTS.ubsan_diag.cc += -O1
-COPTS.ubsan_init.cc += -O1
-.endif
diff --git a/external/gpl3/gcc.old/lib/libasan/Makefile b/external/gpl3/gcc.old/lib/libasan/Makefile
index 1e6f9608abe..3da7bbf2f58 100644
--- a/external/gpl3/gcc.old/lib/libasan/Makefile
+++ b/external/gpl3/gcc.old/lib/libasan/Makefile
@@ -49,14 +49,6 @@ LIBDPLIBS+= m ${NETBSDSRCDIR}/lib/libm
LIBDPLIBS+= pthread ${NETBSDSRCDIR}/lib/libpthread
CPPFLAGS+=-DCAN_SANITIZE_UB=0
-.if ${MACHINE_ARCH} == "vax"
-COPTS.asan_allocator.cc += -O1
-COPTS.asan_report.cc += -O1
-COPTS.sanitizer_file.cc += -O1
-COPTS.ubsan_diag.cc += -O1
-COPTS.ubsan_init.cc += -O1
-.endif
-
.if ${MACHINE_ARCH} == "mipsel" || ${MACHINE_ARCH} == "mipseb"
COPTS.asan_interceptors.cc += -O1
.endif
diff --git a/external/gpl3/gcc.old/lib/liblsan/Makefile b/external/gpl3/gcc.old/lib/liblsan/Makefile
index 4578544a9a8..ddb7981077c 100644
--- a/external/gpl3/gcc.old/lib/liblsan/Makefile
+++ b/external/gpl3/gcc.old/lib/liblsan/Makefile
@@ -16,11 +16,6 @@ LSAN_SRCS+= \
lsan_linux.cc \
lsan_thread.cc
-.if ${MACHINE_ARCH} == "vax"
-COPTS.lsan_allocator.cc += -O1
-COPTS.sanitizer_file.cc += -O1
-.endif
-
LIB= lsan
SRCS+= ${LSAN_SRCS}
LIBDPLIBS+= m ${NETBSDSRCDIR}/lib/libm
diff --git a/external/gpl3/gcc.old/lib/libubsan/Makefile b/external/gpl3/gcc.old/lib/libubsan/Makefile
index 2e2faca7b1c..9de82550d14 100644
--- a/external/gpl3/gcc.old/lib/libubsan/Makefile
+++ b/external/gpl3/gcc.old/lib/libubsan/Makefile
@@ -26,10 +26,6 @@ UBSAN_SRCS= \
COPTS.${_s}.cc+=-frtti
.endfor
-.if ${MACHINE_ARCH} == "vax"
-COPTS.sanitizer_file.cc += -O1
-.endif
-
LIB= ubsan
SRCS+= ${UBSAN_SRCS}
LIBDPLIBS+= m ${NETBSDSRCDIR}/lib/libm
diff --git a/external/gpl3/gcc.old/usr.bin/cc1/Makefile b/external/gpl3/gcc.old/usr.bin/cc1/Makefile
index c55e292ee8e..ff12a5be524 100644
--- a/external/gpl3/gcc.old/usr.bin/cc1/Makefile
+++ b/external/gpl3/gcc.old/usr.bin/cc1/Makefile
@@ -46,17 +46,6 @@ CPPFLAGS.default-c.c+= -I${BACKENDOBJ}
BUILDSYMLINKS+= ${GNUHOSTDIST}/gcc/config/sh/sh-c.cc sh-c.c
.endif
-.if ${MACHINE_CPU} == "vax"
-COPTS.c-decl.c+=-O0
-COPTS.c-typeck.c+=-O0
-COPTS.c-array-notation.c+=-O0
-COPTS.c-common.c+=-O0
-COPTS.c-ada-spec.c+=-O0
-COPTS.cilk.c+=-O0
-COPTS.c-ubsan.c+=-O0
-COPTS.cc1-checksum.c+=-O0
-.endif
-
.if ${MACHINE_ARCH} == "mipseb" || ${MACHINE_ARCH} == "mipsel"
COPTS.c-common.c+=-O3
.endif
diff --git a/external/gpl3/gcc.old/usr.bin/cc1obj/Makefile b/external/gpl3/gcc.old/usr.bin/cc1obj/Makefile
index 3123ee0d60b..aab82ad3448 100644
--- a/external/gpl3/gcc.old/usr.bin/cc1obj/Makefile
+++ b/external/gpl3/gcc.old/usr.bin/cc1obj/Makefile
@@ -44,16 +44,8 @@ COPTS.objc-act.c+= -Wno-stack-protector
COPTS.objc-gnu-runtime-abi-01.c+= -Wno-stack-protector
COPTS.objc-next-runtime-abi-01.c+= -Wno-stack-protector
-.if ${MACHINE_ARCH} == "vax"
-COPTS.c-decl.c+=-O0
-COPTS.c-typeck.c+=-O0
-COPTS.c-array-notation.c+=-O0
-COPTS.c-common.c+=-O0
-COPTS.c-ada-spec.c+=-O0
-COPTS.cilk.c+=-O0
-COPTS.c-ubsan.c+=-O0
-COPTS.cc1obj-checksum.c+=-O0
-.endif
+COPTS.c-cppbuiltin.c+= ${${ACTIVE_CC} == "gcc" && ${HAVE_GCC:U0} == 8:? -Wno-error=format-overflow :}
+COPTS.c-typeck.c+= ${${ACTIVE_CC} == "gcc" && ${HAVE_GCC:U0} == 8:? -Wno-error=format-overflow :}
.if ${MACHINE_ARCH} == "mipseb" || ${MACHINE_ARCH} == "mipsel"
COPTS.c-common.c+=-O3
diff --git a/external/gpl3/gcc.old/usr.bin/cc1objplus/Makefile b/external/gpl3/gcc.old/usr.bin/cc1objplus/Makefile
index b9c108251c5..e04e8fc7f53 100644
--- a/external/gpl3/gcc.old/usr.bin/cc1objplus/Makefile
+++ b/external/gpl3/gcc.old/usr.bin/cc1objplus/Makefile
@@ -69,18 +69,6 @@ COPTS.objc-act.c+= -Wno-stack-protector
COPTS.objc-gnu-runtime-abi-01.c+= -Wno-stack-protector
COPTS.objc-next-runtime-abi-01.c+= -Wno-stack-protector
-.if ${MACHINE_ARCH} == "vax"
-COPTS.c-decl.c+=-O0
-COPTS.c-typeck.c+=-O0
-COPTS.c-array-notation.c+=-O0
-COPTS.c-common.c+=-O0
-COPTS.c-ada-spec.c+=-O0
-COPTS.cilk.c+=-O0
-COPTS.c-ubsan.c+=-O0
-COPTS.cc1obj-checksum.c+=-O0
-COPTS.decl.c+=-O0
-.endif
-
.if ${MACHINE_ARCH} == "mipseb" || ${MACHINE_ARCH} == "mipsel"
COPTS.c-common.c+=-O3
.endif
diff --git a/external/gpl3/gcc.old/usr.bin/cc1plus/Makefile b/external/gpl3/gcc.old/usr.bin/cc1plus/Makefile
index 7936efd3a5e..7c54559e21a 100644
--- a/external/gpl3/gcc.old/usr.bin/cc1plus/Makefile
+++ b/external/gpl3/gcc.old/usr.bin/cc1plus/Makefile
@@ -31,23 +31,6 @@ CHECKSUM_OBJS= ${LIBBACKTRACEOBJ}/libbacktrace.a \
CFLAGS+= -Wno-error=stack-protector
-.if ${MACHINE_ARCH} == "vax"
-COPTS.call.c+=-O0
-COPTS.decl.c+=-O0
-COPTS.typeck2.c+=-O0
-COPTS.class.c+=-O0
-COPTS.typeck.c+=-O0
-COPTS.init.c+=-O0
-COPTS.semantics.c+=-O0
-COPTS.mangle.c+=-O0
-COPTS.constexpr.c+=-O0
-COPTS.c-common.c+=-O0
-COPTS.c-ada-spec.c+=-O0
-COPTS.cilk.c+=-O0
-COPTS.c-ubsan.c+=-O0
-COPTS.cc1plus-checksum.c+=-O0
-.endif
-
.if ${MACHINE_ARCH} == "mipseb" || ${MACHINE_ARCH} == "mipsel"
COPTS.c-common.c+=-O3
.endif
diff --git a/external/gpl3/gcc.old/usr.bin/gcc/Makefile b/external/gpl3/gcc.old/usr.bin/gcc/Makefile
index 7a66d77ffc7..a5a4b1c3adf 100644
--- a/external/gpl3/gcc.old/usr.bin/gcc/Makefile
+++ b/external/gpl3/gcc.old/usr.bin/gcc/Makefile
@@ -25,9 +25,6 @@ ${SRCS}: ${GCCARCH}/defs.mk
.include <bsd.info.mk>
COPTS.gcc.c= -Wno-stack-protector
-.if ${MACHINE_ARCH} == "vax"
-COPTS.dse.c= -O1
-.endif
.PATH: ${DIST}/gcc ${DIST}/gcc/doc ${DIST}/gcc/c
diff --git a/external/gpl3/gcc.old/usr.bin/libdecnumber/Makefile b/external/gpl3/gcc.old/usr.bin/libdecnumber/Makefile
index 751d1513eec..33aeb1c9898 100644
--- a/external/gpl3/gcc.old/usr.bin/libdecnumber/Makefile
+++ b/external/gpl3/gcc.old/usr.bin/libdecnumber/Makefile
@@ -14,10 +14,6 @@ SRCS= decNumber.c decContext.c decimal32.c decimal64.c decimal128.c
CPPFLAGS+= -I${.CURDIR}/arch/${GCC_MACHINE_ARCH} -I${DIST}/libdecnumber
CPPFLAGS+= -I${DIST}/libgcc
-.if ${MACHINE_ARCH} == "vax"
-COPTS.decNumber.c=-O0
-.endif
-
.include <bsd.lib.mk>
# Force using C++ for this
diff --git a/external/gpl3/gcc.old/usr.bin/lto-dump/Makefile b/external/gpl3/gcc.old/usr.bin/lto-dump/Makefile
index 90f44a9fcf6..fd251464fb7 100644
--- a/external/gpl3/gcc.old/usr.bin/lto-dump/Makefile
+++ b/external/gpl3/gcc.old/usr.bin/lto-dump/Makefile
@@ -24,11 +24,6 @@ COPTS.lto-common.c+= -Wno-stack-protector
.include "../Makefile.backtrace"
.include "../Makefile.libdecnumber"
-.if ${MACHINE_ARCH} == "vax"
-COPTS.lto-lang.c+=-O0
-COPTS.lto-symtab.c+=-O0
-.endif
-
LDADD+= ${LIBIBERTY} ${LIBMPC} ${LIBMPFR} ${LIBGMP} -lintl -lz -lm
DPADD+= ${LIBIBERTY} ${LIBMPC} ${LIBMPFR} ${LIBGMP} ${LIBINTL} ${LIBZ} ${LIBM}
diff --git a/external/gpl3/gcc.old/usr.bin/lto1/Makefile b/external/gpl3/gcc.old/usr.bin/lto1/Makefile
index 4c49161a64c..340d3c6124f 100644
--- a/external/gpl3/gcc.old/usr.bin/lto1/Makefile
+++ b/external/gpl3/gcc.old/usr.bin/lto1/Makefile
@@ -21,11 +21,6 @@ COPTS.lto-common.c+= -Wno-stack-protector
.include "../Makefile.libcpp"
.include "../Makefile.libdecnumber"
-.if ${MACHINE_ARCH} == "vax"
-COPTS.lto-lang.c+=-O0
-COPTS.lto-symtab.c+=-O0
-.endif
-
LDADD+= ${LIBIBERTYOBJ}/libiberty.a
DPADD+= ${LIBIBERTYOBJ}/libiberty.a
LDADD+= ${LIBIBERTY} ${LIBMPC} ${LIBMPFR} ${LIBGMP} -lintl -lz -lm
diff --git a/external/gpl3/gdb.old/lib/libdecnumber/Makefile b/external/gpl3/gdb.old/lib/libdecnumber/Makefile
index bcd4ae5b222..ce28811526b 100644
--- a/external/gpl3/gdb.old/lib/libdecnumber/Makefile
+++ b/external/gpl3/gdb.old/lib/libdecnumber/Makefile
@@ -18,10 +18,6 @@ CPPFLAGS+= -I${.CURDIR}/arch/${GDB_MACHINE_ARCH} \
SRCS= ${G_OBJS:.o=.c} ${G_SOURCES}
-.if ${MACHINE_ARCH} == "vax"
-COPTS.decNumber.c=-O0
-.endif
-
.PATH: ${DIST}/libdecnumber ${DIST}/libdecnumber/dpd
.include <bsd.lib.mk>
diff --git a/external/gpl3/gdb/lib/libdecnumber/Makefile b/external/gpl3/gdb/lib/libdecnumber/Makefile
index c95d36e3dfa..e3169865304 100644
--- a/external/gpl3/gdb/lib/libdecnumber/Makefile
+++ b/external/gpl3/gdb/lib/libdecnumber/Makefile
@@ -18,10 +18,6 @@ CPPFLAGS+= -I${.CURDIR}/arch/${GDB_MACHINE_ARCH} \
SRCS= ${G_OBJS:.o=.c} ${G_SOURCES}
-.if ${MACHINE_ARCH} == "vax"
-COPTS.decNumber.c=-O0
-.endif
-
.PATH: ${DIST}/libdecnumber ${DIST}/libdecnumber/dpd ${DIST}/libdecnumber/bid
.include <bsd.lib.mk>
diff --git a/external/gpl3/gdb/lib/libgdb/Makefile b/external/gpl3/gdb/lib/libgdb/Makefile
index b87a515d13a..c118c363975 100644
--- a/external/gpl3/gdb/lib/libgdb/Makefile
+++ b/external/gpl3/gdb/lib/libgdb/Makefile
@@ -66,12 +66,6 @@ CFLAGS:= ${CXXFLAGS} -std=gnu++17 -Wno-error=stack-protector
ada-exp.c: ada-lex.c
-.if ${MACHINE} == "vax"
-. if ${ACTIVE_CC} == "gcc" && ${HAVE_GCC:U0} >= 8
-COPTS.read.c+= -O0
-. endif
-.endif
-
# These are generated by implicit rules and are not easy to generate
CLEANDIRFILES+= \
ada-exp.c ada-lex.c \
diff --git a/external/mit/xorg/lib/gallium.old/Makefile b/external/mit/xorg/lib/gallium.old/Makefile
index 55b2fe3d1c1..bfa40c8974f 100644
--- a/external/mit/xorg/lib/gallium.old/Makefile
+++ b/external/mit/xorg/lib/gallium.old/Makefile
@@ -1211,10 +1211,6 @@ SYMLINKS+= gallium_dri.so.${SHLIB_MAJOR}.debug ${DRIDEBUGDIR}/${_d}_dri.so.${SHL
COPTS+= ${${ACTIVE_CC} == "clang":? -Wa,-Av8plus :}
.endif
-.if ${MACHINE_ARCH} == "vax"
-COPTS.nir.c += -O1
-.endif
-
# XXXGCC12
.if ${MACHINE_ARCH} == "m68k"
COPTS.st_glsl_to_tgsi.cpp += -O1
diff --git a/external/mit/xorg/lib/gallium/Makefile b/external/mit/xorg/lib/gallium/Makefile
index 6778a8c11c8..9f1422080fe 100644
--- a/external/mit/xorg/lib/gallium/Makefile
+++ b/external/mit/xorg/lib/gallium/Makefile
@@ -1428,10 +1428,6 @@ SYMLINKS+= gallium_dri.so.${SHLIB_MAJOR}.debug ${DRIDEBUGDIR}/${_d}_dri.so.${SHL
COPTS+= ${${ACTIVE_CC} == "clang":? -Wa,-Av8plus :}
.endif
-.if ${MACHINE_ARCH} == "vax"
-COPTS.nir.c += -O1
-.endif
-
COPTS.u_atomic.c+= ${${ACTIVE_CC} == "gcc" && ${HAVE_GCC:U0} >= 10:? -Wno-builtin-declaration-mismatch :}
.include <bsd.lib.mk>
diff --git a/external/mit/xorg/lib/libX11/Makefile.libx11 b/external/mit/xorg/lib/libX11/Makefile.libx11
index e103d9ace12..0e55c2a4732 100644
--- a/external/mit/xorg/lib/libX11/Makefile.libx11
+++ b/external/mit/xorg/lib/libX11/Makefile.libx11
@@ -471,11 +471,6 @@ COPTS.OpenDis.c+= -Wno-error # XXX xf86bigfstr.h
COPTS.XlibInt.c+= -Wno-error # XXX xcmiscstr.h
COPTS.XKBBind.c+= -Wno-deprecated-declarations # uses XKeycodeToKeysym
-# XXX
-.if ${MACHINE} == "vax"
-COPTS.lcWrap.c+= -O0
-.endif
-
CWARNFLAGS.clang+= -Wno-string-plus-int
.include "${NETBSDSRCDIR}/external/mit/xorg/tools/makekeys/Makefile.makekeys"
diff --git a/games/gomoku/Makefile b/games/gomoku/Makefile
index e86a63aaea7..678537066ed 100644
--- a/games/gomoku/Makefile
+++ b/games/gomoku/Makefile
@@ -9,10 +9,6 @@ LDADD= -lcurses -lterminfo
HIDEGAME=hidegame
CPPFLAGS+= ${DEBUG:D-DDEBUG}
-.if ${MACHINE} == "vax"
-COPTS.pickmove.c += -O0
-.endif
-
#WARNS= 6 # would produce warnings about small integer types
LINTFLAGS+= -w # treat warnings as errors
LINTFLAGS+= -T # strict bool mode
diff --git a/games/phantasia/Makefile b/games/phantasia/Makefile
index e9c53f23ae5..b919dac17c6 100644
--- a/games/phantasia/Makefile
+++ b/games/phantasia/Makefile
@@ -52,7 +52,3 @@ map: map.c
./map | plot > /dev/tty
.include <bsd.prog.mk>
-
-.if defined(HAVE_GCC) && ${MACHINE_ARCH} == "vax"
-COPTS.misc.c+= -O0
-.endif
diff --git a/lib/i18n_module/UTF7/Makefile b/lib/i18n_module/UTF7/Makefile
index 712c1515d42..7136f7f0cc3 100644
--- a/lib/i18n_module/UTF7/Makefile
+++ b/lib/i18n_module/UTF7/Makefile
@@ -3,6 +3,3 @@
SRCPRE=citrus_
.include <bsd.lib.mk>
-.if ${MACHINE_ARCH} == "vax" && defined(HAVE_GCC)
-COPTS.citrus_utf7.c+= -O0
-.endif
diff --git a/lib/libbz2/Makefile b/lib/libbz2/Makefile
index b2aea1e04b0..e60a2862d48 100644
--- a/lib/libbz2/Makefile
+++ b/lib/libbz2/Makefile
@@ -15,11 +15,6 @@ SRCS= blocksort.c huffman.c crctable.c randtable.c compress.c \
INCS= bzlib.h
INCSDIR= /usr/include
-# XXX huffman.c gets mis-compiled with 2.95.3
-.if ${MACHINE_ARCH} == "vax"
-COPTS+= -O0
-.endif
-
COPTS+= ${CC_WNO_IMPLICIT_FALLTHROUGH}
# XXX blocksort.c gets mis-compiled with 4.1
diff --git a/lib/libc/gdtoa/Makefile.inc b/lib/libc/gdtoa/Makefile.inc
index 132686fc33d..609da919803 100644
--- a/lib/libc/gdtoa/Makefile.inc
+++ b/lib/libc/gdtoa/Makefile.inc
@@ -44,10 +44,3 @@ SRCS+= dmisc.c \
.if ${MACHINE_ARCH} != "vax"
SRCS+= strtord.c
.endif
-
-# XXX revisit with newer GCC.
-# Ensure numbers like 0xffff319f5fa95963 print correctly
-# ("999999999999999.98", not garbage like "?A>C>@>C:BA;A><.:<")
-.if ${MACHINE_ARCH} == "vax" && defined(HAVE_GCC)
-COPTS.misc.c+= -O0
-.endif
diff --git a/lib/libcrypt/Makefile b/lib/libcrypt/Makefile
index cb3f89d6d09..e9c8be820da 100644
--- a/lib/libcrypt/Makefile
+++ b/lib/libcrypt/Makefile
@@ -30,9 +30,6 @@ SRCS+= crypt-argon2.c
SRCS+= ${src}
COPTS.${src}+= -fvisibility=hidden
. endfor
-. if ${MACHINE} == "vax"
-COPTS.blake2b.c+= -O0
-. endif
.endif
WARNS?= 5
diff --git a/libexec/ld.elf_so/Makefile b/libexec/ld.elf_so/Makefile
index f5baae1e883..24f7e1121e5 100644
--- a/libexec/ld.elf_so/Makefile
+++ b/libexec/ld.elf_so/Makefile
@@ -141,10 +141,6 @@ CPPFLAGS+= -DRTLD_DEFAULT_LIBRARY_PATH=\"${SHLIBDIR}:${LIBDIR}\"
COPTS.rtld.c+= -Wno-stack-protector
COPTS.symbol.c+=-Wno-stack-protector
-.if ${MACHINE_CPU} == "vax"
-COPTS.rtld.c+= -O0
-.endif
-
LDADD+= -Wl,--version-script=${.CURDIR}/symbols.map
LDADD+= -L${CLIBOBJ} -L${DESTDIR}${LIBDIR}
.if ${MKPICLIB} != "no"
diff --git a/sbin/fsck_ffs/Makefile.common b/sbin/fsck_ffs/Makefile.common
index 765638b2801..824e3bf2628 100644
--- a/sbin/fsck_ffs/Makefile.common
+++ b/sbin/fsck_ffs/Makefile.common
@@ -36,7 +36,3 @@ COPTS.ffs_appleufs.c+= -Wno-pointer-sign
.if ${MACHINE_ARCH} == "m68000"
COPTS.pass1.c+= -fno-tree-fre -fno-tree-lrs
.endif
-.if ${MACHINE_ARCH} == "vax"
-COPTS.pass1.c+= -O0
-COPTS.inode.c+= -O0
-.endif
diff --git a/sbin/fsdb/Makefile b/sbin/fsdb/Makefile
index c039f73a1eb..3b0331e5880 100644
--- a/sbin/fsdb/Makefile
+++ b/sbin/fsdb/Makefile
@@ -39,12 +39,6 @@ COPTS.${f}.c+= -Wno-pointer-sign
COPTS.pass1.c+= -fno-tree-fre -fno-tree-lrs
.endif
-.if ${MACHINE_ARCH} == "vax"
-COPTS.pass1.c+= -O0
-COPTS.inode.c+= -O0
-COPTS.fsdb.c+= -O0
-.endif
-
CWARNFLAGS.gcc+= ${CC_WNO_ADDRESS_OF_PACKED_MEMBER}
.include <bsd.prog.mk>
diff --git a/sbin/newfs_ext2fs/Makefile b/sbin/newfs_ext2fs/Makefile
index 40a44b9a038..ecfdbff4d3a 100644
--- a/sbin/newfs_ext2fs/Makefile
+++ b/sbin/newfs_ext2fs/Makefile
@@ -20,8 +20,4 @@ DPADD+=${LIBPROP}
.PATH: ${NETBSDSRCDIR}/sys/ufs/ext2fs ${FSCK}
-.if ${MACHINE_ARCH} == "vax"
-COPTS.mke2fs.c=-O0
-.endif
-
.include <bsd.prog.mk>
diff --git a/sbin/ping/Makefile b/sbin/ping/Makefile
index 4f33501ea7a..1f7f56e3ea5 100644
--- a/sbin/ping/Makefile
+++ b/sbin/ping/Makefile
@@ -12,8 +12,4 @@ CPPFLAGS+= -DIPSEC
LDADD+= -lipsec
DPADD+= ${LIBIPSEC}
-.if ${MACHINE_ARCH} == "vax"
-COPTS.ping.c=-O0
-.endif
-
.include <bsd.prog.mk>
diff --git a/sys/arch/vax/conf/Makefile.vax b/sys/arch/vax/conf/Makefile.vax
index cf095d54a86..c483eaa644a 100644
--- a/sys/arch/vax/conf/Makefile.vax
+++ b/sys/arch/vax/conf/Makefile.vax
@@ -34,7 +34,6 @@ GENASSYM_CONF= ${VAX}/vax/genassym.cf
CPPFLAGS+= -D_VAX_INLINE_
AFLAGS+= -x assembler-with-cpp -fno-pic
CFLAGS+= -fno-pic
-COPTS.wsmux.c+= ${${ACTIVE_CC} == "gcc" && ${HAVE_GCC:U0} >= 9:? -O1 :}
##
diff --git a/sys/lib/libsa/Makefile b/sys/lib/libsa/Makefile
index 718c97ce857..4ef3840c753 100644
--- a/sys/lib/libsa/Makefile
+++ b/sys/lib/libsa/Makefile
@@ -96,7 +96,3 @@ SRCS+= ufs.c
lib${LIB}.o:: ${OBJS:O} __buildstdlib
CPPFLAGS+= -Wno-pointer-sign
-
-.if defined(HAVE_GCC) && ${MACHINE_ARCH} == "vax"
-COPTS.bootp.c+= -O0
-.endif
diff --git a/sys/lib/libz/Makefile b/sys/lib/libz/Makefile
index 6945c0da6c6..61fb7d4f652 100644
--- a/sys/lib/libz/Makefile
+++ b/sys/lib/libz/Makefile
@@ -25,7 +25,3 @@ CLEANFILES+= lib${LIB}.o
.include <bsd.lib.mk>
lib${LIB}.o:: ${OBJS:O} __buildstdlib
-
-.if defined(HAVE_GCC) && ${MACHINE_ARCH} == "vax"
-COPTS.inftrees.c+= -O0
-.endif
diff --git a/sys/modules/lfs/Makefile b/sys/modules/lfs/Makefile
index 962538821a5..ea8f187e160 100644
--- a/sys/modules/lfs/Makefile
+++ b/sys/modules/lfs/Makefile
@@ -18,9 +18,4 @@ SRCS+= ulfs_bmap.c ulfs_dirhash.c ulfs_inode.c ulfs_lookup.c \
WARNS= 3
-.if ${MACHINE} == "vax"
-# GCC 6.5 and 7.4 cannot compile this with -DDIAGNOSTIC and -O2/-O1
-COPTS.lfs_inode.c+= -O0
-.endif
-
.include <bsd.kmodule.mk>
diff --git a/sys/rump/fs/lib/liblfs/Makefile b/sys/rump/fs/lib/liblfs/Makefile
index abade3767d9..68b74c62502 100644
--- a/sys/rump/fs/lib/liblfs/Makefile
+++ b/sys/rump/fs/lib/liblfs/Makefile
@@ -17,9 +17,6 @@ SRCS+= ulfs_bmap.c ulfs_dirhash.c ulfs_extattr.c \
CFLAGS+= -DLFS_KERNEL_RFW
-.if ${MACHINE_ARCH} == "vax"
-COPTS.lfs_inode.c+=-O0
-.endif
.include <bsd.lib.mk>
.include <bsd.klinks.mk>
diff --git a/usr.sbin/mtrace/Makefile b/usr.sbin/mtrace/Makefile
index aef09db6198..9c125c15265 100644
--- a/usr.sbin/mtrace/Makefile
+++ b/usr.sbin/mtrace/Makefile
@@ -12,10 +12,6 @@ PROG= mtrace
SRCS= igmp.c inet.c kern.c mtrace.c
MAN= mtrace.8
-.if ${MACHINE_ARCH} == "vax"
-COPTS.mtrace.c=-O0
-.endif
-
BINMODE=4555
BINOWN= root
diff --git a/external/gpl3/gcc.old/usr.bin/backend/Makefile b/external/gpl3/gcc.old/usr.bin/backend/Makefile
index d69a26fe619..99e881c783d 100644
--- a/external/gpl3/gcc.old/usr.bin/backend/Makefile
+++ b/external/gpl3/gcc.old/usr.bin/backend/Makefile
@@ -533,68 +533,9 @@ COPTS.insn-recog.c+=-Wno-error
.if ${GCC_MACHINE_ARCH} == "vax"
CPPFLAGS+=-I${.CURDIR}/../../lib/libgcc/libgcov/arch/${GCC_MACHINE_ARCH}
-COPTS.builtins.c+=-O0
-COPTS.calls.c+=-O0
-COPTS.convert.c+=-O0
-COPTS.data-streamer-out.c+=-O0
-COPTS.dse.c+=-O0 # XXX port-vax/51967
-COPTS.dwarf2out.c+=-O0
-COPTS.expmed.c+=-O0
-COPTS.expr.c+=-O0 -Wno-error=tautological-compare
-COPTS.fixed-value.c+=-O0
-COPTS.fold-const.c+=-O0
-COPTS.generic-match.c+=-O0
-COPTS.gimple-fold.c+=-O0
-COPTS.gimple-match.c+=-O0
-COPTS.gimple-ssa-strength-reduction.c+=-O0
-COPTS.gimple-ssa-warn-restrict.c+=-O0
-COPTS.gimple.c+=-O0
-COPTS.internal-fn.c+=-O0
-COPTS.lto-streamer-out.c+=-O0
-COPTS.omp-low.c+=-O0
-COPTS.predict.c+=-O0
-COPTS.range-op.cc+=-O0
-COPTS.recog.c+=-O0
-COPTS.sanopt.c+=-O0
-COPTS.stmt.c+=-O0
-COPTS.stor-layout.c+=-O0
-COPTS.targhooks.c+=-O0
-COPTS.tree-affine.c+=-O0
-COPTS.tree-cfg.c+=-O0
-COPTS.tree-data-ref.c+=-O0
-COPTS.tree-eh.c+=-O0
-COPTS.tree-if-conv.c+=-O0
-COPTS.tree-object-size.c+=-O0
-COPTS.tree-parloops.c+=-O0
-COPTS.tree-predcom.c+=-O0
-COPTS.tree-pretty-print.c+=-O0
-COPTS.tree-ssa-alias.c+=-O0
-COPTS.tree-ssa-ccp.c+=-O0
-COPTS.tree-ssa-forwprop.c+=-O0
-COPTS.tree-ssa-loop-ivopts.c+=-O0
-COPTS.tree-ssa-loop-manip.c+=-O0
-COPTS.tree-ssa-loop-niter.c+=-O0
-COPTS.tree-ssa-math-opts.c+=-O0
-COPTS.tree-ssa-phiopt.c+= -O0
-COPTS.tree-ssa-pre.c+=-O0
-COPTS.tree-ssa-reassoc.c+=-O0
-COPTS.tree-ssa-strlen.c+=-O0
-COPTS.tree-ssa-uninit.c+=-O0
-COPTS.tree-ssa.c+=-O0
-COPTS.tree-switch-conversion.c+=-O0
-COPTS.tree-vect-data-refs.c+=-O0
-COPTS.tree-vect-loop-manip.c+=-O0
-COPTS.tree-vect-loop.c+=-O0
-COPTS.tree-vect-patterns.c+=-O0
-COPTS.tree-vect-stmts.c+=-O0
-COPTS.tree-vrp.c+=-O0
-COPTS.tree.c+=-O0
-COPTS.ubsan.c+=-O0
-COPTS.varasm.c+=-O0
-COPTS.vr-values.c+=-O0
-COPTS.web.c+=-O0
-COPTS.wide-int-range.cc+=-O0
-COPTS.wide-int.cc+=-O0
+
+COPTS.expmed.c+=-Wno-error=tautological-compare
+COPTS.expr.c+=-Wno-error=tautological-compare
.else
COPTS.tree.c= ${${ACTIVE_CC} == "clang" :? -O0 :}
.endif
|
| 1.2 | 28-Oct-2019 |
christos | branches: 1.2.8;
inode.c needs -O0 for vax
|
| 1.1 | 08-Feb-2017 |
rin | branches: 1.1.2; 1.1.4; 1.1.16;
Add smaller versions of fsck_ffs(8) and newfs(8) for install media, where
support for Endian-Independent FFS and Apple UFS is disabled unless FFS_EI=1
and APPLE_UFS=1 are added to CRUNCHENV, respectively.
This reduces the size of ramdisk image for atari by over 15KB.
Thanks tsutsui and christos for their useful comments.
|
| 1.1.16.1 | 13-Apr-2020 |
martin | Mostly merge changes from HEAD upto 20200411
|
| 1.1.4.2 | 21-Apr-2017 |
bouyer | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.1.4.1 | 08-Feb-2017 |
bouyer | file Makefile.common was added on branch bouyer-socketcan on 2017-04-21 16:53:13 +0000
|
| 1.1.2.2 | 20-Mar-2017 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.1.2.1 | 08-Feb-2017 |
pgoyette | file Makefile.common was added on branch pgoyette-localcount on 2017-03-20 06:57:01 +0000
|
| 1.2.8.1 | 08-Oct-2023 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by rin in ticket #394):
external/gpl3/binutils/dist/gas/config/tc-vax.h: revision 1.10
tools/gcc/Makefile: revision 1.109
external/gpl3/binutils/dist/gas/config/tc-vax.c: revision 1.16
external/gpl3/binutils/dist/gas/config/tc-vax.c: revision 1.17
external/gpl3/binutils/dist/gas/config/tc-vax.c: revision 1.18
external/gpl3/gcc.old/dist/gcc/recog.c: revision 1.12
external/gpl3/gcc.old/dist/gcc/function.c: revision 1.16
external/gpl3/gcc.old/dist/gcc/dse.c: revision 1.14 - 1.16
external/gpl3/gcc.old/dist/gcc/config/vax/vax.c: revision 1.13
external/gpl3/gcc.old/dist/gcc/config/vax/vax.c: revision 1.14
external/gpl3/gcc.old/dist/gcc/config/vax/vax.c: revision 1.15
external/gpl3/gcc.old/dist/gcc/doc/tm.texi.in: revision 1.10
external/gpl3/gcc.old/dist/gcc/config/vax/vax.c: revision 1.16
external/gpl3/gcc.old/dist/gcc/config/vax/vax.c: revision 1.17
external/gpl3/gcc.old/dist/gcc/config/vax/vax.c: revision 1.18
external/gpl3/gcc.old/dist/gcc/config/vax/vax.c: revision 1.19
external/gpl3/gcc.old/dist/gcc/config/vax/vax.md: revision 1.12
external/gpl3/gcc.old/dist/gcc/config/vax/vax.md: revision 1.13
external/gpl3/gcc.old/usr.bin/backend/Makefile: revision 1.20
external/gpl3/gcc.old/dist/gcc/targhooks.c: revision 1.12
external/gpl3/gcc.old/dist/gcc/config/vax/vax.md: revision 1.14
external/gpl3/gcc.old/dist/gcc/config/vax/vax.md: revision 1.15
external/gpl3/gcc.old/dist/gcc/config/vax/builtins.md: revision 1.12
external/gpl3/gcc.old/dist/gcc/config/vax/vax.md: revision 1.16
external/gpl3/gcc.old/dist/gcc/config/vax/builtins.md: revision 1.13
external/gpl3/gcc.old/dist/gcc/doc/tm.texi: revision 1.12
external/gpl3/gcc.old/dist/gcc/config/vax/vax.md: revision 1.17
external/gpl3/gcc.old/dist/gcc/config/vax/vax.md: revision 1.18
external/gpl3/gcc.old/dist/gcc/config/vax/elf.h: revision 1.12
external/gpl3/gcc.old/dist/gcc/config/vax/elf.h: revision 1.13
external/gpl3/gcc.old/dist/gcc/targhooks.h: revision 1.12
external/gpl3/gcc.old/dist/gcc/target.def: revision 1.10
external/gpl3/gcc.old/dist/gcc/rtlanal.c: revision 1.14
external/gpl3/gcc.old/dist/gcc/reload.c: revision 1.12
external/gpl3/gcc.old/usr.bin/gcc/Makefile: revision 1.11
external/gpl3/gcc.old/usr.bin/lto-dump/Makefile: revision 1.3
external/gpl3/gcc.old/lib/Makefile.sanitizer: revision 1.7
external/gpl3/binutils.old/lib/libbfd/Makefile: revision 1.10
distrib/utils/x_ping/Makefile: revision 1.9
games/phantasia/Makefile: revision 1.38
external/apache2/argon2/lib/libargon2/Makefile.inc: revision 1.2
external/gpl3/gcc.old/lib/libubsan/Makefile: revision 1.8
external/bsd/mdocml/lib/libmandoc/Makefile: revision 1.13
sbin/ping/Makefile: revision 1.18
sbin/newfs_ext2fs/Makefile: revision 1.7
sys/lib/libz/Makefile: revision 1.24
sys/lib/libsa/Makefile: revision 1.97
external/gpl3/gcc.old/usr.bin/cc1objplus/Makefile: revision 1.3
external/gpl3/gdb/lib/libgdb/Makefile: revision 1.36
sys/modules/lfs/Makefile: revision 1.11
external/mit/xorg/lib/gallium/Makefile: revision 1.51
external/gpl3/gdb.old/lib/libdecnumber/Makefile: revision 1.10
external/mit/xorg/lib/libX11/Makefile.libx11: revision 1.26
libexec/ld.elf_so/Makefile: revision 1.148
external/bsd/jemalloc/lib/Makefile.inc: revision 1.16
external/gpl3/gcc.old/usr.bin/libdecnumber/Makefile: revision 1.14
crypto/external/bsd/openssh/lib/Makefile: revision 1.38
external/gpl3/gcc.old/usr.bin/backend/Makefile: revision 1.21
external/gpl3/gcc.old/usr.bin/cc1/Makefile: revision 1.12
external/gpl3/gcc.old/lib/libasan/Makefile: revision 1.11
external/gpl3/gcc.old/usr.bin/cc1plus/Makefile: revision 1.13
lib/libcrypt/Makefile: revision 1.36
external/gpl3/gdb/lib/libdecnumber/Makefile: revision 1.5
lib/libc/gdtoa/Makefile.inc: revision 1.13
games/gomoku/Makefile: revision 1.13
sbin/fsdb/Makefile: revision 1.43
external/gpl3/gcc.old/usr.bin/lto1/Makefile: revision 1.9
external/mit/xorg/lib/gallium.old/Makefile: revision 1.8
lib/libbz2/Makefile: revision 1.22
external/gpl3/gcc.old/usr.bin/cc1obj/Makefile: revision 1.12
usr.sbin/mtrace/Makefile: revision 1.14
external/gpl3/gcc.old/usr.bin/cc1obj/Makefile: revision 1.13
sys/arch/vax/conf/Makefile.vax: revision 1.86
sys/rump/fs/lib/liblfs/Makefile: revision 1.18
sbin/fsck_ffs/Makefile.common: revision 1.3
external/gpl3/binutils/lib/libbfd/Makefile: revision 1.27
lib/i18n_module/UTF7/Makefile: revision 1.5
external/gpl3/gcc.old/lib/liblsan/Makefile: revision 1.7
doc/CHANGES (apply patch)
(all external/gpl3/gcc.old/ changes applied to external/gpl3/gcc/)
PR 57646: Import major vax toolchain fix.
|
| 1.62 | 04-Jul-2023 |
riastradh | fsck_ffs(8): Fix whitespace issues.
- Nix trailing whitespace.
- Omit excessive blank lines.
- Insert missing blank lines between $NetBSD$ and copyright.
No functional change intended.
|
| 1.61 | 05-May-2019 |
christos | Add a -z flag to zero out the up to 4 bytes of padding in directory entry
names (including the terminating NUL), as well as directory entries with
extra free space (d->d_reclen > UFS_DIRSIZ(d)).
Inspired from FreeBSD:
https://svnweb.freebsd.org/base?view=revision&revision=347066
While the kernel has been fixed to deal with the padding bytes (new
kernels will correctly zero out all the padding after the name), it
appears that there is still an issue with directory entries with extra
free space, since a newly created and populated filesystem gets modified
with "fsck_ffs -z".
|
| 1.60 | 05-May-2019 |
christos | simplify the endian byte-swapping code.
|
| 1.59 | 08-Nov-2018 |
msaitoh | "s/ are are / are /" in comment. No functional change.
|
| 1.58 | 08-Feb-2017 |
rin | branches: 1.58.10; 1.58.12;
Add smaller versions of fsck_ffs(8) and newfs(8) for install media, where
support for Endian-Independent FFS and Apple UFS is disabled unless FFS_EI=1
and APPLE_UFS=1 are added to CRUNCHENV, respectively.
This reduces the size of ramdisk image for atari by over 15KB.
Thanks tsutsui and christos for their useful comments.
|
| 1.57 | 23-Jun-2013 |
dholland | branches: 1.57.10; 1.57.14;
Stick ffs_, ext2_, chfs_, filecore_, cd9660_, or mfs_ in front of
the following symbols so as to disambiguate fully. (Christos already
did the lfs ones.)
lblkno
lblktosize
lfragtosize
numfrags
blkroundup
fragroundup
|
| 1.56 | 19-Jun-2013 |
dholland | Rename ambiguous macros:
MAXDIRSIZE -> UFS_MAXDIRSIZE or LFS_MAXDIRSIZE
NINDIR -> FFS_NINDIR, EXT2_NINDIR, LFS_NINDIR, or MFS_NINDIR
INOPB -> FFS_INOPB, LFS_INOPB
INOPF -> FFS_INOPF, LFS_INOPF
blksize -> ffs_blksize, ext2_blksize, or lfs_blksize
sblksize -> ffs_blksize
These are not the only ambiguously defined filesystem macros, of
course, there's a pile more. I may not have found all the ambiguous
definitions of blksize(), too, as there are a lot of other things
called 'blksize' in the system.
|
| 1.55 | 09-Jun-2013 |
dholland | Stick UFS_ in front of these symbols:
DIRBLKSIZ
DIRECTSIZ
DIRSIZ
OLDDIRFMT
NEWDIRFMT
Part of PR 47909.
|
| 1.54 | 22-Jan-2013 |
dholland | Stuff UFS_ in front of a few of ufs's symbols to reduce namespace
pollution. Specifically:
ROOTINO -> UFS_ROOTINO
WINO -> UFS_WINO
NXADDR -> UFS_NXADDR
NDADDR -> UFS_NDADDR
NIADDR -> UFS_NIADDR
MAXSYMLINKLEN -> UFS_MAXSYMLINKLEN
MAXSYMLINKLEN_UFS[12] -> UFS[12]_MAXSYMLINKLEN (for consistency)
Sort out ext2fs's misuse of NDADDR and NIADDR; fortunately, these have
the same values in ext2fs and ffs.
No functional change intended.
|
| 1.53 | 06-Mar-2011 |
bouyer | branches: 1.53.4; 1.53.10;
merge the bouyer-quota2 branch. This adds a new on-disk format
to store disk quota usage and limits, integrated with ffs
metadata. Usage is checked by fsck_ffs (no more quotacheck)
and is covered by the WAPBL journal. Enabled with kernel
option QUOTA2 (added where QUOTA was enabled in kernel config files),
turned on with tunefs(8) on a per-filesystem
basis. mount_mfs(8) can also turn quotas on.
See http://mail-index.netbsd.org/tech-kern/2011/02/19/msg010025.html
for details.
|
| 1.52 | 11-Apr-2009 |
lukem | branches: 1.52.2;
fix sign-compare issues
|
| 1.51 | 08-Jul-2008 |
simonb | branches: 1.51.4;
Fix funny whitespace in a variable assignment.
|
| 1.50 | 23-Feb-2008 |
christos | branches: 1.50.4; 1.50.6;
Make sure that the exit values are always sane, and use symbolic instead
of magic constants. Reviewed by go@
|
| 1.49 | 16-Oct-2006 |
christos | branches: 1.49.8; 1.49.16; 1.49.18;
c99 initializers
|
| 1.48 | 21-Apr-2006 |
skrll | Don't use cast expressions as lvalues as newer versions of gcc warn.
|
| 1.47 | 23-Dec-2005 |
yamt | linkup: reparent() only when lost+found is created successfully.
|
| 1.46 | 19-Aug-2005 |
christos | 64 bit inode changes
|
| 1.45 | 27-Jun-2005 |
christos | sprinkle const.
|
| 1.44 | 02-Jun-2005 |
lukem | appease gcc -Wuninitialized
|
| 1.43 | 20-Jan-2005 |
xtraeme | whitespace (pointed out by wiz@)
|
| 1.42 | 19-Jan-2005 |
xtraeme | Kill __P(), ANSIfy and WARNS=2
|
| 1.41 | 08-Oct-2004 |
dbj | have allocdir fail cleanly when allocino fails
|
| 1.40 | 20-Jul-2004 |
mycroft | Reduce memory usage slightly.
|
| 1.39 | 10-Jan-2004 |
mrg | - some KNF (80 cols)
- fix a printf format issue
|
| 1.38 | 07-Aug-2003 |
agc | Move UCB-licensed code from 4-clause to 3-clause licence.
Patches provided by Joel Baker in PR 22308, verified by myself.
|
| 1.37 | 13-Jul-2003 |
itojun | use bounded string op
|
| 1.36 | 02-Apr-2003 |
fvdl | Add support for UFS2. UFS2 is an enhanced FFS, adding support for
64 bit block pointers, extended attribute storage, and a few
other things.
This commit does not yet include the code to manipulate the extended
storage (for e.g. ACLs), this will be done later.
Originally written by Kirk McKusick and Network Associates Laboratories for
FreeBSD.
|
| 1.35 | 24-Jan-2003 |
fvdl | Bump daddr_t to 64 bits. Replace it with int32_t in all places where
it was used on-disk, so that on-disk formats remain the same.
Remove ufs_daddr_t and ufs_lbn_t for the time being.
|
| 1.34 | 28-Sep-2002 |
dbj | Add support for the Apple UFS variation on ffs
This is the bulk of PR #17345
The general approach is to use a run time deteriminable value
for DIRBLKSIZ. Additional allowances are included for using
MAXSYMLINKLEN with FS_42INODEFMT and a shift in the cylinder group
cluster summary count array. Support is added for managing
the Apple UFS volume label.
|
| 1.33 | 09-May-2002 |
simonb | Don't bother testing if a uint8_t is > 256 -- that test is always false.
|
| 1.32 | 23-Jan-2001 |
mycroft | Fix a rather glaring byte-swapping bug: di_size is 64 bits, not 16.
|
| 1.31 | 10-Jan-2001 |
mycroft | Whoops; call propagate() with the right child inode number. (Doesn't break
anything, but it would have made reconnect less efficient.)
|
| 1.30 | 10-Jan-2001 |
mycroft | Abstract the code to attach a directory to its parent's child list into a
separate function, and call it from multiple places in linkup() to handle
reconnects and creation of /lost+found.
|
| 1.29 | 09-Jan-2001 |
mycroft | The reconnect algorithm was historically O(n^4).
Some years ago I made it O(n^2).
Someone helpfully made it O(n^4) again.
Today I'm making it O(n).
If that's not good enough, I don't know what else to do. B-)
Technical details:
* The graph traversal in propagate() is modified to be able to start from any
point in the tree. To handle certain exceptional cases, it is also modified
to work in two passes, marking the tree with a special tag and then changing
it to DFOUND.
* The reconnect case now modifies the child/sibling pointers and calls
propagate() to propagate the connection state starting with the reconnected
directory.
Pray that you never encounter a file system trashed enough for this to matter.
|
| 1.28 | 14-Dec-2000 |
simonb | Need an lfdir global variable now.
|
| 1.27 | 03-Aug-2000 |
castor | Fix an evil ugly bug which causes files placed into lost+found to
be inconsistent, and unremovable. From Ethan Solomita <ethan@geocast.com>.
Reviewed by fvdl.
|
| 1.26 | 15-Nov-1999 |
fvdl | branches: 1.26.4;
Changes for softdep code.
|
| 1.25 | 18-Mar-1998 |
bouyer | branches: 1.25.2; 1.25.4; 1.25.8;
Add support for non-native byteorder FFS, and converting byteorder.
Also, be a bit more conservative with the clean flag: don't mark the FS
clean when we know there may still be errors (user anserwed 'n' to
a question, or fsck says "you must rerun fsck").
|
| 1.24 | 20-Sep-1997 |
lukem | - don't indiscriminately include <stdlib.h> and <unistd.h> in "fsck.h"
- explicitly pull in <stdio.h>, <stdlib.h> and <unistd.h> in *.c as necessary
|
| 1.23 | 16-Sep-1997 |
lukem | resolve conflicts from lite-2 merge.
|
| 1.22 | 14-Sep-1997 |
lukem | * cleanup for WARNS=1
* deprecate register
* cleanup manpage
* remove unused docheck() func
* prefix hex numbers with '0x'
* getopt returns -1 not EOF
|
| 1.21 | 21-Apr-1997 |
mrg | lost+found directories are mode -1700
|
| 1.20 | 27-Sep-1996 |
christos | - util.h -> fsutil.h
|
| 1.19 | 23-Sep-1996 |
christos | - fixed all printf formats [there were a lot of %l? <-> %? mistakes]
- added missing prototypes, and made local functions static
- removed parallel preening code; this is part of fsck(8)
- use printing utilities from fsck(8)
- Makefile does not make links to fsck and fsck.8
- removed -l maxparallel option. It has no meaning anymore.
|
| 1.18 | 11-Jun-1996 |
mycroft | Use a different tree-walking algorithm in propagate().
|
| 1.17 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | branches: 1.17.4;
convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.16 | 28-Dec-1994 |
mycroft | Mostly sync with CSRG.
|
| 1.15 | 05-Dec-1994 |
cgd | more cleanups from Jim Jegers, passed over by me.
|
| 1.14 | 28-Oct-1994 |
mycroft | On a recursive call to fsck_readdir() through getpathname(), don't attempt to
fix a problem that's already being fixed.
|
| 1.13 | 06-Oct-1994 |
mycroft | dircheck() shouldn't be looking at d_type or d_namlen in blank entries
*at all*. Not only is it wrong, but it causes a serious problem on
little-endian machines, since after -c2 conversion, d_type will often
be > 15.
|
| 1.12 | 23-Sep-1994 |
mycroft | Remove some more uses of obsolete functions.
|
| 1.11 | 23-Sep-1994 |
mycroft | Eliminate uses of some obsolete functions.
|
| 1.10 | 20-Sep-1994 |
mycroft | A correct fix for the byte order problem when reconnecting.
|
| 1.9 | 29-Jul-1994 |
mycroft | Fix oversight in last patch.
|
| 1.8 | 28-Jul-1994 |
mycroft | Fix byte-order problem with directory entry creation.
|
| 1.7 | 08-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | branches: 1.7.2;
Update from 4.4-Lite, with local changes.
|
| 1.6 | 25-Apr-1994 |
cgd | need <sys/time.h>
|
| 1.5 | 05-Nov-1993 |
mycroft | Patch from Bruce Evans to deal with file names with NULs in them.
|
| 1.4 | 01-Aug-1993 |
mycroft | Add RCS identifiers.
|
| 1.3 | 23-Mar-1993 |
cgd | changed "Id" to "Header" for rcsids
|
| 1.2 | 22-Mar-1993 |
cgd | added rcs ids to all files
|
| 1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.3 | 16-Sep-1997 |
lukem | imported from lite-2
|
| 1.1.1.2 | 13-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Import 4.4-Lite version.
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | initial import of 386bsd-0.1 sources
|
| 1.7.2.5 | 07-Nov-1994 |
cgd | for patch #2
|
| 1.7.2.4 | 06-Oct-1994 |
mycroft | dircheck() shouldn't be looking at d_type or d_namlen in blank entries
*at all*. Not only is it wrong, but it causes a serious problem on
little-endian machines, since after -c2 conversion, d_type will often
be > 15.
|
| 1.7.2.3 | 20-Sep-1994 |
mycroft | A correct fix for the byte order problem when reconnecting.
|
| 1.7.2.2 | 29-Jul-1994 |
cgd | from trunk.
|
| 1.7.2.1 | 28-Jul-1994 |
cgd | from trunk.
|
| 1.17.4.1 | 10-Dec-1996 |
mycroft | From trunk:
* Redo the tree-walking algorithm to make it O(n) rather than O(n^2).
* Fix some minor type size problems.
|
| 1.25.8.1 | 27-Dec-1999 |
wrstuden | Pull up to last week's -current.
|
| 1.25.4.1 | 19-Oct-1999 |
fvdl | Bring in Kirk McKusick's FFS softdep code on a branch.
|
| 1.25.2.1 | 22-Aug-2000 |
castor | pullup changes between 1.26 and 1.27
revision 1.27
date: 2000/08/03 14:52:39; author: castor; state: Exp; lines: +12 -2
Fix an evil ugly bug which causes files placed into lost+found
to be inconsistent, and unremovable. From Ethan Solomita
<ethan@geocast.com>. Reviewed by fvdl.
pullup requested by Haavard Eidnes -- assuming that this was actually a
request from releng-1-4.
|
| 1.26.4.2 | 24-Nov-2001 |
he | Pull up revisions 1.28-1.32 (requested by lukem):
Jumbo pullup for fsck_ffs:
o fix incorrect error message
o mark initialized globals with ``extern''
o make reconnect algorithm O(n) instead of O(n^4)
o remove dead code
o don't swap cg_clustersum(cg)[0], it's a bitmap
o ensure rotor values are positive
o some code restructuring
o fix byte swapping bug
o pass5: check alternate superblocks for consistency with in-core master
o fix usage message
|
| 1.26.4.1 | 03-Aug-2000 |
castor | Pullup changes between 1.26 and 1.27 from -current.
Requested by castor. Approved by thorpej.
> revision 1.27
> date: 2000/08/03 14:52:39; author: castor; state: Exp; lines: +12 -2
> Fix an evil ugly bug which causes files placed into lost+found to
> be inconsistent, and unremovable. From Ethan Solomita <ethan@geocast.com>.
> Reviewed by fvdl.
|
| 1.49.18.2 | 28-Sep-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.49.18.1 | 03-Apr-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.49.16.1 | 24-Mar-2008 |
keiichi | sync with head.
|
| 1.49.8.1 | 23-Mar-2008 |
matt | sync with HEAD
|
| 1.50.6.1 | 18-Jul-2008 |
simonb | Sync with head.
|
| 1.50.4.1 | 18-Sep-2008 |
wrstuden | Sync with wrstuden-revivesa-base-2.
|
| 1.51.4.1 | 13-May-2009 |
jym | Sync with HEAD.
Third (and last) commit. See http://mail-index.netbsd.org/source-changes/2009/05/13/msg221222.html
|
| 1.52.2.1 | 20-Jan-2011 |
bouyer | Snapshot of work in progress on a modernised disk quota system:
- new quotactl syscall (versionned for backward compat), which takes
as parameter a path to a mount point, and a prop_dictionary
(in plistref format) describing commands and arguments.
For each command, status and data are returned as a prop_dictionary.
quota commands features will be added to take advantage of this,
exporting quota data or getting quota commands as plists.
- new on disk-format storage (all 64bit wide), integrated to metadata for
ffs (and playing nicely with wapbl).
Quotas are enabled on a ffs filesystem via superblock flags.
tunefs(8) can enable or disable quotas.
On a quota-enabled filesystem, fsck_ffs(8) will track per-uid/gid
block and inode usages, and will check and update quotas in Pass 6.
quota usage and limits are stored in unliked files (one for users,
one for groups)l fsck_ffs(8) will create the files if needed, or
free them if needed. This means that after enabling or disabling
quotas on a filesystem; a fsck_ffs(8) run is required.
quotacheck(8) is not needed any more, on a unclean shutdown
fsck or journal replay will take care of fixing quotas.
newfs(8) can create a ready-to-mount quota-enabled filesystem
(superblock flags are set and quota inodes are created).
Other new features or semantic changes:
- default quota datas, applied to users or groups which don't already
have a quota entry
- per-user/group grace time (instead of a filesystem global one)
- 0 really means "nothing allowed at all", not "no limit".
If you want "no limit", set the limit to UQUAD_MAX (tools will
understand "unlimited" and "-")
A quota file is structured as follow:
it starts with a header, containing a few per-filesystem values,
and the default quota limits.
Quota entries are linked together as a simple list, each entry has a
pointer (as an offset withing the file) to the next.
The header has a pointer to a list of free quota entries, and
a hash table of in-use entries. The size of the hash table depends
on the filesystem block size (header+hash table should fit in the
first block). The file is not sparse and is a multiple of
filesystem block size (when the free quota entry list is empty a new
filesystem block is allocated). quota entries to not cross
filesystem block boundaries.
In memory, the kernel keeps a cache of recently used quota entries
as a reference to the block number, and offset withing the block.
The quota entry itself is keept in the buf cache.
fsck_ffs(8), tunefs(8) and newfs(8) supports are completed (with
related atf tests :)
The kernel can update disk usage and report it via quotactl(2).
Todo: enforce quotas limits (limits are not checked by kernel yet)
update repquota, edquota and rpc.rquotad to the new world
implement compat_50_quotactl ioctl.
update quotactl(2) man page
fsck_ffs required fixes so that allocating new blocks or inodes will
properly update the superblock and cg sumaries. This was not an issue up
to now because superblock and cg sumaries check happened last, but now
allocations or frees can happen in pass 6.
|
| 1.53.10.3 | 20-Aug-2014 |
tls | Rebase to HEAD as of a few days ago.
|
| 1.53.10.2 | 23-Jun-2013 |
tls | resync from head
|
| 1.53.10.1 | 25-Feb-2013 |
tls | resync with head
|
| 1.53.4.2 | 22-May-2014 |
yamt | sync with head.
for a reference, the tree before this commit was tagged
as yamt-pagecache-tag8.
this commit was splitted into small chunks to avoid
a limitation of cvs. ("Protocol error: too many arguments")
|
| 1.53.4.1 | 23-Jan-2013 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.57.14.1 | 21-Apr-2017 |
bouyer | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.57.10.1 | 20-Mar-2017 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.58.12.1 | 10-Jun-2019 |
christos | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.58.10.1 | 26-Nov-2018 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD, resolve a couple of conflicts
|
| 1.29 | 04-Jul-2023 |
riastradh | fsck_ffs(8): Fix whitespace issues.
- Nix trailing whitespace.
- Omit excessive blank lines.
- Insert missing blank lines between $NetBSD$ and copyright.
No functional change intended.
|
| 1.28 | 17-Nov-2022 |
chs | Restore backward compatibility of UFS2 with previous NetBSD releases by
disabling support in UFS2 for extended attributes (including ACLs).
Add a new variant of UFS2 called "UFS2ea" that does support extended attributes.
Add new fsck_ffs operations "-c ea" and "-c no-ea" to convert file systems
from UFS2 to UFS2ea and vice-versa (both of which delete all existing extended
attributes in the process).
|
| 1.27 | 09-Jun-2011 |
christos | share more code.
|
| 1.26 | 06-Mar-2011 |
bouyer | branches: 1.26.2;
merge the bouyer-quota2 branch. This adds a new on-disk format
to store disk quota usage and limits, integrated with ffs
metadata. Usage is checked by fsck_ffs (no more quotacheck)
and is covered by the WAPBL journal. Enabled with kernel
option QUOTA2 (added where QUOTA was enabled in kernel config files),
turned on with tunefs(8) on a per-filesystem
basis. mount_mfs(8) can also turn quotas on.
See http://mail-index.netbsd.org/tech-kern/2011/02/19/msg010025.html
for details.
|
| 1.25 | 13-Sep-2009 |
bouyer | branches: 1.25.2;
Do some basic checks of the WAPBL journal, to abort the boot before the
kernel refuse to mount a filesystem read-write (booting a system
multiuser with critical filesystems read-only is bad):
Add a check_wapbl() which will check some WAPBL values in the superblock,
and try to read the journal via wapbl_replay_start() if there is one.
pfatal() if one of these fail (abort boot if in preen mode,
as "CONTINUE" otherwise). In non-preen mode the bogus journal will
be cleared.
check_wapbl() is always called if the superblock supports WAPBL.
Even if FS_DOWAPBL is not there, there could be flags asking the
kernel to clear or create a log with bogus values which would cause the
kernel refuse to mount the filesystem.
Discussed in
http://mail-index.netbsd.org/tech-kern/2009/08/17/msg005896.html
and followups.
|
| 1.24 | 30-Aug-2008 |
bouyer | branches: 1.24.2; 1.24.8;
Add fss(4) snapshot support to fsck_ffs(8) (via -x or -X options, like
dump(8)). This allows fsck_ffs -n to work on a snapshot of a R/W mounted
filesystem, and avoid errors related to filesystem activity.
|
| 1.23 | 31-Jul-2008 |
simonb | Merge the simonb-wapbl branch. From the original branch commit:
Add Wasabi System's WAPBL (Write Ahead Physical Block Logging)
journaling code. Originally written by Darrin B. Jewell while
at Wasabi and updated to -current by Antti Kantee, Andy Doran,
Greg Oster and Simon Burge.
OK'd by core@, releng@.
|
| 1.22 | 27-Jun-2005 |
christos | branches: 1.22.20; 1.22.24; 1.22.26;
sprinkle const.
|
| 1.21 | 20-Jan-2005 |
xtraeme | whitespace (pointed out by wiz@)
|
| 1.20 | 19-Jan-2005 |
xtraeme | Kill __P(), ANSIfy and WARNS=2
|
| 1.19 | 09-Jan-2004 |
dbj | do not upgrade superblock or set FS_FLAGS_UPDATED unless -c 4 option
is provided.
add compatibility for filesystems before FFSv2 integration
these patches are from pr port-macppc/23925 and should also
fix problems discussed in pr kern/21404 and pr kern/21283
|
| 1.18 | 13-Jul-2003 |
itojun | use bounded string op
|
| 1.17 | 06-Apr-2003 |
fvdl | Write update some old fields when writing the superblock, similar to
ffs_oldfscompat_write() in the kernel. Use the old totals when
time < old_time (i.e. an old kernel or fsck wrote the filesystem last).
When setting the date back on a new kernel, that works out ok, since
new kernels always update both fields.
|
| 1.16 | 02-Apr-2003 |
fvdl | Add support for UFS2. UFS2 is an enhanced FFS, adding support for
64 bit block pointers, extended attribute storage, and a few
other things.
This commit does not yet include the code to manipulate the extended
storage (for e.g. ACLs), this will be done later.
Originally written by Kirk McKusick and Network Associates Laboratories for
FreeBSD.
|
| 1.15 | 24-Jan-2003 |
fvdl | Bump daddr_t to 64 bits. Replace it with int32_t in all places where
it was used on-disk, so that on-disk formats remain the same.
Remove ufs_daddr_t and ufs_lbn_t for the time being.
|
| 1.14 | 06-May-2002 |
lukem | If SIGINFO is received, display summary information to stderr.
Based on changes in FreeBSD, via Chuck Cranor <chuck@research.att.com>
|
| 1.13 | 04-Feb-2001 |
christos | remove redundant declarations
|
| 1.12 | 26-Jan-2001 |
thorpej | In pass 5, check alternate superblocks for consistency with
the current in-core master superblock, and fix them up if
they're incorrect. Move the code that writes the alternate
superblocks if (cvtlevel || doswap) into pass 5 for efficiency.
Reviewd by Charles Hannum, and used by me to fix up a curdled
file system.
|
| 1.11 | 09-Jan-2001 |
mycroft | The reconnect algorithm was historically O(n^4).
Some years ago I made it O(n^2).
Someone helpfully made it O(n^4) again.
Today I'm making it O(n).
If that's not good enough, I don't know what else to do. B-)
Technical details:
* The graph traversal in propagate() is modified to be able to start from any
point in the tree. To handle certain exceptional cases, it is also modified
to work in two passes, marking the tree with a special tag and then changing
it to DFOUND.
* The reconnect case now modifies the child/sibling pointers and calls
propagate() to propagate the connection state starting with the reconnected
directory.
Pray that you never encounter a file system trashed enough for this to matter.
|
| 1.10 | 26-Jul-1998 |
mycroft | branches: 1.10.12;
const poisoning.
|
| 1.9 | 26-Jul-1998 |
mycroft | Remove redundant declaration.
|
| 1.8 | 18-Mar-1998 |
bouyer | Add support for non-native byteorder FFS, and converting byteorder.
Also, be a bit more conservative with the clean flag: don't mark the FS
clean when we know there may still be errors (user anserwed 'n' to
a question, or fsck says "you must rerun fsck").
|
| 1.7 | 16-Sep-1997 |
lukem | resolve conflicts from lite-2 merge.
|
| 1.6 | 27-Sep-1996 |
christos | - util.h -> fsutil.h
|
| 1.5 | 23-Sep-1996 |
christos | - fixed all printf formats [there were a lot of %l? <-> %? mistakes]
- added missing prototypes, and made local functions static
- removed parallel preening code; this is part of fsck(8)
- use printing utilities from fsck(8)
- Makefile does not make links to fsck and fsck.8
- removed -l maxparallel option. It has no meaning anymore.
|
| 1.4 | 12-Apr-1995 |
mycroft | Set the clean flag if necessary. If preening, don't check `clean' file
systems.
|
| 1.3 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.2 | 06-Dec-1994 |
cgd | adjust; from jimj.
|
| 1.1 | 05-Dec-1994 |
cgd | more cleanups from Jim Jegers, passed over by me.
|
| 1.10.12.1 | 24-Nov-2001 |
he | Pull up revisions 1.11-1.13 (requested by lukem):
Jumbo pullup for fsck_ffs:
o fix incorrect error message
o mark initialized globals with ``extern''
o make reconnect algorithm O(n) instead of O(n^4)
o remove dead code
o don't swap cg_clustersum(cg)[0], it's a bitmap
o ensure rotor values are positive
o some code restructuring
o fix byte swapping bug
o pass5: check alternate superblocks for consistency with in-core master
o fix usage message
|
| 1.22.26.2 | 28-Jul-2008 |
simonb | Add support for creating a WAPBL log in the filesystem. Will
create an in-filesystem log on first "mount -o log" if one doesn't
exist, and will then continue to use same log in the future. See
(soon to be added) wapbl(4) for more info.
Adds a new B_CONTIG low-level allocation flag that uses hints in
"struct ffs_inode_ext" to lay out an ffs file's data contiguously.
Thanks to Greg Oster for helping with the design of this and to
Antti Kantee for code review and suggestions.
|
| 1.22.26.1 | 10-Jun-2008 |
simonb | Initial commit of Wasabi System's WAPBL (Write Ahead Physical Block
Logging) journaling code. Originally written by Darrin B. Jewell
while at Wasabi and updated to -current by Antti Kantee, Andy Doran,
Greg Oster and Simon Burge.
Still a number of issues - look in doc/BRANCHES for "simonb-wapbl"
for more info.
|
| 1.22.24.1 | 18-Sep-2008 |
wrstuden | Sync with wrstuden-revivesa-base-2.
|
| 1.22.20.1 | 28-Sep-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.24.8.1 | 21-Apr-2010 |
matt | sync to netbsd-5
|
| 1.24.2.1 | 03-Oct-2009 |
snj | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by bouyer in ticket #1036):
sbin/fsck_ffs/extern.h: revision 1.25 via patch
sbin/fsck_ffs/setup.c: revision 1.88 via patch
sbin/fsck_ffs/wapbl.c: revision 1.4 via patch
sbin/tunefs/tunefs.c: revision 1.41 via patch
sys/ufs/ffs/ffs_vfsops.c: revision 1.252 via patch
sys/ufs/ffs/ffs_wapbl.c: revision 1.13 via patch
Allow tunefs to clear any type of WAPBL log, not only in-filesystem
ones. Discussed in
http://mail-index.netbsd.org/tech-kern/2009/08/17/msg005896.html
and followups.
--
Do some basic checks of the WAPBL journal, to abort the boot before the
kernel refuse to mount a filesystem read-write (booting a system
multiuser with critical filesystems read-only is bad):
Add a check_wapbl() which will check some WAPBL values in the superblock,
and try to read the journal via wapbl_replay_start() if there is one.
pfatal() if one of these fail (abort boot if in preen mode,
as "CONTINUE" otherwise). In non-preen mode the bogus journal will
be cleared.
check_wapbl() is always called if the superblock supports WAPBL.
Even if FS_DOWAPBL is not there, there could be flags asking the
kernel to clear or create a log with bogus values which would cause the
kernel refuse to mount the filesystem.
Discussed in
http://mail-index.netbsd.org/tech-kern/2009/08/17/msg005896.html
and followups.
--
If the WAPBL journal can't be read (ffs_wapbl_replay_start() fails),
mount the filesystem anyway if MNT_FORCE is present.
This allows to still boot single-user a system with a corrupted
WAPBL on /, and so get a chance to run fsck to fix it.
http://mail-index.netbsd.org/tech-kern/2009/08/17/msg005896.html
and followups.
|
| 1.25.2.1 | 20-Jan-2011 |
bouyer | Snapshot of work in progress on a modernised disk quota system:
- new quotactl syscall (versionned for backward compat), which takes
as parameter a path to a mount point, and a prop_dictionary
(in plistref format) describing commands and arguments.
For each command, status and data are returned as a prop_dictionary.
quota commands features will be added to take advantage of this,
exporting quota data or getting quota commands as plists.
- new on disk-format storage (all 64bit wide), integrated to metadata for
ffs (and playing nicely with wapbl).
Quotas are enabled on a ffs filesystem via superblock flags.
tunefs(8) can enable or disable quotas.
On a quota-enabled filesystem, fsck_ffs(8) will track per-uid/gid
block and inode usages, and will check and update quotas in Pass 6.
quota usage and limits are stored in unliked files (one for users,
one for groups)l fsck_ffs(8) will create the files if needed, or
free them if needed. This means that after enabling or disabling
quotas on a filesystem; a fsck_ffs(8) run is required.
quotacheck(8) is not needed any more, on a unclean shutdown
fsck or journal replay will take care of fixing quotas.
newfs(8) can create a ready-to-mount quota-enabled filesystem
(superblock flags are set and quota inodes are created).
Other new features or semantic changes:
- default quota datas, applied to users or groups which don't already
have a quota entry
- per-user/group grace time (instead of a filesystem global one)
- 0 really means "nothing allowed at all", not "no limit".
If you want "no limit", set the limit to UQUAD_MAX (tools will
understand "unlimited" and "-")
A quota file is structured as follow:
it starts with a header, containing a few per-filesystem values,
and the default quota limits.
Quota entries are linked together as a simple list, each entry has a
pointer (as an offset withing the file) to the next.
The header has a pointer to a list of free quota entries, and
a hash table of in-use entries. The size of the hash table depends
on the filesystem block size (header+hash table should fit in the
first block). The file is not sparse and is a multiple of
filesystem block size (when the free quota entry list is empty a new
filesystem block is allocated). quota entries to not cross
filesystem block boundaries.
In memory, the kernel keeps a cache of recently used quota entries
as a reference to the block number, and offset withing the block.
The quota entry itself is keept in the buf cache.
fsck_ffs(8), tunefs(8) and newfs(8) supports are completed (with
related atf tests :)
The kernel can update disk usage and report it via quotactl(2).
Todo: enforce quotas limits (limits are not checked by kernel yet)
update repquota, edquota and rpc.rquotad to the new world
implement compat_50_quotactl ioctl.
update quotactl(2) man page
fsck_ffs required fixes so that allocating new blocks or inodes will
properly update the superblock and cg sumaries. This was not an issue up
to now because superblock and cg sumaries check happened last, but now
allocations or frees can happen in pass 6.
|
| 1.26.2.1 | 23-Jun-2011 |
cherry | Catchup with rmind-uvmplock merge.
|
| 1.2 | 21-Sep-1997 |
lukem | unnecessary file from lite-2 merge
|
| 1.1 | 16-Sep-1997 |
lukem | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 16-Sep-1997 |
lukem | imported from lite-2
|
| 1.59 | 04-Mar-2025 |
andvar | s/ownerchip/ownership/ in comment.
|
| 1.58 | 04-Jul-2023 |
riastradh | branches: 1.58.2;
fsck_ffs(8): Fix whitespace issues.
- Nix trailing whitespace.
- Omit excessive blank lines.
- Insert missing blank lines between $NetBSD$ and copyright.
No functional change intended.
|
| 1.57 | 14-Jan-2023 |
christos | catch up with sign changes in the fs.h
|
| 1.56 | 17-Nov-2022 |
chs | branches: 1.56.2;
Restore backward compatibility of UFS2 with previous NetBSD releases by
disabling support in UFS2 for extended attributes (including ACLs).
Add a new variant of UFS2 called "UFS2ea" that does support extended attributes.
Add new fsck_ffs operations "-c ea" and "-c no-ea" to convert file systems
from UFS2 to UFS2ea and vice-versa (both of which delete all existing extended
attributes in the process).
|
| 1.55 | 18-Apr-2020 |
jdolecek | add NO_IOBUF_ALIGNED to not pull aligned_alloc() for really constrained
boot media
|
| 1.54 | 05-Apr-2020 |
joerg | Fix depenency on common symbols in sbin.
|
| 1.53 | 05-May-2019 |
christos | Add a -z flag to zero out the up to 4 bytes of padding in directory entry
names (including the terminating NUL), as well as directory entries with
extra free space (d->d_reclen > UFS_DIRSIZ(d)).
Inspired from FreeBSD:
https://svnweb.freebsd.org/base?view=revision&revision=347066
While the kernel has been fixed to deal with the padding bytes (new
kernels will correctly zero out all the padding after the name), it
appears that there is still an issue with directory entries with extra
free space, since a newly created and populated filesystem gets modified
with "fsck_ffs -z".
|
| 1.52 | 08-Feb-2017 |
rin | branches: 1.52.12;
__empty -> __nothing
|
| 1.51 | 08-Feb-2017 |
christos | use __empty
|
| 1.50 | 08-Feb-2017 |
rin | Add smaller versions of fsck_ffs(8) and newfs(8) for install media, where
support for Endian-Independent FFS and Apple UFS is disabled unless FFS_EI=1
and APPLE_UFS=1 are added to CRUNCHENV, respectively.
This reduces the size of ramdisk image for atari by over 15KB.
Thanks tsutsui and christos for their useful comments.
|
| 1.49 | 06-Mar-2011 |
bouyer | branches: 1.49.26; 1.49.30;
merge the bouyer-quota2 branch. This adds a new on-disk format
to store disk quota usage and limits, integrated with ffs
metadata. Usage is checked by fsck_ffs (no more quotacheck)
and is covered by the WAPBL journal. Enabled with kernel
option QUOTA2 (added where QUOTA was enabled in kernel config files),
turned on with tunefs(8) on a per-filesystem
basis. mount_mfs(8) can also turn quotas on.
See http://mail-index.netbsd.org/tech-kern/2011/02/19/msg010025.html
for details.
|
| 1.48 | 12-Sep-2010 |
drochner | branches: 1.48.2;
minimal ansification/constification
|
| 1.47 | 09-Oct-2008 |
christos | Disable userid to username lookups by default. Add a -U flag to perform them.
In single user mode lookups that involve the network might not work and they
slow down fsck.
|
| 1.46 | 23-Feb-2008 |
christos | Make sure that the exit values are always sane, and use symbolic instead
of magic constants. Reviewed by go@
|
| 1.45 | 21-Apr-2006 |
skrll | branches: 1.45.4; 1.45.10; 1.45.18; 1.45.20;
Don't use cast expressions as lvalues as newer versions of gcc warn.
|
| 1.44 | 24-Dec-2005 |
perry | Remove leading __ from __(const|inline|signed|volatile) -- it is obsolete.
|
| 1.43 | 27-Jun-2005 |
christos | sprinkle const.
|
| 1.42 | 19-Jan-2005 |
xtraeme | Kill __P(), ANSIfy and WARNS=2
|
| 1.41 | 13-Jan-2005 |
christos | Use -DPROGRESS to enable the progress bar, don't depend on SMALL.
|
| 1.40 | 13-Jan-2005 |
christos | Add a progress meter to fsck_ffs based on the work by thorpej presented
to the mailing lists last January. This is optional.
|
| 1.39 | 20-Jul-2004 |
mycroft | Reduce memory usage slightly.
|
| 1.38 | 25-May-2004 |
hannken | Add ffs internal snapshots. Written by Marshall Kirk McKusick for FreeBSD.
- Not enabled by default. Needs kernel option FFS_SNAPSHOT.
- Change parameters of ffs_blkfree.
- Let the copy-on-write functions return an error so spec_strategy
may fail if the copy-on-write fails.
- Change genfs_*lock*() to use vp->v_vnlock instead of &vp->v_lock.
- Add flag B_METAONLY to VOP_BALLOC to return indirect block buffer.
- Add a function ffs_checkfreefile needed for snapshot creation.
- Add special handling of snapshot files:
Snapshots may not be opened for writing and the attributes are read-only.
Use the mtime as the time this snapshot was taken.
Deny mtime updates for snapshot files.
- Add function transferlockers to transfer any waiting processes from
one lock to another.
- Add vfsop VFS_SNAPSHOT to take a snapshot and make it accessible through
a vnode.
- Add snapshot support to ls, fsck_ffs and dump.
Welcome to 2.0F.
Approved by: Jason R. Thorpe <thorpej@netbsd.org>
|
| 1.37 | 09-Jan-2004 |
dbj | do not upgrade superblock or set FS_FLAGS_UPDATED unless -c 4 option
is provided.
add compatibility for filesystems before FFSv2 integration
these patches are from pr port-macppc/23925 and should also
fix problems discussed in pr kern/21404 and pr kern/21283
|
| 1.36 | 20-Oct-2003 |
dsl | Add a -q (quiet) option to print nothing for clean filesystems.
Support in fsck_ffs and stub in fsck_xxx.
Push a few more messages through pwarn() instead of printf() to ensure
disk name is shown.
|
| 1.35 | 07-Aug-2003 |
agc | Move UCB-licensed code from 4-clause to 3-clause licence.
Patches provided by Joel Baker in PR 22308, verified by myself.
|
| 1.34 | 24-Apr-2003 |
fvdl | Oops. The clearinode macro had the UFS2 case reversed, causing it to
zero out two inodes in the plain FFS case, since UFS2 dinodes are
twice as big.
|
| 1.33 | 06-Apr-2003 |
fvdl | Write update some old fields when writing the superblock, similar to
ffs_oldfscompat_write() in the kernel. Use the old totals when
time < old_time (i.e. an old kernel or fsck wrote the filesystem last).
When setting the date back on a new kernel, that works out ok, since
new kernels always update both fields.
|
| 1.32 | 02-Apr-2003 |
fvdl | Add support for UFS2. UFS2 is an enhanced FFS, adding support for
64 bit block pointers, extended attribute storage, and a few
other things.
This commit does not yet include the code to manipulate the extended
storage (for e.g. ACLs), this will be done later.
Originally written by Kirk McKusick and Network Associates Laboratories for
FreeBSD.
|
| 1.31 | 29-Mar-2003 |
wiz | Consistently spell occurrence with two rs.
|
| 1.30 | 24-Jan-2003 |
fvdl | Bump daddr_t to 64 bits. Replace it with int32_t in all places where
it was used on-disk, so that on-disk formats remain the same.
Remove ufs_daddr_t and ufs_lbn_t for the time being.
|
| 1.29 | 28-Sep-2002 |
dbj | Add support for the Apple UFS variation on ffs
This is the bulk of PR #17345
The general approach is to use a run time deteriminable value
for DIRBLKSIZ. Additional allowances are included for using
MAXSYMLINKLEN with FS_42INODEFMT and a shift in the cylinder group
cluster summary count array. Support is added for managing
the Apple UFS volume label.
|
| 1.28 | 06-May-2002 |
lukem | If SIGINFO is received, display summary information to stderr.
Based on changes in FreeBSD, via Chuck Cranor <chuck@research.att.com>
|
| 1.27 | 17-Aug-2001 |
lukem | remove third argument (`int ns') from ffs_sb_swap(), and let ffs_sb_swap()
determine the endianness of the `struct fs *o' superblock from o->fs_magic
and set needswap as necessary, rather than trusting the caller to get
it right. invariably, almost every caller of ffs_sb_swap() was calling it
with ns set to the wrong value for ns anyway!
ansi KNF ffs_bswap.c declarations whilst here.
this fixes all sorts of problems when trying to use other-endian file systems,
notably the kernel trying to access memory *way* off, possibly corrupting or
panicing, and userland programs SEGVing and/or corrupting things (e.g,
"fsck_ffs -B" to swap a file system endianness).
whilst the previous rev of ffs_bswap.c (1.10, 2000/12/23) made this problem
worse, i suspect that the problem was always there and previous versions
just happened not to trash things at the wrong time.
FFS_EI should now be a lot more stable.
|
| 1.26 | 15-Aug-2001 |
lukem | - implement -F; treat provided filesystems as images in regular files
- replace "filesystem" with "file system" as appropriate
- grammar fixes
|
| 1.25 | 15-Aug-2001 |
lukem | minor whitespace cleanup
|
| 1.24 | 04-Feb-2001 |
christos | remove redundant declarations
|
| 1.23 | 26-Jan-2001 |
thorpej | In pass 5, check alternate superblocks for consistency with
the current in-core master superblock, and fix them up if
they're incorrect. Move the code that writes the alternate
superblocks if (cvtlevel || doswap) into pass 5 for efficiency.
Reviewd by Charles Hannum, and used by me to fix up a curdled
file system.
|
| 1.22 | 09-Jan-2001 |
mycroft | The reconnect algorithm was historically O(n^4).
Some years ago I made it O(n^2).
Someone helpfully made it O(n^4) again.
Today I'm making it O(n).
If that's not good enough, I don't know what else to do. B-)
Technical details:
* The graph traversal in propagate() is modified to be able to start from any
point in the tree. To handle certain exceptional cases, it is also modified
to work in two passes, marking the tree with a special tag and then changing
it to DFOUND.
* The reconnect case now modifies the child/sibling pointers and calls
propagate() to propagate the connection state starting with the reconnected
directory.
Pray that you never encounter a file system trashed enough for this to matter.
|
| 1.21 | 13-Dec-2000 |
scw | Some more `extern's for initialised globals.
|
| 1.20 | 15-Nov-1999 |
fvdl | branches: 1.20.4;
Update for softdep code.
|
| 1.19 | 15-Jan-1999 |
bouyer | branches: 1.19.4; 1.19.8;
#include machine/bswap.h and remove -lutil.
|
| 1.18 | 23-Oct-1998 |
thorpej | Use DINODE_SIZE rather than sizeof(struct dinode) and/or pointer arithmetic.
|
| 1.17 | 18-Mar-1998 |
bouyer | Add support for non-native byteorder FFS, and converting byteorder.
Also, be a bit more conservative with the clean flag: don't mark the FS
clean when we know there may still be errors (user anserwed 'n' to
a question, or fsck says "you must rerun fsck").
|
| 1.16 | 21-Sep-1997 |
lukem | a quad_t is an int64_t, not a u_int64_t...
|
| 1.15 | 20-Sep-1997 |
lukem | - don't indiscriminately include <stdlib.h> and <unistd.h> in "fsck.h"
- explicitly pull in <stdio.h>, <stdlib.h> and <unistd.h> in *.c as necessary
|
| 1.14 | 16-Sep-1997 |
lukem | resolve conflicts from lite-2 merge.
|
| 1.13 | 11-Oct-1996 |
thorpej | Bug fix from Kirk McKusick <mckusick@McKusick.COM>:
Fix a bug in fsck_ffs where if a directory somehow develops a hole
(that is a block pointer that has a value of zero), fsck would give the
filesystem a clean bill of health, but the kernel would panic when
accessing the directory with the hole. Fsck now checks for holes
in directories. If found in preen mode, fsck fails. In manual
mode, it can be directed to shorten the directory to the beginning of
the hole. A more complete solution would be to allocate a block to fill
the hole. However, this is a lot more work for a `cannot happen' error,
so the extra effort seems unwarranted.
|
| 1.12 | 23-Sep-1996 |
christos | - fixed all printf formats [there were a lot of %l? <-> %? mistakes]
- added missing prototypes, and made local functions static
- removed parallel preening code; this is part of fsck(8)
- use printing utilities from fsck(8)
- Makefile does not make links to fsck and fsck.8
- removed -l maxparallel option. It has no meaning anymore.
|
| 1.11 | 11-Jun-1996 |
mycroft | Use a different tree-walking algorithm in propagate().
|
| 1.10 | 12-Apr-1995 |
mycroft | branches: 1.10.4;
Set the clean flag if necessary. If preening, don't check `clean' file
systems.
|
| 1.9 | 21-Mar-1995 |
cgd | type sizes
|
| 1.8 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.7 | 05-Dec-1994 |
cgd | more cleanups from Jim Jegers, passed over by me.
|
| 1.6 | 08-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Update from 4.4-Lite, with local changes.
|
| 1.5 | 02-May-1994 |
pk | Prototype some things.
|
| 1.4 | 01-Aug-1993 |
mycroft | Add RCS identifiers.
|
| 1.3 | 23-Mar-1993 |
cgd | changed "Id" to "Header" for rcsids
|
| 1.2 | 22-Mar-1993 |
cgd | added rcs ids to all files
|
| 1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.3 | 16-Sep-1997 |
lukem | imported from lite-2
|
| 1.1.1.2 | 13-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Import 4.4-Lite version.
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | initial import of 386bsd-0.1 sources
|
| 1.10.4.2 | 02-Mar-1997 |
mycroft | Pull up changes from Kirk McKusick to check for holes in directories.
|
| 1.10.4.1 | 10-Dec-1996 |
mycroft | From trunk:
* Redo the tree-walking algorithm to make it O(n) rather than O(n^2).
* Fix some minor type size problems.
|
| 1.19.8.1 | 27-Dec-1999 |
wrstuden | Pull up to last week's -current.
|
| 1.19.4.1 | 19-Oct-1999 |
fvdl | Bring in Kirk McKusick's FFS softdep code on a branch.
|
| 1.20.4.2 | 25-Nov-2001 |
he | Pull up revision 1.27 (requested by lukem):
Call ffs_sb_swap() with the correct arguments. Fixes problems
with using other-endian file systems.
|
| 1.20.4.1 | 24-Nov-2001 |
he | Pull up revisions 1.21-1.24 (requested by lukem):
Jumbo pullup for fsck_ffs:
o fix incorrect error message
o mark initialized globals with ``extern''
o make reconnect algorithm O(n) instead of O(n^4)
o remove dead code
o don't swap cg_clustersum(cg)[0], it's a bitmap
o ensure rotor values are positive
o some code restructuring
o fix byte swapping bug
o pass5: check alternate superblocks for consistency with in-core master
o fix usage message
|
| 1.45.20.2 | 17-Jan-2009 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.45.20.1 | 03-Apr-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.45.18.1 | 24-Mar-2008 |
keiichi | sync with head.
|
| 1.45.10.1 | 23-Mar-2008 |
matt | sync with HEAD
|
| 1.45.4.1 | 24-Mar-2009 |
bouyer | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by manu in ticket #1288):
sbin/fsck_lfs/inode.c: revision 1.40 via patch
sbin/fsck_ffs/fsck_ffs.8: revision 1.44 via patch
sbin/fsck_ext2fs/fsck.h: revision 1.14 via patch
sbin/fsck_ext2fs/main.c: revision 1.30 via patch
sbin/fsck_ffs/inode.c: revision 1.61 via patch
sbin/fsck_ffs/main.c: revision 1.71 via patch
sbin/fsck_ext2fs/inode.c: revision 1.23 via patch
sbin/fsck_lfs/fsck.h: revision 1.18 via patch
sbin/fsck_lfs/fsck_lfs.8: revision 1.21 via patch
sbin/fsck_lfs/main.c: revision 1.38 via patch
sbin/fsck_ext2fs/fsck_ext2fs.8: revision 1.15 via patch
sbin/fsck_ffs/fsck.h: revision 1.47 via patch
Disable userid to username lookups by default. Add a -U flag to perform them.
In single user mode lookups that involve the network might not work and they
slow down fsck.
|
| 1.48.2.1 | 20-Jan-2011 |
bouyer | Snapshot of work in progress on a modernised disk quota system:
- new quotactl syscall (versionned for backward compat), which takes
as parameter a path to a mount point, and a prop_dictionary
(in plistref format) describing commands and arguments.
For each command, status and data are returned as a prop_dictionary.
quota commands features will be added to take advantage of this,
exporting quota data or getting quota commands as plists.
- new on disk-format storage (all 64bit wide), integrated to metadata for
ffs (and playing nicely with wapbl).
Quotas are enabled on a ffs filesystem via superblock flags.
tunefs(8) can enable or disable quotas.
On a quota-enabled filesystem, fsck_ffs(8) will track per-uid/gid
block and inode usages, and will check and update quotas in Pass 6.
quota usage and limits are stored in unliked files (one for users,
one for groups)l fsck_ffs(8) will create the files if needed, or
free them if needed. This means that after enabling or disabling
quotas on a filesystem; a fsck_ffs(8) run is required.
quotacheck(8) is not needed any more, on a unclean shutdown
fsck or journal replay will take care of fixing quotas.
newfs(8) can create a ready-to-mount quota-enabled filesystem
(superblock flags are set and quota inodes are created).
Other new features or semantic changes:
- default quota datas, applied to users or groups which don't already
have a quota entry
- per-user/group grace time (instead of a filesystem global one)
- 0 really means "nothing allowed at all", not "no limit".
If you want "no limit", set the limit to UQUAD_MAX (tools will
understand "unlimited" and "-")
A quota file is structured as follow:
it starts with a header, containing a few per-filesystem values,
and the default quota limits.
Quota entries are linked together as a simple list, each entry has a
pointer (as an offset withing the file) to the next.
The header has a pointer to a list of free quota entries, and
a hash table of in-use entries. The size of the hash table depends
on the filesystem block size (header+hash table should fit in the
first block). The file is not sparse and is a multiple of
filesystem block size (when the free quota entry list is empty a new
filesystem block is allocated). quota entries to not cross
filesystem block boundaries.
In memory, the kernel keeps a cache of recently used quota entries
as a reference to the block number, and offset withing the block.
The quota entry itself is keept in the buf cache.
fsck_ffs(8), tunefs(8) and newfs(8) supports are completed (with
related atf tests :)
The kernel can update disk usage and report it via quotactl(2).
Todo: enforce quotas limits (limits are not checked by kernel yet)
update repquota, edquota and rpc.rquotad to the new world
implement compat_50_quotactl ioctl.
update quotactl(2) man page
fsck_ffs required fixes so that allocating new blocks or inodes will
properly update the superblock and cg sumaries. This was not an issue up
to now because superblock and cg sumaries check happened last, but now
allocations or frees can happen in pass 6.
|
| 1.49.30.1 | 21-Apr-2017 |
bouyer | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.49.26.1 | 20-Mar-2017 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.52.12.3 | 21-Apr-2020 |
martin | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.52.12.2 | 08-Apr-2020 |
martin | Merge changes from current as of 20200406
|
| 1.52.12.1 | 10-Jun-2019 |
christos | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.56.2.1 | 13-May-2023 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by chs in ticket #162):
sbin/fsck_ffs/inode.c: revision 1.74
sbin/fsck_ffs/utilities.c: revision 1.68
sbin/fsck_ffs/fsck.h: revision 1.57
sbin/fsck_ffs/pass4.c: revision 1.30
catch up with sign changes in the fs.h
|
| 1.58.2.1 | 02-Aug-2025 |
perseant | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.52 | 17-Nov-2022 |
chs | Restore backward compatibility of UFS2 with previous NetBSD releases by
disabling support in UFS2 for extended attributes (including ACLs).
Add a new variant of UFS2 called "UFS2ea" that does support extended attributes.
Add new fsck_ffs operations "-c ea" and "-c no-ea" to convert file systems
from UFS2 to UFS2ea and vice-versa (both of which delete all existing extended
attributes in the process).
|
| 1.51 | 05-May-2019 |
christos | Add a -z flag to zero out the up to 4 bytes of padding in directory entry
names (including the terminating NUL), as well as directory entries with
extra free space (d->d_reclen > UFS_DIRSIZ(d)).
Inspired from FreeBSD:
https://svnweb.freebsd.org/base?view=revision&revision=347066
While the kernel has been fixed to deal with the padding bytes (new
kernels will correctly zero out all the padding after the name), it
appears that there is still an issue with directory entries with extra
free space, since a newly created and populated filesystem gets modified
with "fsck_ffs -z".
|
| 1.50 | 11-Sep-2016 |
sevan | branches: 1.50.14;
Document the version fsck_ffs first appeared.
Bump date.
|
| 1.49 | 06-Mar-2012 |
wiz | Mention scan_ffs -b.
Based on a patch by Matthew Mondor <mm_lists@pulsar-zone.net> on
tech-userlevel.
Bump date.
|
| 1.48 | 14-May-2011 |
dholland | branches: 1.48.4;
Improve documentation of FFS formats and format levels from PR 32100.
Prompted also by recent discussion on tech-kern. Bump date.
|
| 1.47 | 29-Apr-2011 |
wiz | Re-add -q description that got lost when -x was added.
Sort descriptions.
Bump date.
|
| 1.46 | 07-May-2009 |
wiz | New sentence, new line.
|
| 1.45 | 07-May-2009 |
lukem | Use "FFSv2" instead of "UFS2".
Expand the description of -c.
Xref dumpfs.
|
| 1.44 | 09-Oct-2008 |
christos | branches: 1.44.4;
Disable userid to username lookups by default. Add a -U flag to perform them.
In single user mode lookups that involve the network might not work and they
slow down fsck.
|
| 1.43 | 30-Aug-2008 |
gdt | Add an explanation of why one would want to use -x/-X, after
discussion with bouyer@.
|
| 1.42 | 30-Aug-2008 |
bouyer | Add fss(4) snapshot support to fsck_ffs(8) (via -x or -X options, like
dump(8)). This allows fsck_ffs -n to work on a snapshot of a R/W mounted
filesystem, and avoid errors related to filesystem activity.
|
| 1.41 | 31-Jul-2008 |
simonb | Merge the simonb-wapbl branch. From the original branch commit:
Add Wasabi System's WAPBL (Write Ahead Physical Block Logging)
journaling code. Originally written by Darrin B. Jewell while
at Wasabi and updated to -current by Antti Kantee, Andy Doran,
Greg Oster and Simon Burge.
OK'd by core@, releng@.
|
| 1.40 | 19-Jan-2005 |
wiz | branches: 1.40.10; 1.40.26; 1.40.30; 1.40.32;
Sort options. Bump date for -P. Remove superfluous -.
|
| 1.39 | 13-Jan-2005 |
christos | Add a progress meter to fsck_ffs based on the work by thorpej presented
to the mailing lists last January. This is optional.
|
| 1.38 | 02-Jun-2004 |
fair | Correct a misnumbering of options, as noted in PR 25784.
|
| 1.37 | 05-May-2004 |
wiz | Various improvements; mostly mention arguments of flags by name to
simplify the description and improve lists.
|
| 1.36 | 09-Jan-2004 |
wiz | branches: 1.36.2;
Update Dd for previous and fix a case.
|
| 1.35 | 09-Jan-2004 |
dbj | do not upgrade superblock or set FS_FLAGS_UPDATED unless -c 4 option
is provided.
add compatibility for filesystems before FFSv2 integration
these patches are from pr port-macppc/23925 and should also
fix problems discussed in pr kern/21404 and pr kern/21283
|
| 1.34 | 20-Oct-2003 |
dsl | Add a -q (quiet) option to print nothing for clean filesystems.
Support in fsck_ffs and stub in fsck_xxx.
Push a few more messages through pwarn() instead of printf() to ensure
disk name is shown.
|
| 1.33 | 07-Aug-2003 |
agc | Move UCB-licensed code from 4-clause to 3-clause licence.
Patches provided by Joel Baker in PR 22308, verified by myself.
|
| 1.32 | 25-Feb-2003 |
wiz | .Nm does not need a dummy argument ("") before punctuation or
for correct formatting of the SYNOPSIS any longer.
|
| 1.31 | 01-Oct-2002 |
wiz | New sentence, new line. By Robert Elz with minimal fixes.
|
| 1.30 | 28-Sep-2002 |
dbj | Add support for the Apple UFS variation on ffs
This is the bulk of PR #17345
The general approach is to use a run time deteriminable value
for DIRBLKSIZ. Additional allowances are included for using
MAXSYMLINKLEN with FS_42INODEFMT and a shift in the cylinder group
cluster summary count array. Support is added for managing
the Apple UFS volume label.
|
| 1.29 | 06-May-2002 |
lukem | If SIGINFO is received, display summary information to stderr.
Based on changes in FreeBSD, via Chuck Cranor <chuck@research.att.com>
|
| 1.28 | 07-Feb-2002 |
ross | Edit -mdoc usage.
* There is no -indent option to .Bd or .Bl, although you would
never know that from its frequent use in this tree. There is a
"-offset indent" combination that makes sense, and you can certainly
say "-width indent".
* Also, you can't markup the -width option argument, tho you CAN
use a callable macro. So "-width Ar filename" doesn't make sense,
but either "-width Ar" or "-width filename" does, as might something
like "-width xxfilename" for a little extra space.
* There are a lot of needlessly complex hanging tag macros in man4 used
to create simple item lists. Those should be simplified one of these
days before someone copies and edits yet another man4 page.
|
| 1.27 | 16-Nov-2001 |
wiz | Sort SEE ALSO, whitespace nits.
|
| 1.26 | 16-Nov-2001 |
lukem | - changes to -F semantics:
- remove the restriction that filesystem must be a regular file
- don't try and read a disklabel
- use `p' (instead of `h') as the index of the last partition
|
| 1.25 | 15-Aug-2001 |
lukem | - implement -F; treat provided filesystems as images in regular files
- replace "filesystem" with "file system" as appropriate
- grammar fixes
|
| 1.24 | 05-Jun-2001 |
wiz | Drop arguments of .Os.
|
| 1.23 | 07-Mar-1999 |
mycroft | Clean up SYNOPSIS formatting.
|
| 1.22 | 25-May-1998 |
msaitoh | fix typo.
|
| 1.21 | 18-Mar-1998 |
bouyer | Add support for non-native byteorder FFS, and converting byteorder.
Also, be a bit more conservative with the clean flag: don't mark the FS
clean when we know there may still be errors (user anserwed 'n' to
a question, or fsck says "you must rerun fsck").
|
| 1.20 | 15-Sep-1997 |
lukem | use .Nm correctly
|
| 1.19 | 14-Sep-1997 |
lukem | * cleanup for WARNS=1
* deprecate register
* cleanup manpage
* remove unused docheck() func
* prefix hex numbers with '0x'
* getopt returns -1 not EOF
|
| 1.18 | 21-Apr-1997 |
mrg | lost+found directories are mode -1700
|
| 1.17 | 21-Apr-1997 |
lukem | The fs level (ref: fsck -c ...) can be determined from the second
line of the output from dumpfs(8), not the first line. part of [bin/1353]
|
| 1.16 | 08-Mar-1997 |
mouse | alternate -> alternative, per PR 2643
|
| 1.15 | 27-Dec-1996 |
mikel | fix reboot(8) xref
|
| 1.14 | 26-Dec-1996 |
mikel | eliminate obsolete references to mkfs(8);
from Klaus Klein <kleink@layla.inka.de>
|
| 1.13 | 22-Oct-1996 |
christos | Update this to reflect reality after the fsck/fsck_ffs split.
|
| 1.12 | 23-Sep-1996 |
christos | - fixed all printf formats [there were a lot of %l? <-> %? mistakes]
- added missing prototypes, and made local functions static
- removed parallel preening code; this is part of fsck(8)
- use printing utilities from fsck(8)
- Makefile does not make links to fsck and fsck.8
- removed -l maxparallel option. It has no meaning anymore.
|
| 1.11 | 05-Apr-1996 |
cgd | check in changes proposed in PR 2006 (approved by J.T.), to rename fsck
to fsck_ffs, so that in the future 'fsck' can be a wrapper than invokes
appropriate filesystem-specific checker programs. For now, the only
user-visible change is that the names have changed in the manual page
and in error messages; fsck and fsck.8 are now links to fsck_ffs and
fsck_ffs.8, until the rest of the transition is complete.
|
| 1.10 | 12-Jul-1995 |
cgd | implement a 'force check' flag, '-f'. I used the SunOS name, but the Digital
semantics. now:
(1) dirty file systems will always be checked; nothing new there.
(2) if not '-f' clean file systems will _NEVER_ be checked,
i.e. they won't be checked even if -p isn't specified. This
allows one to 'fsck -p ; fsck' to preen, then clean up
anything that 'fsck -p' barfs on, without waiting for the
clean file systems to be checked again.
(3) if '-f' clean file systems will ALWAYS be checked. This
allows people to put 'fsck -fp' into /etc/rc on systems
where they're leery of the FS clean flag state, need
the extra reliability, and can afford time 'wasted'
in checks.
The assumption made here is that if a file system is marked clean, it
_IS CLEAN_, really, and shouldn't be checked unless fsck is explicitly
told to (with -f). This should be a valid assumption, but may not be in
the presence of file system bugs. Documentation updated to note '-f'.
|
| 1.9 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.8 | 28-Dec-1994 |
mycroft | Mostly sync with CSRG.
|
| 1.7 | 08-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Update from 4.4-Lite, with local changes.
|
| 1.6 | 13-Apr-1994 |
deraadt | typo
|
| 1.5 | 05-Aug-1993 |
jtc | Updated to -mandoc macros.
|
| 1.4 | 01-Aug-1993 |
mycroft | Add RCS indentifiers.
|
| 1.3 | 23-Mar-1993 |
cgd | changed "Id" to "Header" for rcsids
|
| 1.2 | 22-Mar-1993 |
cgd | added rcs ids to all files
|
| 1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.2 | 13-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Import 4.4-Lite version.
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | initial import of 386bsd-0.1 sources
|
| 1.36.2.1 | 06-Jun-2004 |
jdc | Pull up revision 1.38 (via patch) (requested by fair in ticket #435).
Correct a misnumbering of options, as noted in PR 25784.
|
| 1.40.32.1 | 28-Jul-2008 |
simonb | Add support for creating a WAPBL log in the filesystem. Will
create an in-filesystem log on first "mount -o log" if one doesn't
exist, and will then continue to use same log in the future. See
(soon to be added) wapbl(4) for more info.
Adds a new B_CONTIG low-level allocation flag that uses hints in
"struct ffs_inode_ext" to lay out an ffs file's data contiguously.
Thanks to Greg Oster for helping with the design of this and to
Antti Kantee for code review and suggestions.
|
| 1.40.30.1 | 18-Sep-2008 |
wrstuden | Sync with wrstuden-revivesa-base-2.
|
| 1.40.26.2 | 17-Jan-2009 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.40.26.1 | 28-Sep-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.40.10.1 | 24-Mar-2009 |
bouyer | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by manu in ticket #1288):
sbin/fsck_lfs/inode.c: revision 1.40 via patch
sbin/fsck_ffs/fsck_ffs.8: revision 1.44 via patch
sbin/fsck_ext2fs/fsck.h: revision 1.14 via patch
sbin/fsck_ext2fs/main.c: revision 1.30 via patch
sbin/fsck_ffs/inode.c: revision 1.61 via patch
sbin/fsck_ffs/main.c: revision 1.71 via patch
sbin/fsck_ext2fs/inode.c: revision 1.23 via patch
sbin/fsck_lfs/fsck.h: revision 1.18 via patch
sbin/fsck_lfs/fsck_lfs.8: revision 1.21 via patch
sbin/fsck_lfs/main.c: revision 1.38 via patch
sbin/fsck_ext2fs/fsck_ext2fs.8: revision 1.15 via patch
sbin/fsck_ffs/fsck.h: revision 1.47 via patch
Disable userid to username lookups by default. Add a -U flag to perform them.
In single user mode lookups that involve the network might not work and they
slow down fsck.
|
| 1.44.4.1 | 13-May-2009 |
jym | Sync with HEAD.
Third (and last) commit. See http://mail-index.netbsd.org/source-changes/2009/05/13/msg221222.html
|
| 1.48.4.1 | 17-Apr-2012 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.50.14.1 | 10-Jun-2019 |
christos | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.79 | 25-Feb-2025 |
andvar | Fix a few typos in the word 'offset' in comments and error message.
|
| 1.78 | 05-Jul-2023 |
riastradh | branches: 1.78.2;
Revert "fsck_ffs(8): Ensure A divides S before aligned_alloc(A, S)."
C17 lifted this restriction.
|
| 1.77 | 04-Jul-2023 |
riastradh | fsck_ffs(8): Fix whitespace issues.
- Nix trailing whitespace.
- Omit excessive blank lines.
- Insert missing blank lines between $NetBSD$ and copyright.
No functional change intended.
|
| 1.76 | 04-Jul-2023 |
riastradh | fsck_ffs(8): Ensure A divides S before aligned_alloc(A, S).
Required by C11 Sec. 7.22.3.1 The aligned_alloc function, para. 2,
p. 348:
The value of alignment shall be a valid alignment supported by the
implementation and the value of size shall be an integral multiple
of alignment.
XXX pullup-10
|
| 1.75 | 14-Jan-2023 |
kre | Use %zu rather than %lu to print a size_t (should fix i386 build).
But, philosophical question, shouldn't the product of two size_t
variables really be an area_t, or something like that?
|
| 1.74 | 14-Jan-2023 |
christos | catch up with sign changes in the fs.h
|
| 1.73 | 17-Apr-2020 |
jdolecek | branches: 1.73.6;
align buffers used for I/O to DEV_BSIZE so it's executed more optimally
when run for xbd(4) raw (character) device
|
| 1.72 | 08-Feb-2017 |
rin | branches: 1.72.12;
Add smaller versions of fsck_ffs(8) and newfs(8) for install media, where
support for Endian-Independent FFS and Apple UFS is disabled unless FFS_EI=1
and APPLE_UFS=1 are added to CRUNCHENV, respectively.
This reduces the size of ramdisk image for atari by over 15KB.
Thanks tsutsui and christos for their useful comments.
|
| 1.71 | 05-Apr-2014 |
justin | branches: 1.71.8; 1.71.12;
Iterate over fields of struct seperately to avoid warnings from pedantic compilers
|
| 1.70 | 02-Dec-2013 |
bouyer | Fix pasto in the !ufs2 case (use dp->dp1 and not of dp->dp2).
This would be a problem only when allocating a new data block and the
indir block is already allocated, which explains why automated tests didn't
find it.
Problem reported on tech-kern@ and fix tested by manu@.
|
| 1.69 | 23-Jun-2013 |
dholland | Stick ffs_ in front of the following macros:
fragstoblks()
blkstofrags()
fragnum()
blknum()
to finish the job of distinguishing them from the lfs versions, which
Christos renamed the other day.
I believe this is the last of the overtly ambiguous exported symbols
from ffs... or at least, the last of the ones that conflicted with lfs.
ffs still pollutes the C namespace very broadly (as does ufs) and this
needs quite a bit more cleanup.
XXX: boo on macros with lowercase names. But I'm not tackling that just yet.
|
| 1.68 | 23-Jun-2013 |
dholland | Stick ffs_, ext2_, chfs_, filecore_, cd9660_, or mfs_ in front of
the following symbols so as to disambiguate fully. (Christos already
did the lfs ones.)
lblkno
lblktosize
lfragtosize
numfrags
blkroundup
fragroundup
|
| 1.67 | 23-Jun-2013 |
dholland | fsbtodb() -> FFS_FSBTODB(), EXT2_FSBTODB(), or MFS_FSBTODB()
dbtofsb() -> FFS_DBTOFSB() or EXT2_DBTOFSB()
(Christos already did the lfs ones a few days back)
|
| 1.66 | 19-Jun-2013 |
dholland | Rename ambiguous macros:
MAXDIRSIZE -> UFS_MAXDIRSIZE or LFS_MAXDIRSIZE
NINDIR -> FFS_NINDIR, EXT2_NINDIR, LFS_NINDIR, or MFS_NINDIR
INOPB -> FFS_INOPB, LFS_INOPB
INOPF -> FFS_INOPF, LFS_INOPF
blksize -> ffs_blksize, ext2_blksize, or lfs_blksize
sblksize -> ffs_blksize
These are not the only ambiguously defined filesystem macros, of
course, there's a pile more. I may not have found all the ambiguous
definitions of blksize(), too, as there are a lot of other things
called 'blksize' in the system.
|
| 1.65 | 22-Jan-2013 |
dholland | Stuff UFS_ in front of a few of ufs's symbols to reduce namespace
pollution. Specifically:
ROOTINO -> UFS_ROOTINO
WINO -> UFS_WINO
NXADDR -> UFS_NXADDR
NDADDR -> UFS_NDADDR
NIADDR -> UFS_NIADDR
MAXSYMLINKLEN -> UFS_MAXSYMLINKLEN
MAXSYMLINKLEN_UFS[12] -> UFS[12]_MAXSYMLINKLEN (for consistency)
Sort out ext2fs's misuse of NDADDR and NIADDR; fortunately, these have
the same values in ext2fs and ffs.
No functional change intended.
|
| 1.64 | 06-Mar-2011 |
bouyer | branches: 1.64.4; 1.64.6; 1.64.10; 1.64.12; 1.64.14;
merge the bouyer-quota2 branch. This adds a new on-disk format
to store disk quota usage and limits, integrated with ffs
metadata. Usage is checked by fsck_ffs (no more quotacheck)
and is covered by the WAPBL journal. Enabled with kernel
option QUOTA2 (added where QUOTA was enabled in kernel config files),
turned on with tunefs(8) on a per-filesystem
basis. mount_mfs(8) can also turn quotas on.
See http://mail-index.netbsd.org/tech-kern/2011/02/19/msg010025.html
for details.
|
| 1.63 | 04-Feb-2010 |
christos | branches: 1.63.2;
Centralize time printing and deal with ctime possibly returning NULL.
|
| 1.62 | 11-Apr-2009 |
lukem | fix sign-compare issues
|
| 1.61 | 09-Oct-2008 |
christos | branches: 1.61.4;
Disable userid to username lookups by default. Add a -U flag to perform them.
In single user mode lookups that involve the network might not work and they
slow down fsck.
|
| 1.60 | 08-Jul-2008 |
simonb | Fix funny whitespace in a variable assignment.
|
| 1.59 | 23-Feb-2008 |
christos | branches: 1.59.4; 1.59.6;
Make sure that the exit values are always sane, and use symbolic instead
of magic constants. Reviewed by go@
|
| 1.58 | 12-Apr-2007 |
chs | branches: 1.58.4; 1.58.10; 1.58.12;
apply revision 1.31 yet again:
"make sure that we don't try to allocate negative memory when blks == 0."
or on amd64, "make sure that we don't allocate 32 GB when blks == 0."
|
| 1.57 | 21-Apr-2006 |
skrll | branches: 1.57.4;
Don't use cast expressions as lvalues as newer versions of gcc warn.
|
| 1.56 | 19-Aug-2005 |
christos | 64 bit inode changes
|
| 1.55 | 27-Jun-2005 |
christos | sprinkle const.
|
| 1.54 | 02-Jun-2005 |
lukem | appease gcc -Wuninitialized
|
| 1.53 | 30-Apr-2005 |
christos | Remove stray " I" from message.
|
| 1.52 | 30-Apr-2005 |
christos | Dammit, get rid of the debugging abort() calls. It is no fun to have a broken
fsck program on a busted filesystem.
|
| 1.51 | 20-Jan-2005 |
xtraeme | branches: 1.51.2;
whitespace (pointed out by wiz@)
|
| 1.50 | 19-Jan-2005 |
xtraeme | Kill __P(), ANSIfy and WARNS=2
|
| 1.49 | 08-Oct-2004 |
dbj | when allocating inodes, such as for the lost+found directory,
extend the inostat array if needed. Otherwise, inoinfo() will
return the static "unallocated" inode template, which was
getting improperly modified.
Before this fix, any time the lost+found directory got created,
fsck would set all of the inode/directory counts wrong since
suddenly unallocated inodes would turn into directory inodes
|
| 1.48 | 20-Jul-2004 |
mycroft | Reduce memory usage slightly.
|
| 1.47 | 25-May-2004 |
hannken | Add ffs internal snapshots. Written by Marshall Kirk McKusick for FreeBSD.
- Not enabled by default. Needs kernel option FFS_SNAPSHOT.
- Change parameters of ffs_blkfree.
- Let the copy-on-write functions return an error so spec_strategy
may fail if the copy-on-write fails.
- Change genfs_*lock*() to use vp->v_vnlock instead of &vp->v_lock.
- Add flag B_METAONLY to VOP_BALLOC to return indirect block buffer.
- Add a function ffs_checkfreefile needed for snapshot creation.
- Add special handling of snapshot files:
Snapshots may not be opened for writing and the attributes are read-only.
Use the mtime as the time this snapshot was taken.
Deny mtime updates for snapshot files.
- Add function transferlockers to transfer any waiting processes from
one lock to another.
- Add vfsop VFS_SNAPSHOT to take a snapshot and make it accessible through
a vnode.
- Add snapshot support to ls, fsck_ffs and dump.
Welcome to 2.0F.
Approved by: Jason R. Thorpe <thorpej@netbsd.org>
|
| 1.46 | 26-Apr-2004 |
dbj | fix 64bit bug in chkrange()
problem noticed by nathanw
fix from freebsd
|
| 1.45 | 03-Jan-2004 |
dbj | branches: 1.45.2;
fix logic for handling symlinks in inodes when isappleufs
|
| 1.44 | 03-Jan-2004 |
dbj | when doing both -c 2 and -B, swap the blocks listed in the inode
of symlinks, since the swapping happens before the symlinks
are moved into the inode.
|
| 1.43 | 03-Jan-2004 |
dbj | fix paste-o in previous commit
|
| 1.42 | 03-Jan-2004 |
dbj | fix bugs with unsigned comparison ofs fs_maxsymlinklen
|
| 1.41 | 19-Sep-2003 |
itojun | realloc pedant
|
| 1.40 | 07-Aug-2003 |
agc | Move UCB-licensed code from 4-clause to 3-clause licence.
Patches provided by Joel Baker in PR 22308, verified by myself.
|
| 1.39 | 13-Jul-2003 |
itojun | use bounded string op
|
| 1.38 | 08-Apr-2003 |
fvdl | Swap the right blocks in an inode in the byteswapping case.
|
| 1.37 | 02-Apr-2003 |
fvdl | Add support for UFS2. UFS2 is an enhanced FFS, adding support for
64 bit block pointers, extended attribute storage, and a few
other things.
This commit does not yet include the code to manipulate the extended
storage (for e.g. ACLs), this will be done later.
Originally written by Kirk McKusick and Network Associates Laboratories for
FreeBSD.
|
| 1.36 | 24-Jan-2003 |
fvdl | Bump daddr_t to 64 bits. Replace it with int32_t in all places where
it was used on-disk, so that on-disk formats remain the same.
Remove ufs_daddr_t and ufs_lbn_t for the time being.
|
| 1.35 | 28-Sep-2002 |
dbj | Add support for the Apple UFS variation on ffs
This is the bulk of PR #17345
The general approach is to use a run time deteriminable value
for DIRBLKSIZ. Additional allowances are included for using
MAXSYMLINKLEN with FS_42INODEFMT and a shift in the cylinder group
cluster summary count array. Support is added for managing
the Apple UFS volume label.
|
| 1.34 | 05-Jan-2001 |
lukem | use %ll_ instead of the less standard %q_
|
| 1.33 | 12-Dec-1999 |
christos | - ARGH /brick fvdl
- Put back the change from revision 1.31
|
| 1.32 | 15-Nov-1999 |
fvdl | Changes for softdep code.
|
| 1.31 | 06-Sep-1999 |
christos | branches: 1.31.4;
make sure that we don't try to allocate negative memory when blks == 0.
|
| 1.30 | 23-Oct-1998 |
thorpej | branches: 1.30.4;
Use DINODE_SIZE rather than sizeof(struct dinode) and/or pointer arithmetic.
|
| 1.29 | 28-Jul-1998 |
mycroft | __AUDIT__ cleanup.
|
| 1.28 | 01-Apr-1998 |
kleink | Need <time.h> for ctime() and time() prototypes.
|
| 1.27 | 18-Mar-1998 |
bouyer | Add support for non-native byteorder FFS, and converting byteorder.
Also, be a bit more conservative with the clean flag: don't mark the FS
clean when we know there may still be errors (user anserwed 'n' to
a question, or fsck says "you must rerun fsck").
|
| 1.26 | 16-Sep-1997 |
lukem | resolve conflicts from lite-2 merge.
|
| 1.25 | 16-Sep-1997 |
mrg | make these compile on the alpha after WARNS=1.
|
| 1.24 | 14-Sep-1997 |
lukem | * cleanup for WARNS=1
* deprecate register
* cleanup manpage
* remove unused docheck() func
* prefix hex numbers with '0x'
* getopt returns -1 not EOF
|
| 1.23 | 11-Oct-1996 |
thorpej | Bug fix from Kirk McKusick <mckusick@McKusick.COM>:
Fix a bug in fsck_ffs where if a directory somehow develops a hole
(that is a block pointer that has a value of zero), fsck would give the
filesystem a clean bill of health, but the kernel would panic when
accessing the directory with the hole. Fsck now checks for holes
in directories. If found in preen mode, fsck fails. In manual
mode, it can be directed to shorten the directory to the beginning of
the hole. A more complete solution would be to allocate a block to fill
the hole. However, this is a lot more work for a `cannot happen' error,
so the extra effort seems unwarranted.
|
| 1.22 | 27-Sep-1996 |
christos | - util.h -> fsutil.h
|
| 1.21 | 23-Sep-1996 |
christos | - fixed all printf formats [there were a lot of %l? <-> %? mistakes]
- added missing prototypes, and made local functions static
- removed parallel preening code; this is part of fsck(8)
- use printing utilities from fsck(8)
- Makefile does not make links to fsck and fsck.8
- removed -l maxparallel option. It has no meaning anymore.
|
| 1.20 | 11-Jun-1996 |
mycroft | Use a different tree-walking algorithm in propagate().
|
| 1.19 | 25-May-1996 |
mycroft | File sizes in FFS are u_int64_t.
|
| 1.18 | 21-May-1996 |
mycroft | branches: 1.18.2;
Adjust the logic a bit so we `nif' can't overflow.
|
| 1.17 | 17-Dec-1995 |
thorpej | Squish some type bugs pointed out by Jonathan Stone.
|
| 1.16 | 14-Dec-1995 |
thorpej | Make this compile with -Werror.
|
| 1.15 | 07-Jun-1995 |
cgd | typeof(timeval.tv_sec) != time_t
|
| 1.14 | 20-Mar-1995 |
mycroft | Make sure to recreate the `..' entry in the root directory if missing.
|
| 1.13 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.12 | 05-Dec-1994 |
cgd | more cleanups from Jim Jegers, passed over by me.
|
| 1.11 | 23-Sep-1994 |
mycroft | Eliminate uses of some obsolete functions.
|
| 1.10 | 14-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Fix compatibility with old fastlinks.
|
| 1.9 | 08-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Update from 4.4-Lite, with local changes.
|
| 1.8 | 02-May-1994 |
pk | Prototype some things.
|
| 1.7 | 25-Apr-1994 |
cgd | need <sys/time.h>
|
| 1.6 | 18-Apr-1994 |
cgd | kill some code if SMALL is defined...
|
| 1.5 | 01-Aug-1993 |
mycroft | Add RCS identifiers.
|
| 1.4 | 13-Jun-1993 |
mycroft | Add support for fast symlinks.
|
| 1.3 | 23-Mar-1993 |
cgd | changed "Id" to "Header" for rcsids
|
| 1.2 | 22-Mar-1993 |
cgd | added rcs ids to all files
|
| 1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.3 | 16-Sep-1997 |
lukem | imported from lite-2
|
| 1.1.1.2 | 13-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Import 4.4-Lite version.
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | initial import of 386bsd-0.1 sources
|
| 1.18.2.2 | 02-Mar-1997 |
mycroft | Pull up changes from Kirk McKusick to check for holes in directories.
|
| 1.18.2.1 | 10-Dec-1996 |
mycroft | From trunk:
* Redo the tree-walking algorithm to make it O(n) rather than O(n^2).
* Fix some minor type size problems.
|
| 1.30.4.2 | 26-Oct-1999 |
fvdl | Fix some merge mistakes.
|
| 1.30.4.1 | 19-Oct-1999 |
fvdl | Bring in Kirk McKusick's FFS softdep code on a branch.
|
| 1.31.4.1 | 27-Dec-1999 |
wrstuden | Pull up to last week's -current.
|
| 1.45.2.1 | 28-Apr-2004 |
jmc | branches: 1.45.2.1.2;
Pullup rev 1.46 (requested by dbj in ticket #202)
Fix 64bit bug in chkrange().
|
| 1.45.2.1.2.1 | 01-May-2005 |
tron | Pull up revision 1.52 (requested by christos in ticket #1493):
Dammit, get rid of the debugging abort() calls. It is no fun to have a broken
fsck program on a busted filesystem.
|
| 1.51.2.1 | 01-May-2005 |
tron | Pull up revision 1.52 (requested by christos in ticket #228):
Dammit, get rid of the debugging abort() calls. It is no fun to have a broken
fsck program on a busted filesystem.
|
| 1.57.4.2 | 24-Mar-2009 |
bouyer | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by manu in ticket #1288):
sbin/fsck_lfs/inode.c: revision 1.40 via patch
sbin/fsck_ffs/fsck_ffs.8: revision 1.44 via patch
sbin/fsck_ext2fs/fsck.h: revision 1.14 via patch
sbin/fsck_ext2fs/main.c: revision 1.30 via patch
sbin/fsck_ffs/inode.c: revision 1.61 via patch
sbin/fsck_ffs/main.c: revision 1.71 via patch
sbin/fsck_ext2fs/inode.c: revision 1.23 via patch
sbin/fsck_lfs/fsck.h: revision 1.18 via patch
sbin/fsck_lfs/fsck_lfs.8: revision 1.21 via patch
sbin/fsck_lfs/main.c: revision 1.38 via patch
sbin/fsck_ext2fs/fsck_ext2fs.8: revision 1.15 via patch
sbin/fsck_ffs/fsck.h: revision 1.47 via patch
Disable userid to username lookups by default. Add a -U flag to perform them.
In single user mode lookups that involve the network might not work and they
slow down fsck.
|
| 1.57.4.1 | 12-Apr-2007 |
bouyer | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by chs in ticket #568):
sbin/fsck_ffs/inode.c: revision 1.58
apply revision 1.31 yet again:
"make sure that we don't try to allocate negative memory when blks == 0."
or on amd64, "make sure that we don't allocate 32 GB when blks == 0."
|
| 1.58.12.3 | 17-Jan-2009 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.58.12.2 | 28-Sep-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.58.12.1 | 03-Apr-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.58.10.1 | 24-Mar-2008 |
keiichi | sync with head.
|
| 1.58.4.1 | 23-Mar-2008 |
matt | sync with HEAD
|
| 1.59.6.1 | 18-Jul-2008 |
simonb | Sync with head.
|
| 1.59.4.1 | 18-Sep-2008 |
wrstuden | Sync with wrstuden-revivesa-base-2.
|
| 1.61.4.1 | 13-May-2009 |
jym | Sync with HEAD.
Third (and last) commit. See http://mail-index.netbsd.org/source-changes/2009/05/13/msg221222.html
|
| 1.63.2.3 | 12-Feb-2011 |
bouyer | Skip snapshot inodes for both block and inode quotas.
|
| 1.63.2.2 | 12-Feb-2011 |
bouyer | Snapshot inode doesn't count for block quotas.
|
| 1.63.2.1 | 20-Jan-2011 |
bouyer | Snapshot of work in progress on a modernised disk quota system:
- new quotactl syscall (versionned for backward compat), which takes
as parameter a path to a mount point, and a prop_dictionary
(in plistref format) describing commands and arguments.
For each command, status and data are returned as a prop_dictionary.
quota commands features will be added to take advantage of this,
exporting quota data or getting quota commands as plists.
- new on disk-format storage (all 64bit wide), integrated to metadata for
ffs (and playing nicely with wapbl).
Quotas are enabled on a ffs filesystem via superblock flags.
tunefs(8) can enable or disable quotas.
On a quota-enabled filesystem, fsck_ffs(8) will track per-uid/gid
block and inode usages, and will check and update quotas in Pass 6.
quota usage and limits are stored in unliked files (one for users,
one for groups)l fsck_ffs(8) will create the files if needed, or
free them if needed. This means that after enabling or disabling
quotas on a filesystem; a fsck_ffs(8) run is required.
quotacheck(8) is not needed any more, on a unclean shutdown
fsck or journal replay will take care of fixing quotas.
newfs(8) can create a ready-to-mount quota-enabled filesystem
(superblock flags are set and quota inodes are created).
Other new features or semantic changes:
- default quota datas, applied to users or groups which don't already
have a quota entry
- per-user/group grace time (instead of a filesystem global one)
- 0 really means "nothing allowed at all", not "no limit".
If you want "no limit", set the limit to UQUAD_MAX (tools will
understand "unlimited" and "-")
A quota file is structured as follow:
it starts with a header, containing a few per-filesystem values,
and the default quota limits.
Quota entries are linked together as a simple list, each entry has a
pointer (as an offset withing the file) to the next.
The header has a pointer to a list of free quota entries, and
a hash table of in-use entries. The size of the hash table depends
on the filesystem block size (header+hash table should fit in the
first block). The file is not sparse and is a multiple of
filesystem block size (when the free quota entry list is empty a new
filesystem block is allocated). quota entries to not cross
filesystem block boundaries.
In memory, the kernel keeps a cache of recently used quota entries
as a reference to the block number, and offset withing the block.
The quota entry itself is keept in the buf cache.
fsck_ffs(8), tunefs(8) and newfs(8) supports are completed (with
related atf tests :)
The kernel can update disk usage and report it via quotactl(2).
Todo: enforce quotas limits (limits are not checked by kernel yet)
update repquota, edquota and rpc.rquotad to the new world
implement compat_50_quotactl ioctl.
update quotactl(2) man page
fsck_ffs required fixes so that allocating new blocks or inodes will
properly update the superblock and cg sumaries. This was not an issue up
to now because superblock and cg sumaries check happened last, but now
allocations or frees can happen in pass 6.
|
| 1.64.14.1 | 17-Dec-2013 |
riz | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by bouyer in ticket #991):
sbin/fsck_ffs/inode.c: revision 1.70
Fix pasto in the !ufs2 case (use dp->dp1 and not of dp->dp2).
This would be a problem only when allocating a new data block and the
indir block is already allocated, which explains why automated tests didn't
find it.
Problem reported on tech-kern@ and fix tested by manu@.
|
| 1.64.12.1 | 17-Dec-2013 |
riz | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by bouyer in ticket #991):
sbin/fsck_ffs/inode.c: revision 1.70
Fix pasto in the !ufs2 case (use dp->dp1 and not of dp->dp2).
This would be a problem only when allocating a new data block and the
indir block is already allocated, which explains why automated tests didn't
find it.
Problem reported on tech-kern@ and fix tested by manu@.
|
| 1.64.10.3 | 20-Aug-2014 |
tls | Rebase to HEAD as of a few days ago.
|
| 1.64.10.2 | 23-Jun-2013 |
tls | resync from head
|
| 1.64.10.1 | 25-Feb-2013 |
tls | resync with head
|
| 1.64.6.1 | 17-Dec-2013 |
riz | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by bouyer in ticket #991):
sbin/fsck_ffs/inode.c: revision 1.70
Fix pasto in the !ufs2 case (use dp->dp1 and not of dp->dp2).
This would be a problem only when allocating a new data block and the
indir block is already allocated, which explains why automated tests didn't
find it.
Problem reported on tech-kern@ and fix tested by manu@.
|
| 1.64.4.2 | 22-May-2014 |
yamt | sync with head.
for a reference, the tree before this commit was tagged
as yamt-pagecache-tag8.
this commit was splitted into small chunks to avoid
a limitation of cvs. ("Protocol error: too many arguments")
|
| 1.64.4.1 | 23-Jan-2013 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.71.12.1 | 21-Apr-2017 |
bouyer | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.71.8.1 | 20-Mar-2017 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.72.12.1 | 21-Apr-2020 |
martin | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.73.6.2 | 13-May-2023 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by chs in ticket #163):
sbin/fsck_ffs/inode.c: revision 1.75
Use %zu rather than %lu to print a size_t (should fix i386 build).
|
| 1.73.6.1 | 13-May-2023 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by chs in ticket #162):
sbin/fsck_ffs/inode.c: revision 1.74
sbin/fsck_ffs/utilities.c: revision 1.68
sbin/fsck_ffs/fsck.h: revision 1.57
sbin/fsck_ffs/pass4.c: revision 1.30
catch up with sign changes in the fs.h
|
| 1.78.2.1 | 02-Aug-2025 |
perseant | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.92 | 04-Jul-2023 |
riastradh | fsck_ffs(8): Fix whitespace issues.
- Nix trailing whitespace.
- Omit excessive blank lines.
- Insert missing blank lines between $NetBSD$ and copyright.
No functional change intended.
|
| 1.91 | 07-Jan-2023 |
chs | ufs: fixed signed/unsigned bugs affecting large file systems
Apply these commits from FreeBSD:
commit e870d1e6f97cc73308c11c40684b775bcfa906a2
Author: Kirk McKusick <mckusick@FreeBSD.org>
Date: Wed Feb 10 20:10:35 2010 +0000
This fix corrects a problem in the file system that treats large
inode numbers as negative rather than unsigned. For a default
(16K block) file system, this bug began to show up at a file system
size above about 16Tb.
To fully handle this problem, newfs must be updated to ensure that
it will never create a filesystem with more than 2^32 inodes. That
patch will be forthcoming soon.
Reported by: Scott Burns, John Kilburg, Bruce Evans
Followup by: Jeff Roberson
PR: 133980
MFC after: 2 weeks
commit 81479e688b0f643ffacd3f335b4b4bba460b769d
Author: Kirk McKusick <mckusick@FreeBSD.org>
Date: Thu Feb 11 18:14:53 2010 +0000
One last pass to get all the unsigned comparisons correct.
In additional to the changes from FreeBSD, this commit includes quite a few
related changes to appease -Wsign-compare.
|
| 1.90 | 17-Nov-2022 |
chs | branches: 1.90.2;
Restore backward compatibility of UFS2 with previous NetBSD releases by
disabling support in UFS2 for extended attributes (including ACLs).
Add a new variant of UFS2 called "UFS2ea" that does support extended attributes.
Add new fsck_ffs operations "-c ea" and "-c no-ea" to convert file systems
from UFS2 to UFS2ea and vice-versa (both of which delete all existing extended
attributes in the process).
|
| 1.89 | 06-Apr-2020 |
martin | Sync "common" declarations with ifdefs in header.
|
| 1.88 | 06-Apr-2020 |
mrg | dion't define endian as well as try to declare it as a variable.
|
| 1.87 | 05-Apr-2020 |
joerg | Fix depenency on common symbols in sbin.
|
| 1.86 | 15-Aug-2019 |
kamil | fsck: Stop defining the same variable concurrently in bss and data
returntosingle was defined in multiple places:
- fsck_lfs/main.c
- fsck_ffs/main.c
- fsck_ext2fs/main.c
- fsck/fsutil.c
Keep the fsutil.c definition as the only one.
Detected during the build of telned with Address Sanitizer (MKSANITIZER).
|
| 1.85 | 05-May-2019 |
christos | branches: 1.85.2;
Add a -z flag to zero out the up to 4 bytes of padding in directory entry
names (including the terminating NUL), as well as directory entries with
extra free space (d->d_reclen > UFS_DIRSIZ(d)).
Inspired from FreeBSD:
https://svnweb.freebsd.org/base?view=revision&revision=347066
While the kernel has been fixed to deal with the padding bytes (new
kernels will correctly zero out all the padding after the name), it
appears that there is still an issue with directory entries with extra
free space, since a newly created and populated filesystem gets modified
with "fsck_ffs -z".
|
| 1.84 | 08-Feb-2017 |
rin | branches: 1.84.12;
Add smaller versions of fsck_ffs(8) and newfs(8) for install media, where
support for Endian-Independent FFS and Apple UFS is disabled unless FFS_EI=1
and APPLE_UFS=1 are added to CRUNCHENV, respectively.
This reduces the size of ramdisk image for atari by over 15KB.
Thanks tsutsui and christos for their useful comments.
|
| 1.83 | 16-Jun-2015 |
christos | branches: 1.83.2; 1.83.4;
a few more \n's in errors
|
| 1.82 | 16-Jun-2015 |
christos | fix error messages containing \n
|
| 1.81 | 22-Jan-2013 |
dholland | Stuff UFS_ in front of a few of ufs's symbols to reduce namespace
pollution. Specifically:
ROOTINO -> UFS_ROOTINO
WINO -> UFS_WINO
NXADDR -> UFS_NXADDR
NDADDR -> UFS_NDADDR
NIADDR -> UFS_NIADDR
MAXSYMLINKLEN -> UFS_MAXSYMLINKLEN
MAXSYMLINKLEN_UFS[12] -> UFS[12]_MAXSYMLINKLEN (for consistency)
Sort out ext2fs's misuse of NDADDR and NIADDR; fortunately, these have
the same values in ext2fs and ffs.
No functional change intended.
|
| 1.80 | 29-Aug-2011 |
joerg | branches: 1.80.2; 1.80.8;
Use __dead
|
| 1.79 | 09-Jun-2011 |
christos | share more code.
|
| 1.78 | 06-Mar-2011 |
bouyer | branches: 1.78.2;
merge the bouyer-quota2 branch. This adds a new on-disk format
to store disk quota usage and limits, integrated with ffs
metadata. Usage is checked by fsck_ffs (no more quotacheck)
and is covered by the WAPBL journal. Enabled with kernel
option QUOTA2 (added where QUOTA was enabled in kernel config files),
turned on with tunefs(8) on a per-filesystem
basis. mount_mfs(8) can also turn quotas on.
See http://mail-index.netbsd.org/tech-kern/2011/02/19/msg010025.html
for details.
|
| 1.77 | 06-Feb-2011 |
njoly | Do Skip device checks, which ends up parsing fstab, when working on a
filesystem image with -F option set.
|
| 1.76 | 11-Apr-2010 |
hannken | branches: 1.76.2;
Add -x option which allows to run `fsck_msdos -n' on a snapshot of
a live file system.
While here modify snap_open() to accept a character device as its
first arg and remove now unneeded get_snap_device().
Reviewed by: Manuel Bouyer <bouyer@netbsd.org>
|
| 1.75 | 07-Jan-2010 |
christos | make this compile again.
|
| 1.74 | 06-Jan-2010 |
christos | PR/42568: Pedro F. Giffuni: Better signal handling from OpenBSD, but simplified.
|
| 1.73 | 12-Oct-2008 |
wiz | Don't use unicode in usage.
Noted by Anon Ymous.
|
| 1.72 | 09-Oct-2008 |
wiz | Sync usage with man page.
|
| 1.71 | 09-Oct-2008 |
christos | Disable userid to username lookups by default. Add a -U flag to perform them.
In single user mode lookups that involve the network might not work and they
slow down fsck.
|
| 1.70 | 30-Aug-2008 |
dogcow | Make it compile. (HI BOUYER!)
|
| 1.69 | 30-Aug-2008 |
bouyer | Add fss(4) snapshot support to fsck_ffs(8) (via -x or -X options, like
dump(8)). This allows fsck_ffs -n to work on a snapshot of a R/W mounted
filesystem, and avoid errors related to filesystem activity.
|
| 1.68 | 20-Jul-2008 |
lukem | Remove the \n and tabs from the __COPYRIGHT() strings.
(Tweak some to use a consistent format.)
|
| 1.67 | 23-Feb-2008 |
christos | branches: 1.67.4; 1.67.6;
Make sure that the exit values are always sane, and use symbolic instead
of magic constants. Reviewed by go@
|
| 1.66 | 16-Jul-2007 |
pooka | branches: 1.66.4; 1.66.10; 1.66.12;
Make all mount(2) return value error checks against -1. Some file
systems just checked != 0, breaking MNT_GETARGS. Others worked with < 0,
but make them check against -1 too for consistency. And sprinkle some
stylish line wrapping where appropriate.
|
| 1.65 | 14-Jul-2007 |
dsl | Add additional 'sizeof args' parameter to mount(2).
|
| 1.64 | 08-Feb-2007 |
drochner | include <signal.h> where signal(3) is used
|
| 1.63 | 17-Jan-2007 |
hubertf | Remove more duplicate #includes,
from Slava Semushin <slava.semushin@gmail.com>
|
| 1.62 | 14-Nov-2006 |
apb | branches: 1.62.2;
Fix error in previous. Pass 1 needs to use progress_setrange(),
not progress_sethighlim().
|
| 1.61 | 14-Nov-2006 |
apb | Improve the progress bar displayed by fsck_ffs -p -P.
The progress bar will now travel from 0 to 20% during pass 1, from 20%
to 95% during pass 2, and from 95% to 100% during passes 3, 4, and 5.
Previously, the progress bar was not displayed at all during pass 1,
slowly traveled from 0 to about 50% during pass 2, and then very rapidly
traveled from 50% to 100% during passes 3, 4, and 5.
Note that fsck_ffs is the only user of fsck/progress.{c,h}.
|
| 1.60 | 23-Sep-2005 |
jmmv | Apply the NFS exports list rototill patch:
- Remove all NFS related stuff from file system specific code.
- Drop the vfs_checkexp hook and generalize it in the new nfs_check_export
function, thus removing redundancy from all file systems.
- Move all NFS export-related stuff from kern/vfs_subr.c to the new
file sys/nfs/nfs_export.c. The former was becoming large and its code
is always compiled, regardless of the build options. Using the latter,
the code is only compiled in when NFSSERVER is enabled. While doing this,
also make some functions in nfs_subs.c conditional to NFSSERVER.
- Add a new command in nfssvc(2), called NFSSVC_SETEXPORTSLIST, that takes a
path and a set of export entries. At the moment it can only clear the
exports list or append entries, one by one, but it is done in a way that
allows setting the whole set of entries atomically in the future (see the
comment in mountd_set_exports_list or in doc/TODO).
- Change mountd(8) to use the nfssvc(2) system call instead of mount(2) so
that it becomes file system agnostic. In fact, all this whole thing was
done to remove a 'XXX' block from this utility!
- Change the mount*, newfs and fsck* userland utilities to not deal with NFS
exports initialization; done internally by the kernel when initializing
the NFS support for each file system.
- Implement an interface for VFS (called VFS hooks) so that several kernel
subsystems can run arbitrary code upon receipt of specific VFS events.
At the moment, this only provides support for unmount and is used to
destroy NFS exports lists from the file systems being unmounted, though it
has room for extension.
Thanks go to yamt@, chs@, thorpej@, wrstuden@ and others for their comments
and advice in the development of this patch.
|
| 1.59 | 19-Aug-2005 |
christos | 64 bit inode changes
|
| 1.58 | 27-Jun-2005 |
christos | sprinkle const.
|
| 1.57 | 20-Jan-2005 |
xtraeme | branches: 1.57.2;
whitespace (pointed out by wiz@)
|
| 1.56 | 19-Jan-2005 |
xtraeme | Kill __P(), ANSIfy and WARNS=2
|
| 1.55 | 19-Jan-2005 |
wiz | Add -P to usage.
|
| 1.54 | 13-Jan-2005 |
christos | Use -DPROGRESS to enable the progress bar, don't depend on SMALL.
|
| 1.53 | 13-Jan-2005 |
christos | Add a progress meter to fsck_ffs based on the work by thorpej presented
to the mailing lists last January. This is optional.
|
| 1.52 | 11-Oct-2004 |
dbj | always print warning and return non-zero exit when there are unresolved inconsistencies.
|
| 1.51 | 25-Jun-2004 |
wiz | Add -a to usage. Closes PR 25916 by Kouichirou Hiratsuka.
|
| 1.50 | 21-Apr-2004 |
christos | Replace the statfs() family of system calls with statvfs().
Retain binary compatibility.
|
| 1.49 | 17-Jan-2004 |
dbj | print warning if the user specifies a conversion level greater than implemented
|
| 1.48 | 05-Jan-2004 |
jmmv | Homogenize usage messages: make the 'usage' word all lowercase, as this seems
to be the most common practice in our tree.
|
| 1.47 | 20-Oct-2003 |
dsl | Add a -q (quiet) option to print nothing for clean filesystems.
Support in fsck_ffs and stub in fsck_xxx.
Push a few more messages through pwarn() instead of printf() to ensure
disk name is shown.
|
| 1.46 | 07-Aug-2003 |
agc | Move UCB-licensed code from 4-clause to 3-clause licence.
Patches provided by Joel Baker in PR 22308, verified by myself.
|
| 1.45 | 02-Apr-2003 |
fvdl | Add support for UFS2. UFS2 is an enhanced FFS, adding support for
64 bit block pointers, extended attribute storage, and a few
other things.
This commit does not yet include the code to manipulate the extended
storage (for e.g. ACLs), this will be done later.
Originally written by Kirk McKusick and Network Associates Laboratories for
FreeBSD.
|
| 1.44 | 28-Jan-2003 |
mrg | make this build on alpha after daddr_t->64bit
|
| 1.43 | 24-Jan-2003 |
fvdl | Bump daddr_t to 64 bits. Replace it with int32_t in all places where
it was used on-disk, so that on-disk formats remain the same.
Remove ufs_daddr_t and ufs_lbn_t for the time being.
|
| 1.42 | 28-Sep-2002 |
dbj | Add support for the Apple UFS variation on ffs
This is the bulk of PR #17345
The general approach is to use a run time deteriminable value
for DIRBLKSIZ. Additional allowances are included for using
MAXSYMLINKLEN with FS_42INODEFMT and a shift in the cylinder group
cluster summary count array. Support is added for managing
the Apple UFS volume label.
|
| 1.41 | 06-May-2002 |
lukem | If SIGINFO is received, display summary information to stderr.
Based on changes in FreeBSD, via Chuck Cranor <chuck@research.att.com>
|
| 1.40 | 15-Aug-2001 |
lukem | - implement -F; treat provided filesystems as images in regular files
- replace "filesystem" with "file system" as appropriate
- grammar fixes
|
| 1.39 | 23-Feb-2001 |
christos | fix compile errors.
|
| 1.38 | 19-Feb-2001 |
cgd | convert to use getprogname()
|
| 1.37 | 04-Feb-2001 |
christos | remove redundant declarations
|
| 1.36 | 26-Jan-2001 |
thorpej | In pass 5, check alternate superblocks for consistency with
the current in-core master superblock, and fix them up if
they're incorrect. Move the code that writes the alternate
superblocks if (cvtlevel || doswap) into pass 5 for efficiency.
Reviewd by Charles Hannum, and used by me to fix up a curdled
file system.
|
| 1.35 | 13-Dec-2000 |
mycroft | Fix an annoyingly incorrect message.
|
| 1.34 | 15-Nov-1999 |
fvdl | branches: 1.34.4;
Changes for softdep code.
|
| 1.33 | 26-Jul-1998 |
mycroft | branches: 1.33.4; 1.33.8;
const poisoning.
|
| 1.32 | 01-Apr-1998 |
kleink | Need <time.h> for time() prototype.
|
| 1.31 | 18-Mar-1998 |
bouyer | Add support for non-native byteorder FFS, and converting byteorder.
Also, be a bit more conservative with the clean flag: don't mark the FS
clean when we know there may still be errors (user anserwed 'n' to
a question, or fsck says "you must rerun fsck").
|
| 1.30 | 01-Mar-1998 |
fvdl | Merge with Lite2 + local changes
|
| 1.29 | 02-Nov-1997 |
mjacob | Hmmm..fsck_ffs has to really be able to alwasy work, and if you've got
a *huge* (like 600GB) filesystem, you need to not be limited by resource
limits.
|
| 1.28 | 01-Oct-1997 |
enami | branches: 1.28.2;
Don't declare optind and optarg.
|
| 1.27 | 24-Sep-1997 |
lukem | for now, #ifdef out a couple of chunks that were added in the lite2 merge
|
| 1.26 | 20-Sep-1997 |
lukem | - don't indiscriminately include <stdlib.h> and <unistd.h> in "fsck.h"
- explicitly pull in <stdio.h>, <stdlib.h> and <unistd.h> in *.c as necessary
|
| 1.25 | 16-Sep-1997 |
lukem | resolve conflicts from lite-2 merge.
|
| 1.24 | 14-Sep-1997 |
lukem | * cleanup for WARNS=1
* deprecate register
* cleanup manpage
* remove unused docheck() func
* prefix hex numbers with '0x'
* getopt returns -1 not EOF
|
| 1.23 | 22-Oct-1996 |
christos | - sort and remove unused options.
- If no filesystem is specified or an incorrect option, print usage information
|
| 1.22 | 11-Oct-1996 |
thorpej | Bug fix from Kirk McKusick <mckusick@McKusick.COM>:
Fix a bug in fsck_ffs where if a directory somehow develops a hole
(that is a block pointer that has a value of zero), fsck would give the
filesystem a clean bill of health, but the kernel would panic when
accessing the directory with the hole. Fsck now checks for holes
in directories. If found in preen mode, fsck fails. In manual
mode, it can be directed to shorten the directory to the beginning of
the hole. A more complete solution would be to allocate a block to fill
the hole. However, this is a lot more work for a `cannot happen' error,
so the extra effort seems unwarranted.
|
| 1.21 | 27-Sep-1996 |
christos | - util.h -> fsutil.h
|
| 1.20 | 23-Sep-1996 |
christos | - fixed all printf formats [there were a lot of %l? <-> %? mistakes]
- added missing prototypes, and made local functions static
- removed parallel preening code; this is part of fsck(8)
- use printing utilities from fsck(8)
- Makefile does not make links to fsck and fsck.8
- removed -l maxparallel option. It has no meaning anymore.
|
| 1.19 | 28-Nov-1995 |
jtc | branches: 1.19.4;
merge in changes from 1.1 release branch
|
| 1.18 | 12-Jul-1995 |
cgd | branches: 1.18.2;
recognize 'ffs' and 'ufs' as meaning the same thing.
|
| 1.17 | 12-Jul-1995 |
cgd | implement a 'force check' flag, '-f'. I used the SunOS name, but the Digital
semantics. now:
(1) dirty file systems will always be checked; nothing new there.
(2) if not '-f' clean file systems will _NEVER_ be checked,
i.e. they won't be checked even if -p isn't specified. This
allows one to 'fsck -p ; fsck' to preen, then clean up
anything that 'fsck -p' barfs on, without waiting for the
clean file systems to be checked again.
(3) if '-f' clean file systems will ALWAYS be checked. This
allows people to put 'fsck -fp' into /etc/rc on systems
where they're leery of the FS clean flag state, need
the extra reliability, and can afford time 'wasted'
in checks.
The assumption made here is that if a file system is marked clean, it
_IS CLEAN_, really, and shouldn't be checked unless fsck is explicitly
told to (with -f). This should be a valid assumption, but may not be in
the presence of file system bugs. Documentation updated to note '-f'.
|
| 1.16 | 12-Apr-1995 |
mycroft | Set the clean flag if necessary. If preening, don't check `clean' file
systems.
|
| 1.15 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.14 | 05-Dec-1994 |
cgd | more cleanups from Jim Jegers, passed over by me.
|
| 1.13 | 08-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Update from 4.4-Lite, with local changes.
|
| 1.12 | 25-Apr-1994 |
cgd | need <sys/time.h>
|
| 1.11 | 06-Apr-1994 |
cgd | kill the evil U word! from Mike Long <mike.long@analog.com>
|
| 1.10 | 15-Oct-1993 |
cgd | try again to keep it from rebooting endlessly
|
| 1.9 | 06-Oct-1993 |
cgd | set the 'clean' flag sometimes, but ignore it when deciding to clean
or not. this allows you to use this fsck and... reboot your system;
otherwise it would inf-loop rebooting and marking the FS clean,
which would then mark the fs modified, cause a reboot, etc.
|
| 1.8 | 03-Oct-1993 |
mycroft | #if 0 the fs_clean check for now.
|
| 1.7 | 01-Oct-1993 |
mycroft | Don't set clean flag if -n.
|
| 1.6 | 01-Oct-1993 |
mycroft | Initial count for fs_state is `FS_CLEANFREQ'.
|
| 1.5 | 01-Oct-1993 |
mycroft | Skip check if filesystem is marked clean and isn't too dusty, only with -p.
Set clean flag after checking a filesystem.
|
| 1.4 | 01-Aug-1993 |
mycroft | Add RCS identifiers.
|
| 1.3 | 23-Mar-1993 |
cgd | changed "Id" to "Header" for rcsids
|
| 1.2 | 22-Mar-1993 |
cgd | added rcs ids to all files
|
| 1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.3 | 16-Sep-1997 |
lukem | imported from lite-2
|
| 1.1.1.2 | 13-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Import 4.4-Lite version.
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | initial import of 386bsd-0.1 sources
|
| 1.18.2.1 | 01-Nov-1995 |
jtc | complete ufs -> ffs change (From John Kohl; PR #1403)
|
| 1.19.4.1 | 02-Mar-1997 |
mycroft | Pull up changes from Kirk McKusick to check for holes in directories.
|
| 1.28.2.1 | 02-Nov-1997 |
mellon | Pull rev 1.29 up from trunk (mjacob)
|
| 1.33.8.1 | 27-Dec-1999 |
wrstuden | Pull up to last week's -current.
|
| 1.33.4.1 | 19-Oct-1999 |
fvdl | Bring in Kirk McKusick's FFS softdep code on a branch.
|
| 1.34.4.2 | 25-Nov-2001 |
he | Pull up revision 1.39 (requested by lukem):
Use int32_t for on-disk time_t representation.
Convert %q_ to %ll_ in print formats.
|
| 1.34.4.1 | 24-Nov-2001 |
he | Pull up revisions 1.35-1.37 (requested by lukem):
Jumbo pullup for fsck_ffs:
o fix incorrect error message
o mark initialized globals with ``extern''
o make reconnect algorithm O(n) instead of O(n^4)
o remove dead code
o don't swap cg_clustersum(cg)[0], it's a bitmap
o ensure rotor values are positive
o some code restructuring
o fix byte swapping bug
o pass5: check alternate superblocks for consistency with in-core master
o fix usage message
|
| 1.57.2.2 | 20-Nov-2006 |
tron | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by ghen in ticket #1590):
sbin/fsck_ffs/main.c: revision 1.62
Fix error in previous. Pass 1 needs to use progress_setrange(),
not progress_sethighlim().
|
| 1.57.2.1 | 20-Nov-2006 |
tron | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by ghen in ticket #1590):
sbin/fsck_ffs/pass4.c: revision 1.23
sbin/fsck_ffs/pass5.c: revision 1.47
sbin/fsck_ffs/pass2.c: revision 1.44
sbin/fsck_ffs/pass1.c: revision 1.43
sbin/fsck_ffs/pass3.c: revision 1.19
sbin/fsck/progress.c: revision 1.3
sbin/fsck_ffs/main.c: revision 1.61
sbin/fsck/progress.h: revision 1.2
Improve the progress bar displayed by fsck_ffs -p -P.
The progress bar will now travel from 0 to 20% during pass 1, from 20%
to 95% during pass 2, and from 95% to 100% during passes 3, 4, and 5.
Previously, the progress bar was not displayed at all during pass 1,
slowly traveled from 0 to about 50% during pass 2, and then very rapidly
traveled from 50% to 100% during passes 3, 4, and 5.
Note that fsck_ffs is the only user of fsck/progress.{c,h}.
|
| 1.62.2.1 | 24-Mar-2009 |
bouyer | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by manu in ticket #1288):
sbin/fsck_lfs/inode.c: revision 1.40 via patch
sbin/fsck_ffs/fsck_ffs.8: revision 1.44 via patch
sbin/fsck_ext2fs/fsck.h: revision 1.14 via patch
sbin/fsck_ext2fs/main.c: revision 1.30 via patch
sbin/fsck_ffs/inode.c: revision 1.61 via patch
sbin/fsck_ffs/main.c: revision 1.71 via patch
sbin/fsck_ext2fs/inode.c: revision 1.23 via patch
sbin/fsck_lfs/fsck.h: revision 1.18 via patch
sbin/fsck_lfs/fsck_lfs.8: revision 1.21 via patch
sbin/fsck_lfs/main.c: revision 1.38 via patch
sbin/fsck_ext2fs/fsck_ext2fs.8: revision 1.15 via patch
sbin/fsck_ffs/fsck.h: revision 1.47 via patch
Disable userid to username lookups by default. Add a -U flag to perform them.
In single user mode lookups that involve the network might not work and they
slow down fsck.
|
| 1.66.12.3 | 17-Jan-2009 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.66.12.2 | 28-Sep-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.66.12.1 | 03-Apr-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.66.10.1 | 24-Mar-2008 |
keiichi | sync with head.
|
| 1.66.4.1 | 23-Mar-2008 |
matt | sync with HEAD
|
| 1.67.6.1 | 28-Jul-2008 |
simonb | Sync with head.
|
| 1.67.4.1 | 18-Sep-2008 |
wrstuden | Sync with wrstuden-revivesa-base-2.
|
| 1.76.2.2 | 08-Feb-2011 |
bouyer | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.76.2.1 | 20-Jan-2011 |
bouyer | Snapshot of work in progress on a modernised disk quota system:
- new quotactl syscall (versionned for backward compat), which takes
as parameter a path to a mount point, and a prop_dictionary
(in plistref format) describing commands and arguments.
For each command, status and data are returned as a prop_dictionary.
quota commands features will be added to take advantage of this,
exporting quota data or getting quota commands as plists.
- new on disk-format storage (all 64bit wide), integrated to metadata for
ffs (and playing nicely with wapbl).
Quotas are enabled on a ffs filesystem via superblock flags.
tunefs(8) can enable or disable quotas.
On a quota-enabled filesystem, fsck_ffs(8) will track per-uid/gid
block and inode usages, and will check and update quotas in Pass 6.
quota usage and limits are stored in unliked files (one for users,
one for groups)l fsck_ffs(8) will create the files if needed, or
free them if needed. This means that after enabling or disabling
quotas on a filesystem; a fsck_ffs(8) run is required.
quotacheck(8) is not needed any more, on a unclean shutdown
fsck or journal replay will take care of fixing quotas.
newfs(8) can create a ready-to-mount quota-enabled filesystem
(superblock flags are set and quota inodes are created).
Other new features or semantic changes:
- default quota datas, applied to users or groups which don't already
have a quota entry
- per-user/group grace time (instead of a filesystem global one)
- 0 really means "nothing allowed at all", not "no limit".
If you want "no limit", set the limit to UQUAD_MAX (tools will
understand "unlimited" and "-")
A quota file is structured as follow:
it starts with a header, containing a few per-filesystem values,
and the default quota limits.
Quota entries are linked together as a simple list, each entry has a
pointer (as an offset withing the file) to the next.
The header has a pointer to a list of free quota entries, and
a hash table of in-use entries. The size of the hash table depends
on the filesystem block size (header+hash table should fit in the
first block). The file is not sparse and is a multiple of
filesystem block size (when the free quota entry list is empty a new
filesystem block is allocated). quota entries to not cross
filesystem block boundaries.
In memory, the kernel keeps a cache of recently used quota entries
as a reference to the block number, and offset withing the block.
The quota entry itself is keept in the buf cache.
fsck_ffs(8), tunefs(8) and newfs(8) supports are completed (with
related atf tests :)
The kernel can update disk usage and report it via quotactl(2).
Todo: enforce quotas limits (limits are not checked by kernel yet)
update repquota, edquota and rpc.rquotad to the new world
implement compat_50_quotactl ioctl.
update quotactl(2) man page
fsck_ffs required fixes so that allocating new blocks or inodes will
properly update the superblock and cg sumaries. This was not an issue up
to now because superblock and cg sumaries check happened last, but now
allocations or frees can happen in pass 6.
|
| 1.78.2.1 | 23-Jun-2011 |
cherry | Catchup with rmind-uvmplock merge.
|
| 1.80.8.1 | 25-Feb-2013 |
tls | resync with head
|
| 1.80.2.1 | 23-Jan-2013 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.83.4.1 | 21-Apr-2017 |
bouyer | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.83.2.1 | 20-Mar-2017 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.84.12.3 | 13-Apr-2020 |
martin | Mostly merge changes from HEAD upto 20200411
|
| 1.84.12.2 | 08-Apr-2020 |
martin | Merge changes from current as of 20200406
|
| 1.84.12.1 | 10-Jun-2019 |
christos | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.85.2.1 | 16-Aug-2019 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by kamil in ticket #73):
sbin/fsck_lfs/main.c: revision 1.54
sbin/fsck_ext2fs/main.c: revision 1.40
sbin/fsck_ffs/main.c: revision 1.86
fsck: Stop defining the same variable concurrently in bss and data
returntosingle was defined in multiple places:
- fsck_lfs/main.c
- fsck_ffs/main.c
- fsck_ext2fs/main.c
- fsck/fsutil.c
Keep the fsutil.c definition as the only one.
Detected during the build of telned with Address Sanitizer (MKSANITIZER).
|
| 1.90.2.1 | 13-May-2023 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by chs in ticket #160):
usr.sbin/makefs/ffs/ffs_alloc.c: revision 1.31
sbin/tunefs/tunefs.c: revision 1.58
sbin/fsck_ffs/setup.c: revision 1.105
sbin/fsck_ffs/pass5.c: revision 1.56
usr.sbin/makefs/ffs.c: revision 1.74
usr.sbin/makefs/ffs/mkfs.c: revision 1.42
usr.sbin/makefs/Makefile: revision 1.40
sys/ufs/ffs/fs.h: revision 1.71
sbin/fsdb/fsdb.c: revision 1.54
sbin/resize_ffs/resize_ffs.c: revision 1.58
sbin/fsck_ffs/pass4.c: revision 1.29
usr.sbin/makefs/ffs/ffs_extern.h: revision 1.9
sbin/newfs/mkfs.c: revision 1.133
sys/ufs/ffs/ffs_alloc.c: revision 1.172
sbin/fsck_ffs/pass1b.c: revision 1.24
usr.sbin/dumpfs/dumpfs.c: revision 1.68
sys/ufs/ffs/ffs_extern.h: revision 1.88
usr.sbin/quotacheck/quotacheck.c: revision 1.51
sys/ufs/ffs/ffs_subr.c: revision 1.54
sbin/fsck_ffs/main.c: revision 1.91
sbin/fsck_ffs/pass1.c: revision 1.63
ufs: fixed signed/unsigned bugs affecting large file systems
Apply these commits from FreeBSD:
commit e870d1e6f97cc73308c11c40684b775bcfa906a2
Author: Kirk McKusick <mckusick@FreeBSD.org>
Date: Wed Feb 10 20:10:35 2010 +0000
This fix corrects a problem in the file system that treats large
inode numbers as negative rather than unsigned. For a default
(16K block) file system, this bug began to show up at a file system
size above about 16Tb.
To fully handle this problem, newfs must be updated to ensure that
it will never create a filesystem with more than 2^32 inodes. That
patch will be forthcoming soon.
Reported by: Scott Burns, John Kilburg, Bruce Evans
Followup by: Jeff Roberson
PR: 133980
MFC after: 2 weeks
commit 81479e688b0f643ffacd3f335b4b4bba460b769d
Author: Kirk McKusick <mckusick@FreeBSD.org>
Date: Thu Feb 11 18:14:53 2010 +0000
One last pass to get all the unsigned comparisons correct.
In additional to the changes from FreeBSD, this commit includes quite a few
related changes to appease -Wsign-compare.
|
| 1.64 | 04-Jul-2023 |
riastradh | fsck_ffs(8): Fix whitespace issues.
- Nix trailing whitespace.
- Omit excessive blank lines.
- Insert missing blank lines between $NetBSD$ and copyright.
No functional change intended.
|
| 1.63 | 07-Jan-2023 |
chs | ufs: fixed signed/unsigned bugs affecting large file systems
Apply these commits from FreeBSD:
commit e870d1e6f97cc73308c11c40684b775bcfa906a2
Author: Kirk McKusick <mckusick@FreeBSD.org>
Date: Wed Feb 10 20:10:35 2010 +0000
This fix corrects a problem in the file system that treats large
inode numbers as negative rather than unsigned. For a default
(16K block) file system, this bug began to show up at a file system
size above about 16Tb.
To fully handle this problem, newfs must be updated to ensure that
it will never create a filesystem with more than 2^32 inodes. That
patch will be forthcoming soon.
Reported by: Scott Burns, John Kilburg, Bruce Evans
Followup by: Jeff Roberson
PR: 133980
MFC after: 2 weeks
commit 81479e688b0f643ffacd3f335b4b4bba460b769d
Author: Kirk McKusick <mckusick@FreeBSD.org>
Date: Thu Feb 11 18:14:53 2010 +0000
One last pass to get all the unsigned comparisons correct.
In additional to the changes from FreeBSD, this commit includes quite a few
related changes to appease -Wsign-compare.
|
| 1.62 | 18-Nov-2022 |
martin | branches: 1.62.2;
Fix clearing of permissions when finding unexpected extended attributs
for swapped endian file systems. Ok: chs
|
| 1.61 | 17-Nov-2022 |
martin | Make the "non-zero exattr fields" message show the inode number.
|
| 1.60 | 17-Nov-2022 |
chs | Restore backward compatibility of UFS2 with previous NetBSD releases by
disabling support in UFS2 for extended attributes (including ACLs).
Add a new variant of UFS2 called "UFS2ea" that does support extended attributes.
Add new fsck_ffs operations "-c ea" and "-c no-ea" to convert file systems
from UFS2 to UFS2ea and vice-versa (both of which delete all existing extended
attributes in the process).
|
| 1.59 | 19-Apr-2020 |
christos | Enable the code to clean the extattr blocks
|
| 1.58 | 13-Feb-2018 |
hannken | branches: 1.58.4;
Treat an inode with "mode == 0" and "blocks != 0" as partially allocated
and clear it as ffs_newvnode() tests for "blocks == 0".
|
| 1.57 | 08-Feb-2017 |
rin | branches: 1.57.4;
Add smaller versions of fsck_ffs(8) and newfs(8) for install media, where
support for Endian-Independent FFS and Apple UFS is disabled unless FFS_EI=1
and APPLE_UFS=1 are added to CRUNCHENV, respectively.
This reduces the size of ramdisk image for atari by over 15KB.
Thanks tsutsui and christos for their useful comments.
|
| 1.56 | 19-Oct-2013 |
christos | branches: 1.56.8; 1.56.12;
fix unused variable warnings.
|
| 1.55 | 23-Jun-2013 |
dholland | Stick ffs_, ext2_, chfs_, filecore_, cd9660_, or mfs_ in front of
the following symbols so as to disambiguate fully. (Christos already
did the lfs ones.)
lblkno
lblktosize
lfragtosize
numfrags
blkroundup
fragroundup
|
| 1.54 | 23-Jun-2013 |
dholland | fsbtodb() -> FFS_FSBTODB(), EXT2_FSBTODB(), or MFS_FSBTODB()
dbtofsb() -> FFS_DBTOFSB() or EXT2_DBTOFSB()
(Christos already did the lfs ones a few days back)
|
| 1.53 | 19-Jun-2013 |
dholland | blkoff() -> ffs_blkoff() stragglers
|
| 1.52 | 19-Jun-2013 |
dholland | Rename ambiguous macros:
MAXDIRSIZE -> UFS_MAXDIRSIZE or LFS_MAXDIRSIZE
NINDIR -> FFS_NINDIR, EXT2_NINDIR, LFS_NINDIR, or MFS_NINDIR
INOPB -> FFS_INOPB, LFS_INOPB
INOPF -> FFS_INOPF, LFS_INOPF
blksize -> ffs_blksize, ext2_blksize, or lfs_blksize
sblksize -> ffs_blksize
These are not the only ambiguously defined filesystem macros, of
course, there's a pile more. I may not have found all the ambiguous
definitions of blksize(), too, as there are a lot of other things
called 'blksize' in the system.
|
| 1.51 | 22-Jan-2013 |
dholland | Stuff UFS_ in front of a few of ufs's symbols to reduce namespace
pollution. Specifically:
ROOTINO -> UFS_ROOTINO
WINO -> UFS_WINO
NXADDR -> UFS_NXADDR
NDADDR -> UFS_NDADDR
NIADDR -> UFS_NIADDR
MAXSYMLINKLEN -> UFS_MAXSYMLINKLEN
MAXSYMLINKLEN_UFS[12] -> UFS[12]_MAXSYMLINKLEN (for consistency)
Sort out ext2fs's misuse of NDADDR and NIADDR; fortunately, these have
the same values in ext2fs and ffs.
No functional change intended.
|
| 1.50 | 06-Jan-2013 |
riastradh | Show pass1 SIGINFO output on stderr like other passes, not on stdout.
|
| 1.49 | 14-Aug-2011 |
christos | branches: 1.49.2; 1.49.4; 1.49.8; 1.49.10;
WARNS=4
|
| 1.48 | 09-Jun-2011 |
christos | share more code.
|
| 1.47 | 06-Mar-2011 |
bouyer | branches: 1.47.2;
merge the bouyer-quota2 branch. This adds a new on-disk format
to store disk quota usage and limits, integrated with ffs
metadata. Usage is checked by fsck_ffs (no more quotacheck)
and is covered by the WAPBL journal. Enabled with kernel
option QUOTA2 (added where QUOTA was enabled in kernel config files),
turned on with tunefs(8) on a per-filesystem
basis. mount_mfs(8) can also turn quotas on.
See http://mail-index.netbsd.org/tech-kern/2011/02/19/msg010025.html
for details.
|
| 1.46 | 12-Oct-2008 |
christos | branches: 1.46.2; 1.46.6; 1.46.10; 1.46.14; 1.46.16;
reallocate the correct amount. From Anon Ymous
|
| 1.45 | 09-Oct-2008 |
christos | Avoid allocating 2 x inospace and use realloc instead. This also saves a
large memcpy.
|
| 1.44 | 23-Feb-2008 |
christos | Make sure that the exit values are always sane, and use symbolic instead
of magic constants. Reviewed by go@
|
| 1.43 | 14-Nov-2006 |
apb | branches: 1.43.8; 1.43.16; 1.43.18;
Improve the progress bar displayed by fsck_ffs -p -P.
The progress bar will now travel from 0 to 20% during pass 1, from 20%
to 95% during pass 2, and from 95% to 100% during passes 3, 4, and 5.
Previously, the progress bar was not displayed at all during pass 1,
slowly traveled from 0 to about 50% during pass 2, and then very rapidly
traveled from 50% to 100% during passes 3, 4, and 5.
Note that fsck_ffs is the only user of fsck/progress.{c,h}.
|
| 1.42 | 16-Oct-2006 |
christos | comment out impossible code.
|
| 1.41 | 21-Apr-2006 |
skrll | Don't use cast expressions as lvalues as newer versions of gcc warn.
|
| 1.40 | 05-Dec-2005 |
christos | ndb is daddr_t which is 64 bits, by truncating it to j which is an int, it
can get negative causing segmentation faults. Check against this.
|
| 1.39 | 19-Aug-2005 |
christos | 64 bit inode changes
|
| 1.38 | 08-Jun-2005 |
dbj | add code to handle inodes with extended attribute blocks
this is currently turned off with "#ifdef notyet" since the
kernel will not correctly clean up extended attribute blocks on truncation
Originally written by Kirk McKusick and Network Associates Laboratories for
FreeBSD.
|
| 1.37 | 30-Apr-2005 |
christos | Dammit, get rid of the debugging abort() calls. It is no fun to have a broken
fsck program on a busted filesystem.
|
| 1.36 | 20-Jan-2005 |
xtraeme | branches: 1.36.2;
whitespace (pointed out by wiz@)
|
| 1.35 | 19-Jan-2005 |
xtraeme | Kill __P(), ANSIfy and WARNS=2
|
| 1.34 | 13-Jan-2005 |
christos | Use -DPROGRESS to enable the progress bar, don't depend on SMALL.
|
| 1.33 | 13-Jan-2005 |
christos | Add a progress meter to fsck_ffs based on the work by thorpej presented
to the mailing lists last January. This is optional.
|
| 1.32 | 25-May-2004 |
hannken | Add ffs internal snapshots. Written by Marshall Kirk McKusick for FreeBSD.
- Not enabled by default. Needs kernel option FFS_SNAPSHOT.
- Change parameters of ffs_blkfree.
- Let the copy-on-write functions return an error so spec_strategy
may fail if the copy-on-write fails.
- Change genfs_*lock*() to use vp->v_vnlock instead of &vp->v_lock.
- Add flag B_METAONLY to VOP_BALLOC to return indirect block buffer.
- Add a function ffs_checkfreefile needed for snapshot creation.
- Add special handling of snapshot files:
Snapshots may not be opened for writing and the attributes are read-only.
Use the mtime as the time this snapshot was taken.
Deny mtime updates for snapshot files.
- Add function transferlockers to transfer any waiting processes from
one lock to another.
- Add vfsop VFS_SNAPSHOT to take a snapshot and make it accessible through
a vnode.
- Add snapshot support to ls, fsck_ffs and dump.
Welcome to 2.0F.
Approved by: Jason R. Thorpe <thorpej@netbsd.org>
|
| 1.31 | 03-Jan-2004 |
dbj | branches: 1.31.4;
fix bugs with unsigned comparison ofs fs_maxsymlinklen
|
| 1.30 | 03-Jan-2004 |
dbj | increase size of buffer used for updating symlinks with -c 1
otherwise, the block read will blow the stack
|
| 1.29 | 07-Aug-2003 |
agc | Move UCB-licensed code from 4-clause to 3-clause licence.
Patches provided by Joel Baker in PR 22308, verified by myself.
|
| 1.28 | 02-Apr-2003 |
he | On LP64 hosts, iswap64() result is "long int", so cast result to (long long)
before printing with %lld.
|
| 1.27 | 02-Apr-2003 |
fvdl | Add support for UFS2. UFS2 is an enhanced FFS, adding support for
64 bit block pointers, extended attribute storage, and a few
other things.
This commit does not yet include the code to manipulate the extended
storage (for e.g. ACLs), this will be done later.
Originally written by Kirk McKusick and Network Associates Laboratories for
FreeBSD.
|
| 1.26 | 24-Jan-2003 |
fvdl | Bump daddr_t to 64 bits. Replace it with int32_t in all places where
it was used on-disk, so that on-disk formats remain the same.
Remove ufs_daddr_t and ufs_lbn_t for the time being.
|
| 1.25 | 28-Sep-2002 |
dbj | Add support for the Apple UFS variation on ffs
This is the bulk of PR #17345
The general approach is to use a run time deteriminable value
for DIRBLKSIZ. Additional allowances are included for using
MAXSYMLINKLEN with FS_42INODEFMT and a shift in the cylinder group
cluster summary count array. Support is added for managing
the Apple UFS volume label.
|
| 1.24 | 06-May-2002 |
lukem | If SIGINFO is received, display summary information to stderr.
Based on changes in FreeBSD, via Chuck Cranor <chuck@research.att.com>
|
| 1.23 | 05-Jan-2001 |
lukem | use %ll_ instead of the less standard %q_
|
| 1.22 | 15-Nov-1999 |
fvdl | Changes for softdep code.
|
| 1.21 | 18-Mar-1998 |
bouyer | branches: 1.21.4; 1.21.8;
Add support for non-native byteorder FFS, and converting byteorder.
Also, be a bit more conservative with the clean flag: don't mark the FS
clean when we know there may still be errors (user anserwed 'n' to
a question, or fsck says "you must rerun fsck").
|
| 1.20 | 20-Sep-1997 |
lukem | - don't indiscriminately include <stdlib.h> and <unistd.h> in "fsck.h"
- explicitly pull in <stdio.h>, <stdlib.h> and <unistd.h> in *.c as necessary
|
| 1.19 | 16-Sep-1997 |
lukem | resolve conflicts from lite-2 merge.
|
| 1.18 | 16-Sep-1997 |
mrg | make these compile on the alpha after WARNS=1.
|
| 1.17 | 14-Sep-1997 |
lukem | * cleanup for WARNS=1
* deprecate register
* cleanup manpage
* remove unused docheck() func
* prefix hex numbers with '0x'
* getopt returns -1 not EOF
|
| 1.16 | 27-Sep-1996 |
christos | - util.h -> fsutil.h
|
| 1.15 | 23-Sep-1996 |
christos | - fixed all printf formats [there were a lot of %l? <-> %? mistakes]
- added missing prototypes, and made local functions static
- removed parallel preening code; this is part of fsck(8)
- use printing utilities from fsck(8)
- Makefile does not make links to fsck and fsck.8
- removed -l maxparallel option. It has no meaning anymore.
|
| 1.14 | 18-Jan-1996 |
mycroft | Use fs_csaddr to find the cg summary area. From der Mouse, PR 1366.
|
| 1.13 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.12 | 05-Dec-1994 |
cgd | more cleanups from Jim Jegers, passed over by me.
|
| 1.11 | 23-Sep-1994 |
mycroft | Remove some more uses of obsolete functions.
|
| 1.10 | 23-Sep-1994 |
mycroft | Eliminate uses of some obsolete functions.
|
| 1.9 | 29-Jun-1994 |
ws | Reads on raw disks are only guarranteed in multiples of the block size
|
| 1.8 | 14-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Fix compatibility with old fastlinks.
|
| 1.7 | 08-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Update from 4.4-Lite, with local changes.
|
| 1.6 | 25-Apr-1994 |
cgd | need <sys/time.h>
|
| 1.5 | 01-Aug-1993 |
mycroft | Add RCS identifiers.
|
| 1.4 | 13-Jun-1993 |
mycroft | Add support for fast symlinks.
|
| 1.3 | 23-Mar-1993 |
cgd | changed "Id" to "Header" for rcsids
|
| 1.2 | 22-Mar-1993 |
cgd | added rcs ids to all files
|
| 1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.3 | 16-Sep-1997 |
lukem | imported from lite-2
|
| 1.1.1.2 | 13-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Import 4.4-Lite version.
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | initial import of 386bsd-0.1 sources
|
| 1.21.8.1 | 27-Dec-1999 |
wrstuden | Pull up to last week's -current.
|
| 1.21.4.1 | 19-Oct-1999 |
fvdl | Bring in Kirk McKusick's FFS softdep code on a branch.
|
| 1.31.4.1 | 01-May-2005 |
tron | Pull up revision 1.37 (requested by christos in ticket #1493):
Dammit, get rid of the debugging abort() calls. It is no fun to have a broken
fsck program on a busted filesystem.
|
| 1.36.2.3 | 20-Nov-2006 |
tron | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by ghen in ticket #1590):
sbin/fsck_ffs/pass4.c: revision 1.23
sbin/fsck_ffs/pass5.c: revision 1.47
sbin/fsck_ffs/pass2.c: revision 1.44
sbin/fsck_ffs/pass1.c: revision 1.43
sbin/fsck_ffs/pass3.c: revision 1.19
sbin/fsck/progress.c: revision 1.3
sbin/fsck_ffs/main.c: revision 1.61
sbin/fsck/progress.h: revision 1.2
Improve the progress bar displayed by fsck_ffs -p -P.
The progress bar will now travel from 0 to 20% during pass 1, from 20%
to 95% during pass 2, and from 95% to 100% during passes 3, 4, and 5.
Previously, the progress bar was not displayed at all during pass 1,
slowly traveled from 0 to about 50% during pass 2, and then very rapidly
traveled from 50% to 100% during passes 3, 4, and 5.
Note that fsck_ffs is the only user of fsck/progress.{c,h}.
|
| 1.36.2.2 | 07-Dec-2005 |
riz | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by christos in ticket #1037):
sbin/fsck_ffs/pass1.c: revision 1.40
ndb is daddr_t which is 64 bits, by truncating it to j which is an int, it
can get negative causing segmentation faults. Check against this.
|
| 1.36.2.1 | 01-May-2005 |
tron | Pull up revision 1.37 (requested by christos in ticket #228):
Dammit, get rid of the debugging abort() calls. It is no fun to have a broken
fsck program on a busted filesystem.
|
| 1.43.18.2 | 17-Jan-2009 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.43.18.1 | 03-Apr-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.43.16.1 | 24-Mar-2008 |
keiichi | sync with head.
|
| 1.43.8.1 | 23-Mar-2008 |
matt | sync with HEAD
|
| 1.46.16.1 | 13-Jan-2013 |
bouyer | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by riastradh in ticket #1837):
sbin/fsck_ffs/pass1.c: revision 1.50
Show pass1 SIGINFO output on stderr like other passes, not on stdout.
|
| 1.46.14.3 | 12-Feb-2011 |
bouyer | Skip snapshot inodes for both block and inode quotas.
|
| 1.46.14.2 | 12-Feb-2011 |
bouyer | Snapshot inode doesn't count for block quotas.
|
| 1.46.14.1 | 20-Jan-2011 |
bouyer | Snapshot of work in progress on a modernised disk quota system:
- new quotactl syscall (versionned for backward compat), which takes
as parameter a path to a mount point, and a prop_dictionary
(in plistref format) describing commands and arguments.
For each command, status and data are returned as a prop_dictionary.
quota commands features will be added to take advantage of this,
exporting quota data or getting quota commands as plists.
- new on disk-format storage (all 64bit wide), integrated to metadata for
ffs (and playing nicely with wapbl).
Quotas are enabled on a ffs filesystem via superblock flags.
tunefs(8) can enable or disable quotas.
On a quota-enabled filesystem, fsck_ffs(8) will track per-uid/gid
block and inode usages, and will check and update quotas in Pass 6.
quota usage and limits are stored in unliked files (one for users,
one for groups)l fsck_ffs(8) will create the files if needed, or
free them if needed. This means that after enabling or disabling
quotas on a filesystem; a fsck_ffs(8) run is required.
quotacheck(8) is not needed any more, on a unclean shutdown
fsck or journal replay will take care of fixing quotas.
newfs(8) can create a ready-to-mount quota-enabled filesystem
(superblock flags are set and quota inodes are created).
Other new features or semantic changes:
- default quota datas, applied to users or groups which don't already
have a quota entry
- per-user/group grace time (instead of a filesystem global one)
- 0 really means "nothing allowed at all", not "no limit".
If you want "no limit", set the limit to UQUAD_MAX (tools will
understand "unlimited" and "-")
A quota file is structured as follow:
it starts with a header, containing a few per-filesystem values,
and the default quota limits.
Quota entries are linked together as a simple list, each entry has a
pointer (as an offset withing the file) to the next.
The header has a pointer to a list of free quota entries, and
a hash table of in-use entries. The size of the hash table depends
on the filesystem block size (header+hash table should fit in the
first block). The file is not sparse and is a multiple of
filesystem block size (when the free quota entry list is empty a new
filesystem block is allocated). quota entries to not cross
filesystem block boundaries.
In memory, the kernel keeps a cache of recently used quota entries
as a reference to the block number, and offset withing the block.
The quota entry itself is keept in the buf cache.
fsck_ffs(8), tunefs(8) and newfs(8) supports are completed (with
related atf tests :)
The kernel can update disk usage and report it via quotactl(2).
Todo: enforce quotas limits (limits are not checked by kernel yet)
update repquota, edquota and rpc.rquotad to the new world
implement compat_50_quotactl ioctl.
update quotactl(2) man page
fsck_ffs required fixes so that allocating new blocks or inodes will
properly update the superblock and cg sumaries. This was not an issue up
to now because superblock and cg sumaries check happened last, but now
allocations or frees can happen in pass 6.
|
| 1.46.10.1 | 13-Jan-2013 |
bouyer | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by riastradh in ticket #1837):
sbin/fsck_ffs/pass1.c: revision 1.50
Show pass1 SIGINFO output on stderr like other passes, not on stdout.
|
| 1.46.6.1 | 13-Jan-2013 |
bouyer | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by riastradh in ticket #1837):
sbin/fsck_ffs/pass1.c: revision 1.50
Show pass1 SIGINFO output on stderr like other passes, not on stdout.
|
| 1.46.2.1 | 13-Jan-2013 |
bouyer | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by riastradh in ticket #1837):
sbin/fsck_ffs/pass1.c: revision 1.50
Show pass1 SIGINFO output on stderr like other passes, not on stdout.
|
| 1.47.2.1 | 23-Jun-2011 |
cherry | Catchup with rmind-uvmplock merge.
|
| 1.49.10.1 | 13-Jan-2013 |
bouyer | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by riastradh in ticket #779):
sbin/fsck_ffs/pass1.c: revision 1.50
Show pass1 SIGINFO output on stderr like other passes, not on stdout.
|
| 1.49.8.3 | 20-Aug-2014 |
tls | Rebase to HEAD as of a few days ago.
|
| 1.49.8.2 | 23-Jun-2013 |
tls | resync from head
|
| 1.49.8.1 | 25-Feb-2013 |
tls | resync with head
|
| 1.49.4.1 | 13-Jan-2013 |
bouyer | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by riastradh in ticket #779):
sbin/fsck_ffs/pass1.c: revision 1.50
Show pass1 SIGINFO output on stderr like other passes, not on stdout.
|
| 1.49.2.2 | 22-May-2014 |
yamt | sync with head.
for a reference, the tree before this commit was tagged
as yamt-pagecache-tag8.
this commit was splitted into small chunks to avoid
a limitation of cvs. ("Protocol error: too many arguments")
|
| 1.49.2.1 | 23-Jan-2013 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.56.12.1 | 21-Apr-2017 |
bouyer | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.56.8.1 | 20-Mar-2017 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.57.4.1 | 15-Feb-2018 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by hannken in ticket #550):
sbin/fsck_ffs/pass1.c: revision 1.58
Treat an inode with "mode == 0" and "blocks != 0" as partially allocated
and clear it as ffs_newvnode() tests for "blocks == 0".
|
| 1.58.4.1 | 21-Apr-2020 |
martin | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.62.2.1 | 13-May-2023 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by chs in ticket #160):
usr.sbin/makefs/ffs/ffs_alloc.c: revision 1.31
sbin/tunefs/tunefs.c: revision 1.58
sbin/fsck_ffs/setup.c: revision 1.105
sbin/fsck_ffs/pass5.c: revision 1.56
usr.sbin/makefs/ffs.c: revision 1.74
usr.sbin/makefs/ffs/mkfs.c: revision 1.42
usr.sbin/makefs/Makefile: revision 1.40
sys/ufs/ffs/fs.h: revision 1.71
sbin/fsdb/fsdb.c: revision 1.54
sbin/resize_ffs/resize_ffs.c: revision 1.58
sbin/fsck_ffs/pass4.c: revision 1.29
usr.sbin/makefs/ffs/ffs_extern.h: revision 1.9
sbin/newfs/mkfs.c: revision 1.133
sys/ufs/ffs/ffs_alloc.c: revision 1.172
sbin/fsck_ffs/pass1b.c: revision 1.24
usr.sbin/dumpfs/dumpfs.c: revision 1.68
sys/ufs/ffs/ffs_extern.h: revision 1.88
usr.sbin/quotacheck/quotacheck.c: revision 1.51
sys/ufs/ffs/ffs_subr.c: revision 1.54
sbin/fsck_ffs/main.c: revision 1.91
sbin/fsck_ffs/pass1.c: revision 1.63
ufs: fixed signed/unsigned bugs affecting large file systems
Apply these commits from FreeBSD:
commit e870d1e6f97cc73308c11c40684b775bcfa906a2
Author: Kirk McKusick <mckusick@FreeBSD.org>
Date: Wed Feb 10 20:10:35 2010 +0000
This fix corrects a problem in the file system that treats large
inode numbers as negative rather than unsigned. For a default
(16K block) file system, this bug began to show up at a file system
size above about 16Tb.
To fully handle this problem, newfs must be updated to ensure that
it will never create a filesystem with more than 2^32 inodes. That
patch will be forthcoming soon.
Reported by: Scott Burns, John Kilburg, Bruce Evans
Followup by: Jeff Roberson
PR: 133980
MFC after: 2 weeks
commit 81479e688b0f643ffacd3f335b4b4bba460b769d
Author: Kirk McKusick <mckusick@FreeBSD.org>
Date: Thu Feb 11 18:14:53 2010 +0000
One last pass to get all the unsigned comparisons correct.
In additional to the changes from FreeBSD, this commit includes quite a few
related changes to appease -Wsign-compare.
|
| 1.24 | 07-Jan-2023 |
chs | ufs: fixed signed/unsigned bugs affecting large file systems
Apply these commits from FreeBSD:
commit e870d1e6f97cc73308c11c40684b775bcfa906a2
Author: Kirk McKusick <mckusick@FreeBSD.org>
Date: Wed Feb 10 20:10:35 2010 +0000
This fix corrects a problem in the file system that treats large
inode numbers as negative rather than unsigned. For a default
(16K block) file system, this bug began to show up at a file system
size above about 16Tb.
To fully handle this problem, newfs must be updated to ensure that
it will never create a filesystem with more than 2^32 inodes. That
patch will be forthcoming soon.
Reported by: Scott Burns, John Kilburg, Bruce Evans
Followup by: Jeff Roberson
PR: 133980
MFC after: 2 weeks
commit 81479e688b0f643ffacd3f335b4b4bba460b769d
Author: Kirk McKusick <mckusick@FreeBSD.org>
Date: Thu Feb 11 18:14:53 2010 +0000
One last pass to get all the unsigned comparisons correct.
In additional to the changes from FreeBSD, this commit includes quite a few
related changes to appease -Wsign-compare.
|
| 1.23 | 22-Jan-2013 |
dholland | branches: 1.23.40;
Stuff UFS_ in front of a few of ufs's symbols to reduce namespace
pollution. Specifically:
ROOTINO -> UFS_ROOTINO
WINO -> UFS_WINO
NXADDR -> UFS_NXADDR
NDADDR -> UFS_NDADDR
NIADDR -> UFS_NIADDR
MAXSYMLINKLEN -> UFS_MAXSYMLINKLEN
MAXSYMLINKLEN_UFS[12] -> UFS[12]_MAXSYMLINKLEN (for consistency)
Sort out ext2fs's misuse of NDADDR and NIADDR; fortunately, these have
the same values in ext2fs and ffs.
No functional change intended.
|
| 1.22 | 06-Mar-2011 |
bouyer | branches: 1.22.4; 1.22.10;
merge the bouyer-quota2 branch. This adds a new on-disk format
to store disk quota usage and limits, integrated with ffs
metadata. Usage is checked by fsck_ffs (no more quotacheck)
and is covered by the WAPBL journal. Enabled with kernel
option QUOTA2 (added where QUOTA was enabled in kernel config files),
turned on with tunefs(8) on a per-filesystem
basis. mount_mfs(8) can also turn quotas on.
See http://mail-index.netbsd.org/tech-kern/2011/02/19/msg010025.html
for details.
|
| 1.21 | 20-Jan-2005 |
xtraeme | branches: 1.21.48;
whitespace (pointed out by wiz@)
|
| 1.20 | 19-Jan-2005 |
xtraeme | Kill __P(), ANSIfy and WARNS=2
|
| 1.19 | 13-Jan-2005 |
christos | Use -DPROGRESS to enable the progress bar, don't depend on SMALL.
|
| 1.18 | 13-Jan-2005 |
christos | Add a progress meter to fsck_ffs based on the work by thorpej presented
to the mailing lists last January. This is optional.
|
| 1.17 | 07-Aug-2003 |
agc | Move UCB-licensed code from 4-clause to 3-clause licence.
Patches provided by Joel Baker in PR 22308, verified by myself.
|
| 1.16 | 02-Apr-2003 |
fvdl | Add support for UFS2. UFS2 is an enhanced FFS, adding support for
64 bit block pointers, extended attribute storage, and a few
other things.
This commit does not yet include the code to manipulate the extended
storage (for e.g. ACLs), this will be done later.
Originally written by Kirk McKusick and Network Associates Laboratories for
FreeBSD.
|
| 1.15 | 24-Jan-2003 |
fvdl | Bump daddr_t to 64 bits. Replace it with int32_t in all places where
it was used on-disk, so that on-disk formats remain the same.
Remove ufs_daddr_t and ufs_lbn_t for the time being.
|
| 1.14 | 06-May-2002 |
lukem | If SIGINFO is received, display summary information to stderr.
Based on changes in FreeBSD, via Chuck Cranor <chuck@research.att.com>
|
| 1.13 | 18-Mar-1998 |
bouyer | Add support for non-native byteorder FFS, and converting byteorder.
Also, be a bit more conservative with the clean flag: don't mark the FS
clean when we know there may still be errors (user anserwed 'n' to
a question, or fsck says "you must rerun fsck").
|
| 1.12 | 16-Sep-1997 |
lukem | resolve conflicts from lite-2 merge.
|
| 1.11 | 14-Sep-1997 |
lukem | * cleanup for WARNS=1
* deprecate register
* cleanup manpage
* remove unused docheck() func
* prefix hex numbers with '0x'
* getopt returns -1 not EOF
|
| 1.10 | 23-Sep-1996 |
christos | - fixed all printf formats [there were a lot of %l? <-> %? mistakes]
- added missing prototypes, and made local functions static
- removed parallel preening code; this is part of fsck(8)
- use printing utilities from fsck(8)
- Makefile does not make links to fsck and fsck.8
- removed -l maxparallel option. It has no meaning anymore.
|
| 1.9 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.8 | 05-Dec-1994 |
cgd | more cleanups from Jim Jegers, passed over by me.
|
| 1.7 | 23-Sep-1994 |
mycroft | Eliminate uses of some obsolete functions.
|
| 1.6 | 08-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Update from 4.4-Lite, with local changes.
|
| 1.5 | 25-Apr-1994 |
cgd | need <sys/time.h>
|
| 1.4 | 01-Aug-1993 |
mycroft | Add RCS identifiers.
|
| 1.3 | 23-Mar-1993 |
cgd | changed "Id" to "Header" for rcsids
|
| 1.2 | 22-Mar-1993 |
cgd | added rcs ids to all files
|
| 1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.3 | 16-Sep-1997 |
lukem | imported from lite-2
|
| 1.1.1.2 | 13-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Import 4.4-Lite version.
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | initial import of 386bsd-0.1 sources
|
| 1.21.48.1 | 20-Jan-2011 |
bouyer | Snapshot of work in progress on a modernised disk quota system:
- new quotactl syscall (versionned for backward compat), which takes
as parameter a path to a mount point, and a prop_dictionary
(in plistref format) describing commands and arguments.
For each command, status and data are returned as a prop_dictionary.
quota commands features will be added to take advantage of this,
exporting quota data or getting quota commands as plists.
- new on disk-format storage (all 64bit wide), integrated to metadata for
ffs (and playing nicely with wapbl).
Quotas are enabled on a ffs filesystem via superblock flags.
tunefs(8) can enable or disable quotas.
On a quota-enabled filesystem, fsck_ffs(8) will track per-uid/gid
block and inode usages, and will check and update quotas in Pass 6.
quota usage and limits are stored in unliked files (one for users,
one for groups)l fsck_ffs(8) will create the files if needed, or
free them if needed. This means that after enabling or disabling
quotas on a filesystem; a fsck_ffs(8) run is required.
quotacheck(8) is not needed any more, on a unclean shutdown
fsck or journal replay will take care of fixing quotas.
newfs(8) can create a ready-to-mount quota-enabled filesystem
(superblock flags are set and quota inodes are created).
Other new features or semantic changes:
- default quota datas, applied to users or groups which don't already
have a quota entry
- per-user/group grace time (instead of a filesystem global one)
- 0 really means "nothing allowed at all", not "no limit".
If you want "no limit", set the limit to UQUAD_MAX (tools will
understand "unlimited" and "-")
A quota file is structured as follow:
it starts with a header, containing a few per-filesystem values,
and the default quota limits.
Quota entries are linked together as a simple list, each entry has a
pointer (as an offset withing the file) to the next.
The header has a pointer to a list of free quota entries, and
a hash table of in-use entries. The size of the hash table depends
on the filesystem block size (header+hash table should fit in the
first block). The file is not sparse and is a multiple of
filesystem block size (when the free quota entry list is empty a new
filesystem block is allocated). quota entries to not cross
filesystem block boundaries.
In memory, the kernel keeps a cache of recently used quota entries
as a reference to the block number, and offset withing the block.
The quota entry itself is keept in the buf cache.
fsck_ffs(8), tunefs(8) and newfs(8) supports are completed (with
related atf tests :)
The kernel can update disk usage and report it via quotactl(2).
Todo: enforce quotas limits (limits are not checked by kernel yet)
update repquota, edquota and rpc.rquotad to the new world
implement compat_50_quotactl ioctl.
update quotactl(2) man page
fsck_ffs required fixes so that allocating new blocks or inodes will
properly update the superblock and cg sumaries. This was not an issue up
to now because superblock and cg sumaries check happened last, but now
allocations or frees can happen in pass 6.
|
| 1.22.10.1 | 25-Feb-2013 |
tls | resync with head
|
| 1.22.4.1 | 23-Jan-2013 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.23.40.1 | 13-May-2023 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by chs in ticket #160):
usr.sbin/makefs/ffs/ffs_alloc.c: revision 1.31
sbin/tunefs/tunefs.c: revision 1.58
sbin/fsck_ffs/setup.c: revision 1.105
sbin/fsck_ffs/pass5.c: revision 1.56
usr.sbin/makefs/ffs.c: revision 1.74
usr.sbin/makefs/ffs/mkfs.c: revision 1.42
usr.sbin/makefs/Makefile: revision 1.40
sys/ufs/ffs/fs.h: revision 1.71
sbin/fsdb/fsdb.c: revision 1.54
sbin/resize_ffs/resize_ffs.c: revision 1.58
sbin/fsck_ffs/pass4.c: revision 1.29
usr.sbin/makefs/ffs/ffs_extern.h: revision 1.9
sbin/newfs/mkfs.c: revision 1.133
sys/ufs/ffs/ffs_alloc.c: revision 1.172
sbin/fsck_ffs/pass1b.c: revision 1.24
usr.sbin/dumpfs/dumpfs.c: revision 1.68
sys/ufs/ffs/ffs_extern.h: revision 1.88
usr.sbin/quotacheck/quotacheck.c: revision 1.51
sys/ufs/ffs/ffs_subr.c: revision 1.54
sbin/fsck_ffs/main.c: revision 1.91
sbin/fsck_ffs/pass1.c: revision 1.63
ufs: fixed signed/unsigned bugs affecting large file systems
Apply these commits from FreeBSD:
commit e870d1e6f97cc73308c11c40684b775bcfa906a2
Author: Kirk McKusick <mckusick@FreeBSD.org>
Date: Wed Feb 10 20:10:35 2010 +0000
This fix corrects a problem in the file system that treats large
inode numbers as negative rather than unsigned. For a default
(16K block) file system, this bug began to show up at a file system
size above about 16Tb.
To fully handle this problem, newfs must be updated to ensure that
it will never create a filesystem with more than 2^32 inodes. That
patch will be forthcoming soon.
Reported by: Scott Burns, John Kilburg, Bruce Evans
Followup by: Jeff Roberson
PR: 133980
MFC after: 2 weeks
commit 81479e688b0f643ffacd3f335b4b4bba460b769d
Author: Kirk McKusick <mckusick@FreeBSD.org>
Date: Thu Feb 11 18:14:53 2010 +0000
One last pass to get all the unsigned comparisons correct.
In additional to the changes from FreeBSD, this commit includes quite a few
related changes to appease -Wsign-compare.
|
| 1.53 | 04-Jul-2023 |
riastradh | fsck_ffs(8): Fix whitespace issues.
- Nix trailing whitespace.
- Omit excessive blank lines.
- Insert missing blank lines between $NetBSD$ and copyright.
No functional change intended.
|
| 1.52 | 27-Mar-2023 |
chs | Apply this commit from FreeBSD:
commit 6bae6625e0e06816c80ac4971dfccf0643abe3f0
Author: Kirk McKusick <mckusick@FreeBSD.org>
Date: Wed Aug 17 14:19:59 2022 -0700
Improve handling of missing '.' and '..' in UFS directories.
The UFS filesystem expects to find '.' and '..' as the first two entries
in a directory. The kernel's UFS name cache can become quite confused
when these two entries are not present as the first two entries.
Prior to this change, when the fsck_ffs(8) utility detected that
'.' and/or '..' were missing, it would report them, but only offered
to replace them if the space at the beginning of the directory was
available. Otherwise it was left to the system administrator to
move the offending file(s) out of the way and then rerun fsck_ffs(8)
to create the '.' and '..' entries.
With this change, fsck_ffs(8) will always be able to create the '.'
and/or '..' entries. It moves any files in the way elsewhere in the
directory block. If there is no room in the directory block to which
to move them, they are placed in the lost+found directory.
Reported by: Peter Holm
Sponsored by: The FreeBSD Foundation
|
| 1.51 | 08-Feb-2017 |
rin | branches: 1.51.22;
Add smaller versions of fsck_ffs(8) and newfs(8) for install media, where
support for Endian-Independent FFS and Apple UFS is disabled unless FFS_EI=1
and APPLE_UFS=1 are added to CRUNCHENV, respectively.
This reduces the size of ramdisk image for atari by over 15KB.
Thanks tsutsui and christos for their useful comments.
|
| 1.50 | 09-Jun-2013 |
dholland | branches: 1.50.10; 1.50.14;
Stick UFS_ in front of these symbols:
DIRBLKSIZ
DIRECTSIZ
DIRSIZ
OLDDIRFMT
NEWDIRFMT
Part of PR 47909.
|
| 1.49 | 22-Jan-2013 |
dholland | Stuff UFS_ in front of a few of ufs's symbols to reduce namespace
pollution. Specifically:
ROOTINO -> UFS_ROOTINO
WINO -> UFS_WINO
NXADDR -> UFS_NXADDR
NDADDR -> UFS_NDADDR
NIADDR -> UFS_NIADDR
MAXSYMLINKLEN -> UFS_MAXSYMLINKLEN
MAXSYMLINKLEN_UFS[12] -> UFS[12]_MAXSYMLINKLEN (for consistency)
Sort out ext2fs's misuse of NDADDR and NIADDR; fortunately, these have
the same values in ext2fs and ffs.
No functional change intended.
|
| 1.48 | 14-Aug-2011 |
christos | branches: 1.48.2; 1.48.8;
WARNS=4
|
| 1.47 | 09-Jun-2011 |
christos | share more code.
|
| 1.46 | 06-Mar-2011 |
bouyer | branches: 1.46.2;
merge the bouyer-quota2 branch. This adds a new on-disk format
to store disk quota usage and limits, integrated with ffs
metadata. Usage is checked by fsck_ffs (no more quotacheck)
and is covered by the WAPBL journal. Enabled with kernel
option QUOTA2 (added where QUOTA was enabled in kernel config files),
turned on with tunefs(8) on a per-filesystem
basis. mount_mfs(8) can also turn quotas on.
See http://mail-index.netbsd.org/tech-kern/2011/02/19/msg010025.html
for details.
|
| 1.45 | 23-Feb-2008 |
christos | branches: 1.45.20;
Make sure that the exit values are always sane, and use symbolic instead
of magic constants. Reviewed by go@
|
| 1.44 | 14-Nov-2006 |
apb | branches: 1.44.8; 1.44.16; 1.44.18;
Improve the progress bar displayed by fsck_ffs -p -P.
The progress bar will now travel from 0 to 20% during pass 1, from 20%
to 95% during pass 2, and from 95% to 100% during passes 3, 4, and 5.
Previously, the progress bar was not displayed at all during pass 1,
slowly traveled from 0 to about 50% during pass 2, and then very rapidly
traveled from 50% to 100% during passes 3, 4, and 5.
Note that fsck_ffs is the only user of fsck/progress.{c,h}.
|
| 1.43 | 21-Apr-2006 |
skrll | Don't use cast expressions as lvalues as newer versions of gcc warn.
|
| 1.42 | 27-Jun-2005 |
christos | sprinkle const.
|
| 1.41 | 20-Jan-2005 |
xtraeme | branches: 1.41.2;
whitespace (pointed out by wiz@)
|
| 1.40 | 19-Jan-2005 |
xtraeme | Kill __P(), ANSIfy and WARNS=2
|
| 1.39 | 13-Jan-2005 |
christos | Use -DPROGRESS to enable the progress bar, don't depend on SMALL.
|
| 1.38 | 13-Jan-2005 |
christos | Add a progress meter to fsck_ffs based on the work by thorpej presented
to the mailing lists last January. This is optional.
|
| 1.37 | 20-Jul-2004 |
mycroft | Reduce memory usage slightly.
|
| 1.36 | 07-Aug-2003 |
agc | Move UCB-licensed code from 4-clause to 3-clause licence.
Patches provided by Joel Baker in PR 22308, verified by myself.
|
| 1.35 | 13-Jul-2003 |
itojun | use bounded string op
|
| 1.34 | 09-Apr-2003 |
fvdl | Correctly deal with directories that need indirect blocks by adding
some code I missed in the UFS2 commit. Should fix false positives
seen by fsck_ffs on clean filesystems.
Thanks to Takahiro Kambe for debugging help.
|
| 1.33 | 02-Apr-2003 |
fvdl | Add support for UFS2. UFS2 is an enhanced FFS, adding support for
64 bit block pointers, extended attribute storage, and a few
other things.
This commit does not yet include the code to manipulate the extended
storage (for e.g. ACLs), this will be done later.
Originally written by Kirk McKusick and Network Associates Laboratories for
FreeBSD.
|
| 1.32 | 28-Sep-2002 |
dbj | Add support for the Apple UFS variation on ffs
This is the bulk of PR #17345
The general approach is to use a run time deteriminable value
for DIRBLKSIZ. Additional allowances are included for using
MAXSYMLINKLEN with FS_42INODEFMT and a shift in the cylinder group
cluster summary count array. Support is added for managing
the Apple UFS volume label.
|
| 1.31 | 06-May-2002 |
agc | Make this compile on some of the more esoteric architectures.
|
| 1.30 | 06-May-2002 |
lukem | If SIGINFO is received, display summary information to stderr.
Based on changes in FreeBSD, via Chuck Cranor <chuck@research.att.com>
|
| 1.29 | 09-Jan-2001 |
mycroft | The reconnect algorithm was historically O(n^4).
Some years ago I made it O(n^2).
Someone helpfully made it O(n^4) again.
Today I'm making it O(n).
If that's not good enough, I don't know what else to do. B-)
Technical details:
* The graph traversal in propagate() is modified to be able to start from any
point in the tree. To handle certain exceptional cases, it is also modified
to work in two passes, marking the tree with a special tag and then changing
it to DFOUND.
* The reconnect case now modifies the child/sibling pointers and calls
propagate() to propagate the connection state starting with the reconnected
directory.
Pray that you never encounter a file system trashed enough for this to matter.
|
| 1.28 | 05-Jan-2001 |
lukem | use %ll_ instead of the less standard %q_
|
| 1.27 | 17-Nov-1999 |
mrg | branches: 1.27.4;
fix lp64 lossage.
|
| 1.26 | 15-Nov-1999 |
fvdl | Changes for softdep code.
|
| 1.25 | 23-Oct-1998 |
thorpej | branches: 1.25.4; 1.25.8;
Use DINODE_SIZE rather than sizeof(struct dinode) and/or pointer arithmetic.
|
| 1.24 | 18-Mar-1998 |
bouyer | Add support for non-native byteorder FFS, and converting byteorder.
Also, be a bit more conservative with the clean flag: don't mark the FS
clean when we know there may still be errors (user anserwed 'n' to
a question, or fsck says "you must rerun fsck").
|
| 1.23 | 21-Sep-1997 |
lukem | reintroduce clarity changes made in rev1.14 that were lost in the lite2 merge
|
| 1.22 | 21-Sep-1997 |
lukem | remove some code that was obsoleted by mycroft's changes to
propagate() in dir.c rev 1.14.
this was accidentally re-introduced in the lite-2 merge, and could
cause filesystem corruption.
|
| 1.21 | 20-Sep-1997 |
lukem | - don't indiscriminately include <stdlib.h> and <unistd.h> in "fsck.h"
- explicitly pull in <stdio.h>, <stdlib.h> and <unistd.h> in *.c as necessary
|
| 1.20 | 16-Sep-1997 |
lukem | resolve conflicts from lite-2 merge.
|
| 1.19 | 16-Sep-1997 |
mrg | make these compile on the alpha after WARNS=1.
|
| 1.18 | 14-Sep-1997 |
lukem | * cleanup for WARNS=1
* deprecate register
* cleanup manpage
* remove unused docheck() func
* prefix hex numbers with '0x'
* getopt returns -1 not EOF
|
| 1.17 | 27-Sep-1996 |
christos | - util.h -> fsutil.h
|
| 1.16 | 23-Sep-1996 |
christos | - fixed all printf formats [there were a lot of %l? <-> %? mistakes]
- added missing prototypes, and made local functions static
- removed parallel preening code; this is part of fsck(8)
- use printing utilities from fsck(8)
- Makefile does not make links to fsck and fsck.8
- removed -l maxparallel option. It has no meaning anymore.
|
| 1.15 | 11-Jun-1996 |
mycroft | Use a different tree-walking algorithm in propagate().
|
| 1.14 | 21-May-1996 |
mycroft | branches: 1.14.2;
Remove previous (incorrect) change, and tidy up a bit to make it
clearer what's going on.
|
| 1.13 | 21-May-1996 |
mrg | initalise dino to zero. pr#2098
|
| 1.12 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.11 | 28-Dec-1994 |
mycroft | Change some spacing to match Kirk's view of the world.
|
| 1.10 | 28-Dec-1994 |
mycroft | Mostly sync with CSRG.
|
| 1.9 | 05-Dec-1994 |
cgd | more cleanups from Jim Jegers, passed over by me.
|
| 1.8 | 28-Oct-1994 |
mycroft | Get the byte order right when creating `.' and `..' entries.
|
| 1.7 | 23-Sep-1994 |
mycroft | Eliminate uses of some obsolete functions.
|
| 1.6 | 08-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | branches: 1.6.2;
Update from 4.4-Lite, with local changes.
|
| 1.5 | 25-Apr-1994 |
cgd | need <sys/time.h>
|
| 1.4 | 01-Aug-1993 |
mycroft | Add RCS identifiers.
|
| 1.3 | 23-Mar-1993 |
cgd | changed "Id" to "Header" for rcsids
|
| 1.2 | 22-Mar-1993 |
cgd | added rcs ids to all files
|
| 1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.3 | 16-Sep-1997 |
lukem | imported from lite-2
|
| 1.1.1.2 | 13-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Import 4.4-Lite version.
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | initial import of 386bsd-0.1 sources
|
| 1.6.2.1 | 07-Nov-1994 |
cgd | for patch #2
|
| 1.14.2.1 | 10-Dec-1996 |
mycroft | From trunk:
* Redo the tree-walking algorithm to make it O(n) rather than O(n^2).
* Fix some minor type size problems.
|
| 1.25.8.1 | 27-Dec-1999 |
wrstuden | Pull up to last week's -current.
|
| 1.25.4.1 | 19-Oct-1999 |
fvdl | Bring in Kirk McKusick's FFS softdep code on a branch.
|
| 1.27.4.1 | 24-Nov-2001 |
he | Pull up revision 1.29 (requested by lukem):
Jumbo pullup for fsck_ffs:
o fix incorrect error message
o mark initialized globals with ``extern''
o make reconnect algorithm O(n) instead of O(n^4)
o remove dead code
o don't swap cg_clustersum(cg)[0], it's a bitmap
o ensure rotor values are positive
o some code restructuring
o fix byte swapping bug
o pass5: check alternate superblocks for consistency with in-core master
o fix usage message
|
| 1.41.2.1 | 20-Nov-2006 |
tron | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by ghen in ticket #1590):
sbin/fsck_ffs/pass4.c: revision 1.23
sbin/fsck_ffs/pass5.c: revision 1.47
sbin/fsck_ffs/pass2.c: revision 1.44
sbin/fsck_ffs/pass1.c: revision 1.43
sbin/fsck_ffs/pass3.c: revision 1.19
sbin/fsck/progress.c: revision 1.3
sbin/fsck_ffs/main.c: revision 1.61
sbin/fsck/progress.h: revision 1.2
Improve the progress bar displayed by fsck_ffs -p -P.
The progress bar will now travel from 0 to 20% during pass 1, from 20%
to 95% during pass 2, and from 95% to 100% during passes 3, 4, and 5.
Previously, the progress bar was not displayed at all during pass 1,
slowly traveled from 0 to about 50% during pass 2, and then very rapidly
traveled from 50% to 100% during passes 3, 4, and 5.
Note that fsck_ffs is the only user of fsck/progress.{c,h}.
|
| 1.44.18.1 | 03-Apr-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.44.16.1 | 24-Mar-2008 |
keiichi | sync with head.
|
| 1.44.8.1 | 23-Mar-2008 |
matt | sync with HEAD
|
| 1.45.20.1 | 20-Jan-2011 |
bouyer | Snapshot of work in progress on a modernised disk quota system:
- new quotactl syscall (versionned for backward compat), which takes
as parameter a path to a mount point, and a prop_dictionary
(in plistref format) describing commands and arguments.
For each command, status and data are returned as a prop_dictionary.
quota commands features will be added to take advantage of this,
exporting quota data or getting quota commands as plists.
- new on disk-format storage (all 64bit wide), integrated to metadata for
ffs (and playing nicely with wapbl).
Quotas are enabled on a ffs filesystem via superblock flags.
tunefs(8) can enable or disable quotas.
On a quota-enabled filesystem, fsck_ffs(8) will track per-uid/gid
block and inode usages, and will check and update quotas in Pass 6.
quota usage and limits are stored in unliked files (one for users,
one for groups)l fsck_ffs(8) will create the files if needed, or
free them if needed. This means that after enabling or disabling
quotas on a filesystem; a fsck_ffs(8) run is required.
quotacheck(8) is not needed any more, on a unclean shutdown
fsck or journal replay will take care of fixing quotas.
newfs(8) can create a ready-to-mount quota-enabled filesystem
(superblock flags are set and quota inodes are created).
Other new features or semantic changes:
- default quota datas, applied to users or groups which don't already
have a quota entry
- per-user/group grace time (instead of a filesystem global one)
- 0 really means "nothing allowed at all", not "no limit".
If you want "no limit", set the limit to UQUAD_MAX (tools will
understand "unlimited" and "-")
A quota file is structured as follow:
it starts with a header, containing a few per-filesystem values,
and the default quota limits.
Quota entries are linked together as a simple list, each entry has a
pointer (as an offset withing the file) to the next.
The header has a pointer to a list of free quota entries, and
a hash table of in-use entries. The size of the hash table depends
on the filesystem block size (header+hash table should fit in the
first block). The file is not sparse and is a multiple of
filesystem block size (when the free quota entry list is empty a new
filesystem block is allocated). quota entries to not cross
filesystem block boundaries.
In memory, the kernel keeps a cache of recently used quota entries
as a reference to the block number, and offset withing the block.
The quota entry itself is keept in the buf cache.
fsck_ffs(8), tunefs(8) and newfs(8) supports are completed (with
related atf tests :)
The kernel can update disk usage and report it via quotactl(2).
Todo: enforce quotas limits (limits are not checked by kernel yet)
update repquota, edquota and rpc.rquotad to the new world
implement compat_50_quotactl ioctl.
update quotactl(2) man page
fsck_ffs required fixes so that allocating new blocks or inodes will
properly update the superblock and cg sumaries. This was not an issue up
to now because superblock and cg sumaries check happened last, but now
allocations or frees can happen in pass 6.
|
| 1.46.2.1 | 23-Jun-2011 |
cherry | Catchup with rmind-uvmplock merge.
|
| 1.48.8.2 | 23-Jun-2013 |
tls | resync from head
|
| 1.48.8.1 | 25-Feb-2013 |
tls | resync with head
|
| 1.48.2.2 | 22-May-2014 |
yamt | sync with head.
for a reference, the tree before this commit was tagged
as yamt-pagecache-tag8.
this commit was splitted into small chunks to avoid
a limitation of cvs. ("Protocol error: too many arguments")
|
| 1.48.2.1 | 23-Jan-2013 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.50.14.1 | 21-Apr-2017 |
bouyer | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.50.10.1 | 20-Mar-2017 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.51.22.1 | 13-May-2023 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by chs in ticket #164):
sbin/fsck_ffs/pass2.c: revision 1.52
Apply this commit from FreeBSD:
commit 6bae6625e0e06816c80ac4971dfccf0643abe3f0
Author: Kirk McKusick <mckusick@FreeBSD.org>
Date: Wed Aug 17 14:19:59 2022 -0700
Improve handling of missing '.' and '..' in UFS directories.
The UFS filesystem expects to find '.' and '..' as the first two entries
in a directory. The kernel's UFS name cache can become quite confused
when these two entries are not present as the first two entries.
Prior to this change, when the fsck_ffs(8) utility detected that
'.' and/or '..' were missing, it would report them, but only offered
to replace them if the space at the beginning of the directory was
available. Otherwise it was left to the system administrator to
move the offending file(s) out of the way and then rerun fsck_ffs(8)
to create the '.' and '..' entries.
With this change, fsck_ffs(8) will always be able to create the '.'
and/or '..' entries. It moves any files in the way elsewhere in the
directory block. If there is no room in the directory block to which
to move them, they are placed in the lost+found directory.
Reported by: Peter Holm
Sponsored by: The FreeBSD Foundation
|
| 1.21 | 22-Jan-2013 |
dholland | Stuff UFS_ in front of a few of ufs's symbols to reduce namespace
pollution. Specifically:
ROOTINO -> UFS_ROOTINO
WINO -> UFS_WINO
NXADDR -> UFS_NXADDR
NDADDR -> UFS_NDADDR
NIADDR -> UFS_NIADDR
MAXSYMLINKLEN -> UFS_MAXSYMLINKLEN
MAXSYMLINKLEN_UFS[12] -> UFS[12]_MAXSYMLINKLEN (for consistency)
Sort out ext2fs's misuse of NDADDR and NIADDR; fortunately, these have
the same values in ext2fs and ffs.
No functional change intended.
|
| 1.20 | 06-Mar-2011 |
bouyer | branches: 1.20.4; 1.20.10;
merge the bouyer-quota2 branch. This adds a new on-disk format
to store disk quota usage and limits, integrated with ffs
metadata. Usage is checked by fsck_ffs (no more quotacheck)
and is covered by the WAPBL journal. Enabled with kernel
option QUOTA2 (added where QUOTA was enabled in kernel config files),
turned on with tunefs(8) on a per-filesystem
basis. mount_mfs(8) can also turn quotas on.
See http://mail-index.netbsd.org/tech-kern/2011/02/19/msg010025.html
for details.
|
| 1.19 | 14-Nov-2006 |
apb | branches: 1.19.40;
Improve the progress bar displayed by fsck_ffs -p -P.
The progress bar will now travel from 0 to 20% during pass 1, from 20%
to 95% during pass 2, and from 95% to 100% during passes 3, 4, and 5.
Previously, the progress bar was not displayed at all during pass 1,
slowly traveled from 0 to about 50% during pass 2, and then very rapidly
traveled from 50% to 100% during passes 3, 4, and 5.
Note that fsck_ffs is the only user of fsck/progress.{c,h}.
|
| 1.18 | 13-Jan-2005 |
christos | branches: 1.18.2;
Use -DPROGRESS to enable the progress bar, don't depend on SMALL.
|
| 1.17 | 13-Jan-2005 |
christos | Add a progress meter to fsck_ffs based on the work by thorpej presented
to the mailing lists last January. This is optional.
|
| 1.16 | 07-Aug-2003 |
agc | Move UCB-licensed code from 4-clause to 3-clause licence.
Patches provided by Joel Baker in PR 22308, verified by myself.
|
| 1.15 | 02-Apr-2003 |
he | The new UFS2 code uses memset(), so include <string.h> for prototype.
|
| 1.14 | 02-Apr-2003 |
fvdl | Add support for UFS2. UFS2 is an enhanced FFS, adding support for
64 bit block pointers, extended attribute storage, and a few
other things.
This commit does not yet include the code to manipulate the extended
storage (for e.g. ACLs), this will be done later.
Originally written by Kirk McKusick and Network Associates Laboratories for
FreeBSD.
|
| 1.13 | 06-May-2002 |
lukem | If SIGINFO is received, display summary information to stderr.
Based on changes in FreeBSD, via Chuck Cranor <chuck@research.att.com>
|
| 1.12 | 10-Jan-2001 |
mycroft | Abstract the code to attach a directory to its parent's child list into a
separate function, and call it from multiple places in linkup() to handle
reconnects and creation of /lost+found.
|
| 1.11 | 09-Jan-2001 |
mycroft | The reconnect algorithm was historically O(n^4).
Some years ago I made it O(n^2).
Someone helpfully made it O(n^4) again.
Today I'm making it O(n).
If that's not good enough, I don't know what else to do. B-)
Technical details:
* The graph traversal in propagate() is modified to be able to start from any
point in the tree. To handle certain exceptional cases, it is also modified
to work in two passes, marking the tree with a special tag and then changing
it to DFOUND.
* The reconnect case now modifies the child/sibling pointers and calls
propagate() to propagate the connection state starting with the reconnected
directory.
Pray that you never encounter a file system trashed enough for this to matter.
|
| 1.10 | 16-Sep-1997 |
lukem | branches: 1.10.14;
resolve conflicts from lite-2 merge.
|
| 1.9 | 14-Sep-1997 |
lukem | * cleanup for WARNS=1
* deprecate register
* cleanup manpage
* remove unused docheck() func
* prefix hex numbers with '0x'
* getopt returns -1 not EOF
|
| 1.8 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.7 | 05-Dec-1994 |
cgd | more cleanups from Jim Jegers, passed over by me.
|
| 1.6 | 08-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Update from 4.4-Lite, with local changes.
|
| 1.5 | 25-Apr-1994 |
cgd | need <sys/time.h>
|
| 1.4 | 01-Aug-1993 |
mycroft | Add RCS identifiers.
|
| 1.3 | 23-Mar-1993 |
cgd | changed "Id" to "Header" for rcsids
|
| 1.2 | 22-Mar-1993 |
cgd | added rcs ids to all files
|
| 1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.3 | 16-Sep-1997 |
lukem | imported from lite-2
|
| 1.1.1.2 | 13-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Import 4.4-Lite version.
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | initial import of 386bsd-0.1 sources
|
| 1.10.14.1 | 24-Nov-2001 |
he | Pull up revisions 1.11-1.12 (requested by lukem):
Jumbo pullup for fsck_ffs:
o fix incorrect error message
o mark initialized globals with ``extern''
o make reconnect algorithm O(n) instead of O(n^4)
o remove dead code
o don't swap cg_clustersum(cg)[0], it's a bitmap
o ensure rotor values are positive
o some code restructuring
o fix byte swapping bug
o pass5: check alternate superblocks for consistency with in-core master
o fix usage message
|
| 1.18.2.1 | 20-Nov-2006 |
tron | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by ghen in ticket #1590):
sbin/fsck_ffs/pass4.c: revision 1.23
sbin/fsck_ffs/pass5.c: revision 1.47
sbin/fsck_ffs/pass2.c: revision 1.44
sbin/fsck_ffs/pass1.c: revision 1.43
sbin/fsck_ffs/pass3.c: revision 1.19
sbin/fsck/progress.c: revision 1.3
sbin/fsck_ffs/main.c: revision 1.61
sbin/fsck/progress.h: revision 1.2
Improve the progress bar displayed by fsck_ffs -p -P.
The progress bar will now travel from 0 to 20% during pass 1, from 20%
to 95% during pass 2, and from 95% to 100% during passes 3, 4, and 5.
Previously, the progress bar was not displayed at all during pass 1,
slowly traveled from 0 to about 50% during pass 2, and then very rapidly
traveled from 50% to 100% during passes 3, 4, and 5.
Note that fsck_ffs is the only user of fsck/progress.{c,h}.
|
| 1.19.40.1 | 20-Jan-2011 |
bouyer | Snapshot of work in progress on a modernised disk quota system:
- new quotactl syscall (versionned for backward compat), which takes
as parameter a path to a mount point, and a prop_dictionary
(in plistref format) describing commands and arguments.
For each command, status and data are returned as a prop_dictionary.
quota commands features will be added to take advantage of this,
exporting quota data or getting quota commands as plists.
- new on disk-format storage (all 64bit wide), integrated to metadata for
ffs (and playing nicely with wapbl).
Quotas are enabled on a ffs filesystem via superblock flags.
tunefs(8) can enable or disable quotas.
On a quota-enabled filesystem, fsck_ffs(8) will track per-uid/gid
block and inode usages, and will check and update quotas in Pass 6.
quota usage and limits are stored in unliked files (one for users,
one for groups)l fsck_ffs(8) will create the files if needed, or
free them if needed. This means that after enabling or disabling
quotas on a filesystem; a fsck_ffs(8) run is required.
quotacheck(8) is not needed any more, on a unclean shutdown
fsck or journal replay will take care of fixing quotas.
newfs(8) can create a ready-to-mount quota-enabled filesystem
(superblock flags are set and quota inodes are created).
Other new features or semantic changes:
- default quota datas, applied to users or groups which don't already
have a quota entry
- per-user/group grace time (instead of a filesystem global one)
- 0 really means "nothing allowed at all", not "no limit".
If you want "no limit", set the limit to UQUAD_MAX (tools will
understand "unlimited" and "-")
A quota file is structured as follow:
it starts with a header, containing a few per-filesystem values,
and the default quota limits.
Quota entries are linked together as a simple list, each entry has a
pointer (as an offset withing the file) to the next.
The header has a pointer to a list of free quota entries, and
a hash table of in-use entries. The size of the hash table depends
on the filesystem block size (header+hash table should fit in the
first block). The file is not sparse and is a multiple of
filesystem block size (when the free quota entry list is empty a new
filesystem block is allocated). quota entries to not cross
filesystem block boundaries.
In memory, the kernel keeps a cache of recently used quota entries
as a reference to the block number, and offset withing the block.
The quota entry itself is keept in the buf cache.
fsck_ffs(8), tunefs(8) and newfs(8) supports are completed (with
related atf tests :)
The kernel can update disk usage and report it via quotactl(2).
Todo: enforce quotas limits (limits are not checked by kernel yet)
update repquota, edquota and rpc.rquotad to the new world
implement compat_50_quotactl ioctl.
update quotactl(2) man page
fsck_ffs required fixes so that allocating new blocks or inodes will
properly update the superblock and cg sumaries. This was not an issue up
to now because superblock and cg sumaries check happened last, but now
allocations or frees can happen in pass 6.
|
| 1.20.10.1 | 25-Feb-2013 |
tls | resync with head
|
| 1.20.4.1 | 23-Jan-2013 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.31 | 04-Jul-2023 |
riastradh | fsck_ffs(8): Fix whitespace issues.
- Nix trailing whitespace.
- Omit excessive blank lines.
- Insert missing blank lines between $NetBSD$ and copyright.
No functional change intended.
|
| 1.30 | 14-Jan-2023 |
christos | catch up with sign changes in the fs.h
|
| 1.29 | 07-Jan-2023 |
chs | ufs: fixed signed/unsigned bugs affecting large file systems
Apply these commits from FreeBSD:
commit e870d1e6f97cc73308c11c40684b775bcfa906a2
Author: Kirk McKusick <mckusick@FreeBSD.org>
Date: Wed Feb 10 20:10:35 2010 +0000
This fix corrects a problem in the file system that treats large
inode numbers as negative rather than unsigned. For a default
(16K block) file system, this bug began to show up at a file system
size above about 16Tb.
To fully handle this problem, newfs must be updated to ensure that
it will never create a filesystem with more than 2^32 inodes. That
patch will be forthcoming soon.
Reported by: Scott Burns, John Kilburg, Bruce Evans
Followup by: Jeff Roberson
PR: 133980
MFC after: 2 weeks
commit 81479e688b0f643ffacd3f335b4b4bba460b769d
Author: Kirk McKusick <mckusick@FreeBSD.org>
Date: Thu Feb 11 18:14:53 2010 +0000
One last pass to get all the unsigned comparisons correct.
In additional to the changes from FreeBSD, this commit includes quite a few
related changes to appease -Wsign-compare.
|
| 1.28 | 23-Jun-2013 |
dholland | branches: 1.28.38;
Stick ffs_ in front of the following macros:
fragstoblks()
blkstofrags()
fragnum()
blknum()
to finish the job of distinguishing them from the lfs versions, which
Christos renamed the other day.
I believe this is the last of the overtly ambiguous exported symbols
from ffs... or at least, the last of the ones that conflicted with lfs.
ffs still pollutes the C namespace very broadly (as does ufs) and this
needs quite a bit more cleanup.
XXX: boo on macros with lowercase names. But I'm not tackling that just yet.
|
| 1.27 | 22-Jan-2013 |
dholland | Stuff UFS_ in front of a few of ufs's symbols to reduce namespace
pollution. Specifically:
ROOTINO -> UFS_ROOTINO
WINO -> UFS_WINO
NXADDR -> UFS_NXADDR
NDADDR -> UFS_NDADDR
NIADDR -> UFS_NIADDR
MAXSYMLINKLEN -> UFS_MAXSYMLINKLEN
MAXSYMLINKLEN_UFS[12] -> UFS[12]_MAXSYMLINKLEN (for consistency)
Sort out ext2fs's misuse of NDADDR and NIADDR; fortunately, these have
the same values in ext2fs and ffs.
No functional change intended.
|
| 1.26 | 06-Mar-2011 |
bouyer | branches: 1.26.4; 1.26.10;
merge the bouyer-quota2 branch. This adds a new on-disk format
to store disk quota usage and limits, integrated with ffs
metadata. Usage is checked by fsck_ffs (no more quotacheck)
and is covered by the WAPBL journal. Enabled with kernel
option QUOTA2 (added where QUOTA was enabled in kernel config files),
turned on with tunefs(8) on a per-filesystem
basis. mount_mfs(8) can also turn quotas on.
See http://mail-index.netbsd.org/tech-kern/2011/02/19/msg010025.html
for details.
|
| 1.25 | 31-Jul-2008 |
simonb | branches: 1.25.14;
Merge the simonb-wapbl branch. From the original branch commit:
Add Wasabi System's WAPBL (Write Ahead Physical Block Logging)
journaling code. Originally written by Darrin B. Jewell while
at Wasabi and updated to -current by Antti Kantee, Andy Doran,
Greg Oster and Simon Burge.
OK'd by core@, releng@.
|
| 1.24 | 23-Feb-2008 |
christos | branches: 1.24.4; 1.24.6;
Make sure that the exit values are always sane, and use symbolic instead
of magic constants. Reviewed by go@
|
| 1.23 | 14-Nov-2006 |
apb | branches: 1.23.8; 1.23.16; 1.23.18;
Improve the progress bar displayed by fsck_ffs -p -P.
The progress bar will now travel from 0 to 20% during pass 1, from 20%
to 95% during pass 2, and from 95% to 100% during passes 3, 4, and 5.
Previously, the progress bar was not displayed at all during pass 1,
slowly traveled from 0 to about 50% during pass 2, and then very rapidly
traveled from 50% to 100% during passes 3, 4, and 5.
Note that fsck_ffs is the only user of fsck/progress.{c,h}.
|
| 1.22 | 19-Aug-2005 |
christos | 64 bit inode changes
|
| 1.21 | 19-Jan-2005 |
xtraeme | branches: 1.21.2;
Kill __P(), ANSIfy and WARNS=2
|
| 1.20 | 13-Jan-2005 |
christos | Use -DPROGRESS to enable the progress bar, don't depend on SMALL.
|
| 1.19 | 13-Jan-2005 |
christos | Add a progress meter to fsck_ffs based on the work by thorpej presented
to the mailing lists last January. This is optional.
|
| 1.18 | 07-Aug-2003 |
agc | Move UCB-licensed code from 4-clause to 3-clause licence.
Patches provided by Joel Baker in PR 22308, verified by myself.
|
| 1.17 | 02-Apr-2003 |
fvdl | Add support for UFS2. UFS2 is an enhanced FFS, adding support for
64 bit block pointers, extended attribute storage, and a few
other things.
This commit does not yet include the code to manipulate the extended
storage (for e.g. ACLs), this will be done later.
Originally written by Kirk McKusick and Network Associates Laboratories for
FreeBSD.
|
| 1.16 | 24-Jan-2003 |
fvdl | Bump daddr_t to 64 bits. Replace it with int32_t in all places where
it was used on-disk, so that on-disk formats remain the same.
Remove ufs_daddr_t and ufs_lbn_t for the time being.
|
| 1.15 | 06-May-2002 |
lukem | If SIGINFO is received, display summary information to stderr.
Based on changes in FreeBSD, via Chuck Cranor <chuck@research.att.com>
|
| 1.14 | 20-Sep-1997 |
lukem | - don't indiscriminately include <stdlib.h> and <unistd.h> in "fsck.h"
- explicitly pull in <stdio.h>, <stdlib.h> and <unistd.h> in *.c as necessary
|
| 1.13 | 16-Sep-1997 |
lukem | resolve conflicts from lite-2 merge.
|
| 1.12 | 14-Sep-1997 |
lukem | * cleanup for WARNS=1
* deprecate register
* cleanup manpage
* remove unused docheck() func
* prefix hex numbers with '0x'
* getopt returns -1 not EOF
|
| 1.11 | 27-Sep-1996 |
christos | - util.h -> fsutil.h
|
| 1.10 | 23-Sep-1996 |
christos | - fixed all printf formats [there were a lot of %l? <-> %? mistakes]
- added missing prototypes, and made local functions static
- removed parallel preening code; this is part of fsck(8)
- use printing utilities from fsck(8)
- Makefile does not make links to fsck and fsck.8
- removed -l maxparallel option. It has no meaning anymore.
|
| 1.9 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.8 | 05-Dec-1994 |
cgd | more cleanups from Jim Jegers, passed over by me.
|
| 1.7 | 23-Sep-1994 |
mycroft | Eliminate uses of some obsolete functions.
|
| 1.6 | 08-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Update from 4.4-Lite, with local changes.
|
| 1.5 | 25-Apr-1994 |
cgd | need <sys/time.h>
|
| 1.4 | 01-Aug-1993 |
mycroft | Add RCS identifiers.
|
| 1.3 | 23-Mar-1993 |
cgd | changed "Id" to "Header" for rcsids
|
| 1.2 | 22-Mar-1993 |
cgd | added rcs ids to all files
|
| 1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.3 | 16-Sep-1997 |
lukem | imported from lite-2
|
| 1.1.1.2 | 13-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Import 4.4-Lite version.
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | initial import of 386bsd-0.1 sources
|
| 1.21.2.1 | 20-Nov-2006 |
tron | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by ghen in ticket #1590):
sbin/fsck_ffs/pass4.c: revision 1.23
sbin/fsck_ffs/pass5.c: revision 1.47
sbin/fsck_ffs/pass2.c: revision 1.44
sbin/fsck_ffs/pass1.c: revision 1.43
sbin/fsck_ffs/pass3.c: revision 1.19
sbin/fsck/progress.c: revision 1.3
sbin/fsck_ffs/main.c: revision 1.61
sbin/fsck/progress.h: revision 1.2
Improve the progress bar displayed by fsck_ffs -p -P.
The progress bar will now travel from 0 to 20% during pass 1, from 20%
to 95% during pass 2, and from 95% to 100% during passes 3, 4, and 5.
Previously, the progress bar was not displayed at all during pass 1,
slowly traveled from 0 to about 50% during pass 2, and then very rapidly
traveled from 50% to 100% during passes 3, 4, and 5.
Note that fsck_ffs is the only user of fsck/progress.{c,h}.
|
| 1.23.18.2 | 28-Sep-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.23.18.1 | 03-Apr-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.23.16.1 | 24-Mar-2008 |
keiichi | sync with head.
|
| 1.23.8.1 | 23-Mar-2008 |
matt | sync with HEAD
|
| 1.24.6.1 | 28-Jul-2008 |
simonb | Add support for creating a WAPBL log in the filesystem. Will
create an in-filesystem log on first "mount -o log" if one doesn't
exist, and will then continue to use same log in the future. See
(soon to be added) wapbl(4) for more info.
Adds a new B_CONTIG low-level allocation flag that uses hints in
"struct ffs_inode_ext" to lay out an ffs file's data contiguously.
Thanks to Greg Oster for helping with the design of this and to
Antti Kantee for code review and suggestions.
|
| 1.24.4.1 | 18-Sep-2008 |
wrstuden | Sync with wrstuden-revivesa-base-2.
|
| 1.25.14.3 | 12-Feb-2011 |
bouyer | Skip snapshot inodes for both block and inode quotas.
|
| 1.25.14.2 | 12-Feb-2011 |
bouyer | Snapshot inode doesn't count for block quotas.
|
| 1.25.14.1 | 20-Jan-2011 |
bouyer | Snapshot of work in progress on a modernised disk quota system:
- new quotactl syscall (versionned for backward compat), which takes
as parameter a path to a mount point, and a prop_dictionary
(in plistref format) describing commands and arguments.
For each command, status and data are returned as a prop_dictionary.
quota commands features will be added to take advantage of this,
exporting quota data or getting quota commands as plists.
- new on disk-format storage (all 64bit wide), integrated to metadata for
ffs (and playing nicely with wapbl).
Quotas are enabled on a ffs filesystem via superblock flags.
tunefs(8) can enable or disable quotas.
On a quota-enabled filesystem, fsck_ffs(8) will track per-uid/gid
block and inode usages, and will check and update quotas in Pass 6.
quota usage and limits are stored in unliked files (one for users,
one for groups)l fsck_ffs(8) will create the files if needed, or
free them if needed. This means that after enabling or disabling
quotas on a filesystem; a fsck_ffs(8) run is required.
quotacheck(8) is not needed any more, on a unclean shutdown
fsck or journal replay will take care of fixing quotas.
newfs(8) can create a ready-to-mount quota-enabled filesystem
(superblock flags are set and quota inodes are created).
Other new features or semantic changes:
- default quota datas, applied to users or groups which don't already
have a quota entry
- per-user/group grace time (instead of a filesystem global one)
- 0 really means "nothing allowed at all", not "no limit".
If you want "no limit", set the limit to UQUAD_MAX (tools will
understand "unlimited" and "-")
A quota file is structured as follow:
it starts with a header, containing a few per-filesystem values,
and the default quota limits.
Quota entries are linked together as a simple list, each entry has a
pointer (as an offset withing the file) to the next.
The header has a pointer to a list of free quota entries, and
a hash table of in-use entries. The size of the hash table depends
on the filesystem block size (header+hash table should fit in the
first block). The file is not sparse and is a multiple of
filesystem block size (when the free quota entry list is empty a new
filesystem block is allocated). quota entries to not cross
filesystem block boundaries.
In memory, the kernel keeps a cache of recently used quota entries
as a reference to the block number, and offset withing the block.
The quota entry itself is keept in the buf cache.
fsck_ffs(8), tunefs(8) and newfs(8) supports are completed (with
related atf tests :)
The kernel can update disk usage and report it via quotactl(2).
Todo: enforce quotas limits (limits are not checked by kernel yet)
update repquota, edquota and rpc.rquotad to the new world
implement compat_50_quotactl ioctl.
update quotactl(2) man page
fsck_ffs required fixes so that allocating new blocks or inodes will
properly update the superblock and cg sumaries. This was not an issue up
to now because superblock and cg sumaries check happened last, but now
allocations or frees can happen in pass 6.
|
| 1.26.10.2 | 20-Aug-2014 |
tls | Rebase to HEAD as of a few days ago.
|
| 1.26.10.1 | 25-Feb-2013 |
tls | resync with head
|
| 1.26.4.2 | 22-May-2014 |
yamt | sync with head.
for a reference, the tree before this commit was tagged
as yamt-pagecache-tag8.
this commit was splitted into small chunks to avoid
a limitation of cvs. ("Protocol error: too many arguments")
|
| 1.26.4.1 | 23-Jan-2013 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.28.38.2 | 13-May-2023 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by chs in ticket #162):
sbin/fsck_ffs/inode.c: revision 1.74
sbin/fsck_ffs/utilities.c: revision 1.68
sbin/fsck_ffs/fsck.h: revision 1.57
sbin/fsck_ffs/pass4.c: revision 1.30
catch up with sign changes in the fs.h
|
| 1.28.38.1 | 13-May-2023 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by chs in ticket #160):
usr.sbin/makefs/ffs/ffs_alloc.c: revision 1.31
sbin/tunefs/tunefs.c: revision 1.58
sbin/fsck_ffs/setup.c: revision 1.105
sbin/fsck_ffs/pass5.c: revision 1.56
usr.sbin/makefs/ffs.c: revision 1.74
usr.sbin/makefs/ffs/mkfs.c: revision 1.42
usr.sbin/makefs/Makefile: revision 1.40
sys/ufs/ffs/fs.h: revision 1.71
sbin/fsdb/fsdb.c: revision 1.54
sbin/resize_ffs/resize_ffs.c: revision 1.58
sbin/fsck_ffs/pass4.c: revision 1.29
usr.sbin/makefs/ffs/ffs_extern.h: revision 1.9
sbin/newfs/mkfs.c: revision 1.133
sys/ufs/ffs/ffs_alloc.c: revision 1.172
sbin/fsck_ffs/pass1b.c: revision 1.24
usr.sbin/dumpfs/dumpfs.c: revision 1.68
sys/ufs/ffs/ffs_extern.h: revision 1.88
usr.sbin/quotacheck/quotacheck.c: revision 1.51
sys/ufs/ffs/ffs_subr.c: revision 1.54
sbin/fsck_ffs/main.c: revision 1.91
sbin/fsck_ffs/pass1.c: revision 1.63
ufs: fixed signed/unsigned bugs affecting large file systems
Apply these commits from FreeBSD:
commit e870d1e6f97cc73308c11c40684b775bcfa906a2
Author: Kirk McKusick <mckusick@FreeBSD.org>
Date: Wed Feb 10 20:10:35 2010 +0000
This fix corrects a problem in the file system that treats large
inode numbers as negative rather than unsigned. For a default
(16K block) file system, this bug began to show up at a file system
size above about 16Tb.
To fully handle this problem, newfs must be updated to ensure that
it will never create a filesystem with more than 2^32 inodes. That
patch will be forthcoming soon.
Reported by: Scott Burns, John Kilburg, Bruce Evans
Followup by: Jeff Roberson
PR: 133980
MFC after: 2 weeks
commit 81479e688b0f643ffacd3f335b4b4bba460b769d
Author: Kirk McKusick <mckusick@FreeBSD.org>
Date: Thu Feb 11 18:14:53 2010 +0000
One last pass to get all the unsigned comparisons correct.
In additional to the changes from FreeBSD, this commit includes quite a few
related changes to appease -Wsign-compare.
|
| 1.58 | 04-Jul-2023 |
riastradh | fsck_ffs(8): Fix whitespace issues.
- Nix trailing whitespace.
- Omit excessive blank lines.
- Insert missing blank lines between $NetBSD$ and copyright.
No functional change intended.
|
| 1.57 | 08-Jan-2023 |
chs | ufs: more signed/unsigned fixes
Fix the previous signed/unsigned fixes to build on 32-bit,
including applying this commit from FreeBSD:
commit 2d34afcd04207cf3fa3d5b7f467a890eae75da41
Author: Kirk McKusick <mckusick@FreeBSD.org>
Date: Sun Oct 25 21:04:07 2020 +0000
Use proper type (ino_t) for inode numbers to avoid improper sign extention
in the Pass 5 checks. The manifestation was fsck_ffs exiting with this error:
** Phase 5 - Check Cyl groups
fsck_ffs: inoinfo: inumber 18446744071562087424 out of range
The error only manifests itself for filesystems bigger than about 100Tb.
Reported by: Nikita Grechikhin <ngrechikhin at yandex.ru>
MFC after: 2 weeks
Sponsored by: Netflix
|
| 1.56 | 07-Jan-2023 |
chs | ufs: fixed signed/unsigned bugs affecting large file systems
Apply these commits from FreeBSD:
commit e870d1e6f97cc73308c11c40684b775bcfa906a2
Author: Kirk McKusick <mckusick@FreeBSD.org>
Date: Wed Feb 10 20:10:35 2010 +0000
This fix corrects a problem in the file system that treats large
inode numbers as negative rather than unsigned. For a default
(16K block) file system, this bug began to show up at a file system
size above about 16Tb.
To fully handle this problem, newfs must be updated to ensure that
it will never create a filesystem with more than 2^32 inodes. That
patch will be forthcoming soon.
Reported by: Scott Burns, John Kilburg, Bruce Evans
Followup by: Jeff Roberson
PR: 133980
MFC after: 2 weeks
commit 81479e688b0f643ffacd3f335b4b4bba460b769d
Author: Kirk McKusick <mckusick@FreeBSD.org>
Date: Thu Feb 11 18:14:53 2010 +0000
One last pass to get all the unsigned comparisons correct.
In additional to the changes from FreeBSD, this commit includes quite a few
related changes to appease -Wsign-compare.
|
| 1.55 | 17-Nov-2022 |
chs | branches: 1.55.2;
Restore backward compatibility of UFS2 with previous NetBSD releases by
disabling support in UFS2 for extended attributes (including ACLs).
Add a new variant of UFS2 called "UFS2ea" that does support extended attributes.
Add new fsck_ffs operations "-c ea" and "-c no-ea" to convert file systems
from UFS2 to UFS2ea and vice-versa (both of which delete all existing extended
attributes in the process).
|
| 1.54 | 23-Jun-2013 |
dholland | Stick ffs_ in front of the following macros:
fragstoblks()
blkstofrags()
fragnum()
blknum()
to finish the job of distinguishing them from the lfs versions, which
Christos renamed the other day.
I believe this is the last of the overtly ambiguous exported symbols
from ffs... or at least, the last of the ones that conflicted with lfs.
ffs still pollutes the C namespace very broadly (as does ufs) and this
needs quite a bit more cleanup.
XXX: boo on macros with lowercase names. But I'm not tackling that just yet.
|
| 1.53 | 23-Jun-2013 |
dholland | Stick ffs_, ext2_, chfs_, filecore_, cd9660_, or mfs_ in front of
the following symbols so as to disambiguate fully. (Christos already
did the lfs ones.)
lblkno
lblktosize
lfragtosize
numfrags
blkroundup
fragroundup
|
| 1.52 | 23-Jun-2013 |
dholland | fsbtodb() -> FFS_FSBTODB(), EXT2_FSBTODB(), or MFS_FSBTODB()
dbtofsb() -> FFS_DBTOFSB() or EXT2_DBTOFSB()
(Christos already did the lfs ones a few days back)
|
| 1.51 | 22-Jan-2013 |
dholland | Stuff UFS_ in front of a few of ufs's symbols to reduce namespace
pollution. Specifically:
ROOTINO -> UFS_ROOTINO
WINO -> UFS_WINO
NXADDR -> UFS_NXADDR
NDADDR -> UFS_NDADDR
NIADDR -> UFS_NIADDR
MAXSYMLINKLEN -> UFS_MAXSYMLINKLEN
MAXSYMLINKLEN_UFS[12] -> UFS[12]_MAXSYMLINKLEN (for consistency)
Sort out ext2fs's misuse of NDADDR and NIADDR; fortunately, these have
the same values in ext2fs and ffs.
No functional change intended.
|
| 1.50 | 26-Aug-2012 |
dholland | branches: 1.50.2;
stdlib.h, not malloc.h
|
| 1.49 | 14-Aug-2011 |
christos | branches: 1.49.2;
WARNS=4
|
| 1.48 | 23-Feb-2008 |
christos | Make sure that the exit values are always sane, and use symbolic instead
of magic constants. Reviewed by go@
|
| 1.47 | 14-Nov-2006 |
apb | branches: 1.47.8; 1.47.16; 1.47.18;
Improve the progress bar displayed by fsck_ffs -p -P.
The progress bar will now travel from 0 to 20% during pass 1, from 20%
to 95% during pass 2, and from 95% to 100% during passes 3, 4, and 5.
Previously, the progress bar was not displayed at all during pass 1,
slowly traveled from 0 to about 50% during pass 2, and then very rapidly
traveled from 50% to 100% during passes 3, 4, and 5.
Note that fsck_ffs is the only user of fsck/progress.{c,h}.
|
| 1.46 | 27-Jun-2005 |
christos | sprinkle const.
|
| 1.45 | 20-Jan-2005 |
xtraeme | branches: 1.45.2;
whitespace (pointed out by wiz@)
|
| 1.44 | 19-Jan-2005 |
xtraeme | Kill __P(), ANSIfy and WARNS=2
|
| 1.43 | 13-Jan-2005 |
christos | Use -DPROGRESS to enable the progress bar, don't depend on SMALL.
|
| 1.42 | 13-Jan-2005 |
christos | Add a progress meter to fsck_ffs based on the work by thorpej presented
to the mailing lists last January. This is optional.
|
| 1.41 | 09-Oct-2004 |
ragge | Cast to (long long int) to make last change compile on amd64.
|
| 1.40 | 08-Oct-2004 |
dbj | if debug, print found/expected block & inode counts when incorrect
|
| 1.39 | 09-Jan-2004 |
dbj | do not upgrade superblock or set FS_FLAGS_UPDATED unless -c 4 option
is provided.
add compatibility for filesystems before FFSv2 integration
these patches are from pr port-macppc/23925 and should also
fix problems discussed in pr kern/21404 and pr kern/21283
|
| 1.38 | 19-Sep-2003 |
itojun | realloc pedant
|
| 1.37 | 07-Aug-2003 |
agc | Move UCB-licensed code from 4-clause to 3-clause licence.
Patches provided by Joel Baker in PR 22308, verified by myself.
|
| 1.36 | 04-Apr-2003 |
fvdl | When fixing the cstotal structure, use the right size to copy it back.
Also, remove some accidentally committed debug code from the previous
commit.
|
| 1.35 | 04-Apr-2003 |
fvdl | Initialize cg_irotor correctly in newcg, to avoid false positives
for bad cylinder groups.
|
| 1.34 | 02-Apr-2003 |
fvdl | Add support for UFS2. UFS2 is an enhanced FFS, adding support for
64 bit block pointers, extended attribute storage, and a few
other things.
This commit does not yet include the code to manipulate the extended
storage (for e.g. ACLs), this will be done later.
Originally written by Kirk McKusick and Network Associates Laboratories for
FreeBSD.
|
| 1.33 | 14-Feb-2003 |
grant | 'NetBSD.org' and some mdoc fixes.
|
| 1.32 | 24-Jan-2003 |
fvdl | Bump daddr_t to 64 bits. Replace it with int32_t in all places where
it was used on-disk, so that on-disk formats remain the same.
Remove ufs_daddr_t and ufs_lbn_t for the time being.
|
| 1.31 | 28-Sep-2002 |
dbj | Add support for the Apple UFS variation on ffs
This is the bulk of PR #17345
The general approach is to use a run time deteriminable value
for DIRBLKSIZ. Additional allowances are included for using
MAXSYMLINKLEN with FS_42INODEFMT and a shift in the cylinder group
cluster summary count array. Support is added for managing
the Apple UFS volume label.
|
| 1.30 | 30-Jun-2002 |
dbj | commit fix from pr bin/15449
this fixes FS_42POSTBLFMT compatibility
|
| 1.29 | 06-May-2002 |
lukem | If SIGINFO is received, display summary information to stderr.
Based on changes in FreeBSD, via Chuck Cranor <chuck@research.att.com>
|
| 1.28 | 10-Apr-2002 |
mycroft | Some manual strength reduction.
|
| 1.27 | 17-Aug-2001 |
lukem | remove third argument (`int ns') from ffs_sb_swap(), and let ffs_sb_swap()
determine the endianness of the `struct fs *o' superblock from o->fs_magic
and set needswap as necessary, rather than trusting the caller to get
it right. invariably, almost every caller of ffs_sb_swap() was calling it
with ns set to the wrong value for ns anyway!
ansi KNF ffs_bswap.c declarations whilst here.
this fixes all sorts of problems when trying to use other-endian file systems,
notably the kernel trying to access memory *way* off, possibly corrupting or
panicing, and userland programs SEGVing and/or corrupting things (e.g,
"fsck_ffs -B" to swap a file system endianness).
whilst the previous rev of ffs_bswap.c (1.10, 2000/12/23) made this problem
worse, i suspect that the problem was always there and previous versions
just happened not to trash things at the wrong time.
FFS_EI should now be a lot more stable.
|
| 1.26 | 26-Jan-2001 |
thorpej | In pass 5, check alternate superblocks for consistency with
the current in-core master superblock, and fix them up if
they're incorrect. Move the code that writes the alternate
superblocks if (cvtlevel || doswap) into pass 5 for efficiency.
Reviewd by Charles Hannum, and used by me to fix up a curdled
file system.
|
| 1.25 | 09-Jan-2001 |
mycroft | Make sure the rotor values are non-negative.
|
| 1.24 | 14-Jul-2000 |
mycroft | Add a missing newline in one message.
(The fact that I got this message using softdep should probably disturb
someone...)
|
| 1.23 | 28-Nov-1999 |
bouyer | branches: 1.23.4;
Add a missing '\n'.
|
| 1.22 | 15-Nov-1999 |
fvdl | Fix %d <-> long mismatch.
|
| 1.21 | 15-Nov-1999 |
fvdl | Changes for softdep code.
|
| 1.20 | 25-Aug-1998 |
ross | branches: 1.20.4; 1.20.8;
from Erik Bertelsen <erik@mediator.uni-c.dk>
{ put } { in } { lots } { of } { these } { to } { shut } { up } { egcs }
|
| 1.19 | 18-Mar-1998 |
bouyer | Add support for non-native byteorder FFS, and converting byteorder.
Also, be a bit more conservative with the clean flag: don't mark the FS
clean when we know there may still be errors (user anserwed 'n' to
a question, or fsck says "you must rerun fsck").
|
| 1.18 | 16-Sep-1997 |
lukem | resolve conflicts from lite-2 merge.
|
| 1.17 | 14-Sep-1997 |
lukem | * cleanup for WARNS=1
* deprecate register
* cleanup manpage
* remove unused docheck() func
* prefix hex numbers with '0x'
* getopt returns -1 not EOF
|
| 1.16 | 27-Sep-1996 |
christos | - util.h -> fsutil.h
|
| 1.15 | 23-Sep-1996 |
christos | - fixed all printf formats [there were a lot of %l? <-> %? mistakes]
- added missing prototypes, and made local functions static
- removed parallel preening code; this is part of fsck(8)
- use printing utilities from fsck(8)
- Makefile does not make links to fsck and fsck.8
- removed -l maxparallel option. It has no meaning anymore.
|
| 1.14 | 21-Mar-1995 |
cgd | type sizes
|
| 1.13 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.12 | 28-Dec-1994 |
mycroft | Mostly sync with CSRG.
|
| 1.11 | 18-Dec-1994 |
cgd | light clean, and make it compile against new header files.
|
| 1.10 | 05-Dec-1994 |
cgd | more cleanups from Jim Jegers, passed over by me.
|
| 1.9 | 28-Oct-1994 |
mycroft | Use the S_IS*() macros, and make this compile again after Chris's changes to ufs.
|
| 1.8 | 23-Sep-1994 |
mycroft | Remove some more uses of obsolete functions.
|
| 1.7 | 23-Sep-1994 |
mycroft | Eliminate uses of some obsolete functions.
|
| 1.6 | 08-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Update from 4.4-Lite, with local changes.
|
| 1.5 | 25-Apr-1994 |
cgd | need <sys/time.h>
|
| 1.4 | 01-Aug-1993 |
mycroft | Add RCS identifiers.
|
| 1.3 | 23-Mar-1993 |
cgd | changed "Id" to "Header" for rcsids
|
| 1.2 | 22-Mar-1993 |
cgd | added rcs ids to all files
|
| 1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.3 | 16-Sep-1997 |
lukem | imported from lite-2
|
| 1.1.1.2 | 13-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Import 4.4-Lite version.
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | initial import of 386bsd-0.1 sources
|
| 1.20.8.1 | 27-Dec-1999 |
wrstuden | Pull up to last week's -current.
|
| 1.20.4.3 | 26-Oct-1999 |
fvdl | Fix some merge mistakes.
|
| 1.20.4.2 | 26-Oct-1999 |
fvdl | Remove unused variable decl. From Ethan Solomita.
|
| 1.20.4.1 | 19-Oct-1999 |
fvdl | Bring in Kirk McKusick's FFS softdep code on a branch.
|
| 1.23.4.3 | 25-Nov-2001 |
he | Pull up revision 1.27 (requested by lukem):
Call ffs_sb_swap() with the correct arguments. Fixes problems
with using other-endian file systems.
|
| 1.23.4.2 | 24-Nov-2001 |
he | Pull up revisions 1.25-1.26 (requested by lukem):
Jumbo pullup for fsck_ffs:
o fix incorrect error message
o mark initialized globals with ``extern''
o make reconnect algorithm O(n) instead of O(n^4)
o remove dead code
o don't swap cg_clustersum(cg)[0], it's a bitmap
o ensure rotor values are positive
o some code restructuring
o fix byte swapping bug
o pass5: check alternate superblocks for consistency with in-core master
o fix usage message
|
| 1.23.4.1 | 27-Jul-2000 |
mycroft | Approved by thorpej:
Add a missing newline to message.
basesrc/sbin/fsck_ffs/pass5.c 1.23 -> 1.24
|
| 1.45.2.1 | 20-Nov-2006 |
tron | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by ghen in ticket #1590):
sbin/fsck_ffs/pass4.c: revision 1.23
sbin/fsck_ffs/pass5.c: revision 1.47
sbin/fsck_ffs/pass2.c: revision 1.44
sbin/fsck_ffs/pass1.c: revision 1.43
sbin/fsck_ffs/pass3.c: revision 1.19
sbin/fsck/progress.c: revision 1.3
sbin/fsck_ffs/main.c: revision 1.61
sbin/fsck/progress.h: revision 1.2
Improve the progress bar displayed by fsck_ffs -p -P.
The progress bar will now travel from 0 to 20% during pass 1, from 20%
to 95% during pass 2, and from 95% to 100% during passes 3, 4, and 5.
Previously, the progress bar was not displayed at all during pass 1,
slowly traveled from 0 to about 50% during pass 2, and then very rapidly
traveled from 50% to 100% during passes 3, 4, and 5.
Note that fsck_ffs is the only user of fsck/progress.{c,h}.
|
| 1.47.18.1 | 03-Apr-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.47.16.1 | 24-Mar-2008 |
keiichi | sync with head.
|
| 1.47.8.1 | 23-Mar-2008 |
matt | sync with HEAD
|
| 1.49.2.3 | 22-May-2014 |
yamt | sync with head.
for a reference, the tree before this commit was tagged
as yamt-pagecache-tag8.
this commit was splitted into small chunks to avoid
a limitation of cvs. ("Protocol error: too many arguments")
|
| 1.49.2.2 | 23-Jan-2013 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.49.2.1 | 30-Oct-2012 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.50.2.2 | 20-Aug-2014 |
tls | Rebase to HEAD as of a few days ago.
|
| 1.50.2.1 | 25-Feb-2013 |
tls | resync with head
|
| 1.55.2.2 | 13-May-2023 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by chs in ticket #161):
sbin/fsck_ffs/setup.c: revision 1.106
sbin/fsck_ffs/pass5.c: revision 1.57
ufs: more signed/unsigned fixes
Fix the previous signed/unsigned fixes to build on 32-bit,
including applying this commit from FreeBSD:
commit 2d34afcd04207cf3fa3d5b7f467a890eae75da41
Author: Kirk McKusick <mckusick@FreeBSD.org>
Date: Sun Oct 25 21:04:07 2020 +0000
Use proper type (ino_t) for inode numbers to avoid improper sign extention
in the Pass 5 checks. The manifestation was fsck_ffs exiting with this error:
** Phase 5 - Check Cyl groups
fsck_ffs: inoinfo: inumber 18446744071562087424 out of range
The error only manifests itself for filesystems bigger than about 100Tb.
Reported by: Nikita Grechikhin <ngrechikhin at yandex.ru>
MFC after: 2 weeks
Sponsored by: Netflix
|
| 1.55.2.1 | 13-May-2023 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by chs in ticket #160):
usr.sbin/makefs/ffs/ffs_alloc.c: revision 1.31
sbin/tunefs/tunefs.c: revision 1.58
sbin/fsck_ffs/setup.c: revision 1.105
sbin/fsck_ffs/pass5.c: revision 1.56
usr.sbin/makefs/ffs.c: revision 1.74
usr.sbin/makefs/ffs/mkfs.c: revision 1.42
usr.sbin/makefs/Makefile: revision 1.40
sys/ufs/ffs/fs.h: revision 1.71
sbin/fsdb/fsdb.c: revision 1.54
sbin/resize_ffs/resize_ffs.c: revision 1.58
sbin/fsck_ffs/pass4.c: revision 1.29
usr.sbin/makefs/ffs/ffs_extern.h: revision 1.9
sbin/newfs/mkfs.c: revision 1.133
sys/ufs/ffs/ffs_alloc.c: revision 1.172
sbin/fsck_ffs/pass1b.c: revision 1.24
usr.sbin/dumpfs/dumpfs.c: revision 1.68
sys/ufs/ffs/ffs_extern.h: revision 1.88
usr.sbin/quotacheck/quotacheck.c: revision 1.51
sys/ufs/ffs/ffs_subr.c: revision 1.54
sbin/fsck_ffs/main.c: revision 1.91
sbin/fsck_ffs/pass1.c: revision 1.63
ufs: fixed signed/unsigned bugs affecting large file systems
Apply these commits from FreeBSD:
commit e870d1e6f97cc73308c11c40684b775bcfa906a2
Author: Kirk McKusick <mckusick@FreeBSD.org>
Date: Wed Feb 10 20:10:35 2010 +0000
This fix corrects a problem in the file system that treats large
inode numbers as negative rather than unsigned. For a default
(16K block) file system, this bug began to show up at a file system
size above about 16Tb.
To fully handle this problem, newfs must be updated to ensure that
it will never create a filesystem with more than 2^32 inodes. That
patch will be forthcoming soon.
Reported by: Scott Burns, John Kilburg, Bruce Evans
Followup by: Jeff Roberson
PR: 133980
MFC after: 2 weeks
commit 81479e688b0f643ffacd3f335b4b4bba460b769d
Author: Kirk McKusick <mckusick@FreeBSD.org>
Date: Thu Feb 11 18:14:53 2010 +0000
One last pass to get all the unsigned comparisons correct.
In additional to the changes from FreeBSD, this commit includes quite a few
related changes to appease -Wsign-compare.
|
| 1.5 | 04-Jul-2023 |
riastradh | fsck_ffs(8): Fix whitespace issues.
- Nix trailing whitespace.
- Omit excessive blank lines.
- Insert missing blank lines between $NetBSD$ and copyright.
No functional change intended.
|
| 1.4 | 26-Aug-2012 |
dholland | stdlib.h, not malloc.h
|
| 1.3 | 07-Jun-2011 |
bouyer | branches: 1.3.2;
Fix bad cut'n'paste in copyright. Pointed out by dyoung@
|
| 1.2 | 06-Mar-2011 |
bouyer | branches: 1.2.2;
merge the bouyer-quota2 branch. This adds a new on-disk format
to store disk quota usage and limits, integrated with ffs
metadata. Usage is checked by fsck_ffs (no more quotacheck)
and is covered by the WAPBL journal. Enabled with kernel
option QUOTA2 (added where QUOTA was enabled in kernel config files),
turned on with tunefs(8) on a per-filesystem
basis. mount_mfs(8) can also turn quotas on.
See http://mail-index.netbsd.org/tech-kern/2011/02/19/msg010025.html
for details.
|
| 1.1 | 20-Jan-2011 |
bouyer | branches: 1.1.2;
file pass6.c was initially added on branch bouyer-quota2.
|
| 1.1.2.1 | 20-Jan-2011 |
bouyer | Snapshot of work in progress on a modernised disk quota system:
- new quotactl syscall (versionned for backward compat), which takes
as parameter a path to a mount point, and a prop_dictionary
(in plistref format) describing commands and arguments.
For each command, status and data are returned as a prop_dictionary.
quota commands features will be added to take advantage of this,
exporting quota data or getting quota commands as plists.
- new on disk-format storage (all 64bit wide), integrated to metadata for
ffs (and playing nicely with wapbl).
Quotas are enabled on a ffs filesystem via superblock flags.
tunefs(8) can enable or disable quotas.
On a quota-enabled filesystem, fsck_ffs(8) will track per-uid/gid
block and inode usages, and will check and update quotas in Pass 6.
quota usage and limits are stored in unliked files (one for users,
one for groups)l fsck_ffs(8) will create the files if needed, or
free them if needed. This means that after enabling or disabling
quotas on a filesystem; a fsck_ffs(8) run is required.
quotacheck(8) is not needed any more, on a unclean shutdown
fsck or journal replay will take care of fixing quotas.
newfs(8) can create a ready-to-mount quota-enabled filesystem
(superblock flags are set and quota inodes are created).
Other new features or semantic changes:
- default quota datas, applied to users or groups which don't already
have a quota entry
- per-user/group grace time (instead of a filesystem global one)
- 0 really means "nothing allowed at all", not "no limit".
If you want "no limit", set the limit to UQUAD_MAX (tools will
understand "unlimited" and "-")
A quota file is structured as follow:
it starts with a header, containing a few per-filesystem values,
and the default quota limits.
Quota entries are linked together as a simple list, each entry has a
pointer (as an offset withing the file) to the next.
The header has a pointer to a list of free quota entries, and
a hash table of in-use entries. The size of the hash table depends
on the filesystem block size (header+hash table should fit in the
first block). The file is not sparse and is a multiple of
filesystem block size (when the free quota entry list is empty a new
filesystem block is allocated). quota entries to not cross
filesystem block boundaries.
In memory, the kernel keeps a cache of recently used quota entries
as a reference to the block number, and offset withing the block.
The quota entry itself is keept in the buf cache.
fsck_ffs(8), tunefs(8) and newfs(8) supports are completed (with
related atf tests :)
The kernel can update disk usage and report it via quotactl(2).
Todo: enforce quotas limits (limits are not checked by kernel yet)
update repquota, edquota and rpc.rquotad to the new world
implement compat_50_quotactl ioctl.
update quotactl(2) man page
fsck_ffs required fixes so that allocating new blocks or inodes will
properly update the superblock and cg sumaries. This was not an issue up
to now because superblock and cg sumaries check happened last, but now
allocations or frees can happen in pass 6.
|
| 1.2.2.1 | 23-Jun-2011 |
cherry | Catchup with rmind-uvmplock merge.
|
| 1.3.2.1 | 30-Oct-2012 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.13 | 23-Sep-1996 |
christos | - fixed all printf formats [there were a lot of %l? <-> %? mistakes]
- added missing prototypes, and made local functions static
- removed parallel preening code; this is part of fsck(8)
- use printing utilities from fsck(8)
- Makefile does not make links to fsck and fsck.8
- removed -l maxparallel option. It has no meaning anymore.
|
| 1.12 | 11-May-1996 |
mycroft | Try looking up the file system name in fstab. From greywolf@starwolf.com,
slightly modified.
|
| 1.11 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.10 | 28-Dec-1994 |
mycroft | Mostly sync with CSRG.
|
| 1.9 | 05-Dec-1994 |
cgd | more cleanups from Jim Jegers, passed over by me.
|
| 1.8 | 28-Oct-1994 |
mycroft | Use the S_IS*() macros, and make this compile again after Chris's changes to ufs.
|
| 1.7 | 23-Sep-1994 |
mycroft | Eliminate uses of some obsolete functions.
|
| 1.6 | 08-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Update from 4.4-Lite, with local changes.
|
| 1.5 | 25-Apr-1994 |
cgd | need <sys/time.h>
|
| 1.4 | 01-Aug-1993 |
mycroft | Add RCS identifiers.
|
| 1.3 | 23-Mar-1993 |
cgd | changed "Id" to "Header" for rcsids
|
| 1.2 | 22-Mar-1993 |
cgd | added rcs ids to all files
|
| 1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.3 | 16-Sep-1997 |
lukem | imported from lite-2
|
| 1.1.1.2 | 13-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Import 4.4-Lite version.
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | initial import of 386bsd-0.1 sources
|
| 1.8 | 04-Jul-2023 |
riastradh | fsck_ffs(8): Fix whitespace issues.
- Nix trailing whitespace.
- Omit excessive blank lines.
- Insert missing blank lines between $NetBSD$ and copyright.
No functional change intended.
|
| 1.7 | 03-Feb-2019 |
mrg | - add or adjust /* FALLTHROUGH */ where appropriate
- add __unreachable() after functions that can return but won't in
this case, and thus can't be marked __dead easily
|
| 1.6 | 26-Aug-2012 |
dholland | branches: 1.6.32;
stdlib.h, not malloc.h
|
| 1.5 | 20-Mar-2012 |
matt | Convert to C89 function definitions
|
| 1.4 | 14-Aug-2011 |
christos | branches: 1.4.2;
WARNS=4
|
| 1.3 | 07-Jun-2011 |
bouyer | Fix bad cut'n'paste in copyright. Pointed out by dyoung@
|
| 1.2 | 06-Mar-2011 |
bouyer | branches: 1.2.2;
merge the bouyer-quota2 branch. This adds a new on-disk format
to store disk quota usage and limits, integrated with ffs
metadata. Usage is checked by fsck_ffs (no more quotacheck)
and is covered by the WAPBL journal. Enabled with kernel
option QUOTA2 (added where QUOTA was enabled in kernel config files),
turned on with tunefs(8) on a per-filesystem
basis. mount_mfs(8) can also turn quotas on.
See http://mail-index.netbsd.org/tech-kern/2011/02/19/msg010025.html
for details.
|
| 1.1 | 20-Jan-2011 |
bouyer | branches: 1.1.2;
file quota2.c was initially added on branch bouyer-quota2.
|
| 1.1.2.2 | 08-Feb-2011 |
bouyer | Q2V_ -> QL_ rename
|
| 1.1.2.1 | 20-Jan-2011 |
bouyer | Snapshot of work in progress on a modernised disk quota system:
- new quotactl syscall (versionned for backward compat), which takes
as parameter a path to a mount point, and a prop_dictionary
(in plistref format) describing commands and arguments.
For each command, status and data are returned as a prop_dictionary.
quota commands features will be added to take advantage of this,
exporting quota data or getting quota commands as plists.
- new on disk-format storage (all 64bit wide), integrated to metadata for
ffs (and playing nicely with wapbl).
Quotas are enabled on a ffs filesystem via superblock flags.
tunefs(8) can enable or disable quotas.
On a quota-enabled filesystem, fsck_ffs(8) will track per-uid/gid
block and inode usages, and will check and update quotas in Pass 6.
quota usage and limits are stored in unliked files (one for users,
one for groups)l fsck_ffs(8) will create the files if needed, or
free them if needed. This means that after enabling or disabling
quotas on a filesystem; a fsck_ffs(8) run is required.
quotacheck(8) is not needed any more, on a unclean shutdown
fsck or journal replay will take care of fixing quotas.
newfs(8) can create a ready-to-mount quota-enabled filesystem
(superblock flags are set and quota inodes are created).
Other new features or semantic changes:
- default quota datas, applied to users or groups which don't already
have a quota entry
- per-user/group grace time (instead of a filesystem global one)
- 0 really means "nothing allowed at all", not "no limit".
If you want "no limit", set the limit to UQUAD_MAX (tools will
understand "unlimited" and "-")
A quota file is structured as follow:
it starts with a header, containing a few per-filesystem values,
and the default quota limits.
Quota entries are linked together as a simple list, each entry has a
pointer (as an offset withing the file) to the next.
The header has a pointer to a list of free quota entries, and
a hash table of in-use entries. The size of the hash table depends
on the filesystem block size (header+hash table should fit in the
first block). The file is not sparse and is a multiple of
filesystem block size (when the free quota entry list is empty a new
filesystem block is allocated). quota entries to not cross
filesystem block boundaries.
In memory, the kernel keeps a cache of recently used quota entries
as a reference to the block number, and offset withing the block.
The quota entry itself is keept in the buf cache.
fsck_ffs(8), tunefs(8) and newfs(8) supports are completed (with
related atf tests :)
The kernel can update disk usage and report it via quotactl(2).
Todo: enforce quotas limits (limits are not checked by kernel yet)
update repquota, edquota and rpc.rquotad to the new world
implement compat_50_quotactl ioctl.
update quotactl(2) man page
fsck_ffs required fixes so that allocating new blocks or inodes will
properly update the superblock and cg sumaries. This was not an issue up
to now because superblock and cg sumaries check happened last, but now
allocations or frees can happen in pass 6.
|
| 1.2.2.1 | 23-Jun-2011 |
cherry | Catchup with rmind-uvmplock merge.
|
| 1.4.2.2 | 30-Oct-2012 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.4.2.1 | 17-Apr-2012 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.6.32.1 | 10-Jun-2019 |
christos | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.111 | 23-Jun-2025 |
christos | join lines
|
| 1.110 | 19-Jun-2025 |
mlelstv | Don't truncate bitmap size to unsigned int, avoids crashes on filesystems
with more than 2^32 blocks.
Pullups
|
| 1.109 | 05-Jul-2023 |
riastradh | branches: 1.109.2;
Revert "fsck_ffs(8): Ensure A divides S before aligned_alloc(A, S)."
C17 lifted this restriction.
|
| 1.108 | 04-Jul-2023 |
riastradh | fsck_ffs(8): Fix whitespace issues.
- Nix trailing whitespace.
- Omit excessive blank lines.
- Insert missing blank lines between $NetBSD$ and copyright.
No functional change intended.
|
| 1.107 | 04-Jul-2023 |
riastradh | fsck_ffs(8): Ensure A divides S before aligned_alloc(A, S).
Required by C11 Sec. 7.22.3.1 The aligned_alloc function, para. 2,
p. 348:
The value of alignment shall be a valid alignment supported by the
implementation and the value of size shall be an integral multiple
of alignment.
XXX pullup-10
|
| 1.106 | 08-Jan-2023 |
chs | ufs: more signed/unsigned fixes
Fix the previous signed/unsigned fixes to build on 32-bit,
including applying this commit from FreeBSD:
commit 2d34afcd04207cf3fa3d5b7f467a890eae75da41
Author: Kirk McKusick <mckusick@FreeBSD.org>
Date: Sun Oct 25 21:04:07 2020 +0000
Use proper type (ino_t) for inode numbers to avoid improper sign extention
in the Pass 5 checks. The manifestation was fsck_ffs exiting with this error:
** Phase 5 - Check Cyl groups
fsck_ffs: inoinfo: inumber 18446744071562087424 out of range
The error only manifests itself for filesystems bigger than about 100Tb.
Reported by: Nikita Grechikhin <ngrechikhin at yandex.ru>
MFC after: 2 weeks
Sponsored by: Netflix
|
| 1.105 | 07-Jan-2023 |
chs | ufs: fixed signed/unsigned bugs affecting large file systems
Apply these commits from FreeBSD:
commit e870d1e6f97cc73308c11c40684b775bcfa906a2
Author: Kirk McKusick <mckusick@FreeBSD.org>
Date: Wed Feb 10 20:10:35 2010 +0000
This fix corrects a problem in the file system that treats large
inode numbers as negative rather than unsigned. For a default
(16K block) file system, this bug began to show up at a file system
size above about 16Tb.
To fully handle this problem, newfs must be updated to ensure that
it will never create a filesystem with more than 2^32 inodes. That
patch will be forthcoming soon.
Reported by: Scott Burns, John Kilburg, Bruce Evans
Followup by: Jeff Roberson
PR: 133980
MFC after: 2 weeks
commit 81479e688b0f643ffacd3f335b4b4bba460b769d
Author: Kirk McKusick <mckusick@FreeBSD.org>
Date: Thu Feb 11 18:14:53 2010 +0000
One last pass to get all the unsigned comparisons correct.
In additional to the changes from FreeBSD, this commit includes quite a few
related changes to appease -Wsign-compare.
|
| 1.104 | 17-Nov-2022 |
chs | branches: 1.104.2;
Restore backward compatibility of UFS2 with previous NetBSD releases by
disabling support in UFS2 for extended attributes (including ACLs).
Add a new variant of UFS2 called "UFS2ea" that does support extended attributes.
Add new fsck_ffs operations "-c ea" and "-c no-ea" to convert file systems
from UFS2 to UFS2ea and vice-versa (both of which delete all existing extended
attributes in the process).
|
| 1.103 | 17-Apr-2020 |
jdolecek | align buffers used for I/O to DEV_BSIZE so it's executed more optimally
when run for xbd(4) raw (character) device
|
| 1.102 | 05-Oct-2018 |
hannken | branches: 1.102.2;
Add a test for duplicate inodes on the persistent snapshot list.
|
| 1.101 | 08-Feb-2017 |
rin | branches: 1.101.4; 1.101.10; 1.101.12;
Add smaller versions of fsck_ffs(8) and newfs(8) for install media, where
support for Endian-Independent FFS and Apple UFS is disabled unless FFS_EI=1
and APPLE_UFS=1 are added to CRUNCHENV, respectively.
This reduces the size of ramdisk image for atari by over 15KB.
Thanks tsutsui and christos for their useful comments.
|
| 1.100 | 23-Jun-2013 |
dholland | branches: 1.100.10; 1.100.14;
Stick ffs_, ext2_, chfs_, filecore_, cd9660_, or mfs_ in front of
the following symbols so as to disambiguate fully. (Christos already
did the lfs ones.)
lblkno
lblktosize
lfragtosize
numfrags
blkroundup
fragroundup
|
| 1.99 | 23-Jun-2013 |
dholland | fsbtodb() -> FFS_FSBTODB(), EXT2_FSBTODB(), or MFS_FSBTODB()
dbtofsb() -> FFS_DBTOFSB() or EXT2_DBTOFSB()
(Christos already did the lfs ones a few days back)
|
| 1.98 | 19-Jun-2013 |
dholland | Rename ambiguous macros:
MAXDIRSIZE -> UFS_MAXDIRSIZE or LFS_MAXDIRSIZE
NINDIR -> FFS_NINDIR, EXT2_NINDIR, LFS_NINDIR, or MFS_NINDIR
INOPB -> FFS_INOPB, LFS_INOPB
INOPF -> FFS_INOPF, LFS_INOPF
blksize -> ffs_blksize, ext2_blksize, or lfs_blksize
sblksize -> ffs_blksize
These are not the only ambiguously defined filesystem macros, of
course, there's a pile more. I may not have found all the ambiguous
definitions of blksize(), too, as there are a lot of other things
called 'blksize' in the system.
|
| 1.97 | 09-Jun-2013 |
dholland | Stick UFS_ in front of these symbols:
DIRBLKSIZ
DIRECTSIZ
DIRSIZ
OLDDIRFMT
NEWDIRFMT
Part of PR 47909.
|
| 1.96 | 22-Jan-2013 |
dholland | Stuff UFS_ in front of a few of ufs's symbols to reduce namespace
pollution. Specifically:
ROOTINO -> UFS_ROOTINO
WINO -> UFS_WINO
NXADDR -> UFS_NXADDR
NDADDR -> UFS_NDADDR
NIADDR -> UFS_NIADDR
MAXSYMLINKLEN -> UFS_MAXSYMLINKLEN
MAXSYMLINKLEN_UFS[12] -> UFS[12]_MAXSYMLINKLEN (for consistency)
Sort out ext2fs's misuse of NDADDR and NIADDR; fortunately, these have
the same values in ext2fs and ffs.
No functional change intended.
|
| 1.95 | 29-Jan-2012 |
nonaka | branches: 1.95.6;
use FS_UFS[12]_MAGIC_SWAPPED instead of bswap32(FS_UFS[12]_MAGIC).
|
| 1.94 | 14-Aug-2011 |
christos | branches: 1.94.2;
WARNS=4
|
| 1.93 | 09-Jun-2011 |
christos | share more code.
|
| 1.92 | 20-Mar-2011 |
bouyer | branches: 1.92.2;
initialise memory allocated for uquot_user_hash & uquot_group_hash.
Pointed out by Nicolas Joly.
|
| 1.91 | 06-Mar-2011 |
bouyer | merge the bouyer-quota2 branch. This adds a new on-disk format
to store disk quota usage and limits, integrated with ffs
metadata. Usage is checked by fsck_ffs (no more quotacheck)
and is covered by the WAPBL journal. Enabled with kernel
option QUOTA2 (added where QUOTA was enabled in kernel config files),
turned on with tunefs(8) on a per-filesystem
basis. mount_mfs(8) can also turn quotas on.
See http://mail-index.netbsd.org/tech-kern/2011/02/19/msg010025.html
for details.
|
| 1.90 | 31-Jan-2010 |
mlelstv | branches: 1.90.2;
Skip handling of APPLEUFS_LABEL if it is smaller than a device block.
In particular:
- newfs will not try to erase the label
- fsck_ffs will not try to validate the label
This lets newfs and fsck work on 2048-byte-per-sector media.
Does Apple UFS support such media and how?
|
| 1.89 | 27-Sep-2009 |
bouyer | Restore changes from 1.86 and 1.87 after commit of 1.88.
|
| 1.88 | 13-Sep-2009 |
bouyer | Do some basic checks of the WAPBL journal, to abort the boot before the
kernel refuse to mount a filesystem read-write (booting a system
multiuser with critical filesystems read-only is bad):
Add a check_wapbl() which will check some WAPBL values in the superblock,
and try to read the journal via wapbl_replay_start() if there is one.
pfatal() if one of these fail (abort boot if in preen mode,
as "CONTINUE" otherwise). In non-preen mode the bogus journal will
be cleared.
check_wapbl() is always called if the superblock supports WAPBL.
Even if FS_DOWAPBL is not there, there could be flags asking the
kernel to clear or create a log with bogus values which would cause the
kernel refuse to mount the filesystem.
Discussed in
http://mail-index.netbsd.org/tech-kern/2009/08/17/msg005896.html
and followups.
|
| 1.87 | 07-Apr-2009 |
mrg | fix a logic error in the previous, as point out by frank kardel.
|
| 1.86 | 25-Mar-2009 |
mrg | don't ignore "fsck -f" when given with "-p" on a wapbl filesystem.
ie, "fsck -fp" actually forces the check in preen mode now.
|
| 1.85 | 25-Feb-2009 |
christos | don't copy the address of a pointer. Noticed by Anon Ymous
|
| 1.84 | 30-Aug-2008 |
bouyer | branches: 1.84.2; 1.84.4; 1.84.8;
Add fss(4) snapshot support to fsck_ffs(8) (via -x or -X options, like
dump(8)). This allows fsck_ffs -n to work on a snapshot of a R/W mounted
filesystem, and avoid errors related to filesystem activity.
|
| 1.83 | 31-Jul-2008 |
simonb | Merge the simonb-wapbl branch. From the original branch commit:
Add Wasabi System's WAPBL (Write Ahead Physical Block Logging)
journaling code. Originally written by Darrin B. Jewell while
at Wasabi and updated to -current by Antti Kantee, Andy Doran,
Greg Oster and Simon Burge.
OK'd by core@, releng@.
|
| 1.82 | 23-Feb-2008 |
christos | branches: 1.82.4; 1.82.6;
Make sure that the exit values are always sane, and use symbolic instead
of magic constants. Reviewed by go@
|
| 1.81 | 22-Aug-2007 |
christos | branches: 1.81.2; 1.81.8; 1.81.10;
Avoid zero-divides from Anon Ymous
|
| 1.80 | 26-Aug-2006 |
christos | - Deal with wedges and the new disk geometry structures, instead of using
struct disklabel.
Functionality lost:
1. struct disklabel used to be updated to contain bsize, fsize, cpg.
This information was used to locate the alternative superblock in
the filesystem if the primary superblock was corrupted. We need
to find a new place to store this information if we need this
functionality.
2. On vax SMD drives that contained bad sector lists, the newfs program
knew how to get the offset and skip to the correct location in order
to place the label.
|
| 1.79 | 17-Mar-2006 |
rumble | Check for allocation failures in malloc, calloc, realloc, asprintf, and
vasprintf and try to handle them.
|
| 1.78 | 27-Jun-2005 |
christos | sprinkle const.
|
| 1.77 | 02-Jun-2005 |
dbj | for ufs2, assume FS_44INODEFMT
this is necessary for freebsd compatbility, since they do not initialize
the old field.
|
| 1.76 | 02-Jun-2005 |
lukem | appease gcc -Wuninitialized
|
| 1.75 | 19-Jan-2005 |
xtraeme | Kill __P(), ANSIfy and WARNS=2
|
| 1.74 | 29-Oct-2004 |
dsl | Rewrite getdisklabelpart() to avoid problems with isdigit(*ch_ptr) and
an incorrect check for a (probably impossible) empty string.
Add comments to avoid confusion...
|
| 1.73 | 14-Apr-2004 |
dbj | add support for downgrading a filesystem fslevel from 4 to 3
|
| 1.72 | 14-Apr-2004 |
dbj | set fs_old_nrpos to 1 when doing -c4 upgrade.
This isn't used by kernel, but does affect cg layout slightly
|
| 1.71 | 12-Apr-2004 |
dbj | fix whitespace in debug printf
|
| 1.70 | 21-Mar-2004 |
dsl | branches: 1.70.2;
Don't use an ffsv1 superblock from 64k (SBLOCK_UFS2) when looking
for the main filesystem superblock.
64k is the offset of the first alternate if the blocksize if 64k.
Fixes part of PR kern/24809
|
| 1.69 | 20-Jan-2004 |
dbj | don't calculate fake superblock used for finding alternate superblocks
if the disklabel is missing the cpg parameter. Also print a warning
if this is skipped because of a missing fsize, frag or cpg disklabel parameter
this fixes a divide by zero error reported by martin@
|
| 1.68 | 12-Jan-2004 |
dbj | change the message "COVERTING TO FFSv2 SUPERBLOCK" to
"CONVERT TO NEW SUPERBLOCK LAYOUT" to help avoid confusion
|
| 1.67 | 10-Jan-2004 |
mrg | - some KNF (80 cols)
- fix a printf format issue
|
| 1.66 | 09-Jan-2004 |
dbj | use %#llx instead of %llx when printing incorrect qfmask or qbmask
|
| 1.65 | 09-Jan-2004 |
dbj | do not upgrade superblock or set FS_FLAGS_UPDATED unless -c 4 option
is provided.
add compatibility for filesystems before FFSv2 integration
these patches are from pr port-macppc/23925 and should also
fix problems discussed in pr kern/21404 and pr kern/21283
|
| 1.64 | 02-Jan-2004 |
dbj | add uuid field to apple ufs volume label
|
| 1.63 | 20-Oct-2003 |
dsl | Add a -q (quiet) option to print nothing for clean filesystems.
Support in fsck_ffs and stub in fsck_xxx.
Push a few more messages through pwarn() instead of printf() to ensure
disk name is shown.
|
| 1.62 | 07-Aug-2003 |
agc | Move UCB-licensed code from 4-clause to 3-clause licence.
Patches provided by Joel Baker in PR 22308, verified by myself.
|
| 1.61 | 11-Apr-2003 |
enami | Correctly detect a UFS1 file system of non-native endian.
|
| 1.60 | 06-Apr-2003 |
fvdl | Write update some old fields when writing the superblock, similar to
ffs_oldfscompat_write() in the kernel. Use the old totals when
time < old_time (i.e. an old kernel or fsck wrote the filesystem last).
When setting the date back on a new kernel, that works out ok, since
new kernels always update both fields.
|
| 1.59 | 05-Apr-2003 |
fvdl | Skip checks for old 4.2BSD filesystem; as it stands, we can't deal with
writing them. Could be fixed, but doesn't have a high priority.
|
| 1.58 | 02-Apr-2003 |
fvdl | Add support for UFS2. UFS2 is an enhanced FFS, adding support for
64 bit block pointers, extended attribute storage, and a few
other things.
This commit does not yet include the code to manipulate the extended
storage (for e.g. ACLs), this will be done later.
Originally written by Kirk McKusick and Network Associates Laboratories for
FreeBSD.
|
| 1.57 | 21-Feb-2003 |
fvdl | Only check relevant fields when comparing the superblock to an alternate
superblock. Avoids false positives should fsck_ffs be run on a filesystem
that was created after the UFS2 code has been merged.
This commit is mostly a forward compatibility patch that can be pulled
up in to the 1.6 branch.
From Kirk Mckusick in FreeBSD (setup.c rev. 1.30). Original commit message:
|
| 1.56 | 24-Jan-2003 |
fvdl | Bump daddr_t to 64 bits. Replace it with int32_t in all places where
it was used on-disk, so that on-disk formats remain the same.
Remove ufs_daddr_t and ufs_lbn_t for the time being.
|
| 1.55 | 05-Nov-2002 |
dbj | check that a disklabel is valid before trying to extract partition
information from it when checking for apple ufs filesystems
|
| 1.54 | 28-Sep-2002 |
dbj | Add support for the Apple UFS variation on ffs
This is the bulk of PR #17345
The general approach is to use a run time deteriminable value
for DIRBLKSIZ. Additional allowances are included for using
MAXSYMLINKLEN with FS_42INODEFMT and a shift in the cylinder group
cluster summary count array. Support is added for managing
the Apple UFS volume label.
|
| 1.53 | 30-Jun-2002 |
dbj | commit fix from pr bin/15449
this fixes FS_42POSTBLFMT compatibility
|
| 1.52 | 19-Dec-2001 |
fvdl | branches: 1.52.2;
Don't use the pendinginodes and pendingblocks fields in alternate
superblock comparison.
|
| 1.51 | 16-Nov-2001 |
lukem | - changes to -F semantics:
- remove the restriction that filesystem must be a regular file
- don't try and read a disklabel
- use `p' (instead of `h') as the index of the last partition
|
| 1.50 | 18-Sep-2001 |
lukem | add comments to make it clearer what cmpsblks() is doing
|
| 1.49 | 06-Sep-2001 |
lukem | Incorporate the enhanced ffs_dirpref() by Grigoriy Orlov, as found in
FreeBSD (three commits; the initial work, man page updates, and a fix
to ffs_reload()), with the following differences:
- Be consistent between newfs(8) and tunefs(8) as to the options which
set and control the tuning parameters for this work (avgfilesize & avgfpdir)
- Use u_int16_t instead of u_int8_t to keep track of the number of
contiguous directories (suggested by Chuck Silvers)
- Work within our FFS_EI framework
- Ensure that fs->fs_maxclusters and fs->fs_contigdirs don't point to
the same area of memory
The new algorithm has a marked performance increase, especially when
performing tasks such as untarring pkgsrc.tar.gz, etc.
The original FreeBSD commit messages are attached:
=====
mckusick 2001/04/10 01:39:00 PDT
Directory layout preference improvements from Grigoriy Orlov <gluk@ptci.ru>.
His description of the problem and solution follow. My own tests show
speedups on typical filesystem intensive workloads of 5% to 12% which
is very impressive considering the small amount of code change involved.
------
One day I noticed that some file operations run much faster on
small file systems then on big ones. I've looked at the ffs
algorithms, thought about them, and redesigned the dirpref algorithm.
First I want to describe the results of my tests. These results are old
and I have improved the algorithm after these tests were done. Nevertheless
they show how big the perfomance speedup may be. I have done two file/directory
intensive tests on a two OpenBSD systems with old and new dirpref algorithm.
The first test is "tar -xzf ports.tar.gz", the second is "rm -rf ports".
The ports.tar.gz file is the ports collection from the OpenBSD 2.8 release.
It contains 6596 directories and 13868 files. The test systems are:
1. Celeron-450, 128Mb, two IDE drives, the system at wd0, file system for
test is at wd1. Size of test file system is 8 Gb, number of cg=991,
size of cg is 8m, block size = 8k, fragment size = 1k OpenBSD-current
from Dec 2000 with BUFCACHEPERCENT=35
2. PIII-600, 128Mb, two IBM DTLA-307045 IDE drives at i815e, the system
at wd0, file system for test is at wd1. Size of test file system is 40 Gb,
number of cg=5324, size of cg is 8m, block size = 8k, fragment size = 1k
OpenBSD-current from Dec 2000 with BUFCACHEPERCENT=50
You can get more info about the test systems and methods at:
http://www.ptci.ru/gluk/dirpref/old/dirpref.html
Test Results
tar -xzf ports.tar.gz rm -rf ports
mode old dirpref new dirpref speedup old dirprefnew dirpref speedup
First system
normal 667 472 1.41 477 331 1.44
async 285 144 1.98 130 14 9.29
sync 768 616 1.25 477 334 1.43
softdep 413 252 1.64 241 38 6.34
Second system
normal 329 81 4.06 263.5 93.5 2.81
async 302 25.7 11.75 112 2.26 49.56
sync 281 57.0 4.93 263 90.5 2.9
softdep 341 40.6 8.4 284 4.76 59.66
"old dirpref" and "new dirpref" columns give a test time in seconds.
speedup - speed increasement in times, ie. old dirpref / new dirpref.
------
Algorithm description
The old dirpref algorithm is described in comments:
/*
* Find a cylinder to place a directory.
*
* The policy implemented by this algorithm is to select from
* among those cylinder groups with above the average number of
* free inodes, the one with the smallest number of directories.
*/
A new directory is allocated in a different cylinder groups than its
parent directory resulting in a directory tree that is spreaded across
all the cylinder groups. This spreading out results in a non-optimal
access to the directories and files. When we have a small filesystem
it is not a problem but when the filesystem is big then perfomance
degradation becomes very apparent.
What I mean by a big file system ?
1. A big filesystem is a filesystem which occupy 20-30 or more percent
of total drive space, i.e. first and last cylinder are physically
located relatively far from each other.
2. It has a relatively large number of cylinder groups, for example
more cylinder groups than 50% of the buffers in the buffer cache.
The first results in long access times, while the second results in
many buffers being used by metadata operations. Such operations use
cylinder group blocks and on-disk inode blocks. The cylinder group
block (fs->fs_cblkno) contains struct cg, inode and block bit maps.
It is 2k in size for the default filesystem parameters. If new and
parent directories are located in different cylinder groups then the
system performs more input/output operations and uses more buffers.
On filesystems with many cylinder groups, lots of cache buffers are
used for metadata operations.
My solution for this problem is very simple. I allocate many directories
in one cylinder group. I also do some things, so that the new allocation
method does not cause excessive fragmentation and all directory inodes
will not be located at a location far from its file's inodes and data.
The algorithm is:
/*
* Find a cylinder group to place a directory.
*
* The policy implemented by this algorithm is to allocate a
* directory inode in the same cylinder group as its parent
* directory, but also to reserve space for its files inodes
* and data. Restrict the number of directories which may be
* allocated one after another in the same cylinder group
* without intervening allocation of files.
*
* If we allocate a first level directory then force allocation
* in another cylinder group.
*/
My early versions of dirpref give me a good results for a wide range of
file operations and different filesystem capacities except one case:
those applications that create their entire directory structure first
and only later fill this structure with files.
My solution for such and similar cases is to limit a number of
directories which may be created one after another in the same cylinder
group without intervening file creations. For this purpose, I allocate
an array of counters at mount time. This array is linked to the superblock
fs->fs_contigdirs[cg]. Each time a directory is created the counter
increases and each time a file is created the counter decreases. A 60Gb
filesystem with 8mb/cg requires 10kb of memory for the counters array.
The maxcontigdirs is a maximum number of directories which may be created
without an intervening file creation. I found in my tests that the best
performance occurs when I restrict the number of directories in one cylinder
group such that all its files may be located in the same cylinder group.
There may be some deterioration in performance if all the file inodes
are in the same cylinder group as its containing directory, but their
data partially resides in a different cylinder group. The maxcontigdirs
value is calculated to try to prevent this condition. Since there is
no way to know how many files and directories will be allocated later
I added two optimization parameters in superblock/tunefs. They are:
int32_t fs_avgfilesize; /* expected average file size */
int32_t fs_avgfpdir; /* expected # of files per directory */
These parameters have reasonable defaults but may be tweeked for special
uses of a filesystem. They are only necessary in rare cases like better
tuning a filesystem being used to store a squid cache.
I have been using this algorithm for about 3 months. I have done
a lot of testing on filesystems with different capacities, average
filesize, average number of files per directory, and so on. I think
this algorithm has no negative impact on filesystem perfomance. It
works better than the default one in all cases. The new dirpref
will greatly improve untarring/removing/coping of big directories,
decrease load on cvs servers and much more. The new dirpref doesn't
speedup a compilation process, but also doesn't slow it down.
Obtained from: Grigoriy Orlov <gluk@ptci.ru>
=====
=====
iedowse 2001/04/23 17:37:17 PDT
Pre-dirpref versions of fsck may zero out the new superblock fields
fs_contigdirs, fs_avgfilesize and fs_avgfpdir. This could cause
panics if these fields were zeroed while a filesystem was mounted
read-only, and then remounted read-write.
Add code to ffs_reload() which copies the fs_contigdirs pointer
from the previous superblock, and reinitialises fs_avgf* if necessary.
Reviewed by: mckusick
=====
=====
nik 2001/04/10 03:36:44 PDT
Add information about the new options to newfs and tunefs which set the
expected average file size and number of files per directory. Could do
with some fleshing out.
=====
|
| 1.48 | 03-Sep-2001 |
lukem | no need to assign asb->fs_state twice in cmpsblks()
|
| 1.47 | 03-Sep-2001 |
lukem | deprecate fs_fscktime; we never used it.
in an effort to maintain compatibility with freebsd/openbsd/whatever,
i'm attempting to get the superblock format in sync, and freebsd uses
the int32_t at this position for `fs_pendinginodes'.
if we ever decide to implement fscktime functionality, we'll:
a) make sure to liaise with the other projects to reserve the same
spare field
b) actually implement the code this time ...
(this is also preparing us for other changes, like the new dirpref code)
|
| 1.46 | 02-Sep-2001 |
lukem | Incorporate fix by iedowse @ FreeBSD to allow disks with large numbers of
cylinder groups to work correctly, with minor modifications by me to work
with our FFS_EI code. From the FreeBSD commit message:
The ffs superblock includes a 128-byte region for use by temporary
in-core pointers to summary information. An array in this region
(fs_csp) could overflow on filesystems with a very large number of
cylinder groups (~16000 on i386 with 8k blocks). When this happens,
other fields in the superblock get corrupted, and fsck refuses to
check the filesystem.
Solve this problem by replacing the fs_csp array in 'struct fs'
with a single pointer, and add padding to keep the length of the
128-byte region fixed. Update the kernel and userland utilities
to use just this single pointer.
With this change, the kernel no longer makes use of the superblock
fields 'fs_csshift' and 'fs_csmask'. Add a comment to newfs/mkfs.c
to indicate that these fields must be calculated for compatibility
with older kernels.
Reviewed by: mckusick
|
| 1.45 | 17-Aug-2001 |
lukem | remove third argument (`int ns') from ffs_sb_swap(), and let ffs_sb_swap()
determine the endianness of the `struct fs *o' superblock from o->fs_magic
and set needswap as necessary, rather than trusting the caller to get
it right. invariably, almost every caller of ffs_sb_swap() was calling it
with ns set to the wrong value for ns anyway!
ansi KNF ffs_bswap.c declarations whilst here.
this fixes all sorts of problems when trying to use other-endian file systems,
notably the kernel trying to access memory *way* off, possibly corrupting or
panicing, and userland programs SEGVing and/or corrupting things (e.g,
"fsck_ffs -B" to swap a file system endianness).
whilst the previous rev of ffs_bswap.c (1.10, 2000/12/23) made this problem
worse, i suspect that the problem was always there and previous versions
just happened not to trash things at the wrong time.
FFS_EI should now be a lot more stable.
|
| 1.44 | 15-Aug-2001 |
lukem | - implement -F; treat provided filesystems as images in regular files
- replace "filesystem" with "file system" as appropriate
- grammar fixes
|
| 1.43 | 04-Jul-2001 |
hubertf | EVEN IF YOU SCREAM, THE COMMANT IS STILL CALLED fsck_ffs !
|
| 1.42 | 04-Feb-2001 |
christos | remove redundant declarations
|
| 1.41 | 26-Jan-2001 |
thorpej | In pass 5, check alternate superblocks for consistency with
the current in-core master superblock, and fix them up if
they're incorrect. Move the code that writes the alternate
superblocks if (cvtlevel || doswap) into pass 5 for efficiency.
Reviewd by Charles Hannum, and used by me to fix up a curdled
file system.
|
| 1.40 | 09-Jan-2001 |
mycroft | Remove a bogus piece of code that was never used.
|
| 1.39 | 09-Jan-2001 |
mycroft | Try to cope with cs_ndir being wacky (too large or, particularly when using -b,
too damn small) by setting a minimum (1024) and maximum (maxino + 1). This
prevents certain operations getting REALLY slow when -b is used, and also
avoids overallocating memory if the superblock is hosed.
|
| 1.38 | 05-Jan-2001 |
lukem | use %ll_ instead of the less standard %q_
|
| 1.37 | 15-Nov-1999 |
fvdl | branches: 1.37.4;
Changes for softdep code.
|
| 1.36 | 01-May-1999 |
is | branches: 1.36.2; 1.36.6;
Fix typo.
|
| 1.35 | 12-Nov-1998 |
christos | Adjust for DKTYPENAME changes.
|
| 1.34 | 26-Jul-1998 |
mycroft | const poisoning.
|
| 1.33 | 18-Mar-1998 |
bouyer | Add support for non-native byteorder FFS, and converting byteorder.
Also, be a bit more conservative with the clean flag: don't mark the FS
clean when we know there may still be errors (user anserwed 'n' to
a question, or fsck says "you must rerun fsck").
|
| 1.32 | 24-Sep-1997 |
lukem | for now, #ifdef out a couple of chunks that were added in the lite2 merge
|
| 1.31 | 20-Sep-1997 |
lukem | - don't indiscriminately include <stdlib.h> and <unistd.h> in "fsck.h"
- explicitly pull in <stdio.h>, <stdlib.h> and <unistd.h> in *.c as necessary
|
| 1.30 | 16-Sep-1997 |
lukem | resolve conflicts from lite-2 merge.
|
| 1.29 | 16-Sep-1997 |
mrg | make these compile on the alpha after WARNS=1.
|
| 1.28 | 14-Sep-1997 |
lukem | * cleanup for WARNS=1
* deprecate register
* cleanup manpage
* remove unused docheck() func
* prefix hex numbers with '0x'
* getopt returns -1 not EOF
|
| 1.27 | 27-Sep-1996 |
christos | - util.h -> fsutil.h
|
| 1.26 | 23-Sep-1996 |
christos | - fixed all printf formats [there were a lot of %l? <-> %? mistakes]
- added missing prototypes, and made local functions static
- removed parallel preening code; this is part of fsck(8)
- use printing utilities from fsck(8)
- Makefile does not make links to fsck and fsck.8
- removed -l maxparallel option. It has no meaning anymore.
|
| 1.25 | 21-May-1996 |
mycroft | Oops; use %x to print out masks, not %d.
|
| 1.24 | 21-May-1996 |
mycroft | Check fs_[bf]mask, fs_maxfilesize, fs_maxsymlinklen, and fs_q[bf]mask,
since incorrect values may cause the kernel to malfunction.
|
| 1.23 | 05-Apr-1996 |
cgd | check in changes proposed in PR 2006 (approved by J.T.), to rename fsck
to fsck_ffs, so that in the future 'fsck' can be a wrapper than invokes
appropriate filesystem-specific checker programs. For now, the only
user-visible change is that the names have changed in the manual page
and in error messages; fsck and fsck.8 are now links to fsck_ffs and
fsck_ffs.8, until the rest of the transition is complete.
|
| 1.22 | 12-Jul-1995 |
cgd | implement a 'force check' flag, '-f'. I used the SunOS name, but the Digital
semantics. now:
(1) dirty file systems will always be checked; nothing new there.
(2) if not '-f' clean file systems will _NEVER_ be checked,
i.e. they won't be checked even if -p isn't specified. This
allows one to 'fsck -p ; fsck' to preen, then clean up
anything that 'fsck -p' barfs on, without waiting for the
clean file systems to be checked again.
(3) if '-f' clean file systems will ALWAYS be checked. This
allows people to put 'fsck -fp' into /etc/rc on systems
where they're leery of the FS clean flag state, need
the extra reliability, and can afford time 'wasted'
in checks.
The assumption made here is that if a file system is marked clean, it
_IS CLEAN_, really, and shouldn't be checked unless fsck is explicitly
told to (with -f). This should be a valid assumption, but may not be in
the presence of file system bugs. Documentation updated to note '-f'.
|
| 1.21 | 12-Apr-1995 |
mycroft | Set the clean flag if necessary. If preening, don't check `clean' file
systems.
|
| 1.20 | 21-Mar-1995 |
cgd | type sizes
|
| 1.19 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.18 | 28-Dec-1994 |
mycroft | Mostly sync with CSRG.
|
| 1.17 | 27-Dec-1994 |
mycroft | Copy fs_maxcluster when comparing superblocks.
|
| 1.16 | 18-Dec-1994 |
cgd | light clean, and make it compile against new header files.
|
| 1.15 | 05-Dec-1994 |
cgd | more cleanups from Jim Jegers, passed over by me.
|
| 1.14 | 28-Oct-1994 |
mycroft | Use the S_IS*() macros, and make this compile again after Chris's changes to ufs.
|
| 1.13 | 23-Sep-1994 |
mycroft | Remove some more uses of obsolete functions.
|
| 1.12 | 23-Sep-1994 |
mycroft | Eliminate uses of some obsolete functions.
|
| 1.11 | 29-Jun-1994 |
ws | Reads on raw disks are only guarranteed in multiples of the block size
|
| 1.10 | 08-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Update from 4.4-Lite, with local changes.
|
| 1.9 | 25-Apr-1994 |
cgd | oops; changed comparison, but not field!
|
| 1.8 | 25-Apr-1994 |
cgd | need <sys/time.h>
|
| 1.7 | 14-Apr-1994 |
cgd | fs type names will soon be strings
|
| 1.6 | 09-Apr-1994 |
deraadt | from <dean@fsa.ca>: let "fsck /usr" work. also, if the user does
"fsck /dev/sd0a" attempt to map to the raw device name.
|
| 1.5 | 01-Oct-1993 |
mycroft | Skip check if filesystem is marked clean and isn't too dusty, only with -p.
Set clean flag after checking a filesystem.
|
| 1.4 | 01-Aug-1993 |
mycroft | Add RCS identifiers.
|
| 1.3 | 23-Mar-1993 |
cgd | changed "Id" to "Header" for rcsids
|
| 1.2 | 22-Mar-1993 |
cgd | added rcs ids to all files
|
| 1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.3 | 16-Sep-1997 |
lukem | imported from lite-2
|
| 1.1.1.2 | 13-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Import 4.4-Lite version.
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | initial import of 386bsd-0.1 sources
|
| 1.36.6.1 | 27-Dec-1999 |
wrstuden | Pull up to last week's -current.
|
| 1.36.2.2 | 26-Oct-1999 |
fvdl | Fix some merge mistakes.
|
| 1.36.2.1 | 19-Oct-1999 |
fvdl | Bring in Kirk McKusick's FFS softdep code on a branch.
|
| 1.37.4.5 | 25-Nov-2001 |
he | Pull up revision 1.49 (requested by lukem):
Pull in enhanced ffs_dirpref() algorithm, which provides a
substantial performance improvement through better locality
between parent/child directories and their files, and by easing
the pressure on the buffer cache for metadata operations.
|
| 1.37.4.4 | 25-Nov-2001 |
he | Pull up revision 1.47 (requested by lukem):
Deprecate unused fs_fscktime.
|
| 1.37.4.3 | 25-Nov-2001 |
he | Pull up revision 1.46 (requested by lukem):
Change fs_csp[] from being a fixed size to being an array sized
as required. This allows file systems with more than about 15500
cylinder groups (on 32-bit systems) to be used.
|
| 1.37.4.2 | 25-Nov-2001 |
he | Pull up revision 1.45 (requested by lukem):
Call ffs_sb_swap() with the correct arguments. Fixes problems
with using other-endian file systems.
|
| 1.37.4.1 | 24-Nov-2001 |
he | Pull up revisions 1.39-1.43 (requested by lukem):
Jumbo pullup for fsck_ffs:
o fix incorrect error message
o mark initialized globals with ``extern''
o make reconnect algorithm O(n) instead of O(n^4)
o remove dead code
o don't swap cg_clustersum(cg)[0], it's a bitmap
o ensure rotor values are positive
o some code restructuring
o fix byte swapping bug
o pass5: check alternate superblocks for consistency with in-core master
o fix usage message
|
| 1.52.2.1 | 23-Feb-2003 |
jmc | Pullup rev 1.57 (requested by fvdl in ticket #1180)
Only check relevant fields when comparing the superblock to an alternate
superblock. Avoids false positives should fsck_ffs be run on a filesystem
that was created after the UFS2 code has been merged.
|
| 1.70.2.1 | 27-Apr-2004 |
jdc | Pull up revisions 1.72-1.73 (requested by dbj in ticket #185)
Fix problems related to superblock upgrade issues which may be
experienced by -current users from 2003.
|
| 1.81.10.2 | 28-Sep-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.81.10.1 | 03-Apr-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.81.8.1 | 24-Mar-2008 |
keiichi | sync with head.
|
| 1.81.2.1 | 23-Mar-2008 |
matt | sync with HEAD
|
| 1.82.6.1 | 10-Jun-2008 |
simonb | Initial commit of Wasabi System's WAPBL (Write Ahead Physical Block
Logging) journaling code. Originally written by Darrin B. Jewell
while at Wasabi and updated to -current by Antti Kantee, Andy Doran,
Greg Oster and Simon Burge.
Still a number of issues - look in doc/BRANCHES for "simonb-wapbl"
for more info.
|
| 1.82.4.1 | 18-Sep-2008 |
wrstuden | Sync with wrstuden-revivesa-base-2.
|
| 1.84.8.1 | 21-Apr-2010 |
matt | sync to netbsd-5
|
| 1.84.4.1 | 13-May-2009 |
jym | Sync with HEAD.
Third (and last) commit. See http://mail-index.netbsd.org/source-changes/2009/05/13/msg221222.html
|
| 1.84.2.1 | 03-Oct-2009 |
snj | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by bouyer in ticket #1036):
sbin/fsck_ffs/extern.h: revision 1.25 via patch
sbin/fsck_ffs/setup.c: revision 1.88 via patch
sbin/fsck_ffs/wapbl.c: revision 1.4 via patch
sbin/tunefs/tunefs.c: revision 1.41 via patch
sys/ufs/ffs/ffs_vfsops.c: revision 1.252 via patch
sys/ufs/ffs/ffs_wapbl.c: revision 1.13 via patch
Allow tunefs to clear any type of WAPBL log, not only in-filesystem
ones. Discussed in
http://mail-index.netbsd.org/tech-kern/2009/08/17/msg005896.html
and followups.
--
Do some basic checks of the WAPBL journal, to abort the boot before the
kernel refuse to mount a filesystem read-write (booting a system
multiuser with critical filesystems read-only is bad):
Add a check_wapbl() which will check some WAPBL values in the superblock,
and try to read the journal via wapbl_replay_start() if there is one.
pfatal() if one of these fail (abort boot if in preen mode,
as "CONTINUE" otherwise). In non-preen mode the bogus journal will
be cleared.
check_wapbl() is always called if the superblock supports WAPBL.
Even if FS_DOWAPBL is not there, there could be flags asking the
kernel to clear or create a log with bogus values which would cause the
kernel refuse to mount the filesystem.
Discussed in
http://mail-index.netbsd.org/tech-kern/2009/08/17/msg005896.html
and followups.
--
If the WAPBL journal can't be read (ffs_wapbl_replay_start() fails),
mount the filesystem anyway if MNT_FORCE is present.
This allows to still boot single-user a system with a corrupted
WAPBL on /, and so get a chance to run fsck to fix it.
http://mail-index.netbsd.org/tech-kern/2009/08/17/msg005896.html
and followups.
|
| 1.90.2.2 | 17-Feb-2011 |
bouyer | Move quota2_check_doquota() call so that an unclean, wapbl filesystem
will still be ckecked if a quota inode needs to be created.
|
| 1.90.2.1 | 20-Jan-2011 |
bouyer | Snapshot of work in progress on a modernised disk quota system:
- new quotactl syscall (versionned for backward compat), which takes
as parameter a path to a mount point, and a prop_dictionary
(in plistref format) describing commands and arguments.
For each command, status and data are returned as a prop_dictionary.
quota commands features will be added to take advantage of this,
exporting quota data or getting quota commands as plists.
- new on disk-format storage (all 64bit wide), integrated to metadata for
ffs (and playing nicely with wapbl).
Quotas are enabled on a ffs filesystem via superblock flags.
tunefs(8) can enable or disable quotas.
On a quota-enabled filesystem, fsck_ffs(8) will track per-uid/gid
block and inode usages, and will check and update quotas in Pass 6.
quota usage and limits are stored in unliked files (one for users,
one for groups)l fsck_ffs(8) will create the files if needed, or
free them if needed. This means that after enabling or disabling
quotas on a filesystem; a fsck_ffs(8) run is required.
quotacheck(8) is not needed any more, on a unclean shutdown
fsck or journal replay will take care of fixing quotas.
newfs(8) can create a ready-to-mount quota-enabled filesystem
(superblock flags are set and quota inodes are created).
Other new features or semantic changes:
- default quota datas, applied to users or groups which don't already
have a quota entry
- per-user/group grace time (instead of a filesystem global one)
- 0 really means "nothing allowed at all", not "no limit".
If you want "no limit", set the limit to UQUAD_MAX (tools will
understand "unlimited" and "-")
A quota file is structured as follow:
it starts with a header, containing a few per-filesystem values,
and the default quota limits.
Quota entries are linked together as a simple list, each entry has a
pointer (as an offset withing the file) to the next.
The header has a pointer to a list of free quota entries, and
a hash table of in-use entries. The size of the hash table depends
on the filesystem block size (header+hash table should fit in the
first block). The file is not sparse and is a multiple of
filesystem block size (when the free quota entry list is empty a new
filesystem block is allocated). quota entries to not cross
filesystem block boundaries.
In memory, the kernel keeps a cache of recently used quota entries
as a reference to the block number, and offset withing the block.
The quota entry itself is keept in the buf cache.
fsck_ffs(8), tunefs(8) and newfs(8) supports are completed (with
related atf tests :)
The kernel can update disk usage and report it via quotactl(2).
Todo: enforce quotas limits (limits are not checked by kernel yet)
update repquota, edquota and rpc.rquotad to the new world
implement compat_50_quotactl ioctl.
update quotactl(2) man page
fsck_ffs required fixes so that allocating new blocks or inodes will
properly update the superblock and cg sumaries. This was not an issue up
to now because superblock and cg sumaries check happened last, but now
allocations or frees can happen in pass 6.
|
| 1.92.2.1 | 23-Jun-2011 |
cherry | Catchup with rmind-uvmplock merge.
|
| 1.94.2.3 | 22-May-2014 |
yamt | sync with head.
for a reference, the tree before this commit was tagged
as yamt-pagecache-tag8.
this commit was splitted into small chunks to avoid
a limitation of cvs. ("Protocol error: too many arguments")
|
| 1.94.2.2 | 23-Jan-2013 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.94.2.1 | 17-Apr-2012 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.95.6.3 | 20-Aug-2014 |
tls | Rebase to HEAD as of a few days ago.
|
| 1.95.6.2 | 23-Jun-2013 |
tls | resync from head
|
| 1.95.6.1 | 25-Feb-2013 |
tls | resync with head
|
| 1.100.14.1 | 21-Apr-2017 |
bouyer | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.100.10.1 | 20-Mar-2017 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.101.12.2 | 21-Apr-2020 |
martin | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.101.12.1 | 10-Jun-2019 |
christos | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.101.10.1 | 20-Oct-2018 |
pgoyette | Sync with head
|
| 1.101.4.1 | 09-Oct-2018 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by hannken in ticket #1051):
sbin/fsck_ffs/setup.c: revision 1.102
Add a test for duplicate inodes on the persistent snapshot list.
|
| 1.102.2.1 | 12-Jul-2025 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by mlelstv in ticket #1964):
sbin/fsck_ffs/setup.c: revision 1.110 (patch)
Don't truncate bitmap size to unsigned int, avoids crashes on filesystems
with more than 2^32 blocks.
|
| 1.104.2.3 | 12-Jul-2025 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by mlelstv in ticket #1135):
sbin/fsck_ffs/setup.c: revision 1.110
Don't truncate bitmap size to unsigned int, avoids crashes on filesystems
with more than 2^32 blocks.
|
| 1.104.2.2 | 13-May-2023 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by chs in ticket #161):
sbin/fsck_ffs/setup.c: revision 1.106
sbin/fsck_ffs/pass5.c: revision 1.57
ufs: more signed/unsigned fixes
Fix the previous signed/unsigned fixes to build on 32-bit,
including applying this commit from FreeBSD:
commit 2d34afcd04207cf3fa3d5b7f467a890eae75da41
Author: Kirk McKusick <mckusick@FreeBSD.org>
Date: Sun Oct 25 21:04:07 2020 +0000
Use proper type (ino_t) for inode numbers to avoid improper sign extention
in the Pass 5 checks. The manifestation was fsck_ffs exiting with this error:
** Phase 5 - Check Cyl groups
fsck_ffs: inoinfo: inumber 18446744071562087424 out of range
The error only manifests itself for filesystems bigger than about 100Tb.
Reported by: Nikita Grechikhin <ngrechikhin at yandex.ru>
MFC after: 2 weeks
Sponsored by: Netflix
|
| 1.104.2.1 | 13-May-2023 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by chs in ticket #160):
usr.sbin/makefs/ffs/ffs_alloc.c: revision 1.31
sbin/tunefs/tunefs.c: revision 1.58
sbin/fsck_ffs/setup.c: revision 1.105
sbin/fsck_ffs/pass5.c: revision 1.56
usr.sbin/makefs/ffs.c: revision 1.74
usr.sbin/makefs/ffs/mkfs.c: revision 1.42
usr.sbin/makefs/Makefile: revision 1.40
sys/ufs/ffs/fs.h: revision 1.71
sbin/fsdb/fsdb.c: revision 1.54
sbin/resize_ffs/resize_ffs.c: revision 1.58
sbin/fsck_ffs/pass4.c: revision 1.29
usr.sbin/makefs/ffs/ffs_extern.h: revision 1.9
sbin/newfs/mkfs.c: revision 1.133
sys/ufs/ffs/ffs_alloc.c: revision 1.172
sbin/fsck_ffs/pass1b.c: revision 1.24
usr.sbin/dumpfs/dumpfs.c: revision 1.68
sys/ufs/ffs/ffs_extern.h: revision 1.88
usr.sbin/quotacheck/quotacheck.c: revision 1.51
sys/ufs/ffs/ffs_subr.c: revision 1.54
sbin/fsck_ffs/main.c: revision 1.91
sbin/fsck_ffs/pass1.c: revision 1.63
ufs: fixed signed/unsigned bugs affecting large file systems
Apply these commits from FreeBSD:
commit e870d1e6f97cc73308c11c40684b775bcfa906a2
Author: Kirk McKusick <mckusick@FreeBSD.org>
Date: Wed Feb 10 20:10:35 2010 +0000
This fix corrects a problem in the file system that treats large
inode numbers as negative rather than unsigned. For a default
(16K block) file system, this bug began to show up at a file system
size above about 16Tb.
To fully handle this problem, newfs must be updated to ensure that
it will never create a filesystem with more than 2^32 inodes. That
patch will be forthcoming soon.
Reported by: Scott Burns, John Kilburg, Bruce Evans
Followup by: Jeff Roberson
PR: 133980
MFC after: 2 weeks
commit 81479e688b0f643ffacd3f335b4b4bba460b769d
Author: Kirk McKusick <mckusick@FreeBSD.org>
Date: Thu Feb 11 18:14:53 2010 +0000
One last pass to get all the unsigned comparisons correct.
In additional to the changes from FreeBSD, this commit includes quite a few
related changes to appease -Wsign-compare.
|
| 1.109.2.1 | 02-Aug-2025 |
perseant | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.71 | 05-Jul-2023 |
riastradh | Revert "fsck_ffs(8): Ensure A divides S before aligned_alloc(A, S)."
C17 lifted this restriction.
|
| 1.70 | 04-Jul-2023 |
riastradh | fsck_ffs(8): Fix whitespace issues.
- Nix trailing whitespace.
- Omit excessive blank lines.
- Insert missing blank lines between $NetBSD$ and copyright.
No functional change intended.
|
| 1.69 | 04-Jul-2023 |
riastradh | fsck_ffs(8): Ensure A divides S before aligned_alloc(A, S).
Required by C11 Sec. 7.22.3.1 The aligned_alloc function, para. 2,
p. 348:
The value of alignment shall be a valid alignment supported by the
implementation and the value of size shall be an integral multiple
of alignment.
XXX pullup-10
|
| 1.68 | 14-Jan-2023 |
christos | catch up with sign changes in the fs.h
|
| 1.67 | 17-Nov-2022 |
chs | branches: 1.67.2;
Restore backward compatibility of UFS2 with previous NetBSD releases by
disabling support in UFS2 for extended attributes (including ACLs).
Add a new variant of UFS2 called "UFS2ea" that does support extended attributes.
Add new fsck_ffs operations "-c ea" and "-c no-ea" to convert file systems
from UFS2 to UFS2ea and vice-versa (both of which delete all existing extended
attributes in the process).
|
| 1.66 | 17-Apr-2020 |
jdolecek | align buffers used for I/O to DEV_BSIZE so it's executed more optimally
when run for xbd(4) raw (character) device
|
| 1.65 | 08-Feb-2017 |
rin | branches: 1.65.12;
Add smaller versions of fsck_ffs(8) and newfs(8) for install media, where
support for Endian-Independent FFS and Apple UFS is disabled unless FFS_EI=1
and APPLE_UFS=1 are added to CRUNCHENV, respectively.
This reduces the size of ramdisk image for atari by over 15KB.
Thanks tsutsui and christos for their useful comments.
|
| 1.64 | 19-Oct-2013 |
christos | branches: 1.64.8; 1.64.12;
fix unused variable warnings.
|
| 1.63 | 23-Jun-2013 |
dholland | Stick ffs_ in front of the following macros:
fragstoblks()
blkstofrags()
fragnum()
blknum()
to finish the job of distinguishing them from the lfs versions, which
Christos renamed the other day.
I believe this is the last of the overtly ambiguous exported symbols
from ffs... or at least, the last of the ones that conflicted with lfs.
ffs still pollutes the C namespace very broadly (as does ufs) and this
needs quite a bit more cleanup.
XXX: boo on macros with lowercase names. But I'm not tackling that just yet.
|
| 1.62 | 23-Jun-2013 |
dholland | fsbtodb() -> FFS_FSBTODB(), EXT2_FSBTODB(), or MFS_FSBTODB()
dbtofsb() -> FFS_DBTOFSB() or EXT2_DBTOFSB()
(Christos already did the lfs ones a few days back)
|
| 1.61 | 22-Jan-2013 |
dholland | Stuff UFS_ in front of a few of ufs's symbols to reduce namespace
pollution. Specifically:
ROOTINO -> UFS_ROOTINO
WINO -> UFS_WINO
NXADDR -> UFS_NXADDR
NDADDR -> UFS_NDADDR
NIADDR -> UFS_NIADDR
MAXSYMLINKLEN -> UFS_MAXSYMLINKLEN
MAXSYMLINKLEN_UFS[12] -> UFS[12]_MAXSYMLINKLEN (for consistency)
Sort out ext2fs's misuse of NDADDR and NIADDR; fortunately, these have
the same values in ext2fs and ffs.
No functional change intended.
|
| 1.60 | 09-Jun-2011 |
christos | branches: 1.60.2; 1.60.8;
share more code.
|
| 1.59 | 06-Mar-2011 |
bouyer | branches: 1.59.2;
merge the bouyer-quota2 branch. This adds a new on-disk format
to store disk quota usage and limits, integrated with ffs
metadata. Usage is checked by fsck_ffs (no more quotacheck)
and is covered by the WAPBL journal. Enabled with kernel
option QUOTA2 (added where QUOTA was enabled in kernel config files),
turned on with tunefs(8) on a per-filesystem
basis. mount_mfs(8) can also turn quotas on.
See http://mail-index.netbsd.org/tech-kern/2011/02/19/msg010025.html
for details.
|
| 1.58 | 07-Jan-2010 |
christos | branches: 1.58.2;
make this compile again.
|
| 1.57 | 06-Jan-2010 |
christos | PR/42568: Pedro F. Giffuni: Better signal handling from OpenBSD, but simplified.
|
| 1.56 | 31-Jul-2008 |
simonb | Merge the simonb-wapbl branch. From the original branch commit:
Add Wasabi System's WAPBL (Write Ahead Physical Block Logging)
journaling code. Originally written by Darrin B. Jewell while
at Wasabi and updated to -current by Antti Kantee, Andy Doran,
Greg Oster and Simon Burge.
OK'd by core@, releng@.
|
| 1.55 | 23-Feb-2008 |
christos | branches: 1.55.4; 1.55.6;
Make sure that the exit values are always sane, and use symbolic instead
of magic constants. Reviewed by go@
|
| 1.54 | 08-Feb-2007 |
drochner | branches: 1.54.4; 1.54.10; 1.54.12;
include <signal.h> where signal(3) is used
|
| 1.53 | 20-Mar-2006 |
christos | Coverity CID 2074: Fix memory leak.
|
| 1.52 | 23-Aug-2005 |
tron | Use FFS_MAXNAMLEN instead of MAXNAMLEN.
|
| 1.51 | 19-Aug-2005 |
christos | 64 bit inode changes
|
| 1.50 | 27-Jun-2005 |
christos | sprinkle const.
|
| 1.49 | 20-Jan-2005 |
xtraeme | whitespace (pointed out by wiz@)
|
| 1.48 | 19-Jan-2005 |
xtraeme | Kill __P(), ANSIfy and WARNS=2
|
| 1.47 | 12-Jun-2004 |
mycroft | Use pread()/pwrite().
|
| 1.46 | 13-Apr-2004 |
dbj | fix range error when swapping postbl for compatibility
|
| 1.45 | 15-Jan-2004 |
dbj | branches: 1.45.2;
terminate preen message from previous with \n
|
| 1.44 | 15-Jan-2004 |
dbj | if the user specifies both -b and -p, then just go ahead and update
the primary superblock.
|
| 1.43 | 09-Jan-2004 |
dbj | do not upgrade superblock or set FS_FLAGS_UPDATED unless -c 4 option
is provided.
add compatibility for filesystems before FFSv2 integration
these patches are from pr port-macppc/23925 and should also
fix problems discussed in pr kern/21404 and pr kern/21283
|
| 1.42 | 29-Dec-2003 |
dbj | fix minor bug in buf cache statistic collecting
|
| 1.41 | 07-Aug-2003 |
agc | Move UCB-licensed code from 4-clause to 3-clause licence.
Patches provided by Joel Baker in PR 22308, verified by myself.
|
| 1.40 | 13-Jul-2003 |
itojun | use bounded string op
|
| 1.39 | 14-Apr-2003 |
fvdl | If an alternate superblock is used, update the standard one correctly.
|
| 1.38 | 13-Apr-2003 |
yamt | save and restore errno in signal handlers.
|
| 1.37 | 06-Apr-2003 |
fvdl | Write update some old fields when writing the superblock, similar to
ffs_oldfscompat_write() in the kernel. Use the old totals when
time < old_time (i.e. an old kernel or fsck wrote the filesystem last).
When setting the date back on a new kernel, that works out ok, since
new kernels always update both fields.
|
| 1.36 | 02-Apr-2003 |
fvdl | Add support for UFS2. UFS2 is an enhanced FFS, adding support for
64 bit block pointers, extended attribute storage, and a few
other things.
This commit does not yet include the code to manipulate the extended
storage (for e.g. ACLs), this will be done later.
Originally written by Kirk McKusick and Network Associates Laboratories for
FreeBSD.
|
| 1.35 | 24-Jan-2003 |
fvdl | Bump daddr_t to 64 bits. Replace it with int32_t in all places where
it was used on-disk, so that on-disk formats remain the same.
Remove ufs_daddr_t and ufs_lbn_t for the time being.
|
| 1.34 | 28-Sep-2002 |
dbj | Add support for the Apple UFS variation on ffs
This is the bulk of PR #17345
The general approach is to use a run time deteriminable value
for DIRBLKSIZ. Additional allowances are included for using
MAXSYMLINKLEN with FS_42INODEFMT and a shift in the cylinder group
cluster summary count array. Support is added for managing
the Apple UFS volume label.
|
| 1.33 | 06-May-2002 |
lukem | If SIGINFO is received, display summary information to stderr.
Based on changes in FreeBSD, via Chuck Cranor <chuck@research.att.com>
|
| 1.32 | 02-Sep-2001 |
lukem | Incorporate fix by iedowse @ FreeBSD to allow disks with large numbers of
cylinder groups to work correctly, with minor modifications by me to work
with our FFS_EI code. From the FreeBSD commit message:
The ffs superblock includes a 128-byte region for use by temporary
in-core pointers to summary information. An array in this region
(fs_csp) could overflow on filesystems with a very large number of
cylinder groups (~16000 on i386 with 8k blocks). When this happens,
other fields in the superblock get corrupted, and fsck refuses to
check the filesystem.
Solve this problem by replacing the fs_csp array in 'struct fs'
with a single pointer, and add padding to keep the length of the
128-byte region fixed. Update the kernel and userland utilities
to use just this single pointer.
With this change, the kernel no longer makes use of the superblock
fields 'fs_csshift' and 'fs_csmask'. Add a comment to newfs/mkfs.c
to indicate that these fields must be calculated for compatibility
with older kernels.
Reviewed by: mckusick
|
| 1.31 | 15-Aug-2001 |
lukem | - implement -F; treat provided filesystems as images in regular files
- replace "filesystem" with "file system" as appropriate
- grammar fixes
|
| 1.30 | 04-Feb-2001 |
christos | remove redundant declarations
|
| 1.29 | 09-Jan-2001 |
mycroft | A minor tweak.
|
| 1.28 | 09-Jan-2001 |
enami | Don't swap cg_clustersum(cg)[0]. It doesn't actually exists and it's
actually tail of free block bitmap.
XXX swap_cg() should be shared with newfs.
|
| 1.27 | 10-Oct-2000 |
is | Format string cleanups by Bill Sommerfeld.
|
| 1.26 | 15-Nov-1999 |
fvdl | branches: 1.26.4;
Changes for softdep code.
|
| 1.25 | 06-May-1998 |
mycroft | branches: 1.25.2; 1.25.4; 1.25.8;
copyback_cg() tried to copy too much if the cylinder group info was smaller
than 8k. From PR 5404.
|
| 1.24 | 30-Mar-1998 |
mrg | use extern int over extern
|
| 1.23 | 18-Mar-1998 |
bouyer | Add support for non-native byteorder FFS, and converting byteorder.
Also, be a bit more conservative with the clean flag: don't mark the FS
clean when we know there may still be errors (user anserwed 'n' to
a question, or fsck says "you must rerun fsck").
|
| 1.22 | 24-Sep-1997 |
lukem | for now, #ifdef out a couple of chunks that were added in the lite2 merge
|
| 1.21 | 20-Sep-1997 |
lukem | - don't indiscriminately include <stdlib.h> and <unistd.h> in "fsck.h"
- explicitly pull in <stdio.h>, <stdlib.h> and <unistd.h> in *.c as necessary
|
| 1.20 | 16-Sep-1997 |
lukem | resolve conflicts from lite-2 merge.
|
| 1.19 | 14-Sep-1997 |
lukem | * cleanup for WARNS=1
* deprecate register
* cleanup manpage
* remove unused docheck() func
* prefix hex numbers with '0x'
* getopt returns -1 not EOF
|
| 1.18 | 27-Sep-1996 |
christos | - util.h -> fsutil.h
|
| 1.17 | 23-Sep-1996 |
christos | - fixed all printf formats [there were a lot of %l? <-> %? mistakes]
- added missing prototypes, and made local functions static
- removed parallel preening code; this is part of fsck(8)
- use printing utilities from fsck(8)
- Makefile does not make links to fsck and fsck.8
- removed -l maxparallel option. It has no meaning anymore.
|
| 1.16 | 05-Apr-1996 |
cgd | check in changes proposed in PR 2006 (approved by J.T.), to rename fsck
to fsck_ffs, so that in the future 'fsck' can be a wrapper than invokes
appropriate filesystem-specific checker programs. For now, the only
user-visible change is that the names have changed in the manual page
and in error messages; fsck and fsck.8 are now links to fsck_ffs and
fsck_ffs.8, until the rest of the transition is complete.
|
| 1.15 | 23-Apr-1995 |
cgd | slightly clean rcs ids, etc.
|
| 1.14 | 12-Apr-1995 |
mycroft | Set the clean flag if necessary. If preening, don't check `clean' file
systems.
|
| 1.13 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.12 | 10-Feb-1995 |
cgd | functions which are 'fake-varaargs' should be passed longs, not ints.
|
| 1.11 | 05-Dec-1994 |
cgd | more cleanups from Jim Jegers, passed over by me.
|
| 1.10 | 23-Sep-1994 |
mycroft | Eliminate uses of some obsolete functions.
|
| 1.9 | 08-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Update from 4.4-Lite, with local changes.
|
| 1.8 | 02-May-1994 |
pk | Prototype some things.
|
| 1.7 | 25-Apr-1994 |
cgd | need <sys/time.h>
|
| 1.6 | 09-Apr-1994 |
deraadt | if user does ie, "fsck /etc/group", then types ^C to the CONTINUE
prompt do not dump core. fix from <dean@fsa.ca> (who i will stop
hounding about bug fixes for an hour or two)
|
| 1.5 | 28-Mar-1994 |
cgd | kill extern'd lseek()
|
| 1.4 | 01-Aug-1993 |
mycroft | Add RCS identifiers.
|
| 1.3 | 23-Mar-1993 |
cgd | changed "Id" to "Header" for rcsids
|
| 1.2 | 22-Mar-1993 |
cgd | added rcs ids to all files
|
| 1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.3 | 16-Sep-1997 |
lukem | imported from lite-2
|
| 1.1.1.2 | 13-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Import 4.4-Lite version.
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | initial import of 386bsd-0.1 sources
|
| 1.25.8.1 | 27-Dec-1999 |
wrstuden | Pull up to last week's -current.
|
| 1.25.4.2 | 26-Oct-1999 |
fvdl | Fix some merge mistakes.
|
| 1.25.4.1 | 19-Oct-1999 |
fvdl | Bring in Kirk McKusick's FFS softdep code on a branch.
|
| 1.25.2.1 | 10-Oct-2000 |
he | Pull up revision 1.27 (requested by is):
Format string cleanup.
|
| 1.26.4.3 | 25-Nov-2001 |
he | Pull up revision 1.32 (requested by lukem):
Change fs_csp[] from being a fixed size to being an array sized
as required. This allows file systems with more than about 15500
cylinder groups (on 32-bit systems) to be used.
|
| 1.26.4.2 | 24-Nov-2001 |
he | Pull up revisions 1.28-1.30 (requested by lukem):
Jumbo pullup for fsck_ffs:
o fix incorrect error message
o mark initialized globals with ``extern''
o make reconnect algorithm O(n) instead of O(n^4)
o remove dead code
o don't swap cg_clustersum(cg)[0], it's a bitmap
o ensure rotor values are positive
o some code restructuring
o fix byte swapping bug
o pass5: check alternate superblocks for consistency with in-core master
o fix usage message
|
| 1.26.4.1 | 18-Oct-2000 |
tv | Pullup sbin string format fixes [is].
See "cvs log" for explicit revision numbers per file, from sommerfeld.
|
| 1.45.2.1 | 27-Apr-2004 |
jdc | Pull up revision 1.46 (requested by dbj in ticket #185)
Fix problems related to superblock upgrade issues which may be
experienced by -current users from 2003.
|
| 1.54.12.2 | 28-Sep-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.54.12.1 | 03-Apr-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.54.10.1 | 24-Mar-2008 |
keiichi | sync with head.
|
| 1.54.4.1 | 23-Mar-2008 |
matt | sync with HEAD
|
| 1.55.6.1 | 10-Jun-2008 |
simonb | Initial commit of Wasabi System's WAPBL (Write Ahead Physical Block
Logging) journaling code. Originally written by Darrin B. Jewell
while at Wasabi and updated to -current by Antti Kantee, Andy Doran,
Greg Oster and Simon Burge.
Still a number of issues - look in doc/BRANCHES for "simonb-wapbl"
for more info.
|
| 1.55.4.1 | 18-Sep-2008 |
wrstuden | Sync with wrstuden-revivesa-base-2.
|
| 1.58.2.2 | 30-Jan-2011 |
bouyer | Fix cut-n-paste: compare gid against gid, not uid.
|
| 1.58.2.1 | 20-Jan-2011 |
bouyer | Snapshot of work in progress on a modernised disk quota system:
- new quotactl syscall (versionned for backward compat), which takes
as parameter a path to a mount point, and a prop_dictionary
(in plistref format) describing commands and arguments.
For each command, status and data are returned as a prop_dictionary.
quota commands features will be added to take advantage of this,
exporting quota data or getting quota commands as plists.
- new on disk-format storage (all 64bit wide), integrated to metadata for
ffs (and playing nicely with wapbl).
Quotas are enabled on a ffs filesystem via superblock flags.
tunefs(8) can enable or disable quotas.
On a quota-enabled filesystem, fsck_ffs(8) will track per-uid/gid
block and inode usages, and will check and update quotas in Pass 6.
quota usage and limits are stored in unliked files (one for users,
one for groups)l fsck_ffs(8) will create the files if needed, or
free them if needed. This means that after enabling or disabling
quotas on a filesystem; a fsck_ffs(8) run is required.
quotacheck(8) is not needed any more, on a unclean shutdown
fsck or journal replay will take care of fixing quotas.
newfs(8) can create a ready-to-mount quota-enabled filesystem
(superblock flags are set and quota inodes are created).
Other new features or semantic changes:
- default quota datas, applied to users or groups which don't already
have a quota entry
- per-user/group grace time (instead of a filesystem global one)
- 0 really means "nothing allowed at all", not "no limit".
If you want "no limit", set the limit to UQUAD_MAX (tools will
understand "unlimited" and "-")
A quota file is structured as follow:
it starts with a header, containing a few per-filesystem values,
and the default quota limits.
Quota entries are linked together as a simple list, each entry has a
pointer (as an offset withing the file) to the next.
The header has a pointer to a list of free quota entries, and
a hash table of in-use entries. The size of the hash table depends
on the filesystem block size (header+hash table should fit in the
first block). The file is not sparse and is a multiple of
filesystem block size (when the free quota entry list is empty a new
filesystem block is allocated). quota entries to not cross
filesystem block boundaries.
In memory, the kernel keeps a cache of recently used quota entries
as a reference to the block number, and offset withing the block.
The quota entry itself is keept in the buf cache.
fsck_ffs(8), tunefs(8) and newfs(8) supports are completed (with
related atf tests :)
The kernel can update disk usage and report it via quotactl(2).
Todo: enforce quotas limits (limits are not checked by kernel yet)
update repquota, edquota and rpc.rquotad to the new world
implement compat_50_quotactl ioctl.
update quotactl(2) man page
fsck_ffs required fixes so that allocating new blocks or inodes will
properly update the superblock and cg sumaries. This was not an issue up
to now because superblock and cg sumaries check happened last, but now
allocations or frees can happen in pass 6.
|
| 1.59.2.1 | 23-Jun-2011 |
cherry | Catchup with rmind-uvmplock merge.
|
| 1.60.8.2 | 20-Aug-2014 |
tls | Rebase to HEAD as of a few days ago.
|
| 1.60.8.1 | 25-Feb-2013 |
tls | resync with head
|
| 1.60.2.2 | 22-May-2014 |
yamt | sync with head.
for a reference, the tree before this commit was tagged
as yamt-pagecache-tag8.
this commit was splitted into small chunks to avoid
a limitation of cvs. ("Protocol error: too many arguments")
|
| 1.60.2.1 | 23-Jan-2013 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.64.12.1 | 21-Apr-2017 |
bouyer | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.64.8.1 | 20-Mar-2017 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.65.12.1 | 21-Apr-2020 |
martin | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.67.2.1 | 13-May-2023 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by chs in ticket #162):
sbin/fsck_ffs/inode.c: revision 1.74
sbin/fsck_ffs/utilities.c: revision 1.68
sbin/fsck_ffs/fsck.h: revision 1.57
sbin/fsck_ffs/pass4.c: revision 1.30
catch up with sign changes in the fs.h
|
| 1.6 | 25-Jul-2022 |
dholland | Fix misleading fsck_ffs messages about wapbl journal replay.
Apparently fsck doesn't have a way to replay it to its internal memory
only. (Someone(TM) should implement this...)
This means that if you use -n, it can't replay the journal. But the
sequence of prints is such that it looks like it did. This is quite
misleading. Add an additional specific warning.
|
| 1.5 | 06-Mar-2010 |
mlelstv | When clearing a log on failure, not only ask the kernel to ignore an
existing log but to remove it on next mount.
|
| 1.4 | 13-Sep-2009 |
bouyer | Do some basic checks of the WAPBL journal, to abort the boot before the
kernel refuse to mount a filesystem read-write (booting a system
multiuser with critical filesystems read-only is bad):
Add a check_wapbl() which will check some WAPBL values in the superblock,
and try to read the journal via wapbl_replay_start() if there is one.
pfatal() if one of these fail (abort boot if in preen mode,
as "CONTINUE" otherwise). In non-preen mode the bogus journal will
be cleared.
check_wapbl() is always called if the superblock supports WAPBL.
Even if FS_DOWAPBL is not there, there could be flags asking the
kernel to clear or create a log with bogus values which would cause the
kernel refuse to mount the filesystem.
Discussed in
http://mail-index.netbsd.org/tech-kern/2009/08/17/msg005896.html
and followups.
|
| 1.3 | 10-Nov-2008 |
joerg | Reduce internals of WAPBL exposed to the rest of the system.
|
| 1.2 | 31-Jul-2008 |
simonb | branches: 1.2.2; 1.2.4; 1.2.6; 1.2.10;
Merge the simonb-wapbl branch. From the original branch commit:
Add Wasabi System's WAPBL (Write Ahead Physical Block Logging)
journaling code. Originally written by Darrin B. Jewell while
at Wasabi and updated to -current by Antti Kantee, Andy Doran,
Greg Oster and Simon Burge.
OK'd by core@, releng@.
|
| 1.1 | 10-Jun-2008 |
simonb | branches: 1.1.2;
file wapbl.c was initially added on branch simonb-wapbl.
|
| 1.1.2.5 | 28-Jul-2008 |
simonb | Add support for creating a WAPBL log in the filesystem. Will
create an in-filesystem log on first "mount -o log" if one doesn't
exist, and will then continue to use same log in the future. See
(soon to be added) wapbl(4) for more info.
Adds a new B_CONTIG low-level allocation flag that uses hints in
"struct ffs_inode_ext" to lay out an ffs file's data contiguously.
Thanks to Greg Oster for helping with the design of this and to
Antti Kantee for code review and suggestions.
|
| 1.1.2.4 | 12-Jun-2008 |
martin | License police
|
| 1.1.2.3 | 11-Jun-2008 |
simonb | Fix some whitespace and long line niggles.
|
| 1.1.2.2 | 11-Jun-2008 |
simonb | Fix a couple of typos. From wizd.
|
| 1.1.2.1 | 10-Jun-2008 |
simonb | Initial commit of Wasabi System's WAPBL (Write Ahead Physical Block
Logging) journaling code. Originally written by Darrin B. Jewell
while at Wasabi and updated to -current by Antti Kantee, Andy Doran,
Greg Oster and Simon Burge.
Still a number of issues - look in doc/BRANCHES for "simonb-wapbl"
for more info.
|
| 1.2.10.1 | 21-Apr-2010 |
matt | sync to netbsd-5
|
| 1.2.6.1 | 03-Oct-2009 |
snj | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by bouyer in ticket #1036):
sbin/fsck_ffs/extern.h: revision 1.25 via patch
sbin/fsck_ffs/setup.c: revision 1.88 via patch
sbin/fsck_ffs/wapbl.c: revision 1.4 via patch
sbin/tunefs/tunefs.c: revision 1.41 via patch
sys/ufs/ffs/ffs_vfsops.c: revision 1.252 via patch
sys/ufs/ffs/ffs_wapbl.c: revision 1.13 via patch
Allow tunefs to clear any type of WAPBL log, not only in-filesystem
ones. Discussed in
http://mail-index.netbsd.org/tech-kern/2009/08/17/msg005896.html
and followups.
--
Do some basic checks of the WAPBL journal, to abort the boot before the
kernel refuse to mount a filesystem read-write (booting a system
multiuser with critical filesystems read-only is bad):
Add a check_wapbl() which will check some WAPBL values in the superblock,
and try to read the journal via wapbl_replay_start() if there is one.
pfatal() if one of these fail (abort boot if in preen mode,
as "CONTINUE" otherwise). In non-preen mode the bogus journal will
be cleared.
check_wapbl() is always called if the superblock supports WAPBL.
Even if FS_DOWAPBL is not there, there could be flags asking the
kernel to clear or create a log with bogus values which would cause the
kernel refuse to mount the filesystem.
Discussed in
http://mail-index.netbsd.org/tech-kern/2009/08/17/msg005896.html
and followups.
--
If the WAPBL journal can't be read (ffs_wapbl_replay_start() fails),
mount the filesystem anyway if MNT_FORCE is present.
This allows to still boot single-user a system with a corrupted
WAPBL on /, and so get a chance to run fsck to fix it.
http://mail-index.netbsd.org/tech-kern/2009/08/17/msg005896.html
and followups.
|
| 1.2.4.3 | 17-Jan-2009 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.2.4.2 | 28-Sep-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.2.4.1 | 31-Jul-2008 |
mjf | file wapbl.c was added on branch mjf-devfs2 on 2008-09-28 11:17:11 +0000
|
| 1.2.2.2 | 18-Sep-2008 |
wrstuden | Sync with wrstuden-revivesa-base-2.
|
| 1.2.2.1 | 31-Jul-2008 |
wrstuden | file wapbl.c was added on branch wrstuden-revivesa on 2008-09-18 04:28:23 +0000
|
| 1.4 | 07-Aug-2003 |
agc | Move UCB-licensed code from 4-clause to 3-clause licence.
Patches provided by Joel Baker in PR 22308, verified by myself.
|
| 1.3 | 05-Apr-1996 |
cgd | check in changes proposed in PR 2006 (approved by J.T.), to rename fsck
to fsck_ffs, so that in the future 'fsck' can be a wrapper than invokes
appropriate filesystem-specific checker programs. For now, the only
user-visible change is that the names have changed in the manual page
and in error messages; fsck and fsck.8 are now links to fsck_ffs and
fsck_ffs.8, until the rest of the transition is complete.
|
| 1.2 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.1 | 08-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | branches: 1.1.1;
Update from 4.4-Lite, with local changes.
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 13-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Import 4.4-Lite version.
|
| 1.4 | 07-Aug-2003 |
agc | Move UCB-licensed code from 4-clause to 3-clause licence.
Patches provided by Joel Baker in PR 22308, verified by myself.
|
| 1.3 | 05-Apr-1996 |
cgd | check in changes proposed in PR 2006 (approved by J.T.), to rename fsck
to fsck_ffs, so that in the future 'fsck' can be a wrapper than invokes
appropriate filesystem-specific checker programs. For now, the only
user-visible change is that the names have changed in the manual page
and in error messages; fsck and fsck.8 are now links to fsck_ffs and
fsck_ffs.8, until the rest of the transition is complete.
|
| 1.2 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.1 | 08-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | branches: 1.1.1;
Update from 4.4-Lite, with local changes.
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 13-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Import 4.4-Lite version.
|
| 1.3 | 07-Aug-2003 |
agc | Move UCB-licensed code from 4-clause to 3-clause licence.
Patches provided by Joel Baker in PR 22308, verified by myself.
|
| 1.2 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.1 | 08-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | branches: 1.1.1;
Update from 4.4-Lite, with local changes.
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 13-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Import 4.4-Lite version.
|
| 1.6 | 07-Aug-2003 |
agc | Move UCB-licensed code from 4-clause to 3-clause licence.
Patches provided by Joel Baker in PR 22308, verified by myself.
|
| 1.5 | 20-Aug-2001 |
wiz | precede, not preceed.
|
| 1.4 | 11-Oct-1996 |
thorpej | Bug fix from Kirk McKusick <mckusick@McKusick.COM>:
Fix a bug in fsck_ffs where if a directory somehow develops a hole
(that is a block pointer that has a value of zero), fsck would give the
filesystem a clean bill of health, but the kernel would panic when
accessing the directory with the hole. Fsck now checks for holes
in directories. If found in preen mode, fsck fails. In manual
mode, it can be directed to shorten the directory to the beginning of
the hole. A more complete solution would be to allocate a block to fill
the hole. However, this is a lot more work for a `cannot happen' error,
so the extra effort seems unwarranted.
|
| 1.3 | 05-Apr-1996 |
cgd | branches: 1.3.4;
check in changes proposed in PR 2006 (approved by J.T.), to rename fsck
to fsck_ffs, so that in the future 'fsck' can be a wrapper than invokes
appropriate filesystem-specific checker programs. For now, the only
user-visible change is that the names have changed in the manual page
and in error messages; fsck and fsck.8 are now links to fsck_ffs and
fsck_ffs.8, until the rest of the transition is complete.
|
| 1.2 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.1 | 08-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | branches: 1.1.1;
Update from 4.4-Lite, with local changes.
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 13-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Import 4.4-Lite version.
|
| 1.3.4.1 | 02-Mar-1997 |
mycroft | Pull up changes from Kirk McKusick to check for holes in directories.
|
| 1.5 | 07-Aug-2003 |
agc | Move UCB-licensed code from 4-clause to 3-clause licence.
Patches provided by Joel Baker in PR 22308, verified by myself.
|
| 1.4 | 21-Nov-2001 |
wiz | "than" instead of "then".
|
| 1.3 | 05-Apr-1996 |
cgd | check in changes proposed in PR 2006 (approved by J.T.), to rename fsck
to fsck_ffs, so that in the future 'fsck' can be a wrapper than invokes
appropriate filesystem-specific checker programs. For now, the only
user-visible change is that the names have changed in the manual page
and in error messages; fsck and fsck.8 are now links to fsck_ffs and
fsck_ffs.8, until the rest of the transition is complete.
|
| 1.2 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.1 | 08-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | branches: 1.1.1;
Update from 4.4-Lite, with local changes.
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 13-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Import 4.4-Lite version.
|
| 1.5 | 05-Jul-2014 |
dholland | Reorg docs, part 3:
Move the documents that are papers to /usr/share/doc/papers.
Give them suitable names (including the author and year).
The key property of papers that distinguishes them from documentation
is that they're historical: they're published at a particular time and
aren't updated or maintained. (Except cosmetically.)
We should only ship papers that are of interest to users, either for
historical perspective or because they're the original research
writeup of stuff that went into the system and is still pertinent.
The ffs papers clearly meet this standard; the other one here (about
passwords, in 1978) is probably past its sell-by date.
|
| 1.4 | 05-Jul-2014 |
dholland | Rework /usr/share/doc.
Update the <bsd.doc.mk> infrastructure, and update the docs to match
the new infrastructure.
- Build and install text, ps, pdf, and/or html, not roff sources.
- Don't wire the chapter numbers into the build system, or use them in
the installed pathnames. This didn't matter much when the docs were a
museum, but now that we're theoretically going to start maintaining
them again, we're going to add and remove documents periodically and
having the chapter numbers baked in creates a lot of thrashing for no
purpose.
- Specify the document name explicitly, rather than implicitly in a
path. Use this name (instead of other random strings) as the name
of the installed files.
- Specify the document section, which is the subdirectory of
/usr/share/doc to install into.
- Allow multiple subdocuments. (That is, multiple documents in one
output directory.)
- Enumerate the .png files groff emits along with html so they can be
installed.
- Remove assorted hand-rolled rules for running roff and roff widgetry
and add enough variable settings to make these unnecessary. This
includes support for
- explicit use of soelim
- refer
- tbl
- pic
- eqn
- Forcibly apply at least minimal amounts of sanity to certain
autogenerated roff files.
- Don't exclude USD.doc, SMM.doc, and PSD.doc directories from the
build, as they now actually do stuff.
Note: currently we can't generate pdf. This turns out to be a
nontrivial problem with no immediate solution forthcoming. So for now,
as a workaround, install compressed .ps as the printable form.
|
| 1.3 | 05-Apr-1996 |
cgd | branches: 1.3.82; 1.3.94;
check in changes proposed in PR 2006 (approved by J.T.), to rename fsck
to fsck_ffs, so that in the future 'fsck' can be a wrapper than invokes
appropriate filesystem-specific checker programs. For now, the only
user-visible change is that the names have changed in the manual page
and in error messages; fsck and fsck.8 are now links to fsck_ffs and
fsck_ffs.8, until the rest of the transition is complete.
|
| 1.2 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.1 | 08-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | branches: 1.1.1;
Update from 4.4-Lite, with local changes.
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 13-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Import 4.4-Lite version.
|
| 1.3.94.1 | 10-Aug-2014 |
tls | Rebase.
|
| 1.3.82.1 | 20-Aug-2014 |
tls | Rebase to HEAD as of a few days ago.
|
| 1.24 | 20-Apr-2024 |
rillig | {usr.,}{s,}bin: replace LINT_SUPPORTED with the standard NOLINT
While here, re-enable lint in those cases where lint was skipped due to
a bug in interpreting abstract types, which was fixed in cgram.y 1.469
from 2023-08-02.
|
| 1.23 | 14-Sep-2021 |
rillig | sbin: enable lint for almost all programs
The programs fsck_lfs and newfs_lfs both trigger a longstanding bug in
lint that is difficult to fix, so ignore them for now.
For resize_ffs, lint thinks that 'struct fs' is incomplete, but GCC and
Clang accept it. Needs further investigation.
|
| 1.22 | 07-Sep-2020 |
mrg | remove GCC_NO_ADDR_OF_PACKED_MEMBER now lfs_accessors.h works.
|
| 1.21 | 06-Sep-2020 |
mrg | add support for new GCC 9 warnings that may be too much to fix
right now. new address-of-packed-member and format-overflow
warnings have new GCC_NO_ADDR_OF_PACKED_MEMBER amd
GCC_NO_FORMAT_OVERFLOW variables to remove these warnings.
apply to a bunch of the tree. mostly, these are real bugs that
should be fixed, but in many cases, only by removing the 'packed'
attribute from some structure that doesn't really need it. (i
looked at many different ones, and while perhaps 60-80% were
already properly aligned, it wasn't clear to me that the uses
were always coming from sane data vs network alignment, so it
doesn't seem safe to remove packed without careful research for
each affect struct.) clang already warned (and was not erroring)
for many of these cases, but gcc picked up dozens more.
|
| 1.20 | 08-Jun-2013 |
dholland | Redo these changes properly:
-r1.12 libexec/lfs_cleanerd/Makefile
-r1.15 sbin/fsck_lfs/Makefile
-r1.6 sbin/newfs_lfs/Makefile
hi ad@
|
| 1.19 | 08-Jun-2013 |
dholland | Tidy up the LFS userland build hacks.
Don't use -I${NETBSDSRCDIR}/sys; don't include files other than the
exported LFS headers, which are lfs.h, lfs_inode.h, and (for now)
lfs_extern.h.
|
| 1.18 | 06-Jun-2013 |
dholland | Cleanups and hacks to make lfs userland stuff build:
- lfs_cksum.c doesn't actually need ulfs_inode.h any more.
- neither does lfs_itimes.c.
- add hacks to fsck_lfs to make it compile.
- add hacks to newfs_lfs to make it compile.
- fix warning in ulfs_quota.c when quotas are fully disabled
(as I guess is happening with the rumpity version)
XXX: This commit adds -I${NETBSDSRCDIR}/sys to the Makefiles for
XXX: fsck_lfs, newfs_lfs, and lfs_cleanerd. This needs to be cleaned
XXX: up ASAP; but I consider this less problematic in the short term
XXX: than spewing ulfs_*.h into /usr/include.
|
| 1.17 | 06-Aug-2009 |
pooka | branches: 1.17.6; 1.17.12;
Define syscalls of lfs userspace tools (cleaner, mainly) through
a struct called kernelops, which contains standard system calls
for the normal case and rump system calls for the rump case.
Make it possible to run the lfs cleaner in a library fashion (taking
the quick route with the implementation).
|
| 1.16 | 11-Apr-2009 |
lukem | Enable WARNS=4 by default except for:
dump dump_lfs fsck_ffs fsck_lfs fsdb mount_smbfs
newfs_ext2fs newfs_lfs resize_lfs setkey
|
| 1.15 | 28-Dec-2007 |
ad | branches: 1.15.12;
Make it build with src/sys from the vmlocking2 branch.
|
| 1.14 | 26-Aug-2006 |
christos | branches: 1.14.8; 1.14.10;
Programs that use efun.
|
| 1.13 | 18-Jul-2006 |
perseant | Various improvements to fsck_lfs, to wit:
* Add lfs_balloc capability to the lfs library.
* Extend the Ifile if we run out of free inodes when creating lost+found.
* Don't roll forward if we have allocated a lost+found, to avoid
conflicts when adding new files in roll-forward.
* Make some messages slightly more verbose (e.g. include inode number,
and use pwarn() instead of printf() so the messages include the device
name when preening).
* Change superblock detection/avoidance to use the offset table in the
primary superblock, rather than looking at the contents.
* Be more verbose about various operations when passed the -d flag,
especially roll-forward.
* Be more careful about dirops during roll forward, since the cleaner can
sometimes write blocks from dirop vnodes. Detect and avoid this problem.
* Always check the free list, even if given -i; if we're going to write
it we have to check it first.
* Mark inodes dirty when blocks are found during roll forward, so the
inodes are written with the new block locations.
* Update size of inodes if blocks beyond EOF are found during roll
forward.
* Fix segment accounting for blocks and inodes found during roll
forward.
* Report statistics on roll forward: how many new/deleted/moved files
and how many updated blocks (or "nothing new").
* Don't care if the device being checked is really a device, if we have
been passed the -f flag (to facilitate automated testing).
* When writing to the disk, use the current time in the segment headers
rathern than time 0.
* When passed the -i flag, locate the partial segment containing the
Ifile inode and use that to calculate lfs_offset, lfs_curseg,
lfs_nextseg. (Again for automated testing.)
|
| 1.12 | 17-Apr-2006 |
perseant | Remove the free list ordering/disordering code, since the kernel now keeps
the list in order (ordering it on mount).
Regularize error messages: these are now all in ALL CAPS, with all hex
numbers (not reported in caps) prefixed by 0x. (The non-fsck-specific
messages are an exception to this all-caps rule.)
|
| 1.11 | 13-Sep-2005 |
christos | rename lfs.h to lfs_user.h so that it does not conflict.
|
| 1.10 | 08-Jun-2005 |
perseant | Use the correct method to create a new inode, when we allocate lost+found.
Correct uninitialized variable issues in pass6.c and dir.c (PR#30411 and
PR#30394, respectively).
|
| 1.9 | 03-Jun-2005 |
lukem | Disable -Wuninitialized on dir.c (until PR 30394 is addressed)
and pass6.c (until PR 30411 is addressed)
|
| 1.8 | 20-Jan-2005 |
xtraeme | WARNS=2 is the default defined in sbin/Makefile.inc. (thanks wiz)
|
| 1.7 | 19-Jan-2005 |
xtraeme | ANSIfy, WARNS=2
|
| 1.6 | 28-Mar-2003 |
perseant | Add working writing ability to fsck_lfs, including roll-forward, based on
a partial-segment writer ported from the kernel.
|
| 1.5 | 19-Aug-2002 |
lukem | Use ${NETBSDSRCDIR}/some/path instead of ${.CURDIR}/../../some/path
|
| 1.4 | 19-Oct-2000 |
fvdl | Disable VERBOSE_BLOCKMAP by default; it allocates huge amounts of
memory, causing immediate fsck_lfs failure for big filesystems.
|
| 1.3 | 30-May-2000 |
perseant | branches: 1.3.2;
Check for cycles in the inode free list, and for free inodes not on the free
list.
|
| 1.2 | 16-May-2000 |
perseant | branches: 1.2.2;
fsck_lfs can now write to the filesystem, allowing it to correct most
(though still not all) errors in a damaged lfs. Segment byte accounting
is corrected in pass 5. "fsck_lfs -p" will do a partial roll-forward,
verifying the checkpoint from the newer superblock. fscknames[] is
updated so that fsck knows about fsck_lfs.
|
| 1.1 | 18-Mar-1999 |
perseant | Initial checkin of fsck_lfs. This version cannot do any repair (-p flag
does nothing, and one of -p or -n is required) but can be useful as a
diagnostic tool.
|
| 1.2.2.1 | 22-Jun-2000 |
minoura | Sync w/ netbsd-1-5-base.
|
| 1.3.2.1 | 19-Oct-2000 |
he | Pull up revision 1.4 (requested by fvdl):
Fix a problem where fsck_lfs will dump core (runs out of memory)
on a file system above average in size.
|
| 1.14.10.1 | 18-Feb-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.14.8.1 | 09-Jan-2008 |
matt | sync with HEAD
|
| 1.15.12.1 | 13-May-2009 |
jym | Sync with HEAD.
Third (and last) commit. See http://mail-index.netbsd.org/source-changes/2009/05/13/msg221222.html
|
| 1.17.12.1 | 23-Jun-2013 |
tls | resync from head
|
| 1.17.6.1 | 22-May-2014 |
yamt | sync with head.
for a reference, the tree before this commit was tagged
as yamt-pagecache-tag8.
this commit was splitted into small chunks to avoid
a limitation of cvs. ("Protocol error: too many arguments")
|
| 1.21 | 03-Apr-2020 |
joerg | branches: 1.21.8;
Avoid common symbols for fsck_lfs.
|
| 1.20 | 30-Mar-2018 |
christos | branches: 1.20.2;
PR/51418: Jose Luis Rodriguez Garcia: Fix incore src/sbin/fsck_lfs/bufcache.c
XXX: pullup-8, pullup-7
|
| 1.19 | 25-Aug-2016 |
christos | branches: 1.19.6; 1.19.12;
PR/51440: Jose Luis Rodriguez Garcia: Use the standard queue.h macro instead
of playing with the TAILQ's entrails.
|
| 1.18 | 18-Aug-2016 |
christos | PR/51422: Jose Luis Rodriguez Garcia: completely remove B_NEEDCOMMIT
|
| 1.17 | 18-Aug-2016 |
christos | PR/51422: Jose Luis Rodriguez Garcia: Remove unnecessary assignment.
|
| 1.16 | 31-Jul-2016 |
dholland | PR 51264 Jose Luis Rodriguez Garcia: lfs userland bufcache rehash is broken
|
| 1.15 | 29-Mar-2015 |
chopps | branches: 1.15.2;
- Fix fallout for recent bread() change (removing cred arg).
|
| 1.14 | 19-Oct-2013 |
christos | branches: 1.14.4; 1.14.6; 1.14.10;
fix unused variable warnings.
|
| 1.13 | 16-May-2008 |
hannken | branches: 1.13.18; 1.13.24;
Make sure all cached buffers with valid, not yet written data have been
run through copy-on-write. Call fscow_run() with valid data where possible.
The LP_UFSCOW hack is no longer needed to protect ffs_copyonwrite() against
endless recursion.
- Add a flag B_MODIFY to bread(), breada() and breadn(). If set the caller
intends to modify the buffer returned.
- Always run copy-on-write on buffers returned from ffs_balloc().
- Add new function ffs_getblk() that gets a buffer, assigns a new blkno,
may clear the buffer and runs copy-on-write. Process possible errors
from getblk() or fscow_run(). Part of PR kern/38664.
Welcome to 4.99.63
Reviewed by: YAMAMOTO Takashi <yamt@netbsd.org>
|
| 1.12 | 28-Apr-2008 |
martin | branches: 1.12.2;
Remove clause 3 and 4 from TNF licenses
|
| 1.11 | 08-Oct-2007 |
ad | branches: 1.11.8; 1.11.10;
Give brelse() a second argument so that it matches the kernel.
fsck_lfs now compiles again.
|
| 1.10 | 09-Nov-2006 |
christos | branches: 1.10.8;
Fix malloc/realloc/calloc issues: always check and exit, use EEXIT instead
of 8.
|
| 1.9 | 19-Apr-2006 |
christos | "struct ucred" should not be exposed to userland. Instead make it a "void *"
since it is not really used.
|
| 1.8 | 17-Mar-2006 |
rumble | Check for allocation failures in malloc, calloc, realloc, asprintf, and
vasprintf and try to handle them.
|
| 1.7 | 20-May-2005 |
perseant | Fail gracefully if we are asked to expand the buffer cache hash table size
when there is no memory available to do so. Use the uvnode's strategy
routine to retrieve data from the device, rather than always using pread().
Add a buffer header flag that specifies external management of the buffer's
data area.
All of this in support of a new cleaner, which is not included in this commit.
|
| 1.6 | 11-Apr-2005 |
perseant | Be more efficient with the hash tables for the buffer and vnode caches.
Note that roll-forward can add more inodes to the filesystem; don't overflow
the tables but reallocate them.
|
| 1.5 | 06-Apr-2005 |
perseant | Note that fsck_lfs may not know beforehand whether a given block is a
superblock or a segment summary, and tries both. These may be different
sizes. Fix a broken assertion that they are the same size.
Fixes PR # 29151.
|
| 1.4 | 19-Mar-2005 |
perseant | Buffer cache fixes: make sure we initialize all the hash lists, and allow
the cache to grow in size irrespective of how many buffers may be in the
locked queue, since we can't write those in any case. Prevents fsck_lfs
from spinning when it has too much to write.
|
| 1.3 | 26-Feb-2005 |
perseant | branches: 1.3.2;
Various minor LFS improvements:
* Extend the lfs library from fsck_lfs(8) so that it can be used with a
not-yet-existent LFS. Make newfs_lfs(8) use this library, so it can
create LFSs whose Ifile is larger than one segment.
* Make newfs_lfs(8) use strsuftoi64() for its arguments, a la newfs(8).
* Make fsck_lfs(8) respect the "file system is clean" flag.
* Don't let fsck_lfs(8) think it has dirty blocks when invoked with the
-n flag.
|
| 1.2 | 31-Mar-2003 |
perseant | branches: 1.2.4;
Check inode free list tail pointer as well as head pointer, and write both
into the CLEANERINFO block of the Ifile as well as into the superblock.
Make preen update both superblocks.
|
| 1.1 | 28-Mar-2003 |
perseant | Add working writing ability to fsck_lfs, including roll-forward, based on
a partial-segment writer ported from the kernel.
|
| 1.2.4.1 | 10-May-2005 |
riz | Pull up the following revisions (requested by perseant in ticket #1281):
1.8 sys/ufs/lfs/TODO
1.75 sys/ufs/lfs/lfs.h (via patch)
1.74 sys/ufs/lfs/lfs_alloc.c (via patch)
1.49, 1.51 sys/ufs/lfs/lfs_balloc.c (1.51 via patch)
1.78 sys/ufs/lfs/lfs_bio.c
1.62 sys/ufs/lfs/lfs_extern.h (via patch)
1.156 sys/ufs/lfs/lfs_segment.c (via patch)
1.48 sys/ufs/lfs/lfs_subr.c
1.101 sys/ufs/lfs/lfs_syscalls.c
1.163 sys/ufs/lfs/lfs_vfsops.c (via patch)
1.134 sys/ufs/lfs/lfs_vnops.c (via patch)
1.61 sys/ufs/ufs/ufs_readwrite.c (via patch)
1.20 libexec/lfs_cleanerd/clean.h (via patch)
1.52 libexec/lfs_cleanerd/cleanerd.c (via patch)
1.41 libexec/lfs_cleanerd/library.c (via patch)
1.4 regress/sys/fs/lfs/newfs_fsck/Makefile
1.2 regress/sys/fs/lfs/newfs_fsck/mkfs_mount
1.2 regress/sys/fs/lfs/newfs_fsck/smallfiles
1.3 sbin/fsck_lfs/bufcache.c
1.3 sbin/fsck_lfs/bufcache.h
1.3 sbin/fsck_lfs/lfs.h
1.8 sbin/fsck_lfs/lfs.c (via patch)
1.8 sbin/fsck_lfs/pass3.c (via patch)
1.18 sbin/fsck_lfs/pass0.c (via patch)
1.18 sbin/fsck_lfs/utilities.c (via patch)
1.7 sbin/fsck_lfs/segwrite.c
1.19 sbin/fsck_lfs/setup.c (via patch)
1.3 sbin/newfs_lfs/Makefile
0 sbin/newfs_lfs/lfs.c (yes, remove it)
1.1 sbin/newfs_lfs/make_lfs.c
1.15 sbin/newfs_lfs/newfs.c (via patch)
Various minor LFS improvements.
Kernel:
* Note when lfs_putpages(9) thinks it is not going to be writing any
pages before calling genfs_putpages(9). This prevents a situation in
which blocks can be queued for writing without a segment header.
* Correct computation of NRESERVE(), though it is still a gross
overestimate in most cases. Note that if NRESERVE() is too high, it
may be impossible to create files on the filesystem. We catch this
case on filesystem mount and refuse to mount r/w.
* Allow filesystems to be mounted whose block size is == MAXBSIZE.
* Somewhere along the line, ufs_bmaparray(9) started mangling UNWRITTEN
entries in indirect blocks again, triggering a failed assertion "daddr
<= LFS_MAX_DADDR". Explicitly convert to and from int32_t to correct
this. Should fix PR #29045.
* Add a high-water mark for the number of dirty pages any given LFS can
hold before triggering a flush. This is settable by sysctl, but off
(zero) by default.
* Be more careful about the MAX_BYTES and MAX_BUFS computations so we
shouldn't see "please increase to at least zero" messages.
* Note that VBLK and VCHR vnodes can have nonzero values in di_db[0]
even though their v_size == 0. Don't panic when we see this.
Fixes PR #26680.
* Change lfs_bfree to a signed quantity. The manner in which it is
processed before being passed to the cleaner means that sometimes it
may drop below zero, and the cleaner must be aware of this.
* Never report bfree < 0 (or higher than lfs_dsize) through
lfs_statfs(9). This prevents df(1) from ever telling us that our full
filesystems have 16TB free.
* Account space allocated through lfs_balloc(9) that does not have
associated buffer headers, so that the pagedaemon doesn't run us out
of segments.
* Return ENOSPC from lfs_balloc(9) when bfree drops to zero.
* Address a deadlock in lfs_bmapv/lfs_markv when the filesystem is being
unmounted. Because vfs_busy() is a shared lock, and
lfs_bmapv/lfs_markv mark the filesystem vfs_busy(), the cleaner can be
holding the lock that umount() is blocking on, then try to vfs_busy()
again in getnewvnode().
cleaner:
* Adapt lfs_cleanerd to use the fcntl call to get the Ifile filehandle,
so it need not be in the namespace.
* Make lfs_cleanerd be more careful when there are very few available
segments.
* Make lfs_cleanerd less verbose when the filesystem is unmounted.
newfs_lfs, fsck_lfs, and regression:
* Extend the lfs library from fsck_lfs(8) so that it can be used with a
not-yet-existent LFS. Make newfs_lfs(8) use this library, so it can
create LFSs whose Ifile is larger than one segment. Addresses PR #11110.
* Make newfs_lfs(8) use strsuftoi64() for its arguments, a la newfs(8).
* Make fsck_lfs(8) respect the "file system is clean" flag.
* Don't let fsck_lfs(8) think it has dirty blocks when invoked with the
-n flag.
* Remove the Ifile from the filesystem namespace. The cleaner now uses
a fcntl call on the root inode to find the Ifile filehandle. (As a
side-effect, addresses PR #29144.)
|
| 1.3.2.1 | 07-May-2005 |
tron | Apply patch (requested by perseant in ticket #242):
* fsck_lfs buffer cache fixes, including PR #29151
* Change fsck_lfs phase 0 message to reflect reality
* fsck_lfs: check phase 5 (cleanerinfo accounting) even on
roll-forward
* Keep better track of the free list during roll-forward, avoiding
a core dump
* Improve hash table use for fsck_lfs buffer and vnode cache
* Document fsck_lfs flag -f, and implement -q
* Add resize_lfs, including kernel support
* Add LFS to mountd's list of exportable filesystem types
* Make the LFS lkm work again [christos@]
* Add MP locking to the LFS kernel subsystem
* Fix pager_map deadlock in lfs_putpages()
* Avoid incomplete file extension that looks like "partial
truncation" to fsck
* Use lfs_malloc for cleaner malloc, since the cleaner often runs
in low-memory conditions.
* Use splay trees, not hash table, to track page allocation for
write.
* Fix mkdir panic on full fs
* Fix page accounting leak by counting differently.
* Use rightly named structure for lfs_getattr [skrll@]
* Cosmetic changes for readability.
|
| 1.10.8.1 | 06-Nov-2007 |
matt | sync with HEAD
|
| 1.11.10.1 | 18-May-2008 |
yamt | sync with head.
|
| 1.11.8.1 | 02-Jun-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.12.2.1 | 23-Jun-2008 |
wrstuden | Sync w/ -current. 34 merge conflicts to follow.
|
| 1.13.24.1 | 20-Aug-2014 |
tls | Rebase to HEAD as of a few days ago.
|
| 1.13.18.1 | 22-May-2014 |
yamt | sync with head.
for a reference, the tree before this commit was tagged
as yamt-pagecache-tag8.
this commit was splitted into small chunks to avoid
a limitation of cvs. ("Protocol error: too many arguments")
|
| 1.14.10.1 | 14-Jun-2018 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by maya in ticket #1612):
sbin/fsck_lfs/bufcache.h: revision 1.14
sbin/fsck_lfs/bufcache.c: revision 1.20
PR/51418: Jose Luis Rodriguez Garcia: Fix incore src/sbin/fsck_lfs/bufcache.c
XXX: pullup-8, pullup-7
|
| 1.14.6.1 | 14-Jun-2018 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by maya in ticket #1612):
sbin/fsck_lfs/bufcache.h: revision 1.14
sbin/fsck_lfs/bufcache.c: revision 1.20
PR/51418: Jose Luis Rodriguez Garcia: Fix incore src/sbin/fsck_lfs/bufcache.c
XXX: pullup-8, pullup-7
|
| 1.14.4.1 | 06-Jun-2018 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by maya in ticket #1612):
sbin/fsck_lfs/bufcache.h: revision 1.14
sbin/fsck_lfs/bufcache.c: revision 1.20
PR/51418: Jose Luis Rodriguez Garcia: Fix incore src/sbin/fsck_lfs/bufcache.c
XXX: pullup-8, pullup-7
|
| 1.15.2.1 | 06-Aug-2016 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.19.12.1 | 07-Apr-2018 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD. 77 conflicts resolved - all of them $NetBSD$
|
| 1.19.6.1 | 08-Jun-2018 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by maya in ticket #855):
sbin/fsck_lfs/bufcache.h: revision 1.14
sbin/fsck_lfs/bufcache.c: revision 1.20
PR/51418: Jose Luis Rodriguez Garcia: Fix incore src/sbin/fsck_lfs/bufcache.c
XXX: pullup-8, pullup-7
|
| 1.20.2.1 | 08-Apr-2020 |
martin | Merge changes from current as of 20200406
|
| 1.21.8.2 | 06-Sep-2025 |
perseant | Separate buffer cache code between fsck_lfs and fsck_exfatfs.
This may be reunited later, probably as a library.
|
| 1.21.8.1 | 29-Jun-2024 |
perseant | Implementation of exFAT filesystem, with compilation conditional on MKEXFATFS
make variable.
|
| 1.14 | 30-Mar-2018 |
christos | PR/51418: Jose Luis Rodriguez Garcia: Fix incore src/sbin/fsck_lfs/bufcache.c
XXX: pullup-8, pullup-7
|
| 1.13 | 18-Aug-2016 |
christos | branches: 1.13.6; 1.13.12;
PR/51422: Jose Luis Rodriguez Garcia: completely remove B_NEEDCOMMIT
|
| 1.12 | 29-Mar-2015 |
chopps | - Fix fallout for recent bread() change (removing cred arg).
|
| 1.11 | 16-May-2008 |
hannken | branches: 1.11.38; 1.11.40; 1.11.44;
Make sure all cached buffers with valid, not yet written data have been
run through copy-on-write. Call fscow_run() with valid data where possible.
The LP_UFSCOW hack is no longer needed to protect ffs_copyonwrite() against
endless recursion.
- Add a flag B_MODIFY to bread(), breada() and breadn(). If set the caller
intends to modify the buffer returned.
- Always run copy-on-write on buffers returned from ffs_balloc().
- Add new function ffs_getblk() that gets a buffer, assigns a new blkno,
may clear the buffer and runs copy-on-write. Process possible errors
from getblk() or fscow_run(). Part of PR kern/38664.
Welcome to 4.99.63
Reviewed by: YAMAMOTO Takashi <yamt@netbsd.org>
|
| 1.10 | 28-Apr-2008 |
martin | branches: 1.10.2;
Remove clause 3 and 4 from TNF licenses
|
| 1.9 | 28-Dec-2007 |
ad | branches: 1.9.4; 1.9.6;
Make it build with src/sys from the vmlocking2 branch.
|
| 1.8 | 08-Oct-2007 |
ad | branches: 1.8.2;
Give brelse() a second argument so that it matches the kernel.
fsck_lfs now compiles again.
|
| 1.7 | 03-May-2006 |
yamt | branches: 1.7.10;
define dummy NOCRED by ourselves, rather than assuming that kernel headers
provide it.
|
| 1.6 | 19-Apr-2006 |
christos | "struct ucred" should not be exposed to userland. Instead make it a "void *"
since it is not really used.
|
| 1.5 | 20-May-2005 |
perseant | Fail gracefully if we are asked to expand the buffer cache hash table size
when there is no memory available to do so. Use the uvnode's strategy
routine to retrieve data from the device, rather than always using pread().
Add a buffer header flag that specifies external management of the buffer's
data area.
All of this in support of a new cleaner, which is not included in this commit.
|
| 1.4 | 11-Apr-2005 |
perseant | Be more efficient with the hash tables for the buffer and vnode caches.
Note that roll-forward can add more inodes to the filesystem; don't overflow
the tables but reallocate them.
|
| 1.3 | 26-Feb-2005 |
perseant | branches: 1.3.2;
Various minor LFS improvements:
* Extend the lfs library from fsck_lfs(8) so that it can be used with a
not-yet-existent LFS. Make newfs_lfs(8) use this library, so it can
create LFSs whose Ifile is larger than one segment.
* Make newfs_lfs(8) use strsuftoi64() for its arguments, a la newfs(8).
* Make fsck_lfs(8) respect the "file system is clean" flag.
* Don't let fsck_lfs(8) think it has dirty blocks when invoked with the
-n flag.
|
| 1.2 | 07-Aug-2003 |
agc | branches: 1.2.4;
Move UCB-licensed code from 4-clause to 3-clause licence.
Patches provided by Joel Baker in PR 22308, verified by myself.
|
| 1.1 | 28-Mar-2003 |
perseant | Add working writing ability to fsck_lfs, including roll-forward, based on
a partial-segment writer ported from the kernel.
|
| 1.2.4.1 | 10-May-2005 |
riz | Pull up the following revisions (requested by perseant in ticket #1281):
1.8 sys/ufs/lfs/TODO
1.75 sys/ufs/lfs/lfs.h (via patch)
1.74 sys/ufs/lfs/lfs_alloc.c (via patch)
1.49, 1.51 sys/ufs/lfs/lfs_balloc.c (1.51 via patch)
1.78 sys/ufs/lfs/lfs_bio.c
1.62 sys/ufs/lfs/lfs_extern.h (via patch)
1.156 sys/ufs/lfs/lfs_segment.c (via patch)
1.48 sys/ufs/lfs/lfs_subr.c
1.101 sys/ufs/lfs/lfs_syscalls.c
1.163 sys/ufs/lfs/lfs_vfsops.c (via patch)
1.134 sys/ufs/lfs/lfs_vnops.c (via patch)
1.61 sys/ufs/ufs/ufs_readwrite.c (via patch)
1.20 libexec/lfs_cleanerd/clean.h (via patch)
1.52 libexec/lfs_cleanerd/cleanerd.c (via patch)
1.41 libexec/lfs_cleanerd/library.c (via patch)
1.4 regress/sys/fs/lfs/newfs_fsck/Makefile
1.2 regress/sys/fs/lfs/newfs_fsck/mkfs_mount
1.2 regress/sys/fs/lfs/newfs_fsck/smallfiles
1.3 sbin/fsck_lfs/bufcache.c
1.3 sbin/fsck_lfs/bufcache.h
1.3 sbin/fsck_lfs/lfs.h
1.8 sbin/fsck_lfs/lfs.c (via patch)
1.8 sbin/fsck_lfs/pass3.c (via patch)
1.18 sbin/fsck_lfs/pass0.c (via patch)
1.18 sbin/fsck_lfs/utilities.c (via patch)
1.7 sbin/fsck_lfs/segwrite.c
1.19 sbin/fsck_lfs/setup.c (via patch)
1.3 sbin/newfs_lfs/Makefile
0 sbin/newfs_lfs/lfs.c (yes, remove it)
1.1 sbin/newfs_lfs/make_lfs.c
1.15 sbin/newfs_lfs/newfs.c (via patch)
Various minor LFS improvements.
Kernel:
* Note when lfs_putpages(9) thinks it is not going to be writing any
pages before calling genfs_putpages(9). This prevents a situation in
which blocks can be queued for writing without a segment header.
* Correct computation of NRESERVE(), though it is still a gross
overestimate in most cases. Note that if NRESERVE() is too high, it
may be impossible to create files on the filesystem. We catch this
case on filesystem mount and refuse to mount r/w.
* Allow filesystems to be mounted whose block size is == MAXBSIZE.
* Somewhere along the line, ufs_bmaparray(9) started mangling UNWRITTEN
entries in indirect blocks again, triggering a failed assertion "daddr
<= LFS_MAX_DADDR". Explicitly convert to and from int32_t to correct
this. Should fix PR #29045.
* Add a high-water mark for the number of dirty pages any given LFS can
hold before triggering a flush. This is settable by sysctl, but off
(zero) by default.
* Be more careful about the MAX_BYTES and MAX_BUFS computations so we
shouldn't see "please increase to at least zero" messages.
* Note that VBLK and VCHR vnodes can have nonzero values in di_db[0]
even though their v_size == 0. Don't panic when we see this.
Fixes PR #26680.
* Change lfs_bfree to a signed quantity. The manner in which it is
processed before being passed to the cleaner means that sometimes it
may drop below zero, and the cleaner must be aware of this.
* Never report bfree < 0 (or higher than lfs_dsize) through
lfs_statfs(9). This prevents df(1) from ever telling us that our full
filesystems have 16TB free.
* Account space allocated through lfs_balloc(9) that does not have
associated buffer headers, so that the pagedaemon doesn't run us out
of segments.
* Return ENOSPC from lfs_balloc(9) when bfree drops to zero.
* Address a deadlock in lfs_bmapv/lfs_markv when the filesystem is being
unmounted. Because vfs_busy() is a shared lock, and
lfs_bmapv/lfs_markv mark the filesystem vfs_busy(), the cleaner can be
holding the lock that umount() is blocking on, then try to vfs_busy()
again in getnewvnode().
cleaner:
* Adapt lfs_cleanerd to use the fcntl call to get the Ifile filehandle,
so it need not be in the namespace.
* Make lfs_cleanerd be more careful when there are very few available
segments.
* Make lfs_cleanerd less verbose when the filesystem is unmounted.
newfs_lfs, fsck_lfs, and regression:
* Extend the lfs library from fsck_lfs(8) so that it can be used with a
not-yet-existent LFS. Make newfs_lfs(8) use this library, so it can
create LFSs whose Ifile is larger than one segment. Addresses PR #11110.
* Make newfs_lfs(8) use strsuftoi64() for its arguments, a la newfs(8).
* Make fsck_lfs(8) respect the "file system is clean" flag.
* Don't let fsck_lfs(8) think it has dirty blocks when invoked with the
-n flag.
* Remove the Ifile from the filesystem namespace. The cleaner now uses
a fcntl call on the root inode to find the Ifile filehandle. (As a
side-effect, addresses PR #29144.)
|
| 1.3.2.1 | 07-May-2005 |
tron | Apply patch (requested by perseant in ticket #242):
* fsck_lfs buffer cache fixes, including PR #29151
* Change fsck_lfs phase 0 message to reflect reality
* fsck_lfs: check phase 5 (cleanerinfo accounting) even on
roll-forward
* Keep better track of the free list during roll-forward, avoiding
a core dump
* Improve hash table use for fsck_lfs buffer and vnode cache
* Document fsck_lfs flag -f, and implement -q
* Add resize_lfs, including kernel support
* Add LFS to mountd's list of exportable filesystem types
* Make the LFS lkm work again [christos@]
* Add MP locking to the LFS kernel subsystem
* Fix pager_map deadlock in lfs_putpages()
* Avoid incomplete file extension that looks like "partial
truncation" to fsck
* Use lfs_malloc for cleaner malloc, since the cleaner often runs
in low-memory conditions.
* Use splay trees, not hash table, to track page allocation for
write.
* Fix mkdir panic on full fs
* Fix page accounting leak by counting differently.
* Use rightly named structure for lfs_getattr [skrll@]
* Cosmetic changes for readability.
|
| 1.7.10.2 | 09-Jan-2008 |
matt | sync with HEAD
|
| 1.7.10.1 | 06-Nov-2007 |
matt | sync with HEAD
|
| 1.8.2.1 | 18-Feb-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.9.6.1 | 18-May-2008 |
yamt | sync with head.
|
| 1.9.4.1 | 02-Jun-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.10.2.1 | 23-Jun-2008 |
wrstuden | Sync w/ -current. 34 merge conflicts to follow.
|
| 1.11.44.1 | 14-Jun-2018 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by maya in ticket #1612):
sbin/fsck_lfs/bufcache.h: revision 1.14
sbin/fsck_lfs/bufcache.c: revision 1.20
PR/51418: Jose Luis Rodriguez Garcia: Fix incore src/sbin/fsck_lfs/bufcache.c
XXX: pullup-8, pullup-7
|
| 1.11.40.1 | 14-Jun-2018 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by maya in ticket #1612):
sbin/fsck_lfs/bufcache.h: revision 1.14
sbin/fsck_lfs/bufcache.c: revision 1.20
PR/51418: Jose Luis Rodriguez Garcia: Fix incore src/sbin/fsck_lfs/bufcache.c
XXX: pullup-8, pullup-7
|
| 1.11.38.1 | 06-Jun-2018 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by maya in ticket #1612):
sbin/fsck_lfs/bufcache.h: revision 1.14
sbin/fsck_lfs/bufcache.c: revision 1.20
PR/51418: Jose Luis Rodriguez Garcia: Fix incore src/sbin/fsck_lfs/bufcache.c
XXX: pullup-8, pullup-7
|
| 1.13.12.1 | 07-Apr-2018 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD. 77 conflicts resolved - all of them $NetBSD$
|
| 1.13.6.1 | 08-Jun-2018 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by maya in ticket #855):
sbin/fsck_lfs/bufcache.h: revision 1.14
sbin/fsck_lfs/bufcache.c: revision 1.20
PR/51418: Jose Luis Rodriguez Garcia: Fix incore src/sbin/fsck_lfs/bufcache.c
XXX: pullup-8, pullup-7
|
| 1.47 | 03-Apr-2020 |
joerg | Avoid common symbols for fsck_lfs.
|
| 1.46 | 21-Sep-2015 |
dholland | branches: 1.46.16;
Add 64-bit directory entry structures, and adjust accessors accordingly.
The LFS64 directory entry has a 64-bit inode number. This is stored as
two 32-bit values to avoid inducing 64-bit alignment requirements.
The exposed type for manipulating directory entries is now
LFS_DIRHEADER, following the same convention as e.g. IFILE and SEGUSE.
(But with LFS_ on it, because.)
|
| 1.45 | 21-Sep-2015 |
dholland | Oops; LFS_DIRECTSIZ() is going to need the fs as an argument.
Also, it turns out that dirhash needs a compile-time-constant version
of LFS_DIRECTSIZ(LFS_MAXNAMLEN+1), independent of 64-vs-32, so create
LFS_MAXDIRENTRYSIZE for this. Sigh.
|
| 1.44 | 20-Sep-2015 |
dholland | Clean up struct lfs_dirtemplate.
|
| 1.43 | 15-Sep-2015 |
dholland | Pass around struct lfs_dirheader instead of struct lfs_direct.
|
| 1.42 | 15-Sep-2015 |
dholland | Add an accessor function for directory names.
|
| 1.41 | 15-Sep-2015 |
dholland | Add a function lfs_copydirname() to copy directory names in place; use
it in place of (variously) memcpy and strlcpy. (The latter isn't even
correct; was probably changed blindly from strncpy at some point.)
The new function zeroes the padding in the directory entry instead of
leaving trash behind.
|
| 1.40 | 15-Sep-2015 |
dholland | Tidyups/fixes preparatory to making d_name[] in struct lfs_direct size
0 instead of size LFS_MAXNAMLEN+1, and preparatory to having accessor
functions for d_name. In particular, don't create prototype entries
and copy them, and access the name field only for directory structures
that are in buffers with space for the name to exist.
|
| 1.39 | 15-Sep-2015 |
dholland | Add and use accessor functions for more of the directory entry fields.
|
| 1.38 | 01-Sep-2015 |
dholland | Add new accessors for the d_type and d_namlen fields of struct lfs_direct.
Napalm the old byteswap access logic for these.
|
| 1.37 | 01-Sep-2015 |
dholland | Use the lfs dinode accessors in place of the ufs-derived ones.
(Mostly.)
The ufs-derived ones are fake structure member macros, which are gross
and not very safe. Also, it seems that a lot of places in the lfs code
were using the ffsv1 branch of them unconditionally, and this way it's
guaranteed all those places have been updated.
Found while doing this: for non-devices, have getattr produce NODEV
in the rdev field instead of leaking the address of the first direct
block.
|
| 1.36 | 12-Aug-2015 |
dholland | Hack up dinode usage to be 64 vs. 32 as needed. Part 1.
(This part changes the native lfs code; the ufs-derived code already
has 64 vs. 32 logic, but as aspects of it are unsafe, and don't
entirely interoperate cleanly with the lfs 64/32 stuff, pass 2 will be
rehashing that.)
|
| 1.35 | 28-Jul-2015 |
dholland | Add a new lfs header file: lfs_accessors.h.
This contains all the accessor functions and macros out of lfs.h.
Add an include of lfs_accessors.h after all uses of lfs.h... except
for code that wants to define its own struct lfs-alike that the
accessors are supposed to play along with. For these, set STRUCT_LFS
and include lfs_accessors.h after the necessary structure has been
defined, so that lfs_accessors.h can emit functions in terms of it.
|
| 1.34 | 24-Jul-2015 |
dholland | Switch to accessor functions for elements of the LFS on-disk
superblock. This will allow switching between 32/64 bit forms on the
fly; it will also allow handling LFS_EI reasonably tidily. (That
currently doesn't work on the superblock.)
It also gets rid of cpp abuse in the form of fake structure member
macros.
Also, instead of doing sleep/wakeup on &lfs_avail and &lfs_nextseg
inside the on-disk superblock, add extra elements to the in-memory
struct lfs for this. (XXX: these should be changed to condvars, but
not right now)
XXX: this migrates a structure needed by the lfs code in libsa (struct
salfs) into lfs.h, where it doesn't belong, but for the time being
this is necessary in order to allow the accessors (and the various
lfs macros and other goop that relies on them) to compile.
|
| 1.33 | 29-Mar-2015 |
chopps | - Fix fallout for recent bread() change (removing cred arg).
|
| 1.32 | 18-Jun-2013 |
christos | Prefix most of the cpp macros with lfs_ and LFS_ to avoid conflicts with ffs.
This was done so that boot blocks that want to compile both FFS and LFS in
the same file work.
|
| 1.31 | 08-Jun-2013 |
dholland | Tidy up the LFS userland build hacks.
Don't use -I${NETBSDSRCDIR}/sys; don't include files other than the
exported LFS headers, which are lfs.h, lfs_inode.h, and (for now)
lfs_extern.h.
|
| 1.30 | 08-Jun-2013 |
dholland | DIRBLKSIZ -> LFS_DIRBLKSIZ
DIRECTSIZ -> LFS_DIRECTSIZ
DIRSIZ -> LFS_DIRSIZ
OLDDIRFMT -> LFS_OLDDIRFMT
NEWDIRFMT -> LFS_NEWDIRFMT
IFTODT -> LFS_IFTODT
DTTOIF -> LFS_DTTOIF
|
| 1.29 | 08-Jun-2013 |
dholland | struct direct -> struct lfs_direct
struct dirtemplate -> struct lfs_dirtemplate
struct odirtemplate -> struct lfs_odirtemplate
DT_* -> LFS_DT_*
|
| 1.28 | 08-Jun-2013 |
dholland | Stick LFS_ in front of IFMT, IFIFO, IFREG, etc. so as not to conflict
with the UFS copies of these symbols. (Which themselves ought to have
UFS_ stuck on.)
|
| 1.27 | 06-Jun-2013 |
dholland | ufs -> ulfs for fsck_lfs.
|
| 1.26 | 22-Jan-2013 |
dholland | Stuff UFS_ in front of a few of ufs's symbols to reduce namespace
pollution. Specifically:
ROOTINO -> UFS_ROOTINO
WINO -> UFS_WINO
NXADDR -> UFS_NXADDR
NDADDR -> UFS_NDADDR
NIADDR -> UFS_NIADDR
MAXSYMLINKLEN -> UFS_MAXSYMLINKLEN
MAXSYMLINKLEN_UFS[12] -> UFS[12]_MAXSYMLINKLEN (for consistency)
Sort out ext2fs's misuse of NDADDR and NIADDR; fortunately, these have
the same values in ext2fs and ffs.
No functional change intended.
|
| 1.25 | 16-Feb-2010 |
mlelstv | branches: 1.25.6; 1.25.12;
Three changes in a single commit.
- drop the notion of frags (LFS fragments) vs fsb (FFS fragments)
The code uses a complicated unity function that just makes the
code difficult to understand.
- support larger sector sizes. Fix disk address computations
to use DEV_BSIZE in the kernel as required by device drivers
and to use sector sizes in userland.
- Fix several locking bugs in lfs_bio.c and lfs_subr.c.
|
| 1.24 | 16-May-2008 |
hannken | Make sure all cached buffers with valid, not yet written data have been
run through copy-on-write. Call fscow_run() with valid data where possible.
The LP_UFSCOW hack is no longer needed to protect ffs_copyonwrite() against
endless recursion.
- Add a flag B_MODIFY to bread(), breada() and breadn(). If set the caller
intends to modify the buffer returned.
- Always run copy-on-write on buffers returned from ffs_balloc().
- Add new function ffs_getblk() that gets a buffer, assigns a new blkno,
may clear the buffer and runs copy-on-write. Process possible errors
from getblk() or fscow_run(). Part of PR kern/38664.
Welcome to 4.99.63
Reviewed by: YAMAMOTO Takashi <yamt@netbsd.org>
|
| 1.23 | 16-Mar-2008 |
lukem | branches: 1.23.2; 1.23.4;
errexit() now provides the trailing \n (since fsck_ffs assumed that
from a conversion from err(3)), so "make it so".
|
| 1.22 | 08-Oct-2007 |
ad | branches: 1.22.6; 1.22.8;
Give brelse() a second argument so that it matches the kernel.
fsck_lfs now compiles again.
|
| 1.21 | 16-Oct-2006 |
christos | branches: 1.21.8;
c99 initializers
|
| 1.20 | 01-Sep-2006 |
perseant | Several fixes to improve the reliability of the roll-forward agent.
Also, note "properly orphaned" files as distinct from corrupted files.
|
| 1.19 | 13-Sep-2005 |
christos | rename lfs.h to lfs_user.h so that it does not conflict.
|
| 1.18 | 19-Aug-2005 |
christos | 64 bit inode changes
|
| 1.17 | 27-Jun-2005 |
christos | more const.
|
| 1.16 | 27-Jun-2005 |
christos | constify
|
| 1.15 | 08-Jun-2005 |
perseant | Use the correct method to create a new inode, when we allocate lost+found.
Correct uninitialized variable issues in pass6.c and dir.c (PR#30411 and
PR#30394, respectively).
|
| 1.14 | 19-Jan-2005 |
xtraeme | ANSIfy, WARNS=2
|
| 1.13 | 05-Oct-2003 |
jdolecek | fix NULL pointer pointer dereference in fileerror() when ino is NULL
problem reported and fix provided in PR kern/23065 by Gary Duzan, only
slightly adjusted to only do the VTOI() when needed
|
| 1.12 | 03-Oct-2003 |
yamt | write out modified directory entries to the correct place.
|
| 1.11 | 07-Aug-2003 |
agc | Move UCB-licensed code from 4-clause to 3-clause licence.
Patches provided by Joel Baker in PR 22308, verified by myself.
|
| 1.10 | 13-Jul-2003 |
itojun | use bounded string op
|
| 1.9 | 02-Apr-2003 |
fvdl | Add support for UFS2. UFS2 is an enhanced FFS, adding support for
64 bit block pointers, extended attribute storage, and a few
other things.
This commit does not yet include the code to manipulate the extended
storage (for e.g. ACLs), this will be done later.
Originally written by Kirk McKusick and Network Associates Laboratories for
FreeBSD.
|
| 1.8 | 28-Mar-2003 |
perseant | Add working writing ability to fsck_lfs, including roll-forward, based on
a partial-segment writer ported from the kernel.
|
| 1.7 | 23-May-2002 |
perseant | Re-checksum the superblock whenever it is marked dirty.
Tested on alpha.
|
| 1.6 | 09-May-2002 |
simonb | branches: 1.6.2;
Don't bother testing if a uint8_t is > 256 -- that test is always false.
|
| 1.5 | 13-Jul-2001 |
perseant | Merge the short-lived perseant-lfsv2 branch into the trunk.
Kernels and tools understand both v1 and v2 filesystems; newfs_lfs
generates v2 by default. Changes for the v2 layout include:
- Segments of non-PO2 size and arbitrary block offset, so these can be
matched to convenient physical characteristics of the partition (e.g.,
stripe or track size and offset).
- Address by fragment instead of by disk sector, paving the way for
non-512-byte-sector devices. In theory fragments can be as large
as you like, though in reality they must be smaller than MAXBSIZE in size.
- Use serial number and filesystem identifier to ensure that roll-forward
doesn't get old data and think it's new. Roll-forward is enabled for
v2 filesystems, though not for v1 filesystems by default.
- The inode free list is now a tailq, paving the way for undelete (undelete
is not yet implemented, but can be without further non-backwards-compatible
changes to disk structures).
- Inode atime information is kept in the Ifile, instead of on the inode;
that is, the inode is never written *just* because atime was changed.
Because of this the inodes remain near the file data on the disk, rather
than wandering all over as the disk is read repeatedly. This speeds up
repeated reads by a small but noticeable amount.
Other changes of note include:
- The ifile written by newfs_lfs can now be of arbitrary length, it is no
longer restricted to a single indirect block.
- Fixed an old bug where ctime was changed every time a vnode was created.
I need to look more closely to make sure that the times are only updated
during write(2) and friends, not after-the-fact during a segment write,
and certainly not by the cleaner.
|
| 1.4 | 14-Jun-2000 |
perseant | branches: 1.4.4;
Add "-i" flag to specify the location of the index file inode, to
examine alternate checkpoints. Regularize usage of maxino. Remove olf
debugging cruft.
|
| 1.3 | 23-May-2000 |
perseant | branches: 1.3.2;
Convert to NetBSD source code style
|
| 1.2 | 03-Jul-1999 |
kleink | RCS Id police.
|
| 1.1 | 18-Mar-1999 |
perseant | Initial checkin of fsck_lfs. This version cannot do any repair (-p flag
does nothing, and one of -p or -n is required) but can be useful as a
diagnostic tool.
|
| 1.3.2.1 | 22-Jun-2000 |
minoura | Sync w/ netbsd-1-5-base.
|
| 1.4.4.1 | 02-Jul-2001 |
perseant | Change disk addressing unit to be the fragment, instead of the disk sector.
All quantities in the superblock, inodes, indirect blocks, etc. refer now
to this abstract unit (called "fsb" as it is in FFS) instead of disk sectors;
as a consequence segment summary blocks have to be multiples of a fragment in
size. In v1 filesystems, compatibility code ensures that 1 fsb == 1 sector,
regardless of fragment size.
Fragments can now range in size between 512 and 32k; in the event that
LFS_LABELPAD (8k) is smaller than the disk address unit size, an extra
proto-superblock is kept at 8k from the beginning of the disk, to be used
*only* to locate the real superblocks. (Not all of the userland knows about
this yet.)
Almost all of this was done not by me, but by joff.
|
| 1.6.2.1 | 02-Jun-2002 |
tv | Pull up revision 1.7 (requested by perseant in ticket #131):
Re-checksum the superblock whenever it is marked dirty.
Tested on alpha.
|
| 1.21.8.2 | 23-Mar-2008 |
matt | sync with HEAD
|
| 1.21.8.1 | 06-Nov-2007 |
matt | sync with HEAD
|
| 1.22.8.2 | 02-Jun-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.22.8.1 | 03-Apr-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.22.6.1 | 24-Mar-2008 |
keiichi | sync with head.
|
| 1.23.4.1 | 23-Jun-2008 |
wrstuden | Sync w/ -current. 34 merge conflicts to follow.
|
| 1.23.2.1 | 18-May-2008 |
yamt | sync with head.
|
| 1.25.12.2 | 23-Jun-2013 |
tls | resync from head
|
| 1.25.12.1 | 25-Feb-2013 |
tls | resync with head
|
| 1.25.6.2 | 22-May-2014 |
yamt | sync with head.
for a reference, the tree before this commit was tagged
as yamt-pagecache-tag8.
this commit was splitted into small chunks to avoid
a limitation of cvs. ("Protocol error: too many arguments")
|
| 1.25.6.1 | 23-Jan-2013 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.46.16.1 | 08-Apr-2020 |
martin | Merge changes from current as of 20200406
|
| 1.16 | 03-Apr-2020 |
joerg | branches: 1.16.8;
Avoid common symbols for fsck_lfs.
|
| 1.15 | 03-Oct-2015 |
dholland | branches: 1.15.16;
Remove a dead data structure.
|
| 1.14 | 21-Sep-2015 |
dholland | Add 64-bit directory entry structures, and adjust accessors accordingly.
The LFS64 directory entry has a 64-bit inode number. This is stored as
two 32-bit values to avoid inducing 64-bit alignment requirements.
The exposed type for manipulating directory entries is now
LFS_DIRHEADER, following the same convention as e.g. IFILE and SEGUSE.
(But with LFS_ on it, because.)
|
| 1.13 | 15-Sep-2015 |
dholland | Pass around struct lfs_dirheader instead of struct lfs_direct.
|
| 1.12 | 12-Aug-2015 |
dholland | Hack up dinode usage to be 64 vs. 32 as needed. Part 1.
(This part changes the native lfs code; the ufs-derived code already
has 64 vs. 32 logic, but as aspects of it are unsafe, and don't
entirely interoperate cleanly with the lfs 64/32 stuff, pass 2 will be
rehashing that.)
|
| 1.11 | 08-Jun-2013 |
dholland | struct direct -> struct lfs_direct
struct dirtemplate -> struct lfs_dirtemplate
struct odirtemplate -> struct lfs_odirtemplate
DT_* -> LFS_DT_*
|
| 1.10 | 06-Jun-2013 |
dholland | ufs -> ulfs for fsck_lfs.
|
| 1.9 | 09-Jun-2011 |
christos | branches: 1.9.2; 1.9.8;
share more code.
|
| 1.8 | 27-Jun-2005 |
christos | branches: 1.8.42;
constify
|
| 1.7 | 18-Jul-2004 |
yamt | remove a prototype of a non-exist function.
|
| 1.6 | 13-Jul-2003 |
itojun | use bounded string op
|
| 1.5 | 02-Apr-2003 |
fvdl | Add support for UFS2. UFS2 is an enhanced FFS, adding support for
64 bit block pointers, extended attribute storage, and a few
other things.
This commit does not yet include the code to manipulate the extended
storage (for e.g. ACLs), this will be done later.
Originally written by Kirk McKusick and Network Associates Laboratories for
FreeBSD.
|
| 1.4 | 28-Mar-2003 |
perseant | Add working writing ability to fsck_lfs, including roll-forward, based on
a partial-segment writer ported from the kernel.
|
| 1.3 | 23-May-2000 |
perseant | Convert to NetBSD source code style
|
| 1.2 | 03-Jul-1999 |
kleink | RCS Id police.
|
| 1.1 | 18-Mar-1999 |
perseant | Initial checkin of fsck_lfs. This version cannot do any repair (-p flag
does nothing, and one of -p or -n is required) but can be useful as a
diagnostic tool.
|
| 1.8.42.1 | 23-Jun-2011 |
cherry | Catchup with rmind-uvmplock merge.
|
| 1.9.8.1 | 23-Jun-2013 |
tls | resync from head
|
| 1.9.2.1 | 22-May-2014 |
yamt | sync with head.
for a reference, the tree before this commit was tagged
as yamt-pagecache-tag8.
this commit was splitted into small chunks to avoid
a limitation of cvs. ("Protocol error: too many arguments")
|
| 1.15.16.1 | 08-Apr-2020 |
martin | Merge changes from current as of 20200406
|
| 1.16.8.2 | 06-Sep-2025 |
perseant | Separate buffer cache code between fsck_lfs and fsck_exfatfs.
This may be reunited later, probably as a library.
|
| 1.16.8.1 | 29-Jun-2024 |
perseant | Implementation of exFAT filesystem, with compilation conditional on MKEXFATFS
make variable.
|
| 1.27 | 03-Apr-2020 |
joerg | Avoid common symbols for fsck_lfs.
|
| 1.26 | 03-Oct-2015 |
dholland | branches: 1.26.16;
The per-inode state 'id_entryno' is used by pass1 for a block count,
so widen it to 'long long'. pass2 uses it for the number of entries in
a directory (IIUC) which does not need to be wider than int, but for
now let's not try to split into two fields. FUTURE...
|
| 1.25 | 03-Oct-2015 |
dholland | Use daddr_t instead of uint32_t for the in-memory copy of the inode
block pointers.
|
| 1.24 | 03-Oct-2015 |
dholland | Remove a dead data structure.
|
| 1.23 | 21-Sep-2015 |
dholland | Add 64-bit directory entry structures, and adjust accessors accordingly.
The LFS64 directory entry has a 64-bit inode number. This is stored as
two 32-bit values to avoid inducing 64-bit alignment requirements.
The exposed type for manipulating directory entries is now
LFS_DIRHEADER, following the same convention as e.g. IFILE and SEGUSE.
(But with LFS_ on it, because.)
|
| 1.22 | 15-Sep-2015 |
dholland | Pass around struct lfs_dirheader instead of struct lfs_direct.
|
| 1.21 | 12-Aug-2015 |
dholland | Hack up dinode usage to be 64 vs. 32 as needed. Part 1.
(This part changes the native lfs code; the ufs-derived code already
has 64 vs. 32 logic, but as aspects of it are unsafe, and don't
entirely interoperate cleanly with the lfs 64/32 stuff, pass 2 will be
rehashing that.)
|
| 1.20 | 08-Jun-2013 |
dholland | struct direct -> struct lfs_direct
struct dirtemplate -> struct lfs_dirtemplate
struct odirtemplate -> struct lfs_odirtemplate
DT_* -> LFS_DT_*
|
| 1.19 | 06-Jun-2013 |
dholland | ufs -> ulfs for fsck_lfs.
|
| 1.18 | 09-Oct-2008 |
christos | branches: 1.18.18; 1.18.24;
Disable userid to username lookups by default. Add a -U flag to perform them.
In single user mode lookups that involve the network might not work and they
slow down fsck.
|
| 1.17 | 28-Apr-2008 |
martin | Remove clause 3 and 4 from TNF licenses
|
| 1.16 | 09-Nov-2006 |
christos | branches: 1.16.2; 1.16.18; 1.16.20;
Fix malloc/realloc/calloc issues: always check and exit, use EEXIT instead
of 8.
|
| 1.15 | 27-Jun-2005 |
christos | constify
|
| 1.14 | 11-Apr-2005 |
perseant | Be more efficient with the hash tables for the buffer and vnode caches.
Note that roll-forward can add more inodes to the filesystem; don't overflow
the tables but reallocate them.
|
| 1.13 | 18-Jul-2004 |
yamt | branches: 1.13.2;
zero-out dinode is not a proper way to 'clear' an lfs inode.
|
| 1.12 | 20-Mar-2004 |
perseant | change KES license to standard NetBSD license
|
| 1.11 | 07-Aug-2003 |
agc | Move UCB-licensed code from 4-clause to 3-clause licence.
Patches provided by Joel Baker in PR 22308, verified by myself.
|
| 1.10 | 02-Apr-2003 |
fvdl | Add support for UFS2. UFS2 is an enhanced FFS, adding support for
64 bit block pointers, extended attribute storage, and a few
other things.
This commit does not yet include the code to manipulate the extended
storage (for e.g. ACLs), this will be done later.
Originally written by Kirk McKusick and Network Associates Laboratories for
FreeBSD.
|
| 1.9 | 29-Mar-2003 |
wiz | Consistently spell occurrence with two rs.
|
| 1.8 | 28-Mar-2003 |
perseant | Add working writing ability to fsck_lfs, including roll-forward, based on
a partial-segment writer ported from the kernel.
|
| 1.7 | 24-Jan-2003 |
fvdl | Bump daddr_t to 64 bits. Replace it with int32_t in all places where
it was used on-disk, so that on-disk formats remain the same.
Remove ufs_daddr_t and ufs_lbn_t for the time being.
|
| 1.6 | 23-May-2002 |
perseant | Re-checksum the superblock whenever it is marked dirty.
Tested on alpha.
|
| 1.5 | 23-May-2000 |
perseant | branches: 1.5.8;
Convert to NetBSD source code style
|
| 1.4 | 16-May-2000 |
perseant | fsck_lfs can now write to the filesystem, allowing it to correct most
(though still not all) errors in a damaged lfs. Segment byte accounting
is corrected in pass 5. "fsck_lfs -p" will do a partial roll-forward,
verifying the checkpoint from the newer superblock. fscknames[] is
updated so that fsck knows about fsck_lfs.
|
| 1.3 | 20-Jan-2000 |
perseant | Rename lfs_ifind so that it does not conflict with new kernel prototype.
Addresses PR #9253.
|
| 1.2 | 03-Jul-1999 |
kleink | RCS Id police.
|
| 1.1 | 18-Mar-1999 |
perseant | branches: 1.1.2;
Initial checkin of fsck_lfs. This version cannot do any repair (-p flag
does nothing, and one of -p or -n is required) but can be useful as a
diagnostic tool.
|
| 1.1.2.1 | 21-Jan-2000 |
he | Pull up revision 1.3 (requested by perseant):
Fix name collision error due to recent kernel prototype updates.
Fixes PR#9253.
|
| 1.5.8.1 | 02-Jun-2002 |
tv | Pull up revision 1.6 (requested by perseant in ticket #131):
Re-checksum the superblock whenever it is marked dirty.
Tested on alpha.
|
| 1.13.2.1 | 07-May-2005 |
tron | Apply patch (requested by perseant in ticket #242):
* fsck_lfs buffer cache fixes, including PR #29151
* Change fsck_lfs phase 0 message to reflect reality
* fsck_lfs: check phase 5 (cleanerinfo accounting) even on
roll-forward
* Keep better track of the free list during roll-forward, avoiding
a core dump
* Improve hash table use for fsck_lfs buffer and vnode cache
* Document fsck_lfs flag -f, and implement -q
* Add resize_lfs, including kernel support
* Add LFS to mountd's list of exportable filesystem types
* Make the LFS lkm work again [christos@]
* Add MP locking to the LFS kernel subsystem
* Fix pager_map deadlock in lfs_putpages()
* Avoid incomplete file extension that looks like "partial
truncation" to fsck
* Use lfs_malloc for cleaner malloc, since the cleaner often runs
in low-memory conditions.
* Use splay trees, not hash table, to track page allocation for
write.
* Fix mkdir panic on full fs
* Fix page accounting leak by counting differently.
* Use rightly named structure for lfs_getattr [skrll@]
* Cosmetic changes for readability.
|
| 1.16.20.1 | 18-May-2008 |
yamt | sync with head.
|
| 1.16.18.2 | 17-Jan-2009 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.16.18.1 | 02-Jun-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.16.2.1 | 24-Mar-2009 |
bouyer | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by manu in ticket #1288):
sbin/fsck_lfs/inode.c: revision 1.40 via patch
sbin/fsck_ffs/fsck_ffs.8: revision 1.44 via patch
sbin/fsck_ext2fs/fsck.h: revision 1.14 via patch
sbin/fsck_ext2fs/main.c: revision 1.30 via patch
sbin/fsck_ffs/inode.c: revision 1.61 via patch
sbin/fsck_ffs/main.c: revision 1.71 via patch
sbin/fsck_ext2fs/inode.c: revision 1.23 via patch
sbin/fsck_lfs/fsck.h: revision 1.18 via patch
sbin/fsck_lfs/fsck_lfs.8: revision 1.21 via patch
sbin/fsck_lfs/main.c: revision 1.38 via patch
sbin/fsck_ext2fs/fsck_ext2fs.8: revision 1.15 via patch
sbin/fsck_ffs/fsck.h: revision 1.47 via patch
Disable userid to username lookups by default. Add a -U flag to perform them.
In single user mode lookups that involve the network might not work and they
slow down fsck.
|
| 1.18.24.1 | 23-Jun-2013 |
tls | resync from head
|
| 1.18.18.1 | 22-May-2014 |
yamt | sync with head.
for a reference, the tree before this commit was tagged
as yamt-pagecache-tag8.
this commit was splitted into small chunks to avoid
a limitation of cvs. ("Protocol error: too many arguments")
|
| 1.26.16.1 | 08-Apr-2020 |
martin | Merge changes from current as of 20200406
|
| 1.27 | 14-Sep-2025 |
wiz | fsck_lfs(8): add -i to SYNOPSIS, 'file system' police, bump date
|
| 1.26 | 14-Sep-2025 |
perseant | Document the -a and -i flags.
|
| 1.25 | 12-Jul-2014 |
dholland | Revert version 1.111 of sysinst/disks.c, which caused sysinst to
create lfs fstab entries with fsck disabled, and instead patch
fsck_lfs to exit successfully without doing anything when given the -p
(bootup preen) option. If you really want to do fsck_lfs -p, you can
do fsck_lfs -f -p to make it go.
This has been sitting in my todo queue since February 2010 and was
ok'd by the committer at the time. The original commit was based on
this post:
http://mail-index.netbsd.org/tech-kern/2010/02/09/msg007306.html
and I remain unconvinced that it's the right thing, but we can at
least do it properly and not ship a sysinst with -7 that creates
permanently wrong fstab files.
Note that this may cause problems for anyone who's taken -p out of the
bootup fsck flags; but doing that is wrong, so don't.
|
| 1.24 | 18-Mar-2014 |
riastradh | branches: 1.24.2;
Merge riastradh-drm2 to HEAD.
|
| 1.23 | 20-Jul-2013 |
wiz | Use Mt for email addresses.
|
| 1.22 | 15-Mar-2009 |
joerg | branches: 1.22.6; 1.22.12; 1.22.16;
Fix markup.
|
| 1.21 | 09-Oct-2008 |
christos | branches: 1.21.4;
Disable userid to username lookups by default. Add a -U flag to perform them.
In single user mode lookups that involve the network might not work and they
slow down fsck.
|
| 1.20 | 14-Apr-2005 |
wiz | branches: 1.20.4; 1.20.20;
Quote a word that would otherwise be interpreted as macro;
increase width argument to .Bl so that all options fit.
|
| 1.19 | 14-Apr-2005 |
wiz | Bump date for new -q; use Dq; capitalize NetBSD
in the usual way; new sentence, new line; some nits.
|
| 1.18 | 14-Apr-2005 |
perseant | Document "-f" (force check) flag. Implement and document "-q" (quiet).
|
| 1.17 | 06-Jul-2004 |
wiz | branches: 1.17.2;
Improve description of -b and -m.
|
| 1.16 | 06-Jul-2004 |
wiz | Document -m. It was already there, only commented out.
Bump date.
Addresses PR 26067 by Kouichirou Hiratsuka.
|
| 1.15 | 07-Aug-2003 |
agc | Move UCB-licensed code from 4-clause to 3-clause licence.
Patches provided by Joel Baker in PR 22308, verified by myself.
|
| 1.14 | 16-Apr-2003 |
wiz | Bump date for last.
|
| 1.13 | 28-Mar-2003 |
perseant | Add working writing ability to fsck_lfs, including roll-forward, based on
a partial-segment writer ported from the kernel.
|
| 1.12 | 25-Feb-2003 |
wiz | .Nm does not need a dummy argument ("") before punctuation or
for correct formatting of the SYNOPSIS any longer.
|
| 1.11 | 01-Oct-2002 |
wiz | Use An, Aq for author markup.
|
| 1.10 | 01-Oct-2002 |
wiz | New sentence, new line. By Robert Elz with minimal fixes.
|
| 1.9 | 08-Feb-2002 |
ross | Generate <>& symbolically. I'm avoiding .../dist/... directories for now.
|
| 1.8 | 07-Feb-2002 |
ross | Edit -mdoc usage.
* There is no -indent option to .Bd or .Bl, although you would
never know that from its frequent use in this tree. There is a
"-offset indent" combination that makes sense, and you can certainly
say "-width indent".
* Also, you can't markup the -width option argument, tho you CAN
use a callable macro. So "-width Ar filename" doesn't make sense,
but either "-width Ar" or "-width filename" does, as might something
like "-width xxfilename" for a little extra space.
* There are a lot of needlessly complex hanging tag macros in man4 used
to create simple item lists. Those should be simplified one of these
days before someone copies and edits yet another man4 page.
|
| 1.7 | 16-Nov-2001 |
wiz | Sort sections, use standard section headers.
|
| 1.6 | 05-Jun-2001 |
wiz | Drop arguments of .Os.
|
| 1.5 | 03-Apr-2001 |
wiz | Xref newfs_lfs instead of newlfs; whitespace fixes while I'm here.
|
| 1.4 | 07-Nov-2000 |
lukem | fix up various .Nm abuses:
- keep the case consistent between the actual name and what's referenced.
e.g, if it's `foo', don't use '.Nm Foo' at the start of a sentence.
- remove unnecessary `.Nm foo' after the first occurrence (except for
using `.Nm ""' if there's stuff following, or for the 2nd and so on
occurrences in a SYNOPSIS
- use Sx, Ic, Li, Em, Sq, and Xr as appropriate
|
| 1.3 | 16-May-2000 |
perseant | branches: 1.3.4;
fsck_lfs can now write to the filesystem, allowing it to correct most
(though still not all) errors in a damaged lfs. Segment byte accounting
is corrected in pass 5. "fsck_lfs -p" will do a partial roll-forward,
verifying the checkpoint from the newer superblock. fscknames[] is
updated so that fsck knows about fsck_lfs.
|
| 1.2 | 19-Mar-1999 |
perseant | "LFS" really stands for "Log-*structured* File System"
|
| 1.1 | 18-Mar-1999 |
perseant | Initial checkin of fsck_lfs. This version cannot do any repair (-p flag
does nothing, and one of -p or -n is required) but can be useful as a
diagnostic tool.
|
| 1.3.4.1 | 04-Apr-2001 |
he | Pull up revisions 1.4-1.5 (requested by wiz):
Fix up various .Nm abuses.
Xref newfs_lfs instead of newlfs + whitespace fixes.
|
| 1.17.2.1 | 07-May-2005 |
tron | Apply patch (requested by perseant in ticket #242):
* fsck_lfs buffer cache fixes, including PR #29151
* Change fsck_lfs phase 0 message to reflect reality
* fsck_lfs: check phase 5 (cleanerinfo accounting) even on
roll-forward
* Keep better track of the free list during roll-forward, avoiding
a core dump
* Improve hash table use for fsck_lfs buffer and vnode cache
* Document fsck_lfs flag -f, and implement -q
* Add resize_lfs, including kernel support
* Add LFS to mountd's list of exportable filesystem types
* Make the LFS lkm work again [christos@]
* Add MP locking to the LFS kernel subsystem
* Fix pager_map deadlock in lfs_putpages()
* Avoid incomplete file extension that looks like "partial
truncation" to fsck
* Use lfs_malloc for cleaner malloc, since the cleaner often runs
in low-memory conditions.
* Use splay trees, not hash table, to track page allocation for
write.
* Fix mkdir panic on full fs
* Fix page accounting leak by counting differently.
* Use rightly named structure for lfs_getattr [skrll@]
* Cosmetic changes for readability.
|
| 1.20.20.1 | 17-Jan-2009 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.20.4.1 | 24-Mar-2009 |
bouyer | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by manu in ticket #1288):
sbin/fsck_lfs/inode.c: revision 1.40 via patch
sbin/fsck_ffs/fsck_ffs.8: revision 1.44 via patch
sbin/fsck_ext2fs/fsck.h: revision 1.14 via patch
sbin/fsck_ext2fs/main.c: revision 1.30 via patch
sbin/fsck_ffs/inode.c: revision 1.61 via patch
sbin/fsck_ffs/main.c: revision 1.71 via patch
sbin/fsck_ext2fs/inode.c: revision 1.23 via patch
sbin/fsck_lfs/fsck.h: revision 1.18 via patch
sbin/fsck_lfs/fsck_lfs.8: revision 1.21 via patch
sbin/fsck_lfs/main.c: revision 1.38 via patch
sbin/fsck_ext2fs/fsck_ext2fs.8: revision 1.15 via patch
sbin/fsck_ffs/fsck.h: revision 1.47 via patch
Disable userid to username lookups by default. Add a -U flag to perform them.
In single user mode lookups that involve the network might not work and they
slow down fsck.
|
| 1.21.4.1 | 13-May-2009 |
jym | Sync with HEAD.
Third (and last) commit. See http://mail-index.netbsd.org/source-changes/2009/05/13/msg221222.html
|
| 1.22.16.1 | 23-Jul-2013 |
riastradh | sync with HEAD
|
| 1.22.12.1 | 20-Aug-2014 |
tls | Rebase to HEAD as of a few days ago.
|
| 1.22.6.1 | 22-May-2014 |
yamt | sync with head.
for a reference, the tree before this commit was tagged
as yamt-pagecache-tag8.
this commit was splitted into small chunks to avoid
a limitation of cvs. ("Protocol error: too many arguments")
|
| 1.24.2.1 | 10-Aug-2014 |
tls | Rebase.
|
| 1.17 | 14-Sep-2025 |
perseant | Add -a flag to suppress warnings about discrepancies in avail accounting,
which is common with the -i flag.
Expand the computation of avail if the -d flag is given. The computation
itself is not changed.
Do not offer to roll forward if the -n flag was given.
Exit with FSCK_EXIT_UNRESOLVED if the -n flag was given and any questions
were asked. This is helpful when using fsck_lfs as a diagnostic in scripts.
|
| 1.16 | 03-Apr-2020 |
joerg | Avoid common symbols for fsck_lfs.
|
| 1.15 | 01-Sep-2015 |
dholland | branches: 1.15.16;
Use daddr_t, not ulfs_daddr_t, as the latter's 32 bits wide.
Don't use either for on-disk items.
Declare external data in header files.
Part 3 of 3.
|
| 1.14 | 12-Aug-2015 |
dholland | Hack up dinode usage to be 64 vs. 32 as needed. Part 1.
(This part changes the native lfs code; the ufs-derived code already
has 64 vs. 32 logic, but as aspects of it are unsafe, and don't
entirely interoperate cleanly with the lfs 64/32 stuff, pass 2 will be
rehashing that.)
|
| 1.13 | 06-Jun-2013 |
dholland | ufs -> ulfs for fsck_lfs.
|
| 1.12 | 01-Sep-2006 |
perseant | branches: 1.12.42; 1.12.48;
Several fixes to improve the reliability of the roll-forward agent.
Also, note "properly orphaned" files as distinct from corrupted files.
|
| 1.11 | 18-Jul-2006 |
perseant | Various improvements to fsck_lfs, to wit:
* Add lfs_balloc capability to the lfs library.
* Extend the Ifile if we run out of free inodes when creating lost+found.
* Don't roll forward if we have allocated a lost+found, to avoid
conflicts when adding new files in roll-forward.
* Make some messages slightly more verbose (e.g. include inode number,
and use pwarn() instead of printf() so the messages include the device
name when preening).
* Change superblock detection/avoidance to use the offset table in the
primary superblock, rather than looking at the contents.
* Be more verbose about various operations when passed the -d flag,
especially roll-forward.
* Be more careful about dirops during roll forward, since the cleaner can
sometimes write blocks from dirop vnodes. Detect and avoid this problem.
* Always check the free list, even if given -i; if we're going to write
it we have to check it first.
* Mark inodes dirty when blocks are found during roll forward, so the
inodes are written with the new block locations.
* Update size of inodes if blocks beyond EOF are found during roll
forward.
* Fix segment accounting for blocks and inodes found during roll
forward.
* Report statistics on roll forward: how many new/deleted/moved files
and how many updated blocks (or "nothing new").
* Don't care if the device being checked is really a device, if we have
been passed the -f flag (to facilitate automated testing).
* When writing to the disk, use the current time in the segment headers
rathern than time 0.
* When passed the -i flag, locate the partial segment containing the
Ifile inode and use that to calculate lfs_offset, lfs_curseg,
lfs_nextseg. (Again for automated testing.)
|
| 1.10 | 27-Jun-2005 |
christos | constify
|
| 1.9 | 14-Apr-2005 |
perseant | Document "-f" (force check) flag. Implement and document "-q" (quiet).
|
| 1.8 | 07-Aug-2003 |
agc | branches: 1.8.6;
Move UCB-licensed code from 4-clause to 3-clause licence.
Patches provided by Joel Baker in PR 22308, verified by myself.
|
| 1.7 | 02-Apr-2003 |
fvdl | Add support for UFS2. UFS2 is an enhanced FFS, adding support for
64 bit block pointers, extended attribute storage, and a few
other things.
This commit does not yet include the code to manipulate the extended
storage (for e.g. ACLs), this will be done later.
Originally written by Kirk McKusick and Network Associates Laboratories for
FreeBSD.
|
| 1.6 | 28-Mar-2003 |
perseant | Add working writing ability to fsck_lfs, including roll-forward, based on
a partial-segment writer ported from the kernel.
|
| 1.5 | 24-Jan-2003 |
fvdl | Bump daddr_t to 64 bits. Replace it with int32_t in all places where
it was used on-disk, so that on-disk formats remain the same.
Remove ufs_daddr_t and ufs_lbn_t for the time being.
|
| 1.4 | 14-Jun-2000 |
perseant | Add "-i" flag to specify the location of the index file inode, to
examine alternate checkpoints. Regularize usage of maxino. Remove olf
debugging cruft.
|
| 1.3 | 23-May-2000 |
perseant | branches: 1.3.2;
Convert to NetBSD source code style
|
| 1.2 | 03-Jul-1999 |
kleink | RCS Id police.
|
| 1.1 | 18-Mar-1999 |
perseant | Initial checkin of fsck_lfs. This version cannot do any repair (-p flag
does nothing, and one of -p or -n is required) but can be useful as a
diagnostic tool.
|
| 1.3.2.1 | 22-Jun-2000 |
minoura | Sync w/ netbsd-1-5-base.
|
| 1.8.6.1 | 07-May-2005 |
tron | Apply patch (requested by perseant in ticket #242):
* fsck_lfs buffer cache fixes, including PR #29151
* Change fsck_lfs phase 0 message to reflect reality
* fsck_lfs: check phase 5 (cleanerinfo accounting) even on
roll-forward
* Keep better track of the free list during roll-forward, avoiding
a core dump
* Improve hash table use for fsck_lfs buffer and vnode cache
* Document fsck_lfs flag -f, and implement -q
* Add resize_lfs, including kernel support
* Add LFS to mountd's list of exportable filesystem types
* Make the LFS lkm work again [christos@]
* Add MP locking to the LFS kernel subsystem
* Fix pager_map deadlock in lfs_putpages()
* Avoid incomplete file extension that looks like "partial
truncation" to fsck
* Use lfs_malloc for cleaner malloc, since the cleaner often runs
in low-memory conditions.
* Use splay trees, not hash table, to track page allocation for
write.
* Fix mkdir panic on full fs
* Fix page accounting leak by counting differently.
* Use rightly named structure for lfs_getattr [skrll@]
* Cosmetic changes for readability.
|
| 1.12.48.1 | 23-Jun-2013 |
tls | resync from head
|
| 1.12.42.1 | 22-May-2014 |
yamt | sync with head.
for a reference, the tree before this commit was tagged
as yamt-pagecache-tag8.
this commit was splitted into small chunks to avoid
a limitation of cvs. ("Protocol error: too many arguments")
|
| 1.15.16.1 | 08-Apr-2020 |
martin | Merge changes from current as of 20200406
|
| 1.70 | 03-Apr-2020 |
joerg | Avoid common symbols for fsck_lfs.
|
| 1.69 | 10-Jun-2017 |
pgoyette | branches: 1.69.6;
Update inode member i_flag --> i_state to keep up with kernel changes
|
| 1.68 | 21-Sep-2015 |
dholland | branches: 1.68.8;
Add 64-bit directory entry structures, and adjust accessors accordingly.
The LFS64 directory entry has a 64-bit inode number. This is stored as
two 32-bit values to avoid inducing 64-bit alignment requirements.
The exposed type for manipulating directory entries is now
LFS_DIRHEADER, following the same convention as e.g. IFILE and SEGUSE.
(But with LFS_ on it, because.)
|
| 1.67 | 15-Sep-2015 |
dholland | Pass around struct lfs_dirheader instead of struct lfs_direct.
|
| 1.66 | 15-Sep-2015 |
dholland | Add an accessor function for directory names.
|
| 1.65 | 15-Sep-2015 |
dholland | Tidyups/fixes preparatory to making d_name[] in struct lfs_direct size
0 instead of size LFS_MAXNAMLEN+1, and preparatory to having accessor
functions for d_name. In particular, don't create prototype entries
and copy them, and access the name field only for directory structures
that are in buffers with space for the name to exist.
|
| 1.64 | 15-Sep-2015 |
dholland | Add and use accessor functions for more of the directory entry fields.
|
| 1.63 | 01-Sep-2015 |
dholland | Add new accessors for the d_type and d_namlen fields of struct lfs_direct.
Napalm the old byteswap access logic for these.
|
| 1.62 | 01-Sep-2015 |
dholland | Use daddr_t, not ulfs_daddr_t, as the latter's 32 bits wide.
Don't use either for on-disk items.
Declare external data in header files.
Part 3 of 3.
|
| 1.61 | 01-Sep-2015 |
dholland | Use the lfs dinode accessors in place of the ufs-derived ones.
(Mostly.)
The ufs-derived ones are fake structure member macros, which are gross
and not very safe. Also, it seems that a lot of places in the lfs code
were using the ffsv1 branch of them unconditionally, and this way it's
guaranteed all those places have been updated.
Found while doing this: for non-devices, have getattr produce NODEV
in the rdev field instead of leaking the address of the first direct
block.
|
| 1.60 | 19-Aug-2015 |
dholland | Part two of dinodes; use the same union everywhere.
(previously the ufs-derived code had things set up slightly different)
Remove a bunch of associated mess.
|
| 1.59 | 12-Aug-2015 |
dholland | Hack up dinode usage to be 64 vs. 32 as needed. Part 1.
(This part changes the native lfs code; the ufs-derived code already
has 64 vs. 32 logic, but as aspects of it are unsafe, and don't
entirely interoperate cleanly with the lfs 64/32 stuff, pass 2 will be
rehashing that.)
|
| 1.58 | 12-Aug-2015 |
dholland | Add IFILE32 and IFILE64 structures for the on-disk ifile entries.
Add and use accessors. There are also a bunch of places that cast and
I hope I've found them all...
|
| 1.57 | 28-Jul-2015 |
dholland | Add a new lfs header file: lfs_accessors.h.
This contains all the accessor functions and macros out of lfs.h.
Add an include of lfs_accessors.h after all uses of lfs.h... except
for code that wants to define its own struct lfs-alike that the
accessors are supposed to play along with. For these, set STRUCT_LFS
and include lfs_accessors.h after the necessary structure has been
defined, so that lfs_accessors.h can emit functions in terms of it.
|
| 1.56 | 24-Jul-2015 |
dholland | More lfs superblock accessors.
(This changes the rest of the code over; all the accessors were
already added.)
The difference between this commit and the previous one is arbitrary,
but the previous one passed the regression tests on its own so I'm
keeping it separate to help with any bisections that might be needed
in the future.
|
| 1.55 | 24-Jul-2015 |
dholland | Switch to accessor functions for elements of the LFS on-disk
superblock. This will allow switching between 32/64 bit forms on the
fly; it will also allow handling LFS_EI reasonably tidily. (That
currently doesn't work on the superblock.)
It also gets rid of cpp abuse in the form of fake structure member
macros.
Also, instead of doing sleep/wakeup on &lfs_avail and &lfs_nextseg
inside the on-disk superblock, add extra elements to the in-memory
struct lfs for this. (XXX: these should be changed to condvars, but
not right now)
XXX: this migrates a structure needed by the lfs code in libsa (struct
salfs) into lfs.h, where it doesn't belong, but for the time being
this is necessary in order to allow the accessors (and the various
lfs macros and other goop that relies on them) to compile.
|
| 1.54 | 16-Jun-2015 |
christos | fix error messages containing \n
|
| 1.53 | 29-Mar-2015 |
chopps | - Fix fallout for recent bread() change (removing cred arg).
|
| 1.52 | 23-Mar-2014 |
dholland | don't use sprintf
|
| 1.51 | 18-Jun-2013 |
christos | Prefix most of the cpp macros with lfs_ and LFS_ to avoid conflicts with ffs.
This was done so that boot blocks that want to compile both FFS and LFS in
the same file work.
|
| 1.50 | 08-Jun-2013 |
dholland | Tidy up the LFS userland build hacks.
Don't use -I${NETBSDSRCDIR}/sys; don't include files other than the
exported LFS headers, which are lfs.h, lfs_inode.h, and (for now)
lfs_extern.h.
|
| 1.49 | 08-Jun-2013 |
dholland | DIRBLKSIZ -> LFS_DIRBLKSIZ
DIRECTSIZ -> LFS_DIRECTSIZ
DIRSIZ -> LFS_DIRSIZ
OLDDIRFMT -> LFS_OLDDIRFMT
NEWDIRFMT -> LFS_NEWDIRFMT
IFTODT -> LFS_IFTODT
DTTOIF -> LFS_DTTOIF
|
| 1.48 | 08-Jun-2013 |
dholland | struct direct -> struct lfs_direct
struct dirtemplate -> struct lfs_dirtemplate
struct odirtemplate -> struct lfs_odirtemplate
DT_* -> LFS_DT_*
|
| 1.47 | 08-Jun-2013 |
dholland | Stick LFS_ in front of IFMT, IFIFO, IFREG, etc. so as not to conflict
with the UFS copies of these symbols. (Which themselves ought to have
UFS_ stuck on.)
|
| 1.46 | 08-Jun-2013 |
dholland | Move the dinode (on-disk inode) structures to lfs.h, since they are
and will be obviously required by userland tools that need to read
the on-disk structures.
Also, DINODE{1,2}_SIZE -> LFS_DINODE{1,2}_SIZE.
|
| 1.45 | 06-Jun-2013 |
dholland | Cleanups and hacks to make lfs userland stuff build:
- lfs_cksum.c doesn't actually need ulfs_inode.h any more.
- neither does lfs_itimes.c.
- add hacks to fsck_lfs to make it compile.
- add hacks to newfs_lfs to make it compile.
- fix warning in ulfs_quota.c when quotas are fully disabled
(as I guess is happening with the rumpity version)
XXX: This commit adds -I${NETBSDSRCDIR}/sys to the Makefiles for
XXX: fsck_lfs, newfs_lfs, and lfs_cleanerd. This needs to be cleaned
XXX: up ASAP; but I consider this less problematic in the short term
XXX: than spewing ulfs_*.h into /usr/include.
|
| 1.44 | 06-Jun-2013 |
dholland | ufs -> ulfs for fsck_lfs.
|
| 1.43 | 22-Jan-2013 |
dholland | Stuff UFS_ in front of a few of ufs's symbols to reduce namespace
pollution. Specifically:
ROOTINO -> UFS_ROOTINO
WINO -> UFS_WINO
NXADDR -> UFS_NXADDR
NDADDR -> UFS_NDADDR
NIADDR -> UFS_NIADDR
MAXSYMLINKLEN -> UFS_MAXSYMLINKLEN
MAXSYMLINKLEN_UFS[12] -> UFS[12]_MAXSYMLINKLEN (for consistency)
Sort out ext2fs's misuse of NDADDR and NIADDR; fortunately, these have
the same values in ext2fs and ffs.
No functional change intended.
|
| 1.42 | 16-Feb-2010 |
mlelstv | branches: 1.42.6; 1.42.12;
Three changes in a single commit.
- drop the notion of frags (LFS fragments) vs fsb (FFS fragments)
The code uses a complicated unity function that just makes the
code difficult to understand.
- support larger sector sizes. Fix disk address computations
to use DEV_BSIZE in the kernel as required by device drivers
and to use sector sizes in userland.
- Fix several locking bugs in lfs_bio.c and lfs_subr.c.
|
| 1.41 | 04-Feb-2010 |
christos | Centralize time printing and deal with ctime possibly returning NULL.
|
| 1.40 | 09-Oct-2008 |
christos | Disable userid to username lookups by default. Add a -U flag to perform them.
In single user mode lookups that involve the network might not work and they
slow down fsck.
|
| 1.39 | 16-May-2008 |
hannken | Make sure all cached buffers with valid, not yet written data have been
run through copy-on-write. Call fscow_run() with valid data where possible.
The LP_UFSCOW hack is no longer needed to protect ffs_copyonwrite() against
endless recursion.
- Add a flag B_MODIFY to bread(), breada() and breadn(). If set the caller
intends to modify the buffer returned.
- Always run copy-on-write on buffers returned from ffs_balloc().
- Add new function ffs_getblk() that gets a buffer, assigns a new blkno,
may clear the buffer and runs copy-on-write. Process possible errors
from getblk() or fscow_run(). Part of PR kern/38664.
Welcome to 4.99.63
Reviewed by: YAMAMOTO Takashi <yamt@netbsd.org>
|
| 1.38 | 28-Apr-2008 |
martin | branches: 1.38.2;
Remove clause 3 and 4 from TNF licenses
|
| 1.37 | 08-Oct-2007 |
ad | branches: 1.37.8; 1.37.10;
Give brelse() a second argument so that it matches the kernel.
fsck_lfs now compiles again.
|
| 1.36 | 09-Nov-2006 |
christos | branches: 1.36.2; 1.36.8;
Fix malloc/realloc/calloc issues: always check and exit, use EEXIT instead
of 8.
|
| 1.35 | 01-Sep-2006 |
perseant | Several fixes to improve the reliability of the roll-forward agent.
Also, note "properly orphaned" files as distinct from corrupted files.
|
| 1.34 | 19-Jul-2006 |
perseant | On-disk inode accounting fix for roll-forward.
|
| 1.33 | 19-Jul-2006 |
perseant | Don't doubly free an inode remove_ino() during roll-forward.
|
| 1.32 | 18-Jul-2006 |
perseant | Various improvements to fsck_lfs, to wit:
* Add lfs_balloc capability to the lfs library.
* Extend the Ifile if we run out of free inodes when creating lost+found.
* Don't roll forward if we have allocated a lost+found, to avoid
conflicts when adding new files in roll-forward.
* Make some messages slightly more verbose (e.g. include inode number,
and use pwarn() instead of printf() so the messages include the device
name when preening).
* Change superblock detection/avoidance to use the offset table in the
primary superblock, rather than looking at the contents.
* Be more verbose about various operations when passed the -d flag,
especially roll-forward.
* Be more careful about dirops during roll forward, since the cleaner can
sometimes write blocks from dirop vnodes. Detect and avoid this problem.
* Always check the free list, even if given -i; if we're going to write
it we have to check it first.
* Mark inodes dirty when blocks are found during roll forward, so the
inodes are written with the new block locations.
* Update size of inodes if blocks beyond EOF are found during roll
forward.
* Fix segment accounting for blocks and inodes found during roll
forward.
* Report statistics on roll forward: how many new/deleted/moved files
and how many updated blocks (or "nothing new").
* Don't care if the device being checked is really a device, if we have
been passed the -f flag (to facilitate automated testing).
* When writing to the disk, use the current time in the segment headers
rathern than time 0.
* When passed the -i flag, locate the partial segment containing the
Ifile inode and use that to calculate lfs_offset, lfs_curseg,
lfs_nextseg. (Again for automated testing.)
|
| 1.31 | 13-Sep-2005 |
christos | rename lfs.h to lfs_user.h so that it does not conflict.
|
| 1.30 | 19-Aug-2005 |
christos | 64 bit inode changes
|
| 1.29 | 27-Jun-2005 |
christos | more const.
|
| 1.28 | 27-Jun-2005 |
christos | constify
|
| 1.27 | 08-Jun-2005 |
perseant | Use the correct method to create a new inode, when we allocate lost+found.
Correct uninitialized variable issues in pass6.c and dir.c (PR#30411 and
PR#30394, respectively).
|
| 1.26 | 25-Mar-2005 |
perseant | "#define lfs_devvp lfs_unlockvp" for readability, since that's what we
use it for in fsck_lfs/newfs_lfs.
|
| 1.25 | 06-Feb-2005 |
perry | branches: 1.25.2;
ANSIfy a function declaration, remove obsolete "register" declarations.
|
| 1.24 | 18-Jul-2004 |
yamt | zero-out dinode is not a proper way to 'clear' an lfs inode.
|
| 1.23 | 20-Mar-2004 |
perseant | change KES license to standard NetBSD license
|
| 1.22 | 03-Oct-2003 |
yamt | make this work for big (ie. with indirect blocks) directories
without spurious 'EXTRA ..' errors.
|
| 1.21 | 19-Sep-2003 |
itojun | realloc pedant
|
| 1.20 | 07-Aug-2003 |
agc | Move UCB-licensed code from 4-clause to 3-clause licence.
Patches provided by Joel Baker in PR 22308, verified by myself.
|
| 1.19 | 13-Jul-2003 |
itojun | use bounded string op
|
| 1.18 | 12-Jul-2003 |
yamt | in ckinode(), use idesc->id_number instead of dino.di_u.inumber
since the latter is invalid for pass2 and vget can return invalid vnode
for inode number 0.
|
| 1.17 | 02-Apr-2003 |
fvdl | Add support for UFS2. UFS2 is an enhanced FFS, adding support for
64 bit block pointers, extended attribute storage, and a few
other things.
This commit does not yet include the code to manipulate the extended
storage (for e.g. ACLs), this will be done later.
Originally written by Kirk McKusick and Network Associates Laboratories for
FreeBSD.
|
| 1.16 | 28-Mar-2003 |
perseant | Add working writing ability to fsck_lfs, including roll-forward, based on
a partial-segment writer ported from the kernel.
|
| 1.15 | 17-Feb-2003 |
perseant | Add code to UBCify LFS. This is still behind "#ifdef LFS_UBC" for now
(there are still some details to work out) but expect that to go
away soon. To support these basic changes (creation of lfs_putpages,
lfs_gop_write, mods to lfs_balloc) several other changes were made, to
wit:
* Create a writer daemon kernel thread whose purpose is to handle page
writes for the pagedaemon, but which also takes over some of the
functions of lfs_check(). This thread is started the first time an
LFS is mounted.
* Add a "flags" parameter to GOP_SIZE. Current values are
GOP_SIZE_READ, meaning that the call should return the size of the
in-core version of the file, and GOP_SIZE_WRITE, meaning that it
should return the on-disk size. One of GOP_SIZE_READ or
GOP_SIZE_WRITE must be specified.
* Instead of using malloc(...M_WAITOK) for everything, reserve enough
resources to get by and use malloc(...M_NOWAIT), using the reserves if
necessary. Use the pool subsystem for structures small enough that
this is feasible. This also obsoletes LFS_THROTTLE.
And a few that are not strictly necessary:
* Moves the LFS inode extensions off onto a separately allocated
structure; getting closer to LFS as an LKM. "Welcome to 1.6O."
* Unified GOP_ALLOC between FFS and LFS.
* Update LFS copyright headers to correct values.
* Actually cast to unsigned in lfs_shellsort, like the comment says.
* Keep track of which segments were empty before the previous
checkpoint; any segments that pass two checkpoints both dirty and
empty can be summarily cleaned. Do this. Right now lfs_segclean
still works, but this should be turned into an effectless
compatibility syscall.
|
| 1.14 | 24-Jan-2003 |
fvdl | Bump daddr_t to 64 bits. Replace it with int32_t in all places where
it was used on-disk, so that on-disk formats remain the same.
Remove ufs_daddr_t and ufs_lbn_t for the time being.
|
| 1.13 | 23-May-2002 |
perseant | Re-checksum the superblock whenever it is marked dirty.
Tested on alpha.
|
| 1.12 | 25-Sep-2001 |
wiz | branches: 1.12.2;
Add some \n to error messages.
|
| 1.11 | 13-Jul-2001 |
perseant | Merge the short-lived perseant-lfsv2 branch into the trunk.
Kernels and tools understand both v1 and v2 filesystems; newfs_lfs
generates v2 by default. Changes for the v2 layout include:
- Segments of non-PO2 size and arbitrary block offset, so these can be
matched to convenient physical characteristics of the partition (e.g.,
stripe or track size and offset).
- Address by fragment instead of by disk sector, paving the way for
non-512-byte-sector devices. In theory fragments can be as large
as you like, though in reality they must be smaller than MAXBSIZE in size.
- Use serial number and filesystem identifier to ensure that roll-forward
doesn't get old data and think it's new. Roll-forward is enabled for
v2 filesystems, though not for v1 filesystems by default.
- The inode free list is now a tailq, paving the way for undelete (undelete
is not yet implemented, but can be without further non-backwards-compatible
changes to disk structures).
- Inode atime information is kept in the Ifile, instead of on the inode;
that is, the inode is never written *just* because atime was changed.
Because of this the inodes remain near the file data on the disk, rather
than wandering all over as the disk is read repeatedly. This speeds up
repeated reads by a small but noticeable amount.
Other changes of note include:
- The ifile written by newfs_lfs can now be of arbitrary length, it is no
longer restricted to a single indirect block.
- Fixed an old bug where ctime was changed every time a vnode was created.
I need to look more closely to make sure that the times are only updated
during write(2) and friends, not after-the-fact during a segment write,
and certainly not by the cleaner.
|
| 1.10 | 04-Feb-2001 |
christos | branches: 1.10.2;
fix redundant decls
|
| 1.9 | 06-Jan-2001 |
joff | Fixed blockmap handling to properly use disk blocks rather than fragments.
Fixes an issue with fsck_lfs not detecting all duplicate blocks that may
exist in a corrupted filesystem.
|
| 1.8 | 05-Jan-2001 |
lukem | use %ll_ instead of the less standard %q_
|
| 1.7 | 14-Jun-2000 |
perseant | Add "-i" flag to specify the location of the index file inode, to
examine alternate checkpoints. Regularize usage of maxino. Remove olf
debugging cruft.
|
| 1.6 | 23-May-2000 |
perseant | branches: 1.6.2;
Convert to NetBSD source code style
|
| 1.5 | 16-May-2000 |
perseant | fsck_lfs can now write to the filesystem, allowing it to correct most
(though still not all) errors in a damaged lfs. Segment byte accounting
is corrected in pass 5. "fsck_lfs -p" will do a partial roll-forward,
verifying the checkpoint from the newer superblock. fscknames[] is
updated so that fsck knows about fsck_lfs.
|
| 1.4 | 20-Jan-2000 |
perseant | Rename lfs_ifind so that it does not conflict with new kernel prototype.
Addresses PR #9253.
|
| 1.3 | 03-Jul-1999 |
kleink | RCS Id police.
|
| 1.2 | 24-Mar-1999 |
nathanw | branches: 1.2.2;
printf format fixes for Alpha.
|
| 1.1 | 18-Mar-1999 |
perseant | Initial checkin of fsck_lfs. This version cannot do any repair (-p flag
does nothing, and one of -p or -n is required) but can be useful as a
diagnostic tool.
|
| 1.2.2.1 | 21-Jan-2000 |
he | Pull up revision 1.4 (requested by perseant):
Fix name collision error due to recent kernel prototype updates.
Fixes PR#9253.
|
| 1.6.2.1 | 22-Jun-2000 |
minoura | Sync w/ netbsd-1-5-base.
|
| 1.10.2.3 | 02-Jul-2001 |
perseant | Change disk addressing unit to be the fragment, instead of the disk sector.
All quantities in the superblock, inodes, indirect blocks, etc. refer now
to this abstract unit (called "fsb" as it is in FFS) instead of disk sectors;
as a consequence segment summary blocks have to be multiples of a fragment in
size. In v1 filesystems, compatibility code ensures that 1 fsb == 1 sector,
regardless of fragment size.
Fragments can now range in size between 512 and 32k; in the event that
LFS_LABELPAD (8k) is smaller than the disk address unit size, an extra
proto-superblock is kept at 8k from the beginning of the disk, to be used
*only* to locate the real superblocks. (Not all of the userland knows about
this yet.)
Almost all of this was done not by me, but by joff.
|
| 1.10.2.2 | 30-Jun-2001 |
perseant | Fixes, from joff, for correct compatibility operation of fsck_lfs, dumplfs,
lfs_cleanerd; correct usage message from dumplfs.
|
| 1.10.2.1 | 27-Jun-2001 |
perseant | Import of what I've been calling "LFSv2", that is, LFS with some features
added that require changes to the on-disk data structures. These include:
- 64-bit time in everything but inodes
- User-specified segment offset, and segment size no longer
restricted to PO2.
- Serial number on segment summaries in addition to timestamp, and
a new volume identifier, to make roll-forward feasible without
fear of finding old data and thinking it was new.
Although I think this version works at least as well as what's on the trunk,
we're not done yet; hence this commit is going in on a branch and not on
the trunk. Enhancements that are not here yet include fragment addressing,
like FFS does, instead of block addressing.
|
| 1.12.2.1 | 02-Jun-2002 |
tv | Pull up revision 1.13 (requested by perseant in ticket #131):
Re-checksum the superblock whenever it is marked dirty.
Tested on alpha.
|
| 1.25.2.1 | 07-May-2005 |
tron | Apply patch (requested by perseant in ticket #242):
* fsck_lfs buffer cache fixes, including PR #29151
* Change fsck_lfs phase 0 message to reflect reality
* fsck_lfs: check phase 5 (cleanerinfo accounting) even on
roll-forward
* Keep better track of the free list during roll-forward, avoiding
a core dump
* Improve hash table use for fsck_lfs buffer and vnode cache
* Document fsck_lfs flag -f, and implement -q
* Add resize_lfs, including kernel support
* Add LFS to mountd's list of exportable filesystem types
* Make the LFS lkm work again [christos@]
* Add MP locking to the LFS kernel subsystem
* Fix pager_map deadlock in lfs_putpages()
* Avoid incomplete file extension that looks like "partial
truncation" to fsck
* Use lfs_malloc for cleaner malloc, since the cleaner often runs
in low-memory conditions.
* Use splay trees, not hash table, to track page allocation for
write.
* Fix mkdir panic on full fs
* Fix page accounting leak by counting differently.
* Use rightly named structure for lfs_getattr [skrll@]
* Cosmetic changes for readability.
|
| 1.36.8.1 | 06-Nov-2007 |
matt | sync with HEAD
|
| 1.36.2.1 | 24-Mar-2009 |
bouyer | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by manu in ticket #1288):
sbin/fsck_lfs/inode.c: revision 1.40 via patch
sbin/fsck_ffs/fsck_ffs.8: revision 1.44 via patch
sbin/fsck_ext2fs/fsck.h: revision 1.14 via patch
sbin/fsck_ext2fs/main.c: revision 1.30 via patch
sbin/fsck_ffs/inode.c: revision 1.61 via patch
sbin/fsck_ffs/main.c: revision 1.71 via patch
sbin/fsck_ext2fs/inode.c: revision 1.23 via patch
sbin/fsck_lfs/fsck.h: revision 1.18 via patch
sbin/fsck_lfs/fsck_lfs.8: revision 1.21 via patch
sbin/fsck_lfs/main.c: revision 1.38 via patch
sbin/fsck_ext2fs/fsck_ext2fs.8: revision 1.15 via patch
sbin/fsck_ffs/fsck.h: revision 1.47 via patch
Disable userid to username lookups by default. Add a -U flag to perform them.
In single user mode lookups that involve the network might not work and they
slow down fsck.
|
| 1.37.10.1 | 18-May-2008 |
yamt | sync with head.
|
| 1.37.8.2 | 17-Jan-2009 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.37.8.1 | 02-Jun-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.38.2.1 | 23-Jun-2008 |
wrstuden | Sync w/ -current. 34 merge conflicts to follow.
|
| 1.42.12.3 | 20-Aug-2014 |
tls | Rebase to HEAD as of a few days ago.
|
| 1.42.12.2 | 23-Jun-2013 |
tls | resync from head
|
| 1.42.12.1 | 25-Feb-2013 |
tls | resync with head
|
| 1.42.6.2 | 22-May-2014 |
yamt | sync with head.
for a reference, the tree before this commit was tagged
as yamt-pagecache-tag8.
this commit was splitted into small chunks to avoid
a limitation of cvs. ("Protocol error: too many arguments")
|
| 1.42.6.1 | 23-Jan-2013 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.68.8.1 | 30-Oct-2017 |
snj | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by maya in ticket #330):
sbin/fsck_lfs/inode.c: 1.69
sbin/fsck_lfs/lfs.c: 1.73
sbin/fsck_lfs/pass6.c: 1.50
sbin/fsck_lfs/segwrite.c: 1.46
sys/ufs/lfs/lfs.h: 1.202-1.203
sys/ufs/lfs/lfs_accessors.h: 1.48
sys/ufs/lfs/lfs_alloc.c: 1.136-1.137
sys/ufs/lfs/lfs_balloc.c: 1.94
sys/ufs/lfs/lfs_bio.c: 1.141
sys/ufs/lfs/lfs_extern.h: 1.113
sys/ufs/lfs/lfs_inode.c: 1.156-1.157
sys/ufs/lfs/lfs_inode.h: 1.20, 1.21, 1.23
sys/ufs/lfs/lfs_itimes.c: 1.20
sys/ufs/lfs/lfs_pages.c: 1.13-1.15
sys/ufs/lfs/lfs_rename.c: 1.22
sys/ufs/lfs/lfs_segment.c: 1.270-1.275
sys/ufs/lfs/lfs_subr.c: 1.94-1.97
sys/ufs/lfs/lfs_syscalls.c: 1.175
sys/ufs/lfs/lfs_vfsops.c: 1.360
sys/ufs/lfs/lfs_vnops.c: 1.316-1.321
sys/ufs/lfs/ulfs_inode.c: 1.20
sys/ufs/lfs/ulfs_inode.h: 1.24
sys/ufs/lfs/ulfs_lookup.c: 1.41
sys/ufs/lfs/ulfs_quota2.c: 1.31
sys/ufs/lfs/ulfs_readwrite.c: 1.24
sys/ufs/lfs/ulfs_vnops.c: 1.49-1.50
Update inode member i_flag --> i_state to keep up with kernel changes
Move definition of IN_ALLMOD near the flag it's a mask for.
Now we can see that it doesn't match all the flags, but changing that will
require more careful thought.
Correct confusion between i_flag and i_flags
These will have to be renamed.
Spotted by Riastradh, thanks!
Add an XXX about the missing flags so it's not buried in a commit
message.
now the XXX count for LFS is 260
Rename i_flag to i_state.
The similarity to i_flags has previously caused errors.
Use continue to denote the no-op loop to match netbsd style
newline for extra clarity.
It isn't safe to drain dirops with seglock held, it'll deadlock if there
are any dirops. drain before grabbing seglock.
lfs_dirops == 0 is always true (as we already drained dirops), so omit
that part of the comparison.
Fixes a lot of LFS deadlocks. PR kern/52301
Many thanks to dholland for help analyzing coredumps
Ifdef out KDASSERT which fires on my machine.
Deduplicate sanity check that seglock is held on segunlock
Revert r1.272 fix to PR kern/52301, the performance hit is making things
unusable.
change lfs_nextsegsleep and lfs_allclean_wakeup to use condvar
XXX had to use lfs_lock in lfs_segwait, removed kernel_lock, is this
appropriate?
fix buffer overflow/KASSERT when cookies are supplied
lfs no longer uses the ffs-style struct direct, use the correct minimum
size
from dholland
XXX more wrong
Consistently use {,UN}MARK_VNODE macros rather than function calls.
Not much point doing anything after a panic call
Ask some question about the code in a XXX comment
XXX question our double-flushing of dirops
Fix typo in comment
|
| 1.69.6.1 | 08-Apr-2020 |
martin | Merge changes from current as of 20200406
|
| 1.4 | 17-Jun-2020 |
kamil | Include explicitly <rump/rump_syscallshotgun.h> for previous indirect users
via <rump/rump.h>.
|
| 1.3 | 13-Oct-2009 |
pooka | fix prototypes of function pointers to varargs syscalls
|
| 1.2 | 06-Aug-2009 |
pooka | in const where available
|
| 1.1 | 06-Aug-2009 |
pooka | Define syscalls of lfs userspace tools (cleaner, mainly) through
a struct called kernelops, which contains standard system calls
for the normal case and rump system calls for the rump case.
Make it possible to run the lfs cleaner in a library fashion (taking
the quick route with the implementation).
|
| 1.4 | 16-Feb-2010 |
mlelstv | Three changes in a single commit.
- drop the notion of frags (LFS fragments) vs fsb (FFS fragments)
The code uses a complicated unity function that just makes the
code difficult to understand.
- support larger sector sizes. Fix disk address computations
to use DEV_BSIZE in the kernel as required by device drivers
and to use sector sizes in userland.
- Fix several locking bugs in lfs_bio.c and lfs_subr.c.
|
| 1.3 | 13-Oct-2009 |
pooka | fix prototypes of function pointers to varargs syscalls
|
| 1.2 | 06-Aug-2009 |
pooka | in const where available
|
| 1.1 | 06-Aug-2009 |
pooka | Define syscalls of lfs userspace tools (cleaner, mainly) through
a struct called kernelops, which contains standard system calls
for the normal case and rump system calls for the rump case.
Make it possible to run the lfs cleaner in a library fashion (taking
the quick route with the implementation).
|
| 1.76 | 12-Oct-2025 |
perseant | Look at the superblock magic number before attempting to read the address
of the first alternate out of it. If the magic number doesn't match one
of our known numbers, the primary is invalid and we have no way of locating
an alternate. Bail out in that case.
Makes fsck_lfs work for LFS64, at least in the minimal sense of being able
to report that a newly created LFS64 has no errors.
|
| 1.75 | 03-Apr-2020 |
joerg | branches: 1.75.8;
Avoid common symbols for fsck_lfs.
|
| 1.74 | 12-Jun-2018 |
zafer | branches: 1.74.2;
Remove duplicate assignments.
Fixes PR bin/51512 by Jose Luis Rodriguez Garcia
|
| 1.73 | 10-Jun-2017 |
pgoyette | branches: 1.73.4;
Update inode member i_flag --> i_state to keep up with kernel changes
|
| 1.72 | 16-Sep-2016 |
christos | branches: 1.72.6;
PR/51478: Jose Luis Rodriguez Garcia: Fix leak mem fsck_lfs/lfs.c
|
| 1.71 | 20-Mar-2016 |
dholland | branches: 1.71.2;
Comment out unused logic. PR 50973
|
| 1.70 | 19-Feb-2016 |
riastradh | Need <stdbool.h> for true/false.
|
| 1.69 | 15-Oct-2015 |
dholland | Enable lfs64 in fsck_lfs.
(and in everything else that uses this code)
|
| 1.68 | 10-Oct-2015 |
dholland | Track down and fix two missing uses of SEGSUM_FINFOBASE().
|
| 1.67 | 03-Oct-2015 |
dholland | Drop an explicit sign-extension in fsck that shouldn't be needed any
more.
|
| 1.66 | 03-Oct-2015 |
dholland | Add lfs_checkword type for reading checksum data out of structures.
This is always uint32_t, but having a name for it both makes things
clearer and avoids confusion about whether it should be 32 or 64 bit.
Note: deployed in only one place (that was erroneously tagged
ondisk32) so far.
|
| 1.65 | 03-Oct-2015 |
dholland | Fix hardwired 32-bit stuff in fsck:
- compute the maximum file size using LFS_BLKPTRSIZE()
- use the new IINFO in pass 6 instead of uint32_t pointers
- use accessors to read and write indirect blocks
|
| 1.64 | 03-Oct-2015 |
dholland | Apply IINFO in the other userland tools.
|
| 1.63 | 01-Sep-2015 |
dholland | Use daddr_t, not ulfs_daddr_t, as the latter's 32 bits wide.
Don't use either for on-disk items.
Declare external data in header files.
Part 3 of 3.
|
| 1.62 | 01-Sep-2015 |
dholland | Use daddr_t, not ulfs_daddr_t, as the latter's 32 bits wide.
Don't use either for on-disk items.
Part 2 of 3.
|
| 1.61 | 01-Sep-2015 |
dholland | Use daddr_t, not ulfs_daddr_t, as the latter's 32 bits wide.
Don't use either for on-disk items.
Part 1 of 3.
|
| 1.60 | 01-Sep-2015 |
dholland | The ifile's inode number is constant. (it is always 1)
Therefore, storing the value in the superblock and reading it out
again is silly and offers the opportunity for it to become corrupted.
So, don't do that (most of the code already didn't) and use the
existing constant instead. Initialize new 32-bit superblocks with
the value for the sake of old userland programs, but don't keep the
value in the 64-bit superblock at all.
(approved by Margo Seltzer)
|
| 1.59 | 01-Sep-2015 |
dholland | Add byteswapping to the dinode accessors.
This prevents regressions in the ulfs code when switching to the new
accessors. Note that while adding byteswapping to the other accessors
is straightforward, I haven't done it yet; and that also is not enough
to make LFS_EI work, because there are places lying around that bypass
the accessors for one reason and another and all of them need to be
updated. That is going to have to wait for a later day as LFS_EI is
not on the critical path right now.
|
| 1.58 | 01-Sep-2015 |
dholland | Use the lfs dinode accessors in place of the ufs-derived ones.
(Mostly.)
The ufs-derived ones are fake structure member macros, which are gross
and not very safe. Also, it seems that a lot of places in the lfs code
were using the ffsv1 branch of them unconditionally, and this way it's
guaranteed all those places have been updated.
Found while doing this: for non-devices, have getattr produce NODEV
in the rdev field instead of leaking the address of the first direct
block.
|
| 1.57 | 19-Aug-2015 |
dholland | Part two of dinodes; use the same union everywhere.
(previously the ufs-derived code had things set up slightly different)
Remove a bunch of associated mess.
|
| 1.56 | 12-Aug-2015 |
dholland | Hack up dinode usage to be 64 vs. 32 as needed. Part 1.
(This part changes the native lfs code; the ufs-derived code already
has 64 vs. 32 logic, but as aspects of it are unsafe, and don't
entirely interoperate cleanly with the lfs 64/32 stuff, pass 2 will be
rehashing that.)
|
| 1.55 | 12-Aug-2015 |
dholland | Provide 32-bit and 64-bit versions of FINFO.
This also entailed sorting out part of struct segment, as that
contains a pointer into the current FINFO data.
|
| 1.54 | 12-Aug-2015 |
dholland | Make 32-bit and 64-bit versions of SEGSUM.
Also fix some of the FINFO handling as it's closely entangled.
|
| 1.53 | 12-Aug-2015 |
dholland | Add IFILE32 and IFILE64 structures for the on-disk ifile entries.
Add and use accessors. There are also a bunch of places that cast and
I hope I've found them all...
|
| 1.52 | 02-Aug-2015 |
dholland | Add a (draft) 64-bit superblock. Make things build again.
Add pieces of support for using both superblock types where
convenient, and specifically to the superblock accessors, but don't
actually enable it anywhere.
First substantive step on PR 50000.
|
| 1.51 | 02-Aug-2015 |
dholland | Use accessor functions for the version field of the lfs superblock.
I thought at first maybe the cases that test the version should be
rolled into the accessors, but on the whole I think the conclusion on
that is no.
|
| 1.50 | 02-Aug-2015 |
dholland | Second batch of 64 -> 32 truncations in lfs, along with more minor
tidyups and corrections in passing.
|
| 1.49 | 02-Aug-2015 |
dholland | Fix assorted 64 -> 32 truncations in lfs. Also, some minor tidyups and
corrections in passing.
|
| 1.48 | 28-Jul-2015 |
dholland | Add a new lfs header file: lfs_accessors.h.
This contains all the accessor functions and macros out of lfs.h.
Add an include of lfs_accessors.h after all uses of lfs.h... except
for code that wants to define its own struct lfs-alike that the
accessors are supposed to play along with. For these, set STRUCT_LFS
and include lfs_accessors.h after the necessary structure has been
defined, so that lfs_accessors.h can emit functions in terms of it.
|
| 1.47 | 24-Jul-2015 |
dholland | More lfs superblock accessors.
(This changes the rest of the code over; all the accessors were
already added.)
The difference between this commit and the previous one is arbitrary,
but the previous one passed the regression tests on its own so I'm
keeping it separate to help with any bisections that might be needed
in the future.
|
| 1.46 | 24-Jul-2015 |
dholland | Switch to accessor functions for elements of the LFS on-disk
superblock. This will allow switching between 32/64 bit forms on the
fly; it will also allow handling LFS_EI reasonably tidily. (That
currently doesn't work on the superblock.)
It also gets rid of cpp abuse in the form of fake structure member
macros.
Also, instead of doing sleep/wakeup on &lfs_avail and &lfs_nextseg
inside the on-disk superblock, add extra elements to the in-memory
struct lfs for this. (XXX: these should be changed to condvars, but
not right now)
XXX: this migrates a structure needed by the lfs code in libsa (struct
salfs) into lfs.h, where it doesn't belong, but for the time being
this is necessary in order to allow the accessors (and the various
lfs macros and other goop that relies on them) to compile.
|
| 1.45 | 31-May-2015 |
hannken | Use VFS_PROTOS() for lfs.
Rename conflicting struct lfs field "lfs_start" to "lfs_s0addr".
No functional change.
|
| 1.44 | 29-Mar-2015 |
chopps | - Fix fallout for recent bread() change (removing cred arg).
|
| 1.43 | 13-Jul-2014 |
dholland | Revert previous; it doesn't work because all the lfs tools
promiscuously .PATH in each other's source files, and I haven't the
time or patience to deal with it tonight.
|
| 1.42 | 12-Jul-2014 |
dholland | Remove pointless function indirection through panic_func(). It was
initialized to one thing, and then set to another right at the top of
main and never changed again.
|
| 1.41 | 19-Oct-2013 |
christos | branches: 1.41.2;
fix unused variable warnings.
|
| 1.40 | 18-Jun-2013 |
christos | Prefix most of the cpp macros with lfs_ and LFS_ to avoid conflicts with ffs.
This was done so that boot blocks that want to compile both FFS and LFS in
the same file work.
|
| 1.39 | 08-Jun-2013 |
dholland | Tidy up the LFS userland build hacks.
Don't use -I${NETBSDSRCDIR}/sys; don't include files other than the
exported LFS headers, which are lfs.h, lfs_inode.h, and (for now)
lfs_extern.h.
|
| 1.38 | 06-Jun-2013 |
dholland | Cleanups and hacks to make lfs userland stuff build:
- lfs_cksum.c doesn't actually need ulfs_inode.h any more.
- neither does lfs_itimes.c.
- add hacks to fsck_lfs to make it compile.
- add hacks to newfs_lfs to make it compile.
- fix warning in ulfs_quota.c when quotas are fully disabled
(as I guess is happening with the rumpity version)
XXX: This commit adds -I${NETBSDSRCDIR}/sys to the Makefiles for
XXX: fsck_lfs, newfs_lfs, and lfs_cleanerd. This needs to be cleaned
XXX: up ASAP; but I consider this less problematic in the short term
XXX: than spewing ulfs_*.h into /usr/include.
|
| 1.37 | 06-Jun-2013 |
dholland | ufs -> ulfs for fsck_lfs.
|
| 1.36 | 22-Jan-2013 |
dholland | Stuff UFS_ in front of a few of ufs's symbols to reduce namespace
pollution. Specifically:
ROOTINO -> UFS_ROOTINO
WINO -> UFS_WINO
NXADDR -> UFS_NXADDR
NDADDR -> UFS_NDADDR
NIADDR -> UFS_NIADDR
MAXSYMLINKLEN -> UFS_MAXSYMLINKLEN
MAXSYMLINKLEN_UFS[12] -> UFS[12]_MAXSYMLINKLEN (for consistency)
Sort out ext2fs's misuse of NDADDR and NIADDR; fortunately, these have
the same values in ext2fs and ffs.
No functional change intended.
|
| 1.35 | 12-Jul-2011 |
dholland | branches: 1.35.2; 1.35.8;
Don't need to initialize (one of) the elements now in i_crap; nothing in
here touches that material.
|
| 1.34 | 21-Jun-2011 |
mrg | avoid code that looks like this:
x = x = y;
since GCC 4.5 complains about it having sequence point issues.
|
| 1.33 | 21-Feb-2010 |
mlelstv | branches: 1.33.4;
dev_bsize wasn't initialized. The actual value doesn't matter since
the same value is used to compute byte offsets into the special file
but a value of zero causes a division by zero.
|
| 1.32 | 16-Feb-2010 |
mlelstv | Three changes in a single commit.
- drop the notion of frags (LFS fragments) vs fsb (FFS fragments)
The code uses a complicated unity function that just makes the
code difficult to understand.
- support larger sector sizes. Fix disk address computations
to use DEV_BSIZE in the kernel as required by device drivers
and to use sector sizes in userland.
- Fix several locking bugs in lfs_bio.c and lfs_subr.c.
|
| 1.31 | 06-Aug-2009 |
pooka | Define syscalls of lfs userspace tools (cleaner, mainly) through
a struct called kernelops, which contains standard system calls
for the normal case and rump system calls for the rump case.
Make it possible to run the lfs cleaner in a library fashion (taking
the quick route with the implementation).
|
| 1.30 | 22-Feb-2009 |
ad | PR kern/26878 FFSv2 + softdep = livelock (no free ram)
PR kern/16942 panic with softdep and quotas
PR kern/19565 panic: softdep_write_inodeblock: indirect pointer #1 mismatch
PR kern/26274 softdep panic: allocdirect_merge: ...
PR kern/26374 Long delay before non-root users can write to softdep partitions
PR kern/28621 1.6.x "vp != NULL" panic in ffs_softdep.c:4653 while unmounting a softdep (+quota) filesystem
PR kern/29513 FFS+Softdep panic with unfsck-able file-corruption
PR kern/31544 The ffs softdep code appears to fail to write dirty bits to disk
PR kern/31981 stopping scsi disk can cause panic (softdep)
PR kern/32116 kernel panic in softdep (assertion failure)
PR kern/32532 softdep_trackbufs deadlock
PR kern/37191 softdep: locking against myself
PR kern/40474 Kernel panic after remounting raid root with softdep
Retire softdep, pass 2. As discussed and later formally announced on the
mailing lists.
|
| 1.29 | 16-May-2008 |
hannken | branches: 1.29.4;
Make sure all cached buffers with valid, not yet written data have been
run through copy-on-write. Call fscow_run() with valid data where possible.
The LP_UFSCOW hack is no longer needed to protect ffs_copyonwrite() against
endless recursion.
- Add a flag B_MODIFY to bread(), breada() and breadn(). If set the caller
intends to modify the buffer returned.
- Always run copy-on-write on buffers returned from ffs_balloc().
- Add new function ffs_getblk() that gets a buffer, assigns a new blkno,
may clear the buffer and runs copy-on-write. Process possible errors
from getblk() or fscow_run(). Part of PR kern/38664.
Welcome to 4.99.63
Reviewed by: YAMAMOTO Takashi <yamt@netbsd.org>
|
| 1.28 | 28-Apr-2008 |
martin | branches: 1.28.2;
Remove clause 3 and 4 from TNF licenses
|
| 1.27 | 08-Oct-2007 |
ad | branches: 1.27.8; 1.27.10;
Give brelse() a second argument so that it matches the kernel.
fsck_lfs now compiles again.
|
| 1.26 | 09-Nov-2006 |
christos | branches: 1.26.8;
Fix malloc/realloc/calloc issues: always check and exit, use EEXIT instead
of 8.
|
| 1.25 | 01-Sep-2006 |
perseant | Several fixes to improve the reliability of the roll-forward agent.
Also, note "properly orphaned" files as distinct from corrupted files.
|
| 1.24 | 18-Jul-2006 |
perseant | Various improvements to fsck_lfs, to wit:
* Add lfs_balloc capability to the lfs library.
* Extend the Ifile if we run out of free inodes when creating lost+found.
* Don't roll forward if we have allocated a lost+found, to avoid
conflicts when adding new files in roll-forward.
* Make some messages slightly more verbose (e.g. include inode number,
and use pwarn() instead of printf() so the messages include the device
name when preening).
* Change superblock detection/avoidance to use the offset table in the
primary superblock, rather than looking at the contents.
* Be more verbose about various operations when passed the -d flag,
especially roll-forward.
* Be more careful about dirops during roll forward, since the cleaner can
sometimes write blocks from dirop vnodes. Detect and avoid this problem.
* Always check the free list, even if given -i; if we're going to write
it we have to check it first.
* Mark inodes dirty when blocks are found during roll forward, so the
inodes are written with the new block locations.
* Update size of inodes if blocks beyond EOF are found during roll
forward.
* Fix segment accounting for blocks and inodes found during roll
forward.
* Report statistics on roll forward: how many new/deleted/moved files
and how many updated blocks (or "nothing new").
* Don't care if the device being checked is really a device, if we have
been passed the -f flag (to facilitate automated testing).
* When writing to the disk, use the current time in the segment headers
rathern than time 0.
* When passed the -i flag, locate the partial segment containing the
Ifile inode and use that to calculate lfs_offset, lfs_curseg,
lfs_nextseg. (Again for automated testing.)
|
| 1.23 | 05-Jun-2006 |
christos | fsck_lfs does not us fsutil.c; perhaps it should? revert to perror for now.
|
| 1.22 | 05-Jun-2006 |
christos | s/perror/perr
|
| 1.21 | 17-Apr-2006 |
perseant | Remove the free list ordering/disordering code, since the kernel now keeps
the list in order (ordering it on mount).
Regularize error messages: these are now all in ALL CAPS, with all hex
numbers (not reported in caps) prefixed by 0x. (The non-fsck-specific
messages are an exception to this all-caps rule.)
|
| 1.20 | 17-Mar-2006 |
rumble | Check for allocation failures in malloc, calloc, realloc, asprintf, and
vasprintf and try to handle them.
|
| 1.19 | 13-Oct-2005 |
jmc | Put back removed initializer. gcc on sh3 still doesn't get it correct...
|
| 1.18 | 08-Oct-2005 |
chs | avoid the need for a bogus initializer.
|
| 1.17 | 13-Sep-2005 |
christos | rename lfs.h to lfs_user.h so that it does not conflict.
|
| 1.16 | 08-Jun-2005 |
perseant | Use the correct method to create a new inode, when we allocate lost+found.
Correct uninitialized variable issues in pass6.c and dir.c (PR#30411 and
PR#30394, respectively).
|
| 1.15 | 07-Jun-2005 |
he | Initialize metalbn in ufs_getlbns to appease -Wuninitialized.
Marked with XXXGCC for dreamcast (found while compiling for it).
Reviewed by lukem.
|
| 1.14 | 02-Jun-2005 |
lukem | appease gcc -Wuninitialized
|
| 1.13 | 23-May-2005 |
perseant | Check some error conditions that would otherwise cause fsck_lfs to dump core.
Pointed out by Pavel Cahyna in a follow-on to PR #29151.
|
| 1.12 | 23-Apr-2005 |
perseant | Check parts of pass 5 even if only rolling forward. We can't check the true
segment holdings against the blocks held by the inodes, but we can still
check the cleanerinfo data against the segment table.
|
| 1.11 | 12-Apr-2005 |
martin | When creating an int hash value from pointer, go via intptr_t.
Fixes PR 29953.
|
| 1.10 | 11-Apr-2005 |
perseant | Be more efficient with the hash tables for the buffer and vnode caches.
Note that roll-forward can add more inodes to the filesystem; don't overflow
the tables but reallocate them.
|
| 1.9 | 25-Mar-2005 |
perseant | "#define lfs_devvp lfs_unlockvp" for readability, since that's what we
use it for in fsck_lfs/newfs_lfs.
|
| 1.8 | 26-Feb-2005 |
perseant | branches: 1.8.2;
Various minor LFS improvements:
* Extend the lfs library from fsck_lfs(8) so that it can be used with a
not-yet-existent LFS. Make newfs_lfs(8) use this library, so it can
create LFSs whose Ifile is larger than one segment.
* Make newfs_lfs(8) use strsuftoi64() for its arguments, a la newfs(8).
* Make fsck_lfs(8) respect the "file system is clean" flag.
* Don't let fsck_lfs(8) think it has dirty blocks when invoked with the
-n flag.
|
| 1.7 | 07-Aug-2003 |
agc | branches: 1.7.4;
Move UCB-licensed code from 4-clause to 3-clause licence.
Patches provided by Joel Baker in PR 22308, verified by myself.
|
| 1.6 | 12-Jul-2003 |
yamt | in lfs_raw_vget(),
- don't leave references into free'ed memory region. (fix SIGBUSes)
- plug a memory leak.
|
| 1.5 | 12-Jul-2003 |
yamt | - don't assume that malloc'ed memory is zero-filled.
- LIST_INIT {dirty,clean} block lists.
|
| 1.4 | 12-Jul-2003 |
yamt | only read superblock (ie. struct dlfs) from disk and
initialize rest of struct lfs by hand.
(this shouldn't cause a real problem since if superblock is valid,
LFS_SBPAD-sizeof(struct dlfs) bytes after it is always zero-filled, though)
PR/22123 (Izumi Tsutsui)
|
| 1.3 | 08-May-2003 |
petrov | Fix format string. (no % in PRIx..).
|
| 1.2 | 02-Apr-2003 |
fvdl | Add support for UFS2. UFS2 is an enhanced FFS, adding support for
64 bit block pointers, extended attribute storage, and a few
other things.
This commit does not yet include the code to manipulate the extended
storage (for e.g. ACLs), this will be done later.
Originally written by Kirk McKusick and Network Associates Laboratories for
FreeBSD.
|
| 1.1 | 28-Mar-2003 |
perseant | Add working writing ability to fsck_lfs, including roll-forward, based on
a partial-segment writer ported from the kernel.
|
| 1.7.4.1 | 10-May-2005 |
riz | Pull up the following revisions (requested by perseant in ticket #1281):
1.8 sys/ufs/lfs/TODO
1.75 sys/ufs/lfs/lfs.h (via patch)
1.74 sys/ufs/lfs/lfs_alloc.c (via patch)
1.49, 1.51 sys/ufs/lfs/lfs_balloc.c (1.51 via patch)
1.78 sys/ufs/lfs/lfs_bio.c
1.62 sys/ufs/lfs/lfs_extern.h (via patch)
1.156 sys/ufs/lfs/lfs_segment.c (via patch)
1.48 sys/ufs/lfs/lfs_subr.c
1.101 sys/ufs/lfs/lfs_syscalls.c
1.163 sys/ufs/lfs/lfs_vfsops.c (via patch)
1.134 sys/ufs/lfs/lfs_vnops.c (via patch)
1.61 sys/ufs/ufs/ufs_readwrite.c (via patch)
1.20 libexec/lfs_cleanerd/clean.h (via patch)
1.52 libexec/lfs_cleanerd/cleanerd.c (via patch)
1.41 libexec/lfs_cleanerd/library.c (via patch)
1.4 regress/sys/fs/lfs/newfs_fsck/Makefile
1.2 regress/sys/fs/lfs/newfs_fsck/mkfs_mount
1.2 regress/sys/fs/lfs/newfs_fsck/smallfiles
1.3 sbin/fsck_lfs/bufcache.c
1.3 sbin/fsck_lfs/bufcache.h
1.3 sbin/fsck_lfs/lfs.h
1.8 sbin/fsck_lfs/lfs.c (via patch)
1.8 sbin/fsck_lfs/pass3.c (via patch)
1.18 sbin/fsck_lfs/pass0.c (via patch)
1.18 sbin/fsck_lfs/utilities.c (via patch)
1.7 sbin/fsck_lfs/segwrite.c
1.19 sbin/fsck_lfs/setup.c (via patch)
1.3 sbin/newfs_lfs/Makefile
0 sbin/newfs_lfs/lfs.c (yes, remove it)
1.1 sbin/newfs_lfs/make_lfs.c
1.15 sbin/newfs_lfs/newfs.c (via patch)
Various minor LFS improvements.
Kernel:
* Note when lfs_putpages(9) thinks it is not going to be writing any
pages before calling genfs_putpages(9). This prevents a situation in
which blocks can be queued for writing without a segment header.
* Correct computation of NRESERVE(), though it is still a gross
overestimate in most cases. Note that if NRESERVE() is too high, it
may be impossible to create files on the filesystem. We catch this
case on filesystem mount and refuse to mount r/w.
* Allow filesystems to be mounted whose block size is == MAXBSIZE.
* Somewhere along the line, ufs_bmaparray(9) started mangling UNWRITTEN
entries in indirect blocks again, triggering a failed assertion "daddr
<= LFS_MAX_DADDR". Explicitly convert to and from int32_t to correct
this. Should fix PR #29045.
* Add a high-water mark for the number of dirty pages any given LFS can
hold before triggering a flush. This is settable by sysctl, but off
(zero) by default.
* Be more careful about the MAX_BYTES and MAX_BUFS computations so we
shouldn't see "please increase to at least zero" messages.
* Note that VBLK and VCHR vnodes can have nonzero values in di_db[0]
even though their v_size == 0. Don't panic when we see this.
Fixes PR #26680.
* Change lfs_bfree to a signed quantity. The manner in which it is
processed before being passed to the cleaner means that sometimes it
may drop below zero, and the cleaner must be aware of this.
* Never report bfree < 0 (or higher than lfs_dsize) through
lfs_statfs(9). This prevents df(1) from ever telling us that our full
filesystems have 16TB free.
* Account space allocated through lfs_balloc(9) that does not have
associated buffer headers, so that the pagedaemon doesn't run us out
of segments.
* Return ENOSPC from lfs_balloc(9) when bfree drops to zero.
* Address a deadlock in lfs_bmapv/lfs_markv when the filesystem is being
unmounted. Because vfs_busy() is a shared lock, and
lfs_bmapv/lfs_markv mark the filesystem vfs_busy(), the cleaner can be
holding the lock that umount() is blocking on, then try to vfs_busy()
again in getnewvnode().
cleaner:
* Adapt lfs_cleanerd to use the fcntl call to get the Ifile filehandle,
so it need not be in the namespace.
* Make lfs_cleanerd be more careful when there are very few available
segments.
* Make lfs_cleanerd less verbose when the filesystem is unmounted.
newfs_lfs, fsck_lfs, and regression:
* Extend the lfs library from fsck_lfs(8) so that it can be used with a
not-yet-existent LFS. Make newfs_lfs(8) use this library, so it can
create LFSs whose Ifile is larger than one segment. Addresses PR #11110.
* Make newfs_lfs(8) use strsuftoi64() for its arguments, a la newfs(8).
* Make fsck_lfs(8) respect the "file system is clean" flag.
* Don't let fsck_lfs(8) think it has dirty blocks when invoked with the
-n flag.
* Remove the Ifile from the filesystem namespace. The cleaner now uses
a fcntl call on the root inode to find the Ifile filehandle. (As a
side-effect, addresses PR #29144.)
|
| 1.8.2.1 | 07-May-2005 |
tron | Apply patch (requested by perseant in ticket #242):
* fsck_lfs buffer cache fixes, including PR #29151
* Change fsck_lfs phase 0 message to reflect reality
* fsck_lfs: check phase 5 (cleanerinfo accounting) even on
roll-forward
* Keep better track of the free list during roll-forward, avoiding
a core dump
* Improve hash table use for fsck_lfs buffer and vnode cache
* Document fsck_lfs flag -f, and implement -q
* Add resize_lfs, including kernel support
* Add LFS to mountd's list of exportable filesystem types
* Make the LFS lkm work again [christos@]
* Add MP locking to the LFS kernel subsystem
* Fix pager_map deadlock in lfs_putpages()
* Avoid incomplete file extension that looks like "partial
truncation" to fsck
* Use lfs_malloc for cleaner malloc, since the cleaner often runs
in low-memory conditions.
* Use splay trees, not hash table, to track page allocation for
write.
* Fix mkdir panic on full fs
* Fix page accounting leak by counting differently.
* Use rightly named structure for lfs_getattr [skrll@]
* Cosmetic changes for readability.
|
| 1.26.8.1 | 06-Nov-2007 |
matt | sync with HEAD
|
| 1.27.10.1 | 18-May-2008 |
yamt | sync with head.
|
| 1.27.8.1 | 02-Jun-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.28.2.1 | 23-Jun-2008 |
wrstuden | Sync w/ -current. 34 merge conflicts to follow.
|
| 1.29.4.1 | 13-May-2009 |
jym | Sync with HEAD.
Third (and last) commit. See http://mail-index.netbsd.org/source-changes/2009/05/13/msg221222.html
|
| 1.33.4.1 | 23-Jun-2011 |
cherry | Catchup with rmind-uvmplock merge.
|
| 1.35.8.3 | 20-Aug-2014 |
tls | Rebase to HEAD as of a few days ago.
|
| 1.35.8.2 | 23-Jun-2013 |
tls | resync from head
|
| 1.35.8.1 | 25-Feb-2013 |
tls | resync with head
|
| 1.35.2.2 | 22-May-2014 |
yamt | sync with head.
for a reference, the tree before this commit was tagged
as yamt-pagecache-tag8.
this commit was splitted into small chunks to avoid
a limitation of cvs. ("Protocol error: too many arguments")
|
| 1.35.2.1 | 23-Jan-2013 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.41.2.1 | 10-Aug-2014 |
tls | Rebase.
|
| 1.71.2.1 | 04-Nov-2016 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.72.6.1 | 30-Oct-2017 |
snj | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by maya in ticket #330):
sbin/fsck_lfs/inode.c: 1.69
sbin/fsck_lfs/lfs.c: 1.73
sbin/fsck_lfs/pass6.c: 1.50
sbin/fsck_lfs/segwrite.c: 1.46
sys/ufs/lfs/lfs.h: 1.202-1.203
sys/ufs/lfs/lfs_accessors.h: 1.48
sys/ufs/lfs/lfs_alloc.c: 1.136-1.137
sys/ufs/lfs/lfs_balloc.c: 1.94
sys/ufs/lfs/lfs_bio.c: 1.141
sys/ufs/lfs/lfs_extern.h: 1.113
sys/ufs/lfs/lfs_inode.c: 1.156-1.157
sys/ufs/lfs/lfs_inode.h: 1.20, 1.21, 1.23
sys/ufs/lfs/lfs_itimes.c: 1.20
sys/ufs/lfs/lfs_pages.c: 1.13-1.15
sys/ufs/lfs/lfs_rename.c: 1.22
sys/ufs/lfs/lfs_segment.c: 1.270-1.275
sys/ufs/lfs/lfs_subr.c: 1.94-1.97
sys/ufs/lfs/lfs_syscalls.c: 1.175
sys/ufs/lfs/lfs_vfsops.c: 1.360
sys/ufs/lfs/lfs_vnops.c: 1.316-1.321
sys/ufs/lfs/ulfs_inode.c: 1.20
sys/ufs/lfs/ulfs_inode.h: 1.24
sys/ufs/lfs/ulfs_lookup.c: 1.41
sys/ufs/lfs/ulfs_quota2.c: 1.31
sys/ufs/lfs/ulfs_readwrite.c: 1.24
sys/ufs/lfs/ulfs_vnops.c: 1.49-1.50
Update inode member i_flag --> i_state to keep up with kernel changes
Move definition of IN_ALLMOD near the flag it's a mask for.
Now we can see that it doesn't match all the flags, but changing that will
require more careful thought.
Correct confusion between i_flag and i_flags
These will have to be renamed.
Spotted by Riastradh, thanks!
Add an XXX about the missing flags so it's not buried in a commit
message.
now the XXX count for LFS is 260
Rename i_flag to i_state.
The similarity to i_flags has previously caused errors.
Use continue to denote the no-op loop to match netbsd style
newline for extra clarity.
It isn't safe to drain dirops with seglock held, it'll deadlock if there
are any dirops. drain before grabbing seglock.
lfs_dirops == 0 is always true (as we already drained dirops), so omit
that part of the comparison.
Fixes a lot of LFS deadlocks. PR kern/52301
Many thanks to dholland for help analyzing coredumps
Ifdef out KDASSERT which fires on my machine.
Deduplicate sanity check that seglock is held on segunlock
Revert r1.272 fix to PR kern/52301, the performance hit is making things
unusable.
change lfs_nextsegsleep and lfs_allclean_wakeup to use condvar
XXX had to use lfs_lock in lfs_segwait, removed kernel_lock, is this
appropriate?
fix buffer overflow/KASSERT when cookies are supplied
lfs no longer uses the ffs-style struct direct, use the correct minimum
size
from dholland
XXX more wrong
Consistently use {,UN}MARK_VNODE macros rather than function calls.
Not much point doing anything after a panic call
Ask some question about the code in a XXX comment
XXX question our double-flushing of dirops
Fix typo in comment
|
| 1.73.4.1 | 25-Jun-2018 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.74.2.1 | 08-Apr-2020 |
martin | Merge changes from current as of 20200406
|
| 1.75.8.2 | 06-Sep-2025 |
perseant | Separate buffer cache code between fsck_lfs and fsck_exfatfs.
This may be reunited later, probably as a library.
|
| 1.75.8.1 | 29-Jun-2024 |
perseant | Implementation of exFAT filesystem, with compilation conditional on MKEXFATFS
make variable.
|
| 1.7 | 13-Sep-2005 |
christos | rename lfs.h to lfs_user.h so that it does not conflict.
|
| 1.6 | 08-Jun-2005 |
perseant | Use the correct method to create a new inode, when we allocate lost+found.
Correct uninitialized variable issues in pass6.c and dir.c (PR#30411 and
PR#30394, respectively).
|
| 1.5 | 01-Apr-2005 |
he | Move the definition of simple_lock() and simple_unlock() to a common
header, since more of the LFS macros now use these functions. Since
we're outside of the kernel, these are defined to be empty.
|
| 1.4 | 25-Mar-2005 |
perseant | "#define lfs_devvp lfs_unlockvp" for readability, since that's what we
use it for in fsck_lfs/newfs_lfs.
|
| 1.3 | 26-Feb-2005 |
perseant | branches: 1.3.2;
Various minor LFS improvements:
* Extend the lfs library from fsck_lfs(8) so that it can be used with a
not-yet-existent LFS. Make newfs_lfs(8) use this library, so it can
create LFSs whose Ifile is larger than one segment.
* Make newfs_lfs(8) use strsuftoi64() for its arguments, a la newfs(8).
* Make fsck_lfs(8) respect the "file system is clean" flag.
* Don't let fsck_lfs(8) think it has dirty blocks when invoked with the
-n flag.
|
| 1.2 | 02-Apr-2003 |
fvdl | branches: 1.2.4;
Add support for UFS2. UFS2 is an enhanced FFS, adding support for
64 bit block pointers, extended attribute storage, and a few
other things.
This commit does not yet include the code to manipulate the extended
storage (for e.g. ACLs), this will be done later.
Originally written by Kirk McKusick and Network Associates Laboratories for
FreeBSD.
|
| 1.1 | 28-Mar-2003 |
perseant | Add working writing ability to fsck_lfs, including roll-forward, based on
a partial-segment writer ported from the kernel.
|
| 1.2.4.1 | 10-May-2005 |
riz | Pull up the following revisions (requested by perseant in ticket #1281):
1.8 sys/ufs/lfs/TODO
1.75 sys/ufs/lfs/lfs.h (via patch)
1.74 sys/ufs/lfs/lfs_alloc.c (via patch)
1.49, 1.51 sys/ufs/lfs/lfs_balloc.c (1.51 via patch)
1.78 sys/ufs/lfs/lfs_bio.c
1.62 sys/ufs/lfs/lfs_extern.h (via patch)
1.156 sys/ufs/lfs/lfs_segment.c (via patch)
1.48 sys/ufs/lfs/lfs_subr.c
1.101 sys/ufs/lfs/lfs_syscalls.c
1.163 sys/ufs/lfs/lfs_vfsops.c (via patch)
1.134 sys/ufs/lfs/lfs_vnops.c (via patch)
1.61 sys/ufs/ufs/ufs_readwrite.c (via patch)
1.20 libexec/lfs_cleanerd/clean.h (via patch)
1.52 libexec/lfs_cleanerd/cleanerd.c (via patch)
1.41 libexec/lfs_cleanerd/library.c (via patch)
1.4 regress/sys/fs/lfs/newfs_fsck/Makefile
1.2 regress/sys/fs/lfs/newfs_fsck/mkfs_mount
1.2 regress/sys/fs/lfs/newfs_fsck/smallfiles
1.3 sbin/fsck_lfs/bufcache.c
1.3 sbin/fsck_lfs/bufcache.h
1.3 sbin/fsck_lfs/lfs.h
1.8 sbin/fsck_lfs/lfs.c (via patch)
1.8 sbin/fsck_lfs/pass3.c (via patch)
1.18 sbin/fsck_lfs/pass0.c (via patch)
1.18 sbin/fsck_lfs/utilities.c (via patch)
1.7 sbin/fsck_lfs/segwrite.c
1.19 sbin/fsck_lfs/setup.c (via patch)
1.3 sbin/newfs_lfs/Makefile
0 sbin/newfs_lfs/lfs.c (yes, remove it)
1.1 sbin/newfs_lfs/make_lfs.c
1.15 sbin/newfs_lfs/newfs.c (via patch)
Various minor LFS improvements.
Kernel:
* Note when lfs_putpages(9) thinks it is not going to be writing any
pages before calling genfs_putpages(9). This prevents a situation in
which blocks can be queued for writing without a segment header.
* Correct computation of NRESERVE(), though it is still a gross
overestimate in most cases. Note that if NRESERVE() is too high, it
may be impossible to create files on the filesystem. We catch this
case on filesystem mount and refuse to mount r/w.
* Allow filesystems to be mounted whose block size is == MAXBSIZE.
* Somewhere along the line, ufs_bmaparray(9) started mangling UNWRITTEN
entries in indirect blocks again, triggering a failed assertion "daddr
<= LFS_MAX_DADDR". Explicitly convert to and from int32_t to correct
this. Should fix PR #29045.
* Add a high-water mark for the number of dirty pages any given LFS can
hold before triggering a flush. This is settable by sysctl, but off
(zero) by default.
* Be more careful about the MAX_BYTES and MAX_BUFS computations so we
shouldn't see "please increase to at least zero" messages.
* Note that VBLK and VCHR vnodes can have nonzero values in di_db[0]
even though their v_size == 0. Don't panic when we see this.
Fixes PR #26680.
* Change lfs_bfree to a signed quantity. The manner in which it is
processed before being passed to the cleaner means that sometimes it
may drop below zero, and the cleaner must be aware of this.
* Never report bfree < 0 (or higher than lfs_dsize) through
lfs_statfs(9). This prevents df(1) from ever telling us that our full
filesystems have 16TB free.
* Account space allocated through lfs_balloc(9) that does not have
associated buffer headers, so that the pagedaemon doesn't run us out
of segments.
* Return ENOSPC from lfs_balloc(9) when bfree drops to zero.
* Address a deadlock in lfs_bmapv/lfs_markv when the filesystem is being
unmounted. Because vfs_busy() is a shared lock, and
lfs_bmapv/lfs_markv mark the filesystem vfs_busy(), the cleaner can be
holding the lock that umount() is blocking on, then try to vfs_busy()
again in getnewvnode().
cleaner:
* Adapt lfs_cleanerd to use the fcntl call to get the Ifile filehandle,
so it need not be in the namespace.
* Make lfs_cleanerd be more careful when there are very few available
segments.
* Make lfs_cleanerd less verbose when the filesystem is unmounted.
newfs_lfs, fsck_lfs, and regression:
* Extend the lfs library from fsck_lfs(8) so that it can be used with a
not-yet-existent LFS. Make newfs_lfs(8) use this library, so it can
create LFSs whose Ifile is larger than one segment. Addresses PR #11110.
* Make newfs_lfs(8) use strsuftoi64() for its arguments, a la newfs(8).
* Make fsck_lfs(8) respect the "file system is clean" flag.
* Don't let fsck_lfs(8) think it has dirty blocks when invoked with the
-n flag.
* Remove the Ifile from the filesystem namespace. The cleaner now uses
a fcntl call on the root inode to find the Ifile filehandle. (As a
side-effect, addresses PR #29144.)
|
| 1.3.2.1 | 07-May-2005 |
tron | Apply patch (requested by perseant in ticket #242):
* fsck_lfs buffer cache fixes, including PR #29151
* Change fsck_lfs phase 0 message to reflect reality
* fsck_lfs: check phase 5 (cleanerinfo accounting) even on
roll-forward
* Keep better track of the free list during roll-forward, avoiding
a core dump
* Improve hash table use for fsck_lfs buffer and vnode cache
* Document fsck_lfs flag -f, and implement -q
* Add resize_lfs, including kernel support
* Add LFS to mountd's list of exportable filesystem types
* Make the LFS lkm work again [christos@]
* Add MP locking to the LFS kernel subsystem
* Fix pager_map deadlock in lfs_putpages()
* Avoid incomplete file extension that looks like "partial
truncation" to fsck
* Use lfs_malloc for cleaner malloc, since the cleaner often runs
in low-memory conditions.
* Use splay trees, not hash table, to track page allocation for
write.
* Fix mkdir panic on full fs
* Fix page accounting leak by counting differently.
* Use rightly named structure for lfs_getattr [skrll@]
* Cosmetic changes for readability.
|
| 1.14 | 01-Sep-2015 |
dholland | branches: 1.14.28;
Remove ulfs_daddr_t.
|
| 1.13 | 01-Sep-2015 |
dholland | Use daddr_t, not ulfs_daddr_t, as the latter's 32 bits wide.
Don't use either for on-disk items.
Part 2 of 3.
|
| 1.12 | 01-Sep-2015 |
dholland | Use daddr_t, not ulfs_daddr_t, as the latter's 32 bits wide.
Don't use either for on-disk items.
Part 1 of 3.
|
| 1.11 | 19-Aug-2015 |
dholland | Part two of dinodes; use the same union everywhere.
(previously the ufs-derived code had things set up slightly different)
Remove a bunch of associated mess.
|
| 1.10 | 12-Aug-2015 |
dholland | Hack up dinode usage to be 64 vs. 32 as needed. Part 1.
(This part changes the native lfs code; the ufs-derived code already
has 64 vs. 32 logic, but as aspects of it are unsafe, and don't
entirely interoperate cleanly with the lfs 64/32 stuff, pass 2 will be
rehashing that.)
|
| 1.9 | 12-Aug-2015 |
dholland | Provide 32-bit and 64-bit versions of FINFO.
This also entailed sorting out part of struct segment, as that
contains a pointer into the current FINFO data.
|
| 1.8 | 12-Aug-2015 |
dholland | Make 32-bit and 64-bit versions of SEGSUM.
Also fix some of the FINFO handling as it's closely entangled.
|
| 1.7 | 13-Jul-2014 |
dholland | Revert previous; it doesn't work because all the lfs tools
promiscuously .PATH in each other's source files, and I haven't the
time or patience to deal with it tonight.
|
| 1.6 | 12-Jul-2014 |
dholland | G/C my_vpanic().
|
| 1.5 | 08-Jun-2013 |
dholland | branches: 1.5.4;
Redo these changes properly:
-r1.12 libexec/lfs_cleanerd/Makefile
-r1.15 sbin/fsck_lfs/Makefile
-r1.6 sbin/newfs_lfs/Makefile
hi ad@
|
| 1.4 | 06-Jun-2013 |
dholland | ufs -> ulfs for fsck_lfs.
|
| 1.3 | 28-Apr-2008 |
martin | branches: 1.3.20; 1.3.26;
Remove clause 3 and 4 from TNF licenses
|
| 1.2 | 18-Jul-2006 |
perseant | branches: 1.2.20; 1.2.22;
Various improvements to fsck_lfs, to wit:
* Add lfs_balloc capability to the lfs library.
* Extend the Ifile if we run out of free inodes when creating lost+found.
* Don't roll forward if we have allocated a lost+found, to avoid
conflicts when adding new files in roll-forward.
* Make some messages slightly more verbose (e.g. include inode number,
and use pwarn() instead of printf() so the messages include the device
name when preening).
* Change superblock detection/avoidance to use the offset table in the
primary superblock, rather than looking at the contents.
* Be more verbose about various operations when passed the -d flag,
especially roll-forward.
* Be more careful about dirops during roll forward, since the cleaner can
sometimes write blocks from dirop vnodes. Detect and avoid this problem.
* Always check the free list, even if given -i; if we're going to write
it we have to check it first.
* Mark inodes dirty when blocks are found during roll forward, so the
inodes are written with the new block locations.
* Update size of inodes if blocks beyond EOF are found during roll
forward.
* Fix segment accounting for blocks and inodes found during roll
forward.
* Report statistics on roll forward: how many new/deleted/moved files
and how many updated blocks (or "nothing new").
* Don't care if the device being checked is really a device, if we have
been passed the -f flag (to facilitate automated testing).
* When writing to the disk, use the current time in the segment headers
rathern than time 0.
* When passed the -i flag, locate the partial segment containing the
Ifile inode and use that to calculate lfs_offset, lfs_curseg,
lfs_nextseg. (Again for automated testing.)
|
| 1.1 | 13-Sep-2005 |
christos | rename lfs.h to lfs_user.h so that it does not conflict.
|
| 1.2.22.1 | 18-May-2008 |
yamt | sync with head.
|
| 1.2.20.1 | 02-Jun-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.3.26.1 | 23-Jun-2013 |
tls | resync from head
|
| 1.3.20.1 | 22-May-2014 |
yamt | sync with head.
for a reference, the tree before this commit was tagged
as yamt-pagecache-tag8.
this commit was splitted into small chunks to avoid
a limitation of cvs. ("Protocol error: too many arguments")
|
| 1.5.4.1 | 10-Aug-2014 |
tls | Rebase.
|
| 1.14.28.2 | 06-Sep-2025 |
perseant | Separate buffer cache code between fsck_lfs and fsck_exfatfs.
This may be reunited later, probably as a library.
|
| 1.14.28.1 | 29-Jun-2024 |
perseant | Implementation of exFAT filesystem, with compilation conditional on MKEXFATFS
make variable.
|
| 1.58 | 14-Sep-2025 |
wiz | fsck_lfs: add -i to usage
|
| 1.57 | 14-Sep-2025 |
perseant | Document the -a and -i flags.
|
| 1.56 | 14-Sep-2025 |
perseant | Add -a flag to suppress warnings about discrepancies in avail accounting,
which is common with the -i flag.
Expand the computation of avail if the -d flag is given. The computation
itself is not changed.
Do not offer to roll forward if the -n flag was given.
Exit with FSCK_EXIT_UNRESOLVED if the -n flag was given and any questions
were asked. This is helpful when using fsck_lfs as a diagnostic in scripts.
|
| 1.55 | 03-Apr-2020 |
joerg | Avoid common symbols for fsck_lfs.
|
| 1.54 | 15-Aug-2019 |
kamil | fsck: Stop defining the same variable concurrently in bss and data
returntosingle was defined in multiple places:
- fsck_lfs/main.c
- fsck_ffs/main.c
- fsck_ext2fs/main.c
- fsck/fsutil.c
Keep the fsutil.c definition as the only one.
Detected during the build of telned with Address Sanitizer (MKSANITIZER).
|
| 1.53 | 03-Feb-2019 |
mrg | branches: 1.53.2;
- add or adjust /* FALLTHROUGH */ where appropriate
- add __unreachable() after functions that can return but won't in
this case, and thus can't be marked __dead easily
|
| 1.52 | 28-Jul-2015 |
dholland | branches: 1.52.16;
Add a new lfs header file: lfs_accessors.h.
This contains all the accessor functions and macros out of lfs.h.
Add an include of lfs_accessors.h after all uses of lfs.h... except
for code that wants to define its own struct lfs-alike that the
accessors are supposed to play along with. For these, set STRUCT_LFS
and include lfs_accessors.h after the necessary structure has been
defined, so that lfs_accessors.h can emit functions in terms of it.
|
| 1.51 | 24-Jul-2015 |
dholland | More lfs superblock accessors.
(This changes the rest of the code over; all the accessors were
already added.)
The difference between this commit and the previous one is arbitrary,
but the previous one passed the regression tests on its own so I'm
keeping it separate to help with any bisections that might be needed
in the future.
|
| 1.50 | 24-Jul-2015 |
dholland | Switch to accessor functions for elements of the LFS on-disk
superblock. This will allow switching between 32/64 bit forms on the
fly; it will also allow handling LFS_EI reasonably tidily. (That
currently doesn't work on the superblock.)
It also gets rid of cpp abuse in the form of fake structure member
macros.
Also, instead of doing sleep/wakeup on &lfs_avail and &lfs_nextseg
inside the on-disk superblock, add extra elements to the in-memory
struct lfs for this. (XXX: these should be changed to condvars, but
not right now)
XXX: this migrates a structure needed by the lfs code in libsa (struct
salfs) into lfs.h, where it doesn't belong, but for the time being
this is necessary in order to allow the accessors (and the various
lfs macros and other goop that relies on them) to compile.
|
| 1.49 | 16-Jun-2015 |
christos | fix error messages containing \n
|
| 1.48 | 13-Jul-2014 |
dholland | Revert previous; it doesn't work because all the lfs tools
promiscuously .PATH in each other's source files, and I haven't the
time or patience to deal with it tonight.
|
| 1.47 | 12-Jul-2014 |
dholland | Remove pointless function indirection through panic_func(). It was
initialized to one thing, and then set to another right at the top of
main and never changed again.
|
| 1.46 | 12-Jul-2014 |
dholland | Revert version 1.111 of sysinst/disks.c, which caused sysinst to
create lfs fstab entries with fsck disabled, and instead patch
fsck_lfs to exit successfully without doing anything when given the -p
(bootup preen) option. If you really want to do fsck_lfs -p, you can
do fsck_lfs -f -p to make it go.
This has been sitting in my todo queue since February 2010 and was
ok'd by the committer at the time. The original commit was based on
this post:
http://mail-index.netbsd.org/tech-kern/2010/02/09/msg007306.html
and I remain unconvinced that it's the right thing, but we can at
least do it properly and not ship a sysinst with -7 that creates
permanently wrong fstab files.
Note that this may cause problems for anyone who's taken -p out of the
bootup fsck flags; but doing that is wrong, so don't.
|
| 1.45 | 08-Jun-2013 |
dholland | branches: 1.45.4;
Tidy up the LFS userland build hacks.
Don't use -I${NETBSDSRCDIR}/sys; don't include files other than the
exported LFS headers, which are lfs.h, lfs_inode.h, and (for now)
lfs_extern.h.
|
| 1.44 | 06-Jun-2013 |
dholland | ufs -> ulfs for fsck_lfs.
|
| 1.43 | 09-Jun-2011 |
christos | branches: 1.43.2; 1.43.8;
share more code.
|
| 1.42 | 07-Jan-2010 |
christos | branches: 1.42.4;
make this compile again.
|
| 1.41 | 06-Jan-2010 |
christos | PR/42568: Pedro F. Giffuni: Better signal handling from OpenBSD, but simplified.
|
| 1.40 | 12-Oct-2008 |
wiz | Don't use unicode in usage.
Noted by Anon Ymous.
|
| 1.39 | 09-Oct-2008 |
wiz | Sync usage with man page.
|
| 1.38 | 09-Oct-2008 |
christos | Disable userid to username lookups by default. Add a -U flag to perform them.
In single user mode lookups that involve the network might not work and they
slow down fsck.
|
| 1.37 | 23-Feb-2008 |
christos | Make sure that the exit values are always sane, and use symbolic instead
of magic constants. Reviewed by go@
|
| 1.36 | 16-Jul-2007 |
pooka | branches: 1.36.4; 1.36.10; 1.36.12;
Make all mount(2) return value error checks against -1. Some file
systems just checked != 0, breaking MNT_GETARGS. Others worked with < 0,
but make them check against -1 too for consistency. And sprinkle some
stylish line wrapping where appropriate.
|
| 1.35 | 14-Jul-2007 |
dsl | Add additional 'sizeof args' parameter to mount(2).
|
| 1.34 | 08-Feb-2007 |
drochner | include <signal.h> where signal(3) is used
|
| 1.33 | 17-Jan-2007 |
hubertf | Remove more duplicate #includes,
from Slava Semushin <slava.semushin@gmail.com>
|
| 1.32 | 01-Dec-2006 |
tls | branches: 1.32.2;
Prompt before rolling forward, in interactive mode, so it's possible to fix
the filesystem but not roll forward possibly unwanted changes.
|
| 1.31 | 09-Nov-2006 |
christos | Fix malloc/realloc/calloc issues: always check and exit, use EEXIT instead
of 8.
|
| 1.30 | 01-Sep-2006 |
perseant | Several fixes to improve the reliability of the roll-forward agent.
Also, note "properly orphaned" files as distinct from corrupted files.
|
| 1.29 | 18-Jul-2006 |
perseant | Various improvements to fsck_lfs, to wit:
* Add lfs_balloc capability to the lfs library.
* Extend the Ifile if we run out of free inodes when creating lost+found.
* Don't roll forward if we have allocated a lost+found, to avoid
conflicts when adding new files in roll-forward.
* Make some messages slightly more verbose (e.g. include inode number,
and use pwarn() instead of printf() so the messages include the device
name when preening).
* Change superblock detection/avoidance to use the offset table in the
primary superblock, rather than looking at the contents.
* Be more verbose about various operations when passed the -d flag,
especially roll-forward.
* Be more careful about dirops during roll forward, since the cleaner can
sometimes write blocks from dirop vnodes. Detect and avoid this problem.
* Always check the free list, even if given -i; if we're going to write
it we have to check it first.
* Mark inodes dirty when blocks are found during roll forward, so the
inodes are written with the new block locations.
* Update size of inodes if blocks beyond EOF are found during roll
forward.
* Fix segment accounting for blocks and inodes found during roll
forward.
* Report statistics on roll forward: how many new/deleted/moved files
and how many updated blocks (or "nothing new").
* Don't care if the device being checked is really a device, if we have
been passed the -f flag (to facilitate automated testing).
* When writing to the disk, use the current time in the segment headers
rathern than time 0.
* When passed the -i flag, locate the partial segment containing the
Ifile inode and use that to calculate lfs_offset, lfs_curseg,
lfs_nextseg. (Again for automated testing.)
|
| 1.28 | 17-Apr-2006 |
perseant | Remove the free list ordering/disordering code, since the kernel now keeps
the list in order (ordering it on mount).
Regularize error messages: these are now all in ALL CAPS, with all hex
numbers (not reported in caps) prefixed by 0x. (The non-fsck-specific
messages are an exception to this all-caps rule.)
|
| 1.27 | 23-Sep-2005 |
jmmv | Apply the NFS exports list rototill patch:
- Remove all NFS related stuff from file system specific code.
- Drop the vfs_checkexp hook and generalize it in the new nfs_check_export
function, thus removing redundancy from all file systems.
- Move all NFS export-related stuff from kern/vfs_subr.c to the new
file sys/nfs/nfs_export.c. The former was becoming large and its code
is always compiled, regardless of the build options. Using the latter,
the code is only compiled in when NFSSERVER is enabled. While doing this,
also make some functions in nfs_subs.c conditional to NFSSERVER.
- Add a new command in nfssvc(2), called NFSSVC_SETEXPORTSLIST, that takes a
path and a set of export entries. At the moment it can only clear the
exports list or append entries, one by one, but it is done in a way that
allows setting the whole set of entries atomically in the future (see the
comment in mountd_set_exports_list or in doc/TODO).
- Change mountd(8) to use the nfssvc(2) system call instead of mount(2) so
that it becomes file system agnostic. In fact, all this whole thing was
done to remove a 'XXX' block from this utility!
- Change the mount*, newfs and fsck* userland utilities to not deal with NFS
exports initialization; done internally by the kernel when initializing
the NFS support for each file system.
- Implement an interface for VFS (called VFS hooks) so that several kernel
subsystems can run arbitrary code upon receipt of specific VFS events.
At the moment, this only provides support for unmount and is used to
destroy NFS exports lists from the file systems being unmounted, though it
has room for extension.
Thanks go to yamt@, chs@, thorpej@, wrstuden@ and others for their comments
and advice in the development of this patch.
|
| 1.26 | 19-Aug-2005 |
christos | 64 bit inode changes
|
| 1.25 | 27-Jun-2005 |
christos | constify
|
| 1.24 | 23-Apr-2005 |
perseant | Check parts of pass 5 even if only rolling forward. We can't check the true
segment holdings against the blocks held by the inodes, but we can still
check the cleanerinfo data against the segment table.
|
| 1.23 | 14-Apr-2005 |
wiz | Sync usage with man page.
|
| 1.22 | 14-Apr-2005 |
perseant | Document "-f" (force check) flag. Implement and document "-q" (quiet).
|
| 1.21 | 06-Apr-2005 |
perseant | Correct phase 0 message
|
| 1.20 | 19-Jan-2005 |
xtraeme | branches: 1.20.2;
ANSIfy, WARNS=2
|
| 1.19 | 13-Jan-2005 |
christos | Add a progress meter to fsck_ffs based on the work by thorpej presented
to the mailing lists last January. This is optional.
|
| 1.18 | 21-Apr-2004 |
christos | Replace the statfs() family of system calls with statvfs().
Retain binary compatibility.
|
| 1.17 | 05-Jan-2004 |
jmmv | Homogenize usage messages: make the 'usage' word all lowercase, as this seems
to be the most common practice in our tree.
|
| 1.16 | 20-Oct-2003 |
dsl | Add a -q (quiet) option to print nothing for clean filesystems.
Support in fsck_ffs and stub in fsck_xxx.
Push a few more messages through pwarn() instead of printf() to ensure
disk name is shown.
|
| 1.15 | 07-Aug-2003 |
agc | Move UCB-licensed code from 4-clause to 3-clause licence.
Patches provided by Joel Baker in PR 22308, verified by myself.
|
| 1.14 | 29-Mar-2003 |
perseant | Fix some accounting problems when preening, since preening skips phases
1-4 entirely. Make preen run phase 0, since the Ifile is so important
and the test so quick.
|
| 1.13 | 28-Mar-2003 |
perseant | Add working writing ability to fsck_lfs, including roll-forward, based on
a partial-segment writer ported from the kernel.
|
| 1.12 | 28-Jan-2003 |
mrg | make this build on alpha after daddr_t->64bit
|
| 1.11 | 24-Jan-2003 |
fvdl | Bump daddr_t to 64 bits. Replace it with int32_t in all places where
it was used on-disk, so that on-disk formats remain the same.
Remove ufs_daddr_t and ufs_lbn_t for the time being.
|
| 1.10 | 18-Aug-2001 |
ad | getopt() returns -1 on error, not EOF.
|
| 1.9 | 19-Feb-2001 |
cgd | convert to use getprogname()
|
| 1.8 | 04-Feb-2001 |
christos | fix redundant decls
|
| 1.7 | 11-Nov-2000 |
perseant | Add "-f" flag to match fsck(8) manual page. This flag currently has no
effect. Fixes PR #11129.
|
| 1.6 | 14-Jun-2000 |
perseant | branches: 1.6.2;
Add "-i" flag to specify the location of the index file inode, to
examine alternate checkpoints. Regularize usage of maxino. Remove olf
debugging cruft.
|
| 1.5 | 23-May-2000 |
perseant | branches: 1.5.2;
Convert to NetBSD source code style
|
| 1.4 | 16-May-2000 |
perseant | fsck_lfs can now write to the filesystem, allowing it to correct most
(though still not all) errors in a damaged lfs. Segment byte accounting
is corrected in pass 5. "fsck_lfs -p" will do a partial roll-forward,
verifying the checkpoint from the newer superblock. fscknames[] is
updated so that fsck knows about fsck_lfs.
|
| 1.3 | 14-Apr-2000 |
simonb | Don't declare 'extern opt*' getopt variables.
|
| 1.2 | 03-Jul-1999 |
kleink | RCS Id police.
|
| 1.1 | 18-Mar-1999 |
perseant | Initial checkin of fsck_lfs. This version cannot do any repair (-p flag
does nothing, and one of -p or -n is required) but can be useful as a
diagnostic tool.
|
| 1.5.2.1 | 22-Jun-2000 |
minoura | Sync w/ netbsd-1-5-base.
|
| 1.6.2.1 | 03-Feb-2001 |
he | Pull up revision 1.7 (requested by perseant):
Add compatibility option "-f" to fsck_lfs (PR #11129).
|
| 1.20.2.1 | 07-May-2005 |
tron | Apply patch (requested by perseant in ticket #242):
* fsck_lfs buffer cache fixes, including PR #29151
* Change fsck_lfs phase 0 message to reflect reality
* fsck_lfs: check phase 5 (cleanerinfo accounting) even on
roll-forward
* Keep better track of the free list during roll-forward, avoiding
a core dump
* Improve hash table use for fsck_lfs buffer and vnode cache
* Document fsck_lfs flag -f, and implement -q
* Add resize_lfs, including kernel support
* Add LFS to mountd's list of exportable filesystem types
* Make the LFS lkm work again [christos@]
* Add MP locking to the LFS kernel subsystem
* Fix pager_map deadlock in lfs_putpages()
* Avoid incomplete file extension that looks like "partial
truncation" to fsck
* Use lfs_malloc for cleaner malloc, since the cleaner often runs
in low-memory conditions.
* Use splay trees, not hash table, to track page allocation for
write.
* Fix mkdir panic on full fs
* Fix page accounting leak by counting differently.
* Use rightly named structure for lfs_getattr [skrll@]
* Cosmetic changes for readability.
|
| 1.32.2.1 | 24-Mar-2009 |
bouyer | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by manu in ticket #1288):
sbin/fsck_lfs/inode.c: revision 1.40 via patch
sbin/fsck_ffs/fsck_ffs.8: revision 1.44 via patch
sbin/fsck_ext2fs/fsck.h: revision 1.14 via patch
sbin/fsck_ext2fs/main.c: revision 1.30 via patch
sbin/fsck_ffs/inode.c: revision 1.61 via patch
sbin/fsck_ffs/main.c: revision 1.71 via patch
sbin/fsck_ext2fs/inode.c: revision 1.23 via patch
sbin/fsck_lfs/fsck.h: revision 1.18 via patch
sbin/fsck_lfs/fsck_lfs.8: revision 1.21 via patch
sbin/fsck_lfs/main.c: revision 1.38 via patch
sbin/fsck_ext2fs/fsck_ext2fs.8: revision 1.15 via patch
sbin/fsck_ffs/fsck.h: revision 1.47 via patch
Disable userid to username lookups by default. Add a -U flag to perform them.
In single user mode lookups that involve the network might not work and they
slow down fsck.
|
| 1.36.12.2 | 17-Jan-2009 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.36.12.1 | 03-Apr-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.36.10.1 | 24-Mar-2008 |
keiichi | sync with head.
|
| 1.36.4.1 | 23-Mar-2008 |
matt | sync with HEAD
|
| 1.42.4.1 | 23-Jun-2011 |
cherry | Catchup with rmind-uvmplock merge.
|
| 1.43.8.2 | 20-Aug-2014 |
tls | Rebase to HEAD as of a few days ago.
|
| 1.43.8.1 | 23-Jun-2013 |
tls | resync from head
|
| 1.43.2.1 | 22-May-2014 |
yamt | sync with head.
for a reference, the tree before this commit was tagged
as yamt-pagecache-tag8.
this commit was splitted into small chunks to avoid
a limitation of cvs. ("Protocol error: too many arguments")
|
| 1.45.4.1 | 10-Aug-2014 |
tls | Rebase.
|
| 1.52.16.2 | 13-Apr-2020 |
martin | Mostly merge changes from HEAD upto 20200411
|
| 1.52.16.1 | 10-Jun-2019 |
christos | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.53.2.1 | 16-Aug-2019 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by kamil in ticket #73):
sbin/fsck_lfs/main.c: revision 1.54
sbin/fsck_ext2fs/main.c: revision 1.40
sbin/fsck_ffs/main.c: revision 1.86
fsck: Stop defining the same variable concurrently in bss and data
returntosingle was defined in multiple places:
- fsck_lfs/main.c
- fsck_ffs/main.c
- fsck_ext2fs/main.c
- fsck/fsutil.c
Keep the fsutil.c definition as the only one.
Detected during the build of telned with Address Sanitizer (MKSANITIZER).
|
| 1.43 | 03-Apr-2020 |
joerg | Avoid common symbols for fsck_lfs.
|
| 1.42 | 01-Sep-2015 |
dholland | branches: 1.42.16;
Make the inode fields in the 64-bit superblock 64 bits wide.
Reasoning as before.
Note that I am not going through and checking for 64->32 truncations
in inode numbers; I'm sure there are quite a few, but that's a project
for later.
|
| 1.41 | 23-Aug-2015 |
christos | swap the formats too, not just the args.
|
| 1.40 | 23-Aug-2015 |
dholland | Fix reversed arguments to a print. nice and confusing...
|
| 1.39 | 12-Aug-2015 |
dholland | Add IFILE32 and IFILE64 structures for the on-disk ifile entries.
Add and use accessors. There are also a bunch of places that cast and
I hope I've found them all...
|
| 1.38 | 12-Aug-2015 |
dholland | Make 32-bit and 64-bit versions of CLEANERINFO.
XXX: while this is written to disk, it seems like much of it would
XXX: be better set up as a commpage shared with the cleaner.
|
| 1.37 | 28-Jul-2015 |
dholland | Add a new lfs header file: lfs_accessors.h.
This contains all the accessor functions and macros out of lfs.h.
Add an include of lfs_accessors.h after all uses of lfs.h... except
for code that wants to define its own struct lfs-alike that the
accessors are supposed to play along with. For these, set STRUCT_LFS
and include lfs_accessors.h after the necessary structure has been
defined, so that lfs_accessors.h can emit functions in terms of it.
|
| 1.36 | 24-Jul-2015 |
dholland | Switch to accessor functions for elements of the LFS on-disk
superblock. This will allow switching between 32/64 bit forms on the
fly; it will also allow handling LFS_EI reasonably tidily. (That
currently doesn't work on the superblock.)
It also gets rid of cpp abuse in the form of fake structure member
macros.
Also, instead of doing sleep/wakeup on &lfs_avail and &lfs_nextseg
inside the on-disk superblock, add extra elements to the in-memory
struct lfs for this. (XXX: these should be changed to condvars, but
not right now)
XXX: this migrates a structure needed by the lfs code in libsa (struct
salfs) into lfs.h, where it doesn't belong, but for the time being
this is necessary in order to allow the accessors (and the various
lfs macros and other goop that relies on them) to compile.
|
| 1.35 | 08-Jun-2013 |
dholland | Tidy up the LFS userland build hacks.
Don't use -I${NETBSDSRCDIR}/sys; don't include files other than the
exported LFS headers, which are lfs.h, lfs_inode.h, and (for now)
lfs_extern.h.
|
| 1.34 | 06-Jun-2013 |
dholland | Cleanups and hacks to make lfs userland stuff build:
- lfs_cksum.c doesn't actually need ulfs_inode.h any more.
- neither does lfs_itimes.c.
- add hacks to fsck_lfs to make it compile.
- add hacks to newfs_lfs to make it compile.
- fix warning in ulfs_quota.c when quotas are fully disabled
(as I guess is happening with the rumpity version)
XXX: This commit adds -I${NETBSDSRCDIR}/sys to the Makefiles for
XXX: fsck_lfs, newfs_lfs, and lfs_cleanerd. This needs to be cleaned
XXX: up ASAP; but I consider this less problematic in the short term
XXX: than spewing ulfs_*.h into /usr/include.
|
| 1.33 | 06-Jun-2013 |
dholland | ufs -> ulfs for fsck_lfs.
|
| 1.32 | 22-Jan-2013 |
dholland | Stuff UFS_ in front of a few of ufs's symbols to reduce namespace
pollution. Specifically:
ROOTINO -> UFS_ROOTINO
WINO -> UFS_WINO
NXADDR -> UFS_NXADDR
NDADDR -> UFS_NDADDR
NIADDR -> UFS_NIADDR
MAXSYMLINKLEN -> UFS_MAXSYMLINKLEN
MAXSYMLINKLEN_UFS[12] -> UFS[12]_MAXSYMLINKLEN (for consistency)
Sort out ext2fs's misuse of NDADDR and NIADDR; fortunately, these have
the same values in ext2fs and ffs.
No functional change intended.
|
| 1.31 | 28-Apr-2008 |
martin | branches: 1.31.20; 1.31.26;
Remove clause 3 and 4 from TNF licenses
|
| 1.30 | 08-Oct-2007 |
ad | branches: 1.30.8; 1.30.10;
Give brelse() a second argument so that it matches the kernel.
fsck_lfs now compiles again.
|
| 1.29 | 09-Nov-2006 |
christos | branches: 1.29.8;
Fix malloc/realloc/calloc issues: always check and exit, use EEXIT instead
of 8.
|
| 1.28 | 18-Jul-2006 |
perseant | Various improvements to fsck_lfs, to wit:
* Add lfs_balloc capability to the lfs library.
* Extend the Ifile if we run out of free inodes when creating lost+found.
* Don't roll forward if we have allocated a lost+found, to avoid
conflicts when adding new files in roll-forward.
* Make some messages slightly more verbose (e.g. include inode number,
and use pwarn() instead of printf() so the messages include the device
name when preening).
* Change superblock detection/avoidance to use the offset table in the
primary superblock, rather than looking at the contents.
* Be more verbose about various operations when passed the -d flag,
especially roll-forward.
* Be more careful about dirops during roll forward, since the cleaner can
sometimes write blocks from dirop vnodes. Detect and avoid this problem.
* Always check the free list, even if given -i; if we're going to write
it we have to check it first.
* Mark inodes dirty when blocks are found during roll forward, so the
inodes are written with the new block locations.
* Update size of inodes if blocks beyond EOF are found during roll
forward.
* Fix segment accounting for blocks and inodes found during roll
forward.
* Report statistics on roll forward: how many new/deleted/moved files
and how many updated blocks (or "nothing new").
* Don't care if the device being checked is really a device, if we have
been passed the -f flag (to facilitate automated testing).
* When writing to the disk, use the current time in the segment headers
rathern than time 0.
* When passed the -i flag, locate the partial segment containing the
Ifile inode and use that to calculate lfs_offset, lfs_curseg,
lfs_nextseg. (Again for automated testing.)
|
| 1.27 | 17-Apr-2006 |
perseant | Remove the free list ordering/disordering code, since the kernel now keeps
the list in order (ordering it on mount).
Regularize error messages: these are now all in ALL CAPS, with all hex
numbers (not reported in caps) prefixed by 0x. (The non-fsck-specific
messages are an exception to this all-caps rule.)
|
| 1.26 | 17-Mar-2006 |
perseant | Make it compile again.
|
| 1.25 | 17-Mar-2006 |
rumble | Check for allocation failures in malloc, calloc, realloc, asprintf, and
vasprintf and try to handle them.
|
| 1.24 | 13-Sep-2005 |
christos | rename lfs.h to lfs_user.h so that it does not conflict.
|
| 1.23 | 20-Aug-2005 |
kent | fix a compilation problem on LP64
|
| 1.22 | 19-Aug-2005 |
christos | 64 bit inode changes
|
| 1.21 | 08-Jun-2005 |
perseant | Use the correct method to create a new inode, when we allocate lost+found.
Correct uninitialized variable issues in pass6.c and dir.c (PR#30411 and
PR#30394, respectively).
|
| 1.20 | 11-Apr-2005 |
perseant | Be more efficient with the hash tables for the buffer and vnode caches.
Note that roll-forward can add more inodes to the filesystem; don't overflow
the tables but reallocate them.
|
| 1.19 | 25-Mar-2005 |
perseant | Make fsck_lfs optimize the inode free list, if it appears to have become
too disordered. This should improve file creation speed on aged filesystems.
Include code to disorder the list for debugging purposes, though this is
of course not compiled in by default.
|
| 1.18 | 26-Feb-2005 |
perseant | branches: 1.18.2;
Various minor LFS improvements:
* Extend the lfs library from fsck_lfs(8) so that it can be used with a
not-yet-existent LFS. Make newfs_lfs(8) use this library, so it can
create LFSs whose Ifile is larger than one segment.
* Make newfs_lfs(8) use strsuftoi64() for its arguments, a la newfs(8).
* Make fsck_lfs(8) respect the "file system is clean" flag.
* Don't let fsck_lfs(8) think it has dirty blocks when invoked with the
-n flag.
|
| 1.17 | 19-Jan-2005 |
xtraeme | ANSIfy, WARNS=2
|
| 1.16 | 07-Aug-2003 |
agc | branches: 1.16.4;
Move UCB-licensed code from 4-clause to 3-clause licence.
Patches provided by Joel Baker in PR 22308, verified by myself.
|
| 1.15 | 31-Mar-2003 |
perseant | Check inode free list tail pointer as well as head pointer, and write both
into the CLEANERINFO block of the Ifile as well as into the superblock.
Make preen update both superblocks.
|
| 1.14 | 28-Mar-2003 |
perseant | Add working writing ability to fsck_lfs, including roll-forward, based on
a partial-segment writer ported from the kernel.
|
| 1.13 | 17-Feb-2003 |
perseant | Add code to UBCify LFS. This is still behind "#ifdef LFS_UBC" for now
(there are still some details to work out) but expect that to go
away soon. To support these basic changes (creation of lfs_putpages,
lfs_gop_write, mods to lfs_balloc) several other changes were made, to
wit:
* Create a writer daemon kernel thread whose purpose is to handle page
writes for the pagedaemon, but which also takes over some of the
functions of lfs_check(). This thread is started the first time an
LFS is mounted.
* Add a "flags" parameter to GOP_SIZE. Current values are
GOP_SIZE_READ, meaning that the call should return the size of the
in-core version of the file, and GOP_SIZE_WRITE, meaning that it
should return the on-disk size. One of GOP_SIZE_READ or
GOP_SIZE_WRITE must be specified.
* Instead of using malloc(...M_WAITOK) for everything, reserve enough
resources to get by and use malloc(...M_NOWAIT), using the reserves if
necessary. Use the pool subsystem for structures small enough that
this is feasible. This also obsoletes LFS_THROTTLE.
And a few that are not strictly necessary:
* Moves the LFS inode extensions off onto a separately allocated
structure; getting closer to LFS as an LKM. "Welcome to 1.6O."
* Unified GOP_ALLOC between FFS and LFS.
* Update LFS copyright headers to correct values.
* Actually cast to unsigned in lfs_shellsort, like the comment says.
* Keep track of which segments were empty before the previous
checkpoint; any segments that pass two checkpoints both dirty and
empty can be summarily cleaned. Do this. Right now lfs_segclean
still works, but this should be turned into an effectless
compatibility syscall.
|
| 1.12 | 24-Jan-2003 |
fvdl | Bump daddr_t to 64 bits. Replace it with int32_t in all places where
it was used on-disk, so that on-disk formats remain the same.
Remove ufs_daddr_t and ufs_lbn_t for the time being.
|
| 1.11 | 04-Feb-2002 |
perseant | Use the correct size for inode blocks. This caused false data checksum
mispatches to be reported on v2 filesystems.
|
| 1.10 | 02-Nov-2001 |
lukem | fix -Wshadow warning
|
| 1.9 | 13-Jul-2001 |
perseant | Merge the short-lived perseant-lfsv2 branch into the trunk.
Kernels and tools understand both v1 and v2 filesystems; newfs_lfs
generates v2 by default. Changes for the v2 layout include:
- Segments of non-PO2 size and arbitrary block offset, so these can be
matched to convenient physical characteristics of the partition (e.g.,
stripe or track size and offset).
- Address by fragment instead of by disk sector, paving the way for
non-512-byte-sector devices. In theory fragments can be as large
as you like, though in reality they must be smaller than MAXBSIZE in size.
- Use serial number and filesystem identifier to ensure that roll-forward
doesn't get old data and think it's new. Roll-forward is enabled for
v2 filesystems, though not for v1 filesystems by default.
- The inode free list is now a tailq, paving the way for undelete (undelete
is not yet implemented, but can be without further non-backwards-compatible
changes to disk structures).
- Inode atime information is kept in the Ifile, instead of on the inode;
that is, the inode is never written *just* because atime was changed.
Because of this the inodes remain near the file data on the disk, rather
than wandering all over as the disk is read repeatedly. This speeds up
repeated reads by a small but noticeable amount.
Other changes of note include:
- The ifile written by newfs_lfs can now be of arbitrary length, it is no
longer restricted to a single indirect block.
- Fixed an old bug where ctime was changed every time a vnode was created.
I need to look more closely to make sure that the times are only updated
during write(2) and friends, not after-the-fact during a segment write,
and certainly not by the cleaner.
|
| 1.8 | 05-Jan-2001 |
lukem | branches: 1.8.2;
use %ll_ instead of the less standard %q_
|
| 1.7 | 14-Jun-2000 |
perseant | Add "-i" flag to specify the location of the index file inode, to
examine alternate checkpoints. Regularize usage of maxino. Remove olf
debugging cruft.
|
| 1.6 | 30-May-2000 |
perseant | Check for cycles in the inode free list, and for free inodes not on the free
list.
|
| 1.5 | 23-May-2000 |
perseant | branches: 1.5.2;
Convert to NetBSD source code style
|
| 1.4 | 16-May-2000 |
perseant | fsck_lfs can now write to the filesystem, allowing it to correct most
(though still not all) errors in a damaged lfs. Segment byte accounting
is corrected in pass 5. "fsck_lfs -p" will do a partial roll-forward,
verifying the checkpoint from the newer superblock. fscknames[] is
updated so that fsck knows about fsck_lfs.
|
| 1.3 | 03-Jul-1999 |
kleink | RCS Id police.
|
| 1.2 | 24-Mar-1999 |
nathanw | printf format fixes for Alpha.
|
| 1.1 | 18-Mar-1999 |
perseant | Initial checkin of fsck_lfs. This version cannot do any repair (-p flag
does nothing, and one of -p or -n is required) but can be useful as a
diagnostic tool.
|
| 1.5.2.1 | 22-Jun-2000 |
minoura | Sync w/ netbsd-1-5-base.
|
| 1.8.2.2 | 02-Jul-2001 |
perseant | Change disk addressing unit to be the fragment, instead of the disk sector.
All quantities in the superblock, inodes, indirect blocks, etc. refer now
to this abstract unit (called "fsb" as it is in FFS) instead of disk sectors;
as a consequence segment summary blocks have to be multiples of a fragment in
size. In v1 filesystems, compatibility code ensures that 1 fsb == 1 sector,
regardless of fragment size.
Fragments can now range in size between 512 and 32k; in the event that
LFS_LABELPAD (8k) is smaller than the disk address unit size, an extra
proto-superblock is kept at 8k from the beginning of the disk, to be used
*only* to locate the real superblocks. (Not all of the userland knows about
this yet.)
Almost all of this was done not by me, but by joff.
|
| 1.8.2.1 | 27-Jun-2001 |
perseant | Import of what I've been calling "LFSv2", that is, LFS with some features
added that require changes to the on-disk data structures. These include:
- 64-bit time in everything but inodes
- User-specified segment offset, and segment size no longer
restricted to PO2.
- Serial number on segment summaries in addition to timestamp, and
a new volume identifier, to make roll-forward feasible without
fear of finding old data and thinking it was new.
Although I think this version works at least as well as what's on the trunk,
we're not done yet; hence this commit is going in on a branch and not on
the trunk. Enhancements that are not here yet include fragment addressing,
like FFS does, instead of block addressing.
|
| 1.16.4.1 | 10-May-2005 |
riz | Pull up the following revisions (requested by perseant in ticket #1281):
1.8 sys/ufs/lfs/TODO
1.75 sys/ufs/lfs/lfs.h (via patch)
1.74 sys/ufs/lfs/lfs_alloc.c (via patch)
1.49, 1.51 sys/ufs/lfs/lfs_balloc.c (1.51 via patch)
1.78 sys/ufs/lfs/lfs_bio.c
1.62 sys/ufs/lfs/lfs_extern.h (via patch)
1.156 sys/ufs/lfs/lfs_segment.c (via patch)
1.48 sys/ufs/lfs/lfs_subr.c
1.101 sys/ufs/lfs/lfs_syscalls.c
1.163 sys/ufs/lfs/lfs_vfsops.c (via patch)
1.134 sys/ufs/lfs/lfs_vnops.c (via patch)
1.61 sys/ufs/ufs/ufs_readwrite.c (via patch)
1.20 libexec/lfs_cleanerd/clean.h (via patch)
1.52 libexec/lfs_cleanerd/cleanerd.c (via patch)
1.41 libexec/lfs_cleanerd/library.c (via patch)
1.4 regress/sys/fs/lfs/newfs_fsck/Makefile
1.2 regress/sys/fs/lfs/newfs_fsck/mkfs_mount
1.2 regress/sys/fs/lfs/newfs_fsck/smallfiles
1.3 sbin/fsck_lfs/bufcache.c
1.3 sbin/fsck_lfs/bufcache.h
1.3 sbin/fsck_lfs/lfs.h
1.8 sbin/fsck_lfs/lfs.c (via patch)
1.8 sbin/fsck_lfs/pass3.c (via patch)
1.18 sbin/fsck_lfs/pass0.c (via patch)
1.18 sbin/fsck_lfs/utilities.c (via patch)
1.7 sbin/fsck_lfs/segwrite.c
1.19 sbin/fsck_lfs/setup.c (via patch)
1.3 sbin/newfs_lfs/Makefile
0 sbin/newfs_lfs/lfs.c (yes, remove it)
1.1 sbin/newfs_lfs/make_lfs.c
1.15 sbin/newfs_lfs/newfs.c (via patch)
Various minor LFS improvements.
Kernel:
* Note when lfs_putpages(9) thinks it is not going to be writing any
pages before calling genfs_putpages(9). This prevents a situation in
which blocks can be queued for writing without a segment header.
* Correct computation of NRESERVE(), though it is still a gross
overestimate in most cases. Note that if NRESERVE() is too high, it
may be impossible to create files on the filesystem. We catch this
case on filesystem mount and refuse to mount r/w.
* Allow filesystems to be mounted whose block size is == MAXBSIZE.
* Somewhere along the line, ufs_bmaparray(9) started mangling UNWRITTEN
entries in indirect blocks again, triggering a failed assertion "daddr
<= LFS_MAX_DADDR". Explicitly convert to and from int32_t to correct
this. Should fix PR #29045.
* Add a high-water mark for the number of dirty pages any given LFS can
hold before triggering a flush. This is settable by sysctl, but off
(zero) by default.
* Be more careful about the MAX_BYTES and MAX_BUFS computations so we
shouldn't see "please increase to at least zero" messages.
* Note that VBLK and VCHR vnodes can have nonzero values in di_db[0]
even though their v_size == 0. Don't panic when we see this.
Fixes PR #26680.
* Change lfs_bfree to a signed quantity. The manner in which it is
processed before being passed to the cleaner means that sometimes it
may drop below zero, and the cleaner must be aware of this.
* Never report bfree < 0 (or higher than lfs_dsize) through
lfs_statfs(9). This prevents df(1) from ever telling us that our full
filesystems have 16TB free.
* Account space allocated through lfs_balloc(9) that does not have
associated buffer headers, so that the pagedaemon doesn't run us out
of segments.
* Return ENOSPC from lfs_balloc(9) when bfree drops to zero.
* Address a deadlock in lfs_bmapv/lfs_markv when the filesystem is being
unmounted. Because vfs_busy() is a shared lock, and
lfs_bmapv/lfs_markv mark the filesystem vfs_busy(), the cleaner can be
holding the lock that umount() is blocking on, then try to vfs_busy()
again in getnewvnode().
cleaner:
* Adapt lfs_cleanerd to use the fcntl call to get the Ifile filehandle,
so it need not be in the namespace.
* Make lfs_cleanerd be more careful when there are very few available
segments.
* Make lfs_cleanerd less verbose when the filesystem is unmounted.
newfs_lfs, fsck_lfs, and regression:
* Extend the lfs library from fsck_lfs(8) so that it can be used with a
not-yet-existent LFS. Make newfs_lfs(8) use this library, so it can
create LFSs whose Ifile is larger than one segment. Addresses PR #11110.
* Make newfs_lfs(8) use strsuftoi64() for its arguments, a la newfs(8).
* Make fsck_lfs(8) respect the "file system is clean" flag.
* Don't let fsck_lfs(8) think it has dirty blocks when invoked with the
-n flag.
* Remove the Ifile from the filesystem namespace. The cleaner now uses
a fcntl call on the root inode to find the Ifile filehandle. (As a
side-effect, addresses PR #29144.)
|
| 1.18.2.1 | 07-May-2005 |
tron | Apply patch (requested by perseant in ticket #242):
* fsck_lfs buffer cache fixes, including PR #29151
* Change fsck_lfs phase 0 message to reflect reality
* fsck_lfs: check phase 5 (cleanerinfo accounting) even on
roll-forward
* Keep better track of the free list during roll-forward, avoiding
a core dump
* Improve hash table use for fsck_lfs buffer and vnode cache
* Document fsck_lfs flag -f, and implement -q
* Add resize_lfs, including kernel support
* Add LFS to mountd's list of exportable filesystem types
* Make the LFS lkm work again [christos@]
* Add MP locking to the LFS kernel subsystem
* Fix pager_map deadlock in lfs_putpages()
* Avoid incomplete file extension that looks like "partial
truncation" to fsck
* Use lfs_malloc for cleaner malloc, since the cleaner often runs
in low-memory conditions.
* Use splay trees, not hash table, to track page allocation for
write.
* Fix mkdir panic on full fs
* Fix page accounting leak by counting differently.
* Use rightly named structure for lfs_getattr [skrll@]
* Cosmetic changes for readability.
|
| 1.29.8.1 | 06-Nov-2007 |
matt | sync with HEAD
|
| 1.30.10.1 | 18-May-2008 |
yamt | sync with head.
|
| 1.30.8.1 | 02-Jun-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.31.26.2 | 23-Jun-2013 |
tls | resync from head
|
| 1.31.26.1 | 25-Feb-2013 |
tls | resync with head
|
| 1.31.20.2 | 22-May-2014 |
yamt | sync with head.
for a reference, the tree before this commit was tagged
as yamt-pagecache-tag8.
this commit was splitted into small chunks to avoid
a limitation of cvs. ("Protocol error: too many arguments")
|
| 1.31.20.1 | 23-Jan-2013 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.42.16.1 | 08-Apr-2020 |
martin | Merge changes from current as of 20200406
|
| 1.47 | 03-Apr-2020 |
joerg | Avoid common symbols for fsck_lfs.
|
| 1.46 | 23-Feb-2020 |
riastradh | Fix userland references to LFS_ORPHAN_NEXTFREE.
Forgot to grep for these or do a full distribution build, oops!
|
| 1.45 | 03-Oct-2015 |
dholland | branches: 1.45.16; 1.45.18;
The per-inode state 'id_entryno' is used by pass1 for a block count,
so widen it to 'long long'. pass2 uses it for the number of entries in
a directory (IIUC) which does not need to be wider than int, but for
now let's not try to split into two fields. FUTURE...
|
| 1.44 | 01-Sep-2015 |
dholland | Use daddr_t, not ulfs_daddr_t, as the latter's 32 bits wide.
Don't use either for on-disk items.
Declare external data in header files.
Part 3 of 3.
|
| 1.43 | 01-Sep-2015 |
dholland | The ifile's inode number is constant. (it is always 1)
Therefore, storing the value in the superblock and reading it out
again is silly and offers the opportunity for it to become corrupted.
So, don't do that (most of the code already didn't) and use the
existing constant instead. Initialize new 32-bit superblocks with
the value for the sake of old userland programs, but don't keep the
value in the 64-bit superblock at all.
(approved by Margo Seltzer)
|
| 1.42 | 12-Aug-2015 |
dholland | Hack up dinode usage to be 64 vs. 32 as needed. Part 1.
(This part changes the native lfs code; the ufs-derived code already
has 64 vs. 32 logic, but as aspects of it are unsafe, and don't
entirely interoperate cleanly with the lfs 64/32 stuff, pass 2 will be
rehashing that.)
|
| 1.41 | 12-Aug-2015 |
dholland | Add IFILE32 and IFILE64 structures for the on-disk ifile entries.
Add and use accessors. There are also a bunch of places that cast and
I hope I've found them all...
|
| 1.40 | 28-Jul-2015 |
dholland | Add a new lfs header file: lfs_accessors.h.
This contains all the accessor functions and macros out of lfs.h.
Add an include of lfs_accessors.h after all uses of lfs.h... except
for code that wants to define its own struct lfs-alike that the
accessors are supposed to play along with. For these, set STRUCT_LFS
and include lfs_accessors.h after the necessary structure has been
defined, so that lfs_accessors.h can emit functions in terms of it.
|
| 1.39 | 24-Jul-2015 |
dholland | More lfs superblock accessors.
(This changes the rest of the code over; all the accessors were
already added.)
The difference between this commit and the previous one is arbitrary,
but the previous one passed the regression tests on its own so I'm
keeping it separate to help with any bisections that might be needed
in the future.
|
| 1.38 | 24-Jul-2015 |
dholland | Switch to accessor functions for elements of the LFS on-disk
superblock. This will allow switching between 32/64 bit forms on the
fly; it will also allow handling LFS_EI reasonably tidily. (That
currently doesn't work on the superblock.)
It also gets rid of cpp abuse in the form of fake structure member
macros.
Also, instead of doing sleep/wakeup on &lfs_avail and &lfs_nextseg
inside the on-disk superblock, add extra elements to the in-memory
struct lfs for this. (XXX: these should be changed to condvars, but
not right now)
XXX: this migrates a structure needed by the lfs code in libsa (struct
salfs) into lfs.h, where it doesn't belong, but for the time being
this is necessary in order to allow the accessors (and the various
lfs macros and other goop that relies on them) to compile.
|
| 1.37 | 18-Jun-2013 |
christos | Prefix most of the cpp macros with lfs_ and LFS_ to avoid conflicts with ffs.
This was done so that boot blocks that want to compile both FFS and LFS in
the same file work.
|
| 1.36 | 08-Jun-2013 |
dholland | Tidy up the LFS userland build hacks.
Don't use -I${NETBSDSRCDIR}/sys; don't include files other than the
exported LFS headers, which are lfs.h, lfs_inode.h, and (for now)
lfs_extern.h.
|
| 1.35 | 08-Jun-2013 |
dholland | DIRBLKSIZ -> LFS_DIRBLKSIZ
DIRECTSIZ -> LFS_DIRECTSIZ
DIRSIZ -> LFS_DIRSIZ
OLDDIRFMT -> LFS_OLDDIRFMT
NEWDIRFMT -> LFS_NEWDIRFMT
IFTODT -> LFS_IFTODT
DTTOIF -> LFS_DTTOIF
|
| 1.34 | 08-Jun-2013 |
dholland | Stick LFS_ in front of IFMT, IFIFO, IFREG, etc. so as not to conflict
with the UFS copies of these symbols. (Which themselves ought to have
UFS_ stuck on.)
|
| 1.33 | 06-Jun-2013 |
dholland | Cleanups and hacks to make lfs userland stuff build:
- lfs_cksum.c doesn't actually need ulfs_inode.h any more.
- neither does lfs_itimes.c.
- add hacks to fsck_lfs to make it compile.
- add hacks to newfs_lfs to make it compile.
- fix warning in ulfs_quota.c when quotas are fully disabled
(as I guess is happening with the rumpity version)
XXX: This commit adds -I${NETBSDSRCDIR}/sys to the Makefiles for
XXX: fsck_lfs, newfs_lfs, and lfs_cleanerd. This needs to be cleaned
XXX: up ASAP; but I consider this less problematic in the short term
XXX: than spewing ulfs_*.h into /usr/include.
|
| 1.32 | 06-Jun-2013 |
dholland | ufs -> ulfs for fsck_lfs.
|
| 1.31 | 22-Jan-2013 |
dholland | Stuff UFS_ in front of a few of ufs's symbols to reduce namespace
pollution. Specifically:
ROOTINO -> UFS_ROOTINO
WINO -> UFS_WINO
NXADDR -> UFS_NXADDR
NDADDR -> UFS_NDADDR
NIADDR -> UFS_NIADDR
MAXSYMLINKLEN -> UFS_MAXSYMLINKLEN
MAXSYMLINKLEN_UFS[12] -> UFS[12]_MAXSYMLINKLEN (for consistency)
Sort out ext2fs's misuse of NDADDR and NIADDR; fortunately, these have
the same values in ext2fs and ffs.
No functional change intended.
|
| 1.30 | 16-Feb-2010 |
mlelstv | branches: 1.30.6; 1.30.12;
Three changes in a single commit.
- drop the notion of frags (LFS fragments) vs fsb (FFS fragments)
The code uses a complicated unity function that just makes the
code difficult to understand.
- support larger sector sizes. Fix disk address computations
to use DEV_BSIZE in the kernel as required by device drivers
and to use sector sizes in userland.
- Fix several locking bugs in lfs_bio.c and lfs_subr.c.
|
| 1.29 | 08-Oct-2007 |
ad | Give brelse() a second argument so that it matches the kernel.
fsck_lfs now compiles again.
|
| 1.28 | 09-Nov-2006 |
christos | branches: 1.28.8;
Fix malloc/realloc/calloc issues: always check and exit, use EEXIT instead
of 8.
|
| 1.27 | 16-Oct-2006 |
christos | comment out/delete impossible code
|
| 1.26 | 01-Sep-2006 |
perseant | Several fixes to improve the reliability of the roll-forward agent.
Also, note "properly orphaned" files as distinct from corrupted files.
|
| 1.25 | 18-Jul-2006 |
perseant | Various improvements to fsck_lfs, to wit:
* Add lfs_balloc capability to the lfs library.
* Extend the Ifile if we run out of free inodes when creating lost+found.
* Don't roll forward if we have allocated a lost+found, to avoid
conflicts when adding new files in roll-forward.
* Make some messages slightly more verbose (e.g. include inode number,
and use pwarn() instead of printf() so the messages include the device
name when preening).
* Change superblock detection/avoidance to use the offset table in the
primary superblock, rather than looking at the contents.
* Be more verbose about various operations when passed the -d flag,
especially roll-forward.
* Be more careful about dirops during roll forward, since the cleaner can
sometimes write blocks from dirop vnodes. Detect and avoid this problem.
* Always check the free list, even if given -i; if we're going to write
it we have to check it first.
* Mark inodes dirty when blocks are found during roll forward, so the
inodes are written with the new block locations.
* Update size of inodes if blocks beyond EOF are found during roll
forward.
* Fix segment accounting for blocks and inodes found during roll
forward.
* Report statistics on roll forward: how many new/deleted/moved files
and how many updated blocks (or "nothing new").
* Don't care if the device being checked is really a device, if we have
been passed the -f flag (to facilitate automated testing).
* When writing to the disk, use the current time in the segment headers
rathern than time 0.
* When passed the -i flag, locate the partial segment containing the
Ifile inode and use that to calculate lfs_offset, lfs_curseg,
lfs_nextseg. (Again for automated testing.)
|
| 1.24 | 17-Mar-2006 |
rumble | Check for allocation failures in malloc, calloc, realloc, asprintf, and
vasprintf and try to handle them.
|
| 1.23 | 13-Sep-2005 |
christos | rename lfs.h to lfs_user.h so that it does not conflict.
|
| 1.22 | 19-Aug-2005 |
christos | 64 bit inode changes
|
| 1.21 | 27-Jun-2005 |
christos | constify
|
| 1.20 | 06-Feb-2005 |
perry | remove obsolete "register" declarations.
|
| 1.19 | 19-Jan-2005 |
xtraeme | ANSIfy, WARNS=2
|
| 1.18 | 18-Jul-2004 |
yamt | zero-out dinode is not a proper way to 'clear' an lfs inode.
|
| 1.17 | 07-Aug-2003 |
agc | Move UCB-licensed code from 4-clause to 3-clause licence.
Patches provided by Joel Baker in PR 22308, verified by myself.
|
| 1.16 | 12-Jul-2003 |
yamt | fix a null dereference on stale inode.
|
| 1.15 | 02-Apr-2003 |
fvdl | Add support for UFS2. UFS2 is an enhanced FFS, adding support for
64 bit block pointers, extended attribute storage, and a few
other things.
This commit does not yet include the code to manipulate the extended
storage (for e.g. ACLs), this will be done later.
Originally written by Kirk McKusick and Network Associates Laboratories for
FreeBSD.
|
| 1.14 | 28-Mar-2003 |
perseant | Add working writing ability to fsck_lfs, including roll-forward, based on
a partial-segment writer ported from the kernel.
|
| 1.13 | 24-Jan-2003 |
fvdl | Bump daddr_t to 64 bits. Replace it with int32_t in all places where
it was used on-disk, so that on-disk formats remain the same.
Remove ufs_daddr_t and ufs_lbn_t for the time being.
|
| 1.12 | 25-Sep-2001 |
wiz | Add some \n to error messages.
|
| 1.11 | 13-Jul-2001 |
perseant | Merge the short-lived perseant-lfsv2 branch into the trunk.
Kernels and tools understand both v1 and v2 filesystems; newfs_lfs
generates v2 by default. Changes for the v2 layout include:
- Segments of non-PO2 size and arbitrary block offset, so these can be
matched to convenient physical characteristics of the partition (e.g.,
stripe or track size and offset).
- Address by fragment instead of by disk sector, paving the way for
non-512-byte-sector devices. In theory fragments can be as large
as you like, though in reality they must be smaller than MAXBSIZE in size.
- Use serial number and filesystem identifier to ensure that roll-forward
doesn't get old data and think it's new. Roll-forward is enabled for
v2 filesystems, though not for v1 filesystems by default.
- The inode free list is now a tailq, paving the way for undelete (undelete
is not yet implemented, but can be without further non-backwards-compatible
changes to disk structures).
- Inode atime information is kept in the Ifile, instead of on the inode;
that is, the inode is never written *just* because atime was changed.
Because of this the inodes remain near the file data on the disk, rather
than wandering all over as the disk is read repeatedly. This speeds up
repeated reads by a small but noticeable amount.
Other changes of note include:
- The ifile written by newfs_lfs can now be of arbitrary length, it is no
longer restricted to a single indirect block.
- Fixed an old bug where ctime was changed every time a vnode was created.
I need to look more closely to make sure that the times are only updated
during write(2) and friends, not after-the-fact during a segment write,
and certainly not by the cleaner.
|
| 1.10 | 06-Jan-2001 |
joff | branches: 1.10.2;
Fixed blockmap handling to properly use disk blocks rather than fragments.
Fixes an issue with fsck_lfs not detecting all duplicate blocks that may
exist in a corrupted filesystem.
|
| 1.9 | 05-Jan-2001 |
lukem | use %ll_ instead of the less standard %q_
|
| 1.8 | 14-Jun-2000 |
perseant | Add "-i" flag to specify the location of the index file inode, to
examine alternate checkpoints. Regularize usage of maxino. Remove olf
debugging cruft.
|
| 1.7 | 30-May-2000 |
perseant | Check for cycles in the inode free list, and for free inodes not on the free
list.
|
| 1.6 | 23-May-2000 |
perseant | branches: 1.6.2;
Convert to NetBSD source code style
|
| 1.5 | 16-May-2000 |
perseant | fsck_lfs can now write to the filesystem, allowing it to correct most
(though still not all) errors in a damaged lfs. Segment byte accounting
is corrected in pass 5. "fsck_lfs -p" will do a partial roll-forward,
verifying the checkpoint from the newer superblock. fscknames[] is
updated so that fsck knows about fsck_lfs.
|
| 1.4 | 20-Jan-2000 |
perseant | Rename lfs_ifind so that it does not conflict with new kernel prototype.
Addresses PR #9253.
|
| 1.3 | 03-Jul-1999 |
kleink | RCS Id police.
|
| 1.2 | 24-Mar-1999 |
nathanw | branches: 1.2.2;
printf format fixes for Alpha.
|
| 1.1 | 18-Mar-1999 |
perseant | Initial checkin of fsck_lfs. This version cannot do any repair (-p flag
does nothing, and one of -p or -n is required) but can be useful as a
diagnostic tool.
|
| 1.2.2.1 | 21-Jan-2000 |
he | Pull up revision 1.4 (requested by perseant):
Fix name collision error due to recent kernel prototype updates.
Fixes PR#9253.
|
| 1.6.2.1 | 22-Jun-2000 |
minoura | Sync w/ netbsd-1-5-base.
|
| 1.10.2.1 | 02-Jul-2001 |
perseant | Change disk addressing unit to be the fragment, instead of the disk sector.
All quantities in the superblock, inodes, indirect blocks, etc. refer now
to this abstract unit (called "fsb" as it is in FFS) instead of disk sectors;
as a consequence segment summary blocks have to be multiples of a fragment in
size. In v1 filesystems, compatibility code ensures that 1 fsb == 1 sector,
regardless of fragment size.
Fragments can now range in size between 512 and 32k; in the event that
LFS_LABELPAD (8k) is smaller than the disk address unit size, an extra
proto-superblock is kept at 8k from the beginning of the disk, to be used
*only* to locate the real superblocks. (Not all of the userland knows about
this yet.)
Almost all of this was done not by me, but by joff.
|
| 1.28.8.1 | 06-Nov-2007 |
matt | sync with HEAD
|
| 1.30.12.2 | 23-Jun-2013 |
tls | resync from head
|
| 1.30.12.1 | 25-Feb-2013 |
tls | resync with head
|
| 1.30.6.2 | 22-May-2014 |
yamt | sync with head.
for a reference, the tree before this commit was tagged
as yamt-pagecache-tag8.
this commit was splitted into small chunks to avoid
a limitation of cvs. ("Protocol error: too many arguments")
|
| 1.30.6.1 | 23-Jan-2013 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.45.18.1 | 17-Aug-2020 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by riastradh in ticket #1050):
sys/ufs/lfs/lfs_subr.c: revision 1.101
sys/ufs/lfs/lfs_subr.c: revision 1.102
sys/ufs/lfs/lfs_inode.c: revision 1.158
sys/ufs/lfs/lfs_inode.h: revision 1.25
sys/ufs/lfs/lfs_balloc.c: revision 1.95
sys/ufs/lfs/lfs_pages.c: revision 1.21
sys/ufs/lfs/lfs_vnops.c: revision 1.330
sys/ufs/lfs/lfs_alloc.c: revision 1.140 (patch)
sys/ufs/lfs/lfs_alloc.c: revision 1.141 (patch)
lib/libp2k/p2k.c: revision 1.72
sys/ufs/lfs/lfs.h: revision 1.205
sys/ufs/lfs/lfs.h: revision 1.206
sys/ufs/lfs/lfs_segment.c: revision 1.284
sys/ufs/lfs/lfs.h: revision 1.207
sys/ufs/lfs/lfs_segment.c: revision 1.285
sys/ufs/lfs/lfs_debug.c: revision 1.55
sys/ufs/lfs/lfs_rename.c: revision 1.23
usr.sbin/dumplfs/dumplfs.c: revision 1.65
sys/ufs/lfs/lfs_vfsops.c: revision 1.371
sys/arch/i386/stand/efiboot/bootx64/Makefile: revision 1.3
sys/ufs/lfs/lfs_vfsops.c: revision 1.372
sys/ufs/lfs/lfs_vfsops.c: revision 1.373
sbin/fsck_lfs/pass1.c: revision 1.46
sys/ufs/lfs/lfs_vnops.c: revision 1.326
sys/ufs/lfs/lfs_vnops.c: revision 1.327
sys/ufs/lfs/lfs_vfsops.c: revision 1.375 (patch)
sys/ufs/lfs/lfs_vnops.c: revision 1.328
sys/ufs/lfs/lfs_subr.c: revision 1.98
sys/ufs/lfs/lfs_extern.h: revision 1.116
sys/ufs/lfs/lfs_vnops.c: revision 1.329
sys/ufs/lfs/lfs_subr.c: revision 1.99
sys/ufs/lfs/lfs_extern.h: revision 1.117
sys/ufs/lfs/lfs_accessors.h: revision 1.49
sys/ufs/lfs/lfs_extern.h: revision 1.118
sys/rump/fs/lib/liblfs/Makefile: revision 1.15
sys/ufs/lfs/lfs_bio.c: revision 1.146 (patch)
sys/ufs/lfs/lfs_bio.c: revision 1.147
sys/ufs/lfs/lfs_subr.c: revision 1.100
Fix kassert in lfs by initializing vp first.
Use a marker node to iterate lfs_dchainhd / i_lfs_dchain.
I believe elements can be removed while the lock is dropped,
including the next node we're hanging on to.
Just use VOP_BWRITE for lfs_bwrite_log.
Hope this doesn't cause trouble with vfs_suspend.
Teach lfs to transition ro<->rw.
Prevent new dirops while we issue lfs_flush_dirops.
lfs_flush_dirops assumes (by KASSERT((ip->i_state & IN_ADIROP) == 0))
that vnodes on the dchain will not become involved in active dirops
even while holding no other locks (lfs_lock, v_interlock), so we must
set lfs_writer here. All other callers already set lfs_writer.
We set fs->lfs_writer++ without explicitly doing lfs_writer_enter
because
(a) we already waited for the dirops to drain, and
(b) we hold lfs_lock and cannot drop it before setting lfs_writer.
Assert lfs_writer where I think we can now prove it.
Serialize access to the splay tree with lfs_lock.
Change some cheap KDASSERT into KASSERT.
Take a reference and fix assertions in lfs_flush_dirops.
Fixes panic:
KASSERT((ip->i_state & IN_ADIROP) == 0) at lfs_vnops.c:1670
lfs_flush_dirops
lfs_check
lfs_setattr
VOP_SETATTR
change_mode
sys_fchmod
syscall
This assertion -- and the assertion that vp->v_uflag has VU_DIROP set
-- is valid only until we release lfs_lock, because we may race with
lfs_unmark_dirop which will remove the nodes and change the flags.
Further, vp itself is valid only as long as it is referenced, which it
is as long as it's on the dchain, but lfs_unmark_dirop drops the
dchain's reference.
Don't lfs_writer_enter while holding v_interlock.
There's no need to lfs_writer_enter at all here, as far as I can see.
lfs_flush_fs will do it for us.
Break deadlock in PR kern/52301.
The lock order is lfs_writer -> lfs_seglock. The problem in 52301 is
that lfs_segwrite violates this lock order by sometimes doing
lfs_seglock -> lfs_writer, either (a) when doing a checkpoint or (b),
opportunistically, when there are no dirops pending. Both cases can
deadlock, because dirops sometimes take the seglock (lfs_truncate,
lfs_valloc, lfs_vfree):
(a) There may be dirops pending, and they may be waiting for the
seglock, so we can't wait for them to complete while holding the
seglock.
(b) The test for fs->lfs_dirops == 0 happens unlocked, and the state
may change by the time lfs_writer_enter acquires lfs_lock.
To resolve this in each case:
(a) Do lfs_writer_enter before lfs_seglock, since we will need it
unconditionally anyway. The worst performance impact of this should
be that some dirops get delayed a little bit.
(b) Create a new lfs_writer_tryenter to use at this point so that the
test for fs->lfs_dirops == 0 and the acquisition of lfs_writer happen
atomically under lfs_lock.
Initialize/destroy lfs_allclean_wakeup in modcmd, not lfs_mountfs.
Fixes reloading lfs.kmod.
In lfs_update, hold lfs_writer around lfs_vflush.
Otherwise, we might do
lfs_vflush
-> lfs_seglock
-> lfs_segwait(SEGM_CKP)
-> lfs_writer_enter
which is the reverse of the lfs_writer -> lfs_seglock ordering.
Call lfs_orphan in lfs_rename while we're still in the dirop.
lfs_writer_enter can't fail; keep it simple and don't pretend it can.
Assert that mtsleep can't fail either -- it doesn't catch signals and
there's no timeout.
Teach LFS_ORPHAN_NEXTFREE about lfs64.
Dust off the orphan detection code and try to make it work.
Fix !DIAGNOSTIC compile
Fix userland references to LFS_ORPHAN_NEXTFREE.
Forgot to grep for these or do a full distribution build, oops!
Fix missing <sys/evcnt.h> by removing the evcnts instead.
Just wanted to confirm that a race might happen, and indeed it did.
These serve little diagnostic value otherwise.
OR into bp->b_cflags; don't overwrite.
CTASSERT lfs on-disk structure sizes.
Avoid misaligned access to lfs64 on-disk records in memory.
lfs64 directory entries are only 32-bit aligned in order to conserve
space in directory blocks, and we had a hack to stuff a 64-bit inode
in them. This replaces the hack by __aligned(4) __packed, and goes
further:
1. It's not clear that all the other lfs64 data structures are 64-bit
aligned on disk to begin with. We can go through these later and
upgrade them from
struct foo64 {
...
} __aligned(4) __packed;
union foo {
struct foo64 f64;
...
};
to
struct foo64 {
...
};
union foo {
struct foo64 f64 __aligned(8);
...
} __aligned(4) __packed;
if we really want to take advantage of 64-bit memory accesses.
However, the __aligned(4) __packed must remain on the union
because:
2. We access even the lfs32 data structures via a union that has
lfs64 members, and it turns out that compilers will assume access
through a union with 64-bit aligned members implies the whole
union has 64-bit alignment, even if we're only accessing a 32-bit
aligned member.
Fix clang build after packed lfs64 accessor change.
Suppress spurious address-of-packed error in rump lfs too.
|
| 1.45.16.1 | 08-Apr-2020 |
martin | Merge changes from current as of 20200406
|
| 1.3 | 16-May-2000 |
perseant | fsck_lfs can now write to the filesystem, allowing it to correct most
(though still not all) errors in a damaged lfs. Segment byte accounting
is corrected in pass 5. "fsck_lfs -p" will do a partial roll-forward,
verifying the checkpoint from the newer superblock. fscknames[] is
updated so that fsck knows about fsck_lfs.
|
| 1.2 | 03-Jul-1999 |
kleink | RCS Id police.
|
| 1.1 | 18-Mar-1999 |
perseant | Initial checkin of fsck_lfs. This version cannot do any repair (-p flag
does nothing, and one of -p or -n is required) but can be useful as a
diagnostic tool.
|
| 1.35 | 03-Apr-2020 |
joerg | Avoid common symbols for fsck_lfs.
|
| 1.34 | 21-Sep-2015 |
dholland | branches: 1.34.16;
Add 64-bit directory entry structures, and adjust accessors accordingly.
The LFS64 directory entry has a 64-bit inode number. This is stored as
two 32-bit values to avoid inducing 64-bit alignment requirements.
The exposed type for manipulating directory entries is now
LFS_DIRHEADER, following the same convention as e.g. IFILE and SEGUSE.
(But with LFS_ on it, because.)
|
| 1.33 | 21-Sep-2015 |
dholland | Oops; LFS_DIRECTSIZ() is going to need the fs as an argument.
Also, it turns out that dirhash needs a compile-time-constant version
of LFS_DIRECTSIZ(LFS_MAXNAMLEN+1), independent of 64-vs-32, so create
LFS_MAXDIRENTRYSIZE for this. Sigh.
|
| 1.32 | 15-Sep-2015 |
dholland | Pass around struct lfs_dirheader instead of struct lfs_direct.
|
| 1.31 | 15-Sep-2015 |
dholland | Add an accessor function for directory names.
|
| 1.30 | 15-Sep-2015 |
dholland | Add a function lfs_copydirname() to copy directory names in place; use
it in place of (variously) memcpy and strlcpy. (The latter isn't even
correct; was probably changed blindly from strncpy at some point.)
The new function zeroes the padding in the directory entry instead of
leaving trash behind.
|
| 1.29 | 15-Sep-2015 |
dholland | Tidyups/fixes preparatory to making d_name[] in struct lfs_direct size
0 instead of size LFS_MAXNAMLEN+1, and preparatory to having accessor
functions for d_name. In particular, don't create prototype entries
and copy them, and access the name field only for directory structures
that are in buffers with space for the name to exist.
|
| 1.28 | 15-Sep-2015 |
dholland | Add and use accessor functions for more of the directory entry fields.
|
| 1.27 | 01-Sep-2015 |
dholland | Add new accessors for the d_type and d_namlen fields of struct lfs_direct.
Napalm the old byteswap access logic for these.
|
| 1.26 | 12-Aug-2015 |
dholland | Hack up dinode usage to be 64 vs. 32 as needed. Part 1.
(This part changes the native lfs code; the ufs-derived code already
has 64 vs. 32 logic, but as aspects of it are unsafe, and don't
entirely interoperate cleanly with the lfs 64/32 stuff, pass 2 will be
rehashing that.)
|
| 1.25 | 16-Jun-2015 |
christos | a few more \n's in errors
|
| 1.24 | 16-Jun-2015 |
christos | fix error messages containing \n
|
| 1.23 | 08-Jun-2013 |
dholland | Tidy up the LFS userland build hacks.
Don't use -I${NETBSDSRCDIR}/sys; don't include files other than the
exported LFS headers, which are lfs.h, lfs_inode.h, and (for now)
lfs_extern.h.
|
| 1.22 | 08-Jun-2013 |
dholland | DIRBLKSIZ -> LFS_DIRBLKSIZ
DIRECTSIZ -> LFS_DIRECTSIZ
DIRSIZ -> LFS_DIRSIZ
OLDDIRFMT -> LFS_OLDDIRFMT
NEWDIRFMT -> LFS_NEWDIRFMT
IFTODT -> LFS_IFTODT
DTTOIF -> LFS_DTTOIF
|
| 1.21 | 08-Jun-2013 |
dholland | struct direct -> struct lfs_direct
struct dirtemplate -> struct lfs_dirtemplate
struct odirtemplate -> struct lfs_odirtemplate
DT_* -> LFS_DT_*
|
| 1.20 | 08-Jun-2013 |
dholland | Stick LFS_ in front of IFMT, IFIFO, IFREG, etc. so as not to conflict
with the UFS copies of these symbols. (Which themselves ought to have
UFS_ stuck on.)
|
| 1.19 | 06-Jun-2013 |
dholland | ufs -> ulfs for fsck_lfs.
|
| 1.18 | 22-Jan-2013 |
dholland | Stuff UFS_ in front of a few of ufs's symbols to reduce namespace
pollution. Specifically:
ROOTINO -> UFS_ROOTINO
WINO -> UFS_WINO
NXADDR -> UFS_NXADDR
NDADDR -> UFS_NDADDR
NIADDR -> UFS_NIADDR
MAXSYMLINKLEN -> UFS_MAXSYMLINKLEN
MAXSYMLINKLEN_UFS[12] -> UFS[12]_MAXSYMLINKLEN (for consistency)
Sort out ext2fs's misuse of NDADDR and NIADDR; fortunately, these have
the same values in ext2fs and ffs.
No functional change intended.
|
| 1.17 | 09-Nov-2006 |
christos | branches: 1.17.42; 1.17.48;
Fix malloc/realloc/calloc issues: always check and exit, use EEXIT instead
of 8.
|
| 1.16 | 01-Sep-2006 |
perseant | Several fixes to improve the reliability of the roll-forward agent.
Also, note "properly orphaned" files as distinct from corrupted files.
|
| 1.15 | 13-Sep-2005 |
christos | rename lfs.h to lfs_user.h so that it does not conflict.
|
| 1.14 | 27-Jun-2005 |
christos | constify
|
| 1.13 | 11-Apr-2005 |
perseant | Be more efficient with the hash tables for the buffer and vnode caches.
Note that roll-forward can add more inodes to the filesystem; don't overflow
the tables but reallocate them.
|
| 1.12 | 06-Feb-2005 |
perry | branches: 1.12.2;
remove obsolete "register" declarations.
|
| 1.11 | 19-Jan-2005 |
xtraeme | ANSIfy, WARNS=2
|
| 1.10 | 07-Aug-2003 |
agc | Move UCB-licensed code from 4-clause to 3-clause licence.
Patches provided by Joel Baker in PR 22308, verified by myself.
|
| 1.9 | 13-Jul-2003 |
itojun | use bounded string op
|
| 1.8 | 02-Apr-2003 |
fvdl | Add support for UFS2. UFS2 is an enhanced FFS, adding support for
64 bit block pointers, extended attribute storage, and a few
other things.
This commit does not yet include the code to manipulate the extended
storage (for e.g. ACLs), this will be done later.
Originally written by Kirk McKusick and Network Associates Laboratories for
FreeBSD.
|
| 1.7 | 28-Mar-2003 |
perseant | Add working writing ability to fsck_lfs, including roll-forward, based on
a partial-segment writer ported from the kernel.
|
| 1.6 | 25-Sep-2001 |
wiz | Add some \n to error messages.
|
| 1.5 | 14-Jun-2000 |
perseant | Add "-i" flag to specify the location of the index file inode, to
examine alternate checkpoints. Regularize usage of maxino. Remove olf
debugging cruft.
|
| 1.4 | 23-May-2000 |
perseant | branches: 1.4.2;
Convert to NetBSD source code style
|
| 1.3 | 03-Jul-1999 |
kleink | RCS Id police.
|
| 1.2 | 24-Mar-1999 |
nathanw | printf format fixes for Alpha.
|
| 1.1 | 18-Mar-1999 |
perseant | Initial checkin of fsck_lfs. This version cannot do any repair (-p flag
does nothing, and one of -p or -n is required) but can be useful as a
diagnostic tool.
|
| 1.4.2.1 | 22-Jun-2000 |
minoura | Sync w/ netbsd-1-5-base.
|
| 1.12.2.1 | 07-May-2005 |
tron | Apply patch (requested by perseant in ticket #242):
* fsck_lfs buffer cache fixes, including PR #29151
* Change fsck_lfs phase 0 message to reflect reality
* fsck_lfs: check phase 5 (cleanerinfo accounting) even on
roll-forward
* Keep better track of the free list during roll-forward, avoiding
a core dump
* Improve hash table use for fsck_lfs buffer and vnode cache
* Document fsck_lfs flag -f, and implement -q
* Add resize_lfs, including kernel support
* Add LFS to mountd's list of exportable filesystem types
* Make the LFS lkm work again [christos@]
* Add MP locking to the LFS kernel subsystem
* Fix pager_map deadlock in lfs_putpages()
* Avoid incomplete file extension that looks like "partial
truncation" to fsck
* Use lfs_malloc for cleaner malloc, since the cleaner often runs
in low-memory conditions.
* Use splay trees, not hash table, to track page allocation for
write.
* Fix mkdir panic on full fs
* Fix page accounting leak by counting differently.
* Use rightly named structure for lfs_getattr [skrll@]
* Cosmetic changes for readability.
|
| 1.17.48.2 | 23-Jun-2013 |
tls | resync from head
|
| 1.17.48.1 | 25-Feb-2013 |
tls | resync with head
|
| 1.17.42.2 | 22-May-2014 |
yamt | sync with head.
for a reference, the tree before this commit was tagged
as yamt-pagecache-tag8.
this commit was splitted into small chunks to avoid
a limitation of cvs. ("Protocol error: too many arguments")
|
| 1.17.42.1 | 23-Jan-2013 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.34.16.1 | 08-Apr-2020 |
martin | Merge changes from current as of 20200406
|
| 1.13 | 08-Jun-2013 |
dholland | Tidy up the LFS userland build hacks.
Don't use -I${NETBSDSRCDIR}/sys; don't include files other than the
exported LFS headers, which are lfs.h, lfs_inode.h, and (for now)
lfs_extern.h.
|
| 1.12 | 06-Jun-2013 |
dholland | Cleanups and hacks to make lfs userland stuff build:
- lfs_cksum.c doesn't actually need ulfs_inode.h any more.
- neither does lfs_itimes.c.
- add hacks to fsck_lfs to make it compile.
- add hacks to newfs_lfs to make it compile.
- fix warning in ulfs_quota.c when quotas are fully disabled
(as I guess is happening with the rumpity version)
XXX: This commit adds -I${NETBSDSRCDIR}/sys to the Makefiles for
XXX: fsck_lfs, newfs_lfs, and lfs_cleanerd. This needs to be cleaned
XXX: up ASAP; but I consider this less problematic in the short term
XXX: than spewing ulfs_*.h into /usr/include.
|
| 1.11 | 06-Jun-2013 |
dholland | ufs -> ulfs for fsck_lfs.
|
| 1.10 | 22-Jan-2013 |
dholland | Stuff UFS_ in front of a few of ufs's symbols to reduce namespace
pollution. Specifically:
ROOTINO -> UFS_ROOTINO
WINO -> UFS_WINO
NXADDR -> UFS_NXADDR
NDADDR -> UFS_NDADDR
NIADDR -> UFS_NIADDR
MAXSYMLINKLEN -> UFS_MAXSYMLINKLEN
MAXSYMLINKLEN_UFS[12] -> UFS[12]_MAXSYMLINKLEN (for consistency)
Sort out ext2fs's misuse of NDADDR and NIADDR; fortunately, these have
the same values in ext2fs and ffs.
No functional change intended.
|
| 1.9 | 01-Sep-2006 |
perseant | branches: 1.9.42; 1.9.48;
Several fixes to improve the reliability of the roll-forward agent.
Also, note "properly orphaned" files as distinct from corrupted files.
|
| 1.8 | 26-Feb-2005 |
perseant | Various minor LFS improvements:
* Extend the lfs library from fsck_lfs(8) so that it can be used with a
not-yet-existent LFS. Make newfs_lfs(8) use this library, so it can
create LFSs whose Ifile is larger than one segment.
* Make newfs_lfs(8) use strsuftoi64() for its arguments, a la newfs(8).
* Make fsck_lfs(8) respect the "file system is clean" flag.
* Don't let fsck_lfs(8) think it has dirty blocks when invoked with the
-n flag.
|
| 1.7 | 06-Feb-2005 |
perry | remove obsolete "register" declarations.
|
| 1.6 | 19-Jan-2005 |
xtraeme | ANSIfy, WARNS=2
|
| 1.5 | 07-Aug-2003 |
agc | branches: 1.5.4;
Move UCB-licensed code from 4-clause to 3-clause licence.
Patches provided by Joel Baker in PR 22308, verified by myself.
|
| 1.4 | 28-Mar-2003 |
perseant | Add working writing ability to fsck_lfs, including roll-forward, based on
a partial-segment writer ported from the kernel.
|
| 1.3 | 23-May-2000 |
perseant | Convert to NetBSD source code style
|
| 1.2 | 03-Jul-1999 |
kleink | RCS Id police.
|
| 1.1 | 18-Mar-1999 |
perseant | Initial checkin of fsck_lfs. This version cannot do any repair (-p flag
does nothing, and one of -p or -n is required) but can be useful as a
diagnostic tool.
|
| 1.5.4.1 | 10-May-2005 |
riz | Pull up the following revisions (requested by perseant in ticket #1281):
1.8 sys/ufs/lfs/TODO
1.75 sys/ufs/lfs/lfs.h (via patch)
1.74 sys/ufs/lfs/lfs_alloc.c (via patch)
1.49, 1.51 sys/ufs/lfs/lfs_balloc.c (1.51 via patch)
1.78 sys/ufs/lfs/lfs_bio.c
1.62 sys/ufs/lfs/lfs_extern.h (via patch)
1.156 sys/ufs/lfs/lfs_segment.c (via patch)
1.48 sys/ufs/lfs/lfs_subr.c
1.101 sys/ufs/lfs/lfs_syscalls.c
1.163 sys/ufs/lfs/lfs_vfsops.c (via patch)
1.134 sys/ufs/lfs/lfs_vnops.c (via patch)
1.61 sys/ufs/ufs/ufs_readwrite.c (via patch)
1.20 libexec/lfs_cleanerd/clean.h (via patch)
1.52 libexec/lfs_cleanerd/cleanerd.c (via patch)
1.41 libexec/lfs_cleanerd/library.c (via patch)
1.4 regress/sys/fs/lfs/newfs_fsck/Makefile
1.2 regress/sys/fs/lfs/newfs_fsck/mkfs_mount
1.2 regress/sys/fs/lfs/newfs_fsck/smallfiles
1.3 sbin/fsck_lfs/bufcache.c
1.3 sbin/fsck_lfs/bufcache.h
1.3 sbin/fsck_lfs/lfs.h
1.8 sbin/fsck_lfs/lfs.c (via patch)
1.8 sbin/fsck_lfs/pass3.c (via patch)
1.18 sbin/fsck_lfs/pass0.c (via patch)
1.18 sbin/fsck_lfs/utilities.c (via patch)
1.7 sbin/fsck_lfs/segwrite.c
1.19 sbin/fsck_lfs/setup.c (via patch)
1.3 sbin/newfs_lfs/Makefile
0 sbin/newfs_lfs/lfs.c (yes, remove it)
1.1 sbin/newfs_lfs/make_lfs.c
1.15 sbin/newfs_lfs/newfs.c (via patch)
Various minor LFS improvements.
Kernel:
* Note when lfs_putpages(9) thinks it is not going to be writing any
pages before calling genfs_putpages(9). This prevents a situation in
which blocks can be queued for writing without a segment header.
* Correct computation of NRESERVE(), though it is still a gross
overestimate in most cases. Note that if NRESERVE() is too high, it
may be impossible to create files on the filesystem. We catch this
case on filesystem mount and refuse to mount r/w.
* Allow filesystems to be mounted whose block size is == MAXBSIZE.
* Somewhere along the line, ufs_bmaparray(9) started mangling UNWRITTEN
entries in indirect blocks again, triggering a failed assertion "daddr
<= LFS_MAX_DADDR". Explicitly convert to and from int32_t to correct
this. Should fix PR #29045.
* Add a high-water mark for the number of dirty pages any given LFS can
hold before triggering a flush. This is settable by sysctl, but off
(zero) by default.
* Be more careful about the MAX_BYTES and MAX_BUFS computations so we
shouldn't see "please increase to at least zero" messages.
* Note that VBLK and VCHR vnodes can have nonzero values in di_db[0]
even though their v_size == 0. Don't panic when we see this.
Fixes PR #26680.
* Change lfs_bfree to a signed quantity. The manner in which it is
processed before being passed to the cleaner means that sometimes it
may drop below zero, and the cleaner must be aware of this.
* Never report bfree < 0 (or higher than lfs_dsize) through
lfs_statfs(9). This prevents df(1) from ever telling us that our full
filesystems have 16TB free.
* Account space allocated through lfs_balloc(9) that does not have
associated buffer headers, so that the pagedaemon doesn't run us out
of segments.
* Return ENOSPC from lfs_balloc(9) when bfree drops to zero.
* Address a deadlock in lfs_bmapv/lfs_markv when the filesystem is being
unmounted. Because vfs_busy() is a shared lock, and
lfs_bmapv/lfs_markv mark the filesystem vfs_busy(), the cleaner can be
holding the lock that umount() is blocking on, then try to vfs_busy()
again in getnewvnode().
cleaner:
* Adapt lfs_cleanerd to use the fcntl call to get the Ifile filehandle,
so it need not be in the namespace.
* Make lfs_cleanerd be more careful when there are very few available
segments.
* Make lfs_cleanerd less verbose when the filesystem is unmounted.
newfs_lfs, fsck_lfs, and regression:
* Extend the lfs library from fsck_lfs(8) so that it can be used with a
not-yet-existent LFS. Make newfs_lfs(8) use this library, so it can
create LFSs whose Ifile is larger than one segment. Addresses PR #11110.
* Make newfs_lfs(8) use strsuftoi64() for its arguments, a la newfs(8).
* Make fsck_lfs(8) respect the "file system is clean" flag.
* Don't let fsck_lfs(8) think it has dirty blocks when invoked with the
-n flag.
* Remove the Ifile from the filesystem namespace. The cleaner now uses
a fcntl call on the root inode to find the Ifile filehandle. (As a
side-effect, addresses PR #29144.)
|
| 1.9.48.2 | 23-Jun-2013 |
tls | resync from head
|
| 1.9.48.1 | 25-Feb-2013 |
tls | resync with head
|
| 1.9.42.2 | 22-May-2014 |
yamt | sync with head.
for a reference, the tree before this commit was tagged
as yamt-pagecache-tag8.
this commit was splitted into small chunks to avoid
a limitation of cvs. ("Protocol error: too many arguments")
|
| 1.9.42.1 | 23-Jan-2013 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.28 | 03-Apr-2020 |
joerg | Avoid common symbols for fsck_lfs.
|
| 1.27 | 01-Sep-2015 |
dholland | branches: 1.27.16;
Use daddr_t, not ulfs_daddr_t, as the latter's 32 bits wide.
Don't use either for on-disk items.
Declare external data in header files.
Part 3 of 3.
|
| 1.26 | 12-Aug-2015 |
dholland | Hack up dinode usage to be 64 vs. 32 as needed. Part 1.
(This part changes the native lfs code; the ufs-derived code already
has 64 vs. 32 logic, but as aspects of it are unsafe, and don't
entirely interoperate cleanly with the lfs 64/32 stuff, pass 2 will be
rehashing that.)
|
| 1.25 | 28-Jul-2015 |
dholland | Add a new lfs header file: lfs_accessors.h.
This contains all the accessor functions and macros out of lfs.h.
Add an include of lfs_accessors.h after all uses of lfs.h... except
for code that wants to define its own struct lfs-alike that the
accessors are supposed to play along with. For these, set STRUCT_LFS
and include lfs_accessors.h after the necessary structure has been
defined, so that lfs_accessors.h can emit functions in terms of it.
|
| 1.24 | 24-Jul-2015 |
dholland | Switch to accessor functions for elements of the LFS on-disk
superblock. This will allow switching between 32/64 bit forms on the
fly; it will also allow handling LFS_EI reasonably tidily. (That
currently doesn't work on the superblock.)
It also gets rid of cpp abuse in the form of fake structure member
macros.
Also, instead of doing sleep/wakeup on &lfs_avail and &lfs_nextseg
inside the on-disk superblock, add extra elements to the in-memory
struct lfs for this. (XXX: these should be changed to condvars, but
not right now)
XXX: this migrates a structure needed by the lfs code in libsa (struct
salfs) into lfs.h, where it doesn't belong, but for the time being
this is necessary in order to allow the accessors (and the various
lfs macros and other goop that relies on them) to compile.
|
| 1.23 | 16-Jun-2015 |
christos | fix error messages containing \n
|
| 1.22 | 18-Jun-2013 |
christos | Prefix most of the cpp macros with lfs_ and LFS_ to avoid conflicts with ffs.
This was done so that boot blocks that want to compile both FFS and LFS in
the same file work.
|
| 1.21 | 08-Jun-2013 |
dholland | Tidy up the LFS userland build hacks.
Don't use -I${NETBSDSRCDIR}/sys; don't include files other than the
exported LFS headers, which are lfs.h, lfs_inode.h, and (for now)
lfs_extern.h.
|
| 1.20 | 06-Jun-2013 |
dholland | Cleanups and hacks to make lfs userland stuff build:
- lfs_cksum.c doesn't actually need ulfs_inode.h any more.
- neither does lfs_itimes.c.
- add hacks to fsck_lfs to make it compile.
- add hacks to newfs_lfs to make it compile.
- fix warning in ulfs_quota.c when quotas are fully disabled
(as I guess is happening with the rumpity version)
XXX: This commit adds -I${NETBSDSRCDIR}/sys to the Makefiles for
XXX: fsck_lfs, newfs_lfs, and lfs_cleanerd. This needs to be cleaned
XXX: up ASAP; but I consider this less problematic in the short term
XXX: than spewing ulfs_*.h into /usr/include.
|
| 1.19 | 06-Jun-2013 |
dholland | ufs -> ulfs for fsck_lfs.
|
| 1.18 | 22-Jan-2013 |
dholland | Stuff UFS_ in front of a few of ufs's symbols to reduce namespace
pollution. Specifically:
ROOTINO -> UFS_ROOTINO
WINO -> UFS_WINO
NXADDR -> UFS_NXADDR
NDADDR -> UFS_NDADDR
NIADDR -> UFS_NIADDR
MAXSYMLINKLEN -> UFS_MAXSYMLINKLEN
MAXSYMLINKLEN_UFS[12] -> UFS[12]_MAXSYMLINKLEN (for consistency)
Sort out ext2fs's misuse of NDADDR and NIADDR; fortunately, these have
the same values in ext2fs and ffs.
No functional change intended.
|
| 1.17 | 16-Feb-2010 |
mlelstv | branches: 1.17.6; 1.17.12;
Three changes in a single commit.
- drop the notion of frags (LFS fragments) vs fsb (FFS fragments)
The code uses a complicated unity function that just makes the
code difficult to understand.
- support larger sector sizes. Fix disk address computations
to use DEV_BSIZE in the kernel as required by device drivers
and to use sector sizes in userland.
- Fix several locking bugs in lfs_bio.c and lfs_subr.c.
|
| 1.16 | 09-Nov-2006 |
christos | Fix malloc/realloc/calloc issues: always check and exit, use EEXIT instead
of 8.
|
| 1.15 | 01-Sep-2006 |
perseant | Several fixes to improve the reliability of the roll-forward agent.
Also, note "properly orphaned" files as distinct from corrupted files.
|
| 1.14 | 18-Jul-2006 |
perseant | Various improvements to fsck_lfs, to wit:
* Add lfs_balloc capability to the lfs library.
* Extend the Ifile if we run out of free inodes when creating lost+found.
* Don't roll forward if we have allocated a lost+found, to avoid
conflicts when adding new files in roll-forward.
* Make some messages slightly more verbose (e.g. include inode number,
and use pwarn() instead of printf() so the messages include the device
name when preening).
* Change superblock detection/avoidance to use the offset table in the
primary superblock, rather than looking at the contents.
* Be more verbose about various operations when passed the -d flag,
especially roll-forward.
* Be more careful about dirops during roll forward, since the cleaner can
sometimes write blocks from dirop vnodes. Detect and avoid this problem.
* Always check the free list, even if given -i; if we're going to write
it we have to check it first.
* Mark inodes dirty when blocks are found during roll forward, so the
inodes are written with the new block locations.
* Update size of inodes if blocks beyond EOF are found during roll
forward.
* Fix segment accounting for blocks and inodes found during roll
forward.
* Report statistics on roll forward: how many new/deleted/moved files
and how many updated blocks (or "nothing new").
* Don't care if the device being checked is really a device, if we have
been passed the -f flag (to facilitate automated testing).
* When writing to the disk, use the current time in the segment headers
rathern than time 0.
* When passed the -i flag, locate the partial segment containing the
Ifile inode and use that to calculate lfs_offset, lfs_curseg,
lfs_nextseg. (Again for automated testing.)
|
| 1.13 | 13-Sep-2005 |
christos | rename lfs.h to lfs_user.h so that it does not conflict.
|
| 1.12 | 19-Aug-2005 |
christos | 64 bit inode changes
|
| 1.11 | 06-Feb-2005 |
perry | remove obsolete "register" declarations.
|
| 1.10 | 19-Jan-2005 |
xtraeme | ANSIfy, WARNS=2
|
| 1.9 | 07-Aug-2003 |
agc | Move UCB-licensed code from 4-clause to 3-clause licence.
Patches provided by Joel Baker in PR 22308, verified by myself.
|
| 1.8 | 02-Apr-2003 |
fvdl | Add support for UFS2. UFS2 is an enhanced FFS, adding support for
64 bit block pointers, extended attribute storage, and a few
other things.
This commit does not yet include the code to manipulate the extended
storage (for e.g. ACLs), this will be done later.
Originally written by Kirk McKusick and Network Associates Laboratories for
FreeBSD.
|
| 1.7 | 29-Mar-2003 |
perseant | Fix some accounting problems when preening, since preening skips phases
1-4 entirely. Make preen run phase 0, since the Ifile is so important
and the test so quick.
|
| 1.6 | 28-Mar-2003 |
perseant | Add working writing ability to fsck_lfs, including roll-forward, based on
a partial-segment writer ported from the kernel.
|
| 1.5 | 25-Sep-2001 |
wiz | Add some \n to error messages.
|
| 1.4 | 06-Jan-2001 |
joff | Fixed blockmap handling to properly use disk blocks rather than fragments.
Fixes an issue with fsck_lfs not detecting all duplicate blocks that may
exist in a corrupted filesystem.
|
| 1.3 | 23-May-2000 |
perseant | Convert to NetBSD source code style
|
| 1.2 | 03-Jul-1999 |
kleink | RCS Id police.
|
| 1.1 | 18-Mar-1999 |
perseant | Initial checkin of fsck_lfs. This version cannot do any repair (-p flag
does nothing, and one of -p or -n is required) but can be useful as a
diagnostic tool.
|
| 1.17.12.2 | 23-Jun-2013 |
tls | resync from head
|
| 1.17.12.1 | 25-Feb-2013 |
tls | resync with head
|
| 1.17.6.2 | 22-May-2014 |
yamt | sync with head.
for a reference, the tree before this commit was tagged
as yamt-pagecache-tag8.
this commit was splitted into small chunks to avoid
a limitation of cvs. ("Protocol error: too many arguments")
|
| 1.17.6.1 | 23-Jan-2013 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.27.16.1 | 08-Apr-2020 |
martin | Merge changes from current as of 20200406
|
| 1.38 | 14-Sep-2025 |
perseant | Add -a flag to suppress warnings about discrepancies in avail accounting,
which is common with the -i flag.
Expand the computation of avail if the -d flag is given. The computation
itself is not changed.
Do not offer to roll forward if the -n flag was given.
Exit with FSCK_EXIT_UNRESOLVED if the -n flag was given and any questions
were asked. This is helpful when using fsck_lfs as a diagnostic in scripts.
|
| 1.37 | 03-Apr-2020 |
joerg | Avoid common symbols for fsck_lfs.
|
| 1.36 | 01-Sep-2015 |
dholland | branches: 1.36.16;
Use daddr_t, not ulfs_daddr_t, as the latter's 32 bits wide.
Don't use either for on-disk items.
Declare external data in header files.
Part 3 of 3.
|
| 1.35 | 03-Aug-2015 |
dholland | Use intmax_t to print daddr_t; from sevan@.
|
| 1.34 | 02-Aug-2015 |
dholland | Use accessor functions for the version field of the lfs superblock.
I thought at first maybe the cases that test the version should be
rolled into the accessors, but on the whole I think the conclusion on
that is no.
|
| 1.33 | 02-Aug-2015 |
dholland | Fix assorted 64 -> 32 truncations in lfs. Also, some minor tidyups and
corrections in passing.
|
| 1.32 | 28-Jul-2015 |
dholland | Add a new lfs header file: lfs_accessors.h.
This contains all the accessor functions and macros out of lfs.h.
Add an include of lfs_accessors.h after all uses of lfs.h... except
for code that wants to define its own struct lfs-alike that the
accessors are supposed to play along with. For these, set STRUCT_LFS
and include lfs_accessors.h after the necessary structure has been
defined, so that lfs_accessors.h can emit functions in terms of it.
|
| 1.31 | 24-Jul-2015 |
dholland | More lfs superblock accessors.
(This changes the rest of the code over; all the accessors were
already added.)
The difference between this commit and the previous one is arbitrary,
but the previous one passed the regression tests on its own so I'm
keeping it separate to help with any bisections that might be needed
in the future.
|
| 1.30 | 24-Jul-2015 |
dholland | Switch to accessor functions for elements of the LFS on-disk
superblock. This will allow switching between 32/64 bit forms on the
fly; it will also allow handling LFS_EI reasonably tidily. (That
currently doesn't work on the superblock.)
It also gets rid of cpp abuse in the form of fake structure member
macros.
Also, instead of doing sleep/wakeup on &lfs_avail and &lfs_nextseg
inside the on-disk superblock, add extra elements to the in-memory
struct lfs for this. (XXX: these should be changed to condvars, but
not right now)
XXX: this migrates a structure needed by the lfs code in libsa (struct
salfs) into lfs.h, where it doesn't belong, but for the time being
this is necessary in order to allow the accessors (and the various
lfs macros and other goop that relies on them) to compile.
|
| 1.29 | 31-May-2015 |
hannken | Use VFS_PROTOS() for lfs.
Rename conflicting struct lfs field "lfs_start" to "lfs_s0addr".
No functional change.
|
| 1.28 | 18-Jun-2013 |
christos | Prefix most of the cpp macros with lfs_ and LFS_ to avoid conflicts with ffs.
This was done so that boot blocks that want to compile both FFS and LFS in
the same file work.
|
| 1.27 | 08-Jun-2013 |
dholland | Tidy up the LFS userland build hacks.
Don't use -I${NETBSDSRCDIR}/sys; don't include files other than the
exported LFS headers, which are lfs.h, lfs_inode.h, and (for now)
lfs_extern.h.
|
| 1.26 | 06-Jun-2013 |
dholland | Cleanups and hacks to make lfs userland stuff build:
- lfs_cksum.c doesn't actually need ulfs_inode.h any more.
- neither does lfs_itimes.c.
- add hacks to fsck_lfs to make it compile.
- add hacks to newfs_lfs to make it compile.
- fix warning in ulfs_quota.c when quotas are fully disabled
(as I guess is happening with the rumpity version)
XXX: This commit adds -I${NETBSDSRCDIR}/sys to the Makefiles for
XXX: fsck_lfs, newfs_lfs, and lfs_cleanerd. This needs to be cleaned
XXX: up ASAP; but I consider this less problematic in the short term
XXX: than spewing ulfs_*.h into /usr/include.
|
| 1.25 | 06-Jun-2013 |
dholland | ufs -> ulfs for fsck_lfs.
|
| 1.24 | 28-Apr-2008 |
martin | branches: 1.24.20; 1.24.26;
Remove clause 3 and 4 from TNF licenses
|
| 1.23 | 08-Oct-2007 |
ad | branches: 1.23.8; 1.23.10;
Give brelse() a second argument so that it matches the kernel.
fsck_lfs now compiles again.
|
| 1.22 | 16-Oct-2006 |
christos | branches: 1.22.8;
comment out/delete impossible code
|
| 1.21 | 01-Sep-2006 |
perseant | Several fixes to improve the reliability of the roll-forward agent.
Also, note "properly orphaned" files as distinct from corrupted files.
|
| 1.20 | 13-Aug-2006 |
bjh21 | Fix typos in messages: SHOULE -> SHOULD
|
| 1.19 | 18-Jul-2006 |
perseant | Various improvements to fsck_lfs, to wit:
* Add lfs_balloc capability to the lfs library.
* Extend the Ifile if we run out of free inodes when creating lost+found.
* Don't roll forward if we have allocated a lost+found, to avoid
conflicts when adding new files in roll-forward.
* Make some messages slightly more verbose (e.g. include inode number,
and use pwarn() instead of printf() so the messages include the device
name when preening).
* Change superblock detection/avoidance to use the offset table in the
primary superblock, rather than looking at the contents.
* Be more verbose about various operations when passed the -d flag,
especially roll-forward.
* Be more careful about dirops during roll forward, since the cleaner can
sometimes write blocks from dirop vnodes. Detect and avoid this problem.
* Always check the free list, even if given -i; if we're going to write
it we have to check it first.
* Mark inodes dirty when blocks are found during roll forward, so the
inodes are written with the new block locations.
* Update size of inodes if blocks beyond EOF are found during roll
forward.
* Fix segment accounting for blocks and inodes found during roll
forward.
* Report statistics on roll forward: how many new/deleted/moved files
and how many updated blocks (or "nothing new").
* Don't care if the device being checked is really a device, if we have
been passed the -f flag (to facilitate automated testing).
* When writing to the disk, use the current time in the segment headers
rathern than time 0.
* When passed the -i flag, locate the partial segment containing the
Ifile inode and use that to calculate lfs_offset, lfs_curseg,
lfs_nextseg. (Again for automated testing.)
|
| 1.18 | 17-Apr-2006 |
perseant | Remove the free list ordering/disordering code, since the kernel now keeps
the list in order (ordering it on mount).
Regularize error messages: these are now all in ALL CAPS, with all hex
numbers (not reported in caps) prefixed by 0x. (The non-fsck-specific
messages are an exception to this all-caps rule.)
|
| 1.17 | 13-Sep-2005 |
christos | rename lfs.h to lfs_user.h so that it does not conflict.
|
| 1.16 | 23-Apr-2005 |
perseant | Check parts of pass 5 even if only rolling forward. We can't check the true
segment holdings against the blocks held by the inodes, but we can still
check the cleanerinfo data against the segment table.
|
| 1.15 | 11-Apr-2005 |
perseant | Be more efficient with the hash tables for the buffer and vnode caches.
Note that roll-forward can add more inodes to the filesystem; don't overflow
the tables but reallocate them.
|
| 1.14 | 19-Jan-2005 |
xtraeme | branches: 1.14.2;
ANSIfy, WARNS=2
|
| 1.13 | 14-May-2004 |
yamt | pass5: dereference of an uninitialized pointer.
|
| 1.12 | 28-Mar-2003 |
perseant | Add working writing ability to fsck_lfs, including roll-forward, based on
a partial-segment writer ported from the kernel.
|
| 1.11 | 23-Feb-2003 |
perseant | Make the "-O" (start filesystem offset) flag to newfs_lfs work correctly,
and update fsck_lfs and dumplfs to deal with it. Note that while the argument
to -O is given in disk sectors, it must be a multiple of the fragment size,
and although it can be lower than the label or superblock, it can't intersect
either.
|
| 1.10 | 23-May-2002 |
perseant | Re-checksum the superblock whenever it is marked dirty.
Tested on alpha.
|
| 1.9 | 13-Jul-2001 |
perseant | branches: 1.9.2;
Merge the short-lived perseant-lfsv2 branch into the trunk.
Kernels and tools understand both v1 and v2 filesystems; newfs_lfs
generates v2 by default. Changes for the v2 layout include:
- Segments of non-PO2 size and arbitrary block offset, so these can be
matched to convenient physical characteristics of the partition (e.g.,
stripe or track size and offset).
- Address by fragment instead of by disk sector, paving the way for
non-512-byte-sector devices. In theory fragments can be as large
as you like, though in reality they must be smaller than MAXBSIZE in size.
- Use serial number and filesystem identifier to ensure that roll-forward
doesn't get old data and think it's new. Roll-forward is enabled for
v2 filesystems, though not for v1 filesystems by default.
- The inode free list is now a tailq, paving the way for undelete (undelete
is not yet implemented, but can be without further non-backwards-compatible
changes to disk structures).
- Inode atime information is kept in the Ifile, instead of on the inode;
that is, the inode is never written *just* because atime was changed.
Because of this the inodes remain near the file data on the disk, rather
than wandering all over as the disk is read repeatedly. This speeds up
repeated reads by a small but noticeable amount.
Other changes of note include:
- The ifile written by newfs_lfs can now be of arbitrary length, it is no
longer restricted to a single indirect block.
- Fixed an old bug where ctime was changed every time a vnode was created.
I need to look more closely to make sure that the times are only updated
during write(2) and friends, not after-the-fact during a segment write,
and certainly not by the cleaner.
|
| 1.8 | 21-Nov-2000 |
perseant | branches: 1.8.2;
Check/fix accounting of lfs_dmeta. Patch from Jesse Off
<joff@gci-net.com> (PR #11534).
|
| 1.7 | 13-Nov-2000 |
perseant | Report, and detect and correct inconsistencies in, the number of clean
segments. Patches from Jesse Off <joff@gci-net.com> (PR #11470).
|
| 1.6 | 09-Sep-2000 |
perseant | Various bug-fixes to LFS, to wit:
Kernel:
* Add runtime quantity lfs_ravail, the number of disk-blocks reserved
for writing. Writes to the filesystem first reserve a maximum amount
of blocks before their write is allowed to proceed; after the blocks
are allocated the reserved total is reduced by a corresponding amount.
If the lfs_reserve function cannot immediately reserve the requested
number of blocks, the inode is unlocked, and the thread sleeps until
the cleaner has made enough space available for the blocks to be
reserved. In this way large files can be written to the filesystem
(or, smaller files can be written to a nearly-full but thoroughly
clean filesystem) and the cleaner can still function properly.
* Remove explicit switching on dlfs_minfreeseg from the kernel code; it
is now merely a fs-creation parameter used to compute dlfs_avail and
dlfs_bfree (and used by fsck_lfs(8) to check their accuracy). Its
former role is better assumed by a properly computed dlfs_avail.
* Bounds-check inode numbers submitted through lfs_bmapv and lfs_markv.
This prevents a panic, but, if the cleaner is feeding the filesystem
the wrong data, you are still in a world of hurt.
* Cleanup: remove explicit references of DEV_BSIZE in favor of
btodb()/dbtob().
lfs_cleanerd:
* Make -n mean "send N segments' blocks through a single call to
lfs_markv". Previously it had meant "clean N segments though N calls
to lfs_markv, before looking again to see if more need to be cleaned".
The new behavior gives better packing of direct data on disk with as
little metadata as possible, largely alleviating the problem that the
cleaner can consume more disk through inefficient use of metadata than
it frees by moving dirty data away from clean "holes" to produce
entirely clean segments.
* Make -b mean "read as many segments as necessary to write N segments
of dirty data back to disk", rather than its former meaning of "read
as many segments as necessary to free N segments worth of space". The
new meaning, combined with the new -n behavior described above,
further aids in cleaning storage efficiency as entire segments can be
written at once, using as few blocks as possible for segment summaries
and inode blocks.
* Make the cleaner take note of segments which could not be cleaned due
to error, and not attempt to clean them until they are entirely free
of dirty blocks. This prevents the case in which a cleanerd running
with -n 1 and without -b (formerly the default) would spin trying
repeatedly to clean a corrupt segment, while the remaining space
filled and deadlocked the filesystem.
* Update the lfs_cleanerd manual page to describe all the options,
including the changes mentioned here (in particular, the -b and -n
flags were previously undocumented).
fsck_lfs:
* Check, and optionally fix, lfs_avail (to an exact figure) and
lfs_bfree (within a margin of error) in pass 5.
newfs_lfs:
* Reduce the default dlfs_minfreeseg to 1/20 of the total segments.
* Add a warning if the sgs disklabel field is 16 (the default for FFS'
cpg, but not usually desirable for LFS' sgs: 5--8 is a better range).
* Change the calculation of lfs_avail and lfs_bfree, corresponding to
the kernel changes mentioned above.
mount_lfs:
* Add -N and -b options to pass corresponding -n and -b options to
lfs_cleanerd.
* Default to calling lfs_cleanerd with "-b -n 4".
[All of these changes were largely tested in the 1.5 branch, with the
idea that they (along with previous un-pulled-up work) could be applied
to the branch while it was still in ALPHA2; however my test system has
experienced corruption on another filesystem (/dev/console has gone
missing :^), and, while I believe this unrelated to the LFS changes, I
cannot with good conscience request that the changes be pulled up.]
|
| 1.5 | 30-May-2000 |
perseant | branches: 1.5.2;
Check for cycles in the inode free list, and for free inodes not on the free
list.
|
| 1.4 | 23-May-2000 |
perseant | branches: 1.4.2;
Convert to NetBSD source code style
|
| 1.3 | 16-May-2000 |
perseant | fsck_lfs can now write to the filesystem, allowing it to correct most
(though still not all) errors in a damaged lfs. Segment byte accounting
is corrected in pass 5. "fsck_lfs -p" will do a partial roll-forward,
verifying the checkpoint from the newer superblock. fscknames[] is
updated so that fsck knows about fsck_lfs.
|
| 1.2 | 03-Jul-1999 |
kleink | RCS Id police.
|
| 1.1 | 18-Mar-1999 |
perseant | Initial checkin of fsck_lfs. This version cannot do any repair (-p flag
does nothing, and one of -p or -n is required) but can be useful as a
diagnostic tool.
|
| 1.4.2.1 | 22-Jun-2000 |
minoura | Sync w/ netbsd-1-5-base.
|
| 1.5.2.2 | 03-Feb-2001 |
he | Pull up revisions 1.7-1.8 (requested by perseant):
Report/fix lfs_nclean inconsistencies.
Report/fix lfs_dmeta inconsistencies.
|
| 1.5.2.1 | 14-Sep-2000 |
perseant | Pull up LFS userland changes to correspond with the previous commit's
kernel changes (approved by thorpej):
[basesrc/libexec/lfs_cleanerd:]
cleanerd.c, 1.20--1.22 (MIN_FREE_SEG -> lfs_minfreeseg ;
read bfree/avail from CLEANERINFO ;
changes to definition of -n and -b)
lfs_cleanerd.8, 1.7 (update man page to current behavior)
library.c, 1.16 (fix comment)
[basesrc/sbin/fsck_lfs:]
pass5.c, 1.6 (calculate/fix lfs_avail and lfs_bfree)
[basesrc/sbin/newfs_lfs:]
config.h, 1.2--1.5 (MINFREE=20, remove FFS cruft ;
add DFL_MIN_FREE_SEGS=8 and MINFREE=10 ;
set DFL_MIN_FREE_SEGS=10 ;
set DFL_MIN_FREE_SEGS=20)
extern.h, 1.2 (correct function declaration for make_lfs)
newfs.c, 1.4 (add -M flag)
lfs.c, 1.13--1.14, 1.16--1.18 (change lfs_bfree initialization ;
MIN_FREE_SEG -> lfs_minfreeseg ;
only 10 superblocks and print nicely ;
correct init calculation of
lfs_bfree/lfs_avail to allow fs to
fill ;
make -N dtrt)
[basesrc/sbin/mount_lfs:]
mount_lfs.8, 1.7 (document -N, -b flags)
mount_lfs.c, 1.10 (default cleanerd to -b -n 4; add -N,
-b flags)
[basesrc/usr.sbin/dumplfs:]
dumplfs.c, 1.15 (print only the SEGUSEs specified with -s)
|
| 1.8.2.2 | 02-Jul-2001 |
perseant | Change disk addressing unit to be the fragment, instead of the disk sector.
All quantities in the superblock, inodes, indirect blocks, etc. refer now
to this abstract unit (called "fsb" as it is in FFS) instead of disk sectors;
as a consequence segment summary blocks have to be multiples of a fragment in
size. In v1 filesystems, compatibility code ensures that 1 fsb == 1 sector,
regardless of fragment size.
Fragments can now range in size between 512 and 32k; in the event that
LFS_LABELPAD (8k) is smaller than the disk address unit size, an extra
proto-superblock is kept at 8k from the beginning of the disk, to be used
*only* to locate the real superblocks. (Not all of the userland knows about
this yet.)
Almost all of this was done not by me, but by joff.
|
| 1.8.2.1 | 27-Jun-2001 |
perseant | Import of what I've been calling "LFSv2", that is, LFS with some features
added that require changes to the on-disk data structures. These include:
- 64-bit time in everything but inodes
- User-specified segment offset, and segment size no longer
restricted to PO2.
- Serial number on segment summaries in addition to timestamp, and
a new volume identifier, to make roll-forward feasible without
fear of finding old data and thinking it was new.
Although I think this version works at least as well as what's on the trunk,
we're not done yet; hence this commit is going in on a branch and not on
the trunk. Enhancements that are not here yet include fragment addressing,
like FFS does, instead of block addressing.
|
| 1.9.2.1 | 02-Jun-2002 |
tv | Pull up revision 1.10 (requested by perseant in ticket #131):
Re-checksum the superblock whenever it is marked dirty.
Tested on alpha.
|
| 1.14.2.1 | 07-May-2005 |
tron | Apply patch (requested by perseant in ticket #242):
* fsck_lfs buffer cache fixes, including PR #29151
* Change fsck_lfs phase 0 message to reflect reality
* fsck_lfs: check phase 5 (cleanerinfo accounting) even on
roll-forward
* Keep better track of the free list during roll-forward, avoiding
a core dump
* Improve hash table use for fsck_lfs buffer and vnode cache
* Document fsck_lfs flag -f, and implement -q
* Add resize_lfs, including kernel support
* Add LFS to mountd's list of exportable filesystem types
* Make the LFS lkm work again [christos@]
* Add MP locking to the LFS kernel subsystem
* Fix pager_map deadlock in lfs_putpages()
* Avoid incomplete file extension that looks like "partial
truncation" to fsck
* Use lfs_malloc for cleaner malloc, since the cleaner often runs
in low-memory conditions.
* Use splay trees, not hash table, to track page allocation for
write.
* Fix mkdir panic on full fs
* Fix page accounting leak by counting differently.
* Use rightly named structure for lfs_getattr [skrll@]
* Cosmetic changes for readability.
|
| 1.22.8.1 | 06-Nov-2007 |
matt | sync with HEAD
|
| 1.23.10.1 | 18-May-2008 |
yamt | sync with head.
|
| 1.23.8.1 | 02-Jun-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.24.26.1 | 23-Jun-2013 |
tls | resync from head
|
| 1.24.20.1 | 22-May-2014 |
yamt | sync with head.
for a reference, the tree before this commit was tagged
as yamt-pagecache-tag8.
this commit was splitted into small chunks to avoid
a limitation of cvs. ("Protocol error: too many arguments")
|
| 1.36.16.1 | 08-Apr-2020 |
martin | Merge changes from current as of 20200406
|
| 1.51 | 03-Apr-2020 |
joerg | branches: 1.51.8;
Avoid common symbols for fsck_lfs.
|
| 1.50 | 10-Jun-2017 |
pgoyette | branches: 1.50.6;
Update inode member i_flag --> i_state to keep up with kernel changes
|
| 1.49 | 03-Oct-2015 |
dholland | branches: 1.49.8;
Fix hardwired 32-bit stuff in fsck:
- compute the maximum file size using LFS_BLKPTRSIZE()
- use the new IINFO in pass 6 instead of uint32_t pointers
- use accessors to read and write indirect blocks
|
| 1.48 | 01-Sep-2015 |
dholland | Use daddr_t, not ulfs_daddr_t, as the latter's 32 bits wide.
Don't use either for on-disk items.
Declare external data in header files.
Part 3 of 3.
|
| 1.47 | 01-Sep-2015 |
dholland | Use daddr_t, not ulfs_daddr_t, as the latter's 32 bits wide.
Don't use either for on-disk items.
Part 2 of 3.
|
| 1.46 | 01-Sep-2015 |
dholland | Use daddr_t, not ulfs_daddr_t, as the latter's 32 bits wide.
Don't use either for on-disk items.
Part 1 of 3.
|
| 1.45 | 01-Sep-2015 |
dholland | The ifile's inode number is constant. (it is always 1)
Therefore, storing the value in the superblock and reading it out
again is silly and offers the opportunity for it to become corrupted.
So, don't do that (most of the code already didn't) and use the
existing constant instead. Initialize new 32-bit superblocks with
the value for the sake of old userland programs, but don't keep the
value in the 64-bit superblock at all.
(approved by Margo Seltzer)
|
| 1.44 | 01-Sep-2015 |
dholland | Use the lfs dinode accessors in place of the ufs-derived ones.
(Mostly.)
The ufs-derived ones are fake structure member macros, which are gross
and not very safe. Also, it seems that a lot of places in the lfs code
were using the ffsv1 branch of them unconditionally, and this way it's
guaranteed all those places have been updated.
Found while doing this: for non-devices, have getattr produce NODEV
in the rdev field instead of leaking the address of the first direct
block.
|
| 1.43 | 19-Aug-2015 |
dholland | Part two of dinodes; use the same union everywhere.
(previously the ufs-derived code had things set up slightly different)
Remove a bunch of associated mess.
|
| 1.42 | 12-Aug-2015 |
dholland | Hack up dinode usage to be 64 vs. 32 as needed. Part 1.
(This part changes the native lfs code; the ufs-derived code already
has 64 vs. 32 logic, but as aspects of it are unsafe, and don't
entirely interoperate cleanly with the lfs 64/32 stuff, pass 2 will be
rehashing that.)
|
| 1.41 | 12-Aug-2015 |
dholland | Provide 32-bit and 64-bit versions of FINFO.
This also entailed sorting out part of struct segment, as that
contains a pointer into the current FINFO data.
|
| 1.40 | 12-Aug-2015 |
dholland | Make 32-bit and 64-bit versions of SEGSUM.
Also fix some of the FINFO handling as it's closely entangled.
|
| 1.39 | 12-Aug-2015 |
dholland | Add IFILE32 and IFILE64 structures for the on-disk ifile entries.
Add and use accessors. There are also a bunch of places that cast and
I hope I've found them all...
|
| 1.38 | 02-Aug-2015 |
dholland | Fix assorted 64 -> 32 truncations in lfs. Also, some minor tidyups and
corrections in passing.
|
| 1.37 | 28-Jul-2015 |
dholland | Add a new lfs header file: lfs_accessors.h.
This contains all the accessor functions and macros out of lfs.h.
Add an include of lfs_accessors.h after all uses of lfs.h... except
for code that wants to define its own struct lfs-alike that the
accessors are supposed to play along with. For these, set STRUCT_LFS
and include lfs_accessors.h after the necessary structure has been
defined, so that lfs_accessors.h can emit functions in terms of it.
|
| 1.36 | 24-Jul-2015 |
dholland | More lfs superblock accessors.
(This changes the rest of the code over; all the accessors were
already added.)
The difference between this commit and the previous one is arbitrary,
but the previous one passed the regression tests on its own so I'm
keeping it separate to help with any bisections that might be needed
in the future.
|
| 1.35 | 24-Jul-2015 |
dholland | Switch to accessor functions for elements of the LFS on-disk
superblock. This will allow switching between 32/64 bit forms on the
fly; it will also allow handling LFS_EI reasonably tidily. (That
currently doesn't work on the superblock.)
It also gets rid of cpp abuse in the form of fake structure member
macros.
Also, instead of doing sleep/wakeup on &lfs_avail and &lfs_nextseg
inside the on-disk superblock, add extra elements to the in-memory
struct lfs for this. (XXX: these should be changed to condvars, but
not right now)
XXX: this migrates a structure needed by the lfs code in libsa (struct
salfs) into lfs.h, where it doesn't belong, but for the time being
this is necessary in order to allow the accessors (and the various
lfs macros and other goop that relies on them) to compile.
|
| 1.34 | 31-May-2015 |
hannken | Use VFS_PROTOS() for lfs.
Rename conflicting struct lfs field "lfs_start" to "lfs_s0addr".
No functional change.
|
| 1.33 | 29-Mar-2015 |
chopps | - Fix fallout for recent bread() change (removing cred arg).
|
| 1.32 | 19-Oct-2013 |
christos | fix unused variable warnings.
|
| 1.31 | 18-Jun-2013 |
christos | Prefix most of the cpp macros with lfs_ and LFS_ to avoid conflicts with ffs.
This was done so that boot blocks that want to compile both FFS and LFS in
the same file work.
|
| 1.30 | 08-Jun-2013 |
dholland | dp->di_u.inumber -> dp->di_inumber
Should have been part of the previous changeset that applied that
change to lfs.h. I'd quite like to know why the test build I ran
didn't trip on this.
|
| 1.29 | 08-Jun-2013 |
dholland | Tidy up the LFS userland build hacks.
Don't use -I${NETBSDSRCDIR}/sys; don't include files other than the
exported LFS headers, which are lfs.h, lfs_inode.h, and (for now)
lfs_extern.h.
|
| 1.28 | 08-Jun-2013 |
dholland | Move the dinode (on-disk inode) structures to lfs.h, since they are
and will be obviously required by userland tools that need to read
the on-disk structures.
Also, DINODE{1,2}_SIZE -> LFS_DINODE{1,2}_SIZE.
|
| 1.27 | 06-Jun-2013 |
dholland | Cleanups and hacks to make lfs userland stuff build:
- lfs_cksum.c doesn't actually need ulfs_inode.h any more.
- neither does lfs_itimes.c.
- add hacks to fsck_lfs to make it compile.
- add hacks to newfs_lfs to make it compile.
- fix warning in ulfs_quota.c when quotas are fully disabled
(as I guess is happening with the rumpity version)
XXX: This commit adds -I${NETBSDSRCDIR}/sys to the Makefiles for
XXX: fsck_lfs, newfs_lfs, and lfs_cleanerd. This needs to be cleaned
XXX: up ASAP; but I consider this less problematic in the short term
XXX: than spewing ulfs_*.h into /usr/include.
|
| 1.26 | 06-Jun-2013 |
dholland | ufs -> ulfs for fsck_lfs.
|
| 1.25 | 22-Jan-2013 |
dholland | Stuff UFS_ in front of a few of ufs's symbols to reduce namespace
pollution. Specifically:
ROOTINO -> UFS_ROOTINO
WINO -> UFS_WINO
NXADDR -> UFS_NXADDR
NDADDR -> UFS_NDADDR
NIADDR -> UFS_NIADDR
MAXSYMLINKLEN -> UFS_MAXSYMLINKLEN
MAXSYMLINKLEN_UFS[12] -> UFS[12]_MAXSYMLINKLEN (for consistency)
Sort out ext2fs's misuse of NDADDR and NIADDR; fortunately, these have
the same values in ext2fs and ffs.
No functional change intended.
|
| 1.24 | 05-Jan-2012 |
perseant | branches: 1.24.6;
Correct fragment extension calculation in pass6, to avoid putting
negative block counts on inodes during roll-forward.
|
| 1.23 | 16-Feb-2010 |
mlelstv | branches: 1.23.6;
Three changes in a single commit.
- drop the notion of frags (LFS fragments) vs fsb (FFS fragments)
The code uses a complicated unity function that just makes the
code difficult to understand.
- support larger sector sizes. Fix disk address computations
to use DEV_BSIZE in the kernel as required by device drivers
and to use sector sizes in userland.
- Fix several locking bugs in lfs_bio.c and lfs_subr.c.
|
| 1.22 | 16-May-2008 |
hannken | Make sure all cached buffers with valid, not yet written data have been
run through copy-on-write. Call fscow_run() with valid data where possible.
The LP_UFSCOW hack is no longer needed to protect ffs_copyonwrite() against
endless recursion.
- Add a flag B_MODIFY to bread(), breada() and breadn(). If set the caller
intends to modify the buffer returned.
- Always run copy-on-write on buffers returned from ffs_balloc().
- Add new function ffs_getblk() that gets a buffer, assigns a new blkno,
may clear the buffer and runs copy-on-write. Process possible errors
from getblk() or fscow_run(). Part of PR kern/38664.
Welcome to 4.99.63
Reviewed by: YAMAMOTO Takashi <yamt@netbsd.org>
|
| 1.21 | 28-Apr-2008 |
martin | branches: 1.21.2;
Remove clause 3 and 4 from TNF licenses
|
| 1.20 | 10-Oct-2007 |
ad | branches: 1.20.8; 1.20.10;
Merge from vmlocking:
- Split vnode::v_flag into three fields, depending on field locking.
- simple_lock -> kmutex in a few places.
- Fix some simple locking problems.
|
| 1.19 | 08-Oct-2007 |
ad | Give brelse() a second argument so that it matches the kernel.
fsck_lfs now compiles again.
|
| 1.18 | 09-Nov-2006 |
christos | branches: 1.18.8;
Fix malloc/realloc/calloc issues: always check and exit, use EEXIT instead
of 8.
|
| 1.17 | 16-Oct-2006 |
christos | comment out/delete impossible code
|
| 1.16 | 01-Sep-2006 |
perseant | Several fixes to improve the reliability of the roll-forward agent.
Also, note "properly orphaned" files as distinct from corrupted files.
|
| 1.15 | 19-Jul-2006 |
perseant | On-disk inode accounting fix for roll-forward.
|
| 1.14 | 19-Jul-2006 |
perseant | Don't doubly free an inode remove_ino() during roll-forward.
|
| 1.13 | 18-Jul-2006 |
perseant | Quell uninitialized-variable warning that appeared when compiling for macppc.
|
| 1.12 | 18-Jul-2006 |
perseant | Various improvements to fsck_lfs, to wit:
* Add lfs_balloc capability to the lfs library.
* Extend the Ifile if we run out of free inodes when creating lost+found.
* Don't roll forward if we have allocated a lost+found, to avoid
conflicts when adding new files in roll-forward.
* Make some messages slightly more verbose (e.g. include inode number,
and use pwarn() instead of printf() so the messages include the device
name when preening).
* Change superblock detection/avoidance to use the offset table in the
primary superblock, rather than looking at the contents.
* Be more verbose about various operations when passed the -d flag,
especially roll-forward.
* Be more careful about dirops during roll forward, since the cleaner can
sometimes write blocks from dirop vnodes. Detect and avoid this problem.
* Always check the free list, even if given -i; if we're going to write
it we have to check it first.
* Mark inodes dirty when blocks are found during roll forward, so the
inodes are written with the new block locations.
* Update size of inodes if blocks beyond EOF are found during roll
forward.
* Fix segment accounting for blocks and inodes found during roll
forward.
* Report statistics on roll forward: how many new/deleted/moved files
and how many updated blocks (or "nothing new").
* Don't care if the device being checked is really a device, if we have
been passed the -f flag (to facilitate automated testing).
* When writing to the disk, use the current time in the segment headers
rathern than time 0.
* When passed the -i flag, locate the partial segment containing the
Ifile inode and use that to calculate lfs_offset, lfs_curseg,
lfs_nextseg. (Again for automated testing.)
|
| 1.11 | 17-Apr-2006 |
perseant | Remove the free list ordering/disordering code, since the kernel now keeps
the list in order (ordering it on mount).
Regularize error messages: these are now all in ALL CAPS, with all hex
numbers (not reported in caps) prefixed by 0x. (The non-fsck-specific
messages are an exception to this all-caps rule.)
|
| 1.10 | 13-Sep-2005 |
christos | rename lfs.h to lfs_user.h so that it does not conflict.
|
| 1.9 | 19-Aug-2005 |
christos | 64 bit inode changes
|
| 1.8 | 08-Jun-2005 |
perseant | Use the correct method to create a new inode, when we allocate lost+found.
Correct uninitialized variable issues in pass6.c and dir.c (PR#30411 and
PR#30394, respectively).
|
| 1.7 | 23-Apr-2005 |
perseant | Check parts of pass 5 even if only rolling forward. We can't check the true
segment holdings against the blocks held by the inodes, but we can still
check the cleanerinfo data against the segment table.
|
| 1.6 | 12-Apr-2005 |
perseant | Take care preserving the integrity of the free list during roll forward.
Also, avoid freeing a deleted vnode twice when a file is remove during
roll forward.
|
| 1.5 | 11-Apr-2005 |
perseant | Be more efficient with the hash tables for the buffer and vnode caches.
Note that roll-forward can add more inodes to the filesystem; don't overflow
the tables but reallocate them.
|
| 1.4 | 25-Mar-2005 |
perseant | "#define lfs_devvp lfs_unlockvp" for readability, since that's what we
use it for in fsck_lfs/newfs_lfs.
|
| 1.3 | 02-Apr-2003 |
fvdl | branches: 1.3.6;
Add support for UFS2. UFS2 is an enhanced FFS, adding support for
64 bit block pointers, extended attribute storage, and a few
other things.
This commit does not yet include the code to manipulate the extended
storage (for e.g. ACLs), this will be done later.
Originally written by Kirk McKusick and Network Associates Laboratories for
FreeBSD.
|
| 1.2 | 29-Mar-2003 |
perseant | Fix some accounting problems when preening, since preening skips phases
1-4 entirely. Make preen run phase 0, since the Ifile is so important
and the test so quick.
|
| 1.1 | 28-Mar-2003 |
perseant | Add working writing ability to fsck_lfs, including roll-forward, based on
a partial-segment writer ported from the kernel.
|
| 1.3.6.1 | 07-May-2005 |
tron | Apply patch (requested by perseant in ticket #242):
* fsck_lfs buffer cache fixes, including PR #29151
* Change fsck_lfs phase 0 message to reflect reality
* fsck_lfs: check phase 5 (cleanerinfo accounting) even on
roll-forward
* Keep better track of the free list during roll-forward, avoiding
a core dump
* Improve hash table use for fsck_lfs buffer and vnode cache
* Document fsck_lfs flag -f, and implement -q
* Add resize_lfs, including kernel support
* Add LFS to mountd's list of exportable filesystem types
* Make the LFS lkm work again [christos@]
* Add MP locking to the LFS kernel subsystem
* Fix pager_map deadlock in lfs_putpages()
* Avoid incomplete file extension that looks like "partial
truncation" to fsck
* Use lfs_malloc for cleaner malloc, since the cleaner often runs
in low-memory conditions.
* Use splay trees, not hash table, to track page allocation for
write.
* Fix mkdir panic on full fs
* Fix page accounting leak by counting differently.
* Use rightly named structure for lfs_getattr [skrll@]
* Cosmetic changes for readability.
|
| 1.18.8.1 | 06-Nov-2007 |
matt | sync with HEAD
|
| 1.20.10.1 | 18-May-2008 |
yamt | sync with head.
|
| 1.20.8.1 | 02-Jun-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.21.2.1 | 23-Jun-2008 |
wrstuden | Sync w/ -current. 34 merge conflicts to follow.
|
| 1.23.6.3 | 22-May-2014 |
yamt | sync with head.
for a reference, the tree before this commit was tagged
as yamt-pagecache-tag8.
this commit was splitted into small chunks to avoid
a limitation of cvs. ("Protocol error: too many arguments")
|
| 1.23.6.2 | 23-Jan-2013 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.23.6.1 | 17-Apr-2012 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.24.6.3 | 20-Aug-2014 |
tls | Rebase to HEAD as of a few days ago.
|
| 1.24.6.2 | 23-Jun-2013 |
tls | resync from head
|
| 1.24.6.1 | 25-Feb-2013 |
tls | resync with head
|
| 1.49.8.1 | 30-Oct-2017 |
snj | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by maya in ticket #330):
sbin/fsck_lfs/inode.c: 1.69
sbin/fsck_lfs/lfs.c: 1.73
sbin/fsck_lfs/pass6.c: 1.50
sbin/fsck_lfs/segwrite.c: 1.46
sys/ufs/lfs/lfs.h: 1.202-1.203
sys/ufs/lfs/lfs_accessors.h: 1.48
sys/ufs/lfs/lfs_alloc.c: 1.136-1.137
sys/ufs/lfs/lfs_balloc.c: 1.94
sys/ufs/lfs/lfs_bio.c: 1.141
sys/ufs/lfs/lfs_extern.h: 1.113
sys/ufs/lfs/lfs_inode.c: 1.156-1.157
sys/ufs/lfs/lfs_inode.h: 1.20, 1.21, 1.23
sys/ufs/lfs/lfs_itimes.c: 1.20
sys/ufs/lfs/lfs_pages.c: 1.13-1.15
sys/ufs/lfs/lfs_rename.c: 1.22
sys/ufs/lfs/lfs_segment.c: 1.270-1.275
sys/ufs/lfs/lfs_subr.c: 1.94-1.97
sys/ufs/lfs/lfs_syscalls.c: 1.175
sys/ufs/lfs/lfs_vfsops.c: 1.360
sys/ufs/lfs/lfs_vnops.c: 1.316-1.321
sys/ufs/lfs/ulfs_inode.c: 1.20
sys/ufs/lfs/ulfs_inode.h: 1.24
sys/ufs/lfs/ulfs_lookup.c: 1.41
sys/ufs/lfs/ulfs_quota2.c: 1.31
sys/ufs/lfs/ulfs_readwrite.c: 1.24
sys/ufs/lfs/ulfs_vnops.c: 1.49-1.50
Update inode member i_flag --> i_state to keep up with kernel changes
Move definition of IN_ALLMOD near the flag it's a mask for.
Now we can see that it doesn't match all the flags, but changing that will
require more careful thought.
Correct confusion between i_flag and i_flags
These will have to be renamed.
Spotted by Riastradh, thanks!
Add an XXX about the missing flags so it's not buried in a commit
message.
now the XXX count for LFS is 260
Rename i_flag to i_state.
The similarity to i_flags has previously caused errors.
Use continue to denote the no-op loop to match netbsd style
newline for extra clarity.
It isn't safe to drain dirops with seglock held, it'll deadlock if there
are any dirops. drain before grabbing seglock.
lfs_dirops == 0 is always true (as we already drained dirops), so omit
that part of the comparison.
Fixes a lot of LFS deadlocks. PR kern/52301
Many thanks to dholland for help analyzing coredumps
Ifdef out KDASSERT which fires on my machine.
Deduplicate sanity check that seglock is held on segunlock
Revert r1.272 fix to PR kern/52301, the performance hit is making things
unusable.
change lfs_nextsegsleep and lfs_allclean_wakeup to use condvar
XXX had to use lfs_lock in lfs_segwait, removed kernel_lock, is this
appropriate?
fix buffer overflow/KASSERT when cookies are supplied
lfs no longer uses the ffs-style struct direct, use the correct minimum
size
from dholland
XXX more wrong
Consistently use {,UN}MARK_VNODE macros rather than function calls.
Not much point doing anything after a panic call
Ask some question about the code in a XXX comment
XXX question our double-flushing of dirops
Fix typo in comment
|
| 1.50.6.1 | 08-Apr-2020 |
martin | Merge changes from current as of 20200406
|
| 1.51.8.2 | 06-Sep-2025 |
perseant | Separate buffer cache code between fsck_lfs and fsck_exfatfs.
This may be reunited later, probably as a library.
|
| 1.51.8.1 | 29-Jun-2024 |
perseant | Implementation of exFAT filesystem, with compilation conditional on MKEXFATFS
make variable.
|
| 1.48 | 14-May-2020 |
msaitoh | branches: 1.48.8;
Remove extra semicolon.
|
| 1.47 | 03-Apr-2020 |
joerg | Avoid common symbols for fsck_lfs.
|
| 1.46 | 10-Jun-2017 |
pgoyette | branches: 1.46.6;
Update inode member i_flag --> i_state to keep up with kernel changes
|
| 1.45 | 03-Oct-2015 |
dholland | branches: 1.45.8;
Use IINFO in lfs_writeinode().
(both the kernel and the userland copies)
|
| 1.44 | 01-Sep-2015 |
dholland | Use daddr_t, not ulfs_daddr_t, as the latter's 32 bits wide.
Don't use either for on-disk items.
Declare external data in header files.
Part 3 of 3.
|
| 1.43 | 01-Sep-2015 |
dholland | Use the lfs dinode accessors in place of the ufs-derived ones.
(Mostly.)
The ufs-derived ones are fake structure member macros, which are gross
and not very safe. Also, it seems that a lot of places in the lfs code
were using the ffsv1 branch of them unconditionally, and this way it's
guaranteed all those places have been updated.
Found while doing this: for non-devices, have getattr produce NODEV
in the rdev field instead of leaking the address of the first direct
block.
|
| 1.42 | 19-Aug-2015 |
dholland | Part two of dinodes; use the same union everywhere.
(previously the ufs-derived code had things set up slightly different)
Remove a bunch of associated mess.
|
| 1.41 | 12-Aug-2015 |
dholland | Hack up dinode usage to be 64 vs. 32 as needed. Part 1.
(This part changes the native lfs code; the ufs-derived code already
has 64 vs. 32 logic, but as aspects of it are unsafe, and don't
entirely interoperate cleanly with the lfs 64/32 stuff, pass 2 will be
rehashing that.)
|
| 1.40 | 12-Aug-2015 |
dholland | Provide 32-bit and 64-bit versions of FINFO.
This also entailed sorting out part of struct segment, as that
contains a pointer into the current FINFO data.
|
| 1.39 | 12-Aug-2015 |
dholland | Make 32-bit and 64-bit versions of SEGSUM.
Also fix some of the FINFO handling as it's closely entangled.
|
| 1.38 | 12-Aug-2015 |
dholland | Add IFILE32 and IFILE64 structures for the on-disk ifile entries.
Add and use accessors. There are also a bunch of places that cast and
I hope I've found them all...
|
| 1.37 | 12-Aug-2015 |
dholland | Make 32-bit and 64-bit versions of CLEANERINFO.
XXX: while this is written to disk, it seems like much of it would
XXX: be better set up as a commpage shared with the cleaner.
|
| 1.36 | 02-Aug-2015 |
dholland | Add a (draft) 64-bit superblock. Make things build again.
Add pieces of support for using both superblock types where
convenient, and specifically to the superblock accessors, but don't
actually enable it anywhere.
First substantive step on PR 50000.
|
| 1.35 | 02-Aug-2015 |
dholland | Use accessor functions for the version field of the lfs superblock.
I thought at first maybe the cases that test the version should be
rolled into the accessors, but on the whole I think the conclusion on
that is no.
|
| 1.34 | 28-Jul-2015 |
dholland | Add a new lfs header file: lfs_accessors.h.
This contains all the accessor functions and macros out of lfs.h.
Add an include of lfs_accessors.h after all uses of lfs.h... except
for code that wants to define its own struct lfs-alike that the
accessors are supposed to play along with. For these, set STRUCT_LFS
and include lfs_accessors.h after the necessary structure has been
defined, so that lfs_accessors.h can emit functions in terms of it.
|
| 1.33 | 24-Jul-2015 |
dholland | More lfs superblock accessors.
(This changes the rest of the code over; all the accessors were
already added.)
The difference between this commit and the previous one is arbitrary,
but the previous one passed the regression tests on its own so I'm
keeping it separate to help with any bisections that might be needed
in the future.
|
| 1.32 | 24-Jul-2015 |
dholland | Switch to accessor functions for elements of the LFS on-disk
superblock. This will allow switching between 32/64 bit forms on the
fly; it will also allow handling LFS_EI reasonably tidily. (That
currently doesn't work on the superblock.)
It also gets rid of cpp abuse in the form of fake structure member
macros.
Also, instead of doing sleep/wakeup on &lfs_avail and &lfs_nextseg
inside the on-disk superblock, add extra elements to the in-memory
struct lfs for this. (XXX: these should be changed to condvars, but
not right now)
XXX: this migrates a structure needed by the lfs code in libsa (struct
salfs) into lfs.h, where it doesn't belong, but for the time being
this is necessary in order to allow the accessors (and the various
lfs macros and other goop that relies on them) to compile.
|
| 1.31 | 17-Jun-2015 |
christos | add missing ;
|
| 1.30 | 16-Jun-2015 |
christos | fix error messages containing \n
|
| 1.29 | 31-May-2015 |
hannken | Use VFS_PROTOS() for lfs.
Rename conflicting struct lfs field "lfs_start" to "lfs_s0addr".
No functional change.
|
| 1.28 | 29-Mar-2015 |
chopps | - Fix fallout for recent bread() change (removing cred arg).
|
| 1.27 | 19-Oct-2013 |
christos | fix unused variable warnings.
|
| 1.26 | 18-Jun-2013 |
christos | Prefix most of the cpp macros with lfs_ and LFS_ to avoid conflicts with ffs.
This was done so that boot blocks that want to compile both FFS and LFS in
the same file work.
|
| 1.25 | 08-Jun-2013 |
dholland | Tidy up the LFS userland build hacks.
Don't use -I${NETBSDSRCDIR}/sys; don't include files other than the
exported LFS headers, which are lfs.h, lfs_inode.h, and (for now)
lfs_extern.h.
|
| 1.24 | 08-Jun-2013 |
dholland | Move the dinode (on-disk inode) structures to lfs.h, since they are
and will be obviously required by userland tools that need to read
the on-disk structures.
Also, DINODE{1,2}_SIZE -> LFS_DINODE{1,2}_SIZE.
|
| 1.23 | 06-Jun-2013 |
dholland | Cleanups and hacks to make lfs userland stuff build:
- lfs_cksum.c doesn't actually need ulfs_inode.h any more.
- neither does lfs_itimes.c.
- add hacks to fsck_lfs to make it compile.
- add hacks to newfs_lfs to make it compile.
- fix warning in ulfs_quota.c when quotas are fully disabled
(as I guess is happening with the rumpity version)
XXX: This commit adds -I${NETBSDSRCDIR}/sys to the Makefiles for
XXX: fsck_lfs, newfs_lfs, and lfs_cleanerd. This needs to be cleaned
XXX: up ASAP; but I consider this less problematic in the short term
XXX: than spewing ulfs_*.h into /usr/include.
|
| 1.22 | 06-Jun-2013 |
dholland | ufs -> ulfs for fsck_lfs.
|
| 1.21 | 22-Jan-2013 |
dholland | Stuff UFS_ in front of a few of ufs's symbols to reduce namespace
pollution. Specifically:
ROOTINO -> UFS_ROOTINO
WINO -> UFS_WINO
NXADDR -> UFS_NXADDR
NDADDR -> UFS_NDADDR
NIADDR -> UFS_NIADDR
MAXSYMLINKLEN -> UFS_MAXSYMLINKLEN
MAXSYMLINKLEN_UFS[12] -> UFS[12]_MAXSYMLINKLEN (for consistency)
Sort out ext2fs's misuse of NDADDR and NIADDR; fortunately, these have
the same values in ext2fs and ffs.
No functional change intended.
|
| 1.20 | 16-Feb-2010 |
mlelstv | branches: 1.20.6; 1.20.12;
Three changes in a single commit.
- drop the notion of frags (LFS fragments) vs fsb (FFS fragments)
The code uses a complicated unity function that just makes the
code difficult to understand.
- support larger sector sizes. Fix disk address computations
to use DEV_BSIZE in the kernel as required by device drivers
and to use sector sizes in userland.
- Fix several locking bugs in lfs_bio.c and lfs_subr.c.
|
| 1.19 | 16-May-2008 |
hannken | Make sure all cached buffers with valid, not yet written data have been
run through copy-on-write. Call fscow_run() with valid data where possible.
The LP_UFSCOW hack is no longer needed to protect ffs_copyonwrite() against
endless recursion.
- Add a flag B_MODIFY to bread(), breada() and breadn(). If set the caller
intends to modify the buffer returned.
- Always run copy-on-write on buffers returned from ffs_balloc().
- Add new function ffs_getblk() that gets a buffer, assigns a new blkno,
may clear the buffer and runs copy-on-write. Process possible errors
from getblk() or fscow_run(). Part of PR kern/38664.
Welcome to 4.99.63
Reviewed by: YAMAMOTO Takashi <yamt@netbsd.org>
|
| 1.18 | 28-Apr-2008 |
martin | branches: 1.18.2;
Remove clause 3 and 4 from TNF licenses
|
| 1.17 | 10-Oct-2007 |
ad | branches: 1.17.8; 1.17.10;
Merge from vmlocking:
- Split vnode::v_flag into three fields, depending on field locking.
- simple_lock -> kmutex in a few places.
- Fix some simple locking problems.
|
| 1.16 | 08-Oct-2007 |
ad | Give brelse() a second argument so that it matches the kernel.
fsck_lfs now compiles again.
|
| 1.15 | 09-Nov-2006 |
christos | branches: 1.15.8;
Fix malloc/realloc/calloc issues: always check and exit, use EEXIT instead
of 8.
|
| 1.14 | 01-Sep-2006 |
perseant | Several fixes to improve the reliability of the roll-forward agent.
Also, note "properly orphaned" files as distinct from corrupted files.
|
| 1.13 | 18-Jul-2006 |
perseant | Various improvements to fsck_lfs, to wit:
* Add lfs_balloc capability to the lfs library.
* Extend the Ifile if we run out of free inodes when creating lost+found.
* Don't roll forward if we have allocated a lost+found, to avoid
conflicts when adding new files in roll-forward.
* Make some messages slightly more verbose (e.g. include inode number,
and use pwarn() instead of printf() so the messages include the device
name when preening).
* Change superblock detection/avoidance to use the offset table in the
primary superblock, rather than looking at the contents.
* Be more verbose about various operations when passed the -d flag,
especially roll-forward.
* Be more careful about dirops during roll forward, since the cleaner can
sometimes write blocks from dirop vnodes. Detect and avoid this problem.
* Always check the free list, even if given -i; if we're going to write
it we have to check it first.
* Mark inodes dirty when blocks are found during roll forward, so the
inodes are written with the new block locations.
* Update size of inodes if blocks beyond EOF are found during roll
forward.
* Fix segment accounting for blocks and inodes found during roll
forward.
* Report statistics on roll forward: how many new/deleted/moved files
and how many updated blocks (or "nothing new").
* Don't care if the device being checked is really a device, if we have
been passed the -f flag (to facilitate automated testing).
* When writing to the disk, use the current time in the segment headers
rathern than time 0.
* When passed the -i flag, locate the partial segment containing the
Ifile inode and use that to calculate lfs_offset, lfs_curseg,
lfs_nextseg. (Again for automated testing.)
|
| 1.12 | 23-May-2006 |
jnemeth | Coverity CID 3447: Add extraneous checks to shut up Coverity.
|
| 1.11 | 17-Mar-2006 |
rumble | Check for allocation failures in malloc, calloc, realloc, asprintf, and
vasprintf and try to handle them.
|
| 1.10 | 13-Sep-2005 |
christos | rename lfs.h to lfs_user.h so that it does not conflict.
|
| 1.9 | 01-Apr-2005 |
he | Move the definition of simple_lock() and simple_unlock() to a common
header, since more of the LFS macros now use these functions. Since
we're outside of the kernel, these are defined to be empty.
|
| 1.8 | 25-Mar-2005 |
perseant | "#define lfs_devvp lfs_unlockvp" for readability, since that's what we
use it for in fsck_lfs/newfs_lfs.
|
| 1.7 | 26-Feb-2005 |
perseant | branches: 1.7.2;
Various minor LFS improvements:
* Extend the lfs library from fsck_lfs(8) so that it can be used with a
not-yet-existent LFS. Make newfs_lfs(8) use this library, so it can
create LFSs whose Ifile is larger than one segment.
* Make newfs_lfs(8) use strsuftoi64() for its arguments, a la newfs(8).
* Make fsck_lfs(8) respect the "file system is clean" flag.
* Don't let fsck_lfs(8) think it has dirty blocks when invoked with the
-n flag.
|
| 1.6 | 24-Dec-2003 |
heas | branches: 1.6.4;
Check result of malloc().
reviewed by Martin.
|
| 1.5 | 07-Aug-2003 |
agc | Move UCB-licensed code from 4-clause to 3-clause licence.
Patches provided by Joel Baker in PR 22308, verified by myself.
|
| 1.4 | 12-Jul-2003 |
yamt | don't use uninitialized variables.
PR/22123 (Izumi Tsutsui)
|
| 1.3 | 02-Apr-2003 |
fvdl | Add support for UFS2. UFS2 is an enhanced FFS, adding support for
64 bit block pointers, extended attribute storage, and a few
other things.
This commit does not yet include the code to manipulate the extended
storage (for e.g. ACLs), this will be done later.
Originally written by Kirk McKusick and Network Associates Laboratories for
FreeBSD.
|
| 1.2 | 31-Mar-2003 |
perseant | Check inode free list tail pointer as well as head pointer, and write both
into the CLEANERINFO block of the Ifile as well as into the superblock.
Make preen update both superblocks.
|
| 1.1 | 28-Mar-2003 |
perseant | Add working writing ability to fsck_lfs, including roll-forward, based on
a partial-segment writer ported from the kernel.
|
| 1.6.4.1 | 10-May-2005 |
riz | Pull up the following revisions (requested by perseant in ticket #1281):
1.8 sys/ufs/lfs/TODO
1.75 sys/ufs/lfs/lfs.h (via patch)
1.74 sys/ufs/lfs/lfs_alloc.c (via patch)
1.49, 1.51 sys/ufs/lfs/lfs_balloc.c (1.51 via patch)
1.78 sys/ufs/lfs/lfs_bio.c
1.62 sys/ufs/lfs/lfs_extern.h (via patch)
1.156 sys/ufs/lfs/lfs_segment.c (via patch)
1.48 sys/ufs/lfs/lfs_subr.c
1.101 sys/ufs/lfs/lfs_syscalls.c
1.163 sys/ufs/lfs/lfs_vfsops.c (via patch)
1.134 sys/ufs/lfs/lfs_vnops.c (via patch)
1.61 sys/ufs/ufs/ufs_readwrite.c (via patch)
1.20 libexec/lfs_cleanerd/clean.h (via patch)
1.52 libexec/lfs_cleanerd/cleanerd.c (via patch)
1.41 libexec/lfs_cleanerd/library.c (via patch)
1.4 regress/sys/fs/lfs/newfs_fsck/Makefile
1.2 regress/sys/fs/lfs/newfs_fsck/mkfs_mount
1.2 regress/sys/fs/lfs/newfs_fsck/smallfiles
1.3 sbin/fsck_lfs/bufcache.c
1.3 sbin/fsck_lfs/bufcache.h
1.3 sbin/fsck_lfs/lfs.h
1.8 sbin/fsck_lfs/lfs.c (via patch)
1.8 sbin/fsck_lfs/pass3.c (via patch)
1.18 sbin/fsck_lfs/pass0.c (via patch)
1.18 sbin/fsck_lfs/utilities.c (via patch)
1.7 sbin/fsck_lfs/segwrite.c
1.19 sbin/fsck_lfs/setup.c (via patch)
1.3 sbin/newfs_lfs/Makefile
0 sbin/newfs_lfs/lfs.c (yes, remove it)
1.1 sbin/newfs_lfs/make_lfs.c
1.15 sbin/newfs_lfs/newfs.c (via patch)
Various minor LFS improvements.
Kernel:
* Note when lfs_putpages(9) thinks it is not going to be writing any
pages before calling genfs_putpages(9). This prevents a situation in
which blocks can be queued for writing without a segment header.
* Correct computation of NRESERVE(), though it is still a gross
overestimate in most cases. Note that if NRESERVE() is too high, it
may be impossible to create files on the filesystem. We catch this
case on filesystem mount and refuse to mount r/w.
* Allow filesystems to be mounted whose block size is == MAXBSIZE.
* Somewhere along the line, ufs_bmaparray(9) started mangling UNWRITTEN
entries in indirect blocks again, triggering a failed assertion "daddr
<= LFS_MAX_DADDR". Explicitly convert to and from int32_t to correct
this. Should fix PR #29045.
* Add a high-water mark for the number of dirty pages any given LFS can
hold before triggering a flush. This is settable by sysctl, but off
(zero) by default.
* Be more careful about the MAX_BYTES and MAX_BUFS computations so we
shouldn't see "please increase to at least zero" messages.
* Note that VBLK and VCHR vnodes can have nonzero values in di_db[0]
even though their v_size == 0. Don't panic when we see this.
Fixes PR #26680.
* Change lfs_bfree to a signed quantity. The manner in which it is
processed before being passed to the cleaner means that sometimes it
may drop below zero, and the cleaner must be aware of this.
* Never report bfree < 0 (or higher than lfs_dsize) through
lfs_statfs(9). This prevents df(1) from ever telling us that our full
filesystems have 16TB free.
* Account space allocated through lfs_balloc(9) that does not have
associated buffer headers, so that the pagedaemon doesn't run us out
of segments.
* Return ENOSPC from lfs_balloc(9) when bfree drops to zero.
* Address a deadlock in lfs_bmapv/lfs_markv when the filesystem is being
unmounted. Because vfs_busy() is a shared lock, and
lfs_bmapv/lfs_markv mark the filesystem vfs_busy(), the cleaner can be
holding the lock that umount() is blocking on, then try to vfs_busy()
again in getnewvnode().
cleaner:
* Adapt lfs_cleanerd to use the fcntl call to get the Ifile filehandle,
so it need not be in the namespace.
* Make lfs_cleanerd be more careful when there are very few available
segments.
* Make lfs_cleanerd less verbose when the filesystem is unmounted.
newfs_lfs, fsck_lfs, and regression:
* Extend the lfs library from fsck_lfs(8) so that it can be used with a
not-yet-existent LFS. Make newfs_lfs(8) use this library, so it can
create LFSs whose Ifile is larger than one segment. Addresses PR #11110.
* Make newfs_lfs(8) use strsuftoi64() for its arguments, a la newfs(8).
* Make fsck_lfs(8) respect the "file system is clean" flag.
* Don't let fsck_lfs(8) think it has dirty blocks when invoked with the
-n flag.
* Remove the Ifile from the filesystem namespace. The cleaner now uses
a fcntl call on the root inode to find the Ifile filehandle. (As a
side-effect, addresses PR #29144.)
|
| 1.7.2.1 | 07-May-2005 |
tron | Apply patch (requested by perseant in ticket #242):
* fsck_lfs buffer cache fixes, including PR #29151
* Change fsck_lfs phase 0 message to reflect reality
* fsck_lfs: check phase 5 (cleanerinfo accounting) even on
roll-forward
* Keep better track of the free list during roll-forward, avoiding
a core dump
* Improve hash table use for fsck_lfs buffer and vnode cache
* Document fsck_lfs flag -f, and implement -q
* Add resize_lfs, including kernel support
* Add LFS to mountd's list of exportable filesystem types
* Make the LFS lkm work again [christos@]
* Add MP locking to the LFS kernel subsystem
* Fix pager_map deadlock in lfs_putpages()
* Avoid incomplete file extension that looks like "partial
truncation" to fsck
* Use lfs_malloc for cleaner malloc, since the cleaner often runs
in low-memory conditions.
* Use splay trees, not hash table, to track page allocation for
write.
* Fix mkdir panic on full fs
* Fix page accounting leak by counting differently.
* Use rightly named structure for lfs_getattr [skrll@]
* Cosmetic changes for readability.
|
| 1.15.8.1 | 06-Nov-2007 |
matt | sync with HEAD
|
| 1.17.10.1 | 18-May-2008 |
yamt | sync with head.
|
| 1.17.8.1 | 02-Jun-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.18.2.1 | 23-Jun-2008 |
wrstuden | Sync w/ -current. 34 merge conflicts to follow.
|
| 1.20.12.3 | 20-Aug-2014 |
tls | Rebase to HEAD as of a few days ago.
|
| 1.20.12.2 | 23-Jun-2013 |
tls | resync from head
|
| 1.20.12.1 | 25-Feb-2013 |
tls | resync with head
|
| 1.20.6.2 | 22-May-2014 |
yamt | sync with head.
for a reference, the tree before this commit was tagged
as yamt-pagecache-tag8.
this commit was splitted into small chunks to avoid
a limitation of cvs. ("Protocol error: too many arguments")
|
| 1.20.6.1 | 23-Jan-2013 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.45.8.1 | 30-Oct-2017 |
snj | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by maya in ticket #330):
sbin/fsck_lfs/inode.c: 1.69
sbin/fsck_lfs/lfs.c: 1.73
sbin/fsck_lfs/pass6.c: 1.50
sbin/fsck_lfs/segwrite.c: 1.46
sys/ufs/lfs/lfs.h: 1.202-1.203
sys/ufs/lfs/lfs_accessors.h: 1.48
sys/ufs/lfs/lfs_alloc.c: 1.136-1.137
sys/ufs/lfs/lfs_balloc.c: 1.94
sys/ufs/lfs/lfs_bio.c: 1.141
sys/ufs/lfs/lfs_extern.h: 1.113
sys/ufs/lfs/lfs_inode.c: 1.156-1.157
sys/ufs/lfs/lfs_inode.h: 1.20, 1.21, 1.23
sys/ufs/lfs/lfs_itimes.c: 1.20
sys/ufs/lfs/lfs_pages.c: 1.13-1.15
sys/ufs/lfs/lfs_rename.c: 1.22
sys/ufs/lfs/lfs_segment.c: 1.270-1.275
sys/ufs/lfs/lfs_subr.c: 1.94-1.97
sys/ufs/lfs/lfs_syscalls.c: 1.175
sys/ufs/lfs/lfs_vfsops.c: 1.360
sys/ufs/lfs/lfs_vnops.c: 1.316-1.321
sys/ufs/lfs/ulfs_inode.c: 1.20
sys/ufs/lfs/ulfs_inode.h: 1.24
sys/ufs/lfs/ulfs_lookup.c: 1.41
sys/ufs/lfs/ulfs_quota2.c: 1.31
sys/ufs/lfs/ulfs_readwrite.c: 1.24
sys/ufs/lfs/ulfs_vnops.c: 1.49-1.50
Update inode member i_flag --> i_state to keep up with kernel changes
Move definition of IN_ALLMOD near the flag it's a mask for.
Now we can see that it doesn't match all the flags, but changing that will
require more careful thought.
Correct confusion between i_flag and i_flags
These will have to be renamed.
Spotted by Riastradh, thanks!
Add an XXX about the missing flags so it's not buried in a commit
message.
now the XXX count for LFS is 260
Rename i_flag to i_state.
The similarity to i_flags has previously caused errors.
Use continue to denote the no-op loop to match netbsd style
newline for extra clarity.
It isn't safe to drain dirops with seglock held, it'll deadlock if there
are any dirops. drain before grabbing seglock.
lfs_dirops == 0 is always true (as we already drained dirops), so omit
that part of the comparison.
Fixes a lot of LFS deadlocks. PR kern/52301
Many thanks to dholland for help analyzing coredumps
Ifdef out KDASSERT which fires on my machine.
Deduplicate sanity check that seglock is held on segunlock
Revert r1.272 fix to PR kern/52301, the performance hit is making things
unusable.
change lfs_nextsegsleep and lfs_allclean_wakeup to use condvar
XXX had to use lfs_lock in lfs_segwait, removed kernel_lock, is this
appropriate?
fix buffer overflow/KASSERT when cookies are supplied
lfs no longer uses the ffs-style struct direct, use the correct minimum
size
from dholland
XXX more wrong
Consistently use {,UN}MARK_VNODE macros rather than function calls.
Not much point doing anything after a panic call
Ask some question about the code in a XXX comment
XXX question our double-flushing of dirops
Fix typo in comment
|
| 1.46.6.1 | 08-Apr-2020 |
martin | Merge changes from current as of 20200406
|
| 1.48.8.2 | 06-Sep-2025 |
perseant | Separate buffer cache code between fsck_lfs and fsck_exfatfs.
This may be reunited later, probably as a library.
|
| 1.48.8.1 | 29-Jun-2024 |
perseant | Implementation of exFAT filesystem, with compilation conditional on MKEXFATFS
make variable.
|
| 1.7 | 01-Sep-2015 |
dholland | Use daddr_t, not ulfs_daddr_t, as the latter's 32 bits wide.
Don't use either for on-disk items.
Declare external data in header files.
Part 3 of 3.
|
| 1.6 | 12-Aug-2015 |
dholland | Provide 32-bit and 64-bit versions of FINFO.
This also entailed sorting out part of struct segment, as that
contains a pointer into the current FINFO data.
|
| 1.5 | 24-Jul-2015 |
dholland | Switch to accessor functions for elements of the LFS on-disk
superblock. This will allow switching between 32/64 bit forms on the
fly; it will also allow handling LFS_EI reasonably tidily. (That
currently doesn't work on the superblock.)
It also gets rid of cpp abuse in the form of fake structure member
macros.
Also, instead of doing sleep/wakeup on &lfs_avail and &lfs_nextseg
inside the on-disk superblock, add extra elements to the in-memory
struct lfs for this. (XXX: these should be changed to condvars, but
not right now)
XXX: this migrates a structure needed by the lfs code in libsa (struct
salfs) into lfs.h, where it doesn't belong, but for the time being
this is necessary in order to allow the accessors (and the various
lfs macros and other goop that relies on them) to compile.
|
| 1.4 | 06-Jun-2013 |
dholland | ufs -> ulfs for fsck_lfs.
|
| 1.3 | 16-Feb-2010 |
mlelstv | branches: 1.3.6; 1.3.12;
Three changes in a single commit.
- drop the notion of frags (LFS fragments) vs fsb (FFS fragments)
The code uses a complicated unity function that just makes the
code difficult to understand.
- support larger sector sizes. Fix disk address computations
to use DEV_BSIZE in the kernel as required by device drivers
and to use sector sizes in userland.
- Fix several locking bugs in lfs_bio.c and lfs_subr.c.
|
| 1.2 | 28-Apr-2008 |
martin | Remove clause 3 and 4 from TNF licenses
|
| 1.1 | 28-Mar-2003 |
perseant | branches: 1.1.32; 1.1.34;
Add working writing ability to fsck_lfs, including roll-forward, based on
a partial-segment writer ported from the kernel.
|
| 1.1.34.1 | 18-May-2008 |
yamt | sync with head.
|
| 1.1.32.1 | 02-Jun-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.3.12.1 | 23-Jun-2013 |
tls | resync from head
|
| 1.3.6.1 | 22-May-2014 |
yamt | sync with head.
for a reference, the tree before this commit was tagged
as yamt-pagecache-tag8.
this commit was splitted into small chunks to avoid
a limitation of cvs. ("Protocol error: too many arguments")
|
| 1.62 | 03-Apr-2020 |
joerg | Avoid common symbols for fsck_lfs.
|
| 1.61 | 17-Mar-2016 |
christos | branches: 1.61.16;
PR/50974: David Binderman: Remove unused code.
|
| 1.60 | 03-Oct-2015 |
dholland | Fix hardwired 32-bit stuff in fsck:
- compute the maximum file size using LFS_BLKPTRSIZE()
- use the new IINFO in pass 6 instead of uint32_t pointers
- use accessors to read and write indirect blocks
|
| 1.59 | 01-Sep-2015 |
dholland | Use daddr_t, not ulfs_daddr_t, as the latter's 32 bits wide.
Don't use either for on-disk items.
Declare external data in header files.
Part 3 of 3.
|
| 1.58 | 01-Sep-2015 |
dholland | Tidy the MAXSYMLINKLEN macros.
|
| 1.57 | 01-Sep-2015 |
dholland | The ifile's inode number is constant. (it is always 1)
Therefore, storing the value in the superblock and reading it out
again is silly and offers the opportunity for it to become corrupted.
So, don't do that (most of the code already didn't) and use the
existing constant instead. Initialize new 32-bit superblocks with
the value for the sake of old userland programs, but don't keep the
value in the 64-bit superblock at all.
(approved by Margo Seltzer)
|
| 1.56 | 01-Sep-2015 |
dholland | Use the lfs dinode accessors in place of the ufs-derived ones.
(Mostly.)
The ufs-derived ones are fake structure member macros, which are gross
and not very safe. Also, it seems that a lot of places in the lfs code
were using the ffsv1 branch of them unconditionally, and this way it's
guaranteed all those places have been updated.
Found while doing this: for non-devices, have getattr produce NODEV
in the rdev field instead of leaking the address of the first direct
block.
|
| 1.55 | 12-Aug-2015 |
dholland | Hack up dinode usage to be 64 vs. 32 as needed. Part 1.
(This part changes the native lfs code; the ufs-derived code already
has 64 vs. 32 logic, but as aspects of it are unsafe, and don't
entirely interoperate cleanly with the lfs 64/32 stuff, pass 2 will be
rehashing that.)
|
| 1.54 | 12-Aug-2015 |
dholland | Provide 32-bit and 64-bit versions of FINFO.
This also entailed sorting out part of struct segment, as that
contains a pointer into the current FINFO data.
|
| 1.53 | 12-Aug-2015 |
dholland | Make 32-bit and 64-bit versions of SEGSUM.
Also fix some of the FINFO handling as it's closely entangled.
|
| 1.52 | 02-Aug-2015 |
dholland | Use accessor functions for the version field of the lfs superblock.
I thought at first maybe the cases that test the version should be
rolled into the accessors, but on the whole I think the conclusion on
that is no.
|
| 1.51 | 02-Aug-2015 |
dholland | Second batch of 64 -> 32 truncations in lfs, along with more minor
tidyups and corrections in passing.
|
| 1.50 | 02-Aug-2015 |
dholland | Fix bug: for format version 1, the superblock "size" field is measured
in blocks instead of frags, so use lfs_blkstofrags to correct it.
This code was instead multiplying by the block size divided by
DEV_BSIZE to get the number of disk blocks rather than the number of
frags. (I gather that originally these were the same, but they're not
necessarily any more.)
|
| 1.49 | 28-Jul-2015 |
dholland | Add a new lfs header file: lfs_accessors.h.
This contains all the accessor functions and macros out of lfs.h.
Add an include of lfs_accessors.h after all uses of lfs.h... except
for code that wants to define its own struct lfs-alike that the
accessors are supposed to play along with. For these, set STRUCT_LFS
and include lfs_accessors.h after the necessary structure has been
defined, so that lfs_accessors.h can emit functions in terms of it.
|
| 1.48 | 24-Jul-2015 |
dholland | More lfs superblock accessors.
(This changes the rest of the code over; all the accessors were
already added.)
The difference between this commit and the previous one is arbitrary,
but the previous one passed the regression tests on its own so I'm
keeping it separate to help with any bisections that might be needed
in the future.
|
| 1.47 | 24-Jul-2015 |
dholland | Switch to accessor functions for elements of the LFS on-disk
superblock. This will allow switching between 32/64 bit forms on the
fly; it will also allow handling LFS_EI reasonably tidily. (That
currently doesn't work on the superblock.)
It also gets rid of cpp abuse in the form of fake structure member
macros.
Also, instead of doing sleep/wakeup on &lfs_avail and &lfs_nextseg
inside the on-disk superblock, add extra elements to the in-memory
struct lfs for this. (XXX: these should be changed to condvars, but
not right now)
XXX: this migrates a structure needed by the lfs code in libsa (struct
salfs) into lfs.h, where it doesn't belong, but for the time being
this is necessary in order to allow the accessors (and the various
lfs macros and other goop that relies on them) to compile.
|
| 1.46 | 31-May-2015 |
hannken | Use VFS_PROTOS() for lfs.
Rename conflicting struct lfs field "lfs_start" to "lfs_s0addr".
No functional change.
|
| 1.45 | 29-Mar-2015 |
chopps | - Fix fallout for recent bread() change (removing cred arg).
|
| 1.44 | 18-Jun-2013 |
christos | Prefix most of the cpp macros with lfs_ and LFS_ to avoid conflicts with ffs.
This was done so that boot blocks that want to compile both FFS and LFS in
the same file work.
|
| 1.43 | 08-Jun-2013 |
dholland | Tidy up the LFS userland build hacks.
Don't use -I${NETBSDSRCDIR}/sys; don't include files other than the
exported LFS headers, which are lfs.h, lfs_inode.h, and (for now)
lfs_extern.h.
|
| 1.42 | 08-Jun-2013 |
dholland | Move the dinode (on-disk inode) structures to lfs.h, since they are
and will be obviously required by userland tools that need to read
the on-disk structures.
Also, DINODE{1,2}_SIZE -> LFS_DINODE{1,2}_SIZE.
|
| 1.41 | 06-Jun-2013 |
dholland | Cleanups and hacks to make lfs userland stuff build:
- lfs_cksum.c doesn't actually need ulfs_inode.h any more.
- neither does lfs_itimes.c.
- add hacks to fsck_lfs to make it compile.
- add hacks to newfs_lfs to make it compile.
- fix warning in ulfs_quota.c when quotas are fully disabled
(as I guess is happening with the rumpity version)
XXX: This commit adds -I${NETBSDSRCDIR}/sys to the Makefiles for
XXX: fsck_lfs, newfs_lfs, and lfs_cleanerd. This needs to be cleaned
XXX: up ASAP; but I consider this less problematic in the short term
XXX: than spewing ulfs_*.h into /usr/include.
|
| 1.40 | 06-Jun-2013 |
dholland | ufs -> ulfs for fsck_lfs.
|
| 1.39 | 22-Jan-2013 |
dholland | Stuff UFS_ in front of a few of ufs's symbols to reduce namespace
pollution. Specifically:
ROOTINO -> UFS_ROOTINO
WINO -> UFS_WINO
NXADDR -> UFS_NXADDR
NDADDR -> UFS_NDADDR
NIADDR -> UFS_NIADDR
MAXSYMLINKLEN -> UFS_MAXSYMLINKLEN
MAXSYMLINKLEN_UFS[12] -> UFS[12]_MAXSYMLINKLEN (for consistency)
Sort out ext2fs's misuse of NDADDR and NIADDR; fortunately, these have
the same values in ext2fs and ffs.
No functional change intended.
|
| 1.38 | 29-Aug-2011 |
bouyer | branches: 1.38.2; 1.38.8;
PR bin/45299: print FBMASK not FFMASK when lfs_fbmask is incorrect.
|
| 1.37 | 16-Feb-2010 |
mlelstv | Three changes in a single commit.
- drop the notion of frags (LFS fragments) vs fsb (FFS fragments)
The code uses a complicated unity function that just makes the
code difficult to understand.
- support larger sector sizes. Fix disk address computations
to use DEV_BSIZE in the kernel as required by device drivers
and to use sector sizes in userland.
- Fix several locking bugs in lfs_bio.c and lfs_subr.c.
|
| 1.36 | 16-May-2008 |
hannken | Make sure all cached buffers with valid, not yet written data have been
run through copy-on-write. Call fscow_run() with valid data where possible.
The LP_UFSCOW hack is no longer needed to protect ffs_copyonwrite() against
endless recursion.
- Add a flag B_MODIFY to bread(), breada() and breadn(). If set the caller
intends to modify the buffer returned.
- Always run copy-on-write on buffers returned from ffs_balloc().
- Add new function ffs_getblk() that gets a buffer, assigns a new blkno,
may clear the buffer and runs copy-on-write. Process possible errors
from getblk() or fscow_run(). Part of PR kern/38664.
Welcome to 4.99.63
Reviewed by: YAMAMOTO Takashi <yamt@netbsd.org>
|
| 1.35 | 28-Apr-2008 |
martin | branches: 1.35.2;
Remove clause 3 and 4 from TNF licenses
|
| 1.34 | 16-Mar-2008 |
lukem | branches: 1.34.2;
errexit() now provides the trailing \n (since fsck_ffs assumed that
from a conversion from err(3)), so "make it so".
|
| 1.33 | 08-Oct-2007 |
ad | branches: 1.33.6; 1.33.8;
Give brelse() a second argument so that it matches the kernel.
fsck_lfs now compiles again.
|
| 1.32 | 09-Nov-2006 |
christos | branches: 1.32.8;
Fix malloc/realloc/calloc issues: always check and exit, use EEXIT instead
of 8.
|
| 1.31 | 16-Oct-2006 |
christos | comment out/delete impossible code
|
| 1.30 | 01-Sep-2006 |
perseant | Several fixes to improve the reliability of the roll-forward agent.
Also, note "properly orphaned" files as distinct from corrupted files.
|
| 1.29 | 18-Jul-2006 |
perseant | Various improvements to fsck_lfs, to wit:
* Add lfs_balloc capability to the lfs library.
* Extend the Ifile if we run out of free inodes when creating lost+found.
* Don't roll forward if we have allocated a lost+found, to avoid
conflicts when adding new files in roll-forward.
* Make some messages slightly more verbose (e.g. include inode number,
and use pwarn() instead of printf() so the messages include the device
name when preening).
* Change superblock detection/avoidance to use the offset table in the
primary superblock, rather than looking at the contents.
* Be more verbose about various operations when passed the -d flag,
especially roll-forward.
* Be more careful about dirops during roll forward, since the cleaner can
sometimes write blocks from dirop vnodes. Detect and avoid this problem.
* Always check the free list, even if given -i; if we're going to write
it we have to check it first.
* Mark inodes dirty when blocks are found during roll forward, so the
inodes are written with the new block locations.
* Update size of inodes if blocks beyond EOF are found during roll
forward.
* Fix segment accounting for blocks and inodes found during roll
forward.
* Report statistics on roll forward: how many new/deleted/moved files
and how many updated blocks (or "nothing new").
* Don't care if the device being checked is really a device, if we have
been passed the -f flag (to facilitate automated testing).
* When writing to the disk, use the current time in the segment headers
rathern than time 0.
* When passed the -i flag, locate the partial segment containing the
Ifile inode and use that to calculate lfs_offset, lfs_curseg,
lfs_nextseg. (Again for automated testing.)
|
| 1.28 | 28-Apr-2006 |
perseant | Avoid a core dump if ginode() returns NULL. Correct an error message
while we're here.
|
| 1.27 | 17-Apr-2006 |
perseant | Remove the free list ordering/disordering code, since the kernel now keeps
the list in order (ordering it on mount).
Regularize error messages: these are now all in ALL CAPS, with all hex
numbers (not reported in caps) prefixed by 0x. (The non-fsck-specific
messages are an exception to this all-caps rule.)
|
| 1.26 | 13-Sep-2005 |
christos | rename lfs.h to lfs_user.h so that it does not conflict.
|
| 1.25 | 19-Aug-2005 |
christos | 64 bit inode changes
|
| 1.24 | 08-Jun-2005 |
perseant | Use the correct method to create a new inode, when we allocate lost+found.
Correct uninitialized variable issues in pass6.c and dir.c (PR#30411 and
PR#30394, respectively).
|
| 1.23 | 24-May-2005 |
agc | Make this build on arm platforms by using the correct printf formats.
|
| 1.22 | 23-May-2005 |
perseant | Check some error conditions that would otherwise cause fsck_lfs to dump core.
Pointed out by Pavel Cahyna in a follow-on to PR #29151.
|
| 1.21 | 14-Apr-2005 |
perseant | Document "-f" (force check) flag. Implement and document "-q" (quiet).
|
| 1.20 | 11-Apr-2005 |
perseant | Be more efficient with the hash tables for the buffer and vnode caches.
Note that roll-forward can add more inodes to the filesystem; don't overflow
the tables but reallocate them.
|
| 1.19 | 26-Feb-2005 |
perseant | branches: 1.19.2;
Various minor LFS improvements:
* Extend the lfs library from fsck_lfs(8) so that it can be used with a
not-yet-existent LFS. Make newfs_lfs(8) use this library, so it can
create LFSs whose Ifile is larger than one segment.
* Make newfs_lfs(8) use strsuftoi64() for its arguments, a la newfs(8).
* Make fsck_lfs(8) respect the "file system is clean" flag.
* Don't let fsck_lfs(8) think it has dirty blocks when invoked with the
-n flag.
|
| 1.18 | 15-Sep-2004 |
minoura | Changes from rev 1.34 and 1.35 of sbin/newfs_lfs/lfs.c.
|
| 1.17 | 07-Aug-2003 |
agc | branches: 1.17.4;
Move UCB-licensed code from 4-clause to 3-clause licence.
Patches provided by Joel Baker in PR 22308, verified by myself.
|
| 1.16 | 02-Apr-2003 |
fvdl | Add support for UFS2. UFS2 is an enhanced FFS, adding support for
64 bit block pointers, extended attribute storage, and a few
other things.
This commit does not yet include the code to manipulate the extended
storage (for e.g. ACLs), this will be done later.
Originally written by Kirk McKusick and Network Associates Laboratories for
FreeBSD.
|
| 1.15 | 31-Mar-2003 |
perseant | Check inode free list tail pointer as well as head pointer, and write both
into the CLEANERINFO block of the Ifile as well as into the superblock.
Make preen update both superblocks.
|
| 1.14 | 29-Mar-2003 |
perseant | Fix some accounting problems when preening, since preening skips phases
1-4 entirely. Make preen run phase 0, since the Ifile is so important
and the test so quick.
|
| 1.13 | 28-Mar-2003 |
perseant | Add working writing ability to fsck_lfs, including roll-forward, based on
a partial-segment writer ported from the kernel.
|
| 1.12 | 24-Jan-2003 |
fvdl | Bump daddr_t to 64 bits. Replace it with int32_t in all places where
it was used on-disk, so that on-disk formats remain the same.
Remove ufs_daddr_t and ufs_lbn_t for the time being.
|
| 1.11 | 04-Feb-2002 |
perseant | Walk the segment list correctly when rolling forward between the two
primary superblocks. This prevents spurious "block could not be read"
messages that might otherwise be seen if the filesystem had not been
properly unmounted.
|
| 1.10 | 25-Sep-2001 |
wiz | Fix a typo and two white space nits.
|
| 1.9 | 13-Jul-2001 |
perseant | Merge the short-lived perseant-lfsv2 branch into the trunk.
Kernels and tools understand both v1 and v2 filesystems; newfs_lfs
generates v2 by default. Changes for the v2 layout include:
- Segments of non-PO2 size and arbitrary block offset, so these can be
matched to convenient physical characteristics of the partition (e.g.,
stripe or track size and offset).
- Address by fragment instead of by disk sector, paving the way for
non-512-byte-sector devices. In theory fragments can be as large
as you like, though in reality they must be smaller than MAXBSIZE in size.
- Use serial number and filesystem identifier to ensure that roll-forward
doesn't get old data and think it's new. Roll-forward is enabled for
v2 filesystems, though not for v1 filesystems by default.
- The inode free list is now a tailq, paving the way for undelete (undelete
is not yet implemented, but can be without further non-backwards-compatible
changes to disk structures).
- Inode atime information is kept in the Ifile, instead of on the inode;
that is, the inode is never written *just* because atime was changed.
Because of this the inodes remain near the file data on the disk, rather
than wandering all over as the disk is read repeatedly. This speeds up
repeated reads by a small but noticeable amount.
Other changes of note include:
- The ifile written by newfs_lfs can now be of arbitrary length, it is no
longer restricted to a single indirect block.
- Fixed an old bug where ctime was changed every time a vnode was created.
I need to look more closely to make sure that the times are only updated
during write(2) and friends, not after-the-fact during a segment write,
and certainly not by the cleaner.
|
| 1.8 | 05-Jan-2001 |
lukem | branches: 1.8.2;
use %ll_ instead of the less standard %q_
|
| 1.7 | 04-Oct-2000 |
jdolecek | setup(): use calloc() for blockmap allocation, instead of malloc() followed
by bzero(); the net result is that the test for allocation failure
is actually sensible now
|
| 1.6 | 14-Jun-2000 |
perseant | Add "-i" flag to specify the location of the index file inode, to
examine alternate checkpoints. Regularize usage of maxino. Remove olf
debugging cruft.
|
| 1.5 | 23-May-2000 |
perseant | branches: 1.5.2;
Convert to NetBSD source code style
|
| 1.4 | 16-May-2000 |
perseant | fsck_lfs can now write to the filesystem, allowing it to correct most
(though still not all) errors in a damaged lfs. Segment byte accounting
is corrected in pass 5. "fsck_lfs -p" will do a partial roll-forward,
verifying the checkpoint from the newer superblock. fscknames[] is
updated so that fsck knows about fsck_lfs.
|
| 1.3 | 03-Jul-1999 |
kleink | RCS Id police.
|
| 1.2 | 24-Mar-1999 |
nathanw | printf format fixes for Alpha.
|
| 1.1 | 18-Mar-1999 |
perseant | Initial checkin of fsck_lfs. This version cannot do any repair (-p flag
does nothing, and one of -p or -n is required) but can be useful as a
diagnostic tool.
|
| 1.5.2.1 | 22-Jun-2000 |
minoura | Sync w/ netbsd-1-5-base.
|
| 1.8.2.3 | 02-Jul-2001 |
perseant | Change disk addressing unit to be the fragment, instead of the disk sector.
All quantities in the superblock, inodes, indirect blocks, etc. refer now
to this abstract unit (called "fsb" as it is in FFS) instead of disk sectors;
as a consequence segment summary blocks have to be multiples of a fragment in
size. In v1 filesystems, compatibility code ensures that 1 fsb == 1 sector,
regardless of fragment size.
Fragments can now range in size between 512 and 32k; in the event that
LFS_LABELPAD (8k) is smaller than the disk address unit size, an extra
proto-superblock is kept at 8k from the beginning of the disk, to be used
*only* to locate the real superblocks. (Not all of the userland knows about
this yet.)
Almost all of this was done not by me, but by joff.
|
| 1.8.2.2 | 30-Jun-2001 |
perseant | Fixes, from joff, for correct compatibility operation of fsck_lfs, dumplfs,
lfs_cleanerd; correct usage message from dumplfs.
|
| 1.8.2.1 | 27-Jun-2001 |
perseant | Import of what I've been calling "LFSv2", that is, LFS with some features
added that require changes to the on-disk data structures. These include:
- 64-bit time in everything but inodes
- User-specified segment offset, and segment size no longer
restricted to PO2.
- Serial number on segment summaries in addition to timestamp, and
a new volume identifier, to make roll-forward feasible without
fear of finding old data and thinking it was new.
Although I think this version works at least as well as what's on the trunk,
we're not done yet; hence this commit is going in on a branch and not on
the trunk. Enhancements that are not here yet include fragment addressing,
like FFS does, instead of block addressing.
|
| 1.17.4.1 | 10-May-2005 |
riz | Pull up the following revisions (requested by perseant in ticket #1281):
1.8 sys/ufs/lfs/TODO
1.75 sys/ufs/lfs/lfs.h (via patch)
1.74 sys/ufs/lfs/lfs_alloc.c (via patch)
1.49, 1.51 sys/ufs/lfs/lfs_balloc.c (1.51 via patch)
1.78 sys/ufs/lfs/lfs_bio.c
1.62 sys/ufs/lfs/lfs_extern.h (via patch)
1.156 sys/ufs/lfs/lfs_segment.c (via patch)
1.48 sys/ufs/lfs/lfs_subr.c
1.101 sys/ufs/lfs/lfs_syscalls.c
1.163 sys/ufs/lfs/lfs_vfsops.c (via patch)
1.134 sys/ufs/lfs/lfs_vnops.c (via patch)
1.61 sys/ufs/ufs/ufs_readwrite.c (via patch)
1.20 libexec/lfs_cleanerd/clean.h (via patch)
1.52 libexec/lfs_cleanerd/cleanerd.c (via patch)
1.41 libexec/lfs_cleanerd/library.c (via patch)
1.4 regress/sys/fs/lfs/newfs_fsck/Makefile
1.2 regress/sys/fs/lfs/newfs_fsck/mkfs_mount
1.2 regress/sys/fs/lfs/newfs_fsck/smallfiles
1.3 sbin/fsck_lfs/bufcache.c
1.3 sbin/fsck_lfs/bufcache.h
1.3 sbin/fsck_lfs/lfs.h
1.8 sbin/fsck_lfs/lfs.c (via patch)
1.8 sbin/fsck_lfs/pass3.c (via patch)
1.18 sbin/fsck_lfs/pass0.c (via patch)
1.18 sbin/fsck_lfs/utilities.c (via patch)
1.7 sbin/fsck_lfs/segwrite.c
1.19 sbin/fsck_lfs/setup.c (via patch)
1.3 sbin/newfs_lfs/Makefile
0 sbin/newfs_lfs/lfs.c (yes, remove it)
1.1 sbin/newfs_lfs/make_lfs.c
1.15 sbin/newfs_lfs/newfs.c (via patch)
Various minor LFS improvements.
Kernel:
* Note when lfs_putpages(9) thinks it is not going to be writing any
pages before calling genfs_putpages(9). This prevents a situation in
which blocks can be queued for writing without a segment header.
* Correct computation of NRESERVE(), though it is still a gross
overestimate in most cases. Note that if NRESERVE() is too high, it
may be impossible to create files on the filesystem. We catch this
case on filesystem mount and refuse to mount r/w.
* Allow filesystems to be mounted whose block size is == MAXBSIZE.
* Somewhere along the line, ufs_bmaparray(9) started mangling UNWRITTEN
entries in indirect blocks again, triggering a failed assertion "daddr
<= LFS_MAX_DADDR". Explicitly convert to and from int32_t to correct
this. Should fix PR #29045.
* Add a high-water mark for the number of dirty pages any given LFS can
hold before triggering a flush. This is settable by sysctl, but off
(zero) by default.
* Be more careful about the MAX_BYTES and MAX_BUFS computations so we
shouldn't see "please increase to at least zero" messages.
* Note that VBLK and VCHR vnodes can have nonzero values in di_db[0]
even though their v_size == 0. Don't panic when we see this.
Fixes PR #26680.
* Change lfs_bfree to a signed quantity. The manner in which it is
processed before being passed to the cleaner means that sometimes it
may drop below zero, and the cleaner must be aware of this.
* Never report bfree < 0 (or higher than lfs_dsize) through
lfs_statfs(9). This prevents df(1) from ever telling us that our full
filesystems have 16TB free.
* Account space allocated through lfs_balloc(9) that does not have
associated buffer headers, so that the pagedaemon doesn't run us out
of segments.
* Return ENOSPC from lfs_balloc(9) when bfree drops to zero.
* Address a deadlock in lfs_bmapv/lfs_markv when the filesystem is being
unmounted. Because vfs_busy() is a shared lock, and
lfs_bmapv/lfs_markv mark the filesystem vfs_busy(), the cleaner can be
holding the lock that umount() is blocking on, then try to vfs_busy()
again in getnewvnode().
cleaner:
* Adapt lfs_cleanerd to use the fcntl call to get the Ifile filehandle,
so it need not be in the namespace.
* Make lfs_cleanerd be more careful when there are very few available
segments.
* Make lfs_cleanerd less verbose when the filesystem is unmounted.
newfs_lfs, fsck_lfs, and regression:
* Extend the lfs library from fsck_lfs(8) so that it can be used with a
not-yet-existent LFS. Make newfs_lfs(8) use this library, so it can
create LFSs whose Ifile is larger than one segment. Addresses PR #11110.
* Make newfs_lfs(8) use strsuftoi64() for its arguments, a la newfs(8).
* Make fsck_lfs(8) respect the "file system is clean" flag.
* Don't let fsck_lfs(8) think it has dirty blocks when invoked with the
-n flag.
* Remove the Ifile from the filesystem namespace. The cleaner now uses
a fcntl call on the root inode to find the Ifile filehandle. (As a
side-effect, addresses PR #29144.)
|
| 1.19.2.1 | 07-May-2005 |
tron | Apply patch (requested by perseant in ticket #242):
* fsck_lfs buffer cache fixes, including PR #29151
* Change fsck_lfs phase 0 message to reflect reality
* fsck_lfs: check phase 5 (cleanerinfo accounting) even on
roll-forward
* Keep better track of the free list during roll-forward, avoiding
a core dump
* Improve hash table use for fsck_lfs buffer and vnode cache
* Document fsck_lfs flag -f, and implement -q
* Add resize_lfs, including kernel support
* Add LFS to mountd's list of exportable filesystem types
* Make the LFS lkm work again [christos@]
* Add MP locking to the LFS kernel subsystem
* Fix pager_map deadlock in lfs_putpages()
* Avoid incomplete file extension that looks like "partial
truncation" to fsck
* Use lfs_malloc for cleaner malloc, since the cleaner often runs
in low-memory conditions.
* Use splay trees, not hash table, to track page allocation for
write.
* Fix mkdir panic on full fs
* Fix page accounting leak by counting differently.
* Use rightly named structure for lfs_getattr [skrll@]
* Cosmetic changes for readability.
|
| 1.32.8.2 | 23-Mar-2008 |
matt | sync with HEAD
|
| 1.32.8.1 | 06-Nov-2007 |
matt | sync with HEAD
|
| 1.33.8.2 | 02-Jun-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.33.8.1 | 03-Apr-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.33.6.1 | 24-Mar-2008 |
keiichi | sync with head.
|
| 1.34.2.1 | 18-May-2008 |
yamt | sync with head.
|
| 1.35.2.1 | 23-Jun-2008 |
wrstuden | Sync w/ -current. 34 merge conflicts to follow.
|
| 1.38.8.2 | 23-Jun-2013 |
tls | resync from head
|
| 1.38.8.1 | 25-Feb-2013 |
tls | resync with head
|
| 1.38.2.2 | 22-May-2014 |
yamt | sync with head.
for a reference, the tree before this commit was tagged
as yamt-pagecache-tag8.
this commit was splitted into small chunks to avoid
a limitation of cvs. ("Protocol error: too many arguments")
|
| 1.38.2.1 | 23-Jan-2013 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.61.16.1 | 08-Apr-2020 |
martin | Merge changes from current as of 20200406
|
| 1.43 | 14-Sep-2025 |
perseant | Add -a flag to suppress warnings about discrepancies in avail accounting,
which is common with the -i flag.
Expand the computation of avail if the -d flag is given. The computation
itself is not changed.
Do not offer to roll forward if the -n flag was given.
Exit with FSCK_EXIT_UNRESOLVED if the -n flag was given and any questions
were asked. This is helpful when using fsck_lfs as a diagnostic in scripts.
|
| 1.42 | 03-Apr-2020 |
joerg | Avoid common symbols for fsck_lfs.
|
| 1.41 | 12-Aug-2015 |
dholland | branches: 1.41.16;
Hack up dinode usage to be 64 vs. 32 as needed. Part 1.
(This part changes the native lfs code; the ufs-derived code already
has 64 vs. 32 logic, but as aspects of it are unsafe, and don't
entirely interoperate cleanly with the lfs 64/32 stuff, pass 2 will be
rehashing that.)
|
| 1.40 | 28-Jul-2015 |
dholland | Add a new lfs header file: lfs_accessors.h.
This contains all the accessor functions and macros out of lfs.h.
Add an include of lfs_accessors.h after all uses of lfs.h... except
for code that wants to define its own struct lfs-alike that the
accessors are supposed to play along with. For these, set STRUCT_LFS
and include lfs_accessors.h after the necessary structure has been
defined, so that lfs_accessors.h can emit functions in terms of it.
|
| 1.39 | 24-Jul-2015 |
dholland | More lfs superblock accessors.
(This changes the rest of the code over; all the accessors were
already added.)
The difference between this commit and the previous one is arbitrary,
but the previous one passed the regression tests on its own so I'm
keeping it separate to help with any bisections that might be needed
in the future.
|
| 1.38 | 24-Jul-2015 |
dholland | Switch to accessor functions for elements of the LFS on-disk
superblock. This will allow switching between 32/64 bit forms on the
fly; it will also allow handling LFS_EI reasonably tidily. (That
currently doesn't work on the superblock.)
It also gets rid of cpp abuse in the form of fake structure member
macros.
Also, instead of doing sleep/wakeup on &lfs_avail and &lfs_nextseg
inside the on-disk superblock, add extra elements to the in-memory
struct lfs for this. (XXX: these should be changed to condvars, but
not right now)
XXX: this migrates a structure needed by the lfs code in libsa (struct
salfs) into lfs.h, where it doesn't belong, but for the time being
this is necessary in order to allow the accessors (and the various
lfs macros and other goop that relies on them) to compile.
|
| 1.37 | 16-Jun-2015 |
christos | a few more \n's in errors
|
| 1.36 | 16-Jun-2015 |
christos | fix error messages containing \n
|
| 1.35 | 08-Jun-2013 |
dholland | Tidy up the LFS userland build hacks.
Don't use -I${NETBSDSRCDIR}/sys; don't include files other than the
exported LFS headers, which are lfs.h, lfs_inode.h, and (for now)
lfs_extern.h.
|
| 1.34 | 08-Jun-2013 |
dholland | Stick LFS_ in front of IFMT, IFIFO, IFREG, etc. so as not to conflict
with the UFS copies of these symbols. (Which themselves ought to have
UFS_ stuck on.)
|
| 1.33 | 06-Jun-2013 |
dholland | ufs -> ulfs for fsck_lfs.
|
| 1.32 | 22-Jan-2013 |
dholland | Stuff UFS_ in front of a few of ufs's symbols to reduce namespace
pollution. Specifically:
ROOTINO -> UFS_ROOTINO
WINO -> UFS_WINO
NXADDR -> UFS_NXADDR
NDADDR -> UFS_NDADDR
NIADDR -> UFS_NIADDR
MAXSYMLINKLEN -> UFS_MAXSYMLINKLEN
MAXSYMLINKLEN_UFS[12] -> UFS[12]_MAXSYMLINKLEN (for consistency)
Sort out ext2fs's misuse of NDADDR and NIADDR; fortunately, these have
the same values in ext2fs and ffs.
No functional change intended.
|
| 1.31 | 09-Jun-2011 |
christos | branches: 1.31.2; 1.31.8;
share more code.
|
| 1.30 | 07-Jan-2010 |
christos | branches: 1.30.4;
missing errno.h
|
| 1.29 | 07-Jan-2010 |
christos | make this compile again.
|
| 1.28 | 06-Jan-2010 |
christos | PR/42568: Pedro F. Giffuni: Better signal handling from OpenBSD, but simplified.
|
| 1.27 | 23-Feb-2008 |
christos | Make sure that the exit values are always sane, and use symbolic instead
of magic constants. Reviewed by go@
|
| 1.26 | 09-Nov-2006 |
christos | branches: 1.26.8; 1.26.16; 1.26.18;
Fix malloc/realloc/calloc issues: always check and exit, use EEXIT instead
of 8.
|
| 1.25 | 18-Jul-2006 |
perseant | Various improvements to fsck_lfs, to wit:
* Add lfs_balloc capability to the lfs library.
* Extend the Ifile if we run out of free inodes when creating lost+found.
* Don't roll forward if we have allocated a lost+found, to avoid
conflicts when adding new files in roll-forward.
* Make some messages slightly more verbose (e.g. include inode number,
and use pwarn() instead of printf() so the messages include the device
name when preening).
* Change superblock detection/avoidance to use the offset table in the
primary superblock, rather than looking at the contents.
* Be more verbose about various operations when passed the -d flag,
especially roll-forward.
* Be more careful about dirops during roll forward, since the cleaner can
sometimes write blocks from dirop vnodes. Detect and avoid this problem.
* Always check the free list, even if given -i; if we're going to write
it we have to check it first.
* Mark inodes dirty when blocks are found during roll forward, so the
inodes are written with the new block locations.
* Update size of inodes if blocks beyond EOF are found during roll
forward.
* Fix segment accounting for blocks and inodes found during roll
forward.
* Report statistics on roll forward: how many new/deleted/moved files
and how many updated blocks (or "nothing new").
* Don't care if the device being checked is really a device, if we have
been passed the -f flag (to facilitate automated testing).
* When writing to the disk, use the current time in the segment headers
rathern than time 0.
* When passed the -i flag, locate the partial segment containing the
Ifile inode and use that to calculate lfs_offset, lfs_curseg,
lfs_nextseg. (Again for automated testing.)
|
| 1.24 | 28-Apr-2006 |
perseant | Avoid a core dump if ginode() returns NULL. Correct an error message
while we're here.
|
| 1.23 | 13-Apr-2006 |
perseant | Don't update the superblock if we were run with -n, regardless of whether
the "clean" bit is set.
|
| 1.22 | 13-Sep-2005 |
christos | rename lfs.h to lfs_user.h so that it does not conflict.
|
| 1.21 | 23-Aug-2005 |
christos | This should be LFS_MAXNAMLEN
|
| 1.20 | 23-Aug-2005 |
tron | Use FFS_MAXNAMLEN instead of MAXNAMLEN.
|
| 1.19 | 27-Jun-2005 |
christos | constify
|
| 1.18 | 26-Feb-2005 |
perseant | Various minor LFS improvements:
* Extend the lfs library from fsck_lfs(8) so that it can be used with a
not-yet-existent LFS. Make newfs_lfs(8) use this library, so it can
create LFSs whose Ifile is larger than one segment.
* Make newfs_lfs(8) use strsuftoi64() for its arguments, a la newfs(8).
* Make fsck_lfs(8) respect the "file system is clean" flag.
* Don't let fsck_lfs(8) think it has dirty blocks when invoked with the
-n flag.
|
| 1.17 | 06-Feb-2005 |
perry | remove obsolete "register" declarations.
|
| 1.16 | 20-Oct-2003 |
dsl | branches: 1.16.4;
Add a -q (quiet) option to print nothing for clean filesystems.
Support in fsck_ffs and stub in fsck_xxx.
Push a few more messages through pwarn() instead of printf() to ensure
disk name is shown.
|
| 1.15 | 07-Aug-2003 |
agc | Move UCB-licensed code from 4-clause to 3-clause licence.
Patches provided by Joel Baker in PR 22308, verified by myself.
|
| 1.14 | 13-Jul-2003 |
itojun | use bounded string op
|
| 1.13 | 02-Apr-2003 |
fvdl | Add support for UFS2. UFS2 is an enhanced FFS, adding support for
64 bit block pointers, extended attribute storage, and a few
other things.
This commit does not yet include the code to manipulate the extended
storage (for e.g. ACLs), this will be done later.
Originally written by Kirk McKusick and Network Associates Laboratories for
FreeBSD.
|
| 1.12 | 31-Mar-2003 |
perseant | Check inode free list tail pointer as well as head pointer, and write both
into the CLEANERINFO block of the Ifile as well as into the superblock.
Make preen update both superblocks.
|
| 1.11 | 28-Mar-2003 |
perseant | Add working writing ability to fsck_lfs, including roll-forward, based on
a partial-segment writer ported from the kernel.
|
| 1.10 | 24-Jan-2003 |
fvdl | Bump daddr_t to 64 bits. Replace it with int32_t in all places where
it was used on-disk, so that on-disk formats remain the same.
Remove ufs_daddr_t and ufs_lbn_t for the time being.
|
| 1.9 | 23-May-2002 |
perseant | Re-checksum the superblock whenever it is marked dirty.
Tested on alpha.
|
| 1.8 | 13-Jul-2001 |
perseant | branches: 1.8.2;
Merge the short-lived perseant-lfsv2 branch into the trunk.
Kernels and tools understand both v1 and v2 filesystems; newfs_lfs
generates v2 by default. Changes for the v2 layout include:
- Segments of non-PO2 size and arbitrary block offset, so these can be
matched to convenient physical characteristics of the partition (e.g.,
stripe or track size and offset).
- Address by fragment instead of by disk sector, paving the way for
non-512-byte-sector devices. In theory fragments can be as large
as you like, though in reality they must be smaller than MAXBSIZE in size.
- Use serial number and filesystem identifier to ensure that roll-forward
doesn't get old data and think it's new. Roll-forward is enabled for
v2 filesystems, though not for v1 filesystems by default.
- The inode free list is now a tailq, paving the way for undelete (undelete
is not yet implemented, but can be without further non-backwards-compatible
changes to disk structures).
- Inode atime information is kept in the Ifile, instead of on the inode;
that is, the inode is never written *just* because atime was changed.
Because of this the inodes remain near the file data on the disk, rather
than wandering all over as the disk is read repeatedly. This speeds up
repeated reads by a small but noticeable amount.
Other changes of note include:
- The ifile written by newfs_lfs can now be of arbitrary length, it is no
longer restricted to a single indirect block.
- Fixed an old bug where ctime was changed every time a vnode was created.
I need to look more closely to make sure that the times are only updated
during write(2) and friends, not after-the-fact during a segment write,
and certainly not by the cleaner.
|
| 1.7 | 04-Feb-2001 |
christos | branches: 1.7.2;
fix redundant decls
|
| 1.6 | 10-Oct-2000 |
is | Format string cleanups by Bill Sommerfeld.
|
| 1.5 | 14-Jun-2000 |
perseant | branches: 1.5.2;
Add "-i" flag to specify the location of the index file inode, to
examine alternate checkpoints. Regularize usage of maxino. Remove olf
debugging cruft.
|
| 1.4 | 23-May-2000 |
perseant | branches: 1.4.2;
Convert to NetBSD source code style
|
| 1.3 | 16-May-2000 |
perseant | fsck_lfs can now write to the filesystem, allowing it to correct most
(though still not all) errors in a damaged lfs. Segment byte accounting
is corrected in pass 5. "fsck_lfs -p" will do a partial roll-forward,
verifying the checkpoint from the newer superblock. fscknames[] is
updated so that fsck knows about fsck_lfs.
|
| 1.2 | 03-Jul-1999 |
kleink | RCS Id police.
|
| 1.1 | 18-Mar-1999 |
perseant | branches: 1.1.2;
Initial checkin of fsck_lfs. This version cannot do any repair (-p flag
does nothing, and one of -p or -n is required) but can be useful as a
diagnostic tool.
|
| 1.1.2.1 | 10-Oct-2000 |
he | Pull up revision 1.6 (requested by is):
Format string cleanup.
|
| 1.4.2.1 | 22-Jun-2000 |
minoura | Sync w/ netbsd-1-5-base.
|
| 1.5.2.1 | 18-Oct-2000 |
tv | Pullup sbin string format fixes [is].
See "cvs log" for explicit revision numbers per file, from sommerfeld.
|
| 1.7.2.2 | 02-Jul-2001 |
perseant | Change disk addressing unit to be the fragment, instead of the disk sector.
All quantities in the superblock, inodes, indirect blocks, etc. refer now
to this abstract unit (called "fsb" as it is in FFS) instead of disk sectors;
as a consequence segment summary blocks have to be multiples of a fragment in
size. In v1 filesystems, compatibility code ensures that 1 fsb == 1 sector,
regardless of fragment size.
Fragments can now range in size between 512 and 32k; in the event that
LFS_LABELPAD (8k) is smaller than the disk address unit size, an extra
proto-superblock is kept at 8k from the beginning of the disk, to be used
*only* to locate the real superblocks. (Not all of the userland knows about
this yet.)
Almost all of this was done not by me, but by joff.
|
| 1.7.2.1 | 27-Jun-2001 |
perseant | Import of what I've been calling "LFSv2", that is, LFS with some features
added that require changes to the on-disk data structures. These include:
- 64-bit time in everything but inodes
- User-specified segment offset, and segment size no longer
restricted to PO2.
- Serial number on segment summaries in addition to timestamp, and
a new volume identifier, to make roll-forward feasible without
fear of finding old data and thinking it was new.
Although I think this version works at least as well as what's on the trunk,
we're not done yet; hence this commit is going in on a branch and not on
the trunk. Enhancements that are not here yet include fragment addressing,
like FFS does, instead of block addressing.
|
| 1.8.2.1 | 02-Jun-2002 |
tv | Pull up revision 1.9 (requested by perseant in ticket #131):
Re-checksum the superblock whenever it is marked dirty.
Tested on alpha.
|
| 1.16.4.1 | 10-May-2005 |
riz | Pull up the following revisions (requested by perseant in ticket #1281):
1.8 sys/ufs/lfs/TODO
1.75 sys/ufs/lfs/lfs.h (via patch)
1.74 sys/ufs/lfs/lfs_alloc.c (via patch)
1.49, 1.51 sys/ufs/lfs/lfs_balloc.c (1.51 via patch)
1.78 sys/ufs/lfs/lfs_bio.c
1.62 sys/ufs/lfs/lfs_extern.h (via patch)
1.156 sys/ufs/lfs/lfs_segment.c (via patch)
1.48 sys/ufs/lfs/lfs_subr.c
1.101 sys/ufs/lfs/lfs_syscalls.c
1.163 sys/ufs/lfs/lfs_vfsops.c (via patch)
1.134 sys/ufs/lfs/lfs_vnops.c (via patch)
1.61 sys/ufs/ufs/ufs_readwrite.c (via patch)
1.20 libexec/lfs_cleanerd/clean.h (via patch)
1.52 libexec/lfs_cleanerd/cleanerd.c (via patch)
1.41 libexec/lfs_cleanerd/library.c (via patch)
1.4 regress/sys/fs/lfs/newfs_fsck/Makefile
1.2 regress/sys/fs/lfs/newfs_fsck/mkfs_mount
1.2 regress/sys/fs/lfs/newfs_fsck/smallfiles
1.3 sbin/fsck_lfs/bufcache.c
1.3 sbin/fsck_lfs/bufcache.h
1.3 sbin/fsck_lfs/lfs.h
1.8 sbin/fsck_lfs/lfs.c (via patch)
1.8 sbin/fsck_lfs/pass3.c (via patch)
1.18 sbin/fsck_lfs/pass0.c (via patch)
1.18 sbin/fsck_lfs/utilities.c (via patch)
1.7 sbin/fsck_lfs/segwrite.c
1.19 sbin/fsck_lfs/setup.c (via patch)
1.3 sbin/newfs_lfs/Makefile
0 sbin/newfs_lfs/lfs.c (yes, remove it)
1.1 sbin/newfs_lfs/make_lfs.c
1.15 sbin/newfs_lfs/newfs.c (via patch)
Various minor LFS improvements.
Kernel:
* Note when lfs_putpages(9) thinks it is not going to be writing any
pages before calling genfs_putpages(9). This prevents a situation in
which blocks can be queued for writing without a segment header.
* Correct computation of NRESERVE(), though it is still a gross
overestimate in most cases. Note that if NRESERVE() is too high, it
may be impossible to create files on the filesystem. We catch this
case on filesystem mount and refuse to mount r/w.
* Allow filesystems to be mounted whose block size is == MAXBSIZE.
* Somewhere along the line, ufs_bmaparray(9) started mangling UNWRITTEN
entries in indirect blocks again, triggering a failed assertion "daddr
<= LFS_MAX_DADDR". Explicitly convert to and from int32_t to correct
this. Should fix PR #29045.
* Add a high-water mark for the number of dirty pages any given LFS can
hold before triggering a flush. This is settable by sysctl, but off
(zero) by default.
* Be more careful about the MAX_BYTES and MAX_BUFS computations so we
shouldn't see "please increase to at least zero" messages.
* Note that VBLK and VCHR vnodes can have nonzero values in di_db[0]
even though their v_size == 0. Don't panic when we see this.
Fixes PR #26680.
* Change lfs_bfree to a signed quantity. The manner in which it is
processed before being passed to the cleaner means that sometimes it
may drop below zero, and the cleaner must be aware of this.
* Never report bfree < 0 (or higher than lfs_dsize) through
lfs_statfs(9). This prevents df(1) from ever telling us that our full
filesystems have 16TB free.
* Account space allocated through lfs_balloc(9) that does not have
associated buffer headers, so that the pagedaemon doesn't run us out
of segments.
* Return ENOSPC from lfs_balloc(9) when bfree drops to zero.
* Address a deadlock in lfs_bmapv/lfs_markv when the filesystem is being
unmounted. Because vfs_busy() is a shared lock, and
lfs_bmapv/lfs_markv mark the filesystem vfs_busy(), the cleaner can be
holding the lock that umount() is blocking on, then try to vfs_busy()
again in getnewvnode().
cleaner:
* Adapt lfs_cleanerd to use the fcntl call to get the Ifile filehandle,
so it need not be in the namespace.
* Make lfs_cleanerd be more careful when there are very few available
segments.
* Make lfs_cleanerd less verbose when the filesystem is unmounted.
newfs_lfs, fsck_lfs, and regression:
* Extend the lfs library from fsck_lfs(8) so that it can be used with a
not-yet-existent LFS. Make newfs_lfs(8) use this library, so it can
create LFSs whose Ifile is larger than one segment. Addresses PR #11110.
* Make newfs_lfs(8) use strsuftoi64() for its arguments, a la newfs(8).
* Make fsck_lfs(8) respect the "file system is clean" flag.
* Don't let fsck_lfs(8) think it has dirty blocks when invoked with the
-n flag.
* Remove the Ifile from the filesystem namespace. The cleaner now uses
a fcntl call on the root inode to find the Ifile filehandle. (As a
side-effect, addresses PR #29144.)
|
| 1.26.18.1 | 03-Apr-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.26.16.1 | 24-Mar-2008 |
keiichi | sync with head.
|
| 1.26.8.1 | 23-Mar-2008 |
matt | sync with HEAD
|
| 1.30.4.1 | 23-Jun-2011 |
cherry | Catchup with rmind-uvmplock merge.
|
| 1.31.8.2 | 23-Jun-2013 |
tls | resync from head
|
| 1.31.8.1 | 25-Feb-2013 |
tls | resync with head
|
| 1.31.2.2 | 22-May-2014 |
yamt | sync with head.
for a reference, the tree before this commit was tagged
as yamt-pagecache-tag8.
this commit was splitted into small chunks to avoid
a limitation of cvs. ("Protocol error: too many arguments")
|
| 1.31.2.1 | 23-Jan-2013 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.41.16.1 | 08-Apr-2020 |
martin | Merge changes from current as of 20200406
|
| 1.20 | 14-Sep-2025 |
perseant | Add -a flag to suppress warnings about discrepancies in avail accounting,
which is common with the -i flag.
Expand the computation of avail if the -d flag is given. The computation
itself is not changed.
Do not offer to roll forward if the -n flag was given.
Exit with FSCK_EXIT_UNRESOLVED if the -n flag was given and any questions
were asked. This is helpful when using fsck_lfs as a diagnostic in scripts.
|
| 1.19 | 03-Apr-2020 |
joerg | Avoid common symbols for fsck_lfs.
|
| 1.18 | 12-Aug-2015 |
dholland | branches: 1.18.16;
Hack up dinode usage to be 64 vs. 32 as needed. Part 1.
(This part changes the native lfs code; the ufs-derived code already
has 64 vs. 32 logic, but as aspects of it are unsafe, and don't
entirely interoperate cleanly with the lfs 64/32 stuff, pass 2 will be
rehashing that.)
|
| 1.17 | 08-Jun-2013 |
dholland | Tidy up the LFS userland build hacks.
Don't use -I${NETBSDSRCDIR}/sys; don't include files other than the
exported LFS headers, which are lfs.h, lfs_inode.h, and (for now)
lfs_extern.h.
|
| 1.16 | 06-Jun-2013 |
dholland | Cleanups and hacks to make lfs userland stuff build:
- lfs_cksum.c doesn't actually need ulfs_inode.h any more.
- neither does lfs_itimes.c.
- add hacks to fsck_lfs to make it compile.
- add hacks to newfs_lfs to make it compile.
- fix warning in ulfs_quota.c when quotas are fully disabled
(as I guess is happening with the rumpity version)
XXX: This commit adds -I${NETBSDSRCDIR}/sys to the Makefiles for
XXX: fsck_lfs, newfs_lfs, and lfs_cleanerd. This needs to be cleaned
XXX: up ASAP; but I consider this less problematic in the short term
XXX: than spewing ulfs_*.h into /usr/include.
|
| 1.15 | 06-Jun-2013 |
dholland | ufs -> ulfs for fsck_lfs.
|
| 1.14 | 16-Feb-2010 |
mlelstv | branches: 1.14.6; 1.14.12;
Three changes in a single commit.
- drop the notion of frags (LFS fragments) vs fsb (FFS fragments)
The code uses a complicated unity function that just makes the
code difficult to understand.
- support larger sector sizes. Fix disk address computations
to use DEV_BSIZE in the kernel as required by device drivers
and to use sector sizes in userland.
- Fix several locking bugs in lfs_bio.c and lfs_subr.c.
|
| 1.13 | 28-Apr-2008 |
martin | Remove clause 3 and 4 from TNF licenses
|
| 1.12 | 01-Sep-2006 |
perseant | branches: 1.12.18; 1.12.20;
Several fixes to improve the reliability of the roll-forward agent.
Also, note "properly orphaned" files as distinct from corrupted files.
|
| 1.11 | 18-Jul-2006 |
perseant | Various improvements to fsck_lfs, to wit:
* Add lfs_balloc capability to the lfs library.
* Extend the Ifile if we run out of free inodes when creating lost+found.
* Don't roll forward if we have allocated a lost+found, to avoid
conflicts when adding new files in roll-forward.
* Make some messages slightly more verbose (e.g. include inode number,
and use pwarn() instead of printf() so the messages include the device
name when preening).
* Change superblock detection/avoidance to use the offset table in the
primary superblock, rather than looking at the contents.
* Be more verbose about various operations when passed the -d flag,
especially roll-forward.
* Be more careful about dirops during roll forward, since the cleaner can
sometimes write blocks from dirop vnodes. Detect and avoid this problem.
* Always check the free list, even if given -i; if we're going to write
it we have to check it first.
* Mark inodes dirty when blocks are found during roll forward, so the
inodes are written with the new block locations.
* Update size of inodes if blocks beyond EOF are found during roll
forward.
* Fix segment accounting for blocks and inodes found during roll
forward.
* Report statistics on roll forward: how many new/deleted/moved files
and how many updated blocks (or "nothing new").
* Don't care if the device being checked is really a device, if we have
been passed the -f flag (to facilitate automated testing).
* When writing to the disk, use the current time in the segment headers
rathern than time 0.
* When passed the -i flag, locate the partial segment containing the
Ifile inode and use that to calculate lfs_offset, lfs_curseg,
lfs_nextseg. (Again for automated testing.)
|
| 1.10 | 27-Jun-2005 |
christos | constify
|
| 1.9 | 14-Apr-2005 |
perseant | Document "-f" (force check) flag. Implement and document "-q" (quiet).
|
| 1.8 | 02-Apr-2003 |
fvdl | branches: 1.8.6;
Add support for UFS2. UFS2 is an enhanced FFS, adding support for
64 bit block pointers, extended attribute storage, and a few
other things.
This commit does not yet include the code to manipulate the extended
storage (for e.g. ACLs), this will be done later.
Originally written by Kirk McKusick and Network Associates Laboratories for
FreeBSD.
|
| 1.7 | 28-Mar-2003 |
perseant | Add working writing ability to fsck_lfs, including roll-forward, based on
a partial-segment writer ported from the kernel.
|
| 1.6 | 24-Jan-2003 |
fvdl | Bump daddr_t to 64 bits. Replace it with int32_t in all places where
it was used on-disk, so that on-disk formats remain the same.
Remove ufs_daddr_t and ufs_lbn_t for the time being.
|
| 1.5 | 04-Feb-2001 |
christos | fix redundant decls
|
| 1.4 | 14-Jun-2000 |
perseant | Add "-i" flag to specify the location of the index file inode, to
examine alternate checkpoints. Regularize usage of maxino. Remove olf
debugging cruft.
|
| 1.3 | 23-May-2000 |
perseant | branches: 1.3.2;
Convert to NetBSD source code style
|
| 1.2 | 03-Jul-1999 |
kleink | RCS Id police.
|
| 1.1 | 18-Mar-1999 |
perseant | Initial checkin of fsck_lfs. This version cannot do any repair (-p flag
does nothing, and one of -p or -n is required) but can be useful as a
diagnostic tool.
|
| 1.3.2.1 | 22-Jun-2000 |
minoura | Sync w/ netbsd-1-5-base.
|
| 1.8.6.1 | 07-May-2005 |
tron | Apply patch (requested by perseant in ticket #242):
* fsck_lfs buffer cache fixes, including PR #29151
* Change fsck_lfs phase 0 message to reflect reality
* fsck_lfs: check phase 5 (cleanerinfo accounting) even on
roll-forward
* Keep better track of the free list during roll-forward, avoiding
a core dump
* Improve hash table use for fsck_lfs buffer and vnode cache
* Document fsck_lfs flag -f, and implement -q
* Add resize_lfs, including kernel support
* Add LFS to mountd's list of exportable filesystem types
* Make the LFS lkm work again [christos@]
* Add MP locking to the LFS kernel subsystem
* Fix pager_map deadlock in lfs_putpages()
* Avoid incomplete file extension that looks like "partial
truncation" to fsck
* Use lfs_malloc for cleaner malloc, since the cleaner often runs
in low-memory conditions.
* Use splay trees, not hash table, to track page allocation for
write.
* Fix mkdir panic on full fs
* Fix page accounting leak by counting differently.
* Use rightly named structure for lfs_getattr [skrll@]
* Cosmetic changes for readability.
|
| 1.12.20.1 | 18-May-2008 |
yamt | sync with head.
|
| 1.12.18.1 | 02-Jun-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.14.12.1 | 23-Jun-2013 |
tls | resync from head
|
| 1.14.6.1 | 22-May-2014 |
yamt | sync with head.
for a reference, the tree before this commit was tagged
as yamt-pagecache-tag8.
this commit was splitted into small chunks to avoid
a limitation of cvs. ("Protocol error: too many arguments")
|
| 1.18.16.1 | 08-Apr-2020 |
martin | Merge changes from current as of 20200406
|
| 1.16 | 03-Apr-2020 |
joerg | branches: 1.16.8;
Avoid common symbols for fsck_lfs.
|
| 1.15 | 19-Aug-2015 |
dholland | branches: 1.15.16;
Part two of dinodes; use the same union everywhere.
(previously the ufs-derived code had things set up slightly different)
Remove a bunch of associated mess.
|
| 1.14 | 08-Jun-2013 |
dholland | Tidy up the LFS userland build hacks.
Don't use -I${NETBSDSRCDIR}/sys; don't include files other than the
exported LFS headers, which are lfs.h, lfs_inode.h, and (for now)
lfs_extern.h.
|
| 1.13 | 06-Jun-2013 |
dholland | Cleanups and hacks to make lfs userland stuff build:
- lfs_cksum.c doesn't actually need ulfs_inode.h any more.
- neither does lfs_itimes.c.
- add hacks to fsck_lfs to make it compile.
- add hacks to newfs_lfs to make it compile.
- fix warning in ulfs_quota.c when quotas are fully disabled
(as I guess is happening with the rumpity version)
XXX: This commit adds -I${NETBSDSRCDIR}/sys to the Makefiles for
XXX: fsck_lfs, newfs_lfs, and lfs_cleanerd. This needs to be cleaned
XXX: up ASAP; but I consider this less problematic in the short term
XXX: than spewing ulfs_*.h into /usr/include.
|
| 1.12 | 06-Jun-2013 |
dholland | ufs -> ulfs for fsck_lfs.
|
| 1.11 | 16-Feb-2010 |
mlelstv | branches: 1.11.6; 1.11.12;
Three changes in a single commit.
- drop the notion of frags (LFS fragments) vs fsb (FFS fragments)
The code uses a complicated unity function that just makes the
code difficult to understand.
- support larger sector sizes. Fix disk address computations
to use DEV_BSIZE in the kernel as required by device drivers
and to use sector sizes in userland.
- Fix several locking bugs in lfs_bio.c and lfs_subr.c.
|
| 1.10 | 06-Aug-2009 |
pooka | Define syscalls of lfs userspace tools (cleaner, mainly) through
a struct called kernelops, which contains standard system calls
for the normal case and rump system calls for the rump case.
Make it possible to run the lfs cleaner in a library fashion (taking
the quick route with the implementation).
|
| 1.9 | 28-Apr-2008 |
martin | Remove clause 3 and 4 from TNF licenses
|
| 1.8 | 10-Oct-2007 |
ad | branches: 1.8.8; 1.8.10;
Merge from vmlocking:
- Split vnode::v_flag into three fields, depending on field locking.
- simple_lock -> kmutex in a few places.
- Fix some simple locking problems.
|
| 1.7 | 08-Oct-2007 |
ad | Give brelse() a second argument so that it matches the kernel.
fsck_lfs now compiles again.
|
| 1.6 | 09-Nov-2006 |
christos | branches: 1.6.8;
Fix malloc/realloc/calloc issues: always check and exit, use EEXIT instead
of 8.
|
| 1.5 | 20-Mar-2006 |
christos | Coverity CID 2551: Don't use LIST_FOREACH() if you are going to free the
current element (bp) in the body of the loop; the foreach does bp = bp->next;
|
| 1.4 | 17-Mar-2006 |
rumble | Check for allocation failures in malloc, calloc, realloc, asprintf, and
vasprintf and try to handle them.
|
| 1.3 | 11-Apr-2005 |
perseant | Be more efficient with the hash tables for the buffer and vnode caches.
Note that roll-forward can add more inodes to the filesystem; don't overflow
the tables but reallocate them.
|
| 1.2 | 02-Apr-2003 |
fvdl | branches: 1.2.6;
Add support for UFS2. UFS2 is an enhanced FFS, adding support for
64 bit block pointers, extended attribute storage, and a few
other things.
This commit does not yet include the code to manipulate the extended
storage (for e.g. ACLs), this will be done later.
Originally written by Kirk McKusick and Network Associates Laboratories for
FreeBSD.
|
| 1.1 | 28-Mar-2003 |
perseant | Add working writing ability to fsck_lfs, including roll-forward, based on
a partial-segment writer ported from the kernel.
|
| 1.2.6.1 | 07-May-2005 |
tron | Apply patch (requested by perseant in ticket #242):
* fsck_lfs buffer cache fixes, including PR #29151
* Change fsck_lfs phase 0 message to reflect reality
* fsck_lfs: check phase 5 (cleanerinfo accounting) even on
roll-forward
* Keep better track of the free list during roll-forward, avoiding
a core dump
* Improve hash table use for fsck_lfs buffer and vnode cache
* Document fsck_lfs flag -f, and implement -q
* Add resize_lfs, including kernel support
* Add LFS to mountd's list of exportable filesystem types
* Make the LFS lkm work again [christos@]
* Add MP locking to the LFS kernel subsystem
* Fix pager_map deadlock in lfs_putpages()
* Avoid incomplete file extension that looks like "partial
truncation" to fsck
* Use lfs_malloc for cleaner malloc, since the cleaner often runs
in low-memory conditions.
* Use splay trees, not hash table, to track page allocation for
write.
* Fix mkdir panic on full fs
* Fix page accounting leak by counting differently.
* Use rightly named structure for lfs_getattr [skrll@]
* Cosmetic changes for readability.
|
| 1.6.8.1 | 06-Nov-2007 |
matt | sync with HEAD
|
| 1.8.10.1 | 18-May-2008 |
yamt | sync with head.
|
| 1.8.8.1 | 02-Jun-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.11.12.1 | 23-Jun-2013 |
tls | resync from head
|
| 1.11.6.1 | 22-May-2014 |
yamt | sync with head.
for a reference, the tree before this commit was tagged
as yamt-pagecache-tag8.
this commit was splitted into small chunks to avoid
a limitation of cvs. ("Protocol error: too many arguments")
|
| 1.15.16.1 | 08-Apr-2020 |
martin | Merge changes from current as of 20200406
|
| 1.16.8.2 | 06-Sep-2025 |
perseant | Separate buffer cache code between fsck_lfs and fsck_exfatfs.
This may be reunited later, probably as a library.
|
| 1.16.8.1 | 29-Jun-2024 |
perseant | Implementation of exFAT filesystem, with compilation conditional on MKEXFATFS
make variable.
|
| 1.6 | 17-Sep-2021 |
christos | branches: 1.6.4;
Fix the function pointer declaration to something lint likes.
|
| 1.5 | 09-Jun-2017 |
chs | this file uses the <sys/queue.h> macros so it should include
that header itself, rather than relying on getting it indirectly
by including some other header.
|
| 1.4 | 28-Apr-2008 |
martin | Remove clause 3 and 4 from TNF licenses
|
| 1.3 | 10-Oct-2007 |
ad | branches: 1.3.8; 1.3.10;
Merge from vmlocking:
- Split vnode::v_flag into three fields, depending on field locking.
- simple_lock -> kmutex in a few places.
- Fix some simple locking problems.
|
| 1.2 | 11-Apr-2005 |
perseant | branches: 1.2.10;
Be more efficient with the hash tables for the buffer and vnode caches.
Note that roll-forward can add more inodes to the filesystem; don't overflow
the tables but reallocate them.
|
| 1.1 | 28-Mar-2003 |
perseant | branches: 1.1.6;
Add working writing ability to fsck_lfs, including roll-forward, based on
a partial-segment writer ported from the kernel.
|
| 1.1.6.1 | 07-May-2005 |
tron | Apply patch (requested by perseant in ticket #242):
* fsck_lfs buffer cache fixes, including PR #29151
* Change fsck_lfs phase 0 message to reflect reality
* fsck_lfs: check phase 5 (cleanerinfo accounting) even on
roll-forward
* Keep better track of the free list during roll-forward, avoiding
a core dump
* Improve hash table use for fsck_lfs buffer and vnode cache
* Document fsck_lfs flag -f, and implement -q
* Add resize_lfs, including kernel support
* Add LFS to mountd's list of exportable filesystem types
* Make the LFS lkm work again [christos@]
* Add MP locking to the LFS kernel subsystem
* Fix pager_map deadlock in lfs_putpages()
* Avoid incomplete file extension that looks like "partial
truncation" to fsck
* Use lfs_malloc for cleaner malloc, since the cleaner often runs
in low-memory conditions.
* Use splay trees, not hash table, to track page allocation for
write.
* Fix mkdir panic on full fs
* Fix page accounting leak by counting differently.
* Use rightly named structure for lfs_getattr [skrll@]
* Cosmetic changes for readability.
|
| 1.2.10.1 | 06-Nov-2007 |
matt | sync with HEAD
|
| 1.3.10.1 | 18-May-2008 |
yamt | sync with head.
|
| 1.3.8.1 | 02-Jun-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.6.4.2 | 06-Sep-2025 |
perseant | Separate buffer cache code between fsck_lfs and fsck_exfatfs.
This may be reunited later, probably as a library.
|
| 1.6.4.1 | 29-Jun-2024 |
perseant | Implementation of exFAT filesystem, with compilation conditional on MKEXFATFS
make variable.
|
| 1.12 | 11-Apr-2010 |
hannken | Add -x option which allows to run `fsck_msdos -n' on a snapshot of
a live file system.
While here modify snap_open() to accept a character device as its
first arg and remove now unneeded get_snap_device().
Reviewed by: Manuel Bouyer <bouyer@netbsd.org>
|
| 1.11 | 26-Aug-2006 |
christos | Programs that use efun.
|
| 1.10 | 20-Jan-2005 |
xtraeme | WARNS=2 is the default defined in sbin/Makefile.inc. (thanks wiz)
|
| 1.9 | 19-Aug-2002 |
lukem | Use ${NETBSDSRCDIR}/some/path instead of ${.CURDIR}/../../some/path
|
| 1.8 | 06-Apr-2001 |
wiz | Make WARNS=2 safe, and set WARNS to 2.
|
| 1.7 | 10-Oct-1997 |
christos | CFLAGS->CPPFLAGS
|
| 1.6 | 08-May-1997 |
gwr | Back out the .PATH.c changes. The .depend problem (and others)
will be fixed using the new .NOPATH make feature instead.
|
| 1.5 | 06-May-1997 |
gwr | Use .PATH.c: ...
|
| 1.4 | 03-Jan-1997 |
ws | Fix handling of clusters marked bad
Noted by Rafal Boni
|
| 1.3 | 27-Sep-1996 |
christos | util -> fsutil
|
| 1.2 | 23-Sep-1996 |
christos | - use error printing code from fsck(8)
- remove fstab walking code
- add missing prototypes
- add missing argument in dir.c near "Truncate", where delete() was being
called with fewer args. I think the missing argument should be a zero,
but Wolfgang should check...
|
| 1.1 | 14-May-1996 |
ws | Add fsck utility for msdosfs
|
| 1.27 | 28-Aug-2022 |
mlelstv | fix 32bit builds
|
| 1.26 | 28-Aug-2022 |
mlelstv | Fix writing of corrected fsinfo.
Continue when fsinfo has been rewritten.
|
| 1.25 | 24-Apr-2022 |
hannken | Cast read()/write() result to size_t to make this compile again.
|
| 1.24 | 23-Apr-2022 |
mlelstv | Support large disk sectors.
|
| 1.23 | 22-Feb-2020 |
kamil | Avoid unportable shift construct
boot.c:150:29, left shift of 255 by 24 places cannot be represented in type 'int'
boot.c:153:29, left shift of 255 by 24 places cannot be represented in type 'int'
|
| 1.22 | 11-Jan-2020 |
christos | Don't add the 2 reserved clusters before we determine if we using fat16/fat32.
From FreeBSD: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D23082:
Correct off-by-two issue when determining FAT type.
In the code we used NumClusters as the upper (non-inclusive) boundary
of valid cluster number, so the actual value was 2 (CLUST_FIRST) more
than the real number of clusters. This causes a FAT16 media with
65524 clusters be treated as FAT32 and might affect FAT12 media with
4084 clusters as well.
To fix this, we increment NumClusters by CLUST_FIRST after the type
determination.
|
| 1.21 | 08-Feb-2018 |
dholland | branches: 1.21.4;
Typos.
|
| 1.20 | 02-May-2016 |
jakllsch | The on-disk FAT array does not include anything before CLUST_FIRST,
compensate in size check.
This was tickled by my SanDisk Sansa Clip 4GB, which exactly filled the FAT array.
|
| 1.19 | 02-Jan-2015 |
mlelstv | Avoid mixing cluster numbers and sector numbers. Makes code more readable.
|
| 1.18 | 04-Nov-2014 |
msaitoh | Add #include <inttypes.h> for intmax_t to fix compile error.
|
| 1.17 | 03-Nov-2014 |
jakllsch | ClusterOffset actually needs to be able to be negative.
|
| 1.16 | 07-Jul-2014 |
christos | branches: 1.16.2;
From: http://marc.info/?l=openbsd-tech&m=140354518512871&w=2
more consistency checks
|
| 1.15 | 11-Apr-2009 |
lukem | branches: 1.15.12; 1.15.22;
fix sign-compare issues
|
| 1.14 | 13-Jun-2008 |
martin | branches: 1.14.4;
Move to 2 clause license, approved by Wolfgang Solfrank.
|
| 1.13 | 19-Mar-2007 |
gdt | branches: 1.13.12; 1.13.14; 1.13.16;
Change mismatch of bytes 11 to 90 to be a warning, not an error, and
print out the values of the bytes that do not match.
Add comment explaining that there is no documented rationale for the
check.
fsck_msdos checks that several bytes are equal in the primary and
backup bootblock. There is no documented rationale. The kernel does
not enforce this when mounting a filesystem. I have a FAT32
filesystem on my disk (mounted as /share) which fails this check, but
is accepted by both Windows XP and NetBSD. My volume differs in bytes
71-81. The primary contains "SHARE " and the backup NUL bytes.
Further, fsck_msdos does not have code to repair the mismatch. As a
result such filesystems can be used not checked.
|
| 1.12 | 10-Mar-2007 |
hubertf | - removes unused ctype.h header
- correct comment in mount_nfs/getnfsargs.c: s/Nead/Need/
From: Slava Semushin <php-coder@altlinux.ru>
|
| 1.11 | 05-Jun-2006 |
christos | - don't leak memory on allocation failure.
- s/perror/perr and print how much we were trying to allocate.
|
| 1.10 | 19-Jan-2005 |
xtraeme | Kill __P(), ANSIfy, remove main() prototype.
|
| 1.9 | 24-Jul-2003 |
ws | Only compare the interesting part of the bootblock with its backup.
|
| 1.8 | 22-Dec-2001 |
augustss | Allow check to proceed with bad backup boot block if we're doing a readonly
check.
|
| 1.7 | 26-Jul-2001 |
wiz | Various typos in comments (neccessary, sceme, choise, ...).
|
| 1.6 | 06-Oct-1998 |
ws | Since M$ doesn't maintain the FSINFO block correctly,
don't treat errors there as modifications.
|
| 1.5 | 17-Oct-1997 |
ws | Add support for FAT32
Support dropping lost cluster chains (on request by Christoph Badura)
While being here, fix some minor bugs, mostly with format strings
|
| 1.4 | 14-Sep-1997 |
lukem | * cleanup for WARNS=1
* getopt returns -1 not EOF
* cleanup manpage
|
| 1.3 | 27-Sep-1996 |
christos | util -> fsutil
|
| 1.2 | 23-Sep-1996 |
christos | - use error printing code from fsck(8)
- remove fstab walking code
- add missing prototypes
- add missing argument in dir.c near "Truncate", where delete() was being
called with fewer args. I think the missing argument should be a zero,
but Wolfgang should check...
|
| 1.1 | 14-May-1996 |
ws | Add fsck utility for msdosfs
|
| 1.13.16.1 | 23-Jun-2008 |
wrstuden | Sync w/ -current. 34 merge conflicts to follow.
|
| 1.13.14.1 | 17-Jun-2008 |
yamt | sync with head.
|
| 1.13.12.1 | 29-Jun-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.14.4.1 | 13-May-2009 |
jym | Sync with HEAD.
Third (and last) commit. See http://mail-index.netbsd.org/source-changes/2009/05/13/msg221222.html
|
| 1.15.22.1 | 10-Aug-2014 |
tls | Rebase.
|
| 1.15.12.1 | 20-Aug-2014 |
tls | Rebase to HEAD as of a few days ago.
|
| 1.16.2.1 | 14-Nov-2014 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by jakllsch in ticket #234):
sbin/fsck_msdos/boot.c: revision 1.18
sbin/fsck_msdos/dosfs.h: revision 1.7
sbin/fsck_msdos/boot.c: revision 1.17
ClusterOffset actually needs to be able to be negative.
Add #include <inttypes.h> for intmax_t to fix compile error.
|
| 1.21.4.1 | 08-Apr-2020 |
martin | Merge changes from current as of 20200406
|
| 1.20 | 28-Aug-2022 |
mlelstv | Fix writing of corrected fsinfo.
Continue when fsinfo has been rewritten.
|
| 1.19 | 10-Jul-2014 |
christos | Well, if you set FSFIXFAT, better do it... Try running fsck on:
$ newfs_msdos -C 1M ./poc.fs
$ dd if=/dev/zero of=poc.fs conv=notrunc bs=1 count=1 seek=512
multiple times and see that it does not get fixed.
|
| 1.18 | 11-Apr-2009 |
lukem | branches: 1.18.12; 1.18.22;
fix sign-compare issues
|
| 1.17 | 13-Jun-2008 |
martin | branches: 1.17.4;
Move to 2 clause license, approved by Wolfgang Solfrank.
|
| 1.16 | 23-Feb-2008 |
christos | branches: 1.16.2; 1.16.4;
Make sure that the exit values are always sane, and use symbolic instead
of magic constants. Reviewed by go@
|
| 1.15 | 10-Mar-2007 |
hubertf | branches: 1.15.4; 1.15.10; 1.15.12;
- removes unused ctype.h header
- correct comment in mount_nfs/getnfsargs.c: s/Nead/Need/
From: Slava Semushin <php-coder@altlinux.ru>
|
| 1.14 | 05-Jun-2006 |
christos | - don't leak memory on allocation failure.
- s/perror/perr and print how much we were trying to allocate.
|
| 1.13 | 19-Jan-2005 |
xtraeme | Kill __P(), ANSIfy, remove main() prototype.
|
| 1.12 | 06-Apr-2001 |
wiz | Make WARNS=2 safe, and set WARNS to 2.
|
| 1.11 | 15-Sep-2000 |
abs | if readboot() calls pfatal(), we need to print a \n before exiting
|
| 1.10 | 25-Apr-2000 |
jdolecek | branches: 1.10.4;
Recognize "dirty" signature on FAT as set by Windows 95 OSR2+ and don't report
it just as "odd byte sequence". Handle the dirty flag similar way
it's treated on e.g. FFS - e.g. clear it separately from rest of FAT.
Changing of FAT is now postponed until after all checks are done,
check.c:checkfilesys() was cleaned considerably and several messages
has been adjusted to be more accurate.
If file system was modified and no error has occured, just return 0
instead of 4 - there is no need for forcing a reboot in this case.
This addresses bin/5638 by Christos Zoulas.
|
| 1.9 | 25-Aug-1998 |
ross | from Erik Bertelsen <erik@mediator.uni-c.dk>
{ put } { in } { lots } { of } { these } { to } { shut } { up } { egcs }
|
| 1.8 | 17-Oct-1997 |
ws | Add support for FAT32
Support dropping lost cluster chains (on request by Christoph Badura)
While being here, fix some minor bugs, mostly with format strings
|
| 1.7 | 14-Sep-1997 |
lukem | * cleanup for WARNS=1
* getopt returns -1 not EOF
* cleanup manpage
|
| 1.6 | 03-Jan-1997 |
ws | Fix handling of clusters marked bad
Noted by Rafal Boni
|
| 1.5 | 27-Sep-1996 |
christos | util -> fsutil
|
| 1.4 | 23-Sep-1996 |
christos | - use error printing code from fsck(8)
- remove fstab walking code
- add missing prototypes
- add missing argument in dir.c near "Truncate", where delete() was being
called with fewer args. I think the missing argument should be a zero,
but Wolfgang should check...
|
| 1.3 | 28-May-1996 |
ws | Don't allocate data structures for non-directories
Free any data structures when finishing a check (at the latest)
|
| 1.2 | 25-May-1996 |
ws | Check return values of malloc
Generate full pathnames only on request
Minor cleanup, RCS Ids in .h files
|
| 1.1 | 14-May-1996 |
ws | branches: 1.1.4;
Add fsck utility for msdosfs
|
| 1.1.4.1 | 31-May-1996 |
jtc | pulled up from trunk by request of ws
|
| 1.10.4.1 | 02-Oct-2000 |
abs | Pullup sbin/fsck_msdos/check.c 1.11 (Approved by jhawk)
If readboot() calls pfatal() and returns an error, print \n before exiting
|
| 1.15.12.2 | 29-Jun-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.15.12.1 | 03-Apr-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.15.10.1 | 24-Mar-2008 |
keiichi | sync with head.
|
| 1.15.4.1 | 23-Mar-2008 |
matt | sync with HEAD
|
| 1.16.4.1 | 23-Jun-2008 |
wrstuden | Sync w/ -current. 34 merge conflicts to follow.
|
| 1.16.2.1 | 17-Jun-2008 |
yamt | sync with head.
|
| 1.17.4.1 | 13-May-2009 |
jym | Sync with HEAD.
Third (and last) commit. See http://mail-index.netbsd.org/source-changes/2009/05/13/msg221222.html
|
| 1.18.22.1 | 10-Aug-2014 |
tls | Rebase.
|
| 1.18.12.1 | 20-Aug-2014 |
tls | Rebase to HEAD as of a few days ago.
|
| 1.29 | 28-Apr-2017 |
christos | Prevent SEGV on corrupted msdos directories (Veo Zhang)
|
| 1.28 | 07-Mar-2016 |
christos | branches: 1.28.6;
PR/50908: David Binderman: Optimize memset's
|
| 1.27 | 02-Jan-2015 |
mlelstv | Avoid mixing cluster numbers and sector numbers. Makes code more readable.
|
| 1.26 | 07-Jul-2014 |
christos | From: http://marc.info/?t=140304310700005&r=1&w=2
When truncating cluster chains fix the length of the cluster head.
|
| 1.25 | 20-Feb-2011 |
christos | branches: 1.25.10; 1.25.20;
undo part of the previous patch, which I suspect is bad.
|
| 1.24 | 07-Feb-2011 |
christos | PR/44529: Martin Danielsson: fsck_msdos crashes when verifying corrupt file
system. Avoid using the long name index when it is 0. Refactor the code to
avoid duplication.
|
| 1.23 | 11-Apr-2009 |
lukem | branches: 1.23.2;
fix sign-compare issues
|
| 1.22 | 13-Jun-2008 |
martin | branches: 1.22.4;
Move to 2 clause license, approved by Wolfgang Solfrank.
|
| 1.21 | 17-Jan-2007 |
hubertf | branches: 1.21.12; 1.21.14; 1.21.16;
Remove more duplicate #includes,
from Slava Semushin <slava.semushin@gmail.com>
|
| 1.20 | 05-Jun-2006 |
christos | - don't leak memory on allocation failure.
- s/perror/perr and print how much we were trying to allocate.
|
| 1.19 | 10-Apr-2006 |
dbj | the root directory of non fat32 filesystems is stored in a special area.
a couple of corner cases can cause it to fail to write out that area
after it performs repairs.
|
| 1.18 | 20-Mar-2006 |
christos | Coverity CID 1078: Add assertion check for NULL pointer.
|
| 1.17 | 19-Jan-2005 |
xtraeme | Kill __P(), ANSIfy, remove main() prototype.
|
| 1.16 | 13-Jul-2003 |
itojun | use bounded string op
|
| 1.15 | 25-Apr-2000 |
jdolecek | Recognize "dirty" signature on FAT as set by Windows 95 OSR2+ and don't report
it just as "odd byte sequence". Handle the dirty flag similar way
it's treated on e.g. FFS - e.g. clear it separately from rest of FAT.
Changing of FAT is now postponed until after all checks are done,
check.c:checkfilesys() was cleaned considerably and several messages
has been adjusted to be more accurate.
If file system was modified and no error has occured, just return 0
instead of 4 - there is no need for forcing a reboot in this case.
This addresses bin/5638 by Christos Zoulas.
|
| 1.14 | 25-Aug-1998 |
ross | from Erik Bertelsen <erik@mediator.uni-c.dk>
{ put } { in } { lots } { of } { these } { to } { shut } { up } { egcs }
|
| 1.13 | 28-Jul-1998 |
mycroft | __AUDIT__ cleanup.
|
| 1.12 | 22-Jan-1998 |
ws | Fix some bugs & annoyances when reparing defect disks
|
| 1.11 | 17-Oct-1997 |
ws | Add support for FAT32
Support dropping lost cluster chains (on request by Christoph Badura)
While being here, fix some minor bugs, mostly with format strings
|
| 1.10 | 14-Sep-1997 |
lukem | * cleanup for WARNS=1
* getopt returns -1 not EOF
* cleanup manpage
|
| 1.9 | 08-Sep-1997 |
ws | Fix a few bugs, especially when repairing disks:
Print correct pathname in error messages
Fix unterminating loop when trying to correct a bad fat
Require fat media byte to be the same as the one in the bpb
Fix unterminating loop when looking for free directory slot in LOST.DIR
(bad disk image provided by Christoph Badura)
|
| 1.8 | 27-Sep-1996 |
christos | util -> fsutil
|
| 1.7 | 24-Sep-1996 |
ws | Fix delete() call in dir.c differently than Christos' way.
Require at least one filesystem as program argument.
Update man page to reflect the latter.
|
| 1.6 | 23-Sep-1996 |
christos | - use error printing code from fsck(8)
- remove fstab walking code
- add missing prototypes
- add missing argument in dir.c near "Truncate", where delete() was being
called with fewer args. I think the missing argument should be a zero,
but Wolfgang should check...
|
| 1.5 | 17-Sep-1996 |
ws | Fix null pointer derefernce
Fixes PR#2765. Thanks David.
|
| 1.4 | 11-Sep-1996 |
christos | Fix gcc warnings.
|
| 1.3 | 28-May-1996 |
ws | Don't allocate data structures for non-directories
Free any data structures when finishing a check (at the latest)
|
| 1.2 | 25-May-1996 |
ws | Check return values of malloc
Generate full pathnames only on request
Minor cleanup, RCS Ids in .h files
|
| 1.1 | 14-May-1996 |
ws | branches: 1.1.4;
Add fsck utility for msdosfs
|
| 1.1.4.1 | 31-May-1996 |
jtc | pulled up from trunk by request of ws
|
| 1.21.16.1 | 23-Jun-2008 |
wrstuden | Sync w/ -current. 34 merge conflicts to follow.
|
| 1.21.14.1 | 17-Jun-2008 |
yamt | sync with head.
|
| 1.21.12.1 | 29-Jun-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.22.4.1 | 13-May-2009 |
jym | Sync with HEAD.
Third (and last) commit. See http://mail-index.netbsd.org/source-changes/2009/05/13/msg221222.html
|
| 1.23.2.2 | 05-Mar-2011 |
bouyer | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.23.2.1 | 08-Feb-2011 |
bouyer | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.25.20.1 | 10-Aug-2014 |
tls | Rebase.
|
| 1.25.10.1 | 20-Aug-2014 |
tls | Rebase to HEAD as of a few days ago.
|
| 1.28.6.1 | 02-May-2017 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD - tag prg-localcount2-base1
|
| 1.8 | 02-Jan-2015 |
mlelstv | Avoid mixing cluster numbers and sector numbers. Makes code more readable.
|
| 1.7 | 03-Nov-2014 |
jakllsch | ClusterOffset actually needs to be able to be negative.
|
| 1.6 | 13-Jun-2008 |
martin | branches: 1.6.38;
Move to 2 clause license, approved by Wolfgang Solfrank.
|
| 1.5 | 17-Oct-1997 |
ws | branches: 1.5.46; 1.5.48; 1.5.50;
Add support for FAT32
Support dropping lost cluster chains (on request by Christoph Badura)
While being here, fix some minor bugs, mostly with format strings
|
| 1.4 | 03-Jan-1997 |
ws | Fix handling of clusters marked bad
Noted by Rafal Boni
|
| 1.3 | 28-May-1996 |
ws | Don't allocate data structures for non-directories
Free any data structures when finishing a check (at the latest)
|
| 1.2 | 25-May-1996 |
ws | Check return values of malloc
Generate full pathnames only on request
Minor cleanup, RCS Ids in .h files
|
| 1.1 | 14-May-1996 |
ws | branches: 1.1.4;
Add fsck utility for msdosfs
|
| 1.1.4.1 | 31-May-1996 |
jtc | pulled up from trunk by request of ws
|
| 1.5.50.1 | 23-Jun-2008 |
wrstuden | Sync w/ -current. 34 merge conflicts to follow.
|
| 1.5.48.1 | 17-Jun-2008 |
yamt | sync with head.
|
| 1.5.46.1 | 29-Jun-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.6.38.1 | 14-Nov-2014 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by jakllsch in ticket #234):
sbin/fsck_msdos/boot.c: revision 1.18
sbin/fsck_msdos/dosfs.h: revision 1.7
sbin/fsck_msdos/boot.c: revision 1.17
ClusterOffset actually needs to be able to be negative.
Add #include <inttypes.h> for intmax_t to fix compile error.
|
| 1.14 | 24-Sep-2023 |
gutteridge | ext.h: fix spelling and grammar in a comment
|
| 1.13 | 11-Apr-2009 |
lukem | fix sign-compare issues
|
| 1.12 | 13-Jun-2008 |
martin | branches: 1.12.4;
Move to 2 clause license, approved by Wolfgang Solfrank.
|
| 1.11 | 19-Jan-2005 |
xtraeme | branches: 1.11.26; 1.11.28; 1.11.30;
Kill __P(), ANSIfy, remove main() prototype.
|
| 1.10 | 16-Sep-2001 |
wiz | Spell 'occurred' with two 'r's.
|
| 1.9 | 26-Jul-2001 |
wiz | Various typos in comments (neccessary, sceme, choise, ...).
|
| 1.8 | 06-Apr-2001 |
wiz | Make WARNS=2 safe, and set WARNS to 2.
|
| 1.7 | 10-Oct-2000 |
is | Format string cleanups by Bill Sommerfeld.
|
| 1.6 | 25-Apr-2000 |
jdolecek | branches: 1.6.4;
Recognize "dirty" signature on FAT as set by Windows 95 OSR2+ and don't report
it just as "odd byte sequence". Handle the dirty flag similar way
it's treated on e.g. FFS - e.g. clear it separately from rest of FAT.
Changing of FAT is now postponed until after all checks are done,
check.c:checkfilesys() was cleaned considerably and several messages
has been adjusted to be more accurate.
If file system was modified and no error has occured, just return 0
instead of 4 - there is no need for forcing a reboot in this case.
This addresses bin/5638 by Christos Zoulas.
|
| 1.5 | 17-Oct-1997 |
ws | branches: 1.5.4;
Add support for FAT32
Support dropping lost cluster chains (on request by Christoph Badura)
While being here, fix some minor bugs, mostly with format strings
|
| 1.4 | 23-Sep-1996 |
christos | - use error printing code from fsck(8)
- remove fstab walking code
- add missing prototypes
- add missing argument in dir.c near "Truncate", where delete() was being
called with fewer args. I think the missing argument should be a zero,
but Wolfgang should check...
|
| 1.3 | 28-May-1996 |
ws | Don't allocate data structures for non-directories
Free any data structures when finishing a check (at the latest)
|
| 1.2 | 25-May-1996 |
ws | Check return values of malloc
Generate full pathnames only on request
Minor cleanup, RCS Ids in .h files
|
| 1.1 | 14-May-1996 |
ws | branches: 1.1.4;
Add fsck utility for msdosfs
|
| 1.1.4.1 | 31-May-1996 |
jtc | pulled up from trunk by request of ws
|
| 1.5.4.1 | 10-Oct-2000 |
he | Pull up revision 1.7 (requested by is):
Format string cleanup.
|
| 1.6.4.1 | 18-Oct-2000 |
tv | Pullup sbin string format fixes [is].
See "cvs log" for explicit revision numbers per file, from sommerfeld.
|
| 1.11.30.1 | 23-Jun-2008 |
wrstuden | Sync w/ -current. 34 merge conflicts to follow.
|
| 1.11.28.1 | 17-Jun-2008 |
yamt | sync with head.
|
| 1.11.26.1 | 29-Jun-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.12.4.1 | 13-May-2009 |
jym | Sync with HEAD.
Third (and last) commit. See http://mail-index.netbsd.org/source-changes/2009/05/13/msg221222.html
|
| 1.30 | 04-Jun-2019 |
christos | We already incremented cl; fix indexing. Noticed by Xin Li @FreeBSD.
|
| 1.29 | 11-Jul-2014 |
christos | branches: 1.29.24;
Another infinite loop fix from OpenBSD from Tobias Stoeckmann:
You can download a "proof of concept" from my website:
http://www.stoeckmann.org/openbsd/poc.iso.
Take FAT1 and it'll infinitely loop. This fix will complete
your previous commit.
|
| 1.28 | 10-Jul-2014 |
christos | Bring in a regression for the previous fix from OpenBSD
|
| 1.27 | 07-Jul-2014 |
christos | From: http://marc.info/?l=openbsd-tech&m=140234174104724&w=2
Avoid off-by-one on FAT12 filesystems.
|
| 1.26 | 07-Jul-2014 |
christos | From: http://marc.info/?l=openbsd-tech&m=140275150804337&w=2
Avoid infinite loops in cluster chain linked lists.
|
| 1.25 | 07-Jul-2014 |
christos | From: http://marc.info/?t=140304310700005&r=1&w=2
When truncating cluster chains fix the length of the cluster head.
|
| 1.24 | 17-Jan-2013 |
jakllsch | branches: 1.24.6;
An uninitialized next-free-cluster value in the file system information
block is valid; do not consider it for correction.
|
| 1.23 | 07-Aug-2012 |
jakllsch | branches: 1.23.2;
The free space value in the FSInfo block is merely unitialized when it is
0xffffffff. Fixes first part of bin/46743
|
| 1.22 | 11-Apr-2009 |
lukem | branches: 1.22.6;
fix sign-compare issues
|
| 1.21 | 24-Jul-2008 |
matthias | branches: 1.21.4;
Do not crash when boot->FSNext contains garbage (i.e. -1).
|
| 1.20 | 13-Jun-2008 |
martin | Move to 2 clause license, approved by Wolfgang Solfrank.
|
| 1.19 | 06-Jun-2006 |
christos | branches: 1.19.20; 1.19.22; 1.19.24;
don't use uint32_t when you mean size_t.
|
| 1.18 | 05-Jun-2006 |
christos | - don't leak memory on allocation failure.
- s/perror/perr and print how much we were trying to allocate.
|
| 1.17 | 20-Mar-2006 |
christos | Coverity CID 2302: Free fat if fatal error to avoid leak.
|
| 1.16 | 19-Jan-2005 |
xtraeme | Kill __P(), ANSIfy, remove main() prototype.
|
| 1.15 | 28-Feb-2003 |
matt | Eliminate a -Wshadow warning
|
| 1.14 | 06-Apr-2001 |
wiz | Make WARNS=2 safe, and set WARNS to 2.
|
| 1.13 | 05-Jan-2001 |
lukem | minor knf
|
| 1.12 | 10-Oct-2000 |
is | Format string cleanups by Bill Sommerfeld.
|
| 1.11 | 26-Apr-2000 |
jdolecek | branches: 1.11.4;
add a prototype for _readfat() added in last commit and make it static, so
that it's possible to compile this with -Wstrict-prototypes -Wmissing-prototypes
Breakage reported by Jeff Rizzo <riz@boogers.sf.ca.us> on current-users.
|
| 1.10 | 25-Apr-2000 |
jdolecek | Recognize "dirty" signature on FAT as set by Windows 95 OSR2+ and don't report
it just as "odd byte sequence". Handle the dirty flag similar way
it's treated on e.g. FFS - e.g. clear it separately from rest of FAT.
Changing of FAT is now postponed until after all checks are done,
check.c:checkfilesys() was cleaned considerably and several messages
has been adjusted to be more accurate.
If file system was modified and no error has occured, just return 0
instead of 4 - there is no need for forcing a reboot in this case.
This addresses bin/5638 by Christos Zoulas.
|
| 1.9 | 22-Jan-1998 |
ws | branches: 1.9.2;
Fix some bugs & annoyances when reparing defect disks
|
| 1.8 | 17-Oct-1997 |
ws | Add support for FAT32
Support dropping lost cluster chains (on request by Christoph Badura)
While being here, fix some minor bugs, mostly with format strings
|
| 1.7 | 14-Sep-1997 |
lukem | * cleanup for WARNS=1
* getopt returns -1 not EOF
* cleanup manpage
|
| 1.6 | 08-Sep-1997 |
ws | Fix a few bugs, especially when repairing disks:
Print correct pathname in error messages
Fix unterminating loop when trying to correct a bad fat
Require fat media byte to be the same as the one in the bpb
Fix unterminating loop when looking for free directory slot in LOST.DIR
(bad disk image provided by Christoph Badura)
|
| 1.5 | 03-Jan-1997 |
ws | Fix handling of clusters marked bad
Noted by Rafal Boni
|
| 1.4 | 27-Sep-1996 |
christos | util -> fsutil
|
| 1.3 | 23-Sep-1996 |
christos | - use error printing code from fsck(8)
- remove fstab walking code
- add missing prototypes
- add missing argument in dir.c near "Truncate", where delete() was being
called with fewer args. I think the missing argument should be a zero,
but Wolfgang should check...
|
| 1.2 | 28-May-1996 |
ws | Don't allocate data structures for non-directories
Free any data structures when finishing a check (at the latest)
|
| 1.1 | 14-May-1996 |
ws | branches: 1.1.4;
Add fsck utility for msdosfs
|
| 1.1.4.1 | 31-May-1996 |
jtc | pulled up from trunk by request of ws
|
| 1.9.2.2 | 11-Oct-2000 |
he | Apply patch (requested by he):
Correct typo in previous.
|
| 1.9.2.1 | 10-Oct-2000 |
he | Pull up revision 1.12 (via patch, requested by is):
Format string cleanup.
|
| 1.11.4.1 | 18-Oct-2000 |
tv | Pullup sbin string format fixes [is].
See "cvs log" for explicit revision numbers per file, from sommerfeld.
|
| 1.19.24.2 | 18-Sep-2008 |
wrstuden | Sync with wrstuden-revivesa-base-2.
|
| 1.19.24.1 | 23-Jun-2008 |
wrstuden | Sync w/ -current. 34 merge conflicts to follow.
|
| 1.19.22.1 | 17-Jun-2008 |
yamt | sync with head.
|
| 1.19.20.2 | 28-Sep-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.19.20.1 | 29-Jun-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.21.4.1 | 13-May-2009 |
jym | Sync with HEAD.
Third (and last) commit. See http://mail-index.netbsd.org/source-changes/2009/05/13/msg221222.html
|
| 1.22.6.2 | 23-Jan-2013 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.22.6.1 | 30-Oct-2012 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.23.2.2 | 20-Aug-2014 |
tls | Rebase to HEAD as of a few days ago.
|
| 1.23.2.1 | 25-Feb-2013 |
tls | resync with head
|
| 1.24.6.1 | 10-Aug-2014 |
tls | Rebase.
|
| 1.29.24.1 | 10-Jun-2019 |
christos | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.18 | 11-Sep-2016 |
sevan | Document the version fsck_msdos first appeared.
Bump date.
|
| 1.17 | 11-Apr-2010 |
wiz | New sentence, new line. Sort SEE ALSO.
Improve formatting of option list.
|
| 1.16 | 11-Apr-2010 |
hannken | Add -x option which allows to run `fsck_msdos -n' on a snapshot of
a live file system.
While here modify snap_open() to accept a character device as its
first arg and remove now unneeded get_snap_device().
Reviewed by: Manuel Bouyer <bouyer@netbsd.org>
|
| 1.15 | 13-Jun-2008 |
martin | Move to 2 clause license, approved by Wolfgang Solfrank.
|
| 1.14 | 25-Feb-2003 |
wiz | branches: 1.14.32; 1.14.34; 1.14.36;
.Nm does not need a dummy argument ("") before punctuation or
for correct formatting of the SYNOPSIS any longer.
|
| 1.13 | 01-Oct-2002 |
wiz | New sentence, new line. By Robert Elz with minimal fixes.
|
| 1.12 | 16-Nov-2001 |
wiz | Drop an unnecessary .Pp.
|
| 1.11 | 05-Jun-2001 |
wiz | Drop arguments of .Os.
|
| 1.10 | 07-Mar-1999 |
mycroft | Clean up SYNOPSIS formatting.
|
| 1.9 | 17-Oct-1997 |
ws | Add support for FAT32
Support dropping lost cluster chains (on request by Christoph Badura)
While being here, fix some minor bugs, mostly with format strings
|
| 1.8 | 11-Oct-1997 |
enami | Use .Nm "" instead of .Nm fsck_msdos in SYNOPSIS.
|
| 1.7 | 10-Oct-1997 |
lukem | all but the first .Nm in SYNOPSIS need to be spelt out. [bin/4256]
|
| 1.6 | 15-Sep-1997 |
lukem | use .Nm correctly
|
| 1.5 | 14-Sep-1997 |
lukem | * cleanup for WARNS=1
* getopt returns -1 not EOF
* cleanup manpage
|
| 1.4 | 17-Oct-1996 |
cgd | clean up and add a fair bit of text. document -f (and the fact that it's
ignored).
|
| 1.3 | 24-Sep-1996 |
ws | Fix delete() call in dir.c differently than Christos' way.
Require at least one filesystem as program argument.
Update man page to reflect the latter.
|
| 1.2 | 11-Sep-1996 |
christos | Document -p (preen) option. If there are no filesystems specified on the
command line, get them from /etc/fstab when we are preening.
|
| 1.1 | 14-May-1996 |
ws | Add fsck utility for msdosfs
|
| 1.14.36.1 | 23-Jun-2008 |
wrstuden | Sync w/ -current. 34 merge conflicts to follow.
|
| 1.14.34.1 | 17-Jun-2008 |
yamt | sync with head.
|
| 1.14.32.1 | 29-Jun-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.24 | 16-Jun-2015 |
christos | fix error messages containing \n
|
| 1.23 | 09-Jun-2011 |
christos | fix compilation.
|
| 1.22 | 11-Apr-2010 |
hannken | branches: 1.22.4;
Add -x option which allows to run `fsck_msdos -n' on a snapshot of
a live file system.
While here modify snap_open() to accept a character device as its
first arg and remove now unneeded get_snap_device().
Reviewed by: Manuel Bouyer <bouyer@netbsd.org>
|
| 1.21 | 13-Jun-2008 |
martin | Move to 2 clause license, approved by Wolfgang Solfrank.
|
| 1.20 | 24-Feb-2008 |
christos | branches: 1.20.2; 1.20.4;
Catch signals and exit with the proper error code like all the other fsck
programs.
|
| 1.19 | 23-Feb-2008 |
christos | Make sure that the exit values are always sane, and use symbolic instead
of magic constants. Reviewed by go@
|
| 1.18 | 10-Mar-2007 |
hubertf | branches: 1.18.4; 1.18.10; 1.18.12;
- removes unused ctype.h header
- correct comment in mount_nfs/getnfsargs.c: s/Nead/Need/
From: Slava Semushin <php-coder@altlinux.ru>
|
| 1.17 | 19-Jan-2005 |
xtraeme | Kill __P(), ANSIfy, remove main() prototype.
|
| 1.16 | 13-Jan-2005 |
christos | Add a progress meter to fsck_ffs based on the work by thorpej presented
to the mailing lists last January. This is optional.
|
| 1.15 | 05-Jan-2004 |
jmmv | Homogenize usage messages: make the 'usage' word all lowercase, as this seems
to be the most common practice in our tree.
|
| 1.14 | 20-Oct-2003 |
dsl | Add a -q (quiet) option to print nothing for clean filesystems.
Support in fsck_ffs and stub in fsck_xxx.
Push a few more messages through pwarn() instead of printf() to ensure
disk name is shown.
|
| 1.13 | 25-May-2002 |
wiz | __STDC__ is always defined on NetBSD.
|
| 1.12 | 24-Sep-2001 |
wiz | va_{start,end} audit:
Make sure that each va_start has one and only one matching va_end,
especially in error cases.
If the va_list is used multiple times, do multiple va_starts/va_ends.
If a function gets va_list as argument, don't let it use va_end (since
it's the callers responsibility).
Improved by comments from enami and christos -- thanks!
Heimdal/krb4/KAME changes already fed back, rest to follow.
Inspired by, but not not based on, OpenBSD.
|
| 1.11 | 17-Oct-1997 |
ws | Add support for FAT32
Support dropping lost cluster chains (on request by Christoph Badura)
While being here, fix some minor bugs, mostly with format strings
|
| 1.10 | 01-Oct-1997 |
enami | Don't declare optind.
|
| 1.9 | 14-Sep-1997 |
lukem | * cleanup for WARNS=1
* getopt returns -1 not EOF
* cleanup manpage
|
| 1.8 | 17-Oct-1996 |
cgd | include -f in usage, removed 'v' from getopt string since it's not handled
|
| 1.7 | 03-Oct-1996 |
christos | Accept -f flag, but do nothing with it.
|
| 1.6 | 27-Sep-1996 |
christos | util -> fsutil
|
| 1.5 | 24-Sep-1996 |
ws | Fix delete() call in dir.c differently than Christos' way.
Require at least one filesystem as program argument.
Update man page to reflect the latter.
|
| 1.4 | 23-Sep-1996 |
christos | - use error printing code from fsck(8)
- remove fstab walking code
- add missing prototypes
- add missing argument in dir.c near "Truncate", where delete() was being
called with fewer args. I think the missing argument should be a zero,
but Wolfgang should check...
|
| 1.3 | 11-Sep-1996 |
christos | Document -p (preen) option. If there are no filesystems specified on the
command line, get them from /etc/fstab when we are preening.
|
| 1.2 | 25-May-1996 |
ws | Check return values of malloc
Generate full pathnames only on request
Minor cleanup, RCS Ids in .h files
|
| 1.1 | 14-May-1996 |
ws | branches: 1.1.4;
Add fsck utility for msdosfs
|
| 1.1.4.1 | 31-May-1996 |
jtc | pulled up from trunk by request of ws
|
| 1.18.12.2 | 29-Jun-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.18.12.1 | 03-Apr-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.18.10.1 | 24-Mar-2008 |
keiichi | sync with head.
|
| 1.18.4.1 | 23-Mar-2008 |
matt | sync with HEAD
|
| 1.20.4.1 | 23-Jun-2008 |
wrstuden | Sync w/ -current. 34 merge conflicts to follow.
|
| 1.20.2.1 | 17-Jun-2008 |
yamt | sync with head.
|
| 1.22.4.1 | 23-Jun-2011 |
cherry | Catchup with rmind-uvmplock merge.
|
| 1.3 | 03-Jun-2023 |
lukem | adapt to ${CC_WNO_ADDRESS_OF_PACKED_MEMBER}
Simplify CWARNFLAGS to use ${CC_WNO_ADDRESS_OF_PACKED_MEMBER}
which works for both clang and gcc, and remove compiler-specific
equivalents.
|
| 1.2 | 03-Jun-2023 |
lukem | bsd.own.mk: rename to CC_WNO_ADDRESS_OF_PACKED_MEMBER
Provide a single variable
CC_WNO_ADDRESS_OF_PACKED_MEMBER
with options for both clang and gcc, to replace
CLANG_NO_ADDR_OF_PACKED_MEMBER
CC_NO_ADDR_OF_PACKED_MEMBER
GCC_NO_ADDR_OF_PACKED_MEMBER
Using the convention CC_compilerflag, where compilerflag
is based on the full compiler flag name.
|
| 1.1 | 06-Apr-2022 |
reinoud | Initial commit of the fsck_udf(8) utility that checks and repairs UDF
filesystems on optical media as well as on disc images, harddisc partitions
and wedges.
|
| 1.2 | 06-Apr-2022 |
wiz | New sentence, new line. Sort options.
|
| 1.1 | 06-Apr-2022 |
reinoud | Initial commit of the fsck_udf(8) utility that checks and repairs UDF
filesystems on optical media as well as on disc images, harddisc partitions
and wedges.
|
| 1.15 | 05-Mar-2025 |
andvar | fix couple typos in comments.
|
| 1.14 | 03-Aug-2023 |
mrg | branches: 1.14.2;
avoid double-free.
found by GCC 12.
|
| 1.13 | 25-Apr-2022 |
reinoud | Relax constraints on sequential media detection by checking for VAT format.
This allows fixing images of VAT formatted media too.
|
| 1.12 | 25-Apr-2022 |
reinoud | Fix endian bug in descriptor CRC length on updating a FE/EFE
|
| 1.11 | 24-Apr-2022 |
reinoud | Fix endian bug in allocation extents processing
|
| 1.10 | 22-Apr-2022 |
reinoud | Remove the error condition for these cases; the VAT LVExtension is
missing/corrupt but fsck_udf will reconstruct them anyway.
|
| 1.9 | 22-Apr-2022 |
reinoud | Prevent reading beyond the early_vat_location
|
| 1.8 | 22-Apr-2022 |
reinoud | Fix endian issues with fsck_udf/newfs_udf/makefs
|
| 1.7 | 22-Apr-2022 |
reinoud | Avoid assigned but unused compiler warnings when compiling with clang
|
| 1.6 | 09-Apr-2022 |
riastradh | fsck_udf(8): Nix trailing whitespace.
No functional change intended.
|
| 1.5 | 08-Apr-2022 |
riastradh | fsck_udf(8): Mark vat_length as ignored.
|
| 1.4 | 08-Apr-2022 |
riastradh | fsck_udf(8): Sprinkle __printflike and omit self-assignment.
|
| 1.3 | 06-Apr-2022 |
martin | Use PRI macros for uint64_t printf formats, %zu for size_t.
|
| 1.2 | 06-Apr-2022 |
wiz | fsck_udf: match usage to man page; fix typos
|
| 1.1 | 06-Apr-2022 |
reinoud | Initial commit of the fsck_udf(8) utility that checks and repairs UDF
filesystems on optical media as well as on disc images, harddisc partitions
and wedges.
|
| 1.14.2.1 | 02-Aug-2025 |
perseant | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.4 | 03-Jun-2023 |
lukem | bsd.own.mk: rename to CC_WNO_ADDRESS_OF_PACKED_MEMBER
Provide a single variable
CC_WNO_ADDRESS_OF_PACKED_MEMBER
with options for both clang and gcc, to replace
CLANG_NO_ADDR_OF_PACKED_MEMBER
CC_NO_ADDR_OF_PACKED_MEMBER
GCC_NO_ADDR_OF_PACKED_MEMBER
Using the convention CC_compilerflag, where compilerflag
is based on the full compiler flag name.
|
| 1.3 | 06-Sep-2020 |
mrg | add support for new GCC 9 warnings that may be too much to fix
right now. new address-of-packed-member and format-overflow
warnings have new GCC_NO_ADDR_OF_PACKED_MEMBER amd
GCC_NO_FORMAT_OVERFLOW variables to remove these warnings.
apply to a bunch of the tree. mostly, these are real bugs that
should be fixed, but in many cases, only by removing the 'packed'
attribute from some structure that doesn't really need it. (i
looked at many different ones, and while perhaps 60-80% were
already properly aligned, it wasn't clear to me that the uses
were always coming from sane data vs network alignment, so it
doesn't seem safe to remove packed without careful research for
each affect struct.) clang already warned (and was not erroring)
for many of these cases, but gcc picked up dozens more.
|
| 1.2 | 05-Sep-2012 |
riz | Remove "-g" from CPPFLAGS.
|
| 1.1 | 27-Jun-2011 |
uch | branches: 1.1.2;
7th Edition(V7) File System support. and NetBSD symbolic-link, socket, FIFO extension. see newfs_v7fs(8).
|
| 1.1.2.1 | 30-Oct-2012 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.1 | 27-Jun-2011 |
uch | 7th Edition(V7) File System support. and NetBSD symbolic-link, socket, FIFO extension. see newfs_v7fs(8).
|
| 1.2 | 17-Jul-2011 |
uch | fix freeblock counting
|
| 1.1 | 27-Jun-2011 |
uch | 7th Edition(V7) File System support. and NetBSD symbolic-link, socket, FIFO extension. see newfs_v7fs(8).
|
| 1.3 | 11-Sep-2016 |
sevan | Document author and the version fsck_v7fs appeared.
Replace contraction.
Bump date.
|
| 1.2 | 27-Jun-2011 |
wiz | Various improvements.
|
| 1.1 | 27-Jun-2011 |
uch | 7th Edition(V7) File System support. and NetBSD symbolic-link, socket, FIFO extension. see newfs_v7fs(8).
|
| 1.2 | 10-Jan-2017 |
christos | need <sys/stat.h>
|
| 1.1 | 27-Jun-2011 |
uch | branches: 1.1.24;
7th Edition(V7) File System support. and NetBSD symbolic-link, socket, FIFO extension. see newfs_v7fs(8).
|
| 1.1.24.1 | 20-Mar-2017 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.1 | 27-Jun-2011 |
uch | 7th Edition(V7) File System support. and NetBSD symbolic-link, socket, FIFO extension. see newfs_v7fs(8).
|
| 1.2 | 08-Apr-2022 |
andvar | fix various typos, mainly in comments, but also log messages, docs, game text.
|
| 1.1 | 27-Jun-2011 |
uch | 7th Edition(V7) File System support. and NetBSD symbolic-link, socket, FIFO extension. see newfs_v7fs(8).
|
| 1.2 | 11-Feb-2022 |
hannken | A component name is a counted string (cn_nameptr, cn_namelen),
not a zero terminated string cn_nameptr.
Change the following operations to work with counted strings:
v7fs_file_lookup_by_name()
v7fs_file_allocate()
v7fs_file_deallocate()
v7fs_directory_add_entry()
v7fs_directory_remove_entry()
v7fs_file_rename()
v7fs_file_link()
v7fs_dirent_filename()
Adapt all vnode operations with component names as argument.
|
| 1.1 | 27-Jun-2011 |
uch | 7th Edition(V7) File System support. and NetBSD symbolic-link, socket, FIFO extension. see newfs_v7fs(8).
|
| 1.2 | 11-Feb-2022 |
hannken | A component name is a counted string (cn_nameptr, cn_namelen),
not a zero terminated string cn_nameptr.
Change the following operations to work with counted strings:
v7fs_file_lookup_by_name()
v7fs_file_allocate()
v7fs_file_deallocate()
v7fs_directory_add_entry()
v7fs_directory_remove_entry()
v7fs_file_rename()
v7fs_file_link()
v7fs_dirent_filename()
Adapt all vnode operations with component names as argument.
|
| 1.1 | 27-Jun-2011 |
uch | 7th Edition(V7) File System support. and NetBSD symbolic-link, socket, FIFO extension. see newfs_v7fs(8).
|
| 1.43 | 07-Oct-2023 |
rin | Drop -O[01] hacks for vax; no longer necessary for patched GCC 10
PR port-vax/57646: Import major vax toolchain fix by Kalvis Duckmanton
XXXRO: GCC 12 may require hacks for a while, but it turned out that
GCC 12 should be treated differently from older versions; a lot of new
files need -O[01] flags, while some may no longer require it.
I will take a look later.
Note that these hacks are not required if Kalvis's patches for GCC 12
are applied.
Keep doc/HACKS entries for a while (will be sync with update for GCC 12).
diff --git a/crypto/external/bsd/openssh/lib/Makefile b/crypto/external/bsd/openssh/lib/Makefile
index 96a93f5e396..4e38be1b642 100644
--- a/crypto/external/bsd/openssh/lib/Makefile
+++ b/crypto/external/bsd/openssh/lib/Makefile
@@ -117,12 +117,6 @@ COPTS.${f}.c+= -Wno-pointer-sign
# XXX
COPTS.channels.c+= -fno-strict-aliasing
-# XXX
-.if ${MACHINE} == "vax"
-COPTS.poly1305.c+= -O0
-COPTS.umac.c+= -O0
-.endif
-
COPTS.hostfile.c+= ${CC_WNO_FORMAT_TRUNCATION}
COPTS.sshkey.c+= ${CC_WNO_FORMAT_TRUNCATION}
COPTS.cipher.c+= -Wno-error=deprecated-declarations
diff --git a/distrib/utils/x_ping/Makefile b/distrib/utils/x_ping/Makefile
index f1c452a0d60..8ee77580a3f 100644
--- a/distrib/utils/x_ping/Makefile
+++ b/distrib/utils/x_ping/Makefile
@@ -12,10 +12,6 @@ CPPFLAGS+= -I${SRCDIR} -DCRUNCHOPS
DPADD= ${LIBM}
LDADD= -lm
-.if ${MACHINE_ARCH} == "vax"
-COPTS.ping.c=-O0
-.endif
-
.include <bsd.prog.mk>
.PATH: ${SRCDIR}
diff --git a/external/apache2/argon2/lib/libargon2/Makefile.inc b/external/apache2/argon2/lib/libargon2/Makefile.inc
index d3f4470c6c7..6a1dd146d7d 100644
--- a/external/apache2/argon2/lib/libargon2/Makefile.inc
+++ b/external/apache2/argon2/lib/libargon2/Makefile.inc
@@ -16,7 +16,3 @@ CFLAGS+= -pthread
LDADD+=-lpthread
DPADD+=${LIBPTHREAD}
.endif
-
-.if ${MACHINE} == "vax"
-COPTS.blake2b.c+= -O0
-.endif
diff --git a/external/bsd/jemalloc/lib/Makefile.inc b/external/bsd/jemalloc/lib/Makefile.inc
index 2f524358f46..d5da774f293 100644
--- a/external/bsd/jemalloc/lib/Makefile.inc
+++ b/external/bsd/jemalloc/lib/Makefile.inc
@@ -53,12 +53,6 @@ COPTS.ctl.c+=-Wno-error=stack-protector
COPTS.stats.c+=-Wno-error=stack-protector
COPTS.tcache.c+=-Wno-error=stack-protector
-.if ${MACHINE_ARCH} == "vax"
-# in merge_overlapping_regs, at regrename.c
-COPTS.arena.c+=-O0
-COPTS.extent.c+=-O0
-.endif
-
SRCS+=${JEMALLOC_SRCS}
jemalloc.d jemalloc.pico jemalloc.o jemalloc.ln jemalloc.po jemalloc.go: \
diff --git a/external/bsd/mdocml/lib/libmandoc/Makefile b/external/bsd/mdocml/lib/libmandoc/Makefile
index 40d7e29ae88..dfd3077a2c7 100644
--- a/external/bsd/mdocml/lib/libmandoc/Makefile
+++ b/external/bsd/mdocml/lib/libmandoc/Makefile
@@ -39,11 +39,6 @@ tbl_opts.c
MAN= mandoc.3
-# XXX
-.if ${MACHINE} == "vax"
-COPTS.mdoc_macro.c+=-O0
-.endif
-
COPTS.man_validate.c+=-Wno-error=array-bounds
.include <bsd.lib.mk>
diff --git a/external/gpl3/binutils.old/lib/libbfd/Makefile b/external/gpl3/binutils.old/lib/libbfd/Makefile
index 03477232b55..74a354532fa 100644
--- a/external/gpl3/binutils.old/lib/libbfd/Makefile
+++ b/external/gpl3/binutils.old/lib/libbfd/Makefile
@@ -41,10 +41,6 @@ CPPFLAGS+= -I${.CURDIR}/arch/${BFD_MACHINE_ARCH} -I${DIST}/include -I. \
-DDEBUGDIR=\"${DEBUGDIR}\" -DLIBDIR=\"${LIBDIR}\" \
-DBINDIR=\"${BINDIR}\"
-.if (${BFD_MACHINE_ARCH} == "vax")
-CPPFLAGS.elf.c += -O0
-.endif
-
COPTS.pei-x86_64.c+= -Wno-stack-protector
COPTS.elfxx-mips.c+= -Wno-stack-protector
COPTS.elf.c+= ${${ACTIVE_CC} == "gcc" && ${HAVE_GCC:U0} >= 10:? -Wno-overflow :}
diff --git a/external/gpl3/binutils/lib/libbfd/Makefile b/external/gpl3/binutils/lib/libbfd/Makefile
index 00cb2b20081..a3f0c25fd35 100644
--- a/external/gpl3/binutils/lib/libbfd/Makefile
+++ b/external/gpl3/binutils/lib/libbfd/Makefile
@@ -41,10 +41,6 @@ CPPFLAGS+= -I${.CURDIR}/arch/${BFD_MACHINE_ARCH} -I${DIST}/include -I. \
-DDEBUGDIR=\"${DEBUGDIR}\" -DLIBDIR=\"${LIBDIR}\" \
-DBINDIR=\"${BINDIR}\"
-.if (${BFD_MACHINE_ARCH} == "vax")
-CPPFLAGS.elf.c += -O0
-.endif
-
COPTS.pei-x86_64.c+= -Wno-stack-protector
COPTS.elfxx-mips.c+= -Wno-stack-protector
COPTS.elf.c+= ${${ACTIVE_CC} == "gcc" && ${HAVE_GCC:U0} >= 10:? -Wno-overflow :}
diff --git a/external/gpl3/gcc.old/lib/Makefile.sanitizer b/external/gpl3/gcc.old/lib/Makefile.sanitizer
index efd36ae4bee..5173a5109a0 100644
--- a/external/gpl3/gcc.old/lib/Makefile.sanitizer
+++ b/external/gpl3/gcc.old/lib/Makefile.sanitizer
@@ -88,22 +88,3 @@ COPTS+=-fno-builtin -fno-exceptions -fno-rtti -funwind-tables
# Can't profile without it`
#-fomit-frame-pointer
-
-.if ${MACHINE_ARCH} == "vax"
-COPTS.sanitizer_allocator.cc += -O1
-COPTS.sanitizer_common.cc += -O1
-COPTS.sanitizer_common_libcdep.cc += -O1
-COPTS.sanitizer_coverage_libcdep.cc += -O1
-COPTS.sanitizer_coverage_mapping_libcdep.cc += -O1
-COPTS.sanitizer_deadlock_detector1.cc += -O1
-COPTS.sanitizer_mac.cc += -O1
-COPTS.sanitizer_netbsd.cc += -O1
-COPTS.sanitizer_posix.cc += -O1
-COPTS.sanitizer_printf.cc += -O1
-COPTS.sanitizer_procmaps_common.cc += -O1
-COPTS.sanitizer_stackdepot.cc += -O1
-COPTS.sanitizer_symbolizer_libcdep.cc += -O1
-COPTS.sanitizer_symbolizer_report.cc += -O1
-COPTS.ubsan_diag.cc += -O1
-COPTS.ubsan_init.cc += -O1
-.endif
diff --git a/external/gpl3/gcc.old/lib/libasan/Makefile b/external/gpl3/gcc.old/lib/libasan/Makefile
index 1e6f9608abe..3da7bbf2f58 100644
--- a/external/gpl3/gcc.old/lib/libasan/Makefile
+++ b/external/gpl3/gcc.old/lib/libasan/Makefile
@@ -49,14 +49,6 @@ LIBDPLIBS+= m ${NETBSDSRCDIR}/lib/libm
LIBDPLIBS+= pthread ${NETBSDSRCDIR}/lib/libpthread
CPPFLAGS+=-DCAN_SANITIZE_UB=0
-.if ${MACHINE_ARCH} == "vax"
-COPTS.asan_allocator.cc += -O1
-COPTS.asan_report.cc += -O1
-COPTS.sanitizer_file.cc += -O1
-COPTS.ubsan_diag.cc += -O1
-COPTS.ubsan_init.cc += -O1
-.endif
-
.if ${MACHINE_ARCH} == "mipsel" || ${MACHINE_ARCH} == "mipseb"
COPTS.asan_interceptors.cc += -O1
.endif
diff --git a/external/gpl3/gcc.old/lib/liblsan/Makefile b/external/gpl3/gcc.old/lib/liblsan/Makefile
index 4578544a9a8..ddb7981077c 100644
--- a/external/gpl3/gcc.old/lib/liblsan/Makefile
+++ b/external/gpl3/gcc.old/lib/liblsan/Makefile
@@ -16,11 +16,6 @@ LSAN_SRCS+= \
lsan_linux.cc \
lsan_thread.cc
-.if ${MACHINE_ARCH} == "vax"
-COPTS.lsan_allocator.cc += -O1
-COPTS.sanitizer_file.cc += -O1
-.endif
-
LIB= lsan
SRCS+= ${LSAN_SRCS}
LIBDPLIBS+= m ${NETBSDSRCDIR}/lib/libm
diff --git a/external/gpl3/gcc.old/lib/libubsan/Makefile b/external/gpl3/gcc.old/lib/libubsan/Makefile
index 2e2faca7b1c..9de82550d14 100644
--- a/external/gpl3/gcc.old/lib/libubsan/Makefile
+++ b/external/gpl3/gcc.old/lib/libubsan/Makefile
@@ -26,10 +26,6 @@ UBSAN_SRCS= \
COPTS.${_s}.cc+=-frtti
.endfor
-.if ${MACHINE_ARCH} == "vax"
-COPTS.sanitizer_file.cc += -O1
-.endif
-
LIB= ubsan
SRCS+= ${UBSAN_SRCS}
LIBDPLIBS+= m ${NETBSDSRCDIR}/lib/libm
diff --git a/external/gpl3/gcc.old/usr.bin/cc1/Makefile b/external/gpl3/gcc.old/usr.bin/cc1/Makefile
index c55e292ee8e..ff12a5be524 100644
--- a/external/gpl3/gcc.old/usr.bin/cc1/Makefile
+++ b/external/gpl3/gcc.old/usr.bin/cc1/Makefile
@@ -46,17 +46,6 @@ CPPFLAGS.default-c.c+= -I${BACKENDOBJ}
BUILDSYMLINKS+= ${GNUHOSTDIST}/gcc/config/sh/sh-c.cc sh-c.c
.endif
-.if ${MACHINE_CPU} == "vax"
-COPTS.c-decl.c+=-O0
-COPTS.c-typeck.c+=-O0
-COPTS.c-array-notation.c+=-O0
-COPTS.c-common.c+=-O0
-COPTS.c-ada-spec.c+=-O0
-COPTS.cilk.c+=-O0
-COPTS.c-ubsan.c+=-O0
-COPTS.cc1-checksum.c+=-O0
-.endif
-
.if ${MACHINE_ARCH} == "mipseb" || ${MACHINE_ARCH} == "mipsel"
COPTS.c-common.c+=-O3
.endif
diff --git a/external/gpl3/gcc.old/usr.bin/cc1obj/Makefile b/external/gpl3/gcc.old/usr.bin/cc1obj/Makefile
index 3123ee0d60b..aab82ad3448 100644
--- a/external/gpl3/gcc.old/usr.bin/cc1obj/Makefile
+++ b/external/gpl3/gcc.old/usr.bin/cc1obj/Makefile
@@ -44,16 +44,8 @@ COPTS.objc-act.c+= -Wno-stack-protector
COPTS.objc-gnu-runtime-abi-01.c+= -Wno-stack-protector
COPTS.objc-next-runtime-abi-01.c+= -Wno-stack-protector
-.if ${MACHINE_ARCH} == "vax"
-COPTS.c-decl.c+=-O0
-COPTS.c-typeck.c+=-O0
-COPTS.c-array-notation.c+=-O0
-COPTS.c-common.c+=-O0
-COPTS.c-ada-spec.c+=-O0
-COPTS.cilk.c+=-O0
-COPTS.c-ubsan.c+=-O0
-COPTS.cc1obj-checksum.c+=-O0
-.endif
+COPTS.c-cppbuiltin.c+= ${${ACTIVE_CC} == "gcc" && ${HAVE_GCC:U0} == 8:? -Wno-error=format-overflow :}
+COPTS.c-typeck.c+= ${${ACTIVE_CC} == "gcc" && ${HAVE_GCC:U0} == 8:? -Wno-error=format-overflow :}
.if ${MACHINE_ARCH} == "mipseb" || ${MACHINE_ARCH} == "mipsel"
COPTS.c-common.c+=-O3
diff --git a/external/gpl3/gcc.old/usr.bin/cc1objplus/Makefile b/external/gpl3/gcc.old/usr.bin/cc1objplus/Makefile
index b9c108251c5..e04e8fc7f53 100644
--- a/external/gpl3/gcc.old/usr.bin/cc1objplus/Makefile
+++ b/external/gpl3/gcc.old/usr.bin/cc1objplus/Makefile
@@ -69,18 +69,6 @@ COPTS.objc-act.c+= -Wno-stack-protector
COPTS.objc-gnu-runtime-abi-01.c+= -Wno-stack-protector
COPTS.objc-next-runtime-abi-01.c+= -Wno-stack-protector
-.if ${MACHINE_ARCH} == "vax"
-COPTS.c-decl.c+=-O0
-COPTS.c-typeck.c+=-O0
-COPTS.c-array-notation.c+=-O0
-COPTS.c-common.c+=-O0
-COPTS.c-ada-spec.c+=-O0
-COPTS.cilk.c+=-O0
-COPTS.c-ubsan.c+=-O0
-COPTS.cc1obj-checksum.c+=-O0
-COPTS.decl.c+=-O0
-.endif
-
.if ${MACHINE_ARCH} == "mipseb" || ${MACHINE_ARCH} == "mipsel"
COPTS.c-common.c+=-O3
.endif
diff --git a/external/gpl3/gcc.old/usr.bin/cc1plus/Makefile b/external/gpl3/gcc.old/usr.bin/cc1plus/Makefile
index 7936efd3a5e..7c54559e21a 100644
--- a/external/gpl3/gcc.old/usr.bin/cc1plus/Makefile
+++ b/external/gpl3/gcc.old/usr.bin/cc1plus/Makefile
@@ -31,23 +31,6 @@ CHECKSUM_OBJS= ${LIBBACKTRACEOBJ}/libbacktrace.a \
CFLAGS+= -Wno-error=stack-protector
-.if ${MACHINE_ARCH} == "vax"
-COPTS.call.c+=-O0
-COPTS.decl.c+=-O0
-COPTS.typeck2.c+=-O0
-COPTS.class.c+=-O0
-COPTS.typeck.c+=-O0
-COPTS.init.c+=-O0
-COPTS.semantics.c+=-O0
-COPTS.mangle.c+=-O0
-COPTS.constexpr.c+=-O0
-COPTS.c-common.c+=-O0
-COPTS.c-ada-spec.c+=-O0
-COPTS.cilk.c+=-O0
-COPTS.c-ubsan.c+=-O0
-COPTS.cc1plus-checksum.c+=-O0
-.endif
-
.if ${MACHINE_ARCH} == "mipseb" || ${MACHINE_ARCH} == "mipsel"
COPTS.c-common.c+=-O3
.endif
diff --git a/external/gpl3/gcc.old/usr.bin/gcc/Makefile b/external/gpl3/gcc.old/usr.bin/gcc/Makefile
index 7a66d77ffc7..a5a4b1c3adf 100644
--- a/external/gpl3/gcc.old/usr.bin/gcc/Makefile
+++ b/external/gpl3/gcc.old/usr.bin/gcc/Makefile
@@ -25,9 +25,6 @@ ${SRCS}: ${GCCARCH}/defs.mk
.include <bsd.info.mk>
COPTS.gcc.c= -Wno-stack-protector
-.if ${MACHINE_ARCH} == "vax"
-COPTS.dse.c= -O1
-.endif
.PATH: ${DIST}/gcc ${DIST}/gcc/doc ${DIST}/gcc/c
diff --git a/external/gpl3/gcc.old/usr.bin/libdecnumber/Makefile b/external/gpl3/gcc.old/usr.bin/libdecnumber/Makefile
index 751d1513eec..33aeb1c9898 100644
--- a/external/gpl3/gcc.old/usr.bin/libdecnumber/Makefile
+++ b/external/gpl3/gcc.old/usr.bin/libdecnumber/Makefile
@@ -14,10 +14,6 @@ SRCS= decNumber.c decContext.c decimal32.c decimal64.c decimal128.c
CPPFLAGS+= -I${.CURDIR}/arch/${GCC_MACHINE_ARCH} -I${DIST}/libdecnumber
CPPFLAGS+= -I${DIST}/libgcc
-.if ${MACHINE_ARCH} == "vax"
-COPTS.decNumber.c=-O0
-.endif
-
.include <bsd.lib.mk>
# Force using C++ for this
diff --git a/external/gpl3/gcc.old/usr.bin/lto-dump/Makefile b/external/gpl3/gcc.old/usr.bin/lto-dump/Makefile
index 90f44a9fcf6..fd251464fb7 100644
--- a/external/gpl3/gcc.old/usr.bin/lto-dump/Makefile
+++ b/external/gpl3/gcc.old/usr.bin/lto-dump/Makefile
@@ -24,11 +24,6 @@ COPTS.lto-common.c+= -Wno-stack-protector
.include "../Makefile.backtrace"
.include "../Makefile.libdecnumber"
-.if ${MACHINE_ARCH} == "vax"
-COPTS.lto-lang.c+=-O0
-COPTS.lto-symtab.c+=-O0
-.endif
-
LDADD+= ${LIBIBERTY} ${LIBMPC} ${LIBMPFR} ${LIBGMP} -lintl -lz -lm
DPADD+= ${LIBIBERTY} ${LIBMPC} ${LIBMPFR} ${LIBGMP} ${LIBINTL} ${LIBZ} ${LIBM}
diff --git a/external/gpl3/gcc.old/usr.bin/lto1/Makefile b/external/gpl3/gcc.old/usr.bin/lto1/Makefile
index 4c49161a64c..340d3c6124f 100644
--- a/external/gpl3/gcc.old/usr.bin/lto1/Makefile
+++ b/external/gpl3/gcc.old/usr.bin/lto1/Makefile
@@ -21,11 +21,6 @@ COPTS.lto-common.c+= -Wno-stack-protector
.include "../Makefile.libcpp"
.include "../Makefile.libdecnumber"
-.if ${MACHINE_ARCH} == "vax"
-COPTS.lto-lang.c+=-O0
-COPTS.lto-symtab.c+=-O0
-.endif
-
LDADD+= ${LIBIBERTYOBJ}/libiberty.a
DPADD+= ${LIBIBERTYOBJ}/libiberty.a
LDADD+= ${LIBIBERTY} ${LIBMPC} ${LIBMPFR} ${LIBGMP} -lintl -lz -lm
diff --git a/external/gpl3/gdb.old/lib/libdecnumber/Makefile b/external/gpl3/gdb.old/lib/libdecnumber/Makefile
index bcd4ae5b222..ce28811526b 100644
--- a/external/gpl3/gdb.old/lib/libdecnumber/Makefile
+++ b/external/gpl3/gdb.old/lib/libdecnumber/Makefile
@@ -18,10 +18,6 @@ CPPFLAGS+= -I${.CURDIR}/arch/${GDB_MACHINE_ARCH} \
SRCS= ${G_OBJS:.o=.c} ${G_SOURCES}
-.if ${MACHINE_ARCH} == "vax"
-COPTS.decNumber.c=-O0
-.endif
-
.PATH: ${DIST}/libdecnumber ${DIST}/libdecnumber/dpd
.include <bsd.lib.mk>
diff --git a/external/gpl3/gdb/lib/libdecnumber/Makefile b/external/gpl3/gdb/lib/libdecnumber/Makefile
index c95d36e3dfa..e3169865304 100644
--- a/external/gpl3/gdb/lib/libdecnumber/Makefile
+++ b/external/gpl3/gdb/lib/libdecnumber/Makefile
@@ -18,10 +18,6 @@ CPPFLAGS+= -I${.CURDIR}/arch/${GDB_MACHINE_ARCH} \
SRCS= ${G_OBJS:.o=.c} ${G_SOURCES}
-.if ${MACHINE_ARCH} == "vax"
-COPTS.decNumber.c=-O0
-.endif
-
.PATH: ${DIST}/libdecnumber ${DIST}/libdecnumber/dpd ${DIST}/libdecnumber/bid
.include <bsd.lib.mk>
diff --git a/external/gpl3/gdb/lib/libgdb/Makefile b/external/gpl3/gdb/lib/libgdb/Makefile
index b87a515d13a..c118c363975 100644
--- a/external/gpl3/gdb/lib/libgdb/Makefile
+++ b/external/gpl3/gdb/lib/libgdb/Makefile
@@ -66,12 +66,6 @@ CFLAGS:= ${CXXFLAGS} -std=gnu++17 -Wno-error=stack-protector
ada-exp.c: ada-lex.c
-.if ${MACHINE} == "vax"
-. if ${ACTIVE_CC} == "gcc" && ${HAVE_GCC:U0} >= 8
-COPTS.read.c+= -O0
-. endif
-.endif
-
# These are generated by implicit rules and are not easy to generate
CLEANDIRFILES+= \
ada-exp.c ada-lex.c \
diff --git a/external/mit/xorg/lib/gallium.old/Makefile b/external/mit/xorg/lib/gallium.old/Makefile
index 55b2fe3d1c1..bfa40c8974f 100644
--- a/external/mit/xorg/lib/gallium.old/Makefile
+++ b/external/mit/xorg/lib/gallium.old/Makefile
@@ -1211,10 +1211,6 @@ SYMLINKS+= gallium_dri.so.${SHLIB_MAJOR}.debug ${DRIDEBUGDIR}/${_d}_dri.so.${SHL
COPTS+= ${${ACTIVE_CC} == "clang":? -Wa,-Av8plus :}
.endif
-.if ${MACHINE_ARCH} == "vax"
-COPTS.nir.c += -O1
-.endif
-
# XXXGCC12
.if ${MACHINE_ARCH} == "m68k"
COPTS.st_glsl_to_tgsi.cpp += -O1
diff --git a/external/mit/xorg/lib/gallium/Makefile b/external/mit/xorg/lib/gallium/Makefile
index 6778a8c11c8..9f1422080fe 100644
--- a/external/mit/xorg/lib/gallium/Makefile
+++ b/external/mit/xorg/lib/gallium/Makefile
@@ -1428,10 +1428,6 @@ SYMLINKS+= gallium_dri.so.${SHLIB_MAJOR}.debug ${DRIDEBUGDIR}/${_d}_dri.so.${SHL
COPTS+= ${${ACTIVE_CC} == "clang":? -Wa,-Av8plus :}
.endif
-.if ${MACHINE_ARCH} == "vax"
-COPTS.nir.c += -O1
-.endif
-
COPTS.u_atomic.c+= ${${ACTIVE_CC} == "gcc" && ${HAVE_GCC:U0} >= 10:? -Wno-builtin-declaration-mismatch :}
.include <bsd.lib.mk>
diff --git a/external/mit/xorg/lib/libX11/Makefile.libx11 b/external/mit/xorg/lib/libX11/Makefile.libx11
index e103d9ace12..0e55c2a4732 100644
--- a/external/mit/xorg/lib/libX11/Makefile.libx11
+++ b/external/mit/xorg/lib/libX11/Makefile.libx11
@@ -471,11 +471,6 @@ COPTS.OpenDis.c+= -Wno-error # XXX xf86bigfstr.h
COPTS.XlibInt.c+= -Wno-error # XXX xcmiscstr.h
COPTS.XKBBind.c+= -Wno-deprecated-declarations # uses XKeycodeToKeysym
-# XXX
-.if ${MACHINE} == "vax"
-COPTS.lcWrap.c+= -O0
-.endif
-
CWARNFLAGS.clang+= -Wno-string-plus-int
.include "${NETBSDSRCDIR}/external/mit/xorg/tools/makekeys/Makefile.makekeys"
diff --git a/games/gomoku/Makefile b/games/gomoku/Makefile
index e86a63aaea7..678537066ed 100644
--- a/games/gomoku/Makefile
+++ b/games/gomoku/Makefile
@@ -9,10 +9,6 @@ LDADD= -lcurses -lterminfo
HIDEGAME=hidegame
CPPFLAGS+= ${DEBUG:D-DDEBUG}
-.if ${MACHINE} == "vax"
-COPTS.pickmove.c += -O0
-.endif
-
#WARNS= 6 # would produce warnings about small integer types
LINTFLAGS+= -w # treat warnings as errors
LINTFLAGS+= -T # strict bool mode
diff --git a/games/phantasia/Makefile b/games/phantasia/Makefile
index e9c53f23ae5..b919dac17c6 100644
--- a/games/phantasia/Makefile
+++ b/games/phantasia/Makefile
@@ -52,7 +52,3 @@ map: map.c
./map | plot > /dev/tty
.include <bsd.prog.mk>
-
-.if defined(HAVE_GCC) && ${MACHINE_ARCH} == "vax"
-COPTS.misc.c+= -O0
-.endif
diff --git a/lib/i18n_module/UTF7/Makefile b/lib/i18n_module/UTF7/Makefile
index 712c1515d42..7136f7f0cc3 100644
--- a/lib/i18n_module/UTF7/Makefile
+++ b/lib/i18n_module/UTF7/Makefile
@@ -3,6 +3,3 @@
SRCPRE=citrus_
.include <bsd.lib.mk>
-.if ${MACHINE_ARCH} == "vax" && defined(HAVE_GCC)
-COPTS.citrus_utf7.c+= -O0
-.endif
diff --git a/lib/libbz2/Makefile b/lib/libbz2/Makefile
index b2aea1e04b0..e60a2862d48 100644
--- a/lib/libbz2/Makefile
+++ b/lib/libbz2/Makefile
@@ -15,11 +15,6 @@ SRCS= blocksort.c huffman.c crctable.c randtable.c compress.c \
INCS= bzlib.h
INCSDIR= /usr/include
-# XXX huffman.c gets mis-compiled with 2.95.3
-.if ${MACHINE_ARCH} == "vax"
-COPTS+= -O0
-.endif
-
COPTS+= ${CC_WNO_IMPLICIT_FALLTHROUGH}
# XXX blocksort.c gets mis-compiled with 4.1
diff --git a/lib/libc/gdtoa/Makefile.inc b/lib/libc/gdtoa/Makefile.inc
index 132686fc33d..609da919803 100644
--- a/lib/libc/gdtoa/Makefile.inc
+++ b/lib/libc/gdtoa/Makefile.inc
@@ -44,10 +44,3 @@ SRCS+= dmisc.c \
.if ${MACHINE_ARCH} != "vax"
SRCS+= strtord.c
.endif
-
-# XXX revisit with newer GCC.
-# Ensure numbers like 0xffff319f5fa95963 print correctly
-# ("999999999999999.98", not garbage like "?A>C>@>C:BA;A><.:<")
-.if ${MACHINE_ARCH} == "vax" && defined(HAVE_GCC)
-COPTS.misc.c+= -O0
-.endif
diff --git a/lib/libcrypt/Makefile b/lib/libcrypt/Makefile
index cb3f89d6d09..e9c8be820da 100644
--- a/lib/libcrypt/Makefile
+++ b/lib/libcrypt/Makefile
@@ -30,9 +30,6 @@ SRCS+= crypt-argon2.c
SRCS+= ${src}
COPTS.${src}+= -fvisibility=hidden
. endfor
-. if ${MACHINE} == "vax"
-COPTS.blake2b.c+= -O0
-. endif
.endif
WARNS?= 5
diff --git a/libexec/ld.elf_so/Makefile b/libexec/ld.elf_so/Makefile
index f5baae1e883..24f7e1121e5 100644
--- a/libexec/ld.elf_so/Makefile
+++ b/libexec/ld.elf_so/Makefile
@@ -141,10 +141,6 @@ CPPFLAGS+= -DRTLD_DEFAULT_LIBRARY_PATH=\"${SHLIBDIR}:${LIBDIR}\"
COPTS.rtld.c+= -Wno-stack-protector
COPTS.symbol.c+=-Wno-stack-protector
-.if ${MACHINE_CPU} == "vax"
-COPTS.rtld.c+= -O0
-.endif
-
LDADD+= -Wl,--version-script=${.CURDIR}/symbols.map
LDADD+= -L${CLIBOBJ} -L${DESTDIR}${LIBDIR}
.if ${MKPICLIB} != "no"
diff --git a/sbin/fsck_ffs/Makefile.common b/sbin/fsck_ffs/Makefile.common
index 765638b2801..824e3bf2628 100644
--- a/sbin/fsck_ffs/Makefile.common
+++ b/sbin/fsck_ffs/Makefile.common
@@ -36,7 +36,3 @@ COPTS.ffs_appleufs.c+= -Wno-pointer-sign
.if ${MACHINE_ARCH} == "m68000"
COPTS.pass1.c+= -fno-tree-fre -fno-tree-lrs
.endif
-.if ${MACHINE_ARCH} == "vax"
-COPTS.pass1.c+= -O0
-COPTS.inode.c+= -O0
-.endif
diff --git a/sbin/fsdb/Makefile b/sbin/fsdb/Makefile
index c039f73a1eb..3b0331e5880 100644
--- a/sbin/fsdb/Makefile
+++ b/sbin/fsdb/Makefile
@@ -39,12 +39,6 @@ COPTS.${f}.c+= -Wno-pointer-sign
COPTS.pass1.c+= -fno-tree-fre -fno-tree-lrs
.endif
-.if ${MACHINE_ARCH} == "vax"
-COPTS.pass1.c+= -O0
-COPTS.inode.c+= -O0
-COPTS.fsdb.c+= -O0
-.endif
-
CWARNFLAGS.gcc+= ${CC_WNO_ADDRESS_OF_PACKED_MEMBER}
.include <bsd.prog.mk>
diff --git a/sbin/newfs_ext2fs/Makefile b/sbin/newfs_ext2fs/Makefile
index 40a44b9a038..ecfdbff4d3a 100644
--- a/sbin/newfs_ext2fs/Makefile
+++ b/sbin/newfs_ext2fs/Makefile
@@ -20,8 +20,4 @@ DPADD+=${LIBPROP}
.PATH: ${NETBSDSRCDIR}/sys/ufs/ext2fs ${FSCK}
-.if ${MACHINE_ARCH} == "vax"
-COPTS.mke2fs.c=-O0
-.endif
-
.include <bsd.prog.mk>
diff --git a/sbin/ping/Makefile b/sbin/ping/Makefile
index 4f33501ea7a..1f7f56e3ea5 100644
--- a/sbin/ping/Makefile
+++ b/sbin/ping/Makefile
@@ -12,8 +12,4 @@ CPPFLAGS+= -DIPSEC
LDADD+= -lipsec
DPADD+= ${LIBIPSEC}
-.if ${MACHINE_ARCH} == "vax"
-COPTS.ping.c=-O0
-.endif
-
.include <bsd.prog.mk>
diff --git a/sys/arch/vax/conf/Makefile.vax b/sys/arch/vax/conf/Makefile.vax
index cf095d54a86..c483eaa644a 100644
--- a/sys/arch/vax/conf/Makefile.vax
+++ b/sys/arch/vax/conf/Makefile.vax
@@ -34,7 +34,6 @@ GENASSYM_CONF= ${VAX}/vax/genassym.cf
CPPFLAGS+= -D_VAX_INLINE_
AFLAGS+= -x assembler-with-cpp -fno-pic
CFLAGS+= -fno-pic
-COPTS.wsmux.c+= ${${ACTIVE_CC} == "gcc" && ${HAVE_GCC:U0} >= 9:? -O1 :}
##
diff --git a/sys/lib/libsa/Makefile b/sys/lib/libsa/Makefile
index 718c97ce857..4ef3840c753 100644
--- a/sys/lib/libsa/Makefile
+++ b/sys/lib/libsa/Makefile
@@ -96,7 +96,3 @@ SRCS+= ufs.c
lib${LIB}.o:: ${OBJS:O} __buildstdlib
CPPFLAGS+= -Wno-pointer-sign
-
-.if defined(HAVE_GCC) && ${MACHINE_ARCH} == "vax"
-COPTS.bootp.c+= -O0
-.endif
diff --git a/sys/lib/libz/Makefile b/sys/lib/libz/Makefile
index 6945c0da6c6..61fb7d4f652 100644
--- a/sys/lib/libz/Makefile
+++ b/sys/lib/libz/Makefile
@@ -25,7 +25,3 @@ CLEANFILES+= lib${LIB}.o
.include <bsd.lib.mk>
lib${LIB}.o:: ${OBJS:O} __buildstdlib
-
-.if defined(HAVE_GCC) && ${MACHINE_ARCH} == "vax"
-COPTS.inftrees.c+= -O0
-.endif
diff --git a/sys/modules/lfs/Makefile b/sys/modules/lfs/Makefile
index 962538821a5..ea8f187e160 100644
--- a/sys/modules/lfs/Makefile
+++ b/sys/modules/lfs/Makefile
@@ -18,9 +18,4 @@ SRCS+= ulfs_bmap.c ulfs_dirhash.c ulfs_inode.c ulfs_lookup.c \
WARNS= 3
-.if ${MACHINE} == "vax"
-# GCC 6.5 and 7.4 cannot compile this with -DDIAGNOSTIC and -O2/-O1
-COPTS.lfs_inode.c+= -O0
-.endif
-
.include <bsd.kmodule.mk>
diff --git a/sys/rump/fs/lib/liblfs/Makefile b/sys/rump/fs/lib/liblfs/Makefile
index abade3767d9..68b74c62502 100644
--- a/sys/rump/fs/lib/liblfs/Makefile
+++ b/sys/rump/fs/lib/liblfs/Makefile
@@ -17,9 +17,6 @@ SRCS+= ulfs_bmap.c ulfs_dirhash.c ulfs_extattr.c \
CFLAGS+= -DLFS_KERNEL_RFW
-.if ${MACHINE_ARCH} == "vax"
-COPTS.lfs_inode.c+=-O0
-.endif
.include <bsd.lib.mk>
.include <bsd.klinks.mk>
diff --git a/usr.sbin/mtrace/Makefile b/usr.sbin/mtrace/Makefile
index aef09db6198..9c125c15265 100644
--- a/usr.sbin/mtrace/Makefile
+++ b/usr.sbin/mtrace/Makefile
@@ -12,10 +12,6 @@ PROG= mtrace
SRCS= igmp.c inet.c kern.c mtrace.c
MAN= mtrace.8
-.if ${MACHINE_ARCH} == "vax"
-COPTS.mtrace.c=-O0
-.endif
-
BINMODE=4555
BINOWN= root
diff --git a/external/gpl3/gcc.old/usr.bin/backend/Makefile b/external/gpl3/gcc.old/usr.bin/backend/Makefile
index d69a26fe619..99e881c783d 100644
--- a/external/gpl3/gcc.old/usr.bin/backend/Makefile
+++ b/external/gpl3/gcc.old/usr.bin/backend/Makefile
@@ -533,68 +533,9 @@ COPTS.insn-recog.c+=-Wno-error
.if ${GCC_MACHINE_ARCH} == "vax"
CPPFLAGS+=-I${.CURDIR}/../../lib/libgcc/libgcov/arch/${GCC_MACHINE_ARCH}
-COPTS.builtins.c+=-O0
-COPTS.calls.c+=-O0
-COPTS.convert.c+=-O0
-COPTS.data-streamer-out.c+=-O0
-COPTS.dse.c+=-O0 # XXX port-vax/51967
-COPTS.dwarf2out.c+=-O0
-COPTS.expmed.c+=-O0
-COPTS.expr.c+=-O0 -Wno-error=tautological-compare
-COPTS.fixed-value.c+=-O0
-COPTS.fold-const.c+=-O0
-COPTS.generic-match.c+=-O0
-COPTS.gimple-fold.c+=-O0
-COPTS.gimple-match.c+=-O0
-COPTS.gimple-ssa-strength-reduction.c+=-O0
-COPTS.gimple-ssa-warn-restrict.c+=-O0
-COPTS.gimple.c+=-O0
-COPTS.internal-fn.c+=-O0
-COPTS.lto-streamer-out.c+=-O0
-COPTS.omp-low.c+=-O0
-COPTS.predict.c+=-O0
-COPTS.range-op.cc+=-O0
-COPTS.recog.c+=-O0
-COPTS.sanopt.c+=-O0
-COPTS.stmt.c+=-O0
-COPTS.stor-layout.c+=-O0
-COPTS.targhooks.c+=-O0
-COPTS.tree-affine.c+=-O0
-COPTS.tree-cfg.c+=-O0
-COPTS.tree-data-ref.c+=-O0
-COPTS.tree-eh.c+=-O0
-COPTS.tree-if-conv.c+=-O0
-COPTS.tree-object-size.c+=-O0
-COPTS.tree-parloops.c+=-O0
-COPTS.tree-predcom.c+=-O0
-COPTS.tree-pretty-print.c+=-O0
-COPTS.tree-ssa-alias.c+=-O0
-COPTS.tree-ssa-ccp.c+=-O0
-COPTS.tree-ssa-forwprop.c+=-O0
-COPTS.tree-ssa-loop-ivopts.c+=-O0
-COPTS.tree-ssa-loop-manip.c+=-O0
-COPTS.tree-ssa-loop-niter.c+=-O0
-COPTS.tree-ssa-math-opts.c+=-O0
-COPTS.tree-ssa-phiopt.c+= -O0
-COPTS.tree-ssa-pre.c+=-O0
-COPTS.tree-ssa-reassoc.c+=-O0
-COPTS.tree-ssa-strlen.c+=-O0
-COPTS.tree-ssa-uninit.c+=-O0
-COPTS.tree-ssa.c+=-O0
-COPTS.tree-switch-conversion.c+=-O0
-COPTS.tree-vect-data-refs.c+=-O0
-COPTS.tree-vect-loop-manip.c+=-O0
-COPTS.tree-vect-loop.c+=-O0
-COPTS.tree-vect-patterns.c+=-O0
-COPTS.tree-vect-stmts.c+=-O0
-COPTS.tree-vrp.c+=-O0
-COPTS.tree.c+=-O0
-COPTS.ubsan.c+=-O0
-COPTS.varasm.c+=-O0
-COPTS.vr-values.c+=-O0
-COPTS.web.c+=-O0
-COPTS.wide-int-range.cc+=-O0
-COPTS.wide-int.cc+=-O0
+
+COPTS.expmed.c+=-Wno-error=tautological-compare
+COPTS.expr.c+=-Wno-error=tautological-compare
.else
COPTS.tree.c= ${${ACTIVE_CC} == "clang" :? -O0 :}
.endif
|
| 1.42 | 03-Jun-2023 |
lukem | bsd.own.mk: rename to CC_WNO_ADDRESS_OF_PACKED_MEMBER
Provide a single variable
CC_WNO_ADDRESS_OF_PACKED_MEMBER
with options for both clang and gcc, to replace
CLANG_NO_ADDR_OF_PACKED_MEMBER
CC_NO_ADDR_OF_PACKED_MEMBER
GCC_NO_ADDR_OF_PACKED_MEMBER
Using the convention CC_compilerflag, where compilerflag
is based on the full compiler flag name.
|
| 1.41 | 15-Apr-2021 |
mrg | branches: 1.41.6;
vax vs gcc: fsdb.c loses. also build this with -O0.
|
| 1.40 | 06-Sep-2020 |
mrg | add support for new GCC 9 warnings that may be too much to fix
right now. new address-of-packed-member and format-overflow
warnings have new GCC_NO_ADDR_OF_PACKED_MEMBER amd
GCC_NO_FORMAT_OVERFLOW variables to remove these warnings.
apply to a bunch of the tree. mostly, these are real bugs that
should be fixed, but in many cases, only by removing the 'packed'
attribute from some structure that doesn't really need it. (i
looked at many different ones, and while perhaps 60-80% were
already properly aligned, it wasn't clear to me that the uses
were always coming from sane data vs network alignment, so it
doesn't seem safe to remove packed without careful research for
each affect struct.) clang already warned (and was not erroring)
for many of these cases, but gcc picked up dozens more.
|
| 1.39 | 28-Oct-2019 |
christos | inode.c needs -O0 for vax
|
| 1.38 | 23-Mar-2016 |
christos | branches: 1.38.16;
-O0 for pass1.c and vax
|
| 1.37 | 15-Apr-2015 |
mrg | remove various HAVE_GCC=45 fragments.
|
| 1.36 | 09-Nov-2013 |
christos | vax specific gcc 4.8.1 hacks
|
| 1.35 | 09-Nov-2013 |
christos | put instruction generation bug for the vax for 4.8 too
|
| 1.34 | 10-Aug-2012 |
joerg | Don't depend on HAVE_GCC being always defined.
|
| 1.33 | 15-Aug-2011 |
dholland | branches: 1.33.2;
Remove redundant WARNS=4
|
| 1.32 | 14-Aug-2011 |
christos | remove gcc-4.5 hacks.
|
| 1.31 | 03-Jul-2011 |
mrg | apply some -O0 with gcc 4.5 and vax.
|
| 1.30 | 22-Jun-2011 |
mrg | apply some -Wno-error and/or -fno-strict-aliasing.
all of this should be looked at closer, but some of them are not
very trivial.
|
| 1.29 | 20-Jun-2011 |
mrg | remove most of the remaining HAVE_GCC tests that are always true in
the modern world.
|
| 1.28 | 06-Mar-2011 |
bouyer | branches: 1.28.2;
merge the bouyer-quota2 branch. This adds a new on-disk format
to store disk quota usage and limits, integrated with ffs
metadata. Usage is checked by fsck_ffs (no more quotacheck)
and is covered by the WAPBL journal. Enabled with kernel
option QUOTA2 (added where QUOTA was enabled in kernel config files),
turned on with tunefs(8) on a per-filesystem
basis. mount_mfs(8) can also turn quotas on.
See http://mail-index.netbsd.org/tech-kern/2011/02/19/msg010025.html
for details.
|
| 1.27 | 03-Feb-2010 |
roy | branches: 1.27.2;
Userland now builds and uses terminfo instead of termcap.
OK: core@, jdc@
|
| 1.26 | 06-Jun-2009 |
haad | Add proplib to list of libraries, ifx fsdb build after my getdiskinfo change.
|
| 1.25 | 11-Apr-2009 |
lukem | Enable WARNS=4 by default except for:
dump dump_lfs fsck_ffs fsck_lfs fsdb mount_smbfs
newfs_ext2fs newfs_lfs resize_lfs setkey
|
| 1.24 | 29-Aug-2008 |
gmcgarry | branches: 1.24.4;
Wrap compiler-specific flags with HAVE_GCC and HAVE_PCC as necessary. Add a few flags for PCC.
|
| 1.23 | 31-Jul-2008 |
simonb | Merge the simonb-wapbl branch. From the original branch commit:
Add Wasabi System's WAPBL (Write Ahead Physical Block Logging)
journaling code. Originally written by Darrin B. Jewell while
at Wasabi and updated to -current by Antti Kantee, Andy Doran,
Greg Oster and Simon Burge.
OK'd by core@, releng@.
|
| 1.22 | 04-May-2008 |
tsutsui | branches: 1.22.2; 1.22.4;
There is only one more file which requires HACKS for m68000,
so handle it in each Makefile rather than sys.mk.
These ICEs might be related with GCC Bugzilla Bug 32424
which is not resolved yet even in the upstream.
|
| 1.21 | 09-Feb-2008 |
mrg | branches: 1.21.4; 1.21.6;
make all sun2 use -O0 and move most of the hacks out into just 3 files.
|
| 1.20 | 27-Aug-2006 |
christos | branches: 1.20.8; 1.20.10;
need getdiskinfo.
|
| 1.19 | 24-Jun-2006 |
mrg | work around some GCC4 internal problems on m68000 platform.
document the hack, and update another GCC4 list.
|
| 1.18 | 11-May-2006 |
mrg | sprinkle some -fno-strict-aliasing and -Wno-pointer-sign with GCC4.
|
| 1.17 | 20-Jan-2005 |
xtraeme | WARNS=2 is the default defined in sbin/Makefile.inc. (thanks wiz)
|
| 1.16 | 19-Jan-2005 |
xtraeme | Kill __P(), ANSIfy, remove main() prototype; WARNS=2
|
| 1.15 | 03-Jan-2004 |
dbj | add -F option, similar to fsck/newfs/dumpfs
correctly handle negative results from fsck's setup routine
handle uid and gid in FS_42INODEFMT inodes
|
| 1.14 | 28-Sep-2002 |
dbj | Add support for the Apple UFS variation on ffs
This is the bulk of PR #17345
The general approach is to use a run time deteriminable value
for DIRBLKSIZ. Additional allowances are included for using
MAXSYMLINKLEN with FS_42INODEFMT and a shift in the cylinder group
cluster summary count array. Support is added for managing
the Apple UFS volume label.
|
| 1.13 | 19-Aug-2002 |
lukem | Use ${NETBSDSRCDIR}/some/path instead of ${.CURDIR}/../../some/path
|
| 1.12 | 15-Jan-1999 |
bouyer | #include machine/bswap.h and remove -lutil.
|
| 1.11 | 18-Mar-1998 |
bouyer | Add support for non-native byteorder FFS.
|
| 1.10 | 13-Oct-1997 |
veego | We don't need the -I. . Pointed out by enami tsugutomo.
|
| 1.9 | 11-Oct-1997 |
veego | Add the missing . for -I
|
| 1.8 | 10-Oct-1997 |
christos | CFLAGS->CPPFLAGS
|
| 1.7 | 08-May-1997 |
gwr | Back out the .PATH.c changes. The .depend problem (and others)
will be fixed using the new .NOPATH make feature instead.
|
| 1.6 | 06-May-1997 |
gwr | Use .PATH.c: ...
|
| 1.5 | 11-Oct-1996 |
thorpej | Fix a couple of glitches:
- s/fsutil.o/fsutil.c/ on a SRCS line.
- Don't need preen.c
|
| 1.4 | 28-Sep-1996 |
christos | Make this work after the fsck changes.
|
| 1.3 | 08-Apr-1996 |
jtc | Add to DPADD for each library in LDADD; Reported by Mike Long <mike.long@analog.com> in PR #2301.
|
| 1.2 | 05-Apr-1996 |
cgd | deal with the fact that fsck has moved
|
| 1.1 | 08-Oct-1995 |
thorpej | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 08-Oct-1995 |
thorpej | FFS debugging/editing tool, from John Kohl.
|
| 1.20.10.1 | 18-Feb-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.20.8.1 | 23-Mar-2008 |
matt | sync with HEAD
|
| 1.21.6.1 | 18-May-2008 |
yamt | sync with head.
|
| 1.21.4.2 | 28-Sep-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.21.4.1 | 02-Jun-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.22.4.1 | 10-Jun-2008 |
simonb | Initial commit of Wasabi System's WAPBL (Write Ahead Physical Block
Logging) journaling code. Originally written by Darrin B. Jewell
while at Wasabi and updated to -current by Antti Kantee, Andy Doran,
Greg Oster and Simon Burge.
Still a number of issues - look in doc/BRANCHES for "simonb-wapbl"
for more info.
|
| 1.22.2.1 | 18-Sep-2008 |
wrstuden | Sync with wrstuden-revivesa-base-2.
|
| 1.24.4.1 | 13-May-2009 |
jym | Sync with HEAD.
Third (and last) commit. See http://mail-index.netbsd.org/source-changes/2009/05/13/msg221222.html
|
| 1.27.2.2 | 08-Feb-2011 |
bouyer | Add quota2_subr.c to make it link again.
|
| 1.27.2.1 | 20-Jan-2011 |
bouyer | Snapshot of work in progress on a modernised disk quota system:
- new quotactl syscall (versionned for backward compat), which takes
as parameter a path to a mount point, and a prop_dictionary
(in plistref format) describing commands and arguments.
For each command, status and data are returned as a prop_dictionary.
quota commands features will be added to take advantage of this,
exporting quota data or getting quota commands as plists.
- new on disk-format storage (all 64bit wide), integrated to metadata for
ffs (and playing nicely with wapbl).
Quotas are enabled on a ffs filesystem via superblock flags.
tunefs(8) can enable or disable quotas.
On a quota-enabled filesystem, fsck_ffs(8) will track per-uid/gid
block and inode usages, and will check and update quotas in Pass 6.
quota usage and limits are stored in unliked files (one for users,
one for groups)l fsck_ffs(8) will create the files if needed, or
free them if needed. This means that after enabling or disabling
quotas on a filesystem; a fsck_ffs(8) run is required.
quotacheck(8) is not needed any more, on a unclean shutdown
fsck or journal replay will take care of fixing quotas.
newfs(8) can create a ready-to-mount quota-enabled filesystem
(superblock flags are set and quota inodes are created).
Other new features or semantic changes:
- default quota datas, applied to users or groups which don't already
have a quota entry
- per-user/group grace time (instead of a filesystem global one)
- 0 really means "nothing allowed at all", not "no limit".
If you want "no limit", set the limit to UQUAD_MAX (tools will
understand "unlimited" and "-")
A quota file is structured as follow:
it starts with a header, containing a few per-filesystem values,
and the default quota limits.
Quota entries are linked together as a simple list, each entry has a
pointer (as an offset withing the file) to the next.
The header has a pointer to a list of free quota entries, and
a hash table of in-use entries. The size of the hash table depends
on the filesystem block size (header+hash table should fit in the
first block). The file is not sparse and is a multiple of
filesystem block size (when the free quota entry list is empty a new
filesystem block is allocated). quota entries to not cross
filesystem block boundaries.
In memory, the kernel keeps a cache of recently used quota entries
as a reference to the block number, and offset withing the block.
The quota entry itself is keept in the buf cache.
fsck_ffs(8), tunefs(8) and newfs(8) supports are completed (with
related atf tests :)
The kernel can update disk usage and report it via quotactl(2).
Todo: enforce quotas limits (limits are not checked by kernel yet)
update repquota, edquota and rpc.rquotad to the new world
implement compat_50_quotactl ioctl.
update quotactl(2) man page
fsck_ffs required fixes so that allocating new blocks or inodes will
properly update the superblock and cg sumaries. This was not an issue up
to now because superblock and cg sumaries check happened last, but now
allocations or frees can happen in pass 6.
|
| 1.28.2.1 | 23-Jun-2011 |
cherry | Catchup with rmind-uvmplock merge.
|
| 1.33.2.1 | 30-Oct-2012 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.38.16.1 | 13-Apr-2020 |
martin | Mostly merge changes from HEAD upto 20200411
|
| 1.41.6.1 | 08-Oct-2023 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by rin in ticket #394):
external/gpl3/binutils/dist/gas/config/tc-vax.h: revision 1.10
tools/gcc/Makefile: revision 1.109
external/gpl3/binutils/dist/gas/config/tc-vax.c: revision 1.16
external/gpl3/binutils/dist/gas/config/tc-vax.c: revision 1.17
external/gpl3/binutils/dist/gas/config/tc-vax.c: revision 1.18
external/gpl3/gcc.old/dist/gcc/recog.c: revision 1.12
external/gpl3/gcc.old/dist/gcc/function.c: revision 1.16
external/gpl3/gcc.old/dist/gcc/dse.c: revision 1.14 - 1.16
external/gpl3/gcc.old/dist/gcc/config/vax/vax.c: revision 1.13
external/gpl3/gcc.old/dist/gcc/config/vax/vax.c: revision 1.14
external/gpl3/gcc.old/dist/gcc/config/vax/vax.c: revision 1.15
external/gpl3/gcc.old/dist/gcc/doc/tm.texi.in: revision 1.10
external/gpl3/gcc.old/dist/gcc/config/vax/vax.c: revision 1.16
external/gpl3/gcc.old/dist/gcc/config/vax/vax.c: revision 1.17
external/gpl3/gcc.old/dist/gcc/config/vax/vax.c: revision 1.18
external/gpl3/gcc.old/dist/gcc/config/vax/vax.c: revision 1.19
external/gpl3/gcc.old/dist/gcc/config/vax/vax.md: revision 1.12
external/gpl3/gcc.old/dist/gcc/config/vax/vax.md: revision 1.13
external/gpl3/gcc.old/usr.bin/backend/Makefile: revision 1.20
external/gpl3/gcc.old/dist/gcc/targhooks.c: revision 1.12
external/gpl3/gcc.old/dist/gcc/config/vax/vax.md: revision 1.14
external/gpl3/gcc.old/dist/gcc/config/vax/vax.md: revision 1.15
external/gpl3/gcc.old/dist/gcc/config/vax/builtins.md: revision 1.12
external/gpl3/gcc.old/dist/gcc/config/vax/vax.md: revision 1.16
external/gpl3/gcc.old/dist/gcc/config/vax/builtins.md: revision 1.13
external/gpl3/gcc.old/dist/gcc/doc/tm.texi: revision 1.12
external/gpl3/gcc.old/dist/gcc/config/vax/vax.md: revision 1.17
external/gpl3/gcc.old/dist/gcc/config/vax/vax.md: revision 1.18
external/gpl3/gcc.old/dist/gcc/config/vax/elf.h: revision 1.12
external/gpl3/gcc.old/dist/gcc/config/vax/elf.h: revision 1.13
external/gpl3/gcc.old/dist/gcc/targhooks.h: revision 1.12
external/gpl3/gcc.old/dist/gcc/target.def: revision 1.10
external/gpl3/gcc.old/dist/gcc/rtlanal.c: revision 1.14
external/gpl3/gcc.old/dist/gcc/reload.c: revision 1.12
external/gpl3/gcc.old/usr.bin/gcc/Makefile: revision 1.11
external/gpl3/gcc.old/usr.bin/lto-dump/Makefile: revision 1.3
external/gpl3/gcc.old/lib/Makefile.sanitizer: revision 1.7
external/gpl3/binutils.old/lib/libbfd/Makefile: revision 1.10
distrib/utils/x_ping/Makefile: revision 1.9
games/phantasia/Makefile: revision 1.38
external/apache2/argon2/lib/libargon2/Makefile.inc: revision 1.2
external/gpl3/gcc.old/lib/libubsan/Makefile: revision 1.8
external/bsd/mdocml/lib/libmandoc/Makefile: revision 1.13
sbin/ping/Makefile: revision 1.18
sbin/newfs_ext2fs/Makefile: revision 1.7
sys/lib/libz/Makefile: revision 1.24
sys/lib/libsa/Makefile: revision 1.97
external/gpl3/gcc.old/usr.bin/cc1objplus/Makefile: revision 1.3
external/gpl3/gdb/lib/libgdb/Makefile: revision 1.36
sys/modules/lfs/Makefile: revision 1.11
external/mit/xorg/lib/gallium/Makefile: revision 1.51
external/gpl3/gdb.old/lib/libdecnumber/Makefile: revision 1.10
external/mit/xorg/lib/libX11/Makefile.libx11: revision 1.26
libexec/ld.elf_so/Makefile: revision 1.148
external/bsd/jemalloc/lib/Makefile.inc: revision 1.16
external/gpl3/gcc.old/usr.bin/libdecnumber/Makefile: revision 1.14
crypto/external/bsd/openssh/lib/Makefile: revision 1.38
external/gpl3/gcc.old/usr.bin/backend/Makefile: revision 1.21
external/gpl3/gcc.old/usr.bin/cc1/Makefile: revision 1.12
external/gpl3/gcc.old/lib/libasan/Makefile: revision 1.11
external/gpl3/gcc.old/usr.bin/cc1plus/Makefile: revision 1.13
lib/libcrypt/Makefile: revision 1.36
external/gpl3/gdb/lib/libdecnumber/Makefile: revision 1.5
lib/libc/gdtoa/Makefile.inc: revision 1.13
games/gomoku/Makefile: revision 1.13
sbin/fsdb/Makefile: revision 1.43
external/gpl3/gcc.old/usr.bin/lto1/Makefile: revision 1.9
external/mit/xorg/lib/gallium.old/Makefile: revision 1.8
lib/libbz2/Makefile: revision 1.22
external/gpl3/gcc.old/usr.bin/cc1obj/Makefile: revision 1.12
usr.sbin/mtrace/Makefile: revision 1.14
external/gpl3/gcc.old/usr.bin/cc1obj/Makefile: revision 1.13
sys/arch/vax/conf/Makefile.vax: revision 1.86
sys/rump/fs/lib/liblfs/Makefile: revision 1.18
sbin/fsck_ffs/Makefile.common: revision 1.3
external/gpl3/binutils/lib/libbfd/Makefile: revision 1.27
lib/i18n_module/UTF7/Makefile: revision 1.5
external/gpl3/gcc.old/lib/liblsan/Makefile: revision 1.7
doc/CHANGES (apply patch)
(all external/gpl3/gcc.old/ changes applied to external/gpl3/gcc/)
PR 57646: Import major vax toolchain fix.
|
| 1.28 | 17-Nov-2022 |
chs | Restore backward compatibility of UFS2 with previous NetBSD releases by
disabling support in UFS2 for extended attributes (including ACLs).
Add a new variant of UFS2 called "UFS2ea" that does support extended attributes.
Add new fsck_ffs operations "-c ea" and "-c no-ea" to convert file systems
from UFS2 to UFS2ea and vice-versa (both of which delete all existing extended
attributes in the process).
|
| 1.27 | 29-May-2021 |
christos | Add birthtime support and make time 64 bit.
|
| 1.26 | 05-Aug-2017 |
wiz | branches: 1.26.10;
Fix punctuation markup.
|
| 1.25 | 04-Aug-2017 |
mrg | add a "saveblks <file>" command that saves the data blocks of the current
inode into named file.
|
| 1.24 | 03-Jul-2017 |
wiz | Remove workaround for ancient HTML generation code.
|
| 1.23 | 03-Mar-2014 |
blymn | Correct usage of clri.
|
| 1.22 | 30-Apr-2008 |
martin | branches: 1.22.22; 1.22.28;
Convert TNF licenses to new 2 clause variant
|
| 1.21 | 25-May-2005 |
wiz | branches: 1.21.20; 1.21.22;
Macro improvement.
|
| 1.20 | 25-May-2005 |
snj | Grammar fix, from Jeff Ito in PR bin/30320. While here, fix a typo
and use .Dq for quotes.
|
| 1.19 | 04-Jan-2004 |
wiz | Bump date for new -F. Standardise flags display in SYNOPSIS.
|
| 1.18 | 03-Jan-2004 |
dbj | add -F option, similar to fsck/newfs/dumpfs
correctly handle negative results from fsck's setup routine
handle uid and gid in FS_42INODEFMT inodes
|
| 1.17 | 27-Jun-2003 |
wiz | Add Ns.
|
| 1.16 | 09-May-2003 |
jmc | Fix typo
|
| 1.15 | 26-Apr-2003 |
bouyer | Add a findblk command, which list the inode(s) owning the disk sector(s)
passed as argument.
|
| 1.14 | 01-Oct-2002 |
wiz | New sentence, new line. By Robert Elz with minimal fixes.
|
| 1.13 | 08-Feb-2002 |
ross | Generate <>& symbolically. I'm avoiding .../dist/... directories for now.
|
| 1.12 | 16-Nov-2001 |
wiz | Sort sections.
|
| 1.11 | 16-Nov-2001 |
wiz | Whitespace nits
|
| 1.10 | 05-Jun-2001 |
wiz | Drop arguments of .Os.
|
| 1.9 | 09-Mar-1999 |
bouyer | Add a [-n] option, which allows to examine a fs without altering it.
Add a 'blks' command, which lists the blocks address of a file.
|
| 1.8 | 22-May-1998 |
msaitoh | sort entries and delete extra periods in SEE also section.
|
| 1.7 | 14-Sep-1997 |
lukem | * KNF-ify
* prefix hex numbers with '0x'
|
| 1.6 | 31-Jul-1997 |
jtc | Fix files using old TNF copyright notice
|
| 1.5 | 11-Jan-1997 |
lukem | the editline(3) man page now exists (but not as libedit(3))
|
| 1.4 | 27-Feb-1996 |
jtc | Copyright assigned to the NetBSD Foundation
|
| 1.3 | 06-Feb-1996 |
jtc | Note that fsdb arrived with NetBSD 1.1
|
| 1.2 | 08-Oct-1995 |
thorpej | A teensy bit of really minor cleanup.
|
| 1.1 | 08-Oct-1995 |
thorpej | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 08-Oct-1995 |
thorpej | FFS debugging/editing tool, from John Kohl.
|
| 1.21.22.1 | 18-May-2008 |
yamt | sync with head.
|
| 1.21.20.1 | 02-Jun-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.22.28.1 | 20-Aug-2014 |
tls | Rebase to HEAD as of a few days ago.
|
| 1.22.22.1 | 22-May-2014 |
yamt | sync with head.
for a reference, the tree before this commit was tagged
as yamt-pagecache-tag8.
this commit was splitted into small chunks to avoid
a limitation of cvs. ("Protocol error: too many arguments")
|
| 1.26.10.1 | 31-May-2021 |
cjep | sync with head
|
| 1.54 | 07-Jan-2023 |
chs | ufs: fixed signed/unsigned bugs affecting large file systems
Apply these commits from FreeBSD:
commit e870d1e6f97cc73308c11c40684b775bcfa906a2
Author: Kirk McKusick <mckusick@FreeBSD.org>
Date: Wed Feb 10 20:10:35 2010 +0000
This fix corrects a problem in the file system that treats large
inode numbers as negative rather than unsigned. For a default
(16K block) file system, this bug began to show up at a file system
size above about 16Tb.
To fully handle this problem, newfs must be updated to ensure that
it will never create a filesystem with more than 2^32 inodes. That
patch will be forthcoming soon.
Reported by: Scott Burns, John Kilburg, Bruce Evans
Followup by: Jeff Roberson
PR: 133980
MFC after: 2 weeks
commit 81479e688b0f643ffacd3f335b4b4bba460b769d
Author: Kirk McKusick <mckusick@FreeBSD.org>
Date: Thu Feb 11 18:14:53 2010 +0000
One last pass to get all the unsigned comparisons correct.
In additional to the changes from FreeBSD, this commit includes quite a few
related changes to appease -Wsign-compare.
|
| 1.53 | 17-Nov-2022 |
chs | branches: 1.53.2;
Restore backward compatibility of UFS2 with previous NetBSD releases by
disabling support in UFS2 for extended attributes (including ACLs).
Add a new variant of UFS2 called "UFS2ea" that does support extended attributes.
Add new fsck_ffs operations "-c ea" and "-c no-ea" to convert file systems
from UFS2 to UFS2ea and vice-versa (both of which delete all existing extended
attributes in the process).
|
| 1.52 | 29-May-2021 |
christos | Add birthtime support and make time 64 bit.
|
| 1.51 | 05-Apr-2020 |
joerg | branches: 1.51.2;
Fix depenency on common symbols in sbin.
|
| 1.50 | 04-Aug-2017 |
mrg | branches: 1.50.4;
add a "saveblks <file>" command that saves the data blocks of the current
inode into named file.
|
| 1.49 | 28-Jul-2016 |
martin | From Michael Plass:
The superblock field that distinguishes between 4.2BSD and 4.4BSD
inodes is really only relevant on a UFS1 file system. Make sure that
it is a UFS1 fs before using fs_old_inodefmt.
Note that the NetBSD newfs and mkfs utilities initialize fs_old_inodefmt
even for UFS2, so problems were apparent only on file systems created
by other operating systems, for example, FreeBSD.
|
| 1.48 | 23-Jun-2013 |
dholland | branches: 1.48.6; 1.48.8; 1.48.10;
fsbtodb() -> FFS_FSBTODB(), EXT2_FSBTODB(), or MFS_FSBTODB()
dbtofsb() -> FFS_DBTOFSB() or EXT2_DBTOFSB()
(Christos already did the lfs ones a few days back)
|
| 1.47 | 19-Jun-2013 |
dholland | Rename ambiguous macros:
MAXDIRSIZE -> UFS_MAXDIRSIZE or LFS_MAXDIRSIZE
NINDIR -> FFS_NINDIR, EXT2_NINDIR, LFS_NINDIR, or MFS_NINDIR
INOPB -> FFS_INOPB, LFS_INOPB
INOPF -> FFS_INOPF, LFS_INOPF
blksize -> ffs_blksize, ext2_blksize, or lfs_blksize
sblksize -> ffs_blksize
These are not the only ambiguously defined filesystem macros, of
course, there's a pile more. I may not have found all the ambiguous
definitions of blksize(), too, as there are a lot of other things
called 'blksize' in the system.
|
| 1.46 | 09-Jun-2013 |
dholland | Stick UFS_ in front of these symbols:
DIRBLKSIZ
DIRECTSIZ
DIRSIZ
OLDDIRFMT
NEWDIRFMT
Part of PR 47909.
|
| 1.45 | 22-Jan-2013 |
dholland | Stuff UFS_ in front of a few of ufs's symbols to reduce namespace
pollution. Specifically:
ROOTINO -> UFS_ROOTINO
WINO -> UFS_WINO
NXADDR -> UFS_NXADDR
NDADDR -> UFS_NDADDR
NIADDR -> UFS_NIADDR
MAXSYMLINKLEN -> UFS_MAXSYMLINKLEN
MAXSYMLINKLEN_UFS[12] -> UFS[12]_MAXSYMLINKLEN (for consistency)
Sort out ext2fs's misuse of NDADDR and NIADDR; fortunately, these have
the same values in ext2fs and ffs.
No functional change intended.
|
| 1.44 | 20-Mar-2012 |
matt | branches: 1.44.2;
Convert to C89 function definitions
|
| 1.43 | 29-Aug-2011 |
joerg | branches: 1.43.2; 1.43.4; 1.43.8; 1.43.10;
Use __dead
|
| 1.42 | 14-Aug-2011 |
christos | remove gcc-4.5 hacks.
|
| 1.41 | 09-Jun-2011 |
christos | fix compilation.
|
| 1.40 | 09-Jun-2011 |
christos | share more code.
|
| 1.39 | 11-Apr-2009 |
lukem | branches: 1.39.4;
fix sign-compare issues
|
| 1.38 | 30-Aug-2008 |
bouyer | branches: 1.38.4;
Add fss(4) snapshot support to fsck_ffs(8) (via -x or -X options, like
dump(8)). This allows fsck_ffs -n to work on a snapshot of a R/W mounted
filesystem, and avoid errors related to filesystem activity.
|
| 1.37 | 28-Apr-2008 |
martin | branches: 1.37.2;
Remove clause 3 and 4 from TNF licenses
|
| 1.36 | 16-Oct-2006 |
christos | branches: 1.36.18; 1.36.20;
c99 initializer
|
| 1.35 | 19-May-2006 |
christos | Coverity CID 3656,3655: Plug memory leak.
|
| 1.34 | 21-Apr-2006 |
skrll | Don't use cast expressions as lvalues as newer versions of gcc warn.
|
| 1.33 | 19-Aug-2005 |
christos | 64 bit inode changes
|
| 1.32 | 02-Jun-2005 |
lukem | appease gcc -Wuninitialized
|
| 1.31 | 05-Feb-2005 |
xtraeme | Kill __P();
|
| 1.30 | 19-Jan-2005 |
xtraeme | Kill __P(), ANSIfy, remove main() prototype; WARNS=2
|
| 1.29 | 17-Sep-2004 |
yamt | fix blks command.
- use 64-bit variables for lbns.
- correct file block offsets in the case of absent indirect blocks.
|
| 1.28 | 04-Jan-2004 |
wiz | branches: 1.28.2;
Standardize flags display in usage.
|
| 1.27 | 03-Jan-2004 |
dbj | add -F option, similar to fsck/newfs/dumpfs
correctly handle negative results from fsck's setup routine
handle uid and gid in FS_42INODEFMT inodes
|
| 1.26 | 13-Jul-2003 |
itojun | use bounded string op
|
| 1.25 | 26-Apr-2003 |
bouyer | Add a findblk command, which list the inode(s) owning the disk sector(s)
passed as argument.
|
| 1.24 | 08-Apr-2003 |
fvdl | Fix reverse test for UFS2 in the blks command.
|
| 1.23 | 02-Apr-2003 |
fvdl | Add support for UFS2. UFS2 is an enhanced FFS, adding support for
64 bit block pointers, extended attribute storage, and a few
other things.
This commit does not yet include the code to manipulate the extended
storage (for e.g. ACLs), this will be done later.
Originally written by Kirk McKusick and Network Associates Laboratories for
FreeBSD.
|
| 1.22 | 24-Jan-2003 |
fvdl | Bump daddr_t to 64 bits. Replace it with int32_t in all places where
it was used on-disk, so that on-disk formats remain the same.
Remove ufs_daddr_t and ufs_lbn_t for the time being.
|
| 1.21 | 20-Jul-2002 |
grant | sweep of errx/warnx, remove unnecessary trailing \n
|
| 1.20 | 18-Mar-2002 |
thorpej | Cast 3rd arg to el_parse() to deal with const'ification of
libedit.
|
| 1.19 | 19-Feb-2001 |
cgd | convert to use getprogname()
|
| 1.18 | 04-Feb-2001 |
christos | remove redundant declarations
|
| 1.17 | 10-Oct-2000 |
is | Format string cleanups by Bill Sommerfeld.
|
| 1.16 | 09-Mar-1999 |
bouyer | branches: 1.16.2; 1.16.10;
Add a [-n] option, which allows to examine a fs without altering it.
Add a 'blks' command, which lists the blocks address of a file.
|
| 1.15 | 20-May-1998 |
enami | s/H_SETMAXSIZE/H_SETSIZE/
|
| 1.14 | 20-May-1998 |
christos | Adapt to the libedit changes.
|
| 1.13 | 01-Apr-1998 |
kleink | Need <time.h> for mktime() prototype.
|
| 1.12 | 18-Mar-1998 |
bouyer | Add support for non-native byteorder FFS.
|
| 1.11 | 14-Oct-1997 |
christos | PR/4257: Jaromir Dolecek: Update for libedit interface change.
|
| 1.10 | 15-Sep-1997 |
lukem | deprecate register
|
| 1.9 | 14-Sep-1997 |
lukem | * KNF-ify
* prefix hex numbers with '0x'
|
| 1.8 | 31-Jul-1997 |
jtc | Fix files using old TNF copyright notice
|
| 1.7 | 11-Jan-1997 |
lukem | don't call el_parse() if there's no commands (el_parse() now checks this,
but more safety is good)
|
| 1.6 | 11-Oct-1996 |
thorpej | Add a chlen command, to change the length/size of an inode. From FreeBSD.
|
| 1.5 | 28-Sep-1996 |
christos | Make this work after the fsck changes.
|
| 1.4 | 21-Mar-1996 |
jtc | Be pedantic, main() returns int in C.
|
| 1.3 | 27-Feb-1996 |
jtc | Copyright assigned to the NetBSD Foundation
|
| 1.2 | 08-Oct-1995 |
thorpej | A teensy bit of really minor cleanup.
|
| 1.1 | 08-Oct-1995 |
thorpej | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 08-Oct-1995 |
thorpej | FFS debugging/editing tool, from John Kohl.
|
| 1.16.10.1 | 18-Oct-2000 |
tv | Pullup sbin string format fixes [is].
See "cvs log" for explicit revision numbers per file, from sommerfeld.
|
| 1.16.2.1 | 10-Oct-2000 |
he | Pull up revision 1.17 (requested by is):
Format string cleanup.
|
| 1.28.2.1 | 18-Sep-2004 |
he | Pull up revision 1.29 (requested by yamt in ticket #862):
Fix blks command:
- use 64-bit variables for lbns
- correct file block offsets in the case of absent indirect
blocks
|
| 1.36.20.1 | 18-May-2008 |
yamt | sync with head.
|
| 1.36.18.2 | 28-Sep-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.36.18.1 | 02-Jun-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.37.2.1 | 18-Sep-2008 |
wrstuden | Sync with wrstuden-revivesa-base-2.
|
| 1.38.4.1 | 13-May-2009 |
jym | Sync with HEAD.
Third (and last) commit. See http://mail-index.netbsd.org/source-changes/2009/05/13/msg221222.html
|
| 1.39.4.1 | 23-Jun-2011 |
cherry | Catchup with rmind-uvmplock merge.
|
| 1.43.10.1 | 27-Aug-2016 |
bouyer | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by martin in ticket #1395):
sys/ufs/ffs/ffs_vfsops.c: revision 1.340
usr.sbin/quot/quot.c: revision 1.34
sbin/fsdb/fsdb.c: revision 1.49
From Michael Plass:
The superblock field that distinguishes between 4.2BSD and 4.4BSD
inodes is really only relevant on a UFS1 file system. Make sure that
it is a UFS1 fs before using fs_old_inodefmt.
Note that the NetBSD newfs and mkfs utilities initialize fs_old_inodefmt
even for UFS2, so problems were apparent only on file systems created
by other operating systems, for example, FreeBSD.
|
| 1.43.8.1 | 27-Aug-2016 |
bouyer | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by martin in ticket #1395):
sys/ufs/ffs/ffs_vfsops.c: revision 1.340
usr.sbin/quot/quot.c: revision 1.34
sbin/fsdb/fsdb.c: revision 1.49
From Michael Plass:
The superblock field that distinguishes between 4.2BSD and 4.4BSD
inodes is really only relevant on a UFS1 file system. Make sure that
it is a UFS1 fs before using fs_old_inodefmt.
Note that the NetBSD newfs and mkfs utilities initialize fs_old_inodefmt
even for UFS2, so problems were apparent only on file systems created
by other operating systems, for example, FreeBSD.
|
| 1.43.4.1 | 27-Aug-2016 |
bouyer | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by martin in ticket #1395):
sys/ufs/ffs/ffs_vfsops.c: revision 1.340
usr.sbin/quot/quot.c: revision 1.34
sbin/fsdb/fsdb.c: revision 1.49
From Michael Plass:
The superblock field that distinguishes between 4.2BSD and 4.4BSD
inodes is really only relevant on a UFS1 file system. Make sure that
it is a UFS1 fs before using fs_old_inodefmt.
Note that the NetBSD newfs and mkfs utilities initialize fs_old_inodefmt
even for UFS2, so problems were apparent only on file systems created
by other operating systems, for example, FreeBSD.
|
| 1.43.2.3 | 22-May-2014 |
yamt | sync with head.
for a reference, the tree before this commit was tagged
as yamt-pagecache-tag8.
this commit was splitted into small chunks to avoid
a limitation of cvs. ("Protocol error: too many arguments")
|
| 1.43.2.2 | 23-Jan-2013 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.43.2.1 | 17-Apr-2012 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.44.2.3 | 20-Aug-2014 |
tls | Rebase to HEAD as of a few days ago.
|
| 1.44.2.2 | 23-Jun-2013 |
tls | resync from head
|
| 1.44.2.1 | 25-Feb-2013 |
tls | resync with head
|
| 1.48.10.1 | 06-Aug-2016 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.48.8.1 | 27-Aug-2016 |
bouyer | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by martin in ticket #1210):
sys/ufs/ffs/ffs_vfsops.c: revision 1.340
usr.sbin/quot/quot.c: revision 1.34
sbin/fsdb/fsdb.c: revision 1.49
From Michael Plass:
The superblock field that distinguishes between 4.2BSD and 4.4BSD
inodes is really only relevant on a UFS1 file system. Make sure that
it is a UFS1 fs before using fs_old_inodefmt.
Note that the NetBSD newfs and mkfs utilities initialize fs_old_inodefmt
even for UFS2, so problems were apparent only on file systems created
by other operating systems, for example, FreeBSD.
|
| 1.48.6.1 | 27-Aug-2016 |
bouyer | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by martin in ticket #1210):
sys/ufs/ffs/ffs_vfsops.c: revision 1.340
usr.sbin/quot/quot.c: revision 1.34
sbin/fsdb/fsdb.c: revision 1.49
From Michael Plass:
The superblock field that distinguishes between 4.2BSD and 4.4BSD
inodes is really only relevant on a UFS1 file system. Make sure that
it is a UFS1 fs before using fs_old_inodefmt.
Note that the NetBSD newfs and mkfs utilities initialize fs_old_inodefmt
even for UFS2, so problems were apparent only on file systems created
by other operating systems, for example, FreeBSD.
|
| 1.50.4.1 | 08-Apr-2020 |
martin | Merge changes from current as of 20200406
|
| 1.51.2.1 | 31-May-2021 |
cjep | sync with head
|
| 1.53.2.1 | 13-May-2023 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by chs in ticket #160):
usr.sbin/makefs/ffs/ffs_alloc.c: revision 1.31
sbin/tunefs/tunefs.c: revision 1.58
sbin/fsck_ffs/setup.c: revision 1.105
sbin/fsck_ffs/pass5.c: revision 1.56
usr.sbin/makefs/ffs.c: revision 1.74
usr.sbin/makefs/ffs/mkfs.c: revision 1.42
usr.sbin/makefs/Makefile: revision 1.40
sys/ufs/ffs/fs.h: revision 1.71
sbin/fsdb/fsdb.c: revision 1.54
sbin/resize_ffs/resize_ffs.c: revision 1.58
sbin/fsck_ffs/pass4.c: revision 1.29
usr.sbin/makefs/ffs/ffs_extern.h: revision 1.9
sbin/newfs/mkfs.c: revision 1.133
sys/ufs/ffs/ffs_alloc.c: revision 1.172
sbin/fsck_ffs/pass1b.c: revision 1.24
usr.sbin/dumpfs/dumpfs.c: revision 1.68
sys/ufs/ffs/ffs_extern.h: revision 1.88
usr.sbin/quotacheck/quotacheck.c: revision 1.51
sys/ufs/ffs/ffs_subr.c: revision 1.54
sbin/fsck_ffs/main.c: revision 1.91
sbin/fsck_ffs/pass1.c: revision 1.63
ufs: fixed signed/unsigned bugs affecting large file systems
Apply these commits from FreeBSD:
commit e870d1e6f97cc73308c11c40684b775bcfa906a2
Author: Kirk McKusick <mckusick@FreeBSD.org>
Date: Wed Feb 10 20:10:35 2010 +0000
This fix corrects a problem in the file system that treats large
inode numbers as negative rather than unsigned. For a default
(16K block) file system, this bug began to show up at a file system
size above about 16Tb.
To fully handle this problem, newfs must be updated to ensure that
it will never create a filesystem with more than 2^32 inodes. That
patch will be forthcoming soon.
Reported by: Scott Burns, John Kilburg, Bruce Evans
Followup by: Jeff Roberson
PR: 133980
MFC after: 2 weeks
commit 81479e688b0f643ffacd3f335b4b4bba460b769d
Author: Kirk McKusick <mckusick@FreeBSD.org>
Date: Thu Feb 11 18:14:53 2010 +0000
One last pass to get all the unsigned comparisons correct.
In additional to the changes from FreeBSD, this commit includes quite a few
related changes to appease -Wsign-compare.
|
| 1.11 | 11-Apr-2009 |
lukem | fix sign-compare issues
|
| 1.10 | 28-Apr-2008 |
martin | branches: 1.10.8;
Remove clause 3 and 4 from TNF licenses
|
| 1.9 | 19-Jan-2005 |
xtraeme | branches: 1.9.26; 1.9.28;
Kill __P(), ANSIfy, remove main() prototype; WARNS=2
|
| 1.8 | 02-Apr-2003 |
fvdl | Add support for UFS2. UFS2 is an enhanced FFS, adding support for
64 bit block pointers, extended attribute storage, and a few
other things.
This commit does not yet include the code to manipulate the extended
storage (for e.g. ACLs), this will be done later.
Originally written by Kirk McKusick and Network Associates Laboratories for
FreeBSD.
|
| 1.7 | 04-Feb-2001 |
christos | remove redundant declarations
|
| 1.6 | 18-Mar-1998 |
bouyer | Add support for non-native byteorder FFS.
|
| 1.5 | 31-Jul-1997 |
jtc | Fix files using old TNF copyright notice
|
| 1.4 | 28-Sep-1996 |
christos | Make this work after the fsck changes.
|
| 1.3 | 27-Feb-1996 |
jtc | Copyright assigned to the NetBSD Foundation
|
| 1.2 | 08-Oct-1995 |
thorpej | A teensy bit of really minor cleanup.
|
| 1.1 | 08-Oct-1995 |
thorpej | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 08-Oct-1995 |
thorpej | FFS debugging/editing tool, from John Kohl.
|
| 1.9.28.1 | 18-May-2008 |
yamt | sync with head.
|
| 1.9.26.1 | 02-Jun-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.10.8.1 | 13-May-2009 |
jym | Sync with HEAD.
Third (and last) commit. See http://mail-index.netbsd.org/source-changes/2009/05/13/msg221222.html
|
| 1.24 | 17-Nov-2022 |
chs | Restore backward compatibility of UFS2 with previous NetBSD releases by
disabling support in UFS2 for extended attributes (including ACLs).
Add a new variant of UFS2 called "UFS2ea" that does support extended attributes.
Add new fsck_ffs operations "-c ea" and "-c no-ea" to convert file systems
from UFS2 to UFS2ea and vice-versa (both of which delete all existing extended
attributes in the process).
|
| 1.23 | 29-May-2021 |
christos | Add birthtime support and make time 64 bit.
|
| 1.22 | 11-Apr-2009 |
lukem | branches: 1.22.52;
fix sign-compare issues
|
| 1.21 | 29-Dec-2008 |
mlelstv | branches: 1.21.2;
cast arguments for changed printf format
|
| 1.20 | 28-Dec-2008 |
christos | fix printf formats.
|
| 1.19 | 08-Jul-2008 |
simonb | No need to print "0x0x" before a hex number, one "0x" should be enough.
|
| 1.18 | 28-Apr-2008 |
martin | branches: 1.18.2; 1.18.4;
Remove clause 3 and 4 from TNF licenses
|
| 1.17 | 10-Mar-2007 |
hubertf | branches: 1.17.12; 1.17.14;
Remove unused ctype.h
From: Slava Semushin <php-coder@altlinux.ru>
|
| 1.16 | 19-Aug-2005 |
christos | 64 bit inode changes
|
| 1.15 | 19-Jan-2005 |
xtraeme | Kill __P(), ANSIfy, remove main() prototype; WARNS=2
|
| 1.14 | 03-Jan-2004 |
dbj | add -F option, similar to fsck/newfs/dumpfs
correctly handle negative results from fsck's setup routine
handle uid and gid in FS_42INODEFMT inodes
|
| 1.13 | 02-Apr-2003 |
fvdl | Add support for UFS2. UFS2 is an enhanced FFS, adding support for
64 bit block pointers, extended attribute storage, and a few
other things.
This commit does not yet include the code to manipulate the extended
storage (for e.g. ACLs), this will be done later.
Originally written by Kirk McKusick and Network Associates Laboratories for
FreeBSD.
|
| 1.12 | 20-Jul-2002 |
grant | sweep of errx/warnx, remove unnecessary trailing \n
|
| 1.11 | 05-Jan-2001 |
lukem | use %ll_ instead of the less standard %q_
|
| 1.10 | 01-Apr-1998 |
kleink | Need <time.h> for ctime() prototype.
|
| 1.9 | 18-Mar-1998 |
bouyer | Add support for non-native byteorder FFS.
|
| 1.8 | 16-Sep-1997 |
mrg | make these compile on the alpha after WARNS=1.
|
| 1.7 | 14-Sep-1997 |
lukem | * KNF-ify
* prefix hex numbers with '0x'
|
| 1.6 | 31-Jul-1997 |
jtc | Fix files using old TNF copyright notice
|
| 1.5 | 28-Sep-1996 |
christos | Make this work after the fsck changes.
|
| 1.4 | 27-Feb-1996 |
jtc | Copyright assigned to the NetBSD Foundation
|
| 1.3 | 14-Dec-1995 |
thorpej | Make this compile with -Werror.
|
| 1.2 | 08-Oct-1995 |
thorpej | A teensy bit of really minor cleanup.
|
| 1.1 | 08-Oct-1995 |
thorpej | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 08-Oct-1995 |
thorpej | FFS debugging/editing tool, from John Kohl.
|
| 1.17.14.1 | 18-May-2008 |
yamt | sync with head.
|
| 1.17.12.3 | 17-Jan-2009 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.17.12.2 | 28-Sep-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.17.12.1 | 02-Jun-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.18.4.1 | 18-Jul-2008 |
simonb | Sync with head.
|
| 1.18.2.1 | 18-Sep-2008 |
wrstuden | Sync with wrstuden-revivesa-base-2.
|
| 1.21.2.1 | 13-May-2009 |
jym | Sync with HEAD.
Third (and last) commit. See http://mail-index.netbsd.org/source-changes/2009/05/13/msg221222.html
|
| 1.22.52.1 | 31-May-2021 |
cjep | sync with head
|
| 1.9 | 23-Jan-2016 |
christos | Define _KERNTYPES for things that need it.
|
| 1.8 | 27-Jun-2005 |
christos | Move WARNS=3 to the Makefile.inc, and add a little const to the remaining
programs that did not compile before.
|
| 1.7 | 20-Jan-2005 |
xtraeme | Remove main() prototype; WARNS=3
|
| 1.6 | 19-Aug-2002 |
lukem | Use ${NETBSDSRCDIR}/some/path instead of ${.CURDIR}/../../some/path
|
| 1.5 | 16-Nov-2001 |
lukem | change -F semantics to treat the argument as a file system image; open it
`as-is' without attempting to determine the device name with opendisk(3),
and don't attempt to read a disklabel.
|
| 1.4 | 03-Aug-2001 |
lukem | WARNS=2
|
| 1.3 | 15-Jan-1999 |
bouyer | #include machine/bswap.h and remove -lutil.
|
| 1.2 | 18-Mar-1998 |
bouyer | Add support for non-native byteorder FFS.
|
| 1.1 | 07-Mar-1997 |
christos | First pass at fsirand. Needs /dev/random to do things right.
|
| 1.11 | 28-Mar-2024 |
riastradh | fsirand(8): Fix security claims.
PR misc/58063
|
| 1.10 | 11-Sep-2016 |
sevan | branches: 1.10.16; 1.10.24;
Document author and the version fsirand appeared.
Bump date.
|
| 1.9 | 30-Apr-2008 |
martin | Convert TNF licenses to new 2 clause variant
|
| 1.8 | 14-Jun-2005 |
peter | branches: 1.8.20; 1.8.22;
Remove the SECURITY CONSIDERATIONS section which stated that the
implementation didn't used a good random generator, this is not true
anymore since arc4random(3) is used these days.
Pointed out by Jeff Ito in PR/30321
|
| 1.7 | 16-Nov-2001 |
lukem | change -F semantics to treat the argument as a file system image; open it
`as-is' without attempting to determine the device name with opendisk(3),
and don't attempt to read a disklabel.
|
| 1.6 | 19-Aug-2001 |
lukem | - add -F - manipulate a file system image in a regular file (instead of
a special device).
- implement statistics printing on SIGINFO
|
| 1.5 | 05-Jun-2001 |
wiz | Remove some trailing whitespace.
|
| 1.4 | 04-Feb-2001 |
christos | fix nested extern. While I am here assign copyright to TNF.
|
| 1.3 | 08-Jun-1998 |
lukem | Implement a new manual page category ``SECURITY CONSIDERATIONS''
(suggested by mycroft)
|
| 1.2 | 14-Sep-1997 |
lukem | * cleanup for WARNS=1
* prefix hex numbers with '0x'
|
| 1.1 | 07-Mar-1997 |
christos | First pass at fsirand. Needs /dev/random to do things right.
|
| 1.8.22.1 | 18-May-2008 |
yamt | sync with head.
|
| 1.8.20.1 | 02-Jun-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.10.24.1 | 24-Aug-2024 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by riastradh in ticket #807):
usr.sbin/mountd/exports.5: revision 1.33
usr.sbin/mountd/exports.5: revision 1.34
sbin/fsirand/fsirand.8: revision 1.11
usr.sbin/mountd/exports.5: revision 1.35
usr.sbin/mountd/exports.5: revision 1.36
usr.sbin/mountd/mountd.8: revision 1.43
usr.sbin/mountd/exports.5: revision 1.37
usr.sbin/mountd/exports.5: revision 1.38
exports(5), mountd(8): First pass at clarifying export semantics.
The exports(5) man page is full of walls of turgid prose that should
be itemized lists with syntax templates, and I'm itching to rewrite
it, but let's get the security-relevant warnings out of the way
first.
PR misc/58063
exports(5): Revert warning about `-ro' on read/write file systems.
Looks like the nfs server does enforce that after all, in spite of
the rather oblique commentary in the BUGS section about export
options being tied to local mount point options with which they must
be noncontradictory.
And there's no reason in principle it shouldn't enforce this -- it
just need to block various file system _operations_, rather than the
subtree issue where the criteria for evaluating whether operations
are allowed on particular _file handles_ are too painful to
contemplate.
PR misc/58063
exports(5): Substantially rewrite for clarity.
Hope this is an improvement over the turgid paragraphs all about
first/second/third cases of everything.
PR misc/58063
exports(5): improve mark up
fsirand(8): Fix security claims.
PR misc/58063
pick some nits
exports(5): Tiny punctuation fix in man page.
|
| 1.10.16.1 | 24-Aug-2024 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by riastradh in ticket #1882):
usr.sbin/mountd/exports.5: revision 1.33
usr.sbin/mountd/exports.5: revision 1.34
sbin/fsirand/fsirand.8: revision 1.11
usr.sbin/mountd/exports.5: revision 1.35
usr.sbin/mountd/exports.5: revision 1.36
usr.sbin/mountd/mountd.8: revision 1.43
usr.sbin/mountd/exports.5: revision 1.37
usr.sbin/mountd/exports.5: revision 1.38
exports(5), mountd(8): First pass at clarifying export semantics.
The exports(5) man page is full of walls of turgid prose that should
be itemized lists with syntax templates, and I'm itching to rewrite
it, but let's get the security-relevant warnings out of the way
first.
PR misc/58063
exports(5): Revert warning about `-ro' on read/write file systems.
Looks like the nfs server does enforce that after all, in spite of
the rather oblique commentary in the BUGS section about export
options being tied to local mount point options with which they must
be noncontradictory.
And there's no reason in principle it shouldn't enforce this -- it
just need to block various file system _operations_, rather than the
subtree issue where the criteria for evaluating whether operations
are allowed on particular _file handles_ are too painful to
contemplate.
PR misc/58063
exports(5): Substantially rewrite for clarity.
Hope this is an improvement over the turgid paragraphs all about
first/second/third cases of everything.
PR misc/58063
exports(5): improve mark up
fsirand(8): Fix security claims.
PR misc/58063
pick some nits
exports(5): Tiny punctuation fix in man page.
|
| 1.33 | 17-Nov-2022 |
chs | Restore backward compatibility of UFS2 with previous NetBSD releases by
disabling support in UFS2 for extended attributes (including ACLs).
Add a new variant of UFS2 called "UFS2ea" that does support extended attributes.
Add new fsck_ffs operations "-c ea" and "-c no-ea" to convert file systems
from UFS2 to UFS2ea and vice-versa (both of which delete all existing extended
attributes in the process).
|
| 1.32 | 19-Oct-2013 |
christos | fix unused variable warnings.
|
| 1.31 | 23-Jun-2013 |
dholland | fsbtodb() -> FFS_FSBTODB(), EXT2_FSBTODB(), or MFS_FSBTODB()
dbtofsb() -> FFS_DBTOFSB() or EXT2_DBTOFSB()
(Christos already did the lfs ones a few days back)
|
| 1.30 | 19-Jun-2013 |
dholland | Rename ambiguous macros:
MAXDIRSIZE -> UFS_MAXDIRSIZE or LFS_MAXDIRSIZE
NINDIR -> FFS_NINDIR, EXT2_NINDIR, LFS_NINDIR, or MFS_NINDIR
INOPB -> FFS_INOPB, LFS_INOPB
INOPF -> FFS_INOPF, LFS_INOPF
blksize -> ffs_blksize, ext2_blksize, or lfs_blksize
sblksize -> ffs_blksize
These are not the only ambiguously defined filesystem macros, of
course, there's a pile more. I may not have found all the ambiguous
definitions of blksize(), too, as there are a lot of other things
called 'blksize' in the system.
|
| 1.29 | 27-Aug-2011 |
joerg | branches: 1.29.2; 1.29.8;
static + __dead
|
| 1.28 | 28-Apr-2008 |
martin | Remove clause 3 and 4 from TNF licenses
|
| 1.27 | 08-Feb-2007 |
drochner | branches: 1.27.12; 1.27.14;
include <signal.h> where signal(3) is used
|
| 1.26 | 02-Jun-2005 |
lukem | appease gcc -Wuninitialized
|
| 1.25 | 20-Jan-2005 |
xtraeme | Remove main() prototype; WARNS=3
|
| 1.24 | 21-Mar-2004 |
dsl | Don't use 1st alternate superblock at offset 64k for ffsv1.
Fixes part of PR kern/24809
|
| 1.23 | 05-Jan-2004 |
jmmv | Homogenize usage messages: make the 'usage' word all lowercase, as this seems
to be the most common practice in our tree.
|
| 1.22 | 06-Sep-2003 |
itojun | use arc4random
|
| 1.21 | 17-Apr-2003 |
lukem | clear errno before strto(u)l() if we're going to test it for ERANGE afterwards
|
| 1.20 | 02-Apr-2003 |
fvdl | Add support for UFS2. UFS2 is an enhanced FFS, adding support for
64 bit block pointers, extended attribute storage, and a few
other things.
This commit does not yet include the code to manipulate the extended
storage (for e.g. ACLs), this will be done later.
Originally written by Kirk McKusick and Network Associates Laboratories for
FreeBSD.
|
| 1.19 | 08-Jan-2002 |
lukem | need ufs/ufs/dinode.h for ufs/ffs/fs.h
|
| 1.18 | 16-Nov-2001 |
lukem | this doesn't need <ufs/ufs/inode.h>
|
| 1.17 | 16-Nov-2001 |
lukem | change -F semantics to treat the argument as a file system image; open it
`as-is' without attempting to determine the device name with opendisk(3),
and don't attempt to read a disklabel.
|
| 1.16 | 26-Oct-2001 |
lukem | remove #include <ufs/ufs/quota.h> where it was just to appease
<ufs/ufs/inode.h>, since the latter now includes the former. leave the former
in source that obviously uses specific bits of it (for completeness.)
|
| 1.15 | 19-Aug-2001 |
lukem | - add -F - manipulate a file system image in a regular file (instead of
a special device).
- implement statistics printing on SIGINFO
|
| 1.14 | 17-Aug-2001 |
lukem | remove third argument (`int ns') from ffs_sb_swap(), and let ffs_sb_swap()
determine the endianness of the `struct fs *o' superblock from o->fs_magic
and set needswap as necessary, rather than trusting the caller to get
it right. invariably, almost every caller of ffs_sb_swap() was calling it
with ns set to the wrong value for ns anyway!
ansi KNF ffs_bswap.c declarations whilst here.
this fixes all sorts of problems when trying to use other-endian file systems,
notably the kernel trying to access memory *way* off, possibly corrupting or
panicing, and userland programs SEGVing and/or corrupting things (e.g,
"fsck_ffs -B" to swap a file system endianness).
whilst the previous rev of ffs_bswap.c (1.10, 2000/12/23) made this problem
worse, i suspect that the problem was always there and previous versions
just happened not to trash things at the wrong time.
FFS_EI should now be a lot more stable.
|
| 1.13 | 29-Jul-2001 |
lukem | ansi knf, WARNS=2
|
| 1.12 | 19-Feb-2001 |
cgd | convert to use getprogname()
|
| 1.11 | 04-Feb-2001 |
christos | fix nested extern. While I am here assign copyright to TNF.
|
| 1.10 | 23-Oct-1998 |
thorpej | branches: 1.10.10;
Use DINODE_SIZE instead of sizeof(struct dinode) and/or pointer arithmetic.
|
| 1.9 | 25-Aug-1998 |
ross | from Erik Bertelsen <erik@mediator.uni-c.dk>
{ put } { in } { lots } { of } { these } { to } { shut } { up } { egcs }
|
| 1.8 | 18-Mar-1998 |
bouyer | Add support for non-native byteorder FFS.
|
| 1.7 | 20-Sep-1997 |
christos | Work around ggc-2.7.2 off_t initialization bug on m68k.
|
| 1.6 | 14-Sep-1997 |
lukem | * cleanup for WARNS=1
* prefix hex numbers with '0x'
|
| 1.5 | 06-Jul-1997 |
mycroft | Fix type error that caused offset to wrap at 4GB.
|
| 1.4 | 24-Jun-1997 |
kleink | * add `-x' option to usage().
* `=' vs. `==' in a comparison.
|
| 1.3 | 14-Mar-1997 |
cgd | string.h for protos
|
| 1.2 | 08-Mar-1997 |
cgd | Fix NetBSD RCS ID tag
|
| 1.1 | 07-Mar-1997 |
christos | First pass at fsirand. Needs /dev/random to do things right.
|
| 1.10.10.1 | 25-Nov-2001 |
he | Pull up revision 1.14 (requested by lukem):
Call ffs_sb_swap() with the correct arguments. Fixes problems
with using other-endian file systems.
|
| 1.27.14.1 | 18-May-2008 |
yamt | sync with head.
|
| 1.27.12.1 | 02-Jun-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.29.8.2 | 20-Aug-2014 |
tls | Rebase to HEAD as of a few days ago.
|
| 1.29.8.1 | 23-Jun-2013 |
tls | resync from head
|
| 1.29.2.1 | 22-May-2014 |
yamt | sync with head.
for a reference, the tree before this commit was tagged
as yamt-pagecache-tag8.
this commit was splitted into small chunks to avoid
a limitation of cvs. ("Protocol error: too many arguments")
|
| 1.19 | 25-Jun-2019 |
jnemeth | Add an "uuid" command to generate a new UUID for a portion. The
primary intention is for use for after cloning disks to prevent
collisions.
|
| 1.18 | 03-Dec-2015 |
christos | branches: 1.18.16;
WARNS=6
|
| 1.17 | 01-Dec-2015 |
christos | Firs step of refactoring, remove all globals, factor out some common code,
handle alternate usage but not advertise it.
|
| 1.16 | 30-Nov-2015 |
christos | - automatically sync the wedge information unless -n is specified.
- document the general options in the traditional way.
- split the main program into a separate file.
|
| 1.15 | 29-Nov-2015 |
christos | Remove getdisksize support; we either have the ioctls (current/-7) or we
don't (non-netbsd-current/7+tools).
|
| 1.14 | 03-Nov-2015 |
jnemeth | Add a "header" subcommand that displays information about the size of
the disk along with information from the GPT header if it exists.
|
| 1.13 | 29-Dec-2014 |
christos | Factor out the getdisksize() drvctl method, and provide an alternative that
directly uses the disk ioctl's instead of relying on the drvctl device driver
which is currently not mandatory.
|
| 1.12 | 30-Sep-2014 |
christos | Add internal uuid support, since the linux+macos versions of the library
are different than than *bsd ones, and others might not have it at all.
|
| 1.11 | 29-Sep-2014 |
christos | more toolification
|
| 1.10 | 28-Sep-2014 |
jnemeth | PR/44218 - David Young -- add "type" subcommand to change a partition type
|
| 1.9 | 23-Sep-2014 |
jnemeth | - make gpt_gpt() available for use directly by subcommands
- create new resizedisk disk subcommand for relocating backup GPT
|
| 1.8 | 10-Aug-2014 |
jnemeth | branches: 1.8.2;
Add restore subcommand.
XXX It does not actually work yet. It is being committed now to make
later pullups easier.
|
| 1.7 | 19-Dec-2013 |
jnemeth | Add the backup subcommand. It dumps the contents of the partition
tables as a plist, which is readable by the restore subcommand.
XXX restore subcommand forthcoming
|
| 1.6 | 09-Dec-2013 |
jnemeth | Add two new subcommands, "set" and "unset". These were inspired by
FreeBSD's gpart(8), but the code is all mine. The purpose of these
is to set and unset partition attributes.
|
| 1.5 | 20-Nov-2013 |
jnemeth | Add a resize command. This command was inspired by FreeBSD's gpart(8),
but the code was written by myself.
|
| 1.4 | 06-Jan-2011 |
jakllsch | branches: 1.4.6; 1.4.12;
Support booting from GPT-partioned disks on PC-BIOS-compatible systems.
Much of the work in this commit was done by Mike Volokhov during GSoC 2009.
|
| 1.3 | 11-Apr-2009 |
lukem | Enable WARNS=4 by default except for:
dump dump_lfs fsck_ffs fsck_lfs fsdb mount_smbfs
newfs_ext2fs newfs_lfs resize_lfs setkey
|
| 1.2 | 15-Oct-2006 |
christos | branches: 1.2.28;
Make this work under NetBSD.
|
| 1.1 | 15-Oct-2006 |
christos | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 15-Oct-2006 |
christos | Import the gpt tool from FreeBSD
|
| 1.2.28.1 | 13-May-2009 |
jym | Sync with HEAD.
Third (and last) commit. See http://mail-index.netbsd.org/source-changes/2009/05/13/msg221222.html
|
| 1.4.12.1 | 20-Aug-2014 |
tls | Rebase to HEAD as of a few days ago.
|
| 1.4.6.1 | 22-May-2014 |
yamt | sync with head.
for a reference, the tree before this commit was tagged
as yamt-pagecache-tag8.
this commit was splitted into small chunks to avoid
a limitation of cvs. ("Protocol error: too many arguments")
|
| 1.8.2.2 | 13-Aug-2018 |
martin | Catch up to current for the following, requested by sborrill in ticket #1629:
sbin/gpt/gpt_private.h up to 1.2
sbin/gpt/header.c up to 1.9
sbin/gpt/main.c up to 1.11
sbin/gpt/drvctl.c delete
sbin/gpt/Makefile up to 1.18
sbin/gpt/add.c up to 1.44
sbin/gpt/backup.c up to 1.18
sbin/gpt/biosboot.c up to 1.30
sbin/gpt/create.c up to 1.23
sbin/gpt/destroy.c up to 1.10
sbin/gpt/gpt.8 up to 1.63
sbin/gpt/gpt.c up to 1.75
sbin/gpt/gpt.h up to 1.38
sbin/gpt/gpt_uuid.c up to 1.15
sbin/gpt/gpt_uuid.h up to 1.7
sbin/gpt/label.c up to 1.29
sbin/gpt/map.c up to 1.14
sbin/gpt/map.h up to 1.6
sbin/gpt/migrate.c up to 1.33
sbin/gpt/recover.c up to 1.18
sbin/gpt/remove.c up to 1.22
sbin/gpt/resize.c up to 1.23
sbin/gpt/resizedisk.c up to 1.17
sbin/gpt/restore.c up to 1.18
sbin/gpt/set.c up to 1.14
sbin/gpt/show.c up to 1.41
sbin/gpt/type.c up to 1.15
sbin/gpt/unset.c up to 1.14
Many changes including:
- Significant refactoring
- PR/51230: Add the ability to set the active flag in the PMBR
- Let individual commands decide if ioctl(DIOCMWEDGES) should be done
- Add a "header" subcommand that displays information about the size of
the disk along with information from the GPT header if it exists
- Add listing commands for type, set and unset
- Add help and formatting for set and unset
- Change show to print all the attribute info in one line.
- Improve documentation, including booting and exit status
- Check device parameter to avoid segfaults
|
| 1.8.2.1 | 02-Jun-2015 |
snj | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by jnemeth in ticket #774):
sbin/gpt/Makefile: revisions 1.9-1.13
sbin/gpt/add.c: revisions 1.25-1.27
sbin/gpt/backup.c: revisions 1.2-1.8
sbin/gpt/biosboot.c: revisions 1.8-1.14
sbin/gpt/create.c: revisions 1.8-1.12
sbin/gpt/destroy.c: revisions 1.5-1.6
sbin/gpt/drvctl.c: revision 1.1
sbin/gpt/gpt.8: revisions 1.29-1.36
sbin/gpt/gpt.c: revisions 1.29-1.40
sbin/gpt/gpt.h: revisions 1.12-1.18
sbin/gpt/gpt_uuid.c: revisions 1.1-1.10
sbin/gpt/gpt_uuid.h: revisions 1.1-1.3
sbin/gpt/label.c: revisions 1.15-1.18
sbin/gpt/map.c: revision 1.7
sbin/gpt/migrate.c: revisions 1.15-1.21
sbin/gpt/recover.c: revision 1.5
sbin/gpt/remove.c: revisions 1.13-1.16
sbin/gpt/resize.c: revisions 1.9-1.11
sbin/gpt/resizedisk.c: revisions 1.1-1.6
sbin/gpt/restore.c: revisions 1.2-1.7
sbin/gpt/set.c: revisions 1.3-1.5
sbin/gpt/show.c: revision 1.16-1.21
sbin/gpt/type.c: revisions 1.1-1.6
sbin/gpt/unset.c: revisions 1.3-1.5
- record the sector size of the disk
- correct confusion with end_cylinder and end_sector in MBRs
--
- dump all partitions, not just ones that are in use
- while here, squash a memory leak
It shouldn't be necessary to backup unused partitions, however
the partition GUID is created at the time the GPT is created and
is never changed. It shouldn't matter if the GUID of an unused
partition changes, but there may be some special case where it
does. Since it isn't a big deal to record the unused partitions,
might as well do it.
--
Initial cut of gpt restore. This functions correctly in testing,
but isn't all that pretty. It has minimal error testing and may
leak memory. It also only works with empty disks. If passed "-F"
flag, it will blank the disk for you.
--
document the new restore subcommand
--
- make gpt_gpt() available for use directly by subcommands
- create new resizedisk disk subcommand for relocating backup GPT
--
Fix compile error observed on i386. Use PRIu64.
--
no C99isms in tool code
--
- handle a GPT that isn't an exact multiple of a sector
- adjust PMBR size, in case new disk is a different size
- don't leak as much memory
- clean up error handling somewhat
--
PR/44218 - David Young -- add "type" subcommand to change a partition type
--
PR/47990 - Dr. Wolfgang Stukenbrock -- add "-L <label>" as selector option
--
minor toolification: need libprop...
--
more toolification
--
more toolification changes
--
remove compat defines.
--
Add internal uuid support, since the linux+macos versions of the library
are different than than *bsd ones, and others might not have it at all.
--
Check size of correct buffer. Note, just being pedantic as the buffer
being checked is the same size as the one that should have been checked.
--
correctly show partition type in the new world order
--
actually return the uuid when parsing one that is in numeric format
--
using random values for hdr->hdr_guid does not work very well
--
oops, forgot to update end of data area
--
It's HAVE_NBTOOL_CONFIG_H, not HAVE_NBTOOLS_CONFIG_H
--
Fix tools build on !NetBSD.
--
include <sys/endian.h> for both the non-tools build,
and the tools build on a host where the file exists.
Fixes a build problem on FreeBSD, reported by Herbert J. Skuhra, where
tools/compat's configure detected that be32dec() and friends were
available in the host's <sys/endian.h>, so tools/compat did not provide
its own versions.
--
"0" is not guaranteed to be unique
--
provide a copy of the kernel uuid generator (with portable API calls) for
tools.
--
Allow specifying sector and media size on the command line.
--
Remove trailing whitespace.
--
Make gpt(8) generate v4 (random) uuids.
Don't needlessly leak your date/time and MAC address when you edit
the disk.
Read from /dev/urandom rather than calling arc4random or anything,
since this is a tool. (Cygwin seems to have /dev/urandom, but yell
if this breaks the build on your exotic platform because it lacks
/dev/urandom.)
ok apb
--
Paranoia: choke noisily on EOF from /dev/urandom.
--
Report the argument instead of (null) when opendisk fails.
--
handle constness
--
handle constness better
--
Add some more common partition types.
--
Bump date for previous.
--
Fix handling of -t option for the type command.
Match any type, when no option is given, just like for the label command.
--
Factor out the getdisksize() drvctl method, and provide an alternative that
directly uses the disk ioctl's instead of relying on the drvctl device driver
which is currently not mandatory.
|
| 1.18.16.1 | 13-Apr-2020 |
martin | Mostly merge changes from HEAD upto 20200411
|
| 1.46 | 23-Feb-2025 |
christos | Pass some lint.
|
| 1.45 | 02-Nov-2024 |
kre | PR bin/58806 Never create a partition with a null guid
If a new partition entry being added doesn't already have a guid,
make one for it.
|
| 1.44 | 03-Jul-2018 |
jnemeth | branches: 1.44.2; 1.44.10; 1.44.12;
Not all things that write to the disk do something that dk(4) will
be interested in. Let individual commands decide if ioctl(DIOCMWEDGES)
should be done. I was conservative and set the flag on any command
that might create/modify/delete partitions in any way.
|
| 1.43 | 29-Dec-2015 |
christos | branches: 1.43.14; 1.43.16;
- add more informational messages
- handle case where last argument is an option not a device (set -l)
|
| 1.42 | 03-Dec-2015 |
christos | CID 1341561: Argument memory leak
|
| 1.41 | 03-Dec-2015 |
christos | CID 1341560: Free arg.
|
| 1.40 | 03-Dec-2015 |
christos | CID 1341548: Check error returns
|
| 1.39 | 03-Dec-2015 |
christos | WARNS=6
|
| 1.38 | 03-Dec-2015 |
christos | eliminate static globals so that commands can be re-used.
|
| 1.37 | 02-Dec-2015 |
jnemeth | hrmm...
i386devel: {245} ./gpt add -b 1000 -s 1000 disk
Segmentation fault (core dumped)
Where's my flyswatter? .......zzzzzzzap
|
| 1.36 | 02-Dec-2015 |
christos | refactor the utf code so that it does not leak memory.
|
| 1.35 | 02-Dec-2015 |
christos | - write a function to set the entity, so that we don't reset to guid.
- entry 0 means create entry.
|
| 1.34 | 01-Dec-2015 |
christos | merge command line parsers and check all memory allocations.
|
| 1.33 | 01-Dec-2015 |
christos | refactor more duplicated code.
|
| 1.32 | 01-Dec-2015 |
christos | Refactor the command dispatching and help printing logic.
|
| 1.31 | 01-Dec-2015 |
christos | Firs step of refactoring, remove all globals, factor out some common code,
handle alternate usage but not advertise it.
|
| 1.30 | 01-Dec-2015 |
christos | - use gpt_msg to print informational messages (perhaps these should be printed
only with -v)
- don't print any messages with gpt_msg if quiet
- print a message if we didn't reconfigure the wedges
|
| 1.29 | 30-Nov-2015 |
christos | - automatically sync the wedge information unless -n is specified.
- document the general options in the traditional way.
- split the main program into a separate file.
|
| 1.28 | 29-Nov-2015 |
christos | merge the create errors in one place and fix them.
|
| 1.27 | 30-Sep-2014 |
christos | Add internal uuid support, since the linux+macos versions of the library
are different than than *bsd ones, and others might not have it at all.
|
| 1.26 | 30-Sep-2014 |
christos | remove compat defines.
|
| 1.25 | 29-Sep-2014 |
christos | minor toolification: need libprop...
|
| 1.24 | 10-Dec-2013 |
jnemeth | branches: 1.24.4;
Explicitly state which partition was added/modified.
|
| 1.23 | 08-Dec-2013 |
jnemeth | For the add and resize subcommands, change the -s option. If there is
no suffix, or the suffix is 's' or 'S', size is in sectors (as before)
otherwise size is in bytes.
|
| 1.22 | 06-Dec-2013 |
jnemeth | Don't attempt to create/resize an unaligned partition if the attempt
to create/resize an aligned one failed. This simplifies the code
and prevents surprises. If the user wants an unaligned partition
in the case where an aligned one fails, they can simply retry the
command without the "-a" option. This change was requested by
wiz@, and after some thought I agree with it.
|
| 1.21 | 28-Nov-2013 |
jnemeth | when calling dehumanize_number() make sure the resulting number is >= 1
|
| 1.20 | 27-Nov-2013 |
jnemeth | Remove FreeBSD specific code as per message to tech-userlevel.
|
| 1.19 | 22-Nov-2013 |
jnemeth | change the "-b blocknr" parameter to accept a "human number"
|
| 1.18 | 22-Nov-2013 |
jnemeth | In the manpage:
- s/-b number/-b blocknr/
- s/-s count/-s sectors/
- s/-p count/-p partitions/
In the program:
- s/-b lba/-b blocknr/
- s/-s lba/-s sectors/
This makes the documentation in the manpage and the program consistent
and makes it more clear what the parameters are. Also, "-s lba" was
just plain wrong since LBA stands for Logical Block Address[ing], and
the -s option didn't represent any kind of address, but rather a size.
|
| 1.17 | 19-Nov-2013 |
jnemeth | delete an errant where it is obvious what the code is doing
|
| 1.16 | 19-Nov-2013 |
jnemeth | When setting a label on the new partition, be sure to set the label
in the secondary partition table as well.
|
| 1.15 | 19-Nov-2013 |
jnemeth | Add two new options to the "add" subcommand:
-a alignment -- attempt to align the start and size of the partition
-l label -- supply a label for the partition
These options were inspired by FreeBSD's gpart(8) command, but the
code was written by me.
|
| 1.14 | 26-May-2013 |
wiz | Instead of 'no space', say 'not enough space' in error message.
|
| 1.13 | 13-Apr-2013 |
jakllsch | Make pre-initialized partition type uuid_t symbols 'static const'.
This conserves a few hundred bytes of total program size by
allowing the linker to merge duplicates.
|
| 1.12 | 13-Apr-2013 |
jakllsch | Clean up gpt(8) a bit more
uuid_create_nil(3) and uuid_is_nil(3) take a uuid_t*, not a pointer to
an array of bytes merely casted to compatible type.
Additonally, there no need for extra casts and address-of operations when
using le_uuid_*() functions.
Furthermore, le_uuid_*() are identical to uuid_*_le functions in
libc/libuuid, so use those instead on NetBSD.
|
| 1.11 | 27-Aug-2011 |
joerg | branches: 1.11.2; 1.11.8;
Use __dead
|
| 1.10 | 06-Jan-2011 |
riz | Clarify the 'dkctl addwedge' usage message after creating a GPT
partition.
|
| 1.9 | 06-Jan-2011 |
jakllsch | UFS is called FFS in the NetBSD case. Display as such and accept as input.
|
| 1.8 | 07-Feb-2009 |
uebayasi | Let 'gpt add' suggest a collect device name so that opendisk(3) called by
dkctl(8) succeeds.
|
| 1.7 | 07-Feb-2009 |
uebayasi | Make manual and usage consistent. No functional changes.
|
| 1.6 | 28-Dec-2007 |
riz | As discussed on tech-userlevel, add NetBSD GPT partition types for
swap, ffs, lfs, raidframe, ccd and cgd. gpt(8) now defaults to
NetBSD ffs if no type is given, but previous FreeBSD types are
still recognized in the DKWEDGE_AUTODISCOVER code.
|
| 1.5 | 18-Dec-2007 |
riz | Fix the usage strings for each command, and print them all for the
"global" usage. It's still a little ugly, but hopefully not as
fantastically confusing as before...
|
| 1.4 | 16-Feb-2007 |
riz | branches: 1.4.4; 1.4.6;
Use strtoll() when converting a 64-bit quantity. This makes "gpt add"
work with an offset of more than 2147483647 sectors. While I'm here,
use strtoul() when converting an unsigned quantity.
|
| 1.3 | 17-Oct-2006 |
he | branches: 1.3.2;
Add initialization of a variable where gcc for some archs thinks
that it may be used un-initialized. From cursory inspection it is
not obvious that gcc is wrong.
|
| 1.2 | 15-Oct-2006 |
christos | Make this work under NetBSD.
|
| 1.1 | 15-Oct-2006 |
christos | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 15-Oct-2006 |
christos | Import the gpt tool from FreeBSD
|
| 1.3.2.3 | 08-Apr-2008 |
jdc | Pull up revisions:
src/sbin/gpt/add.c 1.6
src/sbin/gpt/gpt.c 1.7
src/sbin/gpt/show.c 1.4
src/sys/dev/dkwedge/dkwedge_gpt.c 1.7
src/sys/sys/disk.h 1.47
src/sys/sys/disklabel_gpt.h 1.4
(requested by riz in ticket #1119).
As discussed on tech-userlevel, add NetBSD GPT partition types for
swap, ffs, lfs, raidframe, ccd and cgd. gpt(8) now defaults to
NetBSD ffs if no type is given, but previous FreeBSD types are
still recognized in the DKWEDGE_AUTODISCOVER code.
|
| 1.3.2.2 | 08-Apr-2008 |
jdc | Pull up revisions:
src/sbin/gpt/add.c 1.5
src/sbin/gpt/create.c 1.3
src/sbin/gpt/destroy.c 1.3
src/sbin/gpt/gpt.c 1.4-1.6
src/sbin/gpt/label.c 1.5-1.6
src/sbin/gpt/migrate.c 1.4
src/sbin/gpt/recover.c 1.3
src/sbin/gpt/remove.c 1.4
src/sbin/gpt/show.c 1.3
(requested by riz in ticket #1117).
Produce more useful error messages.
Fix the usage strings for each command, and print them all for the
"global" usage. It's still a little ugly, but hopefully not as
fantastically confusing as before...
Your friendly neighborhood 64-bit architecture here to remind you that
strlen returns size_t, and printf's precision specifier uses int.
|
| 1.3.2.1 | 20-Feb-2007 |
tron | branches: 1.3.2.1.2;
Pull up following revision(s) (requested by riz in ticket #445):
sbin/gpt/add.c: revision 1.4
sbin/gpt/remove.c: revision 1.3
sbin/gpt/label.c: revision 1.4
sbin/gpt/gpt.c: revision 1.3
Use strtoll() when converting a 64-bit quantity. This makes "gpt add"
work with an offset of more than 2147483647 sectors. While I'm here,
use strtoul() when converting an unsigned quantity.
|
| 1.3.2.1.2.1 | 03-Jun-2008 |
skrll | Sync with netbsd-4.
|
| 1.4.6.2 | 18-Feb-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.4.6.1 | 27-Dec-2007 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.4.4.1 | 09-Jan-2008 |
matt | sync with HEAD
|
| 1.11.8.2 | 20-Aug-2014 |
tls | Rebase to HEAD as of a few days ago.
|
| 1.11.8.1 | 23-Jun-2013 |
tls | resync from head
|
| 1.11.2.1 | 22-May-2014 |
yamt | sync with head.
for a reference, the tree before this commit was tagged
as yamt-pagecache-tag8.
this commit was splitted into small chunks to avoid
a limitation of cvs. ("Protocol error: too many arguments")
|
| 1.24.4.2 | 13-Aug-2018 |
martin | Catch up to current for the following, requested by sborrill in ticket #1629:
sbin/gpt/gpt_private.h up to 1.2
sbin/gpt/header.c up to 1.9
sbin/gpt/main.c up to 1.11
sbin/gpt/drvctl.c delete
sbin/gpt/Makefile up to 1.18
sbin/gpt/add.c up to 1.44
sbin/gpt/backup.c up to 1.18
sbin/gpt/biosboot.c up to 1.30
sbin/gpt/create.c up to 1.23
sbin/gpt/destroy.c up to 1.10
sbin/gpt/gpt.8 up to 1.63
sbin/gpt/gpt.c up to 1.75
sbin/gpt/gpt.h up to 1.38
sbin/gpt/gpt_uuid.c up to 1.15
sbin/gpt/gpt_uuid.h up to 1.7
sbin/gpt/label.c up to 1.29
sbin/gpt/map.c up to 1.14
sbin/gpt/map.h up to 1.6
sbin/gpt/migrate.c up to 1.33
sbin/gpt/recover.c up to 1.18
sbin/gpt/remove.c up to 1.22
sbin/gpt/resize.c up to 1.23
sbin/gpt/resizedisk.c up to 1.17
sbin/gpt/restore.c up to 1.18
sbin/gpt/set.c up to 1.14
sbin/gpt/show.c up to 1.41
sbin/gpt/type.c up to 1.15
sbin/gpt/unset.c up to 1.14
Many changes including:
- Significant refactoring
- PR/51230: Add the ability to set the active flag in the PMBR
- Let individual commands decide if ioctl(DIOCMWEDGES) should be done
- Add a "header" subcommand that displays information about the size of
the disk along with information from the GPT header if it exists
- Add listing commands for type, set and unset
- Add help and formatting for set and unset
- Change show to print all the attribute info in one line.
- Improve documentation, including booting and exit status
- Check device parameter to avoid segfaults
|
| 1.24.4.1 | 02-Jun-2015 |
snj | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by jnemeth in ticket #774):
sbin/gpt/Makefile: revisions 1.9-1.13
sbin/gpt/add.c: revisions 1.25-1.27
sbin/gpt/backup.c: revisions 1.2-1.8
sbin/gpt/biosboot.c: revisions 1.8-1.14
sbin/gpt/create.c: revisions 1.8-1.12
sbin/gpt/destroy.c: revisions 1.5-1.6
sbin/gpt/drvctl.c: revision 1.1
sbin/gpt/gpt.8: revisions 1.29-1.36
sbin/gpt/gpt.c: revisions 1.29-1.40
sbin/gpt/gpt.h: revisions 1.12-1.18
sbin/gpt/gpt_uuid.c: revisions 1.1-1.10
sbin/gpt/gpt_uuid.h: revisions 1.1-1.3
sbin/gpt/label.c: revisions 1.15-1.18
sbin/gpt/map.c: revision 1.7
sbin/gpt/migrate.c: revisions 1.15-1.21
sbin/gpt/recover.c: revision 1.5
sbin/gpt/remove.c: revisions 1.13-1.16
sbin/gpt/resize.c: revisions 1.9-1.11
sbin/gpt/resizedisk.c: revisions 1.1-1.6
sbin/gpt/restore.c: revisions 1.2-1.7
sbin/gpt/set.c: revisions 1.3-1.5
sbin/gpt/show.c: revision 1.16-1.21
sbin/gpt/type.c: revisions 1.1-1.6
sbin/gpt/unset.c: revisions 1.3-1.5
- record the sector size of the disk
- correct confusion with end_cylinder and end_sector in MBRs
--
- dump all partitions, not just ones that are in use
- while here, squash a memory leak
It shouldn't be necessary to backup unused partitions, however
the partition GUID is created at the time the GPT is created and
is never changed. It shouldn't matter if the GUID of an unused
partition changes, but there may be some special case where it
does. Since it isn't a big deal to record the unused partitions,
might as well do it.
--
Initial cut of gpt restore. This functions correctly in testing,
but isn't all that pretty. It has minimal error testing and may
leak memory. It also only works with empty disks. If passed "-F"
flag, it will blank the disk for you.
--
document the new restore subcommand
--
- make gpt_gpt() available for use directly by subcommands
- create new resizedisk disk subcommand for relocating backup GPT
--
Fix compile error observed on i386. Use PRIu64.
--
no C99isms in tool code
--
- handle a GPT that isn't an exact multiple of a sector
- adjust PMBR size, in case new disk is a different size
- don't leak as much memory
- clean up error handling somewhat
--
PR/44218 - David Young -- add "type" subcommand to change a partition type
--
PR/47990 - Dr. Wolfgang Stukenbrock -- add "-L <label>" as selector option
--
minor toolification: need libprop...
--
more toolification
--
more toolification changes
--
remove compat defines.
--
Add internal uuid support, since the linux+macos versions of the library
are different than than *bsd ones, and others might not have it at all.
--
Check size of correct buffer. Note, just being pedantic as the buffer
being checked is the same size as the one that should have been checked.
--
correctly show partition type in the new world order
--
actually return the uuid when parsing one that is in numeric format
--
using random values for hdr->hdr_guid does not work very well
--
oops, forgot to update end of data area
--
It's HAVE_NBTOOL_CONFIG_H, not HAVE_NBTOOLS_CONFIG_H
--
Fix tools build on !NetBSD.
--
include <sys/endian.h> for both the non-tools build,
and the tools build on a host where the file exists.
Fixes a build problem on FreeBSD, reported by Herbert J. Skuhra, where
tools/compat's configure detected that be32dec() and friends were
available in the host's <sys/endian.h>, so tools/compat did not provide
its own versions.
--
"0" is not guaranteed to be unique
--
provide a copy of the kernel uuid generator (with portable API calls) for
tools.
--
Allow specifying sector and media size on the command line.
--
Remove trailing whitespace.
--
Make gpt(8) generate v4 (random) uuids.
Don't needlessly leak your date/time and MAC address when you edit
the disk.
Read from /dev/urandom rather than calling arc4random or anything,
since this is a tool. (Cygwin seems to have /dev/urandom, but yell
if this breaks the build on your exotic platform because it lacks
/dev/urandom.)
ok apb
--
Paranoia: choke noisily on EOF from /dev/urandom.
--
Report the argument instead of (null) when opendisk fails.
--
handle constness
--
handle constness better
--
Add some more common partition types.
--
Bump date for previous.
--
Fix handling of -t option for the type command.
Match any type, when no option is given, just like for the label command.
--
Factor out the getdisksize() drvctl method, and provide an alternative that
directly uses the disk ioctl's instead of relying on the drvctl device driver
which is currently not mandatory.
|
| 1.43.16.1 | 10-Jun-2019 |
christos | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.43.14.1 | 28-Jul-2018 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.44.12.1 | 02-Aug-2025 |
perseant | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.44.10.1 | 17-Nov-2024 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by kre in ticket #1005):
sbin/gpt/add.c: revision 1.45
PR bin/58806 Never create a partition with a null guid
If a new partition entry being added doesn't already have a guid,
make one for it.
|
| 1.44.2.1 | 17-Nov-2024 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by kre in ticket #1920):
sbin/gpt/add.c: revision 1.45
PR bin/58806 Never create a partition with a null guid
If a new partition entry being added doesn't already have a guid,
make one for it.
|
| 1.21 | 23-Feb-2025 |
christos | Pass some lint.
|
| 1.20 | 08-Jun-2020 |
thorpej | branches: 1.20.8;
When we add "entries", "index", and "sector_size" values to the dictionary,
add them as signed valaues, rather than unsigned (which is how we keep them
in memory). This causes them be serialized in base-10 (rather than base-16,
which is the default for unsigned). This behavior is documented in
prop_number(3). Fixes t_gpt::backup_2part unit test.
|
| 1.19 | 07-Jun-2020 |
thorpej | Update for proplib(3) API changes.
|
| 1.18 | 07-Sep-2017 |
christos | use __arraycount
|
| 1.17 | 06-Sep-2017 |
christos | - make sure that the utf16 string is padded with 0's where needed.
- since the utf16 string is not 0 terminated, pass the size of the string.
|
| 1.16 | 03-Dec-2015 |
christos | branches: 1.16.8;
CID 1341558: Fix proplib memory leaks
|
| 1.15 | 03-Dec-2015 |
christos | compare to stdout, thanks kre
|
| 1.14 | 03-Dec-2015 |
christos | eliminate static globals so that commands can be re-used.
|
| 1.13 | 02-Dec-2015 |
christos | Allow backup and restore to operate on files.
|
| 1.12 | 02-Dec-2015 |
christos | split out into smaller functions.
|
| 1.11 | 01-Dec-2015 |
christos | Refactor the command dispatching and help printing logic.
|
| 1.10 | 01-Dec-2015 |
christos | Firs step of refactoring, remove all globals, factor out some common code,
handle alternate usage but not advertise it.
|
| 1.9 | 29-Nov-2015 |
christos | merge the create errors in one place and fix them.
|
| 1.8 | 30-Sep-2014 |
christos | Add internal uuid support, since the linux+macos versions of the library
are different than than *bsd ones, and others might not have it at all.
|
| 1.7 | 30-Sep-2014 |
christos | remove compat defines.
|
| 1.6 | 29-Sep-2014 |
christos | more toolification changes
|
| 1.5 | 29-Sep-2014 |
christos | more toolification
|
| 1.4 | 29-Sep-2014 |
christos | minor toolification: need libprop...
|
| 1.3 | 10-Sep-2014 |
jnemeth | - dump all partitions, not just ones that are in use
- while here, squash a memory leak
It shouldn't be necessary to backup unused partitions, however
the partition GUID is created at the time the GPT is created and
is never changed. It shouldn't matter if the GUID of an unused
partition changes, but there may be some special case where it
does. Since it isn't a big deal to record the unused partitions,
might as well do it.
|
| 1.2 | 09-Sep-2014 |
jnemeth | - record the sector size of the disk
- correct confusion with end_cylinder and end_sector in MBRs
|
| 1.1 | 19-Dec-2013 |
jnemeth | branches: 1.1.4; 1.1.6; 1.1.8;
Add the backup subcommand. It dumps the contents of the partition
tables as a plist, which is readable by the restore subcommand.
XXX restore subcommand forthcoming
|
| 1.1.8.2 | 20-Aug-2014 |
tls | Rebase to HEAD as of a few days ago.
|
| 1.1.8.1 | 19-Dec-2013 |
tls | file backup.c was added on branch tls-maxphys on 2014-08-20 00:02:25 +0000
|
| 1.1.6.2 | 13-Aug-2018 |
martin | Catch up to current for the following, requested by sborrill in ticket #1629:
sbin/gpt/gpt_private.h up to 1.2
sbin/gpt/header.c up to 1.9
sbin/gpt/main.c up to 1.11
sbin/gpt/drvctl.c delete
sbin/gpt/Makefile up to 1.18
sbin/gpt/add.c up to 1.44
sbin/gpt/backup.c up to 1.18
sbin/gpt/biosboot.c up to 1.30
sbin/gpt/create.c up to 1.23
sbin/gpt/destroy.c up to 1.10
sbin/gpt/gpt.8 up to 1.63
sbin/gpt/gpt.c up to 1.75
sbin/gpt/gpt.h up to 1.38
sbin/gpt/gpt_uuid.c up to 1.15
sbin/gpt/gpt_uuid.h up to 1.7
sbin/gpt/label.c up to 1.29
sbin/gpt/map.c up to 1.14
sbin/gpt/map.h up to 1.6
sbin/gpt/migrate.c up to 1.33
sbin/gpt/recover.c up to 1.18
sbin/gpt/remove.c up to 1.22
sbin/gpt/resize.c up to 1.23
sbin/gpt/resizedisk.c up to 1.17
sbin/gpt/restore.c up to 1.18
sbin/gpt/set.c up to 1.14
sbin/gpt/show.c up to 1.41
sbin/gpt/type.c up to 1.15
sbin/gpt/unset.c up to 1.14
Many changes including:
- Significant refactoring
- PR/51230: Add the ability to set the active flag in the PMBR
- Let individual commands decide if ioctl(DIOCMWEDGES) should be done
- Add a "header" subcommand that displays information about the size of
the disk along with information from the GPT header if it exists
- Add listing commands for type, set and unset
- Add help and formatting for set and unset
- Change show to print all the attribute info in one line.
- Improve documentation, including booting and exit status
- Check device parameter to avoid segfaults
|
| 1.1.6.1 | 02-Jun-2015 |
snj | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by jnemeth in ticket #774):
sbin/gpt/Makefile: revisions 1.9-1.13
sbin/gpt/add.c: revisions 1.25-1.27
sbin/gpt/backup.c: revisions 1.2-1.8
sbin/gpt/biosboot.c: revisions 1.8-1.14
sbin/gpt/create.c: revisions 1.8-1.12
sbin/gpt/destroy.c: revisions 1.5-1.6
sbin/gpt/drvctl.c: revision 1.1
sbin/gpt/gpt.8: revisions 1.29-1.36
sbin/gpt/gpt.c: revisions 1.29-1.40
sbin/gpt/gpt.h: revisions 1.12-1.18
sbin/gpt/gpt_uuid.c: revisions 1.1-1.10
sbin/gpt/gpt_uuid.h: revisions 1.1-1.3
sbin/gpt/label.c: revisions 1.15-1.18
sbin/gpt/map.c: revision 1.7
sbin/gpt/migrate.c: revisions 1.15-1.21
sbin/gpt/recover.c: revision 1.5
sbin/gpt/remove.c: revisions 1.13-1.16
sbin/gpt/resize.c: revisions 1.9-1.11
sbin/gpt/resizedisk.c: revisions 1.1-1.6
sbin/gpt/restore.c: revisions 1.2-1.7
sbin/gpt/set.c: revisions 1.3-1.5
sbin/gpt/show.c: revision 1.16-1.21
sbin/gpt/type.c: revisions 1.1-1.6
sbin/gpt/unset.c: revisions 1.3-1.5
- record the sector size of the disk
- correct confusion with end_cylinder and end_sector in MBRs
--
- dump all partitions, not just ones that are in use
- while here, squash a memory leak
It shouldn't be necessary to backup unused partitions, however
the partition GUID is created at the time the GPT is created and
is never changed. It shouldn't matter if the GUID of an unused
partition changes, but there may be some special case where it
does. Since it isn't a big deal to record the unused partitions,
might as well do it.
--
Initial cut of gpt restore. This functions correctly in testing,
but isn't all that pretty. It has minimal error testing and may
leak memory. It also only works with empty disks. If passed "-F"
flag, it will blank the disk for you.
--
document the new restore subcommand
--
- make gpt_gpt() available for use directly by subcommands
- create new resizedisk disk subcommand for relocating backup GPT
--
Fix compile error observed on i386. Use PRIu64.
--
no C99isms in tool code
--
- handle a GPT that isn't an exact multiple of a sector
- adjust PMBR size, in case new disk is a different size
- don't leak as much memory
- clean up error handling somewhat
--
PR/44218 - David Young -- add "type" subcommand to change a partition type
--
PR/47990 - Dr. Wolfgang Stukenbrock -- add "-L <label>" as selector option
--
minor toolification: need libprop...
--
more toolification
--
more toolification changes
--
remove compat defines.
--
Add internal uuid support, since the linux+macos versions of the library
are different than than *bsd ones, and others might not have it at all.
--
Check size of correct buffer. Note, just being pedantic as the buffer
being checked is the same size as the one that should have been checked.
--
correctly show partition type in the new world order
--
actually return the uuid when parsing one that is in numeric format
--
using random values for hdr->hdr_guid does not work very well
--
oops, forgot to update end of data area
--
It's HAVE_NBTOOL_CONFIG_H, not HAVE_NBTOOLS_CONFIG_H
--
Fix tools build on !NetBSD.
--
include <sys/endian.h> for both the non-tools build,
and the tools build on a host where the file exists.
Fixes a build problem on FreeBSD, reported by Herbert J. Skuhra, where
tools/compat's configure detected that be32dec() and friends were
available in the host's <sys/endian.h>, so tools/compat did not provide
its own versions.
--
"0" is not guaranteed to be unique
--
provide a copy of the kernel uuid generator (with portable API calls) for
tools.
--
Allow specifying sector and media size on the command line.
--
Remove trailing whitespace.
--
Make gpt(8) generate v4 (random) uuids.
Don't needlessly leak your date/time and MAC address when you edit
the disk.
Read from /dev/urandom rather than calling arc4random or anything,
since this is a tool. (Cygwin seems to have /dev/urandom, but yell
if this breaks the build on your exotic platform because it lacks
/dev/urandom.)
ok apb
--
Paranoia: choke noisily on EOF from /dev/urandom.
--
Report the argument instead of (null) when opendisk fails.
--
handle constness
--
handle constness better
--
Add some more common partition types.
--
Bump date for previous.
--
Fix handling of -t option for the type command.
Match any type, when no option is given, just like for the label command.
--
Factor out the getdisksize() drvctl method, and provide an alternative that
directly uses the disk ioctl's instead of relying on the drvctl device driver
which is currently not mandatory.
|
| 1.1.4.2 | 22-May-2014 |
yamt | sync with head.
for a reference, the tree before this commit was tagged
as yamt-pagecache-tag8.
this commit was splitted into small chunks to avoid
a limitation of cvs. ("Protocol error: too many arguments")
|
| 1.1.4.1 | 19-Dec-2013 |
yamt | file backup.c was added on branch yamt-pagecache on 2014-05-22 11:37:28 +0000
|
| 1.16.8.1 | 12-Feb-2018 |
snj | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by christos in ticket #545):
sbin/gpt/backup.c: 1.17-1.18
sbin/gpt/biosboot.c: 1.29-1.30
sbin/gpt/gpt.c: 1.71-1.73
sbin/gpt/gpt.h: 1.36
sbin/gpt/restore.c: 1.17
sbin/gpt/show.c: 1.40-1.41
sys/dev/dkwedge/dkwedge_gpt.c: 1.19-1.20
PR/52522: Piotr Meyer: Don't NUL terminate the gpt label name.
--
- make sure that the utf16 string is padded with 0's where needed.
- since the utf16 string is not 0 terminated, pass the size of the string.
--
use __arraycount
--
PR/52522: ent_name is not necessarily 0 terminated, so check bounds.
--
use arraycount.
|
| 1.20.8.1 | 02-Aug-2025 |
perseant | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.34 | 23-Feb-2025 |
christos | Pass some lint.
|
| 1.33 | 13-Sep-2024 |
mlelstv | Don't use kernel type daddr_t for disk offsets.
|
| 1.32 | 20-Jun-2019 |
martin | branches: 1.32.2; 1.32.10; 1.32.12;
When biosboot is used on an existing wedge and we are switching to
the gpt of the parent device, do not pass the size of the wedge to
gpt_open, it certainly is smaller than the whole device.
Fixes bin/54312.
|
| 1.31 | 04-Apr-2019 |
martin | Allow specifying the partition via -b startsec for the biosboot cmd.
|
| 1.30 | 07-Sep-2017 |
christos | branches: 1.30.4;
use __arraycount
|
| 1.29 | 06-Sep-2017 |
christos | - make sure that the utf16 string is padded with 0's where needed.
- since the utf16 string is not 0 terminated, pass the size of the string.
|
| 1.28 | 03-Jul-2017 |
mrg | only do wedges if not the tools version. fixes build on netbsd-4,
and any other place that might have the same ioctl name while having
something not quite right (in this case, cpuid_t in headers not
working properly..)
XXX: pullup-8
|
| 1.27 | 16-Feb-2017 |
christos | branches: 1.27.4;
Add -T timestamp for reproducible builds.
|
| 1.26 | 09-Jun-2016 |
christos | branches: 1.26.2; 1.26.4;
Rename 'a' to set the active PMBR flag to 'A'
|
| 1.25 | 09-Jun-2016 |
christos | PR/51230: Add the ability to set the active flag in the PMBR.
|
| 1.24 | 29-Dec-2015 |
christos | - add more informational messages
- handle case where last argument is an option not a device (set -l)
|
| 1.23 | 03-Dec-2015 |
christos | more leak
|
| 1.22 | 03-Dec-2015 |
christos | WARNS=6
|
| 1.21 | 03-Dec-2015 |
christos | eliminate static globals so that commands can be re-used.
|
| 1.20 | 02-Dec-2015 |
christos | don't advertise stuff we don't support.
|
| 1.19 | 02-Dec-2015 |
christos | refactor the utf code so that it does not leak memory.
|
| 1.18 | 01-Dec-2015 |
christos | merge command line parsers and check all memory allocations.
|
| 1.17 | 01-Dec-2015 |
christos | Refactor the command dispatching and help printing logic.
|
| 1.16 | 01-Dec-2015 |
christos | Firs step of refactoring, remove all globals, factor out some common code,
handle alternate usage but not advertise it.
|
| 1.15 | 29-Nov-2015 |
christos | merge the create errors in one place and fix them.
|
| 1.14 | 03-Oct-2014 |
christos | provide a copy of the kernel uuid generator (with portable API calls) for
tools.
|
| 1.13 | 02-Oct-2014 |
joerg | Fix tools build on !NetBSD.
|
| 1.12 | 30-Sep-2014 |
christos | Add internal uuid support, since the linux+macos versions of the library
are different than than *bsd ones, and others might not have it at all.
|
| 1.11 | 29-Sep-2014 |
christos | more toolification
|
| 1.10 | 29-Sep-2014 |
christos | minor toolification: need libprop...
|
| 1.9 | 29-Sep-2014 |
jnemeth | PR/47990 - Dr. Wolfgang Stukenbrock -- add "-L <label>" as selector option
|
| 1.8 | 26-Sep-2014 |
jnemeth | no C99isms in tool code
|
| 1.7 | 27-Nov-2013 |
jnemeth | branches: 1.7.4;
Remove FreeBSD specific code as per message to tech-userlevel.
|
| 1.6 | 13-Apr-2013 |
jakllsch | drop trailing whitespace
|
| 1.5 | 27-Aug-2011 |
joerg | branches: 1.5.2; 1.5.8;
Use __dead
|
| 1.4 | 17-Aug-2011 |
martin | Fix sign compare bugs
|
| 1.3 | 17-Aug-2011 |
jakllsch | Ajdust bootcode file name from mbr_gpt to gptmbr.bin.
|
| 1.2 | 17-Aug-2011 |
jakllsch | Switch 'gpt biosboot' to support T13 EDD-4 annex A GPT hybrid MBR instead
of a home-grown MBR/VBR hand off protocol.
'biosboot' now will set the legacy BIOS boot flag instead of patching a
GUID into the MBR.
|
| 1.1 | 06-Jan-2011 |
jakllsch | Support booting from GPT-partioned disks on PC-BIOS-compatible systems.
Much of the work in this commit was done by Mike Volokhov during GSoC 2009.
|
| 1.5.8.2 | 20-Aug-2014 |
tls | Rebase to HEAD as of a few days ago.
|
| 1.5.8.1 | 23-Jun-2013 |
tls | resync from head
|
| 1.5.2.1 | 22-May-2014 |
yamt | sync with head.
for a reference, the tree before this commit was tagged
as yamt-pagecache-tag8.
this commit was splitted into small chunks to avoid
a limitation of cvs. ("Protocol error: too many arguments")
|
| 1.7.4.2 | 13-Aug-2018 |
martin | Catch up to current for the following, requested by sborrill in ticket #1629:
sbin/gpt/gpt_private.h up to 1.2
sbin/gpt/header.c up to 1.9
sbin/gpt/main.c up to 1.11
sbin/gpt/drvctl.c delete
sbin/gpt/Makefile up to 1.18
sbin/gpt/add.c up to 1.44
sbin/gpt/backup.c up to 1.18
sbin/gpt/biosboot.c up to 1.30
sbin/gpt/create.c up to 1.23
sbin/gpt/destroy.c up to 1.10
sbin/gpt/gpt.8 up to 1.63
sbin/gpt/gpt.c up to 1.75
sbin/gpt/gpt.h up to 1.38
sbin/gpt/gpt_uuid.c up to 1.15
sbin/gpt/gpt_uuid.h up to 1.7
sbin/gpt/label.c up to 1.29
sbin/gpt/map.c up to 1.14
sbin/gpt/map.h up to 1.6
sbin/gpt/migrate.c up to 1.33
sbin/gpt/recover.c up to 1.18
sbin/gpt/remove.c up to 1.22
sbin/gpt/resize.c up to 1.23
sbin/gpt/resizedisk.c up to 1.17
sbin/gpt/restore.c up to 1.18
sbin/gpt/set.c up to 1.14
sbin/gpt/show.c up to 1.41
sbin/gpt/type.c up to 1.15
sbin/gpt/unset.c up to 1.14
Many changes including:
- Significant refactoring
- PR/51230: Add the ability to set the active flag in the PMBR
- Let individual commands decide if ioctl(DIOCMWEDGES) should be done
- Add a "header" subcommand that displays information about the size of
the disk along with information from the GPT header if it exists
- Add listing commands for type, set and unset
- Add help and formatting for set and unset
- Change show to print all the attribute info in one line.
- Improve documentation, including booting and exit status
- Check device parameter to avoid segfaults
|
| 1.7.4.1 | 02-Jun-2015 |
snj | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by jnemeth in ticket #774):
sbin/gpt/Makefile: revisions 1.9-1.13
sbin/gpt/add.c: revisions 1.25-1.27
sbin/gpt/backup.c: revisions 1.2-1.8
sbin/gpt/biosboot.c: revisions 1.8-1.14
sbin/gpt/create.c: revisions 1.8-1.12
sbin/gpt/destroy.c: revisions 1.5-1.6
sbin/gpt/drvctl.c: revision 1.1
sbin/gpt/gpt.8: revisions 1.29-1.36
sbin/gpt/gpt.c: revisions 1.29-1.40
sbin/gpt/gpt.h: revisions 1.12-1.18
sbin/gpt/gpt_uuid.c: revisions 1.1-1.10
sbin/gpt/gpt_uuid.h: revisions 1.1-1.3
sbin/gpt/label.c: revisions 1.15-1.18
sbin/gpt/map.c: revision 1.7
sbin/gpt/migrate.c: revisions 1.15-1.21
sbin/gpt/recover.c: revision 1.5
sbin/gpt/remove.c: revisions 1.13-1.16
sbin/gpt/resize.c: revisions 1.9-1.11
sbin/gpt/resizedisk.c: revisions 1.1-1.6
sbin/gpt/restore.c: revisions 1.2-1.7
sbin/gpt/set.c: revisions 1.3-1.5
sbin/gpt/show.c: revision 1.16-1.21
sbin/gpt/type.c: revisions 1.1-1.6
sbin/gpt/unset.c: revisions 1.3-1.5
- record the sector size of the disk
- correct confusion with end_cylinder and end_sector in MBRs
--
- dump all partitions, not just ones that are in use
- while here, squash a memory leak
It shouldn't be necessary to backup unused partitions, however
the partition GUID is created at the time the GPT is created and
is never changed. It shouldn't matter if the GUID of an unused
partition changes, but there may be some special case where it
does. Since it isn't a big deal to record the unused partitions,
might as well do it.
--
Initial cut of gpt restore. This functions correctly in testing,
but isn't all that pretty. It has minimal error testing and may
leak memory. It also only works with empty disks. If passed "-F"
flag, it will blank the disk for you.
--
document the new restore subcommand
--
- make gpt_gpt() available for use directly by subcommands
- create new resizedisk disk subcommand for relocating backup GPT
--
Fix compile error observed on i386. Use PRIu64.
--
no C99isms in tool code
--
- handle a GPT that isn't an exact multiple of a sector
- adjust PMBR size, in case new disk is a different size
- don't leak as much memory
- clean up error handling somewhat
--
PR/44218 - David Young -- add "type" subcommand to change a partition type
--
PR/47990 - Dr. Wolfgang Stukenbrock -- add "-L <label>" as selector option
--
minor toolification: need libprop...
--
more toolification
--
more toolification changes
--
remove compat defines.
--
Add internal uuid support, since the linux+macos versions of the library
are different than than *bsd ones, and others might not have it at all.
--
Check size of correct buffer. Note, just being pedantic as the buffer
being checked is the same size as the one that should have been checked.
--
correctly show partition type in the new world order
--
actually return the uuid when parsing one that is in numeric format
--
using random values for hdr->hdr_guid does not work very well
--
oops, forgot to update end of data area
--
It's HAVE_NBTOOL_CONFIG_H, not HAVE_NBTOOLS_CONFIG_H
--
Fix tools build on !NetBSD.
--
include <sys/endian.h> for both the non-tools build,
and the tools build on a host where the file exists.
Fixes a build problem on FreeBSD, reported by Herbert J. Skuhra, where
tools/compat's configure detected that be32dec() and friends were
available in the host's <sys/endian.h>, so tools/compat did not provide
its own versions.
--
"0" is not guaranteed to be unique
--
provide a copy of the kernel uuid generator (with portable API calls) for
tools.
--
Allow specifying sector and media size on the command line.
--
Remove trailing whitespace.
--
Make gpt(8) generate v4 (random) uuids.
Don't needlessly leak your date/time and MAC address when you edit
the disk.
Read from /dev/urandom rather than calling arc4random or anything,
since this is a tool. (Cygwin seems to have /dev/urandom, but yell
if this breaks the build on your exotic platform because it lacks
/dev/urandom.)
ok apb
--
Paranoia: choke noisily on EOF from /dev/urandom.
--
Report the argument instead of (null) when opendisk fails.
--
handle constness
--
handle constness better
--
Add some more common partition types.
--
Bump date for previous.
--
Fix handling of -t option for the type command.
Match any type, when no option is given, just like for the label command.
--
Factor out the getdisksize() drvctl method, and provide an alternative that
directly uses the disk ioctl's instead of relying on the drvctl device driver
which is currently not mandatory.
|
| 1.26.4.1 | 21-Apr-2017 |
bouyer | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.26.2.1 | 20-Mar-2017 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.27.4.2 | 12-Feb-2018 |
snj | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by christos in ticket #545):
sbin/gpt/backup.c: 1.17-1.18
sbin/gpt/biosboot.c: 1.29-1.30
sbin/gpt/gpt.c: 1.71-1.73
sbin/gpt/gpt.h: 1.36
sbin/gpt/restore.c: 1.17
sbin/gpt/show.c: 1.40-1.41
sys/dev/dkwedge/dkwedge_gpt.c: 1.19-1.20
PR/52522: Piotr Meyer: Don't NUL terminate the gpt label name.
--
- make sure that the utf16 string is padded with 0's where needed.
- since the utf16 string is not 0 terminated, pass the size of the string.
--
use __arraycount
--
PR/52522: ent_name is not necessarily 0 terminated, so check bounds.
--
use arraycount.
|
| 1.27.4.1 | 05-Jul-2017 |
snj | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by mrg in ticket #93):
sbin/gpt/biosboot.c: revision 1.28
only do wedges if not the tools version. fixes build on netbsd-4,
and any other place that might have the same ioctl name while having
something not quite right (in this case, cpuid_t in headers not
working properly..)
|
| 1.30.4.2 | 13-Apr-2020 |
martin | Mostly merge changes from HEAD upto 20200411
|
| 1.30.4.1 | 10-Jun-2019 |
christos | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.32.12.1 | 02-Aug-2025 |
perseant | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.32.10.1 | 02-Oct-2024 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by lloyd in ticket #911):
sbin/gpt/biosboot.c: revision 1.33
Don't use kernel type daddr_t for disk offsets.
|
| 1.32.2.1 | 02-Oct-2024 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by lloyd in ticket #1889):
sbin/gpt/biosboot.c: revision 1.33
Don't use kernel type daddr_t for disk offsets.
|
| 1.24 | 23-Feb-2025 |
christos | Pass some lint.
|
| 1.23 | 23-Sep-2016 |
christos | branches: 1.23.26;
PR/51497: Clare: Allow gpt -p <n> create to work.
|
| 1.22 | 09-Jun-2016 |
christos | branches: 1.22.2;
Rename 'a' to set the active PMBR flag to 'A'
|
| 1.21 | 09-Jun-2016 |
christos | PR/51230: Add the ability to set the active flag in the PMBR.
|
| 1.20 | 29-Dec-2015 |
christos | - add more informational messages
- handle case where last argument is an option not a device (set -l)
|
| 1.19 | 03-Dec-2015 |
christos | CID 1341556: Don't leak map info
|
| 1.18 | 03-Dec-2015 |
christos | WARNS=6
|
| 1.17 | 03-Dec-2015 |
christos | eliminate static globals so that commands can be re-used.
|
| 1.16 | 01-Dec-2015 |
christos | refactor more duplicated code.
|
| 1.15 | 01-Dec-2015 |
christos | Refactor the command dispatching and help printing logic.
|
| 1.14 | 01-Dec-2015 |
christos | Firs step of refactoring, remove all globals, factor out some common code,
handle alternate usage but not advertise it.
|
| 1.13 | 29-Nov-2015 |
christos | merge the create errors in one place and fix them.
|
| 1.12 | 03-Oct-2014 |
christos | provide a copy of the kernel uuid generator (with portable API calls) for
tools.
|
| 1.11 | 03-Oct-2014 |
jnemeth | "0" is not guaranteed to be unique
|
| 1.10 | 30-Sep-2014 |
christos | Add internal uuid support, since the linux+macos versions of the library
are different than than *bsd ones, and others might not have it at all.
|
| 1.9 | 30-Sep-2014 |
christos | remove compat defines.
|
| 1.8 | 29-Sep-2014 |
christos | minor toolification: need libprop...
|
| 1.7 | 04-Dec-2013 |
jakllsch | branches: 1.7.4;
Use MBR_PTYPE_ defines from <sys/bootblock.h>.
|
| 1.6 | 13-Apr-2013 |
jakllsch | Clean up gpt(8) a bit more
uuid_create_nil(3) and uuid_is_nil(3) take a uuid_t*, not a pointer to
an array of bytes merely casted to compatible type.
Additonally, there no need for extra casts and address-of operations when
using le_uuid_*() functions.
Furthermore, le_uuid_*() are identical to uuid_*_le functions in
libc/libuuid, so use those instead on NetBSD.
|
| 1.5 | 27-Aug-2011 |
joerg | branches: 1.5.2; 1.5.8;
Use __dead
|
| 1.4 | 06-Jan-2011 |
jakllsch | Use less bogus CHS addresses in PMBR.
With the ending head set at 0xff one machine I have will never leave
the initial startup screen if such a disk is present. Additionally,
Wikipedia suggests without citiation that 254 is the maximium allowable
value for the head, and this seems to be the case.
|
| 1.3 | 18-Dec-2007 |
riz | Fix the usage strings for each command, and print them all for the
"global" usage. It's still a little ugly, but hopefully not as
fantastically confusing as before...
|
| 1.2 | 15-Oct-2006 |
christos | branches: 1.2.2; 1.2.4; 1.2.8; 1.2.10;
Make this work under NetBSD.
|
| 1.1 | 15-Oct-2006 |
christos | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 15-Oct-2006 |
christos | Import the gpt tool from FreeBSD
|
| 1.2.10.1 | 27-Dec-2007 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.2.8.1 | 09-Jan-2008 |
matt | sync with HEAD
|
| 1.2.4.1 | 03-Jun-2008 |
skrll | Sync with netbsd-4.
|
| 1.2.2.1 | 08-Apr-2008 |
jdc | Pull up revisions:
src/sbin/gpt/add.c 1.5
src/sbin/gpt/create.c 1.3
src/sbin/gpt/destroy.c 1.3
src/sbin/gpt/gpt.c 1.4-1.6
src/sbin/gpt/label.c 1.5-1.6
src/sbin/gpt/migrate.c 1.4
src/sbin/gpt/recover.c 1.3
src/sbin/gpt/remove.c 1.4
src/sbin/gpt/show.c 1.3
(requested by riz in ticket #1117).
Produce more useful error messages.
Fix the usage strings for each command, and print them all for the
"global" usage. It's still a little ugly, but hopefully not as
fantastically confusing as before...
Your friendly neighborhood 64-bit architecture here to remind you that
strlen returns size_t, and printf's precision specifier uses int.
|
| 1.5.8.2 | 20-Aug-2014 |
tls | Rebase to HEAD as of a few days ago.
|
| 1.5.8.1 | 23-Jun-2013 |
tls | resync from head
|
| 1.5.2.1 | 22-May-2014 |
yamt | sync with head.
for a reference, the tree before this commit was tagged
as yamt-pagecache-tag8.
this commit was splitted into small chunks to avoid
a limitation of cvs. ("Protocol error: too many arguments")
|
| 1.7.4.2 | 13-Aug-2018 |
martin | Catch up to current for the following, requested by sborrill in ticket #1629:
sbin/gpt/gpt_private.h up to 1.2
sbin/gpt/header.c up to 1.9
sbin/gpt/main.c up to 1.11
sbin/gpt/drvctl.c delete
sbin/gpt/Makefile up to 1.18
sbin/gpt/add.c up to 1.44
sbin/gpt/backup.c up to 1.18
sbin/gpt/biosboot.c up to 1.30
sbin/gpt/create.c up to 1.23
sbin/gpt/destroy.c up to 1.10
sbin/gpt/gpt.8 up to 1.63
sbin/gpt/gpt.c up to 1.75
sbin/gpt/gpt.h up to 1.38
sbin/gpt/gpt_uuid.c up to 1.15
sbin/gpt/gpt_uuid.h up to 1.7
sbin/gpt/label.c up to 1.29
sbin/gpt/map.c up to 1.14
sbin/gpt/map.h up to 1.6
sbin/gpt/migrate.c up to 1.33
sbin/gpt/recover.c up to 1.18
sbin/gpt/remove.c up to 1.22
sbin/gpt/resize.c up to 1.23
sbin/gpt/resizedisk.c up to 1.17
sbin/gpt/restore.c up to 1.18
sbin/gpt/set.c up to 1.14
sbin/gpt/show.c up to 1.41
sbin/gpt/type.c up to 1.15
sbin/gpt/unset.c up to 1.14
Many changes including:
- Significant refactoring
- PR/51230: Add the ability to set the active flag in the PMBR
- Let individual commands decide if ioctl(DIOCMWEDGES) should be done
- Add a "header" subcommand that displays information about the size of
the disk along with information from the GPT header if it exists
- Add listing commands for type, set and unset
- Add help and formatting for set and unset
- Change show to print all the attribute info in one line.
- Improve documentation, including booting and exit status
- Check device parameter to avoid segfaults
|
| 1.7.4.1 | 02-Jun-2015 |
snj | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by jnemeth in ticket #774):
sbin/gpt/Makefile: revisions 1.9-1.13
sbin/gpt/add.c: revisions 1.25-1.27
sbin/gpt/backup.c: revisions 1.2-1.8
sbin/gpt/biosboot.c: revisions 1.8-1.14
sbin/gpt/create.c: revisions 1.8-1.12
sbin/gpt/destroy.c: revisions 1.5-1.6
sbin/gpt/drvctl.c: revision 1.1
sbin/gpt/gpt.8: revisions 1.29-1.36
sbin/gpt/gpt.c: revisions 1.29-1.40
sbin/gpt/gpt.h: revisions 1.12-1.18
sbin/gpt/gpt_uuid.c: revisions 1.1-1.10
sbin/gpt/gpt_uuid.h: revisions 1.1-1.3
sbin/gpt/label.c: revisions 1.15-1.18
sbin/gpt/map.c: revision 1.7
sbin/gpt/migrate.c: revisions 1.15-1.21
sbin/gpt/recover.c: revision 1.5
sbin/gpt/remove.c: revisions 1.13-1.16
sbin/gpt/resize.c: revisions 1.9-1.11
sbin/gpt/resizedisk.c: revisions 1.1-1.6
sbin/gpt/restore.c: revisions 1.2-1.7
sbin/gpt/set.c: revisions 1.3-1.5
sbin/gpt/show.c: revision 1.16-1.21
sbin/gpt/type.c: revisions 1.1-1.6
sbin/gpt/unset.c: revisions 1.3-1.5
- record the sector size of the disk
- correct confusion with end_cylinder and end_sector in MBRs
--
- dump all partitions, not just ones that are in use
- while here, squash a memory leak
It shouldn't be necessary to backup unused partitions, however
the partition GUID is created at the time the GPT is created and
is never changed. It shouldn't matter if the GUID of an unused
partition changes, but there may be some special case where it
does. Since it isn't a big deal to record the unused partitions,
might as well do it.
--
Initial cut of gpt restore. This functions correctly in testing,
but isn't all that pretty. It has minimal error testing and may
leak memory. It also only works with empty disks. If passed "-F"
flag, it will blank the disk for you.
--
document the new restore subcommand
--
- make gpt_gpt() available for use directly by subcommands
- create new resizedisk disk subcommand for relocating backup GPT
--
Fix compile error observed on i386. Use PRIu64.
--
no C99isms in tool code
--
- handle a GPT that isn't an exact multiple of a sector
- adjust PMBR size, in case new disk is a different size
- don't leak as much memory
- clean up error handling somewhat
--
PR/44218 - David Young -- add "type" subcommand to change a partition type
--
PR/47990 - Dr. Wolfgang Stukenbrock -- add "-L <label>" as selector option
--
minor toolification: need libprop...
--
more toolification
--
more toolification changes
--
remove compat defines.
--
Add internal uuid support, since the linux+macos versions of the library
are different than than *bsd ones, and others might not have it at all.
--
Check size of correct buffer. Note, just being pedantic as the buffer
being checked is the same size as the one that should have been checked.
--
correctly show partition type in the new world order
--
actually return the uuid when parsing one that is in numeric format
--
using random values for hdr->hdr_guid does not work very well
--
oops, forgot to update end of data area
--
It's HAVE_NBTOOL_CONFIG_H, not HAVE_NBTOOLS_CONFIG_H
--
Fix tools build on !NetBSD.
--
include <sys/endian.h> for both the non-tools build,
and the tools build on a host where the file exists.
Fixes a build problem on FreeBSD, reported by Herbert J. Skuhra, where
tools/compat's configure detected that be32dec() and friends were
available in the host's <sys/endian.h>, so tools/compat did not provide
its own versions.
--
"0" is not guaranteed to be unique
--
provide a copy of the kernel uuid generator (with portable API calls) for
tools.
--
Allow specifying sector and media size on the command line.
--
Remove trailing whitespace.
--
Make gpt(8) generate v4 (random) uuids.
Don't needlessly leak your date/time and MAC address when you edit
the disk.
Read from /dev/urandom rather than calling arc4random or anything,
since this is a tool. (Cygwin seems to have /dev/urandom, but yell
if this breaks the build on your exotic platform because it lacks
/dev/urandom.)
ok apb
--
Paranoia: choke noisily on EOF from /dev/urandom.
--
Report the argument instead of (null) when opendisk fails.
--
handle constness
--
handle constness better
--
Add some more common partition types.
--
Bump date for previous.
--
Fix handling of -t option for the type command.
Match any type, when no option is given, just like for the label command.
--
Factor out the getdisksize() drvctl method, and provide an alternative that
directly uses the disk ioctl's instead of relying on the drvctl device driver
which is currently not mandatory.
|
| 1.22.2.1 | 04-Nov-2016 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.23.26.1 | 02-Aug-2025 |
perseant | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.15 | 23-Feb-2025 |
christos | Pass some lint.
|
| 1.14 | 20-Nov-2022 |
mlelstv | branches: 1.14.4;
Fix destroying and moving GPT header also for truncated/extended
images.
|
| 1.13 | 16-Oct-2019 |
jnemeth | Do the 'dkctl makewedges' dance to drop any wedges assoicated the
destroyed GPT.
|
| 1.12 | 04-Apr-2019 |
martin | PR bin/54088: make "destroy" remove the protective MBR too.
We could make this optional if someone comes up with a good reason
to leave it intact.
|
| 1.11 | 04-Apr-2019 |
martin | Ignore -f with the "destroy" command completely (it was effectively
ignored already, so no functional change). Leave it as valid option
for compatibility.
|
| 1.10 | 03-Dec-2015 |
christos | branches: 1.10.16;
eliminate static globals so that commands can be re-used.
|
| 1.9 | 01-Dec-2015 |
christos | Refactor the command dispatching and help printing logic.
|
| 1.8 | 01-Dec-2015 |
christos | Firs step of refactoring, remove all globals, factor out some common code,
handle alternate usage but not advertise it.
|
| 1.7 | 29-Nov-2015 |
christos | merge the create errors in one place and fix them.
|
| 1.6 | 29-Sep-2014 |
christos | more toolification
|
| 1.5 | 29-Sep-2014 |
christos | minor toolification: need libprop...
|
| 1.4 | 27-Aug-2011 |
joerg | branches: 1.4.20;
Use __dead
|
| 1.3 | 18-Dec-2007 |
riz | Fix the usage strings for each command, and print them all for the
"global" usage. It's still a little ugly, but hopefully not as
fantastically confusing as before...
|
| 1.2 | 15-Oct-2006 |
christos | branches: 1.2.2; 1.2.4; 1.2.8; 1.2.10;
Make this work under NetBSD.
|
| 1.1 | 15-Oct-2006 |
christos | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 15-Oct-2006 |
christos | Import the gpt tool from FreeBSD
|
| 1.2.10.1 | 27-Dec-2007 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.2.8.1 | 09-Jan-2008 |
matt | sync with HEAD
|
| 1.2.4.1 | 03-Jun-2008 |
skrll | Sync with netbsd-4.
|
| 1.2.2.1 | 08-Apr-2008 |
jdc | Pull up revisions:
src/sbin/gpt/add.c 1.5
src/sbin/gpt/create.c 1.3
src/sbin/gpt/destroy.c 1.3
src/sbin/gpt/gpt.c 1.4-1.6
src/sbin/gpt/label.c 1.5-1.6
src/sbin/gpt/migrate.c 1.4
src/sbin/gpt/recover.c 1.3
src/sbin/gpt/remove.c 1.4
src/sbin/gpt/show.c 1.3
(requested by riz in ticket #1117).
Produce more useful error messages.
Fix the usage strings for each command, and print them all for the
"global" usage. It's still a little ugly, but hopefully not as
fantastically confusing as before...
Your friendly neighborhood 64-bit architecture here to remind you that
strlen returns size_t, and printf's precision specifier uses int.
|
| 1.4.20.2 | 13-Aug-2018 |
martin | Catch up to current for the following, requested by sborrill in ticket #1629:
sbin/gpt/gpt_private.h up to 1.2
sbin/gpt/header.c up to 1.9
sbin/gpt/main.c up to 1.11
sbin/gpt/drvctl.c delete
sbin/gpt/Makefile up to 1.18
sbin/gpt/add.c up to 1.44
sbin/gpt/backup.c up to 1.18
sbin/gpt/biosboot.c up to 1.30
sbin/gpt/create.c up to 1.23
sbin/gpt/destroy.c up to 1.10
sbin/gpt/gpt.8 up to 1.63
sbin/gpt/gpt.c up to 1.75
sbin/gpt/gpt.h up to 1.38
sbin/gpt/gpt_uuid.c up to 1.15
sbin/gpt/gpt_uuid.h up to 1.7
sbin/gpt/label.c up to 1.29
sbin/gpt/map.c up to 1.14
sbin/gpt/map.h up to 1.6
sbin/gpt/migrate.c up to 1.33
sbin/gpt/recover.c up to 1.18
sbin/gpt/remove.c up to 1.22
sbin/gpt/resize.c up to 1.23
sbin/gpt/resizedisk.c up to 1.17
sbin/gpt/restore.c up to 1.18
sbin/gpt/set.c up to 1.14
sbin/gpt/show.c up to 1.41
sbin/gpt/type.c up to 1.15
sbin/gpt/unset.c up to 1.14
Many changes including:
- Significant refactoring
- PR/51230: Add the ability to set the active flag in the PMBR
- Let individual commands decide if ioctl(DIOCMWEDGES) should be done
- Add a "header" subcommand that displays information about the size of
the disk along with information from the GPT header if it exists
- Add listing commands for type, set and unset
- Add help and formatting for set and unset
- Change show to print all the attribute info in one line.
- Improve documentation, including booting and exit status
- Check device parameter to avoid segfaults
|
| 1.4.20.1 | 02-Jun-2015 |
snj | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by jnemeth in ticket #774):
sbin/gpt/Makefile: revisions 1.9-1.13
sbin/gpt/add.c: revisions 1.25-1.27
sbin/gpt/backup.c: revisions 1.2-1.8
sbin/gpt/biosboot.c: revisions 1.8-1.14
sbin/gpt/create.c: revisions 1.8-1.12
sbin/gpt/destroy.c: revisions 1.5-1.6
sbin/gpt/drvctl.c: revision 1.1
sbin/gpt/gpt.8: revisions 1.29-1.36
sbin/gpt/gpt.c: revisions 1.29-1.40
sbin/gpt/gpt.h: revisions 1.12-1.18
sbin/gpt/gpt_uuid.c: revisions 1.1-1.10
sbin/gpt/gpt_uuid.h: revisions 1.1-1.3
sbin/gpt/label.c: revisions 1.15-1.18
sbin/gpt/map.c: revision 1.7
sbin/gpt/migrate.c: revisions 1.15-1.21
sbin/gpt/recover.c: revision 1.5
sbin/gpt/remove.c: revisions 1.13-1.16
sbin/gpt/resize.c: revisions 1.9-1.11
sbin/gpt/resizedisk.c: revisions 1.1-1.6
sbin/gpt/restore.c: revisions 1.2-1.7
sbin/gpt/set.c: revisions 1.3-1.5
sbin/gpt/show.c: revision 1.16-1.21
sbin/gpt/type.c: revisions 1.1-1.6
sbin/gpt/unset.c: revisions 1.3-1.5
- record the sector size of the disk
- correct confusion with end_cylinder and end_sector in MBRs
--
- dump all partitions, not just ones that are in use
- while here, squash a memory leak
It shouldn't be necessary to backup unused partitions, however
the partition GUID is created at the time the GPT is created and
is never changed. It shouldn't matter if the GUID of an unused
partition changes, but there may be some special case where it
does. Since it isn't a big deal to record the unused partitions,
might as well do it.
--
Initial cut of gpt restore. This functions correctly in testing,
but isn't all that pretty. It has minimal error testing and may
leak memory. It also only works with empty disks. If passed "-F"
flag, it will blank the disk for you.
--
document the new restore subcommand
--
- make gpt_gpt() available for use directly by subcommands
- create new resizedisk disk subcommand for relocating backup GPT
--
Fix compile error observed on i386. Use PRIu64.
--
no C99isms in tool code
--
- handle a GPT that isn't an exact multiple of a sector
- adjust PMBR size, in case new disk is a different size
- don't leak as much memory
- clean up error handling somewhat
--
PR/44218 - David Young -- add "type" subcommand to change a partition type
--
PR/47990 - Dr. Wolfgang Stukenbrock -- add "-L <label>" as selector option
--
minor toolification: need libprop...
--
more toolification
--
more toolification changes
--
remove compat defines.
--
Add internal uuid support, since the linux+macos versions of the library
are different than than *bsd ones, and others might not have it at all.
--
Check size of correct buffer. Note, just being pedantic as the buffer
being checked is the same size as the one that should have been checked.
--
correctly show partition type in the new world order
--
actually return the uuid when parsing one that is in numeric format
--
using random values for hdr->hdr_guid does not work very well
--
oops, forgot to update end of data area
--
It's HAVE_NBTOOL_CONFIG_H, not HAVE_NBTOOLS_CONFIG_H
--
Fix tools build on !NetBSD.
--
include <sys/endian.h> for both the non-tools build,
and the tools build on a host where the file exists.
Fixes a build problem on FreeBSD, reported by Herbert J. Skuhra, where
tools/compat's configure detected that be32dec() and friends were
available in the host's <sys/endian.h>, so tools/compat did not provide
its own versions.
--
"0" is not guaranteed to be unique
--
provide a copy of the kernel uuid generator (with portable API calls) for
tools.
--
Allow specifying sector and media size on the command line.
--
Remove trailing whitespace.
--
Make gpt(8) generate v4 (random) uuids.
Don't needlessly leak your date/time and MAC address when you edit
the disk.
Read from /dev/urandom rather than calling arc4random or anything,
since this is a tool. (Cygwin seems to have /dev/urandom, but yell
if this breaks the build on your exotic platform because it lacks
/dev/urandom.)
ok apb
--
Paranoia: choke noisily on EOF from /dev/urandom.
--
Report the argument instead of (null) when opendisk fails.
--
handle constness
--
handle constness better
--
Add some more common partition types.
--
Bump date for previous.
--
Fix handling of -t option for the type command.
Match any type, when no option is given, just like for the label command.
--
Factor out the getdisksize() drvctl method, and provide an alternative that
directly uses the disk ioctl's instead of relying on the drvctl device driver
which is currently not mandatory.
|
| 1.10.16.2 | 13-Apr-2020 |
martin | Mostly merge changes from HEAD upto 20200411
|
| 1.10.16.1 | 10-Jun-2019 |
christos | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.14.4.1 | 02-Aug-2025 |
perseant | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.2 | 29-Nov-2015 |
christos | Remove getdisksize support; we either have the ioctls (current/-7) or we
don't (non-netbsd-current/7+tools).
|
| 1.1 | 29-Dec-2014 |
christos | branches: 1.1.2;
Factor out the getdisksize() drvctl method, and provide an alternative that
directly uses the disk ioctl's instead of relying on the drvctl device driver
which is currently not mandatory.
|
| 1.1.2.3 | 13-Aug-2018 |
martin | Catch up to current for the following, requested by sborrill in ticket #1629:
sbin/gpt/gpt_private.h up to 1.2
sbin/gpt/header.c up to 1.9
sbin/gpt/main.c up to 1.11
sbin/gpt/drvctl.c delete
sbin/gpt/Makefile up to 1.18
sbin/gpt/add.c up to 1.44
sbin/gpt/backup.c up to 1.18
sbin/gpt/biosboot.c up to 1.30
sbin/gpt/create.c up to 1.23
sbin/gpt/destroy.c up to 1.10
sbin/gpt/gpt.8 up to 1.63
sbin/gpt/gpt.c up to 1.75
sbin/gpt/gpt.h up to 1.38
sbin/gpt/gpt_uuid.c up to 1.15
sbin/gpt/gpt_uuid.h up to 1.7
sbin/gpt/label.c up to 1.29
sbin/gpt/map.c up to 1.14
sbin/gpt/map.h up to 1.6
sbin/gpt/migrate.c up to 1.33
sbin/gpt/recover.c up to 1.18
sbin/gpt/remove.c up to 1.22
sbin/gpt/resize.c up to 1.23
sbin/gpt/resizedisk.c up to 1.17
sbin/gpt/restore.c up to 1.18
sbin/gpt/set.c up to 1.14
sbin/gpt/show.c up to 1.41
sbin/gpt/type.c up to 1.15
sbin/gpt/unset.c up to 1.14
Many changes including:
- Significant refactoring
- PR/51230: Add the ability to set the active flag in the PMBR
- Let individual commands decide if ioctl(DIOCMWEDGES) should be done
- Add a "header" subcommand that displays information about the size of
the disk along with information from the GPT header if it exists
- Add listing commands for type, set and unset
- Add help and formatting for set and unset
- Change show to print all the attribute info in one line.
- Improve documentation, including booting and exit status
- Check device parameter to avoid segfaults
|
| 1.1.2.2 | 02-Jun-2015 |
snj | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by jnemeth in ticket #774):
sbin/gpt/Makefile: revisions 1.9-1.13
sbin/gpt/add.c: revisions 1.25-1.27
sbin/gpt/backup.c: revisions 1.2-1.8
sbin/gpt/biosboot.c: revisions 1.8-1.14
sbin/gpt/create.c: revisions 1.8-1.12
sbin/gpt/destroy.c: revisions 1.5-1.6
sbin/gpt/drvctl.c: revision 1.1
sbin/gpt/gpt.8: revisions 1.29-1.36
sbin/gpt/gpt.c: revisions 1.29-1.40
sbin/gpt/gpt.h: revisions 1.12-1.18
sbin/gpt/gpt_uuid.c: revisions 1.1-1.10
sbin/gpt/gpt_uuid.h: revisions 1.1-1.3
sbin/gpt/label.c: revisions 1.15-1.18
sbin/gpt/map.c: revision 1.7
sbin/gpt/migrate.c: revisions 1.15-1.21
sbin/gpt/recover.c: revision 1.5
sbin/gpt/remove.c: revisions 1.13-1.16
sbin/gpt/resize.c: revisions 1.9-1.11
sbin/gpt/resizedisk.c: revisions 1.1-1.6
sbin/gpt/restore.c: revisions 1.2-1.7
sbin/gpt/set.c: revisions 1.3-1.5
sbin/gpt/show.c: revision 1.16-1.21
sbin/gpt/type.c: revisions 1.1-1.6
sbin/gpt/unset.c: revisions 1.3-1.5
- record the sector size of the disk
- correct confusion with end_cylinder and end_sector in MBRs
--
- dump all partitions, not just ones that are in use
- while here, squash a memory leak
It shouldn't be necessary to backup unused partitions, however
the partition GUID is created at the time the GPT is created and
is never changed. It shouldn't matter if the GUID of an unused
partition changes, but there may be some special case where it
does. Since it isn't a big deal to record the unused partitions,
might as well do it.
--
Initial cut of gpt restore. This functions correctly in testing,
but isn't all that pretty. It has minimal error testing and may
leak memory. It also only works with empty disks. If passed "-F"
flag, it will blank the disk for you.
--
document the new restore subcommand
--
- make gpt_gpt() available for use directly by subcommands
- create new resizedisk disk subcommand for relocating backup GPT
--
Fix compile error observed on i386. Use PRIu64.
--
no C99isms in tool code
--
- handle a GPT that isn't an exact multiple of a sector
- adjust PMBR size, in case new disk is a different size
- don't leak as much memory
- clean up error handling somewhat
--
PR/44218 - David Young -- add "type" subcommand to change a partition type
--
PR/47990 - Dr. Wolfgang Stukenbrock -- add "-L <label>" as selector option
--
minor toolification: need libprop...
--
more toolification
--
more toolification changes
--
remove compat defines.
--
Add internal uuid support, since the linux+macos versions of the library
are different than than *bsd ones, and others might not have it at all.
--
Check size of correct buffer. Note, just being pedantic as the buffer
being checked is the same size as the one that should have been checked.
--
correctly show partition type in the new world order
--
actually return the uuid when parsing one that is in numeric format
--
using random values for hdr->hdr_guid does not work very well
--
oops, forgot to update end of data area
--
It's HAVE_NBTOOL_CONFIG_H, not HAVE_NBTOOLS_CONFIG_H
--
Fix tools build on !NetBSD.
--
include <sys/endian.h> for both the non-tools build,
and the tools build on a host where the file exists.
Fixes a build problem on FreeBSD, reported by Herbert J. Skuhra, where
tools/compat's configure detected that be32dec() and friends were
available in the host's <sys/endian.h>, so tools/compat did not provide
its own versions.
--
"0" is not guaranteed to be unique
--
provide a copy of the kernel uuid generator (with portable API calls) for
tools.
--
Allow specifying sector and media size on the command line.
--
Remove trailing whitespace.
--
Make gpt(8) generate v4 (random) uuids.
Don't needlessly leak your date/time and MAC address when you edit
the disk.
Read from /dev/urandom rather than calling arc4random or anything,
since this is a tool. (Cygwin seems to have /dev/urandom, but yell
if this breaks the build on your exotic platform because it lacks
/dev/urandom.)
ok apb
--
Paranoia: choke noisily on EOF from /dev/urandom.
--
Report the argument instead of (null) when opendisk fails.
--
handle constness
--
handle constness better
--
Add some more common partition types.
--
Bump date for previous.
--
Fix handling of -t option for the type command.
Match any type, when no option is given, just like for the label command.
--
Factor out the getdisksize() drvctl method, and provide an alternative that
directly uses the disk ioctl's instead of relying on the drvctl device driver
which is currently not mandatory.
|
| 1.1.2.1 | 29-Dec-2014 |
snj | file drvctl.c was added on branch netbsd-7 on 2015-06-02 19:49:38 +0000
|
| 1.86 | 09-Feb-2025 |
pgoyette | Minor cleanups.
|
| 1.85 | 12-Jan-2025 |
christos | Add missing "to" (Anon Ymous)
|
| 1.84 | 04-Nov-2024 |
christos | Additions to guid printing and an option to print start/size in hex
(from Anon Ymous)
|
| 1.83 | 19-Aug-2024 |
christos | Add -U option to specify new UUID
Add OpenBSD
from Anon Ymous
|
| 1.82 | 10-Jun-2024 |
kre | branches: 1.82.2;
Revert unintended commit.
|
| 1.81 | 10-Jun-2024 |
kre | Note need to deal with old libarchive.so files in cdrom images when doing
an update build.
|
| 1.80 | 07-Nov-2023 |
gutteridge | gpt.8: fix grammar in a sentence
|
| 1.79 | 31-Oct-2023 |
martin | Apply patch from Thierry Laronde: add missing suffixes for size values
and clarify that they are case independant.
|
| 1.78 | 15-Jul-2023 |
gutteridge | gpt.8: fix some grammar
(The BUGS section seems perhaps a little outdated in its warnings of
potential incompatible changes.)
|
| 1.77 | 15-Jul-2023 |
gutteridge | gpt.8: drop cross-reference to cvs(1)
It's no more useful to reference cvs(1) than, say, openssl(1), and
should be self-evident, anyway.
|
| 1.76 | 07-Apr-2022 |
kre | branches: 1.76.2;
Note that biosboot without -A clears the PMBR "active" flag.
While here, fix some grammar and make the selection options
for biosboot a little clearer.
Ride nia@'s Dd bump.
|
| 1.75 | 07-Apr-2022 |
nia | gpt.8: Clarify that "windows" partition types are also used for FAT32
("msdos" in NetBSD terms), and UDF partitions. Use the same name as
Wikipedia, "Microsoft basic data".
|
| 1.74 | 27-Jul-2020 |
christos | catch up with source rename of fbsd-zfs -> zfs
|
| 1.73 | 24-May-2020 |
wiz | Fix typo in macro. Sort option descriptions.
|
| 1.72 | 24-May-2020 |
jmcneill | Add -H flag to ignore existing MBR (Hybrid MBR/GPT mode).
|
| 1.71 | 24-May-2020 |
jmcneill | Exit gracefully when auto-expanding a partition and it is already the
correct size. Add a -q flag to "resize" and "resizedisk" commands to skip
printing warnings in the already resize paths.
|
| 1.70 | 26-Jul-2019 |
martin | Remove outdated note about sysinst restrictions
|
| 1.69 | 25-Jun-2019 |
jnemeth | Add an "uuid" command to generate a new UUID for a portion. The
primary intention is for use for after cloning disks to prevent
collisions.
|
| 1.68 | 04-Apr-2019 |
martin | Allow specifying the partition via -b startsec for the biosboot cmd.
|
| 1.67 | 26-Mar-2019 |
martin | Allow -b to specify a partition for "gpt unset" as well.
|
| 1.66 | 25-Mar-2019 |
martin | Allow -b startsec to specify the partition to change for the set subcommand
as well.
Add another option, -N, as a quick way to remove all attributes.
|
| 1.65 | 24-Mar-2019 |
martin | Make the "show" subcommand accept -b startsec to identify a partition
(very usefull for scripts and other robotic callers).
|
| 1.64 | 24-Mar-2019 |
martin | Add support for specifying the partition to resize via -b startsec
(similar to label and other subcommands). Do not fully add gpt_find
functionality here, as resizing multiple partitions in one go does not
make sense.
|
| 1.63 | 01-May-2018 |
kre | branches: 1.63.2;
Spello. (it is "existence").
ispell also says that we should s/parseable/parsable/ but I'm
not sure about that one, so I left it.
I also left a correct spelling that no-one has bothered to mangle!
|
| 1.62 | 01-May-2018 |
wiz | Bump date for new EXIT STATUS section.
|
| 1.61 | 01-May-2018 |
wiz | Sort sections.
|
| 1.60 | 01-May-2018 |
martin | Make the "gpt header" command return EXIT_FAILURE when no GPT is present.
This helps sysinst to tell a GPT labeled disk from others.
Very lazy version of a change proposed by kre.
|
| 1.59 | 11-Apr-2018 |
mrg | add information about how to boot from gpt. mostly taken from the wiki.
|
| 1.58 | 19-Mar-2018 |
mlelstv | Check device parameter to avoid segfaults. Agument synopsis for -l option.
|
| 1.57 | 15-Jan-2018 |
sborrill | branches: 1.57.2;
Explain what suffixes are accepted when specifying a size.
|
| 1.56 | 03-Oct-2017 |
mlelstv | clarify that alignment is the number of bytes to align to.
|
| 1.55 | 05-Aug-2017 |
wiz | Use Fx/Nx.
|
| 1.54 | 04-Aug-2017 |
kre | Fix a typo, and make a couple of minor wording improvements.
I resisted the (very weak) impulse to Americanise some spellings ...
|
| 1.53 | 03-Aug-2017 |
msaitoh | Add note about bootme flag:
The bootme flag is used to indicate which partiotion should be booted
by UEFI boot code.
|
| 1.52 | 16-Feb-2017 |
christos | branches: 1.52.4;
Add -T timestamp for reproducible builds.
|
| 1.51 | 27-Jan-2017 |
abhinav | Fix spelling of partition.
|
| 1.50 | 01-Nov-2016 |
jdolecek | branches: 1.50.2;
remove dup line
|
| 1.49 | 11-Sep-2016 |
sevan | Document the version gpt first appeared.
Replace contractions.
Bump date.
|
| 1.48 | 09-Jun-2016 |
christos | branches: 1.48.2;
Rename 'a' to set the active PMBR flag to 'A'
|
| 1.47 | 09-Jun-2016 |
kre | Fix rendering of biosboot command synopsis.
|
| 1.46 | 09-Jun-2016 |
christos | PR/51230: Add the ability to set the active flag in the PMBR.
|
| 1.45 | 25-Dec-2015 |
wiz | Simplify usage for gpt show.
|
| 1.44 | 25-Dec-2015 |
martin | Add a -a flag to the show command, so we can display the full GPT with
all information in one go.
|
| 1.43 | 06-Dec-2015 |
wiz | Bump date for previous.
Remove trailing whitespace.
|
| 1.42 | 06-Dec-2015 |
christos | Add listing commands for type, set and unset.
Add help and formatting for set and unset.
Change show to print all the attribute info in one line.
|
| 1.41 | 02-Dec-2015 |
christos | Allow backup and restore to operate on files.
|
| 1.40 | 01-Dec-2015 |
christos | Reflect reality better; we don't handle multiple devices anymore, and
the partitions option is only for the commands that support it.
|
| 1.39 | 01-Dec-2015 |
christos | Firs step of refactoring, remove all globals, factor out some common code,
handle alternate usage but not advertise it.
|
| 1.38 | 30-Nov-2015 |
christos | - automatically sync the wedge information unless -n is specified.
- document the general options in the traditional way.
- split the main program into a separate file.
|
| 1.37 | 03-Nov-2015 |
jnemeth | Add a "header" subcommand that displays information about the size of
the disk along with information from the GPT header if it exists.
|
| 1.36 | 06-Dec-2014 |
wiz | Bump date for previous.
|
| 1.35 | 06-Dec-2014 |
mlelstv | Add some more common partition types.
|
| 1.34 | 04-Oct-2014 |
wiz | Remove trailing whitespace.
|
| 1.33 | 04-Oct-2014 |
christos | Allow specifying sector and media size on the command line.
|
| 1.32 | 29-Sep-2014 |
jnemeth | PR/47990 - Dr. Wolfgang Stukenbrock -- add "-L <label>" as selector option
|
| 1.31 | 28-Sep-2014 |
jnemeth | PR/44218 - David Young -- add "type" subcommand to change a partition type
|
| 1.30 | 23-Sep-2014 |
jnemeth | - make gpt_gpt() available for use directly by subcommands
- create new resizedisk disk subcommand for relocating backup GPT
|
| 1.29 | 20-Sep-2014 |
jnemeth | document the new restore subcommand
|
| 1.28 | 19-Dec-2013 |
wiz | branches: 1.28.4;
Bump date for previous.
|
| 1.27 | 19-Dec-2013 |
jnemeth | Add the backup subcommand. It dumps the contents of the partition
tables as a plist, which is readable by the restore subcommand.
XXX restore subcommand forthcoming
|
| 1.26 | 09-Dec-2013 |
wiz | Fix typo.
|
| 1.25 | 09-Dec-2013 |
jnemeth | Add two new subcommands, "set" and "unset". These were inspired by
FreeBSD's gpart(8), but the code is all mine. The purpose of these
is to set and unset partition attributes.
|
| 1.24 | 09-Dec-2013 |
jnemeth | For the "show -i <entry>" subcommand, print Start and Size both in
terms of number of sectors and bytes.
|
| 1.23 | 08-Dec-2013 |
jnemeth | For the add and resize subcommands, change the -s option. If there is
no suffix, or the suffix is 's' or 'S', size is in sectors (as before)
otherwise size is in bytes.
|
| 1.22 | 06-Dec-2013 |
jnemeth | Don't attempt to create/resize an unaligned partition if the attempt
to create/resize an aligned one failed. This simplifies the code
and prevents surprises. If the user wants an unaligned partition
in the case where an aligned one fails, they can simply retry the
command without the "-a" option. This change was requested by
wiz@, and after some thought I agree with it.
|
| 1.21 | 30-Nov-2013 |
jnemeth | Add two new options:
-g which shows the GUID for a partition
-i which shows all the gory details for a particular option
XXX the output format of -i is subject to change
|
| 1.20 | 22-Nov-2013 |
jnemeth | bump date
|
| 1.19 | 22-Nov-2013 |
jnemeth | In the manpage:
- s/-b number/-b blocknr/
- s/-s count/-s sectors/
- s/-p count/-p partitions/
In the program:
- s/-b lba/-b blocknr/
- s/-s lba/-s sectors/
This makes the documentation in the manpage and the program consistent
and makes it more clear what the parameters are. Also, "-s lba" was
just plain wrong since LBA stands for Logical Block Address[ing], and
the -s option didn't represent any kind of address, but rather a size.
|
| 1.18 | 20-Nov-2013 |
wiz | shrunk.
|
| 1.17 | 20-Nov-2013 |
jnemeth | Add a resize command. This command was inspired by FreeBSD's gpart(8),
but the code was written by myself.
|
| 1.16 | 19-Nov-2013 |
jnemeth | update synopsis for add subcommand
|
| 1.15 | 19-Nov-2013 |
jnemeth | Add two new options to the "add" subcommand:
-a alignment -- attempt to align the start and size of the partition
-l label -- supply a label for the partition
These options were inspired by FreeBSD's gpart(8) command, but the
code was written by me.
|
| 1.14 | 24-Oct-2013 |
jnemeth | - markup
- typo; the label command labels partitions, not remove them
- migrate -s isn't applicable to NetBSD
- add information about the space required for migration
- add a "gpt show -l" example
|
| 1.13 | 20-Oct-2013 |
jnemeth | revert typo fix; teach me to blindly take changes from upstream
|
| 1.12 | 19-Oct-2013 |
jnemeth | type fix: accommodate. -> accomodate.
|
| 1.11 | 02-May-2012 |
jakllsch | branches: 1.11.2;
Bump date to date of previous change.
|
| 1.10 | 09-Mar-2012 |
drochner | fix a path
|
| 1.9 | 11-Nov-2011 |
wiz | branches: 1.9.2;
Add an EXAMPLE section showing how to add a swap file system using gpt. Bump date.
|
| 1.8 | 19-Sep-2011 |
wiz | branches: 1.8.2;
Minimally document gpt recover. Bump date.
|
| 1.7 | 27-Mar-2011 |
jym | Document biosboot. Xref boot(8) and installboot(8).
|
| 1.6 | 09-Feb-2011 |
schnoebe | List all the aliases supported for GPT partition types.
|
| 1.5 | 11-Mar-2009 |
joerg | branches: 1.5.2;
Don't workaround ancient macro argument limit with .Xo/.Xc.
|
| 1.4 | 09-Mar-2009 |
joerg | Fix preamble to match order set out by mdoc(7). Discussed with wiz.
|
| 1.3 | 24-Nov-2006 |
christos | branches: 1.3.28;
fix spelling of accommodate; from Zapher.
|
| 1.2 | 17-Oct-2006 |
wiz | Serial comma. Add RCS Id. Remove superfluous quotes.
|
| 1.1 | 15-Oct-2006 |
christos | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 15-Oct-2006 |
christos | Import the gpt tool from FreeBSD
|
| 1.3.28.1 | 13-May-2009 |
jym | Sync with HEAD.
Third (and last) commit. See http://mail-index.netbsd.org/source-changes/2009/05/13/msg221222.html
|
| 1.5.2.1 | 17-Feb-2011 |
bouyer | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.8.2.3 | 22-May-2014 |
yamt | sync with head.
for a reference, the tree before this commit was tagged
as yamt-pagecache-tag8.
this commit was splitted into small chunks to avoid
a limitation of cvs. ("Protocol error: too many arguments")
|
| 1.8.2.2 | 23-May-2012 |
yamt | sync with head.
|
| 1.8.2.1 | 17-Apr-2012 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.9.2.1 | 07-May-2012 |
riz | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by jakllsch in ticket #210):
sbin/gpt/gpt.8: revision 1.10
sbin/gpt/gpt.8: revision 1.11
fix a path
Bump date to date of previous change.
|
| 1.11.2.1 | 20-Aug-2014 |
tls | Rebase to HEAD as of a few days ago.
|
| 1.28.4.2 | 13-Aug-2018 |
martin | Catch up to current for the following, requested by sborrill in ticket #1629:
sbin/gpt/gpt_private.h up to 1.2
sbin/gpt/header.c up to 1.9
sbin/gpt/main.c up to 1.11
sbin/gpt/drvctl.c delete
sbin/gpt/Makefile up to 1.18
sbin/gpt/add.c up to 1.44
sbin/gpt/backup.c up to 1.18
sbin/gpt/biosboot.c up to 1.30
sbin/gpt/create.c up to 1.23
sbin/gpt/destroy.c up to 1.10
sbin/gpt/gpt.8 up to 1.63
sbin/gpt/gpt.c up to 1.75
sbin/gpt/gpt.h up to 1.38
sbin/gpt/gpt_uuid.c up to 1.15
sbin/gpt/gpt_uuid.h up to 1.7
sbin/gpt/label.c up to 1.29
sbin/gpt/map.c up to 1.14
sbin/gpt/map.h up to 1.6
sbin/gpt/migrate.c up to 1.33
sbin/gpt/recover.c up to 1.18
sbin/gpt/remove.c up to 1.22
sbin/gpt/resize.c up to 1.23
sbin/gpt/resizedisk.c up to 1.17
sbin/gpt/restore.c up to 1.18
sbin/gpt/set.c up to 1.14
sbin/gpt/show.c up to 1.41
sbin/gpt/type.c up to 1.15
sbin/gpt/unset.c up to 1.14
Many changes including:
- Significant refactoring
- PR/51230: Add the ability to set the active flag in the PMBR
- Let individual commands decide if ioctl(DIOCMWEDGES) should be done
- Add a "header" subcommand that displays information about the size of
the disk along with information from the GPT header if it exists
- Add listing commands for type, set and unset
- Add help and formatting for set and unset
- Change show to print all the attribute info in one line.
- Improve documentation, including booting and exit status
- Check device parameter to avoid segfaults
|
| 1.28.4.1 | 02-Jun-2015 |
snj | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by jnemeth in ticket #774):
sbin/gpt/Makefile: revisions 1.9-1.13
sbin/gpt/add.c: revisions 1.25-1.27
sbin/gpt/backup.c: revisions 1.2-1.8
sbin/gpt/biosboot.c: revisions 1.8-1.14
sbin/gpt/create.c: revisions 1.8-1.12
sbin/gpt/destroy.c: revisions 1.5-1.6
sbin/gpt/drvctl.c: revision 1.1
sbin/gpt/gpt.8: revisions 1.29-1.36
sbin/gpt/gpt.c: revisions 1.29-1.40
sbin/gpt/gpt.h: revisions 1.12-1.18
sbin/gpt/gpt_uuid.c: revisions 1.1-1.10
sbin/gpt/gpt_uuid.h: revisions 1.1-1.3
sbin/gpt/label.c: revisions 1.15-1.18
sbin/gpt/map.c: revision 1.7
sbin/gpt/migrate.c: revisions 1.15-1.21
sbin/gpt/recover.c: revision 1.5
sbin/gpt/remove.c: revisions 1.13-1.16
sbin/gpt/resize.c: revisions 1.9-1.11
sbin/gpt/resizedisk.c: revisions 1.1-1.6
sbin/gpt/restore.c: revisions 1.2-1.7
sbin/gpt/set.c: revisions 1.3-1.5
sbin/gpt/show.c: revision 1.16-1.21
sbin/gpt/type.c: revisions 1.1-1.6
sbin/gpt/unset.c: revisions 1.3-1.5
- record the sector size of the disk
- correct confusion with end_cylinder and end_sector in MBRs
--
- dump all partitions, not just ones that are in use
- while here, squash a memory leak
It shouldn't be necessary to backup unused partitions, however
the partition GUID is created at the time the GPT is created and
is never changed. It shouldn't matter if the GUID of an unused
partition changes, but there may be some special case where it
does. Since it isn't a big deal to record the unused partitions,
might as well do it.
--
Initial cut of gpt restore. This functions correctly in testing,
but isn't all that pretty. It has minimal error testing and may
leak memory. It also only works with empty disks. If passed "-F"
flag, it will blank the disk for you.
--
document the new restore subcommand
--
- make gpt_gpt() available for use directly by subcommands
- create new resizedisk disk subcommand for relocating backup GPT
--
Fix compile error observed on i386. Use PRIu64.
--
no C99isms in tool code
--
- handle a GPT that isn't an exact multiple of a sector
- adjust PMBR size, in case new disk is a different size
- don't leak as much memory
- clean up error handling somewhat
--
PR/44218 - David Young -- add "type" subcommand to change a partition type
--
PR/47990 - Dr. Wolfgang Stukenbrock -- add "-L <label>" as selector option
--
minor toolification: need libprop...
--
more toolification
--
more toolification changes
--
remove compat defines.
--
Add internal uuid support, since the linux+macos versions of the library
are different than than *bsd ones, and others might not have it at all.
--
Check size of correct buffer. Note, just being pedantic as the buffer
being checked is the same size as the one that should have been checked.
--
correctly show partition type in the new world order
--
actually return the uuid when parsing one that is in numeric format
--
using random values for hdr->hdr_guid does not work very well
--
oops, forgot to update end of data area
--
It's HAVE_NBTOOL_CONFIG_H, not HAVE_NBTOOLS_CONFIG_H
--
Fix tools build on !NetBSD.
--
include <sys/endian.h> for both the non-tools build,
and the tools build on a host where the file exists.
Fixes a build problem on FreeBSD, reported by Herbert J. Skuhra, where
tools/compat's configure detected that be32dec() and friends were
available in the host's <sys/endian.h>, so tools/compat did not provide
its own versions.
--
"0" is not guaranteed to be unique
--
provide a copy of the kernel uuid generator (with portable API calls) for
tools.
--
Allow specifying sector and media size on the command line.
--
Remove trailing whitespace.
--
Make gpt(8) generate v4 (random) uuids.
Don't needlessly leak your date/time and MAC address when you edit
the disk.
Read from /dev/urandom rather than calling arc4random or anything,
since this is a tool. (Cygwin seems to have /dev/urandom, but yell
if this breaks the build on your exotic platform because it lacks
/dev/urandom.)
ok apb
--
Paranoia: choke noisily on EOF from /dev/urandom.
--
Report the argument instead of (null) when opendisk fails.
--
handle constness
--
handle constness better
--
Add some more common partition types.
--
Bump date for previous.
--
Fix handling of -t option for the type command.
Match any type, when no option is given, just like for the label command.
--
Factor out the getdisksize() drvctl method, and provide an alternative that
directly uses the disk ioctl's instead of relying on the drvctl device driver
which is currently not mandatory.
|
| 1.48.2.2 | 20-Mar-2017 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.48.2.1 | 04-Nov-2016 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.50.2.1 | 21-Apr-2017 |
bouyer | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.52.4.3 | 07-May-2018 |
snj | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by martin in ticket #797):
sbin/gpt/gpt.8: 1.60-1.63
sbin/gpt/header.c: 1.9
Make the "gpt header" command return EXIT_FAILURE when no GPT is present.
This helps sysinst to tell a GPT labeled disk from others.
Very lazy version of a change proposed by kre.
--
Sort sections.
--
Bump date for new EXIT STATUS section.
--
Spello. (it is "existence").
ispell also says that we should s/parseable/parsable/ but I'm
not sure about that one, so I left it.
I also left a correct spelling that no-one has bothered to mangle!
|
| 1.52.4.2 | 04-May-2018 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by mrg in ticket #785):
sbin/gpt/gpt.c: revision 1.74
sbin/gpt/map.c: revision 1.14
sbin/gpt/gpt.8: revision 1.53
sbin/gpt/gpt.8: revision 1.54
sbin/gpt/gpt.8: revision 1.55
sbin/gpt/gpt.8: revision 1.56
sbin/gpt/gpt.8: revision 1.57
sbin/gpt/gpt.8: revision 1.59
Add note about bootme flag:
The bootme flag is used to indicate which partiotion should be booted
by UEFI boot code.
Fix a typo, and make a couple of minor wording improvements.
I resisted the (very weak) impulse to Americanise some spellings ...
Use Fx/Nx.
clarify that alignment is the number of bytes to align to.
Explain what suffixes are accepted when specifying a size.
Spelling
add information about how to boot from gpt. mostly taken from the wiki.
if a new map entry doesn't fit, be more verbose about the sizes.
|
| 1.52.4.1 | 09-Apr-2018 |
bouyer | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by mlelstv in ticket #710):
sbin/gpt/main.c: revision 1.11
sbin/gpt/gpt.h: revision 1.37
sbin/gpt/set.c: revision 1.14
sbin/gpt/type.c: revision 1.14
sbin/gpt/unset.c: revision 1.14
sbin/gpt/gpt.8: revision 1.58
Check device parameter to avoid segfaults. Augment synopsis for -l option.
|
| 1.57.2.3 | 02-May-2018 |
pgoyette | Synch with HEAD
|
| 1.57.2.2 | 16-Apr-2018 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD, resolve some conflicts
|
| 1.57.2.1 | 22-Mar-2018 |
pgoyette | Synch with HEAD, resolve conflicts
|
| 1.63.2.2 | 13-Apr-2020 |
martin | Mostly merge changes from HEAD upto 20200411
|
| 1.63.2.1 | 10-Jun-2019 |
christos | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.76.2.1 | 02-Nov-2023 |
sborrill | Pull up the following revisions(s) (requested by martin in ticket #441):
sbin/gpt/gpt.8: revision 1.79
Add missing suffixes for size values and clarify that they are
case-independent.
|
| 1.82.2.1 | 02-Aug-2025 |
perseant | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.91 | 23-Feb-2025 |
christos | Pass some lint.
|
| 1.90 | 20-Oct-2024 |
mlelstv | When generating timestamp based GUIDs for reproducable builds
- increment timestamp by 100ns for each partition.
- use the standard time-based UUID format (type 1) and don't
pretend it's a random number (type 4).
- make the -T option actually work for the uuid command.
Random GUIDs:
start size index contents
34 1000 1 GPT part - d93ba067-a788-4ce0-99b8-0ead51f00215
1034 2000 2 GPT part - bebba77a-7fdc-4ca0-a1bf-7450aa871d41
d93ba067-a788-4ce0-99b8-0ead51f00215:
Version 4 Random
Variant 2 RFC 4122
Data D9 3B A0 67 A7 88 4C E0 99 B8 0E AD 51 F0 02 15
bebba77a-7fdc-4ca0-a1bf-7450aa871d41:
Version 4 Random
Variant 2 RFC 4122
Data BE BB A7 7A 7F DC 4C A0 A1 BF 74 50 AA 87 1D 41
Timestamp based GUIDs:
start size index contents
34 1000 1 GPT part - 0a524600-8eba-11ef-8000-000000000000
1034 2000 2 GPT part - 0a524601-8eba-11ef-8000-000000000000
0a524600-8eba-11ef-8000-000000000000:
Version 1 Time and MAC based
Variant 2 RFC 4122
Node 00:00:00:00:00:00
Clock 0
Time 2024-10-20T08:05:16.000000.0Z
0a524601-8eba-11ef-8000-000000000000:
Version 1 Time and MAC based
Variant 2 RFC 4122
Node 00:00:00:00:00:00
Clock 0
Time 2024-10-20T08:05:16.000000.1Z
Node (host MAC address) and clock (sequence number incremented whenever
the time went backwards) are left undefined (all zero) for our purpose.
|
| 1.89 | 10-Jun-2024 |
kre | branches: 1.89.2;
Revert unintended commit.
|
| 1.88 | 10-Jun-2024 |
kre | Note need to deal with old libarchive.so files in cdrom images when doing
an update build.
|
| 1.87 | 13-Dec-2023 |
mrg | avoid use after free. skip the QUIET check already in gpt_warn().
|
| 1.86 | 11-Dec-2023 |
mlelstv | Be verbose about errors.
|
| 1.85 | 26-Sep-2023 |
kre | When extracting the attributes (to printable form), avoid simply ignoring
any attribute bits which are unknown, print them as a hex value. This
avoids "Attributes: " for most windows filesystem types, which all seem
to have but 63 set (which is supposed to mean "don't assign a drive letter"
which is akin to "noauto" in fstab - except it is set even on partitions
which do get mounted, so must mean something subtly different).
These upper 16 attribute bits are supposed to be file system type speficic
(in practice, they seem to be common to all filesystem types from one vendor)
but we don't have the info (yet anyway) to treat them like that.
ChromeOS seems to treat some of the bits as bit fields containing numeric
values - add #if 0'd (but compile tested) code to deal with those (maybe,
compile tested - but not execution tested) should someone ever get an
environment where these things occur, and could add the missing definitions
to actually test this.
|
| 1.84 | 22-Nov-2022 |
mlelstv | Big-Endian fixes.
|
| 1.83 | 20-Nov-2022 |
mlelstv | Fix destroying and moving GPT header also for truncated/extended
images.
|
| 1.82 | 24-May-2020 |
jmcneill | Add -H flag to ignore existing MBR (Hybrid MBR/GPT mode).
|
| 1.81 | 11-Oct-2019 |
christos | gpt_uuid_parse does not set errno ...
|
| 1.80 | 25-Jun-2019 |
jnemeth | Add gpt_change_hdr() similar to gpt_change_ent() for changing
arbitrary header fields.
|
| 1.79 | 21-Jun-2019 |
jnemeth | Add a third argument to the "cfn" function that is an argument to
gpt_change_ent(). The purpose of the third argument is to specify
whether the entry to be changed is a primary GPT entry or a secondary
GPT entry. It is assumed that a secondary GPT entry will always
follow a corresponding primary entry.
This is in preparation for an upcoming change that will require it.
|
| 1.78 | 20-Jun-2019 |
martin | Do not try to close a NULL gpt. Fixes the core dump part of PR bin/54312
|
| 1.77 | 27-Jan-2019 |
martin | Fix three MBR extended partition related bugs:
1) when walking an extended MBR chain, do not assign duplicate indices
2) the pointer to the next MBR may be any of the MBR_PTYPE_EXT* variants
3) the ext MBR chain links are relative to the primary extended partition,
unlike the contained partitions which are relative to the extended MBR
block address.
|
| 1.76 | 14-Oct-2018 |
mlelstv | When changing entries skip those that do not match the -L option.
Should fix PR 53668.
|
| 1.75 | 03-Jul-2018 |
jnemeth | Not all things that write to the disk do something that dk(4) will
be interested in. Let individual commands decide if ioctl(DIOCMWEDGES)
should be done. I was conservative and set the flag on any command
that might create/modify/delete partitions in any way.
|
| 1.74 | 13-Feb-2018 |
sevan | branches: 1.74.2; 1.74.4;
Spelling
|
| 1.73 | 07-Sep-2017 |
christos | use __arraycount
|
| 1.72 | 06-Sep-2017 |
christos | - make sure that the utf16 string is padded with 0's where needed.
- since the utf16 string is not 0 terminated, pass the size of the string.
|
| 1.71 | 05-Sep-2017 |
christos | PR/52522: Piotr Meyer: Don't NUL terminate the gpt label name.
XXX: pullup-8
|
| 1.70 | 16-Feb-2017 |
christos | branches: 1.70.4;
Add -T timestamp for reproducible builds.
|
| 1.69 | 24-Sep-2016 |
christos | branches: 1.69.2;
say that you need to destroy it first.
|
| 1.68 | 09-Jun-2016 |
christos | branches: 1.68.2;
PR/51230: Add the ability to set the active flag in the PMBR.
|
| 1.67 | 08-Jan-2016 |
joerg | gpt_vwarnx is printf-like.
|
| 1.66 | 29-Dec-2015 |
christos | - add more informational messages
- handle case where last argument is an option not a device (set -l)
|
| 1.65 | 26-Dec-2015 |
jnemeth | pretty up attribute display a bit
|
| 1.64 | 06-Dec-2015 |
christos | Add listing commands for type, set and unset.
Add help and formatting for set and unset.
Change show to print all the attribute info in one line.
|
| 1.63 | 04-Dec-2015 |
christos | Fix resizedisk.
|
| 1.62 | 04-Dec-2015 |
christos | don't print dkctl message for files
fix typo
|
| 1.61 | 03-Dec-2015 |
christos | CID 1341556: Don't leak map info
|
| 1.60 | 03-Dec-2015 |
christos | Add a space.
|
| 1.59 | 03-Dec-2015 |
christos | WARNS=6
|
| 1.58 | 02-Dec-2015 |
christos | annotate map additions with non-allocated memory.
|
| 1.57 | 02-Dec-2015 |
christos | - check errors from map allocation
- make map_resize return -1 instead of 0, and handle errors locally
explaining what's going wrong
|
| 1.56 | 02-Dec-2015 |
christos | Always set NOSYNC if regular file, even if we got the size from the command
line.
|
| 1.55 | 02-Dec-2015 |
jnemeth | - dereferencing NULL is generally bad, found by visual inspection
- automatically set nosync when opening a file to avoid spurious errors
|
| 1.54 | 02-Dec-2015 |
christos | print the old and the new style usage.
|
| 1.53 | 02-Dec-2015 |
christos | refactor the utf code so that it does not leak memory.
|
| 1.52 | 01-Dec-2015 |
christos | merge command line parsers and check all memory allocations.
|
| 1.51 | 01-Dec-2015 |
christos | refactor more duplicated code.
|
| 1.50 | 01-Dec-2015 |
christos | Refactor the command dispatching and help printing logic.
|
| 1.49 | 01-Dec-2015 |
christos | Firs step of refactoring, remove all globals, factor out some common code,
handle alternate usage but not advertise it.
|
| 1.48 | 01-Dec-2015 |
christos | - use gpt_msg to print informational messages (perhaps these should be printed
only with -v)
- don't print any messages with gpt_msg if quiet
- print a message if we didn't reconfigure the wedges
|
| 1.47 | 01-Dec-2015 |
christos | only update the wedge information if it is supported.
|
| 1.46 | 30-Nov-2015 |
christos | - automatically sync the wedge information unless -n is specified.
- document the general options in the traditional way.
- split the main program into a separate file.
|
| 1.45 | 29-Nov-2015 |
christos | Do division once
|
| 1.44 | 29-Nov-2015 |
christos | Only use the ioctl's if we have them.
|
| 1.43 | 29-Nov-2015 |
jnemeth | fix build breakage for systems that do not have DIOCG{SECTOR,MEDIA}SIZE
|
| 1.42 | 29-Nov-2015 |
christos | merge the create errors in one place and fix them.
|
| 1.41 | 03-Nov-2015 |
jnemeth | Add a "header" subcommand that displays information about the size of
the disk along with information from the GPT header if it exists.
|
| 1.40 | 29-Dec-2014 |
christos | Factor out the getdisksize() drvctl method, and provide an alternative that
directly uses the disk ioctl's instead of relying on the drvctl device driver
which is currently not mandatory.
|
| 1.39 | 17-Nov-2014 |
mlelstv | handle constness better
|
| 1.38 | 17-Nov-2014 |
mlelstv | handle constness
|
| 1.37 | 17-Nov-2014 |
mlelstv | Report the argument instead of (null) when opendisk fails.
|
| 1.36 | 04-Oct-2014 |
christos | Allow specifying sector and media size on the command line.
|
| 1.35 | 02-Oct-2014 |
joerg | Fix tools build on !NetBSD.
|
| 1.34 | 30-Sep-2014 |
christos | Add internal uuid support, since the linux+macos versions of the library
are different than than *bsd ones, and others might not have it at all.
|
| 1.33 | 30-Sep-2014 |
christos | remove compat defines.
|
| 1.32 | 29-Sep-2014 |
christos | more toolification
|
| 1.31 | 29-Sep-2014 |
christos | minor toolification: need libprop...
|
| 1.30 | 28-Sep-2014 |
jnemeth | PR/44218 - David Young -- add "type" subcommand to change a partition type
|
| 1.29 | 23-Sep-2014 |
jnemeth | - make gpt_gpt() available for use directly by subcommands
- create new resizedisk disk subcommand for relocating backup GPT
|
| 1.28 | 10-Aug-2014 |
jnemeth | branches: 1.28.2;
Add restore subcommand.
XXX It does not actually work yet. It is being committed now to make
later pullups easier.
|
| 1.27 | 19-Dec-2013 |
jnemeth | Add the backup subcommand. It dumps the contents of the partition
tables as a plist, which is readable by the restore subcommand.
XXX restore subcommand forthcoming
|
| 1.26 | 09-Dec-2013 |
jnemeth | Add two new subcommands, "set" and "unset". These were inspired by
FreeBSD's gpart(8), but the code is all mine. The purpose of these
is to set and unset partition attributes.
|
| 1.25 | 04-Dec-2013 |
jakllsch | Use MBR_PTYPE_ defines from <sys/bootblock.h>.
|
| 1.24 | 27-Nov-2013 |
jnemeth | Remove FreeBSD specific code as per message to tech-userlevel.
|
| 1.23 | 23-Nov-2013 |
jnemeth | Only skip past _PATH_DEV if it is actually present.
|
| 1.22 | 20-Nov-2013 |
jnemeth | Add a resize command. This command was inspired by FreeBSD's gpart(8),
but the code was written by myself.
|
| 1.21 | 19-Nov-2013 |
jnemeth | Add two new options to the "add" subcommand:
-a alignment -- attempt to align the start and size of the partition
-l label -- supply a label for the partition
These options were inspired by FreeBSD's gpart(8) command, but the
code was written by me.
|
| 1.20 | 13-Apr-2013 |
jakllsch | Make pre-initialized partition type uuid_t symbols 'static const'.
This conserves a few hundred bytes of total program size by
allowing the linker to merge duplicates.
|
| 1.19 | 13-Apr-2013 |
jakllsch | Clean up gpt(8) a bit more
uuid_create_nil(3) and uuid_is_nil(3) take a uuid_t*, not a pointer to
an array of bytes merely casted to compatible type.
Additonally, there no need for extra casts and address-of operations when
using le_uuid_*() functions.
Furthermore, le_uuid_*() are identical to uuid_*_le functions in
libc/libuuid, so use those instead on NetBSD.
|
| 1.18 | 18-Jan-2013 |
jakllsch | Now that GPT_ENT_TYPE_LINUX_DATA is diffrent from the Windows one, use it.
|
| 1.17 | 30-Jul-2012 |
matt | branches: 1.17.2;
Fix a few straggling BE/LE problems.
|
| 1.16 | 25-Jul-2012 |
matt | Make sure utf-16 strings are written as little endian words.
|
| 1.15 | 27-Aug-2011 |
joerg | branches: 1.15.2; 1.15.4;
Use __dead
|
| 1.14 | 06-Jan-2011 |
jakllsch | UFS is called FFS in the NetBSD case. Display as such and accept as input.
|
| 1.13 | 06-Jan-2011 |
jakllsch | Support booting from GPT-partioned disks on PC-BIOS-compatible systems.
Much of the work in this commit was done by Mike Volokhov during GSoC 2009.
|
| 1.12 | 02-Apr-2010 |
christos | fix printf format.
|
| 1.11 | 02-Apr-2010 |
christos | PR/43105: Peter Kerwien: Destroying a GPT partition with dd will cause gpt
destroy / create to fail. When reading the GPT label from the end of the disk
ignore errors if the GPT label at the beginning of the disk was not found.
|
| 1.10 | 20-Feb-2010 |
mlelstv | Initialize device_name before opendisk to avoid
"unable to open device '(null)'" error messages
when the opendisk fails.
|
| 1.9 | 07-Feb-2009 |
uebayasi | Let 'gpt add' suggest a collect device name so that opendisk(3) called by
dkctl(8) succeeds.
|
| 1.8 | 24-Feb-2008 |
christos | branches: 1.8.6;
PR/38094: Robert Millan: support "BIOS Boot" partition type in gpt(8)
|
| 1.7 | 28-Dec-2007 |
riz | branches: 1.7.2; 1.7.4;
As discussed on tech-userlevel, add NetBSD GPT partition types for
swap, ffs, lfs, raidframe, ccd and cgd. gpt(8) now defaults to
NetBSD ffs if no type is given, but previous FreeBSD types are
still recognized in the DKWEDGE_AUTODISCOVER code.
|
| 1.6 | 19-Dec-2007 |
dogcow | Your friendly neighborhood 64-bit architecture here to remind you that
strlen returns size_t, and printf's precision specifier uses int.
|
| 1.5 | 18-Dec-2007 |
riz | Fix the usage strings for each command, and print them all for the
"global" usage. It's still a little ugly, but hopefully not as
fantastically confusing as before...
|
| 1.4 | 11-Jun-2007 |
dyoung | branches: 1.4.4; 1.4.6;
Produce more useful error messages.
|
| 1.3 | 16-Feb-2007 |
riz | Use strtoll() when converting a 64-bit quantity. This makes "gpt add"
work with an offset of more than 2147483647 sectors. While I'm here,
use strtoul() when converting an unsigned quantity.
|
| 1.2 | 15-Oct-2006 |
christos | branches: 1.2.2;
Make this work under NetBSD.
|
| 1.1 | 15-Oct-2006 |
christos | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 15-Oct-2006 |
christos | Import the gpt tool from FreeBSD
|
| 1.2.2.3 | 08-Apr-2008 |
jdc | Pull up revisions:
src/sbin/gpt/add.c 1.6
src/sbin/gpt/gpt.c 1.7
src/sbin/gpt/show.c 1.4
src/sys/dev/dkwedge/dkwedge_gpt.c 1.7
src/sys/sys/disk.h 1.47
src/sys/sys/disklabel_gpt.h 1.4
(requested by riz in ticket #1119).
As discussed on tech-userlevel, add NetBSD GPT partition types for
swap, ffs, lfs, raidframe, ccd and cgd. gpt(8) now defaults to
NetBSD ffs if no type is given, but previous FreeBSD types are
still recognized in the DKWEDGE_AUTODISCOVER code.
|
| 1.2.2.2 | 08-Apr-2008 |
jdc | Pull up revisions:
src/sbin/gpt/add.c 1.5
src/sbin/gpt/create.c 1.3
src/sbin/gpt/destroy.c 1.3
src/sbin/gpt/gpt.c 1.4-1.6
src/sbin/gpt/label.c 1.5-1.6
src/sbin/gpt/migrate.c 1.4
src/sbin/gpt/recover.c 1.3
src/sbin/gpt/remove.c 1.4
src/sbin/gpt/show.c 1.3
(requested by riz in ticket #1117).
Produce more useful error messages.
Fix the usage strings for each command, and print them all for the
"global" usage. It's still a little ugly, but hopefully not as
fantastically confusing as before...
Your friendly neighborhood 64-bit architecture here to remind you that
strlen returns size_t, and printf's precision specifier uses int.
|
| 1.2.2.1 | 20-Feb-2007 |
tron | branches: 1.2.2.1.2;
Pull up following revision(s) (requested by riz in ticket #445):
sbin/gpt/add.c: revision 1.4
sbin/gpt/remove.c: revision 1.3
sbin/gpt/label.c: revision 1.4
sbin/gpt/gpt.c: revision 1.3
Use strtoll() when converting a 64-bit quantity. This makes "gpt add"
work with an offset of more than 2147483647 sectors. While I'm here,
use strtoul() when converting an unsigned quantity.
|
| 1.2.2.1.2.1 | 03-Jun-2008 |
skrll | Sync with netbsd-4.
|
| 1.4.6.2 | 18-Feb-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.4.6.1 | 27-Dec-2007 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.4.4.2 | 23-Mar-2008 |
matt | sync with HEAD
|
| 1.4.4.1 | 09-Jan-2008 |
matt | sync with HEAD
|
| 1.7.4.1 | 03-Apr-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.7.2.1 | 24-Mar-2008 |
keiichi | sync with head.
|
| 1.8.6.2 | 24-Nov-2010 |
riz | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by christos in ticket #1464):
sbin/gpt/gpt.c: revision 1.11
sbin/gpt/gpt.c: revision 1.12
PR/43105: Peter Kerwien: Destroying a GPT partition with dd will cause gpt
destroy / create to fail. When reading the GPT label from the end of the disk
ignore errors if the GPT label at the beginning of the disk was not found.
fix printf format.
|
| 1.8.6.1 | 21-Nov-2010 |
riz | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by christos in ticket #1464):
sbin/gpt/gpt.c: revision 1.11
PR/43105: Peter Kerwien: Destroying a GPT partition with dd will cause gpt
destroy / create to fail. When reading the GPT label from the end of the disk
ignore errors if the GPT label at the beginning of the disk was not found.
|
| 1.15.4.1 | 26-Oct-2012 |
sborrill | Pull up the following revisions(s) (requested by riz in ticket #619):
sbin/gpt/gpt.c: revision 1.16-1.17
Endianness fixes.
|
| 1.15.2.3 | 22-May-2014 |
yamt | sync with head.
for a reference, the tree before this commit was tagged
as yamt-pagecache-tag8.
this commit was splitted into small chunks to avoid
a limitation of cvs. ("Protocol error: too many arguments")
|
| 1.15.2.2 | 23-Jan-2013 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.15.2.1 | 30-Oct-2012 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.17.2.3 | 20-Aug-2014 |
tls | Rebase to HEAD as of a few days ago.
|
| 1.17.2.2 | 23-Jun-2013 |
tls | resync from head
|
| 1.17.2.1 | 25-Feb-2013 |
tls | resync with head
|
| 1.28.2.3 | 15-Oct-2018 |
sborrill | Pull up the following revisions(s) (requested by mlelstv in ticket #1643):
sbin/gpt/gpt.c: revision 1.76
When changing entries skip those that do not match the -L option.
Should fix PR 53668.
|
| 1.28.2.2 | 13-Aug-2018 |
martin | Catch up to current for the following, requested by sborrill in ticket #1629:
sbin/gpt/gpt_private.h up to 1.2
sbin/gpt/header.c up to 1.9
sbin/gpt/main.c up to 1.11
sbin/gpt/drvctl.c delete
sbin/gpt/Makefile up to 1.18
sbin/gpt/add.c up to 1.44
sbin/gpt/backup.c up to 1.18
sbin/gpt/biosboot.c up to 1.30
sbin/gpt/create.c up to 1.23
sbin/gpt/destroy.c up to 1.10
sbin/gpt/gpt.8 up to 1.63
sbin/gpt/gpt.c up to 1.75
sbin/gpt/gpt.h up to 1.38
sbin/gpt/gpt_uuid.c up to 1.15
sbin/gpt/gpt_uuid.h up to 1.7
sbin/gpt/label.c up to 1.29
sbin/gpt/map.c up to 1.14
sbin/gpt/map.h up to 1.6
sbin/gpt/migrate.c up to 1.33
sbin/gpt/recover.c up to 1.18
sbin/gpt/remove.c up to 1.22
sbin/gpt/resize.c up to 1.23
sbin/gpt/resizedisk.c up to 1.17
sbin/gpt/restore.c up to 1.18
sbin/gpt/set.c up to 1.14
sbin/gpt/show.c up to 1.41
sbin/gpt/type.c up to 1.15
sbin/gpt/unset.c up to 1.14
Many changes including:
- Significant refactoring
- PR/51230: Add the ability to set the active flag in the PMBR
- Let individual commands decide if ioctl(DIOCMWEDGES) should be done
- Add a "header" subcommand that displays information about the size of
the disk along with information from the GPT header if it exists
- Add listing commands for type, set and unset
- Add help and formatting for set and unset
- Change show to print all the attribute info in one line.
- Improve documentation, including booting and exit status
- Check device parameter to avoid segfaults
|
| 1.28.2.1 | 02-Jun-2015 |
snj | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by jnemeth in ticket #774):
sbin/gpt/Makefile: revisions 1.9-1.13
sbin/gpt/add.c: revisions 1.25-1.27
sbin/gpt/backup.c: revisions 1.2-1.8
sbin/gpt/biosboot.c: revisions 1.8-1.14
sbin/gpt/create.c: revisions 1.8-1.12
sbin/gpt/destroy.c: revisions 1.5-1.6
sbin/gpt/drvctl.c: revision 1.1
sbin/gpt/gpt.8: revisions 1.29-1.36
sbin/gpt/gpt.c: revisions 1.29-1.40
sbin/gpt/gpt.h: revisions 1.12-1.18
sbin/gpt/gpt_uuid.c: revisions 1.1-1.10
sbin/gpt/gpt_uuid.h: revisions 1.1-1.3
sbin/gpt/label.c: revisions 1.15-1.18
sbin/gpt/map.c: revision 1.7
sbin/gpt/migrate.c: revisions 1.15-1.21
sbin/gpt/recover.c: revision 1.5
sbin/gpt/remove.c: revisions 1.13-1.16
sbin/gpt/resize.c: revisions 1.9-1.11
sbin/gpt/resizedisk.c: revisions 1.1-1.6
sbin/gpt/restore.c: revisions 1.2-1.7
sbin/gpt/set.c: revisions 1.3-1.5
sbin/gpt/show.c: revision 1.16-1.21
sbin/gpt/type.c: revisions 1.1-1.6
sbin/gpt/unset.c: revisions 1.3-1.5
- record the sector size of the disk
- correct confusion with end_cylinder and end_sector in MBRs
--
- dump all partitions, not just ones that are in use
- while here, squash a memory leak
It shouldn't be necessary to backup unused partitions, however
the partition GUID is created at the time the GPT is created and
is never changed. It shouldn't matter if the GUID of an unused
partition changes, but there may be some special case where it
does. Since it isn't a big deal to record the unused partitions,
might as well do it.
--
Initial cut of gpt restore. This functions correctly in testing,
but isn't all that pretty. It has minimal error testing and may
leak memory. It also only works with empty disks. If passed "-F"
flag, it will blank the disk for you.
--
document the new restore subcommand
--
- make gpt_gpt() available for use directly by subcommands
- create new resizedisk disk subcommand for relocating backup GPT
--
Fix compile error observed on i386. Use PRIu64.
--
no C99isms in tool code
--
- handle a GPT that isn't an exact multiple of a sector
- adjust PMBR size, in case new disk is a different size
- don't leak as much memory
- clean up error handling somewhat
--
PR/44218 - David Young -- add "type" subcommand to change a partition type
--
PR/47990 - Dr. Wolfgang Stukenbrock -- add "-L <label>" as selector option
--
minor toolification: need libprop...
--
more toolification
--
more toolification changes
--
remove compat defines.
--
Add internal uuid support, since the linux+macos versions of the library
are different than than *bsd ones, and others might not have it at all.
--
Check size of correct buffer. Note, just being pedantic as the buffer
being checked is the same size as the one that should have been checked.
--
correctly show partition type in the new world order
--
actually return the uuid when parsing one that is in numeric format
--
using random values for hdr->hdr_guid does not work very well
--
oops, forgot to update end of data area
--
It's HAVE_NBTOOL_CONFIG_H, not HAVE_NBTOOLS_CONFIG_H
--
Fix tools build on !NetBSD.
--
include <sys/endian.h> for both the non-tools build,
and the tools build on a host where the file exists.
Fixes a build problem on FreeBSD, reported by Herbert J. Skuhra, where
tools/compat's configure detected that be32dec() and friends were
available in the host's <sys/endian.h>, so tools/compat did not provide
its own versions.
--
"0" is not guaranteed to be unique
--
provide a copy of the kernel uuid generator (with portable API calls) for
tools.
--
Allow specifying sector and media size on the command line.
--
Remove trailing whitespace.
--
Make gpt(8) generate v4 (random) uuids.
Don't needlessly leak your date/time and MAC address when you edit
the disk.
Read from /dev/urandom rather than calling arc4random or anything,
since this is a tool. (Cygwin seems to have /dev/urandom, but yell
if this breaks the build on your exotic platform because it lacks
/dev/urandom.)
ok apb
--
Paranoia: choke noisily on EOF from /dev/urandom.
--
Report the argument instead of (null) when opendisk fails.
--
handle constness
--
handle constness better
--
Add some more common partition types.
--
Bump date for previous.
--
Fix handling of -t option for the type command.
Match any type, when no option is given, just like for the label command.
--
Factor out the getdisksize() drvctl method, and provide an alternative that
directly uses the disk ioctl's instead of relying on the drvctl device driver
which is currently not mandatory.
|
| 1.68.2.2 | 20-Mar-2017 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.68.2.1 | 04-Nov-2016 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.69.2.1 | 21-Apr-2017 |
bouyer | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.70.4.3 | 15-Oct-2018 |
sborrill | Pull up the following revisions(s) (requested by mlelstv in ticket #1063):
sbin/gpt/gpt.c: revision 1.76
When changing entries, skip those that do not match the -L option.
Should fix PR 53668.
|
| 1.70.4.2 | 04-May-2018 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by mrg in ticket #785):
sbin/gpt/gpt.c: revision 1.74
sbin/gpt/map.c: revision 1.14
sbin/gpt/gpt.8: revision 1.53
sbin/gpt/gpt.8: revision 1.54
sbin/gpt/gpt.8: revision 1.55
sbin/gpt/gpt.8: revision 1.56
sbin/gpt/gpt.8: revision 1.57
sbin/gpt/gpt.8: revision 1.59
Add note about bootme flag:
The bootme flag is used to indicate which partiotion should be booted
by UEFI boot code.
Fix a typo, and make a couple of minor wording improvements.
I resisted the (very weak) impulse to Americanise some spellings ...
Use Fx/Nx.
clarify that alignment is the number of bytes to align to.
Explain what suffixes are accepted when specifying a size.
Spelling
add information about how to boot from gpt. mostly taken from the wiki.
if a new map entry doesn't fit, be more verbose about the sizes.
|
| 1.70.4.1 | 12-Feb-2018 |
snj | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by christos in ticket #545):
sbin/gpt/backup.c: 1.17-1.18
sbin/gpt/biosboot.c: 1.29-1.30
sbin/gpt/gpt.c: 1.71-1.73
sbin/gpt/gpt.h: 1.36
sbin/gpt/restore.c: 1.17
sbin/gpt/show.c: 1.40-1.41
sys/dev/dkwedge/dkwedge_gpt.c: 1.19-1.20
PR/52522: Piotr Meyer: Don't NUL terminate the gpt label name.
--
- make sure that the utf16 string is padded with 0's where needed.
- since the utf16 string is not 0 terminated, pass the size of the string.
--
use __arraycount
--
PR/52522: ent_name is not necessarily 0 terminated, so check bounds.
--
use arraycount.
|
| 1.74.4.2 | 13-Apr-2020 |
martin | Mostly merge changes from HEAD upto 20200411
|
| 1.74.4.1 | 10-Jun-2019 |
christos | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.74.2.2 | 20-Oct-2018 |
pgoyette | Sync with head
|
| 1.74.2.1 | 28-Jul-2018 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.89.2.1 | 02-Aug-2025 |
perseant | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.45 | 23-Feb-2025 |
christos | Pass some lint.
|
| 1.44 | 20-Nov-2022 |
mlelstv | branches: 1.44.4;
Fix destroying and moving GPT header also for truncated/extended
images.
|
| 1.43 | 16-Jul-2022 |
mlelstv | Whitespace
|
| 1.42 | 24-May-2020 |
jmcneill | Add -H flag to ignore existing MBR (Hybrid MBR/GPT mode).
|
| 1.41 | 30-Jun-2019 |
sevan | Add rcsid
|
| 1.40 | 25-Jun-2019 |
jnemeth | Add gpt_change_hdr() similar to gpt_change_ent() for changing
arbitrary header fields.
|
| 1.39 | 21-Jun-2019 |
jnemeth | Add a third argument to the "cfn" function that is an argument to
gpt_change_ent(). The purpose of the third argument is to specify
whether the entry to be changed is a primary GPT entry or a secondary
GPT entry. It is assumed that a secondary GPT entry will always
follow a corresponding primary entry.
This is in preparation for an upcoming change that will require it.
|
| 1.38 | 03-Jul-2018 |
jnemeth | Not all things that write to the disk do something that dk(4) will
be interested in. Let individual commands decide if ioctl(DIOCMWEDGES)
should be done. I was conservative and set the flag on any command
that might create/modify/delete partitions in any way.
|
| 1.37 | 19-Mar-2018 |
mlelstv | branches: 1.37.2;
Check device parameter to avoid segfaults. Agument synopsis for -l option.
|
| 1.36 | 06-Sep-2017 |
christos | branches: 1.36.2;
- make sure that the utf16 string is padded with 0's where needed.
- since the utf16 string is not 0 terminated, pass the size of the string.
|
| 1.35 | 16-Feb-2017 |
christos | branches: 1.35.4;
allow 0 timestamp
|
| 1.34 | 16-Feb-2017 |
christos | Add -T timestamp for reproducible builds.
|
| 1.33 | 09-Jun-2016 |
christos | branches: 1.33.2; 1.33.4;
PR/51230: Add the ability to set the active flag in the PMBR.
|
| 1.32 | 29-Dec-2015 |
christos | - add more informational messages
- handle case where last argument is an option not a device (set -l)
|
| 1.31 | 06-Dec-2015 |
christos | Add listing commands for type, set and unset.
Add help and formatting for set and unset.
Change show to print all the attribute info in one line.
|
| 1.30 | 04-Dec-2015 |
christos | Fix resizedisk.
|
| 1.29 | 04-Dec-2015 |
christos | don't print dkctl message for files
fix typo
|
| 1.28 | 03-Dec-2015 |
christos | WARNS=6
|
| 1.27 | 02-Dec-2015 |
christos | refactor the utf code so that it does not leak memory.
|
| 1.26 | 01-Dec-2015 |
christos | merge command line parsers and check all memory allocations.
|
| 1.25 | 01-Dec-2015 |
christos | refactor more duplicated code.
|
| 1.24 | 01-Dec-2015 |
christos | Refactor the command dispatching and help printing logic.
|
| 1.23 | 01-Dec-2015 |
christos | Firs step of refactoring, remove all globals, factor out some common code,
handle alternate usage but not advertise it.
|
| 1.22 | 30-Nov-2015 |
christos | - automatically sync the wedge information unless -n is specified.
- document the general options in the traditional way.
- split the main program into a separate file.
|
| 1.21 | 29-Nov-2015 |
christos | Remove getdisksize support; we either have the ioctls (current/-7) or we
don't (non-netbsd-current/7+tools).
|
| 1.20 | 29-Nov-2015 |
christos | merge the create errors in one place and fix them.
|
| 1.19 | 03-Nov-2015 |
jnemeth | Add a "header" subcommand that displays information about the size of
the disk along with information from the GPT header if it exists.
|
| 1.18 | 29-Dec-2014 |
christos | Factor out the getdisksize() drvctl method, and provide an alternative that
directly uses the disk ioctl's instead of relying on the drvctl device driver
which is currently not mandatory.
|
| 1.17 | 17-Nov-2014 |
mlelstv | handle constness better
|
| 1.16 | 30-Sep-2014 |
christos | Add internal uuid support, since the linux+macos versions of the library
are different than than *bsd ones, and others might not have it at all.
|
| 1.15 | 30-Sep-2014 |
christos | remove compat defines.
|
| 1.14 | 29-Sep-2014 |
christos | more toolification changes
|
| 1.13 | 28-Sep-2014 |
jnemeth | PR/44218 - David Young -- add "type" subcommand to change a partition type
|
| 1.12 | 23-Sep-2014 |
jnemeth | - make gpt_gpt() available for use directly by subcommands
- create new resizedisk disk subcommand for relocating backup GPT
|
| 1.11 | 10-Aug-2014 |
jnemeth | branches: 1.11.2;
Add restore subcommand.
XXX It does not actually work yet. It is being committed now to make
later pullups easier.
|
| 1.10 | 19-Dec-2013 |
jnemeth | Add the backup subcommand. It dumps the contents of the partition
tables as a plist, which is readable by the restore subcommand.
XXX restore subcommand forthcoming
|
| 1.9 | 09-Dec-2013 |
jnemeth | Add two new subcommands, "set" and "unset". These were inspired by
FreeBSD's gpart(8), but the code is all mine. The purpose of these
is to set and unset partition attributes.
|
| 1.8 | 27-Nov-2013 |
jnemeth | Remove FreeBSD specific code as per message to tech-userlevel.
|
| 1.7 | 20-Nov-2013 |
jnemeth | Add a resize command. This command was inspired by FreeBSD's gpart(8),
but the code was written by myself.
|
| 1.6 | 13-Apr-2013 |
jakllsch | Clean up gpt(8) a bit more
uuid_create_nil(3) and uuid_is_nil(3) take a uuid_t*, not a pointer to
an array of bytes merely casted to compatible type.
Additonally, there no need for extra casts and address-of operations when
using le_uuid_*() functions.
Furthermore, le_uuid_*() are identical to uuid_*_le functions in
libc/libuuid, so use those instead on NetBSD.
|
| 1.5 | 06-Jan-2011 |
jakllsch | branches: 1.5.6; 1.5.12;
Support booting from GPT-partioned disks on PC-BIOS-compatible systems.
Much of the work in this commit was done by Mike Volokhov during GSoC 2009.
|
| 1.4 | 07-Feb-2009 |
uebayasi | Let 'gpt add' suggest a collect device name so that opendisk(3) called by
dkctl(8) succeeds.
|
| 1.3 | 12-Nov-2008 |
thorpej | Don't use sizeof(struct gpt_hdr). It will pad the structure on x86-64,
which causes some systems to reject the GPT.
kern/38997
|
| 1.2 | 15-Oct-2006 |
christos | branches: 1.2.18; 1.2.26;
Make this work under NetBSD.
|
| 1.1 | 15-Oct-2006 |
christos | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 15-Oct-2006 |
christos | Import the gpt tool from FreeBSD
|
| 1.2.26.1 | 26-Jan-2009 |
snj | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by jakllsch in ticket #311):
sbin/gpt/gpt.h: revision 1.3
sys/sys/disklabel_gpt.h: revision 1.7
Don't use sizeof(struct gpt_hdr). It will pad the structure on x86-64,
which causes some systems to reject the GPT.
kern/38997
|
| 1.2.18.1 | 17-Jan-2009 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.5.12.2 | 20-Aug-2014 |
tls | Rebase to HEAD as of a few days ago.
|
| 1.5.12.1 | 23-Jun-2013 |
tls | resync from head
|
| 1.5.6.1 | 22-May-2014 |
yamt | sync with head.
for a reference, the tree before this commit was tagged
as yamt-pagecache-tag8.
this commit was splitted into small chunks to avoid
a limitation of cvs. ("Protocol error: too many arguments")
|
| 1.11.2.2 | 13-Aug-2018 |
martin | Catch up to current for the following, requested by sborrill in ticket #1629:
sbin/gpt/gpt_private.h up to 1.2
sbin/gpt/header.c up to 1.9
sbin/gpt/main.c up to 1.11
sbin/gpt/drvctl.c delete
sbin/gpt/Makefile up to 1.18
sbin/gpt/add.c up to 1.44
sbin/gpt/backup.c up to 1.18
sbin/gpt/biosboot.c up to 1.30
sbin/gpt/create.c up to 1.23
sbin/gpt/destroy.c up to 1.10
sbin/gpt/gpt.8 up to 1.63
sbin/gpt/gpt.c up to 1.75
sbin/gpt/gpt.h up to 1.38
sbin/gpt/gpt_uuid.c up to 1.15
sbin/gpt/gpt_uuid.h up to 1.7
sbin/gpt/label.c up to 1.29
sbin/gpt/map.c up to 1.14
sbin/gpt/map.h up to 1.6
sbin/gpt/migrate.c up to 1.33
sbin/gpt/recover.c up to 1.18
sbin/gpt/remove.c up to 1.22
sbin/gpt/resize.c up to 1.23
sbin/gpt/resizedisk.c up to 1.17
sbin/gpt/restore.c up to 1.18
sbin/gpt/set.c up to 1.14
sbin/gpt/show.c up to 1.41
sbin/gpt/type.c up to 1.15
sbin/gpt/unset.c up to 1.14
Many changes including:
- Significant refactoring
- PR/51230: Add the ability to set the active flag in the PMBR
- Let individual commands decide if ioctl(DIOCMWEDGES) should be done
- Add a "header" subcommand that displays information about the size of
the disk along with information from the GPT header if it exists
- Add listing commands for type, set and unset
- Add help and formatting for set and unset
- Change show to print all the attribute info in one line.
- Improve documentation, including booting and exit status
- Check device parameter to avoid segfaults
|
| 1.11.2.1 | 02-Jun-2015 |
snj | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by jnemeth in ticket #774):
sbin/gpt/Makefile: revisions 1.9-1.13
sbin/gpt/add.c: revisions 1.25-1.27
sbin/gpt/backup.c: revisions 1.2-1.8
sbin/gpt/biosboot.c: revisions 1.8-1.14
sbin/gpt/create.c: revisions 1.8-1.12
sbin/gpt/destroy.c: revisions 1.5-1.6
sbin/gpt/drvctl.c: revision 1.1
sbin/gpt/gpt.8: revisions 1.29-1.36
sbin/gpt/gpt.c: revisions 1.29-1.40
sbin/gpt/gpt.h: revisions 1.12-1.18
sbin/gpt/gpt_uuid.c: revisions 1.1-1.10
sbin/gpt/gpt_uuid.h: revisions 1.1-1.3
sbin/gpt/label.c: revisions 1.15-1.18
sbin/gpt/map.c: revision 1.7
sbin/gpt/migrate.c: revisions 1.15-1.21
sbin/gpt/recover.c: revision 1.5
sbin/gpt/remove.c: revisions 1.13-1.16
sbin/gpt/resize.c: revisions 1.9-1.11
sbin/gpt/resizedisk.c: revisions 1.1-1.6
sbin/gpt/restore.c: revisions 1.2-1.7
sbin/gpt/set.c: revisions 1.3-1.5
sbin/gpt/show.c: revision 1.16-1.21
sbin/gpt/type.c: revisions 1.1-1.6
sbin/gpt/unset.c: revisions 1.3-1.5
- record the sector size of the disk
- correct confusion with end_cylinder and end_sector in MBRs
--
- dump all partitions, not just ones that are in use
- while here, squash a memory leak
It shouldn't be necessary to backup unused partitions, however
the partition GUID is created at the time the GPT is created and
is never changed. It shouldn't matter if the GUID of an unused
partition changes, but there may be some special case where it
does. Since it isn't a big deal to record the unused partitions,
might as well do it.
--
Initial cut of gpt restore. This functions correctly in testing,
but isn't all that pretty. It has minimal error testing and may
leak memory. It also only works with empty disks. If passed "-F"
flag, it will blank the disk for you.
--
document the new restore subcommand
--
- make gpt_gpt() available for use directly by subcommands
- create new resizedisk disk subcommand for relocating backup GPT
--
Fix compile error observed on i386. Use PRIu64.
--
no C99isms in tool code
--
- handle a GPT that isn't an exact multiple of a sector
- adjust PMBR size, in case new disk is a different size
- don't leak as much memory
- clean up error handling somewhat
--
PR/44218 - David Young -- add "type" subcommand to change a partition type
--
PR/47990 - Dr. Wolfgang Stukenbrock -- add "-L <label>" as selector option
--
minor toolification: need libprop...
--
more toolification
--
more toolification changes
--
remove compat defines.
--
Add internal uuid support, since the linux+macos versions of the library
are different than than *bsd ones, and others might not have it at all.
--
Check size of correct buffer. Note, just being pedantic as the buffer
being checked is the same size as the one that should have been checked.
--
correctly show partition type in the new world order
--
actually return the uuid when parsing one that is in numeric format
--
using random values for hdr->hdr_guid does not work very well
--
oops, forgot to update end of data area
--
It's HAVE_NBTOOL_CONFIG_H, not HAVE_NBTOOLS_CONFIG_H
--
Fix tools build on !NetBSD.
--
include <sys/endian.h> for both the non-tools build,
and the tools build on a host where the file exists.
Fixes a build problem on FreeBSD, reported by Herbert J. Skuhra, where
tools/compat's configure detected that be32dec() and friends were
available in the host's <sys/endian.h>, so tools/compat did not provide
its own versions.
--
"0" is not guaranteed to be unique
--
provide a copy of the kernel uuid generator (with portable API calls) for
tools.
--
Allow specifying sector and media size on the command line.
--
Remove trailing whitespace.
--
Make gpt(8) generate v4 (random) uuids.
Don't needlessly leak your date/time and MAC address when you edit
the disk.
Read from /dev/urandom rather than calling arc4random or anything,
since this is a tool. (Cygwin seems to have /dev/urandom, but yell
if this breaks the build on your exotic platform because it lacks
/dev/urandom.)
ok apb
--
Paranoia: choke noisily on EOF from /dev/urandom.
--
Report the argument instead of (null) when opendisk fails.
--
handle constness
--
handle constness better
--
Add some more common partition types.
--
Bump date for previous.
--
Fix handling of -t option for the type command.
Match any type, when no option is given, just like for the label command.
--
Factor out the getdisksize() drvctl method, and provide an alternative that
directly uses the disk ioctl's instead of relying on the drvctl device driver
which is currently not mandatory.
|
| 1.33.4.1 | 21-Apr-2017 |
bouyer | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.33.2.1 | 20-Mar-2017 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.35.4.2 | 09-Apr-2018 |
bouyer | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by mlelstv in ticket #710):
sbin/gpt/main.c: revision 1.11
sbin/gpt/gpt.h: revision 1.37
sbin/gpt/set.c: revision 1.14
sbin/gpt/type.c: revision 1.14
sbin/gpt/unset.c: revision 1.14
sbin/gpt/gpt.8: revision 1.58
Check device parameter to avoid segfaults. Augment synopsis for -l option.
|
| 1.35.4.1 | 12-Feb-2018 |
snj | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by christos in ticket #545):
sbin/gpt/backup.c: 1.17-1.18
sbin/gpt/biosboot.c: 1.29-1.30
sbin/gpt/gpt.c: 1.71-1.73
sbin/gpt/gpt.h: 1.36
sbin/gpt/restore.c: 1.17
sbin/gpt/show.c: 1.40-1.41
sys/dev/dkwedge/dkwedge_gpt.c: 1.19-1.20
PR/52522: Piotr Meyer: Don't NUL terminate the gpt label name.
--
- make sure that the utf16 string is padded with 0's where needed.
- since the utf16 string is not 0 terminated, pass the size of the string.
--
use __arraycount
--
PR/52522: ent_name is not necessarily 0 terminated, so check bounds.
--
use arraycount.
|
| 1.36.2.2 | 28-Jul-2018 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.36.2.1 | 22-Mar-2018 |
pgoyette | Synch with HEAD, resolve conflicts
|
| 1.37.2.2 | 13-Apr-2020 |
martin | Mostly merge changes from HEAD upto 20200411
|
| 1.37.2.1 | 10-Jun-2019 |
christos | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.44.4.1 | 02-Aug-2025 |
perseant | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.4 | 20-Oct-2024 |
mlelstv | When generating timestamp based GUIDs for reproducable builds
- increment timestamp by 100ns for each partition.
- use the standard time-based UUID format (type 1) and don't
pretend it's a random number (type 4).
- make the -T option actually work for the uuid command.
Random GUIDs:
start size index contents
34 1000 1 GPT part - d93ba067-a788-4ce0-99b8-0ead51f00215
1034 2000 2 GPT part - bebba77a-7fdc-4ca0-a1bf-7450aa871d41
d93ba067-a788-4ce0-99b8-0ead51f00215:
Version 4 Random
Variant 2 RFC 4122
Data D9 3B A0 67 A7 88 4C E0 99 B8 0E AD 51 F0 02 15
bebba77a-7fdc-4ca0-a1bf-7450aa871d41:
Version 4 Random
Variant 2 RFC 4122
Data BE BB A7 7A 7F DC 4C A0 A1 BF 74 50 AA 87 1D 41
Timestamp based GUIDs:
start size index contents
34 1000 1 GPT part - 0a524600-8eba-11ef-8000-000000000000
1034 2000 2 GPT part - 0a524601-8eba-11ef-8000-000000000000
0a524600-8eba-11ef-8000-000000000000:
Version 1 Time and MAC based
Variant 2 RFC 4122
Node 00:00:00:00:00:00
Clock 0
Time 2024-10-20T08:05:16.000000.0Z
0a524601-8eba-11ef-8000-000000000000:
Version 1 Time and MAC based
Variant 2 RFC 4122
Node 00:00:00:00:00:00
Clock 0
Time 2024-10-20T08:05:16.000000.1Z
Node (host MAC address) and clock (sequence number incremented whenever
the time went backwards) are left undefined (all zero) for our purpose.
|
| 1.3 | 30-Jun-2019 |
sevan | branches: 1.3.12;
Add rcsid
|
| 1.2 | 16-Feb-2017 |
christos | branches: 1.2.12; 1.2.14;
Add -T timestamp for reproducible builds.
|
| 1.1 | 01-Dec-2015 |
christos | branches: 1.1.2; 1.1.4;
Firs step of refactoring, remove all globals, factor out some common code,
handle alternate usage but not advertise it.
|
| 1.1.4.1 | 21-Apr-2017 |
bouyer | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.1.2.1 | 20-Mar-2017 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.2.14.2 | 13-Aug-2018 |
martin | Catch up to current for the following, requested by sborrill in ticket #1629:
sbin/gpt/gpt_private.h up to 1.2
sbin/gpt/header.c up to 1.9
sbin/gpt/main.c up to 1.11
sbin/gpt/drvctl.c delete
sbin/gpt/Makefile up to 1.18
sbin/gpt/add.c up to 1.44
sbin/gpt/backup.c up to 1.18
sbin/gpt/biosboot.c up to 1.30
sbin/gpt/create.c up to 1.23
sbin/gpt/destroy.c up to 1.10
sbin/gpt/gpt.8 up to 1.63
sbin/gpt/gpt.c up to 1.75
sbin/gpt/gpt.h up to 1.38
sbin/gpt/gpt_uuid.c up to 1.15
sbin/gpt/gpt_uuid.h up to 1.7
sbin/gpt/label.c up to 1.29
sbin/gpt/map.c up to 1.14
sbin/gpt/map.h up to 1.6
sbin/gpt/migrate.c up to 1.33
sbin/gpt/recover.c up to 1.18
sbin/gpt/remove.c up to 1.22
sbin/gpt/resize.c up to 1.23
sbin/gpt/resizedisk.c up to 1.17
sbin/gpt/restore.c up to 1.18
sbin/gpt/set.c up to 1.14
sbin/gpt/show.c up to 1.41
sbin/gpt/type.c up to 1.15
sbin/gpt/unset.c up to 1.14
Many changes including:
- Significant refactoring
- PR/51230: Add the ability to set the active flag in the PMBR
- Let individual commands decide if ioctl(DIOCMWEDGES) should be done
- Add a "header" subcommand that displays information about the size of
the disk along with information from the GPT header if it exists
- Add listing commands for type, set and unset
- Add help and formatting for set and unset
- Change show to print all the attribute info in one line.
- Improve documentation, including booting and exit status
- Check device parameter to avoid segfaults
|
| 1.2.14.1 | 16-Feb-2017 |
martin | file gpt_private.h was added on branch netbsd-7 on 2018-08-13 16:12:12 +0000
|
| 1.2.12.1 | 13-Apr-2020 |
martin | Mostly merge changes from HEAD upto 20200411
|
| 1.3.12.1 | 02-Aug-2025 |
perseant | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.26 | 11-Oct-2025 |
thorpej | Add a couple of GPT partition type GUIDs one might encounter when
fiddling around with RISC-V systems (Linux XBOOTLDR, SiFive BBL).
|
| 1.25 | 23-Feb-2025 |
christos | Pass some lint.
|
| 1.24 | 18-Dec-2024 |
andvar | s/reproducable/reproducible/ in comment.
|
| 1.23 | 20-Oct-2024 |
mlelstv | When generating timestamp based GUIDs for reproducable builds
- increment timestamp by 100ns for each partition.
- use the standard time-based UUID format (type 1) and don't
pretend it's a random number (type 4).
- make the -T option actually work for the uuid command.
Random GUIDs:
start size index contents
34 1000 1 GPT part - d93ba067-a788-4ce0-99b8-0ead51f00215
1034 2000 2 GPT part - bebba77a-7fdc-4ca0-a1bf-7450aa871d41
d93ba067-a788-4ce0-99b8-0ead51f00215:
Version 4 Random
Variant 2 RFC 4122
Data D9 3B A0 67 A7 88 4C E0 99 B8 0E AD 51 F0 02 15
bebba77a-7fdc-4ca0-a1bf-7450aa871d41:
Version 4 Random
Variant 2 RFC 4122
Data BE BB A7 7A 7F DC 4C A0 A1 BF 74 50 AA 87 1D 41
Timestamp based GUIDs:
start size index contents
34 1000 1 GPT part - 0a524600-8eba-11ef-8000-000000000000
1034 2000 2 GPT part - 0a524601-8eba-11ef-8000-000000000000
0a524600-8eba-11ef-8000-000000000000:
Version 1 Time and MAC based
Variant 2 RFC 4122
Node 00:00:00:00:00:00
Clock 0
Time 2024-10-20T08:05:16.000000.0Z
0a524601-8eba-11ef-8000-000000000000:
Version 1 Time and MAC based
Variant 2 RFC 4122
Node 00:00:00:00:00:00
Clock 0
Time 2024-10-20T08:05:16.000000.1Z
Node (host MAC address) and clock (sequence number incremented whenever
the time went backwards) are left undefined (all zero) for our purpose.
|
| 1.22 | 19-Aug-2024 |
christos | Add -U option to specify new UUID
Add OpenBSD
from Anon Ymous
|
| 1.21 | 27-Sep-2023 |
riastradh | branches: 1.21.2;
gpt(8): Make gpt type array and enum match again.
Add cross-referencing comment to reduce the probability of these
getting out of sync again.
Should fix a slew of failing tests since kre's recent change to add
windows-recovery to the array but not to the enum:
sbin/gpt/t_gpt:create_2part
sbin/gpt/t_gpt:migrate_disklabel
sbin/gpt/t_gpt:recover_backup
sbin/gpt/t_gpt:recover_primary
sbin/gpt/t_gpt:remove_2part
sbin/gpt/t_gpt:resize_2part
sbin/gpt/t_gpt:restore_2part
Fail: stdout does not match golden output
--- /usr/tests/sbin/gpt/gpt.2part.show.normal 2023-09-26 15:48:30.000000000 +0000
+++ /tmp/check.sc6ylB/stdout 2023-09-26 23:30:42.388157924 +0000
@@ -3,6 +3,6 @@
1 1 Pri GPT header
2 32 Pri GPT table
34 1024 1 GPT part - EFI System
- 1058 9150 2 GPT part - NetBSD FFSv1/FFSv2
+ 1058 9150 2 GPT part - NetBSD Cryptographic Disk
10208 32 Sec GPT table
10240 1 Sec GPT header
https://releng.netbsd.org/b5reports/i386/commits-2023.09.html#build-2023.09.26.15.47.11
|
| 1.20 | 26-Sep-2023 |
kre | Recognise Windows Recovery partitions.
|
| 1.19 | 30-Mar-2020 |
martin | Now that we use the same UUID for ZFS as FreeBSD, drop the FreeBSD marker
from the description.
|
| 1.18 | 25-Jun-2019 |
jnemeth | adjust gpt_uuid_generate() to accept gpt==NULL
|
| 1.17 | 20-Dec-2018 |
martin | Add a query function (for external code) to enumerate the know guids.
Add recently added VMware GUIDs to the internal enum type.
Fix some short names (bogus + duplicate).
|
| 1.16 | 06-Nov-2018 |
mrg | add support to detect the 3 vmware GPT partition types:
- VMKcore (dump partition)
- VMFS
- VMware reserved
this enables vmkcore partitions for netbsd swap or dump, as well
as naming all of them.
|
| 1.15 | 16-Feb-2017 |
christos | branches: 1.15.10; 1.15.12;
allow 0 timestamp
|
| 1.14 | 16-Feb-2017 |
christos | Add -T timestamp for reproducible builds.
|
| 1.13 | 06-Dec-2015 |
christos | branches: 1.13.2; 1.13.4;
Add listing commands for type, set and unset.
Add help and formatting for set and unset.
Change show to print all the attribute info in one line.
|
| 1.12 | 03-Dec-2015 |
christos | WARNS=6
|
| 1.11 | 01-Dec-2015 |
christos | merge command line parsers and check all memory allocations.
|
| 1.10 | 06-Dec-2014 |
mlelstv | branches: 1.10.2;
Add some more common partition types.
|
| 1.9 | 04-Oct-2014 |
riastradh | Paranoia: choke noisily on EOF from /dev/urandom.
|
| 1.8 | 04-Oct-2014 |
riastradh | Make gpt(8) generate v4 (random) uuids.
Don't needlessly leak your date/time and MAC address when you edit
the disk.
Read from /dev/urandom rather than calling arc4random or anything,
since this is a tool. (Cygwin seems to have /dev/urandom, but yell
if this breaks the build on your exotic platform because it lacks
/dev/urandom.)
ok apb
|
| 1.7 | 03-Oct-2014 |
christos | provide a copy of the kernel uuid generator (with portable API calls) for
tools.
|
| 1.6 | 03-Oct-2014 |
jnemeth | "0" is not guaranteed to be unique
|
| 1.5 | 02-Oct-2014 |
apb | include <sys/endian.h> for both the non-tools build,
and the tools build on a host where the file exists.
Fixes a build problem on FreeBSD, reported by Herbert J. Skuhra, where
tools/compat's configure detected that be32dec() and friends were
available in the host's <sys/endian.h>, so tools/compat did not provide
its own versions.
|
| 1.4 | 01-Oct-2014 |
apb | It's HAVE_NBTOOL_CONFIG_H, not HAVE_NBTOOLS_CONFIG_H
|
| 1.3 | 01-Oct-2014 |
jnemeth | actually return the uuid when parsing one that is in numeric format
|
| 1.2 | 30-Sep-2014 |
jnemeth | correctly show partition type in the new world order
|
| 1.1 | 30-Sep-2014 |
christos | Add internal uuid support, since the linux+macos versions of the library
are different than than *bsd ones, and others might not have it at all.
|
| 1.10.2.3 | 13-Aug-2018 |
martin | Catch up to current for the following, requested by sborrill in ticket #1629:
sbin/gpt/gpt_private.h up to 1.2
sbin/gpt/header.c up to 1.9
sbin/gpt/main.c up to 1.11
sbin/gpt/drvctl.c delete
sbin/gpt/Makefile up to 1.18
sbin/gpt/add.c up to 1.44
sbin/gpt/backup.c up to 1.18
sbin/gpt/biosboot.c up to 1.30
sbin/gpt/create.c up to 1.23
sbin/gpt/destroy.c up to 1.10
sbin/gpt/gpt.8 up to 1.63
sbin/gpt/gpt.c up to 1.75
sbin/gpt/gpt.h up to 1.38
sbin/gpt/gpt_uuid.c up to 1.15
sbin/gpt/gpt_uuid.h up to 1.7
sbin/gpt/label.c up to 1.29
sbin/gpt/map.c up to 1.14
sbin/gpt/map.h up to 1.6
sbin/gpt/migrate.c up to 1.33
sbin/gpt/recover.c up to 1.18
sbin/gpt/remove.c up to 1.22
sbin/gpt/resize.c up to 1.23
sbin/gpt/resizedisk.c up to 1.17
sbin/gpt/restore.c up to 1.18
sbin/gpt/set.c up to 1.14
sbin/gpt/show.c up to 1.41
sbin/gpt/type.c up to 1.15
sbin/gpt/unset.c up to 1.14
Many changes including:
- Significant refactoring
- PR/51230: Add the ability to set the active flag in the PMBR
- Let individual commands decide if ioctl(DIOCMWEDGES) should be done
- Add a "header" subcommand that displays information about the size of
the disk along with information from the GPT header if it exists
- Add listing commands for type, set and unset
- Add help and formatting for set and unset
- Change show to print all the attribute info in one line.
- Improve documentation, including booting and exit status
- Check device parameter to avoid segfaults
|
| 1.10.2.2 | 02-Jun-2015 |
snj | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by jnemeth in ticket #774):
sbin/gpt/Makefile: revisions 1.9-1.13
sbin/gpt/add.c: revisions 1.25-1.27
sbin/gpt/backup.c: revisions 1.2-1.8
sbin/gpt/biosboot.c: revisions 1.8-1.14
sbin/gpt/create.c: revisions 1.8-1.12
sbin/gpt/destroy.c: revisions 1.5-1.6
sbin/gpt/drvctl.c: revision 1.1
sbin/gpt/gpt.8: revisions 1.29-1.36
sbin/gpt/gpt.c: revisions 1.29-1.40
sbin/gpt/gpt.h: revisions 1.12-1.18
sbin/gpt/gpt_uuid.c: revisions 1.1-1.10
sbin/gpt/gpt_uuid.h: revisions 1.1-1.3
sbin/gpt/label.c: revisions 1.15-1.18
sbin/gpt/map.c: revision 1.7
sbin/gpt/migrate.c: revisions 1.15-1.21
sbin/gpt/recover.c: revision 1.5
sbin/gpt/remove.c: revisions 1.13-1.16
sbin/gpt/resize.c: revisions 1.9-1.11
sbin/gpt/resizedisk.c: revisions 1.1-1.6
sbin/gpt/restore.c: revisions 1.2-1.7
sbin/gpt/set.c: revisions 1.3-1.5
sbin/gpt/show.c: revision 1.16-1.21
sbin/gpt/type.c: revisions 1.1-1.6
sbin/gpt/unset.c: revisions 1.3-1.5
- record the sector size of the disk
- correct confusion with end_cylinder and end_sector in MBRs
--
- dump all partitions, not just ones that are in use
- while here, squash a memory leak
It shouldn't be necessary to backup unused partitions, however
the partition GUID is created at the time the GPT is created and
is never changed. It shouldn't matter if the GUID of an unused
partition changes, but there may be some special case where it
does. Since it isn't a big deal to record the unused partitions,
might as well do it.
--
Initial cut of gpt restore. This functions correctly in testing,
but isn't all that pretty. It has minimal error testing and may
leak memory. It also only works with empty disks. If passed "-F"
flag, it will blank the disk for you.
--
document the new restore subcommand
--
- make gpt_gpt() available for use directly by subcommands
- create new resizedisk disk subcommand for relocating backup GPT
--
Fix compile error observed on i386. Use PRIu64.
--
no C99isms in tool code
--
- handle a GPT that isn't an exact multiple of a sector
- adjust PMBR size, in case new disk is a different size
- don't leak as much memory
- clean up error handling somewhat
--
PR/44218 - David Young -- add "type" subcommand to change a partition type
--
PR/47990 - Dr. Wolfgang Stukenbrock -- add "-L <label>" as selector option
--
minor toolification: need libprop...
--
more toolification
--
more toolification changes
--
remove compat defines.
--
Add internal uuid support, since the linux+macos versions of the library
are different than than *bsd ones, and others might not have it at all.
--
Check size of correct buffer. Note, just being pedantic as the buffer
being checked is the same size as the one that should have been checked.
--
correctly show partition type in the new world order
--
actually return the uuid when parsing one that is in numeric format
--
using random values for hdr->hdr_guid does not work very well
--
oops, forgot to update end of data area
--
It's HAVE_NBTOOL_CONFIG_H, not HAVE_NBTOOLS_CONFIG_H
--
Fix tools build on !NetBSD.
--
include <sys/endian.h> for both the non-tools build,
and the tools build on a host where the file exists.
Fixes a build problem on FreeBSD, reported by Herbert J. Skuhra, where
tools/compat's configure detected that be32dec() and friends were
available in the host's <sys/endian.h>, so tools/compat did not provide
its own versions.
--
"0" is not guaranteed to be unique
--
provide a copy of the kernel uuid generator (with portable API calls) for
tools.
--
Allow specifying sector and media size on the command line.
--
Remove trailing whitespace.
--
Make gpt(8) generate v4 (random) uuids.
Don't needlessly leak your date/time and MAC address when you edit
the disk.
Read from /dev/urandom rather than calling arc4random or anything,
since this is a tool. (Cygwin seems to have /dev/urandom, but yell
if this breaks the build on your exotic platform because it lacks
/dev/urandom.)
ok apb
--
Paranoia: choke noisily on EOF from /dev/urandom.
--
Report the argument instead of (null) when opendisk fails.
--
handle constness
--
handle constness better
--
Add some more common partition types.
--
Bump date for previous.
--
Fix handling of -t option for the type command.
Match any type, when no option is given, just like for the label command.
--
Factor out the getdisksize() drvctl method, and provide an alternative that
directly uses the disk ioctl's instead of relying on the drvctl device driver
which is currently not mandatory.
|
| 1.10.2.1 | 06-Dec-2014 |
snj | file gpt_uuid.c was added on branch netbsd-7 on 2015-06-02 19:49:38 +0000
|
| 1.13.4.1 | 21-Apr-2017 |
bouyer | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.13.2.1 | 20-Mar-2017 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.15.12.3 | 13-Apr-2020 |
martin | Mostly merge changes from HEAD upto 20200411
|
| 1.15.12.2 | 08-Apr-2020 |
martin | Merge changes from current as of 20200406
|
| 1.15.12.1 | 10-Jun-2019 |
christos | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.15.10.2 | 26-Dec-2018 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD, resolve a few conflicts
|
| 1.15.10.1 | 26-Nov-2018 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD, resolve a couple of conflicts
|
| 1.21.2.1 | 02-Aug-2025 |
perseant | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.12 | 11-Oct-2025 |
thorpej | Add a couple of GPT partition type GUIDs one might encounter when
fiddling around with RISC-V systems (Linux XBOOTLDR, SiFive BBL).
|
| 1.11 | 19-Aug-2024 |
christos | Add -U option to specify new UUID
Add OpenBSD
from Anon Ymous
|
| 1.10 | 27-Sep-2023 |
riastradh | branches: 1.10.2;
gpt(8): Make gpt type array and enum match again.
Add cross-referencing comment to reduce the probability of these
getting out of sync again.
Should fix a slew of failing tests since kre's recent change to add
windows-recovery to the array but not to the enum:
sbin/gpt/t_gpt:create_2part
sbin/gpt/t_gpt:migrate_disklabel
sbin/gpt/t_gpt:recover_backup
sbin/gpt/t_gpt:recover_primary
sbin/gpt/t_gpt:remove_2part
sbin/gpt/t_gpt:resize_2part
sbin/gpt/t_gpt:restore_2part
Fail: stdout does not match golden output
--- /usr/tests/sbin/gpt/gpt.2part.show.normal 2023-09-26 15:48:30.000000000 +0000
+++ /tmp/check.sc6ylB/stdout 2023-09-26 23:30:42.388157924 +0000
@@ -3,6 +3,6 @@
1 1 Pri GPT header
2 32 Pri GPT table
34 1024 1 GPT part - EFI System
- 1058 9150 2 GPT part - NetBSD FFSv1/FFSv2
+ 1058 9150 2 GPT part - NetBSD Cryptographic Disk
10208 32 Sec GPT table
10240 1 Sec GPT header
https://releng.netbsd.org/b5reports/i386/commits-2023.09.html#build-2023.09.26.15.47.11
|
| 1.9 | 30-Jun-2019 |
sevan | Add rcsid
|
| 1.8 | 20-Dec-2018 |
martin | Add a query function (for external code) to enumerate the know guids.
Add recently added VMware GUIDs to the internal enum type.
Fix some short names (bogus + duplicate).
|
| 1.7 | 06-Dec-2015 |
christos | branches: 1.7.14; 1.7.16;
remove more duplicated code.
|
| 1.6 | 06-Dec-2015 |
christos | Add listing commands for type, set and unset.
Add help and formatting for set and unset.
Change show to print all the attribute info in one line.
|
| 1.5 | 01-Dec-2015 |
christos | merge command line parsers and check all memory allocations.
|
| 1.4 | 04-Sep-2015 |
mlelstv | A change to the GPT_TYPE list also requires a change to the GPT_TYPE
index constants.
|
| 1.3 | 03-Oct-2014 |
christos | branches: 1.3.2;
provide a copy of the kernel uuid generator (with portable API calls) for
tools.
|
| 1.2 | 03-Oct-2014 |
jnemeth | "0" is not guaranteed to be unique
|
| 1.1 | 30-Sep-2014 |
christos | Add internal uuid support, since the linux+macos versions of the library
are different than than *bsd ones, and others might not have it at all.
|
| 1.3.2.4 | 13-Aug-2018 |
martin | Catch up to current for the following, requested by sborrill in ticket #1629:
sbin/gpt/gpt_private.h up to 1.2
sbin/gpt/header.c up to 1.9
sbin/gpt/main.c up to 1.11
sbin/gpt/drvctl.c delete
sbin/gpt/Makefile up to 1.18
sbin/gpt/add.c up to 1.44
sbin/gpt/backup.c up to 1.18
sbin/gpt/biosboot.c up to 1.30
sbin/gpt/create.c up to 1.23
sbin/gpt/destroy.c up to 1.10
sbin/gpt/gpt.8 up to 1.63
sbin/gpt/gpt.c up to 1.75
sbin/gpt/gpt.h up to 1.38
sbin/gpt/gpt_uuid.c up to 1.15
sbin/gpt/gpt_uuid.h up to 1.7
sbin/gpt/label.c up to 1.29
sbin/gpt/map.c up to 1.14
sbin/gpt/map.h up to 1.6
sbin/gpt/migrate.c up to 1.33
sbin/gpt/recover.c up to 1.18
sbin/gpt/remove.c up to 1.22
sbin/gpt/resize.c up to 1.23
sbin/gpt/resizedisk.c up to 1.17
sbin/gpt/restore.c up to 1.18
sbin/gpt/set.c up to 1.14
sbin/gpt/show.c up to 1.41
sbin/gpt/type.c up to 1.15
sbin/gpt/unset.c up to 1.14
Many changes including:
- Significant refactoring
- PR/51230: Add the ability to set the active flag in the PMBR
- Let individual commands decide if ioctl(DIOCMWEDGES) should be done
- Add a "header" subcommand that displays information about the size of
the disk along with information from the GPT header if it exists
- Add listing commands for type, set and unset
- Add help and formatting for set and unset
- Change show to print all the attribute info in one line.
- Improve documentation, including booting and exit status
- Check device parameter to avoid segfaults
|
| 1.3.2.3 | 08-Sep-2015 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by mlelstv in ticket #969):
sbin/gpt/gpt_uuid.h: revision 1.4
A change to the GPT_TYPE list also requires a change to the GPT_TYPE
index constants.
|
| 1.3.2.2 | 02-Jun-2015 |
snj | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by jnemeth in ticket #774):
sbin/gpt/Makefile: revisions 1.9-1.13
sbin/gpt/add.c: revisions 1.25-1.27
sbin/gpt/backup.c: revisions 1.2-1.8
sbin/gpt/biosboot.c: revisions 1.8-1.14
sbin/gpt/create.c: revisions 1.8-1.12
sbin/gpt/destroy.c: revisions 1.5-1.6
sbin/gpt/drvctl.c: revision 1.1
sbin/gpt/gpt.8: revisions 1.29-1.36
sbin/gpt/gpt.c: revisions 1.29-1.40
sbin/gpt/gpt.h: revisions 1.12-1.18
sbin/gpt/gpt_uuid.c: revisions 1.1-1.10
sbin/gpt/gpt_uuid.h: revisions 1.1-1.3
sbin/gpt/label.c: revisions 1.15-1.18
sbin/gpt/map.c: revision 1.7
sbin/gpt/migrate.c: revisions 1.15-1.21
sbin/gpt/recover.c: revision 1.5
sbin/gpt/remove.c: revisions 1.13-1.16
sbin/gpt/resize.c: revisions 1.9-1.11
sbin/gpt/resizedisk.c: revisions 1.1-1.6
sbin/gpt/restore.c: revisions 1.2-1.7
sbin/gpt/set.c: revisions 1.3-1.5
sbin/gpt/show.c: revision 1.16-1.21
sbin/gpt/type.c: revisions 1.1-1.6
sbin/gpt/unset.c: revisions 1.3-1.5
- record the sector size of the disk
- correct confusion with end_cylinder and end_sector in MBRs
--
- dump all partitions, not just ones that are in use
- while here, squash a memory leak
It shouldn't be necessary to backup unused partitions, however
the partition GUID is created at the time the GPT is created and
is never changed. It shouldn't matter if the GUID of an unused
partition changes, but there may be some special case where it
does. Since it isn't a big deal to record the unused partitions,
might as well do it.
--
Initial cut of gpt restore. This functions correctly in testing,
but isn't all that pretty. It has minimal error testing and may
leak memory. It also only works with empty disks. If passed "-F"
flag, it will blank the disk for you.
--
document the new restore subcommand
--
- make gpt_gpt() available for use directly by subcommands
- create new resizedisk disk subcommand for relocating backup GPT
--
Fix compile error observed on i386. Use PRIu64.
--
no C99isms in tool code
--
- handle a GPT that isn't an exact multiple of a sector
- adjust PMBR size, in case new disk is a different size
- don't leak as much memory
- clean up error handling somewhat
--
PR/44218 - David Young -- add "type" subcommand to change a partition type
--
PR/47990 - Dr. Wolfgang Stukenbrock -- add "-L <label>" as selector option
--
minor toolification: need libprop...
--
more toolification
--
more toolification changes
--
remove compat defines.
--
Add internal uuid support, since the linux+macos versions of the library
are different than than *bsd ones, and others might not have it at all.
--
Check size of correct buffer. Note, just being pedantic as the buffer
being checked is the same size as the one that should have been checked.
--
correctly show partition type in the new world order
--
actually return the uuid when parsing one that is in numeric format
--
using random values for hdr->hdr_guid does not work very well
--
oops, forgot to update end of data area
--
It's HAVE_NBTOOL_CONFIG_H, not HAVE_NBTOOLS_CONFIG_H
--
Fix tools build on !NetBSD.
--
include <sys/endian.h> for both the non-tools build,
and the tools build on a host where the file exists.
Fixes a build problem on FreeBSD, reported by Herbert J. Skuhra, where
tools/compat's configure detected that be32dec() and friends were
available in the host's <sys/endian.h>, so tools/compat did not provide
its own versions.
--
"0" is not guaranteed to be unique
--
provide a copy of the kernel uuid generator (with portable API calls) for
tools.
--
Allow specifying sector and media size on the command line.
--
Remove trailing whitespace.
--
Make gpt(8) generate v4 (random) uuids.
Don't needlessly leak your date/time and MAC address when you edit
the disk.
Read from /dev/urandom rather than calling arc4random or anything,
since this is a tool. (Cygwin seems to have /dev/urandom, but yell
if this breaks the build on your exotic platform because it lacks
/dev/urandom.)
ok apb
--
Paranoia: choke noisily on EOF from /dev/urandom.
--
Report the argument instead of (null) when opendisk fails.
--
handle constness
--
handle constness better
--
Add some more common partition types.
--
Bump date for previous.
--
Fix handling of -t option for the type command.
Match any type, when no option is given, just like for the label command.
--
Factor out the getdisksize() drvctl method, and provide an alternative that
directly uses the disk ioctl's instead of relying on the drvctl device driver
which is currently not mandatory.
|
| 1.3.2.1 | 03-Oct-2014 |
snj | file gpt_uuid.h was added on branch netbsd-7 on 2015-06-02 19:49:38 +0000
|
| 1.7.16.2 | 13-Apr-2020 |
martin | Mostly merge changes from HEAD upto 20200411
|
| 1.7.16.1 | 10-Jun-2019 |
christos | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.7.14.1 | 26-Dec-2018 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD, resolve a few conflicts
|
| 1.10.2.1 | 02-Aug-2025 |
perseant | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.11 | 23-Feb-2025 |
christos | Pass some lint.
|
| 1.10 | 14-Mar-2019 |
mlelstv | branches: 1.10.12;
print little-endian header fields correctly.
|
| 1.9 | 01-May-2018 |
martin | branches: 1.9.2; 1.9.4;
Make the "gpt header" command return EXIT_FAILURE when no GPT is present.
This helps sysinst to tell a GPT labeled disk from others.
Very lazy version of a change proposed by kre.
|
| 1.8 | 24-Dec-2015 |
martin | branches: 1.8.8; 1.8.14;
Fix output in an error case
|
| 1.7 | 03-Dec-2015 |
christos | WARNS=6
|
| 1.6 | 03-Dec-2015 |
christos | eliminate static globals so that commands can be re-used.
|
| 1.5 | 01-Dec-2015 |
christos | Refactor the command dispatching and help printing logic.
|
| 1.4 | 01-Dec-2015 |
christos | Firs step of refactoring, remove all globals, factor out some common code,
handle alternate usage but not advertise it.
|
| 1.3 | 29-Nov-2015 |
christos | merge the create errors in one place and fix them.
|
| 1.2 | 16-Nov-2015 |
jnemeth | correctly print the gpt header revision as a "float"
|
| 1.1 | 03-Nov-2015 |
jnemeth | Add a "header" subcommand that displays information about the size of
the disk along with information from the GPT header if it exists.
|
| 1.8.14.1 | 02-May-2018 |
pgoyette | Synch with HEAD
|
| 1.8.8.1 | 07-May-2018 |
snj | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by martin in ticket #797):
sbin/gpt/gpt.8: 1.60-1.63
sbin/gpt/header.c: 1.9
Make the "gpt header" command return EXIT_FAILURE when no GPT is present.
This helps sysinst to tell a GPT labeled disk from others.
Very lazy version of a change proposed by kre.
--
Sort sections.
--
Bump date for new EXIT STATUS section.
--
Spello. (it is "existence").
ispell also says that we should s/parseable/parsable/ but I'm
not sure about that one, so I left it.
I also left a correct spelling that no-one has bothered to mangle!
|
| 1.9.4.2 | 13-Aug-2018 |
martin | Catch up to current for the following, requested by sborrill in ticket #1629:
sbin/gpt/gpt_private.h up to 1.2
sbin/gpt/header.c up to 1.9
sbin/gpt/main.c up to 1.11
sbin/gpt/drvctl.c delete
sbin/gpt/Makefile up to 1.18
sbin/gpt/add.c up to 1.44
sbin/gpt/backup.c up to 1.18
sbin/gpt/biosboot.c up to 1.30
sbin/gpt/create.c up to 1.23
sbin/gpt/destroy.c up to 1.10
sbin/gpt/gpt.8 up to 1.63
sbin/gpt/gpt.c up to 1.75
sbin/gpt/gpt.h up to 1.38
sbin/gpt/gpt_uuid.c up to 1.15
sbin/gpt/gpt_uuid.h up to 1.7
sbin/gpt/label.c up to 1.29
sbin/gpt/map.c up to 1.14
sbin/gpt/map.h up to 1.6
sbin/gpt/migrate.c up to 1.33
sbin/gpt/recover.c up to 1.18
sbin/gpt/remove.c up to 1.22
sbin/gpt/resize.c up to 1.23
sbin/gpt/resizedisk.c up to 1.17
sbin/gpt/restore.c up to 1.18
sbin/gpt/set.c up to 1.14
sbin/gpt/show.c up to 1.41
sbin/gpt/type.c up to 1.15
sbin/gpt/unset.c up to 1.14
Many changes including:
- Significant refactoring
- PR/51230: Add the ability to set the active flag in the PMBR
- Let individual commands decide if ioctl(DIOCMWEDGES) should be done
- Add a "header" subcommand that displays information about the size of
the disk along with information from the GPT header if it exists
- Add listing commands for type, set and unset
- Add help and formatting for set and unset
- Change show to print all the attribute info in one line.
- Improve documentation, including booting and exit status
- Check device parameter to avoid segfaults
|
| 1.9.4.1 | 01-May-2018 |
martin | file header.c was added on branch netbsd-7 on 2018-08-13 16:12:12 +0000
|
| 1.9.2.1 | 10-Jun-2019 |
christos | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.10.12.1 | 02-Aug-2025 |
perseant | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.31 | 23-Feb-2025 |
christos | Pass some lint.
|
| 1.30 | 21-Jun-2019 |
jnemeth | branches: 1.30.12;
Add a third argument to the "cfn" function that is an argument to
gpt_change_ent(). The purpose of the third argument is to specify
whether the entry to be changed is a primary GPT entry or a secondary
GPT entry. It is assumed that a secondary GPT entry will always
follow a corresponding primary entry.
This is in preparation for an upcoming change that will require it.
|
| 1.29 | 03-Jul-2018 |
jnemeth | Not all things that write to the disk do something that dk(4) will
be interested in. Let individual commands decide if ioctl(DIOCMWEDGES)
should be done. I was conservative and set the flag on any command
that might create/modify/delete partitions in any way.
|
| 1.28 | 04-Dec-2015 |
christos | branches: 1.28.14; 1.28.16;
put back usage from kre
|
| 1.27 | 03-Dec-2015 |
christos | CID 1341564: Arg memory leak
|
| 1.26 | 03-Dec-2015 |
christos | CID 1341563: fix leak
|
| 1.25 | 03-Dec-2015 |
christos | eliminate static globals so that commands can be re-used.
|
| 1.24 | 02-Dec-2015 |
christos | refactor the utf code so that it does not leak memory.
|
| 1.23 | 01-Dec-2015 |
christos | merge command line parsers and check all memory allocations.
|
| 1.22 | 01-Dec-2015 |
christos | refactor more duplicated code.
|
| 1.21 | 01-Dec-2015 |
christos | Refactor the command dispatching and help printing logic.
|
| 1.20 | 01-Dec-2015 |
christos | Firs step of refactoring, remove all globals, factor out some common code,
handle alternate usage but not advertise it.
|
| 1.19 | 29-Nov-2015 |
christos | merge the create errors in one place and fix them.
|
| 1.18 | 30-Sep-2014 |
christos | Add internal uuid support, since the linux+macos versions of the library
are different than than *bsd ones, and others might not have it at all.
|
| 1.17 | 30-Sep-2014 |
christos | remove compat defines.
|
| 1.16 | 29-Sep-2014 |
christos | minor toolification: need libprop...
|
| 1.15 | 29-Sep-2014 |
jnemeth | PR/47990 - Dr. Wolfgang Stukenbrock -- add "-L <label>" as selector option
|
| 1.14 | 28-Nov-2013 |
jnemeth | branches: 1.14.4;
when calling dehumanize_number() make sure the resulting number is >= 1
|
| 1.13 | 27-Nov-2013 |
jnemeth | Remove FreeBSD specific code as per message to tech-userlevel.
|
| 1.12 | 22-Nov-2013 |
jnemeth | change the "-b blocknr" parameter to accept a "human number"
|
| 1.11 | 22-Nov-2013 |
jnemeth | In the manpage:
- s/-b number/-b blocknr/
- s/-s count/-s sectors/
- s/-p count/-p partitions/
In the program:
- s/-b lba/-b blocknr/
- s/-s lba/-s sectors/
This makes the documentation in the manpage and the program consistent
and makes it more clear what the parameters are. Also, "-s lba" was
just plain wrong since LBA stands for Logical Block Address[ing], and
the -s option didn't represent any kind of address, but rather a size.
|
| 1.10 | 13-Apr-2013 |
jakllsch | Clean up gpt(8) a bit more
uuid_create_nil(3) and uuid_is_nil(3) take a uuid_t*, not a pointer to
an array of bytes merely casted to compatible type.
Additonally, there no need for extra casts and address-of operations when
using le_uuid_*() functions.
Furthermore, le_uuid_*() are identical to uuid_*_le functions in
libc/libuuid, so use those instead on NetBSD.
|
| 1.9 | 13-Apr-2013 |
jakllsch | Use correct spelling of "secondary" in comments.
|
| 1.8 | 27-Aug-2011 |
joerg | branches: 1.8.2; 1.8.8;
Use __dead
|
| 1.7 | 12-Mar-2009 |
dyoung | Fix spelling: s/parition/partition/.
|
| 1.6 | 19-Dec-2007 |
dogcow | branches: 1.6.12;
Your friendly neighborhood 64-bit architecture here to remind you that
strlen returns size_t, and printf's precision specifier uses int.
|
| 1.5 | 18-Dec-2007 |
riz | Fix the usage strings for each command, and print them all for the
"global" usage. It's still a little ugly, but hopefully not as
fantastically confusing as before...
|
| 1.4 | 16-Feb-2007 |
riz | branches: 1.4.4; 1.4.6;
Use strtoll() when converting a 64-bit quantity. This makes "gpt add"
work with an offset of more than 2147483647 sectors. While I'm here,
use strtoul() when converting an unsigned quantity.
|
| 1.3 | 15-Oct-2006 |
christos | branches: 1.3.2;
add casts
|
| 1.2 | 15-Oct-2006 |
christos | Make this work under NetBSD.
|
| 1.1 | 15-Oct-2006 |
christos | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 15-Oct-2006 |
christos | Import the gpt tool from FreeBSD
|
| 1.3.2.2 | 08-Apr-2008 |
jdc | Pull up revisions:
src/sbin/gpt/add.c 1.5
src/sbin/gpt/create.c 1.3
src/sbin/gpt/destroy.c 1.3
src/sbin/gpt/gpt.c 1.4-1.6
src/sbin/gpt/label.c 1.5-1.6
src/sbin/gpt/migrate.c 1.4
src/sbin/gpt/recover.c 1.3
src/sbin/gpt/remove.c 1.4
src/sbin/gpt/show.c 1.3
(requested by riz in ticket #1117).
Produce more useful error messages.
Fix the usage strings for each command, and print them all for the
"global" usage. It's still a little ugly, but hopefully not as
fantastically confusing as before...
Your friendly neighborhood 64-bit architecture here to remind you that
strlen returns size_t, and printf's precision specifier uses int.
|
| 1.3.2.1 | 20-Feb-2007 |
tron | branches: 1.3.2.1.2;
Pull up following revision(s) (requested by riz in ticket #445):
sbin/gpt/add.c: revision 1.4
sbin/gpt/remove.c: revision 1.3
sbin/gpt/label.c: revision 1.4
sbin/gpt/gpt.c: revision 1.3
Use strtoll() when converting a 64-bit quantity. This makes "gpt add"
work with an offset of more than 2147483647 sectors. While I'm here,
use strtoul() when converting an unsigned quantity.
|
| 1.3.2.1.2.1 | 03-Jun-2008 |
skrll | Sync with netbsd-4.
|
| 1.4.6.1 | 27-Dec-2007 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.4.4.1 | 09-Jan-2008 |
matt | sync with HEAD
|
| 1.6.12.1 | 13-May-2009 |
jym | Sync with HEAD.
Third (and last) commit. See http://mail-index.netbsd.org/source-changes/2009/05/13/msg221222.html
|
| 1.8.8.2 | 20-Aug-2014 |
tls | Rebase to HEAD as of a few days ago.
|
| 1.8.8.1 | 23-Jun-2013 |
tls | resync from head
|
| 1.8.2.1 | 22-May-2014 |
yamt | sync with head.
for a reference, the tree before this commit was tagged
as yamt-pagecache-tag8.
this commit was splitted into small chunks to avoid
a limitation of cvs. ("Protocol error: too many arguments")
|
| 1.14.4.2 | 13-Aug-2018 |
martin | Catch up to current for the following, requested by sborrill in ticket #1629:
sbin/gpt/gpt_private.h up to 1.2
sbin/gpt/header.c up to 1.9
sbin/gpt/main.c up to 1.11
sbin/gpt/drvctl.c delete
sbin/gpt/Makefile up to 1.18
sbin/gpt/add.c up to 1.44
sbin/gpt/backup.c up to 1.18
sbin/gpt/biosboot.c up to 1.30
sbin/gpt/create.c up to 1.23
sbin/gpt/destroy.c up to 1.10
sbin/gpt/gpt.8 up to 1.63
sbin/gpt/gpt.c up to 1.75
sbin/gpt/gpt.h up to 1.38
sbin/gpt/gpt_uuid.c up to 1.15
sbin/gpt/gpt_uuid.h up to 1.7
sbin/gpt/label.c up to 1.29
sbin/gpt/map.c up to 1.14
sbin/gpt/map.h up to 1.6
sbin/gpt/migrate.c up to 1.33
sbin/gpt/recover.c up to 1.18
sbin/gpt/remove.c up to 1.22
sbin/gpt/resize.c up to 1.23
sbin/gpt/resizedisk.c up to 1.17
sbin/gpt/restore.c up to 1.18
sbin/gpt/set.c up to 1.14
sbin/gpt/show.c up to 1.41
sbin/gpt/type.c up to 1.15
sbin/gpt/unset.c up to 1.14
Many changes including:
- Significant refactoring
- PR/51230: Add the ability to set the active flag in the PMBR
- Let individual commands decide if ioctl(DIOCMWEDGES) should be done
- Add a "header" subcommand that displays information about the size of
the disk along with information from the GPT header if it exists
- Add listing commands for type, set and unset
- Add help and formatting for set and unset
- Change show to print all the attribute info in one line.
- Improve documentation, including booting and exit status
- Check device parameter to avoid segfaults
|
| 1.14.4.1 | 02-Jun-2015 |
snj | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by jnemeth in ticket #774):
sbin/gpt/Makefile: revisions 1.9-1.13
sbin/gpt/add.c: revisions 1.25-1.27
sbin/gpt/backup.c: revisions 1.2-1.8
sbin/gpt/biosboot.c: revisions 1.8-1.14
sbin/gpt/create.c: revisions 1.8-1.12
sbin/gpt/destroy.c: revisions 1.5-1.6
sbin/gpt/drvctl.c: revision 1.1
sbin/gpt/gpt.8: revisions 1.29-1.36
sbin/gpt/gpt.c: revisions 1.29-1.40
sbin/gpt/gpt.h: revisions 1.12-1.18
sbin/gpt/gpt_uuid.c: revisions 1.1-1.10
sbin/gpt/gpt_uuid.h: revisions 1.1-1.3
sbin/gpt/label.c: revisions 1.15-1.18
sbin/gpt/map.c: revision 1.7
sbin/gpt/migrate.c: revisions 1.15-1.21
sbin/gpt/recover.c: revision 1.5
sbin/gpt/remove.c: revisions 1.13-1.16
sbin/gpt/resize.c: revisions 1.9-1.11
sbin/gpt/resizedisk.c: revisions 1.1-1.6
sbin/gpt/restore.c: revisions 1.2-1.7
sbin/gpt/set.c: revisions 1.3-1.5
sbin/gpt/show.c: revision 1.16-1.21
sbin/gpt/type.c: revisions 1.1-1.6
sbin/gpt/unset.c: revisions 1.3-1.5
- record the sector size of the disk
- correct confusion with end_cylinder and end_sector in MBRs
--
- dump all partitions, not just ones that are in use
- while here, squash a memory leak
It shouldn't be necessary to backup unused partitions, however
the partition GUID is created at the time the GPT is created and
is never changed. It shouldn't matter if the GUID of an unused
partition changes, but there may be some special case where it
does. Since it isn't a big deal to record the unused partitions,
might as well do it.
--
Initial cut of gpt restore. This functions correctly in testing,
but isn't all that pretty. It has minimal error testing and may
leak memory. It also only works with empty disks. If passed "-F"
flag, it will blank the disk for you.
--
document the new restore subcommand
--
- make gpt_gpt() available for use directly by subcommands
- create new resizedisk disk subcommand for relocating backup GPT
--
Fix compile error observed on i386. Use PRIu64.
--
no C99isms in tool code
--
- handle a GPT that isn't an exact multiple of a sector
- adjust PMBR size, in case new disk is a different size
- don't leak as much memory
- clean up error handling somewhat
--
PR/44218 - David Young -- add "type" subcommand to change a partition type
--
PR/47990 - Dr. Wolfgang Stukenbrock -- add "-L <label>" as selector option
--
minor toolification: need libprop...
--
more toolification
--
more toolification changes
--
remove compat defines.
--
Add internal uuid support, since the linux+macos versions of the library
are different than than *bsd ones, and others might not have it at all.
--
Check size of correct buffer. Note, just being pedantic as the buffer
being checked is the same size as the one that should have been checked.
--
correctly show partition type in the new world order
--
actually return the uuid when parsing one that is in numeric format
--
using random values for hdr->hdr_guid does not work very well
--
oops, forgot to update end of data area
--
It's HAVE_NBTOOL_CONFIG_H, not HAVE_NBTOOLS_CONFIG_H
--
Fix tools build on !NetBSD.
--
include <sys/endian.h> for both the non-tools build,
and the tools build on a host where the file exists.
Fixes a build problem on FreeBSD, reported by Herbert J. Skuhra, where
tools/compat's configure detected that be32dec() and friends were
available in the host's <sys/endian.h>, so tools/compat did not provide
its own versions.
--
"0" is not guaranteed to be unique
--
provide a copy of the kernel uuid generator (with portable API calls) for
tools.
--
Allow specifying sector and media size on the command line.
--
Remove trailing whitespace.
--
Make gpt(8) generate v4 (random) uuids.
Don't needlessly leak your date/time and MAC address when you edit
the disk.
Read from /dev/urandom rather than calling arc4random or anything,
since this is a tool. (Cygwin seems to have /dev/urandom, but yell
if this breaks the build on your exotic platform because it lacks
/dev/urandom.)
ok apb
--
Paranoia: choke noisily on EOF from /dev/urandom.
--
Report the argument instead of (null) when opendisk fails.
--
handle constness
--
handle constness better
--
Add some more common partition types.
--
Bump date for previous.
--
Fix handling of -t option for the type command.
Match any type, when no option is given, just like for the label command.
--
Factor out the getdisksize() drvctl method, and provide an alternative that
directly uses the disk ioctl's instead of relying on the drvctl device driver
which is currently not mandatory.
|
| 1.28.16.2 | 13-Apr-2020 |
martin | Mostly merge changes from HEAD upto 20200411
|
| 1.28.16.1 | 10-Jun-2019 |
christos | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.28.14.1 | 28-Jul-2018 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.30.12.1 | 02-Aug-2025 |
perseant | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.15 | 23-Feb-2025 |
christos | Pass some lint.
|
| 1.14 | 24-May-2020 |
jmcneill | branches: 1.14.8;
Add -H flag to ignore existing MBR (Hybrid MBR/GPT mode).
|
| 1.13 | 25-Jun-2019 |
jnemeth | Add an "uuid" command to generate a new UUID for a portion. The
primary intention is for use for after cloning disks to prevent
collisions.
|
| 1.12 | 27-Aug-2018 |
sevan | Add the -T flag to usage()
|
| 1.11 | 19-Mar-2018 |
mlelstv | branches: 1.11.2; 1.11.4;
Check device parameter to avoid segfaults. Agument synopsis for -l option.
|
| 1.10 | 16-Feb-2017 |
christos | branches: 1.10.4; 1.10.10;
allow 0 timestamp
|
| 1.9 | 16-Feb-2017 |
christos | Add -T timestamp for reproducible builds.
|
| 1.8 | 12-Feb-2017 |
aymeric | Make gpt(8) work when compiled on a glibc-based OS.
This restores the ability to build amd64 install-image's under Linux.
|
| 1.7 | 29-Dec-2015 |
christos | branches: 1.7.2; 1.7.4;
- add more informational messages
- handle case where last argument is an option not a device (set -l)
|
| 1.6 | 03-Dec-2015 |
christos | WARNS=6
|
| 1.5 | 03-Dec-2015 |
christos | eliminate static globals so that commands can be re-used.
|
| 1.4 | 01-Dec-2015 |
christos | automatically enforce readonly for the commands that don't need to write.
|
| 1.3 | 01-Dec-2015 |
christos | Refactor the command dispatching and help printing logic.
|
| 1.2 | 01-Dec-2015 |
christos | Firs step of refactoring, remove all globals, factor out some common code,
handle alternate usage but not advertise it.
|
| 1.1 | 30-Nov-2015 |
christos | - automatically sync the wedge information unless -n is specified.
- document the general options in the traditional way.
- split the main program into a separate file.
|
| 1.7.4.1 | 21-Apr-2017 |
bouyer | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.7.2.1 | 20-Mar-2017 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.10.10.2 | 06-Sep-2018 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD
Resolve a couple of conflicts (result of the uimin/uimax changes)
|
| 1.10.10.1 | 22-Mar-2018 |
pgoyette | Synch with HEAD, resolve conflicts
|
| 1.10.4.2 | 28-Aug-2018 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by sevan in ticket #992):
external/bsd/top/dist/top.1.in: revision 1.11
sbin/gpt/main.c: revision 1.12
sbin/amrctl/amrctl.c: revision 1.11
bin/df/df.c: revision 1.93
sbin/fsck_ext2fs/fsck_ext2fs.8: revision 1.21
sbin/fsck_ext2fs/main.c: revision 1.38
bin/ksh/ksh.Man: revision 1.26
bin/ln/ln.c: revision 1.40
bin/df/df.1: revision 1.48
bin/df/df.1: revision 1.49
Document the WCPU field.
Match SYNOPSIS with usage()
-G cannot be specified alongside -i or -P.
Heads up by <leot>
Add -l to SYNOPSIS
Update usage to include -w
Match sequence as per SYNOPSIS in manual
Remove reference to -c flag which was never implemented.
Remove references to -c flag which was never included.
Add the -T flag to usage()
|
| 1.10.4.1 | 09-Apr-2018 |
bouyer | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by mlelstv in ticket #710):
sbin/gpt/main.c: revision 1.11
sbin/gpt/gpt.h: revision 1.37
sbin/gpt/set.c: revision 1.14
sbin/gpt/type.c: revision 1.14
sbin/gpt/unset.c: revision 1.14
sbin/gpt/gpt.8: revision 1.58
Check device parameter to avoid segfaults. Augment synopsis for -l option.
|
| 1.11.4.2 | 13-Aug-2018 |
martin | Catch up to current for the following, requested by sborrill in ticket #1629:
sbin/gpt/gpt_private.h up to 1.2
sbin/gpt/header.c up to 1.9
sbin/gpt/main.c up to 1.11
sbin/gpt/drvctl.c delete
sbin/gpt/Makefile up to 1.18
sbin/gpt/add.c up to 1.44
sbin/gpt/backup.c up to 1.18
sbin/gpt/biosboot.c up to 1.30
sbin/gpt/create.c up to 1.23
sbin/gpt/destroy.c up to 1.10
sbin/gpt/gpt.8 up to 1.63
sbin/gpt/gpt.c up to 1.75
sbin/gpt/gpt.h up to 1.38
sbin/gpt/gpt_uuid.c up to 1.15
sbin/gpt/gpt_uuid.h up to 1.7
sbin/gpt/label.c up to 1.29
sbin/gpt/map.c up to 1.14
sbin/gpt/map.h up to 1.6
sbin/gpt/migrate.c up to 1.33
sbin/gpt/recover.c up to 1.18
sbin/gpt/remove.c up to 1.22
sbin/gpt/resize.c up to 1.23
sbin/gpt/resizedisk.c up to 1.17
sbin/gpt/restore.c up to 1.18
sbin/gpt/set.c up to 1.14
sbin/gpt/show.c up to 1.41
sbin/gpt/type.c up to 1.15
sbin/gpt/unset.c up to 1.14
Many changes including:
- Significant refactoring
- PR/51230: Add the ability to set the active flag in the PMBR
- Let individual commands decide if ioctl(DIOCMWEDGES) should be done
- Add a "header" subcommand that displays information about the size of
the disk along with information from the GPT header if it exists
- Add listing commands for type, set and unset
- Add help and formatting for set and unset
- Change show to print all the attribute info in one line.
- Improve documentation, including booting and exit status
- Check device parameter to avoid segfaults
|
| 1.11.4.1 | 19-Mar-2018 |
martin | file main.c was added on branch netbsd-7 on 2018-08-13 16:12:12 +0000
|
| 1.11.2.2 | 13-Apr-2020 |
martin | Mostly merge changes from HEAD upto 20200411
|
| 1.11.2.1 | 10-Jun-2019 |
christos | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.14.8.1 | 02-Aug-2025 |
perseant | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.16 | 05-Dec-2023 |
tsutsui | Fix an incorrect comment.
|
| 1.15 | 24-May-2020 |
jmcneill | Exit gracefully when auto-expanding a partition and it is already the
correct size. Add a -q flag to "resize" and "resizedisk" commands to skip
printing warnings in the already resize paths.
|
| 1.14 | 11-Apr-2018 |
mrg | if a new map entry doesn't fit, be more verbose about the sizes.
|
| 1.13 | 03-Dec-2015 |
christos | branches: 1.13.8; 1.13.14;
CID 1341556: Don't leak map info
|
| 1.12 | 02-Dec-2015 |
christos | - check errors from map allocation
- make map_resize return -1 instead of 0, and handle errors locally
explaining what's going wrong
|
| 1.11 | 01-Dec-2015 |
christos | Firs step of refactoring, remove all globals, factor out some common code,
handle alternate usage but not advertise it.
|
| 1.10 | 29-Nov-2015 |
christos | Add some debugging.
|
| 1.9 | 29-Nov-2015 |
christos | print the current map type.
|
| 1.8 | 29-Nov-2015 |
christos | - use snprintf
- fix bogus logic on map_type
|
| 1.7 | 29-Sep-2014 |
christos | minor toolification: need libprop...
|
| 1.6 | 27-Nov-2013 |
christos | branches: 1.6.4;
CID 1132762: Add error check for negative, to make zero-divide in module
impossible.
|
| 1.5 | 20-Nov-2013 |
jnemeth | Add a resize command. This command was inspired by FreeBSD's gpart(8),
but the code was written by myself.
|
| 1.4 | 19-Nov-2013 |
jnemeth | Add two new options to the "add" subcommand:
-a alignment -- attempt to align the start and size of the partition
-l label -- supply a label for the partition
These options were inspired by FreeBSD's gpart(8) command, but the
code was written by me.
|
| 1.3 | 26-Oct-2013 |
jnemeth | cosmetic fix from drochner@
|
| 1.2 | 15-Oct-2006 |
christos | branches: 1.2.42; 1.2.48;
Make this work under NetBSD.
|
| 1.1 | 15-Oct-2006 |
christos | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 15-Oct-2006 |
christos | Import the gpt tool from FreeBSD
|
| 1.2.48.1 | 20-Aug-2014 |
tls | Rebase to HEAD as of a few days ago.
|
| 1.2.42.1 | 22-May-2014 |
yamt | sync with head.
for a reference, the tree before this commit was tagged
as yamt-pagecache-tag8.
this commit was splitted into small chunks to avoid
a limitation of cvs. ("Protocol error: too many arguments")
|
| 1.6.4.2 | 13-Aug-2018 |
martin | Catch up to current for the following, requested by sborrill in ticket #1629:
sbin/gpt/gpt_private.h up to 1.2
sbin/gpt/header.c up to 1.9
sbin/gpt/main.c up to 1.11
sbin/gpt/drvctl.c delete
sbin/gpt/Makefile up to 1.18
sbin/gpt/add.c up to 1.44
sbin/gpt/backup.c up to 1.18
sbin/gpt/biosboot.c up to 1.30
sbin/gpt/create.c up to 1.23
sbin/gpt/destroy.c up to 1.10
sbin/gpt/gpt.8 up to 1.63
sbin/gpt/gpt.c up to 1.75
sbin/gpt/gpt.h up to 1.38
sbin/gpt/gpt_uuid.c up to 1.15
sbin/gpt/gpt_uuid.h up to 1.7
sbin/gpt/label.c up to 1.29
sbin/gpt/map.c up to 1.14
sbin/gpt/map.h up to 1.6
sbin/gpt/migrate.c up to 1.33
sbin/gpt/recover.c up to 1.18
sbin/gpt/remove.c up to 1.22
sbin/gpt/resize.c up to 1.23
sbin/gpt/resizedisk.c up to 1.17
sbin/gpt/restore.c up to 1.18
sbin/gpt/set.c up to 1.14
sbin/gpt/show.c up to 1.41
sbin/gpt/type.c up to 1.15
sbin/gpt/unset.c up to 1.14
Many changes including:
- Significant refactoring
- PR/51230: Add the ability to set the active flag in the PMBR
- Let individual commands decide if ioctl(DIOCMWEDGES) should be done
- Add a "header" subcommand that displays information about the size of
the disk along with information from the GPT header if it exists
- Add listing commands for type, set and unset
- Add help and formatting for set and unset
- Change show to print all the attribute info in one line.
- Improve documentation, including booting and exit status
- Check device parameter to avoid segfaults
|
| 1.6.4.1 | 02-Jun-2015 |
snj | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by jnemeth in ticket #774):
sbin/gpt/Makefile: revisions 1.9-1.13
sbin/gpt/add.c: revisions 1.25-1.27
sbin/gpt/backup.c: revisions 1.2-1.8
sbin/gpt/biosboot.c: revisions 1.8-1.14
sbin/gpt/create.c: revisions 1.8-1.12
sbin/gpt/destroy.c: revisions 1.5-1.6
sbin/gpt/drvctl.c: revision 1.1
sbin/gpt/gpt.8: revisions 1.29-1.36
sbin/gpt/gpt.c: revisions 1.29-1.40
sbin/gpt/gpt.h: revisions 1.12-1.18
sbin/gpt/gpt_uuid.c: revisions 1.1-1.10
sbin/gpt/gpt_uuid.h: revisions 1.1-1.3
sbin/gpt/label.c: revisions 1.15-1.18
sbin/gpt/map.c: revision 1.7
sbin/gpt/migrate.c: revisions 1.15-1.21
sbin/gpt/recover.c: revision 1.5
sbin/gpt/remove.c: revisions 1.13-1.16
sbin/gpt/resize.c: revisions 1.9-1.11
sbin/gpt/resizedisk.c: revisions 1.1-1.6
sbin/gpt/restore.c: revisions 1.2-1.7
sbin/gpt/set.c: revisions 1.3-1.5
sbin/gpt/show.c: revision 1.16-1.21
sbin/gpt/type.c: revisions 1.1-1.6
sbin/gpt/unset.c: revisions 1.3-1.5
- record the sector size of the disk
- correct confusion with end_cylinder and end_sector in MBRs
--
- dump all partitions, not just ones that are in use
- while here, squash a memory leak
It shouldn't be necessary to backup unused partitions, however
the partition GUID is created at the time the GPT is created and
is never changed. It shouldn't matter if the GUID of an unused
partition changes, but there may be some special case where it
does. Since it isn't a big deal to record the unused partitions,
might as well do it.
--
Initial cut of gpt restore. This functions correctly in testing,
but isn't all that pretty. It has minimal error testing and may
leak memory. It also only works with empty disks. If passed "-F"
flag, it will blank the disk for you.
--
document the new restore subcommand
--
- make gpt_gpt() available for use directly by subcommands
- create new resizedisk disk subcommand for relocating backup GPT
--
Fix compile error observed on i386. Use PRIu64.
--
no C99isms in tool code
--
- handle a GPT that isn't an exact multiple of a sector
- adjust PMBR size, in case new disk is a different size
- don't leak as much memory
- clean up error handling somewhat
--
PR/44218 - David Young -- add "type" subcommand to change a partition type
--
PR/47990 - Dr. Wolfgang Stukenbrock -- add "-L <label>" as selector option
--
minor toolification: need libprop...
--
more toolification
--
more toolification changes
--
remove compat defines.
--
Add internal uuid support, since the linux+macos versions of the library
are different than than *bsd ones, and others might not have it at all.
--
Check size of correct buffer. Note, just being pedantic as the buffer
being checked is the same size as the one that should have been checked.
--
correctly show partition type in the new world order
--
actually return the uuid when parsing one that is in numeric format
--
using random values for hdr->hdr_guid does not work very well
--
oops, forgot to update end of data area
--
It's HAVE_NBTOOL_CONFIG_H, not HAVE_NBTOOLS_CONFIG_H
--
Fix tools build on !NetBSD.
--
include <sys/endian.h> for both the non-tools build,
and the tools build on a host where the file exists.
Fixes a build problem on FreeBSD, reported by Herbert J. Skuhra, where
tools/compat's configure detected that be32dec() and friends were
available in the host's <sys/endian.h>, so tools/compat did not provide
its own versions.
--
"0" is not guaranteed to be unique
--
provide a copy of the kernel uuid generator (with portable API calls) for
tools.
--
Allow specifying sector and media size on the command line.
--
Remove trailing whitespace.
--
Make gpt(8) generate v4 (random) uuids.
Don't needlessly leak your date/time and MAC address when you edit
the disk.
Read from /dev/urandom rather than calling arc4random or anything,
since this is a tool. (Cygwin seems to have /dev/urandom, but yell
if this breaks the build on your exotic platform because it lacks
/dev/urandom.)
ok apb
--
Paranoia: choke noisily on EOF from /dev/urandom.
--
Report the argument instead of (null) when opendisk fails.
--
handle constness
--
handle constness better
--
Add some more common partition types.
--
Bump date for previous.
--
Fix handling of -t option for the type command.
Match any type, when no option is given, just like for the label command.
--
Factor out the getdisksize() drvctl method, and provide an alternative that
directly uses the disk ioctl's instead of relying on the drvctl device driver
which is currently not mandatory.
|
| 1.13.14.1 | 16-Apr-2018 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD, resolve some conflicts
|
| 1.13.8.1 | 04-May-2018 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by mrg in ticket #785):
sbin/gpt/gpt.c: revision 1.74
sbin/gpt/map.c: revision 1.14
sbin/gpt/gpt.8: revision 1.53
sbin/gpt/gpt.8: revision 1.54
sbin/gpt/gpt.8: revision 1.55
sbin/gpt/gpt.8: revision 1.56
sbin/gpt/gpt.8: revision 1.57
sbin/gpt/gpt.8: revision 1.59
Add note about bootme flag:
The bootme flag is used to indicate which partiotion should be booted
by UEFI boot code.
Fix a typo, and make a couple of minor wording improvements.
I resisted the (very weak) impulse to Americanise some spellings ...
Use Fx/Nx.
clarify that alignment is the number of bytes to align to.
Explain what suffixes are accepted when specifying a size.
Spelling
add information about how to boot from gpt. mostly taken from the wiki.
if a new map entry doesn't fit, be more verbose about the sizes.
|
| 1.7 | 30-Jun-2019 |
sevan | Add rcsid
|
| 1.6 | 03-Dec-2015 |
christos | branches: 1.6.16;
CID 1341556: Don't leak map info
|
| 1.5 | 02-Dec-2015 |
christos | - check errors from map allocation
- make map_resize return -1 instead of 0, and handle errors locally
explaining what's going wrong
|
| 1.4 | 01-Dec-2015 |
christos | Firs step of refactoring, remove all globals, factor out some common code,
handle alternate usage but not advertise it.
|
| 1.3 | 20-Nov-2013 |
jnemeth | branches: 1.3.4;
Add a resize command. This command was inspired by FreeBSD's gpart(8),
but the code was written by myself.
|
| 1.2 | 19-Nov-2013 |
jnemeth | Add two new options to the "add" subcommand:
-a alignment -- attempt to align the start and size of the partition
-l label -- supply a label for the partition
These options were inspired by FreeBSD's gpart(8) command, but the
code was written by me.
|
| 1.1 | 15-Oct-2006 |
christos | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 15-Oct-2006 |
christos | branches: 1.1.1.1.42; 1.1.1.1.48;
Import the gpt tool from FreeBSD
|
| 1.1.1.1.48.1 | 20-Aug-2014 |
tls | Rebase to HEAD as of a few days ago.
|
| 1.1.1.1.42.1 | 22-May-2014 |
yamt | sync with head.
for a reference, the tree before this commit was tagged
as yamt-pagecache-tag8.
this commit was splitted into small chunks to avoid
a limitation of cvs. ("Protocol error: too many arguments")
|
| 1.3.4.1 | 13-Aug-2018 |
martin | Catch up to current for the following, requested by sborrill in ticket #1629:
sbin/gpt/gpt_private.h up to 1.2
sbin/gpt/header.c up to 1.9
sbin/gpt/main.c up to 1.11
sbin/gpt/drvctl.c delete
sbin/gpt/Makefile up to 1.18
sbin/gpt/add.c up to 1.44
sbin/gpt/backup.c up to 1.18
sbin/gpt/biosboot.c up to 1.30
sbin/gpt/create.c up to 1.23
sbin/gpt/destroy.c up to 1.10
sbin/gpt/gpt.8 up to 1.63
sbin/gpt/gpt.c up to 1.75
sbin/gpt/gpt.h up to 1.38
sbin/gpt/gpt_uuid.c up to 1.15
sbin/gpt/gpt_uuid.h up to 1.7
sbin/gpt/label.c up to 1.29
sbin/gpt/map.c up to 1.14
sbin/gpt/map.h up to 1.6
sbin/gpt/migrate.c up to 1.33
sbin/gpt/recover.c up to 1.18
sbin/gpt/remove.c up to 1.22
sbin/gpt/resize.c up to 1.23
sbin/gpt/resizedisk.c up to 1.17
sbin/gpt/restore.c up to 1.18
sbin/gpt/set.c up to 1.14
sbin/gpt/show.c up to 1.41
sbin/gpt/type.c up to 1.15
sbin/gpt/unset.c up to 1.14
Many changes including:
- Significant refactoring
- PR/51230: Add the ability to set the active flag in the PMBR
- Let individual commands decide if ioctl(DIOCMWEDGES) should be done
- Add a "header" subcommand that displays information about the size of
the disk along with information from the GPT header if it exists
- Add listing commands for type, set and unset
- Add help and formatting for set and unset
- Change show to print all the attribute info in one line.
- Improve documentation, including booting and exit status
- Check device parameter to avoid segfaults
|
| 1.6.16.1 | 13-Apr-2020 |
martin | Mostly merge changes from HEAD upto 20200411
|
| 1.36 | 23-Feb-2025 |
christos | Pass some lint.
|
| 1.35 | 03-Mar-2019 |
jnemeth | branches: 1.35.12;
add some more FAT file system types
|
| 1.34 | 10-Feb-2019 |
martin | Make "gpt migrate" work for disks with FAT32 and NTFS partitions
|
| 1.33 | 03-Jul-2018 |
jnemeth | Not all things that write to the disk do something that dk(4) will
be interested in. Let individual commands decide if ioctl(DIOCMWEDGES)
should be done. I was conservative and set the flag on any command
that might create/modify/delete partitions in any way.
|
| 1.32 | 09-Jun-2016 |
christos | branches: 1.32.14; 1.32.16;
Rename 'a' to set the active PMBR flag to 'A'
|
| 1.31 | 09-Jun-2016 |
christos | PR/51230: Add the ability to set the active flag in the PMBR.
|
| 1.30 | 29-Dec-2015 |
christos | - add more informational messages
- handle case where last argument is an option not a device (set -l)
|
| 1.29 | 06-Dec-2015 |
christos | remove more duplicated code.
|
| 1.28 | 05-Dec-2015 |
christos | Add debugging and more to migration
|
| 1.27 | 03-Dec-2015 |
christos | WARNS=6
|
| 1.26 | 03-Dec-2015 |
christos | eliminate static globals so that commands can be re-used.
|
| 1.25 | 01-Dec-2015 |
christos | refactor more duplicated code.
|
| 1.24 | 01-Dec-2015 |
christos | Refactor the command dispatching and help printing logic.
|
| 1.23 | 01-Dec-2015 |
christos | Firs step of refactoring, remove all globals, factor out some common code,
handle alternate usage but not advertise it.
|
| 1.22 | 29-Nov-2015 |
christos | merge the create errors in one place and fix them.
|
| 1.21 | 03-Oct-2014 |
christos | provide a copy of the kernel uuid generator (with portable API calls) for
tools.
|
| 1.20 | 03-Oct-2014 |
jnemeth | "0" is not guaranteed to be unique
|
| 1.19 | 30-Sep-2014 |
christos | Add internal uuid support, since the linux+macos versions of the library
are different than than *bsd ones, and others might not have it at all.
|
| 1.18 | 30-Sep-2014 |
christos | remove compat defines.
|
| 1.17 | 29-Sep-2014 |
christos | more toolification changes
|
| 1.16 | 29-Sep-2014 |
christos | more toolification
|
| 1.15 | 29-Sep-2014 |
christos | minor toolification: need libprop...
|
| 1.14 | 04-Dec-2013 |
jakllsch | branches: 1.14.4;
Use MBR_PTYPE_ defines from <sys/bootblock.h>.
|
| 1.13 | 04-Dec-2013 |
jakllsch | Mirror my changes of src/sbin/gpt/create.c 1.4 in migrate.c;
Use less bogus CHS addresses in PMBR.
With the ending head set at 0xff one machine I have will never leave
the initial startup screen if such a disk is present. Additionally,
Wikipedia suggests without citiation that 254 is the maximium allowable
value for the head, and this seems to be the case.
|
| 1.12 | 13-Nov-2013 |
christos | CID 1125874: Fix memory leak
|
| 1.11 | 22-Oct-2013 |
jnemeth | In a NetBSD disklabel, p_offset is from the beginning of the disk,
not the beginning of the NetBSD partition.
|
| 1.10 | 19-Oct-2013 |
jnemeth | Convert FreeBSD numeric FS_<type>s to labels by request.
|
| 1.9 | 19-Oct-2013 |
jnemeth | - convert FreeBSD FS_<type> to numbers where they don't match NetBSD
- add support for migrating NetBSD disklabel'ed disks (only 7 years late)
- use labels for partition types
|
| 1.8 | 19-Oct-2013 |
jnemeth | Add code for detecting FreeBSD ZFS partitions.
XXX Need to add code for migrating NetBSD disklabel'ed disks.
|
| 1.7 | 13-Apr-2013 |
jakllsch | Make pre-initialized partition type uuid_t symbols 'static const'.
This conserves a few hundred bytes of total program size by
allowing the linker to merge duplicates.
|
| 1.6 | 13-Apr-2013 |
jakllsch | Clean up gpt(8) a bit more
uuid_create_nil(3) and uuid_is_nil(3) take a uuid_t*, not a pointer to
an array of bytes merely casted to compatible type.
Additonally, there no need for extra casts and address-of operations when
using le_uuid_*() functions.
Furthermore, le_uuid_*() are identical to uuid_*_le functions in
libc/libuuid, so use those instead on NetBSD.
|
| 1.5 | 27-Aug-2011 |
joerg | branches: 1.5.2; 1.5.8;
Use __dead
|
| 1.4 | 18-Dec-2007 |
riz | Fix the usage strings for each command, and print them all for the
"global" usage. It's still a little ugly, but hopefully not as
fantastically confusing as before...
|
| 1.3 | 17-Oct-2006 |
he | branches: 1.3.2; 1.3.4; 1.3.8; 1.3.10;
Some of our ports want <sys/param.h> in order to have DEV_BSIZE defined,
needed for LABELSECTOR expansion.
|
| 1.2 | 15-Oct-2006 |
christos | Make this work under NetBSD.
|
| 1.1 | 15-Oct-2006 |
christos | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 15-Oct-2006 |
christos | Import the gpt tool from FreeBSD
|
| 1.3.10.1 | 27-Dec-2007 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.3.8.1 | 09-Jan-2008 |
matt | sync with HEAD
|
| 1.3.4.1 | 03-Jun-2008 |
skrll | Sync with netbsd-4.
|
| 1.3.2.1 | 08-Apr-2008 |
jdc | Pull up revisions:
src/sbin/gpt/add.c 1.5
src/sbin/gpt/create.c 1.3
src/sbin/gpt/destroy.c 1.3
src/sbin/gpt/gpt.c 1.4-1.6
src/sbin/gpt/label.c 1.5-1.6
src/sbin/gpt/migrate.c 1.4
src/sbin/gpt/recover.c 1.3
src/sbin/gpt/remove.c 1.4
src/sbin/gpt/show.c 1.3
(requested by riz in ticket #1117).
Produce more useful error messages.
Fix the usage strings for each command, and print them all for the
"global" usage. It's still a little ugly, but hopefully not as
fantastically confusing as before...
Your friendly neighborhood 64-bit architecture here to remind you that
strlen returns size_t, and printf's precision specifier uses int.
|
| 1.5.8.2 | 20-Aug-2014 |
tls | Rebase to HEAD as of a few days ago.
|
| 1.5.8.1 | 23-Jun-2013 |
tls | resync from head
|
| 1.5.2.1 | 22-May-2014 |
yamt | sync with head.
for a reference, the tree before this commit was tagged
as yamt-pagecache-tag8.
this commit was splitted into small chunks to avoid
a limitation of cvs. ("Protocol error: too many arguments")
|
| 1.14.4.2 | 13-Aug-2018 |
martin | Catch up to current for the following, requested by sborrill in ticket #1629:
sbin/gpt/gpt_private.h up to 1.2
sbin/gpt/header.c up to 1.9
sbin/gpt/main.c up to 1.11
sbin/gpt/drvctl.c delete
sbin/gpt/Makefile up to 1.18
sbin/gpt/add.c up to 1.44
sbin/gpt/backup.c up to 1.18
sbin/gpt/biosboot.c up to 1.30
sbin/gpt/create.c up to 1.23
sbin/gpt/destroy.c up to 1.10
sbin/gpt/gpt.8 up to 1.63
sbin/gpt/gpt.c up to 1.75
sbin/gpt/gpt.h up to 1.38
sbin/gpt/gpt_uuid.c up to 1.15
sbin/gpt/gpt_uuid.h up to 1.7
sbin/gpt/label.c up to 1.29
sbin/gpt/map.c up to 1.14
sbin/gpt/map.h up to 1.6
sbin/gpt/migrate.c up to 1.33
sbin/gpt/recover.c up to 1.18
sbin/gpt/remove.c up to 1.22
sbin/gpt/resize.c up to 1.23
sbin/gpt/resizedisk.c up to 1.17
sbin/gpt/restore.c up to 1.18
sbin/gpt/set.c up to 1.14
sbin/gpt/show.c up to 1.41
sbin/gpt/type.c up to 1.15
sbin/gpt/unset.c up to 1.14
Many changes including:
- Significant refactoring
- PR/51230: Add the ability to set the active flag in the PMBR
- Let individual commands decide if ioctl(DIOCMWEDGES) should be done
- Add a "header" subcommand that displays information about the size of
the disk along with information from the GPT header if it exists
- Add listing commands for type, set and unset
- Add help and formatting for set and unset
- Change show to print all the attribute info in one line.
- Improve documentation, including booting and exit status
- Check device parameter to avoid segfaults
|
| 1.14.4.1 | 02-Jun-2015 |
snj | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by jnemeth in ticket #774):
sbin/gpt/Makefile: revisions 1.9-1.13
sbin/gpt/add.c: revisions 1.25-1.27
sbin/gpt/backup.c: revisions 1.2-1.8
sbin/gpt/biosboot.c: revisions 1.8-1.14
sbin/gpt/create.c: revisions 1.8-1.12
sbin/gpt/destroy.c: revisions 1.5-1.6
sbin/gpt/drvctl.c: revision 1.1
sbin/gpt/gpt.8: revisions 1.29-1.36
sbin/gpt/gpt.c: revisions 1.29-1.40
sbin/gpt/gpt.h: revisions 1.12-1.18
sbin/gpt/gpt_uuid.c: revisions 1.1-1.10
sbin/gpt/gpt_uuid.h: revisions 1.1-1.3
sbin/gpt/label.c: revisions 1.15-1.18
sbin/gpt/map.c: revision 1.7
sbin/gpt/migrate.c: revisions 1.15-1.21
sbin/gpt/recover.c: revision 1.5
sbin/gpt/remove.c: revisions 1.13-1.16
sbin/gpt/resize.c: revisions 1.9-1.11
sbin/gpt/resizedisk.c: revisions 1.1-1.6
sbin/gpt/restore.c: revisions 1.2-1.7
sbin/gpt/set.c: revisions 1.3-1.5
sbin/gpt/show.c: revision 1.16-1.21
sbin/gpt/type.c: revisions 1.1-1.6
sbin/gpt/unset.c: revisions 1.3-1.5
- record the sector size of the disk
- correct confusion with end_cylinder and end_sector in MBRs
--
- dump all partitions, not just ones that are in use
- while here, squash a memory leak
It shouldn't be necessary to backup unused partitions, however
the partition GUID is created at the time the GPT is created and
is never changed. It shouldn't matter if the GUID of an unused
partition changes, but there may be some special case where it
does. Since it isn't a big deal to record the unused partitions,
might as well do it.
--
Initial cut of gpt restore. This functions correctly in testing,
but isn't all that pretty. It has minimal error testing and may
leak memory. It also only works with empty disks. If passed "-F"
flag, it will blank the disk for you.
--
document the new restore subcommand
--
- make gpt_gpt() available for use directly by subcommands
- create new resizedisk disk subcommand for relocating backup GPT
--
Fix compile error observed on i386. Use PRIu64.
--
no C99isms in tool code
--
- handle a GPT that isn't an exact multiple of a sector
- adjust PMBR size, in case new disk is a different size
- don't leak as much memory
- clean up error handling somewhat
--
PR/44218 - David Young -- add "type" subcommand to change a partition type
--
PR/47990 - Dr. Wolfgang Stukenbrock -- add "-L <label>" as selector option
--
minor toolification: need libprop...
--
more toolification
--
more toolification changes
--
remove compat defines.
--
Add internal uuid support, since the linux+macos versions of the library
are different than than *bsd ones, and others might not have it at all.
--
Check size of correct buffer. Note, just being pedantic as the buffer
being checked is the same size as the one that should have been checked.
--
correctly show partition type in the new world order
--
actually return the uuid when parsing one that is in numeric format
--
using random values for hdr->hdr_guid does not work very well
--
oops, forgot to update end of data area
--
It's HAVE_NBTOOL_CONFIG_H, not HAVE_NBTOOLS_CONFIG_H
--
Fix tools build on !NetBSD.
--
include <sys/endian.h> for both the non-tools build,
and the tools build on a host where the file exists.
Fixes a build problem on FreeBSD, reported by Herbert J. Skuhra, where
tools/compat's configure detected that be32dec() and friends were
available in the host's <sys/endian.h>, so tools/compat did not provide
its own versions.
--
"0" is not guaranteed to be unique
--
provide a copy of the kernel uuid generator (with portable API calls) for
tools.
--
Allow specifying sector and media size on the command line.
--
Remove trailing whitespace.
--
Make gpt(8) generate v4 (random) uuids.
Don't needlessly leak your date/time and MAC address when you edit
the disk.
Read from /dev/urandom rather than calling arc4random or anything,
since this is a tool. (Cygwin seems to have /dev/urandom, but yell
if this breaks the build on your exotic platform because it lacks
/dev/urandom.)
ok apb
--
Paranoia: choke noisily on EOF from /dev/urandom.
--
Report the argument instead of (null) when opendisk fails.
--
handle constness
--
handle constness better
--
Add some more common partition types.
--
Bump date for previous.
--
Fix handling of -t option for the type command.
Match any type, when no option is given, just like for the label command.
--
Factor out the getdisksize() drvctl method, and provide an alternative that
directly uses the disk ioctl's instead of relying on the drvctl device driver
which is currently not mandatory.
|
| 1.32.16.1 | 10-Jun-2019 |
christos | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.32.14.1 | 28-Jul-2018 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.35.12.1 | 02-Aug-2025 |
perseant | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.21 | 24-Feb-2025 |
christos | remove getopt call (noted by rillig@)
|
| 1.20 | 23-Feb-2025 |
christos | Pass some lint.
|
| 1.19 | 13-Dec-2020 |
jnemeth | branches: 1.19.8;
PR/55875 - Valentin -- "gpt recover -r" does nothing
Delete do nothing undocumented option, that was there from initial
import. No idea what it was intended to do and there is no longer
an "upstream".
|
| 1.18 | 03-Jul-2018 |
jnemeth | Not all things that write to the disk do something that dk(4) will
be interested in. Let individual commands decide if ioctl(DIOCMWEDGES)
should be done. I was conservative and set the flag on any command
that might create/modify/delete partitions in any way.
|
| 1.17 | 22-Mar-2017 |
martin | branches: 1.17.10; 1.17.12;
Add missing endianes swap to make the "recover" command work on big endian
machines.
|
| 1.16 | 12-Jun-2016 |
jnemeth | branches: 1.16.2; 1.16.4;
- fix setting of hdr_lba_alt which was broken in revision 1.10 on 2015/12/2
- switch to using gpt_last
- PR/51230 -- recreate the PMBR if it was lost
|
| 1.15 | 04-Dec-2015 |
christos | Fix resizedisk.
|
| 1.14 | 03-Dec-2015 |
christos | CID 1341556: Don't leak map info
|
| 1.13 | 03-Dec-2015 |
christos | WARNS=6
|
| 1.12 | 03-Dec-2015 |
christos | eliminate static globals so that commands can be re-used.
|
| 1.11 | 02-Dec-2015 |
christos | don't hard-code the program name
|
| 1.10 | 02-Dec-2015 |
christos | merge duplicated code and check allocations.
|
| 1.9 | 01-Dec-2015 |
christos | Refactor the command dispatching and help printing logic.
|
| 1.8 | 01-Dec-2015 |
christos | Firs step of refactoring, remove all globals, factor out some common code,
handle alternate usage but not advertise it.
|
| 1.7 | 29-Nov-2015 |
christos | merge the create errors in one place and fix them.
|
| 1.6 | 18-Jun-2015 |
jnemeth | Instruct user to use resizedisk if media size has changed, as
resizedisk will adjust the media size in the headers, whereas
recover simply copies the existing header over the missing one.
XXX recover and resizedisk should probably be merged (even if just
partially, so that recover can properly handle media size changes).
Also, reading in the GPT should probably be centralised so that
error handling can be centralised, and users aren't given misleading
messages (i.e. they aren't told to run recover when they should be
running resizedisk). However, something that can be quickly pulled
up to netbsd-7 was needed, and there isn't time for a major overhaul
or rewrite.
|
| 1.5 | 29-Sep-2014 |
christos | minor toolification: need libprop...
|
| 1.4 | 27-Aug-2011 |
joerg | branches: 1.4.20;
Use __dead
|
| 1.3 | 18-Dec-2007 |
riz | Fix the usage strings for each command, and print them all for the
"global" usage. It's still a little ugly, but hopefully not as
fantastically confusing as before...
|
| 1.2 | 15-Oct-2006 |
christos | branches: 1.2.2; 1.2.4; 1.2.8; 1.2.10;
Make this work under NetBSD.
|
| 1.1 | 15-Oct-2006 |
christos | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 15-Oct-2006 |
christos | Import the gpt tool from FreeBSD
|
| 1.2.10.1 | 27-Dec-2007 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.2.8.1 | 09-Jan-2008 |
matt | sync with HEAD
|
| 1.2.4.1 | 03-Jun-2008 |
skrll | Sync with netbsd-4.
|
| 1.2.2.1 | 08-Apr-2008 |
jdc | Pull up revisions:
src/sbin/gpt/add.c 1.5
src/sbin/gpt/create.c 1.3
src/sbin/gpt/destroy.c 1.3
src/sbin/gpt/gpt.c 1.4-1.6
src/sbin/gpt/label.c 1.5-1.6
src/sbin/gpt/migrate.c 1.4
src/sbin/gpt/recover.c 1.3
src/sbin/gpt/remove.c 1.4
src/sbin/gpt/show.c 1.3
(requested by riz in ticket #1117).
Produce more useful error messages.
Fix the usage strings for each command, and print them all for the
"global" usage. It's still a little ugly, but hopefully not as
fantastically confusing as before...
Your friendly neighborhood 64-bit architecture here to remind you that
strlen returns size_t, and printf's precision specifier uses int.
|
| 1.4.20.3 | 13-Aug-2018 |
martin | Catch up to current for the following, requested by sborrill in ticket #1629:
sbin/gpt/gpt_private.h up to 1.2
sbin/gpt/header.c up to 1.9
sbin/gpt/main.c up to 1.11
sbin/gpt/drvctl.c delete
sbin/gpt/Makefile up to 1.18
sbin/gpt/add.c up to 1.44
sbin/gpt/backup.c up to 1.18
sbin/gpt/biosboot.c up to 1.30
sbin/gpt/create.c up to 1.23
sbin/gpt/destroy.c up to 1.10
sbin/gpt/gpt.8 up to 1.63
sbin/gpt/gpt.c up to 1.75
sbin/gpt/gpt.h up to 1.38
sbin/gpt/gpt_uuid.c up to 1.15
sbin/gpt/gpt_uuid.h up to 1.7
sbin/gpt/label.c up to 1.29
sbin/gpt/map.c up to 1.14
sbin/gpt/map.h up to 1.6
sbin/gpt/migrate.c up to 1.33
sbin/gpt/recover.c up to 1.18
sbin/gpt/remove.c up to 1.22
sbin/gpt/resize.c up to 1.23
sbin/gpt/resizedisk.c up to 1.17
sbin/gpt/restore.c up to 1.18
sbin/gpt/set.c up to 1.14
sbin/gpt/show.c up to 1.41
sbin/gpt/type.c up to 1.15
sbin/gpt/unset.c up to 1.14
Many changes including:
- Significant refactoring
- PR/51230: Add the ability to set the active flag in the PMBR
- Let individual commands decide if ioctl(DIOCMWEDGES) should be done
- Add a "header" subcommand that displays information about the size of
the disk along with information from the GPT header if it exists
- Add listing commands for type, set and unset
- Add help and formatting for set and unset
- Change show to print all the attribute info in one line.
- Improve documentation, including booting and exit status
- Check device parameter to avoid segfaults
|
| 1.4.20.2 | 29-Jun-2015 |
snj | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by jnemeth in ticket #847):
sbin/gpt/recover.c: revision 1.6
Instruct user to use resizedisk if media size has changed, as
resizedisk will adjust the media size in the headers, whereas
recover simply copies the existing header over the missing one.
XXX recover and resizedisk should probably be merged (even if just
partially, so that recover can properly handle media size changes).
Also, reading in the GPT should probably be centralised so that
error handling can be centralised, and users aren't given misleading
messages (i.e. they aren't told to run recover when they should be
running resizedisk). However, something that can be quickly pulled
up to netbsd-7 was needed, and there isn't time for a major overhaul
or rewrite.
|
| 1.4.20.1 | 02-Jun-2015 |
snj | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by jnemeth in ticket #774):
sbin/gpt/Makefile: revisions 1.9-1.13
sbin/gpt/add.c: revisions 1.25-1.27
sbin/gpt/backup.c: revisions 1.2-1.8
sbin/gpt/biosboot.c: revisions 1.8-1.14
sbin/gpt/create.c: revisions 1.8-1.12
sbin/gpt/destroy.c: revisions 1.5-1.6
sbin/gpt/drvctl.c: revision 1.1
sbin/gpt/gpt.8: revisions 1.29-1.36
sbin/gpt/gpt.c: revisions 1.29-1.40
sbin/gpt/gpt.h: revisions 1.12-1.18
sbin/gpt/gpt_uuid.c: revisions 1.1-1.10
sbin/gpt/gpt_uuid.h: revisions 1.1-1.3
sbin/gpt/label.c: revisions 1.15-1.18
sbin/gpt/map.c: revision 1.7
sbin/gpt/migrate.c: revisions 1.15-1.21
sbin/gpt/recover.c: revision 1.5
sbin/gpt/remove.c: revisions 1.13-1.16
sbin/gpt/resize.c: revisions 1.9-1.11
sbin/gpt/resizedisk.c: revisions 1.1-1.6
sbin/gpt/restore.c: revisions 1.2-1.7
sbin/gpt/set.c: revisions 1.3-1.5
sbin/gpt/show.c: revision 1.16-1.21
sbin/gpt/type.c: revisions 1.1-1.6
sbin/gpt/unset.c: revisions 1.3-1.5
- record the sector size of the disk
- correct confusion with end_cylinder and end_sector in MBRs
--
- dump all partitions, not just ones that are in use
- while here, squash a memory leak
It shouldn't be necessary to backup unused partitions, however
the partition GUID is created at the time the GPT is created and
is never changed. It shouldn't matter if the GUID of an unused
partition changes, but there may be some special case where it
does. Since it isn't a big deal to record the unused partitions,
might as well do it.
--
Initial cut of gpt restore. This functions correctly in testing,
but isn't all that pretty. It has minimal error testing and may
leak memory. It also only works with empty disks. If passed "-F"
flag, it will blank the disk for you.
--
document the new restore subcommand
--
- make gpt_gpt() available for use directly by subcommands
- create new resizedisk disk subcommand for relocating backup GPT
--
Fix compile error observed on i386. Use PRIu64.
--
no C99isms in tool code
--
- handle a GPT that isn't an exact multiple of a sector
- adjust PMBR size, in case new disk is a different size
- don't leak as much memory
- clean up error handling somewhat
--
PR/44218 - David Young -- add "type" subcommand to change a partition type
--
PR/47990 - Dr. Wolfgang Stukenbrock -- add "-L <label>" as selector option
--
minor toolification: need libprop...
--
more toolification
--
more toolification changes
--
remove compat defines.
--
Add internal uuid support, since the linux+macos versions of the library
are different than than *bsd ones, and others might not have it at all.
--
Check size of correct buffer. Note, just being pedantic as the buffer
being checked is the same size as the one that should have been checked.
--
correctly show partition type in the new world order
--
actually return the uuid when parsing one that is in numeric format
--
using random values for hdr->hdr_guid does not work very well
--
oops, forgot to update end of data area
--
It's HAVE_NBTOOL_CONFIG_H, not HAVE_NBTOOLS_CONFIG_H
--
Fix tools build on !NetBSD.
--
include <sys/endian.h> for both the non-tools build,
and the tools build on a host where the file exists.
Fixes a build problem on FreeBSD, reported by Herbert J. Skuhra, where
tools/compat's configure detected that be32dec() and friends were
available in the host's <sys/endian.h>, so tools/compat did not provide
its own versions.
--
"0" is not guaranteed to be unique
--
provide a copy of the kernel uuid generator (with portable API calls) for
tools.
--
Allow specifying sector and media size on the command line.
--
Remove trailing whitespace.
--
Make gpt(8) generate v4 (random) uuids.
Don't needlessly leak your date/time and MAC address when you edit
the disk.
Read from /dev/urandom rather than calling arc4random or anything,
since this is a tool. (Cygwin seems to have /dev/urandom, but yell
if this breaks the build on your exotic platform because it lacks
/dev/urandom.)
ok apb
--
Paranoia: choke noisily on EOF from /dev/urandom.
--
Report the argument instead of (null) when opendisk fails.
--
handle constness
--
handle constness better
--
Add some more common partition types.
--
Bump date for previous.
--
Fix handling of -t option for the type command.
Match any type, when no option is given, just like for the label command.
--
Factor out the getdisksize() drvctl method, and provide an alternative that
directly uses the disk ioctl's instead of relying on the drvctl device driver
which is currently not mandatory.
|
| 1.16.4.1 | 21-Apr-2017 |
bouyer | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.16.2.1 | 26-Apr-2017 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.17.12.1 | 10-Jun-2019 |
christos | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.17.10.1 | 28-Jul-2018 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.19.8.1 | 02-Aug-2025 |
perseant | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.24 | 23-Feb-2025 |
christos | Pass some lint.
|
| 1.23 | 21-Jun-2019 |
jnemeth | branches: 1.23.12;
Add a third argument to the "cfn" function that is an argument to
gpt_change_ent(). The purpose of the third argument is to specify
whether the entry to be changed is a primary GPT entry or a secondary
GPT entry. It is assumed that a secondary GPT entry will always
follow a corresponding primary entry.
This is in preparation for an upcoming change that will require it.
|
| 1.22 | 03-Jul-2018 |
jnemeth | Not all things that write to the disk do something that dk(4) will
be interested in. Let individual commands decide if ioctl(DIOCMWEDGES)
should be done. I was conservative and set the flag on any command
that might create/modify/delete partitions in any way.
|
| 1.21 | 03-Dec-2015 |
christos | branches: 1.21.14; 1.21.16;
eliminate static globals so that commands can be re-used.
|
| 1.20 | 01-Dec-2015 |
christos | refactor more duplicated code.
|
| 1.19 | 01-Dec-2015 |
christos | Refactor the command dispatching and help printing logic.
|
| 1.18 | 01-Dec-2015 |
christos | Firs step of refactoring, remove all globals, factor out some common code,
handle alternate usage but not advertise it.
|
| 1.17 | 29-Nov-2015 |
christos | merge the create errors in one place and fix them.
|
| 1.16 | 30-Sep-2014 |
christos | Add internal uuid support, since the linux+macos versions of the library
are different than than *bsd ones, and others might not have it at all.
|
| 1.15 | 30-Sep-2014 |
christos | remove compat defines.
|
| 1.14 | 29-Sep-2014 |
christos | minor toolification: need libprop...
|
| 1.13 | 29-Sep-2014 |
jnemeth | PR/47990 - Dr. Wolfgang Stukenbrock -- add "-L <label>" as selector option
|
| 1.12 | 28-Nov-2013 |
jnemeth | branches: 1.12.4;
when calling dehumanize_number() make sure the resulting number is >= 1
|
| 1.11 | 27-Nov-2013 |
jnemeth | Remove FreeBSD specific code as per message to tech-userlevel.
|
| 1.10 | 22-Nov-2013 |
jnemeth | change the "-b blocknr" parameter to accept a "human number"
|
| 1.9 | 22-Nov-2013 |
jnemeth | In the manpage:
- s/-b number/-b blocknr/
- s/-s count/-s sectors/
- s/-p count/-p partitions/
In the program:
- s/-b lba/-b blocknr/
- s/-s lba/-s sectors/
This makes the documentation in the manpage and the program consistent
and makes it more clear what the parameters are. Also, "-s lba" was
just plain wrong since LBA stands for Logical Block Address[ing], and
the -s option didn't represent any kind of address, but rather a size.
|
| 1.8 | 13-Apr-2013 |
jakllsch | Clean up gpt(8) a bit more
uuid_create_nil(3) and uuid_is_nil(3) take a uuid_t*, not a pointer to
an array of bytes merely casted to compatible type.
Additonally, there no need for extra casts and address-of operations when
using le_uuid_*() functions.
Furthermore, le_uuid_*() are identical to uuid_*_le functions in
libc/libuuid, so use those instead on NetBSD.
|
| 1.7 | 13-Apr-2013 |
jakllsch | Use correct spelling of "secondary" in comments.
|
| 1.6 | 27-Aug-2011 |
joerg | branches: 1.6.2; 1.6.8;
Use __dead
|
| 1.5 | 07-Feb-2009 |
uebayasi | Make manual and usage consistent. No functional changes.
|
| 1.4 | 18-Dec-2007 |
riz | Fix the usage strings for each command, and print them all for the
"global" usage. It's still a little ugly, but hopefully not as
fantastically confusing as before...
|
| 1.3 | 16-Feb-2007 |
riz | branches: 1.3.4; 1.3.6;
Use strtoll() when converting a 64-bit quantity. This makes "gpt add"
work with an offset of more than 2147483647 sectors. While I'm here,
use strtoul() when converting an unsigned quantity.
|
| 1.2 | 15-Oct-2006 |
christos | branches: 1.2.2;
Make this work under NetBSD.
|
| 1.1 | 15-Oct-2006 |
christos | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 15-Oct-2006 |
christos | Import the gpt tool from FreeBSD
|
| 1.2.2.2 | 08-Apr-2008 |
jdc | Pull up revisions:
src/sbin/gpt/add.c 1.5
src/sbin/gpt/create.c 1.3
src/sbin/gpt/destroy.c 1.3
src/sbin/gpt/gpt.c 1.4-1.6
src/sbin/gpt/label.c 1.5-1.6
src/sbin/gpt/migrate.c 1.4
src/sbin/gpt/recover.c 1.3
src/sbin/gpt/remove.c 1.4
src/sbin/gpt/show.c 1.3
(requested by riz in ticket #1117).
Produce more useful error messages.
Fix the usage strings for each command, and print them all for the
"global" usage. It's still a little ugly, but hopefully not as
fantastically confusing as before...
Your friendly neighborhood 64-bit architecture here to remind you that
strlen returns size_t, and printf's precision specifier uses int.
|
| 1.2.2.1 | 20-Feb-2007 |
tron | branches: 1.2.2.1.2;
Pull up following revision(s) (requested by riz in ticket #445):
sbin/gpt/add.c: revision 1.4
sbin/gpt/remove.c: revision 1.3
sbin/gpt/label.c: revision 1.4
sbin/gpt/gpt.c: revision 1.3
Use strtoll() when converting a 64-bit quantity. This makes "gpt add"
work with an offset of more than 2147483647 sectors. While I'm here,
use strtoul() when converting an unsigned quantity.
|
| 1.2.2.1.2.1 | 03-Jun-2008 |
skrll | Sync with netbsd-4.
|
| 1.3.6.1 | 27-Dec-2007 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.3.4.1 | 09-Jan-2008 |
matt | sync with HEAD
|
| 1.6.8.2 | 20-Aug-2014 |
tls | Rebase to HEAD as of a few days ago.
|
| 1.6.8.1 | 23-Jun-2013 |
tls | resync from head
|
| 1.6.2.1 | 22-May-2014 |
yamt | sync with head.
for a reference, the tree before this commit was tagged
as yamt-pagecache-tag8.
this commit was splitted into small chunks to avoid
a limitation of cvs. ("Protocol error: too many arguments")
|
| 1.12.4.2 | 13-Aug-2018 |
martin | Catch up to current for the following, requested by sborrill in ticket #1629:
sbin/gpt/gpt_private.h up to 1.2
sbin/gpt/header.c up to 1.9
sbin/gpt/main.c up to 1.11
sbin/gpt/drvctl.c delete
sbin/gpt/Makefile up to 1.18
sbin/gpt/add.c up to 1.44
sbin/gpt/backup.c up to 1.18
sbin/gpt/biosboot.c up to 1.30
sbin/gpt/create.c up to 1.23
sbin/gpt/destroy.c up to 1.10
sbin/gpt/gpt.8 up to 1.63
sbin/gpt/gpt.c up to 1.75
sbin/gpt/gpt.h up to 1.38
sbin/gpt/gpt_uuid.c up to 1.15
sbin/gpt/gpt_uuid.h up to 1.7
sbin/gpt/label.c up to 1.29
sbin/gpt/map.c up to 1.14
sbin/gpt/map.h up to 1.6
sbin/gpt/migrate.c up to 1.33
sbin/gpt/recover.c up to 1.18
sbin/gpt/remove.c up to 1.22
sbin/gpt/resize.c up to 1.23
sbin/gpt/resizedisk.c up to 1.17
sbin/gpt/restore.c up to 1.18
sbin/gpt/set.c up to 1.14
sbin/gpt/show.c up to 1.41
sbin/gpt/type.c up to 1.15
sbin/gpt/unset.c up to 1.14
Many changes including:
- Significant refactoring
- PR/51230: Add the ability to set the active flag in the PMBR
- Let individual commands decide if ioctl(DIOCMWEDGES) should be done
- Add a "header" subcommand that displays information about the size of
the disk along with information from the GPT header if it exists
- Add listing commands for type, set and unset
- Add help and formatting for set and unset
- Change show to print all the attribute info in one line.
- Improve documentation, including booting and exit status
- Check device parameter to avoid segfaults
|
| 1.12.4.1 | 02-Jun-2015 |
snj | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by jnemeth in ticket #774):
sbin/gpt/Makefile: revisions 1.9-1.13
sbin/gpt/add.c: revisions 1.25-1.27
sbin/gpt/backup.c: revisions 1.2-1.8
sbin/gpt/biosboot.c: revisions 1.8-1.14
sbin/gpt/create.c: revisions 1.8-1.12
sbin/gpt/destroy.c: revisions 1.5-1.6
sbin/gpt/drvctl.c: revision 1.1
sbin/gpt/gpt.8: revisions 1.29-1.36
sbin/gpt/gpt.c: revisions 1.29-1.40
sbin/gpt/gpt.h: revisions 1.12-1.18
sbin/gpt/gpt_uuid.c: revisions 1.1-1.10
sbin/gpt/gpt_uuid.h: revisions 1.1-1.3
sbin/gpt/label.c: revisions 1.15-1.18
sbin/gpt/map.c: revision 1.7
sbin/gpt/migrate.c: revisions 1.15-1.21
sbin/gpt/recover.c: revision 1.5
sbin/gpt/remove.c: revisions 1.13-1.16
sbin/gpt/resize.c: revisions 1.9-1.11
sbin/gpt/resizedisk.c: revisions 1.1-1.6
sbin/gpt/restore.c: revisions 1.2-1.7
sbin/gpt/set.c: revisions 1.3-1.5
sbin/gpt/show.c: revision 1.16-1.21
sbin/gpt/type.c: revisions 1.1-1.6
sbin/gpt/unset.c: revisions 1.3-1.5
- record the sector size of the disk
- correct confusion with end_cylinder and end_sector in MBRs
--
- dump all partitions, not just ones that are in use
- while here, squash a memory leak
It shouldn't be necessary to backup unused partitions, however
the partition GUID is created at the time the GPT is created and
is never changed. It shouldn't matter if the GUID of an unused
partition changes, but there may be some special case where it
does. Since it isn't a big deal to record the unused partitions,
might as well do it.
--
Initial cut of gpt restore. This functions correctly in testing,
but isn't all that pretty. It has minimal error testing and may
leak memory. It also only works with empty disks. If passed "-F"
flag, it will blank the disk for you.
--
document the new restore subcommand
--
- make gpt_gpt() available for use directly by subcommands
- create new resizedisk disk subcommand for relocating backup GPT
--
Fix compile error observed on i386. Use PRIu64.
--
no C99isms in tool code
--
- handle a GPT that isn't an exact multiple of a sector
- adjust PMBR size, in case new disk is a different size
- don't leak as much memory
- clean up error handling somewhat
--
PR/44218 - David Young -- add "type" subcommand to change a partition type
--
PR/47990 - Dr. Wolfgang Stukenbrock -- add "-L <label>" as selector option
--
minor toolification: need libprop...
--
more toolification
--
more toolification changes
--
remove compat defines.
--
Add internal uuid support, since the linux+macos versions of the library
are different than than *bsd ones, and others might not have it at all.
--
Check size of correct buffer. Note, just being pedantic as the buffer
being checked is the same size as the one that should have been checked.
--
correctly show partition type in the new world order
--
actually return the uuid when parsing one that is in numeric format
--
using random values for hdr->hdr_guid does not work very well
--
oops, forgot to update end of data area
--
It's HAVE_NBTOOL_CONFIG_H, not HAVE_NBTOOLS_CONFIG_H
--
Fix tools build on !NetBSD.
--
include <sys/endian.h> for both the non-tools build,
and the tools build on a host where the file exists.
Fixes a build problem on FreeBSD, reported by Herbert J. Skuhra, where
tools/compat's configure detected that be32dec() and friends were
available in the host's <sys/endian.h>, so tools/compat did not provide
its own versions.
--
"0" is not guaranteed to be unique
--
provide a copy of the kernel uuid generator (with portable API calls) for
tools.
--
Allow specifying sector and media size on the command line.
--
Remove trailing whitespace.
--
Make gpt(8) generate v4 (random) uuids.
Don't needlessly leak your date/time and MAC address when you edit
the disk.
Read from /dev/urandom rather than calling arc4random or anything,
since this is a tool. (Cygwin seems to have /dev/urandom, but yell
if this breaks the build on your exotic platform because it lacks
/dev/urandom.)
ok apb
--
Paranoia: choke noisily on EOF from /dev/urandom.
--
Report the argument instead of (null) when opendisk fails.
--
handle constness
--
handle constness better
--
Add some more common partition types.
--
Bump date for previous.
--
Fix handling of -t option for the type command.
Match any type, when no option is given, just like for the label command.
--
Factor out the getdisksize() drvctl method, and provide an alternative that
directly uses the disk ioctl's instead of relying on the drvctl device driver
which is currently not mandatory.
|
| 1.21.16.2 | 13-Apr-2020 |
martin | Mostly merge changes from HEAD upto 20200411
|
| 1.21.16.1 | 10-Jun-2019 |
christos | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.21.14.1 | 28-Jul-2018 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.23.12.1 | 02-Aug-2025 |
perseant | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.26 | 23-Feb-2025 |
christos | Pass some lint.
|
| 1.25 | 24-May-2020 |
jmcneill | branches: 1.25.8;
Exit gracefully when auto-expanding a partition and it is already the
correct size. Add a -q flag to "resize" and "resizedisk" commands to skip
printing warnings in the already resize paths.
|
| 1.24 | 24-Mar-2019 |
martin | Add support for specifying the partition to resize via -b startsec
(similar to label and other subcommands). Do not fully add gpt_find
functionality here, as resizing multiple partitions in one go does not
make sense.
|
| 1.23 | 03-Jul-2018 |
jnemeth | Not all things that write to the disk do something that dk(4) will
be interested in. Let individual commands decide if ioctl(DIOCMWEDGES)
should be done. I was conservative and set the flag on any command
that might create/modify/delete partitions in any way.
|
| 1.22 | 04-Dec-2015 |
christos | branches: 1.22.14; 1.22.16;
Kill newline
|
| 1.21 | 03-Dec-2015 |
christos | WARNS=6
|
| 1.20 | 03-Dec-2015 |
christos | remove extra assignment
|
| 1.19 | 03-Dec-2015 |
christos | eliminate static globals so that commands can be re-used.
|
| 1.18 | 02-Dec-2015 |
christos | - check errors from map allocation
- make map_resize return -1 instead of 0, and handle errors locally
explaining what's going wrong
|
| 1.17 | 01-Dec-2015 |
christos | refactor more duplicated code.
|
| 1.16 | 01-Dec-2015 |
christos | Refactor the command dispatching and help printing logic.
|
| 1.15 | 01-Dec-2015 |
christos | Firs step of refactoring, remove all globals, factor out some common code,
handle alternate usage but not advertise it.
|
| 1.14 | 01-Dec-2015 |
christos | - use gpt_msg to print informational messages (perhaps these should be printed
only with -v)
- don't print any messages with gpt_msg if quiet
- print a message if we didn't reconfigure the wedges
|
| 1.13 | 30-Nov-2015 |
christos | - automatically sync the wedge information unless -n is specified.
- document the general options in the traditional way.
- split the main program into a separate file.
|
| 1.12 | 29-Nov-2015 |
christos | merge the create errors in one place and fix them.
|
| 1.11 | 30-Sep-2014 |
christos | Add internal uuid support, since the linux+macos versions of the library
are different than than *bsd ones, and others might not have it at all.
|
| 1.10 | 30-Sep-2014 |
christos | remove compat defines.
|
| 1.9 | 29-Sep-2014 |
christos | minor toolification: need libprop...
|
| 1.8 | 10-Dec-2013 |
jnemeth | branches: 1.8.4; 1.8.6; 1.8.8;
Explicitly state which partition was added/modified.
|
| 1.7 | 08-Dec-2013 |
jnemeth | For the add and resize subcommands, change the -s option. If there is
no suffix, or the suffix is 's' or 'S', size is in sectors (as before)
otherwise size is in bytes.
|
| 1.6 | 06-Dec-2013 |
jnemeth | Don't attempt to create/resize an unaligned partition if the attempt
to create/resize an aligned one failed. This simplifies the code
and prevents surprises. If the user wants an unaligned partition
in the case where an aligned one fails, they can simply retry the
command without the "-a" option. This change was requested by
wiz@, and after some thought I agree with it.
|
| 1.5 | 28-Nov-2013 |
jnemeth | when calling dehumanize_number() make sure the resulting number is >= 1
|
| 1.4 | 27-Nov-2013 |
christos | CID 1132764: Bogus test
|
| 1.3 | 27-Nov-2013 |
jnemeth | Remove FreeBSD specific code as per message to tech-userlevel.
|
| 1.2 | 22-Nov-2013 |
jnemeth | In the manpage:
- s/-b number/-b blocknr/
- s/-s count/-s sectors/
- s/-p count/-p partitions/
In the program:
- s/-b lba/-b blocknr/
- s/-s lba/-s sectors/
This makes the documentation in the manpage and the program consistent
and makes it more clear what the parameters are. Also, "-s lba" was
just plain wrong since LBA stands for Logical Block Address[ing], and
the -s option didn't represent any kind of address, but rather a size.
|
| 1.1 | 20-Nov-2013 |
jnemeth | Add a resize command. This command was inspired by FreeBSD's gpart(8),
but the code was written by myself.
|
| 1.8.8.2 | 20-Aug-2014 |
tls | Rebase to HEAD as of a few days ago.
|
| 1.8.8.1 | 10-Dec-2013 |
tls | file resize.c was added on branch tls-maxphys on 2014-08-20 00:02:25 +0000
|
| 1.8.6.2 | 13-Aug-2018 |
martin | Catch up to current for the following, requested by sborrill in ticket #1629:
sbin/gpt/gpt_private.h up to 1.2
sbin/gpt/header.c up to 1.9
sbin/gpt/main.c up to 1.11
sbin/gpt/drvctl.c delete
sbin/gpt/Makefile up to 1.18
sbin/gpt/add.c up to 1.44
sbin/gpt/backup.c up to 1.18
sbin/gpt/biosboot.c up to 1.30
sbin/gpt/create.c up to 1.23
sbin/gpt/destroy.c up to 1.10
sbin/gpt/gpt.8 up to 1.63
sbin/gpt/gpt.c up to 1.75
sbin/gpt/gpt.h up to 1.38
sbin/gpt/gpt_uuid.c up to 1.15
sbin/gpt/gpt_uuid.h up to 1.7
sbin/gpt/label.c up to 1.29
sbin/gpt/map.c up to 1.14
sbin/gpt/map.h up to 1.6
sbin/gpt/migrate.c up to 1.33
sbin/gpt/recover.c up to 1.18
sbin/gpt/remove.c up to 1.22
sbin/gpt/resize.c up to 1.23
sbin/gpt/resizedisk.c up to 1.17
sbin/gpt/restore.c up to 1.18
sbin/gpt/set.c up to 1.14
sbin/gpt/show.c up to 1.41
sbin/gpt/type.c up to 1.15
sbin/gpt/unset.c up to 1.14
Many changes including:
- Significant refactoring
- PR/51230: Add the ability to set the active flag in the PMBR
- Let individual commands decide if ioctl(DIOCMWEDGES) should be done
- Add a "header" subcommand that displays information about the size of
the disk along with information from the GPT header if it exists
- Add listing commands for type, set and unset
- Add help and formatting for set and unset
- Change show to print all the attribute info in one line.
- Improve documentation, including booting and exit status
- Check device parameter to avoid segfaults
|
| 1.8.6.1 | 02-Jun-2015 |
snj | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by jnemeth in ticket #774):
sbin/gpt/Makefile: revisions 1.9-1.13
sbin/gpt/add.c: revisions 1.25-1.27
sbin/gpt/backup.c: revisions 1.2-1.8
sbin/gpt/biosboot.c: revisions 1.8-1.14
sbin/gpt/create.c: revisions 1.8-1.12
sbin/gpt/destroy.c: revisions 1.5-1.6
sbin/gpt/drvctl.c: revision 1.1
sbin/gpt/gpt.8: revisions 1.29-1.36
sbin/gpt/gpt.c: revisions 1.29-1.40
sbin/gpt/gpt.h: revisions 1.12-1.18
sbin/gpt/gpt_uuid.c: revisions 1.1-1.10
sbin/gpt/gpt_uuid.h: revisions 1.1-1.3
sbin/gpt/label.c: revisions 1.15-1.18
sbin/gpt/map.c: revision 1.7
sbin/gpt/migrate.c: revisions 1.15-1.21
sbin/gpt/recover.c: revision 1.5
sbin/gpt/remove.c: revisions 1.13-1.16
sbin/gpt/resize.c: revisions 1.9-1.11
sbin/gpt/resizedisk.c: revisions 1.1-1.6
sbin/gpt/restore.c: revisions 1.2-1.7
sbin/gpt/set.c: revisions 1.3-1.5
sbin/gpt/show.c: revision 1.16-1.21
sbin/gpt/type.c: revisions 1.1-1.6
sbin/gpt/unset.c: revisions 1.3-1.5
- record the sector size of the disk
- correct confusion with end_cylinder and end_sector in MBRs
--
- dump all partitions, not just ones that are in use
- while here, squash a memory leak
It shouldn't be necessary to backup unused partitions, however
the partition GUID is created at the time the GPT is created and
is never changed. It shouldn't matter if the GUID of an unused
partition changes, but there may be some special case where it
does. Since it isn't a big deal to record the unused partitions,
might as well do it.
--
Initial cut of gpt restore. This functions correctly in testing,
but isn't all that pretty. It has minimal error testing and may
leak memory. It also only works with empty disks. If passed "-F"
flag, it will blank the disk for you.
--
document the new restore subcommand
--
- make gpt_gpt() available for use directly by subcommands
- create new resizedisk disk subcommand for relocating backup GPT
--
Fix compile error observed on i386. Use PRIu64.
--
no C99isms in tool code
--
- handle a GPT that isn't an exact multiple of a sector
- adjust PMBR size, in case new disk is a different size
- don't leak as much memory
- clean up error handling somewhat
--
PR/44218 - David Young -- add "type" subcommand to change a partition type
--
PR/47990 - Dr. Wolfgang Stukenbrock -- add "-L <label>" as selector option
--
minor toolification: need libprop...
--
more toolification
--
more toolification changes
--
remove compat defines.
--
Add internal uuid support, since the linux+macos versions of the library
are different than than *bsd ones, and others might not have it at all.
--
Check size of correct buffer. Note, just being pedantic as the buffer
being checked is the same size as the one that should have been checked.
--
correctly show partition type in the new world order
--
actually return the uuid when parsing one that is in numeric format
--
using random values for hdr->hdr_guid does not work very well
--
oops, forgot to update end of data area
--
It's HAVE_NBTOOL_CONFIG_H, not HAVE_NBTOOLS_CONFIG_H
--
Fix tools build on !NetBSD.
--
include <sys/endian.h> for both the non-tools build,
and the tools build on a host where the file exists.
Fixes a build problem on FreeBSD, reported by Herbert J. Skuhra, where
tools/compat's configure detected that be32dec() and friends were
available in the host's <sys/endian.h>, so tools/compat did not provide
its own versions.
--
"0" is not guaranteed to be unique
--
provide a copy of the kernel uuid generator (with portable API calls) for
tools.
--
Allow specifying sector and media size on the command line.
--
Remove trailing whitespace.
--
Make gpt(8) generate v4 (random) uuids.
Don't needlessly leak your date/time and MAC address when you edit
the disk.
Read from /dev/urandom rather than calling arc4random or anything,
since this is a tool. (Cygwin seems to have /dev/urandom, but yell
if this breaks the build on your exotic platform because it lacks
/dev/urandom.)
ok apb
--
Paranoia: choke noisily on EOF from /dev/urandom.
--
Report the argument instead of (null) when opendisk fails.
--
handle constness
--
handle constness better
--
Add some more common partition types.
--
Bump date for previous.
--
Fix handling of -t option for the type command.
Match any type, when no option is given, just like for the label command.
--
Factor out the getdisksize() drvctl method, and provide an alternative that
directly uses the disk ioctl's instead of relying on the drvctl device driver
which is currently not mandatory.
|
| 1.8.4.2 | 22-May-2014 |
yamt | sync with head.
for a reference, the tree before this commit was tagged
as yamt-pagecache-tag8.
this commit was splitted into small chunks to avoid
a limitation of cvs. ("Protocol error: too many arguments")
|
| 1.8.4.1 | 10-Dec-2013 |
yamt | file resize.c was added on branch yamt-pagecache on 2014-05-22 11:37:28 +0000
|
| 1.22.16.1 | 10-Jun-2019 |
christos | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.22.14.1 | 28-Jul-2018 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.25.8.1 | 02-Aug-2025 |
perseant | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.22 | 23-Feb-2025 |
christos | Pass some lint.
|
| 1.21 | 06-Feb-2024 |
christos | branches: 1.21.2;
check the right variable
|
| 1.20 | 22-Nov-2022 |
mlelstv | Big-Endian fixes.
|
| 1.19 | 20-Nov-2022 |
mlelstv | Fix destroying and moving GPT header also for truncated/extended
images.
|
| 1.18 | 24-May-2020 |
jmcneill | Exit gracefully when auto-expanding a partition and it is already the
correct size. Add a -q flag to "resize" and "resizedisk" commands to skip
printing warnings in the already resize paths.
|
| 1.17 | 04-Dec-2015 |
christos | type confusion
|
| 1.16 | 04-Dec-2015 |
christos | Fix resizedisk.
|
| 1.15 | 03-Dec-2015 |
christos | CID 1341556: Don't leak map info
|
| 1.14 | 03-Dec-2015 |
christos | Fix stray paste, noted by kre.
|
| 1.13 | 03-Dec-2015 |
christos | WARNS=6
|
| 1.12 | 03-Dec-2015 |
christos | eliminate static globals so that commands can be re-used.
|
| 1.11 | 02-Dec-2015 |
christos | check allocations
|
| 1.10 | 01-Dec-2015 |
christos | refactor more duplicated code.
|
| 1.9 | 01-Dec-2015 |
christos | Refactor the command dispatching and help printing logic.
|
| 1.8 | 01-Dec-2015 |
christos | Firs step of refactoring, remove all globals, factor out some common code,
handle alternate usage but not advertise it.
|
| 1.7 | 29-Nov-2015 |
christos | merge the create errors in one place and fix them.
|
| 1.6 | 01-Oct-2014 |
jnemeth | branches: 1.6.2;
oops, forgot to update end of data area
|
| 1.5 | 30-Sep-2014 |
christos | Add internal uuid support, since the linux+macos versions of the library
are different than than *bsd ones, and others might not have it at all.
|
| 1.4 | 30-Sep-2014 |
christos | remove compat defines.
|
| 1.3 | 29-Sep-2014 |
christos | minor toolification: need libprop...
|
| 1.2 | 23-Sep-2014 |
msaitoh | Fix compile error observed on i386. Use PRIu64.
|
| 1.1 | 23-Sep-2014 |
jnemeth | - make gpt_gpt() available for use directly by subcommands
- create new resizedisk disk subcommand for relocating backup GPT
|
| 1.6.2.3 | 13-Aug-2018 |
martin | Catch up to current for the following, requested by sborrill in ticket #1629:
sbin/gpt/gpt_private.h up to 1.2
sbin/gpt/header.c up to 1.9
sbin/gpt/main.c up to 1.11
sbin/gpt/drvctl.c delete
sbin/gpt/Makefile up to 1.18
sbin/gpt/add.c up to 1.44
sbin/gpt/backup.c up to 1.18
sbin/gpt/biosboot.c up to 1.30
sbin/gpt/create.c up to 1.23
sbin/gpt/destroy.c up to 1.10
sbin/gpt/gpt.8 up to 1.63
sbin/gpt/gpt.c up to 1.75
sbin/gpt/gpt.h up to 1.38
sbin/gpt/gpt_uuid.c up to 1.15
sbin/gpt/gpt_uuid.h up to 1.7
sbin/gpt/label.c up to 1.29
sbin/gpt/map.c up to 1.14
sbin/gpt/map.h up to 1.6
sbin/gpt/migrate.c up to 1.33
sbin/gpt/recover.c up to 1.18
sbin/gpt/remove.c up to 1.22
sbin/gpt/resize.c up to 1.23
sbin/gpt/resizedisk.c up to 1.17
sbin/gpt/restore.c up to 1.18
sbin/gpt/set.c up to 1.14
sbin/gpt/show.c up to 1.41
sbin/gpt/type.c up to 1.15
sbin/gpt/unset.c up to 1.14
Many changes including:
- Significant refactoring
- PR/51230: Add the ability to set the active flag in the PMBR
- Let individual commands decide if ioctl(DIOCMWEDGES) should be done
- Add a "header" subcommand that displays information about the size of
the disk along with information from the GPT header if it exists
- Add listing commands for type, set and unset
- Add help and formatting for set and unset
- Change show to print all the attribute info in one line.
- Improve documentation, including booting and exit status
- Check device parameter to avoid segfaults
|
| 1.6.2.2 | 02-Jun-2015 |
snj | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by jnemeth in ticket #774):
sbin/gpt/Makefile: revisions 1.9-1.13
sbin/gpt/add.c: revisions 1.25-1.27
sbin/gpt/backup.c: revisions 1.2-1.8
sbin/gpt/biosboot.c: revisions 1.8-1.14
sbin/gpt/create.c: revisions 1.8-1.12
sbin/gpt/destroy.c: revisions 1.5-1.6
sbin/gpt/drvctl.c: revision 1.1
sbin/gpt/gpt.8: revisions 1.29-1.36
sbin/gpt/gpt.c: revisions 1.29-1.40
sbin/gpt/gpt.h: revisions 1.12-1.18
sbin/gpt/gpt_uuid.c: revisions 1.1-1.10
sbin/gpt/gpt_uuid.h: revisions 1.1-1.3
sbin/gpt/label.c: revisions 1.15-1.18
sbin/gpt/map.c: revision 1.7
sbin/gpt/migrate.c: revisions 1.15-1.21
sbin/gpt/recover.c: revision 1.5
sbin/gpt/remove.c: revisions 1.13-1.16
sbin/gpt/resize.c: revisions 1.9-1.11
sbin/gpt/resizedisk.c: revisions 1.1-1.6
sbin/gpt/restore.c: revisions 1.2-1.7
sbin/gpt/set.c: revisions 1.3-1.5
sbin/gpt/show.c: revision 1.16-1.21
sbin/gpt/type.c: revisions 1.1-1.6
sbin/gpt/unset.c: revisions 1.3-1.5
- record the sector size of the disk
- correct confusion with end_cylinder and end_sector in MBRs
--
- dump all partitions, not just ones that are in use
- while here, squash a memory leak
It shouldn't be necessary to backup unused partitions, however
the partition GUID is created at the time the GPT is created and
is never changed. It shouldn't matter if the GUID of an unused
partition changes, but there may be some special case where it
does. Since it isn't a big deal to record the unused partitions,
might as well do it.
--
Initial cut of gpt restore. This functions correctly in testing,
but isn't all that pretty. It has minimal error testing and may
leak memory. It also only works with empty disks. If passed "-F"
flag, it will blank the disk for you.
--
document the new restore subcommand
--
- make gpt_gpt() available for use directly by subcommands
- create new resizedisk disk subcommand for relocating backup GPT
--
Fix compile error observed on i386. Use PRIu64.
--
no C99isms in tool code
--
- handle a GPT that isn't an exact multiple of a sector
- adjust PMBR size, in case new disk is a different size
- don't leak as much memory
- clean up error handling somewhat
--
PR/44218 - David Young -- add "type" subcommand to change a partition type
--
PR/47990 - Dr. Wolfgang Stukenbrock -- add "-L <label>" as selector option
--
minor toolification: need libprop...
--
more toolification
--
more toolification changes
--
remove compat defines.
--
Add internal uuid support, since the linux+macos versions of the library
are different than than *bsd ones, and others might not have it at all.
--
Check size of correct buffer. Note, just being pedantic as the buffer
being checked is the same size as the one that should have been checked.
--
correctly show partition type in the new world order
--
actually return the uuid when parsing one that is in numeric format
--
using random values for hdr->hdr_guid does not work very well
--
oops, forgot to update end of data area
--
It's HAVE_NBTOOL_CONFIG_H, not HAVE_NBTOOLS_CONFIG_H
--
Fix tools build on !NetBSD.
--
include <sys/endian.h> for both the non-tools build,
and the tools build on a host where the file exists.
Fixes a build problem on FreeBSD, reported by Herbert J. Skuhra, where
tools/compat's configure detected that be32dec() and friends were
available in the host's <sys/endian.h>, so tools/compat did not provide
its own versions.
--
"0" is not guaranteed to be unique
--
provide a copy of the kernel uuid generator (with portable API calls) for
tools.
--
Allow specifying sector and media size on the command line.
--
Remove trailing whitespace.
--
Make gpt(8) generate v4 (random) uuids.
Don't needlessly leak your date/time and MAC address when you edit
the disk.
Read from /dev/urandom rather than calling arc4random or anything,
since this is a tool. (Cygwin seems to have /dev/urandom, but yell
if this breaks the build on your exotic platform because it lacks
/dev/urandom.)
ok apb
--
Paranoia: choke noisily on EOF from /dev/urandom.
--
Report the argument instead of (null) when opendisk fails.
--
handle constness
--
handle constness better
--
Add some more common partition types.
--
Bump date for previous.
--
Fix handling of -t option for the type command.
Match any type, when no option is given, just like for the label command.
--
Factor out the getdisksize() drvctl method, and provide an alternative that
directly uses the disk ioctl's instead of relying on the drvctl device driver
which is currently not mandatory.
|
| 1.6.2.1 | 01-Oct-2014 |
snj | file resizedisk.c was added on branch netbsd-7 on 2015-06-02 19:49:38 +0000
|
| 1.21.2.1 | 02-Aug-2025 |
perseant | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.21 | 23-Feb-2025 |
christos | Pass some lint.
|
| 1.20 | 07-Jun-2020 |
thorpej | branches: 1.20.8;
Update for proplib(3) API changes.
|
| 1.19 | 14-May-2020 |
msaitoh | Remove extra semicolon.
|
| 1.18 | 03-Jul-2018 |
jnemeth | Not all things that write to the disk do something that dk(4) will
be interested in. Let individual commands decide if ioctl(DIOCMWEDGES)
should be done. I was conservative and set the flag on any command
that might create/modify/delete partitions in any way.
|
| 1.17 | 07-Sep-2017 |
christos | branches: 1.17.2; 1.17.4;
use __arraycount
|
| 1.16 | 03-Dec-2015 |
christos | branches: 1.16.8;
WARNS=6
|
| 1.15 | 03-Dec-2015 |
christos | eliminate static globals so that commands can be re-used.
|
| 1.14 | 02-Dec-2015 |
christos | - factor out into smaller separate functions
- fix signed/unsigned confusion
- do proper write checks
- fix some memory leaks
|
| 1.13 | 02-Dec-2015 |
christos | Allow backup and restore to operate on files.
|
| 1.12 | 02-Dec-2015 |
christos | refactor the utf code so that it does not leak memory.
|
| 1.11 | 01-Dec-2015 |
christos | Refactor the command dispatching and help printing logic.
|
| 1.10 | 01-Dec-2015 |
christos | Firs step of refactoring, remove all globals, factor out some common code,
handle alternate usage but not advertise it.
|
| 1.9 | 29-Nov-2015 |
christos | merge the create errors in one place and fix them.
|
| 1.8 | 16-Jun-2015 |
christos | fix error messages containing \n
|
| 1.7 | 01-Oct-2014 |
jnemeth | using random values for hdr->hdr_guid does not work very well
|
| 1.6 | 30-Sep-2014 |
christos | Add internal uuid support, since the linux+macos versions of the library
are different than than *bsd ones, and others might not have it at all.
|
| 1.5 | 30-Sep-2014 |
christos | remove compat defines.
|
| 1.4 | 29-Sep-2014 |
christos | minor toolification: need libprop...
|
| 1.3 | 26-Sep-2014 |
jnemeth | - handle a GPT that isn't an exact multiple of a sector
- adjust PMBR size, in case new disk is a different size
- don't leak as much memory
- clean up error handling somewhat
|
| 1.2 | 20-Sep-2014 |
jnemeth | Initial cut of gpt restore. This functions correctly in testing,
but isn't all that pretty. It has minimal error testing and may
leak memory. It also only works with empty disks. If passed "-F"
flag, it will blank the disk for you.
|
| 1.1 | 10-Aug-2014 |
jnemeth | branches: 1.1.2; 1.1.4;
Add restore subcommand.
XXX It does not actually work yet. It is being committed now to make
later pullups easier.
|
| 1.1.4.2 | 20-Aug-2014 |
tls | Rebase to HEAD as of a few days ago.
|
| 1.1.4.1 | 10-Aug-2014 |
tls | file restore.c was added on branch tls-maxphys on 2014-08-20 00:02:25 +0000
|
| 1.1.2.2 | 13-Aug-2018 |
martin | Catch up to current for the following, requested by sborrill in ticket #1629:
sbin/gpt/gpt_private.h up to 1.2
sbin/gpt/header.c up to 1.9
sbin/gpt/main.c up to 1.11
sbin/gpt/drvctl.c delete
sbin/gpt/Makefile up to 1.18
sbin/gpt/add.c up to 1.44
sbin/gpt/backup.c up to 1.18
sbin/gpt/biosboot.c up to 1.30
sbin/gpt/create.c up to 1.23
sbin/gpt/destroy.c up to 1.10
sbin/gpt/gpt.8 up to 1.63
sbin/gpt/gpt.c up to 1.75
sbin/gpt/gpt.h up to 1.38
sbin/gpt/gpt_uuid.c up to 1.15
sbin/gpt/gpt_uuid.h up to 1.7
sbin/gpt/label.c up to 1.29
sbin/gpt/map.c up to 1.14
sbin/gpt/map.h up to 1.6
sbin/gpt/migrate.c up to 1.33
sbin/gpt/recover.c up to 1.18
sbin/gpt/remove.c up to 1.22
sbin/gpt/resize.c up to 1.23
sbin/gpt/resizedisk.c up to 1.17
sbin/gpt/restore.c up to 1.18
sbin/gpt/set.c up to 1.14
sbin/gpt/show.c up to 1.41
sbin/gpt/type.c up to 1.15
sbin/gpt/unset.c up to 1.14
Many changes including:
- Significant refactoring
- PR/51230: Add the ability to set the active flag in the PMBR
- Let individual commands decide if ioctl(DIOCMWEDGES) should be done
- Add a "header" subcommand that displays information about the size of
the disk along with information from the GPT header if it exists
- Add listing commands for type, set and unset
- Add help and formatting for set and unset
- Change show to print all the attribute info in one line.
- Improve documentation, including booting and exit status
- Check device parameter to avoid segfaults
|
| 1.1.2.1 | 02-Jun-2015 |
snj | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by jnemeth in ticket #774):
sbin/gpt/Makefile: revisions 1.9-1.13
sbin/gpt/add.c: revisions 1.25-1.27
sbin/gpt/backup.c: revisions 1.2-1.8
sbin/gpt/biosboot.c: revisions 1.8-1.14
sbin/gpt/create.c: revisions 1.8-1.12
sbin/gpt/destroy.c: revisions 1.5-1.6
sbin/gpt/drvctl.c: revision 1.1
sbin/gpt/gpt.8: revisions 1.29-1.36
sbin/gpt/gpt.c: revisions 1.29-1.40
sbin/gpt/gpt.h: revisions 1.12-1.18
sbin/gpt/gpt_uuid.c: revisions 1.1-1.10
sbin/gpt/gpt_uuid.h: revisions 1.1-1.3
sbin/gpt/label.c: revisions 1.15-1.18
sbin/gpt/map.c: revision 1.7
sbin/gpt/migrate.c: revisions 1.15-1.21
sbin/gpt/recover.c: revision 1.5
sbin/gpt/remove.c: revisions 1.13-1.16
sbin/gpt/resize.c: revisions 1.9-1.11
sbin/gpt/resizedisk.c: revisions 1.1-1.6
sbin/gpt/restore.c: revisions 1.2-1.7
sbin/gpt/set.c: revisions 1.3-1.5
sbin/gpt/show.c: revision 1.16-1.21
sbin/gpt/type.c: revisions 1.1-1.6
sbin/gpt/unset.c: revisions 1.3-1.5
- record the sector size of the disk
- correct confusion with end_cylinder and end_sector in MBRs
--
- dump all partitions, not just ones that are in use
- while here, squash a memory leak
It shouldn't be necessary to backup unused partitions, however
the partition GUID is created at the time the GPT is created and
is never changed. It shouldn't matter if the GUID of an unused
partition changes, but there may be some special case where it
does. Since it isn't a big deal to record the unused partitions,
might as well do it.
--
Initial cut of gpt restore. This functions correctly in testing,
but isn't all that pretty. It has minimal error testing and may
leak memory. It also only works with empty disks. If passed "-F"
flag, it will blank the disk for you.
--
document the new restore subcommand
--
- make gpt_gpt() available for use directly by subcommands
- create new resizedisk disk subcommand for relocating backup GPT
--
Fix compile error observed on i386. Use PRIu64.
--
no C99isms in tool code
--
- handle a GPT that isn't an exact multiple of a sector
- adjust PMBR size, in case new disk is a different size
- don't leak as much memory
- clean up error handling somewhat
--
PR/44218 - David Young -- add "type" subcommand to change a partition type
--
PR/47990 - Dr. Wolfgang Stukenbrock -- add "-L <label>" as selector option
--
minor toolification: need libprop...
--
more toolification
--
more toolification changes
--
remove compat defines.
--
Add internal uuid support, since the linux+macos versions of the library
are different than than *bsd ones, and others might not have it at all.
--
Check size of correct buffer. Note, just being pedantic as the buffer
being checked is the same size as the one that should have been checked.
--
correctly show partition type in the new world order
--
actually return the uuid when parsing one that is in numeric format
--
using random values for hdr->hdr_guid does not work very well
--
oops, forgot to update end of data area
--
It's HAVE_NBTOOL_CONFIG_H, not HAVE_NBTOOLS_CONFIG_H
--
Fix tools build on !NetBSD.
--
include <sys/endian.h> for both the non-tools build,
and the tools build on a host where the file exists.
Fixes a build problem on FreeBSD, reported by Herbert J. Skuhra, where
tools/compat's configure detected that be32dec() and friends were
available in the host's <sys/endian.h>, so tools/compat did not provide
its own versions.
--
"0" is not guaranteed to be unique
--
provide a copy of the kernel uuid generator (with portable API calls) for
tools.
--
Allow specifying sector and media size on the command line.
--
Remove trailing whitespace.
--
Make gpt(8) generate v4 (random) uuids.
Don't needlessly leak your date/time and MAC address when you edit
the disk.
Read from /dev/urandom rather than calling arc4random or anything,
since this is a tool. (Cygwin seems to have /dev/urandom, but yell
if this breaks the build on your exotic platform because it lacks
/dev/urandom.)
ok apb
--
Paranoia: choke noisily on EOF from /dev/urandom.
--
Report the argument instead of (null) when opendisk fails.
--
handle constness
--
handle constness better
--
Add some more common partition types.
--
Bump date for previous.
--
Fix handling of -t option for the type command.
Match any type, when no option is given, just like for the label command.
--
Factor out the getdisksize() drvctl method, and provide an alternative that
directly uses the disk ioctl's instead of relying on the drvctl device driver
which is currently not mandatory.
|
| 1.16.8.1 | 12-Feb-2018 |
snj | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by christos in ticket #545):
sbin/gpt/backup.c: 1.17-1.18
sbin/gpt/biosboot.c: 1.29-1.30
sbin/gpt/gpt.c: 1.71-1.73
sbin/gpt/gpt.h: 1.36
sbin/gpt/restore.c: 1.17
sbin/gpt/show.c: 1.40-1.41
sys/dev/dkwedge/dkwedge_gpt.c: 1.19-1.20
PR/52522: Piotr Meyer: Don't NUL terminate the gpt label name.
--
- make sure that the utf16 string is padded with 0's where needed.
- since the utf16 string is not 0 terminated, pass the size of the string.
--
use __arraycount
--
PR/52522: ent_name is not necessarily 0 terminated, so check bounds.
--
use arraycount.
|
| 1.17.4.1 | 10-Jun-2019 |
christos | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.17.2.1 | 28-Jul-2018 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.20.8.1 | 02-Aug-2025 |
perseant | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.16 | 23-Feb-2025 |
christos | Pass some lint.
|
| 1.15 | 25-Mar-2019 |
martin | branches: 1.15.12;
Allow -b startsec to specify the partition to change for the set subcommand
as well.
Add another option, -N, as a quick way to remove all attributes.
|
| 1.14 | 19-Mar-2018 |
mlelstv | branches: 1.14.2;
Check device parameter to avoid segfaults. Agument synopsis for -l option.
|
| 1.13 | 29-Dec-2015 |
christos | branches: 1.13.8; 1.13.14;
- add more informational messages
- handle case where last argument is an option not a device (set -l)
|
| 1.12 | 06-Dec-2015 |
christos | Add listing commands for type, set and unset.
Add help and formatting for set and unset.
Change show to print all the attribute info in one line.
|
| 1.11 | 03-Dec-2015 |
christos | WARNS=6
|
| 1.10 | 03-Dec-2015 |
christos | eliminate static globals so that commands can be re-used.
|
| 1.9 | 01-Dec-2015 |
christos | refactor more duplicated code.
|
| 1.8 | 01-Dec-2015 |
christos | Refactor the command dispatching and help printing logic.
|
| 1.7 | 01-Dec-2015 |
christos | Firs step of refactoring, remove all globals, factor out some common code,
handle alternate usage but not advertise it.
|
| 1.6 | 29-Nov-2015 |
christos | merge the create errors in one place and fix them.
|
| 1.5 | 30-Sep-2014 |
christos | Add internal uuid support, since the linux+macos versions of the library
are different than than *bsd ones, and others might not have it at all.
|
| 1.4 | 30-Sep-2014 |
christos | remove compat defines.
|
| 1.3 | 29-Sep-2014 |
christos | minor toolification: need libprop...
|
| 1.2 | 10-Dec-2013 |
jnemeth | branches: 1.2.4; 1.2.6; 1.2.8;
Explicitly state which partition was added/modified.
|
| 1.1 | 09-Dec-2013 |
jnemeth | Add two new subcommands, "set" and "unset". These were inspired by
FreeBSD's gpart(8), but the code is all mine. The purpose of these
is to set and unset partition attributes.
|
| 1.2.8.2 | 20-Aug-2014 |
tls | Rebase to HEAD as of a few days ago.
|
| 1.2.8.1 | 10-Dec-2013 |
tls | file set.c was added on branch tls-maxphys on 2014-08-20 00:02:25 +0000
|
| 1.2.6.2 | 13-Aug-2018 |
martin | Catch up to current for the following, requested by sborrill in ticket #1629:
sbin/gpt/gpt_private.h up to 1.2
sbin/gpt/header.c up to 1.9
sbin/gpt/main.c up to 1.11
sbin/gpt/drvctl.c delete
sbin/gpt/Makefile up to 1.18
sbin/gpt/add.c up to 1.44
sbin/gpt/backup.c up to 1.18
sbin/gpt/biosboot.c up to 1.30
sbin/gpt/create.c up to 1.23
sbin/gpt/destroy.c up to 1.10
sbin/gpt/gpt.8 up to 1.63
sbin/gpt/gpt.c up to 1.75
sbin/gpt/gpt.h up to 1.38
sbin/gpt/gpt_uuid.c up to 1.15
sbin/gpt/gpt_uuid.h up to 1.7
sbin/gpt/label.c up to 1.29
sbin/gpt/map.c up to 1.14
sbin/gpt/map.h up to 1.6
sbin/gpt/migrate.c up to 1.33
sbin/gpt/recover.c up to 1.18
sbin/gpt/remove.c up to 1.22
sbin/gpt/resize.c up to 1.23
sbin/gpt/resizedisk.c up to 1.17
sbin/gpt/restore.c up to 1.18
sbin/gpt/set.c up to 1.14
sbin/gpt/show.c up to 1.41
sbin/gpt/type.c up to 1.15
sbin/gpt/unset.c up to 1.14
Many changes including:
- Significant refactoring
- PR/51230: Add the ability to set the active flag in the PMBR
- Let individual commands decide if ioctl(DIOCMWEDGES) should be done
- Add a "header" subcommand that displays information about the size of
the disk along with information from the GPT header if it exists
- Add listing commands for type, set and unset
- Add help and formatting for set and unset
- Change show to print all the attribute info in one line.
- Improve documentation, including booting and exit status
- Check device parameter to avoid segfaults
|
| 1.2.6.1 | 02-Jun-2015 |
snj | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by jnemeth in ticket #774):
sbin/gpt/Makefile: revisions 1.9-1.13
sbin/gpt/add.c: revisions 1.25-1.27
sbin/gpt/backup.c: revisions 1.2-1.8
sbin/gpt/biosboot.c: revisions 1.8-1.14
sbin/gpt/create.c: revisions 1.8-1.12
sbin/gpt/destroy.c: revisions 1.5-1.6
sbin/gpt/drvctl.c: revision 1.1
sbin/gpt/gpt.8: revisions 1.29-1.36
sbin/gpt/gpt.c: revisions 1.29-1.40
sbin/gpt/gpt.h: revisions 1.12-1.18
sbin/gpt/gpt_uuid.c: revisions 1.1-1.10
sbin/gpt/gpt_uuid.h: revisions 1.1-1.3
sbin/gpt/label.c: revisions 1.15-1.18
sbin/gpt/map.c: revision 1.7
sbin/gpt/migrate.c: revisions 1.15-1.21
sbin/gpt/recover.c: revision 1.5
sbin/gpt/remove.c: revisions 1.13-1.16
sbin/gpt/resize.c: revisions 1.9-1.11
sbin/gpt/resizedisk.c: revisions 1.1-1.6
sbin/gpt/restore.c: revisions 1.2-1.7
sbin/gpt/set.c: revisions 1.3-1.5
sbin/gpt/show.c: revision 1.16-1.21
sbin/gpt/type.c: revisions 1.1-1.6
sbin/gpt/unset.c: revisions 1.3-1.5
- record the sector size of the disk
- correct confusion with end_cylinder and end_sector in MBRs
--
- dump all partitions, not just ones that are in use
- while here, squash a memory leak
It shouldn't be necessary to backup unused partitions, however
the partition GUID is created at the time the GPT is created and
is never changed. It shouldn't matter if the GUID of an unused
partition changes, but there may be some special case where it
does. Since it isn't a big deal to record the unused partitions,
might as well do it.
--
Initial cut of gpt restore. This functions correctly in testing,
but isn't all that pretty. It has minimal error testing and may
leak memory. It also only works with empty disks. If passed "-F"
flag, it will blank the disk for you.
--
document the new restore subcommand
--
- make gpt_gpt() available for use directly by subcommands
- create new resizedisk disk subcommand for relocating backup GPT
--
Fix compile error observed on i386. Use PRIu64.
--
no C99isms in tool code
--
- handle a GPT that isn't an exact multiple of a sector
- adjust PMBR size, in case new disk is a different size
- don't leak as much memory
- clean up error handling somewhat
--
PR/44218 - David Young -- add "type" subcommand to change a partition type
--
PR/47990 - Dr. Wolfgang Stukenbrock -- add "-L <label>" as selector option
--
minor toolification: need libprop...
--
more toolification
--
more toolification changes
--
remove compat defines.
--
Add internal uuid support, since the linux+macos versions of the library
are different than than *bsd ones, and others might not have it at all.
--
Check size of correct buffer. Note, just being pedantic as the buffer
being checked is the same size as the one that should have been checked.
--
correctly show partition type in the new world order
--
actually return the uuid when parsing one that is in numeric format
--
using random values for hdr->hdr_guid does not work very well
--
oops, forgot to update end of data area
--
It's HAVE_NBTOOL_CONFIG_H, not HAVE_NBTOOLS_CONFIG_H
--
Fix tools build on !NetBSD.
--
include <sys/endian.h> for both the non-tools build,
and the tools build on a host where the file exists.
Fixes a build problem on FreeBSD, reported by Herbert J. Skuhra, where
tools/compat's configure detected that be32dec() and friends were
available in the host's <sys/endian.h>, so tools/compat did not provide
its own versions.
--
"0" is not guaranteed to be unique
--
provide a copy of the kernel uuid generator (with portable API calls) for
tools.
--
Allow specifying sector and media size on the command line.
--
Remove trailing whitespace.
--
Make gpt(8) generate v4 (random) uuids.
Don't needlessly leak your date/time and MAC address when you edit
the disk.
Read from /dev/urandom rather than calling arc4random or anything,
since this is a tool. (Cygwin seems to have /dev/urandom, but yell
if this breaks the build on your exotic platform because it lacks
/dev/urandom.)
ok apb
--
Paranoia: choke noisily on EOF from /dev/urandom.
--
Report the argument instead of (null) when opendisk fails.
--
handle constness
--
handle constness better
--
Add some more common partition types.
--
Bump date for previous.
--
Fix handling of -t option for the type command.
Match any type, when no option is given, just like for the label command.
--
Factor out the getdisksize() drvctl method, and provide an alternative that
directly uses the disk ioctl's instead of relying on the drvctl device driver
which is currently not mandatory.
|
| 1.2.4.2 | 22-May-2014 |
yamt | sync with head.
for a reference, the tree before this commit was tagged
as yamt-pagecache-tag8.
this commit was splitted into small chunks to avoid
a limitation of cvs. ("Protocol error: too many arguments")
|
| 1.2.4.1 | 10-Dec-2013 |
yamt | file set.c was added on branch yamt-pagecache on 2014-05-22 11:37:28 +0000
|
| 1.13.14.1 | 22-Mar-2018 |
pgoyette | Synch with HEAD, resolve conflicts
|
| 1.13.8.1 | 09-Apr-2018 |
bouyer | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by mlelstv in ticket #710):
sbin/gpt/main.c: revision 1.11
sbin/gpt/gpt.h: revision 1.37
sbin/gpt/set.c: revision 1.14
sbin/gpt/type.c: revision 1.14
sbin/gpt/unset.c: revision 1.14
sbin/gpt/gpt.8: revision 1.58
Check device parameter to avoid segfaults. Augment synopsis for -l option.
|
| 1.14.2.1 | 10-Jun-2019 |
christos | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.15.12.1 | 02-Aug-2025 |
perseant | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.47 | 23-Feb-2025 |
christos | Pass some lint.
|
| 1.46 | 04-Nov-2024 |
christos | Additions to guid printing and an option to print start/size in hex
(from Anon Ymous)
|
| 1.45 | 13-Sep-2024 |
mlelstv | Use destination variable also to determine size. No binary change, both
buffers are of the same size.
|
| 1.44 | 26-Mar-2019 |
martin | branches: 1.44.12;
When displaying a single partition (gpt show -i ...) display offset
and size in sectors (instead of the totally confusing bytes),
followed by the humanized byte offset/size.
This makes the numbers match the "gpt show" or "gpt show -a"
output.
|
| 1.43 | 24-Mar-2019 |
martin | Make the "show" subcommand accept -b startsec to identify a partition
(very usefull for scripts and other robotic callers).
|
| 1.42 | 03-Mar-2019 |
jnemeth | Make it clear when displaying data from the MBR.
|
| 1.41 | 07-Sep-2017 |
christos | branches: 1.41.4;
use __arraycount
|
| 1.40 | 06-Sep-2017 |
christos | - make sure that the utf16 string is padded with 0's where needed.
- since the utf16 string is not 0 terminated, pass the size of the string.
|
| 1.39 | 05-Oct-2016 |
kre | branches: 1.39.6;
Avoiding having parameter name shadow its own function's name.
Strictly this shouldnt be (and hasn't been for almost a year) a problem,
but there are compilers that warn about locals shadowing globals (which
this is/was) and it is easy to avoid, so ... No functinal difference.
|
| 1.38 | 09-Jun-2016 |
kre | branches: 1.38.2;
Make "gpt show" add an "(active)" annotation to the PMBR output line
when it has been marked active for legacy (non UEFI) booting.
This was (kind of obviously) intended by the previous commit, but...
|
| 1.37 | 09-Jun-2016 |
christos | PR/51230: Add the ability to set the active flag in the PMBR.
|
| 1.36 | 31-May-2016 |
dholland | PR 50756 David Binderman: avoid running off the end of an array in case
thing we're looking for isn't there. Which is probably impossible, but
that's not obvious.
|
| 1.35 | 29-Dec-2015 |
christos | - add more informational messages
- handle case where last argument is an option not a device (set -l)
|
| 1.34 | 26-Dec-2015 |
martin | Improve "show -a" display: split human readable Type: field from the Type-GUID
to avoid wrapping in the common case; add a human readable Size: display.
|
| 1.33 | 25-Dec-2015 |
wiz | Simplify usage for gpt show.
|
| 1.32 | 25-Dec-2015 |
martin | Add a -a flag to the show command, so we can display the full GPT with
all information in one go.
|
| 1.31 | 06-Dec-2015 |
christos | Add listing commands for type, set and unset.
Add help and formatting for set and unset.
Change show to print all the attribute info in one line.
|
| 1.30 | 04-Dec-2015 |
christos | fix label printing.
|
| 1.29 | 03-Dec-2015 |
christos | WARNS=6
|
| 1.28 | 03-Dec-2015 |
christos | eliminate static globals so that commands can be re-used.
|
| 1.27 | 02-Dec-2015 |
christos | refactor the utf code so that it does not leak memory.
|
| 1.26 | 01-Dec-2015 |
christos | merge command line parsers and check all memory allocations.
|
| 1.25 | 01-Dec-2015 |
christos | Refactor the command dispatching and help printing logic.
|
| 1.24 | 01-Dec-2015 |
christos | Firs step of refactoring, remove all globals, factor out some common code,
handle alternate usage but not advertise it.
|
| 1.23 | 29-Nov-2015 |
christos | Add the missing cases.
|
| 1.22 | 29-Nov-2015 |
christos | merge the create errors in one place and fix them.
|
| 1.21 | 30-Sep-2014 |
jnemeth | correctly show partition type in the new world order
|
| 1.20 | 30-Sep-2014 |
jnemeth | Check size of correct buffer. Note, just being pedantic as the buffer
being checked is the same size as the one that should have been checked.
|
| 1.19 | 30-Sep-2014 |
christos | Add internal uuid support, since the linux+macos versions of the library
are different than than *bsd ones, and others might not have it at all.
|
| 1.18 | 30-Sep-2014 |
christos | remove compat defines.
|
| 1.17 | 29-Sep-2014 |
christos | more toolification changes
|
| 1.16 | 29-Sep-2014 |
christos | minor toolification: need libprop...
|
| 1.15 | 18-Dec-2013 |
jnemeth | branches: 1.15.4;
If we want to GUIDs to display with correct endian, it helps to decode it first.
|
| 1.14 | 09-Dec-2013 |
jnemeth | For the "show -i <entry>" subcommand, print Start and Size both in
terms of number of sectors and bytes.
|
| 1.13 | 08-Dec-2013 |
jnemeth | fix off-by-one error
|
| 1.12 | 30-Nov-2013 |
jnemeth | Add two new options:
-g which shows the GUID for a partition
-i which shows all the gory details for a particular option
XXX the output format of -i is subject to change
|
| 1.11 | 19-Oct-2013 |
jnemeth | recognize FreeBSD ZFS partition
|
| 1.10 | 13-Apr-2013 |
jakllsch | Make pre-initialized partition type uuid_t symbols 'static const'.
This conserves a few hundred bytes of total program size by
allowing the linker to merge duplicates.
|
| 1.9 | 13-Apr-2013 |
jakllsch | Clean up gpt(8) a bit more
uuid_create_nil(3) and uuid_is_nil(3) take a uuid_t*, not a pointer to
an array of bytes merely casted to compatible type.
Additonally, there no need for extra casts and address-of operations when
using le_uuid_*() functions.
Furthermore, le_uuid_*() are identical to uuid_*_le functions in
libc/libuuid, so use those instead on NetBSD.
|
| 1.8 | 18-Jan-2013 |
jakllsch | Now that GPT_ENT_TYPE_LINUX_DATA is diffrent from the Windows one, use it.
|
| 1.7 | 27-Aug-2011 |
joerg | branches: 1.7.2; 1.7.8;
Use __dead
|
| 1.6 | 06-Jan-2011 |
jakllsch | UFS is called FFS in the NetBSD case. Display as such and accept as input.
|
| 1.5 | 24-Feb-2008 |
christos | PR/38094: Robert Millan: support "BIOS Boot" partition type in gpt(8)
|
| 1.4 | 28-Dec-2007 |
riz | branches: 1.4.2; 1.4.4;
As discussed on tech-userlevel, add NetBSD GPT partition types for
swap, ffs, lfs, raidframe, ccd and cgd. gpt(8) now defaults to
NetBSD ffs if no type is given, but previous FreeBSD types are
still recognized in the DKWEDGE_AUTODISCOVER code.
|
| 1.3 | 18-Dec-2007 |
riz | Fix the usage strings for each command, and print them all for the
"global" usage. It's still a little ugly, but hopefully not as
fantastically confusing as before...
|
| 1.2 | 15-Oct-2006 |
christos | branches: 1.2.2; 1.2.4; 1.2.8; 1.2.10;
Make this work under NetBSD.
|
| 1.1 | 15-Oct-2006 |
christos | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 15-Oct-2006 |
christos | Import the gpt tool from FreeBSD
|
| 1.2.10.2 | 18-Feb-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.2.10.1 | 27-Dec-2007 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.2.8.2 | 23-Mar-2008 |
matt | sync with HEAD
|
| 1.2.8.1 | 09-Jan-2008 |
matt | sync with HEAD
|
| 1.2.4.1 | 03-Jun-2008 |
skrll | Sync with netbsd-4.
|
| 1.2.2.2 | 08-Apr-2008 |
jdc | Pull up revisions:
src/sbin/gpt/add.c 1.6
src/sbin/gpt/gpt.c 1.7
src/sbin/gpt/show.c 1.4
src/sys/dev/dkwedge/dkwedge_gpt.c 1.7
src/sys/sys/disk.h 1.47
src/sys/sys/disklabel_gpt.h 1.4
(requested by riz in ticket #1119).
As discussed on tech-userlevel, add NetBSD GPT partition types for
swap, ffs, lfs, raidframe, ccd and cgd. gpt(8) now defaults to
NetBSD ffs if no type is given, but previous FreeBSD types are
still recognized in the DKWEDGE_AUTODISCOVER code.
|
| 1.2.2.1 | 08-Apr-2008 |
jdc | Pull up revisions:
src/sbin/gpt/add.c 1.5
src/sbin/gpt/create.c 1.3
src/sbin/gpt/destroy.c 1.3
src/sbin/gpt/gpt.c 1.4-1.6
src/sbin/gpt/label.c 1.5-1.6
src/sbin/gpt/migrate.c 1.4
src/sbin/gpt/recover.c 1.3
src/sbin/gpt/remove.c 1.4
src/sbin/gpt/show.c 1.3
(requested by riz in ticket #1117).
Produce more useful error messages.
Fix the usage strings for each command, and print them all for the
"global" usage. It's still a little ugly, but hopefully not as
fantastically confusing as before...
Your friendly neighborhood 64-bit architecture here to remind you that
strlen returns size_t, and printf's precision specifier uses int.
|
| 1.4.4.1 | 03-Apr-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.4.2.1 | 24-Mar-2008 |
keiichi | sync with head.
|
| 1.7.8.3 | 20-Aug-2014 |
tls | Rebase to HEAD as of a few days ago.
|
| 1.7.8.2 | 23-Jun-2013 |
tls | resync from head
|
| 1.7.8.1 | 25-Feb-2013 |
tls | resync with head
|
| 1.7.2.2 | 22-May-2014 |
yamt | sync with head.
for a reference, the tree before this commit was tagged
as yamt-pagecache-tag8.
this commit was splitted into small chunks to avoid
a limitation of cvs. ("Protocol error: too many arguments")
|
| 1.7.2.1 | 23-Jan-2013 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.15.4.2 | 13-Aug-2018 |
martin | Catch up to current for the following, requested by sborrill in ticket #1629:
sbin/gpt/gpt_private.h up to 1.2
sbin/gpt/header.c up to 1.9
sbin/gpt/main.c up to 1.11
sbin/gpt/drvctl.c delete
sbin/gpt/Makefile up to 1.18
sbin/gpt/add.c up to 1.44
sbin/gpt/backup.c up to 1.18
sbin/gpt/biosboot.c up to 1.30
sbin/gpt/create.c up to 1.23
sbin/gpt/destroy.c up to 1.10
sbin/gpt/gpt.8 up to 1.63
sbin/gpt/gpt.c up to 1.75
sbin/gpt/gpt.h up to 1.38
sbin/gpt/gpt_uuid.c up to 1.15
sbin/gpt/gpt_uuid.h up to 1.7
sbin/gpt/label.c up to 1.29
sbin/gpt/map.c up to 1.14
sbin/gpt/map.h up to 1.6
sbin/gpt/migrate.c up to 1.33
sbin/gpt/recover.c up to 1.18
sbin/gpt/remove.c up to 1.22
sbin/gpt/resize.c up to 1.23
sbin/gpt/resizedisk.c up to 1.17
sbin/gpt/restore.c up to 1.18
sbin/gpt/set.c up to 1.14
sbin/gpt/show.c up to 1.41
sbin/gpt/type.c up to 1.15
sbin/gpt/unset.c up to 1.14
Many changes including:
- Significant refactoring
- PR/51230: Add the ability to set the active flag in the PMBR
- Let individual commands decide if ioctl(DIOCMWEDGES) should be done
- Add a "header" subcommand that displays information about the size of
the disk along with information from the GPT header if it exists
- Add listing commands for type, set and unset
- Add help and formatting for set and unset
- Change show to print all the attribute info in one line.
- Improve documentation, including booting and exit status
- Check device parameter to avoid segfaults
|
| 1.15.4.1 | 02-Jun-2015 |
snj | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by jnemeth in ticket #774):
sbin/gpt/Makefile: revisions 1.9-1.13
sbin/gpt/add.c: revisions 1.25-1.27
sbin/gpt/backup.c: revisions 1.2-1.8
sbin/gpt/biosboot.c: revisions 1.8-1.14
sbin/gpt/create.c: revisions 1.8-1.12
sbin/gpt/destroy.c: revisions 1.5-1.6
sbin/gpt/drvctl.c: revision 1.1
sbin/gpt/gpt.8: revisions 1.29-1.36
sbin/gpt/gpt.c: revisions 1.29-1.40
sbin/gpt/gpt.h: revisions 1.12-1.18
sbin/gpt/gpt_uuid.c: revisions 1.1-1.10
sbin/gpt/gpt_uuid.h: revisions 1.1-1.3
sbin/gpt/label.c: revisions 1.15-1.18
sbin/gpt/map.c: revision 1.7
sbin/gpt/migrate.c: revisions 1.15-1.21
sbin/gpt/recover.c: revision 1.5
sbin/gpt/remove.c: revisions 1.13-1.16
sbin/gpt/resize.c: revisions 1.9-1.11
sbin/gpt/resizedisk.c: revisions 1.1-1.6
sbin/gpt/restore.c: revisions 1.2-1.7
sbin/gpt/set.c: revisions 1.3-1.5
sbin/gpt/show.c: revision 1.16-1.21
sbin/gpt/type.c: revisions 1.1-1.6
sbin/gpt/unset.c: revisions 1.3-1.5
- record the sector size of the disk
- correct confusion with end_cylinder and end_sector in MBRs
--
- dump all partitions, not just ones that are in use
- while here, squash a memory leak
It shouldn't be necessary to backup unused partitions, however
the partition GUID is created at the time the GPT is created and
is never changed. It shouldn't matter if the GUID of an unused
partition changes, but there may be some special case where it
does. Since it isn't a big deal to record the unused partitions,
might as well do it.
--
Initial cut of gpt restore. This functions correctly in testing,
but isn't all that pretty. It has minimal error testing and may
leak memory. It also only works with empty disks. If passed "-F"
flag, it will blank the disk for you.
--
document the new restore subcommand
--
- make gpt_gpt() available for use directly by subcommands
- create new resizedisk disk subcommand for relocating backup GPT
--
Fix compile error observed on i386. Use PRIu64.
--
no C99isms in tool code
--
- handle a GPT that isn't an exact multiple of a sector
- adjust PMBR size, in case new disk is a different size
- don't leak as much memory
- clean up error handling somewhat
--
PR/44218 - David Young -- add "type" subcommand to change a partition type
--
PR/47990 - Dr. Wolfgang Stukenbrock -- add "-L <label>" as selector option
--
minor toolification: need libprop...
--
more toolification
--
more toolification changes
--
remove compat defines.
--
Add internal uuid support, since the linux+macos versions of the library
are different than than *bsd ones, and others might not have it at all.
--
Check size of correct buffer. Note, just being pedantic as the buffer
being checked is the same size as the one that should have been checked.
--
correctly show partition type in the new world order
--
actually return the uuid when parsing one that is in numeric format
--
using random values for hdr->hdr_guid does not work very well
--
oops, forgot to update end of data area
--
It's HAVE_NBTOOL_CONFIG_H, not HAVE_NBTOOLS_CONFIG_H
--
Fix tools build on !NetBSD.
--
include <sys/endian.h> for both the non-tools build,
and the tools build on a host where the file exists.
Fixes a build problem on FreeBSD, reported by Herbert J. Skuhra, where
tools/compat's configure detected that be32dec() and friends were
available in the host's <sys/endian.h>, so tools/compat did not provide
its own versions.
--
"0" is not guaranteed to be unique
--
provide a copy of the kernel uuid generator (with portable API calls) for
tools.
--
Allow specifying sector and media size on the command line.
--
Remove trailing whitespace.
--
Make gpt(8) generate v4 (random) uuids.
Don't needlessly leak your date/time and MAC address when you edit
the disk.
Read from /dev/urandom rather than calling arc4random or anything,
since this is a tool. (Cygwin seems to have /dev/urandom, but yell
if this breaks the build on your exotic platform because it lacks
/dev/urandom.)
ok apb
--
Paranoia: choke noisily on EOF from /dev/urandom.
--
Report the argument instead of (null) when opendisk fails.
--
handle constness
--
handle constness better
--
Add some more common partition types.
--
Bump date for previous.
--
Fix handling of -t option for the type command.
Match any type, when no option is given, just like for the label command.
--
Factor out the getdisksize() drvctl method, and provide an alternative that
directly uses the disk ioctl's instead of relying on the drvctl device driver
which is currently not mandatory.
|
| 1.38.2.1 | 04-Nov-2016 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.39.6.1 | 12-Feb-2018 |
snj | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by christos in ticket #545):
sbin/gpt/backup.c: 1.17-1.18
sbin/gpt/biosboot.c: 1.29-1.30
sbin/gpt/gpt.c: 1.71-1.73
sbin/gpt/gpt.h: 1.36
sbin/gpt/restore.c: 1.17
sbin/gpt/show.c: 1.40-1.41
sys/dev/dkwedge/dkwedge_gpt.c: 1.19-1.20
PR/52522: Piotr Meyer: Don't NUL terminate the gpt label name.
--
- make sure that the utf16 string is padded with 0's where needed.
- since the utf16 string is not 0 terminated, pass the size of the string.
--
use __arraycount
--
PR/52522: ent_name is not necessarily 0 terminated, so check bounds.
--
use arraycount.
|
| 1.41.4.1 | 10-Jun-2019 |
christos | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.44.12.1 | 02-Aug-2025 |
perseant | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.17 | 23-Feb-2025 |
christos | Pass some lint.
|
| 1.16 | 21-Jun-2019 |
jnemeth | branches: 1.16.12;
Add a third argument to the "cfn" function that is an argument to
gpt_change_ent(). The purpose of the third argument is to specify
whether the entry to be changed is a primary GPT entry or a secondary
GPT entry. It is assumed that a secondary GPT entry will always
follow a corresponding primary entry.
This is in preparation for an upcoming change that will require it.
|
| 1.15 | 03-Jul-2018 |
jnemeth | Not all things that write to the disk do something that dk(4) will
be interested in. Let individual commands decide if ioctl(DIOCMWEDGES)
should be done. I was conservative and set the flag on any command
that might create/modify/delete partitions in any way.
|
| 1.14 | 19-Mar-2018 |
mlelstv | branches: 1.14.2;
Check device parameter to avoid segfaults. Agument synopsis for -l option.
|
| 1.13 | 06-Dec-2015 |
christos | branches: 1.13.8; 1.13.14;
Add listing commands for type, set and unset.
Add help and formatting for set and unset.
Change show to print all the attribute info in one line.
|
| 1.12 | 03-Dec-2015 |
christos | eliminate static globals so that commands can be re-used.
|
| 1.11 | 02-Dec-2015 |
christos | use the utility function.
|
| 1.10 | 01-Dec-2015 |
christos | refactor more duplicated code.
|
| 1.9 | 01-Dec-2015 |
christos | Refactor the command dispatching and help printing logic.
|
| 1.8 | 01-Dec-2015 |
christos | Firs step of refactoring, remove all globals, factor out some common code,
handle alternate usage but not advertise it.
|
| 1.7 | 29-Nov-2015 |
christos | merge the create errors in one place and fix them.
|
| 1.6 | 07-Dec-2014 |
mlelstv | branches: 1.6.2;
Fix handling of -t option for the type command.
Match any type, when no option is given, just like for the label command.
|
| 1.5 | 30-Sep-2014 |
christos | Add internal uuid support, since the linux+macos versions of the library
are different than than *bsd ones, and others might not have it at all.
|
| 1.4 | 30-Sep-2014 |
christos | remove compat defines.
|
| 1.3 | 29-Sep-2014 |
christos | minor toolification: need libprop...
|
| 1.2 | 29-Sep-2014 |
jnemeth | PR/47990 - Dr. Wolfgang Stukenbrock -- add "-L <label>" as selector option
|
| 1.1 | 28-Sep-2014 |
jnemeth | PR/44218 - David Young -- add "type" subcommand to change a partition type
|
| 1.6.2.3 | 13-Aug-2018 |
martin | Catch up to current for the following, requested by sborrill in ticket #1629:
sbin/gpt/gpt_private.h up to 1.2
sbin/gpt/header.c up to 1.9
sbin/gpt/main.c up to 1.11
sbin/gpt/drvctl.c delete
sbin/gpt/Makefile up to 1.18
sbin/gpt/add.c up to 1.44
sbin/gpt/backup.c up to 1.18
sbin/gpt/biosboot.c up to 1.30
sbin/gpt/create.c up to 1.23
sbin/gpt/destroy.c up to 1.10
sbin/gpt/gpt.8 up to 1.63
sbin/gpt/gpt.c up to 1.75
sbin/gpt/gpt.h up to 1.38
sbin/gpt/gpt_uuid.c up to 1.15
sbin/gpt/gpt_uuid.h up to 1.7
sbin/gpt/label.c up to 1.29
sbin/gpt/map.c up to 1.14
sbin/gpt/map.h up to 1.6
sbin/gpt/migrate.c up to 1.33
sbin/gpt/recover.c up to 1.18
sbin/gpt/remove.c up to 1.22
sbin/gpt/resize.c up to 1.23
sbin/gpt/resizedisk.c up to 1.17
sbin/gpt/restore.c up to 1.18
sbin/gpt/set.c up to 1.14
sbin/gpt/show.c up to 1.41
sbin/gpt/type.c up to 1.15
sbin/gpt/unset.c up to 1.14
Many changes including:
- Significant refactoring
- PR/51230: Add the ability to set the active flag in the PMBR
- Let individual commands decide if ioctl(DIOCMWEDGES) should be done
- Add a "header" subcommand that displays information about the size of
the disk along with information from the GPT header if it exists
- Add listing commands for type, set and unset
- Add help and formatting for set and unset
- Change show to print all the attribute info in one line.
- Improve documentation, including booting and exit status
- Check device parameter to avoid segfaults
|
| 1.6.2.2 | 02-Jun-2015 |
snj | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by jnemeth in ticket #774):
sbin/gpt/Makefile: revisions 1.9-1.13
sbin/gpt/add.c: revisions 1.25-1.27
sbin/gpt/backup.c: revisions 1.2-1.8
sbin/gpt/biosboot.c: revisions 1.8-1.14
sbin/gpt/create.c: revisions 1.8-1.12
sbin/gpt/destroy.c: revisions 1.5-1.6
sbin/gpt/drvctl.c: revision 1.1
sbin/gpt/gpt.8: revisions 1.29-1.36
sbin/gpt/gpt.c: revisions 1.29-1.40
sbin/gpt/gpt.h: revisions 1.12-1.18
sbin/gpt/gpt_uuid.c: revisions 1.1-1.10
sbin/gpt/gpt_uuid.h: revisions 1.1-1.3
sbin/gpt/label.c: revisions 1.15-1.18
sbin/gpt/map.c: revision 1.7
sbin/gpt/migrate.c: revisions 1.15-1.21
sbin/gpt/recover.c: revision 1.5
sbin/gpt/remove.c: revisions 1.13-1.16
sbin/gpt/resize.c: revisions 1.9-1.11
sbin/gpt/resizedisk.c: revisions 1.1-1.6
sbin/gpt/restore.c: revisions 1.2-1.7
sbin/gpt/set.c: revisions 1.3-1.5
sbin/gpt/show.c: revision 1.16-1.21
sbin/gpt/type.c: revisions 1.1-1.6
sbin/gpt/unset.c: revisions 1.3-1.5
- record the sector size of the disk
- correct confusion with end_cylinder and end_sector in MBRs
--
- dump all partitions, not just ones that are in use
- while here, squash a memory leak
It shouldn't be necessary to backup unused partitions, however
the partition GUID is created at the time the GPT is created and
is never changed. It shouldn't matter if the GUID of an unused
partition changes, but there may be some special case where it
does. Since it isn't a big deal to record the unused partitions,
might as well do it.
--
Initial cut of gpt restore. This functions correctly in testing,
but isn't all that pretty. It has minimal error testing and may
leak memory. It also only works with empty disks. If passed "-F"
flag, it will blank the disk for you.
--
document the new restore subcommand
--
- make gpt_gpt() available for use directly by subcommands
- create new resizedisk disk subcommand for relocating backup GPT
--
Fix compile error observed on i386. Use PRIu64.
--
no C99isms in tool code
--
- handle a GPT that isn't an exact multiple of a sector
- adjust PMBR size, in case new disk is a different size
- don't leak as much memory
- clean up error handling somewhat
--
PR/44218 - David Young -- add "type" subcommand to change a partition type
--
PR/47990 - Dr. Wolfgang Stukenbrock -- add "-L <label>" as selector option
--
minor toolification: need libprop...
--
more toolification
--
more toolification changes
--
remove compat defines.
--
Add internal uuid support, since the linux+macos versions of the library
are different than than *bsd ones, and others might not have it at all.
--
Check size of correct buffer. Note, just being pedantic as the buffer
being checked is the same size as the one that should have been checked.
--
correctly show partition type in the new world order
--
actually return the uuid when parsing one that is in numeric format
--
using random values for hdr->hdr_guid does not work very well
--
oops, forgot to update end of data area
--
It's HAVE_NBTOOL_CONFIG_H, not HAVE_NBTOOLS_CONFIG_H
--
Fix tools build on !NetBSD.
--
include <sys/endian.h> for both the non-tools build,
and the tools build on a host where the file exists.
Fixes a build problem on FreeBSD, reported by Herbert J. Skuhra, where
tools/compat's configure detected that be32dec() and friends were
available in the host's <sys/endian.h>, so tools/compat did not provide
its own versions.
--
"0" is not guaranteed to be unique
--
provide a copy of the kernel uuid generator (with portable API calls) for
tools.
--
Allow specifying sector and media size on the command line.
--
Remove trailing whitespace.
--
Make gpt(8) generate v4 (random) uuids.
Don't needlessly leak your date/time and MAC address when you edit
the disk.
Read from /dev/urandom rather than calling arc4random or anything,
since this is a tool. (Cygwin seems to have /dev/urandom, but yell
if this breaks the build on your exotic platform because it lacks
/dev/urandom.)
ok apb
--
Paranoia: choke noisily on EOF from /dev/urandom.
--
Report the argument instead of (null) when opendisk fails.
--
handle constness
--
handle constness better
--
Add some more common partition types.
--
Bump date for previous.
--
Fix handling of -t option for the type command.
Match any type, when no option is given, just like for the label command.
--
Factor out the getdisksize() drvctl method, and provide an alternative that
directly uses the disk ioctl's instead of relying on the drvctl device driver
which is currently not mandatory.
|
| 1.6.2.1 | 07-Dec-2014 |
snj | file type.c was added on branch netbsd-7 on 2015-06-02 19:49:38 +0000
|
| 1.13.14.2 | 28-Jul-2018 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.13.14.1 | 22-Mar-2018 |
pgoyette | Synch with HEAD, resolve conflicts
|
| 1.13.8.1 | 09-Apr-2018 |
bouyer | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by mlelstv in ticket #710):
sbin/gpt/main.c: revision 1.11
sbin/gpt/gpt.h: revision 1.37
sbin/gpt/set.c: revision 1.14
sbin/gpt/type.c: revision 1.14
sbin/gpt/unset.c: revision 1.14
sbin/gpt/gpt.8: revision 1.58
Check device parameter to avoid segfaults. Augment synopsis for -l option.
|
| 1.14.2.2 | 13-Apr-2020 |
martin | Mostly merge changes from HEAD upto 20200411
|
| 1.14.2.1 | 10-Jun-2019 |
christos | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.16.12.1 | 02-Aug-2025 |
perseant | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.16 | 23-Feb-2025 |
christos | Pass some lint.
|
| 1.15 | 26-Mar-2019 |
martin | branches: 1.15.12;
Allow -b to specify a partition for "gpt unset" as well.
|
| 1.14 | 19-Mar-2018 |
mlelstv | branches: 1.14.2;
Check device parameter to avoid segfaults. Agument synopsis for -l option.
|
| 1.13 | 29-Dec-2015 |
christos | branches: 1.13.8; 1.13.14;
- add more informational messages
- handle case where last argument is an option not a device (set -l)
|
| 1.12 | 06-Dec-2015 |
christos | Add listing commands for type, set and unset.
Add help and formatting for set and unset.
Change show to print all the attribute info in one line.
|
| 1.11 | 03-Dec-2015 |
christos | WARNS=6
|
| 1.10 | 03-Dec-2015 |
christos | eliminate static globals so that commands can be re-used.
|
| 1.9 | 01-Dec-2015 |
christos | refactor more duplicated code.
|
| 1.8 | 01-Dec-2015 |
christos | Refactor the command dispatching and help printing logic.
|
| 1.7 | 01-Dec-2015 |
christos | Firs step of refactoring, remove all globals, factor out some common code,
handle alternate usage but not advertise it.
|
| 1.6 | 29-Nov-2015 |
christos | merge the create errors in one place and fix them.
|
| 1.5 | 30-Sep-2014 |
christos | Add internal uuid support, since the linux+macos versions of the library
are different than than *bsd ones, and others might not have it at all.
|
| 1.4 | 30-Sep-2014 |
christos | remove compat defines.
|
| 1.3 | 29-Sep-2014 |
christos | minor toolification: need libprop...
|
| 1.2 | 10-Dec-2013 |
jnemeth | branches: 1.2.4; 1.2.6; 1.2.8;
Explicitly state which partition was added/modified.
|
| 1.1 | 09-Dec-2013 |
jnemeth | Add two new subcommands, "set" and "unset". These were inspired by
FreeBSD's gpart(8), but the code is all mine. The purpose of these
is to set and unset partition attributes.
|
| 1.2.8.2 | 20-Aug-2014 |
tls | Rebase to HEAD as of a few days ago.
|
| 1.2.8.1 | 10-Dec-2013 |
tls | file unset.c was added on branch tls-maxphys on 2014-08-20 00:02:25 +0000
|
| 1.2.6.2 | 13-Aug-2018 |
martin | Catch up to current for the following, requested by sborrill in ticket #1629:
sbin/gpt/gpt_private.h up to 1.2
sbin/gpt/header.c up to 1.9
sbin/gpt/main.c up to 1.11
sbin/gpt/drvctl.c delete
sbin/gpt/Makefile up to 1.18
sbin/gpt/add.c up to 1.44
sbin/gpt/backup.c up to 1.18
sbin/gpt/biosboot.c up to 1.30
sbin/gpt/create.c up to 1.23
sbin/gpt/destroy.c up to 1.10
sbin/gpt/gpt.8 up to 1.63
sbin/gpt/gpt.c up to 1.75
sbin/gpt/gpt.h up to 1.38
sbin/gpt/gpt_uuid.c up to 1.15
sbin/gpt/gpt_uuid.h up to 1.7
sbin/gpt/label.c up to 1.29
sbin/gpt/map.c up to 1.14
sbin/gpt/map.h up to 1.6
sbin/gpt/migrate.c up to 1.33
sbin/gpt/recover.c up to 1.18
sbin/gpt/remove.c up to 1.22
sbin/gpt/resize.c up to 1.23
sbin/gpt/resizedisk.c up to 1.17
sbin/gpt/restore.c up to 1.18
sbin/gpt/set.c up to 1.14
sbin/gpt/show.c up to 1.41
sbin/gpt/type.c up to 1.15
sbin/gpt/unset.c up to 1.14
Many changes including:
- Significant refactoring
- PR/51230: Add the ability to set the active flag in the PMBR
- Let individual commands decide if ioctl(DIOCMWEDGES) should be done
- Add a "header" subcommand that displays information about the size of
the disk along with information from the GPT header if it exists
- Add listing commands for type, set and unset
- Add help and formatting for set and unset
- Change show to print all the attribute info in one line.
- Improve documentation, including booting and exit status
- Check device parameter to avoid segfaults
|
| 1.2.6.1 | 02-Jun-2015 |
snj | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by jnemeth in ticket #774):
sbin/gpt/Makefile: revisions 1.9-1.13
sbin/gpt/add.c: revisions 1.25-1.27
sbin/gpt/backup.c: revisions 1.2-1.8
sbin/gpt/biosboot.c: revisions 1.8-1.14
sbin/gpt/create.c: revisions 1.8-1.12
sbin/gpt/destroy.c: revisions 1.5-1.6
sbin/gpt/drvctl.c: revision 1.1
sbin/gpt/gpt.8: revisions 1.29-1.36
sbin/gpt/gpt.c: revisions 1.29-1.40
sbin/gpt/gpt.h: revisions 1.12-1.18
sbin/gpt/gpt_uuid.c: revisions 1.1-1.10
sbin/gpt/gpt_uuid.h: revisions 1.1-1.3
sbin/gpt/label.c: revisions 1.15-1.18
sbin/gpt/map.c: revision 1.7
sbin/gpt/migrate.c: revisions 1.15-1.21
sbin/gpt/recover.c: revision 1.5
sbin/gpt/remove.c: revisions 1.13-1.16
sbin/gpt/resize.c: revisions 1.9-1.11
sbin/gpt/resizedisk.c: revisions 1.1-1.6
sbin/gpt/restore.c: revisions 1.2-1.7
sbin/gpt/set.c: revisions 1.3-1.5
sbin/gpt/show.c: revision 1.16-1.21
sbin/gpt/type.c: revisions 1.1-1.6
sbin/gpt/unset.c: revisions 1.3-1.5
- record the sector size of the disk
- correct confusion with end_cylinder and end_sector in MBRs
--
- dump all partitions, not just ones that are in use
- while here, squash a memory leak
It shouldn't be necessary to backup unused partitions, however
the partition GUID is created at the time the GPT is created and
is never changed. It shouldn't matter if the GUID of an unused
partition changes, but there may be some special case where it
does. Since it isn't a big deal to record the unused partitions,
might as well do it.
--
Initial cut of gpt restore. This functions correctly in testing,
but isn't all that pretty. It has minimal error testing and may
leak memory. It also only works with empty disks. If passed "-F"
flag, it will blank the disk for you.
--
document the new restore subcommand
--
- make gpt_gpt() available for use directly by subcommands
- create new resizedisk disk subcommand for relocating backup GPT
--
Fix compile error observed on i386. Use PRIu64.
--
no C99isms in tool code
--
- handle a GPT that isn't an exact multiple of a sector
- adjust PMBR size, in case new disk is a different size
- don't leak as much memory
- clean up error handling somewhat
--
PR/44218 - David Young -- add "type" subcommand to change a partition type
--
PR/47990 - Dr. Wolfgang Stukenbrock -- add "-L <label>" as selector option
--
minor toolification: need libprop...
--
more toolification
--
more toolification changes
--
remove compat defines.
--
Add internal uuid support, since the linux+macos versions of the library
are different than than *bsd ones, and others might not have it at all.
--
Check size of correct buffer. Note, just being pedantic as the buffer
being checked is the same size as the one that should have been checked.
--
correctly show partition type in the new world order
--
actually return the uuid when parsing one that is in numeric format
--
using random values for hdr->hdr_guid does not work very well
--
oops, forgot to update end of data area
--
It's HAVE_NBTOOL_CONFIG_H, not HAVE_NBTOOLS_CONFIG_H
--
Fix tools build on !NetBSD.
--
include <sys/endian.h> for both the non-tools build,
and the tools build on a host where the file exists.
Fixes a build problem on FreeBSD, reported by Herbert J. Skuhra, where
tools/compat's configure detected that be32dec() and friends were
available in the host's <sys/endian.h>, so tools/compat did not provide
its own versions.
--
"0" is not guaranteed to be unique
--
provide a copy of the kernel uuid generator (with portable API calls) for
tools.
--
Allow specifying sector and media size on the command line.
--
Remove trailing whitespace.
--
Make gpt(8) generate v4 (random) uuids.
Don't needlessly leak your date/time and MAC address when you edit
the disk.
Read from /dev/urandom rather than calling arc4random or anything,
since this is a tool. (Cygwin seems to have /dev/urandom, but yell
if this breaks the build on your exotic platform because it lacks
/dev/urandom.)
ok apb
--
Paranoia: choke noisily on EOF from /dev/urandom.
--
Report the argument instead of (null) when opendisk fails.
--
handle constness
--
handle constness better
--
Add some more common partition types.
--
Bump date for previous.
--
Fix handling of -t option for the type command.
Match any type, when no option is given, just like for the label command.
--
Factor out the getdisksize() drvctl method, and provide an alternative that
directly uses the disk ioctl's instead of relying on the drvctl device driver
which is currently not mandatory.
|
| 1.2.4.2 | 22-May-2014 |
yamt | sync with head.
for a reference, the tree before this commit was tagged
as yamt-pagecache-tag8.
this commit was splitted into small chunks to avoid
a limitation of cvs. ("Protocol error: too many arguments")
|
| 1.2.4.1 | 10-Dec-2013 |
yamt | file unset.c was added on branch yamt-pagecache on 2014-05-22 11:37:28 +0000
|
| 1.13.14.1 | 22-Mar-2018 |
pgoyette | Synch with HEAD, resolve conflicts
|
| 1.13.8.1 | 09-Apr-2018 |
bouyer | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by mlelstv in ticket #710):
sbin/gpt/main.c: revision 1.11
sbin/gpt/gpt.h: revision 1.37
sbin/gpt/set.c: revision 1.14
sbin/gpt/type.c: revision 1.14
sbin/gpt/unset.c: revision 1.14
sbin/gpt/gpt.8: revision 1.58
Check device parameter to avoid segfaults. Augment synopsis for -l option.
|
| 1.14.2.1 | 10-Jun-2019 |
christos | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.15.12.1 | 02-Aug-2025 |
perseant | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.4 | 23-Feb-2025 |
christos | Pass some lint.
|
| 1.3 | 20-Oct-2024 |
mlelstv | When generating timestamp based GUIDs for reproducable builds
- increment timestamp by 100ns for each partition.
- use the standard time-based UUID format (type 1) and don't
pretend it's a random number (type 4).
- make the -T option actually work for the uuid command.
Random GUIDs:
start size index contents
34 1000 1 GPT part - d93ba067-a788-4ce0-99b8-0ead51f00215
1034 2000 2 GPT part - bebba77a-7fdc-4ca0-a1bf-7450aa871d41
d93ba067-a788-4ce0-99b8-0ead51f00215:
Version 4 Random
Variant 2 RFC 4122
Data D9 3B A0 67 A7 88 4C E0 99 B8 0E AD 51 F0 02 15
bebba77a-7fdc-4ca0-a1bf-7450aa871d41:
Version 4 Random
Variant 2 RFC 4122
Data BE BB A7 7A 7F DC 4C A0 A1 BF 74 50 AA 87 1D 41
Timestamp based GUIDs:
start size index contents
34 1000 1 GPT part - 0a524600-8eba-11ef-8000-000000000000
1034 2000 2 GPT part - 0a524601-8eba-11ef-8000-000000000000
0a524600-8eba-11ef-8000-000000000000:
Version 1 Time and MAC based
Variant 2 RFC 4122
Node 00:00:00:00:00:00
Clock 0
Time 2024-10-20T08:05:16.000000.0Z
0a524601-8eba-11ef-8000-000000000000:
Version 1 Time and MAC based
Variant 2 RFC 4122
Node 00:00:00:00:00:00
Clock 0
Time 2024-10-20T08:05:16.000000.1Z
Node (host MAC address) and clock (sequence number incremented whenever
the time went backwards) are left undefined (all zero) for our purpose.
|
| 1.2 | 19-Aug-2024 |
christos | Add -U option to specify new UUID
Add OpenBSD
from Anon Ymous
|
| 1.1 | 25-Jun-2019 |
jnemeth | branches: 1.1.6; 1.1.14;
Add an "uuid" command to generate a new UUID for a portion. The
primary intention is for use for after cloning disks to prevent
collisions.
|
| 1.1.14.1 | 02-Aug-2025 |
perseant | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.1.6.2 | 13-Apr-2020 |
martin | Mostly merge changes from HEAD upto 20200411
|
| 1.1.6.1 | 25-Jun-2019 |
martin | file uuid.c was added on branch phil-wifi on 2020-04-13 08:03:20 +0000
|
| 1.62 | 04-Apr-2025 |
rin | ifconfig/Makefile: Makefile.inc -> Makefile.common in comment, NFC
I forgot to update this comment when I renamed Makefile.inc to .common.
|
| 1.61 | 10-Oct-2017 |
christos | branches: 1.61.16;
user librumpres
|
| 1.60 | 08-Feb-2017 |
rin | Cosmetic changes. No functional changes.
|
| 1.59 | 08-Feb-2017 |
rin | Factor out a common part in Makefile's of ifconfig and x_ifconfig.
|
| 1.58 | 08-Feb-2017 |
rin | Rename sbin/ifconfig/Makefile.inc to Makefile.common; the former can
potentially conflict with bsd.subdir.mk.
|
| 1.57 | 08-Feb-2017 |
rin | Remove ifconfig hack on m68000. I've confirmed that the problem has already
gone with TME.
|
| 1.56 | 19-May-2015 |
ozaki-r | branches: 1.56.2; 1.56.4;
Fix rump.ifconfig shows host's interface names in link local addresses
|
| 1.55 | 28-Apr-2015 |
christos | remove 80211 stats if small.
|
| 1.54 | 01-Mar-2013 |
joerg | Retire OSI network stack. OK core@
|
| 1.53 | 08-Aug-2012 |
christos | branches: 1.53.2;
don't define RUMP_ACTION if MKRUMP = no
|
| 1.52 | 14-Aug-2011 |
christos | branches: 1.52.2;
use memcpy to avoid strict aliasing warnings
|
| 1.51 | 22-Jun-2011 |
mrg | apply some -Wno-error and/or -fno-strict-aliasing.
all of this should be looked at closer, but some of them are not
very trivial.
|
| 1.50 | 13-Dec-2010 |
pooka | Convert from the .ifdef RUMP_ACTION stuff to RUMPPRG.
|
| 1.49 | 05-Nov-2010 |
pooka | Need getifaddrs() for the rump client since it executes sysctl(2)
|
| 1.48 | 04-Nov-2010 |
pooka | Update RUMP_ACTION to use the newstyle rump client.
|
| 1.47 | 01-Jul-2010 |
dyoung | Apparently, -g belongs in the DBG variable, not in CFLAGS. Make it so
on a line that is commented-out in this makefile.
|
| 1.46 | 16-Sep-2009 |
tsutsui | - no space needed between -I and dir per gcc(1)
- it's still better to use ${NETBSDSRCDIR} per other existing Makefiles
|
| 1.45 | 16-Sep-2009 |
tsutsui | Add comments that Makefile.inc should have shared stuff with
src/distrib/utils/x_ifconfig for install media.
|
| 1.44 | 15-Sep-2009 |
he | Move the addition of pfsync.c from Makefile.inc to Makefile,
so that this part doesn't get included in install media versions
of ifconfig, as per comments on source-changes@ from Izumi Tsutsui.
Also re-instate the use of ${.CURDIR} when setting up the include path.
|
| 1.43 | 02-Jun-2009 |
pooka | If RUMP_ACTION, treat close() as a rump syscall.
|
| 1.42 | 26-May-2009 |
pooka | Add compile mode which executes rump system calls. This is useful
when figuring out Where In The Kernel Is Carmen Sandiego's ioctl
for an ifconfig command line, since we can simply single-step into
the kernel.
Activated by "make RUMP_ACTION=1". No changes to normal case.
|
| 1.41 | 11-Apr-2009 |
lukem | Enable WARNS=4 by default except for:
dump dump_lfs fsck_ffs fsck_lfs fsdb mount_smbfs
newfs_ext2fs newfs_lfs resize_lfs setkey
|
| 1.40 | 13-Feb-2009 |
uebayasi | Comment out CFLAGS+=-g.
|
| 1.39 | 29-Nov-2008 |
tsutsui | branches: 1.39.2;
Specify -fno-loop-optimize on m68000 as workaround for gcc -O1 codegen bug
mentioned in PR bin/40036 and PR toolchain/40066.
|
| 1.38 | 02-Jul-2008 |
dyoung | branches: 1.38.2;
Let us add/remove features from ifconfig, such as support for
various address families (inet, inet6, iso, atalk) and protocols
(802.11, 802.3ad, CARP), simply by trimming the list of sources in
the Makefile. This helps one customize ifconfig for an embedded
device or for install media, and it eliminates a lot of grotty
#ifdef'age. Now, the ifconfig syntax and semantics are finalized
at run-time using the constructor routines in each address-family/protocol
module.
(In principle, ifconfig could load virtually all of its syntax from
shared objects.)
Extract a lot of common code into subroutines, in order to shrink
the ifconfig binary a bit. Make all of the address families share
code for address addition/replacement/removal, and delete "legacy"
code for manipulating addresses. That may have broken atalk and
iso, despite my best efforts.
Extract an include file, Makefile.inc, containing the make-fu that
both ifconfig and x_ifconfig share.
Sprinkle static. Change some int's to bool's. Constify.
Add RCS Ids to carp.c and env.c. Move media code to a new file,
media.c. Delete several unneeded header files.
Set, reset, and display the IEEE 802.11 attribute, 'dot11RTSThreshold'.
Bug fix: do not require both a interface address and a destination
address for point-to-point interfaces, but accept a interface
address by itself.
|
| 1.37 | 12-May-2008 |
dyoung | Per discussion at
<http://mail-index.netbsd.org/tech-net/2008/04/08/msg000371.html>,
let us add, delete, and activate link-layer addresses with ifconfig:
# ifconfig sip0 link 02:00:00:00:00:01 [add address]
# ifconfig sip0 link 02:00:00:00:00:02 [add address]
# ifconfig sip0 link 02:00:00:00:00:02 active [activate address]
# ifconfig sip0 link 02:00:00:00:00:01 delete [remove address]
|
| 1.36 | 08-May-2008 |
dyoung | Don't use -pedantic, it stops af_atalk.c and af_iso.c from building
if INET_ONLY is #defined.
|
| 1.35 | 07-May-2008 |
dyoung | Remove CPPFLAGS that are redundant when WARNS=4.
|
| 1.34 | 06-May-2008 |
dyoung | branches: 1.34.2;
Add WARNS=4 and a dependency on ${LIBPROP}.
|
| 1.33 | 06-May-2008 |
dyoung | Take out my CFLAGS settings for debugging.
|
| 1.32 | 06-May-2008 |
dyoung | Overhaul ifconfig. Use fewer global variables. Take a leap toward
improved modularity and extensibility.
In the new architecture, a directed graph of argument-matching
objects (match objects) expresses the set of feasible ifconfig
statements. Match objects are labelled by subroutines that provide
the statement semantics.
Many IPv4, IPv6, 802.11, tunnel, and media configurations have been
tested.
AppleTalk, ISO, carp(4), agr(4), and vlan(4) configuration need
testing.
|
| 1.31 | 26-Aug-2006 |
matt | branches: 1.31.18; 1.31.20;
Remove XNS support.
|
| 1.30 | 18-May-2006 |
liamjfoy | Integrate Common Address Redundancy Procotol (CARP) from OpenBSD
'pseudo-device carp'
Thanks to: joerg@ christos@ riz@ and others who tested
Ok: core@
|
| 1.29 | 27-Jun-2005 |
christos | Move WARNS=3 to the Makefile.inc, and add a little const to the remaining
programs that did not compile before.
|
| 1.28 | 20-Mar-2005 |
yamt | add a reminder comment for x_ifconfig.
|
| 1.27 | 20-Mar-2005 |
thorpej | Don't build af_inet6.c if USE_INET6 is no.
|
| 1.26 | 20-Mar-2005 |
thorpej | Split the IPv4 support into its own file.
|
| 1.25 | 20-Mar-2005 |
thorpej | Split IPv6 support out into its own file.
|
| 1.24 | 20-Mar-2005 |
thorpej | Split OSI support off into its own file.
|
| 1.23 | 19-Mar-2005 |
thorpej | Split XNS support into its own file.
|
| 1.22 | 19-Mar-2005 |
thorpej | Split off AppleTalk support into its own file.
|
| 1.21 | 19-Mar-2005 |
thorpej | Split off 802.11 interface handling into its own file.
|
| 1.20 | 19-Mar-2005 |
thorpej | Split tunnel support into its own file.
|
| 1.19 | 19-Mar-2005 |
thorpej | Split VLAN configuration bits out into a separate file.
|
| 1.18 | 18-Mar-2005 |
yamt | add agr(4), a pseudo network device driver for link aggregation.
|
| 1.17 | 20-Jan-2005 |
xtraeme | Fix the cast for the getnameinfo() call in the status() function, which
should be "const struct" not "struct" for sockaddr.
WARNS=3
|
| 1.16 | 10-Jan-2005 |
lukem | Only compile in IPv6 support if ${USE_INET6} != "no"
MKINET6 is for providing IPv6 infrastructure.
USE_INET6 is for compiling IPv6 support into the programs (needs MKINET6).
|
| 1.15 | 28-Oct-2004 |
dsl | More isdigit() calls that need (unsigned char) cast
|
| 1.14 | 20-Sep-2002 |
christos | use snprintb()
|
| 1.13 | 28-Apr-2001 |
itojun | assume the presense of getifaddrs(3).
|
| 1.12 | 13-Apr-2000 |
itojun | use getifaddrs, not SIOCGIFCONF, to avoid alignment constraints.
TODO: maybe it's better to pass struct ifaddrs * to in{,6}_alias.
|
| 1.11 | 13-Dec-1999 |
itojun | bring in KAME scopeid hack. always show scopeid if it is scoped.
sync with latest KAME.
|
| 1.10 | 12-Dec-1999 |
itojun | prepare -DKAME_SCOPEID for extended scope id printing (commented out)
|
| 1.9 | 03-Jul-1999 |
itojun | branches: 1.9.4;
s/CFLAGS/CPPFLAGS/ for -D and -I.
|
| 1.8 | 01-Jul-1999 |
itojun | make ifconfig IPv6-ready.
TODO: update manpage for new options.
|
| 1.7 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.6 | 22-Dec-1994 |
cgd | specify man pages the new way.
|
| 1.5 | 23-Sep-1994 |
mycroft | Merge with 4.4-Lite version.
|
| 1.4 | 01-Aug-1993 |
mycroft | Add RCS identifiers.
|
| 1.3 | 23-Mar-1993 |
cgd | changed "Id" to "Header" for rcsids
|
| 1.2 | 22-Mar-1993 |
cgd | added rcs ids to all files
|
| 1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.2 | 23-Sep-1994 |
mycroft | Import original 4.4-Lite version.
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | initial import of 386bsd-0.1 sources
|
| 1.9.4.1 | 27-Dec-1999 |
wrstuden | Pull up to last week's -current.
|
| 1.31.20.1 | 18-May-2008 |
yamt | sync with head.
|
| 1.31.18.3 | 17-Jan-2009 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.31.18.2 | 28-Sep-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.31.18.1 | 02-Jun-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.34.2.2 | 18-Sep-2008 |
wrstuden | Sync with wrstuden-revivesa-base-2.
|
| 1.34.2.1 | 23-Jun-2008 |
wrstuden | Sync w/ -current. 34 merge conflicts to follow.
|
| 1.38.2.2 | 08-Dec-2010 |
riz | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by uwe in ticket #1490):
usr.bin/mkdep/Makefile: revision 1.16
sbin/dump_lfs/Makefile: revision 1.10
usr.sbin/services_mkdb/Makefile: revision 1.5
sbin/ifconfig/Makefile: revision 1.40
usr.sbin/racoonctl/Makefile: revision 1.3
sbin/sysctl/Makefile: revision 1.18
Comment out CFLAGS+=-g.
Disable debug.
|
| 1.38.2.1 | 06-Dec-2008 |
snj | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by tsutsui in ticket #164):
sbin/ifconfig/Makefile: revision 1.39
Specify -fno-loop-optimize on m68000 as workaround for gcc -O1 codegen bug
mentioned in PR bin/40036 and PR toolchain/40066.
|
| 1.39.2.1 | 13-May-2009 |
jym | Sync with HEAD.
Third (and last) commit. See http://mail-index.netbsd.org/source-changes/2009/05/13/msg221222.html
|
| 1.52.2.2 | 22-May-2014 |
yamt | sync with head.
for a reference, the tree before this commit was tagged
as yamt-pagecache-tag8.
this commit was splitted into small chunks to avoid
a limitation of cvs. ("Protocol error: too many arguments")
|
| 1.52.2.1 | 30-Oct-2012 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.53.2.1 | 23-Jun-2013 |
tls | resync from head
|
| 1.56.4.1 | 21-Apr-2017 |
bouyer | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.56.2.1 | 20-Mar-2017 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.61.16.1 | 02-Aug-2025 |
perseant | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.8 | 18-Sep-2025 |
mrg | introduce a couple of new turn-off-gcc-warning variables and use them.
GCC 14 has a new annoying calloc() checker that we turn off in a bunch
of places, and there are a few more dangling-pointer issuse that come up,
but seem bogus.
|
| 1.7 | 17-May-2021 |
yamaguchi | Add a new link-aggregation pseudo interface named lagg(4)
- FreeBSD's lagg(4) based implementation
- MP-safe and MP-scalable
|
| 1.6 | 01-Mar-2021 |
martin | branches: 1.6.2;
Make IEEE802.11 support optional
|
| 1.5 | 02-May-2017 |
christos | We don't need agr or l2tp when we are small.
|
| 1.4 | 16-Feb-2017 |
knakahara | branches: 1.4.2; 1.4.4; 1.4.6;
add l2tp(4) subcomands to ifconfig(8).
originally implemented by IIJ SEIL team.
|
| 1.3 | 08-Feb-2017 |
rin | Cosmetic changes. No functional changes.
|
| 1.2 | 08-Feb-2017 |
rin | Factor out a common part in Makefile's of ifconfig and x_ifconfig.
|
| 1.1 | 08-Feb-2017 |
rin | Rename sbin/ifconfig/Makefile.inc to Makefile.common; the former can
potentially conflict with bsd.subdir.mk.
|
| 1.4.6.1 | 11-May-2017 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.4.4.2 | 21-Apr-2017 |
bouyer | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.4.4.1 | 16-Feb-2017 |
bouyer | file Makefile.common was added on branch bouyer-socketcan on 2017-04-21 16:53:13 +0000
|
| 1.4.2.2 | 20-Mar-2017 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.4.2.1 | 16-Feb-2017 |
pgoyette | file Makefile.common was added on branch pgoyette-localcount on 2017-03-20 06:57:02 +0000
|
| 1.6.2.1 | 31-May-2021 |
cjep | sync with head
|
| 1.10 | 08-Feb-2017 |
rin | Rename sbin/ifconfig/Makefile.inc to Makefile.common; the former can
potentially conflict with bsd.subdir.mk.
|
| 1.9 | 31-Oct-2012 |
msaitoh | branches: 1.9.12; 1.9.16;
Add SIOCGETHERCAP ioctl.
There was no way to know the setting of ec_capabilities and ec_capenable
other than grepping the source.
See http://mail-index.netbsd.org/tech-kern/2010/07/28/msg008613.html
|
| 1.8 | 13-Dec-2010 |
pooka | branches: 1.8.6; 1.8.12;
Convert from the .ifdef RUMP_ACTION stuff to RUMPPRG.
|
| 1.7 | 16-Sep-2009 |
tsutsui | Add comments that Makefile.inc should have shared stuff with
src/distrib/utils/x_ifconfig for install media.
|
| 1.6 | 15-Sep-2009 |
he | Move the addition of pfsync.c from Makefile.inc to Makefile,
so that this part doesn't get included in install media versions
of ifconfig, as per comments on source-changes@ from Izumi Tsutsui.
Also re-instate the use of ${.CURDIR} when setting up the include path.
|
| 1.5 | 14-Sep-2009 |
he | Change from using ${.CURDIR} to ${NETBSDSRCDIR} because this file
may be included by different parts of the source tree, in particular
deep down in the distrib/ tree, where ../.. isn't sufficient to "climb"
up to the top of the tree. Fixes the build at least for our arc port.
|
| 1.4 | 14-Sep-2009 |
degroote | Import pfsync support from OpenBSD 4.2
Pfsync interface exposes change in the pf(4) over a pseudo-interface, and can
be used to synchronise different pf.
This work was part of my 2009 GSoC
No objection on tech-net@
|
| 1.3 | 26-May-2009 |
pooka | Install agr ioctl header and stop putting our hand under the sys skirt
in ifconfig.
|
| 1.2 | 29-Nov-2008 |
tsutsui | Add RCS Id. XXX why separate Makefile.inc?
|
| 1.1 | 02-Jul-2008 |
dyoung | branches: 1.1.2; 1.1.4;
Let us add/remove features from ifconfig, such as support for
various address families (inet, inet6, iso, atalk) and protocols
(802.11, 802.3ad, CARP), simply by trimming the list of sources in
the Makefile. This helps one customize ifconfig for an embedded
device or for install media, and it eliminates a lot of grotty
#ifdef'age. Now, the ifconfig syntax and semantics are finalized
at run-time using the constructor routines in each address-family/protocol
module.
(In principle, ifconfig could load virtually all of its syntax from
shared objects.)
Extract a lot of common code into subroutines, in order to shrink
the ifconfig binary a bit. Make all of the address families share
code for address addition/replacement/removal, and delete "legacy"
code for manipulating addresses. That may have broken atalk and
iso, despite my best efforts.
Extract an include file, Makefile.inc, containing the make-fu that
both ifconfig and x_ifconfig share.
Sprinkle static. Change some int's to bool's. Constify.
Add RCS Ids to carp.c and env.c. Move media code to a new file,
media.c. Delete several unneeded header files.
Set, reset, and display the IEEE 802.11 attribute, 'dot11RTSThreshold'.
Bug fix: do not require both a interface address and a destination
address for point-to-point interfaces, but accept a interface
address by itself.
|
| 1.1.4.3 | 17-Jan-2009 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.1.4.2 | 28-Sep-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.1.4.1 | 02-Jul-2008 |
mjf | file Makefile.inc was added on branch mjf-devfs2 on 2008-09-28 11:17:11 +0000
|
| 1.1.2.2 | 18-Sep-2008 |
wrstuden | Sync with wrstuden-revivesa-base-2.
|
| 1.1.2.1 | 02-Jul-2008 |
wrstuden | file Makefile.inc was added on branch wrstuden-revivesa on 2008-09-18 04:28:24 +0000
|
| 1.8.12.1 | 20-Nov-2012 |
tls | Resync to 2012-11-19 00:00:00 UTC
|
| 1.8.6.1 | 16-Jan-2013 |
yamt | sync with (a bit old) head
|
| 1.9.16.1 | 21-Apr-2017 |
bouyer | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.9.12.1 | 20-Mar-2017 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.21 | 07-Jun-2020 |
thorpej | Update for proplib(3) API changes.
|
| 1.20 | 16-Aug-2019 |
msaitoh | Whitespace fix.
|
| 1.19 | 19-Oct-2013 |
christos | branches: 1.19.26;
use the new scopeid functions
|
| 1.18 | 14-Aug-2011 |
christos | branches: 1.18.2; 1.18.8;
use memcpy to avoid strict aliasing warnings
|
| 1.17 | 13-Dec-2010 |
pooka | Convert from the .ifdef RUMP_ACTION stuff to RUMPPRG.
|
| 1.16 | 30-Jan-2010 |
is | Use getnameinfo() for printing AppleTalk addresses. While here, fix
printing of broadcast for this address family (AT broadcast is fixed
node 255 on the local net).
|
| 1.15 | 01-Aug-2008 |
dyoung | is@ pointed out that I set the phase and range of a sockaddr_at
without subsequently doing anything with it, so commit_address()
works with an address with phase == 0. phase == 0 is not allowed,
hence
random84# ifconfig nfe0 atalk 3.14
ifconfig: SIOCAIFADDR: Invalid argument
Solution: copy the new sockaddr_at to a temporary input environment,
and pass that environment to commit_address(). I may as well copy
the new sockaddr_at to the output environment, while I am at it.
|
| 1.14 | 15-Jul-2008 |
dyoung | Cosmetic: s/xenv/oenv/
|
| 1.13 | 02-Jul-2008 |
dyoung | Let us add/remove features from ifconfig, such as support for
various address families (inet, inet6, iso, atalk) and protocols
(802.11, 802.3ad, CARP), simply by trimming the list of sources in
the Makefile. This helps one customize ifconfig for an embedded
device or for install media, and it eliminates a lot of grotty
#ifdef'age. Now, the ifconfig syntax and semantics are finalized
at run-time using the constructor routines in each address-family/protocol
module.
(In principle, ifconfig could load virtually all of its syntax from
shared objects.)
Extract a lot of common code into subroutines, in order to shrink
the ifconfig binary a bit. Make all of the address families share
code for address addition/replacement/removal, and delete "legacy"
code for manipulating addresses. That may have broken atalk and
iso, despite my best efforts.
Extract an include file, Makefile.inc, containing the make-fu that
both ifconfig and x_ifconfig share.
Sprinkle static. Change some int's to bool's. Constify.
Add RCS Ids to carp.c and env.c. Move media code to a new file,
media.c. Delete several unneeded header files.
Set, reset, and display the IEEE 802.11 attribute, 'dot11RTSThreshold'.
Bug fix: do not require both a interface address and a destination
address for point-to-point interfaces, but accept a interface
address by itself.
|
| 1.12 | 11-May-2008 |
dyoung | Start to adapt the AppleTalk module to use commit_address().
|
| 1.11 | 07-May-2008 |
dyoung | Move ISO, AppleTalk, carp(4) syntax from ifconfig.c to af_iso.c,
af_atalk.c, carp.c, respectively.
|
| 1.10 | 06-May-2008 |
dyoung | branches: 1.10.2;
Use prop_dictionary_util(3).
|
| 1.9 | 06-May-2008 |
dyoung | Rename in_addr_commit() to commit_address(), and refactor slightly
to support IPv6 as well as IPv4 (a work in progress).
Make the second argument of af_status() a bool instead of an int.
Exit early with an error if the operator specifies an unsupported
address family on the command line. The change should help rc
scripts to detect that IPv6 support is missing from the kernel,
with 'ifconfig lo0 inet6'.
Start using prop_dictionary_util(3).
|
| 1.8 | 06-May-2008 |
dyoung | If the address family is not set, assume AF_APPLETALK. Exit
at_status() quietly if the address family is set, and it is not
set to AF_APPLETALK.
|
| 1.7 | 06-May-2008 |
dyoung | Overhaul ifconfig. Use fewer global variables. Take a leap toward
improved modularity and extensibility.
In the new architecture, a directed graph of argument-matching
objects (match objects) expresses the set of feasible ifconfig
statements. Match objects are labelled by subroutines that provide
the statement semantics.
Many IPv4, IPv6, 802.11, tunnel, and media configurations have been
tested.
AppleTalk, ISO, carp(4), agr(4), and vlan(4) configuration need
testing.
|
| 1.6 | 15-Apr-2008 |
dyoung | branches: 1.6.2;
Cosmetic: write strcmp() == 0 instead of !strcmp().
|
| 1.5 | 11-Apr-2008 |
dyoung | Cosmeticc: there's no use casting a uint16_t to a u_short, so don't
do that. Change indentation for readability.
|
| 1.4 | 26-Aug-2006 |
christos | branches: 1.4.18;
Programs that use efun.
|
| 1.3 | 16-Jun-2006 |
elad | fix incorrect usage of strncpy() to (an internal implementation of)
estrlcpy().
okay christos
|
| 1.2 | 14-Jun-2006 |
tron | Adapt ifconfig(8) to new return value from socket(2). This stops
ifconfig(8) from printing errors like "ifconfig: socket: Address
family not supported by protocol family" when examining the status
of a network interface.
|
| 1.1 | 19-Mar-2005 |
thorpej | Split off AppleTalk support into its own file.
|
| 1.4.18.2 | 28-Sep-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.4.18.1 | 02-Jun-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.6.2.1 | 18-May-2008 |
yamt | sync with head.
|
| 1.10.2.2 | 18-Sep-2008 |
wrstuden | Sync with wrstuden-revivesa-base-2.
|
| 1.10.2.1 | 23-Jun-2008 |
wrstuden | Sync w/ -current. 34 merge conflicts to follow.
|
| 1.18.8.1 | 20-Aug-2014 |
tls | Rebase to HEAD as of a few days ago.
|
| 1.18.2.1 | 22-May-2014 |
yamt | sync with head.
for a reference, the tree before this commit was tagged
as yamt-pagecache-tag8.
this commit was splitted into small chunks to avoid
a limitation of cvs. ("Protocol error: too many arguments")
|
| 1.19.26.1 | 13-Apr-2020 |
martin | Mostly merge changes from HEAD upto 20200411
|
| 1.6 | 02-Jul-2008 |
dyoung | Let us add/remove features from ifconfig, such as support for
various address families (inet, inet6, iso, atalk) and protocols
(802.11, 802.3ad, CARP), simply by trimming the list of sources in
the Makefile. This helps one customize ifconfig for an embedded
device or for install media, and it eliminates a lot of grotty
#ifdef'age. Now, the ifconfig syntax and semantics are finalized
at run-time using the constructor routines in each address-family/protocol
module.
(In principle, ifconfig could load virtually all of its syntax from
shared objects.)
Extract a lot of common code into subroutines, in order to shrink
the ifconfig binary a bit. Make all of the address families share
code for address addition/replacement/removal, and delete "legacy"
code for manipulating addresses. That may have broken atalk and
iso, despite my best efforts.
Extract an include file, Makefile.inc, containing the make-fu that
both ifconfig and x_ifconfig share.
Sprinkle static. Change some int's to bool's. Constify.
Add RCS Ids to carp.c and env.c. Move media code to a new file,
media.c. Delete several unneeded header files.
Set, reset, and display the IEEE 802.11 attribute, 'dot11RTSThreshold'.
Bug fix: do not require both a interface address and a destination
address for point-to-point interfaces, but accept a interface
address by itself.
|
| 1.5 | 11-May-2008 |
dyoung | Start to adapt the AppleTalk module to use commit_address().
|
| 1.4 | 07-May-2008 |
dyoung | Move ISO, AppleTalk, carp(4) syntax from ifconfig.c to af_iso.c,
af_atalk.c, carp.c, respectively.
|
| 1.3 | 06-May-2008 |
dyoung | branches: 1.3.2;
Rename in_addr_commit() to commit_address(), and refactor slightly
to support IPv6 as well as IPv4 (a work in progress).
Make the second argument of af_status() a bool instead of an int.
Exit early with an error if the operator specifies an unsupported
address family on the command line. The change should help rc
scripts to detect that IPv6 support is missing from the kernel,
with 'ifconfig lo0 inet6'.
Start using prop_dictionary_util(3).
|
| 1.2 | 06-May-2008 |
dyoung | Overhaul ifconfig. Use fewer global variables. Take a leap toward
improved modularity and extensibility.
In the new architecture, a directed graph of argument-matching
objects (match objects) expresses the set of feasible ifconfig
statements. Match objects are labelled by subroutines that provide
the statement semantics.
Many IPv4, IPv6, 802.11, tunnel, and media configurations have been
tested.
AppleTalk, ISO, carp(4), agr(4), and vlan(4) configuration need
testing.
|
| 1.1 | 19-Mar-2005 |
thorpej | branches: 1.1.20; 1.1.22;
Split off AppleTalk support into its own file.
|
| 1.1.22.1 | 18-May-2008 |
yamt | sync with head.
|
| 1.1.20.2 | 28-Sep-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.1.20.1 | 02-Jun-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.3.2.2 | 07-Sep-2008 |
wrstuden | Delete a bunch of things that are now gone in head.
|
| 1.3.2.1 | 23-Jun-2008 |
wrstuden | Sync w/ -current. 34 merge conflicts to follow.
|
| 1.28 | 14-May-2020 |
msaitoh | Remove extra semicolon.
|
| 1.27 | 10-Apr-2020 |
plunky | trim extraneous return statement
|
| 1.26 | 16-Aug-2019 |
msaitoh | Whitespace fix.
|
| 1.25 | 11-Jun-2018 |
kamil | branches: 1.25.2;
Correct Undefined Behavior in ifconfig(8)
Unportable left shift reported with MKSANITIZER=yes USE_SANITIZER=undefined:
# ifconfig
alc0: flags=0x8843<UP,BROADCAST,RUNNING,SIMPLEX,MULTICAST> mtu 1500
ec_capabilities=3<VLAN_MTU,VLAN_HWTAGGING>
ec_enabled=0
address: xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx
/public/src.git/sbin/ifconfig/af_inet.c:102:34: runtime error: left shift of 16777215 by 8 places cannot be represented in type 'int'
inet 192.168.0.38/24 broadcast 192.168.0.255 flags 0x0
inet6 xxxx::xxxx:xxxx:xxxx:xxx%alc0/64 flags 0x0 scopeid 0x1
lo0: flags=0x8049<UP,LOOPBACK,RUNNING,MULTICAST> mtu 33624
inet 127.0.0.1/8 flags 0x0
inet6 ::1/128 flags 0x20<NODAD>
inet6 fe80::1%lo0/64 flags 0x0 scopeid 0x2
Change shifting left 1 to shifting 1U. This corrects the issue.
if (cidr < 32) { /* more than 1 bit in mask */
/* check for non-contig netmask */
if ((mask ^ (((1 << cidr) - 1) << (32 - cidr))) != 0) // <- here
return -1; /* noncontig, no pfxlen */
}
Solution suggested by <uwe>
Sponsored by <The NetBSD Foundation>
|
| 1.24 | 01-Oct-2016 |
kre | branches: 1.24.12;
Return to printing explicit "netmask 0x...." in the case that the
mask set is non-contiguous. We don't prohibit setting such things
(even if they are basically useless) so they can be set by accident.
ifconfig ifN 10.0.0.1 netmask 225.0.0.0
produced
ifN .. inet 10.0.0.1/8
with the previous form (since 225 is 0xE1), now it produces
ifN ... inet 10.0.0.1 netmask 0xe1000000
If the "netmask" form ever appears in ifconfig output, it (now)
means that the netmask is non-contig, which should make that case
obvious (whther intended, or set by accident)
|
| 1.23 | 01-Oct-2016 |
roy | Modernise the output for the address to address/prefix instead
of differring outputs for INET and INET6.
The hex string of the INET netmask was particulary hard to read.
|
| 1.22 | 30-Sep-2016 |
roy | Remove the alias keyword from ifconfig output as it serves no purpose.
|
| 1.21 | 30-Sep-2016 |
roy | ifaddrs has more data than just the address.
Use it instead of making pointless ioctl calls.
|
| 1.20 | 13-Sep-2016 |
christos | print address flag bits using snprintb
|
| 1.19 | 29-Feb-2016 |
riastradh | branches: 1.19.2;
Consistently use estrlcpy for ifr.ifr_name here, not strncpy.
|
| 1.18 | 07-Jan-2016 |
roy | -W seconds will wait for the detached flag to clear on addresses on
interfaces marked up to allow time for the carrier to appear on the
interface.
This does not extend the -w option duration.
|
| 1.17 | 12-May-2015 |
roy | ioctl -> prog_ioctl as pointed out by pooka@
|
| 1.16 | 02-May-2015 |
roy | Report IN_IFF_TENTATIVE and friends.
Wait for IN_IFF_TENTATIVE to be removed with the -w flag.
|
| 1.15 | 13-Dec-2010 |
pooka | Convert from the .ifdef RUMP_ACTION stuff to RUMPPRG.
|
| 1.14 | 11-Sep-2009 |
dyoung | Make ifconfig(8) set and display preference numbers for IPv6
addresses. Make the kernel support SIOC[SG]IFADDRPREF for IPv6
interface addresses.
In in6ifa_ifpforlinklocal(), consult preference numbers before
making an otherwise arbitrary choice of in6_ifaddr. Otherwise,
preference numbers are *not* consulted by the kernel, but that will
be rather easy for somebody with a little bit of free time to fix.
Please note that setting the preference number for a link-local
IPv6 address does not work right, yet, but that ought to be fixed
soon.
In support of the changes above,
1 Add a method to struct domain for "externalizing" a sockaddr, and
provide an implementation for IPv6. Expect more work in this area: it
may be more proper to say that the IPv6 implementation "internalizes"
a sockaddr. Add sockaddr_externalize().
2 Add a subroutine, sofamily(), that returns a struct socket's address
family or AF_UNSPEC.
3 Make a lot of IPv4-specific code generic, and move it from
sys/netinet/ to sys/net/ for re-use by IPv6 parts of the kernel and
ifconfig(8).
|
| 1.13 | 07-Aug-2009 |
dyoung | Use getnameinfo(3) instead of inet_ntoa(3) to convert IPv4 addresses
to names.
|
| 1.12 | 02-Jul-2008 |
dyoung | Let us add/remove features from ifconfig, such as support for
various address families (inet, inet6, iso, atalk) and protocols
(802.11, 802.3ad, CARP), simply by trimming the list of sources in
the Makefile. This helps one customize ifconfig for an embedded
device or for install media, and it eliminates a lot of grotty
#ifdef'age. Now, the ifconfig syntax and semantics are finalized
at run-time using the constructor routines in each address-family/protocol
module.
(In principle, ifconfig could load virtually all of its syntax from
shared objects.)
Extract a lot of common code into subroutines, in order to shrink
the ifconfig binary a bit. Make all of the address families share
code for address addition/replacement/removal, and delete "legacy"
code for manipulating addresses. That may have broken atalk and
iso, despite my best efforts.
Extract an include file, Makefile.inc, containing the make-fu that
both ifconfig and x_ifconfig share.
Sprinkle static. Change some int's to bool's. Constify.
Add RCS Ids to carp.c and env.c. Move media code to a new file,
media.c. Delete several unneeded header files.
Set, reset, and display the IEEE 802.11 attribute, 'dot11RTSThreshold'.
Bug fix: do not require both a interface address and a destination
address for point-to-point interfaces, but accept a interface
address by itself.
|
| 1.11 | 12-May-2008 |
dyoung | Make prototype and definition of in_alias() agree: it's static.
|
| 1.10 | 11-May-2008 |
dyoung | Don't export in_alias(). Pass in_alias() a more useful template.
Misc. cosmetic changes. Delete dead code. Treat the address
preference as int16_t, since that is its real type.
|
| 1.9 | 11-May-2008 |
dyoung | Let the address family modules zero initialize their own ifreqs,
instead of zeroing them in commit_address().
Switch to in6_commit_address() from in6_getprefix() and in6_getaddr().
Temporarily add some debugging code to setia6eui64_impl().
|
| 1.8 | 08-May-2008 |
dyoung | Move IPv4/IPv6-specific code from commit_address() to in_commit_address()
and in6_commit_address(). Fixes the USE_INET6=no build.
|
| 1.7 | 06-May-2008 |
dyoung | branches: 1.7.2;
Rename in_addr_commit() to commit_address(), and refactor slightly
to support IPv6 as well as IPv4 (a work in progress).
Make the second argument of af_status() a bool instead of an int.
Exit early with an error if the operator specifies an unsupported
address family on the command line. The change should help rc
scripts to detect that IPv6 support is missing from the kernel,
with 'ifconfig lo0 inet6'.
Start using prop_dictionary_util(3).
|
| 1.6 | 06-May-2008 |
dyoung | Overhaul ifconfig. Use fewer global variables. Take a leap toward
improved modularity and extensibility.
In the new architecture, a directed graph of argument-matching
objects (match objects) expresses the set of feasible ifconfig
statements. Match objects are labelled by subroutines that provide
the statement semantics.
Many IPv4, IPv6, 802.11, tunnel, and media configurations have been
tested.
AppleTalk, ISO, carp(4), agr(4), and vlan(4) configuration need
testing.
|
| 1.5 | 13-Nov-2006 |
dyoung | branches: 1.5.18; 1.5.20;
Add a source-address selection policy mechanism to the kernel.
Also, add ioctls SIOCGIFADDRPREF/SIOCSIFADDRPREF to get/set preference
numbers for addresses. Make ifconfig(8) set/display preference
numbers.
To activate source-address selection policies in your kernel, add
'options IPSELSRC' to your kernel configuration.
Miscellaneous changes in support of source-address selection:
1 Factor out some common code, producing rt_replace_ifa().
2 Abbreviate a for-loop with TAILQ_FOREACH().
3 Add the predicates on IPv4 addresses IN_LINKLOCAL() and
IN_PRIVATE(), that are true for link-local unicast
(169.254/16) and RFC1918 private addresses, respectively.
Add the predicate IN_ANY_LOCAL() that is true for link-local
unicast and multicast.
4 Add IPv4-specific interface attach/detach routines,
in_domifattach and in_domifdetach, which build #ifdef
IPSELSRC.
See in_getifa(9) for a more thorough description of source-address
selection policy.
|
| 1.4 | 26-Aug-2006 |
christos | Programs that use efun.
|
| 1.3 | 16-Jun-2006 |
elad | fix incorrect usage of strncpy() to (an internal implementation of)
estrlcpy().
okay christos
|
| 1.2 | 14-Jun-2006 |
tron | Adapt ifconfig(8) to new return value from socket(2). This stops
ifconfig(8) from printing errors like "ifconfig: socket: Address
family not supported by protocol family" when examining the status
of a network interface.
|
| 1.1 | 20-Mar-2005 |
thorpej | Split the IPv4 support into its own file.
|
| 1.5.20.1 | 18-May-2008 |
yamt | sync with head.
|
| 1.5.18.2 | 28-Sep-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.5.18.1 | 02-Jun-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.7.2.2 | 18-Sep-2008 |
wrstuden | Sync with wrstuden-revivesa-base-2.
|
| 1.7.2.1 | 23-Jun-2008 |
wrstuden | Sync w/ -current. 34 merge conflicts to follow.
|
| 1.19.2.1 | 04-Nov-2016 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.24.12.1 | 25-Jun-2018 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.25.2.1 | 13-Apr-2020 |
martin | Mostly merge changes from HEAD upto 20200411
|
| 1.8 | 02-Jul-2008 |
dyoung | Let us add/remove features from ifconfig, such as support for
various address families (inet, inet6, iso, atalk) and protocols
(802.11, 802.3ad, CARP), simply by trimming the list of sources in
the Makefile. This helps one customize ifconfig for an embedded
device or for install media, and it eliminates a lot of grotty
#ifdef'age. Now, the ifconfig syntax and semantics are finalized
at run-time using the constructor routines in each address-family/protocol
module.
(In principle, ifconfig could load virtually all of its syntax from
shared objects.)
Extract a lot of common code into subroutines, in order to shrink
the ifconfig binary a bit. Make all of the address families share
code for address addition/replacement/removal, and delete "legacy"
code for manipulating addresses. That may have broken atalk and
iso, despite my best efforts.
Extract an include file, Makefile.inc, containing the make-fu that
both ifconfig and x_ifconfig share.
Sprinkle static. Change some int's to bool's. Constify.
Add RCS Ids to carp.c and env.c. Move media code to a new file,
media.c. Delete several unneeded header files.
Set, reset, and display the IEEE 802.11 attribute, 'dot11RTSThreshold'.
Bug fix: do not require both a interface address and a destination
address for point-to-point interfaces, but accept a interface
address by itself.
|
| 1.7 | 12-May-2008 |
dyoung | setifipdst() is gone, so delete the prototype. #include nothing
(XXX).
|
| 1.6 | 11-May-2008 |
dyoung | Don't export in_alias(). Pass in_alias() a more useful template.
Misc. cosmetic changes. Delete dead code. Treat the address
preference as int16_t, since that is its real type.
|
| 1.5 | 08-May-2008 |
dyoung | Move IPv4/IPv6-specific code from commit_address() to in_commit_address()
and in6_commit_address(). Fixes the USE_INET6=no build.
|
| 1.4 | 06-May-2008 |
dyoung | branches: 1.4.2;
Use prop_dictionary_util(3) some more.
When we read interface flags and capabilities from the kernel, take
care not to record them in our current environment (env), but record
them in the output environment (oenv), instead. This helps us get
interface capabilities and flags right.
|
| 1.3 | 06-May-2008 |
dyoung | Rename in_addr_commit() to commit_address(), and refactor slightly
to support IPv6 as well as IPv4 (a work in progress).
Make the second argument of af_status() a bool instead of an int.
Exit early with an error if the operator specifies an unsupported
address family on the command line. The change should help rc
scripts to detect that IPv6 support is missing from the kernel,
with 'ifconfig lo0 inet6'.
Start using prop_dictionary_util(3).
|
| 1.2 | 06-May-2008 |
dyoung | Overhaul ifconfig. Use fewer global variables. Take a leap toward
improved modularity and extensibility.
In the new architecture, a directed graph of argument-matching
objects (match objects) expresses the set of feasible ifconfig
statements. Match objects are labelled by subroutines that provide
the statement semantics.
Many IPv4, IPv6, 802.11, tunnel, and media configurations have been
tested.
AppleTalk, ISO, carp(4), agr(4), and vlan(4) configuration need
testing.
|
| 1.1 | 20-Mar-2005 |
thorpej | branches: 1.1.20; 1.1.22;
Split the IPv4 support into its own file.
|
| 1.1.22.1 | 18-May-2008 |
yamt | sync with head.
|
| 1.1.20.2 | 28-Sep-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.1.20.1 | 02-Jun-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.4.2.2 | 07-Sep-2008 |
wrstuden | Delete a bunch of things that are now gone in head.
|
| 1.4.2.1 | 23-Jun-2008 |
wrstuden | Sync w/ -current. 34 merge conflicts to follow.
|
| 1.39 | 16-Aug-2019 |
msaitoh | Whitespace fix.
|
| 1.38 | 01-Oct-2016 |
roy | branches: 1.38.14;
Modernise the output for the address to address/prefix instead
of differring outputs for INET and INET6.
The hex string of the INET netmask was particulary hard to read.
|
| 1.37 | 30-Sep-2016 |
roy | ifaddrs has more data than just the address.
Use it instead of making pointless ioctl calls.
|
| 1.36 | 13-Sep-2016 |
christos | print address flag bits using snprintb
|
| 1.35 | 29-Feb-2016 |
riastradh | branches: 1.35.2;
Consistently use estrlcpy for ifr.ifr_name here, not strncpy.
|
| 1.34 | 07-Jan-2016 |
roy | -W seconds will wait for the detached flag to clear on addresses on
interfaces marked up to allow time for the carrier to appear on the
interface.
This does not extend the -w option duration.
|
| 1.33 | 12-May-2015 |
roy | ioctl -> prog_ioctl as pointed out by pooka@
|
| 1.32 | 22-Apr-2015 |
roy | Move the INET6 specific code for wait_dad_exec() into af_inet6
by using a new afswtch hook af_addr_tentative.
|
| 1.31 | 20-Jan-2015 |
roy | Display the IPv6 address flags autoconf and temporary
|
| 1.30 | 20-Oct-2014 |
roy | Remove the ability for userland to toggle IN6_IFF_TENTATIVE.
Preserve IN6_IFF_TENTATIVE when updating address flags.
|
| 1.29 | 19-Oct-2013 |
christos | branches: 1.29.4;
use symbolic flags
|
| 1.28 | 19-Oct-2013 |
christos | use the new scopeid functions
|
| 1.27 | 13-Dec-2010 |
pooka | branches: 1.27.6; 1.27.12;
Convert from the .ifdef RUMP_ACTION stuff to RUMPPRG.
|
| 1.26 | 22-Jan-2010 |
dyoung | Compare a pointer with NULL instead of testing its "truth."
|
| 1.25 | 11-Sep-2009 |
dyoung | Make ifconfig(8) set and display preference numbers for IPv6
addresses. Make the kernel support SIOC[SG]IFADDRPREF for IPv6
interface addresses.
In in6ifa_ifpforlinklocal(), consult preference numbers before
making an otherwise arbitrary choice of in6_ifaddr. Otherwise,
preference numbers are *not* consulted by the kernel, but that will
be rather easy for somebody with a little bit of free time to fix.
Please note that setting the preference number for a link-local
IPv6 address does not work right, yet, but that ought to be fixed
soon.
In support of the changes above,
1 Add a method to struct domain for "externalizing" a sockaddr, and
provide an implementation for IPv6. Expect more work in this area: it
may be more proper to say that the IPv6 implementation "internalizes"
a sockaddr. Add sockaddr_externalize().
2 Add a subroutine, sofamily(), that returns a struct socket's address
family or AF_UNSPEC.
3 Make a lot of IPv4-specific code generic, and move it from
sys/netinet/ to sys/net/ for re-use by IPv6 parts of the kernel and
ifconfig(8).
|
| 1.24 | 07-Aug-2009 |
dyoung | Add option -N. -N is just the opposite of option -n in netstat(8)
or route(8): it tells ifconfig(8) to try to resolve numbers to
hosts and service names.
This default ifconfig behavior stays the same as it always was.
|
| 1.23 | 15-Jul-2008 |
dyoung | Only describe flags -L and -m in the usage if they are available.
That helps me get rid of some conditional compilation (INET6) in
ifconfig.
Let each protocol/feature-module print its own usage, so that the
ifconfig usage reflects the modules that are actually compiled-in.
Write usage information for carp(4) options.
|
| 1.22 | 02-Jul-2008 |
dyoung | Let us add/remove features from ifconfig, such as support for
various address families (inet, inet6, iso, atalk) and protocols
(802.11, 802.3ad, CARP), simply by trimming the list of sources in
the Makefile. This helps one customize ifconfig for an embedded
device or for install media, and it eliminates a lot of grotty
#ifdef'age. Now, the ifconfig syntax and semantics are finalized
at run-time using the constructor routines in each address-family/protocol
module.
(In principle, ifconfig could load virtually all of its syntax from
shared objects.)
Extract a lot of common code into subroutines, in order to shrink
the ifconfig binary a bit. Make all of the address families share
code for address addition/replacement/removal, and delete "legacy"
code for manipulating addresses. That may have broken atalk and
iso, despite my best efforts.
Extract an include file, Makefile.inc, containing the make-fu that
both ifconfig and x_ifconfig share.
Sprinkle static. Change some int's to bool's. Constify.
Add RCS Ids to carp.c and env.c. Move media code to a new file,
media.c. Delete several unneeded header files.
Set, reset, and display the IEEE 802.11 attribute, 'dot11RTSThreshold'.
Bug fix: do not require both a interface address and a destination
address for point-to-point interfaces, but accept a interface
address by itself.
|
| 1.21 | 12-May-2008 |
dyoung | Retire in6_addreq and in6_ridreq, which we do not use in the
commit_address() regime.
|
| 1.20 | 12-May-2008 |
dyoung | Initialize IPv6 addresses and ifreqs with more rigor. Fixes this
bug reported by Matthias Scheler,
# ifconfig sip0 inet6 fdb4:542d:dc11:ec20::1
ifconfig: SIOCAIFADDR_IN6: Invalid argument
# ifconfig sip0 inet6 fdb4:542d:dc11:ec20::1 prefixlen 64
|
| 1.19 | 11-May-2008 |
dyoung | Get rid of sec2str() altogether.
|
| 1.18 | 11-May-2008 |
dyoung | In in6_alias(), instead of repeating the memset()/estrlcpy()/sockaddr_in6
assignment-dance, copy creq to ifr6 before each ioctl().
|
| 1.17 | 11-May-2008 |
dyoung | Delete unused array sin6tab[]. Delete unnecessary casts.
|
| 1.16 | 11-May-2008 |
dyoung | Delete dead code in sec2str().
|
| 1.15 | 11-May-2008 |
dyoung | Retire some code that in6_commit_address() replaces.
|
| 1.14 | 11-May-2008 |
dyoung | Let the address family modules zero initialize their own ifreqs,
instead of zeroing them in commit_address().
Switch to in6_commit_address() from in6_getprefix() and in6_getaddr().
Temporarily add some debugging code to setia6eui64_impl().
|
| 1.13 | 08-May-2008 |
dyoung | Move IPv4/IPv6-specific code from commit_address() to in_commit_address()
and in6_commit_address(). Fixes the USE_INET6=no build.
|
| 1.12 | 07-May-2008 |
dyoung | Move IPv6 syntax to af_inet6.c from ifconfig.c. Move IFKW() macro
from ifconfig.c to parse.h for reuse.
|
| 1.11 | 07-May-2008 |
dyoung | Fix a bug that I introduced in rev 1.88, where the default IPv6
prefix length changed from 64 to 128. While I am here, allow an
address to be given with prefix length /0, but interpret it as
/128.
|
| 1.10 | 06-May-2008 |
dyoung | branches: 1.10.2;
Use prop_dictionary_util(3).
|
| 1.9 | 06-May-2008 |
dyoung | Rename in_addr_commit() to commit_address(), and refactor slightly
to support IPv6 as well as IPv4 (a work in progress).
Make the second argument of af_status() a bool instead of an int.
Exit early with an error if the operator specifies an unsupported
address family on the command line. The change should help rc
scripts to detect that IPv6 support is missing from the kernel,
with 'ifconfig lo0 inet6'.
Start using prop_dictionary_util(3).
|
| 1.8 | 06-May-2008 |
dyoung | Overhaul ifconfig. Use fewer global variables. Take a leap toward
improved modularity and extensibility.
In the new architecture, a directed graph of argument-matching
objects (match objects) expresses the set of feasible ifconfig
statements. Match objects are labelled by subroutines that provide
the statement semantics.
Many IPv4, IPv6, 802.11, tunnel, and media configurations have been
tested.
AppleTalk, ISO, carp(4), agr(4), and vlan(4) configuration need
testing.
|
| 1.7 | 24-Apr-2008 |
dyoung | Don't cast memset(3) to void. Remove a needless cast to struct
in6_addr *.
|
| 1.6 | 15-Apr-2008 |
dyoung | branches: 1.6.2;
Use static initializers to setup ISO and IPv6 addresses, instead
of calling protocol family-specific routines from main().
|
| 1.5 | 26-Aug-2006 |
christos | branches: 1.5.16; 1.5.18;
Programs that use efun.
|
| 1.4 | 16-Jun-2006 |
elad | fix incorrect usage of strncpy() to (an internal implementation of)
estrlcpy().
okay christos
|
| 1.3 | 14-Jun-2006 |
tron | Adapt ifconfig(8) to new return value from socket(2). This stops
ifconfig(8) from printing errors like "ifconfig: socket: Address
family not supported by protocol family" when examining the status
of a network interface.
|
| 1.2 | 20-Mar-2005 |
thorpej | Remove an #ifdef that is no longer necessary.
|
| 1.1 | 20-Mar-2005 |
thorpej | Split IPv6 support out into its own file.
|
| 1.5.18.2 | 28-Sep-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.5.18.1 | 02-Jun-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.5.16.1 | 22-Feb-2008 |
keiichi | imported Mobile IPv6 code developed by the SHISA project
(http://www.mobileip.jp/).
|
| 1.6.2.1 | 18-May-2008 |
yamt | sync with head.
|
| 1.10.2.2 | 18-Sep-2008 |
wrstuden | Sync with wrstuden-revivesa-base-2.
|
| 1.10.2.1 | 23-Jun-2008 |
wrstuden | Sync w/ -current. 34 merge conflicts to follow.
|
| 1.27.12.1 | 20-Aug-2014 |
tls | Rebase to HEAD as of a few days ago.
|
| 1.27.6.1 | 22-May-2014 |
yamt | sync with head.
for a reference, the tree before this commit was tagged
as yamt-pagecache-tag8.
this commit was splitted into small chunks to avoid
a limitation of cvs. ("Protocol error: too many arguments")
|
| 1.29.4.2 | 23-Jan-2015 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by pettai in ticket #442):
sbin/ifconfig/af_inet6.c: revision 1.31
Display the IPv6 address flags autoconf and temporary
|
| 1.29.4.1 | 27-Oct-2014 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by roy in ticket #160):
sbin/ifconfig/af_inet6.c: revision 1.30
sbin/ifconfig/ifconfig.8: revision 1.109
sys/netinet6/in6.c: revision 1.177
Remove the ability for userland to toggle IN6_IFF_TENTATIVE.
Preserve IN6_IFF_TENTATIVE when updating address flags.
|
| 1.35.2.1 | 04-Nov-2016 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.38.14.1 | 13-Apr-2020 |
martin | Mostly merge changes from HEAD upto 20200411
|
| 1.8 | 02-Jul-2008 |
dyoung | Let us add/remove features from ifconfig, such as support for
various address families (inet, inet6, iso, atalk) and protocols
(802.11, 802.3ad, CARP), simply by trimming the list of sources in
the Makefile. This helps one customize ifconfig for an embedded
device or for install media, and it eliminates a lot of grotty
#ifdef'age. Now, the ifconfig syntax and semantics are finalized
at run-time using the constructor routines in each address-family/protocol
module.
(In principle, ifconfig could load virtually all of its syntax from
shared objects.)
Extract a lot of common code into subroutines, in order to shrink
the ifconfig binary a bit. Make all of the address families share
code for address addition/replacement/removal, and delete "legacy"
code for manipulating addresses. That may have broken atalk and
iso, despite my best efforts.
Extract an include file, Makefile.inc, containing the make-fu that
both ifconfig and x_ifconfig share.
Sprinkle static. Change some int's to bool's. Constify.
Add RCS Ids to carp.c and env.c. Move media code to a new file,
media.c. Delete several unneeded header files.
Set, reset, and display the IEEE 802.11 attribute, 'dot11RTSThreshold'.
Bug fix: do not require both a interface address and a destination
address for point-to-point interfaces, but accept a interface
address by itself.
|
| 1.7 | 03-Jun-2008 |
dyoung | Remove remnants of struct afswtch.af_getprefix().
|
| 1.6 | 08-May-2008 |
dyoung | Move IPv4/IPv6-specific code from commit_address() to in_commit_address()
and in6_commit_address(). Fixes the USE_INET6=no build.
|
| 1.5 | 07-May-2008 |
dyoung | Move IPv6 syntax to af_inet6.c from ifconfig.c. Move IFKW() macro
from ifconfig.c to parse.h for reuse.
|
| 1.4 | 06-May-2008 |
dyoung | branches: 1.4.2;
Rename in_addr_commit() to commit_address(), and refactor slightly
to support IPv6 as well as IPv4 (a work in progress).
Make the second argument of af_status() a bool instead of an int.
Exit early with an error if the operator specifies an unsupported
address family on the command line. The change should help rc
scripts to detect that IPv6 support is missing from the kernel,
with 'ifconfig lo0 inet6'.
Start using prop_dictionary_util(3).
|
| 1.3 | 06-May-2008 |
dyoung | Overhaul ifconfig. Use fewer global variables. Take a leap toward
improved modularity and extensibility.
In the new architecture, a directed graph of argument-matching
objects (match objects) expresses the set of feasible ifconfig
statements. Match objects are labelled by subroutines that provide
the statement semantics.
Many IPv4, IPv6, 802.11, tunnel, and media configurations have been
tested.
AppleTalk, ISO, carp(4), agr(4), and vlan(4) configuration need
testing.
|
| 1.2 | 11-May-2006 |
mrg | branches: 1.2.20; 1.2.22;
remove extern for unused ifr6.
|
| 1.1 | 20-Mar-2005 |
thorpej | Split IPv6 support out into its own file.
|
| 1.2.22.2 | 17-Jun-2008 |
yamt | sync with head.
|
| 1.2.22.1 | 18-May-2008 |
yamt | sync with head.
|
| 1.2.20.3 | 28-Sep-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.2.20.2 | 29-Jun-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.2.20.1 | 02-Jun-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.4.2.2 | 07-Sep-2008 |
wrstuden | Delete a bunch of things that are now gone in head.
|
| 1.4.2.1 | 23-Jun-2008 |
wrstuden | Sync w/ -current. 34 merge conflicts to follow.
|
| 1.23 | 17-Aug-2022 |
nat | Revert to previous as the atf tests are still failing.
|
| 1.22 | 17-Aug-2022 |
nat | Use existing address when setting parameters.
No need to specify address every time when setting broadcast address or
netmask.
Hopefully successfully re addresses PR bin/10911.
|
| 1.21 | 16-Aug-2022 |
nat | Revert to previous as atf tests were failing.
|
| 1.20 | 16-Aug-2022 |
nat | No need address every time to specify broadcast and netmask.
Previously ifconfig would fail silently.
Addresses PR bin/10911.
|
| 1.19 | 07-Jun-2020 |
thorpej | Update for proplib(3) API changes.
|
| 1.18 | 16-Aug-2019 |
msaitoh | Whitespace fix.
|
| 1.17 | 30-Dec-2012 |
christos | branches: 1.17.30;
fix function name in error messages.
|
| 1.16 | 30-Dec-2012 |
christos | PR/46579: Takahiro HAYASHI: ifconfig clone destroy should not print useless
diagnostic and exit with an error code. Get the interface name and flags
opportunistically to allow the code to return normally if it does not need
to do anything.
|
| 1.15 | 17-Mar-2012 |
christos | branches: 1.15.2;
PR/43141: Tobias Nygren: Print an error on unknown interfaces.
|
| 1.14 | 24-May-2011 |
joerg | branches: 1.14.4; 1.14.6;
Don't use address strings as format string.
|
| 1.13 | 13-Dec-2010 |
pooka | Convert from the .ifdef RUMP_ACTION stuff to RUMPPRG.
|
| 1.12 | 02-Jul-2008 |
dyoung | Let us add/remove features from ifconfig, such as support for
various address families (inet, inet6, iso, atalk) and protocols
(802.11, 802.3ad, CARP), simply by trimming the list of sources in
the Makefile. This helps one customize ifconfig for an embedded
device or for install media, and it eliminates a lot of grotty
#ifdef'age. Now, the ifconfig syntax and semantics are finalized
at run-time using the constructor routines in each address-family/protocol
module.
(In principle, ifconfig could load virtually all of its syntax from
shared objects.)
Extract a lot of common code into subroutines, in order to shrink
the ifconfig binary a bit. Make all of the address families share
code for address addition/replacement/removal, and delete "legacy"
code for manipulating addresses. That may have broken atalk and
iso, despite my best efforts.
Extract an include file, Makefile.inc, containing the make-fu that
both ifconfig and x_ifconfig share.
Sprinkle static. Change some int's to bool's. Constify.
Add RCS Ids to carp.c and env.c. Move media code to a new file,
media.c. Delete several unneeded header files.
Set, reset, and display the IEEE 802.11 attribute, 'dot11RTSThreshold'.
Bug fix: do not require both a interface address and a destination
address for point-to-point interfaces, but accept a interface
address by itself.
|
| 1.11 | 03-Jun-2008 |
dyoung | *Always* pass the prefix mask specified on the command line, even
on an IFF_POINTOPOINT interface. Patch tested by John Klos and
found to fix the bug he reported on tech-net@, "Subject: Can't use
gif in -current".
|
| 1.10 | 02-Jun-2008 |
dyoung | Cosmetic: add missing /*FALLTHROUGH*/.
|
| 1.9 | 28-May-2008 |
dyoung | branches: 1.9.2;
Fix kern/38775, "ifconfig inet delete fails".
|
| 1.8 | 16-May-2008 |
dyoung | branches: 1.8.2;
Apply netmasks to !(IFF_BROADCAST|IFF_POINTOPOINT) interfaces as
well as to IFF_BROADCAST interfaces. Fixes the bug reported by
Markus W Kilbinger,
ifconfig stf0 inet6 2002:xxxx:76ec:0001::1 prefixlen 16 alias
results in the wrong configuration,
stf0: flags=1<UP> mtu 1280
inet6 2002:xxxx:76ec:1::1 prefixlen 64
|
| 1.7 | 12-May-2008 |
dyoung | Apply the right copyright notice.
|
| 1.6 | 11-May-2008 |
dyoung | Let the address family modules zero initialize their own ifreqs,
instead of zeroing them in commit_address().
Switch to in6_commit_address() from in6_getprefix() and in6_getaddr().
Temporarily add some debugging code to setia6eui64_impl().
|
| 1.5 | 08-May-2008 |
dyoung | Move IPv4/IPv6-specific code from commit_address() to in_commit_address()
and in6_commit_address(). Fixes the USE_INET6=no build.
|
| 1.4 | 06-May-2008 |
dyoung | branches: 1.4.2;
Use prop_dictionary_util(3).
|
| 1.3 | 06-May-2008 |
dyoung | Use prop_dictionary_util(3) some more.
When we read interface flags and capabilities from the kernel, take
care not to record them in our current environment (env), but record
them in the output environment (oenv), instead. This helps us get
interface capabilities and flags right.
|
| 1.2 | 06-May-2008 |
dyoung | Rename in_addr_commit() to commit_address(), and refactor slightly
to support IPv6 as well as IPv4 (a work in progress).
Make the second argument of af_status() a bool instead of an int.
Exit early with an error if the operator specifies an unsupported
address family on the command line. The change should help rc
scripts to detect that IPv6 support is missing from the kernel,
with 'ifconfig lo0 inet6'.
Start using prop_dictionary_util(3).
|
| 1.1 | 06-May-2008 |
dyoung | Overhaul ifconfig. Use fewer global variables. Take a leap toward
improved modularity and extensibility.
In the new architecture, a directed graph of argument-matching
objects (match objects) expresses the set of feasible ifconfig
statements. Match objects are labelled by subroutines that provide
the statement semantics.
Many IPv4, IPv6, 802.11, tunnel, and media configurations have been
tested.
AppleTalk, ISO, carp(4), agr(4), and vlan(4) configuration need
testing.
|
| 1.4.2.2 | 18-Sep-2008 |
wrstuden | Sync with wrstuden-revivesa-base-2.
|
| 1.4.2.1 | 23-Jun-2008 |
wrstuden | Sync w/ -current. 34 merge conflicts to follow.
|
| 1.8.2.3 | 04-Jun-2008 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.8.2.2 | 18-May-2008 |
yamt | sync with head.
|
| 1.8.2.1 | 16-May-2008 |
yamt | file af_inetany.c was added on branch yamt-pf42 on 2008-05-18 12:30:52 +0000
|
| 1.9.2.4 | 28-Sep-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.9.2.3 | 29-Jun-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.9.2.2 | 02-Jun-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.9.2.1 | 28-May-2008 |
mjf | file af_inetany.c was added on branch mjf-devfs2 on 2008-06-02 13:21:22 +0000
|
| 1.14.6.1 | 08-Feb-2013 |
riz | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by christos in ticket #799):
sbin/ifconfig/af_inetany.c: revision 1.16
PR/46579: Takahiro HAYASHI: ifconfig clone destroy should not print useless
diagnostic and exit with an error code. Get the interface name and flags
opportunistically to allow the code to return normally if it does not need
to do anything.
|
| 1.14.4.2 | 23-Jan-2013 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.14.4.1 | 17-Apr-2012 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.15.2.1 | 25-Feb-2013 |
tls | resync with head
|
| 1.17.30.1 | 13-Apr-2020 |
martin | Mostly merge changes from HEAD upto 20200411
|
| 1.4 | 02-Jul-2008 |
dyoung | Let us add/remove features from ifconfig, such as support for
various address families (inet, inet6, iso, atalk) and protocols
(802.11, 802.3ad, CARP), simply by trimming the list of sources in
the Makefile. This helps one customize ifconfig for an embedded
device or for install media, and it eliminates a lot of grotty
#ifdef'age. Now, the ifconfig syntax and semantics are finalized
at run-time using the constructor routines in each address-family/protocol
module.
(In principle, ifconfig could load virtually all of its syntax from
shared objects.)
Extract a lot of common code into subroutines, in order to shrink
the ifconfig binary a bit. Make all of the address families share
code for address addition/replacement/removal, and delete "legacy"
code for manipulating addresses. That may have broken atalk and
iso, despite my best efforts.
Extract an include file, Makefile.inc, containing the make-fu that
both ifconfig and x_ifconfig share.
Sprinkle static. Change some int's to bool's. Constify.
Add RCS Ids to carp.c and env.c. Move media code to a new file,
media.c. Delete several unneeded header files.
Set, reset, and display the IEEE 802.11 attribute, 'dot11RTSThreshold'.
Bug fix: do not require both a interface address and a destination
address for point-to-point interfaces, but accept a interface
address by itself.
|
| 1.3 | 12-May-2008 |
dyoung | branches: 1.3.2; 1.3.4; 1.3.6;
Apply the right copyright notice.
|
| 1.2 | 11-May-2008 |
dyoung | Let the address family modules zero initialize their own ifreqs,
instead of zeroing them in commit_address().
Switch to in6_commit_address() from in6_getprefix() and in6_getaddr().
Temporarily add some debugging code to setia6eui64_impl().
|
| 1.1 | 08-May-2008 |
dyoung | Move IPv4/IPv6-specific code from commit_address() to in_commit_address()
and in6_commit_address(). Fixes the USE_INET6=no build.
|
| 1.3.6.3 | 18-Sep-2008 |
wrstuden | Sync with wrstuden-revivesa-base-2.
|
| 1.3.6.2 | 23-Jun-2008 |
wrstuden | Add files to branch that were added on -current.
After this, all that's left of update is to merge some changes
that had conflicts.
|
| 1.3.6.1 | 12-May-2008 |
wrstuden | file af_inetany.h was added on branch wrstuden-revivesa on 2008-06-23 05:02:12 +0000
|
| 1.3.4.3 | 28-Sep-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.3.4.2 | 02-Jun-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.3.4.1 | 12-May-2008 |
mjf | file af_inetany.h was added on branch mjf-devfs2 on 2008-06-02 13:21:22 +0000
|
| 1.3.2.2 | 18-May-2008 |
yamt | sync with head.
|
| 1.3.2.1 | 12-May-2008 |
yamt | file af_inetany.h was added on branch yamt-pf42 on 2008-05-18 12:30:52 +0000
|
| 1.15 | 01-Mar-2013 |
joerg | Retire OSI network stack. OK core@
|
| 1.14 | 13-Dec-2010 |
pooka | branches: 1.14.6; 1.14.12;
Convert from the .ifdef RUMP_ACTION stuff to RUMPPRG.
|
| 1.13 | 15-Jul-2008 |
dyoung | Cosmetic: s/xenv/oenv/
|
| 1.12 | 02-Jul-2008 |
dyoung | Let us add/remove features from ifconfig, such as support for
various address families (inet, inet6, iso, atalk) and protocols
(802.11, 802.3ad, CARP), simply by trimming the list of sources in
the Makefile. This helps one customize ifconfig for an embedded
device or for install media, and it eliminates a lot of grotty
#ifdef'age. Now, the ifconfig syntax and semantics are finalized
at run-time using the constructor routines in each address-family/protocol
module.
(In principle, ifconfig could load virtually all of its syntax from
shared objects.)
Extract a lot of common code into subroutines, in order to shrink
the ifconfig binary a bit. Make all of the address families share
code for address addition/replacement/removal, and delete "legacy"
code for manipulating addresses. That may have broken atalk and
iso, despite my best efforts.
Extract an include file, Makefile.inc, containing the make-fu that
both ifconfig and x_ifconfig share.
Sprinkle static. Change some int's to bool's. Constify.
Add RCS Ids to carp.c and env.c. Move media code to a new file,
media.c. Delete several unneeded header files.
Set, reset, and display the IEEE 802.11 attribute, 'dot11RTSThreshold'.
Bug fix: do not require both a interface address and a destination
address for point-to-point interfaces, but accept a interface
address by itself.
|
| 1.11 | 08-May-2008 |
dyoung | Delete #if 0'd code.
|
| 1.10 | 07-May-2008 |
dyoung | Move ISO, AppleTalk, carp(4) syntax from ifconfig.c to af_iso.c,
af_atalk.c, carp.c, respectively.
|
| 1.9 | 06-May-2008 |
dyoung | branches: 1.9.2;
Extract subroutine do_setifcaps() and fix the bug that uwe@ reported
in capabilities-setting.
Use prop_dictionary_util(3).
Rename the parser snpaoffset to parse_snpaoffset.
|
| 1.8 | 06-May-2008 |
dyoung | Rename in_addr_commit() to commit_address(), and refactor slightly
to support IPv6 as well as IPv4 (a work in progress).
Make the second argument of af_status() a bool instead of an int.
Exit early with an error if the operator specifies an unsupported
address family on the command line. The change should help rc
scripts to detect that IPv6 support is missing from the kernel,
with 'ifconfig lo0 inet6'.
Start using prop_dictionary_util(3).
|
| 1.7 | 06-May-2008 |
dyoung | Overhaul ifconfig. Use fewer global variables. Take a leap toward
improved modularity and extensibility.
In the new architecture, a directed graph of argument-matching
objects (match objects) expresses the set of feasible ifconfig
statements. Match objects are labelled by subroutines that provide
the statement semantics.
Many IPv4, IPv6, 802.11, tunnel, and media configurations have been
tested.
AppleTalk, ISO, carp(4), agr(4), and vlan(4) configuration need
testing.
|
| 1.6 | 15-Apr-2008 |
dyoung | branches: 1.6.2;
Use static initializers to setup ISO and IPv6 addresses, instead
of calling protocol family-specific routines from main().
|
| 1.5 | 11-Apr-2008 |
dyoung | Cosmetic: compare socket address family with AF_UNSPEC instead of
0.
|
| 1.4 | 26-Aug-2006 |
christos | branches: 1.4.18;
Programs that use efun.
|
| 1.3 | 16-Jun-2006 |
elad | fix incorrect usage of strncpy() to (an internal implementation of)
estrlcpy().
okay christos
|
| 1.2 | 14-Jun-2006 |
tron | Adapt ifconfig(8) to new return value from socket(2). This stops
ifconfig(8) from printing errors like "ifconfig: socket: Address
family not supported by protocol family" when examining the status
of a network interface.
|
| 1.1 | 20-Mar-2005 |
thorpej | Split OSI support off into its own file.
|
| 1.4.18.2 | 28-Sep-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.4.18.1 | 02-Jun-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.6.2.1 | 18-May-2008 |
yamt | sync with head.
|
| 1.9.2.2 | 18-Sep-2008 |
wrstuden | Sync with wrstuden-revivesa-base-2.
|
| 1.9.2.1 | 23-Jun-2008 |
wrstuden | Sync w/ -current. 34 merge conflicts to follow.
|
| 1.14.12.1 | 23-Jun-2013 |
tls | resync from head
|
| 1.14.6.1 | 22-May-2014 |
yamt | sync with head.
for a reference, the tree before this commit was tagged
as yamt-pagecache-tag8.
this commit was splitted into small chunks to avoid
a limitation of cvs. ("Protocol error: too many arguments")
|
| 1.7 | 02-Jul-2008 |
dyoung | Let us add/remove features from ifconfig, such as support for
various address families (inet, inet6, iso, atalk) and protocols
(802.11, 802.3ad, CARP), simply by trimming the list of sources in
the Makefile. This helps one customize ifconfig for an embedded
device or for install media, and it eliminates a lot of grotty
#ifdef'age. Now, the ifconfig syntax and semantics are finalized
at run-time using the constructor routines in each address-family/protocol
module.
(In principle, ifconfig could load virtually all of its syntax from
shared objects.)
Extract a lot of common code into subroutines, in order to shrink
the ifconfig binary a bit. Make all of the address families share
code for address addition/replacement/removal, and delete "legacy"
code for manipulating addresses. That may have broken atalk and
iso, despite my best efforts.
Extract an include file, Makefile.inc, containing the make-fu that
both ifconfig and x_ifconfig share.
Sprinkle static. Change some int's to bool's. Constify.
Add RCS Ids to carp.c and env.c. Move media code to a new file,
media.c. Delete several unneeded header files.
Set, reset, and display the IEEE 802.11 attribute, 'dot11RTSThreshold'.
Bug fix: do not require both a interface address and a destination
address for point-to-point interfaces, but accept a interface
address by itself.
|
| 1.6 | 07-May-2008 |
dyoung | Move ISO, AppleTalk, carp(4) syntax from ifconfig.c to af_iso.c,
af_atalk.c, carp.c, respectively.
|
| 1.5 | 06-May-2008 |
dyoung | branches: 1.5.2;
Extract subroutine do_setifcaps() and fix the bug that uwe@ reported
in capabilities-setting.
Use prop_dictionary_util(3).
Rename the parser snpaoffset to parse_snpaoffset.
|
| 1.4 | 06-May-2008 |
dyoung | Rename in_addr_commit() to commit_address(), and refactor slightly
to support IPv6 as well as IPv4 (a work in progress).
Make the second argument of af_status() a bool instead of an int.
Exit early with an error if the operator specifies an unsupported
address family on the command line. The change should help rc
scripts to detect that IPv6 support is missing from the kernel,
with 'ifconfig lo0 inet6'.
Start using prop_dictionary_util(3).
|
| 1.3 | 06-May-2008 |
dyoung | Overhaul ifconfig. Use fewer global variables. Take a leap toward
improved modularity and extensibility.
In the new architecture, a directed graph of argument-matching
objects (match objects) expresses the set of feasible ifconfig
statements. Match objects are labelled by subroutines that provide
the statement semantics.
Many IPv4, IPv6, 802.11, tunnel, and media configurations have been
tested.
AppleTalk, ISO, carp(4), agr(4), and vlan(4) configuration need
testing.
|
| 1.2 | 15-Apr-2008 |
dyoung | branches: 1.2.2;
Use static initializers to setup ISO and IPv6 addresses, instead
of calling protocol family-specific routines from main().
|
| 1.1 | 20-Mar-2005 |
thorpej | branches: 1.1.20;
Split OSI support off into its own file.
|
| 1.1.20.2 | 28-Sep-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.1.20.1 | 02-Jun-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.2.2.1 | 18-May-2008 |
yamt | sync with head.
|
| 1.5.2.2 | 07-Sep-2008 |
wrstuden | Delete a bunch of things that are now gone in head.
|
| 1.5.2.1 | 23-Jun-2008 |
wrstuden | Sync w/ -current. 34 merge conflicts to follow.
|
| 1.8 | 16-Aug-2019 |
msaitoh | Whitespace fix.
|
| 1.7 | 19-Jan-2014 |
matt | branches: 1.7.26;
Rename link to link_pkw to avoid shadowing the link syscall.
|
| 1.6 | 21-Apr-2009 |
dyoung | branches: 1.6.6; 1.6.12;
To make sure that we always print the active link-layer address in the
'address: ' field, don't treat the first address as the active address,
but search the link-layer addresses for the ones flagged IFLR_ACTIVE,
and print those. Extract a subroutine, print_link_addresses(), for
printing link-layer addresses.
|
| 1.5 | 21-Apr-2009 |
dyoung | Use getnameinfo(3) to render a human-readable link-layer address in the
'address: ' line, just as we do in the 'link xx:xx:...:xx' line.
|
| 1.4 | 21-Apr-2009 |
dyoung | Fix indentation: change spaces to tabs.
|
| 1.3 | 02-Jul-2008 |
dyoung | branches: 1.3.2; 1.3.4; 1.3.8;
Let us add/remove features from ifconfig, such as support for
various address families (inet, inet6, iso, atalk) and protocols
(802.11, 802.3ad, CARP), simply by trimming the list of sources in
the Makefile. This helps one customize ifconfig for an embedded
device or for install media, and it eliminates a lot of grotty
#ifdef'age. Now, the ifconfig syntax and semantics are finalized
at run-time using the constructor routines in each address-family/protocol
module.
(In principle, ifconfig could load virtually all of its syntax from
shared objects.)
Extract a lot of common code into subroutines, in order to shrink
the ifconfig binary a bit. Make all of the address families share
code for address addition/replacement/removal, and delete "legacy"
code for manipulating addresses. That may have broken atalk and
iso, despite my best efforts.
Extract an include file, Makefile.inc, containing the make-fu that
both ifconfig and x_ifconfig share.
Sprinkle static. Change some int's to bool's. Constify.
Add RCS Ids to carp.c and env.c. Move media code to a new file,
media.c. Delete several unneeded header files.
Set, reset, and display the IEEE 802.11 attribute, 'dot11RTSThreshold'.
Bug fix: do not require both a interface address and a destination
address for point-to-point interfaces, but accept a interface
address by itself.
|
| 1.2 | 13-May-2008 |
dyoung | branches: 1.2.2; 1.2.4; 1.2.6;
Use an AF_LINK socket to add/delete/get link-layer addresses.
|
| 1.1 | 12-May-2008 |
dyoung | Per discussion at
<http://mail-index.netbsd.org/tech-net/2008/04/08/msg000371.html>,
let us add, delete, and activate link-layer addresses with ifconfig:
# ifconfig sip0 link 02:00:00:00:00:01 [add address]
# ifconfig sip0 link 02:00:00:00:00:02 [add address]
# ifconfig sip0 link 02:00:00:00:00:02 active [activate address]
# ifconfig sip0 link 02:00:00:00:00:01 delete [remove address]
|
| 1.2.6.3 | 18-Sep-2008 |
wrstuden | Sync with wrstuden-revivesa-base-2.
|
| 1.2.6.2 | 23-Jun-2008 |
wrstuden | Add files to branch that were added on -current.
After this, all that's left of update is to merge some changes
that had conflicts.
|
| 1.2.6.1 | 13-May-2008 |
wrstuden | file af_link.c was added on branch wrstuden-revivesa on 2008-06-23 05:02:12 +0000
|
| 1.2.4.3 | 28-Sep-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.2.4.2 | 02-Jun-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.2.4.1 | 13-May-2008 |
mjf | file af_link.c was added on branch mjf-devfs2 on 2008-06-02 13:21:22 +0000
|
| 1.2.2.2 | 18-May-2008 |
yamt | sync with head.
|
| 1.2.2.1 | 13-May-2008 |
yamt | file af_link.c was added on branch yamt-pf42 on 2008-05-18 12:30:52 +0000
|
| 1.3.8.1 | 21-Apr-2010 |
matt | sync to netbsd-5
|
| 1.3.4.1 | 13-May-2009 |
jym | Sync with HEAD.
Third (and last) commit. See http://mail-index.netbsd.org/source-changes/2009/05/13/msg221222.html
|
| 1.3.2.1 | 03-May-2009 |
bouyer | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by dyoung in ticket #730):
sbin/ifconfig/af_link.c: revisions 1.4 - 1.6
sbin/ifconfig/util.h: revision 1.7
sbin/ifconfig/util.c: revisions 1.10, 1.11
lib/libc/net/getifaddrs.c: revision 1.12
lib/libc/net/getifaddrs.3: revision 1.10
sbin/ifconfig/ifconfig.c: revisions 1.216 - 1.218
Fix indentation: change spaces to tabs.
Use getnameinfo(3) to render a human-readable link-layer address in the
'address: ' line, just as we do in the 'link xx:xx:...:xx' line.
There's no use casting a socket address to sockaddr_dl, only to cast it
back to sockaddr, so don't do it.
Cosmetic: add some whitespace for my ease of reading.
To make sure that we always print the active link-layer address in the
'address: ' field, don't treat the first address as the active address,
but search the link-layer addresses for the ones flagged IFLR_ACTIVE,
and print those. Extract a subroutine, print_link_addresses(), for
printing link-layer addresses.
For non-AF_LINK ifaddrs, ifa_data is NULL. AFAICT, this has always been
so. Say so in the documentation.
Bring getifaddrs(3) behavior in line with the documentation: the
ifa_data member of every AF_LINK struct ifaddrs points at the
corresponding struct if_data. In ifconfig(8), do not try to suppress
duplicate AF_LINK ifaddrs by checking for a NULL ifa_data.
Don't copy out two AF_LINK struct ifaddrs for each active link-layer
address. getifaddrs(3) used to copy out one ifaddrs for the kernel's
RTM_IFINFO message, and one more for the kernel's RTM_NEWADDR message.
I suppress the first duplicate with a highly conservative change that
wastes a little bit of ifaddrs storage. The storage is not leaked.
|
| 1.6.12.1 | 20-Aug-2014 |
tls | Rebase to HEAD as of a few days ago.
|
| 1.6.6.1 | 22-May-2014 |
yamt | sync with head.
for a reference, the tree before this commit was tagged
as yamt-pagecache-tag8.
this commit was splitted into small chunks to avoid
a limitation of cvs. ("Protocol error: too many arguments")
|
| 1.7.26.1 | 13-Apr-2020 |
martin | Mostly merge changes from HEAD upto 20200411
|
| 1.2 | 02-Jul-2008 |
dyoung | Let us add/remove features from ifconfig, such as support for
various address families (inet, inet6, iso, atalk) and protocols
(802.11, 802.3ad, CARP), simply by trimming the list of sources in
the Makefile. This helps one customize ifconfig for an embedded
device or for install media, and it eliminates a lot of grotty
#ifdef'age. Now, the ifconfig syntax and semantics are finalized
at run-time using the constructor routines in each address-family/protocol
module.
(In principle, ifconfig could load virtually all of its syntax from
shared objects.)
Extract a lot of common code into subroutines, in order to shrink
the ifconfig binary a bit. Make all of the address families share
code for address addition/replacement/removal, and delete "legacy"
code for manipulating addresses. That may have broken atalk and
iso, despite my best efforts.
Extract an include file, Makefile.inc, containing the make-fu that
both ifconfig and x_ifconfig share.
Sprinkle static. Change some int's to bool's. Constify.
Add RCS Ids to carp.c and env.c. Move media code to a new file,
media.c. Delete several unneeded header files.
Set, reset, and display the IEEE 802.11 attribute, 'dot11RTSThreshold'.
Bug fix: do not require both a interface address and a destination
address for point-to-point interfaces, but accept a interface
address by itself.
|
| 1.1 | 12-May-2008 |
dyoung | branches: 1.1.2; 1.1.4; 1.1.6;
Per discussion at
<http://mail-index.netbsd.org/tech-net/2008/04/08/msg000371.html>,
let us add, delete, and activate link-layer addresses with ifconfig:
# ifconfig sip0 link 02:00:00:00:00:01 [add address]
# ifconfig sip0 link 02:00:00:00:00:02 [add address]
# ifconfig sip0 link 02:00:00:00:00:02 active [activate address]
# ifconfig sip0 link 02:00:00:00:00:01 delete [remove address]
|
| 1.1.6.3 | 07-Sep-2008 |
wrstuden | Delete a bunch of things that are now gone in head.
|
| 1.1.6.2 | 23-Jun-2008 |
wrstuden | Add files to branch that were added on -current.
After this, all that's left of update is to merge some changes
that had conflicts.
|
| 1.1.6.1 | 12-May-2008 |
wrstuden | file af_link.h was added on branch wrstuden-revivesa on 2008-06-23 05:02:12 +0000
|
| 1.1.4.3 | 28-Sep-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.1.4.2 | 02-Jun-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.1.4.1 | 12-May-2008 |
mjf | file af_link.h was added on branch mjf-devfs2 on 2008-06-02 13:21:22 +0000
|
| 1.1.2.2 | 18-May-2008 |
yamt | sync with head.
|
| 1.1.2.1 | 12-May-2008 |
yamt | file af_link.h was added on branch yamt-pf42 on 2008-05-18 12:30:53 +0000
|
| 1.5 | 26-Aug-2006 |
matt | Remove XNS support.
|
| 1.4 | 16-Jun-2006 |
elad | fix incorrect usage of strncpy() to (an internal implementation of)
estrlcpy().
okay christos
|
| 1.3 | 14-Jun-2006 |
tron | Adapt ifconfig(8) to new return value from socket(2). This stops
ifconfig(8) from printing errors like "ifconfig: socket: Address
family not supported by protocol family" when examining the status
of a network interface.
|
| 1.2 | 20-Mar-2005 |
thorpej | Move a comment.
|
| 1.1 | 19-Mar-2005 |
thorpej | Split XNS support into its own file.
|
| 1.2 | 26-Aug-2006 |
matt | Remove XNS support.
|
| 1.1 | 19-Mar-2005 |
thorpej | Split XNS support into its own file.
|
| 1.16 | 21-Jun-2021 |
christos | fix proplib deprecation
|
| 1.15 | 15-Jul-2008 |
dyoung | Cosmetic: s/xenv/oenv/
|
| 1.14 | 15-Jul-2008 |
dyoung | Only describe flags -L and -m in the usage if they are available.
That helps me get rid of some conditional compilation (INET6) in
ifconfig.
Let each protocol/feature-module print its own usage, so that the
ifconfig usage reflects the modules that are actually compiled-in.
Write usage information for carp(4) options.
|
| 1.13 | 02-Jul-2008 |
dyoung | Let us add/remove features from ifconfig, such as support for
various address families (inet, inet6, iso, atalk) and protocols
(802.11, 802.3ad, CARP), simply by trimming the list of sources in
the Makefile. This helps one customize ifconfig for an embedded
device or for install media, and it eliminates a lot of grotty
#ifdef'age. Now, the ifconfig syntax and semantics are finalized
at run-time using the constructor routines in each address-family/protocol
module.
(In principle, ifconfig could load virtually all of its syntax from
shared objects.)
Extract a lot of common code into subroutines, in order to shrink
the ifconfig binary a bit. Make all of the address families share
code for address addition/replacement/removal, and delete "legacy"
code for manipulating addresses. That may have broken atalk and
iso, despite my best efforts.
Extract an include file, Makefile.inc, containing the make-fu that
both ifconfig and x_ifconfig share.
Sprinkle static. Change some int's to bool's. Constify.
Add RCS Ids to carp.c and env.c. Move media code to a new file,
media.c. Delete several unneeded header files.
Set, reset, and display the IEEE 802.11 attribute, 'dot11RTSThreshold'.
Bug fix: do not require both a interface address and a destination
address for point-to-point interfaces, but accept a interface
address by itself.
|
| 1.12 | 19-May-2008 |
dyoung | Fix two bugs:
1 Let us associate a keyword with either a signed or an unsigned
number. Associate the '-chan' keyword with an unsigned number.
This fixes the defect that crashed 'ifconfig wi0 -chan', reported
by Michael van Elst.
2 Do not try to interpret names as ISO addresses unless the ISO
address family was specified. iso_addr(3) does not report errors,
so it appears to interpret *everything* as an ISO address. This
is a stopgap fix for the defect in 'ifconfig lo0 inet6' on a
!INET6 kernel that deletes the first IPv4 address on lo0.
(Reported by Scott Ellis.)
|
| 1.11 | 09-May-2008 |
dyoung | Repair agr(4) syntax. Should fix PR bin/38600.
|
| 1.10 | 07-May-2008 |
dyoung | Factor out common code, creating direct_ioctl() and indirect_ioctl()
for the two most prevalent styles of ioctl(2) calls in ifconfig(8).
|
| 1.9 | 07-May-2008 |
dyoung | Move net80211 and agr(4) syntax out of ifconfig.c and into ieee80211.c
and agr.c, respectively.
|
| 1.8 | 07-May-2008 |
yamt | branches: 1.8.2;
agrsetport: fix a use of uninitialized variable.
|
| 1.7 | 06-May-2008 |
dyoung | Use prop_dictionary_util(3).
|
| 1.6 | 06-May-2008 |
dyoung | Use prop_dictionary_util(3) some more.
When we read interface flags and capabilities from the kernel, take
care not to record them in our current environment (env), but record
them in the output environment (oenv), instead. This helps us get
interface capabilities and flags right.
|
| 1.5 | 06-May-2008 |
dyoung | Overhaul ifconfig. Use fewer global variables. Take a leap toward
improved modularity and extensibility.
In the new architecture, a directed graph of argument-matching
objects (match objects) expresses the set of feasible ifconfig
statements. Match objects are labelled by subroutines that provide
the statement semantics.
Many IPv4, IPv6, 802.11, tunnel, and media configurations have been
tested.
AppleTalk, ISO, carp(4), agr(4), and vlan(4) configuration need
testing.
|
| 1.4 | 22-Apr-2008 |
dyoung | Copy a const string to a temporary buffer instead of using __UNCONST().
Cosmetic: get rid of superflous curly braces and cast to (void *).
|
| 1.3 | 19-Mar-2005 |
thorpej | branches: 1.3.20; 1.3.22;
name -> ifname (avoid shadow decl with global name[]).
|
| 1.2 | 19-Mar-2005 |
thorpej | Move extern decls to extern.h
|
| 1.1 | 18-Mar-2005 |
yamt | add agr(4), a pseudo network device driver for link aggregation.
|
| 1.3.22.2 | 04-Jun-2008 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.3.22.1 | 18-May-2008 |
yamt | sync with head.
|
| 1.3.20.2 | 28-Sep-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.3.20.1 | 02-Jun-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.8.2.2 | 18-Sep-2008 |
wrstuden | Sync with wrstuden-revivesa-base-2.
|
| 1.8.2.1 | 23-Jun-2008 |
wrstuden | Sync w/ -current. 34 merge conflicts to follow.
|
| 1.5 | 02-Jul-2008 |
dyoung | Let us add/remove features from ifconfig, such as support for
various address families (inet, inet6, iso, atalk) and protocols
(802.11, 802.3ad, CARP), simply by trimming the list of sources in
the Makefile. This helps one customize ifconfig for an embedded
device or for install media, and it eliminates a lot of grotty
#ifdef'age. Now, the ifconfig syntax and semantics are finalized
at run-time using the constructor routines in each address-family/protocol
module.
(In principle, ifconfig could load virtually all of its syntax from
shared objects.)
Extract a lot of common code into subroutines, in order to shrink
the ifconfig binary a bit. Make all of the address families share
code for address addition/replacement/removal, and delete "legacy"
code for manipulating addresses. That may have broken atalk and
iso, despite my best efforts.
Extract an include file, Makefile.inc, containing the make-fu that
both ifconfig and x_ifconfig share.
Sprinkle static. Change some int's to bool's. Constify.
Add RCS Ids to carp.c and env.c. Move media code to a new file,
media.c. Delete several unneeded header files.
Set, reset, and display the IEEE 802.11 attribute, 'dot11RTSThreshold'.
Bug fix: do not require both a interface address and a destination
address for point-to-point interfaces, but accept a interface
address by itself.
|
| 1.4 | 07-May-2008 |
dyoung | Move net80211 and agr(4) syntax out of ifconfig.c and into ieee80211.c
and agr.c, respectively.
|
| 1.3 | 06-May-2008 |
dyoung | branches: 1.3.2;
Use prop_dictionary_util(3) some more.
When we read interface flags and capabilities from the kernel, take
care not to record them in our current environment (env), but record
them in the output environment (oenv), instead. This helps us get
interface capabilities and flags right.
|
| 1.2 | 06-May-2008 |
dyoung | Overhaul ifconfig. Use fewer global variables. Take a leap toward
improved modularity and extensibility.
In the new architecture, a directed graph of argument-matching
objects (match objects) expresses the set of feasible ifconfig
statements. Match objects are labelled by subroutines that provide
the statement semantics.
Many IPv4, IPv6, 802.11, tunnel, and media configurations have been
tested.
AppleTalk, ISO, carp(4), agr(4), and vlan(4) configuration need
testing.
|
| 1.1 | 18-Mar-2005 |
yamt | branches: 1.1.20; 1.1.22;
add agr(4), a pseudo network device driver for link aggregation.
|
| 1.1.22.1 | 18-May-2008 |
yamt | sync with head.
|
| 1.1.20.2 | 28-Sep-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.1.20.1 | 02-Jun-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.3.2.2 | 07-Sep-2008 |
wrstuden | Delete a bunch of things that are now gone in head.
|
| 1.3.2.1 | 23-Jun-2008 |
wrstuden | Sync w/ -current. 34 merge conflicts to follow.
|
| 1.15 | 26-Mar-2023 |
mlelstv | Fix parser for carp state.
The state values are uppercase words INIT, BACKUP and MASTER.
|
| 1.14 | 07-Jun-2020 |
thorpej | branches: 1.14.6;
Update for proplib(3) API changes.
|
| 1.13 | 11-Sep-2009 |
dyoung | This should fix 'carpdev <ifname>' or, at least, not break it more
badly than before.
|
| 1.12 | 15-Jul-2008 |
dyoung | branches: 1.12.2; 1.12.6; 1.12.10;
Cosmetic: s/xenv/oenv/
|
| 1.11 | 15-Jul-2008 |
dyoung | Only describe flags -L and -m in the usage if they are available.
That helps me get rid of some conditional compilation (INET6) in
ifconfig.
Let each protocol/feature-module print its own usage, so that the
ifconfig usage reflects the modules that are actually compiled-in.
Write usage information for carp(4) options.
|
| 1.10 | 02-Jul-2008 |
dyoung | Let us add/remove features from ifconfig, such as support for
various address families (inet, inet6, iso, atalk) and protocols
(802.11, 802.3ad, CARP), simply by trimming the list of sources in
the Makefile. This helps one customize ifconfig for an embedded
device or for install media, and it eliminates a lot of grotty
#ifdef'age. Now, the ifconfig syntax and semantics are finalized
at run-time using the constructor routines in each address-family/protocol
module.
(In principle, ifconfig could load virtually all of its syntax from
shared objects.)
Extract a lot of common code into subroutines, in order to shrink
the ifconfig binary a bit. Make all of the address families share
code for address addition/replacement/removal, and delete "legacy"
code for manipulating addresses. That may have broken atalk and
iso, despite my best efforts.
Extract an include file, Makefile.inc, containing the make-fu that
both ifconfig and x_ifconfig share.
Sprinkle static. Change some int's to bool's. Constify.
Add RCS Ids to carp.c and env.c. Move media code to a new file,
media.c. Delete several unneeded header files.
Set, reset, and display the IEEE 802.11 attribute, 'dot11RTSThreshold'.
Bug fix: do not require both a interface address and a destination
address for point-to-point interfaces, but accept a interface
address by itself.
|
| 1.9 | 07-May-2008 |
dyoung | Factor out common code, creating direct_ioctl() and indirect_ioctl()
for the two most prevalent styles of ioctl(2) calls in ifconfig(8).
|
| 1.8 | 07-May-2008 |
dyoung | Move ISO, AppleTalk, carp(4) syntax from ifconfig.c to af_iso.c,
af_atalk.c, carp.c, respectively.
|
| 1.7 | 06-May-2008 |
dyoung | branches: 1.7.2;
Use prop_dictionary_util(3).
|
| 1.6 | 06-May-2008 |
dyoung | Use prop_dictionary_util(3) some more.
When we read interface flags and capabilities from the kernel, take
care not to record them in our current environment (env), but record
them in the output environment (oenv), instead. This helps us get
interface capabilities and flags right.
|
| 1.5 | 06-May-2008 |
dyoung | Overhaul ifconfig. Use fewer global variables. Take a leap toward
improved modularity and extensibility.
In the new architecture, a directed graph of argument-matching
objects (match objects) expresses the set of feasible ifconfig
statements. Match objects are labelled by subroutines that provide
the statement semantics.
Many IPv4, IPv6, 802.11, tunnel, and media configurations have been
tested.
AppleTalk, ISO, carp(4), agr(4), and vlan(4) configuration need
testing.
|
| 1.4 | 22-Apr-2008 |
dyoung | Delete some gratuitous casts, s/(char *)//.
|
| 1.3 | 21-Apr-2008 |
dyoung | s/(caddr_t)//
|
| 1.2 | 21-Apr-2008 |
dyoung | Change bzero calls to memset calls.
|
| 1.1 | 18-May-2006 |
liamjfoy | branches: 1.1.20; 1.1.22;
Integrate Common Address Redundancy Procotol (CARP) from OpenBSD
'pseudo-device carp'
Thanks to: joerg@ christos@ riz@ and others who tested
Ok: core@
|
| 1.1.22.1 | 18-May-2008 |
yamt | sync with head.
|
| 1.1.20.2 | 28-Sep-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.1.20.1 | 02-Jun-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.7.2.2 | 18-Sep-2008 |
wrstuden | Sync with wrstuden-revivesa-base-2.
|
| 1.7.2.1 | 23-Jun-2008 |
wrstuden | Sync w/ -current. 34 merge conflicts to follow.
|
| 1.12.10.1 | 16-Oct-2011 |
riz | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by bouyer in ticket #1670):
sbin/ifconfig/carp.c: revision 1.13
This should fix 'carpdev <ifname>' or, at least, not break it more
badly than before.
|
| 1.12.6.1 | 16-Oct-2011 |
riz | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by bouyer in ticket #1670):
sbin/ifconfig/carp.c: revision 1.13
This should fix 'carpdev <ifname>' or, at least, not break it more
badly than before.
|
| 1.12.2.1 | 16-Oct-2011 |
riz | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by bouyer in ticket #1670):
sbin/ifconfig/carp.c: revision 1.13
This should fix 'carpdev <ifname>' or, at least, not break it more
badly than before.
|
| 1.14.6.1 | 21-Sep-2024 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by rin in ticket #902):
sbin/ifconfig/carp.c: revision 1.15
sbin/ifconfig/ifconfig.8: revision 1.125
tests/net/carp/t_basic.sh: revision 1.9
sys/netinet/ip_carp.c: revision 1.118
sys/netinet/ip_carp.c: revision 1.119
Fix parser for carp state.
The state values are uppercase words INIT, BACKUP and MASTER.
Use backing device to send advertisements. Otherwise the packets originate
from the virtual MAC address, which confuses switches.
Select virtual address as sender if backing interface is anonymous.
Use correct scope for IPv6.
Don't expect the net/carp/t_basic/carp_handover_ipv6_halt_nocarpdevip
and carp_handover_ipv6_ifdown_nocarpdevip test cases to fail. At
least on the TNF i386 and amd64 testbeds, they pass more often than
not since the commit of src/sys/netinet/ip_carp.c 1.119 by mlelstv on
2023.04.07.06.44.08.
|
| 1.5 | 02-Jul-2008 |
dyoung | Let us add/remove features from ifconfig, such as support for
various address families (inet, inet6, iso, atalk) and protocols
(802.11, 802.3ad, CARP), simply by trimming the list of sources in
the Makefile. This helps one customize ifconfig for an embedded
device or for install media, and it eliminates a lot of grotty
#ifdef'age. Now, the ifconfig syntax and semantics are finalized
at run-time using the constructor routines in each address-family/protocol
module.
(In principle, ifconfig could load virtually all of its syntax from
shared objects.)
Extract a lot of common code into subroutines, in order to shrink
the ifconfig binary a bit. Make all of the address families share
code for address addition/replacement/removal, and delete "legacy"
code for manipulating addresses. That may have broken atalk and
iso, despite my best efforts.
Extract an include file, Makefile.inc, containing the make-fu that
both ifconfig and x_ifconfig share.
Sprinkle static. Change some int's to bool's. Constify.
Add RCS Ids to carp.c and env.c. Move media code to a new file,
media.c. Delete several unneeded header files.
Set, reset, and display the IEEE 802.11 attribute, 'dot11RTSThreshold'.
Bug fix: do not require both a interface address and a destination
address for point-to-point interfaces, but accept a interface
address by itself.
|
| 1.4 | 07-May-2008 |
dyoung | Move ISO, AppleTalk, carp(4) syntax from ifconfig.c to af_iso.c,
af_atalk.c, carp.c, respectively.
|
| 1.3 | 06-May-2008 |
dyoung | branches: 1.3.2;
Use prop_dictionary_util(3) some more.
When we read interface flags and capabilities from the kernel, take
care not to record them in our current environment (env), but record
them in the output environment (oenv), instead. This helps us get
interface capabilities and flags right.
|
| 1.2 | 06-May-2008 |
dyoung | Overhaul ifconfig. Use fewer global variables. Take a leap toward
improved modularity and extensibility.
In the new architecture, a directed graph of argument-matching
objects (match objects) expresses the set of feasible ifconfig
statements. Match objects are labelled by subroutines that provide
the statement semantics.
Many IPv4, IPv6, 802.11, tunnel, and media configurations have been
tested.
AppleTalk, ISO, carp(4), agr(4), and vlan(4) configuration need
testing.
|
| 1.1 | 18-May-2006 |
liamjfoy | branches: 1.1.20; 1.1.22;
Integrate Common Address Redundancy Procotol (CARP) from OpenBSD
'pseudo-device carp'
Thanks to: joerg@ christos@ riz@ and others who tested
Ok: core@
|
| 1.1.22.1 | 18-May-2008 |
yamt | sync with head.
|
| 1.1.20.2 | 28-Sep-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.1.20.1 | 02-Jun-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.3.2.2 | 07-Sep-2008 |
wrstuden | Delete a bunch of things that are now gone in head.
|
| 1.3.2.1 | 23-Jun-2008 |
wrstuden | Sync w/ -current. 34 merge conflicts to follow.
|
| 1.14 | 21-Jun-2021 |
christos | fix proplib deprecation
|
| 1.13 | 07-Jun-2020 |
thorpej | Update for proplib(3) API changes.
|
| 1.12 | 16-Aug-2019 |
msaitoh | Whitespace fix.
|
| 1.11 | 07-Mar-2016 |
christos | branches: 1.11.16;
PR/50909: David Binderman: Optimize memset
|
| 1.10 | 07-Mar-2016 |
christos | PR/50909: David Binderman: Optimize memset
|
| 1.9 | 07-Feb-2013 |
apb | Avoid dereferencing NULL. Coverity CID 275201.
Also fix a typo in previous: !== should be !=
|
| 1.8 | 07-Feb-2013 |
apb | Don't call prop_distionary_make_immutable on a NULL pointer.
Coverity CID 275179.
|
| 1.7 | 13-Dec-2010 |
pooka | branches: 1.7.6; 1.7.12;
Convert from the .ifdef RUMP_ACTION stuff to RUMPPRG.
|
| 1.6 | 02-Jul-2008 |
dyoung | Let us add/remove features from ifconfig, such as support for
various address families (inet, inet6, iso, atalk) and protocols
(802.11, 802.3ad, CARP), simply by trimming the list of sources in
the Makefile. This helps one customize ifconfig for an embedded
device or for install media, and it eliminates a lot of grotty
#ifdef'age. Now, the ifconfig syntax and semantics are finalized
at run-time using the constructor routines in each address-family/protocol
module.
(In principle, ifconfig could load virtually all of its syntax from
shared objects.)
Extract a lot of common code into subroutines, in order to shrink
the ifconfig binary a bit. Make all of the address families share
code for address addition/replacement/removal, and delete "legacy"
code for manipulating addresses. That may have broken atalk and
iso, despite my best efforts.
Extract an include file, Makefile.inc, containing the make-fu that
both ifconfig and x_ifconfig share.
Sprinkle static. Change some int's to bool's. Constify.
Add RCS Ids to carp.c and env.c. Move media code to a new file,
media.c. Delete several unneeded header files.
Set, reset, and display the IEEE 802.11 attribute, 'dot11RTSThreshold'.
Bug fix: do not require both a interface address and a destination
address for point-to-point interfaces, but accept a interface
address by itself.
|
| 1.5 | 12-May-2008 |
dyoung | branches: 1.5.2; 1.5.4;
Cosmetic: fix copyright whitespace.
|
| 1.4 | 09-May-2008 |
dyoung | Use the correct key. Spotted by NONAKA Kimihiro.
|
| 1.3 | 06-May-2008 |
dyoung | branches: 1.3.2;
Use prop_dictionary_util(3).
|
| 1.2 | 06-May-2008 |
dyoung | Add a license.
|
| 1.1 | 06-May-2008 |
dyoung | Overhaul ifconfig. Use fewer global variables. Take a leap toward
improved modularity and extensibility.
In the new architecture, a directed graph of argument-matching
objects (match objects) expresses the set of feasible ifconfig
statements. Match objects are labelled by subroutines that provide
the statement semantics.
Many IPv4, IPv6, 802.11, tunnel, and media configurations have been
tested.
AppleTalk, ISO, carp(4), agr(4), and vlan(4) configuration need
testing.
|
| 1.3.2.2 | 18-Sep-2008 |
wrstuden | Sync with wrstuden-revivesa-base-2.
|
| 1.3.2.1 | 23-Jun-2008 |
wrstuden | Sync w/ -current. 34 merge conflicts to follow.
|
| 1.5.4.3 | 28-Sep-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.5.4.2 | 02-Jun-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.5.4.1 | 12-May-2008 |
mjf | file env.c was added on branch mjf-devfs2 on 2008-06-02 13:21:22 +0000
|
| 1.5.2.2 | 18-May-2008 |
yamt | sync with head.
|
| 1.5.2.1 | 12-May-2008 |
yamt | file env.c was added on branch yamt-pf42 on 2008-05-18 12:30:53 +0000
|
| 1.7.12.1 | 25-Feb-2013 |
tls | resync with head
|
| 1.7.6.1 | 22-May-2014 |
yamt | sync with head.
for a reference, the tree before this commit was tagged
as yamt-pagecache-tag8.
this commit was splitted into small chunks to avoid
a limitation of cvs. ("Protocol error: too many arguments")
|
| 1.11.16.1 | 13-Apr-2020 |
martin | Mostly merge changes from HEAD upto 20200411
|
| 1.4 | 30-Jun-2019 |
sevan | Add rcsid
|
| 1.3 | 04-Nov-2010 |
pooka | branches: 1.3.46;
Update RUMP_ACTION to use the newstyle rump client.
|
| 1.2 | 26-May-2009 |
pooka | Add compile mode which executes rump system calls. This is useful
when figuring out Where In The Kernel Is Carmen Sandiego's ioctl
for an ifconfig command line, since we can simply single-step into
the kernel.
Activated by "make RUMP_ACTION=1". No changes to normal case.
|
| 1.1 | 06-May-2008 |
dyoung | branches: 1.1.4; 1.1.6;
Overhaul ifconfig. Use fewer global variables. Take a leap toward
improved modularity and extensibility.
In the new architecture, a directed graph of argument-matching
objects (match objects) expresses the set of feasible ifconfig
statements. Match objects are labelled by subroutines that provide
the statement semantics.
Many IPv4, IPv6, 802.11, tunnel, and media configurations have been
tested.
AppleTalk, ISO, carp(4), agr(4), and vlan(4) configuration need
testing.
|
| 1.1.6.2 | 02-Jun-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.1.6.1 | 06-May-2008 |
mjf | file env.h was added on branch mjf-devfs2 on 2008-06-02 13:21:22 +0000
|
| 1.1.4.2 | 18-May-2008 |
yamt | sync with head.
|
| 1.1.4.1 | 06-May-2008 |
yamt | file env.h was added on branch yamt-pf42 on 2008-05-18 12:30:53 +0000
|
| 1.3.46.1 | 13-Apr-2020 |
martin | Mostly merge changes from HEAD upto 20200411
|
| 1.9 | 07-Jun-2020 |
thorpej | Update for proplib(3) API changes.
|
| 1.8 | 02-Jan-2020 |
ryo | fix printing capabilities and enabled flags.
no need to skip a prefix "0x" of output of snprintb.
ifconfig expect the result of snprintb has "0x" prefix, but snprintb(3) specification has changed
so that if 0 is passed, it prints "0" instead of "0x0". (common/lib/libutil/snprintb.c r1.22)
|
| 1.7 | 16-Aug-2019 |
msaitoh | Whitespace fix.
|
| 1.6 | 17-Jul-2019 |
msaitoh | Implement VLAN hardware filter function(ETHERCAP_VLAN_HWFILTER).
First proposed by jmcneill in 2017 and modified by me.
How to use:
- Set callback function:
ether_set_vlan_cb(struct ethercom *, ether_vlancb_t)
- Callback. This function is called when a vlan is attached/detached to the
parent interface:
int (*ether_vlancb_t)(struct ethercom *ec, uint16_t vlanid, bool set);
- ifconfig(8)
ifconfig ixg0 [-]vlan-hwfilter
Note that ETHERCAP_VLAN_HWFILTER is set by default on ixg(4) because
the PF driver usually enable "all block" filter by default.
|
| 1.5 | 17-Jul-2019 |
msaitoh | KNF. No functional change.
|
| 1.4 | 08-Jul-2019 |
msaitoh | Add "ifconfig [-]vlan-hwtagging" to enable/disable VLAN hardware tagging
offload function. It's useful to see Ethernet frame's VLAN tag by
disabling with "ifconfig fooX -vlan-hwtagging" and "tcpdump -e -i fooX".
|
| 1.3 | 21-Dec-2018 |
msaitoh | Add SIOCSETHERCAP. It's used to change ec_capenable.
|
| 1.2 | 01-Nov-2012 |
pgoyette | branches: 1.2.2; 1.2.4; 1.2.32; 1.2.34;
Use snprintb_m(3) to split flags/capabilities/enabled across multiple
output lines.
As discussed on current-users
|
| 1.1 | 31-Oct-2012 |
msaitoh | Add SIOCGETHERCAP ioctl.
There was no way to know the setting of ec_capabilities and ec_capenable
other than grepping the source.
See http://mail-index.netbsd.org/tech-kern/2010/07/28/msg008613.html
|
| 1.2.34.3 | 13-Apr-2020 |
martin | Mostly merge changes from HEAD upto 20200411
|
| 1.2.34.2 | 08-Apr-2020 |
martin | Merge changes from current as of 20200406
|
| 1.2.34.1 | 10-Jun-2019 |
christos | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.2.32.1 | 26-Dec-2018 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD, resolve a few conflicts
|
| 1.2.4.2 | 16-Jan-2013 |
yamt | sync with (a bit old) head
|
| 1.2.4.1 | 01-Nov-2012 |
yamt | file ether.c was added on branch yamt-pagecache on 2013-01-16 05:32:33 +0000
|
| 1.2.2.2 | 20-Nov-2012 |
tls | Resync to 2012-11-19 00:00:00 UTC
|
| 1.2.2.1 | 01-Nov-2012 |
tls | file ether.c was added on branch tls-maxphys on 2012-11-20 03:00:48 +0000
|
| 1.16 | 16-Aug-2019 |
msaitoh | Whitespace fix.
|
| 1.15 | 21-Dec-2018 |
msaitoh | Add SIOCSETHERCAP. It's used to change ec_capenable.
|
| 1.14 | 07-Aug-2009 |
dyoung | branches: 1.14.44; 1.14.46;
Add option -N. -N is just the opposite of option -n in netstat(8)
or route(8): it tells ifconfig(8) to try to resolve numbers to
hosts and service names.
This default ifconfig behavior stays the same as it always was.
|
| 1.13 | 15-Jul-2008 |
dyoung | Only describe flags -L and -m in the usage if they are available.
That helps me get rid of some conditional compilation (INET6) in
ifconfig.
Let each protocol/feature-module print its own usage, so that the
ifconfig usage reflects the modules that are actually compiled-in.
Write usage information for carp(4) options.
|
| 1.12 | 02-Jul-2008 |
dyoung | Let us add/remove features from ifconfig, such as support for
various address families (inet, inet6, iso, atalk) and protocols
(802.11, 802.3ad, CARP), simply by trimming the list of sources in
the Makefile. This helps one customize ifconfig for an embedded
device or for install media, and it eliminates a lot of grotty
#ifdef'age. Now, the ifconfig syntax and semantics are finalized
at run-time using the constructor routines in each address-family/protocol
module.
(In principle, ifconfig could load virtually all of its syntax from
shared objects.)
Extract a lot of common code into subroutines, in order to shrink
the ifconfig binary a bit. Make all of the address families share
code for address addition/replacement/removal, and delete "legacy"
code for manipulating addresses. That may have broken atalk and
iso, despite my best efforts.
Extract an include file, Makefile.inc, containing the make-fu that
both ifconfig and x_ifconfig share.
Sprinkle static. Change some int's to bool's. Constify.
Add RCS Ids to carp.c and env.c. Move media code to a new file,
media.c. Delete several unneeded header files.
Set, reset, and display the IEEE 802.11 attribute, 'dot11RTSThreshold'.
Bug fix: do not require both a interface address and a destination
address for point-to-point interfaces, but accept a interface
address by itself.
|
| 1.11 | 06-May-2008 |
dyoung | branches: 1.11.2;
Overhaul ifconfig. Use fewer global variables. Take a leap toward
improved modularity and extensibility.
In the new architecture, a directed graph of argument-matching
objects (match objects) expresses the set of feasible ifconfig
statements. Match objects are labelled by subroutines that provide
the statement semantics.
Many IPv4, IPv6, 802.11, tunnel, and media configurations have been
tested.
AppleTalk, ISO, carp(4), agr(4), and vlan(4) configuration need
testing.
|
| 1.10 | 26-Aug-2006 |
christos | branches: 1.10.18; 1.10.20;
Programs that use efun.
|
| 1.9 | 16-Jun-2006 |
elad | fix incorrect usage of strncpy() to (an internal implementation of)
estrlcpy().
okay christos
|
| 1.8 | 20-Mar-2005 |
thorpej | Split the IPv4 support into its own file.
|
| 1.7 | 20-Mar-2005 |
thorpej | Split IPv6 support out into its own file.
|
| 1.6 | 19-Mar-2005 |
thorpej | Split off AppleTalk support into its own file.
|
| 1.5 | 19-Mar-2005 |
thorpej | const'ify afswtch
|
| 1.4 | 19-Mar-2005 |
thorpej | Split off 802.11 interface handling into its own file.
|
| 1.3 | 19-Mar-2005 |
thorpej | Don't hare-code inet/inet6 in tunnel_status(), lookup the address family
name instead.
|
| 1.2 | 19-Mar-2005 |
thorpej | Split tunnel support into its own file.
|
| 1.1 | 19-Mar-2005 |
thorpej | Move extern decls to extern.h
|
| 1.10.20.1 | 18-May-2008 |
yamt | sync with head.
|
| 1.10.18.2 | 28-Sep-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.10.18.1 | 02-Jun-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.11.2.1 | 18-Sep-2008 |
wrstuden | Sync with wrstuden-revivesa-base-2.
|
| 1.14.46.2 | 13-Apr-2020 |
martin | Mostly merge changes from HEAD upto 20200411
|
| 1.14.46.1 | 10-Jun-2019 |
christos | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.14.44.1 | 26-Dec-2018 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD, resolve a few conflicts
|
| 1.31 | 13-Aug-2021 |
andvar | fix typos in words "pointer" and s/fram /frame/
|
| 1.30 | 16-Aug-2019 |
msaitoh | Whitespace fix.
|
| 1.29 | 22-Sep-2016 |
christos | branches: 1.29.14;
fix bugs in ssid printing
|
| 1.28 | 28-Apr-2015 |
christos | branches: 1.28.2;
remove 80211 stats if small.
|
| 1.27 | 08-Jan-2014 |
christos | perror is obsolete, use warn and add missing paren.
|
| 1.26 | 07-Jan-2014 |
degroote | Before scanning, check if the card is up. If it is not the case, exit
with some useful error message. Add some note about this fact in the man
page too.
|
| 1.25 | 13-Dec-2010 |
pooka | branches: 1.25.6; 1.25.12;
Convert from the .ifdef RUMP_ACTION stuff to RUMPPRG.
|
| 1.24 | 01-Jul-2010 |
dyoung | Add to the string parse object (pstr), and its constructors, a flag that
tells whether it should detect and convert to binary a hexadecimal octet
string of the form 0x0123ABab, or leave those strings undecoded.
If the argument for a 'media', 'mediamode', 'mediaopt', '-mediaopt',
'nwkey', or 'bssid' keyword is a hexadecimal octet string, do not detect
and decode it. (Note that setifnwkey decodes hexadecimal strings on its
own.)
This fixes a bug noticed by Jim Miller where the trailing zero-octets
were discarded from hexadecimal octet-string arguments for 'nwkey'.
|
| 1.23 | 18-Jan-2009 |
lukem | fix -Wsign-compare issues
|
| 1.22 | 15-Jul-2008 |
dyoung | Cosmetic: s/xenv/oenv/
|
| 1.21 | 15-Jul-2008 |
dyoung | Only describe flags -L and -m in the usage if they are available.
That helps me get rid of some conditional compilation (INET6) in
ifconfig.
Let each protocol/feature-module print its own usage, so that the
ifconfig usage reflects the modules that are actually compiled-in.
Write usage information for carp(4) options.
|
| 1.20 | 02-Jul-2008 |
dyoung | Let us add/remove features from ifconfig, such as support for
various address families (inet, inet6, iso, atalk) and protocols
(802.11, 802.3ad, CARP), simply by trimming the list of sources in
the Makefile. This helps one customize ifconfig for an embedded
device or for install media, and it eliminates a lot of grotty
#ifdef'age. Now, the ifconfig syntax and semantics are finalized
at run-time using the constructor routines in each address-family/protocol
module.
(In principle, ifconfig could load virtually all of its syntax from
shared objects.)
Extract a lot of common code into subroutines, in order to shrink
the ifconfig binary a bit. Make all of the address families share
code for address addition/replacement/removal, and delete "legacy"
code for manipulating addresses. That may have broken atalk and
iso, despite my best efforts.
Extract an include file, Makefile.inc, containing the make-fu that
both ifconfig and x_ifconfig share.
Sprinkle static. Change some int's to bool's. Constify.
Add RCS Ids to carp.c and env.c. Move media code to a new file,
media.c. Delete several unneeded header files.
Set, reset, and display the IEEE 802.11 attribute, 'dot11RTSThreshold'.
Bug fix: do not require both a interface address and a destination
address for point-to-point interfaces, but accept a interface
address by itself.
|
| 1.19 | 19-May-2008 |
dyoung | Fix two bugs:
1 Let us associate a keyword with either a signed or an unsigned
number. Associate the '-chan' keyword with an unsigned number.
This fixes the defect that crashed 'ifconfig wi0 -chan', reported
by Michael van Elst.
2 Do not try to interpret names as ISO addresses unless the ISO
address family was specified. iso_addr(3) does not report errors,
so it appears to interpret *everything* as an ISO address. This
is a stopgap fix for the defect in 'ifconfig lo0 inet6' on a
!INET6 kernel that deletes the first IPv4 address on lo0.
(Reported by Scott Ellis.)
|
| 1.18 | 07-May-2008 |
dyoung | Factor out common code, creating direct_ioctl() and indirect_ioctl()
for the two most prevalent styles of ioctl(2) calls in ifconfig(8).
|
| 1.17 | 07-May-2008 |
dyoung | Move tunnel syntax into tunnel.c. Move net80211 'list' command
syntax into ieee80211.c.
|
| 1.16 | 07-May-2008 |
dyoung | Move net80211 and agr(4) syntax out of ifconfig.c and into ieee80211.c
and agr.c, respectively.
|
| 1.15 | 06-May-2008 |
dyoung | branches: 1.15.2;
Use prop_dictionary_util(3).
Re-use set80211() some more.
|
| 1.14 | 06-May-2008 |
dyoung | Use prop_dictionary_util(3) some more.
When we read interface flags and capabilities from the kernel, take
care not to record them in our current environment (env), but record
them in the output environment (oenv), instead. This helps us get
interface capabilities and flags right.
|
| 1.13 | 06-May-2008 |
skrll | Restore RCSId lost in 1.11
|
| 1.12 | 06-May-2008 |
dyoung | Overhaul ifconfig. Use fewer global variables. Take a leap toward
improved modularity and extensibility.
In the new architecture, a directed graph of argument-matching
objects (match objects) expresses the set of feasible ifconfig
statements. Match objects are labelled by subroutines that provide
the statement semantics.
Many IPv4, IPv6, 802.11, tunnel, and media configurations have been
tested.
AppleTalk, ISO, carp(4), agr(4), and vlan(4) configuration need
testing.
|
| 1.11 | 16-Dec-2007 |
degroote | branches: 1.11.4; 1.11.6;
Add support for the command list scan in ifconfig (this command permits to scan
access point in the neighbourhood).
Complete list of channel attributes and list of management information element
payload.
While here, use estrlcpy instead of strncpy.
From FreeBSD ifconfig and net80211
|
| 1.10 | 09-Jan-2007 |
dyoung | branches: 1.10.4; 1.10.6;
Print more 802.11 statistics when the operator runs 'ifconfig -v
ath0', for example. Fix the spelling of one statistic.
|
| 1.9 | 09-Jan-2007 |
dyoung | Per discussion "ifconfig error handling" on tech-net@ in August
2006, if we fail to set any 802.11 parameter, exit immediately with
EXIT_FAILURE.
|
| 1.8 | 09-Jan-2007 |
dyoung | Let us adjust the 802.11 fragmentation threshold with ifconfig ath0
frag 256, for example.
|
| 1.7 | 26-Aug-2006 |
christos | Programs that use efun.
|
| 1.6 | 16-Jun-2006 |
elad | fix incorrect usage of strncpy() to (an internal implementation of)
estrlcpy().
okay christos
|
| 1.5 | 29-Apr-2006 |
rpaulo | Add two new options from FreeBSD:
hidessid | -hidessid: SSID broadcast control
apbridge | -apbridge: how to pass packets between wifi clients
|
| 1.4 | 25-Jan-2006 |
christos | PR/32628: Yves-Emmanuel JUTARD: Missing cast in sbin/ifconfig/ifconfig.c,
strcasecmp needs char * not u_int8_t *.
|
| 1.3 | 15-Sep-2005 |
dyoung | Commit a straggler: use the new SIOCG80211STATS/SIOCG80211ZSTATS
ABI.
|
| 1.2 | 22-Jun-2005 |
dyoung | Resolve conflicts in importation of 18-May-2005 ath(4) / net80211(9)
from FreeBSD. Introduce compatibility shims (sys/dev/ic/ath_netbsd.[ch],
sys/net80211/ieee80211_netbsd.[ch]). Update drivers (an, atu, atw,
awi, ipw, iwi, rtw, wi) for the new net80211(9) API.
|
| 1.1 | 19-Mar-2005 |
thorpej | Split off 802.11 interface handling into its own file.
|
| 1.10.6.1 | 27-Dec-2007 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.10.4.1 | 09-Jan-2008 |
matt | sync with HEAD
|
| 1.11.6.2 | 04-Jun-2008 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.11.6.1 | 18-May-2008 |
yamt | sync with head.
|
| 1.11.4.2 | 28-Sep-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.11.4.1 | 02-Jun-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.15.2.2 | 18-Sep-2008 |
wrstuden | Sync with wrstuden-revivesa-base-2.
|
| 1.15.2.1 | 23-Jun-2008 |
wrstuden | Sync w/ -current. 34 merge conflicts to follow.
|
| 1.25.12.1 | 20-Aug-2014 |
tls | Rebase to HEAD as of a few days ago.
|
| 1.25.6.1 | 22-May-2014 |
yamt | sync with head.
for a reference, the tree before this commit was tagged
as yamt-pagecache-tag8.
this commit was splitted into small chunks to avoid
a limitation of cvs. ("Protocol error: too many arguments")
|
| 1.28.2.1 | 04-Nov-2016 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.29.14.2 | 13-Apr-2020 |
martin | Mostly merge changes from HEAD upto 20200411
|
| 1.29.14.1 | 10-Jun-2019 |
christos | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.8 | 02-Jul-2008 |
dyoung | Let us add/remove features from ifconfig, such as support for
various address families (inet, inet6, iso, atalk) and protocols
(802.11, 802.3ad, CARP), simply by trimming the list of sources in
the Makefile. This helps one customize ifconfig for an embedded
device or for install media, and it eliminates a lot of grotty
#ifdef'age. Now, the ifconfig syntax and semantics are finalized
at run-time using the constructor routines in each address-family/protocol
module.
(In principle, ifconfig could load virtually all of its syntax from
shared objects.)
Extract a lot of common code into subroutines, in order to shrink
the ifconfig binary a bit. Make all of the address families share
code for address addition/replacement/removal, and delete "legacy"
code for manipulating addresses. That may have broken atalk and
iso, despite my best efforts.
Extract an include file, Makefile.inc, containing the make-fu that
both ifconfig and x_ifconfig share.
Sprinkle static. Change some int's to bool's. Constify.
Add RCS Ids to carp.c and env.c. Move media code to a new file,
media.c. Delete several unneeded header files.
Set, reset, and display the IEEE 802.11 attribute, 'dot11RTSThreshold'.
Bug fix: do not require both a interface address and a destination
address for point-to-point interfaces, but accept a interface
address by itself.
|
| 1.7 | 07-May-2008 |
dyoung | Move net80211 and agr(4) syntax out of ifconfig.c and into ieee80211.c
and agr.c, respectively.
|
| 1.6 | 06-May-2008 |
dyoung | branches: 1.6.2;
Use prop_dictionary_util(3) some more.
When we read interface flags and capabilities from the kernel, take
care not to record them in our current environment (env), but record
them in the output environment (oenv), instead. This helps us get
interface capabilities and flags right.
|
| 1.5 | 06-May-2008 |
dyoung | Overhaul ifconfig. Use fewer global variables. Take a leap toward
improved modularity and extensibility.
In the new architecture, a directed graph of argument-matching
objects (match objects) expresses the set of feasible ifconfig
statements. Match objects are labelled by subroutines that provide
the statement semantics.
Many IPv4, IPv6, 802.11, tunnel, and media configurations have been
tested.
AppleTalk, ISO, carp(4), agr(4), and vlan(4) configuration need
testing.
|
| 1.4 | 16-Dec-2007 |
degroote | branches: 1.4.4; 1.4.6;
Add support for the command list scan in ifconfig (this command permits to scan
access point in the neighbourhood).
Complete list of channel attributes and list of management information element
payload.
While here, use estrlcpy instead of strncpy.
From FreeBSD ifconfig and net80211
|
| 1.3 | 09-Jan-2007 |
dyoung | branches: 1.3.4; 1.3.6;
Let us adjust the 802.11 fragmentation threshold with ifconfig ath0
frag 256, for example.
|
| 1.2 | 29-Apr-2006 |
rpaulo | Add two new options from FreeBSD:
hidessid | -hidessid: SSID broadcast control
apbridge | -apbridge: how to pass packets between wifi clients
|
| 1.1 | 19-Mar-2005 |
thorpej | Split off 802.11 interface handling into its own file.
|
| 1.3.6.1 | 27-Dec-2007 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.3.4.1 | 09-Jan-2008 |
matt | sync with HEAD
|
| 1.4.6.1 | 18-May-2008 |
yamt | sync with head.
|
| 1.4.4.2 | 28-Sep-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.4.4.1 | 02-Jun-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.6.2.2 | 07-Sep-2008 |
wrstuden | Delete a bunch of things that are now gone in head.
|
| 1.6.2.1 | 23-Jun-2008 |
wrstuden | Sync w/ -current. 34 merge conflicts to follow.
|
| 1.131 | 25-Sep-2024 |
roy | ifconfig.8: -s only looks at interface link state
|
| 1.130 | 20-Aug-2024 |
ozaki-r | ifconfig: show link state on -v
We could guess it through "media" or "status" output, however, we
sometimes want to know it directly for debugging or testing.
It is shown only if the -v option is specified.
|
| 1.129 | 08-Apr-2024 |
andvar | branches: 1.129.2;
Update the date of the documentation to reflect recent changes.
|
| 1.128 | 08-Apr-2024 |
uwe | ifconfig(8): move laggportpri next to laggport
|
| 1.127 | 08-Apr-2024 |
kre | Correct a very minor typo (s/id/is/)
|
| 1.126 | 08-Apr-2024 |
yamaguchi | Added documents about parameters related to lagg(4)
PR misc/58125
|
| 1.125 | 26-Mar-2023 |
mlelstv | Fix parser for carp state.
The state values are uppercase words INIT, BACKUP and MASTER.
|
| 1.124 | 25-Nov-2022 |
knakahara | branches: 1.124.2;
ifconfig(8) support unnumbered flag.
|
| 1.123 | 07-Jan-2022 |
bad | mention ifmcstat(8) in SEE ALSO.
|
| 1.122 | 09-Mar-2021 |
christos | PR/50933: Uwe Toenjes: Document hardware limitations
|
| 1.121 | 29-Sep-2020 |
msaitoh | Add [-]eee and [-]vlan-hwfilter.
|
| 1.120 | 23-Sep-2020 |
roy | ifconfig: teach carrier test about ifi_link_state from SIOCGIFDATA
Because not all interfaces support media.
|
| 1.119 | 08-Jul-2019 |
msaitoh | Add "ifconfig [-]vlan-hwtagging" to enable/disable VLAN hardware tagging
offload function. It's useful to see Ethernet frame's VLAN tag by
disabling with "ifconfig fooX -vlan-hwtagging" and "tcpdump -e -i fooX".
|
| 1.118 | 04-Jul-2019 |
wiz | Formatting nit.
|
| 1.117 | 04-Jul-2019 |
ozaki-r | Add descr,description/-descr,-description commands to ifconfig(8) to handle a description.
From t-kusaba@IIJ
|
| 1.116 | 15-Nov-2018 |
ozaki-r | Fix the format of ifconfig linkstr; it takes an argument
|
| 1.115 | 31-Jul-2018 |
sevan | Remove ISO & XNS references which are now long gone.
|
| 1.114 | 16-Feb-2017 |
wiz | branches: 1.114.10; 1.114.12;
New sentence, new line.
Remove superfluous Oc and merge line to make it less likely to happen again.
Fix typo.
|
| 1.113 | 16-Feb-2017 |
knakahara | add man for l2tp(4).
|
| 1.112 | 18-Jan-2017 |
abhinav | Fix typo: s/forwared/forwarded
Also remove full stop from the date.
|
| 1.111 | 11-Sep-2016 |
sevan | branches: 1.111.2;
Replace contractions & abbreviation.
|
| 1.110 | 07-Jan-2016 |
roy | branches: 1.110.2;
-W seconds will wait for the detached flag to clear on addresses on
interfaces marked up to allow time for the carrier to appear on the
interface.
This does not extend the -w option duration.
|
| 1.109 | 20-Oct-2014 |
roy | Remove the ability for userland to toggle IN6_IFF_TENTATIVE.
Preserve IN6_IFF_TENTATIVE when updating address flags.
|
| 1.108 | 15-Sep-2014 |
ozaki-r | Write about -vlanif in ifconfig.8
PR 49114
|
| 1.107 | 11-Sep-2014 |
roy | Remove rtsol(8) and rtsold(8) as their functionality is in dhcpcd(8).
Remove rtsol(8) from rc.d/network.
Add -w seconds command to ifconfig to wait for N seconds for until DAD
has finished on all addresses.
Use ifconfig -w in rc.d/network instead of a forced sleep.
As discussed on tech-net@
|
| 1.106 | 07-Jan-2014 |
degroote | branches: 1.106.4;
Before scanning, check if the card is up. If it is not the case, exit
with some useful error message. Add some note about this fact in the man
page too.
|
| 1.105 | 09-Nov-2013 |
kefren | Bring tunnel src_addr and dst_addr on the same line
|
| 1.104 | 28-Jan-2012 |
mbalmer | branches: 1.104.2; 1.104.6;
When ifconfig is invoked without any arguments, display the list of
all network interfaces (equivalent to ifconfig -a), instead of displaying
the usage. (This is consistent with the behaviour on FreeBSD and OpenBSD.)
|
| 1.103 | 31-May-2011 |
riastradh | branches: 1.103.4;
Fix typo: `symbolically' takes three l's, not two.
|
| 1.102 | 15-Nov-2010 |
pooka | Implement ifconfig linkstr as proposed on tech-net.
|
| 1.101 | 14-Sep-2009 |
degroote | Import pfsync support from OpenBSD 4.2
Pfsync interface exposes change in the pf(4) over a pseudo-interface, and can
be used to synchronise different pf.
This work was part of my 2009 GSoC
No objection on tech-net@
|
| 1.100 | 07-Aug-2009 |
dyoung | Describe the -N flag.
|
| 1.99 | 29-Jul-2009 |
hubertf | Add "MAC" keyword to the corresponding example.
|
| 1.98 | 02-Jul-2009 |
dyoung | Use the keyword 'MAC' so that people looking for a way to change
their MAC address can find the example.
|
| 1.97 | 02-Jul-2009 |
dyoung | Deprecate wiconfig's -r, -g, -m options. Note that equivalent
options are available in ifconfig(8).
|
| 1.96 | 08-Apr-2009 |
joerg | Remove physical markup. Remove incorrect keep, .Bk is not callable, but
used as such. It doesn't seem to serve any purpose at the point either.
|
| 1.95 | 27-Mar-2009 |
reed | Point to ifmedia(4) more. And refer to -m flag to (for media).
|
| 1.94 | 30-Sep-2008 |
wiz | branches: 1.94.2; 1.94.4; 1.94.8;
Bump date for previous. Remove trailing whitespace.
New sentence, new line. Capitalize Ethernet.
|
| 1.93 | 29-Sep-2008 |
dyoung | Do not mention the 'ns' address family any longer, since that
support was removed quite a while ago.
Mention the 'link' address family. Describe the 'active' keyword.
Add examples for adding and activating a link-layer address.
|
| 1.92 | 16-Dec-2007 |
degroote | branches: 1.92.2; 1.92.4;
Add support for the command list scan in ifconfig (this command permits to scan
access point in the neighbourhood).
Complete list of channel attributes and list of management information element
payload.
While here, use estrlcpy instead of strncpy.
From FreeBSD ifconfig and net80211
|
| 1.91 | 05-Jun-2007 |
mishka | branches: 1.91.4; 1.91.6;
Our VLAN implementation (as it correctly expected) is not allowed
to modify the whole VLAN tags, but it is permitted to change 12-bit
VLAN identificators only. Reflect this fact on the appropriate man
pages.
Antti Kantee and Mihai Chelaru from #netbsd-code were helpful in
better understanding of VLAN stuff. Thank you!
|
| 1.90 | 09-Jan-2007 |
dyoung | Let us adjust the 802.11 fragmentation threshold with ifconfig ath0
frag 256, for example.
|
| 1.89 | 23-Dec-2006 |
wiz | Punctuation nit, sort SEE ALSO.
|
| 1.88 | 03-Dec-2006 |
wiz | Remove a troff command that added some empty lines to the man(1) output.
|
| 1.87 | 23-Nov-2006 |
yamt | implement ipv6 TSO.
partly from Matthias Scheler. tested by him.
|
| 1.86 | 16-Sep-2006 |
hubertf | Fix typo, noted by Nino Dehne <ndehne@gmail.com>
|
| 1.85 | 31-Aug-2006 |
dyoung | Add a mode to gre(4) that sends GRE tunnel packets in UDP datagrams.
Fix MOBILE encapsulation. Add many debugging printfs (mainly
concerning UDP mode). Clean up the gre(4) code a bit. Add the
capability to setup UDP tunnels to ifconfig. Update documentation.
In UDP mode, gre(4) puts a GRE header onto transmitted packets,
and hands them to a UDP socket for transmission. That is, the
encapsulation looks like this: IP+UDP+GRE+encapsulated packet.
There are two ways to set up a UDP tunnel. One way is to tell the
source and destination IP+port to gre(4), and let gre(4) create
the socket. The other way to create a UDP tunnel is for userland
to "delegate" a UDP socket to the kernel.
|
| 1.84 | 30-Jun-2006 |
drochner | fix an Xref
|
| 1.83 | 18-May-2006 |
liamjfoy | Integrate Common Address Redundancy Procotol (CARP) from OpenBSD
'pseudo-device carp'
Thanks to: joerg@ christos@ riz@ and others who tested
Ok: core@
|
| 1.82 | 06-May-2006 |
wiz | Remove trailing whitespace.
|
| 1.81 | 29-Apr-2006 |
rpaulo | Add two new options from FreeBSD:
hidessid | -hidessid: SSID broadcast control
apbridge | -apbridge: how to pass packets between wifi clients
|
| 1.80 | 11-Sep-2005 |
wiz | Argument is address_family, not "address family". From YOMURA Masanori in private mail.
|
| 1.79 | 11-Aug-2005 |
rpaulo | Explained the '-h' option.
|
| 1.78 | 02-May-2005 |
yamt | bump date for the previous.
|
| 1.77 | 02-May-2005 |
yamt | split IFCAP_CSUM_xxx to IFCAP_CSUM_xxx_Rx and IFCAP_CSUM_xxx_Tx.
|
| 1.76 | 18-Mar-2005 |
wiz | Link to vlan(4) too, suggested by yamt.
|
| 1.75 | 18-Mar-2005 |
wiz | Bump date for agr; add agr(4) to SEE ALSO.
|
| 1.74 | 18-Mar-2005 |
yamt | add agr(4), a pseudo network device driver for link aggregation.
|
| 1.73 | 06-Mar-2005 |
matt | branches: 1.73.2;
Add ifconfig support for TCP Segment Offload
|
| 1.72 | 01-Mar-2004 |
wiz | Add an article.
|
| 1.71 | 01-Mar-2004 |
perry | Change "nwid" to "ssid", list "nwid" as a synonym for "ssid", and
clean up the ssid explanation a bit (including mentioning that if you
want to use a hex ssid, you precede it with a 0x, which really needed
documenting.)
|
| 1.70 | 29-Feb-2004 |
wiz | Drop trailing whitespace (hi perry! :) ).
|
| 1.69 | 29-Feb-2004 |
perry | update man page date. (hi wiz!)
|
| 1.68 | 29-Feb-2004 |
perry | document that if you are using a hex wep key, you need to put 0x in
front of it.
|
| 1.67 | 29-Feb-2004 |
perry | document "mode" -- taken from FreeBSD
|
| 1.66 | 07-Aug-2003 |
agc | Move UCB-licensed code from 4-clause to 3-clause licence.
Patches provided by Joel Baker in PR 22308, verified by myself.
|
| 1.65 | 16-Apr-2003 |
wiz | Combine no-argument options in SYNOPSIS.
|
| 1.64 | 12-Apr-2003 |
perry | Document the -v and -z flags.
|
| 1.63 | 25-Feb-2003 |
wiz | .Nm does not need a dummy argument ("") before punctuation or
for correct formatting of the SYNOPSIS any longer.
|
| 1.62 | 30-Sep-2002 |
grant | New sentence, new line.
|
| 1.61 | 30-Sep-2002 |
onoe | Fix the option name 'channel' to 'chan' to be consistent with the source.
Add documents for '-chan' to unset the desired channel to associate.
|
| 1.60 | 25-Sep-2002 |
wiz | Grammar fixes. Bump Dd for recent additions.
|
| 1.59 | 22-Sep-2002 |
thorpej | New commands:
* bssid xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx -- set the desired BSSID of an 802.11
interface.
* -bssid -- unset the desired BSSID of an 802.11 interface, so
the interface will choose automatically (default).
* channel x -- set the channel (radio frequency) of an 802.11 interface.
Current BSSID and channel are now reported in the 802.11 status
display, if supported by the interface.
Above changes from David Young <dyoung@ojctech.com>, with some slight
changes by me (use ethers(3) functions rather than hand-parsing/printing
the 802.11 address).
Document bssid/-bssid/channel, and clean up markup of parentheticals
in the manual page.
|
| 1.58 | 01-Sep-2002 |
ross | xref ifconfig.if(5)
|
| 1.57 | 06-Aug-2002 |
jwise | Fix mandoc glitch in description of `eui64' command.
|
| 1.56 | 14-Jun-2002 |
itojun | support "eui64" option (grab interface ID from link-local addr).
from: ww@styx.org
|
| 1.55 | 09-Jun-2002 |
itojun | now "ifconfig tunnel" is usable for gre too, change wording slightly
|
| 1.54 | 16-Nov-2001 |
wiz | Whitespace nits
|
| 1.53 | 17-Sep-2001 |
thorpej | Add tcp4csum-rx and udp4csum-rx commands for interfaces that only
support TCP/UDP checksums on the in-bound direction.
|
| 1.52 | 21-Jun-2001 |
onoe | Add support of persistent key of IEEE 802.11 wireless LAN card.
Currently, only Aironet ("an") driver/card can be used.
nwkey persist (IEEE 802.11 devices only) Enable WEP encryption for IEEE
802.11-based wireless network interfaces with the persis-
tent key written in the network card.
nwkey persist:key
(IEEE 802.11 devices only) Write the key to the persis-
tent memory of the network card, and enable WEP encryp-
tion for IEEE 802.11-based wireless network interfaces
with the key.
|
| 1.51 | 05-Jun-2001 |
wiz | Drop arguments of .Os.
|
| 1.50 | 02-Jun-2001 |
thorpej | Implement support for IP/TCP/UDP checksum offloading provided by
network interfaces. This works by pre-computing the pseudo-header
checksum and caching it, delaying the actual checksum to ip_output()
if the hardware cannot perform the sum for us. In-bound checksums
can either be fully-checked by hardware, or summed up for final
verification by software. This method was modeled after how this
is done in FreeBSD, although the code is significantly different in
most places.
We don't delay checksums for IPv6/TCP, but we do take advantage of the
cached pseudo-header checksum.
Note: hardware-assisted checksumming defaults to "off". It is
enabled with ifconfig(8). See the manual page for details.
Implement hardware-assisted checksumming on the DP83820 Gigabit Ethernet,
3c90xB/3c90xC 10/100 Ethernet, and Alteon Tigon/Tigon2 Gigabit Ethernet.
|
| 1.49 | 28-Apr-2001 |
itojun | make -A a default. present MAC adderss on all ifconfig operations.
|
| 1.48 | 27-Apr-2001 |
itojun | allow ifconfig to take "deprecated" and "-deprecated" for IPv6. sync with kame
sync usage() with reality. take "up" and "down" outside of "[af ...],
as "up" and "down" are independent from interface address configuration.
|
| 1.47 | 17-Jan-2001 |
itojun | support "prefixlen n" for IPv4 too.
|
| 1.46 | 12-Dec-2000 |
onoe | powersavesleep requires argument
|
| 1.45 | 12-Dec-2000 |
thorpej | Add powersave, -powersave, and powersavesleep to manipulate 802.11
power management parameters.
|
| 1.44 | 18-Oct-2000 |
kleink | Don't make references to _10Mb/s_ Ethernet where not appropriate; from
Christian Weisgerber.
|
| 1.43 | 27-Sep-2000 |
thorpej | Add vlan(4) support. From Andy Doran <ad@netbsd.org>.
|
| 1.42 | 13-Aug-2000 |
wiz | add two letters in strategically important places, and replace one
ifconfig by .Nm
|
| 1.41 | 21-Jul-2000 |
onoe | also note that the WaveLAN/IEEE Gold cards accept the 104 bits key.
pointed out by jhawk.
XXX this doesn't match to wiconfig(8), which is probably wrong.
|
| 1.40 | 21-Jul-2000 |
onoe | Clarify the restrictions in length for argument of the nwid and nwkey.
|
| 1.39 | 21-Jul-2000 |
onoe | Add nwkey and -nwkey keywords, to enable/disable WEP,
and to set WEP encryption key for IEEE802.11 wireless network interfaces.
|
| 1.38 | 20-Jul-2000 |
thorpej | Add a -C flag, to list all available network interface cloners.
|
| 1.37 | 06-Jul-2000 |
onoe | hexadecimal digits for nwid.
|
| 1.36 | 03-Jul-2000 |
enami | - Remove description about trailers/-trailers since they are no longer
a meaningful option.
- Don't captialize the word address or interface when it refers an arugment.
- Use .Ar macro for dest_address since it is not a keyword.
|
| 1.35 | 03-Jul-2000 |
enami | Sort the SEE ALSO list first by section and kill the comma at the
end of the list.
|
| 1.34 | 02-Jul-2000 |
thorpej | Add `create' and `destroy' commands.
|
| 1.33 | 30-Jun-2000 |
thorpej | - Add `tunnel' and `deletetunnel' commands, which issue the ioctls
that gifconfig(8) would issue to configure tunnel endpoints. This
allows IP tunnel interfaces (`gif' right now, and `gre' later) to
be configured with ifconfig(8), and via /etc/ifconfig.<interface>.
Partially taken from similar changes in OpenBSD.
- Const poison the command functions a bit. We really need to clean
up the command function interface.
|
| 1.32 | 01-Mar-2000 |
enami | branches: 1.32.4;
Fix typo.
|
| 1.31 | 31-Jan-2000 |
itojun | note that ifconfig delete does not work for IPv6
this is intentional - IPv6 assumes multiple addresses on an interface,
and it is not very safe to "delete" arbitrary one. -alias with
explicit IPv6 address works fine.
|
| 1.30 | 31-Jan-2000 |
itojun | add "nwid" directive.
XXX there are too many flags that are not listed in usage().
what should we do?
|
| 1.29 | 12-Jan-2000 |
joda | implement netmask slash notation for IP and IPv6 addresses
|
| 1.28 | 09-Dec-1999 |
itojun | add reference to "inet6" family.
document -alias.
|
| 1.27 | 03-Jul-1999 |
sommerfeld | branches: 1.27.4;
Add a new -s option to make it easier to test the link-level status
(i.e., 10baseT carrier/no carrier) of an interface from scripts
ifconfig -s <interface> will exit with a false status if the interface
reports its unconnected.
-s also works in conjunction with -l and -a, filtering out interfaces
which are reporting down.
Also, add -b (which shows only broadcast interfaces with -l and -a).
I find these options useful in network autoconfig scripts for mobile
systems.
|
| 1.26 | 02-Jul-1999 |
itojun | write up IPv6 operations (prefixlen and others)
|
| 1.25 | 01-Jul-1999 |
itojun | make ifconfig IPv6-ready.
TODO: update manpage for new options.
|
| 1.24 | 06-Sep-1998 |
christos | Add support for displaying interface alias information. Based on PR/6109 by
Phil Nelson.
|
| 1.23 | 09-Aug-1998 |
thorpej | Cross-reference ifmedia(4).
|
| 1.22 | 08-Aug-1998 |
thorpej | Document "instance".
|
| 1.21 | 11-Oct-1997 |
enami | - Use .Nm "" instead of .Nm ifconfig in SYNOPSIS.
- Delete space at the end of line.
|
| 1.20 | 10-Oct-1997 |
lukem | all but the first .Nm in SYNOPSIS need to be spelt out. [bin/4256]
|
| 1.19 | 15-Sep-1997 |
lukem | * cleanup for WARNS=1
* deprecate register
* use .Nm correctly
|
| 1.18 | 30-May-1997 |
lukem | Add "mask" argument to description of "broadcast".
From Thorsten Frueauf <frueauf@ira.uka.de> in [misc/3657]
|
| 1.17 | 21-Apr-1997 |
lukem | Implemented two modifier flags for -a and -l: -d (only show "down" interfaces)
and -u (only show "up" interfaces)
|
| 1.16 | 10-Apr-1997 |
is | Add mtu n parameter. Part of code by Matthias Pfaller (PR 1648).
|
| 1.15 | 10-Apr-1997 |
jeremy | Fix typo in media selector example. (from frueauf@ira.uka.de)
Fixes half of PR#3470.
|
| 1.14 | 03-Apr-1997 |
christos | - netatalk additions
- KNF
- prototype fixes
- ifconfig -a now prints all the address family parameters for all configured
interfaces.
|
| 1.13 | 27-Mar-1997 |
thorpej | Add a "-l" flag, which lists available network interfaces, with no
additional information.
|
| 1.12 | 17-Mar-1997 |
thorpej | Add support for BSD/OS-style media selection:
- new "media" keyword specified media to select:
ifconfig de0 media utp
- new "mediaopt/-mediaopt" keywords for setting/clearing
media options (such as full-duplex)
- new "-m" flag to display all supported media types for
a given interface.
Also, some generial cleanup of argument parsing while I was there.
Manual page updates from Jeremy Cooper <jeremy@netbsd.org>.
|
| 1.11 | 04-Jan-1996 |
pk | Merge with lite-2.
|
| 1.10 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.9 | 23-Sep-1994 |
mycroft | Merge with 4.4-Lite version.
|
| 1.8 | 22-Jan-1994 |
cgd | fix a botch
|
| 1.7 | 14-Jan-1994 |
jtc | Fix spelling errors
|
| 1.6 | 10-Dec-1993 |
cgd | LLC -> LINK, documentation
|
| 1.5 | 01-Aug-1993 |
mycroft | Add RCS indentifiers.
|
| 1.4 | 04-May-1993 |
deraadt | Added another sunos-ism: ifconfig -a
|
| 1.3 | 23-Mar-1993 |
cgd | changed "Id" to "Header" for rcsids
|
| 1.2 | 22-Mar-1993 |
cgd | added rcs ids to all files
|
| 1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.3 | 04-Jan-1996 |
pk | imported from 44lite2
|
| 1.1.1.2 | 23-Sep-1994 |
mycroft | Import original 4.4-Lite version.
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | initial import of 386bsd-0.1 sources
|
| 1.27.4.1 | 27-Dec-1999 |
wrstuden | Pull up to last week's -current.
|
| 1.32.4.10 | 01-May-2001 |
he | Pull up revision 1.49 (requested by itojun):
Make ``-A'' the default, so that IPv4 aliases are printed.
Always print mac address.
|
| 1.32.4.9 | 31-Dec-2000 |
jhawk | Pull up revision 1.43 (requested by bouyer):
Add support for 802.1Q virtual LANs.
|
| 1.32.4.8 | 31-Dec-2000 |
jhawk | Pull up revision 1.34, 1.38 (requested by bouyer):
Support cloning of network pseudo-interfaces.
|
| 1.32.4.7 | 13-Aug-2000 |
wiz | Pull up 1.41 -> 1.42 (approved by thorpej):
add two letters in strategically important places, and replace
one ifconfig by .Nm
|
| 1.32.4.6 | 21-Jul-2000 |
onoe | Pullup 802.11 stuff (approved by jhawk)
- clarify the restriction for nwid/nwkey, add supported hardwares.
basesrc/sbin/ifconfig/ifconfig.8 1.40-1.41
saresrc/share/man/man4/awi.4 1.9
saresrc/share/man/man4/wi.4 1.11
|
| 1.32.4.5 | 21-Jul-2000 |
onoe | Pullup 802.11 stuff (approved by jhawk)
- add support for nwkey to ifconfig
basesrc/sbin/ifconfig/ifconfig.c 1.88
basesrc/sbin/ifconfig/ifconfig.8 1.39
syssrc/sys/dev/ic/awi.c 1.26
syssrc/sys/dev/ic/awi_wep.c 1.3
syssrc/sys/dev/ic/awivar.h 1.12
syssrc/sys/dev/pcmcia/if_wi.c 1.26
syssrc/sys/net/if.c 1.69
syssrc/sys/net/if_ieee80211.h 1.5
|
| 1.32.4.4 | 21-Jul-2000 |
onoe | Pullups 802.11 stuff (approved by jhawk)
- allow non-string nwid settings
basesrc/sbin/ifconfig/ifconfig.c 1.82-1.86
basesrc/sbin/ifconfig/ifconfig.8 1.37
syssrc/sys/dev/ic/awi.c 1.21
syssrc/sys/dev/pcmcia/if_ray.c 1.21
syssrc/sys/dev/pcmcia/if_wi.c 1.23
syssrc/sys/dev/pcmcia/if_wivar.h 1.10
syssrc/sys/net/if_ieee80211.h 1.4
|
| 1.32.4.3 | 03-Jul-2000 |
thorpej | Pull up rev. 1.36:
- Remove description about trailers/-trailers since they are no longer
a meaningful option.
- Don't captialize the word address or interface when it refers an arugment.
- Use .Ar macro for dest_address since it is not a keyword.
|
| 1.32.4.2 | 03-Jul-2000 |
thorpej | Pull up rev. 1.35:
Sort the SEE ALSO list first by section and kill the comma at the
end of the list.
|
| 1.32.4.1 | 30-Jun-2000 |
thorpej | - Add `tunnel' and `deletetunnel' commands, which issue the ioctls
that gifconfig(8) would issue to configure tunnel endpoints. This
allows IP tunnel interfaces (`gif' right now, and `gre' later) to
be configured with ifconfig(8), and via /etc/ifconfig.<interface>.
Partially taken from similar changes in OpenBSD.
- Const poison the command functions a bit. We really need to clean
up the command function interface.
Rationale for pulling into netbsd-1-5 branch: While this looks like
a feature enhancement, it actually fixes a bug -- without this change
or a change in rc.d's network bring-up, it is not possible to configure
IP tunnels as a normal part of bringing up the network.
|
| 1.73.2.1 | 24-Mar-2006 |
riz | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by rpaulo in ticket #1219):
sbin/ifconfig/ifconfig.8: revision 1.79
Explained the '-h' option.
|
| 1.91.6.1 | 27-Dec-2007 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.91.4.1 | 09-Jan-2008 |
matt | sync with HEAD
|
| 1.92.4.1 | 05-Oct-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.92.2.1 | 22-Feb-2008 |
keiichi | imported Mobile IPv6 code developed by the SHISA project
(http://www.mobileip.jp/).
|
| 1.94.8.1 | 21-Apr-2010 |
matt | sync to netbsd-5
|
| 1.94.4.1 | 13-May-2009 |
jym | Sync with HEAD.
Third (and last) commit. See http://mail-index.netbsd.org/source-changes/2009/05/13/msg221222.html
|
| 1.94.2.2 | 29-Jul-2009 |
hubertf | backout previous - wrong branch, thanks veego
|
| 1.94.2.1 | 29-Jul-2009 |
hubertf | Add "MAC" keyword to the corresponding example.
|
| 1.103.4.2 | 22-May-2014 |
yamt | sync with head.
for a reference, the tree before this commit was tagged
as yamt-pagecache-tag8.
this commit was splitted into small chunks to avoid
a limitation of cvs. ("Protocol error: too many arguments")
|
| 1.103.4.1 | 17-Apr-2012 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.104.6.1 | 20-Aug-2014 |
tls | Rebase to HEAD as of a few days ago.
|
| 1.104.2.1 | 03-Nov-2014 |
msaitoh | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by ozaki-r in ticket #1156):
sbin/ifconfig/vlan.c: revision 1.14
sbin/ifconfig/ifconfig.8: revision 1.108
sys/net/if_vlan.c: revision 1.71
sys/net/if_vlan.c: revision 1.73
sys/net/if_vlan.c: revision 1.74
- PR#49114: Write about -vlanif in ifconfig.8.
Add -vlanif to the help message of ifconfig.
- PR#49196: Leave promiscuous mode when detaching a parent (ifconfig -vlanif)
We have to call ifpromisc(ifp, 0) for both a VLAN interface
and its parent when they are in promiscuous mode.
- PR#49197: Delete link local addresses of a vlan interface when detaching its
parent.
- PR#49112: Restore vlan_ioctl overwritten by ether_ifdetach in vlan_unconfig
|
| 1.106.4.2 | 27-Oct-2014 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by roy in ticket #160):
sbin/ifconfig/af_inet6.c: revision 1.30
sbin/ifconfig/ifconfig.8: revision 1.109
sys/netinet6/in6.c: revision 1.177
Remove the ability for userland to toggle IN6_IFF_TENTATIVE.
Preserve IN6_IFF_TENTATIVE when updating address flags.
|
| 1.106.4.1 | 22-Sep-2014 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by ozaki-r in ticket #108):
sbin/ifconfig/vlan.c: revision 1.14
sbin/ifconfig/ifconfig.8: revision 1.108
sys/net/if_vlan.c: revision 1.71-1.74
Document -vlanif in ifconfig.8 and in usage measseg (PR 49114).
Leave promiscuous mode when detaching a parent (PR 49196) and
delete link local addresses (49197).
Restore vlan_ioctl overwritten by ether_ifdetach in vlan_unconfig
(PR 49112).
Call if_input of vlan interface itself, not parent one.
This allows bridging vlan interfaces again.
|
| 1.110.2.1 | 20-Mar-2017 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.111.2.1 | 21-Apr-2017 |
bouyer | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.114.12.2 | 13-Apr-2020 |
martin | Mostly merge changes from HEAD upto 20200411
|
| 1.114.12.1 | 10-Jun-2019 |
christos | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.114.10.2 | 26-Nov-2018 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD, resolve a couple of conflicts
|
| 1.114.10.1 | 06-Sep-2018 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD
Resolve a couple of conflicts (result of the uimin/uimax changes)
|
| 1.124.2.3 | 21-Sep-2024 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by rin in ticket #902):
sbin/ifconfig/carp.c: revision 1.15
sbin/ifconfig/ifconfig.8: revision 1.125
tests/net/carp/t_basic.sh: revision 1.9
sys/netinet/ip_carp.c: revision 1.118
sys/netinet/ip_carp.c: revision 1.119
Fix parser for carp state.
The state values are uppercase words INIT, BACKUP and MASTER.
Use backing device to send advertisements. Otherwise the packets originate
from the virtual MAC address, which confuses switches.
Select virtual address as sender if backing interface is anonymous.
Use correct scope for IPv6.
Don't expect the net/carp/t_basic/carp_handover_ipv6_halt_nocarpdevip
and carp_handover_ipv6_ifdown_nocarpdevip test cases to fail. At
least on the TNF i386 and amd64 testbeds, they pass more often than
not since the commit of src/sys/netinet/ip_carp.c 1.119 by mlelstv on
2023.04.07.06.44.08.
|
| 1.124.2.2 | 24-Aug-2024 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by ozaki-r in ticket #811):
tests/net/if_shmif/t_shmif.sh: revision 1.1
sbin/ifconfig/ifconfig.c: revision 1.251
sbin/ifconfig/ifconfig.8: revision 1.130
sys/rump/net/lib/libshmif/if_shmem.c: revision 1.85
sys/rump/net/lib/libshmif/if_shmem.c: revision 1.86
sys/rump/net/lib/libshmif/if_shmem.c: revision 1.87
etc/mtree/NetBSD.dist.tests: revision 1.206
distrib/sets/lists/tests/mi: revision 1.1333
tests/net/if_shmif/Makefile: revision 1.1
tests/net/Makefile: revision 1.42
shmif: change behaviors about link states
- Change the link state to UP on ifconfig linkstr
- This behavior emulates physical devices
- Change the link state to UNKNOWN on ifconfig -linkstr just in case
- Reject sending/receiving packets if the link state is DOWN
- Permit to send/receive packets on UNKNOWN, which is required
to unbreak some ATF tests written in C
shmif: support media
It enables to link-down shmif by ifconfig media none and link-up
again by media auto.
ifconfig: show link state on -v
We could guess it through "media" or "status" output, however, we
sometimes want to know it directly for debugging or testing.
It is shown only if the -v option is specified.
tests: add tests for shmif
The test file is placed under tests/net, not tests/rump/rumpnet,
to leverage utility functions provided for tests in there.
shmem(4): Fix typo in comment: AFT -> ATF.
Also fix grammar (if I understood correctly what this meant: rump
servers written in C, rather than set up via shell scripts around
rump_server invoking ifconfig).
No functional change intended.
|
| 1.124.2.1 | 18-Apr-2024 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by andvar in ticket #660):
sbin/ifconfig/ifconfig.8: revision 1.126
sbin/ifconfig/ifconfig.8: revision 1.127
sbin/ifconfig/ifconfig.8: revision 1.128
sbin/ifconfig/ifconfig.8: revision 1.129
Added documents about parameters related to lagg(4)
PR misc/58125
Correct a very minor typo (s/id/is/)
ifconfig(8): move laggportpri next to laggport
Update the date of the documentation to reflect recent changes.
|
| 1.129.2.1 | 02-Aug-2025 |
perseant | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.251 | 20-Aug-2024 |
ozaki-r | ifconfig: show link state on -v
We could guess it through "media" or "status" output, however, we
sometimes want to know it directly for debugging or testing.
It is shown only if the -v option is specified.
|
| 1.250 | 03-Jan-2024 |
andvar | branches: 1.250.2;
s/addreseses/addresses/ in comments (and one missing whitespace).
|
| 1.249 | 25-Nov-2022 |
knakahara | branches: 1.249.2;
ifconfig(8) support unnumbered flag.
|
| 1.248 | 14-Oct-2020 |
roy | ifconfig: go back to using direct ioctls rather than data from getifaddrs
AF_LINK may not be the first address returned for the interface.
Technically, it *might* not even exist on the interface even though
other families do.
This is likely a driver bug if this really is the case though.
As such it's just easier to use direct ioctls rather than thump around
getifaddrs results. As it stands, the code makes a lot of getifaddrs
calls anyway, so an extra ioctl or two won't break the bank.
|
| 1.247 | 28-Sep-2020 |
roy | ifconfig: Just look at if_data->ifi_link_state for carrier
It should be the sole source of truth.
if_data is also carried in ifa_data from getifaddrs(3) which saves
more ioctl calls.
|
| 1.246 | 26-Sep-2020 |
roy | ifconfig: We already have struct if_data in ifa_data.
So let's not bother with an ioctl we don't need.
|
| 1.245 | 23-Sep-2020 |
roy | ifconfig: test cases want LINK_STATE_UNKNOWN to be treated as up.
|
| 1.244 | 23-Sep-2020 |
roy | ifconfig: teach carrier test about ifi_link_state from SIOCGIFDATA
Because not all interfaces support media.
|
| 1.243 | 22-Sep-2020 |
roy | ifconfig: Report link state even if media is not supported
For AF_LINK addrs from getifaddrs(2), ifa_data is struct if_data.
This in turn holds ifi_link_state which we can use to report
link status if the interface does not support media where it's normally
reported.
Based on OpenBSD.
|
| 1.242 | 07-Jun-2020 |
thorpej | Update for proplib(3) API changes.
|
| 1.241 | 02-Jan-2020 |
ryo | fix printing capabilities and enabled flags.
no need to skip a prefix "0x" of output of snprintb.
ifconfig expect the result of snprintb has "0x" prefix, but snprintb(3) specification has changed
so that if 0 is passed, it prints "0" instead of "0x0". (common/lib/libutil/snprintb.c r1.22)
|
| 1.240 | 16-Aug-2019 |
msaitoh | Whitespace fix.
|
| 1.239 | 04-Jul-2019 |
ozaki-r | Add descr,description/-descr,-description commands to ifconfig(8) to handle a description.
From t-kusaba@IIJ
|
| 1.238 | 21-Dec-2018 |
msaitoh | Add SIOCSETHERCAP. It's used to change ec_capenable.
|
| 1.237 | 15-Nov-2018 |
ozaki-r | ifconfig: add linkstr/-linkstr to the help message
|
| 1.236 | 07-Jan-2016 |
roy | branches: 1.236.14; 1.236.16;
-W seconds will wait for the detached flag to clear on addresses on
interfaces marked up to allow time for the carrier to appear on the
interface.
This does not extend the -w option duration.
|
| 1.235 | 29-Jul-2015 |
ozaki-r | Don't divide flags output
If there are many enabled flags, ifconfig divides flags output into
multiple formatted strings due to snprintb_m, e.g.,
wm0: flags=8b43<UP,BROADCAST,RUNNING,PROMISC,ALLMULTI,SIMPLEX>wm0: flags=8b43<MULTICAST> mtu 1500
This behavior is probably unexpected. The change always outputs enabled
flags at once like this:
wm0: flags=8b43<UP,BROADCAST,RUNNING,PROMISC,ALLMULTI,SIMPLEX,MULTICAST> mtu 1500
|
| 1.234 | 22-Apr-2015 |
roy | Move the INET6 specific code for wait_dad_exec() into af_inet6
by using a new afswtch hook af_addr_tentative.
|
| 1.233 | 12-Sep-2014 |
martin | Initialize timespec "end" for the benefit of some gcc versions getting
"may be used uninitialized" warnings wrong.
|
| 1.232 | 11-Sep-2014 |
roy | Remove rtsol(8) and rtsold(8) as their functionality is in dhcpcd(8).
Remove rtsol(8) from rc.d/network.
Add -w seconds command to ifconfig to wait for N seconds for until DAD
has finished on all addresses.
Use ifconfig -w in rc.d/network instead of a forced sleep.
As discussed on tech-net@
|
| 1.231 | 19-Oct-2013 |
christos | use the new scopeid functions
|
| 1.230 | 17-Jul-2013 |
christos | Allow -v to be used with other commands (list scan for example) as documented.
|
| 1.229 | 07-Feb-2013 |
apb | Abort on error from prop_dictionary_augment.
|
| 1.228 | 01-Nov-2012 |
pgoyette | Use snprintb_m(3) to split flags/capabilities/enabled across multiple
output lines.
As discussed on current-users
|
| 1.227 | 28-Jan-2012 |
mbalmer | branches: 1.227.6;
When ifconfig is invoked without any arguments, display the list of
all network interfaces (equivalent to ifconfig -a), instead of displaying
the usage. (This is consistent with the behaviour on FreeBSD and OpenBSD.)
|
| 1.226 | 29-Aug-2011 |
joerg | branches: 1.226.2;
Use __dead
|
| 1.225 | 14-Dec-2010 |
pooka | A few weeks ago when i added "linkstr" support I didn't know that
the string parser gives a proplib object which isn't a terminated
string. Fix that mistake now.
|
| 1.224 | 13-Dec-2010 |
pooka | Convert from the .ifdef RUMP_ACTION stuff to RUMPPRG.
|
| 1.223 | 15-Nov-2010 |
pooka | Implement ifconfig linkstr as proposed on tech-net.
|
| 1.222 | 05-Nov-2010 |
pooka | adapt to new rumpclient_init() signature
|
| 1.221 | 04-Nov-2010 |
pooka | Update RUMP_ACTION to use the newstyle rump client.
|
| 1.220 | 07-Aug-2009 |
dyoung | Add option -N. -N is just the opposite of option -n in netstat(8)
or route(8): it tells ifconfig(8) to try to resolve numbers to
hosts and service names.
This default ifconfig behavior stays the same as it always was.
|
| 1.219 | 26-May-2009 |
pooka | Add compile mode which executes rump system calls. This is useful
when figuring out Where In The Kernel Is Carmen Sandiego's ioctl
for an ifconfig command line, since we can simply single-step into
the kernel.
Activated by "make RUMP_ACTION=1". No changes to normal case.
|
| 1.218 | 21-Apr-2009 |
dyoung | To make sure that we always print the active link-layer address in the
'address: ' field, don't treat the first address as the active address,
but search the link-layer addresses for the ones flagged IFLR_ACTIVE,
and print those. Extract a subroutine, print_link_addresses(), for
printing link-layer addresses.
|
| 1.217 | 21-Apr-2009 |
dyoung | Cosmetic: add some whitespace for my ease of reading.
|
| 1.216 | 21-Apr-2009 |
dyoung | There's no use casting a socket address to sockaddr_dl, only to cast it
back to sockaddr, so don't do it.
|
| 1.215 | 04-Apr-2009 |
plunky | Because the IFF_NOARP flag is a negative option it needs to be negated
when being applied from the "arp" option which itself is positive.
problem demonstrated by
# ifconfig tap3 create
# ifconfig tap3
tap3: flags=8802<BROADCAST,SIMPLEX,MULTICAST> mtu 1500
address: f2:0b:a4:7f:44:03
media: Ethernet autoselect
# ifconfig tap3 arp
# ifconfig tap3
tap3: flags=8882<BROADCAST,NOARP,SIMPLEX,MULTICAST> mtu 1500
address: f2:0b:a4:7f:44:03
media: Ethernet autoselect
# ifconfig tap3 -arp
# ifconfig tap3
tap3: flags=8802<BROADCAST,SIMPLEX,MULTICAST> mtu 1500
address: f2:0b:a4:7f:44:03
media: Ethernet autoselect
# ifconfig tap3 destroy
#
|
| 1.214 | 18-Jan-2009 |
lukem | branches: 1.214.2;
fix -Wsign-compare issues
|
| 1.213 | 01-Aug-2008 |
dyoung | branches: 1.213.2;
Extract common code. Create subroutine paddr_prefix_size().
|
| 1.212 | 20-Jul-2008 |
lukem | Remove the \n and tabs from the __COPYRIGHT() strings.
(Tweak some to use a consistent format.)
|
| 1.211 | 15-Jul-2008 |
dyoung | Cosmetic: s/xenv/oenv/
|
| 1.210 | 15-Jul-2008 |
dyoung | Make usage() static.
|
| 1.209 | 15-Jul-2008 |
dyoung | Only describe flags -L and -m in the usage if they are available.
That helps me get rid of some conditional compilation (INET6) in
ifconfig.
Let each protocol/feature-module print its own usage, so that the
ifconfig usage reflects the modules that are actually compiled-in.
Write usage information for carp(4) options.
|
| 1.208 | 02-Jul-2008 |
dyoung | Let us add/remove features from ifconfig, such as support for
various address families (inet, inet6, iso, atalk) and protocols
(802.11, 802.3ad, CARP), simply by trimming the list of sources in
the Makefile. This helps one customize ifconfig for an embedded
device or for install media, and it eliminates a lot of grotty
#ifdef'age. Now, the ifconfig syntax and semantics are finalized
at run-time using the constructor routines in each address-family/protocol
module.
(In principle, ifconfig could load virtually all of its syntax from
shared objects.)
Extract a lot of common code into subroutines, in order to shrink
the ifconfig binary a bit. Make all of the address families share
code for address addition/replacement/removal, and delete "legacy"
code for manipulating addresses. That may have broken atalk and
iso, despite my best efforts.
Extract an include file, Makefile.inc, containing the make-fu that
both ifconfig and x_ifconfig share.
Sprinkle static. Change some int's to bool's. Constify.
Add RCS Ids to carp.c and env.c. Move media code to a new file,
media.c. Delete several unneeded header files.
Set, reset, and display the IEEE 802.11 attribute, 'dot11RTSThreshold'.
Bug fix: do not require both a interface address and a destination
address for point-to-point interfaces, but accept a interface
address by itself.
|
| 1.207 | 03-Jun-2008 |
dyoung | Remove one more struct afswtch.af_getprefix() remnant.
|
| 1.206 | 03-Jun-2008 |
dyoung | Remove remnants of struct afswtch.af_getprefix().
|
| 1.205 | 19-May-2008 |
dyoung | Fix two bugs:
1 Let us associate a keyword with either a signed or an unsigned
number. Associate the '-chan' keyword with an unsigned number.
This fixes the defect that crashed 'ifconfig wi0 -chan', reported
by Michael van Elst.
2 Do not try to interpret names as ISO addresses unless the ISO
address family was specified. iso_addr(3) does not report errors,
so it appears to interpret *everything* as an ISO address. This
is a stopgap fix for the defect in 'ifconfig lo0 inet6' on a
!INET6 kernel that deletes the first IPv4 address on lo0.
(Reported by Scott Ellis.)
|
| 1.204 | 12-May-2008 |
dyoung | Per discussion at
<http://mail-index.netbsd.org/tech-net/2008/04/08/msg000371.html>,
let us add, delete, and activate link-layer addresses with ifconfig:
# ifconfig sip0 link 02:00:00:00:00:01 [add address]
# ifconfig sip0 link 02:00:00:00:00:02 [add address]
# ifconfig sip0 link 02:00:00:00:00:02 active [activate address]
# ifconfig sip0 link 02:00:00:00:00:01 delete [remove address]
|
| 1.203 | 11-May-2008 |
dyoung | Let the address family modules zero initialize their own ifreqs,
instead of zeroing them in commit_address().
Switch to in6_commit_address() from in6_getprefix() and in6_getaddr().
Temporarily add some debugging code to setia6eui64_impl().
|
| 1.202 | 08-May-2008 |
dyoung | Move IPv4/IPv6-specific code from commit_address() to in_commit_address()
and in6_commit_address(). Fixes the USE_INET6=no build.
|
| 1.201 | 07-May-2008 |
dyoung | Factor out common code, creating direct_ioctl() and indirect_ioctl()
for the two most prevalent styles of ioctl(2) calls in ifconfig(8).
|
| 1.200 | 07-May-2008 |
dyoung | Move IPv6 syntax to af_inet6.c from ifconfig.c. Move IFKW() macro
from ifconfig.c to parse.h for reuse.
|
| 1.199 | 07-May-2008 |
dyoung | Move ISO, AppleTalk, carp(4) syntax from ifconfig.c to af_iso.c,
af_atalk.c, carp.c, respectively.
|
| 1.198 | 07-May-2008 |
dyoung | Sprinkle 'static const' on keyword objects.
|
| 1.197 | 07-May-2008 |
dyoung | Move vlan(4) syntax from ifconfig.c into vlan.c.
|
| 1.196 | 07-May-2008 |
dyoung | Move tunnel syntax into tunnel.c. Move net80211 'list' command
syntax into ieee80211.c.
|
| 1.195 | 07-May-2008 |
dyoung | Move net80211 and agr(4) syntax out of ifconfig.c and into ieee80211.c
and agr.c, respectively.
|
| 1.194 | 07-May-2008 |
dyoung | Fix a bug that I introduced in rev 1.88, where the default IPv6
prefix length changed from 64 to 128. While I am here, allow an
address to be given with prefix length /0, but interpret it as
/128.
|
| 1.193 | 06-May-2008 |
dyoung | branches: 1.193.2;
Use the right key, "ifcaps" not "ifcap", in do_setifcaps(). assert()
that the object associated with that key is the right size.
|
| 1.192 | 06-May-2008 |
dyoung | Extract subroutine do_setifcaps() and fix the bug that uwe@ reported
in capabilities-setting.
Use prop_dictionary_util(3).
Rename the parser snpaoffset to parse_snpaoffset.
|
| 1.191 | 06-May-2008 |
dyoung | Fix syntax error in last.
|
| 1.190 | 06-May-2008 |
dyoung | Cosmetic: use return rc ? 0 : -1;
Make sure to release a prop_object_t that I am no longer using.
|
| 1.189 | 06-May-2008 |
dyoung | Use prop_dictionary_util(3) some more.
When we read interface flags and capabilities from the kernel, take
care not to record them in our current environment (env), but record
them in the output environment (oenv), instead. This helps us get
interface capabilities and flags right.
|
| 1.188 | 06-May-2008 |
dyoung | Rename in_addr_commit() to commit_address(), and refactor slightly
to support IPv6 as well as IPv4 (a work in progress).
Make the second argument of af_status() a bool instead of an int.
Exit early with an error if the operator specifies an unsupported
address family on the command line. The change should help rc
scripts to detect that IPv6 support is missing from the kernel,
with 'ifconfig lo0 inet6'.
Start using prop_dictionary_util(3).
|
| 1.187 | 06-May-2008 |
dyoung | Overhaul ifconfig. Use fewer global variables. Take a leap toward
improved modularity and extensibility.
In the new architecture, a directed graph of argument-matching
objects (match objects) expresses the set of feasible ifconfig
statements. Match objects are labelled by subroutines that provide
the statement semantics.
Many IPv4, IPv6, 802.11, tunnel, and media configurations have been
tested.
AppleTalk, ISO, carp(4), agr(4), and vlan(4) configuration need
testing.
|
| 1.186 | 28-Apr-2008 |
martin | Remove clause 3 and 4 from TNF licenses
|
| 1.185 | 21-Apr-2008 |
dyoung | Change int to bool in a couple of places.
|
| 1.184 | 15-Apr-2008 |
dyoung | branches: 1.184.2;
Straggler from last: call fewer protocol family-specific initialization
routines from main(), since the protocol-family modules are taking
care of it.
|
| 1.183 | 14-Apr-2008 |
dyoung | Cosmetic: delete dead code.
|
| 1.182 | 11-Apr-2008 |
dyoung | Cosmetic: use NULL instead of 0 for pointers. Shorten staircase.
|
| 1.181 | 16-Dec-2007 |
degroote | branches: 1.181.2; 1.181.4;
Add support for the command list scan in ifconfig (this command permits to scan
access point in the neighbourhood).
Complete list of channel attributes and list of management information element
payload.
While here, use estrlcpy instead of strncpy.
From FreeBSD ifconfig and net80211
|
| 1.180 | 09-Jan-2007 |
dyoung | branches: 1.180.4; 1.180.6;
Let us adjust the 802.11 fragmentation threshold with ifconfig ath0
frag 256, for example.
|
| 1.179 | 23-Nov-2006 |
yamt | implement ipv6 TSO.
partly from Matthias Scheler. tested by him.
|
| 1.178 | 13-Nov-2006 |
dyoung | Add a source-address selection policy mechanism to the kernel.
Also, add ioctls SIOCGIFADDRPREF/SIOCSIFADDRPREF to get/set preference
numbers for addresses. Make ifconfig(8) set/display preference
numbers.
To activate source-address selection policies in your kernel, add
'options IPSELSRC' to your kernel configuration.
Miscellaneous changes in support of source-address selection:
1 Factor out some common code, producing rt_replace_ifa().
2 Abbreviate a for-loop with TAILQ_FOREACH().
3 Add the predicates on IPv4 addresses IN_LINKLOCAL() and
IN_PRIVATE(), that are true for link-local unicast
(169.254/16) and RFC1918 private addresses, respectively.
Add the predicate IN_ANY_LOCAL() that is true for link-local
unicast and multicast.
4 Add IPv4-specific interface attach/detach routines,
in_domifattach and in_domifdetach, which build #ifdef
IPSELSRC.
See in_getifa(9) for a more thorough description of source-address
selection policy.
|
| 1.177 | 16-Oct-2006 |
christos | - get rid of p_cfunc2
- add missing initializers
|
| 1.176 | 26-Aug-2006 |
christos | Programs that use efun.
|
| 1.175 | 26-Aug-2006 |
matt | Nuke a leftover XNS fragment.
|
| 1.174 | 26-Aug-2006 |
matt | Remove XNS support.
|
| 1.173 | 13-Jul-2006 |
martin | Trying the old "ifconfig <name> x.x.x.x down" issue again:
if the kernel does not set the interface up after we set an address,
do it explicitly, unless we (previously) set it down on user request.
This will allow the network drivers to be "fixed" while keeping visible
behaviour the same. Part of fixing PR 30694.
|
| 1.172 | 16-Jun-2006 |
elad | fix incorrect usage of strncpy() to (an internal implementation of)
estrlcpy().
okay christos
|
| 1.171 | 18-May-2006 |
liamjfoy | Integrate Common Address Redundancy Procotol (CARP) from OpenBSD
'pseudo-device carp'
Thanks to: joerg@ christos@ riz@ and others who tested
Ok: core@
|
| 1.170 | 29-Apr-2006 |
rpaulo | Add two new options from FreeBSD:
hidessid | -hidessid: SSID broadcast control
apbridge | -apbridge: how to pass packets between wifi clients
|
| 1.169 | 11-Aug-2005 |
rpaulo | Added a new ifconfig flag, -h, allowing, in conjunction with -v, the display
of interface I/O bytes in human-format.
Reviewed by Christos Zoulas and Jason Thorpe.
|
| 1.168 | 02-May-2005 |
yamt | split IFCAP_CSUM_xxx to IFCAP_CSUM_xxx_Rx and IFCAP_CSUM_xxx_Tx.
|
| 1.167 | 20-Mar-2005 |
thorpej | IFFBITS and IFCAPBITS are now defined in <net/if.h>
|
| 1.166 | 20-Mar-2005 |
thorpej | Split the IPv4 support into its own file.
|
| 1.165 | 20-Mar-2005 |
thorpej | Move a comment.
|
| 1.164 | 20-Mar-2005 |
thorpej | Split IPv6 support out into its own file.
|
| 1.163 | 20-Mar-2005 |
thorpej | Split OSI support off into its own file.
|
| 1.162 | 19-Mar-2005 |
thorpej | Split XNS support into its own file.
|
| 1.161 | 19-Mar-2005 |
thorpej | Split off AppleTalk support into its own file.
|
| 1.160 | 19-Mar-2005 |
thorpej | const'ify afswtch
|
| 1.159 | 19-Mar-2005 |
thorpej | Split off 802.11 interface handling into its own file.
|
| 1.158 | 19-Mar-2005 |
thorpej | Don't hare-code inet/inet6 in tunnel_status(), lookup the address family
name instead.
|
| 1.157 | 19-Mar-2005 |
thorpej | Split tunnel support into its own file.
|
| 1.156 | 19-Mar-2005 |
thorpej | Move extern decls to extern.h
|
| 1.155 | 19-Mar-2005 |
thorpej | Split VLAN configuration bits out into a separate file.
|
| 1.154 | 18-Mar-2005 |
yamt | update usage() for agr(4). pointed by Thomas Klausner.
|
| 1.153 | 18-Mar-2005 |
yamt | add agr(4), a pseudo network device driver for link aggregation.
|
| 1.152 | 06-Mar-2005 |
matt | branches: 1.152.2;
Add ifconfig support for TCP Segment Offload
|
| 1.151 | 06-Feb-2005 |
perry | remove obsolete "register" declarations.
|
| 1.150 | 20-Jan-2005 |
xtraeme | Fix the cast for the getnameinfo() call in the status() function, which
should be "const struct" not "struct" for sockaddr.
WARNS=3
|
| 1.149 | 20-Dec-2004 |
dyoung | ifconfig -v prints 802.11 statistics. ifconfig -v prints and zeroes
802.11 statistics.
|
| 1.148 | 16-Nov-2004 |
itojun | NI_WITHSCOPEID was not picked up by IETF standardization process.
|
| 1.147 | 11-Nov-2004 |
dsl | Functions for converting media types to/from text are now in libutil.
|
| 1.146 | 28-Oct-2004 |
dsl | More isdigit() calls that need (unsigned char) cast
|
| 1.145 | 11-Oct-2004 |
dsl | De __P
|
| 1.144 | 11-Oct-2004 |
dsl | Remove all the caddr_t - mainly casts of the 3rd arg to ioctl()
|
| 1.143 | 27-Jul-2004 |
yamt | err -> errx where appropriate.
|
| 1.142 | 06-Jul-2004 |
mycroft | The change in revision 1.38 (in 1997!) was wrong. If we don't want the kernel
to automatically bring up interfaces, then we should move that code into
ifconfig(8) and out of the kernel, not cycle the interface up and down. Fixes
PR 9400 -- ifconfig(8) was not working as documented.
|
| 1.141 | 01-Mar-2004 |
perry | branches: 1.141.4;
Very minimal changes to make "ssid" and "nwid" aliases, and make the
ssid print out as "ssid", not "nwid".
XXX Really, someone should go through and change around all the
variable names etc. to ssid, but not today.
|
| 1.140 | 27-Feb-2004 |
itojun | check strlcpy error. idea from Ryan McBride
|
| 1.139 | 13-Oct-2003 |
dyoung | Add 'mode' option to change PHY media for 802.11 devices. Also,
display PHY mode. E.g., run an 802.11a (5GHz, 54Mbps max) access
point:
> ifconfig ath0 nwid my_access_point mode 11a mediaopt hostap
> ifconfig -m ath0
ath0: flags=8843<UP,BROADCAST,RUNNING,SIMPLEX,MULTICAST> mtu 1500
nwid my_access_point
powersave off
bssid 00:05:5d:84:cc:6e chan 3
address: 00:05:5d:84:cc:6e
media: IEEE802.11 autoselect mode 11a hostap
status: active
supported IEEE802.11 media:
media autoselect
media autoselect mediaopt adhoc
media autoselect mediaopt hostap
media autoselect mediaopt monitor
media autoselect mode 11a
media autoselect mode 11a mediaopt adhoc
media autoselect mode 11a mediaopt hostap
media autoselect mode 11a mediaopt monitor
*snip snip*
|
| 1.138 | 07-Aug-2003 |
agc | Move UCB-licensed code from 4-clause to 3-clause licence.
Patches provided by Joel Baker in PR 22308, verified by myself.
|
| 1.137 | 11-Jun-2003 |
christos | PR/21860: Robert Elz: ifconfig doesn't allow addr/N notation for INET6
|
| 1.136 | 17-May-2003 |
itojun | use strlcpy
|
| 1.135 | 17-May-2003 |
lukem | Change -b from skipping POINTTOPOINT|LOOPBACK to skipping ! BROADCAST.
Fixes my [bin/21604]
|
| 1.134 | 12-Apr-2003 |
perry | Add an option (-z) like -v except that it clears the input/output
stats after printing them.
(Basically this just calls SIOCZIFDATA instead of SIOCGIFDATA).
Submitted by Jean-Edouard BABIN in PR bin/21078
However, he suggested using -c, and cgd (reasonably) noted that -z for
"zero" was probably more reasonable.
I've also changed the code very slightly.
|
| 1.133 | 30-Sep-2002 |
onoe | Hide bssid/chan for 802.11 if not specified nor not associated.
Allow "-chan" to allow any channel to associate, it doesn't affect
create channel for IBSS/AP mode.
|
| 1.132 | 23-Sep-2002 |
thorpej | Add missing newline.
|
| 1.131 | 22-Sep-2002 |
thorpej | New commands:
* bssid xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx -- set the desired BSSID of an 802.11
interface.
* -bssid -- unset the desired BSSID of an 802.11 interface, so
the interface will choose automatically (default).
* channel x -- set the channel (radio frequency) of an 802.11 interface.
Current BSSID and channel are now reported in the 802.11 status
display, if supported by the interface.
Above changes from David Young <dyoung@ojctech.com>, with some slight
changes by me (use ethers(3) functions rather than hand-parsing/printing
the 802.11 address).
Document bssid/-bssid/channel, and clean up markup of parentheticals
in the manual page.
|
| 1.130 | 20-Sep-2002 |
christos | use snprintb()
|
| 1.129 | 20-Jul-2002 |
grant | sweep of errx/warnx, remove unnecessary trailing \n
|
| 1.128 | 14-Jun-2002 |
itojun | grab eui64 only from the same interface.
|
| 1.127 | 14-Jun-2002 |
itojun | support "eui64" option (grab interface ID from link-local addr).
from: ww@styx.org
|
| 1.126 | 14-Jun-2002 |
itojun | init variable before strtoul
|
| 1.125 | 14-Jun-2002 |
itojun | metric and mtu are u_long, not int.
|
| 1.124 | 23-May-2002 |
matt | Add support to print interface counters (via SIOCGIFDATA) when the [new]
option -v is provided.
|
| 1.123 | 06-May-2002 |
thorpej | Don't bother testing if a u_short is > 0xffff -- that test is always false.
|
| 1.122 | 25-Apr-2002 |
itojun | use in_aliasreq for inet address manipulation, not ifaliasreq. they have
different alignment constraint. [tests on 64bit arch wanted]
|
| 1.121 | 02-Nov-2001 |
lukem | fix many -Wshadow warnings
|
| 1.120 | 24-Oct-2001 |
atatat | Clean up the code a bit so that the ioctl() return value is always
compared to -1 (instead of <0 or !=0) and always to call err() with
EXIT_FAILURE instead of sometimes using 1.
|
| 1.119 | 06-Oct-2001 |
bjh21 | Use getnameinfo() to format AF_LINK addresses again.
|
| 1.118 | 05-Oct-2001 |
bjh21 | Revert last change. getnameinfo() AF_LINK support is going away until I can
make it lint-clean.
|
| 1.117 | 04-Oct-2001 |
bjh21 | Use getnameinfo() to format AF_LINK addresses rather than doing it ourselves.
|
| 1.116 | 26-Sep-2001 |
itojun | remove duplicated line in cmds[].
|
| 1.115 | 17-Sep-2001 |
thorpej | Add tcp4csum-rx and udp4csum-rx commands for interfaces that only
support TCP/UDP checksums on the in-bound direction.
|
| 1.114 | 19-Aug-2001 |
itojun | snprintf return value audit. from deraadt
|
| 1.113 | 09-Aug-2001 |
david | Correct style of a comment, and bad else {} scoping from my previous
commit.
Thanks to enami tsugutomo for pointing both out.
|
| 1.112 | 08-Aug-2001 |
david | Cause multiple uses of alias, -alias, and delete to produce an error,
and exit.
Previously, combinations would produce unintended results, such as
deleting the primary IP on an interface, instead of deleting an specified
alias.
|
| 1.111 | 31-Jul-2001 |
itojun | embed scopeid on scoped ipv6 address. sync with kame
|
| 1.110 | 25-Jul-2001 |
itojun | do not go over the end of memory region we are supposed to touch,
overrun on "prefixlen" operation. there's no SEGV possibility.
|
| 1.109 | 21-Jun-2001 |
onoe | Add support of persistent key of IEEE 802.11 wireless LAN card.
Currently, only Aironet ("an") driver/card can be used.
nwkey persist (IEEE 802.11 devices only) Enable WEP encryption for IEEE
802.11-based wireless network interfaces with the persis-
tent key written in the network card.
nwkey persist:key
(IEEE 802.11 devices only) Write the key to the persis-
tent memory of the network card, and enable WEP encryp-
tion for IEEE 802.11-based wireless network interfaces
with the key.
|
| 1.108 | 02-Jun-2001 |
thorpej | Implement support for IP/TCP/UDP checksum offloading provided by
network interfaces. This works by pre-computing the pseudo-header
checksum and caching it, delaying the actual checksum to ip_output()
if the hardware cannot perform the sum for us. In-bound checksums
can either be fully-checked by hardware, or summed up for final
verification by software. This method was modeled after how this
is done in FreeBSD, although the code is significantly different in
most places.
We don't delay checksums for IPv6/TCP, but we do take advantage of the
cached pseudo-header checksum.
Note: hardware-assisted checksumming defaults to "off". It is
enabled with ifconfig(8). See the manual page for details.
Implement hardware-assisted checksumming on the DP83820 Gigabit Ethernet,
3c90xB/3c90xC 10/100 Ethernet, and Alteon Tigon/Tigon2 Gigabit Ethernet.
|
| 1.107 | 28-Apr-2001 |
itojun | make -A a default. present MAC adderss on all ifconfig operations.
|
| 1.106 | 28-Apr-2001 |
itojun | assume the presense of getifaddrs(3).
|
| 1.105 | 27-Apr-2001 |
itojun | sync usage() more to the reality. document alias/-alias.
|
| 1.104 | 27-Apr-2001 |
itojun | allow ifconfig to take "deprecated" and "-deprecated" for IPv6. sync with kame
sync usage() with reality. take "up" and "down" outside of "[af ...],
as "up" and "down" are independent from interface address configuration.
|
| 1.103 | 01-Mar-2001 |
itojun | whitespace at EOL
|
| 1.102 | 01-Mar-2001 |
itojun | on "tunnel" subcommand, use specified address family.
|
| 1.101 | 23-Feb-2001 |
christos | PR/12275:Kimmo Suominen: show -C in usage
|
| 1.100 | 20-Feb-2001 |
itojun | add SIOC[SG]LIFPHYADDR ioctl. greatly simplify tunnel address settings.
sync with kame. old ioctls are supplied but not recommended for new code.
|
| 1.99 | 19-Feb-2001 |
cgd | convert to use getprogname()
|
| 1.98 | 04-Feb-2001 |
christos | fix nested externs
|
| 1.97 | 24-Jan-2001 |
garbled | Fix the usage string so it displays the -b and s options to ifconfig -l
|
| 1.96 | 17-Jan-2001 |
itojun | unbroken slash notation (10.0.0.0/8) for IPv4.
|
| 1.95 | 17-Jan-2001 |
itojun | support "prefixlen n" for IPv4 too.
|
| 1.94 | 08-Jan-2001 |
itojun | uninitialized pointer. PR 11702
|
| 1.93 | 12-Dec-2000 |
onoe | Add powersave/powersavesleep into usage.
Fold usage output (still 14 lines...)
|
| 1.92 | 12-Dec-2000 |
thorpej | Add powersave, -powersave, and powersavesleep to manipulate 802.11
power management parameters.
|
| 1.91 | 07-Nov-2000 |
itojun | show IPv6 interface address status "deprecated" (preferred lifetime = 0).
RFC2462. sync with kame.
|
| 1.90 | 02-Oct-2000 |
thorpej | In tunnel_status(), if we have an IPv6 kernel, but a driver doesn't
support IPv6 tunnel endpoint addresses, fall back on the sockaddr
version of the ioctls.
|
| 1.89 | 27-Sep-2000 |
thorpej | Add vlan(4) support. From Andy Doran <ad@netbsd.org>.
|
| 1.88 | 21-Jul-2000 |
onoe | Add nwkey and -nwkey keywords, to enable/disable WEP,
and to set WEP encryption key for IEEE802.11 wireless network interfaces.
|
| 1.87 | 20-Jul-2000 |
thorpej | Add a -C flag, to list all available network interface cloners.
|
| 1.86 | 19-Jul-2000 |
enami | - Fix off-by-one error in previous.
- Fix a typo of ioctl name in warning message.
|
| 1.85 | 19-Jul-2000 |
onoe | check the length of nwid argument before copy to avoid SEGV.
pointed out by enami-san
|
| 1.84 | 06-Jul-2000 |
onoe | cast u_char for ctype (nwid stuff) to fix possible overrun problems.
|
| 1.83 | 06-Jul-2000 |
onoe | warn instead of print 802.11 nwid with bad length field.
|
| 1.82 | 05-Jul-2000 |
onoe | change the argument of SIOCS80211NWID and SIOCG80211NWID ioctls from
u_int8_t array to struct ieee80211_nwid to prepend length field.
The length field is necessary because IEEE 802.11 spec doesn't prohibit
even '\0' for SSID.
Though the name and the value of SIOC... macro is unchanged, this change
breaks binary compatibility. The only affected userland program on the
tree is ifconfig(8).
As Jason suggested on tech-net, it is better than live with problems
since there are no releases for this ioctls yet.
|
| 1.81 | 02-Jul-2000 |
thorpej | Add `create' and `destroy' commands.
|
| 1.80 | 30-Jun-2000 |
thorpej | - Add `tunnel' and `deletetunnel' commands, which issue the ioctls
that gifconfig(8) would issue to configure tunnel endpoints. This
allows IP tunnel interfaces (`gif' right now, and `gre' later) to
be configured with ifconfig(8), and via /etc/ifconfig.<interface>.
Partially taken from similar changes in OpenBSD.
- Const poison the command functions a bit. We really need to clean
up the command function interface.
|
| 1.79 | 20-Apr-2000 |
enami | branches: 1.79.4;
Allocate flagreq on stack.
|
| 1.78 | 13-Apr-2000 |
itojun | use getifaddrs, not SIOCGIFCONF, to avoid alignment constraints.
TODO: maybe it's better to pass struct ifaddrs * to in{,6}_alias.
|
| 1.77 | 13-Apr-2000 |
itojun | clarify in_alias() and in_status().
in_status() handles the whole inet address family. in_alias() handles
printout for single address (for both the primary address or an alias).
it is more consistent with, for example, the way at_status() is used.
|
| 1.76 | 03-Apr-2000 |
enami | Explicitly pick up ''the first address'' to delete.
|
| 1.75 | 20-Mar-2000 |
onoe | Set flagreq.ifr_name before issueing SIOCGIFFLAGS for setifflags.
Withoug this change, flagreq was never initialized and ifconfig w/o addr
always failed with ENXIO.
|
| 1.74 | 18-Mar-2000 |
castor | Fix PR bin/9629. The global variable ifr was used to save interface
flags even though the media routines tweak it.
|
| 1.73 | 06-Mar-2000 |
enami | Remove unnecessary continue statement.
|
| 1.72 | 06-Mar-2000 |
enami | Remove now unnecessary assignment. It looks like 4.4lite merge left over.
|
| 1.71 | 06-Mar-2000 |
enami | Don't copy from destination to destination.
|
| 1.70 | 06-Mar-2000 |
thorpej | Per a discussion on gcc-bugs, port-alpha/9494 is not a compiler bug, but
rather a bug in the code (which is violating the C standard by casting
an unaligned pointer to a pointer with more strict alignment constraints).
Fix the code to not do such things. Fixes port-alpha/9494.
|
| 1.69 | 01-Mar-2000 |
enami | Salvage the better comment appeared in rev 1.51 but gone in 1.53.
|
| 1.68 | 18-Feb-2000 |
itojun | more fix to SIOCGIFCONF alignment.
|
| 1.67 | 25-Jan-2000 |
mycroft | Fix a buglet that caused media-specific options to *always* be printed, even if
they were not set.
|
| 1.66 | 25-Jan-2000 |
thorpej | Fix a logic buglet in status printing code.
|
| 1.65 | 25-Jan-2000 |
thorpej | - Print 802.11 status (i.e. network ID) after mtu, etc. but before
protcol addresses.
- When searching for status bits, use the currently selected media type,
not the currently active media type.
|
| 1.64 | 25-Jan-2000 |
thorpej | Update copyright.
|
| 1.63 | 25-Jan-2000 |
thorpej | Make display of media status information (e.g. carrier, etc.) table-driven
and easily extensible (by merely adding to the tables in ifmedia.h).
|
| 1.62 | 24-Jan-2000 |
chopps | allow setting (and reporting) nwid for ieee 802.11 devices.
|
| 1.61 | 24-Jan-2000 |
thorpej | Fix a bug in get_media_options() which wasn't caught with global options;
make sure we only return option bits.
|
| 1.60 | 12-Jan-2000 |
joda | implement netmask slash notation for IP and IPv6 addresses
|
| 1.59 | 13-Dec-1999 |
itojun | bring in KAME scopeid hack. always show scopeid if it is scoped.
sync with latest KAME.
|
| 1.58 | 29-Jul-1999 |
itojun | branches: 1.58.4;
fix alignment problem of SIOCGIFCONF, on 64bit arch.
|
| 1.57 | 26-Jul-1999 |
thorpej | Make the previous actually compile.
|
| 1.56 | 26-Jul-1999 |
darrenr | cleanup error message
|
| 1.55 | 26-Jul-1999 |
darrenr | don't allow destination addresses to be set for non-Point-to-point interfaces
|
| 1.54 | 03-Jul-1999 |
sommerfeld | Add a new -s option to make it easier to test the link-level status
(i.e., 10baseT carrier/no carrier) of an interface from scripts
ifconfig -s <interface> will exit with a false status if the interface
reports its unconnected.
-s also works in conjunction with -l and -a, filtering out interfaces
which are reporting down.
Also, add -b (which shows only broadcast interfaces with -l and -a).
I find these options useful in network autoconfig scripts for mobile
systems.
|
| 1.53 | 01-Jul-1999 |
itojun | make ifconfig IPv6-ready.
TODO: update manpage for new options.
|
| 1.52 | 18-May-1999 |
thorpej | Fix a slight braino in last.
|
| 1.51 | 17-May-1999 |
thorpej | Don't force `inet' on status display; get all address families that have
configured addresses. From Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino, PR #7593.
|
| 1.50 | 01-Apr-1999 |
chopps | branches: 1.50.2;
revert the previous changes that removed special cased ioctls for ISO
stuff.
|
| 1.49 | 06-Sep-1998 |
christos | Add support for displaying interface alias information. Based on PR/6109 by
Phil Nelson.
|
| 1.48 | 08-Aug-1998 |
thorpej | Oops, add the "instance" command to the usage info.
|
| 1.47 | 08-Aug-1998 |
thorpej | Allow the user to explicitly set the media instance.
|
| 1.46 | 08-Aug-1998 |
thorpej | Hm, actions might not always be deferred; rename appropriately.
|
| 1.45 | 08-Aug-1998 |
thorpej | Completely rewrite the engine that sets media and media options. Previous
code would hit the interface multiple times. Now, all media and media
options are gathered and processed at once, hitting the interface only
once (except to grab the currently selected media exactly once; there is
no way to avoid that).
|
| 1.44 | 06-Aug-1998 |
thorpej | Implement a suggestion from Wolfgang Solfrank on the "supported media"
display. The display now looks like this:
bishop:thorpej 35$ obj.alpha/ifconfig -m fxp0
fxp0: flags=8843<UP,BROADCAST,RUNNING,SIMPLEX,MULTICAST> mtu 1500
media: Ethernet autoselect (100baseTX full-duplex)
status: active
supported Ethernet media:
media autoselect
media 100baseTX mediaopt full-duplex
media 100baseTX
media 10baseT mediaopt full-duplex
media 10baseT
media 100baseTX mediaopt loopback
inet 129.99.50.41 netmask 0xffffff00 broadcast 129.99.50.255
bishop:thorpej 36$
The intent here is to allow cut'n'pasting of the output to a command
line, or allow easier automatic extraction from scripts, etc.
XXX Still at issue is what to do about non-0 media instances.
|
| 1.43 | 06-Aug-1998 |
thorpej | Print the media instance if it's not zero, a reasonable compromise such
that no one will have to see those ugly instance numbers if they have
an interface with only one PHY (most of them out there).
|
| 1.42 | 06-Aug-1998 |
thorpej | Completely rewrite the way media descriptions are represented. The same
data structure is used, but a much saner matching mechanism is used, one
which allows greater ease in adding new types.
Also, rewrite the way media words are displayed. The status display now
looks like this:
bishop:thorpej 137$ ifconfig -m fxp0
fxp0: flags=8843<UP,BROADCAST,RUNNING,SIMPLEX,MULTICAST> mtu 1500
media: Ethernet autoselect (10baseT)
status: active
supported media:
Ethernet autoselect
Ethernet 100baseTX <full-duplex>
Ethernet 100baseTX
Ethernet 10baseT <full-duplex>
Ethernet 10baseT
Ethernet 100baseTX <loopback>
inet 129.99.50.41 netmask 0xffffff00 broadcast 129.99.50.255
bishop:thorpej 138$
This makes it more clear which media type (e.g. Ethernet) is currently
in-use, handy for devices such as the TI ThunderLAN which can also have
both Ethernet and Token Ring PHYs attached.
|
| 1.41 | 05-Aug-1998 |
thorpej | Copyright assigned to The NetBSD Foundation, Inc.
|
| 1.40 | 01-Oct-1997 |
enami | Don't declare optind.
|
| 1.39 | 15-Sep-1997 |
lukem | * cleanup for WARNS=1
* deprecate register
* use .Nm correctly
|
| 1.38 | 08-Sep-1997 |
mrg | note that we have set ifflags so that we can reset them again after
setting the interface address. this is necessary as we may want to
configure an interface `down' by default, but, SIOCAIFADDR turns the
interface back on for us.
|
| 1.37 | 14-Jul-1997 |
is | ifr_metric vs. ifr_mtu: don't confuse people. Its a union anyway.
|
| 1.36 | 30-May-1997 |
lukem | Don't define the address of an interface to 0.0.0.0 if it's just being
brought "up" (without an address); don't give it an address at all.
From Koji Imada <koji@math.human.nagoya-u.ac.jp> in [bin/3477]
|
| 1.35 | 05-May-1997 |
thorpej | Force the ifaliasreq "addreq" to have 4-byte alignment, so that casting
one of its sockaddrs to a sockaddr_in doesn't cause an unaligned access
fault on the Alpha.
|
| 1.34 | 21-Apr-1997 |
lukem | Implemented two modifier flags for -a and -l: -d (only show "down" interfaces)
and -u (only show "up" interfaces)
|
| 1.33 | 10-Apr-1997 |
is | Add mtu n parameter. Part of code by Matthias Pfaller (PR 1648).
|
| 1.32 | 03-Apr-1997 |
christos | - netatalk additions
- KNF
- prototype fixes
- ifconfig -a now prints all the address family parameters for all configured
interfaces.
|
| 1.31 | 27-Mar-1997 |
thorpej | Add a "-l" flag, which lists available network interfaces, with no
additional information.
|
| 1.30 | 26-Mar-1997 |
thorpej | Print the station address of interfaces that have one. From
Matt Thomas <matt@3am-software.com>
|
| 1.29 | 25-Mar-1997 |
thorpej | Display the correct interface name in the event SIOCGIFMEDIA "succeeds"
but doesn't return any media types.
|
| 1.28 | 24-Mar-1997 |
thorpej | Fix a slight bogon in printing active/current media, from Matt Thomas.
|
| 1.27 | 18-Mar-1997 |
thorpej | Fix lookup_media_word() to properly distinguish between the "autoselect"
media type and error. (oops!)
|
| 1.26 | 18-Mar-1997 |
thorpej | Do that last change somewhat differently; We need to know the
currently selected media, and thus cannot allow E2BIG, since the
top-level kernel ioctl code won't perform the copyout of the
ifmediareq if it sees an "error".
|
| 1.25 | 18-Mar-1997 |
thorpej | Ignore E2BIG in domediaopt() like we do in setmedia(). Oversight pointed
out by Andrew Gallatin <gallatin@CS.Duke.EDU>.
|
| 1.24 | 17-Mar-1997 |
thorpej | Add support for BSD/OS-style media selection:
- new "media" keyword specified media to select:
ifconfig de0 media utp
- new "mediaopt/-mediaopt" keywords for setting/clearing
media options (such as full-duplex)
- new "-m" flag to display all supported media types for
a given interface.
Also, some generial cleanup of argument parsing while I was there.
Manual page updates from Jeremy Cooper <jeremy@netbsd.org>.
|
| 1.23 | 08-Sep-1996 |
mycroft | Update to match kernel changes.
|
| 1.22 | 04-Jan-1996 |
pk | branches: 1.22.4;
Agree with kernel on format of SIOCGIFCONF results.
|
| 1.21 | 08-Oct-1995 |
gwr | Add support for -DINET_ONLY to make this smaller in a ramdisk.
|
| 1.20 | 19-May-1995 |
mycroft | Use inet_aton(), not inet_addr(). Suggested by John Hawkinson.
|
| 1.19 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.18 | 21-Jan-1995 |
glass | fix usage message to include -a. fix command line handling for same
|
| 1.17 | 18-Dec-1994 |
cgd | spacing nit.
|
| 1.16 | 05-Dec-1994 |
cgd | more cleanups from Jim Jegers, passed over by me.
|
| 1.15 | 31-Oct-1994 |
cgd | ioctl types.
|
| 1.14 | 23-Sep-1994 |
mycroft | Eliminate uses of some obsolete functions.
|
| 1.13 | 23-Sep-1994 |
mycroft | Merge with 4.4-Lite version.
|
| 1.12 | 22-Jan-1994 |
cgd | (1) update usage info
(2) fix every instance of fprintf/exit except usage to use err()/errx()
(3) make netmask print out with a leading 0x, so that you can paste it back.
|
| 1.11 | 10-Dec-1993 |
cgd | add MULTICAST recognition
|
| 1.10 | 10-Dec-1993 |
cgd | LLC -> LINK, documentation
|
| 1.9 | 01-Aug-1993 |
mycroft | Add RCS identifiers.
|
| 1.8 | 09-Jun-1993 |
deraadt | removed aui/bnc hack from ifconfig. Use -llc0/llc0 instead.
|
| 1.7 | 06-Jun-1993 |
deraadt | fix ifconfig once again. multiple protocols really cooked hte code i wrote
before for -a.
|
| 1.6 | 21-May-1993 |
cgd | Remove ifdefs hiding ISO and XNS functionality
(from Havard Eidnes <Havard.Eidnes@runit.sintef.no>)
|
| 1.5 | 04-May-1993 |
deraadt | Added another sunos-ism: ifconfig -a
|
| 1.4 | 23-Mar-1993 |
cgd | changed "Id" to "Header" for rcsids
|
| 1.3 | 22-Mar-1993 |
cgd | added rcs ids to all files
|
| 1.2 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | after 0.2.2 "stable" patches applied
|
| 1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.2 | 23-Sep-1994 |
mycroft | Import original 4.4-Lite version.
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | initial import of 386bsd-0.1 sources
|
| 1.22.4.1 | 11-Dec-1996 |
mycroft | From trunk:
Eliminate SS_PRIV; instead, pass down a proc pointer to the usrreq methods
that need it.
Fix numerous memory leaks and bogus return values.
|
| 1.50.2.2 | 18-Jun-1999 |
perry | pullup 1.51->1.52 (thorpej)
|
| 1.50.2.1 | 18-Jun-1999 |
perry | pullup 1.50->1.51 (thorpej): Don't force "inet" on status display
|
| 1.58.4.1 | 27-Dec-1999 |
wrstuden | Pull up to last week's -current.
|
| 1.79.4.7 | 01-May-2001 |
he | Pull up revision 1.107 (via patch, requested by itojun):
Make ``-A'' the default, so that IPv4 aliases are printed.
Always print mac address.
|
| 1.79.4.6 | 26-Jan-2001 |
jhawk | Pull up revision 1.94 (requested by itojun):
Initialize an uninitialized pointer. PR11702.
|
| 1.79.4.5 | 31-Dec-2000 |
jhawk | Pull up revision 1.89 (requested by bouyer):
Add support for 802.1Q virtual LANs.
|
| 1.79.4.4 | 31-Dec-2000 |
jhawk | Pull up revision 1.81, 1.87 (requested by bouyer):
Support cloning of network pseudo-interfaces.
|
| 1.79.4.3 | 21-Jul-2000 |
onoe | Pullup 802.11 stuff (approved by jhawk)
- add support for nwkey to ifconfig
basesrc/sbin/ifconfig/ifconfig.c 1.88
basesrc/sbin/ifconfig/ifconfig.8 1.39
syssrc/sys/dev/ic/awi.c 1.26
syssrc/sys/dev/ic/awi_wep.c 1.3
syssrc/sys/dev/ic/awivar.h 1.12
syssrc/sys/dev/pcmcia/if_wi.c 1.26
syssrc/sys/net/if.c 1.69
syssrc/sys/net/if_ieee80211.h 1.5
|
| 1.79.4.2 | 21-Jul-2000 |
onoe | Pullups 802.11 stuff (approved by jhawk)
- allow non-string nwid settings
basesrc/sbin/ifconfig/ifconfig.c 1.82-1.86
basesrc/sbin/ifconfig/ifconfig.8 1.37
syssrc/sys/dev/ic/awi.c 1.21
syssrc/sys/dev/pcmcia/if_ray.c 1.21
syssrc/sys/dev/pcmcia/if_wi.c 1.23
syssrc/sys/dev/pcmcia/if_wivar.h 1.10
syssrc/sys/net/if_ieee80211.h 1.4
|
| 1.79.4.1 | 30-Jun-2000 |
thorpej | - Add `tunnel' and `deletetunnel' commands, which issue the ioctls
that gifconfig(8) would issue to configure tunnel endpoints. This
allows IP tunnel interfaces (`gif' right now, and `gre' later) to
be configured with ifconfig(8), and via /etc/ifconfig.<interface>.
Partially taken from similar changes in OpenBSD.
- Const poison the command functions a bit. We really need to clean
up the command function interface.
Rationale for pulling into netbsd-1-5 branch: While this looks like
a feature enhancement, it actually fixes a bug -- without this change
or a change in rc.d's network bring-up, it is not possible to configure
IP tunnels as a normal part of bringing up the network.
|
| 1.141.4.2 | 24-Jul-2005 |
snj | Pull up revision 1.147 via patch (requested by riz in ticket #5518):
Functions for converting media types to/from text are now in libutil.
|
| 1.141.4.1 | 24-Jul-2005 |
snj | Pull up revision 1.142 (requested by riz in ticket #5517):
The change in revision 1.38 (in 1997!) was wrong. If we don't want the kernel
to automatically bring up interfaces, then we should move that code into
ifconfig(8) and out of the kernel, not cycle the interface up and down. Fixes
PR 9400 -- ifconfig(8) was not working as documented.
|
| 1.152.2.2 | 14-Oct-2007 |
riz | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by msaitoh in ticket #1801):
sbin/ifconfig/ifconfig.c: revision 1.173 via patch
If the kernel does not set the interface up after we set an address,
do it explicitly, unless we (previously) set it down on user request
(i.e. "ifconfig <name> x.x.x.x down").
This will allow the network drivers to be "fixed" while keeping visible
behaviour the same. Part of fixing PR 30694.
|
| 1.152.2.1 | 24-Mar-2006 |
riz | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by rpaulo in ticket #1219):
sbin/ifconfig/ifconfig.c: revision 1.169
Added a new ifconfig flag, -h, allowing, in conjunction with -v, the display
of interface I/O bytes in human-format.
Reviewed by Christos Zoulas and Jason Thorpe.
|
| 1.180.6.1 | 27-Dec-2007 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.180.4.1 | 09-Jan-2008 |
matt | sync with HEAD
|
| 1.181.4.3 | 28-Sep-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.181.4.2 | 29-Jun-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.181.4.1 | 02-Jun-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.181.2.1 | 22-Feb-2008 |
keiichi | imported Mobile IPv6 code developed by the SHISA project
(http://www.mobileip.jp/).
|
| 1.184.2.3 | 17-Jun-2008 |
yamt | sync with head.
|
| 1.184.2.2 | 04-Jun-2008 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.184.2.1 | 18-May-2008 |
yamt | sync with head.
|
| 1.193.2.2 | 18-Sep-2008 |
wrstuden | Sync with wrstuden-revivesa-base-2.
|
| 1.193.2.1 | 23-Jun-2008 |
wrstuden | Sync w/ -current. 34 merge conflicts to follow.
|
| 1.213.2.2 | 03-May-2009 |
bouyer | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by dyoung in ticket #730):
sbin/ifconfig/af_link.c: revisions 1.4 - 1.6
sbin/ifconfig/util.h: revision 1.7
sbin/ifconfig/util.c: revisions 1.10, 1.11
lib/libc/net/getifaddrs.c: revision 1.12
lib/libc/net/getifaddrs.3: revision 1.10
sbin/ifconfig/ifconfig.c: revisions 1.216 - 1.218
Fix indentation: change spaces to tabs.
Use getnameinfo(3) to render a human-readable link-layer address in the
'address: ' line, just as we do in the 'link xx:xx:...:xx' line.
There's no use casting a socket address to sockaddr_dl, only to cast it
back to sockaddr, so don't do it.
Cosmetic: add some whitespace for my ease of reading.
To make sure that we always print the active link-layer address in the
'address: ' field, don't treat the first address as the active address,
but search the link-layer addresses for the ones flagged IFLR_ACTIVE,
and print those. Extract a subroutine, print_link_addresses(), for
printing link-layer addresses.
For non-AF_LINK ifaddrs, ifa_data is NULL. AFAICT, this has always been
so. Say so in the documentation.
Bring getifaddrs(3) behavior in line with the documentation: the
ifa_data member of every AF_LINK struct ifaddrs points at the
corresponding struct if_data. In ifconfig(8), do not try to suppress
duplicate AF_LINK ifaddrs by checking for a NULL ifa_data.
Don't copy out two AF_LINK struct ifaddrs for each active link-layer
address. getifaddrs(3) used to copy out one ifaddrs for the kernel's
RTM_IFINFO message, and one more for the kernel's RTM_NEWADDR message.
I suppress the first duplicate with a highly conservative change that
wastes a little bit of ifaddrs storage. The storage is not leaked.
|
| 1.213.2.1 | 04-Apr-2009 |
snj | branches: 1.213.2.1.4;
Pull up following revision(s) (requested by plunky in ticket #665):
sbin/ifconfig/ifconfig.c: revision 1.215
Because the IFF_NOARP flag is a negative option it needs to be negated
when being applied from the "arp" option which itself is positive.
problem demonstrated by
# ifconfig tap3 create
# ifconfig tap3
tap3: flags=8802<BROADCAST,SIMPLEX,MULTICAST> mtu 1500
address: f2:0b:a4:7f:44:03
media: Ethernet autoselect
# ifconfig tap3 arp
# ifconfig tap3
tap3: flags=8882<BROADCAST,NOARP,SIMPLEX,MULTICAST> mtu 1500
address: f2:0b:a4:7f:44:03
media: Ethernet autoselect
# ifconfig tap3 -arp
# ifconfig tap3
tap3: flags=8802<BROADCAST,SIMPLEX,MULTICAST> mtu 1500
address: f2:0b:a4:7f:44:03
media: Ethernet autoselect
# ifconfig tap3 destroy
#
|
| 1.213.2.1.4.1 | 21-Apr-2010 |
matt | sync to netbsd-5
|
| 1.214.2.1 | 13-May-2009 |
jym | Sync with HEAD.
Third (and last) commit. See http://mail-index.netbsd.org/source-changes/2009/05/13/msg221222.html
|
| 1.226.2.3 | 22-May-2014 |
yamt | sync with head.
for a reference, the tree before this commit was tagged
as yamt-pagecache-tag8.
this commit was splitted into small chunks to avoid
a limitation of cvs. ("Protocol error: too many arguments")
|
| 1.226.2.2 | 16-Jan-2013 |
yamt | sync with (a bit old) head
|
| 1.226.2.1 | 17-Apr-2012 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.227.6.3 | 20-Aug-2014 |
tls | Rebase to HEAD as of a few days ago.
|
| 1.227.6.2 | 25-Feb-2013 |
tls | resync with head
|
| 1.227.6.1 | 20-Nov-2012 |
tls | Resync to 2012-11-19 00:00:00 UTC
|
| 1.236.16.3 | 13-Apr-2020 |
martin | Mostly merge changes from HEAD upto 20200411
|
| 1.236.16.2 | 08-Apr-2020 |
martin | Merge changes from current as of 20200406
|
| 1.236.16.1 | 10-Jun-2019 |
christos | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.236.14.2 | 26-Dec-2018 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD, resolve a few conflicts
|
| 1.236.14.1 | 26-Nov-2018 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD, resolve a couple of conflicts
|
| 1.249.2.1 | 24-Aug-2024 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by ozaki-r in ticket #811):
tests/net/if_shmif/t_shmif.sh: revision 1.1
sbin/ifconfig/ifconfig.c: revision 1.251
sbin/ifconfig/ifconfig.8: revision 1.130
sys/rump/net/lib/libshmif/if_shmem.c: revision 1.85
sys/rump/net/lib/libshmif/if_shmem.c: revision 1.86
sys/rump/net/lib/libshmif/if_shmem.c: revision 1.87
etc/mtree/NetBSD.dist.tests: revision 1.206
distrib/sets/lists/tests/mi: revision 1.1333
tests/net/if_shmif/Makefile: revision 1.1
tests/net/Makefile: revision 1.42
shmif: change behaviors about link states
- Change the link state to UP on ifconfig linkstr
- This behavior emulates physical devices
- Change the link state to UNKNOWN on ifconfig -linkstr just in case
- Reject sending/receiving packets if the link state is DOWN
- Permit to send/receive packets on UNKNOWN, which is required
to unbreak some ATF tests written in C
shmif: support media
It enables to link-down shmif by ifconfig media none and link-up
again by media auto.
ifconfig: show link state on -v
We could guess it through "media" or "status" output, however, we
sometimes want to know it directly for debugging or testing.
It is shown only if the -v option is specified.
tests: add tests for shmif
The test file is placed under tests/net, not tests/rump/rumpnet,
to leverage utility functions provided for tests in there.
shmem(4): Fix typo in comment: AFT -> ATF.
Also fix grammar (if I understood correctly what this meant: rump
servers written in C, rather than set up via shell scripts around
rump_server invoking ifconfig).
No functional change intended.
|
| 1.250.2.1 | 02-Aug-2025 |
perseant | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.1 | 13-Dec-2010 |
pooka | Convert from the .ifdef RUMP_ACTION stuff to RUMPPRG.
|
| 1.1 | 13-Dec-2010 |
pooka | Convert from the .ifdef RUMP_ACTION stuff to RUMPPRG.
|
| 1.2 | 19-Sep-2025 |
knakahara | ifconfig(8): show missing l2tp-state of l2tp(4).
|
| 1.1 | 16-Feb-2017 |
knakahara | branches: 1.1.2; 1.1.4;
add l2tp(4) subcomands to ifconfig(8).
originally implemented by IIJ SEIL team.
|
| 1.1.4.2 | 21-Apr-2017 |
bouyer | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.1.4.1 | 16-Feb-2017 |
bouyer | file l2tp.c was added on branch bouyer-socketcan on 2017-04-21 16:53:13 +0000
|
| 1.1.2.2 | 20-Mar-2017 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.1.2.1 | 16-Feb-2017 |
pgoyette | file l2tp.c was added on branch pgoyette-localcount on 2017-03-20 06:57:02 +0000
|
| 1.8 | 09-Apr-2024 |
yamaguchi | lagg(4): allocate memory for struct lagg_req by calloc(3)
to fix build error on clang
|
| 1.7 | 08-Apr-2024 |
yamaguchi | lagg(4): fix missing initialization of the number of array
pointed out by martin@, thanks.
|
| 1.6 | 04-Apr-2024 |
yamaguchi | ifconfig: remove optional space
|
| 1.5 | 04-Apr-2024 |
yamaguchi | lagg(4): use flexible array member
|
| 1.4 | 06-Dec-2023 |
yamaguchi | Fix "ifconfig lagg* lagglacp -maxports" command
This command clears the setting of the maximum number of
lacp active ports. The command was accepted but it did not
work until this change.
|
| 1.3 | 31-Mar-2022 |
yamaguchi | branches: 1.3.2;
Change error code to ENOBUFS on lack of buffer memory
pointed out by k-goda@IIJ
|
| 1.2 | 21-Jun-2021 |
christos | fix proplib deprecation
|
| 1.1 | 17-May-2021 |
yamaguchi | branches: 1.1.2;
Add a new link-aggregation pseudo interface named lagg(4)
- FreeBSD's lagg(4) based implementation
- MP-safe and MP-scalable
|
| 1.1.2.2 | 31-May-2021 |
cjep | sync with head
|
| 1.1.2.1 | 17-May-2021 |
cjep | file lagg.c was added on branch cjep_staticlib_x on 2021-05-31 22:15:08 +0000
|
| 1.3.2.1 | 12-Dec-2023 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by yamaguchi in ticket #491):
sys/net/lagg/if_lagg.c: revision 1.56
sys/net/lagg/if_lagg.c: revision 1.57
sbin/ifconfig/lagg.c: revision 1.4
lagg(4): use sadl for lagg(4) configured by a user
lagg(4): eliminate unnecessary reset by the change of if_flags
Fix "ifconfig lagg* lagglacp -maxports" command
This command clears the setting of the maximum number of
lacp active ports. The command was accepted but it did not
work until this change.
|
| 1.14 | 04-Apr-2022 |
andvar | fix various typos, mainly in comments.
|
| 1.13 | 14-Oct-2020 |
roy | ifconfig: go back to using direct ioctls rather than data from getifaddrs
AF_LINK may not be the first address returned for the interface.
Technically, it *might* not even exist on the interface even though
other families do.
This is likely a driver bug if this really is the case though.
As such it's just easier to use direct ioctls rather than thump around
getifaddrs results. As it stands, the code makes a lot of getifaddrs
calls anyway, so an extra ioctl or two won't break the bank.
|
| 1.12 | 05-Oct-2020 |
roy | Minor correction to prior
|
| 1.11 | 05-Oct-2020 |
roy | ifconfig: Warn once more if media supported but no types
This reverts media.c -r1.7
|
| 1.10 | 22-Sep-2020 |
roy | ifconfig: Report link state even if media is not supported
For AF_LINK addrs from getifaddrs(2), ifa_data is struct if_data.
This in turn holds ifi_link_state which we can use to report
link status if the interface does not support media where it's normally
reported.
Based on OpenBSD.
|
| 1.9 | 07-Jun-2020 |
thorpej | Update for proplib(3) API changes.
|
| 1.8 | 22-Apr-2019 |
msaitoh | Suggested by Christos:
- Dont' cast malloc()'s return value.
- Use calloc() instead of malloc().
|
| 1.7 | 14-Sep-2016 |
roy | branches: 1.7.14;
Don't bail if SIOGIFMEDIA doesn't return any media lists because we
can still report link status.
|
| 1.6 | 29-Aug-2011 |
joerg | branches: 1.6.24;
Use __dead
|
| 1.5 | 13-Dec-2010 |
pooka | Convert from the .ifdef RUMP_ACTION stuff to RUMPPRG.
|
| 1.4 | 01-Jul-2010 |
dyoung | Add to the string parse object (pstr), and its constructors, a flag that
tells whether it should detect and convert to binary a hexadecimal octet
string of the form 0x0123ABab, or leave those strings undecoded.
If the argument for a 'media', 'mediamode', 'mediaopt', '-mediaopt',
'nwkey', or 'bssid' keyword is a hexadecimal octet string, do not detect
and decode it. (Note that setifnwkey decodes hexadecimal strings on its
own.)
This fixes a bug noticed by Jim Miller where the trailing zero-octets
were discarded from hexadecimal octet-string arguments for 'nwkey'.
|
| 1.3 | 15-Jul-2008 |
dyoung | branches: 1.3.2; 1.3.4;
Cosmetic: s/xenv/oenv/
|
| 1.2 | 15-Jul-2008 |
dyoung | Only describe flags -L and -m in the usage if they are available.
That helps me get rid of some conditional compilation (INET6) in
ifconfig.
Let each protocol/feature-module print its own usage, so that the
ifconfig usage reflects the modules that are actually compiled-in.
Write usage information for carp(4) options.
|
| 1.1 | 02-Jul-2008 |
dyoung | Let us add/remove features from ifconfig, such as support for
various address families (inet, inet6, iso, atalk) and protocols
(802.11, 802.3ad, CARP), simply by trimming the list of sources in
the Makefile. This helps one customize ifconfig for an embedded
device or for install media, and it eliminates a lot of grotty
#ifdef'age. Now, the ifconfig syntax and semantics are finalized
at run-time using the constructor routines in each address-family/protocol
module.
(In principle, ifconfig could load virtually all of its syntax from
shared objects.)
Extract a lot of common code into subroutines, in order to shrink
the ifconfig binary a bit. Make all of the address families share
code for address addition/replacement/removal, and delete "legacy"
code for manipulating addresses. That may have broken atalk and
iso, despite my best efforts.
Extract an include file, Makefile.inc, containing the make-fu that
both ifconfig and x_ifconfig share.
Sprinkle static. Change some int's to bool's. Constify.
Add RCS Ids to carp.c and env.c. Move media code to a new file,
media.c. Delete several unneeded header files.
Set, reset, and display the IEEE 802.11 attribute, 'dot11RTSThreshold'.
Bug fix: do not require both a interface address and a destination
address for point-to-point interfaces, but accept a interface
address by itself.
|
| 1.3.4.2 | 28-Sep-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.3.4.1 | 15-Jul-2008 |
mjf | file media.c was added on branch mjf-devfs2 on 2008-09-28 11:17:11 +0000
|
| 1.3.2.2 | 18-Sep-2008 |
wrstuden | Sync with wrstuden-revivesa-base-2.
|
| 1.3.2.1 | 15-Jul-2008 |
wrstuden | file media.c was added on branch wrstuden-revivesa on 2008-09-18 04:28:25 +0000
|
| 1.6.24.1 | 04-Nov-2016 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.7.14.1 | 10-Jun-2019 |
christos | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.3 | 14-Oct-2020 |
roy | ifconfig: go back to using direct ioctls rather than data from getifaddrs
AF_LINK may not be the first address returned for the interface.
Technically, it *might* not even exist on the interface even though
other families do.
This is likely a driver bug if this really is the case though.
As such it's just easier to use direct ioctls rather than thump around
getifaddrs results. As it stands, the code makes a lot of getifaddrs
calls anyway, so an extra ioctl or two won't break the bank.
|
| 1.2 | 22-Sep-2020 |
roy | ifconfig: Report link state even if media is not supported
For AF_LINK addrs from getifaddrs(2), ifa_data is struct if_data.
This in turn holds ifi_link_state which we can use to report
link status if the interface does not support media where it's normally
reported.
Based on OpenBSD.
|
| 1.1 | 02-Jul-2008 |
dyoung | branches: 1.1.2; 1.1.4;
Let us add/remove features from ifconfig, such as support for
various address families (inet, inet6, iso, atalk) and protocols
(802.11, 802.3ad, CARP), simply by trimming the list of sources in
the Makefile. This helps one customize ifconfig for an embedded
device or for install media, and it eliminates a lot of grotty
#ifdef'age. Now, the ifconfig syntax and semantics are finalized
at run-time using the constructor routines in each address-family/protocol
module.
(In principle, ifconfig could load virtually all of its syntax from
shared objects.)
Extract a lot of common code into subroutines, in order to shrink
the ifconfig binary a bit. Make all of the address families share
code for address addition/replacement/removal, and delete "legacy"
code for manipulating addresses. That may have broken atalk and
iso, despite my best efforts.
Extract an include file, Makefile.inc, containing the make-fu that
both ifconfig and x_ifconfig share.
Sprinkle static. Change some int's to bool's. Constify.
Add RCS Ids to carp.c and env.c. Move media code to a new file,
media.c. Delete several unneeded header files.
Set, reset, and display the IEEE 802.11 attribute, 'dot11RTSThreshold'.
Bug fix: do not require both a interface address and a destination
address for point-to-point interfaces, but accept a interface
address by itself.
|
| 1.1.4.2 | 28-Sep-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.1.4.1 | 02-Jul-2008 |
mjf | file media.h was added on branch mjf-devfs2 on 2008-09-28 11:17:12 +0000
|
| 1.1.2.2 | 18-Sep-2008 |
wrstuden | Sync with wrstuden-revivesa-base-2.
|
| 1.1.2.1 | 02-Jul-2008 |
wrstuden | file media.h was added on branch wrstuden-revivesa on 2008-09-18 04:28:25 +0000
|
| 1.20 | 07-Jun-2020 |
thorpej | Update for proplib(3) API changes.
|
| 1.19 | 16-Aug-2019 |
msaitoh | Whitespace fix.
|
| 1.18 | 17-Jul-2013 |
christos | branches: 1.18.28;
print the next parser name instead of just the pointer in debugging.
|
| 1.17 | 01-Mar-2013 |
joerg | Retire OSI network stack. OK core@
|
| 1.16 | 01-Jul-2010 |
dyoung | branches: 1.16.6; 1.16.12;
Add to the string parse object (pstr), and its constructors, a flag that
tells whether it should detect and convert to binary a hexadecimal octet
string of the form 0x0123ABab, or leave those strings undecoded.
If the argument for a 'media', 'mediamode', 'mediaopt', '-mediaopt',
'nwkey', or 'bssid' keyword is a hexadecimal octet string, do not detect
and decode it. (Note that setifnwkey decodes hexadecimal strings on its
own.)
This fixes a bug noticed by Jim Miller where the trailing zero-octets
were discarded from hexadecimal octet-string arguments for 'nwkey'.
|
| 1.15 | 20-Apr-2010 |
plunky | C99 says that offsetof() expands to a constant expresssion, so we
can't use variable array index in there. Do the calculation manually
for C99 compilers (pcc)
|
| 1.14 | 28-Jul-2009 |
dyoung | Both carp.c and vlan.c expect for a keyword with a KW_T_STR-type
value to put a prop_string_t into the environment, but the keyword
parser put a prop_data_t into the environment, instead. That broke
the -vlanif and -carpdev keywords and defied developer expectations.
Let's put a prop_string_t into the environment.
Thanks to Arnaud Degroote for reporting the problem.
|
| 1.13 | 18-Jan-2009 |
lukem | fix -Wsign-compare issues
|
| 1.12 | 01-Aug-2008 |
dyoung | branches: 1.12.2; 1.12.4; 1.12.6;
Extract common code. Create subroutine paddr_prefix_size().
|
| 1.11 | 01-Aug-2008 |
dyoung | Always initialize the union of sockaddrs. I used to initialize it
only in the AF_UNSPEC/AF_INET/AF_INET6 cases. Maybe this will fix
the AF_APPLETALK problem that is@ reports:
random84# ifconfig nfe0 atalk 3.14
ifconfig: SIOCAIFADDR: Invalid argument
|
| 1.10 | 15-Jul-2008 |
dyoung | Cosmetic: s/xenv/oenv/
|
| 1.9 | 02-Jul-2008 |
dyoung | Let us add/remove features from ifconfig, such as support for
various address families (inet, inet6, iso, atalk) and protocols
(802.11, 802.3ad, CARP), simply by trimming the list of sources in
the Makefile. This helps one customize ifconfig for an embedded
device or for install media, and it eliminates a lot of grotty
#ifdef'age. Now, the ifconfig syntax and semantics are finalized
at run-time using the constructor routines in each address-family/protocol
module.
(In principle, ifconfig could load virtually all of its syntax from
shared objects.)
Extract a lot of common code into subroutines, in order to shrink
the ifconfig binary a bit. Make all of the address families share
code for address addition/replacement/removal, and delete "legacy"
code for manipulating addresses. That may have broken atalk and
iso, despite my best efforts.
Extract an include file, Makefile.inc, containing the make-fu that
both ifconfig and x_ifconfig share.
Sprinkle static. Change some int's to bool's. Constify.
Add RCS Ids to carp.c and env.c. Move media code to a new file,
media.c. Delete several unneeded header files.
Set, reset, and display the IEEE 802.11 attribute, 'dot11RTSThreshold'.
Bug fix: do not require both a interface address and a destination
address for point-to-point interfaces, but accept a interface
address by itself.
|
| 1.8 | 19-May-2008 |
dyoung | branches: 1.8.2;
Fix two bugs:
1 Let us associate a keyword with either a signed or an unsigned
number. Associate the '-chan' keyword with an unsigned number.
This fixes the defect that crashed 'ifconfig wi0 -chan', reported
by Michael van Elst.
2 Do not try to interpret names as ISO addresses unless the ISO
address family was specified. iso_addr(3) does not report errors,
so it appears to interpret *everything* as an ISO address. This
is a stopgap fix for the defect in 'ifconfig lo0 inet6' on a
!INET6 kernel that deletes the first IPv4 address on lo0.
(Reported by Scott Ellis.)
|
| 1.7 | 12-May-2008 |
dyoung | branches: 1.7.2;
Fix link-layer address parsing. Add debug statements.
Cosmetic: fix copyright whitespace.
|
| 1.6 | 12-May-2008 |
dyoung | Add code for parsing link-layer addresses of the form xx:xx:...:xx.
|
| 1.5 | 09-May-2008 |
dyoung | In address, integer, string parsers, gracefully handle a missing
token.
|
| 1.4 | 07-May-2008 |
dyoung | Fix a bug that I introduced in rev 1.88, where the default IPv6
prefix length changed from 64 to 128. While I am here, allow an
address to be given with prefix length /0, but interpret it as
/128.
|
| 1.3 | 06-May-2008 |
dyoung | branches: 1.3.2;
Use prop_dictionary_util(3).
|
| 1.2 | 06-May-2008 |
dyoung | Add a license.
|
| 1.1 | 06-May-2008 |
dyoung | Overhaul ifconfig. Use fewer global variables. Take a leap toward
improved modularity and extensibility.
In the new architecture, a directed graph of argument-matching
objects (match objects) expresses the set of feasible ifconfig
statements. Match objects are labelled by subroutines that provide
the statement semantics.
Many IPv4, IPv6, 802.11, tunnel, and media configurations have been
tested.
AppleTalk, ISO, carp(4), agr(4), and vlan(4) configuration need
testing.
|
| 1.3.2.2 | 18-Sep-2008 |
wrstuden | Sync with wrstuden-revivesa-base-2.
|
| 1.3.2.1 | 23-Jun-2008 |
wrstuden | Sync w/ -current. 34 merge conflicts to follow.
|
| 1.7.2.3 | 04-Jun-2008 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.7.2.2 | 18-May-2008 |
yamt | sync with head.
|
| 1.7.2.1 | 12-May-2008 |
yamt | file parse.c was added on branch yamt-pf42 on 2008-05-18 12:30:53 +0000
|
| 1.8.2.3 | 28-Sep-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.8.2.2 | 02-Jun-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.8.2.1 | 19-May-2008 |
mjf | file parse.c was added on branch mjf-devfs2 on 2008-06-02 13:21:22 +0000
|
| 1.12.6.1 | 21-Apr-2010 |
matt | sync to netbsd-5
|
| 1.12.4.1 | 14-Aug-2009 |
snj | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by dyoung in ticket #878):
sbin/ifconfig/parse.c: revision 1.14
Both carp.c and vlan.c expect for a keyword with a KW_T_STR-type
value to put a prop_string_t into the environment, but the keyword
parser put a prop_data_t into the environment, instead. That broke
the -vlanif and -carpdev keywords and defied developer expectations.
Let's put a prop_string_t into the environment.
Thanks to Arnaud Degroote for reporting the problem.
|
| 1.12.2.1 | 14-Aug-2009 |
snj | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by dyoung in ticket #878):
sbin/ifconfig/parse.c: revision 1.14
Both carp.c and vlan.c expect for a keyword with a KW_T_STR-type
value to put a prop_string_t into the environment, but the keyword
parser put a prop_data_t into the environment, instead. That broke
the -vlanif and -carpdev keywords and defied developer expectations.
Let's put a prop_string_t into the environment.
Thanks to Arnaud Degroote for reporting the problem.
|
| 1.16.12.2 | 20-Aug-2014 |
tls | Rebase to HEAD as of a few days ago.
|
| 1.16.12.1 | 23-Jun-2013 |
tls | resync from head
|
| 1.16.6.1 | 22-May-2014 |
yamt | sync with head.
for a reference, the tree before this commit was tagged
as yamt-pagecache-tag8.
this commit was splitted into small chunks to avoid
a limitation of cvs. ("Protocol error: too many arguments")
|
| 1.18.28.1 | 13-Apr-2020 |
martin | Mostly merge changes from HEAD upto 20200411
|
| 1.9 | 16-Aug-2019 |
msaitoh | Whitespace fix.
|
| 1.8 | 30-Jun-2019 |
sevan | Add rcsid
|
| 1.7 | 01-Jul-2010 |
dyoung | branches: 1.7.46;
Add to the string parse object (pstr), and its constructors, a flag that
tells whether it should detect and convert to binary a hexadecimal octet
string of the form 0x0123ABab, or leave those strings undecoded.
If the argument for a 'media', 'mediamode', 'mediaopt', '-mediaopt',
'nwkey', or 'bssid' keyword is a hexadecimal octet string, do not detect
and decode it. (Note that setifnwkey decodes hexadecimal strings on its
own.)
This fixes a bug noticed by Jim Miller where the trailing zero-octets
were discarded from hexadecimal octet-string arguments for 'nwkey'.
|
| 1.6 | 01-Aug-2008 |
dyoung | Extract common code. Create subroutine paddr_prefix_size().
|
| 1.5 | 02-Jul-2008 |
dyoung | Let us add/remove features from ifconfig, such as support for
various address families (inet, inet6, iso, atalk) and protocols
(802.11, 802.3ad, CARP), simply by trimming the list of sources in
the Makefile. This helps one customize ifconfig for an embedded
device or for install media, and it eliminates a lot of grotty
#ifdef'age. Now, the ifconfig syntax and semantics are finalized
at run-time using the constructor routines in each address-family/protocol
module.
(In principle, ifconfig could load virtually all of its syntax from
shared objects.)
Extract a lot of common code into subroutines, in order to shrink
the ifconfig binary a bit. Make all of the address families share
code for address addition/replacement/removal, and delete "legacy"
code for manipulating addresses. That may have broken atalk and
iso, despite my best efforts.
Extract an include file, Makefile.inc, containing the make-fu that
both ifconfig and x_ifconfig share.
Sprinkle static. Change some int's to bool's. Constify.
Add RCS Ids to carp.c and env.c. Move media code to a new file,
media.c. Delete several unneeded header files.
Set, reset, and display the IEEE 802.11 attribute, 'dot11RTSThreshold'.
Bug fix: do not require both a interface address and a destination
address for point-to-point interfaces, but accept a interface
address by itself.
|
| 1.4 | 19-May-2008 |
dyoung | branches: 1.4.2;
Fix two bugs:
1 Let us associate a keyword with either a signed or an unsigned
number. Associate the '-chan' keyword with an unsigned number.
This fixes the defect that crashed 'ifconfig wi0 -chan', reported
by Michael van Elst.
2 Do not try to interpret names as ISO addresses unless the ISO
address family was specified. iso_addr(3) does not report errors,
so it appears to interpret *everything* as an ISO address. This
is a stopgap fix for the defect in 'ifconfig lo0 inet6' on a
!INET6 kernel that deletes the first IPv4 address on lo0.
(Reported by Scott Ellis.)
|
| 1.3 | 07-May-2008 |
dyoung | branches: 1.3.2;
Move IPv6 syntax to af_inet6.c from ifconfig.c. Move IFKW() macro
from ifconfig.c to parse.h for reuse.
|
| 1.2 | 07-May-2008 |
dyoung | Fix a bug that I introduced in rev 1.88, where the default IPv6
prefix length changed from 64 to 128. While I am here, allow an
address to be given with prefix length /0, but interpret it as
/128.
|
| 1.1 | 06-May-2008 |
dyoung | branches: 1.1.2;
Overhaul ifconfig. Use fewer global variables. Take a leap toward
improved modularity and extensibility.
In the new architecture, a directed graph of argument-matching
objects (match objects) expresses the set of feasible ifconfig
statements. Match objects are labelled by subroutines that provide
the statement semantics.
Many IPv4, IPv6, 802.11, tunnel, and media configurations have been
tested.
AppleTalk, ISO, carp(4), agr(4), and vlan(4) configuration need
testing.
|
| 1.1.2.2 | 18-Sep-2008 |
wrstuden | Sync with wrstuden-revivesa-base-2.
|
| 1.1.2.1 | 23-Jun-2008 |
wrstuden | Sync w/ -current. 34 merge conflicts to follow.
|
| 1.3.2.3 | 04-Jun-2008 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.3.2.2 | 18-May-2008 |
yamt | sync with head.
|
| 1.3.2.1 | 07-May-2008 |
yamt | file parse.h was added on branch yamt-pf42 on 2008-05-18 12:30:53 +0000
|
| 1.4.2.3 | 28-Sep-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.4.2.2 | 02-Jun-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.4.2.1 | 19-May-2008 |
mjf | file parse.h was added on branch mjf-devfs2 on 2008-06-02 13:21:22 +0000
|
| 1.7.46.1 | 13-Apr-2020 |
martin | Mostly merge changes from HEAD upto 20200411
|
| 1.4 | 21-Jun-2021 |
christos | fix proplib deprecation
|
| 1.3 | 07-Jun-2020 |
thorpej | Update for proplib(3) API changes.
|
| 1.2 | 16-Aug-2019 |
msaitoh | Whitespace fix.
|
| 1.1 | 14-Sep-2009 |
degroote | branches: 1.1.46;
Import pfsync support from OpenBSD 4.2
Pfsync interface exposes change in the pf(4) over a pseudo-interface, and can
be used to synchronise different pf.
This work was part of my 2009 GSoC
No objection on tech-net@
|
| 1.1.46.1 | 13-Apr-2020 |
martin | Mostly merge changes from HEAD upto 20200411
|
| 1.3 | 13-Dec-2010 |
pooka | use crunchops for crunchables
|
| 1.2 | 13-Dec-2010 |
njoly | op_read return value is a ssize_t, not an int.
|
| 1.1 | 13-Dec-2010 |
pooka | Convert from the .ifdef RUMP_ACTION stuff to RUMPPRG.
|
| 1.22 | 07-Jun-2020 |
thorpej | Update for proplib(3) API changes.
|
| 1.21 | 16-Aug-2019 |
msaitoh | Whitespace fix.
|
| 1.20 | 19-Oct-2013 |
christos | branches: 1.20.26;
use correct function
|
| 1.19 | 19-Oct-2013 |
christos | use symbolic flags
|
| 1.18 | 19-Oct-2013 |
christos | use the new scopeid functions
|
| 1.17 | 07-Aug-2009 |
dyoung | branches: 1.17.6; 1.17.12;
Add option -N. -N is just the opposite of option -n in netstat(8)
or route(8): it tells ifconfig(8) to try to resolve numbers to
hosts and service names.
This default ifconfig behavior stays the same as it always was.
|
| 1.16 | 15-Jul-2008 |
dyoung | Cosmetic: s/xenv/oenv/
|
| 1.15 | 15-Jul-2008 |
dyoung | Only describe flags -L and -m in the usage if they are available.
That helps me get rid of some conditional compilation (INET6) in
ifconfig.
Let each protocol/feature-module print its own usage, so that the
ifconfig usage reflects the modules that are actually compiled-in.
Write usage information for carp(4) options.
|
| 1.14 | 02-Jul-2008 |
dyoung | Let us add/remove features from ifconfig, such as support for
various address families (inet, inet6, iso, atalk) and protocols
(802.11, 802.3ad, CARP), simply by trimming the list of sources in
the Makefile. This helps one customize ifconfig for an embedded
device or for install media, and it eliminates a lot of grotty
#ifdef'age. Now, the ifconfig syntax and semantics are finalized
at run-time using the constructor routines in each address-family/protocol
module.
(In principle, ifconfig could load virtually all of its syntax from
shared objects.)
Extract a lot of common code into subroutines, in order to shrink
the ifconfig binary a bit. Make all of the address families share
code for address addition/replacement/removal, and delete "legacy"
code for manipulating addresses. That may have broken atalk and
iso, despite my best efforts.
Extract an include file, Makefile.inc, containing the make-fu that
both ifconfig and x_ifconfig share.
Sprinkle static. Change some int's to bool's. Constify.
Add RCS Ids to carp.c and env.c. Move media code to a new file,
media.c. Delete several unneeded header files.
Set, reset, and display the IEEE 802.11 attribute, 'dot11RTSThreshold'.
Bug fix: do not require both a interface address and a destination
address for point-to-point interfaces, but accept a interface
address by itself.
|
| 1.13 | 07-May-2008 |
dyoung | Factor out common code, creating direct_ioctl() and indirect_ioctl()
for the two most prevalent styles of ioctl(2) calls in ifconfig(8).
|
| 1.12 | 07-May-2008 |
dyoung | Move tunnel syntax into tunnel.c. Move net80211 'list' command
syntax into ieee80211.c.
|
| 1.11 | 06-May-2008 |
dyoung | branches: 1.11.2;
Use prop_dictionary_util(3) some more.
When we read interface flags and capabilities from the kernel, take
care not to record them in our current environment (env), but record
them in the output environment (oenv), instead. This helps us get
interface capabilities and flags right.
|
| 1.10 | 06-May-2008 |
dyoung | Overhaul ifconfig. Use fewer global variables. Take a leap toward
improved modularity and extensibility.
In the new architecture, a directed graph of argument-matching
objects (match objects) expresses the set of feasible ifconfig
statements. Match objects are labelled by subroutines that provide
the statement semantics.
Many IPv4, IPv6, 802.11, tunnel, and media configurations have been
tested.
AppleTalk, ISO, carp(4), agr(4), and vlan(4) configuration need
testing.
|
| 1.9 | 26-Mar-2007 |
dyoung | branches: 1.9.12; 1.9.14;
Don't try to convert numbers to names for either endpoint of a
tunnel. In this way, ifconfig will avoid emitting something
abominable like this:
tunnel 192.168.1.1,mdns --> 192.168.1.2,kazaa
|
| 1.8 | 31-Aug-2006 |
dyoung | Add a mode to gre(4) that sends GRE tunnel packets in UDP datagrams.
Fix MOBILE encapsulation. Add many debugging printfs (mainly
concerning UDP mode). Clean up the gre(4) code a bit. Add the
capability to setup UDP tunnels to ifconfig. Update documentation.
In UDP mode, gre(4) puts a GRE header onto transmitted packets,
and hands them to a UDP socket for transmission. That is, the
encapsulation looks like this: IP+UDP+GRE+encapsulated packet.
There are two ways to set up a UDP tunnel. One way is to tell the
source and destination IP+port to gre(4), and let gre(4) create
the socket. The other way to create a UDP tunnel is for userland
to "delegate" a UDP socket to the kernel.
|
| 1.7 | 26-Aug-2006 |
christos | Programs that use efun.
|
| 1.6 | 16-Jun-2006 |
elad | fix incorrect usage of strncpy() to (an internal implementation of)
estrlcpy().
okay christos
|
| 1.5 | 20-Mar-2005 |
thorpej | Split IPv6 support out into its own file.
|
| 1.4 | 19-Mar-2005 |
thorpej | const'ify afswtch
|
| 1.3 | 19-Mar-2005 |
thorpej | Don't hare-code inet/inet6 in tunnel_status(), lookup the address family
name instead.
|
| 1.2 | 19-Mar-2005 |
yamt | make this compilable with USE_INET6=no.
|
| 1.1 | 19-Mar-2005 |
thorpej | Split tunnel support into its own file.
|
| 1.9.14.1 | 18-May-2008 |
yamt | sync with head.
|
| 1.9.12.2 | 28-Sep-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.9.12.1 | 02-Jun-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.11.2.2 | 18-Sep-2008 |
wrstuden | Sync with wrstuden-revivesa-base-2.
|
| 1.11.2.1 | 23-Jun-2008 |
wrstuden | Sync w/ -current. 34 merge conflicts to follow.
|
| 1.17.12.1 | 20-Aug-2014 |
tls | Rebase to HEAD as of a few days ago.
|
| 1.17.6.1 | 22-May-2014 |
yamt | sync with head.
for a reference, the tree before this commit was tagged
as yamt-pagecache-tag8.
this commit was splitted into small chunks to avoid
a limitation of cvs. ("Protocol error: too many arguments")
|
| 1.20.26.1 | 13-Apr-2020 |
martin | Mostly merge changes from HEAD upto 20200411
|
| 1.5 | 02-Jul-2008 |
dyoung | Let us add/remove features from ifconfig, such as support for
various address families (inet, inet6, iso, atalk) and protocols
(802.11, 802.3ad, CARP), simply by trimming the list of sources in
the Makefile. This helps one customize ifconfig for an embedded
device or for install media, and it eliminates a lot of grotty
#ifdef'age. Now, the ifconfig syntax and semantics are finalized
at run-time using the constructor routines in each address-family/protocol
module.
(In principle, ifconfig could load virtually all of its syntax from
shared objects.)
Extract a lot of common code into subroutines, in order to shrink
the ifconfig binary a bit. Make all of the address families share
code for address addition/replacement/removal, and delete "legacy"
code for manipulating addresses. That may have broken atalk and
iso, despite my best efforts.
Extract an include file, Makefile.inc, containing the make-fu that
both ifconfig and x_ifconfig share.
Sprinkle static. Change some int's to bool's. Constify.
Add RCS Ids to carp.c and env.c. Move media code to a new file,
media.c. Delete several unneeded header files.
Set, reset, and display the IEEE 802.11 attribute, 'dot11RTSThreshold'.
Bug fix: do not require both a interface address and a destination
address for point-to-point interfaces, but accept a interface
address by itself.
|
| 1.4 | 07-May-2008 |
dyoung | Move tunnel syntax into tunnel.c. Move net80211 'list' command
syntax into ieee80211.c.
|
| 1.3 | 06-May-2008 |
dyoung | branches: 1.3.2;
Use prop_dictionary_util(3) some more.
When we read interface flags and capabilities from the kernel, take
care not to record them in our current environment (env), but record
them in the output environment (oenv), instead. This helps us get
interface capabilities and flags right.
|
| 1.2 | 06-May-2008 |
dyoung | Overhaul ifconfig. Use fewer global variables. Take a leap toward
improved modularity and extensibility.
In the new architecture, a directed graph of argument-matching
objects (match objects) expresses the set of feasible ifconfig
statements. Match objects are labelled by subroutines that provide
the statement semantics.
Many IPv4, IPv6, 802.11, tunnel, and media configurations have been
tested.
AppleTalk, ISO, carp(4), agr(4), and vlan(4) configuration need
testing.
|
| 1.1 | 19-Mar-2005 |
thorpej | branches: 1.1.20; 1.1.22;
Split tunnel support into its own file.
|
| 1.1.22.1 | 18-May-2008 |
yamt | sync with head.
|
| 1.1.20.2 | 28-Sep-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.1.20.1 | 02-Jun-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.3.2.2 | 07-Sep-2008 |
wrstuden | Delete a bunch of things that are now gone in head.
|
| 1.3.2.1 | 23-Jun-2008 |
wrstuden | Sync w/ -current. 34 merge conflicts to follow.
|
| 1.20 | 11-Oct-2020 |
roy | ifconfig: if SIOCGLIFADDR fails, continue to the next address
|
| 1.19 | 01-Oct-2019 |
kardel | PR/54513 ifconfig exits on newly created carp interfaces
downgrade from err(EXIT_FAILURE, ... ) to warn() if ioctl(SIOCGLIFADDR) fails.
ifconfig now survives freshly created carp interfaces.
|
| 1.18 | 16-Aug-2019 |
msaitoh | Whitespace fix.
|
| 1.17 | 19-Oct-2013 |
christos | branches: 1.17.26;
use the new scopeid functions
|
| 1.16 | 13-Dec-2010 |
pooka | branches: 1.16.6; 1.16.12;
Convert from the .ifdef RUMP_ACTION stuff to RUMPPRG.
|
| 1.15 | 01-Jul-2010 |
dyoung | Add to the string parse object (pstr), and its constructors, a flag that
tells whether it should detect and convert to binary a hexadecimal octet
string of the form 0x0123ABab, or leave those strings undecoded.
If the argument for a 'media', 'mediamode', 'mediaopt', '-mediaopt',
'nwkey', or 'bssid' keyword is a hexadecimal octet string, do not detect
and decode it. (Note that setifnwkey decodes hexadecimal strings on its
own.)
This fixes a bug noticed by Jim Miller where the trailing zero-octets
were discarded from hexadecimal octet-string arguments for 'nwkey'.
|
| 1.14 | 01-Jul-2010 |
dyoung | Change a > to a >= to avoid writing to the character after the end of
the buffer passed to get_string().
|
| 1.13 | 11-Sep-2009 |
dyoung | Make ifconfig(8) set and display preference numbers for IPv6
addresses. Make the kernel support SIOC[SG]IFADDRPREF for IPv6
interface addresses.
In in6ifa_ifpforlinklocal(), consult preference numbers before
making an otherwise arbitrary choice of in6_ifaddr. Otherwise,
preference numbers are *not* consulted by the kernel, but that will
be rather easy for somebody with a little bit of free time to fix.
Please note that setting the preference number for a link-local
IPv6 address does not work right, yet, but that ought to be fixed
soon.
In support of the changes above,
1 Add a method to struct domain for "externalizing" a sockaddr, and
provide an implementation for IPv6. Expect more work in this area: it
may be more proper to say that the IPv6 implementation "internalizes"
a sockaddr. Add sockaddr_externalize().
2 Add a subroutine, sofamily(), that returns a struct socket's address
family or AF_UNSPEC.
3 Make a lot of IPv4-specific code generic, and move it from
sys/netinet/ to sys/net/ for re-use by IPv6 parts of the kernel and
ifconfig(8).
|
| 1.12 | 07-Aug-2009 |
dyoung | Add option -N. -N is just the opposite of option -n in netstat(8)
or route(8): it tells ifconfig(8) to try to resolve numbers to
hosts and service names.
This default ifconfig behavior stays the same as it always was.
|
| 1.11 | 27-Apr-2009 |
dyoung | Bring getifaddrs(3) behavior in line with the documentation: the
ifa_data member of every AF_LINK struct ifaddrs points at the
corresponding struct if_data. In ifconfig(8), do not try to suppress
duplicate AF_LINK ifaddrs by checking for a NULL ifa_data.
Don't copy out two AF_LINK struct ifaddrs for each active link-layer
address. getifaddrs(3) used to copy out one ifaddrs for the kernel's
RTM_IFINFO message, and one more for the kernel's RTM_NEWADDR message.
I suppress the first duplicate with a highly conservative change that
wastes a little bit of ifaddrs storage. The storage is not leaked.
|
| 1.10 | 21-Apr-2009 |
dyoung | To make sure that we always print the active link-layer address in the
'address: ' field, don't treat the first address as the active address,
but search the link-layer addresses for the ones flagged IFLR_ACTIVE,
and print those. Extract a subroutine, print_link_addresses(), for
printing link-layer addresses.
|
| 1.9 | 18-Jan-2009 |
lukem | branches: 1.9.2;
fix -Wsign-compare issues
|
| 1.8 | 02-Jul-2008 |
dyoung | branches: 1.8.2; 1.8.6;
Let us add/remove features from ifconfig, such as support for
various address families (inet, inet6, iso, atalk) and protocols
(802.11, 802.3ad, CARP), simply by trimming the list of sources in
the Makefile. This helps one customize ifconfig for an embedded
device or for install media, and it eliminates a lot of grotty
#ifdef'age. Now, the ifconfig syntax and semantics are finalized
at run-time using the constructor routines in each address-family/protocol
module.
(In principle, ifconfig could load virtually all of its syntax from
shared objects.)
Extract a lot of common code into subroutines, in order to shrink
the ifconfig binary a bit. Make all of the address families share
code for address addition/replacement/removal, and delete "legacy"
code for manipulating addresses. That may have broken atalk and
iso, despite my best efforts.
Extract an include file, Makefile.inc, containing the make-fu that
both ifconfig and x_ifconfig share.
Sprinkle static. Change some int's to bool's. Constify.
Add RCS Ids to carp.c and env.c. Move media code to a new file,
media.c. Delete several unneeded header files.
Set, reset, and display the IEEE 802.11 attribute, 'dot11RTSThreshold'.
Bug fix: do not require both a interface address and a destination
address for point-to-point interfaces, but accept a interface
address by itself.
|
| 1.7 | 13-May-2008 |
dyoung | branches: 1.7.2; 1.7.4;
Use an AF_LINK socket to add/delete/get link-layer addresses.
|
| 1.6 | 12-May-2008 |
dyoung | Cosmetic: fix copyright whitespace.
|
| 1.5 | 12-May-2008 |
dyoung | We cannot create an AF_LINK socket. If AF_LINK is requested, create
an AF_INET socket, instead.
|
| 1.4 | 07-May-2008 |
dyoung | Factor out common code, creating direct_ioctl() and indirect_ioctl()
for the two most prevalent styles of ioctl(2) calls in ifconfig(8).
|
| 1.3 | 07-May-2008 |
dyoung | Interpret 'prefixlen 0' as the maximum prefix length, as ifconfig
has always done.
|
| 1.2 | 06-May-2008 |
dyoung | branches: 1.2.2;
Add a license.
|
| 1.1 | 06-May-2008 |
dyoung | Overhaul ifconfig. Use fewer global variables. Take a leap toward
improved modularity and extensibility.
In the new architecture, a directed graph of argument-matching
objects (match objects) expresses the set of feasible ifconfig
statements. Match objects are labelled by subroutines that provide
the statement semantics.
Many IPv4, IPv6, 802.11, tunnel, and media configurations have been
tested.
AppleTalk, ISO, carp(4), agr(4), and vlan(4) configuration need
testing.
|
| 1.2.2.2 | 18-Sep-2008 |
wrstuden | Sync with wrstuden-revivesa-base-2.
|
| 1.2.2.1 | 23-Jun-2008 |
wrstuden | Sync w/ -current. 34 merge conflicts to follow.
|
| 1.7.4.3 | 28-Sep-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.7.4.2 | 02-Jun-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.7.4.1 | 13-May-2008 |
mjf | file util.c was added on branch mjf-devfs2 on 2008-06-02 13:21:22 +0000
|
| 1.7.2.2 | 18-May-2008 |
yamt | sync with head.
|
| 1.7.2.1 | 13-May-2008 |
yamt | file util.c was added on branch yamt-pf42 on 2008-05-18 12:30:53 +0000
|
| 1.8.6.1 | 21-Apr-2010 |
matt | sync to netbsd-5
|
| 1.8.2.1 | 03-May-2009 |
bouyer | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by dyoung in ticket #730):
sbin/ifconfig/af_link.c: revisions 1.4 - 1.6
sbin/ifconfig/util.h: revision 1.7
sbin/ifconfig/util.c: revisions 1.10, 1.11
lib/libc/net/getifaddrs.c: revision 1.12
lib/libc/net/getifaddrs.3: revision 1.10
sbin/ifconfig/ifconfig.c: revisions 1.216 - 1.218
Fix indentation: change spaces to tabs.
Use getnameinfo(3) to render a human-readable link-layer address in the
'address: ' line, just as we do in the 'link xx:xx:...:xx' line.
There's no use casting a socket address to sockaddr_dl, only to cast it
back to sockaddr, so don't do it.
Cosmetic: add some whitespace for my ease of reading.
To make sure that we always print the active link-layer address in the
'address: ' field, don't treat the first address as the active address,
but search the link-layer addresses for the ones flagged IFLR_ACTIVE,
and print those. Extract a subroutine, print_link_addresses(), for
printing link-layer addresses.
For non-AF_LINK ifaddrs, ifa_data is NULL. AFAICT, this has always been
so. Say so in the documentation.
Bring getifaddrs(3) behavior in line with the documentation: the
ifa_data member of every AF_LINK struct ifaddrs points at the
corresponding struct if_data. In ifconfig(8), do not try to suppress
duplicate AF_LINK ifaddrs by checking for a NULL ifa_data.
Don't copy out two AF_LINK struct ifaddrs for each active link-layer
address. getifaddrs(3) used to copy out one ifaddrs for the kernel's
RTM_IFINFO message, and one more for the kernel's RTM_NEWADDR message.
I suppress the first duplicate with a highly conservative change that
wastes a little bit of ifaddrs storage. The storage is not leaked.
|
| 1.9.2.1 | 13-May-2009 |
jym | Sync with HEAD.
Third (and last) commit. See http://mail-index.netbsd.org/source-changes/2009/05/13/msg221222.html
|
| 1.16.12.1 | 20-Aug-2014 |
tls | Rebase to HEAD as of a few days ago.
|
| 1.16.6.1 | 22-May-2014 |
yamt | sync with head.
for a reference, the tree before this commit was tagged
as yamt-pagecache-tag8.
this commit was splitted into small chunks to avoid
a limitation of cvs. ("Protocol error: too many arguments")
|
| 1.17.26.1 | 13-Apr-2020 |
martin | Mostly merge changes from HEAD upto 20200411
|
| 1.13 | 30-Jun-2019 |
sevan | Add rcsid
|
| 1.12 | 07-Jan-2016 |
roy | branches: 1.12.16;
-W seconds will wait for the detached flag to clear on addresses on
interfaces marked up to allow time for the carrier to appear on the
interface.
This does not extend the -w option duration.
|
| 1.11 | 22-Apr-2015 |
roy | Move the INET6 specific code for wait_dad_exec() into af_inet6
by using a new afswtch hook af_addr_tentative.
|
| 1.10 | 19-Oct-2013 |
christos | use the new scopeid functions
|
| 1.9 | 01-Jul-2010 |
dyoung | branches: 1.9.6; 1.9.12;
Add to the string parse object (pstr), and its constructors, a flag that
tells whether it should detect and convert to binary a hexadecimal octet
string of the form 0x0123ABab, or leave those strings undecoded.
If the argument for a 'media', 'mediamode', 'mediaopt', '-mediaopt',
'nwkey', or 'bssid' keyword is a hexadecimal octet string, do not detect
and decode it. (Note that setifnwkey decodes hexadecimal strings on its
own.)
This fixes a bug noticed by Jim Miller where the trailing zero-octets
were discarded from hexadecimal octet-string arguments for 'nwkey'.
|
| 1.8 | 11-Sep-2009 |
dyoung | Make ifconfig(8) set and display preference numbers for IPv6
addresses. Make the kernel support SIOC[SG]IFADDRPREF for IPv6
interface addresses.
In in6ifa_ifpforlinklocal(), consult preference numbers before
making an otherwise arbitrary choice of in6_ifaddr. Otherwise,
preference numbers are *not* consulted by the kernel, but that will
be rather easy for somebody with a little bit of free time to fix.
Please note that setting the preference number for a link-local
IPv6 address does not work right, yet, but that ought to be fixed
soon.
In support of the changes above,
1 Add a method to struct domain for "externalizing" a sockaddr, and
provide an implementation for IPv6. Expect more work in this area: it
may be more proper to say that the IPv6 implementation "internalizes"
a sockaddr. Add sockaddr_externalize().
2 Add a subroutine, sofamily(), that returns a struct socket's address
family or AF_UNSPEC.
3 Make a lot of IPv4-specific code generic, and move it from
sys/netinet/ to sys/net/ for re-use by IPv6 parts of the kernel and
ifconfig(8).
|
| 1.7 | 21-Apr-2009 |
dyoung | To make sure that we always print the active link-layer address in the
'address: ' field, don't treat the first address as the active address,
but search the link-layer addresses for the ones flagged IFLR_ACTIVE,
and print those. Extract a subroutine, print_link_addresses(), for
printing link-layer addresses.
|
| 1.6 | 02-Jul-2008 |
dyoung | branches: 1.6.2; 1.6.4; 1.6.8;
Let us add/remove features from ifconfig, such as support for
various address families (inet, inet6, iso, atalk) and protocols
(802.11, 802.3ad, CARP), simply by trimming the list of sources in
the Makefile. This helps one customize ifconfig for an embedded
device or for install media, and it eliminates a lot of grotty
#ifdef'age. Now, the ifconfig syntax and semantics are finalized
at run-time using the constructor routines in each address-family/protocol
module.
(In principle, ifconfig could load virtually all of its syntax from
shared objects.)
Extract a lot of common code into subroutines, in order to shrink
the ifconfig binary a bit. Make all of the address families share
code for address addition/replacement/removal, and delete "legacy"
code for manipulating addresses. That may have broken atalk and
iso, despite my best efforts.
Extract an include file, Makefile.inc, containing the make-fu that
both ifconfig and x_ifconfig share.
Sprinkle static. Change some int's to bool's. Constify.
Add RCS Ids to carp.c and env.c. Move media code to a new file,
media.c. Delete several unneeded header files.
Set, reset, and display the IEEE 802.11 attribute, 'dot11RTSThreshold'.
Bug fix: do not require both a interface address and a destination
address for point-to-point interfaces, but accept a interface
address by itself.
|
| 1.5 | 03-Jun-2008 |
dyoung | Remove remnants of struct afswtch.af_getprefix().
|
| 1.4 | 07-May-2008 |
dyoung | branches: 1.4.2; 1.4.4;
Factor out common code, creating direct_ioctl() and indirect_ioctl()
for the two most prevalent styles of ioctl(2) calls in ifconfig(8).
|
| 1.3 | 06-May-2008 |
dyoung | branches: 1.3.2;
Use prop_dictionary_util(3) some more.
When we read interface flags and capabilities from the kernel, take
care not to record them in our current environment (env), but record
them in the output environment (oenv), instead. This helps us get
interface capabilities and flags right.
|
| 1.2 | 06-May-2008 |
dyoung | Rename in_addr_commit() to commit_address(), and refactor slightly
to support IPv6 as well as IPv4 (a work in progress).
Make the second argument of af_status() a bool instead of an int.
Exit early with an error if the operator specifies an unsupported
address family on the command line. The change should help rc
scripts to detect that IPv6 support is missing from the kernel,
with 'ifconfig lo0 inet6'.
Start using prop_dictionary_util(3).
|
| 1.1 | 06-May-2008 |
dyoung | Overhaul ifconfig. Use fewer global variables. Take a leap toward
improved modularity and extensibility.
In the new architecture, a directed graph of argument-matching
objects (match objects) expresses the set of feasible ifconfig
statements. Match objects are labelled by subroutines that provide
the statement semantics.
Many IPv4, IPv6, 802.11, tunnel, and media configurations have been
tested.
AppleTalk, ISO, carp(4), agr(4), and vlan(4) configuration need
testing.
|
| 1.3.2.2 | 18-Sep-2008 |
wrstuden | Sync with wrstuden-revivesa-base-2.
|
| 1.3.2.1 | 23-Jun-2008 |
wrstuden | Sync w/ -current. 34 merge conflicts to follow.
|
| 1.4.4.4 | 28-Sep-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.4.4.3 | 29-Jun-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.4.4.2 | 02-Jun-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.4.4.1 | 07-May-2008 |
mjf | file util.h was added on branch mjf-devfs2 on 2008-06-02 13:21:22 +0000
|
| 1.4.2.3 | 17-Jun-2008 |
yamt | sync with head.
|
| 1.4.2.2 | 18-May-2008 |
yamt | sync with head.
|
| 1.4.2.1 | 07-May-2008 |
yamt | file util.h was added on branch yamt-pf42 on 2008-05-18 12:30:53 +0000
|
| 1.6.8.1 | 21-Apr-2010 |
matt | sync to netbsd-5
|
| 1.6.4.1 | 13-May-2009 |
jym | Sync with HEAD.
Third (and last) commit. See http://mail-index.netbsd.org/source-changes/2009/05/13/msg221222.html
|
| 1.6.2.1 | 03-May-2009 |
bouyer | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by dyoung in ticket #730):
sbin/ifconfig/af_link.c: revisions 1.4 - 1.6
sbin/ifconfig/util.h: revision 1.7
sbin/ifconfig/util.c: revisions 1.10, 1.11
lib/libc/net/getifaddrs.c: revision 1.12
lib/libc/net/getifaddrs.3: revision 1.10
sbin/ifconfig/ifconfig.c: revisions 1.216 - 1.218
Fix indentation: change spaces to tabs.
Use getnameinfo(3) to render a human-readable link-layer address in the
'address: ' line, just as we do in the 'link xx:xx:...:xx' line.
There's no use casting a socket address to sockaddr_dl, only to cast it
back to sockaddr, so don't do it.
Cosmetic: add some whitespace for my ease of reading.
To make sure that we always print the active link-layer address in the
'address: ' field, don't treat the first address as the active address,
but search the link-layer addresses for the ones flagged IFLR_ACTIVE,
and print those. Extract a subroutine, print_link_addresses(), for
printing link-layer addresses.
For non-AF_LINK ifaddrs, ifa_data is NULL. AFAICT, this has always been
so. Say so in the documentation.
Bring getifaddrs(3) behavior in line with the documentation: the
ifa_data member of every AF_LINK struct ifaddrs points at the
corresponding struct if_data. In ifconfig(8), do not try to suppress
duplicate AF_LINK ifaddrs by checking for a NULL ifa_data.
Don't copy out two AF_LINK struct ifaddrs for each active link-layer
address. getifaddrs(3) used to copy out one ifaddrs for the kernel's
RTM_IFINFO message, and one more for the kernel's RTM_NEWADDR message.
I suppress the first duplicate with a highly conservative change that
wastes a little bit of ifaddrs storage. The storage is not leaked.
|
| 1.9.12.1 | 20-Aug-2014 |
tls | Rebase to HEAD as of a few days ago.
|
| 1.9.6.1 | 22-May-2014 |
yamt | sync with head.
for a reference, the tree before this commit was tagged
as yamt-pagecache-tag8.
this commit was splitted into small chunks to avoid
a limitation of cvs. ("Protocol error: too many arguments")
|
| 1.12.16.1 | 13-Apr-2020 |
martin | Mostly merge changes from HEAD upto 20200411
|
| 1.16 | 21-Jun-2021 |
christos | fix proplib deprecation
|
| 1.15 | 16-Aug-2019 |
msaitoh | Whitespace fix.
|
| 1.14 | 15-Sep-2014 |
ozaki-r | branches: 1.14.16;
Add -vlanif to the help message of ifconfig
PR 49114
|
| 1.13 | 28-Jul-2009 |
dyoung | branches: 1.13.8; 1.13.24;
Don't require a "vlan" argument with "-vlanif". "ifconfig vlan0
-vlanif" works as one would expect, now.
|
| 1.12 | 15-Jul-2008 |
dyoung | branches: 1.12.2; 1.12.6; 1.12.8;
Cosmetic: s/xenv/oenv/
|
| 1.11 | 15-Jul-2008 |
dyoung | Only describe flags -L and -m in the usage if they are available.
That helps me get rid of some conditional compilation (INET6) in
ifconfig.
Let each protocol/feature-module print its own usage, so that the
ifconfig usage reflects the modules that are actually compiled-in.
Write usage information for carp(4) options.
|
| 1.10 | 02-Jul-2008 |
dyoung | Let us add/remove features from ifconfig, such as support for
various address families (inet, inet6, iso, atalk) and protocols
(802.11, 802.3ad, CARP), simply by trimming the list of sources in
the Makefile. This helps one customize ifconfig for an embedded
device or for install media, and it eliminates a lot of grotty
#ifdef'age. Now, the ifconfig syntax and semantics are finalized
at run-time using the constructor routines in each address-family/protocol
module.
(In principle, ifconfig could load virtually all of its syntax from
shared objects.)
Extract a lot of common code into subroutines, in order to shrink
the ifconfig binary a bit. Make all of the address families share
code for address addition/replacement/removal, and delete "legacy"
code for manipulating addresses. That may have broken atalk and
iso, despite my best efforts.
Extract an include file, Makefile.inc, containing the make-fu that
both ifconfig and x_ifconfig share.
Sprinkle static. Change some int's to bool's. Constify.
Add RCS Ids to carp.c and env.c. Move media code to a new file,
media.c. Delete several unneeded header files.
Set, reset, and display the IEEE 802.11 attribute, 'dot11RTSThreshold'.
Bug fix: do not require both a interface address and a destination
address for point-to-point interfaces, but accept a interface
address by itself.
|
| 1.9 | 16-May-2008 |
dyoung | The key 'vlantag' activates the 'vlanif' keyword, not the key
'vlan'. Should fix this bug reported by Pierre Pronchery,
# ifconfig vlan0 vlan 1 vlanif hme0
ifconfig: SIOCAIFADDR: Address family not supported by protocol family
|
| 1.8 | 07-May-2008 |
dyoung | Factor out common code, creating direct_ioctl() and indirect_ioctl()
for the two most prevalent styles of ioctl(2) calls in ifconfig(8).
|
| 1.7 | 07-May-2008 |
dyoung | Move vlan(4) syntax from ifconfig.c into vlan.c.
|
| 1.6 | 06-May-2008 |
dyoung | branches: 1.6.2;
Use prop_dictionary_util(3).
|
| 1.5 | 06-May-2008 |
dyoung | Use prop_dictionary_util(3) some more.
When we read interface flags and capabilities from the kernel, take
care not to record them in our current environment (env), but record
them in the output environment (oenv), instead. This helps us get
interface capabilities and flags right.
|
| 1.4 | 06-May-2008 |
dyoung | Overhaul ifconfig. Use fewer global variables. Take a leap toward
improved modularity and extensibility.
In the new architecture, a directed graph of argument-matching
objects (match objects) expresses the set of feasible ifconfig
statements. Match objects are labelled by subroutines that provide
the statement semantics.
Many IPv4, IPv6, 802.11, tunnel, and media configurations have been
tested.
AppleTalk, ISO, carp(4), agr(4), and vlan(4) configuration need
testing.
|
| 1.3 | 19-Mar-2005 |
thorpej | branches: 1.3.20; 1.3.22;
name -> ifname (avoid shadow decl with global name[]).
|
| 1.2 | 19-Mar-2005 |
thorpej | Move extern decls to extern.h
|
| 1.1 | 19-Mar-2005 |
thorpej | Split VLAN configuration bits out into a separate file.
|
| 1.3.22.1 | 18-May-2008 |
yamt | sync with head.
|
| 1.3.20.2 | 28-Sep-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.3.20.1 | 02-Jun-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.6.2.2 | 18-Sep-2008 |
wrstuden | Sync with wrstuden-revivesa-base-2.
|
| 1.6.2.1 | 23-Jun-2008 |
wrstuden | Sync w/ -current. 34 merge conflicts to follow.
|
| 1.12.8.1 | 21-Apr-2010 |
matt | sync to netbsd-5
|
| 1.12.6.1 | 14-Aug-2009 |
snj | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by dyoung in ticket #879):
sbin/ifconfig/vlan.c: revision 1.13
Don't require a "vlan" argument with "-vlanif". "ifconfig vlan0
-vlanif" works as one would expect, now.
|
| 1.12.2.1 | 14-Aug-2009 |
snj | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by dyoung in ticket #879):
sbin/ifconfig/vlan.c: revision 1.13
Don't require a "vlan" argument with "-vlanif". "ifconfig vlan0
-vlanif" works as one would expect, now.
|
| 1.13.24.1 | 22-Sep-2014 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by ozaki-r in ticket #108):
sbin/ifconfig/vlan.c: revision 1.14
sbin/ifconfig/ifconfig.8: revision 1.108
sys/net/if_vlan.c: revision 1.71-1.74
Document -vlanif in ifconfig.8 and in usage measseg (PR 49114).
Leave promiscuous mode when detaching a parent (PR 49196) and
delete link local addresses (49197).
Restore vlan_ioctl overwritten by ether_ifdetach in vlan_unconfig
(PR 49112).
Call if_input of vlan interface itself, not parent one.
This allows bridging vlan interfaces again.
|
| 1.13.8.1 | 03-Nov-2014 |
msaitoh | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by ozaki-r in ticket #1156):
sbin/ifconfig/vlan.c: revision 1.14
sbin/ifconfig/ifconfig.8: revision 1.108
sys/net/if_vlan.c: revision 1.71
sys/net/if_vlan.c: revision 1.73
sys/net/if_vlan.c: revision 1.74
- PR#49114: Write about -vlanif in ifconfig.8.
Add -vlanif to the help message of ifconfig.
- PR#49196: Leave promiscuous mode when detaching a parent (ifconfig -vlanif)
We have to call ifpromisc(ifp, 0) for both a VLAN interface
and its parent when they are in promiscuous mode.
- PR#49197: Delete link local addresses of a vlan interface when detaching its
parent.
- PR#49112: Restore vlan_ioctl overwritten by ether_ifdetach in vlan_unconfig
|
| 1.14.16.1 | 13-Apr-2020 |
martin | Mostly merge changes from HEAD upto 20200411
|
| 1.5 | 02-Jul-2008 |
dyoung | Let us add/remove features from ifconfig, such as support for
various address families (inet, inet6, iso, atalk) and protocols
(802.11, 802.3ad, CARP), simply by trimming the list of sources in
the Makefile. This helps one customize ifconfig for an embedded
device or for install media, and it eliminates a lot of grotty
#ifdef'age. Now, the ifconfig syntax and semantics are finalized
at run-time using the constructor routines in each address-family/protocol
module.
(In principle, ifconfig could load virtually all of its syntax from
shared objects.)
Extract a lot of common code into subroutines, in order to shrink
the ifconfig binary a bit. Make all of the address families share
code for address addition/replacement/removal, and delete "legacy"
code for manipulating addresses. That may have broken atalk and
iso, despite my best efforts.
Extract an include file, Makefile.inc, containing the make-fu that
both ifconfig and x_ifconfig share.
Sprinkle static. Change some int's to bool's. Constify.
Add RCS Ids to carp.c and env.c. Move media code to a new file,
media.c. Delete several unneeded header files.
Set, reset, and display the IEEE 802.11 attribute, 'dot11RTSThreshold'.
Bug fix: do not require both a interface address and a destination
address for point-to-point interfaces, but accept a interface
address by itself.
|
| 1.4 | 07-May-2008 |
dyoung | Move vlan(4) syntax from ifconfig.c into vlan.c.
|
| 1.3 | 06-May-2008 |
dyoung | branches: 1.3.2;
Use prop_dictionary_util(3) some more.
When we read interface flags and capabilities from the kernel, take
care not to record them in our current environment (env), but record
them in the output environment (oenv), instead. This helps us get
interface capabilities and flags right.
|
| 1.2 | 06-May-2008 |
dyoung | Overhaul ifconfig. Use fewer global variables. Take a leap toward
improved modularity and extensibility.
In the new architecture, a directed graph of argument-matching
objects (match objects) expresses the set of feasible ifconfig
statements. Match objects are labelled by subroutines that provide
the statement semantics.
Many IPv4, IPv6, 802.11, tunnel, and media configurations have been
tested.
AppleTalk, ISO, carp(4), agr(4), and vlan(4) configuration need
testing.
|
| 1.1 | 19-Mar-2005 |
thorpej | branches: 1.1.20; 1.1.22;
Split VLAN configuration bits out into a separate file.
|
| 1.1.22.1 | 18-May-2008 |
yamt | sync with head.
|
| 1.1.20.2 | 28-Sep-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.1.20.1 | 02-Jun-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.3.2.2 | 07-Sep-2008 |
wrstuden | Delete a bunch of things that are now gone in head.
|
| 1.3.2.1 | 23-Jun-2008 |
wrstuden | Sync w/ -current. 34 merge conflicts to follow.
|
| 1.41 | 03-Jun-2023 |
lukem | bsd.own.mk: rename GCC_NO_* to CC_WNO_*
Rename compiler-warning-disable variables from
GCC_NO_warning
to
CC_WNO_warning
where warning is the full warning name as used by the compiler.
GCC_NO_IMPLICIT_FALLTHRU is CC_WNO_IMPLICIT_FALLTHROUGH
Using the convention CC_compilerflag, where compilerflag
is based on the full compiler flag name.
|
| 1.40 | 13-Oct-2019 |
mrg | introduce some common variables for use in GCC warning disables:
GCC_NO_FORMAT_TRUNCATION -Wno-format-truncation (GCC 7/8)
GCC_NO_STRINGOP_TRUNCATION -Wno-stringop-truncation (GCC 8)
GCC_NO_STRINGOP_OVERFLOW -Wno-stringop-overflow (GCC 8)
GCC_NO_CAST_FUNCTION_TYPE -Wno-cast-function-type (GCC 8)
use these to turn off warnings for most GCC-8 complaints. many
of these are false positives, most of the real bugs are already
commited, or are yet to come.
we plan to introduce versions of (some?) of these that use the
"-Wno-error=" form, which still displays the warnings but does
not make it an error, and all of the above will be re-considered
as either being "fix me" (warning still displayed) or "warning
is wrong."
|
| 1.39 | 15-Jul-2013 |
khorben | branches: 1.39.28;
Let init be built easily with the CHROOT capability enabled.
This allows the ramdisk used in the incoming support for full-disk encryption to contain crunched binaries (much like sysinst) while booting a regular system (unlike sysinst).
|
| 1.38 | 11-Apr-2009 |
lukem | branches: 1.38.6; 1.38.12;
Enable WARNS=4 by default except for:
dump dump_lfs fsck_ffs fsck_lfs fsdb mount_smbfs
newfs_ext2fs newfs_lfs resize_lfs setkey
|
| 1.37 | 04-Feb-2007 |
christos | branches: 1.37.12; 1.37.22;
warns=4
|
| 1.36 | 18-Apr-2006 |
salo | Add support for running multi-user in a chroot() environment.
How it works:
- after successful execution of /etc/rc, check the value of "init.root"
sysctl node, if it's different than "/", chroot() into its value and run
/etc/rc inside the chroot(),
- in single-user, return back to the original / file system.
Allows running with / file system on e.g., cgd(4), vnd(4) or ccd(4) volumes.
Idea first discussed with Matt Thomas, implemented by Jachym Holecek <freza
(at) liberouter.org> with some nitpicks by me. Successfully used by me for
almost a year with / on a cgd(4) volume (for more information about the setup
check ftp://ftp.NetBSD.org/pub/NetBSD/misc/salo/init-chroot/ ).
|
| 1.35 | 13-Jan-2005 |
lukem | Revert previous revert; we don't need RESCUEDIR handling here now
<bsd.prog.mk> has it.
|
| 1.34 | 10-Jan-2005 |
lukem | Revert previous; init(8) still needs special case handling for RESCUEDIR
otherwise the path to mount_mfs(8) and the standard $PATH will be wrong...
|
| 1.33 | 19-Aug-2004 |
christos | Remove RESCUEDIR hack; it will be done centrally.
|
| 1.32 | 26-May-2003 |
lukem | If RESCUEDIR is defined, use that as an alternate path to sh and mount_mfs,
and prepend RESCUEDIR to the default PATH.
(This replaces my _PATH_ALTSHELL mods from rev 1.52 of init.c)
|
| 1.31 | 24-Aug-2002 |
lukem | if RESCUEDIR is defined, use ${RESCUEDIR}/sh as _PATH_ALTSHELL
|
| 1.30 | 24-Aug-2002 |
lukem | now that we have working rescue tools, there's no need to force
LDSTATIC=-static for init(8) on people who want LDSTATIC=""
|
| 1.29 | 02-Aug-2002 |
christos | fix typos that prevented us from cleaning utmpx. Noted by wiz
|
| 1.28 | 27-Jul-2002 |
christos | add utmpx/wtmpx processing support.
|
| 1.27 | 03-Feb-2002 |
lukem | .ifdef SMALLPROG, compile without ALTSHELL and SECURE support
|
| 1.26 | 21-Jan-2002 |
abs | Rename MSDOSFS_ROOT to MFS_DEV_IF_NO_CONSOLE, and rework:
- Always attempt mfs dev if missing /dev/console
- Save and run both MAKEDEV and MAKEDEV.local
- After creating the mfs dev, mknod() and freopen() /dev/console.
- If MAKEDEV is missing do not fail out early, but still create the mfs,
/dev/console.
- If we hit any errors fail out to single user.
This change _only_ affects systems booting without /dev/console.
|
| 1.25 | 28-Dec-2001 |
lukem | * Add user-controlled mk.conf variables
- SHLIBDIR Location to install shared libraries if ${USE_SHLIBDIR}
is "yes". Defaults to "/usr/lib".
- USE_SHLIBDIR If "yes", install shared libraries in ${SHLIBDIR}
instead of ${LIBDIR}. Defaults to "no".
Sets ${_LIBSODIR} to the appropriate value.
This may be set by individual Makefiles as well.
- SHLINKDIR Location of shared linker. Defaults to "/usr/libexec".
If != "/usr/libexec", change the dynamic-linker
encoded in shared programs
* Set USE_SHLIBDIR for libraries used by /bin and /sbin:
libc libcrypt libcrypto libedit libipsec libkvm libm libmi387
libtermcap libutil libz
* If ${_LIBSODIR} != ${LIBDIR}, add symlinks from ${LIBDIR}/${LIB}.so*
to ${_LIBSODIR}/${LIB}.so* for compatibility.
* Always install /sbin/init statically (for now)
The net effect of these changes depends on how the variables are set:
1.) If nothing is set or changed, there is no change from the
current behaviour:
- Static /bin, /sbin, and bits of /usr/*
- Dynamic rest
- Shared linker is /usr/libexec/ld*so
2.) If the following make variables are set:
LDSTATIC=
SHLINKDIR=/lib
SHLIBDIR=/lib
Then the behaviour becomes:
- Dynamic tools
- .so libraries used by /bin and /sbin are installed to /lib,
with symlinks from /usr/lib/lib*so to -> /lib/lib*so
where appropriate
- Shared linker is /lib/ld*so
3.) As per 2.), but add the following variable:
USE_SHLIBDIR=yes
This forces all .so's to be instaleld in /lib (with compat
symlinks), not just those tagged by their Makefiles to be.
Again, compat symlinks are installed
|
| 1.24 | 18-Oct-2000 |
simonb | Remove INSTALLFLAGS=-fschg, as per change to usr.bin/ssh/ssh/Makefile.
|
| 1.23 | 19-Mar-2000 |
soren | branches: 1.23.4;
The mode 0544 workaround has not been necessary since the first BSDi import.
|
| 1.22 | 11-Oct-1997 |
mycroft | Make these executables world-readable.
|
| 1.21 | 10-Oct-1997 |
christos | CFLAGS->CPPFLAGS
|
| 1.20 | 15-Sep-1997 |
lukem | define WARNS?=1 for all of sbin/*
|
| 1.19 | 30-Jul-1997 |
christos | Support root on msdos filesystems by creating an mfs on /dev and running
MAKEDEV all to create the devices. Idea by Chris Demetriou.
|
| 1.18 | 19-Jul-1997 |
perry | add WARN=1
|
| 1.17 | 19-Jul-1997 |
perry | rename DEBUGSHELL to ALTSHELL
|
| 1.16 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.15 | 22-Dec-1994 |
cgd | specify man pages the new way.
|
| 1.14 | 11-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Fix up RCS ids.
|
| 1.13 | 10-Jun-1994 |
pk | Update to 4.4-lite (basically some copyright changes) + local changes.
|
| 1.12 | 07-Oct-1993 |
cgd | always use libcrypt
|
| 1.11 | 07-Aug-1993 |
cgd | merge in changes from netbsd-0-9-ALPHA2
|
| 1.10 | 01-Aug-1993 |
mycroft | Add RCS identifiers.
|
| 1.9 | 08-Jul-1993 |
cgd | branches: 1.9.2;
get rid of the bogus changes i made to init. note that /etc/ttys
*must* have an entry for "console", though it should be "off",
prolly.
|
| 1.8 | 18-Jun-1993 |
cgd | a couple of local mods; always ask for shell in single user, use -lcrypt,
use root's shell rather that /bin/sh when going to single-user, etc.
|
| 1.7 | 18-Jun-1993 |
cgd | incorporate bsdi's version of init; this is their version, w/no local changes
other than adding Id strings as appropriate
|
| 1.6 | 10-Jun-1993 |
cgd | add preliminary support for devfs (e.g. MOUNT_DEVFS #define, etc.)
|
| 1.5 | 26-Apr-1993 |
cgd | changed to use new libcrypt scheme.
|
| 1.4 | 23-Mar-1993 |
cgd | added secure init patch
|
| 1.3 | 23-Mar-1993 |
cgd | changed "Id" to "Header" for rcsids
|
| 1.2 | 22-Mar-1993 |
cgd | added rcs ids to all files
|
| 1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.2 | 13-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Import 4.4-Lite version.
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | initial import of 386bsd-0.1 sources
|
| 1.9.2.1 | 30-Jul-1993 |
cgd | get rid of -DDEBUGSHELL
|
| 1.23.4.2 | 13-Feb-2002 |
he | Pull up revision 1.26 (requested by abs):
Add support to try to set up an MFS based /dev file system if
/dev/console is missing.
Here: enable recently pulled up code to init.c.
|
| 1.23.4.1 | 18-Oct-2000 |
tv | Pull up 1.24 [simonb]:
Remove INSTALLFLAGS=-fschg.
|
| 1.37.22.1 | 13-May-2009 |
jym | Sync with HEAD.
Third (and last) commit. See http://mail-index.netbsd.org/source-changes/2009/05/13/msg221222.html
|
| 1.37.12.1 | 29-Mar-2008 |
mjf | - etc/devfsd.conf: Add some rules to give nodes like /dev/tty and
/dev/null better default modes, i.e. 0666.
- sbin/init: Run devfsd -s before going to multiuser.
- sys/arch: Provide arm32, i386, sparc with a mem_init() function to request
device nodes for /dev/null, /dev/zero, etc.
- sys/dev: Convert rnd, wd, agp, raid, cd, sd, wsdisplay, wskbd, wsmouse,
wsmux, tty, bpf, swap to devfs New World Order.
- sys/fs/devfs: Make the visibility attribute of device nodes configurable.
Also provide a function to mount a devfs on boot.
- sys/kern: Add a new boot flag, -n. This disables devfs support. Unless
the -n flag is specified the kernel will mount a devfs file
system on boot.
|
| 1.38.12.1 | 20-Aug-2014 |
tls | Rebase to HEAD as of a few days ago.
|
| 1.38.6.1 | 22-May-2014 |
yamt | sync with head.
for a reference, the tree before this commit was tagged
as yamt-pagecache-tag8.
this commit was splitted into small chunks to avoid
a limitation of cvs. ("Protocol error: too many arguments")
|
| 1.39.28.1 | 13-Apr-2020 |
martin | Mostly merge changes from HEAD upto 20200411
|
| 1.3 | 18-Apr-2006 |
salo | Add support for running multi-user in a chroot() environment.
How it works:
- after successful execution of /etc/rc, check the value of "init.root"
sysctl node, if it's different than "/", chroot() into its value and run
/etc/rc inside the chroot(),
- in single-user, return back to the original / file system.
Allows running with / file system on e.g., cgd(4), vnd(4) or ccd(4) volumes.
Idea first discussed with Matt Thomas, implemented by Jachym Holecek <freza
(at) liberouter.org> with some nitpicks by me. Successfully used by me for
almost a year with / on a cgd(4) volume (for more information about the setup
check ftp://ftp.NetBSD.org/pub/NetBSD/misc/salo/init-chroot/ ).
|
| 1.2 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.1 | 10-Jun-1994 |
pk | branches: 1.1.1;
Update to 4.4-lite (basically some copyright changes) + local changes.
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 13-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Import 4.4-Lite version.
|
| 1.2 | 10-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Clean up deleted files.
|
| 1.1 | 18-Jun-1993 |
cgd | incorporate bsdi's version of init; this is their version, w/no local changes
other than adding Id strings as appropriate
|
| 1.62 | 01-Sep-2019 |
wiz | Remove superfluous Pp.
|
| 1.61 | 01-Sep-2019 |
sevan | grammar
|
| 1.60 | 11-Sep-2016 |
sevan | branches: 1.60.14; 1.60.16;
init first appeared in V1 UNIX
http://minnie.tuhs.org/cgi-bin/utree.pl?file=V1/init.s
Replace contraction.
Bump date.
|
| 1.59 | 02-Oct-2013 |
apb | The "-s" flag is passed to init by the kernel, not by the boot loader.
|
| 1.58 | 02-Oct-2013 |
apb | Document that the kernel may try several paths for init.
XXX: This should be in the kernel documentation, not in the init(8) man page.
|
| 1.57 | 18-May-2009 |
wiz | branches: 1.57.6; 1.57.12;
Sort SEE ALSO.
|
| 1.56 | 08-Apr-2009 |
joerg | Remove physical markup.
|
| 1.55 | 11-Nov-2008 |
wiz | branches: 1.55.2;
Add backslash (minus is "\-").
|
| 1.54 | 11-Nov-2008 |
reed | Add some details about init's role with securelevel.
Add references to other manual pages for more details.
|
| 1.53 | 21-Oct-2008 |
lukem | branches: 1.53.2;
xref rescue(8)
|
| 1.52 | 09-Feb-2008 |
dholland | branches: 1.52.4;
Mention utmpx/wtmpx as well as utmp/wtmp. Suggested by the patches in
PR bin/36551 by Greg A. Woods. Also, while I'm here, fix a miscapitalized
word.
|
| 1.51 | 15-Dec-2007 |
snj | Sort xrefs.
|
| 1.50 | 15-Dec-2007 |
apb | Update for the fact that MAKEDEV uses either tmpfs or mfs.
|
| 1.49 | 09-Dec-2007 |
apb | * init calls "MAKEDEV -MM init", not "MAKEDEV -M init"
* s/filesystem/file system/
* one typo and one markup fix
* bump date
|
| 1.48 | 24-Mar-2007 |
hubertf | branches: 1.48.4; 1.48.6;
backout previous.
|
| 1.47 | 23-Mar-2007 |
hubertf | Call the pivot root by it's name.
|
| 1.46 | 03-Mar-2007 |
dsl | Update info about running MAKEDEV to note that MAKEDEV itself now creates
the mfs filesystem.
|
| 1.45 | 03-Mar-2007 |
apb | Remove all reference to MAKEDEV.subr. Add a reference to MAKEDEV.local.
|
| 1.44 | 02-Mar-2007 |
wiz | Bump date for previous.
|
| 1.43 | 01-Mar-2007 |
apb | When creating /dev in a memory file system, include all three of
MAKEDEV, MAKEDEV.subr and MAKEDEV.local in the set of files that are
copied if they exist.
Now booting an INSTALL kernel with an embedded ramdisk correctly creates
/dev again, fixing a problem introduced when MAKEDEV.subr was created a
few days ago.
|
| 1.42 | 15-Sep-2006 |
elad | Remove securelevel-related text from init(8) man-page as they're now in
secmodel_bsd44(9).
I'm not sure I agree with the BUGS section, but for now move it to
secmodel_bsd44(9) as well.
|
| 1.41 | 15-Sep-2006 |
wiz | Bump date for previous.
|
| 1.40 | 15-Sep-2006 |
elad | Remove sentence no longer true.
|
| 1.39 | 23-Apr-2006 |
wiz | New sentence, new line.
|
| 1.38 | 18-Apr-2006 |
salo | Add support for running multi-user in a chroot() environment.
How it works:
- after successful execution of /etc/rc, check the value of "init.root"
sysctl node, if it's different than "/", chroot() into its value and run
/etc/rc inside the chroot(),
- in single-user, return back to the original / file system.
Allows running with / file system on e.g., cgd(4), vnd(4) or ccd(4) volumes.
Idea first discussed with Matt Thomas, implemented by Jachym Holecek <freza
(at) liberouter.org> with some nitpicks by me. Successfully used by me for
almost a year with / on a cgd(4) volume (for more information about the setup
check ftp://ftp.NetBSD.org/pub/NetBSD/misc/salo/init-chroot/ ).
|
| 1.37 | 13-Nov-2005 |
elad | The securelevel does not affect whether Veriexec's tables can be modified;
this is now controlled by Veriexec's strict level.
|
| 1.36 | 01-Jul-2005 |
wiz | Mark up more paths with .Pa, and
break a line (<=80 chars per line).
|
| 1.35 | 30-Jun-2005 |
snj | Use more macros and sort xrefs.
|
| 1.34 | 30-Jun-2005 |
christos | Patch from Jeremy Reed to describe how MFS /dev works. Thanks!
|
| 1.33 | 20-Jun-2005 |
peter | Change all .Xr config 8 to .Xr config 1, following the recent move of
config from usr.sbin -> usr.bin.
Reviewed by wiz.
|
| 1.32 | 01-Apr-2005 |
abs | Fix typo 'and the go' -> 'and then go'
|
| 1.31 | 19-Feb-2004 |
lukem | veriexec can't be changed at securelevel 1
|
| 1.30 | 12-Oct-2003 |
wiz | Bump date for previous; new sentence, new line; use more macros; fix a typo.
|
| 1.29 | 12-Oct-2003 |
tls | Add an explanation of the fundamental purpose of the "security level"
mechanism and attempt to explain how to use it effectively.
|
| 1.28 | 07-Aug-2003 |
agc | Move UCB-licensed code from 4-clause to 3-clause licence.
Patches provided by Joel Baker in PR 22308, verified by myself.
|
| 1.27 | 14-May-2003 |
wiz | setup -> set up.
|
| 1.26 | 25-Feb-2003 |
wiz | .Nm does not need a dummy argument ("") before punctuation or
for correct formatting of the SYNOPSIS any longer.
|
| 1.25 | 01-Oct-2002 |
wiz | New sentence, new line. By Robert Elz with minimal fixes.
|
| 1.24 | 16-Nov-2001 |
wiz | Sort sections and SEE ALSO.
|
| 1.23 | 05-Jun-2001 |
wiz | Drop arguments of .Os.
|
| 1.22 | 29-Apr-2000 |
lukem | document the conditions for /etc/rc to be called with "autoboot"
|
| 1.21 | 26-Apr-2000 |
lukem | Using the `NOTES' file and source code as a reference, attempt to more
accurately explain the operation of init(8)'s state machine.
|
| 1.20 | 19-Mar-2000 |
soren | Remove reference to crash(8).
|
| 1.19 | 28-Sep-1999 |
bouyer | Note that proc.<pid>.corename susctl node is read-only at securelevel >= 2.
|
| 1.18 | 14-Nov-1998 |
tls | branches: 1.18.4;
document ipf change at securelevel >= 2
|
| 1.17 | 14-Nov-1998 |
tls | reflect new securelevel 2 changes
|
| 1.16 | 17-Jul-1998 |
perry | fix a typo, pointed out in pr-5785 from Mason Loring Bliss
|
| 1.15 | 25-May-1998 |
msaitoh | fix a bug.
|
| 1.14 | 29-Apr-1998 |
fair | fix a bad .Xr
|
| 1.13 | 29-Apr-1998 |
fair | fix bad .Xr references
|
| 1.12 | 11-Oct-1997 |
enami | Sort items of section 8 in SEE ALSO list alphabetical order.
|
| 1.11 | 15-Sep-1997 |
lukem | cleanup use of .Nm
|
| 1.10 | 19-Jul-1997 |
perry | in NetBSD, setting the clock back is inhibited in securelevel 2, not s-lev 1
|
| 1.9 | 19-Jul-1997 |
perry | (mostly) merge lite-2 changes (except for some silly ones.)
|
| 1.8 | 30-Jun-1997 |
phil | Better specify which flags can't be change at level 1. (PR 3299)
Make all "multiuser" be "multi-user" to conform with other "multi-user"
usage.
|
| 1.7 | 17-Jan-1997 |
perry | close pr-2717 from Manuel Bouyer <bouyer@lix.polytechnique.fr>
Replaces reference to hand patching securelevel kernel variable
with reference to options INSECURE.
|
| 1.6 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.5 | 23-Sep-1994 |
mycroft | Changes to match POSIXication of kill(1).
|
| 1.4 | 11-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Fix up RCS ids.
|
| 1.3 | 10-Jun-1994 |
pk | Update to 4.4-lite (basically some copyright changes) + local changes.
|
| 1.2 | 01-Aug-1993 |
mycroft | Add RCS indentifiers.
|
| 1.1 | 18-Jun-1993 |
cgd | branches: 1.1.1;
incorporate bsdi's version of init; this is their version, w/no local changes
other than adding Id strings as appropriate
|
| 1.1.1.2 | 19-Jul-1997 |
perry | imported from 44lite2
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 13-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Import 4.4-Lite version.
|
| 1.18.4.1 | 27-Dec-1999 |
wrstuden | Pull up to last week's -current.
|
| 1.48.6.2 | 18-Feb-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.48.6.1 | 27-Dec-2007 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.48.4.2 | 23-Mar-2008 |
matt | sync with HEAD
|
| 1.48.4.1 | 09-Jan-2008 |
matt | sync with HEAD
|
| 1.52.4.1 | 17-Jan-2009 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.53.2.2 | 12-Nov-2008 |
snj | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by reed in ticket #46):
sbin/init/init.8: revision 1.55
Add backslash (minus is "\-").
|
| 1.53.2.1 | 12-Nov-2008 |
snj | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by reed in ticket #46):
sbin/init/init.8: revision 1.54
Add some details about init's role with securelevel.
Add references to other manual pages for more details.
|
| 1.55.2.1 | 13-May-2009 |
jym | Sync with HEAD.
Third (and last) commit. See http://mail-index.netbsd.org/source-changes/2009/05/13/msg221222.html
|
| 1.57.12.1 | 20-Aug-2014 |
tls | Rebase to HEAD as of a few days ago.
|
| 1.57.6.1 | 22-May-2014 |
yamt | sync with head.
for a reference, the tree before this commit was tagged
as yamt-pagecache-tag8.
this commit was splitted into small chunks to avoid
a limitation of cvs. ("Protocol error: too many arguments")
|
| 1.60.16.1 | 05-Sep-2019 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by sevan in ticket #174):
lib/libc/sys/chmod.2: revision 1.48
lib/libc/sys/stat.2: revision 1.59
lib/libc/sys/unlink.2: revision 1.30
lib/libc/sys/lseek.2: revision 1.25
lib/libc/sys/getuid.2: revision 1.18
lib/libc/sys/chown.2: revision 1.37
lib/libm/man/exp.3: revision 1.32
lib/libm/man/log.3: revision 1.7
lib/libc/sys/open.2: revision 1.60
lib/libc/stdio/fopen.3: revision 1.36
lib/libc/stdio/putc.3: revision 1.14
lib/libc/sys/mount.2: revision 1.51
share/man/man9/copy.9: revision 1.22
share/man/man9/uiomove.9: revision 1.20
lib/libc/sys/setuid.2: revision 1.23
lib/libc/sys/close.2: revision 1.18
sbin/init/init.8: revision 1.61
lib/libc/sys/write.2: revision 1.36
lib/libc/sys/read.2: revision 1.39
sbin/init/init.8: revision 1.62
lib/libc/sys/wait.2: revision 1.40
usr.bin/tty/tty.1: revision 1.10
lib/libc/sys/link.2: revision 1.33
usr.bin/du/du.1: revision 1.24
lib/libc/stdlib/exit.3: revision 1.17
usr.bin/su/su.1: revision 1.53
usr.bin/mail/mail.1: revision 1.66
lib/libc/sys/fork.2: revision 1.25
usr.bin/su/su.1: revision 1.54
usr.bin/mail/mail.1: revision 1.67
lib/libm/man/sin.3: revision 1.15
share/man/man9/intro.9: revision 1.26
share/man/man5/utmp.5: revision 1.17
lib/libc/compat-43/creat.3: revision 1.17
lib/libc/time/ctime.3: revision 1.61
lib/libcompat/4.1/stty.3: revision 1.10
usr.bin/dc/dc.1: revision 1.3
lib/libm/man/cos.3: revision 1.17
lib/libc/sys/chdir.2: revision 1.23
lib/libc/gen/exec.3: revision 1.30
lib/libc/gen/exec.3: revision 1.31
games/bcd/bcd.6: revision 1.18
games/bcd/bcd.6: revision 1.19
usr.bin/write/write.1: revision 1.7
usr.bin/wc/wc.1: revision 1.18
usr.bin/pr/pr.1: revision 1.24
usr.bin/who/who.1: revision 1.25
lib/libc/sys/mkdir.2: revision 1.30
lib/libc/stdio/getc.3: revision 1.13
usr.bin/sort/sort.1: revision 1.40
usr.bin/mesg/mesg.1: revision 1.11
share/man/man5/passwd.5: revision 1.34
sort was there since v1
https://www.bell-labs.com/usr/dmr/www/man61.pdf
dc was in v1
https://www.bell-labs.com/usr/dmr/www/man12.pdf
du was in v1
https://www.bell-labs.com/usr/dmr/www/man12.pdf
mail was in v1
https://www.bell-labs.com/usr/dmr/www/man12.pdf
mesg was in v1
https://www.bell-labs.com/usr/dmr/www/man12.pdf
Document history
https://www.bell-labs.com/usr/dmr/www/man13.pdf
su was in v1
https://www.bell-labs.com/usr/dmr/www/man13.pdf
Document history
https://www.bell-labs.com/usr/dmr/www/man13.pdf
Document history
https://www.bell-labs.com/usr/dmr/www/man14.pdf
Update URL
write was in v1
https://www.bell-labs.com/usr/dmr/www/man14.pdf
grammar
passwd(5) was in v1
https://www.bell-labs.com/usr/dmr/www/man51.pdf
utmp(5) was present in v1
https://www.bell-labs.com/usr/dmr/www/man51.pdf
Earliest version of wtmp I could find was in v3
https://minnie.tuhs.org/cgi-bin/utree.pl?file=V3/man/man5/wtmp.5
Document history of chdir(2)
https://www.bell-labs.com/usr/dmr/www/man21.pdf
Document history of chmod(2)
https://www.bell-labs.com/usr/dmr/www/man21.pdf
Document history of chown(2)
https://www.bell-labs.com/usr/dmr/www/man21.pdf
Document history
https://www.bell-labs.com/usr/dmr/www/man21.pdf
create was present in v1
https://www.bell-labs.com/usr/dmr/www/man21.pdf
Document history of exec()
Move statement on execlpe() & execvpe() to HISTORY section.
Document history
https://www.bell-labs.com/usr/dmr/www/man21.pdf
fork was present in v1
https://www.bell-labs.com/usr/dmr/www/man21.pdf
stat() was present in v1
https://www.bell-labs.com/usr/dmr/www/man22.pdf
document history of fstat()
https://www.bell-labs.com/usr/dmr/www/man21.pdf
getuid was present in v1
https://www.bell-labs.com/usr/dmr/www/man21.pdf
Document history
https://www.bell-labs.com/usr/dmr/www/man21.pdf
Document history
https://www.bell-labs.com/usr/dmr/www/man21.pdf
stty & gtty were around since v1
https://www.bell-labs.com/usr/dmr/www/man21.pdf
https://www.bell-labs.com/usr/dmr/www/man22.pdf
mount & umount were present in v1
https://www.bell-labs.com/usr/dmr/www/man22.pdf
Open was present in v1
https://www.bell-labs.com/usr/dmr/www/man22.pdf
read was present in v1
https://www.bell-labs.com/usr/dmr/www/man22.pdf
seek was present in v1
https://www.bell-labs.com/usr/dmr/www/man22.pdf
setuid was in v1
https://www.bell-labs.com/usr/dmr/www/man22.pdf
unlink was presen in v1
https://www.bell-labs.com/usr/dmr/www/man22.pdf
wait was present in v1
https://www.bell-labs.com/usr/dmr/www/man22.pdf
write was present in v1
https://www.bell-labs.com/usr/dmr/www/man22.pdf
start documenting history
exp was present in v1
https://www.bell-labs.com/usr/dmr/www/man31.pdf
Start documenting history
https://www.bell-labs.com/usr/dmr/www/man31.pdf
Start documenting history
https://www.bell-labs.com/usr/dmr/www/man31.pdf
log appeared in v1
https://www.bell-labs.com/usr/dmr/www/man31.pdf
putc & putw were in v1
https://www.bell-labs.com/usr/dmr/www/man31.pdf
putchar was in v4
https://minie.tuhs.org/cgi-bin/utree.pl?file=V4/man/man3/putchr.3
Start documenting history
https://www.bell-labs.com/usr/dmr/www/man31.pdf
Document history.
https://www.bell-labs.com/usr/dmr/www/man11.pdf
Between v1 & v6 UNIX, bcd was rewritten in C, but I don't know if which
version,
hence I've skipped mentioning it.
End sentence with a dot.
Remove superfluous Pp.
Remove superfluous Pp.
Remove superfluous Ns.
Remove superfluous Pp.
fetch(9) -> ufetch(9)
fetch(9) -> ufetch(9). Remove superfluous Pp.
fetch(9) -> ufetch(9). Remove reference to unimplemented ppi(9).
|
| 1.60.14.1 | 13-Apr-2020 |
martin | Mostly merge changes from HEAD upto 20200411
|
| 1.109 | 11-Oct-2021 |
jmcneill | Allow getty to exit quickly a few times before deciding that it is exiting
too quickly. Based on a FreeBSD change from 1994.
|
| 1.108 | 22-Jun-2020 |
msaitoh | s/successfuly/successfully/ in comment. No functional change.
|
| 1.107 | 14-Oct-2015 |
christos | these are syslog-like
|
| 1.106 | 16-Jun-2015 |
christos | fix error messages containing \n
|
| 1.105 | 09-Nov-2012 |
msaitoh | Add missing free() in error path.
|
| 1.104 | 04-Nov-2012 |
christos | include the needed headers
|
| 1.103 | 20-Mar-2012 |
matt | branches: 1.103.2;
Convert to C89 function definitions
|
| 1.102 | 28-Aug-2011 |
christos | branches: 1.102.2; 1.102.4;
make it compile with SMALLPROG
|
| 1.101 | 27-Aug-2011 |
joerg | Be more static
|
| 1.100 | 29-Dec-2009 |
elad | Keep an internal variable indicating whether securelevel is present, and
don't blindly try to get/set it. Prevents error messages that don't make
sense if securelevel isn't supported by the kernel.
|
| 1.99 | 22-Nov-2009 |
mbalmer | s/the the/the/
|
| 1.98 | 12-Apr-2009 |
apb | If MAKEDEV exits non-zero, but was nevertheless able to create
/dev/console, then have init(8) just print a warning instead of
exiting.
|
| 1.97 | 18-Jan-2009 |
lukem | branches: 1.97.2;
fix -Wsign-compare issues
|
| 1.96 | 20-Jul-2008 |
lukem | Remove the \n and tabs from the __COPYRIGHT() strings.
(Tweak some to use a consistent format.)
|
| 1.95 | 18-Mar-2008 |
christos | branches: 1.95.4;
un-bitrot #if 0 testing code.
|
| 1.94 | 09-Dec-2007 |
apb | branches: 1.94.4; 1.94.6;
No need to pass "-ppax" to MAKEDEV now that MAKEDEV internally defaults
to using pax.
|
| 1.93 | 21-Mar-2007 |
dyoung | branches: 1.93.4; 1.93.6;
KNF.
|
| 1.92 | 11-Mar-2007 |
apb | Adapt to the new MAKEDEV interpretation of -M by passing -MM.
Also pass "-ppax" in an attempt to get improved performance,
but this doesn't really work in the typical case, because the
install ramdisk image contains a version of pax(1) that doesn't
support the -M flag. (MAKEDEV detects the failure and falls back
to using mknod(8) as usual.)
|
| 1.91 | 02-Mar-2007 |
dsl | Instead of creating the mfs /dev here, get MAKEDEV to do it.
Removes a load of code that is easier done as a script.
Whenever init exits, use a different error number. Since it is difficult
for init to output messages when /dev/console is absent, having the exit
code reported by the kernel panic gives a chance of identifying the fault.
Also exit if MAKEDEV fails to create /dev/console.
|
| 1.90 | 01-Mar-2007 |
apb | When calculating the size of the MFS /dev file system, round file sizes
up to a multiple of 512. (Not doing this before was wrong but probably
asymptomatic, because there was enough slack space to cope with the
error).
|
| 1.89 | 01-Mar-2007 |
apb | When creating /dev in a memory file system, include all three of
MAKEDEV, MAKEDEV.subr and MAKEDEV.local in the set of files that are
copied if they exist.
Now booting an INSTALL kernel with an embedded ramdisk correctly creates
/dev again, fixing a problem introduced when MAKEDEV.subr was created a
few days ago.
|
| 1.88 | 15-Feb-2007 |
tron | Increase the numbers of inodes available on the "/dev" MFS to 1280.
This should fix the "sysinst" problems caused by adding more devices
node to resolve PR port-amd64/35532.
|
| 1.87 | 06-Feb-2007 |
cbiere | Revert previous commit.
|
| 1.86 | 05-Feb-2007 |
cbiere | * 0/1 -> EXIT_{SUCCESS,FAILURE}
* make_utmpx(): Added comment and slightly simpler construct.
* alrm_handler(): Suppress "unused parameter" warning.
* mapfile():
* Handle st.st_size correctly.
* Avoid unnecessary return statements.
* Removed unnecessary MAP_FILE flag.
* Use S_ISLNK() and check S_ISREG() too.
* Add the terminating NUL rather after readlink() than
before, just in case.
* writefile():
* Avoid unnecessary return statements.
* read_ttys():
* Check S_ISREG() as well.
* Check for st.st_size > 0 rather than != 0.
|
| 1.85 | 05-Feb-2007 |
njoly | Fix compilation on 64bit platforms.
ok by elad.
|
| 1.84 | 04-Feb-2007 |
christos | - close the utmpx file.
- sprinkle void
- use size_t consistently.
|
| 1.83 | 20-Jan-2007 |
isaki | Make it compile without SUPPORT_UTMP nor SUPPORT_UTMPX.
|
| 1.82 | 17-Jan-2007 |
hubertf | Remove more duplicate #includes,
from Slava Semushin <slava.semushin@gmail.com>
|
| 1.81 | 28-Sep-2006 |
christos | branches: 1.81.2;
Don't record runlvl transitions before we have a read-write /var. Noticed
by lrou at x dot ua.
|
| 1.80 | 25-Sep-2006 |
christos | Error message consistency:
1. don't print the program name in the message [syslog does it]
2. no extraneous \n [syslog takes care of it]
3. quote strings as `%s' [we are using syslog]
4. use %m instead of error = %d
|
| 1.79 | 23-Sep-2006 |
he | Um, correct previous, so that current_state def/use is consistent.
|
| 1.78 | 23-Sep-2006 |
he | Since current_state is conditionally defined, make sure its uses are as well.
|
| 1.77 | 22-Sep-2006 |
christos | Try entertain who(1) because it has been sad since it was swallowed by the
Death Star: add utmpx entries for boot time, down time, run level, login
process.
|
| 1.76 | 30-Jul-2006 |
elad | update comment, thanks freza@.
|
| 1.75 | 30-Jul-2006 |
elad | CTLFLAG_READONLY1 was deprecated in earlier commit, remove it here too
|
| 1.74 | 30-Jul-2006 |
elad | remove CTLFLAG_READONLY1 usage. pointed out by cube@, thanks..
|
| 1.73 | 18-Apr-2006 |
salo | Add support for running multi-user in a chroot() environment.
How it works:
- after successful execution of /etc/rc, check the value of "init.root"
sysctl node, if it's different than "/", chroot() into its value and run
/etc/rc inside the chroot(),
- in single-user, return back to the original / file system.
Allows running with / file system on e.g., cgd(4), vnd(4) or ccd(4) volumes.
Idea first discussed with Matt Thomas, implemented by Jachym Holecek <freza
(at) liberouter.org> with some nitpicks by me. Successfully used by me for
almost a year with / on a cgd(4) volume (for more information about the setup
check ftp://ftp.NetBSD.org/pub/NetBSD/misc/salo/init-chroot/ ).
|
| 1.72 | 17-Mar-2006 |
rumble | Check for allocation failures in malloc, calloc, realloc, asprintf, and
vasprintf and try to handle them.
|
| 1.71 | 17-Mar-2006 |
chris | Fix case where argv wasn't returned or freed.
This fixes Coverity CID 2023.
While here also return NULL if the malloc fails.
|
| 1.70 | 27-Jun-2005 |
christos | Move WARNS=3 to the Makefile.inc, and add a little const to the remaining
programs that did not compile before.
|
| 1.69 | 15-Mar-2005 |
xtraeme | Bump the number of inodes to 1024 in the MFS case, needed to
create more devices in the ramdisk images, ok'ed by thorpej@.
|
| 1.68 | 12-Oct-2004 |
dan | be explicit about the perms of mfs /dev
|
| 1.67 | 13-Aug-2004 |
mycroft | Put back one of the sleep()s -- it doesn't affect us in the usual case.
|
| 1.66 | 13-Aug-2004 |
mycroft | Replace the sleep(2) in setctty() with a nanosleep(), with a default value of
250ms.
|
| 1.65 | 13-Aug-2004 |
mycroft | Remove a completely gratuitous 30 delay if you enter the wrong shell path.
|
| 1.64 | 06-Jun-2004 |
christos | clear_session_logs is not needed when we are small.
|
| 1.63 | 03-Oct-2003 |
dsl | branches: 1.63.2;
If /dev/constty exists, use it instead of /dev/console for single user shell.
I'm not 100% certain it should call login_tty() for anything else.
|
| 1.62 | 11-Sep-2003 |
dsl | If /dev/MAKEDEV is a symlink then preserve the symlink in the mfs /dev.
If /dev/MAKEDEV doesn't exist then try to run /etc/MAKEDEV instead.
Use the (new) '-n inodes' option to mount_mfs and base the size on the number
of inodes and the size of the MAKEDEV script.
|
| 1.61 | 07-Aug-2003 |
agc | Move UCB-licensed code from 4-clause to 3-clause licence.
Patches provided by Joel Baker in PR 22308, verified by myself.
|
| 1.60 | 05-Aug-2003 |
dsl | Exit child process if we fail to 'cd /dev' or 'execl sh MAKEDEV'.
Don't really want two processes in the rest of init!
|
| 1.59 | 12-Jul-2003 |
itojun | use asprintf, which is easier
|
| 1.58 | 01-Jul-2003 |
christos | Avoid code duplication by factoring out the open/map open/write/unmap functions.
|
| 1.57 | 01-Jul-2003 |
lukem | Always compile in support for attempting to obtain the major device
number of the console from sysctl("machdep.console_device"), rather
than making in optional on the (unused) #ifdef DEBUG.
Certain platforms do not have the console at makedev(0,0) (including
many arm32 and some sh3 platforms), so the "mfs MAKEDEV" hack would
have failed on those.
Noted in private discussion with Quentin Barnes.
|
| 1.56 | 26-May-2003 |
lukem | If RESCUEDIR is defined, use that as an alternate path to sh and mount_mfs,
and prepend RESCUEDIR to the default PATH.
(This replaces my _PATH_ALTSHELL mods from rev 1.52 of init.c)
|
| 1.55 | 20-Apr-2003 |
christos | PR/5544: Anders Magnusson: Init segfaults when hupped in single user.
- fix so that session_db is not de-referenced when null, and other
possible null pointer dereferences.
- ignore hup and tstp in single user mode.
|
| 1.54 | 17-Apr-2003 |
fvdl | Call MAKEDEV with "init"
|
| 1.53 | 04-Oct-2002 |
simonb | White space nit.
|
| 1.52 | 24-Aug-2002 |
lukem | - use _PATH_ALTSHELL (which defaults to _PATH_BSHELL) as the default ALTSHELL
(as opposed to _PATH_BSHELL), to allow the ALTSHELL to be changed.
- print the full path to the default shell in the ALTSHELL prompt.
|
| 1.51 | 02-Aug-2002 |
christos | fix typos that prevented us from cleaning utmpx. Noted by wiz
|
| 1.50 | 27-Jul-2002 |
christos | add utmpx/wtmpx processing support.
|
| 1.49 | 16-Apr-2002 |
mycroft | In single-user, after taking a signal and having the `shell' die with
SIGKILL, go into an infinite loop (like in the runcom SIGTERM case), on the
assumption that reboot(8) is in the middle of taking the system down.
This fixes `panic: init died' from sysinst.
|
| 1.48 | 03-Feb-2002 |
lukem | crank size of mfs from 512 sectors to 768 sectors (large i386 MAKEDEV)
|
| 1.47 | 26-Jan-2002 |
christos | KNF: - use %m always instead of sometimes using strerror()
- space problems in casts
- don't cast 0, use NULL
- don't have long lines
- don't cast malloc
- use warn/warnx instead of fprintf
- fix bug where a failed mount_mfs would cause the program to continue.
- pass lint
|
| 1.46 | 23-Jan-2002 |
lukem | fix compilation problems on my alpha
|
| 1.45 | 21-Jan-2002 |
abs | Rename MSDOSFS_ROOT to MFS_DEV_IF_NO_CONSOLE, and rework:
- Always attempt mfs dev if missing /dev/console
- Save and run both MAKEDEV and MAKEDEV.local
- After creating the mfs dev, mknod() and freopen() /dev/console.
- If MAKEDEV is missing do not fail out early, but still create the mfs,
/dev/console.
- If we hit any errors fail out to single user.
This change _only_ affects systems booting without /dev/console.
|
| 1.44 | 16-Jan-2002 |
abs | Increase the size of the dev mfs to at least enough for 1.5.2 i386.
bin/15235 by Gavan Fantom.
|
| 1.43 | 18-Jun-2001 |
lukem | complete conversion to ANSI C
|
| 1.42 | 10-Jan-2001 |
lukem | deprecate LOG_ODELAY; it's the default
|
| 1.41 | 30-Dec-2000 |
wiz | Fix typo in v1.38.
|
| 1.40 | 30-Dec-2000 |
wiz | sprinkle some const's
|
| 1.39 | 30-Dec-2000 |
wiz | ANSIfy and de-__P()
|
| 1.38 | 30-Dec-2000 |
wiz | Handle NULL return value by fgets after shell prompt better. Also
improve '\n' slightly. Addresses bin/11847.
|
| 1.37 | 19-Mar-2000 |
soren | branches: 1.37.4;
Unbreak compilation with -DLETS_GET_SMALL as in PR bin/9639 by Patrick Welche.
|
| 1.36 | 21-Jan-2000 |
mycroft | Nuke `extern int errno;' in code we compile with -Wstrict-prototypes. We get
the correct definition from errno.h.
|
| 1.35 | 09-Nov-1999 |
drochner | Since our gcc doesn't warn about NULL format strings anymore, we can
fix the incorrect err(1, "%s", "") et al.
Closes PR bin/7592 by cgd.
|
| 1.34 | 14-Nov-1998 |
tls | branches: 1.34.2; 1.34.6;
When downgrading from 'highly secure' mode (securelevel >= 2) to 'insecure' mode (securelevel 0) and the root password is set, always require it before giving a shell on the console. Reasoning: if an attacker has access to the machine console, he doesn't necessarily have access to the hardware itself; on a 'highly secure' machine, we may as well make his life hard.
|
| 1.33 | 18-Sep-1998 |
thorpej | Use sigset_t for signal masks.
|
| 1.32 | 20-Feb-1998 |
mycroft | Fill in missing (default) mmap(2) flags.
|
| 1.31 | 06-Feb-1998 |
perry | fix pr4766 from greywolf -- couldn't build without -DALTSHELL
|
| 1.30 | 01-Nov-1997 |
drochner | Remove the "wait for mfs to be mounted" hack; this is solved in mount_mfs
now.
|
| 1.29 | 28-Oct-1997 |
christos | PR/4372: Andread Wrede: increase number of inodes in mfs
|
| 1.28 | 30-Jul-1997 |
christos | branches: 1.28.2;
Support root on msdos filesystems by creating an mfs on /dev and running
MAKEDEV all to create the devices. Idea by Chris Demetriou.
|
| 1.27 | 19-Jul-1997 |
perry | get rid of "register" declarations.
turn 0 pointers into NULLs
Fix WARN=1 warnings
|
| 1.26 | 19-Jul-1997 |
perry | 1) change rcsid[] and copyright[] to use __RCSID and __COPYRIGHT
macros.
2) Clean up some gratuitous uses of write() instead of fprintf()
3) Clean up some of the alternative shell code in single_user(),
fixing a couple of bugs in the meanwhile. Also, fix pr-2620 from
Chris Demetriou -- when an alternative shell is exec'ed, it is now
not called "-sh" automatically.
4) rename the DEBUGSHELL option ALTSHELL since its almost always used
in NetBSD.
Notes:
1) It isn't clear that the ALTSHELL code is really ever very useful,
but we seem to have decided to always enable it anyway.
2) The code in init really needs an overall cleanup, but I just don't
have time or energy.
|
| 1.25 | 19-Jul-1997 |
perry | merge lite-2 changes
|
| 1.24 | 14-Mar-1997 |
mycroft | Insert some closelog()s, so we don't leave the syslog socket
on fd 0.
|
| 1.23 | 22-Feb-1997 |
thorpej | If root has no password, don't lock the operator out of single-user
mode if the console is "insecure".
|
| 1.22 | 15-May-1996 |
jtc | Updated to use <util.h>.
From Greg Hudson <ghudson@MIT.EDU>.
|
| 1.21 | 05-Oct-1995 |
mycroft | Kill sessions that were deleted when rereading /etc/ttys.
|
| 1.20 | 28-May-1995 |
jtc | sys_siglist[] -> strsignal()
|
| 1.19 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.18 | 23-Sep-1994 |
mycroft | Eliminate uses of some obsolete functions.
|
| 1.17 | 06-Aug-1994 |
deraadt | ensure /sbin is in PATH in single user mode
|
| 1.16 | 11-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | branches: 1.16.2;
Fix up RCS ids.
|
| 1.15 | 10-Jun-1994 |
pk | Update to 4.4-lite (basically some copyright changes) + local changes.
|
| 1.14 | 26-Apr-1994 |
pk | Disabling *all* terminals in /etc/ttys meant disabling them for good:
stuck in `clean tty' => `multi user' => `clean tty' loop.
|
| 1.13 | 18-Apr-1994 |
cgd | if we want a LETS_GET_SMALL init, allow only single-user
|
| 1.12 | 01-Mar-1994 |
cgd | Establish an initial user so that programs running single user
do not freak out and die (like passwd).
|
| 1.11 | 01-Aug-1993 |
mycroft | Add RCS identifiers.
|
| 1.10 | 08-Jul-1993 |
cgd | get rid of the bogus changes i made to init. note that /etc/ttys
*must* have an entry for "console", though it should be "off",
prolly.
|
| 1.9 | 18-Jun-1993 |
cgd | a couple of local mods; always ask for shell in single user, use -lcrypt,
use root's shell rather that /bin/sh when going to single-user, etc.
|
| 1.8 | 18-Jun-1993 |
cgd | incorporate bsdi's version of init; this is their version, w/no local changes
other than adding Id strings as appropriate
|
| 1.7 | 10-Jun-1993 |
cgd | add preliminary support for devfs (e.g. MOUNT_DEVFS #define, etc.)
|
| 1.6 | 26-Apr-1993 |
cgd | changed to use new libcrypt scheme.
|
| 1.5 | 06-Apr-1993 |
cgd | added console security, if SECURE_CONSOLE defined in makefile,
and console not secure in ttys
|
| 1.4 | 23-Mar-1993 |
cgd | changed "Id" to "Header" for rcsids
|
| 1.3 | 22-Mar-1993 |
cgd | added rcs ids to all files
|
| 1.2 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | after 0.2.2 "stable" patches applied
|
| 1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.3 | 19-Jul-1997 |
perry | imported from 44lite2
|
| 1.1.1.2 | 13-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Import 4.4-Lite version.
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | initial import of 386bsd-0.1 sources
|
| 1.16.2.1 | 06-Aug-1994 |
mycroft | update from trunk
|
| 1.28.2.1 | 02-Nov-1997 |
mellon | Pull rev 1.29 and 1.30 up from trunk (drochner)
|
| 1.34.6.1 | 27-Dec-1999 |
wrstuden | Pull up to last week's -current.
|
| 1.34.2.1 | 23-Jan-2000 |
he | Pull up revision 1.36 (requested by mycroft):
Always do the errno indirection hack, so that non-threaded
libraries get the right errno value when linked with -lpthread.
This means "always include <errno.h> and never declare errno
yourself".
|
| 1.37.4.1 | 09-Feb-2002 |
he | Pull up revisions 1.38-1.48 (requested by abs):
Add optional support to try to set up an MFS based /dev file
system if /dev/console is missing. Also fix PR#11847 -- handling
of EOF at altshell prompt, and convert to ANSI C code style.
|
| 1.63.2.1 | 12-Nov-2004 |
jmc | branches: 1.63.2.1.2;
Pullup rev 1.68 (requested by dan in ticket #914)
Be explicit about the perms of mfs /dev.
|
| 1.63.2.1.2.1 | 10-May-2005 |
riz | Pull up revision 1.69 (requested by martin in ticket #1331):
Bump the number of inodes to 1024 in the MFS case, needed to
create more devices in the ramdisk images, ok'ed by thorpej@.
|
| 1.81.2.1 | 16-Feb-2007 |
riz | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by tron in ticket #441):
sbin/init/init.c: revision 1.88
Increase the numbers of inodes available on the "/dev" MFS to 1280.
This should fix the "sysinst" problems caused by adding more devices
node to resolve PR port-amd64/35532.
|
| 1.93.6.1 | 27-Dec-2007 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.93.4.2 | 23-Mar-2008 |
matt | sync with HEAD
|
| 1.93.4.1 | 09-Jan-2008 |
matt | sync with HEAD
|
| 1.94.6.4 | 28-Sep-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.94.6.3 | 04-Apr-2008 |
mjf | * Catch up with selnotify() changes.
* Catch up with some softc changes in HEAD.
* More s/dctl/devfsctl/ changes.
* Remove debugging printfs from init(8) that slipped in by mistake.
* Cosmetic changes in devfsd, allow multiple attributes to be set in
one rule. Switch from err() to syslog() messages.
* Fix etc/devfsd.conf, I'd made some changes previously that had syntax
errors.
|
| 1.94.6.2 | 03-Apr-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.94.6.1 | 29-Mar-2008 |
mjf | - etc/devfsd.conf: Add some rules to give nodes like /dev/tty and
/dev/null better default modes, i.e. 0666.
- sbin/init: Run devfsd -s before going to multiuser.
- sys/arch: Provide arm32, i386, sparc with a mem_init() function to request
device nodes for /dev/null, /dev/zero, etc.
- sys/dev: Convert rnd, wd, agp, raid, cd, sd, wsdisplay, wskbd, wsmouse,
wsmux, tty, bpf, swap to devfs New World Order.
- sys/fs/devfs: Make the visibility attribute of device nodes configurable.
Also provide a function to mount a devfs on boot.
- sys/kern: Add a new boot flag, -n. This disables devfs support. Unless
the -n flag is specified the kernel will mount a devfs file
system on boot.
|
| 1.94.4.1 | 24-Mar-2008 |
keiichi | sync with head.
|
| 1.95.4.1 | 18-Sep-2008 |
wrstuden | Sync with wrstuden-revivesa-base-2.
|
| 1.97.2.1 | 13-May-2009 |
jym | Sync with HEAD.
Third (and last) commit. See http://mail-index.netbsd.org/source-changes/2009/05/13/msg221222.html
|
| 1.102.4.1 | 23-Nov-2012 |
riz | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by msaitoh in ticket #698):
sbin/init/init.c: revision 1.105
Add missing free() in error path.
|
| 1.102.2.2 | 16-Jan-2013 |
yamt | sync with (a bit old) head
|
| 1.102.2.1 | 17-Apr-2012 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.103.2.1 | 20-Nov-2012 |
tls | Resync to 2012-11-19 00:00:00 UTC
|
| 1.6 | 07-Aug-2003 |
agc | Move UCB-licensed code from 4-clause to 3-clause licence.
Patches provided by Joel Baker in PR 22308, verified by myself.
|
| 1.5 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.4 | 11-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Fix up RCS ids.
|
| 1.3 | 10-Jun-1994 |
pk | Update to 4.4-lite (basically some copyright changes) + local changes.
|
| 1.2 | 01-Aug-1993 |
mycroft | Add RCS identifiers.
|
| 1.1 | 18-Jun-1993 |
cgd | branches: 1.1.1;
incorporate bsdi's version of init; this is their version, w/no local changes
other than adding Id strings as appropriate
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 13-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Import 4.4-Lite version.
|
| 1.5 | 03-Jun-2023 |
lukem | bsd.own.mk: rename GCC_NO_* to CC_WNO_*
Rename compiler-warning-disable variables from
GCC_NO_warning
to
CC_WNO_warning
where warning is the full warning name as used by the compiler.
GCC_NO_IMPLICIT_FALLTHRU is CC_WNO_IMPLICIT_FALLTHROUGH
Using the convention CC_compilerflag, where compilerflag
is based on the full compiler flag name.
|
| 1.4 | 13-Oct-2019 |
mrg | introduce some common variables for use in GCC warning disables:
GCC_NO_FORMAT_TRUNCATION -Wno-format-truncation (GCC 7/8)
GCC_NO_STRINGOP_TRUNCATION -Wno-stringop-truncation (GCC 8)
GCC_NO_STRINGOP_OVERFLOW -Wno-stringop-overflow (GCC 8)
GCC_NO_CAST_FUNCTION_TYPE -Wno-cast-function-type (GCC 8)
use these to turn off warnings for most GCC-8 complaints. many
of these are false positives, most of the real bugs are already
commited, or are yet to come.
we plan to introduce versions of (some?) of these that use the
"-Wno-error=" form, which still displays the warnings but does
not make it an error, and all of the above will be re-considered
as either being "fix me" (warning still displayed) or "warning
is wrong."
|
| 1.3 | 30-May-2015 |
joerg | branches: 1.3.16;
Remove userland side of ISCSI_DEBUG and ISCSI_TEST_MODE.
|
| 1.2 | 11-Aug-2013 |
dholland | These pass WARNS=5, so don't set WARNS=4
|
| 1.1 | 23-Oct-2011 |
agc | branches: 1.1.2; 1.1.8;
Start to move the in-kernel iSCSI initiator, kindly contributed to the
NetBSD Foundation by Wasabi Systems, from
othersrc/external/bsd/iscsi/{iscsictl,iscsid}
to
src/sbin/{iscsictl,iscsid}
|
| 1.1.8.1 | 20-Aug-2014 |
tls | Rebase to HEAD as of a few days ago.
|
| 1.1.2.1 | 22-May-2014 |
yamt | sync with head.
for a reference, the tree before this commit was tagged
as yamt-pagecache-tag8.
this commit was splitted into small chunks to avoid
a limitation of cvs. ("Protocol error: too many arguments")
|
| 1.3.16.1 | 13-Apr-2020 |
martin | Mostly merge changes from HEAD upto 20200411
|
| 1.3 | 30-May-2015 |
joerg | Remove userland side of ISCSI_DEBUG and ISCSI_TEST_MODE.
|
| 1.2 | 30-Oct-2011 |
christos | remove some lint
|
| 1.1 | 23-Oct-2011 |
agc | Start to move the in-kernel iSCSI initiator, kindly contributed to the
NetBSD Foundation by Wasabi Systems, from
othersrc/external/bsd/iscsi/{iscsictl,iscsid}
to
src/sbin/{iscsictl,iscsid}
|
| 1.6 | 25-Jun-2012 |
mlelstv | it's really 32bit
|
| 1.5 | 25-Jun-2012 |
mlelstv | report luns returns a 32bit list length.
|
| 1.4 | 20-Jun-2012 |
martin | Fix previous
|
| 1.3 | 20-Jun-2012 |
martin | Avoid printing values past the end of the buffer, and a size_t underflow.
|
| 1.2 | 30-Oct-2011 |
christos | branches: 1.2.2; 1.2.4;
remove some lint
|
| 1.1 | 23-Oct-2011 |
agc | Start to move the in-kernel iSCSI initiator, kindly contributed to the
NetBSD Foundation by Wasabi Systems, from
othersrc/external/bsd/iscsi/{iscsictl,iscsid}
to
src/sbin/{iscsictl,iscsid}
|
| 1.2.4.2 | 03-Jul-2012 |
jdc | Pull up revisions:
src/sys/dev/iscsi/iscsi_globals.h revisions 1.3,1.4
src/sys/dev/iscsi/iscsi_main.c revisions 1.4,1.5
src/sys/dev/iscsi/iscsi_text.c revisions 1.4,1.5
src/sys/dev/iscsi/iscsi_ioctl.c revisions 1.3,1.4
src/sys/dev/iscsi/iscsi_send.c revisions 1.3,1.4,1.5
src/sys/dev/iscsi/iscsi_utils.c revisions 1.2,1.3,1.4
src/sbin/iscsid/iscsid_discover.c revision 1.4
src/sys/dev/iscsi/iscsi_rcv.c revision 1.3
src/sbin/iscsictl/iscsic_driverif.c revisions 1.5,1.6
(requested by martin in ticket #357, with updates from mhitch and mlelstv).
avoid namespace pollution when debugging
don't panic when printing data for a dead (NULL) connection
Close file descriptor passed into the kernel on success.
Fix locking of file handle. More cleanup on error paths.
Keep track of CCBs, so they cannot be used after a session ends.
Handle CCB timeouts even when the connection is terminated.
Compute firstdata, firstimmed correctly.
assemble_login_parameters() has a strange error reporting convention:
errors are positive numbers, so <= 0 is good, not >= ...
This makes CHAP authenticated iscsi logins work.
use first successful connection to a ISNS server
Add more debugging, fix filehandle usage, login negotiation and session
shutdown.
Add #ifdef'd code to send negotiation parameters in hex instead of base64,
so it works against older Linux targets.
report luns returns a 32bit list length.
Make digests work also on big endian machines.
it's really 32bit
|
| 1.2.4.1 | 02-Jul-2012 |
jdc | Pull up revisions:
src/sbin/iscsictl/iscsic_driverif.c revisions 1.3,1.4
(requested by martin in ticket #363).
Avoid printing values past the end of the buffer, and a size_t underflow.
Fix previous
|
| 1.2.2.1 | 30-Oct-2012 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.6 | 03-Apr-2020 |
joerg | Just declare driver and buf
|
| 1.5 | 30-May-2015 |
joerg | branches: 1.5.16;
Remove userland side of ISCSI_DEBUG and ISCSI_TEST_MODE.
|
| 1.4 | 17-Nov-2011 |
joerg | Use __dead
|
| 1.3 | 30-Oct-2011 |
christos | branches: 1.3.2;
remove some lint
|
| 1.2 | 23-Oct-2011 |
christos | add printflike and fix the format error.
|
| 1.1 | 23-Oct-2011 |
agc | Start to move the in-kernel iSCSI initiator, kindly contributed to the
NetBSD Foundation by Wasabi Systems, from
othersrc/external/bsd/iscsi/{iscsictl,iscsid}
to
src/sbin/{iscsictl,iscsid}
|
| 1.3.2.1 | 17-Apr-2012 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.5.16.1 | 08-Apr-2020 |
martin | Merge changes from current as of 20200406
|
| 1.6 | 30-May-2015 |
joerg | Remove userland side of ISCSI_DEBUG and ISCSI_TEST_MODE.
|
| 1.5 | 20-Nov-2011 |
agc | give the correct count of arguments to the sub-functions
|
| 1.4 | 17-Nov-2011 |
joerg | Use __dead
|
| 1.3 | 30-Oct-2011 |
christos | branches: 1.3.2;
remove some lint
|
| 1.2 | 23-Oct-2011 |
christos | add printflike and fix the format error.
|
| 1.1 | 23-Oct-2011 |
agc | Start to move the in-kernel iSCSI initiator, kindly contributed to the
NetBSD Foundation by Wasabi Systems, from
othersrc/external/bsd/iscsi/{iscsictl,iscsid}
to
src/sbin/{iscsictl,iscsid}
|
| 1.3.2.1 | 17-Apr-2012 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.5 | 25-Nov-2023 |
mlelstv | Parse IPv6 targets and handle IPv6 addresses.
|
| 1.4 | 03-Dec-2021 |
andvar | branches: 1.4.2;
fix various typos in comments, log messages and documentation.
|
| 1.3 | 30-May-2015 |
joerg | Remove userland side of ISCSI_DEBUG and ISCSI_TEST_MODE.
|
| 1.2 | 30-Oct-2011 |
christos | remove some lint
|
| 1.1 | 23-Oct-2011 |
agc | Start to move the in-kernel iSCSI initiator, kindly contributed to the
NetBSD Foundation by Wasabi Systems, from
othersrc/external/bsd/iscsi/{iscsictl,iscsid}
to
src/sbin/{iscsictl,iscsid}
|
| 1.4.2.1 | 18-Dec-2023 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by mlelstv in ticket #504):
sbin/iscsictl/iscsic_parse.c: revision 1.5
sbin/iscsid/iscsid_driverif.c: revision 1.9
Parse IPv6 targets and handle IPv6 addresses.
|
| 1.2 | 30-May-2015 |
joerg | Remove userland side of ISCSI_DEBUG and ISCSI_TEST_MODE.
|
| 1.1 | 23-Oct-2011 |
agc | Start to move the in-kernel iSCSI initiator, kindly contributed to the
NetBSD Foundation by Wasabi Systems, from
othersrc/external/bsd/iscsi/{iscsictl,iscsid}
to
src/sbin/{iscsictl,iscsid}
|
| 1.9 | 30-Aug-2015 |
jnemeth | update client OS version as well
|
| 1.8 | 30-Aug-2015 |
jnemeth | PR/49616 - Andreas Gustafsson -- bring modload example into era of MODULAR
|
| 1.7 | 18-Mar-2014 |
riastradh | Merge riastradh-drm2 to HEAD.
|
| 1.6 | 20-Jul-2013 |
wiz | Use Mt for email addresses.
|
| 1.5 | 02-Jun-2012 |
njoly | branches: 1.5.2; 1.5.4;
Fix Bl -tag width arguments.
|
| 1.4 | 29-May-2012 |
riz | The 'list_sessions' command has a -c flag to display connections
associated with the sessions.
|
| 1.3 | 27-May-2012 |
wiz | NetBSD -> Nx; new sentence, new line; remove superfluous Pp.
|
| 1.2 | 26-May-2012 |
riz | Begin the tedious process of documenting iscsictl(8) commands,
options, and flags. I gathered this information by tediously
slogging through the source code, so it's likely to be incomplete
and occasionally flat wrong.
At a minimum, specify which options the various commands take, and
clarify the address specifications. There is still much to do,
but this increases the usefulness of this man page for me, at least.
|
| 1.1 | 23-Oct-2011 |
agc | branches: 1.1.2; 1.1.4;
Start to move the in-kernel iSCSI initiator, kindly contributed to the
NetBSD Foundation by Wasabi Systems, from
othersrc/external/bsd/iscsi/{iscsictl,iscsid}
to
src/sbin/{iscsictl,iscsid}
|
| 1.1.4.1 | 30-May-2012 |
sborrill | Pull up the following revisions(s) (requested by riz in ticket #291):
etc/MAKEDEV.tmpl: revision 1.155
sbin/iscsictl/iscsictl.8: revision 1.2-1.4
sbin/iscsid/iscsid_driverif.c: revision 1.4-1.5
sbin/iscsid/iscsid_lists.c: revision 1.4-1.7
sbin/iscsid/iscsid_targets.c: revision 1.4
sbin/iscsid/iscsid_globals.h: revision 1.5-1.7
sbin/iscsid/iscsid_main.c: revision 1.4-1.7
sbin/iscsid/Makefile: revision 1.2-1.4
sbin/iscsid/iscsid.8: revision 1.3-1.8
sbin/iscsid/iscsid.h: revision 1.3
sys/dev/iscsi/iscsi_main.c: revision 1.2-1.3
Fix bugs in iscsid target list handling, and improve documentation
somewhat for the in-kernel iSCSI initiator.
|
| 1.1.2.2 | 22-May-2014 |
yamt | sync with head.
for a reference, the tree before this commit was tagged
as yamt-pagecache-tag8.
this commit was splitted into small chunks to avoid
a limitation of cvs. ("Protocol error: too many arguments")
|
| 1.1.2.1 | 30-Oct-2012 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.5.4.1 | 23-Jul-2013 |
riastradh | sync with HEAD
|
| 1.5.2.1 | 20-Aug-2014 |
tls | Rebase to HEAD as of a few days ago.
|
| 1.6 | 29-May-2016 |
mlelstv | Several improvents to iscsid
- debug log is now using syslog
- seperate options for log level and foreground mode
- writes a pidfile so that /etc/rc.d/iscsid works
Now links with libutil for pidfile(), the functions login() and logout()
needed to be renamed to avoid a conflict.
- drops the nothreads option
- handles signals to shut down gracefully
- the driver may also shut down the daemon when it terminates
Currently this cannot work as the driver can only terminate when
the daemon has closed the driver file handle.
|
| 1.5 | 11-Aug-2013 |
dholland | These pass WARNS=5, so don't set WARNS=4
|
| 1.4 | 28-May-2012 |
riz | branches: 1.4.2;
Make the debugging printouts actually work when setting the debug level,
and allow the level to be set numerically from the command line.
|
| 1.3 | 27-May-2012 |
christos | use -n for nothreads.
|
| 1.2 | 27-May-2012 |
christos | make the debug level available on the command line.
|
| 1.1 | 23-Oct-2011 |
agc | branches: 1.1.2; 1.1.4;
Start to move the in-kernel iSCSI initiator, kindly contributed to the
NetBSD Foundation by Wasabi Systems, from
othersrc/external/bsd/iscsi/{iscsictl,iscsid}
to
src/sbin/{iscsictl,iscsid}
|
| 1.1.4.1 | 30-May-2012 |
sborrill | Pull up the following revisions(s) (requested by riz in ticket #291):
etc/MAKEDEV.tmpl: revision 1.155
sbin/iscsictl/iscsictl.8: revision 1.2-1.4
sbin/iscsid/iscsid_driverif.c: revision 1.4-1.5
sbin/iscsid/iscsid_lists.c: revision 1.4-1.7
sbin/iscsid/iscsid_targets.c: revision 1.4
sbin/iscsid/iscsid_globals.h: revision 1.5-1.7
sbin/iscsid/iscsid_main.c: revision 1.4-1.7
sbin/iscsid/Makefile: revision 1.2-1.4
sbin/iscsid/iscsid.8: revision 1.3-1.8
sbin/iscsid/iscsid.h: revision 1.3
sys/dev/iscsi/iscsi_main.c: revision 1.2-1.3
Fix bugs in iscsid target list handling, and improve documentation
somewhat for the in-kernel iSCSI initiator.
|
| 1.1.2.2 | 22-May-2014 |
yamt | sync with head.
for a reference, the tree before this commit was tagged
as yamt-pagecache-tag8.
this commit was splitted into small chunks to avoid
a limitation of cvs. ("Protocol error: too many arguments")
|
| 1.1.2.1 | 30-Oct-2012 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.4.2.1 | 20-Aug-2014 |
tls | Rebase to HEAD as of a few days ago.
|
| 1.14 | 14-Apr-2022 |
pgoyette | iscsid(8) no longer requires scsibus(4) and sd(4) to be built-in to
the kernel. The scsi_subr module will be loaded if needed to resolve
any dependencies.
|
| 1.13 | 29-May-2016 |
mlelstv | Several improvents to iscsid
- debug log is now using syslog
- seperate options for log level and foreground mode
- writes a pidfile so that /etc/rc.d/iscsid works
Now links with libutil for pidfile(), the functions login() and logout()
needed to be renamed to avoid a conflict.
- drops the nothreads option
- handles signals to shut down gracefully
- the driver may also shut down the daemon when it terminates
Currently this cannot work as the driver can only terminate when
the daemon has closed the driver file handle.
|
| 1.12 | 10-Nov-2015 |
tnn | fix iSCSI RFC number
|
| 1.11 | 06-Jul-2014 |
zafer | mention requirements for custom kernels.
|
| 1.10 | 18-Mar-2014 |
riastradh | branches: 1.10.2;
Merge riastradh-drm2 to HEAD.
|
| 1.9 | 20-Jul-2013 |
wiz | Use Mt for email addresses.
|
| 1.8 | 28-May-2012 |
wiz | branches: 1.8.2; 1.8.4;
Sort option descriptions (options without args, then options with args).
|
| 1.7 | 28-May-2012 |
wiz | Remove trailing whitespace.
|
| 1.6 | 28-May-2012 |
riz | Fix up the wording of the new flags, and show that the -d flag
now takes an argument.
|
| 1.5 | 27-May-2012 |
riz | Use Fl for the flags.
|
| 1.4 | 27-May-2012 |
christos | use -n for nothreads.
|
| 1.3 | 27-May-2012 |
christos | make the debug level available on the command line.
|
| 1.2 | 21-Nov-2011 |
njoly | branches: 1.2.2;
Fix title and xrefs.
|
| 1.1 | 23-Oct-2011 |
agc | branches: 1.1.2;
Start to move the in-kernel iSCSI initiator, kindly contributed to the
NetBSD Foundation by Wasabi Systems, from
othersrc/external/bsd/iscsi/{iscsictl,iscsid}
to
src/sbin/{iscsictl,iscsid}
|
| 1.1.2.3 | 22-May-2014 |
yamt | sync with head.
for a reference, the tree before this commit was tagged
as yamt-pagecache-tag8.
this commit was splitted into small chunks to avoid
a limitation of cvs. ("Protocol error: too many arguments")
|
| 1.1.2.2 | 30-Oct-2012 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.1.2.1 | 17-Apr-2012 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.2.2.2 | 25-Nov-2012 |
reed | Fix simple typo. (3270 is MPLS)
|
| 1.2.2.1 | 30-May-2012 |
sborrill | Pull up the following revisions(s) (requested by riz in ticket #291):
etc/MAKEDEV.tmpl: revision 1.155
sbin/iscsictl/iscsictl.8: revision 1.2-1.4
sbin/iscsid/iscsid_driverif.c: revision 1.4-1.5
sbin/iscsid/iscsid_lists.c: revision 1.4-1.7
sbin/iscsid/iscsid_targets.c: revision 1.4
sbin/iscsid/iscsid_globals.h: revision 1.5-1.7
sbin/iscsid/iscsid_main.c: revision 1.4-1.7
sbin/iscsid/Makefile: revision 1.2-1.4
sbin/iscsid/iscsid.8: revision 1.3-1.8
sbin/iscsid/iscsid.h: revision 1.3
sys/dev/iscsi/iscsi_main.c: revision 1.2-1.3
Fix bugs in iscsid target list handling, and improve documentation
somewhat for the in-kernel iSCSI initiator.
|
| 1.8.4.1 | 23-Jul-2013 |
riastradh | sync with HEAD
|
| 1.8.2.1 | 20-Aug-2014 |
tls | Rebase to HEAD as of a few days ago.
|
| 1.10.2.1 | 10-Aug-2014 |
tls | Rebase.
|
| 1.5 | 29-May-2016 |
mlelstv | Several improvents to iscsid
- debug log is now using syslog
- seperate options for log level and foreground mode
- writes a pidfile so that /etc/rc.d/iscsid works
Now links with libutil for pidfile(), the functions login() and logout()
needed to be renamed to avoid a conflict.
- drops the nothreads option
- handles signals to shut down gracefully
- the driver may also shut down the daemon when it terminates
Currently this cannot work as the driver can only terminate when
the daemon has closed the driver file handle.
|
| 1.4 | 21-Feb-2015 |
joerg | Move communication socket to /var/run, especially when starting iscsid
during boot, it might disappear otherwise.
|
| 1.3 | 27-May-2012 |
christos | use -n for nothreads.
|
| 1.2 | 29-Oct-2011 |
christos | branches: 1.2.2; 1.2.4;
cleanup some messy casts and type violations.
XXX: There is one piece of code I marked that does not make sense.
Someone should take a look at it.
|
| 1.1 | 23-Oct-2011 |
agc | Start to move the in-kernel iSCSI initiator, kindly contributed to the
NetBSD Foundation by Wasabi Systems, from
othersrc/external/bsd/iscsi/{iscsictl,iscsid}
to
src/sbin/{iscsictl,iscsid}
|
| 1.2.4.1 | 30-May-2012 |
sborrill | Pull up the following revisions(s) (requested by riz in ticket #291):
etc/MAKEDEV.tmpl: revision 1.155
sbin/iscsictl/iscsictl.8: revision 1.2-1.4
sbin/iscsid/iscsid_driverif.c: revision 1.4-1.5
sbin/iscsid/iscsid_lists.c: revision 1.4-1.7
sbin/iscsid/iscsid_targets.c: revision 1.4
sbin/iscsid/iscsid_globals.h: revision 1.5-1.7
sbin/iscsid/iscsid_main.c: revision 1.4-1.7
sbin/iscsid/Makefile: revision 1.2-1.4
sbin/iscsid/iscsid.8: revision 1.3-1.8
sbin/iscsid/iscsid.h: revision 1.3
sys/dev/iscsi/iscsi_main.c: revision 1.2-1.3
Fix bugs in iscsid target list handling, and improve documentation
somewhat for the in-kernel iSCSI initiator.
|
| 1.2.2.1 | 30-Oct-2012 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.6 | 11-Jul-2025 |
andvar | Fix various typos, mainly in comments and log/error messages.
|
| 1.5 | 29-May-2016 |
mlelstv | branches: 1.5.28;
Several improvents to iscsid
- debug log is now using syslog
- seperate options for log level and foreground mode
- writes a pidfile so that /etc/rc.d/iscsid works
Now links with libutil for pidfile(), the functions login() and logout()
needed to be renamed to avoid a conflict.
- drops the nothreads option
- handles signals to shut down gracefully
- the driver may also shut down the daemon when it terminates
Currently this cannot work as the driver can only terminate when
the daemon has closed the driver file handle.
|
| 1.4 | 24-Jun-2012 |
mlelstv | use first successful connection to a ISNS server
|
| 1.3 | 20-Nov-2011 |
agc | branches: 1.3.2;
simplify code by removing a useless "#define STATIC static" in both debug
and normal usage, and all of its uses.
|
| 1.2 | 29-Oct-2011 |
christos | branches: 1.2.2;
cleanup some messy casts and type violations.
XXX: There is one piece of code I marked that does not make sense.
Someone should take a look at it.
|
| 1.1 | 23-Oct-2011 |
agc | Start to move the in-kernel iSCSI initiator, kindly contributed to the
NetBSD Foundation by Wasabi Systems, from
othersrc/external/bsd/iscsi/{iscsictl,iscsid}
to
src/sbin/{iscsictl,iscsid}
|
| 1.2.2.2 | 30-Oct-2012 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.2.2.1 | 17-Apr-2012 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.3.2.1 | 03-Jul-2012 |
jdc | Pull up revisions:
src/sys/dev/iscsi/iscsi_globals.h revisions 1.3,1.4
src/sys/dev/iscsi/iscsi_main.c revisions 1.4,1.5
src/sys/dev/iscsi/iscsi_text.c revisions 1.4,1.5
src/sys/dev/iscsi/iscsi_ioctl.c revisions 1.3,1.4
src/sys/dev/iscsi/iscsi_send.c revisions 1.3,1.4,1.5
src/sys/dev/iscsi/iscsi_utils.c revisions 1.2,1.3,1.4
src/sbin/iscsid/iscsid_discover.c revision 1.4
src/sys/dev/iscsi/iscsi_rcv.c revision 1.3
src/sbin/iscsictl/iscsic_driverif.c revisions 1.5,1.6
(requested by martin in ticket #357, with updates from mhitch and mlelstv).
avoid namespace pollution when debugging
don't panic when printing data for a dead (NULL) connection
Close file descriptor passed into the kernel on success.
Fix locking of file handle. More cleanup on error paths.
Keep track of CCBs, so they cannot be used after a session ends.
Handle CCB timeouts even when the connection is terminated.
Compute firstdata, firstimmed correctly.
assemble_login_parameters() has a strange error reporting convention:
errors are positive numbers, so <= 0 is good, not >= ...
This makes CHAP authenticated iscsi logins work.
use first successful connection to a ISNS server
Add more debugging, fix filehandle usage, login negotiation and session
shutdown.
Add #ifdef'd code to send negotiation parameters in hex instead of base64,
so it works against older Linux targets.
report luns returns a 32bit list length.
Make digests work also on big endian machines.
it's really 32bit
|
| 1.5.28.1 | 02-Aug-2025 |
perseant | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.11 | 13-Jul-2024 |
mlelstv | Abort operation when a target address cannot be resolved.
|
| 1.10 | 27-Dec-2023 |
mlelstv | branches: 1.10.2;
Treat port 0 (unset) as ISCSI_DEFAULT_PORT like before.
|
| 1.9 | 25-Nov-2023 |
mlelstv | Parse IPv6 targets and handle IPv6 addresses.
|
| 1.8 | 29-May-2016 |
mlelstv | branches: 1.8.26;
Several improvents to iscsid
- debug log is now using syslog
- seperate options for log level and foreground mode
- writes a pidfile so that /etc/rc.d/iscsid works
Now links with libutil for pidfile(), the functions login() and logout()
needed to be renamed to avoid a conflict.
- drops the nothreads option
- handles signals to shut down gracefully
- the driver may also shut down the daemon when it terminates
Currently this cannot work as the driver can only terminate when
the daemon has closed the driver file handle.
|
| 1.7 | 30-May-2015 |
joerg | Remove ISCSI_DEBUG branches.
|
| 1.6 | 29-Dec-2012 |
mlelstv | Handle invalid messages more gracefully, handle sessions with no valid
connections, and be more verbose about errors.
|
| 1.5 | 27-May-2012 |
christos | branches: 1.5.2;
use -n for nothreads.
|
| 1.4 | 27-May-2012 |
riz | Don't try to print pointers as integers, use %p instead and don't cast.
|
| 1.3 | 20-Nov-2011 |
agc | branches: 1.3.2;
simplify code by removing a useless "#define STATIC static" in both debug
and normal usage, and all of its uses.
|
| 1.2 | 29-Oct-2011 |
christos | branches: 1.2.2;
cleanup some messy casts and type violations.
XXX: There is one piece of code I marked that does not make sense.
Someone should take a look at it.
|
| 1.1 | 23-Oct-2011 |
agc | Start to move the in-kernel iSCSI initiator, kindly contributed to the
NetBSD Foundation by Wasabi Systems, from
othersrc/external/bsd/iscsi/{iscsictl,iscsid}
to
src/sbin/{iscsictl,iscsid}
|
| 1.2.2.3 | 23-Jan-2013 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.2.2.2 | 30-Oct-2012 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.2.2.1 | 17-Apr-2012 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.3.2.1 | 30-May-2012 |
sborrill | Pull up the following revisions(s) (requested by riz in ticket #291):
etc/MAKEDEV.tmpl: revision 1.155
sbin/iscsictl/iscsictl.8: revision 1.2-1.4
sbin/iscsid/iscsid_driverif.c: revision 1.4-1.5
sbin/iscsid/iscsid_lists.c: revision 1.4-1.7
sbin/iscsid/iscsid_targets.c: revision 1.4
sbin/iscsid/iscsid_globals.h: revision 1.5-1.7
sbin/iscsid/iscsid_main.c: revision 1.4-1.7
sbin/iscsid/Makefile: revision 1.2-1.4
sbin/iscsid/iscsid.8: revision 1.3-1.8
sbin/iscsid/iscsid.h: revision 1.3
sys/dev/iscsi/iscsi_main.c: revision 1.2-1.3
Fix bugs in iscsid target list handling, and improve documentation
somewhat for the in-kernel iSCSI initiator.
|
| 1.5.2.1 | 25-Feb-2013 |
tls | resync with head
|
| 1.8.26.2 | 30-Dec-2023 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by mlelstv in ticket #523):
sbin/iscsid/iscsid_driverif.c: revision 1.10
Treat port 0 (unset) as ISCSI_DEFAULT_PORT like before.
|
| 1.8.26.1 | 18-Dec-2023 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by mlelstv in ticket #504):
sbin/iscsictl/iscsic_parse.c: revision 1.5
sbin/iscsid/iscsid_driverif.c: revision 1.9
Parse IPv6 targets and handle IPv6 addresses.
|
| 1.10.2.1 | 02-Aug-2025 |
perseant | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.10 | 05-Apr-2020 |
joerg | Fix depenency on common symbols in sbin.
|
| 1.9 | 30-May-2016 |
joerg | branches: 1.9.16;
Add printf-like annotation.
|
| 1.8 | 29-May-2016 |
mlelstv | Several improvents to iscsid
- debug log is now using syslog
- seperate options for log level and foreground mode
- writes a pidfile so that /etc/rc.d/iscsid works
Now links with libutil for pidfile(), the functions login() and logout()
needed to be renamed to avoid a conflict.
- drops the nothreads option
- handles signals to shut down gracefully
- the driver may also shut down the daemon when it terminates
Currently this cannot work as the driver can only terminate when
the daemon has closed the driver file handle.
|
| 1.7 | 28-May-2012 |
riz | Make the debugging printouts actually work when setting the debug level,
and allow the level to be set numerically from the command line.
|
| 1.6 | 27-May-2012 |
riz | Implement the remaining bits of unthreaded operation.
|
| 1.5 | 27-May-2012 |
riz | When ISCSI_NOTHREAD is defined, make UNLOCK_SESSIONS a different kind
of noop, so that things build.
|
| 1.4 | 20-Nov-2011 |
agc | branches: 1.4.2;
simplify code by removing a useless "#define STATIC static" in both debug
and normal usage, and all of its uses.
|
| 1.3 | 17-Nov-2011 |
joerg | Use __dead
|
| 1.2 | 29-Oct-2011 |
christos | branches: 1.2.2;
cleanup some messy casts and type violations.
XXX: There is one piece of code I marked that does not make sense.
Someone should take a look at it.
|
| 1.1 | 23-Oct-2011 |
agc | Start to move the in-kernel iSCSI initiator, kindly contributed to the
NetBSD Foundation by Wasabi Systems, from
othersrc/external/bsd/iscsi/{iscsictl,iscsid}
to
src/sbin/{iscsictl,iscsid}
|
| 1.2.2.2 | 30-Oct-2012 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.2.2.1 | 17-Apr-2012 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.4.2.1 | 30-May-2012 |
sborrill | Pull up the following revisions(s) (requested by riz in ticket #291):
etc/MAKEDEV.tmpl: revision 1.155
sbin/iscsictl/iscsictl.8: revision 1.2-1.4
sbin/iscsid/iscsid_driverif.c: revision 1.4-1.5
sbin/iscsid/iscsid_lists.c: revision 1.4-1.7
sbin/iscsid/iscsid_targets.c: revision 1.4
sbin/iscsid/iscsid_globals.h: revision 1.5-1.7
sbin/iscsid/iscsid_main.c: revision 1.4-1.7
sbin/iscsid/Makefile: revision 1.2-1.4
sbin/iscsid/iscsid.8: revision 1.3-1.8
sbin/iscsid/iscsid.h: revision 1.3
sys/dev/iscsi/iscsi_main.c: revision 1.2-1.3
Fix bugs in iscsid target list handling, and improve documentation
somewhat for the in-kernel iSCSI initiator.
|
| 1.9.16.1 | 08-Apr-2020 |
martin | Merge changes from current as of 20200406
|
| 1.10 | 31-May-2022 |
andvar | fix various typos in comments, documentation and messages.
|
| 1.9 | 29-May-2016 |
mlelstv | Several improvents to iscsid
- debug log is now using syslog
- seperate options for log level and foreground mode
- writes a pidfile so that /etc/rc.d/iscsid works
Now links with libutil for pidfile(), the functions login() and logout()
needed to be renamed to avoid a conflict.
- drops the nothreads option
- handles signals to shut down gracefully
- the driver may also shut down the daemon when it terminates
Currently this cannot work as the driver can only terminate when
the daemon has closed the driver file handle.
|
| 1.8 | 29-Dec-2012 |
mlelstv | Handle invalid messages more gracefully, handle sessions with no valid
connections, and be more verbose about errors.
|
| 1.7 | 28-May-2012 |
riz | branches: 1.7.2;
Fix 4 more instances of the same bug (not returning NULL when stuff
not found). While I'm here, add comments so it hopefully doesn't happen
again.
|
| 1.6 | 27-May-2012 |
riz | Fix a bug introduced in rev 1.2: return "curr", like the debugging
says we're doing, because it, unlike "t", will propely be NULL when
the target name isn't found in the list. Now we can have multiple
targets again!
|
| 1.5 | 27-May-2012 |
christos | use -n for nothreads.
|
| 1.4 | 27-May-2012 |
riz | Don't try to print pointers as integers, use %p instead and don't cast.
|
| 1.3 | 20-Nov-2011 |
agc | branches: 1.3.2;
simplify code by removing a useless "#define STATIC static" in both debug
and normal usage, and all of its uses.
|
| 1.2 | 29-Oct-2011 |
christos | branches: 1.2.2;
cleanup some messy casts and type violations.
XXX: There is one piece of code I marked that does not make sense.
Someone should take a look at it.
|
| 1.1 | 23-Oct-2011 |
agc | Start to move the in-kernel iSCSI initiator, kindly contributed to the
NetBSD Foundation by Wasabi Systems, from
othersrc/external/bsd/iscsi/{iscsictl,iscsid}
to
src/sbin/{iscsictl,iscsid}
|
| 1.2.2.3 | 23-Jan-2013 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.2.2.2 | 30-Oct-2012 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.2.2.1 | 17-Apr-2012 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.3.2.1 | 30-May-2012 |
sborrill | Pull up the following revisions(s) (requested by riz in ticket #291):
etc/MAKEDEV.tmpl: revision 1.155
sbin/iscsictl/iscsictl.8: revision 1.2-1.4
sbin/iscsid/iscsid_driverif.c: revision 1.4-1.5
sbin/iscsid/iscsid_lists.c: revision 1.4-1.7
sbin/iscsid/iscsid_targets.c: revision 1.4
sbin/iscsid/iscsid_globals.h: revision 1.5-1.7
sbin/iscsid/iscsid_main.c: revision 1.4-1.7
sbin/iscsid/Makefile: revision 1.2-1.4
sbin/iscsid/iscsid.8: revision 1.3-1.8
sbin/iscsid/iscsid.h: revision 1.3
sys/dev/iscsi/iscsi_main.c: revision 1.2-1.3
Fix bugs in iscsid target list handling, and improve documentation
somewhat for the in-kernel iSCSI initiator.
|
| 1.7.2.1 | 25-Feb-2013 |
tls | resync with head
|
| 1.12 | 04-Feb-2019 |
mrg | check for snprintf() truncation and fail sanely if so, rather than
attempting to use a file that won't exist or isn't secure.
|
| 1.11 | 30-May-2016 |
mlelstv | branches: 1.11.16;
mark noreturn function exit_daemon() as __dead
|
| 1.10 | 29-May-2016 |
mlelstv | Several improvents to iscsid
- debug log is now using syslog
- seperate options for log level and foreground mode
- writes a pidfile so that /etc/rc.d/iscsid works
Now links with libutil for pidfile(), the functions login() and logout()
needed to be renamed to avoid a conflict.
- drops the nothreads option
- handles signals to shut down gracefully
- the driver may also shut down the daemon when it terminates
Currently this cannot work as the driver can only terminate when
the daemon has closed the driver file handle.
|
| 1.9 | 30-May-2015 |
joerg | Remove ISCSI_DEBUG branches.
|
| 1.8 | 29-Dec-2012 |
mlelstv | Handle invalid messages more gracefully, handle sessions with no valid
connections, and be more verbose about errors.
|
| 1.7 | 28-May-2012 |
riz | branches: 1.7.2;
Make the debugging printouts actually work when setting the debug level,
and allow the level to be set numerically from the command line.
|
| 1.6 | 27-May-2012 |
riz | Implement the remaining bits of unthreaded operation.
|
| 1.5 | 27-May-2012 |
christos | use -n for nothreads.
|
| 1.4 | 27-May-2012 |
christos | make the debug level available on the command line.
|
| 1.3 | 20-Nov-2011 |
agc | branches: 1.3.2;
simplify code by removing a useless "#define STATIC static" in both debug
and normal usage, and all of its uses.
|
| 1.2 | 29-Oct-2011 |
christos | branches: 1.2.2;
cleanup some messy casts and type violations.
XXX: There is one piece of code I marked that does not make sense.
Someone should take a look at it.
|
| 1.1 | 23-Oct-2011 |
agc | Start to move the in-kernel iSCSI initiator, kindly contributed to the
NetBSD Foundation by Wasabi Systems, from
othersrc/external/bsd/iscsi/{iscsictl,iscsid}
to
src/sbin/{iscsictl,iscsid}
|
| 1.2.2.3 | 23-Jan-2013 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.2.2.2 | 30-Oct-2012 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.2.2.1 | 17-Apr-2012 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.3.2.1 | 30-May-2012 |
sborrill | Pull up the following revisions(s) (requested by riz in ticket #291):
etc/MAKEDEV.tmpl: revision 1.155
sbin/iscsictl/iscsictl.8: revision 1.2-1.4
sbin/iscsid/iscsid_driverif.c: revision 1.4-1.5
sbin/iscsid/iscsid_lists.c: revision 1.4-1.7
sbin/iscsid/iscsid_targets.c: revision 1.4
sbin/iscsid/iscsid_globals.h: revision 1.5-1.7
sbin/iscsid/iscsid_main.c: revision 1.4-1.7
sbin/iscsid/Makefile: revision 1.2-1.4
sbin/iscsid/iscsid.8: revision 1.3-1.8
sbin/iscsid/iscsid.h: revision 1.3
sys/dev/iscsi/iscsi_main.c: revision 1.2-1.3
Fix bugs in iscsid target list handling, and improve documentation
somewhat for the in-kernel iSCSI initiator.
|
| 1.7.2.1 | 25-Feb-2013 |
tls | resync with head
|
| 1.11.16.1 | 10-Jun-2019 |
christos | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.7 | 24-May-2022 |
andvar | fix various typos in comment, documentation and log messages.
|
| 1.6 | 29-May-2016 |
mlelstv | Several improvents to iscsid
- debug log is now using syslog
- seperate options for log level and foreground mode
- writes a pidfile so that /etc/rc.d/iscsid works
Now links with libutil for pidfile(), the functions login() and logout()
needed to be renamed to avoid a conflict.
- drops the nothreads option
- handles signals to shut down gracefully
- the driver may also shut down the daemon when it terminates
Currently this cannot work as the driver can only terminate when
the daemon has closed the driver file handle.
|
| 1.5 | 29-Dec-2012 |
mlelstv | Handle invalid messages more gracefully, handle sessions with no valid
connections, and be more verbose about errors.
|
| 1.4 | 27-May-2012 |
riz | branches: 1.4.2;
Don't try to print pointers as integers, use %p instead and don't cast.
|
| 1.3 | 20-Nov-2011 |
agc | branches: 1.3.2;
simplify code by removing a useless "#define STATIC static" in both debug
and normal usage, and all of its uses.
|
| 1.2 | 29-Oct-2011 |
christos | branches: 1.2.2;
cleanup some messy casts and type violations.
XXX: There is one piece of code I marked that does not make sense.
Someone should take a look at it.
|
| 1.1 | 23-Oct-2011 |
agc | Start to move the in-kernel iSCSI initiator, kindly contributed to the
NetBSD Foundation by Wasabi Systems, from
othersrc/external/bsd/iscsi/{iscsictl,iscsid}
to
src/sbin/{iscsictl,iscsid}
|
| 1.2.2.3 | 23-Jan-2013 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.2.2.2 | 30-Oct-2012 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.2.2.1 | 17-Apr-2012 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.3.2.1 | 30-May-2012 |
sborrill | Pull up the following revisions(s) (requested by riz in ticket #291):
etc/MAKEDEV.tmpl: revision 1.155
sbin/iscsictl/iscsictl.8: revision 1.2-1.4
sbin/iscsid/iscsid_driverif.c: revision 1.4-1.5
sbin/iscsid/iscsid_lists.c: revision 1.4-1.7
sbin/iscsid/iscsid_targets.c: revision 1.4
sbin/iscsid/iscsid_globals.h: revision 1.5-1.7
sbin/iscsid/iscsid_main.c: revision 1.4-1.7
sbin/iscsid/Makefile: revision 1.2-1.4
sbin/iscsid/iscsid.8: revision 1.3-1.8
sbin/iscsid/iscsid.h: revision 1.3
sys/dev/iscsi/iscsi_main.c: revision 1.2-1.3
Fix bugs in iscsid target list handling, and improve documentation
somewhat for the in-kernel iSCSI initiator.
|
| 1.4.2.1 | 25-Feb-2013 |
tls | resync with head
|
| 1.28 | 18-Mar-2014 |
riastradh | Merge riastradh-drm2 to HEAD.
|
| 1.27 | 18-Jul-2013 |
matt | Use MACHINE_CPU with m68k (m68000 will not be matched due to MKPIC=no)
|
| 1.26 | 05-Feb-2013 |
matt | branches: 1.26.2;
There are other little endian arm machine_arches other than "arm"
|
| 1.25 | 23-Aug-2012 |
joerg | branches: 1.25.2;
Revert last, it breaks the tricks xsrc uses.
|
| 1.24 | 23-Aug-2012 |
joerg | Remove SHLIBINSTALLDIR and SHLINKINSTALLLIBDIR. Add rpath entries, if
SHLIBDIR differs from /usr/lib.
|
| 1.23 | 06-Jul-2010 |
mrg | branches: 1.23.6;
remove almost all the ability to build netbsd with an a.out target.
we're ELF now, and there are many missing checks against OBJECT_FMT.
if we ever consider switching, the we can figure out what new ones
we need but for now it's just clutter.
this doesn't remove any of the support for exec_aout or any actually
required-for-boot a.out support, only the ability to build a netbsd
release in a.out format. ie, most of this code has been dead for
over a decade.
i've tested builds on vax, amd64, i386, mac68k, macppc, sparc, atari,
amiga, shark, cats, dreamcast, landisk, mmeye and x68k. this covers
the 5 MACHINE_ARCH's affected, and all the other arch code touched.
it also includes some actual run-time testing of sparc, i386 and
shark, and i performed binary comparison upon amiga and x68k as well.
some minor details relevant:
- move shlib.[ch] from ld.aout_so into ldconfig proper, and cut them
down to only the parts ldconfig needs
- remove various unused source files
- switch amiga bootblocks to using elf2bb.h instead of aout2bb.h
|
| 1.22 | 31-Oct-2008 |
mrg | make MKPIC=no builds work on i368, shark, vax, pmax, sgimips, sparc,
maybe all mips and all arm as well.
|
| 1.21 | 12-Nov-2002 |
itohy | branches: 1.21.32; 1.21.40;
MKDYNAMICROOT for a.out
|
| 1.20 | 19-Aug-2002 |
lukem | Use ${NETBSDSRCDIR}/some/path instead of ${.CURDIR}/../../some/path
|
| 1.19 | 24-Feb-2002 |
matt | Also build ldconfig is MACHINE_ARCH is arm or vax buf OBJECT_FMT=ELF
|
| 1.18 | 21-Mar-2001 |
tsutsui | Make and install ldconfig on ELF m68k ports.
|
| 1.17 | 29-Sep-2000 |
fvdl | Modification to previous: only build for ports that are a.out or used
to be a.out. No sense in building for ports that never were a.out.
|
| 1.16 | 29-Sep-2000 |
fvdl | Build this on ELF as well. When on an ELF system, only look in
_PATH_EMUL_AOUT/etc/ld.so.conf.
|
| 1.15 | 17-Dec-1998 |
thorpej | branches: 1.15.10;
Only build ldconfig on a.out platforms. Everyone else still builds the
manual page.
|
| 1.14 | 15-Dec-1998 |
pk | Adapt to new location in `src/sbin'.
|
| 1.13 | 02-Mar-1998 |
cgd | allow LDSTATIC definition to be overridden by bsd.own.mk/mk.conf
|
| 1.12 | 23-Jun-1997 |
mrg | install all man pages.
|
| 1.11 | 16-Apr-1997 |
christos | Ld directory reorganization:
- separate out the common files used by rtld ldd ld
- move machine dependent files into arch
- move ld in its own directory
- factor out .PATH and CFLAGS common to all Makefiles
|
| 1.10 | 06-Mar-1995 |
cgd | complete remove special search dirs, use NetBSD Id tag.
|
| 1.9 | 22-Dec-1994 |
cgd | specify man pages the new way.
|
| 1.8 | 10-Jun-1994 |
pk | Conversion to err()/warn() for error reports.
|
| 1.7 | 10-Dec-1993 |
mycroft | Minor cleanup.
|
| 1.6 | 08-Dec-1993 |
mycroft | Use MACHINE_ARCH.
|
| 1.5 | 08-Dec-1993 |
pk | *** empty log message ***
|
| 1.4 | 05-Dec-1993 |
cgd | MACHINE_ARCH support
|
| 1.3 | 02-Dec-1993 |
mycroft | Remove ${DESTDIR} from BINDIR.
|
| 1.2 | 03-Nov-1993 |
cgd | add -static to 'LDFLAGS', as it goes in /sbin
|
| 1.1 | 23-Oct-1993 |
pk | Utility to maintain shared library lookup "hints".
Does business in `/var/run/ld.so.hints'.
|
| 1.15.10.1 | 18-Oct-2000 |
tv | Pullup 1.16 and 1.17 [fvdl]:
Modification to previous: only build for ports that are a.out or used
to be a.out. No sense in building for ports that never were a.out.
|
| 1.21.40.1 | 06-Nov-2008 |
snj | branches: 1.21.40.1.4;
Pull up following revision(s) (requested by mrg in ticket #20):
compat/libexec/ld.elf_so/Makefile: revision 1.2
distrib/sets/lists/base/md.shark: revision 1.7
distrib/sets/lists/base/md.vax: revision 1.26
distrib/sets/lists/base/md.i386: revision 1.130
distrib/sets/lists/base/ad.arm: revision 1.10
distrib/sets/lists/comp/md.shark: revision 1.13
distrib/sets/lists/comp/md.sparc: revision 1.68
distrib/sets/lists/comp/ad.arm: revision 1.31
distrib/sets/lists/comp/md.vax: revision 1.35
distrib/sets/lists/comp/md.i386: revision 1.108
distrib/sets/lists/base/md.sparc: revision 1.75
distrib/sets/lists/comp/md.pmax: revision 1.59
libexec/ld.aout_so/Makefile: revision 1.46
sbin/ldconfig/Makefile: revision 1.22
make MKPIC=no builds work on i368, shark, vax, pmax, sgimips, sparc,
maybe all mips and all arm as well.
|
| 1.21.40.1.4.1 | 24-Mar-2014 |
matt | Make these work with a machine_arch of armv7
|
| 1.21.32.1 | 17-Jan-2009 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.23.6.1 | 22-May-2014 |
yamt | sync with head.
for a reference, the tree before this commit was tagged
as yamt-pagecache-tag8.
this commit was splitted into small chunks to avoid
a limitation of cvs. ("Protocol error: too many arguments")
|
| 1.25.2.2 | 20-Aug-2014 |
tls | Rebase to HEAD as of a few days ago.
|
| 1.25.2.1 | 25-Feb-2013 |
tls | resync with head
|
| 1.26.2.1 | 23-Jul-2013 |
riastradh | sync with HEAD
|
| 1.15 | 30-Apr-2008 |
martin | Convert TNF licenses to new 2 clause variant
|
| 1.14 | 01-Oct-2002 |
wiz | branches: 1.14.32; 1.14.34;
New sentence, new line. By Robert Elz with minimal fixes.
|
| 1.13 | 16-Nov-2001 |
wiz | Sort sections, use standard headers, slight markup improvement.
|
| 1.12 | 08-Oct-2000 |
bjh21 | Miscellaneous -mdoc cleanups.
|
| 1.11 | 08-Oct-2000 |
bjh21 | Mention that ldconfig is a.out only.
Should fix PR bin/10299.
|
| 1.10 | 22-Feb-1999 |
msaitoh | branches: 1.10.10;
Add note about LD_PRELOAD
|
| 1.9 | 05-Sep-1998 |
pk | Assign my copyrights to TNF.
|
| 1.8 | 05-Jan-1998 |
cgd | RCS Id police
|
| 1.7 | 27-Aug-1997 |
thorpej | Document new flags and internal processing of ld.so.conf changes.
|
| 1.6 | 05-Jan-1997 |
mrg | xref ld.so.conf.5
|
| 1.5 | 03-Jul-1996 |
thorpej | RCS id police.
|
| 1.4 | 20-Jun-1995 |
pk | Add a `merge' option.
Use err() & warn().
|
| 1.3 | 24-Jun-1994 |
pk | copyright notice.
|
| 1.2 | 16-Jun-1994 |
pk | Update man page.
Use `__progname'.
|
| 1.1 | 23-Oct-1993 |
pk | Utility to maintain shared library lookup "hints".
Does business in `/var/run/ld.so.hints'.
|
| 1.10.10.1 | 13-Nov-2000 |
tv | Pullup 1.11 [releng]:
Mention that ldconfig is a.out only.
Should fix PR bin/10299.
|
| 1.14.34.1 | 18-May-2008 |
yamt | sync with head.
|
| 1.14.32.1 | 02-Jun-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.48 | 04-Jan-2011 |
wiz | Fix file descriptor leak. Found by cppcheck.
|
| 1.47 | 13-May-2010 |
tnozaki | cast isblank(3)'s argument to unsigned char.
|
| 1.46 | 16-Aug-2009 |
martin | Add <sys/exec_aout.h> includes
|
| 1.45 | 17-Mar-2009 |
lukem | fix sign-compare issues
|
| 1.44 | 28-Apr-2008 |
martin | branches: 1.44.6;
Remove clause 3 and 4 from TNF licenses
|
| 1.43 | 26-Mar-2006 |
christos | branches: 1.43.20; 1.43.22;
Coverity CID 2766: Don't leak memory.
|
| 1.42 | 21-Mar-2006 |
christos | Coverity CID 1601: Fix memory leak.
|
| 1.41 | 21-Mar-2006 |
christos | Coverity CID 1603: Fix memory leak.
|
| 1.40 | 02-Jun-2005 |
lukem | appease gcc -Wuninitialized
|
| 1.39 | 05-Feb-2005 |
xtraeme | Kill __P(), use ANSI function declarations.
|
| 1.38 | 28-Oct-2004 |
dsl | Add (unsigned char) cast to isdigit call
|
| 1.37 | 05-Jan-2004 |
jmmv | Homogenize usage messages: make the 'usage' word all lowercase, as this seems
to be the most common practice in our tree.
|
| 1.36 | 23-Jun-2003 |
agc | Add NetBSD RCS Ids.
|
| 1.35 | 05-Jan-2003 |
kristerw | Correct length of a memcpy.
From Alan Barrett in PR 18620.
|
| 1.34 | 01-Nov-2001 |
lukem | fix a couple of -Wshadow warnings
|
| 1.33 | 19-Feb-2001 |
cgd | convert to use getprogname()
|
| 1.32 | 10-Nov-2000 |
enami | Cosmetic change; actually split a line which looks like as if two lines.
|
| 1.31 | 29-Sep-2000 |
fvdl | Build this on ELF as well. When on an ELF system, only look in
_PATH_EMUL_AOUT/etc/ld.so.conf.
|
| 1.30 | 01-Jun-2000 |
matt | branches: 1.30.2;
make ldconfig.c not always fail.
|
| 1.29 | 27-May-2000 |
matt | Add some code to test libraries to make sure they are a.out before adding
them to hints.
|
| 1.28 | 27-May-2000 |
matt | branches: 1.28.2;
Changes to put the COMPAT_AOUT code into ld.aout_so. Search <dir> for <lib>
then search /emul/aout/<dir> for <lib>. To make sure we don't get false
postives on ELF libraries we make the .so is a ZMAGIC dynamic library.
|
| 1.27 | 16-Jul-1999 |
christos | - don't core-dump if hints file is too short
- unmap the space and close fd's
- bcopy -> memcpy
- stat the file to get the size to map, instead of doing multiple mmaps.
|
| 1.26 | 17-Jun-1999 |
thorpej | MAP_COPY -> MAP_PRIVATE
|
| 1.25 | 09-Apr-1999 |
agc | Plug a file descriptor leak.
|
| 1.24 | 08-Apr-1999 |
drochner | !silent -> verbose, to make it compile again (there is no "silent")
|
| 1.23 | 08-Apr-1999 |
agc | If there is no /etc/ld.so.conf, it is not a fatal error. Correct the return
value from the function so that the exit value to the shell is correct.
|
| 1.22 | 15-Dec-1998 |
pk | branches: 1.22.2;
Adapt to new location in `src/sbin'.
|
| 1.21 | 15-Dec-1998 |
pk | Pull in proper headers; deal with compiler warnings; miscelleneous KNF.
|
| 1.20 | 05-Sep-1998 |
pk | Assign my copyrights to TNF.
|
| 1.19 | 20-Feb-1998 |
mycroft | Fill in missing (default) mmap(2) flags.
|
| 1.18 | 26-Aug-1997 |
thorpej | Enhancements from Jim Bernard <jbernard@tater.mines.edu>, to support
processing of /etc/ld.so.conf in ld.so itself (rather than in /etc/rc):
- added do_conf function and call to it in main to implement internal
processing of /etc/ld.so.conf
- moved maintenance of dir_list to dodir, with an added argument to
dodir to specify whether dir_list should be updated
- added option '-c' to suppress processing of /etc/ld.so.conf
- added option '-S' to suppress processing of std directories (but not
/etc/ld.so.conf)
- modified option -s to suppress processing of _both_ std directories
and /etc/ld.so.conf (i.e., it is equivalent to -cS)--this was done
so that users and scripts that interpret -s as meaning "process
only directories specified on the command line" would not be
startled
From PR #4031. One change was not committed, since it was unnecessary
(option variables are in the BSS, and do not need to be initialized to
0 explicitly).
Plus one change from me:
- getopt() returns -1 when completed, not EOF.
|
| 1.17 | 16-Apr-1997 |
christos | mktemp() -> mkstemp()
|
| 1.16 | 03-Jan-1997 |
mikel | eliminate valueless return from main(); PR bin/3073.
|
| 1.15 | 03-Jul-1996 |
thorpej | RCS id police.
|
| 1.14 | 30-Jun-1996 |
jtc | Add '-m' to usage string; Fixes PR #2580
|
| 1.13 | 09-Jan-1996 |
pk | Create v.2 hint files.
Note: don't bother to understand v.1 files..
|
| 1.12 | 25-Aug-1995 |
pk | branches: 1.12.2;
Just use umask(0);
Use mktemp() for temporary file creation.
|
| 1.11 | 25-Aug-1995 |
pk | Ensure the hints file is readable.
|
| 1.10 | 05-Aug-1995 |
pk | Parse library names better; takes care of PR#1291
|
| 1.9 | 20-Jun-1995 |
pk | Add a `merge' option.
Use err() & warn().
|
| 1.8 | 16-Jun-1994 |
pk | Update man page.
Use `__progname'.
|
| 1.7 | 10-Jun-1994 |
pk | Conversion to err()/warn() for error reports.
|
| 1.6 | 28-Mar-1994 |
cgd | no more MAP_FILE
|
| 1.5 | 29-Jan-1994 |
jtc | Fix spelling error in Copyright notice
|
| 1.4 | 28-Jan-1994 |
pk | Remove reference to `mywrite()'.
|
| 1.3 | 13-Jan-1994 |
pk | Don't barf if builtin directories happen to be non-existent.
|
| 1.2 | 08-Dec-1993 |
pk | *** empty log message ***
|
| 1.1 | 23-Oct-1993 |
pk | Utility to maintain shared library lookup "hints".
Does business in `/var/run/ld.so.hints'.
|
| 1.12.2.1 | 16-Feb-1996 |
pk | Pick up fixes from -current for patch2.
|
| 1.22.2.3 | 27-Jun-2000 |
he | Pull up revision 1.30 (requested by matt):
Do not treat non-existance of directories under /emul/aout as
errors.
|
| 1.22.2.2 | 01-Jun-2000 |
he | Pull up revisions 1.28-1.29 (requested by matt):
Enable searching for libraries under /emul/aout, and make sure
that ELF libraries are not erroneously accepted.
|
| 1.22.2.1 | 20-Oct-1999 |
he | Pull up revisions 1.23-1.25 (requested by agc):
Do not handle a missing /etc/ld.so.conf as a fatal error,
and plug a file descriptor leak.
|
| 1.28.2.1 | 22-Jun-2000 |
minoura | Sync w/ netbsd-1-5-base.
|
| 1.30.2.1 | 18-Oct-2000 |
tv | Pullup 1.31 [fvdl]:
Build this on ELF as well. When on an ELF system, only look in
_PATH_EMUL_AOUT/etc/ld.so.conf.
|
| 1.43.22.1 | 18-May-2008 |
yamt | sync with head.
|
| 1.43.20.1 | 02-Jun-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.44.6.1 | 13-May-2009 |
jym | Sync with HEAD.
Third (and last) commit. See http://mail-index.netbsd.org/source-changes/2009/05/13/msg221222.html
|
| 1.2 | 21-Mar-2012 |
he | Convert from K&R to c89 function definitions.
|
| 1.1 | 06-Jul-2010 |
mrg | branches: 1.1.6;
remove almost all the ability to build netbsd with an a.out target.
we're ELF now, and there are many missing checks against OBJECT_FMT.
if we ever consider switching, the we can figure out what new ones
we need but for now it's just clutter.
this doesn't remove any of the support for exec_aout or any actually
required-for-boot a.out support, only the ability to build a netbsd
release in a.out format. ie, most of this code has been dead for
over a decade.
i've tested builds on vax, amd64, i386, mac68k, macppc, sparc, atari,
amiga, shark, cats, dreamcast, landisk, mmeye and x68k. this covers
the 5 MACHINE_ARCH's affected, and all the other arch code touched.
it also includes some actual run-time testing of sparc, i386 and
shark, and i performed binary comparison upon amiga and x68k as well.
some minor details relevant:
- move shlib.[ch] from ld.aout_so into ldconfig proper, and cut them
down to only the parts ldconfig needs
- remove various unused source files
- switch amiga bootblocks to using elf2bb.h instead of aout2bb.h
|
| 1.1.6.1 | 17-Apr-2012 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.1 | 06-Jul-2010 |
mrg | remove almost all the ability to build netbsd with an a.out target.
we're ELF now, and there are many missing checks against OBJECT_FMT.
if we ever consider switching, the we can figure out what new ones
we need but for now it's just clutter.
this doesn't remove any of the support for exec_aout or any actually
required-for-boot a.out support, only the ability to build a netbsd
release in a.out format. ie, most of this code has been dead for
over a decade.
i've tested builds on vax, amd64, i386, mac68k, macppc, sparc, atari,
amiga, shark, cats, dreamcast, landisk, mmeye and x68k. this covers
the 5 MACHINE_ARCH's affected, and all the other arch code touched.
it also includes some actual run-time testing of sparc, i386 and
shark, and i performed binary comparison upon amiga and x68k as well.
some minor details relevant:
- move shlib.[ch] from ld.aout_so into ldconfig proper, and cut them
down to only the parts ldconfig needs
- remove various unused source files
- switch amiga bootblocks to using elf2bb.h instead of aout2bb.h
|
| 1.1 | 16-Oct-2013 |
mbalmer | branches: 1.1.4; 1.1.8;
luactl(8) is a command to control lua(4)
|
| 1.1.8.2 | 20-Aug-2014 |
tls | Rebase to HEAD as of a few days ago.
|
| 1.1.8.1 | 16-Oct-2013 |
tls | file Makefile was added on branch tls-maxphys on 2014-08-20 00:02:25 +0000
|
| 1.1.4.2 | 22-May-2014 |
yamt | sync with head.
for a reference, the tree before this commit was tagged
as yamt-pagecache-tag8.
this commit was splitted into small chunks to avoid
a limitation of cvs. ("Protocol error: too many arguments")
|
| 1.1.4.1 | 16-Oct-2013 |
yamt | file Makefile was added on branch yamt-pagecache on 2014-05-22 11:37:29 +0000
|
| 1.7 | 10-Apr-2017 |
sevan | Direct reader to intro(9lua), lua(9) does not exist.
|
| 1.6 | 11-Sep-2016 |
sevan | branches: 1.6.2;
Revert previous change, textproc/igor is not around from these parts here.
Heads up by maya@
|
| 1.5 | 11-Sep-2016 |
sevan | no comma after "i.e.", raised by textproc/igor
|
| 1.4 | 17-Oct-2013 |
wiz | branches: 1.4.4; 1.4.6; 1.4.8; 1.4.12;
Still more markup. Sort.
|
| 1.3 | 17-Oct-2013 |
mbalmer | there is no assign command
|
| 1.2 | 17-Oct-2013 |
wiz | More markup, typo fixes, update date and NetBSD version for import.
|
| 1.1 | 16-Oct-2013 |
mbalmer | luactl(8) is a command to control lua(4)
|
| 1.4.12.1 | 26-Apr-2017 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.4.8.2 | 20-Aug-2014 |
tls | Rebase to HEAD as of a few days ago.
|
| 1.4.8.1 | 17-Oct-2013 |
tls | file luactl.8 was added on branch tls-maxphys on 2014-08-20 00:02:25 +0000
|
| 1.4.6.1 | 12-May-2017 |
snj | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by sevan in ticket #1401):
sbin/luactl/luactl.8: revision 1.7
Direct reader to intro(9lua), lua(9) does not exist.
|
| 1.4.4.2 | 22-May-2014 |
yamt | sync with head.
for a reference, the tree before this commit was tagged
as yamt-pagecache-tag8.
this commit was splitted into small chunks to avoid
a limitation of cvs. ("Protocol error: too many arguments")
|
| 1.4.4.1 | 17-Oct-2013 |
yamt | file luactl.8 was added on branch yamt-pagecache on 2014-05-22 11:37:29 +0000
|
| 1.6.2.1 | 21-Apr-2017 |
bouyer | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.2 | 29-Oct-2013 |
joerg | branches: 1.2.4; 1.2.8;
Mark usage as dead.
|
| 1.1 | 16-Oct-2013 |
mbalmer | luactl(8) is a command to control lua(4)
|
| 1.2.8.2 | 20-Aug-2014 |
tls | Rebase to HEAD as of a few days ago.
|
| 1.2.8.1 | 29-Oct-2013 |
tls | file luactl.c was added on branch tls-maxphys on 2014-08-20 00:02:25 +0000
|
| 1.2.4.2 | 22-May-2014 |
yamt | sync with head.
for a reference, the tree before this commit was tagged
as yamt-pagecache-tag8.
this commit was splitted into small chunks to avoid
a limitation of cvs. ("Protocol error: too many arguments")
|
| 1.2.4.1 | 29-Oct-2013 |
yamt | file luactl.c was added on branch yamt-pagecache on 2014-05-22 11:37:29 +0000
|
| 1.5 | 08-Oct-2003 |
lukem | Overhaul MBR handling (part 1):
<sys/bootblock.h>:
* Added definitions for the Master Boot Record (MBR) used by
a variety of systems (primarily i386), including the format
of the BIOS Parameter Block (BPB).
This information was cribbed from a variety of sources
including <sys/disklabel_mbr.h> which this is a superset of.
As part of this, some data structure elements and #defines
were renamed to be more "namespace friendly" and consistent
with other bootblocks and MBR documentation.
Update all uses of the old names to the new names.
<sys/disklabel_mbr.h>:
* Deprecated in favor of <sys/bootblock.h> (the latter is more
"host tool" friendly).
amd64 & i386:
* Renamed /usr/mdec/bootxx_dosfs to /usr/mdec/bootxx_msdos, to
be consistent with the naming convention of the msdosfs tools.
* Removed /usr/mdec/bootxx_ufs, as it's equivalent to bootxx_ffsv1
and it's confusing to have two functionally equivalent bootblocks,
especially given that "ufs" has multiple meanings (it could be
a synonym for "ffs", or the group of ffs/lfs/ext2fs file systems).
* Rework pbr.S (the first sector of bootxx_*):
+ Ensure that BPB (bytes 11..89) and the partition table
(bytes 446..509) do not contain code.
+ Add support for booting from FAT partitions if BOOT_FROM_FAT
is defined. (Only set for bootxx_msdos).
+ Remove "dummy" partition 3; if people want to installboot(8)
these to the start of the disk they can use fdisk(8) to
create a real MBR partition table...
+ Compile with TERSE_ERROR so it fits because of the above.
Whilst this is less user friendly, I feel it's important
to have a valid partition table and BPB in the MBR/PBR.
* Renamed /usr/mdec/biosboot to /usr/mdec/boot, to be consistent
with other platforms.
* Enable SUPPORT_DOSFS in /usr/mdec/boot (stage2), so that
we can boot off FAT partitions.
* Crank version of /usr/mdec/boot to 3.1, and fix some of the other
entries in the version file.
installboot(8) (i386):
* Read the existing MBR of the filesystem and retain the BIOS
Parameter Block (BPB) in bytes 11..89 and the MBR partition
table in bytes 446..509. (Previously installboot(8) would
trash those two sections of the MBR.)
mbrlabel(8):
* Use sys/lib/libkern/xlat_mbr_fstype.c instead of homegrown code
to map the MBR partition type to the NetBSD disklabel type.
Test built "make release" for i386, and new bootblocks verified to work
(even off FAT!).
|
| 1.4 | 19-Aug-2002 |
lukem | Use ${NETBSDSRCDIR}/some/path instead of ${.CURDIR}/../../some/path
|
| 1.3 | 24-Dec-2000 |
lukem | i got sick of the brain damage that mbrlabel used to do, and had
gotten bitten by mbrlabel trashing my incore disklabel to a point where
the machine wasn't usable, so I reworked it:
* only update the incore (and on-disk) label if `-f' is given. by default,
the proposed disklabel will be printed but no changes will occur
* add -q, to make the default operation a bit more quiet.
* leave existing `used' in-core partition slots alone, and only add entries
to the incore label if:
- there's not an existing partition of the same size and offset
(even of a different type)
- there's a free partition slot (`unused', with size == 0)
* use DIOCWDINFO instead of DIOCSDINFO, to update the incore as well as
the on-disk label
* use showpartitions() from ../disklabel/printlabel.c
this should make mbrlabel a *lot* more useful.
|
| 1.2 | 15-Mar-2000 |
fvdl | branches: 1.2.4;
Moved from Makefile,v
|
| 1.1 | 16-Nov-1998 |
ws | Add a utility to allow access to the partitions of a
MBR labeled disk (i.e. a disk partitioned by fdisk)
on any platform (including extended partitions).
|
| 1.2.4.1 | 26-Feb-2001 |
he | Pull up revision 1.3 (requested by lukem):
Several fixes and enhancements:
o only update in-core (and on-disk) disklabels if requested
o be saner about adding MBR partitions to free disklabel slots
o NTFS recognition
o various cleanups
|
| 1.20 | 27-Feb-2013 |
wiz | Remove trailing whitespace.
|
| 1.19 | 27-Feb-2013 |
is | Fix terminology issue brought up by Bug Hunting in PR 47314.
The boot records in extended partitions are called "Extended Boot Record"
(EBR); use that in the documentation where appropriate.
|
| 1.18 | 14-Jul-2012 |
wiz | branches: 1.18.2;
From Bug Hunting:
- use more common option list header line;
- remove superfluous `.Pp' macro (fixes mandoc(1) warning);
- bump date.
|
| 1.17 | 05-Apr-2010 |
wiz | branches: 1.17.6;
Sort option descriptions, per PR 43119 by Bug Hunting.
Refer to -r from -w.
Bump date.
|
| 1.16 | 12-Jan-2006 |
wiz | Grammar fix.
|
| 1.15 | 27-Dec-2005 |
jmmv | Add an option (-s) to specify which sector to read to parse the partition
table. Useful if the disk has remapping drivers installed into it (such as
Ontrack Disk Manager).
Added as an option instead of automatic behavior to let the user scan any
of the two partition tables at will.
|
| 1.14 | 13-Jul-2003 |
lukem | xref dkctl(8)
|
| 1.13 | 24-Jan-2002 |
fair | make the description of -w and -r more clear, per PR 13503.
|
| 1.12 | 13-Jan-2002 |
fair | Cross-link fdisk(8), mbr(8), and mbrlabel(8) in the SEE ALSO sections,
as suggested in PR 14288. Also add a little white space to mbr(8) to
make it a little more readable.
|
| 1.11 | 30-Dec-2001 |
mrg | fix a typo
|
| 1.10 | 16-Nov-2001 |
wiz | Drop unnecessary .Pp.
|
| 1.9 | 01-May-2001 |
lukem | clarify that -w updates the in-core label if changed, and if -r is
given as well, the on-disk label will then be updated.
|
| 1.8 | 27-Dec-2000 |
lukem | change behaviour of flags slightly:
-w write in-core label if changed
-r update on-disk as well as in-core label (with -w)
-f force update (-w), even if there's been no change
-r behaviour suggested by matt green. what used to be `-f' is now `-wrf'
|
| 1.7 | 24-Dec-2000 |
lukem | more rewording
- mbrlabel updates the disklabel; it doesn't generate it
- it doesn't just affect the incore label, so remove the `incore' qualifier
|
| 1.6 | 24-Dec-2000 |
lukem | i got sick of the brain damage that mbrlabel used to do, and had
gotten bitten by mbrlabel trashing my incore disklabel to a point where
the machine wasn't usable, so I reworked it:
* only update the incore (and on-disk) label if `-f' is given. by default,
the proposed disklabel will be printed but no changes will occur
* add -q, to make the default operation a bit more quiet.
* leave existing `used' in-core partition slots alone, and only add entries
to the incore label if:
- there's not an existing partition of the same size and offset
(even of a different type)
- there's a free partition slot (`unused', with size == 0)
* use DIOCWDINFO instead of DIOCSDINFO, to update the incore as well as
the on-disk label
* use showpartitions() from ../disklabel/printlabel.c
this should make mbrlabel a *lot* more useful.
|
| 1.5 | 14-Nov-2000 |
abs | xref (disklabel.8, fdisk.8, mbrlabel.8) as appropriate
|
| 1.4 | 15-Mar-2000 |
fvdl | branches: 1.4.4;
Moved from mbrlabel.8,v
|
| 1.3 | 22-Mar-1999 |
garbled | More and more .Os cleanups. .Os is defined in the tmac.doc-common file,
so we shouldn't override it with versions in the manpages. Many more to
come.
|
| 1.2 | 17-Nov-1998 |
ws | Shorten name line to fit.
Thanks to Hubert Feyrer (feyrer@rfhs8012.fh-regensburg.de) for pointing this out
|
| 1.1 | 16-Nov-1998 |
ws | Add a utility to allow access to the partitions of a
MBR labeled disk (i.e. a disk partitioned by fdisk)
on any platform (including extended partitions).
|
| 1.4.4.1 | 26-Feb-2001 |
he | Pull up revisions 1.5-1.8 (requested by lukem):
Several fixes and enhancements:
o only update in-core (and on-disk) disklabels if requested
o be saner about adding MBR partitions to free disklabel slots
o NTFS recognition
o various cleanups
|
| 1.17.6.2 | 22-May-2014 |
yamt | sync with head.
for a reference, the tree before this commit was tagged
as yamt-pagecache-tag8.
this commit was splitted into small chunks to avoid
a limitation of cvs. ("Protocol error: too many arguments")
|
| 1.17.6.1 | 30-Oct-2012 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.18.2.1 | 23-Jun-2013 |
tls | resync from head
|
| 1.29 | 30-Mar-2018 |
mlelstv | Handle sector sizes != 512, check partition overlaps, improve guessing
of filesystem parameters.
|
| 1.28 | 14-Jul-2012 |
wiz | branches: 1.28.30;
From Bug Hunting:
Sync usage with man page.
|
| 1.27 | 27-Aug-2011 |
joerg | branches: 1.27.2;
Be more static.
|
| 1.26 | 28-Dec-2005 |
christos | fix compilation on LP64 machines.
|
| 1.25 | 27-Dec-2005 |
jmmv | Add an option (-s) to specify which sector to read to parse the partition
table. Useful if the disk has remapping drivers installed into it (such as
Ontrack Disk Manager).
Added as an option instead of automatic behavior to let the user scan any
of the two partition tables at will.
|
| 1.24 | 05-Jan-2004 |
jmmv | Homogenize usage messages: make the 'usage' word all lowercase, as this seems
to be the most common practice in our tree.
|
| 1.23 | 08-Oct-2003 |
lukem | Overhaul MBR handling (part 1):
<sys/bootblock.h>:
* Added definitions for the Master Boot Record (MBR) used by
a variety of systems (primarily i386), including the format
of the BIOS Parameter Block (BPB).
This information was cribbed from a variety of sources
including <sys/disklabel_mbr.h> which this is a superset of.
As part of this, some data structure elements and #defines
were renamed to be more "namespace friendly" and consistent
with other bootblocks and MBR documentation.
Update all uses of the old names to the new names.
<sys/disklabel_mbr.h>:
* Deprecated in favor of <sys/bootblock.h> (the latter is more
"host tool" friendly).
amd64 & i386:
* Renamed /usr/mdec/bootxx_dosfs to /usr/mdec/bootxx_msdos, to
be consistent with the naming convention of the msdosfs tools.
* Removed /usr/mdec/bootxx_ufs, as it's equivalent to bootxx_ffsv1
and it's confusing to have two functionally equivalent bootblocks,
especially given that "ufs" has multiple meanings (it could be
a synonym for "ffs", or the group of ffs/lfs/ext2fs file systems).
* Rework pbr.S (the first sector of bootxx_*):
+ Ensure that BPB (bytes 11..89) and the partition table
(bytes 446..509) do not contain code.
+ Add support for booting from FAT partitions if BOOT_FROM_FAT
is defined. (Only set for bootxx_msdos).
+ Remove "dummy" partition 3; if people want to installboot(8)
these to the start of the disk they can use fdisk(8) to
create a real MBR partition table...
+ Compile with TERSE_ERROR so it fits because of the above.
Whilst this is less user friendly, I feel it's important
to have a valid partition table and BPB in the MBR/PBR.
* Renamed /usr/mdec/biosboot to /usr/mdec/boot, to be consistent
with other platforms.
* Enable SUPPORT_DOSFS in /usr/mdec/boot (stage2), so that
we can boot off FAT partitions.
* Crank version of /usr/mdec/boot to 3.1, and fix some of the other
entries in the version file.
installboot(8) (i386):
* Read the existing MBR of the filesystem and retain the BIOS
Parameter Block (BPB) in bytes 11..89 and the MBR partition
table in bytes 446..509. (Previously installboot(8) would
trash those two sections of the MBR.)
mbrlabel(8):
* Use sys/lib/libkern/xlat_mbr_fstype.c instead of homegrown code
to map the MBR partition type to the NetBSD disklabel type.
Test built "make release" for i386, and new bootblocks verified to work
(even off FAT!).
|
| 1.22 | 07-Jun-2003 |
dsl | Make writes to the in-core label persist after mbrlabel closes the disk.
|
| 1.21 | 28-Sep-2002 |
dbj | add MBR_PTYPE_APPLEUFS of 0xa8
part of PR #17345
|
| 1.20 | 21-May-2002 |
yamt | open device as readonly unless -w is specified.
|
| 1.19 | 07-Feb-2002 |
ross | minor LP64 nits
|
| 1.18 | 20-Aug-2001 |
ad | Use getrawpartition().
|
| 1.17 | 26-Jul-2001 |
wiz | partiton -> partition
|
| 1.16 | 20-Feb-2001 |
cgd | use getprogname()
|
| 1.15 | 18-Feb-2001 |
lukem | - remove unused arg to getparts()
- clean up WARNS=2 problems
- implement getshort()
- use getshort() with MBR_MAGICOFF to test if the magic number is OK, rather
than using hard-coded magic numbers
|
| 1.14 | 04-Feb-2001 |
christos | ifix nested extern.
|
| 1.13 | 04-Jan-2001 |
lukem | change verbose probe message to display "size xxx (yyy MB), offset zzz".
use %u instead of %d.
|
| 1.12 | 27-Dec-2000 |
lukem | change behaviour of flags slightly:
-w write in-core label if changed
-r update on-disk as well as in-core label (with -w)
-f force update (-w), even if there's been no change
-r behaviour suggested by matt green. what used to be `-f' is now `-wrf'
|
| 1.11 | 24-Dec-2000 |
lukem | i got sick of the brain damage that mbrlabel used to do, and had
gotten bitten by mbrlabel trashing my incore disklabel to a point where
the machine wasn't usable, so I reworked it:
* only update the incore (and on-disk) label if `-f' is given. by default,
the proposed disklabel will be printed but no changes will occur
* add -q, to make the default operation a bit more quiet.
* leave existing `used' in-core partition slots alone, and only add entries
to the incore label if:
- there's not an existing partition of the same size and offset
(even of a different type)
- there's a free partition slot (`unused', with size == 0)
* use DIOCWDINFO instead of DIOCSDINFO, to update the incore as well as
the on-disk label
* use showpartitions() from ../disklabel/printlabel.c
this should make mbrlabel a *lot* more useful.
|
| 1.10 | 24-Dec-2000 |
wiz | Add NTFS recognition per patch supplied by Dave Huang in bin/11804.
|
| 1.9 | 24-Dec-2000 |
wiz | ANSIfy, de-__P()
|
| 1.8 | 03-Jul-2000 |
matt | More include fixups and GCC 2.96 nonsense
|
| 1.7 | 15-Mar-2000 |
fvdl | branches: 1.7.4;
Moved from mbrlabel.c,v
|
| 1.6 | 23-Sep-1999 |
ws | Correct handling of extended partitions within extended partitions.
Problem found and new program tested by Reinoud.Koornstra@ibbnet.nl.
While here, add support for Linux extended partitions.
|
| 1.5 | 19-Aug-1999 |
cgd | copy the MBR partition table being examined to a local array, to avoid
unaligned structure accesses on architectures that care.
|
| 1.4 | 19-Aug-1999 |
cgd | correct usage message
|
| 1.3 | 27-Jan-1999 |
thorpej | branches: 1.3.2;
Use <sys/disklabel_mbr.h> rather than our own home-grown.
|
| 1.2 | 03-Dec-1998 |
fair | This seemingly trivial (and computationally pointless) change shuts up
GCC 2.7.2.2 about "loff" being uninitialized on line 142 on m68k.
|
| 1.1 | 16-Nov-1998 |
ws | Add a utility to allow access to the partitions of a
MBR labeled disk (i.e. a disk partitioned by fdisk)
on any platform (including extended partitions).
|
| 1.3.2.2 | 26-Sep-1999 |
cgd | pull up rev 1.6 from trunk (requested by ws):
Correct handling of extended partitions within extended partitions, and
add support for Linux extended partitions.
|
| 1.3.2.1 | 20-Aug-1999 |
cgd | pull up revs 1.4-1.5 from trunk (cgd)
|
| 1.7.4.1 | 26-Feb-2001 |
he | Pull up revisions 1.8-15 (requested by lukem):
Several fixes and enhancements:
o only update in-core (and on-disk) disklabels if requested
o be saner about adding MBR partitions to free disklabel slots
o NTFS recognition
o various cleanups
|
| 1.27.2.1 | 30-Oct-2012 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.28.30.1 | 07-Apr-2018 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD. 77 conflicts resolved - all of them $NetBSD$
|
| 1.13 | 11-Apr-2009 |
lukem | Enable WARNS=4 by default except for:
dump dump_lfs fsck_ffs fsck_lfs fsdb mount_smbfs
newfs_ext2fs newfs_lfs resize_lfs setkey
|
| 1.12 | 13-Feb-2009 |
lukem | WARNS=4
|
| 1.11 | 27-Jun-2005 |
christos | branches: 1.11.30;
Move WARNS=3 to the Makefile.inc, and add a little const to the remaining
programs that did not compile before.
|
| 1.10 | 09-Feb-2005 |
xtraeme | WARNS=3.
|
| 1.9 | 08-Oct-2001 |
lukem | cleanups suggested by simonb:
- rename "format.c" -> "pack_dev.c", "mknod.h" -> "pack_dev.h"
- make the private stuff in pack_dev.c static
|
| 1.8 | 08-Oct-2001 |
lukem | - move parsing of format type and format handlers into format.c, for easier
use in other programs
- do a bit of KNF whilst here
- enable WARNS=2
|
| 1.7 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.6 | 22-Dec-1994 |
cgd | specify man pages the new way.
|
| 1.5 | 23-Sep-1994 |
mycroft | Merge with 4.4-Lite version.
|
| 1.4 | 01-Aug-1993 |
mycroft | Add RCS identifiers.
|
| 1.3 | 23-Mar-1993 |
cgd | changed "Id" to "Header" for rcsids
|
| 1.2 | 22-Mar-1993 |
cgd | added rcs ids to all files
|
| 1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.2 | 23-Sep-1994 |
mycroft | Import original 4.4-Lite version.
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | initial import of 386bsd-0.1 sources
|
| 1.11.30.1 | 13-May-2009 |
jym | Sync with HEAD.
Third (and last) commit. See http://mail-index.netbsd.org/source-changes/2009/05/13/msg221222.html
|
| 1.2 | 08-Oct-2001 |
lukem | cleanups suggested by simonb:
- rename "format.c" -> "pack_dev.c", "mknod.h" -> "pack_dev.h"
- make the private stuff in pack_dev.c static
|
| 1.1 | 08-Oct-2001 |
lukem | - move parsing of format type and format handlers into format.c, for easier
use in other programs
- do a bit of KNF whilst here
- enable WARNS=2
|
| 1.30 | 03-Jul-2017 |
wiz | Remove workaround for ancient HTML generation code.
|
| 1.29 | 11-Sep-2016 |
sevan | mknod appeared in V4
http://minnie.tuhs.org/cgi-bin/utree.pl?file=V4/man/man8/mknod.8
Bump date.
|
| 1.28 | 17-Jun-2004 |
dsl | Document 'mknod -l' (list drivers in kernel), and use of driver name
instead of major number.
(all done using sysctl kern.drivers)
|
| 1.27 | 29-Dec-2003 |
atatat | Fix spelo
|
| 1.26 | 07-Aug-2003 |
agc | Move UCB-licensed code from 4-clause to 3-clause licence.
Patches provided by Joel Baker in PR 22308, verified by myself.
|
| 1.25 | 09-May-2003 |
wiz | Use .Nm instead of .Xr mknod, and sort options in HISTORY (incl. mdoc and grammar nit fixes).
|
| 1.24 | 08-May-2003 |
lukem | 2.0, not 1.7
|
| 1.23 | 08-May-2003 |
dsl | Add -g gid -m mode -u uid so that MAKEDEV can run when chown/chmod are
not available.
Add -r and -R to do two (different) sensible things if node exists.
From a discussion with Lukem.
|
| 1.22 | 25-Feb-2003 |
wiz | .Nm does not need a dummy argument ("") before punctuation or
for correct formatting of the SYNOPSIS any longer.
|
| 1.21 | 08-Feb-2002 |
ross | Generate <>& symbolically. I'm avoiding .../dist/... directories for now.
|
| 1.20 | 08-Oct-2001 |
mycroft | Fix a formatting error.
|
| 1.19 | 05-Jun-2001 |
wiz | Drop arguments of .Os.
|
| 1.18 | 17-May-2000 |
fair | To resolve PR 9451, wording and formatting adjusted to be more clear about
the -F option for making device nodes for other versions of UNIX.
|
| 1.17 | 22-Mar-2000 |
simonb | Arch-specific directories now live under .../sys/arch, not directly
under .../sys.
|
| 1.16 | 24-Nov-1998 |
christos | branches: 1.16.2;
- document 'p' file type.
- fix stale documentation about the location of the major/minor device
tables in the kernel.
|
| 1.15 | 11-Sep-1998 |
mycroft | Add isc, sco, and bsdos 3-field format.
|
| 1.14 | 17-Jan-1998 |
mycroft | Add a `bsdos' format.
|
| 1.13 | 17-Jan-1998 |
mycroft | Add a -F option to specify the device number format.
Also accept a single opaque device number.
|
| 1.12 | 11-Oct-1997 |
enami | Sort SEE ALSO list; first by section number, then alphabetical order.
|
| 1.11 | 15-Sep-1997 |
lukem | * cleanup for WARNS+1
* use .Nm correctly
|
| 1.10 | 30-Jun-1997 |
phil | Added mkfifo(1) and mkfifo(2) to the SEE ALSO list. (PR 1307)
|
| 1.9 | 10-Aug-1995 |
jtc | makedev(8) -> MAKEDEV(8); PR #1306
|
| 1.8 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.7 | 23-Sep-1994 |
mycroft | Merge with 4.4-Lite version.
|
| 1.6 | 14-Jan-1994 |
jtc | Fix spelling errors
|
| 1.5 | 30-Nov-1993 |
jtc | Use ".At v6" macro instead of spelling out "Version 6 AT&T UNIX".
|
| 1.4 | 01-Aug-1993 |
mycroft | Add RCS indentifiers.
|
| 1.3 | 23-Mar-1993 |
cgd | changed "Id" to "Header" for rcsids
|
| 1.2 | 22-Mar-1993 |
cgd | added rcs ids to all files
|
| 1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.2 | 23-Sep-1994 |
mycroft | Import original 4.4-Lite version.
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | initial import of 386bsd-0.1 sources
|
| 1.16.2.2 | 22-May-2000 |
he | Pull up revision 1.18 (requested by fair):
Document -F flag. Fixes PR#9451.
|
| 1.16.2.1 | 29-Mar-2000 |
he | Pull up revision 1.17 (requested by simonb):
In the example conf.c path, arch-specific directories now
live under sys/arch, not directly under sys.
|
| 1.42 | 22-Aug-2014 |
mlelstv | Accept driver names only in the two args form together with a minor number.
That's what the documentation says and also avoids the case where the driver
name converted to a major number is interpreted as a packed dev_t number.
|
| 1.41 | 14-Jun-2013 |
tsutsui | Remove old workaround for Cygwin.
http://mail-index.netbsd.org/source-changes/2003/05/08/0042.html
16bit dev_t for !__CYGWIN_USE_BIG_TYPES__ was removed in Cygwin 1.7.2
http://cygwin.com/cgi-bin/cvsweb.cgi/src/winsup/cygwin/include/cygwin/types.h?cvsroot=src#rev1.32
and __dev32_t has been removed since 1.7.19.
http://cygwin.com/cgi-bin/cvsweb.cgi/src/winsup/cygwin/include/cygwin/types.h?cvsroot=src#rev1.36
|
| 1.40 | 27-Aug-2011 |
joerg | branches: 1.40.2; 1.40.8;
static + __dead
|
| 1.39 | 13-Feb-2009 |
lukem | fix -Wsign-compare issues
|
| 1.38 | 20-Jul-2008 |
lukem | branches: 1.38.4;
Remove the \n and tabs from the __COPYRIGHT() strings.
(Tweak some to use a consistent format.)
|
| 1.37 | 28-Apr-2008 |
martin | branches: 1.37.2;
Remove clause 3 and 4 from TNF licenses
|
| 1.36 | 07-Jul-2007 |
dsl | branches: 1.36.12; 1.36.14;
Use block minor (from device name) for block devices (not char minor).
Fixes PR bin/36614
|
| 1.35 | 01-Oct-2005 |
christos | fix setmode error handling.
|
| 1.34 | 20-Jun-2004 |
jmc | Completely rework how tools/compat is done. Purge all uses/references to
_NETBSD_SOURCE as this makes cross building from older/newer versions of
NetBSD harder, not easier (and also makes the resulting tools 'different')
Wrap all required code with the inclusion of nbtool_config.h, attempt to
only use POSIX code in all places (or when reasonable test w. configure and
provide definitions: ala u_int, etc).
Reviewed by lukem. Tested on FreeBSD 4.9, Redhat Linux ES3, NetBSD 1.6.2 x86
NetBSD current (x86 and amd64) and Solaris 9.
Fixes PR's: PR#17762 PR#25944
|
| 1.33 | 17-Jun-2004 |
christos | We only need sys/sysctl.h when we are building on NetBSD not as a host tool.
|
| 1.32 | 17-Jun-2004 |
dsl | Add support for specifying drivers by name and listing the drivers in the
current kernel.
Man page update in progress.
|
| 1.31 | 11-May-2004 |
christos | Constify.
|
| 1.30 | 30-Jan-2004 |
ross | Don't exit on error from pack_dev.c, but return an error string and
have the caller do cleanup and (potentially) report errors in context.
This is needed because mknod(8) is not the only user of pack_dev.[ch]
|
| 1.29 | 05-Jan-2004 |
jmmv | Homogenize usage messages: make the 'usage' word all lowercase, as this seems
to be the most common practice in our tree.
|
| 1.28 | 27-Oct-2003 |
lukem | Overhaul how `build.sh tools' are used:
* Rename "config.h" to "nbtool_config.h" and
HAVE_CONFIG_H to HAVE_NBTOOL_CONFIG_H.
This makes in more obvious in the source when we're using
tools/compat/config.h versus "standard autoconf" config.h
* Consistently move the inclusion of nbtool_config.h to before
<sys/cdefs.h> so that the former can provide __RCSID() (et al),
and there's no need to protect those macros any more.
These changes should make it easier to "tool-ify" a program by adding:
#if HAVE_NBTOOL_CONFIG_H
#include "nbtool_config.h"
#endif
to the top of the source files (for the general case).
|
| 1.27 | 08-May-2003 |
christos | deal with cygwin's dev_t (John Gordon)
|
| 1.26 | 08-May-2003 |
dsl | Add -g gid -m mode -u uid so that MAKEDEV can run when chown/chmod are
not available.
Add -r and -R to do two (different) sensible things if node exists.
From a discussion with Lukem.
|
| 1.25 | 17-Apr-2003 |
lukem | clear errno before strto(u)l() if we're going to test it for ERANGE afterwards
|
| 1.24 | 08-Oct-2001 |
lukem | cleanups suggested by simonb:
- rename "format.c" -> "pack_dev.c", "mknod.h" -> "pack_dev.h"
- make the private stuff in pack_dev.c static
|
| 1.23 | 08-Oct-2001 |
lukem | improve arg clamping
|
| 1.22 | 08-Oct-2001 |
lukem | - move parsing of format type and format handlers into format.c, for easier
use in other programs
- do a bit of KNF whilst here
- enable WARNS=2
|
| 1.21 | 19-Feb-2001 |
cgd | convert to use getprogname()
|
| 1.20 | 04-Feb-2001 |
christos | fix nested extern
|
| 1.19 | 03-Jul-2000 |
matt | More include fixups and GCC 2.96 nonsense
|
| 1.18 | 24-Nov-1998 |
christos | Add mknod <name> p which creates a named pipe. There is no real reason for
a separate mkfifo program and there is prior art.
|
| 1.17 | 13-Oct-1998 |
tron | Print correct filename if mknod() fails.
|
| 1.16 | 08-Oct-1998 |
wsanchez | Init dev to quiet compiler.
|
| 1.15 | 11-Sep-1998 |
mycroft | Oops; update usage message.
|
| 1.14 | 11-Sep-1998 |
mycroft | Add isc, sco, and bsdos 3-field format.
|
| 1.13 | 15-Aug-1998 |
mycroft | Assign my copyrights to TNF.
|
| 1.12 | 17-Jan-1998 |
mycroft | Add a `bsdos' format.
|
| 1.11 | 17-Jan-1998 |
mycroft | Add a -F option to specify the device number format.
Also accept a single opaque device number.
|
| 1.10 | 05-Nov-1997 |
cgd | lint
|
| 1.9 | 15-Sep-1997 |
lukem | * cleanup for WARNS+1
* use .Nm correctly
|
| 1.8 | 11-Aug-1995 |
jtc | Convert to use err(3)
|
| 1.7 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.6 | 18-Dec-1994 |
cgd | -Wall cleanups from Jim Jegers
|
| 1.5 | 23-Sep-1994 |
mycroft | Merge with 4.4-Lite version.
|
| 1.4 | 01-Aug-1993 |
mycroft | Add RCS identifiers.
|
| 1.3 | 23-Mar-1993 |
cgd | changed "Id" to "Header" for rcsids
|
| 1.2 | 22-Mar-1993 |
cgd | added rcs ids to all files
|
| 1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.2 | 23-Sep-1994 |
mycroft | Import original 4.4-Lite version.
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | initial import of 386bsd-0.1 sources
|
| 1.36.14.1 | 18-May-2008 |
yamt | sync with head.
|
| 1.36.12.2 | 28-Sep-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.36.12.1 | 02-Jun-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.37.2.1 | 18-Sep-2008 |
wrstuden | Sync with wrstuden-revivesa-base-2.
|
| 1.38.4.1 | 13-May-2009 |
jym | Sync with HEAD.
Third (and last) commit. See http://mail-index.netbsd.org/source-changes/2009/05/13/msg221222.html
|
| 1.40.8.1 | 23-Jun-2013 |
tls | resync from head
|
| 1.40.2.1 | 22-May-2014 |
yamt | sync with head.
for a reference, the tree before this commit was tagged
as yamt-pagecache-tag8.
this commit was splitted into small chunks to avoid
a limitation of cvs. ("Protocol error: too many arguments")
|
| 1.2 | 08-Oct-2001 |
lukem | cleanups suggested by simonb:
- rename "format.c" -> "pack_dev.c", "mknod.h" -> "pack_dev.h"
- make the private stuff in pack_dev.c static
|
| 1.1 | 08-Oct-2001 |
lukem | - move parsing of format type and format handlers into format.c, for easier
use in other programs
- do a bit of KNF whilst here
- enable WARNS=2
|
| 1.12 | 14-Jun-2013 |
tsutsui | Remove old workaround for Cygwin.
http://mail-index.netbsd.org/source-changes/2003/05/08/0042.html
16bit dev_t for !__CYGWIN_USE_BIG_TYPES__ was removed in Cygwin 1.7.2
http://cygwin.com/cgi-bin/cvsweb.cgi/src/winsup/cygwin/include/cygwin/types.h?cvsroot=src#rev1.32
and __dev32_t has been removed since 1.7.19.
http://cygwin.com/cgi-bin/cvsweb.cgi/src/winsup/cygwin/include/cygwin/types.h?cvsroot=src#rev1.36
|
| 1.11 | 27-Aug-2011 |
joerg | branches: 1.11.2; 1.11.8;
static + __dead
|
| 1.10 | 13-Feb-2009 |
lukem | fix -Wsign-compare issues
|
| 1.9 | 28-Apr-2008 |
martin | branches: 1.9.6;
Remove clause 3 and 4 from TNF licenses
|
| 1.8 | 11-May-2004 |
christos | branches: 1.8.26; 1.8.28;
Constify.
|
| 1.7 | 30-Jan-2004 |
ross | Don't exit on error from pack_dev.c, but return an error string and
have the caller do cleanup and (potentially) report errors in context.
This is needed because mknod(8) is not the only user of pack_dev.[ch]
|
| 1.6 | 27-Oct-2003 |
lukem | Overhaul how `build.sh tools' are used:
* Rename "config.h" to "nbtool_config.h" and
HAVE_CONFIG_H to HAVE_NBTOOL_CONFIG_H.
This makes in more obvious in the source when we're using
tools/compat/config.h versus "standard autoconf" config.h
* Consistently move the inclusion of nbtool_config.h to before
<sys/cdefs.h> so that the former can provide __RCSID() (et al),
and there's no need to protect those macros any more.
These changes should make it easier to "tool-ify" a program by adding:
#if HAVE_NBTOOL_CONFIG_H
#include "nbtool_config.h"
#endif
to the top of the source files (for the general case).
|
| 1.5 | 08-May-2003 |
christos | deal with cygwin's dev_t (John Gordon)
|
| 1.4 | 08-May-2003 |
lukem | Move major_netbsd(), minor_netbsd(), and makedev_netbsd() from
pack_dev.c to pack_dev.h, so that #include-rs of the latter can use them.
|
| 1.3 | 31-Jan-2002 |
tv | Roll in fixes to permit cross-compiling from non-NetBSD hosts. This
round has been tested on Solaris/x86 and Linux hosts.
* Add host tools cap_mkdb, ctags, m4, uudecode.
* Protect __RCSID() and __COPYRIGHT() better.
* Reduce the number of places that need to include "config.h", to keep
sources closer to their "vanilla" versions.
* Add more compat #defines and autoconf-checked functions.
|
| 1.2 | 29-Jan-2002 |
tv | Add hooks to make mtree compilable from src/tools.
|
| 1.1 | 08-Oct-2001 |
lukem | cleanups suggested by simonb:
- rename "format.c" -> "pack_dev.c", "mknod.h" -> "pack_dev.h"
- make the private stuff in pack_dev.c static
|
| 1.8.28.1 | 18-May-2008 |
yamt | sync with head.
|
| 1.8.26.1 | 02-Jun-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.9.6.1 | 13-May-2009 |
jym | Sync with HEAD.
Third (and last) commit. See http://mail-index.netbsd.org/source-changes/2009/05/13/msg221222.html
|
| 1.11.8.1 | 23-Jun-2013 |
tls | resync from head
|
| 1.11.2.1 | 22-May-2014 |
yamt | sync with head.
for a reference, the tree before this commit was tagged
as yamt-pagecache-tag8.
this commit was splitted into small chunks to avoid
a limitation of cvs. ("Protocol error: too many arguments")
|
| 1.8 | 14-Jun-2013 |
tsutsui | Remove old workaround for Cygwin.
http://mail-index.netbsd.org/source-changes/2003/05/08/0042.html
16bit dev_t for !__CYGWIN_USE_BIG_TYPES__ was removed in Cygwin 1.7.2
http://cygwin.com/cgi-bin/cvsweb.cgi/src/winsup/cygwin/include/cygwin/types.h?cvsroot=src#rev1.32
and __dev32_t has been removed since 1.7.19.
http://cygwin.com/cgi-bin/cvsweb.cgi/src/winsup/cygwin/include/cygwin/types.h?cvsroot=src#rev1.36
|
| 1.7 | 28-Apr-2008 |
martin | branches: 1.7.20; 1.7.26;
Remove clause 3 and 4 from TNF licenses
|
| 1.6 | 11-May-2004 |
christos | branches: 1.6.26; 1.6.28;
Constify.
|
| 1.5 | 30-Jan-2004 |
ross | Don't exit on error from pack_dev.c, but return an error string and
have the caller do cleanup and (potentially) report errors in context.
This is needed because mknod(8) is not the only user of pack_dev.[ch]
|
| 1.4 | 08-May-2003 |
christos | /sbin/wizd points out that it is CYGWIN not GYGWIN.
|
| 1.3 | 08-May-2003 |
christos | deal with cygwin's dev_t (John Gordon)
|
| 1.2 | 08-May-2003 |
lukem | Move major_netbsd(), minor_netbsd(), and makedev_netbsd() from
pack_dev.c to pack_dev.h, so that #include-rs of the latter can use them.
|
| 1.1 | 08-Oct-2001 |
lukem | cleanups suggested by simonb:
- rename "format.c" -> "pack_dev.c", "mknod.h" -> "pack_dev.h"
- make the private stuff in pack_dev.c static
|
| 1.6.28.1 | 18-May-2008 |
yamt | sync with head.
|
| 1.6.26.1 | 02-Jun-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.7.26.1 | 23-Jun-2013 |
tls | resync from head
|
| 1.7.20.1 | 22-May-2014 |
yamt | sync with head.
for a reference, the tree before this commit was tagged
as yamt-pagecache-tag8.
this commit was splitted into small chunks to avoid
a limitation of cvs. ("Protocol error: too many arguments")
|
| 1.17 | 11-Aug-2013 |
dholland | WARNS=5 is the default in sbin, don't need to set it explicitly.
|
| 1.16 | 22-Aug-2012 |
jnemeth | branches: 1.16.2;
Set WARNS=5. No warnings/errors were found with a test compile.
|
| 1.15 | 13-Dec-2010 |
pooka | branches: 1.15.6;
Add rump client support for module utilities. It should be noted
that while modstat and modunload and builtin modules work exactly
the same as in the host case, modload loads file system kernel
modules from the rump kernel namespace. By default, archs which
have rump support for the kernel kernel ABI have the host module
directory mapped into the rump kernel namespace at the same location
(/stand/...). Therefore, if the *host* module directory is populated,
"rump.modload foo" will work as expected. Otherwise, RUMP_MODULEBASE
can be used to point to the module directory.
|
| 1.14 | 12-Nov-2008 |
ad | Remove LKMs and switch to the module framework, pass 1.
Proposed on tech-kern@.
|
| 1.13 | 02-Mar-2008 |
jmmv | Add the ability to specify load-time properties for modules. This adds
three new flags to the new modload utility: -b, -i and -s, which are used
to pass boolean, integer and string parameters respectively.
|
| 1.12 | 10-Feb-2008 |
jmmv | branches: 1.12.2; 1.12.4;
Always test MKMODULAR with != "no". Requested by mrg@.
|
| 1.11 | 09-Feb-2008 |
jmmv | Reverse MKMODULAR checks.
|
| 1.10 | 09-Feb-2008 |
jmmv | Recognize MKMODULAR and build the appropriate tool.
|
| 1.9 | 16-Jan-2008 |
ad | Pull in my modules code for review/test/hacking.
|
| 1.8 | 27-Jun-2005 |
christos | branches: 1.8.10; 1.8.12;
Move WARNS=3 to the Makefile.inc, and add a little const to the remaining
programs that did not compile before.
|
| 1.7 | 13-Jun-1999 |
mrg | add ELF support, mostly from joda@pdc.kth.se (Johan Danielsson) in PR#6149,
updated for the symtab support for a.out (non for ELF yet) and other cleanup
by myself. should work on the alpha as well as other ELF ports...
remove the ld(1) output by default, rather than leaving little binary turds
across the filesystem...
|
| 1.6 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.5 | 22-Dec-1994 |
cgd | specify man pages the new way.
|
| 1.4 | 09-Feb-1994 |
deraadt | do not -DKERNEL please
|
| 1.3 | 09-Aug-1993 |
mycroft | Don't reset CFLAGS.
|
| 1.2 | 08-Jun-1993 |
cgd | add LKM man pages
|
| 1.1 | 07-Jun-1993 |
cgd | add support for terry lambert's loadable kernel modules.
needs a bit of cleanup, but overall: SLICK!
|
| 1.8.12.1 | 18-Feb-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.8.10.1 | 23-Mar-2008 |
matt | sync with HEAD
|
| 1.12.4.2 | 17-Jan-2009 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.12.4.1 | 03-Apr-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.12.2.1 | 24-Mar-2008 |
keiichi | sync with head.
|
| 1.15.6.2 | 22-May-2014 |
yamt | sync with head.
for a reference, the tree before this commit was tagged
as yamt-pagecache-tag8.
this commit was splitted into small chunks to avoid
a limitation of cvs. ("Protocol error: too many arguments")
|
| 1.15.6.1 | 30-Oct-2012 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.16.2.1 | 20-Aug-2014 |
tls | Rebase to HEAD as of a few days ago.
|
| 1.7 | 12-Nov-2008 |
ad | Remove LKMs and switch to the module framework, pass 1.
Proposed on tech-kern@.
|
| 1.6 | 06-Feb-2005 |
perry | branches: 1.6.26;
remove obsolete "register" declarations.
|
| 1.5 | 11-Feb-2004 |
jdolecek | it's not correct to use MAXPATHNAME-sized buffer for link command, as
pointed out by Klaus Klein (original idea was that it should hold at least
the pathname ...); instead, let the ELF and a.out backends allocate memory
for the link command, and get rid of the fixed size buffer altogether
|
| 1.4 | 10-Oct-2002 |
simonb | Add support for using an optional linker script (/usr/lkm/ldscript if
found, and overridable by the -T option).
|
| 1.3 | 07-Oct-2002 |
simonb | Use "type *" instead of "type*".
|
| 1.2 | 06-Oct-2002 |
simonb | ANSIfy, KNF, declare externs in headers only.
|
| 1.1 | 13-Jun-1999 |
mrg | add ELF support, mostly from joda@pdc.kth.se (Johan Danielsson) in PR#6149,
updated for the symtab support for a.out (non for ELF yet) and other cleanup
by myself. should work on the alpha as well as other ELF ports...
remove the ld(1) output by default, rather than leaving little binary turds
across the filesystem...
|
| 1.6.26.1 | 17-Jan-2009 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.20 | 12-Nov-2008 |
ad | Remove LKMs and switch to the module framework, pass 1.
Proposed on tech-kern@.
|
| 1.19 | 08-Jul-2006 |
ross | branches: 1.19.20;
Replace complicated test for ELFSIZE 64 with #ifdef _LP64 which is
the netbsd convention. Rig the old test temporarily to a #error
sanity check.
|
| 1.18 | 17-Mar-2006 |
rumble | Check for allocation failures in malloc, calloc, realloc, asprintf, and
vasprintf and try to handle them.
|
| 1.17 | 27-Jun-2005 |
christos | Move WARNS=3 to the Makefile.inc, and add a little const to the remaining
programs that did not compile before.
|
| 1.16 | 11-Feb-2004 |
jdolecek | it's not correct to use MAXPATHNAME-sized buffer for link command, as
pointed out by Klaus Klein (original idea was that it should hold at least
the pathname ...); instead, let the ELF and a.out backends allocate memory
for the link command, and get rid of the fixed size buffer altogether
|
| 1.15 | 21-Oct-2003 |
fvdl | Don't compare an integer to NULL.
|
| 1.14 | 07-Nov-2002 |
thorpej | Skip empty sections. From Allen Briggs.
|
| 1.13 | 10-Oct-2002 |
simonb | Add support for using an optional linker script (/usr/lkm/ldscript if
found, and overridable by the -T option).
|
| 1.12 | 07-Oct-2002 |
simonb | Use "type *" instead of "type*".
|
| 1.11 | 06-Oct-2002 |
simonb | ANSIfy, KNF, declare externs in headers only.
|
| 1.10 | 24-Jul-2002 |
joda | various spelling
|
| 1.9 | 03-Apr-2002 |
jdolecek | Only provide sym_size and sym_symsize if symbols are actually going
to be loaded.
This also avoids the annoying 'Unable to find symbol table slot
for xxx' kernel message when module is unloaded.
|
| 1.8 | 03-Jan-2002 |
jdolecek | make sure string_table is initialized to NULL in read_shstring_table(),
so that NULL is returned if .strtab is not found
|
| 1.7 | 08-Nov-2001 |
christos | PR/14498: Wesley Chen: Support symbol loading on elf lkms.
|
| 1.6 | 19-Jun-2001 |
fvdl | Use ELFSIZE 64 for x86-64.
|
| 1.5 | 26-Mar-2001 |
drochner | Do the last fix correctly: round the beginning of the .data segment,
otherwise an unaligned address gets passed to the linker. (which is
rounded there, so this is harmless)
XXX how about passing "-N" and killing all these hacks?
|
| 1.4 | 27-Dec-2000 |
jdolecek | make sure that elf_mod_sizes() uses data_hole size aligned to section alignment
this fixes a problem where elf_mod_sizes() would report size which would
be different (smaller) that the actual size of LKM code to be loaded in some
cases
Reviewed by: Johan Danielsson
|
| 1.3 | 25-Oct-1999 |
kleink | branches: 1.3.6;
Update to match new SVR4-style definition names in <sys/exec_elf.h>.
|
| 1.2 | 21-Jul-1999 |
mycroft | branches: 1.2.2;
Don't try to play games with the BSS; just make it work.
|
| 1.1 | 13-Jun-1999 |
mrg | add ELF support, mostly from joda@pdc.kth.se (Johan Danielsson) in PR#6149,
updated for the symtab support for a.out (non for ELF yet) and other cleanup
by myself. should work on the alpha as well as other ELF ports...
remove the ld(1) output by default, rather than leaving little binary turds
across the filesystem...
|
| 1.2.2.1 | 27-Dec-1999 |
wrstuden | Pull up to last week's -current.
|
| 1.3.6.1 | 25-Jan-2001 |
jhawk | Pull up revision 1.4 (requested by jdolecek):
Ensure that data_hole is aligned to a section, otherwise
elf_mod_sizes() may report a size too small, affecting LKM loading.
|
| 1.19.20.1 | 17-Jan-2009 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.18 | 07-Jun-2020 |
thorpej | Update for proplib(3) API changes.
|
| 1.17 | 05-Sep-2016 |
sevan | Drop main() prototype.
|
| 1.16 | 06-May-2016 |
khorben | More friendly error messages for modload(8) and modunload(8)
Tested on NetBSD/amd64.
From Christian Koch (cfkoch@) of EdgeBSD; thanks!
|
| 1.15 | 07-Feb-2013 |
apb | Don't pass NULL to prop_dictionary_set.
Coverity CID 275196.
|
| 1.14 | 13-Dec-2010 |
pooka | branches: 1.14.6; 1.14.12;
Add rump client support for module utilities. It should be noted
that while modstat and modunload and builtin modules work exactly
the same as in the host case, modload loads file system kernel
modules from the rump kernel namespace. By default, archs which
have rump support for the kernel kernel ABI have the host module
directory mapped into the rump kernel namespace at the same location
(/stand/...). Therefore, if the *host* module directory is populated,
"rump.modload foo" will work as expected. Otherwise, RUMP_MODULEBASE
can be used to point to the module directory.
|
| 1.13 | 11-Jun-2009 |
wiz | Sync usage with man page.
|
| 1.12 | 10-Jun-2009 |
jnemeth | -p -P doesn't make much sense since no module will be loaded.
|
| 1.11 | 09-Jun-2009 |
jnemeth | Add the MODCTL_NO_PROP flag to tell the kernel to ignore <module>.prop.
Add the '-P' option to modload(8) to set this flag.
|
| 1.10 | 05-Jun-2009 |
jnemeth | Add a new [-d var] option which when combined with -p and -m will allow
you to delete vars from the existing <module>.prop file.
|
| 1.9 | 05-Jun-2009 |
wiz | Sort options.
|
| 1.8 | 04-Jun-2009 |
jnemeth | Add a "-m plist" option. This option will read in an existing
<module>.prop file and merge any options supplied on the "command
line".
This code will serve as the basis for in-kernel merging.
|
| 1.7 | 19-May-2009 |
jnemeth | fputs() instead of puts() so we don't get the silly extra blank line
|
| 1.6 | 19-May-2009 |
wiz | Sync usage and man page.
|
| 1.5 | 19-May-2009 |
jnemeth | Add -p option which outputs a property list suitable for loading with a
module. This is in preparation for having the kernel load an optional
<module>.prop alongside a module, which is useful for passing options
to autoloaded modules and modules loaded at boot time.
|
| 1.4 | 12-Nov-2008 |
ad | Remove LKMs and switch to the module framework, pass 1.
Proposed on tech-kern@.
|
| 1.3 | 28-Apr-2008 |
martin | Remove clause 3 and 4 from TNF licenses
|
| 1.2 | 02-Mar-2008 |
jmmv | branches: 1.2.2; 1.2.4;
Add the ability to specify load-time properties for modules. This adds
three new flags to the new modload utility: -b, -i and -s, which are used
to pass boolean, integer and string parameters respectively.
|
| 1.1 | 16-Jan-2008 |
ad | branches: 1.1.2; 1.1.4; 1.1.6;
Pull in my modules code for review/test/hacking.
|
| 1.1.6.3 | 17-Jan-2009 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.1.6.2 | 02-Jun-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.1.6.1 | 03-Apr-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.1.4.1 | 24-Mar-2008 |
keiichi | sync with head.
|
| 1.1.2.2 | 18-Feb-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.1.2.1 | 16-Jan-2008 |
mjf | file main.c was added on branch mjf-devfs on 2008-02-18 21:04:17 +0000
|
| 1.2.4.1 | 18-May-2008 |
yamt | sync with head.
|
| 1.2.2.2 | 23-Mar-2008 |
matt | sync with HEAD
|
| 1.2.2.1 | 02-Mar-2008 |
matt | file main.c was added on branch matt-armv6 on 2008-03-23 00:44:24 +0000
|
| 1.14.12.1 | 25-Feb-2013 |
tls | resync with head
|
| 1.14.6.1 | 22-May-2014 |
yamt | sync with head.
for a reference, the tree before this commit was tagged
as yamt-pagecache-tag8.
this commit was splitted into small chunks to avoid
a limitation of cvs. ("Protocol error: too many arguments")
|
| 1.49 | 17-Jan-2021 |
mrg | call it "kernel object linker module framework" not just
"module framework". the latter is generic enough to
also mean the old ld(1) linked loadable kernel modules.
|
| 1.48 | 01-Jun-2020 |
uwe | Make -f description actually use the word "force" so that it can be
found when searched for.
|
| 1.47 | 18-Jul-2017 |
wiz | Fix Dt argument.
|
| 1.46 | 18-Jul-2017 |
christos | PR/52417: Edgar Pettijohn: modules.conf(5) not mentioned in related manuals
|
| 1.45 | 12-Sep-2016 |
wiz | Add .An -nosplit.
|
| 1.44 | 12-Sep-2016 |
sevan | Document the version modload appeared and authors.
Correct spelling mistakes.
Bump date.
|
| 1.43 | 28-Nov-2015 |
pgoyette | Add cross-refs from modload(8) amd modunload(8) to modctl(2)
|
| 1.42 | 06-Aug-2011 |
wiz | Quote path separator character.
|
| 1.41 | 06-Aug-2011 |
mbalmer | Do not not look for modules in the current working directory first. This is
to prevent from accidentally loading ./module.kmod when we actually wanted to
load module from the system module area.
To load a module from a filesystem path, the module name must contain at
least on path separator character (/), to load a module from the system
module areas, the name must not contain a path separator character:
modload ./mymod.kmod # loads mymod.kmod from the curren directory
modload mymod # loads mymod.kmod from the system module area
|
| 1.40 | 14-Dec-2010 |
jruoho | Fix xref; module(4) -> module(7).
|
| 1.39 | 13-Dec-2010 |
jruoho | Xref module(4).
|
| 1.38 | 05-Mar-2010 |
pooka | note module changes
|
| 1.37 | 11-Jun-2009 |
wiz | Remove -P from -p section, not from -f one.
|
| 1.36 | 10-Jun-2009 |
jnemeth | -p -P doesn't make much sense since no module will be loaded.
|
| 1.35 | 09-Jun-2009 |
jnemeth | Add the MODCTL_NO_PROP flag to tell the kernel to ignore <module>.prop.
Add the '-P' option to modload(8) to set this flag.
|
| 1.34 | 05-Jun-2009 |
jnemeth | Add a new [-d var] option which when combined with -p and -m will allow
you to delete vars from the existing <module>.prop file.
|
| 1.33 | 05-Jun-2009 |
wiz | Sort options.
|
| 1.32 | 04-Jun-2009 |
jnemeth | Add a "-m plist" option. This option will read in an existing
<module>.prop file and merge any options supplied on the "command
line".
This code will serve as the basis for in-kernel merging.
|
| 1.31 | 19-May-2009 |
wiz | Sync usage and man page.
|
| 1.30 | 19-May-2009 |
wiz | Sort option descriptions. Split usage in SYNOPSIS in two, since there
are two different methods of calling it.
Add arguments to option descriptions.
|
| 1.29 | 19-May-2009 |
jnemeth | Add -p option which outputs a property list suitable for loading with a
module. This is in preparation for having the kernel load an optional
<module>.prop alongside a module, which is useful for passing options
to autoloaded modules and modules loaded at boot time.
|
| 1.28 | 17-Nov-2008 |
uwe | Punctuation formatting nit.
|
| 1.27 | 12-Nov-2008 |
ad | Remove LKMs and switch to the module framework, pass 1.
Proposed on tech-kern@.
|
| 1.26 | 24-Mar-2006 |
reed | branches: 1.26.20;
In the DIAGNOSTICS section, document that mismatched LKM and kernel
versions will be reported to the console and to the system message
buffer.
And update documentation date.
|
| 1.25 | 06-Sep-2003 |
wiz | New sentence, new line; improve grammar.
|
| 1.24 | 06-Sep-2003 |
jdolecek | implement support for forced LKM load, which makes the kernel skip
the version checks, using new -f flag and LMFORCE ioctl
Hopefully the description in the manpage is discouraging enough so that
nobody would dare even _think_ of using forced loads. A warning
message is written to stderr when this is used, just in case.
|
| 1.23 | 25-Feb-2003 |
wiz | .Nm does not need a dummy argument ("") before punctuation or
for correct formatting of the SYNOPSIS any longer.
|
| 1.22 | 14-Feb-2003 |
grant | 'NetBSD.org' and some mdoc fixes.
|
| 1.21 | 10-Oct-2002 |
simonb | Add support for using an optional linker script (/usr/lkm/ldscript if
found, and overridable by the -T option).
|
| 1.20 | 01-Oct-2002 |
wiz | New sentence, new line. By Robert Elz with minimal fixes.
|
| 1.19 | 13-Sep-2002 |
gehenna | For loadable drivers, the 3rd argument is character device major and
the 4th argument is block device major.
Remove one item from BUGS section.
|
| 1.18 | 08-Feb-2002 |
ross | Generate <>& symbolically. I'm avoiding .../dist/... directories for now.
|
| 1.17 | 16-Nov-2001 |
wiz | Improve author markup, use standard header.
|
| 1.16 | 16-Nov-2001 |
wiz | Whitespace nits
|
| 1.15 | 05-Jun-2001 |
wiz | Drop arguments of .Os.
|
| 1.14 | 14-Jun-2000 |
cgd | sweep of my licenses (userland files w/o only my copyright) for
consistency. (no functional changes)
|
| 1.13 | 14-Jun-2000 |
cgd | fix up NetBSD RCS Ids to match the standard, and the leading comment as
to match as well. No functional changes.
|
| 1.12 | 13-Jun-1999 |
mrg | branches: 1.12.6;
add ELF support, mostly from joda@pdc.kth.se (Johan Danielsson) in PR#6149,
updated for the symtab support for a.out (non for ELF yet) and other cleanup
by myself. should work on the alpha as well as other ELF ports...
remove the ld(1) output by default, rather than leaving little binary turds
across the filesystem...
|
| 1.11 | 30-Apr-1999 |
ross | Invert the meaning of -s, from "don't load symbols" to "load symbols".
Document that this is expensive (and why) in the BUGS section.
|
| 1.10 | 10-Mar-1999 |
erh | branches: 1.10.2;
Add missing .El line.
|
| 1.9 | 07-Mar-1999 |
mycroft | Clean up SYNOPSIS formatting.
|
| 1.8 | 13-Jan-1999 |
sommerfe | Allow modload to load symbols for use by DDB.
|
| 1.7 | 15-Sep-1997 |
darrenr | if xxxinit is not found in the module, look for <modname>_lkmentry as an
alternate entry point (used in provided modules). Mention this on man page
too.
|
| 1.6 | 15-Sep-1997 |
lukem | * cleanup for WARNS=1
* getopt returns -1 not EOF
* use .Nm correctly
|
| 1.5 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.4 | 18-Sep-1994 |
mycroft | Bug fixes from John Kohl:
modload didn't honor its -p argument.
It also would destroy the input file when you didn't specify an output
symbol file with -o.
|
| 1.3 | 29-Jan-1994 |
jtc | branches: 1.3.2;
Fix spelling error in Copyright notice
|
| 1.2 | 14-Jan-1994 |
jtc | Fix spelling errors
|
| 1.1 | 08-Jun-1993 |
cgd | add LKM man pages
|
| 1.3.2.1 | 29-Sep-1994 |
cgd | from trunk.
|
| 1.10.2.1 | 30-Apr-1999 |
perry | pullup 1.10->1.11 (ross)
|
| 1.12.6.1 | 22-Jun-2000 |
minoura | Sync w/ netbsd-1-5-base.
|
| 1.26.20.1 | 17-Jan-2009 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.52 | 12-Nov-2008 |
ad | Remove LKMs and switch to the module framework, pass 1.
Proposed on tech-kern@.
|
| 1.51 | 27-Jun-2005 |
christos | branches: 1.51.20; 1.51.28;
Move WARNS=3 to the Makefile.inc, and add a little const to the remaining
programs that did not compile before.
|
| 1.50 | 25-Apr-2005 |
matt | Terminate variable argument list with NULL, not 0.
|
| 1.49 | 27-Oct-2004 |
peter | Fix a typo in a comment.
|
| 1.48 | 07-Sep-2004 |
jrf | Replaced strncpy with strlcpy. Thanks to Peter Postma who
pointed them our in PR #25762. Approved by christos@NetBSD.org.
|
| 1.47 | 28-Jun-2004 |
nathanw | Remove an extraneous comment before main() that seems to have been
accidentally cut-and-pasted in with rev 1.30.
|
| 1.46 | 08-Jun-2004 |
cjep | Put -T in usage output. PR#25875 from Kouichirou Hiratsuka.
|
| 1.45 | 19-Mar-2004 |
wiz | Remove superfluous TRUE and FALSE definitions.
Noted by Jeff Ito in PR 24845.
|
| 1.44 | 12-Feb-2004 |
kleink | Update the change from rev. 1.42 to reflect that MAXPATH includes room
for the terminating NUL character.
|
| 1.43 | 11-Feb-2004 |
jdolecek | it's not correct to use MAXPATHNAME-sized buffer for link command, as
pointed out by Klaus Klein (original idea was that it should hold at least
the pathname ...); instead, let the ELF and a.out backends allocate memory
for the link command, and get rid of the fixed size buffer altogether
|
| 1.42 | 10-Feb-2004 |
jdolecek | use MAXPATHLEN-sized buffer for module paths
reported and fix provided in bin/24379 by Nicolas Joly
|
| 1.41 | 06-Sep-2003 |
jdolecek | implement support for forced LKM load, which makes the kernel skip
the version checks, using new -f flag and LMFORCE ioctl
Hopefully the description in the manpage is discouraging enough so that
nobody would dare even _think_ of using forced loads. A warning
message is written to stderr when this is used, just in case.
|
| 1.40 | 13-Jul-2003 |
itojun | remove obsolete comment
|
| 1.39 | 12-Jul-2003 |
itojun | asprintf() is easier than malloc + sprintf
|
| 1.38 | 24-Apr-2003 |
ragge | Try first to use /dev/ksyms to get kernel symbols, if that fails mutter a
bit and fallback to the old way.
|
| 1.37 | 11-Apr-2003 |
jdolecek | desupport LMRESERV_O, anything relying on it doesn't have chance of working
anyway due to numerous kernel structure changes
|
| 1.36 | 09-Feb-2003 |
atatat | If no other name is specified, and machdep.booted_kernel is present
and names a file, use that as a the default kernel, otherwise fall
back to /netbsd.
Makes lkms work *much* better when you're testing kernels that are not
named /netbsd.
|
| 1.35 | 10-Oct-2002 |
simonb | Add support for using an optional linker script (/usr/lkm/ldscript if
found, and overridable by the -T option).
|
| 1.34 | 07-Oct-2002 |
simonb | Use "type *" instead of "type*".
|
| 1.33 | 06-Oct-2002 |
simonb | ANSIfy, KNF, declare externs in headers only.
|
| 1.32 | 18-Sep-2002 |
lha | uppercase the lkm kernel-userspace dev macros and prefix them with LKM_
make modload print the bdev and cdev major when its a dev lkm
|
| 1.31 | 13-Sep-2002 |
gehenna | Split the overload block/character device major.
The 3rd argument is character device major and
the 4th argument is block device major.
|
| 1.30 | 08-Nov-2001 |
christos | PR/14498: Wesley Chen: Support symbol loading on elf lkms.
|
| 1.29 | 29-Sep-2001 |
jdolecek | couple cosmetic stylistic changes
|
| 1.28 | 17-Sep-2001 |
assar | (usage): add -s and -S
|
| 1.27 | 16-Mar-2000 |
jdolecek | correct getopt() optstring: -A gets a parameter!
|
| 1.26 | 27-Feb-2000 |
deberg | -S isn't supposed to take an argument
|
| 1.25 | 13-Jun-1999 |
mrg | add ELF support, mostly from joda@pdc.kth.se (Johan Danielsson) in PR#6149,
updated for the symtab support for a.out (non for ELF yet) and other cleanup
by myself. should work on the alpha as well as other ELF ports...
remove the ld(1) output by default, rather than leaving little binary turds
across the filesystem...
|
| 1.24 | 30-Apr-1999 |
ross | Invert the meaning of -s, from "don't load symbols" to "load symbols".
Document that this is expensive (and why) in the BUGS section.
|
| 1.23 | 23-Apr-1999 |
abs | Fix entry point parsing if output file specified to modload (PR7352)
|
| 1.22 | 13-Jan-1999 |
sommerfe | branches: 1.22.2;
Allow modload to load symbols for use by DDB.
|
| 1.21 | 28-Jul-1998 |
mycroft | __AUDIT__ cleanup.
|
| 1.20 | 26-Jul-1998 |
mycroft | const poisoning.
|
| 1.19 | 01-Dec-1997 |
mjacob | Mods for alpha: doesn't work yet, but this is as good a placeholder as
any to note the ld flags to actually use. Still to do: elf loading.
|
| 1.18 | 16-Sep-1997 |
mrg | make these compile on the alpha after WARNS=1.
|
| 1.17 | 15-Sep-1997 |
lukem | use memset() not bcopy()
|
| 1.16 | 15-Sep-1997 |
darrenr | if xxxinit is not found in the module, look for <modname>_lkmentry as an
alternate entry point (used in provided modules). Mention this on man page
too.
|
| 1.15 | 15-Sep-1997 |
lukem | * cleanup for WARNS=1
* getopt returns -1 not EOF
* use .Nm correctly
|
| 1.14 | 17-Jan-1996 |
jtc | Check for .o extension after the *last* . in a file name.
Reported by Micheal Graff in PR #1868.
|
| 1.13 | 28-May-1995 |
jtc | <sys/errno.h> -> <errno.h>
|
| 1.12 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.11 | 18-Dec-1994 |
cgd | -Wall cleanups from Jim Jegers
|
| 1.10 | 18-Sep-1994 |
mycroft | Bug fixes from John Kohl:
modload didn't honor its -p argument.
It also would destroy the input file when you didn't specify an output
symbol file with -o.
|
| 1.9 | 23-May-1994 |
cgd | branches: 1.9.2;
kill (bogus) multiple inclusions
|
| 1.8 | 05-May-1994 |
cgd | kill stupidity
|
| 1.7 | 31-Mar-1994 |
mycroft | Stylistic cleanup; use err*() and atexit().
|
| 1.6 | 31-Mar-1994 |
ws | Support BSS in LKMs
|
| 1.5 | 10-Feb-1994 |
cgd | while documentation is nice, including SunOS man pages in your source isn't!
|
| 1.4 | 03-Dec-1993 |
deraadt | i love ansi
|
| 1.3 | 23-Nov-1993 |
cgd | update for present reality
|
| 1.2 | 07-Jun-1993 |
cgd | open device for read/write, so we can actually load
devices w/new checks in kern_lkm.c
|
| 1.1 | 07-Jun-1993 |
cgd | add support for terry lambert's loadable kernel modules.
needs a bit of cleanup, but overall: SLICK!
|
| 1.9.2.1 | 29-Sep-1994 |
cgd | from trunk.
|
| 1.22.2.2 | 30-Apr-1999 |
perry | pullup 1.23->1.24 (ross)
|
| 1.22.2.1 | 23-Apr-1999 |
perry | pullup 1.22->1.23 (abs)
|
| 1.51.28.1 | 20-Apr-2009 |
snj | Apply patch (requested by ad in ticket #708):
Disable ksyms support, falling back to using sysctl to obtain the name
of the booted kernel.
|
| 1.51.20.1 | 17-Jan-2009 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.7 | 12-Nov-2008 |
ad | Remove LKMs and switch to the module framework, pass 1.
Proposed on tech-kern@.
|
| 1.6 | 11-Feb-2004 |
jdolecek | branches: 1.6.32;
it's not correct to use MAXPATHNAME-sized buffer for link command, as
pointed out by Klaus Klein (original idea was that it should hold at least
the pathname ...); instead, let the ELF and a.out backends allocate memory
for the link command, and get rid of the fixed size buffer altogether
|
| 1.5 | 10-Oct-2002 |
simonb | Add support for using an optional linker script (/usr/lkm/ldscript if
found, and overridable by the -T option).
|
| 1.4 | 07-Oct-2002 |
simonb | Use "type *" instead of "type*".
|
| 1.3 | 06-Oct-2002 |
simonb | ANSIfy, KNF, declare externs in headers only.
|
| 1.2 | 08-Nov-2001 |
christos | PR/14498: Wesley Chen: Support symbol loading on elf lkms.
|
| 1.1 | 13-Jun-1999 |
mrg | add ELF support, mostly from joda@pdc.kth.se (Johan Danielsson) in PR#6149,
updated for the symtab support for a.out (non for ELF yet) and other cleanup
by myself. should work on the alpha as well as other ELF ports...
remove the ld(1) output by default, rather than leaving little binary turds
across the filesystem...
|
| 1.6.32.1 | 17-Jan-2009 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.1 | 13-Dec-2010 |
pooka | Add rump client support for module utilities. It should be noted
that while modstat and modunload and builtin modules work exactly
the same as in the host case, modload loads file system kernel
modules from the rump kernel namespace. By default, archs which
have rump support for the kernel kernel ABI have the host module
directory mapped into the rump kernel namespace at the same location
(/stand/...). Therefore, if the *host* module directory is populated,
"rump.modload foo" will work as expected. Otherwise, RUMP_MODULEBASE
can be used to point to the module directory.
|
| 1.1 | 13-Dec-2010 |
pooka | Add rump client support for module utilities. It should be noted
that while modstat and modunload and builtin modules work exactly
the same as in the host case, modload loads file system kernel
modules from the rump kernel namespace. By default, archs which
have rump support for the kernel kernel ABI have the host module
directory mapped into the rump kernel namespace at the same location
(/stand/...). Therefore, if the *host* module directory is populated,
"rump.modload foo" will work as expected. Otherwise, RUMP_MODULEBASE
can be used to point to the module directory.
|
| 1.4 | 12-Nov-2008 |
ad | Remove LKMs and switch to the module framework, pass 1.
Proposed on tech-kern@.
|
| 1.3 | 10-Oct-2002 |
simonb | branches: 1.3.32;
Add support for using an optional linker script (/usr/lkm/ldscript if
found, and overridable by the -T option).
|
| 1.2 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.1 | 01-Apr-1994 |
mycroft | Forgot to check this in.
|
| 1.3.32.1 | 17-Jan-2009 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.2 | 13-Dec-2010 |
pooka | use crunchops for crunchables
|
| 1.1 | 13-Dec-2010 |
pooka | Add rump client support for module utilities. It should be noted
that while modstat and modunload and builtin modules work exactly
the same as in the host case, modload loads file system kernel
modules from the rump kernel namespace. By default, archs which
have rump support for the kernel kernel ABI have the host module
directory mapped into the rump kernel namespace at the same location
(/stand/...). Therefore, if the *host* module directory is populated,
"rump.modload foo" will work as expected. Otherwise, RUMP_MODULEBASE
can be used to point to the module directory.
|
| 1.4 | 11-Aug-2013 |
dholland | WARNS=5 is the default in sbin, don't need to set it explicitly.
|
| 1.3 | 16-Aug-2012 |
jnemeth | branches: 1.3.2;
Bump up to WARNS=5. No new warnings/errors were found.
|
| 1.2 | 13-Dec-2010 |
pooka | branches: 1.2.6;
Add rump client support for module utilities. It should be noted
that while modstat and modunload and builtin modules work exactly
the same as in the host case, modload loads file system kernel
modules from the rump kernel namespace. By default, archs which
have rump support for the kernel kernel ABI have the host module
directory mapped into the rump kernel namespace at the same location
(/stand/...). Therefore, if the *host* module directory is populated,
"rump.modload foo" will work as expected. Otherwise, RUMP_MODULEBASE
can be used to point to the module directory.
|
| 1.1 | 16-Jan-2008 |
ad | branches: 1.1.2; 1.1.8;
Pull in my modules code for review/test/hacking.
|
| 1.1.8.2 | 23-Mar-2008 |
matt | sync with HEAD
|
| 1.1.8.1 | 16-Jan-2008 |
matt | file Makefile was added on branch matt-armv6 on 2008-03-23 00:44:24 +0000
|
| 1.1.2.2 | 18-Feb-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.1.2.1 | 16-Jan-2008 |
mjf | file Makefile was added on branch mjf-devfs on 2008-02-18 21:04:17 +0000
|
| 1.2.6.2 | 22-May-2014 |
yamt | sync with head.
for a reference, the tree before this commit was tagged
as yamt-pagecache-tag8.
this commit was splitted into small chunks to avoid
a limitation of cvs. ("Protocol error: too many arguments")
|
| 1.2.6.1 | 30-Oct-2012 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.3.2.1 | 20-Aug-2014 |
tls | Rebase to HEAD as of a few days ago.
|
| 1.26 | 07-Apr-2021 |
simonb | Update usage message to reflect reality.
|
| 1.25 | 27-Jan-2019 |
pgoyette | Merge the [pgoyette-compat] branch
|
| 1.24 | 16-Nov-2016 |
pgoyette | branches: 1.24.12; 1.24.14;
Add a description for the new MODULE_CLASS_BUFQ class.
|
| 1.23 | 05-Sep-2016 |
sevan | Drop main() prototype.
|
| 1.22 | 03-Aug-2016 |
pgoyette | Right-align numeric columns REFS and SIZE for easier viewing
|
| 1.21 | 02-Dec-2015 |
pgoyette | branches: 1.21.2;
By default, don't display the module load address. Add a -k option
to restore display of this field.
|
| 1.20 | 04-Nov-2015 |
christos | print flags symbolically.
|
| 1.19 | 04-Nov-2015 |
pgoyette | Add FLAGS to the module data displayed. Reduce some of the extra
inter-column white-space to (partly) compensate for the additional
column.
|
| 1.18 | 23-Oct-2013 |
mbalmer | use MODULE_CLASS_MISC for Lua modules
|
| 1.17 | 21-Oct-2013 |
mbalmer | properly display Lua modules
|
| 1.16 | 26-Jun-2013 |
riz | Display the load address of modules. PR bin/47951.
|
| 1.15 | 07-Aug-2012 |
jnemeth | branches: 1.15.2;
Add -A, -a, and -e options to modstat(8) along with kernel
changes required to support these options. The -e option was
requested by martin@ in private chat in order to make writing tests
easier (i.e. don't bother testing MODULAR functionaility if it
doesn't exist). While there, I added -A and -a since those were
quite similar.
-A Tells you whether or not modules can be autoloaded at the moment.
This option does take into consideration the sysctl
kern.module.autoload.
-a Tells you whether or not modules can be autoloaded at the moment.
This option does not take into consideration the sysctl
kern.module.autoload.
-e Tells you whether or not you may load a module at the moment.
|
| 1.14 | 02-Aug-2011 |
mbalmer | branches: 1.14.2;
Accept both 'modstat -n name' as well as 'modstat name' to display information
about a single module.
|
| 1.13 | 03-Jun-2011 |
pgoyette | Keep printf() happy - cast the max name length to type int
|
| 1.12 | 03-Jun-2011 |
nonaka | fix output format for long module name.
|
| 1.11 | 13-Dec-2010 |
pooka | branches: 1.11.4;
Add rump client support for module utilities. It should be noted
that while modstat and modunload and builtin modules work exactly
the same as in the host case, modload loads file system kernel
modules from the rump kernel namespace. By default, archs which
have rump support for the kernel kernel ABI have the host module
directory mapped into the rump kernel namespace at the same location
(/stand/...). Therefore, if the *host* module directory is populated,
"rump.modload foo" will work as expected. Otherwise, RUMP_MODULEBASE
can be used to point to the module directory.
|
| 1.10 | 19-Mar-2010 |
pooka | Avoid known unknown if the kernel presents us with an unknown
unknown for module class and/or source.
related to PR kern/43014
|
| 1.9 | 05-Mar-2010 |
pooka | Use 8k buffer, since 4k is too short for the default list (might
save one round of modctl()).
|
| 1.8 | 03-Oct-2009 |
elad | Make modstat output look pretty again.
|
| 1.7 | 02-Oct-2009 |
elad | First part of secmodel cleanup and other misc. changes:
- Separate the suser part of the bsd44 secmodel into its own secmodel
and directory, pending even more cleanups. For revision history
purposes, the original location of the files was
src/sys/secmodel/bsd44/secmodel_bsd44_suser.c
src/sys/secmodel/bsd44/suser.h
- Add a man-page for secmodel_suser(9) and update the one for
secmodel_bsd44(9).
- Add a "secmodel" module class and use it. Userland program and
documentation updated.
- Manage secmodel count (nsecmodels) through the module framework.
This eliminates the need for secmodel_{,de}register() calls in
secmodel code.
- Prepare for secmodel modularization by adding relevant module bits.
The secmodels don't allow auto unload. The bsd44 secmodel depends
on the suser and securelevel secmodels. The overlay secmodel depends
on the bsd44 secmodel. As the module class is only cosmetic, and to
prevent ambiguity, the bsd44 and overlay secmodels are prefixed with
"secmodel_".
- Adapt the overlay secmodel to recent changes (mainly vnode scope).
- Stop using link-sets for the sysctl node(s) creation.
- Keep sysctl variables under nodes of their relevant secmodels. In
other words, don't create duplicates for the suser/securelevel
secmodels under the bsd44 secmodel, as the latter is merely used
for "grouping".
- For the suser and securelevel secmodels, "advertise presence" in
relevant sysctl nodes (sysctl.security.models.{suser,securelevel}).
- Get rid of the LKM preprocessor stuff.
- As secmodels are now modules, there's no need for an explicit call
to secmodel_start(); it's handled by the module framework. That
said, the module framework was adjusted to properly load secmodels
early during system startup.
- Adapt rump to changes: Instead of using empty stubs for securelevel,
simply use the suser secmodel. Also replace secmodel_start() with a
call to secmodel_suser_start().
- 5.99.20.
Testing was done on i386 ("release" build). Spearated module_init()
changes were tested on sparc and sparc64 as well by martin@ (thanks!).
Mailing list reference:
http://mail-index.netbsd.org/tech-kern/2009/09/25/msg006135.html
|
| 1.6 | 16-Nov-2008 |
ad | Sort output by name.
|
| 1.5 | 15-Nov-2008 |
ad | kernel -> builtin in output.
|
| 1.4 | 14-Nov-2008 |
hira | Add missing newline to usage.
|
| 1.3 | 28-Apr-2008 |
martin | Remove clause 3 and 4 from TNF licenses
|
| 1.2 | 19-Jan-2008 |
ad | branches: 1.2.2; 1.2.6; 1.2.8; 1.2.10;
Fix a dumb bug.
|
| 1.1 | 16-Jan-2008 |
ad | Pull in my modules code for review/test/hacking.
|
| 1.2.10.1 | 18-May-2008 |
yamt | sync with head.
|
| 1.2.8.2 | 23-Mar-2008 |
matt | sync with HEAD
|
| 1.2.8.1 | 19-Jan-2008 |
matt | file main.c was added on branch matt-armv6 on 2008-03-23 00:44:24 +0000
|
| 1.2.6.2 | 17-Jan-2009 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.2.6.1 | 02-Jun-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.2.2.2 | 18-Feb-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.2.2.1 | 19-Jan-2008 |
mjf | file main.c was added on branch mjf-devfs on 2008-02-18 21:04:17 +0000
|
| 1.11.4.1 | 23-Jun-2011 |
cherry | Catchup with rmind-uvmplock merge.
|
| 1.14.2.2 | 22-May-2014 |
yamt | sync with head.
for a reference, the tree before this commit was tagged
as yamt-pagecache-tag8.
this commit was splitted into small chunks to avoid
a limitation of cvs. ("Protocol error: too many arguments")
|
| 1.14.2.1 | 30-Oct-2012 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.15.2.1 | 20-Aug-2014 |
tls | Rebase to HEAD as of a few days ago.
|
| 1.21.2.2 | 07-Jan-2017 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD. (Note that most of these changes are simply $NetBSD$
tag issues.)
|
| 1.21.2.1 | 06-Aug-2016 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.24.14.1 | 10-Jun-2019 |
christos | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.24.12.3 | 07-Sep-2018 |
pgoyette | At the request of reviewers, remove the module alias functionality.
We will rely only on module names and duplicate-symbol detection to
detect module conflicts.
|
| 1.24.12.2 | 03-Apr-2018 |
pgoyette | Remove fixed allocation of modules' "required" lists (previously
limited to MAXMODDEPS entries). Update the modctl(MODCTL_STAT)
syscall to return the required data in a new format, and retain
the previous data format in MODCTL_OSTAT. Update the compat_80
and compat_netbsd32 modules as needed.
|
| 1.24.12.1 | 10-Mar-2018 |
pgoyette | Update for new A-is-for-Alias flag value(s)
|
| 1.28 | 23-Feb-2020 |
wiz | Fix date.
|
| 1.27 | 22-Feb-2020 |
pgoyette | Clarify that the -k option only provides the address of the module's
text segment. The addresses of any other segments are not available.
|
| 1.26 | 07-Dec-2019 |
wiz | Remove superfluous Pp.
|
| 1.25 | 06-Dec-2019 |
pgoyette | Note also that the load address (if provided) is also for the module's
text segment.
|
| 1.24 | 04-Dec-2019 |
pgoyette | Note that the size returned by modctl(2) and displayed by modstat(8) is
only for the module's text section, not for the entire size of the module.
Addresses PR kern-54737
|
| 1.23 | 27-Jan-2019 |
pgoyette | branches: 1.23.2;
Merge the [pgoyette-compat] branch
|
| 1.22 | 12-Sep-2016 |
wiz | branches: 1.22.12; 1.22.14;
Add .An -nosplit.
|
| 1.21 | 12-Sep-2016 |
sevan | modstat initially lived in src/usr.bin/modstat before being moved to src/modstat.
Note the history of the initial implementation and amend AUTHORS section to
credit Terrence R. Lambert.
Heads up by Matthew Green.
|
| 1.20 | 12-Sep-2016 |
sevan | Document author and the version modstat appeared.
Bump date.
|
| 1.19 | 02-Dec-2015 |
pgoyette | By default, don't display the module load address. Add a -k option
to restore display of this field.
|
| 1.18 | 29-Nov-2015 |
wiz | Fix xref.
|
| 1.17 | 04-Nov-2015 |
christos | print flags symbolically.
|
| 1.16 | 04-Nov-2015 |
pgoyette | Add FLAGS to the module data displayed. Reduce some of the extra
inter-column white-space to (partly) compensate for the additional
column.
|
| 1.15 | 24-Oct-2013 |
mbalmer | bump date for previous
|
| 1.14 | 24-Oct-2013 |
mbalmer | remove lua class
|
| 1.13 | 21-Oct-2013 |
mbalmer | properly display Lua modules
|
| 1.12 | 26-Jun-2013 |
riz | Display the load address of modules. PR bin/47951.
|
| 1.11 | 12-Aug-2012 |
wiz | branches: 1.11.2;
Make the difference between -A and -a clearer by using more markup.
|
| 1.10 | 07-Aug-2012 |
jnemeth | Add -A, -a, and -e options to modstat(8) along with kernel
changes required to support these options. The -e option was
requested by martin@ in private chat in order to make writing tests
easier (i.e. don't bother testing MODULAR functionaility if it
doesn't exist). While there, I added -A and -a since those were
quite similar.
-A Tells you whether or not modules can be autoloaded at the moment.
This option does take into consideration the sysctl
kern.module.autoload.
-a Tells you whether or not modules can be autoloaded at the moment.
This option does not take into consideration the sysctl
kern.module.autoload.
-e Tells you whether or not you may load a module at the moment.
|
| 1.9 | 02-Aug-2011 |
mbalmer | branches: 1.9.2;
Accept both 'modstat -n name' as well as 'modstat name' to display information
about a single module.
|
| 1.8 | 14-Dec-2010 |
jruoho | Fix xref; module(4) -> module(7).
|
| 1.7 | 13-Dec-2010 |
jruoho | Xref module(4).
|
| 1.6 | 05-Mar-2010 |
pooka | note module changes
|
| 1.5 | 02-Oct-2009 |
elad | Bump date to today's date (rather than when the changes were made).
|
| 1.4 | 02-Oct-2009 |
elad | First part of secmodel cleanup and other misc. changes:
- Separate the suser part of the bsd44 secmodel into its own secmodel
and directory, pending even more cleanups. For revision history
purposes, the original location of the files was
src/sys/secmodel/bsd44/secmodel_bsd44_suser.c
src/sys/secmodel/bsd44/suser.h
- Add a man-page for secmodel_suser(9) and update the one for
secmodel_bsd44(9).
- Add a "secmodel" module class and use it. Userland program and
documentation updated.
- Manage secmodel count (nsecmodels) through the module framework.
This eliminates the need for secmodel_{,de}register() calls in
secmodel code.
- Prepare for secmodel modularization by adding relevant module bits.
The secmodels don't allow auto unload. The bsd44 secmodel depends
on the suser and securelevel secmodels. The overlay secmodel depends
on the bsd44 secmodel. As the module class is only cosmetic, and to
prevent ambiguity, the bsd44 and overlay secmodels are prefixed with
"secmodel_".
- Adapt the overlay secmodel to recent changes (mainly vnode scope).
- Stop using link-sets for the sysctl node(s) creation.
- Keep sysctl variables under nodes of their relevant secmodels. In
other words, don't create duplicates for the suser/securelevel
secmodels under the bsd44 secmodel, as the latter is merely used
for "grouping".
- For the suser and securelevel secmodels, "advertise presence" in
relevant sysctl nodes (sysctl.security.models.{suser,securelevel}).
- Get rid of the LKM preprocessor stuff.
- As secmodels are now modules, there's no need for an explicit call
to secmodel_start(); it's handled by the module framework. That
said, the module framework was adjusted to properly load secmodels
early during system startup.
- Adapt rump to changes: Instead of using empty stubs for securelevel,
simply use the suser secmodel. Also replace secmodel_start() with a
call to secmodel_suser_start().
- 5.99.20.
Testing was done on i386 ("release" build). Spearated module_init()
changes were tested on sparc and sparc64 as well by martin@ (thanks!).
Mailing list reference:
http://mail-index.netbsd.org/tech-kern/2009/09/25/msg006135.html
|
| 1.3 | 17-Nov-2008 |
uwe | ".Dv Qo foo Qc" should be ".Qq Dv foo"
|
| 1.2 | 12-Nov-2008 |
ad | Remove LKMs and switch to the module framework, pass 1.
Proposed on tech-kern@.
|
| 1.1 | 16-Jan-2008 |
ad | branches: 1.1.2; 1.1.6; 1.1.8;
Pull in my modules code for review/test/hacking.
|
| 1.1.8.2 | 23-Mar-2008 |
matt | sync with HEAD
|
| 1.1.8.1 | 16-Jan-2008 |
matt | file modstat.8 was added on branch matt-armv6 on 2008-03-23 00:44:24 +0000
|
| 1.1.6.1 | 17-Jan-2009 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.1.2.2 | 18-Feb-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.1.2.1 | 16-Jan-2008 |
mjf | file modstat.8 was added on branch mjf-devfs on 2008-02-18 21:04:17 +0000
|
| 1.9.2.2 | 22-May-2014 |
yamt | sync with head.
for a reference, the tree before this commit was tagged
as yamt-pagecache-tag8.
this commit was splitted into small chunks to avoid
a limitation of cvs. ("Protocol error: too many arguments")
|
| 1.9.2.1 | 30-Oct-2012 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.11.2.1 | 20-Aug-2014 |
tls | Rebase to HEAD as of a few days ago.
|
| 1.22.14.2 | 08-Apr-2020 |
martin | Merge changes from current as of 20200406
|
| 1.22.14.1 | 10-Jun-2019 |
christos | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.22.12.3 | 07-Sep-2018 |
pgoyette | At the request of reviewers, remove the module alias functionality.
We will rely only on module names and duplicate-symbol detection to
detect module conflicts.
|
| 1.22.12.2 | 15-Mar-2018 |
pgoyette | Typo - for aliases, the REQUIRES column contains the real _module_ name,
not the real alias name.
|
| 1.22.12.1 | 10-Mar-2018 |
pgoyette | Document the new A-is-for-Alias flag value
|
| 1.23.2.1 | 09-Dec-2019 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by pgoyette in ticket #527):
sbin/modstat/modstat.8: revision 1.24
sbin/modstat/modstat.8: revision 1.26
lib/libc/sys/modctl.2: revision 1.16
Note that the size returned by modctl(2) and displayed by modstat(8) is
only for the module's text section, not for the entire size of the
module.
Addresses PR kern-54737
Remove superfluous Pp.
|
| 1.1 | 13-Dec-2010 |
pooka | Add rump client support for module utilities. It should be noted
that while modstat and modunload and builtin modules work exactly
the same as in the host case, modload loads file system kernel
modules from the rump kernel namespace. By default, archs which
have rump support for the kernel kernel ABI have the host module
directory mapped into the rump kernel namespace at the same location
(/stand/...). Therefore, if the *host* module directory is populated,
"rump.modload foo" will work as expected. Otherwise, RUMP_MODULEBASE
can be used to point to the module directory.
|
| 1.1 | 13-Dec-2010 |
pooka | Add rump client support for module utilities. It should be noted
that while modstat and modunload and builtin modules work exactly
the same as in the host case, modload loads file system kernel
modules from the rump kernel namespace. By default, archs which
have rump support for the kernel kernel ABI have the host module
directory mapped into the rump kernel namespace at the same location
(/stand/...). Therefore, if the *host* module directory is populated,
"rump.modload foo" will work as expected. Otherwise, RUMP_MODULEBASE
can be used to point to the module directory.
|
| 1.2 | 13-Dec-2010 |
pooka | use crunchops for crunchables
|
| 1.1 | 13-Dec-2010 |
pooka | Add rump client support for module utilities. It should be noted
that while modstat and modunload and builtin modules work exactly
the same as in the host case, modload loads file system kernel
modules from the rump kernel namespace. By default, archs which
have rump support for the kernel kernel ABI have the host module
directory mapped into the rump kernel namespace at the same location
(/stand/...). Therefore, if the *host* module directory is populated,
"rump.modload foo" will work as expected. Otherwise, RUMP_MODULEBASE
can be used to point to the module directory.
|
| 1.16 | 11-Aug-2013 |
dholland | WARNS=5 is the default in sbin, don't need to set it explicitly.
|
| 1.15 | 22-Aug-2012 |
jnemeth | branches: 1.15.2;
Set WARNS=5. No warnings/errors were found with a test compile.
|
| 1.14 | 13-Dec-2010 |
pooka | branches: 1.14.6;
Add rump client support for module utilities. It should be noted
that while modstat and modunload and builtin modules work exactly
the same as in the host case, modload loads file system kernel
modules from the rump kernel namespace. By default, archs which
have rump support for the kernel kernel ABI have the host module
directory mapped into the rump kernel namespace at the same location
(/stand/...). Therefore, if the *host* module directory is populated,
"rump.modload foo" will work as expected. Otherwise, RUMP_MODULEBASE
can be used to point to the module directory.
|
| 1.13 | 12-Nov-2008 |
ad | Remove LKMs and switch to the module framework, pass 1.
Proposed on tech-kern@.
|
| 1.12 | 10-Feb-2008 |
jmmv | branches: 1.12.4;
Always test MKMODULAR with != "no". Requested by mrg@.
|
| 1.11 | 09-Feb-2008 |
jmmv | Reverse MKMODULAR checks.
|
| 1.10 | 09-Feb-2008 |
jmmv | Recognize MKMODULAR and build the appropriate tool.
|
| 1.9 | 16-Jan-2008 |
ad | Pull in my modules code for review/test/hacking.
|
| 1.8 | 27-Jun-2005 |
christos | branches: 1.8.10; 1.8.12;
Move WARNS=3 to the Makefile.inc, and add a little const to the remaining
programs that did not compile before.
|
| 1.7 | 05-Feb-2005 |
xtraeme | Kill __P(), use ANSI function declarations; WARNS=3.
|
| 1.6 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.5 | 22-Dec-1994 |
cgd | specify man pages the new way.
|
| 1.4 | 09-Feb-1994 |
deraadt | do not -DKERNEL please
|
| 1.3 | 09-Aug-1993 |
mycroft | Don't reset CFLAGS.
|
| 1.2 | 08-Jun-1993 |
cgd | add LKM man pages
|
| 1.1 | 07-Jun-1993 |
cgd | add support for terry lambert's loadable kernel modules.
needs a bit of cleanup, but overall: SLICK!
|
| 1.8.12.1 | 18-Feb-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.8.10.1 | 23-Mar-2008 |
matt | sync with HEAD
|
| 1.12.4.1 | 17-Jan-2009 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.14.6.2 | 22-May-2014 |
yamt | sync with head.
for a reference, the tree before this commit was tagged
as yamt-pagecache-tag8.
this commit was splitted into small chunks to avoid
a limitation of cvs. ("Protocol error: too many arguments")
|
| 1.14.6.1 | 30-Oct-2012 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.15.2.1 | 20-Aug-2014 |
tls | Rebase to HEAD as of a few days ago.
|
| 1.6 | 05-Sep-2016 |
sevan | Drop main() prototype.
|
| 1.5 | 06-May-2016 |
khorben | More friendly error messages for modload(8) and modunload(8)
Tested on NetBSD/amd64.
From Christian Koch (cfkoch@) of EdgeBSD; thanks!
|
| 1.4 | 13-Dec-2010 |
pooka | Add rump client support for module utilities. It should be noted
that while modstat and modunload and builtin modules work exactly
the same as in the host case, modload loads file system kernel
modules from the rump kernel namespace. By default, archs which
have rump support for the kernel kernel ABI have the host module
directory mapped into the rump kernel namespace at the same location
(/stand/...). Therefore, if the *host* module directory is populated,
"rump.modload foo" will work as expected. Otherwise, RUMP_MODULEBASE
can be used to point to the module directory.
|
| 1.3 | 06-Dec-2010 |
jmcneill | Allow for passing more than one module at a time:
$ sudo modunload auvitek xc5000 wintv_eeprom
|
| 1.2 | 28-Apr-2008 |
martin | Remove clause 3 and 4 from TNF licenses
|
| 1.1 | 16-Jan-2008 |
ad | branches: 1.1.2; 1.1.6; 1.1.8; 1.1.10;
Pull in my modules code for review/test/hacking.
|
| 1.1.10.1 | 18-May-2008 |
yamt | sync with head.
|
| 1.1.8.2 | 23-Mar-2008 |
matt | sync with HEAD
|
| 1.1.8.1 | 16-Jan-2008 |
matt | file main.c was added on branch matt-armv6 on 2008-03-23 00:44:24 +0000
|
| 1.1.6.1 | 02-Jun-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.1.2.2 | 18-Feb-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.1.2.1 | 16-Jan-2008 |
mjf | file main.c was added on branch mjf-devfs on 2008-02-18 21:04:17 +0000
|
| 1.23 | 12-Sep-2016 |
wiz | Use standard section header.
|
| 1.22 | 12-Sep-2016 |
sevan | Document author and the version modunload appeared.
Bump date.
|
| 1.21 | 28-Nov-2015 |
pgoyette | Add cross-refs from modload(8) amd modunload(8) to modctl(2)
|
| 1.20 | 14-Dec-2010 |
jruoho | Fix xref; module(4) -> module(7).
|
| 1.19 | 13-Dec-2010 |
jruoho | Xref module(4).
|
| 1.18 | 06-Dec-2010 |
jmcneill | Allow for passing more than one module at a time:
$ sudo modunload auvitek xc5000 wintv_eeprom
|
| 1.17 | 05-Mar-2010 |
pooka | note module changes
|
| 1.16 | 12-Nov-2008 |
ad | Remove LKMs and switch to the module framework, pass 1.
Proposed on tech-kern@.
|
| 1.15 | 06-Sep-2003 |
wiz | branches: 1.15.32;
New sentence, new line; drop trailing whitespace.
|
| 1.14 | 06-Sep-2003 |
jdolecek | if neither -i nor -n option is specified, use the passed argument
as module ID if it's numeric, and as module name if it's not numeric
this saves some typing which bothered me for some years (one too many today)
|
| 1.13 | 25-Feb-2003 |
wiz | .Nm does not need a dummy argument ("") before punctuation or
for correct formatting of the SYNOPSIS any longer.
|
| 1.12 | 14-Feb-2003 |
grant | 'NetBSD.org' and some mdoc fixes.
|
| 1.11 | 16-Nov-2001 |
wiz | Improve author markup, use standard header.
|
| 1.10 | 16-Nov-2001 |
wiz | Whitespace nits
|
| 1.9 | 05-Jun-2001 |
wiz | Drop arguments of .Os.
|
| 1.8 | 14-Jun-2000 |
cgd | sweep of my licenses (userland files w/o only my copyright) for
consistency. (no functional changes)
|
| 1.7 | 14-Jun-2000 |
cgd | fix up NetBSD RCS Ids to match the standard, and the leading comment as
to match as well. No functional changes.
|
| 1.6 | 07-Mar-1999 |
mycroft | branches: 1.6.8;
Clean up SYNOPSIS formatting.
|
| 1.5 | 15-Sep-1997 |
lukem | * cleanup for WARNS=1
* getopt returns -1 not EOF
* use .Nm correctly
|
| 1.4 | 28-Nov-1995 |
jtc | merge in changes from 1.1 release branch
|
| 1.3 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | branches: 1.3.2;
convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.2 | 29-Jan-1994 |
jtc | Fix spelling error in Copyright notice
|
| 1.1 | 08-Jun-1993 |
cgd | add LKM man pages
|
| 1.3.2.1 | 26-Oct-1995 |
jtc | Fix bad xref: modunload(8) -> modload(8); PR #1691
|
| 1.6.8.1 | 22-Jun-2000 |
minoura | Sync w/ netbsd-1-5-base.
|
| 1.15.32.1 | 17-Jan-2009 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.14 | 12-Nov-2008 |
ad | Remove LKMs and switch to the module framework, pass 1.
Proposed on tech-kern@.
|
| 1.13 | 05-Feb-2005 |
xtraeme | branches: 1.13.26;
Kill __P(), use ANSI function declarations; WARNS=3.
|
| 1.12 | 06-Sep-2003 |
jdolecek | if neither -i nor -n option is specified, use the passed argument
as module ID if it's numeric, and as module name if it's not numeric
this saves some typing which bothered me for some years (one too many today)
|
| 1.11 | 22-Jul-1999 |
hubertf | s/atoi/strtol/ and check if argument given to -i was really a valid
number.
Patch submitted in PR 6456 by lha@stacken.kth.se
|
| 1.10 | 15-Sep-1997 |
lukem | * cleanup for WARNS=1
* getopt returns -1 not EOF
* use .Nm correctly
|
| 1.9 | 28-May-1995 |
jtc | <sys/errno.h> -> <errno.h>
|
| 1.8 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.7 | 18-Dec-1994 |
cgd | -Wall cleanups from Jim Jegers
|
| 1.6 | 23-May-1994 |
cgd | kill (bogus) multiple inclusions
|
| 1.5 | 05-May-1994 |
cgd | kill stupidity
|
| 1.4 | 01-Apr-1994 |
mycroft | Style cleanup; use err*() and atexit().
|
| 1.3 | 03-Dec-1993 |
deraadt | i love ansi
|
| 1.2 | 07-Jun-1993 |
cgd | open device for read/write, so we can actually load
devices w/new checks in kern_lkm.c
|
| 1.1 | 07-Jun-1993 |
cgd | add support for terry lambert's loadable kernel modules.
needs a bit of cleanup, but overall: SLICK!
|
| 1.13.26.1 | 17-Jan-2009 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.1 | 13-Dec-2010 |
pooka | Add rump client support for module utilities. It should be noted
that while modstat and modunload and builtin modules work exactly
the same as in the host case, modload loads file system kernel
modules from the rump kernel namespace. By default, archs which
have rump support for the kernel kernel ABI have the host module
directory mapped into the rump kernel namespace at the same location
(/stand/...). Therefore, if the *host* module directory is populated,
"rump.modload foo" will work as expected. Otherwise, RUMP_MODULEBASE
can be used to point to the module directory.
|
| 1.1 | 13-Dec-2010 |
pooka | Add rump client support for module utilities. It should be noted
that while modstat and modunload and builtin modules work exactly
the same as in the host case, modload loads file system kernel
modules from the rump kernel namespace. By default, archs which
have rump support for the kernel kernel ABI have the host module
directory mapped into the rump kernel namespace at the same location
(/stand/...). Therefore, if the *host* module directory is populated,
"rump.modload foo" will work as expected. Otherwise, RUMP_MODULEBASE
can be used to point to the module directory.
|
| 1.3 | 12-Nov-2008 |
ad | Remove LKMs and switch to the module framework, pass 1.
Proposed on tech-kern@.
|
| 1.2 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | branches: 1.2.50;
convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.1 | 01-Apr-1994 |
mycroft | Style cleanup; use err*() and atexit().
|
| 1.2.50.1 | 17-Jan-2009 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.2 | 13-Dec-2010 |
pooka | use crunchops for crunchables
|
| 1.1 | 13-Dec-2010 |
pooka | Add rump client support for module utilities. It should be noted
that while modstat and modunload and builtin modules work exactly
the same as in the host case, modload loads file system kernel
modules from the rump kernel namespace. By default, archs which
have rump support for the kernel kernel ABI have the host module
directory mapped into the rump kernel namespace at the same location
(/stand/...). Therefore, if the *host* module directory is populated,
"rump.modload foo" will work as expected. Otherwise, RUMP_MODULEBASE
can be used to point to the module directory.
|
| 1.32 | 23-Jan-2016 |
christos | Define _KERNTYPES for things that need it.
|
| 1.31 | 07-Apr-2012 |
christos | add missing DPADD
|
| 1.30 | 07-Apr-2012 |
christos | Accept NAME=label for special so that we can wire down our wedges.
|
| 1.29 | 19-Aug-2004 |
christos | branches: 1.29.52;
Remove special case
|
| 1.28 | 22-Mar-2003 |
jdolecek | move getmntopts(3) to libutil, build and install also it's manpage
bump libutil minor
adjust individual mount_*/Makefile to use libutil getmntopts(3)
|
| 1.27 | 19-Jan-2003 |
tsutsui | libutil (which was added for MNT_GETARGS) is no longer needed.
|
| 1.26 | 19-Jan-2003 |
jdolecek | do not link all mount programs into single image; the total size difference
isn't really that huge now that these are compiled as dynamic
|
| 1.25 | 01-Oct-2002 |
jdolecek | update incorrect comment - getmntopts.c _is_ used by mount(8)
|
| 1.24 | 21-Sep-2002 |
christos | MNT_GETARGS support
|
| 1.23 | 01-Sep-2002 |
taca | Remove extra tab in really an empty line.
|
| 1.22 | 23-Aug-2002 |
lukem | if RESCUEDIR is defined, set _PATH_RESCUE to that
|
| 1.21 | 19-Aug-2002 |
lukem | Use ${NETBSDSRCDIR}/some/path instead of ${.CURDIR}/../../some/path
|
| 1.20 | 20-Feb-2001 |
cgd | use getprogname()
|
| 1.19 | 04-Feb-2001 |
christos | fix nested extern
|
| 1.18 | 16-Jan-2001 |
cgd | generated source should include stdlib.h and string.h for prototypes.
|
| 1.17 | 02-Nov-2000 |
jdolecek | also install mount_ufs manpage links
Fixes bin/11412 by Andrew Brown.
|
| 1.16 | 01-Nov-2000 |
veego | Add a 'CLEANFILES+= checkname.c' to remove that file during a make clean.
|
| 1.15 | 30-Oct-2000 |
jdolecek | mount(8) now includes code for all mount_*(8) but mount_portal(8) and
mount_mfs(8); the mount_*(8) are hardlinked to mount (appropriate mount routine
is called depending on program name) - this saves approx. 1.7MB of /sbin
space
mount.c: make all local symbols static
|
| 1.14 | 16-Sep-1997 |
lukem | branches: 1.14.6;
resolve conflicts from lite-2 import, with two major modifications
that require all of /sbin/mount_* and /sbin/umount to be modified:
* incorporate vfslist.c, adding checkvfsname() and makevfslist()
* getmntopts() now takes 4 args (adding int *altflagp)
|
| 1.13 | 15-Sep-1997 |
lukem | define WARNS?=1 for all of sbin/*
|
| 1.12 | 01-Aug-1997 |
jtk | don't need getmntopts.c as part of mount(8)
|
| 1.11 | 04-Jul-1997 |
christos | Fix warnings.
|
| 1.10 | 12-Jul-1995 |
cgd | remove FFS mounting code from mount(8); there are now _no_ 'internal' mount
types. when using mount(8) with '-a', do _NOT_ remount file systems
that have been mounted once already. (This cannot be 100% precisely
determined (thanks to mfs, union fs, and similar file systems which
don't use a 'real' mounted-from node), and changed options cannot be updated
with mount -a. however, options wouldn't be updated with the old mount -a
anyway, and this solves several annoyances.
|
| 1.9 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.8 | 22-Dec-1994 |
cgd | specify man pages the new way.
|
| 1.7 | 08-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Update from 4.4-Lite, with local changes.
|
| 1.6 | 08-Oct-1993 |
cgd | there is no librpc any more
|
| 1.5 | 01-Aug-1993 |
mycroft | Add RCS identifiers.
|
| 1.4 | 12-Apr-1993 |
cgd | fixed NFSCLIENT problem.
|
| 1.3 | 23-Mar-1993 |
cgd | changed "Id" to "Header" for rcsids
|
| 1.2 | 22-Mar-1993 |
cgd | added rcs ids to all files
|
| 1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.3 | 16-Sep-1997 |
lukem | imported from lite-2
|
| 1.1.1.2 | 13-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Import 4.4-Lite version.
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | initial import of 386bsd-0.1 sources
|
| 1.14.6.1 | 19-Oct-1999 |
fvdl | Add CPPFLAGS+=-I${.CURDIR}/../../sys for convenience.
|
| 1.29.52.1 | 17-Apr-2012 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.10 | 19-Jun-2009 |
stacktic | Fixed a_mask to actually use its argument
|
| 1.9 | 05-Aug-2008 |
pooka | Refactor mount utilities to provide a mount_fs_parseargs() routine.
Use this routine both in mount_fs and rump_fs to provide equivalent
command line parameters and therefore usage interchangeability.
While doing this, combine some common mountgoop to mountprog.h
|
| 1.8 | 28-Apr-2008 |
martin | branches: 1.8.2;
Remove clause 3 and 4 from TNF licenses
|
| 1.7 | 10-Mar-2007 |
hubertf | branches: 1.7.12; 1.7.14;
- removes unused ctype.h header
- correct comment in mount_nfs/getnfsargs.c: s/Nead/Need/
From: Slava Semushin <php-coder@altlinux.ru>
|
| 1.6 | 17-Jan-2007 |
hubertf | Remove more duplicate #includes,
from Slava Semushin <slava.semushin@gmail.com>
|
| 1.5 | 02-Feb-2006 |
christos | expose a_num.
|
| 1.4 | 03-Mar-2005 |
dsl | Simplify a_uid and a_gid, and fix a_mask to actually use its argument
(fortunately it is always called with 'optarg')
Saves a few bytes from mount_msdos in rescue_tiny.
|
| 1.3 | 29-Oct-2004 |
dsl | Add (unsigned char) cast to ctype function
|
| 1.2 | 30-Oct-2000 |
jdolecek | fix copyright (damned copy&paste)
|
| 1.1 | 30-Oct-2000 |
jdolecek | make the code includable into other programs:
* make static all symbols which do not need to be exported
* rename main() to mount_FOO()
* new main() now just calls mount_FOO(), main() is only compiled in if
MOUNT_NOMAIN is not defined
* a_gid(), a_uid() and a_mask() were put into ../mount/fattr.[ch], local
versions removed
|
| 1.7.14.1 | 18-May-2008 |
yamt | sync with head.
|
| 1.7.12.2 | 28-Sep-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.7.12.1 | 02-Jun-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.8.2.1 | 18-Sep-2008 |
wrstuden | Sync with wrstuden-revivesa-base-2.
|
| 1.6 | 05-Aug-2008 |
pooka | Refactor mount utilities to provide a mount_fs_parseargs() routine.
Use this routine both in mount_fs and rump_fs to provide equivalent
command line parameters and therefore usage interchangeability.
While doing this, combine some common mountgoop to mountprog.h
|
| 1.5 | 28-Apr-2008 |
martin | branches: 1.5.2;
Remove clause 3 and 4 from TNF licenses
|
| 1.4 | 02-Feb-2006 |
christos | branches: 1.4.20; 1.4.22;
expose a_num.
|
| 1.3 | 03-Mar-2005 |
dsl | Simplify a_uid and a_gid, and fix a_mask to actually use its argument
(fortunately it is always called with 'optarg')
Saves a few bytes from mount_msdos in rescue_tiny.
|
| 1.2 | 05-Feb-2005 |
xtraeme | Kill __P(), use ANSI function declarations.
|
| 1.1 | 30-Oct-2000 |
jdolecek | make the code includable into other programs:
* make static all symbols which do not need to be exported
* rename main() to mount_FOO()
* new main() now just calls mount_FOO(), main() is only compiled in if
MOUNT_NOMAIN is not defined
* a_gid(), a_uid() and a_mask() were put into ../mount/fattr.[ch], local
versions removed
|
| 1.4.22.1 | 18-May-2008 |
yamt | sync with head.
|
| 1.4.20.2 | 28-Sep-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.4.20.1 | 02-Jun-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.5.2.1 | 07-Sep-2008 |
wrstuden | Delete a bunch of things that are now gone in head.
|
| 1.7 | 22-Mar-2003 |
jdolecek | move getmntopts(3) to libutil, build and install also it's manpage
bump libutil minor
adjust individual mount_*/Makefile to use libutil getmntopts(3)
|
| 1.6 | 08-Feb-2002 |
ross | Generate <>& symbolically. I'm avoiding .../dist/... directories for now.
|
| 1.5 | 16-Nov-2001 |
wiz | Whitespace nits
|
| 1.4 | 05-Jun-2001 |
wiz | Drop arguments of .Os.
|
| 1.3 | 16-Sep-1997 |
lukem | resolve conflicts from lite-2 import, with two major modifications
that require all of /sbin/mount_* and /sbin/umount to be modified:
* incorporate vfslist.c, adding checkvfsname() and makevfslist()
* getmntopts() now takes 4 args (adding int *altflagp)
|
| 1.2 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.1 | 08-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | branches: 1.1.1;
Update from 4.4-Lite, with local changes.
|
| 1.1.1.2 | 16-Sep-1997 |
lukem | imported from lite-2
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 13-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Import 4.4-Lite version.
|
| 1.7 | 22-Mar-2003 |
jdolecek | move getmntopts(3) to libutil, build and install also it's manpage
bump libutil minor
adjust individual mount_*/Makefile to use libutil getmntopts(3)
|
| 1.6 | 09-Nov-1999 |
drochner | Since our gcc doesn't warn about NULL format strings anymore, we can
fix the incorrect err(1, "%s", "") et al.
Closes PR bin/7592 by cgd.
|
| 1.5 | 16-Sep-1997 |
lukem | branches: 1.5.10;
resolve conflicts from lite-2 import, with two major modifications
that require all of /sbin/mount_* and /sbin/umount to be modified:
* incorporate vfslist.c, adding checkvfsname() and makevfslist()
* getmntopts() now takes 4 args (adding int *altflagp)
|
| 1.4 | 04-Jul-1997 |
christos | Fix warnings.
|
| 1.3 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.2 | 24-Jun-1994 |
deraadt | fix quotas
|
| 1.1 | 08-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | branches: 1.1.1;
Update from 4.4-Lite, with local changes.
|
| 1.1.1.2 | 16-Sep-1997 |
lukem | imported from lite-2
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 13-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Import 4.4-Lite version.
|
| 1.5.10.1 | 27-Dec-1999 |
wrstuden | Pull up to last week's -current.
|
| 1.12 | 22-Mar-2003 |
jdolecek | move getmntopts(3) to libutil, build and install also it's manpage
bump libutil minor
adjust individual mount_*/Makefile to use libutil getmntopts(3)
|
| 1.11 | 07-Nov-2002 |
christos | PR/16688: Robert Elz: No way exists to use MNT_IGNORE (custom C code excepted)
|
| 1.10 | 21-Sep-2002 |
christos | MNT_GETARGS support
|
| 1.9 | 15-Jun-2000 |
fvdl | Enable and document the -o softdep option.
|
| 1.8 | 01-Dec-1998 |
kenh | branches: 1.8.10;
Add support for a new flag: "nodevmtime". This sets the MNT_NODEVMTIME mount
flag.
|
| 1.7 | 30-Oct-1997 |
enami | Conditionalize the recognition of symbolic link permission by
per fs mount option `symperm'.
|
| 1.6 | 16-Sep-1997 |
lukem | branches: 1.6.2;
resolve conflicts from lite-2 import, with two major modifications
that require all of /sbin/mount_* and /sbin/umount to be modified:
* incorporate vfslist.c, adding checkvfsname() and makevfslist()
* getmntopts() now takes 4 args (adding int *altflagp)
|
| 1.5 | 30-Jan-1997 |
tls | add support for noatime mount flag
|
| 1.4 | 23-Oct-1996 |
cgd | recognize the 'nocoredump' mount option as a standard option (supported by
all file system types).
|
| 1.3 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.2 | 24-Jun-1994 |
deraadt | fix quotas
|
| 1.1 | 08-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | branches: 1.1.1;
Update from 4.4-Lite, with local changes.
|
| 1.1.1.2 | 16-Sep-1997 |
lukem | imported from lite-2
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 13-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Import 4.4-Lite version.
|
| 1.6.2.1 | 31-Oct-1997 |
mellon | Pull rev 1.7 up from trunk (enami)
|
| 1.8.10.1 | 22-Jun-2000 |
minoura | Sync w/ netbsd-1-5-base.
|
| 1.94 | 25-Sep-2025 |
christos | PR/59669: rl / Hetzer: document posix1eacls
|
| 1.93 | 01-Jul-2025 |
kre | PR bin/59494
Cause "mount -v [spec] filesystem" to indicate only what was
mounted (and where), to obtain all the rest of the data that
used to be printed, -v must be given twice.
Implemented differently from the patch given in the PR from
greywolf, but the same idea.
While here, avoid the -d option, after indicating what mount
command would have been run, but wasn't, going on to attempt
to report statistics on the never mounted filesystem, and
instead getting those from the intended mount point.
Update the man page to match.
|
| 1.92 | 03-Apr-2024 |
wiz | branches: 1.92.2;
new sentence, new line
|
| 1.91 | 03-Apr-2024 |
charlotte | mount(8): Mention the ability to refer to dk(4) wedges in the manpage
|
| 1.90 | 10-Jul-2022 |
snj | drop reference to smbfs, which was removed in 2020.
while here, s/file-system/file system/
|
| 1.89 | 04-Jun-2021 |
simonb | Remove the warning about autoselecting nfs based on : or @.
Ok jmcneill@, mrg@.
|
| 1.88 | 24-Oct-2020 |
nia | branches: 1.88.4;
file systems that are used as what spools?
|
| 1.87 | 09-Jan-2018 |
wiz | Sort SEE ALSO.
|
| 1.86 | 09-Jan-2018 |
christos | Merge autofs support from: Tomohiro Kusumi
XXX: Does not work yet
|
| 1.85 | 20-Nov-2017 |
wiz | Remove Tn. Remove undefined .Sp. Use tagged list instead of hanging one
with .brs.
|
| 1.84 | 20-Nov-2017 |
christos | Clarify the program naming convention, and use consistently <fstype> instead
of XXX.
|
| 1.83 | 22-Mar-2017 |
jdolecek | expand a little the explanation about discard
describe behaviour of combination of log+async (i.e. same as just log)
|
| 1.82 | 10-Nov-2016 |
jdolecek | branches: 1.82.2;
stress more that discard is experimental, and explain why; also note that
it's not compatible with log
|
| 1.81 | 12-Sep-2016 |
sevan | mount appeared in V1
http://minnie.tuhs.org/cgi-bin/utree.pl?file=V1/man/man1/mount.1
Replace contraction.
Bump date.
|
| 1.80 | 06-Dec-2014 |
mbalmer | branches: 1.80.2;
Add reference to mount_chfs, bump date.
|
| 1.79 | 31-Oct-2013 |
apb | Add a reference to secmodel_extensions(9), to make it a little easier to
figure out how to enable mounts for unprivileged users. (Why don't we
just explain vfs.generic.usermount in the mount(8) man page?)
Also add another example of different ways in which the "special"
argument is interpreted by different file systems: mount_tmpfs(8)
ignores it.
|
| 1.78 | 19-Oct-2012 |
drochner | Implement experimental support to pass notifications that a file
was deleted from the filesystem to the disk driver, commonly
known as "discard" or "trim".
fs/driver support is in ffs and ata wd for now.
This is what was posted here:
http://mail-index.netbsd.org/tech-kern/2012/02/28/msg012813.html
with minor cleanup, and the global switch replaced by a mount option.
|
| 1.77 | 03-Oct-2012 |
wiz | - Improve wording;
- remove superfluous `.Pp' macro (fixes mandoc(1) warning).
From Bug Hunting.
|
| 1.76 | 23-Jun-2012 |
wiz | branches: 1.76.2;
Bump date for previous.
|
| 1.75 | 23-Jun-2012 |
jdf | Clarify use of the union option for mount, as proposed in PR 45919.
Text proposed by apb.
|
| 1.74 | 22-Jul-2011 |
dholland | branches: 1.74.2;
Improve previous; thanks to tsutsui-san for reminding me of the proper
reference. PR 45166
|
| 1.73 | 22-Jul-2011 |
dholland | Clarify UFS2 superblock format stuff. Bump date.
|
| 1.72 | 17-Jun-2011 |
wiz | New sentence, new line; fix wording; bump date.
|
| 1.71 | 17-Jun-2011 |
manu | Add mount -o extattr option to enable extended attributs (corrently only
for UFS1).
Remove kernel option for EA backing store autocreation and do it by
default. Add a sysctl so that autocreated attriutr size can be modified.
|
| 1.70 | 21-Nov-2010 |
pooka | branches: 1.70.4;
xref rump_smbfs
|
| 1.69 | 03-Oct-2009 |
wiz | branches: 1.69.2;
Drop trailing whitespace.
|
| 1.68 | 02-Oct-2009 |
elad | Centralize documentation about exported sysctl variables in the relevant
secmodel's man-page.
|
| 1.67 | 23-Feb-2009 |
wiz | Fix typo, and restore line that was lost in previous.
|
| 1.66 | 22-Feb-2009 |
ad | PR kern/26878 FFSv2 + softdep = livelock (no free ram)
PR kern/16942 panic with softdep and quotas
PR kern/19565 panic: softdep_write_inodeblock: indirect pointer #1 mismatch
PR kern/26274 softdep panic: allocdirect_merge: ...
PR kern/26374 Long delay before non-root users can write to softdep partitions
PR kern/28621 1.6.x "vp != NULL" panic in ffs_softdep.c:4653 while unmounting a softdep (+quota) filesystem
PR kern/29513 FFS+Softdep panic with unfsck-able file-corruption
PR kern/31544 The ffs softdep code appears to fail to write dirty bits to disk
PR kern/31981 stopping scsi disk can cause panic (softdep)
PR kern/32116 kernel panic in softdep (assertion failure)
PR kern/32532 softdep_trackbufs deadlock
PR kern/37191 softdep: locking against myself
PR kern/40474 Kernel panic after remounting raid root with softdep
Retire softdep, pass 2. As discussed and later formally announced on the
mailing lists.
|
| 1.65 | 20-Jan-2009 |
apb | branches: 1.65.2;
* Say that type "nfs" is inferred if the path contains a
":" or "@". (Amazingly, this was not documented before).
* Say that the "nfs" inference is deprecated. (It was deprecated in
revision 1.87 of mount.c, dated 2009-01-11.)
* Add "-t nfs" in an example, so as not to rely on the automatic
inference of nfs when the path contains a colon.
* Try to improve the description of how the arguments are interpreted.
|
| 1.64 | 11-Jan-2009 |
wiz | New sentence, new line.
|
| 1.63 | 11-Jan-2009 |
pooka | Support mount -o rump, which uses the rump server instead of using
the kernel service. E.g. "mount -t efs -o rump /dev/sgidev /mnt"
runs effectively "rump_efs /dev/sgidev /mnt".
|
| 1.62 | 13-Aug-2008 |
martti | branches: 1.62.2;
s/If/It/
|
| 1.61 | 04-Aug-2008 |
wiz | Add missing word and bump date for previous.
|
| 1.60 | 04-Aug-2008 |
simonb | Mention "-o log".
|
| 1.59 | 06-May-2008 |
xtraeme | branches: 1.59.2;
Xref mount_tmpfs(8).
|
| 1.58 | 01-Aug-2007 |
pooka | branches: 1.58.10; 1.58.12; 1.58.14;
Explain that nosuid,nodev is also needed for non-privileged mounts.
|
| 1.57 | 06-Jan-2007 |
elad | Mention potential reasons for EPERM.
Requested by Anon Ymous.
|
| 1.56 | 31-Oct-2006 |
mjf | branches: 1.56.2; 1.56.4;
Revert the changes I introduced trying to solve tmpfs' NFS export problem.
Requested by yamt@
|
| 1.55 | 24-Oct-2006 |
mjf | Add support to allow a file system to not permit being exported over NFS.
Approved by elad@ and wrstuden@
|
| 1.54 | 27-Sep-2006 |
wiz | End sentence with a dot.
|
| 1.53 | 25-Sep-2006 |
elad | Add a DIAGNOSTICS section, specifically to address the "Operation not
supported by device" error. Reference options(4). Bump date.
|
| 1.52 | 12-Feb-2006 |
chs | convert "magiclinks" from a per-fs mount option to a system-wide sysctl.
as discussed on tech-kern quite some time ago.
|
| 1.51 | 03-Feb-2006 |
riz | Bump date, use "file system" consistently, no hyphen in "soft
dependencies", and sort options under -o.
|
| 1.50 | 03-Feb-2006 |
riz | Note that softdep and async options can't be used together. From
Dheeraj S in PR#32211, wording and formatting changes by me.
|
| 1.49 | 02-Feb-2006 |
reinoud | Crosslink mount(8) with mount_udf(8)
|
| 1.48 | 13-Jan-2006 |
elad | document port option; prompted by wiz@ :)
|
| 1.47 | 23-Jun-2005 |
thorpej | Implement expansion of special "magic" strings in symlinks into
system-specific values. Submitted by Chris Demetriou in Nov 1995 (!)
in PR kern/1781, modified only slighly by me.
This is enabled on a per-mount basis with the MNT_MAGICLINKS mount
flag. It can be enabled at mountroot() time by building the kernel
with the ROOTFS_MAGICLINKS option.
The following magic strings are supported by the implementation:
@machine value of MACHINE for the system
@machine_arch value of MACHINE_ARCH for the system
@hostname the system host name, as set with sethostname()
@domainname the system domain name, as set with setdomainname()
@kernel_ident the kernel config file name
@osrelease the releaes number of the OS
@ostype the name of the OS (always "NetBSD" for NetBSD)
Example usage:
mkdir /arch/i386/bin
mkdir /arch/sparc/bin
ln -s /arch/@machine_arch/bin /bin
|
| 1.46 | 08-Dec-2004 |
snj | branches: 1.46.2;
New sentence, new line, Xref fsck(8), use Dq.
|
| 1.45 | 07-Dec-2004 |
jdolecek | document reload option, description shamelessly stolen off ffs_reload()
comment
|
| 1.44 | 27-Mar-2004 |
snj | Bump date for last.
|
| 1.43 | 27-Mar-2004 |
cgd | Recognize 'from_mount' as the device, which is especially useful when
putting root on NFS. (From my PR, 20305.)
|
| 1.42 | 07-Aug-2003 |
agc | Move UCB-licensed code from 4-clause to 3-clause licence.
Patches provided by Joel Baker in PR 22308, verified by myself.
|
| 1.41 | 25-Feb-2003 |
wiz | .Nm does not need a dummy argument ("") before punctuation or
for correct formatting of the SYNOPSIS any longer.
|
| 1.40 | 21-Dec-2002 |
wiz | removable with only two es, from Adrian Mrva.
|
| 1.39 | 07-Nov-2002 |
wiz | Sort SEE ALSO.
|
| 1.38 | 07-Nov-2002 |
christos | PR/16688: Robert Elz: No way exists to use MNT_IGNORE (custom C code excepted)
|
| 1.37 | 01-Oct-2002 |
wiz | Use .Fl t instead of \fI-t\fP.
|
| 1.36 | 01-Oct-2002 |
wiz | New sentence, new line. By Robert Elz with minimal fixes.
|
| 1.35 | 21-Sep-2002 |
christos | MNT_GETARGS support
|
| 1.34 | 21-May-2002 |
lukem | Improve mount_mfs examples. Inspired by [misc/16193] from
Brian A. Seklecki <lavalamp@hurt.spiritual-machines.org>
|
| 1.33 | 16-Nov-2001 |
wiz | Drop empty lines and an unnecessary .Pp, sort sections.
|
| 1.32 | 12-Sep-2001 |
gmcgarry | Prominently provide explanation of who is allowed to mount file
systems.
|
| 1.31 | 05-Jun-2001 |
wiz | Drop arguments of .Os.
|
| 1.30 | 18-Sep-2000 |
abs | If device and mountpoint are given without -t, and without a : in the
device, check the disklabel for filesystem type. Fall back to ffs as ever.
|
| 1.29 | 30-Jul-2000 |
jhawk | Xr for mount_overlay(8)
|
| 1.28 | 07-Jul-2000 |
he | Make sure .Dl has the line to be shown as argument (on same line).
|
| 1.27 | 07-Jul-2000 |
fair | Add example text to answer PR 10232.
|
| 1.26 | 15-Jun-2000 |
fvdl | branches: 1.26.2;
Enable and document the -o softdep option.
|
| 1.25 | 08-Aug-1999 |
jdolecek | branches: 1.25.8;
xref mount_ntfs(8) in SEE ALSO
|
| 1.24 | 01-Dec-1998 |
kenh | branches: 1.24.2;
Add support for a new flag: "nodevmtime". This sets the MNT_NODEVMTIME mount
flag.
|
| 1.23 | 03-Oct-1998 |
hubertf | add mount_filecore to "see also"-list
|
| 1.22 | 16-Sep-1998 |
mycroft | Word the comments about `async' a bit more strongly.
|
| 1.21 | 14-Sep-1998 |
ross | Document noasync and nosync.
Clarify the meaning of sync.
Run all the -o keywords through the Cm (keyword emphasis) macro.
|
| 1.20 | 29-Apr-1998 |
fair | fix bad .Xr references
|
| 1.19 | 19-Nov-1997 |
drochner | Add a clarification how the missing data are looked up if either
mount source or target are omitted. Adresses PR 3240.
XXX This is not the complete truth. Things change with the -u
option. Should be fixed in "mount.c".
|
| 1.18 | 30-Oct-1997 |
enami | Conditionalize the recognition of symbolic link permission by
per fs mount option `symperm'.
|
| 1.17 | 20-Oct-1997 |
enami | branches: 1.17.2;
Fix .Nm usage.
|
| 1.16 | 16-Sep-1997 |
lukem | resolve conflicts from lite-2 import, with two major modifications
that require all of /sbin/mount_* and /sbin/umount to be modified:
* incorporate vfslist.c, adding checkvfsname() and makevfslist()
* getmntopts() now takes 4 args (adding int *altflagp)
|
| 1.15 | 15-Sep-1997 |
lukem | * getopt returns -1 not EOF
* use .Nm correctly
|
| 1.14 | 10-Mar-1997 |
mikel | add support for MNT_NOATIME; from Lennart Augustsson in PR bin/3304.
|
| 1.13 | 23-Oct-1996 |
cgd | document the 'nocoredump' mount option, which sets the MNT_NOCOREDUMP
mount flag, disabling core dumps on the file system.
|
| 1.12 | 22-May-1996 |
mrg | fdesc file system does not allow files created in it. pr#941
|
| 1.11 | 12-Jul-1995 |
cgd | update docs to match the code.
|
| 1.10 | 12-Jul-1995 |
cgd | remove FFS mounting code from mount(8); there are now _no_ 'internal' mount
types. when using mount(8) with '-a', do _NOT_ remount file systems
that have been mounted once already. (This cannot be 100% precisely
determined (thanks to mfs, union fs, and similar file systems which
don't use a 'real' mounted-from node), and changed options cannot be updated
with mount -a. however, options wouldn't be updated with the old mount -a
anyway, and this solves several annoyances.
|
| 1.9 | 30-Apr-1995 |
briggs | Remove xref to mount_lofs and add xref to mount_ados and mount_msdos.
|
| 1.8 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.7 | 08-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Update from 4.4-Lite, with local changes.
|
| 1.6 | 05-Jan-1994 |
cgd | update for new (actually old... *sigh*) mount flags
|
| 1.5 | 01-Aug-1993 |
mycroft | Add RCS indentifiers.
|
| 1.4 | 28-Jul-1993 |
cgd | incorporate changes from 0-9-base to 0-9-ALPHA
|
| 1.3 | 23-Mar-1993 |
cgd | branches: 1.3.2;
changed "Id" to "Header" for rcsids
|
| 1.2 | 22-Mar-1993 |
cgd | added rcs ids to all files
|
| 1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.3 | 16-Sep-1997 |
lukem | imported from lite-2
|
| 1.1.1.2 | 13-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Import 4.4-Lite version.
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | initial import of 386bsd-0.1 sources
|
| 1.3.2.1 | 20-Jul-1993 |
cgd | tell people to also see mount_XXX(8). if they read the previous
section of the man page, they'll understand that XXX expands into the
external FS name.
|
| 1.17.2.2 | 19-Nov-1997 |
mellon | Pull rev 1.19 up from trunk (drochner)
|
| 1.17.2.1 | 31-Oct-1997 |
mellon | Pull rev 1.18 up from trunk (enami)
|
| 1.24.2.1 | 07-Jul-2000 |
he | Pull up revisions 1.27-1.28 (requested by fair):
Add an EXAMPLES section to the mount(8) manual page.
Fixes PR#10232.
|
| 1.25.8.1 | 22-Jun-2000 |
minoura | Sync w/ netbsd-1-5-base.
|
| 1.26.2.2 | 26-Feb-2001 |
he | Pull up revision 1.30 (requested by abs):
If both special and node are given (but no type), the disklabel
is checked for the file system type before falling back to ffs.
|
| 1.26.2.1 | 04-Sep-2000 |
jhawk | Pullup revs 1.27-1.29, requested by fair, he, and jhawk:
>----------------------------
>revision 1.29
>date: 2000/07/30 15:17:14; author: jhawk; state: Exp; lines: +2 -1
>Xr for mount_overlay(8)
>----------------------------
>revision 1.28
>date: 2000/07/07 17:58:37; author: he; state: Exp; lines: +2 -3
>Make sure .Dl has the line to be shown as argument (on same line).
>----------------------------
>revision 1.27
>date: 2000/07/07 09:25:36; author: fair; state: Exp; lines: +40 -1
>Add example text to answer PR 10232.
>----------------------------
|
| 1.46.2.3 | 07-Oct-2006 |
ghen | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by tron in ticket #1540):
sbin/mount/mount.8: revision 1.53 via patch
sbin/mount/mount.8: revision 1.54
Add a DIAGNOSTICS section, specifically to address the "Operation not
supported by device" error. Reference options(4). Bump date.
End sentence with a dot.
|
| 1.46.2.2 | 20-Jan-2006 |
riz | Back out tickets 490, 559, and 560, which added "magic symlinks", at
the request of chs@ (thorpej@ concurs), as there is consensus that
this should be changed to a system-wide tunable, rather than a mount
option.
|
| 1.46.2.1 | 29-Dec-2005 |
riz | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by thorpej in ticket #490):
lib/libc/sys/mount.2: revision 1.33
sys/sys/systm.h: revision 1.179
sys/sys/fstypes.h: revision 1.4
include/mntopts.h: revision 1.6
sys/conf/newvers.sh: revision 1.41
sys/kern/vfs_syscalls.c: revision 1.223
sys/conf/files: revision 1.720
sys/kern/vfs_lookup.c: revision 1.61
share/man/man7/symlink.7: revision 1.7
sbin/mount/mount.8: revision 1.47
sys/kern/init_main.c: revision 1.248 via patch
share/man/man4/options.4: revision 1.280 via patch
Implement expansion of special "magic" strings in symlinks into
system-specific values. Submitted by Chris Demetriou in Nov 1995 (!)
in PR kern/1781, modified only slighly by me.
This is enabled on a per-mount basis with the MNT_MAGICLINKS mount
flag. It can be enabled at mountroot() time by building the kernel
with the ROOTFS_MAGICLINKS option.
The following magic strings are supported by the implementation:
@machine value of MACHINE for the system
@machine_arch value of MACHINE_ARCH for the system
@hostname the system host name, as set with sethostname()
@domainname the system domain name, as set with setdomainname()
@kernel_ident the kernel config file name
@osrelease the releaes number of the OS
@ostype the name of the OS (always "NetBSD" for NetBSD)
Example usage:
mkdir /arch/i386/bin
mkdir /arch/sparc/bin
ln -s /arch/@machine_arch/bin /bin
|
| 1.56.4.1 | 03-Sep-2007 |
wrstuden | Sync w/ NetBSD-4-RC_1
|
| 1.56.2.1 | 01-Aug-2007 |
liamjfoy | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by pooka in ticket #806):
sbin/mount/mount.8: revision 1.58
Explain that nosuid,nodev is also needed for non-privileged mounts.
|
| 1.58.14.2 | 01-Aug-2007 |
pooka | Explain that nosuid,nodev is also needed for non-privileged mounts.
|
| 1.58.14.1 | 01-Aug-2007 |
pooka | file mount.8 was added on branch matt-mips64 on 2007-08-01 08:51:25 +0000
|
| 1.58.12.1 | 18-May-2008 |
yamt | sync with head.
|
| 1.58.10.3 | 17-Jan-2009 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.58.10.2 | 28-Sep-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.58.10.1 | 02-Jun-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.59.2.1 | 18-Sep-2008 |
wrstuden | Sync with wrstuden-revivesa-base-2.
|
| 1.62.2.4 | 17-Mar-2012 |
bouyer | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by dholland in ticket #1743):
sbin/mount/mount.8: revision 1.73
sbin/mount/mount.8: revision 1.74
Clarify UFS2 superblock format stuff. Bump date.
Improve previous; thanks to tsutsui-san for reminding me of the proper
reference. PR 45166
|
| 1.62.2.3 | 22-Jan-2009 |
snj | branches: 1.62.2.3.2; 1.62.2.3.6;
Pull up following revision(s) (requested by apb in ticket #303):
sbin/mount/mount.8: revision 1.65
* Say that type "nfs" is inferred if the path contains a
":" or "@". (Amazingly, this was not documented before).
* Say that the "nfs" inference is deprecated. (It was deprecated in
revision 1.87 of mount.c, dated 2009-01-11.)
* Add "-t nfs" in an example, so as not to rely on the automatic
inference of nfs when the path contains a colon.
* Try to improve the description of how the arguments are interpreted.
|
| 1.62.2.2 | 22-Jan-2009 |
snj | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by pooka in ticket #288):
sbin/mount/mount.8: revision 1.64
New sentence, new line.
|
| 1.62.2.1 | 22-Jan-2009 |
snj | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by pooka in ticket #288):
include/mntopts.h: revision 1.12
sbin/mount/mount.8: revision 1.63
sbin/mount/mount.c: revision 1.88
Support mount -o rump, which uses the rump server instead of using
the kernel service. E.g. "mount -t efs -o rump /dev/sgidev /mnt"
runs effectively "rump_efs /dev/sgidev /mnt".
|
| 1.62.2.3.6.1 | 17-Mar-2012 |
bouyer | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by dholland in ticket #1743):
sbin/mount/mount.8: revision 1.73
sbin/mount/mount.8: revision 1.74
Clarify UFS2 superblock format stuff. Bump date.
Improve previous; thanks to tsutsui-san for reminding me of the proper
reference. PR 45166
|
| 1.62.2.3.2.1 | 17-Mar-2012 |
bouyer | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by dholland in ticket #1743):
sbin/mount/mount.8: revision 1.73
sbin/mount/mount.8: revision 1.74
Clarify UFS2 superblock format stuff. Bump date.
Improve previous; thanks to tsutsui-san for reminding me of the proper
reference. PR 45166
|
| 1.65.2.1 | 13-May-2009 |
jym | Sync with HEAD.
Third (and last) commit. See http://mail-index.netbsd.org/source-changes/2009/05/13/msg221222.html
|
| 1.69.2.3 | 21-Oct-2010 |
uebayasi | After consideration, put back "xip" mount option.
The internal behavior is totally different between with and without
the option; automatic detection and/or fall-through are not user
friendly. mount(8) returning the "xip" flag is also informative.
|
| 1.69.2.2 | 28-May-2010 |
uebayasi | Remove the "xip" option from mount_ffs(8) for simplicity.
|
| 1.69.2.1 | 11-Feb-2010 |
uebayasi | Add the new "xip" mount option.
|
| 1.70.4.1 | 23-Jun-2011 |
cherry | Catchup with rmind-uvmplock merge.
|
| 1.74.2.2 | 22-May-2014 |
yamt | sync with head.
for a reference, the tree before this commit was tagged
as yamt-pagecache-tag8.
this commit was splitted into small chunks to avoid
a limitation of cvs. ("Protocol error: too many arguments")
|
| 1.74.2.1 | 30-Oct-2012 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.76.2.2 | 20-Aug-2014 |
tls | Rebase to HEAD as of a few days ago.
|
| 1.76.2.1 | 20-Nov-2012 |
tls | Resync to 2012-11-19 00:00:00 UTC
|
| 1.80.2.2 | 26-Apr-2017 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.80.2.1 | 07-Jan-2017 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD. (Note that most of these changes are simply $NetBSD$
tag issues.)
|
| 1.82.2.1 | 21-Apr-2017 |
bouyer | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.88.4.1 | 06-Jun-2021 |
cjep | sync with head
|
| 1.92.2.1 | 02-Aug-2025 |
perseant | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.108 | 01-Jul-2025 |
kre | PR bin/59494
Cause "mount -v [spec] filesystem" to indicate only what was
mounted (and where), to obtain all the rest of the data that
used to be printed, -v must be given twice.
Implemented differently from the patch given in the PR from
greywolf, but the same idea.
While here, avoid the -d option, after indicating what mount
command would have been run, but wasn't, going on to attempt
to report statistics on the never mounted filesystem, and
instead getting those from the intended mount point.
Update the man page to match.
|
| 1.107 | 07-Dec-2021 |
christos | branches: 1.107.4;
remove impossible test.
|
| 1.106 | 02-Dec-2021 |
christos | PR/56529: RVP: mount should try ffs when DIOCGWEDGEINFO returns an empty
dkw_ptype.
|
| 1.105 | 21-Nov-2021 |
simonb | Add some { } around an if body that is followed by an "else {".
|
| 1.104 | 04-Jun-2021 |
simonb | Remove the warning about autoselecting nfs based on : or @.
Ok jmcneill@, mrg@.
|
| 1.103 | 18-Oct-2020 |
mlelstv | branches: 1.103.4;
Make command line arguments -r and -w actually override defaults from fstab,
previously -w would only cancel a preceeding -r.
No longer strip -o rw.
|
| 1.102 | 09-Oct-2016 |
christos | try to be more clear about what is not found.
|
| 1.101 | 08-Oct-2016 |
maya | change warning message
previously attempting to use mount -t ext2 like myself would result in
the warning "mount: mount_ext2 not found for /mnt", which (if you're me)
can be misunderstood as "/mnt is not an ext2 filesystem"...
change it to "mount: mount_ext2 not found"
|
| 1.100 | 04-Jan-2015 |
pooka | branches: 1.100.2;
gcc 4.9 produces vfork clobberation warnings for "name" and "buflen".
Since there's no performance reason to use vfork here, just replace it
with fork and be done with warnings once and for all.
|
| 1.99 | 05-Oct-2013 |
ast | No code change: corrected spelling in comment, removed trailing white spaces.
|
| 1.98 | 24-Jan-2013 |
christos | use return instead of exit.
|
| 1.97 | 14-Jun-2012 |
christos | branches: 1.97.2;
don't print the NULL, but the error
|
| 1.96 | 09-Apr-2012 |
mlelstv | return exit code from mount_XXXX again
|
| 1.95 | 07-Apr-2012 |
christos | use getfsspecname
|
| 1.94 | 07-Apr-2012 |
christos | Accept NAME=label for special so that we can wire down our wedges.
|
| 1.93 | 29-Aug-2011 |
joerg | branches: 1.93.2;
Use __dead
|
| 1.92 | 13-Jan-2011 |
pooka | In case we are union-mounting /, don't force MNT_UPDATE. This makes
the following work:
mount -t tmpfs -o union tmpfs /
(some caveats are implied, such as if you "mkdir /usr" you're
screwed, but then again you'll get there with "rm -rf /usr" even
without union -- we supply rope)
per discussion with zafer, use case for jibbed
|
| 1.91 | 14-Jan-2010 |
pooka | Remove puffs| from vfstype before making comparison to determine if
fs is mounted.
Fixes slightly-miscategorized kern/37626.
|
| 1.90 | 14-Jan-2010 |
pooka | If getargs and vfs has PUFFS_TYPEPREFIX, use mount_puffs to query args.
|
| 1.89 | 04-May-2009 |
yamt | disable automatic mountd reloading for now because it makes the service
temporary unavailable. PR/41331 from FUKAUMI Naoki.
|
| 1.88 | 11-Jan-2009 |
pooka | branches: 1.88.2;
Support mount -o rump, which uses the rump server instead of using
the kernel service. E.g. "mount -t efs -o rump /dev/sgidev /mnt"
runs effectively "rump_efs /dev/sgidev /mnt".
|
| 1.87 | 11-Jan-2009 |
pooka | Warn that autoselecting nfs based on : or @ in the device path will
be removed in a future release.
|
| 1.86 | 05-Aug-2008 |
pooka | branches: 1.86.2;
Refactor mount utilities to provide a mount_fs_parseargs() routine.
Use this routine both in mount_fs and rump_fs to provide equivalent
command line parameters and therefore usage interchangeability.
While doing this, combine some common mountgoop to mountprog.h
|
| 1.85 | 20-Jul-2008 |
lukem | Remove the \n and tabs from the __COPYRIGHT() strings.
(Tweak some to use a consistent format.)
|
| 1.84 | 17-Jul-2007 |
christos | branches: 1.84.12; 1.84.16;
cast sizeof() to int for printf widths.
|
| 1.83 | 17-Jul-2007 |
christos | kill MFSTYPENAME
|
| 1.82 | 16-Oct-2006 |
christos | sprinkle volatile.
|
| 1.81 | 04-May-2006 |
christos | since yamt prohibits any flag with MNT_GETARGS, don't set MNT_UPDATE for
/ when we do getargs.
|
| 1.80 | 21-Mar-2006 |
christos | Coverity CID 1688: Fix memory leak.
|
| 1.79 | 17-Mar-2006 |
rumble | Check for allocation failures in malloc, calloc, realloc, asprintf, and
vasprintf and try to handle them.
|
| 1.78 | 27-Jun-2005 |
christos | Move WARNS=3 to the Makefile.inc, and add a little const to the remaining
programs that did not compile before.
|
| 1.77 | 18-Mar-2005 |
lukem | Fix core dump when doing
mount fileserver:/somepath
by not passing a NULL pointer to getfsfile(3).
(Bug was introduced in rev 1.74 as part of fix for PR 28644.)
|
| 1.76 | 05-Feb-2005 |
xtraeme | branches: 1.76.2;
Kill __P(), use ANSI function declarations.
|
| 1.75 | 31-Jan-2005 |
he | Move local variable declaration to variable declaration section at
top of function, and at least away from after active code within
a block. Fixes build problem with gcc 2 (for vax).
|
| 1.74 | 31-Jan-2005 |
erh | PR #28644: Use realpath to make mount more forgiving of non-canonical
mount paths entered on the command line.
|
| 1.73 | 25-Sep-2004 |
thorpej | Try the DIOCGWEDGEINFO ioctl first. If that succeeds (i.e. the block
device is a wedge), use the partition type string from the dkwedge_info
structure to get the file system type.
|
| 1.72 | 19-Aug-2004 |
christos | Handle RESCUEDIR
|
| 1.71 | 30-Apr-2004 |
enami | Print fsid on verbose printing. It is useful when debugging nfs.
|
| 1.70 | 22-Apr-2004 |
hannken | Use PRIu64 to printf uint64_t. Compiles again on sparc64.
|
| 1.69 | 21-Apr-2004 |
christos | Replace the statfs() family of system calls with statvfs().
Retain binary compatibility.
|
| 1.68 | 27-Mar-2004 |
cgd | Recognize 'from_mount' as the device, which is especially useful when
putting root on NFS. (From my PR, 20305.)
|
| 1.67 | 19-Sep-2003 |
itojun | realloc pedant
|
| 1.66 | 07-Aug-2003 |
agc | Move UCB-licensed code from 4-clause to 3-clause licence.
Patches provided by Joel Baker in PR 22308, verified by myself.
|
| 1.65 | 19-Jan-2003 |
jdolecek | do not link all mount programs into single image; the total size difference
isn't really that huge now that these are compiled as dynamic
|
| 1.64 | 23-Sep-2002 |
enami | Cosmetic changes.
|
| 1.63 | 23-Sep-2002 |
enami | Properly terminate the output from mount -v.
|
| 1.62 | 21-Sep-2002 |
christos | make sure options is not NULL before we look in it. Thanks Charles.
|
| 1.61 | 21-Sep-2002 |
christos | MNT_GETARGS support
|
| 1.60 | 23-Aug-2002 |
lukem | if _PATH_RESCUE is defined, try that before _PATH_SBIN & _PATH_USRSBIN
|
| 1.59 | 21-May-2002 |
nathanw | When attempting to guess the filesystem type from the disklabel, don't
consider a out-of-range partition letter at the end of the special
device node to be a fatal error; just return NULL and let the caller
fall back to FFS.
This fixes the "mount -u /kern/rootdev /" done by the script installer.
XXX this is still gross, and breaks things like
"mount /my/strange/dev/path/b /mnt". Perhaps it should stat the node
and use the minor number as an index instead?
|
| 1.58 | 30-Jan-2002 |
christos | Use __MNT_FLAGS from <sys/mount.h> instead of rolling our own list. Also
when -v is used, print even the silent flags.
|
| 1.57 | 20-Dec-2001 |
soren | Sync getopt() / man page with actual getopt options.
|
| 1.56 | 18-Feb-2001 |
tsutsui | Add x_mount, which does not include any MOUNT_PROGS.
Installer does not require all vfs progs and all binaries
are crunched after all.
|
| 1.55 | 01-Nov-2000 |
enami | Factor out some function declarations into a header file.
|
| 1.54 | 01-Nov-2000 |
enami | When failed to read disklabel to deduce filesystem type,
- don't warn. It's just too verbose when we know there is
no disklabel and want to use the default filesystem type.
- close the file descriptor so that further mount success.
|
| 1.53 | 01-Nov-2000 |
enami | Cosmetic changes.
|
| 1.52 | 30-Oct-2000 |
jdolecek | mount(8) now includes code for all mount_*(8) but mount_portal(8) and
mount_mfs(8); the mount_*(8) are hardlinked to mount (appropriate mount routine
is called depending on program name) - this saves approx. 1.7MB of /sbin
space
mount.c: make all local symbols static
|
| 1.51 | 11-Oct-2000 |
abs | When determining the filesystem type automatically, only try the raw device
for the disklabel if the given device fails with EBUSY. Also make disklabel
errors non fatal (just fall back to ffs as per pre-autofilesystem behaviour)
Based on further discussion with Launey Thomas <ljt@alum.mit.edu>
|
| 1.50 | 10-Oct-2000 |
is | Format string cleanups by Bill Sommerfeld.
|
| 1.49 | 02-Oct-2000 |
abs | When opening a partition to automatically determine the filesystem type,
always use the raw partition in case it is already mounted and this is
an 'update' mount. Patch from Launey Thomas <ljt@alum.mit.edu>
|
| 1.48 | 18-Sep-2000 |
abs | If device and mountpoint are given without -t, and without a : in the
device, check the disklabel for filesystem type. Fall back to ffs as ever.
|
| 1.47 | 16-Nov-1999 |
enami | branches: 1.47.4;
If we didn't print an open paren, no need to print a closing paren
(by backing out part of previous commit).
|
| 1.46 | 15-Nov-1999 |
fvdl | Print softdep information. Also print sync+async writes in verbose mode.
|
| 1.45 | 01-Dec-1998 |
kenh | branches: 1.45.2; 1.45.4; 1.45.8;
Add support for a new flag: "nodevmtime". This sets the MNT_NODEVMTIME mount
flag.
|
| 1.44 | 25-Aug-1998 |
ross | from Erik Bertelsen <erik@mediator.uni-c.dk>
{ put } { in } { lots } { of } { these } { to } { shut } { up } { egcs }
|
| 1.43 | 26-Jul-1998 |
mycroft | const poisoning.
|
| 1.42 | 06-May-1998 |
ross | Rewrite options and fstype handling for upgrade mounts.
|
| 1.41 | 23-Nov-1997 |
enami | Add MNT_SYMPERM to optnames[].
|
| 1.40 | 05-Nov-1997 |
cgd | lint
|
| 1.39 | 01-Nov-1997 |
drochner | Take out last change (wait for mount_mfs completion).
I changed it in mount_mfs instead.
|
| 1.38 | 01-Nov-1997 |
drochner | Fix a problem with asynchronous processing of mfs mounts: Calls to
statfs() or getmountinfo() did not tell about the freshly mounted
ramdisk.
XXX Imo, "mount_mfs" should not return before the mount is done.
This is the only place where this can be done cleanly. But this would
require a substancial restructuring of "newfs". For now, wait in "mount"
until the filesystem appears.
|
| 1.37 | 01-Nov-1997 |
drochner | Fix a misbehaviour introduced in rev. 1.34 - mountfs() returned in
"verbose" mode after printing the exec args.
This invalidates most of my comment in the previous commit. (Not all,
there are still bogosities with mount_mfs.)
|
| 1.36 | 01-Nov-1997 |
drochner | When checking whether a filesystem is already mounted (for -a), get and
check all mounts (getmntinfo), not only the top one (statfs).
Otherwise we might miss lower level mounts on the same mountpoint.
XXX "mount" behaves differently with the "verbose" flag (-v) in some
cases, probably due to asynchronous calls to fs dependant mount programs.
|
| 1.35 | 31-Oct-1997 |
mycroft | Import modified mangle() from mount(8).
Also rewrite catopt() with a more sane interface.
|
| 1.34 | 29-Oct-1997 |
christos | PR/2974: VaX#n8: fix the rest of the problems that were not addressed by 4384.
- vfork exit -> _exit
- debug and verbose consistency with fsck.
|
| 1.33 | 29-Oct-1997 |
christos | PR/4384: Brian Grayson: Pass the real argv[0] to the exec'ed child.
Also while I am here, remove bogus XXX comment about mount_mfs.
|
| 1.32 | 16-Sep-1997 |
lukem | branches: 1.32.2;
resolve conflicts from lite-2 import, with two major modifications
that require all of /sbin/mount_* and /sbin/umount to be modified:
* incorporate vfslist.c, adding checkvfsname() and makevfslist()
* getmntopts() now takes 4 args (adding int *altflagp)
|
| 1.31 | 15-Sep-1997 |
lukem | * getopt returns -1 not EOF
* use .Nm correctly
|
| 1.30 | 30-Jul-1997 |
christos | When we mount -u and there is no vfstype specified, deduce the vfstype from
statfs.
|
| 1.29 | 04-Jul-1997 |
christos | Fix warnings.
|
| 1.28 | 31-May-1997 |
pk | More accurate failure message for unknown filesystem types, as
suggested in PR#1274.
|
| 1.27 | 17-May-1997 |
pk | NULL => 0 (Arne Juul; PR#3629)
|
| 1.26 | 10-Mar-1997 |
mikel | add support for MNT_NOATIME; from Lennart Augustsson in PR bin/3304.
|
| 1.25 | 23-Oct-1996 |
cgd | recognize MNT_NOCOREDUMP and print the 'nocoredump' flag for file
systems which have MNT_NOCOREDUMP set.
|
| 1.24 | 18-Nov-1995 |
cgd | Recognize all mount flags exported from the kernel (but only print the
ones that we used to print). Note unrecognized flags(s) when printing
mount list.
|
| 1.23 | 22-Aug-1995 |
jtc | Call mount_ffs instead of mount_ufs; PR #1379
|
| 1.22 | 12-Jul-1995 |
cgd | fix a goof in my previous code, that i thought of while reading pr 749.
add a -A flag, which does the same thing as '-a', but doesn't check for
remounts.
|
| 1.21 | 12-Jul-1995 |
cgd | remove FFS mounting code from mount(8); there are now _no_ 'internal' mount
types. when using mount(8) with '-a', do _NOT_ remount file systems
that have been mounted once already. (This cannot be 100% precisely
determined (thanks to mfs, union fs, and similar file systems which
don't use a 'real' mounted-from node), and changed options cannot be updated
with mount -a. however, options wouldn't be updated with the old mount -a
anyway, and this solves several annoyances.
|
| 1.20 | 04-Jul-1995 |
ghudson | Give an argument to the warning message for when realpath() fails.
|
| 1.19 | 22-Jun-1995 |
cgd | specify precision, not minimum field width. pointed out by John Kohl
|
| 1.18 | 18-Jun-1995 |
cgd | don't assume f_fstypename is larger than MFSNAMELEN or is nul-terminated
|
| 1.17 | 28-May-1995 |
jtc | sys_siglist[] -> strsignal()
|
| 1.16 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.15 | 30-Jan-1995 |
mycroft | Change type list code to match umount(8).
|
| 1.14 | 18-Dec-1994 |
cgd | compile against new headers
|
| 1.13 | 29-Aug-1994 |
mycroft | branches: 1.13.2;
Display type of mount; suggested by Thomas Eberhardt.
|
| 1.12 | 08-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Update from 4.4-Lite, with local changes.
|
| 1.11 | 18-Apr-1994 |
cgd | allow external mount types, even if LETS_GET_SMALL
|
| 1.10 | 15-Apr-1994 |
cgd | oops, forgot one
|
| 1.9 | 14-Apr-1994 |
cgd | fs type names, and much clean
|
| 1.8 | 05-Jan-1994 |
cgd | update for new (actually old... *sigh*) mount flags
|
| 1.7 | 05-Dec-1993 |
deraadt | should bzero automatic sockaddr's before use
|
| 1.6 | 07-Sep-1993 |
ws | Changes to VFS readdir semantics
NFS changes for better cookie support
ISOFS changes for better Rockridge support and support for generation numbers
|
| 1.5 | 03-Aug-1993 |
mycroft | Recognize `noauto' (and `auto', just for symmetry) in fstab.
|
| 1.4 | 01-Aug-1993 |
mycroft | Add RCS identifiers.
|
| 1.3 | 23-Mar-1993 |
cgd | changed "Id" to "Header" for rcsids
|
| 1.2 | 22-Mar-1993 |
cgd | added rcs ids to all files
|
| 1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.3 | 16-Sep-1997 |
lukem | imported from lite-2
|
| 1.1.1.2 | 13-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Import 4.4-Lite version.
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | initial import of 386bsd-0.1 sources
|
| 1.13.2.2 | 29-Aug-1994 |
mycroft | Display type of mount; suggested by Thomas Eberhardt.
|
| 1.13.2.1 | 29-Aug-1994 |
mycroft | file mount.c was added on branch netbsd-1-0 on 1994-08-29 02:38:01 +0000
|
| 1.32.2.3 | 08-May-1998 |
mycroft | Pull up 1.42, per request of ross.
|
| 1.32.2.2 | 02-Nov-1997 |
mellon | Pull rev 1.36, 1.37, 1.38 and 1.39 up from trunk (drochner)
|
| 1.32.2.1 | 31-Oct-1997 |
mellon | Pull rev 1.33, 1.34 and 1.35 up from trunk (mycroft)
|
| 1.45.8.1 | 27-Dec-1999 |
wrstuden | Pull up to last week's -current.
|
| 1.45.4.1 | 19-Oct-1999 |
fvdl | Bring in Kirk McKusick's FFS softdep code on a branch.
|
| 1.45.2.1 | 10-Oct-2000 |
he | Pull up revision 1.50 (via patch, requested by is):
Format string cleanup.
|
| 1.47.4.2 | 26-Feb-2001 |
he | Pull up revisions 1.48-1.49,1.51,1.54 (via patch, requested by abs):
If both special and node are given (but no type), the disklabel
is checked for the file system type before falling back to ffs.
|
| 1.47.4.1 | 18-Oct-2000 |
tv | Pullup sbin string format fixes [is].
See "cvs log" for explicit revision numbers per file, from sommerfeld.
|
| 1.76.2.1 | 19-Mar-2005 |
tron | Pull up revision 1.77 (requested by lukem in ticket #10):
Fix core dump when doing
mount fileserver:/somepath
by not passing a NULL pointer to getfsfile(3).
(Bug was introduced in rev 1.74 as part of fix for PR 28644.)
|
| 1.84.16.1 | 18-Sep-2008 |
wrstuden | Sync with wrstuden-revivesa-base-2.
|
| 1.84.12.2 | 17-Jan-2009 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.84.12.1 | 28-Sep-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.86.2.2 | 22-Jan-2009 |
snj | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by pooka in ticket #288):
include/mntopts.h: revision 1.12
sbin/mount/mount.8: revision 1.63
sbin/mount/mount.c: revision 1.88
Support mount -o rump, which uses the rump server instead of using
the kernel service. E.g. "mount -t efs -o rump /dev/sgidev /mnt"
runs effectively "rump_efs /dev/sgidev /mnt".
|
| 1.86.2.1 | 16-Jan-2009 |
bouyer | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by pooka in ticket #266):
sbin/mount/mount.c: revision 1.87
Warn that autoselecting nfs based on : or @ in the device path will
be removed in a future release.
|
| 1.88.2.1 | 13-May-2009 |
jym | Sync with HEAD.
Third (and last) commit. See http://mail-index.netbsd.org/source-changes/2009/05/13/msg221222.html
|
| 1.93.2.3 | 22-May-2014 |
yamt | sync with head.
for a reference, the tree before this commit was tagged
as yamt-pagecache-tag8.
this commit was splitted into small chunks to avoid
a limitation of cvs. ("Protocol error: too many arguments")
|
| 1.93.2.2 | 30-Oct-2012 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.93.2.1 | 17-Apr-2012 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.97.2.2 | 20-Aug-2014 |
tls | Rebase to HEAD as of a few days ago.
|
| 1.97.2.1 | 25-Feb-2013 |
tls | resync with head
|
| 1.100.2.1 | 04-Nov-2016 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.103.4.1 | 06-Jun-2021 |
cjep | sync with head
|
| 1.107.4.1 | 02-Aug-2025 |
perseant | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.3 | 12-Jul-1995 |
cgd | remove FFS mounting code from mount(8); there are now _no_ 'internal' mount
types. when using mount(8) with '-a', do _NOT_ remount file systems
that have been mounted once already. (This cannot be 100% precisely
determined (thanks to mfs, union fs, and similar file systems which
don't use a 'real' mounted-from node), and changed options cannot be updated
with mount -a. however, options wouldn't be updated with the old mount -a
anyway, and this solves several annoyances.
|
| 1.2 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.1 | 08-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | branches: 1.1.1;
Update from 4.4-Lite, with local changes.
|
| 1.1.1.2 | 16-Sep-1997 |
lukem | imported from lite-2
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 13-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Import 4.4-Lite version.
|
| 1.1 | 05-Aug-2008 |
pooka | branches: 1.1.2; 1.1.4;
Refactor mount utilities to provide a mount_fs_parseargs() routine.
Use this routine both in mount_fs and rump_fs to provide equivalent
command line parameters and therefore usage interchangeability.
While doing this, combine some common mountgoop to mountprog.h
|
| 1.1.4.2 | 28-Sep-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.1.4.1 | 05-Aug-2008 |
mjf | file mountprog.h was added on branch mjf-devfs2 on 2008-09-28 11:17:12 +0000
|
| 1.1.2.2 | 18-Sep-2008 |
wrstuden | Sync with wrstuden-revivesa-base-2.
|
| 1.1.2.1 | 05-Aug-2008 |
wrstuden | file mountprog.h was added on branch wrstuden-revivesa on 2008-09-18 04:28:25 +0000
|
| 1.4 | 25-May-2023 |
kre | pathadj() is required to succeed. If it cannot, simply issuing a
warning and continuing is not good enough. Change the warning to
an error (and hence immediate exit) instead, that's all we can do.
Problem pointed out by tlaronde@polynum.com
XXX - pullup -10 (others?)
|
| 1.3 | 26-Jul-2020 |
mlelstv | Refactor remaining mount_* commands to use the common pathadj()
function for resolving paths.
Make pathadj() no longer warn about symlinks. Symlinks in /dev are
regularly used in several places like LVM . The warning was also
only visible when calling a mount_* command directly as mount(8)
itself would resolve the path witout warning before passing it to
a mount_* command.
|
| 1.2 | 17-Feb-2011 |
pooka | "when in doubt, let the kernel decide"
|
| 1.1 | 05-Aug-2008 |
pooka | branches: 1.1.2; 1.1.4; 1.1.20;
Refactor mount utilities to provide a mount_fs_parseargs() routine.
Use this routine both in mount_fs and rump_fs to provide equivalent
command line parameters and therefore usage interchangeability.
While doing this, combine some common mountgoop to mountprog.h
|
| 1.1.20.1 | 05-Mar-2011 |
bouyer | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.1.4.2 | 28-Sep-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.1.4.1 | 05-Aug-2008 |
mjf | file pathadj.c was added on branch mjf-devfs2 on 2008-09-28 11:17:12 +0000
|
| 1.1.2.2 | 18-Sep-2008 |
wrstuden | Sync with wrstuden-revivesa-base-2.
|
| 1.1.2.1 | 05-Aug-2008 |
wrstuden | file pathadj.c was added on branch wrstuden-revivesa on 2008-09-18 04:28:26 +0000
|
| 1.7 | 07-Aug-2003 |
agc | Move UCB-licensed code from 4-clause to 3-clause licence.
Patches provided by Joel Baker in PR 22308, verified by myself.
|
| 1.6 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.5 | 08-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Update from 4.4-Lite, with local changes.
|
| 1.4 | 01-Aug-1993 |
mycroft | Add RCS identifiers.
|
| 1.3 | 23-Mar-1993 |
cgd | changed "Id" to "Header" for rcsids
|
| 1.2 | 22-Mar-1993 |
cgd | added rcs ids to all files
|
| 1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.2 | 13-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Import 4.4-Lite version.
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | initial import of 386bsd-0.1 sources
|
| 1.7 | 05-Aug-2008 |
pooka | Refactor mount utilities to provide a mount_fs_parseargs() routine.
Use this routine both in mount_fs and rump_fs to provide equivalent
command line parameters and therefore usage interchangeability.
While doing this, combine some common mountgoop to mountprog.h
|
| 1.6 | 26-Jun-2005 |
christos | branches: 1.6.20; 1.6.24;
Don't abuse writing to const strings. We can pass const strings to this,
and we write to them. Allocate memory instead.
|
| 1.5 | 05-Feb-2005 |
xtraeme | Kill __P(), use ANSI function declarations.
|
| 1.4 | 07-Aug-2003 |
agc | Move UCB-licensed code from 4-clause to 3-clause licence.
Patches provided by Joel Baker in PR 22308, verified by myself.
|
| 1.3 | 01-Nov-2000 |
enami | Factor out some function declarations into a header file.
|
| 1.2 | 16-Sep-1997 |
lukem | resolve conflicts from lite-2 import, with two major modifications
that require all of /sbin/mount_* and /sbin/umount to be modified:
* incorporate vfslist.c, adding checkvfsname() and makevfslist()
* getmntopts() now takes 4 args (adding int *altflagp)
|
| 1.1 | 16-Sep-1997 |
lukem | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 16-Sep-1997 |
lukem | imported from lite-2
|
| 1.6.24.1 | 18-Sep-2008 |
wrstuden | Sync with wrstuden-revivesa-base-2.
|
| 1.6.20.1 | 28-Sep-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.5 | 05-Aug-2008 |
pooka | Refactor mount utilities to provide a mount_fs_parseargs() routine.
Use this routine both in mount_fs and rump_fs to provide equivalent
command line parameters and therefore usage interchangeability.
While doing this, combine some common mountgoop to mountprog.h
|
| 1.4 | 26-Jun-2005 |
christos | branches: 1.4.20; 1.4.24;
Don't abuse writing to const strings. We can pass const strings to this,
and we write to them. Allocate memory instead.
|
| 1.3 | 21-Apr-2004 |
christos | un-__P
|
| 1.2 | 07-Aug-2003 |
agc | Move UCB-licensed code from 4-clause to 3-clause licence.
Patches provided by Joel Baker in PR 22308, verified by myself.
|
| 1.1 | 01-Nov-2000 |
enami | Factor out some function declarations into a header file.
|
| 1.4.24.1 | 07-Sep-2008 |
wrstuden | Delete a bunch of things that are now gone in head.
|
| 1.4.20.1 | 28-Sep-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.14 | 26-Jul-2020 |
mlelstv | Refactor remaining mount_* commands to use the common pathadj()
function for resolving paths.
Make pathadj() no longer warn about symlinks. Symlinks in /dev are
regularly used in several places like LVM . The warning was also
only visible when calling a mount_* command directly as mount(8)
itself would resolve the path witout warning before passing it to
a mount_* command.
|
| 1.13 | 27-Jun-2005 |
christos | Move WARNS=3 to the Makefile.inc, and add a little const to the remaining
programs that did not compile before.
|
| 1.12 | 05-Feb-2005 |
xtraeme | Kill __P(), use ANSI function declarations; WARNS=3.
|
| 1.11 | 22-Mar-2003 |
jdolecek | move getmntopts(3) to libutil, build and install also it's manpage
bump libutil minor
adjust individual mount_*/Makefile to use libutil getmntopts(3)
|
| 1.10 | 19-Aug-2002 |
lukem | Use ${NETBSDSRCDIR}/some/path instead of ${.CURDIR}/../../some/path
|
| 1.9 | 30-Oct-2000 |
jdolecek | make the code includable into other programs:
* make static all symbols which do not need to be exported
* rename main() to mount_FOO()
* new main() now just calls mount_FOO(), main() is only compiled in if
MOUNT_NOMAIN is not defined
* a_gid(), a_uid() and a_mask() were put into ../mount/fattr.[ch], local
versions removed
|
| 1.8 | 01-Mar-1998 |
fvdl | Merge with Lite2 + local changes
|
| 1.7 | 10-Oct-1997 |
christos | CFLAGS->CPPFLAGS
|
| 1.6 | 08-May-1997 |
gwr | Back out the .PATH.c changes. The .depend problem (and others)
will be fixed using the new .NOPATH make feature instead.
|
| 1.5 | 06-May-1997 |
gwr | Use .PATH.c: ...
|
| 1.4 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.3 | 18-Jan-1995 |
mycroft | Clone from mount_msdos.
|
| 1.2 | 22-Dec-1994 |
cgd | specify man pages the new way.
|
| 1.1 | 03-Jun-1994 |
chopps | basically mount_msdos for now.
|
| 1.19 | 30-Jul-2007 |
rumble | branches: 1.19.18;
Rescue the subjunctive.
|
| 1.18 | 31-Jan-2005 |
erh | Fix PR#3617 and PR#3205: call realpath to convert mount points and paths to
device nodes into absolute paths before using them.
|
| 1.17 | 25-Feb-2003 |
wiz | .Nm does not need a dummy argument ("") before punctuation or
for correct formatting of the SYNOPSIS any longer.
|
| 1.16 | 14-Feb-2003 |
grant | 'NetBSD.org' and some mdoc fixes.
|
| 1.15 | 01-Oct-2002 |
wiz | New sentence, new line. By Robert Elz with minimal fixes.
|
| 1.14 | 16-Nov-2001 |
wiz | Sort sections, use standard section headers.
|
| 1.13 | 16-Nov-2001 |
wiz | Whitespace nits
|
| 1.12 | 05-Jun-2001 |
wiz | Drop arguments of .Os.
|
| 1.11 | 25-Feb-2001 |
is | error code formatting
|
| 1.10 | 25-Feb-2001 |
is | Note that the ados fs is read-only, and that mount_ados falls back to
read-only mounts now.
|
| 1.9 | 14-Jun-2000 |
cgd | sweep of my licenses (userland files w/o only my copyright) for
consistency. (no functional changes)
|
| 1.8 | 14-Jun-2000 |
cgd | fix up NetBSD RCS Ids to match the standard, and the leading comment as
to match as well. No functional changes.
|
| 1.7 | 06-Apr-1999 |
pk | branches: 1.7.6;
1, 2, 3 and.. 4!
|
| 1.6 | 07-Mar-1999 |
mycroft | branches: 1.6.2;
Clean up SYNOPSIS formatting.
|
| 1.5 | 06-Feb-1998 |
perry | macroize BSD, NetBSD, FreeBSD and misc cleanup
|
| 1.4 | 15-Sep-1997 |
lukem | * cleanup for WARNS=1
* getopt returns -1 not EOF
* correct use of .Nm
|
| 1.3 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.2 | 18-Jan-1995 |
mycroft | Clone from mount_msdos.
|
| 1.1 | 03-Jun-1994 |
chopps | basically mount_msdos for now.
|
| 1.6.2.1 | 07-Apr-1999 |
pk | Pull up from trunk: copyright text warts.
|
| 1.7.6.1 | 22-Jun-2000 |
minoura | Sync w/ netbsd-1-5-base.
|
| 1.19.18.2 | 30-Jul-2007 |
rumble | Rescue the subjunctive.
|
| 1.19.18.1 | 30-Jul-2007 |
rumble | file mount_ados.8 was added on branch matt-mips64 on 2007-07-30 05:00:56 +0000
|
| 1.30 | 26-Jul-2020 |
mlelstv | Refactor remaining mount_* commands to use the common pathadj()
function for resolving paths.
Make pathadj() no longer warn about symlinks. Symlinks in /dev are
regularly used in several places like LVM . The warning was also
only visible when calling a mount_* command directly as mount(8)
itself would resolve the path witout warning before passing it to
a mount_* command.
|
| 1.29 | 29-Aug-2011 |
joerg | Use __dead
|
| 1.28 | 05-Aug-2008 |
pooka | Refactor mount utilities to provide a mount_fs_parseargs() routine.
Use this routine both in mount_fs and rump_fs to provide equivalent
command line parameters and therefore usage interchangeability.
While doing this, combine some common mountgoop to mountprog.h
|
| 1.27 | 16-Jul-2007 |
pooka | branches: 1.27.12; 1.27.16;
Make all mount(2) return value error checks against -1. Some file
systems just checked != 0, breaking MNT_GETARGS. Others worked with < 0,
but make them check against -1 too for consistency. And sprinkle some
stylish line wrapping where appropriate.
|
| 1.26 | 14-Jul-2007 |
dsl | Add additional 'sizeof args' parameter to mount(2).
|
| 1.25 | 10-Mar-2007 |
hubertf | - removes unused ctype.h header
- correct comment in mount_nfs/getnfsargs.c: s/Nead/Need/
From: Slava Semushin <php-coder@altlinux.ru>
|
| 1.24 | 17-Jan-2007 |
hubertf | Remove more duplicate #includes,
from Slava Semushin <slava.semushin@gmail.com>
|
| 1.23 | 16-Oct-2006 |
christos | use MOPT_NULL
|
| 1.22 | 16-Oct-2006 |
christos | c99 initializer
|
| 1.21 | 21-Mar-2006 |
christos | Always check the results of getmntopts() and free them.
|
| 1.20 | 23-Sep-2005 |
jmmv | Apply the NFS exports list rototill patch:
- Remove all NFS related stuff from file system specific code.
- Drop the vfs_checkexp hook and generalize it in the new nfs_check_export
function, thus removing redundancy from all file systems.
- Move all NFS export-related stuff from kern/vfs_subr.c to the new
file sys/nfs/nfs_export.c. The former was becoming large and its code
is always compiled, regardless of the build options. Using the latter,
the code is only compiled in when NFSSERVER is enabled. While doing this,
also make some functions in nfs_subs.c conditional to NFSSERVER.
- Add a new command in nfssvc(2), called NFSSVC_SETEXPORTSLIST, that takes a
path and a set of export entries. At the moment it can only clear the
exports list or append entries, one by one, but it is done in a way that
allows setting the whole set of entries atomically in the future (see the
comment in mountd_set_exports_list or in doc/TODO).
- Change mountd(8) to use the nfssvc(2) system call instead of mount(2) so
that it becomes file system agnostic. In fact, all this whole thing was
done to remove a 'XXX' block from this utility!
- Change the mount*, newfs and fsck* userland utilities to not deal with NFS
exports initialization; done internally by the kernel when initializing
the NFS support for each file system.
- Implement an interface for VFS (called VFS hooks) so that several kernel
subsystems can run arbitrary code upon receipt of specific VFS events.
At the moment, this only provides support for unmount and is used to
destroy NFS exports lists from the file systems being unmounted, though it
has room for extension.
Thanks go to yamt@, chs@, thorpej@, wrstuden@ and others for their comments
and advice in the development of this patch.
|
| 1.19 | 05-Feb-2005 |
xtraeme | Kill __P(), use ANSI function declarations; WARNS=3.
|
| 1.18 | 31-Jan-2005 |
erh | Fix PR#3617 and PR#3205: call realpath to convert mount points and paths to
device nodes into absolute paths before using them.
|
| 1.17 | 03-May-2003 |
christos | print masks and modes in octal.
|
| 1.16 | 22-Mar-2003 |
jdolecek | use <> rather than "" for #include mntopts.h
|
| 1.15 | 14-Feb-2003 |
grant | 'NetBSD.org' and some mdoc fixes.
|
| 1.14 | 21-Sep-2002 |
christos | MNT_GETARGS support
|
| 1.13 | 22-Feb-2001 |
is | Silently fall back to read-only mounting, when we get EROFS.
We do not want to enforce read-only mounting (like mount_iso does)
because we want to write adosfs writing code eventually.
|
| 1.12 | 30-Oct-2000 |
jdolecek | make the code includable into other programs:
* make static all symbols which do not need to be exported
* rename main() to mount_FOO()
* new main() now just calls mount_FOO(), main() is only compiled in if
MOUNT_NOMAIN is not defined
* a_gid(), a_uid() and a_mask() were put into ../mount/fattr.[ch], local
versions removed
|
| 1.11 | 14-Jun-2000 |
cgd | sweep of my licenses (userland files w/o only my copyright) for
consistency. (no functional changes)
|
| 1.10 | 14-Jun-2000 |
cgd | fix up NetBSD RCS Ids to match the standard, and the leading comment as
to match as well. No functional changes.
|
| 1.9 | 25-Jun-1999 |
perseant | branches: 1.9.6;
Regularize error reporting of mount_* commands for failure of mount(2)
to the form:
mount_xxx: dev on dir: reason for failure
|
| 1.8 | 01-Mar-1998 |
fvdl | branches: 1.8.2;
Merge with Lite2 + local changes
|
| 1.7 | 16-Sep-1997 |
lukem | update for new getmntopts() brought in from lite-2 merge
|
| 1.6 | 15-Sep-1997 |
lukem | * cleanup for WARNS=1
* getopt returns -1 not EOF
* correct use of .Nm
|
| 1.5 | 13-Apr-1996 |
jtc | Add const qualifier to mopts table
|
| 1.4 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.3 | 18-Jan-1995 |
mycroft | Clone from mount_msdos.
|
| 1.2 | 30-Jul-1994 |
chopps | conditional floppy version remove uid/gid/mode options shrinks by ~70k
|
| 1.1 | 03-Jun-1994 |
chopps | branches: 1.1.2;
basically mount_msdos for now.
|
| 1.1.2.1 | 03-Aug-1994 |
cgd | from trunk.
|
| 1.8.2.1 | 05-Sep-1999 |
he | Pull up revision 1.9:
Regularize error reporting of mount_* commands for failure of
mount(2) to the form "mount_xxx: dev on dir: reason for failure"
(as opposed to the old "mount_xxx: : reason for failure").
(perseant)
|
| 1.9.6.1 | 22-Jun-2000 |
minoura | Sync w/ netbsd-1-5-base.
|
| 1.27.16.1 | 18-Sep-2008 |
wrstuden | Sync with wrstuden-revivesa-base-2.
|
| 1.27.12.1 | 28-Sep-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.3 | 26-Jul-2020 |
mlelstv | Refactor remaining mount_* commands to use the common pathadj()
function for resolving paths.
Make pathadj() no longer warn about symlinks. Symlinks in /dev are
regularly used in several places like LVM . The warning was also
only visible when calling a mount_* command directly as mount(8)
itself would resolve the path witout warning before passing it to
a mount_* command.
|
| 1.2 | 22-Jan-2018 |
kamil | Add mount_autofs(8) from DragonFly BSD
|
| 1.1 | 14-Jan-2018 |
christos | Add mount_autofs
|
| 1.8 | 20-Nov-2019 |
wiz | Sort options and SEE ALSO. Improve a sentence.
|
| 1.7 | 20-Nov-2019 |
tkusumi | mount_autofs: Sync man page with DragonFlyBSD
Taken-from: DragonFlyBSD
|
| 1.6 | 24-Jan-2018 |
uwe | branches: 1.6.4;
It's not literal "-options" so use .Ar
|
| 1.5 | 23-Jan-2018 |
wiz | Improve description of options. Based on comments by Tomohiro Kusumi.
|
| 1.4 | 22-Jan-2018 |
wiz | Sync usage with man page.
|
| 1.3 | 22-Jan-2018 |
wiz | Add RCS Id, simplify wording, sort.
The option arguments need to be properly described.
|
| 1.2 | 22-Jan-2018 |
kamil | Improve the mount_autofs(8) stub documentation
Improve DESCRIPTION and NAME.
|
| 1.1 | 22-Jan-2018 |
kamil | Add mount_autofs(8) from DragonFly BSD
|
| 1.6.4.1 | 08-Apr-2020 |
martin | Merge changes from current as of 20200406
|
| 1.5 | 26-Jul-2020 |
mlelstv | Refactor remaining mount_* commands to use the common pathadj()
function for resolving paths.
Make pathadj() no longer warn about symlinks. Symlinks in /dev are
regularly used in several places like LVM . The warning was also
only visible when calling a mount_* command directly as mount(8)
itself would resolve the path witout warning before passing it to
a mount_* command.
|
| 1.4 | 20-Nov-2019 |
tkusumi | mount_autofs: Remove blank line with trailing whitespace
|
| 1.3 | 23-Jan-2018 |
wiz | branches: 1.3.4;
Fix typos.
XXX: does not compile for me because of constness issues
|
| 1.2 | 22-Jan-2018 |
wiz | Sync usage with man page.
|
| 1.1 | 14-Jan-2018 |
christos | Add mount_autofs
|
| 1.3.4.1 | 08-Apr-2020 |
martin | Merge changes from current as of 20200406
|
| 1.2 | 23-Jan-2018 |
wiz | Fix typos.
XXX: does not compile for me because of constness issues
|
| 1.1 | 14-Jan-2018 |
christos | Add mount_autofs
|
| 1.13 | 02-Feb-2024 |
christos | PR/57897: Ricardo Branco: Add support for mount options mask,dirmask,uid,gid
|
| 1.12 | 05-Aug-2008 |
pooka | Refactor mount utilities to provide a mount_fs_parseargs() routine.
Use this routine both in mount_fs and rump_fs to provide equivalent
command line parameters and therefore usage interchangeability.
While doing this, combine some common mountgoop to mountprog.h
|
| 1.11 | 27-Jun-2005 |
christos | branches: 1.11.20; 1.11.24;
Move WARNS=3 to the Makefile.inc, and add a little const to the remaining
programs that did not compile before.
|
| 1.10 | 05-Feb-2005 |
xtraeme | Kill __P(), use ANSI function declarations; WARNS=3.
|
| 1.9 | 22-Mar-2003 |
jdolecek | move getmntopts(3) to libutil, build and install also it's manpage
bump libutil minor
adjust individual mount_*/Makefile to use libutil getmntopts(3)
|
| 1.8 | 21-Sep-2002 |
christos | MNT_GETARGS support
|
| 1.7 | 19-Aug-2002 |
lukem | Use ${NETBSDSRCDIR}/some/path instead of ${.CURDIR}/../../some/path
|
| 1.6 | 10-Oct-1997 |
christos | CFLAGS->CPPFLAGS
|
| 1.5 | 08-May-1997 |
gwr | Back out the .PATH.c changes. The .depend problem (and others)
will be fixed using the new .NOPATH make feature instead.
|
| 1.4 | 06-May-1997 |
gwr | Use .PATH.c: ...
|
| 1.3 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.2 | 22-Dec-1994 |
cgd | specify man pages the new way.
|
| 1.1 | 08-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | branches: 1.1.1;
Update from 4.4-Lite, with local changes.
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 13-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Import 4.4-Lite version.
|
| 1.11.24.1 | 18-Sep-2008 |
wrstuden | Sync with wrstuden-revivesa-base-2.
|
| 1.11.20.1 | 28-Sep-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.33 | 03-Feb-2024 |
wiz | Sort options in man page.
|
| 1.32 | 02-Feb-2024 |
christos | PR/57897: Ricardo Branco: Add support for mount options mask,dirmask,uid,gid
|
| 1.31 | 30-Jun-2018 |
sevan | vnconfig name is retained for backwards compatibility. Use vndconfig.
Heads up by <tsutsui>
|
| 1.30 | 29-Jun-2018 |
sevan | Note vnconfig(8) may be of interest, especially when looking to mount an iso via
loopback.
|
| 1.29 | 07-Jun-2017 |
abhinav | branches: 1.29.4; 1.29.6;
s/filesystem/file system/
|
| 1.28 | 03-Jan-2009 |
christos | document nocasetrans.
|
| 1.27 | 02-May-2008 |
martin | Move TNF licenses to 2 clause form
|
| 1.26 | 27-Dec-2005 |
reinoud | branches: 1.26.20; 1.26.22;
Fix obvious typo in the man page of mount_cd9660:
-The behaviour is cotrollable by the
+The behaviour is controllable by the
|
| 1.25 | 24-Jun-2005 |
hubertf | it is iso8859, not 8869
|
| 1.24 | 29-Mar-2005 |
hubertf | Xref mscdlabel(8) - it may be useful. Bump date.
|
| 1.23 | 31-Jan-2005 |
erh | branches: 1.23.2;
Fix PR#3617 and PR#3205: call realpath to convert mount points and paths to
device nodes into absolute paths before using them.
|
| 1.22 | 22-Nov-2004 |
wiz | New sentence, new line.
|
| 1.21 | 21-Nov-2004 |
jdolecek | update for UTF-8 encoding of Unicode file names on Joliet filesystems
|
| 1.20 | 07-Aug-2003 |
agc | Move UCB-licensed code from 4-clause to 3-clause licence.
Patches provided by Joel Baker in PR 22308, verified by myself.
|
| 1.19 | 18-Apr-2003 |
wiz | This command is not normally executed at boot time.
Closes PR 21225 by Aidan Kehoe.
|
| 1.18 | 25-Feb-2003 |
wiz | .Nm does not need a dummy argument ("") before punctuation or
for correct formatting of the SYNOPSIS any longer.
|
| 1.17 | 01-Oct-2002 |
wiz | New sentence, new line. By Robert Elz with minimal fixes.
|
| 1.16 | 16-Nov-2001 |
wiz | Sort sections, use standard section headers.
|
| 1.15 | 05-Jun-2001 |
wiz | Drop arguments of .Os.
|
| 1.14 | 09-Jan-2001 |
augustss | Document what can happen with bad Rock Ridge info on the CD.
(Perhaps this can save someone the two hours I spent in the kernel
debugger tracking this down. :)
|
| 1.13 | 16-Jul-2000 |
jdolecek | note addition of rrcaseins in history
|
| 1.12 | 15-Jul-2000 |
jdolecek | Add an option to do case-insensitive lookups even on Rock-Ridge CD-ROMS.
Add 'rrcaseins' option to mount_cd9660(8).
This addresses kern/2419 by Jason Downs.
|
| 1.11 | 15-Jul-2000 |
jdolecek | add extatt, gens, nojoliet, norrip options - names taken from FreeBSD
add nrr as an alias for norrip, for compatibility with Solaris
retire -e, -g, -j, -r: they are still recognized and handled, but are
not listed in mount_cd9660's SYNOPSIS and are documented as
obsolete in mount_cd9660(8)
update history for joliet support and nomaplcase option
|
| 1.10 | 14-Jun-2000 |
cgd | branches: 1.10.2;
fix up NetBSD RCS Ids to match the standard, and the leading comment as
to match as well. No functional changes.
|
| 1.9 | 27-May-2000 |
jdolecek | Add new mount option nomaplcase (name taken from Solaris) - if set, file
names read from non-Rock Ridge cdroms won't be translated to lower case.
This is functionally similar to -g flag, but the version numbers on files
are still stripped.
|
| 1.8 | 13-Jul-1999 |
scw | branches: 1.8.6;
From PR-7951 by Joachim Kuebart:
Add support for Microsoft Joliet long filename extensions to the
cd9660 filesystem.
|
| 1.7 | 07-Mar-1999 |
mycroft | Clean up SYNOPSIS formatting.
|
| 1.6 | 06-Feb-1998 |
perry | macroize BSD, NetBSD, FreeBSD and misc cleanup
|
| 1.5 | 05-Dec-1997 |
ws | Clarify handling of option -g and names of files without a Rockridge name
on CDs that otherwise do have Rockridge extensions.
The latter should really be handled differently in the code.
|
| 1.4 | 15-Sep-1997 |
lukem | branches: 1.4.2;
* update for WARNS=1
* getopt returns -1 not EOF
* fix .Nm usage
|
| 1.3 | 23-Apr-1995 |
cgd | slightly clean rcs ids, etc.
|
| 1.2 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.1 | 08-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | branches: 1.1.1;
Update from 4.4-Lite, with local changes.
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 13-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Import 4.4-Lite version.
|
| 1.4.2.1 | 09-Dec-1997 |
thorpej | Sync w/ trunk: better documentation of "-g" option. (ws)
|
| 1.8.6.1 | 22-Jun-2000 |
minoura | Sync w/ netbsd-1-5-base.
|
| 1.10.2.3 | 16-Jul-2000 |
jdolecek | note addition of rrcaseins in history too
|
| 1.10.2.2 | 16-Jul-2000 |
jdolecek | pullup from trunk (approved by thorpej):
Add an option to do case-insensitive lookups even on Rock-Ridge CD-ROMS.
Add 'rrcaseins' option to mount_cd9660(8).
This addresses kern/2419 by Jason Downs.
|
| 1.10.2.1 | 15-Jul-2000 |
jdolecek | update from trunk (approved by thorpej):
add extatt, gens, nojoliet, norrip options - names taken from FreeBSD
add nrr as an alias for norrip, for compatibility with Solaris
retire -e, -g, -j, -r: they are still recognized and handled, but are
not listed in mount_cd9660's SYNOPSIS and are documented as
obsolete in mount_cd9660(8)
update history for joliet support and nomaplcase option
|
| 1.23.2.1 | 30-Jul-2005 |
tron | Pull up revision 1.25 (requested by hubertf in ticket #620):
it is iso8859, not 8869
|
| 1.26.22.1 | 18-May-2008 |
yamt | sync with head.
|
| 1.26.20.2 | 17-Jan-2009 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.26.20.1 | 02-Jun-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.29.6.1 | 10-Jun-2019 |
christos | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.29.4.1 | 28-Jul-2018 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.35 | 03-Feb-2024 |
wiz | sync usage with man page
|
| 1.34 | 02-Feb-2024 |
christos | PR/57897: Ricardo Branco: Add support for mount options mask,dirmask,uid,gid
|
| 1.33 | 16-Oct-2022 |
rillig | mount_cd9660: remove unhandled option -i from getopt
Found by lint. While here, fix the other lint warning as well, as lint
still doesn't know that exit(3) doesn't return normally.
|
| 1.32 | 29-Aug-2011 |
joerg | Use __dead
|
| 1.31 | 07-Oct-2009 |
pooka | fspec: dev -> canon_dev
|
| 1.30 | 03-Jan-2009 |
christos | when using getargs, don't set read-only otherwise it fails with EINVAL.
|
| 1.29 | 03-Jan-2009 |
christos | reset args. Add casetrans
|
| 1.28 | 05-Aug-2008 |
pooka | Refactor mount utilities to provide a mount_fs_parseargs() routine.
Use this routine both in mount_fs and rump_fs to provide equivalent
command line parameters and therefore usage interchangeability.
While doing this, combine some common mountgoop to mountprog.h
|
| 1.27 | 20-Jul-2008 |
lukem | Remove the \n and tabs from the __COPYRIGHT() strings.
(Tweak some to use a consistent format.)
|
| 1.26 | 16-Jul-2007 |
pooka | branches: 1.26.12; 1.26.16;
Make all mount(2) return value error checks against -1. Some file
systems just checked != 0, breaking MNT_GETARGS. Others worked with < 0,
but make them check against -1 too for consistency. And sprinkle some
stylish line wrapping where appropriate.
|
| 1.25 | 14-Jul-2007 |
dsl | Add additional 'sizeof args' parameter to mount(2).
|
| 1.24 | 16-Oct-2006 |
christos | use MOPT_NULL
|
| 1.23 | 16-Oct-2006 |
christos | c99 initializer
|
| 1.22 | 21-Mar-2006 |
christos | Always check the results of getmntopts() and free them.
|
| 1.21 | 23-Sep-2005 |
jmmv | Apply the NFS exports list rototill patch:
- Remove all NFS related stuff from file system specific code.
- Drop the vfs_checkexp hook and generalize it in the new nfs_check_export
function, thus removing redundancy from all file systems.
- Move all NFS export-related stuff from kern/vfs_subr.c to the new
file sys/nfs/nfs_export.c. The former was becoming large and its code
is always compiled, regardless of the build options. Using the latter,
the code is only compiled in when NFSSERVER is enabled. While doing this,
also make some functions in nfs_subs.c conditional to NFSSERVER.
- Add a new command in nfssvc(2), called NFSSVC_SETEXPORTSLIST, that takes a
path and a set of export entries. At the moment it can only clear the
exports list or append entries, one by one, but it is done in a way that
allows setting the whole set of entries atomically in the future (see the
comment in mountd_set_exports_list or in doc/TODO).
- Change mountd(8) to use the nfssvc(2) system call instead of mount(2) so
that it becomes file system agnostic. In fact, all this whole thing was
done to remove a 'XXX' block from this utility!
- Change the mount*, newfs and fsck* userland utilities to not deal with NFS
exports initialization; done internally by the kernel when initializing
the NFS support for each file system.
- Implement an interface for VFS (called VFS hooks) so that several kernel
subsystems can run arbitrary code upon receipt of specific VFS events.
At the moment, this only provides support for unmount and is used to
destroy NFS exports lists from the file systems being unmounted, though it
has room for extension.
Thanks go to yamt@, chs@, thorpej@, wrstuden@ and others for their comments
and advice in the development of this patch.
|
| 1.20 | 05-Feb-2005 |
xtraeme | Kill __P(), use ANSI function declarations; WARNS=3.
|
| 1.19 | 31-Jan-2005 |
erh | Fix PR#3617 and PR#3205: call realpath to convert mount points and paths to
device nodes into absolute paths before using them.
|
| 1.18 | 07-Aug-2003 |
agc | Move UCB-licensed code from 4-clause to 3-clause licence.
Patches provided by Joel Baker in PR 22308, verified by myself.
|
| 1.17 | 22-Mar-2003 |
jdolecek | use <> rather than "" for #include mntopts.h
|
| 1.16 | 06-Jan-2003 |
wiz | writable, not writeable.
|
| 1.15 | 21-Sep-2002 |
christos | MNT_GETARGS support
|
| 1.14 | 30-Oct-2000 |
jdolecek | make the code includable into other programs:
* make static all symbols which do not need to be exported
* rename main() to mount_FOO()
* new main() now just calls mount_FOO(), main() is only compiled in if
MOUNT_NOMAIN is not defined
* a_gid(), a_uid() and a_mask() were put into ../mount/fattr.[ch], local
versions removed
|
| 1.13 | 15-Jul-2000 |
jdolecek | Add an option to do case-insensitive lookups even on Rock-Ridge CD-ROMS.
Add 'rrcaseins' option to mount_cd9660(8).
This addresses kern/2419 by Jason Downs.
|
| 1.12 | 15-Jul-2000 |
jdolecek | add extatt, gens, nojoliet, norrip options - names taken from FreeBSD
add nrr as an alias for norrip, for compatibility with Solaris
retire -e, -g, -j, -r: they are still recognized and handled, but are
not listed in mount_cd9660's SYNOPSIS and are documented as
obsolete in mount_cd9660(8)
update history for joliet support and nomaplcase option
|
| 1.11 | 27-May-2000 |
jdolecek | branches: 1.11.2;
Add new mount option nomaplcase (name taken from Solaris) - if set, file
names read from non-Rock Ridge cdroms won't be translated to lower case.
This is functionally similar to -g flag, but the version numbers on files
are still stripped.
|
| 1.10 | 21-Nov-1999 |
mjl | branches: 1.10.2;
Make usage message match actual options.
|
| 1.9 | 13-Jul-1999 |
scw | branches: 1.9.4;
From PR-7951 by Joachim Kuebart:
Add support for Microsoft Joliet long filename extensions to the
cd9660 filesystem.
|
| 1.8 | 25-Jun-1999 |
perseant | Regularize error reporting of mount_* commands for failure of mount(2)
to the form:
mount_xxx: dev on dir: reason for failure
|
| 1.7 | 28-May-1999 |
mjl | Remove non-existant option -t from usage.
|
| 1.6 | 01-Mar-1998 |
fvdl | branches: 1.6.2;
Merge with Lite2 + local changes
|
| 1.5 | 16-Sep-1997 |
lukem | resolve conflicts from lite-2 merge
|
| 1.4 | 15-Sep-1997 |
lukem | * update for WARNS=1
* getopt returns -1 not EOF
* fix .Nm usage
|
| 1.3 | 13-Apr-1996 |
jtc | Add const qualifier to mopts table
|
| 1.2 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.1 | 08-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | branches: 1.1.1;
Update from 4.4-Lite, with local changes.
|
| 1.1.1.2 | 16-Sep-1997 |
lukem | imported from lite-2
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 13-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Import 4.4-Lite version.
|
| 1.6.2.1 | 05-Sep-1999 |
he | Pull up revision 1.8:
Regularize error reporting of mount_* commands for failure of
mount(2) to the form "mount_xxx: dev on dir: reason for failure"
(as opposed to the old "mount_xxx: : reason for failure").
(perseant)
|
| 1.9.4.1 | 27-Dec-1999 |
wrstuden | Pull up to last week's -current.
|
| 1.10.2.1 | 22-Jun-2000 |
minoura | Sync w/ netbsd-1-5-base.
|
| 1.11.2.2 | 16-Jul-2000 |
jdolecek | pullup from trunk (approved by thorpej):
Add an option to do case-insensitive lookups even on Rock-Ridge CD-ROMS.
Add 'rrcaseins' option to mount_cd9660(8).
This addresses kern/2419 by Jason Downs.
|
| 1.11.2.1 | 15-Jul-2000 |
jdolecek | update from trunk (approved by thorpej):
add extatt, gens, nojoliet, norrip options - names taken from FreeBSD
add nrr as an alias for norrip, for compatibility with Solaris
retire -e, -g, -j, -r: they are still recognized and handled, but are
not listed in mount_cd9660's SYNOPSIS and are documented as
obsolete in mount_cd9660(8)
update history for joliet support and nomaplcase option
|
| 1.26.16.1 | 18-Sep-2008 |
wrstuden | Sync with wrstuden-revivesa-base-2.
|
| 1.26.12.2 | 17-Jan-2009 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.26.12.1 | 28-Sep-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.1 | 05-Aug-2008 |
pooka | branches: 1.1.2; 1.1.4;
Refactor mount utilities to provide a mount_fs_parseargs() routine.
Use this routine both in mount_fs and rump_fs to provide equivalent
command line parameters and therefore usage interchangeability.
While doing this, combine some common mountgoop to mountprog.h
|
| 1.1.4.2 | 28-Sep-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.1.4.1 | 05-Aug-2008 |
mjf | file mount_cd9660.h was added on branch mjf-devfs2 on 2008-09-28 11:17:12 +0000
|
| 1.1.2.2 | 18-Sep-2008 |
wrstuden | Sync with wrstuden-revivesa-base-2.
|
| 1.1.2.1 | 05-Aug-2008 |
wrstuden | file mount_cd9660.h was added on branch wrstuden-revivesa on 2008-09-18 04:28:26 +0000
|
| 1.2 | 11-Aug-2013 |
dholland | These pass WARNS=5, so don't set WARNS=4
|
| 1.1 | 24-Nov-2011 |
ahoka | branches: 1.1.4; 1.1.8;
Import mount_chfs for CHFS.
|
| 1.1.8.1 | 20-Aug-2014 |
tls | Rebase to HEAD as of a few days ago.
|
| 1.1.4.3 | 22-May-2014 |
yamt | sync with head.
for a reference, the tree before this commit was tagged
as yamt-pagecache-tag8.
this commit was splitted into small chunks to avoid
a limitation of cvs. ("Protocol error: too many arguments")
|
| 1.1.4.2 | 17-Apr-2012 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.1.4.1 | 24-Nov-2011 |
yamt | file Makefile was added on branch yamt-pagecache on 2012-04-17 00:05:41 +0000
|
| 1.5 | 07-Jun-2021 |
dholland | Teach mount_chfs to understand -o. From Andrius V.
|
| 1.4 | 12-Sep-2016 |
sevan | Document the version mount_chfs appeared.
Add An macro to AUTHORS section.
Bump date.
|
| 1.3 | 29-Nov-2011 |
ahoka | branches: 1.3.4;
add known bugs
fix license (copypaste)
|
| 1.2 | 24-Nov-2011 |
wiz | Add RCS Id, sort sections, sort SEE ALSO, use more markup.
XXX: is the license correct? it is for jmmv.
|
| 1.1 | 24-Nov-2011 |
ahoka | Import mount_chfs for CHFS.
|
| 1.3.4.2 | 17-Apr-2012 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.3.4.1 | 29-Nov-2011 |
yamt | file mount_chfs.8 was added on branch yamt-pagecache on 2012-04-17 00:05:41 +0000
|
| 1.5 | 16-Jul-2021 |
andvar | Remove commented code, including empty if block. Replace tab with whitespace in usage declaration.
|
| 1.4 | 07-Jun-2021 |
dholland | Teach mount_chfs to understand -o. From Andrius V.
|
| 1.3 | 04-Jun-2021 |
riastradh | mount_chfs(8): Remove some vestiges of chewiefs name.
Add RCS id while here and nix some needless whitespace.
No functional change intended.
Patch from Andrius V.
|
| 1.2 | 13-Sep-2013 |
joerg | branches: 1.2.34;
GC mopts.
|
| 1.1 | 24-Nov-2011 |
ahoka | branches: 1.1.4; 1.1.8;
Import mount_chfs for CHFS.
|
| 1.1.8.1 | 20-Aug-2014 |
tls | Rebase to HEAD as of a few days ago.
|
| 1.1.4.3 | 22-May-2014 |
yamt | sync with head.
for a reference, the tree before this commit was tagged
as yamt-pagecache-tag8.
this commit was splitted into small chunks to avoid
a limitation of cvs. ("Protocol error: too many arguments")
|
| 1.1.4.2 | 17-Apr-2012 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.1.4.1 | 24-Nov-2011 |
yamt | file mount_chfs.c was added on branch yamt-pagecache on 2012-04-17 00:05:41 +0000
|
| 1.2.34.1 | 06-Jun-2021 |
cjep | sync with head
|
| 1.2 | 04-Jun-2021 |
riastradh | mount_chfs(8): Remove some vestiges of chewiefs name.
Add RCS id while here and nix some needless whitespace.
No functional change intended.
Patch from Andrius V.
|
| 1.1 | 24-Nov-2011 |
ahoka | branches: 1.1.4; 1.1.50;
Import mount_chfs for CHFS.
|
| 1.1.50.1 | 06-Jun-2021 |
cjep | sync with head
|
| 1.1.4.2 | 17-Apr-2012 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.1.4.1 | 24-Nov-2011 |
yamt | file mount_chfs.h was added on branch yamt-pagecache on 2012-04-17 00:05:41 +0000
|
| 1.2 | 05-Aug-2008 |
pooka | Refactor mount utilities to provide a mount_fs_parseargs() routine.
Use this routine both in mount_fs and rump_fs to provide equivalent
command line parameters and therefore usage interchangeability.
While doing this, combine some common mountgoop to mountprog.h
|
| 1.1 | 29-Jun-2007 |
rumble | branches: 1.1.12; 1.1.16;
Add read-only support for SGI's Extent File System.
Reviewed by pooka@.
|
| 1.1.16.1 | 18-Sep-2008 |
wrstuden | Sync with wrstuden-revivesa-base-2.
|
| 1.1.12.1 | 28-Sep-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.4 | 29-May-2013 |
wiz | De-capitalize `.Nd' macro argument.
From Bug Hunting.
|
| 1.3 | 05-Jan-2009 |
pooka | branches: 1.3.8; 1.3.14;
EFS -> SGI EFS in NAME
|
| 1.2 | 30-Jun-2007 |
rumble | branches: 1.2.12;
Make mount_efs.8 and svhlabel.8 reference one another.
|
| 1.1 | 29-Jun-2007 |
rumble | Add read-only support for SGI's Extent File System.
Reviewed by pooka@.
|
| 1.2.12.1 | 17-Jan-2009 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.3.14.1 | 23-Jun-2013 |
tls | resync from head
|
| 1.3.8.1 | 22-May-2014 |
yamt | sync with head.
for a reference, the tree before this commit was tagged
as yamt-pagecache-tag8.
this commit was splitted into small chunks to avoid
a limitation of cvs. ("Protocol error: too many arguments")
|
| 1.6 | 03-Nov-2024 |
rillig | sbin, usr.bin, usr.sbin: remove redundant getopt declarations
No binary change, except for assertion line numbers in tprof.
|
| 1.5 | 29-Aug-2011 |
joerg | branches: 1.5.54;
Use __dead
|
| 1.4 | 05-Aug-2008 |
pooka | Refactor mount utilities to provide a mount_fs_parseargs() routine.
Use this routine both in mount_fs and rump_fs to provide equivalent
command line parameters and therefore usage interchangeability.
While doing this, combine some common mountgoop to mountprog.h
|
| 1.3 | 16-Jul-2007 |
pooka | branches: 1.3.12; 1.3.16;
Make all mount(2) return value error checks against -1. Some file
systems just checked != 0, breaking MNT_GETARGS. Others worked with < 0,
but make them check against -1 too for consistency. And sprinkle some
stylish line wrapping where appropriate.
|
| 1.2 | 14-Jul-2007 |
dsl | Add additional 'sizeof args' parameter to mount(2).
|
| 1.1 | 29-Jun-2007 |
rumble | Add read-only support for SGI's Extent File System.
Reviewed by pooka@.
|
| 1.3.16.1 | 18-Sep-2008 |
wrstuden | Sync with wrstuden-revivesa-base-2.
|
| 1.3.12.1 | 28-Sep-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.5.54.1 | 02-Aug-2025 |
perseant | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.1 | 05-Aug-2008 |
pooka | branches: 1.1.2; 1.1.4;
Refactor mount utilities to provide a mount_fs_parseargs() routine.
Use this routine both in mount_fs and rump_fs to provide equivalent
command line parameters and therefore usage interchangeability.
While doing this, combine some common mountgoop to mountprog.h
|
| 1.1.4.2 | 28-Sep-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.1.4.1 | 05-Aug-2008 |
mjf | file mount_efs.h was added on branch mjf-devfs2 on 2008-09-28 11:17:12 +0000
|
| 1.1.2.2 | 18-Sep-2008 |
wrstuden | Sync with wrstuden-revivesa-base-2.
|
| 1.1.2.1 | 05-Aug-2008 |
wrstuden | file mount_efs.h was added on branch wrstuden-revivesa on 2008-09-18 04:28:26 +0000
|
| 1.8 | 05-Aug-2008 |
pooka | Refactor mount utilities to provide a mount_fs_parseargs() routine.
Use this routine both in mount_fs and rump_fs to provide equivalent
command line parameters and therefore usage interchangeability.
While doing this, combine some common mountgoop to mountprog.h
|
| 1.7 | 27-Jun-2005 |
christos | branches: 1.7.20; 1.7.24;
Move WARNS=3 to the Makefile.inc, and add a little const to the remaining
programs that did not compile before.
|
| 1.6 | 05-Feb-2005 |
xtraeme | Kill __P(), use ANSI function declarations; WARNS=3.
|
| 1.5 | 22-Mar-2003 |
jdolecek | move getmntopts(3) to libutil, build and install also it's manpage
bump libutil minor
adjust individual mount_*/Makefile to use libutil getmntopts(3)
|
| 1.4 | 19-Aug-2002 |
lukem | Use ${NETBSDSRCDIR}/some/path instead of ${.CURDIR}/../../some/path
|
| 1.3 | 09-Jan-1998 |
perry | RCS Id Police.
|
| 1.2 | 10-Oct-1997 |
christos | CFLAGS->CPPFLAGS
|
| 1.1 | 11-Jun-1997 |
bouyer | Add support programs for ext2fs. fsck_ext2fs is derived from fsck_ffs.
|
| 1.7.24.1 | 18-Sep-2008 |
wrstuden | Sync with wrstuden-revivesa-base-2.
|
| 1.7.20.1 | 28-Sep-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.16 | 29-May-2013 |
wiz | De-capitalize `.Nd' macro argument.
From Bug Hunting.
|
| 1.15 | 22-Feb-2010 |
tsutsui | branches: 1.15.6; 1.15.12;
32 bit UID and GID support on ext2fs has been added since 5.0
so remove description about the limitations from BUGS section.
|
| 1.14 | 21-Feb-2010 |
wiz | Call the file system "ext2" consistently. Suggested by tsutsui.
|
| 1.13 | 31-Jan-2005 |
erh | Fix PR#3617 and PR#3205: call realpath to convert mount points and paths to
device nodes into absolute paths before using them.
|
| 1.12 | 07-Aug-2003 |
agc | Move UCB-licensed code from 4-clause to 3-clause licence.
Patches provided by Joel Baker in PR 22308, verified by myself.
|
| 1.11 | 25-Feb-2003 |
wiz | .Nm does not need a dummy argument ("") before punctuation or
for correct formatting of the SYNOPSIS any longer.
|
| 1.10 | 16-Nov-2001 |
wiz | Sort sections.
|
| 1.9 | 16-Nov-2001 |
wiz | Whitespace nits
|
| 1.8 | 05-Jun-2001 |
wiz | Drop arguments of .Os.
|
| 1.7 | 28-Jan-2000 |
bouyer | Updates for ext2fs revision 1.
|
| 1.6 | 07-Mar-1999 |
mycroft | Clean up SYNOPSIS formatting.
|
| 1.5 | 06-Feb-1998 |
perry | macroize BSD, NetBSD, FreeBSD and misc cleanup
|
| 1.4 | 15-Sep-1997 |
lukem | * cleanup WARNS=1
* getopt returns -1 not EOF
* use .Nm correctly
|
| 1.3 | 09-Jul-1997 |
mikel | fix typos and other nits
|
| 1.2 | 12-Jun-1997 |
bouyer | Add a BUGS section, and xref options(4).
|
| 1.1 | 11-Jun-1997 |
bouyer | Add support programs for ext2fs. fsck_ext2fs is derived from fsck_ffs.
|
| 1.15.12.1 | 23-Jun-2013 |
tls | resync from head
|
| 1.15.6.1 | 22-May-2014 |
yamt | sync with head.
for a reference, the tree before this commit was tagged
as yamt-pagecache-tag8.
this commit was splitted into small chunks to avoid
a limitation of cvs. ("Protocol error: too many arguments")
|
| 1.23 | 21-Feb-2016 |
christos | Add MOPT_{REL,NO}ATIME as supported by the underlying filesystems.
|
| 1.22 | 29-Aug-2011 |
joerg | Use __dead
|
| 1.21 | 05-Aug-2008 |
pooka | Refactor mount utilities to provide a mount_fs_parseargs() routine.
Use this routine both in mount_fs and rump_fs to provide equivalent
command line parameters and therefore usage interchangeability.
While doing this, combine some common mountgoop to mountprog.h
|
| 1.20 | 20-Jul-2008 |
lukem | Remove the \n and tabs from the __COPYRIGHT() strings.
(Tweak some to use a consistent format.)
|
| 1.19 | 16-Jul-2007 |
pooka | branches: 1.19.12; 1.19.16;
Make all mount(2) return value error checks against -1. Some file
systems just checked != 0, breaking MNT_GETARGS. Others worked with < 0,
but make them check against -1 too for consistency. And sprinkle some
stylish line wrapping where appropriate.
|
| 1.18 | 14-Jul-2007 |
dsl | Add additional 'sizeof args' parameter to mount(2).
|
| 1.17 | 16-Oct-2006 |
christos | use MOPT_NULL
|
| 1.16 | 16-Oct-2006 |
christos | c99 initializer
|
| 1.15 | 21-Mar-2006 |
christos | Always check the results of getmntopts() and free them.
|
| 1.14 | 23-Sep-2005 |
jmmv | Apply the NFS exports list rototill patch:
- Remove all NFS related stuff from file system specific code.
- Drop the vfs_checkexp hook and generalize it in the new nfs_check_export
function, thus removing redundancy from all file systems.
- Move all NFS export-related stuff from kern/vfs_subr.c to the new
file sys/nfs/nfs_export.c. The former was becoming large and its code
is always compiled, regardless of the build options. Using the latter,
the code is only compiled in when NFSSERVER is enabled. While doing this,
also make some functions in nfs_subs.c conditional to NFSSERVER.
- Add a new command in nfssvc(2), called NFSSVC_SETEXPORTSLIST, that takes a
path and a set of export entries. At the moment it can only clear the
exports list or append entries, one by one, but it is done in a way that
allows setting the whole set of entries atomically in the future (see the
comment in mountd_set_exports_list or in doc/TODO).
- Change mountd(8) to use the nfssvc(2) system call instead of mount(2) so
that it becomes file system agnostic. In fact, all this whole thing was
done to remove a 'XXX' block from this utility!
- Change the mount*, newfs and fsck* userland utilities to not deal with NFS
exports initialization; done internally by the kernel when initializing
the NFS support for each file system.
- Implement an interface for VFS (called VFS hooks) so that several kernel
subsystems can run arbitrary code upon receipt of specific VFS events.
At the moment, this only provides support for unmount and is used to
destroy NFS exports lists from the file systems being unmounted, though it
has room for extension.
Thanks go to yamt@, chs@, thorpej@, wrstuden@ and others for their comments
and advice in the development of this patch.
|
| 1.13 | 05-Feb-2005 |
xtraeme | Kill __P(), use ANSI function declarations; WARNS=3.
|
| 1.12 | 31-Jan-2005 |
erh | Fix PR#3617 and PR#3205: call realpath to convert mount points and paths to
device nodes into absolute paths before using them.
|
| 1.11 | 07-Aug-2003 |
agc | Move UCB-licensed code from 4-clause to 3-clause licence.
Patches provided by Joel Baker in PR 22308, verified by myself.
|
| 1.10 | 22-Mar-2003 |
jdolecek | use <> rather than "" for #include mntopts.h
|
| 1.9 | 21-Sep-2002 |
christos | MNT_GETARGS support
|
| 1.8 | 30-Oct-2000 |
jdolecek | make the code includable into other programs:
* make static all symbols which do not need to be exported
* rename main() to mount_FOO()
* new main() now just calls mount_FOO(), main() is only compiled in if
MOUNT_NOMAIN is not defined
* a_gid(), a_uid() and a_mask() were put into ../mount/fattr.[ch], local
versions removed
|
| 1.7 | 14-Apr-2000 |
simonb | Don't declare 'extern opt*' getopt variables.
|
| 1.6 | 02-Dec-1998 |
kenh | Do this for ext2fs as well, because Manuel said so.
|
| 1.5 | 26-Jul-1998 |
mycroft | const poisoning.
|
| 1.4 | 01-Mar-1998 |
fvdl | Merge with Lite2 + local changes
|
| 1.3 | 16-Sep-1997 |
lukem | apply mods from lite-2 vers. of mount/mount_ufs.c (which this is derived from)
|
| 1.2 | 15-Sep-1997 |
lukem | * cleanup WARNS=1
* getopt returns -1 not EOF
* use .Nm correctly
|
| 1.1 | 11-Jun-1997 |
bouyer | Add support programs for ext2fs. fsck_ext2fs is derived from fsck_ffs.
|
| 1.19.16.1 | 18-Sep-2008 |
wrstuden | Sync with wrstuden-revivesa-base-2.
|
| 1.19.12.1 | 28-Sep-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.1 | 05-Aug-2008 |
pooka | branches: 1.1.2; 1.1.4;
Refactor mount utilities to provide a mount_fs_parseargs() routine.
Use this routine both in mount_fs and rump_fs to provide equivalent
command line parameters and therefore usage interchangeability.
While doing this, combine some common mountgoop to mountprog.h
|
| 1.1.4.2 | 28-Sep-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.1.4.1 | 05-Aug-2008 |
mjf | file mount_ext2fs.h was added on branch mjf-devfs2 on 2008-09-28 11:17:12 +0000
|
| 1.1.2.2 | 18-Sep-2008 |
wrstuden | Sync with wrstuden-revivesa-base-2.
|
| 1.1.2.1 | 05-Aug-2008 |
wrstuden | file mount_ext2fs.h was added on branch wrstuden-revivesa on 2008-09-18 04:28:26 +0000
|
| 1.14 | 26-Jul-2020 |
mlelstv | Refactor remaining mount_* commands to use the common pathadj()
function for resolving paths.
Make pathadj() no longer warn about symlinks. Symlinks in /dev are
regularly used in several places like LVM . The warning was also
only visible when calling a mount_* command directly as mount(8)
itself would resolve the path witout warning before passing it to
a mount_* command.
|
| 1.13 | 27-Jun-2005 |
christos | Move WARNS=3 to the Makefile.inc, and add a little const to the remaining
programs that did not compile before.
|
| 1.12 | 05-Feb-2005 |
xtraeme | Kill __P(), use ANSI function declarations; WARNS=3.
|
| 1.11 | 22-Mar-2003 |
jdolecek | move getmntopts(3) to libutil, build and install also it's manpage
bump libutil minor
adjust individual mount_*/Makefile to use libutil getmntopts(3)
|
| 1.10 | 19-Aug-2002 |
lukem | Use ${NETBSDSRCDIR}/some/path instead of ${.CURDIR}/../../some/path
|
| 1.9 | 10-Oct-1997 |
christos | CFLAGS->CPPFLAGS
|
| 1.8 | 08-May-1997 |
gwr | Back out the .PATH.c changes. The .depend problem (and others)
will be fixed using the new .NOPATH make feature instead.
|
| 1.7 | 06-May-1997 |
gwr | Use .PATH.c: ...
|
| 1.6 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.5 | 22-Dec-1994 |
cgd | specify man pages the new way.
|
| 1.4 | 08-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Update from 4.4-Lite, with local changes.
|
| 1.3 | 12-Jan-1994 |
cgd | update from jsp
|
| 1.2 | 30-Jul-1993 |
mycroft | Merge changes from netbsd-0-9 branch.
|
| 1.1 | 28-Mar-1993 |
cgd | branches: 1.1.1; 1.1.2;
merged version of mount_fdesc and mount_kernfs
|
| 1.1.2.2 | 20-Jul-1993 |
cgd | break mount_miscfs into mount_kernfs and mount_fdesc
|
| 1.1.2.1 | 19-Jul-1993 |
cgd | add man pages for mount_fdesc and mount_kernfs.
after things settle down, i've decided that these should be broken
out into their component programs again; combining them was a mistake...
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 13-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Import 4.4-Lite version.
|
| 1.16 | 30-Dec-2013 |
dholland | Add crossreference to fd(4) as noted a while back in PR 45694. Bump date.
|
| 1.15 | 31-Jan-2005 |
erh | branches: 1.15.50; 1.15.56;
Fix PR#3617 and PR#3205: call realpath to convert mount points and paths to
device nodes into absolute paths before using them.
|
| 1.14 | 07-Aug-2003 |
agc | Move UCB-licensed code from 4-clause to 3-clause licence.
Patches provided by Joel Baker in PR 22308, verified by myself.
|
| 1.13 | 25-Feb-2003 |
wiz | .Nm does not need a dummy argument ("") before punctuation or
for correct formatting of the SYNOPSIS any longer.
|
| 1.12 | 16-Nov-2001 |
wiz | Sort sections, use standard section headers.
|
| 1.11 | 16-Nov-2001 |
wiz | Whitespace nits
|
| 1.10 | 05-Jun-2001 |
wiz | Drop arguments of .Os.
|
| 1.9 | 07-Mar-1999 |
mycroft | Clean up SYNOPSIS formatting.
|
| 1.8 | 06-Feb-1998 |
perry | macroize BSD, NetBSD, FreeBSD and misc cleanup
|
| 1.7 | 15-Sep-1997 |
lukem | * update for WARNS=1
* getopt returns -1 not EOF
* fix .Nm usage
|
| 1.6 | 17-Dec-1995 |
ghudson | fdescfs now provides . and .. entries, so remove the comment about
them not being there.
|
| 1.5 | 23-Apr-1995 |
cgd | slightly clean rcs ids, etc.
|
| 1.4 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.3 | 08-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Update from 4.4-Lite, with local changes.
|
| 1.2 | 12-Jan-1994 |
cgd | update from jsp
|
| 1.1 | 19-Jul-1993 |
cgd | branches: 1.1.1; 1.1.2;
add man pages for mount_fdesc and mount_kernfs.
after things settle down, i've decided that these should be broken
out into their component programs again; combining them was a mistake...
|
| 1.1.2.2 | 19-Jul-1993 |
cgd | add man pages for mount_fdesc and mount_kernfs.
after things settle down, i've decided that these should be broken
out into their component programs again; combining them was a mistake...
|
| 1.1.2.1 | 19-Jul-1993 |
cgd | file mount_fdesc.8 was added on branch netbsd-0-9 on 1993-07-19 23:49:28 +0000
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 13-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Import 4.4-Lite version.
|
| 1.15.56.1 | 20-Aug-2014 |
tls | Rebase to HEAD as of a few days ago.
|
| 1.15.50.1 | 22-May-2014 |
yamt | sync with head.
for a reference, the tree before this commit was tagged
as yamt-pagecache-tag8.
this commit was splitted into small chunks to avoid
a limitation of cvs. ("Protocol error: too many arguments")
|
| 1.27 | 26-Jul-2020 |
mlelstv | Refactor remaining mount_* commands to use the common pathadj()
function for resolving paths.
Make pathadj() no longer warn about symlinks. Symlinks in /dev are
regularly used in several places like LVM . The warning was also
only visible when calling a mount_* command directly as mount(8)
itself would resolve the path witout warning before passing it to
a mount_* command.
|
| 1.26 | 29-Aug-2011 |
joerg | Use __dead
|
| 1.25 | 31-Mar-2010 |
pooka | initialize canon_dev
|
| 1.24 | 31-Jul-2009 |
pooka | convert to parseargs form
|
| 1.23 | 31-Jul-2009 |
pooka | Shortcircuit -o getargs in userspace. We know the kernel driver
will not return any data and mount(2) fails with EINVAL if data_len
is 0. This caused lame-o output in mount -vv:
mount_fdesc: fdesc on /failsystem: Invalid argument
|
| 1.22 | 20-Jul-2008 |
lukem | Remove the \n and tabs from the __COPYRIGHT() strings.
(Tweak some to use a consistent format.)
|
| 1.21 | 16-Jul-2007 |
pooka | branches: 1.21.12; 1.21.16;
Make all mount(2) return value error checks against -1. Some file
systems just checked != 0, breaking MNT_GETARGS. Others worked with < 0,
but make them check against -1 too for consistency. And sprinkle some
stylish line wrapping where appropriate.
|
| 1.20 | 14-Jul-2007 |
dsl | Add additional 'sizeof args' parameter to mount(2).
|
| 1.19 | 16-Oct-2006 |
christos | use MOPT_NULL
|
| 1.18 | 16-Oct-2006 |
christos | c99 initializer
|
| 1.17 | 21-Mar-2006 |
christos | Always check the results of getmntopts() and free them.
|
| 1.16 | 05-Feb-2005 |
xtraeme | Kill __P(), use ANSI function declarations; WARNS=3.
|
| 1.15 | 31-Jan-2005 |
erh | Fix PR#3617 and PR#3205: call realpath to convert mount points and paths to
device nodes into absolute paths before using them.
|
| 1.14 | 07-Aug-2003 |
agc | Move UCB-licensed code from 4-clause to 3-clause licence.
Patches provided by Joel Baker in PR 22308, verified by myself.
|
| 1.13 | 22-Mar-2003 |
jdolecek | use <> rather than "" for #include mntopts.h
|
| 1.12 | 21-Sep-2002 |
christos | MNT_GETARGS support
|
| 1.11 | 30-Oct-2000 |
jdolecek | make the code includable into other programs:
* make static all symbols which do not need to be exported
* rename main() to mount_FOO()
* new main() now just calls mount_FOO(), main() is only compiled in if
MOUNT_NOMAIN is not defined
* a_gid(), a_uid() and a_mask() were put into ../mount/fattr.[ch], local
versions removed
|
| 1.10 | 25-Jun-1999 |
perseant | Regularize error reporting of mount_* commands for failure of mount(2)
to the form:
mount_xxx: dev on dir: reason for failure
|
| 1.9 | 16-Sep-1997 |
lukem | branches: 1.9.4;
resolve conflicts from lite-2 merge
|
| 1.8 | 15-Sep-1997 |
lukem | * update for WARNS=1
* getopt returns -1 not EOF
* fix .Nm usage
|
| 1.7 | 13-Apr-1996 |
jtc | Add const qualifier to mopts table
|
| 1.6 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.5 | 08-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Update from 4.4-Lite, with local changes.
|
| 1.4 | 12-Jan-1994 |
cgd | update from jsp
|
| 1.3 | 24-Aug-1993 |
pk | Initialized `mntflags'.
|
| 1.2 | 30-Jul-1993 |
mycroft | Merge changes from netbsd-0-9 branch.
|
| 1.1 | 28-Mar-1993 |
cgd | branches: 1.1.1; 1.1.2;
merged version of mount_fdesc and mount_kernfs
|
| 1.1.2.1 | 20-Jul-1993 |
cgd | break mount_miscfs into mount_kernfs and mount_fdesc
|
| 1.1.1.2 | 16-Sep-1997 |
lukem | imported from lite-2
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 13-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Import 4.4-Lite version.
|
| 1.9.4.1 | 05-Sep-1999 |
he | Pull up revision 1.10:
Regularize error reporting of mount_* commands for failure of
mount(2) to the form "mount_xxx: dev on dir: reason for failure"
(as opposed to the old "mount_xxx: : reason for failure").
(perseant)
|
| 1.21.16.1 | 18-Sep-2008 |
wrstuden | Sync with wrstuden-revivesa-base-2.
|
| 1.21.12.1 | 28-Sep-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.1 | 31-Jul-2009 |
pooka | convert to parseargs form
|
| 1.10 | 10-Apr-2011 |
joerg | Extend CPPFLAGS, don't replace it
|
| 1.9 | 05-Aug-2008 |
pooka | Refactor mount utilities to provide a mount_fs_parseargs() routine.
Use this routine both in mount_fs and rump_fs to provide equivalent
command line parameters and therefore usage interchangeability.
While doing this, combine some common mountgoop to mountprog.h
|
| 1.8 | 27-Jun-2005 |
christos | branches: 1.8.20; 1.8.24;
Move WARNS=3 to the Makefile.inc, and add a little const to the remaining
programs that did not compile before.
|
| 1.7 | 05-Feb-2005 |
xtraeme | ll __P(), use ANSI function declarations; WARNS=3.
|
| 1.6 | 22-Mar-2003 |
jdolecek | move getmntopts(3) to libutil, build and install also it's manpage
bump libutil minor
adjust individual mount_*/Makefile to use libutil getmntopts(3)
|
| 1.5 | 19-Aug-2002 |
lukem | Use ${NETBSDSRCDIR}/some/path instead of ${.CURDIR}/../../some/path
|
| 1.4 | 10-Oct-1997 |
christos | CFLAGS->CPPFLAGS
|
| 1.3 | 08-May-1997 |
gwr | Back out the .PATH.c changes. The .depend problem (and others)
will be fixed using the new .NOPATH make feature instead.
|
| 1.2 | 06-May-1997 |
gwr | Use .PATH.c: ...
|
| 1.1 | 12-Jul-1995 |
cgd | split FFS mount code out of mount(8). the correct way to name fast file
systems is now 'ffs', though 'ufs' is tolerated in fstab for backward
compatibility.
|
| 1.8.24.1 | 18-Sep-2008 |
wrstuden | Sync with wrstuden-revivesa-base-2.
|
| 1.8.20.1 | 28-Sep-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.13 | 31-Jan-2005 |
erh | Fix PR#3617 and PR#3205: call realpath to convert mount points and paths to
device nodes into absolute paths before using them.
|
| 1.12 | 07-Aug-2003 |
agc | Move UCB-licensed code from 4-clause to 3-clause licence.
Patches provided by Joel Baker in PR 22308, verified by myself.
|
| 1.11 | 25-Feb-2003 |
wiz | .Nm does not need a dummy argument ("") before punctuation or
for correct formatting of the SYNOPSIS any longer.
|
| 1.10 | 01-Oct-2002 |
wiz | New sentence, new line. By Robert Elz with minimal fixes.
|
| 1.9 | 16-Nov-2001 |
wiz | Sort sections.
|
| 1.8 | 05-Jun-2001 |
wiz | Drop arguments of .Os.
|
| 1.7 | 05-Mar-2001 |
aymeric | Move reference to article on soft-updates from tunefs.8 to mount_ffs.8
OK'd by Ignatios.
|
| 1.6 | 07-Mar-1999 |
mycroft | Clean up SYNOPSIS formatting.
|
| 1.5 | 24-Nov-1997 |
lukem | fix .Nx usage (use 1.0 instead of 0.9a, etc), and other minor cleanups
|
| 1.4 | 15-Oct-1997 |
fvdl | .Nm " " -> .Nm mount_ufs, the old name should be specifically mentioned
here.
|
| 1.3 | 15-Sep-1997 |
lukem | * update for WARNS=1
* getopt returns -1 not EOF
* fix .Nm usage
|
| 1.2 | 05-Feb-1996 |
jtc | Removed extraneous text; From Mike Long <mike.long@analog.com>
|
| 1.1 | 12-Jul-1995 |
cgd | split FFS mount code out of mount(8). the correct way to name fast file
systems is now 'ffs', though 'ufs' is tolerated in fstab for backward
compatibility.
|
| 1.30 | 18-Sep-2021 |
christos | Change the default for ACLs to be posix1e instead of nfsv4 to match FreeBSD.
Requested by chuq.
|
| 1.29 | 16-May-2020 |
christos | Add ACL support for FFS. From FreeBSD.
|
| 1.28 | 19-Oct-2012 |
drochner | Implement experimental support to pass notifications that a file
was deleted from the filesystem to the disk driver, commonly
known as "discard" or "trim".
fs/driver support is in ffs and ata wd for now.
This is what was posted here:
http://mail-index.netbsd.org/tech-kern/2012/02/28/msg012813.html
with minor cleanup, and the global switch replaced by a mount option.
|
| 1.27 | 29-Aug-2011 |
joerg | branches: 1.27.2; 1.27.8;
Use __dead
|
| 1.26 | 17-Jun-2011 |
manu | Add mount -o extattr option to enable extended attributs (corrently only
for UFS1).
Remove kernel option for EA backing store autocreation and do it by
default. Add a sysctl so that autocreated attriutr size can be modified.
|
| 1.25 | 05-Aug-2008 |
pooka | branches: 1.25.10; 1.25.18;
Refactor mount utilities to provide a mount_fs_parseargs() routine.
Use this routine both in mount_fs and rump_fs to provide equivalent
command line parameters and therefore usage interchangeability.
While doing this, combine some common mountgoop to mountprog.h
|
| 1.24 | 31-Jul-2008 |
simonb | Merge the simonb-wapbl branch. From the original branch commit:
Add Wasabi System's WAPBL (Write Ahead Physical Block Logging)
journaling code. Originally written by Darrin B. Jewell while
at Wasabi and updated to -current by Antti Kantee, Andy Doran,
Greg Oster and Simon Burge.
OK'd by core@, releng@.
|
| 1.23 | 20-Jul-2008 |
lukem | Remove the \n and tabs from the __COPYRIGHT() strings.
(Tweak some to use a consistent format.)
|
| 1.22 | 16-Jul-2007 |
pooka | branches: 1.22.12; 1.22.16; 1.22.18;
Make all mount(2) return value error checks against -1. Some file
systems just checked != 0, breaking MNT_GETARGS. Others worked with < 0,
but make them check against -1 too for consistency. And sprinkle some
stylish line wrapping where appropriate.
|
| 1.21 | 14-Jul-2007 |
dsl | Add additional 'sizeof args' parameter to mount(2).
|
| 1.20 | 16-Oct-2006 |
christos | use MOPT_NULL
|
| 1.19 | 21-Mar-2006 |
christos | Always check the results of getmntopts() and free them.
|
| 1.18 | 23-Sep-2005 |
jmmv | Apply the NFS exports list rototill patch:
- Remove all NFS related stuff from file system specific code.
- Drop the vfs_checkexp hook and generalize it in the new nfs_check_export
function, thus removing redundancy from all file systems.
- Move all NFS export-related stuff from kern/vfs_subr.c to the new
file sys/nfs/nfs_export.c. The former was becoming large and its code
is always compiled, regardless of the build options. Using the latter,
the code is only compiled in when NFSSERVER is enabled. While doing this,
also make some functions in nfs_subs.c conditional to NFSSERVER.
- Add a new command in nfssvc(2), called NFSSVC_SETEXPORTSLIST, that takes a
path and a set of export entries. At the moment it can only clear the
exports list or append entries, one by one, but it is done in a way that
allows setting the whole set of entries atomically in the future (see the
comment in mountd_set_exports_list or in doc/TODO).
- Change mountd(8) to use the nfssvc(2) system call instead of mount(2) so
that it becomes file system agnostic. In fact, all this whole thing was
done to remove a 'XXX' block from this utility!
- Change the mount*, newfs and fsck* userland utilities to not deal with NFS
exports initialization; done internally by the kernel when initializing
the NFS support for each file system.
- Implement an interface for VFS (called VFS hooks) so that several kernel
subsystems can run arbitrary code upon receipt of specific VFS events.
At the moment, this only provides support for unmount and is used to
destroy NFS exports lists from the file systems being unmounted, though it
has room for extension.
Thanks go to yamt@, chs@, thorpej@, wrstuden@ and others for their comments
and advice in the development of this patch.
|
| 1.17 | 05-Feb-2005 |
xtraeme | ll __P(), use ANSI function declarations; WARNS=3.
|
| 1.16 | 31-Jan-2005 |
erh | Fix PR#3617 and PR#3205: call realpath to convert mount points and paths to
device nodes into absolute paths before using them.
|
| 1.15 | 07-Aug-2003 |
agc | Move UCB-licensed code from 4-clause to 3-clause licence.
Patches provided by Joel Baker in PR 22308, verified by myself.
|
| 1.14 | 22-Mar-2003 |
jdolecek | use <> rather than "" for #include mntopts.h
|
| 1.13 | 21-Sep-2002 |
christos | MNT_GETARGS support
|
| 1.12 | 30-Oct-2000 |
jdolecek | make the code includable into other programs:
* make static all symbols which do not need to be exported
* rename main() to mount_FOO()
* new main() now just calls mount_FOO(), main() is only compiled in if
MOUNT_NOMAIN is not defined
* a_gid(), a_uid() and a_mask() were put into ../mount/fattr.[ch], local
versions removed
|
| 1.11 | 15-Jun-2000 |
fvdl | Enable -o softdep.
|
| 1.10 | 14-Apr-2000 |
simonb | branches: 1.10.2;
Don't declare 'extern opt*' getopt variables.
|
| 1.9 | 01-Dec-1998 |
kenh | Add support for a new flag: "nodevmtime". This sets the MNT_NODEVMTIME mount
flag.
|
| 1.8 | 26-Jul-1998 |
mycroft | const poisoning.
|
| 1.7 | 01-Mar-1998 |
fvdl | Merge with Lite2 + local changes
|
| 1.6 | 16-Sep-1997 |
lukem | apply mods from lite-2 vers. of mount/mount_ufs.c (which this is derived from)
|
| 1.5 | 15-Sep-1997 |
lukem | * update for WARNS=1
* getopt returns -1 not EOF
* fix .Nm usage
|
| 1.4 | 30-Jan-1997 |
tls | add support for noatime mount flag
|
| 1.3 | 13-Apr-1996 |
jtc | Add const qualifier to mopts table
|
| 1.2 | 11-Nov-1995 |
mycroft | MOUNT_UFS -> MOUNT_FFS, and remove bogus comment.
|
| 1.1 | 12-Jul-1995 |
cgd | branches: 1.1.2;
split FFS mount code out of mount(8). the correct way to name fast file
systems is now 'ffs', though 'ufs' is tolerated in fstab for backward
compatibility.
|
| 1.1.2.1 | 01-Nov-1995 |
jtc | complete ufs -> ffs change (From John Kohl; PR #1403)
|
| 1.10.2.1 | 22-Jun-2000 |
minoura | Sync w/ netbsd-1-5-base.
|
| 1.22.18.2 | 28-Jul-2008 |
simonb | Sync with head.
|
| 1.22.18.1 | 10-Jun-2008 |
simonb | Initial commit of Wasabi System's WAPBL (Write Ahead Physical Block
Logging) journaling code. Originally written by Darrin B. Jewell
while at Wasabi and updated to -current by Antti Kantee, Andy Doran,
Greg Oster and Simon Burge.
Still a number of issues - look in doc/BRANCHES for "simonb-wapbl"
for more info.
|
| 1.22.16.1 | 18-Sep-2008 |
wrstuden | Sync with wrstuden-revivesa-base-2.
|
| 1.22.12.1 | 28-Sep-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.25.18.1 | 23-Jun-2011 |
cherry | Catchup with rmind-uvmplock merge.
|
| 1.25.10.3 | 21-Oct-2010 |
uebayasi | After consideration, put back "xip" mount option.
The internal behavior is totally different between with and without
the option; automatic detection and/or fall-through are not user
friendly. mount(8) returning the "xip" flag is also informative.
|
| 1.25.10.2 | 28-May-2010 |
uebayasi | Remove the "xip" option from mount_ffs(8) for simplicity.
|
| 1.25.10.1 | 11-Feb-2010 |
uebayasi | Support the "xip" option.
|
| 1.27.8.1 | 20-Nov-2012 |
tls | Resync to 2012-11-19 00:00:00 UTC
|
| 1.27.2.1 | 30-Oct-2012 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.1 | 05-Aug-2008 |
pooka | branches: 1.1.2; 1.1.4;
Refactor mount utilities to provide a mount_fs_parseargs() routine.
Use this routine both in mount_fs and rump_fs to provide equivalent
command line parameters and therefore usage interchangeability.
While doing this, combine some common mountgoop to mountprog.h
|
| 1.1.4.2 | 28-Sep-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.1.4.1 | 05-Aug-2008 |
mjf | file mount_ffs.h was added on branch mjf-devfs2 on 2008-09-28 11:17:12 +0000
|
| 1.1.2.2 | 18-Sep-2008 |
wrstuden | Sync with wrstuden-revivesa-base-2.
|
| 1.1.2.1 | 05-Aug-2008 |
wrstuden | file mount_ffs.h was added on branch wrstuden-revivesa on 2008-09-18 04:28:26 +0000
|
| 1.9 | 26-Jul-2020 |
mlelstv | Refactor remaining mount_* commands to use the common pathadj()
function for resolving paths.
Make pathadj() no longer warn about symlinks. Symlinks in /dev are
regularly used in several places like LVM . The warning was also
only visible when calling a mount_* command directly as mount(8)
itself would resolve the path witout warning before passing it to
a mount_* command.
|
| 1.8 | 27-Jun-2005 |
christos | Move WARNS=3 to the Makefile.inc, and add a little const to the remaining
programs that did not compile before.
|
| 1.7 | 05-Feb-2005 |
xtraeme | Kill __P(), use ANSI function declarations; WARNS=3.
|
| 1.6 | 22-Mar-2003 |
jdolecek | move getmntopts(3) to libutil, build and install also it's manpage
bump libutil minor
adjust individual mount_*/Makefile to use libutil getmntopts(3)
|
| 1.5 | 21-Sep-2002 |
christos | MNT_GETARGS support
|
| 1.4 | 19-Aug-2002 |
lukem | Use ${NETBSDSRCDIR}/some/path instead of ${.CURDIR}/../../some/path
|
| 1.3 | 30-Oct-2000 |
jdolecek | make the code includable into other programs:
* make static all symbols which do not need to be exported
* rename main() to mount_FOO()
* new main() now just calls mount_FOO(), main() is only compiled in if
MOUNT_NOMAIN is not defined
* a_gid(), a_uid() and a_mask() were put into ../mount/fattr.[ch], local
versions removed
|
| 1.2 | 14-Aug-1998 |
mark | Add man page for mount_filecore.
|
| 1.1 | 14-Aug-1998 |
mark | Initial commit of mount_filecore used for mounting filecorefs partitions.
|
| 1.13 | 31-Jan-2005 |
erh | Fix PR#3617 and PR#3205: call realpath to convert mount points and paths to
device nodes into absolute paths before using them.
|
| 1.12 | 25-Jun-2004 |
wiz | Sort options; bump date.
|
| 1.11 | 25-Feb-2003 |
wiz | .Nm does not need a dummy argument ("") before punctuation or
for correct formatting of the SYNOPSIS any longer.
|
| 1.10 | 02-Jan-2003 |
wiz | Sort sections.
|
| 1.9 | 01-Jan-2003 |
jschauma | Fix tyops pointed out by Igor Sobrado in PR misc/19623:
mount_filecore(8) - frquently (frequently), upto (up to)
mount_nfs(8) - NFSV3 (NFSv3), automaticly (automatically)
mount_ntfs(8) - particularily (particularly), fisk (disk)
|
| 1.8 | 01-Oct-2002 |
wiz | New sentence, new line. By Robert Elz with minimal fixes.
|
| 1.7 | 16-Nov-2001 |
wiz | Punctuation nit.
|
| 1.6 | 05-Jun-2001 |
wiz | Drop arguments of .Os.
|
| 1.5 | 14-Jun-2000 |
cgd | fix up NetBSD RCS Ids to match the standard, and the leading comment as
to match as well. No functional changes.
|
| 1.4 | 06-Apr-1999 |
pk | branches: 1.4.6;
1, 2, 3 and.. 4!
|
| 1.3 | 07-Mar-1999 |
mycroft | branches: 1.3.2;
Clean up SYNOPSIS formatting.
|
| 1.2 | 14-Aug-1998 |
mark | Add a description of the origin of filecore and what it is.
|
| 1.1 | 14-Aug-1998 |
mark | Add man page for mount_filecore.
|
| 1.3.2.1 | 07-Apr-1999 |
pk | Pull up from trunk: copyright text warts.
|
| 1.4.6.1 | 22-Jun-2000 |
minoura | Sync w/ netbsd-1-5-base.
|
| 1.21 | 26-Jul-2020 |
mlelstv | Refactor remaining mount_* commands to use the common pathadj()
function for resolving paths.
Make pathadj() no longer warn about symlinks. Symlinks in /dev are
regularly used in several places like LVM . The warning was also
only visible when calling a mount_* command directly as mount(8)
itself would resolve the path witout warning before passing it to
a mount_* command.
|
| 1.20 | 29-Aug-2011 |
joerg | Use __dead
|
| 1.19 | 05-Aug-2008 |
pooka | Refactor mount utilities to provide a mount_fs_parseargs() routine.
Use this routine both in mount_fs and rump_fs to provide equivalent
command line parameters and therefore usage interchangeability.
While doing this, combine some common mountgoop to mountprog.h
|
| 1.18 | 20-Jul-2008 |
lukem | Remove the \n and tabs from the __COPYRIGHT() strings.
(Tweak some to use a consistent format.)
|
| 1.17 | 16-Jul-2007 |
pooka | branches: 1.17.12; 1.17.16;
Make all mount(2) return value error checks against -1. Some file
systems just checked != 0, breaking MNT_GETARGS. Others worked with < 0,
but make them check against -1 too for consistency. And sprinkle some
stylish line wrapping where appropriate.
|
| 1.16 | 14-Jul-2007 |
dsl | Add additional 'sizeof args' parameter to mount(2).
|
| 1.15 | 10-Mar-2007 |
hubertf | - removes unused ctype.h header
- correct comment in mount_nfs/getnfsargs.c: s/Nead/Need/
From: Slava Semushin <php-coder@altlinux.ru>
|
| 1.14 | 16-Oct-2006 |
christos | use MOPT_NULL
|
| 1.13 | 21-Mar-2006 |
christos | Always check the results of getmntopts() and free them.
|
| 1.12 | 23-Sep-2005 |
jmmv | Apply the NFS exports list rototill patch:
- Remove all NFS related stuff from file system specific code.
- Drop the vfs_checkexp hook and generalize it in the new nfs_check_export
function, thus removing redundancy from all file systems.
- Move all NFS export-related stuff from kern/vfs_subr.c to the new
file sys/nfs/nfs_export.c. The former was becoming large and its code
is always compiled, regardless of the build options. Using the latter,
the code is only compiled in when NFSSERVER is enabled. While doing this,
also make some functions in nfs_subs.c conditional to NFSSERVER.
- Add a new command in nfssvc(2), called NFSSVC_SETEXPORTSLIST, that takes a
path and a set of export entries. At the moment it can only clear the
exports list or append entries, one by one, but it is done in a way that
allows setting the whole set of entries atomically in the future (see the
comment in mountd_set_exports_list or in doc/TODO).
- Change mountd(8) to use the nfssvc(2) system call instead of mount(2) so
that it becomes file system agnostic. In fact, all this whole thing was
done to remove a 'XXX' block from this utility!
- Change the mount*, newfs and fsck* userland utilities to not deal with NFS
exports initialization; done internally by the kernel when initializing
the NFS support for each file system.
- Implement an interface for VFS (called VFS hooks) so that several kernel
subsystems can run arbitrary code upon receipt of specific VFS events.
At the moment, this only provides support for unmount and is used to
destroy NFS exports lists from the file systems being unmounted, though it
has room for extension.
Thanks go to yamt@, chs@, thorpej@, wrstuden@ and others for their comments
and advice in the development of this patch.
|
| 1.11 | 05-Feb-2005 |
xtraeme | Kill __P(), use ANSI function declarations; WARNS=3.
|
| 1.10 | 31-Jan-2005 |
erh | Fix PR#3617 and PR#3205: call realpath to convert mount points and paths to
device nodes into absolute paths before using them.
|
| 1.9 | 25-Jun-2004 |
wiz | Sync usage with reality. Closes PR 25915 by Kouichirou Hiratsuka.
|
| 1.8 | 07-Aug-2003 |
agc | Move UCB-licensed code from 4-clause to 3-clause licence.
Patches provided by Joel Baker in PR 22308, verified by myself.
|
| 1.7 | 22-Mar-2003 |
jdolecek | use <> rather than "" for #include mntopts.h
|
| 1.6 | 06-Jan-2003 |
wiz | writable, not writeable.
|
| 1.5 | 21-Sep-2002 |
christos | MNT_GETARGS support
|
| 1.4 | 30-Oct-2000 |
jdolecek | make the code includable into other programs:
* make static all symbols which do not need to be exported
* rename main() to mount_FOO()
* new main() now just calls mount_FOO(), main() is only compiled in if
MOUNT_NOMAIN is not defined
* a_gid(), a_uid() and a_mask() were put into ../mount/fattr.[ch], local
versions removed
|
| 1.3 | 14-Jun-2000 |
cgd | fix up NetBSD RCS Ids to match the standard, and the leading comment as
to match as well. No functional changes.
|
| 1.2 | 25-Jun-1999 |
perseant | branches: 1.2.6;
Regularize error reporting of mount_* commands for failure of mount(2)
to the form:
mount_xxx: dev on dir: reason for failure
|
| 1.1 | 14-Aug-1998 |
mark | branches: 1.1.2;
Initial commit of mount_filecore used for mounting filecorefs partitions.
|
| 1.1.2.1 | 05-Sep-1999 |
he | Pull up revision 1.2:
Regularize error reporting of mount_* commands for failure of
mount(2) to the form "mount_xxx: dev on dir: reason for failure"
(as opposed to the old "mount_xxx: : reason for failure").
(perseant)
|
| 1.2.6.1 | 22-Jun-2000 |
minoura | Sync w/ netbsd-1-5-base.
|
| 1.17.16.1 | 18-Sep-2008 |
wrstuden | Sync with wrstuden-revivesa-base-2.
|
| 1.17.12.1 | 28-Sep-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.4 | 10-Apr-2011 |
joerg | Extend CPPFLAGS, don't replace it
|
| 1.3 | 05-Aug-2008 |
pooka | Refactor mount utilities to provide a mount_fs_parseargs() routine.
Use this routine both in mount_fs and rump_fs to provide equivalent
command line parameters and therefore usage interchangeability.
While doing this, combine some common mountgoop to mountprog.h
|
| 1.2 | 06-Mar-2007 |
dillo | branches: 1.2.12; 1.2.16;
Complete rename of hfsp to hfs, requested by thorpej.
|
| 1.1 | 06-Mar-2007 |
dillo | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 06-Mar-2007 |
dillo | Initial import of (experimental read-only) implementation of Apple
HFS+ file system.
Originally developed for Google Summer of Code 2005 by Yevgeny Binder,
updated and enhanced by me.
|
| 1.2.16.1 | 18-Sep-2008 |
wrstuden | Sync with wrstuden-revivesa-base-2.
|
| 1.2.12.1 | 28-Sep-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.8 | 18-Mar-2014 |
riastradh | Merge riastradh-drm2 to HEAD.
|
| 1.7 | 20-Jul-2013 |
wiz | Use Mt for email addresses.
|
| 1.6 | 02-May-2008 |
martin | branches: 1.6.20; 1.6.26; 1.6.32;
Move TNF licenses to 2 clause form
|
| 1.5 | 19-May-2007 |
wiz | branches: 1.5.12; 1.5.14;
Fill in AUTHORS section. Bump date.
|
| 1.4 | 22-Mar-2007 |
dillo | Bump date for previous.
|
| 1.3 | 22-Mar-2007 |
dillo | Remove offset argument, no longer needed.
|
| 1.2 | 06-Mar-2007 |
dillo | Complete rename of hfsp to hfs, requested by thorpej.
|
| 1.1 | 06-Mar-2007 |
dillo | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 06-Mar-2007 |
dillo | Initial import of (experimental read-only) implementation of Apple
HFS+ file system.
Originally developed for Google Summer of Code 2005 by Yevgeny Binder,
updated and enhanced by me.
|
| 1.5.14.1 | 18-May-2008 |
yamt | sync with head.
|
| 1.5.12.1 | 02-Jun-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.6.32.1 | 23-Jul-2013 |
riastradh | sync with HEAD
|
| 1.6.26.1 | 20-Aug-2014 |
tls | Rebase to HEAD as of a few days ago.
|
| 1.6.20.1 | 22-May-2014 |
yamt | sync with head.
for a reference, the tree before this commit was tagged
as yamt-pagecache-tag8.
this commit was splitted into small chunks to avoid
a limitation of cvs. ("Protocol error: too many arguments")
|
| 1.10 | 05-Sep-2016 |
sevan | Drop main() prototype.
|
| 1.9 | 29-Aug-2011 |
joerg | Use __dead
|
| 1.8 | 05-Aug-2008 |
pooka | Refactor mount utilities to provide a mount_fs_parseargs() routine.
Use this routine both in mount_fs and rump_fs to provide equivalent
command line parameters and therefore usage interchangeability.
While doing this, combine some common mountgoop to mountprog.h
|
| 1.7 | 20-Jul-2008 |
lukem | Remove the \n and tabs from the __COPYRIGHT() strings.
(Tweak some to use a consistent format.)
|
| 1.6 | 15-Dec-2007 |
perry | branches: 1.6.4; 1.6.8;
de-__P, ansify prototypes
|
| 1.5 | 16-Jul-2007 |
pooka | branches: 1.5.4; 1.5.6;
Make all mount(2) return value error checks against -1. Some file
systems just checked != 0, breaking MNT_GETARGS. Others worked with < 0,
but make them check against -1 too for consistency. And sprinkle some
stylish line wrapping where appropriate.
|
| 1.4 | 14-Jul-2007 |
dsl | Add additional 'sizeof args' parameter to mount(2).
|
| 1.3 | 22-Mar-2007 |
dillo | Remove offset argument, no longer needed.
|
| 1.2 | 06-Mar-2007 |
dillo | Complete rename of hfsp to hfs, requested by thorpej.
|
| 1.1 | 06-Mar-2007 |
dillo | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 06-Mar-2007 |
dillo | Initial import of (experimental read-only) implementation of Apple
HFS+ file system.
Originally developed for Google Summer of Code 2005 by Yevgeny Binder,
updated and enhanced by me.
|
| 1.5.6.1 | 27-Dec-2007 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.5.4.1 | 09-Jan-2008 |
matt | sync with HEAD
|
| 1.6.8.1 | 18-Sep-2008 |
wrstuden | Sync with wrstuden-revivesa-base-2.
|
| 1.6.4.1 | 28-Sep-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.1 | 05-Aug-2008 |
pooka | branches: 1.1.2; 1.1.4;
Refactor mount utilities to provide a mount_fs_parseargs() routine.
Use this routine both in mount_fs and rump_fs to provide equivalent
command line parameters and therefore usage interchangeability.
While doing this, combine some common mountgoop to mountprog.h
|
| 1.1.4.2 | 28-Sep-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.1.4.1 | 05-Aug-2008 |
mjf | file mount_hfs.h was added on branch mjf-devfs2 on 2008-09-28 11:17:13 +0000
|
| 1.1.2.2 | 18-Sep-2008 |
wrstuden | Sync with wrstuden-revivesa-base-2.
|
| 1.1.2.1 | 05-Aug-2008 |
wrstuden | file mount_hfs.h was added on branch wrstuden-revivesa on 2008-09-18 04:28:27 +0000
|
| 1.14 | 26-Jul-2020 |
mlelstv | Refactor remaining mount_* commands to use the common pathadj()
function for resolving paths.
Make pathadj() no longer warn about symlinks. Symlinks in /dev are
regularly used in several places like LVM . The warning was also
only visible when calling a mount_* command directly as mount(8)
itself would resolve the path witout warning before passing it to
a mount_* command.
|
| 1.13 | 27-Jun-2005 |
christos | Move WARNS=3 to the Makefile.inc, and add a little const to the remaining
programs that did not compile before.
|
| 1.12 | 05-Feb-2005 |
xtraeme | Kill __P(), use ANSI function declarations; WARNS=3.
|
| 1.11 | 22-Mar-2003 |
jdolecek | move getmntopts(3) to libutil, build and install also it's manpage
bump libutil minor
adjust individual mount_*/Makefile to use libutil getmntopts(3)
|
| 1.10 | 19-Aug-2002 |
lukem | Use ${NETBSDSRCDIR}/some/path instead of ${.CURDIR}/../../some/path
|
| 1.9 | 10-Oct-1997 |
christos | CFLAGS->CPPFLAGS
|
| 1.8 | 08-May-1997 |
gwr | Back out the .PATH.c changes. The .depend problem (and others)
will be fixed using the new .NOPATH make feature instead.
|
| 1.7 | 06-May-1997 |
gwr | Use .PATH.c: ...
|
| 1.6 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.5 | 22-Dec-1994 |
cgd | specify man pages the new way.
|
| 1.4 | 08-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Update from 4.4-Lite, with local changes.
|
| 1.3 | 12-Jan-1994 |
cgd | update from jsp; some bits of man page don't apply and were commented out
|
| 1.2 | 30-Jul-1993 |
mycroft | Merge changes from netbsd-0-9 branch.
|
| 1.1 | 28-Mar-1993 |
cgd | branches: 1.1.1; 1.1.2;
merged version of mount_fdesc and mount_kernfs
|
| 1.1.2.2 | 20-Jul-1993 |
cgd | break mount_miscfs into mount_kernfs and mount_fdesc
|
| 1.1.2.1 | 19-Jul-1993 |
cgd | add man pages for mount_fdesc and mount_kernfs.
after things settle down, i've decided that these should be broken
out into their component programs again; combining them was a mistake...
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 13-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Import 4.4-Lite version.
|
| 1.18 | 22-Mar-2012 |
wiz | Bump date for previous.
|
| 1.17 | 22-Mar-2012 |
drochner | remove KAME IPSEC, replaced by FAST_IPSEC
|
| 1.16 | 31-Jan-2005 |
erh | branches: 1.16.50;
Fix PR#3617 and PR#3205: call realpath to convert mount points and paths to
device nodes into absolute paths before using them.
|
| 1.15 | 21-Nov-2004 |
jmmv | Minor grammar improvements.
|
| 1.14 | 08-Sep-2003 |
itojun | add /kern/ipsecsa and /kern/ipsecsp, which can be inspected by setkey(8).
it allows easier access to ipsecsa/sp. it works around problem where
setkey -D does not work with large number of ipsec SAs due to socket buffer
size.
|
| 1.13 | 07-Aug-2003 |
agc | Move UCB-licensed code from 4-clause to 3-clause licence.
Patches provided by Joel Baker in PR 22308, verified by myself.
|
| 1.12 | 25-Feb-2003 |
wiz | .Nm does not need a dummy argument ("") before punctuation or
for correct formatting of the SYNOPSIS any longer.
|
| 1.11 | 16-Nov-2001 |
wiz | Sort sections, use standard section headers.
|
| 1.10 | 05-Jun-2001 |
wiz | Drop arguments of .Os.
|
| 1.9 | 07-Mar-1999 |
mycroft | Clean up SYNOPSIS formatting.
|
| 1.8 | 06-Feb-1998 |
perry | macroize BSD, NetBSD, FreeBSD and misc cleanup
|
| 1.7 | 15-Sep-1997 |
lukem | * update for WARNS=1
* getopt returns -1 not EOF
* fix .Nm usage
|
| 1.6 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.5 | 25-Jul-1994 |
mycroft | Add `msgbuf'.
|
| 1.4 | 08-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | branches: 1.4.2;
Update from 4.4-Lite, with local changes.
|
| 1.3 | 12-Jan-1994 |
cgd | update from jsp; some bits of man page don't apply and were commented out
|
| 1.2 | 30-Jul-1993 |
mycroft | Merge changes from netbsd-0-9 branch.
|
| 1.1 | 19-Jul-1993 |
cgd | branches: 1.1.1; 1.1.2;
add man pages for mount_fdesc and mount_kernfs.
after things settle down, i've decided that these should be broken
out into their component programs again; combining them was a mistake...
|
| 1.1.2.2 | 20-Jul-1993 |
cgd | break mount_miscfs into mount_kernfs and mount_fdesc
|
| 1.1.2.1 | 19-Jul-1993 |
cgd | file mount_kernfs.8 was added on branch netbsd-0-9 on 1993-07-20 02:34:54 +0000
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 13-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Import 4.4-Lite version.
|
| 1.4.2.1 | 26-Jul-1994 |
cgd | from trunk
|
| 1.16.50.1 | 17-Apr-2012 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.26 | 26-Jul-2020 |
mlelstv | Refactor remaining mount_* commands to use the common pathadj()
function for resolving paths.
Make pathadj() no longer warn about symlinks. Symlinks in /dev are
regularly used in several places like LVM . The warning was also
only visible when calling a mount_* command directly as mount(8)
itself would resolve the path witout warning before passing it to
a mount_* command.
|
| 1.25 | 29-Aug-2011 |
joerg | Use __dead
|
| 1.24 | 31-Mar-2010 |
pooka | convert to parseargs
|
| 1.23 | 21-Jul-2008 |
lukem | Remove the \n and tabs from the __COPYRIGHT() strings.
|
| 1.22 | 16-Jul-2007 |
pooka | branches: 1.22.12; 1.22.16;
kernfs doesn't support getargs, so fail silently instead of making
a fuss about it.
|
| 1.21 | 16-Jul-2007 |
pooka | Make all mount(2) return value error checks against -1. Some file
systems just checked != 0, breaking MNT_GETARGS. Others worked with < 0,
but make them check against -1 too for consistency. And sprinkle some
stylish line wrapping where appropriate.
|
| 1.20 | 14-Jul-2007 |
dsl | Add additional 'sizeof args' parameter to mount(2).
|
| 1.19 | 16-Oct-2006 |
christos | use MOPT_NULL
|
| 1.18 | 21-Mar-2006 |
christos | Always check the results of getmntopts() and free them.
|
| 1.17 | 05-Feb-2005 |
xtraeme | Kill __P(), use ANSI function declarations; WARNS=3.
|
| 1.16 | 31-Jan-2005 |
erh | Fix PR#3617 and PR#3205: call realpath to convert mount points and paths to
device nodes into absolute paths before using them.
|
| 1.15 | 07-Aug-2003 |
agc | Move UCB-licensed code from 4-clause to 3-clause licence.
Patches provided by Joel Baker in PR 22308, verified by myself.
|
| 1.14 | 22-Mar-2003 |
jdolecek | use <> rather than "" for #include mntopts.h
|
| 1.13 | 21-Sep-2002 |
christos | MNT_GETARGS support
|
| 1.12 | 30-Oct-2000 |
jdolecek | make the code includable into other programs:
* make static all symbols which do not need to be exported
* rename main() to mount_FOO()
* new main() now just calls mount_FOO(), main() is only compiled in if
MOUNT_NOMAIN is not defined
* a_gid(), a_uid() and a_mask() were put into ../mount/fattr.[ch], local
versions removed
|
| 1.11 | 25-Jun-1999 |
perseant | Regularize error reporting of mount_* commands for failure of mount(2)
to the form:
mount_xxx: dev on dir: reason for failure
|
| 1.10 | 16-Sep-1997 |
lukem | branches: 1.10.4;
resolve conflicts from lite-2 merge
|
| 1.9 | 15-Sep-1997 |
lukem | * update for WARNS=1
* getopt returns -1 not EOF
* fix .Nm usage
|
| 1.8 | 13-Apr-1996 |
cgd | 'const struct' not 'struct const'
|
| 1.7 | 13-Apr-1996 |
jtc | Add const qualifier to mopts table
|
| 1.6 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.5 | 08-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Update from 4.4-Lite, with local changes.
|
| 1.4 | 12-Jan-1994 |
cgd | update from jsp; some bits of man page don't apply and were commented out
|
| 1.3 | 24-Aug-1993 |
pk | Initialized `mntflags'.
|
| 1.2 | 30-Jul-1993 |
mycroft | Merge changes from netbsd-0-9 branch.
|
| 1.1 | 28-Mar-1993 |
cgd | branches: 1.1.1; 1.1.2;
merged version of mount_fdesc and mount_kernfs
|
| 1.1.2.1 | 20-Jul-1993 |
cgd | break mount_miscfs into mount_kernfs and mount_fdesc
|
| 1.1.1.2 | 16-Sep-1997 |
lukem | imported from lite-2
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 13-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Import 4.4-Lite version.
|
| 1.10.4.1 | 05-Sep-1999 |
he | Pull up revision 1.11:
Regularize error reporting of mount_* commands for failure of
mount(2) to the form "mount_xxx: dev on dir: reason for failure"
(as opposed to the old "mount_xxx: : reason for failure").
(perseant)
|
| 1.22.16.1 | 18-Sep-2008 |
wrstuden | Sync with wrstuden-revivesa-base-2.
|
| 1.22.12.1 | 28-Sep-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.1 | 31-Mar-2010 |
pooka | convert to parseargs
|
| 1.9 | 05-Aug-2008 |
pooka | Refactor mount utilities to provide a mount_fs_parseargs() routine.
Use this routine both in mount_fs and rump_fs to provide equivalent
command line parameters and therefore usage interchangeability.
While doing this, combine some common mountgoop to mountprog.h
|
| 1.8 | 22-Mar-2003 |
jdolecek | branches: 1.8.32; 1.8.36;
move getmntopts(3) to libutil, build and install also it's manpage
bump libutil minor
adjust individual mount_*/Makefile to use libutil getmntopts(3)
|
| 1.7 | 19-Aug-2002 |
lukem | Use ${NETBSDSRCDIR}/some/path instead of ${.CURDIR}/../../some/path
|
| 1.6 | 10-Oct-1997 |
christos | CFLAGS->CPPFLAGS
|
| 1.5 | 08-May-1997 |
gwr | Back out the .PATH.c changes. The .depend problem (and others)
will be fixed using the new .NOPATH make feature instead.
|
| 1.4 | 06-May-1997 |
gwr | Use .PATH.c: ...
|
| 1.3 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.2 | 22-Dec-1994 |
cgd | specify man pages the new way.
|
| 1.1 | 08-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | branches: 1.1.1;
Update from 4.4-Lite, with local changes.
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 13-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Import 4.4-Lite version.
|
| 1.8.36.1 | 18-Sep-2008 |
wrstuden | Sync with wrstuden-revivesa-base-2.
|
| 1.8.32.1 | 28-Sep-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.15 | 31-Mar-2005 |
wiz | Add -i to SYNOPSIS.
|
| 1.14 | 31-Mar-2005 |
xtraeme | Add -i option, it's just the same than -f in lfs_cleanerd(8), ok'ed
thorpej@.
|
| 1.13 | 31-Jan-2005 |
erh | Fix PR#3617 and PR#3205: call realpath to convert mount points and paths to
device nodes into absolute paths before using them.
|
| 1.12 | 10-Jun-2004 |
uebayasi | Fix SEE ALSO; remove .sp; put .Pp before sentences.
|
| 1.11 | 07-Aug-2003 |
agc | Move UCB-licensed code from 4-clause to 3-clause licence.
Patches provided by Joel Baker in PR 22308, verified by myself.
|
| 1.10 | 25-Feb-2003 |
wiz | .Nm does not need a dummy argument ("") before punctuation or
for correct formatting of the SYNOPSIS any longer.
|
| 1.9 | 05-Jun-2001 |
wiz | Drop arguments of .Os.
|
| 1.8 | 08-Nov-2000 |
hubertf | xref dump_lfs(8), newfs_lfs(8) in SEE ALSO
|
| 1.7 | 09-Sep-2000 |
perseant | Various bug-fixes to LFS, to wit:
Kernel:
* Add runtime quantity lfs_ravail, the number of disk-blocks reserved
for writing. Writes to the filesystem first reserve a maximum amount
of blocks before their write is allowed to proceed; after the blocks
are allocated the reserved total is reduced by a corresponding amount.
If the lfs_reserve function cannot immediately reserve the requested
number of blocks, the inode is unlocked, and the thread sleeps until
the cleaner has made enough space available for the blocks to be
reserved. In this way large files can be written to the filesystem
(or, smaller files can be written to a nearly-full but thoroughly
clean filesystem) and the cleaner can still function properly.
* Remove explicit switching on dlfs_minfreeseg from the kernel code; it
is now merely a fs-creation parameter used to compute dlfs_avail and
dlfs_bfree (and used by fsck_lfs(8) to check their accuracy). Its
former role is better assumed by a properly computed dlfs_avail.
* Bounds-check inode numbers submitted through lfs_bmapv and lfs_markv.
This prevents a panic, but, if the cleaner is feeding the filesystem
the wrong data, you are still in a world of hurt.
* Cleanup: remove explicit references of DEV_BSIZE in favor of
btodb()/dbtob().
lfs_cleanerd:
* Make -n mean "send N segments' blocks through a single call to
lfs_markv". Previously it had meant "clean N segments though N calls
to lfs_markv, before looking again to see if more need to be cleaned".
The new behavior gives better packing of direct data on disk with as
little metadata as possible, largely alleviating the problem that the
cleaner can consume more disk through inefficient use of metadata than
it frees by moving dirty data away from clean "holes" to produce
entirely clean segments.
* Make -b mean "read as many segments as necessary to write N segments
of dirty data back to disk", rather than its former meaning of "read
as many segments as necessary to free N segments worth of space". The
new meaning, combined with the new -n behavior described above,
further aids in cleaning storage efficiency as entire segments can be
written at once, using as few blocks as possible for segment summaries
and inode blocks.
* Make the cleaner take note of segments which could not be cleaned due
to error, and not attempt to clean them until they are entirely free
of dirty blocks. This prevents the case in which a cleanerd running
with -n 1 and without -b (formerly the default) would spin trying
repeatedly to clean a corrupt segment, while the remaining space
filled and deadlocked the filesystem.
* Update the lfs_cleanerd manual page to describe all the options,
including the changes mentioned here (in particular, the -b and -n
flags were previously undocumented).
fsck_lfs:
* Check, and optionally fix, lfs_avail (to an exact figure) and
lfs_bfree (within a margin of error) in pass 5.
newfs_lfs:
* Reduce the default dlfs_minfreeseg to 1/20 of the total segments.
* Add a warning if the sgs disklabel field is 16 (the default for FFS'
cpg, but not usually desirable for LFS' sgs: 5--8 is a better range).
* Change the calculation of lfs_avail and lfs_bfree, corresponding to
the kernel changes mentioned above.
mount_lfs:
* Add -N and -b options to pass corresponding -n and -b options to
lfs_cleanerd.
* Default to calling lfs_cleanerd with "-b -n 4".
[All of these changes were largely tested in the 1.5 branch, with the
idea that they (along with previous un-pulled-up work) could be applied
to the branch while it was still in ALPHA2; however my test system has
experienced corruption on another filesystem (/dev/console has gone
missing :^), and, while I believe this unrelated to the LFS changes, I
cannot with good conscience request that the changes be pulled up.]
|
| 1.6 | 07-Mar-1999 |
mycroft | branches: 1.6.10;
Clean up SYNOPSIS formatting.
|
| 1.5 | 06-Feb-1998 |
perry | macroize BSD, NetBSD, FreeBSD and misc cleanup
|
| 1.4 | 15-Sep-1997 |
lukem | * update for WARNS=1
* getopt returns -1 not EOF
* fix .Nm usage
|
| 1.3 | 29-May-1997 |
cgd | Fix broken uses of Dd. Both the mdoc and mdoc.samples pages agree:
.Dd is supposed to be invoked like:
.Dd month day, year
e.g. ".Dd January 25, 1989", rather than:
.Dd "month day, year"
which is what these pages did.
|
| 1.2 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.1 | 08-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | branches: 1.1.1;
Update from 4.4-Lite, with local changes.
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 13-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Import 4.4-Lite version.
|
| 1.6.10.1 | 14-Sep-2000 |
perseant | Pull up LFS userland changes to correspond with the previous commit's
kernel changes (approved by thorpej):
[basesrc/libexec/lfs_cleanerd:]
cleanerd.c, 1.20--1.22 (MIN_FREE_SEG -> lfs_minfreeseg ;
read bfree/avail from CLEANERINFO ;
changes to definition of -n and -b)
lfs_cleanerd.8, 1.7 (update man page to current behavior)
library.c, 1.16 (fix comment)
[basesrc/sbin/fsck_lfs:]
pass5.c, 1.6 (calculate/fix lfs_avail and lfs_bfree)
[basesrc/sbin/newfs_lfs:]
config.h, 1.2--1.5 (MINFREE=20, remove FFS cruft ;
add DFL_MIN_FREE_SEGS=8 and MINFREE=10 ;
set DFL_MIN_FREE_SEGS=10 ;
set DFL_MIN_FREE_SEGS=20)
extern.h, 1.2 (correct function declaration for make_lfs)
newfs.c, 1.4 (add -M flag)
lfs.c, 1.13--1.14, 1.16--1.18 (change lfs_bfree initialization ;
MIN_FREE_SEG -> lfs_minfreeseg ;
only 10 superblocks and print nicely ;
correct init calculation of
lfs_bfree/lfs_avail to allow fs to
fill ;
make -N dtrt)
[basesrc/sbin/mount_lfs:]
mount_lfs.8, 1.7 (document -N, -b flags)
mount_lfs.c, 1.10 (default cleanerd to -b -n 4; add -N,
-b flags)
[basesrc/usr.sbin/dumplfs:]
dumplfs.c, 1.15 (print only the SEGUSEs specified with -s)
|
| 1.39 | 21-Feb-2016 |
christos | Add MOPT_{REL,NO}ATIME as supported by the underlying filesystems.
|
| 1.38 | 02-Aug-2015 |
dholland | Use the lfs header file and lfs's mount args struct, not ufsmount.h
and the ffs mount args struct, for mounting lfs.
(they are the same, so this doesn't matter yet, but still...)
|
| 1.37 | 19-Oct-2013 |
christos | put back oldflags and __USE it.
|
| 1.36 | 19-Oct-2013 |
christos | remove unused
|
| 1.35 | 19-Oct-2013 |
christos | fix unused variable warnings.
|
| 1.34 | 29-Aug-2011 |
joerg | branches: 1.34.2; 1.34.8;
Use __dead
|
| 1.33 | 05-Aug-2008 |
pooka | Refactor mount utilities to provide a mount_fs_parseargs() routine.
Use this routine both in mount_fs and rump_fs to provide equivalent
command line parameters and therefore usage interchangeability.
While doing this, combine some common mountgoop to mountprog.h
|
| 1.32 | 20-Jul-2008 |
lukem | Remove the \n and tabs from the __COPYRIGHT() strings.
(Tweak some to use a consistent format.)
|
| 1.31 | 17-Jul-2007 |
pooka | branches: 1.31.12; 1.31.16;
Don't attempt to start megamaid if run with MNT_GETARGS.
|
| 1.30 | 16-Jul-2007 |
pooka | Make all mount(2) return value error checks against -1. Some file
systems just checked != 0, breaking MNT_GETARGS. Others worked with < 0,
but make them check against -1 too for consistency. And sprinkle some
stylish line wrapping where appropriate.
|
| 1.29 | 14-Jul-2007 |
dsl | Add additional 'sizeof args' parameter to mount(2).
|
| 1.28 | 16-Oct-2006 |
christos | use MOPT_NULL
|
| 1.27 | 21-Mar-2006 |
christos | Always check the results of getmntopts() and free them.
|
| 1.26 | 23-Sep-2005 |
jmmv | Apply the NFS exports list rototill patch:
- Remove all NFS related stuff from file system specific code.
- Drop the vfs_checkexp hook and generalize it in the new nfs_check_export
function, thus removing redundancy from all file systems.
- Move all NFS export-related stuff from kern/vfs_subr.c to the new
file sys/nfs/nfs_export.c. The former was becoming large and its code
is always compiled, regardless of the build options. Using the latter,
the code is only compiled in when NFSSERVER is enabled. While doing this,
also make some functions in nfs_subs.c conditional to NFSSERVER.
- Add a new command in nfssvc(2), called NFSSVC_SETEXPORTSLIST, that takes a
path and a set of export entries. At the moment it can only clear the
exports list or append entries, one by one, but it is done in a way that
allows setting the whole set of entries atomically in the future (see the
comment in mountd_set_exports_list or in doc/TODO).
- Change mountd(8) to use the nfssvc(2) system call instead of mount(2) so
that it becomes file system agnostic. In fact, all this whole thing was
done to remove a 'XXX' block from this utility!
- Change the mount*, newfs and fsck* userland utilities to not deal with NFS
exports initialization; done internally by the kernel when initializing
the NFS support for each file system.
- Implement an interface for VFS (called VFS hooks) so that several kernel
subsystems can run arbitrary code upon receipt of specific VFS events.
At the moment, this only provides support for unmount and is used to
destroy NFS exports lists from the file systems being unmounted, though it
has room for extension.
Thanks go to yamt@, chs@, thorpej@, wrstuden@ and others for their comments
and advice in the development of this patch.
|
| 1.25 | 27-Jun-2005 |
christos | constify.
|
| 1.24 | 31-Mar-2005 |
xtraeme | tabify
|
| 1.23 | 31-Mar-2005 |
xtraeme | Add -i option, it's just the same than -f in lfs_cleanerd(8), ok'ed
thorpej@.
|
| 1.22 | 09-Feb-2005 |
xtraeme | Kill __P(), use ANSI function declarations.
|
| 1.21 | 31-Jan-2005 |
erh | Fix PR#3617 and PR#3205: call realpath to convert mount points and paths to
device nodes into absolute paths before using them.
|
| 1.20 | 06-Jul-2004 |
wiz | Add -b and -N to usage. Use getprogname.
From Kouichirou Hiratsuka in PR 26064.
|
| 1.19 | 21-Apr-2004 |
christos | Replace the statfs() family of system calls with statvfs().
Retain binary compatibility.
|
| 1.18 | 07-Aug-2003 |
agc | Move UCB-licensed code from 4-clause to 3-clause licence.
Patches provided by Joel Baker in PR 22308, verified by myself.
|
| 1.17 | 13-Jul-2003 |
itojun | asprintf is easier. plug memory leak
|
| 1.16 | 22-Mar-2003 |
jdolecek | use <> rather than "" for #include mntopts.h
|
| 1.15 | 18-Feb-2003 |
jdolecek | add 'noatime' to list of supported mount options
fixes PR bin/20411 by KOIE Hidetaka
|
| 1.14 | 21-Sep-2002 |
christos | MNT_GETARGS support
|
| 1.13 | 26-Feb-2002 |
wiz | Add -b to getopt argument. Patch from DHOYASHIKI Shinichi in bin/15742.
|
| 1.12 | 13-Nov-2000 |
perseant | Try to prevent running more than one active cleaner on a filesystem at a time.
Let lfs_cleanerd record its pid in /var/run like other daemons. Make
mount_lfs not start another cleaner when updating the mount, unless it is
being upgraded from read-only to read-write; when downgrading to read-only,
kill the cleaner using the recorded pids.
|
| 1.11 | 30-Oct-2000 |
jdolecek | make the code includable into other programs:
* make static all symbols which do not need to be exported
* rename main() to mount_FOO()
* new main() now just calls mount_FOO(), main() is only compiled in if
MOUNT_NOMAIN is not defined
* a_gid(), a_uid() and a_mask() were put into ../mount/fattr.[ch], local
versions removed
|
| 1.10 | 09-Sep-2000 |
perseant | Various bug-fixes to LFS, to wit:
Kernel:
* Add runtime quantity lfs_ravail, the number of disk-blocks reserved
for writing. Writes to the filesystem first reserve a maximum amount
of blocks before their write is allowed to proceed; after the blocks
are allocated the reserved total is reduced by a corresponding amount.
If the lfs_reserve function cannot immediately reserve the requested
number of blocks, the inode is unlocked, and the thread sleeps until
the cleaner has made enough space available for the blocks to be
reserved. In this way large files can be written to the filesystem
(or, smaller files can be written to a nearly-full but thoroughly
clean filesystem) and the cleaner can still function properly.
* Remove explicit switching on dlfs_minfreeseg from the kernel code; it
is now merely a fs-creation parameter used to compute dlfs_avail and
dlfs_bfree (and used by fsck_lfs(8) to check their accuracy). Its
former role is better assumed by a properly computed dlfs_avail.
* Bounds-check inode numbers submitted through lfs_bmapv and lfs_markv.
This prevents a panic, but, if the cleaner is feeding the filesystem
the wrong data, you are still in a world of hurt.
* Cleanup: remove explicit references of DEV_BSIZE in favor of
btodb()/dbtob().
lfs_cleanerd:
* Make -n mean "send N segments' blocks through a single call to
lfs_markv". Previously it had meant "clean N segments though N calls
to lfs_markv, before looking again to see if more need to be cleaned".
The new behavior gives better packing of direct data on disk with as
little metadata as possible, largely alleviating the problem that the
cleaner can consume more disk through inefficient use of metadata than
it frees by moving dirty data away from clean "holes" to produce
entirely clean segments.
* Make -b mean "read as many segments as necessary to write N segments
of dirty data back to disk", rather than its former meaning of "read
as many segments as necessary to free N segments worth of space". The
new meaning, combined with the new -n behavior described above,
further aids in cleaning storage efficiency as entire segments can be
written at once, using as few blocks as possible for segment summaries
and inode blocks.
* Make the cleaner take note of segments which could not be cleaned due
to error, and not attempt to clean them until they are entirely free
of dirty blocks. This prevents the case in which a cleanerd running
with -n 1 and without -b (formerly the default) would spin trying
repeatedly to clean a corrupt segment, while the remaining space
filled and deadlocked the filesystem.
* Update the lfs_cleanerd manual page to describe all the options,
including the changes mentioned here (in particular, the -b and -n
flags were previously undocumented).
fsck_lfs:
* Check, and optionally fix, lfs_avail (to an exact figure) and
lfs_bfree (within a margin of error) in pass 5.
newfs_lfs:
* Reduce the default dlfs_minfreeseg to 1/20 of the total segments.
* Add a warning if the sgs disklabel field is 16 (the default for FFS'
cpg, but not usually desirable for LFS' sgs: 5--8 is a better range).
* Change the calculation of lfs_avail and lfs_bfree, corresponding to
the kernel changes mentioned above.
mount_lfs:
* Add -N and -b options to pass corresponding -n and -b options to
lfs_cleanerd.
* Default to calling lfs_cleanerd with "-b -n 4".
[All of these changes were largely tested in the 1.5 branch, with the
idea that they (along with previous un-pulled-up work) could be applied
to the branch while it was still in ALPHA2; however my test system has
experienced corruption on another filesystem (/dev/console has gone
missing :^), and, while I believe this unrelated to the LFS changes, I
cannot with good conscience request that the changes be pulled up.]
|
| 1.9 | 08-Dec-1999 |
perseant | branches: 1.9.4;
Read-only mounts should not start cleaning processes. Make it so.
|
| 1.8 | 25-Jun-1999 |
perseant | branches: 1.8.4;
Regularize error reporting of mount_* commands for failure of mount(2)
to the form:
mount_xxx: dev on dir: reason for failure
|
| 1.7 | 01-Mar-1998 |
fvdl | branches: 1.7.2;
Merge with Lite2 + local changes
|
| 1.6 | 16-Sep-1997 |
lukem | resolve conflicts from lite-2 merge
|
| 1.5 | 15-Sep-1997 |
lukem | * update for WARNS=1
* getopt returns -1 not EOF
* fix .Nm usage
|
| 1.4 | 13-Apr-1996 |
cgd | 'const struct' not 'struct const'
|
| 1.3 | 13-Apr-1996 |
jtc | Add const qualifier to mopts table
|
| 1.2 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.1 | 08-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | branches: 1.1.1;
Update from 4.4-Lite, with local changes.
|
| 1.1.1.2 | 16-Sep-1997 |
lukem | imported from lite-2
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 13-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Import 4.4-Lite version.
|
| 1.7.2.2 | 16-Dec-1999 |
he | Pull up revision 1.9 (requested by perseant):
Read-only mounts no longer start useless cleanerd processes.
|
| 1.7.2.1 | 05-Sep-1999 |
he | Pull up revision 1.8:
Regularize error reporting of mount_* commands for failure of
mount(2) to the form "mount_xxx: dev on dir: reason for failure"
(as opposed to the old "mount_xxx: : reason for failure").
(perseant)
|
| 1.8.4.1 | 27-Dec-1999 |
wrstuden | Pull up to last week's -current.
|
| 1.9.4.2 | 03-Feb-2001 |
he | Pull up revision 1.12 (via patch, requested by perseant):
Don't spawn more cleaners when using "mount -u", unless
upgrading from r/o to r/w; when downgrading, kill the cleaner.
|
| 1.9.4.1 | 14-Sep-2000 |
perseant | Pull up LFS userland changes to correspond with the previous commit's
kernel changes (approved by thorpej):
[basesrc/libexec/lfs_cleanerd:]
cleanerd.c, 1.20--1.22 (MIN_FREE_SEG -> lfs_minfreeseg ;
read bfree/avail from CLEANERINFO ;
changes to definition of -n and -b)
lfs_cleanerd.8, 1.7 (update man page to current behavior)
library.c, 1.16 (fix comment)
[basesrc/sbin/fsck_lfs:]
pass5.c, 1.6 (calculate/fix lfs_avail and lfs_bfree)
[basesrc/sbin/newfs_lfs:]
config.h, 1.2--1.5 (MINFREE=20, remove FFS cruft ;
add DFL_MIN_FREE_SEGS=8 and MINFREE=10 ;
set DFL_MIN_FREE_SEGS=10 ;
set DFL_MIN_FREE_SEGS=20)
extern.h, 1.2 (correct function declaration for make_lfs)
newfs.c, 1.4 (add -M flag)
lfs.c, 1.13--1.14, 1.16--1.18 (change lfs_bfree initialization ;
MIN_FREE_SEG -> lfs_minfreeseg ;
only 10 superblocks and print nicely ;
correct init calculation of
lfs_bfree/lfs_avail to allow fs to
fill ;
make -N dtrt)
[basesrc/sbin/mount_lfs:]
mount_lfs.8, 1.7 (document -N, -b flags)
mount_lfs.c, 1.10 (default cleanerd to -b -n 4; add -N,
-b flags)
[basesrc/usr.sbin/dumplfs:]
dumplfs.c, 1.15 (print only the SEGUSEs specified with -s)
|
| 1.31.16.1 | 18-Sep-2008 |
wrstuden | Sync with wrstuden-revivesa-base-2.
|
| 1.31.12.1 | 28-Sep-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.34.8.1 | 20-Aug-2014 |
tls | Rebase to HEAD as of a few days ago.
|
| 1.34.2.1 | 22-May-2014 |
yamt | sync with head.
for a reference, the tree before this commit was tagged
as yamt-pagecache-tag8.
this commit was splitted into small chunks to avoid
a limitation of cvs. ("Protocol error: too many arguments")
|
| 1.3 | 02-Aug-2015 |
dholland | Use the lfs header file and lfs's mount args struct, not ufsmount.h
and the ffs mount args struct, for mounting lfs.
(they are the same, so this doesn't matter yet, but still...)
|
| 1.2 | 06-Aug-2009 |
pooka | remember to add cleaner_main() prototype
|
| 1.1 | 05-Aug-2008 |
pooka | branches: 1.1.2; 1.1.4;
Refactor mount utilities to provide a mount_fs_parseargs() routine.
Use this routine both in mount_fs and rump_fs to provide equivalent
command line parameters and therefore usage interchangeability.
While doing this, combine some common mountgoop to mountprog.h
|
| 1.1.4.2 | 28-Sep-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.1.4.1 | 05-Aug-2008 |
mjf | file mount_lfs.h was added on branch mjf-devfs2 on 2008-09-28 11:17:13 +0000
|
| 1.1.2.2 | 18-Sep-2008 |
wrstuden | Sync with wrstuden-revivesa-base-2.
|
| 1.1.2.1 | 05-Aug-2008 |
wrstuden | file mount_lfs.h was added on branch wrstuden-revivesa on 2008-09-18 04:28:27 +0000
|
| 1.4 | 11-Nov-2006 |
jmmv | Move lfs_cleanerd from /usr/libexec to /libexec. This is to allow putting
the root file system on a LFS volume.
Addresses PR bin/30407. No objections in tech-userlevel@.
|
| 1.3 | 07-Aug-2003 |
agc | Move UCB-licensed code from 4-clause to 3-clause licence.
Patches provided by Joel Baker in PR 22308, verified by myself.
|
| 1.2 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.1 | 08-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | branches: 1.1.1;
Update from 4.4-Lite, with local changes.
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 13-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Import 4.4-Lite version.
|
| 1.22 | 22-Dec-2009 |
pooka | Don't -I from $S/sys.
|
| 1.21 | 05-Aug-2008 |
pooka | Refactor mount utilities to provide a mount_fs_parseargs() routine.
Use this routine both in mount_fs and rump_fs to provide equivalent
command line parameters and therefore usage interchangeability.
While doing this, combine some common mountgoop to mountprog.h
|
| 1.20 | 27-Jun-2005 |
christos | branches: 1.20.20; 1.20.24;
Move WARNS=3 to the Makefile.inc, and add a little const to the remaining
programs that did not compile before.
|
| 1.19 | 05-Feb-2005 |
xtraeme | Kill __P(), use ANSI function declarations; WARNS=3.
|
| 1.18 | 22-Mar-2003 |
jdolecek | move getmntopts(3) to libutil, build and install also it's manpage
bump libutil minor
adjust individual mount_*/Makefile to use libutil getmntopts(3)
|
| 1.17 | 21-Sep-2002 |
christos | MNT_GETARGS support
|
| 1.16 | 19-Aug-2002 |
lukem | Use ${NETBSDSRCDIR}/some/path instead of ${.CURDIR}/../../some/path
|
| 1.15 | 30-Oct-2000 |
jdolecek | make the code includable into other programs:
* make static all symbols which do not need to be exported
* rename main() to mount_FOO()
* new main() now just calls mount_FOO(), main() is only compiled in if
MOUNT_NOMAIN is not defined
* a_gid(), a_uid() and a_mask() were put into ../mount/fattr.[ch], local
versions removed
|
| 1.14 | 14-Aug-2000 |
deberg | use CURDIR where appropriate
|
| 1.13 | 01-Mar-1998 |
fvdl | branches: 1.13.10;
Merge with Lite2 + local changes
|
| 1.12 | 10-Oct-1997 |
christos | CFLAGS->CPPFLAGS
|
| 1.11 | 08-May-1997 |
gwr | Back out the .PATH.c changes. The .depend problem (and others)
will be fixed using the new .NOPATH make feature instead.
|
| 1.10 | 06-May-1997 |
gwr | Use .PATH.c: ...
|
| 1.9 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.8 | 22-Dec-1994 |
cgd | specify man pages the new way.
|
| 1.7 | 20-Dec-1994 |
mycroft | No longer install setuid root.
|
| 1.6 | 16-Jul-1994 |
cgd | branches: 1.6.2;
update from ws. make it work again
|
| 1.5 | 08-Apr-1994 |
cgd | new functionality -- uid/gid/perms settable, users can invoke
|
| 1.4 | 07-Apr-1994 |
cgd | clean up, zero args struct so we're ok for changes coming soon...
|
| 1.3 | 09-Aug-1993 |
mycroft | PCFS --> MSDOSFS
|
| 1.2 | 30-Jul-1993 |
mycroft | Merge changes from netbsd-0-9 branch.
|
| 1.1 | 09-Apr-1993 |
cgd | branches: 1.1.2;
written by Paul Popelka. mounts pcfs MS-DOS filesystem. (patch 111)
|
| 1.1.2.3 | 15-Aug-1993 |
cgd | define MSDOSFS not PCFS
|
| 1.1.2.2 | 20-Jul-1993 |
cgd | source file is mount_msdos.c now...
|
| 1.1.2.1 | 20-Jul-1993 |
cgd | change name to mount_msdos, and add man page. need some more hacking
later to change everything to mount_msdos, i.e. files need to be
moved in the tree, but that can wait.
|
| 1.6.2.2 | 16-Jul-1994 |
cgd | update from ws. make it work again
|
| 1.6.2.1 | 16-Jul-1994 |
cgd | file Makefile was added on branch netbsd-1-0 on 1994-07-16 21:32:07 +0000
|
| 1.13.10.1 | 14-Aug-2000 |
deberg | pullup 1.14, approved by thorpej
use CURDIR where appropriate
|
| 1.20.24.1 | 18-Sep-2008 |
wrstuden | Sync with wrstuden-revivesa-base-2.
|
| 1.20.20.1 | 28-Sep-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.41 | 12-Feb-2020 |
leot | Fix a thinko
Reported by qjsgkem via #netbsd-code, thanks!
|
| 1.40 | 11-Oct-2016 |
sevan | branches: 1.40.14;
Whilst mount_pcfs originated as a patch in 386BSD, NetBSD 0.8 actually was the first release of an OS to ship with it.
Heads up by Ingo Schwarze.
|
| 1.39 | 12-Sep-2016 |
sevan | - mount_pcfs appeared in 386BSD
https://groups.google.com/forum/#!search/mount_pcfs.c/comp.unix.bsd/9qhH0v1tZm0/inlPnXZj_2sJ
- Edit history to note name change version & rewrite.
- Add authors section.
- s/filesystem/file systems
- Bump date.
|
| 1.38 | 30-Jan-2016 |
wiz | branches: 1.38.2;
New sentence, new line. Bump date.
|
| 1.37 | 30-Jan-2016 |
mlelstv | Add support to msdosfs and makefs to generate correct Unicode (UCS-2) directory
entries from UTF8 encoded file names.
|
| 1.36 | 16-Nov-2012 |
tsutsui | Note mount_msdos -G option also allows mounting X680x0's Human68k floppies.
|
| 1.35 | 27-Sep-2012 |
riz | Remove the bit about empty DOS file systems assumed to have short names
by default; jmcneill changed this back in Jan 2009, but missed this
text.
|
| 1.34 | 15-Sep-2011 |
wiz | branches: 1.34.2; 1.34.4; 1.34.8; 1.34.10;
Consistently spell MS-DOS with a hyphen. From Snader_LB.
|
| 1.33 | 24-Jan-2009 |
wiz | New sentence, new line.
|
| 1.32 | 23-Jan-2009 |
jmcneill | Note that empty filesystems are now treated as if they support long
filenames by default.
|
| 1.31 | 31-Jan-2005 |
erh | Fix PR#3617 and PR#3205: call realpath to convert mount points and paths to
device nodes into absolute paths before using them.
|
| 1.30 | 08-Sep-2003 |
wiz | Sort options.
|
| 1.29 | 08-Sep-2003 |
wiz | Bump date for previous.
|
| 1.28 | 07-Sep-2003 |
itojun | add -t option for gmt time offset (normally MS-DOS filesystem has timestamp
in localtime, not GMT). PR kern/22717
|
| 1.27 | 02-Aug-2003 |
jdolecek | bump date for last
|
| 1.26 | 02-Aug-2003 |
jdolecek | Allow separate masks for files and directories. Useful e.g. to turn
the execute bit off for files, but keep search permission for directories.
Change contributed in PR kern/21538 by Pavel Arnost, based on some FreeBSD
patches.
Further manpage changes, and backward-compatibility adjustments done by me.
Also fixes PR kern/16778 by Johan Danielsson, and PR kern/3400 by Rick Byers
|
| 1.25 | 25-Feb-2003 |
wiz | .Nm does not need a dummy argument ("") before punctuation or
for correct formatting of the SYNOPSIS any longer.
|
| 1.24 | 14-Feb-2003 |
grant | 'NetBSD.org' and some mdoc fixes.
|
| 1.23 | 01-Oct-2002 |
wiz | New sentence, new line. By Robert Elz with minimal fixes.
|
| 1.22 | 16-Nov-2001 |
wiz | Sort sections, use standard section headers.
|
| 1.21 | 16-Nov-2001 |
wiz | Whitespace nits
|
| 1.20 | 05-Jun-2001 |
wiz | Drop arguments of .Os.
|
| 1.19 | 07-Nov-2000 |
lukem | fix up various .Nm abuses:
- keep the case consistent between the actual name and what's referenced.
e.g, if it's `foo', don't use '.Nm Foo' at the start of a sentence.
- remove unnecessary `.Nm foo' after the first occurrence (except for
using `.Nm ""' if there's stuff following, or for the 2nd and so on
occurrences in a SYNOPSIS
- use Sx, Ic, Li, Em, Sq, and Xr as appropriate
|
| 1.18 | 28-Aug-2000 |
hubertf | Document the FAT types we support, and add a bugs section (suggested
by ws@netbsd.org).
|
| 1.17 | 14-Jun-2000 |
cgd | branches: 1.17.2;
sweep of my licenses (userland files w/o only my copyright) for
consistency. (no functional changes)
|
| 1.16 | 14-Jun-2000 |
cgd | fix up NetBSD RCS Ids to match the standard, and the leading comment as
to match as well. No functional changes.
|
| 1.15 | 06-Apr-1999 |
pk | branches: 1.15.6;
1, 2, 3 and.. 4!
|
| 1.14 | 07-Mar-1999 |
mycroft | branches: 1.14.2;
Clean up SYNOPSIS formatting.
|
| 1.13 | 06-Feb-1998 |
perry | macroize BSD, NetBSD, FreeBSD and misc cleanup
|
| 1.12 | 17-Oct-1997 |
ws | Drop indication of support for access times (they are no longer maintained)
|
| 1.11 | 15-Sep-1997 |
lukem | * update for WARNS=1
* getopt returns -1 not EOF
* fix .Nm usage
|
| 1.10 | 19-Jan-1996 |
leo | Add '-G' flag for mounting Atari-Gemdos filesystems.
|
| 1.9 | 29-Nov-1995 |
ws | - Add support for Win'95 separate creation/modification/access timestamps
- Re-introduce lowercase filenames for non-Win'95-filesystems
|
| 1.8 | 15-Oct-1995 |
ws | Add support for Win'95 long filenames
|
| 1.7 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.6 | 18-Jan-1995 |
mycroft | Document the `-o' option. Remove the last vestige of the `-F' option.
|
| 1.5 | 16-Jul-1994 |
cgd | branches: 1.5.2;
update from ws. make it work again
|
| 1.4 | 08-Apr-1994 |
cgd | new functionality -- uid/gid/perms settable, users can invoke
|
| 1.3 | 29-Jan-1994 |
jtc | Fix spelling error in Copyright notice
|
| 1.2 | 30-Jul-1993 |
mycroft | Merge changes from netbsd-0-9 branch.
|
| 1.1 | 20-Jul-1993 |
cgd | branches: 1.1.2;
change name to mount_msdos, and add man page. need some more hacking
later to change everything to mount_msdos, i.e. files need to be
moved in the tree, but that can wait.
|
| 1.1.2.2 | 20-Jul-1993 |
cgd | change phrasing of compatibility CAVEAT thang.
|
| 1.1.2.1 | 20-Jul-1993 |
cgd | file mount_msdos.8 was added on branch netbsd-0-9 on 1993-07-20 01:41:12 +0000
|
| 1.5.2.2 | 16-Jul-1994 |
cgd | update from ws. make it work again
|
| 1.5.2.1 | 16-Jul-1994 |
cgd | file mount_msdos.8 was added on branch netbsd-1-0 on 1994-07-16 21:32:08 +0000
|
| 1.14.2.1 | 07-Apr-1999 |
pk | Pull up from trunk: copyright text warts.
|
| 1.15.6.1 | 22-Jun-2000 |
minoura | Sync w/ netbsd-1-5-base.
|
| 1.17.2.1 | 29-Aug-2000 |
hubertf | Pull up rev. 1.18 to netbsd-1-5 branch, OK'd by thorpej:
> Document the FAT types we support, and add a bugs section (suggested
> by ws@netbsd.org).
|
| 1.34.10.1 | 24-Nov-2012 |
jdc | Pull up revisions:
src/sbin/mount_msdos/mount_msdos.8 revisions 1.35,1.36
(requested by tsutsui in ticket #711).
Remove the bit about empty DOS file systems assumed to have short names
by default; jmcneill changed this back in Jan 2009, but missed this
text.
Note mount_msdos -G option also allows mounting X680x0's Human68k floppies.
|
| 1.34.8.1 | 20-Nov-2012 |
tls | Resync to 2012-11-19 00:00:00 UTC
|
| 1.34.4.1 | 24-Nov-2012 |
jdc | Pull up revisions:
src/sbin/mount_msdos/mount_msdos.8 revisions 1.35,1.36
(requested by tsutsui in ticket #711).
Remove the bit about empty DOS file systems assumed to have short names
by default; jmcneill changed this back in Jan 2009, but missed this
text.
Note mount_msdos -G option also allows mounting X680x0's Human68k floppies.
|
| 1.34.2.2 | 16-Jan-2013 |
yamt | sync with (a bit old) head
|
| 1.34.2.1 | 30-Oct-2012 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.38.2.1 | 04-Nov-2016 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.40.14.1 | 08-Apr-2020 |
martin | Merge changes from current as of 20200406
|
| 1.50 | 21-Aug-2016 |
jdolecek | report also gmtoff in the output of mount options
|
| 1.49 | 06-Feb-2016 |
mlelstv | fix usage message
|
| 1.48 | 30-Jan-2016 |
mlelstv | Add support to msdosfs and makefs to generate correct Unicode (UCS-2) directory
entries from UTF8 encoded file names.
|
| 1.47 | 07-Oct-2009 |
pooka | Mount from canon_dev instead of dev.
|
| 1.46 | 05-Aug-2008 |
pooka | Refactor mount utilities to provide a mount_fs_parseargs() routine.
Use this routine both in mount_fs and rump_fs to provide equivalent
command line parameters and therefore usage interchangeability.
While doing this, combine some common mountgoop to mountprog.h
|
| 1.45 | 29-Jul-2008 |
pooka | Split option parsing into its own routine so that it can be used
by other consumers as well.
|
| 1.44 | 15-Dec-2007 |
perry | branches: 1.44.4; 1.44.8;
convert __attribute__s to applicable cdefs.h macros
|
| 1.43 | 16-Jul-2007 |
pooka | branches: 1.43.4; 1.43.6;
Make all mount(2) return value error checks against -1. Some file
systems just checked != 0, breaking MNT_GETARGS. Others worked with < 0,
but make them check against -1 too for consistency. And sprinkle some
stylish line wrapping where appropriate.
|
| 1.42 | 14-Jul-2007 |
dsl | Add additional 'sizeof args' parameter to mount(2).
|
| 1.41 | 10-Mar-2007 |
hubertf | - removes unused ctype.h header
- correct comment in mount_nfs/getnfsargs.c: s/Nead/Need/
From: Slava Semushin <php-coder@altlinux.ru>
|
| 1.40 | 17-Jan-2007 |
hubertf | Remove more duplicate #includes,
from Slava Semushin <slava.semushin@gmail.com>
|
| 1.39 | 16-Oct-2006 |
christos | use MOPT_NULL
|
| 1.38 | 21-Mar-2006 |
christos | Always check the results of getmntopts() and free them.
|
| 1.37 | 23-Sep-2005 |
jmmv | Apply the NFS exports list rototill patch:
- Remove all NFS related stuff from file system specific code.
- Drop the vfs_checkexp hook and generalize it in the new nfs_check_export
function, thus removing redundancy from all file systems.
- Move all NFS export-related stuff from kern/vfs_subr.c to the new
file sys/nfs/nfs_export.c. The former was becoming large and its code
is always compiled, regardless of the build options. Using the latter,
the code is only compiled in when NFSSERVER is enabled. While doing this,
also make some functions in nfs_subs.c conditional to NFSSERVER.
- Add a new command in nfssvc(2), called NFSSVC_SETEXPORTSLIST, that takes a
path and a set of export entries. At the moment it can only clear the
exports list or append entries, one by one, but it is done in a way that
allows setting the whole set of entries atomically in the future (see the
comment in mountd_set_exports_list or in doc/TODO).
- Change mountd(8) to use the nfssvc(2) system call instead of mount(2) so
that it becomes file system agnostic. In fact, all this whole thing was
done to remove a 'XXX' block from this utility!
- Change the mount*, newfs and fsck* userland utilities to not deal with NFS
exports initialization; done internally by the kernel when initializing
the NFS support for each file system.
- Implement an interface for VFS (called VFS hooks) so that several kernel
subsystems can run arbitrary code upon receipt of specific VFS events.
At the moment, this only provides support for unmount and is used to
destroy NFS exports lists from the file systems being unmounted, though it
has room for extension.
Thanks go to yamt@, chs@, thorpej@, wrstuden@ and others for their comments
and advice in the development of this patch.
|
| 1.36 | 05-Feb-2005 |
xtraeme | Kill __P(), use ANSI function declarations; WARNS=3.
|
| 1.35 | 31-Jan-2005 |
erh | Fix PR#3617 and PR#3205: call realpath to convert mount points and paths to
device nodes into absolute paths before using them.
|
| 1.34 | 05-Jan-2004 |
jmmv | Remove extra newline from usage message.
|
| 1.33 | 05-Jan-2004 |
jmmv | Homogenize usage messages: make the 'usage' word all lowercase, as this seems
to be the most common practice in our tree.
|
| 1.32 | 08-Sep-2003 |
wiz | Sync usage with man page.
|
| 1.31 | 07-Sep-2003 |
itojun | add -t option for gmt time offset (normally MS-DOS filesystem has timestamp
in localtime, not GMT). PR kern/22717
|
| 1.30 | 02-Aug-2003 |
jdolecek | actually enable MNT_GETARGS support
|
| 1.29 | 02-Aug-2003 |
jdolecek | Allow separate masks for files and directories. Useful e.g. to turn
the execute bit off for files, but keep search permission for directories.
Change contributed in PR kern/21538 by Pavel Arnost, based on some FreeBSD
patches.
Further manpage changes, and backward-compatibility adjustments done by me.
Also fixes PR kern/16778 by Johan Danielsson, and PR kern/3400 by Rick Byers
|
| 1.28 | 03-May-2003 |
christos | print masks and modes in octal.
|
| 1.27 | 22-Mar-2003 |
jdolecek | use <> rather than "" for #include mntopts.h
|
| 1.26 | 14-Feb-2003 |
grant | 'NetBSD.org' and some mdoc fixes.
|
| 1.25 | 21-Sep-2002 |
christos | MNT_GETARGS support
|
| 1.24 | 30-Oct-2000 |
jdolecek | make the code includable into other programs:
* make static all symbols which do not need to be exported
* rename main() to mount_FOO()
* new main() now just calls mount_FOO(), main() is only compiled in if
MOUNT_NOMAIN is not defined
* a_gid(), a_uid() and a_mask() were put into ../mount/fattr.[ch], local
versions removed
|
| 1.23 | 14-Jun-2000 |
cgd | sweep of my licenses (userland files w/o only my copyright) for
consistency. (no functional changes)
|
| 1.22 | 14-Jun-2000 |
cgd | fix up NetBSD RCS Ids to match the standard, and the leading comment as
to match as well. No functional changes.
|
| 1.21 | 27-Mar-2000 |
jdolecek | branches: 1.21.2;
allow options 'sync' and 'async'
|
| 1.20 | 25-Jun-1999 |
perseant | Regularize error reporting of mount_* commands for failure of mount(2)
to the form:
mount_xxx: dev on dir: reason for failure
|
| 1.19 | 01-Mar-1998 |
fvdl | branches: 1.19.2;
Merge with Lite2 + local changes
|
| 1.18 | 16-Sep-1997 |
lukem | update for new getmntopts() brought in from lite-2 merge
|
| 1.17 | 15-Sep-1997 |
lukem | * update for WARNS=1
* getopt returns -1 not EOF
* fix .Nm usage
|
| 1.16 | 24-Oct-1996 |
cgd | Fix typo in last commit
|
| 1.15 | 23-Oct-1996 |
cgd | this file system (according to its source) supports MNT_UPDATE. Therefore
the mount program must recognize the 'update' option.
|
| 1.14 | 13-Apr-1996 |
cgd | 'const struct' not 'struct const'
|
| 1.13 | 13-Apr-1996 |
jtc | Add const qualifier to mopts table
|
| 1.12 | 19-Jan-1996 |
leo | Add '-G' flag for mounting Atari-Gemdos filesystems.
|
| 1.11 | 15-Oct-1995 |
ws | Add support for Win'95 long filenames
|
| 1.10 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.9 | 18-Jan-1995 |
mycroft | Document the `-o' option. Remove the last vestige of the `-F' option.
|
| 1.8 | 16-Jul-1994 |
cgd | branches: 1.8.2;
update from ws. make it work again
|
| 1.7 | 08-Apr-1994 |
cgd | kill relative paths
|
| 1.6 | 08-Apr-1994 |
cgd | new functionality -- uid/gid/perms settable, users can invoke
|
| 1.5 | 07-Apr-1994 |
cgd | clean up, zero args struct so we're ok for changes coming soon...
|
| 1.4 | 07-Sep-1993 |
ws | Changes to VFS readdir semantics
NFS changes for better cookie support
ISOFS changes for better Rockridge support and support for generation numbers
|
| 1.3 | 14-Aug-1993 |
mycroft | pcfs_args --> msdosfs_args
|
| 1.2 | 02-Aug-1993 |
mycroft | Add RCS identifiers, remove some completely useless RCS logs and patchkit
headers, and a few other insignificant changes.
|
| 1.1 | 09-Apr-1993 |
cgd | written by Paul Popelka. mounts pcfs MS-DOS filesystem. (patch 111)
|
| 1.8.2.2 | 16-Jul-1994 |
cgd | update from ws. make it work again
|
| 1.8.2.1 | 16-Jul-1994 |
cgd | file mount_msdos.c was added on branch netbsd-1-0 on 1994-07-16 21:32:09 +0000
|
| 1.19.2.1 | 05-Sep-1999 |
he | Pull up revision 1.20:
Regularize error reporting of mount_* commands for failure of
mount(2) to the form "mount_xxx: dev on dir: reason for failure"
(as opposed to the old "mount_xxx: : reason for failure").
(perseant)
|
| 1.21.2.1 | 22-Jun-2000 |
minoura | Sync w/ netbsd-1-5-base.
|
| 1.43.6.1 | 27-Dec-2007 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.43.4.1 | 09-Jan-2008 |
matt | sync with HEAD
|
| 1.44.8.1 | 18-Sep-2008 |
wrstuden | Sync with wrstuden-revivesa-base-2.
|
| 1.44.4.1 | 28-Sep-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.1 | 29-Jul-2008 |
pooka | branches: 1.1.2; 1.1.4;
Split option parsing into its own routine so that it can be used
by other consumers as well.
|
| 1.1.4.2 | 28-Sep-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.1.4.1 | 29-Jul-2008 |
mjf | file mount_msdos.h was added on branch mjf-devfs2 on 2008-09-28 11:17:13 +0000
|
| 1.1.2.2 | 18-Sep-2008 |
wrstuden | Sync with wrstuden-revivesa-base-2.
|
| 1.1.2.1 | 29-Jul-2008 |
wrstuden | file mount_msdos.h was added on branch wrstuden-revivesa on 2008-09-18 04:28:27 +0000
|
| 1.24 | 10-Apr-2011 |
joerg | Extend CPPFLAGS, don't replace it
|
| 1.23 | 05-Mar-2010 |
pooka | Remove no longer used -DNFS.
|
| 1.22 | 16-Oct-2008 |
pooka | Convert mount_nfs to the mount_foo_parseargs() format. No functional
change.
|
| 1.21 | 28-May-2007 |
tls | branches: 1.21.12;
Add new Makefile knob, USE_FORT, which extends USE_SSP by turning on the
FORTIFY_SOURCE feature of libssp, thus checking the size of arguments to
various string and memory copy and set functions (as well as a few system
calls and other miscellany) where known at function entry. RedHat has
evidently built all "core system packages" with this option for some time.
This option should be used at the top of Makefiles (or Makefile.inc where
this is used for subdirectories) but after any setting of LIB.
This is only useful for userland code, and cannot be used in libc or in
any code which includes the libc internals, because it overrides certain
libc functions with macros. Some effort has been made to make USE_FORT=yes
work correctly for a full-system build by having the bsd.sys.mk logic
disable the feature where it should not be used (libc, libssp iteself,
the kernel) but no attempt has been made to build the entire system with
USE_FORT and doing so will doubtless expose numerous bugs and misfeatures.
Adjust the system build so that all programs and libraries that are setuid,
directly handle network data (including serial comm data), perform
authentication, or appear likely to have (or have a history of having)
data-driven bugs (e.g. file(1)) are built with USE_FORT=yes by default,
with the exception of libc, which cannot use USE_FORT and thus uses
only USE_SSP by default. Tested on i386 with no ill results; USE_FORT=no
per-directory or in a system build will disable if desired.
|
| 1.20 | 23-Mar-2006 |
wiz | Remove Kerberos4/NFSKERB settings.
|
| 1.19 | 21-Jan-2006 |
yamt | whitespace.
|
| 1.18 | 21-Jan-2006 |
dsl | Use the rpc code from sys/lib/libsa to determine the root file handle.
Saves the code from depending on the xdr functions.
Tested on i386 and IPv4, may need tweaking for IPv6 and using TCP for the
portmap/mount functions.
|
| 1.17 | 27-Jun-2005 |
christos | Move WARNS=3 to the Makefile.inc, and add a little const to the remaining
programs that did not compile before.
|
| 1.16 | 15-May-2005 |
dsl | Split getnfsargs() out into its own file, it drags in 70kB of rpc code.
I might manage to write a version that doesn't pull in all the crud.
(Which will give a load of space in the install floppy images)
|
| 1.15 | 10-Jan-2005 |
lukem | Only compile in IPv6 support if ${USE_INET6} != "no"
MKINET6 is for providing IPv6 infrastructure.
USE_INET6 is for compiling IPv6 support into the programs (needs MKINET6).
|
| 1.14 | 11-Apr-2003 |
christos | PR/1472: David Carrel: Add option to specify the nfs port.
This was not done, I added the functionality to be able to parse
port=num in the options. While I was there, I added this for all
the other numeric options: rsize, wsize etc.
|
| 1.13 | 22-Mar-2003 |
jdolecek | move getmntopts(3) to libutil, build and install also it's manpage
bump libutil minor
adjust individual mount_*/Makefile to use libutil getmntopts(3)
|
| 1.12 | 21-Sep-2002 |
christos | MNT_GETARGS support
|
| 1.11 | 19-Aug-2002 |
lukem | Use ${NETBSDSRCDIR}/some/path instead of ${.CURDIR}/../../some/path
|
| 1.10 | 10-Oct-1997 |
christos | CFLAGS->CPPFLAGS
|
| 1.9 | 16-Sep-1997 |
lukem | back to using mount/getmntopts.c since mount is now post lite-2
|
| 1.8 | 08-May-1997 |
gwr | Back out the .PATH.c changes. The .depend problem (and others)
will be fixed using the new .NOPATH make feature instead.
|
| 1.7 | 06-May-1997 |
gwr | Use .PATH.c: ...
|
| 1.6 | 09-Jan-1997 |
tls | it's a shame, but since we have no kernel support for kerb NFS (which may or may not be worth having, in the form available to us) this is how I'm closing PR #2469.
|
| 1.5 | 18-Feb-1996 |
fvdl | Bring in NFSv3 code by Rick Macklem (from Lite2).
|
| 1.4 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.3 | 22-Dec-1994 |
cgd | specify man pages the new way.
|
| 1.2 | 27-Jul-1994 |
brezak | If in a kerberos environment; build -DKERBEROS
|
| 1.1 | 08-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | branches: 1.1.1; 1.1.2;
Update from 4.4-Lite, with local changes.
|
| 1.1.2.1 | 06-Sep-1994 |
cgd | from trunk.
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 13-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Import 4.4-Lite version.
|
| 1.21.12.1 | 17-Jan-2009 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.3 | 16-Sep-1997 |
lukem | back to using mount/getmntopts.c since mount is now post lite-2
|
| 1.2 | 15-Sep-1997 |
lukem | * update for WARNS=1
* getopt returns -1 not EOF
* fix .Nm usage
* deprecate register
* bzero() -> memset()
|
| 1.1 | 18-Feb-1996 |
fvdl | Temporarily use own getmntopts.c for mount_nfs (the Lite2 version). The other
mount_* commands need to be upgraded to use this version too soon.
|
| 1.18 | 05-Feb-2017 |
christos | remove debugging printf.
|
| 1.17 | 03-Feb-2017 |
christos | use the netid value because it could be udp6...
|
| 1.16 | 29-Jun-2013 |
christos | branches: 1.16.10; 1.16.14;
declare the variables that getnfsargs need in getnfsargs so that they can
easily be used from other programs.
|
| 1.15 | 01-Mar-2013 |
joerg | Retire OSI network stack. OK core@
|
| 1.14 | 23-Jul-2010 |
pooka | branches: 1.14.6; 1.14.12;
Make it possible to set the retry timeout as a compile-time define.
This is useful for automated environments where everything (rpcbind,
mountd, nfsd and the client) is started in parallel in a split
second and there is a small chance we will race in there before
everything has been communicated to rpcbind.
|
| 1.13 | 30-Nov-2009 |
pooka | Use getprogname() instead of hardcoding "mount_nfs" to get the
right info in rump_nfs.
|
| 1.12 | 15-Oct-2008 |
pooka | Reword quite out-of-place (even historically) "nqnfs 2" error message.
|
| 1.11 | 20-Jul-2008 |
lukem | Remove the \n and tabs from the __COPYRIGHT() strings.
(Tweak some to use a consistent format.)
|
| 1.10 | 05-Aug-2007 |
yamt | branches: 1.10.10; 1.10.14; 1.10.16;
lengthen timeout. i saw a server for which 10s was not enough.
|
| 1.9 | 10-Mar-2007 |
hubertf | - removes unused ctype.h header
- correct comment in mount_nfs/getnfsargs.c: s/Nead/Need/
From: Slava Semushin <php-coder@altlinux.ru>
|
| 1.8 | 27-Dec-2006 |
yamt | remove the rest of Kerberos 4 code.
|
| 1.7 | 27-Dec-2006 |
yamt | sync with header changes. (nqnfs removal)
|
| 1.6 | 07-Jul-2006 |
hubertf | Replace strcpy() call with strlcpy() call.
OK'd by christos@
|
| 1.5 | 20-May-2006 |
yamt | do not keep to use nfsv3 filehandle when falling back to nfsv2.
|
| 1.4 | 23-Mar-2006 |
wiz | unifdef NFSKERB (Kerberos 4 support). Update man page and usage() for
-K and -m removal (Kerberos 4 specific options).
|
| 1.3 | 12-Nov-2005 |
dsl | Add a missing break!
Maybe 'mount_nfs -oport=<port>' has been broken since the IPv6 changes.
|
| 1.2 | 02-Jun-2005 |
lukem | Use ai_nfs instead of the uninitialized ai when determining the NFSMNT_KERB
reverse IP address, and ensure ecode is set as well.
Detected with gcc -Wuninitialized.
(The bug was introduced in mount_nfs.c rev 1.25. Hi fvdl! :)
|
| 1.1 | 15-May-2005 |
dsl | Split getnfsargs() out into its own file, it drags in 70kB of rpc code.
I might manage to write a version that doesn't pull in all the crud.
(Which will give a load of space in the install floppy images)
|
| 1.10.16.2 | 05-Aug-2007 |
yamt | lengthen timeout. i saw a server for which 10s was not enough.
|
| 1.10.16.1 | 05-Aug-2007 |
yamt | file getnfsargs.c was added on branch matt-mips64 on 2007-08-05 22:09:13 +0000
|
| 1.10.14.1 | 18-Sep-2008 |
wrstuden | Sync with wrstuden-revivesa-base-2.
|
| 1.10.10.2 | 17-Jan-2009 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.10.10.1 | 28-Sep-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.14.12.2 | 20-Aug-2014 |
tls | Rebase to HEAD as of a few days ago.
|
| 1.14.12.1 | 23-Jun-2013 |
tls | resync from head
|
| 1.14.6.1 | 22-May-2014 |
yamt | sync with head.
for a reference, the tree before this commit was tagged
as yamt-pagecache-tag8.
this commit was splitted into small chunks to avoid
a limitation of cvs. ("Protocol error: too many arguments")
|
| 1.16.14.1 | 21-Apr-2017 |
bouyer | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.16.10.1 | 20-Mar-2017 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.10 | 29-Jun-2013 |
christos | declare the variables that getnfsargs need in getnfsargs so that they can
easily be used from other programs.
|
| 1.9 | 06-Jul-2011 |
mrg | branches: 1.9.2; 1.9.8;
switch from an ugly cast and ntohl() usage to be32dec(). use sizeof.
idea from dh, and fixes a GCC 4.5 warning.
|
| 1.8 | 29-Apr-2008 |
martin | Convert to new 2 clause license
|
| 1.7 | 10-Mar-2007 |
hubertf | branches: 1.7.12; 1.7.14;
- removes unused ctype.h header
- correct comment in mount_nfs/getnfsargs.c: s/Nead/Need/
From: Slava Semushin <php-coder@altlinux.ru>
|
| 1.6 | 27-Dec-2006 |
yamt | sync with header changes. (nqnfs removal)
|
| 1.5 | 07-Jul-2006 |
hubertf | Replace strcpy() call with strlcpy() call.
OK'd by christos@
|
| 1.4 | 20-May-2006 |
yamt | do not keep to use nfsv3 filehandle when falling back to nfsv2.
|
| 1.3 | 20-May-2006 |
yamt | replace a magic constant with a macro.
|
| 1.2 | 20-May-2006 |
yamt | copy missing copyright notices from
getnfsargs.c and sys/arch/i386/stand/libsa/nfs.c.
|
| 1.1 | 21-Jan-2006 |
dsl | Use the rpc code from sys/lib/libsa to determine the root file handle.
Saves the code from depending on the xdr functions.
Tested on i386 and IPv4, may need tweaking for IPv6 and using TCP for the
portmap/mount functions.
|
| 1.7.14.1 | 18-May-2008 |
yamt | sync with head.
|
| 1.7.12.1 | 02-Jun-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.9.8.1 | 20-Aug-2014 |
tls | Rebase to HEAD as of a few days ago.
|
| 1.9.2.1 | 22-May-2014 |
yamt | sync with head.
for a reference, the tree before this commit was tagged
as yamt-pagecache-tag8.
this commit was splitted into small chunks to avoid
a limitation of cvs. ("Protocol error: too many arguments")
|
| 1.3 | 13-Jan-2009 |
tsutsui | Add workaround typedefs for awful hack.
XXX: It's completely unacceptable for me to refer libsa files from userland.
XXX: Nowadays we no longer have serious size restriction in install media,
XXX: so I think it's much better to simply remove this ugly SMALLPROG hacks.
XXX: If you really want to share files, please move them into src/common
XXX: with defined APIs.
|
| 1.2 | 29-Apr-2008 |
martin | Convert to new 2 clause license
|
| 1.1 | 21-Jan-2006 |
dsl | branches: 1.1.20; 1.1.22;
Use the rpc code from sys/lib/libsa to determine the root file handle.
Saves the code from depending on the xdr functions.
Tested on i386 and IPv4, may need tweaking for IPv6 and using TCP for the
portmap/mount functions.
|
| 1.1.22.1 | 18-May-2008 |
yamt | sync with head.
|
| 1.1.20.2 | 17-Jan-2009 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.1.20.1 | 02-Jun-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.3 | 16-Sep-1997 |
lukem | back to using mount/getmntopts.c since mount is now post lite-2
|
| 1.2 | 23-Oct-1996 |
cgd | recognize the 'nocoredump' mount option as a standard option (supported by
all file system types).
|
| 1.1 | 18-Feb-1996 |
mycroft | This accompanies getmntopts.c.
|
| 1.52 | 14-Mar-2021 |
rin | Fix typo: s/--r/-r/
|
| 1.51 | 24-Jan-2021 |
jmcneill | Use 32K as the default NFSv3 read and write data sizes on aarch64, matching
i386 and amd64.
|
| 1.50 | 03-Oct-2020 |
wiz | New sentence, new line.
|
| 1.49 | 03-Oct-2020 |
christos | Add -A (noac) option to turn off the attribute cache. (Maciej W. Rozycki)
|
| 1.48 | 17-May-2018 |
wiz | Remove Tn for standard abbreviations.
|
| 1.47 | 17-May-2018 |
thorpej | Default NFS mounts to using TCP transport instead of UDP.
PR kern/53166
|
| 1.46 | 03-Jul-2017 |
wiz | branches: 1.46.4;
Remove workaround for ancient HTML generation code.
|
| 1.45 | 12-Sep-2016 |
sevan | Add HISTORY section.
Bump date.
Not sure where mount_nfs first showed up but the version in the moder BSDs originates
from 4.4BSD according to CSRG archive
http://minnie.tuhs.org/cgi-bin/utree.pl?file=4.4BSD/usr/src/sbin/mount_nfs
Commercial offerings from Sun and others covers older systems, eg
https://groups.google.com/forum/#!topic/net.unix-wizards/lMe7aQikqJI
|
| 1.44 | 28-Apr-2015 |
prlw1 | Fix typos
|
| 1.43 | 11-Jul-2012 |
dholland | minor wording improvement.
|
| 1.42 | 08-Apr-2012 |
wiz | Remove unnecessary Bk/Ek pairs from SYNOPSIS.
No effective change except where I used the opportunity to sort options
and/or option descriptions.
|
| 1.41 | 02-Apr-2012 |
njoly | Note that amd64 defaults to 32k read/write data size, just like i386.
|
| 1.40 | 29-Aug-2011 |
jruoho | branches: 1.40.2;
Remove a comma. From "Snader_LB" on freenode.
|
| 1.39 | 18-Apr-2009 |
wiz | Remove outdated example. From Todd Kover in PR 41238.
|
| 1.38 | 08-Apr-2009 |
joerg | Fix string literals.
|
| 1.37 | 11-Jan-2009 |
pooka | branches: 1.37.2;
-o resport, not -o resvport
|
| 1.36 | 09-Nov-2007 |
yamt | branches: 1.36.8; 1.36.14;
- fix timeout for -s.
- mention default values of some options.
|
| 1.35 | 01-Jun-2007 |
ginsbach | branches: 1.35.4;
Add arguments to option descriptions for options that require arguments.
Document all of the NFS specific -o options.
|
| 1.34 | 27-Dec-2006 |
wiz | Sort options.
|
| 1.33 | 27-Dec-2006 |
yamt | oops, remove duplicated -D.
|
| 1.32 | 27-Dec-2006 |
yamt | revive -D option because it actually has some meanings for non-nqnfs mounts.
|
| 1.31 | 09-Nov-2006 |
yamt | remove nqnfs support.
namely,
- make -q a synonym of -3.
- ignore -L and -D.
|
| 1.30 | 23-Mar-2006 |
wiz | unifdef NFSKERB (Kerberos 4 support). Update man page and usage() for
-K and -m removal (Kerberos 4 specific options).
|
| 1.29 | 23-Mar-2006 |
wiz | Fix typo in Xref.
|
| 1.28 | 20-Jun-2005 |
peter | Change all .Xr config 8 to .Xr config 1, following the recent move of
config from usr.sbin -> usr.bin.
Reviewed by wiz.
|
| 1.27 | 31-Jan-2005 |
erh | Fix PR#3617 and PR#3205: call realpath to convert mount points and paths to
device nodes into absolute paths before using them.
|
| 1.26 | 21-Jan-2005 |
yamt | note that loopback mount is a bad idea.
|
| 1.25 | 05-May-2004 |
fair | Came in here to add nfsstat(1) reference in SEE ALSO,
but since I was here...
Correct spelling of "Kerberos." Add RFC references.
Reword some awkward english. Sprinkle mandoc macros throughout.
Add white space to aid readability. Change date.
|
| 1.24 | 15-Jan-2004 |
grant | branches: 1.24.2;
uppercase NFS acronym
|
| 1.23 | 07-Aug-2003 |
agc | Move UCB-licensed code from 4-clause to 3-clause licence.
Patches provided by Joel Baker in PR 22308, verified by myself.
|
| 1.22 | 06-Apr-2003 |
wiz | Some casing changes, and use Er for EINTR.
|
| 1.21 | 25-Feb-2003 |
wiz | .Nm does not need a dummy argument ("") before punctuation or
for correct formatting of the SYNOPSIS any longer.
|
| 1.20 | 01-Jan-2003 |
jschauma | Fix tyops pointed out by Igor Sobrado in PR misc/19623:
mount_filecore(8) - frquently (frequently), upto (up to)
mount_nfs(8) - NFSV3 (NFSv3), automaticly (automatically)
mount_ntfs(8) - particularily (particularly), fisk (disk)
|
| 1.19 | 01-Oct-2002 |
wiz | New sentence, new line. By Robert Elz with minimal fixes.
|
| 1.18 | 15-May-2002 |
simonb | In the description of the -r and -w options, match the wording of the
stats to look for from netstat(1) with what netstat actually shows.
|
| 1.17 | 08-Feb-2002 |
ross | Generate <>& symbolically. I'm avoiding .../dist/... directories for now.
|
| 1.16 | 21-Jan-2002 |
wiz | Use mdoc macros instead of man ones.
|
| 1.15 | 20-Dec-2001 |
soren | Sync getopt() / man page with actual getopt options.
|
| 1.14 | 16-Nov-2001 |
wiz | Punctuation nit, and drop two .Pps.
|
| 1.13 | 02-May-2001 |
fvdl | Remove BUGS section, which only referred to performance tuning.
Instead, add a PERFORMANCE section which explains the most common
optimizations.
|
| 1.12 | 07-Oct-1999 |
soren | branches: 1.12.6;
NFS over TCP is more common these days.
|
| 1.11 | 07-Mar-1999 |
mycroft | branches: 1.11.4;
Clean up SYNOPSIS formatting.
|
| 1.10 | 01-Feb-1999 |
msaitoh | Eliminate unused period.
|
| 1.9 | 12-Jan-1999 |
garbled | Add an EXAMPLES and ERRORS section to the manpage to partially fix
PR# 6121 by Charles M. Hannum. Someone else will have to do the
fixing to mountd's diagnostics.
|
| 1.8 | 06-Feb-1998 |
perry | macroize BSD, NetBSD, FreeBSD and misc cleanup
|
| 1.7 | 19-Oct-1997 |
fvdl | Implement -X option for 32 <-> 64 bit translation of directory cookies
for v3 mounts. Should rarely be needed (i.e. servers actually
returning information in the upper 32 bits, and programs not
being able to deal with that (emulated binaries; native NetBSD
binaries will never need this)).
|
| 1.6 | 23-Mar-1997 |
fvdl | Use a reserved port by default. The -P option is now obsolete, but
kept for backward compatibility. The -p option was added to explicitly
NOT use reserved ports.
|
| 1.5 | 26-Nov-1996 |
mikel | Fix typo; PR misc/2956. Also cleaned up .Nm usage.
|
| 1.4 | 27-Oct-1996 |
christos | Fix PR/2884: Change default for nfs mounts to not do a connect on the
socket. Add option -C to force a connected mount. Now option -c is still
there, but it is the default. Maybe amd should be changed similarly.
|
| 1.3 | 18-Feb-1996 |
fvdl | Bring in NFSv3 code by Rick Macklem (from Lite2).
|
| 1.2 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.1 | 08-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | branches: 1.1.1;
Update from 4.4-Lite, with local changes.
|
| 1.1.1.2 | 09-Jan-1997 |
tls | Import from 4.4BSD-Lite2
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 13-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Import 4.4-Lite version.
|
| 1.11.4.1 | 27-Dec-1999 |
wrstuden | Pull up to last week's -current.
|
| 1.12.6.1 | 02-May-2001 |
he | Pull up revision 1.13 (requested by fvdl):
Add some text explaining NFS performance tuning.
|
| 1.24.2.1 | 08-May-2004 |
grant | Pull up revision 1.25 (requested by fair in ticket #264):
Came in here to add nfsstat(1) reference in SEE ALSO,
but since I was here...
Correct spelling of "Kerberos." Add RFC references.
Reword some awkward english. Sprinkle mandoc macros throughout.
Add white space to aid readability. Change date.
|
| 1.35.4.1 | 09-Jan-2008 |
matt | sync with HEAD
|
| 1.36.14.3 | 19-Apr-2009 |
snj | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by wiz in ticket #707):
sbin/mount_nfs/mount_nfs.8: revision 1.39
Remove outdated example. From Todd Kover in PR 41238.
|
| 1.36.14.2 | 19-Apr-2009 |
snj | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by wiz in ticket #707):
sbin/mount_nfs/mount_nfs.8: revision 1.38
Fix string literals.
|
| 1.36.14.1 | 19-Apr-2009 |
snj | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by wiz in ticket #707):
sbin/mount_nfs/mount_nfs.8: revision 1.37
-o resport, not -o resvport
|
| 1.36.8.1 | 17-Jan-2009 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.37.2.1 | 13-May-2009 |
jym | Sync with HEAD.
Third (and last) commit. See http://mail-index.netbsd.org/source-changes/2009/05/13/msg221222.html
|
| 1.40.2.2 | 30-Oct-2012 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.40.2.1 | 17-Apr-2012 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.46.4.1 | 21-May-2018 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.76 | 03-Jan-2025 |
rillig | mount_nfs: fix a few lint warnings
The options 'K' and 'm:' are neither documented nor handled.
|
| 1.75 | 21-Dec-2022 |
chs | branches: 1.75.2;
mount_nfs: add missing "A" to getopt string
|
| 1.74 | 03-Oct-2020 |
christos | branches: 1.74.6;
- centralize number parsing code
- enable -g
- KNF
|
| 1.73 | 03-Oct-2020 |
christos | Add -A (noac) option to turn off the attribute cache. (Maciej W. Rozycki)
|
| 1.72 | 17-May-2018 |
thorpej | Default NFS mounts to using TCP transport instead of UDP.
PR kern/53166
|
| 1.71 | 29-Jun-2013 |
christos | branches: 1.71.26;
declare the variables that getnfsargs need in getnfsargs so that they can
easily be used from other programs.
|
| 1.70 | 01-Mar-2013 |
joerg | Retire OSI network stack. OK core@
|
| 1.69 | 29-Aug-2011 |
joerg | branches: 1.69.2; 1.69.8;
Use __dead
|
| 1.68 | 30-Nov-2009 |
pooka | Use getprogname() instead of hardcoding "mount_nfs" to get the
right info in rump_nfs.
|
| 1.67 | 03-Apr-2009 |
pooka | Fix bug I introduced in rev 1.64: don't use stack space after
return. pointed out by yamt.
|
| 1.66 | 20-Feb-2009 |
yamt | nfsdefargs: use designated initializers
|
| 1.65 | 11-Jan-2009 |
pooka | branches: 1.65.2;
Fix noresport mount option parsing.
|
| 1.64 | 16-Oct-2008 |
pooka | Convert mount_nfs to the mount_foo_parseargs() format. No functional
change.
|
| 1.63 | 27-Sep-2008 |
pooka | Assign default value for retrycnt already in data.
XXX: the use of globals would benefit from a loving touch
|
| 1.62 | 20-Jul-2008 |
lukem | Remove the \n and tabs from the __COPYRIGHT() strings.
(Tweak some to use a consistent format.)
|
| 1.61 | 30-Nov-2007 |
yamt | branches: 1.61.2; 1.61.8; 1.61.12;
remove an unused variable, nfsproto.
|
| 1.60 | 16-Jul-2007 |
pooka | branches: 1.60.4;
Make all mount(2) return value error checks against -1. Some file
systems just checked != 0, breaking MNT_GETARGS. Others worked with < 0,
but make them check against -1 too for consistency. And sprinkle some
stylish line wrapping where appropriate.
|
| 1.59 | 14-Jul-2007 |
dsl | Add additional 'sizeof args' parameter to mount(2).
|
| 1.58 | 10-Mar-2007 |
hubertf | - removes unused ctype.h header
- correct comment in mount_nfs/getnfsargs.c: s/Nead/Need/
From: Slava Semushin <php-coder@altlinux.ru>
|
| 1.57 | 27-Dec-2006 |
yamt | remove the rest of Kerberos 4 code.
|
| 1.56 | 27-Dec-2006 |
yamt | sync with header changes. (nqnfs removal)
|
| 1.55 | 27-Dec-2006 |
wiz | Sort options in usage.
|
| 1.54 | 27-Dec-2006 |
yamt | revive -D option because it actually has some meanings for non-nqnfs mounts.
|
| 1.53 | 09-Nov-2006 |
yamt | remove nqnfs support.
namely,
- make -q a synonym of -3.
- ignore -L and -D.
|
| 1.52 | 16-Oct-2006 |
christos | use MOPT_NULL
|
| 1.51 | 20-May-2006 |
yamt | do not keep to use nfsv3 filehandle when falling back to nfsv2.
|
| 1.50 | 23-Mar-2006 |
wiz | unifdef NFSKERB (Kerberos 4 support). Update man page and usage() for
-K and -m removal (Kerberos 4 specific options).
|
| 1.49 | 21-Mar-2006 |
christos | Always check the results of getmntopts() and free them.
|
| 1.48 | 15-May-2005 |
dsl | Split getnfsargs() out into its own file, it drags in 70kB of rpc code.
I might manage to write a version that doesn't pull in all the crud.
(Which will give a load of space in the install floppy images)
|
| 1.47 | 05-Feb-2005 |
xtraeme | branches: 1.47.2;
Kill __P(), use ANSI function declarations; WARNS=3.
|
| 1.46 | 31-Jan-2005 |
erh | Fix PR#3617 and PR#3205: call realpath to convert mount points and paths to
device nodes into absolute paths before using them.
|
| 1.45 | 07-Aug-2003 |
agc | Move UCB-licensed code from 4-clause to 3-clause licence.
Patches provided by Joel Baker in PR 22308, verified by myself.
|
| 1.44 | 23-Jul-2003 |
itojun | include des.h, not kerberosIV/des.h
|
| 1.43 | 13-Jul-2003 |
itojun | use bounded string op
|
| 1.42 | 16-May-2003 |
yamt | fix a typo that prevents -o wsize=nnn to work.
|
| 1.41 | 05-May-2003 |
yamt | remove _KERNEL hack.
|
| 1.40 | 11-Apr-2003 |
christos | PR/1472: David Carrel: Add option to specify the nfs port.
This was not done, I added the functionality to be able to parse
port=num in the options. While I was there, I added this for all
the other numeric options: rsize, wsize etc.
|
| 1.39 | 10-Apr-2003 |
lukem | fix typo introduced in previous (print "addr=" instead of "ddr=")
|
| 1.38 | 07-Apr-2003 |
fvdl | Don't print the version of the argument structure, it's easily confused
with the NFS version.
|
| 1.37 | 22-Mar-2003 |
jdolecek | use <> rather than "" for #include mntopts.h
|
| 1.36 | 21-Oct-2002 |
enami | When printing filesystem specific parameters, also print the address and
port of server numerically.
|
| 1.35 | 01-Oct-2002 |
itojun | KNF
|
| 1.34 | 21-Sep-2002 |
christos | MNT_GETARGS support
|
| 1.33 | 16-Jun-2002 |
wrstuden | Catch error code from mount command, and if it's the
error given when we ask for a v3 mount on a v2-only kernel,
*and* we weren't forcing v3, try the mount again as a v2 mount
before erroring out.
|
| 1.32 | 29-May-2002 |
cjs | When RPC fails, state explicitly which service we were trying to connect to.
|
| 1.31 | 02-Mar-2002 |
mrg | branches: 1.31.2;
when complaining that we can't lookup a hostname, actually say which
hostname this is...
|
| 1.30 | 11-Jan-2001 |
lukem | remove unnecessary ":" in openlog ident
|
| 1.29 | 30-Oct-2000 |
jdolecek | make the code includable into other programs:
* make static all symbols which do not need to be exported
* rename main() to mount_FOO()
* new main() now just calls mount_FOO(), main() is only compiled in if
MOUNT_NOMAIN is not defined
* a_gid(), a_uid() and a_mask() were put into ../mount/fattr.[ch], local
versions removed
|
| 1.28 | 16-Jul-2000 |
itojun | correct hard-to-understand indentation.
|
| 1.27 | 26-Jun-2000 |
bjh21 | Remove spurious colon from error message; clnt_pcreateerror provides one.
|
| 1.26 | 19-Jun-2000 |
fvdl | branches: 1.26.2;
Handle unsupported protocols (i.e. no v6 support on the other side)
a tad better.
|
| 1.25 | 09-Jun-2000 |
fvdl | Update to be more address-family independent, and adapt to TI-RPC
interface.
XXX this code needs a cleanup, especially the retry-loop.
|
| 1.24 | 21-Nov-1999 |
mjl | branches: 1.24.2;
Make usage message match actual options.
|
| 1.23 | 25-Jun-1999 |
perseant | branches: 1.23.4;
Regularize error reporting of mount_* commands for failure of mount(2)
to the form:
mount_xxx: dev on dir: reason for failure
|
| 1.22 | 14-May-1998 |
tron | branches: 1.22.2;
Get protocol type for "pmap_getport()" from variable "nfsproto" instead of
checking the socket type.
|
| 1.21 | 01-Apr-1998 |
kleink | No need to include <sys/socketvar.h>.
|
| 1.20 | 01-Mar-1998 |
fvdl | Merge with Lite2 + local changes
|
| 1.19 | 03-Feb-1998 |
perry | change <strings.h> to <string.h> to fix compiler warning
|
| 1.18 | 19-Oct-1997 |
fvdl | Implement -X option for 32 <-> 64 bit translation of directory cookies
for v3 mounts. Should rarely be needed (i.e. servers actually
returning information in the upper 32 bits, and programs not
being able to deal with that (emulated binaries; native NetBSD
binaries will never need this)).
|
| 1.17 | 15-Sep-1997 |
lukem | * update for WARNS=1
* getopt returns -1 not EOF
* fix .Nm usage
* deprecate register
* bzero() -> memset()
|
| 1.16 | 12-May-1997 |
jtk | fix typo: PRC should have been RPC
|
| 1.15 | 23-Mar-1997 |
fvdl | Use a reserved port by default. The -P option is now obsolete, but
kept for backward compatibility. The -p option was added to explicitly
NOT use reserved ports.
|
| 1.14 | 27-Oct-1996 |
christos | Fix PR/2884: Change default for nfs mounts to not do a connect on the
socket. Add option -C to force a connected mount. Now option -c is still
there, but it is the default. Maybe amd should be changed similarly.
|
| 1.13 | 23-May-1996 |
fvdl | Be stricter when checking NQNFS and version combinations. Incorrect combinations
of these flags were previously possible when falling back from a v3 -> v2
mount, and could confuse the system.
|
| 1.12 | 13-Apr-1996 |
jtc | branches: 1.12.4;
Add const qualifier to mopts table
|
| 1.11 | 18-Feb-1996 |
fvdl | Bring in NFSv3 code by Rick Macklem (from Lite2).
|
| 1.10 | 21-May-1995 |
mycroft | Use inet_aton(), not inet_addr().
|
| 1.9 | 28-Mar-1995 |
jtc | KERNEL -> _KERNEL
|
| 1.8 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.7 | 29-Dec-1994 |
cgd | fix bug 547. it looks like somebody mis-pasted. kirk has been informed.
|
| 1.6 | 23-Sep-1994 |
mycroft | Eliminate uses of some obsolete functions.
|
| 1.5 | 17-Sep-1994 |
mycroft | Get the root filehandle using the same transport as the mount itself. From
Ken Hornstein.
|
| 1.4 | 05-Sep-1994 |
mycroft | Fix incorrect error messages.
|
| 1.3 | 27-Jul-1994 |
brezak | Use default realm instead of constant
|
| 1.2 | 24-Jun-1994 |
pk | branches: 1.2.2;
Make numerical IP addresses work (fix from Christos Zoulas).
|
| 1.1 | 08-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | branches: 1.1.1;
Update from 4.4-Lite, with local changes.
|
| 1.1.1.2 | 09-Jan-1997 |
tls | Import from 4.4BSD-Lite2
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 13-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Import 4.4-Lite version.
|
| 1.2.2.1 | 06-Sep-1994 |
cgd | from trunk.
|
| 1.12.4.1 | 25-May-1996 |
fvdl | Pull in options-combinations bugfix from main branch.
|
| 1.22.2.1 | 05-Sep-1999 |
he | Pull up revision 1.23:
Regularize error reporting of mount_* commands for failure of
mount(2) to the form "mount_xxx: dev on dir: reason for failure"
(as opposed to the old "mount_xxx: : reason for failure").
(perseant)
|
| 1.23.4.1 | 27-Dec-1999 |
wrstuden | Pull up to last week's -current.
|
| 1.24.2.1 | 22-Jun-2000 |
minoura | Sync w/ netbsd-1-5-base.
|
| 1.26.2.1 | 03-Jul-2000 |
thorpej | Pull up rev. 1.27:
Remove spurious colon from error message; clnt_pcreateerror provides one.
|
| 1.31.2.1 | 18-Jun-2002 |
lukem | Pull up revision 1.33 (requested by wrstuden in ticket #290):
Catch error code from mount command, and if it's the
error given when we ask for a v3 mount on a v2-only kernel,
*and* we weren't forcing v3, try the mount again as a v2 mount
before erroring out.
|
| 1.47.2.1 | 11-Jun-2005 |
tron | Apply patch (requested by lukem in ticket #391):
Use ai_nfs instead of the uninitialized ai when determining the
NFSMNT_KERB reverse IP address, and ensure ecode is set as well.
(Fix derived from getnfsargs.c 1.2)
|
| 1.60.4.1 | 09-Jan-2008 |
matt | sync with HEAD
|
| 1.61.12.1 | 18-Sep-2008 |
wrstuden | Sync with wrstuden-revivesa-base-2.
|
| 1.61.8.2 | 17-Jan-2009 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.61.8.1 | 28-Sep-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.61.2.2 | 30-Nov-2007 |
yamt | remove an unused variable, nfsproto.
|
| 1.61.2.1 | 30-Nov-2007 |
yamt | file mount_nfs.c was added on branch mjf-devfs on 2007-11-30 16:13:16 +0000
|
| 1.65.2.1 | 13-May-2009 |
jym | Sync with HEAD.
Third (and last) commit. See http://mail-index.netbsd.org/source-changes/2009/05/13/msg221222.html
|
| 1.69.8.2 | 20-Aug-2014 |
tls | Rebase to HEAD as of a few days ago.
|
| 1.69.8.1 | 23-Jun-2013 |
tls | resync from head
|
| 1.69.2.1 | 22-May-2014 |
yamt | sync with head.
for a reference, the tree before this commit was tagged
as yamt-pagecache-tag8.
this commit was splitted into small chunks to avoid
a limitation of cvs. ("Protocol error: too many arguments")
|
| 1.71.26.1 | 21-May-2018 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.74.6.1 | 21-Dec-2022 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by chs in ticket #18):
sbin/mount_nfs/mount_nfs.c: revision 1.75
mount_nfs: add missing "A" to getopt string
|
| 1.75.2.1 | 02-Aug-2025 |
perseant | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.3 | 29-Jun-2013 |
christos | declare the variables that getnfsargs need in getnfsargs so that they can
easily be used from other programs.
|
| 1.2 | 16-Oct-2008 |
pooka | branches: 1.2.18; 1.2.24;
Convert mount_nfs to the mount_foo_parseargs() format. No functional
change.
|
| 1.1 | 15-May-2005 |
dsl | branches: 1.1.20;
Split getnfsargs() out into its own file, it drags in 70kB of rpc code.
I might manage to write a version that doesn't pull in all the crud.
(Which will give a load of space in the install floppy images)
|
| 1.1.20.1 | 17-Jan-2009 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.2.24.1 | 20-Aug-2014 |
tls | Rebase to HEAD as of a few days ago.
|
| 1.2.18.1 | 22-May-2014 |
yamt | sync with head.
for a reference, the tree before this commit was tagged
as yamt-pagecache-tag8.
this commit was splitted into small chunks to avoid
a limitation of cvs. ("Protocol error: too many arguments")
|
| 1.2 | 29-Apr-2008 |
martin | Convert to new 2 clause license
|
| 1.1 | 21-Jan-2006 |
dsl | branches: 1.1.20; 1.1.22;
Use the rpc code from sys/lib/libsa to determine the root file handle.
Saves the code from depending on the xdr functions.
Tested on i386 and IPv4, may need tweaking for IPv6 and using TCP for the
portmap/mount functions.
|
| 1.1.22.1 | 18-May-2008 |
yamt | sync with head.
|
| 1.1.20.1 | 02-Jun-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.2 | 11-Aug-2013 |
dholland | These pass WARNS=5, so don't set WARNS=4
|
| 1.1 | 18-Jul-2009 |
reinoud | branches: 1.1.6; 1.1.12;
Import read-only part of the NiLFS (v2) implementation for NetBSD. It has been
tested with a DEBUG+DIAGNOSTIC+LOCKDEBUG kernel. To summerise NiLFS, i'll
repeat my posting to tech-kern here:
NiLFS stands for New implementation of Logging File System; LFS done
right they claim :) It is at version 2 now and is being developed by NTT, the
Japanese telecom company and recently put into the linux source tree. See
http://www.nilfs.org. The on-disc format is not completely frozen and i expect
at least one minor revision to come in time.
The benefits of NiLFS are build-in fine-grained checkpointing, persistent
snapshots, multiple mounts and very large file and media support. Every
checkpoint can be transformed into a snapshot and v.v. It is said to perform
very well on flash media since it is not overwriting pieces apart from a
incidental update of the superblock, but that might change. It is accompanied
by a cleaner to clean up the segments and recover lost space.
My work is not a port of the linux code; its a new implementation. Porting the
code would be more work since its very linux oriented and never written to be
ported outside linux. The goal is to be fully interchangable. The code is non
intrusive to other parts of the kernel. It is also very light-weight.
The current state of the code is read-only access to both clean and dirty
NiLFS partitions. On mounting a dirty partition it rolls forward the log to
the last checkpoint. Full read-write support is however planned!
Just as the linux code, mount_nilfs allows for the `head' to be mounted
read/write and allows multiple read-only snapshots/checkpoint mounts next to
it.
By allowing the RW mount at a different snapshot for read-write it should be
possible eventually to revert back to a previous state; i.e. try to upgrade a
system and being able to revert to the exact state prior to the upgrade.
Compared to other FS's its pretty light-weight, suitable for embedded use and
on flash media. The read-only code is currently 17kb object code on
NetBSD/i386. I doubt the read-write code will surpass the 50 or 60. Compared
this to FFS being 156kb, UDF being 84 kb and NFS being 130kb. Run-time memory
usage is most likely not very different from other uses though maybe a bit
higher than FFS.
|
| 1.1.12.1 | 20-Aug-2014 |
tls | Rebase to HEAD as of a few days ago.
|
| 1.1.6.1 | 22-May-2014 |
yamt | sync with head.
for a reference, the tree before this commit was tagged
as yamt-pagecache-tag8.
this commit was splitted into small chunks to avoid
a limitation of cvs. ("Protocol error: too many arguments")
|
| 1.6 | 24-May-2022 |
andvar | fix various typos in comment, documentation and log messages.
|
| 1.5 | 16-Oct-2019 |
maya | Switch files copyright Reinoud Zandijk from BSD 4 clause to BSD 2 clause.
OK'd by reinoud in email (from 4 Feb 2019).
|
| 1.4 | 01-Jun-2016 |
wiz | branches: 1.4.16;
Sort SEE ALSO. New sentence, new line. Punctuation nits. Use Nx.
|
| 1.3 | 01-Jun-2016 |
pgoyette | Improved documentation of mount_nilfs, from PR bin/46730
|
| 1.2 | 18-Jul-2009 |
wiz | Fix Dd argument, sort options and option descriptions.
|
| 1.1 | 18-Jul-2009 |
reinoud | Import read-only part of the NiLFS (v2) implementation for NetBSD. It has been
tested with a DEBUG+DIAGNOSTIC+LOCKDEBUG kernel. To summerise NiLFS, i'll
repeat my posting to tech-kern here:
NiLFS stands for New implementation of Logging File System; LFS done
right they claim :) It is at version 2 now and is being developed by NTT, the
Japanese telecom company and recently put into the linux source tree. See
http://www.nilfs.org. The on-disc format is not completely frozen and i expect
at least one minor revision to come in time.
The benefits of NiLFS are build-in fine-grained checkpointing, persistent
snapshots, multiple mounts and very large file and media support. Every
checkpoint can be transformed into a snapshot and v.v. It is said to perform
very well on flash media since it is not overwriting pieces apart from a
incidental update of the superblock, but that might change. It is accompanied
by a cleaner to clean up the segments and recover lost space.
My work is not a port of the linux code; its a new implementation. Porting the
code would be more work since its very linux oriented and never written to be
ported outside linux. The goal is to be fully interchangable. The code is non
intrusive to other parts of the kernel. It is also very light-weight.
The current state of the code is read-only access to both clean and dirty
NiLFS partitions. On mounting a dirty partition it rolls forward the log to
the last checkpoint. Full read-write support is however planned!
Just as the linux code, mount_nilfs allows for the `head' to be mounted
read/write and allows multiple read-only snapshots/checkpoint mounts next to
it.
By allowing the RW mount at a different snapshot for read-write it should be
possible eventually to revert back to a previous state; i.e. try to upgrade a
system and being able to revert to the exact state prior to the upgrade.
Compared to other FS's its pretty light-weight, suitable for embedded use and
on flash media. The read-only code is currently 17kb object code on
NetBSD/i386. I doubt the read-write code will surpass the 50 or 60. Compared
this to FFS being 156kb, UDF being 84 kb and NFS being 130kb. Run-time memory
usage is most likely not very different from other uses though maybe a bit
higher than FFS.
|
| 1.4.16.1 | 13-Apr-2020 |
martin | Mostly merge changes from HEAD upto 20200411
|
| 1.4 | 16-Oct-2019 |
maya | Switch files copyright Reinoud Zandijk from BSD 4 clause to BSD 2 clause.
OK'd by reinoud in email (from 4 Feb 2019).
|
| 1.3 | 21-Feb-2016 |
christos | branches: 1.3.16;
Add MOPT_{REL,NO}ATIME as supported by the underlying filesystems.
|
| 1.2 | 19-Oct-2013 |
christos | fix unused variable warnings.
|
| 1.1 | 18-Jul-2009 |
reinoud | branches: 1.1.6; 1.1.12;
Import read-only part of the NiLFS (v2) implementation for NetBSD. It has been
tested with a DEBUG+DIAGNOSTIC+LOCKDEBUG kernel. To summerise NiLFS, i'll
repeat my posting to tech-kern here:
NiLFS stands for New implementation of Logging File System; LFS done
right they claim :) It is at version 2 now and is being developed by NTT, the
Japanese telecom company and recently put into the linux source tree. See
http://www.nilfs.org. The on-disc format is not completely frozen and i expect
at least one minor revision to come in time.
The benefits of NiLFS are build-in fine-grained checkpointing, persistent
snapshots, multiple mounts and very large file and media support. Every
checkpoint can be transformed into a snapshot and v.v. It is said to perform
very well on flash media since it is not overwriting pieces apart from a
incidental update of the superblock, but that might change. It is accompanied
by a cleaner to clean up the segments and recover lost space.
My work is not a port of the linux code; its a new implementation. Porting the
code would be more work since its very linux oriented and never written to be
ported outside linux. The goal is to be fully interchangable. The code is non
intrusive to other parts of the kernel. It is also very light-weight.
The current state of the code is read-only access to both clean and dirty
NiLFS partitions. On mounting a dirty partition it rolls forward the log to
the last checkpoint. Full read-write support is however planned!
Just as the linux code, mount_nilfs allows for the `head' to be mounted
read/write and allows multiple read-only snapshots/checkpoint mounts next to
it.
By allowing the RW mount at a different snapshot for read-write it should be
possible eventually to revert back to a previous state; i.e. try to upgrade a
system and being able to revert to the exact state prior to the upgrade.
Compared to other FS's its pretty light-weight, suitable for embedded use and
on flash media. The read-only code is currently 17kb object code on
NetBSD/i386. I doubt the read-write code will surpass the 50 or 60. Compared
this to FFS being 156kb, UDF being 84 kb and NFS being 130kb. Run-time memory
usage is most likely not very different from other uses though maybe a bit
higher than FFS.
|
| 1.1.12.1 | 20-Aug-2014 |
tls | Rebase to HEAD as of a few days ago.
|
| 1.1.6.1 | 22-May-2014 |
yamt | sync with head.
for a reference, the tree before this commit was tagged
as yamt-pagecache-tag8.
this commit was splitted into small chunks to avoid
a limitation of cvs. ("Protocol error: too many arguments")
|
| 1.3.16.1 | 13-Apr-2020 |
martin | Mostly merge changes from HEAD upto 20200411
|
| 1.1 | 18-Jul-2009 |
reinoud | Import read-only part of the NiLFS (v2) implementation for NetBSD. It has been
tested with a DEBUG+DIAGNOSTIC+LOCKDEBUG kernel. To summerise NiLFS, i'll
repeat my posting to tech-kern here:
NiLFS stands for New implementation of Logging File System; LFS done
right they claim :) It is at version 2 now and is being developed by NTT, the
Japanese telecom company and recently put into the linux source tree. See
http://www.nilfs.org. The on-disc format is not completely frozen and i expect
at least one minor revision to come in time.
The benefits of NiLFS are build-in fine-grained checkpointing, persistent
snapshots, multiple mounts and very large file and media support. Every
checkpoint can be transformed into a snapshot and v.v. It is said to perform
very well on flash media since it is not overwriting pieces apart from a
incidental update of the superblock, but that might change. It is accompanied
by a cleaner to clean up the segments and recover lost space.
My work is not a port of the linux code; its a new implementation. Porting the
code would be more work since its very linux oriented and never written to be
ported outside linux. The goal is to be fully interchangable. The code is non
intrusive to other parts of the kernel. It is also very light-weight.
The current state of the code is read-only access to both clean and dirty
NiLFS partitions. On mounting a dirty partition it rolls forward the log to
the last checkpoint. Full read-write support is however planned!
Just as the linux code, mount_nilfs allows for the `head' to be mounted
read/write and allows multiple read-only snapshots/checkpoint mounts next to
it.
By allowing the RW mount at a different snapshot for read-write it should be
possible eventually to revert back to a previous state; i.e. try to upgrade a
system and being able to revert to the exact state prior to the upgrade.
Compared to other FS's its pretty light-weight, suitable for embedded use and
on flash media. The read-only code is currently 17kb object code on
NetBSD/i386. I doubt the read-write code will surpass the 50 or 60. Compared
this to FFS being 156kb, UDF being 84 kb and NFS being 130kb. Run-time memory
usage is most likely not very different from other uses though maybe a bit
higher than FFS.
|
| 1.10 | 05-Aug-2008 |
pooka | Refactor mount utilities to provide a mount_fs_parseargs() routine.
Use this routine both in mount_fs and rump_fs to provide equivalent
command line parameters and therefore usage interchangeability.
While doing this, combine some common mountgoop to mountprog.h
|
| 1.9 | 27-Jun-2005 |
christos | branches: 1.9.20; 1.9.24;
Move WARNS=3 to the Makefile.inc, and add a little const to the remaining
programs that did not compile before.
|
| 1.8 | 05-Feb-2005 |
xtraeme | Kill __P(), use ANSI function declarations; WARNS=3.
|
| 1.7 | 22-Mar-2003 |
jdolecek | move getmntopts(3) to libutil, build and install also it's manpage
bump libutil minor
adjust individual mount_*/Makefile to use libutil getmntopts(3)
|
| 1.6 | 21-Sep-2002 |
christos | MNT_GETARGS support
|
| 1.5 | 19-Aug-2002 |
lukem | Use ${NETBSDSRCDIR}/some/path instead of ${.CURDIR}/../../some/path
|
| 1.4 | 30-Oct-2000 |
jdolecek | make the code includable into other programs:
* make static all symbols which do not need to be exported
* rename main() to mount_FOO()
* new main() now just calls mount_FOO(), main() is only compiled in if
MOUNT_NOMAIN is not defined
* a_gid(), a_uid() and a_mask() were put into ../mount/fattr.[ch], local
versions removed
|
| 1.3 | 17-May-1999 |
kleink | Use the system search path for ntfs headers.
|
| 1.2 | 06-May-1999 |
christos | Make this compile...
|
| 1.1 | 06-May-1999 |
christos | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 06-May-1999 |
christos | Import yesterday's FreeBSD mount_ntfs source
|
| 1.9.24.1 | 18-Sep-2008 |
wrstuden | Sync with wrstuden-revivesa-base-2.
|
| 1.9.20.1 | 28-Sep-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.22 | 15-Apr-2017 |
abhinav | Use Xr instead of Fn to refer readdir(3)
|
| 1.21 | 09-Sep-2015 |
christos | branches: 1.21.2; 1.21.4;
more recent information about unsupported drives.
|
| 1.20 | 18-Mar-2014 |
riastradh | Merge riastradh-drm2 to HEAD.
|
| 1.19 | 20-Jul-2013 |
wiz | Use Mt for email addresses.
|
| 1.18 | 30-Mar-2010 |
joerg | branches: 1.18.6; 1.18.12; 1.18.16;
\\ -> \e
|
| 1.17 | 31-Jan-2005 |
erh | Fix PR#3617 and PR#3205: call realpath to convert mount points and paths to
device nodes into absolute paths before using them.
|
| 1.16 | 23-Apr-2004 |
simonb | s/the the/the/ (only in sources that aren't regularly imported from
elsewhere).
|
| 1.15 | 20-May-2003 |
wiz | Add some missing words (like articles), remove duplicate word; fix some nits. From jmc@openbsd.
|
| 1.14 | 14-May-2003 |
wiz | setup -> set up.
|
| 1.13 | 14-Feb-2003 |
grant | 'NetBSD.org' and some mdoc fixes.
|
| 1.12 | 01-Jan-2003 |
jschauma | Fix tyops pointed out by Igor Sobrado in PR misc/19623:
mount_filecore(8) - frquently (frequently), upto (up to)
mount_nfs(8) - NFSV3 (NFSv3), automaticly (automatically)
mount_ntfs(8) - particularily (particularly), fisk (disk)
|
| 1.11 | 01-Oct-2002 |
wiz | New sentence, new line. By Robert Elz with minimal fixes.
|
| 1.10 | 16-Nov-2001 |
wiz | Punctuation nits, drop a .Pp, use .Nx, use standard headers.
|
| 1.9 | 16-Nov-2001 |
wiz | Whitespace nits
|
| 1.8 | 31-Oct-2001 |
jdolecek | Xref disklabel and mention that mbrlabel can help setup the disk label
Note that NTFS partition is no longer accessible in NetBSD once
it's marked 'dynamic' in MS Windows XP.
Pointed out by Christos.
|
| 1.7 | 31-Oct-2001 |
jdolecek | Couple changes, mainly to address stuff raised recently on port-i386
('Does i386 support NTFS5 now?'):
add a note both NTFS4 and NTFS5 are supported
reformat the Limitations a bit
assert the write support is not really useful, and should not be used
add a BUGS section, note missing stuff for the write support to be useful,
and the disk label thing spotted by Christos Zoulas
|
| 1.6 | 17-Dec-1999 |
jdolecek | Rework the manpage to be a bit more pleasing to read
BUGS section is gone, the facts are stated in the paragraph about
support for writing.
also note that NetBSD 1.5 is the first release supporting NTFS
|
| 1.5 | 12-Sep-1999 |
kleink | branches: 1.5.4;
Use full month names with .Dd, as per mdoc.samples(7).
|
| 1.4 | 07-Sep-1999 |
jdolecek | Use unixish term "hole" instead od "sparce" (which looks like it
should be "sparse" anyway).
Noted by Soren Jorvang <soren@NetBSD.org>.
|
| 1.3 | 05-Aug-1999 |
jdolecek | * put new BUGS section instead of CAVEATS, which explicitely warns NTFS
is experimental and should be used with extreme caution
* give credit to christos & me for the NetBSD port
|
| 1.2 | 06-May-1999 |
christos | Make this compile...
|
| 1.1 | 06-May-1999 |
christos | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 06-May-1999 |
christos | Import yesterday's FreeBSD mount_ntfs source
|
| 1.5.4.1 | 27-Dec-1999 |
wrstuden | Pull up to last week's -current.
|
| 1.18.16.1 | 23-Jul-2013 |
riastradh | sync with HEAD
|
| 1.18.12.1 | 20-Aug-2014 |
tls | Rebase to HEAD as of a few days ago.
|
| 1.18.6.1 | 22-May-2014 |
yamt | sync with head.
for a reference, the tree before this commit was tagged
as yamt-pagecache-tag8.
this commit was splitted into small chunks to avoid
a limitation of cvs. ("Protocol error: too many arguments")
|
| 1.21.4.1 | 21-Apr-2017 |
bouyer | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.21.2.1 | 26-Apr-2017 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.22 | 14-Sep-2009 |
pooka | Set fspec to canon_dev instead of dev.
|
| 1.21 | 05-Aug-2008 |
pooka | Refactor mount utilities to provide a mount_fs_parseargs() routine.
Use this routine both in mount_fs and rump_fs to provide equivalent
command line parameters and therefore usage interchangeability.
While doing this, combine some common mountgoop to mountprog.h
|
| 1.20 | 15-Dec-2007 |
perry | branches: 1.20.4; 1.20.8;
convert __attribute__s to applicable cdefs.h macros
|
| 1.19 | 16-Jul-2007 |
pooka | branches: 1.19.4; 1.19.6;
Make all mount(2) return value error checks against -1. Some file
systems just checked != 0, breaking MNT_GETARGS. Others worked with < 0,
but make them check against -1 too for consistency. And sprinkle some
stylish line wrapping where appropriate.
|
| 1.18 | 14-Jul-2007 |
dsl | Add additional 'sizeof args' parameter to mount(2).
|
| 1.17 | 10-Mar-2007 |
hubertf | - removes unused ctype.h header
- correct comment in mount_nfs/getnfsargs.c: s/Nead/Need/
From: Slava Semushin <php-coder@altlinux.ru>
|
| 1.16 | 17-Jan-2007 |
hubertf | Remove more duplicate #includes,
from Slava Semushin <slava.semushin@gmail.com>
|
| 1.15 | 16-Oct-2006 |
christos | use MOPT_NULL
|
| 1.14 | 21-Mar-2006 |
christos | Always check the results of getmntopts() and free them.
|
| 1.13 | 23-Sep-2005 |
jmmv | Apply the NFS exports list rototill patch:
- Remove all NFS related stuff from file system specific code.
- Drop the vfs_checkexp hook and generalize it in the new nfs_check_export
function, thus removing redundancy from all file systems.
- Move all NFS export-related stuff from kern/vfs_subr.c to the new
file sys/nfs/nfs_export.c. The former was becoming large and its code
is always compiled, regardless of the build options. Using the latter,
the code is only compiled in when NFSSERVER is enabled. While doing this,
also make some functions in nfs_subs.c conditional to NFSSERVER.
- Add a new command in nfssvc(2), called NFSSVC_SETEXPORTSLIST, that takes a
path and a set of export entries. At the moment it can only clear the
exports list or append entries, one by one, but it is done in a way that
allows setting the whole set of entries atomically in the future (see the
comment in mountd_set_exports_list or in doc/TODO).
- Change mountd(8) to use the nfssvc(2) system call instead of mount(2) so
that it becomes file system agnostic. In fact, all this whole thing was
done to remove a 'XXX' block from this utility!
- Change the mount*, newfs and fsck* userland utilities to not deal with NFS
exports initialization; done internally by the kernel when initializing
the NFS support for each file system.
- Implement an interface for VFS (called VFS hooks) so that several kernel
subsystems can run arbitrary code upon receipt of specific VFS events.
At the moment, this only provides support for unmount and is used to
destroy NFS exports lists from the file systems being unmounted, though it
has room for extension.
Thanks go to yamt@, chs@, thorpej@, wrstuden@ and others for their comments
and advice in the development of this patch.
|
| 1.12 | 05-Feb-2005 |
xtraeme | Kill __P(), use ANSI function declarations; WARNS=3.
|
| 1.11 | 31-Jan-2005 |
erh | Fix PR#3617 and PR#3205: call realpath to convert mount points and paths to
device nodes into absolute paths before using them.
|
| 1.10 | 02-Aug-2003 |
jdolecek | g/c all traces of FreeBSD-specific code - it only obfuscated the code without
any real benefit
|
| 1.9 | 03-May-2003 |
christos | print masks and modes in octal.
|
| 1.8 | 22-Mar-2003 |
jdolecek | use <> rather than "" for #include mntopts.h
|
| 1.7 | 01-Oct-2002 |
itojun | minor KNF
|
| 1.6 | 21-Sep-2002 |
christos | MNT_GETARGS support
|
| 1.5 | 30-Oct-2000 |
jdolecek | make the code includable into other programs:
* make static all symbols which do not need to be exported
* rename main() to mount_FOO()
* new main() now just calls mount_FOO(), main() is only compiled in if
MOUNT_NOMAIN is not defined
* a_gid(), a_uid() and a_mask() were put into ../mount/fattr.[ch], local
versions removed
|
| 1.4 | 14-Jun-2000 |
cgd | fix up NetBSD RCS Ids to match the standard, and the leading comment as
to match as well. No functional changes.
|
| 1.3 | 25-Jun-1999 |
perseant | branches: 1.3.6;
Regularize error reporting of mount_* commands for failure of mount(2)
to the form:
mount_xxx: dev on dir: reason for failure
|
| 1.2 | 06-May-1999 |
christos | Make this compile...
|
| 1.1 | 06-May-1999 |
christos | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 06-May-1999 |
christos | Import yesterday's FreeBSD mount_ntfs source
|
| 1.3.6.1 | 22-Jun-2000 |
minoura | Sync w/ netbsd-1-5-base.
|
| 1.19.6.1 | 27-Dec-2007 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.19.4.1 | 09-Jan-2008 |
matt | sync with HEAD
|
| 1.20.8.1 | 18-Sep-2008 |
wrstuden | Sync with wrstuden-revivesa-base-2.
|
| 1.20.4.1 | 28-Sep-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.1 | 05-Aug-2008 |
pooka | branches: 1.1.2; 1.1.4;
Refactor mount utilities to provide a mount_fs_parseargs() routine.
Use this routine both in mount_fs and rump_fs to provide equivalent
command line parameters and therefore usage interchangeability.
While doing this, combine some common mountgoop to mountprog.h
|
| 1.1.4.2 | 28-Sep-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.1.4.1 | 05-Aug-2008 |
mjf | file mount_ntfs.h was added on branch mjf-devfs2 on 2008-09-28 11:17:13 +0000
|
| 1.1.2.2 | 18-Sep-2008 |
wrstuden | Sync with wrstuden-revivesa-base-2.
|
| 1.1.2.1 | 05-Aug-2008 |
wrstuden | file mount_ntfs.h was added on branch wrstuden-revivesa on 2008-09-18 04:28:27 +0000
|
| 1.13 | 26-Jul-2020 |
mlelstv | Refactor remaining mount_* commands to use the common pathadj()
function for resolving paths.
Make pathadj() no longer warn about symlinks. Symlinks in /dev are
regularly used in several places like LVM . The warning was also
only visible when calling a mount_* command directly as mount(8)
itself would resolve the path witout warning before passing it to
a mount_* command.
|
| 1.12 | 27-Jun-2005 |
christos | Move WARNS=3 to the Makefile.inc, and add a little const to the remaining
programs that did not compile before.
|
| 1.11 | 05-Feb-2005 |
xtraeme | Kill __P(), use ANSI function declarations; WARNS=3.
|
| 1.10 | 22-Mar-2003 |
jdolecek | move getmntopts(3) to libutil, build and install also it's manpage
bump libutil minor
adjust individual mount_*/Makefile to use libutil getmntopts(3)
|
| 1.9 | 19-Aug-2002 |
lukem | Use ${NETBSDSRCDIR}/some/path instead of ${.CURDIR}/../../some/path
|
| 1.8 | 10-Oct-1997 |
christos | CFLAGS->CPPFLAGS
|
| 1.7 | 08-May-1997 |
gwr | Back out the .PATH.c changes. The .depend problem (and others)
will be fixed using the new .NOPATH make feature instead.
|
| 1.6 | 06-May-1997 |
gwr | Use .PATH.c: ...
|
| 1.5 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.4 | 22-Dec-1994 |
cgd | specify man pages the new way.
|
| 1.3 | 03-Aug-1994 |
deraadt | do not need -I/sys
|
| 1.2 | 10-Jun-1994 |
pk | X compilation
|
| 1.1 | 08-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | branches: 1.1.1;
Update from 4.4-Lite, with local changes.
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 13-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Import 4.4-Lite version.
|
| 1.24 | 23-Jul-2024 |
uwe | mount_null(8): tweak previous
Make the wording in the example less ambiguous.
While here, g/c accidental blank like in input.
|
| 1.23 | 23-Jul-2024 |
uwe | mount_null(8): brush up markup, add read-only /usr/src example
TODO: the source code references probably need to be updated!
|
| 1.22 | 01-Dec-2020 |
pgoyette | branches: 1.22.8;
Be consistent with mark-up of vop_reclaim
|
| 1.21 | 31-Jan-2005 |
erh | Fix PR#3617 and PR#3205: call realpath to convert mount points and paths to
device nodes into absolute paths before using them.
|
| 1.20 | 10-Jun-2004 |
uebayasi | Fix SEE ALSO; remove .sp; put .Pp before sentences.
|
| 1.19 | 07-Aug-2003 |
agc | Move UCB-licensed code from 4-clause to 3-clause licence.
Patches provided by Joel Baker in PR 22308, verified by myself.
|
| 1.18 | 25-Feb-2003 |
wiz | .Nm does not need a dummy argument ("") before punctuation or
for correct formatting of the SYNOPSIS any longer.
|
| 1.17 | 01-Oct-2002 |
wiz | New sentence, new line. By Robert Elz with minimal fixes.
|
| 1.16 | 30-Mar-2002 |
groo | s/bypassing/passing/
|
| 1.15 | 16-Nov-2001 |
wiz | Lose unnecessary .Nm argument.
|
| 1.14 | 16-Nov-2001 |
wiz | Whitespace nits
|
| 1.13 | 07-Jun-2001 |
wiz | Typos and grammar fixes (last part of misc/13133 by Michael K. Sanders)
|
| 1.12 | 05-Jun-2001 |
wiz | Drop arguments of .Os.
|
| 1.11 | 11-Apr-2001 |
agc | "It's" is short for "it is". The possessive pronoun is "its".
|
| 1.10 | 19-Nov-1999 |
kristerw | Typos (from OpenBSD)
|
| 1.9 | 07-Mar-1999 |
mycroft | branches: 1.9.6;
Clean up SYNOPSIS formatting.
|
| 1.8 | 06-Feb-1998 |
perry | macroize BSD, NetBSD, FreeBSD and misc cleanup
|
| 1.7 | 20-Oct-1997 |
enami | Fix .Nm usage.
|
| 1.6 | 16-Sep-1997 |
lukem | resolve conflicts from lite-2 merge
|
| 1.5 | 15-Sep-1997 |
lukem | * update for WARNS=1
* getopt returns -1 not EOF
* fix .Nm usage
|
| 1.4 | 10-Apr-1996 |
thorpej | Remove extra "the", from Masanobu Saitoh <msaitoh@spa.is.uec.ac.jp>,
PR #2318.
|
| 1.3 | 12-Jul-1995 |
cgd | clean up (GRAMMAR POLICE!), removed references to now-nonexistent
loopback file system (fixes pr 955, but more thoroughly).
|
| 1.2 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.1 | 08-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | branches: 1.1.1;
Update from 4.4-Lite, with local changes.
|
| 1.1.1.2 | 16-Sep-1997 |
lukem | imported from lite-2
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 13-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Import 4.4-Lite version.
|
| 1.9.6.1 | 27-Dec-1999 |
wrstuden | Pull up to last week's -current.
|
| 1.22.8.1 | 02-Aug-2025 |
perseant | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.21 | 26-Jul-2020 |
mlelstv | Refactor remaining mount_* commands to use the common pathadj()
function for resolving paths.
Make pathadj() no longer warn about symlinks. Symlinks in /dev are
regularly used in several places like LVM . The warning was also
only visible when calling a mount_* command directly as mount(8)
itself would resolve the path witout warning before passing it to
a mount_* command.
|
| 1.20 | 25-Jul-2016 |
erh | Eliminate the distinct path check, since the paths don't actually need to be
distinct and allowing this makes certain useful tasks possible, such as
fixing an unpopulated /dev while a tmpfs is mounted over it.
However, require the paths to be different, as mounting a path directly over
itself has the side effect of causing any other mount points within that path
to no longer be accessible, and is difficult to unmount when done on /.
|
| 1.19 | 29-Aug-2011 |
joerg | branches: 1.19.24;
Use __dead
|
| 1.18 | 20-Jul-2008 |
lukem | Remove the \n and tabs from the __COPYRIGHT() strings.
(Tweak some to use a consistent format.)
|
| 1.17 | 16-Jul-2007 |
pooka | branches: 1.17.12; 1.17.16;
Make all mount(2) return value error checks against -1. Some file
systems just checked != 0, breaking MNT_GETARGS. Others worked with < 0,
but make them check against -1 too for consistency. And sprinkle some
stylish line wrapping where appropriate.
|
| 1.16 | 14-Jul-2007 |
dsl | Add additional 'sizeof args' parameter to mount(2).
|
| 1.15 | 16-Oct-2006 |
christos | use MOPT_NULL
|
| 1.14 | 21-Mar-2006 |
christos | Always check the results of getmntopts() and free them.
|
| 1.13 | 05-Feb-2005 |
xtraeme | Kill __P(), use ANSI function declarations; WARNS=3.
|
| 1.12 | 31-Jan-2005 |
erh | Fix PR#3617 and PR#3205: call realpath to convert mount points and paths to
device nodes into absolute paths before using them.
|
| 1.11 | 07-Aug-2003 |
agc | Move UCB-licensed code from 4-clause to 3-clause licence.
Patches provided by Joel Baker in PR 22308, verified by myself.
|
| 1.10 | 22-Mar-2003 |
jdolecek | use <> rather than "" for #include mntopts.h
|
| 1.9 | 21-Sep-2002 |
christos | MNT_GETARGS support
|
| 1.8 | 30-Oct-2000 |
jdolecek | make the code includable into other programs:
* make static all symbols which do not need to be exported
* rename main() to mount_FOO()
* new main() now just calls mount_FOO(), main() is only compiled in if
MOUNT_NOMAIN is not defined
* a_gid(), a_uid() and a_mask() were put into ../mount/fattr.[ch], local
versions removed
|
| 1.7 | 08-Jul-1999 |
wrstuden | Update to new mount arguments.
|
| 1.6 | 25-Jun-1999 |
perseant | Regularize error reporting of mount_* commands for failure of mount(2)
to the form:
mount_xxx: dev on dir: reason for failure
|
| 1.5 | 16-Sep-1997 |
lukem | branches: 1.5.4;
resolve conflicts from lite-2 merge
|
| 1.4 | 15-Sep-1997 |
lukem | * update for WARNS=1
* getopt returns -1 not EOF
* fix .Nm usage
|
| 1.3 | 13-Apr-1996 |
jtc | Add const qualifier to mopts table
|
| 1.2 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.1 | 08-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | branches: 1.1.1;
Update from 4.4-Lite, with local changes.
|
| 1.1.1.2 | 16-Sep-1997 |
lukem | imported from lite-2
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 13-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Import 4.4-Lite version.
|
| 1.5.4.1 | 05-Sep-1999 |
he | Pull up revision 1.6:
Regularize error reporting of mount_* commands for failure of
mount(2) to the form "mount_xxx: dev on dir: reason for failure"
(as opposed to the old "mount_xxx: : reason for failure").
(perseant)
|
| 1.17.16.1 | 18-Sep-2008 |
wrstuden | Sync with wrstuden-revivesa-base-2.
|
| 1.17.12.1 | 28-Sep-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.19.24.1 | 26-Jul-2016 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.6 | 26-Jul-2020 |
mlelstv | Refactor remaining mount_* commands to use the common pathadj()
function for resolving paths.
Make pathadj() no longer warn about symlinks. Symlinks in /dev are
regularly used in several places like LVM . The warning was also
only visible when calling a mount_* command directly as mount(8)
itself would resolve the path witout warning before passing it to
a mount_* command.
|
| 1.5 | 27-Jun-2005 |
christos | Move WARNS=3 to the Makefile.inc, and add a little const to the remaining
programs that did not compile before.
|
| 1.4 | 05-Feb-2005 |
xtraeme | Kill __P(), use ANSI function declarations; WARNS=3.
|
| 1.3 | 22-Mar-2003 |
jdolecek | move getmntopts(3) to libutil, build and install also it's manpage
bump libutil minor
adjust individual mount_*/Makefile to use libutil getmntopts(3)
|
| 1.2 | 19-Aug-2002 |
lukem | Use ${NETBSDSRCDIR}/some/path instead of ${.CURDIR}/../../some/path
|
| 1.1 | 20-Jan-2000 |
wrstuden | Add mount_overlay.
|
| 1.9 | 10-Jun-2004 |
uebayasi | Fix SEE ALSO; remove .sp; put .Pp before sentences.
|
| 1.8 | 07-Aug-2003 |
agc | Move UCB-licensed code from 4-clause to 3-clause licence.
Patches provided by Joel Baker in PR 22308, verified by myself.
|
| 1.7 | 25-Feb-2003 |
wiz | .Nm does not need a dummy argument ("") before punctuation or
for correct formatting of the SYNOPSIS any longer.
|
| 1.6 | 01-Oct-2002 |
wiz | New sentence, new line. By Robert Elz with minimal fixes.
|
| 1.5 | 07-Jun-2001 |
wiz | Typos and grammar fixes (last part of misc/13133 by Michael K. Sanders)
|
| 1.4 | 05-Jun-2001 |
wiz | Drop arguments of .Os.
|
| 1.3 | 30-Jul-2000 |
jdolecek | in SEE ALSO, add missing comma between moun(8) and mount_null(8)
|
| 1.2 | 20-Jan-2000 |
wrstuden | branches: 1.2.4;
Fix tyop pointed out by Simon Burge. Also expand description
a little, and change words to suggest overlay is a starting point for
layers which need to overlay the over-mounted fs.
|
| 1.1 | 20-Jan-2000 |
wrstuden | Add mount_overlay.
|
| 1.2.4.1 | 30-Jul-2000 |
jdolecek | pullup rev. 1.3 from trunk (approved by jhawk):
add missing comma between entries in SEE ALSO
|
| 1.14 | 26-Jul-2020 |
mlelstv | Refactor remaining mount_* commands to use the common pathadj()
function for resolving paths.
Make pathadj() no longer warn about symlinks. Symlinks in /dev are
regularly used in several places like LVM . The warning was also
only visible when calling a mount_* command directly as mount(8)
itself would resolve the path witout warning before passing it to
a mount_* command.
|
| 1.13 | 29-Aug-2011 |
joerg | Use __dead
|
| 1.12 | 20-Jul-2008 |
lukem | Remove the \n and tabs from the __COPYRIGHT() strings.
(Tweak some to use a consistent format.)
|
| 1.11 | 16-Jul-2007 |
pooka | branches: 1.11.12; 1.11.16;
Make all mount(2) return value error checks against -1. Some file
systems just checked != 0, breaking MNT_GETARGS. Others worked with < 0,
but make them check against -1 too for consistency. And sprinkle some
stylish line wrapping where appropriate.
|
| 1.10 | 14-Jul-2007 |
dsl | Add additional 'sizeof args' parameter to mount(2).
|
| 1.9 | 16-Oct-2006 |
christos | use MOPT_NULL
|
| 1.8 | 21-Mar-2006 |
christos | Always check the results of getmntopts() and free them.
|
| 1.7 | 05-Feb-2005 |
xtraeme | Kill __P(), use ANSI function declarations; WARNS=3.
|
| 1.6 | 31-Jan-2005 |
erh | Fix PR#3617 and PR#3205: call realpath to convert mount points and paths to
device nodes into absolute paths before using them.
|
| 1.5 | 07-Aug-2003 |
agc | Move UCB-licensed code from 4-clause to 3-clause licence.
Patches provided by Joel Baker in PR 22308, verified by myself.
|
| 1.4 | 22-Mar-2003 |
jdolecek | use <> rather than "" for #include mntopts.h
|
| 1.3 | 21-Sep-2002 |
christos | MNT_GETARGS support
|
| 1.2 | 30-Oct-2000 |
jdolecek | make the code includable into other programs:
* make static all symbols which do not need to be exported
* rename main() to mount_FOO()
* new main() now just calls mount_FOO(), main() is only compiled in if
MOUNT_NOMAIN is not defined
* a_gid(), a_uid() and a_mask() were put into ../mount/fattr.[ch], local
versions removed
|
| 1.1 | 20-Jan-2000 |
wrstuden | Add mount_overlay.
|
| 1.11.16.1 | 18-Sep-2008 |
wrstuden | Sync with wrstuden-revivesa-base-2.
|
| 1.11.12.1 | 28-Sep-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.27 | 09-May-2017 |
kamil | Minor and non-functional enhancements in mount_portal(8)
Since day0 pt_exec.c shipped with a dummy stub for "exec" operation, stop
waiting longer and eliminate it now. This functionality can be achieved
with filters.
Drop FreeBSD CVS repos references. There are certainly still some mirrors
or old mirrors available, but since the project moved to SVN+GIT entirely
drop it.
Add CVS Id - where missing - to the documentation files. This helps users
to determine how recent are the files.
|
| 1.26 | 23-Jan-2016 |
christos | branches: 1.26.6;
Define _KERNTYPES for things that need it.
|
| 1.25 | 14-Aug-2011 |
christos | document non-literal strings
|
| 1.24 | 05-Dec-2009 |
pooka | Remove the portalfs kernel file system driver. Replace mount_portal(8)
with a version based on puffs. User functionality remains the same.
|
| 1.23 | 27-Jun-2005 |
christos | Move WARNS=3 to the Makefile.inc, and add a little const to the remaining
programs that did not compile before.
|
| 1.22 | 09-Feb-2005 |
xtraeme | Kill __P(), use ANSI function declarations, constify; WARNS=3.
|
| 1.21 | 01-Mar-2004 |
itojun | unifdef -DINET6. getaddrinfo will always be there, so there's no point in
keeping old code. moreover old code does not traverse list of DNS-returned
addresses.
|
| 1.20 | 22-Mar-2003 |
jdolecek | move getmntopts(3) to libutil, build and install also it's manpage
bump libutil minor
adjust individual mount_*/Makefile to use libutil getmntopts(3)
|
| 1.19 | 19-Aug-2002 |
lukem | Use ${NETBSDSRCDIR}/some/path instead of ${.CURDIR}/../../some/path
|
| 1.18 | 31-Dec-2000 |
itojun | support IPv6. PR 11858 from ura@hiru.aoba.yokohama.jp
|
| 1.17 | 06-Nov-2000 |
jdolecek | convert to use regex (it used compat regexp previously), g/c now unneded stuff
|
| 1.16 | 16-Aug-1999 |
bgrayson | Initial support for rfilter and wfilter namespaces, in pt_filter.c.
Also, recur into ./examples, to grab the tutorial and example configurations.
|
| 1.15 | 18-Sep-1998 |
thorpej | We use regexp(3), better link w/ libcompat!
|
| 1.14 | 04-Feb-1998 |
christos | Remove -lcompat; not needed.
|
| 1.13 | 10-Oct-1997 |
christos | CFLAGS->CPPFLAGS
|
| 1.12 | 08-May-1997 |
gwr | Back out the .PATH.c changes. The .depend problem (and others)
will be fixed using the new .NOPATH make feature instead.
|
| 1.11 | 06-May-1997 |
gwr | Use .PATH.c: ...
|
| 1.10 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.9 | 22-Dec-1994 |
cgd | specify man pages the new way.
|
| 1.8 | 03-Aug-1994 |
deraadt | do not need -I/sys
|
| 1.7 | 10-Jun-1994 |
pk | X compilation
|
| 1.6 | 08-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Update from 4.4-Lite, with local changes.
|
| 1.5 | 28-Jan-1994 |
cgd | don't need -lutil
|
| 1.4 | 13-Jan-1994 |
mycroft | Remove some notdefage and link with libutil so we properly daemonize.
|
| 1.3 | 12-Jan-1994 |
cgd | it uses the old regex stuff, so include -lcompat
|
| 1.2 | 12-Jan-1994 |
mycroft | Get CFLAGS right so the blasted thing is optimized.
|
| 1.1 | 12-Jan-1994 |
cgd | branches: 1.1.1;
mount_portal command, from jsp
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 13-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Import 4.4-Lite version.
|
| 1.26.6.1 | 11-May-2017 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.15 | 11-Apr-2009 |
lukem | fix sign-compare issues
|
| 1.14 | 02-Jul-2007 |
pooka | branches: 1.14.22;
The kernel socket isn't used by any of the providers, and it's a bit
hard to imagine how it could be used, so get rid of it.
|
| 1.13 | 09-Feb-2005 |
xtraeme | Kill __P(), use ANSI function declarations, constify; WARNS=3.
|
| 1.12 | 07-Aug-2003 |
agc | Move UCB-licensed code from 4-clause to 3-clause licence.
Patches provided by Joel Baker in PR 22308, verified by myself.
|
| 1.11 | 11-Feb-2002 |
atatat | Minor tweak to make portalfs work on 64 bit ports.
|
| 1.10 | 10-Jan-2001 |
lukem | be consistent (both internally and with other programs):
log_err fatal errors
log_warning non-fatal errors & warnings
log_debug debug messages (#ifdef DEBUG)
|
| 1.9 | 05-Jun-2000 |
thorpej | Use CMSG_*() correctly when sending file descriptors.
|
| 1.8 | 21-Sep-1997 |
enami | branches: 1.8.10;
Cosmetic changes:
- Use syslog(..., "...%m") instead of syslog(..., "...%s",
strerror(errno)).
- Don't put a simple and single statement into a block.
- Indent continuation line by four space.
- Add an empty line at the beginning of a function if it doesn't have
local variable.
- Use err() or errx() instead of fprintf(stderr, "progname: ....\n")
and exit() (there was two place left).
- Use MOUNT_PORTAL, which is defined as "portal" in sys/mount.h,
instead of using "portal" directly.
- Fold long line to fit column < 80.
|
| 1.7 | 16-Sep-1997 |
lukem | resolve conflicts from lite-2 merge
|
| 1.6 | 15-Sep-1997 |
lukem | * KNF-ify
* update for WARNS=1
* getopt returns -1 not EOF
* fix .Nm usage
|
| 1.5 | 23-Apr-1995 |
cgd | slightly clean rcs ids, etc.
|
| 1.4 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.3 | 23-Sep-1994 |
mycroft | Eliminate uses of some obsolete functions.
|
| 1.2 | 08-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Update from 4.4-Lite, with local changes.
|
| 1.1 | 12-Jan-1994 |
cgd | branches: 1.1.1;
mount_portal command, from jsp
|
| 1.1.1.2 | 16-Sep-1997 |
lukem | imported from lite-2
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 13-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Import 4.4-Lite version.
|
| 1.8.10.1 | 22-Jun-2000 |
minoura | Sync w/ netbsd-1-5-base.
|
| 1.14.22.1 | 13-May-2009 |
jym | Sync with HEAD.
Third (and last) commit. See http://mail-index.netbsd.org/source-changes/2009/05/13/msg221222.html
|
| 1.14 | 23-May-2019 |
kre | Better handling of comments in portal.conf ... # now only introduces
a comment at beginning of line, or after whitespace. This allows #
to be used as data otherwhere in the line (there is no escape mechanism).
|
| 1.13 | 23-May-2019 |
kre | KNF: blank lines after declarations, return (x) -> return x, and
eliminate spaces between cast and value being cast (most were OK already)
NFCI.
|
| 1.12 | 02-Jul-2007 |
pooka | branches: 1.12.78;
* narrow-angle const spray
* make config read return an error if it can't read the config file
|
| 1.11 | 09-Feb-2005 |
xtraeme | Kill __P(), use ANSI function declarations, constify; WARNS=3.
|
| 1.10 | 07-Aug-2003 |
agc | Move UCB-licensed code from 4-clause to 3-clause licence.
Patches provided by Joel Baker in PR 22308, verified by myself.
|
| 1.9 | 10-Jan-2001 |
lukem | be consistent (both internally and with other programs):
log_err fatal errors
log_warning non-fatal errors & warnings
log_debug debug messages (#ifdef DEBUG)
|
| 1.8 | 06-Nov-2000 |
jdolecek | convert to use regex (it used compat regexp previously), g/c now unneded stuff
|
| 1.7 | 21-Sep-1997 |
enami | Cosmetic changes:
- Use syslog(..., "...%m") instead of syslog(..., "...%s",
strerror(errno)).
- Don't put a simple and single statement into a block.
- Indent continuation line by four space.
- Add an empty line at the beginning of a function if it doesn't have
local variable.
- Use err() or errx() instead of fprintf(stderr, "progname: ....\n")
and exit() (there was two place left).
- Use MOUNT_PORTAL, which is defined as "portal" in sys/mount.h,
instead of using "portal" directly.
- Fold long line to fit column < 80.
|
| 1.6 | 16-Sep-1997 |
mrg | make these compile on the alpha after WARNS=1.
|
| 1.5 | 15-Sep-1997 |
lukem | * KNF-ify
* update for WARNS=1
* getopt returns -1 not EOF
* fix .Nm usage
|
| 1.4 | 23-Apr-1995 |
cgd | slightly clean rcs ids, etc.
|
| 1.3 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.2 | 08-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Update from 4.4-Lite, with local changes.
|
| 1.1 | 12-Jan-1994 |
cgd | branches: 1.1.1;
mount_portal command, from jsp
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 13-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Import 4.4-Lite version.
|
| 1.12.78.1 | 10-Jun-2019 |
christos | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.24 | 23-May-2019 |
wiz | Remove superfluous Pp.
|
| 1.23 | 23-May-2019 |
kre | Better handling of comments in portal.conf ... # now only introduces
a comment at beginning of line, or after whitespace. This allows #
to be used as data otherwhere in the line (there is no escape mechanism).
|
| 1.22 | 03-Jul-2017 |
wiz | branches: 1.22.6;
Remove workaround for ancient HTML generation code.
|
| 1.21 | 05-Dec-2009 |
pooka | Note conversion to puffs for the kernel driver.
|
| 1.20 | 31-Jan-2005 |
erh | Fix PR#3617 and PR#3205: call realpath to convert mount points and paths to
device nodes into absolute paths before using them.
|
| 1.19 | 07-Aug-2003 |
agc | Move UCB-licensed code from 4-clause to 3-clause licence.
Patches provided by Joel Baker in PR 22308, verified by myself.
|
| 1.18 | 25-Feb-2003 |
wiz | .Nm does not need a dummy argument ("") before punctuation or
for correct formatting of the SYNOPSIS any longer.
|
| 1.17 | 01-Oct-2002 |
wiz | Use more markup.
|
| 1.16 | 01-Oct-2002 |
wiz | New sentence, new line. By Robert Elz with minimal fixes.
|
| 1.15 | 08-Feb-2002 |
ross | Generate <>& symbolically. I'm avoiding .../dist/... directories for now.
|
| 1.14 | 16-Nov-2001 |
wiz | Use .Pp for paragraphs, sort sections, use standard headers, and a markup fix.
|
| 1.13 | 16-Nov-2001 |
wiz | Whitespace nits
|
| 1.12 | 05-Jun-2001 |
wiz | Drop arguments of .Os.
|
| 1.11 | 06-Nov-2000 |
jdolecek | put in some commas, remove newlines
|
| 1.10 | 16-Aug-1999 |
bgrayson | branches: 1.10.8;
Initial support for rfilter and wfilter namespaces, in pt_filter.c.
Also, recur into ./examples, to grab the tutorial and example configurations.
|
| 1.9 | 07-Mar-1999 |
mycroft | Clean up SYNOPSIS formatting.
|
| 1.8 | 06-Feb-1998 |
perry | macroize BSD, NetBSD, FreeBSD and misc cleanup
|
| 1.7 | 15-Sep-1997 |
lukem | * KNF-ify
* update for WARNS=1
* getopt returns -1 not EOF
* fix .Nm usage
|
| 1.6 | 18-Aug-1995 |
pk | Remove junk (from Masanobu Saitoh; PR#1378).
|
| 1.5 | 23-Apr-1995 |
cgd | slightly clean rcs ids, etc.
|
| 1.4 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.3 | 08-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Update from 4.4-Lite, with local changes.
|
| 1.2 | 24-Jan-1994 |
jtc | fix formatting
|
| 1.1 | 12-Jan-1994 |
cgd | branches: 1.1.1;
mount_portal command, from jsp
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 13-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Import 4.4-Lite version.
|
| 1.10.8.1 | 09-Nov-2000 |
tv | Pullup 1.11 [jdolecek]:
put in some commas, remove newlines
|
| 1.22.6.1 | 10-Jun-2019 |
christos | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.34 | 05-Dec-2009 |
pooka | Remove the portalfs kernel file system driver. Replace mount_portal(8)
with a version based on puffs. User functionality remains the same.
|
| 1.33 | 20-Jul-2008 |
lukem | Remove the \n and tabs from the __COPYRIGHT() strings.
(Tweak some to use a consistent format.)
|
| 1.32 | 16-Jul-2007 |
pooka | branches: 1.32.12; 1.32.16;
Make all mount(2) return value error checks against -1. Some file
systems just checked != 0, breaking MNT_GETARGS. Others worked with < 0,
but make them check against -1 too for consistency. And sprinkle some
stylish line wrapping where appropriate.
|
| 1.31 | 14-Jul-2007 |
dsl | Add additional 'sizeof args' parameter to mount(2).
|
| 1.30 | 16-Oct-2006 |
christos | use MOPT_NULL
|
| 1.29 | 09-May-2006 |
mrg | change (mostly) int to socklen_t. GCC 4 doesn't like that int and
socklen_t are different signness.
|
| 1.28 | 21-Mar-2006 |
christos | Always check the results of getmntopts() and free them.
|
| 1.27 | 09-Feb-2005 |
xtraeme | Kill __P(), use ANSI function declarations, constify; WARNS=3.
|
| 1.26 | 31-Jan-2005 |
erh | Fix PR#3617 and PR#3205: call realpath to convert mount points and paths to
device nodes into absolute paths before using them.
|
| 1.25 | 07-Aug-2003 |
agc | Move UCB-licensed code from 4-clause to 3-clause licence.
Patches provided by Joel Baker in PR 22308, verified by myself.
|
| 1.24 | 13-Jul-2003 |
itojun | use bounded string ops
|
| 1.23 | 22-Mar-2003 |
jdolecek | use <> rather than "" for #include mntopts.h
|
| 1.22 | 21-Sep-2002 |
christos | MNT_GETARGS support
|
| 1.21 | 21-Sep-2002 |
mycroft | select() -> poll()
|
| 1.20 | 20-Jul-2002 |
grant | sweep of errx/warnx, remove unnecessary trailing \n
|
| 1.19 | 01-Nov-2001 |
lukem | fix a -Wshadow warning
|
| 1.18 | 10-Jan-2001 |
lukem | be consistent (both internally and with other programs):
log_err fatal errors
log_warning non-fatal errors & warnings
log_debug debug messages (#ifdef DEBUG)
|
| 1.17 | 06-Nov-2000 |
jdolecek | use mkdtemp(3) instead of mktemp(3)
call daemon(3) before the mount(2) call, so that we can fill correct pid
to mount tag argument (previous code used getpid() + 1!)
|
| 1.16 | 17-Jan-2000 |
bgrayson | Remove unneeded syslog() at unmount
|
| 1.15 | 16-Aug-1999 |
bgrayson | Make life a little easier: warn if the configuration file is not an absolute
path, and under DEBUG, keep stderr around.
|
| 1.14 | 04-Mar-1999 |
bgrayson | Slightly more useful error messages
|
| 1.13 | 18-Jul-1998 |
lukem | use AF_LOCAL instead of AF_UNIX
|
| 1.12 | 17-Feb-1998 |
kleink | Include <sys/time.h>, which is the canonical location of the select()
prototype and assorted data type definitions.
|
| 1.11 | 21-Sep-1997 |
enami | Cosmetic changes:
- Use syslog(..., "...%m") instead of syslog(..., "...%s",
strerror(errno)).
- Don't put a simple and single statement into a block.
- Indent continuation line by four space.
- Add an empty line at the beginning of a function if it doesn't have
local variable.
- Use err() or errx() instead of fprintf(stderr, "progname: ....\n")
and exit() (there was two place left).
- Use MOUNT_PORTAL, which is defined as "portal" in sys/mount.h,
instead of using "portal" directly.
- Fold long line to fit column < 80.
|
| 1.10 | 16-Sep-1997 |
lukem | resolve conflicts from lite-2 merge
|
| 1.9 | 15-Sep-1997 |
lukem | * KNF-ify
* update for WARNS=1
* getopt returns -1 not EOF
* fix .Nm usage
|
| 1.8 | 13-Apr-1996 |
jtc | Add const qualifier to mopts table
|
| 1.7 | 23-Mar-1996 |
mrg | add a SIGTERM handler to unmount the portal fs when killed. also put the
right PID in the mount table. from pr#893 <kstailey@leidecker.gsfc.nasa.gov>
|
| 1.6 | 08-Jun-1995 |
cgd | fd_set *'s really aren't compatible with timeval *'s
|
| 1.5 | 06-Jun-1995 |
mycroft | Make sure the SIGHUP handler is actually set. Zero the fd_set before using
it.
|
| 1.4 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.3 | 08-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Update from 4.4-Lite, with local changes.
|
| 1.2 | 13-Jan-1994 |
mycroft | Remove some notdefage and link with libutil so we properly daemonize.
|
| 1.1 | 12-Jan-1994 |
cgd | branches: 1.1.1;
mount_portal command, from jsp
|
| 1.1.1.2 | 16-Sep-1997 |
lukem | imported from lite-2
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 13-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Import 4.4-Lite version.
|
| 1.32.16.1 | 18-Sep-2008 |
wrstuden | Sync with wrstuden-revivesa-base-2.
|
| 1.32.12.1 | 28-Sep-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.6 | 07-Aug-2003 |
agc | Move UCB-licensed code from 4-clause to 3-clause licence.
Patches provided by Joel Baker in PR 22308, verified by myself.
|
| 1.5 | 06-Nov-2000 |
jdolecek | use mkdtemp(3) instead of mktemp(3)
call daemon(3) before the mount(2) call, so that we can fill correct pid
to mount tag argument (previous code used getpid() + 1!)
|
| 1.4 | 23-Apr-1995 |
cgd | slightly clean rcs ids, etc.
|
| 1.3 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.2 | 08-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Update from 4.4-Lite, with local changes.
|
| 1.1 | 12-Jan-1994 |
cgd | branches: 1.1.1;
mount_portal command, from jsp
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 13-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Import 4.4-Lite version.
|
| 1.4 | 09-May-2017 |
kamil | Sync example portal.conf with reality
Since day0 nobody implemented pipe, tcplisten, exec modes - eliminate them.
|
| 1.3 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | branches: 1.3.106;
convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.2 | 08-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Update from 4.4-Lite, with local changes.
|
| 1.1 | 12-Jan-1994 |
cgd | branches: 1.1.1;
mount_portal command, from jsp
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 13-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Import 4.4-Lite version.
|
| 1.3.106.1 | 11-May-2017 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.10 | 05-Dec-2009 |
pooka | Remove the portalfs kernel file system driver. Replace mount_portal(8)
with a version based on puffs. User functionality remains the same.
|
| 1.9 | 02-Jul-2007 |
pooka | The kernel socket isn't used by any of the providers, and it's a bit
hard to imagine how it could be used, so get rid of it.
|
| 1.8 | 02-Jul-2007 |
pooka | * narrow-angle const spray
* make config read return an error if it can't read the config file
|
| 1.7 | 09-Feb-2005 |
xtraeme | Kill __P(), use ANSI function declarations, constify; WARNS=3.
|
| 1.6 | 07-Aug-2003 |
agc | Move UCB-licensed code from 4-clause to 3-clause licence.
Patches provided by Joel Baker in PR 22308, verified by myself.
|
| 1.5 | 16-Aug-1999 |
bgrayson | Initial support for rfilter and wfilter namespaces, in pt_filter.c.
Also, recur into ./examples, to grab the tutorial and example configurations.
|
| 1.4 | 23-Apr-1995 |
cgd | slightly clean rcs ids, etc.
|
| 1.3 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.2 | 08-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Update from 4.4-Lite, with local changes.
|
| 1.1 | 12-Jan-1994 |
cgd | branches: 1.1.1;
mount_portal command, from jsp
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 13-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Import 4.4-Lite version.
|
| 1.8 | 09-May-2017 |
kamil | Minor and non-functional enhancements in mount_portal(8)
Since day0 pt_exec.c shipped with a dummy stub for "exec" operation, stop
waiting longer and eliminate it now. This functionality can be achieved
with filters.
Drop FreeBSD CVS repos references. There are certainly still some mirrors
or old mirrors available, but since the project moved to SVN+GIT entirely
drop it.
Add CVS Id - where missing - to the documentation files. This helps users
to determine how recent are the files.
|
| 1.7 | 07-Aug-2003 |
agc | branches: 1.7.88;
Move UCB-licensed code from 4-clause to 3-clause licence.
Patches provided by Joel Baker in PR 22308, verified by myself.
|
| 1.6 | 16-Aug-1999 |
bgrayson | Initial support for rfilter and wfilter namespaces, in pt_filter.c.
Also, recur into ./examples, to grab the tutorial and example configurations.
|
| 1.5 | 15-Sep-1997 |
lukem | * KNF-ify
* update for WARNS=1
* getopt returns -1 not EOF
* fix .Nm usage
|
| 1.4 | 23-Apr-1995 |
cgd | slightly clean rcs ids, etc.
|
| 1.3 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.2 | 08-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Update from 4.4-Lite, with local changes.
|
| 1.1 | 12-Jan-1994 |
cgd | branches: 1.1.1;
mount_portal command, from jsp
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 13-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Import 4.4-Lite version.
|
| 1.7.88.1 | 11-May-2017 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.10 | 09-May-2017 |
kamil | Minor and non-functional enhancements in mount_portal(8)
Since day0 pt_exec.c shipped with a dummy stub for "exec" operation, stop
waiting longer and eliminate it now. This functionality can be achieved
with filters.
Drop FreeBSD CVS repos references. There are certainly still some mirrors
or old mirrors available, but since the project moved to SVN+GIT entirely
drop it.
Add CVS Id - where missing - to the documentation files. This helps users
to determine how recent are the files.
|
| 1.9 | 02-Jul-2007 |
pooka | branches: 1.9.68;
The kernel socket isn't used by any of the providers, and it's a bit
hard to imagine how it could be used, so get rid of it.
|
| 1.8 | 09-Feb-2005 |
xtraeme | Kill __P(), use ANSI function declarations, constify; WARNS=3.
|
| 1.7 | 07-Aug-2003 |
agc | Move UCB-licensed code from 4-clause to 3-clause licence.
Patches provided by Joel Baker in PR 22308, verified by myself.
|
| 1.6 | 21-Sep-1997 |
enami | Cosmetic changes:
- Use syslog(..., "...%m") instead of syslog(..., "...%s",
strerror(errno)).
- Don't put a simple and single statement into a block.
- Indent continuation line by four space.
- Add an empty line at the beginning of a function if it doesn't have
local variable.
- Use err() or errx() instead of fprintf(stderr, "progname: ....\n")
and exit() (there was two place left).
- Use MOUNT_PORTAL, which is defined as "portal" in sys/mount.h,
instead of using "portal" directly.
- Fold long line to fit column < 80.
|
| 1.5 | 15-Sep-1997 |
lukem | * KNF-ify
* update for WARNS=1
* getopt returns -1 not EOF
* fix .Nm usage
|
| 1.4 | 23-Apr-1995 |
cgd | slightly clean rcs ids, etc.
|
| 1.3 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.2 | 08-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Update from 4.4-Lite, with local changes.
|
| 1.1 | 12-Jan-1994 |
cgd | branches: 1.1.1;
mount_portal command, from jsp
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 13-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Import 4.4-Lite version.
|
| 1.9.68.1 | 11-May-2017 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.20 | 23-May-2019 |
kre | PR bin/54222
Don't use portal_node_reclaim() inappropriately. It frees data we
did not allocate, but which might have been allocated by someone else.
While here, various other cleanups (avoid losing fd's if fork fails,
don't compose mangled st_mode S_IFMT values - puffs or's in what it
thinks is correct to the value we set, one case I saw was producing
0110600 for the mode, the 011 isn't any defined type at all - I'd
never seen ls print a '?' as the first char of ls -l output before!
This is still not really correct, but is I believe, better than before.
|
| 1.19 | 10-May-2017 |
christos | branches: 1.19.10;
set only the effective user id to the user id of the requesting user so that
we can go back to the original uid later.
|
| 1.18 | 19-Oct-2013 |
christos | branches: 1.18.16;
fix unused variable warnings.
|
| 1.17 | 02-Jul-2007 |
pooka | branches: 1.17.36; 1.17.42;
The kernel socket isn't used by any of the providers, and it's a bit
hard to imagine how it could be used, so get rid of it.
|
| 1.16 | 09-Feb-2005 |
xtraeme | Kill __P(), use ANSI function declarations, constify; WARNS=3.
|
| 1.15 | 07-Aug-2003 |
agc | Move UCB-licensed code from 4-clause to 3-clause licence.
Patches provided by Joel Baker in PR 22308, verified by myself.
|
| 1.14 | 13-Jul-2003 |
itojun | use bounded string ops
|
| 1.13 | 10-Jan-2001 |
lukem | be consistent (both internally and with other programs):
log_err fatal errors
log_warning non-fatal errors & warnings
log_debug debug messages (#ifdef DEBUG)
|
| 1.12 | 15-Jan-2000 |
bgrayson | Fix security problem noticed by Alaric Williams:
when giving up root credentials, I was setting the egid and euid,
and forgot to also do gid and uid.
|
| 1.11 | 16-Aug-1999 |
bgrayson | Changes include:
- user mounts of fs namespace are now possible.
- if read/write access is not possible, fall back to read-only.
- use lose_credentials() as a common method to change UID etc.
(it is also used by the rfilter and wfilter code)
- some KNF changes, while I was here.
|
| 1.10 | 21-Sep-1997 |
enami | Cosmetic changes:
- Use syslog(..., "...%m") instead of syslog(..., "...%s",
strerror(errno)).
- Don't put a simple and single statement into a block.
- Indent continuation line by four space.
- Add an empty line at the beginning of a function if it doesn't have
local variable.
- Use err() or errx() instead of fprintf(stderr, "progname: ....\n")
and exit() (there was two place left).
- Use MOUNT_PORTAL, which is defined as "portal" in sys/mount.h,
instead of using "portal" directly.
- Fold long line to fit column < 80.
|
| 1.9 | 16-Sep-1997 |
lukem | resolve conflicts from lite-2 merge
|
| 1.8 | 15-Sep-1997 |
lukem | * KNF-ify
* update for WARNS=1
* getopt returns -1 not EOF
* fix .Nm usage
|
| 1.7 | 06-Jun-1995 |
mycroft | Fix debugging printf.
|
| 1.6 | 06-Jun-1995 |
mycroft | Use setegid() explicitly, just to be safe.
|
| 1.5 | 23-Apr-1995 |
cgd | slightly clean rcs ids, etc.
|
| 1.4 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.3 | 08-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Update from 4.4-Lite, with local changes.
|
| 1.2 | 13-Apr-1994 |
cgd | kill warning
|
| 1.1 | 12-Jan-1994 |
cgd | branches: 1.1.1;
mount_portal command, from jsp
|
| 1.1.1.2 | 16-Sep-1997 |
lukem | imported from lite-2
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 13-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Import 4.4-Lite version.
|
| 1.17.42.1 | 20-Aug-2014 |
tls | Rebase to HEAD as of a few days ago.
|
| 1.17.36.1 | 22-May-2014 |
yamt | sync with head.
for a reference, the tree before this commit was tagged
as yamt-pagecache-tag8.
this commit was splitted into small chunks to avoid
a limitation of cvs. ("Protocol error: too many arguments")
|
| 1.18.16.1 | 11-May-2017 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.19.10.1 | 10-Jun-2019 |
christos | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.13 | 12-Apr-2021 |
mrg | properly terminate a buffer after strncpy().
|
| 1.12 | 14-May-2020 |
msaitoh | Remove extra semicolon.
|
| 1.11 | 04-Jan-2011 |
wiz | Use pclose for popened handles. Found by cppcheck.
|
| 1.10 | 28-Apr-2008 |
martin | Remove clause 3 and 4 from TNF licenses
|
| 1.9 | 02-Jul-2007 |
pooka | branches: 1.9.12; 1.9.14;
The kernel socket isn't used by any of the providers, and it's a bit
hard to imagine how it could be used, so get rid of it.
|
| 1.8 | 09-Nov-2006 |
christos | replace varstack alloc with malloc.
|
| 1.7 | 21-Apr-2006 |
skrll | Don't use cast expressions as lvalues as newer versions of gcc warn.
|
| 1.6 | 21-Mar-2006 |
christos | Coverity CID 782: Don't dereference NULL was not going to happen, but:
1. return error instead of the trashed errno.
2. don't return -1, but return ENAMETOOLONG.
3. eliminate unused code.
|
| 1.5 | 09-Feb-2005 |
xtraeme | Kill __P(), use ANSI function declarations, constify; WARNS=3.
|
| 1.4 | 10-Jan-2001 |
lukem | be consistent (both internally and with other programs):
log_err fatal errors
log_warning non-fatal errors & warnings
log_debug debug messages (#ifdef DEBUG)
|
| 1.3 | 17-Jan-2000 |
bgrayson | Fix bug where NULL pointer wasn't checked before dereferencing
|
| 1.2 | 17-Aug-1999 |
kleink | printf() format warnings for size_t != int; from Peter Seebach in PR bin/8214.
|
| 1.1 | 16-Aug-1999 |
bgrayson | Initial support for rfilter and wfilter namespaces, in pt_filter.c.
Also, recur into ./examples, to grab the tutorial and example configurations.
|
| 1.9.14.1 | 18-May-2008 |
yamt | sync with head.
|
| 1.9.12.1 | 02-Jun-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.21 | 11-Apr-2009 |
lukem | fix sign-compare issues
|
| 1.20 | 02-Jul-2007 |
pooka | branches: 1.20.22;
The kernel socket isn't used by any of the providers, and it's a bit
hard to imagine how it could be used, so get rid of it.
|
| 1.19 | 09-Feb-2005 |
xtraeme | Kill __P(), use ANSI function declarations, constify; WARNS=3.
|
| 1.18 | 01-Mar-2004 |
itojun | unifdef -DINET6. getaddrinfo will always be there, so there's no point in
keeping old code. moreover old code does not traverse list of DNS-returned
addresses.
|
| 1.17 | 07-Aug-2003 |
agc | Move UCB-licensed code from 4-clause to 3-clause licence.
Patches provided by Joel Baker in PR 22308, verified by myself.
|
| 1.16 | 13-Jul-2003 |
itojun | use bounded string ops
|
| 1.15 | 10-Jan-2001 |
lukem | be consistent (both internally and with other programs):
log_err fatal errors
log_warning non-fatal errors & warnings
log_debug debug messages (#ifdef DEBUG)
|
| 1.14 | 31-Dec-2000 |
itojun | support IPv6. PR 11858 from ura@hiru.aoba.yokohama.jp
|
| 1.13 | 03-Feb-1998 |
perry | change <strings.h> to <string.h> to fix compiler warning
|
| 1.12 | 21-Sep-1997 |
enami | Cosmetic changes:
- Use syslog(..., "...%m") instead of syslog(..., "...%s",
strerror(errno)).
- Don't put a simple and single statement into a block.
- Indent continuation line by four space.
- Add an empty line at the beginning of a function if it doesn't have
local variable.
- Use err() or errx() instead of fprintf(stderr, "progname: ....\n")
and exit() (there was two place left).
- Use MOUNT_PORTAL, which is defined as "portal" in sys/mount.h,
instead of using "portal" directly.
- Fold long line to fit column < 80.
|
| 1.11 | 16-Sep-1997 |
lukem | resolve conflicts from lite-2 merge
|
| 1.10 | 15-Sep-1997 |
lukem | * KNF-ify
* update for WARNS=1
* getopt returns -1 not EOF
* fix .Nm usage
|
| 1.9 | 21-May-1995 |
mycroft | Use inet_aton(), not inet_addr().
|
| 1.8 | 23-Apr-1995 |
cgd | slightly clean rcs ids, etc.
|
| 1.7 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.6 | 23-Sep-1994 |
mycroft | Eliminate uses of some obsolete functions.
|
| 1.5 | 08-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Update from 4.4-Lite, with local changes.
|
| 1.4 | 30-May-1994 |
mycroft | Add missing htons(), reported by Thorsten Lockert.
|
| 1.3 | 14-Jan-1994 |
cgd | update from jsp; add 'priv' keyword to get privileged ports
|
| 1.2 | 13-Jan-1994 |
mycroft | Fix path name parsing.
|
| 1.1 | 12-Jan-1994 |
cgd | branches: 1.1.1;
mount_portal command, from jsp
|
| 1.1.1.2 | 16-Sep-1997 |
lukem | imported from lite-2
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 13-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Import 4.4-Lite version.
|
| 1.20.22.1 | 13-May-2009 |
jym | Sync with HEAD.
Third (and last) commit. See http://mail-index.netbsd.org/source-changes/2009/05/13/msg221222.html
|
| 1.11 | 04-Apr-2023 |
rillig | mount_portal: fix lint warnings about extern and empty declarations
|
| 1.10 | 23-May-2019 |
kre | PR bin/54222
Don't use portal_node_reclaim() inappropriately. It frees data we
did not allocate, but which might have been allocated by someone else.
While here, various other cleanups (avoid losing fd's if fork fails,
don't compose mangled st_mode S_IFMT values - puffs or's in what it
thinks is correct to the value we set, one case I saw was producing
0110600 for the mode, the 011 isn't any defined type at all - I'd
never seen ls print a '?' as the first char of ls -l output before!
This is still not really correct, but is I believe, better than before.
|
| 1.9 | 10-May-2017 |
christos | branches: 1.9.10;
We need to provide a size for getattr for the cp example to work, so cheat
and use fstat() to do it instead of libpuffs.
|
| 1.8 | 09-May-2017 |
christos | prevent hang on vnode EOF.
|
| 1.7 | 04-Nov-2012 |
christos | branches: 1.7.20;
include the headers that you need.
|
| 1.6 | 20-Mar-2012 |
matt | branches: 1.6.2;
Convert to C89 function definitions
|
| 1.5 | 19-Dec-2011 |
riastradh | Fix error reporting in puffs_framev_enqueue_waitevent and callers.
ok christos
|
| 1.4 | 29-Aug-2011 |
joerg | branches: 1.4.2;
Use __dead
|
| 1.3 | 19-Dec-2009 |
pooka | Use CMSG_SPACE() for buffer when receiving file descriptors.
Doesn't break i386 and might be better for sparc64.
|
| 1.2 | 05-Dec-2009 |
pooka | use puffs_cookie_t. no functional change.
|
| 1.1 | 05-Dec-2009 |
pooka | Remove the portalfs kernel file system driver. Replace mount_portal(8)
with a version based on puffs. User functionality remains the same.
(missed new file in change batch)
|
| 1.4.2.2 | 16-Jan-2013 |
yamt | sync with (a bit old) head
|
| 1.4.2.1 | 17-Apr-2012 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.6.2.1 | 20-Nov-2012 |
tls | Resync to 2012-11-19 00:00:00 UTC
|
| 1.7.20.1 | 11-May-2017 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.9.10.1 | 10-Jun-2019 |
christos | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.5 | 24-Apr-2002 |
lukem | - in <bsd.files.mk>, don't clear FILES after using it, as that prevents
make -V FILES
from being useful (and given that every other variable can be
extracted using make -V, the behaviour was unusually inconsistent
given that the original reason for clearing it doesn't seem to be
relevant anymore)
- use <bsd.prog.mk> instead of directly including <bsd.files.mk>
(and possibly <bsd.man.mk> or <bsd.own.mk>)
- remove obsolete NOPROG
|
| 1.4 | 11-Dec-2001 |
bgrayson | Changed Makefile to install scripts as executable (SCRIPTS, not as FILES), and
also did name change on them to preserve .sh suffix
|
| 1.3 | 12-Oct-2001 |
atatat | Install the shell script instead of the perl script
|
| 1.2 | 11-Oct-2001 |
atatat | Add another example that shows how to map a cvs server into your local
file system so that you can pull random files out of it easily.
|
| 1.1 | 16-Aug-1999 |
bgrayson | Initial checkin. Contains some tutorial-like examples, plus configurations.
|
| 1.6 | 09-May-2017 |
kamil | Minor and non-functional enhancements in mount_portal(8)
Since day0 pt_exec.c shipped with a dummy stub for "exec" operation, stop
waiting longer and eliminate it now. This functionality can be achieved
with filters.
Drop FreeBSD CVS repos references. There are certainly still some mirrors
or old mirrors available, but since the project moved to SVN+GIT entirely
drop it.
Add CVS Id - where missing - to the documentation files. This helps users
to determine how recent are the files.
|
| 1.5 | 26-Jul-2003 |
salo | branches: 1.5.88;
netbsd.org->NetBSD.org
|
| 1.4 | 11-Dec-2001 |
bgrayson | Fixed minor typo in example for cksum /tmp/rc
|
| 1.3 | 06-Nov-2000 |
jdolecek | fix typo
|
| 1.2 | 17-Jan-2000 |
bgrayson | Added sysctl examples (read-only sysctls for now)
|
| 1.1 | 16-Aug-1999 |
bgrayson | Initial checkin. Contains some tutorial-like examples, plus configurations.
|
| 1.5.88.1 | 11-May-2017 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.3 | 09-May-2017 |
kamil | Minor and non-functional enhancements in mount_portal(8)
Since day0 pt_exec.c shipped with a dummy stub for "exec" operation, stop
waiting longer and eliminate it now. This functionality can be achieved
with filters.
Drop FreeBSD CVS repos references. There are certainly still some mirrors
or old mirrors available, but since the project moved to SVN+GIT entirely
drop it.
Add CVS Id - where missing - to the documentation files. This helps users
to determine how recent are the files.
|
| 1.2 | 17-Jan-2000 |
bgrayson | branches: 1.2.94;
Added sysctl examples (read-only sysctls for now)
|
| 1.1 | 16-Aug-1999 |
bgrayson | Initial checkin. Contains some tutorial-like examples, plus configurations.
|
| 1.2.94.1 | 11-May-2017 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.7 | 09-May-2017 |
kamil | Minor and non-functional enhancements in mount_portal(8)
Since day0 pt_exec.c shipped with a dummy stub for "exec" operation, stop
waiting longer and eliminate it now. This functionality can be achieved
with filters.
Drop FreeBSD CVS repos references. There are certainly still some mirrors
or old mirrors available, but since the project moved to SVN+GIT entirely
drop it.
Add CVS Id - where missing - to the documentation files. This helps users
to determine how recent are the files.
|
| 1.6 | 02-Jul-2007 |
pooka | branches: 1.6.68;
basesrc is no more
|
| 1.5 | 26-Jul-2003 |
salo | netbsd.org->NetBSD.org
|
| 1.4 | 11-Dec-2001 |
bgrayson | Removed 'chmod +x cvs.sh' from instructions -- the script is now installed executable by the Makefile
|
| 1.3 | 16-Nov-2001 |
wiz | Whitespace nits
|
| 1.2 | 12-Oct-2001 |
atatat | Remove the perl script from the mount_portal example for cvs and
replace it with a regular sh script.
|
| 1.1 | 11-Oct-2001 |
atatat | Add another example that shows how to map a cvs server into your local
file system so that you can pull random files out of it easily.
|
| 1.6.68.1 | 11-May-2017 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.3 | 09-May-2017 |
kamil | Minor and non-functional enhancements in mount_portal(8)
Since day0 pt_exec.c shipped with a dummy stub for "exec" operation, stop
waiting longer and eliminate it now. This functionality can be achieved
with filters.
Drop FreeBSD CVS repos references. There are certainly still some mirrors
or old mirrors available, but since the project moved to SVN+GIT entirely
drop it.
Add CVS Id - where missing - to the documentation files. This helps users
to determine how recent are the files.
|
| 1.2 | 15-Oct-2001 |
atatat | branches: 1.2.90;
Use the new sh script instead of the (now defunct) pl one
|
| 1.1 | 11-Oct-2001 |
atatat | Add another example that shows how to map a cvs server into your local
file system so that you can pull random files out of it easily.
|
| 1.2.90.1 | 11-May-2017 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.2 | 12-Oct-2001 |
atatat | Bye bye, perl script.
|
| 1.1 | 11-Oct-2001 |
atatat | Add another example that shows how to map a cvs server into your local
file system so that you can pull random files out of it easily.
|
| 1.2 | 11-Dec-2001 |
bgrayson | Renamed so that .sh suffix is not stripped on install
|
| 1.1 | 12-Oct-2001 |
atatat | Remove the perl script from the mount_portal example for cvs and
replace it with a regular sh script.
|
| 1.4 | 09-May-2017 |
kamil | Minor and non-functional enhancements in mount_portal(8)
Since day0 pt_exec.c shipped with a dummy stub for "exec" operation, stop
waiting longer and eliminate it now. This functionality can be achieved
with filters.
Drop FreeBSD CVS repos references. There are certainly still some mirrors
or old mirrors available, but since the project moved to SVN+GIT entirely
drop it.
Add CVS Id - where missing - to the documentation files. This helps users
to determine how recent are the files.
|
| 1.3 | 26-Jul-2003 |
salo | branches: 1.3.88;
netbsd.org->NetBSD.org
|
| 1.2 | 12-Jul-2003 |
atatat | Allow _ in tags
|
| 1.1 | 11-Dec-2001 |
bgrayson | Renamed so that .sh suffix is not stripped on install
|
| 1.3.88.1 | 11-May-2017 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.3 | 09-May-2017 |
kamil | Minor and non-functional enhancements in mount_portal(8)
Since day0 pt_exec.c shipped with a dummy stub for "exec" operation, stop
waiting longer and eliminate it now. This functionality can be achieved
with filters.
Drop FreeBSD CVS repos references. There are certainly still some mirrors
or old mirrors available, but since the project moved to SVN+GIT entirely
drop it.
Add CVS Id - where missing - to the documentation files. This helps users
to determine how recent are the files.
|
| 1.2 | 20-Jul-2002 |
grant | branches: 1.2.88;
sweep of errx/warnx, remove unnecessary trailing \n
|
| 1.1 | 16-Aug-1999 |
bgrayson | Initial checkin. Contains some tutorial-like examples, plus configurations.
|
| 1.2.88.1 | 11-May-2017 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.2 | 09-May-2017 |
kamil | Minor and non-functional enhancements in mount_portal(8)
Since day0 pt_exec.c shipped with a dummy stub for "exec" operation, stop
waiting longer and eliminate it now. This functionality can be achieved
with filters.
Drop FreeBSD CVS repos references. There are certainly still some mirrors
or old mirrors available, but since the project moved to SVN+GIT entirely
drop it.
Add CVS Id - where missing - to the documentation files. This helps users
to determine how recent are the files.
|
| 1.1 | 16-Aug-1999 |
bgrayson | branches: 1.1.98;
Initial checkin. Contains some tutorial-like examples, plus configurations.
|
| 1.1.98.1 | 11-May-2017 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.2 | 09-May-2017 |
kamil | Minor and non-functional enhancements in mount_portal(8)
Since day0 pt_exec.c shipped with a dummy stub for "exec" operation, stop
waiting longer and eliminate it now. This functionality can be achieved
with filters.
Drop FreeBSD CVS repos references. There are certainly still some mirrors
or old mirrors available, but since the project moved to SVN+GIT entirely
drop it.
Add CVS Id - where missing - to the documentation files. This helps users
to determine how recent are the files.
|
| 1.1 | 16-Aug-1999 |
bgrayson | branches: 1.1.98;
Initial checkin. Contains some tutorial-like examples, plus configurations.
|
| 1.1.98.1 | 11-May-2017 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.3 | 26-Jul-2003 |
salo | netbsd.org->NetBSD.org
|
| 1.2 | 11-Oct-2001 |
atatat | Add another example that shows how to map a cvs server into your local
file system so that you can pull random files out of it easily.
|
| 1.1 | 16-Aug-1999 |
bgrayson | Initial checkin. Contains some tutorial-like examples, plus configurations.
|
| 1.2 | 09-May-2017 |
kamil | Minor and non-functional enhancements in mount_portal(8)
Since day0 pt_exec.c shipped with a dummy stub for "exec" operation, stop
waiting longer and eliminate it now. This functionality can be achieved
with filters.
Drop FreeBSD CVS repos references. There are certainly still some mirrors
or old mirrors available, but since the project moved to SVN+GIT entirely
drop it.
Add CVS Id - where missing - to the documentation files. This helps users
to determine how recent are the files.
|
| 1.1 | 16-Aug-1999 |
bgrayson | branches: 1.1.98;
Initial checkin. Contains some tutorial-like examples, plus configurations.
|
| 1.1.98.1 | 11-May-2017 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.4 | 22-Mar-2020 |
gutteridge | rfilter.2: fix a typo
Reported by Andrius V in PR kern/54889.
|
| 1.3 | 09-May-2017 |
kamil | branches: 1.3.10;
Minor and non-functional enhancements in mount_portal(8)
Since day0 pt_exec.c shipped with a dummy stub for "exec" operation, stop
waiting longer and eliminate it now. This functionality can be achieved
with filters.
Drop FreeBSD CVS repos references. There are certainly still some mirrors
or old mirrors available, but since the project moved to SVN+GIT entirely
drop it.
Add CVS Id - where missing - to the documentation files. This helps users
to determine how recent are the files.
|
| 1.2 | 26-Jul-2003 |
salo | branches: 1.2.88;
netbsd.org->NetBSD.org
|
| 1.1 | 16-Aug-1999 |
bgrayson | Initial checkin. Contains some tutorial-like examples, plus configurations.
|
| 1.2.88.1 | 11-May-2017 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.3.10.1 | 08-Apr-2020 |
martin | Merge changes from current as of 20200406
|
| 1.2 | 09-May-2017 |
kamil | Minor and non-functional enhancements in mount_portal(8)
Since day0 pt_exec.c shipped with a dummy stub for "exec" operation, stop
waiting longer and eliminate it now. This functionality can be achieved
with filters.
Drop FreeBSD CVS repos references. There are certainly still some mirrors
or old mirrors available, but since the project moved to SVN+GIT entirely
drop it.
Add CVS Id - where missing - to the documentation files. This helps users
to determine how recent are the files.
|
| 1.1 | 16-Aug-1999 |
bgrayson | branches: 1.1.98;
Initial checkin. Contains some tutorial-like examples, plus configurations.
|
| 1.1.98.1 | 11-May-2017 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.2 | 11-Dec-2001 |
bgrayson | Renamed so that .sh suffix is not stripped on install
|
| 1.1 | 17-Jan-2000 |
bgrayson | Added sysctl examples (read-only sysctls for now)
|
| 1.2 | 26-Jul-2003 |
salo | netbsd.org->NetBSD.org
|
| 1.1 | 11-Dec-2001 |
bgrayson | Renamed so that .sh suffix is not stripped on install
|
| 1.3 | 09-May-2017 |
kamil | Minor and non-functional enhancements in mount_portal(8)
Since day0 pt_exec.c shipped with a dummy stub for "exec" operation, stop
waiting longer and eliminate it now. This functionality can be achieved
with filters.
Drop FreeBSD CVS repos references. There are certainly still some mirrors
or old mirrors available, but since the project moved to SVN+GIT entirely
drop it.
Add CVS Id - where missing - to the documentation files. This helps users
to determine how recent are the files.
|
| 1.2 | 16-Nov-2001 |
wiz | branches: 1.2.90;
Whitespace nits
|
| 1.1 | 16-Aug-1999 |
bgrayson | Initial checkin. Contains some tutorial-like examples, plus configurations.
|
| 1.2.90.1 | 11-May-2017 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.2 | 09-May-2017 |
kamil | Minor and non-functional enhancements in mount_portal(8)
Since day0 pt_exec.c shipped with a dummy stub for "exec" operation, stop
waiting longer and eliminate it now. This functionality can be achieved
with filters.
Drop FreeBSD CVS repos references. There are certainly still some mirrors
or old mirrors available, but since the project moved to SVN+GIT entirely
drop it.
Add CVS Id - where missing - to the documentation files. This helps users
to determine how recent are the files.
|
| 1.1 | 16-Aug-1999 |
bgrayson | branches: 1.1.98;
Initial checkin. Contains some tutorial-like examples, plus configurations.
|
| 1.1.98.1 | 11-May-2017 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.15 | 26-Jul-2020 |
mlelstv | Refactor remaining mount_* commands to use the common pathadj()
function for resolving paths.
Make pathadj() no longer warn about symlinks. Symlinks in /dev are
regularly used in several places like LVM . The warning was also
only visible when calling a mount_* command directly as mount(8)
itself would resolve the path witout warning before passing it to
a mount_* command.
|
| 1.14 | 27-Jun-2005 |
christos | Move WARNS=3 to the Makefile.inc, and add a little const to the remaining
programs that did not compile before.
|
| 1.13 | 05-Feb-2005 |
xtraeme | Kill __P(), use ANSI function declarations; WARNS=3.
|
| 1.12 | 22-Mar-2003 |
jdolecek | move getmntopts(3) to libutil, build and install also it's manpage
bump libutil minor
adjust individual mount_*/Makefile to use libutil getmntopts(3)
|
| 1.11 | 21-Sep-2002 |
christos | MNT_GETARGS support
|
| 1.10 | 19-Aug-2002 |
lukem | Use ${NETBSDSRCDIR}/some/path instead of ${.CURDIR}/../../some/path
|
| 1.9 | 10-Oct-1997 |
christos | CFLAGS->CPPFLAGS
|
| 1.8 | 08-May-1997 |
gwr | Back out the .PATH.c changes. The .depend problem (and others)
will be fixed using the new .NOPATH make feature instead.
|
| 1.7 | 06-May-1997 |
gwr | Use .PATH.c: ...
|
| 1.6 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.5 | 22-Dec-1994 |
cgd | specify man pages the new way.
|
| 1.4 | 08-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Update from 4.4-Lite, with local changes.
|
| 1.3 | 12-Jan-1994 |
cgd | update from jsp; no man page yet, so torch the old one (for now)
|
| 1.2 | 24-Aug-1993 |
pk | Man page added.
|
| 1.1 | 24-Aug-1993 |
pk | branches: 1.1.1;
mount program for proc filesystem.
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 13-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Import 4.4-Lite version.
|
| 1.39 | 18-Apr-2023 |
jkoshy | mount_procfs(8): Document the format of the region descriptor
lines contained in the 'map' and 'maps' special files.
|
| 1.38 | 08-Jan-2020 |
ad | branches: 1.38.8;
- options NAMECACHE_ENTER_REVERSE is no more.
- Partially sort the list of per-vnode namecache entries by using a TAILQ.
Put the real name to the head, and put dot and dotdot to the tail so that
cache_lookup_reverse() doesn't have to consider them.
|
| 1.37 | 28-Aug-2017 |
wiz | branches: 1.37.4;
Bump date for previous.
|
| 1.36 | 28-Aug-2017 |
kamil | Remove the filesystem tracing feature
This is a legacy interface from 4.4BSD, and it was
introduced to overcome shortcomings of ptrace(2) at that time, which are
no longer relevant (performance). Today /proc/#/ctl offers a narrow
subset of ptrace(2) commands and is not applicable for modern
applications use beyond simplistic tracing scenarios.
This removal will simplify kernel internals. Users will still be able to
use all the other /proc files.
This change won't affect other procfs files neither Linux compat
features within mount_procfs(8). /proc/#/ctl isn't available on Linux.
Remove:
- /proc/#/ctl from mount_procfs(8)
- P_FSTRACE note from the documentation of ps(1)
- /proc/#/ctl and filesystem tracing documentation from mount_procfs(8)
- KAUTH_REQ_PROCESS_PROCFS_CTL documentation from kauth(9)
- source code file miscfs/procfs/procfs_ctl.c
- PFSctl and procfs_doctl() from sys/miscfs/procfs/procfs.h
- KAUTH_REQ_PROCESS_PROCFS_CTL from sys/sys/kauth.h
- PSL_FSTRACE (0x00010000) from sys/sys/proc.h
- P_FSTRACE (0x00010000) from sys/sys/sysctl.h
Reduce code complexity after removal of this functionality.
Update TODO.ptrace accordingly: remove two entries about /proc tracing.
Do not keep legacy notes as comments in the headers about removed
PSL_FSTRACE / P_FSTRACE, as this interface had little number of users
(close or equal to zero).
Proposed on tech-kern@.
All filesystem tracing utility users are encouraged to switch to ptrace(2).
Sponsored by <The NetBSD Foundation>
|
| 1.35 | 03-Jul-2017 |
wiz | Remove workaround for ancient HTML generation code.
|
| 1.34 | 24-Feb-2009 |
pooka | branches: 1.34.38;
Note change with linux compat.
|
| 1.33 | 05-Apr-2007 |
pooka | branches: 1.33.20; 1.33.22;
whooops, bump date also
|
| 1.32 | 05-Apr-2007 |
pooka | /proc/devices, not /proc/device
|
| 1.31 | 24-Feb-2007 |
pooka | proc/#/exe is now exposed for all mounts, move it away from linux-only
|
| 1.30 | 02-Feb-2007 |
wiz | Bump date for previous.
|
| 1.29 | 02-Feb-2007 |
alc | - sync file list with reality
- add a description for fd/# (with reference to fd(4))
|
| 1.28 | 03-Oct-2005 |
wiz | branches: 1.28.4;
Bump date for previous.
|
| 1.27 | 01-Oct-2005 |
atatat | Add "cwd" and "root" symlinks to each process's directory. The cwd
link points to the process's current working directory, and the root
link points to the process's root directory. What else would you
expect?
For directories that are out of reach (caller is in a chroot, target
process is in a different chroot, etc), the links point to "/"
instead.
|
| 1.26 | 31-Jan-2005 |
erh | Fix PR#3617 and PR#3205: call realpath to convert mount points and paths to
device nodes into absolute paths before using them.
|
| 1.25 | 07-Aug-2003 |
agc | Move UCB-licensed code from 4-clause to 3-clause licence.
Patches provided by Joel Baker in PR 22308, verified by myself.
|
| 1.24 | 25-Feb-2003 |
wiz | .Nm does not need a dummy argument ("") before punctuation or
for correct formatting of the SYNOPSIS any longer.
|
| 1.23 | 01-Oct-2002 |
wiz | New sentence, new line. By Robert Elz with minimal fixes.
|
| 1.22 | 31-May-2002 |
atatat | Add descriptions of the "self" symbolic link and the "maps" pseudo file.
Also note the kernel option that is required in order to get pathnames
with file backed entries in the "maps" pseudo file.
|
| 1.21 | 08-Feb-2002 |
ross | branches: 1.21.2;
Generate <>& symbolically. I'm avoiding .../dist/... directories for now.
|
| 1.20 | 16-Nov-2001 |
wiz | Punctuation fixes, sort SEE ALSO, sort sections, use standard headers.
|
| 1.19 | 05-Jun-2001 |
wiz | Drop arguments of .Os.
|
| 1.18 | 17-Jan-2001 |
fvdl | Fix spelling.
|
| 1.17 | 17-Jan-2001 |
fvdl | Document -o linux option.
|
| 1.16 | 08-Jun-2000 |
mason | Fixed typo - zonbie -> zombie
|
| 1.15 | 19-Jul-1999 |
jlam | branches: 1.15.6;
Add description of /proc/#/cmdline to mount_procfs.8.
Closes PR misc/8021.
|
| 1.14 | 24-Mar-1999 |
mycroft | Remove spurious .ne's.
|
| 1.13 | 07-Mar-1999 |
mycroft | Clean up SYNOPSIS formatting.
|
| 1.12 | 25-Jan-1999 |
msaitoh | Add /proc/#/map.
|
| 1.11 | 06-Feb-1998 |
perry | macroize BSD, NetBSD, FreeBSD and misc cleanup
|
| 1.10 | 16-Sep-1997 |
lukem | resolve conflicts from lite-2 merge
|
| 1.9 | 15-Sep-1997 |
lukem | * update for WARNS=1
* getopt returns -1 not EOF
* fix .Nm usage
|
| 1.8 | 13-May-1997 |
mikel | fix typos noted by Masanobu Saitoh <msaitoh@spa.is.uec.ac.jp>.
|
| 1.7 | 28-Apr-1997 |
mycroft | Fix several errors and remove out of date comments.
|
| 1.6 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.5 | 08-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Update from 4.4-Lite, with local changes.
|
| 1.4 | 25-Aug-1993 |
cgd | df lists filesystem as "proc" -- note this, rather than "procfs"
|
| 1.3 | 25-Aug-1993 |
cgd | this stuff didn't go in for 0.8a...
|
| 1.2 | 24-Aug-1993 |
pk | removed trash left over from FTP PUT operation :-(
|
| 1.1 | 24-Aug-1993 |
pk | branches: 1.1.1;
Man page added.
|
| 1.1.1.2 | 16-Sep-1997 |
lukem | imported from lite-2
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 13-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Import 4.4-Lite version.
|
| 1.15.6.1 | 22-Jun-2000 |
minoura | Sync w/ netbsd-1-5-base.
|
| 1.21.2.1 | 02-Jun-2002 |
tv | Pull up revision 1.22 (requested by atatat in ticket #113):
Add descriptions of the "self" symbolic link and the "maps" pseudo file.
Also note the kernel option that is required in order to get pathnames
with file backed entries in the "maps" pseudo file.
|
| 1.28.4.1 | 06-Apr-2007 |
bouyer | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by pooka in ticket #535):
sbin/mount_procfs/mount_procfs.8 1.28-1.33
sync file list with reality
add a description for fd/# (with reference to fd(4))
proc/#/exe is now exposed for all mounts, move it away from linux-only
|
| 1.33.22.1 | 13-May-2009 |
jym | Sync with HEAD.
Third (and last) commit. See http://mail-index.netbsd.org/source-changes/2009/05/13/msg221222.html
|
| 1.33.20.1 | 02-Mar-2009 |
snj | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by pooka in ticket #519):
sbin/mount_procfs/mount_procfs.8: revision 1.34
Note change with linux compat.
|
| 1.34.38.1 | 12-Apr-2018 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by kamil in ticket #713):
sys/modules/procfs/Makefile: revision 1.4
sys/miscfs/procfs/procfs_vfsops.c: revision 1.98
bin/ps/ps.1: revision 1.108
sys/compat/linux/arch/i386/linux_ptrace.c: revision 1.32
sys/miscfs/procfs/procfs_vnops.c: revision 1.198
sys/kern/sys_ptrace_common.c: revision 1.23
sys/kern/sys_ptrace_common.c: revision 1.24
sbin/mount_procfs/mount_procfs.8: revision 1.36
sys/kern/sys_ptrace_common.c: revision 1.25
sys/kern/sys_ptrace.c: revision 1.5
sys/compat/linux/arch/powerpc/linux_ptrace.c: revision 1.30
sys/sys/proc.h: revision 1.342
sys/kern/sys_ptrace_common.c: revision 1.26
sys/miscfs/procfs/procfs_ctl.c: file removal
sys/kern/sys_ptrace_common.c: revision 1.27
sys/miscfs/procfs/procfs_subr.c: revision 1.109
sys/kern/sys_ptrace_common.c: revision 1.28
sys/secmodel/extensions/secmodel_extensions.c: revision 1.8
sys/kern/sys_ptrace_common.c: revision 1.29
sys/sys/ptrace.h: revision 1.62
sys/compat/netbsd32/netbsd32_signal.c: revision 1.45
share/man/man9/kauth.9: revision 1.109
sys/miscfs/procfs/files.procfs: revision 1.12
sys/compat/netbsd32/netbsd32.h: revision 1.115
sys/miscfs/procfs/procfs.h: revision 1.72
sys/compat/netbsd32/netbsd32_ptrace.c: revision 1.5
sys/kern/kern_sig.c: revision 1.337
sys/sys/kauth.h: revision 1.75
sys/sys/sysctl.h: revision 1.224
sys/kern/sys_ptrace_common.c: revision 1.30
sys/kern/sys_ptrace_common.c: revision 1.31
sys/kern/sys_ptrace_common.c: revision 1.32
sys/kern/sys_ptrace_common.c: revision 1.33
sys/compat/linux/arch/arm/linux_ptrace.c: revision 1.20
sys/kern/sys_ptrace_common.c: revision 1.34
sys/kern/sys_ptrace_common.c: revision 1.36
sys/kern/kern_proc.c: revision 1.207
sys/kern/kern_exit.c: revision 1.269
doc/TODO.ptrace: revision 1.29
Make {s,g}et{db,fp,}regs work again for PK_32 processes
XXX: pullup-8
add disgusting magic to handle compat_netbsd32 as a module.
use process_*reg32 instead of struct *reg32.
Remove the filesystem tracing feature
This is a legacy interface from 4.4BSD, and it was
introduced to overcome shortcomings of ptrace(2) at that time, which are
no longer relevant (performance). Today /proc/#/ctl offers a narrow
subset of ptrace(2) commands and is not applicable for modern
applications use beyond simplistic tracing scenarios.
This removal will simplify kernel internals. Users will still be able to
use all the other /proc files.
This change won't affect other procfs files neither Linux compat
features within mount_procfs(8). /proc/#/ctl isn't available on Linux.
Remove:
- /proc/#/ctl from mount_procfs(8)
- P_FSTRACE note from the documentation of ps(1)
- /proc/#/ctl and filesystem tracing documentation from mount_procfs(8)
- KAUTH_REQ_PROCESS_PROCFS_CTL documentation from kauth(9)
- source code file miscfs/procfs/procfs_ctl.c
- PFSctl and procfs_doctl() from sys/miscfs/procfs/procfs.h
- KAUTH_REQ_PROCESS_PROCFS_CTL from sys/sys/kauth.h
- PSL_FSTRACE (0x00010000) from sys/sys/proc.h
- P_FSTRACE (0x00010000) from sys/sys/sysctl.h
Reduce code complexity after removal of this functionality.
Update TODO.ptrace accordingly: remove two entries about /proc tracing.
Do not keep legacy notes as comments in the headers about removed
PSL_FSTRACE / P_FSTRACE, as this interface had little number of users
(close or equal to zero).
Proposed on tech-kern@.
All filesystem tracing utility users are encouraged to switch to ptrace(2).
Sponsored by <The NetBSD Foundation>
untangle the mess:
- factor out common code
- break each ptrace subcall to its own sub-function
.. more to come ...
- reduce ifdef ugliness by moving it up top.
- factor out PT_IO and make PT_{READ,WRITE}_{I,D} use it
- factor out PT_DUMPCORE
- factor out sendsig code
.. more to come ...
handle siginfo requests for ptrace32
ptrace: Partially undo PT_{READ,WRITE}_{I,D} and unbreak these commands
The refactored code did not work and was generating EFAULT.
Sponsored by <The NetBSD Foundation>
Merge the code back; the problem was that since we are reading/writing
to a kernel address for PT_{READ,WRITE}_{I,D} we need the kernel vmspace.
provide separate read and write functions to accomodate register functions
that need a size argument.
don't ignore error from copyout_piod
Use the proper process (the tracee) to get information about lwps and
registers and the tracer for vmspace.
Add new sysctl(3) entry: security.models.extensions.user_set_dbregs
Model this new sysctl(3) entry after "user_set_cpu_affinity" in the same
level of sysctl(3) switches.
Allow to read unconditionally Debug Registers (no change here). This is
convenient as even if a user of a debugger does not use hardware assisted
watchpoints/breakpoints, a debugger can still prompt these values to store
in an internal cache with context of registers. Reading them should have
no security concerns.
Add a paranoid MI switch that prohibits by default setting these registers
by a regular user (non-superuser). Make this switch disabled by default.
There are enough reserved bits out there to allow using them
unconditionally on hardened hosts.
Features shipped with Debug Registers are optional features in debuggers.
There is no reduction in elementary functionality.
Reviewed by <christos>
Sponsored by <The NetBSD Foundation>
|
| 1.37.4.1 | 08-Apr-2020 |
martin | Merge changes from current as of 20200406
|
| 1.38.8.1 | 20-Jul-2024 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by rin in ticket #760):
sbin/mount_procfs/mount_procfs.8: revision 1.39
mount_procfs(8): Document the format of the region descriptor
lines contained in the 'map' and 'maps' special files.
|
| 1.25 | 26-Jul-2020 |
mlelstv | Refactor remaining mount_* commands to use the common pathadj()
function for resolving paths.
Make pathadj() no longer warn about symlinks. Symlinks in /dev are
regularly used in several places like LVM . The warning was also
only visible when calling a mount_* command directly as mount(8)
itself would resolve the path witout warning before passing it to
a mount_* command.
|
| 1.24 | 29-Aug-2011 |
joerg | Use __dead
|
| 1.23 | 23-Feb-2009 |
pooka | Default to -o linux. This prevents programs from not working just
because the -o linux flag was not supplied, i.e. it is the sensible
default. People who absolutely do not want the extra files in
their /proc for whatever aesthetic reason (it's not like they
consume any resources) can do -o nolinux.
|
| 1.22 | 20-Jul-2008 |
lukem | branches: 1.22.2; 1.22.4;
Remove the \n and tabs from the __COPYRIGHT() strings.
(Tweak some to use a consistent format.)
|
| 1.21 | 16-Jul-2007 |
pooka | branches: 1.21.12; 1.21.16;
Make all mount(2) return value error checks against -1. Some file
systems just checked != 0, breaking MNT_GETARGS. Others worked with < 0,
but make them check against -1 too for consistency. And sprinkle some
stylish line wrapping where appropriate.
|
| 1.20 | 14-Jul-2007 |
dsl | Add additional 'sizeof args' parameter to mount(2).
|
| 1.19 | 16-Oct-2006 |
christos | use MOPT_NULL
|
| 1.18 | 21-Mar-2006 |
christos | Always check the results of getmntopts() and free them.
|
| 1.17 | 05-Feb-2005 |
xtraeme | Kill __P(), use ANSI function declarations; WARNS=3.
|
| 1.16 | 31-Jan-2005 |
erh | Fix PR#3617 and PR#3205: call realpath to convert mount points and paths to
device nodes into absolute paths before using them.
|
| 1.15 | 07-Aug-2003 |
agc | Move UCB-licensed code from 4-clause to 3-clause licence.
Patches provided by Joel Baker in PR 22308, verified by myself.
|
| 1.14 | 22-Mar-2003 |
jdolecek | use <> rather than "" for #include mntopts.h
|
| 1.13 | 21-Sep-2002 |
christos | MNT_GETARGS support
|
| 1.12 | 17-Jan-2001 |
fvdl | Add handling of -o linux.
|
| 1.11 | 30-Oct-2000 |
jdolecek | make the code includable into other programs:
* make static all symbols which do not need to be exported
* rename main() to mount_FOO()
* new main() now just calls mount_FOO(), main() is only compiled in if
MOUNT_NOMAIN is not defined
* a_gid(), a_uid() and a_mask() were put into ../mount/fattr.[ch], local
versions removed
|
| 1.10 | 25-Jun-1999 |
perseant | branches: 1.10.8;
Regularize error reporting of mount_* commands for failure of mount(2)
to the form:
mount_xxx: dev on dir: reason for failure
|
| 1.9 | 16-Sep-1997 |
lukem | branches: 1.9.4;
resolve conflicts from lite-2 merge
|
| 1.8 | 15-Sep-1997 |
lukem | * update for WARNS=1
* getopt returns -1 not EOF
* fix .Nm usage
|
| 1.7 | 13-Apr-1996 |
jtc | Add const qualifier to mopts table
|
| 1.6 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.5 | 08-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Update from 4.4-Lite, with local changes.
|
| 1.4 | 12-Jan-1994 |
cgd | update from jsp; no man page yet, so torch the old one (for now)
|
| 1.3 | 25-Aug-1993 |
pk | should not default to read-only mount.
|
| 1.2 | 24-Aug-1993 |
pk | Man page added.
|
| 1.1 | 24-Aug-1993 |
pk | branches: 1.1.1;
mount program for proc filesystem.
|
| 1.1.1.2 | 16-Sep-1997 |
lukem | imported from lite-2
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 13-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Import 4.4-Lite version.
|
| 1.9.4.1 | 05-Sep-1999 |
he | Pull up revision 1.10:
Regularize error reporting of mount_* commands for failure of
mount(2) to the form "mount_xxx: dev on dir: reason for failure"
(as opposed to the old "mount_xxx: : reason for failure").
(perseant)
|
| 1.10.8.1 | 30-Mar-2001 |
he | Pull up revision 1.12 (via patch, requested by fvdl):
Add some required Linux emulation bits to support the Linux
version of VMware.
|
| 1.21.16.1 | 18-Sep-2008 |
wrstuden | Sync with wrstuden-revivesa-base-2.
|
| 1.21.12.1 | 28-Sep-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.22.4.1 | 13-May-2009 |
jym | Sync with HEAD.
Third (and last) commit. See http://mail-index.netbsd.org/source-changes/2009/05/13/msg221222.html
|
| 1.22.2.1 | 26-Feb-2009 |
snj | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by pooka in ticket #495):
sbin/mount_procfs/mount_procfs.c: revision 1.23
Default to -o linux. This prevents programs from not working just
because the -o linux flag was not supplied, i.e. it is the sensible
default. People who absolutely do not want the extra files in
their /proc for whatever aesthetic reason (it's not like they
consume any resources) can do -o nolinux.
|
| 1.6 | 26-Jul-2020 |
mlelstv | Refactor remaining mount_* commands to use the common pathadj()
function for resolving paths.
Make pathadj() no longer warn about symlinks. Symlinks in /dev are
regularly used in several places like LVM . The warning was also
only visible when calling a mount_* command directly as mount(8)
itself would resolve the path witout warning before passing it to
a mount_* command.
|
| 1.5 | 14-Jun-2010 |
pooka | naughty naughty, don't peek into src/sys
|
| 1.4 | 25-Nov-2004 |
wiz | Remove "CFLAGS+=-g".
|
| 1.3 | 24-Nov-2004 |
christos | Add arguments for ptyfs: slave tty group and mode, so we don't have to
hard-code them in the kernel.
|
| 1.2 | 11-Nov-2004 |
jdolecek | add -I${NETBSDSRCDIR}/sys into CPPFLAGS, so that this picks up necessary
kernel includes without need to have them installed
|
| 1.1 | 11-Nov-2004 |
christos | Add userland glue for ptyfs.
|
| 1.14 | 13-Aug-2014 |
hannken | Adapt to reality -- already open BSD style nodes do not appear on
ptyfs mounts (this changed some months ago).
|
| 1.13 | 04-Apr-2014 |
christos | branches: 1.13.4;
the bug has been fixed.
|
| 1.12 | 19-Sep-2012 |
christos | Does not make sense to mount this as NFS, so it is not a bug.
We can now mount multiple instances, but all of them show all the ptys.
|
| 1.11 | 18-Sep-2012 |
christos | remove -c and chroot option; they are always on now
|
| 1.10 | 09-Sep-2012 |
wiz | branches: 1.10.2;
Bump date for previous.
|
| 1.9 | 09-Sep-2012 |
dholland | ptyfs hasn't been experimental in a long time. (noticed by blymn)
|
| 1.8 | 18-Mar-2009 |
wiz | branches: 1.8.6; 1.8.8; 1.8.10;
Drop trailing whitespace.
|
| 1.7 | 15-Mar-2009 |
christos | Allow ptyfs to be mounted inside a chrooted environment.
|
| 1.6 | 30-Apr-2008 |
martin | branches: 1.6.6;
Convert TNF licenses to new 2 clause variant
|
| 1.5 | 31-Jan-2005 |
erh | branches: 1.5.26; 1.5.28;
Fix PR#3617 and PR#3205: call realpath to convert mount points and paths to
device nodes into absolute paths before using them.
|
| 1.4 | 24-Nov-2004 |
christos | Add arguments for ptyfs: slave tty group and mode, so we don't have to
hard-code them in the kernel.
|
| 1.3 | 11-Nov-2004 |
christos | Add a license; thanks manu.
|
| 1.2 | 11-Nov-2004 |
wiz | Nit fixes.
|
| 1.1 | 11-Nov-2004 |
christos | Add userland glue for ptyfs.
|
| 1.5.28.1 | 18-May-2008 |
yamt | sync with head.
|
| 1.5.26.1 | 02-Jun-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.6.6.1 | 13-May-2009 |
jym | Sync with HEAD.
Third (and last) commit. See http://mail-index.netbsd.org/source-changes/2009/05/13/msg221222.html
|
| 1.8.10.1 | 01-Nov-2012 |
matt | sync with netbsd-6-0-RELEASE.
|
| 1.8.8.2 | 01-Oct-2012 |
riz | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by christos in ticket #566):
sbin/mount_ptyfs/mount_ptyfs.8: revision 1.11
sbin/mount_ptyfs/mount_ptyfs.8: revision 1.12
sys/fs/ptyfs/ptyfs.h: revision 1.9
sbin/mount_ptyfs/mount_ptyfs.c: revision 1.14
sys/fs/ptyfs/ptyfs_vfsops.c: revision 1.43
sys/fs/ptyfs/ptyfs_vfsops.c: revision 1.44
Does not make sense to mount this as NFS, so it is not a bug.
We can now mount multiple instances, but all of them show all the ptys.
let us get mounted multiple times.
remove -c and chroot option; they are always on now
Always do the chroot filename mapping; it is pointless not to do it.
|
| 1.8.8.1 | 13-Sep-2012 |
riz | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by dholland in ticket #552):
sbin/mount_ptyfs/mount_ptyfs.8: revision 1.9
sbin/mount_ptyfs/mount_ptyfs.8: revision 1.10
ptyfs hasn't been experimental in a long time. (noticed by blymn)
Bump date for previous.
|
| 1.8.6.2 | 22-May-2014 |
yamt | sync with head.
for a reference, the tree before this commit was tagged
as yamt-pagecache-tag8.
this commit was splitted into small chunks to avoid
a limitation of cvs. ("Protocol error: too many arguments")
|
| 1.8.6.1 | 30-Oct-2012 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.10.2.2 | 20-Aug-2014 |
tls | Rebase to HEAD as of a few days ago.
|
| 1.10.2.1 | 20-Nov-2012 |
tls | Resync to 2012-11-19 00:00:00 UTC
|
| 1.13.4.1 | 17-Aug-2014 |
riz | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by hannken in ticket #29):
sbin/mount_ptyfs/mount_ptyfs.8: revision 1.14
sys/fs/ptyfs/ptyfs_vnops.c: revision 1.48
sys/fs/ptyfs/ptyfs_vnops.c: revision 1.49
sys/fs/ptyfs/ptyfs_subr.c: revision 1.30
sys/fs/ptyfs/ptyfs_subr.c: revision 1.31
sys/fs/ptyfs/ptyfs_vfsops.c: revision 1.51
sys/fs/ptyfs/ptyfs_subr.c: revision 1.32
sys/fs/ptyfs/ptyfs_vfsops.c: revision 1.52
sys/fs/ptyfs/ptyfs_vfsops.c: revision 1.53
sys/fs/ptyfs/ptyfs.h: revision 1.13
sys/fs/ptyfs/ptyfs.h: revision 1.14
Needs HASH_SLIST, not HASH_LIST.
Change ptyfs to vcache.
- Use (type, minor) as key.
- Change ptyfs_allocvp to return a referenced vnode and lock where needed.
- Remove unneeded vnode backpointer ptyfs_vnode.
- Keep a single hashlist for pty nodes to make their attributes persistent.
OK: Christos Zoulas
Overflow if *data_len == OSIZE and args->version >= PTYFS_ARGSVERSION.
Sent on tech-kern@, ok christos@
Adapt to reality -- already open BSD style nodes do not appear on
ptyfs mounts (this changed some months ago).
- Add a map of active controlling ptys per mount and no longer abuse
the vnode lifecycle.
- No longer set "recycle" on VOP_INACTIVE().
- Make ptyfs_used_get() private to ptyfs_subr.c
- Stop copying device attributes from traditional ptys on first allocation.
- Remove unneeded argument "lwp" from ptyfs_allocvp() and ptyfs_free_get().
OK: Christos Zoulas
|
| 1.18 | 26-Jul-2020 |
mlelstv | Refactor remaining mount_* commands to use the common pathadj()
function for resolving paths.
Make pathadj() no longer warn about symlinks. Symlinks in /dev are
regularly used in several places like LVM . The warning was also
only visible when calling a mount_* command directly as mount(8)
itself would resolve the path witout warning before passing it to
a mount_* command.
|
| 1.17 | 05-Sep-2016 |
sevan | Drop main() prototype.
|
| 1.16 | 21-Feb-2016 |
christos | Add MOPT_{REL,NO}ATIME as supported by the underlying filesystems.
|
| 1.15 | 20-Sep-2012 |
christos | add back old options for compatibility, but complain if specified.
|
| 1.14 | 18-Sep-2012 |
christos | remove -c and chroot option; they are always on now
|
| 1.13 | 02-Apr-2012 |
christos | branches: 1.13.2;
don't print 2 lines of info, remove the bogus one.
|
| 1.12 | 29-Aug-2011 |
joerg | branches: 1.12.2; 1.12.4; 1.12.6;
Use __dead
|
| 1.11 | 21-May-2011 |
riastradh | Make `mount_ptyfs -c' actually work.
The ALTF_* are bit masks, not indices, so use 4, not 3, for the one
after 2. Use 0x on all the values to emphasize this.
ok rmind
|
| 1.10 | 15-Mar-2009 |
christos | Allow ptyfs to be mounted inside a chrooted environment.
|
| 1.9 | 20-Jul-2008 |
lukem | branches: 1.9.4;
Remove the \n and tabs from the __COPYRIGHT() strings.
(Tweak some to use a consistent format.)
|
| 1.8 | 16-Jul-2007 |
pooka | branches: 1.8.12; 1.8.16;
Make all mount(2) return value error checks against -1. Some file
systems just checked != 0, breaking MNT_GETARGS. Others worked with < 0,
but make them check against -1 too for consistency. And sprinkle some
stylish line wrapping where appropriate.
|
| 1.7 | 14-Jul-2007 |
dsl | Add additional 'sizeof args' parameter to mount(2).
|
| 1.6 | 16-Oct-2006 |
christos | use MOPT_NULL
|
| 1.5 | 21-Mar-2006 |
christos | Always check the results of getmntopts() and free them.
|
| 1.4 | 31-Jan-2005 |
erh | Fix PR#3617 and PR#3205: call realpath to convert mount points and paths to
device nodes into absolute paths before using them.
|
| 1.3 | 27-Nov-2004 |
christos | Add a missing =
|
| 1.2 | 24-Nov-2004 |
christos | Add arguments for ptyfs: slave tty group and mode, so we don't have to
hard-code them in the kernel.
|
| 1.1 | 11-Nov-2004 |
christos | Add userland glue for ptyfs.
|
| 1.8.16.1 | 18-Sep-2008 |
wrstuden | Sync with wrstuden-revivesa-base-2.
|
| 1.8.12.1 | 28-Sep-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.9.4.1 | 13-May-2009 |
jym | Sync with HEAD.
Third (and last) commit. See http://mail-index.netbsd.org/source-changes/2009/05/13/msg221222.html
|
| 1.12.6.1 | 01-Nov-2012 |
matt | sync with netbsd-6-0-RELEASE.
|
| 1.12.4.1 | 01-Oct-2012 |
riz | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by christos in ticket #566):
sbin/mount_ptyfs/mount_ptyfs.8: revision 1.11
sbin/mount_ptyfs/mount_ptyfs.8: revision 1.12
sys/fs/ptyfs/ptyfs.h: revision 1.9
sbin/mount_ptyfs/mount_ptyfs.c: revision 1.14
sys/fs/ptyfs/ptyfs_vfsops.c: revision 1.43
sys/fs/ptyfs/ptyfs_vfsops.c: revision 1.44
Does not make sense to mount this as NFS, so it is not a bug.
We can now mount multiple instances, but all of them show all the ptys.
let us get mounted multiple times.
remove -c and chroot option; they are always on now
Always do the chroot filename mapping; it is pointless not to do it.
|
| 1.12.2.2 | 30-Oct-2012 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.12.2.1 | 17-Apr-2012 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.13.2.1 | 20-Nov-2012 |
tls | Resync to 2012-11-19 00:00:00 UTC
|
| 1.2 | 23-Jan-2016 |
christos | Define _KERNTYPES for things that need it.
|
| 1.1 | 14-Jan-2010 |
pooka | Add a generic puffs kernel utility for querying mount arguments.
E.g.:
golem> dtfs -r 'chr 15 25' dtfs /puffs
golem> mount_puffs -o getargs dtfs /puffs
version=26, flags=0x10, root cookie=0xbb90c0c0, root type=VCHR, root size=0, root rdev=0xf19
|
| 1.3 | 24-Nov-2016 |
wiz | New sentence, new line. Sort SEE ALSO. Fix typo.
|
| 1.2 | 23-Nov-2016 |
pho | Major rework on mount_puffs(8) so that it can actually start file servers
Now you can do
# mount_puffs -o rdonly rot13fs#/home/foo /mnt/rot13
or in fstab
rot13fs#/home/foo /mnt/rot13 puffs rdonly
to start rot13fs with arguments identical to
# rot13fs -o rdonly /home/foo /mnt/rot13
|
| 1.1 | 14-Jan-2010 |
pooka | branches: 1.1.28;
Add a generic puffs kernel utility for querying mount arguments.
E.g.:
golem> dtfs -r 'chr 15 25' dtfs /puffs
golem> mount_puffs -o getargs dtfs /puffs
version=26, flags=0x10, root cookie=0xbb90c0c0, root type=VCHR, root size=0, root rdev=0xf19
|
| 1.1.28.1 | 07-Jan-2017 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD. (Note that most of these changes are simply $NetBSD$
tag issues.)
|
| 1.5 | 23-Nov-2016 |
pho | Major rework on mount_puffs(8) so that it can actually start file servers
Now you can do
# mount_puffs -o rdonly rot13fs#/home/foo /mnt/rot13
or in fstab
rot13fs#/home/foo /mnt/rot13 puffs rdonly
to start rot13fs with arguments identical to
# rot13fs -o rdonly /home/foo /mnt/rot13
|
| 1.4 | 29-Aug-2011 |
joerg | branches: 1.4.24;
Use __dead
|
| 1.3 | 21-May-2010 |
pooka | PUFFSDEVELVERS is a goner
|
| 1.2 | 14-Jan-2010 |
pooka | from main with return 0;
(Why did I manage to succesfully build n times, including a full
distribution build, without tripping this before ?!?)
|
| 1.1 | 14-Jan-2010 |
pooka | Add a generic puffs kernel utility for querying mount arguments.
E.g.:
golem> dtfs -r 'chr 15 25' dtfs /puffs
golem> mount_puffs -o getargs dtfs /puffs
version=26, flags=0x10, root cookie=0xbb90c0c0, root type=VCHR, root size=0, root rdev=0xf19
|
| 1.4.24.1 | 07-Jan-2017 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD. (Note that most of these changes are simply $NetBSD$
tag issues.)
|
| 1.5 | 04-Dec-2021 |
pho | librefuse: Preparation of a proper API versioning; no more #ifdef woes in user code
The goal is to fully support FUSE API version 3.0 while maintaining
API/ABI compatibility with code written for 2.6 (or even older).
* <fuse.h> now emits a compiler warning if it's included without
defining FUSE_USE_VERSION. It had been silently defaulted to the
latest supported version prior to this change. This is permissive
compared to the original FUSE, as it emits an error instead.
* <fuse.h> now emits a warning if FUSE_USE_VERSION is higher than what
can be provided.
* Added a macro FUSE_MAKE_VERSION(maj, min). It was missing from
librefuse <fuse.h>.
No actual API updates have been made (yet).
|
| 1.4 | 03-Oct-2018 |
jmcneill | Add libpuffs (fixes sun2 build)
|
| 1.3 | 28-Nov-2017 |
wiz | branches: 1.3.2; 1.3.4;
Install qemufwcfg(4) and mount_qemufwcfg(8).
|
| 1.2 | 26-Nov-2017 |
christos | cleanup, knf, remove debugging printf, homebrew alloc macros, types.
|
| 1.1 | 25-Nov-2017 |
jmcneill | Add virtual filesystem for QEMU Firmware Configuration interface.
|
| 1.3.4.1 | 10-Jun-2019 |
christos | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.3.2.1 | 20-Oct-2018 |
pgoyette | Sync with head
|
| 1.2 | 26-Nov-2017 |
christos | cleanup, knf, remove debugging printf, homebrew alloc macros, types.
|
| 1.1 | 25-Nov-2017 |
jmcneill | Add virtual filesystem for QEMU Firmware Configuration interface.
|
| 1.7 | 22-Jan-2022 |
pho | lib/librefuse: Implement FUSE session API and its signal handling functionality
|
| 1.6 | 04-Dec-2021 |
pho | librefuse: Preparation of a proper API versioning; no more #ifdef woes in user code
The goal is to fully support FUSE API version 3.0 while maintaining
API/ABI compatibility with code written for 2.6 (or even older).
* <fuse.h> now emits a compiler warning if it's included without
defining FUSE_USE_VERSION. It had been silently defaulted to the
latest supported version prior to this change. This is permissive
compared to the original FUSE, as it emits an error instead.
* <fuse.h> now emits a warning if FUSE_USE_VERSION is higher than what
can be provided.
* Added a macro FUSE_MAKE_VERSION(maj, min). It was missing from
librefuse <fuse.h>.
No actual API updates have been made (yet).
|
| 1.5 | 30-Nov-2017 |
wiz | Sync (dead) usage with man page.
|
| 1.4 | 30-Nov-2017 |
christos | clang does not like dead unused functions.
|
| 1.3 | 26-Nov-2017 |
christos | don't error on unknown options.
|
| 1.2 | 26-Nov-2017 |
christos | cleanup, knf, remove debugging printf, homebrew alloc macros, types.
|
| 1.1 | 25-Nov-2017 |
jmcneill | Add virtual filesystem for QEMU Firmware Configuration interface.
|
| 1.3 | 29-Apr-2020 |
gson | Remove references to "special", as mount_qemufwcfg(8) does not
actually take such an argument. Discussed with jmcneill.
|
| 1.2 | 28-Nov-2017 |
wiz | Fix typo found by jmcneill.
|
| 1.1 | 28-Nov-2017 |
wiz | Add mount_qemufwcfg man page for review.
|
| 1.3 | 26-Nov-2017 |
christos | more cleanups, const
|
| 1.2 | 26-Nov-2017 |
christos | cleanup, knf, remove debugging printf, homebrew alloc macros, types.
|
| 1.1 | 25-Nov-2017 |
jmcneill | Add virtual filesystem for QEMU Firmware Configuration interface.
|
| 1.3 | 26-Nov-2017 |
christos | more cleanups, const
|
| 1.2 | 26-Nov-2017 |
christos | cleanup, knf, remove debugging printf, homebrew alloc macros, types.
|
| 1.1 | 25-Nov-2017 |
jmcneill | Add virtual filesystem for QEMU Firmware Configuration interface.
|
| 1.2 | 04-Sep-2008 |
pooka | Convert to the new mount world order with parseargs.
|
| 1.1 | 29-Dec-2005 |
tsutsui | branches: 1.1.20; 1.1.24;
Add preliminary support for System V Boot File System.
Written by UCHIYAMA Yasushi <uch@netbsd>.
|
| 1.1.24.1 | 18-Sep-2008 |
wrstuden | Sync with wrstuden-revivesa-base-2.
|
| 1.1.20.1 | 28-Sep-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.2 | 12-Sep-2016 |
sevan | Add AUTHORS section.
Bump date.
|
| 1.1 | 29-Dec-2005 |
tsutsui | Add preliminary support for System V Boot File System.
Written by UCHIYAMA Yasushi <uch@netbsd>.
|
| 1.8 | 29-Aug-2011 |
joerg | Use __dead
|
| 1.7 | 04-Sep-2008 |
pooka | Convert to the new mount world order with parseargs.
|
| 1.6 | 20-Jul-2008 |
lukem | Remove the \n and tabs from the __COPYRIGHT() strings.
(Tweak some to use a consistent format.)
|
| 1.5 | 16-Jul-2007 |
pooka | branches: 1.5.12; 1.5.16;
Make all mount(2) return value error checks against -1. Some file
systems just checked != 0, breaking MNT_GETARGS. Others worked with < 0,
but make them check against -1 too for consistency. And sprinkle some
stylish line wrapping where appropriate.
|
| 1.4 | 14-Jul-2007 |
dsl | Add additional 'sizeof args' parameter to mount(2).
|
| 1.3 | 16-Oct-2006 |
christos | use MOPT_NULL
|
| 1.2 | 21-Mar-2006 |
christos | Always check the results of getmntopts() and free them.
|
| 1.1 | 29-Dec-2005 |
tsutsui | Add preliminary support for System V Boot File System.
Written by UCHIYAMA Yasushi <uch@netbsd>.
|
| 1.5.16.1 | 18-Sep-2008 |
wrstuden | Sync with wrstuden-revivesa-base-2.
|
| 1.5.12.1 | 28-Sep-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.1 | 04-Sep-2008 |
pooka | branches: 1.1.2; 1.1.4;
Convert to the new mount world order with parseargs.
|
| 1.1.4.2 | 28-Sep-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.1.4.1 | 04-Sep-2008 |
mjf | file mount_sysvbfs.h was added on branch mjf-devfs2 on 2008-09-28 11:17:13 +0000
|
| 1.1.2.2 | 18-Sep-2008 |
wrstuden | Sync with wrstuden-revivesa-base-2.
|
| 1.1.2.1 | 04-Sep-2008 |
wrstuden | file mount_sysvbfs.h was added on branch wrstuden-revivesa on 2008-09-18 04:28:28 +0000
|
| 1.5 | 11-Apr-2009 |
lukem | Enable WARNS=4 by default except for:
dump dump_lfs fsck_ffs fsck_lfs fsdb mount_smbfs
newfs_ext2fs newfs_lfs resize_lfs setkey
|
| 1.4 | 05-Aug-2008 |
pooka | branches: 1.4.4;
Refactor mount utilities to provide a mount_fs_parseargs() routine.
Use this routine both in mount_fs and rump_fs to provide equivalent
command line parameters and therefore usage interchangeability.
While doing this, combine some common mountgoop to mountprog.h
|
| 1.3 | 28-Jul-2008 |
pooka | Install mount argument structure header just like every other file system.
|
| 1.2 | 14-Dec-2007 |
christos | branches: 1.2.4; 1.2.8;
- Use fattr.c functions instead of home brewed ones.
- Use new dehumanize number.
|
| 1.1 | 10-Sep-2005 |
jmmv | branches: 1.1.10; 1.1.12;
Initial addition of tmpfs, an efficient memory file-system. This project
was developed as part of Google's Summer of Code 2005 program. This
change adds the kernel code, the mount_tmpfs utility, a regression test
suite and does all other related changes to integrate these.
The file-system is still *experimental*. Therefore, it is disabled by
default in all kernels. However, as typically done, a commented-out
entry is added in them to ease its setup.
Note that I haven't commited the required mountd(8) changes to be able
to export tmpfs file-systems because NFS support is still very unstable
and because, before enabling it, I'd like to do some other changes.
OK'ed by my project mentor, William Studenmund (wrstuden@).
|
| 1.1.12.1 | 27-Dec-2007 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.1.10.1 | 09-Jan-2008 |
matt | sync with HEAD
|
| 1.2.8.1 | 18-Sep-2008 |
wrstuden | Sync with wrstuden-revivesa-base-2.
|
| 1.2.4.1 | 28-Sep-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.4.4.1 | 13-May-2009 |
jym | Sync with HEAD.
Third (and last) commit. See http://mail-index.netbsd.org/source-changes/2009/05/13/msg221222.html
|
| 1.19 | 12-Apr-2022 |
andvar | s/similarily/similarly/
|
| 1.18 | 07-Jun-2014 |
martin | Remove reference to (no longer) fixed 4 mbyte kernel memory being reserved,
it is now dynamic.
|
| 1.17 | 04-Dec-2013 |
wiz | branches: 1.17.2;
Bump date for previous.
|
| 1.16 | 04-Dec-2013 |
martin | Provide variants of the -s option to allow limiting the tmpfs dynamically
at mount time to 1/Nth or to N percent of the available ram.
|
| 1.15 | 02-Jun-2013 |
wiz | Improvements from jmc@openbsd.
|
| 1.14 | 30-Apr-2008 |
martin | branches: 1.14.20; 1.14.26;
Convert TNF licenses to new 2 clause variant
|
| 1.13 | 13-Feb-2008 |
rillig | branches: 1.13.4; 1.13.6;
The first non-optional parameter is ignored by this program.
ok'ed by jmmv@.
|
| 1.12 | 03-Jan-2007 |
jmmv | branches: 1.12.4; 1.12.6;
s/tons/lots/, per simonb@'s suggestion. This looks more formal.
|
| 1.11 | 19-Dec-2006 |
wiz | Nicer macro usage.
|
| 1.10 | 19-Dec-2006 |
jmmv | Note that meta data is stored in non-pageable memory and the problems this
may carry. Suggested by Greg Troxel in private mail.
|
| 1.9 | 11-Nov-2006 |
jmmv | tmpfs is not considered experimental any more. OK'ed by core@.
|
| 1.8 | 24-Dec-2005 |
jmmv | Point to the share/examples/fstab/fstab.ramdisk file for some more information.
|
| 1.7 | 29-Sep-2005 |
jmmv | Add an EXAMPLES section. Requested by martti@ to clarify the purpose of
the field before the mount point.
|
| 1.6 | 25-Sep-2005 |
jmmv | Kill reference to tmpfs(9). Noticed by "pancake".
|
| 1.5 | 25-Sep-2005 |
jmmv | Ignore case of trailing unit specifiers in size measures to remove confusion.
|
| 1.4 | 25-Sep-2005 |
jmmv | Inherit owner, group and mode of the mount directory so that mounting a
tmpfs over, e.g., /tmp, is trivial.
|
| 1.3 | 23-Sep-2005 |
jmmv | Kill the tmpfs(9) manual page; it was just documenting internal details of
tmpfs' "API" and was already rotting.
Instead, merge all the relevant comments into the code. This includes
acknowledgements to Google's Summer of Code 2005 program (they were in the
AUTHORS section of tmpfs(9) before), so all the files need to be changed
to include this sentence alongside the title. (Note that this was not a
requirement of the program.)
|
| 1.2 | 10-Sep-2005 |
jmmv | wiz@ remembers that the preferred way to spell file-system in NetBSD is
file system.
|
| 1.1 | 10-Sep-2005 |
jmmv | Initial addition of tmpfs, an efficient memory file-system. This project
was developed as part of Google's Summer of Code 2005 program. This
change adds the kernel code, the mount_tmpfs utility, a regression test
suite and does all other related changes to integrate these.
The file-system is still *experimental*. Therefore, it is disabled by
default in all kernels. However, as typically done, a commented-out
entry is added in them to ease its setup.
Note that I haven't commited the required mountd(8) changes to be able
to export tmpfs file-systems because NFS support is still very unstable
and because, before enabling it, I'd like to do some other changes.
OK'ed by my project mentor, William Studenmund (wrstuden@).
|
| 1.12.6.1 | 18-Feb-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.12.4.1 | 23-Mar-2008 |
matt | sync with HEAD
|
| 1.13.6.1 | 18-May-2008 |
yamt | sync with head.
|
| 1.13.4.1 | 02-Jun-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.14.26.2 | 20-Aug-2014 |
tls | Rebase to HEAD as of a few days ago.
|
| 1.14.26.1 | 23-Jun-2013 |
tls | resync from head
|
| 1.14.20.1 | 22-May-2014 |
yamt | sync with head.
for a reference, the tree before this commit was tagged
as yamt-pagecache-tag8.
this commit was splitted into small chunks to avoid
a limitation of cvs. ("Protocol error: too many arguments")
|
| 1.17.2.1 | 10-Aug-2014 |
tls | Rebase.
|
| 1.29 | 21-Feb-2016 |
christos | Add MOPT_{REL,NO}ATIME as supported by the underlying filesystems.
|
| 1.28 | 30-Apr-2014 |
christos | allow update
|
| 1.27 | 04-Dec-2013 |
martin | branches: 1.27.2;
Fix err/errx confusion, pointed out by rmind.
|
| 1.26 | 04-Dec-2013 |
martin | Provide variants of the -s option to allow limiting the tmpfs dynamically
at mount time to 1/Nth or to N percent of the available ram.
|
| 1.25 | 02-Jun-2013 |
wiz | Sync with man page. From jmc@openbsd.
|
| 1.24 | 05-Aug-2008 |
pooka | branches: 1.24.18; 1.24.24;
Refactor mount utilities to provide a mount_fs_parseargs() routine.
Use this routine both in mount_fs and rump_fs to provide equivalent
command line parameters and therefore usage interchangeability.
While doing this, combine some common mountgoop to mountprog.h
|
| 1.23 | 28-Jul-2008 |
pooka | Install mount argument structure header just like every other file system.
|
| 1.22 | 28-Apr-2008 |
martin | branches: 1.22.2;
Remove clause 3 and 4 from TNF licenses
|
| 1.21 | 13-Feb-2008 |
rillig | branches: 1.21.4; 1.21.6;
Print the second parameter in the error messages, since the first is
ignored anyway.
ok'ed by jmmv@.
NB: I didn't add a regression test for this because of lack of knowledge,
as the existing tests don't seem to follow the regress/README file.
|
| 1.20 | 15-Dec-2007 |
perry | convert __attribute__s to applicable cdefs.h macros
|
| 1.19 | 14-Dec-2007 |
christos | - Use fattr.c functions instead of home brewed ones.
- Use new dehumanize number.
|
| 1.18 | 16-Jul-2007 |
pooka | branches: 1.18.4; 1.18.6;
Print MNT_GETARGS results in one line to make them display
properly with mount -vvvvvvvvvv
|
| 1.17 | 16-Jul-2007 |
pooka | Make all mount(2) return value error checks against -1. Some file
systems just checked != 0, breaking MNT_GETARGS. Others worked with < 0,
but make them check against -1 too for consistency. And sprinkle some
stylish line wrapping where appropriate.
|
| 1.16 | 14-Jul-2007 |
dsl | Add additional 'sizeof args' parameter to mount(2).
|
| 1.15 | 16-Oct-2006 |
christos | use MOPT_NULL
|
| 1.14 | 27-May-2006 |
yamt | remove __POOL_EXPOSE.
|
| 1.13 | 26-Mar-2006 |
jmmv | There is no need to check for the resulting value of a strto*l call after
ERANGE has been raised. Just remove the extra checks, which were incorrect
anyway in almost all calls because they did not match their corresponding
strto*l function.
This caused mount_tmpfs to not catch some error cases in, e.g., i386, as
strtoll was returning LLONG_MAX instead of LONG_MAX, which are different
in this platform (but not on 64-bit ones).
Problem found by martin@; thanks!
|
| 1.12 | 21-Mar-2006 |
christos | Always check the results of getmntopts() and free them.
|
| 1.11 | 11-Feb-2006 |
christos | define __POOL_EXPOSE.
|
| 1.10 | 30-Sep-2005 |
jmmv | Do not use stdbool.h; it breaks the build on ports using gcc 2.x (such as
vax). Ew. Pointed out by he@.
|
| 1.9 | 26-Sep-2005 |
jmmv | Handle overflow errors in dehumanize_number. Noticed by chs@.
|
| 1.8 | 25-Sep-2005 |
jmmv | Implement the getargs option. I knew the code in the kernel had to be of
some use...
|
| 1.7 | 25-Sep-2005 |
jmmv | Fix some type mismatch issues (gid_t and uid_t are unsigned); pointed out
by chs@.
|
| 1.6 | 25-Sep-2005 |
jmmv | Change two variables from size_t to long as they are used with long
values (strtol). Silences a warning from lint.
|
| 1.5 | 25-Sep-2005 |
jmmv | Ignore case of trailing unit specifiers in size measures to remove confusion.
|
| 1.4 | 25-Sep-2005 |
jmmv | Inherit owner, group and mode of the mount directory so that mounting a
tmpfs over, e.g., /tmp, is trivial.
|
| 1.3 | 23-Sep-2005 |
jmmv | Kill the tmpfs(9) manual page; it was just documenting internal details of
tmpfs' "API" and was already rotting.
Instead, merge all the relevant comments into the code. This includes
acknowledgements to Google's Summer of Code 2005 program (they were in the
AUTHORS section of tmpfs(9) before), so all the files need to be changed
to include this sentence alongside the title. (Note that this was not a
requirement of the program.)
|
| 1.2 | 23-Sep-2005 |
jmmv | Apply the NFS exports list rototill patch:
- Remove all NFS related stuff from file system specific code.
- Drop the vfs_checkexp hook and generalize it in the new nfs_check_export
function, thus removing redundancy from all file systems.
- Move all NFS export-related stuff from kern/vfs_subr.c to the new
file sys/nfs/nfs_export.c. The former was becoming large and its code
is always compiled, regardless of the build options. Using the latter,
the code is only compiled in when NFSSERVER is enabled. While doing this,
also make some functions in nfs_subs.c conditional to NFSSERVER.
- Add a new command in nfssvc(2), called NFSSVC_SETEXPORTSLIST, that takes a
path and a set of export entries. At the moment it can only clear the
exports list or append entries, one by one, but it is done in a way that
allows setting the whole set of entries atomically in the future (see the
comment in mountd_set_exports_list or in doc/TODO).
- Change mountd(8) to use the nfssvc(2) system call instead of mount(2) so
that it becomes file system agnostic. In fact, all this whole thing was
done to remove a 'XXX' block from this utility!
- Change the mount*, newfs and fsck* userland utilities to not deal with NFS
exports initialization; done internally by the kernel when initializing
the NFS support for each file system.
- Implement an interface for VFS (called VFS hooks) so that several kernel
subsystems can run arbitrary code upon receipt of specific VFS events.
At the moment, this only provides support for unmount and is used to
destroy NFS exports lists from the file systems being unmounted, though it
has room for extension.
Thanks go to yamt@, chs@, thorpej@, wrstuden@ and others for their comments
and advice in the development of this patch.
|
| 1.1 | 10-Sep-2005 |
jmmv | Initial addition of tmpfs, an efficient memory file-system. This project
was developed as part of Google's Summer of Code 2005 program. This
change adds the kernel code, the mount_tmpfs utility, a regression test
suite and does all other related changes to integrate these.
The file-system is still *experimental*. Therefore, it is disabled by
default in all kernels. However, as typically done, a commented-out
entry is added in them to ease its setup.
Note that I haven't commited the required mountd(8) changes to be able
to export tmpfs file-systems because NFS support is still very unstable
and because, before enabling it, I'd like to do some other changes.
OK'ed by my project mentor, William Studenmund (wrstuden@).
|
| 1.18.6.2 | 18-Feb-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.18.6.1 | 27-Dec-2007 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.18.4.2 | 23-Mar-2008 |
matt | sync with HEAD
|
| 1.18.4.1 | 09-Jan-2008 |
matt | sync with HEAD
|
| 1.21.6.1 | 18-May-2008 |
yamt | sync with head.
|
| 1.21.4.2 | 28-Sep-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.21.4.1 | 02-Jun-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.22.2.1 | 18-Sep-2008 |
wrstuden | Sync with wrstuden-revivesa-base-2.
|
| 1.24.24.2 | 20-Aug-2014 |
tls | Rebase to HEAD as of a few days ago.
|
| 1.24.24.1 | 23-Jun-2013 |
tls | resync from head
|
| 1.24.18.1 | 22-May-2014 |
yamt | sync with head.
for a reference, the tree before this commit was tagged
as yamt-pagecache-tag8.
this commit was splitted into small chunks to avoid
a limitation of cvs. ("Protocol error: too many arguments")
|
| 1.27.2.1 | 10-Aug-2014 |
tls | Rebase.
|
| 1.1 | 05-Aug-2008 |
pooka | branches: 1.1.2; 1.1.4;
Refactor mount utilities to provide a mount_fs_parseargs() routine.
Use this routine both in mount_fs and rump_fs to provide equivalent
command line parameters and therefore usage interchangeability.
While doing this, combine some common mountgoop to mountprog.h
|
| 1.1.4.2 | 28-Sep-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.1.4.1 | 05-Aug-2008 |
mjf | file mount_tmpfs.h was added on branch mjf-devfs2 on 2008-09-28 11:17:13 +0000
|
| 1.1.2.2 | 18-Sep-2008 |
wrstuden | Sync with wrstuden-revivesa-base-2.
|
| 1.1.2.1 | 05-Aug-2008 |
wrstuden | file mount_tmpfs.h was added on branch wrstuden-revivesa on 2008-09-18 04:28:28 +0000
|
| 1.3 | 11-Apr-2009 |
lukem | Enable WARNS=4 by default except for:
dump dump_lfs fsck_ffs fsck_lfs fsdb mount_smbfs
newfs_ext2fs newfs_lfs resize_lfs setkey
|
| 1.2 | 05-Aug-2008 |
pooka | branches: 1.2.4;
Refactor mount utilities to provide a mount_fs_parseargs() routine.
Use this routine both in mount_fs and rump_fs to provide equivalent
command line parameters and therefore usage interchangeability.
While doing this, combine some common mountgoop to mountprog.h
|
| 1.1 | 02-Feb-2006 |
reinoud | branches: 1.1.20; 1.1.24;
Initial import of a UDF file system implementation for NetBSD.
Add UDF file system mounter.
|
| 1.1.24.1 | 18-Sep-2008 |
wrstuden | Sync with wrstuden-revivesa-base-2.
|
| 1.1.20.1 | 28-Sep-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.2.4.1 | 13-May-2009 |
jym | Sync with HEAD.
Third (and last) commit. See http://mail-index.netbsd.org/source-changes/2009/05/13/msg221222.html
|
| 1.14 | 16-Oct-2019 |
maya | Switch files copyright Reinoud Zandijk from BSD 4 clause to BSD 2 clause.
OK'd by reinoud in email (from 4 Feb 2019).
|
| 1.13 | 12-Sep-2016 |
sevan | branches: 1.13.14;
Add HISTORY & AUTHORS section.
Bump date.
|
| 1.12 | 13-Jul-2009 |
reinoud | Remove the comment on disc space accounting from the bugs section; it has been
fixed.
|
| 1.11 | 08-Feb-2009 |
wiz | Bump date for previous. New sentence, new line.
|
| 1.10 | 08-Feb-2009 |
reinoud | branches: 1.10.2;
Add mount_udf(8) option '-c' requesting session closure on unmount and
document it in the manpage.
|
| 1.9 | 08-Aug-2008 |
wiz | branches: 1.9.2;
Fix Dd argument and remove superfluous empty line.
|
| 1.8 | 08-Aug-2008 |
reinoud | Update the mount_udf(8) manpage to include the write support.
|
| 1.7 | 15-May-2008 |
reinoud | Fix missing -s argument.
|
| 1.6 | 06-Feb-2006 |
reinoud | branches: 1.6.20; 1.6.22; 1.6.24;
Fix 3 more spelling errors and make it pass `spell -b'
|
| 1.5 | 04-Feb-2006 |
wiz | New sentence, new line; sort SEE ALSO; other minor improvements
|
| 1.4 | 03-Feb-2006 |
snj | Fix two spelling errors and a typo. From Chris Tribo in PR misc/32715.
|
| 1.3 | 02-Feb-2006 |
reinoud | Note the support for harddisc partitions and vnd devices and notify users
of the problems that could arise with mapping images of UDF file systems
when using vnd with respect to the sector size.
|
| 1.2 | 02-Feb-2006 |
reinoud | Remove false notion about harddisc partition and vnd support since it has
been added since.
|
| 1.1 | 02-Feb-2006 |
reinoud | Initial import of a UDF file system implementation for NetBSD.
Add UDF file system mounter.
|
| 1.6.24.2 | 18-Sep-2008 |
wrstuden | Sync with wrstuden-revivesa-base-2.
|
| 1.6.24.1 | 23-Jun-2008 |
wrstuden | Sync w/ -current. 34 merge conflicts to follow.
|
| 1.6.22.1 | 18-May-2008 |
yamt | sync with head.
|
| 1.6.20.2 | 28-Sep-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.6.20.1 | 02-Jun-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.9.2.2 | 18-Feb-2009 |
snj | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by reinoud in ticket #447):
sbin/mount_udf/mount_udf.8: revision 1.11
Bump date for previous. New sentence, new line.
|
| 1.9.2.1 | 18-Feb-2009 |
snj | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by reinoud in ticket #447):
sbin/mount_udf/mount_udf.8: revision 1.10
sbin/mount_udf/mount_udf.c: revision 1.13
Add mount_udf(8) option '-c' requesting session closure on unmount and
document it in the manpage.
|
| 1.10.2.1 | 13-May-2009 |
jym | Sync with HEAD.
Third (and last) commit. See http://mail-index.netbsd.org/source-changes/2009/05/13/msg221222.html
|
| 1.13.14.1 | 13-Apr-2020 |
martin | Mostly merge changes from HEAD upto 20200411
|
| 1.15 | 16-Oct-2019 |
maya | Switch files copyright Reinoud Zandijk from BSD 4 clause to BSD 2 clause.
OK'd by reinoud in email (from 4 Feb 2019).
|
| 1.14 | 21-Feb-2016 |
christos | branches: 1.14.16;
Add MOPT_{REL,NO}ATIME as supported by the underlying filesystems.
|
| 1.13 | 08-Feb-2009 |
reinoud | Add mount_udf(8) option '-c' requesting session closure on unmount and
document it in the manpage.
|
| 1.12 | 05-Aug-2008 |
pooka | branches: 1.12.2;
Refactor mount utilities to provide a mount_fs_parseargs() routine.
Use this routine both in mount_fs and rump_fs to provide equivalent
command line parameters and therefore usage interchangeability.
While doing this, combine some common mountgoop to mountprog.h
|
| 1.11 | 15-Dec-2007 |
perry | branches: 1.11.4; 1.11.8;
convert __attribute__s to applicable cdefs.h macros
|
| 1.10 | 14-Jul-2007 |
dsl | branches: 1.10.4; 1.10.6;
Add additional 'sizeof args' parameter to mount(2).
|
| 1.9 | 10-Mar-2007 |
hubertf | - removes unused ctype.h header
- correct comment in mount_nfs/getnfsargs.c: s/Nead/Need/
From: Slava Semushin <php-coder@altlinux.ru>
|
| 1.8 | 17-Jan-2007 |
hubertf | Remove more duplicate #includes,
from Slava Semushin <slava.semushin@gmail.com>
|
| 1.7 | 17-Jan-2007 |
reinoud | Add `-o noatime' support to the mount program. Not relevant for the
read-only implementation currently committed though.
|
| 1.6 | 16-Oct-2006 |
christos | use MOPT_NULL
|
| 1.5 | 21-Mar-2006 |
christos | Always check the results of getmntopts() and free them.
|
| 1.4 | 02-Feb-2006 |
christos | - pass lint
- check errors
- use EXIT_FOO consistently
- use the fattr.h functions, don't duplicate the code
|
| 1.3 | 02-Feb-2006 |
xtraeme | KNF
|
| 1.2 | 02-Feb-2006 |
xtraeme | Fix NetBSD tag.
|
| 1.1 | 02-Feb-2006 |
reinoud | Initial import of a UDF file system implementation for NetBSD.
Add UDF file system mounter.
|
| 1.10.6.1 | 27-Dec-2007 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.10.4.1 | 09-Jan-2008 |
matt | sync with HEAD
|
| 1.11.8.1 | 18-Sep-2008 |
wrstuden | Sync with wrstuden-revivesa-base-2.
|
| 1.11.4.1 | 28-Sep-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.12.2.1 | 18-Feb-2009 |
snj | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by reinoud in ticket #447):
sbin/mount_udf/mount_udf.8: revision 1.10
sbin/mount_udf/mount_udf.c: revision 1.13
Add mount_udf(8) option '-c' requesting session closure on unmount and
document it in the manpage.
|
| 1.14.16.1 | 13-Apr-2020 |
martin | Mostly merge changes from HEAD upto 20200411
|
| 1.1 | 05-Aug-2008 |
pooka | branches: 1.1.2; 1.1.4;
Refactor mount utilities to provide a mount_fs_parseargs() routine.
Use this routine both in mount_fs and rump_fs to provide equivalent
command line parameters and therefore usage interchangeability.
While doing this, combine some common mountgoop to mountprog.h
|
| 1.1.4.2 | 28-Sep-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.1.4.1 | 05-Aug-2008 |
mjf | file mount_udf.h was added on branch mjf-devfs2 on 2008-09-28 11:17:14 +0000
|
| 1.1.2.2 | 18-Sep-2008 |
wrstuden | Sync with wrstuden-revivesa-base-2.
|
| 1.1.2.1 | 05-Aug-2008 |
wrstuden | file mount_udf.h was added on branch wrstuden-revivesa on 2008-09-18 04:28:28 +0000
|
| 1.12 | 26-Jul-2020 |
mlelstv | Refactor remaining mount_* commands to use the common pathadj()
function for resolving paths.
Make pathadj() no longer warn about symlinks. Symlinks in /dev are
regularly used in several places like LVM . The warning was also
only visible when calling a mount_* command directly as mount(8)
itself would resolve the path witout warning before passing it to
a mount_* command.
|
| 1.11 | 27-Jun-2005 |
christos | Move WARNS=3 to the Makefile.inc, and add a little const to the remaining
programs that did not compile before.
|
| 1.10 | 05-Feb-2005 |
xtraeme | Kill __P(), use ANSI function declarations; WARNS=3.
|
| 1.9 | 22-Mar-2003 |
jdolecek | move getmntopts(3) to libutil, build and install also it's manpage
bump libutil minor
adjust individual mount_*/Makefile to use libutil getmntopts(3)
|
| 1.8 | 19-Aug-2002 |
lukem | Use ${NETBSDSRCDIR}/some/path instead of ${.CURDIR}/../../some/path
|
| 1.7 | 10-Oct-1997 |
christos | CFLAGS->CPPFLAGS
|
| 1.6 | 08-May-1997 |
gwr | Back out the .PATH.c changes. The .depend problem (and others)
will be fixed using the new .NOPATH make feature instead.
|
| 1.5 | 06-May-1997 |
gwr | Use .PATH.c: ...
|
| 1.4 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.3 | 22-Dec-1994 |
cgd | specify man pages the new way.
|
| 1.2 | 03-Aug-1994 |
deraadt | do not need -I/sys
|
| 1.1 | 08-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | branches: 1.1.1;
Update from 4.4-Lite, with local changes.
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 13-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Import 4.4-Lite version.
|
| 1.21 | 20-Aug-2019 |
wiz | Sort options in usage.
filesystem -> file system
|
| 1.20 | 20-Aug-2019 |
perseant | Allow the user to specify the filesystem ID for umapfs at mount time,
allowing a consistent filesystem ID across reboots. Closes PR #54471.
|
| 1.19 | 11-Sep-2005 |
wiz | branches: 1.19.86;
Use .Fl. From YOMURA Masanori in private mail.
While here, sort options.
|
| 1.18 | 31-Jan-2005 |
erh | Fix PR#3617 and PR#3205: call realpath to convert mount points and paths to
device nodes into absolute paths before using them.
|
| 1.17 | 07-Aug-2003 |
agc | Move UCB-licensed code from 4-clause to 3-clause licence.
Patches provided by Joel Baker in PR 22308, verified by myself.
|
| 1.16 | 25-Feb-2003 |
wiz | .Nm does not need a dummy argument ("") before punctuation or
for correct formatting of the SYNOPSIS any longer.
|
| 1.15 | 01-Oct-2002 |
wiz | New sentence, new line. By Robert Elz with minimal fixes.
|
| 1.14 | 16-Nov-2001 |
wiz | Sort sections.
|
| 1.13 | 16-Nov-2001 |
wiz | Whitespace nits
|
| 1.12 | 05-Jun-2001 |
wiz | Drop arguments of .Os.
|
| 1.11 | 06-Mar-2001 |
thorpej | Make this manual page a lot more helpful.
|
| 1.10 | 07-Mar-1999 |
mycroft | Clean up SYNOPSIS formatting.
|
| 1.9 | 06-Feb-1998 |
perry | macroize BSD, NetBSD, FreeBSD and misc cleanup
|
| 1.8 | 15-Nov-1997 |
msaitoh | fix typo
|
| 1.7 | 16-Sep-1997 |
lukem | resolve conflicts from lite-2 merge
|
| 1.6 | 15-Sep-1997 |
lukem | * update for WARNS=1
* getopt returns -1 not EOF
* fix .Nm usage
|
| 1.5 | 29-May-1997 |
cgd | Fix broken uses of Dd. Both the mdoc and mdoc.samples pages agree:
.Dd is supposed to be invoked like:
.Dd month day, year
e.g. ".Dd January 25, 1989", rather than:
.Dd "month day, year"
which is what these pages did.
|
| 1.4 | 05-Mar-1996 |
thorpej | Make the manual page reflect reality, from Dave Carrel <carrel@cisco.com>,
PR #1699.
|
| 1.3 | 15-Jan-1996 |
thorpej | Remove reference to mount_lofs(8), per Todd Williamson
<toddw@delorean.rb.isl.secom.co.jp> in PR #1783.
|
| 1.2 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.1 | 08-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | branches: 1.1.1;
Update from 4.4-Lite, with local changes.
|
| 1.1.1.2 | 16-Sep-1997 |
lukem | imported from lite-2
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 13-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Import 4.4-Lite version.
|
| 1.19.86.1 | 13-Apr-2020 |
martin | Mostly merge changes from HEAD upto 20200411
|
| 1.27 | 26-Jul-2020 |
mlelstv | Refactor remaining mount_* commands to use the common pathadj()
function for resolving paths.
Make pathadj() no longer warn about symlinks. Symlinks in /dev are
regularly used in several places like LVM . The warning was also
only visible when calling a mount_* command directly as mount(8)
itself would resolve the path witout warning before passing it to
a mount_* command.
|
| 1.26 | 20-Aug-2019 |
perseant | Clean up debugging cruft that somehow made it into my previous commit.
|
| 1.25 | 20-Aug-2019 |
wiz | Sort options in usage.
filesystem -> file system
|
| 1.24 | 20-Aug-2019 |
perseant | Allow the user to specify the filesystem ID for umapfs at mount time,
allowing a consistent filesystem ID across reboots. Closes PR #54471.
|
| 1.23 | 29-Aug-2011 |
joerg | branches: 1.23.42;
Use __dead
|
| 1.22 | 20-Jul-2008 |
lukem | Remove the \n and tabs from the __COPYRIGHT() strings.
(Tweak some to use a consistent format.)
|
| 1.21 | 16-Jul-2007 |
pooka | branches: 1.21.12; 1.21.16;
Make all mount(2) return value error checks against -1. Some file
systems just checked != 0, breaking MNT_GETARGS. Others worked with < 0,
but make them check against -1 too for consistency. And sprinkle some
stylish line wrapping where appropriate.
|
| 1.20 | 14-Jul-2007 |
dsl | Add additional 'sizeof args' parameter to mount(2).
|
| 1.19 | 16-Oct-2006 |
christos | use MOPT_NULL
|
| 1.18 | 21-Mar-2006 |
christos | Always check the results of getmntopts() and free them.
|
| 1.17 | 11-Sep-2005 |
wiz | Sync usage with manpage.
|
| 1.16 | 05-Feb-2005 |
xtraeme | Kill __P(), use ANSI function declarations; WARNS=3.
|
| 1.15 | 31-Jan-2005 |
erh | Fix PR#3617 and PR#3205: call realpath to convert mount points and paths to
device nodes into absolute paths before using them.
|
| 1.14 | 07-Aug-2003 |
agc | Move UCB-licensed code from 4-clause to 3-clause licence.
Patches provided by Joel Baker in PR 22308, verified by myself.
|
| 1.13 | 22-Mar-2003 |
jdolecek | use <> rather than "" for #include mntopts.h
|
| 1.12 | 21-Sep-2002 |
christos | MNT_GETARGS support
|
| 1.11 | 30-Oct-2000 |
jdolecek | make the code includable into other programs:
* make static all symbols which do not need to be exported
* rename main() to mount_FOO()
* new main() now just calls mount_FOO(), main() is only compiled in if
MOUNT_NOMAIN is not defined
* a_gid(), a_uid() and a_mask() were put into ../mount/fattr.[ch], local
versions removed
|
| 1.10 | 08-Jul-1999 |
wrstuden | Update to new mount arguments.
|
| 1.9 | 25-Jun-1999 |
perseant | Regularize error reporting of mount_* commands for failure of mount(2)
to the form:
mount_xxx: dev on dir: reason for failure
|
| 1.8 | 01-Jun-1999 |
perseant | Patch for PRs 5124, 5535: correctly interpret the gid mapping file, rather
than using the last uid map entry for every gid map entry.
|
| 1.7 | 16-Sep-1997 |
lukem | branches: 1.7.4;
resolve conflicts from lite-2 merge
|
| 1.6 | 15-Sep-1997 |
lukem | * update for WARNS=1
* getopt returns -1 not EOF
* fix .Nm usage
|
| 1.5 | 13-Apr-1996 |
jtc | Add const qualifier to mopts table
|
| 1.4 | 24-Apr-1995 |
cgd | fix array types to match what the file system wants.
|
| 1.3 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.2 | 31-Oct-1994 |
cgd | be more careful with types.
|
| 1.1 | 08-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | branches: 1.1.1;
Update from 4.4-Lite, with local changes.
|
| 1.1.1.2 | 16-Sep-1997 |
lukem | imported from lite-2
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 13-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Import 4.4-Lite version.
|
| 1.7.4.2 | 05-Sep-1999 |
he | Pull up revision 1.9:
Regularize error reporting of mount_* commands for failure of
mount(2) to the form "mount_xxx: dev on dir: reason for failure"
(as opposed to the old "mount_xxx: : reason for failure").
(perseant)
|
| 1.7.4.1 | 21-Jun-1999 |
perry | pullup 1.7->1.8 (perseant): fixes a trivial bug in gid handling
|
| 1.21.16.1 | 18-Sep-2008 |
wrstuden | Sync with wrstuden-revivesa-base-2.
|
| 1.21.12.1 | 28-Sep-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.23.42.1 | 13-Apr-2020 |
martin | Mostly merge changes from HEAD upto 20200411
|
| 1.1 | 08-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | branches: 1.1.1;
Update from 4.4-Lite, with local changes.
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 13-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Import 4.4-Lite version.
|
| 1.1 | 08-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | branches: 1.1.1;
Update from 4.4-Lite, with local changes.
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 13-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Import 4.4-Lite version.
|
| 1.2 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.1 | 08-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | branches: 1.1.1;
Update from 4.4-Lite, with local changes.
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 13-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Import 4.4-Lite version.
|
| 1.15 | 26-Jul-2020 |
mlelstv | Refactor remaining mount_* commands to use the common pathadj()
function for resolving paths.
Make pathadj() no longer warn about symlinks. Symlinks in /dev are
regularly used in several places like LVM . The warning was also
only visible when calling a mount_* command directly as mount(8)
itself would resolve the path witout warning before passing it to
a mount_* command.
|
| 1.14 | 27-Jun-2005 |
christos | Move WARNS=3 to the Makefile.inc, and add a little const to the remaining
programs that did not compile before.
|
| 1.13 | 05-Feb-2005 |
xtraeme | Kill __P(), use ANSI function declarations; WARNS=3.
|
| 1.12 | 22-Mar-2003 |
jdolecek | move getmntopts(3) to libutil, build and install also it's manpage
bump libutil minor
adjust individual mount_*/Makefile to use libutil getmntopts(3)
|
| 1.11 | 21-Sep-2002 |
christos | MNT_GETARGS support
|
| 1.10 | 19-Aug-2002 |
lukem | Use ${NETBSDSRCDIR}/some/path instead of ${.CURDIR}/../../some/path
|
| 1.9 | 10-Oct-1997 |
christos | CFLAGS->CPPFLAGS
|
| 1.8 | 16-Sep-1997 |
lukem | resolve conflicts from lite-2 merge
|
| 1.7 | 08-May-1997 |
gwr | Back out the .PATH.c changes. The .depend problem (and others)
will be fixed using the new .NOPATH make feature instead.
|
| 1.6 | 06-May-1997 |
gwr | Use .PATH.c: ...
|
| 1.5 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.4 | 09-Jan-1995 |
mycroft | This shouldn't be setuid any more.
|
| 1.3 | 22-Dec-1994 |
cgd | specify man pages the new way.
|
| 1.2 | 03-Aug-1994 |
deraadt | do not need -I/sys
|
| 1.1 | 08-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | branches: 1.1.1;
Update from 4.4-Lite, with local changes.
|
| 1.1.1.2 | 16-Sep-1997 |
lukem | imported from lite-2
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 13-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Import 4.4-Lite version.
|
| 1.20 | 07-Jun-2017 |
abhinav | s/filesystem/file system/
|
| 1.19 | 04-May-2009 |
wiz | Fix typo in Dd argument.
|
| 1.18 | 05-Feb-2008 |
ad | branches: 1.18.12;
Kill -r. Union makes for a poor nullfs.
|
| 1.17 | 01-Aug-2007 |
pooka | branches: 1.17.2; 1.17.4; 1.17.8;
Don't re-explain vfs.generic.usermount & friends here.
|
| 1.16 | 31-Jan-2005 |
erh | branches: 1.16.10; 1.16.12;
Fix PR#3617 and PR#3205: call realpath to convert mount points and paths to
device nodes into absolute paths before using them.
|
| 1.15 | 07-Aug-2003 |
agc | Move UCB-licensed code from 4-clause to 3-clause licence.
Patches provided by Joel Baker in PR 22308, verified by myself.
|
| 1.14 | 07-May-2003 |
fair | Add some mdoc macros. Add text from PR 13878, modified.
|
| 1.13 | 25-Feb-2003 |
wiz | .Nm does not need a dummy argument ("") before punctuation or
for correct formatting of the SYNOPSIS any longer.
|
| 1.12 | 16-Nov-2001 |
wiz | branches: 1.12.2;
Sort SEE ALSO, sort sections.
|
| 1.11 | 16-Nov-2001 |
wiz | Whitespace nits
|
| 1.10 | 05-Jun-2001 |
wiz | Drop arguments of .Os.
|
| 1.9 | 07-Mar-1999 |
mycroft | Clean up SYNOPSIS formatting.
|
| 1.8 | 16-Sep-1997 |
lukem | resolve conflicts from lite-2 merge
|
| 1.7 | 15-Sep-1997 |
lukem | * update for WARNS=1
* getopt returns -1 not EOF
* fix .Nm usage
|
| 1.6 | 30-Jun-1997 |
phil | Note error when FFS does not support whiteouts and how to fix. (PR 3233)
|
| 1.5 | 15-Jan-1996 |
thorpej | Remove reference to mount_lofs(8), per Todd Williamson
<toddw@delorean.rb.isl.secom.co.jp> in PR #1783.
|
| 1.4 | 29-Sep-1995 |
jtc | Fixed example. The "-o -b" flags aren't needed unless the arguments
(directory and uniondir) are swapped. (PR #1469).
|
| 1.3 | 30-May-1995 |
mycroft | Add missing option in example.
|
| 1.2 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.1 | 08-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | branches: 1.1.1;
Update from 4.4-Lite, with local changes.
|
| 1.1.1.2 | 16-Sep-1997 |
lukem | imported from lite-2
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 13-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Import 4.4-Lite version.
|
| 1.12.2.1 | 19-Jun-2003 |
grant | Pull up revision 1.14 (requested by fair in ticket #1283):
Add some mdoc macros. Add text from PR 13878, modified.
|
| 1.16.12.1 | 03-Sep-2007 |
wrstuden | Sync w/ NetBSD-4-RC_1
|
| 1.16.10.1 | 01-Aug-2007 |
liamjfoy | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by pooka in ticket #807):
sbin/mount_union/mount_union.8: revision 1.17
Don't re-explain vfs.generic.usermount & friends here.
|
| 1.17.8.2 | 01-Aug-2007 |
pooka | Don't re-explain vfs.generic.usermount & friends here.
|
| 1.17.8.1 | 01-Aug-2007 |
pooka | file mount_union.8 was added on branch matt-mips64 on 2007-08-01 08:52:08 +0000
|
| 1.17.4.1 | 18-Feb-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.17.2.1 | 23-Mar-2008 |
matt | sync with HEAD
|
| 1.18.12.1 | 13-May-2009 |
jym | Sync with HEAD.
Third (and last) commit. See http://mail-index.netbsd.org/source-changes/2009/05/13/msg221222.html
|
| 1.23 | 26-Jul-2020 |
mlelstv | Refactor remaining mount_* commands to use the common pathadj()
function for resolving paths.
Make pathadj() no longer warn about symlinks. Symlinks in /dev are
regularly used in several places like LVM . The warning was also
only visible when calling a mount_* command directly as mount(8)
itself would resolve the path witout warning before passing it to
a mount_* command.
|
| 1.22 | 29-Aug-2011 |
joerg | Use __dead
|
| 1.21 | 20-Jul-2008 |
lukem | Remove the \n and tabs from the __COPYRIGHT() strings.
(Tweak some to use a consistent format.)
|
| 1.20 | 05-Feb-2008 |
ad | branches: 1.20.4; 1.20.8;
Kill -r. Union makes for a poor nullfs.
|
| 1.19 | 16-Jul-2007 |
pooka | branches: 1.19.4; 1.19.6;
Make all mount(2) return value error checks against -1. Some file
systems just checked != 0, breaking MNT_GETARGS. Others worked with < 0,
but make them check against -1 too for consistency. And sprinkle some
stylish line wrapping where appropriate.
|
| 1.18 | 14-Jul-2007 |
dsl | Add additional 'sizeof args' parameter to mount(2).
|
| 1.17 | 16-Oct-2006 |
christos | use MOPT_NULL
|
| 1.16 | 21-Mar-2006 |
christos | Always check the results of getmntopts() and free them.
|
| 1.15 | 17-Mar-2006 |
erh | Fix Coverity issue 1579. Check retval from getmntopts(). Use freemntopts().
|
| 1.14 | 05-Feb-2005 |
xtraeme | Kill __P(), use ANSI function declarations; WARNS=3.
|
| 1.13 | 31-Jan-2005 |
erh | Fix PR#3617 and PR#3205: call realpath to convert mount points and paths to
device nodes into absolute paths before using them.
|
| 1.12 | 07-Aug-2003 |
agc | Move UCB-licensed code from 4-clause to 3-clause licence.
Patches provided by Joel Baker in PR 22308, verified by myself.
|
| 1.11 | 22-Mar-2003 |
jdolecek | use <> rather than "" for #include mntopts.h
|
| 1.10 | 19-Mar-2003 |
christos | put this back.
|
| 1.9 | 19-Mar-2003 |
christos | union moved.
|
| 1.8 | 21-Sep-2002 |
christos | MNT_GETARGS support
|
| 1.7 | 30-Oct-2000 |
jdolecek | make the code includable into other programs:
* make static all symbols which do not need to be exported
* rename main() to mount_FOO()
* new main() now just calls mount_FOO(), main() is only compiled in if
MOUNT_NOMAIN is not defined
* a_gid(), a_uid() and a_mask() were put into ../mount/fattr.[ch], local
versions removed
|
| 1.6 | 25-Jun-1999 |
perseant | Regularize error reporting of mount_* commands for failure of mount(2)
to the form:
mount_xxx: dev on dir: reason for failure
|
| 1.5 | 16-Sep-1997 |
lukem | branches: 1.5.4;
resolve conflicts from lite-2 merge
|
| 1.4 | 15-Sep-1997 |
lukem | * update for WARNS=1
* getopt returns -1 not EOF
* fix .Nm usage
|
| 1.3 | 13-Apr-1996 |
jtc | Add const qualifier to mopts table
|
| 1.2 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.1 | 08-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | branches: 1.1.1;
Update from 4.4-Lite, with local changes.
|
| 1.1.1.2 | 16-Sep-1997 |
lukem | imported from lite-2
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 13-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Import 4.4-Lite version.
|
| 1.5.4.1 | 05-Sep-1999 |
he | Pull up revision 1.6:
Regularize error reporting of mount_* commands for failure of
mount(2) to the form "mount_xxx: dev on dir: reason for failure"
(as opposed to the old "mount_xxx: : reason for failure").
(perseant)
|
| 1.19.6.1 | 18-Feb-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.19.4.1 | 23-Mar-2008 |
matt | sync with HEAD
|
| 1.20.8.1 | 18-Sep-2008 |
wrstuden | Sync with wrstuden-revivesa-base-2.
|
| 1.20.4.1 | 28-Sep-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.1 | 27-Jun-2011 |
uch | 7th Edition(V7) File System support. and NetBSD symbolic-link, socket, FIFO extension. see newfs_v7fs(8).
|
| 1.3 | 12-Sep-2016 |
sevan | Add HISTORY & AUTHORS section.
Bump date.
|
| 1.2 | 27-Jun-2011 |
wiz | Various improvements.
|
| 1.1 | 27-Jun-2011 |
uch | 7th Edition(V7) File System support. and NetBSD symbolic-link, socket, FIFO extension. see newfs_v7fs(8).
|
| 1.1 | 27-Jun-2011 |
uch | 7th Edition(V7) File System support. and NetBSD symbolic-link, socket, FIFO extension. see newfs_v7fs(8).
|
| 1.1 | 27-Jun-2011 |
uch | 7th Edition(V7) File System support. and NetBSD symbolic-link, socket, FIFO extension. see newfs_v7fs(8).
|
| 1.1 | 05-Oct-1999 |
darrenr | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 05-Oct-1999 |
darrenr | branches: 1.1.1.1.4;
import script to setup directories for maintaining separate boot configs.
|
| 1.1.1.1.4.1 | 27-Dec-1999 |
wrstuden | Pull up to last week's -current.
|
| 1.20 | 03-Jul-2017 |
wiz | Remove workaround for ancient HTML generation code.
|
| 1.19 | 30-Sep-2005 |
rpaulo | .An -nosplit
|
| 1.18 | 31-Aug-2004 |
uwe | Drop bogus .Bl/.El uncovered by new mdoc.
|
| 1.17 | 27-Jun-2003 |
wiz | Quote macro candidate.
|
| 1.16 | 14-May-2003 |
wiz | setup -> set up.
|
| 1.15 | 25-Feb-2003 |
wiz | .Nm does not need a dummy argument ("") before punctuation or
for correct formatting of the SYNOPSIS any longer.
|
| 1.14 | 14-Feb-2003 |
grant | 'NetBSD.org' and some mdoc fixes.
|
| 1.13 | 06-Jan-2003 |
wiz | Bump date for revert. Use proper mdoc in some places. Avoid \fI and \fP.
Begin new sentences on new lines.
|
| 1.12 | 06-Jan-2003 |
seb | Introduce a new feature for reverting multiple boot configurations i.e.
effectively making the currently selected configuration the only one
active and removing boot configuration selection menu.
This is accomplished by running 'newbtconf revert'.
From PR bin/17808 by myself. Thanks to gendalia and lukem for the help finding
the right keyword.
Approved by lukem.
|
| 1.11 | 16-Dec-2002 |
wiz | Remove mention of update, per Kevin P. Neal in PR 19386.
|
| 1.10 | 21-Nov-2002 |
wiz | Add missing word.
|
| 1.9 | 01-Oct-2002 |
wiz | Use more mdoc.
|
| 1.8 | 08-Feb-2002 |
ross | Generate <>& symbolically. I'm avoiding .../dist/... directories for now.
|
| 1.7 | 16-Nov-2001 |
wiz | Remove unnecessary .Pps, use .Nx for NetBSD, sort sections.
|
| 1.6 | 20-Aug-2001 |
wiz | precede, not preceed.
|
| 1.5 | 18-Jun-2001 |
lukem | remove references to /etc/rbootd.conf, since it's the config file for
a little used server daemon which can be controlled with rc.conf in any case.
(xxx: list of files probably should be totally configurable, but that's
another story). from [bin/13061] by matthew green.
|
| 1.4 | 03-Apr-2001 |
wiz | Xref rc.conf 5, not 8. Whitespace fixes while I'm here.
|
| 1.3 | 26-Aug-2000 |
enami | Pull down the changes I've just accidently commited into 1.5 branch.
Mainly, .Pa fixes.
|
| 1.2 | 22-Aug-2000 |
lukem | - add rc.conf.d to list of items to link
- update man page to reflect reality
- use mdoc macros correctly...
|
| 1.1 | 05-Oct-1999 |
darrenr | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 05-Oct-1999 |
darrenr | branches: 1.1.1.1.4; 1.1.1.1.6;
import script to setup directories for maintaining separate boot configs.
|
| 1.1.1.1.6.4 | 04-Apr-2001 |
he | Pull up revision 1.4 (requested by wiz):
Xref rc.conf 5, not 8 + whitespace fixes.
|
| 1.1.1.1.6.3 | 26-Aug-2000 |
enami | Backout previous.
SORRY, I'VE FORGOT THAT I'VE TAGGED THIS MOBIO'S TREE AS netbsd-1.5.
|
| 1.1.1.1.6.2 | 26-Aug-2000 |
enami | Cosmetic changes resolving conflicts with my local tree. Mainly, use .Pa
for pathnames.
|
| 1.1.1.1.6.1 | 23-Aug-2000 |
lukem | pull up rev 1.3:
- add rc.conf.d to list of items to link
- update man page to reflect reality
- use mdoc macros correctly...
approved: thorpej
|
| 1.1.1.1.4.1 | 27-Dec-1999 |
wrstuden | Pull up to last week's -current.
|
| 1.9 | 16-Sep-2018 |
kre | Remove uses of test -o
|
| 1.8 | 05-Jan-2004 |
jmmv | branches: 1.8.96; 1.8.98;
Homogenize usage messages: make the 'usage' word all lowercase, as this seems
to be the most common practice in our tree.
|
| 1.7 | 06-Jan-2003 |
seb | Introduce a new feature for reverting multiple boot configurations i.e.
effectively making the currently selected configuration the only one
active and removing boot configuration selection menu.
This is accomplished by running 'newbtconf revert'.
From PR bin/17808 by myself. Thanks to gendalia and lukem for the help finding
the right keyword.
Approved by lukem.
|
| 1.6 | 05-Jan-2003 |
seb | Newbtconf is supposed to handle directories as well, like /etc/rc.conf.d,
hence fix directory handling.
From PR bin/17807 by myself. Approved by lukem.
|
| 1.5 | 18-Nov-2001 |
hubertf | Fix typo (etc/config -> etc.config)
Pointed out by Robby Griffin <sysadmin@terc.edu> in PR 14603.
|
| 1.4 | 18-Jun-2001 |
lukem | remove references to /etc/rbootd.conf, since it's the config file for
a little used server daemon which can be controlled with rc.conf in any case.
(xxx: list of files probably should be totally configurable, but that's
another story). from [bin/13061] by matthew green.
|
| 1.3 | 22-Aug-2000 |
lukem | - add rc.conf.d to list of items to link
- update man page to reflect reality
- use mdoc macros correctly...
|
| 1.2 | 11-Oct-1999 |
darrenr | branches: 1.2.4; 1.2.8;
bail if the source config doesn't exist as a directory
|
| 1.1 | 05-Oct-1999 |
darrenr | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 05-Oct-1999 |
darrenr | import script to setup directories for maintaining separate boot configs.
|
| 1.2.8.1 | 23-Aug-2000 |
lukem | pull up rev 1.3:
- add rc.conf.d to list of items to link
approved: thorpej
|
| 1.2.4.1 | 27-Dec-1999 |
wrstuden | Pull up to last week's -current.
|
| 1.8.98.1 | 10-Jun-2019 |
christos | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.8.96.1 | 30-Sep-2018 |
pgoyette | Ssync with HEAD
|
| 1.42 | 03-Jun-2023 |
lukem | bsd.own.mk: rename to CC_WNO_ADDRESS_OF_PACKED_MEMBER
Provide a single variable
CC_WNO_ADDRESS_OF_PACKED_MEMBER
with options for both clang and gcc, to replace
CLANG_NO_ADDR_OF_PACKED_MEMBER
CC_NO_ADDR_OF_PACKED_MEMBER
GCC_NO_ADDR_OF_PACKED_MEMBER
Using the convention CC_compilerflag, where compilerflag
is based on the full compiler flag name.
|
| 1.41 | 06-Sep-2020 |
mrg | add support for new GCC 9 warnings that may be too much to fix
right now. new address-of-packed-member and format-overflow
warnings have new GCC_NO_ADDR_OF_PACKED_MEMBER amd
GCC_NO_FORMAT_OVERFLOW variables to remove these warnings.
apply to a bunch of the tree. mostly, these are real bugs that
should be fixed, but in many cases, only by removing the 'packed'
attribute from some structure that doesn't really need it. (i
looked at many different ones, and while perhaps 60-80% were
already properly aligned, it wasn't clear to me that the uses
were always coming from sane data vs network alignment, so it
doesn't seem safe to remove packed without careful research for
each affect struct.) clang already warned (and was not erroring)
for many of these cases, but gcc picked up dozens more.
|
| 1.40 | 08-Feb-2017 |
rin | Add smaller versions of fsck_ffs(8) and newfs(8) for install media, where
support for Endian-Independent FFS and Apple UFS is disabled unless FFS_EI=1
and APPLE_UFS=1 are added to CRUNCHENV, respectively.
This reduces the size of ramdisk image for atari by over 15KB.
Thanks tsutsui and christos for their useful comments.
|
| 1.39 | 10-Aug-2012 |
joerg | branches: 1.39.14; 1.39.18;
Don't depend on HAVE_GCC being always defined.
|
| 1.38 | 20-Jun-2011 |
mrg | branches: 1.38.2;
remove most of the remaining HAVE_GCC tests that are always true in
the modern world.
|
| 1.37 | 06-Mar-2011 |
bouyer | branches: 1.37.2;
merge the bouyer-quota2 branch. This adds a new on-disk format
to store disk quota usage and limits, integrated with ffs
metadata. Usage is checked by fsck_ffs (no more quotacheck)
and is covered by the WAPBL journal. Enabled with kernel
option QUOTA2 (added where QUOTA was enabled in kernel config files),
turned on with tunefs(8) on a per-filesystem
basis. mount_mfs(8) can also turn quotas on.
See http://mail-index.netbsd.org/tech-kern/2011/02/19/msg010025.html
for details.
|
| 1.36 | 09-Aug-2010 |
pooka | branches: 1.36.2;
Add -G, which turns consistency check errors in warnings. The
current testing purpose is to create a file system with
block size > MAXPHYS.
(the check doesn't make that much sense anyway in these days of
mobile file systems, since we're interested in MAXPHYS where we
attempt to mount the file system, not where we happen to create it)
|
| 1.35 | 20-Dec-2009 |
dsl | Push the mount path for mount_mfs through realpath().
This matches what other fs do.
Fixes PR/20362
|
| 1.34 | 06-Jun-2009 |
haad | Remove debuging CFLAGS.
|
| 1.33 | 05-Jun-2009 |
haad | Add support for DIOCGDISKINFO to disk like device drivers. Change
partutil.c::getdiskinfo to use it to get disk geometry info.
Use DIOCGWEDGEINFO ioctl to get information about partition size, if disk
driver doesn't support it use old DIOCGDINFO. This patch adds support for
wedge like devices(lvm logical volumes, ZFS zvol partitions) to newfs and
other tools.
No objections on tech-userlevel@.
|
| 1.32 | 29-Aug-2008 |
gmcgarry | Wrap compiler-specific flags with HAVE_GCC and HAVE_PCC as necessary. Add a few flags for PCC.
|
| 1.31 | 26-Aug-2006 |
christos | branches: 1.31.18; 1.31.22;
- Deal with wedges and the new disk geometry structures, instead of using
struct disklabel.
Functionality lost:
1. struct disklabel used to be updated to contain bsize, fsize, cpg.
This information was used to locate the alternative superblock in
the filesystem if the primary superblock was corrupted. We need
to find a new place to store this information if we need this
functionality.
2. On vax SMD drives that contained bad sector lists, the newfs program
knew how to get the offset and skip to the correct location in order
to place the label.
|
| 1.30 | 11-May-2006 |
mrg | sprinkle some -fno-strict-aliasing and -Wno-pointer-sign with GCC4.
|
| 1.29 | 27-Jun-2005 |
christos | Move WARNS=3 to the Makefile.inc, and add a little const to the remaining
programs that did not compile before.
|
| 1.28 | 01-Nov-2003 |
dsl | Use fstat(2) to get the partition size (falling back to the label on old
kernels) so that newfs works on vinum (and similar).
Kill the -V hack for vinum.
Don't bother faking up a label for -F and mfs, nothing is needed from it.
Ignore label if special doesn't match DISKPART(sb.st_rdev);
Simplifly logic for default block/frag sizes.
Update man page to match.
WARNS=3.
|
| 1.27 | 26-Oct-2003 |
mycroft | Remove alpha optimization hack.
|
| 1.26 | 22-Mar-2003 |
jdolecek | no need for -I${MOUNT} & .PATH: ${MOUNT} now neither
|
| 1.25 | 22-Mar-2003 |
tron | Remove "getmntopts.c" from list of source files. getmntopts(3) is in
"libutil" now.
|
| 1.24 | 28-Sep-2002 |
dbj | Add support for the Apple UFS variation on ffs
This is the bulk of PR #17345
The general approach is to use a run time deteriminable value
for DIRBLKSIZ. Additional allowances are included for using
MAXSYMLINKLEN with FS_42INODEFMT and a shift in the cylinder group
cluster summary count array. Support is added for managing
the Apple UFS volume label.
|
| 1.23 | 19-Aug-2002 |
lukem | Use ${NETBSDSRCDIR}/some/path instead of ${.CURDIR}/../../some/path
|
| 1.22 | 08-Jan-2002 |
thorpej | Use MACHINE_ARCH, not MACHINE.
|
| 1.21 | 06-Jan-2002 |
lukem | add ugly hack for alpha to crank the optimisation level down to -O1,
because the default -O2 with gcc 2.95.3 builds a non functional newfs
|
| 1.20 | 04-Jan-2002 |
lukem | remove duplicate MAN= entry
|
| 1.19 | 04-Jan-2002 |
lukem | move mount_mfs(8) into separate man page
|
| 1.18 | 29-Jul-2001 |
lukem | enable WARNS=2
|
| 1.17 | 15-Jan-1999 |
bouyer | #include machine/bswap.h and remove -lutil.
|
| 1.16 | 18-Mar-1998 |
bouyer | Allow creation of non-native byteorder FFS (via the '-B' option).
|
| 1.15 | 10-Oct-1997 |
christos | CFLAGS->CPPFLAGS
|
| 1.14 | 15-Sep-1997 |
lukem | define WARNS?=1 for all of sbin/*
|
| 1.13 | 30-Jun-1997 |
christos | Fix compiler warnings.
|
| 1.12 | 08-May-1997 |
gwr | Back out the .PATH.c changes. The .depend problem (and others)
will be fixed using the new .NOPATH make feature instead.
|
| 1.11 | 06-May-1997 |
gwr | Use .PATH.c: ...
|
| 1.10 | 16-May-1996 |
thorpej | Use getmaxpartitions() from libutil, not a homegrown version.
|
| 1.9 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.8 | 22-Dec-1994 |
cgd | specify man pages the new way.
|
| 1.7 | 08-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Update from 4.4-Lite, with local changes.
|
| 1.6 | 12-Feb-1994 |
chopps | added -D${MACHINE} for amiga's becuase of differing sizeof (struct disklabel)
|
| 1.5 | 01-Aug-1993 |
mycroft | Add RCS identifiers.
|
| 1.4 | 28-Jul-1993 |
cgd | incorporate changes from 0-9-base to 0-9-ALPHA
|
| 1.3 | 23-Mar-1993 |
cgd | branches: 1.3.2;
changed "Id" to "Header" for rcsids
|
| 1.2 | 22-Mar-1993 |
cgd | added rcs ids to all files
|
| 1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.2 | 13-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Import 4.4-Lite version.
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | initial import of 386bsd-0.1 sources
|
| 1.3.2.1 | 20-Jul-1993 |
cgd | change all refs to "mfs" to be to "mount_mfs" as is appropriate
|
| 1.31.22.1 | 18-Sep-2008 |
wrstuden | Sync with wrstuden-revivesa-base-2.
|
| 1.31.18.1 | 28-Sep-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.36.2.1 | 20-Jan-2011 |
bouyer | Snapshot of work in progress on a modernised disk quota system:
- new quotactl syscall (versionned for backward compat), which takes
as parameter a path to a mount point, and a prop_dictionary
(in plistref format) describing commands and arguments.
For each command, status and data are returned as a prop_dictionary.
quota commands features will be added to take advantage of this,
exporting quota data or getting quota commands as plists.
- new on disk-format storage (all 64bit wide), integrated to metadata for
ffs (and playing nicely with wapbl).
Quotas are enabled on a ffs filesystem via superblock flags.
tunefs(8) can enable or disable quotas.
On a quota-enabled filesystem, fsck_ffs(8) will track per-uid/gid
block and inode usages, and will check and update quotas in Pass 6.
quota usage and limits are stored in unliked files (one for users,
one for groups)l fsck_ffs(8) will create the files if needed, or
free them if needed. This means that after enabling or disabling
quotas on a filesystem; a fsck_ffs(8) run is required.
quotacheck(8) is not needed any more, on a unclean shutdown
fsck or journal replay will take care of fixing quotas.
newfs(8) can create a ready-to-mount quota-enabled filesystem
(superblock flags are set and quota inodes are created).
Other new features or semantic changes:
- default quota datas, applied to users or groups which don't already
have a quota entry
- per-user/group grace time (instead of a filesystem global one)
- 0 really means "nothing allowed at all", not "no limit".
If you want "no limit", set the limit to UQUAD_MAX (tools will
understand "unlimited" and "-")
A quota file is structured as follow:
it starts with a header, containing a few per-filesystem values,
and the default quota limits.
Quota entries are linked together as a simple list, each entry has a
pointer (as an offset withing the file) to the next.
The header has a pointer to a list of free quota entries, and
a hash table of in-use entries. The size of the hash table depends
on the filesystem block size (header+hash table should fit in the
first block). The file is not sparse and is a multiple of
filesystem block size (when the free quota entry list is empty a new
filesystem block is allocated). quota entries to not cross
filesystem block boundaries.
In memory, the kernel keeps a cache of recently used quota entries
as a reference to the block number, and offset withing the block.
The quota entry itself is keept in the buf cache.
fsck_ffs(8), tunefs(8) and newfs(8) supports are completed (with
related atf tests :)
The kernel can update disk usage and report it via quotactl(2).
Todo: enforce quotas limits (limits are not checked by kernel yet)
update repquota, edquota and rpc.rquotad to the new world
implement compat_50_quotactl ioctl.
update quotactl(2) man page
fsck_ffs required fixes so that allocating new blocks or inodes will
properly update the superblock and cg sumaries. This was not an issue up
to now because superblock and cg sumaries check happened last, but now
allocations or frees can happen in pass 6.
|
| 1.37.2.1 | 23-Jun-2011 |
cherry | Catchup with rmind-uvmplock merge.
|
| 1.38.2.1 | 30-Oct-2012 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.39.18.1 | 21-Apr-2017 |
bouyer | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.39.14.1 | 20-Mar-2017 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.1 | 08-Feb-2017 |
rin | branches: 1.1.2; 1.1.4;
Add smaller versions of fsck_ffs(8) and newfs(8) for install media, where
support for Endian-Independent FFS and Apple UFS is disabled unless FFS_EI=1
and APPLE_UFS=1 are added to CRUNCHENV, respectively.
This reduces the size of ramdisk image for atari by over 15KB.
Thanks tsutsui and christos for their useful comments.
|
| 1.1.4.2 | 21-Apr-2017 |
bouyer | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.1.4.1 | 08-Feb-2017 |
bouyer | file Makefile.common was added on branch bouyer-socketcan on 2017-04-21 16:53:14 +0000
|
| 1.1.2.2 | 20-Mar-2017 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.1.2.1 | 08-Feb-2017 |
pgoyette | file Makefile.common was added on branch pgoyette-localcount on 2017-03-20 06:57:02 +0000
|
| 1.20 | 17-Nov-2022 |
chs | Restore backward compatibility of UFS2 with previous NetBSD releases by
disabling support in UFS2 for extended attributes (including ACLs).
Add a new variant of UFS2 called "UFS2ea" that does support extended attributes.
Add new fsck_ffs operations "-c ea" and "-c no-ea" to convert file systems
from UFS2 to UFS2ea and vice-versa (both of which delete all existing extended
attributes in the process).
|
| 1.19 | 18-Apr-2020 |
jdolecek | add NO_IOBUF_ALIGNED to not pull aligned_alloc() for really constrained
boot media
|
| 1.18 | 08-Feb-2017 |
rin | branches: 1.18.12;
__empty -> __nothing
|
| 1.17 | 08-Feb-2017 |
rin | switch to __empty
|
| 1.16 | 08-Feb-2017 |
rin | Add smaller versions of fsck_ffs(8) and newfs(8) for install media, where
support for Endian-Independent FFS and Apple UFS is disabled unless FFS_EI=1
and APPLE_UFS=1 are added to CRUNCHENV, respectively.
This reduces the size of ramdisk image for atari by over 15KB.
Thanks tsutsui and christos for their useful comments.
|
| 1.15 | 06-Mar-2011 |
bouyer | branches: 1.15.26; 1.15.30;
merge the bouyer-quota2 branch. This adds a new on-disk format
to store disk quota usage and limits, integrated with ffs
metadata. Usage is checked by fsck_ffs (no more quotacheck)
and is covered by the WAPBL journal. Enabled with kernel
option QUOTA2 (added where QUOTA was enabled in kernel config files),
turned on with tunefs(8) on a per-filesystem
basis. mount_mfs(8) can also turn quotas on.
See http://mail-index.netbsd.org/tech-kern/2011/02/19/msg010025.html
for details.
|
| 1.14 | 21-Oct-2009 |
snj | branches: 1.14.2;
Remove 3rd and 4th clauses in christos' license. OK christos.
|
| 1.13 | 26-Aug-2006 |
christos | - Deal with wedges and the new disk geometry structures, instead of using
struct disklabel.
Functionality lost:
1. struct disklabel used to be updated to contain bsize, fsize, cpg.
This information was used to locate the alternative superblock in
the filesystem if the primary superblock was corrupted. We need
to find a new place to store this information if we need this
functionality.
2. On vax SMD drives that contained bad sector lists, the newfs program
knew how to get the offset and skip to the correct location in order
to place the label.
|
| 1.12 | 15-Jan-2006 |
dsl | Add a '-V verbose' option that controls the amount of info writen to stdout.
0: No output. Default for mount_mfs unless -N specified
1: Output size of partition and cylinder groups.
2: Follow with a progress-bar line of dots (scaled to finish at RH margin)
3: Include a single line of alternate suberblock addresses before progress
bar. Default for newfs.
4: Output lots of lines of alternate superblock numbers that scroll madly
up the screen.
If -N given, newfs/mount_mfs exits before displaying any progress bar.
Output constrained (almost always) to 1 column less than the terminal width.
|
| 1.11 | 11-Sep-2003 |
dsl | Make mkfs -N work again (was trying to read filesystem).
Correct calculation of number of inodes from density for small filesystems.
Add a '-n inodes' option so that the desired number of inodes can be
explicitly given - init needs this for mfs /dev, -i density is too crude.
|
| 1.10 | 03-Sep-2003 |
dsl | Ensure the area between the end of the main superblock and the start of the
first alternate superblock is zerod.
Removes any possibility of any programs using a trully out of date
alternate superblock if a filesystem is remade with a larger block size.
|
| 1.9 | 02-Apr-2003 |
fvdl | Add support for UFS2. UFS2 is an enhanced FFS, adding support for
64 bit block pointers, extended attribute storage, and a few
other things.
This commit does not yet include the code to manipulate the extended
storage (for e.g. ACLs), this will be done later.
Originally written by Kirk McKusick and Network Associates Laboratories for
FreeBSD.
|
| 1.8 | 28-Sep-2002 |
dbj | Add support for the Apple UFS variation on ffs
This is the bulk of PR #17345
The general approach is to use a run time deteriminable value
for DIRBLKSIZ. Additional allowances are included for using
MAXSYMLINKLEN with FS_42INODEFMT and a shift in the cylinder group
cluster summary count array. Support is added for managing
the Apple UFS volume label.
|
| 1.7 | 07-Jan-2002 |
simonb | Add the ability for the user, group and permissions of an MFS to be set
on the command line with the -u, -g and -p options respectively.
The old malloc() replacement (and related functions) didn't work with
the libc get{pw,gr}nam() functions so it was removed and a separate
memory allocation function added that is only called to allocate the
space for the MFS file system.
Also use a table for the usage flags instead of multiple fprintf()'s
with "if (mfs)" checks sprinkled through.
|
| 1.6 | 06-Sep-2001 |
lukem | Incorporate the enhanced ffs_dirpref() by Grigoriy Orlov, as found in
FreeBSD (three commits; the initial work, man page updates, and a fix
to ffs_reload()), with the following differences:
- Be consistent between newfs(8) and tunefs(8) as to the options which
set and control the tuning parameters for this work (avgfilesize & avgfpdir)
- Use u_int16_t instead of u_int8_t to keep track of the number of
contiguous directories (suggested by Chuck Silvers)
- Work within our FFS_EI framework
- Ensure that fs->fs_maxclusters and fs->fs_contigdirs don't point to
the same area of memory
The new algorithm has a marked performance increase, especially when
performing tasks such as untarring pkgsrc.tar.gz, etc.
The original FreeBSD commit messages are attached:
=====
mckusick 2001/04/10 01:39:00 PDT
Directory layout preference improvements from Grigoriy Orlov <gluk@ptci.ru>.
His description of the problem and solution follow. My own tests show
speedups on typical filesystem intensive workloads of 5% to 12% which
is very impressive considering the small amount of code change involved.
------
One day I noticed that some file operations run much faster on
small file systems then on big ones. I've looked at the ffs
algorithms, thought about them, and redesigned the dirpref algorithm.
First I want to describe the results of my tests. These results are old
and I have improved the algorithm after these tests were done. Nevertheless
they show how big the perfomance speedup may be. I have done two file/directory
intensive tests on a two OpenBSD systems with old and new dirpref algorithm.
The first test is "tar -xzf ports.tar.gz", the second is "rm -rf ports".
The ports.tar.gz file is the ports collection from the OpenBSD 2.8 release.
It contains 6596 directories and 13868 files. The test systems are:
1. Celeron-450, 128Mb, two IDE drives, the system at wd0, file system for
test is at wd1. Size of test file system is 8 Gb, number of cg=991,
size of cg is 8m, block size = 8k, fragment size = 1k OpenBSD-current
from Dec 2000 with BUFCACHEPERCENT=35
2. PIII-600, 128Mb, two IBM DTLA-307045 IDE drives at i815e, the system
at wd0, file system for test is at wd1. Size of test file system is 40 Gb,
number of cg=5324, size of cg is 8m, block size = 8k, fragment size = 1k
OpenBSD-current from Dec 2000 with BUFCACHEPERCENT=50
You can get more info about the test systems and methods at:
http://www.ptci.ru/gluk/dirpref/old/dirpref.html
Test Results
tar -xzf ports.tar.gz rm -rf ports
mode old dirpref new dirpref speedup old dirprefnew dirpref speedup
First system
normal 667 472 1.41 477 331 1.44
async 285 144 1.98 130 14 9.29
sync 768 616 1.25 477 334 1.43
softdep 413 252 1.64 241 38 6.34
Second system
normal 329 81 4.06 263.5 93.5 2.81
async 302 25.7 11.75 112 2.26 49.56
sync 281 57.0 4.93 263 90.5 2.9
softdep 341 40.6 8.4 284 4.76 59.66
"old dirpref" and "new dirpref" columns give a test time in seconds.
speedup - speed increasement in times, ie. old dirpref / new dirpref.
------
Algorithm description
The old dirpref algorithm is described in comments:
/*
* Find a cylinder to place a directory.
*
* The policy implemented by this algorithm is to select from
* among those cylinder groups with above the average number of
* free inodes, the one with the smallest number of directories.
*/
A new directory is allocated in a different cylinder groups than its
parent directory resulting in a directory tree that is spreaded across
all the cylinder groups. This spreading out results in a non-optimal
access to the directories and files. When we have a small filesystem
it is not a problem but when the filesystem is big then perfomance
degradation becomes very apparent.
What I mean by a big file system ?
1. A big filesystem is a filesystem which occupy 20-30 or more percent
of total drive space, i.e. first and last cylinder are physically
located relatively far from each other.
2. It has a relatively large number of cylinder groups, for example
more cylinder groups than 50% of the buffers in the buffer cache.
The first results in long access times, while the second results in
many buffers being used by metadata operations. Such operations use
cylinder group blocks and on-disk inode blocks. The cylinder group
block (fs->fs_cblkno) contains struct cg, inode and block bit maps.
It is 2k in size for the default filesystem parameters. If new and
parent directories are located in different cylinder groups then the
system performs more input/output operations and uses more buffers.
On filesystems with many cylinder groups, lots of cache buffers are
used for metadata operations.
My solution for this problem is very simple. I allocate many directories
in one cylinder group. I also do some things, so that the new allocation
method does not cause excessive fragmentation and all directory inodes
will not be located at a location far from its file's inodes and data.
The algorithm is:
/*
* Find a cylinder group to place a directory.
*
* The policy implemented by this algorithm is to allocate a
* directory inode in the same cylinder group as its parent
* directory, but also to reserve space for its files inodes
* and data. Restrict the number of directories which may be
* allocated one after another in the same cylinder group
* without intervening allocation of files.
*
* If we allocate a first level directory then force allocation
* in another cylinder group.
*/
My early versions of dirpref give me a good results for a wide range of
file operations and different filesystem capacities except one case:
those applications that create their entire directory structure first
and only later fill this structure with files.
My solution for such and similar cases is to limit a number of
directories which may be created one after another in the same cylinder
group without intervening file creations. For this purpose, I allocate
an array of counters at mount time. This array is linked to the superblock
fs->fs_contigdirs[cg]. Each time a directory is created the counter
increases and each time a file is created the counter decreases. A 60Gb
filesystem with 8mb/cg requires 10kb of memory for the counters array.
The maxcontigdirs is a maximum number of directories which may be created
without an intervening file creation. I found in my tests that the best
performance occurs when I restrict the number of directories in one cylinder
group such that all its files may be located in the same cylinder group.
There may be some deterioration in performance if all the file inodes
are in the same cylinder group as its containing directory, but their
data partially resides in a different cylinder group. The maxcontigdirs
value is calculated to try to prevent this condition. Since there is
no way to know how many files and directories will be allocated later
I added two optimization parameters in superblock/tunefs. They are:
int32_t fs_avgfilesize; /* expected average file size */
int32_t fs_avgfpdir; /* expected # of files per directory */
These parameters have reasonable defaults but may be tweeked for special
uses of a filesystem. They are only necessary in rare cases like better
tuning a filesystem being used to store a squid cache.
I have been using this algorithm for about 3 months. I have done
a lot of testing on filesystems with different capacities, average
filesize, average number of files per directory, and so on. I think
this algorithm has no negative impact on filesystem perfomance. It
works better than the default one in all cases. The new dirpref
will greatly improve untarring/removing/coping of big directories,
decrease load on cvs servers and much more. The new dirpref doesn't
speedup a compilation process, but also doesn't slow it down.
Obtained from: Grigoriy Orlov <gluk@ptci.ru>
=====
=====
iedowse 2001/04/23 17:37:17 PDT
Pre-dirpref versions of fsck may zero out the new superblock fields
fs_contigdirs, fs_avgfilesize and fs_avgfpdir. This could cause
panics if these fields were zeroed while a filesystem was mounted
read-only, and then remounted read-write.
Add code to ffs_reload() which copies the fs_contigdirs pointer
from the previous superblock, and reinitialises fs_avgf* if necessary.
Reviewed by: mckusick
=====
=====
nik 2001/04/10 03:36:44 PDT
Add information about the new options to newfs and tunefs which set the
expected average file size and number of files per directory. Could do
with some fleshing out.
=====
|
| 1.5 | 30-Aug-2001 |
lukem | some improvements from freebsd/openbsd
- replace the unused fs_headswitch and fs_trkseek with fs_id[2], bringing
our struct fs closer to that in freebsd & openbsd (& solaris FWIW)
- dumpfs: improve warning message when cpc == 0
|
| 1.4 | 30-Jul-2001 |
lukem | - constify mkfs()'s first arg
- slightly reorder steps in -F image creation
|
| 1.3 | 01-Dec-2000 |
simonb | Put extern variable declarations in "extern.h".
|
| 1.2 | 01-Dec-2000 |
simonb | ANSIfy.
|
| 1.1 | 30-Jun-1997 |
christos | branches: 1.1.12;
Fix compiler warnings.
|
| 1.1.12.3 | 25-Nov-2001 |
he | Pull up revision 1.6 (requested by lukem):
Pull in enhanced ffs_dirpref() algorithm, which provides a
substantial performance improvement through better locality
between parent/child directories and their files, and by easing
the pressure on the buffer cache for metadata operations.
|
| 1.1.12.2 | 25-Nov-2001 |
he | Pull up revision 1.5 (requested by lukem):
Replace unused fs_headswitch/trkseek with fs_id.
|
| 1.1.12.1 | 24-Nov-2001 |
he | Pull up revisions 1.2-1.3 (requested by lukem):
Jumbo pullup for newfs:
o convert to ANSI function prototypes
o move external variables to extern.h
|
| 1.14.2.1 | 20-Jan-2011 |
bouyer | Snapshot of work in progress on a modernised disk quota system:
- new quotactl syscall (versionned for backward compat), which takes
as parameter a path to a mount point, and a prop_dictionary
(in plistref format) describing commands and arguments.
For each command, status and data are returned as a prop_dictionary.
quota commands features will be added to take advantage of this,
exporting quota data or getting quota commands as plists.
- new on disk-format storage (all 64bit wide), integrated to metadata for
ffs (and playing nicely with wapbl).
Quotas are enabled on a ffs filesystem via superblock flags.
tunefs(8) can enable or disable quotas.
On a quota-enabled filesystem, fsck_ffs(8) will track per-uid/gid
block and inode usages, and will check and update quotas in Pass 6.
quota usage and limits are stored in unliked files (one for users,
one for groups)l fsck_ffs(8) will create the files if needed, or
free them if needed. This means that after enabling or disabling
quotas on a filesystem; a fsck_ffs(8) run is required.
quotacheck(8) is not needed any more, on a unclean shutdown
fsck or journal replay will take care of fixing quotas.
newfs(8) can create a ready-to-mount quota-enabled filesystem
(superblock flags are set and quota inodes are created).
Other new features or semantic changes:
- default quota datas, applied to users or groups which don't already
have a quota entry
- per-user/group grace time (instead of a filesystem global one)
- 0 really means "nothing allowed at all", not "no limit".
If you want "no limit", set the limit to UQUAD_MAX (tools will
understand "unlimited" and "-")
A quota file is structured as follow:
it starts with a header, containing a few per-filesystem values,
and the default quota limits.
Quota entries are linked together as a simple list, each entry has a
pointer (as an offset withing the file) to the next.
The header has a pointer to a list of free quota entries, and
a hash table of in-use entries. The size of the hash table depends
on the filesystem block size (header+hash table should fit in the
first block). The file is not sparse and is a multiple of
filesystem block size (when the free quota entry list is empty a new
filesystem block is allocated). quota entries to not cross
filesystem block boundaries.
In memory, the kernel keeps a cache of recently used quota entries
as a reference to the block number, and offset withing the block.
The quota entry itself is keept in the buf cache.
fsck_ffs(8), tunefs(8) and newfs(8) supports are completed (with
related atf tests :)
The kernel can update disk usage and report it via quotactl(2).
Todo: enforce quotas limits (limits are not checked by kernel yet)
update repquota, edquota and rpc.rquotad to the new world
implement compat_50_quotactl ioctl.
update quotactl(2) man page
fsck_ffs required fixes so that allocating new blocks or inodes will
properly update the superblock and cg sumaries. This was not an issue up
to now because superblock and cg sumaries check happened last, but now
allocations or frees can happen in pass 6.
|
| 1.15.30.1 | 21-Apr-2017 |
bouyer | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.15.26.1 | 20-Mar-2017 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.18.12.1 | 21-Apr-2020 |
martin | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.137 | 10-May-2024 |
andvar | s/superbock/superblock/ in comment.
|
| 1.136 | 22-Feb-2024 |
mrg | if the window size works but is 0, assume it didn't work and use 80.
|
| 1.135 | 05-Jul-2023 |
riastradh | Revert "newfs(8): Ensure A divides S before aligned_alloc(A, S)."
C17 lifted this restriction.
|
| 1.134 | 04-Jul-2023 |
riastradh | newfs(8): Ensure A divides S before aligned_alloc(A, S).
Required by C11 Sec. 7.22.3.1 The aligned_alloc function, para. 2,
p. 348:
The value of alignment shall be a valid alignment supported by the
implementation and the value of size shall be an integral multiple
of alignment.
XXX pullup-10
|
| 1.133 | 07-Jan-2023 |
chs | ufs: fixed signed/unsigned bugs affecting large file systems
Apply these commits from FreeBSD:
commit e870d1e6f97cc73308c11c40684b775bcfa906a2
Author: Kirk McKusick <mckusick@FreeBSD.org>
Date: Wed Feb 10 20:10:35 2010 +0000
This fix corrects a problem in the file system that treats large
inode numbers as negative rather than unsigned. For a default
(16K block) file system, this bug began to show up at a file system
size above about 16Tb.
To fully handle this problem, newfs must be updated to ensure that
it will never create a filesystem with more than 2^32 inodes. That
patch will be forthcoming soon.
Reported by: Scott Burns, John Kilburg, Bruce Evans
Followup by: Jeff Roberson
PR: 133980
MFC after: 2 weeks
commit 81479e688b0f643ffacd3f335b4b4bba460b769d
Author: Kirk McKusick <mckusick@FreeBSD.org>
Date: Thu Feb 11 18:14:53 2010 +0000
One last pass to get all the unsigned comparisons correct.
In additional to the changes from FreeBSD, this commit includes quite a few
related changes to appease -Wsign-compare.
|
| 1.132 | 17-Nov-2022 |
chs | branches: 1.132.2;
Restore backward compatibility of UFS2 with previous NetBSD releases by
disabling support in UFS2 for extended attributes (including ACLs).
Add a new variant of UFS2 called "UFS2ea" that does support extended attributes.
Add new fsck_ffs operations "-c ea" and "-c no-ea" to convert file systems
from UFS2 to UFS2ea and vice-versa (both of which delete all existing extended
attributes in the process).
|
| 1.131 | 01-Jan-2022 |
msaitoh | s/sytem/system/
|
| 1.130 | 20-Aug-2020 |
riastradh | mmap MAP_FAILED audit.
|
| 1.129 | 17-Apr-2020 |
jdolecek | align buffers used for I/O to DEV_BSIZE so it's executed more optimally
when run for xbd(4) device
|
| 1.128 | 08-Feb-2017 |
rin | branches: 1.128.12;
Add smaller versions of fsck_ffs(8) and newfs(8) for install media, where
support for Endian-Independent FFS and Apple UFS is disabled unless FFS_EI=1
and APPLE_UFS=1 are added to CRUNCHENV, respectively.
This reduces the size of ramdisk image for atari by over 15KB.
Thanks tsutsui and christos for their useful comments.
|
| 1.127 | 07-Mar-2016 |
christos | branches: 1.127.2; 1.127.4;
PR/50910: David Binderman: Optimize memset.
|
| 1.126 | 07-Mar-2016 |
dholland | Terminate expression with a semicolon, instead of accidentally
splicing to the next line with a comma. Noticed by Christos. Has no
actual effect, fortunately. (Compiler output is unchanged.)
|
| 1.125 | 16-Jun-2015 |
christos | fix error messages containing \n
|
| 1.124 | 29-Apr-2015 |
christos | - use calloc to zero memory
- pass the proper buffer to mkdir
- fix for apple ufs
|
| 1.123 | 28-Apr-2015 |
christos | reduce bss usage
|
| 1.122 | 26-Apr-2014 |
martin | Increase alignement of the global "buf" variable to cover all pointers it
is casted too. Fixes a crash on arm v5.
|
| 1.121 | 05-Apr-2014 |
justin | branches: 1.121.2;
Iterate over fields of struct seperately to avoid warnings from pedantic compilers
|
| 1.120 | 23-Jun-2013 |
dholland | Stick ffs_ in front of the following macros:
fragstoblks()
blkstofrags()
fragnum()
blknum()
to finish the job of distinguishing them from the lfs versions, which
Christos renamed the other day.
I believe this is the last of the overtly ambiguous exported symbols
from ffs... or at least, the last of the ones that conflicted with lfs.
ffs still pollutes the C namespace very broadly (as does ufs) and this
needs quite a bit more cleanup.
XXX: boo on macros with lowercase names. But I'm not tackling that just yet.
|
| 1.119 | 23-Jun-2013 |
dholland | Stick ffs_, ext2_, chfs_, filecore_, cd9660_, or mfs_ in front of
the following symbols so as to disambiguate fully. (Christos already
did the lfs ones.)
lblkno
lblktosize
lfragtosize
numfrags
blkroundup
fragroundup
|
| 1.118 | 23-Jun-2013 |
dholland | Revert accidental commit of the change for PR 47911; got rolled into
other stuff by mistake.
|
| 1.117 | 23-Jun-2013 |
dholland | fsbtodb() -> FFS_FSBTODB(), EXT2_FSBTODB(), or MFS_FSBTODB()
dbtofsb() -> FFS_DBTOFSB() or EXT2_DBTOFSB()
(Christos already did the lfs ones a few days back)
|
| 1.116 | 19-Jun-2013 |
dholland | Rename ambiguous macros:
MAXDIRSIZE -> UFS_MAXDIRSIZE or LFS_MAXDIRSIZE
NINDIR -> FFS_NINDIR, EXT2_NINDIR, LFS_NINDIR, or MFS_NINDIR
INOPB -> FFS_INOPB, LFS_INOPB
INOPF -> FFS_INOPF, LFS_INOPF
blksize -> ffs_blksize, ext2_blksize, or lfs_blksize
sblksize -> ffs_blksize
These are not the only ambiguously defined filesystem macros, of
course, there's a pile more. I may not have found all the ambiguous
definitions of blksize(), too, as there are a lot of other things
called 'blksize' in the system.
|
| 1.115 | 09-Jun-2013 |
dholland | Stick UFS_ in front of these symbols:
DIRBLKSIZ
DIRECTSIZ
DIRSIZ
OLDDIRFMT
NEWDIRFMT
Part of PR 47909.
(two stragglers in this commit; oops)
|
| 1.114 | 17-Mar-2013 |
mlelstv | For MFS, no longer use heuristic based on rlimit to determine mmap size.
This is no longer functional with current memory allocation routines.
|
| 1.113 | 22-Jan-2013 |
dholland | Stuff UFS_ in front of a few of ufs's symbols to reduce namespace
pollution. Specifically:
ROOTINO -> UFS_ROOTINO
WINO -> UFS_WINO
NXADDR -> UFS_NXADDR
NDADDR -> UFS_NDADDR
NIADDR -> UFS_NIADDR
MAXSYMLINKLEN -> UFS_MAXSYMLINKLEN
MAXSYMLINKLEN_UFS[12] -> UFS[12]_MAXSYMLINKLEN (for consistency)
Sort out ext2fs's misuse of NDADDR and NIADDR; fortunately, these have
the same values in ext2fs and ffs.
No functional change intended.
|
| 1.112 | 13-Feb-2012 |
wiz | branches: 1.112.6;
Remove unused variables.
From cppcheck via Henning Petersen in PR 46004.
|
| 1.111 | 07-Feb-2012 |
tsutsui | Explicitly zap possible Ext2fs magic leftover to prevent
kernel vfs_mountroot() and bootloaders from mis-recognizing
the newfs(8)'ed file system as still Ext2fs.
The problem is reported and the fix is tested by Frank Wille
on current-users@. Also approved by releng.
|
| 1.110 | 25-Aug-2011 |
joerg | branches: 1.110.2;
Avoid magic manipulation of the format string.
|
| 1.109 | 06-Mar-2011 |
bouyer | merge the bouyer-quota2 branch. This adds a new on-disk format
to store disk quota usage and limits, integrated with ffs
metadata. Usage is checked by fsck_ffs (no more quotacheck)
and is covered by the WAPBL journal. Enabled with kernel
option QUOTA2 (added where QUOTA was enabled in kernel config files),
turned on with tunefs(8) on a per-filesystem
basis. mount_mfs(8) can also turn quotas on.
See http://mail-index.netbsd.org/tech-kern/2011/02/19/msg010025.html
for details.
|
| 1.108 | 09-Aug-2010 |
pooka | branches: 1.108.2;
Add -G, which turns consistency check errors in warnings. The
current testing purpose is to create a file system with
block size > MAXPHYS.
(the check doesn't make that much sense anyway in these days of
mobile file systems, since we're interested in MAXPHYS where we
attempt to mount the file system, not where we happen to create it)
|
| 1.107 | 31-Jan-2010 |
mlelstv | Skip handling of APPLEUFS_LABEL if it is smaller than a device block.
In particular:
- newfs will not try to erase the label
- fsck_ffs will not try to validate the label
This lets newfs and fsck work on 2048-byte-per-sector media.
Does Apple UFS support such media and how?
|
| 1.106 | 07-May-2009 |
lukem | Consistently use FFSv1 or FFSv2
|
| 1.105 | 11-Apr-2009 |
lukem | fix sign-compare issues
|
| 1.104 | 08-Dec-2007 |
jnemeth | branches: 1.104.14;
PR/37155 - Marcelo Schmidt -- specifying too large of a size causes segvs
|
| 1.103 | 27-Nov-2007 |
tsutsui | branches: 1.103.2;
Use powerof2() macro in <sys/param.h> rather than a homegrown version.
|
| 1.102 | 16-Oct-2006 |
christos | branches: 1.102.2; 1.102.4; 1.102.8;
c99 initializers.
|
| 1.101 | 26-Aug-2006 |
christos | - Deal with wedges and the new disk geometry structures, instead of using
struct disklabel.
Functionality lost:
1. struct disklabel used to be updated to contain bsize, fsize, cpg.
This information was used to locate the alternative superblock in
the filesystem if the primary superblock was corrupted. We need
to find a new place to store this information if we need this
functionality.
2. On vax SMD drives that contained bad sector lists, the newfs program
knew how to get the offset and skip to the correct location in order
to place the label.
|
| 1.100 | 21-Jan-2006 |
simonb | Use 64-bit arithmetic to calculate fragsperinodeblk, avoiding 32-bit
overflows for large values of "-i bytes-per-inode".
|
| 1.99 | 16-Jan-2006 |
dsl | Add '-V' to usage output.
Correct a couple of comments.
|
| 1.98 | 15-Jan-2006 |
dsl | Add a '-V verbose' option that controls the amount of info writen to stdout.
0: No output. Default for mount_mfs unless -N specified
1: Output size of partition and cylinder groups.
2: Follow with a progress-bar line of dots (scaled to finish at RH margin)
3: Include a single line of alternate suberblock addresses before progress
bar. Default for newfs.
4: Output lots of lines of alternate superblock numbers that scroll madly
up the screen.
If -N given, newfs/mount_mfs exits before displaying any progress bar.
Output constrained (almost always) to 1 column less than the terminal width.
|
| 1.97 | 11-Jan-2006 |
dsl | Don't look for old superblocks if newfs -N
|
| 1.96 | 11-Jan-2006 |
dsl | The 'cylinder group' size calculation was incorrect. If the cylinder groups
were full then not enough bits were left for the inode allocation map.
Always put a multiple of 8 fragments (and non-zero) inodes into the eqns
so that answer is correct.
Fix the sum that may discard the last cylinder group if it isn't large enough
to contain all its inodes.
Spotted during some other tests, eg:
$ newfs -s 109610 -n1 -f512 -b4096 -N -O2 -F ./z
CGSIZE miscalculated 4097 > 4096
$
|
| 1.95 | 11-Jan-2006 |
dsl | Modify previous so that at most 79 (more likely 78) dots are printed, with
at most 1 dot per cylinder group.
This is much more useful for filesystems with very large numbers of cgs.
|
| 1.94 | 09-Jan-2006 |
dsl | There really isn't any point reporting all the alternate superblocks,
big filesystems can have thousands of them - no one ever writes them down.
After the first line of numbers just output a '.' for each cylinder group.
Also limit the lines to 79 columns so broken terminal emulaters don't
double-space the output lines.
|
| 1.93 | 05-Jan-2006 |
hubertf | The -b option is really on fsck_ffs, not fsck
Pointed out by Sebastian Schuetz on IRCnet #NetBSD
|
| 1.92 | 05-Nov-2005 |
chs | don't set fs_maxsymlinklen and fs_old_inodefmt twice,
we set them correctly the first time. fixes PR 26995.
|
| 1.91 | 23-Aug-2005 |
tron | Use FFS_MAXNAMLEN instead of MAXNAMLEN.
|
| 1.90 | 19-Aug-2005 |
christos | 64 bit inode changes
|
| 1.89 | 03-Jun-2005 |
dbj | ufs2 disk addresses in dp2->di_db[] must be swapped with bswap64, not bswap32
|
| 1.88 | 14-Apr-2004 |
dbj | branches: 1.88.2;
fix support for creating APPLE_UFS filesystems with -v
this addresses pr/23924
this includes most of support for creating fslevel 3 compatible filesystems,
although there is currently no command line option to invoke it when
not using apple_ufs
|
| 1.87 | 18-Mar-2004 |
dsl | branches: 1.87.2;
Speed up mkfs of ffsv1 by writing inodes more than 8k at a time.
Use mmap() instead of malloc() for temporary buffers so that they
can be unmapped for mfs.
|
| 1.86 | 07-Mar-2004 |
dsl | Re-instate the old behaviour where 'mount_mfs device mount_pt' would
use the size of 'device' for teh file syste size - fixes pr 18353.
(It might be better to be able to say 50% of the size...)
Fix 'mount_mfs -N ...', as well as supressing the creation of the fs, the -N
inhibits the supression of the prints of the mfs parameters.
|
| 1.85 | 02-Jan-2004 |
dbj | add uuid field to apple ufs volume label
|
| 1.84 | 29-Oct-2003 |
lukem | Under no circumstances try to zap an existing superblock at sector 0.
There's no reasonable situation where there will be one there, except if the
disk had data on it previously for some reason. It's significantly more
likely (read "the world until UFS2 was merged") that sector 0(..15)
contains really important stuff like boot blocks and disk labels.
Once again, I ask, why wasn't UFS2 implemented as a separate file
system a la lfs & ext2fs ?
It could have shared a chunk of the kernel code (just like those),
and had different userland tools and a different fs_type.
|
| 1.83 | 15-Oct-2003 |
dsl | The 'struct partition *pp' is only used to save the block and fragment
sizes (so they can be written back into the disklabel).
Allow pp to be NULL
|
| 1.82 | 17-Sep-2003 |
enami | Need to write entire sector.
|
| 1.81 | 11-Sep-2003 |
dsl | Make mkfs -N work again (was trying to read filesystem).
Correct calculation of number of inodes from density for small filesystems.
Add a '-n inodes' option so that the desired number of inodes can be
explicitly given - init needs this for mfs /dev, -i density is too crude.
|
| 1.80 | 10-Sep-2003 |
dsl | Try very hard to ensure that the correct superblock will be found by
invalidating a host of other possible superblocks.
|
| 1.79 | 06-Sep-2003 |
itojun | use arc4random
|
| 1.78 | 04-Sep-2003 |
itojun | s/0x7fffffff/INT32_MAX/
|
| 1.77 | 04-Sep-2003 |
itojun | use arc4random(3). it is at least better than random(3)
XXX masked topmost bit so that values don't go negative, is it the right thing
to do?
|
| 1.76 | 03-Sep-2003 |
dsl | Ensure the area between the end of the main superblock and the start of the
first alternate superblock is zerod.
Removes any possibility of any programs using a trully out of date
alternate superblock if a filesystem is remade with a larger block size.
|
| 1.75 | 03-Sep-2003 |
dsl | Randomise di_igen for the first 2 blocks of inodes for non-UFS2 filesystems.
Randomise di_igen for "/" (and lost+found) for UFS2 filesystems.
Ensure nothing from the lost+found inode leaks into the / inode.
|
| 1.74 | 21-Aug-2003 |
dsl | Rework of code that sorts out number of cylinder groups and inodes:
- allows less than 'one fragment per inode' (useful for mfs /dev)
- limits number of inodes to 2^31 (they are stored in an int32_t)
- errors if the number of cylinder groups is such that the cylinder group
summary won't fit in the first cylinder group.
- ensures that the last cylinder block contains a valid number of fragments
and inodes, and is not larger than any earlier ones.
- cylinder groups are now created with almost the same size as each other.
Change posted to tech-kern, and no one objected.
|
| 1.73 | 15-Aug-2003 |
dsl | Avoid allocating a data buffer the size of the cylinder group summary.
Write the summary every time it fills a fragment - except for the first
sector which is written last.
|
| 1.72 | 15-Aug-2003 |
dsl | Fix layout of printout of alternate superblock list when > 2^32 sectors, use
80 columns (sysinst uses full width these days).
Use {;} instead of , in a couple of places.
Abort if user tries to make a UFS1 filesytem with > 2^31 fragments.
Abort if the cylinder group summary won't fit into the first cylinder group.
Use pread/pwrite and remove a few redundant casts.
|
| 1.71 | 07-Aug-2003 |
agc | Move UCB-licensed code from 4-clause to 3-clause licence.
Patches provided by Joel Baker in PR 22308, verified by myself.
|
| 1.70 | 02-May-2003 |
atatat | Convert to using gettimeofday(2) instead of time(3) to get the current
time, and stuff as much precision as possible into as many places as
possible. This includes setting the atime, mtime, and ctime on inode
#2 of a freshly created file system, and the birthtime on a new ffs2
filesystem.
Previously these would all be left at zero, and since the birthtime
only gets set when the inode is allocated (and since inode #2 never
gets recycled), inode #2 would always have a birthtime of the epoch.
|
| 1.69 | 20-Apr-2003 |
christos | PR/5680: Markus Illenseer: Mounting and using broken mfs results into kernel
panic
Fixed by checking two return cases from alloc() that were not checked before.
|
| 1.68 | 02-Apr-2003 |
fvdl | Add support for UFS2. UFS2 is an enhanced FFS, adding support for
64 bit block pointers, extended attribute storage, and a few
other things.
This commit does not yet include the code to manipulate the extended
storage (for e.g. ACLs), this will be done later.
Originally written by Kirk McKusick and Network Associates Laboratories for
FreeBSD.
|
| 1.67 | 14-Feb-2003 |
grant | 'NetBSD.org' and some mdoc fixes.
|
| 1.66 | 24-Jan-2003 |
fvdl | Bump daddr_t to 64 bits. Replace it with int32_t in all places where
it was used on-disk, so that on-disk formats remain the same.
Remove ufs_daddr_t and ufs_lbn_t for the time being.
|
| 1.65 | 28-Sep-2002 |
dbj | Add support for the Apple UFS variation on ffs
This is the bulk of PR #17345
The general approach is to use a run time deteriminable value
for DIRBLKSIZ. Additional allowances are included for using
MAXSYMLINKLEN with FS_42INODEFMT and a shift in the cylinder group
cluster summary count array. Support is added for managing
the Apple UFS volume label.
|
| 1.64 | 10-Apr-2002 |
mycroft | Some manual strength reduction.
|
| 1.63 | 10-Apr-2002 |
mycroft | Remove debugging output.
|
| 1.62 | 10-Apr-2002 |
mycroft | Use fs_fragshift more. Simplify a bunch of arithmetic involving NSPF().
|
| 1.61 | 18-Jan-2002 |
lukem | wrap some mfs specific code in #ifdef MFS
|
| 1.60 | 07-Jan-2002 |
simonb | Add the ability for the user, group and permissions of an MFS to be set
on the command line with the -u, -g and -p options respectively.
The old malloc() replacement (and related functions) didn't work with
the libc get{pw,gr}nam() functions so it was removed and a separate
memory allocation function added that is only called to allocate the
space for the MFS file system.
Also use a table for the usage flags instead of multiple fprintf()'s
with "if (mfs)" checks sprinkled through.
|
| 1.59 | 31-Dec-2001 |
lukem | don't bother printing a warning about the cylinder group size being
restricted if -c isn't given; it just confuses a user of newfs (and
the cpg info is printed as part of the display anyway), and prints an
unnecessary warning for mount_mfs.
|
| 1.58 | 13-Dec-2001 |
lukem | clamp bsize to MAXBSIZE
|
| 1.57 | 14-Oct-2001 |
lukem | fix error reporting in rdfs() and wtfs()
|
| 1.56 | 24-Sep-2001 |
lukem | the change of calculation of inodes per group in rev 1.52 was far too
aggressive; rework to be a bit less susceptable to round-off error.
now it's likely that the density might not be obtained with a small
filesystem with a large number of inodes (e.g -s 4M -i 1k), but that's
an extremely unlikely corner case that can easily be rectified with
command-line arguments.
fixed provided in private email by Takao Shinohara <shin@sm.sony.co.jp>
should resolve PRs [bin/14049] and [bin/14046]
|
| 1.55 | 06-Sep-2001 |
lukem | Incorporate the enhanced ffs_dirpref() by Grigoriy Orlov, as found in
FreeBSD (three commits; the initial work, man page updates, and a fix
to ffs_reload()), with the following differences:
- Be consistent between newfs(8) and tunefs(8) as to the options which
set and control the tuning parameters for this work (avgfilesize & avgfpdir)
- Use u_int16_t instead of u_int8_t to keep track of the number of
contiguous directories (suggested by Chuck Silvers)
- Work within our FFS_EI framework
- Ensure that fs->fs_maxclusters and fs->fs_contigdirs don't point to
the same area of memory
The new algorithm has a marked performance increase, especially when
performing tasks such as untarring pkgsrc.tar.gz, etc.
The original FreeBSD commit messages are attached:
=====
mckusick 2001/04/10 01:39:00 PDT
Directory layout preference improvements from Grigoriy Orlov <gluk@ptci.ru>.
His description of the problem and solution follow. My own tests show
speedups on typical filesystem intensive workloads of 5% to 12% which
is very impressive considering the small amount of code change involved.
------
One day I noticed that some file operations run much faster on
small file systems then on big ones. I've looked at the ffs
algorithms, thought about them, and redesigned the dirpref algorithm.
First I want to describe the results of my tests. These results are old
and I have improved the algorithm after these tests were done. Nevertheless
they show how big the perfomance speedup may be. I have done two file/directory
intensive tests on a two OpenBSD systems with old and new dirpref algorithm.
The first test is "tar -xzf ports.tar.gz", the second is "rm -rf ports".
The ports.tar.gz file is the ports collection from the OpenBSD 2.8 release.
It contains 6596 directories and 13868 files. The test systems are:
1. Celeron-450, 128Mb, two IDE drives, the system at wd0, file system for
test is at wd1. Size of test file system is 8 Gb, number of cg=991,
size of cg is 8m, block size = 8k, fragment size = 1k OpenBSD-current
from Dec 2000 with BUFCACHEPERCENT=35
2. PIII-600, 128Mb, two IBM DTLA-307045 IDE drives at i815e, the system
at wd0, file system for test is at wd1. Size of test file system is 40 Gb,
number of cg=5324, size of cg is 8m, block size = 8k, fragment size = 1k
OpenBSD-current from Dec 2000 with BUFCACHEPERCENT=50
You can get more info about the test systems and methods at:
http://www.ptci.ru/gluk/dirpref/old/dirpref.html
Test Results
tar -xzf ports.tar.gz rm -rf ports
mode old dirpref new dirpref speedup old dirprefnew dirpref speedup
First system
normal 667 472 1.41 477 331 1.44
async 285 144 1.98 130 14 9.29
sync 768 616 1.25 477 334 1.43
softdep 413 252 1.64 241 38 6.34
Second system
normal 329 81 4.06 263.5 93.5 2.81
async 302 25.7 11.75 112 2.26 49.56
sync 281 57.0 4.93 263 90.5 2.9
softdep 341 40.6 8.4 284 4.76 59.66
"old dirpref" and "new dirpref" columns give a test time in seconds.
speedup - speed increasement in times, ie. old dirpref / new dirpref.
------
Algorithm description
The old dirpref algorithm is described in comments:
/*
* Find a cylinder to place a directory.
*
* The policy implemented by this algorithm is to select from
* among those cylinder groups with above the average number of
* free inodes, the one with the smallest number of directories.
*/
A new directory is allocated in a different cylinder groups than its
parent directory resulting in a directory tree that is spreaded across
all the cylinder groups. This spreading out results in a non-optimal
access to the directories and files. When we have a small filesystem
it is not a problem but when the filesystem is big then perfomance
degradation becomes very apparent.
What I mean by a big file system ?
1. A big filesystem is a filesystem which occupy 20-30 or more percent
of total drive space, i.e. first and last cylinder are physically
located relatively far from each other.
2. It has a relatively large number of cylinder groups, for example
more cylinder groups than 50% of the buffers in the buffer cache.
The first results in long access times, while the second results in
many buffers being used by metadata operations. Such operations use
cylinder group blocks and on-disk inode blocks. The cylinder group
block (fs->fs_cblkno) contains struct cg, inode and block bit maps.
It is 2k in size for the default filesystem parameters. If new and
parent directories are located in different cylinder groups then the
system performs more input/output operations and uses more buffers.
On filesystems with many cylinder groups, lots of cache buffers are
used for metadata operations.
My solution for this problem is very simple. I allocate many directories
in one cylinder group. I also do some things, so that the new allocation
method does not cause excessive fragmentation and all directory inodes
will not be located at a location far from its file's inodes and data.
The algorithm is:
/*
* Find a cylinder group to place a directory.
*
* The policy implemented by this algorithm is to allocate a
* directory inode in the same cylinder group as its parent
* directory, but also to reserve space for its files inodes
* and data. Restrict the number of directories which may be
* allocated one after another in the same cylinder group
* without intervening allocation of files.
*
* If we allocate a first level directory then force allocation
* in another cylinder group.
*/
My early versions of dirpref give me a good results for a wide range of
file operations and different filesystem capacities except one case:
those applications that create their entire directory structure first
and only later fill this structure with files.
My solution for such and similar cases is to limit a number of
directories which may be created one after another in the same cylinder
group without intervening file creations. For this purpose, I allocate
an array of counters at mount time. This array is linked to the superblock
fs->fs_contigdirs[cg]. Each time a directory is created the counter
increases and each time a file is created the counter decreases. A 60Gb
filesystem with 8mb/cg requires 10kb of memory for the counters array.
The maxcontigdirs is a maximum number of directories which may be created
without an intervening file creation. I found in my tests that the best
performance occurs when I restrict the number of directories in one cylinder
group such that all its files may be located in the same cylinder group.
There may be some deterioration in performance if all the file inodes
are in the same cylinder group as its containing directory, but their
data partially resides in a different cylinder group. The maxcontigdirs
value is calculated to try to prevent this condition. Since there is
no way to know how many files and directories will be allocated later
I added two optimization parameters in superblock/tunefs. They are:
int32_t fs_avgfilesize; /* expected average file size */
int32_t fs_avgfpdir; /* expected # of files per directory */
These parameters have reasonable defaults but may be tweeked for special
uses of a filesystem. They are only necessary in rare cases like better
tuning a filesystem being used to store a squid cache.
I have been using this algorithm for about 3 months. I have done
a lot of testing on filesystems with different capacities, average
filesize, average number of files per directory, and so on. I think
this algorithm has no negative impact on filesystem perfomance. It
works better than the default one in all cases. The new dirpref
will greatly improve untarring/removing/coping of big directories,
decrease load on cvs servers and much more. The new dirpref doesn't
speedup a compilation process, but also doesn't slow it down.
Obtained from: Grigoriy Orlov <gluk@ptci.ru>
=====
=====
iedowse 2001/04/23 17:37:17 PDT
Pre-dirpref versions of fsck may zero out the new superblock fields
fs_contigdirs, fs_avgfilesize and fs_avgfpdir. This could cause
panics if these fields were zeroed while a filesystem was mounted
read-only, and then remounted read-write.
Add code to ffs_reload() which copies the fs_contigdirs pointer
from the previous superblock, and reinitialises fs_avgf* if necessary.
Reviewed by: mckusick
=====
=====
nik 2001/04/10 03:36:44 PDT
Add information about the new options to newfs and tunefs which set the
expected average file size and number of files per directory. Could do
with some fleshing out.
=====
|
| 1.54 | 02-Sep-2001 |
lukem | Incorporate fix by iedowse @ FreeBSD to allow disks with large numbers of
cylinder groups to work correctly, with minor modifications by me to work
with our FFS_EI code. From the FreeBSD commit message:
The ffs superblock includes a 128-byte region for use by temporary
in-core pointers to summary information. An array in this region
(fs_csp) could overflow on filesystems with a very large number of
cylinder groups (~16000 on i386 with 8k blocks). When this happens,
other fields in the superblock get corrupted, and fsck refuses to
check the filesystem.
Solve this problem by replacing the fs_csp array in 'struct fs'
with a single pointer, and add padding to keep the length of the
128-byte region fixed. Update the kernel and userland utilities
to use just this single pointer.
With this change, the kernel no longer makes use of the superblock
fields 'fs_csshift' and 'fs_csmask'. Add a comment to newfs/mkfs.c
to indicate that these fields must be calculated for compatibility
with older kernels.
Reviewed by: mckusick
|
| 1.53 | 30-Aug-2001 |
lukem | some improvements from freebsd/openbsd
- replace the unused fs_headswitch and fs_trkseek with fs_id[2], bringing
our struct fs closer to that in freebsd & openbsd (& solaris FWIW)
- dumpfs: improve warning message when cpc == 0
|
| 1.52 | 25-Aug-2001 |
lukem | various calcipg() fixes:
- fix round-off errors when determining the number of inodes per group,
which often resulted in the total number of inodes in the file system
being less than what the density asked for.
now you might get more inodes than requested for a given density,
rather than less.
- if the new inodes/group is <= 0, ensure that it's at least 1, preventing
a possible division by zero or other wacky problems
- use long long instead of quad_t
|
| 1.51 | 17-Aug-2001 |
lukem | remove third argument (`int ns') from ffs_sb_swap(), and let ffs_sb_swap()
determine the endianness of the `struct fs *o' superblock from o->fs_magic
and set needswap as necessary, rather than trusting the caller to get
it right. invariably, almost every caller of ffs_sb_swap() was calling it
with ns set to the wrong value for ns anyway!
ansi KNF ffs_bswap.c declarations whilst here.
this fixes all sorts of problems when trying to use other-endian file systems,
notably the kernel trying to access memory *way* off, possibly corrupting or
panicing, and userland programs SEGVing and/or corrupting things (e.g,
"fsck_ffs -B" to swap a file system endianness).
whilst the previous rev of ffs_bswap.c (1.10, 2000/12/23) made this problem
worse, i suspect that the problem was always there and previous versions
just happened not to trash things at the wrong time.
FFS_EI should now be a lot more stable.
|
| 1.50 | 31-Jul-2001 |
lukem | revert rev 1.48 for now, until i'm sure the malloc (et al) rename is
safe (since there's two separate mallocs using sbrk(2) in that case)
XXX: local malloc provided for mfs memory store allocation; need to
investigate if system (phk) malloc can be used instead.
|
| 1.49 | 30-Jul-2001 |
lukem | - constify mkfs()'s first arg
- slightly reorder steps in -F image creation
|
| 1.48 | 30-Jul-2001 |
lukem | rename and hide: malloc->Malloc, calloc->Calloc, free->Free. (remove realloc)
|
| 1.47 | 27-Jul-2001 |
lukem | improve message describing MAXCSBUFS overflow
|
| 1.46 | 27-Jul-2001 |
lukem | s/filesystem/file system/
|
| 1.45 | 26-Jul-2001 |
lukem | clean up for WARNS=2 by renaming some local variables that shadow globals
|
| 1.44 | 26-Jul-2001 |
lukem | - check return value of calloc() in mkfs()
- in replacement malloc(), if sbrk(2) returns (void *)-1, convert to NULL
before returning
- in replacement calloc(), check return value of malloc() before zeroing result
|
| 1.43 | 26-Jul-2001 |
lukem | remove unnecessary duplicate initialisation of sblock.fs_clean
|
| 1.42 | 23-Dec-2000 |
enami | Don't swap clustersum[0]. It's not a cluster summery but block free bitmap.
|
| 1.41 | 04-Dec-2000 |
scw | Fix a bug introduced by 4.4-Lite:
Don't try to subtract the address of "acg.cg_firstfield" from
"acg.cg_nextfreeoff", as it's already relative to the start of "&acg".
This always worked because the result of the subtraction was
always negative, thus could never be > "sblock.fs_cgsize" ...
|
| 1.40 | 01-Dec-2000 |
simonb | Put extern variable declarations in "extern.h".
|
| 1.39 | 01-Dec-2000 |
simonb | ANSIfy.
|
| 1.38 | 22-May-2000 |
bouyer | branches: 1.38.4;
Check the number of cylinder group summary area against MAXCSBUFS. fsck and
the kernel will happilly trash data after fs_csp[] in the superblock with
a large number of cylinder group.
|
| 1.37 | 30-Jul-1999 |
wrstuden | Adjust column-sizing code to keep output in 76 character lines, so output
doesn't wrap in sysinst.
|
| 1.36 | 14-May-1999 |
wrstuden | Make newfs's spare superblock output nicer. Figure out how wide the
largest block number will be, and make the columns wide enough for it. Then
make enough columns to fit in an 80 character window.
Samples: small end & faked up values:
super-block backups (for fsck -b #) at:
32, 176, 272, 416, 512, 656, 752, 896, 992, 1136, 1232, 1376, 1472,
1616, 1712, 1856, 1952, 2096, 2192, 2336, 2432, 2576, 2672, 2816, 2912, 3056,
3152, 3296, 3392, 3536, 3632, 3776, 3872, 4016, 4112, 4256, 4352, 4496, 4592,
For a 155 GB fs we have:
super-block backups (for fsck -b #) at:
128, 65792, 131456, 197120, 262784, 328448, 394112,
459776, 525440, 591104, 656768, 722432, 788096, 853760,
919424, 985088, 1050752, 1116416, 1182080, 1247744, 1313408,
1379072, 1444736, 1510400, 1576064, 1641728, 1707392, 1773056,
...
317462144, 317527808, 317593472, 317659136, 317724800, 317790464, 317856128,
317921792, 317987456, 318053120, 318118784, 318184448, 318250112, 318315776,
318381440, 318447104, 318512768, 318578432,
Now it actually looks like someone's thought about making large fs's. :-)
|
| 1.35 | 16-Mar-1999 |
wrstuden | branches: 1.35.2;
Modify newfs so that the root node (and lost+found dir, if created)
of the new fs has uid.gid equal to the euid.egid of the process
which made it. This change permits users who have write access to
a device (say a floppy) to create a filesystem that, when mounted,
they have write access to.
This change closes PR bin/5990 from jbernard@ox.mines.edu, and is also the
change requested in PR bin/6276 from "Charles M. Hannum" <mycroft@netbsd.org>
|
| 1.34 | 11-Mar-1999 |
wrstuden | Modify how the byteswapping of the cylinder summaries is handled. If we
need to swap, allocate a buffer for the swapped summaries rather than using
writebuf. The latter is fixed at 64k, which is only enough room to hold
4096 summaries. Creating an fs with more results in a buffer overrun.
First noted by Matt Jacob mjacob@netbsd.org, and fixed by Albeaus
Bayucan, bayucan@nas.nasa.gov. Minor mods by me.
|
| 1.33 | 03-Nov-1998 |
simonb | Explicitly zero "node" before we start using it.
|
| 1.32 | 23-Oct-1998 |
thorpej | Use DINODE_SIZE instead of sizeof(struct dinode). Also, eliminate some
unnecessary pointer casts.
|
| 1.31 | 01-Apr-1998 |
kleink | Need <time.h> for time() prototype.
|
| 1.30 | 18-Mar-1998 |
bouyer | Allow creation of non-native byteorder FFS (via the '-B' option).
|
| 1.29 | 01-Nov-1997 |
drochner | Make "mount_mfs" behave synchronously - don't exit before the mount is
done. This has 2 advantages:
-The calling process can rely on the mounted filesystem.
-We get error messages if the mount system call fails.
|
| 1.28 | 21-Sep-1997 |
jeremy | branches: 1.28.2;
Quell gcc 2.7.2 initialization warning.
|
| 1.27 | 16-Sep-1997 |
lukem | * resolve conflicts from lite-2 import
* use int32_t instead of long
|
| 1.26 | 30-Jun-1997 |
christos | Fix compiler warnings.
|
| 1.25 | 18-Jun-1995 |
cgd | update for posixified stat structure
|
| 1.24 | 11-Jun-1995 |
mycroft | Back out previous change.
|
| 1.23 | 07-Jun-1995 |
cgd | typeof(timeval.tv_sec) != time_t
|
| 1.22 | 06-May-1995 |
jtc | flush stdout instead of stderr, so that each block number is displayed
as it is printed. From PR 989.
|
| 1.21 | 12-Apr-1995 |
mycroft | Set the `clean' flag.
|
| 1.20 | 21-Mar-1995 |
cgd | short -> int16_t in a couple of places
|
| 1.19 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.18 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | calculate the 'offset' argument to lseek() in a prettier way, more
consistent with the way fsck(8) does it. no functional change.
|
| 1.17 | 04-Mar-1995 |
cgd | flush stdout after printing each alternate superblock location.
|
| 1.16 | 04-Mar-1995 |
cgd | fix up inconsisten uses of lseek(). (three uses. one hard-coded 'whence'
as a number, one used an L_ constant and the other used a SEEK_ constant!)
|
| 1.15 | 18-Dec-1994 |
cgd | compile against new headers.
|
| 1.14 | 18-Dec-1994 |
cgd | type size paranoia, and allow one to mount an mfs on the device 'swap',
so that diskless machines can use MFS /tmp directories.
|
| 1.13 | 31-Oct-1994 |
cgd | types/field names.
|
| 1.12 | 23-Sep-1994 |
mycroft | Eliminate uses of some obsolete functions.
|
| 1.11 | 20-Jul-1994 |
cgd | fix from Peter Galbavy <peter@alice.wonderland.org>: don't overflow 80cols.
|
| 1.10 | 20-Jul-1994 |
cgd | fix that annoying 'cgd0: bad magic number' bug
|
| 1.9 | 08-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | branches: 1.9.2;
Update from 4.4-Lite, with local changes.
|
| 1.8 | 25-Apr-1994 |
cgd | various grunge
|
| 1.7 | 01-Apr-1994 |
cgd | off_t death...
|
| 1.6 | 01-Oct-1993 |
mycroft | Set clean flags.
|
| 1.5 | 01-Aug-1993 |
mycroft | Add RCS identifiers.
|
| 1.4 | 28-Jul-1993 |
cgd | incorporate changes from 0-9-base to 0-9-ALPHA
|
| 1.3 | 23-Mar-1993 |
cgd | branches: 1.3.2;
changed "Id" to "Header" for rcsids
|
| 1.2 | 22-Mar-1993 |
cgd | added rcs ids to all files
|
| 1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.3 | 16-Sep-1997 |
lukem | imported from lite-2
|
| 1.1.1.2 | 13-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Import 4.4-Lite version.
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | initial import of 386bsd-0.1 sources
|
| 1.3.2.1 | 20-Jul-1993 |
cgd | change all refs to "mfs" to be to "mount_mfs" as is appropriate
|
| 1.9.2.2 | 20-Jul-1994 |
cgd | from trunk.
|
| 1.9.2.1 | 20-Jul-1994 |
cgd | update from trunk.
|
| 1.28.2.1 | 02-Nov-1997 |
mellon | Pull rev 1.29 up from trunk (drochner)
|
| 1.35.2.1 | 01-Jun-2000 |
he | Pull up revision 1.38 (requested by bouyer):
Abort if the number of cylinder group summary area is larger than
MAXCSBUFS.
|
| 1.38.4.6 | 25-Nov-2001 |
he | Pull up revisions 1.52,1.56-1.57 (requested by lukem):
Improve calcipg() calculations, and fix error reporting.
|
| 1.38.4.5 | 25-Nov-2001 |
he | Pull up revision 1.55 (requested by lukem):
Pull in enhanced ffs_dirpref() algorithm, which provides a
substantial performance improvement through better locality
between parent/child directories and their files, and by easing
the pressure on the buffer cache for metadata operations.
|
| 1.38.4.4 | 25-Nov-2001 |
he | Pull up revision 1.54 (requested by lukem):
Change fs_csp[] from being a fixed size to being an array sized
as required. This allows file systems with more than about 15500
cylinder groups (on 32-bit systems) to be used.
|
| 1.38.4.3 | 25-Nov-2001 |
he | Pull up revision 1.53 (requested by lukem):
Replace unused fs_headswitch/trkseek with fs_id.
|
| 1.38.4.2 | 25-Nov-2001 |
he | Pull up revision 1.51 (requested by lukem):
Call ffs_sb_swap() with the correct arguments. Fixes problems
with using other-endian file systems.
|
| 1.38.4.1 | 24-Nov-2001 |
he | Pull up revisions 1.39-1.47 (requested by lukem):
Jumbo pullup for newfs:
o convert to ANSI function prototypes
o move external variables to extern.h
o allow ``m'' suffix in MFS size
o fix cg_firstfield bug introduced in 4.4-Lite
o don't swap clustersum[0], it's a bitmap
o don't unnecessarily set fs_clean twice
o check return vailues of memory allocation functions
o cleanup to reduce compile warnings
o replace ``filesystem'' with ``file system''
o improve warning messages describing the MAXCSBUFS overflow
o manual page typos and other corrections
|
| 1.87.2.2 | 06-Nov-2005 |
riz | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by chs in ticket #5971):
sbin/newfs/mkfs.c: revision 1.92
don't set fs_maxsymlinklen and fs_old_inodefmt twice,
we set them correctly the first time. fixes PR 26995.
|
| 1.87.2.1 | 27-Apr-2004 |
jdc | branches: 1.87.2.1.2; 1.87.2.1.4;
Pull up revision 1.88 (requested by dbj in ticket #184)
fix support for creating APPLE_UFS filesystems with -v
this addresses pr/23924
this includes most of support for creating fslevel 3 compatible filesystems,
although there is currently no command line option to invoke it when
not using apple_ufs
|
| 1.87.2.1.4.1 | 06-Nov-2005 |
riz | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by chs in ticket #5971):
sbin/newfs/mkfs.c: revision 1.92
don't set fs_maxsymlinklen and fs_old_inodefmt twice,
we set them correctly the first time. fixes PR 26995.
|
| 1.87.2.1.2.1 | 06-Nov-2005 |
riz | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by chs in ticket #5971):
sbin/newfs/mkfs.c: revision 1.92
don't set fs_maxsymlinklen and fs_old_inodefmt twice,
we set them correctly the first time. fixes PR 26995.
|
| 1.88.2.3 | 30-May-2009 |
snj | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by jnemeth in ticket #2020):
sbin/newfs/mkfs.c: revision 1.104
PR/37155 - Marcelo Schmidt -- specifying too large of a size causes segvs
|
| 1.88.2.2 | 05-Jan-2006 |
riz | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by hubertf in ticket #1088):
sbin/newfs/mkfs.c: revision 1.93
The -b option is really on fsck_ffs, not fsck
Pointed out by Sebastian Schuetz on IRCnet #NetBSD
|
| 1.88.2.1 | 06-Nov-2005 |
tron | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by chs in ticket #935):
sbin/newfs/mkfs.c: revision 1.92
don't set fs_maxsymlinklen and fs_old_inodefmt twice,
we set them correctly the first time. fixes PR 26995.
|
| 1.102.8.1 | 09-Jan-2008 |
matt | sync with HEAD
|
| 1.102.4.1 | 03-Jun-2008 |
skrll | Sync with netbsd-4.
|
| 1.102.2.1 | 02-Feb-2008 |
riz | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by jnemeth in ticket #1024):
sbin/newfs/mount_mfs.8: revision 1.15
sbin/newfs/mkfs.c: revision 1.104
PR/37503 - De Zeurkous -- inaccurate description of -s option
PR/37155 - Marcelo Schmidt -- specifying too large of a size causes segvs
|
| 1.103.2.2 | 27-Dec-2007 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.103.2.1 | 27-Nov-2007 |
mjf | file mkfs.c was added on branch mjf-devfs on 2007-12-27 00:47:02 +0000
|
| 1.104.14.1 | 13-May-2009 |
jym | Sync with HEAD.
Third (and last) commit. See http://mail-index.netbsd.org/source-changes/2009/05/13/msg221222.html
|
| 1.108.2.2 | 08-Feb-2011 |
bouyer | Q2V -> QL
|
| 1.108.2.1 | 20-Jan-2011 |
bouyer | Snapshot of work in progress on a modernised disk quota system:
- new quotactl syscall (versionned for backward compat), which takes
as parameter a path to a mount point, and a prop_dictionary
(in plistref format) describing commands and arguments.
For each command, status and data are returned as a prop_dictionary.
quota commands features will be added to take advantage of this,
exporting quota data or getting quota commands as plists.
- new on disk-format storage (all 64bit wide), integrated to metadata for
ffs (and playing nicely with wapbl).
Quotas are enabled on a ffs filesystem via superblock flags.
tunefs(8) can enable or disable quotas.
On a quota-enabled filesystem, fsck_ffs(8) will track per-uid/gid
block and inode usages, and will check and update quotas in Pass 6.
quota usage and limits are stored in unliked files (one for users,
one for groups)l fsck_ffs(8) will create the files if needed, or
free them if needed. This means that after enabling or disabling
quotas on a filesystem; a fsck_ffs(8) run is required.
quotacheck(8) is not needed any more, on a unclean shutdown
fsck or journal replay will take care of fixing quotas.
newfs(8) can create a ready-to-mount quota-enabled filesystem
(superblock flags are set and quota inodes are created).
Other new features or semantic changes:
- default quota datas, applied to users or groups which don't already
have a quota entry
- per-user/group grace time (instead of a filesystem global one)
- 0 really means "nothing allowed at all", not "no limit".
If you want "no limit", set the limit to UQUAD_MAX (tools will
understand "unlimited" and "-")
A quota file is structured as follow:
it starts with a header, containing a few per-filesystem values,
and the default quota limits.
Quota entries are linked together as a simple list, each entry has a
pointer (as an offset withing the file) to the next.
The header has a pointer to a list of free quota entries, and
a hash table of in-use entries. The size of the hash table depends
on the filesystem block size (header+hash table should fit in the
first block). The file is not sparse and is a multiple of
filesystem block size (when the free quota entry list is empty a new
filesystem block is allocated). quota entries to not cross
filesystem block boundaries.
In memory, the kernel keeps a cache of recently used quota entries
as a reference to the block number, and offset withing the block.
The quota entry itself is keept in the buf cache.
fsck_ffs(8), tunefs(8) and newfs(8) supports are completed (with
related atf tests :)
The kernel can update disk usage and report it via quotactl(2).
Todo: enforce quotas limits (limits are not checked by kernel yet)
update repquota, edquota and rpc.rquotad to the new world
implement compat_50_quotactl ioctl.
update quotactl(2) man page
fsck_ffs required fixes so that allocating new blocks or inodes will
properly update the superblock and cg sumaries. This was not an issue up
to now because superblock and cg sumaries check happened last, but now
allocations or frees can happen in pass 6.
|
| 1.110.2.3 | 22-May-2014 |
yamt | sync with head.
for a reference, the tree before this commit was tagged
as yamt-pagecache-tag8.
this commit was splitted into small chunks to avoid
a limitation of cvs. ("Protocol error: too many arguments")
|
| 1.110.2.2 | 23-Jan-2013 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.110.2.1 | 17-Apr-2012 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.112.6.3 | 20-Aug-2014 |
tls | Rebase to HEAD as of a few days ago.
|
| 1.112.6.2 | 23-Jun-2013 |
tls | resync from head
|
| 1.112.6.1 | 25-Feb-2013 |
tls | resync with head
|
| 1.121.2.1 | 10-Aug-2014 |
tls | Rebase.
|
| 1.127.4.1 | 21-Apr-2017 |
bouyer | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.127.2.1 | 20-Mar-2017 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.128.12.1 | 21-Apr-2020 |
martin | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.132.2.2 | 11-Sep-2024 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by rin in ticket #835):
sbin/newfs/mkfs.c: revision 1.136
if the window size works but is 0, assume it didn't work and use 80.
|
| 1.132.2.1 | 13-May-2023 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by chs in ticket #160):
usr.sbin/makefs/ffs/ffs_alloc.c: revision 1.31
sbin/tunefs/tunefs.c: revision 1.58
sbin/fsck_ffs/setup.c: revision 1.105
sbin/fsck_ffs/pass5.c: revision 1.56
usr.sbin/makefs/ffs.c: revision 1.74
usr.sbin/makefs/ffs/mkfs.c: revision 1.42
usr.sbin/makefs/Makefile: revision 1.40
sys/ufs/ffs/fs.h: revision 1.71
sbin/fsdb/fsdb.c: revision 1.54
sbin/resize_ffs/resize_ffs.c: revision 1.58
sbin/fsck_ffs/pass4.c: revision 1.29
usr.sbin/makefs/ffs/ffs_extern.h: revision 1.9
sbin/newfs/mkfs.c: revision 1.133
sys/ufs/ffs/ffs_alloc.c: revision 1.172
sbin/fsck_ffs/pass1b.c: revision 1.24
usr.sbin/dumpfs/dumpfs.c: revision 1.68
sys/ufs/ffs/ffs_extern.h: revision 1.88
usr.sbin/quotacheck/quotacheck.c: revision 1.51
sys/ufs/ffs/ffs_subr.c: revision 1.54
sbin/fsck_ffs/main.c: revision 1.91
sbin/fsck_ffs/pass1.c: revision 1.63
ufs: fixed signed/unsigned bugs affecting large file systems
Apply these commits from FreeBSD:
commit e870d1e6f97cc73308c11c40684b775bcfa906a2
Author: Kirk McKusick <mckusick@FreeBSD.org>
Date: Wed Feb 10 20:10:35 2010 +0000
This fix corrects a problem in the file system that treats large
inode numbers as negative rather than unsigned. For a default
(16K block) file system, this bug began to show up at a file system
size above about 16Tb.
To fully handle this problem, newfs must be updated to ensure that
it will never create a filesystem with more than 2^32 inodes. That
patch will be forthcoming soon.
Reported by: Scott Burns, John Kilburg, Bruce Evans
Followup by: Jeff Roberson
PR: 133980
MFC after: 2 weeks
commit 81479e688b0f643ffacd3f335b4b4bba460b769d
Author: Kirk McKusick <mckusick@FreeBSD.org>
Date: Thu Feb 11 18:14:53 2010 +0000
One last pass to get all the unsigned comparisons correct.
In additional to the changes from FreeBSD, this commit includes quite a few
related changes to appease -Wsign-compare.
|
| 1.18 | 03-Jul-2017 |
wiz | Remove workaround for ancient HTML generation code.
|
| 1.17 | 12-Sep-2016 |
sevan | Memory File System support appeared in 4.4BSD, implemented as an extension to
newfs(8). So while newfs may have appeared in 4.2BSD, MFS support was later.
https://svnweb.freebsd.org/csrg/sbin/newfs/Makefile?r1=39047&r2=39051
Adjust HISTORY.
Bump date.
|
| 1.16 | 18-Feb-2010 |
wiz | Fix typo (specifed -> specified).
|
| 1.15 | 08-Dec-2007 |
jnemeth | PR/37503 - De Zeurkous -- inaccurate description of -s option
|
| 1.14 | 15-Jan-2006 |
dsl | branches: 1.14.4; 1.14.6; 1.14.10; 1.14.12;
Add a '-V verbose' option that controls the amount of info writen to stdout.
0: No output. Default for mount_mfs unless -N specified
1: Output size of partition and cylinder groups.
2: Follow with a progress-bar line of dots (scaled to finish at RH margin)
3: Include a single line of alternate suberblock addresses before progress
bar. Default for newfs.
4: Output lots of lines of alternate superblock numbers that scroll madly
up the screen.
If -N given, newfs/mount_mfs exits before displaying any progress bar.
Output constrained (almost always) to 1 column less than the terminal width.
|
| 1.13 | 05-Aug-2005 |
jmmv | Replace a dot with a colon, as a list of items follows it.
|
| 1.12 | 11-Sep-2003 |
dsl | Change date on man pages
|
| 1.11 | 11-Sep-2003 |
dsl | Make mkfs -N work again (was trying to read filesystem).
Correct calculation of number of inodes from density for small filesystems.
Add a '-n inodes' option so that the desired number of inodes can be
explicitly given - init needs this for mfs /dev, -i density is too crude.
|
| 1.10 | 21-Aug-2003 |
dsl | Update date for last.
|
| 1.9 | 21-Aug-2003 |
dsl | Remove unimplemented -n rotational positions
Remove depracated -c cpg (had been fragments per group in newfs.c, but...)
I might add something to let MINCYL (= 4) be configurable.
|
| 1.8 | 07-Aug-2003 |
agc | Move UCB-licensed code from 4-clause to 3-clause licence.
Patches provided by Joel Baker in PR 22308, verified by myself.
|
| 1.7 | 21-Dec-2002 |
wiz | Add a BUGS section describing that async mounts are currently disabled,
and explaining the reason. From Julio Merino.
|
| 1.6 | 01-Oct-2002 |
wiz | New sentence, new line. By Robert Elz with minimal fixes.
|
| 1.5 | 20-Aug-2002 |
wiz | Drop superfluous Ns.
|
| 1.4 | 21-May-2002 |
lukem | Add examples. Inspired by [misc/16193] from
Brian A. Seklecki <lavalamp@hurt.spiritual-machines.org>
|
| 1.3 | 08-Feb-2002 |
ross | Generate <>& symbolically. I'm avoiding .../dist/... directories for now.
|
| 1.2 | 07-Jan-2002 |
simonb | Add the ability for the user, group and permissions of an MFS to be set
on the command line with the -u, -g and -p options respectively.
The old malloc() replacement (and related functions) didn't work with
the libc get{pw,gr}nam() functions so it was removed and a separate
memory allocation function added that is only called to allocate the
space for the MFS file system.
Also use a table for the usage flags instead of multiple fprintf()'s
with "if (mfs)" checks sprinkled through.
|
| 1.1 | 04-Jan-2002 |
lukem | move mount_mfs(8) into separate man page
|
| 1.14.12.1 | 27-Dec-2007 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.14.10.1 | 09-Jan-2008 |
matt | sync with HEAD
|
| 1.14.6.1 | 03-Jun-2008 |
skrll | Sync with netbsd-4.
|
| 1.14.4.1 | 02-Feb-2008 |
riz | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by jnemeth in ticket #1024):
sbin/newfs/mount_mfs.8: revision 1.15
sbin/newfs/mkfs.c: revision 1.104
PR/37503 - De Zeurkous -- inaccurate description of -s option
PR/37155 - Marcelo Schmidt -- specifying too large of a size causes segvs
|
| 1.86 | 17-Nov-2022 |
chs | Restore backward compatibility of UFS2 with previous NetBSD releases by
disabling support in UFS2 for extended attributes (including ACLs).
Add a new variant of UFS2 called "UFS2ea" that does support extended attributes.
Add new fsck_ffs operations "-c ea" and "-c no-ea" to convert file systems
from UFS2 to UFS2ea and vice-versa (both of which delete all existing extended
attributes in the process).
|
| 1.85 | 13-Apr-2019 |
maya | Omit mention of old vnd(4) bug, now resolved.
Via elge, thanks.
|
| 1.84 | 03-Jul-2017 |
wiz | branches: 1.84.6;
Remove workaround for ancient HTML generation code.
|
| 1.83 | 30-Jun-2012 |
tsutsui | Use 32KB/4KB for default block/fragment size on >= 128 GB partitions
for modern AFT disks. No particular comments against PR install/46629.
|
| 1.82 | 14-May-2011 |
dholland | branches: 1.82.4; 1.82.6;
Improve documentation of FFS formats and format levels from PR 32100.
Prompted also by recent discussion on tech-kern. Bump date.
|
| 1.81 | 06-Mar-2011 |
wiz | New sentence, new line.
|
| 1.80 | 06-Mar-2011 |
bouyer | merge the bouyer-quota2 branch. This adds a new on-disk format
to store disk quota usage and limits, integrated with ffs
metadata. Usage is checked by fsck_ffs (no more quotacheck)
and is covered by the WAPBL journal. Enabled with kernel
option QUOTA2 (added where QUOTA was enabled in kernel config files),
turned on with tunefs(8) on a per-filesystem
basis. mount_mfs(8) can also turn quotas on.
See http://mail-index.netbsd.org/tech-kern/2011/02/19/msg010025.html
for details.
|
| 1.79 | 09-Aug-2010 |
wiz | branches: 1.79.2;
Sort option descriptions.
|
| 1.78 | 09-Aug-2010 |
pooka | Add -G, which turns consistency check errors in warnings. The
current testing purpose is to create a file system with
block size > MAXPHYS.
(the check doesn't make that much sense anyway in these days of
mobile file systems, since we're interested in MAXPHYS where we
attempt to mount the file system, not where we happen to create it)
|
| 1.77 | 21-Feb-2010 |
wiz | Call the file system "ext2" consistently. Suggested by tsutsui.
|
| 1.76 | 18-Feb-2010 |
wiz | Pull over some of Jason McIntyre's fixes for newfs_ext2fs.
Suggested by tsutsui.
|
| 1.75 | 01-Dec-2009 |
pooka | Add note saying that special must be a raw device.
PR bin/42391
|
| 1.74 | 01-Jul-2009 |
uwe | G/c sentence fragment left over from vinum reference (forgotten in 1.69).
Noticed by bad@ in PR bin/41652
|
| 1.73 | 10-May-2009 |
lukem | Note that FFSv1 is also known as FFS, UFS, or UFS1.
Note that FFSv2 is also known as UFS2.
Add a reference to Kirk's BSDcon03 paper on UFS2.
|
| 1.72 | 01-Aug-2008 |
simonb | branches: 1.72.4;
Handle 't' suffix for terabytes for number arguments.
|
| 1.71 | 08-Mar-2008 |
reinoud | branches: 1.71.4;
Fix small documentation bug as reported in PR#38192 :
FFS -> FFSv1
UFS2 -> FFSv2
|
| 1.70 | 10-Dec-2007 |
tsutsui | branches: 1.70.4; 1.70.6;
Add Xref newfs_ext2fs(8).
|
| 1.69 | 25-Feb-2006 |
christos | branches: 1.69.4; 1.69.6; 1.69.10; 1.69.12; 1.69.14;
remove vinum reference.
|
| 1.68 | 15-Jan-2006 |
dsl | Add a '-V verbose' option that controls the amount of info writen to stdout.
0: No output. Default for mount_mfs unless -N specified
1: Output size of partition and cylinder groups.
2: Follow with a progress-bar line of dots (scaled to finish at RH margin)
3: Include a single line of alternate suberblock addresses before progress
bar. Default for newfs.
4: Output lots of lines of alternate superblock numbers that scroll madly
up the screen.
If -N given, newfs/mount_mfs exits before displaying any progress bar.
Output constrained (almost always) to 1 column less than the terminal width.
|
| 1.67 | 27-Dec-2005 |
hubertf | Xref newfs_msdos, noted by rabioli on Freenode #NetBSD
|
| 1.66 | 24-Jun-2005 |
wiz | Bump date for previous.
|
| 1.65 | 24-Jun-2005 |
peter | Note that flag -a is obsolete. Thanks to Darrin B. Jewell.
Should fix PR/26883 from Hauke Fath.
|
| 1.64 | 25-Jun-2004 |
wiz | branches: 1.64.2;
Minimally document -d; addresses second part of
PR 25914 by Kouichirou Hiratsuka.
|
| 1.63 | 01-Nov-2003 |
wiz | eg -> e.g., vinum -> Xr vinum 4.
|
| 1.62 | 01-Nov-2003 |
dsl | Use fstat(2) to get the partition size (falling back to the label on old
kernels) so that newfs works on vinum (and similar).
Kill the -V hack for vinum.
Don't bother faking up a label for -F and mfs, nothing is needed from it.
Ignore label if special doesn't match DISKPART(sb.st_rdev);
Simplifly logic for default block/frag sizes.
Update man page to match.
WARNS=3.
|
| 1.61 | 10-Oct-2003 |
wiz | All single letter options are usually combined; add -V to the others.
|
| 1.60 | 10-Oct-2003 |
grant | bump date for last
|
| 1.59 | 10-Oct-2003 |
grog | Decribe the V flag.
|
| 1.58 | 09-Oct-2003 |
dbj | calculate "-s size" values after sectorsize has been fully determined
extend "-s size" argument to allow negative sizes to represent value to
subtract from diskalbel partition size
|
| 1.57 | 11-Sep-2003 |
dsl | Change date on man pages
|
| 1.56 | 11-Sep-2003 |
dsl | Make mkfs -N work again (was trying to read filesystem).
Correct calculation of number of inodes from density for small filesystems.
Add a '-n inodes' option so that the desired number of inodes can be
explicitly given - init needs this for mfs /dev, -i density is too crude.
|
| 1.55 | 03-Sep-2003 |
dsl | fsirand is no longer needed.
|
| 1.54 | 12-Aug-2003 |
wiz | Bump date for last.
|
| 1.53 | 12-Aug-2003 |
dsl | Mention and cross reference newfs_lfs and makefs.
|
| 1.52 | 07-Aug-2003 |
agc | Move UCB-licensed code from 4-clause to 3-clause licence.
Patches provided by Joel Baker in PR 22308, verified by myself.
|
| 1.51 | 03-Apr-2003 |
wiz | Sort options; mention -O default; grammar improvements; use more macros.
|
| 1.50 | 03-Apr-2003 |
fvdl | The -r option is no more, so delete it from the synopsis line too.
|
| 1.49 | 03-Apr-2003 |
tron | Document extended "-O" option after UFS2 import.
|
| 1.48 | 02-Apr-2003 |
fvdl | Add support for UFS2. UFS2 is an enhanced FFS, adding support for
64 bit block pointers, extended attribute storage, and a few
other things.
This commit does not yet include the code to manipulate the extended
storage (for e.g. ACLs), this will be done later.
Originally written by Kirk McKusick and Network Associates Laboratories for
FreeBSD.
|
| 1.47 | 25-Feb-2003 |
wiz | .Nm does not need a dummy argument ("") before punctuation or
for correct formatting of the SYNOPSIS any longer.
|
| 1.46 | 12-Oct-2002 |
wiz | Remove some unnecessary ``\&''. Add an 'n' between an 'a' and an 'A'.
|
| 1.45 | 01-Oct-2002 |
wiz | New sentence, new line. By Robert Elz with minimal fixes.
|
| 1.44 | 28-Sep-2002 |
dbj | Add support for the Apple UFS variation on ffs
This is the bulk of PR #17345
The general approach is to use a run time deteriminable value
for DIRBLKSIZ. Additional allowances are included for using
MAXSYMLINKLEN with FS_42INODEFMT and a shift in the cylinder group
cluster summary count array. Support is added for managing
the Apple UFS volume label.
|
| 1.43 | 20-Aug-2002 |
wiz | Drop superfluous Ns.
|
| 1.42 | 06-Apr-2002 |
dsainty | Reverted a small part of 1.30, removing full stops that accidentally got added
in the middle of sentences.
|
| 1.41 | 20-Feb-2002 |
lukem | change the default back to checking the file system type is '4.2BSD',
and add -I to ignore this check. per discussion with thorpej.
|
| 1.40 | 08-Feb-2002 |
ross | Generate <>& symbolically. I'm avoiding .../dist/... directories for now.
|
| 1.39 | 04-Jan-2002 |
lukem | move mount_mfs(8) into separate man page
|
| 1.38 | 31-Dec-2001 |
lukem | document that default block-size, frag-size, and bytes-per-inode are
now dependent upon file system size
|
| 1.37 | 30-Dec-2001 |
lukem | Fixes from and/or inspired by FreeBSD:
- Change the default cpg from 16 to 65536, which effectively means
that the largest allowable value for cpg will be computed if it's
not specified with -c or in the disklabel for that partition.
This is much more convenient for users.
- Improve the description of the defaults for various options
|
| 1.36 | 21-Nov-2001 |
lukem | - For mount_mfs, always ignore the `special' field and just fake up
the label instead. The previous change to use opendisk() prevented
this from working with special fields such as `/dev/wd0b', and this
new method is arguably cleaner anyway. Fixes [misc/14654]
- Don't bother supporting -T for mount_mfs anymore, since it's
superfluous. The option still works (for compatibility reasons), but
it's just ignored and not documented anymore.
- Use an RPM of 10000 instead of 3600 for the fake label (why not :-)
|
| 1.35 | 16-Nov-2001 |
wiz | Sort SEE ALSO, whitespace nits.
|
| 1.34 | 16-Nov-2001 |
lukem | - Without -F, use opendisk(3) to find the raw device
- With -F, relax the restriction that the filesystem must be a regular file
|
| 1.33 | 06-Sep-2001 |
lukem | Incorporate the enhanced ffs_dirpref() by Grigoriy Orlov, as found in
FreeBSD (three commits; the initial work, man page updates, and a fix
to ffs_reload()), with the following differences:
- Be consistent between newfs(8) and tunefs(8) as to the options which
set and control the tuning parameters for this work (avgfilesize & avgfpdir)
- Use u_int16_t instead of u_int8_t to keep track of the number of
contiguous directories (suggested by Chuck Silvers)
- Work within our FFS_EI framework
- Ensure that fs->fs_maxclusters and fs->fs_contigdirs don't point to
the same area of memory
The new algorithm has a marked performance increase, especially when
performing tasks such as untarring pkgsrc.tar.gz, etc.
The original FreeBSD commit messages are attached:
=====
mckusick 2001/04/10 01:39:00 PDT
Directory layout preference improvements from Grigoriy Orlov <gluk@ptci.ru>.
His description of the problem and solution follow. My own tests show
speedups on typical filesystem intensive workloads of 5% to 12% which
is very impressive considering the small amount of code change involved.
------
One day I noticed that some file operations run much faster on
small file systems then on big ones. I've looked at the ffs
algorithms, thought about them, and redesigned the dirpref algorithm.
First I want to describe the results of my tests. These results are old
and I have improved the algorithm after these tests were done. Nevertheless
they show how big the perfomance speedup may be. I have done two file/directory
intensive tests on a two OpenBSD systems with old and new dirpref algorithm.
The first test is "tar -xzf ports.tar.gz", the second is "rm -rf ports".
The ports.tar.gz file is the ports collection from the OpenBSD 2.8 release.
It contains 6596 directories and 13868 files. The test systems are:
1. Celeron-450, 128Mb, two IDE drives, the system at wd0, file system for
test is at wd1. Size of test file system is 8 Gb, number of cg=991,
size of cg is 8m, block size = 8k, fragment size = 1k OpenBSD-current
from Dec 2000 with BUFCACHEPERCENT=35
2. PIII-600, 128Mb, two IBM DTLA-307045 IDE drives at i815e, the system
at wd0, file system for test is at wd1. Size of test file system is 40 Gb,
number of cg=5324, size of cg is 8m, block size = 8k, fragment size = 1k
OpenBSD-current from Dec 2000 with BUFCACHEPERCENT=50
You can get more info about the test systems and methods at:
http://www.ptci.ru/gluk/dirpref/old/dirpref.html
Test Results
tar -xzf ports.tar.gz rm -rf ports
mode old dirpref new dirpref speedup old dirprefnew dirpref speedup
First system
normal 667 472 1.41 477 331 1.44
async 285 144 1.98 130 14 9.29
sync 768 616 1.25 477 334 1.43
softdep 413 252 1.64 241 38 6.34
Second system
normal 329 81 4.06 263.5 93.5 2.81
async 302 25.7 11.75 112 2.26 49.56
sync 281 57.0 4.93 263 90.5 2.9
softdep 341 40.6 8.4 284 4.76 59.66
"old dirpref" and "new dirpref" columns give a test time in seconds.
speedup - speed increasement in times, ie. old dirpref / new dirpref.
------
Algorithm description
The old dirpref algorithm is described in comments:
/*
* Find a cylinder to place a directory.
*
* The policy implemented by this algorithm is to select from
* among those cylinder groups with above the average number of
* free inodes, the one with the smallest number of directories.
*/
A new directory is allocated in a different cylinder groups than its
parent directory resulting in a directory tree that is spreaded across
all the cylinder groups. This spreading out results in a non-optimal
access to the directories and files. When we have a small filesystem
it is not a problem but when the filesystem is big then perfomance
degradation becomes very apparent.
What I mean by a big file system ?
1. A big filesystem is a filesystem which occupy 20-30 or more percent
of total drive space, i.e. first and last cylinder are physically
located relatively far from each other.
2. It has a relatively large number of cylinder groups, for example
more cylinder groups than 50% of the buffers in the buffer cache.
The first results in long access times, while the second results in
many buffers being used by metadata operations. Such operations use
cylinder group blocks and on-disk inode blocks. The cylinder group
block (fs->fs_cblkno) contains struct cg, inode and block bit maps.
It is 2k in size for the default filesystem parameters. If new and
parent directories are located in different cylinder groups then the
system performs more input/output operations and uses more buffers.
On filesystems with many cylinder groups, lots of cache buffers are
used for metadata operations.
My solution for this problem is very simple. I allocate many directories
in one cylinder group. I also do some things, so that the new allocation
method does not cause excessive fragmentation and all directory inodes
will not be located at a location far from its file's inodes and data.
The algorithm is:
/*
* Find a cylinder group to place a directory.
*
* The policy implemented by this algorithm is to allocate a
* directory inode in the same cylinder group as its parent
* directory, but also to reserve space for its files inodes
* and data. Restrict the number of directories which may be
* allocated one after another in the same cylinder group
* without intervening allocation of files.
*
* If we allocate a first level directory then force allocation
* in another cylinder group.
*/
My early versions of dirpref give me a good results for a wide range of
file operations and different filesystem capacities except one case:
those applications that create their entire directory structure first
and only later fill this structure with files.
My solution for such and similar cases is to limit a number of
directories which may be created one after another in the same cylinder
group without intervening file creations. For this purpose, I allocate
an array of counters at mount time. This array is linked to the superblock
fs->fs_contigdirs[cg]. Each time a directory is created the counter
increases and each time a file is created the counter decreases. A 60Gb
filesystem with 8mb/cg requires 10kb of memory for the counters array.
The maxcontigdirs is a maximum number of directories which may be created
without an intervening file creation. I found in my tests that the best
performance occurs when I restrict the number of directories in one cylinder
group such that all its files may be located in the same cylinder group.
There may be some deterioration in performance if all the file inodes
are in the same cylinder group as its containing directory, but their
data partially resides in a different cylinder group. The maxcontigdirs
value is calculated to try to prevent this condition. Since there is
no way to know how many files and directories will be allocated later
I added two optimization parameters in superblock/tunefs. They are:
int32_t fs_avgfilesize; /* expected average file size */
int32_t fs_avgfpdir; /* expected # of files per directory */
These parameters have reasonable defaults but may be tweeked for special
uses of a filesystem. They are only necessary in rare cases like better
tuning a filesystem being used to store a squid cache.
I have been using this algorithm for about 3 months. I have done
a lot of testing on filesystems with different capacities, average
filesize, average number of files per directory, and so on. I think
this algorithm has no negative impact on filesystem perfomance. It
works better than the default one in all cases. The new dirpref
will greatly improve untarring/removing/coping of big directories,
decrease load on cvs servers and much more. The new dirpref doesn't
speedup a compilation process, but also doesn't slow it down.
Obtained from: Grigoriy Orlov <gluk@ptci.ru>
=====
=====
iedowse 2001/04/23 17:37:17 PDT
Pre-dirpref versions of fsck may zero out the new superblock fields
fs_contigdirs, fs_avgfilesize and fs_avgfpdir. This could cause
panics if these fields were zeroed while a filesystem was mounted
read-only, and then remounted read-write.
Add code to ffs_reload() which copies the fs_contigdirs pointer
from the previous superblock, and reinitialises fs_avgf* if necessary.
Reviewed by: mckusick
=====
=====
nik 2001/04/10 03:36:44 PDT
Add information about the new options to newfs and tunefs which set the
expected average file size and number of files per directory. Could do
with some fleshing out.
=====
|
| 1.32 | 31-Aug-2001 |
lukem | fix a couple of typos in option descriptions
|
| 1.31 | 30-Aug-2001 |
lukem | replace mkfs reference with sentence describing what newfs does (from freebsd)
|
| 1.30 | 29-Jul-2001 |
lukem | * add -F option: enable creation of file system in a regular file. a "fake"
disklabel is created as per mfs on "swap".
* add -Z option: pre-zero the -F image file before use. this is necessary if
the image is to be used with vnd(4) because by default the files created
with -F have "holes" and vnd doesn't cope with that.
* support 'k', 'm', 'g' suffixes for all options which take numeric arguments.
provide strsuftoi() which performs the parsing mechanism.
* improve man page description of various options
* replace "filesystem" with "file system"
* when displaying usage for mfs, only list mfs options
* minor KNF and WARNS=2 cleanups
|
| 1.29 | 07-Jun-2001 |
mrg | s/primary swap area/first swap area/
|
| 1.28 | 05-Jun-2001 |
wiz | Drop arguments of .Os.
|
| 1.27 | 03-Apr-2001 |
wiz | Don't xref format(8) -- the man pages we have for it (hp300/vax) don't
seem very interesting at all, if not even obsolete.
Whitespace fixes while I'm here.
|
| 1.26 | 02-Mar-2001 |
ad | Fix typo.
|
| 1.25 | 01-Dec-2000 |
simonb | For mount_mfs, allow an 'm' suffix to the file system size option to
specify the size of the mfs in megabytes.
Inspired by the Solaris tmpfs "-o size=sz" option.
|
| 1.24 | 16-May-1999 |
ad | branches: 1.24.8;
Add NOTES section. Indicate that fstype in disklabel should be set to 4.2BSD.
|
| 1.23 | 16-Mar-1999 |
wrstuden | Modify newfs so that the root node (and lost+found dir, if created)
of the new fs has uid.gid equal to the euid.egid of the process
which made it. This change permits users who have write access to
a device (say a floppy) to create a filesystem that, when mounted,
they have write access to.
This change closes PR bin/5990 from jbernard@ox.mines.edu, and is also the
change requested in PR bin/6276 from "Charles M. Hannum" <mycroft@netbsd.org>
|
| 1.22 | 07-Mar-1999 |
mycroft | Clean up SYNOPSIS formatting.
|
| 1.21 | 07-May-1998 |
mycroft | Add a reference to fsirand(8).
|
| 1.20 | 29-Apr-1998 |
fair | fix bad .Xr references
|
| 1.19 | 18-Mar-1998 |
bouyer | Allow creation of non-native byteorder FFS (via the '-B' option).
|
| 1.18 | 06-Feb-1998 |
perry | macroize BSD, NetBSD, FreeBSD and misc cleanup
|
| 1.17 | 16-Sep-1997 |
lukem | * resolve conflicts from lite-2 import
* use int32_t instead of long
|
| 1.16 | 15-Sep-1997 |
lukem | * getopt returns -1 not EOF
* fix .Nm usage
|
| 1.15 | 08-Mar-1997 |
mouse | alternate -> alternative, per PR 2643
|
| 1.14 | 26-Dec-1996 |
mikel | eliminate obsolete reference to mkfs(8);
from Klaus Klein <kleink@layla.inka.de>.
also fixed buggy -a flag lines, reference fsck_ffs(8) instead of fsck(8).
|
| 1.13 | 06-Jun-1996 |
mrg | update to reality. from mike long (pr#2517)
|
| 1.12 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.11 | 18-Dec-1994 |
cgd | adjust the documentation to note that 'swap' can be used instead of a dev.
|
| 1.10 | 01-Dec-1994 |
mycroft | Use defaults that are more reasonable for modern disks, and document the `-n'
option.
|
| 1.9 | 16-Jul-1994 |
jtc | Change mfs in Synopsis to mount_mfs.
|
| 1.8 | 08-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | branches: 1.8.2;
Update from 4.4-Lite, with local changes.
|
| 1.7 | 20-Apr-1994 |
cgd | back to 10%, per mkm
|
| 1.6 | 12-Apr-1994 |
cgd | 10 -> 5
|
| 1.5 | 01-Aug-1993 |
mycroft | Add RCS indentifiers.
|
| 1.4 | 28-Jul-1993 |
cgd | incorporate changes from 0-9-base to 0-9-ALPHA
|
| 1.3 | 23-Mar-1993 |
cgd | branches: 1.3.2;
changed "Id" to "Header" for rcsids
|
| 1.2 | 22-Mar-1993 |
cgd | added rcs ids to all files
|
| 1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.3 | 16-Sep-1997 |
lukem | imported from lite-2
|
| 1.1.1.2 | 13-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Import 4.4-Lite version.
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | initial import of 386bsd-0.1 sources
|
| 1.3.2.1 | 20-Jul-1993 |
cgd | change all refs to "mfs" to be to "mount_mfs" as is appropriate
|
| 1.8.2.1 | 20-Jul-1994 |
cgd | update from trunk.
|
| 1.24.8.3 | 25-Nov-2001 |
he | Pull up revision 1.33 (via patch, requested by lukem):
Pull in enhanced ffs_dirpref() algorithm, which provides a
substantial performance improvement through better locality
between parent/child directories and their files, and by easing
the pressure on the buffer cache for metadata operations.
|
| 1.24.8.2 | 24-Nov-2001 |
he | Pull up revisions 1.25-1.26,1.28-1.29,1.31 (requested by lukem):
Jumbo pullup for newfs:
o allow ``m'' suffix in MFS size
o replace ``filesystem'' with ``file system''
o manual page typos and other corrections
|
| 1.24.8.1 | 04-Apr-2001 |
he | Pull up revision 1.27 (requested by wiz):
Don't xref format(8) -- the man pages we have for it (hp300/vax) don't
seem very interesting at all, if not even obsolete.
Also some whitespace fixes.
|
| 1.64.2.1 | 29-Dec-2005 |
riz | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by hubertf in ticket #1073):
sbin/newfs/newfs.8: revision 1.67 via patch
Xref newfs_msdos, noted by rabioli on Freenode #NetBSD
|
| 1.69.14.1 | 09-Mar-2008 |
bouyer | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by reinoud in ticket #1099):
sbin/newfs/newfs.8: revision 1.71
Fix small documentation bug as reported in PR#38192 :
FFS -> FFSv1
UFS2 -> FFSv2
|
| 1.69.12.1 | 27-Dec-2007 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.69.10.2 | 23-Mar-2008 |
matt | sync with HEAD
|
| 1.69.10.1 | 09-Jan-2008 |
matt | sync with HEAD
|
| 1.69.6.1 | 03-Jun-2008 |
skrll | Sync with netbsd-4.
|
| 1.69.4.1 | 09-Mar-2008 |
bouyer | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by reinoud in ticket #1099):
sbin/newfs/newfs.8: revision 1.71
Fix small documentation bug as reported in PR#38192 :
FFS -> FFSv1
UFS2 -> FFSv2
|
| 1.70.6.2 | 28-Sep-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.70.6.1 | 03-Apr-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.70.4.1 | 24-Mar-2008 |
keiichi | sync with head.
|
| 1.71.4.1 | 18-Sep-2008 |
wrstuden | Sync with wrstuden-revivesa-base-2.
|
| 1.72.4.1 | 13-May-2009 |
jym | Sync with HEAD.
Third (and last) commit. See http://mail-index.netbsd.org/source-changes/2009/05/13/msg221222.html
|
| 1.79.2.1 | 20-Jan-2011 |
bouyer | Snapshot of work in progress on a modernised disk quota system:
- new quotactl syscall (versionned for backward compat), which takes
as parameter a path to a mount point, and a prop_dictionary
(in plistref format) describing commands and arguments.
For each command, status and data are returned as a prop_dictionary.
quota commands features will be added to take advantage of this,
exporting quota data or getting quota commands as plists.
- new on disk-format storage (all 64bit wide), integrated to metadata for
ffs (and playing nicely with wapbl).
Quotas are enabled on a ffs filesystem via superblock flags.
tunefs(8) can enable or disable quotas.
On a quota-enabled filesystem, fsck_ffs(8) will track per-uid/gid
block and inode usages, and will check and update quotas in Pass 6.
quota usage and limits are stored in unliked files (one for users,
one for groups)l fsck_ffs(8) will create the files if needed, or
free them if needed. This means that after enabling or disabling
quotas on a filesystem; a fsck_ffs(8) run is required.
quotacheck(8) is not needed any more, on a unclean shutdown
fsck or journal replay will take care of fixing quotas.
newfs(8) can create a ready-to-mount quota-enabled filesystem
(superblock flags are set and quota inodes are created).
Other new features or semantic changes:
- default quota datas, applied to users or groups which don't already
have a quota entry
- per-user/group grace time (instead of a filesystem global one)
- 0 really means "nothing allowed at all", not "no limit".
If you want "no limit", set the limit to UQUAD_MAX (tools will
understand "unlimited" and "-")
A quota file is structured as follow:
it starts with a header, containing a few per-filesystem values,
and the default quota limits.
Quota entries are linked together as a simple list, each entry has a
pointer (as an offset withing the file) to the next.
The header has a pointer to a list of free quota entries, and
a hash table of in-use entries. The size of the hash table depends
on the filesystem block size (header+hash table should fit in the
first block). The file is not sparse and is a multiple of
filesystem block size (when the free quota entry list is empty a new
filesystem block is allocated). quota entries to not cross
filesystem block boundaries.
In memory, the kernel keeps a cache of recently used quota entries
as a reference to the block number, and offset withing the block.
The quota entry itself is keept in the buf cache.
fsck_ffs(8), tunefs(8) and newfs(8) supports are completed (with
related atf tests :)
The kernel can update disk usage and report it via quotactl(2).
Todo: enforce quotas limits (limits are not checked by kernel yet)
update repquota, edquota and rpc.rquotad to the new world
implement compat_50_quotactl ioctl.
update quotactl(2) man page
fsck_ffs required fixes so that allocating new blocks or inodes will
properly update the superblock and cg sumaries. This was not an issue up
to now because superblock and cg sumaries check happened last, but now
allocations or frees can happen in pass 6.
|
| 1.82.6.1 | 05-Jul-2012 |
riz | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by tsutsui in ticket #396):
sbin/newfs/newfs.8: revision 1.83
sbin/newfs/newfs.c: revision 1.111
distrib/utils/sysinst/label.c: revision 1.62
Use 32KB/4KB for default block/fragment size on >= 128 GB partitions
for modern AFT disks. No particular comments against PR install/46629.
|
| 1.82.4.1 | 30-Oct-2012 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.84.6.1 | 10-Jun-2019 |
christos | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.120 | 05-Jul-2023 |
riastradh | Revert "newfs(8): Ensure A divides S before aligned_alloc(A, S)."
C17 lifted this restriction.
|
| 1.119 | 04-Jul-2023 |
riastradh | newfs(8): Ensure A divides S before aligned_alloc(A, S).
Required by C11 Sec. 7.22.3.1 The aligned_alloc function, para. 2,
p. 348:
The value of alignment shall be a valid alignment supported by the
implementation and the value of size shall be an integral multiple
of alignment.
XXX pullup-10
|
| 1.118 | 17-Nov-2022 |
chs | Restore backward compatibility of UFS2 with previous NetBSD releases by
disabling support in UFS2 for extended attributes (including ACLs).
Add a new variant of UFS2 called "UFS2ea" that does support extended attributes.
Add new fsck_ffs operations "-c ea" and "-c no-ea" to convert file systems
from UFS2 to UFS2ea and vice-versa (both of which delete all existing extended
attributes in the process).
|
| 1.117 | 16-Apr-2022 |
andvar | fix various typos in comments and log messages.
|
| 1.116 | 17-Apr-2020 |
jdolecek | align buffers used for I/O to DEV_BSIZE so it's executed more optimally
when run for xbd(4) device
|
| 1.115 | 08-Feb-2017 |
rin | branches: 1.115.12;
Add smaller versions of fsck_ffs(8) and newfs(8) for install media, where
support for Endian-Independent FFS and Apple UFS is disabled unless FFS_EI=1
and APPLE_UFS=1 are added to CRUNCHENV, respectively.
This reduces the size of ramdisk image for atari by over 15KB.
Thanks tsutsui and christos for their useful comments.
|
| 1.114 | 01-Apr-2016 |
ryo | branches: 1.114.2; 1.114.4;
no need to escape
|
| 1.113 | 25-Jul-2015 |
mlelstv | Handle getfsspecname errors.
|
| 1.112 | 25-Oct-2014 |
mlelstv | Support wedge names.
before:
newfs dk1 - formats /dev/rdk1
newfs rdk1 - cannot open /dev/rrdk1
newfs /dev/dk1 - /dev/dk1 is a block-device, use raw device
newfs /dev/rdk1 - formats /dev/rdk1
now:
newfs dk1 - formats /dev/rdk1
newfs rdk1 - cannot open /dev/rrdk1
newfs /dev/dk1 - formats /dev/rdk1 (*)
newfs /dev/rdk1 - formats /dev/rdk1
newfs NAME=wedge - formats /dev/rdk1
(*) getfsspecname() returns the block device which must be translated.
Passing a block device manually cannot be distinguished from this case.
|
| 1.111 | 30-Jun-2012 |
tsutsui | branches: 1.111.10;
Use 32KB/4KB for default block/fragment size on >= 128 GB partitions
for modern AFT disks. No particular comments against PR install/46629.
|
| 1.110 | 13-Feb-2012 |
wiz | branches: 1.110.2;
Remove unused variables.
From cppcheck via Henning Petersen in PR 46004.
|
| 1.109 | 06-Mar-2011 |
bouyer | branches: 1.109.4;
merge the bouyer-quota2 branch. This adds a new on-disk format
to store disk quota usage and limits, integrated with ffs
metadata. Usage is checked by fsck_ffs (no more quotacheck)
and is covered by the WAPBL journal. Enabled with kernel
option QUOTA2 (added where QUOTA was enabled in kernel config files),
turned on with tunefs(8) on a per-filesystem
basis. mount_mfs(8) can also turn quotas on.
See http://mail-index.netbsd.org/tech-kern/2011/02/19/msg010025.html
for details.
|
| 1.108 | 09-Aug-2010 |
pooka | branches: 1.108.2;
Add -G to usage, omission pointed out by wiz. Also, make usage format
nicer on a 80col terminal.
|
| 1.107 | 09-Aug-2010 |
pooka | Add -G, which turns consistency check errors in warnings. The
current testing purpose is to create a file system with
block size > MAXPHYS.
(the check doesn't make that much sense anyway in these days of
mobile file systems, since we're interested in MAXPHYS where we
attempt to mount the file system, not where we happen to create it)
|
| 1.106 | 20-Dec-2009 |
dsl | Push the mount path for mount_mfs through realpath().
This matches what other fs do.
Fixes PR/20362
|
| 1.105 | 07-May-2009 |
lukem | Consistently use FFSv1 or FFSv2
|
| 1.104 | 11-Apr-2009 |
lukem | fix sign-compare issues
|
| 1.103 | 03-Apr-2009 |
pooka | Issue a better error message if attempting to create a file system
on a block device. Inspired by PR kern/41127.
|
| 1.102 | 01-Aug-2008 |
simonb | branches: 1.102.2; 1.102.4; 1.102.8;
Handle 't' suffix for terabytes for number arguments.
|
| 1.101 | 20-Jul-2008 |
lukem | Remove the \n and tabs from the __COPYRIGHT() strings.
(Tweak some to use a consistent format.)
|
| 1.100 | 15-Dec-2007 |
perry | branches: 1.100.4; 1.100.8;
convert __attribute__s to applicable cdefs.h macros
|
| 1.99 | 16-Jul-2007 |
pooka | branches: 1.99.4; 1.99.6;
Make all mount(2) return value error checks against -1. Some file
systems just checked != 0, breaking MNT_GETARGS. Others worked with < 0,
but make them check against -1 too for consistency. And sprinkle some
stylish line wrapping where appropriate.
|
| 1.98 | 14-Jul-2007 |
dsl | Add additional 'sizeof args' parameter to mount(2).
|
| 1.97 | 28-Apr-2007 |
christos | PR/36229: Geoff Wing: uninitialized dkwedge_info structure in mount_mfs
causes random failures
|
| 1.96 | 25-Nov-2006 |
christos | PR/28884: Izumi Tsutsui: mount_mfs(8) doesn't set default fssize if "swap" is
specified
|
| 1.95 | 16-Oct-2006 |
christos | c99 initializers.
|
| 1.94 | 27-Aug-2006 |
christos | Make the "traditional" comment match reality.
|
| 1.93 | 27-Aug-2006 |
christos | Don't hard-code 3. From our secret user.
|
| 1.92 | 26-Aug-2006 |
christos | - Deal with wedges and the new disk geometry structures, instead of using
struct disklabel.
Functionality lost:
1. struct disklabel used to be updated to contain bsize, fsize, cpg.
This information was used to locate the alternative superblock in
the filesystem if the primary superblock was corrupted. We need
to find a new place to store this information if we need this
functionality.
2. On vax SMD drives that contained bad sector lists, the newfs program
knew how to get the offset and skip to the correct location in order
to place the label.
|
| 1.91 | 04-May-2006 |
christos | Since MNT_GETARGS is not allowed when any other flags are set, don't set
ASYNC in the getargs case.
|
| 1.90 | 21-Mar-2006 |
christos | Always check the results of getmntopts() and free them.
|
| 1.89 | 16-Jan-2006 |
dsl | Add '-V' to usage output.
Correct a couple of comments.
|
| 1.88 | 15-Jan-2006 |
dsl | Add a '-V verbose' option that controls the amount of info writen to stdout.
0: No output. Default for mount_mfs unless -N specified
1: Output size of partition and cylinder groups.
2: Follow with a progress-bar line of dots (scaled to finish at RH margin)
3: Include a single line of alternate suberblock addresses before progress
bar. Default for newfs.
4: Output lots of lines of alternate superblock numbers that scroll madly
up the screen.
If -N given, newfs/mount_mfs exits before displaying any progress bar.
Output constrained (almost always) to 1 column less than the terminal width.
|
| 1.87 | 28-Nov-2005 |
dsl | Include the size we are trying to create in the 'partition to small'
error message.
|
| 1.86 | 23-Sep-2005 |
jmmv | Apply the NFS exports list rototill patch:
- Remove all NFS related stuff from file system specific code.
- Drop the vfs_checkexp hook and generalize it in the new nfs_check_export
function, thus removing redundancy from all file systems.
- Move all NFS export-related stuff from kern/vfs_subr.c to the new
file sys/nfs/nfs_export.c. The former was becoming large and its code
is always compiled, regardless of the build options. Using the latter,
the code is only compiled in when NFSSERVER is enabled. While doing this,
also make some functions in nfs_subs.c conditional to NFSSERVER.
- Add a new command in nfssvc(2), called NFSSVC_SETEXPORTSLIST, that takes a
path and a set of export entries. At the moment it can only clear the
exports list or append entries, one by one, but it is done in a way that
allows setting the whole set of entries atomically in the future (see the
comment in mountd_set_exports_list or in doc/TODO).
- Change mountd(8) to use the nfssvc(2) system call instead of mount(2) so
that it becomes file system agnostic. In fact, all this whole thing was
done to remove a 'XXX' block from this utility!
- Change the mount*, newfs and fsck* userland utilities to not deal with NFS
exports initialization; done internally by the kernel when initializing
the NFS support for each file system.
- Implement an interface for VFS (called VFS hooks) so that several kernel
subsystems can run arbitrary code upon receipt of specific VFS events.
At the moment, this only provides support for unmount and is used to
destroy NFS exports lists from the file systems being unmounted, though it
has room for extension.
Thanks go to yamt@, chs@, thorpej@, wrstuden@ and others for their comments
and advice in the development of this patch.
|
| 1.85 | 15-Nov-2004 |
he | branches: 1.85.2;
Add a cast to unsigned char when using a ctype function/macro.
|
| 1.84 | 07-Sep-2004 |
lukem | fix typo
|
| 1.83 | 25-Jun-2004 |
wiz | Remove last traces of -c, for which the code was removed
last summer; addresses part of PR 25914 by Kouichirou Hiratsuka.
|
| 1.82 | 21-Apr-2004 |
christos | Replace the statfs() family of system calls with statvfs().
Retain binary compatibility.
|
| 1.81 | 18-Mar-2004 |
dsl | Simplify logic for MNT_GETARGS and MNT_UPDATE of mfs filesystems.
Stop core dump caused by broken 'newfs -mfs' (= mount_mfs) hack when
newfs run with no arguments.
|
| 1.80 | 07-Mar-2004 |
dsl | Re-instate the old behaviour where 'mount_mfs device mount_pt' would
use the size of 'device' for teh file syste size - fixes pr 18353.
(It might be better to be able to say 50% of the size...)
Fix 'mount_mfs -N ...', as well as supressing the creation of the fs, the -N
inhibits the supression of the prints of the mfs parameters.
|
| 1.79 | 07-Mar-2004 |
dsl | Make update mounts (to change miniroot ramdisks to rw) take the same short
circuit as MNT_GETARGS.
Fixes PR#24533
|
| 1.78 | 22-Dec-2003 |
jmmv | Fix typo: numder -> number. From Christian Biere in PR bin/23838.
|
| 1.77 | 11-Dec-2003 |
drochner | If a disktype was specified, use the disktab information
and don't try the disklabel.
Allows to create a filesystem on a floppy again.
(It is arguably another bug that DIOCGDINFO returns nonsense
for floppies.)
|
| 1.76 | 01-Nov-2003 |
wiz | KNF: sort includes.
|
| 1.75 | 01-Nov-2003 |
dsl | Use fstat(2) to get the partition size (falling back to the label on old
kernels) so that newfs works on vinum (and similar).
Kill the -V hack for vinum.
Don't bother faking up a label for -F and mfs, nothing is needed from it.
Ignore label if special doesn't match DISKPART(sb.st_rdev);
Simplifly logic for default block/frag sizes.
Update man page to match.
WARNS=3.
|
| 1.74 | 15-Oct-2003 |
dbj | initialize llsize and llsizemult to 0
fixes bug noticed by Christopher SEKIYA on tech-kern@
|
| 1.73 | 10-Oct-2003 |
wiz | Sync look of -V description in usage with other option descriptions.
|
| 1.72 | 10-Oct-2003 |
grog | Add -V flag for use with Vinum to indicate that the last character of
the device name should not be interpreted as a partition identifier.
|
| 1.71 | 09-Oct-2003 |
dbj | calculate "-s size" values after sectorsize has been fully determined
extend "-s size" argument to allow negative sizes to represent value to
subtract from diskalbel partition size
|
| 1.70 | 11-Sep-2003 |
dsl | Make mkfs -N work again (was trying to read filesystem).
Correct calculation of number of inodes from density for small filesystems.
Add a '-n inodes' option so that the desired number of inodes can be
explicitly given - init needs this for mfs /dev, -i density is too crude.
|
| 1.69 | 03-Sep-2003 |
dsl | Ensure the area between the end of the main superblock and the start of the
first alternate superblock is zerod.
Removes any possibility of any programs using a trully out of date
alternate superblock if a filesystem is remade with a larger block size.
|
| 1.68 | 21-Aug-2003 |
dsl | Remove -c maxblkspercg (leaving -c xxx ignored).
-c used to specify the number of cylinders per group
- but newfs has ignored cylinders for a while.
Changing what -c meant is just asking for trouble!
I might add something to let MINCYL be changed.
|
| 1.67 | 07-Aug-2003 |
agc | Move UCB-licensed code from 4-clause to 3-clause licence.
Patches provided by Joel Baker in PR 22308, verified by myself.
|
| 1.66 | 13-Jul-2003 |
itojun | use bounded string op
|
| 1.65 | 02-Apr-2003 |
dbj | On Apple UFS filesystems, change the default fragment size to 1024
and the default block size to 4096. Issue a warning if values
are used that will not work on Darwin.
|
| 1.64 | 02-Apr-2003 |
fvdl | Add support for UFS2. UFS2 is an enhanced FFS, adding support for
64 bit block pointers, extended attribute storage, and a few
other things.
This commit does not yet include the code to manipulate the extended
storage (for e.g. ACLs), this will be done later.
Originally written by Kirk McKusick and Network Associates Laboratories for
FreeBSD.
|
| 1.63 | 24-Jan-2003 |
fvdl | Bump daddr_t to 64 bits. Replace it with int32_t in all places where
it was used on-disk, so that on-disk formats remain the same.
Remove ufs_daddr_t and ufs_lbn_t for the time being.
|
| 1.62 | 12-Dec-2002 |
scw | Use getlabeloffset() instead of LABELOFFSET.
|
| 1.61 | 28-Sep-2002 |
dbj | Add support for the Apple UFS variation on ffs
This is the bulk of PR #17345
The general approach is to use a run time deteriminable value
for DIRBLKSIZ. Additional allowances are included for using
MAXSYMLINKLEN with FS_42INODEFMT and a shift in the cylinder group
cluster summary count array. Support is added for managing
the Apple UFS volume label.
|
| 1.60 | 21-Sep-2002 |
christos | MNT_GETARGS support
|
| 1.59 | 08-Aug-2002 |
soren | Remove extraneous \n's in {err,warn}{,x} that used to be printfs.
|
| 1.58 | 20-Feb-2002 |
lukem | change the default back to checking the file system type is '4.2BSD',
and add -I to ignore this check. per discussion with thorpej.
|
| 1.57 | 16-Feb-2002 |
thorpej | * Undo rev 1.55. While one might think this test is useful, newfs
has historically allowed file systems to be created on non-4.2BSD
partitions, and the ability to do so is quite useful to some people.
* When rewriting the disklabel, don't consider it an error if there's
not a label already on the disk (and thus the rewrite operation fails).
|
| 1.56 | 18-Jan-2002 |
lukem | fix this if MFS is not #defined
|
| 1.55 | 15-Jan-2002 |
lukem | If -F isn't given, only newfs(8) partitions of type `4.2BSD'.
|
| 1.54 | 07-Jan-2002 |
simonb | Add the ability for the user, group and permissions of an MFS to be set
on the command line with the -u, -g and -p options respectively.
The old malloc() replacement (and related functions) didn't work with
the libc get{pw,gr}nam() functions so it was removed and a separate
memory allocation function added that is only called to allocate the
space for the MFS file system.
Also use a table for the usage flags instead of multiple fprintf()'s
with "if (mfs)" checks sprinkled through.
|
| 1.53 | 30-Dec-2001 |
augustss | Change how default block size is picked. The default block size is used
if there is no command line option and the disklabel gives 0 as the size.
The default used to be 8k, not the default is picked depending on the
file system size. FS < 20M gets 4k, <1G get 8k, and >1G get 16k.
The 16k default was suggested by lukem which FreeBSD is using.
|
| 1.52 | 30-Dec-2001 |
lukem | Revert rev 1.37 (use disklabel value for cpg if -c isn't given), because
we would rather let the "optimal cpg" calculation kick in at this point.
|
| 1.51 | 30-Dec-2001 |
lukem | Fixes from and/or inspired by FreeBSD:
- Change the default cpg from 16 to 65536, which effectively means
that the largest allowable value for cpg will be computed if it's
not specified with -c or in the disklabel for that partition.
This is much more convenient for users.
- Improve the description of the defaults for various options
|
| 1.50 | 13-Dec-2001 |
lukem | constrain bsize and fsize to MAXBSIZE
|
| 1.49 | 21-Nov-2001 |
lukem | - For mount_mfs, always ignore the `special' field and just fake up
the label instead. The previous change to use opendisk() prevented
this from working with special fields such as `/dev/wd0b', and this
new method is arguably cleaner anyway. Fixes [misc/14654]
- Don't bother supporting -T for mount_mfs anymore, since it's
superfluous. The option still works (for compatibility reasons), but
it's just ignored and not documented anymore.
- Use an RPM of 10000 instead of 3600 for the fake label (why not :-)
|
| 1.48 | 16-Nov-2001 |
lukem | - Without -F, use opendisk(3) to find the raw device
- With -F, relax the restriction that the filesystem must be a regular file
|
| 1.47 | 06-Sep-2001 |
lukem | Incorporate the enhanced ffs_dirpref() by Grigoriy Orlov, as found in
FreeBSD (three commits; the initial work, man page updates, and a fix
to ffs_reload()), with the following differences:
- Be consistent between newfs(8) and tunefs(8) as to the options which
set and control the tuning parameters for this work (avgfilesize & avgfpdir)
- Use u_int16_t instead of u_int8_t to keep track of the number of
contiguous directories (suggested by Chuck Silvers)
- Work within our FFS_EI framework
- Ensure that fs->fs_maxclusters and fs->fs_contigdirs don't point to
the same area of memory
The new algorithm has a marked performance increase, especially when
performing tasks such as untarring pkgsrc.tar.gz, etc.
The original FreeBSD commit messages are attached:
=====
mckusick 2001/04/10 01:39:00 PDT
Directory layout preference improvements from Grigoriy Orlov <gluk@ptci.ru>.
His description of the problem and solution follow. My own tests show
speedups on typical filesystem intensive workloads of 5% to 12% which
is very impressive considering the small amount of code change involved.
------
One day I noticed that some file operations run much faster on
small file systems then on big ones. I've looked at the ffs
algorithms, thought about them, and redesigned the dirpref algorithm.
First I want to describe the results of my tests. These results are old
and I have improved the algorithm after these tests were done. Nevertheless
they show how big the perfomance speedup may be. I have done two file/directory
intensive tests on a two OpenBSD systems with old and new dirpref algorithm.
The first test is "tar -xzf ports.tar.gz", the second is "rm -rf ports".
The ports.tar.gz file is the ports collection from the OpenBSD 2.8 release.
It contains 6596 directories and 13868 files. The test systems are:
1. Celeron-450, 128Mb, two IDE drives, the system at wd0, file system for
test is at wd1. Size of test file system is 8 Gb, number of cg=991,
size of cg is 8m, block size = 8k, fragment size = 1k OpenBSD-current
from Dec 2000 with BUFCACHEPERCENT=35
2. PIII-600, 128Mb, two IBM DTLA-307045 IDE drives at i815e, the system
at wd0, file system for test is at wd1. Size of test file system is 40 Gb,
number of cg=5324, size of cg is 8m, block size = 8k, fragment size = 1k
OpenBSD-current from Dec 2000 with BUFCACHEPERCENT=50
You can get more info about the test systems and methods at:
http://www.ptci.ru/gluk/dirpref/old/dirpref.html
Test Results
tar -xzf ports.tar.gz rm -rf ports
mode old dirpref new dirpref speedup old dirprefnew dirpref speedup
First system
normal 667 472 1.41 477 331 1.44
async 285 144 1.98 130 14 9.29
sync 768 616 1.25 477 334 1.43
softdep 413 252 1.64 241 38 6.34
Second system
normal 329 81 4.06 263.5 93.5 2.81
async 302 25.7 11.75 112 2.26 49.56
sync 281 57.0 4.93 263 90.5 2.9
softdep 341 40.6 8.4 284 4.76 59.66
"old dirpref" and "new dirpref" columns give a test time in seconds.
speedup - speed increasement in times, ie. old dirpref / new dirpref.
------
Algorithm description
The old dirpref algorithm is described in comments:
/*
* Find a cylinder to place a directory.
*
* The policy implemented by this algorithm is to select from
* among those cylinder groups with above the average number of
* free inodes, the one with the smallest number of directories.
*/
A new directory is allocated in a different cylinder groups than its
parent directory resulting in a directory tree that is spreaded across
all the cylinder groups. This spreading out results in a non-optimal
access to the directories and files. When we have a small filesystem
it is not a problem but when the filesystem is big then perfomance
degradation becomes very apparent.
What I mean by a big file system ?
1. A big filesystem is a filesystem which occupy 20-30 or more percent
of total drive space, i.e. first and last cylinder are physically
located relatively far from each other.
2. It has a relatively large number of cylinder groups, for example
more cylinder groups than 50% of the buffers in the buffer cache.
The first results in long access times, while the second results in
many buffers being used by metadata operations. Such operations use
cylinder group blocks and on-disk inode blocks. The cylinder group
block (fs->fs_cblkno) contains struct cg, inode and block bit maps.
It is 2k in size for the default filesystem parameters. If new and
parent directories are located in different cylinder groups then the
system performs more input/output operations and uses more buffers.
On filesystems with many cylinder groups, lots of cache buffers are
used for metadata operations.
My solution for this problem is very simple. I allocate many directories
in one cylinder group. I also do some things, so that the new allocation
method does not cause excessive fragmentation and all directory inodes
will not be located at a location far from its file's inodes and data.
The algorithm is:
/*
* Find a cylinder group to place a directory.
*
* The policy implemented by this algorithm is to allocate a
* directory inode in the same cylinder group as its parent
* directory, but also to reserve space for its files inodes
* and data. Restrict the number of directories which may be
* allocated one after another in the same cylinder group
* without intervening allocation of files.
*
* If we allocate a first level directory then force allocation
* in another cylinder group.
*/
My early versions of dirpref give me a good results for a wide range of
file operations and different filesystem capacities except one case:
those applications that create their entire directory structure first
and only later fill this structure with files.
My solution for such and similar cases is to limit a number of
directories which may be created one after another in the same cylinder
group without intervening file creations. For this purpose, I allocate
an array of counters at mount time. This array is linked to the superblock
fs->fs_contigdirs[cg]. Each time a directory is created the counter
increases and each time a file is created the counter decreases. A 60Gb
filesystem with 8mb/cg requires 10kb of memory for the counters array.
The maxcontigdirs is a maximum number of directories which may be created
without an intervening file creation. I found in my tests that the best
performance occurs when I restrict the number of directories in one cylinder
group such that all its files may be located in the same cylinder group.
There may be some deterioration in performance if all the file inodes
are in the same cylinder group as its containing directory, but their
data partially resides in a different cylinder group. The maxcontigdirs
value is calculated to try to prevent this condition. Since there is
no way to know how many files and directories will be allocated later
I added two optimization parameters in superblock/tunefs. They are:
int32_t fs_avgfilesize; /* expected average file size */
int32_t fs_avgfpdir; /* expected # of files per directory */
These parameters have reasonable defaults but may be tweeked for special
uses of a filesystem. They are only necessary in rare cases like better
tuning a filesystem being used to store a squid cache.
I have been using this algorithm for about 3 months. I have done
a lot of testing on filesystems with different capacities, average
filesize, average number of files per directory, and so on. I think
this algorithm has no negative impact on filesystem perfomance. It
works better than the default one in all cases. The new dirpref
will greatly improve untarring/removing/coping of big directories,
decrease load on cvs servers and much more. The new dirpref doesn't
speedup a compilation process, but also doesn't slow it down.
Obtained from: Grigoriy Orlov <gluk@ptci.ru>
=====
=====
iedowse 2001/04/23 17:37:17 PDT
Pre-dirpref versions of fsck may zero out the new superblock fields
fs_contigdirs, fs_avgfilesize and fs_avgfpdir. This could cause
panics if these fields were zeroed while a filesystem was mounted
read-only, and then remounted read-write.
Add code to ffs_reload() which copies the fs_contigdirs pointer
from the previous superblock, and reinitialises fs_avgf* if necessary.
Reviewed by: mckusick
=====
=====
nik 2001/04/10 03:36:44 PDT
Add information about the new options to newfs and tunefs which set the
expected average file size and number of files per directory. Could do
with some fleshing out.
=====
|
| 1.46 | 30-Aug-2001 |
lukem | some improvements from freebsd/openbsd
- replace the unused fs_headswitch and fs_trkseek with fs_id[2], bringing
our struct fs closer to that in freebsd & openbsd (& solaris FWIW)
- dumpfs: improve warning message when cpc == 0
|
| 1.45 | 08-Aug-2001 |
lukem | when zeroing the image, use fstatfs() to find the optimal block size
(falling back to 8KB) instead of 512. should speed things up.
|
| 1.44 | 30-Jul-2001 |
lukem | - constify mkfs()'s first arg
- slightly reorder steps in -F image creation
|
| 1.43 | 29-Jul-2001 |
lukem | * add -F option: enable creation of file system in a regular file. a "fake"
disklabel is created as per mfs on "swap".
* add -Z option: pre-zero the -F image file before use. this is necessary if
the image is to be used with vnd(4) because by default the files created
with -F have "holes" and vnd doesn't cope with that.
* support 'k', 'm', 'g' suffixes for all options which take numeric arguments.
provide strsuftoi() which performs the parsing mechanism.
* improve man page description of various options
* replace "filesystem" with "file system"
* when displaying usage for mfs, only list mfs options
* minor KNF and WARNS=2 cleanups
|
| 1.42 | 19-Feb-2001 |
cgd | convert to use getprogname()
|
| 1.41 | 01-Dec-2000 |
simonb | For mount_mfs, allow an 'm' suffix to the file system size option to
specify the size of the mfs in megabytes.
Inspired by the Solaris tmpfs "-o size=sz" option.
|
| 1.40 | 01-Dec-2000 |
simonb | ANSIfy.
|
| 1.39 | 10-Oct-2000 |
is | Format string cleanups by Bill Sommerfeld.
|
| 1.38 | 19-May-1999 |
wrstuden | branches: 1.38.8;
If -c not set on command line and the partition has a non-zero cpg
value, use it for the number of cylinders per group. So now the value
in the disklabel does something. :-)
|
| 1.37 | 19-Jan-1999 |
tron | branches: 1.37.2;
Include "disktab.h" to get prototype for getdiskbyname().
|
| 1.36 | 22-Oct-1998 |
mycroft | Use the default calculation of maxcontig, based on fs_bsize and MAXPHYS, so
that the cluster summary information is correct for bsize=4k and MAXPHYS=64k.
|
| 1.35 | 20-Oct-1998 |
matt | vax -> __vax__
|
| 1.34 | 28-Jul-1998 |
mycroft | __AUDIT__ cleanup.
|
| 1.33 | 18-Mar-1998 |
bouyer | Allow creation of non-native byteorder FFS (via the '-B' option).
|
| 1.32 | 01-Mar-1998 |
fvdl | Merge with Lite2 + local changes
|
| 1.31 | 19-Nov-1997 |
drochner | mount_mfs: avoid spurious error message if the mount system call returns
for "valid reasons" (ie, "mount -u")
|
| 1.30 | 01-Nov-1997 |
drochner | Make "mount_mfs" behave synchronously - don't exit before the mount is
done. This has 2 advantages:
-The calling process can rely on the mounted filesystem.
-We get error messages if the mount system call fails.
|
| 1.29 | 01-Oct-1997 |
enami | branches: 1.29.2;
Don't declare optind and optarg.
|
| 1.28 | 29-Sep-1997 |
enami | When calling err(3),
- Don't output unnecessary colon and space, and
- Include the name of system call just called.
|
| 1.27 | 16-Sep-1997 |
lukem | * resolve conflicts from lite-2 import
* use int32_t instead of long
|
| 1.26 | 15-Sep-1997 |
lukem | * getopt returns -1 not EOF
* fix .Nm usage
|
| 1.25 | 30-Jun-1997 |
christos | Fix compiler warnings.
|
| 1.24 | 30-Jun-1997 |
tls | I don't understand just what exactly changed in the past week that the GDINFO ioctl call here would smash the value of 'fd' and fail, but making fd volatile seems to fix it, for this program at least.
|
| 1.23 | 30-Jan-1997 |
tls | add support for noatime mount flag
|
| 1.22 | 23-Oct-1996 |
cgd | this file system (according to its source) supports MNT_UPDATE. Therefore
the mount program must recognize the 'update' option.
|
| 1.21 | 18-Oct-1996 |
perry | Remove #ifdef tahoe conditionals. We have no tahoe port. There is
still a big #if vax in this file which should be removed if possible --
#ifdef MACHINE stuff in mi code is bad.
|
| 1.20 | 16-May-1996 |
thorpej | Use getmaxpartitions() from libutil, not a homegrown version.
|
| 1.19 | 28-Jun-1995 |
thorpej | Use sysctl() to determine maxpartitions. Fixes pr #970.
|
| 1.18 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.17 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | calculate the 'offset' argument to lseek() in a prettier way, more
consistent with the way fsck(8) does it. no functional change.
|
| 1.16 | 04-Mar-1995 |
cgd | fix up inconsisten uses of lseek(). (three uses. one hard-coded 'whence'
as a number, one used an L_ constant and the other used a SEEK_ constant!)
|
| 1.15 | 30-Jan-1995 |
mycroft | Use S_IS*().
|
| 1.14 | 18-Dec-1994 |
cgd | type size paranoia, and allow one to mount an mfs on the device 'swap',
so that diskless machines can use MFS /tmp directories.
|
| 1.13 | 01-Dec-1994 |
mycroft | Use defaults that are more reasonable for modern disks, and document the `-n'
option.
|
| 1.12 | 23-Sep-1994 |
mycroft | Remove some more uses of obsolete functions.
|
| 1.11 | 23-Sep-1994 |
mycroft | Eliminate uses of some obsolete functions.
|
| 1.10 | 08-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Update from 4.4-Lite, with local changes.
|
| 1.9 | 20-Apr-1994 |
cgd | back to 10%, per mkm
|
| 1.8 | 06-Feb-1994 |
cgd | numeric -> symbolic constant
|
| 1.7 | 28-Jan-1994 |
cgd | MINFREE defaults to 5% per mckusick
|
| 1.6 | 01-Aug-1993 |
mycroft | Add RCS identifiers.
|
| 1.5 | 28-Jul-1993 |
cgd | incorporate changes from 0-9-base to 0-9-ALPHA
|
| 1.4 | 18-Apr-1993 |
mycroft | branches: 1.4.2;
Don't mix ANSI and pre-ANSI varargs.
|
| 1.3 | 23-Mar-1993 |
cgd | changed "Id" to "Header" for rcsids
|
| 1.2 | 22-Mar-1993 |
cgd | added rcs ids to all files
|
| 1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.3 | 16-Sep-1997 |
lukem | imported from lite-2
|
| 1.1.1.2 | 13-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Import 4.4-Lite version.
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | initial import of 386bsd-0.1 sources
|
| 1.4.2.2 | 21-Jul-1993 |
cgd | in the last round: one of my changes was wrong, one was ugly.
|
| 1.4.2.1 | 20-Jul-1993 |
cgd | change all refs to "mfs" to be to "mount_mfs" as is appropriate
|
| 1.29.2.3 | 23-Oct-1998 |
cgd | pull up rev 1.36 from trunk (mycroft)
|
| 1.29.2.2 | 19-Nov-1997 |
mellon | Pull rev 1.31 up from trunk (drochner)
|
| 1.29.2.1 | 02-Nov-1997 |
mellon | Pull rev 1.30 up from trunk (drochner)
|
| 1.37.2.1 | 10-Oct-2000 |
he | Pull up revision 1.39 (requested by is):
Format string cleanup.
|
| 1.38.8.4 | 25-Nov-2001 |
he | Pull up revision 1.47 (via patch, requested by lukem):
Pull in enhanced ffs_dirpref() algorithm, which provides a
substantial performance improvement through better locality
between parent/child directories and their files, and by easing
the pressure on the buffer cache for metadata operations.
|
| 1.38.8.3 | 25-Nov-2001 |
he | Pull up revision 1.46 (requested by lukem):
Replace unused fs_headswitch/trkseek with fs_id.
|
| 1.38.8.2 | 24-Nov-2001 |
he | Pull up revisions 1.40-1.41 (requested by lukem):
Jumbo pullup for newfs:
o convert to ANSI function prototypes
o allow ``m'' suffix in MFS size
|
| 1.38.8.1 | 18-Oct-2000 |
tv | Pullup sbin string format fixes [is].
See "cvs log" for explicit revision numbers per file, from sommerfeld.
|
| 1.85.2.1 | 03-Mar-2007 |
bouyer | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by tsutsui in ticket #1672):
sbin/newfs/newfs.c: revision 1.96
PR/28884: Izumi Tsutsui: mount_mfs(8) doesn't set default fssize if "swap" is
specified
|
| 1.99.6.1 | 27-Dec-2007 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.99.4.1 | 09-Jan-2008 |
matt | sync with HEAD
|
| 1.100.8.1 | 18-Sep-2008 |
wrstuden | Sync with wrstuden-revivesa-base-2.
|
| 1.100.4.1 | 28-Sep-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.102.8.1 | 21-Apr-2010 |
matt | sync to netbsd-5
|
| 1.102.4.1 | 13-May-2009 |
jym | Sync with HEAD.
Third (and last) commit. See http://mail-index.netbsd.org/source-changes/2009/05/13/msg221222.html
|
| 1.102.2.1 | 10-Jun-2009 |
bouyer | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by snj in ticket #803):
sbin/newfs/newfs.c: revision 1.103
Issue a better error message if attempting to create a file system
on a block device. Inspired by PR kern/41127.
|
| 1.108.2.1 | 20-Jan-2011 |
bouyer | Snapshot of work in progress on a modernised disk quota system:
- new quotactl syscall (versionned for backward compat), which takes
as parameter a path to a mount point, and a prop_dictionary
(in plistref format) describing commands and arguments.
For each command, status and data are returned as a prop_dictionary.
quota commands features will be added to take advantage of this,
exporting quota data or getting quota commands as plists.
- new on disk-format storage (all 64bit wide), integrated to metadata for
ffs (and playing nicely with wapbl).
Quotas are enabled on a ffs filesystem via superblock flags.
tunefs(8) can enable or disable quotas.
On a quota-enabled filesystem, fsck_ffs(8) will track per-uid/gid
block and inode usages, and will check and update quotas in Pass 6.
quota usage and limits are stored in unliked files (one for users,
one for groups)l fsck_ffs(8) will create the files if needed, or
free them if needed. This means that after enabling or disabling
quotas on a filesystem; a fsck_ffs(8) run is required.
quotacheck(8) is not needed any more, on a unclean shutdown
fsck or journal replay will take care of fixing quotas.
newfs(8) can create a ready-to-mount quota-enabled filesystem
(superblock flags are set and quota inodes are created).
Other new features or semantic changes:
- default quota datas, applied to users or groups which don't already
have a quota entry
- per-user/group grace time (instead of a filesystem global one)
- 0 really means "nothing allowed at all", not "no limit".
If you want "no limit", set the limit to UQUAD_MAX (tools will
understand "unlimited" and "-")
A quota file is structured as follow:
it starts with a header, containing a few per-filesystem values,
and the default quota limits.
Quota entries are linked together as a simple list, each entry has a
pointer (as an offset withing the file) to the next.
The header has a pointer to a list of free quota entries, and
a hash table of in-use entries. The size of the hash table depends
on the filesystem block size (header+hash table should fit in the
first block). The file is not sparse and is a multiple of
filesystem block size (when the free quota entry list is empty a new
filesystem block is allocated). quota entries to not cross
filesystem block boundaries.
In memory, the kernel keeps a cache of recently used quota entries
as a reference to the block number, and offset withing the block.
The quota entry itself is keept in the buf cache.
fsck_ffs(8), tunefs(8) and newfs(8) supports are completed (with
related atf tests :)
The kernel can update disk usage and report it via quotactl(2).
Todo: enforce quotas limits (limits are not checked by kernel yet)
update repquota, edquota and rpc.rquotad to the new world
implement compat_50_quotactl ioctl.
update quotactl(2) man page
fsck_ffs required fixes so that allocating new blocks or inodes will
properly update the superblock and cg sumaries. This was not an issue up
to now because superblock and cg sumaries check happened last, but now
allocations or frees can happen in pass 6.
|
| 1.109.4.2 | 30-Oct-2012 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.109.4.1 | 17-Apr-2012 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.110.2.1 | 05-Jul-2012 |
riz | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by tsutsui in ticket #396):
sbin/newfs/newfs.8: revision 1.83
sbin/newfs/newfs.c: revision 1.111
distrib/utils/sysinst/label.c: revision 1.62
Use 32KB/4KB for default block/fragment size on >= 128 GB partitions
for modern AFT disks. No particular comments against PR install/46629.
|
| 1.111.10.2 | 30-Jul-2015 |
snj | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by mlelstv in ticket #900):
sbin/newfs/newfs.c: revision 1.113
usr.sbin/installboot/installboot.c: revision 1.39
Handle getfsspecname errors.
|
| 1.111.10.1 | 11-Nov-2014 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by mlelstv in ticket #199):
sbin/newfs/newfs.c: revision 1.112
sbin/fsck/fsck.c: revision 1.52
fix logic that handles command line arguments. Now you can:
fsck /mnt/point
fsck dkX
fsck rdkX
fsck /dev/dkX
fsck /dev/rdkX
fsck NAME=wedge
Support wedge names.
before:
newfs dk1 - formats /dev/rdk1
newfs rdk1 - cannot open /dev/rrdk1
newfs /dev/dk1 - /dev/dk1 is a block-device, use raw device
newfs /dev/rdk1 - formats /dev/rdk1
now:
newfs dk1 - formats /dev/rdk1
newfs rdk1 - cannot open /dev/rrdk1
newfs /dev/dk1 - formats /dev/rdk1 (*)
newfs /dev/rdk1 - formats /dev/rdk1
newfs NAME=wedge - formats /dev/rdk1
(*) getfsspecname() returns the block device which must be translated.
Passing a block device manually cannot be distinguished from this case.
|
| 1.114.4.1 | 21-Apr-2017 |
bouyer | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.114.2.1 | 20-Mar-2017 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.115.12.1 | 21-Apr-2020 |
martin | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.7 | 07-Oct-2023 |
rin | Drop -O[01] hacks for vax; no longer necessary for patched GCC 10
PR port-vax/57646: Import major vax toolchain fix by Kalvis Duckmanton
XXXRO: GCC 12 may require hacks for a while, but it turned out that
GCC 12 should be treated differently from older versions; a lot of new
files need -O[01] flags, while some may no longer require it.
I will take a look later.
Note that these hacks are not required if Kalvis's patches for GCC 12
are applied.
Keep doc/HACKS entries for a while (will be sync with update for GCC 12).
diff --git a/crypto/external/bsd/openssh/lib/Makefile b/crypto/external/bsd/openssh/lib/Makefile
index 96a93f5e396..4e38be1b642 100644
--- a/crypto/external/bsd/openssh/lib/Makefile
+++ b/crypto/external/bsd/openssh/lib/Makefile
@@ -117,12 +117,6 @@ COPTS.${f}.c+= -Wno-pointer-sign
# XXX
COPTS.channels.c+= -fno-strict-aliasing
-# XXX
-.if ${MACHINE} == "vax"
-COPTS.poly1305.c+= -O0
-COPTS.umac.c+= -O0
-.endif
-
COPTS.hostfile.c+= ${CC_WNO_FORMAT_TRUNCATION}
COPTS.sshkey.c+= ${CC_WNO_FORMAT_TRUNCATION}
COPTS.cipher.c+= -Wno-error=deprecated-declarations
diff --git a/distrib/utils/x_ping/Makefile b/distrib/utils/x_ping/Makefile
index f1c452a0d60..8ee77580a3f 100644
--- a/distrib/utils/x_ping/Makefile
+++ b/distrib/utils/x_ping/Makefile
@@ -12,10 +12,6 @@ CPPFLAGS+= -I${SRCDIR} -DCRUNCHOPS
DPADD= ${LIBM}
LDADD= -lm
-.if ${MACHINE_ARCH} == "vax"
-COPTS.ping.c=-O0
-.endif
-
.include <bsd.prog.mk>
.PATH: ${SRCDIR}
diff --git a/external/apache2/argon2/lib/libargon2/Makefile.inc b/external/apache2/argon2/lib/libargon2/Makefile.inc
index d3f4470c6c7..6a1dd146d7d 100644
--- a/external/apache2/argon2/lib/libargon2/Makefile.inc
+++ b/external/apache2/argon2/lib/libargon2/Makefile.inc
@@ -16,7 +16,3 @@ CFLAGS+= -pthread
LDADD+=-lpthread
DPADD+=${LIBPTHREAD}
.endif
-
-.if ${MACHINE} == "vax"
-COPTS.blake2b.c+= -O0
-.endif
diff --git a/external/bsd/jemalloc/lib/Makefile.inc b/external/bsd/jemalloc/lib/Makefile.inc
index 2f524358f46..d5da774f293 100644
--- a/external/bsd/jemalloc/lib/Makefile.inc
+++ b/external/bsd/jemalloc/lib/Makefile.inc
@@ -53,12 +53,6 @@ COPTS.ctl.c+=-Wno-error=stack-protector
COPTS.stats.c+=-Wno-error=stack-protector
COPTS.tcache.c+=-Wno-error=stack-protector
-.if ${MACHINE_ARCH} == "vax"
-# in merge_overlapping_regs, at regrename.c
-COPTS.arena.c+=-O0
-COPTS.extent.c+=-O0
-.endif
-
SRCS+=${JEMALLOC_SRCS}
jemalloc.d jemalloc.pico jemalloc.o jemalloc.ln jemalloc.po jemalloc.go: \
diff --git a/external/bsd/mdocml/lib/libmandoc/Makefile b/external/bsd/mdocml/lib/libmandoc/Makefile
index 40d7e29ae88..dfd3077a2c7 100644
--- a/external/bsd/mdocml/lib/libmandoc/Makefile
+++ b/external/bsd/mdocml/lib/libmandoc/Makefile
@@ -39,11 +39,6 @@ tbl_opts.c
MAN= mandoc.3
-# XXX
-.if ${MACHINE} == "vax"
-COPTS.mdoc_macro.c+=-O0
-.endif
-
COPTS.man_validate.c+=-Wno-error=array-bounds
.include <bsd.lib.mk>
diff --git a/external/gpl3/binutils.old/lib/libbfd/Makefile b/external/gpl3/binutils.old/lib/libbfd/Makefile
index 03477232b55..74a354532fa 100644
--- a/external/gpl3/binutils.old/lib/libbfd/Makefile
+++ b/external/gpl3/binutils.old/lib/libbfd/Makefile
@@ -41,10 +41,6 @@ CPPFLAGS+= -I${.CURDIR}/arch/${BFD_MACHINE_ARCH} -I${DIST}/include -I. \
-DDEBUGDIR=\"${DEBUGDIR}\" -DLIBDIR=\"${LIBDIR}\" \
-DBINDIR=\"${BINDIR}\"
-.if (${BFD_MACHINE_ARCH} == "vax")
-CPPFLAGS.elf.c += -O0
-.endif
-
COPTS.pei-x86_64.c+= -Wno-stack-protector
COPTS.elfxx-mips.c+= -Wno-stack-protector
COPTS.elf.c+= ${${ACTIVE_CC} == "gcc" && ${HAVE_GCC:U0} >= 10:? -Wno-overflow :}
diff --git a/external/gpl3/binutils/lib/libbfd/Makefile b/external/gpl3/binutils/lib/libbfd/Makefile
index 00cb2b20081..a3f0c25fd35 100644
--- a/external/gpl3/binutils/lib/libbfd/Makefile
+++ b/external/gpl3/binutils/lib/libbfd/Makefile
@@ -41,10 +41,6 @@ CPPFLAGS+= -I${.CURDIR}/arch/${BFD_MACHINE_ARCH} -I${DIST}/include -I. \
-DDEBUGDIR=\"${DEBUGDIR}\" -DLIBDIR=\"${LIBDIR}\" \
-DBINDIR=\"${BINDIR}\"
-.if (${BFD_MACHINE_ARCH} == "vax")
-CPPFLAGS.elf.c += -O0
-.endif
-
COPTS.pei-x86_64.c+= -Wno-stack-protector
COPTS.elfxx-mips.c+= -Wno-stack-protector
COPTS.elf.c+= ${${ACTIVE_CC} == "gcc" && ${HAVE_GCC:U0} >= 10:? -Wno-overflow :}
diff --git a/external/gpl3/gcc.old/lib/Makefile.sanitizer b/external/gpl3/gcc.old/lib/Makefile.sanitizer
index efd36ae4bee..5173a5109a0 100644
--- a/external/gpl3/gcc.old/lib/Makefile.sanitizer
+++ b/external/gpl3/gcc.old/lib/Makefile.sanitizer
@@ -88,22 +88,3 @@ COPTS+=-fno-builtin -fno-exceptions -fno-rtti -funwind-tables
# Can't profile without it`
#-fomit-frame-pointer
-
-.if ${MACHINE_ARCH} == "vax"
-COPTS.sanitizer_allocator.cc += -O1
-COPTS.sanitizer_common.cc += -O1
-COPTS.sanitizer_common_libcdep.cc += -O1
-COPTS.sanitizer_coverage_libcdep.cc += -O1
-COPTS.sanitizer_coverage_mapping_libcdep.cc += -O1
-COPTS.sanitizer_deadlock_detector1.cc += -O1
-COPTS.sanitizer_mac.cc += -O1
-COPTS.sanitizer_netbsd.cc += -O1
-COPTS.sanitizer_posix.cc += -O1
-COPTS.sanitizer_printf.cc += -O1
-COPTS.sanitizer_procmaps_common.cc += -O1
-COPTS.sanitizer_stackdepot.cc += -O1
-COPTS.sanitizer_symbolizer_libcdep.cc += -O1
-COPTS.sanitizer_symbolizer_report.cc += -O1
-COPTS.ubsan_diag.cc += -O1
-COPTS.ubsan_init.cc += -O1
-.endif
diff --git a/external/gpl3/gcc.old/lib/libasan/Makefile b/external/gpl3/gcc.old/lib/libasan/Makefile
index 1e6f9608abe..3da7bbf2f58 100644
--- a/external/gpl3/gcc.old/lib/libasan/Makefile
+++ b/external/gpl3/gcc.old/lib/libasan/Makefile
@@ -49,14 +49,6 @@ LIBDPLIBS+= m ${NETBSDSRCDIR}/lib/libm
LIBDPLIBS+= pthread ${NETBSDSRCDIR}/lib/libpthread
CPPFLAGS+=-DCAN_SANITIZE_UB=0
-.if ${MACHINE_ARCH} == "vax"
-COPTS.asan_allocator.cc += -O1
-COPTS.asan_report.cc += -O1
-COPTS.sanitizer_file.cc += -O1
-COPTS.ubsan_diag.cc += -O1
-COPTS.ubsan_init.cc += -O1
-.endif
-
.if ${MACHINE_ARCH} == "mipsel" || ${MACHINE_ARCH} == "mipseb"
COPTS.asan_interceptors.cc += -O1
.endif
diff --git a/external/gpl3/gcc.old/lib/liblsan/Makefile b/external/gpl3/gcc.old/lib/liblsan/Makefile
index 4578544a9a8..ddb7981077c 100644
--- a/external/gpl3/gcc.old/lib/liblsan/Makefile
+++ b/external/gpl3/gcc.old/lib/liblsan/Makefile
@@ -16,11 +16,6 @@ LSAN_SRCS+= \
lsan_linux.cc \
lsan_thread.cc
-.if ${MACHINE_ARCH} == "vax"
-COPTS.lsan_allocator.cc += -O1
-COPTS.sanitizer_file.cc += -O1
-.endif
-
LIB= lsan
SRCS+= ${LSAN_SRCS}
LIBDPLIBS+= m ${NETBSDSRCDIR}/lib/libm
diff --git a/external/gpl3/gcc.old/lib/libubsan/Makefile b/external/gpl3/gcc.old/lib/libubsan/Makefile
index 2e2faca7b1c..9de82550d14 100644
--- a/external/gpl3/gcc.old/lib/libubsan/Makefile
+++ b/external/gpl3/gcc.old/lib/libubsan/Makefile
@@ -26,10 +26,6 @@ UBSAN_SRCS= \
COPTS.${_s}.cc+=-frtti
.endfor
-.if ${MACHINE_ARCH} == "vax"
-COPTS.sanitizer_file.cc += -O1
-.endif
-
LIB= ubsan
SRCS+= ${UBSAN_SRCS}
LIBDPLIBS+= m ${NETBSDSRCDIR}/lib/libm
diff --git a/external/gpl3/gcc.old/usr.bin/cc1/Makefile b/external/gpl3/gcc.old/usr.bin/cc1/Makefile
index c55e292ee8e..ff12a5be524 100644
--- a/external/gpl3/gcc.old/usr.bin/cc1/Makefile
+++ b/external/gpl3/gcc.old/usr.bin/cc1/Makefile
@@ -46,17 +46,6 @@ CPPFLAGS.default-c.c+= -I${BACKENDOBJ}
BUILDSYMLINKS+= ${GNUHOSTDIST}/gcc/config/sh/sh-c.cc sh-c.c
.endif
-.if ${MACHINE_CPU} == "vax"
-COPTS.c-decl.c+=-O0
-COPTS.c-typeck.c+=-O0
-COPTS.c-array-notation.c+=-O0
-COPTS.c-common.c+=-O0
-COPTS.c-ada-spec.c+=-O0
-COPTS.cilk.c+=-O0
-COPTS.c-ubsan.c+=-O0
-COPTS.cc1-checksum.c+=-O0
-.endif
-
.if ${MACHINE_ARCH} == "mipseb" || ${MACHINE_ARCH} == "mipsel"
COPTS.c-common.c+=-O3
.endif
diff --git a/external/gpl3/gcc.old/usr.bin/cc1obj/Makefile b/external/gpl3/gcc.old/usr.bin/cc1obj/Makefile
index 3123ee0d60b..aab82ad3448 100644
--- a/external/gpl3/gcc.old/usr.bin/cc1obj/Makefile
+++ b/external/gpl3/gcc.old/usr.bin/cc1obj/Makefile
@@ -44,16 +44,8 @@ COPTS.objc-act.c+= -Wno-stack-protector
COPTS.objc-gnu-runtime-abi-01.c+= -Wno-stack-protector
COPTS.objc-next-runtime-abi-01.c+= -Wno-stack-protector
-.if ${MACHINE_ARCH} == "vax"
-COPTS.c-decl.c+=-O0
-COPTS.c-typeck.c+=-O0
-COPTS.c-array-notation.c+=-O0
-COPTS.c-common.c+=-O0
-COPTS.c-ada-spec.c+=-O0
-COPTS.cilk.c+=-O0
-COPTS.c-ubsan.c+=-O0
-COPTS.cc1obj-checksum.c+=-O0
-.endif
+COPTS.c-cppbuiltin.c+= ${${ACTIVE_CC} == "gcc" && ${HAVE_GCC:U0} == 8:? -Wno-error=format-overflow :}
+COPTS.c-typeck.c+= ${${ACTIVE_CC} == "gcc" && ${HAVE_GCC:U0} == 8:? -Wno-error=format-overflow :}
.if ${MACHINE_ARCH} == "mipseb" || ${MACHINE_ARCH} == "mipsel"
COPTS.c-common.c+=-O3
diff --git a/external/gpl3/gcc.old/usr.bin/cc1objplus/Makefile b/external/gpl3/gcc.old/usr.bin/cc1objplus/Makefile
index b9c108251c5..e04e8fc7f53 100644
--- a/external/gpl3/gcc.old/usr.bin/cc1objplus/Makefile
+++ b/external/gpl3/gcc.old/usr.bin/cc1objplus/Makefile
@@ -69,18 +69,6 @@ COPTS.objc-act.c+= -Wno-stack-protector
COPTS.objc-gnu-runtime-abi-01.c+= -Wno-stack-protector
COPTS.objc-next-runtime-abi-01.c+= -Wno-stack-protector
-.if ${MACHINE_ARCH} == "vax"
-COPTS.c-decl.c+=-O0
-COPTS.c-typeck.c+=-O0
-COPTS.c-array-notation.c+=-O0
-COPTS.c-common.c+=-O0
-COPTS.c-ada-spec.c+=-O0
-COPTS.cilk.c+=-O0
-COPTS.c-ubsan.c+=-O0
-COPTS.cc1obj-checksum.c+=-O0
-COPTS.decl.c+=-O0
-.endif
-
.if ${MACHINE_ARCH} == "mipseb" || ${MACHINE_ARCH} == "mipsel"
COPTS.c-common.c+=-O3
.endif
diff --git a/external/gpl3/gcc.old/usr.bin/cc1plus/Makefile b/external/gpl3/gcc.old/usr.bin/cc1plus/Makefile
index 7936efd3a5e..7c54559e21a 100644
--- a/external/gpl3/gcc.old/usr.bin/cc1plus/Makefile
+++ b/external/gpl3/gcc.old/usr.bin/cc1plus/Makefile
@@ -31,23 +31,6 @@ CHECKSUM_OBJS= ${LIBBACKTRACEOBJ}/libbacktrace.a \
CFLAGS+= -Wno-error=stack-protector
-.if ${MACHINE_ARCH} == "vax"
-COPTS.call.c+=-O0
-COPTS.decl.c+=-O0
-COPTS.typeck2.c+=-O0
-COPTS.class.c+=-O0
-COPTS.typeck.c+=-O0
-COPTS.init.c+=-O0
-COPTS.semantics.c+=-O0
-COPTS.mangle.c+=-O0
-COPTS.constexpr.c+=-O0
-COPTS.c-common.c+=-O0
-COPTS.c-ada-spec.c+=-O0
-COPTS.cilk.c+=-O0
-COPTS.c-ubsan.c+=-O0
-COPTS.cc1plus-checksum.c+=-O0
-.endif
-
.if ${MACHINE_ARCH} == "mipseb" || ${MACHINE_ARCH} == "mipsel"
COPTS.c-common.c+=-O3
.endif
diff --git a/external/gpl3/gcc.old/usr.bin/gcc/Makefile b/external/gpl3/gcc.old/usr.bin/gcc/Makefile
index 7a66d77ffc7..a5a4b1c3adf 100644
--- a/external/gpl3/gcc.old/usr.bin/gcc/Makefile
+++ b/external/gpl3/gcc.old/usr.bin/gcc/Makefile
@@ -25,9 +25,6 @@ ${SRCS}: ${GCCARCH}/defs.mk
.include <bsd.info.mk>
COPTS.gcc.c= -Wno-stack-protector
-.if ${MACHINE_ARCH} == "vax"
-COPTS.dse.c= -O1
-.endif
.PATH: ${DIST}/gcc ${DIST}/gcc/doc ${DIST}/gcc/c
diff --git a/external/gpl3/gcc.old/usr.bin/libdecnumber/Makefile b/external/gpl3/gcc.old/usr.bin/libdecnumber/Makefile
index 751d1513eec..33aeb1c9898 100644
--- a/external/gpl3/gcc.old/usr.bin/libdecnumber/Makefile
+++ b/external/gpl3/gcc.old/usr.bin/libdecnumber/Makefile
@@ -14,10 +14,6 @@ SRCS= decNumber.c decContext.c decimal32.c decimal64.c decimal128.c
CPPFLAGS+= -I${.CURDIR}/arch/${GCC_MACHINE_ARCH} -I${DIST}/libdecnumber
CPPFLAGS+= -I${DIST}/libgcc
-.if ${MACHINE_ARCH} == "vax"
-COPTS.decNumber.c=-O0
-.endif
-
.include <bsd.lib.mk>
# Force using C++ for this
diff --git a/external/gpl3/gcc.old/usr.bin/lto-dump/Makefile b/external/gpl3/gcc.old/usr.bin/lto-dump/Makefile
index 90f44a9fcf6..fd251464fb7 100644
--- a/external/gpl3/gcc.old/usr.bin/lto-dump/Makefile
+++ b/external/gpl3/gcc.old/usr.bin/lto-dump/Makefile
@@ -24,11 +24,6 @@ COPTS.lto-common.c+= -Wno-stack-protector
.include "../Makefile.backtrace"
.include "../Makefile.libdecnumber"
-.if ${MACHINE_ARCH} == "vax"
-COPTS.lto-lang.c+=-O0
-COPTS.lto-symtab.c+=-O0
-.endif
-
LDADD+= ${LIBIBERTY} ${LIBMPC} ${LIBMPFR} ${LIBGMP} -lintl -lz -lm
DPADD+= ${LIBIBERTY} ${LIBMPC} ${LIBMPFR} ${LIBGMP} ${LIBINTL} ${LIBZ} ${LIBM}
diff --git a/external/gpl3/gcc.old/usr.bin/lto1/Makefile b/external/gpl3/gcc.old/usr.bin/lto1/Makefile
index 4c49161a64c..340d3c6124f 100644
--- a/external/gpl3/gcc.old/usr.bin/lto1/Makefile
+++ b/external/gpl3/gcc.old/usr.bin/lto1/Makefile
@@ -21,11 +21,6 @@ COPTS.lto-common.c+= -Wno-stack-protector
.include "../Makefile.libcpp"
.include "../Makefile.libdecnumber"
-.if ${MACHINE_ARCH} == "vax"
-COPTS.lto-lang.c+=-O0
-COPTS.lto-symtab.c+=-O0
-.endif
-
LDADD+= ${LIBIBERTYOBJ}/libiberty.a
DPADD+= ${LIBIBERTYOBJ}/libiberty.a
LDADD+= ${LIBIBERTY} ${LIBMPC} ${LIBMPFR} ${LIBGMP} -lintl -lz -lm
diff --git a/external/gpl3/gdb.old/lib/libdecnumber/Makefile b/external/gpl3/gdb.old/lib/libdecnumber/Makefile
index bcd4ae5b222..ce28811526b 100644
--- a/external/gpl3/gdb.old/lib/libdecnumber/Makefile
+++ b/external/gpl3/gdb.old/lib/libdecnumber/Makefile
@@ -18,10 +18,6 @@ CPPFLAGS+= -I${.CURDIR}/arch/${GDB_MACHINE_ARCH} \
SRCS= ${G_OBJS:.o=.c} ${G_SOURCES}
-.if ${MACHINE_ARCH} == "vax"
-COPTS.decNumber.c=-O0
-.endif
-
.PATH: ${DIST}/libdecnumber ${DIST}/libdecnumber/dpd
.include <bsd.lib.mk>
diff --git a/external/gpl3/gdb/lib/libdecnumber/Makefile b/external/gpl3/gdb/lib/libdecnumber/Makefile
index c95d36e3dfa..e3169865304 100644
--- a/external/gpl3/gdb/lib/libdecnumber/Makefile
+++ b/external/gpl3/gdb/lib/libdecnumber/Makefile
@@ -18,10 +18,6 @@ CPPFLAGS+= -I${.CURDIR}/arch/${GDB_MACHINE_ARCH} \
SRCS= ${G_OBJS:.o=.c} ${G_SOURCES}
-.if ${MACHINE_ARCH} == "vax"
-COPTS.decNumber.c=-O0
-.endif
-
.PATH: ${DIST}/libdecnumber ${DIST}/libdecnumber/dpd ${DIST}/libdecnumber/bid
.include <bsd.lib.mk>
diff --git a/external/gpl3/gdb/lib/libgdb/Makefile b/external/gpl3/gdb/lib/libgdb/Makefile
index b87a515d13a..c118c363975 100644
--- a/external/gpl3/gdb/lib/libgdb/Makefile
+++ b/external/gpl3/gdb/lib/libgdb/Makefile
@@ -66,12 +66,6 @@ CFLAGS:= ${CXXFLAGS} -std=gnu++17 -Wno-error=stack-protector
ada-exp.c: ada-lex.c
-.if ${MACHINE} == "vax"
-. if ${ACTIVE_CC} == "gcc" && ${HAVE_GCC:U0} >= 8
-COPTS.read.c+= -O0
-. endif
-.endif
-
# These are generated by implicit rules and are not easy to generate
CLEANDIRFILES+= \
ada-exp.c ada-lex.c \
diff --git a/external/mit/xorg/lib/gallium.old/Makefile b/external/mit/xorg/lib/gallium.old/Makefile
index 55b2fe3d1c1..bfa40c8974f 100644
--- a/external/mit/xorg/lib/gallium.old/Makefile
+++ b/external/mit/xorg/lib/gallium.old/Makefile
@@ -1211,10 +1211,6 @@ SYMLINKS+= gallium_dri.so.${SHLIB_MAJOR}.debug ${DRIDEBUGDIR}/${_d}_dri.so.${SHL
COPTS+= ${${ACTIVE_CC} == "clang":? -Wa,-Av8plus :}
.endif
-.if ${MACHINE_ARCH} == "vax"
-COPTS.nir.c += -O1
-.endif
-
# XXXGCC12
.if ${MACHINE_ARCH} == "m68k"
COPTS.st_glsl_to_tgsi.cpp += -O1
diff --git a/external/mit/xorg/lib/gallium/Makefile b/external/mit/xorg/lib/gallium/Makefile
index 6778a8c11c8..9f1422080fe 100644
--- a/external/mit/xorg/lib/gallium/Makefile
+++ b/external/mit/xorg/lib/gallium/Makefile
@@ -1428,10 +1428,6 @@ SYMLINKS+= gallium_dri.so.${SHLIB_MAJOR}.debug ${DRIDEBUGDIR}/${_d}_dri.so.${SHL
COPTS+= ${${ACTIVE_CC} == "clang":? -Wa,-Av8plus :}
.endif
-.if ${MACHINE_ARCH} == "vax"
-COPTS.nir.c += -O1
-.endif
-
COPTS.u_atomic.c+= ${${ACTIVE_CC} == "gcc" && ${HAVE_GCC:U0} >= 10:? -Wno-builtin-declaration-mismatch :}
.include <bsd.lib.mk>
diff --git a/external/mit/xorg/lib/libX11/Makefile.libx11 b/external/mit/xorg/lib/libX11/Makefile.libx11
index e103d9ace12..0e55c2a4732 100644
--- a/external/mit/xorg/lib/libX11/Makefile.libx11
+++ b/external/mit/xorg/lib/libX11/Makefile.libx11
@@ -471,11 +471,6 @@ COPTS.OpenDis.c+= -Wno-error # XXX xf86bigfstr.h
COPTS.XlibInt.c+= -Wno-error # XXX xcmiscstr.h
COPTS.XKBBind.c+= -Wno-deprecated-declarations # uses XKeycodeToKeysym
-# XXX
-.if ${MACHINE} == "vax"
-COPTS.lcWrap.c+= -O0
-.endif
-
CWARNFLAGS.clang+= -Wno-string-plus-int
.include "${NETBSDSRCDIR}/external/mit/xorg/tools/makekeys/Makefile.makekeys"
diff --git a/games/gomoku/Makefile b/games/gomoku/Makefile
index e86a63aaea7..678537066ed 100644
--- a/games/gomoku/Makefile
+++ b/games/gomoku/Makefile
@@ -9,10 +9,6 @@ LDADD= -lcurses -lterminfo
HIDEGAME=hidegame
CPPFLAGS+= ${DEBUG:D-DDEBUG}
-.if ${MACHINE} == "vax"
-COPTS.pickmove.c += -O0
-.endif
-
#WARNS= 6 # would produce warnings about small integer types
LINTFLAGS+= -w # treat warnings as errors
LINTFLAGS+= -T # strict bool mode
diff --git a/games/phantasia/Makefile b/games/phantasia/Makefile
index e9c53f23ae5..b919dac17c6 100644
--- a/games/phantasia/Makefile
+++ b/games/phantasia/Makefile
@@ -52,7 +52,3 @@ map: map.c
./map | plot > /dev/tty
.include <bsd.prog.mk>
-
-.if defined(HAVE_GCC) && ${MACHINE_ARCH} == "vax"
-COPTS.misc.c+= -O0
-.endif
diff --git a/lib/i18n_module/UTF7/Makefile b/lib/i18n_module/UTF7/Makefile
index 712c1515d42..7136f7f0cc3 100644
--- a/lib/i18n_module/UTF7/Makefile
+++ b/lib/i18n_module/UTF7/Makefile
@@ -3,6 +3,3 @@
SRCPRE=citrus_
.include <bsd.lib.mk>
-.if ${MACHINE_ARCH} == "vax" && defined(HAVE_GCC)
-COPTS.citrus_utf7.c+= -O0
-.endif
diff --git a/lib/libbz2/Makefile b/lib/libbz2/Makefile
index b2aea1e04b0..e60a2862d48 100644
--- a/lib/libbz2/Makefile
+++ b/lib/libbz2/Makefile
@@ -15,11 +15,6 @@ SRCS= blocksort.c huffman.c crctable.c randtable.c compress.c \
INCS= bzlib.h
INCSDIR= /usr/include
-# XXX huffman.c gets mis-compiled with 2.95.3
-.if ${MACHINE_ARCH} == "vax"
-COPTS+= -O0
-.endif
-
COPTS+= ${CC_WNO_IMPLICIT_FALLTHROUGH}
# XXX blocksort.c gets mis-compiled with 4.1
diff --git a/lib/libc/gdtoa/Makefile.inc b/lib/libc/gdtoa/Makefile.inc
index 132686fc33d..609da919803 100644
--- a/lib/libc/gdtoa/Makefile.inc
+++ b/lib/libc/gdtoa/Makefile.inc
@@ -44,10 +44,3 @@ SRCS+= dmisc.c \
.if ${MACHINE_ARCH} != "vax"
SRCS+= strtord.c
.endif
-
-# XXX revisit with newer GCC.
-# Ensure numbers like 0xffff319f5fa95963 print correctly
-# ("999999999999999.98", not garbage like "?A>C>@>C:BA;A><.:<")
-.if ${MACHINE_ARCH} == "vax" && defined(HAVE_GCC)
-COPTS.misc.c+= -O0
-.endif
diff --git a/lib/libcrypt/Makefile b/lib/libcrypt/Makefile
index cb3f89d6d09..e9c8be820da 100644
--- a/lib/libcrypt/Makefile
+++ b/lib/libcrypt/Makefile
@@ -30,9 +30,6 @@ SRCS+= crypt-argon2.c
SRCS+= ${src}
COPTS.${src}+= -fvisibility=hidden
. endfor
-. if ${MACHINE} == "vax"
-COPTS.blake2b.c+= -O0
-. endif
.endif
WARNS?= 5
diff --git a/libexec/ld.elf_so/Makefile b/libexec/ld.elf_so/Makefile
index f5baae1e883..24f7e1121e5 100644
--- a/libexec/ld.elf_so/Makefile
+++ b/libexec/ld.elf_so/Makefile
@@ -141,10 +141,6 @@ CPPFLAGS+= -DRTLD_DEFAULT_LIBRARY_PATH=\"${SHLIBDIR}:${LIBDIR}\"
COPTS.rtld.c+= -Wno-stack-protector
COPTS.symbol.c+=-Wno-stack-protector
-.if ${MACHINE_CPU} == "vax"
-COPTS.rtld.c+= -O0
-.endif
-
LDADD+= -Wl,--version-script=${.CURDIR}/symbols.map
LDADD+= -L${CLIBOBJ} -L${DESTDIR}${LIBDIR}
.if ${MKPICLIB} != "no"
diff --git a/sbin/fsck_ffs/Makefile.common b/sbin/fsck_ffs/Makefile.common
index 765638b2801..824e3bf2628 100644
--- a/sbin/fsck_ffs/Makefile.common
+++ b/sbin/fsck_ffs/Makefile.common
@@ -36,7 +36,3 @@ COPTS.ffs_appleufs.c+= -Wno-pointer-sign
.if ${MACHINE_ARCH} == "m68000"
COPTS.pass1.c+= -fno-tree-fre -fno-tree-lrs
.endif
-.if ${MACHINE_ARCH} == "vax"
-COPTS.pass1.c+= -O0
-COPTS.inode.c+= -O0
-.endif
diff --git a/sbin/fsdb/Makefile b/sbin/fsdb/Makefile
index c039f73a1eb..3b0331e5880 100644
--- a/sbin/fsdb/Makefile
+++ b/sbin/fsdb/Makefile
@@ -39,12 +39,6 @@ COPTS.${f}.c+= -Wno-pointer-sign
COPTS.pass1.c+= -fno-tree-fre -fno-tree-lrs
.endif
-.if ${MACHINE_ARCH} == "vax"
-COPTS.pass1.c+= -O0
-COPTS.inode.c+= -O0
-COPTS.fsdb.c+= -O0
-.endif
-
CWARNFLAGS.gcc+= ${CC_WNO_ADDRESS_OF_PACKED_MEMBER}
.include <bsd.prog.mk>
diff --git a/sbin/newfs_ext2fs/Makefile b/sbin/newfs_ext2fs/Makefile
index 40a44b9a038..ecfdbff4d3a 100644
--- a/sbin/newfs_ext2fs/Makefile
+++ b/sbin/newfs_ext2fs/Makefile
@@ -20,8 +20,4 @@ DPADD+=${LIBPROP}
.PATH: ${NETBSDSRCDIR}/sys/ufs/ext2fs ${FSCK}
-.if ${MACHINE_ARCH} == "vax"
-COPTS.mke2fs.c=-O0
-.endif
-
.include <bsd.prog.mk>
diff --git a/sbin/ping/Makefile b/sbin/ping/Makefile
index 4f33501ea7a..1f7f56e3ea5 100644
--- a/sbin/ping/Makefile
+++ b/sbin/ping/Makefile
@@ -12,8 +12,4 @@ CPPFLAGS+= -DIPSEC
LDADD+= -lipsec
DPADD+= ${LIBIPSEC}
-.if ${MACHINE_ARCH} == "vax"
-COPTS.ping.c=-O0
-.endif
-
.include <bsd.prog.mk>
diff --git a/sys/arch/vax/conf/Makefile.vax b/sys/arch/vax/conf/Makefile.vax
index cf095d54a86..c483eaa644a 100644
--- a/sys/arch/vax/conf/Makefile.vax
+++ b/sys/arch/vax/conf/Makefile.vax
@@ -34,7 +34,6 @@ GENASSYM_CONF= ${VAX}/vax/genassym.cf
CPPFLAGS+= -D_VAX_INLINE_
AFLAGS+= -x assembler-with-cpp -fno-pic
CFLAGS+= -fno-pic
-COPTS.wsmux.c+= ${${ACTIVE_CC} == "gcc" && ${HAVE_GCC:U0} >= 9:? -O1 :}
##
diff --git a/sys/lib/libsa/Makefile b/sys/lib/libsa/Makefile
index 718c97ce857..4ef3840c753 100644
--- a/sys/lib/libsa/Makefile
+++ b/sys/lib/libsa/Makefile
@@ -96,7 +96,3 @@ SRCS+= ufs.c
lib${LIB}.o:: ${OBJS:O} __buildstdlib
CPPFLAGS+= -Wno-pointer-sign
-
-.if defined(HAVE_GCC) && ${MACHINE_ARCH} == "vax"
-COPTS.bootp.c+= -O0
-.endif
diff --git a/sys/lib/libz/Makefile b/sys/lib/libz/Makefile
index 6945c0da6c6..61fb7d4f652 100644
--- a/sys/lib/libz/Makefile
+++ b/sys/lib/libz/Makefile
@@ -25,7 +25,3 @@ CLEANFILES+= lib${LIB}.o
.include <bsd.lib.mk>
lib${LIB}.o:: ${OBJS:O} __buildstdlib
-
-.if defined(HAVE_GCC) && ${MACHINE_ARCH} == "vax"
-COPTS.inftrees.c+= -O0
-.endif
diff --git a/sys/modules/lfs/Makefile b/sys/modules/lfs/Makefile
index 962538821a5..ea8f187e160 100644
--- a/sys/modules/lfs/Makefile
+++ b/sys/modules/lfs/Makefile
@@ -18,9 +18,4 @@ SRCS+= ulfs_bmap.c ulfs_dirhash.c ulfs_inode.c ulfs_lookup.c \
WARNS= 3
-.if ${MACHINE} == "vax"
-# GCC 6.5 and 7.4 cannot compile this with -DDIAGNOSTIC and -O2/-O1
-COPTS.lfs_inode.c+= -O0
-.endif
-
.include <bsd.kmodule.mk>
diff --git a/sys/rump/fs/lib/liblfs/Makefile b/sys/rump/fs/lib/liblfs/Makefile
index abade3767d9..68b74c62502 100644
--- a/sys/rump/fs/lib/liblfs/Makefile
+++ b/sys/rump/fs/lib/liblfs/Makefile
@@ -17,9 +17,6 @@ SRCS+= ulfs_bmap.c ulfs_dirhash.c ulfs_extattr.c \
CFLAGS+= -DLFS_KERNEL_RFW
-.if ${MACHINE_ARCH} == "vax"
-COPTS.lfs_inode.c+=-O0
-.endif
.include <bsd.lib.mk>
.include <bsd.klinks.mk>
diff --git a/usr.sbin/mtrace/Makefile b/usr.sbin/mtrace/Makefile
index aef09db6198..9c125c15265 100644
--- a/usr.sbin/mtrace/Makefile
+++ b/usr.sbin/mtrace/Makefile
@@ -12,10 +12,6 @@ PROG= mtrace
SRCS= igmp.c inet.c kern.c mtrace.c
MAN= mtrace.8
-.if ${MACHINE_ARCH} == "vax"
-COPTS.mtrace.c=-O0
-.endif
-
BINMODE=4555
BINOWN= root
diff --git a/external/gpl3/gcc.old/usr.bin/backend/Makefile b/external/gpl3/gcc.old/usr.bin/backend/Makefile
index d69a26fe619..99e881c783d 100644
--- a/external/gpl3/gcc.old/usr.bin/backend/Makefile
+++ b/external/gpl3/gcc.old/usr.bin/backend/Makefile
@@ -533,68 +533,9 @@ COPTS.insn-recog.c+=-Wno-error
.if ${GCC_MACHINE_ARCH} == "vax"
CPPFLAGS+=-I${.CURDIR}/../../lib/libgcc/libgcov/arch/${GCC_MACHINE_ARCH}
-COPTS.builtins.c+=-O0
-COPTS.calls.c+=-O0
-COPTS.convert.c+=-O0
-COPTS.data-streamer-out.c+=-O0
-COPTS.dse.c+=-O0 # XXX port-vax/51967
-COPTS.dwarf2out.c+=-O0
-COPTS.expmed.c+=-O0
-COPTS.expr.c+=-O0 -Wno-error=tautological-compare
-COPTS.fixed-value.c+=-O0
-COPTS.fold-const.c+=-O0
-COPTS.generic-match.c+=-O0
-COPTS.gimple-fold.c+=-O0
-COPTS.gimple-match.c+=-O0
-COPTS.gimple-ssa-strength-reduction.c+=-O0
-COPTS.gimple-ssa-warn-restrict.c+=-O0
-COPTS.gimple.c+=-O0
-COPTS.internal-fn.c+=-O0
-COPTS.lto-streamer-out.c+=-O0
-COPTS.omp-low.c+=-O0
-COPTS.predict.c+=-O0
-COPTS.range-op.cc+=-O0
-COPTS.recog.c+=-O0
-COPTS.sanopt.c+=-O0
-COPTS.stmt.c+=-O0
-COPTS.stor-layout.c+=-O0
-COPTS.targhooks.c+=-O0
-COPTS.tree-affine.c+=-O0
-COPTS.tree-cfg.c+=-O0
-COPTS.tree-data-ref.c+=-O0
-COPTS.tree-eh.c+=-O0
-COPTS.tree-if-conv.c+=-O0
-COPTS.tree-object-size.c+=-O0
-COPTS.tree-parloops.c+=-O0
-COPTS.tree-predcom.c+=-O0
-COPTS.tree-pretty-print.c+=-O0
-COPTS.tree-ssa-alias.c+=-O0
-COPTS.tree-ssa-ccp.c+=-O0
-COPTS.tree-ssa-forwprop.c+=-O0
-COPTS.tree-ssa-loop-ivopts.c+=-O0
-COPTS.tree-ssa-loop-manip.c+=-O0
-COPTS.tree-ssa-loop-niter.c+=-O0
-COPTS.tree-ssa-math-opts.c+=-O0
-COPTS.tree-ssa-phiopt.c+= -O0
-COPTS.tree-ssa-pre.c+=-O0
-COPTS.tree-ssa-reassoc.c+=-O0
-COPTS.tree-ssa-strlen.c+=-O0
-COPTS.tree-ssa-uninit.c+=-O0
-COPTS.tree-ssa.c+=-O0
-COPTS.tree-switch-conversion.c+=-O0
-COPTS.tree-vect-data-refs.c+=-O0
-COPTS.tree-vect-loop-manip.c+=-O0
-COPTS.tree-vect-loop.c+=-O0
-COPTS.tree-vect-patterns.c+=-O0
-COPTS.tree-vect-stmts.c+=-O0
-COPTS.tree-vrp.c+=-O0
-COPTS.tree.c+=-O0
-COPTS.ubsan.c+=-O0
-COPTS.varasm.c+=-O0
-COPTS.vr-values.c+=-O0
-COPTS.web.c+=-O0
-COPTS.wide-int-range.cc+=-O0
-COPTS.wide-int.cc+=-O0
+
+COPTS.expmed.c+=-Wno-error=tautological-compare
+COPTS.expr.c+=-Wno-error=tautological-compare
.else
COPTS.tree.c= ${${ACTIVE_CC} == "clang" :? -O0 :}
.endif
|
| 1.6 | 09-Nov-2013 |
christos | branches: 1.6.36;
vax specific gcc 4.8.1 hacks
|
| 1.5 | 11-Aug-2013 |
dholland | This passes WARNS=5.
|
| 1.4 | 24-Mar-2012 |
joerg | branches: 1.4.2;
Avoid non-literal format string. Raise WARNS to 4 and disable
sign warnings instead.
|
| 1.3 | 05-Jun-2009 |
haad | branches: 1.3.6;
Add support for DIOCGDISKINFO to disk like device drivers. Change
partutil.c::getdiskinfo to use it to get disk geometry info.
Use DIOCGWEDGEINFO ioctl to get information about partition size, if disk
driver doesn't support it use old DIOCGDINFO. This patch adds support for
wedge like devices(lvm logical volumes, ZFS zvol partitions) to newfs and
other tools.
No objections on tech-userlevel@.
|
| 1.2 | 11-Apr-2009 |
lukem | Enable WARNS=4 by default except for:
dump dump_lfs fsck_ffs fsck_lfs fsdb mount_smbfs
newfs_ext2fs newfs_lfs resize_lfs setkey
|
| 1.1 | 17-Nov-2007 |
tsutsui | branches: 1.1.6; 1.1.18;
Add a dumb but BSD-licensed newfs_ext2fs(8) command.
This is based on the newfs(8) command for ffs, but
most ext2fs specific part is written from scratch.
Tested on alpha, cobalt, i386 and sgimips with some disks and vnd(4),
and at least cobalt's firmware can load boot files from an ext2fs
E2FS_REV0 partition created by this native newfs_ext2fs(8) command.
Closes PR bin/16175.
|
| 1.1.18.1 | 13-May-2009 |
jym | Sync with HEAD.
Third (and last) commit. See http://mail-index.netbsd.org/source-changes/2009/05/13/msg221222.html
|
| 1.1.6.2 | 09-Jan-2008 |
matt | sync with HEAD
|
| 1.1.6.1 | 17-Nov-2007 |
matt | file Makefile was added on branch matt-armv6 on 2008-01-09 01:38:13 +0000
|
| 1.3.6.2 | 22-May-2014 |
yamt | sync with head.
for a reference, the tree before this commit was tagged
as yamt-pagecache-tag8.
this commit was splitted into small chunks to avoid
a limitation of cvs. ("Protocol error: too many arguments")
|
| 1.3.6.1 | 17-Apr-2012 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.4.2.1 | 20-Aug-2014 |
tls | Rebase to HEAD as of a few days ago.
|
| 1.6.36.1 | 08-Oct-2023 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by rin in ticket #394):
external/gpl3/binutils/dist/gas/config/tc-vax.h: revision 1.10
tools/gcc/Makefile: revision 1.109
external/gpl3/binutils/dist/gas/config/tc-vax.c: revision 1.16
external/gpl3/binutils/dist/gas/config/tc-vax.c: revision 1.17
external/gpl3/binutils/dist/gas/config/tc-vax.c: revision 1.18
external/gpl3/gcc.old/dist/gcc/recog.c: revision 1.12
external/gpl3/gcc.old/dist/gcc/function.c: revision 1.16
external/gpl3/gcc.old/dist/gcc/dse.c: revision 1.14 - 1.16
external/gpl3/gcc.old/dist/gcc/config/vax/vax.c: revision 1.13
external/gpl3/gcc.old/dist/gcc/config/vax/vax.c: revision 1.14
external/gpl3/gcc.old/dist/gcc/config/vax/vax.c: revision 1.15
external/gpl3/gcc.old/dist/gcc/doc/tm.texi.in: revision 1.10
external/gpl3/gcc.old/dist/gcc/config/vax/vax.c: revision 1.16
external/gpl3/gcc.old/dist/gcc/config/vax/vax.c: revision 1.17
external/gpl3/gcc.old/dist/gcc/config/vax/vax.c: revision 1.18
external/gpl3/gcc.old/dist/gcc/config/vax/vax.c: revision 1.19
external/gpl3/gcc.old/dist/gcc/config/vax/vax.md: revision 1.12
external/gpl3/gcc.old/dist/gcc/config/vax/vax.md: revision 1.13
external/gpl3/gcc.old/usr.bin/backend/Makefile: revision 1.20
external/gpl3/gcc.old/dist/gcc/targhooks.c: revision 1.12
external/gpl3/gcc.old/dist/gcc/config/vax/vax.md: revision 1.14
external/gpl3/gcc.old/dist/gcc/config/vax/vax.md: revision 1.15
external/gpl3/gcc.old/dist/gcc/config/vax/builtins.md: revision 1.12
external/gpl3/gcc.old/dist/gcc/config/vax/vax.md: revision 1.16
external/gpl3/gcc.old/dist/gcc/config/vax/builtins.md: revision 1.13
external/gpl3/gcc.old/dist/gcc/doc/tm.texi: revision 1.12
external/gpl3/gcc.old/dist/gcc/config/vax/vax.md: revision 1.17
external/gpl3/gcc.old/dist/gcc/config/vax/vax.md: revision 1.18
external/gpl3/gcc.old/dist/gcc/config/vax/elf.h: revision 1.12
external/gpl3/gcc.old/dist/gcc/config/vax/elf.h: revision 1.13
external/gpl3/gcc.old/dist/gcc/targhooks.h: revision 1.12
external/gpl3/gcc.old/dist/gcc/target.def: revision 1.10
external/gpl3/gcc.old/dist/gcc/rtlanal.c: revision 1.14
external/gpl3/gcc.old/dist/gcc/reload.c: revision 1.12
external/gpl3/gcc.old/usr.bin/gcc/Makefile: revision 1.11
external/gpl3/gcc.old/usr.bin/lto-dump/Makefile: revision 1.3
external/gpl3/gcc.old/lib/Makefile.sanitizer: revision 1.7
external/gpl3/binutils.old/lib/libbfd/Makefile: revision 1.10
distrib/utils/x_ping/Makefile: revision 1.9
games/phantasia/Makefile: revision 1.38
external/apache2/argon2/lib/libargon2/Makefile.inc: revision 1.2
external/gpl3/gcc.old/lib/libubsan/Makefile: revision 1.8
external/bsd/mdocml/lib/libmandoc/Makefile: revision 1.13
sbin/ping/Makefile: revision 1.18
sbin/newfs_ext2fs/Makefile: revision 1.7
sys/lib/libz/Makefile: revision 1.24
sys/lib/libsa/Makefile: revision 1.97
external/gpl3/gcc.old/usr.bin/cc1objplus/Makefile: revision 1.3
external/gpl3/gdb/lib/libgdb/Makefile: revision 1.36
sys/modules/lfs/Makefile: revision 1.11
external/mit/xorg/lib/gallium/Makefile: revision 1.51
external/gpl3/gdb.old/lib/libdecnumber/Makefile: revision 1.10
external/mit/xorg/lib/libX11/Makefile.libx11: revision 1.26
libexec/ld.elf_so/Makefile: revision 1.148
external/bsd/jemalloc/lib/Makefile.inc: revision 1.16
external/gpl3/gcc.old/usr.bin/libdecnumber/Makefile: revision 1.14
crypto/external/bsd/openssh/lib/Makefile: revision 1.38
external/gpl3/gcc.old/usr.bin/backend/Makefile: revision 1.21
external/gpl3/gcc.old/usr.bin/cc1/Makefile: revision 1.12
external/gpl3/gcc.old/lib/libasan/Makefile: revision 1.11
external/gpl3/gcc.old/usr.bin/cc1plus/Makefile: revision 1.13
lib/libcrypt/Makefile: revision 1.36
external/gpl3/gdb/lib/libdecnumber/Makefile: revision 1.5
lib/libc/gdtoa/Makefile.inc: revision 1.13
games/gomoku/Makefile: revision 1.13
sbin/fsdb/Makefile: revision 1.43
external/gpl3/gcc.old/usr.bin/lto1/Makefile: revision 1.9
external/mit/xorg/lib/gallium.old/Makefile: revision 1.8
lib/libbz2/Makefile: revision 1.22
external/gpl3/gcc.old/usr.bin/cc1obj/Makefile: revision 1.12
usr.sbin/mtrace/Makefile: revision 1.14
external/gpl3/gcc.old/usr.bin/cc1obj/Makefile: revision 1.13
sys/arch/vax/conf/Makefile.vax: revision 1.86
sys/rump/fs/lib/liblfs/Makefile: revision 1.18
sbin/fsck_ffs/Makefile.common: revision 1.3
external/gpl3/binutils/lib/libbfd/Makefile: revision 1.27
lib/i18n_module/UTF7/Makefile: revision 1.5
external/gpl3/gcc.old/lib/liblsan/Makefile: revision 1.7
doc/CHANGES (apply patch)
(all external/gpl3/gcc.old/ changes applied to external/gpl3/gcc/)
PR 57646: Import major vax toolchain fix.
|
| 1.4 | 21-Oct-2009 |
snj | Remove 3rd and 4th clauses in christos' license. OK christos.
|
| 1.3 | 01-Mar-2009 |
christos | Support variable inode sizes.
|
| 1.2 | 14-Dec-2007 |
tsutsui | branches: 1.2.2; 1.2.12; 1.2.14;
Don't allow blocksize larger than 4096 bytes as our kernel, fsck_ext2fs(8),
and Linux e2fsprogs.
|
| 1.1 | 17-Nov-2007 |
tsutsui | branches: 1.1.2;
Add a dumb but BSD-licensed newfs_ext2fs(8) command.
This is based on the newfs(8) command for ffs, but
most ext2fs specific part is written from scratch.
Tested on alpha, cobalt, i386 and sgimips with some disks and vnd(4),
and at least cobalt's firmware can load boot files from an ext2fs
E2FS_REV0 partition created by this native newfs_ext2fs(8) command.
Closes PR bin/16175.
|
| 1.1.2.1 | 27-Dec-2007 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.2.14.1 | 13-May-2009 |
jym | Sync with HEAD.
Third (and last) commit. See http://mail-index.netbsd.org/source-changes/2009/05/13/msg221222.html
|
| 1.2.12.1 | 17-Jan-2011 |
jdc | Add change :
sbin/newfs_ext2fs/extern.h: revision 1.3
required for ticket #1486. Original commit message was:
Pull up following revision(s) (requested by tsutsui in ticket #1486):
sbin/fsck_ext2fs/setup.c: revision 1.26
sbin/newfs_ext2fs/mke2fs.c: revision 1.10
sbin/newfs_ext2fs/mke2fs.c: revision 1.11
sbin/newfs_ext2fs/mke2fs.c: revision 1.12
sbin/fsck_ext2fs/inode.c: revision 1.24
sys/lib/libsa/ext2fs.c: revision 1.6
sbin/newfs_ext2fs/extern.h: revision 1.3
sbin/fsck_ext2fs/inode.c: revision 1.25
sys/lib/libsa/ext2fs.c: revision 1.7
sbin/fsck_ext2fs/inode.c: revision 1.26
sys/ufs/ext2fs/ext2fs_inode.c: revision 1.68
sbin/fsck_ext2fs/inode.c: revision 1.27
sbin/fsck_ext2fs/inode.c: revision 1.28
sys/ufs/ext2fs/ext2fs_dinode.h: revision 1.18
sys/ufs/ext2fs/ext2fs_dinode.h: revision 1.19
sbin/newfs_ext2fs/newfs_ext2fs.c: revision 1.5
sbin/newfs_ext2fs/newfs_ext2fs.8: revision 1.2
sbin/newfs_ext2fs/newfs_ext2fs.c: revision 1.6
sbin/newfs_ext2fs/newfs_ext2fs.8: revision 1.3
sys/ufs/ext2fs/ext2fs_vfsops.c: revision 1.142
sbin/newfs_ext2fs/newfs_ext2fs.c: revision 1.7
sbin/newfs_ext2fs/newfs_ext2fs.8: revision 1.4
sbin/newfs_ext2fs/newfs_ext2fs.c: revision 1.8
PR/40936: Frederik Sausmikat: ext2fs: add support for inodes > 128 bytes
Support variable inode sizes.
catch up with variable inode size.
Don't use e2fs_inode_size in superblock on E2FS_REV0 file system.
- accept only EXT2_REV0_DINODE_SIZE inodesize on -O 0
- use inodesize to get offset of inode, not struct ext2fs_dinode array
Replace a magic number with a new EXT2_REV0_DINODE_SIZE macro.
Use EXT2_DINODE_SIZE() to get offset of inode, not struct ext2fs_dinode array.
Fix botched logic in inodesize check.
Use inodesize to get offset of inode in one more place.
- add a sanity check for e2fs_inode_size in readsb()
- use EXT2_DINODE_SIZE() rather than sizeof(struct ext2fs_dinode) or
struct ext2fs_dinode array/pointer to see e2fs_ipb and inode offsets
Sort options.
New sentence, new line.
Sort options in usage.
- unsigned -> unsigned int
- remove unnecessary casts from malloc(3) and free(3)
- fix a bogus indent
Use "size > INT32_MAX" rather than "size >= 0x80000000U" to check 2GB limit.
Add missed byteswap ops against ext2fs_dinode members.
Handle 32 bit uid field on E2FS_REV1.
|
| 1.2.2.2 | 09-Jan-2008 |
matt | sync with HEAD
|
| 1.2.2.1 | 14-Dec-2007 |
matt | file extern.h was added on branch matt-armv6 on 2008-01-09 01:38:14 +0000
|
| 1.28 | 05-Jan-2025 |
andvar | fix various typos in comments.
|
| 1.27 | 22-Feb-2024 |
tsutsui | branches: 1.27.2;
Pull a change of newfs/mkfs.c rev 1.136:
> if the window size works but is 0, assume it didn't work and use 80.
|
| 1.26 | 17-May-2023 |
tsutsui | Use https for Ext2 documentation URLs.
|
| 1.25 | 05-Sep-2016 |
martin | Add a bit of swapping for values in CG descriptors (used to be done
wholesale in e2fs_cgsave, but now common code keeps them in FS byte
order). Seems to fix newfs_ext2fs on big endian hosts.
|
| 1.24 | 04-Aug-2016 |
jdolecek | rename struct ext2fs_dinode attribute e2di_dacl to correct
e2di_size_high; even Linux ext2 filesystem code actually uses it
unconditionally this way and ext4 code finally also calls it that way
in their struct definition too; if there was any trace of this for other
purpose it's long gone
|
| 1.23 | 04-Aug-2016 |
nonaka | pass EXT2_DINODE_SIZE(&sblock) as isize to e2fs_isave().
|
| 1.22 | 16-Jun-2015 |
christos | branches: 1.22.2;
fix error messages containing \n
|
| 1.21 | 19-Oct-2013 |
tsutsui | Wrap long lines overflowed after EXT2_ prefix addtion to fs macro.
|
| 1.20 | 23-Jun-2013 |
dholland | fsbtodb() -> FFS_FSBTODB(), EXT2_FSBTODB(), or MFS_FSBTODB()
dbtofsb() -> FFS_DBTOFSB() or EXT2_DBTOFSB()
(Christos already did the lfs ones a few days back)
|
| 1.19 | 19-Jun-2013 |
dholland | Rename ambiguous macros:
MAXDIRSIZE -> UFS_MAXDIRSIZE or LFS_MAXDIRSIZE
NINDIR -> FFS_NINDIR, EXT2_NINDIR, LFS_NINDIR, or MFS_NINDIR
INOPB -> FFS_INOPB, LFS_INOPB
INOPF -> FFS_INOPF, LFS_INOPF
blksize -> ffs_blksize, ext2_blksize, or lfs_blksize
sblksize -> ffs_blksize
These are not the only ambiguously defined filesystem macros, of
course, there's a pile more. I may not have found all the ambiguous
definitions of blksize(), too, as there are a lot of other things
called 'blksize' in the system.
|
| 1.18 | 07-Feb-2013 |
apb | free(bbp) in error paths. Coverity CID 274748.
|
| 1.17 | 22-Jan-2013 |
dholland | Stuff UFS_ in front of a few of ufs's symbols to reduce namespace
pollution. Specifically:
ROOTINO -> UFS_ROOTINO
WINO -> UFS_WINO
NXADDR -> UFS_NXADDR
NDADDR -> UFS_NDADDR
NIADDR -> UFS_NIADDR
MAXSYMLINKLEN -> UFS_MAXSYMLINKLEN
MAXSYMLINKLEN_UFS[12] -> UFS[12]_MAXSYMLINKLEN (for consistency)
Sort out ext2fs's misuse of NDADDR and NIADDR; fortunately, these have
the same values in ext2fs and ffs.
No functional change intended.
|
| 1.16 | 24-Mar-2012 |
joerg | branches: 1.16.2;
Avoid non-literal format string. Raise WARNS to 4 and disable
sign warnings instead.
|
| 1.15 | 06-Mar-2012 |
tsutsui | Stop zero'ing all possible superblock backup leftovers conservatively.
Instead, explicitly zap only possible first backups and FFS superblocks.
Fixes "Extreamly slow newfs_ext2fs on 60Gb USB stick" problem
reported by Aleksey Cheusov on tech-kern@.
|
| 1.14 | 10-Sep-2010 |
tsutsui | branches: 1.14.6; 1.14.8;
Add a URL of Linux Documentation "The Second Extended Filesystem."
|
| 1.13 | 19-Oct-2009 |
bouyer | Remove closes 3 & 4 from my licence. Lots of thanks to Soren Jacobsen
for the booring work !
|
| 1.12 | 02-Mar-2009 |
tsutsui | Use inodesize to get offset of inode in one more place.
|
| 1.11 | 02-Mar-2009 |
tsutsui | - accept only EXT2_REV0_DINODE_SIZE inodesize on -O 0
- use inodesize to get offset of inode, not struct ext2fs_dinode array
|
| 1.10 | 01-Mar-2009 |
christos | Support variable inode sizes.
|
| 1.9 | 28-Aug-2008 |
tsutsui | branches: 1.9.2; 1.9.4;
Fix some spelling.
|
| 1.8 | 14-May-2008 |
tsutsui | Normalize my licenses.
|
| 1.7 | 14-Dec-2007 |
tsutsui | branches: 1.7.2; 1.7.6; 1.7.8; 1.7.10;
Don't allow blocksize larger than 4096 bytes as our kernel, fsck_ext2fs(8),
and Linux e2fsprogs.
|
| 1.6 | 09-Dec-2007 |
tsutsui | Fix typo.
|
| 1.5 | 21-Nov-2007 |
tsutsui | branches: 1.5.2;
Roundup e2fs_ipg to make it use whole inode table blocks since
it's still reasonable and some kernel code seems to assume it
(otherwise some inode numbers of directories could be corrupted).
XXX: not sure if odd e2fs_ipg is valid or not in ext2fs spec.
|
| 1.4 | 20-Nov-2007 |
tsutsui | Fix e2fs_itpg calculation.
|
| 1.3 | 19-Nov-2007 |
tsutsui | - fix a possible integer overflow
- initialize inode generation numbers with random numbers for NFS
like newfs(8) as man page said
XXX: sys/ufs/ext2fs/ext2fs_alloc.c:ext2fs_valloc() seems to override
these generated numbers.
|
| 1.2 | 18-Nov-2007 |
tsutsui | Several minor fixes:
- replace a magic number with a macro
- fix several printf format
- fix possble block sizes for zap_old_sblock()
- use err(3) rather than errx(3) + strerror(errno)
- fix a typo
- misc cosmetics
|
| 1.1 | 17-Nov-2007 |
tsutsui | Add a dumb but BSD-licensed newfs_ext2fs(8) command.
This is based on the newfs(8) command for ffs, but
most ext2fs specific part is written from scratch.
Tested on alpha, cobalt, i386 and sgimips with some disks and vnd(4),
and at least cobalt's firmware can load boot files from an ext2fs
E2FS_REV0 partition created by this native newfs_ext2fs(8) command.
Closes PR bin/16175.
|
| 1.5.2.2 | 27-Dec-2007 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.5.2.1 | 21-Nov-2007 |
mjf | file mke2fs.c was added on branch mjf-devfs on 2007-12-27 00:47:03 +0000
|
| 1.7.10.2 | 18-Sep-2008 |
wrstuden | Sync with wrstuden-revivesa-base-2.
|
| 1.7.10.1 | 23-Jun-2008 |
wrstuden | Sync w/ -current. 34 merge conflicts to follow.
|
| 1.7.8.1 | 18-May-2008 |
yamt | sync with head.
|
| 1.7.6.2 | 28-Sep-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.7.6.1 | 02-Jun-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.7.2.2 | 09-Jan-2008 |
matt | sync with HEAD
|
| 1.7.2.1 | 14-Dec-2007 |
matt | file mke2fs.c was added on branch matt-armv6 on 2008-01-09 01:38:14 +0000
|
| 1.9.4.1 | 13-May-2009 |
jym | Sync with HEAD.
Third (and last) commit. See http://mail-index.netbsd.org/source-changes/2009/05/13/msg221222.html
|
| 1.9.2.1 | 16-Jan-2011 |
bouyer | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by tsutsui in ticket #1486):
sbin/fsck_ext2fs/setup.c: revision 1.26
sbin/newfs_ext2fs/mke2fs.c: revision 1.10
sbin/newfs_ext2fs/mke2fs.c: revision 1.11
sbin/newfs_ext2fs/mke2fs.c: revision 1.12
sbin/fsck_ext2fs/inode.c: revision 1.24
sys/lib/libsa/ext2fs.c: revision 1.6
sbin/newfs_ext2fs/extern.h: revision 1.3
sbin/fsck_ext2fs/inode.c: revision 1.25
sys/lib/libsa/ext2fs.c: revision 1.7
sbin/fsck_ext2fs/inode.c: revision 1.26
sys/ufs/ext2fs/ext2fs_inode.c: revision 1.68
sbin/fsck_ext2fs/inode.c: revision 1.27
sbin/fsck_ext2fs/inode.c: revision 1.28
sys/ufs/ext2fs/ext2fs_dinode.h: revision 1.18
sys/ufs/ext2fs/ext2fs_dinode.h: revision 1.19
sbin/newfs_ext2fs/newfs_ext2fs.c: revision 1.5
sbin/newfs_ext2fs/newfs_ext2fs.8: revision 1.2
sbin/newfs_ext2fs/newfs_ext2fs.c: revision 1.6
sbin/newfs_ext2fs/newfs_ext2fs.8: revision 1.3
sys/ufs/ext2fs/ext2fs_vfsops.c: revision 1.142
sbin/newfs_ext2fs/newfs_ext2fs.c: revision 1.7
sbin/newfs_ext2fs/newfs_ext2fs.8: revision 1.4
sbin/newfs_ext2fs/newfs_ext2fs.c: revision 1.8
PR/40936: Frederik Sausmikat: ext2fs: add support for inodes > 128 bytes
Support variable inode sizes.
catch up with variable inode size.
Don't use e2fs_inode_size in superblock on E2FS_REV0 file system.
- accept only EXT2_REV0_DINODE_SIZE inodesize on -O 0
- use inodesize to get offset of inode, not struct ext2fs_dinode array
Replace a magic number with a new EXT2_REV0_DINODE_SIZE macro.
Use EXT2_DINODE_SIZE() to get offset of inode, not struct ext2fs_dinode array.
Fix botched logic in inodesize check.
Use inodesize to get offset of inode in one more place.
- add a sanity check for e2fs_inode_size in readsb()
- use EXT2_DINODE_SIZE() rather than sizeof(struct ext2fs_dinode) or
struct ext2fs_dinode array/pointer to see e2fs_ipb and inode offsets
Sort options.
New sentence, new line.
Sort options in usage.
- unsigned -> unsigned int
- remove unnecessary casts from malloc(3) and free(3)
- fix a bogus indent
Use "size > INT32_MAX" rather than "size >= 0x80000000U" to check 2GB limit.
Add missed byteswap ops against ext2fs_dinode members.
Handle 32 bit uid field on E2FS_REV1.
|
| 1.14.8.1 | 09-Mar-2012 |
sborrill | Pull up the following revisions(s) (requested by tsutsui in ticket #105):
sbin/newfs_ext2fs/mke2fs.c: revision 1.15
Fix extremely slow newfs_ext2fs(8) operation on large USB stick.
|
| 1.14.6.3 | 22-May-2014 |
yamt | sync with head.
for a reference, the tree before this commit was tagged
as yamt-pagecache-tag8.
this commit was splitted into small chunks to avoid
a limitation of cvs. ("Protocol error: too many arguments")
|
| 1.14.6.2 | 23-Jan-2013 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.14.6.1 | 17-Apr-2012 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.16.2.3 | 20-Aug-2014 |
tls | Rebase to HEAD as of a few days ago.
|
| 1.16.2.2 | 23-Jun-2013 |
tls | resync from head
|
| 1.16.2.1 | 25-Feb-2013 |
tls | resync with head
|
| 1.22.2.1 | 06-Aug-2016 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.27.2.1 | 02-Aug-2025 |
perseant | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.15 | 17-May-2023 |
tsutsui | Use https for Ext2 documentation URLs.
|
| 1.14 | 13-Apr-2019 |
maya | Omit mention of old vnd(4) bug, now resolved.
Via elge, thanks.
|
| 1.13 | 06-Mar-2019 |
mrg | make ext2fs rev1 the default. this enables LARGEFILES support.
|
| 1.12 | 03-Jul-2017 |
wiz | branches: 1.12.6;
Remove workaround for ancient HTML generation code.
|
| 1.11 | 25-Feb-2010 |
tsutsui | Avoid line break in `Linux Ext2' strings.
|
| 1.10 | 21-Feb-2010 |
wiz | Fix string, noted by tsutsui.
|
| 1.9 | 18-Feb-2010 |
wiz | Fix pasto noted by tsutsui.
|
| 1.8 | 17-Feb-2010 |
wiz | Various fixes from Jason McIntyre <jmc@kerhand.co.uk>.
|
| 1.7 | 01-Dec-2009 |
pooka | Remove vinum-removal sentence fragment, similarly to newfs(8).
|
| 1.6 | 25-Oct-2009 |
joerg | Use .%U.
|
| 1.5 | 18-May-2009 |
wiz | Sort option descriptions.
|
| 1.4 | 01-Mar-2009 |
wiz | New sentence, new line.
|
| 1.3 | 01-Mar-2009 |
wiz | Sort options.
|
| 1.2 | 01-Mar-2009 |
christos | Support variable inode sizes.
|
| 1.1 | 17-Nov-2007 |
tsutsui | branches: 1.1.6; 1.1.16; 1.1.18;
Add a dumb but BSD-licensed newfs_ext2fs(8) command.
This is based on the newfs(8) command for ffs, but
most ext2fs specific part is written from scratch.
Tested on alpha, cobalt, i386 and sgimips with some disks and vnd(4),
and at least cobalt's firmware can load boot files from an ext2fs
E2FS_REV0 partition created by this native newfs_ext2fs(8) command.
Closes PR bin/16175.
|
| 1.1.18.1 | 13-May-2009 |
jym | Sync with HEAD.
Third (and last) commit. See http://mail-index.netbsd.org/source-changes/2009/05/13/msg221222.html
|
| 1.1.16.1 | 16-Jan-2011 |
bouyer | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by tsutsui in ticket #1486):
sbin/fsck_ext2fs/setup.c: revision 1.26
sbin/newfs_ext2fs/mke2fs.c: revision 1.10
sbin/newfs_ext2fs/mke2fs.c: revision 1.11
sbin/newfs_ext2fs/mke2fs.c: revision 1.12
sbin/fsck_ext2fs/inode.c: revision 1.24
sys/lib/libsa/ext2fs.c: revision 1.6
sbin/newfs_ext2fs/extern.h: revision 1.3
sbin/fsck_ext2fs/inode.c: revision 1.25
sys/lib/libsa/ext2fs.c: revision 1.7
sbin/fsck_ext2fs/inode.c: revision 1.26
sys/ufs/ext2fs/ext2fs_inode.c: revision 1.68
sbin/fsck_ext2fs/inode.c: revision 1.27
sbin/fsck_ext2fs/inode.c: revision 1.28
sys/ufs/ext2fs/ext2fs_dinode.h: revision 1.18
sys/ufs/ext2fs/ext2fs_dinode.h: revision 1.19
sbin/newfs_ext2fs/newfs_ext2fs.c: revision 1.5
sbin/newfs_ext2fs/newfs_ext2fs.8: revision 1.2
sbin/newfs_ext2fs/newfs_ext2fs.c: revision 1.6
sbin/newfs_ext2fs/newfs_ext2fs.8: revision 1.3
sys/ufs/ext2fs/ext2fs_vfsops.c: revision 1.142
sbin/newfs_ext2fs/newfs_ext2fs.c: revision 1.7
sbin/newfs_ext2fs/newfs_ext2fs.8: revision 1.4
sbin/newfs_ext2fs/newfs_ext2fs.c: revision 1.8
PR/40936: Frederik Sausmikat: ext2fs: add support for inodes > 128 bytes
Support variable inode sizes.
catch up with variable inode size.
Don't use e2fs_inode_size in superblock on E2FS_REV0 file system.
- accept only EXT2_REV0_DINODE_SIZE inodesize on -O 0
- use inodesize to get offset of inode, not struct ext2fs_dinode array
Replace a magic number with a new EXT2_REV0_DINODE_SIZE macro.
Use EXT2_DINODE_SIZE() to get offset of inode, not struct ext2fs_dinode array.
Fix botched logic in inodesize check.
Use inodesize to get offset of inode in one more place.
- add a sanity check for e2fs_inode_size in readsb()
- use EXT2_DINODE_SIZE() rather than sizeof(struct ext2fs_dinode) or
struct ext2fs_dinode array/pointer to see e2fs_ipb and inode offsets
Sort options.
New sentence, new line.
Sort options in usage.
- unsigned -> unsigned int
- remove unnecessary casts from malloc(3) and free(3)
- fix a bogus indent
Use "size > INT32_MAX" rather than "size >= 0x80000000U" to check 2GB limit.
Add missed byteswap ops against ext2fs_dinode members.
Handle 32 bit uid field on E2FS_REV1.
|
| 1.1.6.2 | 09-Jan-2008 |
matt | sync with HEAD
|
| 1.1.6.1 | 17-Nov-2007 |
matt | file newfs_ext2fs.8 was added on branch matt-armv6 on 2008-01-09 01:38:15 +0000
|
| 1.12.6.1 | 10-Jun-2019 |
christos | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.11 | 16-Apr-2022 |
andvar | fix various typos in comments and log messages.
|
| 1.10 | 06-Mar-2019 |
mrg | make ext2fs rev1 the default. this enables LARGEFILES support.
|
| 1.9 | 19-Oct-2013 |
christos | branches: 1.9.26;
fix unused variable warnings.
|
| 1.8 | 02-Mar-2009 |
tsutsui | branches: 1.8.6; 1.8.12;
Fix botched logic in inodesize check.
|
| 1.7 | 02-Mar-2009 |
tsutsui | Replace a magic number with a new EXT2_REV0_DINODE_SIZE macro.
|
| 1.6 | 01-Mar-2009 |
wiz | Sort options in usage.
|
| 1.5 | 01-Mar-2009 |
christos | Support variable inode sizes.
|
| 1.4 | 20-Jul-2008 |
lukem | branches: 1.4.2; 1.4.4;
Remove the \n and tabs from the __COPYRIGHT() strings.
(Tweak some to use a consistent format.)
|
| 1.3 | 15-Dec-2007 |
perry | branches: 1.3.2; 1.3.6; 1.3.10;
convert __attribute__s to applicable cdefs.h macros
|
| 1.2 | 14-Dec-2007 |
tsutsui | Don't allow blocksize larger than 4096 bytes as our kernel, fsck_ext2fs(8),
and Linux e2fsprogs.
|
| 1.1 | 17-Nov-2007 |
tsutsui | branches: 1.1.2;
Add a dumb but BSD-licensed newfs_ext2fs(8) command.
This is based on the newfs(8) command for ffs, but
most ext2fs specific part is written from scratch.
Tested on alpha, cobalt, i386 and sgimips with some disks and vnd(4),
and at least cobalt's firmware can load boot files from an ext2fs
E2FS_REV0 partition created by this native newfs_ext2fs(8) command.
Closes PR bin/16175.
|
| 1.1.2.1 | 27-Dec-2007 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.3.10.1 | 18-Sep-2008 |
wrstuden | Sync with wrstuden-revivesa-base-2.
|
| 1.3.6.1 | 28-Sep-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.3.2.2 | 09-Jan-2008 |
matt | sync with HEAD
|
| 1.3.2.1 | 15-Dec-2007 |
matt | file newfs_ext2fs.c was added on branch matt-armv6 on 2008-01-09 01:38:15 +0000
|
| 1.4.4.1 | 13-May-2009 |
jym | Sync with HEAD.
Third (and last) commit. See http://mail-index.netbsd.org/source-changes/2009/05/13/msg221222.html
|
| 1.4.2.1 | 16-Jan-2011 |
bouyer | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by tsutsui in ticket #1486):
sbin/fsck_ext2fs/setup.c: revision 1.26
sbin/newfs_ext2fs/mke2fs.c: revision 1.10
sbin/newfs_ext2fs/mke2fs.c: revision 1.11
sbin/newfs_ext2fs/mke2fs.c: revision 1.12
sbin/fsck_ext2fs/inode.c: revision 1.24
sys/lib/libsa/ext2fs.c: revision 1.6
sbin/newfs_ext2fs/extern.h: revision 1.3
sbin/fsck_ext2fs/inode.c: revision 1.25
sys/lib/libsa/ext2fs.c: revision 1.7
sbin/fsck_ext2fs/inode.c: revision 1.26
sys/ufs/ext2fs/ext2fs_inode.c: revision 1.68
sbin/fsck_ext2fs/inode.c: revision 1.27
sbin/fsck_ext2fs/inode.c: revision 1.28
sys/ufs/ext2fs/ext2fs_dinode.h: revision 1.18
sys/ufs/ext2fs/ext2fs_dinode.h: revision 1.19
sbin/newfs_ext2fs/newfs_ext2fs.c: revision 1.5
sbin/newfs_ext2fs/newfs_ext2fs.8: revision 1.2
sbin/newfs_ext2fs/newfs_ext2fs.c: revision 1.6
sbin/newfs_ext2fs/newfs_ext2fs.8: revision 1.3
sys/ufs/ext2fs/ext2fs_vfsops.c: revision 1.142
sbin/newfs_ext2fs/newfs_ext2fs.c: revision 1.7
sbin/newfs_ext2fs/newfs_ext2fs.8: revision 1.4
sbin/newfs_ext2fs/newfs_ext2fs.c: revision 1.8
PR/40936: Frederik Sausmikat: ext2fs: add support for inodes > 128 bytes
Support variable inode sizes.
catch up with variable inode size.
Don't use e2fs_inode_size in superblock on E2FS_REV0 file system.
- accept only EXT2_REV0_DINODE_SIZE inodesize on -O 0
- use inodesize to get offset of inode, not struct ext2fs_dinode array
Replace a magic number with a new EXT2_REV0_DINODE_SIZE macro.
Use EXT2_DINODE_SIZE() to get offset of inode, not struct ext2fs_dinode array.
Fix botched logic in inodesize check.
Use inodesize to get offset of inode in one more place.
- add a sanity check for e2fs_inode_size in readsb()
- use EXT2_DINODE_SIZE() rather than sizeof(struct ext2fs_dinode) or
struct ext2fs_dinode array/pointer to see e2fs_ipb and inode offsets
Sort options.
New sentence, new line.
Sort options in usage.
- unsigned -> unsigned int
- remove unnecessary casts from malloc(3) and free(3)
- fix a bogus indent
Use "size > INT32_MAX" rather than "size >= 0x80000000U" to check 2GB limit.
Add missed byteswap ops against ext2fs_dinode members.
Handle 32 bit uid field on E2FS_REV1.
|
| 1.8.12.1 | 20-Aug-2014 |
tls | Rebase to HEAD as of a few days ago.
|
| 1.8.6.1 | 22-May-2014 |
yamt | sync with head.
for a reference, the tree before this commit was tagged
as yamt-pagecache-tag8.
this commit was splitted into small chunks to avoid
a limitation of cvs. ("Protocol error: too many arguments")
|
| 1.9.26.1 | 10-Jun-2019 |
christos | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.16 | 20-Apr-2024 |
rillig | {usr.,}{s,}bin: replace LINT_SUPPORTED with the standard NOLINT
While here, re-enable lint in those cases where lint was skipped due to
a bug in interpreting abstract types, which was fixed in cgram.y 1.469
from 2023-08-02.
|
| 1.15 | 14-Sep-2021 |
rillig | sbin: enable lint for almost all programs
The programs fsck_lfs and newfs_lfs both trigger a longstanding bug in
lint that is difficult to fix, so ignore them for now.
For resize_ffs, lint thinks that 'struct fs' is incomplete, but GCC and
Clang accept it. Needs further investigation.
|
| 1.14 | 07-Sep-2020 |
mrg | remove GCC_NO_ADDR_OF_PACKED_MEMBER for several subdir builds
that are now handled by lfs_accessors.h internally.
|
| 1.13 | 06-Sep-2020 |
mrg | add support for new GCC 9 warnings that may be too much to fix
right now. new address-of-packed-member and format-overflow
warnings have new GCC_NO_ADDR_OF_PACKED_MEMBER amd
GCC_NO_FORMAT_OVERFLOW variables to remove these warnings.
apply to a bunch of the tree. mostly, these are real bugs that
should be fixed, but in many cases, only by removing the 'packed'
attribute from some structure that doesn't really need it. (i
looked at many different ones, and while perhaps 60-80% were
already properly aligned, it wasn't clear to me that the uses
were always coming from sane data vs network alignment, so it
doesn't seem safe to remove packed without careful research for
each affect struct.) clang already warned (and was not erroring)
for many of these cases, but gcc picked up dozens more.
|
| 1.12 | 08-Jun-2013 |
dholland | Redo these changes properly:
-r1.12 libexec/lfs_cleanerd/Makefile
-r1.15 sbin/fsck_lfs/Makefile
-r1.6 sbin/newfs_lfs/Makefile
hi ad@
|
| 1.11 | 08-Jun-2013 |
dholland | Tidy up the LFS userland build hacks.
Don't use -I${NETBSDSRCDIR}/sys; don't include files other than the
exported LFS headers, which are lfs.h, lfs_inode.h, and (for now)
lfs_extern.h.
|
| 1.10 | 06-Jun-2013 |
dholland | Cleanups and hacks to make lfs userland stuff build:
- lfs_cksum.c doesn't actually need ulfs_inode.h any more.
- neither does lfs_itimes.c.
- add hacks to fsck_lfs to make it compile.
- add hacks to newfs_lfs to make it compile.
- fix warning in ulfs_quota.c when quotas are fully disabled
(as I guess is happening with the rumpity version)
XXX: This commit adds -I${NETBSDSRCDIR}/sys to the Makefiles for
XXX: fsck_lfs, newfs_lfs, and lfs_cleanerd. This needs to be cleaned
XXX: up ASAP; but I consider this less problematic in the short term
XXX: than spewing ulfs_*.h into /usr/include.
|
| 1.9 | 06-Aug-2009 |
pooka | branches: 1.9.6; 1.9.12;
Define syscalls of lfs userspace tools (cleaner, mainly) through
a struct called kernelops, which contains standard system calls
for the normal case and rump system calls for the rump case.
Make it possible to run the lfs cleaner in a library fashion (taking
the quick route with the implementation).
|
| 1.8 | 05-Jun-2009 |
haad | Add support for DIOCGDISKINFO to disk like device drivers. Change
partutil.c::getdiskinfo to use it to get disk geometry info.
Use DIOCGWEDGEINFO ioctl to get information about partition size, if disk
driver doesn't support it use old DIOCGDINFO. This patch adds support for
wedge like devices(lvm logical volumes, ZFS zvol partitions) to newfs and
other tools.
No objections on tech-userlevel@.
|
| 1.7 | 11-Apr-2009 |
lukem | Enable WARNS=4 by default except for:
dump dump_lfs fsck_ffs fsck_lfs fsdb mount_smbfs
newfs_ext2fs newfs_lfs resize_lfs setkey
|
| 1.6 | 28-Dec-2007 |
ad | branches: 1.6.12;
Make it build with src/sys from the vmlocking2 branch.
|
| 1.5 | 05-Sep-2006 |
riz | branches: 1.5.8; 1.5.10;
Deal with wedges and the new disk geometry structures, instead of using
struct disklabel. From Christos Zoulas.
|
| 1.4 | 13-Sep-2005 |
christos | make this compile again.
|
| 1.3 | 26-Feb-2005 |
perseant | Various minor LFS improvements:
* Extend the lfs library from fsck_lfs(8) so that it can be used with a
not-yet-existent LFS. Make newfs_lfs(8) use this library, so it can
create LFSs whose Ifile is larger than one segment.
* Make newfs_lfs(8) use strsuftoi64() for its arguments, a la newfs(8).
* Make fsck_lfs(8) respect the "file system is clean" flag.
* Don't let fsck_lfs(8) think it has dirty blocks when invoked with the
-n flag.
|
| 1.2 | 19-Aug-2002 |
lukem | branches: 1.2.4;
Use ${NETBSDSRCDIR}/some/path instead of ${.CURDIR}/../../some/path
|
| 1.1 | 18-Mar-1999 |
perseant | Change name of newlfs to newfs_lfs.
|
| 1.2.4.1 | 10-May-2005 |
riz | Pull up the following revisions (requested by perseant in ticket #1281):
1.8 sys/ufs/lfs/TODO
1.75 sys/ufs/lfs/lfs.h (via patch)
1.74 sys/ufs/lfs/lfs_alloc.c (via patch)
1.49, 1.51 sys/ufs/lfs/lfs_balloc.c (1.51 via patch)
1.78 sys/ufs/lfs/lfs_bio.c
1.62 sys/ufs/lfs/lfs_extern.h (via patch)
1.156 sys/ufs/lfs/lfs_segment.c (via patch)
1.48 sys/ufs/lfs/lfs_subr.c
1.101 sys/ufs/lfs/lfs_syscalls.c
1.163 sys/ufs/lfs/lfs_vfsops.c (via patch)
1.134 sys/ufs/lfs/lfs_vnops.c (via patch)
1.61 sys/ufs/ufs/ufs_readwrite.c (via patch)
1.20 libexec/lfs_cleanerd/clean.h (via patch)
1.52 libexec/lfs_cleanerd/cleanerd.c (via patch)
1.41 libexec/lfs_cleanerd/library.c (via patch)
1.4 regress/sys/fs/lfs/newfs_fsck/Makefile
1.2 regress/sys/fs/lfs/newfs_fsck/mkfs_mount
1.2 regress/sys/fs/lfs/newfs_fsck/smallfiles
1.3 sbin/fsck_lfs/bufcache.c
1.3 sbin/fsck_lfs/bufcache.h
1.3 sbin/fsck_lfs/lfs.h
1.8 sbin/fsck_lfs/lfs.c (via patch)
1.8 sbin/fsck_lfs/pass3.c (via patch)
1.18 sbin/fsck_lfs/pass0.c (via patch)
1.18 sbin/fsck_lfs/utilities.c (via patch)
1.7 sbin/fsck_lfs/segwrite.c
1.19 sbin/fsck_lfs/setup.c (via patch)
1.3 sbin/newfs_lfs/Makefile
0 sbin/newfs_lfs/lfs.c (yes, remove it)
1.1 sbin/newfs_lfs/make_lfs.c
1.15 sbin/newfs_lfs/newfs.c (via patch)
Various minor LFS improvements.
Kernel:
* Note when lfs_putpages(9) thinks it is not going to be writing any
pages before calling genfs_putpages(9). This prevents a situation in
which blocks can be queued for writing without a segment header.
* Correct computation of NRESERVE(), though it is still a gross
overestimate in most cases. Note that if NRESERVE() is too high, it
may be impossible to create files on the filesystem. We catch this
case on filesystem mount and refuse to mount r/w.
* Allow filesystems to be mounted whose block size is == MAXBSIZE.
* Somewhere along the line, ufs_bmaparray(9) started mangling UNWRITTEN
entries in indirect blocks again, triggering a failed assertion "daddr
<= LFS_MAX_DADDR". Explicitly convert to and from int32_t to correct
this. Should fix PR #29045.
* Add a high-water mark for the number of dirty pages any given LFS can
hold before triggering a flush. This is settable by sysctl, but off
(zero) by default.
* Be more careful about the MAX_BYTES and MAX_BUFS computations so we
shouldn't see "please increase to at least zero" messages.
* Note that VBLK and VCHR vnodes can have nonzero values in di_db[0]
even though their v_size == 0. Don't panic when we see this.
Fixes PR #26680.
* Change lfs_bfree to a signed quantity. The manner in which it is
processed before being passed to the cleaner means that sometimes it
may drop below zero, and the cleaner must be aware of this.
* Never report bfree < 0 (or higher than lfs_dsize) through
lfs_statfs(9). This prevents df(1) from ever telling us that our full
filesystems have 16TB free.
* Account space allocated through lfs_balloc(9) that does not have
associated buffer headers, so that the pagedaemon doesn't run us out
of segments.
* Return ENOSPC from lfs_balloc(9) when bfree drops to zero.
* Address a deadlock in lfs_bmapv/lfs_markv when the filesystem is being
unmounted. Because vfs_busy() is a shared lock, and
lfs_bmapv/lfs_markv mark the filesystem vfs_busy(), the cleaner can be
holding the lock that umount() is blocking on, then try to vfs_busy()
again in getnewvnode().
cleaner:
* Adapt lfs_cleanerd to use the fcntl call to get the Ifile filehandle,
so it need not be in the namespace.
* Make lfs_cleanerd be more careful when there are very few available
segments.
* Make lfs_cleanerd less verbose when the filesystem is unmounted.
newfs_lfs, fsck_lfs, and regression:
* Extend the lfs library from fsck_lfs(8) so that it can be used with a
not-yet-existent LFS. Make newfs_lfs(8) use this library, so it can
create LFSs whose Ifile is larger than one segment. Addresses PR #11110.
* Make newfs_lfs(8) use strsuftoi64() for its arguments, a la newfs(8).
* Make fsck_lfs(8) respect the "file system is clean" flag.
* Don't let fsck_lfs(8) think it has dirty blocks when invoked with the
-n flag.
* Remove the Ifile from the filesystem namespace. The cleaner now uses
a fcntl call on the root inode to find the Ifile filehandle. (As a
side-effect, addresses PR #29144.)
|
| 1.5.10.1 | 18-Feb-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.5.8.1 | 09-Jan-2008 |
matt | sync with HEAD
|
| 1.6.12.1 | 13-May-2009 |
jym | Sync with HEAD.
Third (and last) commit. See http://mail-index.netbsd.org/source-changes/2009/05/13/msg221222.html
|
| 1.9.12.1 | 23-Jun-2013 |
tls | resync from head
|
| 1.9.6.1 | 22-May-2014 |
yamt | sync with head.
for a reference, the tree before this commit was tagged
as yamt-pagecache-tag8.
this commit was splitted into small chunks to avoid
a limitation of cvs. ("Protocol error: too many arguments")
|
| 1.10 | 18-Oct-2025 |
perseant | Reduce the minimum allowed segment size to match up with the size produced
by the auto-sizer for ATF tests. Will need to revisit the auto-sizer logic
later as well.
|
| 1.9 | 02-Feb-2012 |
perseant | When creating a very small filesystem, use well-known small segment,
block and fragment sizes by default instead of the ordinary 1M/8k/1k
default for larger filesystems.
|
| 1.8 | 17-Dec-2003 |
yamt | branches: 1.8.56;
remove definitions for ffs, which don't belong here.
|
| 1.7 | 07-Aug-2003 |
agc | Move UCB-licensed code from 4-clause to 3-clause licence.
Patches provided by Joel Baker in PR 22308, verified by myself.
|
| 1.6 | 13-Jul-2001 |
perseant | Merge the short-lived perseant-lfsv2 branch into the trunk.
Kernels and tools understand both v1 and v2 filesystems; newfs_lfs
generates v2 by default. Changes for the v2 layout include:
- Segments of non-PO2 size and arbitrary block offset, so these can be
matched to convenient physical characteristics of the partition (e.g.,
stripe or track size and offset).
- Address by fragment instead of by disk sector, paving the way for
non-512-byte-sector devices. In theory fragments can be as large
as you like, though in reality they must be smaller than MAXBSIZE in size.
- Use serial number and filesystem identifier to ensure that roll-forward
doesn't get old data and think it's new. Roll-forward is enabled for
v2 filesystems, though not for v1 filesystems by default.
- The inode free list is now a tailq, paving the way for undelete (undelete
is not yet implemented, but can be without further non-backwards-compatible
changes to disk structures).
- Inode atime information is kept in the Ifile, instead of on the inode;
that is, the inode is never written *just* because atime was changed.
Because of this the inodes remain near the file data on the disk, rather
than wandering all over as the disk is read repeatedly. This speeds up
repeated reads by a small but noticeable amount.
Other changes of note include:
- The ifile written by newfs_lfs can now be of arbitrary length, it is no
longer restricted to a single indirect block.
- Fixed an old bug where ctime was changed every time a vnode was created.
I need to look more closely to make sure that the times are only updated
during write(2) and friends, not after-the-fact during a segment write,
and certainly not by the cleaner.
|
| 1.5 | 09-Sep-2000 |
perseant | branches: 1.5.2;
Various bug-fixes to LFS, to wit:
Kernel:
* Add runtime quantity lfs_ravail, the number of disk-blocks reserved
for writing. Writes to the filesystem first reserve a maximum amount
of blocks before their write is allowed to proceed; after the blocks
are allocated the reserved total is reduced by a corresponding amount.
If the lfs_reserve function cannot immediately reserve the requested
number of blocks, the inode is unlocked, and the thread sleeps until
the cleaner has made enough space available for the blocks to be
reserved. In this way large files can be written to the filesystem
(or, smaller files can be written to a nearly-full but thoroughly
clean filesystem) and the cleaner can still function properly.
* Remove explicit switching on dlfs_minfreeseg from the kernel code; it
is now merely a fs-creation parameter used to compute dlfs_avail and
dlfs_bfree (and used by fsck_lfs(8) to check their accuracy). Its
former role is better assumed by a properly computed dlfs_avail.
* Bounds-check inode numbers submitted through lfs_bmapv and lfs_markv.
This prevents a panic, but, if the cleaner is feeding the filesystem
the wrong data, you are still in a world of hurt.
* Cleanup: remove explicit references of DEV_BSIZE in favor of
btodb()/dbtob().
lfs_cleanerd:
* Make -n mean "send N segments' blocks through a single call to
lfs_markv". Previously it had meant "clean N segments though N calls
to lfs_markv, before looking again to see if more need to be cleaned".
The new behavior gives better packing of direct data on disk with as
little metadata as possible, largely alleviating the problem that the
cleaner can consume more disk through inefficient use of metadata than
it frees by moving dirty data away from clean "holes" to produce
entirely clean segments.
* Make -b mean "read as many segments as necessary to write N segments
of dirty data back to disk", rather than its former meaning of "read
as many segments as necessary to free N segments worth of space". The
new meaning, combined with the new -n behavior described above,
further aids in cleaning storage efficiency as entire segments can be
written at once, using as few blocks as possible for segment summaries
and inode blocks.
* Make the cleaner take note of segments which could not be cleaned due
to error, and not attempt to clean them until they are entirely free
of dirty blocks. This prevents the case in which a cleanerd running
with -n 1 and without -b (formerly the default) would spin trying
repeatedly to clean a corrupt segment, while the remaining space
filled and deadlocked the filesystem.
* Update the lfs_cleanerd manual page to describe all the options,
including the changes mentioned here (in particular, the -b and -n
flags were previously undocumented).
fsck_lfs:
* Check, and optionally fix, lfs_avail (to an exact figure) and
lfs_bfree (within a margin of error) in pass 5.
newfs_lfs:
* Reduce the default dlfs_minfreeseg to 1/20 of the total segments.
* Add a warning if the sgs disklabel field is 16 (the default for FFS'
cpg, but not usually desirable for LFS' sgs: 5--8 is a better range).
* Change the calculation of lfs_avail and lfs_bfree, corresponding to
the kernel changes mentioned above.
mount_lfs:
* Add -N and -b options to pass corresponding -n and -b options to
lfs_cleanerd.
* Default to calling lfs_cleanerd with "-b -n 4".
[All of these changes were largely tested in the 1.5 branch, with the
idea that they (along with previous un-pulled-up work) could be applied
to the branch while it was still in ALPHA2; however my test system has
experienced corruption on another filesystem (/dev/console has gone
missing :^), and, while I believe this unrelated to the LFS changes, I
cannot with good conscience request that the changes be pulled up.]
|
| 1.4 | 04-Jul-2000 |
perseant | Tweak how lfs_avail is initialized, corresponding to changes in the
kernel.
Don't make more superblock segments than we have a record of in
the superblock; and print these out as we go, like newfs.
Add am "-M" flag to specify the number of reserved segments, with a note
in the man page not to use it.
|
| 1.3 | 03-Jul-2000 |
perseant | User-level changes corrseponding to my latest kernel changes.
newfs_lfs gives lfs_minfreeseg a value of 1/8 of the total segments on
the disk, based on rough empirical data, but this should be refined in
the future.
|
| 1.2 | 27-Jun-2000 |
perseant | User-level changes for filling the disk.
Set MINFREE to 80, since that's a more reasonable value according to the
literature than FFS' 90. Remove a bunch of other unused FFS cruft from
config.h.
Initialize lfs_bfree correctly vis-a-vis MIN_FREE_SEGS, so the
filesystem doesn't over-represent the amount of free space it has.
Initialize lfs_dmeta so the kernel can estimate starting from a
reasonable value.
|
| 1.1 | 18-Mar-1999 |
perseant | branches: 1.1.10;
Change name of newlfs to newfs_lfs.
|
| 1.1.10.1 | 14-Sep-2000 |
perseant | Pull up LFS userland changes to correspond with the previous commit's
kernel changes (approved by thorpej):
[basesrc/libexec/lfs_cleanerd:]
cleanerd.c, 1.20--1.22 (MIN_FREE_SEG -> lfs_minfreeseg ;
read bfree/avail from CLEANERINFO ;
changes to definition of -n and -b)
lfs_cleanerd.8, 1.7 (update man page to current behavior)
library.c, 1.16 (fix comment)
[basesrc/sbin/fsck_lfs:]
pass5.c, 1.6 (calculate/fix lfs_avail and lfs_bfree)
[basesrc/sbin/newfs_lfs:]
config.h, 1.2--1.5 (MINFREE=20, remove FFS cruft ;
add DFL_MIN_FREE_SEGS=8 and MINFREE=10 ;
set DFL_MIN_FREE_SEGS=10 ;
set DFL_MIN_FREE_SEGS=20)
extern.h, 1.2 (correct function declaration for make_lfs)
newfs.c, 1.4 (add -M flag)
lfs.c, 1.13--1.14, 1.16--1.18 (change lfs_bfree initialization ;
MIN_FREE_SEG -> lfs_minfreeseg ;
only 10 superblocks and print nicely ;
correct init calculation of
lfs_bfree/lfs_avail to allow fs to
fill ;
make -N dtrt)
[basesrc/sbin/mount_lfs:]
mount_lfs.8, 1.7 (document -N, -b flags)
mount_lfs.c, 1.10 (default cleanerd to -b -n 4; add -N,
-b flags)
[basesrc/usr.sbin/dumplfs:]
dumplfs.c, 1.15 (print only the SEGUSEs specified with -s)
|
| 1.5.2.2 | 13-Jul-2001 |
perseant | Default to creating a v2 lfs, and print out the roll-forward id that
was used. Update newfs_lfs.8 to reflect new options.
|
| 1.5.2.1 | 27-Jun-2001 |
perseant | Import of what I've been calling "LFSv2", that is, LFS with some features
added that require changes to the on-disk data structures. These include:
- 64-bit time in everything but inodes
- User-specified segment offset, and segment size no longer
restricted to PO2.
- Serial number on segment summaries in addition to timestamp, and
a new volume identifier, to make roll-forward feasible without
fear of finding old data and thinking it was new.
Although I think this version works at least as well as what's on the trunk,
we're not done yet; hence this commit is going in on a branch and not on
the trunk. Enhancements that are not here yet include fragment addressing,
like FFS does, instead of block addressing.
|
| 1.8.56.1 | 17-Apr-2012 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.14 | 15-Oct-2015 |
dholland | Enable the creation of lfs64 volumes.
To create an lfs64 volume, use -w 64. You can also force a 32-bit
volume with -w 32, but this will fail on devices thta are too large.
lfs64 is the default for devices > 1TB. (1TB rather than 2TB because
daddr_t is signed and negative block numbers can cause interesting
complications.)
For now print a warning that the lfs64 format isn't finalized, because
it isn't. For now any lfs64 use should be limited to test data,
benchmarking, and so forth.
|
| 1.13 | 02-Aug-2015 |
dholland | Add a (draft) 64-bit superblock. Make things build again.
Add pieces of support for using both superblock types where
convenient, and specifically to the superblock accessors, but don't
actually enable it anywhere.
First substantive step on PR 50000.
|
| 1.12 | 16-Feb-2008 |
matt | lfs_sb_cksum returns a uint32_t, not a u_long
|
| 1.11 | 05-Sep-2006 |
riz | branches: 1.11.8; 1.11.10;
Deal with wedges and the new disk geometry structures, instead of using
struct disklabel. From Christos Zoulas.
|
| 1.10 | 11-May-2006 |
mrg | - log2() -> lfs_log2().
- fix a couple of entries in struct lfs lfs_default:
- in a comment, it's called dlfs_freehd now
- dlfs_inodefmt comes after dlfs_tstamp. fortunately for this
one, LFS_44INODEFMT is also 0 so the right thing was happening.
|
| 1.9 | 04-May-2006 |
perseant | newfs_lfs(8) compoment of the recent superblock parameter addition. Change
the wording of the explanation of the -M option, detail a new -R option
that controls initial setting of the new parameter.
|
| 1.8 | 12-Aug-2003 |
dsl | branches: 1.8.6;
Stop superblock being written to sector 0 for small filesystems.
Honour the '-s size' command option.
Allow an LFS filesystem to be created in a file.
|
| 1.7 | 07-Aug-2003 |
agc | Move UCB-licensed code from 4-clause to 3-clause licence.
Patches provided by Joel Baker in PR 22308, verified by myself.
|
| 1.6 | 24-Jan-2003 |
fvdl | Bump daddr_t to 64 bits. Replace it with int32_t in all places where
it was used on-disk, so that on-disk formats remain the same.
Remove ufs_daddr_t and ufs_lbn_t for the time being.
|
| 1.5 | 13-Jul-2001 |
perseant | Merge the short-lived perseant-lfsv2 branch into the trunk.
Kernels and tools understand both v1 and v2 filesystems; newfs_lfs
generates v2 by default. Changes for the v2 layout include:
- Segments of non-PO2 size and arbitrary block offset, so these can be
matched to convenient physical characteristics of the partition (e.g.,
stripe or track size and offset).
- Address by fragment instead of by disk sector, paving the way for
non-512-byte-sector devices. In theory fragments can be as large
as you like, though in reality they must be smaller than MAXBSIZE in size.
- Use serial number and filesystem identifier to ensure that roll-forward
doesn't get old data and think it's new. Roll-forward is enabled for
v2 filesystems, though not for v1 filesystems by default.
- The inode free list is now a tailq, paving the way for undelete (undelete
is not yet implemented, but can be without further non-backwards-compatible
changes to disk structures).
- Inode atime information is kept in the Ifile, instead of on the inode;
that is, the inode is never written *just* because atime was changed.
Because of this the inodes remain near the file data on the disk, rather
than wandering all over as the disk is read repeatedly. This speeds up
repeated reads by a small but noticeable amount.
Other changes of note include:
- The ifile written by newfs_lfs can now be of arbitrary length, it is no
longer restricted to a single indirect block.
- Fixed an old bug where ctime was changed every time a vnode was created.
I need to look more closely to make sure that the times are only updated
during write(2) and friends, not after-the-fact during a segment write,
and certainly not by the cleaner.
|
| 1.4 | 05-Dec-2000 |
perseant | branches: 1.4.2;
Add "-A" option to autoconfigure the segment size based on measured
bandwidth and seek time of the disk, using the "4 * bandwidth * seek
time" formula from Neefe-Matthews' 1997 paper. An RZ25 disk with this
option gets 200K segments. Reference the paper in the manual page.
|
| 1.3 | 10-Oct-2000 |
is | Format string cleanups by Bill Sommerfeld.
|
| 1.2 | 04-Jul-2000 |
perseant | Tweak how lfs_avail is initialized, corresponding to changes in the
kernel.
Don't make more superblock segments than we have a record of in
the superblock; and print these out as we go, like newfs.
Add am "-M" flag to specify the number of reserved segments, with a note
in the man page not to use it.
|
| 1.1 | 18-Mar-1999 |
perseant | branches: 1.1.2; 1.1.10;
Change name of newlfs to newfs_lfs.
|
| 1.1.10.2 | 18-Oct-2000 |
tv | Pullup sbin string format fixes [is].
See "cvs log" for explicit revision numbers per file, from sommerfeld.
|
| 1.1.10.1 | 14-Sep-2000 |
perseant | Pull up LFS userland changes to correspond with the previous commit's
kernel changes (approved by thorpej):
[basesrc/libexec/lfs_cleanerd:]
cleanerd.c, 1.20--1.22 (MIN_FREE_SEG -> lfs_minfreeseg ;
read bfree/avail from CLEANERINFO ;
changes to definition of -n and -b)
lfs_cleanerd.8, 1.7 (update man page to current behavior)
library.c, 1.16 (fix comment)
[basesrc/sbin/fsck_lfs:]
pass5.c, 1.6 (calculate/fix lfs_avail and lfs_bfree)
[basesrc/sbin/newfs_lfs:]
config.h, 1.2--1.5 (MINFREE=20, remove FFS cruft ;
add DFL_MIN_FREE_SEGS=8 and MINFREE=10 ;
set DFL_MIN_FREE_SEGS=10 ;
set DFL_MIN_FREE_SEGS=20)
extern.h, 1.2 (correct function declaration for make_lfs)
newfs.c, 1.4 (add -M flag)
lfs.c, 1.13--1.14, 1.16--1.18 (change lfs_bfree initialization ;
MIN_FREE_SEG -> lfs_minfreeseg ;
only 10 superblocks and print nicely ;
correct init calculation of
lfs_bfree/lfs_avail to allow fs to
fill ;
make -N dtrt)
[basesrc/sbin/mount_lfs:]
mount_lfs.8, 1.7 (document -N, -b flags)
mount_lfs.c, 1.10 (default cleanerd to -b -n 4; add -N,
-b flags)
[basesrc/usr.sbin/dumplfs:]
dumplfs.c, 1.15 (print only the SEGUSEs specified with -s)
|
| 1.1.2.1 | 10-Oct-2000 |
he | Pull up revision 1.3 (requested by is):
Format string cleanup.
|
| 1.4.2.2 | 29-Jun-2001 |
perseant | Get rid of __P(), protoizing where it had not already been done
|
| 1.4.2.1 | 27-Jun-2001 |
perseant | Import of what I've been calling "LFSv2", that is, LFS with some features
added that require changes to the on-disk data structures. These include:
- 64-bit time in everything but inodes
- User-specified segment offset, and segment size no longer
restricted to PO2.
- Serial number on segment summaries in addition to timestamp, and
a new volume identifier, to make roll-forward feasible without
fear of finding old data and thinking it was new.
Although I think this version works at least as well as what's on the trunk,
we're not done yet; hence this commit is going in on a branch and not on
the trunk. Enhancements that are not here yet include fragment addressing,
like FFS does, instead of block addressing.
|
| 1.8.6.1 | 20-May-2006 |
riz | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by perseant in ticket #1327):
sbin/newfs_lfs/extern.h: revision 1.9
sbin/newfs_lfs/make_lfs.c: revision 1.7
sbin/newfs_lfs/newfs_lfs.8: revision 1.21
sbin/newfs_lfs/newfs.c: revision 1.20
newfs_lfs(8) compoment of the recent superblock parameter addition. Change
the wording of the explanation of the -M option, detail a new -R option
that controls initial setting of the new parameter.
|
| 1.11.10.1 | 18-Feb-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.11.8.1 | 23-Mar-2008 |
matt | sync with HEAD
|
| 1.36 | 26-Feb-2005 |
perseant | Various minor LFS improvements:
* Extend the lfs library from fsck_lfs(8) so that it can be used with a
not-yet-existent LFS. Make newfs_lfs(8) use this library, so it can
create LFSs whose Ifile is larger than one segment.
* Make newfs_lfs(8) use strsuftoi64() for its arguments, a la newfs(8).
* Make fsck_lfs(8) respect the "file system is clean" flag.
* Don't let fsck_lfs(8) think it has dirty blocks when invoked with the
-n flag.
|
| 1.35 | 11-Sep-2004 |
yamt | - calculate maxfilesize dynamically rather than having a static table.
- no longer limit filesize to INT32_MAX. file lbns are 64-bit these days.
anyway, on-disk format shouldn't be limited by the kernel internals.
|
| 1.34 | 09-Sep-2004 |
yamt | fix a sign expansion bug for >=8k blocksizes.
|
| 1.33 | 10-Nov-2003 |
wiz | branches: 1.33.4;
Spell address with two d's. Inspired by similar changes in OpenBSD,
originating from Jonathon Gray and forwarded by jmc@openbsd.
|
| 1.32 | 09-Oct-2003 |
yamt | - don't try to write alt super blocks beyond the end of the partition.
- flush stdout when printing each super block addresses.
|
| 1.31 | 06-Sep-2003 |
itojun | use arc4random
|
| 1.30 | 12-Aug-2003 |
dsl | Stop superblock being written to sector 0 for small filesystems.
Honour the '-s size' command option.
Allow an LFS filesystem to be created in a file.
|
| 1.29 | 07-Aug-2003 |
agc | Move UCB-licensed code from 4-clause to 3-clause licence.
Patches provided by Joel Baker in PR 22308, verified by myself.
|
| 1.28 | 13-Jul-2003 |
itojun | use bounded string ops
|
| 1.27 | 02-Apr-2003 |
fvdl | Add support for UFS2. UFS2 is an enhanced FFS, adding support for
64 bit block pointers, extended attribute storage, and a few
other things.
This commit does not yet include the code to manipulate the extended
storage (for e.g. ACLs), this will be done later.
Originally written by Kirk McKusick and Network Associates Laboratories for
FreeBSD.
|
| 1.26 | 23-Feb-2003 |
simonb | Use the PRId64 format to print a daddr_t.
|
| 1.25 | 23-Feb-2003 |
perseant | Make the "-O" (start filesystem offset) flag to newfs_lfs work correctly,
and update fsck_lfs and dumplfs to deal with it. Note that while the argument
to -O is given in disk sectors, it must be a multiple of the fragment size,
and although it can be lower than the label or superblock, it can't intersect
either.
|
| 1.24 | 24-Jan-2003 |
fvdl | Bump daddr_t to 64 bits. Replace it with int32_t in all places where
it was used on-disk, so that on-disk formats remain the same.
Remove ufs_daddr_t and ufs_lbn_t for the time being.
|
| 1.23 | 13-Jul-2001 |
thorpej | Fix printf format on LP64.
|
| 1.22 | 13-Jul-2001 |
perseant | Merge the short-lived perseant-lfsv2 branch into the trunk.
Kernels and tools understand both v1 and v2 filesystems; newfs_lfs
generates v2 by default. Changes for the v2 layout include:
- Segments of non-PO2 size and arbitrary block offset, so these can be
matched to convenient physical characteristics of the partition (e.g.,
stripe or track size and offset).
- Address by fragment instead of by disk sector, paving the way for
non-512-byte-sector devices. In theory fragments can be as large
as you like, though in reality they must be smaller than MAXBSIZE in size.
- Use serial number and filesystem identifier to ensure that roll-forward
doesn't get old data and think it's new. Roll-forward is enabled for
v2 filesystems, though not for v1 filesystems by default.
- The inode free list is now a tailq, paving the way for undelete (undelete
is not yet implemented, but can be without further non-backwards-compatible
changes to disk structures).
- Inode atime information is kept in the Ifile, instead of on the inode;
that is, the inode is never written *just* because atime was changed.
Because of this the inodes remain near the file data on the disk, rather
than wandering all over as the disk is read repeatedly. This speeds up
repeated reads by a small but noticeable amount.
Other changes of note include:
- The ifile written by newfs_lfs can now be of arbitrary length, it is no
longer restricted to a single indirect block.
- Fixed an old bug where ctime was changed every time a vnode was created.
I need to look more closely to make sure that the times are only updated
during write(2) and friends, not after-the-fact during a segment write,
and certainly not by the cleaner.
|
| 1.21 | 23-Nov-2000 |
perseant | branches: 1.21.2;
Initialize inodes' generation number to 1, consistent with their version
number.
|
| 1.20 | 11-Oct-2000 |
he | Format fixup. size_t can be long, so cast to u_long and print with %ld.
|
| 1.19 | 02-Oct-2000 |
perseant | Handle "-m 0" properly (PR #11112).
|
| 1.18 | 11-Sep-2000 |
perseant | Do not report write errors if the user specified the -N flag.
Also, change the segment size report to include the total size of the disk,
similar to newfs, e.g.
newfs_lfs -N -F -B 65536 /dev/rsd0b
272.7MB in 4363 segments of size 65536
super-block backups (for fsck -b #) at:
16, 55824, 111632, 167440, 223248, 279056, 334864, 390672, 446480, 502288
|
| 1.17 | 09-Sep-2000 |
perseant | Various bug-fixes to LFS, to wit:
Kernel:
* Add runtime quantity lfs_ravail, the number of disk-blocks reserved
for writing. Writes to the filesystem first reserve a maximum amount
of blocks before their write is allowed to proceed; after the blocks
are allocated the reserved total is reduced by a corresponding amount.
If the lfs_reserve function cannot immediately reserve the requested
number of blocks, the inode is unlocked, and the thread sleeps until
the cleaner has made enough space available for the blocks to be
reserved. In this way large files can be written to the filesystem
(or, smaller files can be written to a nearly-full but thoroughly
clean filesystem) and the cleaner can still function properly.
* Remove explicit switching on dlfs_minfreeseg from the kernel code; it
is now merely a fs-creation parameter used to compute dlfs_avail and
dlfs_bfree (and used by fsck_lfs(8) to check their accuracy). Its
former role is better assumed by a properly computed dlfs_avail.
* Bounds-check inode numbers submitted through lfs_bmapv and lfs_markv.
This prevents a panic, but, if the cleaner is feeding the filesystem
the wrong data, you are still in a world of hurt.
* Cleanup: remove explicit references of DEV_BSIZE in favor of
btodb()/dbtob().
lfs_cleanerd:
* Make -n mean "send N segments' blocks through a single call to
lfs_markv". Previously it had meant "clean N segments though N calls
to lfs_markv, before looking again to see if more need to be cleaned".
The new behavior gives better packing of direct data on disk with as
little metadata as possible, largely alleviating the problem that the
cleaner can consume more disk through inefficient use of metadata than
it frees by moving dirty data away from clean "holes" to produce
entirely clean segments.
* Make -b mean "read as many segments as necessary to write N segments
of dirty data back to disk", rather than its former meaning of "read
as many segments as necessary to free N segments worth of space". The
new meaning, combined with the new -n behavior described above,
further aids in cleaning storage efficiency as entire segments can be
written at once, using as few blocks as possible for segment summaries
and inode blocks.
* Make the cleaner take note of segments which could not be cleaned due
to error, and not attempt to clean them until they are entirely free
of dirty blocks. This prevents the case in which a cleanerd running
with -n 1 and without -b (formerly the default) would spin trying
repeatedly to clean a corrupt segment, while the remaining space
filled and deadlocked the filesystem.
* Update the lfs_cleanerd manual page to describe all the options,
including the changes mentioned here (in particular, the -b and -n
flags were previously undocumented).
fsck_lfs:
* Check, and optionally fix, lfs_avail (to an exact figure) and
lfs_bfree (within a margin of error) in pass 5.
newfs_lfs:
* Reduce the default dlfs_minfreeseg to 1/20 of the total segments.
* Add a warning if the sgs disklabel field is 16 (the default for FFS'
cpg, but not usually desirable for LFS' sgs: 5--8 is a better range).
* Change the calculation of lfs_avail and lfs_bfree, corresponding to
the kernel changes mentioned above.
mount_lfs:
* Add -N and -b options to pass corresponding -n and -b options to
lfs_cleanerd.
* Default to calling lfs_cleanerd with "-b -n 4".
[All of these changes were largely tested in the 1.5 branch, with the
idea that they (along with previous un-pulled-up work) could be applied
to the branch while it was still in ALPHA2; however my test system has
experienced corruption on another filesystem (/dev/console has gone
missing :^), and, while I believe this unrelated to the LFS changes, I
cannot with good conscience request that the changes be pulled up.]
|
| 1.16 | 04-Jul-2000 |
perseant | Tweak how lfs_avail is initialized, corresponding to changes in the
kernel.
Don't make more superblock segments than we have a record of in
the superblock; and print these out as we go, like newfs.
Add am "-M" flag to specify the number of reserved segments, with a note
in the man page not to use it.
|
| 1.15 | 03-Jul-2000 |
thorpej | Default the root directory and lost+found directory to mode 0755,
as in FFS.
|
| 1.14 | 03-Jul-2000 |
perseant | User-level changes corrseponding to my latest kernel changes.
newfs_lfs gives lfs_minfreeseg a value of 1/8 of the total segments on
the disk, based on rough empirical data, but this should be refined in
the future.
|
| 1.13 | 27-Jun-2000 |
perseant | User-level changes for filling the disk.
Set MINFREE to 80, since that's a more reasonable value according to the
literature than FFS' 90. Remove a bunch of other unused FFS cruft from
config.h.
Initialize lfs_bfree correctly vis-a-vis MIN_FREE_SEGS, so the
filesystem doesn't over-represent the amount of free space it has.
Initialize lfs_dmeta so the kernel can estimate starting from a
reasonable value.
|
| 1.12 | 23-May-2000 |
perseant | branches: 1.12.4;
Count the Ifile indirect block too (part of PR#9357)
|
| 1.11 | 18-May-2000 |
perseant | More corrections to newfs_lfs' handling of segment 0.
|
| 1.10 | 17-May-2000 |
perseant | Make newfs_lfs use fragments when creating the root and lost+found
directories, rather than full blocks; corrects some minor misaccounting
for segment zero.
|
| 1.9 | 19-Jan-2000 |
perseant | Fix frag -> fsize typo
|
| 1.8 | 18-Jan-2000 |
perseant | newfs_lfs now recognizes a zero p_sgs field to mean "use the default segment
size" (for consistency with bsize/fsize, and since segment size == block
size is never a valid combination).
Updated the man page to include explicit reasonable values for fsize, bsize,
and sgs, at suggestion from Hubert Feyrer.
|
| 1.7 | 18-Jan-2000 |
perseant | disklabel now understands the p_sgs partition field (shift to compute
segment size from block size).
newfs_lfs now reads the disklabel to find segment, block, and fragment
sizes. Because reading this info from the wrong fs type could result in
very poor fs layout (e.g. ffs has "16" where the segshift would go,
resulting in 512-*megabyte* segments for 8K blocks), newfs_lfs refuses
to create a filesystem on a partition not labeled "4.4LFS".
Man pages for newfs_lfs updated to reflect this change.
|
| 1.6 | 05-Nov-1999 |
perseant | branches: 1.6.2;
Make newfs_lfs try increasingly smaller segment sizes down to 2*block size,
if the partition is so small that not enough segments can be created to
place the second superblock. Addresses PR#7623.
|
| 1.5 | 22-Jul-1999 |
perseant | branches: 1.5.2;
Address PR bin/7623: if the filesystem is so small (or segment size so large)
that not enough segments are available for the second superblock, or to have
MIN_FREE_SEGS free for work room for the cleaner, newfs_lfs will now exit
with an error.
|
| 1.4 | 24-Jun-1999 |
perseant | Use ufs_daddr_t instead of u_long, so non-32-bit architectures can clean seg 0
|
| 1.3 | 30-Mar-1999 |
perseant | branches: 1.3.2;
Correct data checksum to take ifile indirect block into account, if it exists
|
| 1.2 | 19-Mar-1999 |
perseant | Fixes for newfs_lfs on partitions that would require writing an indirect
block on the Ifile (>~4Gb with standard block/segment size).
|
| 1.1 | 18-Mar-1999 |
perseant | Change name of newlfs to newfs_lfs.
|
| 1.3.2.3 | 11-Oct-2000 |
he | Pull up revision 1.20 (requested by he):
Format string cleanup.
|
| 1.3.2.2 | 05-Sep-1999 |
he | Pull up revision 1.5:
Refuse to create a file system with too few segments, which
would prevent the cleaner from working, fixing PR#7623. (perseant)
|
| 1.3.2.1 | 25-Jun-1999 |
perry | pullup 1.3->1.4 (perseant)
|
| 1.5.2.1 | 27-Dec-1999 |
wrstuden | Pull up to last week's -current.
|
| 1.6.2.2 | 05-Nov-1999 |
perseant | Make newfs_lfs try increasingly smaller segment sizes down to 2*block size,
if the partition is so small that not enough segments can be created to
place the second superblock. Addresses PR#7623.
|
| 1.6.2.1 | 05-Nov-1999 |
perseant | file lfs.c was added on branch comdex-fall-1999 on 1999-11-05 18:59:13 +0000
|
| 1.12.4.4 | 03-Feb-2001 |
he | Pull up revisions 1.19,1.21 (requested by perseant):
o Allow the user to specify a 0% free space threshold at fs
creation time with "newfs_lfs -m 0" (PR #11112).
o Initialize inodes' gen to match version.
|
| 1.12.4.3 | 16-Oct-2000 |
tv | Pullup 1.20 [he]:
Format fixup. size_t can be long, so cast to u_long and print with %ld.
|
| 1.12.4.2 | 14-Sep-2000 |
perseant | Pull up LFS userland changes to correspond with the previous commit's
kernel changes (approved by thorpej):
[basesrc/libexec/lfs_cleanerd:]
cleanerd.c, 1.20--1.22 (MIN_FREE_SEG -> lfs_minfreeseg ;
read bfree/avail from CLEANERINFO ;
changes to definition of -n and -b)
lfs_cleanerd.8, 1.7 (update man page to current behavior)
library.c, 1.16 (fix comment)
[basesrc/sbin/fsck_lfs:]
pass5.c, 1.6 (calculate/fix lfs_avail and lfs_bfree)
[basesrc/sbin/newfs_lfs:]
config.h, 1.2--1.5 (MINFREE=20, remove FFS cruft ;
add DFL_MIN_FREE_SEGS=8 and MINFREE=10 ;
set DFL_MIN_FREE_SEGS=10 ;
set DFL_MIN_FREE_SEGS=20)
extern.h, 1.2 (correct function declaration for make_lfs)
newfs.c, 1.4 (add -M flag)
lfs.c, 1.13--1.14, 1.16--1.18 (change lfs_bfree initialization ;
MIN_FREE_SEG -> lfs_minfreeseg ;
only 10 superblocks and print nicely ;
correct init calculation of
lfs_bfree/lfs_avail to allow fs to
fill ;
make -N dtrt)
[basesrc/sbin/mount_lfs:]
mount_lfs.8, 1.7 (document -N, -b flags)
mount_lfs.c, 1.10 (default cleanerd to -b -n 4; add -N,
-b flags)
[basesrc/usr.sbin/dumplfs:]
dumplfs.c, 1.15 (print only the SEGUSEs specified with -s)
|
| 1.12.4.1 | 03-Jul-2000 |
thorpej | Pull up rev. 1.15:
Default the root directory and lost+found directory to mode 0755,
as in FFS.
|
| 1.21.2.5 | 13-Jul-2001 |
perseant | Default to creating a v2 lfs, and print out the roll-forward id that
was used. Update newfs_lfs.8 to reflect new options.
|
| 1.21.2.4 | 10-Jul-2001 |
perseant | Properly initialize and report the inode free list tail.
|
| 1.21.2.3 | 02-Jul-2001 |
perseant | Change disk addressing unit to be the fragment, instead of the disk sector.
All quantities in the superblock, inodes, indirect blocks, etc. refer now
to this abstract unit (called "fsb" as it is in FFS) instead of disk sectors;
as a consequence segment summary blocks have to be multiples of a fragment in
size. In v1 filesystems, compatibility code ensures that 1 fsb == 1 sector,
regardless of fragment size.
Fragments can now range in size between 512 and 32k; in the event that
LFS_LABELPAD (8k) is smaller than the disk address unit size, an extra
proto-superblock is kept at 8k from the beginning of the disk, to be used
*only* to locate the real superblocks. (Not all of the userland knows about
this yet.)
Almost all of this was done not by me, but by joff.
|
| 1.21.2.2 | 29-Jun-2001 |
perseant | Get rid of __P(), protoizing where it had not already been done
|
| 1.21.2.1 | 27-Jun-2001 |
perseant | Import of what I've been calling "LFSv2", that is, LFS with some features
added that require changes to the on-disk data structures. These include:
- 64-bit time in everything but inodes
- User-specified segment offset, and segment size no longer
restricted to PO2.
- Serial number on segment summaries in addition to timestamp, and
a new volume identifier, to make roll-forward feasible without
fear of finding old data and thinking it was new.
Although I think this version works at least as well as what's on the trunk,
we're not done yet; hence this commit is going in on a branch and not on
the trunk. Enhancements that are not here yet include fragment addressing,
like FFS does, instead of block addressing.
|
| 1.33.4.1 | 10-May-2005 |
riz | Pull up the following revisions (requested by perseant in ticket #1281):
1.8 sys/ufs/lfs/TODO
1.75 sys/ufs/lfs/lfs.h (via patch)
1.74 sys/ufs/lfs/lfs_alloc.c (via patch)
1.49, 1.51 sys/ufs/lfs/lfs_balloc.c (1.51 via patch)
1.78 sys/ufs/lfs/lfs_bio.c
1.62 sys/ufs/lfs/lfs_extern.h (via patch)
1.156 sys/ufs/lfs/lfs_segment.c (via patch)
1.48 sys/ufs/lfs/lfs_subr.c
1.101 sys/ufs/lfs/lfs_syscalls.c
1.163 sys/ufs/lfs/lfs_vfsops.c (via patch)
1.134 sys/ufs/lfs/lfs_vnops.c (via patch)
1.61 sys/ufs/ufs/ufs_readwrite.c (via patch)
1.20 libexec/lfs_cleanerd/clean.h (via patch)
1.52 libexec/lfs_cleanerd/cleanerd.c (via patch)
1.41 libexec/lfs_cleanerd/library.c (via patch)
1.4 regress/sys/fs/lfs/newfs_fsck/Makefile
1.2 regress/sys/fs/lfs/newfs_fsck/mkfs_mount
1.2 regress/sys/fs/lfs/newfs_fsck/smallfiles
1.3 sbin/fsck_lfs/bufcache.c
1.3 sbin/fsck_lfs/bufcache.h
1.3 sbin/fsck_lfs/lfs.h
1.8 sbin/fsck_lfs/lfs.c (via patch)
1.8 sbin/fsck_lfs/pass3.c (via patch)
1.18 sbin/fsck_lfs/pass0.c (via patch)
1.18 sbin/fsck_lfs/utilities.c (via patch)
1.7 sbin/fsck_lfs/segwrite.c
1.19 sbin/fsck_lfs/setup.c (via patch)
1.3 sbin/newfs_lfs/Makefile
0 sbin/newfs_lfs/lfs.c (yes, remove it)
1.1 sbin/newfs_lfs/make_lfs.c
1.15 sbin/newfs_lfs/newfs.c (via patch)
Various minor LFS improvements.
Kernel:
* Note when lfs_putpages(9) thinks it is not going to be writing any
pages before calling genfs_putpages(9). This prevents a situation in
which blocks can be queued for writing without a segment header.
* Correct computation of NRESERVE(), though it is still a gross
overestimate in most cases. Note that if NRESERVE() is too high, it
may be impossible to create files on the filesystem. We catch this
case on filesystem mount and refuse to mount r/w.
* Allow filesystems to be mounted whose block size is == MAXBSIZE.
* Somewhere along the line, ufs_bmaparray(9) started mangling UNWRITTEN
entries in indirect blocks again, triggering a failed assertion "daddr
<= LFS_MAX_DADDR". Explicitly convert to and from int32_t to correct
this. Should fix PR #29045.
* Add a high-water mark for the number of dirty pages any given LFS can
hold before triggering a flush. This is settable by sysctl, but off
(zero) by default.
* Be more careful about the MAX_BYTES and MAX_BUFS computations so we
shouldn't see "please increase to at least zero" messages.
* Note that VBLK and VCHR vnodes can have nonzero values in di_db[0]
even though their v_size == 0. Don't panic when we see this.
Fixes PR #26680.
* Change lfs_bfree to a signed quantity. The manner in which it is
processed before being passed to the cleaner means that sometimes it
may drop below zero, and the cleaner must be aware of this.
* Never report bfree < 0 (or higher than lfs_dsize) through
lfs_statfs(9). This prevents df(1) from ever telling us that our full
filesystems have 16TB free.
* Account space allocated through lfs_balloc(9) that does not have
associated buffer headers, so that the pagedaemon doesn't run us out
of segments.
* Return ENOSPC from lfs_balloc(9) when bfree drops to zero.
* Address a deadlock in lfs_bmapv/lfs_markv when the filesystem is being
unmounted. Because vfs_busy() is a shared lock, and
lfs_bmapv/lfs_markv mark the filesystem vfs_busy(), the cleaner can be
holding the lock that umount() is blocking on, then try to vfs_busy()
again in getnewvnode().
cleaner:
* Adapt lfs_cleanerd to use the fcntl call to get the Ifile filehandle,
so it need not be in the namespace.
* Make lfs_cleanerd be more careful when there are very few available
segments.
* Make lfs_cleanerd less verbose when the filesystem is unmounted.
newfs_lfs, fsck_lfs, and regression:
* Extend the lfs library from fsck_lfs(8) so that it can be used with a
not-yet-existent LFS. Make newfs_lfs(8) use this library, so it can
create LFSs whose Ifile is larger than one segment. Addresses PR #11110.
* Make newfs_lfs(8) use strsuftoi64() for its arguments, a la newfs(8).
* Make fsck_lfs(8) respect the "file system is clean" flag.
* Don't let fsck_lfs(8) think it has dirty blocks when invoked with the
-n flag.
* Remove the Ifile from the filesystem namespace. The cleaner now uses
a fcntl call on the root inode to find the Ifile filehandle. (As a
side-effect, addresses PR #29144.)
|
| 1.59 | 15-Oct-2015 |
dholland | Enable the creation of lfs64 volumes.
To create an lfs64 volume, use -w 64. You can also force a 32-bit
volume with -w 32, but this will fail on devices thta are too large.
lfs64 is the default for devices > 1TB. (1TB rather than 2TB because
daddr_t is signed and negative block numbers can cause interesting
complications.)
For now print a warning that the lfs64 format isn't finalized, because
it isn't. For now any lfs64 use should be limited to test data,
benchmarking, and so forth.
|
| 1.58 | 10-Oct-2015 |
dholland | Use a specific SEGSUM size instead of the size of the union.
|
| 1.57 | 21-Sep-2015 |
dholland | Fix some assorted 32-bit assumptions not yet otherwise handled.
Also apply patch to fix the overt problem in PR 50246: newfs was
calculating ifpb wrong for volumes with non-default block sizes.
|
| 1.56 | 21-Sep-2015 |
dholland | Add 64-bit directory entry structures, and adjust accessors accordingly.
The LFS64 directory entry has a 64-bit inode number. This is stored as
two 32-bit values to avoid inducing 64-bit alignment requirements.
The exposed type for manipulating directory entries is now
LFS_DIRHEADER, following the same convention as e.g. IFILE and SEGUSE.
(But with LFS_ on it, because.)
|
| 1.55 | 21-Sep-2015 |
dholland | Oops; LFS_DIRECTSIZ() is going to need the fs as an argument.
Also, it turns out that dirhash needs a compile-time-constant version
of LFS_DIRECTSIZ(LFS_MAXNAMLEN+1), independent of 64-vs-32, so create
LFS_MAXDIRENTRYSIZE for this. Sigh.
|
| 1.54 | 15-Sep-2015 |
dholland | Pass around struct lfs_dirheader instead of struct lfs_direct.
|
| 1.53 | 15-Sep-2015 |
dholland | Add an accessor function for directory names.
|
| 1.52 | 15-Sep-2015 |
dholland | Add a function lfs_copydirname() to copy directory names in place; use
it in place of (variously) memcpy and strlcpy. (The latter isn't even
correct; was probably changed blindly from strncpy at some point.)
The new function zeroes the padding in the directory entry instead of
leaving trash behind.
|
| 1.51 | 15-Sep-2015 |
dholland | Move the header part of struct lfs_direct to its own structure.
(lfs_dirheader)
Take the opportunity to improve the directory generation code in
make_lfs.c. (Everything else was unaffected by virtue of using
accessor functions.)
|
| 1.50 | 15-Sep-2015 |
dholland | Add and use accessor functions for more of the directory entry fields.
|
| 1.49 | 01-Sep-2015 |
dholland | Add new accessors for the d_type and d_namlen fields of struct lfs_direct.
Napalm the old byteswap access logic for these.
|
| 1.48 | 01-Sep-2015 |
dholland | Use daddr_t, not ulfs_daddr_t, as the latter's 32 bits wide.
Don't use either for on-disk items.
Declare external data in header files.
Part 3 of 3.
|
| 1.47 | 01-Sep-2015 |
dholland | Tidy the MAXSYMLINKLEN macros.
|
| 1.46 | 01-Sep-2015 |
dholland | The ifile's inode number is constant. (it is always 1)
Therefore, storing the value in the superblock and reading it out
again is silly and offers the opportunity for it to become corrupted.
So, don't do that (most of the code already didn't) and use the
existing constant instead. Initialize new 32-bit superblocks with
the value for the sake of old userland programs, but don't keep the
value in the 64-bit superblock at all.
(approved by Margo Seltzer)
|
| 1.45 | 01-Sep-2015 |
dholland | Add byteswapping to the dinode accessors.
This prevents regressions in the ulfs code when switching to the new
accessors. Note that while adding byteswapping to the other accessors
is straightforward, I haven't done it yet; and that also is not enough
to make LFS_EI work, because there are places lying around that bypass
the accessors for one reason and another and all of them need to be
updated. That is going to have to wait for a later day as LFS_EI is
not on the critical path right now.
|
| 1.44 | 19-Aug-2015 |
dholland | Part two of dinodes; use the same union everywhere.
(previously the ufs-derived code had things set up slightly different)
Remove a bunch of associated mess.
|
| 1.43 | 12-Aug-2015 |
dholland | Hack up dinode usage to be 64 vs. 32 as needed. Part 1.
(This part changes the native lfs code; the ufs-derived code already
has 64 vs. 32 logic, but as aspects of it are unsafe, and don't
entirely interoperate cleanly with the lfs 64/32 stuff, pass 2 will be
rehashing that.)
|
| 1.42 | 12-Aug-2015 |
dholland | Add IFILE32 and IFILE64 structures for the on-disk ifile entries.
Add and use accessors. There are also a bunch of places that cast and
I hope I've found them all...
|
| 1.41 | 12-Aug-2015 |
dholland | Make 32-bit and 64-bit versions of CLEANERINFO.
XXX: while this is written to disk, it seems like much of it would
XXX: be better set up as a commpage shared with the cleaner.
|
| 1.40 | 02-Aug-2015 |
dholland | Add a (draft) 64-bit superblock. Make things build again.
Add pieces of support for using both superblock types where
convenient, and specifically to the superblock accessors, but don't
actually enable it anywhere.
First substantive step on PR 50000.
|
| 1.39 | 02-Aug-2015 |
dholland | Use accessor functions for the version field of the lfs superblock.
I thought at first maybe the cases that test the version should be
rolled into the accessors, but on the whole I think the conclusion on
that is no.
|
| 1.38 | 02-Aug-2015 |
dholland | Typo in comment.
|
| 1.37 | 02-Aug-2015 |
dholland | Use c99 initializers.
|
| 1.36 | 02-Aug-2015 |
dholland | Second batch of 64 -> 32 truncations in lfs, along with more minor
tidyups and corrections in passing.
|
| 1.35 | 02-Aug-2015 |
dholland | Fix assorted 64 -> 32 truncations in lfs. Also, some minor tidyups and
corrections in passing.
|
| 1.34 | 28-Jul-2015 |
dholland | Add a new lfs header file: lfs_accessors.h.
This contains all the accessor functions and macros out of lfs.h.
Add an include of lfs_accessors.h after all uses of lfs.h... except
for code that wants to define its own struct lfs-alike that the
accessors are supposed to play along with. For these, set STRUCT_LFS
and include lfs_accessors.h after the necessary structure has been
defined, so that lfs_accessors.h can emit functions in terms of it.
|
| 1.33 | 24-Jul-2015 |
dholland | More lfs superblock accessors.
(This changes the rest of the code over; all the accessors were
already added.)
The difference between this commit and the previous one is arbitrary,
but the previous one passed the regression tests on its own so I'm
keeping it separate to help with any bisections that might be needed
in the future.
|
| 1.32 | 24-Jul-2015 |
dholland | Switch to accessor functions for elements of the LFS on-disk
superblock. This will allow switching between 32/64 bit forms on the
fly; it will also allow handling LFS_EI reasonably tidily. (That
currently doesn't work on the superblock.)
It also gets rid of cpp abuse in the form of fake structure member
macros.
Also, instead of doing sleep/wakeup on &lfs_avail and &lfs_nextseg
inside the on-disk superblock, add extra elements to the in-memory
struct lfs for this. (XXX: these should be changed to condvars, but
not right now)
XXX: this migrates a structure needed by the lfs code in libsa (struct
salfs) into lfs.h, where it doesn't belong, but for the time being
this is necessary in order to allow the accessors (and the various
lfs macros and other goop that relies on them) to compile.
|
| 1.31 | 31-May-2015 |
hannken | Use VFS_PROTOS() for lfs.
Rename conflicting struct lfs field "lfs_start" to "lfs_s0addr".
No functional change.
|
| 1.30 | 29-Mar-2015 |
chopps | - Fix fallout for recent bread() change (removing cred arg).
|
| 1.29 | 19-Oct-2013 |
christos | fix unused variable warnings.
|
| 1.28 | 18-Jun-2013 |
christos | Prefix most of the cpp macros with lfs_ and LFS_ to avoid conflicts with ffs.
This was done so that boot blocks that want to compile both FFS and LFS in
the same file work.
|
| 1.27 | 08-Jun-2013 |
dholland | Tidy up the LFS userland build hacks.
Don't use -I${NETBSDSRCDIR}/sys; don't include files other than the
exported LFS headers, which are lfs.h, lfs_inode.h, and (for now)
lfs_extern.h.
|
| 1.26 | 08-Jun-2013 |
dholland | DIRBLKSIZ -> LFS_DIRBLKSIZ
DIRECTSIZ -> LFS_DIRECTSIZ
DIRSIZ -> LFS_DIRSIZ
OLDDIRFMT -> LFS_OLDDIRFMT
NEWDIRFMT -> LFS_NEWDIRFMT
IFTODT -> LFS_IFTODT
DTTOIF -> LFS_DTTOIF
|
| 1.25 | 08-Jun-2013 |
dholland | struct direct -> struct lfs_direct
struct dirtemplate -> struct lfs_dirtemplate
struct odirtemplate -> struct lfs_odirtemplate
DT_* -> LFS_DT_*
|
| 1.24 | 08-Jun-2013 |
dholland | Stick LFS_ in front of IFMT, IFIFO, IFREG, etc. so as not to conflict
with the UFS copies of these symbols. (Which themselves ought to have
UFS_ stuck on.)
|
| 1.23 | 08-Jun-2013 |
dholland | Move the dinode (on-disk inode) structures to lfs.h, since they are
and will be obviously required by userland tools that need to read
the on-disk structures.
Also, DINODE{1,2}_SIZE -> LFS_DINODE{1,2}_SIZE.
|
| 1.22 | 06-Jun-2013 |
dholland | Cleanups and hacks to make lfs userland stuff build:
- lfs_cksum.c doesn't actually need ulfs_inode.h any more.
- neither does lfs_itimes.c.
- add hacks to fsck_lfs to make it compile.
- add hacks to newfs_lfs to make it compile.
- fix warning in ulfs_quota.c when quotas are fully disabled
(as I guess is happening with the rumpity version)
XXX: This commit adds -I${NETBSDSRCDIR}/sys to the Makefiles for
XXX: fsck_lfs, newfs_lfs, and lfs_cleanerd. This needs to be cleaned
XXX: up ASAP; but I consider this less problematic in the short term
XXX: than spewing ulfs_*.h into /usr/include.
|
| 1.21 | 06-Jun-2013 |
dholland | ufs -> ulfs for newfs_lfs
|
| 1.20 | 22-Jan-2013 |
dholland | Stuff UFS_ in front of a few of ufs's symbols to reduce namespace
pollution. Specifically:
ROOTINO -> UFS_ROOTINO
WINO -> UFS_WINO
NXADDR -> UFS_NXADDR
NDADDR -> UFS_NDADDR
NIADDR -> UFS_NIADDR
MAXSYMLINKLEN -> UFS_MAXSYMLINKLEN
MAXSYMLINKLEN_UFS[12] -> UFS[12]_MAXSYMLINKLEN (for consistency)
Sort out ext2fs's misuse of NDADDR and NIADDR; fortunately, these have
the same values in ext2fs and ffs.
No functional change intended.
|
| 1.19 | 16-Feb-2012 |
perseant | branches: 1.19.2;
Pass t_renamerace and t_rmdirrace tests.
Adapt dholland@'s fix to ufs_rename to fix PR kern/43582. Address several
other MP locking issues discovered during the course of investigating the
same problem.
Removed extraneous vn_lock() calls on the Ifile, since the Ifile writes
are controlled by the segment lock.
Fix PR kern/45982 by deemphasizing the estimate of how much metadata
will fill the empty space on disk when the disk is nearly empty
(t_renamerace crates a lot of inode blocks on a tiny empty disk).
|
| 1.18 | 02-Feb-2012 |
perseant | branches: 1.18.2;
When creating a very small filesystem, use well-known small segment,
block and fragment sizes by default instead of the ordinary 1M/8k/1k
default for larger filesystems.
|
| 1.17 | 17-Jan-2012 |
perseant | Use an even smaller segment size when creating a very small filesystem.
This allows the lfs_renamerace_dirs case of the t_renamerace test to
fail correctly, rather than with a bogus "file system full" error as it
has since rev 1.135 of sys/ufs/lfs/lfs.h.
|
| 1.16 | 16-Feb-2010 |
mlelstv | branches: 1.16.6;
Three changes in a single commit.
- drop the notion of frags (LFS fragments) vs fsb (FFS fragments)
The code uses a complicated unity function that just makes the
code difficult to understand.
- support larger sector sizes. Fix disk address computations
to use DEV_BSIZE in the kernel as required by device drivers
and to use sector sizes in userland.
- Fix several locking bugs in lfs_bio.c and lfs_subr.c.
|
| 1.15 | 22-Feb-2009 |
dholland | Restore newfs_lfs after softdep removal (hi ad)
|
| 1.14 | 22-Feb-2009 |
ad | PR kern/26878 FFSv2 + softdep = livelock (no free ram)
PR kern/16942 panic with softdep and quotas
PR kern/19565 panic: softdep_write_inodeblock: indirect pointer #1 mismatch
PR kern/26274 softdep panic: allocdirect_merge: ...
PR kern/26374 Long delay before non-root users can write to softdep partitions
PR kern/28621 1.6.x "vp != NULL" panic in ffs_softdep.c:4653 while unmounting a softdep (+quota) filesystem
PR kern/29513 FFS+Softdep panic with unfsck-able file-corruption
PR kern/31544 The ffs softdep code appears to fail to write dirty bits to disk
PR kern/31981 stopping scsi disk can cause panic (softdep)
PR kern/32116 kernel panic in softdep (assertion failure)
PR kern/32532 softdep_trackbufs deadlock
PR kern/37191 softdep: locking against myself
PR kern/40474 Kernel panic after remounting raid root with softdep
Retire softdep, pass 2. As discussed and later formally announced on the
mailing lists.
|
| 1.13 | 16-May-2008 |
hannken | branches: 1.13.4;
Make sure all cached buffers with valid, not yet written data have been
run through copy-on-write. Call fscow_run() with valid data where possible.
The LP_UFSCOW hack is no longer needed to protect ffs_copyonwrite() against
endless recursion.
- Add a flag B_MODIFY to bread(), breada() and breadn(). If set the caller
intends to modify the buffer returned.
- Always run copy-on-write on buffers returned from ffs_balloc().
- Add new function ffs_getblk() that gets a buffer, assigns a new blkno,
may clear the buffer and runs copy-on-write. Process possible errors
from getblk() or fscow_run(). Part of PR kern/38664.
Welcome to 4.99.63
Reviewed by: YAMAMOTO Takashi <yamt@netbsd.org>
|
| 1.12 | 28-Apr-2008 |
martin | branches: 1.12.2;
Remove clause 3 and 4 from TNF licenses
|
| 1.11 | 08-Oct-2007 |
ad | branches: 1.11.8; 1.11.10;
brelse() now takes two args.
|
| 1.10 | 16-Oct-2006 |
christos | branches: 1.10.8;
c99 initializer
|
| 1.9 | 05-Sep-2006 |
riz | Deal with wedges and the new disk geometry structures, instead of using
struct disklabel. From Christos Zoulas.
|
| 1.8 | 11-May-2006 |
mrg | - log2() -> lfs_log2().
- fix a couple of entries in struct lfs lfs_default:
- in a comment, it's called dlfs_freehd now
- dlfs_inodefmt comes after dlfs_tstamp. fortunately for this
one, LFS_44INODEFMT is also 0 so the right thing was happening.
|
| 1.7 | 04-May-2006 |
perseant | newfs_lfs(8) compoment of the recent superblock parameter addition. Change
the wording of the explanation of the -M option, detail a new -R option
that controls initial setting of the new parameter.
|
| 1.6 | 17-Mar-2006 |
rumble | Check for allocation failures in malloc, calloc, realloc, asprintf, and
vasprintf and try to handle them.
|
| 1.5 | 13-Sep-2005 |
christos | make this compile again.
|
| 1.4 | 02-Jun-2005 |
lukem | appease gcc -Wuninitialized
|
| 1.3 | 12-Apr-2005 |
perseant | branches: 1.3.2;
Use the buffer cache improvements from fsck_lfs. Make it build again.
|
| 1.2 | 25-Mar-2005 |
perseant | "#define lfs_devvp lfs_unlockvp" for readability, since that's what we
use it for in fsck_lfs/newfs_lfs.
|
| 1.1 | 26-Feb-2005 |
perseant | branches: 1.1.2;
Various minor LFS improvements:
* Extend the lfs library from fsck_lfs(8) so that it can be used with a
not-yet-existent LFS. Make newfs_lfs(8) use this library, so it can
create LFSs whose Ifile is larger than one segment.
* Make newfs_lfs(8) use strsuftoi64() for its arguments, a la newfs(8).
* Make fsck_lfs(8) respect the "file system is clean" flag.
* Don't let fsck_lfs(8) think it has dirty blocks when invoked with the
-n flag.
|
| 1.1.2.2 | 20-May-2006 |
riz | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by perseant in ticket #1327):
sbin/newfs_lfs/extern.h: revision 1.9
sbin/newfs_lfs/make_lfs.c: revision 1.7
sbin/newfs_lfs/newfs_lfs.8: revision 1.21
sbin/newfs_lfs/newfs.c: revision 1.20
newfs_lfs(8) compoment of the recent superblock parameter addition. Change
the wording of the explanation of the -M option, detail a new -R option
that controls initial setting of the new parameter.
|
| 1.1.2.1 | 07-May-2005 |
tron | Apply patch (requested by perseant in ticket #242):
* fsck_lfs buffer cache fixes, including PR #29151
* Change fsck_lfs phase 0 message to reflect reality
* fsck_lfs: check phase 5 (cleanerinfo accounting) even on
roll-forward
* Keep better track of the free list during roll-forward, avoiding
a core dump
* Improve hash table use for fsck_lfs buffer and vnode cache
* Document fsck_lfs flag -f, and implement -q
* Add resize_lfs, including kernel support
* Add LFS to mountd's list of exportable filesystem types
* Make the LFS lkm work again [christos@]
* Add MP locking to the LFS kernel subsystem
* Fix pager_map deadlock in lfs_putpages()
* Avoid incomplete file extension that looks like "partial
truncation" to fsck
* Use lfs_malloc for cleaner malloc, since the cleaner often runs
in low-memory conditions.
* Use splay trees, not hash table, to track page allocation for
write.
* Fix mkdir panic on full fs
* Fix page accounting leak by counting differently.
* Use rightly named structure for lfs_getattr [skrll@]
* Cosmetic changes for readability.
|
| 1.3.2.2 | 10-May-2005 |
riz | Pull up the following revisions (requested by perseant in ticket #1281):
1.8 sys/ufs/lfs/TODO
1.75 sys/ufs/lfs/lfs.h (via patch)
1.74 sys/ufs/lfs/lfs_alloc.c (via patch)
1.49, 1.51 sys/ufs/lfs/lfs_balloc.c (1.51 via patch)
1.78 sys/ufs/lfs/lfs_bio.c
1.62 sys/ufs/lfs/lfs_extern.h (via patch)
1.156 sys/ufs/lfs/lfs_segment.c (via patch)
1.48 sys/ufs/lfs/lfs_subr.c
1.101 sys/ufs/lfs/lfs_syscalls.c
1.163 sys/ufs/lfs/lfs_vfsops.c (via patch)
1.134 sys/ufs/lfs/lfs_vnops.c (via patch)
1.61 sys/ufs/ufs/ufs_readwrite.c (via patch)
1.20 libexec/lfs_cleanerd/clean.h (via patch)
1.52 libexec/lfs_cleanerd/cleanerd.c (via patch)
1.41 libexec/lfs_cleanerd/library.c (via patch)
1.4 regress/sys/fs/lfs/newfs_fsck/Makefile
1.2 regress/sys/fs/lfs/newfs_fsck/mkfs_mount
1.2 regress/sys/fs/lfs/newfs_fsck/smallfiles
1.3 sbin/fsck_lfs/bufcache.c
1.3 sbin/fsck_lfs/bufcache.h
1.3 sbin/fsck_lfs/lfs.h
1.8 sbin/fsck_lfs/lfs.c (via patch)
1.8 sbin/fsck_lfs/pass3.c (via patch)
1.18 sbin/fsck_lfs/pass0.c (via patch)
1.18 sbin/fsck_lfs/utilities.c (via patch)
1.7 sbin/fsck_lfs/segwrite.c
1.19 sbin/fsck_lfs/setup.c (via patch)
1.3 sbin/newfs_lfs/Makefile
0 sbin/newfs_lfs/lfs.c (yes, remove it)
1.1 sbin/newfs_lfs/make_lfs.c
1.15 sbin/newfs_lfs/newfs.c (via patch)
Various minor LFS improvements.
Kernel:
* Note when lfs_putpages(9) thinks it is not going to be writing any
pages before calling genfs_putpages(9). This prevents a situation in
which blocks can be queued for writing without a segment header.
* Correct computation of NRESERVE(), though it is still a gross
overestimate in most cases. Note that if NRESERVE() is too high, it
may be impossible to create files on the filesystem. We catch this
case on filesystem mount and refuse to mount r/w.
* Allow filesystems to be mounted whose block size is == MAXBSIZE.
* Somewhere along the line, ufs_bmaparray(9) started mangling UNWRITTEN
entries in indirect blocks again, triggering a failed assertion "daddr
<= LFS_MAX_DADDR". Explicitly convert to and from int32_t to correct
this. Should fix PR #29045.
* Add a high-water mark for the number of dirty pages any given LFS can
hold before triggering a flush. This is settable by sysctl, but off
(zero) by default.
* Be more careful about the MAX_BYTES and MAX_BUFS computations so we
shouldn't see "please increase to at least zero" messages.
* Note that VBLK and VCHR vnodes can have nonzero values in di_db[0]
even though their v_size == 0. Don't panic when we see this.
Fixes PR #26680.
* Change lfs_bfree to a signed quantity. The manner in which it is
processed before being passed to the cleaner means that sometimes it
may drop below zero, and the cleaner must be aware of this.
* Never report bfree < 0 (or higher than lfs_dsize) through
lfs_statfs(9). This prevents df(1) from ever telling us that our full
filesystems have 16TB free.
* Account space allocated through lfs_balloc(9) that does not have
associated buffer headers, so that the pagedaemon doesn't run us out
of segments.
* Return ENOSPC from lfs_balloc(9) when bfree drops to zero.
* Address a deadlock in lfs_bmapv/lfs_markv when the filesystem is being
unmounted. Because vfs_busy() is a shared lock, and
lfs_bmapv/lfs_markv mark the filesystem vfs_busy(), the cleaner can be
holding the lock that umount() is blocking on, then try to vfs_busy()
again in getnewvnode().
cleaner:
* Adapt lfs_cleanerd to use the fcntl call to get the Ifile filehandle,
so it need not be in the namespace.
* Make lfs_cleanerd be more careful when there are very few available
segments.
* Make lfs_cleanerd less verbose when the filesystem is unmounted.
newfs_lfs, fsck_lfs, and regression:
* Extend the lfs library from fsck_lfs(8) so that it can be used with a
not-yet-existent LFS. Make newfs_lfs(8) use this library, so it can
create LFSs whose Ifile is larger than one segment. Addresses PR #11110.
* Make newfs_lfs(8) use strsuftoi64() for its arguments, a la newfs(8).
* Make fsck_lfs(8) respect the "file system is clean" flag.
* Don't let fsck_lfs(8) think it has dirty blocks when invoked with the
-n flag.
* Remove the Ifile from the filesystem namespace. The cleaner now uses
a fcntl call on the root inode to find the Ifile filehandle. (As a
side-effect, addresses PR #29144.)
|
| 1.3.2.1 | 12-Apr-2005 |
riz | file make_lfs.c was added on branch netbsd-2 on 2005-05-10 05:08:57 +0000
|
| 1.10.8.1 | 06-Nov-2007 |
matt | sync with HEAD
|
| 1.11.10.1 | 18-May-2008 |
yamt | sync with head.
|
| 1.11.8.1 | 02-Jun-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.12.2.1 | 23-Jun-2008 |
wrstuden | Sync w/ -current. 34 merge conflicts to follow.
|
| 1.13.4.1 | 13-May-2009 |
jym | Sync with HEAD.
Third (and last) commit. See http://mail-index.netbsd.org/source-changes/2009/05/13/msg221222.html
|
| 1.16.6.3 | 22-May-2014 |
yamt | sync with head.
for a reference, the tree before this commit was tagged
as yamt-pagecache-tag8.
this commit was splitted into small chunks to avoid
a limitation of cvs. ("Protocol error: too many arguments")
|
| 1.16.6.2 | 23-Jan-2013 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.16.6.1 | 17-Apr-2012 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.18.2.1 | 17-Mar-2012 |
bouyer | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by perseant in ticket #116):
sys/ufs/lfs/lfs_alloc.c: revision 1.112
tests/fs/vfs/t_rmdirrace.c: revision 1.9
tests/fs/vfs/t_renamerace.c: revision 1.25
sys/ufs/lfs/lfs_vnops.c: revision 1.240
sys/ufs/lfs/lfs_segment.c: revision 1.224
sys/ufs/lfs/lfs_bio.c: revision 1.122
sys/ufs/lfs/lfs_vfsops.c: revision 1.294
sbin/newfs_lfs/make_lfs.c: revision 1.19
sys/ufs/lfs/lfs.h: revision 1.136
Pass t_renamerace and t_rmdirrace tests.
Adapt dholland@'s fix to ufs_rename to fix PR kern/43582. Address several
other MP locking issues discovered during the course of investigating the
same problem.
Removed extraneous vn_lock() calls on the Ifile, since the Ifile writes
are controlled by the segment lock.
Fix PR kern/45982 by deemphasizing the estimate of how much metadata
will fill the empty space on disk when the disk is nearly empty
(t_renamerace crates a lot of inode blocks on a tiny empty disk).
|
| 1.19.2.3 | 20-Aug-2014 |
tls | Rebase to HEAD as of a few days ago.
|
| 1.19.2.2 | 23-Jun-2013 |
tls | resync from head
|
| 1.19.2.1 | 25-Feb-2013 |
tls | resync with head
|
| 1.7 | 17-Jan-2007 |
hubertf | Remove more duplicate #includes,
from Slava Semushin <slava.semushin@gmail.com>
|
| 1.6 | 05-Sep-2006 |
riz | Deal with wedges and the new disk geometry structures, instead of using
struct disklabel. From Christos Zoulas.
|
| 1.5 | 11-May-2006 |
mrg | - log2() -> lfs_log2().
- fix a couple of entries in struct lfs lfs_default:
- in a comment, it's called dlfs_freehd now
- dlfs_inodefmt comes after dlfs_tstamp. fortunately for this
one, LFS_44INODEFMT is also 0 so the right thing was happening.
|
| 1.4 | 07-Aug-2003 |
agc | Move UCB-licensed code from 4-clause to 3-clause licence.
Patches provided by Joel Baker in PR 22308, verified by myself.
|
| 1.3 | 25-May-2002 |
wiz | __STDC__ is always defined on NetBSD.
|
| 1.2 | 13-Jul-2001 |
perseant | Merge the short-lived perseant-lfsv2 branch into the trunk.
Kernels and tools understand both v1 and v2 filesystems; newfs_lfs
generates v2 by default. Changes for the v2 layout include:
- Segments of non-PO2 size and arbitrary block offset, so these can be
matched to convenient physical characteristics of the partition (e.g.,
stripe or track size and offset).
- Address by fragment instead of by disk sector, paving the way for
non-512-byte-sector devices. In theory fragments can be as large
as you like, though in reality they must be smaller than MAXBSIZE in size.
- Use serial number and filesystem identifier to ensure that roll-forward
doesn't get old data and think it's new. Roll-forward is enabled for
v2 filesystems, though not for v1 filesystems by default.
- The inode free list is now a tailq, paving the way for undelete (undelete
is not yet implemented, but can be without further non-backwards-compatible
changes to disk structures).
- Inode atime information is kept in the Ifile, instead of on the inode;
that is, the inode is never written *just* because atime was changed.
Because of this the inodes remain near the file data on the disk, rather
than wandering all over as the disk is read repeatedly. This speeds up
repeated reads by a small but noticeable amount.
Other changes of note include:
- The ifile written by newfs_lfs can now be of arbitrary length, it is no
longer restricted to a single indirect block.
- Fixed an old bug where ctime was changed every time a vnode was created.
I need to look more closely to make sure that the times are only updated
during write(2) and friends, not after-the-fact during a segment write,
and certainly not by the cleaner.
|
| 1.1 | 18-Mar-1999 |
perseant | branches: 1.1.12;
Change name of newlfs to newfs_lfs.
|
| 1.1.12.1 | 29-Jun-2001 |
perseant | Get rid of __P(), protoizing where it had not already been done
|
| 1.30 | 15-Oct-2015 |
dholland | Enable the creation of lfs64 volumes.
To create an lfs64 volume, use -w 64. You can also force a 32-bit
volume with -w 32, but this will fail on devices thta are too large.
lfs64 is the default for devices > 1TB. (1TB rather than 2TB because
daddr_t is signed and negative block numbers can cause interesting
complications.)
For now print a warning that the lfs64 format isn't finalized, because
it isn't. For now any lfs64 use should be limited to test data,
benchmarking, and so forth.
|
| 1.29 | 18-Jun-2013 |
christos | Prefix most of the cpp macros with lfs_ and LFS_ to avoid conflicts with ffs.
This was done so that boot blocks that want to compile both FFS and LFS in
the same file work.
|
| 1.28 | 08-Jun-2013 |
dholland | Tidy up the LFS userland build hacks.
Don't use -I${NETBSDSRCDIR}/sys; don't include files other than the
exported LFS headers, which are lfs.h, lfs_inode.h, and (for now)
lfs_extern.h.
|
| 1.27 | 06-Jun-2013 |
dholland | ufs -> ulfs for newfs_lfs
|
| 1.26 | 02-Feb-2012 |
perseant | branches: 1.26.6;
If invoked with -D and creating an image file, ensure that the image
file is filled to the given size. This prevents false failures
with "lfs: ifile read: 22" in ATF tests.
|
| 1.25 | 16-Feb-2010 |
mlelstv | branches: 1.25.6;
Three changes in a single commit.
- drop the notion of frags (LFS fragments) vs fsb (FFS fragments)
The code uses a complicated unity function that just makes the
code difficult to understand.
- support larger sector sizes. Fix disk address computations
to use DEV_BSIZE in the kernel as required by device drivers
and to use sector sizes in userland.
- Fix several locking bugs in lfs_bio.c and lfs_subr.c.
|
| 1.24 | 20-Jul-2008 |
lukem | Remove the \n and tabs from the __COPYRIGHT() strings.
(Tweak some to use a consistent format.)
|
| 1.23 | 05-Sep-2006 |
riz | branches: 1.23.18; 1.23.22;
Deal with wedges and the new disk geometry structures, instead of using
struct disklabel. From Christos Zoulas.
|
| 1.22 | 06-Aug-2006 |
perseant | Ensure sector size is zero in the debug case, to avoid a division by zero
error pointed out by Zafer Aydogan.
|
| 1.21 | 06-Aug-2006 |
perseant | Don't try to even fake building a filesystem on a file descriptor that is
neither a file nor a character special device.
|
| 1.20 | 04-May-2006 |
perseant | newfs_lfs(8) compoment of the recent superblock parameter addition. Change
the wording of the explanation of the -M option, detail a new -R option
that controls initial setting of the new parameter.
|
| 1.19 | 23-Apr-2006 |
jld | When testing seek speed (for the -A option), use sector-aligned offsets
so the reads don't always fail, and also be more careful not to read off
the end of the disk. If a read does fail, error out instead of silently
leaving the loop early (and possibly dividing by zero seconds), because
it means our idea of the disk size is wrong, or worse.
This fixes PR bin/33199.
|
| 1.18 | 22-Aug-2005 |
yamt | even with -F, don't overwrite p_size unless filesystem size is
specified by -s.
|
| 1.17 | 27-Jun-2005 |
christos | add const.
|
| 1.16 | 12-Apr-2005 |
perseant | Use the buffer cache improvements from fsck_lfs. Make it build again.
|
| 1.15 | 26-Feb-2005 |
perseant | branches: 1.15.2;
Various minor LFS improvements:
* Extend the lfs library from fsck_lfs(8) so that it can be used with a
not-yet-existent LFS. Make newfs_lfs(8) use this library, so it can
create LFSs whose Ifile is larger than one segment.
* Make newfs_lfs(8) use strsuftoi64() for its arguments, a la newfs(8).
* Make fsck_lfs(8) respect the "file system is clean" flag.
* Don't let fsck_lfs(8) think it has dirty blocks when invoked with the
-n flag.
|
| 1.14 | 29-Oct-2004 |
dsl | Add (unsigned char) cast to ctype function
|
| 1.13 | 12-Aug-2003 |
dsl | branches: 1.13.4;
Stop superblock being written to sector 0 for small filesystems.
Honour the '-s size' command option.
Allow an LFS filesystem to be created in a file.
|
| 1.12 | 07-Aug-2003 |
agc | Move UCB-licensed code from 4-clause to 3-clause licence.
Patches provided by Joel Baker in PR 22308, verified by myself.
|
| 1.11 | 13-Jul-2003 |
itojun | use bounded string ops
|
| 1.10 | 12-Dec-2002 |
scw | Use getlabeloffset() instead of LABELOFFSET.
|
| 1.9 | 29-Aug-2002 |
perseant | Don't use adaptive measuring techniques to discover a good segment size,
if the device is not a character device (they will give bogus results
if they interact with the buffer cache).
|
| 1.8 | 01-Nov-2001 |
lukem | fix -Wshadow warning by moving "int version" from global to main() scope
|
| 1.7 | 13-Jul-2001 |
perseant | Merge the short-lived perseant-lfsv2 branch into the trunk.
Kernels and tools understand both v1 and v2 filesystems; newfs_lfs
generates v2 by default. Changes for the v2 layout include:
- Segments of non-PO2 size and arbitrary block offset, so these can be
matched to convenient physical characteristics of the partition (e.g.,
stripe or track size and offset).
- Address by fragment instead of by disk sector, paving the way for
non-512-byte-sector devices. In theory fragments can be as large
as you like, though in reality they must be smaller than MAXBSIZE in size.
- Use serial number and filesystem identifier to ensure that roll-forward
doesn't get old data and think it's new. Roll-forward is enabled for
v2 filesystems, though not for v1 filesystems by default.
- The inode free list is now a tailq, paving the way for undelete (undelete
is not yet implemented, but can be without further non-backwards-compatible
changes to disk structures).
- Inode atime information is kept in the Ifile, instead of on the inode;
that is, the inode is never written *just* because atime was changed.
Because of this the inodes remain near the file data on the disk, rather
than wandering all over as the disk is read repeatedly. This speeds up
repeated reads by a small but noticeable amount.
Other changes of note include:
- The ifile written by newfs_lfs can now be of arbitrary length, it is no
longer restricted to a single indirect block.
- Fixed an old bug where ctime was changed every time a vnode was created.
I need to look more closely to make sure that the times are only updated
during write(2) and friends, not after-the-fact during a segment write,
and certainly not by the cleaner.
|
| 1.6 | 05-Dec-2000 |
perseant | branches: 1.6.2;
Add "-A" option to autoconfigure the segment size based on measured
bandwidth and seek time of the disk, using the "4 * bandwidth * seek
time" formula from Neefe-Matthews' 1997 paper. An RZ25 disk with this
option gets 200K segments. Reference the paper in the manual page.
|
| 1.5 | 11-Oct-2000 |
he | The type of sizeof() can be u_long, so cast to that and print with %ld.
|
| 1.4 | 04-Jul-2000 |
perseant | Tweak how lfs_avail is initialized, corresponding to changes in the
kernel.
Don't make more superblock segments than we have a record of in
the superblock; and print these out as we go, like newfs.
Add am "-M" flag to specify the number of reserved segments, with a note
in the man page not to use it.
|
| 1.3 | 12-Feb-2000 |
perseant | branches: 1.3.4;
Add -F flag to override newfs_lfs' preference for 4.4LFS-labelled partitions.
|
| 1.2 | 15-Jul-1999 |
perseant | Address PR 7412: fix newfs_lfs.8 to list all real options for newfs_lfs;
also fix newfs_lfs to get rid of all sorts of useless options that applied
only to newfs_ffs. Corrected reference to the FFS paper to the reference
to the BSD-LFS paper.
|
| 1.1 | 18-Mar-1999 |
perseant | branches: 1.1.2;
Change name of newlfs to newfs_lfs.
|
| 1.1.2.1 | 11-Oct-2000 |
he | Pull up revision 1.5 (requested by he):
Format string cleanup.
|
| 1.3.4.2 | 16-Oct-2000 |
tv | Pullup 1.5 [he]:
The type of sizeof() can be u_long, so cast to that and print with %ld.
|
| 1.3.4.1 | 14-Sep-2000 |
perseant | Pull up LFS userland changes to correspond with the previous commit's
kernel changes (approved by thorpej):
[basesrc/libexec/lfs_cleanerd:]
cleanerd.c, 1.20--1.22 (MIN_FREE_SEG -> lfs_minfreeseg ;
read bfree/avail from CLEANERINFO ;
changes to definition of -n and -b)
lfs_cleanerd.8, 1.7 (update man page to current behavior)
library.c, 1.16 (fix comment)
[basesrc/sbin/fsck_lfs:]
pass5.c, 1.6 (calculate/fix lfs_avail and lfs_bfree)
[basesrc/sbin/newfs_lfs:]
config.h, 1.2--1.5 (MINFREE=20, remove FFS cruft ;
add DFL_MIN_FREE_SEGS=8 and MINFREE=10 ;
set DFL_MIN_FREE_SEGS=10 ;
set DFL_MIN_FREE_SEGS=20)
extern.h, 1.2 (correct function declaration for make_lfs)
newfs.c, 1.4 (add -M flag)
lfs.c, 1.13--1.14, 1.16--1.18 (change lfs_bfree initialization ;
MIN_FREE_SEG -> lfs_minfreeseg ;
only 10 superblocks and print nicely ;
correct init calculation of
lfs_bfree/lfs_avail to allow fs to
fill ;
make -N dtrt)
[basesrc/sbin/mount_lfs:]
mount_lfs.8, 1.7 (document -N, -b flags)
mount_lfs.c, 1.10 (default cleanerd to -b -n 4; add -N,
-b flags)
[basesrc/usr.sbin/dumplfs:]
dumplfs.c, 1.15 (print only the SEGUSEs specified with -s)
|
| 1.6.2.3 | 13-Jul-2001 |
perseant | Default to creating a v2 lfs, and print out the roll-forward id that
was used. Update newfs_lfs.8 to reflect new options.
|
| 1.6.2.2 | 29-Jun-2001 |
perseant | Get rid of __P(), protoizing where it had not already been done
|
| 1.6.2.1 | 27-Jun-2001 |
perseant | Import of what I've been calling "LFSv2", that is, LFS with some features
added that require changes to the on-disk data structures. These include:
- 64-bit time in everything but inodes
- User-specified segment offset, and segment size no longer
restricted to PO2.
- Serial number on segment summaries in addition to timestamp, and
a new volume identifier, to make roll-forward feasible without
fear of finding old data and thinking it was new.
Although I think this version works at least as well as what's on the trunk,
we're not done yet; hence this commit is going in on a branch and not on
the trunk. Enhancements that are not here yet include fragment addressing,
like FFS does, instead of block addressing.
|
| 1.13.4.1 | 10-May-2005 |
riz | Pull up the following revisions (requested by perseant in ticket #1281):
1.8 sys/ufs/lfs/TODO
1.75 sys/ufs/lfs/lfs.h (via patch)
1.74 sys/ufs/lfs/lfs_alloc.c (via patch)
1.49, 1.51 sys/ufs/lfs/lfs_balloc.c (1.51 via patch)
1.78 sys/ufs/lfs/lfs_bio.c
1.62 sys/ufs/lfs/lfs_extern.h (via patch)
1.156 sys/ufs/lfs/lfs_segment.c (via patch)
1.48 sys/ufs/lfs/lfs_subr.c
1.101 sys/ufs/lfs/lfs_syscalls.c
1.163 sys/ufs/lfs/lfs_vfsops.c (via patch)
1.134 sys/ufs/lfs/lfs_vnops.c (via patch)
1.61 sys/ufs/ufs/ufs_readwrite.c (via patch)
1.20 libexec/lfs_cleanerd/clean.h (via patch)
1.52 libexec/lfs_cleanerd/cleanerd.c (via patch)
1.41 libexec/lfs_cleanerd/library.c (via patch)
1.4 regress/sys/fs/lfs/newfs_fsck/Makefile
1.2 regress/sys/fs/lfs/newfs_fsck/mkfs_mount
1.2 regress/sys/fs/lfs/newfs_fsck/smallfiles
1.3 sbin/fsck_lfs/bufcache.c
1.3 sbin/fsck_lfs/bufcache.h
1.3 sbin/fsck_lfs/lfs.h
1.8 sbin/fsck_lfs/lfs.c (via patch)
1.8 sbin/fsck_lfs/pass3.c (via patch)
1.18 sbin/fsck_lfs/pass0.c (via patch)
1.18 sbin/fsck_lfs/utilities.c (via patch)
1.7 sbin/fsck_lfs/segwrite.c
1.19 sbin/fsck_lfs/setup.c (via patch)
1.3 sbin/newfs_lfs/Makefile
0 sbin/newfs_lfs/lfs.c (yes, remove it)
1.1 sbin/newfs_lfs/make_lfs.c
1.15 sbin/newfs_lfs/newfs.c (via patch)
Various minor LFS improvements.
Kernel:
* Note when lfs_putpages(9) thinks it is not going to be writing any
pages before calling genfs_putpages(9). This prevents a situation in
which blocks can be queued for writing without a segment header.
* Correct computation of NRESERVE(), though it is still a gross
overestimate in most cases. Note that if NRESERVE() is too high, it
may be impossible to create files on the filesystem. We catch this
case on filesystem mount and refuse to mount r/w.
* Allow filesystems to be mounted whose block size is == MAXBSIZE.
* Somewhere along the line, ufs_bmaparray(9) started mangling UNWRITTEN
entries in indirect blocks again, triggering a failed assertion "daddr
<= LFS_MAX_DADDR". Explicitly convert to and from int32_t to correct
this. Should fix PR #29045.
* Add a high-water mark for the number of dirty pages any given LFS can
hold before triggering a flush. This is settable by sysctl, but off
(zero) by default.
* Be more careful about the MAX_BYTES and MAX_BUFS computations so we
shouldn't see "please increase to at least zero" messages.
* Note that VBLK and VCHR vnodes can have nonzero values in di_db[0]
even though their v_size == 0. Don't panic when we see this.
Fixes PR #26680.
* Change lfs_bfree to a signed quantity. The manner in which it is
processed before being passed to the cleaner means that sometimes it
may drop below zero, and the cleaner must be aware of this.
* Never report bfree < 0 (or higher than lfs_dsize) through
lfs_statfs(9). This prevents df(1) from ever telling us that our full
filesystems have 16TB free.
* Account space allocated through lfs_balloc(9) that does not have
associated buffer headers, so that the pagedaemon doesn't run us out
of segments.
* Return ENOSPC from lfs_balloc(9) when bfree drops to zero.
* Address a deadlock in lfs_bmapv/lfs_markv when the filesystem is being
unmounted. Because vfs_busy() is a shared lock, and
lfs_bmapv/lfs_markv mark the filesystem vfs_busy(), the cleaner can be
holding the lock that umount() is blocking on, then try to vfs_busy()
again in getnewvnode().
cleaner:
* Adapt lfs_cleanerd to use the fcntl call to get the Ifile filehandle,
so it need not be in the namespace.
* Make lfs_cleanerd be more careful when there are very few available
segments.
* Make lfs_cleanerd less verbose when the filesystem is unmounted.
newfs_lfs, fsck_lfs, and regression:
* Extend the lfs library from fsck_lfs(8) so that it can be used with a
not-yet-existent LFS. Make newfs_lfs(8) use this library, so it can
create LFSs whose Ifile is larger than one segment. Addresses PR #11110.
* Make newfs_lfs(8) use strsuftoi64() for its arguments, a la newfs(8).
* Make fsck_lfs(8) respect the "file system is clean" flag.
* Don't let fsck_lfs(8) think it has dirty blocks when invoked with the
-n flag.
* Remove the Ifile from the filesystem namespace. The cleaner now uses
a fcntl call on the root inode to find the Ifile filehandle. (As a
side-effect, addresses PR #29144.)
|
| 1.15.2.3 | 02-Sep-2006 |
ghen | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by jld in ticket #1494):
sbin/newfs_lfs/newfs.c: revision 1.19
When testing seek speed (for the -A option), use sector-aligned offsets
so the reads don't always fail, and also be more careful not to read off
the end of the disk. If a read does fail, error out instead of silently
leaving the loop early (and possibly dividing by zero seconds), because
it means our idea of the disk size is wrong, or worse.
This fixes PR bin/33199.
|
| 1.15.2.2 | 20-May-2006 |
riz | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by perseant in ticket #1327):
sbin/newfs_lfs/extern.h: revision 1.9
sbin/newfs_lfs/make_lfs.c: revision 1.7
sbin/newfs_lfs/newfs_lfs.8: revision 1.21
sbin/newfs_lfs/newfs.c: revision 1.20
newfs_lfs(8) compoment of the recent superblock parameter addition. Change
the wording of the explanation of the -M option, detail a new -R option
that controls initial setting of the new parameter.
|
| 1.15.2.1 | 07-May-2005 |
tron | Apply patch (requested by perseant in ticket #242):
* fsck_lfs buffer cache fixes, including PR #29151
* Change fsck_lfs phase 0 message to reflect reality
* fsck_lfs: check phase 5 (cleanerinfo accounting) even on
roll-forward
* Keep better track of the free list during roll-forward, avoiding
a core dump
* Improve hash table use for fsck_lfs buffer and vnode cache
* Document fsck_lfs flag -f, and implement -q
* Add resize_lfs, including kernel support
* Add LFS to mountd's list of exportable filesystem types
* Make the LFS lkm work again [christos@]
* Add MP locking to the LFS kernel subsystem
* Fix pager_map deadlock in lfs_putpages()
* Avoid incomplete file extension that looks like "partial
truncation" to fsck
* Use lfs_malloc for cleaner malloc, since the cleaner often runs
in low-memory conditions.
* Use splay trees, not hash table, to track page allocation for
write.
* Fix mkdir panic on full fs
* Fix page accounting leak by counting differently.
* Use rightly named structure for lfs_getattr [skrll@]
* Cosmetic changes for readability.
|
| 1.23.22.1 | 18-Sep-2008 |
wrstuden | Sync with wrstuden-revivesa-base-2.
|
| 1.23.18.1 | 28-Sep-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.25.6.2 | 22-May-2014 |
yamt | sync with head.
for a reference, the tree before this commit was tagged
as yamt-pagecache-tag8.
this commit was splitted into small chunks to avoid
a limitation of cvs. ("Protocol error: too many arguments")
|
| 1.25.6.1 | 17-Apr-2012 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.26.6.1 | 23-Jun-2013 |
tls | resync from head
|
| 1.24 | 15-Oct-2015 |
dholland | Enable the creation of lfs64 volumes.
To create an lfs64 volume, use -w 64. You can also force a 32-bit
volume with -w 32, but this will fail on devices thta are too large.
lfs64 is the default for devices > 1TB. (1TB rather than 2TB because
daddr_t is signed and negative block numbers can cause interesting
complications.)
For now print a warning that the lfs64 format isn't finalized, because
it isn't. For now any lfs64 use should be limited to test data,
benchmarking, and so forth.
|
| 1.23 | 04-Jan-2014 |
wiz | New sentence, new line. Remove trailing whitespace.
|
| 1.22 | 08-Apr-2009 |
joerg | branches: 1.22.6; 1.22.12;
Fix markup.
|
| 1.21 | 04-May-2006 |
perseant | branches: 1.21.30;
newfs_lfs(8) compoment of the recent superblock parameter addition. Change
the wording of the explanation of the -M option, detail a new -R option
that controls initial setting of the new parameter.
|
| 1.20 | 07-Aug-2003 |
agc | branches: 1.20.6;
Move UCB-licensed code from 4-clause to 3-clause licence.
Patches provided by Joel Baker in PR 22308, verified by myself.
|
| 1.19 | 23-Feb-2003 |
perseant | Discourage the creation of new LFSv1 filesystems.
|
| 1.18 | 01-Oct-2002 |
wiz | New sentence, new line. By Robert Elz with minimal fixes.
|
| 1.17 | 21-Jan-2002 |
wiz | Use mdoc macros instead of man ones.
|
| 1.16 | 16-Nov-2001 |
wiz | Punctuation fixes, sort SEE ALSO, use an mdoc macros instead of two man macros.
|
| 1.15 | 16-Nov-2001 |
wiz | Whitespace nits
|
| 1.14 | 08-Sep-2001 |
mason | The default version created by newfs_lfs without arguments is, in fact, 2.
|
| 1.13 | 13-Jul-2001 |
perseant | Merge the short-lived perseant-lfsv2 branch into the trunk.
Kernels and tools understand both v1 and v2 filesystems; newfs_lfs
generates v2 by default. Changes for the v2 layout include:
- Segments of non-PO2 size and arbitrary block offset, so these can be
matched to convenient physical characteristics of the partition (e.g.,
stripe or track size and offset).
- Address by fragment instead of by disk sector, paving the way for
non-512-byte-sector devices. In theory fragments can be as large
as you like, though in reality they must be smaller than MAXBSIZE in size.
- Use serial number and filesystem identifier to ensure that roll-forward
doesn't get old data and think it's new. Roll-forward is enabled for
v2 filesystems, though not for v1 filesystems by default.
- The inode free list is now a tailq, paving the way for undelete (undelete
is not yet implemented, but can be without further non-backwards-compatible
changes to disk structures).
- Inode atime information is kept in the Ifile, instead of on the inode;
that is, the inode is never written *just* because atime was changed.
Because of this the inodes remain near the file data on the disk, rather
than wandering all over as the disk is read repeatedly. This speeds up
repeated reads by a small but noticeable amount.
Other changes of note include:
- The ifile written by newfs_lfs can now be of arbitrary length, it is no
longer restricted to a single indirect block.
- Fixed an old bug where ctime was changed every time a vnode was created.
I need to look more closely to make sure that the times are only updated
during write(2) and friends, not after-the-fact during a segment write,
and certainly not by the cleaner.
|
| 1.12 | 05-Jun-2001 |
wiz | branches: 1.12.2;
Drop arguments of .Os.
|
| 1.11 | 05-Dec-2000 |
perseant | Add "-A" option to autoconfigure the segment size based on measured
bandwidth and seek time of the disk, using the "4 * bandwidth * seek
time" formula from Neefe-Matthews' 1997 paper. An RZ25 disk with this
option gets 200K segments. Reference the paper in the manual page.
|
| 1.10 | 08-Nov-2000 |
hubertf | xref lfs_cleanerd(8) in SEE ALSO
|
| 1.9 | 08-Nov-2000 |
hubertf | In SEE ALSO:
* it's dump_lfs(8), not dumplfs(8)
* xref mount_lfs(8)
|
| 1.8 | 04-Jul-2000 |
perseant | Tweak how lfs_avail is initialized, corresponding to changes in the
kernel.
Don't make more superblock segments than we have a record of in
the superblock; and print these out as we go, like newfs.
Add am "-M" flag to specify the number of reserved segments, with a note
in the man page not to use it.
|
| 1.7 | 12-Feb-2000 |
perseant | branches: 1.7.4;
Add -F flag to override newfs_lfs' preference for 4.4LFS-labelled partitions.
|
| 1.6 | 05-Feb-2000 |
enami | - The -B flag should be followed by logical segment size.
- Remove unnecessary comma at the end of SEE ALSO list.
|
| 1.5 | 18-Jan-2000 |
perseant | newfs_lfs now recognizes a zero p_sgs field to mean "use the default segment
size" (for consistency with bsize/fsize, and since segment size == block
size is never a valid combination).
Updated the man page to include explicit reasonable values for fsize, bsize,
and sgs, at suggestion from Hubert Feyrer.
|
| 1.4 | 18-Jan-2000 |
perseant | disklabel now understands the p_sgs partition field (shift to compute
segment size from block size).
newfs_lfs now reads the disklabel to find segment, block, and fragment
sizes. Because reading this info from the wrong fs type could result in
very poor fs layout (e.g. ffs has "16" where the segshift would go,
resulting in 512-*megabyte* segments for 8K blocks), newfs_lfs refuses
to create a filesystem on a partition not labeled "4.4LFS".
Man pages for newfs_lfs updated to reflect this change.
|
| 1.3 | 16-Jan-2000 |
hubertf | Document the proper fstype for LFS. (If the "default" 4.2BSD is used,
newfs_lfs runs fine, but I get hangs when writing to the disk)
|
| 1.2 | 15-Jul-1999 |
perseant | Address PR 7412: fix newfs_lfs.8 to list all real options for newfs_lfs;
also fix newfs_lfs to get rid of all sorts of useless options that applied
only to newfs_ffs. Corrected reference to the FFS paper to the reference
to the BSD-LFS paper.
|
| 1.1 | 18-Mar-1999 |
perseant | Change name of newlfs to newfs_lfs.
|
| 1.7.4.1 | 14-Sep-2000 |
perseant | Pull up LFS userland changes to correspond with the previous commit's
kernel changes (approved by thorpej):
[basesrc/libexec/lfs_cleanerd:]
cleanerd.c, 1.20--1.22 (MIN_FREE_SEG -> lfs_minfreeseg ;
read bfree/avail from CLEANERINFO ;
changes to definition of -n and -b)
lfs_cleanerd.8, 1.7 (update man page to current behavior)
library.c, 1.16 (fix comment)
[basesrc/sbin/fsck_lfs:]
pass5.c, 1.6 (calculate/fix lfs_avail and lfs_bfree)
[basesrc/sbin/newfs_lfs:]
config.h, 1.2--1.5 (MINFREE=20, remove FFS cruft ;
add DFL_MIN_FREE_SEGS=8 and MINFREE=10 ;
set DFL_MIN_FREE_SEGS=10 ;
set DFL_MIN_FREE_SEGS=20)
extern.h, 1.2 (correct function declaration for make_lfs)
newfs.c, 1.4 (add -M flag)
lfs.c, 1.13--1.14, 1.16--1.18 (change lfs_bfree initialization ;
MIN_FREE_SEG -> lfs_minfreeseg ;
only 10 superblocks and print nicely ;
correct init calculation of
lfs_bfree/lfs_avail to allow fs to
fill ;
make -N dtrt)
[basesrc/sbin/mount_lfs:]
mount_lfs.8, 1.7 (document -N, -b flags)
mount_lfs.c, 1.10 (default cleanerd to -b -n 4; add -N,
-b flags)
[basesrc/usr.sbin/dumplfs:]
dumplfs.c, 1.15 (print only the SEGUSEs specified with -s)
|
| 1.12.2.2 | 13-Jul-2001 |
perseant | Default to creating a v2 lfs, and print out the roll-forward id that
was used. Update newfs_lfs.8 to reflect new options.
|
| 1.12.2.1 | 27-Jun-2001 |
perseant | Import of what I've been calling "LFSv2", that is, LFS with some features
added that require changes to the on-disk data structures. These include:
- 64-bit time in everything but inodes
- User-specified segment offset, and segment size no longer
restricted to PO2.
- Serial number on segment summaries in addition to timestamp, and
a new volume identifier, to make roll-forward feasible without
fear of finding old data and thinking it was new.
Although I think this version works at least as well as what's on the trunk,
we're not done yet; hence this commit is going in on a branch and not on
the trunk. Enhancements that are not here yet include fragment addressing,
like FFS does, instead of block addressing.
|
| 1.20.6.1 | 20-May-2006 |
riz | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by perseant in ticket #1327):
sbin/newfs_lfs/extern.h: revision 1.9
sbin/newfs_lfs/make_lfs.c: revision 1.7
sbin/newfs_lfs/newfs_lfs.8: revision 1.21
sbin/newfs_lfs/newfs.c: revision 1.20
newfs_lfs(8) compoment of the recent superblock parameter addition. Change
the wording of the explanation of the -M option, detail a new -R option
that controls initial setting of the new parameter.
|
| 1.21.30.1 | 13-May-2009 |
jym | Sync with HEAD.
Third (and last) commit. See http://mail-index.netbsd.org/source-changes/2009/05/13/msg221222.html
|
| 1.22.12.1 | 20-Aug-2014 |
tls | Rebase to HEAD as of a few days ago.
|
| 1.22.6.1 | 22-May-2014 |
yamt | sync with head.
for a reference, the tree before this commit was tagged
as yamt-pagecache-tag8.
this commit was splitted into small chunks to avoid
a limitation of cvs. ("Protocol error: too many arguments")
|
| 1.6 | 21-Jan-2013 |
christos | Split the make fs portion into a function; do argument tests inside the
function.
|
| 1.5 | 05-Jun-2009 |
haad | branches: 1.5.6; 1.5.12;
Add support for DIOCGDISKINFO to disk like device drivers. Change
partutil.c::getdiskinfo to use it to get disk geometry info.
Use DIOCGWEDGEINFO ioctl to get information about partition size, if disk
driver doesn't support it use old DIOCGDINFO. This patch adds support for
wedge like devices(lvm logical volumes, ZFS zvol partitions) to newfs and
other tools.
No objections on tech-userlevel@.
|
| 1.4 | 11-Aug-2008 |
christos | teach this about wedges.
|
| 1.3 | 10-Sep-2001 |
christos | branches: 1.3.34; 1.3.38;
- Remove old files.
- Port to NetBSD
XXX: *untested*
|
| 1.2 | 10-Oct-1997 |
christos | CFLAGS->CPPFLAGS
|
| 1.1 | 01-Mar-1997 |
christos | branches: 1.1.1;
From FreeBSD's mkdosfs:
- KNF
- cleaned up a few typos.
- use the msdosfs header files.
- separated Makefile and Makefile.boot, since we cannot build
bootcode.h (yet)
ToDo:
- Make it work on hard disks; only works on floppies
- Make it accept an msdos.sys io.sys and a command.com, to make
a real dos bootable disk.
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 10-Sep-2001 |
christos | Import FreeBSD's newfs_msdos
|
| 1.3.38.1 | 18-Sep-2008 |
wrstuden | Sync with wrstuden-revivesa-base-2.
|
| 1.3.34.1 | 28-Sep-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.5.12.1 | 25-Feb-2013 |
tls | resync with head
|
| 1.5.6.1 | 23-Jan-2013 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.3 | 10-Sep-2001 |
christos | - Remove old files.
- Port to NetBSD
XXX: *untested*
|
| 1.2 | 09-Jan-1998 |
perry | RCS Id Police.
|
| 1.1 | 01-Mar-1997 |
christos | From FreeBSD's mkdosfs:
- KNF
- cleaned up a few typos.
- use the msdosfs header files.
- separated Makefile and Makefile.boot, since we cannot build
bootcode.h (yet)
ToDo:
- Make it work on hard disks; only works on floppies
- Make it accept an msdos.sys io.sys and a command.com, to make
a real dos bootable disk.
|
| 1.2 | 10-Sep-2001 |
christos | - Remove old files.
- Port to NetBSD
XXX: *untested*
|
| 1.1 | 01-Mar-1997 |
christos | From FreeBSD's mkdosfs:
- KNF
- cleaned up a few typos.
- use the msdosfs header files.
- separated Makefile and Makefile.boot, since we cannot build
bootcode.h (yet)
ToDo:
- Make it work on hard disks; only works on floppies
- Make it accept an msdos.sys io.sys and a command.com, to make
a real dos bootable disk.
|
| 1.3 | 10-Sep-2001 |
christos | - Remove old files.
- Port to NetBSD
XXX: *untested*
|
| 1.2 | 09-Jan-1998 |
perry | RCS Id Police.
|
| 1.1 | 01-Mar-1997 |
christos | From FreeBSD's mkdosfs:
- KNF
- cleaned up a few typos.
- use the msdosfs header files.
- separated Makefile and Makefile.boot, since we cannot build
bootcode.h (yet)
ToDo:
- Make it work on hard disks; only works on floppies
- Make it accept an msdos.sys io.sys and a command.com, to make
a real dos bootable disk.
|
| 1.15 | 12-Oct-2019 |
martin | When we end up with too few clusters for the requested FAT type after
configuring default values, retry with a smaller cluster size.
This makes the typical invocation to create a spec conformant EFI boot
partition work out of the box.
|
| 1.14 | 04-Feb-2018 |
mrg | branches: 1.14.4; 1.14.6;
updates for GCC 6.4:
identd has aliasing violations, use -fno-strict-aliasing.
newfs_msdos's getbpbinfo() has missing {} issues.
sysctl's kern_cp_id() has missing {} issues.
|
| 1.13 | 14-Apr-2017 |
christos | Use the create_size if given to compute the real size instead of stat'ing
the file again, which might have been larger to start with.
|
| 1.12 | 16-Feb-2017 |
christos | Allow 0 timestamp
|
| 1.11 | 16-Feb-2017 |
christos | add -T for reproducible builds (used in makefs)
|
| 1.10 | 03-Apr-2016 |
mlelstv | branches: 1.10.2; 1.10.4;
Use the same defaults for cluster sizes as Windows.
|
| 1.9 | 05-Jan-2014 |
martin | PR bin/46743: mark the "next free cluster" value in the file system
info block as unitialized.
|
| 1.8 | 19-Oct-2013 |
christos | fix unused variable warnings.
|
| 1.7 | 03-Feb-2013 |
christos | branches: 1.7.4;
don't truncate the file if an offset is given.
|
| 1.6 | 27-Jan-2013 |
christos | nbtool_config.h undefines _NETBSD_SOURCE, and that makes <sys/types.h> not
define cpuid_t, which makes <sys/mount.h> unincludable. Although this is a
bug in the build system, it is simpler to fix it here.
|
| 1.5 | 24-Jan-2013 |
christos | toolify
|
| 1.4 | 24-Jan-2013 |
christos | don't do the partition dance for makefs; we have no real disk
|
| 1.3 | 23-Jan-2013 |
christos | We don't need getdiskinfo() for makefs() since we always deal with an image.
|
| 1.2 | 23-Jan-2013 |
christos | fix regressions after split.
|
| 1.1 | 21-Jan-2013 |
christos | branches: 1.1.2;
Split the make fs portion into a function; do argument tests inside the
function.
|
| 1.1.2.3 | 22-May-2014 |
yamt | sync with head.
for a reference, the tree before this commit was tagged
as yamt-pagecache-tag8.
this commit was splitted into small chunks to avoid
a limitation of cvs. ("Protocol error: too many arguments")
|
| 1.1.2.2 | 23-Jan-2013 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.1.2.1 | 21-Jan-2013 |
yamt | file mkfs_msdos.c was added on branch yamt-pagecache on 2013-01-23 00:05:32 +0000
|
| 1.7.4.3 | 20-Aug-2014 |
tls | Rebase to HEAD as of a few days ago.
|
| 1.7.4.2 | 25-Feb-2013 |
tls | resync with head
|
| 1.7.4.1 | 03-Feb-2013 |
tls | file mkfs_msdos.c was added on branch tls-maxphys on 2013-02-25 00:28:10 +0000
|
| 1.10.4.1 | 21-Apr-2017 |
bouyer | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.10.2.2 | 26-Apr-2017 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.10.2.1 | 20-Mar-2017 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.14.6.1 | 12-Oct-2019 |
bouyer | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by martin in ticket #303):
sbin/newfs_msdos/mkfs_msdos.c: revision 1.15
When we end up with too few clusters for the requested FAT type after
configuring default values, retry with a smaller cluster size.
This makes the typical invocation to create a spec conformant EFI boot
partition work out of the box.
|
| 1.14.4.1 | 13-Apr-2020 |
martin | Mostly merge changes from HEAD upto 20200411
|
| 1.6 | 17-Feb-2017 |
wiz | file system police.
|
| 1.5 | 16-Feb-2017 |
christos | Allow 0 timestamp
|
| 1.4 | 16-Feb-2017 |
christos | add -T for reproducible builds (used in makefs)
|
| 1.3 | 16-Oct-2015 |
christos | branches: 1.3.2; 1.3.4;
remove advertising clause.
|
| 1.2 | 23-Jan-2013 |
christos | branches: 1.2.4;
fix regressions after split.
|
| 1.1 | 21-Jan-2013 |
christos | branches: 1.1.2;
Split the make fs portion into a function; do argument tests inside the
function.
|
| 1.1.2.3 | 22-May-2014 |
yamt | sync with head.
for a reference, the tree before this commit was tagged
as yamt-pagecache-tag8.
this commit was splitted into small chunks to avoid
a limitation of cvs. ("Protocol error: too many arguments")
|
| 1.1.2.2 | 23-Jan-2013 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.1.2.1 | 21-Jan-2013 |
yamt | file mkfs_msdos.h was added on branch yamt-pagecache on 2013-01-23 00:05:32 +0000
|
| 1.2.4.2 | 25-Feb-2013 |
tls | resync with head
|
| 1.2.4.1 | 23-Jan-2013 |
tls | file mkfs_msdos.h was added on branch tls-maxphys on 2013-02-25 00:28:10 +0000
|
| 1.3.4.1 | 21-Apr-2017 |
bouyer | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.3.2.1 | 20-Mar-2017 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.24 | 11-Dec-2020 |
ryoon | Describe after example like other examples
|
| 1.23 | 17-Feb-2017 |
wiz | file system police.
|
| 1.22 | 16-Feb-2017 |
christos | add -T for reproducible builds (used in makefs)
|
| 1.21 | 12-Sep-2016 |
sevan | branches: 1.21.2;
Note the origin of the newfs_msdos command from FreeBSD 3.0.
Replace contraction.
s/filesystem/file system/
Bump date.
|
| 1.20 | 24-Apr-2014 |
christos | branches: 1.20.6;
Fix volume name (Ed Maste)
|
| 1.19 | 18-Mar-2014 |
riastradh | branches: 1.19.2;
Merge riastradh-drm2 to HEAD.
|
| 1.18 | 20-Jul-2013 |
wiz | Use Mt for email addresses.
|
| 1.17 | 26-Mar-2009 |
wiz | branches: 1.17.6; 1.17.12; 1.17.16;
New sentence, new line.
|
| 1.16 | 26-Mar-2009 |
pooka | Apply revisions 1.23 and 1.24 from FreeBSD to autocalculate the
necessary geometry when creating a file system directly to a file.
In addition, when creating, do not complain about the file not
being char special and do not try to execute device ioctl's on it.
|
| 1.15 | 25-Nov-2006 |
scw | branches: 1.15.28;
Don't use negative offsets from "bpb.bps" when writing out values such
as DOSMAGIC in the MBR. In non-512 byte media, the MBR is still 512
bytes in length.
Based on the patches provided in PR kern/17398 by Trevin Beattie.
|
| 1.14 | 22-Sep-2004 |
thorpej | Change the default volume label from "NO NAME" to "NO_NAME". Note the
default in the manual page.
|
| 1.13 | 22-Sep-2004 |
thorpej | Default the OEM ID to "NetBSD" rather than "BSD 4.4". (Geez, did 4.4BSD
even have a newfs_msdos command?)
|
| 1.12 | 22-Sep-2004 |
thorpej | Correct some examples, and note when it was first included in NetBSD,
not FreeBSD.
|
| 1.11 | 24-Apr-2003 |
wiz | branches: 1.11.2;
Bump date for last.
|
| 1.10 | 21-Apr-2003 |
dbj | add a SIGINFO handler progress indicator
|
| 1.9 | 01-Oct-2002 |
wiz | New sentence, new line. By Robert Elz with minimal fixes.
|
| 1.8 | 16-Nov-2001 |
wiz | Sort sections.
|
| 1.7 | 10-Sep-2001 |
christos | - Remove old files.
- Port to NetBSD
XXX: *untested*
|
| 1.6 | 10-Mar-1999 |
erh | Add missing .El line.
|
| 1.5 | 22-May-1998 |
msaitoh | sort entries and delete extra periods in SEE also section.
|
| 1.4 | 29-Apr-1998 |
fair | fix bad .Xr references
|
| 1.3 | 06-Feb-1998 |
perry | macroize BSD, NetBSD, FreeBSD and misc cleanup
|
| 1.2 | 12-Mar-1997 |
christos | Fix PR/3322, reference to non existant program.
|
| 1.1 | 01-Mar-1997 |
christos | branches: 1.1.1;
From FreeBSD's mkdosfs:
- KNF
- cleaned up a few typos.
- use the msdosfs header files.
- separated Makefile and Makefile.boot, since we cannot build
bootcode.h (yet)
ToDo:
- Make it work on hard disks; only works on floppies
- Make it accept an msdos.sys io.sys and a command.com, to make
a real dos bootable disk.
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 10-Sep-2001 |
christos | Import FreeBSD's newfs_msdos
|
| 1.11.2.3 | 23-Sep-2004 |
jmc | Pullup rev 1.14 (requested by thorpej in ticket #870)
Change the default volume label from "NO NAME" to "NO_NAME".
|
| 1.11.2.2 | 23-Sep-2004 |
jmc | Pullup rev 1.13 (requested by thorpej in ticket #869)
Default the OEM ID to "NetBSD" rather than "BSD 4.4".
|
| 1.11.2.1 | 23-Sep-2004 |
jmc | Pullup rev 1.12 (requested by thorpej in ticket #868)
Correct some examples, and note when it was first included
|
| 1.15.28.1 | 13-May-2009 |
jym | Sync with HEAD.
Third (and last) commit. See http://mail-index.netbsd.org/source-changes/2009/05/13/msg221222.html
|
| 1.17.16.1 | 23-Jul-2013 |
riastradh | sync with HEAD
|
| 1.17.12.1 | 20-Aug-2014 |
tls | Rebase to HEAD as of a few days ago.
|
| 1.17.6.1 | 22-May-2014 |
yamt | sync with head.
for a reference, the tree before this commit was tagged
as yamt-pagecache-tag8.
this commit was splitted into small chunks to avoid
a limitation of cvs. ("Protocol error: too many arguments")
|
| 1.19.2.1 | 10-Aug-2014 |
tls | Rebase.
|
| 1.20.6.1 | 20-Mar-2017 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.21.2.1 | 21-Apr-2017 |
bouyer | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.45 | 16-Feb-2017 |
christos | Allow 0 timestamp
|
| 1.44 | 16-Feb-2017 |
christos | add -T for reproducible builds (used in makefs)
|
| 1.43 | 23-Apr-2015 |
abs | branches: 1.43.2; 1.43.4;
newfs_msdos allowed suffixes such as 'k', 'm' for some parameters,
but amusingly this did not include Block size, or Sectors per cluster.
Allow for all numeric parameters (If I want to specify the number
of drive heads as '1K', then why not?)
|
| 1.42 | 23-Jan-2013 |
christos | fix regressions after split.
|
| 1.41 | 21-Jan-2013 |
christos | Split the make fs portion into a function; do argument tests inside the
function.
|
| 1.40 | 15-Dec-2012 |
jakllsch | There are two problems with insisting the FAT file system size be a multiple
of track-size units: 2) the FAT metadata areas may not be a multiple of a
"track", 1) the partition may not be track-aligned to begin with, 0) what's
a "track"? is it something a robot rover leaves on Mars?
|
| 1.39 | 04-Nov-2012 |
jakllsch | According to current file(1) magic definitions an unlabeled FAT is
denoted with "NO NAME" rather than "NO_NAME".
|
| 1.38 | 31-Jul-2012 |
jakllsch | branches: 1.38.2;
Use correct values for minimum and maximum cluster counts for the various FAT
types. These values come from a publically-avaliable document of an
infallible source that must not be named due to a violation of the document's
license restrictions. This is justified by interoperability concerns.
|
| 1.37 | 04-Jul-2012 |
jakllsch | constify opts[]
|
| 1.36 | 29-Aug-2011 |
joerg | branches: 1.36.2;
Use __dead
|
| 1.35 | 05-Mar-2011 |
pooka | Set errno to 0 before strtoll() so that it can reliably be tested
afterwards. Fixes newfs_msdos at least on sparc. Incidentally,
the msdosfs tests also start working on sparc, which about halves
the number of test failures on that platform.
|
| 1.34 | 11-Apr-2009 |
lukem | fix sign-compare issues
|
| 1.33 | 28-Mar-2009 |
he | Add a cast to intmax_t and use %jd to print an off_t.
Fixes at least the alpha and amd64 builds.
|
| 1.32 | 28-Mar-2009 |
pooka | remove troublesome printf specifier
|
| 1.31 | 26-Mar-2009 |
pooka | Apply revisions 1.23 and 1.24 from FreeBSD to autocalculate the
necessary geometry when creating a file system directly to a file.
In addition, when creating, do not complain about the file not
being char special and do not try to execute device ioctl's on it.
|
| 1.30 | 17-Feb-2009 |
christos | Use the wedge size, not the disk size, from Yorick Hardy
|
| 1.29 | 18-Jan-2009 |
mrg | branches: 1.29.2;
Do not erroneously leave a truncated 16-bit sector
count on "large" (>=32MB) file systems when fetching the geometry from
the medium. This confuses some software (which is to say Windows)
when a device newfs(8)ed under NetBSD is transported to another
system. (Note: The rest of the code uses 'bsec', and DTRT for smaller
file systems.)
contributed anonymously.
|
| 1.28 | 26-Dec-2008 |
jmcneill | The kernel now accepts BPB with heads > 255, so don't limit the number
of drive heads.
|
| 1.27 | 11-Aug-2008 |
christos | branches: 1.27.2;
teach this about wedges.
|
| 1.26 | 08-Feb-2007 |
drochner | branches: 1.26.12; 1.26.16;
include <signal.h> where signal(3) is used
|
| 1.25 | 21-Jan-2007 |
cbiere | Avoid crash if the filename contains no digits.
|
| 1.24 | 25-Nov-2006 |
scw | Don't use negative offsets from "bpb.bps" when writing out values such
as DOSMAGIC in the MBR. In non-512 byte media, the MBR is still 512
bytes in length.
Based on the patches provided in PR kern/17398 by Trevin Beattie.
|
| 1.23 | 16-Oct-2006 |
christos | c99 initializers
|
| 1.22 | 27-Sep-2006 |
christos | Coverity CID 3788: comment out impossible code.
|
| 1.21 | 25-May-2006 |
christos | Coverity CID 830: Fix dead code issue
|
| 1.20 | 23-May-2006 |
christos | Coverity CID 3287: Comment out dead code.
|
| 1.19 | 16-Apr-2005 |
tsutsui | Add a tweak to default value settings for a number of drive heads
and a number of sectors per track.
According to sys/fs/msdosfs/msdosfs_vfsops.c:msdosfs_mountfs(),
the kernel doesn't accept BPB with spt (sector per track) > 63
or hds (drive heads) > 255, so if values taken from disklabel
don't match these restrictions, use popular BIOS default values
(255/63) instead.
|
| 1.18 | 29-Oct-2004 |
dsl | branches: 1.18.2;
Add (unsigned char) cast to ctype function
|
| 1.17 | 22-Sep-2004 |
thorpej | Change the default volume label from "NO NAME" to "NO_NAME". Note the
default in the manual page.
|
| 1.16 | 22-Sep-2004 |
thorpej | Default the OEM ID to "NetBSD" rather than "BSD 4.4". (Geez, did 4.4BSD
even have a newfs_msdos command?)
|
| 1.15 | 21-Apr-2004 |
christos | Replace the statfs() family of system calls with statvfs().
Retain binary compatibility.
|
| 1.14 | 05-Jan-2004 |
jmmv | branches: 1.14.2;
Homogenize usage messages: make the 'usage' word all lowercase, as this seems
to be the most common practice in our tree.
|
| 1.13 | 23-Nov-2003 |
lukem | Determine the MBR partition type relevant for the resulting partition,
and display that.
|
| 1.12 | 08-Oct-2003 |
lukem | add some more detail to an error message
|
| 1.11 | 13-Jul-2003 |
itojun | snprintf
|
| 1.10 | 21-Apr-2003 |
dbj | add a SIGINFO handler progress indicator
|
| 1.9 | 17-Sep-2001 |
toshii | Uncomment-out part of FreeBSD code so that we can calculate partition
index from a filename.
|
| 1.8 | 10-Sep-2001 |
pooka | * expand device name to raw device, not block device (eg. wd0a -> /dev/rwd0a)
* #ifdef non-relevant FreeBSD slice consistency check
|
| 1.7 | 10-Sep-2001 |
christos | - Remove old files.
- Port to NetBSD
XXX: *untested*
|
| 1.6 | 19-Feb-2001 |
cgd | convert to use getprogname()
|
| 1.5 | 04-Feb-2001 |
christos | fix nested extern
|
| 1.4 | 26-Jul-1999 |
cgd | after determining the size of a file being used as a msdosfs, seek back to
its start so subsequent writes go to the right places.
|
| 1.3 | 17-Oct-1997 |
drochner | branches: 1.3.4;
make it compile again after msdosfs changes
|
| 1.2 | 15-Sep-1997 |
lukem | * cleanup for WARNS=1
|
| 1.1 | 01-Mar-1997 |
christos | branches: 1.1.1;
From FreeBSD's mkdosfs:
- KNF
- cleaned up a few typos.
- use the msdosfs header files.
- separated Makefile and Makefile.boot, since we cannot build
bootcode.h (yet)
ToDo:
- Make it work on hard disks; only works on floppies
- Make it accept an msdos.sys io.sys and a command.com, to make
a real dos bootable disk.
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 10-Sep-2001 |
christos | Import FreeBSD's newfs_msdos
|
| 1.3.4.1 | 20-Aug-1999 |
cgd | pull up rev 1.4 from trunk (cgd)
|
| 1.14.2.2 | 23-Sep-2004 |
jmc | Pullup rev 1.17 (requested by thorpej in ticket #870)
Change the default volume label from "NO NAME" to "NO_NAME".
|
| 1.14.2.1 | 23-Sep-2004 |
jmc | Pullup rev 1.16 (requested by thorpej in ticket #869)
Default the OEM ID to "NetBSD" rather than "BSD 4.4".
|
| 1.18.2.1 | 01-May-2005 |
tron | Pull up revision 1.19 (requested by tsutsui in ticket #230):
Add a tweak to default value settings for a number of drive heads
and a number of sectors per track.
According to sys/fs/msdosfs/msdosfs_vfsops.c:msdosfs_mountfs(),
the kernel doesn't accept BPB with spt (sector per track) > 63
or hds (drive heads) > 255, so if values taken from disklabel
don't match these restrictions, use popular BIOS default values
(255/63) instead.
|
| 1.26.16.1 | 18-Sep-2008 |
wrstuden | Sync with wrstuden-revivesa-base-2.
|
| 1.26.12.2 | 17-Jan-2009 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.26.12.1 | 28-Sep-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.27.2.3 | 27-Nov-2009 |
sborrill | Pull up the following revisions(s) (requested by tsutsui in ticket #1163):
sbin/newfs_msdos/newfs_msdos.c: revision 1.30
Make fs size detection get proper size rather than disk size.
Without this, newfs_msdos(8) assumes the target fs size is
whole disk size, so newfs_msdos(8) will fail or create wrong fs.
|
| 1.27.2.2 | 02-Feb-2009 |
snj | branches: 1.27.2.2.2; 1.27.2.2.4;
Pull up following revision(s) (requested by mrg in ticket #389):
sbin/newfs_msdos/newfs_msdos.c: revision 1.29
Do not erroneously leave a truncated 16-bit sector
count on "large" (>=32MB) file systems when fetching the geometry from
the medium. This confuses some software (which is to say Windows)
when a device newfs(8)ed under NetBSD is transported to another
system. (Note: The rest of the code uses 'bsec', and DTRT for smaller
file systems.)
contributed anonymously.
|
| 1.27.2.1 | 22-Jan-2009 |
snj | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by jmcneill in ticket #285):
sbin/newfs_msdos/newfs_msdos.c: revision 1.28
The kernel now accepts BPB with heads > 255, so don't limit the number
of drive heads.
|
| 1.27.2.2.4.1 | 21-Apr-2010 |
matt | sync to netbsd-5
|
| 1.27.2.2.2.1 | 27-Nov-2009 |
sborrill | Pull up the following revisions(s) (requested by tsutsui in ticket #1163):
sbin/newfs_msdos/newfs_msdos.c: revision 1.30
Make fs size detection get proper size rather than disk size.
Without this, newfs_msdos(8) assumes the target fs size is
whole disk size, so newfs_msdos(8) will fail or create wrong fs.
|
| 1.29.2.1 | 13-May-2009 |
jym | Sync with HEAD.
Third (and last) commit. See http://mail-index.netbsd.org/source-changes/2009/05/13/msg221222.html
|
| 1.36.2.4 | 22-May-2014 |
yamt | sync with head.
for a reference, the tree before this commit was tagged
as yamt-pagecache-tag8.
this commit was splitted into small chunks to avoid
a limitation of cvs. ("Protocol error: too many arguments")
|
| 1.36.2.3 | 23-Jan-2013 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.36.2.2 | 16-Jan-2013 |
yamt | sync with (a bit old) head
|
| 1.36.2.1 | 30-Oct-2012 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.38.2.2 | 25-Feb-2013 |
tls | resync with head
|
| 1.38.2.1 | 20-Nov-2012 |
tls | Resync to 2012-11-19 00:00:00 UTC
|
| 1.43.4.1 | 21-Apr-2017 |
bouyer | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.43.2.1 | 20-Mar-2017 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.5 | 06-Aug-2011 |
dholland | No longer any need for -Wno-pointer-sign here.
|
| 1.4 | 20-Jun-2011 |
mrg | remove most of the remaining HAVE_GCC tests that are always true in
the modern world.
|
| 1.3 | 29-Aug-2008 |
gmcgarry | branches: 1.3.16;
Wrap compiler-specific flags with HAVE_GCC and HAVE_PCC as necessary. Add a few flags for PCC.
|
| 1.2 | 11-May-2006 |
mrg | branches: 1.2.20; 1.2.24;
sprinkle some -fno-strict-aliasing and -Wno-pointer-sign with GCC4.
|
| 1.1 | 29-Dec-2005 |
tsutsui | Add preliminary support for System V Boot File System.
Written by UCHIYAMA Yasushi <uch@netbsd>.
|
| 1.2.24.1 | 18-Sep-2008 |
wrstuden | Sync with wrstuden-revivesa-base-2.
|
| 1.2.20.1 | 28-Sep-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.3.16.1 | 23-Jun-2011 |
cherry | Catchup with rmind-uvmplock merge.
|
| 1.6 | 12-Sep-2016 |
sevan | Add AUTHORS section.
Bump date.
|
| 1.5 | 10-Apr-2009 |
wiz | Sort option descriptions.
|
| 1.4 | 09-Apr-2009 |
pooka | Support creating a file system to a regular file.
|
| 1.3 | 04-Aug-2007 |
pooka | branches: 1.3.16; 1.3.20;
typographical fixes
from Matthew Wala in misc/36729
|
| 1.2 | 12-Jan-2006 |
wiz | More markup, sort SEE ALSO, remove superfluous Pp.
|
| 1.1 | 29-Dec-2005 |
tsutsui | Add preliminary support for System V Boot File System.
Written by UCHIYAMA Yasushi <uch@netbsd>.
|
| 1.3.20.1 | 13-May-2009 |
jym | Sync with HEAD.
Third (and last) commit. See http://mail-index.netbsd.org/source-changes/2009/05/13/msg221222.html
|
| 1.3.16.2 | 04-Aug-2007 |
pooka | typographical fixes
from Matthew Wala in misc/36729
|
| 1.3.16.1 | 04-Aug-2007 |
pooka | file newfs_sysvbfs.8 was added on branch matt-mips64 on 2007-08-04 10:45:37 +0000
|
| 1.10 | 10-Jan-2017 |
christos | fix includes, addr __RCSID
|
| 1.9 | 23-Mar-2014 |
dholland | branches: 1.9.8;
don't use sprintf
|
| 1.8 | 29-Aug-2011 |
joerg | branches: 1.8.2; 1.8.8;
Use __dead
|
| 1.7 | 11-Apr-2009 |
lukem | fix sign-compare issue
|
| 1.6 | 11-Apr-2009 |
lukem | fix sign-compare issue
|
| 1.5 | 10-Apr-2009 |
wiz | Sync usage with man page; remove 0xa0 character from usage.
|
| 1.4 | 09-Apr-2009 |
pooka | Support creating a file system to a regular file.
|
| 1.3 | 25-Feb-2009 |
joerg | Make function bodies static, the prototype already is.
|
| 1.2 | 28-Apr-2008 |
martin | branches: 1.2.6;
Remove clause 3 and 4 from TNF licenses
|
| 1.1 | 29-Dec-2005 |
tsutsui | branches: 1.1.20; 1.1.22;
Add preliminary support for System V Boot File System.
Written by UCHIYAMA Yasushi <uch@netbsd>.
|
| 1.1.22.1 | 18-May-2008 |
yamt | sync with head.
|
| 1.1.20.1 | 02-Jun-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.2.6.1 | 13-May-2009 |
jym | Sync with HEAD.
Third (and last) commit. See http://mail-index.netbsd.org/source-changes/2009/05/13/msg221222.html
|
| 1.8.8.1 | 20-Aug-2014 |
tls | Rebase to HEAD as of a few days ago.
|
| 1.8.2.1 | 22-May-2014 |
yamt | sync with head.
for a reference, the tree before this commit was tagged
as yamt-pagecache-tag8.
this commit was splitted into small chunks to avoid
a limitation of cvs. ("Protocol error: too many arguments")
|
| 1.9.8.1 | 20-Mar-2017 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.10 | 03-Jun-2023 |
lukem | adapt to ${CC_WNO_ADDRESS_OF_PACKED_MEMBER}
Simplify CWARNFLAGS to use ${CC_WNO_ADDRESS_OF_PACKED_MEMBER}
which works for both clang and gcc, and remove compiler-specific
equivalents.
|
| 1.9 | 03-Jun-2023 |
lukem | bsd.own.mk: rename to CC_WNO_ADDRESS_OF_PACKED_MEMBER
Provide a single variable
CC_WNO_ADDRESS_OF_PACKED_MEMBER
with options for both clang and gcc, to replace
CLANG_NO_ADDR_OF_PACKED_MEMBER
CC_NO_ADDR_OF_PACKED_MEMBER
GCC_NO_ADDR_OF_PACKED_MEMBER
Using the convention CC_compilerflag, where compilerflag
is based on the full compiler flag name.
|
| 1.8 | 06-Apr-2022 |
reinoud | Refactor and rewrite of newfs_udf(8) and makefs(8) (-t udf) with a shared
section for fsck_udf(8).
Newfs_udf and makefs support predefined disc image profiles, harddisc
partitions (disklabel and wedges on all generic block devices) and all optical
media types on CD/DVD/BD writers.
Newfs_udf and makefs now also support formatting of UDF 2.50 with a metadata
partition.
|
| 1.7 | 06-Sep-2020 |
mrg | add support for new GCC 9 warnings that may be too much to fix
right now. new address-of-packed-member and format-overflow
warnings have new GCC_NO_ADDR_OF_PACKED_MEMBER amd
GCC_NO_FORMAT_OVERFLOW variables to remove these warnings.
apply to a bunch of the tree. mostly, these are real bugs that
should be fixed, but in many cases, only by removing the 'packed'
attribute from some structure that doesn't really need it. (i
looked at many different ones, and while perhaps 60-80% were
already properly aligned, it wasn't clear to me that the uses
were always coming from sane data vs network alignment, so it
doesn't seem safe to remove packed without careful research for
each affect struct.) clang already warned (and was not erroring)
for many of these cases, but gcc picked up dozens more.
|
| 1.6 | 11-Jan-2017 |
joerg | Disable a couple of warnings until further investigation.
|
| 1.5 | 18-Mar-2014 |
riastradh | branches: 1.5.8;
Merge riastradh-drm2 to HEAD.
|
| 1.4 | 18-Jul-2013 |
reinoud | Initial split up for making newfs_udf(8) routines suitable for makefs_udf(8)
|
| 1.3 | 11-Apr-2009 |
lukem | branches: 1.3.6; 1.3.12; 1.3.16;
Enable WARNS=4 by default except for:
dump dump_lfs fsck_ffs fsck_lfs fsdb mount_smbfs
newfs_ext2fs newfs_lfs resize_lfs setkey
|
| 1.2 | 14-Jan-2009 |
he | branches: 1.2.2;
Ensure that all the files in SRCS are *.c files (there were some
files matching *.o (!) in the list). Thanks to cube@ for spotting
what I could not see. Should fix issue with UPDATE builds across
the recent time_t merge and associated shared lib major bumps.
|
| 1.1 | 14-May-2008 |
reinoud | branches: 1.1.2; 1.1.4; 1.1.6;
Import writing part of the UDF file system making optical media like CD's
and DVD's behave like floppy discs. Writing is supported upto and including
version 2.01; version 2.50 and 2.60 will follow.
Also extending the UDF implementation to support symbolic links and
hardlinks.
Added are the mmcformat(8) tool to format rewritable CD/DVD discs and
newfs_udf(8).
Limitations:
all operations can be performed on the file system though the
sheduling is currently optimised for archiving workloads.
mv(1)/rename(2) is currently only implemented for non-directories.
|
| 1.1.6.2 | 17-Sep-2008 |
wrstuden | Sync with wrstuden-revivesa-base-2. Pull in things that are new,
and pull in some things that were missed in the last sync.
|
| 1.1.6.1 | 14-May-2008 |
wrstuden | file Makefile was added on branch wrstuden-revivesa on 2008-09-17 04:43:59 +0000
|
| 1.1.4.3 | 17-Jan-2009 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.1.4.2 | 02-Jun-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.1.4.1 | 14-May-2008 |
mjf | file Makefile was added on branch mjf-devfs2 on 2008-06-02 13:21:23 +0000
|
| 1.1.2.2 | 18-May-2008 |
yamt | sync with head.
|
| 1.1.2.1 | 14-May-2008 |
yamt | file Makefile was added on branch yamt-pf42 on 2008-05-18 12:30:54 +0000
|
| 1.2.2.1 | 13-May-2009 |
jym | Sync with HEAD.
Third (and last) commit. See http://mail-index.netbsd.org/source-changes/2009/05/13/msg221222.html
|
| 1.3.16.1 | 23-Jul-2013 |
riastradh | sync with HEAD
|
| 1.3.12.1 | 20-Aug-2014 |
tls | Rebase to HEAD as of a few days ago.
|
| 1.3.6.1 | 22-May-2014 |
yamt | sync with head.
for a reference, the tree before this commit was tagged
as yamt-pagecache-tag8.
this commit was splitted into small chunks to avoid
a limitation of cvs. ("Protocol error: too many arguments")
|
| 1.5.8.1 | 20-Mar-2017 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.18 | 06-Aug-2013 |
wiz | Fix article.
|
| 1.17 | 06-Aug-2013 |
wiz | Sort sections. Remove superfluous Ed.
|
| 1.16 | 06-Aug-2013 |
reinoud | Clarify volumeset name restrictions when specifying it in newfs_udf(8)
|
| 1.15 | 06-Aug-2013 |
reinoud | Fix misplaced BUGS section and fix layout
|
| 1.14 | 05-Aug-2013 |
wiz | Sort.
|
| 1.13 | 05-Aug-2013 |
reinoud | Adjust newfs_udf to be sharing code with the new `makefs -t udf' to be
comitted.
|
| 1.12 | 20-Jul-2013 |
wiz | Use Mt for email addresses.
|
| 1.11 | 02-Jul-2013 |
wiz | branches: 1.11.2;
Sort sections. New sentence, new line. Fix macro.
|
| 1.10 | 02-Jul-2013 |
reinoud | Update newfs_udf to allow for creating file images with -F and specifying
sector sizes with -S.
For this i had to recycle the -S parameter but its preserved as an extension
to the -P parameter. These parameters are hardly ever use though since using
either or both the origional -S and the -P parameter without specific values
would break the standard. Also the -F now has a double meaning.
|
| 1.9 | 29-Jun-2013 |
reinoud | Small rewording of the examples section.
|
| 1.8 | 28-Apr-2011 |
wiz | branches: 1.8.4; 1.8.10;
Sort options and option descriptions. Fix a typo. New sentence, new line.
|
| 1.7 | 23-Dec-2009 |
mbalmer | Bump date.
|
| 1.6 | 23-Dec-2009 |
mbalmer | Fix typo in command output.
|
| 1.5 | 18-Jan-2009 |
lukem | Use KiB MiB GiB instead of Kb Mb Gb
|
| 1.4 | 26-Jul-2008 |
reinoud | branches: 1.4.2; 1.4.4;
Add UDF 2.50 metadata partition creation to newfs_udf(8). It allows a
percentage to the volume space to be pre-allocated for metadata on format.
Implementations that can't extent the metadata partitions can thus use the
discs too.
Note that the kernel UDF code can't write to UDF 2.50 metadata partitions
yet; this is a work-in-progress.
Also note that the default formatting version choice is still version 2.01
i.e. without the metadata partition.
|
| 1.3 | 21-Jun-2008 |
wiz | Sort options.
New sentence, new line.
Use more markup.
Drop trailing whitespace.
Bump date for previous.
|
| 1.2 | 19-Jun-2008 |
reinoud | Allow UDF versions to be both specified as a hex value and as a float
value. Its now possible to specify version 2.50 as "2.50" or "0x250".
|
| 1.1 | 14-May-2008 |
reinoud | branches: 1.1.2; 1.1.4;
Import writing part of the UDF file system making optical media like CD's
and DVD's behave like floppy discs. Writing is supported upto and including
version 2.01; version 2.50 and 2.60 will follow.
Also extending the UDF implementation to support symbolic links and
hardlinks.
Added are the mmcformat(8) tool to format rewritable CD/DVD discs and
newfs_udf(8).
Limitations:
all operations can be performed on the file system though the
sheduling is currently optimised for archiving workloads.
mv(1)/rename(2) is currently only implemented for non-directories.
|
| 1.1.4.4 | 28-Sep-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.1.4.3 | 29-Jun-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.1.4.2 | 02-Jun-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.1.4.1 | 14-May-2008 |
mjf | file newfs_udf.8 was added on branch mjf-devfs2 on 2008-06-02 13:21:23 +0000
|
| 1.1.2.2 | 18-May-2008 |
yamt | sync with head.
|
| 1.1.2.1 | 14-May-2008 |
yamt | file newfs_udf.8 was added on branch yamt-pf42 on 2008-05-18 12:30:54 +0000
|
| 1.4.4.2 | 09-Jan-2010 |
snj | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by mbalmer in ticket #1209):
dist/pdisk/pdisk.c: revision 1.18
distrib/amiga/floppies/upgr/upgrade.sh: revision 1.9
sbin/newfs_udf/newfs_udf.8: revision 1.6
sbin/newfs_udf/udf_create.c: revision 1.17
Fix typo in command output.
|
| 1.4.4.1 | 18-Feb-2009 |
snj | branches: 1.4.4.1.4;
Pull up following revision(s) (requested by reinoud in ticket #444):
sbin/newfs_udf/newfs_udf.8: revision 1.5
sbin/newfs_udf/newfs_udf.c: revision 1.7
sbin/newfs_udf/udf_create.c: revision 1.14
Use KiB MiB GiB instead of Kb Mb Gb
|
| 1.4.4.1.4.1 | 21-Apr-2010 |
matt | sync to netbsd-5
|
| 1.4.2.2 | 17-Sep-2008 |
wrstuden | Sync with wrstuden-revivesa-base-2. Pull in things that are new,
and pull in some things that were missed in the last sync.
|
| 1.4.2.1 | 26-Jul-2008 |
wrstuden | file newfs_udf.8 was added on branch wrstuden-revivesa on 2008-09-17 04:43:59 +0000
|
| 1.8.10.1 | 20-Aug-2014 |
tls | Rebase to HEAD as of a few days ago.
|
| 1.8.4.1 | 22-May-2014 |
yamt | sync with head.
for a reference, the tree before this commit was tagged
as yamt-pagecache-tag8.
this commit was splitted into small chunks to avoid
a limitation of cvs. ("Protocol error: too many arguments")
|
| 1.11.2.1 | 23-Jul-2013 |
riastradh | sync with HEAD
|
| 1.24 | 09-Apr-2022 |
riastradh | newfs_udf(8): Nix trailing whitespace.
No functional change intended.
|
| 1.23 | 06-Apr-2022 |
reinoud | Refactor and rewrite of newfs_udf(8) and makefs(8) (-t udf) with a shared
section for fsck_udf(8).
Newfs_udf and makefs support predefined disc image profiles, harddisc
partitions (disklabel and wedges on all generic block devices) and all optical
media types on CD/DVD/BD writers.
Newfs_udf and makefs now also support formatting of UDF 2.50 with a metadata
partition.
|
| 1.22 | 19-Sep-2021 |
andvar | fix various typos in comments, messages and documentation.
|
| 1.21 | 20-Aug-2021 |
andvar | fix various typos in comments and log messages.
|
| 1.20 | 05-Apr-2020 |
joerg | Fix depenency on common symbols in sbin.
|
| 1.19 | 09-Mar-2016 |
christos | branches: 1.19.16;
PR/50920: David Binderman: fix leak
|
| 1.18 | 09-Aug-2013 |
reinoud | Fix possible 32 bit issues. In practice hard to reach but better be safe than
sorry.
|
| 1.17 | 06-Aug-2013 |
reinoud | Switch back program version to the version of the newfs_udf/makefs code.
While here, visit the 80 columns police :)
|
| 1.16 | 06-Aug-2013 |
reinoud | Oops, forgot to export a_udf_version() that checks if the input string is a
valid UDF version notation.
|
| 1.15 | 05-Aug-2013 |
reinoud | Adjust newfs_udf to be sharing code with the new `makefs -t udf' to be
comitted.
|
| 1.14 | 18-Jul-2013 |
reinoud | Initial split up for making newfs_udf(8) routines suitable for makefs_udf(8)
|
| 1.13 | 02-Jul-2013 |
reinoud | branches: 1.13.2;
Update newfs_udf to allow for creating file images with -F and specifying
sector sizes with -S.
For this i had to recycle the -S parameter but its preserved as an extension
to the -P parameter. These parameters are hardly ever use though since using
either or both the origional -S and the -P parameter without specific values
would break the standard. Also the -F now has a double meaning.
|
| 1.12 | 26-May-2011 |
reinoud | branches: 1.12.4; 1.12.10;
Fix accidental use of logical && instead of binary & in rare case.
Bug noticed by Joerg and clang :)
|
| 1.11 | 21-Jan-2011 |
reinoud | When requesting to disable metadata partitions, also disable low formatting.
When no meta and not low formatting we can lower the required UDF version.
|
| 1.10 | 21-Jan-2011 |
reinoud | Fix typo in comment
|
| 1.9 | 04-Jan-2011 |
wiz | branches: 1.9.2;
Fix memory leaks. Found by cppcheck.
|
| 1.8 | 17-Sep-2009 |
reinoud | Update TODO message; we can format with meta data partitions, only not yet for
BD-R, i.e. UDF 2.60.
|
| 1.7 | 18-Jan-2009 |
lukem | Use KiB MiB GiB instead of Kb Mb Gb
|
| 1.6 | 18-Jan-2009 |
lukem | * Fix -Wsign-compare issues.
* Add some XXXs noting where we might want to check for 16bit overflow.
* Use uintNN_t instead of int if the values is read from or written to
using udf_rwNN().
|
| 1.5 | 05-Aug-2008 |
pooka | branches: 1.5.2; 1.5.4;
Refactor mount utilities to provide a mount_fs_parseargs() routine.
Use this routine both in mount_fs and rump_fs to provide equivalent
command line parameters and therefore usage interchangeability.
While doing this, combine some common mountgoop to mountprog.h
|
| 1.4 | 26-Jul-2008 |
reinoud | Add UDF 2.50 metadata partition creation to newfs_udf(8). It allows a
percentage to the volume space to be pre-allocated for metadata on format.
Implementations that can't extent the metadata partitions can thus use the
discs too.
Note that the kernel UDF code can't write to UDF 2.50 metadata partitions
yet; this is a work-in-progress.
Also note that the default formatting version choice is still version 2.01
i.e. without the metadata partition.
|
| 1.3 | 19-Jun-2008 |
reinoud | Allow UDF versions to be both specified as a hex value and as a float
value. Its now possible to specify version 2.50 as "2.50" or "0x250".
|
| 1.2 | 19-Jun-2008 |
reinoud | If the written out descriptor contains a file descriptor or an extended
file descriptor, update the location of the extended attribute space if
present.
|
| 1.1 | 14-May-2008 |
reinoud | branches: 1.1.2; 1.1.4;
Import writing part of the UDF file system making optical media like CD's
and DVD's behave like floppy discs. Writing is supported upto and including
version 2.01; version 2.50 and 2.60 will follow.
Also extending the UDF implementation to support symbolic links and
hardlinks.
Added are the mmcformat(8) tool to format rewritable CD/DVD discs and
newfs_udf(8).
Limitations:
all operations can be performed on the file system though the
sheduling is currently optimised for archiving workloads.
mv(1)/rename(2) is currently only implemented for non-directories.
|
| 1.1.4.4 | 28-Sep-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.1.4.3 | 29-Jun-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.1.4.2 | 02-Jun-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.1.4.1 | 14-May-2008 |
mjf | file newfs_udf.c was added on branch mjf-devfs2 on 2008-06-02 13:21:23 +0000
|
| 1.1.2.2 | 18-May-2008 |
yamt | sync with head.
|
| 1.1.2.1 | 14-May-2008 |
yamt | file newfs_udf.c was added on branch yamt-pf42 on 2008-05-18 12:30:54 +0000
|
| 1.5.4.2 | 18-Feb-2009 |
snj | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by reinoud in ticket #444):
sbin/newfs_udf/newfs_udf.8: revision 1.5
sbin/newfs_udf/newfs_udf.c: revision 1.7
sbin/newfs_udf/udf_create.c: revision 1.14
Use KiB MiB GiB instead of Kb Mb Gb
|
| 1.5.4.1 | 18-Feb-2009 |
snj | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by reinoud in ticket #444):
sbin/newfs_udf/newfs_udf.c: revision 1.6
sbin/newfs_udf/udf_create.c: revision 1.13
sbin/newfs_udf/udf_create.h: revision 1.3
* Fix -Wsign-compare issues.
* Add some XXXs noting where we might want to check for 16bit overflow.
* Use uintNN_t instead of int if the values is read from or written to
using udf_rwNN().
|
| 1.5.2.2 | 17-Sep-2008 |
wrstuden | Sync with wrstuden-revivesa-base-2. Pull in things that are new,
and pull in some things that were missed in the last sync.
|
| 1.5.2.1 | 05-Aug-2008 |
wrstuden | file newfs_udf.c was added on branch wrstuden-revivesa on 2008-09-17 04:43:59 +0000
|
| 1.9.2.1 | 08-Feb-2011 |
bouyer | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.12.10.1 | 20-Aug-2014 |
tls | Rebase to HEAD as of a few days ago.
|
| 1.12.4.1 | 22-May-2014 |
yamt | sync with head.
for a reference, the tree before this commit was tagged
as yamt-pagecache-tag8.
this commit was splitted into small chunks to avoid
a limitation of cvs. ("Protocol error: too many arguments")
|
| 1.13.2.1 | 23-Jul-2013 |
riastradh | sync with HEAD
|
| 1.19.16.1 | 08-Apr-2020 |
martin | Merge changes from current as of 20200406
|
| 1.9 | 09-Apr-2022 |
riastradh | newfs_udf(8): Nix trailing whitespace.
No functional change intended.
|
| 1.8 | 06-Apr-2022 |
reinoud | Refactor and rewrite of newfs_udf(8) and makefs(8) (-t udf) with a shared
section for fsck_udf(8).
Newfs_udf and makefs support predefined disc image profiles, harddisc
partitions (disklabel and wedges on all generic block devices) and all optical
media types on CD/DVD/BD writers.
Newfs_udf and makefs now also support formatting of UDF 2.50 with a metadata
partition.
|
| 1.7 | 05-Apr-2020 |
joerg | Fix depenency on common symbols in sbin.
|
| 1.6 | 30-Jun-2019 |
sevan | branches: 1.6.2;
Add rcsid
|
| 1.5 | 09-Aug-2013 |
reinoud | branches: 1.5.4; 1.5.8; 1.5.22; 1.5.30;
Fix possible 32 bit issues. In practice hard to reach but better be safe than
sorry.
|
| 1.4 | 06-Aug-2013 |
reinoud | Switch back program version to the version of the newfs_udf/makefs code.
While here, visit the 80 columns police :)
|
| 1.3 | 05-Aug-2013 |
reinoud | Fix newfs(8) to compile again.
|
| 1.2 | 05-Aug-2013 |
joerg | Allow building UDF parts of makefs on !NetBSD.
|
| 1.1 | 18-Jul-2013 |
reinoud | branches: 1.1.2;
Initial split up for making newfs_udf(8) routines suitable for makefs_udf(8)
|
| 1.1.2.2 | 23-Jul-2013 |
riastradh | sync with HEAD
|
| 1.1.2.1 | 18-Jul-2013 |
riastradh | file newfs_udf.h was added on branch riastradh-drm2 on 2013-07-23 21:07:31 +0000
|
| 1.5.30.2 | 13-Apr-2020 |
martin | Mostly merge changes from HEAD upto 20200411
|
| 1.5.30.1 | 08-Apr-2020 |
martin | Merge changes from current as of 20200406
|
| 1.5.22.1 | 07-May-2021 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by mrg in ticket #1678):
bin/pax/options.c: revision 1.119
usr.bin/config/scan.l: revision 1.32
usr.bin/make/main.c: revision 1.274
bin/pax/extern.h: revision 1.60
usr.bin/config/defs.h: revision 1.106
usr.bin/make/make.h: revision 1.105
sbin/newfs_udf/udf_create.c: revision 1.27 (patch)
sbin/newfs_udf/newfs_udf.h: revision 1.7 (patch)
usr.bin/config/main.c: revision 1.100
usr.sbin/installboot/Makefile: revisions 1.53,1.54 (patch)
usr.sbin/installboot/installboot.h: revision 1.41 (patch)
usr.sbin/installboot/machines.c: revisisons 1.41,1.42 (patch)
Avoid depending on common symbols.
|
| 1.5.8.2 | 20-Aug-2014 |
tls | Rebase to HEAD as of a few days ago.
|
| 1.5.8.1 | 09-Aug-2013 |
tls | file newfs_udf.h was added on branch tls-maxphys on 2014-08-20 00:02:27 +0000
|
| 1.5.4.2 | 22-May-2014 |
yamt | sync with head.
for a reference, the tree before this commit was tagged
as yamt-pagecache-tag8.
this commit was splitted into small chunks to avoid
a limitation of cvs. ("Protocol error: too many arguments")
|
| 1.5.4.1 | 09-Aug-2013 |
yamt | file newfs_udf.h was added on branch yamt-pagecache on 2014-05-22 11:37:31 +0000
|
| 1.6.2.1 | 30-Apr-2021 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by mrg in ticket #1263):
bin/pax/options.c: revision 1.119
usr.bin/config/scan.l: revision 1.32
usr.bin/make/main.c: revision 1.274
bin/pax/extern.h: revision 1.60
usr.bin/config/defs.h: revision 1.106
usr.bin/make/make.h: revision 1.105
sbin/newfs_udf/udf_create.c: revision 1.27 (patch)
sbin/newfs_udf/newfs_udf.h: revision 1.7 (patch)
usr.bin/config/main.c: revision 1.100
Avoid depending on common symbols.
|
| 1.14 | 05-Feb-2024 |
andvar | fix various typos in comments.
|
| 1.13 | 28-May-2022 |
andvar | fix various typos in comments, mainly origional->original,
extened->extended, incomming->incoming.
|
| 1.12 | 22-May-2022 |
andvar | fix various small typos, mainly in comments.
|
| 1.11 | 15-May-2022 |
andvar | s/wich/which in comments.
|
| 1.10 | 07-May-2022 |
reinoud | Data is written out in fixed sized packets; discs are normally a multiple of
the packet size but they don't have to be so never write past the last sector.
|
| 1.9 | 26-Apr-2022 |
reinoud | Fix endian bug also in commented out code
|
| 1.8 | 26-Apr-2022 |
reinoud | Fix endian bug : Logblks recorded in fe/efe VAT is 64 bits
|
| 1.7 | 26-Apr-2022 |
reinoud | Fix endian bug in permission storage
|
| 1.6 | 26-Apr-2022 |
reinoud | Fix endian bug with VAT 1.50 format
|
| 1.5 | 25-Apr-2022 |
reinoud | Fix endian bug in logical volume creation for metadata/VAT partitions.
|
| 1.4 | 22-Apr-2022 |
reinoud | Fix endian issues with UDF extended attributes
|
| 1.3 | 22-Apr-2022 |
reinoud | Fix endian issues with fsck_udf/newfs_udf/makefs
|
| 1.2 | 09-Apr-2022 |
riastradh | newfs_udf(8): Nix trailing whitespace.
No functional change intended.
|
| 1.1 | 06-Apr-2022 |
reinoud | Refactor and rewrite of newfs_udf(8) and makefs(8) (-t udf) with a shared
section for fsck_udf(8).
Newfs_udf and makefs support predefined disc image profiles, harddisc
partitions (disklabel and wedges on all generic block devices) and all optical
media types on CD/DVD/BD writers.
Newfs_udf and makefs now also support formatting of UDF 2.50 with a metadata
partition.
|
| 1.3 | 07-Aug-2022 |
andvar | fix various typos in comments, documentation and messages.
mainly s/paramater/parameter/ and s/reduntant/redundant/.
|
| 1.2 | 09-Apr-2022 |
riastradh | newfs_udf(8): Nix trailing whitespace.
No functional change intended.
|
| 1.1 | 06-Apr-2022 |
reinoud | Refactor and rewrite of newfs_udf(8) and makefs(8) (-t udf) with a shared
section for fsck_udf(8).
Newfs_udf and makefs support predefined disc image profiles, harddisc
partitions (disklabel and wedges on all generic block devices) and all optical
media types on CD/DVD/BD writers.
Newfs_udf and makefs now also support formatting of UDF 2.50 with a metadata
partition.
|
| 1.32 | 06-Apr-2022 |
reinoud | Refactor and rewrite of newfs_udf(8) and makefs(8) (-t udf) with a shared
section for fsck_udf(8).
Newfs_udf and makefs support predefined disc image profiles, harddisc
partitions (disklabel and wedges on all generic block devices) and all optical
media types on CD/DVD/BD writers.
Newfs_udf and makefs now also support formatting of UDF 2.50 with a metadata
partition.
|
| 1.31 | 06-Feb-2022 |
andvar | fix various typos in comments, log messages and documentation.
mainly s/aparently/apparently/ and s/implmented/implemented/.
|
| 1.30 | 20-Aug-2021 |
andvar | fix various typos in comments and log messages.
|
| 1.29 | 13-Apr-2021 |
mrg | more GCC 10 fixes.
mDNSResponder: another wrong return local address
dhcp: ignore a seemingly impossible stringop overflow
hpacel: avoid maybe uninitialised error that is wrong.
rsh: avoid impossible malloc(0)
udf: cast pointers through (uintptr_t) to fool invalid boundary checks
|
| 1.28 | 14-May-2020 |
msaitoh | Remove extra semicolon.
|
| 1.27 | 05-Apr-2020 |
joerg | Fix depenency on common symbols in sbin.
|
| 1.26 | 09-Dec-2018 |
christos | branches: 1.26.2;
Address of packed member might not be aligned.
|
| 1.25 | 16-Jun-2015 |
christos | branches: 1.25.8; 1.25.14; 1.25.16;
fix error messages containing \n
|
| 1.24 | 19-Oct-2013 |
christos | fix unused variable warnings.
|
| 1.23 | 10-Aug-2013 |
tron | Fix tool build under Mac OS X by using gettimeofday(2) instead of
clock_gettime(2). This needs a proper auto-config check.
|
| 1.22 | 06-Aug-2013 |
reinoud | Switch back program version to the version of the newfs_udf/makefs code.
While here, visit the 80 columns police :)
|
| 1.21 | 06-Aug-2013 |
reinoud | Oops, forgot to export a_udf_version() that checks if the input string is a
valid UDF version notation.
|
| 1.20 | 05-Aug-2013 |
joerg | Allow building UDF parts of makefs on !NetBSD.
|
| 1.19 | 05-Aug-2013 |
reinoud | Fix memset() arguments to use the right type for sizeof() and streamline its
use of sizeof() to allways use the right type.
|
| 1.18 | 05-Aug-2013 |
reinoud | Adjust newfs_udf to be sharing code with the new `makefs -t udf' to be
comitted.
|
| 1.17 | 23-Dec-2009 |
mbalmer | branches: 1.17.6; 1.17.12;
Fix typo in command output.
|
| 1.16 | 19-May-2009 |
reinoud | Fix newfs_udf to create a valid disc images on bigendian machines.
|
| 1.15 | 15-Feb-2009 |
dholland | fix typo: "aprox." -> "approx." (approximate).
|
| 1.14 | 18-Jan-2009 |
lukem | branches: 1.14.2;
Use KiB MiB GiB instead of Kb Mb Gb
|
| 1.13 | 18-Jan-2009 |
lukem | * Fix -Wsign-compare issues.
* Add some XXXs noting where we might want to check for 16bit overflow.
* Use uintNN_t instead of int if the values is read from or written to
using udf_rwNN().
|
| 1.12 | 26-Jul-2008 |
reinoud | branches: 1.12.2; 1.12.4;
Add UDF 2.50 metadata partition creation to newfs_udf(8). It allows a
percentage to the volume space to be pre-allocated for metadata on format.
Implementations that can't extent the metadata partitions can thus use the
discs too.
Note that the kernel UDF code can't write to UDF 2.50 metadata partitions
yet; this is a work-in-progress.
Also note that the default formatting version choice is still version 2.01
i.e. without the metadata partition.
|
| 1.11 | 24-Jun-2008 |
reinoud | Use the new macros defined in ecma167-udf.h and also calculate the extended
attribute header crc check; not just the tag sum.
|
| 1.10 | 22-Jun-2008 |
reinoud | Rename functionname to be more in sync with the kernel function naming.
|
| 1.9 | 22-Jun-2008 |
reinoud | Initialise l_ea though technically not nessisary since its space is claimed
by a calloc() its more clear to explicitly initialise it to prevent
accidents might the routine be later changed.
|
| 1.8 | 21-Jun-2008 |
reinoud | DO set the birthtime please....
|
| 1.7 | 20-Jun-2008 |
reinoud | Factor out extended attribute header creation. The VAT and extended time
descriptors are now added by this function.
Extended attribute for birthtime added to (non-extended) file descriptors.
|
| 1.6 | 19-Jun-2008 |
reinoud | Remove superfluous crc and checksum calculations when we are already post
processing it later on writeout.
|
| 1.5 | 19-Jun-2008 |
reinoud | Don't keep a running pointer but calculate directly the data offset to
prepare for factoring out.
|
| 1.4 | 19-Jun-2008 |
reinoud | Move extended attribute header creation from VAT to all (non-extended) file
descriptor creations.
|
| 1.3 | 19-Jun-2008 |
reinoud | Clarify hack to move LVID sequence forward if there are bad blocks there
since the automatic bad block skipping is not yet done.
|
| 1.2 | 19-Jun-2008 |
reinoud | Fix commentZ
|
| 1.1 | 14-May-2008 |
reinoud | branches: 1.1.2; 1.1.4;
Import writing part of the UDF file system making optical media like CD's
and DVD's behave like floppy discs. Writing is supported upto and including
version 2.01; version 2.50 and 2.60 will follow.
Also extending the UDF implementation to support symbolic links and
hardlinks.
Added are the mmcformat(8) tool to format rewritable CD/DVD discs and
newfs_udf(8).
Limitations:
all operations can be performed on the file system though the
sheduling is currently optimised for archiving workloads.
mv(1)/rename(2) is currently only implemented for non-directories.
|
| 1.1.4.4 | 28-Sep-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.1.4.3 | 29-Jun-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.1.4.2 | 02-Jun-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.1.4.1 | 14-May-2008 |
mjf | file udf_create.c was added on branch mjf-devfs2 on 2008-06-02 13:21:23 +0000
|
| 1.1.2.2 | 18-May-2008 |
yamt | sync with head.
|
| 1.1.2.1 | 14-May-2008 |
yamt | file udf_create.c was added on branch yamt-pf42 on 2008-05-18 12:30:54 +0000
|
| 1.12.4.4 | 09-Jan-2010 |
snj | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by mbalmer in ticket #1209):
dist/pdisk/pdisk.c: revision 1.18
distrib/amiga/floppies/upgr/upgrade.sh: revision 1.9
sbin/newfs_udf/newfs_udf.8: revision 1.6
sbin/newfs_udf/udf_create.c: revision 1.17
Fix typo in command output.
|
| 1.12.4.3 | 06-Jun-2009 |
bouyer | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by reinoud in ticket #770):
sys/fs/udf/udf_subr.c: revision 1.88, 1.89
sys/fs/udf/udf_bswap.h: revision 1.6, 1.7
sys/fs/udf/udf_allocation.c: revision 1.22, 1.23
sbin/newfs_udf/udf_create.c: revision 1.16
Fix *serious* bug in bswapping definitions for big endian machines.
ANSI-fy. No idea why they weren't so in the first place.
Fix newfs_udf to create a valid disc images on bigendian machines.
A descriptor's CRC lenth is 16 bit so use udf_rw16() on tag.desc_crc_len.
Forgot to use the udf_rw16() on the descriptor crc lengths of FID's!
Also fix a few dubiously formatted checks.
On creation of a new node, don't forget to set the length of the allocated
space in the right endian!
Account for the logical blocks recorded by the extent in the right endian!
|
| 1.12.4.2 | 18-Feb-2009 |
snj | branches: 1.12.4.2.4;
Pull up following revision(s) (requested by reinoud in ticket #444):
sbin/newfs_udf/newfs_udf.8: revision 1.5
sbin/newfs_udf/newfs_udf.c: revision 1.7
sbin/newfs_udf/udf_create.c: revision 1.14
Use KiB MiB GiB instead of Kb Mb Gb
|
| 1.12.4.1 | 18-Feb-2009 |
snj | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by reinoud in ticket #444):
sbin/newfs_udf/newfs_udf.c: revision 1.6
sbin/newfs_udf/udf_create.c: revision 1.13
sbin/newfs_udf/udf_create.h: revision 1.3
* Fix -Wsign-compare issues.
* Add some XXXs noting where we might want to check for 16bit overflow.
* Use uintNN_t instead of int if the values is read from or written to
using udf_rwNN().
|
| 1.12.4.2.4.1 | 21-Apr-2010 |
matt | sync to netbsd-5
|
| 1.12.2.2 | 17-Sep-2008 |
wrstuden | Sync with wrstuden-revivesa-base-2. Pull in things that are new,
and pull in some things that were missed in the last sync.
|
| 1.12.2.1 | 26-Jul-2008 |
wrstuden | file udf_create.c was added on branch wrstuden-revivesa on 2008-09-17 04:43:59 +0000
|
| 1.14.2.1 | 13-May-2009 |
jym | Sync with HEAD.
Third (and last) commit. See http://mail-index.netbsd.org/source-changes/2009/05/13/msg221222.html
|
| 1.17.12.1 | 20-Aug-2014 |
tls | Rebase to HEAD as of a few days ago.
|
| 1.17.6.1 | 22-May-2014 |
yamt | sync with head.
for a reference, the tree before this commit was tagged
as yamt-pagecache-tag8.
this commit was splitted into small chunks to avoid
a limitation of cvs. ("Protocol error: too many arguments")
|
| 1.25.16.2 | 08-Apr-2020 |
martin | Merge changes from current as of 20200406
|
| 1.25.16.1 | 10-Jun-2019 |
christos | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.25.14.1 | 26-Dec-2018 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD, resolve a few conflicts
|
| 1.25.8.1 | 07-May-2021 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by mrg in ticket #1678):
bin/pax/options.c: revision 1.119
usr.bin/config/scan.l: revision 1.32
usr.bin/make/main.c: revision 1.274
bin/pax/extern.h: revision 1.60
usr.bin/config/defs.h: revision 1.106
usr.bin/make/make.h: revision 1.105
sbin/newfs_udf/udf_create.c: revision 1.27 (patch)
sbin/newfs_udf/newfs_udf.h: revision 1.7 (patch)
usr.bin/config/main.c: revision 1.100
usr.sbin/installboot/Makefile: revisions 1.53,1.54 (patch)
usr.sbin/installboot/installboot.h: revision 1.41 (patch)
usr.sbin/installboot/machines.c: revisisons 1.41,1.42 (patch)
Avoid depending on common symbols.
|
| 1.26.2.1 | 30-Apr-2021 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by mrg in ticket #1263):
bin/pax/options.c: revision 1.119
usr.bin/config/scan.l: revision 1.32
usr.bin/make/main.c: revision 1.274
bin/pax/extern.h: revision 1.60
usr.bin/config/defs.h: revision 1.106
usr.bin/make/make.h: revision 1.105
sbin/newfs_udf/udf_create.c: revision 1.27 (patch)
sbin/newfs_udf/newfs_udf.h: revision 1.7 (patch)
usr.bin/config/main.c: revision 1.100
Avoid depending on common symbols.
|
| 1.8 | 06-Apr-2022 |
reinoud | Refactor and rewrite of newfs_udf(8) and makefs(8) (-t udf) with a shared
section for fsck_udf(8).
Newfs_udf and makefs support predefined disc image profiles, harddisc
partitions (disklabel and wedges on all generic block devices) and all optical
media types on CD/DVD/BD writers.
Newfs_udf and makefs now also support formatting of UDF 2.50 with a metadata
partition.
|
| 1.7 | 09-Aug-2013 |
reinoud | Fix possible 32 bit issues. In practice hard to reach but better be safe than
sorry.
|
| 1.6 | 06-Aug-2013 |
reinoud | Oops, forgot to export a_udf_version() that checks if the input string is a
valid UDF version notation.
|
| 1.5 | 05-Aug-2013 |
joerg | Allow building UDF parts of makefs on !NetBSD.
|
| 1.4 | 05-Aug-2013 |
reinoud | Adjust newfs_udf to be sharing code with the new `makefs -t udf' to be
comitted.
|
| 1.3 | 18-Jan-2009 |
lukem | branches: 1.3.8; 1.3.14;
* Fix -Wsign-compare issues.
* Add some XXXs noting where we might want to check for 16bit overflow.
* Use uintNN_t instead of int if the values is read from or written to
using udf_rwNN().
|
| 1.2 | 26-Jul-2008 |
reinoud | branches: 1.2.2; 1.2.4;
Add UDF 2.50 metadata partition creation to newfs_udf(8). It allows a
percentage to the volume space to be pre-allocated for metadata on format.
Implementations that can't extent the metadata partitions can thus use the
discs too.
Note that the kernel UDF code can't write to UDF 2.50 metadata partitions
yet; this is a work-in-progress.
Also note that the default formatting version choice is still version 2.01
i.e. without the metadata partition.
|
| 1.1 | 14-May-2008 |
reinoud | branches: 1.1.2; 1.1.4;
Import writing part of the UDF file system making optical media like CD's
and DVD's behave like floppy discs. Writing is supported upto and including
version 2.01; version 2.50 and 2.60 will follow.
Also extending the UDF implementation to support symbolic links and
hardlinks.
Added are the mmcformat(8) tool to format rewritable CD/DVD discs and
newfs_udf(8).
Limitations:
all operations can be performed on the file system though the
sheduling is currently optimised for archiving workloads.
mv(1)/rename(2) is currently only implemented for non-directories.
|
| 1.1.4.3 | 28-Sep-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.1.4.2 | 02-Jun-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.1.4.1 | 14-May-2008 |
mjf | file udf_create.h was added on branch mjf-devfs2 on 2008-06-02 13:21:23 +0000
|
| 1.1.2.2 | 18-May-2008 |
yamt | sync with head.
|
| 1.1.2.1 | 14-May-2008 |
yamt | file udf_create.h was added on branch yamt-pf42 on 2008-05-18 12:30:54 +0000
|
| 1.2.4.1 | 18-Feb-2009 |
snj | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by reinoud in ticket #444):
sbin/newfs_udf/newfs_udf.c: revision 1.6
sbin/newfs_udf/udf_create.c: revision 1.13
sbin/newfs_udf/udf_create.h: revision 1.3
* Fix -Wsign-compare issues.
* Add some XXXs noting where we might want to check for 16bit overflow.
* Use uintNN_t instead of int if the values is read from or written to
using udf_rwNN().
|
| 1.2.2.2 | 17-Sep-2008 |
wrstuden | Sync with wrstuden-revivesa-base-2. Pull in things that are new,
and pull in some things that were missed in the last sync.
|
| 1.2.2.1 | 26-Jul-2008 |
wrstuden | file udf_create.h was added on branch wrstuden-revivesa on 2008-09-17 04:43:59 +0000
|
| 1.3.14.1 | 20-Aug-2014 |
tls | Rebase to HEAD as of a few days ago.
|
| 1.3.8.1 | 22-May-2014 |
yamt | sync with head.
for a reference, the tree before this commit was tagged
as yamt-pagecache-tag8.
this commit was splitted into small chunks to avoid
a limitation of cvs. ("Protocol error: too many arguments")
|
| 1.12 | 06-Apr-2022 |
reinoud | Refactor and rewrite of newfs_udf(8) and makefs(8) (-t udf) with a shared
section for fsck_udf(8).
Newfs_udf and makefs support predefined disc image profiles, harddisc
partitions (disklabel and wedges on all generic block devices) and all optical
media types on CD/DVD/BD writers.
Newfs_udf and makefs now also support formatting of UDF 2.50 with a metadata
partition.
|
| 1.11 | 01-Sep-2021 |
andvar | fix few typos in comments.
|
| 1.10 | 22-Aug-2021 |
andvar | s/priviledge/privilege/ in comments/log messages and fix one typo in descriptor.
|
| 1.9 | 02-Jan-2015 |
reinoud | Fix volumesetname to comply to UDF 2.01 [2.2.2.5]
|
| 1.8 | 25-Aug-2013 |
reinoud | branches: 1.8.4; 1.8.8;
Add the blockingnr determination for the -rom versions
|
| 1.7 | 06-Aug-2013 |
reinoud | Fix memory leaks found by Coverity and fix memoryleaks in the new code
|
| 1.6 | 05-Aug-2013 |
reinoud | Fix newfs(8) to compile again.
|
| 1.5 | 05-Aug-2013 |
joerg | Allow building UDF parts of makefs on !NetBSD.
|
| 1.4 | 05-Aug-2013 |
reinoud | Fix memset() arguments to use the right type for sizeof() and streamline its
use of sizeof() to allways use the right type.
|
| 1.3 | 05-Aug-2013 |
reinoud | Adjust newfs_udf to be sharing code with the new `makefs -t udf' to be
comitted.
|
| 1.2 | 18-Jul-2013 |
reinoud | branches: 1.2.2;
Add comment to udf_do_rootdir(). Might eventually be moved to newfs_udf(8)
|
| 1.1 | 18-Jul-2013 |
reinoud | Initial split up for making newfs_udf(8) routines suitable for makefs_udf(8)
|
| 1.2.2.2 | 23-Jul-2013 |
riastradh | sync with HEAD
|
| 1.2.2.1 | 18-Jul-2013 |
riastradh | file udf_write.c was added on branch riastradh-drm2 on 2013-07-23 21:07:31 +0000
|
| 1.8.8.2 | 20-Aug-2014 |
tls | Rebase to HEAD as of a few days ago.
|
| 1.8.8.1 | 25-Aug-2013 |
tls | file udf_write.c was added on branch tls-maxphys on 2014-08-20 00:02:27 +0000
|
| 1.8.4.2 | 22-May-2014 |
yamt | sync with head.
for a reference, the tree before this commit was tagged
as yamt-pagecache-tag8.
this commit was splitted into small chunks to avoid
a limitation of cvs. ("Protocol error: too many arguments")
|
| 1.8.4.1 | 25-Aug-2013 |
yamt | file udf_write.c was added on branch yamt-pagecache on 2014-05-22 11:37:31 +0000
|
| 1.5 | 06-Apr-2022 |
reinoud | Refactor and rewrite of newfs_udf(8) and makefs(8) (-t udf) with a shared
section for fsck_udf(8).
Newfs_udf and makefs support predefined disc image profiles, harddisc
partitions (disklabel and wedges on all generic block devices) and all optical
media types on CD/DVD/BD writers.
Newfs_udf and makefs now also support formatting of UDF 2.50 with a metadata
partition.
|
| 1.4 | 05-Aug-2013 |
reinoud | branches: 1.4.4; 1.4.8;
Fix newfs(8) to compile again.
|
| 1.3 | 05-Aug-2013 |
joerg | Allow building UDF parts of makefs on !NetBSD.
|
| 1.2 | 05-Aug-2013 |
reinoud | Adjust newfs_udf to be sharing code with the new `makefs -t udf' to be
comitted.
|
| 1.1 | 18-Jul-2013 |
reinoud | branches: 1.1.2;
Initial split up for making newfs_udf(8) routines suitable for makefs_udf(8)
|
| 1.1.2.2 | 23-Jul-2013 |
riastradh | sync with HEAD
|
| 1.1.2.1 | 18-Jul-2013 |
riastradh | file udf_write.h was added on branch riastradh-drm2 on 2013-07-23 21:07:31 +0000
|
| 1.4.8.2 | 20-Aug-2014 |
tls | Rebase to HEAD as of a few days ago.
|
| 1.4.8.1 | 05-Aug-2013 |
tls | file udf_write.h was added on branch tls-maxphys on 2014-08-20 00:02:27 +0000
|
| 1.4.4.2 | 22-May-2014 |
yamt | sync with head.
for a reference, the tree before this commit was tagged
as yamt-pagecache-tag8.
this commit was splitted into small chunks to avoid
a limitation of cvs. ("Protocol error: too many arguments")
|
| 1.4.4.1 | 05-Aug-2013 |
yamt | file udf_write.h was added on branch yamt-pagecache on 2014-05-22 11:37:31 +0000
|
| 1.2 | 10-May-2023 |
rillig | newfs_udf: fix wording in comment
|
| 1.1 | 05-Aug-2013 |
reinoud | branches: 1.1.4; 1.1.8;
Adjust newfs_udf to be sharing code with the new `makefs -t udf' to be
comitted.
|
| 1.1.8.2 | 20-Aug-2014 |
tls | Rebase to HEAD as of a few days ago.
|
| 1.1.8.1 | 05-Aug-2013 |
tls | file unicode.h was added on branch tls-maxphys on 2014-08-20 00:02:27 +0000
|
| 1.1.4.2 | 22-May-2014 |
yamt | sync with head.
for a reference, the tree before this commit was tagged
as yamt-pagecache-tag8.
this commit was splitted into small chunks to avoid
a limitation of cvs. ("Protocol error: too many arguments")
|
| 1.1.4.1 | 05-Aug-2013 |
yamt | file unicode.h was added on branch yamt-pagecache on 2014-05-22 11:37:31 +0000
|
| 1.6 | 03-Jun-2023 |
lukem | bsd.own.mk: rename to CC_WNO_ADDRESS_OF_PACKED_MEMBER
Provide a single variable
CC_WNO_ADDRESS_OF_PACKED_MEMBER
with options for both clang and gcc, to replace
CLANG_NO_ADDR_OF_PACKED_MEMBER
CC_NO_ADDR_OF_PACKED_MEMBER
GCC_NO_ADDR_OF_PACKED_MEMBER
Using the convention CC_compilerflag, where compilerflag
is based on the full compiler flag name.
|
| 1.5 | 06-Sep-2020 |
mrg | add support for new GCC 9 warnings that may be too much to fix
right now. new address-of-packed-member and format-overflow
warnings have new GCC_NO_ADDR_OF_PACKED_MEMBER amd
GCC_NO_FORMAT_OVERFLOW variables to remove these warnings.
apply to a bunch of the tree. mostly, these are real bugs that
should be fixed, but in many cases, only by removing the 'packed'
attribute from some structure that doesn't really need it. (i
looked at many different ones, and while perhaps 60-80% were
already properly aligned, it wasn't clear to me that the uses
were always coming from sane data vs network alignment, so it
doesn't seem safe to remove packed without careful research for
each affect struct.) clang already warned (and was not erroring)
for many of these cases, but gcc picked up dozens more.
|
| 1.4 | 05-Sep-2012 |
riz | Remove -g from CPPFLAGS.
|
| 1.3 | 10-Aug-2012 |
joerg | Don't depend on HAVE_GCC being always defined.
|
| 1.2 | 01-Jul-2011 |
mrg | branches: 1.2.2;
remove HAVE_GCC == 4 conditional
|
| 1.1 | 27-Jun-2011 |
uch | 7th Edition(V7) File System support. and NetBSD symbolic-link, socket, FIFO extension. see newfs_v7fs(8).
|
| 1.2.2.1 | 30-Oct-2012 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.11 | 27-Feb-2022 |
zafer | fix typo
|
| 1.10 | 10-Aug-2011 |
uch | newfs_v7fs(8)'s -v and -P options are obsolete. changed to newfs(8) compatible -V option.
|
| 1.9 | 09-Aug-2011 |
uch | Fix warning message.
|
| 1.8 | 09-Aug-2011 |
uch | Check whether superblock is writable sector.
|
| 1.7 | 22-Jul-2011 |
uch | Fixed the problem that partition size over 8GiB(v7fs filesystem limit) failed newfs.
|
| 1.6 | 19-Jul-2011 |
tron | Use howmany() macro as it is used in a lot fo places in this tool anyway
as suggested by Tsugutomo Enami.
|
| 1.5 | 19-Jul-2011 |
joerg | Allow cross-compiling from Linux
|
| 1.4 | 18-Jul-2011 |
tron | Don't use roundup2(9) (which should have been howmany(9) anyway) to
fix builds on platforms other than NetBSD.
|
| 1.3 | 18-Jul-2011 |
apb | In sources that get compiled into the tools version of makefs, add:
#if HAVE_NBTOOL_CONFIG_H
#include "nbtool_config.h"
#endif
This should fix cross-build problems, but I can't really test
that now, so I am not re-enabling the inclusion of v7fs support
in makefs.
|
| 1.2 | 10-Jul-2011 |
uch | fix freeblock count bug.
|
| 1.1 | 27-Jun-2011 |
uch | 7th Edition(V7) File System support. and NetBSD symbolic-link, socket, FIFO extension. see newfs_v7fs(8).
|
| 1.4 | 12-Sep-2016 |
sevan | Document newfs_v7fs appeared in NetBSD 6.0.
Add AUTHORS secton.
Bump date.
|
| 1.3 | 10-Aug-2011 |
uch | newfs_v7fs(8)'s -v and -P options are obsolete. changed to newfs(8) compatible -V option.
|
| 1.2 | 27-Jun-2011 |
wiz | Various improvements.
|
| 1.1 | 27-Jun-2011 |
uch | 7th Edition(V7) File System support. and NetBSD symbolic-link, socket, FIFO extension. see newfs_v7fs(8).
|
| 1.5 | 10-Jan-2017 |
christos | need <sys/stat.h>
|
| 1.4 | 16-Jun-2015 |
christos | branches: 1.4.2;
fix error messages containing \n
|
| 1.3 | 10-Aug-2011 |
wiz | Sync usage with man page.
|
| 1.2 | 10-Aug-2011 |
uch | newfs_v7fs(8)'s -v and -P options are obsolete. changed to newfs(8) compatible -V option.
|
| 1.1 | 27-Jun-2011 |
uch | 7th Edition(V7) File System support. and NetBSD symbolic-link, socket, FIFO extension. see newfs_v7fs(8).
|
| 1.4.2.1 | 20-Mar-2017 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.2 | 10-Aug-2011 |
uch | newfs_v7fs(8)'s -v and -P options are obsolete. changed to newfs(8) compatible -V option.
|
| 1.1 | 27-Jun-2011 |
uch | 7th Edition(V7) File System support. and NetBSD symbolic-link, socket, FIFO extension. see newfs_v7fs(8).
|
| 1.6 | 24-Mar-1997 |
christos | - Makefile cleanups
|
| 1.5 | 18-Oct-1996 |
thorpej | Use ${INSTALL}.
|
| 1.4 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.3 | 22-Dec-1994 |
cgd | specify man pages the new way.
|
| 1.2 | 23-Sep-1994 |
mycroft | Add RCS ids, and clean up Makefile.
|
| 1.1 | 23-Sep-1994 |
mycroft | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 23-Sep-1994 |
mycroft | Import original 4.4-Lite version.
|
| 1.10 | 12-Sep-2016 |
sevan | Mention author in AUTHORS section.
Bump date.
|
| 1.9 | 07-Aug-2003 |
agc | Move UCB-licensed code from 4-clause to 3-clause licence.
Patches provided by Joel Baker in PR 22308, verified by myself.
|
| 1.8 | 18-Nov-2001 |
wiz | Improve grammar. Noted by Stoned Elipot.
|
| 1.7 | 16-Nov-2001 |
wiz | Whitespace nits
|
| 1.6 | 05-Jun-2001 |
wiz | Drop arguments of .Os.
|
| 1.5 | 27-Jul-1999 |
hubertf | Replace the existing version of nologin(8) with a rewrite that was done
according to the behaviour documented in the manual page. That way, the
copyright notice can be dropped.
I place the rewritten version into the public domain. Fixes PR 5784.
|
| 1.4 | 15-Sep-1997 |
lukem | fix .Nm usage
|
| 1.3 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.2 | 23-Sep-1994 |
mycroft | Add RCS ids, and clean up Makefile.
|
| 1.1 | 23-Sep-1994 |
mycroft | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 23-Sep-1994 |
mycroft | Import original 4.4-Lite version.
|
| 1.5 | 27-Jul-1999 |
hubertf | Replace the existing version of nologin(8) with a rewrite that was done
according to the behaviour documented in the manual page. That way, the
copyright notice can be dropped.
I place the rewritten version into the public domain. Fixes PR 5784.
|
| 1.4 | 23-Apr-1995 |
cgd | slightly clean rcs ids, etc.
|
| 1.3 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.2 | 23-Sep-1994 |
mycroft | Add RCS ids, and clean up Makefile.
|
| 1.1 | 23-Sep-1994 |
mycroft | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 23-Sep-1994 |
mycroft | Import original 4.4-Lite version.
|
| 1.6 | 03-Jun-2023 |
lukem | bsd.own.mk: rename to CC_WNO_ADDRESS_OF_PACKED_MEMBER
Provide a single variable
CC_WNO_ADDRESS_OF_PACKED_MEMBER
with options for both clang and gcc, to replace
CLANG_NO_ADDR_OF_PACKED_MEMBER
CC_NO_ADDR_OF_PACKED_MEMBER
GCC_NO_ADDR_OF_PACKED_MEMBER
Using the convention CC_compilerflag, where compilerflag
is based on the full compiler flag name.
|
| 1.5 | 06-Sep-2020 |
mrg | add support for new GCC 9 warnings that may be too much to fix
right now. new address-of-packed-member and format-overflow
warnings have new GCC_NO_ADDR_OF_PACKED_MEMBER amd
GCC_NO_FORMAT_OVERFLOW variables to remove these warnings.
apply to a bunch of the tree. mostly, these are real bugs that
should be fixed, but in many cases, only by removing the 'packed'
attribute from some structure that doesn't really need it. (i
looked at many different ones, and while perhaps 60-80% were
already properly aligned, it wasn't clear to me that the uses
were always coming from sane data vs network alignment, so it
doesn't seem safe to remove packed without careful research for
each affect struct.) clang already warned (and was not erroring)
for many of these cases, but gcc picked up dozens more.
|
| 1.4 | 17-Apr-2018 |
nonaka | nvmectl(8): Sync with FreeBSD nvmecontrol(8) r328763.
|
| 1.3 | 29-Apr-2017 |
nonaka | branches: 1.3.2; 1.3.8;
nvmectl(8): sync with FreeBSD HEAD r316105.
- Expand the SMART / Health Information Log Page (Page 02) printout based on
NVM Express 1.2.1 Standard.
- Implement Intel-specific log pages.
- Implement HGST-specific log pages.
- Implement wdc-specific nvme control options.
- Add the ability to dump log pages directly in binary to stdout.
|
| 1.2 | 13-Feb-2017 |
nonaka | branches: 1.2.2;
128 bit integers are displayed in decimal.
bn.h and bignum.c from netgpg.
|
| 1.1 | 04-Jun-2016 |
nonaka | branches: 1.1.2; 1.1.4;
nvmectl(8): Added NVM Express control utility.
Ported from FreeBSD nvmecontrol(8).
|
| 1.1.4.1 | 21-Apr-2017 |
bouyer | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.1.2.1 | 20-Mar-2017 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.2.2.1 | 02-May-2017 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD - tag prg-localcount2-base1
|
| 1.3.8.1 | 22-Apr-2018 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.3.2.1 | 19-Apr-2018 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by nonaka in ticket #781):
sbin/nvmectl/Makefile 1.4
sbin/nvmectl/bignum.c 1.2
sbin/nvmectl/devlist.c 1.3-1.5
sbin/nvmectl/firmware.c 1.3,1.4
sbin/nvmectl/identify.c 1.3-1.5
sbin/nvmectl/logpage.c 1.5-1.7
sbin/nvmectl/nvme.h 1.3
sbin/nvmectl/nvmectl.8 1.5
sbin/nvmectl/nvmectl.c 1.5-1.7
sbin/nvmectl/nvmectl.h 1.5-1.8
sbin/nvmectl/perftest.c 1.3-1.5
sbin/nvmectl/power.c 1.3,1.4
sbin/nvmectl/reset.c 1.2,1.3
sbin/nvmectl/util.c 1.1,1.2
sbin/nvmectl/wdc.c 1.2-1.4
sys/dev/ic/ld_nvme.c 1.20
sys/dev/ic/nvme.c 1.38,1.39
sys/dev/ic/nvmeio.h 1.2
sys/dev/ic/nvmereg.h 1.10,1.11
sys/dev/ic/nvmevar.h 1.16
sys/dev/pci/nvme_pci.c 1.20
nvmectl(8): Sync with FreeBSD nvmecontrol(8) r328763.
nvmectl(8): fix wdc command usage.
nvme(4): Added some delay before check RDY bit quirk when disabling device.
Pick from FreeBSD nvme(4) r326937.
Add some new structure fileds, opcodes and statuses from NVMe 1.3a.
nvmectl(8): Add big-endian support.
from FreeBSD nvmecontolr(8) r329824.
nvmectl(8): fix subcommand usage.
nvmectl(8): Remove some wdc subcommands from man page.
- wdc drive-log
- wdc get-crash-dump
- wdc purge
- wdc purge-monitor
Typos.
use setprogname()/getprogname(), do not hardcode the prognam name in fixed
strings
|
| 1.6 | 27-Feb-2023 |
andvar | fix some typos in comments.
|
| 1.5 | 24-May-2022 |
andvar | fix various typos in comments, docs and log messages.
|
| 1.4 | 10-Nov-2021 |
msaitoh | s/offseting/offsetting/ in comment.
|
| 1.3 | 04-Oct-2019 |
mrg | avoid access uninitialised memory, found by gcc8, patch by agc@.
|
| 1.2 | 08-Feb-2018 |
dholland | branches: 1.2.4;
Typos.
|
| 1.1 | 13-Feb-2017 |
nonaka | branches: 1.1.2; 1.1.4; 1.1.8;
128 bit integers are displayed in decimal.
bn.h and bignum.c from netgpg.
|
| 1.1.8.1 | 19-Apr-2018 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by nonaka in ticket #781):
sbin/nvmectl/Makefile 1.4
sbin/nvmectl/bignum.c 1.2
sbin/nvmectl/devlist.c 1.3-1.5
sbin/nvmectl/firmware.c 1.3,1.4
sbin/nvmectl/identify.c 1.3-1.5
sbin/nvmectl/logpage.c 1.5-1.7
sbin/nvmectl/nvme.h 1.3
sbin/nvmectl/nvmectl.8 1.5
sbin/nvmectl/nvmectl.c 1.5-1.7
sbin/nvmectl/nvmectl.h 1.5-1.8
sbin/nvmectl/perftest.c 1.3-1.5
sbin/nvmectl/power.c 1.3,1.4
sbin/nvmectl/reset.c 1.2,1.3
sbin/nvmectl/util.c 1.1,1.2
sbin/nvmectl/wdc.c 1.2-1.4
sys/dev/ic/ld_nvme.c 1.20
sys/dev/ic/nvme.c 1.38,1.39
sys/dev/ic/nvmeio.h 1.2
sys/dev/ic/nvmereg.h 1.10,1.11
sys/dev/ic/nvmevar.h 1.16
sys/dev/pci/nvme_pci.c 1.20
nvmectl(8): Sync with FreeBSD nvmecontrol(8) r328763.
nvmectl(8): fix wdc command usage.
nvme(4): Added some delay before check RDY bit quirk when disabling device.
Pick from FreeBSD nvme(4) r326937.
Add some new structure fileds, opcodes and statuses from NVMe 1.3a.
nvmectl(8): Add big-endian support.
from FreeBSD nvmecontolr(8) r329824.
nvmectl(8): fix subcommand usage.
nvmectl(8): Remove some wdc subcommands from man page.
- wdc drive-log
- wdc get-crash-dump
- wdc purge
- wdc purge-monitor
Typos.
use setprogname()/getprogname(), do not hardcode the prognam name in fixed
strings
|
| 1.1.4.2 | 21-Apr-2017 |
bouyer | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.1.4.1 | 13-Feb-2017 |
bouyer | file bignum.c was added on branch bouyer-socketcan on 2017-04-21 16:53:14 +0000
|
| 1.1.2.2 | 20-Mar-2017 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.1.2.1 | 13-Feb-2017 |
pgoyette | file bignum.c was added on branch pgoyette-localcount on 2017-03-20 06:57:02 +0000
|
| 1.2.4.1 | 13-Apr-2020 |
martin | Mostly merge changes from HEAD upto 20200411
|
| 1.1 | 13-Feb-2017 |
nonaka | branches: 1.1.2; 1.1.4;
128 bit integers are displayed in decimal.
bn.h and bignum.c from netgpg.
|
| 1.1.4.2 | 21-Apr-2017 |
bouyer | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.1.4.1 | 13-Feb-2017 |
bouyer | file bn.h was added on branch bouyer-socketcan on 2017-04-21 16:53:14 +0000
|
| 1.1.2.2 | 20-Mar-2017 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.1.2.1 | 13-Feb-2017 |
pgoyette | file bn.h was added on branch pgoyette-localcount on 2017-03-20 06:57:02 +0000
|
| 1.6 | 05-Mar-2023 |
simonb | In "devlist" mode, exit with a 0 return code if any nvme devices are
found, rather than exiting with 1 return code always.
|
| 1.5 | 18-Apr-2018 |
nonaka | branches: 1.5.12;
nvmectl(8): Add big-endian support.
from FreeBSD nvmecontolr(8) r329824.
|
| 1.4 | 17-Apr-2018 |
nonaka | nvmectl(8): Sync with FreeBSD nvmecontrol(8) r328763.
|
| 1.3 | 17-Mar-2018 |
jdolecek | use setprogname()/getprogname(), do not hardcode the prognam name in fixed
strings
|
| 1.2 | 04-Jun-2016 |
joerg | branches: 1.2.8; 1.2.14;
Mark dead functions.
|
| 1.1 | 04-Jun-2016 |
nonaka | nvmectl(8): Added NVM Express control utility.
Ported from FreeBSD nvmecontrol(8).
|
| 1.2.14.2 | 22-Apr-2018 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.2.14.1 | 22-Mar-2018 |
pgoyette | Synch with HEAD, resolve conflicts
|
| 1.2.8.1 | 19-Apr-2018 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by nonaka in ticket #781):
sbin/nvmectl/Makefile 1.4
sbin/nvmectl/bignum.c 1.2
sbin/nvmectl/devlist.c 1.3-1.5
sbin/nvmectl/firmware.c 1.3,1.4
sbin/nvmectl/identify.c 1.3-1.5
sbin/nvmectl/logpage.c 1.5-1.7
sbin/nvmectl/nvme.h 1.3
sbin/nvmectl/nvmectl.8 1.5
sbin/nvmectl/nvmectl.c 1.5-1.7
sbin/nvmectl/nvmectl.h 1.5-1.8
sbin/nvmectl/perftest.c 1.3-1.5
sbin/nvmectl/power.c 1.3,1.4
sbin/nvmectl/reset.c 1.2,1.3
sbin/nvmectl/util.c 1.1,1.2
sbin/nvmectl/wdc.c 1.2-1.4
sys/dev/ic/ld_nvme.c 1.20
sys/dev/ic/nvme.c 1.38,1.39
sys/dev/ic/nvmeio.h 1.2
sys/dev/ic/nvmereg.h 1.10,1.11
sys/dev/ic/nvmevar.h 1.16
sys/dev/pci/nvme_pci.c 1.20
nvmectl(8): Sync with FreeBSD nvmecontrol(8) r328763.
nvmectl(8): fix wdc command usage.
nvme(4): Added some delay before check RDY bit quirk when disabling device.
Pick from FreeBSD nvme(4) r326937.
Add some new structure fileds, opcodes and statuses from NVMe 1.3a.
nvmectl(8): Add big-endian support.
from FreeBSD nvmecontolr(8) r329824.
nvmectl(8): fix subcommand usage.
nvmectl(8): Remove some wdc subcommands from man page.
- wdc drive-log
- wdc get-crash-dump
- wdc purge
- wdc purge-monitor
Typos.
use setprogname()/getprogname(), do not hardcode the prognam name in fixed
strings
|
| 1.5.12.1 | 25-Apr-2023 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by simonb in ticket #145):
sbin/nvmectl/devlist.c: revision 1.6
In "devlist" mode, exit with a 0 return code if any nvme devices are
found, rather than exiting with 1 return code always.
|
| 1.6 | 05-Jul-2023 |
riastradh | Revert "nvmectl(8): Ensure A divides S before aligned_alloc(A, S)."
C17 lifted this restriction.
|
| 1.5 | 04-Jul-2023 |
riastradh | nvmectl(8): Ensure A divides S before aligned_alloc(A, S).
Required by C11 Sec. 7.22.3.1 The aligned_alloc function, para. 2,
p. 348:
The value of alignment shall be a valid alignment supported by the
implementation and the value of size shall be an integral multiple
of alignment.
XXX pullup-10
|
| 1.4 | 18-Apr-2018 |
nonaka | nvmectl(8): Add big-endian support.
from FreeBSD nvmecontolr(8) r329824.
|
| 1.3 | 17-Apr-2018 |
nonaka | nvmectl(8): Sync with FreeBSD nvmecontrol(8) r328763.
|
| 1.2 | 29-Apr-2017 |
nonaka | branches: 1.2.2; 1.2.8;
nvmectl(8): sync with FreeBSD HEAD r316105.
- Expand the SMART / Health Information Log Page (Page 02) printout based on
NVM Express 1.2.1 Standard.
- Implement Intel-specific log pages.
- Implement HGST-specific log pages.
- Implement wdc-specific nvme control options.
- Add the ability to dump log pages directly in binary to stdout.
|
| 1.1 | 04-Jun-2016 |
nonaka | branches: 1.1.6;
nvmectl(8): Added NVM Express control utility.
Ported from FreeBSD nvmecontrol(8).
|
| 1.1.6.1 | 02-May-2017 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD - tag prg-localcount2-base1
|
| 1.2.8.1 | 22-Apr-2018 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.2.2.1 | 19-Apr-2018 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by nonaka in ticket #781):
sbin/nvmectl/Makefile 1.4
sbin/nvmectl/bignum.c 1.2
sbin/nvmectl/devlist.c 1.3-1.5
sbin/nvmectl/firmware.c 1.3,1.4
sbin/nvmectl/identify.c 1.3-1.5
sbin/nvmectl/logpage.c 1.5-1.7
sbin/nvmectl/nvme.h 1.3
sbin/nvmectl/nvmectl.8 1.5
sbin/nvmectl/nvmectl.c 1.5-1.7
sbin/nvmectl/nvmectl.h 1.5-1.8
sbin/nvmectl/perftest.c 1.3-1.5
sbin/nvmectl/power.c 1.3,1.4
sbin/nvmectl/reset.c 1.2,1.3
sbin/nvmectl/util.c 1.1,1.2
sbin/nvmectl/wdc.c 1.2-1.4
sys/dev/ic/ld_nvme.c 1.20
sys/dev/ic/nvme.c 1.38,1.39
sys/dev/ic/nvmeio.h 1.2
sys/dev/ic/nvmereg.h 1.10,1.11
sys/dev/ic/nvmevar.h 1.16
sys/dev/pci/nvme_pci.c 1.20
nvmectl(8): Sync with FreeBSD nvmecontrol(8) r328763.
nvmectl(8): fix wdc command usage.
nvme(4): Added some delay before check RDY bit quirk when disabling device.
Pick from FreeBSD nvme(4) r326937.
Add some new structure fileds, opcodes and statuses from NVMe 1.3a.
nvmectl(8): Add big-endian support.
from FreeBSD nvmecontolr(8) r329824.
nvmectl(8): fix subcommand usage.
nvmectl(8): Remove some wdc subcommands from man page.
- wdc drive-log
- wdc get-crash-dump
- wdc purge
- wdc purge-monitor
Typos.
use setprogname()/getprogname(), do not hardcode the prognam name in fixed
strings
|
| 1.1 | 13-Feb-2017 |
nonaka | branches: 1.1.2; 1.1.4;
128 bit integers are displayed in decimal.
bn.h and bignum.c from netgpg.
|
| 1.1.4.2 | 21-Apr-2017 |
bouyer | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.1.4.1 | 13-Feb-2017 |
bouyer | file humanize_bignum.c was added on branch bouyer-socketcan on 2017-04-21 16:53:14 +0000
|
| 1.1.2.2 | 20-Mar-2017 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.1.2.1 | 13-Feb-2017 |
pgoyette | file humanize_bignum.c was added on branch pgoyette-localcount on 2017-03-20 06:57:02 +0000
|
| 1.9 | 17-Feb-2022 |
andvar | remove one whitespace to align report, misalignment occured after typo fix.
|
| 1.8 | 16-Feb-2022 |
andvar | fix various typos, mainly in comments.
|
| 1.7 | 27-Sep-2020 |
jdolecek | show APSTA support status in identify
|
| 1.6 | 01-Dec-2018 |
jdolecek | since NVMe 1.2 (which defined the ONCS bit), the bit (4) is whether controller
supports 'Save' field in Set Features, and 'Select' field for Get Features,
not the support for the 'Set Features' command itself
|
| 1.5 | 18-Apr-2018 |
nonaka | branches: 1.5.2;
nvmectl(8): Add big-endian support.
from FreeBSD nvmecontolr(8) r329824.
|
| 1.4 | 17-Apr-2018 |
nonaka | nvmectl(8): Sync with FreeBSD nvmecontrol(8) r328763.
|
| 1.3 | 17-Mar-2018 |
jdolecek | use setprogname()/getprogname(), do not hardcode the prognam name in fixed
strings
|
| 1.2 | 04-Jun-2016 |
joerg | branches: 1.2.8; 1.2.14;
Mark dead functions.
|
| 1.1 | 04-Jun-2016 |
nonaka | nvmectl(8): Added NVM Express control utility.
Ported from FreeBSD nvmecontrol(8).
|
| 1.2.14.3 | 26-Dec-2018 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD, resolve a few conflicts
|
| 1.2.14.2 | 22-Apr-2018 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.2.14.1 | 22-Mar-2018 |
pgoyette | Synch with HEAD, resolve conflicts
|
| 1.2.8.1 | 19-Apr-2018 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by nonaka in ticket #781):
sbin/nvmectl/Makefile 1.4
sbin/nvmectl/bignum.c 1.2
sbin/nvmectl/devlist.c 1.3-1.5
sbin/nvmectl/firmware.c 1.3,1.4
sbin/nvmectl/identify.c 1.3-1.5
sbin/nvmectl/logpage.c 1.5-1.7
sbin/nvmectl/nvme.h 1.3
sbin/nvmectl/nvmectl.8 1.5
sbin/nvmectl/nvmectl.c 1.5-1.7
sbin/nvmectl/nvmectl.h 1.5-1.8
sbin/nvmectl/perftest.c 1.3-1.5
sbin/nvmectl/power.c 1.3,1.4
sbin/nvmectl/reset.c 1.2,1.3
sbin/nvmectl/util.c 1.1,1.2
sbin/nvmectl/wdc.c 1.2-1.4
sys/dev/ic/ld_nvme.c 1.20
sys/dev/ic/nvme.c 1.38,1.39
sys/dev/ic/nvmeio.h 1.2
sys/dev/ic/nvmereg.h 1.10,1.11
sys/dev/ic/nvmevar.h 1.16
sys/dev/pci/nvme_pci.c 1.20
nvmectl(8): Sync with FreeBSD nvmecontrol(8) r328763.
nvmectl(8): fix wdc command usage.
nvme(4): Added some delay before check RDY bit quirk when disabling device.
Pick from FreeBSD nvme(4) r326937.
Add some new structure fileds, opcodes and statuses from NVMe 1.3a.
nvmectl(8): Add big-endian support.
from FreeBSD nvmecontolr(8) r329824.
nvmectl(8): fix subcommand usage.
nvmectl(8): Remove some wdc subcommands from man page.
- wdc drive-log
- wdc get-crash-dump
- wdc purge
- wdc purge-monitor
Typos.
use setprogname()/getprogname(), do not hardcode the prognam name in fixed
strings
|
| 1.5.2.1 | 10-Jun-2019 |
christos | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.11 | 02-Feb-2023 |
mlelstv | Data units read/written are counted in 1000s of 512 bytes.
Convert to human-readable value.
|
| 1.10 | 31-Jul-2022 |
mlelstv | branches: 1.10.2;
Fix build on 32bit.
|
| 1.9 | 31-Jul-2022 |
mlelstv | Report error code (SCT/SC).
|
| 1.8 | 12-Feb-2022 |
andvar | s/Expceted/Expected/ in log message and s/attribtues/attributes/ in comment.
|
| 1.7 | 18-Apr-2018 |
nonaka | nvmectl(8): Add big-endian support.
from FreeBSD nvmecontolr(8) r329824.
|
| 1.6 | 17-Apr-2018 |
nonaka | nvmectl(8): Sync with FreeBSD nvmecontrol(8) r328763.
|
| 1.5 | 17-Mar-2018 |
jdolecek | use setprogname()/getprogname(), do not hardcode the prognam name in fixed
strings
|
| 1.4 | 29-Apr-2017 |
nonaka | branches: 1.4.2; 1.4.8;
nvmectl(8): sync with FreeBSD HEAD r316105.
- Expand the SMART / Health Information Log Page (Page 02) printout based on
NVM Express 1.2.1 Standard.
- Implement Intel-specific log pages.
- Implement HGST-specific log pages.
- Implement wdc-specific nvme control options.
- Add the ability to dump log pages directly in binary to stdout.
|
| 1.3 | 13-Feb-2017 |
nonaka | branches: 1.3.2;
128 bit integers are displayed in decimal.
bn.h and bignum.c from netgpg.
|
| 1.2 | 04-Jun-2016 |
joerg | branches: 1.2.2; 1.2.4;
Mark dead functions.
|
| 1.1 | 04-Jun-2016 |
nonaka | nvmectl(8): Added NVM Express control utility.
Ported from FreeBSD nvmecontrol(8).
|
| 1.2.4.1 | 21-Apr-2017 |
bouyer | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.2.2.1 | 20-Mar-2017 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.3.2.1 | 02-May-2017 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD - tag prg-localcount2-base1
|
| 1.4.8.2 | 22-Apr-2018 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.4.8.1 | 22-Mar-2018 |
pgoyette | Synch with HEAD, resolve conflicts
|
| 1.4.2.1 | 19-Apr-2018 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by nonaka in ticket #781):
sbin/nvmectl/Makefile 1.4
sbin/nvmectl/bignum.c 1.2
sbin/nvmectl/devlist.c 1.3-1.5
sbin/nvmectl/firmware.c 1.3,1.4
sbin/nvmectl/identify.c 1.3-1.5
sbin/nvmectl/logpage.c 1.5-1.7
sbin/nvmectl/nvme.h 1.3
sbin/nvmectl/nvmectl.8 1.5
sbin/nvmectl/nvmectl.c 1.5-1.7
sbin/nvmectl/nvmectl.h 1.5-1.8
sbin/nvmectl/perftest.c 1.3-1.5
sbin/nvmectl/power.c 1.3,1.4
sbin/nvmectl/reset.c 1.2,1.3
sbin/nvmectl/util.c 1.1,1.2
sbin/nvmectl/wdc.c 1.2-1.4
sys/dev/ic/ld_nvme.c 1.20
sys/dev/ic/nvme.c 1.38,1.39
sys/dev/ic/nvmeio.h 1.2
sys/dev/ic/nvmereg.h 1.10,1.11
sys/dev/ic/nvmevar.h 1.16
sys/dev/pci/nvme_pci.c 1.20
nvmectl(8): Sync with FreeBSD nvmecontrol(8) r328763.
nvmectl(8): fix wdc command usage.
nvme(4): Added some delay before check RDY bit quirk when disabling device.
Pick from FreeBSD nvme(4) r326937.
Add some new structure fileds, opcodes and statuses from NVMe 1.3a.
nvmectl(8): Add big-endian support.
from FreeBSD nvmecontolr(8) r329824.
nvmectl(8): fix subcommand usage.
nvmectl(8): Remove some wdc subcommands from man page.
- wdc drive-log
- wdc get-crash-dump
- wdc purge
- wdc purge-monitor
Typos.
use setprogname()/getprogname(), do not hardcode the prognam name in fixed
strings
|
| 1.10.2.1 | 05-Mar-2023 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by mlelstv in ticket #112):
sbin/nvmectl/nvmectl.h: revision 1.10
sbin/nvmectl/logpage.c: revision 1.11
sbin/nvmectl/util.c: revision 1.3
Data units read/written are counted in 1000s of 512 bytes.
Convert to human-readable value.
|
| 1.3 | 18-Apr-2018 |
nonaka | nvmectl(8): Add big-endian support.
from FreeBSD nvmecontolr(8) r329824.
|
| 1.2 | 29-Apr-2017 |
nonaka | branches: 1.2.2; 1.2.8;
nvmectl(8): sync with FreeBSD HEAD r316105.
- Expand the SMART / Health Information Log Page (Page 02) printout based on
NVM Express 1.2.1 Standard.
- Implement Intel-specific log pages.
- Implement HGST-specific log pages.
- Implement wdc-specific nvme control options.
- Add the ability to dump log pages directly in binary to stdout.
|
| 1.1 | 04-Jun-2016 |
nonaka | branches: 1.1.6;
nvmectl(8): Added NVM Express control utility.
Ported from FreeBSD nvmecontrol(8).
|
| 1.1.6.1 | 02-May-2017 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD - tag prg-localcount2-base1
|
| 1.2.8.1 | 22-Apr-2018 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.2.2.1 | 19-Apr-2018 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by nonaka in ticket #781):
sbin/nvmectl/Makefile 1.4
sbin/nvmectl/bignum.c 1.2
sbin/nvmectl/devlist.c 1.3-1.5
sbin/nvmectl/firmware.c 1.3,1.4
sbin/nvmectl/identify.c 1.3-1.5
sbin/nvmectl/logpage.c 1.5-1.7
sbin/nvmectl/nvme.h 1.3
sbin/nvmectl/nvmectl.8 1.5
sbin/nvmectl/nvmectl.c 1.5-1.7
sbin/nvmectl/nvmectl.h 1.5-1.8
sbin/nvmectl/perftest.c 1.3-1.5
sbin/nvmectl/power.c 1.3,1.4
sbin/nvmectl/reset.c 1.2,1.3
sbin/nvmectl/util.c 1.1,1.2
sbin/nvmectl/wdc.c 1.2-1.4
sys/dev/ic/ld_nvme.c 1.20
sys/dev/ic/nvme.c 1.38,1.39
sys/dev/ic/nvmeio.h 1.2
sys/dev/ic/nvmereg.h 1.10,1.11
sys/dev/ic/nvmevar.h 1.16
sys/dev/pci/nvme_pci.c 1.20
nvmectl(8): Sync with FreeBSD nvmecontrol(8) r328763.
nvmectl(8): fix wdc command usage.
nvme(4): Added some delay before check RDY bit quirk when disabling device.
Pick from FreeBSD nvme(4) r326937.
Add some new structure fileds, opcodes and statuses from NVMe 1.3a.
nvmectl(8): Add big-endian support.
from FreeBSD nvmecontolr(8) r329824.
nvmectl(8): fix subcommand usage.
nvmectl(8): Remove some wdc subcommands from man page.
- wdc drive-log
- wdc get-crash-dump
- wdc purge
- wdc purge-monitor
Typos.
use setprogname()/getprogname(), do not hardcode the prognam name in fixed
strings
|
| 1.6 | 27-Sep-2020 |
jdolecek | add -s option for 'power' command, this instructs the controller to save
the value so it persists resets/whatnot; the NVMe specification lists
this as optional, so this only works if the controller supports it
|
| 1.5 | 18-Apr-2018 |
nonaka | nvmectl(8): Remove some wdc subcommands from man page.
- wdc drive-log
- wdc get-crash-dump
- wdc purge
- wdc purge-monitor
|
| 1.4 | 30-Apr-2017 |
wiz | branches: 1.4.2; 1.4.8;
Remove unnecessary Pp. Add missing plural-s. More markup.
|
| 1.3 | 29-Apr-2017 |
nonaka | nvmectl(8): sync with FreeBSD HEAD r316105.
- Expand the SMART / Health Information Log Page (Page 02) printout based on
NVM Express 1.2.1 Standard.
- Implement Intel-specific log pages.
- Implement HGST-specific log pages.
- Implement wdc-specific nvme control options.
- Add the ability to dump log pages directly in binary to stdout.
|
| 1.2 | 05-Jun-2016 |
wiz | branches: 1.2.6;
Try improving SYNOPSIS per my understanding of how this works.
Use more markup. Fix some markup.
|
| 1.1 | 04-Jun-2016 |
nonaka | nvmectl(8): Added NVM Express control utility.
Ported from FreeBSD nvmecontrol(8).
|
| 1.2.6.1 | 02-May-2017 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD - tag prg-localcount2-base1
|
| 1.4.8.1 | 22-Apr-2018 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.4.2.1 | 19-Apr-2018 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by nonaka in ticket #781):
sbin/nvmectl/Makefile 1.4
sbin/nvmectl/bignum.c 1.2
sbin/nvmectl/devlist.c 1.3-1.5
sbin/nvmectl/firmware.c 1.3,1.4
sbin/nvmectl/identify.c 1.3-1.5
sbin/nvmectl/logpage.c 1.5-1.7
sbin/nvmectl/nvme.h 1.3
sbin/nvmectl/nvmectl.8 1.5
sbin/nvmectl/nvmectl.c 1.5-1.7
sbin/nvmectl/nvmectl.h 1.5-1.8
sbin/nvmectl/perftest.c 1.3-1.5
sbin/nvmectl/power.c 1.3,1.4
sbin/nvmectl/reset.c 1.2,1.3
sbin/nvmectl/util.c 1.1,1.2
sbin/nvmectl/wdc.c 1.2-1.4
sys/dev/ic/ld_nvme.c 1.20
sys/dev/ic/nvme.c 1.38,1.39
sys/dev/ic/nvmeio.h 1.2
sys/dev/ic/nvmereg.h 1.10,1.11
sys/dev/ic/nvmevar.h 1.16
sys/dev/pci/nvme_pci.c 1.20
nvmectl(8): Sync with FreeBSD nvmecontrol(8) r328763.
nvmectl(8): fix wdc command usage.
nvme(4): Added some delay before check RDY bit quirk when disabling device.
Pick from FreeBSD nvme(4) r326937.
Add some new structure fileds, opcodes and statuses from NVMe 1.3a.
nvmectl(8): Add big-endian support.
from FreeBSD nvmecontolr(8) r329824.
nvmectl(8): fix subcommand usage.
nvmectl(8): Remove some wdc subcommands from man page.
- wdc drive-log
- wdc get-crash-dump
- wdc purge
- wdc purge-monitor
Typos.
use setprogname()/getprogname(), do not hardcode the prognam name in fixed
strings
|
| 1.7 | 18-Apr-2018 |
nonaka | nvmectl(8): Add big-endian support.
from FreeBSD nvmecontolr(8) r329824.
|
| 1.6 | 17-Apr-2018 |
nonaka | nvmectl(8): Sync with FreeBSD nvmecontrol(8) r328763.
|
| 1.5 | 17-Mar-2018 |
jdolecek | use setprogname()/getprogname(), do not hardcode the prognam name in fixed
strings
|
| 1.4 | 03-May-2017 |
christos | branches: 1.4.2; 1.4.8;
sprinkle static and death
|
| 1.3 | 29-Apr-2017 |
nonaka | nvmectl(8): sync with FreeBSD HEAD r316105.
- Expand the SMART / Health Information Log Page (Page 02) printout based on
NVM Express 1.2.1 Standard.
- Implement Intel-specific log pages.
- Implement HGST-specific log pages.
- Implement wdc-specific nvme control options.
- Add the ability to dump log pages directly in binary to stdout.
|
| 1.2 | 04-Jun-2016 |
joerg | branches: 1.2.6;
Mark dead functions.
|
| 1.1 | 04-Jun-2016 |
nonaka | nvmectl(8): Added NVM Express control utility.
Ported from FreeBSD nvmecontrol(8).
|
| 1.2.6.2 | 11-May-2017 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.2.6.1 | 02-May-2017 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD - tag prg-localcount2-base1
|
| 1.4.8.2 | 22-Apr-2018 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.4.8.1 | 22-Mar-2018 |
pgoyette | Synch with HEAD, resolve conflicts
|
| 1.4.2.1 | 19-Apr-2018 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by nonaka in ticket #781):
sbin/nvmectl/Makefile 1.4
sbin/nvmectl/bignum.c 1.2
sbin/nvmectl/devlist.c 1.3-1.5
sbin/nvmectl/firmware.c 1.3,1.4
sbin/nvmectl/identify.c 1.3-1.5
sbin/nvmectl/logpage.c 1.5-1.7
sbin/nvmectl/nvme.h 1.3
sbin/nvmectl/nvmectl.8 1.5
sbin/nvmectl/nvmectl.c 1.5-1.7
sbin/nvmectl/nvmectl.h 1.5-1.8
sbin/nvmectl/perftest.c 1.3-1.5
sbin/nvmectl/power.c 1.3,1.4
sbin/nvmectl/reset.c 1.2,1.3
sbin/nvmectl/util.c 1.1,1.2
sbin/nvmectl/wdc.c 1.2-1.4
sys/dev/ic/ld_nvme.c 1.20
sys/dev/ic/nvme.c 1.38,1.39
sys/dev/ic/nvmeio.h 1.2
sys/dev/ic/nvmereg.h 1.10,1.11
sys/dev/ic/nvmevar.h 1.16
sys/dev/pci/nvme_pci.c 1.20
nvmectl(8): Sync with FreeBSD nvmecontrol(8) r328763.
nvmectl(8): fix wdc command usage.
nvme(4): Added some delay before check RDY bit quirk when disabling device.
Pick from FreeBSD nvme(4) r326937.
Add some new structure fileds, opcodes and statuses from NVMe 1.3a.
nvmectl(8): Add big-endian support.
from FreeBSD nvmecontolr(8) r329824.
nvmectl(8): fix subcommand usage.
nvmectl(8): Remove some wdc subcommands from man page.
- wdc drive-log
- wdc get-crash-dump
- wdc purge
- wdc purge-monitor
Typos.
use setprogname()/getprogname(), do not hardcode the prognam name in fixed
strings
|
| 1.10 | 02-Feb-2023 |
mlelstv | Data units read/written are counted in 1000s of 512 bytes.
Convert to human-readable value.
|
| 1.9 | 27-Sep-2020 |
jdolecek | branches: 1.9.6;
add -s option for 'power' command, this instructs the controller to save
the value so it persists resets/whatnot; the NVMe specification lists
this as optional, so this only works if the controller supports it
|
| 1.8 | 18-Apr-2018 |
nonaka | nvmectl(8): fix subcommand usage.
|
| 1.7 | 17-Apr-2018 |
nonaka | nvmectl(8): fix wdc command usage.
|
| 1.6 | 17-Apr-2018 |
nonaka | nvmectl(8): Sync with FreeBSD nvmecontrol(8) r328763.
|
| 1.5 | 17-Mar-2018 |
jdolecek | use setprogname()/getprogname(), do not hardcode the prognam name in fixed
strings
|
| 1.4 | 03-May-2017 |
christos | branches: 1.4.2; 1.4.8;
sprinkle static and death
|
| 1.3 | 29-Apr-2017 |
nonaka | nvmectl(8): sync with FreeBSD HEAD r316105.
- Expand the SMART / Health Information Log Page (Page 02) printout based on
NVM Express 1.2.1 Standard.
- Implement Intel-specific log pages.
- Implement HGST-specific log pages.
- Implement wdc-specific nvme control options.
- Add the ability to dump log pages directly in binary to stdout.
|
| 1.2 | 04-Jun-2016 |
joerg | branches: 1.2.6;
Mark dead functions.
|
| 1.1 | 04-Jun-2016 |
nonaka | nvmectl(8): Added NVM Express control utility.
Ported from FreeBSD nvmecontrol(8).
|
| 1.2.6.2 | 11-May-2017 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.2.6.1 | 02-May-2017 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD - tag prg-localcount2-base1
|
| 1.4.8.2 | 22-Apr-2018 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.4.8.1 | 22-Mar-2018 |
pgoyette | Synch with HEAD, resolve conflicts
|
| 1.4.2.1 | 19-Apr-2018 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by nonaka in ticket #781):
sbin/nvmectl/Makefile 1.4
sbin/nvmectl/bignum.c 1.2
sbin/nvmectl/devlist.c 1.3-1.5
sbin/nvmectl/firmware.c 1.3,1.4
sbin/nvmectl/identify.c 1.3-1.5
sbin/nvmectl/logpage.c 1.5-1.7
sbin/nvmectl/nvme.h 1.3
sbin/nvmectl/nvmectl.8 1.5
sbin/nvmectl/nvmectl.c 1.5-1.7
sbin/nvmectl/nvmectl.h 1.5-1.8
sbin/nvmectl/perftest.c 1.3-1.5
sbin/nvmectl/power.c 1.3,1.4
sbin/nvmectl/reset.c 1.2,1.3
sbin/nvmectl/util.c 1.1,1.2
sbin/nvmectl/wdc.c 1.2-1.4
sys/dev/ic/ld_nvme.c 1.20
sys/dev/ic/nvme.c 1.38,1.39
sys/dev/ic/nvmeio.h 1.2
sys/dev/ic/nvmereg.h 1.10,1.11
sys/dev/ic/nvmevar.h 1.16
sys/dev/pci/nvme_pci.c 1.20
nvmectl(8): Sync with FreeBSD nvmecontrol(8) r328763.
nvmectl(8): fix wdc command usage.
nvme(4): Added some delay before check RDY bit quirk when disabling device.
Pick from FreeBSD nvme(4) r326937.
Add some new structure fileds, opcodes and statuses from NVMe 1.3a.
nvmectl(8): Add big-endian support.
from FreeBSD nvmecontolr(8) r329824.
nvmectl(8): fix subcommand usage.
nvmectl(8): Remove some wdc subcommands from man page.
- wdc drive-log
- wdc get-crash-dump
- wdc purge
- wdc purge-monitor
Typos.
use setprogname()/getprogname(), do not hardcode the prognam name in fixed
strings
|
| 1.9.6.1 | 05-Mar-2023 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by mlelstv in ticket #112):
sbin/nvmectl/nvmectl.h: revision 1.10
sbin/nvmectl/logpage.c: revision 1.11
sbin/nvmectl/util.c: revision 1.3
Data units read/written are counted in 1000s of 512 bytes.
Convert to human-readable value.
|
| 1.5 | 18-Apr-2018 |
nonaka | nvmectl(8): Add big-endian support.
from FreeBSD nvmecontolr(8) r329824.
|
| 1.4 | 17-Apr-2018 |
nonaka | nvmectl(8): Sync with FreeBSD nvmecontrol(8) r328763.
|
| 1.3 | 17-Mar-2018 |
jdolecek | use setprogname()/getprogname(), do not hardcode the prognam name in fixed
strings
|
| 1.2 | 14-Jul-2016 |
nonaka | branches: 1.2.8; 1.2.14;
Fix RCS Id.
|
| 1.1 | 04-Jun-2016 |
nonaka | nvmectl(8): Added NVM Express control utility.
Ported from FreeBSD nvmecontrol(8).
|
| 1.2.14.2 | 22-Apr-2018 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.2.14.1 | 22-Mar-2018 |
pgoyette | Synch with HEAD, resolve conflicts
|
| 1.2.8.1 | 19-Apr-2018 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by nonaka in ticket #781):
sbin/nvmectl/Makefile 1.4
sbin/nvmectl/bignum.c 1.2
sbin/nvmectl/devlist.c 1.3-1.5
sbin/nvmectl/firmware.c 1.3,1.4
sbin/nvmectl/identify.c 1.3-1.5
sbin/nvmectl/logpage.c 1.5-1.7
sbin/nvmectl/nvme.h 1.3
sbin/nvmectl/nvmectl.8 1.5
sbin/nvmectl/nvmectl.c 1.5-1.7
sbin/nvmectl/nvmectl.h 1.5-1.8
sbin/nvmectl/perftest.c 1.3-1.5
sbin/nvmectl/power.c 1.3,1.4
sbin/nvmectl/reset.c 1.2,1.3
sbin/nvmectl/util.c 1.1,1.2
sbin/nvmectl/wdc.c 1.2-1.4
sys/dev/ic/ld_nvme.c 1.20
sys/dev/ic/nvme.c 1.38,1.39
sys/dev/ic/nvmeio.h 1.2
sys/dev/ic/nvmereg.h 1.10,1.11
sys/dev/ic/nvmevar.h 1.16
sys/dev/pci/nvme_pci.c 1.20
nvmectl(8): Sync with FreeBSD nvmecontrol(8) r328763.
nvmectl(8): fix wdc command usage.
nvme(4): Added some delay before check RDY bit quirk when disabling device.
Pick from FreeBSD nvme(4) r326937.
Add some new structure fileds, opcodes and statuses from NVMe 1.3a.
nvmectl(8): Add big-endian support.
from FreeBSD nvmecontolr(8) r329824.
nvmectl(8): fix subcommand usage.
nvmectl(8): Remove some wdc subcommands from man page.
- wdc drive-log
- wdc get-crash-dump
- wdc purge
- wdc purge-monitor
Typos.
use setprogname()/getprogname(), do not hardcode the prognam name in fixed
strings
|
| 1.6 | 27-Sep-2020 |
jdolecek | add -s option for 'power' command, this instructs the controller to save
the value so it persists resets/whatnot; the NVMe specification lists
this as optional, so this only works if the controller supports it
|
| 1.5 | 27-Sep-2020 |
jdolecek | print current power state and workload as separate values for
'nvmectl power nvme0'
|
| 1.4 | 18-Apr-2018 |
nonaka | nvmectl(8): Add big-endian support.
from FreeBSD nvmecontolr(8) r329824.
|
| 1.3 | 17-Mar-2018 |
jdolecek | use setprogname()/getprogname(), do not hardcode the prognam name in fixed
strings
|
| 1.2 | 04-Jun-2016 |
joerg | branches: 1.2.8; 1.2.14;
Mark dead functions.
|
| 1.1 | 04-Jun-2016 |
nonaka | nvmectl(8): Added NVM Express control utility.
Ported from FreeBSD nvmecontrol(8).
|
| 1.2.14.2 | 22-Apr-2018 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.2.14.1 | 22-Mar-2018 |
pgoyette | Synch with HEAD, resolve conflicts
|
| 1.2.8.1 | 19-Apr-2018 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by nonaka in ticket #781):
sbin/nvmectl/Makefile 1.4
sbin/nvmectl/bignum.c 1.2
sbin/nvmectl/devlist.c 1.3-1.5
sbin/nvmectl/firmware.c 1.3,1.4
sbin/nvmectl/identify.c 1.3-1.5
sbin/nvmectl/logpage.c 1.5-1.7
sbin/nvmectl/nvme.h 1.3
sbin/nvmectl/nvmectl.8 1.5
sbin/nvmectl/nvmectl.c 1.5-1.7
sbin/nvmectl/nvmectl.h 1.5-1.8
sbin/nvmectl/perftest.c 1.3-1.5
sbin/nvmectl/power.c 1.3,1.4
sbin/nvmectl/reset.c 1.2,1.3
sbin/nvmectl/util.c 1.1,1.2
sbin/nvmectl/wdc.c 1.2-1.4
sys/dev/ic/ld_nvme.c 1.20
sys/dev/ic/nvme.c 1.38,1.39
sys/dev/ic/nvmeio.h 1.2
sys/dev/ic/nvmereg.h 1.10,1.11
sys/dev/ic/nvmevar.h 1.16
sys/dev/pci/nvme_pci.c 1.20
nvmectl(8): Sync with FreeBSD nvmecontrol(8) r328763.
nvmectl(8): fix wdc command usage.
nvme(4): Added some delay before check RDY bit quirk when disabling device.
Pick from FreeBSD nvme(4) r326937.
Add some new structure fileds, opcodes and statuses from NVMe 1.3a.
nvmectl(8): Add big-endian support.
from FreeBSD nvmecontolr(8) r329824.
nvmectl(8): fix subcommand usage.
nvmectl(8): Remove some wdc subcommands from man page.
- wdc drive-log
- wdc get-crash-dump
- wdc purge
- wdc purge-monitor
Typos.
use setprogname()/getprogname(), do not hardcode the prognam name in fixed
strings
|
| 1.3 | 17-Apr-2018 |
nonaka | nvmectl(8): Sync with FreeBSD nvmecontrol(8) r328763.
|
| 1.2 | 17-Mar-2018 |
jdolecek | use setprogname()/getprogname(), do not hardcode the prognam name in fixed
strings
|
| 1.1 | 04-Jun-2016 |
nonaka | branches: 1.1.8; 1.1.14;
nvmectl(8): Added NVM Express control utility.
Ported from FreeBSD nvmecontrol(8).
|
| 1.1.14.2 | 22-Apr-2018 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.1.14.1 | 22-Mar-2018 |
pgoyette | Synch with HEAD, resolve conflicts
|
| 1.1.8.1 | 19-Apr-2018 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by nonaka in ticket #781):
sbin/nvmectl/Makefile 1.4
sbin/nvmectl/bignum.c 1.2
sbin/nvmectl/devlist.c 1.3-1.5
sbin/nvmectl/firmware.c 1.3,1.4
sbin/nvmectl/identify.c 1.3-1.5
sbin/nvmectl/logpage.c 1.5-1.7
sbin/nvmectl/nvme.h 1.3
sbin/nvmectl/nvmectl.8 1.5
sbin/nvmectl/nvmectl.c 1.5-1.7
sbin/nvmectl/nvmectl.h 1.5-1.8
sbin/nvmectl/perftest.c 1.3-1.5
sbin/nvmectl/power.c 1.3,1.4
sbin/nvmectl/reset.c 1.2,1.3
sbin/nvmectl/util.c 1.1,1.2
sbin/nvmectl/wdc.c 1.2-1.4
sys/dev/ic/ld_nvme.c 1.20
sys/dev/ic/nvme.c 1.38,1.39
sys/dev/ic/nvmeio.h 1.2
sys/dev/ic/nvmereg.h 1.10,1.11
sys/dev/ic/nvmevar.h 1.16
sys/dev/pci/nvme_pci.c 1.20
nvmectl(8): Sync with FreeBSD nvmecontrol(8) r328763.
nvmectl(8): fix wdc command usage.
nvme(4): Added some delay before check RDY bit quirk when disabling device.
Pick from FreeBSD nvme(4) r326937.
Add some new structure fileds, opcodes and statuses from NVMe 1.3a.
nvmectl(8): Add big-endian support.
from FreeBSD nvmecontolr(8) r329824.
nvmectl(8): fix subcommand usage.
nvmectl(8): Remove some wdc subcommands from man page.
- wdc drive-log
- wdc get-crash-dump
- wdc purge
- wdc purge-monitor
Typos.
use setprogname()/getprogname(), do not hardcode the prognam name in fixed
strings
|
| 1.3 | 02-Feb-2023 |
mlelstv | Data units read/written are counted in 1000s of 512 bytes.
Convert to human-readable value.
|
| 1.2 | 18-Apr-2018 |
nonaka | branches: 1.2.2; 1.2.4; 1.2.16;
nvmectl(8): Add big-endian support.
from FreeBSD nvmecontolr(8) r329824.
|
| 1.1 | 17-Apr-2018 |
nonaka | nvmectl(8): Sync with FreeBSD nvmecontrol(8) r328763.
|
| 1.2.16.1 | 05-Mar-2023 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by mlelstv in ticket #112):
sbin/nvmectl/nvmectl.h: revision 1.10
sbin/nvmectl/logpage.c: revision 1.11
sbin/nvmectl/util.c: revision 1.3
Data units read/written are counted in 1000s of 512 bytes.
Convert to human-readable value.
|
| 1.2.4.2 | 22-Apr-2018 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.2.4.1 | 18-Apr-2018 |
pgoyette | file util.c was added on branch pgoyette-compat on 2018-04-22 07:20:16 +0000
|
| 1.2.2.2 | 19-Apr-2018 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by nonaka in ticket #781):
sbin/nvmectl/Makefile 1.4
sbin/nvmectl/bignum.c 1.2
sbin/nvmectl/devlist.c 1.3-1.5
sbin/nvmectl/firmware.c 1.3,1.4
sbin/nvmectl/identify.c 1.3-1.5
sbin/nvmectl/logpage.c 1.5-1.7
sbin/nvmectl/nvme.h 1.3
sbin/nvmectl/nvmectl.8 1.5
sbin/nvmectl/nvmectl.c 1.5-1.7
sbin/nvmectl/nvmectl.h 1.5-1.8
sbin/nvmectl/perftest.c 1.3-1.5
sbin/nvmectl/power.c 1.3,1.4
sbin/nvmectl/reset.c 1.2,1.3
sbin/nvmectl/util.c 1.1,1.2
sbin/nvmectl/wdc.c 1.2-1.4
sys/dev/ic/ld_nvme.c 1.20
sys/dev/ic/nvme.c 1.38,1.39
sys/dev/ic/nvmeio.h 1.2
sys/dev/ic/nvmereg.h 1.10,1.11
sys/dev/ic/nvmevar.h 1.16
sys/dev/pci/nvme_pci.c 1.20
nvmectl(8): Sync with FreeBSD nvmecontrol(8) r328763.
nvmectl(8): fix wdc command usage.
nvme(4): Added some delay before check RDY bit quirk when disabling device.
Pick from FreeBSD nvme(4) r326937.
Add some new structure fileds, opcodes and statuses from NVMe 1.3a.
nvmectl(8): Add big-endian support.
from FreeBSD nvmecontolr(8) r329824.
nvmectl(8): fix subcommand usage.
nvmectl(8): Remove some wdc subcommands from man page.
- wdc drive-log
- wdc get-crash-dump
- wdc purge
- wdc purge-monitor
Typos.
use setprogname()/getprogname(), do not hardcode the prognam name in fixed
strings
|
| 1.2.2.1 | 18-Apr-2018 |
martin | file util.c was added on branch netbsd-8 on 2018-04-19 15:37:56 +0000
|
| 1.6 | 05-Jul-2023 |
riastradh | Revert "nvmectl(8): Ensure A divides S before aligned_alloc(A, S)."
C17 lifted this restriction.
|
| 1.5 | 04-Jul-2023 |
riastradh | nvmectl(8): Ensure A divides S before aligned_alloc(A, S).
Required by C11 Sec. 7.22.3.1 The aligned_alloc function, para. 2,
p. 348:
The value of alignment shall be a valid alignment supported by the
implementation and the value of size shall be an integral multiple
of alignment.
XXX pullup-10
|
| 1.4 | 18-Apr-2018 |
nonaka | nvmectl(8): Add big-endian support.
from FreeBSD nvmecontolr(8) r329824.
|
| 1.3 | 17-Apr-2018 |
nonaka | nvmectl(8): Sync with FreeBSD nvmecontrol(8) r328763.
|
| 1.2 | 17-Mar-2018 |
jdolecek | use setprogname()/getprogname(), do not hardcode the prognam name in fixed
strings
|
| 1.1 | 29-Apr-2017 |
nonaka | branches: 1.1.2; 1.1.4; 1.1.10;
Added missing file...
> nvmectl(8): sync with FreeBSD HEAD r316105.
>
> - Expand the SMART / Health Information Log Page (Page 02) printout based on
> NVM Express 1.2.1 Standard.
> - Implement Intel-specific log pages.
> - Implement HGST-specific log pages.
> - Implement wdc-specific nvme control options.
> - Add the ability to dump log pages directly in binary to stdout.
|
| 1.1.10.2 | 22-Apr-2018 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.1.10.1 | 22-Mar-2018 |
pgoyette | Synch with HEAD, resolve conflicts
|
| 1.1.4.1 | 19-Apr-2018 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by nonaka in ticket #781):
sbin/nvmectl/Makefile 1.4
sbin/nvmectl/bignum.c 1.2
sbin/nvmectl/devlist.c 1.3-1.5
sbin/nvmectl/firmware.c 1.3,1.4
sbin/nvmectl/identify.c 1.3-1.5
sbin/nvmectl/logpage.c 1.5-1.7
sbin/nvmectl/nvme.h 1.3
sbin/nvmectl/nvmectl.8 1.5
sbin/nvmectl/nvmectl.c 1.5-1.7
sbin/nvmectl/nvmectl.h 1.5-1.8
sbin/nvmectl/perftest.c 1.3-1.5
sbin/nvmectl/power.c 1.3,1.4
sbin/nvmectl/reset.c 1.2,1.3
sbin/nvmectl/util.c 1.1,1.2
sbin/nvmectl/wdc.c 1.2-1.4
sys/dev/ic/ld_nvme.c 1.20
sys/dev/ic/nvme.c 1.38,1.39
sys/dev/ic/nvmeio.h 1.2
sys/dev/ic/nvmereg.h 1.10,1.11
sys/dev/ic/nvmevar.h 1.16
sys/dev/pci/nvme_pci.c 1.20
nvmectl(8): Sync with FreeBSD nvmecontrol(8) r328763.
nvmectl(8): fix wdc command usage.
nvme(4): Added some delay before check RDY bit quirk when disabling device.
Pick from FreeBSD nvme(4) r326937.
Add some new structure fileds, opcodes and statuses from NVMe 1.3a.
nvmectl(8): Add big-endian support.
from FreeBSD nvmecontolr(8) r329824.
nvmectl(8): fix subcommand usage.
nvmectl(8): Remove some wdc subcommands from man page.
- wdc drive-log
- wdc get-crash-dump
- wdc purge
- wdc purge-monitor
Typos.
use setprogname()/getprogname(), do not hardcode the prognam name in fixed
strings
|
| 1.1.2.2 | 02-May-2017 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD - tag prg-localcount2-base1
|
| 1.1.2.1 | 29-Apr-2017 |
pgoyette | file wdc.c was added on branch prg-localcount2 on 2017-05-02 03:19:16 +0000
|
| 1.18 | 07-Oct-2023 |
rin | Drop -O[01] hacks for vax; no longer necessary for patched GCC 10
PR port-vax/57646: Import major vax toolchain fix by Kalvis Duckmanton
XXXRO: GCC 12 may require hacks for a while, but it turned out that
GCC 12 should be treated differently from older versions; a lot of new
files need -O[01] flags, while some may no longer require it.
I will take a look later.
Note that these hacks are not required if Kalvis's patches for GCC 12
are applied.
Keep doc/HACKS entries for a while (will be sync with update for GCC 12).
diff --git a/crypto/external/bsd/openssh/lib/Makefile b/crypto/external/bsd/openssh/lib/Makefile
index 96a93f5e396..4e38be1b642 100644
--- a/crypto/external/bsd/openssh/lib/Makefile
+++ b/crypto/external/bsd/openssh/lib/Makefile
@@ -117,12 +117,6 @@ COPTS.${f}.c+= -Wno-pointer-sign
# XXX
COPTS.channels.c+= -fno-strict-aliasing
-# XXX
-.if ${MACHINE} == "vax"
-COPTS.poly1305.c+= -O0
-COPTS.umac.c+= -O0
-.endif
-
COPTS.hostfile.c+= ${CC_WNO_FORMAT_TRUNCATION}
COPTS.sshkey.c+= ${CC_WNO_FORMAT_TRUNCATION}
COPTS.cipher.c+= -Wno-error=deprecated-declarations
diff --git a/distrib/utils/x_ping/Makefile b/distrib/utils/x_ping/Makefile
index f1c452a0d60..8ee77580a3f 100644
--- a/distrib/utils/x_ping/Makefile
+++ b/distrib/utils/x_ping/Makefile
@@ -12,10 +12,6 @@ CPPFLAGS+= -I${SRCDIR} -DCRUNCHOPS
DPADD= ${LIBM}
LDADD= -lm
-.if ${MACHINE_ARCH} == "vax"
-COPTS.ping.c=-O0
-.endif
-
.include <bsd.prog.mk>
.PATH: ${SRCDIR}
diff --git a/external/apache2/argon2/lib/libargon2/Makefile.inc b/external/apache2/argon2/lib/libargon2/Makefile.inc
index d3f4470c6c7..6a1dd146d7d 100644
--- a/external/apache2/argon2/lib/libargon2/Makefile.inc
+++ b/external/apache2/argon2/lib/libargon2/Makefile.inc
@@ -16,7 +16,3 @@ CFLAGS+= -pthread
LDADD+=-lpthread
DPADD+=${LIBPTHREAD}
.endif
-
-.if ${MACHINE} == "vax"
-COPTS.blake2b.c+= -O0
-.endif
diff --git a/external/bsd/jemalloc/lib/Makefile.inc b/external/bsd/jemalloc/lib/Makefile.inc
index 2f524358f46..d5da774f293 100644
--- a/external/bsd/jemalloc/lib/Makefile.inc
+++ b/external/bsd/jemalloc/lib/Makefile.inc
@@ -53,12 +53,6 @@ COPTS.ctl.c+=-Wno-error=stack-protector
COPTS.stats.c+=-Wno-error=stack-protector
COPTS.tcache.c+=-Wno-error=stack-protector
-.if ${MACHINE_ARCH} == "vax"
-# in merge_overlapping_regs, at regrename.c
-COPTS.arena.c+=-O0
-COPTS.extent.c+=-O0
-.endif
-
SRCS+=${JEMALLOC_SRCS}
jemalloc.d jemalloc.pico jemalloc.o jemalloc.ln jemalloc.po jemalloc.go: \
diff --git a/external/bsd/mdocml/lib/libmandoc/Makefile b/external/bsd/mdocml/lib/libmandoc/Makefile
index 40d7e29ae88..dfd3077a2c7 100644
--- a/external/bsd/mdocml/lib/libmandoc/Makefile
+++ b/external/bsd/mdocml/lib/libmandoc/Makefile
@@ -39,11 +39,6 @@ tbl_opts.c
MAN= mandoc.3
-# XXX
-.if ${MACHINE} == "vax"
-COPTS.mdoc_macro.c+=-O0
-.endif
-
COPTS.man_validate.c+=-Wno-error=array-bounds
.include <bsd.lib.mk>
diff --git a/external/gpl3/binutils.old/lib/libbfd/Makefile b/external/gpl3/binutils.old/lib/libbfd/Makefile
index 03477232b55..74a354532fa 100644
--- a/external/gpl3/binutils.old/lib/libbfd/Makefile
+++ b/external/gpl3/binutils.old/lib/libbfd/Makefile
@@ -41,10 +41,6 @@ CPPFLAGS+= -I${.CURDIR}/arch/${BFD_MACHINE_ARCH} -I${DIST}/include -I. \
-DDEBUGDIR=\"${DEBUGDIR}\" -DLIBDIR=\"${LIBDIR}\" \
-DBINDIR=\"${BINDIR}\"
-.if (${BFD_MACHINE_ARCH} == "vax")
-CPPFLAGS.elf.c += -O0
-.endif
-
COPTS.pei-x86_64.c+= -Wno-stack-protector
COPTS.elfxx-mips.c+= -Wno-stack-protector
COPTS.elf.c+= ${${ACTIVE_CC} == "gcc" && ${HAVE_GCC:U0} >= 10:? -Wno-overflow :}
diff --git a/external/gpl3/binutils/lib/libbfd/Makefile b/external/gpl3/binutils/lib/libbfd/Makefile
index 00cb2b20081..a3f0c25fd35 100644
--- a/external/gpl3/binutils/lib/libbfd/Makefile
+++ b/external/gpl3/binutils/lib/libbfd/Makefile
@@ -41,10 +41,6 @@ CPPFLAGS+= -I${.CURDIR}/arch/${BFD_MACHINE_ARCH} -I${DIST}/include -I. \
-DDEBUGDIR=\"${DEBUGDIR}\" -DLIBDIR=\"${LIBDIR}\" \
-DBINDIR=\"${BINDIR}\"
-.if (${BFD_MACHINE_ARCH} == "vax")
-CPPFLAGS.elf.c += -O0
-.endif
-
COPTS.pei-x86_64.c+= -Wno-stack-protector
COPTS.elfxx-mips.c+= -Wno-stack-protector
COPTS.elf.c+= ${${ACTIVE_CC} == "gcc" && ${HAVE_GCC:U0} >= 10:? -Wno-overflow :}
diff --git a/external/gpl3/gcc.old/lib/Makefile.sanitizer b/external/gpl3/gcc.old/lib/Makefile.sanitizer
index efd36ae4bee..5173a5109a0 100644
--- a/external/gpl3/gcc.old/lib/Makefile.sanitizer
+++ b/external/gpl3/gcc.old/lib/Makefile.sanitizer
@@ -88,22 +88,3 @@ COPTS+=-fno-builtin -fno-exceptions -fno-rtti -funwind-tables
# Can't profile without it`
#-fomit-frame-pointer
-
-.if ${MACHINE_ARCH} == "vax"
-COPTS.sanitizer_allocator.cc += -O1
-COPTS.sanitizer_common.cc += -O1
-COPTS.sanitizer_common_libcdep.cc += -O1
-COPTS.sanitizer_coverage_libcdep.cc += -O1
-COPTS.sanitizer_coverage_mapping_libcdep.cc += -O1
-COPTS.sanitizer_deadlock_detector1.cc += -O1
-COPTS.sanitizer_mac.cc += -O1
-COPTS.sanitizer_netbsd.cc += -O1
-COPTS.sanitizer_posix.cc += -O1
-COPTS.sanitizer_printf.cc += -O1
-COPTS.sanitizer_procmaps_common.cc += -O1
-COPTS.sanitizer_stackdepot.cc += -O1
-COPTS.sanitizer_symbolizer_libcdep.cc += -O1
-COPTS.sanitizer_symbolizer_report.cc += -O1
-COPTS.ubsan_diag.cc += -O1
-COPTS.ubsan_init.cc += -O1
-.endif
diff --git a/external/gpl3/gcc.old/lib/libasan/Makefile b/external/gpl3/gcc.old/lib/libasan/Makefile
index 1e6f9608abe..3da7bbf2f58 100644
--- a/external/gpl3/gcc.old/lib/libasan/Makefile
+++ b/external/gpl3/gcc.old/lib/libasan/Makefile
@@ -49,14 +49,6 @@ LIBDPLIBS+= m ${NETBSDSRCDIR}/lib/libm
LIBDPLIBS+= pthread ${NETBSDSRCDIR}/lib/libpthread
CPPFLAGS+=-DCAN_SANITIZE_UB=0
-.if ${MACHINE_ARCH} == "vax"
-COPTS.asan_allocator.cc += -O1
-COPTS.asan_report.cc += -O1
-COPTS.sanitizer_file.cc += -O1
-COPTS.ubsan_diag.cc += -O1
-COPTS.ubsan_init.cc += -O1
-.endif
-
.if ${MACHINE_ARCH} == "mipsel" || ${MACHINE_ARCH} == "mipseb"
COPTS.asan_interceptors.cc += -O1
.endif
diff --git a/external/gpl3/gcc.old/lib/liblsan/Makefile b/external/gpl3/gcc.old/lib/liblsan/Makefile
index 4578544a9a8..ddb7981077c 100644
--- a/external/gpl3/gcc.old/lib/liblsan/Makefile
+++ b/external/gpl3/gcc.old/lib/liblsan/Makefile
@@ -16,11 +16,6 @@ LSAN_SRCS+= \
lsan_linux.cc \
lsan_thread.cc
-.if ${MACHINE_ARCH} == "vax"
-COPTS.lsan_allocator.cc += -O1
-COPTS.sanitizer_file.cc += -O1
-.endif
-
LIB= lsan
SRCS+= ${LSAN_SRCS}
LIBDPLIBS+= m ${NETBSDSRCDIR}/lib/libm
diff --git a/external/gpl3/gcc.old/lib/libubsan/Makefile b/external/gpl3/gcc.old/lib/libubsan/Makefile
index 2e2faca7b1c..9de82550d14 100644
--- a/external/gpl3/gcc.old/lib/libubsan/Makefile
+++ b/external/gpl3/gcc.old/lib/libubsan/Makefile
@@ -26,10 +26,6 @@ UBSAN_SRCS= \
COPTS.${_s}.cc+=-frtti
.endfor
-.if ${MACHINE_ARCH} == "vax"
-COPTS.sanitizer_file.cc += -O1
-.endif
-
LIB= ubsan
SRCS+= ${UBSAN_SRCS}
LIBDPLIBS+= m ${NETBSDSRCDIR}/lib/libm
diff --git a/external/gpl3/gcc.old/usr.bin/cc1/Makefile b/external/gpl3/gcc.old/usr.bin/cc1/Makefile
index c55e292ee8e..ff12a5be524 100644
--- a/external/gpl3/gcc.old/usr.bin/cc1/Makefile
+++ b/external/gpl3/gcc.old/usr.bin/cc1/Makefile
@@ -46,17 +46,6 @@ CPPFLAGS.default-c.c+= -I${BACKENDOBJ}
BUILDSYMLINKS+= ${GNUHOSTDIST}/gcc/config/sh/sh-c.cc sh-c.c
.endif
-.if ${MACHINE_CPU} == "vax"
-COPTS.c-decl.c+=-O0
-COPTS.c-typeck.c+=-O0
-COPTS.c-array-notation.c+=-O0
-COPTS.c-common.c+=-O0
-COPTS.c-ada-spec.c+=-O0
-COPTS.cilk.c+=-O0
-COPTS.c-ubsan.c+=-O0
-COPTS.cc1-checksum.c+=-O0
-.endif
-
.if ${MACHINE_ARCH} == "mipseb" || ${MACHINE_ARCH} == "mipsel"
COPTS.c-common.c+=-O3
.endif
diff --git a/external/gpl3/gcc.old/usr.bin/cc1obj/Makefile b/external/gpl3/gcc.old/usr.bin/cc1obj/Makefile
index 3123ee0d60b..aab82ad3448 100644
--- a/external/gpl3/gcc.old/usr.bin/cc1obj/Makefile
+++ b/external/gpl3/gcc.old/usr.bin/cc1obj/Makefile
@@ -44,16 +44,8 @@ COPTS.objc-act.c+= -Wno-stack-protector
COPTS.objc-gnu-runtime-abi-01.c+= -Wno-stack-protector
COPTS.objc-next-runtime-abi-01.c+= -Wno-stack-protector
-.if ${MACHINE_ARCH} == "vax"
-COPTS.c-decl.c+=-O0
-COPTS.c-typeck.c+=-O0
-COPTS.c-array-notation.c+=-O0
-COPTS.c-common.c+=-O0
-COPTS.c-ada-spec.c+=-O0
-COPTS.cilk.c+=-O0
-COPTS.c-ubsan.c+=-O0
-COPTS.cc1obj-checksum.c+=-O0
-.endif
+COPTS.c-cppbuiltin.c+= ${${ACTIVE_CC} == "gcc" && ${HAVE_GCC:U0} == 8:? -Wno-error=format-overflow :}
+COPTS.c-typeck.c+= ${${ACTIVE_CC} == "gcc" && ${HAVE_GCC:U0} == 8:? -Wno-error=format-overflow :}
.if ${MACHINE_ARCH} == "mipseb" || ${MACHINE_ARCH} == "mipsel"
COPTS.c-common.c+=-O3
diff --git a/external/gpl3/gcc.old/usr.bin/cc1objplus/Makefile b/external/gpl3/gcc.old/usr.bin/cc1objplus/Makefile
index b9c108251c5..e04e8fc7f53 100644
--- a/external/gpl3/gcc.old/usr.bin/cc1objplus/Makefile
+++ b/external/gpl3/gcc.old/usr.bin/cc1objplus/Makefile
@@ -69,18 +69,6 @@ COPTS.objc-act.c+= -Wno-stack-protector
COPTS.objc-gnu-runtime-abi-01.c+= -Wno-stack-protector
COPTS.objc-next-runtime-abi-01.c+= -Wno-stack-protector
-.if ${MACHINE_ARCH} == "vax"
-COPTS.c-decl.c+=-O0
-COPTS.c-typeck.c+=-O0
-COPTS.c-array-notation.c+=-O0
-COPTS.c-common.c+=-O0
-COPTS.c-ada-spec.c+=-O0
-COPTS.cilk.c+=-O0
-COPTS.c-ubsan.c+=-O0
-COPTS.cc1obj-checksum.c+=-O0
-COPTS.decl.c+=-O0
-.endif
-
.if ${MACHINE_ARCH} == "mipseb" || ${MACHINE_ARCH} == "mipsel"
COPTS.c-common.c+=-O3
.endif
diff --git a/external/gpl3/gcc.old/usr.bin/cc1plus/Makefile b/external/gpl3/gcc.old/usr.bin/cc1plus/Makefile
index 7936efd3a5e..7c54559e21a 100644
--- a/external/gpl3/gcc.old/usr.bin/cc1plus/Makefile
+++ b/external/gpl3/gcc.old/usr.bin/cc1plus/Makefile
@@ -31,23 +31,6 @@ CHECKSUM_OBJS= ${LIBBACKTRACEOBJ}/libbacktrace.a \
CFLAGS+= -Wno-error=stack-protector
-.if ${MACHINE_ARCH} == "vax"
-COPTS.call.c+=-O0
-COPTS.decl.c+=-O0
-COPTS.typeck2.c+=-O0
-COPTS.class.c+=-O0
-COPTS.typeck.c+=-O0
-COPTS.init.c+=-O0
-COPTS.semantics.c+=-O0
-COPTS.mangle.c+=-O0
-COPTS.constexpr.c+=-O0
-COPTS.c-common.c+=-O0
-COPTS.c-ada-spec.c+=-O0
-COPTS.cilk.c+=-O0
-COPTS.c-ubsan.c+=-O0
-COPTS.cc1plus-checksum.c+=-O0
-.endif
-
.if ${MACHINE_ARCH} == "mipseb" || ${MACHINE_ARCH} == "mipsel"
COPTS.c-common.c+=-O3
.endif
diff --git a/external/gpl3/gcc.old/usr.bin/gcc/Makefile b/external/gpl3/gcc.old/usr.bin/gcc/Makefile
index 7a66d77ffc7..a5a4b1c3adf 100644
--- a/external/gpl3/gcc.old/usr.bin/gcc/Makefile
+++ b/external/gpl3/gcc.old/usr.bin/gcc/Makefile
@@ -25,9 +25,6 @@ ${SRCS}: ${GCCARCH}/defs.mk
.include <bsd.info.mk>
COPTS.gcc.c= -Wno-stack-protector
-.if ${MACHINE_ARCH} == "vax"
-COPTS.dse.c= -O1
-.endif
.PATH: ${DIST}/gcc ${DIST}/gcc/doc ${DIST}/gcc/c
diff --git a/external/gpl3/gcc.old/usr.bin/libdecnumber/Makefile b/external/gpl3/gcc.old/usr.bin/libdecnumber/Makefile
index 751d1513eec..33aeb1c9898 100644
--- a/external/gpl3/gcc.old/usr.bin/libdecnumber/Makefile
+++ b/external/gpl3/gcc.old/usr.bin/libdecnumber/Makefile
@@ -14,10 +14,6 @@ SRCS= decNumber.c decContext.c decimal32.c decimal64.c decimal128.c
CPPFLAGS+= -I${.CURDIR}/arch/${GCC_MACHINE_ARCH} -I${DIST}/libdecnumber
CPPFLAGS+= -I${DIST}/libgcc
-.if ${MACHINE_ARCH} == "vax"
-COPTS.decNumber.c=-O0
-.endif
-
.include <bsd.lib.mk>
# Force using C++ for this
diff --git a/external/gpl3/gcc.old/usr.bin/lto-dump/Makefile b/external/gpl3/gcc.old/usr.bin/lto-dump/Makefile
index 90f44a9fcf6..fd251464fb7 100644
--- a/external/gpl3/gcc.old/usr.bin/lto-dump/Makefile
+++ b/external/gpl3/gcc.old/usr.bin/lto-dump/Makefile
@@ -24,11 +24,6 @@ COPTS.lto-common.c+= -Wno-stack-protector
.include "../Makefile.backtrace"
.include "../Makefile.libdecnumber"
-.if ${MACHINE_ARCH} == "vax"
-COPTS.lto-lang.c+=-O0
-COPTS.lto-symtab.c+=-O0
-.endif
-
LDADD+= ${LIBIBERTY} ${LIBMPC} ${LIBMPFR} ${LIBGMP} -lintl -lz -lm
DPADD+= ${LIBIBERTY} ${LIBMPC} ${LIBMPFR} ${LIBGMP} ${LIBINTL} ${LIBZ} ${LIBM}
diff --git a/external/gpl3/gcc.old/usr.bin/lto1/Makefile b/external/gpl3/gcc.old/usr.bin/lto1/Makefile
index 4c49161a64c..340d3c6124f 100644
--- a/external/gpl3/gcc.old/usr.bin/lto1/Makefile
+++ b/external/gpl3/gcc.old/usr.bin/lto1/Makefile
@@ -21,11 +21,6 @@ COPTS.lto-common.c+= -Wno-stack-protector
.include "../Makefile.libcpp"
.include "../Makefile.libdecnumber"
-.if ${MACHINE_ARCH} == "vax"
-COPTS.lto-lang.c+=-O0
-COPTS.lto-symtab.c+=-O0
-.endif
-
LDADD+= ${LIBIBERTYOBJ}/libiberty.a
DPADD+= ${LIBIBERTYOBJ}/libiberty.a
LDADD+= ${LIBIBERTY} ${LIBMPC} ${LIBMPFR} ${LIBGMP} -lintl -lz -lm
diff --git a/external/gpl3/gdb.old/lib/libdecnumber/Makefile b/external/gpl3/gdb.old/lib/libdecnumber/Makefile
index bcd4ae5b222..ce28811526b 100644
--- a/external/gpl3/gdb.old/lib/libdecnumber/Makefile
+++ b/external/gpl3/gdb.old/lib/libdecnumber/Makefile
@@ -18,10 +18,6 @@ CPPFLAGS+= -I${.CURDIR}/arch/${GDB_MACHINE_ARCH} \
SRCS= ${G_OBJS:.o=.c} ${G_SOURCES}
-.if ${MACHINE_ARCH} == "vax"
-COPTS.decNumber.c=-O0
-.endif
-
.PATH: ${DIST}/libdecnumber ${DIST}/libdecnumber/dpd
.include <bsd.lib.mk>
diff --git a/external/gpl3/gdb/lib/libdecnumber/Makefile b/external/gpl3/gdb/lib/libdecnumber/Makefile
index c95d36e3dfa..e3169865304 100644
--- a/external/gpl3/gdb/lib/libdecnumber/Makefile
+++ b/external/gpl3/gdb/lib/libdecnumber/Makefile
@@ -18,10 +18,6 @@ CPPFLAGS+= -I${.CURDIR}/arch/${GDB_MACHINE_ARCH} \
SRCS= ${G_OBJS:.o=.c} ${G_SOURCES}
-.if ${MACHINE_ARCH} == "vax"
-COPTS.decNumber.c=-O0
-.endif
-
.PATH: ${DIST}/libdecnumber ${DIST}/libdecnumber/dpd ${DIST}/libdecnumber/bid
.include <bsd.lib.mk>
diff --git a/external/gpl3/gdb/lib/libgdb/Makefile b/external/gpl3/gdb/lib/libgdb/Makefile
index b87a515d13a..c118c363975 100644
--- a/external/gpl3/gdb/lib/libgdb/Makefile
+++ b/external/gpl3/gdb/lib/libgdb/Makefile
@@ -66,12 +66,6 @@ CFLAGS:= ${CXXFLAGS} -std=gnu++17 -Wno-error=stack-protector
ada-exp.c: ada-lex.c
-.if ${MACHINE} == "vax"
-. if ${ACTIVE_CC} == "gcc" && ${HAVE_GCC:U0} >= 8
-COPTS.read.c+= -O0
-. endif
-.endif
-
# These are generated by implicit rules and are not easy to generate
CLEANDIRFILES+= \
ada-exp.c ada-lex.c \
diff --git a/external/mit/xorg/lib/gallium.old/Makefile b/external/mit/xorg/lib/gallium.old/Makefile
index 55b2fe3d1c1..bfa40c8974f 100644
--- a/external/mit/xorg/lib/gallium.old/Makefile
+++ b/external/mit/xorg/lib/gallium.old/Makefile
@@ -1211,10 +1211,6 @@ SYMLINKS+= gallium_dri.so.${SHLIB_MAJOR}.debug ${DRIDEBUGDIR}/${_d}_dri.so.${SHL
COPTS+= ${${ACTIVE_CC} == "clang":? -Wa,-Av8plus :}
.endif
-.if ${MACHINE_ARCH} == "vax"
-COPTS.nir.c += -O1
-.endif
-
# XXXGCC12
.if ${MACHINE_ARCH} == "m68k"
COPTS.st_glsl_to_tgsi.cpp += -O1
diff --git a/external/mit/xorg/lib/gallium/Makefile b/external/mit/xorg/lib/gallium/Makefile
index 6778a8c11c8..9f1422080fe 100644
--- a/external/mit/xorg/lib/gallium/Makefile
+++ b/external/mit/xorg/lib/gallium/Makefile
@@ -1428,10 +1428,6 @@ SYMLINKS+= gallium_dri.so.${SHLIB_MAJOR}.debug ${DRIDEBUGDIR}/${_d}_dri.so.${SHL
COPTS+= ${${ACTIVE_CC} == "clang":? -Wa,-Av8plus :}
.endif
-.if ${MACHINE_ARCH} == "vax"
-COPTS.nir.c += -O1
-.endif
-
COPTS.u_atomic.c+= ${${ACTIVE_CC} == "gcc" && ${HAVE_GCC:U0} >= 10:? -Wno-builtin-declaration-mismatch :}
.include <bsd.lib.mk>
diff --git a/external/mit/xorg/lib/libX11/Makefile.libx11 b/external/mit/xorg/lib/libX11/Makefile.libx11
index e103d9ace12..0e55c2a4732 100644
--- a/external/mit/xorg/lib/libX11/Makefile.libx11
+++ b/external/mit/xorg/lib/libX11/Makefile.libx11
@@ -471,11 +471,6 @@ COPTS.OpenDis.c+= -Wno-error # XXX xf86bigfstr.h
COPTS.XlibInt.c+= -Wno-error # XXX xcmiscstr.h
COPTS.XKBBind.c+= -Wno-deprecated-declarations # uses XKeycodeToKeysym
-# XXX
-.if ${MACHINE} == "vax"
-COPTS.lcWrap.c+= -O0
-.endif
-
CWARNFLAGS.clang+= -Wno-string-plus-int
.include "${NETBSDSRCDIR}/external/mit/xorg/tools/makekeys/Makefile.makekeys"
diff --git a/games/gomoku/Makefile b/games/gomoku/Makefile
index e86a63aaea7..678537066ed 100644
--- a/games/gomoku/Makefile
+++ b/games/gomoku/Makefile
@@ -9,10 +9,6 @@ LDADD= -lcurses -lterminfo
HIDEGAME=hidegame
CPPFLAGS+= ${DEBUG:D-DDEBUG}
-.if ${MACHINE} == "vax"
-COPTS.pickmove.c += -O0
-.endif
-
#WARNS= 6 # would produce warnings about small integer types
LINTFLAGS+= -w # treat warnings as errors
LINTFLAGS+= -T # strict bool mode
diff --git a/games/phantasia/Makefile b/games/phantasia/Makefile
index e9c53f23ae5..b919dac17c6 100644
--- a/games/phantasia/Makefile
+++ b/games/phantasia/Makefile
@@ -52,7 +52,3 @@ map: map.c
./map | plot > /dev/tty
.include <bsd.prog.mk>
-
-.if defined(HAVE_GCC) && ${MACHINE_ARCH} == "vax"
-COPTS.misc.c+= -O0
-.endif
diff --git a/lib/i18n_module/UTF7/Makefile b/lib/i18n_module/UTF7/Makefile
index 712c1515d42..7136f7f0cc3 100644
--- a/lib/i18n_module/UTF7/Makefile
+++ b/lib/i18n_module/UTF7/Makefile
@@ -3,6 +3,3 @@
SRCPRE=citrus_
.include <bsd.lib.mk>
-.if ${MACHINE_ARCH} == "vax" && defined(HAVE_GCC)
-COPTS.citrus_utf7.c+= -O0
-.endif
diff --git a/lib/libbz2/Makefile b/lib/libbz2/Makefile
index b2aea1e04b0..e60a2862d48 100644
--- a/lib/libbz2/Makefile
+++ b/lib/libbz2/Makefile
@@ -15,11 +15,6 @@ SRCS= blocksort.c huffman.c crctable.c randtable.c compress.c \
INCS= bzlib.h
INCSDIR= /usr/include
-# XXX huffman.c gets mis-compiled with 2.95.3
-.if ${MACHINE_ARCH} == "vax"
-COPTS+= -O0
-.endif
-
COPTS+= ${CC_WNO_IMPLICIT_FALLTHROUGH}
# XXX blocksort.c gets mis-compiled with 4.1
diff --git a/lib/libc/gdtoa/Makefile.inc b/lib/libc/gdtoa/Makefile.inc
index 132686fc33d..609da919803 100644
--- a/lib/libc/gdtoa/Makefile.inc
+++ b/lib/libc/gdtoa/Makefile.inc
@@ -44,10 +44,3 @@ SRCS+= dmisc.c \
.if ${MACHINE_ARCH} != "vax"
SRCS+= strtord.c
.endif
-
-# XXX revisit with newer GCC.
-# Ensure numbers like 0xffff319f5fa95963 print correctly
-# ("999999999999999.98", not garbage like "?A>C>@>C:BA;A><.:<")
-.if ${MACHINE_ARCH} == "vax" && defined(HAVE_GCC)
-COPTS.misc.c+= -O0
-.endif
diff --git a/lib/libcrypt/Makefile b/lib/libcrypt/Makefile
index cb3f89d6d09..e9c8be820da 100644
--- a/lib/libcrypt/Makefile
+++ b/lib/libcrypt/Makefile
@@ -30,9 +30,6 @@ SRCS+= crypt-argon2.c
SRCS+= ${src}
COPTS.${src}+= -fvisibility=hidden
. endfor
-. if ${MACHINE} == "vax"
-COPTS.blake2b.c+= -O0
-. endif
.endif
WARNS?= 5
diff --git a/libexec/ld.elf_so/Makefile b/libexec/ld.elf_so/Makefile
index f5baae1e883..24f7e1121e5 100644
--- a/libexec/ld.elf_so/Makefile
+++ b/libexec/ld.elf_so/Makefile
@@ -141,10 +141,6 @@ CPPFLAGS+= -DRTLD_DEFAULT_LIBRARY_PATH=\"${SHLIBDIR}:${LIBDIR}\"
COPTS.rtld.c+= -Wno-stack-protector
COPTS.symbol.c+=-Wno-stack-protector
-.if ${MACHINE_CPU} == "vax"
-COPTS.rtld.c+= -O0
-.endif
-
LDADD+= -Wl,--version-script=${.CURDIR}/symbols.map
LDADD+= -L${CLIBOBJ} -L${DESTDIR}${LIBDIR}
.if ${MKPICLIB} != "no"
diff --git a/sbin/fsck_ffs/Makefile.common b/sbin/fsck_ffs/Makefile.common
index 765638b2801..824e3bf2628 100644
--- a/sbin/fsck_ffs/Makefile.common
+++ b/sbin/fsck_ffs/Makefile.common
@@ -36,7 +36,3 @@ COPTS.ffs_appleufs.c+= -Wno-pointer-sign
.if ${MACHINE_ARCH} == "m68000"
COPTS.pass1.c+= -fno-tree-fre -fno-tree-lrs
.endif
-.if ${MACHINE_ARCH} == "vax"
-COPTS.pass1.c+= -O0
-COPTS.inode.c+= -O0
-.endif
diff --git a/sbin/fsdb/Makefile b/sbin/fsdb/Makefile
index c039f73a1eb..3b0331e5880 100644
--- a/sbin/fsdb/Makefile
+++ b/sbin/fsdb/Makefile
@@ -39,12 +39,6 @@ COPTS.${f}.c+= -Wno-pointer-sign
COPTS.pass1.c+= -fno-tree-fre -fno-tree-lrs
.endif
-.if ${MACHINE_ARCH} == "vax"
-COPTS.pass1.c+= -O0
-COPTS.inode.c+= -O0
-COPTS.fsdb.c+= -O0
-.endif
-
CWARNFLAGS.gcc+= ${CC_WNO_ADDRESS_OF_PACKED_MEMBER}
.include <bsd.prog.mk>
diff --git a/sbin/newfs_ext2fs/Makefile b/sbin/newfs_ext2fs/Makefile
index 40a44b9a038..ecfdbff4d3a 100644
--- a/sbin/newfs_ext2fs/Makefile
+++ b/sbin/newfs_ext2fs/Makefile
@@ -20,8 +20,4 @@ DPADD+=${LIBPROP}
.PATH: ${NETBSDSRCDIR}/sys/ufs/ext2fs ${FSCK}
-.if ${MACHINE_ARCH} == "vax"
-COPTS.mke2fs.c=-O0
-.endif
-
.include <bsd.prog.mk>
diff --git a/sbin/ping/Makefile b/sbin/ping/Makefile
index 4f33501ea7a..1f7f56e3ea5 100644
--- a/sbin/ping/Makefile
+++ b/sbin/ping/Makefile
@@ -12,8 +12,4 @@ CPPFLAGS+= -DIPSEC
LDADD+= -lipsec
DPADD+= ${LIBIPSEC}
-.if ${MACHINE_ARCH} == "vax"
-COPTS.ping.c=-O0
-.endif
-
.include <bsd.prog.mk>
diff --git a/sys/arch/vax/conf/Makefile.vax b/sys/arch/vax/conf/Makefile.vax
index cf095d54a86..c483eaa644a 100644
--- a/sys/arch/vax/conf/Makefile.vax
+++ b/sys/arch/vax/conf/Makefile.vax
@@ -34,7 +34,6 @@ GENASSYM_CONF= ${VAX}/vax/genassym.cf
CPPFLAGS+= -D_VAX_INLINE_
AFLAGS+= -x assembler-with-cpp -fno-pic
CFLAGS+= -fno-pic
-COPTS.wsmux.c+= ${${ACTIVE_CC} == "gcc" && ${HAVE_GCC:U0} >= 9:? -O1 :}
##
diff --git a/sys/lib/libsa/Makefile b/sys/lib/libsa/Makefile
index 718c97ce857..4ef3840c753 100644
--- a/sys/lib/libsa/Makefile
+++ b/sys/lib/libsa/Makefile
@@ -96,7 +96,3 @@ SRCS+= ufs.c
lib${LIB}.o:: ${OBJS:O} __buildstdlib
CPPFLAGS+= -Wno-pointer-sign
-
-.if defined(HAVE_GCC) && ${MACHINE_ARCH} == "vax"
-COPTS.bootp.c+= -O0
-.endif
diff --git a/sys/lib/libz/Makefile b/sys/lib/libz/Makefile
index 6945c0da6c6..61fb7d4f652 100644
--- a/sys/lib/libz/Makefile
+++ b/sys/lib/libz/Makefile
@@ -25,7 +25,3 @@ CLEANFILES+= lib${LIB}.o
.include <bsd.lib.mk>
lib${LIB}.o:: ${OBJS:O} __buildstdlib
-
-.if defined(HAVE_GCC) && ${MACHINE_ARCH} == "vax"
-COPTS.inftrees.c+= -O0
-.endif
diff --git a/sys/modules/lfs/Makefile b/sys/modules/lfs/Makefile
index 962538821a5..ea8f187e160 100644
--- a/sys/modules/lfs/Makefile
+++ b/sys/modules/lfs/Makefile
@@ -18,9 +18,4 @@ SRCS+= ulfs_bmap.c ulfs_dirhash.c ulfs_inode.c ulfs_lookup.c \
WARNS= 3
-.if ${MACHINE} == "vax"
-# GCC 6.5 and 7.4 cannot compile this with -DDIAGNOSTIC and -O2/-O1
-COPTS.lfs_inode.c+= -O0
-.endif
-
.include <bsd.kmodule.mk>
diff --git a/sys/rump/fs/lib/liblfs/Makefile b/sys/rump/fs/lib/liblfs/Makefile
index abade3767d9..68b74c62502 100644
--- a/sys/rump/fs/lib/liblfs/Makefile
+++ b/sys/rump/fs/lib/liblfs/Makefile
@@ -17,9 +17,6 @@ SRCS+= ulfs_bmap.c ulfs_dirhash.c ulfs_extattr.c \
CFLAGS+= -DLFS_KERNEL_RFW
-.if ${MACHINE_ARCH} == "vax"
-COPTS.lfs_inode.c+=-O0
-.endif
.include <bsd.lib.mk>
.include <bsd.klinks.mk>
diff --git a/usr.sbin/mtrace/Makefile b/usr.sbin/mtrace/Makefile
index aef09db6198..9c125c15265 100644
--- a/usr.sbin/mtrace/Makefile
+++ b/usr.sbin/mtrace/Makefile
@@ -12,10 +12,6 @@ PROG= mtrace
SRCS= igmp.c inet.c kern.c mtrace.c
MAN= mtrace.8
-.if ${MACHINE_ARCH} == "vax"
-COPTS.mtrace.c=-O0
-.endif
-
BINMODE=4555
BINOWN= root
diff --git a/external/gpl3/gcc.old/usr.bin/backend/Makefile b/external/gpl3/gcc.old/usr.bin/backend/Makefile
index d69a26fe619..99e881c783d 100644
--- a/external/gpl3/gcc.old/usr.bin/backend/Makefile
+++ b/external/gpl3/gcc.old/usr.bin/backend/Makefile
@@ -533,68 +533,9 @@ COPTS.insn-recog.c+=-Wno-error
.if ${GCC_MACHINE_ARCH} == "vax"
CPPFLAGS+=-I${.CURDIR}/../../lib/libgcc/libgcov/arch/${GCC_MACHINE_ARCH}
-COPTS.builtins.c+=-O0
-COPTS.calls.c+=-O0
-COPTS.convert.c+=-O0
-COPTS.data-streamer-out.c+=-O0
-COPTS.dse.c+=-O0 # XXX port-vax/51967
-COPTS.dwarf2out.c+=-O0
-COPTS.expmed.c+=-O0
-COPTS.expr.c+=-O0 -Wno-error=tautological-compare
-COPTS.fixed-value.c+=-O0
-COPTS.fold-const.c+=-O0
-COPTS.generic-match.c+=-O0
-COPTS.gimple-fold.c+=-O0
-COPTS.gimple-match.c+=-O0
-COPTS.gimple-ssa-strength-reduction.c+=-O0
-COPTS.gimple-ssa-warn-restrict.c+=-O0
-COPTS.gimple.c+=-O0
-COPTS.internal-fn.c+=-O0
-COPTS.lto-streamer-out.c+=-O0
-COPTS.omp-low.c+=-O0
-COPTS.predict.c+=-O0
-COPTS.range-op.cc+=-O0
-COPTS.recog.c+=-O0
-COPTS.sanopt.c+=-O0
-COPTS.stmt.c+=-O0
-COPTS.stor-layout.c+=-O0
-COPTS.targhooks.c+=-O0
-COPTS.tree-affine.c+=-O0
-COPTS.tree-cfg.c+=-O0
-COPTS.tree-data-ref.c+=-O0
-COPTS.tree-eh.c+=-O0
-COPTS.tree-if-conv.c+=-O0
-COPTS.tree-object-size.c+=-O0
-COPTS.tree-parloops.c+=-O0
-COPTS.tree-predcom.c+=-O0
-COPTS.tree-pretty-print.c+=-O0
-COPTS.tree-ssa-alias.c+=-O0
-COPTS.tree-ssa-ccp.c+=-O0
-COPTS.tree-ssa-forwprop.c+=-O0
-COPTS.tree-ssa-loop-ivopts.c+=-O0
-COPTS.tree-ssa-loop-manip.c+=-O0
-COPTS.tree-ssa-loop-niter.c+=-O0
-COPTS.tree-ssa-math-opts.c+=-O0
-COPTS.tree-ssa-phiopt.c+= -O0
-COPTS.tree-ssa-pre.c+=-O0
-COPTS.tree-ssa-reassoc.c+=-O0
-COPTS.tree-ssa-strlen.c+=-O0
-COPTS.tree-ssa-uninit.c+=-O0
-COPTS.tree-ssa.c+=-O0
-COPTS.tree-switch-conversion.c+=-O0
-COPTS.tree-vect-data-refs.c+=-O0
-COPTS.tree-vect-loop-manip.c+=-O0
-COPTS.tree-vect-loop.c+=-O0
-COPTS.tree-vect-patterns.c+=-O0
-COPTS.tree-vect-stmts.c+=-O0
-COPTS.tree-vrp.c+=-O0
-COPTS.tree.c+=-O0
-COPTS.ubsan.c+=-O0
-COPTS.varasm.c+=-O0
-COPTS.vr-values.c+=-O0
-COPTS.web.c+=-O0
-COPTS.wide-int-range.cc+=-O0
-COPTS.wide-int.cc+=-O0
+
+COPTS.expmed.c+=-Wno-error=tautological-compare
+COPTS.expr.c+=-Wno-error=tautological-compare
.else
COPTS.tree.c= ${${ACTIVE_CC} == "clang" :? -O0 :}
.endif
|
| 1.17 | 09-Nov-2013 |
christos | branches: 1.17.36;
vax specific gcc 4.8.1 hacks
|
| 1.16 | 13-Dec-2010 |
pooka | branches: 1.16.6; 1.16.12;
RUMP_ACTION -> RUMPPRG
|
| 1.15 | 11-Nov-2010 |
pooka | add compile-conditional rumpclient support
|
| 1.14 | 28-May-2007 |
tls | Add new Makefile knob, USE_FORT, which extends USE_SSP by turning on the
FORTIFY_SOURCE feature of libssp, thus checking the size of arguments to
various string and memory copy and set functions (as well as a few system
calls and other miscellany) where known at function entry. RedHat has
evidently built all "core system packages" with this option for some time.
This option should be used at the top of Makefiles (or Makefile.inc where
this is used for subdirectories) but after any setting of LIB.
This is only useful for userland code, and cannot be used in libc or in
any code which includes the libc internals, because it overrides certain
libc functions with macros. Some effort has been made to make USE_FORT=yes
work correctly for a full-system build by having the bsd.sys.mk logic
disable the feature where it should not be used (libc, libssp iteself,
the kernel) but no attempt has been made to build the entire system with
USE_FORT and doing so will doubtless expose numerous bugs and misfeatures.
Adjust the system build so that all programs and libraries that are setuid,
directly handle network data (including serial comm data), perform
authentication, or appear likely to have (or have a history of having)
data-driven bugs (e.g. file(1)) are built with USE_FORT=yes by default,
with the exception of libc, which cannot use USE_FORT and thus uses
only USE_SSP by default. Tested on i386 with no ill results; USE_FORT=no
per-directory or in a system build will disable if desired.
|
| 1.13 | 20-Feb-2001 |
bjh21 | Add a dependency on libm.
|
| 1.12 | 12-Jul-1999 |
itojun | correct typo. s/LDADD/DPADD/
|
| 1.11 | 02-Jul-1999 |
itojun | IPsec support (specify policy on ping - quite useful to test
if IPsec is working or not) is added.
|
| 1.10 | 24-Feb-1999 |
jwise | Add code from Daniel Hagerty <hag@ai.mit.edu> to print standard deviation
when printing out final statistics line.
Closes PR bin/6198
|
| 1.9 | 11-Mar-1997 |
christos | - remove -g from Makefile
- fix setsockopt and recvfrom casts.
|
| 1.8 | 11-Mar-1997 |
christos | - Use err, warn, errx
- Don't use floor, because we would need libm
- Add maxwait option from old ping
- Add a centralized gethost() to get hostnames
- Fix PR/1014 and PR/2017; (adds -D, -T options, and -I and -t for unicast)
- Document exit status
|
| 1.7 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.6 | 22-Dec-1994 |
cgd | specify man pages the new way.
|
| 1.5 | 23-Sep-1994 |
mycroft | Merge with 4.4-Lite version.
|
| 1.4 | 01-Aug-1993 |
mycroft | Add RCS identifiers.
|
| 1.3 | 23-Mar-1993 |
cgd | changed "Id" to "Header" for rcsids
|
| 1.2 | 22-Mar-1993 |
cgd | added rcs ids to all files
|
| 1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.4 | 16-Sep-1997 |
lukem | imported from lite-2
|
| 1.1.1.3 | 11-Mar-1997 |
christos | From Vernon Schryver <vjs@sgi.com>
|
| 1.1.1.2 | 23-Sep-1994 |
mycroft | Import original 4.4-Lite version.
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | initial import of 386bsd-0.1 sources
|
| 1.16.12.1 | 20-Aug-2014 |
tls | Rebase to HEAD as of a few days ago.
|
| 1.16.6.1 | 22-May-2014 |
yamt | sync with head.
for a reference, the tree before this commit was tagged
as yamt-pagecache-tag8.
this commit was splitted into small chunks to avoid
a limitation of cvs. ("Protocol error: too many arguments")
|
| 1.17.36.1 | 08-Oct-2023 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by rin in ticket #394):
external/gpl3/binutils/dist/gas/config/tc-vax.h: revision 1.10
tools/gcc/Makefile: revision 1.109
external/gpl3/binutils/dist/gas/config/tc-vax.c: revision 1.16
external/gpl3/binutils/dist/gas/config/tc-vax.c: revision 1.17
external/gpl3/binutils/dist/gas/config/tc-vax.c: revision 1.18
external/gpl3/gcc.old/dist/gcc/recog.c: revision 1.12
external/gpl3/gcc.old/dist/gcc/function.c: revision 1.16
external/gpl3/gcc.old/dist/gcc/dse.c: revision 1.14 - 1.16
external/gpl3/gcc.old/dist/gcc/config/vax/vax.c: revision 1.13
external/gpl3/gcc.old/dist/gcc/config/vax/vax.c: revision 1.14
external/gpl3/gcc.old/dist/gcc/config/vax/vax.c: revision 1.15
external/gpl3/gcc.old/dist/gcc/doc/tm.texi.in: revision 1.10
external/gpl3/gcc.old/dist/gcc/config/vax/vax.c: revision 1.16
external/gpl3/gcc.old/dist/gcc/config/vax/vax.c: revision 1.17
external/gpl3/gcc.old/dist/gcc/config/vax/vax.c: revision 1.18
external/gpl3/gcc.old/dist/gcc/config/vax/vax.c: revision 1.19
external/gpl3/gcc.old/dist/gcc/config/vax/vax.md: revision 1.12
external/gpl3/gcc.old/dist/gcc/config/vax/vax.md: revision 1.13
external/gpl3/gcc.old/usr.bin/backend/Makefile: revision 1.20
external/gpl3/gcc.old/dist/gcc/targhooks.c: revision 1.12
external/gpl3/gcc.old/dist/gcc/config/vax/vax.md: revision 1.14
external/gpl3/gcc.old/dist/gcc/config/vax/vax.md: revision 1.15
external/gpl3/gcc.old/dist/gcc/config/vax/builtins.md: revision 1.12
external/gpl3/gcc.old/dist/gcc/config/vax/vax.md: revision 1.16
external/gpl3/gcc.old/dist/gcc/config/vax/builtins.md: revision 1.13
external/gpl3/gcc.old/dist/gcc/doc/tm.texi: revision 1.12
external/gpl3/gcc.old/dist/gcc/config/vax/vax.md: revision 1.17
external/gpl3/gcc.old/dist/gcc/config/vax/vax.md: revision 1.18
external/gpl3/gcc.old/dist/gcc/config/vax/elf.h: revision 1.12
external/gpl3/gcc.old/dist/gcc/config/vax/elf.h: revision 1.13
external/gpl3/gcc.old/dist/gcc/targhooks.h: revision 1.12
external/gpl3/gcc.old/dist/gcc/target.def: revision 1.10
external/gpl3/gcc.old/dist/gcc/rtlanal.c: revision 1.14
external/gpl3/gcc.old/dist/gcc/reload.c: revision 1.12
external/gpl3/gcc.old/usr.bin/gcc/Makefile: revision 1.11
external/gpl3/gcc.old/usr.bin/lto-dump/Makefile: revision 1.3
external/gpl3/gcc.old/lib/Makefile.sanitizer: revision 1.7
external/gpl3/binutils.old/lib/libbfd/Makefile: revision 1.10
distrib/utils/x_ping/Makefile: revision 1.9
games/phantasia/Makefile: revision 1.38
external/apache2/argon2/lib/libargon2/Makefile.inc: revision 1.2
external/gpl3/gcc.old/lib/libubsan/Makefile: revision 1.8
external/bsd/mdocml/lib/libmandoc/Makefile: revision 1.13
sbin/ping/Makefile: revision 1.18
sbin/newfs_ext2fs/Makefile: revision 1.7
sys/lib/libz/Makefile: revision 1.24
sys/lib/libsa/Makefile: revision 1.97
external/gpl3/gcc.old/usr.bin/cc1objplus/Makefile: revision 1.3
external/gpl3/gdb/lib/libgdb/Makefile: revision 1.36
sys/modules/lfs/Makefile: revision 1.11
external/mit/xorg/lib/gallium/Makefile: revision 1.51
external/gpl3/gdb.old/lib/libdecnumber/Makefile: revision 1.10
external/mit/xorg/lib/libX11/Makefile.libx11: revision 1.26
libexec/ld.elf_so/Makefile: revision 1.148
external/bsd/jemalloc/lib/Makefile.inc: revision 1.16
external/gpl3/gcc.old/usr.bin/libdecnumber/Makefile: revision 1.14
crypto/external/bsd/openssh/lib/Makefile: revision 1.38
external/gpl3/gcc.old/usr.bin/backend/Makefile: revision 1.21
external/gpl3/gcc.old/usr.bin/cc1/Makefile: revision 1.12
external/gpl3/gcc.old/lib/libasan/Makefile: revision 1.11
external/gpl3/gcc.old/usr.bin/cc1plus/Makefile: revision 1.13
lib/libcrypt/Makefile: revision 1.36
external/gpl3/gdb/lib/libdecnumber/Makefile: revision 1.5
lib/libc/gdtoa/Makefile.inc: revision 1.13
games/gomoku/Makefile: revision 1.13
sbin/fsdb/Makefile: revision 1.43
external/gpl3/gcc.old/usr.bin/lto1/Makefile: revision 1.9
external/mit/xorg/lib/gallium.old/Makefile: revision 1.8
lib/libbz2/Makefile: revision 1.22
external/gpl3/gcc.old/usr.bin/cc1obj/Makefile: revision 1.12
usr.sbin/mtrace/Makefile: revision 1.14
external/gpl3/gcc.old/usr.bin/cc1obj/Makefile: revision 1.13
sys/arch/vax/conf/Makefile.vax: revision 1.86
sys/rump/fs/lib/liblfs/Makefile: revision 1.18
sbin/fsck_ffs/Makefile.common: revision 1.3
external/gpl3/binutils/lib/libbfd/Makefile: revision 1.27
lib/i18n_module/UTF7/Makefile: revision 1.5
external/gpl3/gcc.old/lib/liblsan/Makefile: revision 1.7
doc/CHANGES (apply patch)
(all external/gpl3/gcc.old/ changes applied to external/gpl3/gcc/)
PR 57646: Import major vax toolchain fix.
|
| 1.50 | 10-Sep-2011 |
wiz | Another option order fix.
|
| 1.49 | 10-Sep-2011 |
wiz | Sort options and descriptions in standard order.
Remove unecessary Bk/Ek in SYNOPSIS.
|
| 1.48 | 10-Sep-2011 |
christos | PR/45257: Instead of passing a 32bit sec and 32 bit usec timestamp in little
endian format by default, pass a struct timespec in native host format. Add
-C flag to produce a compatible timestamp like before.
|
| 1.47 | 21-Mar-2006 |
pavel | Clarify and correct the description of the -R (Record Route) flag.
Reviewed by jnemeth, whith help from him.
|
| 1.46 | 21-Mar-2006 |
pavel | Bump date, requested by wiz.
|
| 1.45 | 21-Mar-2006 |
pavel | -I does work for unicast pings too (it sets the source address).
With some language help from dsl.
Reviewed by jnemeth.
|
| 1.44 | 08-Jun-2004 |
cjep | add -h option in synopsis. Fixes PR#25863 from Kouichirou Hiratsuka.
|
| 1.43 | 07-Aug-2003 |
agc | branches: 1.43.2;
Move UCB-licensed code from 4-clause to 3-clause licence.
Patches provided by Joel Baker in PR 22308, verified by myself.
|
| 1.42 | 25-Feb-2003 |
wiz | .Nm does not need a dummy argument ("") before punctuation or
for correct formatting of the SYNOPSIS any longer.
|
| 1.41 | 26-Oct-2002 |
jdolecek | change description of -w option to match reality
this fixes bin/12113 by Jim Bernard and bin/16011 by gabriel rosenkoetter
|
| 1.40 | 01-Oct-2002 |
wiz | New sentence, new line. By Robert Elz with minimal fixes.
|
| 1.39 | 06-Apr-2002 |
bjh21 | .Nm . -> .Nm "" .
|
| 1.38 | 20-Dec-2001 |
wiz | Sync options with usage.
|
| 1.37 | 16-Nov-2001 |
wiz | Simplify markup, use .Nx, sort sections.
|
| 1.36 | 16-Nov-2001 |
wiz | Whitespace nits
|
| 1.35 | 10-Oct-2001 |
yamt | - use IP_MAXPACKET instead of 65535.
- change max packet size from 65468 to 65467(= IP_MAXPACKET-60-8).
|
| 1.34 | 25-Jun-2001 |
jhawk | Update Dd to rev 1.31 (ipsec changes)
Some hosts and gateways ignore record route, but not "many." Of course,
more are firewalled. But that's not what was meant here.
Expand flood-pinging admonition to include multicast addresses.
Note flags that conflict with ping under Solaris and FreeBSD.
Reorder BUGS in rough order of significance.
|
| 1.33 | 05-Jun-2001 |
wiz | Drop arguments of .Os.
|
| 1.32 | 03-Apr-2001 |
jhawk | Xr icmp(4), inet(4), ip(4)
|
| 1.31 | 02-Jul-1999 |
itojun | IPsec support (specify policy on ping - quite useful to test
if IPsec is working or not) is added.
|
| 1.30 | 19-Jun-1999 |
sommerfeld | Support for ping -a: beep when packet received.
Slightly tweaked from version submitted by andrew@untraceable.net in PR7815
|
| 1.29 | 12-Jun-1999 |
tron | Fix a typo.
|
| 1.28 | 29-Apr-1999 |
mjl | Remove duplicate paragraph. Closes PR/7498 by Geoff C. Wing.
|
| 1.27 | 07-Mar-1999 |
mycroft | branches: 1.27.2;
Clean up SYNOPSIS formatting.
|
| 1.26 | 22-Dec-1998 |
jtk | typo: should be loose source routing
|
| 1.25 | 17-Nov-1998 |
msaitoh | delete .TP (because this document is written in "mdoc" format)
|
| 1.24 | 25-Oct-1998 |
christos | Update to the 980911 version from ftp.rhyolite.com:/src/ping.tar.Z
|
| 1.23 | 14-Sep-1998 |
tv | Restrict -l to the superuser as suggested in PR 3973 from <soren@t.dk>.
Also distinguish "-f" from "-i 0.x" in the superuser restriction messages.
|
| 1.22 | 29-Apr-1998 |
fair | fix bad .Xr references
|
| 1.21 | 28-Apr-1998 |
fair | Change occurrences of "UNIX" to .Ux or .At as appropriate.
|
| 1.20 | 06-Feb-1998 |
perry | macroize BSD, NetBSD, FreeBSD and misc cleanup
|
| 1.19 | 06-Nov-1997 |
fair | Fix man page confusion about the -R option, per PR#4246
Add some paragraph breaks for readability,
and a traceroute(8) reference.
|
| 1.18 | 03-Oct-1997 |
hubertf | branches: 1.18.2;
PR misc/4206: internal -> interval;
Reported by William O Ferry.
|
| 1.17 | 15-Sep-1997 |
lukem | * cleanup .Nm
* deprecate register
* cleanup for WARNS=1
* bzero(), bcopy() -> memset(), memmove()
* prefix hex numbers with '0x'
|
| 1.16 | 26-Jun-1997 |
kleink | Fix formatting directives; from SAITOH Masanobu <msaitoh@spa.is.uec.ac.jp>
in PR misc/3795.
|
| 1.15 | 01-Jun-1997 |
christos | Update from Vernon Schryver, fixing the kluge to flush the route cache.
|
| 1.14 | 10-Apr-1997 |
mikel | flag is -f, not --f; from Saitoh Masanobu in PR misc/3469.
|
| 1.13 | 18-Mar-1997 |
christos | PR/3329: From David Jones: Add F_ONCE
|
| 1.12 | 11-Mar-1997 |
christos | - Use err, warn, errx
- Don't use floor, because we would need libm
- Add maxwait option from old ping
- Add a centralized gethost() to get hostnames
- Fix PR/1014 and PR/2017; (adds -D, -T options, and -I and -t for unicast)
- Document exit status
|
| 1.11 | 06-Nov-1996 |
cgd | make ping(8) print out statistics when given a SIGINFO.
|
| 1.10 | 31-Dec-1995 |
ghudson | The maxwait option was accidentally placed in the "options for
multicast pings" section of the description.
|
| 1.9 | 02-Oct-1995 |
pk | Fix typo (from Mark Weaver PR#1556);
|
| 1.8 | 27-Jul-1995 |
ghudson | Add and document options -w (to specify a maximum wait timeout, useful
for testing network interfaces) and -S (to specify a source address
on a machine with multiple interfaces).
|
| 1.7 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.6 | 29-Nov-1994 |
glass | misc/596: fix from James Jegers for missing host and add cross ref to spray.
|
| 1.5 | 23-Sep-1994 |
mycroft | Merge with 4.4-Lite version.
|
| 1.4 | 01-Aug-1993 |
mycroft | Add RCS indentifiers.
|
| 1.3 | 23-Mar-1993 |
cgd | changed "Id" to "Header" for rcsids
|
| 1.2 | 22-Mar-1993 |
cgd | added rcs ids to all files
|
| 1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.4 | 16-Sep-1997 |
lukem | imported from lite-2
|
| 1.1.1.3 | 11-Mar-1997 |
christos | From Vernon Schryver <vjs@sgi.com>
|
| 1.1.1.2 | 23-Sep-1994 |
mycroft | Import original 4.4-Lite version.
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | initial import of 386bsd-0.1 sources
|
| 1.18.2.1 | 06-Nov-1997 |
mellon | Pull rev 1.19 up from trunk (fair)
|
| 1.27.2.1 | 24-Jun-1999 |
perry | pullup 1.27->1.30 (sommerfeld)
|
| 1.43.2.1 | 13-Jun-2004 |
jdc | Pull up revision 1.44 (requested by cjep in ticket #459).
add -h option in synopsis. Fixes PR#25863 from Kouichirou Hiratsuka.
|
| 1.122 | 01-Dec-2022 |
christos | fix sign.
|
| 1.121 | 01-Dec-2022 |
christos | Add a sanity check for the ip header length (from FreeBSD)
|
| 1.120 | 22-May-2022 |
andvar | fix various small typos, mainly in comments.
|
| 1.119 | 07-Apr-2022 |
andvar | fix various typos in comments.
|
| 1.118 | 11-Jun-2021 |
rillig | ping, ping6: fix comment about ID field
Since ping.c 1.76 and ping6.c 1.58 from 2004-04-22, the ID field
contains random bits instead of a process ID.
|
| 1.117 | 02-Oct-2017 |
maya | un-ifdef sgi. NFC
|
| 1.116 | 17-Mar-2017 |
ryo | Fix cksum calculation for clearing the cached route.
In ping.c:r1.104, the size of echoreply packet was changed to ICMP_MINLEN,
Therefore also calculation size must be ICMP_MINLEN.
|
| 1.115 | 11-Jan-2017 |
joerg | branches: 1.115.2;
Use an explicitly aligned buffer for ip.
|
| 1.114 | 18-Dec-2016 |
dholland | PR bin/36997 Zafer Aydogan: ping doesn't validate numeric inputs enough.
Reject packet intervals < 1 ns as they lead to infinite loops adding
zero timespecs.
Fix the behind-schedule behavior so it doesn't spend all its time in
that loop adding very small timespecs. Try ping -c 500 -i 0.000000001
to see this in action with the old ping.
|
| 1.113 | 18-Dec-2016 |
dholland | PR bin/36997 Zafer Aydogan: ping doesn't validate numeric inputs enough.
Check for values between INT_MAX and LONG_MAX (if they're different)
when using strtol to get an int. This applies to the -c and -l options;
the other uses were already checked.
Also limit the inter-packet interval given with -i to values that
don't cause integer overflow calling poll() with milliseconds.
Really large intervals (the number is read as floating point) can
produce positive poll() values but negative integers when converted to
struct timespec; this produces behavior akin to using -l at first and
could be construed as a local DoS vulnerability.
|
| 1.112 | 07-Oct-2016 |
joerg | Make optspace an array of uint8_t, since some of the bytes written into
it are outside the signed char range.
|
| 1.111 | 31-Jul-2016 |
dholland | Manipulate the signal masks so signals only arrive while we're waiting,
so they can't illegally reenter libc.
Fixes the problem Greg A. Woods describes in PR 51267, which might or
might not be the original submitter's problem.
|
| 1.110 | 31-Jul-2016 |
dholland | Don't call variables that are used "dummy".
|
| 1.109 | 29-Nov-2014 |
christos | branches: 1.109.2;
Adjust default packet size to 56 data bytes (64 total).
Make error messages consistent.
|
| 1.108 | 27-Nov-2014 |
christos | PR/49423: Martin Husemann: ping for small packets does not work in -7 or
-current
XXX: pullup 7?
|
| 1.107 | 19-Oct-2013 |
christos | branches: 1.107.4;
avoid bogus uninitialized gcc warning
|
| 1.106 | 06-Mar-2013 |
yamt | more precision for F_TIMING64
|
| 1.105 | 30-Dec-2012 |
christos | deduct phdrlen after computing max size.
|
| 1.104 | 30-Dec-2012 |
christos | 1. Allocate the max packet size before accounting for phdrlen, harmless.
2. In the clear-route-cache sendto, don't send 0 bytes (if -s was specified
with < 8, phdrlen would be 0).
3. Always send ICMP_MINLEN packets; this is what everyone else does. Makes
ping -s n where n < 8 work.
4. The condition for checking the data bytes was completely wrong. only check
the data bytes if we got all of them.
5. The condition for printing a newline was wrong; before it would not print
a newline before printing the data bytes, and it would append to the previous
error message.
|
| 1.103 | 18-Sep-2012 |
msaitoh | Fix a bug that misunderstand F_TIMING64, F_POLICY and F_AUTHHDR.
|
| 1.102 | 04-Jan-2012 |
drochner | branches: 1.102.2; 1.102.6; 1.102.8;
include <netipsec/ipsec.h> rather than <netinet6/ipsec.h> from userland
where possible, for consistency and compatibility to FreeBSD
(exception: KAME specific statistics gathering in netstat(1) and systat(1))
|
| 1.101 | 11-Sep-2011 |
christos | branches: 1.101.2;
print summary stats.
|
| 1.100 | 10-Sep-2011 |
wiz | Sort options and descriptions in standard order.
Remove unecessary Bk/Ek in SYNOPSIS.
|
| 1.99 | 10-Sep-2011 |
christos | PR/45257: Instead of passing a 32bit sec and 32 bit usec timestamp in little
endian format by default, pass a struct timespec in native host format. Add
-C flag to produce a compatible timestamp like before.
|
| 1.98 | 27-Aug-2011 |
joerg | static + __dead
|
| 1.97 | 21-Aug-2011 |
christos | handle the first loop where time == 0.
|
| 1.96 | 20-Aug-2011 |
christos | we need difftime to return a signed result, so clamp the timeval's to
uint32_t but then, return a signed result of their difference.
|
| 1.95 | 19-Aug-2011 |
christos | PR/45257: Ryo Shimizu: ping(8) prints bogus round-trip times after Year 2038
Clamp all time computations to 32 bits; idea from dsl@
|
| 1.94 | 09-Aug-2011 |
joerg | Don't use array access to compute addresses that are definitely beyond
the static array boundaries.
|
| 1.93 | 11-Mar-2011 |
pooka | Make get/setuid prog ops (so that i can do rump.ping -f regardless
of host privs).
|
| 1.92 | 13-Dec-2010 |
pooka | RUMP_ACTION -> RUMPPRG
|
| 1.91 | 11-Nov-2010 |
pooka | add compile-conditional rumpclient support
|
| 1.90 | 02-Nov-2009 |
christos | remove ancient ifdefs (Aleksej Saushev)
|
| 1.89 | 11-Apr-2009 |
lukem | fix sign-compare issues
|
| 1.88 | 31-Mar-2009 |
christos | PR/41111: Ed Ravin: ping -R gives misleading error when remote side doesn't
support record route
Deal with source route and record route specially giving a meaningful error
message.
Pullup to 5.0?
|
| 1.87 | 08-Jan-2008 |
seanb | branches: 1.87.10; 1.87.12; 1.87.16;
Shutdown sloop socket for read as it's never read on to
prevent mbufs from queueing in its recv buf.
PR:21459
|
| 1.86 | 17-Jan-2007 |
hubertf | branches: 1.86.4; 1.86.6;
Remove more duplicate #includes,
from Slava Semushin <slava.semushin@gmail.com>
|
| 1.85 | 28-Sep-2006 |
elad | Change error message to say "setuid", forgotten in previous commit.
Pointed out by Ray Lai, thanks!
|
| 1.84 | 24-Sep-2006 |
elad | On 2nd thought, setuid() is better here.
|
| 1.83 | 24-Sep-2006 |
elad | PR/28741: Michael Santos: ping does [not] drop root privileges
Moved socket calls way up, and called seteuid(getuid()).
|
| 1.82 | 14-Jul-2006 |
yamt | prtsig: remove a mysterious abort().
|
| 1.81 | 03-Jun-2006 |
christos | Use SA_NOKERNINFO instead of playing with the tty.
|
| 1.80 | 01-Jun-2006 |
christos | Factor out the tty code and explain we prefer to stop in the ^Z bg case
when we exit, rather than kill the tty setting.
|
| 1.79 | 01-Jun-2006 |
christos | PR/33623: Chuck Cranor: Ping stops when ran in the background
because it tries to set the tty not to print kerninfo. Change it
to only only play with the tty when ping is running in the foreground
(and will not stop when calling tcsetattr()). In my opinion, it is
preferable to print the kerninfo line with the ping info message
rather than to mess with the tty, but that's just me.
|
| 1.78 | 09-May-2006 |
mrg | change (mostly) int to socklen_t. GCC 4 doesn't like that int and
socklen_t are different signness.
|
| 1.77 | 13-May-2004 |
kleink | branches: 1.77.2; 1.77.4; 1.77.6;
There's no point in bringing PRNG output to network byteorder prior to
transmission.
|
| 1.76 | 22-Apr-2004 |
itojun | do not disclose endian. henning@openbsd
|
| 1.75 | 26-Jan-2004 |
itojun | branches: 1.75.2; 1.75.4; 1.75.6;
do not disclose endianness/sizeof(long) on probe packet. idea from openbsd
|
| 1.74 | 05-Jan-2004 |
jmmv | Homogenize usage messages: make the 'usage' word all lowercase, as this seems
to be the most common practice in our tree.
|
| 1.73 | 07-Aug-2003 |
agc | Move UCB-licensed code from 4-clause to 3-clause licence.
Patches provided by Joel Baker in PR 22308, verified by myself.
|
| 1.72 | 14-Apr-2003 |
itojun | permit -s 0. from Maxim Konovalov
|
| 1.71 | 16-Nov-2002 |
itojun | set sa_len right
|
| 1.70 | 16-Nov-2002 |
itojun | die if strdup fails
|
| 1.69 | 16-Nov-2002 |
itojun | use strlcpy. initialize sa_len correctly.
|
| 1.68 | 21-Sep-2002 |
mycroft | Touch up error/warning messages.
|
| 1.67 | 21-Sep-2002 |
mycroft | select() -> poll()
|
| 1.66 | 12-Aug-2002 |
matt | Add support for printing out messages about missing packet gaps. This is
done with the -v switch. If -q is also given with -v, then only the
packet gap messages will be printed along with summary after each gap
message.
|
| 1.65 | 01-Aug-2002 |
itojun | u_short cleansing (use u_int16_t where appropriate)
|
| 1.64 | 31-May-2002 |
itojun | clarify comment when nreceived > ntransmitted. from deraadt
|
| 1.63 | 20-Dec-2001 |
soren | Sync getopt() / man page with actual getopt options.
|
| 1.62 | 01-Nov-2001 |
lukem | fix a couple of -Wshadow warnings
|
| 1.61 | 10-Oct-2001 |
yamt | - use IP_MAXPACKET instead of 65535.
- change max packet size from 65468 to 65467(= IP_MAXPACKET-60-8).
|
| 1.60 | 09-Oct-2001 |
yamt | - fix overrun bug.
- bump bufsize to fix "packet loss" with large packet.
|
| 1.59 | 19-Feb-2001 |
cgd | convert to use getprogname()
|
| 1.58 | 12-Jan-2001 |
itojun | correct use of howmany() for fd_set. commented by deraadt
|
| 1.57 | 10-Oct-2000 |
is | Format string cleanups by Bill Sommerfeld.
|
| 1.56 | 07-Oct-2000 |
itojun | avoid fd_set overflow. see openbsd select(2).
|
| 1.55 | 31-Jan-2000 |
itojun | branches: 1.55.4;
sync with latest libipsec and kernel.
|
| 1.54 | 20-Jan-2000 |
mycroft | Fix data comparison to not overrun array bounds.
|
| 1.53 | 04-Jul-1999 |
itojun | do not pass NULL to errx().
From: Chris Joness <cjones@rupert.honors.montana.edu>
|
| 1.52 | 04-Jul-1999 |
itojun | do not bark even if ipsec policy setting for "route flushing 127.0.0.1"
ping socket is not successful. it usually means that the kernel is
not ipsec ready, and in that case this should be just okay.
|
| 1.51 | 03-Jul-1999 |
kleink | 0 -> STDIN_FILENO
|
| 1.50 | 02-Jul-1999 |
itojun | IPsec support (specify policy on ping - quite useful to test
if IPsec is working or not) is added.
|
| 1.49 | 19-Jun-1999 |
sommerfeld | Support for ping -a: beep when packet received.
Slightly tweaked from version submitted by andrew@untraceable.net in PR7815
|
| 1.48 | 17-Apr-1999 |
mjl | Correct nokerninfo tty flag being left set in most error cases.
Closes PR/7388 by Dave Huang <khym@bga.com>.
|
| 1.47 | 08-Mar-1999 |
sommerfe | branches: 1.47.2;
Don't bother doing stddev calculation when n==1, since that results in
a computation of 0.0/0.0.
On IEEE systems you get a NaN from this; non-IEEE systems probably
give you a SIGFPE.
|
| 1.46 | 25-Feb-1999 |
jwise | Once more around the hickory shrub. Faster and simpler stddev calculation from
Bill Studenmund.
|
| 1.45 | 25-Feb-1999 |
jwise | Fix calculation of standard deviation. From Brian C. Grayson <bgrayson@orac.ece.utexas.edu>
|
| 1.44 | 24-Feb-1999 |
jwise | Add code from Daniel Hagerty <hag@ai.mit.edu> to print standard deviation
when printing out final statistics line.
Closes PR bin/6198
|
| 1.43 | 06-Nov-1998 |
christos | char -> unsigned char
|
| 1.42 | 26-Oct-1998 |
enami | Fix usage string;
- option to specify maxwait is -w, not -i.
- add missing -h host and -Q option.
|
| 1.41 | 25-Oct-1998 |
christos | Update to the 980911 version from ftp.rhyolite.com:/src/ping.tar.Z
|
| 1.40 | 01-Oct-1998 |
frueauf | Add getuid() check if -f is set, fixes pr 6222 by Uwe Arndt.
|
| 1.39 | 14-Sep-1998 |
tv | Restrict -l to the superuser as suggested in PR 3973 from <soren@t.dk>.
Also distinguish "-f" from "-i 0.x" in the superuser restriction messages.
|
| 1.38 | 14-Sep-1998 |
tv | Nuke the termios stuff from the 1997/03/11 import, which prevents ping
from being run in the background of most shells without redirecting stdin
from /dev/null. (AFAICT, the termios stuff is useless and does not
interfere with SIGINFO handling.)
|
| 1.37 | 28-Jul-1998 |
mycroft | __AUDIT__ cleanup.
|
| 1.36 | 16-Apr-1998 |
kleink | Take into consideration that icmp_nextmtu is stored in network byte order;
from Leonard Samuelson in PR bin/5230.
|
| 1.35 | 01-Dec-1997 |
christos | PR/4615: David Jones: Ping usage does not show -o option.
|
| 1.34 | 30-Nov-1997 |
christos | Make the "failed to clear cached route" a warning only if verbose is set.
This always happens when lo0 is not configured and confuses new users.
|
| 1.33 | 05-Nov-1997 |
cgd | lint
|
| 1.32 | 15-Sep-1997 |
lukem | branches: 1.32.2;
* cleanup .Nm
* deprecate register
* cleanup for WARNS=1
* bzero(), bcopy() -> memset(), memmove()
* prefix hex numbers with '0x'
|
| 1.31 | 17-Jul-1997 |
mikel | convert to host byte order when printing stats of received ICMP
packets other than echo-replies; from Dave Huang in PR bin/3876
|
| 1.30 | 01-Jun-1997 |
christos | Update from Vernon Schryver, fixing the kluge to flush the route cache.
|
| 1.29 | 02-Apr-1997 |
augustss | Make ping obey the -n flag in places.
|
| 1.28 | 24-Mar-1997 |
christos | Don't allow < 1 sec ping interval to regular users.
|
| 1.27 | 19-Mar-1997 |
christos | Try adding `o' option again; connection died.
|
| 1.26 | 19-Mar-1997 |
christos | Take care of alignment problems on the alpha: From John Birell, via cgd.
|
| 1.25 | 18-Mar-1997 |
christos | PR/3329: From David Jones: Add F_ONCE
|
| 1.24 | 13-Mar-1997 |
christos | Fix PR/3327: rcvd_tbl index was assumed to be in host order, creating
incorrect dup reports. From enami tsugutomo
|
| 1.23 | 11-Mar-1997 |
christos | - remove -g from Makefile
- fix setsockopt and recvfrom casts.
|
| 1.22 | 11-Mar-1997 |
christos | - Use err, warn, errx
- Don't use floor, because we would need libm
- Add maxwait option from old ping
- Add a centralized gethost() to get hostnames
- Fix PR/1014 and PR/2017; (adds -D, -T options, and -I and -t for unicast)
- Document exit status
|
| 1.21 | 06-Nov-1996 |
cgd | make ping(8) print out statistics when given a SIGINFO.
|
| 1.20 | 11-Aug-1995 |
cgd | fix a couple of bugs pointed out by John Birrell, though fix some
differently he did. (1) don't assume that the timeval in
the packet is correctly aligned, (2) don't compare beyond the end
of the packet, (3) minor cast for printf happiness.
|
| 1.19 | 27-Jul-1995 |
ghudson | Add and document options -w (to specify a maximum wait timeout, useful
for testing network interfaces) and -S (to specify a source address
on a machine with multiple interfaces).
|
| 1.18 | 26-Jun-1995 |
jtc | sys/signal.h -> signal.h
|
| 1.17 | 03-Jun-1995 |
mycroft | Fill in sin_len.
|
| 1.16 | 21-May-1995 |
mycroft | Use inet_aton(), not inet_addr().
|
| 1.15 | 22-Apr-1995 |
cgd | if no packets were received, exit with status 1. this should be
documented somewhere. As suggested by Rens Troost.
|
| 1.14 | 21-Mar-1995 |
mycroft | Update to use timer{add,sub}().
|
| 1.13 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.12 | 18-Dec-1994 |
cgd | -Wall cleanups from Jim Jegers
|
| 1.11 | 31-Oct-1994 |
cgd | will need <sys/queue.h>
|
| 1.10 | 23-Sep-1994 |
mycroft | Remove some more uses of obsolete functions.
|
| 1.9 | 23-Sep-1994 |
mycroft | Eliminate uses of some obsolete functions.
|
| 1.8 | 23-Sep-1994 |
mycroft | Merge with 4.4-Lite version.
|
| 1.7 | 15-Dec-1993 |
hpeyerl | Another multicast patch.
>From LBL and Steve Mccanne
|
| 1.6 | 23-Sep-1993 |
mycroft | Use doubles to rather than longs to avoid tsum overflowing so quickly.
|
| 1.5 | 01-Aug-1993 |
mycroft | Add RCS identifiers.
|
| 1.4 | 22-Jul-1993 |
cgd | have ping do the right thing, wrt microseconds.
actually, now it'll overflow its counters sooner than before, and everything
should *really* be converted to doubles and/or "unsigned long long"s
|
| 1.3 | 23-Mar-1993 |
cgd | changed "Id" to "Header" for rcsids
|
| 1.2 | 22-Mar-1993 |
cgd | added rcs ids to all files
|
| 1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.4 | 16-Sep-1997 |
lukem | imported from lite-2
|
| 1.1.1.3 | 11-Mar-1997 |
christos | From Vernon Schryver <vjs@sgi.com>
|
| 1.1.1.2 | 23-Sep-1994 |
mycroft | Import original 4.4-Lite version.
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | initial import of 386bsd-0.1 sources
|
| 1.32.2.2 | 05-May-1998 |
mycroft | Pull up 1.36, per request of kleink.
|
| 1.32.2.1 | 01-Dec-1997 |
mellon | Pull rev 1.33, 1.34 and 1.35 up from trunk (christos) (reviewed by mellon)
|
| 1.47.2.2 | 10-Oct-2000 |
he | Pull up revision 1.57 (via patch, requested by is):
Format string cleanup.
|
| 1.47.2.1 | 24-Jun-1999 |
perry | pullup 1.47->1.48 (sommerfeld)
|
| 1.55.4.2 | 18-Oct-2000 |
tv | Pullup 1.56 [itojun]:
avoid fd_set overflow.
|
| 1.55.4.1 | 18-Oct-2000 |
tv | Pullup sbin string format fixes [is].
See "cvs log" for explicit revision numbers per file, from sommerfeld.
|
| 1.75.6.1 | 11-Aug-2007 |
bouyer | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by ghen in ticket #11352):
sbin/ping/ping.c: revision 1.83 - 1.85
PR/28741: Michael Santos: ping does [not] drop root privileges
Moved socket calls way up, and called seteuid(getuid()).
On 2nd thought, setuid() is better here.
Change error message to say "setuid", forgotten in previous commit.
Pointed out by Ray Lai, thanks!
|
| 1.75.4.2 | 11-Aug-2007 |
bouyer | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by ghen in ticket #11352):
sbin/ping/ping.c: revision 1.83 - 1.85
PR/28741: Michael Santos: ping does [not] drop root privileges
Moved socket calls way up, and called seteuid(getuid()).
On 2nd thought, setuid() is better here.
Change error message to say "setuid", forgotten in previous commit.
Pointed out by Ray Lai, thanks!
|
| 1.75.4.1 | 11-Aug-2007 |
bouyer | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by ghen in ticket #11351):
sbin/ping/ping.c: revision 1.79, 1.80
PR/33623: Chuck Cranor: Ping stops when ran in the background
because it tries to set the tty not to print kerninfo. Change it
to only only play with the tty when ping is running in the foreground
(and will not stop when calling tcsetattr()). In my opinion, it is
preferable to print the kerninfo line with the ping info message
rather than to mess with the tty, but that's just me.
Factor out the tty code and explain we prefer to stop in the ^Z bg case
when we exit, rather than kill the tty setting.
|
| 1.75.2.1 | 11-Aug-2007 |
bouyer | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by ghen in ticket #11352):
sbin/ping/ping.c: revision 1.83 - 1.85
PR/28741: Michael Santos: ping does [not] drop root privileges
Moved socket calls way up, and called seteuid(getuid()).
On 2nd thought, setuid() is better here.
Change error message to say "setuid", forgotten in previous commit.
Pointed out by Ray Lai, thanks!
|
| 1.77.6.1 | 26-Aug-2007 |
bouyer | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by ghen in ticket #1818):
sbin/ping/ping.c: revisions 1.83 - 1.85
PR/28741: Michael Santos: ping does [not] drop root privileges
|
| 1.77.4.1 | 26-Aug-2007 |
bouyer | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by ghen in ticket #1818):
sbin/ping/ping.c: revisions 1.83 - 1.85
PR/28741: Michael Santos: ping does [not] drop root privileges
|
| 1.77.2.2 | 26-Aug-2007 |
bouyer | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by ghen in ticket #1818):
sbin/ping/ping.c: revisions 1.83 - 1.85
PR/28741: Michael Santos: ping does [not] drop root privileges
|
| 1.77.2.1 | 26-Aug-2007 |
bouyer | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by ghen in ticket #1817):
sbin/ping/ping.c: revisions 1.79 - 1.80
PR/33623: Chuck Cranor: Ping stops when ran in the background
because it tries to set the tty not to print kerninfo. Change it
to only only play with the tty when ping is running in the foreground
(and will not stop when calling tcsetattr()). In my opinion, it is
preferable to print the kerninfo line with the ping info message
rather than to mess with the tty, but that's just me.
Factor out the tty code and explain we prefer to stop in the ^Z bg case
when we exit, rather than kill the tty setting.
|
| 1.86.6.1 | 18-Feb-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.86.4.1 | 23-Mar-2008 |
matt | sync with HEAD
|
| 1.87.16.1 | 21-Apr-2010 |
matt | sync to netbsd-5
|
| 1.87.12.1 | 13-May-2009 |
jym | Sync with HEAD.
Third (and last) commit. See http://mail-index.netbsd.org/source-changes/2009/05/13/msg221222.html
|
| 1.87.10.1 | 03-May-2009 |
snj | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by christos in ticket #636):
sbin/ping/ping.c: revision 1.88
PR/41111: Ed Ravin: ping -R gives misleading error when remote side doesn't
support record route
Deal with source route and record route specially giving a meaningful error
message.
|
| 1.101.2.4 | 22-May-2014 |
yamt | sync with head.
for a reference, the tree before this commit was tagged
as yamt-pagecache-tag8.
this commit was splitted into small chunks to avoid
a limitation of cvs. ("Protocol error: too many arguments")
|
| 1.101.2.3 | 23-Jan-2013 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.101.2.2 | 30-Oct-2012 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.101.2.1 | 17-Apr-2012 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.102.8.1 | 11-Jul-2017 |
snj | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by dholland in ticket #1424):
sbin/ping/ping.c: revision 1.113 via patch
PR bin/36997 Zafer Aydogan: ping doesn't validate numeric inputs enough.
Check for values between INT_MAX and LONG_MAX (if they're different)
when using strtol to get an int. This applies to the -c and -l options;
the other uses were already checked.
Also limit the inter-packet interval given with -i to values that
don't cause integer overflow calling poll() with milliseconds.
Really large intervals (the number is read as floating point) can
produce positive poll() values but negative integers when converted to
struct timespec; this produces behavior akin to using -l at first and
could be construed as a local DoS vulnerability.
|
| 1.102.6.4 | 20-Aug-2014 |
tls | Rebase to HEAD as of a few days ago.
|
| 1.102.6.3 | 23-Jun-2013 |
tls | resync from head
|
| 1.102.6.2 | 25-Feb-2013 |
tls | resync with head
|
| 1.102.6.1 | 20-Nov-2012 |
tls | Resync to 2012-11-19 00:00:00 UTC
|
| 1.102.2.2 | 11-Jul-2017 |
snj | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by dholland in ticket #1424):
sbin/ping/ping.c: revision 1.113 via patch
PR bin/36997 Zafer Aydogan: ping doesn't validate numeric inputs enough.
Check for values between INT_MAX and LONG_MAX (if they're different)
when using strtol to get an int. This applies to the -c and -l options;
the other uses were already checked.
Also limit the inter-packet interval given with -i to values that
don't cause integer overflow calling poll() with milliseconds.
Really large intervals (the number is read as floating point) can
produce positive poll() values but negative integers when converted to
struct timespec; this produces behavior akin to using -l at first and
could be construed as a local DoS vulnerability.
|
| 1.102.2.1 | 23-Oct-2012 |
riz | branches: 1.102.2.1.2;
Pull up following revision(s) (requested by msaitoh in ticket #621):
sbin/ping/ping.c: revision 1.103
Fix a bug that misunderstand F_TIMING64, F_POLICY and F_AUTHHDR.
|
| 1.102.2.1.2.1 | 11-Jul-2017 |
snj | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by dholland in ticket #1424):
sbin/ping/ping.c: revision 1.113 via patch
PR bin/36997 Zafer Aydogan: ping doesn't validate numeric inputs enough.
Check for values between INT_MAX and LONG_MAX (if they're different)
when using strtol to get an int. This applies to the -c and -l options;
the other uses were already checked.
Also limit the inter-packet interval given with -i to values that
don't cause integer overflow calling poll() with milliseconds.
Really large intervals (the number is read as floating point) can
produce positive poll() values but negative integers when converted to
struct timespec; this produces behavior akin to using -l at first and
could be construed as a local DoS vulnerability.
|
| 1.107.4.3 | 12-May-2017 |
snj | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by ryo in ticket #1390):
sbin/ping/ping.c: revision 1.116
Fix cksum calculation for clearing the cached route.
In ping.c:r1.104, the size of echoreply packet was changed to ICMP_MINLEN,
Therefore also calculation size must be ICMP_MINLEN.
|
| 1.107.4.2 | 18-Dec-2016 |
snj | branches: 1.107.4.2.2;
Pull up following revision(s) (requested by dholland in ticket #1333):
sbin/ping/ping.c: revision 1.113
PR bin/36997 Zafer Aydogan: ping doesn't validate numeric inputs enough.
Check for values between INT_MAX and LONG_MAX (if they're different)
when using strtol to get an int. This applies to the -c and -l options;
the other uses were already checked.
Also limit the inter-packet interval given with -i to values that
don't cause integer overflow calling poll() with milliseconds.
Really large intervals (the number is read as floating point) can
produce positive poll() values but negative integers when converted to
struct timespec; this produces behavior akin to using -l at first and
could be construed as a local DoS vulnerability.
|
| 1.107.4.1 | 14-Apr-2015 |
snj | branches: 1.107.4.1.2; 1.107.4.1.4;
Pull up following revision(s) (requested by christos in ticket #692):
sbin/ping/ping.c: revisions 1.108, 1.109
PR/49423: Martin Husemann: ping for small packets does not work in -7 or
-current
--
Adjust default packet size to 56 data bytes (64 total).
Make error messages consistent.
|
| 1.107.4.2.2.1 | 12-May-2017 |
snj | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by ryo in ticket #1390):
sbin/ping/ping.c: revision 1.116
Fix cksum calculation for clearing the cached route.
In ping.c:r1.104, the size of echoreply packet was changed to ICMP_MINLEN,
Therefore also calculation size must be ICMP_MINLEN.
|
| 1.107.4.1.4.1 | 18-Jan-2017 |
skrll | Sync with netbsd-5
|
| 1.107.4.1.2.2 | 12-May-2017 |
snj | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by ryo in ticket #1390):
sbin/ping/ping.c: revision 1.116
Fix cksum calculation for clearing the cached route.
In ping.c:r1.104, the size of echoreply packet was changed to ICMP_MINLEN,
Therefore also calculation size must be ICMP_MINLEN.
|
| 1.107.4.1.2.1 | 18-Dec-2016 |
snj | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by dholland in ticket #1333):
sbin/ping/ping.c: revision 1.113
PR bin/36997 Zafer Aydogan: ping doesn't validate numeric inputs enough.
Check for values between INT_MAX and LONG_MAX (if they're different)
when using strtol to get an int. This applies to the -c and -l options;
the other uses were already checked.
Also limit the inter-packet interval given with -i to values that
don't cause integer overflow calling poll() with milliseconds.
Really large intervals (the number is read as floating point) can
produce positive poll() values but negative integers when converted to
struct timespec; this produces behavior akin to using -l at first and
could be construed as a local DoS vulnerability.
|
| 1.109.2.4 | 20-Mar-2017 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.109.2.3 | 07-Jan-2017 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD. (Note that most of these changes are simply $NetBSD$
tag issues.)
|
| 1.109.2.2 | 04-Nov-2016 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.109.2.1 | 06-Aug-2016 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.115.2.1 | 21-Apr-2017 |
bouyer | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.2 | 11-Mar-2011 |
pooka | Make get/setuid prog ops (so that i can do rump.ping -f regardless
of host privs).
|
| 1.1 | 13-Dec-2010 |
pooka | RUMP_ACTION -> RUMPPRG
|
| 1.2 | 11-Mar-2011 |
pooka | Make get/setuid prog ops (so that i can do rump.ping -f regardless
of host privs).
|
| 1.1 | 13-Dec-2010 |
pooka | RUMP_ACTION -> RUMPPRG
|
| 1.3 | 11-Mar-2011 |
pooka | Make get/setuid prog ops (so that i can do rump.ping -f regardless
of host privs).
|
| 1.2 | 13-Dec-2010 |
pooka | be a happy crunch build
|
| 1.1 | 13-Dec-2010 |
pooka | RUMP_ACTION -> RUMPPRG
|
| 1.17 | 10-Oct-2017 |
christos | user librumpres
|
| 1.16 | 09-Sep-2015 |
ozaki-r | Include several libc functions in rump.ping6
We need getaddrinfo, getifaddrs, if_indextoname and if_nametoindex
in addition to getnameinfo.
|
| 1.15 | 06-Aug-2015 |
ozaki-r | Introduce rump.ping6
We use ping6 frequently in ATF tests so let's have rump-ified one.
|
| 1.14 | 14-Aug-2011 |
christos | fix gcc warnings and eliminate duplicate code.
|
| 1.13 | 22-Jun-2011 |
mrg | apply some -Wno-error and/or -fno-strict-aliasing.
all of this should be looked at closer, but some of them are not
very trivial.
|
| 1.12 | 28-May-2007 |
tls | Add new Makefile knob, USE_FORT, which extends USE_SSP by turning on the
FORTIFY_SOURCE feature of libssp, thus checking the size of arguments to
various string and memory copy and set functions (as well as a few system
calls and other miscellany) where known at function entry. RedHat has
evidently built all "core system packages" with this option for some time.
This option should be used at the top of Makefiles (or Makefile.inc where
this is used for subdirectories) but after any setting of LIB.
This is only useful for userland code, and cannot be used in libc or in
any code which includes the libc internals, because it overrides certain
libc functions with macros. Some effort has been made to make USE_FORT=yes
work correctly for a full-system build by having the bsd.sys.mk logic
disable the feature where it should not be used (libc, libssp iteself,
the kernel) but no attempt has been made to build the entire system with
USE_FORT and doing so will doubtless expose numerous bugs and misfeatures.
Adjust the system build so that all programs and libraries that are setuid,
directly handle network data (including serial comm data), perform
authentication, or appear likely to have (or have a history of having)
data-driven bugs (e.g. file(1)) are built with USE_FORT=yes by default,
with the exception of libc, which cannot use USE_FORT and thus uses
only USE_SSP by default. Tested on i386 with no ill results; USE_FORT=no
per-directory or in a system build will disable if desired.
|
| 1.11 | 07-May-2006 |
rpaulo | Remove support support for RFC 2292.
|
| 1.10 | 05-May-2006 |
rpaulo | Add support for RFC 3542 Adv. Socket API for IPv6 (which obsoletes 2292).
* RFC 3542 isn't binary compatible with RFC 2292.
* RFC 2292 support is on by default but can be disabled.
* update ping6, telnet and traceroute6 to the new API.
From the KAME project (www.kame.net).
Reviewed by core.
|
| 1.9 | 27-Jun-2005 |
christos | Move WARNS=3 to the Makefile.inc, and add a little const to the remaining
programs that did not compile before.
|
| 1.8 | 09-Feb-2005 |
xtraeme | Kill __P(), use ANSI function declarations; WARNS=3.
|
| 1.7 | 26-May-2002 |
itojun | no need for KAME_SCOPEID
|
| 1.6 | 07-Oct-2000 |
itojun | repair fd_set size attack. from deraadt.
some of cleanups from kame (inet_ntop error check, unnecessary headers,
stddev computation like ping(8)).
$NetBSD$.
|
| 1.5 | 13-Dec-1999 |
itojun | branches: 1.5.4;
provide -S for source address specifier.
enable KAME scopeid hack.
cleanups in node information query.
(sync with latest KAME)
|
| 1.4 | 12-Jul-1999 |
itojun | branches: 1.4.4;
do not modify BINGRP as there's no reason for.
From: tsubai@netbsd.org
|
| 1.3 | 02-Jul-1999 |
thorpej | -D... belongs in CPPFLAGS
|
| 1.2 | 01-Jul-1999 |
itojun | enable -DIPSEC.
|
| 1.1 | 01-Jul-1999 |
itojun | ping for IPv6. try
ping6 ::1
on you node.
|
| 1.4.4.1 | 27-Dec-1999 |
wrstuden | Pull up to last week's -current.
|
| 1.5.4.1 | 18-Oct-2000 |
tv | Pullup by patch (sync with HEAD) [itojun]:
Format string cleanups by Bill Sommerfeld.
|
| 1.34 | 07-Jun-2021 |
dholland | In ping6, there's no blank space in the ping packets by default.
- document that if you use -p to specify a fill pattern you need to
make the packets bigger with -s;
- warn if -p is used and there's not at least one byte of fill space.
PR 56057
|
| 1.33 | 23-Apr-2018 |
maxv | Remove the "-R" option. It uses IPV6_REACHCONF, but we've never had
this.
|
| 1.32 | 23-Apr-2018 |
wiz | Sort options. Sort option descriptions. Remove Tn.
Sync usage (more) with man page.
|
| 1.31 | 23-Apr-2018 |
maxv | Remove the "hops" parameter, it uses RH0, which is deprecated by RFC5095,
and doesn't work on modern networks anymore.
|
| 1.30 | 15-May-2015 |
kefren | branches: 1.30.14;
Add options -X for deadline and -x for reply maxwait (flag names matching
FreeBSD). Unline FreeBSD, currently -x doesn't count late packets to statistics.
After discussion with, and help from ozaki-r@
Should fix PR/49896
|
| 1.29 | 24-Apr-2015 |
christos | Add the once -o option like ping
|
| 1.28 | 08-Apr-2012 |
wiz | Remove unnecessary Bk/Ek pairs from SYNOPSIS.
No effective change except where I used the opportunity to sort options
and/or option descriptions.
|
| 1.27 | 18-May-2006 |
rpaulo | branches: 1.27.44;
There are no broadcast addresses in IPv6, so, kill a leftover from the
ping(8) man page.
|
| 1.26 | 05-May-2006 |
rpaulo | Add support for RFC 3542 Adv. Socket API for IPv6 (which obsoletes 2292).
* RFC 3542 isn't binary compatible with RFC 2292.
* RFC 2292 support is on by default but can be disabled.
* update ping6, telnet and traceroute6 to the new API.
From the KAME project (www.kame.net).
Reviewed by core.
|
| 1.25 | 07-Sep-2003 |
wiz | Consistently use 'RFC 1234' instead of 'RFC1234' or 'RFC-1234'.
From jmc@openbsd.
|
| 1.24 | 15-Mar-2003 |
wiz | IPsec, not ipsec. From Igor Sobrado in PR 20722.
|
| 1.23 | 21-Dec-2002 |
wiz | address has two ds, not three; from Adrian Mrva.
|
| 1.22 | 26-May-2002 |
itojun | KNF. remove unused variable "signo". from deraadt
|
| 1.21 | 26-May-2002 |
itojun | Xr ping6 8 -> Nm
|
| 1.20 | 26-May-2002 |
wiz | Sort sections and a grammar fix.
|
| 1.19 | 26-May-2002 |
itojun | sync with kame.
- use bind(2) to select source.
- KNF.
- -g option to specify intermediate gateway.
|
| 1.18 | 16-Nov-2001 |
wiz | Add space before ..., lose a .Pp.
|
| 1.17 | 05-Jul-2001 |
itojun | clarify -a. sync with kame
|
| 1.16 | 22-Jun-2001 |
itojun | sync with latest kame.
- sync usage/manpage with reality.
- stop pinging on "-f -c N".
|
| 1.15 | 03-Apr-2001 |
jhawk | Xr icmp(6), inet(6), ip(6)
|
| 1.14 | 19-Mar-2001 |
itojun | examples. suggested by deraadt. sync with kame
|
| 1.13 | 12-Mar-2001 |
itojun | -Q is not there. some comsetic sync with kame. NetBSD PR 12384.
|
| 1.12 | 11-Nov-2000 |
itojun | improve spec conformance of node information query (07).
sync with kame.
|
| 1.11 | 07-Nov-2000 |
lukem | fix up various .Nm abuses:
- keep the case consistent between the actual name and what's referenced.
e.g, if it's `foo', don't use '.Nm Foo' at the start of a sentence.
- remove unnecessary `.Nm foo' after the first occurrence (except for
using `.Nm ""' if there's stuff following, or for the 2nd and so on
occurrences in a SYNOPSIS
- use Sx, Ic, Li, Em, Sq, and Xr as appropriate
|
| 1.10 | 04-Sep-2000 |
kleink | For commands and utilities, use EXIT STATUS rather than RETURN VALUES as
appropriate (and documented in mdoc(7)).
|
| 1.9 | 09-Aug-2000 |
itojun | DNS compression support.
be more picky about DNS label validation.
(sync with kame)
|
| 1.8 | 12-Jun-2000 |
itojun | branches: 1.8.2;
better conformance to draft-ietf-ipngwg-icmp-name-lookups-05.
the old code was chimera of 03 and 05 draft.
-n by default, since IPv6 reverse lookup takes too much time.
use -H to enable reverse name lookup.
|
| 1.7 | 18-May-2000 |
itojun | branches: 1.7.2;
remove incorrect mention to sysexits.h. this closes PR 9707.
|
| 1.6 | 28-Feb-2000 |
itojun | support ping6 -a c
(request IPv4 mapped/compatible addrs from
draft-ietf-ipngwg-icmp-name-lookups-05.txt)
|
| 1.5 | 31-Jan-2000 |
itojun | sync with latest libipsec and kernel.
|
| 1.4 | 15-Dec-1999 |
itojun | add reference to RFC, and some more DESCRIPTION.
sync with latest KAME document.
|
| 1.3 | 13-Dec-1999 |
itojun | provide -S for source address specifier.
enable KAME scopeid hack.
cleanups in node information query.
(sync with latest KAME)
|
| 1.2 | 04-Jul-1999 |
itojun | branches: 1.2.4;
add NetBSD RCS ID.
|
| 1.1 | 01-Jul-1999 |
itojun | ping for IPv6. try
ping6 ::1
on you node.
|
| 1.2.4.1 | 27-Dec-1999 |
wrstuden | Pull up to last week's -current.
|
| 1.7.2.1 | 22-Jun-2000 |
minoura | Sync w/ netbsd-1-5-base.
|
| 1.8.2.1 | 11-Mar-2001 |
he | Pull up revisions 1.9-1.12 (requested by itojun):
Correct buffer management. Fix handling of short packets. More
robust signal handling. Print icmp6 name lookup packets better.
This syncs with current head of trunk.
|
| 1.27.44.1 | 17-Apr-2012 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.30.14.1 | 02-May-2018 |
pgoyette | Synch with HEAD
|
| 1.108 | 11-Jul-2025 |
andvar | Fix various typos, mainly in comments and log/error messages.
|
| 1.107 | 08-Apr-2022 |
andvar | branches: 1.107.4;
fix various typos, mainly in comments, but also log messages, docs, game text.
|
| 1.106 | 11-Jun-2021 |
rillig | ping, ping6: fix comment about ID field
Since ping.c 1.76 and ping6.c 1.58 from 2004-04-22, the ID field
contains random bits instead of a process ID.
|
| 1.105 | 07-Jun-2021 |
dholland | In ping6, there's no blank space in the ping packets by default.
- document that if you use -p to specify a fill pattern you need to
make the packets bigger with -s;
- warn if -p is used and there's not at least one byte of fill space.
PR 56057
|
| 1.104 | 23-May-2021 |
thorpej | Make sure the output packet buffer and the control message buffer
are aligned.
Fixes bin/56198.
|
| 1.103 | 24-Apr-2018 |
maxv | branches: 1.103.8;
Add code 3 of paramprob, part of RFC7112: "IPv6 First Fragment has
incomplete IPv6 Header Chain". Handle this code in ping6.
|
| 1.102 | 24-Apr-2018 |
maxv | Remove annoying (void) casts.
|
| 1.101 | 23-Apr-2018 |
maxv | Remove double include and unused macros.
|
| 1.100 | 23-Apr-2018 |
maxv | Remove the "-R" option. It uses IPV6_REACHCONF, but we've never had
this.
|
| 1.99 | 23-Apr-2018 |
maxv | Fix usage(), A/E don't exist.
|
| 1.98 | 23-Apr-2018 |
maxv | Simplify: remove #ifdefs for constants that are always defined, and
remove their #else's (some of which can't compile, since they use values
that since got removed).
|
| 1.97 | 23-Apr-2018 |
maxv | Remove dead/broken code, we want to favor RFC3542 over RFC2292. No
functional change. traceroute6 and rtadvd did the same.
|
| 1.96 | 23-Apr-2018 |
wiz | Sort options. Sort option descriptions. Remove Tn.
Sync usage (more) with man page.
|
| 1.95 | 23-Apr-2018 |
maxv | Remove the "hops" parameter, it uses RH0, which is deprecated by RFC5095,
and doesn't work on modern networks anymore.
|
| 1.94 | 15-Apr-2018 |
maxv | typo in comment
|
| 1.93 | 18-Dec-2016 |
dholland | branches: 1.93.12;
Merge the PR 36997 fixes into ping6. It already didn't accept too
small or wildly too large intervals, but it did allow intervals that
failed at poll(). Since that's signed integer overflow and thus UB,
better not to.
|
| 1.92 | 29-Feb-2016 |
riastradh | branches: 1.92.2;
#ifdef forward declaration of setpolicy like definition.
|
| 1.91 | 04-Nov-2015 |
ozaki-r | Fix rump.ping6 -c N (N > 1) doesn't work
2nd packet and subsequent packets are sent based on SIGALRM and
it depends on poll(2) returns with EINTR by the signal. However,
currently poll is rump-ified while signals aren't so the signal
doesn't wake up poll and ping6 doesn't work expectedly.
Rump-ifying signals is unsure (nobody does it for now) and the
combination use of signals and poll makes the logic a bit complex.
So let's fix the defect by stopping using signals for packet
transmissions. The new logic is derived from ping(8).
Bonus: ping6 -i 0.01 works as we expect now while the original
didn't work enough fast.
|
| 1.90 | 04-Nov-2015 |
ozaki-r | Fix exit status when -c and -X is used
It exited with status 0 when at least one packet was received
and timed out. However, when we specify -c N (while N > 0),
we expect that it fails if it times out before all sent requests
are replied.
|
| 1.89 | 04-Nov-2015 |
knakahara | rump.ping6 supports "-S" option.
|
| 1.88 | 06-Aug-2015 |
ozaki-r | Introduce rump.ping6
We use ping6 frequently in ATF tests so let's have rump-ified one.
|
| 1.87 | 15-May-2015 |
kefren | Add options -X for deadline and -x for reply maxwait (flag names matching
FreeBSD). Unline FreeBSD, currently -x doesn't count late packets to statistics.
After discussion with, and help from ozaki-r@
Should fix PR/49896
|
| 1.86 | 24-Apr-2015 |
christos | Add the once -o option like ping
|
| 1.85 | 17-Sep-2014 |
ozaki-r | Remove out-of-date comments
|
| 1.84 | 16-Sep-2014 |
christos | PR/49206: ping6 dies with SIGINT even when it just fails to ping
When reusing the same handler for SIGALRM, make don't pretend you
got SIGINT.
|
| 1.83 | 22-Aug-2014 |
matt | Rework to be avoid a conditional assignment which results in:
sbin/ping6/ping6.c:1879:8: error: 'cbit.skip' may be used uninitialized in this function [-Werror=maybe-uninitialized]
cur += ntohs(cbit.skip) * 32;
|
| 1.82 | 19-Oct-2013 |
christos | branches: 1.82.4;
avoit type punning
|
| 1.81 | 10-Sep-2012 |
msaitoh | branches: 1.81.2;
Accept "-s 0"
|
| 1.80 | 04-Jan-2012 |
drochner | branches: 1.80.2;
include <netipsec/ipsec.h> rather than <netinet6/ipsec.h> from userland
where possible, for consistency and compatibility to FreeBSD
(exception: KAME specific statistics gathering in netstat(1) and systat(1))
|
| 1.79 | 04-Jan-2012 |
drochner | -consistently use "char *" for the compiled policy buffer in the
ipsec_*_policy() functions, as it was documented and used by clients
-remove "ipsec_policy_t" which was undocumented and only present
in the KAME version of the ipsec.h header
-misc cleanup of historical artefacts, and to remove unnecessary
differences between KAME ans FAST_IPSEC
|
| 1.78 | 16-Sep-2011 |
plunky | branches: 1.78.2;
NULL does not need a cast, here
|
| 1.77 | 31-Aug-2011 |
christos | put back the byte swapping code, and remove the double byte swapping.
|
| 1.76 | 31-Aug-2011 |
riz | Remove erroneous seq=ntohs(seq) introduced in rev. 1.74, which caused
icmp_seq numbers to increment by 256 instead of 1 on LE platforms.
|
| 1.75 | 27-Aug-2011 |
joerg | static + __dead + G/C pathmtu
|
| 1.74 | 14-Aug-2011 |
christos | fix gcc warnings and eliminate duplicate code.
|
| 1.73 | 20-Sep-2010 |
ahoka | Avoid NaN when calculating std-dev, which fixes a crash on VAX.
|
| 1.72 | 11-Apr-2009 |
lukem | fix sign-compare issues
|
| 1.71 | 13-Oct-2008 |
dholland | branches: 1.71.4;
Fix reversed test in connection with combining -i and -l. If some
packets have already sent because of the preload count handling, we
shouldn't start off by sending another one right away. The reversed
test causes ping6 to wait one interval before sending anything at all
if you don't use -l. PR bin/39732.
|
| 1.70 | 23-Sep-2006 |
elad | branches: 1.70.2; 1.70.18;
PR/30226: Nino Dehne: ping6(8) and ping(8) are inconsistent in the output
of round-trip times.
okay rpaulo@
|
| 1.69 | 18-May-2006 |
rpaulo | Replace the way we calculate the standard deviation with the unbiased form
for non-related samples. There are several websites that explain why we
should use this form instead of the normal formula to compute the std. dev.
(Wikipedia is one of them).
Also, ping(8) (where this "new" formula came from) already does it this way
so, I'm trying to score some extra points by making both utilities behave
the same way.
Thanks to wrtstuden@ for the initial clarification.
|
| 1.68 | 07-May-2006 |
rpaulo | Remove support support for RFC 2292.
|
| 1.67 | 05-May-2006 |
rpaulo | len should be socklen_t, not size_t. Spotted by
Juergen Hannken-Illjes <hannken@eis.cs.tu-bs.de>.
|
| 1.66 | 05-May-2006 |
rpaulo | Add support for RFC 3542 Adv. Socket API for IPv6 (which obsoletes 2292).
* RFC 3542 isn't binary compatible with RFC 2292.
* RFC 2292 support is on by default but can be disabled.
* update ping6, telnet and traceroute6 to the new API.
From the KAME project (www.kame.net).
Reviewed by core.
|
| 1.65 | 17-Mar-2006 |
elad | Fix an off-by-one found by Coverity, CID 1456.
I haven't looked, but I suggest security-officer@ looks into it to see if
this may be exploited passively?
|
| 1.64 | 07-Jun-2005 |
he | Add an initialization to appease -Wuninitialized.
Marked with XXXGCC for sun2 (found while building for it).
Reviewed by lukem.
|
| 1.63 | 02-Jun-2005 |
lukem | appease gcc -Wuninitialized
|
| 1.62 | 09-Feb-2005 |
xtraeme | Kill __P(), use ANSI function declarations; WARNS=3.
|
| 1.61 | 29-Oct-2004 |
dsl | Add (unsigned char) cast to ctype function
|
| 1.60 | 09-Jun-2004 |
itojun | correct mistake in usage(). Chris Pinnock
|
| 1.59 | 13-May-2004 |
kleink | There's no point in bringing PRNG output to network byteorder prior to
transmission.
|
| 1.58 | 22-Apr-2004 |
itojun | do not disclose endian. henning@openbsd
|
| 1.57 | 07-Aug-2003 |
agc | Move UCB-licensed code from 4-clause to 3-clause licence.
Patches provided by Joel Baker in PR 22308, verified by myself.
|
| 1.56 | 25-Jul-2003 |
itojun | fix packet loss rate computation
|
| 1.55 | 06-Jun-2003 |
cjep | Fix typo. Noted by Sean Boudreau on tech-net.
|
| 1.54 | 27-Mar-2003 |
perry | do proper rounded packet loss calculations.
From Robert Elz in PR #20885
XXX This should be sent back to KAME
|
| 1.53 | 05-Dec-2002 |
itojun | correct the use of sizeof() on memset(). sync w/kame
|
| 1.52 | 16-Nov-2002 |
itojun | use strlcpy. sync w/kame
|
| 1.51 | 25-Oct-2002 |
itojun | be more picky about numeric arg parsing. sync w/kame
|
| 1.50 | 23-Sep-2002 |
itojun | reduce diff w/ kame
|
| 1.49 | 21-Sep-2002 |
mycroft | Touch up error/warning messages.
|
| 1.48 | 21-Sep-2002 |
mycroft | select() -> poll()
|
| 1.47 | 08-Sep-2002 |
itojun | ansi pedantic. sync w/kame
|
| 1.46 | 31-May-2002 |
itojun | clarify comment when nreceived > ntransmitted. from deraadt
|
| 1.45 | 30-May-2002 |
itojun | typo, from openbsd
|
| 1.44 | 30-May-2002 |
thorpej | Fix Missing %s in format string.
|
| 1.43 | 26-May-2002 |
itojun | KNF. remove unused variable "signo". from deraadt
|
| 1.42 | 26-May-2002 |
itojun | s/IPSec/IPsec/
|
| 1.41 | 26-May-2002 |
itojun | sync with kame.
- use bind(2) to select source.
- KNF.
- -g option to specify intermediate gateway.
|
| 1.40 | 11-Mar-2002 |
itojun | branches: 1.40.2;
no \n to warnx(3). From: Mike Pechkin <mpech@prosoft.org.lv>
|
| 1.39 | 09-Jan-2002 |
darrenr | should be using htons() to convert from a host byte order into a network
byte order, not ntohs().
|
| 1.38 | 02-Nov-2001 |
lukem | fix -Wshadow warning
|
| 1.37 | 19-Aug-2001 |
itojun | use bind(2) to support -S. snprintf return value audit from deraadt
|
| 1.36 | 22-Jun-2001 |
itojun | sync with latest kame.
- sync usage/manpage with reality.
- stop pinging on "-f -c N".
|
| 1.35 | 09-May-2001 |
itojun | correct -n handling.
|
| 1.34 | 09-May-2001 |
itojun | fix signal handling on ping6 -f <nonexisting peer>. from hash@iij.ad.jp.
sync with kame
|
| 1.33 | 07-May-2001 |
kleink | getopt(3): EOF -> -1.
|
| 1.32 | 04-Feb-2001 |
itojun | correct recvmsg() validation.
|
| 1.31 | 26-Jan-2001 |
itojun | more simpler signal handling. be more friendly with 4.3BSD-ish socket API
(linux/USAGI folks are using the code). sync with kame.
|
| 1.30 | 12-Jan-2001 |
itojun | avoid signal handler race. help from deraadt
|
| 1.29 | 12-Jan-2001 |
itojun | correct use of howmany() for fd_set. commented by deraadt
|
| 1.28 | 31-Dec-2000 |
itojun | indent and pedant. from deraadt. sync with kame
|
| 1.27 | 22-Dec-2000 |
itojun | call seteuid(getuid) too
|
| 1.26 | 22-Dec-2000 |
itojun | revoke root privilege earlierst possible.
|
| 1.25 | 02-Dec-2000 |
itojun | sync with latest kame.
- validate strdup() error on argument parsing.
- use strlcat on complex string manipulation.
|
| 1.24 | 11-Nov-2000 |
itojun | improve spec conformance of node information query (07).
sync with kame.
|
| 1.23 | 08-Nov-2000 |
itojun | - fix -s with small number (like < 8). kame 1.97 -> 1.99
- add fflush. kame 1.96 -> 1.97
- alpha friendly (printf format - %ld and others) kame 1.93 -> 1.94
sync with kame
|
| 1.22 | 12-Oct-2000 |
itojun | do not segv on too many args. sync with kame
|
| 1.21 | 10-Oct-2000 |
is | Format string cleanups by Bill Sommerfeld.
|
| 1.20 | 08-Oct-2000 |
itojun | fix truncated response handling; sync with kame
|
| 1.19 | 07-Oct-2000 |
itojun | repair fd_set size attack. from deraadt.
some of cleanups from kame (inet_ntop error check, unnecessary headers,
stddev computation like ping(8)).
$NetBSD$.
|
| 1.18 | 14-Aug-2000 |
itojun | - bugfix: truncated FQDN printing
- allow < 1 second interval on -i (root only). from openbsd
|
| 1.17 | 09-Aug-2000 |
itojun | DNS compression support.
be more picky about DNS label validation.
(sync with kame)
|
| 1.16 | 07-Jul-2000 |
itojun | warnx?/errx? audit. don't pass variable/function return value alone.
use with "%s". from openbsd.
|
| 1.15 | 12-Jun-2000 |
itojun | branches: 1.15.2;
better conformance to draft-ietf-ipngwg-icmp-name-lookups-05.
the old code was chimera of 03 and 05 draft.
-n by default, since IPv6 reverse lookup takes too much time.
use -H to enable reverse name lookup.
|
| 1.14 | 08-Jun-2000 |
itojun | make sure to clear ni_flags field on -w.
|
| 1.13 | 28-Feb-2000 |
itojun | branches: 1.13.2;
support ping6 -a c
(request IPv4 mapped/compatible addrs from
draft-ietf-ipngwg-icmp-name-lookups-05.txt)
|
| 1.12 | 16-Feb-2000 |
itojun | use getnameinfo(), instead inet_ntop(), as much as possible.
(sync with latest kame)
|
| 1.11 | 31-Jan-2000 |
itojun | sync with latest libipsec and kernel.
|
| 1.10 | 22-Jan-2000 |
tron | Remove bogus declarations of "errno", "optind" and "optarg".
|
| 1.9 | 13-Dec-1999 |
itojun | provide -S for source address specifier.
enable KAME scopeid hack.
cleanups in node information query.
(sync with latest KAME)
|
| 1.8 | 05-Dec-1999 |
jdolecek | usage(): wrap lines so that they don't exceed 80 characters
|
| 1.7 | 03-Dec-1999 |
itojun | rcsid police
|
| 1.6 | 04-Jul-1999 |
itojun | branches: 1.6.4;
add NetBSD RCS ID.
|
| 1.5 | 04-Jul-1999 |
itojun | be friendly with non-IPsec kernel.
don't exit even if ipsec policy config fails.
|
| 1.4 | 02-Jul-1999 |
itojun | stop using __RCSID from UCB comment.
Hope this fixes PR 7892.
|
| 1.3 | 02-Jul-1999 |
thorpej | Fix some printf format problems.
|
| 1.2 | 01-Jul-1999 |
thorpej | Fix LP64 printf format problem.
|
| 1.1 | 01-Jul-1999 |
itojun | ping for IPv6. try
ping6 ::1
on you node.
|
| 1.6.4.1 | 27-Dec-1999 |
wrstuden | Pull up to last week's -current.
|
| 1.13.2.1 | 22-Jun-2000 |
minoura | Sync w/ netbsd-1-5-base.
|
| 1.15.2.7 | 15-Dec-2002 |
he | Pull up revision 1.53 (requested by itojun):
Correct the use of sizeof() on memset().
|
| 1.15.2.6 | 09-May-2001 |
he | Pull up revisions 1.33-1.35 (requested by he and itojun):
Use -1 instead of EOF with getopt(3).
Correct signal handling on ping6 -f <nonexisting peer>.
|
| 1.15.2.5 | 11-Mar-2001 |
he | Pull up revisions 1.23-1.24,1.26-1.32 (via patch, requested by itojun):
Correct buffer management. Fix handling of short packets. More
robust signal handling. Print icmp6 name lookup packets better.
This syncs up to the current head of the trunk.
|
| 1.15.2.4 | 15-Dec-2000 |
he | Pull up revision 1.25 (requested by itojun):
Validate strdup() error on argument parsing. Also, use strlcat()
on complex string manipulation.
|
| 1.15.2.3 | 18-Oct-2000 |
tv | Pullup by patch (sync with HEAD) [itojun]:
Format string cleanups by Bill Sommerfeld.
|
| 1.15.2.2 | 16-Oct-2000 |
tv | Pullup 1.22 (with -Wunused fix) [itojun]:
do not segv on too many args. sync with kame
|
| 1.15.2.1 | 27-Jul-2000 |
itojun | pullup (approved by releng-1-5)
printf-like format pedant. do not pass string variable alone. use "%s".
from openbsd.
/cvsroot/basesrc/sbin/swapctl/swapctl.c 1.14 -> 1.15
/cvsroot/basesrc/sbin/ping6/ping6.c 1.15 -> 1.16
/cvsroot/basesrc/sbin/disklabel/disklabel.c 1.84 -> 1.85
/cvsroot/basesrc/sbin/ccdconfig/ccdconfig.c 1.30 -> 1.31
|
| 1.40.2.1 | 12-Dec-2002 |
he | Pull up revision 1.53 (requested by itojun in ticket #1026):
Correct the use of sizeof() in memset().
|
| 1.70.18.1 | 17-Jan-2009 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.70.2.1 | 31-Oct-2008 |
snj | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by dholland in ticket #1214):
sbin/ping6/ping6.c: revision 1.71
Fix reversed test in connection with combining -i and -l. If some
packets have already sent because of the preload count handling, we
shouldn't start off by sending another one right away. The reversed
test causes ping6 to wait one interval before sending anything at all
if you don't use -l. PR bin/39732.
|
| 1.71.4.1 | 13-May-2009 |
jym | Sync with HEAD.
Third (and last) commit. See http://mail-index.netbsd.org/source-changes/2009/05/13/msg221222.html
|
| 1.78.2.3 | 22-May-2014 |
yamt | sync with head.
for a reference, the tree before this commit was tagged
as yamt-pagecache-tag8.
this commit was splitted into small chunks to avoid
a limitation of cvs. ("Protocol error: too many arguments")
|
| 1.78.2.2 | 30-Oct-2012 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.78.2.1 | 17-Apr-2012 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.80.2.1 | 22-Oct-2012 |
riz | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by msaitoh in ticket #614):
sbin/ping6/ping6.c: revision 1.81
Accept "-s 0"
|
| 1.81.2.1 | 20-Aug-2014 |
tls | Rebase to HEAD as of a few days ago.
|
| 1.82.4.1 | 04-Feb-2015 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by chs in ticket #493):
sbin/ping6/ping6.c: revision 1.83
Rework to avoid a conditional assignment which results in a
"maybe-uninitialized" warning
|
| 1.92.2.1 | 07-Jan-2017 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD. (Note that most of these changes are simply $NetBSD$
tag issues.)
|
| 1.93.12.2 | 02-May-2018 |
pgoyette | Synch with HEAD
|
| 1.93.12.1 | 16-Apr-2018 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD, resolve some conflicts
|
| 1.103.8.1 | 31-May-2021 |
cjep | sync with head
|
| 1.107.4.1 | 02-Aug-2025 |
perseant | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.2 | 04-Nov-2015 |
knakahara | rump.ping6 supports "-S" option.
|
| 1.1 | 06-Aug-2015 |
ozaki-r | Introduce rump.ping6
We use ping6 frequently in ATF tests so let's have rump-ified one.
|
| 1.2 | 04-Nov-2015 |
knakahara | rump.ping6 supports "-S" option.
|
| 1.1 | 06-Aug-2015 |
ozaki-r | Introduce rump.ping6
We use ping6 frequently in ATF tests so let's have rump-ified one.
|
| 1.2 | 04-Nov-2015 |
knakahara | rump.ping6 supports "-S" option.
|
| 1.1 | 06-Aug-2015 |
ozaki-r | Introduce rump.ping6
We use ping6 frequently in ATF tests so let's have rump-ified one.
|
| 1.6 | 03-Jun-2023 |
lukem | bsd.own.mk: rename GCC_NO_* to CC_WNO_*
Rename compiler-warning-disable variables from
GCC_NO_warning
to
CC_WNO_warning
where warning is the full warning name as used by the compiler.
GCC_NO_IMPLICIT_FALLTHRU is CC_WNO_IMPLICIT_FALLTHROUGH
Using the convention CC_compilerflag, where compilerflag
is based on the full compiler flag name.
|
| 1.5 | 13-Oct-2019 |
mrg | introduce some common variables for use in GCC warning disables:
GCC_NO_FORMAT_TRUNCATION -Wno-format-truncation (GCC 7/8)
GCC_NO_STRINGOP_TRUNCATION -Wno-stringop-truncation (GCC 8)
GCC_NO_STRINGOP_OVERFLOW -Wno-stringop-overflow (GCC 8)
GCC_NO_CAST_FUNCTION_TYPE -Wno-cast-function-type (GCC 8)
use these to turn off warnings for most GCC-8 complaints. many
of these are false positives, most of the real bugs are already
commited, or are yet to come.
we plan to introduce versions of (some?) of these that use the
"-Wno-error=" form, which still displays the warnings but does
not make it an error, and all of the above will be re-considered
as either being "fix me" (warning still displayed) or "warning
is wrong."
|
| 1.4 | 23-Sep-2018 |
maxv | Remove the userland part of ISDN. The kernel part is untouched for now.
ipppctl was actually an exact copy of pppoectl; there is no functional
change in pppoectl in this commit.
|
| 1.3 | 28-May-2007 |
tls | branches: 1.3.76; 1.3.78;
Add new Makefile knob, USE_FORT, which extends USE_SSP by turning on the
FORTIFY_SOURCE feature of libssp, thus checking the size of arguments to
various string and memory copy and set functions (as well as a few system
calls and other miscellany) where known at function entry. RedHat has
evidently built all "core system packages" with this option for some time.
This option should be used at the top of Makefiles (or Makefile.inc where
this is used for subdirectories) but after any setting of LIB.
This is only useful for userland code, and cannot be used in libc or in
any code which includes the libc internals, because it overrides certain
libc functions with macros. Some effort has been made to make USE_FORT=yes
work correctly for a full-system build by having the bsd.sys.mk logic
disable the feature where it should not be used (libc, libssp iteself,
the kernel) but no attempt has been made to build the entire system with
USE_FORT and doing so will doubtless expose numerous bugs and misfeatures.
Adjust the system build so that all programs and libraries that are setuid,
directly handle network data (including serial comm data), perform
authentication, or appear likely to have (or have a history of having)
data-driven bugs (e.g. file(1)) are built with USE_FORT=yes by default,
with the exception of libc, which cannot use USE_FORT and thus uses
only USE_SSP by default. Tested on i386 with no ill results; USE_FORT=no
per-directory or in a system build will disable if desired.
|
| 1.2 | 16-Mar-2002 |
martin | Rename ISDN devices, per discussion on tech-kern. The network devices
become ippp (ISDN ppp) and irip (ISDN raw IP). The character device now
are called: /dev/isdn (isdnd <-> kernel communication), /dev/isdnctl (dialing
and other control), /dev/isdntrc* (tracing), /dev/isdnbchan* (raw B channel
access, i.e. for user land PPP) and /dev/isdntel* (telephone devices, i.e.
for answering machines).
|
| 1.1 | 10-Dec-2001 |
martin | Move /usr/sbin/pppoectl to /sbin/pppoectl, so we can call it from
ifconfig.pppoe* files.
Rename the source directory and files to match the primary purpose
of this utility - probably noone is using this for ISDN now anymore,
as isdnd has simpler ways to acomplish the same.
|
| 1.3.78.2 | 13-Apr-2020 |
martin | Mostly merge changes from HEAD upto 20200411
|
| 1.3.78.1 | 10-Jun-2019 |
christos | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.3.76.1 | 30-Sep-2018 |
pgoyette | Ssync with HEAD
|
| 1.32 | 25-Sep-2018 |
wiz | Fix wrong macro, use An.
|
| 1.31 | 23-Sep-2018 |
maxv | Remove the userland part of ISDN. The kernel part is untouched for now.
ipppctl was actually an exact copy of pppoectl; there is no functional
change in pppoectl in this commit.
|
| 1.30 | 12-Sep-2016 |
sevan | branches: 1.30.12; 1.30.14;
pppoectl first appeared in NetBSD 1.6.
Bump date.
|
| 1.29 | 12-Oct-2011 |
christos | fix the date.
|
| 1.28 | 12-Oct-2011 |
martin | Two small fixes from David H. Gutteridge in PR bin/45454.
|
| 1.27 | 31-Mar-2010 |
joerg | Kill stray t.
|
| 1.26 | 30-Mar-2010 |
joerg | Assume o umlaut is transliterated by nroff as needed.
\\ -> \e
|
| 1.25 | 09-Mar-2009 |
joerg | Fix preamble to match order set out by mdoc(7). Discussed with wiz.
|
| 1.24 | 19-Feb-2005 |
christos | branches: 1.24.36;
PR/29457: Joachim Kuebart: pppoectl's config file does not allow # in passwords
Fixed, by passing FPARSELN_UNESCALL in parsing.
|
| 1.23 | 02-Oct-2003 |
wiz | Bump date for previous.
|
| 1.22 | 02-Oct-2003 |
itojun | use netmask of /32. as discusssed on tech-userlevel
|
| 1.21 | 06-Sep-2003 |
wiz | Punctuation nits.
|
| 1.20 | 06-Sep-2003 |
martin | Make LCP keepalive behaviour configurable.
|
| 1.19 | 22-Mar-2003 |
mrg | bump .Dt [from wiz]
|
| 1.18 | 22-Mar-2003 |
mrg | add a "-f configfile" option. the config file contains individual lines of
parameter=value pairs normally passed on the command line (# and \
continuation also works, yay fparseln), one per line. now you don't have
to run a program with a password on the command line.
|
| 1.17 | 19-Dec-2002 |
wiz | Drop trailing whitespace.
|
| 1.16 | 19-Dec-2002 |
lukem | It's ipppctl not ipppcontrol ...
Also add synopsis for ipppctl.
|
| 1.15 | 01-Oct-2002 |
wiz | New sentence, new line. By Robert Elz with minimal fixes.
|
| 1.14 | 01-Sep-2002 |
wiz | Grammar improvement.
|
| 1.13 | 01-Sep-2002 |
martin | Add a "clear-auth-failure" command to reset the authentication failure
count without changing any (local) authentication settings.
Fixes kern/18071 ( without any kernel change ;-) )
|
| 1.12 | 16-Aug-2002 |
itojun | style (tab around $NetBSD$)
|
| 1.11 | 14-Apr-2002 |
martin | Fix copyright notice, sprinkle some $NetBSD$.
|
| 1.10 | 16-Mar-2002 |
martin | Rename ISDN devices, per discussion on tech-kern. The network devices
become ippp (ISDN ppp) and irip (ISDN raw IP). The character device now
are called: /dev/isdn (isdnd <-> kernel communication), /dev/isdnctl (dialing
and other control), /dev/isdntrc* (tracing), /dev/isdnbchan* (raw B channel
access, i.e. for user land PPP) and /dev/isdntel* (telephone devices, i.e.
for answering machines).
|
| 1.9 | 04-Mar-2002 |
wiz | Typo fix.
|
| 1.8 | 04-Mar-2002 |
wiz | Whitespace nit.
|
| 1.7 | 02-Mar-2002 |
martin | Add a "query-dns" parameter to tell the interface we would like to get
DNS settings from the peer and a "-n" option to retrieve the results
after the PPP connection is established.
|
| 1.6 | 09-Jan-2002 |
martin | Xref pppoe(4) and ifwatchd(8).
|
| 1.5 | 07-Jan-2002 |
martin | Display the authentication failure count (if non zero) and make the
limit settable.
|
| 1.4 | 07-Jan-2002 |
wiz | Fix two typos and a whitespace nit.
|
| 1.3 | 06-Jan-2002 |
martin | Make idle timeout settable and display it.
Bring the man page closer to reality.
|
| 1.2 | 10-Dec-2001 |
wiz | Lots of grammar fixes and other slight improvements.
|
| 1.1 | 10-Dec-2001 |
martin | Move /usr/sbin/pppoectl to /sbin/pppoectl, so we can call it from
ifconfig.pppoe* files.
Rename the source directory and files to match the primary purpose
of this utility - probably noone is using this for ISDN now anymore,
as isdnd has simpler ways to acomplish the same.
|
| 1.24.36.1 | 13-May-2009 |
jym | Sync with HEAD.
Third (and last) commit. See http://mail-index.netbsd.org/source-changes/2009/05/13/msg221222.html
|
| 1.30.14.1 | 10-Jun-2019 |
christos | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.30.12.1 | 30-Sep-2018 |
pgoyette | Ssync with HEAD
|
| 1.31 | 07-Aug-2022 |
andvar | fix various typos in comments, documentation and messages.
mainly s/paramater/parameter/ and s/reduntant/redundant/.
|
| 1.30 | 14-May-2021 |
yamaguchi | Added a keyword to change keepalive interval
|
| 1.29 | 11-May-2021 |
yamaguchi | Make authproto not change when "authproto" is not in command option
|
| 1.28 | 11-May-2021 |
yamaguchi | Added keywords that are ipcp, noipcp, ipv6cp, noipv6cp
for configuring NCP
|
| 1.27 | 23-Apr-2021 |
yamaguchi | branches: 1.27.2;
Add a new option to enable SPPP_AUTHFLAG_PASSIVEAUTHPROTO flag
|
| 1.26 | 25-Nov-2020 |
yamaguchi | add -dd option for reference of the parameter about control protocols
reviewed by knakahara@n.o.
|
| 1.25 | 23-Jan-2016 |
christos | don't need mbuf.h!
|
| 1.24 | 28-Aug-2011 |
mbalmer | Remove duplicate static.
|
| 1.23 | 27-Aug-2011 |
joerg | static + __dead
|
| 1.22 | 01-Jul-2011 |
joerg | Fix memset usage.
|
| 1.21 | 17-Mar-2006 |
rumble | Check for allocation failures in malloc, calloc, realloc, asprintf, and
vasprintf and try to handle them.
|
| 1.20 | 27-Jun-2005 |
christos | Move WARNS=3 to the Makefile.inc, and add a little const to the remaining
programs that did not compile before.
|
| 1.19 | 10-May-2005 |
martin | Partly back out previous - do not free the linebuffer while still having
pointers into parts of it. Add a comment explaining why we prefer to
leak memory ;-)
Fixes PR bin/30174.
|
| 1.18 | 19-Feb-2005 |
christos | branches: 1.18.2;
Skip empty lines, and free the line buffer so that we don't leak.
|
| 1.17 | 19-Feb-2005 |
christos | PR/29457: Joachim Kuebart: pppoectl's config file does not allow # in passwords
Fixed, by passing FPARSELN_UNESCALL in parsing.
|
| 1.16 | 01-Sep-2004 |
jdolecek | fix typo
|
| 1.15 | 13-Feb-2004 |
wiz | Spell length with h after t. Inspired by a commit by brad@openbsd.
|
| 1.14 | 06-Sep-2003 |
martin | Make LCP keepalive behaviour configurable.
|
| 1.13 | 12-Jul-2003 |
itojun | use bounded string ops
|
| 1.12 | 23-Jun-2003 |
agc | Add NetBSD RCS Ids.
|
| 1.11 | 22-Mar-2003 |
mrg | add a "-f configfile" option. the config file contains individual lines of
parameter=value pairs normally passed on the command line (# and \
continuation also works, yay fparseln), one per line. now you don't have
to run a program with a password on the command line.
|
| 1.10 | 01-Sep-2002 |
martin | Fix usage(). Noticed by itojun.
|
| 1.9 | 01-Sep-2002 |
martin | Add a "clear-auth-failure" command to reset the authentication failure
count without changing any (local) authentication settings.
Fixes kern/18071 ( without any kernel change ;-) )
|
| 1.8 | 16-Aug-2002 |
itojun | style (tab around $NetBSD$)
|
| 1.7 | 21-Jun-2002 |
itojun | correct usage (-n)
|
| 1.6 | 02-Mar-2002 |
martin | branches: 1.6.2;
Add a "query-dns" parameter to tell the interface we would like to get
DNS settings from the peer and a "-n" option to retrieve the results
after the PPP connection is established.
|
| 1.5 | 07-Jan-2002 |
martin | Improve usage message.
|
| 1.4 | 07-Jan-2002 |
martin | Display the authentication failure count (if non zero) and make the
limit settable.
|
| 1.3 | 06-Jan-2002 |
martin | Make idle timeout settable and display it.
Bring the man page closer to reality.
|
| 1.2 | 04-Jan-2002 |
martin | Adapt to new if_sppp.h ioctls.
Add -d option to dump PPPoE session state. XXX need to document this.
|
| 1.1 | 10-Dec-2001 |
martin | Move /usr/sbin/pppoectl to /sbin/pppoectl, so we can call it from
ifconfig.pppoe* files.
Rename the source directory and files to match the primary purpose
of this utility - probably noone is using this for ISDN now anymore,
as isdnd has simpler ways to acomplish the same.
|
| 1.6.2.1 | 21-Jun-2002 |
lukem | Pull up revision 1.7 (requested by itojun in ticket #340):
correct usage (-n)
|
| 1.18.2.1 | 11-May-2005 |
tron | Pull up revision 1.19 (requested by martin in ticket #282):
Partly back out previous - do not free the linebuffer while still having
pointers into parts of it. Add a comment explaining why we prefer to
leak memory ;-)
Fixes PR bin/30174.
|
| 1.27.2.1 | 31-May-2021 |
cjep | sync with head
|
| 1.18 | 03-Jun-2023 |
lukem | bsd.own.mk: rename GCC_NO_* to CC_WNO_*
Rename compiler-warning-disable variables from
GCC_NO_warning
to
CC_WNO_warning
where warning is the full warning name as used by the compiler.
GCC_NO_IMPLICIT_FALLTHRU is CC_WNO_IMPLICIT_FALLTHROUGH
Using the convention CC_compilerflag, where compilerflag
is based on the full compiler flag name.
|
| 1.17 | 13-Oct-2019 |
mrg | introduce some common variables for use in GCC warning disables:
GCC_NO_FORMAT_TRUNCATION -Wno-format-truncation (GCC 7/8)
GCC_NO_STRINGOP_TRUNCATION -Wno-stringop-truncation (GCC 8)
GCC_NO_STRINGOP_OVERFLOW -Wno-stringop-overflow (GCC 8)
GCC_NO_CAST_FUNCTION_TYPE -Wno-cast-function-type (GCC 8)
use these to turn off warnings for most GCC-8 complaints. many
of these are false positives, most of the real bugs are already
commited, or are yet to come.
we plan to introduce versions of (some?) of these that use the
"-Wno-error=" form, which still displays the warnings but does
not make it an error, and all of the above will be re-considered
as either being "fix me" (warning still displayed) or "warning
is wrong."
|
| 1.16 | 15-Dec-2010 |
pooka | branches: 1.16.46;
Use RUMPPRG.
ok Greg Oster
|
| 1.15 | 08-Nov-2010 |
pooka | Update RUMP_ACTION to use rumpclient.
The server must of course have some disks configured. Let's say
we have this simple server with disks as a few sparse host files:
main()
{
rump_init();
rump_pub_etfs_register("/disk1", "./disk1.img", RUMP_ETFS_BLK);
rump_pub_etfs_register("/disk2", "./disk2.img", RUMP_ETFS_BLK);
rump_pub_etfs_register("/disk3", "./disk3.img", RUMP_ETFS_BLK);
rump_pub_etfs_register("/disk4", "./disk4.img", RUMP_ETFS_BLK);
pause();
}
And we run the server:
mainbus0 (root)
Kernelized RAIDframe activated
/disk1: hostpath ./disk1.img (97 GB)
/disk2: hostpath ./disk2.img (97 GB)
/disk3: hostpath ./disk3.img (97 GB)
/disk4: hostpath ./disk4.img (97 GB)
We can then configure the raid against the server:
> ./raidctl -c theraid.conf raid0
And lo, we have evidence of a level1 raid in the server dmesg:
raid0: RAID Level 1
raid0: Components: /disk1 /disk2 /disk3 /disk4
raid0: Total Sectors: 409599744 (199999 MB)
yea, i initialized it already in a previous run:
> ./raidctl -S raid0
Reconstruction is 100% complete.
Parity Re-write is 100% complete.
Copyback is 100% complete.
|
| 1.14 | 11-Oct-2009 |
pooka | close rump kernel file descriptors properly
|
| 1.13 | 11-Oct-2009 |
pooka | Support RUMP_ACTION, i.e. compile-time switch to make this execute
rump syscalls to configure raidframe in a rump kernel.
|
| 1.12 | 27-Jun-2005 |
christos | Move WARNS=3 to the Makefile.inc, and add a little const to the remaining
programs that did not compile before.
|
| 1.11 | 09-Feb-2005 |
xtraeme | Kill __P(), use ANSI function declarations; WARNS=3.
|
| 1.10 | 20-Jan-2005 |
xtraeme | WARNS=2 is the default defined in sbin/Makefile.inc. (thanks wiz)
|
| 1.9 | 04-Oct-2001 |
oster | Remove cruft. We no longer need to look into sys/dev/raidframe to
find the needed include files.
|
| 1.8 | 27-Jan-2001 |
oster | Move parts of a RAID type mapping table from rf_layout.c to rf_configure.c.
This means we don't need to compile or link with rf_layout.c here.
|
| 1.7 | 23-May-2000 |
thorpej | Build with WARNS=2.
|
| 1.6 | 07-Aug-1999 |
oster | Move two functions from rf_strutils.c into rf_configure.c, removing
the need for rf_strutils.c.
|
| 1.5 | 26-Mar-1999 |
oster | Move COPTS to CPPFLAGS. Nuke some no-longer needed compile options.
|
| 1.4 | 04-Feb-1999 |
oster | Add missing NetBSD RCS ID's! Thanks to SAITOH Masanobu (msaitoh@netbsd.org)
for pointing this out.
|
| 1.3 | 18-Jan-1999 |
lukem | no need for CWARNFLAGS; ../Makefile.inc sets WARNS=1
|
| 1.2 | 17-Jan-1999 |
matt | Allow CFLAGS to be set in /etc/mk.conf
|
| 1.1 | 13-Nov-1998 |
oster | RAIDframe, version 1.1, from the Parallel Data Laboratory at
Carnegie Mellon University. Full RAID implementation, including
levels 0, 1, 4, 5, 6, parity logging, and a few other goodies.
Ported to NetBSD by Greg Oster.
raidctl is our userland configuration tool for RAIDframe.
|
| 1.16.46.1 | 13-Apr-2020 |
martin | Mostly merge changes from HEAD upto 20200411
|
| 1.2 | 09-Feb-2011 |
pooka | Exterminate a bug I created in 2009.
|
| 1.1 | 15-Dec-2010 |
pooka | branches: 1.1.2;
Use RUMPPRG.
ok Greg Oster
|
| 1.1.2.1 | 17-Feb-2011 |
bouyer | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.82 | 25-Sep-2023 |
oster | We no longer need the deprecated copyback functionality now that
incorporating a used spare is automatic.
Copyback has always been an issue, as to do a copyback all IO to
the array had to be suspended, and so was very, very unlikely to
have been used in anything resembling a production system.
|
| 1.81 | 21-Sep-2023 |
oster | Implement command-line configuration of simple RAID sets with raidctl
based on the usage pattern:
raidctl <device> create <level> <component1> <component2> ...
For example,
raidctl raid0 create mirror absent /dev/wd1e
will create a RAID level 1 (mirror) set with an absent first component
and /dev/wd1e as the second component. The resulting RAID device will
be marked as auto-configurable, will have a serial number set (based
on the current time), and parity will be initialized. Reasonable
performance values are automatically used by default for other parameters
normally specified in the configuration file.
Also: Only print out Autoconfig status if being verbose.
|
| 1.80 | 17-Sep-2023 |
oster | Implement hot removal of spares and components. From manu@.
Implement a long desired feature of automatically incorporating
a used spare into the array after a reconstruct.
Given the configuration:
Components:
/dev/wd0e: failed
/dev/wd1e: optimal
/dev/wd2e: optimal
Spares:
/dev/wd3e: spare
Running 'raidctl -F /dev/wd0e raid0' will now result in the
following configuration after a successful rebuild:
Components:
/dev/wd3e: optimal
/dev/wd1e: optimal
/dev/wd2e: optimal
No spares.
Thanks to manu@ for the development of the initial set of changes
which allowed the changes to automatically incorporate a used spare
to come to fruition. Thanks also to manu@ for useful discussions
about and additional testing of these changes.
|
| 1.79 | 14-Jun-2022 |
kre | branches: 1.79.2;
Implement "raidctl -t config-file"
This does the same config file parse that -c/-C do, but only
that (hence no raidframe device is needed, or accepted).
Any syntax errors in the config file will be reported, nothing
else happens.
|
| 1.78 | 02-Aug-2021 |
oster | Support on-demand re-scanning all devices to look for
autoconfig RAID sets. raidctl now supports looking
for autoconfig RAID sets with a new '-L' flag.
|
| 1.77 | 27-May-2021 |
wiz | Avoid using Pq.
In this case, the parentheses were wrong when a line was extended.
|
| 1.76 | 27-May-2021 |
mrg | move the basic history i wrote from raidctl(8) to raid(4), and
fix the x86 (thanks simonb) and sparc bootable dates, a couple
of spelling errors.
|
| 1.75 | 26-May-2021 |
mrg | update the list of platforms supporting loading kernels from raid.
expand the HISTORY section to include notable RF moments in netbsd.
bump date.
|
| 1.74 | 18-Jan-2018 |
mrg | branches: 1.74.10;
implement 32-bit compat support for raidframe.
convert several raidframe ioctls to be bitsize idempotent so that
they work the same in 32 and 64 bit worlds, allowing netbsd32 to
configure and query raid properly. remove useless 'row' in a few
places. add COMPAT_80 and put the old ioctls there.
raidframeio.h:
RAIDFRAME_TEST_ACC
- remove, unused
RAIDFRAME_GET_COMPONENT_LABEL
- convert to label not pointer to label
RAIDFRAME_CHECK_RECON_STATUS_EXT
RAIDFRAME_CHECK_PARITYREWRITE_STATUS_EXT
RAIDFRAME_CHECK_COPYBACK_STATUS_EXT
- convert to progress info not pointer to info
RAIDFRAME_GET_INFO
- version entirely.
raidframevar.h:
- rf_recon_req{} has row, flags and raidPtr removed (they're
not a useful part of this interface.)
- RF_Config_s{} and RF_DeviceConfig_s{} have numRow/rows removed.
- RF_RaidDisk_s{} is re-ordered slightly to fix alignment
padding - the actual data was already OK.
- InstallSpareTable() loses row argument
rf_compat32.c has code for RF_Config_s{} in 32 bit mode, used
by RAIDFRAME_CONFIGURE and RAIDFRAME_GET_INFO32.
rf_compat80.c has code for rf_recon_req{}, RF_RaidDisk_s{} and
RF_DeviceConfig_s{} to handle RAIDFRAME_FAIL_DISK,
RAIDFRAME_GET_COMPONENT_LABEL, RAIDFRAME_CHECK_RECON_STATUS_EXT,
RAIDFRAME_CHECK_PARITYREWRITE_STATUS_EXT,
RAIDFRAME_CHECK_COPYBACK_STATUS_EXT, RAIDFRAME_GET_INFO.
move several of the per-ioctl code blocks into separate functions.
add rf_recon_req_internal{} to replace old usage of global
rf_recon_req{} that had unused void * in the structure, ruining
it's 32/64 bit ABI.
add missing case for RAIDFRAME_GET_INFO50.
adjust raid tests to use the new .conf format, and add a case to
test the old method as well.
raidctl:
deal with lack of 'row' members in a couple of places.
fail request no longer takes row.
handle "START array" sections with just "numCol numSpare", ie
no "numRow" specified. for now, generate old-style configuration
but update raidctl.8 to specify the new style (keeping reference
to the old style.)
note that: RF_ComponentLabel_s::{row,num_rows} and
RF_SingleComponent_s::row are obsolete but not removed yet.
|
| 1.73 | 20-Nov-2017 |
kardel | support NAME=<wedge name> syntax for disks and spares
|
| 1.72 | 03-Jul-2017 |
wiz | Remove workaround for ancient HTML generation code.
|
| 1.71 | 06-Jan-2016 |
wiz | branches: 1.71.8;
Use standard sort order for options.
Add -U to usage.
|
| 1.70 | 06-Jan-2016 |
christos | Access to the SET_LAST_UNIT ioctl.
|
| 1.69 | 30-Jun-2015 |
wiz | Bump date for previous. Add whitespace.
Fix some mandoc warnings.
|
| 1.68 | 30-Jun-2015 |
sborrill | Clarify that what was previously known as -A root is now -A forceroot, not
-A softroot and that -A root can still be used for historical reasons.
|
| 1.67 | 03-Apr-2014 |
christos | branches: 1.67.4;
Add the ability to "softroot" mount (i.e. mount root only when the raid
set contains the boot device), as opposed to "hardroot" (the previous
default which forces the raid to be root no matter what).
|
| 1.66 | 07-Oct-2013 |
jdc | Belatedly note root on RAIDframe support for sandpoint.
|
| 1.65 | 20-Sep-2013 |
tron | Note that NetBSD/amd64 can boot of RAID volumes.
|
| 1.64 | 23-Mar-2012 |
njoly | branches: 1.64.2;
Remove unexpected newline between Em macro and text.
|
| 1.63 | 02-Aug-2011 |
wiz | branches: 1.63.2; 1.63.4; 1.63.8; 1.63.10;
New sentence, new line.
|
| 1.62 | 28-Jul-2011 |
buhrow | Document the need for zeroing out the first 64 blocks of a replacement
component in a failed RAID set in order to avoid potentially configuring
RAId 1 sets with erroneous values taken from random extent data in the
replacement component partitions.
|
| 1.61 | 27-Jan-2010 |
wiz | + Fatal errors due to uninitialized components are ignored.
for -C. For dillo@
|
| 1.60 | 27-Jan-2010 |
wiz | Consistently use "START disks" in examples. Bump date.
|
| 1.59 | 17-Nov-2009 |
wiz | Remove trailing whitespace.
|
| 1.58 | 17-Nov-2009 |
jld | Bump date; also fix typo pointed out by snj@.
|
| 1.57 | 17-Nov-2009 |
jld | Finally commit the RAIDframe parity map Summer Of Code project.
Drastically reduces the amount of time spent rewriting parity after an
unclean shutdown by keeping better track of which regions might have had
outstanding writes. Enabled by default; can be disabled on a per-set
basis, or tuned, with the new raidctl(8) commands.
Discussed on tech-kern@ to a general air of approval; exhortations to
commit from mrg@, christos@, and others.
Thanks to Google for their sponsorship, oster@ for mentoring the
project, assorted developers for trying very hard to break it, and
probably more I'm forgetting.
|
| 1.56 | 28-Aug-2008 |
wiz | branches: 1.56.2; 1.56.8;
Drop trailing whitespace.
|
| 1.55 | 26-Aug-2008 |
oster | Bump date (before wizd).
|
| 1.54 | 26-Aug-2008 |
oster | Add description of some of the things 'raidctl -u' doesn't do.
|
| 1.53 | 19-Aug-2008 |
oster | We have the notion of an 'absent' disk, so use that in another example.
|
| 1.52 | 02-May-2008 |
martin | branches: 1.52.2;
Move TNF licenses to 2 clause form
|
| 1.51 | 14-Dec-2007 |
explorer | branches: 1.51.4; 1.51.6;
Fix a minor typo: wd0h was repeated, change second instance to wd1h as is likely intended.
|
| 1.50 | 06-Aug-2007 |
oster | branches: 1.50.2; 1.50.4; 1.50.8;
Talk a bit more about how the size of a RAID set is determined, and
of RF_PROTECTED_SECTORS. Requested by (and with comments from and
thanks to) Christoph (bad@).
|
| 1.49 | 28-Feb-2005 |
wiz | Bump date for previous.
|
| 1.48 | 28-Feb-2005 |
oster | Add a few more lines about the 'Parity status:' output of 'raidctl -s'.
This should address PR#29540.
|
| 1.47 | 01-Feb-2005 |
wiz | Give Dd the full month names as argument.
|
| 1.46 | 31-Jan-2005 |
fredb | Greg Oster just reminded me, I left out "vax".
|
| 1.45 | 31-Jan-2005 |
fredb | Sync with raid(4) regarding the architectures that support booting directly
from RAID 1, using language supplied by Anders Dinson in PR bin/29158, with
some additions by myself.
|
| 1.44 | 24-May-2004 |
wiz | Use Dq instead of quotes; bump date for previous.
|
| 1.43 | 22-May-2004 |
oster | Update docs to reflect the support for the word "absent" in the "disks"
section of RAID config files.
|
| 1.42 | 16-May-2004 |
wiz | Add commas in enumeration; bump date for previous.
|
| 1.41 | 15-May-2004 |
dsl | Add i386 to the list of systems that support booting from raid1.
RAID(4) also needs changing - if someone knows where the source is....
|
| 1.40 | 11-Apr-2004 |
snj | Bump date for last.
|
| 1.39 | 11-Apr-2004 |
oster | Swapping to RAID 5 is happy now. Remove indications to the contrary.
|
| 1.38 | 29-Feb-2004 |
oster | branches: 1.38.2;
Note in the description of hot-adding components that a component label is
not required for the component. Thanks to David Maxwell for the
documentation suggestion.
|
| 1.37 | 02-Nov-2003 |
wiz | Bump date for previous.
|
| 1.36 | 02-Nov-2003 |
oster | Add a couple little warnings about swapping to RAID 5 sets.
(it currently doesn't work.)
|
| 1.35 | 25-Feb-2003 |
wiz | .Nm does not need a dummy argument ("") before punctuation or
for correct formatting of the SYNOPSIS any longer.
|
| 1.34 | 16-Nov-2002 |
wiz | Remove trailing space.
|
| 1.33 | 16-Nov-2002 |
oster | Catch up on some documentation stuff:
- add a note about adding 'swapoff=YES' to /etc/rc.conf
- add a note about not using raid0[cd] for a filesystem.
- filesystems -> file systems
|
| 1.32 | 01-Oct-2002 |
wiz | Use more markup.
|
| 1.31 | 01-Oct-2002 |
wiz | New sentence, new line. By Robert Elz with minimal fixes.
|
| 1.30 | 11-Jul-2002 |
wiz | Remove duplicate 'to'. From Ryo HAYASAKA in bin/17562.
|
| 1.29 | 08-Feb-2002 |
ross | branches: 1.29.2;
Generate <>& symbolically. I'm avoiding .../dist/... directories for now.
|
| 1.28 | 21-Jan-2002 |
wiz | Drop trailing whitespace.
|
| 1.27 | 20-Jan-2002 |
oster | Add a description of how to possibly recover a RAID set in the
event of a multiple disk failure.
|
| 1.26 | 16-Nov-2001 |
wiz | Don't abuse -unfilled for -literal; sort sections, sort SEE ALSO, drop
lots of unnecessary .Pps.
|
| 1.25 | 16-Nov-2001 |
wiz | Whitespace nits
|
| 1.24 | 10-Jul-2001 |
lukem | * add -G, which lists the configuration of the given raid set in the
same configuration format that -c and -C use.
this is useful if you're using autoconfig and you've misplaced the
/etc/raidXXX.conf files
* "filesystem" -> "file system", and other man page cleanups.
|
| 1.23 | 05-Jun-2001 |
wiz | Drop arguments of .Os.
|
| 1.22 | 27-Oct-2000 |
oster | - cleanup wording and add additional comments on such things as
"component1" and "raidctl -A yes"
- add a note about how to build a RAID set with a limited number of disks
(thanks to Simon Burge for suggestions)
- improve layout of 'raidctl -i' discussion (thanks to Hubert Feyrer)
- add a (small) section on Performance Tuning
|
| 1.21 | 10-Aug-2000 |
oster | Clarify a few things about parity. Add more documentation about RAID on RAID,
and root on RAID.
|
| 1.20 | 05-Jul-2000 |
oster | Add a .Sq for single quotes, instead of doing it by hand.
Fixes a formatting problem noted by Hubert Feyrer (Thanks Hubert!).
|
| 1.19 | 02-Jun-2000 |
oster | branches: 1.19.2;
Slight wording improvement on the 'raidctl -R' case.
|
| 1.18 | 29-May-2000 |
oster | Fix up some single quotes that messed up a line. (Thanks Wiz!)
|
| 1.17 | 26-Feb-2000 |
oster | branches: 1.17.2;
Update for 'options RAID_AUTOCONFIG'.
|
| 1.16 | 26-Feb-2000 |
oster | Add a few more examples, and a summary.
|
| 1.15 | 25-Feb-2000 |
oster | More updates, spelling fixes, etc.
|
| 1.14 | 25-Feb-2000 |
oster | First revamp of the docs. This is still work-in-progress. More to come
shortly.
|
| 1.13 | 24-Feb-2000 |
oster | Document the new autoconfiguration switches, and update the Usage: line.
More doc changes expected soon.
|
| 1.12 | 22-Jan-2000 |
wiz | it's -> its
|
| 1.11 | 05-Jan-2000 |
oster | - add '-v' (Verbose) option, which, most notably, provides
a spiffy lukemftp-inspired progress bar for parity re-writing,
reconstructs, copybacks, et al.
- make 'raidctl -P' wait until the parity has been updated before exiting
(it waited previously, but only because the parity re-write ioctl wouldn't
exit until the parity was successfully re-written)
|
| 1.10 | 19-Nov-1999 |
kristerw | Typos (from OpenBSD)
|
| 1.9 | 10-Aug-1999 |
oster | branches: 1.9.4;
Add two more options to raidctl:
-p check (and return) the status of the parity
-P check the status of the parity, and rebuild if necessary
Addresses PR#7494
|
| 1.8 | 24-Mar-1999 |
mycroft | Remove blank lines.
|
| 1.7 | 06-Mar-1999 |
mycroft | Fix minor formatting error.
|
| 1.6 | 06-Mar-1999 |
mycroft | Fix minor formatting error.
|
| 1.5 | 02-Mar-1999 |
oster | Update for recent changes: component labels, clean bits, adding hot
spares, and rebuilding components in-place. Re-arrange the
letters/options to make more sense (and make better use of the alphabet).
|
| 1.4 | 18-Feb-1999 |
msaitoh | fix typo
|
| 1.3 | 04-Feb-1999 |
oster | Add missing NetBSD RCS ID's! Thanks to SAITOH Masanobu (msaitoh@netbsd.org)
for pointing this out.
|
| 1.2 | 10-Jan-1999 |
simonb | Fix tpyo.
|
| 1.1 | 13-Nov-1998 |
oster | Oops. Forgot the man-page for 'raidctl' when the rest of 'raidctl' went in.
|
| 1.9.4.1 | 27-Dec-1999 |
wrstuden | Pull up to last week's -current.
|
| 1.17.2.1 | 22-Jun-2000 |
minoura | Sync w/ netbsd-1-5-base.
|
| 1.19.2.3 | 30-Oct-2000 |
tv | Pullup 1.22 [oster]:
- cleanup wording and add additional comments on such things as
"component1" and "raidctl -A yes"
- add a note about how to build a RAID set with a limited number of disks
(thanks to Simon Burge for suggestions)
- improve layout of 'raidctl -i' discussion (thanks to Hubert Feyrer)
- add a (small) section on Performance Tuning
|
| 1.19.2.2 | 10-Aug-2000 |
oster | Pullup of 1.20->1.21 (approved by thorpej)
Clarify a few things about parity. Add more documentation about RAID on RAID,
and root on RAID.
|
| 1.19.2.1 | 05-Jul-2000 |
oster | Add a .Sq for single quotes, instead of doing it by hand.
Fixes a formatting problem.
Approved by: thorpej
|
| 1.29.2.1 | 09-Apr-2004 |
jmc | Pullup patch (requested by oster in ticket #1555)
Add a couple little warnings about swapping to RAID 5 sets.
|
| 1.38.2.2 | 23-May-2004 |
tron | branches: 1.38.2.2.2;
Pull up revision 1.43 (requested by oster in ticket #378):
Update docs to reflect the support for the word "absent" in the "disks"
section of RAID config files.
|
| 1.38.2.1 | 12-Apr-2004 |
grant | Pull up revisions 1.39-1.40 (requested by oster in ticket #130):
Swapping to RAID 5 is happy now. Remove indications to the contrary.
|
| 1.38.2.2.2.1 | 05-May-2005 |
riz | Pull up revision 1.41-1.42, 1.44-1.46 (requested by fredb in ticket #1151):
Sync raidctl(8) with raid(4) regarding booting from RAID 1.
|
| 1.50.8.2 | 06-Aug-2007 |
oster | Talk a bit more about how the size of a RAID set is determined, and
of RF_PROTECTED_SECTORS. Requested by (and with comments from and
thanks to) Christoph (bad@).
|
| 1.50.8.1 | 06-Aug-2007 |
oster | file raidctl.8 was added on branch matt-mips64 on 2007-08-06 19:44:17 +0000
|
| 1.50.4.1 | 27-Dec-2007 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.50.2.1 | 09-Jan-2008 |
matt | sync with HEAD
|
| 1.51.6.1 | 18-May-2008 |
yamt | sync with head.
|
| 1.51.4.2 | 28-Sep-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.51.4.1 | 02-Jun-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.52.2.1 | 18-Sep-2008 |
wrstuden | Sync with wrstuden-revivesa-base-2.
|
| 1.56.8.1 | 21-Apr-2010 |
matt | sync to netbsd-5
|
| 1.56.2.2 | 20-Sep-2013 |
riz | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by tron in ticket #1879):
sbin/raidctl/raidctl.8: revision 1.65
Note that NetBSD/amd64 can boot off RAID volumes.
|
| 1.56.2.1 | 10-Dec-2009 |
snj | branches: 1.56.2.1.2; 1.56.2.1.6;
Pull up following revision(s) (requested by tron in ticket #1187):
sbin/raidctl/raidctl.8: revisions 1.57-1.59 via patch
sbin/raidctl/raidctl.c: revision 1.42 via patch
sys/dev/raidframe/files.raidframe: revision 1.8 via patch
sys/dev/raidframe/rf_copyback.c: revision 1.42 via patch
sys/dev/raidframe/rf_disks.c: revision 1.72 via patch
sys/dev/raidframe/rf_driver.c: revision 1.122 via patch
sys/dev/raidframe/rf_engine.c: revision 1.40 via patch
sys/dev/raidframe/rf_kintf.h: revision 1.21 via patch
sys/dev/raidframe/rf_netbsdkintf.c: revision 1.269 via patch
sys/dev/raidframe/rf_paritymap.c: revisions 1.1-1.3 via patch
sys/dev/raidframe/rf_paritymap.h: revision 1.1 via patch
sys/dev/raidframe/rf_parityscan.c: revision 1.33 via patch
sys/dev/raidframe/rf_parityscan.h: revision 1.8 via patch
sys/dev/raidframe/rf_raid.h: revision 1.38 via patch
sys/dev/raidframe/rf_reconstruct.c: revision 1.108 via patch
sys/dev/raidframe/rf_states.c: revision 1.44 via patch
sys/dev/raidframe/raidframeio.h: revision 1.6 via patch
sys/dev/raidframe/raidframevar.h: revision 1.13 via patch
Pull up the RAIDframe parity map Summer Of Code project.
Drastically reduces the amount of time spent rewriting parity after an
unclean shutdown by keeping better track of which regions might have had
outstanding writes. Enabled by default; can be disabled on a per-set
basis, or tuned, with the new raidctl(8) commands.
|
| 1.56.2.1.6.1 | 20-Sep-2013 |
riz | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by tron in ticket #1879):
sbin/raidctl/raidctl.8: revision 1.65
Note that NetBSD/amd64 can boot off RAID volumes.
|
| 1.56.2.1.2.1 | 20-Sep-2013 |
riz | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by tron in ticket #1879):
sbin/raidctl/raidctl.8: revision 1.65
Note that NetBSD/amd64 can boot off RAID volumes.
|
| 1.63.10.1 | 20-Sep-2013 |
riz | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by tron in ticket #948):
sbin/raidctl/raidctl.8: revision 1.65
Note that NetBSD/amd64 can boot off RAID volumes.
|
| 1.63.8.1 | 20-Sep-2013 |
riz | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by tron in ticket #948):
sbin/raidctl/raidctl.8: revision 1.65
Note that NetBSD/amd64 can boot off RAID volumes.
|
| 1.63.4.1 | 20-Sep-2013 |
riz | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by tron in ticket #948):
sbin/raidctl/raidctl.8: revision 1.65
Note that NetBSD/amd64 can boot off RAID volumes.
|
| 1.63.2.2 | 22-May-2014 |
yamt | sync with head.
for a reference, the tree before this commit was tagged
as yamt-pagecache-tag8.
this commit was splitted into small chunks to avoid
a limitation of cvs. ("Protocol error: too many arguments")
|
| 1.63.2.1 | 17-Apr-2012 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.64.2.1 | 20-Aug-2014 |
tls | Rebase to HEAD as of a few days ago.
|
| 1.67.4.2 | 14-Jul-2017 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by christos in ticket #1457):
sbin/raidctl/raidctl.c: revision 1.64
sbin/raidctl/raidctl.8: revision 1.70
sys/dev/raidframe/rf_netbsdkintf.c: revision 1.341
sys/dev/raidframe/raidframeio.h: revision 1.7
Add a SET_LAST_UNIT ioctl.
Access to the SET_LAST_UNIT ioctl.
|
| 1.67.4.1 | 05-Jul-2015 |
snj | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by sborrill in ticket #863):
sbin/raidctl/raidctl.8: revisions 1.68, 1.69
Clarify that what was previously known as -A root is now -A forceroot, not
-A softroot and that -A root can still be used for historical reasons.
--
Bump date for previous. Add whitespace.
Fix some mandoc warnings.
|
| 1.71.8.1 | 10-Sep-2018 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by nakayama in ticket #1019):
sbin/raidctl/rf_configure.h: revision 1.2
sbin/raidctl/rf_configure.c: revision 1.27
sbin/raidctl/rf_configure.c: revision 1.28
sbin/raidctl/rf_configure.c: revision 1.29
sbin/raidctl/raidctl.8: revision 1.73
sbin/raidctl/rf_configure.c: revision 1.30
sbin/raidctl/rf_configure.c: revision 1.31
sbin/raidctl/rf_configure.c: revision 1.32
support NAME=<wedge name> syntax for disks and spares
-
stop using magic constants
wrap long lines
use warn{,x}
make static
knf
-
White space and comment formatting. NFC.
-
With char bug[SIZE] using sizeof(bug[0]) is kind of boring, use
sizeof(bug) instead...
-
Avoid needless pointer calisthenics: &foo[0] -> foo
-
Several more cleanups:
1. Don't force use of "for" when "while" works better.
2. No need to check c != '\0' when we also check (c == ' ' || c == '\t')
3. Use the size of the buffer we're using, rather than a different one
(not really a concern, they're the same size)
4. Don't use fscanf() to read file data, use fgets() & sscanf().
5. After using a pointer as a char *, validate alignment before switching
to int * (can only fail if kernel #define gets set stupidly) Or #6...
6. Validate sparemap file name isn't too long for assigned space.
7. recognise that strlen() returns size_t - don't shove it into an int.
8. On out of mem, be more clear which allocation failed in warning msg.
ATF tests all pass. But I don't think they use sparemap files.
|
| 1.74.10.1 | 31-May-2021 |
cjep | sync with head
|
| 1.79.2.2 | 28-Apr-2024 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by oster in ticket #675):
sbin/raidctl/raidctl.8: revision 1.81
sbin/raidctl/raidctl.c: revision 1.80
Implement command-line configuration of simple RAID sets with raidctl
based on the usage pattern:
raidctl <device> create <level> <component1> <component2> ...
For example,
raidctl raid0 create mirror absent /dev/wd1e
will create a RAID level 1 (mirror) set with an absent first component
and /dev/wd1e as the second component. The resulting RAID device will
be marked as auto-configurable, will have a serial number set (based
on the current time), and parity will be initialized. Reasonable
performance values are automatically used by default for other parameters
normally specified in the configuration file.
Also: Only print out Autoconfig status if being verbose.
|
| 1.79.2.1 | 28-Apr-2024 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by oster in ticket #674):
sys/dev/raidframe/rf_raid.h: revision 1.52
sbin/raidctl/raidctl.8: revision 1.80
sys/dev/raidframe/rf_driver.c: revision 1.141
sys/dev/raidframe/rf_disks.c: revision 1.94
sys/dev/raidframe/rf_diskqueue.c: revision 1.64
sys/dev/raidframe/rf_diskqueue.h: revision 1.30
sys/dev/raidframe/rf_disks.h: revision 1.15
sys/dev/raidframe/rf_netbsdkintf.c: revision 1.414
sys/dev/raidframe/rf_reconstruct.c: revision 1.129
sys/dev/raidframe/raidframeio.h: revision 1.12
sbin/raidctl/raidctl.c: revision 1.79
Implement hot removal of spares and components. From manu@.
Implement a long desired feature of automatically incorporating
a used spare into the array after a reconstruct.
Given the configuration:
Components:
/dev/wd0e: failed
/dev/wd1e: optimal
/dev/wd2e: optimal
Spares:
/dev/wd3e: spare
Running 'raidctl -F /dev/wd0e raid0' will now result in the
following configuration after a successful rebuild:
Components:
/dev/wd3e: optimal
/dev/wd1e: optimal
/dev/wd2e: optimal
No spares.
Thanks to manu@ for the development of the initial set of changes
which allowed the changes to automatically incorporate a used spare
to come to fruition. Thanks also to manu@ for useful discussions
about and additional testing of these changes.
|
| 1.86 | 05-Nov-2024 |
rillig | raidctl: fix <ctype.h> usage, remove redundant break statements
|
| 1.85 | 05-Nov-2024 |
rillig | raidctl: trim trailing whitespace
|
| 1.84 | 05-Nov-2024 |
rillig | raidctl: remove unused and undocumented option '-B'
|
| 1.83 | 10-Feb-2024 |
andvar | branches: 1.83.2;
fix various typos in comments and log messages.
|
| 1.82 | 25-Sep-2023 |
oster | We no longer need the deprecated copyback functionality now that
incorporating a used spare is automatic.
Copyback has always been an issue, as to do a copyback all IO to
the array had to be suspended, and so was very, very unlikely to
have been used in anything resembling a production system.
|
| 1.81 | 21-Sep-2023 |
oster | Remove a couple of unneeded comments.
|
| 1.80 | 21-Sep-2023 |
oster | Implement command-line configuration of simple RAID sets with raidctl
based on the usage pattern:
raidctl <device> create <level> <component1> <component2> ...
For example,
raidctl raid0 create mirror absent /dev/wd1e
will create a RAID level 1 (mirror) set with an absent first component
and /dev/wd1e as the second component. The resulting RAID device will
be marked as auto-configurable, will have a serial number set (based
on the current time), and parity will be initialized. Reasonable
performance values are automatically used by default for other parameters
normally specified in the configuration file.
Also: Only print out Autoconfig status if being verbose.
|
| 1.79 | 17-Sep-2023 |
oster | Implement hot removal of spares and components. From manu@.
Implement a long desired feature of automatically incorporating
a used spare into the array after a reconstruct.
Given the configuration:
Components:
/dev/wd0e: failed
/dev/wd1e: optimal
/dev/wd2e: optimal
Spares:
/dev/wd3e: spare
Running 'raidctl -F /dev/wd0e raid0' will now result in the
following configuration after a successful rebuild:
Components:
/dev/wd3e: optimal
/dev/wd1e: optimal
/dev/wd2e: optimal
No spares.
Thanks to manu@ for the development of the initial set of changes
which allowed the changes to automatically incorporate a used spare
to come to fruition. Thanks also to manu@ for useful discussions
about and additional testing of these changes.
|
| 1.78 | 14-Jun-2022 |
kre | branches: 1.78.2;
Implement "raidctl -t config-file"
This does the same config file parse that -c/-C do, but only
that (hence no raidframe device is needed, or accepted).
Any syntax errors in the config file will be reported, nothing
else happens.
|
| 1.77 | 14-Jun-2022 |
kre | In the previous (and some earlier) version(s) of raidctl.c
the following comment appeared:
/*
* After NetBSD 9, convert this to not output the numRow's value,
* which is no longer required or ever used.
*/
We are after NetBSD 9 (well after). The change requested in that
comment is made here, and the comment is thus removed.
A couple of places in rf_configure.c where a value for the "rows"
parameter was output in an error message (always simply as the
constant 0) have also been updated (those messages will no longer
include "row 0", which they always said previously). One of them
was also slightly reworded to be clearer what problem it was
experiencing (when it said 'unable to get device file' it meant
it was unable to locate the name for the device in the config file,
not that it was found, and there was some other problem with it).
|
| 1.76 | 14-Jun-2022 |
kre | Reorder the getopts() switch () (slightly) to sort the options. NFCI.
|
| 1.75 | 14-Jun-2022 |
kre | KNF (whitespace & 80 column limits) - NFCI.
This is the first of a series of 5 commits in this
directory, all coming within minutes or now.
|
| 1.74 | 02-Aug-2021 |
oster | Support on-demand re-scanning all devices to look for
autoconfig RAID sets. raidctl now supports looking
for autoconfig RAID sets with a new '-L' flag.
|
| 1.73 | 01-Aug-2021 |
oster | Move case 'l' to be in sorted order. No functional change.
|
| 1.72 | 13-Sep-2020 |
mlelstv | Allow components to be specified by wedge name.
|
| 1.71 | 26-Sep-2019 |
mlelstv | Need MIN in userland. Also some more signed/unsigned clashes.
|
| 1.70 | 26-Sep-2019 |
mlelstv | nspares is now unsigned. Validate and use as positive integer.
|
| 1.69 | 06-Feb-2019 |
oster | Correct printed IOCTL name that was incorrect since rev 1.5.
|
| 1.68 | 04-Feb-2019 |
mrg | - add the string length as an explicit parameter to get_time_string()
- remove casts when the same type is used on both sides
- expand hours_buffer[] to fit the range of hours in an 'int'
- add a work around for the sprintf() truncation checker that fails
to detect that 'minutes' and 'seconds' have a small range
|
| 1.67 | 24-Mar-2018 |
nakayama | branches: 1.67.2;
Follow the ioctl arg changes of RAIDFRAME_GET_COMPONENT_LABEL and
RAIDFRAME_CHECK_*_STATUS_EXT.
This should fix strange raidctl -s outputs reported in
current-users ML.
|
| 1.66 | 18-Jan-2018 |
mrg | branches: 1.66.2;
implement 32-bit compat support for raidframe.
convert several raidframe ioctls to be bitsize idempotent so that
they work the same in 32 and 64 bit worlds, allowing netbsd32 to
configure and query raid properly. remove useless 'row' in a few
places. add COMPAT_80 and put the old ioctls there.
raidframeio.h:
RAIDFRAME_TEST_ACC
- remove, unused
RAIDFRAME_GET_COMPONENT_LABEL
- convert to label not pointer to label
RAIDFRAME_CHECK_RECON_STATUS_EXT
RAIDFRAME_CHECK_PARITYREWRITE_STATUS_EXT
RAIDFRAME_CHECK_COPYBACK_STATUS_EXT
- convert to progress info not pointer to info
RAIDFRAME_GET_INFO
- version entirely.
raidframevar.h:
- rf_recon_req{} has row, flags and raidPtr removed (they're
not a useful part of this interface.)
- RF_Config_s{} and RF_DeviceConfig_s{} have numRow/rows removed.
- RF_RaidDisk_s{} is re-ordered slightly to fix alignment
padding - the actual data was already OK.
- InstallSpareTable() loses row argument
rf_compat32.c has code for RF_Config_s{} in 32 bit mode, used
by RAIDFRAME_CONFIGURE and RAIDFRAME_GET_INFO32.
rf_compat80.c has code for rf_recon_req{}, RF_RaidDisk_s{} and
RF_DeviceConfig_s{} to handle RAIDFRAME_FAIL_DISK,
RAIDFRAME_GET_COMPONENT_LABEL, RAIDFRAME_CHECK_RECON_STATUS_EXT,
RAIDFRAME_CHECK_PARITYREWRITE_STATUS_EXT,
RAIDFRAME_CHECK_COPYBACK_STATUS_EXT, RAIDFRAME_GET_INFO.
move several of the per-ioctl code blocks into separate functions.
add rf_recon_req_internal{} to replace old usage of global
rf_recon_req{} that had unused void * in the structure, ruining
it's 32/64 bit ABI.
add missing case for RAIDFRAME_GET_INFO50.
adjust raid tests to use the new .conf format, and add a case to
test the old method as well.
raidctl:
deal with lack of 'row' members in a couple of places.
fail request no longer takes row.
handle "START array" sections with just "numCol numSpare", ie
no "numRow" specified. for now, generate old-style configuration
but update raidctl.8 to specify the new style (keeping reference
to the old style.)
note that: RF_ComponentLabel_s::{row,num_rows} and
RF_SingleComponent_s::row are obsolete but not removed yet.
|
| 1.65 | 06-Jan-2016 |
wiz | Use standard sort order for options.
Add -U to usage.
|
| 1.64 | 06-Jan-2016 |
christos | Access to the SET_LAST_UNIT ioctl.
|
| 1.63 | 08-Sep-2015 |
bad | Rename argument of rf_output_devname() from devname to name to avoid a
warning about shadowing a global symbol when compiled by buildrump.sh.
Discussed with mrg.
|
| 1.62 | 21-Jul-2015 |
mrg | convert "component*" into "absent" for "START disks" part of the
output from "raidctl -G". now this actually works when fed back
into raidctl -[cC].
|
| 1.61 | 30-Jun-2015 |
sborrill | Compare correct length string for force option to -A
|
| 1.60 | 26-Jun-2015 |
pooka | &stars[offset] -> stars+offset. It's shorter!
Coincidentally, the change also works around a gcc 5.1 bug which causes
a segmentation fault when trying to compile the longer version (guess
the compiler got exhausted, or something).
https://gcc.gnu.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=66345
|
| 1.59 | 27-May-2015 |
christos | use strtou
|
| 1.58 | 27-May-2015 |
manu | Better sanity check numbers given to raidctl(8)
Replace atoi(3) by strtol(3), and check that numbers are valid,
positive, and in int32_t range. The previous lack of check could
silently lead to the same serial being set to all RAID volumes
for instance because given numbers were bigger than INT_MAX. The
consequence is in an awful mess when RAIDframe would mix volumes...
|
| 1.57 | 03-Apr-2014 |
christos | branches: 1.57.4;
Add the ability to "softroot" mount (i.e. mount root only when the raid
set contains the boot device), as opposed to "hardroot" (the previous
default which forces the raid to be root no matter what).
|
| 1.56 | 19-Oct-2013 |
christos | fix unused variable warnings.
|
| 1.55 | 12-Oct-2011 |
christos | branches: 1.55.2; 1.55.4; 1.55.8;
PR/45456: Tetsuya Isaki: Don't mix stdio and write.
|
| 1.54 | 28-Sep-2011 |
mrg | print the serial number as an unsigned number.
|
| 1.53 | 29-Aug-2011 |
joerg | Use __dead
|
| 1.52 | 19-Feb-2011 |
enami | Define accessors for number of blocks and partition size in the
component label and use them where appropriate. Disscussed on tech-kern.
|
| 1.51 | 09-Feb-2011 |
pooka | Exterminate a bug I created in 2009.
|
| 1.50 | 15-Dec-2010 |
pooka | branches: 1.50.2;
Use RUMPPRG.
ok Greg Oster
|
| 1.49 | 08-Nov-2010 |
pooka | Update RUMP_ACTION to use rumpclient.
The server must of course have some disks configured. Let's say
we have this simple server with disks as a few sparse host files:
main()
{
rump_init();
rump_pub_etfs_register("/disk1", "./disk1.img", RUMP_ETFS_BLK);
rump_pub_etfs_register("/disk2", "./disk2.img", RUMP_ETFS_BLK);
rump_pub_etfs_register("/disk3", "./disk3.img", RUMP_ETFS_BLK);
rump_pub_etfs_register("/disk4", "./disk4.img", RUMP_ETFS_BLK);
pause();
}
And we run the server:
mainbus0 (root)
Kernelized RAIDframe activated
/disk1: hostpath ./disk1.img (97 GB)
/disk2: hostpath ./disk2.img (97 GB)
/disk3: hostpath ./disk3.img (97 GB)
/disk4: hostpath ./disk4.img (97 GB)
We can then configure the raid against the server:
> ./raidctl -c theraid.conf raid0
And lo, we have evidence of a level1 raid in the server dmesg:
raid0: RAID Level 1
raid0: Components: /disk1 /disk2 /disk3 /disk4
raid0: Total Sectors: 409599744 (199999 MB)
yea, i initialized it already in a previous run:
> ./raidctl -S raid0
Reconstruction is 100% complete.
Parity Re-write is 100% complete.
Copyback is 100% complete.
|
| 1.48 | 16-Mar-2010 |
jld | Give a more polite message for `raidctl -m` on a non-parity RAID set.
|
| 1.47 | 13-Mar-2010 |
plunky | fix sign-compare issue
|
| 1.46 | 13-Mar-2010 |
jld | Exclude parity map regions that don't actually exist from the dirty region count
in `raidctl -m`. Makes for less confusing output during `raidctl -i`.
|
| 1.45 | 27-Jan-2010 |
christos | use warn/err appropriately.
|
| 1.44 | 27-Jan-2010 |
pooka | error message: \n\n -> \n
|
| 1.43 | 10-Dec-2009 |
jld | Slight change to the wording of the parity map info: the parity is
"marked clean" after however much inactivity; it is *actually* clean
as soon as the component disks all do their thing (on the order of ms,
usually), just the same as before.
The bikeshed is now less of a taupe and more of an ecru.
|
| 1.42 | 17-Nov-2009 |
jld | Finally commit the RAIDframe parity map Summer Of Code project.
Drastically reduces the amount of time spent rewriting parity after an
unclean shutdown by keeping better track of which regions might have had
outstanding writes. Enabled by default; can be disabled on a per-set
basis, or tuned, with the new raidctl(8) commands.
Discussed on tech-kern@ to a general air of approval; exhortations to
commit from mrg@, christos@, and others.
Thanks to Google for their sponsorship, oster@ for mentoring the
project, assorted developers for trying very hard to break it, and
probably more I'm forgetting.
|
| 1.41 | 11-Oct-2009 |
pooka | Support RUMP_ACTION, i.e. compile-time switch to make this execute
rump syscalls to configure raidframe in a rump kernel.
|
| 1.40 | 26-Jan-2009 |
tron | Use correct format to print the "numBlocks" element in a RAIDframe
component label. raidctl(8) should now print the correct number of
blocks for RAID sets larger than 1TB.
Patch supplied by Bernhard Moellemann in PR bin/40479.
|
| 1.39 | 28-Apr-2008 |
martin | branches: 1.39.4;
Remove clause 3 and 4 from TNF licenses
|
| 1.38 | 02-Jun-2005 |
lukem | branches: 1.38.4; 1.38.16; 1.38.20; 1.38.22;
appease gcc -Wuninitialized
|
| 1.37 | 01-May-2005 |
oster | Cleanup the meter code a bit -- a bunch of stuff wasn't even being used.
Fix a few overflow issues. (Thanks to beefy and pooka, among others)
|
| 1.36 | 09-Feb-2005 |
xtraeme | branches: 1.36.2;
Kill __P(), use ANSI function declarations; WARNS=3.
|
| 1.35 | 29-Feb-2004 |
oster | As suggested by Paul Ripke, have raidctl use raw devices by default.
|
| 1.34 | 21-Oct-2003 |
fvdl | Don't compare argc to NULL.
|
| 1.33 | 23-Jun-2003 |
agc | Add NetBSD RCS Ids.
|
| 1.32 | 15-Apr-2003 |
itojun | correct questionable use of strncpy().
|
| 1.31 | 16-Nov-2002 |
oster | Cleanup and update usage().
|
| 1.30 | 21-Mar-2002 |
simonb | Open the raid device read-only for the commands that don't need
write access. With the default set up this allows users in group
operator to query the status of the raid devices.
Fixes PR admin/15840.
|
| 1.29 | 04-Oct-2001 |
oster | rf_configure.c
- remove dependence on stuff in sys/dev/raidframe
- now rely on <dev/raidframe/*>
- bring in some needed prototypes for local functions
- nuke RF_ASSERT's.
- drag in some needed RF_ERRORMSG's
raidctl.c
- rely on <dev/raidframe/*>
- welcome to the New Way of doing RAIDframe #includes.
(No functional changes.)
|
| 1.28 | 26-Sep-2001 |
oster | Since this is the only place it's used, nuke RF_DEV2RAIDID and
replace it with DISKUNIT.
|
| 1.27 | 10-Jul-2001 |
lukem | * add -G, which lists the configuration of the given raid set in the
same configuration format that -c and -C use.
this is useful if you're using autoconfig and you've misplaced the
/etc/raidXXX.conf files
* "filesystem" -> "file system", and other man page cleanups.
|
| 1.26 | 19-Feb-2001 |
cgd | convert to use getprogname()
|
| 1.25 | 31-Oct-2000 |
lukem | - use opendisk(3) instead of homegrown solution
- separate items in -s output with commas; much easier to read
- add maxOutstanding (aka queue len) to -s output
- sort #includes (per knf)
|
| 1.24 | 19-Aug-2000 |
oster | It is impolite to poll in a tight loop. (Thanks to Christos for noting
the problem.)
|
| 1.23 | 03-Jun-2000 |
oster | branches: 1.23.2;
In certain cases (e.g. where it makes sense) read/display the
component label for spare disks too.
|
| 1.22 | 31-May-2000 |
oster | Make sure we handle the 'no progress' case properly.
Thanks to Manuel Bouyer for noting the problem (and supplying a patch!).
|
| 1.21 | 28-May-2000 |
oster | Obtaining component labels from spares is not supported yet, but add
some code that makes some progress in that direction.
|
| 1.20 | 28-May-2000 |
oster | Cleanup ETA calculation stuff.
|
| 1.19 | 28-May-2000 |
oster | Have raidctl use the fine-grained progress info. ETA calculation stuff
needs to be cleaned up.
|
| 1.18 | 23-May-2000 |
thorpej | branches: 1.18.2;
Build with WARNS=2.
|
| 1.17 | 23-May-2000 |
thorpej | ioctl(2) commands are u_long, so do_meter() must take the same.
|
| 1.16 | 14-Apr-2000 |
simonb | Don't declare 'extern opt*' getopt variables.
|
| 1.15 | 23-Mar-2000 |
oster | When displaying component labels, indicate whether or not the set is
marked as being the one that should be used for the root partition.
|
| 1.14 | 25-Feb-2000 |
oster | Reorganize a few things. Make the general status ('-s') a bit more verbose
by including component labels, and less verbose by removing some other stuff.
|
| 1.13 | 24-Feb-2000 |
oster | Document the new autoconfiguration switches, and update the Usage: line.
More doc changes expected soon.
|
| 1.12 | 13-Feb-2000 |
oster | - support for autoconfig setup and / on RAID setup
- new parts are still work-in-progress (no docs yet either)
|
| 1.11 | 09-Jan-2000 |
oster | Nuke a debugging printf that I forgot to remove before last commit.
|
| 1.10 | 05-Jan-2000 |
oster | - add '-v' (Verbose) option, which, most notably, provides
a spiffy lukemftp-inspired progress bar for parity re-writing,
reconstructs, copybacks, et al.
- make 'raidctl -P' wait until the parity has been updated before exiting
(it waited previously, but only because the parity re-write ioctl wouldn't
exit until the parity was successfully re-written)
|
| 1.9 | 15-Aug-1999 |
oster | rf_MakeConfig succeeds only if it returns 0, not if it returns
values 0 or greater.
|
| 1.8 | 15-Aug-1999 |
oster | Display the parity status as part of the status ('-s') display.
|
| 1.7 | 10-Aug-1999 |
oster | Add two more options to raidctl:
-p check (and return) the status of the parity
-P check the status of the parity, and rebuild if necessary
Addresses PR#7494
|
| 1.6 | 02-Mar-1999 |
oster | Update for recent changes: component labels, clean bits, adding hot
spares, and rebuilding components in-place. Re-arrange the
letters/options to make more sense (and make better use of the alphabet).
|
| 1.5 | 24-Feb-1999 |
oster | Clean things up a bit. Teach raidctl a little about component labels
and hot-adding of spares. New code is there, but not enabled (yet).
|
| 1.4 | 04-Feb-1999 |
oster | Add missing NetBSD RCS ID's! Thanks to SAITOH Masanobu (msaitoh@netbsd.org)
for pointing this out.
|
| 1.3 | 26-Jan-1999 |
oster | Take care of a few minor things due to the major RAIDframe cleanup.
Again, no functionality changes.
|
| 1.2 | 12-Jan-1999 |
mjacob | recover from errno.h changes
|
| 1.1 | 13-Nov-1998 |
oster | RAIDframe, version 1.1, from the Parallel Data Laboratory at
Carnegie Mellon University. Full RAID implementation, including
levels 0, 1, 4, 5, 6, parity logging, and a few other goodies.
Ported to NetBSD by Greg Oster.
raidctl is our userland configuration tool for RAIDframe.
|
| 1.18.2.1 | 22-Jun-2000 |
minoura | Sync w/ netbsd-1-5-base.
|
| 1.23.2.1 | 19-Aug-2000 |
oster | Pullup 1.23->1.24. Approved by thorpej.
It is impolite to poll in a tight loop. (Thanks to Christos for noting
the problem.)
|
| 1.36.2.2 | 31-Jan-2009 |
bouyer | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by tron in ticket #1989):
sbin/raidctl/raidctl.c: revision 1.40
Use correct format to print the "numBlocks" element in a RAIDframe
component label. raidctl(8) should now print the correct number of
blocks for RAID sets larger than 1TB.
Patch supplied by Bernhard Moellemann in PR bin/40479.
|
| 1.36.2.1 | 28-May-2005 |
tron | branches: 1.36.2.1.2; 1.36.2.1.4;
Pull up revision 1.37 (requested by oster in ticket #347):
Cleanup the meter code a bit -- a bunch of stuff wasn't even being used.
Fix a few overflow issues. (Thanks to beefy and pooka, among others)
|
| 1.36.2.1.4.1 | 31-Jan-2009 |
bouyer | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by tron in ticket #1989):
sbin/raidctl/raidctl.c: revision 1.40
Use correct format to print the "numBlocks" element in a RAIDframe
component label. raidctl(8) should now print the correct number of
blocks for RAID sets larger than 1TB.
Patch supplied by Bernhard Moellemann in PR bin/40479.
|
| 1.36.2.1.2.1 | 31-Jan-2009 |
bouyer | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by tron in ticket #1989):
sbin/raidctl/raidctl.c: revision 1.40
Use correct format to print the "numBlocks" element in a RAIDframe
component label. raidctl(8) should now print the correct number of
blocks for RAID sets larger than 1TB.
Patch supplied by Bernhard Moellemann in PR bin/40479.
|
| 1.38.22.1 | 18-May-2008 |
yamt | sync with head.
|
| 1.38.20.1 | 02-Jun-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.38.16.1 | 31-Jan-2009 |
bouyer | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by tron in ticket #1270):
sbin/raidctl/raidctl.c: revision 1.40
Use correct format to print the "numBlocks" element in a RAIDframe
component label. raidctl(8) should now print the correct number of
blocks for RAID sets larger than 1TB.
Patch supplied by Bernhard Moellemann in PR bin/40479.
|
| 1.38.4.1 | 31-Jan-2009 |
bouyer | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by tron in ticket #1270):
sbin/raidctl/raidctl.c: revision 1.40
Use correct format to print the "numBlocks" element in a RAIDframe
component label. raidctl(8) should now print the correct number of
blocks for RAID sets larger than 1TB.
Patch supplied by Bernhard Moellemann in PR bin/40479.
|
| 1.39.4.4 | 13-Jun-2012 |
sborrill | Pull up the following revisions(s) (requested by mrg in ticket #1774):
sbin/raidctl/raidctl.c: revision 1.52
sys/dev/raidframe/raidframevar.h: revision 1.15
sys/dev/raidframe/rf_copyback.c: revision 1.45
sys/dev/raidframe/rf_disks.c: revision 1.78
sys/dev/raidframe/rf_netbsdkintf.c: revision 1.282,1.284
sys/dev/raidframe/rf_reconstruct.c: revision 1.111
Fix garbage values in partitionSizeHi with RAID array > 2TB. Stops the check against
rf_component_label_partitionsize() failing and stopping auto-configure.
|
| 1.39.4.3 | 11-Dec-2009 |
sborrill | Pull up the following revisions(s) (requested by tron in ticket #1191):
sbin/raidctl/raidctl.c: revision 1.43
Slight change to the wording of the parity map info: the parity is
"marked clean" after however much inactivity; it is *actually* clean
as soon as the component disks all do their thing (on the order of ms,
usually), just the same as before.
|
| 1.39.4.2 | 10-Dec-2009 |
snj | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by tron in ticket #1187):
sbin/raidctl/raidctl.8: revisions 1.57-1.59 via patch
sbin/raidctl/raidctl.c: revision 1.42 via patch
sys/dev/raidframe/files.raidframe: revision 1.8 via patch
sys/dev/raidframe/rf_copyback.c: revision 1.42 via patch
sys/dev/raidframe/rf_disks.c: revision 1.72 via patch
sys/dev/raidframe/rf_driver.c: revision 1.122 via patch
sys/dev/raidframe/rf_engine.c: revision 1.40 via patch
sys/dev/raidframe/rf_kintf.h: revision 1.21 via patch
sys/dev/raidframe/rf_netbsdkintf.c: revision 1.269 via patch
sys/dev/raidframe/rf_paritymap.c: revisions 1.1-1.3 via patch
sys/dev/raidframe/rf_paritymap.h: revision 1.1 via patch
sys/dev/raidframe/rf_parityscan.c: revision 1.33 via patch
sys/dev/raidframe/rf_parityscan.h: revision 1.8 via patch
sys/dev/raidframe/rf_raid.h: revision 1.38 via patch
sys/dev/raidframe/rf_reconstruct.c: revision 1.108 via patch
sys/dev/raidframe/rf_states.c: revision 1.44 via patch
sys/dev/raidframe/raidframeio.h: revision 1.6 via patch
sys/dev/raidframe/raidframevar.h: revision 1.13 via patch
Pull up the RAIDframe parity map Summer Of Code project.
Drastically reduces the amount of time spent rewriting parity after an
unclean shutdown by keeping better track of which regions might have had
outstanding writes. Enabled by default; can be disabled on a per-set
basis, or tuned, with the new raidctl(8) commands.
|
| 1.39.4.1 | 01-Feb-2009 |
snj | branches: 1.39.4.1.4;
Pull up following revision(s) (requested by tron in ticket #323):
sbin/raidctl/raidctl.c: revision 1.40
Use correct format to print the "numBlocks" element in a RAIDframe
component label. raidctl(8) should now print the correct number of
blocks for RAID sets larger than 1TB.
Patch supplied by Bernhard Moellemann in PR bin/40479.
|
| 1.39.4.1.4.1 | 21-Apr-2010 |
matt | sync to netbsd-5
|
| 1.50.2.2 | 05-Mar-2011 |
bouyer | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.50.2.1 | 17-Feb-2011 |
bouyer | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.55.8.1 | 20-Aug-2014 |
tls | Rebase to HEAD as of a few days ago.
|
| 1.55.4.1 | 15-Nov-2015 |
bouyer | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by manu in ticket #1304):
sbin/raidctl/raidctl.c: revision 1.58
Better sanity check numbers given to raidctl(8)
Replace atoi(3) by strtol(3), and check that numbers are valid,
positive, and in int32_t range. The previous lack of check could
silently lead to the same serial being set to all RAID volumes
for instance because given numbers were bigger than INT_MAX. The
consequence is in an awful mess when RAIDframe would mix volumes...
|
| 1.55.2.1 | 22-May-2014 |
yamt | sync with head.
for a reference, the tree before this commit was tagged
as yamt-pagecache-tag8.
this commit was splitted into small chunks to avoid
a limitation of cvs. ("Protocol error: too many arguments")
|
| 1.57.4.4 | 14-Jul-2017 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by christos in ticket #1457):
sbin/raidctl/raidctl.c: revision 1.64
sbin/raidctl/raidctl.8: revision 1.70
sys/dev/raidframe/rf_netbsdkintf.c: revision 1.341
sys/dev/raidframe/raidframeio.h: revision 1.7
Add a SET_LAST_UNIT ioctl.
Access to the SET_LAST_UNIT ioctl.
|
| 1.57.4.3 | 05-Jul-2015 |
snj | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by sborrill in ticket #862):
sbin/raidctl/raidctl.c: revision 1.61
Compare correct length string for force option to -A
|
| 1.57.4.2 | 09-Jun-2015 |
snj | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by martin in ticket #827):
sbin/raidctl/raidctl.c: revision 1.59
use strtou
|
| 1.57.4.1 | 08-Jun-2015 |
snj | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by manu in ticket #827):
sbin/raidctl/raidctl.c: revision 1.58
Better sanity check numbers given to raidctl(8)
Replace atoi(3) by strtol(3), and check that numbers are valid,
positive, and in int32_t range. The previous lack of check could
silently lead to the same serial being set to all RAID volumes
for instance because given numbers were bigger than INT_MAX. The
consequence is in an awful mess when RAIDframe would mix volumes...
|
| 1.66.2.1 | 30-Mar-2018 |
pgoyette | Resolve conflicts between branch and HEAD
|
| 1.67.2.2 | 13-Apr-2020 |
martin | Mostly merge changes from HEAD upto 20200411
|
| 1.67.2.1 | 10-Jun-2019 |
christos | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.78.2.2 | 28-Apr-2024 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by oster in ticket #675):
sbin/raidctl/raidctl.8: revision 1.81
sbin/raidctl/raidctl.c: revision 1.80
Implement command-line configuration of simple RAID sets with raidctl
based on the usage pattern:
raidctl <device> create <level> <component1> <component2> ...
For example,
raidctl raid0 create mirror absent /dev/wd1e
will create a RAID level 1 (mirror) set with an absent first component
and /dev/wd1e as the second component. The resulting RAID device will
be marked as auto-configurable, will have a serial number set (based
on the current time), and parity will be initialized. Reasonable
performance values are automatically used by default for other parameters
normally specified in the configuration file.
Also: Only print out Autoconfig status if being verbose.
|
| 1.78.2.1 | 28-Apr-2024 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by oster in ticket #674):
sys/dev/raidframe/rf_raid.h: revision 1.52
sbin/raidctl/raidctl.8: revision 1.80
sys/dev/raidframe/rf_driver.c: revision 1.141
sys/dev/raidframe/rf_disks.c: revision 1.94
sys/dev/raidframe/rf_diskqueue.c: revision 1.64
sys/dev/raidframe/rf_diskqueue.h: revision 1.30
sys/dev/raidframe/rf_disks.h: revision 1.15
sys/dev/raidframe/rf_netbsdkintf.c: revision 1.414
sys/dev/raidframe/rf_reconstruct.c: revision 1.129
sys/dev/raidframe/raidframeio.h: revision 1.12
sbin/raidctl/raidctl.c: revision 1.79
Implement hot removal of spares and components. From manu@.
Implement a long desired feature of automatically incorporating
a used spare into the array after a reconstruct.
Given the configuration:
Components:
/dev/wd0e: failed
/dev/wd1e: optimal
/dev/wd2e: optimal
Spares:
/dev/wd3e: spare
Running 'raidctl -F /dev/wd0e raid0' will now result in the
following configuration after a successful rebuild:
Components:
/dev/wd3e: optimal
/dev/wd1e: optimal
/dev/wd2e: optimal
No spares.
Thanks to manu@ for the development of the initial set of changes
which allowed the changes to automatically incorporate a used spare
to come to fruition. Thanks also to manu@ for useful discussions
about and additional testing of these changes.
|
| 1.83.2.1 | 02-Aug-2025 |
perseant | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.3 | 10-Jan-2017 |
christos | need <sys/stat.h> for fstat()
|
| 1.2 | 09-Feb-2011 |
pooka | branches: 1.2.26;
Exterminate a bug I created in 2009.
|
| 1.1 | 15-Dec-2010 |
pooka | branches: 1.1.2;
Use RUMPPRG.
ok Greg Oster
|
| 1.1.2.1 | 17-Feb-2011 |
bouyer | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.2.26.1 | 20-Mar-2017 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.2 | 09-Feb-2011 |
pooka | Exterminate a bug I created in 2009.
|
| 1.1 | 15-Dec-2010 |
pooka | branches: 1.1.2;
Use RUMPPRG.
ok Greg Oster
|
| 1.1.2.1 | 17-Feb-2011 |
bouyer | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.37 | 21-Jul-2022 |
kre | PR bin/56917
If getfsspecname() fails that will usually mean that a NAME=wedge or
ROOT.x partition is unabailable. raidframe specified unavailable
partitions as "absent" so in this case, pass "absent" rather than the
unaltered NAME= or ROOT.x string, which the kernel has no clue what
do do with, and doesn't configure the raid at all.
|
| 1.36 | 14-Jun-2022 |
kre | Fix some config file parsing.
First, and what got me started on this set of cleanups, the queue
length in the "queue" section (START queue) is limited to what will
fit in a char without losing accuracy (I tried setting it to 200,
rather than the more common (universal?) 100 and found that the
value configured into the array was -56 instead.
Why the value needs to be passed through a char variable I have no
idea (it is an int in the filesystem raidframe headers) - but that's
the way it is done, and changing it would be an ABI change I believe
(and so need versioning to alter) and that isn't worth it for this
(or not now, IMO).
Instead check that the value in the char is the same value as was
read from the config file, and complain if not. Those of you with
unsigned chars will be able to have queue lengths up to 255, the
rest of us are limited to 127.
While looking at that, I noticed some code that obviously fails to
understand that scanf("%s") will never return a string containing
spaces, and proceeded to attempt to remove trailing spaces from the
result ... amusingly, after having used the result for its intended
purpose (non existent trailing spaces unremoved), after which that
buffer was never used again. That code is now gone (but for now,
just #if 0'd rather than actually deleted - it should be cleaned up
sometime).
Then I saw some other issues with how the config was parsed - a
simple (unbounded) scanf("%s") into a buffer, which hypothetically
might not be large enough (not a security issue really, raidctl has
no special privs, and it isn't likely that root could easily be
tricked into running it on a bogus config file - or not without
looking first anyway, and a huge long string would rather stand
out). Bound the string length to something reasonable, and
assert() that the buffer is big enough to contain it.
Lastly, in the event of one particular detected error in the
config file, the code would write a warning, but then just go
ahead and use the bad data (or nothing perhaps) anyway - a
failure of logic flow (unlikely to have ever happened, everyone
seems to simply copy the sample config from the man page, and
make minor adjustments as needed).
If any of these changes make any difference to anyone (except
me with my attempt to make longer queues - for no particularly
well thought out reason), I'd be very surprised.
|
| 1.35 | 14-Jun-2022 |
kre | In the previous (and some earlier) version(s) of raidctl.c
the following comment appeared:
/*
* After NetBSD 9, convert this to not output the numRow's value,
* which is no longer required or ever used.
*/
We are after NetBSD 9 (well after). The change requested in that
comment is made here, and the comment is thus removed.
A couple of places in rf_configure.c where a value for the "rows"
parameter was output in an error message (always simply as the
constant 0) have also been updated (those messages will no longer
include "row 0", which they always said previously). One of them
was also slightly reworded to be clearer what problem it was
experiencing (when it said 'unable to get device file' it meant
it was unable to locate the name for the device in the config file,
not that it was found, and there was some other problem with it).
|
| 1.34 | 06-Sep-2020 |
mrg | avoid trying to printf() a NULL as %s. fixes likely bug.
|
| 1.33 | 18-Jan-2018 |
mrg | implement 32-bit compat support for raidframe.
convert several raidframe ioctls to be bitsize idempotent so that
they work the same in 32 and 64 bit worlds, allowing netbsd32 to
configure and query raid properly. remove useless 'row' in a few
places. add COMPAT_80 and put the old ioctls there.
raidframeio.h:
RAIDFRAME_TEST_ACC
- remove, unused
RAIDFRAME_GET_COMPONENT_LABEL
- convert to label not pointer to label
RAIDFRAME_CHECK_RECON_STATUS_EXT
RAIDFRAME_CHECK_PARITYREWRITE_STATUS_EXT
RAIDFRAME_CHECK_COPYBACK_STATUS_EXT
- convert to progress info not pointer to info
RAIDFRAME_GET_INFO
- version entirely.
raidframevar.h:
- rf_recon_req{} has row, flags and raidPtr removed (they're
not a useful part of this interface.)
- RF_Config_s{} and RF_DeviceConfig_s{} have numRow/rows removed.
- RF_RaidDisk_s{} is re-ordered slightly to fix alignment
padding - the actual data was already OK.
- InstallSpareTable() loses row argument
rf_compat32.c has code for RF_Config_s{} in 32 bit mode, used
by RAIDFRAME_CONFIGURE and RAIDFRAME_GET_INFO32.
rf_compat80.c has code for rf_recon_req{}, RF_RaidDisk_s{} and
RF_DeviceConfig_s{} to handle RAIDFRAME_FAIL_DISK,
RAIDFRAME_GET_COMPONENT_LABEL, RAIDFRAME_CHECK_RECON_STATUS_EXT,
RAIDFRAME_CHECK_PARITYREWRITE_STATUS_EXT,
RAIDFRAME_CHECK_COPYBACK_STATUS_EXT, RAIDFRAME_GET_INFO.
move several of the per-ioctl code blocks into separate functions.
add rf_recon_req_internal{} to replace old usage of global
rf_recon_req{} that had unused void * in the structure, ruining
it's 32/64 bit ABI.
add missing case for RAIDFRAME_GET_INFO50.
adjust raid tests to use the new .conf format, and add a case to
test the old method as well.
raidctl:
deal with lack of 'row' members in a couple of places.
fail request no longer takes row.
handle "START array" sections with just "numCol numSpare", ie
no "numRow" specified. for now, generate old-style configuration
but update raidctl.8 to specify the new style (keeping reference
to the old style.)
note that: RF_ComponentLabel_s::{row,num_rows} and
RF_SingleComponent_s::row are obsolete but not removed yet.
|
| 1.32 | 22-Nov-2017 |
kre | Several more cleanups:
1. Don't force use of "for" when "while" works better.
2. No need to check c != '\0' when we also check (c == ' ' || c == '\t')
3. Use the size of the buffer we're using, rather than a different one
(not really a concern, they're the same size)
4. Don't use fscanf() to read file data, use fgets() & sscanf().
5. After using a pointer as a char *, validate alignment before switching
to int * (can only fail if kernel #define gets set stupidly) Or #6...
6. Validate sparemap file name isn't too long for assigned space.
7. recognise that strlen() returns size_t - don't shove it into an int.
8. On out of mem, be more clear which allocation failed in warning msg.
ATF tests all pass. But I don't think they use sparemap files.
|
| 1.31 | 21-Nov-2017 |
christos | Avoid needless pointer calisthenics: &foo[0] -> foo
|
| 1.30 | 21-Nov-2017 |
kre | With char bug[SIZE] using sizeof(bug[0]) is kind of boring, use
sizeof(bug) instead...
|
| 1.29 | 20-Nov-2017 |
kre | White space and comment formatting. NFC.
|
| 1.28 | 20-Nov-2017 |
christos | stop using magic constants
wrap long lines
use warn{,x}
make static
knf
|
| 1.27 | 20-Nov-2017 |
kardel | support NAME=<wedge name> syntax for disks and spares
|
| 1.26 | 09-Mar-2016 |
christos | branches: 1.26.8;
PR/50921: David Binderman: Fix memory leak
|
| 1.25 | 27-Jan-2010 |
christos | use warn/err appropriately.
|
| 1.24 | 06-Apr-2009 |
lukem | fix sign-compare issue
|
| 1.23 | 19-Mar-2006 |
dan | branches: 1.23.30;
close fp in several error paths, closing Coverity CIDs 1690, 1692.
"go" by go.
|
| 1.22 | 09-Feb-2005 |
xtraeme | Kill __P(), use ANSI function declarations; WARNS=3.
|
| 1.21 | 26-Oct-2004 |
oster | Cleanup a bit by nuking RF_Malloc macro, and add in some error
checking for the case where we can't allocate memory. (Not like
anyone uses this part of the code anyway.)
|
| 1.20 | 26-Oct-2004 |
oster | Strip off trailing \n's and spaces from configuration file lines.
Makes RAIDframe more forgiving if you accidentally add a space after
things like device names. Fixed at long last after a reminder over
the weekend.
|
| 1.19 | 26-Oct-2004 |
oster | How about we use the 'len' parameter to rf_get_next_nonblank_line()
instead of assuming all buffers are 256 bytes.
|
| 1.18 | 13-Jul-2003 |
itojun | use bouded string ops
|
| 1.17 | 23-Jun-2003 |
agc | Add NetBSD RCS Ids.
|
| 1.16 | 17-May-2003 |
itojun | sscanf overrun
|
| 1.15 | 04-Oct-2001 |
oster | rf_configure.c
- remove dependence on stuff in sys/dev/raidframe
- now rely on <dev/raidframe/*>
- bring in some needed prototypes for local functions
- nuke RF_ASSERT's.
- drag in some needed RF_ERRORMSG's
raidctl.c
- rely on <dev/raidframe/*>
- welcome to the New Way of doing RAIDframe #includes.
(No functional changes.)
|
| 1.14 | 04-Feb-2001 |
christos | remove redundant prototypes.
|
| 1.13 | 27-Jan-2001 |
oster | Move parts of a RAID type mapping table from rf_layout.c to rf_configure.c.
This means we don't need to compile or link with rf_layout.c here.
|
| 1.12 | 31-Dec-2000 |
wiz | Check return value of fgets. Approved by Greg Oster.
|
| 1.11 | 10-Oct-2000 |
is | Format string cleanups by Bill Sommerfeld.
|
| 1.10 | 23-May-2000 |
thorpej | branches: 1.10.4;
Apply indent.
|
| 1.9 | 23-May-2000 |
thorpej | Build with WARNS=2.
|
| 1.8 | 13-Aug-1999 |
oster | No need to include rf_sys.h.
|
| 1.7 | 07-Aug-1999 |
oster | Move two functions from rf_strutils.c into rf_configure.c, removing
the need for rf_strutils.c.
|
| 1.6 | 26-Mar-1999 |
oster | branches: 1.6.2;
Nuke unused code.
|
| 1.5 | 04-Feb-1999 |
oster | Add missing NetBSD RCS ID's! Thanks to SAITOH Masanobu (msaitoh@netbsd.org)
for pointing this out.
|
| 1.4 | 26-Jan-1999 |
oster | Take care of a few minor things due to the major RAIDframe cleanup.
Again, no functionality changes.
|
| 1.3 | 12-Jan-1999 |
mjacob | recover from errno.h changes
|
| 1.2 | 23-Nov-1998 |
mrg | fix compile errors on the alpha.
|
| 1.1 | 13-Nov-1998 |
oster | RAIDframe, version 1.1, from the Parallel Data Laboratory at
Carnegie Mellon University. Full RAID implementation, including
levels 0, 1, 4, 5, 6, parity logging, and a few other goodies.
Ported to NetBSD by Greg Oster.
raidctl is our userland configuration tool for RAIDframe.
|
| 1.6.2.1 | 10-Oct-2000 |
he | Pull up revision 1.11 (via patch, requested by is):
Format string cleanup.
|
| 1.10.4.1 | 18-Oct-2000 |
tv | Pullup sbin string format fixes [is].
See "cvs log" for explicit revision numbers per file, from sommerfeld.
|
| 1.23.30.1 | 13-May-2009 |
jym | Sync with HEAD.
Third (and last) commit. See http://mail-index.netbsd.org/source-changes/2009/05/13/msg221222.html
|
| 1.26.8.1 | 10-Sep-2018 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by nakayama in ticket #1019):
sbin/raidctl/rf_configure.h: revision 1.2
sbin/raidctl/rf_configure.c: revision 1.27
sbin/raidctl/rf_configure.c: revision 1.28
sbin/raidctl/rf_configure.c: revision 1.29
sbin/raidctl/raidctl.8: revision 1.73
sbin/raidctl/rf_configure.c: revision 1.30
sbin/raidctl/rf_configure.c: revision 1.31
sbin/raidctl/rf_configure.c: revision 1.32
support NAME=<wedge name> syntax for disks and spares
-
stop using magic constants
wrap long lines
use warn{,x}
make static
knf
-
White space and comment formatting. NFC.
-
With char bug[SIZE] using sizeof(bug[0]) is kind of boring, use
sizeof(bug) instead...
-
Avoid needless pointer calisthenics: &foo[0] -> foo
-
Several more cleanups:
1. Don't force use of "for" when "while" works better.
2. No need to check c != '\0' when we also check (c == ' ' || c == '\t')
3. Use the size of the buffer we're using, rather than a different one
(not really a concern, they're the same size)
4. Don't use fscanf() to read file data, use fgets() & sscanf().
5. After using a pointer as a char *, validate alignment before switching
to int * (can only fail if kernel #define gets set stupidly) Or #6...
6. Validate sparemap file name isn't too long for assigned space.
7. recognise that strlen() returns size_t - don't shove it into an int.
8. On out of mem, be more clear which allocation failed in warning msg.
ATF tests all pass. But I don't think they use sparemap files.
|
| 1.2 | 20-Nov-2017 |
christos | stop using magic constants
wrap long lines
use warn{,x}
make static
knf
|
| 1.1 | 04-Oct-2001 |
oster | branches: 1.1.92;
Add a pruned-down version of rf_configure.h. First step at disentangling
raidctl files from the hairy .h file mess.
|
| 1.1.92.1 | 10-Sep-2018 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by nakayama in ticket #1019):
sbin/raidctl/rf_configure.h: revision 1.2
sbin/raidctl/rf_configure.c: revision 1.27
sbin/raidctl/rf_configure.c: revision 1.28
sbin/raidctl/rf_configure.c: revision 1.29
sbin/raidctl/raidctl.8: revision 1.73
sbin/raidctl/rf_configure.c: revision 1.30
sbin/raidctl/rf_configure.c: revision 1.31
sbin/raidctl/rf_configure.c: revision 1.32
support NAME=<wedge name> syntax for disks and spares
-
stop using magic constants
wrap long lines
use warn{,x}
make static
knf
-
White space and comment formatting. NFC.
-
With char bug[SIZE] using sizeof(bug[0]) is kind of boring, use
sizeof(bug) instead...
-
Avoid needless pointer calisthenics: &foo[0] -> foo
-
Several more cleanups:
1. Don't force use of "for" when "while" works better.
2. No need to check c != '\0' when we also check (c == ' ' || c == '\t')
3. Use the size of the buffer we're using, rather than a different one
(not really a concern, they're the same size)
4. Don't use fscanf() to read file data, use fgets() & sscanf().
5. After using a pointer as a char *, validate alignment before switching
to int * (can only fail if kernel #define gets set stupidly) Or #6...
6. Validate sparemap file name isn't too long for assigned space.
7. recognise that strlen() returns size_t - don't shove it into an int.
8. On out of mem, be more clear which allocation failed in warning msg.
ATF tests all pass. But I don't think they use sparemap files.
|
| 1.2 | 26-Jan-1999 |
oster | Never used, and certainly no longer needed.
|
| 1.1 | 13-Nov-1998 |
oster | RAIDframe, version 1.1, from the Parallel Data Laboratory at
Carnegie Mellon University. Full RAID implementation, including
levels 0, 1, 4, 5, 6, parity logging, and a few other goodies.
Ported to NetBSD by Greg Oster.
raidctl is our userland configuration tool for RAIDframe.
|
| 1.2 | 26-Jan-1999 |
oster | Never used, and certainly no longer needed.
|
| 1.1 | 13-Nov-1998 |
oster | RAIDframe, version 1.1, from the Parallel Data Laboratory at
Carnegie Mellon University. Full RAID implementation, including
levels 0, 1, 4, 5, 6, parity logging, and a few other goodies.
Ported to NetBSD by Greg Oster.
raidctl is our userland configuration tool for RAIDframe.
|
| 1.8 | 03-Aug-2008 |
lukem | Revert previous accidental commit of debug statements
|
| 1.7 | 03-Aug-2008 |
lukem | Avoid freeing memory in do_file() since it's called recursively
|
| 1.6 | 26-Aug-2006 |
christos | Programs that use efun.
|
| 1.5 | 27-Jun-2005 |
christos | Move WARNS=3 to the Makefile.inc, and add a little const to the remaining
programs that did not compile before.
|
| 1.4 | 30-Nov-2002 |
lukem | tweaks for fparseln(3) move from libutil to libc:
- remove #include <util.h> if nothing else needed it
- remove LDFLAGS+=-lutil if nothing else needed it
|
| 1.3 | 30-Jun-2002 |
lukem | KNF, remove unnecessary crap, ...
|
| 1.2 | 23-Nov-1999 |
mrg | branches: 1.2.2;
we are rcorder.8 now.
|
| 1.1 | 23-Nov-1999 |
mrg | move rcorder to sbin.
|
| 1.2.2.1 | 27-Dec-1999 |
wrstuden | Pull up to last week's -current.
|
| 1.4 | 26-Aug-2006 |
christos | Programs that use efun.
|
| 1.3 | 07-Aug-2003 |
agc | Move UCB-licensed code from 4-clause to 3-clause licence.
Patches provided by Joel Baker in PR 22308, verified by myself.
|
| 1.2 | 30-Jun-2002 |
lukem | KNF, remove unnecessary crap, ...
|
| 1.1 | 23-Nov-1999 |
mrg | branches: 1.1.2;
move rcorder to sbin.
|
| 1.1.2.1 | 27-Dec-1999 |
wrstuden | Pull up to last week's -current.
|
| 1.3 | 26-Aug-2006 |
christos | Programs that use efun.
|
| 1.2 | 30-Jun-2002 |
lukem | KNF, remove unnecessary crap, ...
|
| 1.1 | 23-Nov-1999 |
mrg | branches: 1.1.2;
move rcorder to sbin.
|
| 1.1.2.1 | 27-Dec-1999 |
wrstuden | Pull up to last week's -current.
|
| 1.5 | 03-Mar-2007 |
simonb | No need to cast pointers to (char *) when passing to free(3).
|
| 1.4 | 26-Aug-2006 |
christos | Programs that use efun.
|
| 1.3 | 07-Aug-2003 |
agc | Move UCB-licensed code from 4-clause to 3-clause licence.
Patches provided by Joel Baker in PR 22308, verified by myself.
|
| 1.2 | 30-Jun-2002 |
lukem | KNF, remove unnecessary crap, ...
|
| 1.1 | 23-Nov-1999 |
mrg | branches: 1.1.2;
move rcorder to sbin.
|
| 1.1.2.1 | 27-Dec-1999 |
wrstuden | Pull up to last week's -current.
|
| 1.3 | 07-Aug-2003 |
agc | Move UCB-licensed code from 4-clause to 3-clause licence.
Patches provided by Joel Baker in PR 22308, verified by myself.
|
| 1.2 | 30-Jun-2002 |
lukem | KNF, remove unnecessary crap, ...
|
| 1.1 | 23-Nov-1999 |
mrg | branches: 1.1.2;
move rcorder to sbin.
|
| 1.1.2.1 | 27-Dec-1999 |
wrstuden | Pull up to last week's -current.
|
| 1.5 | 09-Aug-2009 |
apb | Allow rcorder-visualise.sh to accept an optional set of file names on
the command line. By default it uses /etc/rc.d/*, as before. Sample
usage: /usr/src/rcorder-visualise.sh /usr/src/etc/rc.d/*.
|
| 1.4 | 15-Apr-2009 |
joerg | branches: 1.4.2;
Speling.
|
| 1.3 | 15-Apr-2009 |
joerg | As noted by apb, don't slip in local pathes.
|
| 1.2 | 15-Apr-2009 |
joerg | Behave as documented and remove the dot call at the end.
Add RCS ID.
|
| 1.1 | 15-Apr-2009 |
joerg | Add a small script to visualize the rc dependency graph and point to it.
|
| 1.4.2.2 | 13-May-2009 |
jym | Sync with HEAD.
Third (and last) commit. See http://mail-index.netbsd.org/source-changes/2009/05/13/msg221222.html
|
| 1.4.2.1 | 15-Apr-2009 |
jym | file rcorder-visualize.sh was added on branch jym-xensuspend on 2009-05-13 19:19:05 +0000
|
| 1.2 | 23-Nov-1999 |
mrg | we are rcorder.8 now.
|
| 1.1 | 23-Nov-1999 |
mrg | move rcorder to sbin.
|
| 1.11 | 04-Feb-2024 |
mrg | update my email address.
|
| 1.10 | 18-Mar-2014 |
riastradh | Merge riastradh-drm2 to HEAD.
|
| 1.9 | 20-Jul-2013 |
wiz | Use Mt for email addresses.
|
| 1.8 | 23-Jun-2005 |
peter | branches: 1.8.44; 1.8.50; 1.8.56;
Add .An -nosplit to the beginning of the section.
Suggested by Thomas Klausner.
|
| 1.7 | 23-Jun-2005 |
peter | Use .An name Aq email.
|
| 1.6 | 24-Apr-2003 |
perry | Document what happens when you don't have any dependency lines in a
file, and downgrade "must" to "should" in a couple of places.
Answers a documentation complaint from Jeremy C. Reed in PR misc/21251
|
| 1.5 | 03-Oct-2002 |
wiz | New sentence, new line. From Robert Elz.
|
| 1.4 | 16-Nov-2001 |
wiz | Whitespace nits
|
| 1.3 | 17-Jul-2000 |
mrg | implement `# KEYWORD:' support, with two new arguments to rcorder, to kill
and skip keywords from the output list:
-k keyword only files with `# KEYWORD: keyword' will be printed.
-s keyword files with `# KEYWORD: keyword' will not be printed.
(multiple keywords can exist on a single line, and multiple lines may exist,
as with other special rcorder lines).
requested by lukem.
|
| 1.2 | 05-Jul-2000 |
msaitoh | remove extra period in SEE ALL section
|
| 1.1 | 23-Nov-1999 |
mrg | branches: 1.1.2; 1.1.6;
we are rcorder.8 now.
|
| 1.1.6.1 | 18-Jul-2000 |
mrg | pull up rcorder.c 1.5 and rcorder.8 1.3, approved by thorpej:
>implement `# KEYWORD:' support, with two new arguments to rcorder, to kill
>and skip keywords from the output list:
>
> -k keyword only files with `# KEYWORD: keyword' will be printed.
> -s keyword files with `# KEYWORD: keyword' will not be printed.
>
>(multiple keywords can exist on a single line, and multiple lines may exist,
>as with other special rcorder lines).
>
>requested by lukem.
|
| 1.1.2.1 | 27-Dec-1999 |
wrstuden | Pull up to last week's -current.
|
| 1.8.56.1 | 23-Jul-2013 |
riastradh | sync with HEAD
|
| 1.8.50.1 | 20-Aug-2014 |
tls | Rebase to HEAD as of a few days ago.
|
| 1.8.44.1 | 22-May-2014 |
yamt | sync with head.
for a reference, the tree before this commit was tagged
as yamt-pagecache-tag8.
this commit was splitted into small chunks to avoid
a limitation of cvs. ("Protocol error: too many arguments")
|
| 1.19 | 05-Feb-2024 |
andvar | s/dependancies/dependencies/ and s/independantly/independently/ in comments and
distrib notes.
|
| 1.18 | 05-Sep-2016 |
sevan | Drop main() prototype.
|
| 1.17 | 19-Oct-2013 |
christos | fix unused variable warnings.
|
| 1.16 | 03-Aug-2008 |
lukem | branches: 1.16.18; 1.16.24;
Avoid freeing memory in do_file() since it's called recursively
|
| 1.15 | 29-May-2008 |
mrg | remove clause #3 from my license where there are no other
copyright holders involved.
|
| 1.14 | 26-Aug-2006 |
christos | branches: 1.14.18; 1.14.20; 1.14.22;
Programs that use efun.
|
| 1.13 | 21-Sep-2004 |
rumble | Do not exceed 80 columns. No functional change.
|
| 1.12 | 13-Oct-2003 |
agc | Move Matt Green's code from a 4-clause to a 3-clause licence by removing
the advertising clause. Diffs provided in PR 22396 by Joel Baker, the changes
were confirmed to the board by Matt Green.
|
| 1.11 | 30-Nov-2002 |
lukem | tweaks for fparseln(3) move from libutil to libc:
- remove #include <util.h> if nothing else needed it
- remove LDFLAGS+=-lutil if nothing else needed it
|
| 1.10 | 30-Jun-2002 |
lukem | KNF, remove unnecessary crap, ...
|
| 1.9 | 30-Jun-2002 |
lukem | use strnode_add() to implement add_before()
|
| 1.8 | 10-Apr-2002 |
christos | don't whine about non-regular files. It is perfectly normal to keep a CVS
or RCS directory in /etc/rc.d.
|
| 1.7 | 04-Aug-2000 |
enami | Stop parsing once encountered non directive line as documented in man page.
|
| 1.6 | 19-Jul-2000 |
enami | Free storage allocated by fparseln.
|
| 1.5 | 17-Jul-2000 |
mrg | implement `# KEYWORD:' support, with two new arguments to rcorder, to kill
and skip keywords from the output list:
-k keyword only files with `# KEYWORD: keyword' will be printed.
-s keyword files with `# KEYWORD: keyword' will not be printed.
(multiple keywords can exist on a single line, and multiple lines may exist,
as with other special rcorder lines).
requested by lukem.
|
| 1.4 | 10-May-2000 |
enami | branches: 1.4.4;
Fix bug introduced in previous; don't leak file pointers.
|
| 1.3 | 09-May-2000 |
enami | Crunch only regular files and warn others.
|
| 1.2 | 26-Apr-2000 |
thorpej | Don't warn when two nodes provide the same thing; this can be quite
useful (read the big comment I added).
|
| 1.1 | 23-Nov-1999 |
mrg | branches: 1.1.2;
move rcorder to sbin.
|
| 1.1.2.1 | 27-Dec-1999 |
wrstuden | Pull up to last week's -current.
|
| 1.4.4.2 | 22-Jul-2000 |
enami | Pullup revision 1.6 (requested by thorpej):
Free storage allocated by fparseln.
|
| 1.4.4.1 | 18-Jul-2000 |
mrg | pull up rcorder.c 1.5 and rcorder.8 1.3, approved by thorpej:
>implement `# KEYWORD:' support, with two new arguments to rcorder, to kill
>and skip keywords from the output list:
>
> -k keyword only files with `# KEYWORD: keyword' will be printed.
> -s keyword files with `# KEYWORD: keyword' will not be printed.
>
>(multiple keywords can exist on a single line, and multiple lines may exist,
>as with other special rcorder lines).
>
>requested by lukem.
|
| 1.14.22.2 | 18-Sep-2008 |
wrstuden | Sync with wrstuden-revivesa-base-2.
|
| 1.14.22.1 | 23-Jun-2008 |
wrstuden | Sync w/ -current. 34 merge conflicts to follow.
|
| 1.14.20.1 | 04-Jun-2008 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.14.18.2 | 28-Sep-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.14.18.1 | 02-Jun-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.16.24.1 | 20-Aug-2014 |
tls | Rebase to HEAD as of a few days ago.
|
| 1.16.18.1 | 22-May-2014 |
yamt | sync with head.
for a reference, the tree before this commit was tagged
as yamt-pagecache-tag8.
this commit was splitted into small chunks to avoid
a limitation of cvs. ("Protocol error: too many arguments")
|
| 1.3 | 30-Jun-2002 |
lukem | KNF, remove unnecessary crap, ...
|
| 1.2 | 16-Jan-2001 |
cgd | comment or delete text after CPP directives.
|
| 1.1 | 23-Nov-1999 |
mrg | branches: 1.1.2;
move rcorder to sbin.
|
| 1.1.2.1 | 27-Dec-1999 |
wrstuden | Pull up to last week's -current.
|
| 1.18 | 02-Aug-2002 |
wiz | Support wtmpx.
|
| 1.17 | 25-Apr-2000 |
hubertf | Implement a "poweroff" command which is equivalent to "halt -p",
but allows powering down the system from an exec(2) call, e.g. via
a user which has "poweroff" as login shell.
The command name is modeled after Solaris.
|
| 1.16 | 15-Sep-1997 |
lukem | define WARNS?=1 for all of sbin/*
|
| 1.15 | 19-Jul-1997 |
perry | add WARNS=1
|
| 1.14 | 13-Mar-1997 |
perry | The boot_${ARCH}.8 man files never belonged in reboot -- they have
been moved to man8.${ARCH}/boot.8. Note that this means that the
references in the pages to boot.8 are now actually true on many
architectures instead of being a lie on all.
|
| 1.13 | 17-Oct-1996 |
perry | Remove boot_tahoe.8. We have no tahoe port.
|
| 1.12 | 27-Jun-1996 |
leo | Add the manual page.
|
| 1.11 | 26-Jun-1996 |
thorpej | Add boot_x68k.8 to the list of man pages to install; the distrib sets
expect it.
|
| 1.10 | 08-Aug-1995 |
gwr | branches: 1.10.6;
Add boot_sun3.8
|
| 1.9 | 02-Jul-1995 |
briggs | Reorder man page sources in makefile (alphabetize) and
add boot_mac68k.8.
|
| 1.8 | 31-May-1995 |
mellon | Make boot_pmax man page. (from jonathan)
|
| 1.7 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | pseudo-merge with Lite; man pages need to be merged seperately, but
that's really a port-specific thing. They probably should be updated, too.
|
| 1.6 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.5 | 22-Dec-1994 |
cgd | specify man pages the new way.
|
| 1.4 | 01-Aug-1993 |
mycroft | Add RCS identifiers.
|
| 1.3 | 23-Mar-1993 |
cgd | changed "Id" to "Header" for rcsids
|
| 1.2 | 22-Mar-1993 |
cgd | added rcs ids to all files
|
| 1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.2 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | from Lite
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | initial import of 386bsd-0.1 sources
|
| 1.10.6.2 | 28-Jun-1996 |
jtc | Pulled up from rev 1.12 by request from Leo Weppelman
|
| 1.10.6.1 | 26-Jun-1996 |
thorpej | Update from trunk:
Add boot_x68k.8 to the list of man pages to install; the distrib sets
expect it.
|
| 1.4 | 13-Mar-1997 |
perry | The boot_${ARCH}.8 man files never belonged in reboot -- they have
been moved to man8.${ARCH}/boot.8. Note that this means that the
references in the pages to boot.8 are now actually true on many
architectures instead of being a lie on all.
|
| 1.3 | 15-Oct-1996 |
leo | Fix typo.
|
| 1.2 | 15-Oct-1996 |
leo | Be a bit more exact about when the bootloader decides to start NetBSD.
|
| 1.1 | 27-Jun-1996 |
leo | branches: 1.1.2;
Add the manual page.
|
| 1.1.2.2 | 27-Jun-1996 |
leo | Add the manual page.
|
| 1.1.2.1 | 27-Jun-1996 |
leo | file boot_atari.8 was added on branch netbsd-1-2 on 1996-06-27 11:07:57 +0000
|
| 1.4 | 13-Mar-1997 |
perry | The boot_${ARCH}.8 man files never belonged in reboot -- they have
been moved to man8.${ARCH}/boot.8. Note that this means that the
references in the pages to boot.8 are now actually true on many
architectures instead of being a lie on all.
|
| 1.3 | 23-Apr-1995 |
cgd | slightly clean rcs ids, etc.
|
| 1.2 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | pseudo-merge with Lite; man pages need to be merged seperately, but
that's really a port-specific thing. They probably should be updated, too.
|
| 1.1 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | from Lite
|
| 1.4 | 13-Mar-1997 |
perry | The boot_${ARCH}.8 man files never belonged in reboot -- they have
been moved to man8.${ARCH}/boot.8. Note that this means that the
references in the pages to boot.8 are now actually true on many
architectures instead of being a lie on all.
|
| 1.3 | 23-Apr-1995 |
cgd | slightly clean rcs ids, etc.
|
| 1.2 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | pseudo-merge with Lite; man pages need to be merged seperately, but
that's really a port-specific thing. They probably should be updated, too.
|
| 1.1 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | from Lite
|
| 1.2 | 13-Mar-1997 |
perry | The boot_${ARCH}.8 man files never belonged in reboot -- they have
been moved to man8.${ARCH}/boot.8. Note that this means that the
references in the pages to boot.8 are now actually true on many
architectures instead of being a lie on all.
|
| 1.1 | 02-Jul-1995 |
briggs | Reorder man page sources in makefile (alphabetize) and
add boot_mac68k.8.
|
| 1.3 | 13-Mar-1997 |
perry | The boot_${ARCH}.8 man files never belonged in reboot -- they have
been moved to man8.${ARCH}/boot.8. Note that this means that the
references in the pages to boot.8 are now actually true on many
architectures instead of being a lie on all.
|
| 1.2 | 08-Mar-1997 |
mouse | alternate -> alternative, per PR 2643
|
| 1.1 | 25-Apr-1995 |
mellon | pmax boot documentation
|
| 1.6 | 13-Mar-1997 |
perry | The boot_${ARCH}.8 man files never belonged in reboot -- they have
been moved to man8.${ARCH}/boot.8. Note that this means that the
references in the pages to boot.8 are now actually true on many
architectures instead of being a lie on all.
|
| 1.5 | 09-Aug-1996 |
mrg | update for new reboot(2).
|
| 1.4 | 25-Apr-1995 |
pk | Bits from old reboot_sparc.8 man page.
|
| 1.3 | 23-Apr-1995 |
cgd | slightly clean rcs ids, etc.
|
| 1.2 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | pseudo-merge with Lite; man pages need to be merged seperately, but
that's really a port-specific thing. They probably should be updated, too.
|
| 1.1 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | from Lite
|
| 1.3 | 13-Mar-1997 |
perry | The boot_${ARCH}.8 man files never belonged in reboot -- they have
been moved to man8.${ARCH}/boot.8. Note that this means that the
references in the pages to boot.8 are now actually true on many
architectures instead of being a lie on all.
|
| 1.2 | 09-Aug-1996 |
mrg | update for new reboot(2).
|
| 1.1 | 08-Aug-1995 |
gwr | Add boot_sun3.8
|
| 1.4 | 17-Oct-1996 |
perry | Remove boot_tahoe.8. We have no tahoe port.
|
| 1.3 | 23-Apr-1995 |
cgd | slightly clean rcs ids, etc.
|
| 1.2 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | pseudo-merge with Lite; man pages need to be merged seperately, but
that's really a port-specific thing. They probably should be updated, too.
|
| 1.1 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | from Lite
|
| 1.4 | 13-Mar-1997 |
perry | The boot_${ARCH}.8 man files never belonged in reboot -- they have
been moved to man8.${ARCH}/boot.8. Note that this means that the
references in the pages to boot.8 are now actually true on many
architectures instead of being a lie on all.
|
| 1.3 | 23-Apr-1995 |
cgd | slightly clean rcs ids, etc.
|
| 1.2 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | pseudo-merge with Lite; man pages need to be merged seperately, but
that's really a port-specific thing. They probably should be updated, too.
|
| 1.1 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | from Lite
|
| 1.2 | 13-Mar-1997 |
perry | The boot_${ARCH}.8 man files never belonged in reboot -- they have
been moved to man8.${ARCH}/boot.8. Note that this means that the
references in the pages to boot.8 are now actually true on many
architectures instead of being a lie on all.
|
| 1.1 | 15-Jun-1996 |
oki | branches: 1.1.2;
x68k system bootstrapping procedures.
|
| 1.1.2.2 | 15-Jun-1996 |
oki | x68k system bootstrapping procedures.
|
| 1.1.2.1 | 15-Jun-1996 |
oki | file boot_x68k.8 was added on branch netbsd-1-2 on 1996-06-15 18:54:23 +0000
|
| 1.30 | 12-Sep-2016 |
sevan | A standalone reboot utility showed up in 4.0BSD.
In AT&T UNIX init has a case for reboot and is present in the version shipped
with V5.
http://minnie.tuhs.org/cgi-bin/utree.pl?file=V5/usr/source/s1/init.c
Amend HISTORY section.
Bump date.
|
| 1.29 | 16-Feb-2011 |
wiz | Add -vxz to SYNOPSIS and usage.
|
| 1.28 | 16-Feb-2011 |
dyoung | Add flags -v, -x, and -z for verbose, debug, and silent shutdowns,
respectively, by passing flags AB_VERBOSE, AB_DEBUG, and/or AB_SILENT to
reboot(2).
|
| 1.27 | 12-Dec-2010 |
pooka | branches: 1.27.2;
multicore update
|
| 1.26 | 21-Oct-2008 |
lukem | xref rescue(8)
|
| 1.25 | 25-May-2008 |
wiz | New sentence, new line.
|
| 1.24 | 09-Feb-2008 |
dholland | branches: 1.24.4; 1.24.6; 1.24.8;
Set off symbolic signal names (SIG...) with .Dv, and crossreference init(8).
From PR bin/36551 by Greg A. Woods. And while I'm here, fix a grammar nit.
|
| 1.23 | 03-Jun-2007 |
uwe | branches: 1.23.4; 1.23.6;
Document that reboot(8) passes any arguments to reboot(2) as bootstr.
|
| 1.22 | 24-May-2007 |
jnemeth | Add a caveat about reboot(8) not running shutdown scripts. This addresses
(at least partially) PR/35067 by Blair Sadewitz.
|
| 1.21 | 07-Aug-2003 |
agc | branches: 1.21.6; 1.21.16; 1.21.18;
Move UCB-licensed code from 4-clause to 3-clause licence.
Patches provided by Joel Baker in PR 22308, verified by myself.
|
| 1.20 | 04-Apr-2003 |
wiz | Bump date.
|
| 1.19 | 04-Apr-2003 |
perry | 1) Remove a reference to a 30 second delay left when Ignatios
backed out a 30 second delay from the program.
2) Add a CAVEATS section noting that the command cannot and should not
be stopped once started.
|
| 1.18 | 25-Feb-2003 |
wiz | .Nm does not need a dummy argument ("") before punctuation or
for correct formatting of the SYNOPSIS any longer.
|
| 1.17 | 03-Oct-2002 |
wiz | New sentence, new line. From Robert Elz.
|
| 1.16 | 17-Apr-2002 |
wiz | Sync order of programs with their actions, noted by mrg.
|
| 1.15 | 16-Nov-2001 |
wiz | Sort SEE ALSO, use .Pp for paragraphs.
|
| 1.14 | 16-Nov-2001 |
wiz | Whitespace nits
|
| 1.13 | 20-Jun-2001 |
mrg | expand -n documentation; from sunos.
|
| 1.12 | 25-Apr-2000 |
hubertf | Implement a "poweroff" command which is equivalent to "halt -p",
but allows powering down the system from an exec(2) call, e.g. via
a user which has "poweroff" as login shell.
The command name is modeled after Solaris.
|
| 1.11 | 19-Aug-1999 |
simonb | "-l" means _don't_ log to syslog(3).
|
| 1.10 | 03-Jul-1998 |
is | Make halt and reboot wait up to 32 seconds after kill(-1, SIGTERM), but
check at 3 second intervals if any are left.
This will help slow machines to cleanly shut down X servers (to make the
console visible), databases, or Usenet news servers.
|
| 1.9 | 06-Jun-1998 |
thorpej | Add a -p option to halt(8), specifying that the system should be powered
down.
|
| 1.8 | 20-Jan-1998 |
mycroft | Correct the tense of one sentence.
|
| 1.7 | 20-Jan-1998 |
mycroft | Clean up documentation a bit, and document the `-l' option.
|
| 1.6 | 20-Oct-1997 |
enami | Fix .Nm usage.
|
| 1.5 | 15-Sep-1997 |
lukem | - use .Nm correctly
- use __progname instead of rindex(argv[0]) ...
|
| 1.4 | 22-Jul-1997 |
mikel | xref sync(8) not nonexistent sync(1), reorder xrefs
|
| 1.3 | 05-Oct-1995 |
mycroft | Add a `-d' option to force a dump. From John Kohl.
|
| 1.2 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | pseudo-merge with Lite; man pages need to be merged seperately, but
that's really a port-specific thing. They probably should be updated, too.
|
| 1.1 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | from Lite
|
| 1.21.18.1 | 04-Jun-2007 |
wrstuden | Update to today's netbsd-4.
|
| 1.21.16.1 | 30-May-2007 |
riz | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by jnemeth in ticket #676):
sbin/reboot/reboot.8: revision 1.22
Add a caveat about reboot(8) not running shutdown scripts. This addresses
(at least partially) PR/35067 by Blair Sadewitz.
|
| 1.21.6.1 | 30-May-2009 |
snj | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by jnemeth in ticket #2016):
sbin/reboot/reboot.8: revision 1.22
Add a caveat about reboot(8) not running shutdown scripts. This addresses
(at least partially) PR/35067 by Blair Sadewitz.
|
| 1.23.6.1 | 18-Feb-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.23.4.1 | 23-Mar-2008 |
matt | sync with HEAD
|
| 1.24.8.1 | 23-Jun-2008 |
wrstuden | Sync w/ -current. 34 merge conflicts to follow.
|
| 1.24.6.1 | 04-Jun-2008 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.24.4.2 | 17-Jan-2009 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.24.4.1 | 02-Jun-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.27.2.1 | 17-Feb-2011 |
bouyer | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.41 | 08-Aug-2019 |
roy | reboot: fix arg order for logwtmpx(3)
Matches the correct order from init(1).
Thanks to Sascha Wildner <swildner@dragonflybsd.org>
|
| 1.40 | 04-Nov-2012 |
christos | branches: 1.40.30; 1.40.32;
include the headers that we need
|
| 1.39 | 27-Aug-2011 |
joerg | branches: 1.39.2; 1.39.8;
static + __dead
|
| 1.38 | 16-Feb-2011 |
wiz | Add -vxz to SYNOPSIS and usage.
|
| 1.37 | 16-Feb-2011 |
dyoung | Add flags -v, -x, and -z for verbose, debug, and silent shutdowns,
respectively, by passing flags AB_VERBOSE, AB_DEBUG, and/or AB_SILENT to
reboot(2).
|
| 1.36 | 20-Jul-2008 |
lukem | branches: 1.36.14;
Remove the \n and tabs from the __COPYRIGHT() strings.
(Tweak some to use a consistent format.)
|
| 1.35 | 09-Feb-2008 |
dholland | branches: 1.35.4; 1.35.8;
Add warn() in a couple places where it was missing, and clarify one of
the existing warnings slightly. Suggested by PR bin/36551 by Greg A. Woods.
|
| 1.34 | 17-May-2007 |
christos | branches: 1.34.4; 1.34.6;
Only eat the - if argv[0] starts with a -
|
| 1.33 | 07-Aug-2003 |
agc | Move UCB-licensed code from 4-clause to 3-clause licence.
Patches provided by Joel Baker in PR 22308, verified by myself.
|
| 1.32 | 04-Apr-2003 |
perry | 1) To eliminate a race condition in which the user could conceivably
try to quit or stop the program right at the moment after the it
sends a TSTP to init, move the kill(1, TSTP) to right after we
block most signals, instead of doing it just before.
2) To add TSTP to the signals we ignore. Once we start halting, it
really is not safe to try to stop at all. You can't change your
mind halfway through -- init will already be stopped and a TERM
will have been sent to everything on the system within
milliseconds of starting.
3) Adjust one comment for TNF
|
| 1.31 | 02-Aug-2002 |
wiz | Support wtmpx.
|
| 1.30 | 02-Aug-2002 |
wiz | de__P(), ANSIfy.
|
| 1.29 | 20-Jul-2002 |
tsutsui | Drop a trailing space in bootstr[] properly.
|
| 1.28 | 19-Feb-2001 |
cgd | convert to use getprogname()
|
| 1.27 | 10-Jan-2001 |
lukem | use openlog correctly...
|
| 1.26 | 25-Apr-2000 |
hubertf | Implement a "poweroff" command which is equivalent to "halt -p",
but allows powering down the system from an exec(2) call, e.g. via
a user which has "poweroff" as login shell.
The command name is modeled after Solaris.
|
| 1.25 | 07-Mar-2000 |
jdolecek | Ignore SIGPIPE, otherwise we might be stuck when run within a pipe.
Fix from bin/5359 by Nathan J Williams.
|
| 1.24 | 09-Oct-1998 |
is | Back out the wait-for-slowly-dying-processes change.
|
| 1.23 | 29-Aug-1998 |
augustss | Ignore some more signal during the reboot. Without this fix it's impossible
to e.g. reboot from a menu in the window manager as the reboot process
gets killed before it is done.
|
| 1.22 | 26-Jul-1998 |
mycroft | const poisoning.
|
| 1.21 | 06-Jul-1998 |
is | Change poll interval to 1 seconds, for machines booting _really_ fast.
|
| 1.20 | 03-Jul-1998 |
is | Make halt and reboot wait up to 32 seconds after kill(-1, SIGTERM), but
check at 3 second intervals if any are left.
This will help slow machines to cleanly shut down X servers (to make the
console visible), databases, or Usenet news servers.
|
| 1.19 | 06-Jun-1998 |
thorpej | Add a -p option to halt(8), specifying that the system should be powered
down.
|
| 1.18 | 20-Jan-1998 |
mycroft | Use warn*(3).
|
| 1.17 | 20-Jan-1998 |
mycroft | Clean up documentation a bit, and document the `-l' option.
|
| 1.16 | 09-Dec-1997 |
mrg | fix reboot arguments handling (from cgd).
|
| 1.15 | 15-Sep-1997 |
lukem | branches: 1.15.2;
- use .Nm correctly
- use __progname instead of rindex(argv[0]) ...
|
| 1.14 | 19-Jul-1997 |
perry | 1) Make WARNS=1 clean
2) to do 1), nuke the silly local version of err()
3) nuke "register" declarations.
|
| 1.13 | 19-Jul-1997 |
perry | fix pr-2619, from cgd. really obscure bug in exec'ing reboot when single user.
|
| 1.12 | 17-Jul-1997 |
perry | fix halt when used as login shell, from cgd in pr-2618
|
| 1.11 | 16-Sep-1996 |
mrg | only log the bootstr if it exists.
|
| 1.10 | 10-Aug-1996 |
mrg | use the SunOS derived RB_STRING.
|
| 1.9 | 09-Aug-1996 |
mrg | update for new reboot(2).
|
| 1.8 | 05-Oct-1995 |
mycroft | Add a `-d' option to force a dump. From John Kohl.
|
| 1.7 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | pseudo-merge with Lite; man pages need to be merged seperately, but
that's really a port-specific thing. They probably should be updated, too.
|
| 1.6 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.5 | 18-Dec-1994 |
cgd | -Wall cleanups from Jim Jegers
|
| 1.4 | 01-Aug-1993 |
mycroft | Add RCS identifiers.
|
| 1.3 | 23-Mar-1993 |
cgd | changed "Id" to "Header" for rcsids
|
| 1.2 | 22-Mar-1993 |
cgd | added rcs ids to all files
|
| 1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.2 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | from Lite
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | initial import of 386bsd-0.1 sources
|
| 1.15.2.1 | 09-Dec-1997 |
thorpej | Pull up from trunk: fix reboot string passing (mrg)
|
| 1.34.6.1 | 18-Feb-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.34.4.1 | 23-Mar-2008 |
matt | sync with HEAD
|
| 1.35.8.1 | 18-Sep-2008 |
wrstuden | Sync with wrstuden-revivesa-base-2.
|
| 1.35.4.1 | 28-Sep-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.36.14.1 | 17-Feb-2011 |
bouyer | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.39.8.1 | 20-Nov-2012 |
tls | Resync to 2012-11-19 00:00:00 UTC
|
| 1.39.2.1 | 16-Jan-2013 |
yamt | sync with (a bit old) head
|
| 1.40.32.1 | 09-Aug-2019 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by roy in ticket #34):
sbin/reboot/reboot.c: revision 1.41
reboot: fix arg order for logwtmpx(3)
Matches the correct order from init(8).
Thanks to Sascha Wildner <swildner@dragonflybsd.org>
|
| 1.40.30.1 | 13-Apr-2020 |
martin | Mostly merge changes from HEAD upto 20200411
|
| 1.4 | 23-Apr-1995 |
cgd | remove these (deprecated) files. port maintainers were warned about
their impending disappearance a while ago; they can still be retrieved
from the attic.
|
| 1.3 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.2 | 14-Feb-1994 |
cgd | U* to NetBSD, as appropriate
|
| 1.1 | 08-Feb-1994 |
chopps | describes amiga's actions on exec of reboot
|
| 1.5 | 23-Apr-1995 |
cgd | remove these (deprecated) files. port maintainers were warned about
their impending disappearance a while ago; they can still be retrieved
from the attic.
|
| 1.4 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.3 | 14-Feb-1994 |
cgd | U* to NetBSD, as appropriate
|
| 1.2 | 01-Aug-1993 |
mycroft | Add RCS indentifiers.
|
| 1.1 | 13-May-1993 |
cgd | add hp300 man page
|
| 1.9 | 23-Apr-1995 |
cgd | remove these (deprecated) files. port maintainers were warned about
their impending disappearance a while ago; they can still be retrieved
from the attic.
|
| 1.8 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.7 | 14-Feb-1994 |
cgd | U* to NetBSD, as appropriate
|
| 1.6 | 14-Jan-1994 |
jtc | Fix spelling errors
|
| 1.5 | 01-Aug-1993 |
mycroft | Add RCS indentifiers.
|
| 1.4 | 13-Jun-1993 |
mycroft | Update file names. This man page needs some more work.
|
| 1.3 | 23-Mar-1993 |
cgd | changed "Id" to "Header" for rcsids
|
| 1.2 | 22-Mar-1993 |
cgd | added rcs ids to all files
|
| 1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | initial import of 386bsd-0.1 sources
|
| 1.4 | 23-Apr-1995 |
cgd | remove these (deprecated) files. port maintainers were warned about
their impending disappearance a while ago; they can still be retrieved
from the attic.
|
| 1.3 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.2 | 14-Feb-1994 |
cgd | U* to NetBSD, as appropriate
|
| 1.1 | 06-Dec-1993 |
briggs | This is currently just the hp300 man page with the boot sequence
description removed. It needs to describe the macintosh boot
in some detail and perhaps note that the macintosh doesn't work
as described in all cases (yet).
|
| 1.3 | 23-Apr-1995 |
cgd | remove these (deprecated) files. port maintainers were warned about
their impending disappearance a while ago; they can still be retrieved
from the attic.
|
| 1.2 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.1 | 13-Jun-1994 |
phil | We need this.
|
| 1.4 | 23-Apr-1995 |
cgd | remove these (deprecated) files. port maintainers were warned about
their impending disappearance a while ago; they can still be retrieved
from the attic.
|
| 1.3 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.2 | 18-Jan-1995 |
mellon | Fixed formatting and expanded content
|
| 1.1 | 18-Jan-1995 |
mellon | reboot documentation for pmax
|
| 1.4 | 23-Apr-1995 |
cgd | remove these (deprecated) files. port maintainers were warned about
their impending disappearance a while ago; they can still be retrieved
from the attic.
|
| 1.3 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.2 | 14-Feb-1994 |
cgd | U* to NetBSD, as appropriate
|
| 1.1 | 13-Feb-1994 |
deraadt | first cut
|
| 1.8 | 20-Apr-2024 |
rillig | {usr.,}{s,}bin: replace LINT_SUPPORTED with the standard NOLINT
While here, re-enable lint in those cases where lint was skipped due to
a bug in interpreting abstract types, which was fixed in cgram.y 1.469
from 2023-08-02.
|
| 1.7 | 14-Sep-2021 |
rillig | sbin: enable lint for almost all programs
The programs fsck_lfs and newfs_lfs both trigger a longstanding bug in
lint that is difficult to fix, so ignore them for now.
For resize_ffs, lint thinks that 'struct fs' is incomplete, but GCC and
Clang accept it. Needs further investigation.
|
| 1.6 | 24-May-2020 |
jmcneill | Use getfsspecname and getrawdiskname so we can resize by NAME= label.
|
| 1.5 | 06-Apr-2015 |
jmcneill | if the -p flag is specified, display a progress bar while growing the file-system
|
| 1.4 | 15-Aug-2011 |
dholland | branches: 1.4.20;
WARNS = 4
|
| 1.3 | 05-Jan-2011 |
riz | Add support for byteswapped file systems (big-endian on little-endian
host, and vice versa), to fix PR#44203.
Add support for growing (but not yet shrinking) UFS2 file systems. Partially
addresses PR#44205.
While I'm here, reformat the code for closer adherence to KNF.
Fairly extensive testing was performed, using the shortly-to-be-committed
updated ATF tests. Patch posted to tech-userlevel on 21 December 2010,
no comments.
|
| 1.2 | 26-Apr-2009 |
lukem | set WARNS=3 -- too many -Wsign-compare issues in the kernel ffs code
|
| 1.1 | 21-Feb-2003 |
jtk | branches: 1.1.40; 1.1.42;
Preliminary version of resize_ffs, based on der Mouse's fsresize tool.
I didn't have time to clean it up completely before my legal status
w.r.t. open source projects goes into limbo for a while. Other
developers are encouraged to play with the tool and get it into
release-worthy shape.
TODO list (see TODO file)
* verify it builds on -current, put it into release lists/etc. and src/sbin/Makefile
(built & tested on 1.6.1)
* make it ask questions before doing any work (confirm)
* create regression test suite (see discussions on tech-kern and
developers) and fix any bugs
* verify conversion to ANSI C didn't break anything
* port to UFS2
|
| 1.1.42.1 | 13-May-2009 |
jym | Sync with HEAD.
Third (and last) commit. See http://mail-index.netbsd.org/source-changes/2009/05/13/msg221222.html
|
| 1.1.40.1 | 18-Nov-2011 |
sborrill | Pull up the following revisions(s) (requested by riz in ticket #1690):
distrib/sets/lists/base/mi patch
distrib/sets/lists/man/mi patch
sbin/Makefile patch
sbin/resize_ffs/Makefile patch
sbin/resize_ffs/TODO patch
sbin/resize_ffs/resize_ffs.8 patch
sbin/resize_ffs/resize_ffs.c patch
Fix resize_ffs(8) so that growing and shrinking all FFSv1
(including byteswapped) and growing FFSv2 file systems is supported.
|
| 1.4.20.1 | 06-Aug-2015 |
snj | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by skrll in ticket #909):
distrib/sets/lists/etc/mi: revision 1.237
distrib/sets/lists/tests/mi: revision 1.613
distrib/utils/embedded/conf/armv7.conf: revisions 1.1, 1.2
distrib/utils/embedded/conf/beagleboard.conf: delete
distrib/utils/embedded/conf/evbarm.conf: revisions 1.21, 1.22
distrib/utils/embedded/conf/rpi.conf: revisions 1.28, 1.29
distrib/utils/embedded/conf/rpi_inst.conf: revisions 1.7, 1.8
distrib/utils/embedded/conf/usermode.conf: revision 1.5
distrib/utils/embedded/conf/x86.conf: revision 1.5
distrib/utils/embedded/files/resize_disklabel: revision 1.1
distrib/utils/embedded/mkimage: revisions 1.49, 1.55-1.59
etc/defaults/rc.conf: revision 1.133
etc/etc.evbarm/Makefile.inc: revisions 1.72, 1.76
etc/rc.d/Makefile: revision 1.93 via patch
etc/rc.d/resize_root: revisions 1.1-1.3
etc/rc.d/root: revision 1.5
sbin/resize_ffs/Makefile: revision 1.5
sbin/resize_ffs/resize_ffs.8: revisions 1.14-1.16
sbin/resize_ffs/resize_ffs.c: revisions 1.39-1.44
share/man/man5/rc.conf.5: revision 1.158, 1.159
tests/sbin/resize_ffs/Makefile: revision 1.4
tests/sbin/resize_ffs/common.sh: revision 1.14
tests/sbin/resize_ffs/t_check.sh: revision 1.1
tests/sbin/resize_ffs/t_grow.sh: revision 1.9
tests/sbin/resize_ffs/t_grow_swapped.sh: revision 1.3
tests/sbin/resize_ffs/t_shrink.sh: revision 1.8
tests/sbin/resize_ffs/t_shrink_swapped.sh: revision 1.2
fix image building:
- round up the total size of the disk image
- fix fdisk offset for netbsd ffs images
--
Make get_dev_size work on regular files too.
--
Use `!= -1' instead of `== 0' out of paranoia.
--
- Add -c to check to see if grow/shrink is required
- Divide by DEV_BSIZE when returning size of file.
- Update manpage
--
New sentence, new line. Sort option descriptions.
--
Add resize_root boot operation. If resize_root=YES in rc.conf then
the system attempts to resize the root file system to fill it's
partition prior to mounting read-write. Useful for things like AMI
file system images. May eventually be used by arm images after
coming up with similar solution for increasing the parition size.
--
- Add new tests for -c check flag in resize_ffs
--
Bump date for previous.
it's -> its
--
Handle case in grow() where last cylinder group is too small for ufs2.
Align with code in shrink().
--
factor out geometry calculation and use this also in CheckOnly mode.
be a bit more verbose in Verbose mode.
--
Add support for auto-growing the root partition. Enable it for rpi.img.
--
initialize resize before pulling in board config
--
add KEYWORD: interactive, honour resize_root_flags and
resize_root_postcmd rc vars
--
if the -p flag is specified, display a progress bar while growing the
file-system
--
show resize_ffs progress bar when resizing root partition
--
fix typo in previous; pass -y unconditionally to resize_ffs, not -p
--
Rename beagleboard.img to armv7.img. The new image includes the same
kernels as beagleboard.img plus support for Raspberry Pi 2, ODROID-C1,
Cubieboard2, Cubietruck, Hummingbird A31, and Banana Pi.
--
Properly spell X' name. From X(7):
The X.Org Foundation requests that the following names be
used when
referring to this software:
X
X Window System
X Version 11
X Window System, Version 11
X11
--
Add some documentation:
Tell what this does, and what it expects from conf files
--
Cleanup: make_filesystems is not used any longer, purge remains
--
More cleanup:
Instead of first overwriting the *_evbarm functions with own code,
and then calling them from the regular functions, directly put the
code into the regular functions.
No more functions from evbarm.conf are used now.
Some variables are still used!
--
define TOOL_MKUBOOTIMAGE for mkimage
--
fix mkubootimage
|
| 1.9 | 09-Sep-2013 |
riz | Add an item to the list (SIGINFO support).
|
| 1.8 | 05-Jan-2011 |
riz | branches: 1.8.6; 1.8.12;
Add support for byteswapped file systems (big-endian on little-endian
host, and vice versa), to fix PR#44203.
Add support for growing (but not yet shrinking) UFS2 file systems. Partially
addresses PR#44205.
While I'm here, reformat the code for closer adherence to KNF.
Fairly extensive testing was performed, using the shortly-to-be-committed
updated ATF tests. Patch posted to tech-userlevel on 21 December 2010,
no comments.
|
| 1.7 | 08-Dec-2010 |
riz | Remove accidentally-resurrected TODO item.
|
| 1.6 | 08-Dec-2010 |
riz | If we're operating on a plain file instead of a device, ftruncate() it
to ensure it's been properly extended. Clears up some problems at certain
blocksizes which showed up during creation of atf tests, which is done
using file-backed file systems.
|
| 1.5 | 03-Dec-2010 |
riz | Turns out, plain-file usage is already supported. *blush*
|
| 1.4 | 02-Dec-2010 |
riz | Knock one off the list.
|
| 1.3 | 01-Dec-2010 |
riz | Update TODO for resize_ffs(8), adding some stuff and removing some
ancient bits.
|
| 1.2 | 23-Feb-2003 |
lukem | branches: 1.2.40;
(cross)builds on current ok
|
| 1.1 | 21-Feb-2003 |
jtk | Preliminary version of resize_ffs, based on der Mouse's fsresize tool.
I didn't have time to clean it up completely before my legal status
w.r.t. open source projects goes into limbo for a while. Other
developers are encouraged to play with the tool and get it into
release-worthy shape.
TODO list (see TODO file)
* verify it builds on -current, put it into release lists/etc. and src/sbin/Makefile
(built & tested on 1.6.1)
* make it ask questions before doing any work (confirm)
* create regression test suite (see discussions on tech-kern and
developers) and fix any bugs
* verify conversion to ANSI C didn't break anything
* port to UFS2
|
| 1.2.40.1 | 18-Nov-2011 |
sborrill | Pull up the following revisions(s) (requested by riz in ticket #1690):
distrib/sets/lists/base/mi patch
distrib/sets/lists/man/mi patch
sbin/Makefile patch
sbin/resize_ffs/Makefile patch
sbin/resize_ffs/TODO patch
sbin/resize_ffs/resize_ffs.8 patch
sbin/resize_ffs/resize_ffs.c patch
Fix resize_ffs(8) so that growing and shrinking all FFSv1
(including byteswapped) and growing FFSv2 file systems is supported.
|
| 1.8.12.1 | 20-Aug-2014 |
tls | Rebase to HEAD as of a few days ago.
|
| 1.8.6.1 | 22-May-2014 |
yamt | sync with head.
for a reference, the tree before this commit was tagged
as yamt-pagecache-tag8.
this commit was splitted into small chunks to avoid
a limitation of cvs. ("Protocol error: too many arguments")
|
| 1.18 | 01-Oct-2017 |
christos | PR/52590: David H. Gutteridge: Minor documentation improvements
|
| 1.17 | 12-Sep-2016 |
sevan | branches: 1.17.6;
Replace contractions.
|
| 1.16 | 06-Apr-2015 |
jmcneill | if the -p flag is specified, display a progress bar while growing the file-system
|
| 1.15 | 29-Mar-2015 |
wiz | New sentence, new line. Sort option descriptions.
|
| 1.14 | 29-Mar-2015 |
chopps | - Add -c to check to see if grow/shrink is required
- Divide by DEV_BSIZE when returning size of file.
- Update manpage
|
| 1.13 | 28-Aug-2011 |
wiz | branches: 1.13.20;
Move a sentence to where it makes more sense.
|
| 1.12 | 28-Aug-2011 |
wiz | New sentence, new line.
|
| 1.11 | 27-Aug-2011 |
christos | PR/45301: Julian Fagir: make clear that the unit is sectors and fix a typo.
While there, use errx, and sizeof(*var) instead of sizeof(type)
|
| 1.10 | 05-Jan-2011 |
riz | Add support for byteswapped file systems (big-endian on little-endian
host, and vice versa), to fix PR#44203.
Add support for growing (but not yet shrinking) UFS2 file systems. Partially
addresses PR#44205.
While I'm here, reformat the code for closer adherence to KNF.
Fairly extensive testing was performed, using the shortly-to-be-committed
updated ATF tests. Patch posted to tech-userlevel on 21 December 2010,
no comments.
|
| 1.9 | 20-Dec-2010 |
riz | Revert previous - inadvertant commit to wrong repository.
|
| 1.8 | 20-Dec-2010 |
riz | Pull in change from njoly@ in -current
|
| 1.7 | 19-Dec-2010 |
njoly | Add missing .Os macro.
|
| 1.6 | 14-Dec-2010 |
wiz | filesystem -> file system.
|
| 1.5 | 31-Oct-2010 |
wiz | Various improvements.
|
| 1.4 | 30-Oct-2010 |
haad | Add resize_ffs tool to build, change default behaviour to grow filesystem
to device size. Add parameter -s to specify size if user want to shrink
filesystem.
Apply some KNF, remove dead unused code.
Oked by christos@.
|
| 1.3 | 10-Mar-2003 |
wiz | branches: 1.3.40;
Sort sections; "file system" instead of filesystem; mdoc improvements;
new sentenence, new line.
|
| 1.2 | 23-Feb-2003 |
lukem | minor cosmetic tweak
|
| 1.1 | 21-Feb-2003 |
jtk | Preliminary version of resize_ffs, based on der Mouse's fsresize tool.
I didn't have time to clean it up completely before my legal status
w.r.t. open source projects goes into limbo for a while. Other
developers are encouraged to play with the tool and get it into
release-worthy shape.
TODO list (see TODO file)
* verify it builds on -current, put it into release lists/etc. and src/sbin/Makefile
(built & tested on 1.6.1)
* make it ask questions before doing any work (confirm)
* create regression test suite (see discussions on tech-kern and
developers) and fix any bugs
* verify conversion to ANSI C didn't break anything
* port to UFS2
|
| 1.3.40.1 | 18-Nov-2011 |
sborrill | Pull up the following revisions(s) (requested by riz in ticket #1690):
distrib/sets/lists/base/mi patch
distrib/sets/lists/man/mi patch
sbin/Makefile patch
sbin/resize_ffs/Makefile patch
sbin/resize_ffs/TODO patch
sbin/resize_ffs/resize_ffs.8 patch
sbin/resize_ffs/resize_ffs.c patch
Fix resize_ffs(8) so that growing and shrinking all FFSv1
(including byteswapped) and growing FFSv2 file systems is supported.
|
| 1.13.20.2 | 23-Oct-2017 |
snj | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by sborrill in ticket #1516):
sbin/resize_ffs/resize_ffs.8: revision 1.18
sbin/resize_ffs/resize_ffs.c: revision 1.48-1.53
Fix the most obvious integer overflow errors which can lead to superblock
corruption. Thanks to riastradh@
--
Use int64_t for loop index so we don't iterate forever/until trap.
--
Fix the syntax (pointed out by David H. Gutteridge on source-changes-d).
Fix the build...
--
- More fixes to use 64bit offsets.
- Compute left-over fragments also for FFS2.
--
PR/52590: David H. Gutteridge: Minor documentation improvements
--
Fix computation of left-over fragments also for ufs2.
Fixes PR 52600.
|
| 1.13.20.1 | 06-Aug-2015 |
snj | branches: 1.13.20.1.2; 1.13.20.1.6;
Pull up following revision(s) (requested by skrll in ticket #909):
distrib/sets/lists/etc/mi: revision 1.237
distrib/sets/lists/tests/mi: revision 1.613
distrib/utils/embedded/conf/armv7.conf: revisions 1.1, 1.2
distrib/utils/embedded/conf/beagleboard.conf: delete
distrib/utils/embedded/conf/evbarm.conf: revisions 1.21, 1.22
distrib/utils/embedded/conf/rpi.conf: revisions 1.28, 1.29
distrib/utils/embedded/conf/rpi_inst.conf: revisions 1.7, 1.8
distrib/utils/embedded/conf/usermode.conf: revision 1.5
distrib/utils/embedded/conf/x86.conf: revision 1.5
distrib/utils/embedded/files/resize_disklabel: revision 1.1
distrib/utils/embedded/mkimage: revisions 1.49, 1.55-1.59
etc/defaults/rc.conf: revision 1.133
etc/etc.evbarm/Makefile.inc: revisions 1.72, 1.76
etc/rc.d/Makefile: revision 1.93 via patch
etc/rc.d/resize_root: revisions 1.1-1.3
etc/rc.d/root: revision 1.5
sbin/resize_ffs/Makefile: revision 1.5
sbin/resize_ffs/resize_ffs.8: revisions 1.14-1.16
sbin/resize_ffs/resize_ffs.c: revisions 1.39-1.44
share/man/man5/rc.conf.5: revision 1.158, 1.159
tests/sbin/resize_ffs/Makefile: revision 1.4
tests/sbin/resize_ffs/common.sh: revision 1.14
tests/sbin/resize_ffs/t_check.sh: revision 1.1
tests/sbin/resize_ffs/t_grow.sh: revision 1.9
tests/sbin/resize_ffs/t_grow_swapped.sh: revision 1.3
tests/sbin/resize_ffs/t_shrink.sh: revision 1.8
tests/sbin/resize_ffs/t_shrink_swapped.sh: revision 1.2
fix image building:
- round up the total size of the disk image
- fix fdisk offset for netbsd ffs images
--
Make get_dev_size work on regular files too.
--
Use `!= -1' instead of `== 0' out of paranoia.
--
- Add -c to check to see if grow/shrink is required
- Divide by DEV_BSIZE when returning size of file.
- Update manpage
--
New sentence, new line. Sort option descriptions.
--
Add resize_root boot operation. If resize_root=YES in rc.conf then
the system attempts to resize the root file system to fill it's
partition prior to mounting read-write. Useful for things like AMI
file system images. May eventually be used by arm images after
coming up with similar solution for increasing the parition size.
--
- Add new tests for -c check flag in resize_ffs
--
Bump date for previous.
it's -> its
--
Handle case in grow() where last cylinder group is too small for ufs2.
Align with code in shrink().
--
factor out geometry calculation and use this also in CheckOnly mode.
be a bit more verbose in Verbose mode.
--
Add support for auto-growing the root partition. Enable it for rpi.img.
--
initialize resize before pulling in board config
--
add KEYWORD: interactive, honour resize_root_flags and
resize_root_postcmd rc vars
--
if the -p flag is specified, display a progress bar while growing the
file-system
--
show resize_ffs progress bar when resizing root partition
--
fix typo in previous; pass -y unconditionally to resize_ffs, not -p
--
Rename beagleboard.img to armv7.img. The new image includes the same
kernels as beagleboard.img plus support for Raspberry Pi 2, ODROID-C1,
Cubieboard2, Cubietruck, Hummingbird A31, and Banana Pi.
--
Properly spell X' name. From X(7):
The X.Org Foundation requests that the following names be
used when
referring to this software:
X
X Window System
X Version 11
X Window System, Version 11
X11
--
Add some documentation:
Tell what this does, and what it expects from conf files
--
Cleanup: make_filesystems is not used any longer, purge remains
--
More cleanup:
Instead of first overwriting the *_evbarm functions with own code,
and then calling them from the regular functions, directly put the
code into the regular functions.
No more functions from evbarm.conf are used now.
Some variables are still used!
--
define TOOL_MKUBOOTIMAGE for mkimage
--
fix mkubootimage
|
| 1.13.20.1.6.1 | 23-Oct-2017 |
snj | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by sborrill in ticket #1516):
sbin/resize_ffs/resize_ffs.8: revision 1.18
sbin/resize_ffs/resize_ffs.c: revision 1.48-1.53
Fix the most obvious integer overflow errors which can lead to superblock
corruption. Thanks to riastradh@
--
Use int64_t for loop index so we don't iterate forever/until trap.
--
Fix the syntax (pointed out by David H. Gutteridge on source-changes-d).
Fix the build...
--
- More fixes to use 64bit offsets.
- Compute left-over fragments also for FFS2.
--
PR/52590: David H. Gutteridge: Minor documentation improvements
--
Fix computation of left-over fragments also for ufs2.
Fixes PR 52600.
|
| 1.13.20.1.2.1 | 23-Oct-2017 |
snj | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by sborrill in ticket #1516):
sbin/resize_ffs/resize_ffs.8: revision 1.18
sbin/resize_ffs/resize_ffs.c: revision 1.48-1.53
Fix the most obvious integer overflow errors which can lead to superblock
corruption. Thanks to riastradh@
--
Use int64_t for loop index so we don't iterate forever/until trap.
--
Fix the syntax (pointed out by David H. Gutteridge on source-changes-d).
Fix the build...
--
- More fixes to use 64bit offsets.
- Compute left-over fragments also for FFS2.
--
PR/52590: David H. Gutteridge: Minor documentation improvements
--
Fix computation of left-over fragments also for ufs2.
Fixes PR 52600.
|
| 1.17.6.1 | 24-Oct-2017 |
snj | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by sborrill in ticket #308):
sbin/resize_ffs/resize_ffs.8: revision 1.18
sbin/resize_ffs/resize_ffs.c: revision 1.48-1.53
Fix the most obvious integer overflow errors which can lead to superblock
corruption. Thanks to riastradh@
--
Use int64_t for loop index so we don't iterate forever/until trap.
--
Fix the syntax (pointed out by David H. Gutteridge on source-changes-d).
Fix the build...
--
- More fixes to use 64bit offsets.
- Compute left-over fragments also for FFS2.
--
PR/52590: David H. Gutteridge: Minor documentation improvements
--
Fix computation of left-over fragments also for ufs2.
Fixes PR 52600.
|
| 1.58 | 07-Jan-2023 |
chs | ufs: fixed signed/unsigned bugs affecting large file systems
Apply these commits from FreeBSD:
commit e870d1e6f97cc73308c11c40684b775bcfa906a2
Author: Kirk McKusick <mckusick@FreeBSD.org>
Date: Wed Feb 10 20:10:35 2010 +0000
This fix corrects a problem in the file system that treats large
inode numbers as negative rather than unsigned. For a default
(16K block) file system, this bug began to show up at a file system
size above about 16Tb.
To fully handle this problem, newfs must be updated to ensure that
it will never create a filesystem with more than 2^32 inodes. That
patch will be forthcoming soon.
Reported by: Scott Burns, John Kilburg, Bruce Evans
Followup by: Jeff Roberson
PR: 133980
MFC after: 2 weeks
commit 81479e688b0f643ffacd3f335b4b4bba460b769d
Author: Kirk McKusick <mckusick@FreeBSD.org>
Date: Thu Feb 11 18:14:53 2010 +0000
One last pass to get all the unsigned comparisons correct.
In additional to the changes from FreeBSD, this commit includes quite a few
related changes to appease -Wsign-compare.
|
| 1.57 | 17-Nov-2022 |
chs | branches: 1.57.2;
Restore backward compatibility of UFS2 with previous NetBSD releases by
disabling support in UFS2 for extended attributes (including ACLs).
Add a new variant of UFS2 called "UFS2ea" that does support extended attributes.
Add new fsck_ffs operations "-c ea" and "-c no-ea" to convert file systems
from UFS2 to UFS2ea and vice-versa (both of which delete all existing extended
attributes in the process).
|
| 1.56 | 08-Apr-2022 |
andvar | fix various typos, mainly in comments, but also log messages, docs, game text.
|
| 1.55 | 24-May-2020 |
jmcneill | Use getfsspecname and getrawdiskname so we can resize by NAME= label.
|
| 1.54 | 21-Apr-2019 |
maya | wether -> whether
|
| 1.53 | 09-Oct-2017 |
mlelstv | branches: 1.53.4;
Fix computation of left-over fragments also for ufs2.
Fixes PR 52600.
|
| 1.52 | 01-Oct-2017 |
christos | PR/52590: David H. Gutteridge: Minor documentation improvements
|
| 1.51 | 01-Oct-2017 |
mlelstv | - More fixes to use 64bit offsets.
- Compute left-over fragments also for FFS2.
|
| 1.50 | 30-Sep-2017 |
kre | Fix the syntax (pointed out by David H. Gutteridge on source-changes-d).
Fix the build...
|
| 1.49 | 30-Sep-2017 |
riastradh | Use int64_t for loop index so we don't iterate forever/until trap.
|
| 1.48 | 28-Sep-2017 |
sborrill | Fix the most obvious integer overflow errors which can lead to superblock
corruption. Thanks to riastradh@
For example:
# df /data
Filesystem 1K-blocks Used Avail %Cap Mounted on
/dev/ccd0d -19974939099004 -19982708701532 -737868756431824584 0% /data
# dumpfs -s /dev/rccd0d
file system: /dev/rccd0d
format FFSv2
endian little-endian
location 65536 (-b 128)
magic 19540119 time Thu Sep 28 13:18:10 2017
superblock location 65536 id [ 595fa4a5 3363fe37 ]
cylgrp dynamic inodes FFSv2 sblock FFSv2 fslevel 5
nbfree 242773148 ndir 211185 nifree 650798800 nffree
215448
ncg 13933 size 2647654400 blocks -4993734774751
bsize 32768 shift 15 mask 0xffff8000
fsize 4096 shift 12 mask 0xfffff000
frag 8 shift 3 fsbtodb 3
bpg 23754 fpg 190032 ipg 46848
minfree 5% optim time maxcontig 2 maxbpg 4096
symlinklen 120 contigsumsize 2
maxfilesize 0x000800800805ffff
nindir 4096 inopb 128
avgfilesize 16384 avgfpdir 64
sblkno 24 cblkno 32 iblkno 40 dblkno 2968
sbsize 4096 cgsize 32768
csaddr 35792 cssize 225280
cgrotor 0 fmod 0 ronly 0 clean 0x01
wapbl version 0x1 location 2 flags 0x0
wapbl loc0 6354693888 loc1 131072 loc2 512 loc3 3
flags none
fsmnt /data
volname swuid 0
|
| 1.47 | 24-Aug-2016 |
dholland | branches: 1.47.6;
Fix handling of ffsv2 inode initialization. Retires PR 51116.
|
| 1.46 | 17-Mar-2016 |
christos | fix pasto
|
| 1.45 | 17-Mar-2016 |
christos | Appease gcc-5 from phone@
|
| 1.44 | 06-Apr-2015 |
jmcneill | if the -p flag is specified, display a progress bar while growing the file-system
|
| 1.43 | 06-Apr-2015 |
mlelstv | factor out geometry calculation and use this also in CheckOnly mode.
be a bit more verbose in Verbose mode.
|
| 1.42 | 06-Apr-2015 |
mlelstv | Handle case in grow() where last cylinder group is too small for ufs2.
Align with code in shrink().
|
| 1.41 | 29-Mar-2015 |
chopps | - Add -c to check to see if grow/shrink is required
- Divide by DEV_BSIZE when returning size of file.
- Update manpage
|
| 1.40 | 28-Mar-2015 |
riastradh | Use `!= -1' instead of `== 0' out of paranoia.
|
| 1.39 | 28-Mar-2015 |
riastradh | Make get_dev_size work on regular files too.
|
| 1.38 | 23-Jun-2013 |
dholland | branches: 1.38.6;
Stick ffs_ in front of the following macros:
fragstoblks()
blkstofrags()
fragnum()
blknum()
to finish the job of distinguishing them from the lfs versions, which
Christos renamed the other day.
I believe this is the last of the overtly ambiguous exported symbols
from ffs... or at least, the last of the ones that conflicted with lfs.
ffs still pollutes the C namespace very broadly (as does ufs) and this
needs quite a bit more cleanup.
XXX: boo on macros with lowercase names. But I'm not tackling that just yet.
|
| 1.37 | 23-Jun-2013 |
dholland | Stick ffs_, ext2_, chfs_, filecore_, cd9660_, or mfs_ in front of
the following symbols so as to disambiguate fully. (Christos already
did the lfs ones.)
lblkno
lblktosize
lfragtosize
numfrags
blkroundup
fragroundup
|
| 1.36 | 23-Jun-2013 |
dholland | fsbtodb() -> FFS_FSBTODB(), EXT2_FSBTODB(), or MFS_FSBTODB()
dbtofsb() -> FFS_DBTOFSB() or EXT2_DBTOFSB()
(Christos already did the lfs ones a few days back)
|
| 1.35 | 19-Jun-2013 |
dholland | Rename ambiguous macros:
MAXDIRSIZE -> UFS_MAXDIRSIZE or LFS_MAXDIRSIZE
NINDIR -> FFS_NINDIR, EXT2_NINDIR, LFS_NINDIR, or MFS_NINDIR
INOPB -> FFS_INOPB, LFS_INOPB
INOPF -> FFS_INOPF, LFS_INOPF
blksize -> ffs_blksize, ext2_blksize, or lfs_blksize
sblksize -> ffs_blksize
These are not the only ambiguously defined filesystem macros, of
course, there's a pile more. I may not have found all the ambiguous
definitions of blksize(), too, as there are a lot of other things
called 'blksize' in the system.
|
| 1.34 | 22-Jan-2013 |
dholland | Stuff UFS_ in front of a few of ufs's symbols to reduce namespace
pollution. Specifically:
ROOTINO -> UFS_ROOTINO
WINO -> UFS_WINO
NXADDR -> UFS_NXADDR
NDADDR -> UFS_NDADDR
NIADDR -> UFS_NIADDR
MAXSYMLINKLEN -> UFS_MAXSYMLINKLEN
MAXSYMLINKLEN_UFS[12] -> UFS[12]_MAXSYMLINKLEN (for consistency)
Sort out ext2fs's misuse of NDADDR and NIADDR; fortunately, these have
the same values in ext2fs and ffs.
No functional change intended.
|
| 1.33 | 20-Apr-2012 |
christos | branches: 1.33.2;
fix cast in local macro
|
| 1.32 | 27-Aug-2011 |
christos | branches: 1.32.2;
PR/45301: Julian Fagir: make clear that the unit is sectors and fix a typo.
While there, use errx, and sizeof(*var) instead of sizeof(type)
|
| 1.31 | 15-Aug-2011 |
dholland | Fix another dodgy switch-jump.
|
| 1.30 | 15-Aug-2011 |
dholland | WARNS = 4
|
| 1.29 | 15-Aug-2011 |
dholland | Add missing __RCSID().
|
| 1.28 | 15-Aug-2011 |
dholland | Whitespace.
|
| 1.27 | 15-Aug-2011 |
dholland | Avoid switch-jumping into the middle of an if. Compiler output is unchanged.
|
| 1.26 | 15-Aug-2011 |
dholland | Minor KNF.
|
| 1.25 | 05-Jan-2011 |
riz | Add support for byteswapped file systems (big-endian on little-endian
host, and vice versa), to fix PR#44203.
Add support for growing (but not yet shrinking) UFS2 file systems. Partially
addresses PR#44205.
While I'm here, reformat the code for closer adherence to KNF.
Fairly extensive testing was performed, using the shortly-to-be-committed
updated ATF tests. Patch posted to tech-userlevel on 21 December 2010,
no comments.
|
| 1.24 | 14-Dec-2010 |
wiz | filesystem -> file system.
|
| 1.23 | 14-Dec-2010 |
riz | Be explicit about byteswapped and ffsv2 file systems being currently
unsupported, while catching up to some changes in my local tree which
will hopefully support them at some time in the future.
Also, change "device" variable to "special", to reflect the fact
that resize_ffs will work on a plain file.
|
| 1.22 | 14-Dec-2010 |
riz | Don't special-case v1 superblocks - especially with an incorrect
calculation.
|
| 1.21 | 12-Dec-2010 |
riz | Remove bogus check which is not actually testing anything useful,
and depending on file system data, can actually be a false error.
Fixes what I was actually testing for in bin/44209, though the
actual problem was not what I originally described.
|
| 1.20 | 12-Dec-2010 |
mhitch | Add support for old ffsv1 superblocks. After reading an old superblock,
copy appropriate data to where they are expected in the updated superblock.
When writing the updated superblock, move the updated values back to the
old ffsv1 superblock locations. Also check for old superblock format when
updating the last cylinder group and adjust cg_old_ncyl appropriately.
Derived from how mksf sets them. Should address PR bin/44209.
|
| 1.19 | 08-Dec-2010 |
riz | If we're operating on a plain file instead of a device, ftruncate() it
to ensure it's been properly extended. Clears up some problems at certain
blocksizes which showed up during creation of atf tests, which is done
using file-backed file systems.
|
| 1.18 | 07-Dec-2010 |
riz | As currently written, writeat() expects disk blocks, not fs blocks, so
when testing that the last sector of the new size is writeable, make
sure we're ACTUALLY writing in the new space, instead of possibly
overwriting something in the existing fs.
Discovered while writing tests - tests which uncovered file corruption at
certain block sizes.
XXX should rewrite writeat() to expect fs blocks instead of disk blocks.
OK mlelstv@
|
| 1.17 | 02-Dec-2010 |
riz | Use howmany() instead of "/" to calculate the number of cylinders for
the changed file system, so as to not drop a partial cylinder at the
end. Fixes PR bin/44177.
|
| 1.16 | 01-Dec-2010 |
riz | Do not look for a v1 file system at SBLOCK_UFS2, as this gets the wrong
superblock (first alternate) for a file system with 64k blocks.
Spotted by mhitch@.
|
| 1.15 | 01-Dec-2010 |
riz | Clean up this file:
- sync usage comment with current reality
- sort includes
- wrap lines
- use EXIT_FAILURE consistently
- make error messages consistent: Cannot->Can't
- Remove "Old FFSv1 macros" in favor of system macros in ufs/ffs/fs.h .
Leave dblksize() because it uses the on-disk dinode structure.
More cleanup is needed.
No functional changes intended.
|
| 1.14 | 29-Nov-2010 |
riz | Restore a couple of checks for updating the cg_old_ncyl value which
were commented out with XXX and a notation to "fix once fsck is fixed."
fsck seems to have been fixed for this particular issue sometime in the
7 years since the code was brought into the tree.
Update cg_old_niblk instead of cg_ni_blk, since this tool
currently supports ffsv1 only.
With these two changes, I can grow a file system and have the result
be clean according to fsck_ffs. Shrinking still results in an unclean
file system.
OK mhitch@
While I'm here, fix a typo in an error message.
|
| 1.13 | 30-Oct-2010 |
haad | Add resize_ffs tool to build, change default behaviour to grow filesystem
to device size. Add parameter -s to specify size if user want to shrink
filesystem.
Apply some KNF, remove dead unused code.
Oked by christos@.
|
| 1.12 | 15-Dec-2007 |
perry | branches: 1.12.10;
convert __attribute__s to applicable cdefs.h macros
|
| 1.11 | 15-Dec-2007 |
perry | include sys/cdefs.h so that __attribute__ can be fixed later
|
| 1.10 | 08-Jul-2007 |
bouyer | branches: 1.10.4; 1.10.6;
writeat() also expect offsets in DEV_BSIZE unit. This and the previous commit
should fix PR bin/35560. Thanks to Michael L. Hitch for pointing me at the
PR.
|
| 1.9 | 05-Jul-2007 |
bouyer | readat() expects the offset in DEV_BSIZE units. This made resize_ffs find the
filesystem on a vnd partition for me. It did grow the filesystem, and after
a fsck -f on the partition to fix a few superblock inconsistencies, all
looks good.
|
| 1.8 | 03-Jun-2005 |
snj | Fix a typo in a comment.
|
| 1.7 | 21-Mar-2004 |
dsl | Dunno why this code is playing 'hunt the superblock', but stop it
finding an ffsv1 sb at 64k.
Also stop it playing with fs that have 'FS_FLAGS_UPDATED' set.
It certainly doesn't act on that falg, and my guess is that it is
playing the pre-ffsv2 fs.
Fixes part of PR kern/24809
|
| 1.6 | 05-Jan-2004 |
jmmv | Homogenize usage messages: make the 'usage' word all lowercase, as this seems
to be the most common practice in our tree.
|
| 1.5 | 26-Jul-2003 |
salo | netbsd.org->NetBSD.org
|
| 1.4 | 03-Apr-2003 |
christos | make this compile again.
|
| 1.3 | 10-Mar-2003 |
wiz | Correct program name in comments.
|
| 1.2 | 21-Feb-2003 |
martin | This program deals with on-disk structures.
s/daddr_t/int32_t/g for now (UFS2 will need other changes as well).
|
| 1.1 | 21-Feb-2003 |
jtk | Preliminary version of resize_ffs, based on der Mouse's fsresize tool.
I didn't have time to clean it up completely before my legal status
w.r.t. open source projects goes into limbo for a while. Other
developers are encouraged to play with the tool and get it into
release-worthy shape.
TODO list (see TODO file)
* verify it builds on -current, put it into release lists/etc. and src/sbin/Makefile
(built & tested on 1.6.1)
* make it ask questions before doing any work (confirm)
* create regression test suite (see discussions on tech-kern and
developers) and fix any bugs
* verify conversion to ANSI C didn't break anything
* port to UFS2
|
| 1.10.6.1 | 27-Dec-2007 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.10.4.1 | 09-Jan-2008 |
matt | sync with HEAD
|
| 1.12.10.1 | 18-Nov-2011 |
sborrill | Pull up the following revisions(s) (requested by riz in ticket #1690):
distrib/sets/lists/base/mi patch
distrib/sets/lists/man/mi patch
sbin/Makefile patch
sbin/resize_ffs/Makefile patch
sbin/resize_ffs/TODO patch
sbin/resize_ffs/resize_ffs.8 patch
sbin/resize_ffs/resize_ffs.c patch
Fix resize_ffs(8) so that growing and shrinking all FFSv1
(including byteswapped) and growing FFSv2 file systems is supported.
|
| 1.32.2.3 | 22-May-2014 |
yamt | sync with head.
for a reference, the tree before this commit was tagged
as yamt-pagecache-tag8.
this commit was splitted into small chunks to avoid
a limitation of cvs. ("Protocol error: too many arguments")
|
| 1.32.2.2 | 23-Jan-2013 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.32.2.1 | 23-May-2012 |
yamt | sync with head.
|
| 1.33.2.3 | 20-Aug-2014 |
tls | Rebase to HEAD as of a few days ago.
|
| 1.33.2.2 | 23-Jun-2013 |
tls | resync from head
|
| 1.33.2.1 | 25-Feb-2013 |
tls | resync with head
|
| 1.38.6.3 | 23-Oct-2017 |
snj | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by sborrill in ticket #1516):
sbin/resize_ffs/resize_ffs.8: revision 1.18
sbin/resize_ffs/resize_ffs.c: revision 1.48-1.53
Fix the most obvious integer overflow errors which can lead to superblock
corruption. Thanks to riastradh@
--
Use int64_t for loop index so we don't iterate forever/until trap.
--
Fix the syntax (pointed out by David H. Gutteridge on source-changes-d).
Fix the build...
--
- More fixes to use 64bit offsets.
- Compute left-over fragments also for FFS2.
--
PR/52590: David H. Gutteridge: Minor documentation improvements
--
Fix computation of left-over fragments also for ufs2.
Fixes PR 52600.
|
| 1.38.6.2 | 10-Sep-2016 |
snj | branches: 1.38.6.2.2;
Pull up following revision(s) (requested by dholland in ticket #1242):
sbin/resize_ffs/resize_ffs.c: revision 1.47
Fix handling of ffsv2 inode initialization. Retires PR 51116.
|
| 1.38.6.1 | 06-Aug-2015 |
snj | branches: 1.38.6.1.2; 1.38.6.1.4;
Pull up following revision(s) (requested by skrll in ticket #909):
distrib/sets/lists/etc/mi: revision 1.237
distrib/sets/lists/tests/mi: revision 1.613
distrib/utils/embedded/conf/armv7.conf: revisions 1.1, 1.2
distrib/utils/embedded/conf/beagleboard.conf: delete
distrib/utils/embedded/conf/evbarm.conf: revisions 1.21, 1.22
distrib/utils/embedded/conf/rpi.conf: revisions 1.28, 1.29
distrib/utils/embedded/conf/rpi_inst.conf: revisions 1.7, 1.8
distrib/utils/embedded/conf/usermode.conf: revision 1.5
distrib/utils/embedded/conf/x86.conf: revision 1.5
distrib/utils/embedded/files/resize_disklabel: revision 1.1
distrib/utils/embedded/mkimage: revisions 1.49, 1.55-1.59
etc/defaults/rc.conf: revision 1.133
etc/etc.evbarm/Makefile.inc: revisions 1.72, 1.76
etc/rc.d/Makefile: revision 1.93 via patch
etc/rc.d/resize_root: revisions 1.1-1.3
etc/rc.d/root: revision 1.5
sbin/resize_ffs/Makefile: revision 1.5
sbin/resize_ffs/resize_ffs.8: revisions 1.14-1.16
sbin/resize_ffs/resize_ffs.c: revisions 1.39-1.44
share/man/man5/rc.conf.5: revision 1.158, 1.159
tests/sbin/resize_ffs/Makefile: revision 1.4
tests/sbin/resize_ffs/common.sh: revision 1.14
tests/sbin/resize_ffs/t_check.sh: revision 1.1
tests/sbin/resize_ffs/t_grow.sh: revision 1.9
tests/sbin/resize_ffs/t_grow_swapped.sh: revision 1.3
tests/sbin/resize_ffs/t_shrink.sh: revision 1.8
tests/sbin/resize_ffs/t_shrink_swapped.sh: revision 1.2
fix image building:
- round up the total size of the disk image
- fix fdisk offset for netbsd ffs images
--
Make get_dev_size work on regular files too.
--
Use `!= -1' instead of `== 0' out of paranoia.
--
- Add -c to check to see if grow/shrink is required
- Divide by DEV_BSIZE when returning size of file.
- Update manpage
--
New sentence, new line. Sort option descriptions.
--
Add resize_root boot operation. If resize_root=YES in rc.conf then
the system attempts to resize the root file system to fill it's
partition prior to mounting read-write. Useful for things like AMI
file system images. May eventually be used by arm images after
coming up with similar solution for increasing the parition size.
--
- Add new tests for -c check flag in resize_ffs
--
Bump date for previous.
it's -> its
--
Handle case in grow() where last cylinder group is too small for ufs2.
Align with code in shrink().
--
factor out geometry calculation and use this also in CheckOnly mode.
be a bit more verbose in Verbose mode.
--
Add support for auto-growing the root partition. Enable it for rpi.img.
--
initialize resize before pulling in board config
--
add KEYWORD: interactive, honour resize_root_flags and
resize_root_postcmd rc vars
--
if the -p flag is specified, display a progress bar while growing the
file-system
--
show resize_ffs progress bar when resizing root partition
--
fix typo in previous; pass -y unconditionally to resize_ffs, not -p
--
Rename beagleboard.img to armv7.img. The new image includes the same
kernels as beagleboard.img plus support for Raspberry Pi 2, ODROID-C1,
Cubieboard2, Cubietruck, Hummingbird A31, and Banana Pi.
--
Properly spell X' name. From X(7):
The X.Org Foundation requests that the following names be
used when
referring to this software:
X
X Window System
X Version 11
X Window System, Version 11
X11
--
Add some documentation:
Tell what this does, and what it expects from conf files
--
Cleanup: make_filesystems is not used any longer, purge remains
--
More cleanup:
Instead of first overwriting the *_evbarm functions with own code,
and then calling them from the regular functions, directly put the
code into the regular functions.
No more functions from evbarm.conf are used now.
Some variables are still used!
--
define TOOL_MKUBOOTIMAGE for mkimage
--
fix mkubootimage
|
| 1.38.6.2.2.1 | 23-Oct-2017 |
snj | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by sborrill in ticket #1516):
sbin/resize_ffs/resize_ffs.8: revision 1.18
sbin/resize_ffs/resize_ffs.c: revision 1.48-1.53
Fix the most obvious integer overflow errors which can lead to superblock
corruption. Thanks to riastradh@
--
Use int64_t for loop index so we don't iterate forever/until trap.
--
Fix the syntax (pointed out by David H. Gutteridge on source-changes-d).
Fix the build...
--
- More fixes to use 64bit offsets.
- Compute left-over fragments also for FFS2.
--
PR/52590: David H. Gutteridge: Minor documentation improvements
--
Fix computation of left-over fragments also for ufs2.
Fixes PR 52600.
|
| 1.38.6.1.4.1 | 18-Jan-2017 |
skrll | Sync with netbsd-5
|
| 1.38.6.1.2.1 | 23-Oct-2017 |
snj | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by sborrill in ticket #1516):
sbin/resize_ffs/resize_ffs.8: revision 1.18
sbin/resize_ffs/resize_ffs.c: revision 1.48-1.53
Fix the most obvious integer overflow errors which can lead to superblock
corruption. Thanks to riastradh@
--
Use int64_t for loop index so we don't iterate forever/until trap.
--
Fix the syntax (pointed out by David H. Gutteridge on source-changes-d).
Fix the build...
--
- More fixes to use 64bit offsets.
- Compute left-over fragments also for FFS2.
--
PR/52590: David H. Gutteridge: Minor documentation improvements
--
Fix computation of left-over fragments also for ufs2.
Fixes PR 52600.
|
| 1.47.6.1 | 24-Oct-2017 |
snj | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by sborrill in ticket #308):
sbin/resize_ffs/resize_ffs.8: revision 1.18
sbin/resize_ffs/resize_ffs.c: revision 1.48-1.53
Fix the most obvious integer overflow errors which can lead to superblock
corruption. Thanks to riastradh@
--
Use int64_t for loop index so we don't iterate forever/until trap.
--
Fix the syntax (pointed out by David H. Gutteridge on source-changes-d).
Fix the build...
--
- More fixes to use 64bit offsets.
- Compute left-over fragments also for FFS2.
--
PR/52590: David H. Gutteridge: Minor documentation improvements
--
Fix computation of left-over fragments also for ufs2.
Fixes PR 52600.
|
| 1.53.4.1 | 10-Jun-2019 |
christos | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.57.2.1 | 13-May-2023 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by chs in ticket #160):
usr.sbin/makefs/ffs/ffs_alloc.c: revision 1.31
sbin/tunefs/tunefs.c: revision 1.58
sbin/fsck_ffs/setup.c: revision 1.105
sbin/fsck_ffs/pass5.c: revision 1.56
usr.sbin/makefs/ffs.c: revision 1.74
usr.sbin/makefs/ffs/mkfs.c: revision 1.42
usr.sbin/makefs/Makefile: revision 1.40
sys/ufs/ffs/fs.h: revision 1.71
sbin/fsdb/fsdb.c: revision 1.54
sbin/resize_ffs/resize_ffs.c: revision 1.58
sbin/fsck_ffs/pass4.c: revision 1.29
usr.sbin/makefs/ffs/ffs_extern.h: revision 1.9
sbin/newfs/mkfs.c: revision 1.133
sys/ufs/ffs/ffs_alloc.c: revision 1.172
sbin/fsck_ffs/pass1b.c: revision 1.24
usr.sbin/dumpfs/dumpfs.c: revision 1.68
sys/ufs/ffs/ffs_extern.h: revision 1.88
usr.sbin/quotacheck/quotacheck.c: revision 1.51
sys/ufs/ffs/ffs_subr.c: revision 1.54
sbin/fsck_ffs/main.c: revision 1.91
sbin/fsck_ffs/pass1.c: revision 1.63
ufs: fixed signed/unsigned bugs affecting large file systems
Apply these commits from FreeBSD:
commit e870d1e6f97cc73308c11c40684b775bcfa906a2
Author: Kirk McKusick <mckusick@FreeBSD.org>
Date: Wed Feb 10 20:10:35 2010 +0000
This fix corrects a problem in the file system that treats large
inode numbers as negative rather than unsigned. For a default
(16K block) file system, this bug began to show up at a file system
size above about 16Tb.
To fully handle this problem, newfs must be updated to ensure that
it will never create a filesystem with more than 2^32 inodes. That
patch will be forthcoming soon.
Reported by: Scott Burns, John Kilburg, Bruce Evans
Followup by: Jeff Roberson
PR: 133980
MFC after: 2 weeks
commit 81479e688b0f643ffacd3f335b4b4bba460b769d
Author: Kirk McKusick <mckusick@FreeBSD.org>
Date: Thu Feb 11 18:14:53 2010 +0000
One last pass to get all the unsigned comparisons correct.
In additional to the changes from FreeBSD, this commit includes quite a few
related changes to appease -Wsign-compare.
|
| 1.8 | 18-Sep-2025 |
mrg | introduce a couple of new turn-off-gcc-warning variables and use them.
GCC 14 has a new annoying calloc() checker that we turn off in a bunch
of places, and there are a few more dangling-pointer issuse that come up,
but seem bogus.
|
| 1.7 | 07-Sep-2020 |
mrg | remove GCC_NO_ADDR_OF_PACKED_MEMBER for several subdir builds
that are now handled by lfs_accessors.h internally.
|
| 1.6 | 06-Sep-2020 |
mrg | add support for new GCC 9 warnings that may be too much to fix
right now. new address-of-packed-member and format-overflow
warnings have new GCC_NO_ADDR_OF_PACKED_MEMBER amd
GCC_NO_FORMAT_OVERFLOW variables to remove these warnings.
apply to a bunch of the tree. mostly, these are real bugs that
should be fixed, but in many cases, only by removing the 'packed'
attribute from some structure that doesn't really need it. (i
looked at many different ones, and while perhaps 60-80% were
already properly aligned, it wasn't clear to me that the uses
were always coming from sane data vs network alignment, so it
doesn't seem safe to remove packed without careful research for
each affect struct.) clang already warned (and was not erroring)
for many of these cases, but gcc picked up dozens more.
|
| 1.5 | 05-Jun-2009 |
haad | Add support for DIOCGDISKINFO to disk like device drivers. Change
partutil.c::getdiskinfo to use it to get disk geometry info.
Use DIOCGWEDGEINFO ioctl to get information about partition size, if disk
driver doesn't support it use old DIOCGDINFO. This patch adds support for
wedge like devices(lvm logical volumes, ZFS zvol partitions) to newfs and
other tools.
No objections on tech-userlevel@.
|
| 1.4 | 11-Apr-2009 |
lukem | Enable WARNS=4 by default except for:
dump dump_lfs fsck_ffs fsck_lfs fsdb mount_smbfs
newfs_ext2fs newfs_lfs resize_lfs setkey
|
| 1.3 | 07-Sep-2006 |
riz | branches: 1.3.28;
include <bsd.own.mk>. From Geoff Wing on source-changes.
|
| 1.2 | 05-Sep-2006 |
riz | Deal with wedges and the new disk geometry structures, instead of using
struct disklabel. (Shrinking a file system still seems to have problems,
though, independent of this change)
|
| 1.1 | 23-Apr-2005 |
perseant | branches: 1.1.2;
Provide a resize_lfs(8), including kernel and cleaner support. The current
implementation requires the fs to be mounted while resizing. Tested in both
directions, and everything appears to work happily, but ymmv.
|
| 1.1.2.2 | 07-May-2005 |
tron | Apply patch (requested by perseant in ticket #242):
* fsck_lfs buffer cache fixes, including PR #29151
* Change fsck_lfs phase 0 message to reflect reality
* fsck_lfs: check phase 5 (cleanerinfo accounting) even on
roll-forward
* Keep better track of the free list during roll-forward, avoiding
a core dump
* Improve hash table use for fsck_lfs buffer and vnode cache
* Document fsck_lfs flag -f, and implement -q
* Add resize_lfs, including kernel support
* Add LFS to mountd's list of exportable filesystem types
* Make the LFS lkm work again [christos@]
* Add MP locking to the LFS kernel subsystem
* Fix pager_map deadlock in lfs_putpages()
* Avoid incomplete file extension that looks like "partial
truncation" to fsck
* Use lfs_malloc for cleaner malloc, since the cleaner often runs
in low-memory conditions.
* Use splay trees, not hash table, to track page allocation for
write.
* Fix mkdir panic on full fs
* Fix page accounting leak by counting differently.
* Use rightly named structure for lfs_getattr [skrll@]
* Cosmetic changes for readability.
|
| 1.1.2.1 | 23-Apr-2005 |
tron | file Makefile was added on branch netbsd-3 on 2005-05-07 15:18:05 +0000
|
| 1.3.28.1 | 13-May-2009 |
jym | Sync with HEAD.
Third (and last) commit. See http://mail-index.netbsd.org/source-changes/2009/05/13/msg221222.html
|
| 1.6 | 11-Mar-2009 |
joerg | Fix preamble
|
| 1.5 | 30-Apr-2008 |
martin | branches: 1.5.6;
Convert TNF licenses to new 2 clause variant
|
| 1.4 | 04-Sep-2006 |
wiz | branches: 1.4.18; 1.4.20;
Bump date for previous.
|
| 1.3 | 04-Sep-2006 |
riz | Correct usage: "-s" is the flag for the new size of the LFS, not "-n".
|
| 1.2 | 25-Apr-2005 |
wiz | branches: 1.2.2;
New sentence, new line; non-argument options before
options with arguments (in SYNOPSIS); use standard section headers;
describe example.
|
| 1.1 | 23-Apr-2005 |
perseant | Provide a resize_lfs(8), including kernel and cleaner support. The current
implementation requires the fs to be mounted while resizing. Tested in both
directions, and everything appears to work happily, but ymmv.
|
| 1.2.2.2 | 07-May-2005 |
tron | Apply patch (requested by perseant in ticket #242):
* fsck_lfs buffer cache fixes, including PR #29151
* Change fsck_lfs phase 0 message to reflect reality
* fsck_lfs: check phase 5 (cleanerinfo accounting) even on
roll-forward
* Keep better track of the free list during roll-forward, avoiding
a core dump
* Improve hash table use for fsck_lfs buffer and vnode cache
* Document fsck_lfs flag -f, and implement -q
* Add resize_lfs, including kernel support
* Add LFS to mountd's list of exportable filesystem types
* Make the LFS lkm work again [christos@]
* Add MP locking to the LFS kernel subsystem
* Fix pager_map deadlock in lfs_putpages()
* Avoid incomplete file extension that looks like "partial
truncation" to fsck
* Use lfs_malloc for cleaner malloc, since the cleaner often runs
in low-memory conditions.
* Use splay trees, not hash table, to track page allocation for
write.
* Fix mkdir panic on full fs
* Fix page accounting leak by counting differently.
* Use rightly named structure for lfs_getattr [skrll@]
* Cosmetic changes for readability.
|
| 1.2.2.1 | 25-Apr-2005 |
tron | file resize_lfs.8 was added on branch netbsd-3 on 2005-05-07 15:18:05 +0000
|
| 1.4.20.1 | 18-May-2008 |
yamt | sync with head.
|
| 1.4.18.1 | 02-Jun-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.5.6.1 | 13-May-2009 |
jym | Sync with HEAD.
Third (and last) commit. See http://mail-index.netbsd.org/source-changes/2009/05/13/msg221222.html
|
| 1.16 | 07-Aug-2023 |
mrg | fix potentially uninitialised data being used.
found by GCC 12.
|
| 1.15 | 22-Aug-2019 |
brad | Use getdiskrawname to find the device name.
Reviewed by Christos
|
| 1.14 | 02-Aug-2015 |
dholland | branches: 1.14.16; 1.14.18;
Add a (draft) 64-bit superblock. Make things build again.
Add pieces of support for using both superblock types where
convenient, and specifically to the superblock accessors, but don't
actually enable it anywhere.
First substantive step on PR 50000.
|
| 1.13 | 02-Aug-2015 |
dholland | Don't include ufs headers.
|
| 1.12 | 28-Jul-2015 |
dholland | Add a new lfs header file: lfs_accessors.h.
This contains all the accessor functions and macros out of lfs.h.
Add an include of lfs_accessors.h after all uses of lfs.h... except
for code that wants to define its own struct lfs-alike that the
accessors are supposed to play along with. For these, set STRUCT_LFS
and include lfs_accessors.h after the necessary structure has been
defined, so that lfs_accessors.h can emit functions in terms of it.
|
| 1.11 | 24-Jul-2015 |
dholland | More lfs superblock accessors.
(This changes the rest of the code over; all the accessors were
already added.)
The difference between this commit and the previous one is arbitrary,
but the previous one passed the regression tests on its own so I'm
keeping it separate to help with any bisections that might be needed
in the future.
|
| 1.10 | 24-Jul-2015 |
dholland | Switch to accessor functions for elements of the LFS on-disk
superblock. This will allow switching between 32/64 bit forms on the
fly; it will also allow handling LFS_EI reasonably tidily. (That
currently doesn't work on the superblock.)
It also gets rid of cpp abuse in the form of fake structure member
macros.
Also, instead of doing sleep/wakeup on &lfs_avail and &lfs_nextseg
inside the on-disk superblock, add extra elements to the in-memory
struct lfs for this. (XXX: these should be changed to condvars, but
not right now)
XXX: this migrates a structure needed by the lfs code in libsa (struct
salfs) into lfs.h, where it doesn't belong, but for the time being
this is necessary in order to allow the accessors (and the various
lfs macros and other goop that relies on them) to compile.
|
| 1.9 | 23-Mar-2014 |
dholland | missed one
|
| 1.8 | 23-Mar-2014 |
dholland | don't use sprintf
|
| 1.7 | 19-Jun-2013 |
christos | make this compile again
|
| 1.6 | 28-Apr-2008 |
martin | branches: 1.6.20; 1.6.26;
Remove clause 3 and 4 from TNF licenses
|
| 1.5 | 11-Nov-2006 |
jmmv | branches: 1.5.18; 1.5.20;
Move lfs_cleanerd from /usr/libexec to /libexec. This is to allow putting
the root file system on a LFS volume.
Addresses PR bin/30407. No objections in tech-userlevel@.
|
| 1.4 | 05-Sep-2006 |
riz | Deal with wedges and the new disk geometry structures, instead of using
struct disklabel. (Shrinking a file system still seems to have problems,
though, independent of this change)
|
| 1.3 | 04-Sep-2006 |
wiz | errx() provides a newline on its own, so remove the one from the error string.
|
| 1.2 | 02-Jun-2005 |
lukem | Ensure verbose is initialized before using it.
Detected by gcc -Wuninitialized.
|
| 1.1 | 23-Apr-2005 |
perseant | branches: 1.1.2;
Provide a resize_lfs(8), including kernel and cleaner support. The current
implementation requires the fs to be mounted while resizing. Tested in both
directions, and everything appears to work happily, but ymmv.
|
| 1.1.2.3 | 14-Jun-2005 |
tron | Pull up revision 1.2 (requested by lukem in ticket #403):
Ensure verbose is initialized before using it.
Detected by gcc -Wuninitialized.
|
| 1.1.2.2 | 07-May-2005 |
tron | Apply patch (requested by perseant in ticket #242):
* fsck_lfs buffer cache fixes, including PR #29151
* Change fsck_lfs phase 0 message to reflect reality
* fsck_lfs: check phase 5 (cleanerinfo accounting) even on
roll-forward
* Keep better track of the free list during roll-forward, avoiding
a core dump
* Improve hash table use for fsck_lfs buffer and vnode cache
* Document fsck_lfs flag -f, and implement -q
* Add resize_lfs, including kernel support
* Add LFS to mountd's list of exportable filesystem types
* Make the LFS lkm work again [christos@]
* Add MP locking to the LFS kernel subsystem
* Fix pager_map deadlock in lfs_putpages()
* Avoid incomplete file extension that looks like "partial
truncation" to fsck
* Use lfs_malloc for cleaner malloc, since the cleaner often runs
in low-memory conditions.
* Use splay trees, not hash table, to track page allocation for
write.
* Fix mkdir panic on full fs
* Fix page accounting leak by counting differently.
* Use rightly named structure for lfs_getattr [skrll@]
* Cosmetic changes for readability.
|
| 1.1.2.1 | 23-Apr-2005 |
tron | file resize_lfs.c was added on branch netbsd-3 on 2005-05-07 15:18:05 +0000
|
| 1.5.20.1 | 18-May-2008 |
yamt | sync with head.
|
| 1.5.18.1 | 02-Jun-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.6.26.2 | 20-Aug-2014 |
tls | Rebase to HEAD as of a few days ago.
|
| 1.6.26.1 | 23-Jun-2013 |
tls | resync from head
|
| 1.6.20.1 | 22-May-2014 |
yamt | sync with head.
for a reference, the tree before this commit was tagged
as yamt-pagecache-tag8.
this commit was splitted into small chunks to avoid
a limitation of cvs. ("Protocol error: too many arguments")
|
| 1.14.18.1 | 02-Sep-2019 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by brad in ticket #110):
libexec/lfs_cleanerd/lfs_cleanerd.c: revision 1.59
libexec/lfs_cleanerd/lfs_cleanerd.8: revision 1.19
sbin/resize_lfs/resize_lfs.c: revision 1.15
usr.sbin/puffs/rump_lfs/rump_lfs.c: revision 1.19
libexec/lfs_cleanerd/lfs_cleanerd.c: revision 1.60
lib/libutil/getdiskrawname.c: revision 1.6
tests/fs/common/fstest_lfs.c: revision 1.7
Use getdiskrawname to find the device name.
Reviewed by Christos
-
Teach getdiskrawname and getdiskcookedname about zvols.
Reviewed by Christos
-
Add support for passing the raw device name separate from the
filesystem. This is useful in the case where the cleaner is compiled
into code, such as rump_lfs and the ATF tests. This helps to fix
bin/54488
-
The cleaner is compiled into rump_lfs and executed as a thread. Pass
in the raw device using the new -J option. This avoids the use of
getdiskrawname which is not particularly rump safe in this context and
insures that the rump container device is used for cleaning, not the
outer device.
|
| 1.14.16.1 | 13-Apr-2020 |
martin | Mostly merge changes from HEAD upto 20200411
|
| 1.28 | 03-Jun-2023 |
lukem | bsd.own.mk: rename GCC_NO_* to CC_WNO_*
Rename compiler-warning-disable variables from
GCC_NO_warning
to
CC_WNO_warning
where warning is the full warning name as used by the compiler.
GCC_NO_IMPLICIT_FALLTHRU is CC_WNO_IMPLICIT_FALLTHROUGH
Using the convention CC_compilerflag, where compilerflag
is based on the full compiler flag name.
|
| 1.27 | 13-Oct-2019 |
mrg | introduce some common variables for use in GCC warning disables:
GCC_NO_FORMAT_TRUNCATION -Wno-format-truncation (GCC 7/8)
GCC_NO_STRINGOP_TRUNCATION -Wno-stringop-truncation (GCC 8)
GCC_NO_STRINGOP_OVERFLOW -Wno-stringop-overflow (GCC 8)
GCC_NO_CAST_FUNCTION_TYPE -Wno-cast-function-type (GCC 8)
use these to turn off warnings for most GCC-8 complaints. many
of these are false positives, most of the real bugs are already
commited, or are yet to come.
we plan to introduce versions of (some?) of these that use the
"-Wno-error=" form, which still displays the warnings but does
not make it an error, and all of the above will be re-considered
as either being "fix me" (warning still displayed) or "warning
is wrong."
|
| 1.26 | 06-Aug-2011 |
dholland | branches: 1.26.42;
Add wrapper functions around hash algorithm operations to avoid
undefined behavior arising from illegal function casts. As a side
effect, no longer need -Wno-pointer-sign either.
|
| 1.25 | 20-Jun-2011 |
mrg | remove most of the remaining HAVE_GCC tests that are always true in
the modern world.
|
| 1.24 | 29-Aug-2008 |
gmcgarry | branches: 1.24.16;
Wrap compiler-specific flags with HAVE_GCC and HAVE_PCC as necessary. Add a few flags for PCC.
|
| 1.23 | 11-May-2006 |
mrg | branches: 1.23.20; 1.23.24;
sprinkle some -fno-strict-aliasing and -Wno-pointer-sign with GCC4.
|
| 1.22 | 19-Aug-2002 |
lukem | Use ${NETBSDSRCDIR}/some/path instead of ${.CURDIR}/../../some/path
|
| 1.21 | 04-Feb-2001 |
christos | revert previous change; not needed.
|
| 1.20 | 04-Feb-2001 |
christos | fix nested extern
|
| 1.19 | 10-Oct-1997 |
christos | CFLAGS->CPPFLAGS
|
| 1.18 | 30-Jun-1997 |
lukem | There's no need to install restore(8) setgid tty.
|
| 1.17 | 27-May-1997 |
mrg | remove the setuid bit.
|
| 1.16 | 08-May-1997 |
gwr | Back out the .PATH.c changes. The .depend problem (and others)
will be fixed using the new .NOPATH make feature instead.
|
| 1.15 | 06-May-1997 |
gwr | Use .PATH.c: ...
|
| 1.14 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.13 | 22-Dec-1994 |
cgd | specify man pages the new way.
|
| 1.12 | 17-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Fix a couple of Makefile bogons.
|
| 1.11 | 08-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Update from 4.4-Lite, with local changes.
|
| 1.10 | 22-Dec-1993 |
cgd | new version from CSRG, via BSDI, with fixes
|
| 1.9 | 14-Nov-1993 |
cgd | from Thomas Eberhardt <thomas@mathematik.uni-Bremen.de>:
Some reordering and modifications in the Makefiles for sh, dump,
restore to get dependicies right. The README in /usr/share/mk
states that it's a Bad Thing(tm) to add something after
.include <bsd.prog.mk>, but this seems the only way to get the
dependencies right.
|
| 1.8 | 12-Nov-1993 |
cgd | oops; fix that last
|
| 1.7 | 12-Nov-1993 |
cgd | add LDSTATIC
|
| 1.6 | 01-Aug-1993 |
mycroft | Add RCS identifiers.
|
| 1.5 | 18-Jul-1993 |
mycroft | Use ${COPY}, not -c for install.
|
| 1.4 | 18-Apr-1993 |
mycroft | Okay, so I was confused (but only a little).
|
| 1.3 | 18-Apr-1993 |
mycroft | Make rrestore target match normal program target.
(This should be in a separate directory, no?)
|
| 1.2 | 08-Apr-1993 |
cgd | make it copy when installing
|
| 1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.2 | 13-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Import 4.4-Lite version.
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | initial import of 386bsd-0.1 sources
|
| 1.23.24.1 | 18-Sep-2008 |
wrstuden | Sync with wrstuden-revivesa-base-2.
|
| 1.23.20.1 | 28-Sep-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.24.16.1 | 23-Jun-2011 |
cherry | Catchup with rmind-uvmplock merge.
|
| 1.26.42.1 | 13-Apr-2020 |
martin | Mostly merge changes from HEAD upto 20200411
|
| 1.55 | 12-Dec-2022 |
chs | apply this commit from FreeBSD:
commit 9dda00df7e8f9279a43d92758df6a7e10a9aed95
Author: Chuck Silvers <chs@FreeBSD.org>
Date: Mon Dec 12 08:14:17 2022 -0800
restore: fix restore of NFS4 ACLs
Changing the mode bits on a file with an NFS4 ACL results in the
NFS4 ACL being replaced by one matching the new mode bits being set,
so when restoring a file with an NFS4 ACL, set the owner/group/mode first
and then set the NFS4 ACL, so that setting the mode does not throw away
the ACL that we just set.
Reviewed by: mckusick
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D37618
|
| 1.54 | 10-Dec-2022 |
chs | apply this change from FreeBSD:
commit c028393d7072f1f88efd8d6e6c77bb9b15b3f3b6
Author: Kirk McKusick <mckusick@FreeBSD.org>
Date: Fri Apr 11 21:48:14 2008 +0000
Correctly set file group when restore is run by a user other than root.
|
| 1.53 | 23-Jun-2021 |
riastradh | restore(8): Mark fail_dirtmp __dead to fix clang build.
|
| 1.52 | 19-Jun-2021 |
christos | Add external attribute dumping and restoring support from FreeBSD.
Does not fully work yet, attributes are being saved and restored correctly,
but don't appear in the restored files somehow.
|
| 1.51 | 02-Mar-2015 |
enami | Don't truncate at microseconds while preserving timestamps.
One of motivation of this change is to make the behavior of test(1)
-nt/ot with preserved copy (like cp -p) closer to the NetBSD 6.
Of course whether full timestamps are kept or not depends also on
underlying file system.
The ifdef added in mv(1) since existing ifdefs was our local change
to compile it on solaris (though I couldn't test it):
http://mail-index.netbsd.org/tech-userlevel/2014/11/28/msg008831.html
|
| 1.50 | 09-Jun-2013 |
dholland | branches: 1.50.6; 1.50.8;
Stick UFS_ in front of these symbols:
DIRBLKSIZ
DIRECTSIZ
DIRSIZ
OLDDIRFMT
NEWDIRFMT
Part of PR 47909.
|
| 1.49 | 22-Jan-2013 |
dholland | Stuff UFS_ in front of a few of ufs's symbols to reduce namespace
pollution. Specifically:
ROOTINO -> UFS_ROOTINO
WINO -> UFS_WINO
NXADDR -> UFS_NXADDR
NDADDR -> UFS_NDADDR
NIADDR -> UFS_NIADDR
MAXSYMLINKLEN -> UFS_MAXSYMLINKLEN
MAXSYMLINKLEN_UFS[12] -> UFS[12]_MAXSYMLINKLEN (for consistency)
Sort out ext2fs's misuse of NDADDR and NIADDR; fortunately, these have
the same values in ext2fs and ffs.
No functional change intended.
|
| 1.48 | 07-Apr-2009 |
lukem | branches: 1.48.6; 1.48.12;
fix sign-compare issues
|
| 1.47 | 18-Feb-2009 |
yamt | remove a useless cast.
|
| 1.46 | 19-Aug-2005 |
christos | branches: 1.46.30;
64 bit inode changes
|
| 1.45 | 27-Jun-2005 |
christos | add const
|
| 1.44 | 27-Jun-2005 |
christos | sprinkle const.
|
| 1.43 | 17-Feb-2005 |
xtraeme | Kill __P(), use ANSI function declarations.
|
| 1.42 | 08-Jan-2005 |
fredb | Make a judicious choice as to whether to apply the permissions
of the root inode of the dump to the current working directory,
rather than interrogate the user. Closes PR bin/24690. Reviewed
by bouyer, tron, imp.
|
| 1.41 | 22-Oct-2004 |
bouyer | Add an option (-M) to write a mtree specification (which needs to be passed
through sort before being feed to mtree) with file flags, instead of restoring
file flags at the same time as other attributes. Fix various issue with
schg, uchg, sappnd or uappnd flags which cause restore to fail in some case.
Discussed on tech-userlevel:
http://mail-index.netbsd.org/tech-userlevel/2004/10/12/0000.html
|
| 1.40 | 05-Nov-2003 |
fvdl | Fix byteswapping a direntry. From Wolfgang Solfrank.
|
| 1.39 | 07-Aug-2003 |
agc | Move UCB-licensed code from 4-clause to 3-clause licence.
Patches provided by Joel Baker in PR 22308, verified by myself.
|
| 1.38 | 02-Apr-2003 |
fvdl | Add support for UFS2. UFS2 is an enhanced FFS, adding support for
64 bit block pointers, extended attribute storage, and a few
other things.
This commit does not yet include the code to manipulate the extended
storage (for e.g. ACLs), this will be done later.
Originally written by Kirk McKusick and Network Associates Laboratories for
FreeBSD.
|
| 1.37 | 09-May-2002 |
simonb | Don't bother testing if a uint8_t is > 256 -- that test is always false.
|
| 1.36 | 04-Jan-2002 |
lukem | oops; another minor fix from rev 1.34 noticed by Simon Gerraty
|
| 1.35 | 01-Nov-2001 |
lukem | oops, remove temporary comment
|
| 1.34 | 01-Nov-2001 |
lukem | fix -Wshadow warnings
|
| 1.33 | 12-May-1998 |
enami | Don't actually set attributes of directory if -N flag is given.
|
| 1.32 | 18-Mar-1998 |
bouyer | Update for new headers.
|
| 1.31 | 19-Oct-1997 |
mycroft | Use futimes(2). Do {f,}utimes(2) *before* {f,}chflags(2), for obvious
reasons.
|
| 1.30 | 16-Sep-1997 |
lukem | resolve conflicts from lite-2 merge
|
| 1.29 | 16-Sep-1997 |
mrg | make these compile on the alpha after WARNS=1.
|
| 1.28 | 15-Sep-1997 |
lukem | * cleanup for WARNS=1
* fix use of .Nm
|
| 1.27 | 06-Jul-1997 |
lukem | as inspired by a commit message of Todd Miller <millert@cvs.openbsd.org>:
* cleanup a bit for -Wall
* use __progname instead of "restore"
|
| 1.26 | 01-Jul-1997 |
lukem | Support using $TMPDIR for rst{dir,modes}* files, so that large
restores can be done on machines with small /tmp's by setting TMPDIR
elsewhere. This shouldn't be a security issue as restore(8) isn't
set?id anymore.
|
| 1.25 | 03-Jun-1997 |
lukem | explicitly \0 terminate locname[] in treescan(). should fix [bin/2093]
|
| 1.24 | 17-May-1997 |
pk | * NULL => 0 (Arne Juul; PR#3629)
* Nuke spacoids
|
| 1.23 | 15-Apr-1997 |
lukem | use _PATH_DEFTAPE from <paths.h> instead of "pathnames.h"
cleanup references/examples to use /dev/rst* instead of /dev/rmt*
minor .Nm usage cleanup in man page
|
| 1.22 | 19-Mar-1997 |
lukem | * use mkstemp() instead of mktemp()
* remove "register" qualifiers
|
| 1.21 | 30-Nov-1996 |
cgd | patches from Tom I Helbekkmo <tih@nhh.no> to deal with type-size issues,
so this works (better, at least) on 64-bit machines (e.g. alpha).
|
| 1.20 | 24-Oct-1996 |
lukem | use unique temporary files for all operations except 'r' and 'R', which still
base temp files on dumpdate. explain why in the man page. fixes [bin/2870]
|
| 1.19 | 27-Sep-1996 |
thorpej | Use snprintf() rather than sprintf().
|
| 1.18 | 27-Sep-1996 |
thorpej | Back out last change (and re-open PR); the patch is incomplete, and
I realized it _just_ as CVS checked the file back in.
|
| 1.17 | 27-Sep-1996 |
thorpej | Make unique temporary file names.
From Luke Mewburn <lukem@supp.cpr.itg.telecom.com.au>, PR #2544.
|
| 1.16 | 19-Jun-1995 |
cgd | branches: 1.16.6;
stat structure POSIXification
|
| 1.15 | 11-Jun-1995 |
mycroft | Back out previous change.
|
| 1.14 | 07-Jun-1995 |
cgd | typeof(timeval.tv_sec) != time_t
|
| 1.13 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.12 | 20-Feb-1995 |
mycroft | Use atexit() rather than tweaking every exit() to call the cleanup function.
|
| 1.11 | 28-Dec-1994 |
mycroft | Mostly sync with CSRG.
|
| 1.10 | 23-Sep-1994 |
mycroft | Eliminate uses of some obsolete functions.
|
| 1.9 | 18-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Simplify that code a little.
|
| 1.8 | 18-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Fix a byte-order problem when reading directory entries from old file systems
that were on little-endian machines.
|
| 1.7 | 08-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Update from 4.4-Lite, with local changes.
|
| 1.6 | 17-May-1994 |
cgd | copyright foo
|
| 1.5 | 25-Apr-1994 |
cgd | kill some #ifndefs
|
| 1.4 | 22-Dec-1993 |
cgd | new version from CSRG, via BSDI, with fixes
|
| 1.3 | 03-Aug-1993 |
mycroft | Add an #endif I forgot.
|
| 1.2 | 01-Aug-1993 |
mycroft | Add RCS identifiers.
|
| 1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.3 | 16-Sep-1997 |
lukem | imported from lite-2
|
| 1.1.1.2 | 13-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Import 4.4-Lite version.
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | initial import of 386bsd-0.1 sources
|
| 1.16.6.1 | 06-Dec-1996 |
rat | Pullup request from Chris G Demetriou <Chris_G_Demetriou@ux2.sp.cs.cmu.edu>
>Make dump and restore usable on the alpha
|
| 1.46.30.1 | 13-May-2009 |
jym | Sync with HEAD.
Third (and last) commit. See http://mail-index.netbsd.org/source-changes/2009/05/13/msg221222.html
|
| 1.48.12.2 | 23-Jun-2013 |
tls | resync from head
|
| 1.48.12.1 | 25-Feb-2013 |
tls | resync with head
|
| 1.48.6.2 | 22-May-2014 |
yamt | sync with head.
for a reference, the tree before this commit was tagged
as yamt-pagecache-tag8.
this commit was splitted into small chunks to avoid
a limitation of cvs. ("Protocol error: too many arguments")
|
| 1.48.6.1 | 23-Jan-2013 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.50.8.1 | 03-Mar-2016 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by nakayama in ticket #1096):
bin/mv/mv.c: revision 1.44
bin/cp/utils.c: revision 1.43-1.44
lib/librumphijack/hijack.c: revision 1.112-1.115
usr.bin/touch/touch.c: revision 1.33
sbin/restore/tape.c: revision 1.68
sbin/restore/dirs.c: revision 1.51
Don't truncate at sub-microsecond while preserving timestamps.
One of motivation of this change is to make the behavior of test(1)
-nt/ot with preserved copy (like cp -p) closer to the NetBSD 6.
Of course whether full timestamps are kept or not depends also on
underlying file system.
The ifdef added in mv(1) since existing ifdefs was our local change
to compile it on solaris (though I couldn't test it):
http://mail-index.netbsd.org/tech-userlevel/2014/11/28/msg008831.html
Fix the name of failed function in warning message.
Hijack utimensat(2) so that t_vfs test passes after cp(1)/mv(1) are
changed to use the system call. Linux also has this system call, but
not tested this on linux.
Also hijack futimens(2) so that t_sh test passes.
Define a generic ATCALL() and use it to implement utimensat()
Make ATCALL() behave for absolute paths too.
|
| 1.50.6.1 | 03-Mar-2016 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by nakayama in ticket #1096):
bin/mv/mv.c: revision 1.44
bin/cp/utils.c: revision 1.43-1.44
lib/librumphijack/hijack.c: revision 1.112-1.115
usr.bin/touch/touch.c: revision 1.33
sbin/restore/tape.c: revision 1.68
sbin/restore/dirs.c: revision 1.51
Don't truncate at sub-microsecond while preserving timestamps.
One of motivation of this change is to make the behavior of test(1)
-nt/ot with preserved copy (like cp -p) closer to the NetBSD 6.
Of course whether full timestamps are kept or not depends also on
underlying file system.
The ifdef added in mv(1) since existing ifdefs was our local change
to compile it on solaris (though I couldn't test it):
http://mail-index.netbsd.org/tech-userlevel/2014/11/28/msg008831.html
Fix the name of failed function in warning message.
Hijack utimensat(2) so that t_vfs test passes after cp(1)/mv(1) are
changed to use the system call. Linux also has this system call, but
not tested this on linux.
Also hijack futimens(2) so that t_sh test passes.
Define a generic ATCALL() and use it to implement utimensat()
Make ATCALL() behave for absolute paths too.
|
| 1.16 | 19-Jun-2021 |
christos | Add external attribute dumping and restoring support from FreeBSD.
Does not fully work yet, attributes are being saved and restored correctly,
but don't appear in the restored files somehow.
|
| 1.15 | 16-Feb-2008 |
matt | Fix some inconsisent/conflicting definitions and missing parameters
|
| 1.14 | 27-Jun-2005 |
christos | branches: 1.14.10; 1.14.12;
add const
|
| 1.13 | 27-Jun-2005 |
christos | sprinkle const.
|
| 1.12 | 17-Feb-2005 |
xtraeme | Kill __P(), use ANSI function declarations.
|
| 1.11 | 22-Oct-2004 |
bouyer | Add an option (-M) to write a mtree specification (which needs to be passed
through sort before being feed to mtree) with file flags, instead of restoring
file flags at the same time as other attributes. Fix various issue with
schg, uchg, sappnd or uappnd flags which cause restore to fail in some case.
Discussed on tech-userlevel:
http://mail-index.netbsd.org/tech-userlevel/2004/10/12/0000.html
|
| 1.10 | 27-Jul-2004 |
enami | Add -D flag which computes the digest of each regular files in the archive
using specified algorithm (currently md5, rmd160 or sha1) and write them
to standard output.
|
| 1.9 | 07-Aug-2003 |
agc | Move UCB-licensed code from 4-clause to 3-clause licence.
Patches provided by Joel Baker in PR 22308, verified by myself.
|
| 1.8 | 01-Nov-2001 |
lukem | remove arg name in prototype decl
|
| 1.7 | 10-Oct-2000 |
is | Format string cleanups by Bill Sommerfeld.
|
| 1.6 | 15-Sep-1997 |
lukem | branches: 1.6.4; 1.6.12;
* cleanup for WARNS=1
* fix use of .Nm
|
| 1.5 | 06-Jul-1997 |
lukem | as inspired by a commit message of Todd Miller <millert@cvs.openbsd.org>:
* cleanup a bit for -Wall
* use __progname instead of "restore"
|
| 1.4 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.3 | 20-Feb-1995 |
mycroft | Use atexit() rather than tweaking every exit() to call the cleanup function.
|
| 1.2 | 08-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Update from 4.4-Lite, with local changes.
|
| 1.1 | 22-Dec-1993 |
cgd | branches: 1.1.1;
new version from CSRG, via BSDI, with fixes
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 13-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Import 4.4-Lite version.
|
| 1.6.12.1 | 18-Oct-2000 |
tv | Pullup sbin string format fixes [is].
See "cvs log" for explicit revision numbers per file, from sommerfeld.
|
| 1.6.4.1 | 10-Oct-2000 |
he | Pull up revision 1.7 (requested by is):
Format string cleanup.
|
| 1.14.12.1 | 18-Feb-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.14.10.1 | 23-Mar-2008 |
matt | sync with HEAD
|
| 1.31 | 29-Aug-2021 |
christos | Fix reversed test (thanks phone@)
|
| 1.30 | 29-Aug-2021 |
christos | fix wrong size (thanks mlelstv@)
|
| 1.29 | 19-Jun-2021 |
christos | Add external attribute dumping and restoring support from FreeBSD.
Does not fully work yet, attributes are being saved and restored correctly,
but don't appear in the restored files somehow.
|
| 1.28 | 03-Feb-2019 |
mrg | - add or adjust /* FALLTHROUGH */ where appropriate
- add __unreachable() after functions that can return but won't in
this case, and thus can't be marked __dead easily
|
| 1.27 | 22-Jan-2013 |
dholland | branches: 1.27.30;
Stuff UFS_ in front of a few of ufs's symbols to reduce namespace
pollution. Specifically:
ROOTINO -> UFS_ROOTINO
WINO -> UFS_WINO
NXADDR -> UFS_NXADDR
NDADDR -> UFS_NDADDR
NIADDR -> UFS_NIADDR
MAXSYMLINKLEN -> UFS_MAXSYMLINKLEN
MAXSYMLINKLEN_UFS[12] -> UFS[12]_MAXSYMLINKLEN (for consistency)
Sort out ext2fs's misuse of NDADDR and NIADDR; fortunately, these have
the same values in ext2fs and ffs.
No functional change intended.
|
| 1.26 | 07-Apr-2009 |
lukem | branches: 1.26.6; 1.26.12;
fix sign-compare issues
|
| 1.25 | 18-Dec-2006 |
christos | branches: 1.25.22;
Convert a couple of "(void)&" constructs to volatile.
Flag various unused parameters in restore and dump so that these will
compile with -Wextra. (Note: restore uses some stuff from dump.)
|
| 1.24 | 19-Aug-2005 |
christos | use d_fileno instead of d_ino for consistency
|
| 1.23 | 19-Aug-2005 |
christos | 64 bit inode changes
|
| 1.22 | 27-Jun-2005 |
christos | sprinkle const.
|
| 1.21 | 17-Feb-2005 |
xtraeme | Kill __P(), use ANSI function declarations.
|
| 1.20 | 08-Jan-2005 |
fredb | Make a judicious choice as to whether to apply the permissions
of the root inode of the dump to the current working directory,
rather than interrogate the user. Closes PR bin/24690. Reviewed
by bouyer, tron, imp.
|
| 1.19 | 07-Aug-2003 |
agc | Move UCB-licensed code from 4-clause to 3-clause licence.
Patches provided by Joel Baker in PR 22308, verified by myself.
|
| 1.18 | 19-Feb-2001 |
cgd | convert to use getprogname()
|
| 1.17 | 04-Feb-2001 |
christos | fix nested extern
|
| 1.16 | 09-Feb-1999 |
erh | Make quoted strings work. (don't set the high bit of each character)
|
| 1.15 | 03-Jan-1999 |
lukem | user friendly enhancments.
reworked from [bin/6710] by Brian Grayson <bgrayson@ece.utexas.edu>
|
| 1.14 | 10-Jan-1998 |
enami | Document some undocumented options (-d and -N) and commands
in interactive mode (?, xit and Debug).
|
| 1.13 | 16-Sep-1997 |
lukem | resolve conflicts from lite-2 merge
|
| 1.12 | 15-Sep-1997 |
lukem | * cleanup for WARNS=1
* fix use of .Nm
|
| 1.11 | 06-Jul-1997 |
lukem | as inspired by a commit message of Todd Miller <millert@cvs.openbsd.org>:
* cleanup a bit for -Wall
* use __progname instead of "restore"
|
| 1.10 | 19-Mar-1997 |
lukem | * use mkstemp() instead of mktemp()
* remove "register" qualifiers
|
| 1.9 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.8 | 20-Feb-1995 |
mycroft | Use atexit() rather than tweaking every exit() to call the cleanup function.
|
| 1.7 | 30-Jan-1995 |
mycroft | Don't mix stat flags and inode flags.
|
| 1.6 | 28-Dec-1994 |
mycroft | Mostly sync with CSRG.
|
| 1.5 | 23-Sep-1994 |
mycroft | Eliminate uses of some obsolete functions.
|
| 1.4 | 08-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Update from 4.4-Lite, with local changes.
|
| 1.3 | 22-Dec-1993 |
cgd | new version from CSRG, via BSDI, with fixes
|
| 1.2 | 01-Aug-1993 |
mycroft | Add RCS identifiers.
|
| 1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.3 | 16-Sep-1997 |
lukem | imported from lite-2
|
| 1.1.1.2 | 13-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Import 4.4-Lite version.
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | initial import of 386bsd-0.1 sources
|
| 1.25.22.1 | 13-May-2009 |
jym | Sync with HEAD.
Third (and last) commit. See http://mail-index.netbsd.org/source-changes/2009/05/13/msg221222.html
|
| 1.26.12.1 | 25-Feb-2013 |
tls | resync with head
|
| 1.26.6.1 | 23-Jan-2013 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.27.30.1 | 10-Jun-2019 |
christos | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.37 | 19-Jun-2021 |
christos | Add external attribute dumping and restoring support from FreeBSD.
Does not fully work yet, attributes are being saved and restored correctly,
but don't appear in the restored files somehow.
|
| 1.36 | 05-Apr-2020 |
joerg | Fix depenency on common symbols in sbin.
|
| 1.35 | 22-Jan-2013 |
dholland | branches: 1.35.30;
Stuff UFS_ in front of a few of ufs's symbols to reduce namespace
pollution. Specifically:
ROOTINO -> UFS_ROOTINO
WINO -> UFS_WINO
NXADDR -> UFS_NXADDR
NDADDR -> UFS_NDADDR
NIADDR -> UFS_NIADDR
MAXSYMLINKLEN -> UFS_MAXSYMLINKLEN
MAXSYMLINKLEN_UFS[12] -> UFS[12]_MAXSYMLINKLEN (for consistency)
Sort out ext2fs's misuse of NDADDR and NIADDR; fortunately, these have
the same values in ext2fs and ffs.
No functional change intended.
|
| 1.34 | 29-Aug-2011 |
joerg | branches: 1.34.2; 1.34.8;
Use __dead
|
| 1.33 | 20-Jul-2008 |
lukem | Remove the \n and tabs from the __COPYRIGHT() strings.
(Tweak some to use a consistent format.)
|
| 1.32 | 20-Mar-2006 |
christos | branches: 1.32.20; 1.32.24;
Coverity CID 2305: Fix memory leak.
|
| 1.31 | 27-Jun-2005 |
christos | sprinkle const.
|
| 1.30 | 17-Feb-2005 |
xtraeme | Kill __P(), use ANSI function declarations.
|
| 1.29 | 08-Jan-2005 |
fredb | Make a judicious choice as to whether to apply the permissions
of the root inode of the dump to the current working directory,
rather than interrogate the user. Closes PR bin/24690. Reviewed
by bouyer, tron, imp.
|
| 1.28 | 24-Oct-2004 |
wiz | Sort options in usage.
|
| 1.27 | 22-Oct-2004 |
bouyer | Add an option (-M) to write a mtree specification (which needs to be passed
through sort before being feed to mtree) with file flags, instead of restoring
file flags at the same time as other attributes. Fix various issue with
schg, uchg, sappnd or uappnd flags which cause restore to fail in some case.
Discussed on tech-userlevel:
http://mail-index.netbsd.org/tech-userlevel/2004/10/12/0000.html
|
| 1.26 | 27-Jul-2004 |
wiz | Add -D to usage; shorten -b argument for usage's sake; format usage.
Man page nits.
|
| 1.25 | 27-Jul-2004 |
enami | Whitespace nits.
|
| 1.24 | 27-Jul-2004 |
enami | Add -D flag which computes the digest of each regular files in the archive
using specified algorithm (currently md5, rmd160 or sha1) and write them
to standard output.
|
| 1.23 | 07-Aug-2003 |
agc | Move UCB-licensed code from 4-clause to 3-clause licence.
Patches provided by Joel Baker in PR 22308, verified by myself.
|
| 1.22 | 18-Nov-2002 |
enami | Don't allocate struct entry one by one; it just wastes memory.
|
| 1.21 | 19-Feb-2001 |
cgd | convert to use getprogname()
|
| 1.20 | 09-Jun-2000 |
enami | Force -t or -N flag disables -u flag (but -t case is just for sanity).
|
| 1.19 | 09-Nov-1999 |
drochner | branches: 1.19.2;
Since our gcc doesn't warn about NULL format strings anymore, we can
fix the incorrect err(1, "%s", "") et al.
Closes PR bin/7592 by cgd.
|
| 1.18 | 24-Jun-1998 |
christos | branches: 1.18.6;
Add an unlink (-u) flag so that we can use this for installs.
|
| 1.17 | 10-Jan-1998 |
enami | Document some undocumented options (-d and -N) and commands
in interactive mode (?, xit and Debug).
|
| 1.16 | 16-Sep-1997 |
lukem | resolve conflicts from lite-2 merge
|
| 1.15 | 15-Sep-1997 |
lukem | * cleanup for WARNS=1
* fix use of .Nm
|
| 1.14 | 06-Jul-1997 |
lukem | as inspired by a commit message of Todd Miller <millert@cvs.openbsd.org>:
* cleanup a bit for -Wall
* use __progname instead of "restore"
|
| 1.13 | 01-Jul-1997 |
lukem | Support using $TMPDIR for rst{dir,modes}* files, so that large
restores can be done on machines with small /tmp's by setting TMPDIR
elsewhere. This shouldn't be a security issue as restore(8) isn't
set?id anymore.
|
| 1.12 | 15-Apr-1997 |
lukem | use _PATH_DEFTAPE from <paths.h> instead of "pathnames.h"
cleanup references/examples to use /dev/rst* instead of /dev/rmt*
minor .Nm usage cleanup in man page
|
| 1.11 | 15-Mar-1996 |
scottr | Be more paranoid with our effective uid.
|
| 1.10 | 06-Feb-1996 |
mrg | support $TAPE.
|
| 1.9 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.8 | 21-Feb-1995 |
mycroft | Document the getopt(3) option syntax, and some other documentation cleanup.
|
| 1.7 | 20-Feb-1995 |
mycroft | Use atexit() rather than tweaking every exit() to call the cleanup function.
|
| 1.6 | 20-Feb-1995 |
mycroft | Fix core dumps on certain types of invalid options.
|
| 1.5 | 28-Dec-1994 |
mycroft | Mostly sync with CSRG.
|
| 1.4 | 08-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Update from 4.4-Lite, with local changes.
|
| 1.3 | 22-Dec-1993 |
cgd | new version from CSRG, via BSDI, with fixes
|
| 1.2 | 01-Aug-1993 |
mycroft | Add RCS identifiers.
|
| 1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.3 | 16-Sep-1997 |
lukem | imported from lite-2
|
| 1.1.1.2 | 13-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Import 4.4-Lite version.
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | initial import of 386bsd-0.1 sources
|
| 1.18.6.1 | 27-Dec-1999 |
wrstuden | Pull up to last week's -current.
|
| 1.19.2.1 | 22-Jun-2000 |
minoura | Sync w/ netbsd-1-5-base.
|
| 1.32.24.1 | 18-Sep-2008 |
wrstuden | Sync with wrstuden-revivesa-base-2.
|
| 1.32.20.1 | 28-Sep-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.34.8.1 | 25-Feb-2013 |
tls | resync with head
|
| 1.34.2.1 | 23-Jan-2013 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.35.30.1 | 08-Apr-2020 |
martin | Merge changes from current as of 20200406
|
| 1.7 | 15-Apr-1997 |
lukem | use _PATH_DEFTAPE from <paths.h> instead of "pathnames.h"
cleanup references/examples to use /dev/rst* instead of /dev/rmt*
minor .Nm usage cleanup in man page
|
| 1.6 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.5 | 08-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Update from 4.4-Lite, with local changes.
|
| 1.4 | 17-May-1994 |
cgd | copyright foo
|
| 1.3 | 22-Dec-1993 |
cgd | new version from CSRG, via BSDI, with fixes
|
| 1.2 | 01-Aug-1993 |
mycroft | Add RCS identifiers.
|
| 1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.2 | 13-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Import 4.4-Lite version.
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | initial import of 386bsd-0.1 sources
|
| 1.56 | 18-Jul-2018 |
wiz | Remove superfluous macro.
|
| 1.55 | 15-Jul-2018 |
dholland | Document what rrestore is (was once) for. PR 53442.
CVS: ----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
| 1.54 | 03-Jul-2017 |
wiz | branches: 1.54.4; 1.54.6;
Remove workaround for ancient HTML generation code.
|
| 1.53 | 30-Mar-2013 |
rodent | s/user code/user mode/1
|
| 1.52 | 30-Jan-2009 |
enami | branches: 1.52.8; 1.52.14;
Use indent-synopsis instead of iS register. The latter is a register
used in BSD derived .Nm implementation.
|
| 1.51 | 30-Apr-2007 |
tron | Bump date because of last change.
|
| 1.50 | 30-Apr-2007 |
tron | Improve example of restoring a complete filesystem with "restore -r":
- NetBSD's "newfs" doesn't accept a second (non-option) argument.
Patch provided by Jeff Ito in PR bin/36241.
- Use "sd0" instead of "rp0" because NetBSD's doesnt have a disk driver
called "rp".
- Use "/dev/rst0" instead of "/dev/rst8". With NetBSD's device numbering
scheme a system would have to have 9 tape drives to get "/dev/rst8".
|
| 1.49 | 11-Jan-2005 |
wiz | branches: 1.49.2; 1.49.10;
Bump date for recent changes.
|
| 1.48 | 08-Jan-2005 |
fredb | Make a judicious choice as to whether to apply the permissions
of the root inode of the dump to the current working directory,
rather than interrogate the user. Closes PR bin/24690. Reviewed
by bouyer, tron, imp.
|
| 1.47 | 24-Oct-2004 |
wiz | Sort options.
|
| 1.46 | 23-Oct-2004 |
snj | Kill trailing whitespace introduced in the last revision.
|
| 1.45 | 23-Oct-2004 |
snj | Bump date for last, fix a spelling error, sprinkle some Dq, change
some wording.
|
| 1.44 | 22-Oct-2004 |
bouyer | Add an option (-M) to write a mtree specification (which needs to be passed
through sort before being feed to mtree) with file flags, instead of restoring
file flags at the same time as other attributes. Fix various issue with
schg, uchg, sappnd or uappnd flags which cause restore to fail in some case.
Discussed on tech-userlevel:
http://mail-index.netbsd.org/tech-userlevel/2004/10/12/0000.html
|
| 1.43 | 27-Jul-2004 |
wiz | Add -D to usage; shorten -b argument for usage's sake; format usage.
Man page nits.
|
| 1.42 | 27-Jul-2004 |
enami | Add -D flag which computes the digest of each regular files in the archive
using specified algorithm (currently md5, rmd160 or sha1) and write them
to standard output.
|
| 1.41 | 07-Aug-2003 |
agc | Move UCB-licensed code from 4-clause to 3-clause licence.
Patches provided by Joel Baker in PR 22308, verified by myself.
|
| 1.40 | 30-Jun-2003 |
wiz | Quote punctuation so it gets marked up.
|
| 1.39 | 26-May-2003 |
lukem | * Document $RCMD_CMD in environ(7).
* Cross-reference rcmd(1), rcmd(3), and environ(7) as appropriate.
Should fix [bin/21670] from Geoff Wing.
|
| 1.38 | 25-Feb-2003 |
wiz | .Nm does not need a dummy argument ("") before punctuation or
for correct formatting of the SYNOPSIS any longer.
|
| 1.37 | 04-Feb-2003 |
perry | "Utilize" has exactly the same meaning as "use," but it is more
difficult to read and understand. Most manuals of English style
therefore say that you should use "use".
|
| 1.36 | 21-Dec-2002 |
wiz | system with two ss, from Adrian Mrva.
|
| 1.35 | 08-Feb-2002 |
ross | Generate <>& symbolically. I'm avoiding .../dist/... directories for now.
|
| 1.34 | 07-Dec-2001 |
wiz | One '\' too many.
|
| 1.33 | 16-Nov-2001 |
wiz | Sort sections, use .Ic for a non-NetBSD program instead of .Xr.
|
| 1.32 | 05-Jun-2001 |
wiz | Drop arguments of .Os.
|
| 1.31 | 09-Jun-2000 |
enami | Force -t or -N flag disables -u flag (but -t case is just for sanity).
|
| 1.30 | 23-May-2000 |
enami | branches: 1.30.2;
Make sure that sentences end at the end of source line for better
formatted output.
|
| 1.29 | 19-Nov-1999 |
enami | Keep SEE ALSO list in alphabetical order.
|
| 1.28 | 19-Nov-1999 |
enami | Use .Ar macro for the files to be extracted.
|
| 1.27 | 19-Nov-1999 |
enami | Don't pass so many args to .Nd macro. It just overflows.
|
| 1.26 | 01-Jul-1999 |
abs | branches: 1.26.4;
Note the default tape device is taken from _PATH_DEFTAPE in /usr/include/paths.h
|
| 1.25 | 28-Jun-1999 |
abs | Default device is nrst0 not rst0
|
| 1.24 | 27-Jul-1998 |
msaitoh | branches: 1.24.2;
fix a small bug.
|
| 1.23 | 24-Jun-1998 |
christos | Add an unlink (-u) flag so that we can use this for installs.
|
| 1.22 | 29-Apr-1998 |
fair | fix bad .Xr references
|
| 1.21 | 10-Jan-1998 |
enami | Document some undocumented options (-d and -N) and commands
in interactive mode (?, xit and Debug).
|
| 1.20 | 10-Jan-1998 |
enami | Fix a typo; s/Complaints/Complains/ (pointed by Mike Long).
|
| 1.19 | 11-Nov-1997 |
mrg | add missing .Nm sections.
|
| 1.18 | 20-Oct-1997 |
enami | branches: 1.18.2;
Fix .Nm usage.
|
| 1.17 | 16-Sep-1997 |
lukem | resolve conflicts from lite-2 merge
|
| 1.16 | 15-Sep-1997 |
lukem | * cleanup for WARNS=1
* fix use of .Nm
|
| 1.15 | 01-Jul-1997 |
lukem | Support using $TMPDIR for rst{dir,modes}* files, so that large
restores can be done on machines with small /tmp's by setting TMPDIR
elsewhere. This shouldn't be a security issue as restore(8) isn't
set?id anymore.
|
| 1.14 | 15-Apr-1997 |
lukem | use _PATH_DEFTAPE from <paths.h> instead of "pathnames.h"
cleanup references/examples to use /dev/rst* instead of /dev/rmt*
minor .Nm usage cleanup in man page
|
| 1.13 | 24-Dec-1996 |
mikel | remove mkfs(8) xref; PR 3041
|
| 1.12 | 24-Oct-1996 |
lukem | use unique temporary files for all operations except 'r' and 'R', which still
base temp files on dumpdate. explain why in the man page. fixes [bin/2870]
|
| 1.11 | 02-Feb-1996 |
phil | Add /dev/rst* to FILES section. (pr 601) (Matches mt man page.)
|
| 1.10 | 02-Feb-1996 |
phil | Change default tape name in documentation from /dev/rmt? to /dev/rmt8 to
match pathnames.h. (pr #601)
|
| 1.9 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.8 | 21-Feb-1995 |
mycroft | Document the getopt(3) option syntax, and some other documentation cleanup.
|
| 1.7 | 28-Dec-1994 |
mycroft | Mostly sync with CSRG.
|
| 1.6 | 08-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Update from 4.4-Lite, with local changes.
|
| 1.5 | 14-Jan-1994 |
jtc | Fix spelling errors
|
| 1.4 | 22-Dec-1993 |
cgd | new version from CSRG, via BSDI, with fixes
|
| 1.3 | 05-Oct-1993 |
jtc | Make sure all items in the SEE ALSO list are comma separated
|
| 1.2 | 01-Aug-1993 |
mycroft | Add RCS indentifiers.
|
| 1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.3 | 16-Sep-1997 |
lukem | imported from lite-2
|
| 1.1.1.2 | 13-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Import 4.4-Lite version.
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | initial import of 386bsd-0.1 sources
|
| 1.18.2.1 | 11-Nov-1997 |
mrg | pull up from trunk: add missing .Nm sections.
|
| 1.24.2.1 | 02-Jul-1999 |
perry | pullup 1.24->1.25 (abs): Correct default device from /dev/rst0 to /dev/nrst0
|
| 1.26.4.1 | 27-Dec-1999 |
wrstuden | Pull up to last week's -current.
|
| 1.30.2.1 | 22-Jun-2000 |
minoura | Sync w/ netbsd-1-5-base.
|
| 1.49.10.1 | 30-Apr-2007 |
bouyer | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by tron in ticket #600):
sbin/restore/restore.8: revisions 1.50, 1.51
Improve example of restoring a complete filesystem with "restore -r":
- NetBSD's "newfs" doesn't accept a second (non-option) argument.
Patch provided by Jeff Ito in PR bin/36241.
- Use "sd0" instead of "rp0" because NetBSD's doesnt have a disk driver
called "rp".
- Use "/dev/rst0" instead of "/dev/rst8". With NetBSD's device numbering
scheme a system would have to have 9 tape drives to get "/dev/rst8".
Bump date because of last change.
|
| 1.49.2.1 | 27-May-2007 |
bouyer | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by tron in ticket #1771):
sbin/restore/restore.8: revisions 1.50 - 1.51
Improve example of restoring a complete filesystem with "restore -r":
- NetBSD's "newfs" doesn't accept a second (non-option) argument.
Patch provided by Jeff Ito in PR bin/36241.
- Use "sd0" instead of "rp0" because NetBSD's doesnt have a disk driver
called "rp".
- Use "/dev/rst0" instead of "/dev/rst8". With NetBSD's device numbering
scheme a system would have to have 9 tape drives to get "/dev/rst8".
Bump date because of last change.
|
| 1.52.14.1 | 23-Jun-2013 |
tls | resync from head
|
| 1.52.8.1 | 22-May-2014 |
yamt | sync with head.
for a reference, the tree before this commit was tagged
as yamt-pagecache-tag8.
this commit was splitted into small chunks to avoid
a limitation of cvs. ("Protocol error: too many arguments")
|
| 1.54.6.1 | 10-Jun-2019 |
christos | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.54.4.1 | 28-Jul-2018 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.22 | 19-Jun-2021 |
christos | Add external attribute dumping and restoring support from FreeBSD.
Does not fully work yet, attributes are being saved and restored correctly,
but don't appear in the restored files somehow.
|
| 1.21 | 22-Jan-2013 |
dholland | Stuff UFS_ in front of a few of ufs's symbols to reduce namespace
pollution. Specifically:
ROOTINO -> UFS_ROOTINO
WINO -> UFS_WINO
NXADDR -> UFS_NXADDR
NDADDR -> UFS_NDADDR
NIADDR -> UFS_NIADDR
MAXSYMLINKLEN -> UFS_MAXSYMLINKLEN
MAXSYMLINKLEN_UFS[12] -> UFS[12]_MAXSYMLINKLEN (for consistency)
Sort out ext2fs's misuse of NDADDR and NIADDR; fortunately, these have
the same values in ext2fs and ffs.
No functional change intended.
|
| 1.20 | 18-Dec-2006 |
christos | branches: 1.20.36; 1.20.42;
Convert a couple of "(void)&" constructs to volatile.
Flag various unused parameters in restore and dump so that these will
compile with -Wextra. (Note: restore uses some stuff from dump.)
|
| 1.19 | 19-Aug-2005 |
christos | 64 bit inode changes
|
| 1.18 | 27-Jun-2005 |
christos | add const
|
| 1.17 | 27-Jun-2005 |
christos | sprinkle const.
|
| 1.16 | 17-Feb-2005 |
xtraeme | Kill __P(), use ANSI function declarations.
|
| 1.15 | 21-Oct-2003 |
fvdl | Don't use NULL as a case value.
|
| 1.14 | 07-Aug-2003 |
agc | Move UCB-licensed code from 4-clause to 3-clause licence.
Patches provided by Joel Baker in PR 22308, verified by myself.
|
| 1.13 | 18-Jan-2001 |
enami | If possible, detect more case that file is missing on the tape.
XXX we still may lose if a file of highest inode number requested
XXX to extract was missing or one of multiple dump tape is lost.
|
| 1.12 | 15-Sep-1997 |
lukem | * cleanup for WARNS=1
* fix use of .Nm
|
| 1.11 | 06-Jul-1997 |
lukem | as inspired by a commit message of Todd Miller <millert@cvs.openbsd.org>:
* cleanup a bit for -Wall
* use __progname instead of "restore"
|
| 1.10 | 04-Jul-1997 |
pk | NULL => 0 (from Arne Juul; addendum to PR#3237)
|
| 1.9 | 18-Jun-1997 |
lukem | Fix problem with duplicate entries when changing from LEAF to NODE;
only the first link of a inode was being removed, not all of them.
From Kirk McKusick <mckusick@McKusick.COM> via thorpej
|
| 1.8 | 19-Mar-1997 |
lukem | * use mkstemp() instead of mktemp()
* remove "register" qualifiers
|
| 1.7 | 27-Sep-1996 |
thorpej | Use snprintf() rather than sprintf().
|
| 1.6 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.5 | 28-Dec-1994 |
mycroft | Mostly sync with CSRG.
|
| 1.4 | 08-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Update from 4.4-Lite, with local changes.
|
| 1.3 | 22-Dec-1993 |
cgd | new version from CSRG, via BSDI, with fixes
|
| 1.2 | 01-Aug-1993 |
mycroft | Add RCS identifiers.
|
| 1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.3 | 16-Sep-1997 |
lukem | imported from lite-2
|
| 1.1.1.2 | 13-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Import 4.4-Lite version.
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | initial import of 386bsd-0.1 sources
|
| 1.20.42.1 | 25-Feb-2013 |
tls | resync with head
|
| 1.20.36.1 | 23-Jan-2013 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.23 | 19-Jun-2021 |
christos | Add external attribute dumping and restoring support from FreeBSD.
Does not fully work yet, attributes are being saved and restored correctly,
but don't appear in the restored files somehow.
|
| 1.22 | 05-Apr-2020 |
joerg | Fix depenency on common symbols in sbin.
|
| 1.21 | 27-Dec-2019 |
msaitoh | s/opration/operation/
|
| 1.20 | 06-Aug-2011 |
dholland | branches: 1.20.42;
Add wrapper functions around hash algorithm operations to avoid
undefined behavior arising from illegal function casts. As a side
effect, no longer need -Wno-pointer-sign either.
|
| 1.19 | 06-Aug-2011 |
dholland | Simplify silly code and make it closer to type-safe. This causes amd64
gcc to reorder two pairs of instructions for some reason but the object
files are otherwise unchanged.
|
| 1.18 | 27-Jun-2005 |
christos | sprinkle const.
|
| 1.17 | 08-Jan-2005 |
fredb | Make a judicious choice as to whether to apply the permissions
of the root inode of the dump to the current working directory,
rather than interrogate the user. Closes PR bin/24690. Reviewed
by bouyer, tron, imp.
|
| 1.16 | 22-Oct-2004 |
bouyer | Add an option (-M) to write a mtree specification (which needs to be passed
through sort before being feed to mtree) with file flags, instead of restoring
file flags at the same time as other attributes. Fix various issue with
schg, uchg, sappnd or uappnd flags which cause restore to fail in some case.
Discussed on tech-userlevel:
http://mail-index.netbsd.org/tech-userlevel/2004/10/12/0000.html
|
| 1.15 | 27-Jul-2004 |
enami | Add -D flag which computes the digest of each regular files in the archive
using specified algorithm (currently md5, rmd160 or sha1) and write them
to standard output.
|
| 1.14 | 07-Aug-2003 |
agc | Move UCB-licensed code from 4-clause to 3-clause licence.
Patches provided by Joel Baker in PR 22308, verified by myself.
|
| 1.13 | 02-Apr-2003 |
fvdl | Add support for UFS2. UFS2 is an enhanced FFS, adding support for
64 bit block pointers, extended attribute storage, and a few
other things.
This commit does not yet include the code to manipulate the extended
storage (for e.g. ACLs), this will be done later.
Originally written by Kirk McKusick and Network Associates Laboratories for
FreeBSD.
|
| 1.12 | 18-Nov-2002 |
enami | Don't allocate struct entry one by one; it just wastes memory.
|
| 1.11 | 24-Aug-2001 |
wiz | heirarchy -> hierarchy
|
| 1.10 | 24-Jun-1998 |
christos | Add an unlink (-u) flag so that we can use this for installs.
|
| 1.9 | 15-Sep-1997 |
lukem | * cleanup for WARNS=1
* fix use of .Nm
|
| 1.8 | 01-Jul-1997 |
lukem | Support using $TMPDIR for rst{dir,modes}* files, so that large
restores can be done on machines with small /tmp's by setting TMPDIR
elsewhere. This shouldn't be a security issue as restore(8) isn't
set?id anymore.
|
| 1.7 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.6 | 28-Dec-1994 |
mycroft | Mostly sync with CSRG.
|
| 1.5 | 08-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Update from 4.4-Lite, with local changes.
|
| 1.4 | 17-May-1994 |
cgd | copyright foo
|
| 1.3 | 22-Dec-1993 |
cgd | new version from CSRG, via BSDI, with fixes
|
| 1.2 | 01-Aug-1993 |
mycroft | Add RCS identifiers.
|
| 1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.3 | 16-Sep-1997 |
lukem | imported from lite-2
|
| 1.1.1.2 | 13-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Import 4.4-Lite version.
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | initial import of 386bsd-0.1 sources
|
| 1.20.42.1 | 08-Apr-2020 |
martin | Merge changes from current as of 20200406
|
| 1.3 | 22-Dec-1993 |
mycroft | Clean up deleted files.
|
| 1.2 | 01-Aug-1993 |
mycroft | Add RCS indentifiers.
|
| 1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | initial import of 386bsd-0.1 sources
|
| 1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.2 | 08-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Clean up deleted files.
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | initial import of 386bsd-0.1 sources
|
| 1.31 | 10-Feb-2024 |
andvar | s/indicies/indices/ in comments.
|
| 1.30 | 19-Jun-2021 |
christos | Add external attribute dumping and restoring support from FreeBSD.
Does not fully work yet, attributes are being saved and restored correctly,
but don't appear in the restored files somehow.
|
| 1.29 | 22-Jan-2013 |
dholland | Stuff UFS_ in front of a few of ufs's symbols to reduce namespace
pollution. Specifically:
ROOTINO -> UFS_ROOTINO
WINO -> UFS_WINO
NXADDR -> UFS_NXADDR
NDADDR -> UFS_NDADDR
NIADDR -> UFS_NIADDR
MAXSYMLINKLEN -> UFS_MAXSYMLINKLEN
MAXSYMLINKLEN_UFS[12] -> UFS[12]_MAXSYMLINKLEN (for consistency)
Sort out ext2fs's misuse of NDADDR and NIADDR; fortunately, these have
the same values in ext2fs and ffs.
No functional change intended.
|
| 1.28 | 16-Sep-2011 |
plunky | branches: 1.28.2; 1.28.8;
NULL does not need a cast, here
|
| 1.27 | 04-Jan-2011 |
wiz | Fix fd leak. Found by cppcheck.
|
| 1.26 | 12-May-2010 |
mbalmer | Fix grammar in a line of output.
From Hywel Mallett via FreeBSD.
|
| 1.25 | 07-Apr-2009 |
lukem | fix sign-compare issues
|
| 1.24 | 22-Feb-2009 |
yamt | remove a useless cast.
|
| 1.23 | 19-Aug-2005 |
christos | branches: 1.23.28; 1.23.30;
64 bit inode changes
|
| 1.22 | 27-Jun-2005 |
christos | add const
|
| 1.21 | 27-Jun-2005 |
christos | sprinkle const.
|
| 1.20 | 17-Feb-2005 |
xtraeme | Kill __P(), use ANSI function declarations.
|
| 1.19 | 07-Aug-2003 |
agc | Move UCB-licensed code from 4-clause to 3-clause licence.
Patches provided by Joel Baker in PR 22308, verified by myself.
|
| 1.18 | 25-Nov-2002 |
enami | Also, don't allocate string entries one by one. Instead, allocate one page
and divide it, to reduce memory usage.
|
| 1.17 | 18-Nov-2002 |
enami | Typo in comment.
|
| 1.16 | 18-Nov-2002 |
enami | Don't allocate struct entry one by one; it just wastes memory.
|
| 1.15 | 12-Aug-2002 |
itojun | calloc() arg mistake. it's (nelem, size). from openbsd
|
| 1.14 | 19-Jun-2001 |
wiz | `existent', not `existant'
|
| 1.13 | 16-Sep-1997 |
lukem | resolve conflicts from lite-2 merge
|
| 1.12 | 16-Sep-1997 |
mrg | make these compile on the alpha after WARNS=1.
|
| 1.11 | 15-Sep-1997 |
lukem | * cleanup for WARNS=1
* fix use of .Nm
|
| 1.10 | 19-Mar-1997 |
lukem | * use mkstemp() instead of mktemp()
* remove "register" qualifiers
|
| 1.9 | 30-Nov-1996 |
cgd | patches from Tom I Helbekkmo <tih@nhh.no> to deal with type-size issues,
so this works (better, at least) on 64-bit machines (e.g. alpha).
|
| 1.8 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | branches: 1.8.6;
convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.7 | 20-Feb-1995 |
mycroft | Use atexit() rather than tweaking every exit() to call the cleanup function.
|
| 1.6 | 28-Dec-1994 |
mycroft | Mostly sync with CSRG.
|
| 1.5 | 23-Sep-1994 |
mycroft | Eliminate uses of some obsolete functions.
|
| 1.4 | 08-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Update from 4.4-Lite, with local changes.
|
| 1.3 | 22-Dec-1993 |
cgd | new version from CSRG, via BSDI, with fixes
|
| 1.2 | 01-Aug-1993 |
mycroft | Add RCS identifiers.
|
| 1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.3 | 16-Sep-1997 |
lukem | imported from lite-2
|
| 1.1.1.2 | 13-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Import 4.4-Lite version.
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | initial import of 386bsd-0.1 sources
|
| 1.8.6.1 | 06-Dec-1996 |
rat | Pullup request from Chris G Demetriou <Chris_G_Demetriou@ux2.sp.cs.cmu.edu>
>Make dump and restore usable on the alpha
|
| 1.23.30.1 | 13-May-2009 |
jym | Sync with HEAD.
Third (and last) commit. See http://mail-index.netbsd.org/source-changes/2009/05/13/msg221222.html
|
| 1.23.28.1 | 21-Nov-2010 |
riz | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by mbalmer in ticket #1397):
sbin/restore/symtab.c: revision 1.26
Fix grammar in a line of output.
From Hywel Mallett via FreeBSD.
|
| 1.28.8.1 | 25-Feb-2013 |
tls | resync with head
|
| 1.28.2.1 | 23-Jan-2013 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.75 | 05-Feb-2024 |
andvar | triple "r" typos, mainly s/interrrupt/interrupt/ in comments and one definition.
|
| 1.74 | 12-Dec-2022 |
chs | apply this commit from FreeBSD:
commit 9dda00df7e8f9279a43d92758df6a7e10a9aed95
Author: Chuck Silvers <chs@FreeBSD.org>
Date: Mon Dec 12 08:14:17 2022 -0800
restore: fix restore of NFS4 ACLs
Changing the mode bits on a file with an NFS4 ACL results in the
NFS4 ACL being replaced by one matching the new mode bits being set,
so when restoring a file with an NFS4 ACL, set the owner/group/mode first
and then set the NFS4 ACL, so that setting the mode does not throw away
the ACL that we just set.
Reviewed by: mckusick
Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D37618
|
| 1.73 | 10-Dec-2022 |
chs | apply this change from FreeBSD:
commit c028393d7072f1f88efd8d6e6c77bb9b15b3f3b6
Author: Kirk McKusick <mckusick@FreeBSD.org>
Date: Fri Apr 11 21:48:14 2008 +0000
Correctly set file group when restore is run by a user other than root.
|
| 1.72 | 05-May-2022 |
mrg | include the filename in the panic message for missing data.
instead of merely seeing:
getfile: lost data
now this is seen:
getfile: lost data: ./usr/libdata/debug/usr/libexec/cc1.debug
|
| 1.71 | 19-Jun-2021 |
christos | Add external attribute dumping and restoring support from FreeBSD.
Does not fully work yet, attributes are being saved and restored correctly,
but don't appear in the restored files somehow.
|
| 1.70 | 11-Mar-2021 |
msaitoh | s/skiping/skipping/
|
| 1.69 | 03-Sep-2020 |
bouyer | If we hit an unknown header type (likely to be a corrupt record), and
the user choose to not abort, skip to the next header instead of trying
to use it.
This allowed me to recover files from a corrupt dump, instead of
getting a segfault.
|
| 1.68 | 02-Mar-2015 |
enami | Don't truncate at microseconds while preserving timestamps.
One of motivation of this change is to make the behavior of test(1)
-nt/ot with preserved copy (like cp -p) closer to the NetBSD 6.
Of course whether full timestamps are kept or not depends also on
underlying file system.
The ifdef added in mv(1) since existing ifdefs was our local change
to compile it on solaris (though I couldn't test it):
http://mail-index.netbsd.org/tech-userlevel/2014/11/28/msg008831.html
|
| 1.67 | 22-Jan-2013 |
dholland | branches: 1.67.8; 1.67.10;
Stuff UFS_ in front of a few of ufs's symbols to reduce namespace
pollution. Specifically:
ROOTINO -> UFS_ROOTINO
WINO -> UFS_WINO
NXADDR -> UFS_NXADDR
NDADDR -> UFS_NDADDR
NIADDR -> UFS_NIADDR
MAXSYMLINKLEN -> UFS_MAXSYMLINKLEN
MAXSYMLINKLEN_UFS[12] -> UFS[12]_MAXSYMLINKLEN (for consistency)
Sort out ext2fs's misuse of NDADDR and NIADDR; fortunately, these have
the same values in ext2fs and ffs.
No functional change intended.
|
| 1.66 | 29-Aug-2011 |
joerg | branches: 1.66.2; 1.66.8;
Use __dead
|
| 1.65 | 06-Aug-2011 |
dholland | Add wrapper functions around hash algorithm operations to avoid
undefined behavior arising from illegal function casts. As a side
effect, no longer need -Wno-pointer-sign either.
|
| 1.64 | 06-Aug-2011 |
dholland | Simplify silly code and make it closer to type-safe. This causes amd64
gcc to reorder two pairs of instructions for some reason but the object
files are otherwise unchanged.
|
| 1.63 | 07-Apr-2009 |
lukem | fix sign-compare issues
|
| 1.62 | 18-Feb-2009 |
yamt | remove a useless cast.
|
| 1.61 | 26-Dec-2008 |
hannken | branches: 1.61.2;
Make restore work for Linux dump volumes by ignoring extended attribute
records on these volumes. Tested with Centos 5.2.
Reviewed by: Manuel Bouyer <bouyer@netbsd.org>
|
| 1.60 | 16-Feb-2008 |
matt | branches: 1.60.4; 1.60.10;
Fix some inconsisent/conflicting definitions and missing parameters
|
| 1.59 | 09-Feb-2007 |
hannken | branches: 1.59.4; 1.59.6;
Add support for Solaris ufsdump volumes with more than 512*1024 inodes.
Here the bitmaps are written as
CLRI or BITS with c_count <= 512
ADDR* for the remaining blocks
Remove the bitmap handling from getfile(), remove xtrmap() and xtrmapskip().
Add new function getbitmap() modeled after getfile() that does bitmap
allocation, bitmap expansion and sets maxino.
Reviewed by: Manuel Bouyer <bouyer@netbsd.org>
|
| 1.58 | 18-Dec-2006 |
christos | Convert a couple of "(void)&" constructs to volatile.
Flag various unused parameters in restore and dump so that these will
compile with -Wextra. (Note: restore uses some stuff from dump.)
|
| 1.57 | 30-Oct-2006 |
christos | branches: 1.57.2;
find rmd160.h
|
| 1.56 | 16-Oct-2006 |
christos | c99 iniitializer
|
| 1.55 | 25-Sep-2005 |
elad | Use crypto/rmd160.h.
|
| 1.54 | 19-Aug-2005 |
christos | 64 bit inode changes
|
| 1.53 | 27-Jun-2005 |
christos | sprinkle const.
|
| 1.52 | 17-Feb-2005 |
xtraeme | branches: 1.52.2;
Kill __P(), use ANSI function declarations.
|
| 1.51 | 22-Oct-2004 |
bouyer | Add an option (-M) to write a mtree specification (which needs to be passed
through sort before being feed to mtree) with file flags, instead of restoring
file flags at the same time as other attributes. Fix various issue with
schg, uchg, sappnd or uappnd flags which cause restore to fail in some case.
Discussed on tech-userlevel:
http://mail-index.netbsd.org/tech-userlevel/2004/10/12/0000.html
|
| 1.50 | 27-Jul-2004 |
enami | Add -D flag which computes the digest of each regular files in the archive
using specified algorithm (currently md5, rmd160 or sha1) and write them
to standard output.
|
| 1.49 | 07-Aug-2003 |
agc | Move UCB-licensed code from 4-clause to 3-clause licence.
Patches provided by Joel Baker in PR 22308, verified by myself.
|
| 1.48 | 02-Apr-2003 |
fvdl | Add support for UFS2. UFS2 is an enhanced FFS, adding support for
64 bit block pointers, extended attribute storage, and a few
other things.
This commit does not yet include the code to manipulate the extended
storage (for e.g. ACLs), this will be done later.
Originally written by Kirk McKusick and Network Associates Laboratories for
FreeBSD.
|
| 1.47 | 27-Mar-2003 |
taca | Since "host" is used when RRESTORE is defined, enclose variable definition
with "#ifdef RRESTORE" and "#endif".
|
| 1.46 | 25-May-2002 |
wiz | __STDC__ is always defined on NetBSD.
|
| 1.45 | 19-Feb-2002 |
perseant | Don't forget to update curfile, if tape begins with TS_ADDR type block.
In particular, this means that if one member (say the last member) of a tape
set begins with continuation blocks, restore will not consider that tape
to contain all the inodes (curfile.ino==0 at the beginning of the tape).
Close PR #15545.
|
| 1.44 | 23-Dec-2001 |
lukem | fix compile issues now that on-tape times are int32_t instead of time_t
|
| 1.43 | 24-Jan-2001 |
enami | Remove incorrect advice for lint; the control may return from panic().
|
| 1.42 | 07-Jul-2000 |
enami | Extract file flags of symbolic link.
|
| 1.41 | 23-May-2000 |
enami | Add comment and sanity check about why we need not to skip remaining
blocks if we are reading inode bitmaps.
|
| 1.40 | 19-May-2000 |
enami | Correctly extract the inode maps bigger than 512 tape blocks.
|
| 1.39 | 27-Jan-2000 |
sommerfeld | Fix PR9282: restore doesn't print dump header on dumps from host with
unset hostname.
|
| 1.38 | 03-Jan-1999 |
lukem | branches: 1.38.2;
user friendly enhancments.
reworked from [bin/6710] by Brian Grayson <bgrayson@ece.utexas.edu>
|
| 1.37 | 24-Jun-1998 |
christos | Add an unlink (-u) flag so that we can use this for installs.
|
| 1.36 | 01-Apr-1998 |
kleink | Need <time.h> for ctime() prototype.
|
| 1.35 | 30-Mar-1998 |
mrg | use static int, not just static
|
| 1.34 | 13-Dec-1997 |
enami | Fix the bug introduced in last change; pass IFCHR or IFBLK bit to
mknod(2) via mode.
|
| 1.33 | 18-Nov-1997 |
enami | Use file mode 0600 when creating special file or fifo.
Suggested by Charles M. Hannum.
|
| 1.32 | 18-Nov-1997 |
enami | Restore file attributes after extracting regular file. Fixes PR#4515
from stephen.ma@jtec.com.au:
- call getfile() before altering file attributes.
- open file with mode 0600 instead of 0666 so that file won't remain
group or world readable/writable even if getfile() terminated.
- also, move skipfile() before altering file attributes in IF{CHR,BLK} and
IFIFO case for symmetry (suggested by Charles M. Hannum).
|
| 1.31 | 19-Oct-1997 |
mycroft | branches: 1.31.2;
Use futimes(2). Do {f,}utimes(2) *before* {f,}chflags(2), for obvious
reasons.
|
| 1.30 | 08-Oct-1997 |
enami | Restore owner/group/mode/atime/mtime of symbolic links.
|
| 1.29 | 16-Sep-1997 |
lukem | resolve conflicts from lite-2 merge
|
| 1.28 | 15-Sep-1997 |
lukem | * cleanup for WARNS=1
* fix use of .Nm
|
| 1.27 | 06-Jul-1997 |
lukem | as inspired by a commit message of Todd Miller <millert@cvs.openbsd.org>:
* cleanup a bit for -Wall
* use __progname instead of "restore"
|
| 1.26 | 15-Apr-1997 |
lukem | use _PATH_DEFTAPE from <paths.h> instead of "pathnames.h"
cleanup references/examples to use /dev/rst* instead of /dev/rmt*
minor .Nm usage cleanup in man page
|
| 1.25 | 19-Mar-1997 |
lukem | * use mkstemp() instead of mktemp()
* remove "register" qualifiers
|
| 1.24 | 26-Dec-1996 |
cjs | Fix typo: PR bin/3059
|
| 1.23 | 04-Dec-1996 |
mycroft | Make sure to byte-swap all of the relevant fields; especially c_flags.
|
| 1.22 | 30-Nov-1996 |
cgd | When initializing 'fssize,' the size of the data buffer to be used when
writing data to the file system, if the "optimal" file system I/O
operation block size is less than TP_BSIZE, leave fssize alone (i.e.
at its default setting of MAXBSIZE). This was causing restore's
stack to be trashed, because the end-of-buffer checking/flushing code
around line 680 would never notice that the buffer was full (because
it'd be comparing a buffer segment index, which would always be >= 1, to
fssize / TP_BSIZE, which could be zero in that case), and would keep
filling and filling and filling...
|
| 1.21 | 30-Nov-1996 |
cgd | patches from Tom I Helbekkmo <tih@nhh.no> to deal with type-size issues,
so this works (better, at least) on 64-bit machines (e.g. alpha).
|
| 1.20 | 15-Mar-1996 |
scottr | branches: 1.20.4;
Be more paranoid with our effective uid.
|
| 1.19 | 19-Jun-1995 |
cgd | stat structure POSIXification
|
| 1.18 | 11-Jun-1995 |
mycroft | Back out previous change.
|
| 1.17 | 07-Jun-1995 |
cgd | typeof(timeval.tv_sec) != time_t
|
| 1.16 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.15 | 20-Feb-1995 |
mycroft | Use atexit() rather than tweaking every exit() to call the cleanup function.
|
| 1.14 | 28-Dec-1994 |
mycroft | Mostly sync with CSRG.
|
| 1.13 | 23-Sep-1994 |
mycroft | Eliminate uses of some obsolete functions.
|
| 1.12 | 18-Sep-1994 |
mycroft | Allow extracting FIFOs.
|
| 1.11 | 08-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Update from 4.4-Lite, with local changes.
|
| 1.10 | 17-May-1994 |
cgd | copyright foo
|
| 1.9 | 25-Apr-1994 |
cgd | kill some #ifndefs
|
| 1.8 | 02-Apr-1994 |
cgd | just kill the cast completely
|
| 1.7 | 01-Apr-1994 |
cgd | bad cast
|
| 1.6 | 01-Mar-1994 |
cgd | Check correct header when looking at tape number.
from thomas@mathematik.uni-Bremen.de
|
| 1.5 | 22-Dec-1993 |
cgd | new version from CSRG, via BSDI, with fixes
|
| 1.4 | 01-Aug-1993 |
mycroft | Add RCS identifiers.
|
| 1.3 | 20-Apr-1993 |
mycroft | Fix message.
|
| 1.2 | 25-Mar-1993 |
cgd | restore didn't understand dirs which spanned more than one volume.
fixed by patch from Gene Stark (gene@stark.uucp).
|
| 1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.3 | 16-Sep-1997 |
lukem | imported from lite-2
|
| 1.1.1.2 | 13-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Import 4.4-Lite version.
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | initial import of 386bsd-0.1 sources
|
| 1.20.4.2 | 10-Dec-1996 |
mycroft | From trunk:
Add some missing byte-swaps, so this works across endians.
|
| 1.20.4.1 | 06-Dec-1996 |
rat | Pullup request from Chris G Demetriou <Chris_G_Demetriou@ux2.sp.cs.cmu.edu>
>Make dump and restore usable on the alpha
|
| 1.31.2.2 | 14-Dec-1997 |
mellon | Pull rev 1.34 up from trunk (enami)
|
| 1.31.2.1 | 18-Nov-1997 |
mellon | Pull rev 1.32 and 1.33 up from trunk (enami)
|
| 1.38.2.2 | 11-Oct-2000 |
he | Pull up revisions 1.40-1.41 (requested by enami):
Make restore correctly handle large dumps with large inode maps.
Fixes PR#11188.
|
| 1.38.2.1 | 31-Jan-2000 |
he | Pull up revision 1.39 (requested by sommerfeld):
Print the header even on dumps from a system with an unset
host name. Fixes PR#9282.
|
| 1.52.2.1 | 03-Mar-2007 |
bouyer | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by hannken in ticket #1674):
sbin/restore/tape.c: revision 1.59
Add support for Solaris ufsdump volumes with more than 512*1024 inodes.
Here the bitmaps are written as
CLRI or BITS with c_count <= 512
ADDR* for the remaining blocks
Remove the bitmap handling from getfile(), remove xtrmap() and xtrmapskip().
Add new function getbitmap() modeled after getfile() that does bitmap
allocation, bitmap expansion and sets maxino.
Reviewed by: Manuel Bouyer <bouyer@netbsd.org>
|
| 1.57.2.1 | 04-Mar-2007 |
bouyer | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by hannken in ticket #483):
sbin/restore/tape.c: revision 1.59 via patch
Add support for Solaris ufsdump volumes with more than 512*1024 inodes.
Here the bitmaps are written as
CLRI or BITS with c_count <= 512
ADDR* for the remaining blocks
Remove the bitmap handling from getfile(), remove xtrmap() and xtrmapskip().
Add new function getbitmap() modeled after getfile() that does bitmap
allocation, bitmap expansion and sets maxino.
Reviewed by: Manuel Bouyer <bouyer@netbsd.org>
|
| 1.59.6.1 | 18-Feb-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.59.4.1 | 23-Mar-2008 |
matt | sync with HEAD
|
| 1.60.10.1 | 02-Jan-2009 |
snj | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by hannken in ticket #210):
include/protocols/dumprestore.h: revision 1.15
sbin/restore/tape.c: revision 1.61
Make restore work for Linux dump volumes by ignoring extended attribute
records on these volumes. Tested with Centos 5.2.
Reviewed by: Manuel Bouyer <bouyer@netbsd.org>
|
| 1.60.4.1 | 17-Jan-2009 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.61.2.1 | 13-May-2009 |
jym | Sync with HEAD.
Third (and last) commit. See http://mail-index.netbsd.org/source-changes/2009/05/13/msg221222.html
|
| 1.66.8.1 | 25-Feb-2013 |
tls | resync with head
|
| 1.66.2.1 | 23-Jan-2013 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.67.10.1 | 03-Mar-2016 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by nakayama in ticket #1096):
bin/mv/mv.c: revision 1.44
bin/cp/utils.c: revision 1.43-1.44
lib/librumphijack/hijack.c: revision 1.112-1.115
usr.bin/touch/touch.c: revision 1.33
sbin/restore/tape.c: revision 1.68
sbin/restore/dirs.c: revision 1.51
Don't truncate at sub-microsecond while preserving timestamps.
One of motivation of this change is to make the behavior of test(1)
-nt/ot with preserved copy (like cp -p) closer to the NetBSD 6.
Of course whether full timestamps are kept or not depends also on
underlying file system.
The ifdef added in mv(1) since existing ifdefs was our local change
to compile it on solaris (though I couldn't test it):
http://mail-index.netbsd.org/tech-userlevel/2014/11/28/msg008831.html
Fix the name of failed function in warning message.
Hijack utimensat(2) so that t_vfs test passes after cp(1)/mv(1) are
changed to use the system call. Linux also has this system call, but
not tested this on linux.
Also hijack futimens(2) so that t_sh test passes.
Define a generic ATCALL() and use it to implement utimensat()
Make ATCALL() behave for absolute paths too.
|
| 1.67.8.1 | 03-Mar-2016 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by nakayama in ticket #1096):
bin/mv/mv.c: revision 1.44
bin/cp/utils.c: revision 1.43-1.44
lib/librumphijack/hijack.c: revision 1.112-1.115
usr.bin/touch/touch.c: revision 1.33
sbin/restore/tape.c: revision 1.68
sbin/restore/dirs.c: revision 1.51
Don't truncate at sub-microsecond while preserving timestamps.
One of motivation of this change is to make the behavior of test(1)
-nt/ot with preserved copy (like cp -p) closer to the NetBSD 6.
Of course whether full timestamps are kept or not depends also on
underlying file system.
The ifdef added in mv(1) since existing ifdefs was our local change
to compile it on solaris (though I couldn't test it):
http://mail-index.netbsd.org/tech-userlevel/2014/11/28/msg008831.html
Fix the name of failed function in warning message.
Hijack utimensat(2) so that t_vfs test passes after cp(1)/mv(1) are
changed to use the system call. Linux also has this system call, but
not tested this on linux.
Also hijack futimens(2) so that t_sh test passes.
Define a generic ATCALL() and use it to implement utimensat()
Make ATCALL() behave for absolute paths too.
|
| 1.24 | 19-Jun-2021 |
christos | Add external attribute dumping and restoring support from FreeBSD.
Does not fully work yet, attributes are being saved and restored correctly,
but don't appear in the restored files somehow.
|
| 1.23 | 22-Jan-2013 |
dholland | Stuff UFS_ in front of a few of ufs's symbols to reduce namespace
pollution. Specifically:
ROOTINO -> UFS_ROOTINO
WINO -> UFS_WINO
NXADDR -> UFS_NXADDR
NDADDR -> UFS_NDADDR
NIADDR -> UFS_NIADDR
MAXSYMLINKLEN -> UFS_MAXSYMLINKLEN
MAXSYMLINKLEN_UFS[12] -> UFS[12]_MAXSYMLINKLEN (for consistency)
Sort out ext2fs's misuse of NDADDR and NIADDR; fortunately, these have
the same values in ext2fs and ffs.
No functional change intended.
|
| 1.22 | 19-Aug-2005 |
christos | branches: 1.22.44; 1.22.50;
64 bit inode changes
|
| 1.21 | 27-Jun-2005 |
christos | add const
|
| 1.20 | 27-Jun-2005 |
christos | sprinkle const.
|
| 1.19 | 17-Feb-2005 |
xtraeme | Kill __P(), use ANSI function declarations.
|
| 1.18 | 22-Oct-2004 |
bouyer | Add an option (-M) to write a mtree specification (which needs to be passed
through sort before being feed to mtree) with file flags, instead of restoring
file flags at the same time as other attributes. Fix various issue with
schg, uchg, sappnd or uappnd flags which cause restore to fail in some case.
Discussed on tech-userlevel:
http://mail-index.netbsd.org/tech-userlevel/2004/10/12/0000.html
|
| 1.17 | 07-Aug-2003 |
agc | Move UCB-licensed code from 4-clause to 3-clause licence.
Patches provided by Joel Baker in PR 22308, verified by myself.
|
| 1.16 | 25-May-2002 |
wiz | __STDC__ is always defined on NetBSD.
|
| 1.15 | 01-Nov-2001 |
lukem | fix -Wshadow warnings
|
| 1.14 | 24-Sep-2001 |
wiz | va_{start,end} audit:
Make sure that each va_start has one and only one matching va_end,
especially in error cases.
If the va_list is used multiple times, do multiple va_starts/va_ends.
If a function gets va_list as argument, don't let it use va_end (since
it's the callers responsibility).
Improved by comments from enami and christos -- thanks!
Heimdal/krb4/KAME changes already fed back, rest to follow.
Inspired by, but not not based on, OpenBSD.
|
| 1.13 | 16-Sep-1997 |
lukem | resolve conflicts from lite-2 merge
|
| 1.12 | 15-Sep-1997 |
lukem | * cleanup for WARNS=1
* fix use of .Nm
|
| 1.11 | 19-Mar-1997 |
lukem | * use mkstemp() instead of mktemp()
* remove "register" qualifiers
|
| 1.10 | 27-Sep-1996 |
thorpej | Use snprintf() rather than sprintf().
|
| 1.9 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.8 | 20-Feb-1995 |
mycroft | Use atexit() rather than tweaking every exit() to call the cleanup function.
|
| 1.7 | 28-Dec-1994 |
mycroft | Mostly sync with CSRG.
|
| 1.6 | 23-Sep-1994 |
mycroft | Eliminate uses of some obsolete functions.
|
| 1.5 | 08-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Update from 4.4-Lite, with local changes.
|
| 1.4 | 19-Feb-1994 |
cgd | light clean and check error codes
|
| 1.3 | 22-Dec-1993 |
cgd | new version from CSRG, via BSDI, with fixes
|
| 1.2 | 01-Aug-1993 |
mycroft | Add RCS identifiers.
|
| 1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.3 | 16-Sep-1997 |
lukem | imported from lite-2
|
| 1.1.1.2 | 13-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Import 4.4-Lite version.
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | initial import of 386bsd-0.1 sources
|
| 1.22.50.1 | 25-Feb-2013 |
tls | resync with head
|
| 1.22.44.1 | 23-Jan-2013 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.6 | 03-Jun-2023 |
lukem | bsd.own.mk: rename GCC_NO_* to CC_WNO_*
Rename compiler-warning-disable variables from
GCC_NO_warning
to
CC_WNO_warning
where warning is the full warning name as used by the compiler.
GCC_NO_IMPLICIT_FALLTHRU is CC_WNO_IMPLICIT_FALLTHROUGH
Using the convention CC_compilerflag, where compilerflag
is based on the full compiler flag name.
|
| 1.5 | 14-Jan-2020 |
christos | .include bsd.own.mk for ${NETBSDSRCDIR}
|
| 1.4 | 06-Dec-2019 |
riastradh | Teach `rndctl -L' to update the seed file, not just delete it.
The seed file is updated by entering the old seed into the system and
then hashing the old seed together with data from /dev/urandom, and
writing it atomically with write-to-temporary/rename-to-permanent.
This way, interruption by crash or power loss does not obliterate
your persistent entropy (unless it causes file system corruption).
|
| 1.3 | 13-Oct-2019 |
mrg | introduce some common variables for use in GCC warning disables:
GCC_NO_FORMAT_TRUNCATION -Wno-format-truncation (GCC 7/8)
GCC_NO_STRINGOP_TRUNCATION -Wno-stringop-truncation (GCC 8)
GCC_NO_STRINGOP_OVERFLOW -Wno-stringop-overflow (GCC 8)
GCC_NO_CAST_FUNCTION_TYPE -Wno-cast-function-type (GCC 8)
use these to turn off warnings for most GCC-8 complaints. many
of these are false positives, most of the real bugs are already
commited, or are yet to come.
we plan to introduce versions of (some?) of these that use the
"-Wno-error=" form, which still displays the warnings but does
not make it an error, and all of the above will be re-considered
as either being "fix me" (warning still displayed) or "warning
is wrong."
|
| 1.2 | 13-Oct-1997 |
mycroft | branches: 1.2.112; 1.2.114;
Remove bogons.
|
| 1.1 | 13-Oct-1997 |
explorer | Add rndctl(8) and man page
|
| 1.2.114.1 | 17-Dec-2019 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by riastradh in ticket #563):
sbin/rndctl/rndctl.c: revision 1.31
sbin/rndctl/rndctl.8: revision 1.23
sbin/rndctl/Makefile: revision 1.4 (adapted)
sbin/rndctl/namespace.h: revision 1.1
Teach `rndctl -L' to update the seed file, not just delete it.
The seed file is updated by entering the old seed into the system and
then hashing the old seed together with data from /dev/urandom, and
writing it atomically with write-to-temporary/rename-to-permanent.
This way, interruption by crash or power loss does not obliterate
your persistent entropy (unless it causes file system corruption).
|
| 1.2.112.1 | 13-Apr-2020 |
martin | Mostly merge changes from HEAD upto 20200411
|
| 1.1 | 06-Dec-2019 |
riastradh | branches: 1.1.2; 1.1.6;
Teach `rndctl -L' to update the seed file, not just delete it.
The seed file is updated by entering the old seed into the system and
then hashing the old seed together with data from /dev/urandom, and
writing it atomically with write-to-temporary/rename-to-permanent.
This way, interruption by crash or power loss does not obliterate
your persistent entropy (unless it causes file system corruption).
|
| 1.1.6.2 | 08-Apr-2020 |
martin | Merge changes from current as of 20200406
|
| 1.1.6.1 | 06-Dec-2019 |
martin | file namespace.h was added on branch phil-wifi on 2020-04-08 14:07:20 +0000
|
| 1.1.2.2 | 17-Dec-2019 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by riastradh in ticket #563):
sbin/rndctl/rndctl.c: revision 1.31
sbin/rndctl/rndctl.8: revision 1.23
sbin/rndctl/Makefile: revision 1.4 (adapted)
sbin/rndctl/namespace.h: revision 1.1
Teach `rndctl -L' to update the seed file, not just delete it.
The seed file is updated by entering the old seed into the system and
then hashing the old seed together with data from /dev/urandom, and
writing it atomically with write-to-temporary/rename-to-permanent.
This way, interruption by crash or power loss does not obliterate
your persistent entropy (unless it causes file system corruption).
|
| 1.1.2.1 | 06-Dec-2019 |
martin | file namespace.h was added on branch netbsd-9 on 2019-12-17 12:45:30 +0000
|
| 1.31 | 02-Oct-2025 |
riastradh | rndctl(8): Nix trailing whitespace in man page.
No functional change intended.
|
| 1.30 | 25-Jun-2025 |
gutteridge | rndctl.8: add more detail about the -l and -v options
|
| 1.29 | 06-Apr-2021 |
riastradh | branches: 1.29.8;
Clarify wording further based on private feedback.
|
| 1.28 | 06-Apr-2021 |
riastradh | Clarify security model of rndctl -S files.
|
| 1.27 | 02-Apr-2021 |
nia | rndctl.8: reflect current reality
|
| 1.26 | 07-May-2020 |
riastradh | Touch up rndctl(8) a bit.
|
| 1.25 | 07-May-2020 |
wiz | Add -i to SYNOPSIS.
|
| 1.24 | 06-May-2020 |
riastradh | Tweak logic to decide whether a medium is safe for an rndseed.
- Teach rndctl to load the seed, but treat it as zero entropy, if the
medium is read-only or if the update fails.
- Teach rndctl to accept `-i' flag instructing it to ignore the
entropy estimate in the seed.
- Teach /etc/rc.d/random_seed to:
(a) assume nonlocal file systems are unsafe, and use -i, but
(b) assume / is safe, even if it is nonlocal.
If the medium is nonwritable, leave it to rndctl to detect that.
(Could use statvfs and check for ST_LOCAL in rndctl, I guess, but I
already implemented it this way.)
Treating nonlocal / as safe is a compromise: it's up to the operator
to secure the network for (e.g.) nfs mounts, but that's true whether
we're talking entropy or not -- if the adversary has access to the
network that you've mounted / from, they can do a lot more damage
anyway; this reduces warning fatigue for diskless systems, e.g. test
racks.
|
| 1.23 | 06-Dec-2019 |
riastradh | Teach `rndctl -L' to update the seed file, not just delete it.
The seed file is updated by entering the old seed into the system and
then hashing the old seed together with data from /dev/urandom, and
writing it atomically with write-to-temporary/rename-to-permanent.
This way, interruption by crash or power loss does not obliterate
your persistent entropy (unless it causes file system corruption).
|
| 1.22 | 10-Aug-2014 |
wiz | branches: 1.22.24; 1.22.26;
Sort options and mark them as optional.
Bump date for previous.
|
| 1.21 | 10-Aug-2014 |
tls | Merge tls-earlyentropy branch into HEAD.
|
| 1.20 | 23-Nov-2011 |
wiz | branches: 1.20.6; 1.20.16;
Sort option descriptions, bump date for previous.
|
| 1.19 | 23-Nov-2011 |
tls | Load entropy at system boot (only works at securelevel < 1); save
at system shutdown. Disable with random_seed=NO in rc.conf if desired.
Goes to some trouble to never load or save to network filesystems.
Entropy should really be loaded by the boot loader but I am still
sorting out how to pass it to the kernel.
|
| 1.18 | 01-Oct-2011 |
pgoyette | branches: 1.18.2;
Fix typo
|
| 1.17 | 04-Jan-2009 |
apb | Add a list of device types for use with "rndctl -t ${typename}".
|
| 1.16 | 06-Nov-2008 |
apb | Adjust synopsis and description to make it clear that -d devname and
-t devtype are mutually exclusive.
|
| 1.15 | 25-Feb-2003 |
wiz | branches: 1.15.16; 1.15.32; 1.15.40;
.Nm does not need a dummy argument ("") before punctuation or
for correct formatting of the SYNOPSIS any longer.
|
| 1.14 | 03-Oct-2002 |
wiz | New sentence, new line. From Robert Elz.
|
| 1.13 | 01-Oct-2002 |
wiz | Sort options. Fix grammar. Use more mdoc.
|
| 1.12 | 08-Feb-2002 |
ross | Generate <>& symbolically. I'm avoiding .../dist/... directories for now.
|
| 1.11 | 16-Nov-2001 |
wiz | Sort sections, use standard headers, sort SEE ALSO.
|
| 1.10 | 16-Nov-2001 |
wiz | Whitespace nits
|
| 1.9 | 05-Jun-2001 |
wiz | Drop arguments of .Os.
|
| 1.8 | 05-Oct-2000 |
enami | Don't explain -s twice.
|
| 1.7 | 28-Aug-2000 |
joda | document -s
|
| 1.6 | 20-Jun-2000 |
sommerfeld | branches: 1.6.2;
revised rndctl which can display pool statistics.
|
| 1.5 | 10-Mar-1999 |
erh | branches: 1.5.8;
Add missing .El line.
|
| 1.4 | 22-May-1998 |
msaitoh | sort entries and delete extra periods in SEE also section.
|
| 1.3 | 04-Nov-1997 |
explorer | Update copyright message (I wrote this, not the template of the day)
|
| 1.2 | 20-Oct-1997 |
enami | branches: 1.2.2;
Fix .Nm usage.
|
| 1.1 | 13-Oct-1997 |
explorer | Add rndctl(8) and man page
|
| 1.2.2.1 | 04-Nov-1997 |
mellon | Pull rev 1.3 up from trunk (explorer)
|
| 1.5.8.1 | 22-Jun-2000 |
minoura | Sync w/ netbsd-1-5-base.
|
| 1.6.2.2 | 20-Jun-2000 |
sommerfeld | revised rndctl which can display pool statistics.
|
| 1.6.2.1 | 20-Jun-2000 |
sommerfeld | file rndctl.8 was added on branch netbsd-1-5 on 2000-06-20 02:40:11 +0000
|
| 1.15.40.2 | 08-Jan-2009 |
snj | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by apb in ticket #231):
sbin/rndctl/rndctl.8: revision 1.17
Add a list of device types for use with "rndctl -t ${typename}".
|
| 1.15.40.1 | 08-Jan-2009 |
snj | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by apb in ticket #231):
sbin/rndctl/rndctl.8: revision 1.16
Adjust synopsis and description to make it clear that -d devname and
-t devtype are mutually exclusive.
|
| 1.15.32.1 | 17-Jan-2009 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.15.16.1 | 11-Feb-2009 |
ober | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by dholland in ticket #1274):
sbin/rndctl/rndctl.8: revision 1.16
Adjust synopsis and description to make it clear that -d devname and
-t devtype are mutually exclusive.
|
| 1.18.2.1 | 17-Apr-2012 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.20.16.1 | 07-Apr-2014 |
tls | Update rndctl(8) to add the -v option, which gives us more robust information
on entropy collection and estimation.
|
| 1.20.6.1 | 20-Aug-2014 |
tls | Rebase to HEAD as of a few days ago.
|
| 1.22.26.1 | 17-Dec-2019 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by riastradh in ticket #563):
sbin/rndctl/rndctl.c: revision 1.31
sbin/rndctl/rndctl.8: revision 1.23
sbin/rndctl/Makefile: revision 1.4 (adapted)
sbin/rndctl/namespace.h: revision 1.1
Teach `rndctl -L' to update the seed file, not just delete it.
The seed file is updated by entering the old seed into the system and
then hashing the old seed together with data from /dev/urandom, and
writing it atomically with write-to-temporary/rename-to-permanent.
This way, interruption by crash or power loss does not obliterate
your persistent entropy (unless it causes file system corruption).
|
| 1.22.24.1 | 08-Apr-2020 |
martin | Merge changes from current as of 20200406
|
| 1.29.8.1 | 02-Aug-2025 |
perseant | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.41 | 11-Apr-2023 |
riastradh | rndctl(8): Take omitted name/type as empty device name.
This can now be used to change flags for all sources at once.
XXX pullup-10
|
| 1.40 | 04-Apr-2021 |
nia | branches: 1.40.6;
rndctl(8): to -l, add a "samples" column separate to "bits"
rename the "bits" column to "estimated bits".
this provides a clear indication when a source is being used, but
not increasing the entropy counter.
this commit fixes an unrelated bug where verbose output functioned
incorrectly when a class of device was specified with -t.
while here, reduce code duplication.
"gofer it" riastradh@
|
| 1.39 | 04-Apr-2021 |
nia | rndctl(8): remove no-longer-useful stats from -s
these are always 0 now.
"gofer it" riastradh@
|
| 1.38 | 02-Apr-2021 |
nia | rndctl: make -l's "Flags" field reflect current reality
don't print "legacy options" RND_FLAG_ESTIMATE_TIME and
"RND_FLAG_ESTIMATE_VALUE"
only print "estimate" if we have actually counted any bits from
something, since it's no longer really possible to "enable estimation".
ideally, there should also be a "samples" field so it's clear
collected bits are not being counted.
|
| 1.37 | 12-May-2020 |
simonb | Whitespace alignment nits.
|
| 1.36 | 07-May-2020 |
riastradh | Trigger entropy consolidation before saving seed.
This way, whenever /etc/security runs infrequently (daily), or the
operator manually issues rndctl -S, we ensure that all samples taken
during the entire boot are hashed together in the seed for the next
boot.
This should be infrequent enough that it's unlikely to enable the
iterative-guessing attacks that we try to mitigate by not frequently
consolidating entropy.
|
| 1.35 | 07-May-2020 |
riastradh | Rework rndctl seed load sequence again.
Go back to the book's order, now that writing to /dev/random
guarantees to consolidate entropy -- this way the _next_ boot is no
less secure than the current boot, in the event that entropy sources
like interrupt timings provided any security that we just don't know
how to measure honestly.
Make sure to open the old seed to overwrite and the new seed to write
anew first so that we can determine whether the medium is read-only
before accepting the file's entropy estimate.
|
| 1.34 | 06-May-2020 |
riastradh | Tweak logic to decide whether a medium is safe for an rndseed.
- Teach rndctl to load the seed, but treat it as zero entropy, if the
medium is read-only or if the update fails.
- Teach rndctl to accept `-i' flag instructing it to ignore the
entropy estimate in the seed.
- Teach /etc/rc.d/random_seed to:
(a) assume nonlocal file systems are unsafe, and use -i, but
(b) assume / is safe, even if it is nonlocal.
If the medium is nonwritable, leave it to rndctl to detect that.
(Could use statvfs and check for ST_LOCAL in rndctl, I guess, but I
already implemented it this way.)
Treating nonlocal / as safe is a compromise: it's up to the operator
to secure the network for (e.g.) nfs mounts, but that's true whether
we're talking entropy or not -- if the adversary has access to the
network that you've mounted / from, they can do a lot more damage
anyway; this reduces warning fatigue for diskless systems, e.g. test
racks.
|
| 1.33 | 30-Apr-2020 |
riastradh | Sort includes.
|
| 1.32 | 30-Apr-2020 |
riastradh | Accept both byte orders for random seed in `rndctl -L'.
The file format was defined with a machine-dependent 32-bit integer
field (the estimated number of bits of entropy in the process that
generated it). Take whichever byte order gives a number that is
reasonable, i.e. lower than the number of bits in the buffer.
Continue to have `rndctl -S' generate it in machine-dependent byte
order for now, so that if you roll back to an older rndctl(8) then
`rndctl -L' on the same machine will still be able to load it with
the right entropy estimate. In a future revision, perhaps we can
change it to be little-endian.
|
| 1.31 | 06-Dec-2019 |
riastradh | Teach `rndctl -L' to update the seed file, not just delete it.
The seed file is updated by entering the old seed into the system and
then hashing the old seed together with data from /dev/urandom, and
writing it atomically with write-to-temporary/rename-to-permanent.
This way, interruption by crash or power loss does not obliterate
your persistent entropy (unless it causes file system corruption).
|
| 1.30 | 13-Apr-2015 |
riastradh | branches: 1.30.16; 1.30.18;
Use <sys/rndio.h> instead of <sys/rnd.h>.
|
| 1.29 | 10-Aug-2014 |
wiz | Sync usage with manpage a bit more.
|
| 1.28 | 10-Aug-2014 |
tls | Merge tls-earlyentropy branch into HEAD.
|
| 1.27 | 15-Jan-2014 |
apb | branches: 1.27.2;
Overwrite the seed file from the beginning, using pwrite(2).
|
| 1.26 | 15-Jan-2014 |
joerg | Fix arguments for write.
|
| 1.25 | 14-Aug-2012 |
jruoho | branches: 1.25.2;
Use _PATH_URANDOM from paths(3).
|
| 1.24 | 02-Feb-2012 |
tls | Entropy-pool implementation move and cleanup.
1) Move core entropy-pool code and source/sink/sample management code
to sys/kern from sys/dev.
2) Remove use of NRND as test for presence of entropy-pool code throughout
source tree.
3) Remove use of RND_ENABLED in device drivers as microoptimization to
avoid expensive operations on disabled entropy sources; make the
rnd_add calls do this directly so all callers benefit.
4) Fix bug in recent rnd_add_data()/rnd_add_uint32() changes that might
have lead to slight entropy overestimation for some sources.
5) Add new source types for environmental sensors, power sensors, VM
system events, and skew between clocks, with a sample implementation
for each.
ok releng to go in before the branch due to the difficulty of later
pullup (widespread #ifdef removal and moved files). Tested with release
builds on amd64 and evbarm and live testing on amd64.
|
| 1.23 | 17-Dec-2011 |
apb | Make "rndctl -L" overwrite the file with zeros, not with the
same data that was just read from the file.
|
| 1.22 | 26-Nov-2011 |
tls | Make the rndsave structure public -- the kernel will learn to read it
and sysinst may learn to write it (since, on some systems, most of
the keyboard input they ever get happens to be during install). Fix a
couple of minor problems with the random_seed rc script addition.
|
| 1.21 | 23-Nov-2011 |
tls | Load entropy at system boot (only works at securelevel < 1); save
at system shutdown. Disable with random_seed=NO in rc.conf if desired.
Goes to some trouble to never load or save to network filesystems.
Entropy should really be loaded by the boot loader but I am still
sorting out how to pass it to the kernel.
|
| 1.20 | 27-Aug-2011 |
joerg | branches: 1.20.2;
static + const + __dead
|
| 1.19 | 05-Apr-2009 |
lukem | fix sign-compare issues
|
| 1.18 | 06-Nov-2008 |
apb | branches: 1.18.2;
* Instead of silently ignoring extra args, print a usage error. This
adddresses the silent failure reported in PR 39862 by Brian A. Seklecki
* Adjust usage message to match the synopsis in the man page.
|
| 1.17 | 27-Jun-2005 |
christos | branches: 1.17.4; 1.17.20; 1.17.28;
Move WARNS=3 to the Makefile.inc, and add a little const to the remaining
programs that did not compile before.
|
| 1.16 | 13-Jul-2003 |
itojun | strlcat
|
| 1.15 | 23-Jun-2003 |
agc | Add NetBSD RCS Ids.
|
| 1.14 | 17-May-2003 |
itojun | do not hardcode buffer size
|
| 1.13 | 18-Aug-2002 |
gmcgarry | Type 'network' was an alias for 'net' and was changed to "net" in
rev 1.5. Remove duplicate. Reported by Christian Biere in PR17976.
|
| 1.12 | 19-May-2002 |
enami | Since all members in rndpoolstat_t are unsigned, print them so. PR#14584.
|
| 1.11 | 11-Sep-2001 |
enami | - Recognize new type `rng'.
- Use getprogname().
|
| 1.10 | 08-Sep-2001 |
enami | Don't punt on really unknown type of device when fetching name of it.
Instead, warn and just print it as ???.
|
| 1.9 | 08-Sep-2001 |
enami | Cosmetic changes.
|
| 1.8 | 28-Aug-2000 |
joda | document -s
|
| 1.7 | 25-Aug-2000 |
joda | initialize sflag to zero; discovered on Digital UNIX, where I got
random (no pun intended) functionality
|
| 1.6 | 20-Jun-2000 |
sommerfeld | branches: 1.6.2;
revised rndctl which can display pool statistics.
|
| 1.5 | 30-Mar-1999 |
mycroft | branches: 1.5.8;
Make the usage string match the man page.
|
| 1.4 | 28-Feb-1999 |
explorer | flags and type are seperate now
|
| 1.3 | 09-Jan-1998 |
perry | RCS Id Police.
|
| 1.2 | 13-Oct-1997 |
explorer | clean up warnings, gads
|
| 1.1 | 13-Oct-1997 |
explorer | Add rndctl(8) and man page
|
| 1.5.8.1 | 22-Jun-2000 |
minoura | Sync w/ netbsd-1-5-base.
|
| 1.6.2.2 | 18-Sep-2002 |
itojun | pullup 1.7 (hash@iij.ad.jp)
initialize sflag to zero; discovered on Digital UNIX, where I got
random (no pun intended) functionality
|
| 1.6.2.1 | 20-Jun-2000 |
itojun | file rndctl.c was added on branch netbsd-1-5 on 2002-09-18 15:56:19 +0000
|
| 1.17.28.1 | 08-Jan-2009 |
snj | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by apb in ticket #231):
sbin/rndctl/rndctl.c: revision 1.18
* Instead of silently ignoring extra args, print a usage error. This
adddresses the silent failure reported in PR 39862 by Brian A. Seklecki
* Adjust usage message to match the synopsis in the man page.
|
| 1.17.20.1 | 17-Jan-2009 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.17.4.1 | 11-Feb-2009 |
ober | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by dholland in ticket #1274):
sbin/rndctl/rndctl.c: revision 1.18
* Instead of silently ignoring extra args, print a usage error. This
adddresses the silent failure reported in PR 39862 by Brian A. Seklecki
* Adjust usage message to match the synopsis in the man page.
|
| 1.18.2.1 | 13-May-2009 |
jym | Sync with HEAD.
Third (and last) commit. See http://mail-index.netbsd.org/source-changes/2009/05/13/msg221222.html
|
| 1.20.2.3 | 22-May-2014 |
yamt | sync with head.
for a reference, the tree before this commit was tagged
as yamt-pagecache-tag8.
this commit was splitted into small chunks to avoid
a limitation of cvs. ("Protocol error: too many arguments")
|
| 1.20.2.2 | 30-Oct-2012 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.20.2.1 | 17-Apr-2012 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.25.2.1 | 20-Aug-2014 |
tls | Rebase to HEAD as of a few days ago.
|
| 1.27.2.2 | 17-Jul-2014 |
tls | Adjustments to the "earlyentropy" branch in response to the various
discussions beginning with my initial proposal
http://mail-index.netbsd.org/tech-kern/2014/04/08/msg016876.html and
particularly the long discussion of cprng_fast() performance (e.g.
https://mail-index.netbsd.org/tech-crypto/2014/04/21/msg000642.html).
In particular:
* Per-CPU, lockless cprng_fast replacement using Dennis Ferguson's
"ccrand" implementation of ChaCha8.
* libkern arc4random() is gone, gone, gone.
* Entropy estimator reverted to 32-bit recordkeeping and timestamps
per Dennis' comments and analysis.
* LZF entropy estimator removed: it required a great deal of state,
and rejected only truly pathological input.
I have not yet reverted the changes that provide LZF in the kernel
as generic functionality; I will likely revert those changes prior
to any merge of this branch to HEAD.
|
| 1.27.2.1 | 07-Apr-2014 |
tls | Update rndctl(8) to add the -v option, which gives us more robust information
on entropy collection and estimation.
|
| 1.30.18.2 | 15-Jul-2020 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by riastradh in ticket #1006):
sbin/rndctl/rndctl.c: revision 1.32
sbin/rndctl/rndctl.c: revision 1.33
Accept both byte orders for random seed in `rndctl -L'.
The file format was defined with a machine-dependent 32-bit integer
field (the estimated number of bits of entropy in the process that
generated it). Take whichever byte order gives a number that is
reasonable, i.e. lower than the number of bits in the buffer.
Continue to have `rndctl -S' generate it in machine-dependent byte
order for now, so that if you roll back to an older rndctl(8) then
`rndctl -L' on the same machine will still be able to load it with
the right entropy estimate. In a future revision, perhaps we can
change it to be little-endian.
Sort includes.
|
| 1.30.18.1 | 17-Dec-2019 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by riastradh in ticket #563):
sbin/rndctl/rndctl.c: revision 1.31
sbin/rndctl/rndctl.8: revision 1.23
sbin/rndctl/Makefile: revision 1.4 (adapted)
sbin/rndctl/namespace.h: revision 1.1
Teach `rndctl -L' to update the seed file, not just delete it.
The seed file is updated by entering the old seed into the system and
then hashing the old seed together with data from /dev/urandom, and
writing it atomically with write-to-temporary/rename-to-permanent.
This way, interruption by crash or power loss does not obliterate
your persistent entropy (unless it causes file system corruption).
|
| 1.30.16.1 | 08-Apr-2020 |
martin | Merge changes from current as of 20200406
|
| 1.40.6.1 | 31-Jul-2023 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by riastradh in ticket #273):
sys/kern/kern_entropy.c: revision 1.59
sbin/rndctl/rndctl.c: revision 1.41
entropy(9): Allow changing flags on all entropy sources at once.
Entropy sources should all have nonempty names, and this will enable
an operator to, for example, disable all but a specific entropy
source.
rndctl(8): Take omitted name/type as empty device name.
This can now be used to change flags for all sources at once.
|
| 1.33 | 03-Jun-2023 |
lukem | bsd.own.mk: rename GCC_NO_* to CC_WNO_*
Rename compiler-warning-disable variables from
GCC_NO_warning
to
CC_WNO_warning
where warning is the full warning name as used by the compiler.
GCC_NO_IMPLICIT_FALLTHRU is CC_WNO_IMPLICIT_FALLTHROUGH
Using the convention CC_compilerflag, where compilerflag
is based on the full compiler flag name.
|
| 1.32 | 13-Oct-2019 |
mrg | introduce some common variables for use in GCC warning disables:
GCC_NO_FORMAT_TRUNCATION -Wno-format-truncation (GCC 7/8)
GCC_NO_STRINGOP_TRUNCATION -Wno-stringop-truncation (GCC 8)
GCC_NO_STRINGOP_OVERFLOW -Wno-stringop-overflow (GCC 8)
GCC_NO_CAST_FUNCTION_TYPE -Wno-cast-function-type (GCC 8)
use these to turn off warnings for most GCC-8 complaints. many
of these are false positives, most of the real bugs are already
commited, or are yet to come.
we plan to introduce versions of (some?) of these that use the
"-Wno-error=" form, which still displays the warnings but does
not make it an error, and all of the above will be re-considered
as either being "fix me" (warning still displayed) or "warning
is wrong."
|
| 1.31 | 13-Dec-2017 |
christos | branches: 1.31.4;
Use the definitions from the standard header files and replace homebrew
snprintb with the libutil one.
|
| 1.30 | 10-Oct-2017 |
christos | user librumpres
|
| 1.29 | 14-Sep-2015 |
ozaki-r | Include a few additional libc functions in rump.route to make it work with inet6
getaddrinfo and if_nametoindex are newly added to interpret interface names
in IPv6 link-local addresses. if_nametoindex looks not used in rump.route,
but it is needed because it is used indirectly from getaddrinfo.
From s-yamaguchi@IIJ
|
| 1.28 | 15-May-2015 |
ozaki-r | Fix rump.{netstat,route} shows host's interface names in link local addresses
Interface names of IPv6 link local addresses are resolved
by getnameinfo(3). So we need to rump-ify it as well as
if_indextoname and getifaddrs.
|
| 1.27 | 22-Apr-2015 |
ozaki-r | Fix rump.route shows host's interface names
Let it use rump-ified if_indextoname and getifaddrs
to get rump kernel's interfaces, which is the same way
as ifconfig.
|
| 1.26 | 06-Nov-2014 |
christos | Factor out the netstat route printing code and use it here. There is no
point in having 2 different copies; fixes PR/49371
|
| 1.25 | 13-Dec-2010 |
pooka | branches: 1.25.24;
Convert from RUMP_ACTION to RUMPPRG.
|
| 1.24 | 04-Nov-2010 |
pooka | Support RUMP_ACTION to compile a rump kernel client.
|
| 1.23 | 26-Aug-2006 |
matt | Remove XNS and CCITT/X25 bits.
|
| 1.22 | 10-Jan-2005 |
lukem | Only compile in IPv6 support if ${USE_INET6} != "no"
MKINET6 is for providing IPv6 infrastructure.
USE_INET6 is for compiling IPv6 support into the programs (needs MKINET6).
|
| 1.21 | 26-Oct-2003 |
lukem | Use ${HOST_SH} instead of `sh'.
If necessary, pull in <bsd.sys.mk> to get the definition of HOST_SH;
Makefiles that pull in one of (most of) <bsd.*.mk> will get this anyway.
|
| 1.20 | 03-Jul-1999 |
itojun | s/CFLAGS/CPPFLAGS/ for -D and -I.
|
| 1.19 | 02-Jul-1999 |
itojun | IPv6-ready route command (-inet6 and -prefixlen are added)
|
| 1.18 | 10-Oct-1997 |
christos | CFLAGS->CPPFLAGS
|
| 1.17 | 09-May-1997 |
mycroft | Eliminate bogus redefinitions of standard targets.
|
| 1.16 | 03-Apr-1997 |
christos | - Add netatalk bits
- Add prototypes
- Fix printf formats
|
| 1.15 | 22-Feb-1997 |
thorpej | Now that non-superuser can open the routing socket, this program no
longer needs to be setuid-root. Superuser status is required to
alter the routing table, but is enforced by the kernel.
|
| 1.14 | 15-Nov-1996 |
gwr | Note that distrib/utils/x_route uses these files.
|
| 1.13 | 15-Nov-1996 |
gwr | As discussed some time ago, add a "show" sub-command.
Also allow compilation with -DSMALL to ommit support for
non-essential protocols (i.e. when built into a ramdisk).
Use a less hack-ish way to generate keywords.[ch] and just
check in the result (helps ../../distrib/utils/x_route).
|
| 1.12 | 19-Apr-1995 |
cgd | route.o, not route, depends on keywords.h. from jhawk@mit.edu; pr 978
|
| 1.11 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.10 | 22-Dec-1994 |
cgd | specify man pages the new way.
|
| 1.9 | 20-May-1994 |
cgd | don't need that 'all' line.
|
| 1.8 | 13-May-1994 |
cgd | need dep. first
|
| 1.7 | 13-May-1994 |
mycroft | Clean up import.
|
| 1.6 | 01-Aug-1993 |
mycroft | Add RCS identifiers.
|
| 1.5 | 25-Apr-1993 |
mycroft | Reenable building keywords.h dynamically.
|
| 1.4 | 25-Apr-1993 |
mycroft | Compile X.25, OSI, and NS code.
|
| 1.3 | 23-Mar-1993 |
cgd | changed "Id" to "Header" for rcsids
|
| 1.2 | 22-Mar-1993 |
cgd | added rcs ids to all files
|
| 1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.2 | 14-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Import 4.4-Lite version.
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | initial import of 386bsd-0.1 sources
|
| 1.25.24.1 | 08-Jan-2015 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by prlw1 in ticket #390):
usr.bin/netstat/mroute.c: revision 1.25
usr.bin/netstat/Makefile: revision 1.40
sbin/route/prog_ops.h: revision 1.3
sbin/route/rtutil.c: revision 1.1
sbin/route/rtutil.h: revision 1.1
usr.bin/netstat/mroute6.c: revision 1.15
sbin/route/extern.h: revision 1.15
usr.bin/netstat/show.c: file removal
usr.bin/netstat/main.c: revision 1.93
usr.bin/netstat/route.c: revision 1.83
usr.bin/netstat/netstat.h: revision 1.51
distrib/utils/x_route/Makefile: revision 1.18
sbin/route/show.c: revision 1.46
usr.bin/netstat/if.c: revision 1.80
sbin/route/route.c: revision 1.145
sbin/route/Makefile: revision 1.26
Factor out the netstat route printing code and use it here. There is no
point in having 2 different copies; fixes PR/49371
|
| 1.31.4.1 | 13-Apr-2020 |
martin | Mostly merge changes from HEAD upto 20200411
|
| 1.16 | 07-Sep-2006 |
dogcow | remove more vestiges of CCITT, LLC, HDLC, NS, and NSIP.
|
| 1.15 | 09-Aug-2005 |
ginsbach | More style nits (KNF); casts and sizeof's are not followed by a space.
|
| 1.14 | 05-Feb-2005 |
xtraeme | Kill __P(), use ANSI function declarations.
|
| 1.13 | 07-Aug-2003 |
agc | Move UCB-licensed code from 4-clause to 3-clause licence.
Patches provided by Joel Baker in PR 22308, verified by myself.
|
| 1.12 | 16-Sep-1997 |
lukem | resolve conflicts from lite-2 import
|
| 1.11 | 15-Sep-1997 |
lukem | wrap line @ 80 columns
|
| 1.10 | 15-Sep-1997 |
lukem | * cleanup for WARNS=1
* use .Nm correctly
* deprecate register
* getopt returns -1 not EOF
|
| 1.9 | 03-Apr-1997 |
christos | - Add netatalk bits
- Add prototypes
- Fix printf formats
|
| 1.8 | 23-Apr-1995 |
cgd | slightly clean rcs ids, etc.
|
| 1.7 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.6 | 23-Sep-1994 |
mycroft | Eliminate uses of some obsolete functions.
|
| 1.5 | 13-May-1994 |
mycroft | Clean up import.
|
| 1.4 | 01-Aug-1993 |
mycroft | Add RCS identifiers.
|
| 1.3 | 23-Mar-1993 |
cgd | changed "Id" to "Header" for rcsids
|
| 1.2 | 22-Mar-1993 |
cgd | added rcs ids to all files
|
| 1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.3 | 16-Sep-1997 |
lukem | imported from lite-2
|
| 1.1.1.2 | 14-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Import 4.4-Lite version.
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | initial import of 386bsd-0.1 sources
|
| 1.15 | 06-Nov-2014 |
christos | Factor out the netstat route printing code and use it here. There is no
point in having 2 different copies; fixes PR/49371
|
| 1.14 | 21-Oct-2009 |
snj | branches: 1.14.24;
Remove 3rd and 4th clauses in christos' license. OK christos.
|
| 1.13 | 10-Sep-2008 |
dyoung | Constify.
|
| 1.12 | 09-Sep-2008 |
dyoung | Constify.
|
| 1.11 | 09-Sep-2008 |
dyoung | Shorten a staircase. Remove superfluous parentheses from return
statements. Constify.
|
| 1.10 | 09-Sep-2008 |
dyoung | Use bool.
|
| 1.9 | 23-Sep-2006 |
dyoung | branches: 1.9.18; 1.9.22;
Let us qualify 'route flush' and 'route show' commands with -llinfo
and -host flags, which is useful for displaying/flushing ARP entries:
# route -n show -inet -llinfo -host
Routing table
Internet:
Destination Gateway Flags
169.254.1.119 link#1 UH
169.254.230.110 00:02:6f:21:e6:6e UH
# route -n flush -inet -llinfo -host
169.254.1.119 done
169.254.230.110 0.2.6f.21.e6.6e done
169.254.237.70 done
# route -n show -inet -llinfo -host
Routing table
#
This will help me address bin/11079, "dhclient may require arp and sed".
Extract common code from flushroutes() and show(), creating
parse_show_opts().
While I'm here, make small cosmetic changes to flushroutes().
|
| 1.8 | 07-Sep-2006 |
dogcow | remove more vestiges of CCITT, LLC, HDLC, NS, and NSIP.
|
| 1.7 | 25-Jan-2006 |
christos | PR/32632: Yves-Emmanuel JUTARD: Improvment suggestion in 'route' display.
Add a new -S flag that prints a space for missing flags.
|
| 1.6 | 15-Aug-2005 |
ginsbach | Make sure that a netmask socket address value prints appropriately when the
family is unset. Either the destination or interface address socket address
family value is used. This change prevents the following sort of output:
RTM_NEWADDR: address being added to iface: len 60, metric 0, flags:<UP>
sockaddrs: <NETMASK,IFA,BRD>
(0) 00.00.ff.00.00 127.0.0.1 127.0.0.1
With this change the last line becomes:
255.0.0.0 127.0.0.1 127.0.0.1
Also make sure that when using a generated inet netmask the address family
is set. With this change a generated netmask will print appropriately
when using the verbose (-v) option.
|
| 1.5 | 09-Aug-2005 |
ginsbach | Accept protocol flags, i.e. -inet, -inet6, with the show command.
[From OpenBSD via DragonFly BSD]
|
| 1.4 | 26-Jun-2005 |
christos | const poisoning.
|
| 1.3 | 05-Feb-2005 |
xtraeme | Kill __P(), use ANSI function declarations.
|
| 1.2 | 24-Oct-2001 |
atatat | Print a R on reject routes to indicate that they're not normal routes,
and check netmask (or prefix) length as well as the destination
address when determining if a route is a "default" or not. This means
that the output from 'route show' will no longer say:
Internet6:
Destination Gateway Flags
default localhost UG
default localhost UG
but instead
Internet6:
Destination Gateway Flags
::/104 localhost UGR
::/96 localhost UGR
which makes much more sense.
|
| 1.1 | 03-Apr-1997 |
christos | - Add netatalk bits
- Add prototypes
- Fix printf formats
|
| 1.9.22.1 | 24-Sep-2008 |
wrstuden | Merge in changes between wrstuden-revivesa-base-2 and
wrstuden-revivesa-base-3.
|
| 1.9.18.1 | 28-Sep-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.14.24.1 | 08-Jan-2015 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by prlw1 in ticket #390):
usr.bin/netstat/mroute.c: revision 1.25
usr.bin/netstat/Makefile: revision 1.40
sbin/route/prog_ops.h: revision 1.3
sbin/route/rtutil.c: revision 1.1
sbin/route/rtutil.h: revision 1.1
usr.bin/netstat/mroute6.c: revision 1.15
sbin/route/extern.h: revision 1.15
usr.bin/netstat/show.c: file removal
usr.bin/netstat/main.c: revision 1.93
usr.bin/netstat/route.c: revision 1.83
usr.bin/netstat/netstat.h: revision 1.51
distrib/utils/x_route/Makefile: revision 1.18
sbin/route/show.c: revision 1.46
usr.bin/netstat/if.c: revision 1.80
sbin/route/route.c: revision 1.145
sbin/route/Makefile: revision 1.26
Factor out the netstat route printing code and use it here. There is no
point in having 2 different copies; fixes PR/49371
|
| 1.7 | 15-Nov-1996 |
gwr | As discussed some time ago, add a "show" sub-command.
Also allow compilation with -DSMALL to ommit support for
non-essential protocols (i.e. when built into a ramdisk).
Use a less hack-ish way to generate keywords.[ch] and just
check in the result (helps ../../distrib/utils/x_route).
|
| 1.6 | 20-Apr-1995 |
mycroft | Implement the document `-llinfo' flag.
|
| 1.5 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.4 | 13-May-1994 |
mycroft | Clean up import.
|
| 1.3 | 23-Mar-1993 |
cgd | changed "Id" to "Header" for rcsids
|
| 1.2 | 22-Mar-1993 |
cgd | added rcs ids to all files
|
| 1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.2 | 14-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Import 4.4-Lite version.
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | initial import of 386bsd-0.1 sources
|
| 1.11 | 04-Apr-2016 |
ozaki-r | Separate nexthop caches from the routing table
By this change, nexthop caches (IP-MAC address pair) are not stored
in the routing table anymore. Instead nexthop caches are stored in
each network interface; we already have lltable/llentry data structure
for this purpose. This change also obsoletes the concept of cloning/cloned
routes. Cloned routes no longer exist while cloning routes still exist
with renamed to connected routes.
Noticeable changes are:
- Nexthop caches aren't listed in route show/netstat -r
- sysctl(NET_RT_DUMP) doesn't return them
- If RTF_LLDATA is specified, it returns nexthop caches
- Several definitions of routing flags and messages are removed
- RTF_CLONING, RTF_XRESOLVE, RTF_LLINFO, RTF_CLONED and RTM_RESOLVE
- RTF_CONNECTED is added
- It has the same value of RTF_CLONING for backward compatibility
- route's -xresolve, -[no]cloned and -llinfo options are removed
- -[no]cloning remains because it seems there are users
- -[no]connected is introduced and recommended
to be used instead of -[no]cloning
- route show/netstat -r drops some flags
- 'L' and 'c' are not seen anymore
- 'C' now indicates a connected route
- Gateway value of a route of an interface address is now not
a L2 address but "link#N" like a connected (cloning) route
- Proxy ARP: "arp -s ... pub" doesn't create a route
You can know details of behavior changes by seeing diffs under tests/.
Proposed on tech-net and tech-kern:
http://mail-index.netbsd.org/tech-net/2016/03/11/msg005701.html
|
| 1.10 | 01-Mar-2013 |
joerg | Retire OSI network stack. OK core@
|
| 1.9 | 11-Nov-2011 |
gdt | branches: 1.9.6;
Move RTF_ANNOUNCE flag so that it no longer conflicts with RTF_PROTO2.
RTF_ANNOUNCE was defined as RTF_PROTO2. The flag is used to indicated
that host should act as a proxy for a link level arp or ndp request.
(If RTF_PROTO2 is used as an experimental flag (as advertised),
various problems can occur.)
This commit provides a first-class definition with its own bit for
RTF_ANNOUNCE, removes the old aliasing definitions, and adds support
for the new RTF_ANNOUNCE flag to netstat(8) and route(8).,
Also, remove unused RTF_ flags that collide with RTF_PROTO1:
netinet/icmp6.h defined RTF_PROBEMTU as RTF_PROTO1
netinet/if_inarp.h defined RTF_USETRAILERS as RTF_PROTO1
(Neither of these flags are used anywhere. Both have been removed
to reduce chances of collision with RTF_PROTO1.)
Figuring this out and the diff are the work of Beverly Schwartz of
BBN.
(Passed release build, boot in VM, with no apparently related atf
failures.)
Approved for Public Release, Distribution Unlimited
This material is based upon work supported by the Defense Advanced
Research Projects Agency and Space and Naval Warfare Systems Center,
Pacific, under Contract No. N66001-09-C-2073.
|
| 1.8 | 26-Jun-2010 |
kefren | branches: 1.8.6;
add MPLS clue - mpls and tag keywords
|
| 1.7 | 12-May-2010 |
christos | PR/40455: Mihai Chelaru: Add noreject noblackhole options
|
| 1.6 | 06-Aug-2006 |
dyoung | Add route keywords -nocloned, -nocloning.
|
| 1.5 | 19-Jul-2003 |
jrf | This is an updated submitted patch originally written by Jim Rees
and sent in by Greg Hudson as seen in PR misc/3227. Basically what it
does is adds a flushall option which deletes all but localhost routes.
This is done by andoring in a flag called doall (1 means do all routes
including gateway, 0 means do a regular flush). I have seen some
platforms that do this. I tested it out on ipv4 only, it works as
advertised. Commit was approved by christos@.
|
| 1.4 | 27-Jan-2001 |
itojun | regen
|
| 1.3 | 02-Jul-1999 |
itojun | IPv6-ready route command (-inet6 and -prefixlen are added)
|
| 1.2 | 03-Apr-1997 |
christos | - Add netatalk bits
- Add prototypes
- Fix printf formats
|
| 1.1 | 15-Nov-1996 |
gwr | As discussed some time ago, add a "show" sub-command.
Also allow compilation with -DSMALL to ommit support for
non-essential protocols (i.e. when built into a ramdisk).
Use a less hack-ish way to generate keywords.[ch] and just
check in the result (helps ../../distrib/utils/x_route).
|
| 1.8.6.2 | 22-May-2014 |
yamt | sync with head.
for a reference, the tree before this commit was tagged
as yamt-pagecache-tag8.
this commit was splitted into small chunks to avoid
a limitation of cvs. ("Protocol error: too many arguments")
|
| 1.8.6.1 | 17-Apr-2012 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.9.6.1 | 23-Jun-2013 |
tls | resync from head
|
| 1.14 | 04-Apr-2016 |
ozaki-r | Separate nexthop caches from the routing table
By this change, nexthop caches (IP-MAC address pair) are not stored
in the routing table anymore. Instead nexthop caches are stored in
each network interface; we already have lltable/llentry data structure
for this purpose. This change also obsoletes the concept of cloning/cloned
routes. Cloned routes no longer exist while cloning routes still exist
with renamed to connected routes.
Noticeable changes are:
- Nexthop caches aren't listed in route show/netstat -r
- sysctl(NET_RT_DUMP) doesn't return them
- If RTF_LLDATA is specified, it returns nexthop caches
- Several definitions of routing flags and messages are removed
- RTF_CLONING, RTF_XRESOLVE, RTF_LLINFO, RTF_CLONED and RTM_RESOLVE
- RTF_CONNECTED is added
- It has the same value of RTF_CLONING for backward compatibility
- route's -xresolve, -[no]cloned and -llinfo options are removed
- -[no]cloning remains because it seems there are users
- -[no]connected is introduced and recommended
to be used instead of -[no]cloning
- route show/netstat -r drops some flags
- 'L' and 'c' are not seen anymore
- 'C' now indicates a connected route
- Gateway value of a route of an interface address is now not
a L2 address but "link#N" like a connected (cloning) route
- Proxy ARP: "arp -s ... pub" doesn't create a route
You can know details of behavior changes by seeing diffs under tests/.
Proposed on tech-net and tech-kern:
http://mail-index.netbsd.org/tech-net/2016/03/11/msg005701.html
|
| 1.13 | 01-Mar-2013 |
joerg | Retire OSI network stack. OK core@
|
| 1.12 | 11-Nov-2011 |
gdt | branches: 1.12.6;
Move RTF_ANNOUNCE flag so that it no longer conflicts with RTF_PROTO2.
RTF_ANNOUNCE was defined as RTF_PROTO2. The flag is used to indicated
that host should act as a proxy for a link level arp or ndp request.
(If RTF_PROTO2 is used as an experimental flag (as advertised),
various problems can occur.)
This commit provides a first-class definition with its own bit for
RTF_ANNOUNCE, removes the old aliasing definitions, and adds support
for the new RTF_ANNOUNCE flag to netstat(8) and route(8).,
Also, remove unused RTF_ flags that collide with RTF_PROTO1:
netinet/icmp6.h defined RTF_PROBEMTU as RTF_PROTO1
netinet/if_inarp.h defined RTF_USETRAILERS as RTF_PROTO1
(Neither of these flags are used anywhere. Both have been removed
to reduce chances of collision with RTF_PROTO1.)
Figuring this out and the diff are the work of Beverly Schwartz of
BBN.
(Passed release build, boot in VM, with no apparently related atf
failures.)
Approved for Public Release, Distribution Unlimited
This material is based upon work supported by the Defense Advanced
Research Projects Agency and Space and Naval Warfare Systems Center,
Pacific, under Contract No. N66001-09-C-2073.
|
| 1.11 | 26-Jun-2010 |
kefren | branches: 1.11.6;
add MPLS clue - mpls and tag keywords
|
| 1.10 | 12-May-2010 |
christos | PR/40455: Mihai Chelaru: Add noreject noblackhole options
|
| 1.9 | 06-Aug-2006 |
dyoung | Add route keywords -nocloned, -nocloning.
|
| 1.8 | 26-Jun-2005 |
christos | const poisoning.
|
| 1.7 | 19-Jul-2003 |
jrf | This is an updated submitted patch originally written by Jim Rees
and sent in by Greg Hudson as seen in PR misc/3227. Basically what it
does is adds a flushall option which deletes all but localhost routes.
This is done by andoring in a flag called doall (1 means do all routes
including gateway, 0 means do a regular flush). I have seen some
platforms that do this. I tested it out on ipv4 only, it works as
advertised. Commit was approved by christos@.
|
| 1.6 | 27-Jan-2001 |
itojun | regen
|
| 1.5 | 02-Jul-1999 |
itojun | IPv6-ready route command (-inet6 and -prefixlen are added)
|
| 1.4 | 03-Apr-1997 |
christos | - Add netatalk bits
- Add prototypes
- Fix printf formats
|
| 1.3 | 16-Dec-1996 |
cgd | declare the keywords structure 'extern' in keywords.h, to avoid a common defn.
|
| 1.2 | 15-Nov-1996 |
gwr | As discussed some time ago, add a "show" sub-command.
Also allow compilation with -DSMALL to ommit support for
non-essential protocols (i.e. when built into a ramdisk).
Use a less hack-ish way to generate keywords.[ch] and just
check in the result (helps ../../distrib/utils/x_route).
|
| 1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.2 | 25-Apr-1993 |
mycroft | Clean up deleted files.
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | initial import of 386bsd-0.1 sources
|
| 1.11.6.2 | 22-May-2014 |
yamt | sync with head.
for a reference, the tree before this commit was tagged
as yamt-pagecache-tag8.
this commit was splitted into small chunks to avoid
a limitation of cvs. ("Protocol error: too many arguments")
|
| 1.11.6.1 | 17-Apr-2012 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.12.6.1 | 23-Jun-2013 |
tls | resync from head
|
| 1.11 | 01-Mar-2013 |
joerg | Retire OSI network stack. OK core@
|
| 1.10 | 11-Nov-2011 |
gdt | branches: 1.10.6;
Move RTF_ANNOUNCE flag so that it no longer conflicts with RTF_PROTO2.
RTF_ANNOUNCE was defined as RTF_PROTO2. The flag is used to indicated
that host should act as a proxy for a link level arp or ndp request.
(If RTF_PROTO2 is used as an experimental flag (as advertised),
various problems can occur.)
This commit provides a first-class definition with its own bit for
RTF_ANNOUNCE, removes the old aliasing definitions, and adds support
for the new RTF_ANNOUNCE flag to netstat(8) and route(8).,
Also, remove unused RTF_ flags that collide with RTF_PROTO1:
netinet/icmp6.h defined RTF_PROBEMTU as RTF_PROTO1
netinet/if_inarp.h defined RTF_USETRAILERS as RTF_PROTO1
(Neither of these flags are used anywhere. Both have been removed
to reduce chances of collision with RTF_PROTO1.)
Figuring this out and the diff are the work of Beverly Schwartz of
BBN.
(Passed release build, boot in VM, with no apparently related atf
failures.)
Approved for Public Release, Distribution Unlimited
This material is based upon work supported by the Defense Advanced
Research Projects Agency and Space and Naval Warfare Systems Center,
Pacific, under Contract No. N66001-09-C-2073.
|
| 1.9 | 26-Jun-2010 |
kefren | branches: 1.9.6;
add MPLS clue - mpls and tag keywords
|
| 1.8 | 12-May-2010 |
kefren | Update also keywords.{c,h} generator in order to reflect latest changes.
|
| 1.7 | 19-Jul-2003 |
jrf | This is an updated submitted patch originally written by Jim Rees
and sent in by Greg Hudson as seen in PR misc/3227. Basically what it
does is adds a flushall option which deletes all but localhost routes.
This is done by andoring in a flag called doall (1 means do all routes
including gateway, 0 means do a regular flush). I have seen some
platforms that do this. I tested it out on ipv4 only, it works as
advertised. Commit was approved by christos@.
|
| 1.6 | 27-Jan-2001 |
itojun | add a keyword, cloned
|
| 1.5 | 02-Jul-1999 |
itojun | IPv6-ready route command (-inet6 and -prefixlen are added)
|
| 1.4 | 03-Apr-1997 |
christos | - Add netatalk bits
- Add prototypes
- Fix printf formats
|
| 1.3 | 16-Dec-1996 |
cgd | declare the keywords structure 'extern' in keywords.h, to avoid a common defn.
|
| 1.2 | 15-Nov-1996 |
gwr | Remove comment that was no longer applicable.
|
| 1.1 | 15-Nov-1996 |
gwr | As discussed some time ago, add a "show" sub-command.
Also allow compilation with -DSMALL to ommit support for
non-essential protocols (i.e. when built into a ramdisk).
Use a less hack-ish way to generate keywords.[ch] and just
check in the result (helps ../../distrib/utils/x_route).
|
| 1.9.6.2 | 22-May-2014 |
yamt | sync with head.
for a reference, the tree before this commit was tagged
as yamt-pagecache-tag8.
this commit was splitted into small chunks to avoid
a limitation of cvs. ("Protocol error: too many arguments")
|
| 1.9.6.1 | 17-Apr-2012 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.10.6.1 | 23-Jun-2013 |
tls | resync from head
|
| 1.5 | 03-Apr-2020 |
martin | Make route and netstat share the same struct progops (and initialization
code)
|
| 1.4 | 02-Apr-2020 |
christos | Add a prog_setsockopt (thanks kre@)
|
| 1.3 | 06-Nov-2014 |
christos | branches: 1.3.16;
Factor out the netstat route printing code and use it here. There is no
point in having 2 different copies; fixes PR/49371
|
| 1.2 | 13-Dec-2010 |
pooka | branches: 1.2.24;
be a happy crunch build
|
| 1.1 | 13-Dec-2010 |
pooka | Convert from RUMP_ACTION to RUMPPRG.
|
| 1.2.24.1 | 08-Jan-2015 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by prlw1 in ticket #390):
usr.bin/netstat/mroute.c: revision 1.25
usr.bin/netstat/Makefile: revision 1.40
sbin/route/prog_ops.h: revision 1.3
sbin/route/rtutil.c: revision 1.1
sbin/route/rtutil.h: revision 1.1
usr.bin/netstat/mroute6.c: revision 1.15
sbin/route/extern.h: revision 1.15
usr.bin/netstat/show.c: file removal
usr.bin/netstat/main.c: revision 1.93
usr.bin/netstat/route.c: revision 1.83
usr.bin/netstat/netstat.h: revision 1.51
distrib/utils/x_route/Makefile: revision 1.18
sbin/route/show.c: revision 1.46
usr.bin/netstat/if.c: revision 1.80
sbin/route/route.c: revision 1.145
sbin/route/Makefile: revision 1.26
Factor out the netstat route printing code and use it here. There is no
point in having 2 different copies; fixes PR/49371
|
| 1.3.16.1 | 08-Apr-2020 |
martin | Merge changes from current as of 20200406
|
| 1.65 | 02-Jan-2021 |
uwe | route(8): group RTF_GATEWAY and ~RTF_GATEWAY (-iface).
While here, tweak RTF_GATEWAY description. Passive voice elsewhere in
this table is used to talk about the routes themselves, while here
it's about packets.
|
| 1.64 | 02-Jan-2021 |
uwe | route(8): be consistent about capitalization.
|
| 1.63 | 02-Jan-2021 |
uwe | route(8): don't split -blackhole and -noblackhole.
|
| 1.62 | 29-Aug-2020 |
christos | Document 'L'
|
| 1.61 | 31-Jul-2018 |
sevan | Remove references to XNS
|
| 1.60 | 04-Jul-2017 |
wiz | branches: 1.60.4; 1.60.6;
Use Ex.
|
| 1.59 | 03-Jul-2017 |
wiz | Remove workaround for ancient HTML generation code.
|
| 1.58 | 19-Jun-2017 |
wiz | Remove unnecessary Pp.
|
| 1.57 | 16-Jun-2017 |
ozaki-r | Support -c <count> option for route monitor
route command exits if it receives <count> routing messages where
<count> is a value specified by -c.
The option is useful to get only particular message(s) in a test script.
|
| 1.56 | 04-Apr-2016 |
ozaki-r | branches: 1.56.8;
Separate nexthop caches from the routing table
By this change, nexthop caches (IP-MAC address pair) are not stored
in the routing table anymore. Instead nexthop caches are stored in
each network interface; we already have lltable/llentry data structure
for this purpose. This change also obsoletes the concept of cloning/cloned
routes. Cloned routes no longer exist while cloning routes still exist
with renamed to connected routes.
Noticeable changes are:
- Nexthop caches aren't listed in route show/netstat -r
- sysctl(NET_RT_DUMP) doesn't return them
- If RTF_LLDATA is specified, it returns nexthop caches
- Several definitions of routing flags and messages are removed
- RTF_CLONING, RTF_XRESOLVE, RTF_LLINFO, RTF_CLONED and RTM_RESOLVE
- RTF_CONNECTED is added
- It has the same value of RTF_CLONING for backward compatibility
- route's -xresolve, -[no]cloned and -llinfo options are removed
- -[no]cloning remains because it seems there are users
- -[no]connected is introduced and recommended
to be used instead of -[no]cloning
- route show/netstat -r drops some flags
- 'L' and 'c' are not seen anymore
- 'C' now indicates a connected route
- Gateway value of a route of an interface address is now not
a L2 address but "link#N" like a connected (cloning) route
- Proxy ARP: "arp -s ... pub" doesn't create a route
You can know details of behavior changes by seeing diffs under tests/.
Proposed on tech-net and tech-kern:
http://mail-index.netbsd.org/tech-net/2016/03/11/msg005701.html
|
| 1.55 | 23-Mar-2015 |
roy | Add RTF_BROADCAST to mark routes used for the broadcast address when
they are created on the fly. This makes it clear what the route is for
and allows an optimisation in ip_output() by avoiding a call to
in_broadcast() because most of the time we do talk to a host.
It also avoids a needless allocation for the storage of llinfo_arp and
thus vanishes from arp(8) - it showed as incomplete anyway so this
is a nice side effect.
Guard against this and routes marked with RTF_BLACKHOLE in
ip_fastforward().
While here, guard against routes marked with RTF_BLACKHOLE in
ip6_fastforward().
RTF_BROADCAST is IPv4 only, so don't bother checking that here.
|
| 1.54 | 26-Feb-2015 |
roy | Teach route(8) about RTF_LOCAL.
|
| 1.53 | 01-Dec-2014 |
christos | Complete the routing argument table by including the ID's used in the routing
display.
|
| 1.52 | 12-Nov-2014 |
christos | PR/47704: Takahiro HAYASHI: Add -L flag
|
| 1.51 | 07-Nov-2014 |
christos | Now that the code can support tags and verbose route printing, enable them.
Also document previously undocumented flags.
|
| 1.50 | 05-Nov-2013 |
kefren | Remove esis reference
|
| 1.49 | 07-Oct-2013 |
dholland | english usage patrol
|
| 1.48 | 24-Jul-2013 |
kefren | Add -tag description as suggested in PR/45071
|
| 1.47 | 01-Mar-2013 |
joerg | Retire OSI network stack. OK core@
|
| 1.46 | 11-Nov-2011 |
gdt | branches: 1.46.6;
Move RTF_ANNOUNCE flag so that it no longer conflicts with RTF_PROTO2.
RTF_ANNOUNCE was defined as RTF_PROTO2. The flag is used to indicated
that host should act as a proxy for a link level arp or ndp request.
(If RTF_PROTO2 is used as an experimental flag (as advertised),
various problems can occur.)
This commit provides a first-class definition with its own bit for
RTF_ANNOUNCE, removes the old aliasing definitions, and adds support
for the new RTF_ANNOUNCE flag to netstat(8) and route(8).,
Also, remove unused RTF_ flags that collide with RTF_PROTO1:
netinet/icmp6.h defined RTF_PROBEMTU as RTF_PROTO1
netinet/if_inarp.h defined RTF_USETRAILERS as RTF_PROTO1
(Neither of these flags are used anywhere. Both have been removed
to reduce chances of collision with RTF_PROTO1.)
Figuring this out and the diff are the work of Beverly Schwartz of
BBN.
(Passed release build, boot in VM, with no apparently related atf
failures.)
Approved for Public Release, Distribution Unlimited
This material is based upon work supported by the Defense Advanced
Research Projects Agency and Space and Naval Warfare Systems Center,
Pacific, under Contract No. N66001-09-C-2073.
|
| 1.45 | 17-Jul-2011 |
dholland | branches: 1.45.2;
prune stray commas
|
| 1.44 | 03-Jul-2011 |
wiz | Whitespace nit.
|
| 1.43 | 03-Jul-2011 |
kefren | Mention -mpls and -tag and xref mpls(4)
bin/45071
|
| 1.42 | 16-Jun-2011 |
yamt | xref link_addr for -link.
|
| 1.41 | 12-May-2010 |
christos | branches: 1.41.4;
PR/40455: Mihai Chelaru: Add noreject noblackhole options
|
| 1.40 | 06-Aug-2006 |
wiz | Bump date for previous.
|
| 1.39 | 06-Aug-2006 |
dyoung | Document -nocloning, -nocloned flags. Shift a couple of columns
right by a character width, to make room for the new flags.
|
| 1.38 | 29-Jan-2006 |
wiz | Use default option order (AaBbCc...).
|
| 1.37 | 25-Jan-2006 |
christos | PR/32632: Yves-Emmanuel JUTARD: Improvment suggestion in 'route' display.
Add a new -S flag that prints a space for missing flags.
|
| 1.36 | 02-Oct-2003 |
itojun | correct typo. PR misc/22944
|
| 1.35 | 07-Aug-2003 |
agc | Move UCB-licensed code from 4-clause to 3-clause licence.
Patches provided by Joel Baker in PR 22308, verified by myself.
|
| 1.34 | 07-Aug-2003 |
wiz | Bump date for flushall description.
|
| 1.33 | 19-Jul-2003 |
jrf | This is an updated submitted patch originally written by Jim Rees
and sent in by Greg Hudson as seen in PR misc/3227. Basically what it
does is adds a flushall option which deletes all but localhost routes.
This is done by andoring in a flag called doall (1 means do all routes
including gateway, 0 means do a regular flush). I have seen some
platforms that do this. I tested it out on ipv4 only, it works as
advertised. Commit was approved by christos@.
|
| 1.32 | 03-Jun-2003 |
itojun | permit foo/bar notation, like "route add 10.0.0.0/8 127.0.0.1".
originally by provos
|
| 1.31 | 25-Feb-2003 |
wiz | Split .Nm with other macro arguments on two lines.
|
| 1.30 | 03-Oct-2002 |
wiz | New sentence, new line. From Robert Elz.
|
| 1.29 | 08-Feb-2002 |
hubertf | branches: 1.29.2;
the modifiers (-inet6, ...) do not only affect the behaviour of "flush",
but at least also of "get", so make the wording a bit more general.
|
| 1.28 | 08-Feb-2002 |
ross | Generate <>& symbolically. I'm avoiding .../dist/... directories for now.
|
| 1.27 | 16-Nov-2001 |
wiz | Punctuation fix, sort sections, sort SEE ALSO.
|
| 1.26 | 24-Oct-2001 |
atatat | Provide a short output format for the get command that only prints the
address corresponding to RTA_GATEWAY, or nothing if it doesn't exist.
Modify the exit value of route depending on this, so that one can do
stuff like:
#!/bin/sh
gw=`route -sn get default 2>/dev/null`
if [ -z "$gw" ]; then
echo no default route
exit 1
fi
ping -w1 -c1 $gw >/dev/null 2>&1
if ! route -sn get $gw >/dev/null; then
echo default gateway not responding
exit 1
fi
echo default gateway is at $gw
|
| 1.25 | 18-Oct-2001 |
christos | PR/14286: reed@reedmedia.net: Explain default.
|
| 1.24 | 20-Jul-2001 |
itojun | make prefixlen work on IPv4 too
|
| 1.23 | 05-Jun-2001 |
wiz | Fix Nd and some whitespace and punctuation.
|
| 1.22 | 05-Jun-2001 |
wiz | Drop arguments of .Os.
|
| 1.21 | 27-Apr-2001 |
manu | Added a few examples and a reference to sysctl to enable IP forwarding
Approved by Christos
|
| 1.20 | 27-Jan-2001 |
itojun | support -cloned command line flag.
i don't think anyone ever going to use it.
|
| 1.19 | 17-Jul-1999 |
itojun | tweak IPv6 case so that "route show" does not truncate numeric IPv6 address.
PR: 7955
|
| 1.18 | 02-Jul-1999 |
itojun | IPv6-ready route command (-inet6 and -prefixlen are added)
|
| 1.17 | 24-Mar-1999 |
mycroft | Remove spurious .ne's.
|
| 1.16 | 04-Mar-1999 |
bgrayson | Typo fixed
|
| 1.15 | 23-Oct-1998 |
lukem | * implement -f; flush all routes before executing command
* reset af to 0 in flushroutes() and newroute()
* cleanup -DSMALL:
- `flush' and AF_APPLETALK is supported (the latter had partial support)
- AF_NS, AF_ISO, and AF_CCITT are not supported at all (rather than being
- partially unsupported).
|
| 1.14 | 29-Apr-1998 |
fair | fix bad .Xr references
|
| 1.13 | 16-Sep-1997 |
lukem | resolve conflicts from lite-2 import
|
| 1.12 | 15-Sep-1997 |
lukem | * cleanup for WARNS=1
* use .Nm correctly
* deprecate register
* getopt returns -1 not EOF
|
| 1.11 | 27-Aug-1997 |
mikel | fix numerous tyops and use some -mdoc macros to advantage
|
| 1.10 | 10-Jul-1997 |
mikel | comment out xref to XNSrouted(8)
|
| 1.9 | 03-Apr-1997 |
christos | - Add netatalk bits
- Add prototypes
- Fix printf formats
|
| 1.8 | 22-Feb-1997 |
carrel | Remove uid checks since the kernel now handles this and route(1) is no
longer setuid.
Document the "Permission denied" msg in the man page since this is
_slightly_ less clear than route(1)'s old error msg.
|
| 1.7 | 15-Nov-1996 |
gwr | As discussed some time ago, add a "show" sub-command.
Also allow compilation with -DSMALL to ommit support for
non-essential protocols (i.e. when built into a ramdisk).
Use a less hack-ish way to generate keywords.[ch] and just
check in the result (helps ../../distrib/utils/x_route).
|
| 1.6 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.5 | 13-May-1994 |
mycroft | Clean up import.
|
| 1.4 | 01-Aug-1993 |
mycroft | Add RCS indentifiers.
|
| 1.3 | 23-Mar-1993 |
cgd | changed "Id" to "Header" for rcsids
|
| 1.2 | 22-Mar-1993 |
cgd | added rcs ids to all files
|
| 1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.3 | 16-Sep-1997 |
lukem | imported from lite-2
|
| 1.1.1.2 | 14-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Import 4.4-Lite version.
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | initial import of 386bsd-0.1 sources
|
| 1.29.2.1 | 02-Oct-2003 |
tron | Pull up revision 1.36 (requested by itojun in ticket #1494):
correct typo. PR misc/22944
|
| 1.41.4.1 | 23-Jun-2011 |
cherry | Catchup with rmind-uvmplock merge.
|
| 1.45.2.2 | 22-May-2014 |
yamt | sync with head.
for a reference, the tree before this commit was tagged
as yamt-pagecache-tag8.
this commit was splitted into small chunks to avoid
a limitation of cvs. ("Protocol error: too many arguments")
|
| 1.45.2.1 | 17-Apr-2012 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.46.6.2 | 20-Aug-2014 |
tls | Rebase to HEAD as of a few days ago.
|
| 1.46.6.1 | 23-Jun-2013 |
tls | resync from head
|
| 1.56.8.1 | 07-Jul-2017 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by ozaki-r in ticket #107):
usr.sbin/arp/arp.c: revision 1.56
sys/net/rtsock.c: revision 1.218
sys/net/if_llatbl.c: revision 1.20
usr.sbin/arp/arp.c: revision 1.57
sys/net/rtsock.c: revision 1.219
sys/net/if_llatbl.c: revision 1.21
usr.sbin/arp/arp.c: revision 1.58
tests/net/net_common.sh: revision 1.19
sys/netinet6/nd6.h: revision 1.84
sys/netinet6/nd6.h: revision 1.85
tests/net/arp/t_arp.sh: revision 1.23
sys/netinet6/in6.c: revision 1.246
tests/net/arp/t_arp.sh: revision 1.24
sys/netinet6/in6.c: revision 1.247
tests/net/arp/t_arp.sh: revision 1.25
sys/netinet6/in6.c: revision 1.248
tests/net/arp/t_arp.sh: revision 1.26
usr.sbin/ndp/ndp.c: revision 1.49
tests/net/arp/t_arp.sh: revision 1.27
tests/net/ndp/t_ndp.sh: revision 1.20
tests/net/arp/t_arp.sh: revision 1.28
tests/net/ndp/t_ndp.sh: revision 1.21
tests/net/arp/t_arp.sh: revision 1.29
tests/net/ndp/t_ndp.sh: revision 1.22
tests/net/ndp/t_ndp.sh: revision 1.23
tests/net/route/t_flags6.sh: revision 1.13
tests/net/ndp/t_ndp.sh: revision 1.24
tests/net/route/t_flags6.sh: revision 1.14
tests/net/ndp/t_ndp.sh: revision 1.25
tests/net/route/t_flags6.sh: revision 1.15
tests/net/ndp/t_ndp.sh: revision 1.26
sbin/route/rtutil.c: revision 1.9
tests/net/ndp/t_ndp.sh: revision 1.27
tests/net/ndp/t_ndp.sh: revision 1.28
tests/net/net/t_ipv6address.sh: revision 1.14
tests/net/ndp/t_ra.sh: revision 1.28
tests/net/ndp/t_ndp.sh: revision 1.29
sys/net/route.h: revision 1.113
tests/net/ndp/t_ra.sh: revision 1.29
sys/net/rtsock.c: revision 1.220
sys/net/rtsock.c: revision 1.221
sys/net/rtsock.c: revision 1.222
sys/net/rtsock.c: revision 1.223
tests/net/route/t_route.sh: revision 1.13
sys/net/rtsock.c: revision 1.224
sys/net/route.c: revision 1.196
sys/net/if_llatbl.c: revision 1.19
sys/net/route.c: revision 1.197
sbin/route/route.c: revision 1.156
tests/net/route/t_flags.sh: revision 1.16
tests/net/route/t_flags.sh: revision 1.17
usr.sbin/ndp/ndp.c: revision 1.50
tests/net/route/t_flags.sh: revision 1.18
sys/netinet/in.c: revision 1.204
tests/net/route/t_flags.sh: revision 1.19
sys/netinet/in.c: revision 1.205
tests/net/arp/t_arp.sh: revision 1.30
tests/net/arp/t_arp.sh: revision 1.31
sys/net/if_llatbl.h: revision 1.11
tests/net/arp/t_arp.sh: revision 1.32
sys/net/if_llatbl.h: revision 1.12
tests/net/arp/t_arp.sh: revision 1.33
sys/netinet6/nd6.c: revision 1.233
sys/netinet6/nd6.c: revision 1.234
sys/netinet/if_arp.c: revision 1.251
sys/netinet6/nd6.c: revision 1.235
sys/netinet/if_arp.c: revision 1.252
sbin/route/route.8: revision 1.57
sys/net/rtsock.c: revision 1.214
sys/net/rtsock.c: revision 1.215
sys/net/rtsock.c: revision 1.216
sys/net/rtsock.c: revision 1.217
whitespace police
Simplify
We can assume that rt_ifp is always non-NULL.
Sending a routing message (RTM_ADD) on adding an llentry
A message used to be sent on adding a cloned route. Restore the
behavior for backward compatibility.
Requested by ryo@
Drop RTF_CONNECTED from a result of RTM_GET for ARP/NDP entries
ARP/NDP entries aren't connected routes.
Reported by ryo@
Support -c <count> option for route monitor
route command exits if it receives <count> routing messages where
<count> is a value specified by -c.
The option is useful to get only particular message(s) in a test script.
Test routing messages emitted on operations of ARP/NDP entries
Do netstat -a for an appropriate protocol
Add missing declarations for cleanup
Set net.inet.arp.keep only if it's required
Don't create a permanent L2 cache entry on adding an address to an interface
It was created to copy FreeBSD, however actually the cache isn't
necessary. Remove it to simplify the code and reduce the cost to
maintain it (e.g., keep a consistency with a corresponding local
route).
Fix typo
Fix in_lltable_match_prefix
The function has not been used but will be used soon.
Remove unused function (nd6_rem_ifa_lle)
Allow in6_lltable_free_entry to be called without holding the afdata lock of ifp as well as in_lltable_free_entry
This behavior is a bit odd and should be fixed in the future...
Purge ARP/NDP entries on an interface when the interface is down
Fix PR kern/51179
Purge all related L2 caches on removing a route
The change addresses situations similar to PR 51179.
Purge L2 caches on changing an interface of a route
The change addresses situations similar to PR 51179.
Test implicit removals of ARP/NDP entries
One test case reproudces PR 51179.
Fix build of kernels without both INET and INET6
Tweak lltable_sysctl_dumparp
- Rename lltable_sysctl_dumparp to lltable_sysctl_dump
because it's not only for ARP
- Enable it not only for INET but also for INET6
Fix usage of routing messages on arp -d and ndp -d
It didn't work as we expected; we should set RTA_GATEWAY not
RTA_IFP on RTM_GET to return an if_index and the kernel should
use it on RTM_DELETE.
Improve backward compatibility of (fake) routing messages on adding an ARP/NDP entry
A message originally included only DST and GATEWAY. Restore it.
Fix ifdef; care about a case w/ INET6 and w/o INET
Drop RTF_UP from a routing message of a deleted ARP/NDP entry
Check existence of ARP/NDP entries
Checking ARP/NDP entries is valid rather than checking routes.
Fix wrong comment
Drop RTF_LLINFO flag (now it's RTF_LLDATA) from local routes
They don't have llinfo anymore. And also the change fixes unexpected
behavior of ARP proxy.
Restore ARP/NDP entries to route show and netstat -r
Requested by dyoung@ some time ago
Enable to remove multiple ARP/NDP entries for one destination
The kernel can have multiple ARP/NDP entries which have an indentical
destination on different interfaces. This is normal and can be
reproduce easily by ping -I or ping6 -S. We should be able to remove
such entries.
arp -d <ip> and ndp -d <ip> are changed to fetch all ARP/NDP entries
and remove matched entries. So we can remove multiple entries
described above. This fetch all and selective removal behavior is
the same as arp <ip> and ndp <ip>; they also do fetch all entries
and show only matched entries.
Related to PR 51179
Check if ARP/NDP entries are purged when a related route is deleted
|
| 1.60.6.1 | 10-Jun-2019 |
christos | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.60.4.1 | 06-Sep-2018 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD
Resolve a couple of conflicts (result of the uimin/uimax changes)
|
| 1.169 | 10-Apr-2022 |
andvar | fix various typos in comments and output/log messages.
|
| 1.168 | 02-Apr-2020 |
christos | Add a prog_setsockopt (thanks kre@)
|
| 1.167 | 14-Mar-2020 |
roy | route: Enable receive error reporting on the routing socket
|
| 1.166 | 22-Feb-2020 |
kamil | Avoid undefined behavior
route.c:1523:20, left shift of 1073741824 by 1 places cannot be represented
in type 'int'
|
| 1.165 | 22-Jan-2020 |
roy | route: address flags are more useful than interface flags for address msgs
|
| 1.164 | 22-Jan-2020 |
roy | route: Decode the correct flags for interface address messages
|
| 1.163 | 02-Sep-2019 |
roy | route(8): Show addres for RTM_LOSING
While here, add /* FALLTHROUGH */.
|
| 1.162 | 31-Aug-2019 |
roy | route(8): show addrs for RTM_MISS
|
| 1.161 | 22-Aug-2019 |
roy | route(8): print RTM_CHANGE messages
XXX Pullup -9
|
| 1.160 | 14-Aug-2018 |
roy | branches: 1.160.2;
Resolve every route(4) message type before printing anything more about it
other than the type and length.
This solves the issue where RTM_ONEWADDR is received and it tries to
parse route information from it.
|
| 1.159 | 23-Mar-2018 |
roy | branches: 1.159.2;
Handle the routing socket overflowing gracefully.
|
| 1.158 | 13-Dec-2017 |
christos | branches: 1.158.2;
Use the definitions from the standard header files and replace homebrew
snprintb with the libutil one.
|
| 1.157 | 13-Dec-2017 |
uwe | Fix typo in flag name. We should probably just use IFFBITS string
that <net/if.h> defines.
PR bin/52815
|
| 1.156 | 16-Jun-2017 |
ozaki-r | Support -c <count> option for route monitor
route command exits if it receives <count> routing messages where
<count> is a value specified by -c.
The option is useful to get only particular message(s) in a test script.
|
| 1.155 | 17-Mar-2017 |
roy | branches: 1.155.4;
Report the PID for the process changing the address.
|
| 1.154 | 04-Apr-2016 |
ozaki-r | branches: 1.154.2; 1.154.4;
Separate nexthop caches from the routing table
By this change, nexthop caches (IP-MAC address pair) are not stored
in the routing table anymore. Instead nexthop caches are stored in
each network interface; we already have lltable/llentry data structure
for this purpose. This change also obsoletes the concept of cloning/cloned
routes. Cloned routes no longer exist while cloning routes still exist
with renamed to connected routes.
Noticeable changes are:
- Nexthop caches aren't listed in route show/netstat -r
- sysctl(NET_RT_DUMP) doesn't return them
- If RTF_LLDATA is specified, it returns nexthop caches
- Several definitions of routing flags and messages are removed
- RTF_CLONING, RTF_XRESOLVE, RTF_LLINFO, RTF_CLONED and RTM_RESOLVE
- RTF_CONNECTED is added
- It has the same value of RTF_CLONING for backward compatibility
- route's -xresolve, -[no]cloned and -llinfo options are removed
- -[no]cloning remains because it seems there are users
- -[no]connected is introduced and recommended
to be used instead of -[no]cloning
- route show/netstat -r drops some flags
- 'L' and 'c' are not seen anymore
- 'C' now indicates a connected route
- Gateway value of a route of an interface address is now not
a L2 address but "link#N" like a connected (cloning) route
- Proxy ARP: "arp -s ... pub" doesn't create a route
You can know details of behavior changes by seeing diffs under tests/.
Proposed on tech-net and tech-kern:
http://mail-index.netbsd.org/tech-net/2016/03/11/msg005701.html
|
| 1.153 | 23-Jan-2016 |
christos | no need for <sys/mbuf.h>
|
| 1.152 | 17-Jan-2016 |
christos | PR/50671: David Binderman: fix memory leak.
|
| 1.151 | 23-Mar-2015 |
roy | Add RTF_BROADCAST to mark routes used for the broadcast address when
they are created on the fly. This makes it clear what the route is for
and allows an optimisation in ip_output() by avoiding a call to
in_broadcast() because most of the time we do talk to a host.
It also avoids a needless allocation for the storage of llinfo_arp and
thus vanishes from arp(8) - it showed as incomplete anyway so this
is a nice side effect.
Guard against this and routes marked with RTF_BLACKHOLE in
ip_fastforward().
While here, guard against routes marked with RTF_BLACKHOLE in
ip6_fastforward().
RTF_BROADCAST is IPv4 only, so don't bother checking that here.
|
| 1.150 | 26-Feb-2015 |
roy | Teach route(8) about RTF_LOCAL.
|
| 1.149 | 20-Dec-2014 |
prlw1 | MKINET6=no build fixes
http://mail-index.netbsd.org/tech-net/2014/12/13/msg004898.html
|
| 1.148 | 17-Dec-2014 |
roy | Note that RTM_CHANGE can also change the gateway
|
| 1.147 | 12-Nov-2014 |
christos | PR/47704: Takahiro HAYASHI: Add -L flag
|
| 1.146 | 07-Nov-2014 |
christos | Now that the code can support tags and verbose route printing, enable them.
Also document previously undocumented flags.
|
| 1.145 | 06-Nov-2014 |
christos | Factor out the netstat route printing code and use it here. There is no
point in having 2 different copies; fixes PR/49371
|
| 1.144 | 19-Oct-2013 |
christos | branches: 1.144.4;
use correct function
|
| 1.143 | 19-Oct-2013 |
christos | use symbolic flags
|
| 1.142 | 19-Oct-2013 |
christos | use scopeid functions
|
| 1.141 | 18-Oct-2013 |
christos | avoid pointer gymnastics
|
| 1.140 | 01-Mar-2013 |
joerg | Retire OSI network stack. OK core@
|
| 1.139 | 04-Oct-2012 |
uwe | Fix fallout from 1.129 that converted sou::so_foo from unions to
pointers but missed (char *)&soup->so_foo => (char *)soup->so_foo in
mask_addr(). It worked by luck - unless it didn't: due to pointer
numerology on amd64 route add -net ClassC without explicit /24 prefix
length specification would result into /16 destination instead of /24.
|
| 1.138 | 08-Aug-2012 |
christos | branches: 1.138.2;
remove useless rump headers.
|
| 1.137 | 17-Mar-2012 |
christos | PR/42179: Christoph Badura: Be a little friendlier about missing args.
|
| 1.136 | 26-Dec-2011 |
christos | branches: 1.136.2;
Off by one and clarity improvement from Christian Biere
|
| 1.135 | 24-Dec-2011 |
christos | PR/45661: Henning Petersen: Overlapping buffer in route.c.
|
| 1.134 | 11-Nov-2011 |
gdt | Move RTF_ANNOUNCE flag so that it no longer conflicts with RTF_PROTO2.
RTF_ANNOUNCE was defined as RTF_PROTO2. The flag is used to indicated
that host should act as a proxy for a link level arp or ndp request.
(If RTF_PROTO2 is used as an experimental flag (as advertised),
various problems can occur.)
This commit provides a first-class definition with its own bit for
RTF_ANNOUNCE, removes the old aliasing definitions, and adds support
for the new RTF_ANNOUNCE flag to netstat(8) and route(8).,
Also, remove unused RTF_ flags that collide with RTF_PROTO1:
netinet/icmp6.h defined RTF_PROBEMTU as RTF_PROTO1
netinet/if_inarp.h defined RTF_USETRAILERS as RTF_PROTO1
(Neither of these flags are used anywhere. Both have been removed
to reduce chances of collision with RTF_PROTO1.)
Figuring this out and the diff are the work of Beverly Schwartz of
BBN.
(Passed release build, boot in VM, with no apparently related atf
failures.)
Approved for Public Release, Distribution Unlimited
This material is based upon work supported by the Defense Advanced
Research Projects Agency and Space and Naval Warfare Systems Center,
Pacific, under Contract No. N66001-09-C-2073.
|
| 1.133 | 07-Oct-2011 |
joerg | branches: 1.133.2;
Simplify.
|
| 1.132 | 29-Aug-2011 |
joerg | Use __dead
|
| 1.131 | 01-Jul-2011 |
joerg | Fix memset usage.
|
| 1.130 | 22-Jun-2011 |
kefren | don't compile tag functions if SMALL is defined. Should fix the build
|
| 1.129 | 21-Jun-2011 |
kefren | Alloc dynamically sockunions in sou.
Teach route(8) about multiple tags. E.G.: -tag 100,20,33
XXX: needs documentation
|
| 1.128 | 01-Feb-2011 |
matt | Add a new AF/PF_ROUTE which is 64-bit clean which makes the routing socket
interface (and its associated sysctls) act identically for both 32 and 64 bit
programs. The old unclean one remains for backward compatibility.
|
| 1.127 | 13-Dec-2010 |
pooka | branches: 1.127.2;
Convert from RUMP_ACTION to RUMPPRG.
|
| 1.126 | 12-Nov-2010 |
roy | Support the new RTM_IFINFO and RTM_CHGADDR messages.
|
| 1.125 | 05-Nov-2010 |
pooka | adapt to new rumpclient_init() signature
|
| 1.124 | 04-Nov-2010 |
pooka | #ifdef variable correctly
|
| 1.123 | 04-Nov-2010 |
pooka | be consistent in what to leave outside of SMALL
|
| 1.122 | 04-Nov-2010 |
pooka | Support RUMP_ACTION to compile a rump kernel client.
|
| 1.121 | 26-Jun-2010 |
kefren | add MPLS clue - mpls and tag keywords
|
| 1.120 | 12-May-2010 |
christos | PR/40455: Mihai Chelaru: Add noreject noblackhole options
|
| 1.119 | 28-Dec-2008 |
christos | parse unsigned long with strtoul not atoi
|
| 1.118 | 10-Sep-2008 |
dyoung | branches: 1.118.6;
Get the socket addresses for dst/gateway/netmask/interface/ifaddr
out of the global namespace.
|
| 1.117 | 10-Sep-2008 |
dyoung | Don't cast a sockunion * to sockaddr *. Instead, reference the
sockaddr inside of the sockunion.
|
| 1.116 | 10-Sep-2008 |
dyoung | Delete superfluous casts to void *.
|
| 1.115 | 10-Sep-2008 |
dyoung | Constify.
|
| 1.114 | 10-Sep-2008 |
dyoung | Constify.
|
| 1.113 | 10-Sep-2008 |
dyoung | Constify.
For clarity's sake, do not assign a new value to inet_makenetandmask()'s
argument, `inet'.
|
| 1.112 | 09-Sep-2008 |
dyoung | Extract subroutine extract_addrs() for reuse, later.
Replace the anonymous constant, 0, with AF_UNSPEC.
|
| 1.111 | 09-Sep-2008 |
dyoung | Constify.
|
| 1.110 | 09-Sep-2008 |
dyoung | Shorten a staircase. Remove superfluous parentheses from return
statements. Constify.
|
| 1.109 | 09-Sep-2008 |
dyoung | Use a union and sizeof() to avoid a cast and an anonymous constant
buffer length, respectively.
|
| 1.108 | 09-Sep-2008 |
dyoung | Use bool.
|
| 1.107 | 20-Jul-2008 |
lukem | Remove the \n and tabs from the __COPYRIGHT() strings.
(Tweak some to use a consistent format.)
|
| 1.106 | 18-Feb-2007 |
hubertf | branches: 1.106.12; 1.106.16;
TSEL() is const char* now
|
| 1.105 | 11-Nov-2006 |
apb | Fix a bug that caused 0.0.0.0/0 to be treated like 0.0.0.0/32.
foo << 32 is undefined per section 6.5.7 of the C99 standard
if foo is (or is promoted to) a 32-bit type.
|
| 1.104 | 23-Sep-2006 |
dyoung | Let us qualify 'route flush' and 'route show' commands with -llinfo
and -host flags, which is useful for displaying/flushing ARP entries:
# route -n show -inet -llinfo -host
Routing table
Internet:
Destination Gateway Flags
169.254.1.119 link#1 UH
169.254.230.110 00:02:6f:21:e6:6e UH
# route -n flush -inet -llinfo -host
169.254.1.119 done
169.254.230.110 0.2.6f.21.e6.6e done
169.254.237.70 done
# route -n show -inet -llinfo -host
Routing table
#
This will help me address bin/11079, "dhclient may require arp and sed".
Extract common code from flushroutes() and show(), creating
parse_show_opts().
While I'm here, make small cosmetic changes to flushroutes().
|
| 1.103 | 23-Sep-2006 |
dyoung | Move the #ifndef SMALL code together.
|
| 1.102 | 23-Sep-2006 |
dyoung | Use the symbol AF_UNSPEC instead of 0 as appropriate.
|
| 1.101 | 23-Sep-2006 |
dyoung | Remove dead code.
|
| 1.100 | 26-Aug-2006 |
matt | Remove XNS and CCITT/X25 bits.
|
| 1.99 | 06-Aug-2006 |
dyoung | KNF err(3), errx(3) usage, indentation, braces.
|
| 1.98 | 06-Aug-2006 |
dyoung | Add route keywords -nocloned, -nocloning.
|
| 1.97 | 29-Jan-2006 |
wiz | Use default option order (AaBbCc...).
|
| 1.96 | 26-Jan-2006 |
is | Print the INET netmask if it is non-contiguous.
|
| 1.95 | 25-Jan-2006 |
christos | PR/32632: Yves-Emmanuel JUTARD: Improvment suggestion in 'route' display.
Add a new -S flag that prints a space for missing flags.
|
| 1.94 | 25-Jan-2006 |
christos | PR/32629: Yves-Emmanuel JUTARD: Type errors in sbin/route/route.c, another
u_char/char conflict.
|
| 1.93 | 31-Aug-2005 |
ginsbach | Add full IPv6 syntax support when route is built with -DSMALL and -DINET6.
Fixes PR/23937. Adapted from supplied patch.
|
| 1.92 | 30-Aug-2005 |
ginsbach | Clean up some minor nits:
+ style (KNF).
. don't cast NULL
. white space clean up
+ use consistent format for error messages.
+ plug memory leaks and avoid malloc(0).
+ verbose message should display even when routing table is empty
(flushroutes).
|
| 1.91 | 15-Aug-2005 |
ginsbach | Make sure that a netmask socket address value prints appropriately when the
family is unset. Either the destination or interface address socket address
family value is used. This change prevents the following sort of output:
RTM_NEWADDR: address being added to iface: len 60, metric 0, flags:<UP>
sockaddrs: <NETMASK,IFA,BRD>
(0) 00.00.ff.00.00 127.0.0.1 127.0.0.1
With this change the last line becomes:
255.0.0.0 127.0.0.1 127.0.0.1
Also make sure that when using a generated inet netmask the address family
is set. With this change a generated netmask will print appropriately
when using the verbose (-v) option.
|
| 1.90 | 12-Aug-2005 |
ginsbach | Make sure the get command always exits non-zero on error. This makes things
like the following work as expected.
#!/bin/sh
if ! route -sn get default >/dev/null 2>&1; then
echo default gateway not set
exit 1
fi
echo default gateway set
Handle routing socket write(2) errors when they occur. This produces
better diagnostics by allowing for handling of the special route errno
values ESRCH, EBUSY, and ENOBUFS even with the quiet (-q) option or
when doing a get command.
|
| 1.89 | 12-Aug-2005 |
ginsbach | Trim the local domain name in routename() for INET6 lookups; similar to
INET lookups.
|
| 1.88 | 10-Aug-2005 |
he | Make this build for __GNUC__ <= 2 (i.e. for vax). The cast to
caddr_t removes a const qualifier. Instead, cast the first element
of the subtraction to "struct sockaddr *" to work around the problem.
|
| 1.87 | 09-Aug-2005 |
ginsbach | Accept protocol flags, i.e. -inet, -inet6, with the show command.
[From OpenBSD via DragonFly BSD]
|
| 1.86 | 09-Aug-2005 |
ginsbach | Fix the default case in sodump(). Printing the address of the "which"
string isn't really that useful. Instead print the string and the value
of sa_family.
|
| 1.85 | 09-Aug-2005 |
ginsbach | More style nits (KNF); casts and sizeof's are not followed by a space.
|
| 1.84 | 20-Jul-2005 |
ginsbach | switch is not a function, so add a space; sort switch elements
alphabetically (KNF).
|
| 1.83 | 15-Jul-2005 |
ginsbach | * Exit non-zero error code when flushroute() fails operating on the
routing socket, e.g. running route flush as non-root.
* When quiet (-q) don't append error string to a non-existent
diagnostic output (stdout). The error diagnostic is still written
to stderr. [from FreeBSD]
* Use warn(3) in place of perror(3).
|
| 1.82 | 26-Jun-2005 |
christos | const poisoning.
|
| 1.81 | 25-Jun-2005 |
dyoung | Teach route(8) to print the messages generated by net80211.
|
| 1.80 | 19-May-2005 |
ginsbach | Convert prefixlen() to ANSI function declaration. Missed by earlier
conversion.
|
| 1.79 | 19-May-2005 |
ginsbach | Due to a limitation in inet_addr(3) it was not possible to specify a
netmask value of 0xffffffff (INADDR_NONE). Fix by using inet_aton(3).
Note it was possible to specify the same mask as the dotted quad
255.255.255.255 because of a later call to gethostbyname(3).
[From FreeBSD]
|
| 1.78 | 13-May-2005 |
ginsbach | Fix botched prior commit. Additional debugging error messages mistakenly
committed.
|
| 1.77 | 12-May-2005 |
ginsbach | * Honor -net when using CIDR (net/mask) notation. This differs
from the default CIDR (host/mask) interpretation. As discussed on
tech-net.
* Use errx() in place of fprintf() and exit(). Make the error message
formats consistent.
|
| 1.76 | 10-May-2005 |
ginsbach | Fix macro NEXTADDR so that the names, like so_dst, are printed
rather than u. The preprocessor doesn't do replacement within
strings, so the # string creation operator must be used.
|
| 1.75 | 05-Feb-2005 |
xtraeme | Kill __P(), use ANSI function declarations.
|
| 1.74 | 16-Nov-2004 |
itojun | NI_WITHSCOPEID was not picked up by IETF standardization process.
|
| 1.73 | 15-May-2004 |
itojun | bump buffer size for any_ntoa(), for huge sa_len
|
| 1.72 | 15-May-2004 |
itojun | 2-byte read overrun for unknown sockaddr. from openbsd
XXX out[64], is it safe? what if sa_len > 23?
|
| 1.71 | 05-Jan-2004 |
jmmv | Homogenize usage messages: make the 'usage' word all lowercase, as this seems
to be the most common practice in our tree.
|
| 1.70 | 01-Oct-2003 |
itojun | print prefixlen on -show
|
| 1.69 | 16-Sep-2003 |
cube | Remove a comment that referred to a non-committed part of the patch I
submitted for bin/17613. Ok'd by mrg@.
|
| 1.68 | 07-Aug-2003 |
agc | Move UCB-licensed code from 4-clause to 3-clause licence.
Patches provided by Joel Baker in PR 22308, verified by myself.
|
| 1.67 | 19-Jul-2003 |
jrf | This is an updated submitted patch originally written by Jim Rees
and sent in by Greg Hudson as seen in PR misc/3227. Basically what it
does is adds a flushall option which deletes all but localhost routes.
This is done by andoring in a flag called doall (1 means do all routes
including gateway, 0 means do a regular flush). I have seen some
platforms that do this. I tested it out on ipv4 only, it works as
advertised. Commit was approved by christos@.
|
| 1.66 | 11-Jun-2003 |
christos | PR/21856: Robert Elz: Changes to route(8) to allow /n instead of -prefixlen
for INET6
|
| 1.65 | 03-Jun-2003 |
itojun | permit foo/bar notation, like "route add 10.0.0.0/8 127.0.0.1".
originally by provos
|
| 1.64 | 17-May-2003 |
itojun | strlcpy [a few mistakes found]
|
| 1.63 | 21-Apr-2003 |
jrf | This addresses PR 17613 when certain methods of adding routes would
muck up the routing tables. The patch was submitted by Quentin Garnier
<netbsd@quatriemek.com> and tweaked a little after it was reviewed
by Christos Zoulas <christos@netbsd.org>. Final change/commit approved
by Christos.
|
| 1.62 | 03-Apr-2003 |
jrf | Made a note in the code about the -d and -d options brought up in
PR 18674. Thanks to Chris Jones for pointing it out.
|
| 1.61 | 18-Oct-2002 |
itojun | correct prefixlen handling for IPv4.
|
| 1.60 | 18-Oct-2002 |
itojun | Make prefixlen check to make sure its argument is present before deref
from openbsd
|
| 1.59 | 20-Jul-2002 |
grant | sweep of errx/warnx, remove unnecessary trailing \n
|
| 1.58 | 10-Jun-2002 |
itojun | permit DNS names to address portion. they will be considered as RTF_HOST
if specified as destination (as there's no getnetbyname in IPv6).
|
| 1.57 | 05-Jun-2002 |
itojun | if we're unsure about prefixlen, don't say "128".
|
| 1.56 | 05-Jun-2002 |
itojun | more correct ion to RTF_HOST handling.
|
| 1.55 | 04-Jun-2002 |
itojun | do not have -prefixlen 128 on RTF_HOST.
From: Dawid Szymanski <dawszy@arhea.net>
|
| 1.54 | 20-May-2002 |
itojun | branches: 1.54.2;
raise RTF_HOST if destination is a host (/128). from ume
|
| 1.53 | 21-Feb-2002 |
christos | PR/15672: Love: route monitor missing info
|
| 1.52 | 15-Nov-2001 |
christos | Make route exit with a non-zero error code when operations to the routing
socket fails. eg, running route add 1.2.3.4 5.6.7.8 as non root.
|
| 1.51 | 02-Nov-2001 |
lukem | fix -Wshadow warnings
|
| 1.50 | 24-Oct-2001 |
atatat | Provide a short output format for the get command that only prints the
address corresponding to RTA_GATEWAY, or nothing if it doesn't exist.
Modify the exit value of route depending on this, so that one can do
stuff like:
#!/bin/sh
gw=`route -sn get default 2>/dev/null`
if [ -z "$gw" ]; then
echo no default route
exit 1
fi
ping -w1 -c1 $gw >/dev/null 2>&1
if ! route -sn get $gw >/dev/null; then
echo default gateway not responding
exit 1
fi
echo default gateway is at $gw
|
| 1.49 | 24-Oct-2001 |
atatat | Print a R on reject routes to indicate that they're not normal routes,
and check netmask (or prefix) length as well as the destination
address when determining if a route is a "default" or not. This means
that the output from 'route show' will no longer say:
Internet6:
Destination Gateway Flags
default localhost UG
default localhost UG
but instead
Internet6:
Destination Gateway Flags
::/104 localhost UGR
::/96 localhost UGR
which makes much more sense.
|
| 1.48 | 20-Jul-2001 |
itojun | off-by-one error in -prefixlen arg validation (do not permit 129 on IPv6)
|
| 1.47 | 20-Jul-2001 |
itojun | make prefixlen work on IPv4 too
|
| 1.46 | 16-Jul-2001 |
bad | The way pmsg_addrs() is used requires that it always prints a newline and
flushes stdout before returning.
Previously the decoded output for a message was stuck in stdio buffers until
the next arrived.
|
| 1.45 | 19-Feb-2001 |
cgd | convert to use getprogname()
|
| 1.44 | 04-Feb-2001 |
christos | remove nested externs.
|
| 1.43 | 27-Jan-2001 |
itojun | support -cloned command line flag.
i don't think anyone ever going to use it.
|
| 1.42 | 27-Jan-2001 |
itojun | mark cloned routes with RTF_CLONED. present it with netstat -r by "c".
let static routes overwrite cloned routes, as cloned routes can come back again
if necessary. behavior same as freebsd/bsdi, code partially from bsdi42.
(NRL rt->rt_parent was not added)
should fix PR 11916 and maybe some other PRs with ARP behavior.
recompilation of usr.sbin/route6d is suggested.
|
| 1.41 | 27-Jan-2001 |
itojun | support RTF_BLACKHOLE.
XXX route show is total duplicate of netstat -r, we need to either remove
route show, or share the same source code, otherwise maintenance cost
bites (and is biting) us
|
| 1.40 | 27-Jan-2001 |
itojun | remove use of uninitialized route (struct ortentry).
it seems that the bug was born during 4.3reno -> 4.4Lite1 transition.
|
| 1.39 | 10-Oct-2000 |
itojun | on "route monitor", print RTM_IFANNOUNCE, RTM_IFINFO (new #), and others.
|
| 1.38 | 04-May-2000 |
sommerfeld | branches: 1.38.4;
Allow INET6 to be used with SMALL without undefined symbols
|
| 1.37 | 20-Apr-2000 |
itojun | use scoped notation for link-local multicast too.
|
| 1.36 | 20-Apr-2000 |
itojun | support extended scoped address notation (fe80::1%de0).
it hides implementation detail (embedded ifid) from the users.
|
| 1.35 | 03-Dec-1999 |
itojun | don't make "-prefixlen 64" a default in -inet6 case. the past behavior
was not compatible with past practice ("route get" did not work right).
sync with recent KAME.
|
| 1.34 | 01-Nov-1999 |
sommerfeld | Display local address associated with route (if any) in "route get".
|
| 1.33 | 03-Sep-1999 |
itojun | branches: 1.33.2;
fix alignment issue in routing socket data, on 64bit arch (i.e. alpha).
sockaddrs are packed with ROUNDUP() in sys/net/rtsock.c so userland
programs needs to follow that.
PR: 8179
|
| 1.32 | 06-Jul-1999 |
mjacob | Incorrect integration. ctime takes a time_t value, not a long.
|
| 1.31 | 02-Jul-1999 |
itojun | IPv6-ready route command (-inet6 and -prefixlen are added)
|
| 1.30 | 23-Oct-1998 |
lukem | branches: 1.30.2;
* implement -f; flush all routes before executing command
* reset af to 0 in flushroutes() and newroute()
* cleanup -DSMALL:
- `flush' and AF_APPLETALK is supported (the latter had partial support)
- AF_NS, AF_ISO, and AF_CCITT are not supported at all (rather than being
- partially unsupported).
|
| 1.29 | 26-Jul-1998 |
mycroft | const poisoning.
|
| 1.28 | 01-Apr-1998 |
kleink | Need <time.h> for time() prototype.
|
| 1.27 | 05-Feb-1998 |
ross | 64-bit sweep, "route -v show" was spinning forever.
|
| 1.26 | 16-Nov-1997 |
christos | Use {warn,err}{,x}(3) instead of printf's
|
| 1.25 | 01-Oct-1997 |
enami | Don't declare optind.
|
| 1.24 | 16-Sep-1997 |
lukem | resolve conflicts from lite-2 import
|
| 1.23 | 15-Sep-1997 |
lukem | * cleanup for WARNS=1
* use .Nm correctly
* deprecate register
* getopt returns -1 not EOF
|
| 1.22 | 02-Sep-1997 |
thorpej | Fix uninitialized pointer botch when attempting to flush an already
empty routing table. From Matthias Scheler <tron@lyssa.owl.de>, in
PR #4074.
|
| 1.21 | 27-Apr-1997 |
thorpej | Don't SEGV if a qualifier is passed without an argument. From
Geoff Wing <mason@primenet.com.au>, fixes PR #2700.
|
| 1.20 | 21-Apr-1997 |
mrg | KNF. be safe with buffers.
|
| 1.19 | 03-Apr-1997 |
christos | - Add netatalk bits
- Add prototypes
- Fix printf formats
|
| 1.18 | 22-Feb-1997 |
carrel | Remove uid checks since the kernel now handles this and route(1) is no
longer setuid.
Document the "Permission denied" msg in the man page since this is
_slightly_ less clear than route(1)'s old error msg.
|
| 1.17 | 15-Nov-1996 |
gwr | As discussed some time ago, add a "show" sub-command.
Also allow compilation with -DSMALL to ommit support for
non-essential protocols (i.e. when built into a ramdisk).
Use a less hack-ish way to generate keywords.[ch] and just
check in the result (helps ../../distrib/utils/x_route).
|
| 1.16 | 15-Apr-1996 |
cgd | check returns of inet_addr() and inet_network() against INADDR_NONE,
not -1, per the manual page. on 64-bit systems like the alpha, -1 will
never equal (unsigned long)INADDR_NONE.
|
| 1.15 | 07-Jan-1996 |
pk | Produce less output on -q as promised by the man page (John Hawkinson; PR#998).
|
| 1.14 | 20-Apr-1995 |
mycroft | Interface-specific routes can be static.
|
| 1.13 | 20-Apr-1995 |
mycroft | Implement the document `-llinfo' flag.
|
| 1.12 | 18-Apr-1995 |
mycroft | Remove extra `break;'.
|
| 1.11 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.10 | 24-Dec-1994 |
cgd | kill some extraneous equal signs.
|
| 1.9 | 23-Sep-1994 |
mycroft | Remove some more uses of obsolete functions.
|
| 1.8 | 23-Sep-1994 |
mycroft | Eliminate uses of some obsolete functions.
|
| 1.7 | 13-May-1994 |
mycroft | Clean up import.
|
| 1.6 | 01-Aug-1993 |
mycroft | Add RCS identifiers.
|
| 1.5 | 25-Apr-1993 |
mycroft | Compile X.25, OSI, and NS code.
|
| 1.4 | 18-Apr-1993 |
mycroft | Cleanup for GCC 2.
|
| 1.3 | 23-Mar-1993 |
cgd | changed "Id" to "Header" for rcsids
|
| 1.2 | 22-Mar-1993 |
cgd | added rcs ids to all files
|
| 1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.3 | 16-Sep-1997 |
lukem | imported from lite-2
|
| 1.1.1.2 | 14-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Import 4.4-Lite version.
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | initial import of 386bsd-0.1 sources
|
| 1.30.2.1 | 14-Jan-2002 |
he | Pull up revision 1.46 (requested by bad):
Fix problem where an output message would be stuck in stdio buffers
until the next one arrived.
|
| 1.33.2.1 | 27-Dec-1999 |
wrstuden | Pull up to last week's -current.
|
| 1.38.4.6 | 18-Oct-2002 |
itojun | sbin/route/route.c 1.60-1.61 via patch
Correct prefixlen option handling.
(itojun)
|
| 1.38.4.5 | 29-Jul-2001 |
he | Pull up revision 1.46 (requested by bad):
Make sure decoded output from ``route monitor'' gets properly
flushed.
|
| 1.38.4.4 | 05-Apr-2001 |
he | Pull up revision 1.42 (requested by itojun):
Mark cloned routes with RTF_CLONED. Present it in ``netstat -r''
output by ``c''.
|
| 1.38.4.3 | 05-Apr-2001 |
he | Pull up revision 1.41 (requested by itojun):
Support RTF_BLACKHOLE routes.
|
| 1.38.4.2 | 05-Apr-2001 |
he | Pull up revision 1.40 (requested by itojun):
Remove use of uninitialized route (struct ortentry).
|
| 1.38.4.1 | 17-Oct-2000 |
tv | Pullup 1.39 [itojun]:
on "route monitor", print RTM_IFANNOUNCE, RTM_IFINFO (new #), and others.
|
| 1.54.2.4 | 26-Jan-2003 |
jmc | Pullup revisions 1.57-1.58 (requested by fredb in ticket #1080)
permit DNS names to address portion. they will be considered as
RTF_HOST if specified as destination (as there's no getnetbyname in
IPv6).
|
| 1.54.2.3 | 21-Oct-2002 |
lukem | Pull up revision 1.60 (requested by itojun in ticket #923):
Make prefixlen check to make sure its argument is present before deref
from openbsd
|
| 1.54.2.2 | 06-Jun-2002 |
lukem | Pull up revisions 1.56-1.57 (requested by itojun in ticket #185):
1.56:
more correct ion to RTF_HOST handling.
1.57:
if we're unsure about prefixlen, don't say "128".
|
| 1.54.2.1 | 05-Jun-2002 |
lukem | Pull up revision 1.55 (requested by itojun in ticket #160):
do not have -prefixlen 128 on RTF_HOST.
From: Dawid Szymanski <dawszy@arhea.net>
|
| 1.106.16.2 | 24-Sep-2008 |
wrstuden | Merge in changes between wrstuden-revivesa-base-2 and
wrstuden-revivesa-base-3.
|
| 1.106.16.1 | 18-Sep-2008 |
wrstuden | Sync with wrstuden-revivesa-base-2.
|
| 1.106.12.2 | 17-Jan-2009 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.106.12.1 | 28-Sep-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.118.6.1 | 11-May-2010 |
matt | Fixup for u_quad_t change for route interface.
|
| 1.127.2.1 | 08-Feb-2011 |
bouyer | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.133.2.3 | 22-May-2014 |
yamt | sync with head.
for a reference, the tree before this commit was tagged
as yamt-pagecache-tag8.
this commit was splitted into small chunks to avoid
a limitation of cvs. ("Protocol error: too many arguments")
|
| 1.133.2.2 | 30-Oct-2012 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.133.2.1 | 17-Apr-2012 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.136.2.1 | 17-Oct-2012 |
riz | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by uwe in ticket #592):
sbin/route/route.c: revision 1.139
Fix fallout from 1.129 that converted sou::so_foo from unions to
pointers but missed (char *)&soup->so_foo => (char *)soup->so_foo in
mask_addr(). It worked by luck - unless it didn't: due to pointer
numerology on amd64 route add -net ClassC without explicit /24 prefix
length specification would result into /16 destination instead of /24.
|
| 1.138.2.3 | 20-Aug-2014 |
tls | Rebase to HEAD as of a few days ago.
|
| 1.138.2.2 | 23-Jun-2013 |
tls | resync from head
|
| 1.138.2.1 | 20-Nov-2012 |
tls | Resync to 2012-11-19 00:00:00 UTC
|
| 1.144.4.3 | 03-Jan-2018 |
snj | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by uwe in ticket #1542):
sbin/route/route.c: revision 1.157
Fix typo in flag name. We should probably just use IFFBITS string
that <net/if.h> defines.
PR bin/52815
|
| 1.144.4.2 | 08-Jan-2015 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by prlw1 in ticket #390):
usr.bin/netstat/mroute.c: revision 1.25
usr.bin/netstat/Makefile: revision 1.40
sbin/route/prog_ops.h: revision 1.3
sbin/route/rtutil.c: revision 1.1
sbin/route/rtutil.h: revision 1.1
usr.bin/netstat/mroute6.c: revision 1.15
sbin/route/extern.h: revision 1.15
usr.bin/netstat/show.c: file removal
usr.bin/netstat/main.c: revision 1.93
usr.bin/netstat/route.c: revision 1.83
usr.bin/netstat/netstat.h: revision 1.51
distrib/utils/x_route/Makefile: revision 1.18
sbin/route/show.c: revision 1.46
usr.bin/netstat/if.c: revision 1.80
sbin/route/route.c: revision 1.145
sbin/route/Makefile: revision 1.26
Factor out the netstat route printing code and use it here. There is no
point in having 2 different copies; fixes PR/49371
|
| 1.144.4.1 | 29-Dec-2014 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by prlw1 in ticket #358):
sbin/route/route.c: revision 1.149
external/apache2/mDNSResponder/dist/mDNSPosix/mDNSPosix.c: revision 1.7
external/bsd/ipf/dist/lib/printhost.c: revision 1.3
usr.sbin/lpr/common_source/common.c: revision 1.43
usr.sbin/lpr/common_source/Makefile: revision 1.12
external/bsd/ipf/dist/lib/printhostmask.c: revision 1.3
external/bsd/ipf/dist/lib/save_v1trap.c: revision 1.2
external/bsd/dhcpcd/dist/dhcpcd.c: revision 1.21
external/bsd/tcpdump/bin/Makefile: revision 1.12
external/bsd/ipf/dist/lib/save_v2trap.c: revision 1.2
external/bsd/ipf/dist/tools/lexer.c: revision 1.2
external/bsd/ppp/usr.sbin/pppd/sys-bsd.c: revision 1.3
external/bsd/ipf/dist/lib/printipfexpr.c: revision 1.2
MKINET6=no build fixes
http://mail-index.netbsd.org/tech-net/2014/12/13/msg004898.html
|
| 1.154.4.1 | 21-Apr-2017 |
bouyer | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.154.2.1 | 20-Mar-2017 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.155.4.4 | 25-Aug-2018 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by roy in ticket #976):
sbin/route/route.c: revision 1.160
Resolve every route(4) message type before printing anything more about it
other than the type and length.
This solves the issue where RTM_ONEWADDR is received and it tries to
parse route information from it.
|
| 1.155.4.3 | 09-Apr-2018 |
bouyer | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by roy in ticket #724):
tests/net/icmp/t_ping.c: revision 1.19
sys/netinet6/raw_ip6.c: revision 1.166
sys/netinet6/ip6_input.c: revision 1.195
sys/net/raw_usrreq.c: revision 1.59
sys/sys/socketvar.h: revision 1.151
sys/kern/uipc_socket2.c: revision 1.128
tests/lib/libc/sys/t_recvmmsg.c: revision 1.2
lib/libc/sys/recv.2: revision 1.38
sys/net/rtsock.c: revision 1.239
sys/netinet/udp_usrreq.c: revision 1.246
sys/netinet6/icmp6.c: revision 1.224
tests/net/icmp/t_ping.c: revision 1.20
sys/netipsec/keysock.c: revision 1.63
sys/netinet/raw_ip.c: revision 1.172
sys/kern/uipc_socket.c: revision 1.260
tests/net/icmp/t_ping.c: revision 1.22
sys/kern/uipc_socket.c: revision 1.261
tests/net/icmp/t_ping.c: revision 1.23
sys/netinet/ip_mroute.c: revision 1.155
sbin/route/route.c: revision 1.159
sys/netinet6/ip6_mroute.c: revision 1.123
sys/netatalk/ddp_input.c: revision 1.31
sys/netcan/can.c: revision 1.3
sys/kern/uipc_usrreq.c: revision 1.184
sys/netinet6/udp6_usrreq.c: revision 1.138
tests/net/icmp/t_ping.c: revision 1.18
socket: report receive buffer overflows
Add soroverflow() which increments the overflow counter, sets so_error
to ENOBUFS and wakes the receive socket up.
Replace all code that manually increments this counter with soroverflow().
Add soroverflow() to raw_input().
This allows userland to detect route(4) overflows so it can re-sync
with the current state.
socket: clear error even when peeking
The error has already been reported and it's pointless requiring another
recv(2) call just to clear it.
socket: remove now incorrect comment that so_error is only udp
As it can be affected by route(4) sockets which are raw.
rtsock: log dropped messages that we cannot report to userland
Handle ENOBUFS when receiving messages.
Don't send messages if the receiver has died.
Sprinkle more soroverflow().
Handle ENOBUFS in recv
Handle ENOBUFS in sendto
Note value received. Harden another sendto for ENOBUFS.
Handle the routing socket overflowing gracefully.
Allow a valid sendto .... duh
Handle errors better.
Fix test for checking we sent all the data we asked to.
|
| 1.155.4.2 | 21-Dec-2017 |
snj | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by uwe in ticket #448):
sbin/route/route.c: revision 1.157
Fix typo in flag name. We should probably just use IFFBITS string
that <net/if.h> defines.
PR bin/52815
|
| 1.155.4.1 | 07-Jul-2017 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by ozaki-r in ticket #107):
usr.sbin/arp/arp.c: revision 1.56
sys/net/rtsock.c: revision 1.218
sys/net/if_llatbl.c: revision 1.20
usr.sbin/arp/arp.c: revision 1.57
sys/net/rtsock.c: revision 1.219
sys/net/if_llatbl.c: revision 1.21
usr.sbin/arp/arp.c: revision 1.58
tests/net/net_common.sh: revision 1.19
sys/netinet6/nd6.h: revision 1.84
sys/netinet6/nd6.h: revision 1.85
tests/net/arp/t_arp.sh: revision 1.23
sys/netinet6/in6.c: revision 1.246
tests/net/arp/t_arp.sh: revision 1.24
sys/netinet6/in6.c: revision 1.247
tests/net/arp/t_arp.sh: revision 1.25
sys/netinet6/in6.c: revision 1.248
tests/net/arp/t_arp.sh: revision 1.26
usr.sbin/ndp/ndp.c: revision 1.49
tests/net/arp/t_arp.sh: revision 1.27
tests/net/ndp/t_ndp.sh: revision 1.20
tests/net/arp/t_arp.sh: revision 1.28
tests/net/ndp/t_ndp.sh: revision 1.21
tests/net/arp/t_arp.sh: revision 1.29
tests/net/ndp/t_ndp.sh: revision 1.22
tests/net/ndp/t_ndp.sh: revision 1.23
tests/net/route/t_flags6.sh: revision 1.13
tests/net/ndp/t_ndp.sh: revision 1.24
tests/net/route/t_flags6.sh: revision 1.14
tests/net/ndp/t_ndp.sh: revision 1.25
tests/net/route/t_flags6.sh: revision 1.15
tests/net/ndp/t_ndp.sh: revision 1.26
sbin/route/rtutil.c: revision 1.9
tests/net/ndp/t_ndp.sh: revision 1.27
tests/net/ndp/t_ndp.sh: revision 1.28
tests/net/net/t_ipv6address.sh: revision 1.14
tests/net/ndp/t_ra.sh: revision 1.28
tests/net/ndp/t_ndp.sh: revision 1.29
sys/net/route.h: revision 1.113
tests/net/ndp/t_ra.sh: revision 1.29
sys/net/rtsock.c: revision 1.220
sys/net/rtsock.c: revision 1.221
sys/net/rtsock.c: revision 1.222
sys/net/rtsock.c: revision 1.223
tests/net/route/t_route.sh: revision 1.13
sys/net/rtsock.c: revision 1.224
sys/net/route.c: revision 1.196
sys/net/if_llatbl.c: revision 1.19
sys/net/route.c: revision 1.197
sbin/route/route.c: revision 1.156
tests/net/route/t_flags.sh: revision 1.16
tests/net/route/t_flags.sh: revision 1.17
usr.sbin/ndp/ndp.c: revision 1.50
tests/net/route/t_flags.sh: revision 1.18
sys/netinet/in.c: revision 1.204
tests/net/route/t_flags.sh: revision 1.19
sys/netinet/in.c: revision 1.205
tests/net/arp/t_arp.sh: revision 1.30
tests/net/arp/t_arp.sh: revision 1.31
sys/net/if_llatbl.h: revision 1.11
tests/net/arp/t_arp.sh: revision 1.32
sys/net/if_llatbl.h: revision 1.12
tests/net/arp/t_arp.sh: revision 1.33
sys/netinet6/nd6.c: revision 1.233
sys/netinet6/nd6.c: revision 1.234
sys/netinet/if_arp.c: revision 1.251
sys/netinet6/nd6.c: revision 1.235
sys/netinet/if_arp.c: revision 1.252
sbin/route/route.8: revision 1.57
sys/net/rtsock.c: revision 1.214
sys/net/rtsock.c: revision 1.215
sys/net/rtsock.c: revision 1.216
sys/net/rtsock.c: revision 1.217
whitespace police
Simplify
We can assume that rt_ifp is always non-NULL.
Sending a routing message (RTM_ADD) on adding an llentry
A message used to be sent on adding a cloned route. Restore the
behavior for backward compatibility.
Requested by ryo@
Drop RTF_CONNECTED from a result of RTM_GET for ARP/NDP entries
ARP/NDP entries aren't connected routes.
Reported by ryo@
Support -c <count> option for route monitor
route command exits if it receives <count> routing messages where
<count> is a value specified by -c.
The option is useful to get only particular message(s) in a test script.
Test routing messages emitted on operations of ARP/NDP entries
Do netstat -a for an appropriate protocol
Add missing declarations for cleanup
Set net.inet.arp.keep only if it's required
Don't create a permanent L2 cache entry on adding an address to an interface
It was created to copy FreeBSD, however actually the cache isn't
necessary. Remove it to simplify the code and reduce the cost to
maintain it (e.g., keep a consistency with a corresponding local
route).
Fix typo
Fix in_lltable_match_prefix
The function has not been used but will be used soon.
Remove unused function (nd6_rem_ifa_lle)
Allow in6_lltable_free_entry to be called without holding the afdata lock of ifp as well as in_lltable_free_entry
This behavior is a bit odd and should be fixed in the future...
Purge ARP/NDP entries on an interface when the interface is down
Fix PR kern/51179
Purge all related L2 caches on removing a route
The change addresses situations similar to PR 51179.
Purge L2 caches on changing an interface of a route
The change addresses situations similar to PR 51179.
Test implicit removals of ARP/NDP entries
One test case reproudces PR 51179.
Fix build of kernels without both INET and INET6
Tweak lltable_sysctl_dumparp
- Rename lltable_sysctl_dumparp to lltable_sysctl_dump
because it's not only for ARP
- Enable it not only for INET but also for INET6
Fix usage of routing messages on arp -d and ndp -d
It didn't work as we expected; we should set RTA_GATEWAY not
RTA_IFP on RTM_GET to return an if_index and the kernel should
use it on RTM_DELETE.
Improve backward compatibility of (fake) routing messages on adding an ARP/NDP entry
A message originally included only DST and GATEWAY. Restore it.
Fix ifdef; care about a case w/ INET6 and w/o INET
Drop RTF_UP from a routing message of a deleted ARP/NDP entry
Check existence of ARP/NDP entries
Checking ARP/NDP entries is valid rather than checking routes.
Fix wrong comment
Drop RTF_LLINFO flag (now it's RTF_LLDATA) from local routes
They don't have llinfo anymore. And also the change fixes unexpected
behavior of ARP proxy.
Restore ARP/NDP entries to route show and netstat -r
Requested by dyoung@ some time ago
Enable to remove multiple ARP/NDP entries for one destination
The kernel can have multiple ARP/NDP entries which have an indentical
destination on different interfaces. This is normal and can be
reproduce easily by ping -I or ping6 -S. We should be able to remove
such entries.
arp -d <ip> and ndp -d <ip> are changed to fetch all ARP/NDP entries
and remove matched entries. So we can remove multiple entries
described above. This fetch all and selective removal behavior is
the same as arp <ip> and ndp <ip>; they also do fetch all entries
and show only matched entries.
Related to PR 51179
Check if ARP/NDP entries are purged when a related route is deleted
|
| 1.158.2.2 | 06-Sep-2018 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD
Resolve a couple of conflicts (result of the uimin/uimax changes)
|
| 1.158.2.1 | 30-Mar-2018 |
pgoyette | Resolve conflicts between branch and HEAD
|
| 1.159.2.3 | 13-Apr-2020 |
martin | Mostly merge changes from HEAD upto 20200411
|
| 1.159.2.2 | 08-Apr-2020 |
martin | Merge changes from current as of 20200406
|
| 1.159.2.1 | 10-Jun-2019 |
christos | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.160.2.4 | 24-Jan-2020 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by roy in ticket #646):
sbin/route/route.c: revision 1.164
sbin/route/route.c: revision 1.165
route: Decode the correct flags for interface address messages
route: address flags are more useful than interface flags for address msgs
|
| 1.160.2.3 | 05-Sep-2019 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by roy in ticket #172):
sbin/route/route.c: revision 1.163
route(8): Show addres for RTM_LOSING
While here, add /* FALLTHROUGH */.
|
| 1.160.2.2 | 01-Sep-2019 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by roy in ticket #150):
sbin/route/route.c: revision 1.162
route(8): show addrs for RTM_MISS
|
| 1.160.2.1 | 26-Aug-2019 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by roy in ticket #108):
sbin/route/route.c: revision 1.161
route(8): print RTM_CHANGE messages
XXX Pullup -9
|
| 1.3 | 03-Apr-2020 |
martin | Make route and netstat share the same struct progops (and initialization
code)
|
| 1.2 | 02-Apr-2020 |
christos | Add a prog_setsockopt (thanks kre@)
|
| 1.1 | 13-Dec-2010 |
pooka | branches: 1.1.46;
Convert from RUMP_ACTION to RUMPPRG.
|
| 1.1.46.1 | 08-Apr-2020 |
martin | Merge changes from current as of 20200406
|
| 1.4 | 31-Oct-2022 |
andvar | fix various typos in comments and one output message.
|
| 1.3 | 03-Apr-2020 |
martin | Make route and netstat share the same struct progops (and initialization
code)
|
| 1.2 | 02-Apr-2020 |
christos | Add a prog_setsockopt (thanks kre@)
|
| 1.1 | 13-Dec-2010 |
pooka | branches: 1.1.46;
Convert from RUMP_ACTION to RUMPPRG.
|
| 1.1.46.1 | 08-Apr-2020 |
martin | Merge changes from current as of 20200406
|
| 1.11 | 29-Aug-2020 |
christos | Instead of defining RTF_LLINFO, use RTF_LLDATA
|
| 1.10 | 13-Jul-2017 |
manu | Fix route and netstat -r output when built with -DSMALL
A missing \n caused the routing table to be printed all in one line
if -DSMALL was used.
|
| 1.9 | 28-Jun-2017 |
ozaki-r | Restore ARP/NDP entries to route show and netstat -r
Requested by dyoung@ some time ago
|
| 1.8 | 04-Apr-2016 |
ozaki-r | branches: 1.8.8;
Separate nexthop caches from the routing table
By this change, nexthop caches (IP-MAC address pair) are not stored
in the routing table anymore. Instead nexthop caches are stored in
each network interface; we already have lltable/llentry data structure
for this purpose. This change also obsoletes the concept of cloning/cloned
routes. Cloned routes no longer exist while cloning routes still exist
with renamed to connected routes.
Noticeable changes are:
- Nexthop caches aren't listed in route show/netstat -r
- sysctl(NET_RT_DUMP) doesn't return them
- If RTF_LLDATA is specified, it returns nexthop caches
- Several definitions of routing flags and messages are removed
- RTF_CLONING, RTF_XRESOLVE, RTF_LLINFO, RTF_CLONED and RTM_RESOLVE
- RTF_CONNECTED is added
- It has the same value of RTF_CLONING for backward compatibility
- route's -xresolve, -[no]cloned and -llinfo options are removed
- -[no]cloning remains because it seems there are users
- -[no]connected is introduced and recommended
to be used instead of -[no]cloning
- route show/netstat -r drops some flags
- 'L' and 'c' are not seen anymore
- 'C' now indicates a connected route
- Gateway value of a route of an interface address is now not
a L2 address but "link#N" like a connected (cloning) route
- Proxy ARP: "arp -s ... pub" doesn't create a route
You can know details of behavior changes by seeing diffs under tests/.
Proposed on tech-net and tech-kern:
http://mail-index.netbsd.org/tech-net/2016/03/11/msg005701.html
|
| 1.7 | 23-Jan-2016 |
christos | no need for <sys/mbuf.h>
|
| 1.6 | 23-Mar-2015 |
roy | Add RTF_BROADCAST to mark routes used for the broadcast address when
they are created on the fly. This makes it clear what the route is for
and allows an optimisation in ip_output() by avoiding a call to
in_broadcast() because most of the time we do talk to a host.
It also avoids a needless allocation for the storage of llinfo_arp and
thus vanishes from arp(8) - it showed as incomplete anyway so this
is a nice side effect.
Guard against this and routes marked with RTF_BLACKHOLE in
ip_fastforward().
While here, guard against routes marked with RTF_BLACKHOLE in
ip6_fastforward().
RTF_BROADCAST is IPv4 only, so don't bother checking that here.
|
| 1.5 | 26-Feb-2015 |
roy | Teach route(8) about RTF_LOCAL.
|
| 1.4 | 07-Jan-2015 |
christos | branches: 1.4.2;
make netname4 match the netname6 signature avoiding a NULL pointer.
|
| 1.3 | 12-Nov-2014 |
christos | PR/47704: Takahiro HAYASHI: Add -L flag
|
| 1.2 | 08-Nov-2014 |
christos | give a little more space
|
| 1.1 | 06-Nov-2014 |
christos | Factor out the netstat route printing code and use it here. There is no
point in having 2 different copies; fixes PR/49371
|
| 1.4.2.4 | 26-Jul-2017 |
snj | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by manu in ticket #1454):
sbin/route/rtutil.c: revision 1.10
Fix route and netstat -r output when built with -DSMALL
A missing \n caused the routing table to be printed all in one line
if -DSMALL was used.
|
| 1.4.2.3 | 08-Jan-2015 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by prlw1 in ticket #395):
sbin/route/rtutil.c: revision 1.4
sbin/route/rtutil.h: revision 1.3
usr.bin/netstat/if.c: revision 1.81
make netname4 match the netname6 signature avoiding a NULL pointer.
adjust to the netname4 prototype.
|
| 1.4.2.2 | 08-Jan-2015 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by prlw1 in ticket #390):
usr.bin/netstat/mroute.c: revision 1.25
usr.bin/netstat/Makefile: revision 1.40
sbin/route/prog_ops.h: revision 1.3
sbin/route/rtutil.c: revision 1.1
sbin/route/rtutil.h: revision 1.1
usr.bin/netstat/mroute6.c: revision 1.15
sbin/route/extern.h: revision 1.15
usr.bin/netstat/show.c: file removal
usr.bin/netstat/main.c: revision 1.93
usr.bin/netstat/route.c: revision 1.83
usr.bin/netstat/netstat.h: revision 1.51
distrib/utils/x_route/Makefile: revision 1.18
sbin/route/show.c: revision 1.46
usr.bin/netstat/if.c: revision 1.80
sbin/route/route.c: revision 1.145
sbin/route/Makefile: revision 1.26
Factor out the netstat route printing code and use it here. There is no
point in having 2 different copies; fixes PR/49371
|
| 1.4.2.1 | 07-Jan-2015 |
martin | file rtutil.c was added on branch netbsd-7 on 2015-01-08 11:01:01 +0000
|
| 1.8.8.2 | 25-Jul-2017 |
snj | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by manu in ticket #131):
sbin/route/rtutil.c: revision 1.10
Fix route and netstat -r output when built with -DSMALL
A missing \n caused the routing table to be printed all in one line
if -DSMALL was used.
|
| 1.8.8.1 | 07-Jul-2017 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by ozaki-r in ticket #107):
usr.sbin/arp/arp.c: revision 1.56
sys/net/rtsock.c: revision 1.218
sys/net/if_llatbl.c: revision 1.20
usr.sbin/arp/arp.c: revision 1.57
sys/net/rtsock.c: revision 1.219
sys/net/if_llatbl.c: revision 1.21
usr.sbin/arp/arp.c: revision 1.58
tests/net/net_common.sh: revision 1.19
sys/netinet6/nd6.h: revision 1.84
sys/netinet6/nd6.h: revision 1.85
tests/net/arp/t_arp.sh: revision 1.23
sys/netinet6/in6.c: revision 1.246
tests/net/arp/t_arp.sh: revision 1.24
sys/netinet6/in6.c: revision 1.247
tests/net/arp/t_arp.sh: revision 1.25
sys/netinet6/in6.c: revision 1.248
tests/net/arp/t_arp.sh: revision 1.26
usr.sbin/ndp/ndp.c: revision 1.49
tests/net/arp/t_arp.sh: revision 1.27
tests/net/ndp/t_ndp.sh: revision 1.20
tests/net/arp/t_arp.sh: revision 1.28
tests/net/ndp/t_ndp.sh: revision 1.21
tests/net/arp/t_arp.sh: revision 1.29
tests/net/ndp/t_ndp.sh: revision 1.22
tests/net/ndp/t_ndp.sh: revision 1.23
tests/net/route/t_flags6.sh: revision 1.13
tests/net/ndp/t_ndp.sh: revision 1.24
tests/net/route/t_flags6.sh: revision 1.14
tests/net/ndp/t_ndp.sh: revision 1.25
tests/net/route/t_flags6.sh: revision 1.15
tests/net/ndp/t_ndp.sh: revision 1.26
sbin/route/rtutil.c: revision 1.9
tests/net/ndp/t_ndp.sh: revision 1.27
tests/net/ndp/t_ndp.sh: revision 1.28
tests/net/net/t_ipv6address.sh: revision 1.14
tests/net/ndp/t_ra.sh: revision 1.28
tests/net/ndp/t_ndp.sh: revision 1.29
sys/net/route.h: revision 1.113
tests/net/ndp/t_ra.sh: revision 1.29
sys/net/rtsock.c: revision 1.220
sys/net/rtsock.c: revision 1.221
sys/net/rtsock.c: revision 1.222
sys/net/rtsock.c: revision 1.223
tests/net/route/t_route.sh: revision 1.13
sys/net/rtsock.c: revision 1.224
sys/net/route.c: revision 1.196
sys/net/if_llatbl.c: revision 1.19
sys/net/route.c: revision 1.197
sbin/route/route.c: revision 1.156
tests/net/route/t_flags.sh: revision 1.16
tests/net/route/t_flags.sh: revision 1.17
usr.sbin/ndp/ndp.c: revision 1.50
tests/net/route/t_flags.sh: revision 1.18
sys/netinet/in.c: revision 1.204
tests/net/route/t_flags.sh: revision 1.19
sys/netinet/in.c: revision 1.205
tests/net/arp/t_arp.sh: revision 1.30
tests/net/arp/t_arp.sh: revision 1.31
sys/net/if_llatbl.h: revision 1.11
tests/net/arp/t_arp.sh: revision 1.32
sys/net/if_llatbl.h: revision 1.12
tests/net/arp/t_arp.sh: revision 1.33
sys/netinet6/nd6.c: revision 1.233
sys/netinet6/nd6.c: revision 1.234
sys/netinet/if_arp.c: revision 1.251
sys/netinet6/nd6.c: revision 1.235
sys/netinet/if_arp.c: revision 1.252
sbin/route/route.8: revision 1.57
sys/net/rtsock.c: revision 1.214
sys/net/rtsock.c: revision 1.215
sys/net/rtsock.c: revision 1.216
sys/net/rtsock.c: revision 1.217
whitespace police
Simplify
We can assume that rt_ifp is always non-NULL.
Sending a routing message (RTM_ADD) on adding an llentry
A message used to be sent on adding a cloned route. Restore the
behavior for backward compatibility.
Requested by ryo@
Drop RTF_CONNECTED from a result of RTM_GET for ARP/NDP entries
ARP/NDP entries aren't connected routes.
Reported by ryo@
Support -c <count> option for route monitor
route command exits if it receives <count> routing messages where
<count> is a value specified by -c.
The option is useful to get only particular message(s) in a test script.
Test routing messages emitted on operations of ARP/NDP entries
Do netstat -a for an appropriate protocol
Add missing declarations for cleanup
Set net.inet.arp.keep only if it's required
Don't create a permanent L2 cache entry on adding an address to an interface
It was created to copy FreeBSD, however actually the cache isn't
necessary. Remove it to simplify the code and reduce the cost to
maintain it (e.g., keep a consistency with a corresponding local
route).
Fix typo
Fix in_lltable_match_prefix
The function has not been used but will be used soon.
Remove unused function (nd6_rem_ifa_lle)
Allow in6_lltable_free_entry to be called without holding the afdata lock of ifp as well as in_lltable_free_entry
This behavior is a bit odd and should be fixed in the future...
Purge ARP/NDP entries on an interface when the interface is down
Fix PR kern/51179
Purge all related L2 caches on removing a route
The change addresses situations similar to PR 51179.
Purge L2 caches on changing an interface of a route
The change addresses situations similar to PR 51179.
Test implicit removals of ARP/NDP entries
One test case reproudces PR 51179.
Fix build of kernels without both INET and INET6
Tweak lltable_sysctl_dumparp
- Rename lltable_sysctl_dumparp to lltable_sysctl_dump
because it's not only for ARP
- Enable it not only for INET but also for INET6
Fix usage of routing messages on arp -d and ndp -d
It didn't work as we expected; we should set RTA_GATEWAY not
RTA_IFP on RTM_GET to return an if_index and the kernel should
use it on RTM_DELETE.
Improve backward compatibility of (fake) routing messages on adding an ARP/NDP entry
A message originally included only DST and GATEWAY. Restore it.
Fix ifdef; care about a case w/ INET6 and w/o INET
Drop RTF_UP from a routing message of a deleted ARP/NDP entry
Check existence of ARP/NDP entries
Checking ARP/NDP entries is valid rather than checking routes.
Fix wrong comment
Drop RTF_LLINFO flag (now it's RTF_LLDATA) from local routes
They don't have llinfo anymore. And also the change fixes unexpected
behavior of ARP proxy.
Restore ARP/NDP entries to route show and netstat -r
Requested by dyoung@ some time ago
Enable to remove multiple ARP/NDP entries for one destination
The kernel can have multiple ARP/NDP entries which have an indentical
destination on different interfaces. This is normal and can be
reproduce easily by ping -I or ping6 -S. We should be able to remove
such entries.
arp -d <ip> and ndp -d <ip> are changed to fetch all ARP/NDP entries
and remove matched entries. So we can remove multiple entries
described above. This fetch all and selective removal behavior is
the same as arp <ip> and ndp <ip>; they also do fetch all entries
and show only matched entries.
Related to PR 51179
Check if ARP/NDP entries are purged when a related route is deleted
|
| 1.4 | 30-Jun-2019 |
sevan | Add rcsid
|
| 1.3 | 07-Jan-2015 |
christos | branches: 1.3.2; 1.3.18;
make netname4 match the netname6 signature avoiding a NULL pointer.
|
| 1.2 | 12-Nov-2014 |
christos | PR/47704: Takahiro HAYASHI: Add -L flag
|
| 1.1 | 06-Nov-2014 |
christos | Factor out the netstat route printing code and use it here. There is no
point in having 2 different copies; fixes PR/49371
|
| 1.3.18.1 | 13-Apr-2020 |
martin | Mostly merge changes from HEAD upto 20200411
|
| 1.3.2.3 | 08-Jan-2015 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by prlw1 in ticket #395):
sbin/route/rtutil.c: revision 1.4
sbin/route/rtutil.h: revision 1.3
usr.bin/netstat/if.c: revision 1.81
make netname4 match the netname6 signature avoiding a NULL pointer.
adjust to the netname4 prototype.
|
| 1.3.2.2 | 08-Jan-2015 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by prlw1 in ticket #390):
usr.bin/netstat/mroute.c: revision 1.25
usr.bin/netstat/Makefile: revision 1.40
sbin/route/prog_ops.h: revision 1.3
sbin/route/rtutil.c: revision 1.1
sbin/route/rtutil.h: revision 1.1
usr.bin/netstat/mroute6.c: revision 1.15
sbin/route/extern.h: revision 1.15
usr.bin/netstat/show.c: file removal
usr.bin/netstat/main.c: revision 1.93
usr.bin/netstat/route.c: revision 1.83
usr.bin/netstat/netstat.h: revision 1.51
distrib/utils/x_route/Makefile: revision 1.18
sbin/route/show.c: revision 1.46
usr.bin/netstat/if.c: revision 1.80
sbin/route/route.c: revision 1.145
sbin/route/Makefile: revision 1.26
Factor out the netstat route printing code and use it here. There is no
point in having 2 different copies; fixes PR/49371
|
| 1.3.2.1 | 07-Jan-2015 |
martin | file rtutil.h was added on branch netbsd-7 on 2015-01-08 11:01:01 +0000
|
| 1.51 | 29-Aug-2020 |
christos | Make the "interesting" flags match the netstat ones, so:
route show -inet
netstat -r -f inet
outputs match.
|
| 1.50 | 04-Apr-2016 |
ozaki-r | Separate nexthop caches from the routing table
By this change, nexthop caches (IP-MAC address pair) are not stored
in the routing table anymore. Instead nexthop caches are stored in
each network interface; we already have lltable/llentry data structure
for this purpose. This change also obsoletes the concept of cloning/cloned
routes. Cloned routes no longer exist while cloning routes still exist
with renamed to connected routes.
Noticeable changes are:
- Nexthop caches aren't listed in route show/netstat -r
- sysctl(NET_RT_DUMP) doesn't return them
- If RTF_LLDATA is specified, it returns nexthop caches
- Several definitions of routing flags and messages are removed
- RTF_CLONING, RTF_XRESOLVE, RTF_LLINFO, RTF_CLONED and RTM_RESOLVE
- RTF_CONNECTED is added
- It has the same value of RTF_CLONING for backward compatibility
- route's -xresolve, -[no]cloned and -llinfo options are removed
- -[no]cloning remains because it seems there are users
- -[no]connected is introduced and recommended
to be used instead of -[no]cloning
- route show/netstat -r drops some flags
- 'L' and 'c' are not seen anymore
- 'C' now indicates a connected route
- Gateway value of a route of an interface address is now not
a L2 address but "link#N" like a connected (cloning) route
- Proxy ARP: "arp -s ... pub" doesn't create a route
You can know details of behavior changes by seeing diffs under tests/.
Proposed on tech-net and tech-kern:
http://mail-index.netbsd.org/tech-net/2016/03/11/msg005701.html
|
| 1.49 | 23-Jan-2016 |
christos | no need for <sys/mbuf.h>
|
| 1.48 | 23-Mar-2015 |
roy | Add RTF_BROADCAST to mark routes used for the broadcast address when
they are created on the fly. This makes it clear what the route is for
and allows an optimisation in ip_output() by avoiding a call to
in_broadcast() because most of the time we do talk to a host.
It also avoids a needless allocation for the storage of llinfo_arp and
thus vanishes from arp(8) - it showed as incomplete anyway so this
is a nice side effect.
Guard against this and routes marked with RTF_BLACKHOLE in
ip_fastforward().
While here, guard against routes marked with RTF_BLACKHOLE in
ip6_fastforward().
RTF_BROADCAST is IPv4 only, so don't bother checking that here.
|
| 1.47 | 26-Feb-2015 |
roy | Teach route(8) about RTF_LOCAL.
|
| 1.46 | 06-Nov-2014 |
christos | Factor out the netstat route printing code and use it here. There is no
point in having 2 different copies; fixes PR/49371
|
| 1.45 | 01-Mar-2013 |
joerg | branches: 1.45.8;
Retire OSI network stack. OK core@
|
| 1.44 | 11-Nov-2011 |
gdt | branches: 1.44.6;
Move RTF_ANNOUNCE flag so that it no longer conflicts with RTF_PROTO2.
RTF_ANNOUNCE was defined as RTF_PROTO2. The flag is used to indicated
that host should act as a proxy for a link level arp or ndp request.
(If RTF_PROTO2 is used as an experimental flag (as advertised),
various problems can occur.)
This commit provides a first-class definition with its own bit for
RTF_ANNOUNCE, removes the old aliasing definitions, and adds support
for the new RTF_ANNOUNCE flag to netstat(8) and route(8).,
Also, remove unused RTF_ flags that collide with RTF_PROTO1:
netinet/icmp6.h defined RTF_PROBEMTU as RTF_PROTO1
netinet/if_inarp.h defined RTF_USETRAILERS as RTF_PROTO1
(Neither of these flags are used anywhere. Both have been removed
to reduce chances of collision with RTF_PROTO1.)
Figuring this out and the diff are the work of Beverly Schwartz of
BBN.
(Passed release build, boot in VM, with no apparently related atf
failures.)
Approved for Public Release, Distribution Unlimited
This material is based upon work supported by the Defense Advanced
Research Projects Agency and Space and Naval Warfare Systems Center,
Pacific, under Contract No. N66001-09-C-2073.
|
| 1.43 | 04-Feb-2011 |
martin | branches: 1.43.4;
Use RT_ROUNDUP() and friends from sys/route.h instead of homegrown
variants.
|
| 1.42 | 13-Dec-2010 |
pooka | branches: 1.42.2;
Convert from RUMP_ACTION to RUMPPRG.
|
| 1.41 | 26-Jun-2010 |
kefren | add MPLS clue - mpls and tag keywords
|
| 1.40 | 26-Jan-2010 |
is | Add AF_APPLETALK support to getnameinfo(); make "route show" use it.
Doesn't print "ranges" yet (should it be done here?); only numeric
output.
|
| 1.39 | 17-Mar-2009 |
lukem | fix sign-compare issues
|
| 1.38 | 10-Sep-2008 |
dyoung | branches: 1.38.4;
Constify.
|
| 1.37 | 09-Sep-2008 |
dyoung | Use EXIT_FAILURE instead of anonymous constant '1'.
|
| 1.36 | 09-Sep-2008 |
dyoung | Use bool.
|
| 1.35 | 16-Oct-2006 |
christos | branches: 1.35.18; 1.35.22;
add missing initializer
|
| 1.34 | 23-Sep-2006 |
pooka | print the L flag for routes with llinfo. makes you not wonder why
non-llinfo routes are being printed for route show -llinfo
|
| 1.33 | 23-Sep-2006 |
dyoung | Let us qualify 'route flush' and 'route show' commands with -llinfo
and -host flags, which is useful for displaying/flushing ARP entries:
# route -n show -inet -llinfo -host
Routing table
Internet:
Destination Gateway Flags
169.254.1.119 link#1 UH
169.254.230.110 00:02:6f:21:e6:6e UH
# route -n flush -inet -llinfo -host
169.254.1.119 done
169.254.230.110 0.2.6f.21.e6.6e done
169.254.237.70 done
# route -n show -inet -llinfo -host
Routing table
#
This will help me address bin/11079, "dhclient may require arp and sed".
Extract common code from flushroutes() and show(), creating
parse_show_opts().
While I'm here, make small cosmetic changes to flushroutes().
|
| 1.32 | 23-Sep-2006 |
dyoung | Remove dead code.
|
| 1.31 | 07-Sep-2006 |
dogcow | remove more vestiges of CCITT, LLC, HDLC, NS, and NSIP.
|
| 1.30 | 26-Aug-2006 |
matt | Remove XNS and CCITT/X25 bits.
|
| 1.29 | 25-Jan-2006 |
christos | PR/32632: Yves-Emmanuel JUTARD: Improvment suggestion in 'route' display.
Add a new -S flag that prints a space for missing flags.
|
| 1.28 | 31-Aug-2005 |
ginsbach | Add full IPv6 syntax support when route is built with -DSMALL and -DINET6.
Fixes PR/23937. Adapted from supplied patch.
|
| 1.27 | 30-Aug-2005 |
ginsbach | Clean up some minor nits:
+ style (KNF).
. don't cast NULL
. white space clean up
+ use consistent format for error messages.
+ plug memory leaks and avoid malloc(0).
+ verbose message should display even when routing table is empty
(flushroutes).
|
| 1.26 | 09-Aug-2005 |
ginsbach | Accept protocol flags, i.e. -inet, -inet6, with the show command.
[From OpenBSD via DragonFly BSD]
|
| 1.25 | 09-Aug-2005 |
ginsbach | More style nits (KNF); casts and sizeof's are not followed by a space.
|
| 1.24 | 26-Jun-2005 |
christos | const poisoning.
|
| 1.23 | 13-May-2005 |
ginsbach | Adjust field width for route -n show similar to netstat -rn when displaying
INET6 route entries.
|
| 1.22 | 05-Feb-2005 |
xtraeme | Kill __P(), use ANSI function declarations.
|
| 1.21 | 07-Aug-2003 |
agc | Move UCB-licensed code from 4-clause to 3-clause licence.
Patches provided by Joel Baker in PR 22308, verified by myself.
|
| 1.20 | 17-May-2003 |
itojun | strlcpy [a few mistakes found]
|
| 1.19 | 24-Oct-2001 |
atatat | Print a R on reject routes to indicate that they're not normal routes,
and check netmask (or prefix) length as well as the destination
address when determining if a route is a "default" or not. This means
that the output from 'route show' will no longer say:
Internet6:
Destination Gateway Flags
default localhost UG
default localhost UG
but instead
Internet6:
Destination Gateway Flags
::/104 localhost UGR
::/96 localhost UGR
which makes much more sense.
|
| 1.18 | 06-Oct-2001 |
bjh21 | When dumping the routing table, use getnameinfo() to print link-layer
addresses rather than doing it ourselves and falling back to link_ntoa().
|
| 1.17 | 27-Jan-2001 |
itojun | mark cloned routes with RTF_CLONED. present it with netstat -r by "c".
let static routes overwrite cloned routes, as cloned routes can come back again
if necessary. behavior same as freebsd/bsdi, code partially from bsdi42.
(NRL rt->rt_parent was not added)
should fix PR 11916 and maybe some other PRs with ARP behavior.
recompilation of usr.sbin/route6d is suggested.
|
| 1.16 | 27-Jan-2001 |
itojun | support RTF_BLACKHOLE.
XXX route show is total duplicate of netstat -r, we need to either remove
route show, or share the same source code, otherwise maintenance cost
bites (and is biting) us
|
| 1.15 | 10-Oct-2000 |
is | Format string cleanups by Bill Sommerfeld.
|
| 1.14 | 09-Nov-1999 |
drochner | branches: 1.14.4;
Since our gcc doesn't warn about NULL format strings anymore, we can
fix the incorrect err(1, "%s", "") et al.
Closes PR bin/7592 by cgd.
|
| 1.13 | 03-Sep-1999 |
itojun | branches: 1.13.4;
remove false fix for routing socket align issue.
|
| 1.12 | 03-Sep-1999 |
itojun | fix alignment issue in routing socket data, on 64bit arch (i.e. alpha).
sockaddrs are packed with ROUNDUP() in sys/net/rtsock.c so userland
programs needs to follow that.
PR: 8179
|
| 1.11 | 17-Jul-1999 |
itojun | tweak IPv6 case so that "route show" does not truncate numeric IPv6 address.
PR: 7955
|
| 1.10 | 12-Jul-1999 |
itojun | avoid using constants, use #define'd values.
|
| 1.9 | 02-Jul-1999 |
itojun | IPv6-ready route command (-inet6 and -prefixlen are added)
|
| 1.8 | 23-Oct-1998 |
lukem | branches: 1.8.2;
* implement -f; flush all routes before executing command
* reset af to 0 in flushroutes() and newroute()
* cleanup -DSMALL:
- `flush' and AF_APPLETALK is supported (the latter had partial support)
- AF_NS, AF_ISO, and AF_CCITT are not supported at all (rather than being
- partially unsupported).
|
| 1.7 | 28-Jul-1998 |
mycroft | __AUDIT__ cleanup.
|
| 1.6 | 01-Dec-1997 |
kleink | Recognize AF_APPLETALK as "AppleTalk".
|
| 1.5 | 16-Nov-1997 |
christos | Use {warn,err}{,x}(3) instead of printf's
|
| 1.4 | 15-Sep-1997 |
lukem | * cleanup for WARNS=1
* use .Nm correctly
* deprecate register
* getopt returns -1 not EOF
|
| 1.3 | 21-Apr-1997 |
mrg | be safe with buffers.
|
| 1.2 | 03-Apr-1997 |
christos | - Add netatalk bits
- Add prototypes
- Fix printf formats
|
| 1.1 | 15-Nov-1996 |
gwr | As discussed some time ago, add a "show" sub-command.
Also allow compilation with -DSMALL to ommit support for
non-essential protocols (i.e. when built into a ramdisk).
Use a less hack-ish way to generate keywords.[ch] and just
check in the result (helps ../../distrib/utils/x_route).
|
| 1.8.2.1 | 10-Oct-2000 |
he | Pull up revision 1.15 (requested by is):
Format string cleanup.
|
| 1.13.4.1 | 27-Dec-1999 |
wrstuden | Pull up to last week's -current.
|
| 1.14.4.3 | 05-Apr-2001 |
he | Pull up revision 1.17 (requested by itojun):
Mark cloned routes with RTF_CLONED. Present it in ``netstat -r''
output by ``c''.
|
| 1.14.4.2 | 05-Apr-2001 |
he | Pull up revision 1.16 (requested by itojun):
Support RTF_BLACKHOLE routes.
|
| 1.14.4.1 | 18-Oct-2000 |
tv | Pullup sbin string format fixes [is].
See "cvs log" for explicit revision numbers per file, from sommerfeld.
|
| 1.35.22.1 | 24-Sep-2008 |
wrstuden | Merge in changes between wrstuden-revivesa-base-2 and
wrstuden-revivesa-base-3.
|
| 1.35.18.1 | 28-Sep-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.38.4.1 | 13-May-2009 |
jym | Sync with HEAD.
Third (and last) commit. See http://mail-index.netbsd.org/source-changes/2009/05/13/msg221222.html
|
| 1.42.2.1 | 08-Feb-2011 |
bouyer | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.43.4.2 | 22-May-2014 |
yamt | sync with head.
for a reference, the tree before this commit was tagged
as yamt-pagecache-tag8.
this commit was splitted into small chunks to avoid
a limitation of cvs. ("Protocol error: too many arguments")
|
| 1.43.4.1 | 17-Apr-2012 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.44.6.1 | 23-Jun-2013 |
tls | resync from head
|
| 1.45.8.1 | 08-Jan-2015 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by prlw1 in ticket #390):
usr.bin/netstat/mroute.c: revision 1.25
usr.bin/netstat/Makefile: revision 1.40
sbin/route/prog_ops.h: revision 1.3
sbin/route/rtutil.c: revision 1.1
sbin/route/rtutil.h: revision 1.1
usr.bin/netstat/mroute6.c: revision 1.15
sbin/route/extern.h: revision 1.15
usr.bin/netstat/show.c: file removal
usr.bin/netstat/main.c: revision 1.93
usr.bin/netstat/route.c: revision 1.83
usr.bin/netstat/netstat.h: revision 1.51
distrib/utils/x_route/Makefile: revision 1.18
sbin/route/show.c: revision 1.46
usr.bin/netstat/if.c: revision 1.80
sbin/route/route.c: revision 1.145
sbin/route/Makefile: revision 1.26
Factor out the netstat route printing code and use it here. There is no
point in having 2 different copies; fixes PR/49371
|
| 1.27 | 03-Jun-2023 |
lukem | bsd.own.mk: rename GCC_NO_* to CC_WNO_*
Rename compiler-warning-disable variables from
GCC_NO_warning
to
CC_WNO_warning
where warning is the full warning name as used by the compiler.
GCC_NO_IMPLICIT_FALLTHRU is CC_WNO_IMPLICIT_FALLTHROUGH
Using the convention CC_compilerflag, where compilerflag
is based on the full compiler flag name.
|
| 1.26 | 13-Oct-2019 |
mrg | introduce some common variables for use in GCC warning disables:
GCC_NO_FORMAT_TRUNCATION -Wno-format-truncation (GCC 7/8)
GCC_NO_STRINGOP_TRUNCATION -Wno-stringop-truncation (GCC 8)
GCC_NO_STRINGOP_OVERFLOW -Wno-stringop-overflow (GCC 8)
GCC_NO_CAST_FUNCTION_TYPE -Wno-cast-function-type (GCC 8)
use these to turn off warnings for most GCC-8 complaints. many
of these are false positives, most of the real bugs are already
commited, or are yet to come.
we plan to introduce versions of (some?) of these that use the
"-Wno-error=" form, which still displays the warnings but does
not make it an error, and all of the above will be re-considered
as either being "fix me" (warning still displayed) or "warning
is wrong."
|
| 1.25 | 25-Aug-2011 |
joerg | branches: 1.25.42;
main.c uses non-literal format strings.
|
| 1.24 | 14-Aug-2011 |
christos | document non-literal strings
|
| 1.23 | 28-May-2007 |
tls | Add new Makefile knob, USE_FORT, which extends USE_SSP by turning on the
FORTIFY_SOURCE feature of libssp, thus checking the size of arguments to
various string and memory copy and set functions (as well as a few system
calls and other miscellany) where known at function entry. RedHat has
evidently built all "core system packages" with this option for some time.
This option should be used at the top of Makefiles (or Makefile.inc where
this is used for subdirectories) but after any setting of LIB.
This is only useful for userland code, and cannot be used in libc or in
any code which includes the libc internals, because it overrides certain
libc functions with macros. Some effort has been made to make USE_FORT=yes
work correctly for a full-system build by having the bsd.sys.mk logic
disable the feature where it should not be used (libc, libssp iteself,
the kernel) but no attempt has been made to build the entire system with
USE_FORT and doing so will doubtless expose numerous bugs and misfeatures.
Adjust the system build so that all programs and libraries that are setuid,
directly handle network data (including serial comm data), perform
authentication, or appear likely to have (or have a history of having)
data-driven bugs (e.g. file(1)) are built with USE_FORT=yes by default,
with the exception of libc, which cannot use USE_FORT and thus uses
only USE_SSP by default. Tested on i386 with no ill results; USE_FORT=no
per-directory or in a system build will disable if desired.
|
| 1.22 | 06-Jun-1999 |
thorpej | Use pidfile(3).
|
| 1.21 | 23-Feb-1999 |
christos | Oops remove WARNS=1
|
| 1.20 | 23-Feb-1999 |
christos | Resolve conflicts.
|
| 1.19 | 26-Aug-1998 |
christos | Avoid interraction between pppd and routed, by trying to discover new
interfaces every time there is a new route, irrespective of timeout period.
|
| 1.18 | 11-Oct-1997 |
mycroft | Use bsd.subdir.mk as appropriate.
|
| 1.17 | 03-Feb-1997 |
christos | - resolve conflicts.
- remove md5 stuff; it is in libc.
- define MCAST_PPP_BUG, until we fix if_ppp.c
|
| 1.16 | 10-Aug-1996 |
thorpej | Add a manual page link from routed(8) to rdisc(8) as suggested by
Giles Lean <giles@nemeton.com.au> on the tech-net@NetBSD.ORG mailing
list. The rationale for this is that folks may be used to rdisc(8)
or in.rdisc(8) on other systems, and may not realize that NetBSD
implements ICMP Router Discovery in the routed(8) program.
|
| 1.15 | 10-Aug-1996 |
thorpej | - Finished up merge.
- Add some prototypes and definitions for types as necessary,
wrapped in __NetBSD__ to maintain portability.
- Explicit size types in structures that go out the wire.
- RCS id police.
|
| 1.14 | 20-Jun-1995 |
christos | - Support rip version 2.
- Add ansi prototypes.
- Be less internet centric.
- Convert queues to use <sys/queue.h> so we don't need -lcompat
|
| 1.13 | 31-May-1995 |
ragge | Took away use of vax inline functions. Didn't work anyway.
|
| 1.12 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.11 | 22-Dec-1994 |
cgd | specify man pages the new way.
|
| 1.10 | 15-May-1994 |
cgd | don't do query and trace
|
| 1.9 | 13-May-1994 |
mycroft | Clean up import.
|
| 1.8 | 28-Jan-1994 |
cgd | don't need -lutil
|
| 1.7 | 30-Dec-1993 |
cgd | Undo that last change. It was 100%, beyond a doubt, completely bogus.
afswitch and af_max were still used, but since they was declared 'common'
by virtue of their declaration in af.h, the symbols were defined at link-
time, and their contents were considered BSS -- init to zero.
Now, you and i know that jumping to zero causes a core dump...
Therefore: af.c has been resurrected, so the procedure pointers actually
point to procedures, tables.c has had it's change nuked, and af.h
has been changed so afswitch and af_max are declared as 'extern'.
It's obvious that that 'fix' wasn't even tested.
|
| 1.6 | 18-Dec-1993 |
mycroft | Move inet_default into tables.c, and remove all of af.c, as it is no longer
used.
|
| 1.5 | 28-Oct-1993 |
cgd | remove query and trace from subdir lists; they're for debugging only.
|
| 1.4 | 01-Aug-1993 |
mycroft | Add RCS identifiers.
|
| 1.3 | 23-Mar-1993 |
cgd | changed "Id" to "Header" for rcsids
|
| 1.2 | 22-Mar-1993 |
cgd | added rcs ids to all files
|
| 1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.6 | 23-Feb-1999 |
christos | Latest version of routed(8) from Vernon Schryver <vjs@calcite.rhyolite.com>
|
| 1.1.1.5 | 03-Feb-1997 |
christos | New version from ftp.sgi.com:sgi/src/routed.tar.Z
|
| 1.1.1.4 | 24-Sep-1996 |
christos | Latest version of routed(8) from Vernon Schryver <vjs@sgi.com>
|
| 1.1.1.3 | 10-Aug-1996 |
thorpej | A leaner, meaner routed(8), implementing RIPv1, RIPv2, and ICMP Router
Discovery, courtesy of Vernon Schryver <vjs@sgi.com>. Thanks!
|
| 1.1.1.2 | 14-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Import 4.4-Lite version.
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | initial import of 386bsd-0.1 sources
|
| 1.25.42.1 | 13-Apr-2020 |
martin | Mostly merge changes from HEAD upto 20200411
|
| 1.13 | 10-Aug-1996 |
thorpej | - Finished up merge.
- Add some prototypes and definitions for types as necessary,
wrapped in __NetBSD__ to maintain portability.
- Explicit size types in structures that go out the wire.
- RCS id police.
|
| 1.12 | 24-Jul-1995 |
ws | RIP address families are still 2 bytes
|
| 1.11 | 13-Jul-1995 |
cgd | fix a stupid bug; wrong size was being used for sin_len.
|
| 1.10 | 20-Jun-1995 |
christos | - Support rip version 2.
- Add ansi prototypes.
- Be less internet centric.
- Convert queues to use <sys/queue.h> so we don't need -lcompat
|
| 1.9 | 24-May-1995 |
mycroft | Format police.
|
| 1.8 | 24-May-1995 |
christos | Fix bug in af_format where the formatted address was returned in the same
static buffer. When af_format is used more than once in the same printf
statement, the second call will overwrite the first. Changed af_format to
take a buffer and the buffer size where to place the formatted string.
|
| 1.7 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.6 | 18-Dec-1994 |
cgd | some -Wall changes, from Jim Jegers, improved (in some cases) by me.
still needs a bit of work, but closer.
|
| 1.5 | 13-May-1994 |
mycroft | Clean up import.
|
| 1.4 | 01-Aug-1993 |
mycroft | Add RCS identifiers.
|
| 1.3 | 23-Mar-1993 |
cgd | changed "Id" to "Header" for rcsids
|
| 1.2 | 22-Mar-1993 |
cgd | added rcs ids to all files
|
| 1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.2 | 14-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Import 4.4-Lite version.
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | initial import of 386bsd-0.1 sources
|
| 1.9 | 10-Aug-1996 |
thorpej | - Finished up merge.
- Add some prototypes and definitions for types as necessary,
wrapped in __NetBSD__ to maintain portability.
- Explicit size types in structures that go out the wire.
- RCS id police.
|
| 1.8 | 20-Jun-1995 |
christos | - Support rip version 2.
- Add ansi prototypes.
- Be less internet centric.
- Convert queues to use <sys/queue.h> so we don't need -lcompat
|
| 1.7 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.6 | 13-May-1994 |
mycroft | Clean up import.
|
| 1.5 | 30-Dec-1993 |
cgd | Undo that last change. It was 100%, beyond a doubt, completely bogus.
afswitch and af_max were still used, but since they was declared 'common'
by virtue of their declaration in af.h, the symbols were defined at link-
time, and their contents were considered BSS -- init to zero.
Now, you and i know that jumping to zero causes a core dump...
Therefore: af.c has been resurrected, so the procedure pointers actually
point to procedures, tables.c has had it's change nuked, and af.h
has been changed so afswitch and af_max are declared as 'extern'.
It's obvious that that 'fix' wasn't even tested.
|
| 1.4 | 01-Aug-1993 |
mycroft | Add RCS identifiers.
|
| 1.3 | 23-Mar-1993 |
cgd | changed "Id" to "Header" for rcsids
|
| 1.2 | 22-Mar-1993 |
cgd | added rcs ids to all files
|
| 1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.2 | 14-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Import 4.4-Lite version.
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | initial import of 386bsd-0.1 sources
|
| 1.28 | 02-Oct-2017 |
maya | unifdef sgi. NFCI
|
| 1.27 | 12-Feb-2012 |
wiz | Remove duplicate RS_LOCAL. From cppcheck via Henning Petersen in PR 46000.
|
| 1.26 | 29-Aug-2011 |
joerg | branches: 1.26.2;
Use __dead
|
| 1.25 | 26-Oct-2009 |
christos | merge 2.32 which is actually 2.31. Most important change is:
- use multicast over point-to-point (GRE) links as proposed by Dan Lukes.
|
| 1.24 | 27-Jun-2005 |
christos | Move WARNS=3 to the Makefile.inc, and add a little const to the remaining
programs that did not compile before.
|
| 1.23 | 21-Apr-2004 |
christos | constification lossage (hi gimpy)
|
| 1.22 | 30-Nov-2002 |
christos | sync with routed 2.27
|
| 1.21 | 02-Nov-2001 |
lukem | fix -Wshadow warnings
|
| 1.20 | 10-Mar-2001 |
christos | sync with version 2.24. Vernon says:
The most significant [fix] involves so called "remote" interfaces
configured in the kludge file to with what appear to be colliding
networks. Edward Mascarenhas <eddiem@vihar.engr.sgi.com> found
the problem and the fix, and I think has tested it in the SGI
network.
|
| 1.19 | 15-Jan-2001 |
itojun | specify interface by using interface index (set/getsockopt with 0.0.0.0/8).
|
| 1.18 | 23-Feb-1999 |
christos | Resolve conflicts.
|
| 1.17 | 25-Oct-1998 |
christos | Update to 980910 from ftp.rhyolite.com
|
| 1.16 | 02-Jun-1998 |
thorpej | Merge the 980602 RIPv2/Router Discovery routed. Fixes floods of host routes
generated when one of the interfaces on the network does not support
broadcast (e.g. HIPPI or ATM).
From Vern Schryver <vjs@rhyolite.com>
|
| 1.15 | 15-Sep-1997 |
lukem | * cleanup for WARNS=1
* deprecate register
* bcmp, bcopy, bzero, rindex -> memcmp, memmove, memset, strrchr
* correct use of .Nm
|
| 1.14 | 03-Feb-1997 |
christos | - resolve conflicts.
- remove md5 stuff; it is in libc.
- define MCAST_PPP_BUG, until we fix if_ppp.c
|
| 1.13 | 24-Sep-1996 |
christos | - resolve conflicts
- try to follow rcsid style more closely
- fix rn_walktree callback routine signatures.
|
| 1.12 | 10-Aug-1996 |
thorpej | - Finished up merge.
- Add some prototypes and definitions for types as necessary,
wrapped in __NetBSD__ to maintain portability.
- Explicit size types in structures that go out the wire.
- RCS id police.
|
| 1.11 | 20-Jun-1995 |
christos | - Support rip version 2.
- Add ansi prototypes.
- Be less internet centric.
- Convert queues to use <sys/queue.h> so we don't need -lcompat
|
| 1.10 | 21-Mar-1995 |
mycroft | Update to use timer{add,sub}().
|
| 1.9 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.8 | 18-Dec-1994 |
cgd | some -Wall changes, from Jim Jegers, improved (in some cases) by me.
still needs a bit of work, but closer.
|
| 1.7 | 23-Sep-1994 |
mycroft | Remove some more uses of obsolete functions.
|
| 1.6 | 13-May-1994 |
mycroft | Clean up import.
|
| 1.5 | 13-Apr-1994 |
cgd | light comment change
|
| 1.4 | 01-Aug-1993 |
mycroft | Add RCS identifiers.
|
| 1.3 | 23-Mar-1993 |
cgd | changed "Id" to "Header" for rcsids
|
| 1.2 | 22-Mar-1993 |
cgd | added rcs ids to all files
|
| 1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.7 | 23-Feb-1999 |
christos | Latest version of routed(8) from Vernon Schryver <vjs@calcite.rhyolite.com>
|
| 1.1.1.6 | 02-Jun-1998 |
thorpej | Latest RIPv2/Router Discovery routed, from Vern Schryver <vjs@rhyolite.com>
|
| 1.1.1.5 | 03-Feb-1997 |
christos | New version from ftp.sgi.com:sgi/src/routed.tar.Z
|
| 1.1.1.4 | 24-Sep-1996 |
christos | Latest version of routed(8) from Vernon Schryver <vjs@sgi.com>
|
| 1.1.1.3 | 10-Aug-1996 |
thorpej | A leaner, meaner routed(8), implementing RIPv1, RIPv2, and ICMP Router
Discovery, courtesy of Vernon Schryver <vjs@sgi.com>. Thanks!
|
| 1.1.1.2 | 14-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Import 4.4-Lite version.
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | initial import of 386bsd-0.1 sources
|
| 1.26.2.1 | 17-Apr-2012 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.31 | 02-Oct-2017 |
maya | unifdef sgi. NFCI
|
| 1.30 | 24-Jun-2012 |
kardel | PR/44647: commit fix proposed by Takahiro HAYASHI
verified to be working in -current and also helps NetBSD-6 BETA2
|
| 1.29 | 13-Oct-2010 |
martin | branches: 1.29.6; 1.29.8;
Memcpy into local variable to ensure proper alignement.
Fixes PR port-sparc64/43965.
|
| 1.28 | 26-Oct-2009 |
christos | merge 2.32 which is actually 2.31. Most important change is:
- use multicast over point-to-point (GRE) links as proposed by Dan Lukes.
|
| 1.27 | 28-Dec-2008 |
christos | fix printf formats.
|
| 1.26 | 14-Aug-2007 |
dyoung | branches: 1.26.10; 1.26.16; 1.26.20;
Don't nul-terminate the interface name in a sockaddr_dl that is
part of an ifa_msghdr returned by sysctl(3), because that could
overwrite the ifam_len field of the following ifa_msgher. Instead,
copy the interface name out of the sockaddr_dl, and then nul-terminate.
Fixes the bug reported by Frank Kardel on current-users@. Thanks
Frank for reporting, and for testing the fix.
|
| 1.25 | 17-Mar-2006 |
christos | Coverity CID 2671: Fix use of ifp after free.
|
| 1.24 | 30-Nov-2002 |
christos | sync with routed 2.27
|
| 1.23 | 02-Nov-2001 |
lukem | fix -Wshadow warnings
|
| 1.22 | 10-Mar-2001 |
christos | sync with version 2.24. Vernon says:
The most significant [fix] involves so called "remote" interfaces
configured in the kludge file to with what appear to be colliding
networks. Edward Mascarenhas <eddiem@vihar.engr.sgi.com> found
the problem and the fix, and I think has tested it in the SGI
network.
|
| 1.21 | 15-Jan-2001 |
itojun | specify interface by using interface index (set/getsockopt with 0.0.0.0/8).
|
| 1.20 | 11-Jun-2000 |
christos | Revert 1.18 -> 1.19; causes infinite loops on machines that use ppp and
do active routing.
|
| 1.19 | 02-Mar-2000 |
christos | branches: 1.19.2;
remove the once hack; vjs says it is not necessary with the monotonic
time kludge. We'll see.
|
| 1.18 | 19-Nov-1999 |
bouyer | Ignore RTM_OIFINFO messages (send by a COMPAT_14 kernel).
|
| 1.17 | 23-Feb-1999 |
christos | branches: 1.17.6;
Resolve conflicts.
|
| 1.16 | 25-Oct-1998 |
christos | Update to 980910 from ftp.rhyolite.com
|
| 1.15 | 26-Aug-1998 |
christos | Avoid interraction between pppd and routed, by trying to discover new
interfaces every time there is a new route, irrespective of timeout period.
|
| 1.14 | 02-Jun-1998 |
thorpej | Merge the 980602 RIPv2/Router Discovery routed. Fixes floods of host routes
generated when one of the interfaces on the network does not support
broadcast (e.g. HIPPI or ATM).
From Vern Schryver <vjs@rhyolite.com>
|
| 1.13 | 15-Sep-1997 |
lukem | use memmove, memcmp, memset instead of bcopy, bcmp, bzero
|
| 1.12 | 15-Sep-1997 |
lukem | * cleanup for WARNS=1
* deprecate register
* bcmp, bcopy, bzero, rindex -> memcmp, memmove, memset, strrchr
* correct use of .Nm
|
| 1.11 | 03-Feb-1997 |
christos | - resolve conflicts.
- remove md5 stuff; it is in libc.
- define MCAST_PPP_BUG, until we fix if_ppp.c
|
| 1.10 | 24-Sep-1996 |
christos | - resolve conflicts
- try to follow rcsid style more closely
- fix rn_walktree callback routine signatures.
|
| 1.9 | 10-Aug-1996 |
thorpej | - Finished up merge.
- Add some prototypes and definitions for types as necessary,
wrapped in __NetBSD__ to maintain portability.
- Explicit size types in structures that go out the wire.
- RCS id police.
|
| 1.8 | 20-Jun-1995 |
christos | - Support rip version 2.
- Add ansi prototypes.
- Be less internet centric.
- Convert queues to use <sys/queue.h> so we don't need -lcompat
|
| 1.7 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.6 | 23-Sep-1994 |
mycroft | Remove some more uses of obsolete functions.
|
| 1.5 | 13-May-1994 |
mycroft | Clean up import.
|
| 1.4 | 01-Aug-1993 |
mycroft | Add RCS identifiers.
|
| 1.3 | 23-Mar-1993 |
cgd | changed "Id" to "Header" for rcsids
|
| 1.2 | 22-Mar-1993 |
cgd | added rcs ids to all files
|
| 1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.7 | 23-Feb-1999 |
christos | Latest version of routed(8) from Vernon Schryver <vjs@calcite.rhyolite.com>
|
| 1.1.1.6 | 02-Jun-1998 |
thorpej | Latest RIPv2/Router Discovery routed, from Vern Schryver <vjs@rhyolite.com>
|
| 1.1.1.5 | 03-Feb-1997 |
christos | New version from ftp.sgi.com:sgi/src/routed.tar.Z
|
| 1.1.1.4 | 24-Sep-1996 |
christos | Latest version of routed(8) from Vernon Schryver <vjs@sgi.com>
|
| 1.1.1.3 | 10-Aug-1996 |
thorpej | A leaner, meaner routed(8), implementing RIPv1, RIPv2, and ICMP Router
Discovery, courtesy of Vernon Schryver <vjs@sgi.com>. Thanks!
|
| 1.1.1.2 | 14-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Import 4.4-Lite version.
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | initial import of 386bsd-0.1 sources
|
| 1.17.6.1 | 27-Dec-1999 |
wrstuden | Pull up to last week's -current.
|
| 1.19.2.1 | 22-Jun-2000 |
minoura | Sync w/ netbsd-1-5-base.
|
| 1.26.20.1 | 16-Aug-2010 |
matt | Change to new route message sematics
|
| 1.26.16.1 | 21-Nov-2010 |
riz | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by martin in ticket #1460):
sbin/routed/if.c: revision 1.29
Memcpy into local variable to ensure proper alignement.
Fixes PR port-sparc64/43965.
|
| 1.26.10.1 | 17-Jan-2009 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.29.8.1 | 02-Jul-2012 |
jdc | Pull up revision 1.30 (requested by kardel in ticket #376).
PR/44647: commit fix proposed by Takahiro HAYASHI
verified to be working in -current and also helps NetBSD-6 BETA2
|
| 1.29.6.1 | 30-Oct-2012 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.10 | 10-Aug-1996 |
thorpej | - Finished up merge.
- Add some prototypes and definitions for types as necessary,
wrapped in __NetBSD__ to maintain portability.
- Explicit size types in structures that go out the wire.
- RCS id police.
|
| 1.9 | 20-Jun-1995 |
christos | - Support rip version 2.
- Add ansi prototypes.
- Be less internet centric.
- Convert queues to use <sys/queue.h> so we don't need -lcompat
|
| 1.8 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.7 | 18-Dec-1994 |
cgd | some -Wall changes, from Jim Jegers, improved (in some cases) by me.
still needs a bit of work, but closer.
|
| 1.6 | 06-Aug-1994 |
mycroft | Fix `maskof' function which was returning `netof', per Brad Parker.
|
| 1.5 | 13-May-1994 |
mycroft | branches: 1.5.2;
Clean up import.
|
| 1.4 | 01-Aug-1993 |
mycroft | Add RCS identifiers.
|
| 1.3 | 23-Mar-1993 |
cgd | changed "Id" to "Header" for rcsids
|
| 1.2 | 22-Mar-1993 |
cgd | added rcs ids to all files
|
| 1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.2 | 14-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Import 4.4-Lite version.
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | initial import of 386bsd-0.1 sources
|
| 1.5.2.1 | 06-Aug-1994 |
mycroft | update from trunk
|
| 1.31 | 26-Oct-2009 |
christos | merge 2.32 which is actually 2.31. Most important change is:
- use multicast over point-to-point (GRE) links as proposed by Dan Lukes.
|
| 1.30 | 09-May-2006 |
mrg | change (mostly) int to socklen_t. GCC 4 doesn't like that int and
socklen_t are different signness.
|
| 1.29 | 01-Dec-2002 |
agc | Fix compilation problems on non-i386.
|
| 1.28 | 30-Nov-2002 |
christos | sync with routed 2.27
|
| 1.27 | 10-Mar-2001 |
christos | sync with version 2.24. Vernon says:
The most significant [fix] involves so called "remote" interfaces
configured in the kludge file to with what appear to be colliding
networks. Edward Mascarenhas <eddiem@vihar.engr.sgi.com> found
the problem and the fix, and I think has tested it in the SGI
network.
|
| 1.26 | 02-Mar-2000 |
christos | add a comment on about how tracing is secured, but still keep it disabled.
|
| 1.25 | 23-Feb-1999 |
christos | Resolve conflicts.
|
| 1.24 | 25-Oct-1998 |
christos | Update to 980910 from ftp.rhyolite.com
|
| 1.23 | 24-Oct-1998 |
christos | Disable and log RIP_TRACEON and RIP_TRACEOFF. They are insecure.
|
| 1.22 | 02-Jun-1998 |
thorpej | Merge the 980602 RIPv2/Router Discovery routed. Fixes floods of host routes
generated when one of the interfaces on the network does not support
broadcast (e.g. HIPPI or ATM).
From Vern Schryver <vjs@rhyolite.com>
|
| 1.21 | 15-Sep-1997 |
lukem | branches: 1.21.2;
use memmove, memcmp, memset instead of bcopy, bcmp, bzero
|
| 1.20 | 15-Sep-1997 |
lukem | * cleanup for WARNS=1
* deprecate register
* bcmp, bcopy, bzero, rindex -> memcmp, memmove, memset, strrchr
* correct use of .Nm
|
| 1.19 | 03-Feb-1997 |
christos | - resolve conflicts.
- remove md5 stuff; it is in libc.
- define MCAST_PPP_BUG, until we fix if_ppp.c
|
| 1.18 | 24-Sep-1996 |
christos | - resolve conflicts
- try to follow rcsid style more closely
- fix rn_walktree callback routine signatures.
|
| 1.17 | 10-Aug-1996 |
thorpej | - Finished up merge.
- Add some prototypes and definitions for types as necessary,
wrapped in __NetBSD__ to maintain portability.
- Explicit size types in structures that go out the wire.
- RCS id police.
|
| 1.16 | 13-Jul-1995 |
christos | Fix bugs cgd pointed out.
|
| 1.15 | 20-Jun-1995 |
christos | - Support rip version 2.
- Add ansi prototypes.
- Be less internet centric.
- Convert queues to use <sys/queue.h> so we don't need -lcompat
|
| 1.14 | 28-May-1995 |
jtc | <sys/errno.h> -> <errno.h>
<sys/signal.h> -> <signal.h>
<sys/syslog.h> -> <syslog.h>
|
| 1.13 | 24-May-1995 |
mycroft | s/an active/a passive/
|
| 1.12 | 24-May-1995 |
christos | Fix bug in af_format where the formatted address was returned in the same
static buffer. When af_format is used more than once in the same printf
statement, the second call will overwrite the first. Changed af_format to
take a buffer and the buffer size where to place the formatted string.
|
| 1.11 | 24-Apr-1995 |
cgd | fix arguments to tracing functions and/or cast, to avoid warnings.
|
| 1.10 | 21-Mar-1995 |
mycroft | Update to use timer{add,sub}().
|
| 1.9 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.8 | 18-Dec-1994 |
cgd | some -Wall changes, from Jim Jegers, improved (in some cases) by me.
still needs a bit of work, but closer.
|
| 1.7 | 23-Sep-1994 |
mycroft | Remove some more uses of obsolete functions.
|
| 1.6 | 23-Sep-1994 |
mycroft | Eliminate uses of some obsolete functions.
|
| 1.5 | 13-May-1994 |
mycroft | Clean up import.
|
| 1.4 | 01-Aug-1993 |
mycroft | Add RCS identifiers.
|
| 1.3 | 23-Mar-1993 |
cgd | changed "Id" to "Header" for rcsids
|
| 1.2 | 22-Mar-1993 |
cgd | added rcs ids to all files
|
| 1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.7 | 23-Feb-1999 |
christos | Latest version of routed(8) from Vernon Schryver <vjs@calcite.rhyolite.com>
|
| 1.1.1.6 | 02-Jun-1998 |
thorpej | Latest RIPv2/Router Discovery routed, from Vern Schryver <vjs@rhyolite.com>
|
| 1.1.1.5 | 03-Feb-1997 |
christos | New version from ftp.sgi.com:sgi/src/routed.tar.Z
|
| 1.1.1.4 | 24-Sep-1996 |
christos | Latest version of routed(8) from Vernon Schryver <vjs@sgi.com>
|
| 1.1.1.3 | 10-Aug-1996 |
thorpej | A leaner, meaner routed(8), implementing RIPv1, RIPv2, and ICMP Router
Discovery, courtesy of Vernon Schryver <vjs@sgi.com>. Thanks!
|
| 1.1.1.2 | 14-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Import 4.4-Lite version.
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | initial import of 386bsd-0.1 sources
|
| 1.21.2.1 | 25-Oct-1998 |
cgd | pull up rev 1.23 from trunk (christos)
|
| 1.9 | 10-Aug-1996 |
thorpej | - Finished up merge.
- Add some prototypes and definitions for types as necessary,
wrapped in __NetBSD__ to maintain portability.
- Explicit size types in structures that go out the wire.
- RCS id police.
|
| 1.8 | 20-Jun-1995 |
christos | - Support rip version 2.
- Add ansi prototypes.
- Be less internet centric.
- Convert queues to use <sys/queue.h> so we don't need -lcompat
|
| 1.7 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.6 | 13-May-1994 |
mycroft | Clean up import.
|
| 1.5 | 11-Dec-1993 |
cgd | fix from Brad Parker <brad@fcr.com> to curb routed inflation when
using MULTICAST. it wasn't properly ignoring the new interface flags.
|
| 1.4 | 01-Aug-1993 |
mycroft | Add RCS identifiers.
|
| 1.3 | 23-Mar-1993 |
cgd | changed "Id" to "Header" for rcsids
|
| 1.2 | 22-Mar-1993 |
cgd | added rcs ids to all files
|
| 1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.2 | 14-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Import 4.4-Lite version.
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | initial import of 386bsd-0.1 sources
|
| 1.43 | 07-Apr-2022 |
andvar | fix various typos in comments.
|
| 1.42 | 02-Oct-2017 |
maya | unifdef sgi. NFCI
|
| 1.41 | 26-Oct-2009 |
christos | merge 2.32 which is actually 2.31. Most important change is:
- use multicast over point-to-point (GRE) links as proposed by Dan Lukes.
|
| 1.40 | 20-Jul-2008 |
lukem | Remove the \n and tabs from the __COPYRIGHT() strings.
(Tweak some to use a consistent format.)
|
| 1.39 | 06-Jul-2004 |
wiz | branches: 1.39.26; 1.39.30;
usage: -F was missing the /mask part. Based on PR 26063
by Kouichirou Hiratsuka.
|
| 1.38 | 17-May-2004 |
wiz | Remove unimplemented and undescribed -p option from usage and man page
SYNOPSIS. Noted by Jeff Ito.
|
| 1.37 | 13-May-2004 |
wiz | Remove option letter from getopt string, since it does not
have a case handler below. From aaron@openbsd.
|
| 1.36 | 27-Mar-2004 |
christos | From Vernon Schryver:
Wolfgang Solfrank has explained the problem with router discovery
in `routed` in a way I can understand.
Let's assume that the configured preference of the interface is 5.
This gets converted to 0x80000005 through the use of the UNSIGN_PREF
macro. Later on, this value gets put into the PREF macro, which
compares it against the interface metric(s) (let's assume those
values to be 0 for now). Of course the 0x80000005, cast to int,
is much less than 0, so the clamping rule is triggered, which
gives us a value of 1. This is then converted via SIGN_PREF into
0x80000001 and put into the message. Certainly, this isn't what
was intended.
|
| 1.35 | 14-Nov-2003 |
enami | Initialize an uninitialized variable.
|
| 1.34 | 06-Sep-2003 |
itojun | use arc4random
|
| 1.33 | 13-Aug-2003 |
itojun | avoid FD_SET overrun. from openbsd
|
| 1.32 | 21-Apr-2003 |
itojun | strcpy/sprintf cleanup. from openbsd
|
| 1.31 | 30-Nov-2002 |
christos | sync with routed 2.27
|
| 1.30 | 02-Nov-2001 |
lukem | branches: 1.30.2;
fix -Wshadow warnings
|
| 1.29 | 24-Sep-2001 |
wiz | va_{start,end} audit:
Make sure that each va_start has one and only one matching va_end,
especially in error cases.
If the va_list is used multiple times, do multiple va_starts/va_ends.
If a function gets va_list as argument, don't let it use va_end (since
it's the callers responsibility).
Improved by comments from enami and christos -- thanks!
Heimdal/krb4/KAME changes already fed back, rest to follow.
Inspired by, but not not based on, OpenBSD.
|
| 1.28 | 10-Mar-2001 |
christos | sync with version 2.24. Vernon says:
The most significant [fix] involves so called "remote" interfaces
configured in the kludge file to with what appear to be colliding
networks. Edward Mascarenhas <eddiem@vihar.engr.sgi.com> found
the problem and the fix, and I think has tested it in the SGI
network.
|
| 1.27 | 15-Jan-2001 |
itojun | specify interface by using interface index (set/getsockopt with 0.0.0.0/8).
|
| 1.26 | 10-Jan-2001 |
lukem | deprecate LOG_ODELAY; it's the default
|
| 1.25 | 10-Oct-2000 |
is | Format string cleanups by Bill Sommerfeld.
|
| 1.24 | 02-Mar-2000 |
christos | branches: 1.24.4;
add a usec_fudge to make sure that time increases monotonically.
printf format changes.
|
| 1.23 | 06-Jun-1999 |
thorpej | Use pidfile(3).
|
| 1.22 | 25-Feb-1999 |
ross | branches: 1.22.2;
LP64 tweak in printf(3) instance
|
| 1.21 | 23-Feb-1999 |
christos | Resolve conflicts.
|
| 1.20 | 25-Oct-1998 |
christos | Update to 980910 from ftp.rhyolite.com
|
| 1.19 | 06-Jul-1998 |
mrg | - use an array MAXHOSTNAMELEN+1 size to hold hostnames
- ensure hostname from gethostname() is nul-terminated in all cases
- minor KNF
- use MAXHOSTNAMELEN over various other values/defines
- be safe will buffers that hold hostnames
|
| 1.18 | 02-Jun-1998 |
thorpej | Merge the 980602 RIPv2/Router Discovery routed. Fixes floods of host routes
generated when one of the interfaces on the network does not support
broadcast (e.g. HIPPI or ATM).
From Vern Schryver <vjs@rhyolite.com>
|
| 1.17 | 15-Sep-1997 |
lukem | * cleanup for WARNS=1
* deprecate register
* bcmp, bcopy, bzero, rindex -> memcmp, memmove, memset, strrchr
* correct use of .Nm
|
| 1.16 | 03-Feb-1997 |
christos | - resolve conflicts.
- remove md5 stuff; it is in libc.
- define MCAST_PPP_BUG, until we fix if_ppp.c
|
| 1.15 | 24-Sep-1996 |
christos | - resolve conflicts
- try to follow rcsid style more closely
- fix rn_walktree callback routine signatures.
|
| 1.14 | 10-Aug-1996 |
thorpej | - Finished up merge.
- Add some prototypes and definitions for types as necessary,
wrapped in __NetBSD__ to maintain portability.
- Explicit size types in structures that go out the wire.
- RCS id police.
|
| 1.13 | 20-Jun-1995 |
christos | - Support rip version 2.
- Add ansi prototypes.
- Be less internet centric.
- Convert queues to use <sys/queue.h> so we don't need -lcompat
|
| 1.12 | 28-May-1995 |
jtc | <sys/errno.h> -> <errno.h>
<sys/signal.h> -> <signal.h>
<sys/syslog.h> -> <syslog.h>
|
| 1.11 | 23-Mar-1995 |
mycroft | Fix typo in previous.
|
| 1.10 | 21-Mar-1995 |
mycroft | Use POSIX signals.
|
| 1.9 | 21-Mar-1995 |
mycroft | Fix typo.
|
| 1.8 | 21-Mar-1995 |
mycroft | Update to use timer{add,sub}().
|
| 1.7 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.6 | 18-Dec-1994 |
cgd | some -Wall changes, from Jim Jegers, improved (in some cases) by me.
still needs a bit of work, but closer.
|
| 1.5 | 13-May-1994 |
mycroft | Clean up import.
|
| 1.4 | 01-Aug-1993 |
mycroft | Add RCS identifiers.
|
| 1.3 | 23-Mar-1993 |
cgd | changed "Id" to "Header" for rcsids
|
| 1.2 | 22-Mar-1993 |
cgd | added rcs ids to all files
|
| 1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.7 | 23-Feb-1999 |
christos | Latest version of routed(8) from Vernon Schryver <vjs@calcite.rhyolite.com>
|
| 1.1.1.6 | 02-Jun-1998 |
thorpej | Latest RIPv2/Router Discovery routed, from Vern Schryver <vjs@rhyolite.com>
|
| 1.1.1.5 | 03-Feb-1997 |
christos | New version from ftp.sgi.com:sgi/src/routed.tar.Z
|
| 1.1.1.4 | 24-Sep-1996 |
christos | Latest version of routed(8) from Vernon Schryver <vjs@sgi.com>
|
| 1.1.1.3 | 10-Aug-1996 |
thorpej | A leaner, meaner routed(8), implementing RIPv1, RIPv2, and ICMP Router
Discovery, courtesy of Vernon Schryver <vjs@sgi.com>. Thanks!
|
| 1.1.1.2 | 14-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Import 4.4-Lite version.
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | initial import of 386bsd-0.1 sources
|
| 1.22.2.1 | 10-Oct-2000 |
he | Pull up revision 1.25 (requested by is):
Format string cleanup.
|
| 1.24.4.2 | 07-Apr-2004 |
jmc | Pullup patch (requested by ws in ticket #131)
Fix invalid cast wrt router discovery.
|
| 1.24.4.1 | 18-Oct-2000 |
tv | Pullup sbin string format fixes [is].
See "cvs log" for explicit revision numbers per file, from sommerfeld.
|
| 1.30.2.1 | 01-Apr-2004 |
jmc | Pullup patch (requested by ws in ticket #1642)
Fix invalid cast wrt router discovery.
|
| 1.39.30.1 | 18-Sep-2008 |
wrstuden | Sync with wrstuden-revivesa-base-2.
|
| 1.39.26.1 | 28-Sep-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.2 | 03-Feb-1997 |
christos | - resolve conflicts.
- remove md5 stuff; it is in libc.
- define MCAST_PPP_BUG, until we fix if_ppp.c
|
| 1.1 | 03-Feb-1997 |
christos | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 03-Feb-1997 |
christos | New version from ftp.sgi.com:sgi/src/routed.tar.Z
|
| 1.25 | 26-Oct-2009 |
christos | merge 2.32 which is actually 2.31. Most important change is:
- use multicast over point-to-point (GRE) links as proposed by Dan Lukes.
|
| 1.24 | 21-Mar-2006 |
christos | Coverity CID 2742: Avoid NULL deref.
|
| 1.23 | 18-Mar-2006 |
christos | Coverity CID 1079: Possible NULL deref.
|
| 1.22 | 30-Nov-2002 |
christos | sync with routed 2.27
|
| 1.21 | 02-Nov-2001 |
lukem | fix -Wshadow warnings
|
| 1.20 | 10-Mar-2001 |
christos | sync with version 2.24. Vernon says:
The most significant [fix] involves so called "remote" interfaces
configured in the kludge file to with what appear to be colliding
networks. Edward Mascarenhas <eddiem@vihar.engr.sgi.com> found
the problem and the fix, and I think has tested it in the SGI
network.
|
| 1.19 | 15-Jan-2001 |
itojun | specify interface by using interface index (set/getsockopt with 0.0.0.0/8).
|
| 1.18 | 20-Jul-2000 |
thorpej | In walk_supply(), test for IS_PASSIVE in ifp->int_state, not
ifp->int_if_flags (IFF_* bits).
|
| 1.17 | 23-Feb-1999 |
christos | branches: 1.17.10;
Resolve conflicts.
|
| 1.16 | 25-Oct-1998 |
christos | Update to 980910 from ftp.rhyolite.com
|
| 1.15 | 02-Jun-1998 |
thorpej | Merge the 980602 RIPv2/Router Discovery routed. Fixes floods of host routes
generated when one of the interfaces on the network does not support
broadcast (e.g. HIPPI or ATM).
From Vern Schryver <vjs@rhyolite.com>
|
| 1.14 | 15-Sep-1997 |
lukem | use memmove, memcmp, memset instead of bcopy, bcmp, bzero
|
| 1.13 | 15-Sep-1997 |
lukem | * cleanup for WARNS=1
* deprecate register
* bcmp, bcopy, bzero, rindex -> memcmp, memmove, memset, strrchr
* correct use of .Nm
|
| 1.12 | 03-Feb-1997 |
christos | - resolve conflicts.
- remove md5 stuff; it is in libc.
- define MCAST_PPP_BUG, until we fix if_ppp.c
|
| 1.11 | 24-Sep-1996 |
christos | - resolve conflicts
- try to follow rcsid style more closely
- fix rn_walktree callback routine signatures.
|
| 1.10 | 10-Aug-1996 |
thorpej | - Finished up merge.
- Add some prototypes and definitions for types as necessary,
wrapped in __NetBSD__ to maintain portability.
- Explicit size types in structures that go out the wire.
- RCS id police.
|
| 1.9 | 20-Jun-1995 |
christos | - Support rip version 2.
- Add ansi prototypes.
- Be less internet centric.
- Convert queues to use <sys/queue.h> so we don't need -lcompat
|
| 1.8 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.7 | 18-Dec-1994 |
cgd | some -Wall changes, from Jim Jegers, improved (in some cases) by me.
still needs a bit of work, but closer.
|
| 1.6 | 23-Sep-1994 |
mycroft | Eliminate uses of some obsolete functions.
|
| 1.5 | 13-May-1994 |
mycroft | Clean up import.
|
| 1.4 | 01-Aug-1993 |
mycroft | Add RCS identifiers.
|
| 1.3 | 23-Mar-1993 |
cgd | changed "Id" to "Header" for rcsids
|
| 1.2 | 22-Mar-1993 |
cgd | added rcs ids to all files
|
| 1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.7 | 23-Feb-1999 |
christos | Latest version of routed(8) from Vernon Schryver <vjs@calcite.rhyolite.com>
|
| 1.1.1.6 | 02-Jun-1998 |
thorpej | Latest RIPv2/Router Discovery routed, from Vern Schryver <vjs@rhyolite.com>
|
| 1.1.1.5 | 03-Feb-1997 |
christos | New version from ftp.sgi.com:sgi/src/routed.tar.Z
|
| 1.1.1.4 | 24-Sep-1996 |
christos | Latest version of routed(8) from Vernon Schryver <vjs@sgi.com>
|
| 1.1.1.3 | 10-Aug-1996 |
thorpej | A leaner, meaner routed(8), implementing RIPv1, RIPv2, and ICMP Router
Discovery, courtesy of Vernon Schryver <vjs@sgi.com>. Thanks!
|
| 1.1.1.2 | 14-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Import 4.4-Lite version.
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | initial import of 386bsd-0.1 sources
|
| 1.17.10.1 | 20-Jul-2000 |
thorpej | Pull up rev. 1.18:
In walk_supply(), test for IS_PASSIVE in ifp->int_state, not
ifp->int_if_flags (IFF_* bits).
|
| 1.26 | 16-Jan-2012 |
christos | PR/45842: Henning Petersen: compare fgets with NULL not 0
|
| 1.25 | 24-May-2011 |
joerg | branches: 1.25.4;
Use bitwise operators, logical and with a constant doesn't make sense
|
| 1.24 | 26-Oct-2009 |
christos | merge 2.32 which is actually 2.31. Most important change is:
- use multicast over point-to-point (GRE) links as proposed by Dan Lukes.
|
| 1.23 | 18-Mar-2006 |
christos | Coverity CID 2307: Possible memory leak.
|
| 1.22 | 18-Mar-2006 |
christos | Coverity CID 2306: Possible memory leak.
|
| 1.21 | 18-Mar-2006 |
christos | Coverity CID 1080: Possible NULL deref.
|
| 1.20 | 03-Jul-2003 |
itojun | strcat -> strlcat
|
| 1.19 | 21-Apr-2003 |
itojun | strcpy/sprintf cleanup. from openbsd
|
| 1.18 | 15-Apr-2003 |
itojun | use snprintf. there are more...
|
| 1.17 | 30-Nov-2002 |
christos | sync with routed 2.27
|
| 1.16 | 08-Aug-2002 |
itojun | bitmask operation mistake audit (s/&&/&/). from openbsd
|
| 1.15 | 10-Mar-2001 |
christos | sync with version 2.24. Vernon says:
The most significant [fix] involves so called "remote" interfaces
configured in the kludge file to with what appear to be colliding
networks. Edward Mascarenhas <eddiem@vihar.engr.sgi.com> found
the problem and the fix, and I think has tested it in the SGI
network.
|
| 1.14 | 21-Jul-2000 |
thorpej | Make sure IS_PASSIVE gets set on a parm's int_state when the
passive option is used in an if=xxx clause.
|
| 1.13 | 23-Feb-1999 |
christos | branches: 1.13.10;
Resolve conflicts.
|
| 1.12 | 25-Oct-1998 |
christos | Update to 980910 from ftp.rhyolite.com
|
| 1.11 | 02-Jun-1998 |
thorpej | Merge the 980602 RIPv2/Router Discovery routed. Fixes floods of host routes
generated when one of the interfaces on the network does not support
broadcast (e.g. HIPPI or ATM).
From Vern Schryver <vjs@rhyolite.com>
|
| 1.10 | 30-Mar-1998 |
mrg | use static int, not just static
|
| 1.9 | 04-Feb-1998 |
christos | y2k fixes: use strptime...
|
| 1.8 | 19-Sep-1997 |
christos | Fix uninitialized variable warning.
|
| 1.7 | 15-Sep-1997 |
lukem | use memmove, memcmp, memset instead of bcopy, bcmp, bzero
|
| 1.6 | 15-Sep-1997 |
lukem | * cleanup for WARNS=1
* deprecate register
* bcmp, bcopy, bzero, rindex -> memcmp, memmove, memset, strrchr
* correct use of .Nm
|
| 1.5 | 03-Feb-1997 |
christos | - resolve conflicts.
- remove md5 stuff; it is in libc.
- define MCAST_PPP_BUG, until we fix if_ppp.c
|
| 1.4 | 29-Jan-1997 |
ws | Shifting by 32 on a 32-bit machine is undefined
(and in fact -1 << 32 results in -1 on e.g. x86)
|
| 1.3 | 24-Sep-1996 |
christos | - resolve conflicts
- try to follow rcsid style more closely
- fix rn_walktree callback routine signatures.
|
| 1.2 | 10-Aug-1996 |
thorpej | - Finished up merge.
- Add some prototypes and definitions for types as necessary,
wrapped in __NetBSD__ to maintain portability.
- Explicit size types in structures that go out the wire.
- RCS id police.
|
| 1.1 | 10-Aug-1996 |
thorpej | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.5 | 23-Feb-1999 |
christos | Latest version of routed(8) from Vernon Schryver <vjs@calcite.rhyolite.com>
|
| 1.1.1.4 | 02-Jun-1998 |
thorpej | Latest RIPv2/Router Discovery routed, from Vern Schryver <vjs@rhyolite.com>
|
| 1.1.1.3 | 03-Feb-1997 |
christos | New version from ftp.sgi.com:sgi/src/routed.tar.Z
|
| 1.1.1.2 | 24-Sep-1996 |
christos | Latest version of routed(8) from Vernon Schryver <vjs@sgi.com>
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 10-Aug-1996 |
thorpej | A leaner, meaner routed(8), implementing RIPv1, RIPv2, and ICMP Router
Discovery, courtesy of Vernon Schryver <vjs@sgi.com>. Thanks!
|
| 1.13.10.1 | 21-Jul-2000 |
thorpej | Pull up rev. 1.14:
Make sure IS_PASSIVE gets set on a parm's int_state when the
passive option is used in an if=xxx clause.
|
| 1.25.4.1 | 17-Apr-2012 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.11 | 10-Mar-2001 |
christos | sync with version 2.24. Vernon says:
The most significant [fix] involves so called "remote" interfaces
configured in the kludge file to with what appear to be colliding
networks. Edward Mascarenhas <eddiem@vihar.engr.sgi.com> found
the problem and the fix, and I think has tested it in the SGI
network.
|
| 1.10 | 23-Feb-1999 |
christos | Resolve conflicts.
|
| 1.9 | 25-Oct-1998 |
christos | Update to 980910 from ftp.rhyolite.com
|
| 1.8 | 24-Sep-1996 |
christos | - resolve conflicts
- try to follow rcsid style more closely
- fix rn_walktree callback routine signatures.
|
| 1.7 | 10-Aug-1996 |
thorpej | - Finished up merge.
- Add some prototypes and definitions for types as necessary,
wrapped in __NetBSD__ to maintain portability.
- Explicit size types in structures that go out the wire.
- RCS id police.
|
| 1.6 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.5 | 13-May-1994 |
mycroft | Clean up import.
|
| 1.4 | 01-Aug-1993 |
mycroft | Add RCS identifiers.
|
| 1.3 | 23-Mar-1993 |
cgd | changed "Id" to "Header" for rcsids
|
| 1.2 | 22-Mar-1993 |
cgd | added rcs ids to all files
|
| 1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.5 | 23-Feb-1999 |
christos | Latest version of routed(8) from Vernon Schryver <vjs@calcite.rhyolite.com>
|
| 1.1.1.4 | 24-Sep-1996 |
christos | Latest version of routed(8) from Vernon Schryver <vjs@sgi.com>
|
| 1.1.1.3 | 10-Aug-1996 |
thorpej | A leaner, meaner routed(8), implementing RIPv1, RIPv2, and ICMP Router
Discovery, courtesy of Vernon Schryver <vjs@sgi.com>. Thanks!
|
| 1.1.1.2 | 14-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Import 4.4-Lite version.
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | initial import of 386bsd-0.1 sources
|
| 1.14 | 05-Dec-2021 |
msaitoh | s/prefering/preferring/ in comment.
|
| 1.13 | 25-Feb-2006 |
wiz | Fix typos, reported by Alexey Dobriyan ("Gathered from Linux"),
forwarded by jmc@openbsd.
|
| 1.12 | 06-Dec-2002 |
thorpej | Avoid strict alias warnings.
|
| 1.11 | 10-Mar-2001 |
christos | sync with version 2.24. Vernon says:
The most significant [fix] involves so called "remote" interfaces
configured in the kludge file to with what appear to be colliding
networks. Edward Mascarenhas <eddiem@vihar.engr.sgi.com> found
the problem and the fix, and I think has tested it in the SGI
network.
|
| 1.10 | 02-Mar-2000 |
christos | add an unsigned cast; looks safe and innocent, but it might not be...
|
| 1.9 | 22-Mar-1999 |
christos | Revert cast to (int) that caused core-dumps.
|
| 1.8 | 23-Feb-1999 |
christos | Resolve conflicts.
|
| 1.7 | 25-Oct-1998 |
christos | Update to 980910 from ftp.rhyolite.com
|
| 1.6 | 16-Sep-1997 |
lukem | If One splits a line for cosmetic reasons, One should ensure that the
preceeding line has a \ if it's part of a #define...
|
| 1.5 | 15-Sep-1997 |
lukem | use memmove, memcmp, memset instead of bcopy, bcmp, bzero
|
| 1.4 | 15-Sep-1997 |
lukem | * cleanup for WARNS=1
* deprecate register
* bcmp, bcopy, bzero, rindex -> memcmp, memmove, memset, strrchr
* correct use of .Nm
|
| 1.3 | 24-Sep-1996 |
christos | - resolve conflicts
- try to follow rcsid style more closely
- fix rn_walktree callback routine signatures.
|
| 1.2 | 10-Aug-1996 |
thorpej | - Finished up merge.
- Add some prototypes and definitions for types as necessary,
wrapped in __NetBSD__ to maintain portability.
- Explicit size types in structures that go out the wire.
- RCS id police.
|
| 1.1 | 10-Aug-1996 |
thorpej | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.3 | 23-Feb-1999 |
christos | Latest version of routed(8) from Vernon Schryver <vjs@calcite.rhyolite.com>
|
| 1.1.1.2 | 24-Sep-1996 |
christos | Latest version of routed(8) from Vernon Schryver <vjs@sgi.com>
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 10-Aug-1996 |
thorpej | A leaner, meaner routed(8), implementing RIPv1, RIPv2, and ICMP Router
Discovery, courtesy of Vernon Schryver <vjs@sgi.com>. Thanks!
|
| 1.7 | 27-Feb-2025 |
rillig | routed: remove extra semicolon at the end of a function-like macro
No binary change.
|
| 1.6 | 05-Feb-2005 |
xtraeme | branches: 1.6.104;
Kill __P().
|
| 1.5 | 25-Oct-1998 |
christos | Update to 980910 from ftp.rhyolite.com
|
| 1.4 | 15-Sep-1997 |
lukem | * cleanup for WARNS=1
* deprecate register
* bcmp, bcopy, bzero, rindex -> memcmp, memmove, memset, strrchr
* correct use of .Nm
|
| 1.3 | 16-Oct-1996 |
perry | RCSid Police
|
| 1.2 | 24-Sep-1996 |
christos | - resolve conflicts
- try to follow rcsid style more closely
- fix rn_walktree callback routine signatures.
|
| 1.1 | 24-Sep-1996 |
christos | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.2 | 23-Feb-1999 |
christos | Latest version of routed(8) from Vernon Schryver <vjs@calcite.rhyolite.com>
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 24-Sep-1996 |
christos | Latest version of routed(8) from Vernon Schryver <vjs@sgi.com>
|
| 1.6.104.1 | 02-Aug-2025 |
perseant | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.17 | 09-May-2006 |
mrg | change (mostly) int to socklen_t. GCC 4 doesn't like that int and
socklen_t are different signness.
|
| 1.16 | 18-Mar-2006 |
christos | Coverity CID 2432: Dereference before NULL check.
|
| 1.15 | 27-Mar-2004 |
christos | From Vernon Schryver:
Wolfgang Solfrank has explained the problem with router discovery
in `routed` in a way I can understand.
Let's assume that the configured preference of the interface is 5.
This gets converted to 0x80000005 through the use of the UNSIGN_PREF
macro. Later on, this value gets put into the PREF macro, which
compares it against the interface metric(s) (let's assume those
values to be 0 for now). Of course the 0x80000005, cast to int,
is much less than 0, so the clamping rule is triggered, which
gives us a value of 1. This is then converted via SIGN_PREF into
0x80000001 and put into the message. Certainly, this isn't what
was intended.
|
| 1.14 | 30-Nov-2002 |
christos | sync with routed 2.27
|
| 1.13 | 02-Nov-2001 |
lukem | branches: 1.13.2;
fix -Wshadow warnings
|
| 1.12 | 10-Mar-2001 |
christos | sync with version 2.24. Vernon says:
The most significant [fix] involves so called "remote" interfaces
configured in the kludge file to with what appear to be colliding
networks. Edward Mascarenhas <eddiem@vihar.engr.sgi.com> found
the problem and the fix, and I think has tested it in the SGI
network.
|
| 1.11 | 15-Jan-2001 |
itojun | specify interface by using interface index (set/getsockopt with 0.0.0.0/8).
|
| 1.10 | 02-Mar-2000 |
christos | branches: 1.10.4;
protability cast.
|
| 1.9 | 23-Feb-1999 |
christos | Resolve conflicts.
|
| 1.8 | 25-Oct-1998 |
christos | Update to 980910 from ftp.rhyolite.com
|
| 1.7 | 02-Jun-1998 |
thorpej | Merge the 980602 RIPv2/Router Discovery routed. Fixes floods of host routes
generated when one of the interfaces on the network does not support
broadcast (e.g. HIPPI or ATM).
From Vern Schryver <vjs@rhyolite.com>
|
| 1.6 | 15-Sep-1997 |
lukem | * cleanup for WARNS=1
* deprecate register
* bcmp, bcopy, bzero, rindex -> memcmp, memmove, memset, strrchr
* correct use of .Nm
|
| 1.5 | 03-Feb-1997 |
christos | - resolve conflicts.
- remove md5 stuff; it is in libc.
- define MCAST_PPP_BUG, until we fix if_ppp.c
|
| 1.4 | 24-Sep-1996 |
christos | - resolve conflicts
- try to follow rcsid style more closely
- fix rn_walktree callback routine signatures.
|
| 1.3 | 10-Aug-1996 |
mycroft | Make sure to fill in the whole sockaddr_in when sending a discovery packet.
|
| 1.2 | 10-Aug-1996 |
thorpej | - Finished up merge.
- Add some prototypes and definitions for types as necessary,
wrapped in __NetBSD__ to maintain portability.
- Explicit size types in structures that go out the wire.
- RCS id police.
|
| 1.1 | 10-Aug-1996 |
thorpej | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.5 | 23-Feb-1999 |
christos | Latest version of routed(8) from Vernon Schryver <vjs@calcite.rhyolite.com>
|
| 1.1.1.4 | 02-Jun-1998 |
thorpej | Latest RIPv2/Router Discovery routed, from Vern Schryver <vjs@rhyolite.com>
|
| 1.1.1.3 | 03-Feb-1997 |
christos | New version from ftp.sgi.com:sgi/src/routed.tar.Z
|
| 1.1.1.2 | 24-Sep-1996 |
christos | Latest version of routed(8) from Vernon Schryver <vjs@sgi.com>
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 10-Aug-1996 |
thorpej | A leaner, meaner routed(8), implementing RIPv1, RIPv2, and ICMP Router
Discovery, courtesy of Vernon Schryver <vjs@sgi.com>. Thanks!
|
| 1.10.4.1 | 07-Apr-2004 |
jmc | Pullup patch (requested by ws in ticket #131)
Fix invalid cast wrt router discovery.
|
| 1.13.2.1 | 01-Apr-2004 |
jmc | Pullup patch (requested by ws in ticket #1642)
Fix invalid cast wrt router discovery.
|
| 1.45 | 03-Jul-2017 |
wiz | Remove workaround for ancient HTML generation code.
|
| 1.44 | 17-May-2004 |
wiz | Remove unimplemented and undescribed -p option from usage and man page
SYNOPSIS. Noted by Jeff Ito.
|
| 1.43 | 27-Mar-2004 |
christos | From Vernon Schryver:
Wolfgang Solfrank has explained the problem with router discovery
in `routed` in a way I can understand.
Let's assume that the configured preference of the interface is 5.
This gets converted to 0x80000005 through the use of the UNSIGN_PREF
macro. Later on, this value gets put into the PREF macro, which
compares it against the interface metric(s) (let's assume those
values to be 0 for now). Of course the 0x80000005, cast to int,
is much less than 0, so the clamping rule is triggered, which
gives us a value of 1. This is then converted via SIGN_PREF into
0x80000001 and put into the message. Certainly, this isn't what
was intended.
|
| 1.42 | 07-Sep-2003 |
wiz | Consistently use 'RFC 1234' instead of 'RFC1234' or 'RFC-1234'.
From jmc@openbsd.
|
| 1.41 | 25-Feb-2003 |
wiz | .Nm does not need a dummy argument ("") before punctuation or
for correct formatting of the SYNOPSIS any longer.
|
| 1.40 | 18-Dec-2002 |
wiz | Sort sections, new sentences begin on new lines, add a missing line,
fix a typo.
|
| 1.39 | 30-Nov-2002 |
christos | sync with routed 2.27
|
| 1.38 | 03-Oct-2002 |
wiz | New sentence, new line. From Robert Elz.
|
| 1.37 | 12-May-2002 |
wiz | branches: 1.37.2;
Spelling fixes, from Sergey Svishchev in kern/16650.
|
| 1.36 | 08-Feb-2002 |
ross | Generate <>& symbolically. I'm avoiding .../dist/... directories for now.
|
| 1.35 | 21-Jan-2002 |
wiz | Use mdoc macros instead of man ones.
|
| 1.34 | 16-Nov-2001 |
wiz | Punctuation fix, sort sections, lose a .Pp.
|
| 1.33 | 01-Oct-2001 |
kleink | "kernel switch ipforwarding" -> "sysctl net.inet.ip.forwarding".
|
| 1.32 | 05-Jun-2001 |
wiz | Drop arguments of .Os.
|
| 1.31 | 06-May-2001 |
wiz | Improve usage of `comprise' according to Webster and misc/10893
by Jim Bernard.
|
| 1.30 | 03-Apr-2001 |
wiz | Don't xref gated(8) and htable(8), which we don't have.
|
| 1.29 | 10-Mar-2001 |
christos | sync with version 2.24. Vernon says:
The most significant [fix] involves so called "remote" interfaces
configured in the kludge file to with what appear to be colliding
networks. Edward Mascarenhas <eddiem@vihar.engr.sgi.com> found
the problem and the fix, and I think has tested it in the SGI
network.
|
| 1.28 | 07-Nov-2000 |
lukem | fix up various .Nm abuses:
- keep the case consistent between the actual name and what's referenced.
e.g, if it's `foo', don't use '.Nm Foo' at the start of a sentence.
- remove unnecessary `.Nm foo' after the first occurrence (except for
using `.Nm ""' if there's stuff following, or for the 2nd and so on
occurrences in a SYNOPSIS
- use Sx, Ic, Li, Em, Sq, and Xr as appropriate
|
| 1.27 | 05-Oct-2000 |
ad | insure -> ensure
|
| 1.26 | 05-Jul-2000 |
msaitoh | remove extra period in SEE ALL section
|
| 1.25 | 02-Mar-2000 |
christos | branches: 1.25.4;
typos and clarifications
|
| 1.24 | 23-Feb-1999 |
christos | Resolve conflicts.
|
| 1.23 | 13-Nov-1998 |
abs | Fix typo 'with routing loop' to 'with a routing loop'
|
| 1.22 | 25-Oct-1998 |
christos | Update to 980910 from ftp.rhyolite.com
|
| 1.21 | 21-Oct-1998 |
lukem | spell daemon correctly in the opening paragraph...
|
| 1.20 | 02-Jun-1998 |
thorpej | Merge the 980602 RIPv2/Router Discovery routed. Fixes floods of host routes
generated when one of the interfaces on the network does not support
broadcast (e.g. HIPPI or ATM).
From Vern Schryver <vjs@rhyolite.com>
|
| 1.19 | 29-Apr-1998 |
fair | fix bad .Xr references
|
| 1.18 | 06-Feb-1998 |
perry | macroize BSD, NetBSD, FreeBSD and misc cleanup
|
| 1.17 | 11-Nov-1997 |
mrg | add missing .Nm sections.
|
| 1.16 | 15-Sep-1997 |
lukem | branches: 1.16.2;
* cleanup for WARNS=1
* deprecate register
* bcmp, bcopy, bzero, rindex -> memcmp, memmove, memset, strrchr
* correct use of .Nm
|
| 1.15 | 26-Jun-1997 |
kleink | Fix formatting directives; from SAITOH Masanobu <msaitoh@spa.is.uec.ac.jp>
in PR misc/3795.
|
| 1.14 | 25-Mar-1997 |
perry | fix 3128 from SAITOH Masanobu.
this consisted of nuking a duplicated paragraph; I did it slightly
differently than suggested.
|
| 1.13 | 08-Mar-1997 |
mouse | alternate -> alternative, per PR 2643
|
| 1.12 | 03-Feb-1997 |
christos | - resolve conflicts.
- remove md5 stuff; it is in libc.
- define MCAST_PPP_BUG, until we fix if_ppp.c
|
| 1.11 | 27-Jan-1997 |
perry | fix some nits from SAITOH Masanobu, pr-3149
|
| 1.10 | 23-Jan-1997 |
mikel | eliminate duplicate paragraph and fix typos; PR misc/3128
|
| 1.9 | 24-Sep-1996 |
christos | - resolve conflicts
- try to follow rcsid style more closely
- fix rn_walktree callback routine signatures.
|
| 1.8 | 10-Aug-1996 |
thorpej | - Finished up merge.
- Add some prototypes and definitions for types as necessary,
wrapped in __NetBSD__ to maintain portability.
- Explicit size types in structures that go out the wire.
- RCS id police.
|
| 1.7 | 06-Feb-1996 |
scottr | Grammar police, noted by Peter Seebach <seebs@solon.com>; closes PR #1704.
|
| 1.6 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.5 | 13-May-1994 |
mycroft | Clean up import.
|
| 1.4 | 01-Aug-1993 |
mycroft | Add RCS indentifiers.
|
| 1.3 | 23-Mar-1993 |
cgd | changed "Id" to "Header" for rcsids
|
| 1.2 | 22-Mar-1993 |
cgd | added rcs ids to all files
|
| 1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.7 | 23-Feb-1999 |
christos | Latest version of routed(8) from Vernon Schryver <vjs@calcite.rhyolite.com>
|
| 1.1.1.6 | 02-Jun-1998 |
thorpej | Latest RIPv2/Router Discovery routed, from Vern Schryver <vjs@rhyolite.com>
|
| 1.1.1.5 | 03-Feb-1997 |
christos | New version from ftp.sgi.com:sgi/src/routed.tar.Z
|
| 1.1.1.4 | 24-Sep-1996 |
christos | Latest version of routed(8) from Vernon Schryver <vjs@sgi.com>
|
| 1.1.1.3 | 10-Aug-1996 |
thorpej | A leaner, meaner routed(8), implementing RIPv1, RIPv2, and ICMP Router
Discovery, courtesy of Vernon Schryver <vjs@sgi.com>. Thanks!
|
| 1.1.1.2 | 14-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Import 4.4-Lite version.
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | initial import of 386bsd-0.1 sources
|
| 1.16.2.1 | 11-Nov-1997 |
mrg | pull up from trunk: add missing .Nm sections.
|
| 1.25.4.2 | 07-Apr-2004 |
jmc | Pullup patch (requested by ws in ticket #132)
Update manual page to describe default route preferences better
|
| 1.25.4.1 | 04-Apr-2001 |
he | Pull up revision 1.30 (via patch, requested by wiz):
Don't xref gated(8) and htable(8), which we don't have.
|
| 1.37.2.1 | 01-Apr-2004 |
jmc | Pullup patch (requested by ws in ticket #1643)
Fix inconsistency between manual page and RFC 1256.
|
| 1.5 | 20-Oct-1996 |
thorpej | Remove the redundant copy of this file.
Suggested by David Carrel <carrel@ipsec.com>, PR #2872.
|
| 1.4 | 24-Sep-1996 |
christos | explicitly enumerate the ripv1 fields.
|
| 1.3 | 24-Sep-1996 |
christos | - resolve conflicts
- try to follow rcsid style more closely
- fix rn_walktree callback routine signatures.
|
| 1.2 | 10-Aug-1996 |
thorpej | - Finished up merge.
- Add some prototypes and definitions for types as necessary,
wrapped in __NetBSD__ to maintain portability.
- Explicit size types in structures that go out the wire.
- RCS id police.
|
| 1.1 | 10-Aug-1996 |
thorpej | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.4 | 23-Feb-1999 |
christos | Latest version of routed(8) from Vernon Schryver <vjs@calcite.rhyolite.com>
|
| 1.1.1.3 | 03-Feb-1997 |
christos | New version from ftp.sgi.com:sgi/src/routed.tar.Z
|
| 1.1.1.2 | 24-Sep-1996 |
christos | Latest version of routed(8) from Vernon Schryver <vjs@sgi.com>
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 10-Aug-1996 |
thorpej | A leaner, meaner routed(8), implementing RIPv1, RIPv2, and ICMP Router
Discovery, courtesy of Vernon Schryver <vjs@sgi.com>. Thanks!
|
| 1.15 | 10-Aug-1996 |
thorpej | - Finished up merge.
- Add some prototypes and definitions for types as necessary,
wrapped in __NetBSD__ to maintain portability.
- Explicit size types in structures that go out the wire.
- RCS id police.
|
| 1.14 | 20-Jun-1995 |
christos | - Support rip version 2.
- Add ansi prototypes.
- Be less internet centric.
- Convert queues to use <sys/queue.h> so we don't need -lcompat
|
| 1.13 | 21-May-1995 |
mycroft | Use inet_aton(), not inet_addr().
|
| 1.12 | 24-Apr-1995 |
cgd | fix arguments to tracing functions and/or cast, to avoid warnings.
|
| 1.11 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.10 | 23-Dec-1994 |
cgd | kill some redundant includes.
|
| 1.9 | 18-Dec-1994 |
cgd | some -Wall changes, from Jim Jegers, improved (in some cases) by me.
still needs a bit of work, but closer.
|
| 1.8 | 31-Oct-1994 |
cgd | pull in helpful includes.
|
| 1.7 | 23-Sep-1994 |
mycroft | Eliminate uses of some obsolete functions.
|
| 1.6 | 13-May-1994 |
mycroft | Clean up import.
|
| 1.5 | 11-Dec-1993 |
cgd | fix from Brad Parker <brad@fcr.com> to curb routed inflation when
using MULTICAST. it wasn't properly ignoring the new interface flags.
|
| 1.4 | 01-Aug-1993 |
mycroft | Add RCS identifiers.
|
| 1.3 | 23-Mar-1993 |
cgd | changed "Id" to "Header" for rcsids
|
| 1.2 | 22-Mar-1993 |
cgd | added rcs ids to all files
|
| 1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.2 | 14-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Import 4.4-Lite version.
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | initial import of 386bsd-0.1 sources
|
| 1.28 | 06-Feb-2018 |
mrg | update for GCC 6:
- read_rt() has a missing {} issue.
|
| 1.27 | 20-Dec-2016 |
ozaki-r | Fix that routed deletes local routes
routed previousely ignored local routes, which have RTF_LOCAL flag, because
such routes have RTF_LLINFO and routed ignored routes having the flag. When
we obsoleted RTF_LLINFO, we removed the ignoring logic from routed, then
routed started removing local routes unexpectedly.
Fix this behavior by teaching local routes to routed to ignore them.
kardel@ reported the issue and helped testing, thanks!
|
| 1.26 | 07-Oct-2016 |
joerg | Shuffle pointer magic to not depend on temporary overaligned pointers
into a packed structure.
|
| 1.25 | 04-Apr-2016 |
ozaki-r | branches: 1.25.2;
Separate nexthop caches from the routing table
By this change, nexthop caches (IP-MAC address pair) are not stored
in the routing table anymore. Instead nexthop caches are stored in
each network interface; we already have lltable/llentry data structure
for this purpose. This change also obsoletes the concept of cloning/cloned
routes. Cloned routes no longer exist while cloning routes still exist
with renamed to connected routes.
Noticeable changes are:
- Nexthop caches aren't listed in route show/netstat -r
- sysctl(NET_RT_DUMP) doesn't return them
- If RTF_LLDATA is specified, it returns nexthop caches
- Several definitions of routing flags and messages are removed
- RTF_CLONING, RTF_XRESOLVE, RTF_LLINFO, RTF_CLONED and RTM_RESOLVE
- RTF_CONNECTED is added
- It has the same value of RTF_CLONING for backward compatibility
- route's -xresolve, -[no]cloned and -llinfo options are removed
- -[no]cloning remains because it seems there are users
- -[no]connected is introduced and recommended
to be used instead of -[no]cloning
- route show/netstat -r drops some flags
- 'L' and 'c' are not seen anymore
- 'C' now indicates a connected route
- Gateway value of a route of an interface address is now not
a L2 address but "link#N" like a connected (cloning) route
- Proxy ARP: "arp -s ... pub" doesn't create a route
You can know details of behavior changes by seeing diffs under tests/.
Proposed on tech-net and tech-kern:
http://mail-index.netbsd.org/tech-net/2016/03/11/msg005701.html
|
| 1.24 | 26-Oct-2009 |
christos | merge 2.32 which is actually 2.31. Most important change is:
- use multicast over point-to-point (GRE) links as proposed by Dan Lukes.
|
| 1.23 | 28-Dec-2008 |
christos | fix printf formats.
|
| 1.22 | 06-Jul-2004 |
mycroft | branches: 1.22.26; 1.22.38;
PR 9431: if rnh_addradd() fails, total_routes will be wrong.
|
| 1.21 | 21-Apr-2004 |
christos | constification lossage (hi gimpy)
|
| 1.20 | 21-Apr-2003 |
itojun | branches: 1.20.2;
strcpy/sprintf cleanup. from openbsd
|
| 1.19 | 15-Apr-2003 |
itojun | use snprintf. there are more...
|
| 1.18 | 15-Apr-2003 |
itojun | array seems too small
|
| 1.17 | 06-Dec-2002 |
thorpej | Avoid strict alias warnings.
|
| 1.16 | 30-Nov-2002 |
christos | sync with routed 2.27
|
| 1.15 | 02-Nov-2001 |
lukem | fix -Wshadow warnings
|
| 1.14 | 10-Mar-2001 |
christos | sync with version 2.24. Vernon says:
The most significant [fix] involves so called "remote" interfaces
configured in the kludge file to with what appear to be colliding
networks. Edward Mascarenhas <eddiem@vihar.engr.sgi.com> found
the problem and the fix, and I think has tested it in the SGI
network.
|
| 1.13 | 02-Mar-2000 |
christos | make local functions static and portability casts.
|
| 1.12 | 11-Feb-2000 |
christos | PR/9390: Jarkko Torppa: Routed leaks memory when route addition fails.
|
| 1.11 | 19-Nov-1999 |
bouyer | Ignore RTM_OIFINFO messages (send by a COMPAT_14 kernel).
|
| 1.10 | 25-Feb-1999 |
ross | branches: 1.10.6;
LP64 tweaks.
|
| 1.9 | 23-Feb-1999 |
christos | Resolve conflicts.
|
| 1.8 | 25-Oct-1998 |
christos | Update to 980910 from ftp.rhyolite.com
|
| 1.7 | 02-Jun-1998 |
thorpej | Merge the 980602 RIPv2/Router Discovery routed. Fixes floods of host routes
generated when one of the interfaces on the network does not support
broadcast (e.g. HIPPI or ATM).
From Vern Schryver <vjs@rhyolite.com>
|
| 1.6 | 16-Sep-1997 |
mrg | make these compile on the alpha after WARNS=1.
|
| 1.5 | 15-Sep-1997 |
lukem | * cleanup for WARNS=1
* deprecate register
* bcmp, bcopy, bzero, rindex -> memcmp, memmove, memset, strrchr
* correct use of .Nm
|
| 1.4 | 03-Feb-1997 |
christos | - resolve conflicts.
- remove md5 stuff; it is in libc.
- define MCAST_PPP_BUG, until we fix if_ppp.c
|
| 1.3 | 24-Sep-1996 |
christos | - resolve conflicts
- try to follow rcsid style more closely
- fix rn_walktree callback routine signatures.
|
| 1.2 | 10-Aug-1996 |
thorpej | - Finished up merge.
- Add some prototypes and definitions for types as necessary,
wrapped in __NetBSD__ to maintain portability.
- Explicit size types in structures that go out the wire.
- RCS id police.
|
| 1.1 | 10-Aug-1996 |
thorpej | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.5 | 23-Feb-1999 |
christos | Latest version of routed(8) from Vernon Schryver <vjs@calcite.rhyolite.com>
|
| 1.1.1.4 | 02-Jun-1998 |
thorpej | Latest RIPv2/Router Discovery routed, from Vern Schryver <vjs@rhyolite.com>
|
| 1.1.1.3 | 03-Feb-1997 |
christos | New version from ftp.sgi.com:sgi/src/routed.tar.Z
|
| 1.1.1.2 | 24-Sep-1996 |
christos | Latest version of routed(8) from Vernon Schryver <vjs@sgi.com>
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 10-Aug-1996 |
thorpej | A leaner, meaner routed(8), implementing RIPv1, RIPv2, and ICMP Router
Discovery, courtesy of Vernon Schryver <vjs@sgi.com>. Thanks!
|
| 1.10.6.1 | 27-Dec-1999 |
wrstuden | Pull up to last week's -current.
|
| 1.20.2.1 | 10-Jul-2004 |
tron | Pull up revision 1.22 (requested by mycroft in ticket #615):
PR 9431: if rnh_addradd() fails, total_routes will be wrong.
|
| 1.22.38.1 | 16-Aug-2010 |
matt | Change to new route message sematics
|
| 1.22.26.1 | 17-Jan-2009 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.25.2.2 | 07-Jan-2017 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD. (Note that most of these changes are simply $NetBSD$
tag issues.)
|
| 1.25.2.1 | 04-Nov-2016 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.8 | 10-Aug-1996 |
thorpej | - Finished up merge.
- Add some prototypes and definitions for types as necessary,
wrapped in __NetBSD__ to maintain portability.
- Explicit size types in structures that go out the wire.
- RCS id police.
|
| 1.7 | 20-Jun-1995 |
christos | - Support rip version 2.
- Add ansi prototypes.
- Be less internet centric.
- Convert queues to use <sys/queue.h> so we don't need -lcompat
|
| 1.6 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.5 | 13-May-1994 |
mycroft | Clean up import.
|
| 1.4 | 01-Aug-1993 |
mycroft | Add RCS identifiers.
|
| 1.3 | 23-Mar-1993 |
cgd | changed "Id" to "Header" for rcsids
|
| 1.2 | 22-Mar-1993 |
cgd | added rcs ids to all files
|
| 1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.2 | 14-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Import 4.4-Lite version.
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | initial import of 386bsd-0.1 sources
|
| 1.16 | 10-Aug-1996 |
thorpej | - Finished up merge.
- Add some prototypes and definitions for types as necessary,
wrapped in __NetBSD__ to maintain portability.
- Explicit size types in structures that go out the wire.
- RCS id police.
|
| 1.15 | 20-Jun-1995 |
christos | - Support rip version 2.
- Add ansi prototypes.
- Be less internet centric.
- Convert queues to use <sys/queue.h> so we don't need -lcompat
|
| 1.14 | 28-May-1995 |
jtc | <sys/errno.h> -> <errno.h>
<sys/signal.h> -> <signal.h>
<sys/syslog.h> -> <syslog.h>
|
| 1.13 | 24-May-1995 |
christos | Fix bug in af_format where the formatted address was returned in the same
static buffer. When af_format is used more than once in the same printf
statement, the second call will overwrite the first. Changed af_format to
take a buffer and the buffer size where to place the formatted string.
|
| 1.12 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.11 | 23-Dec-1994 |
cgd | kill some redundant includes.
|
| 1.10 | 18-Dec-1994 |
cgd | some -Wall changes, from Jim Jegers, improved (in some cases) by me.
still needs a bit of work, but closer.
|
| 1.9 | 31-Oct-1994 |
cgd | pull in helpful includes.
|
| 1.8 | 23-Sep-1994 |
mycroft | Eliminate uses of some obsolete functions.
|
| 1.7 | 13-May-1994 |
mycroft | Clean up import.
|
| 1.6 | 30-Dec-1993 |
cgd | Undo that last change. It was 100%, beyond a doubt, completely bogus.
afswitch and af_max were still used, but since they was declared 'common'
by virtue of their declaration in af.h, the symbols were defined at link-
time, and their contents were considered BSS -- init to zero.
Now, you and i know that jumping to zero causes a core dump...
Therefore: af.c has been resurrected, so the procedure pointers actually
point to procedures, tables.c has had it's change nuked, and af.h
has been changed so afswitch and af_max are declared as 'extern'.
It's obvious that that 'fix' wasn't even tested.
|
| 1.5 | 18-Dec-1993 |
mycroft | Move inet_default into tables.c, and remove all of af.c, as it is no longer
used.
|
| 1.4 | 01-Aug-1993 |
mycroft | Add RCS identifiers.
|
| 1.3 | 23-Mar-1993 |
cgd | changed "Id" to "Header" for rcsids
|
| 1.2 | 22-Mar-1993 |
cgd | added rcs ids to all files
|
| 1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.2 | 14-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Import 4.4-Lite version.
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | initial import of 386bsd-0.1 sources
|
| 1.9 | 10-Aug-1996 |
thorpej | - Finished up merge.
- Add some prototypes and definitions for types as necessary,
wrapped in __NetBSD__ to maintain portability.
- Explicit size types in structures that go out the wire.
- RCS id police.
|
| 1.8 | 20-Jun-1995 |
christos | - Support rip version 2.
- Add ansi prototypes.
- Be less internet centric.
- Convert queues to use <sys/queue.h> so we don't need -lcompat
|
| 1.7 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.6 | 18-Dec-1994 |
cgd | some -Wall changes, from Jim Jegers, improved (in some cases) by me.
still needs a bit of work, but closer.
|
| 1.5 | 13-May-1994 |
mycroft | Clean up import.
|
| 1.4 | 01-Aug-1993 |
mycroft | Add RCS identifiers.
|
| 1.3 | 23-Mar-1993 |
cgd | changed "Id" to "Header" for rcsids
|
| 1.2 | 22-Mar-1993 |
cgd | added rcs ids to all files
|
| 1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.2 | 14-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Import 4.4-Lite version.
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | initial import of 386bsd-0.1 sources
|
| 1.33 | 02-Oct-2017 |
maya | unifdef sgi. NFCI
|
| 1.32 | 06-Apr-2009 |
lukem | fix sign-compare issue
|
| 1.31 | 22-Mar-2006 |
christos | branches: 1.31.30;
Coverity CID 1301: Return early if we could not open /dev/null
|
| 1.30 | 21-Apr-2004 |
christos | constification lossage (hi gimpy)
|
| 1.29 | 12-Jul-2003 |
itojun | sprintf can return negative
|
| 1.28 | 21-Apr-2003 |
itojun | strcpy/sprintf cleanup. from openbsd
|
| 1.27 | 30-Nov-2002 |
christos | sync with routed 2.27
|
| 1.26 | 24-Sep-2001 |
wiz | va_{start,end} audit:
Make sure that each va_start has one and only one matching va_end,
especially in error cases.
If the va_list is used multiple times, do multiple va_starts/va_ends.
If a function gets va_list as argument, don't let it use va_end (since
it's the callers responsibility).
Improved by comments from enami and christos -- thanks!
Heimdal/krb4/KAME changes already fed back, rest to follow.
Inspired by, but not not based on, OpenBSD.
|
| 1.25 | 10-Mar-2001 |
christos | sync with version 2.24. Vernon says:
The most significant [fix] involves so called "remote" interfaces
configured in the kludge file to with what appear to be colliding
networks. Edward Mascarenhas <eddiem@vihar.engr.sgi.com> found
the problem and the fix, and I think has tested it in the SGI
network.
|
| 1.24 | 02-Mar-2000 |
christos | portability casts and re-indentation of some code.
|
| 1.23 | 23-Feb-1999 |
christos | Resolve conflicts.
|
| 1.22 | 25-Oct-1998 |
christos | Update to 980910 from ftp.rhyolite.com
|
| 1.21 | 02-Jun-1998 |
thorpej | Merge the 980602 RIPv2/Router Discovery routed. Fixes floods of host routes
generated when one of the interfaces on the network does not support
broadcast (e.g. HIPPI or ATM).
From Vern Schryver <vjs@rhyolite.com>
|
| 1.20 | 19-Oct-1997 |
mycroft | Use S_IS*(), not S_IF*.
|
| 1.19 | 16-Sep-1997 |
mrg | make these compile on the alpha after WARNS=1.
|
| 1.18 | 15-Sep-1997 |
lukem | use memmove, memcmp, memset instead of bcopy, bcmp, bzero
|
| 1.17 | 15-Sep-1997 |
lukem | * cleanup for WARNS=1
* deprecate register
* bcmp, bcopy, bzero, rindex -> memcmp, memmove, memset, strrchr
* correct use of .Nm
|
| 1.16 | 03-Feb-1997 |
christos | - resolve conflicts.
- remove md5 stuff; it is in libc.
- define MCAST_PPP_BUG, until we fix if_ppp.c
|
| 1.15 | 24-Sep-1996 |
christos | - resolve conflicts
- try to follow rcsid style more closely
- fix rn_walktree callback routine signatures.
|
| 1.14 | 10-Aug-1996 |
thorpej | - Finished up merge.
- Add some prototypes and definitions for types as necessary,
wrapped in __NetBSD__ to maintain portability.
- Explicit size types in structures that go out the wire.
- RCS id police.
|
| 1.13 | 20-Jun-1995 |
christos | - Support rip version 2.
- Add ansi prototypes.
- Be less internet centric.
- Convert queues to use <sys/queue.h> so we don't need -lcompat
|
| 1.12 | 28-May-1995 |
jtc | <sys/errno.h> -> <errno.h>
<sys/signal.h> -> <signal.h>
<sys/syslog.h> -> <syslog.h>
|
| 1.11 | 24-Apr-1995 |
cgd | fix arguments to tracing functions and/or cast, to avoid warnings.
|
| 1.10 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.9 | 30-Jan-1995 |
mycroft | Use S_IS*().
|
| 1.8 | 23-Dec-1994 |
cgd | kill some redundant includes.
|
| 1.7 | 18-Dec-1994 |
cgd | some -Wall changes, from Jim Jegers, improved (in some cases) by me.
still needs a bit of work, but closer.
|
| 1.6 | 23-Sep-1994 |
mycroft | Eliminate uses of some obsolete functions.
|
| 1.5 | 13-May-1994 |
mycroft | Clean up import.
|
| 1.4 | 01-Aug-1993 |
mycroft | Add RCS identifiers.
|
| 1.3 | 23-Mar-1993 |
cgd | changed "Id" to "Header" for rcsids
|
| 1.2 | 22-Mar-1993 |
cgd | added rcs ids to all files
|
| 1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.7 | 23-Feb-1999 |
christos | Latest version of routed(8) from Vernon Schryver <vjs@calcite.rhyolite.com>
|
| 1.1.1.6 | 02-Jun-1998 |
thorpej | Latest RIPv2/Router Discovery routed, from Vern Schryver <vjs@rhyolite.com>
|
| 1.1.1.5 | 03-Feb-1997 |
christos | New version from ftp.sgi.com:sgi/src/routed.tar.Z
|
| 1.1.1.4 | 24-Sep-1996 |
christos | Latest version of routed(8) from Vernon Schryver <vjs@sgi.com>
|
| 1.1.1.3 | 10-Aug-1996 |
thorpej | A leaner, meaner routed(8), implementing RIPv1, RIPv2, and ICMP Router
Discovery, courtesy of Vernon Schryver <vjs@sgi.com>. Thanks!
|
| 1.1.1.2 | 14-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Import 4.4-Lite version.
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | initial import of 386bsd-0.1 sources
|
| 1.31.30.1 | 13-May-2009 |
jym | Sync with HEAD.
Third (and last) commit. See http://mail-index.netbsd.org/source-changes/2009/05/13/msg221222.html
|
| 1.9 | 10-Aug-1996 |
thorpej | - Finished up merge.
- Add some prototypes and definitions for types as necessary,
wrapped in __NetBSD__ to maintain portability.
- Explicit size types in structures that go out the wire.
- RCS id police.
|
| 1.8 | 20-Jun-1995 |
christos | - Support rip version 2.
- Add ansi prototypes.
- Be less internet centric.
- Convert queues to use <sys/queue.h> so we don't need -lcompat
|
| 1.7 | 24-Apr-1995 |
cgd | fix arguments to tracing functions and/or cast, to avoid warnings.
|
| 1.6 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.5 | 13-May-1994 |
mycroft | Clean up import.
|
| 1.4 | 01-Aug-1993 |
mycroft | Add RCS identifiers.
|
| 1.3 | 23-Mar-1993 |
cgd | changed "Id" to "Header" for rcsids
|
| 1.2 | 22-Mar-1993 |
cgd | added rcs ids to all files
|
| 1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.2 | 14-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Import 4.4-Lite version.
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | initial import of 386bsd-0.1 sources
|
| 1.8 | 26-May-2011 |
joerg | Default to -Wno-sign-compare -Wno-pointer-sign for clang.
Push -Wno-array-bounds down to the cases that depend on it.
Selectively disable warnings for 3rd party software or non-trivial
issues to be reviewed later to get clang -Werror to build most of the
tree.
|
| 1.7 | 23-Apr-2002 |
msaitoh | don't override LDSTATIC if NOPIC is defined.
|
| 1.6 | 02-Mar-1998 |
cgd | allow LDSTATIC definition to be overridden by bsd.own.mk/mk.conf
|
| 1.5 | 10-Oct-1997 |
mikel | link rtquery against dynamic libs; from Soren S. Jorvang in PR bin/4178
|
| 1.4 | 20-Jun-1997 |
pk | Install `rtquery' in /usr/sbin.
|
| 1.3 | 03-Feb-1997 |
christos | - resolve conflicts.
- remove md5 stuff; it is in libc.
- define MCAST_PPP_BUG, until we fix if_ppp.c
|
| 1.2 | 10-Aug-1996 |
thorpej | - Finished up merge.
- Add some prototypes and definitions for types as necessary,
wrapped in __NetBSD__ to maintain portability.
- Explicit size types in structures that go out the wire.
- RCS id police.
|
| 1.1 | 10-Aug-1996 |
thorpej | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.4 | 23-Feb-1999 |
christos | Latest version of routed(8) from Vernon Schryver <vjs@calcite.rhyolite.com>
|
| 1.1.1.3 | 03-Feb-1997 |
christos | New version from ftp.sgi.com:sgi/src/routed.tar.Z
|
| 1.1.1.2 | 24-Sep-1996 |
christos | Latest version of routed(8) from Vernon Schryver <vjs@sgi.com>
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 10-Aug-1996 |
thorpej | A leaner, meaner routed(8), implementing RIPv1, RIPv2, and ICMP Router
Discovery, courtesy of Vernon Schryver <vjs@sgi.com>. Thanks!
|
| 1.2 | 03-Feb-1997 |
christos | - resolve conflicts.
- remove md5 stuff; it is in libc.
- define MCAST_PPP_BUG, until we fix if_ppp.c
|
| 1.1 | 03-Feb-1997 |
christos | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 03-Feb-1997 |
christos | New version from ftp.sgi.com:sgi/src/routed.tar.Z
|
| 1.20 | 11-Sep-2009 |
wiz | Add xref to pkgsrc/net/gated, so people know where to find gated(8).
Improve markup of RFCs in SEE ALSO.
Sort options.
Bump date.
|
| 1.19 | 23-Sep-2003 |
wiz | Correct error in previous, noted by Nick Hudson.
|
| 1.18 | 07-Sep-2003 |
wiz | Consistently use 'RFC 1234' instead of 'RFC1234' or 'RFC-1234'.
From jmc@openbsd.
|
| 1.17 | 25-Feb-2003 |
wiz | .Nm does not need a dummy argument ("") before punctuation or
for correct formatting of the SYNOPSIS any longer.
|
| 1.16 | 16-Nov-2001 |
wiz | Sort SEE ALSO.
|
| 1.15 | 05-Jun-2001 |
wiz | Drop argument of .Os.
|
| 1.14 | 23-Feb-1999 |
christos | Resolve conflicts.
|
| 1.13 | 22-Nov-1998 |
msaitoh | s/ and and / and /
|
| 1.12 | 25-Oct-1998 |
christos | Update to 980910 from ftp.rhyolite.com
|
| 1.11 | 18-Aug-1998 |
msaitoh | fix a roff command bug
|
| 1.10 | 29-Apr-1998 |
fair | fix bad .Xr references
|
| 1.9 | 11-Oct-1997 |
enami | - Use .Nm "" instead of .Nm rtquery in SYNOPSIS.
- Don't use captialized wort to refer command name.
- Delete period at the end of ``SEE ALSO'' list.
- Use .Xr instead of .Em to refer routed.
|
| 1.8 | 10-Oct-1997 |
lukem | all but the first .Nm in SYNOPSIS need to be spelt out. [bin/4256]
|
| 1.7 | 15-Sep-1997 |
lukem | * cleanup for WARNS=1
* deprecate register
* bcmp, bcopy, bzero, rindex -> memcmp, memmove, memset, strrchr
* correct use of .Nm
|
| 1.6 | 03-Feb-1997 |
christos | - resolve conflicts.
- remove md5 stuff; it is in libc.
- define MCAST_PPP_BUG, until we fix if_ppp.c
|
| 1.5 | 27-Jan-1997 |
perry | fix some nits from SAITOH Masanobu, pr-3149
|
| 1.4 | 17-Jan-1997 |
perry | fix .I which should be .Em, from SAITOH Masanobu in pr-3109
|
| 1.3 | 24-Sep-1996 |
christos | - resolve conflicts
- try to follow rcsid style more closely
- fix rn_walktree callback routine signatures.
|
| 1.2 | 10-Aug-1996 |
thorpej | - Finished up merge.
- Add some prototypes and definitions for types as necessary,
wrapped in __NetBSD__ to maintain portability.
- Explicit size types in structures that go out the wire.
- RCS id police.
|
| 1.1 | 10-Aug-1996 |
thorpej | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.4 | 23-Feb-1999 |
christos | Latest version of routed(8) from Vernon Schryver <vjs@calcite.rhyolite.com>
|
| 1.1.1.3 | 03-Feb-1997 |
christos | New version from ftp.sgi.com:sgi/src/routed.tar.Z
|
| 1.1.1.2 | 24-Sep-1996 |
christos | Latest version of routed(8) from Vernon Schryver <vjs@sgi.com>
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 10-Aug-1996 |
thorpej | A leaner, meaner routed(8), implementing RIPv1, RIPv2, and ICMP Router
Discovery, courtesy of Vernon Schryver <vjs@sgi.com>. Thanks!
|
| 1.25 | 23-Mar-2014 |
dholland | don't use sprintf
|
| 1.24 | 19-Oct-2013 |
christos | gcc warns about array bounds limits, but unfortunately the API here requires
flex arrays in a union which is not allowed. So do a trivial pointer assignment
to baffle gcc again.
|
| 1.23 | 29-Aug-2011 |
joerg | branches: 1.23.2; 1.23.8;
Use __dead
|
| 1.22 | 26-Oct-2009 |
christos | merge 2.32 which is actually 2.31. Most important change is:
- use multicast over point-to-point (GRE) links as proposed by Dan Lukes.
|
| 1.21 | 20-Jul-2008 |
lukem | Remove the \n and tabs from the __COPYRIGHT() strings.
(Tweak some to use a consistent format.)
|
| 1.20 | 15-Dec-2007 |
perry | branches: 1.20.4; 1.20.8;
convert __attribute__s to applicable cdefs.h macros
|
| 1.19 | 16-Sep-2007 |
ragge | branches: 1.19.2;
__attribute -> __attribute__.
|
| 1.18 | 10-May-2006 |
mrg | branches: 1.18.10;
quell GCC 4.1 uninitialised variable warnings.
XXX: we should audit the tree for which old ones are no longer needed
after getting the older compilers out of the tree..
|
| 1.17 | 09-May-2006 |
mrg | change (mostly) int to socklen_t. GCC 4 doesn't like that int and
socklen_t are different signness.
|
| 1.16 | 30-Nov-2002 |
christos | sync with routed 2.27
|
| 1.15 | 06-Apr-2001 |
wiz | Negative exit code cleanup: Replace exit(-x) with exit(x).
As seen on tech-userlevel.
|
| 1.14 | 10-Mar-2001 |
christos | sync with version 2.24. Vernon says:
The most significant [fix] involves so called "remote" interfaces
configured in the kludge file to with what appear to be colliding
networks. Edward Mascarenhas <eddiem@vihar.engr.sgi.com> found
the problem and the fix, and I think has tested it in the SGI
network.
|
| 1.13 | 27-Jul-2000 |
thorpej | Pull in <md5.h> rather than defining our own MD5 structures (!).
|
| 1.12 | 02-Mar-2000 |
christos | portability casts
|
| 1.11 | 19-Aug-1999 |
christos | negative ip octets don't make sense. Now we print byte swapped but the
addresses are at least recognizable without negating :-)
|
| 1.10 | 23-Feb-1999 |
christos | Resolve conflicts.
|
| 1.9 | 25-Oct-1998 |
christos | Update to 980910 from ftp.rhyolite.com
|
| 1.8 | 02-Jun-1998 |
thorpej | Merge the 980602 RIPv2/Router Discovery routed. Fixes floods of host routes
generated when one of the interfaces on the network does not support
broadcast (e.g. HIPPI or ATM).
From Vern Schryver <vjs@rhyolite.com>
|
| 1.7 | 02-Jun-1998 |
kleink | Remove the unrecognized `-v' option from the usage information;
from Geoff C. Wing in PR bin/5521.
|
| 1.6 | 30-Mar-1998 |
mrg | add noreturn attribute, and fix the return value of main.
|
| 1.5 | 15-Sep-1997 |
lukem | * cleanup for WARNS=1
* deprecate register
* bcmp, bcopy, bzero, rindex -> memcmp, memmove, memset, strrchr
* correct use of .Nm
|
| 1.4 | 03-Feb-1997 |
christos | - resolve conflicts.
- remove md5 stuff; it is in libc.
- define MCAST_PPP_BUG, until we fix if_ppp.c
|
| 1.3 | 24-Sep-1996 |
christos | - resolve conflicts
- try to follow rcsid style more closely
- fix rn_walktree callback routine signatures.
|
| 1.2 | 10-Aug-1996 |
thorpej | - Finished up merge.
- Add some prototypes and definitions for types as necessary,
wrapped in __NetBSD__ to maintain portability.
- Explicit size types in structures that go out the wire.
- RCS id police.
|
| 1.1 | 10-Aug-1996 |
thorpej | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.5 | 23-Feb-1999 |
christos | Latest version of routed(8) from Vernon Schryver <vjs@calcite.rhyolite.com>
|
| 1.1.1.4 | 02-Jun-1998 |
thorpej | Latest RIPv2/Router Discovery routed, from Vern Schryver <vjs@rhyolite.com>
|
| 1.1.1.3 | 03-Feb-1997 |
christos | New version from ftp.sgi.com:sgi/src/routed.tar.Z
|
| 1.1.1.2 | 24-Sep-1996 |
christos | Latest version of routed(8) from Vernon Schryver <vjs@sgi.com>
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 10-Aug-1996 |
thorpej | A leaner, meaner routed(8), implementing RIPv1, RIPv2, and ICMP Router
Discovery, courtesy of Vernon Schryver <vjs@sgi.com>. Thanks!
|
| 1.18.10.2 | 09-Jan-2008 |
matt | sync with HEAD
|
| 1.18.10.1 | 06-Nov-2007 |
matt | sync with HEAD
|
| 1.19.2.1 | 27-Dec-2007 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.20.8.1 | 18-Sep-2008 |
wrstuden | Sync with wrstuden-revivesa-base-2.
|
| 1.20.4.1 | 28-Sep-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.23.8.1 | 20-Aug-2014 |
tls | Rebase to HEAD as of a few days ago.
|
| 1.23.2.1 | 22-May-2014 |
yamt | sync with head.
for a reference, the tree before this commit was tagged
as yamt-pagecache-tag8.
this commit was splitted into small chunks to avoid
a limitation of cvs. ("Protocol error: too many arguments")
|
| 1.26 | 23-Dec-2016 |
mrg | for 64 bit mips platforms where we built userland largely as n32 by
default, build a handful of tools as n64 so they work properly.
unfortunately, they're also static as dynamic n64 has a problem.
of these tools pstat is probably the lowest hanging fruit to convert
to sysctl. systat would be close were it not for the netstat screen,
which includes netstat itself.
the rest are difficult to perhaps foolish.
the upside is that netstat, pmap and fstat all work properly now.
|
| 1.25 | 13-Jun-2001 |
wiz | branches: 1.25.84;
Use getbootfile(3) instead of _PATH_UNIX by default.
Sprinkle some const.
|
| 1.24 | 02-Jan-2001 |
joda | use gzip instead of compress
|
| 1.23 | 19-Feb-1998 |
thorpej | NetBSD/mips uses new libkvm now, savecore_old.c is dead.
|
| 1.22 | 19-Feb-1998 |
thorpej | Simplify savecore_old test ... MACHINE_ARCH == "mips".
|
| 1.21 | 18-Feb-1998 |
thorpej | i386
|
| 1.20 | 08-May-1997 |
gwr | Back out the .PATH.c changes. The .depend problem (and others)
will be fixed using the new .NOPATH make feature instead.
|
| 1.19 | 06-May-1997 |
gwr | Use .PATH.c: ...
|
| 1.18 | 25-Apr-1997 |
thorpej | mvme68k uses the new crash dump format now.
|
| 1.17 | 23-Apr-1997 |
scottr | mac68k uses new libkvm, now.
|
| 1.16 | 09-Apr-1997 |
thorpej | hp300 uses new savecore now
|
| 1.15 | 30-Mar-1997 |
thorpej | Sun3x and PowerPC both use new libkvm.
|
| 1.14 | 08-Feb-1997 |
matthias | The pc532 port now uses the new libkvm.
|
| 1.13 | 18-Nov-1996 |
pk | sparc uses new savecore.c
|
| 1.12 | 01-Oct-1996 |
cgd | add alpha to the list of ports that use new savecore
|
| 1.11 | 12-May-1996 |
mhitch | Add amiga to the list of ports using the new savecore.
|
| 1.10 | 08-May-1996 |
gwr | Add sun3 to the list of ports using the new savecore.
Add -lkvm when linking the new savecore.
|
| 1.9 | 30-Mar-1996 |
cgd | since the only difference between the old 'savecore' and the new one
is savecore.c, move it back into the 'savecore' dir (renamed as
savecore_old.c) so that the build is more 'normal,' and more like what
it used to be.
|
| 1.8 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.7 | 22-Dec-1994 |
cgd | specify man pages the new way.
|
| 1.6 | 11-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Fix up RCS ids.
|
| 1.5 | 10-Jun-1994 |
pk | Update to 4.4-lite.
|
| 1.4 | 01-Aug-1993 |
mycroft | Add RCS identifiers.
|
| 1.3 | 23-Mar-1993 |
cgd | changed "Id" to "Header" for rcsids
|
| 1.2 | 22-Mar-1993 |
cgd | added rcs ids to all files
|
| 1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.2 | 13-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Import 4.4-Lite version.
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | initial import of 386bsd-0.1 sources
|
| 1.25.84.1 | 07-Jan-2017 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD. (Note that most of these changes are simply $NetBSD$
tag issues.)
|
| 1.37 | 15-Mar-2012 |
njoly | Use Lk macro when dealing with URLs. While here update or remove some
dead URL links. Another part of PR/29238.
|
| 1.36 | 13-Sep-2011 |
wiz | branches: 1.36.2;
Fix typo.
|
| 1.35 | 12-Sep-2011 |
christos | document that dumpdir is now optional
|
| 1.34 | 07-Mar-2009 |
ad | Add crash(8), a utility to diagnose kernel crashes. This is basically
ddb running on crash dumps, but with two notable changes:
- Breakpoints, watches, etc are obviously never going to work so they
are not handled.
- You can pipe output to the shell, e.g. ps | grep foo
Items remaining to be done:
- Port it to architectures other than i386. This isn't difficult, just
a case of making db_disasm.c/db_trace.c or their equivalent compile
and work.
- Make more of the "show" commands work, e.g "show uvmexp".
|
| 1.33 | 21-Oct-2004 |
dsainty | branches: 1.33.38;
Rearrange the option formatting to be both prettier and more complete
|
| 1.32 | 16-Oct-2004 |
snj | New sentence, new line; use .Dq instead of ``''.
|
| 1.31 | 16-Oct-2004 |
dsainty | Bump date for -n description
|
| 1.30 | 16-Oct-2004 |
dsainty | Added -n option, which tests for a present core but doesn't write it
to disk or clear it (does 'nothing').
http://mail-index.netbsd.org/tech-userlevel/2004/10/09/0000.html
|
| 1.29 | 07-Aug-2003 |
agc | Move UCB-licensed code from 4-clause to 3-clause licence.
Patches provided by Joel Baker in PR 22308, verified by myself.
|
| 1.28 | 25-Feb-2003 |
wiz | .Nm does not need a dummy argument ("") before punctuation or
for correct formatting of the SYNOPSIS any longer.
|
| 1.27 | 03-Oct-2002 |
wiz | New sentence, new line. From Robert Elz.
|
| 1.26 | 16-Nov-2001 |
wiz | Sort sections.
|
| 1.25 | 16-Nov-2001 |
wiz | Whitespace nits
|
| 1.24 | 12-Sep-2001 |
lukem | explicitly set the default compression level to 1 (from the implicit 6),
because it's significantly faster and doesn't use that much more disk space.
|
| 1.23 | 12-Sep-2001 |
lukem | Add "-Z level" to control the compression level that -z uses (which
defaults to -Z 6). Depending on the relative speed of the CPU
versus disk, "-zZ1" might be faster than no compression at all.
|
| 1.22 | 20-Aug-2001 |
wiz | Document more explicitly that the kernel must be `secure' according to
secure_path to be used automatically. (Of course, you can override with the
-N option.)
Addresses bin/13665.
|
| 1.21 | 13-Jun-2001 |
wiz | Note usage of getbootfile(3); sort SEE ALSO section according to
mdoc.samples(7).
|
| 1.20 | 05-Jun-2001 |
wiz | Drop arguments of .Os.
|
| 1.19 | 03-Apr-2001 |
wiz | Xref send-pr 1, not 8. Whitespace fixes while I'm here.
|
| 1.18 | 02-Jan-2001 |
joda | use gzip instead of compress
|
| 1.17 | 07-Dec-2000 |
wiz | Don't mention rc(8), we're using rc.d now.
|
| 1.16 | 27-Mar-2000 |
pooka | branches: 1.16.4;
.core.Z, not .Z.core.
Reported by Wolfgang Helbig in pr/9684
|
| 1.15 | 20-Nov-1999 |
sommerfeld | Include clues on what to do with the crash dump once you've got it
|
| 1.14 | 17-Sep-1999 |
is | branches: 1.14.4;
Clarify description of ``-c''. (See PR 4511)
|
| 1.13 | 20-Oct-1997 |
enami | Fix .Nm usage.
|
| 1.12 | 15-Sep-1997 |
lukem | * cleanup for WARNS=1
* fix .Nm usage
* deprecate register
|
| 1.11 | 27-Jun-1995 |
briggs | Note the proper name for the core file instead of vmcore, and note the
names used when the -z option is present.
|
| 1.10 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.9 | 13-Jun-1994 |
cgd | kill U word
|
| 1.8 | 11-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Fix up RCS ids.
|
| 1.7 | 10-Jun-1994 |
pk | Update to 4.4-lite, local changes to man page.
|
| 1.6 | 01-Aug-1993 |
mycroft | Add RCS indentifiers.
|
| 1.5 | 28-Apr-1993 |
cgd | bsd->netbsd
|
| 1.4 | 28-Apr-1993 |
cgd | kernel name is /bsd
|
| 1.3 | 23-Mar-1993 |
cgd | changed "Id" to "Header" for rcsids
|
| 1.2 | 22-Mar-1993 |
cgd | added rcs ids to all files
|
| 1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.2 | 13-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Import 4.4-Lite version.
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | initial import of 386bsd-0.1 sources
|
| 1.14.4.1 | 27-Dec-1999 |
wrstuden | Pull up to last week's -current.
|
| 1.16.4.1 | 04-Apr-2001 |
he | Pull up revision 1.19 (via patch, requested by wiz):
Xref send-pr 1, not 8 + whitespace fixes.
|
| 1.33.38.1 | 13-May-2009 |
jym | Sync with HEAD.
Third (and last) commit. See http://mail-index.netbsd.org/source-changes/2009/05/13/msg221222.html
|
| 1.36.2.1 | 17-Apr-2012 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.90 | 03-Apr-2020 |
maxv | Avoid overflows when reading strings.
|
| 1.89 | 06-Nov-2019 |
mrg | elide recently introduced warnings that trigger in normal cases, eg:
savecore: dump_exists:471: kvm_read newdumpmag: _kvm_kvatop(ffffffff8180030c)
|
| 1.88 | 27-Dec-2018 |
mrg | avoid infinite loop in kmem_check(). fixes bug introduced in previous.
|
| 1.87 | 06-Nov-2018 |
mrg | put a bunch of the kvm_read + warn on failure code into a macro that
describes more about what failed. now errors tell you which actual
variable was being requested instead of simply saying "not yours".
tested on amd64 as working. written for arm64 testing.
|
| 1.86 | 13-May-2013 |
christos | branches: 1.86.26; 1.86.28;
- avoid using globals where it is simple.
- simplify: only use stdio for output.
|
| 1.85 | 07-Apr-2012 |
christos | branches: 1.85.2;
factor out rawname() from dump, fsck, savecore.
|
| 1.84 | 13-Sep-2011 |
christos | branches: 1.84.2;
print the missing flag if missing argument...
|
| 1.83 | 12-Sep-2011 |
christos | - always print corrupted dump messages instead of silently failing
- don't require /var/crash to be specified, default to it
- determine and print the kernel name
- print all messages to syslog
|
| 1.82 | 29-Aug-2011 |
joerg | static + __dead
|
| 1.81 | 18-Aug-2009 |
dogcow | Instead of exiting with an obscure error message if -N /kernelname isn't
specified, blithely assume the kernel will consume around 20 megs.
|
| 1.80 | 06-Apr-2009 |
lukem | fix sign-compare issues
|
| 1.79 | 21-Mar-2009 |
tls | Fix savecore so it uses /dev/ksyms when it can (doesn't override libkvm
default). Fixes misc/38425.
|
| 1.78 | 28-Dec-2008 |
christos | branches: 1.78.2;
fix dev_t format.
|
| 1.77 | 05-Dec-2008 |
ad | Enable the faked ELF kernel by default, now that ksyms output works with
gdb. Makes it possible to do post-mortem debugging on a modular kernel.
|
| 1.76 | 20-Oct-2008 |
ad | branches: 1.76.2;
- Add code to produce a fake ELF kernel containing only symbol info. Done
by extracting ksyms state from the dump, so we have symbols for modules
loaded at the time of the crash. If ksyms extraction fails, this falls
back to the current behaviour of copying /netbsd.
- Leave it disabled for the moment: (1) we are about to branch (2) most
tools understand the artificial kernel but gdb has trouble with it for
some reason.
|
| 1.75 | 09-Oct-2008 |
joerg | Explicitly check that the dump device is not the console, a tty or pty.
While the list is adhoc, the problems reported are always with
/dev/console. Adresses PR 38425 and similiar issues with Xen.
|
| 1.74 | 20-Jul-2008 |
lukem | Remove the \n and tabs from the __COPYRIGHT() strings.
(Tweak some to use a consistent format.)
|
| 1.73 | 20-Apr-2008 |
ad | branches: 1.73.2;
sync() a couple of times to benefit diagnosis of sloppy kernel code that
crashes during boot to multiuser.
|
| 1.72 | 15-Jan-2008 |
ad | branches: 1.72.4; 1.72.6;
Don't use the block device to read crashdumps, if possible.
|
| 1.71 | 12-Nov-2007 |
pooka | branches: 1.71.2;
tyop: _time_seconf -> _time_second
|
| 1.70 | 18-Dec-2006 |
christos | branches: 1.70.4;
from Anon Ymous: remove (void)&var;
|
| 1.69 | 16-Oct-2006 |
christos | c99 initializers
|
| 1.68 | 09-Jul-2006 |
kardel | accept either "time_second" or "time" as kernel timevariable in
order to support common userland in enviroments where
timecounter kernels and non timecounter kernel co-exist
(e.g. xen & i386)
|
| 1.67 | 07-Jun-2006 |
kardel | support timecounters (struct time gone, use time_second then)
|
| 1.66 | 17-Mar-2006 |
hubertf | Free some allocated memory in the failure case when trying to
fetch the panic string.
Fixes Coverity CID 1856.
|
| 1.65 | 16-Oct-2004 |
dsainty | branches: 1.65.6;
Added -n option, which tests for a present core but doesn't write it
to disk or clear it (does 'nothing').
http://mail-index.netbsd.org/tech-userlevel/2004/10/09/0000.html
|
| 1.64 | 14-Jul-2004 |
tls | Fix an integer overflow that prevented saving cores from machines with
more than 2GB of RAM.
"dumpsize" in the on-disk core header is in pages, but, unfortunately,
c.size in our kcore format is an unsigned 32-bit int, gross.
We sleaze it, using a 64-bit int internally here and handing it to
libkvm as a *signed* 32-bit int. Won't always work, but shouldn't be
broken any worse than it is now, and sometimes work better.
We must fix the kcore format and libkvm.
|
| 1.63 | 21-Apr-2004 |
christos | Replace the statfs() family of system calls with statvfs().
Retain binary compatibility.
|
| 1.62 | 30-Mar-2004 |
christos | Give a 60 day leeway instead of a week when judging if the dumptime is valid.
7 days is too short when you are debugging time problems.
|
| 1.61 | 07-Aug-2003 |
agc | branches: 1.61.2;
Move UCB-licensed code from 4-clause to 3-clause licence.
Patches provided by Joel Baker in PR 22308, verified by myself.
|
| 1.60 | 18-May-2003 |
itojun | simplify by strlcpy
|
| 1.59 | 06-Dec-2002 |
thorpej | Remove prototype for non-existent function log().
|
| 1.58 | 27-Sep-2002 |
drochner | use humanize_number(3) for progress printout
|
| 1.57 | 19-Mar-2002 |
christos | branches: 1.57.2;
PR/15502: Wolfgang Rupprecht: savecore fails for > 2GB files.
|
| 1.56 | 06-Mar-2002 |
tsutsui | Change type of dumpmag and newdumpmag from int to u_int32_t
since they hold 32bit unsigned magic numbers. (sync with kernels)
|
| 1.55 | 01-Nov-2001 |
lukem | fix a couple of -Wshadow warnings
|
| 1.54 | 12-Sep-2001 |
lukem | explicitly set the default compression level to 1 (from the implicit 6),
because it's significantly faster and doesn't use that much more disk space.
|
| 1.53 | 12-Sep-2001 |
lukem | Add "-Z level" to control the compression level that -z uses (which
defaults to -Z 6). Depending on the relative speed of the CPU
versus disk, "-zZ1" might be faster than no compression at all.
|
| 1.52 | 13-Jun-2001 |
wiz | Use getbootfile(3) instead of _PATH_UNIX by default.
Sprinkle some const.
|
| 1.51 | 06-May-2001 |
simonb | If the position of the formatted panic string can be found in the
message buffer, use that instead of the raw panic string.
Suggested by Jason Thorpe eons ago.
|
| 1.50 | 11-Jan-2001 |
martin | Make option flag variables static. This avoids a conflict between
'int compress' in savecore.c and the function 'compress' in libz.
Gnu ld 2.10 (with BFD 2.10) used on sparc64 warns this conflict
(symbol "compress" changed size).
|
| 1.49 | 02-Jan-2001 |
joda | use gzip instead of compress
|
| 1.48 | 02-Jan-2001 |
lukem | Bump the field width of `K to go' from 6 to 8; some systems have more
than 999999 KB of RAM... (this will suffice until it's common to have
~ 100 GB of RAM :)
|
| 1.47 | 11-Dec-2000 |
wiz | Back out sysctl part for now, awaiting the result of further discussion,
on request of Andrew Doran.
|
| 1.46 | 08-Dec-2000 |
wiz | Output proper warning if dumplo == -1 (as it can happen on macppc without
swap partition), instead of "kvm_dump_mkheader: Pread: Invalid argument".
|
| 1.45 | 07-Dec-2000 |
wiz | de-__P(), and generally try to be more conforming to the new NetBSD style.
Use %m in syslog strings where appropriate.
Reduce warnings with WARNS=2.
|
| 1.44 | 07-Dec-2000 |
wiz | Fix argument handling, which was pretty broken.
If sysctl supports it, try to get the kernel name with CPU_BOOTED_KERNEL.
Get current kernels version string in all cases.
Adapt some error messages to the correct kernel name.
Reviewed by Simon Burge.
|
| 1.43 | 08-Oct-2000 |
darrenr | initialize kernel to _PATH_UNIX and remove local variables in functions
which are essentially copies of kernel.
|
| 1.42 | 01-Oct-2000 |
darrenr | savecore was looking up dumpdev, etc, from the wrong kernel
|
| 1.41 | 01-Aug-2000 |
eeh | time is a `struct timeval' not a `time_t', so read it in properly.
|
| 1.40 | 02-Aug-1999 |
mycroft | branches: 1.40.8;
s/on device/in [dirname]/, to be a bit clearer...
|
| 1.39 | 01-Jul-1999 |
cgd | Remove an extraneous fclose() call which would cause savecore to crash
if the bounds file was unwritable (e.g. because /var was read-only).
Fix supplied by Ronald Khoo in PR#7887.
|
| 1.38 | 27-Feb-1999 |
sommerfe | branches: 1.38.2;
Crash dumps should *not* be world readable.
|
| 1.37 | 23-Jul-1998 |
sommerfe | Avoid truncating partition size in freespace calculation
|
| 1.36 | 01-Apr-1998 |
kleink | Need <time.h> for time() and ctime() prototypes.
|
| 1.35 | 18-Feb-1998 |
thorpej | Avoid
|
| 1.34 | 16-Sep-1997 |
lukem | resolve conflicts from lite-2 merge
|
| 1.33 | 16-Sep-1997 |
mrg | make these compile on the alpha after WARNS=1.
|
| 1.32 | 15-Sep-1997 |
lukem | * cleanup for WARNS=1
* fix .Nm usage
* deprecate register
|
| 1.31 | 25-Aug-1997 |
kleink | Lseek(2) usage cleanup: the use of L_SET/L_INCR/L_XTND is deprecated,
use SEEK_SET/SEEK_CUR/SEEK_END instead.
|
| 1.30 | 19-May-1997 |
pk | More error checking.
|
| 1.29 | 21-Apr-1997 |
mrg | set umask for savecore.
|
| 1.28 | 01-Oct-1996 |
cgd | make datas item copied out from kernel (panicstr) and/or used as kvm pointers
(panicloc) be 'long's, not 'int's.
|
| 1.27 | 23-Jun-1996 |
leo | If kvm_dump_mkheader() returns 0, simply state 'no core dump' instead
of logging and error.
|
| 1.26 | 18-Mar-1996 |
leo | Omit kd_live argument to kvm_dump_mkheader().
|
| 1.25 | 16-Mar-1996 |
leo | New libkvm/savecore implementation. With the following differences:
1) savecore will not access the dump or live-kernel directly. It
will always use the kvm-functions. Allowing it to work on kernels
that don't have a 1-1 PA-VA mapping.
2) the kvm-lib has some additional functions to accomplish 1
- kvm_dump_mkheader()
- kvm_dump_wrtheader()
- kvm_dump_inval()
3) the file formats of the dump generated by the kernel and the dump
generated by savecore have been changed. The file format now looks
like the format produced for 'normal' core dumps.
Ports not yet supporting the new kvm-format will be using libkvm.old/
savecore.old for the time being.
|
| 1.24 | 08-Mar-1996 |
mycroft | Put the compression suffix *last*.
|
| 1.23 | 24-Jul-1995 |
cgd | set dumpsize in dump_exists(), not save_core(), so that minfree check
works again. solves pr 1257, but sets dumpsize earlier than suggested
in that pr, so that dumpsize is set if a core doesn't appear to be
present (because dumpsize would be used if the '-f' flag is given).
|
| 1.22 | 25-Jun-1995 |
cgd | fix verbose printf of dumplo, clean up printfs slightly
|
| 1.21 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.20 | 04-Jan-1995 |
mycroft | Fix getopt string and test on return value.
|
| 1.19 | 31-Oct-1994 |
cgd | oops; get rid of previous (iffy) zopen declaration
|
| 1.18 | 31-Oct-1994 |
cgd | make a proto for zopen (yech)
|
| 1.17 | 23-Sep-1994 |
mycroft | Eliminate uses of some obsolete functions.
|
| 1.16 | 18-Sep-1994 |
deraadt | prototype zopen()
NBPG --> getpagesize()
|
| 1.15 | 17-Sep-1994 |
mycroft | vmunix --> kernel (for variable names), and make the core file naming
convention match that of other executables.
|
| 1.14 | 11-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Fix up RCS ids.
|
| 1.13 | 10-Jun-1994 |
pk | Update to 4.4-lite, local changes to man page.
|
| 1.12 | 31-May-1994 |
pk | Initialize return value from save_core() in case dumpsize == 0.
|
| 1.11 | 27-May-1994 |
pk | Don't clear dump if writing it to the filesystem fails (eg. file system full)
|
| 1.10 | 21-Apr-1994 |
cgd | queue/struct changes
|
| 1.9 | 06-Apr-1994 |
cgd | kill two casts
|
| 1.8 | 06-Apr-1994 |
cgd | serious perversion:
most of the 'off' arguments to Lseek() (the internal lseek() wrapper)
are unsigned longs. we need them to be sign extended, though, so change
Lseek() to take a 'long' rather than an 'off_t', and let the compiler
do the dirty work via implicit casts.
|
| 1.7 | 04-Apr-1994 |
cgd | lseek stuff, and clean up. this is perverse.
|
| 1.6 | 14-Feb-1994 |
cgd | correct ok() calculation for all architectures.
|
| 1.5 | 08-Dec-1993 |
pk | Check for dumpdev being NODEV. If so, exit silently, unless verbose is on.
|
| 1.4 | 01-Aug-1993 |
mycroft | Add RCS identifiers.
|
| 1.3 | 23-Mar-1993 |
cgd | changed "Id" to "Header" for rcsids
|
| 1.2 | 22-Mar-1993 |
cgd | added rcs ids to all files
|
| 1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.3 | 16-Sep-1997 |
lukem | imported from lite-2
|
| 1.1.1.2 | 13-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Import 4.4-Lite version.
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | initial import of 386bsd-0.1 sources
|
| 1.38.2.1 | 02-Jul-1999 |
perry | pullup 1.38->1.39 (cgd)
|
| 1.40.8.1 | 07-Aug-2000 |
mrg | pull up 1.41 (approved by jhawk):
>time is a `struct timeval' not a `time_t', so read it in properly.
|
| 1.57.2.1 | 23-Jul-2004 |
tron | Apply patch (requested by dbj in ticket 1724):
Fix problems when building the netbsd-1-6 branch with GCC 3.3.3.
|
| 1.61.2.3 | 14-Jul-2004 |
tron | Pull up revision 1.64 (requested by tls in ticket #650):
Fix an integer overflow that prevented saving cores from machines with
more than 2GB of RAM.
"dumpsize" in the on-disk core header is in pages, but, unfortunately,
c.size in our kcore format is an unsigned 32-bit int, gross.
We sleaze it, using a 64-bit int internally here and handing it to
libkvm as a *signed* 32-bit int. Won't always work, but shouldn't be
broken any worse than it is now, and sometimes work better.
We must fix the kcore format and libkvm.
|
| 1.61.2.2 | 14-Jul-2004 |
tls | revert accidental commit to branch
|
| 1.61.2.1 | 14-Jul-2004 |
tls | Fix an integer overflow that prevented saving cores from machines with
more than 2GB of RAM.
"dumpsize" in the on-disk core header is in pages, but, unfortunately,
c.size in our kcore format is an unsigned 32-bit int, gross.
We sleaze it, using a 64-bit int internally here and handing it to
libkvm as a *signed* 32-bit int. Won't always work, but shouldn't be
broken any worse than it is now, and sometimes work better.
We must fix the kcore format and libkvm.
|
| 1.65.6.2 | 22-Apr-2006 |
simonb | Sync with head.
|
| 1.65.6.1 | 04-Feb-2006 |
simonb | If we have timecounters, read time_second from the kernel for the
dump time instead of time.tv.sec.
|
| 1.70.4.2 | 23-Mar-2008 |
matt | sync with HEAD
|
| 1.70.4.1 | 09-Jan-2008 |
matt | sync with HEAD
|
| 1.71.2.1 | 18-Feb-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.72.6.1 | 18-May-2008 |
yamt | sync with head.
|
| 1.72.4.3 | 17-Jan-2009 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.72.4.2 | 28-Sep-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.72.4.1 | 02-Jun-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.73.2.1 | 18-Sep-2008 |
wrstuden | Sync with wrstuden-revivesa-base-2.
|
| 1.76.2.2 | 28-Nov-2009 |
bouyer | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by dogcow in ticket #1157):
sbin/savecore/savecore.c: revision 1.81
Instead of exiting with an obscure error message if -N /kernelname isn't
specified, blithely assume the kernel will consume around 20 megs.
|
| 1.76.2.1 | 24-Mar-2009 |
snj | branches: 1.76.2.1.4;
Pull up following revision(s) (requested by tls in ticket #598):
sbin/savecore/savecore.c: revision 1.79
Fix savecore so it uses /dev/ksyms when it can (doesn't override libkvm
default). Fixes misc/38425.
|
| 1.76.2.1.4.1 | 21-Apr-2010 |
matt | sync to netbsd-5
|
| 1.78.2.1 | 13-May-2009 |
jym | Sync with HEAD.
Third (and last) commit. See http://mail-index.netbsd.org/source-changes/2009/05/13/msg221222.html
|
| 1.84.2.2 | 22-May-2014 |
yamt | sync with head.
for a reference, the tree before this commit was tagged
as yamt-pagecache-tag8.
this commit was splitted into small chunks to avoid
a limitation of cvs. ("Protocol error: too many arguments")
|
| 1.84.2.1 | 17-Apr-2012 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.85.2.1 | 23-Jun-2013 |
tls | resync from head
|
| 1.86.28.3 | 13-Apr-2020 |
martin | Mostly merge changes from HEAD upto 20200411
|
| 1.86.28.2 | 08-Apr-2020 |
martin | Merge changes from current as of 20200406
|
| 1.86.28.1 | 10-Jun-2019 |
christos | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.86.26.2 | 18-Jan-2019 |
pgoyette | Synch with HEAD
|
| 1.86.26.1 | 26-Nov-2018 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD, resolve a couple of conflicts
|
| 1.6 | 19-Feb-1998 |
thorpej | NetBSD/mips uses new libkvm now, savecore_old.c is dead.
|
| 1.5 | 16-Sep-1997 |
lukem | resolve conflicts from lite-2 merge
|
| 1.4 | 15-Sep-1997 |
lukem | * cleanup for WARNS=1
* fix .Nm usage
* deprecate register
|
| 1.3 | 26-Aug-1997 |
veego | Remove a ( from an removed cast.
|
| 1.2 | 25-Aug-1997 |
kleink | Lseek(2) usage cleanup: the use of L_SET/L_INCR/L_XTND is deprecated,
use SEEK_SET/SEEK_CUR/SEEK_END instead.
|
| 1.1 | 16-Mar-1996 |
leo | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 16-Mar-1996 |
leo | old savecore - do not update
|
| 1.4 | 10-Jan-2017 |
kamil | Adapt funopen(3) call after switch to new zlib(3)
In the prototype of the gzclose() function of changed from:
typedef struct gzFile_s *gzFile; /* semi-opaque gzip file descriptor */
to:
typedef voidp gzFile;
This caused type mismatch when calling funopen(3) as:
'int (*)(void *)' != 'int (*)(struct gzFile_s *)'
Cast gzclose to (int (*)(void *)) when used in funopen(3).
|
| 1.3 | 25-Dec-2012 |
mbalmer | branches: 1.3.12;
Consistent use of return.
|
| 1.2 | 27-Jun-2005 |
christos | branches: 1.2.46; 1.2.52;
Move WARNS=3 to the Makefile.inc, and add a little const to the remaining
programs that did not compile before.
|
| 1.1 | 02-Jan-2001 |
joda | use gzip instead of compress
|
| 1.2.52.1 | 25-Feb-2013 |
tls | resync with head
|
| 1.2.46.1 | 23-Jan-2013 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.3.12.1 | 20-Mar-2017 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.11 | 24-Jan-2023 |
mlelstv | Work on swapped-endian FFS.
|
| 1.10 | 07-Sep-2020 |
mrg | branches: 1.10.6;
remove GCC_NO_ADDR_OF_PACKED_MEMBER for several subdir builds
that are now handled by lfs_accessors.h internally.
|
| 1.9 | 06-Sep-2020 |
mrg | add support for new GCC 9 warnings that may be too much to fix
right now. new address-of-packed-member and format-overflow
warnings have new GCC_NO_ADDR_OF_PACKED_MEMBER amd
GCC_NO_FORMAT_OVERFLOW variables to remove these warnings.
apply to a bunch of the tree. mostly, these are real bugs that
should be fixed, but in many cases, only by removing the 'packed'
attribute from some structure that doesn't really need it. (i
looked at many different ones, and while perhaps 60-80% were
already properly aligned, it wasn't clear to me that the uses
were always coming from sane data vs network alignment, so it
doesn't seem safe to remove packed without careful research for
each affect struct.) clang already warned (and was not erroring)
for many of these cases, but gcc picked up dozens more.
|
| 1.8 | 01-May-2007 |
perseant | Add a "-b" option to search a partition for valid alternate superblocks,
rather than searching the disk for partitions. Also, test LFS superblock
checksums before we report them.
|
| 1.7 | 10-Sep-2005 |
xtraeme | branches: 1.7.4;
Specify the scan_ffs manpage, otherwise it will use scan_ffs.1.
|
| 1.6 | 10-Sep-2005 |
wiz | Fold scan_lfs.8 into scan_ffs.8. It's the same program, after all.
Ok'd by xtraeme.
|
| 1.5 | 31-Jul-2005 |
xtraeme | Add scan_lfs(8), utility to find LFS partitions on disk, useful
to recover lost disklabels.
|
| 1.4 | 27-Jun-2005 |
christos | Move WARNS=3 to the Makefile.inc, and add a little const to the remaining
programs that did not compile before.
|
| 1.3 | 15-Jun-2005 |
christos | WARNS=4, misc cleanups.
- void casts
- remove unused notreached
- use a loop instead of code duplication
- use switches and #define constants
|
| 1.2 | 15-Jun-2005 |
kleink | No need to define SRCS here.
|
| 1.1 | 15-Jun-2005 |
xtraeme | Add scan_ffs(8) from OpenBSD, it was modified to support FFSv2
for NetBSD (with different blocksizes). Utility to find
FFSv1 and FFSv2 partitions on disks, useful to recover lost
disklabels.
Reviewed by christos.
|
| 1.7.4.3 | 21-Aug-2006 |
tron | Apply patch (request by ghen in ticket #1470):
Avoid "-std=c99" if building NetBSD-vax which still uses GCC 2.95.3.
This fixes the broken build of NetBSD-vax.
|
| 1.7.4.2 | 11-Aug-2006 |
riz | Pull up following revision(s) via patch (requested by ghen in ticket #1460):
distrib/sets/lists/base/mi: revision 1.556, 1.565
distrib/sets/lists/man/mi: revision 1.792, 1.814
sbin/Makefile: revision 1.94
sbin/scan_ffs/Makefile: revision 1.1-1.3, 1.5-1.7
sbin/scan_ffs/scan_ffs.c: revision 1.1-1.9
sbin/scan_ffs/scan_ffs.8: revision 1.1-1.6 via patch
Add scan_ffs(8) from OpenBSD, modified for NetBSD to support FFSv2 and
LFS (scan_lfs(8)). Utility to find FFSv1, FFSv2 and LFS partitions on
disks, useful to recover lost disklabels.
|
| 1.7.4.1 | 10-Sep-2005 |
riz | file Makefile was added on branch netbsd-3 on 2006-08-11 04:41:25 +0000
|
| 1.10.6.1 | 22-Feb-2023 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by mlelstv in ticket #94):
sbin/scan_ffs/Makefile: revision 1.11
sbin/scan_ffs/scan_ffs.c: revision 1.37
Work on swapped-endian FFS.
|
| 1.14 | 01-May-2007 |
xtraeme | Bump date.
|
| 1.13 | 01-May-2007 |
perseant | Add a "-b" option to search a partition for valid alternate superblocks,
rather than searching the disk for partitions. Also, test LFS superblock
checksums before we report them.
|
| 1.12 | 17-Oct-2006 |
wiz | Improve English.
|
| 1.11 | 14-Oct-2006 |
xtraeme | Detect FFSv1 partitions with fragsize/blocksize greater than
2048/16384.
|
| 1.10 | 10-Sep-2006 |
wiz | Sort options in usage and SYNOPSIS.
|
| 1.9 | 07-Sep-2006 |
xtraeme | Change -f to -F, per mrg's suggestion.
|
| 1.8 | 07-Sep-2006 |
xtraeme | Add -f file support. Useful to search for partitions on disk images.
|
| 1.7 | 12-Aug-2006 |
ghen | scan_ffs(8) has been pulled up into netbsd-3 and thus will have
"first appeared in NetBSD 3.1", not 4.0.
|
| 1.6 | 10-Sep-2005 |
wiz | branches: 1.6.2; 1.6.4;
Fold scan_lfs.8 into scan_ffs.8. It's the same program, after all.
Ok'd by xtraeme.
|
| 1.5 | 09-Sep-2005 |
wiz | Improve wording and comma usage.
|
| 1.4 | 19-Jun-2005 |
wiz | Remove superfluous .El; a slight wording change.
|
| 1.3 | 19-Jun-2005 |
wiz | Incorporate my review comments.
|
| 1.2 | 15-Jun-2005 |
peter | fix the date, use .An for names, correct the name (scanffs -> scan_ffs),
.Ox/.Nx for OpenBSD/NetBSD, mention appearance in NetBSD.
|
| 1.1 | 15-Jun-2005 |
xtraeme | Add scan_ffs(8) from OpenBSD, it was modified to support FFSv2
for NetBSD (with different blocksizes). Utility to find
FFSv1 and FFSv2 partitions on disks, useful to recover lost
disklabels.
Reviewed by christos.
|
| 1.6.4.2 | 11-Aug-2006 |
riz | Pull up following revision(s) via patch (requested by ghen in ticket #1460):
distrib/sets/lists/base/mi: revision 1.556, 1.565
distrib/sets/lists/man/mi: revision 1.792, 1.814
sbin/Makefile: revision 1.94
sbin/scan_ffs/Makefile: revision 1.1-1.3, 1.5-1.7
sbin/scan_ffs/scan_ffs.c: revision 1.1-1.9
sbin/scan_ffs/scan_ffs.8: revision 1.1-1.6 via patch
Add scan_ffs(8) from OpenBSD, modified for NetBSD to support FFSv2 and
LFS (scan_lfs(8)). Utility to find FFSv1, FFSv2 and LFS partitions on
disks, useful to recover lost disklabels.
|
| 1.6.4.1 | 10-Sep-2005 |
riz | file scan_ffs.8 was added on branch netbsd-3 on 2006-08-11 04:41:25 +0000
|
| 1.6.2.2 | 14-Sep-2006 |
riz | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by wiz in ticket #156):
sbin/scan_ffs/scan_ffs.8: revision 1.10
sbin/scan_ffs/scan_ffs.c: revision 1.13
Sort options in usage and SYNOPSIS.
|
| 1.6.2.1 | 10-Sep-2006 |
riz | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by xtraeme in ticket #146):
sbin/scan_ffs/scan_ffs.8: revision 1.7
sbin/scan_ffs/scan_ffs.8: revision 1.8
sbin/scan_ffs/scan_ffs.8: revision 1.9
sbin/scan_ffs/scan_ffs.c: revision 1.10
sbin/scan_ffs/scan_ffs.c: revision 1.11
sbin/scan_ffs/scan_ffs.c: revision 1.12
Add -f file support. Useful to search for partitions on disk images.
Change -f to -F, per mrg's suggestion.
- Change the cast of st_size to uint64_t to avoid future problems
with large files.
- u_uintXX_t -> uintXX_t
|
| 1.37 | 24-Jan-2023 |
mlelstv | Work on swapped-endian FFS.
|
| 1.36 | 17-Nov-2022 |
chs | branches: 1.36.2;
Restore backward compatibility of UFS2 with previous NetBSD releases by
disabling support in UFS2 for extended attributes (including ACLs).
Add a new variant of UFS2 called "UFS2ea" that does support extended attributes.
Add new fsck_ffs operations "-c ea" and "-c no-ea" to convert file systems
from UFS2 to UFS2ea and vice-versa (both of which delete all existing extended
attributes in the process).
|
| 1.35 | 20-Jan-2022 |
christos | O_CLOEXEC is not a mode :-)
|
| 1.34 | 20-Jan-2022 |
christos | - use /dev/tty instead of stderr for SIGINFO messages
- use uintmax_t instead of ull
- print fractional percentage to show that we are making progress on large
disks.
|
| 1.33 | 19-Jan-2022 |
mrg | add SIGINFO support. now you can know how far along the scan is.
|
| 1.32 | 15-Oct-2015 |
dholland | Teach scan_ffs about lfs64.
(and also about byte-swapped lfs volumes, which might or might not
actually work)
|
| 1.31 | 02-Aug-2015 |
dholland | Add a (draft) 64-bit superblock. Make things build again.
Add pieces of support for using both superblock types where
convenient, and specifically to the superblock accessors, but don't
actually enable it anywhere.
First substantive step on PR 50000.
|
| 1.30 | 02-Aug-2015 |
dholland | Use accessor functions for the version field of the lfs superblock.
I thought at first maybe the cases that test the version should be
rolled into the accessors, but on the whole I think the conclusion on
that is no.
|
| 1.29 | 02-Aug-2015 |
dholland | Fix assorted 64 -> 32 truncations in lfs. Also, some minor tidyups and
corrections in passing.
|
| 1.28 | 28-Jul-2015 |
dholland | Add a new lfs header file: lfs_accessors.h.
This contains all the accessor functions and macros out of lfs.h.
Add an include of lfs_accessors.h after all uses of lfs.h... except
for code that wants to define its own struct lfs-alike that the
accessors are supposed to play along with. For these, set STRUCT_LFS
and include lfs_accessors.h after the necessary structure has been
defined, so that lfs_accessors.h can emit functions in terms of it.
|
| 1.27 | 24-Jul-2015 |
dholland | More lfs superblock accessors.
(This changes the rest of the code over; all the accessors were
already added.)
The difference between this commit and the previous one is arbitrary,
but the previous one passed the regression tests on its own so I'm
keeping it separate to help with any bisections that might be needed
in the future.
|
| 1.26 | 24-Jul-2015 |
dholland | Switch to accessor functions for elements of the LFS on-disk
superblock. This will allow switching between 32/64 bit forms on the
fly; it will also allow handling LFS_EI reasonably tidily. (That
currently doesn't work on the superblock.)
It also gets rid of cpp abuse in the form of fake structure member
macros.
Also, instead of doing sleep/wakeup on &lfs_avail and &lfs_nextseg
inside the on-disk superblock, add extra elements to the in-memory
struct lfs for this. (XXX: these should be changed to condvars, but
not right now)
XXX: this migrates a structure needed by the lfs code in libsa (struct
salfs) into lfs.h, where it doesn't belong, but for the time being
this is necessary in order to allow the accessors (and the various
lfs macros and other goop that relies on them) to compile.
|
| 1.25 | 23-Jun-2013 |
dholland | Stick ffs_ in front of the following macros:
fragstoblks()
blkstofrags()
fragnum()
blknum()
to finish the job of distinguishing them from the lfs versions, which
Christos renamed the other day.
I believe this is the last of the overtly ambiguous exported symbols
from ffs... or at least, the last of the ones that conflicted with lfs.
ffs still pollutes the C namespace very broadly (as does ufs) and this
needs quite a bit more cleanup.
XXX: boo on macros with lowercase names. But I'm not tackling that just yet.
|
| 1.24 | 23-Jun-2013 |
dholland | Stick ffs_, ext2_, chfs_, filecore_, cd9660_, or mfs_ in front of
the following symbols so as to disambiguate fully. (Christos already
did the lfs ones.)
lblkno
lblktosize
lfragtosize
numfrags
blkroundup
fragroundup
|
| 1.23 | 23-Jun-2013 |
dholland | fsbtodb() -> FFS_FSBTODB(), EXT2_FSBTODB(), or MFS_FSBTODB()
dbtofsb() -> FFS_DBTOFSB() or EXT2_DBTOFSB()
(Christos already did the lfs ones a few days back)
|
| 1.22 | 19-Jun-2013 |
dholland | Rename ambiguous macros:
MAXDIRSIZE -> UFS_MAXDIRSIZE or LFS_MAXDIRSIZE
NINDIR -> FFS_NINDIR, EXT2_NINDIR, LFS_NINDIR, or MFS_NINDIR
INOPB -> FFS_INOPB, LFS_INOPB
INOPF -> FFS_INOPF, LFS_INOPF
blksize -> ffs_blksize, ext2_blksize, or lfs_blksize
sblksize -> ffs_blksize
These are not the only ambiguously defined filesystem macros, of
course, there's a pile more. I may not have found all the ambiguous
definitions of blksize(), too, as there are a lot of other things
called 'blksize' in the system.
|
| 1.21 | 11-Apr-2009 |
lukem | branches: 1.21.6; 1.21.12;
fix sign-compare issues
|
| 1.20 | 15-Dec-2007 |
perry | branches: 1.20.12;
convert __attribute__s to applicable cdefs.h macros
|
| 1.19 | 06-Oct-2007 |
xtraeme | branches: 1.19.2;
Use a two clause license for all the code I contributed.
The envsys code will be changed later.
|
| 1.18 | 01-May-2007 |
xtraeme | branches: 1.18.4;
Add -b flag into usage().
|
| 1.17 | 01-May-2007 |
perseant | Add a "-b" option to search a partition for valid alternate superblocks,
rather than searching the disk for partitions. Also, test LFS superblock
checksums before we report them.
|
| 1.16 | 16-Feb-2007 |
xtraeme | * There's no need to use an int to store the returned value of
ffs_checkver() and later use it in the switch statement, just
use ffs_checkver.
* Remove unneded <sys/queue.h> header.
* Remove LFS from fstypes, it was never used.
* Increase SBCOUNT to 128, works faster.
* Remove unneded casts.
* (-F mode) close fd when the scan has finished or if pread() failed.
* (-F mode) print total size of file.
|
| 1.15 | 15-Oct-2006 |
xtraeme | Use O_DIRECT (aka Direct I/O) when -F is used.
|
| 1.14 | 14-Oct-2006 |
xtraeme | Detect FFSv1 partitions with fragsize/blocksize greater than
2048/16384.
|
| 1.13 | 10-Sep-2006 |
wiz | Sort options in usage and SYNOPSIS.
|
| 1.12 | 08-Sep-2006 |
xtraeme | - Change the cast of st_size to uint64_t to avoid future problems
with large files.
- u_uintXX_t -> uintXX_t
|
| 1.11 | 07-Sep-2006 |
xtraeme | Change -f to -F, per mrg's suggestion.
|
| 1.10 | 07-Sep-2006 |
xtraeme | Add -f file support. Useful to search for partitions on disk images.
|
| 1.9 | 02-Sep-2005 |
xtraeme | branches: 1.9.2; 1.9.4;
Remove an extra conditional while searching for LFS superblocks,
it's not needed.
|
| 1.8 | 09-Aug-2005 |
he | Undefine the 17 macros commonly defined by <ufs/ffs/fs.h> and
<ufs/lfs/lfs.h> before including the second of them, and also after
including the second, to ensure the rest of the code doesn't depend
on their (ambigious) definition.
This fixes a build problem for vax; gcc 2.95.3's preprocessor
apparently doesn't like redefinition of macros.
Discussed with xtraeme.
|
| 1.7 | 09-Aug-2005 |
xtraeme | * Replace lseek() and read() calls with one single pread()
* Align cpg/sgs correctly.
|
| 1.6 | 31-Jul-2005 |
christos | Pass lint and get/setprogname.
|
| 1.5 | 31-Jul-2005 |
xtraeme | Add scan_lfs(8), utility to find LFS partitions on disk, useful
to recover lost disklabels.
|
| 1.4 | 23-Jun-2005 |
xtraeme | Add missing '\n' into usage().
|
| 1.3 | 15-Jun-2005 |
christos | WARNS=4, misc cleanups.
- void casts
- remove unused notreached
- use a loop instead of code duplication
- use switches and #define constants
|
| 1.2 | 15-Jun-2005 |
kleink | Use EXIT_{SUCCESS,FAILURE}.
|
| 1.1 | 15-Jun-2005 |
xtraeme | Add scan_ffs(8) from OpenBSD, it was modified to support FFSv2
for NetBSD (with different blocksizes). Utility to find
FFSv1 and FFSv2 partitions on disks, useful to recover lost
disklabels.
Reviewed by christos.
|
| 1.9.4.2 | 11-Aug-2006 |
riz | Pull up following revision(s) via patch (requested by ghen in ticket #1460):
distrib/sets/lists/base/mi: revision 1.556, 1.565
distrib/sets/lists/man/mi: revision 1.792, 1.814
sbin/Makefile: revision 1.94
sbin/scan_ffs/Makefile: revision 1.1-1.3, 1.5-1.7
sbin/scan_ffs/scan_ffs.c: revision 1.1-1.9
sbin/scan_ffs/scan_ffs.8: revision 1.1-1.6 via patch
Add scan_ffs(8) from OpenBSD, modified for NetBSD to support FFSv2 and
LFS (scan_lfs(8)). Utility to find FFSv1, FFSv2 and LFS partitions on
disks, useful to recover lost disklabels.
|
| 1.9.4.1 | 02-Sep-2005 |
riz | file scan_ffs.c was added on branch netbsd-3 on 2006-08-11 04:41:25 +0000
|
| 1.9.2.2 | 14-Sep-2006 |
riz | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by wiz in ticket #156):
sbin/scan_ffs/scan_ffs.8: revision 1.10
sbin/scan_ffs/scan_ffs.c: revision 1.13
Sort options in usage and SYNOPSIS.
|
| 1.9.2.1 | 10-Sep-2006 |
riz | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by xtraeme in ticket #146):
sbin/scan_ffs/scan_ffs.8: revision 1.7
sbin/scan_ffs/scan_ffs.8: revision 1.8
sbin/scan_ffs/scan_ffs.8: revision 1.9
sbin/scan_ffs/scan_ffs.c: revision 1.10
sbin/scan_ffs/scan_ffs.c: revision 1.11
sbin/scan_ffs/scan_ffs.c: revision 1.12
Add -f file support. Useful to search for partitions on disk images.
Change -f to -F, per mrg's suggestion.
- Change the cast of st_size to uint64_t to avoid future problems
with large files.
- u_uintXX_t -> uintXX_t
|
| 1.18.4.2 | 09-Jan-2008 |
matt | sync with HEAD
|
| 1.18.4.1 | 06-Nov-2007 |
matt | sync with HEAD
|
| 1.19.2.1 | 27-Dec-2007 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.20.12.1 | 13-May-2009 |
jym | Sync with HEAD.
Third (and last) commit. See http://mail-index.netbsd.org/source-changes/2009/05/13/msg221222.html
|
| 1.21.12.2 | 20-Aug-2014 |
tls | Rebase to HEAD as of a few days ago.
|
| 1.21.12.1 | 23-Jun-2013 |
tls | resync from head
|
| 1.21.6.1 | 22-May-2014 |
yamt | sync with head.
for a reference, the tree before this commit was tagged
as yamt-pagecache-tag8.
this commit was splitted into small chunks to avoid
a limitation of cvs. ("Protocol error: too many arguments")
|
| 1.36.2.1 | 22-Feb-2023 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by mlelstv in ticket #94):
sbin/scan_ffs/Makefile: revision 1.11
sbin/scan_ffs/scan_ffs.c: revision 1.37
Work on swapped-endian FFS.
|
| 1.3 | 10-Sep-2005 |
wiz | Fold scan_lfs.8 into scan_ffs.8. It's the same program, after all.
Ok'd by xtraeme.
|
| 1.2 | 31-Jul-2005 |
xtraeme | typo
|
| 1.1 | 31-Jul-2005 |
xtraeme | Add scan_lfs(8), utility to find LFS partitions on disk, useful
to recover lost disklabels.
|
| 1.4 | 27-Jun-2005 |
christos | Move WARNS=3 to the Makefile.inc, and add a little const to the remaining
programs that did not compile before.
|
| 1.3 | 05-Feb-2005 |
xtraeme | Kill __P(), use ANSI function declarations; WARNS=3.
|
| 1.2 | 18-Oct-1998 |
thorpej | yoops, build manpage (duh)
|
| 1.1 | 15-Oct-1998 |
thorpej | scsictl(8) - a program to manipulate SCSI devices and busses. Currently
supports:
Devices: identify, reassign blocks, reset
Busses: reset, scan for devices
Coming soon, device formatting, mode page editing, device freeze/thaw, etc.
|
| 1.7 | 21-Feb-2012 |
jakllsch | constify command data argument to scsi_command().
|
| 1.6 | 28-Apr-2008 |
martin | branches: 1.6.20;
Remove clause 3 and 4 from TNF licenses
|
| 1.5 | 05-Feb-2005 |
xtraeme | branches: 1.5.26; 1.5.28;
Kill __P(), use ANSI function declarations; WARNS=3.
|
| 1.4 | 26-Jun-2002 |
mjacob | Add a bunch of stuff from Bob Nestor that fixes format to allow one to
specify device logical blocksize.
Furthermore, it also adds an 'immediate' option, which then sends more modern
devices into formatting in the background. scsictl still waits around and
sends a TEST UNIT READY every 10 seconds and, based upon the sense data
it gets back after the invariable CHECK CONDITION, prints out a progress
indicator (based upon SKSV progress in the sense data).
While we're at it, add a 'tur', 'reserve', 'release', 'start' and 'stop'
functions to the device commands.
Fix a long standing bug in scsi_command- the value in retsts is an integral
value- not a bitmask.
|
| 1.3 | 05-Sep-2001 |
thorpej | branches: 1.3.2;
Fixup scsi_mode_select().
|
| 1.2 | 12-Nov-1998 |
thorpej | Simple support for formatting a SCSI disk. This will be enhanced in
the near future.
|
| 1.1 | 15-Oct-1998 |
thorpej | scsictl(8) - a program to manipulate SCSI devices and busses. Currently
supports:
Devices: identify, reassign blocks, reset
Busses: reset, scan for devices
Coming soon, device formatting, mode page editing, device freeze/thaw, etc.
|
| 1.3.2.1 | 28-Jul-2003 |
he | Pull up revision 1.4 (requested by thorpej in ticket #764):
Several changes/updates to scsictl:
o Allow specification of logical blocksize
o Add 'getcache' and 'setcache' commands
o Add 'tur', 'reserve', 'release', 'start', and 'stop' functions
o Add an 'immediate' option to do formatting in the background
o Fix bug in scsi_command -- value in resets is an int not a
bitmask
o Fix usage of errx() / warnx() and remove unneeded trailing \n
|
| 1.5.28.1 | 18-May-2008 |
yamt | sync with head.
|
| 1.5.26.1 | 02-Jun-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.6.20.1 | 17-Apr-2012 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.11 | 28-Dec-2023 |
andvar | s/informtion/information/ in comments.
|
| 1.10 | 24-Jan-2022 |
andvar | s/begining/beginning/ in comments and messages.
|
| 1.9 | 22-Jun-2011 |
mrg | when checking for SKSV data, use the same test as before. fixes an
always true conditional GCC 4.5 found, and is also a real bug fix.
|
| 1.8 | 28-Apr-2008 |
martin | Remove clause 3 and 4 from TNF licenses
|
| 1.7 | 11-Feb-2008 |
dyoung | branches: 1.7.4; 1.7.6;
Do not #include <sys/device.h> from userland.
|
| 1.6 | 05-Feb-2005 |
xtraeme | branches: 1.6.16; 1.6.18;
Kill __P(), use ANSI function declarations; WARNS=3.
|
| 1.5 | 23-Jun-2003 |
agc | Add NetBSD RCS Ids.
|
| 1.4 | 17-May-2003 |
itojun | use strlcpy
|
| 1.3 | 15-Mar-1999 |
thorpej | Remove some extra spaces.
|
| 1.2 | 24-Feb-1999 |
jwise | Code to check if a cooked device was specified was failing even if the
cooked device was opened successfully. Also fix a typo.
Fixes second part of PR bin/6883 for Soren S. Jorvang <soren@t.dk>
|
| 1.1 | 15-Oct-1998 |
thorpej | scsictl(8) - a program to manipulate SCSI devices and busses. Currently
supports:
Devices: identify, reassign blocks, reset
Busses: reset, scan for devices
Coming soon, device formatting, mode page editing, device freeze/thaw, etc.
|
| 1.6.18.1 | 18-Feb-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.6.16.1 | 23-Mar-2008 |
matt | sync with HEAD
|
| 1.7.6.1 | 18-May-2008 |
yamt | sync with head.
|
| 1.7.4.1 | 02-Jun-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.14 | 21-Feb-2012 |
jakllsch | Prevent stack buffer overflow when copying too-large-CDB into request.
|
| 1.13 | 21-Feb-2012 |
jakllsch | constify command data argument to scsi_command().
|
| 1.12 | 28-Apr-2008 |
martin | branches: 1.12.20;
Remove clause 3 and 4 from TNF licenses
|
| 1.11 | 21-Feb-2005 |
thorpej | branches: 1.11.26; 1.11.28;
Part 1 of a cleanup pass over the SCSI subsystem. The aim is to name
everything "scsi_*", since we really are talking about the SCSI command
set, ATAPI transport not withstanding. Improve the names of many structures,
and prepend "SCSI_" onto all SCSI command opcodes. Place items described
by the SCSI Primary Commands document into scsi_spc.h.
|
| 1.10 | 05-Feb-2005 |
xtraeme | Kill __P(), use ANSI function declarations; WARNS=3.
|
| 1.9 | 08-Sep-2003 |
agc | Make this compile after the recent changes to the kernel.
|
| 1.8 | 23-Jun-2003 |
agc | Add NetBSD RCS Ids.
|
| 1.7 | 08-Oct-2002 |
soren | Add missing \n in error.
|
| 1.6 | 26-Jun-2002 |
mjacob | Add a bunch of stuff from Bob Nestor that fixes format to allow one to
specify device logical blocksize.
Furthermore, it also adds an 'immediate' option, which then sends more modern
devices into formatting in the background. scsictl still waits around and
sends a TEST UNIT READY every 10 seconds and, based upon the sense data
it gets back after the invariable CHECK CONDITION, prints out a progress
indicator (based upon SKSV progress in the sense data).
While we're at it, add a 'tur', 'reserve', 'release', 'start' and 'stop'
functions to the device commands.
Fix a long standing bug in scsi_command- the value in retsts is an integral
value- not a bitmask.
|
| 1.5 | 05-Sep-2001 |
thorpej | branches: 1.5.2;
Fixup scsi_mode_select().
|
| 1.4 | 15-May-2001 |
bouyer | Adapt for MODE SENSE/SELECT changes in kernel.
|
| 1.3 | 17-Apr-2001 |
ad | Let '\377' be whitespace.
|
| 1.2 | 12-Nov-1998 |
thorpej | Simple support for formatting a SCSI disk. This will be enhanced in
the near future.
|
| 1.1 | 15-Oct-1998 |
thorpej | scsictl(8) - a program to manipulate SCSI devices and busses. Currently
supports:
Devices: identify, reassign blocks, reset
Busses: reset, scan for devices
Coming soon, device formatting, mode page editing, device freeze/thaw, etc.
|
| 1.5.2.1 | 28-Jul-2003 |
he | Pull up revisions 1.6-1.7 (requested by thorpej in ticket #764):
Several changes/updates to scsictl:
o Allow specification of logical blocksize
o Add 'getcache' and 'setcache' commands
o Add 'tur', 'reserve', 'release', 'start', and 'stop' functions
o Add an 'immediate' option to do formatting in the background
o Fix bug in scsi_command -- value in resets is an int not a
bitmask
o Fix usage of errx() / warnx() and remove unneeded trailing \n
|
| 1.11.28.1 | 18-May-2008 |
yamt | sync with head.
|
| 1.11.26.1 | 02-Jun-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.12.20.1 | 17-Apr-2012 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.34 | 09-Nov-2024 |
rillig | scsictl.8: brush up markup
|
| 1.33 | 09-Nov-2024 |
mlelstv | Add 'identify vpd' to also report Vital Product Data that identifies the device.
|
| 1.32 | 21-Aug-2022 |
mlelstv | branches: 1.32.4;
Add REPORT_LUNS command.
|
| 1.31 | 08-Mar-2017 |
tsutsui | Fix format.
|
| 1.30 | 20-Nov-2016 |
wiz | branches: 1.30.2;
Whitespace, sort.
|
| 1.29 | 20-Nov-2016 |
dholland | Add crossreference to scsi(4) per note in PR 9627.
|
| 1.28 | 19-Nov-2016 |
wiz | Bump date for previous.
Use more and more appropriate markup while here.
|
| 1.27 | 19-Nov-2016 |
flxd | Add "getrealloc" and "setrealloc" commands to get/set automatic reallocation
parameters/enables for error recovery, similar to {get,set}cache.
Many old SCSI disks shipped with reallocation disabled, albeit supporting it.
Minor (cosmetic) fixup of scsi_disk_pages while there.
Based upon code in PR bin/29165 by Greg A. Woods.
OK christos@
|
| 1.26 | 29-Mar-2013 |
christos | branches: 1.26.6; 1.26.10; 1.26.12;
Document debug
|
| 1.25 | 30-Apr-2008 |
martin | branches: 1.25.20; 1.25.22; 1.25.26;
Convert TNF licenses to new 2 clause variant
|
| 1.24 | 23-Jan-2007 |
wiz | branches: 1.24.12; 1.24.14;
Bump date for previous.
|
| 1.23 | 22-Jan-2007 |
bouyer | Kimura Fuyuki, bin/35216: add a setspeed command, to set the highest speed
that the optical drive should use for reading data.
|
| 1.22 | 07-Jan-2005 |
wiz | New sentence, new line. Simplify macro usage.
|
| 1.21 | 07-Jan-2005 |
ginsbach | Add command to read the defect data from a direct access device.
|
| 1.20 | 16-Sep-2004 |
erh | Add a couple cross-references to make similar ctl commands easier to find.
|
| 1.19 | 01-Sep-2003 |
wiz | Bump date for last.
|
| 1.18 | 01-Sep-2003 |
mycroft | Add a flushcache command -- I need it for my DVD+RW.
|
| 1.17 | 03-Oct-2002 |
wiz | New sentence, new line. From Robert Elz.
|
| 1.16 | 03-Sep-2002 |
thorpej | * Add "getcache" and "setcache" commands to get/set basic cache
parameters (enables, really).
* Fix an error in the manpage.
* Shuffle some code to group things together better.
|
| 1.15 | 26-Jun-2002 |
wiz | Punctuation vs. markup nits, and use .Dq instead of double quotes.
|
| 1.14 | 26-Jun-2002 |
mjacob | Add a bunch of stuff from Bob Nestor that fixes format to allow one to
specify device logical blocksize.
Furthermore, it also adds an 'immediate' option, which then sends more modern
devices into formatting in the background. scsictl still waits around and
sends a TEST UNIT READY every 10 seconds and, based upon the sense data
it gets back after the invariable CHECK CONDITION, prints out a progress
indicator (based upon SKSV progress in the sense data).
While we're at it, add a 'tur', 'reserve', 'release', 'start' and 'stop'
functions to the device commands.
Fix a long standing bug in scsi_command- the value in retsts is an integral
value- not a bitmask.
|
| 1.13 | 16-Nov-2001 |
wiz | branches: 1.13.2;
Sort sections, use standard section headers.
|
| 1.12 | 18-Jul-2001 |
wiz | Fix a typo, and capitalize SCSI in one place.
|
| 1.11 | 18-Jul-2001 |
bouyer | Add and document a 'detach' command.
|
| 1.10 | 05-Jun-2001 |
wiz | Drop arguments of .Os.
|
| 1.9 | 03-Apr-2001 |
jdolecek | xref se(4) now that the manpage is built and installed
|
| 1.8 | 03-Apr-2001 |
wiz | Don't xref nonexisting se(4).
|
| 1.7 | 11-Feb-2001 |
ad | Fix typo.
|
| 1.6 | 08-Jul-2000 |
kleink | Use .Pa.
|
| 1.5 | 07-Mar-2000 |
jdolecek | Add a note about what and where is printed for 'scan' command.
Addresses bin/9227 by <johnr@spimageworks.com>
|
| 1.4 | 28-Sep-1999 |
ad | Make `all' a synonym for the `any' keyword.
|
| 1.3 | 30-Jul-1999 |
hubertf | branches: 1.3.2;
Collect all little usage-messages spread around into one place,
and as a side effect, print the available commands (and their
usage) if no command is given on the command line.
Approved by Jason Thorpe.
|
| 1.2 | 15-Oct-1998 |
thorpej | Oops, finish the description of the "scan" bus command.
|
| 1.1 | 15-Oct-1998 |
thorpej | scsictl(8) - a program to manipulate SCSI devices and busses. Currently
supports:
Devices: identify, reassign blocks, reset
Busses: reset, scan for devices
Coming soon, device formatting, mode page editing, device freeze/thaw, etc.
|
| 1.3.2.1 | 27-Dec-1999 |
wrstuden | Pull up to last week's -current.
|
| 1.13.2.1 | 28-Jul-2003 |
he | Pull up revisions 1.14-1.16 (requested by thorpej in ticket #764):
Several changes/updates to scsictl:
o Allow specification of logical blocksize
o Add 'getcache' and 'setcache' commands
o Add 'tur', 'reserve', 'release', 'start', and 'stop' functions
o Add an 'immediate' option to do formatting in the background
o Fix bug in scsi_command -- value in resets is an int not a
bitmask
o Fix usage of errx() / warnx() and remove unneeded trailing \n
|
| 1.24.14.1 | 18-May-2008 |
yamt | sync with head.
|
| 1.24.12.1 | 02-Jun-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.25.26.1 | 23-Jun-2013 |
tls | resync from head
|
| 1.25.22.1 | 15-Jan-2017 |
snj | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by flxd in ticket #1418):
sbin/scsictl/scsictl.8: 1.27, 1.29, 1.30 via patch
sbin/scsictl/scsictl.c: revision 1.39 via patch
sys/dev/scsipi/scsi_disk.h: revision 1.32
Add "getrealloc" and "setrealloc" commands to get/set automatic reallocation
parameters/enables for error recovery, similar to {get,set}cache.
Many old SCSI disks shipped with reallocation disabled, albeit
supporting it.
Minor (cosmetic) fixup of scsi_disk_pages while there.
Based upon code in PR bin/29165 by Greg A. Woods.
OK christos@
--
Bump date for previous.
--
Add crossreference to scsi(4) per note in PR 9627.
Whitespace, sort.
|
| 1.25.20.1 | 22-May-2014 |
yamt | sync with head.
for a reference, the tree before this commit was tagged
as yamt-pagecache-tag8.
this commit was splitted into small chunks to avoid
a limitation of cvs. ("Protocol error: too many arguments")
|
| 1.26.12.1 | 18-Jan-2017 |
skrll | Sync with netbsd-5
|
| 1.26.10.2 | 20-Mar-2017 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.26.10.1 | 07-Jan-2017 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD. (Note that most of these changes are simply $NetBSD$
tag issues.)
|
| 1.26.6.1 | 03-Dec-2016 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by flxd in ticket #1276):
sys/dev/scsipi/scsi_disk.h: revision 1.32
sbin/scsictl/scsictl.8: revision 1.27-1.30
sbin/scsictl/scsictl.c: revision 1.39
Add "getrealloc" and "setrealloc" commands to get/set automatic reallocation
parameters/enables for error recovery, similar to {get,set}cache.
Many old SCSI disks shipped with reallocation disabled, albeit
supporting it.
Minor (cosmetic) fixup of scsi_disk_pages while there.
Based upon code in PR bin/29165 by Greg A. Woods.
OK christos@
Bump date for previous.
Use more and more appropriate markup while here.
Add crossreference to scsi(4) per note in PR 9627.
Whitespace, sort.
|
| 1.30.2.1 | 21-Apr-2017 |
bouyer | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.32.4.1 | 02-Aug-2025 |
perseant | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.42 | 10-Nov-2024 |
riastradh | scsictl(8): KNF
No functional change intended.
|
| 1.41 | 09-Nov-2024 |
mlelstv | Add 'identify vpd' to also report Vital Product Data that identifies the device.
|
| 1.40 | 21-Aug-2022 |
mlelstv | branches: 1.40.4;
Add REPORT_LUNS command.
|
| 1.39 | 19-Nov-2016 |
flxd | Add "getrealloc" and "setrealloc" commands to get/set automatic reallocation
parameters/enables for error recovery, similar to {get,set}cache.
Many old SCSI disks shipped with reallocation disabled, albeit supporting it.
Minor (cosmetic) fixup of scsi_disk_pages while there.
Based upon code in PR bin/29165 by Greg A. Woods.
OK christos@
|
| 1.38 | 18-Oct-2014 |
snj | branches: 1.38.2;
src is too big these days to tolerate superfluous apostrophes. It's
"its", people!
|
| 1.37 | 12-Jan-2013 |
jakllsch | branches: 1.37.8; 1.37.12;
We supply data with the FORMAT UNIT command, so tell the kernel which
direction it is to go (write).
|
| 1.36 | 12-Jan-2013 |
jakllsch | take sizeof actual symbol we are memsetting
|
| 1.35 | 03-Nov-2012 |
jakllsch | make a bunch of globals static
|
| 1.34 | 03-Nov-2012 |
jakllsch | drop write-only variable
|
| 1.33 | 29-Aug-2011 |
joerg | branches: 1.33.2; 1.33.4; 1.33.8;
Use __dead
|
| 1.32 | 24-May-2011 |
joerg | Decide on printing an int as int and not as short.
|
| 1.31 | 28-Apr-2008 |
martin | Remove clause 3 and 4 from TNF licenses
|
| 1.30 | 02-Feb-2008 |
christos | branches: 1.30.4; 1.30.6;
PR/37932: Yakovetsky Vladimir: build distribution with USE_FORT fails
fix buffer overflow
|
| 1.29 | 22-Jan-2007 |
bouyer | branches: 1.29.4; 1.29.6;
Kimura Fuyuki, bin/35216: add a setspeed command, to set the highest speed
that the optical drive should use for reading data.
|
| 1.28 | 02-Jun-2005 |
lukem | Ensure that "setcache <mode>" doesn't use random data for "byte2"
("setcache <mode> save" DTRT).
Found by gcc -Wuninitialized.
Appease other -Wuninitialized warnings.
|
| 1.27 | 21-Feb-2005 |
thorpej | branches: 1.27.2;
Part 1 of a cleanup pass over the SCSI subsystem. The aim is to name
everything "scsi_*", since we really are talking about the SCSI command
set, ATAPI transport not withstanding. Improve the names of many structures,
and prepend "SCSI_" onto all SCSI command opcodes. Place items described
by the SCSI Primary Commands document into scsi_spc.h.
|
| 1.26 | 05-Feb-2005 |
xtraeme | Kill __P(), use ANSI function declarations; WARNS=3.
|
| 1.25 | 07-Jan-2005 |
ginsbach | Add command to read the defect data from a direct access device.
|
| 1.24 | 01-Jun-2004 |
fair | Increase the SCSI command timeout for device start & stop from 10
to 30 seconds, per PR 25734. I've seen this problem myself. I think
that scsictl should:
1. accept a timeout flag/parameter to set the timeout to an arbitrary
value other than the default.
2. support a verbose mode that would report the timeout value before
the command is started, and then report how long the command actually
took to complete, though I suppose the latter could also be done
by using time(1).
|
| 1.23 | 05-Jan-2004 |
jmmv | branches: 1.23.2;
Homogenize usage messages: make the 'usage' word all lowercase, as this seems
to be the most common practice in our tree.
|
| 1.22 | 01-Sep-2003 |
mycroft | Add prevent/allow commands.
|
| 1.21 | 01-Sep-2003 |
mycroft | Add a flushcache command -- I need it for my DVD+RW.
|
| 1.20 | 23-Jun-2003 |
agc | Add NetBSD RCS Ids.
|
| 1.19 | 26-Sep-2002 |
petrov | Added debug command to support SCIOCDEBUG.
|
| 1.18 | 03-Sep-2002 |
thorpej | * Add "getcache" and "setcache" commands to get/set basic cache
parameters (enables, really).
* Fix an error in the manpage.
* Shuffle some code to group things together better.
|
| 1.17 | 20-Jul-2002 |
grant | sweep of errx/warnx, remove unnecessary trailing \n
|
| 1.16 | 26-Jun-2002 |
mjacob | Add a bunch of stuff from Bob Nestor that fixes format to allow one to
specify device logical blocksize.
Furthermore, it also adds an 'immediate' option, which then sends more modern
devices into formatting in the background. scsictl still waits around and
sends a TEST UNIT READY every 10 seconds and, based upon the sense data
it gets back after the invariable CHECK CONDITION, prints out a progress
indicator (based upon SKSV progress in the sense data).
While we're at it, add a 'tur', 'reserve', 'release', 'start' and 'stop'
functions to the device commands.
Fix a long standing bug in scsi_command- the value in retsts is an integral
value- not a bitmask.
|
| 1.15 | 14-Apr-2002 |
tsutsui | branches: 1.15.2;
21600000 -> 6*60*60*1000 (timeout in six hours for format command)
|
| 1.14 | 18-Jul-2001 |
bouyer | Add and document a 'detach' command.
|
| 1.13 | 15-May-2001 |
bouyer | Adapt for MODE SENSE/SELECT changes in kernel.
|
| 1.12 | 01-Apr-2001 |
ad | Remove superfluous newlines in calls to errx().
|
| 1.11 | 19-Feb-2001 |
cgd | convert to use getprogname()
|
| 1.10 | 27-Oct-1999 |
mycroft | Increase the format timeout to 6 hours.
|
| 1.9 | 04-Oct-1999 |
mycroft | Make `reassign' actually work.
|
| 1.8 | 28-Sep-1999 |
ad | Make `all' a synonym for the `any' keyword.
|
| 1.7 | 13-Aug-1999 |
mjl | branches: 1.7.2;
Clarify usage message.
|
| 1.6 | 30-Jul-1999 |
hubertf | Collect all little usage-messages spread around into one place,
and as a side effect, print the available commands (and their
usage) if no command is given on the command line.
Approved by Jason Thorpe.
|
| 1.5 | 24-Feb-1999 |
jwise | Code to check if a cooked device was specified was failing even if the
cooked device was opened successfully. Also fix a typo.
Fixes second part of PR bin/6883 for Soren S. Jorvang <soren@t.dk>
|
| 1.4 | 12-Nov-1998 |
thorpej | Simple support for formatting a SCSI disk. This will be enhanced in
the near future.
|
| 1.3 | 17-Oct-1998 |
thorpej | Fix a thinko in the device opening code.
|
| 1.2 | 15-Oct-1998 |
thorpej | Fix a couple of usage strings.
|
| 1.1 | 15-Oct-1998 |
thorpej | scsictl(8) - a program to manipulate SCSI devices and busses. Currently
supports:
Devices: identify, reassign blocks, reset
Busses: reset, scan for devices
Coming soon, device formatting, mode page editing, device freeze/thaw, etc.
|
| 1.7.2.1 | 27-Dec-1999 |
wrstuden | Pull up to last week's -current.
|
| 1.15.2.1 | 28-Jul-2003 |
he | Pull up revisions 1.16-1.18 (requested by thorpej in ticket #764):
Several changes/updates to scsictl:
o Allow specification of logical blocksize
o Add 'getcache' and 'setcache' commands
o Add 'tur', 'reserve', 'release', 'start', and 'stop' functions
o Add an 'immediate' option to do formatting in the background
o Fix bug in scsi_command -- value in resets is an int not a
bitmask
o Fix usage of errx() / warnx() and remove unneeded trailing \n
|
| 1.23.2.1 | 01-Jun-2004 |
jmc | Pullup rev 1.24 (requested by fair in ticket #431)
Increase the SCSI command timeout for device start & stop from 10
to 30 seconds. PR#25734
|
| 1.27.2.1 | 14-Jun-2005 |
tron | Pull up revision 1.28 (requested by lukem in ticket #402):
Ensure that "setcache <mode>" doesn't use random data for "byte2"
("setcache <mode> save" DTRT).
Found by gcc -Wuninitialized.
Appease other -Wuninitialized warnings.
|
| 1.29.6.1 | 18-Feb-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.29.4.1 | 23-Mar-2008 |
matt | sync with HEAD
|
| 1.30.6.1 | 18-May-2008 |
yamt | sync with head.
|
| 1.30.4.1 | 02-Jun-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.33.8.2 | 25-Feb-2013 |
tls | resync with head
|
| 1.33.8.1 | 20-Nov-2012 |
tls | Resync to 2012-11-19 00:00:00 UTC
|
| 1.33.4.1 | 15-Jan-2017 |
snj | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by flxd in ticket #1418):
sbin/scsictl/scsictl.8: 1.27, 1.29, 1.30 via patch
sbin/scsictl/scsictl.c: revision 1.39 via patch
sys/dev/scsipi/scsi_disk.h: revision 1.32
Add "getrealloc" and "setrealloc" commands to get/set automatic reallocation
parameters/enables for error recovery, similar to {get,set}cache.
Many old SCSI disks shipped with reallocation disabled, albeit
supporting it.
Minor (cosmetic) fixup of scsi_disk_pages while there.
Based upon code in PR bin/29165 by Greg A. Woods.
OK christos@
--
Bump date for previous.
--
Add crossreference to scsi(4) per note in PR 9627.
Whitespace, sort.
|
| 1.33.2.2 | 23-Jan-2013 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.33.2.1 | 16-Jan-2013 |
yamt | sync with (a bit old) head
|
| 1.37.12.1 | 18-Jan-2017 |
skrll | Sync with netbsd-5
|
| 1.37.8.1 | 03-Dec-2016 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by flxd in ticket #1276):
sys/dev/scsipi/scsi_disk.h: revision 1.32
sbin/scsictl/scsictl.8: revision 1.27-1.30
sbin/scsictl/scsictl.c: revision 1.39
Add "getrealloc" and "setrealloc" commands to get/set automatic reallocation
parameters/enables for error recovery, similar to {get,set}cache.
Many old SCSI disks shipped with reallocation disabled, albeit
supporting it.
Minor (cosmetic) fixup of scsi_disk_pages while there.
Based upon code in PR bin/29165 by Greg A. Woods.
OK christos@
Bump date for previous.
Use more and more appropriate markup while here.
Add crossreference to scsi(4) per note in PR 9627.
Whitespace, sort.
|
| 1.38.2.1 | 07-Jan-2017 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD. (Note that most of these changes are simply $NetBSD$
tag issues.)
|
| 1.40.4.1 | 02-Aug-2025 |
perseant | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.13 | 04-Jan-2012 |
drochner | -consistently use "char *" for the compiled policy buffer in the
ipsec_*_policy() functions, as it was documented and used by clients
-remove "ipsec_policy_t" which was undocumented and only present
in the KAME version of the ipsec.h header
-misc cleanup of historical artefacts, and to remove unnecessary
differences between KAME ans FAST_IPSEC
|
| 1.12 | 29-Oct-2009 |
christos | branches: 1.12.6;
no need for noinput
|
| 1.11 | 20-Apr-2009 |
drochner | define YY_NO_INPUT where appropriate, from Kurt J. Lidl per PR misc/41160
|
| 1.10 | 11-Apr-2009 |
lukem | Enable WARNS=4 by default except for:
dump dump_lfs fsck_ffs fsck_lfs fsdb mount_smbfs
newfs_ext2fs newfs_lfs resize_lfs setkey
|
| 1.9 | 16-Dec-2005 |
jmc | branches: 1.9.30;
Redo previous rework to generate yacc/lex output again and remove generated
copies from the import as they don't compile clean across all archs.
|
| 1.8 | 15-Dec-2005 |
jmc | Don't yacc/lex here as dist includes generated copies already and depending
on timestamps it's possible for gcc2 on vax to get confused on which .h
to use.
|
| 1.7 | 27-Jun-2005 |
christos | Move WARNS=3 to the Makefile.inc, and add a little const to the remaining
programs that did not compile before.
|
| 1.6 | 24-Feb-2005 |
manu | branches: 1.6.2;
Define SADB_X_EALG_AESCBC=SADB_X_EALG_AES, as we define SADB_X_EALG_AES
in <net/pfkeyv2.h> while ipsec-tools uses SADB_X_EALG_AESCBC in the code.
|
| 1.5 | 19-Feb-2005 |
thorpej | Additional cleanup pass.
|
| 1.4 | 19-Feb-2005 |
thorpej | Switch to ipsec-tools for libipsec, setkey, and racoon. From
Emmanuel Dreyfus, with some small changes by me.
|
| 1.3 | 19-Aug-2002 |
lukem | Use ${NETBSDSRCDIR}/some/path instead of ${.CURDIR}/../../some/path
|
| 1.2 | 29-Oct-2000 |
itojun | use YHEADER, not YFLAGS+=-d. from kre
|
| 1.1 | 13-Jun-2000 |
itojun | branches: 1.1.4;
move setkey(8) from usr.sbin to sbin, to enable us to initialize
IPsec manual key before /usr mount..
(based on "don't use cvsmove" discussion i have seen, I did not use cvsmove)
|
| 1.1.4.2 | 22-Jun-2000 |
minoura | Sync w/ netbsd-1-5-base.
|
| 1.1.4.1 | 13-Jun-2000 |
minoura | file Makefile was added on branch minoura-xpg4dl on 2000-06-22 16:05:47 +0000
|
| 1.6.2.1 | 03-Sep-2005 |
snj | Apply patch (requested by tron in ticket #741):
Update ipsec-tools to version 0.6.1.
|
| 1.9.30.1 | 13-May-2009 |
jym | Sync with HEAD.
Third (and last) commit. See http://mail-index.netbsd.org/source-changes/2009/05/13/msg221222.html
|
| 1.12.6.1 | 17-Apr-2012 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.18 | 19-Feb-2005 |
thorpej | Switch to ipsec-tools for libipsec, setkey, and racoon. From
Emmanuel Dreyfus, with some small changes by me.
|
| 1.17 | 17-Feb-2005 |
xtraeme | Kill __P(), use ANSI function declarations.
|
| 1.16 | 29-Oct-2004 |
dsl | Add (unsigned char) cast to ctype function, reworked to fit on one line
|
| 1.15 | 25-Apr-2004 |
jonathan | Initial commit of a port of the FreeBSD implementation of RFC 2385
(MD5 signatures for TCP, as used with BGP). Credit for original
FreeBSD code goes to Bruce M. Simpson, with FreeBSD sponsorship
credited to sentex.net. Shortening of the setsockopt() name
attributed to Vincent Jardin.
This commit is a minimal, working version of the FreeBSD code, as
MFC'ed to FreeBSD-4. It has received minimal testing with a ttcp
modified to set the TCP-MD5 option; BMS's additions to tcpdump-current
(tcpdump -M) confirm that the MD5 signatures are correct. Committed
as-is for further testing between a NetBSD BGP speaker (e.g., quagga)
and industry-standard BGP speakers (e.g., Cisco, Juniper).
NOTE: This version has two potential flaws. First, I do see any code
that verifies recieved TCP-MD5 signatures. Second, the TCP-MD5
options are internally padded and assumed to be 32-bit aligned. A more
space-efficient scheme is to pack all TCP options densely (and
possibly unaligned) into the TCP header ; then do one final padding to
a 4-byte boundary. Pre-existing comments note that accounting for
TCP-option space when we add SACK is yet to be done. For now, I'm
punting on that; we can solve it properly, in a way that will handle
SACK blocks, as a separate exercise.
In case a pullup to NetBSD-2 is requested, this adds sys/netipsec/xform_tcp.c
,and modifies:
sys/net/pfkeyv2.h,v 1.15
sys/netinet/files.netinet,v 1.5
sys/netinet/ip.h,v 1.25
sys/netinet/tcp.h,v 1.15
sys/netinet/tcp_input.c,v 1.200
sys/netinet/tcp_output.c,v 1.109
sys/netinet/tcp_subr.c,v 1.165
sys/netinet/tcp_usrreq.c,v 1.89
sys/netinet/tcp_var.h,v 1.109
sys/netipsec/files.netipsec,v 1.3
sys/netipsec/ipsec.c,v 1.11
sys/netipsec/ipsec.h,v 1.7
sys/netipsec/key.c,v 1.11
share/man/man4/tcp.4,v 1.16
lib/libipsec/pfkey.c,v 1.20
lib/libipsec/pfkey_dump.c,v 1.17
lib/libipsec/policy_token.l,v 1.8
sbin/setkey/parse.y,v 1.14
sbin/setkey/setkey.8,v 1.27
sbin/setkey/token.l,v 1.15
Note that the preceding two revisions to tcp.4 will be
required to cleanly apply this diff.
|
| 1.14 | 12-Sep-2003 |
itojun | support DUMP by sysctl
|
| 1.13 | 07-Sep-2003 |
itojun | committed by mistake
|
| 1.12 | 07-Sep-2003 |
itojun | warn that port-number does not work for gateway config. PR kern/22715
add reference. bump date.
|
| 1.11 | 26-Jul-2003 |
mrg | add another (void *) cast to appease gcc3.3
|
| 1.10 | 01-Jul-2003 |
itojun | more error traps on malloc failure. accept "-E null".
various pedantic checks. from kame
|
| 1.9 | 06-Dec-2002 |
thorpej | Avoid strict alias warnings.
|
| 1.8 | 14-May-2002 |
itojun | sync with latest kame setkey(8), modulo icmp6 hack.
pfkey.c is now more picky about buffer length validation.
spddump (setkey -DP) will print lifetime information.
|
| 1.7 | 02-Nov-2001 |
lukem | fix -Wshadow warnings
|
| 1.6 | 20-Sep-2001 |
toshii | Fix a typo which prevented manual keying from working.
|
| 1.5 | 07-Sep-2001 |
itojun | upgrade to the latest KAME setkey(8). allows FQDN hostname in commands.
"add localhost localhost esp 9999 -E des-cbc hogehoge" adds two keys,
for 127.0.0.1 and ::1
|
| 1.4 | 16-Feb-2001 |
thorpej | Add a "deleteall" command that takes a src/dst/protocol.
|
| 1.3 | 04-Feb-2001 |
christos | remove redundant decl
|
| 1.2 | 18-Jul-2000 |
itojun | sync with recent net/pfkeyv2.h change (sorry forgot to commit). from kame
|
| 1.1 | 13-Jun-2000 |
itojun | branches: 1.1.2; 1.1.4;
move setkey(8) from usr.sbin to sbin, to enable us to initialize
IPsec manual key before /usr mount..
(based on "don't use cvsmove" discussion i have seen, I did not use cvsmove)
|
| 1.1.4.2 | 22-Jun-2000 |
minoura | Sync w/ netbsd-1-5-base.
|
| 1.1.4.1 | 13-Jun-2000 |
minoura | file parse.y was added on branch minoura-xpg4dl on 2000-06-22 16:05:47 +0000
|
| 1.1.2.1 | 25-Jul-2000 |
itojun | pullup 1.1 -> 1.2 (approved by releng-1-5)
sync with recent net/pfkeyv2.h change (sorry forgot to commit). from kame
|
| 1.4 | 19-Feb-2005 |
thorpej | Switch to ipsec-tools for libipsec, setkey, and racoon. From
Emmanuel Dreyfus, with some small changes by me.
|
| 1.3 | 07-Sep-2001 |
itojun | upgrade to the latest KAME setkey(8). allows FQDN hostname in commands.
"add localhost localhost esp 9999 -E des-cbc hogehoge" adds two keys,
for 127.0.0.1 and ::1
|
| 1.2 | 14-Jun-2000 |
itojun | branches: 1.2.4;
update examples, so that they would at least pass the parser.
|
| 1.1 | 13-Jun-2000 |
itojun | move setkey(8) from usr.sbin to sbin, to enable us to initialize
IPsec manual key before /usr mount..
(based on "don't use cvsmove" discussion i have seen, I did not use cvsmove)
|
| 1.2.4.2 | 22-Jun-2000 |
minoura | Sync w/ netbsd-1-5-base.
|
| 1.2.4.1 | 14-Jun-2000 |
minoura | file sample.cf was added on branch minoura-xpg4dl on 2000-06-22 16:05:48 +0000
|
| 1.4 | 19-Feb-2005 |
thorpej | Switch to ipsec-tools for libipsec, setkey, and racoon. From
Emmanuel Dreyfus, with some small changes by me.
|
| 1.3 | 07-Sep-2001 |
itojun | upgrade to the latest KAME setkey(8). allows FQDN hostname in commands.
"add localhost localhost esp 9999 -E des-cbc hogehoge" adds two keys,
for 127.0.0.1 and ::1
|
| 1.2 | 18-Jul-2000 |
itojun | sync with the current usage. from kame.
note th at the file will not be installed into locations like
/usr/sibn or /sbin.
|
| 1.1 | 13-Jun-2000 |
itojun | branches: 1.1.2; 1.1.4;
move setkey(8) from usr.sbin to sbin, to enable us to initialize
IPsec manual key before /usr mount..
(based on "don't use cvsmove" discussion i have seen, I did not use cvsmove)
|
| 1.1.4.2 | 22-Jun-2000 |
minoura | Sync w/ netbsd-1-5-base.
|
| 1.1.4.1 | 13-Jun-2000 |
minoura | file scriptdump.pl was added on branch minoura-xpg4dl on 2000-06-22 16:05:49 +0000
|
| 1.1.2.1 | 25-Jul-2000 |
itojun | pullup 1.1 -> 1.2 (approved by releng-1-5)
sync with the current usage. from kame.
note that the file will not be installed into locations like
/usr/sbin or /sbin.
|
| 1.30 | 19-Feb-2005 |
thorpej | Switch to ipsec-tools for libipsec, setkey, and racoon. From
Emmanuel Dreyfus, with some small changes by me.
|
| 1.29 | 29-Apr-2004 |
wiz | Bump date for previous.
|
| 1.28 | 25-Apr-2004 |
jonathan | Initial commit of a port of the FreeBSD implementation of RFC 2385
(MD5 signatures for TCP, as used with BGP). Credit for original
FreeBSD code goes to Bruce M. Simpson, with FreeBSD sponsorship
credited to sentex.net. Shortening of the setsockopt() name
attributed to Vincent Jardin.
This commit is a minimal, working version of the FreeBSD code, as
MFC'ed to FreeBSD-4. It has received minimal testing with a ttcp
modified to set the TCP-MD5 option; BMS's additions to tcpdump-current
(tcpdump -M) confirm that the MD5 signatures are correct. Committed
as-is for further testing between a NetBSD BGP speaker (e.g., quagga)
and industry-standard BGP speakers (e.g., Cisco, Juniper).
NOTE: This version has two potential flaws. First, I do see any code
that verifies recieved TCP-MD5 signatures. Second, the TCP-MD5
options are internally padded and assumed to be 32-bit aligned. A more
space-efficient scheme is to pack all TCP options densely (and
possibly unaligned) into the TCP header ; then do one final padding to
a 4-byte boundary. Pre-existing comments note that accounting for
TCP-option space when we add SACK is yet to be done. For now, I'm
punting on that; we can solve it properly, in a way that will handle
SACK blocks, as a separate exercise.
In case a pullup to NetBSD-2 is requested, this adds sys/netipsec/xform_tcp.c
,and modifies:
sys/net/pfkeyv2.h,v 1.15
sys/netinet/files.netinet,v 1.5
sys/netinet/ip.h,v 1.25
sys/netinet/tcp.h,v 1.15
sys/netinet/tcp_input.c,v 1.200
sys/netinet/tcp_output.c,v 1.109
sys/netinet/tcp_subr.c,v 1.165
sys/netinet/tcp_usrreq.c,v 1.89
sys/netinet/tcp_var.h,v 1.109
sys/netipsec/files.netipsec,v 1.3
sys/netipsec/ipsec.c,v 1.11
sys/netipsec/ipsec.h,v 1.7
sys/netipsec/key.c,v 1.11
share/man/man4/tcp.4,v 1.16
lib/libipsec/pfkey.c,v 1.20
lib/libipsec/pfkey_dump.c,v 1.17
lib/libipsec/policy_token.l,v 1.8
sbin/setkey/parse.y,v 1.14
sbin/setkey/setkey.8,v 1.27
sbin/setkey/token.l,v 1.15
Note that the preceding two revisions to tcp.4 will be
required to cleanly apply this diff.
|
| 1.27 | 21-Oct-2003 |
itojun | aes-xcbc-mac is now an RFC. bump date.
|
| 1.26 | 12-Sep-2003 |
itojun | support DUMP by sysctl
|
| 1.25 | 08-Sep-2003 |
wiz | Punctuation nit; bump date for previous.
|
| 1.24 | 08-Sep-2003 |
itojun | make it possible to process files.
|
| 1.23 | 07-Sep-2003 |
itojun | "tagged" policy is not introduced to netbsd-current yet
|
| 1.22 | 07-Sep-2003 |
itojun | warn that port-number does not work for gateway config. PR kern/22715
add reference. bump date.
|
| 1.21 | 25-Jul-2003 |
itojun | support new algorithms
|
| 1.20 | 22-Jul-2003 |
itojun | support hmac-sha2
|
| 1.19 | 04-Jul-2003 |
wiz | Bump date for last.
|
| 1.18 | 01-Jul-2003 |
itojun | more error traps on malloc failure. accept "-E null".
various pedantic checks. from kame
|
| 1.17 | 30-Jun-2003 |
wiz | Remove unnecessary space before dot.
|
| 1.16 | 27-May-2003 |
itojun | correct bad RFC ref. KAME problem report 480
|
| 1.15 | 15-Mar-2003 |
wiz | Fix some typos. From Igor Sobrado in PR 20722.
|
| 1.14 | 14-May-2002 |
itojun | sync with latest kame setkey(8), modulo icmp6 hack.
pfkey.c is now more picky about buffer length validation.
spddump (setkey -DP) will print lifetime information.
|
| 1.13 | 16-Nov-2001 |
wiz | Slightly improve markup in two places, sort sections.
|
| 1.12 | 16-Nov-2001 |
wiz | Whitespace nits
|
| 1.11 | 07-Sep-2001 |
itojun | upgrade to the latest KAME setkey(8). allows FQDN hostname in commands.
"add localhost localhost esp 9999 -E des-cbc hogehoge" adds two keys,
for 127.0.0.1 and ::1
|
| 1.10 | 16-Aug-2001 |
itojun | we have never supported lzs. sync with kame
|
| 1.9 | 12-Aug-2001 |
itojun | sync with latest kame. clarifies hex key and other things.
|
| 1.8 | 05-Jun-2001 |
wiz | Drop trailing dot in Nd.
|
| 1.7 | 16-Feb-2001 |
thorpej | Add a "deleteall" command that takes a src/dst/protocol.
|
| 1.6 | 15-Oct-2000 |
itojun | have description on -v. sync with kame
|
| 1.5 | 03-Oct-2000 |
itojun | support rijndael-cbc.
|
| 1.4 | 20-Sep-2000 |
gmcgarry | Fix spelling.
|
| 1.3 | 04-Sep-2000 |
kleink | For commands and utilities, use EXIT STATUS rather than RETURN VALUES as
appropriate (and documented in mdoc(7)).
|
| 1.2 | 01-Jul-2000 |
itojun | mention resesrved SPI range, which is not usable from userland
|
| 1.1 | 13-Jun-2000 |
itojun | branches: 1.1.2; 1.1.4;
move setkey(8) from usr.sbin to sbin, to enable us to initialize
IPsec manual key before /usr mount..
(based on "don't use cvsmove" discussion i have seen, I did not use cvsmove)
|
| 1.1.4.2 | 22-Jun-2000 |
minoura | Sync w/ netbsd-1-5-base.
|
| 1.1.4.1 | 13-Jun-2000 |
minoura | file setkey.8 was added on branch minoura-xpg4dl on 2000-06-22 16:05:49 +0000
|
| 1.1.2.2 | 04-Oct-2000 |
itojun | pullup (approved by releng-1-5)
rijndael-cbc userland support.
usr.sbin/netstat/ipsec.c 1.2 -> 1.3
sbin/setkey/setkey.8 1.4 -> 1.5
sbin/setkey/setkey.c 1.1 -> 1.2
sbin/setkey/token.l 1.2 -> 1.3
lib/libipsec/pfkey_dump.c 1.8 -> 1.9
usr.sbin/tcpdump/ipsec_doi.h 1.2 -> 1.3
usr.sbin/tcpdump/isakmp.h 1.3 -> 1.4
usr.sbin/tcpdump/print-isakmp.h 1.5 -> 1.6
|
| 1.1.2.1 | 01-Jul-2000 |
itojun | pullup 1.1 -> 1.2: (approved by: releng-1-5)
mention resesrved SPI range, which is not usable from userland
|
| 1.14 | 19-Feb-2005 |
thorpej | Switch to ipsec-tools for libipsec, setkey, and racoon. From
Emmanuel Dreyfus, with some small changes by me.
|
| 1.13 | 17-Feb-2005 |
xtraeme | Kill __P(), use ANSI function declarations.
|
| 1.12 | 23-Jul-2004 |
yamt | ignore promiscuous messages by checking sadb_msg_pid.
ok'ed by itojun.
|
| 1.11 | 12-Sep-2003 |
itojun | support DUMP by sysctl
|
| 1.10 | 08-Sep-2003 |
itojun | make it possible to use /kern/ipsec{sp,sa} for dumping policy/SA. it will
workaround the issue with socket buffer size in PF_KEY SADB_DUMP.
|
| 1.9 | 08-Sep-2003 |
wiz | Add file ... mode to usage.
|
| 1.8 | 08-Sep-2003 |
itojun | make it possible to process files.
|
| 1.7 | 01-Jul-2003 |
itojun | more error traps on malloc failure. accept "-E null".
various pedantic checks. from kame
|
| 1.6 | 15-Apr-2003 |
itojun | use NI_MAX*. 10 is not enough for port number. sync w/kame
|
| 1.5 | 07-Sep-2001 |
itojun | upgrade to the latest KAME setkey(8). allows FQDN hostname in commands.
"add localhost localhost esp 9999 -E des-cbc hogehoge" adds two keys,
for 127.0.0.1 and ::1
|
| 1.4 | 07-May-2001 |
kleink | getopt(3): EOF -> -1.
|
| 1.3 | 20-Dec-2000 |
cgd | avoid use of ANSI C trigraph ??/
|
| 1.2 | 03-Oct-2000 |
itojun | support rijndael-cbc.
|
| 1.1 | 13-Jun-2000 |
itojun | branches: 1.1.2; 1.1.4;
move setkey(8) from usr.sbin to sbin, to enable us to initialize
IPsec manual key before /usr mount..
(based on "don't use cvsmove" discussion i have seen, I did not use cvsmove)
|
| 1.1.4.2 | 22-Jun-2000 |
minoura | Sync w/ netbsd-1-5-base.
|
| 1.1.4.1 | 13-Jun-2000 |
minoura | file setkey.c was added on branch minoura-xpg4dl on 2000-06-22 16:05:50 +0000
|
| 1.1.2.1 | 04-Oct-2000 |
itojun | pullup (approved by releng-1-5)
rijndael-cbc userland support.
usr.sbin/netstat/ipsec.c 1.2 -> 1.3
sbin/setkey/setkey.8 1.4 -> 1.5
sbin/setkey/setkey.c 1.1 -> 1.2
sbin/setkey/token.l 1.2 -> 1.3
lib/libipsec/pfkey_dump.c 1.8 -> 1.9
usr.sbin/tcpdump/ipsec_doi.h 1.2 -> 1.3
usr.sbin/tcpdump/isakmp.h 1.3 -> 1.4
usr.sbin/tcpdump/print-isakmp.h 1.5 -> 1.6
|
| 1.4 | 19-Feb-2005 |
thorpej | Switch to ipsec-tools for libipsec, setkey, and racoon. From
Emmanuel Dreyfus, with some small changes by me.
|
| 1.3 | 17-Feb-2005 |
xtraeme | Kill __P(), use ANSI function declarations.
|
| 1.2 | 05-Jan-2004 |
jmmv | Homogenize usage messages: make the 'usage' word all lowercase, as this seems
to be the most common practice in our tree.
|
| 1.1 | 13-Jun-2000 |
itojun | branches: 1.1.4;
move setkey(8) from usr.sbin to sbin, to enable us to initialize
IPsec manual key before /usr mount..
(based on "don't use cvsmove" discussion i have seen, I did not use cvsmove)
|
| 1.1.4.2 | 22-Jun-2000 |
minoura | Sync w/ netbsd-1-5-base.
|
| 1.1.4.1 | 13-Jun-2000 |
minoura | file test-pfkey.c was added on branch minoura-xpg4dl on 2000-06-22 16:05:51 +0000
|
| 1.3 | 19-Feb-2005 |
thorpej | Switch to ipsec-tools for libipsec, setkey, and racoon. From
Emmanuel Dreyfus, with some small changes by me.
|
| 1.2 | 17-Feb-2005 |
xtraeme | Kill __P(), use ANSI function declarations.
|
| 1.1 | 13-Jun-2000 |
itojun | branches: 1.1.4;
move setkey(8) from usr.sbin to sbin, to enable us to initialize
IPsec manual key before /usr mount..
(based on "don't use cvsmove" discussion i have seen, I did not use cvsmove)
|
| 1.1.4.2 | 22-Jun-2000 |
minoura | Sync w/ netbsd-1-5-base.
|
| 1.1.4.1 | 13-Jun-2000 |
minoura | file test-policy.c was added on branch minoura-xpg4dl on 2000-06-22 16:05:51 +0000
|
| 1.18 | 19-Feb-2005 |
thorpej | Switch to ipsec-tools for libipsec, setkey, and racoon. From
Emmanuel Dreyfus, with some small changes by me.
|
| 1.17 | 17-Feb-2005 |
xtraeme | Kill __P(), use ANSI function declarations.
|
| 1.16 | 25-Apr-2004 |
jonathan | Initial commit of a port of the FreeBSD implementation of RFC 2385
(MD5 signatures for TCP, as used with BGP). Credit for original
FreeBSD code goes to Bruce M. Simpson, with FreeBSD sponsorship
credited to sentex.net. Shortening of the setsockopt() name
attributed to Vincent Jardin.
This commit is a minimal, working version of the FreeBSD code, as
MFC'ed to FreeBSD-4. It has received minimal testing with a ttcp
modified to set the TCP-MD5 option; BMS's additions to tcpdump-current
(tcpdump -M) confirm that the MD5 signatures are correct. Committed
as-is for further testing between a NetBSD BGP speaker (e.g., quagga)
and industry-standard BGP speakers (e.g., Cisco, Juniper).
NOTE: This version has two potential flaws. First, I do see any code
that verifies recieved TCP-MD5 signatures. Second, the TCP-MD5
options are internally padded and assumed to be 32-bit aligned. A more
space-efficient scheme is to pack all TCP options densely (and
possibly unaligned) into the TCP header ; then do one final padding to
a 4-byte boundary. Pre-existing comments note that accounting for
TCP-option space when we add SACK is yet to be done. For now, I'm
punting on that; we can solve it properly, in a way that will handle
SACK blocks, as a separate exercise.
In case a pullup to NetBSD-2 is requested, this adds sys/netipsec/xform_tcp.c
,and modifies:
sys/net/pfkeyv2.h,v 1.15
sys/netinet/files.netinet,v 1.5
sys/netinet/ip.h,v 1.25
sys/netinet/tcp.h,v 1.15
sys/netinet/tcp_input.c,v 1.200
sys/netinet/tcp_output.c,v 1.109
sys/netinet/tcp_subr.c,v 1.165
sys/netinet/tcp_usrreq.c,v 1.89
sys/netinet/tcp_var.h,v 1.109
sys/netipsec/files.netipsec,v 1.3
sys/netipsec/ipsec.c,v 1.11
sys/netipsec/ipsec.h,v 1.7
sys/netipsec/key.c,v 1.11
share/man/man4/tcp.4,v 1.16
lib/libipsec/pfkey.c,v 1.20
lib/libipsec/pfkey_dump.c,v 1.17
lib/libipsec/policy_token.l,v 1.8
sbin/setkey/parse.y,v 1.14
sbin/setkey/setkey.8,v 1.27
sbin/setkey/token.l,v 1.15
Note that the preceding two revisions to tcp.4 will be
required to cleanly apply this diff.
|
| 1.15 | 21-Oct-2003 |
fvdl | Don't assign NULL to a char.
|
| 1.14 | 12-Sep-2003 |
itojun | support DUMP by sysctl
|
| 1.13 | 07-Sep-2003 |
itojun | committed by mistake
|
| 1.12 | 07-Sep-2003 |
itojun | warn that port-number does not work for gateway config. PR kern/22715
add reference. bump date.
|
| 1.11 | 25-Jul-2003 |
itojun | support new algorithms
|
| 1.10 | 22-Jul-2003 |
itojun | cleanup
|
| 1.9 | 01-Jul-2003 |
itojun | more error traps on malloc failure. accept "-E null".
various pedantic checks. from kame
|
| 1.8 | 22-May-2003 |
itojun | permit scoped addr notation in policy string (-P esp/tunnel/foo%scope-bar%scope/use). from francis dupont. sync w/kame
|
| 1.7 | 14-May-2002 |
itojun | sync with latest kame setkey(8), modulo icmp6 hack.
pfkey.c is now more picky about buffer length validation.
spddump (setkey -DP) will print lifetime information.
|
| 1.6 | 07-Sep-2001 |
itojun | upgrade to the latest KAME setkey(8). allows FQDN hostname in commands.
"add localhost localhost esp 9999 -E des-cbc hogehoge" adds two keys,
for 127.0.0.1 and ::1
|
| 1.5 | 16-Feb-2001 |
thorpej | Add a "deleteall" command that takes a src/dst/protocol.
|
| 1.4 | 29-Oct-2000 |
itojun | use YHEADER, not YFLAGS+=-d. from kre
|
| 1.3 | 03-Oct-2000 |
itojun | support rijndael-cbc.
|
| 1.2 | 18-Jul-2000 |
itojun | sync with recent net/pfkeyv2.h change (sorry forgot to commit). from kame
|
| 1.1 | 13-Jun-2000 |
itojun | branches: 1.1.2; 1.1.4;
move setkey(8) from usr.sbin to sbin, to enable us to initialize
IPsec manual key before /usr mount..
(based on "don't use cvsmove" discussion i have seen, I did not use cvsmove)
|
| 1.1.4.2 | 22-Jun-2000 |
minoura | Sync w/ netbsd-1-5-base.
|
| 1.1.4.1 | 13-Jun-2000 |
minoura | file token.l was added on branch minoura-xpg4dl on 2000-06-22 16:05:52 +0000
|
| 1.1.2.2 | 04-Oct-2000 |
itojun | pullup (approved by releng-1-5)
rijndael-cbc userland support.
usr.sbin/netstat/ipsec.c 1.2 -> 1.3
sbin/setkey/setkey.8 1.4 -> 1.5
sbin/setkey/setkey.c 1.1 -> 1.2
sbin/setkey/token.l 1.2 -> 1.3
lib/libipsec/pfkey_dump.c 1.8 -> 1.9
usr.sbin/tcpdump/ipsec_doi.h 1.2 -> 1.3
usr.sbin/tcpdump/isakmp.h 1.3 -> 1.4
usr.sbin/tcpdump/print-isakmp.h 1.5 -> 1.6
|
| 1.1.2.1 | 25-Jul-2000 |
itojun | pullup 1.1 -> 1.2 (approved by releng-1-5)
sync with recent net/pfkeyv2.h change (sorry forgot to commit). from kame
|
| 1.2 | 19-Feb-2005 |
thorpej | Switch to ipsec-tools for libipsec, setkey, and racoon. From
Emmanuel Dreyfus, with some small changes by me.
|
| 1.1 | 13-Jun-2000 |
itojun | branches: 1.1.4;
move setkey(8) from usr.sbin to sbin, to enable us to initialize
IPsec manual key before /usr mount..
(based on "don't use cvsmove" discussion i have seen, I did not use cvsmove)
|
| 1.1.4.2 | 22-Jun-2000 |
minoura | Sync w/ netbsd-1-5-base.
|
| 1.1.4.1 | 13-Jun-2000 |
minoura | file vchar.h was added on branch minoura-xpg4dl on 2000-06-22 16:05:52 +0000
|
| 1.11 | 11-Apr-2009 |
lukem | Enable WARNS=4 by default except for:
dump dump_lfs fsck_ffs fsck_lfs fsdb mount_smbfs
newfs_ext2fs newfs_lfs resize_lfs setkey
|
| 1.10 | 28-May-2007 |
tls | branches: 1.10.22;
Add new Makefile knob, USE_FORT, which extends USE_SSP by turning on the
FORTIFY_SOURCE feature of libssp, thus checking the size of arguments to
various string and memory copy and set functions (as well as a few system
calls and other miscellany) where known at function entry. RedHat has
evidently built all "core system packages" with this option for some time.
This option should be used at the top of Makefiles (or Makefile.inc where
this is used for subdirectories) but after any setting of LIB.
This is only useful for userland code, and cannot be used in libc or in
any code which includes the libc internals, because it overrides certain
libc functions with macros. Some effort has been made to make USE_FORT=yes
work correctly for a full-system build by having the bsd.sys.mk logic
disable the feature where it should not be used (libc, libssp iteself,
the kernel) but no attempt has been made to build the entire system with
USE_FORT and doing so will doubtless expose numerous bugs and misfeatures.
Adjust the system build so that all programs and libraries that are setuid,
directly handle network data (including serial comm data), perform
authentication, or appear likely to have (or have a history of having)
data-driven bugs (e.g. file(1)) are built with USE_FORT=yes by default,
with the exception of libc, which cannot use USE_FORT and thus uses
only USE_SSP by default. Tested on i386 with no ill results; USE_FORT=no
per-directory or in a system build will disable if desired.
|
| 1.9 | 14-Mar-2007 |
christos | - sprinkle static
- pass WARNS=4 and lint
- use size_t/time_t where appropriate
- get/setprogname()
- before executing rc.shutdown, set the real user id to 0, because shutdown
scripts may depend on it (for example su depends on being root).
- use warn instead of perror, and make sure we use the right errno.
|
| 1.8 | 11-Oct-1997 |
mycroft | branches: 1.8.20; 1.8.30; 1.8.32;
Make these executables world-readable.
|
| 1.7 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.6 | 22-Dec-1994 |
cgd | specify man pages the new way.
|
| 1.5 | 17-Sep-1994 |
mycroft | Merge with 4.4-Lite version.
|
| 1.4 | 31-Jul-1993 |
mycroft | Add RCS indentifiers.
|
| 1.3 | 23-Mar-1993 |
cgd | changed "Id" to "Header" for rcsids
|
| 1.2 | 22-Mar-1993 |
cgd | added rcs ids to all files
|
| 1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.2 | 17-Sep-1994 |
mycroft | Import original 4.4-Lite version.
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | initial import of 386bsd-0.1 sources
|
| 1.8.32.1 | 03-Sep-2007 |
wrstuden | Sync w/ NetBSD-4-RC_1
|
| 1.8.30.1 | 17-Jul-2007 |
liamjfoy | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by jnemeth in ticket #771):
sbin/shutdown/Makefile: revision 1.9
sbin/shutdown/shutdown.c: revision 1.47
sbin/shutdown/shutdown.c: revision 1.48
- sprinkle static
- pass WARNS=4 and lint
- use size_t/time_t where appropriate
- get/setprogname()
- before executing rc.shutdown, set the real user id to 0, because shutdown
scripts may depend on it (for example su depends on being root).
- use warn instead of perror, and make sure we use the right errno.
PR/36626 - Jukka Salmi -- fails to compile if DEBUG is defined
|
| 1.8.20.1 | 30-May-2009 |
snj | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by jnemeth in ticket #2019):
sbin/shutdown/Makefile: revision 1.9
sbin/shutdown/shutdown.c: revision 1.45-1.48
Move WARNS=3 to the Makefile.inc, and add a little const to the remaining
programs that did not compile before.
PR/31531: Takahiro Kambe: shutdown(8) quietly exit if execed from login shell
- sprinkle static
- pass WARNS=4 and lint
- use size_t/time_t where appropriate
- get/setprogname()
- before executing rc.shutdown, set the real user id to 0, because shutdown
scripts may depend on it (for example su depends on being root).
- use warn instead of perror, and make sure we use the right errno.
PR/36626 - Jukka Salmi -- fails to compile if DEBUG is defined
|
| 1.10.22.1 | 13-May-2009 |
jym | Sync with HEAD.
Third (and last) commit. See http://mail-index.netbsd.org/source-changes/2009/05/13/msg221222.html
|
| 1.9 | 19-Aug-2004 |
christos | Deal with RESCUEDIR
|
| 1.8 | 07-Aug-2003 |
agc | Move UCB-licensed code from 4-clause to 3-clause licence.
Patches provided by Joel Baker in PR 22308, verified by myself.
|
| 1.7 | 29-Oct-1998 |
bad | Run /etc/rc.shutdown when the final shutdown time has come.
Thanks to Ted Lemon for helping with my English.
|
| 1.6 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.5 | 17-Sep-1994 |
mycroft | Merge with 4.4-Lite version.
|
| 1.4 | 01-Aug-1993 |
mycroft | Add RCS identifiers.
|
| 1.3 | 23-Mar-1993 |
cgd | changed "Id" to "Header" for rcsids
|
| 1.2 | 22-Mar-1993 |
cgd | added rcs ids to all files
|
| 1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.2 | 17-Sep-1994 |
mycroft | Import original 4.4-Lite version.
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | initial import of 386bsd-0.1 sources
|
| 1.38 | 15-Feb-2023 |
uwe | shutdown(8): markup fixes
|
| 1.37 | 15-Feb-2023 |
uwe | shutdown(8): fix -width cargo cult
|
| 1.36 | 15-Feb-2023 |
jschauma | adjust width of flag arg to align more nicely
|
| 1.35 | 01-Jul-2022 |
wiz | Fix At argument and remove superfluous Pp.
|
| 1.34 | 01-Jul-2022 |
kre | Bring shutdown(8) into the 21st century.
I found this juxtaposition in the shutdown man page kind of
interesting:
time Time is the time at which shutdown will bring the system down
and may be the word now or a future time in one of two formats:
... [2nd format:] [[[[[cc]yy]mm]dd]hh]mm, ...
If the century [cc] is not specified, it defaults to 1900 for
years [yy] between 69 and 99, ...
In that, all the "[text]" except the one "[[[[["(etc) sequence are my
interjections, The ellipses ("...") represent where I omitted irrelevant
(for here) text.
Interesting yes, bizarre also. Requiring a future time, and then
defaulting to the (long gone) 20th century (for any random year)
makes no sense at all. So I fixed it.
In another hundred years or so, anytime from 2100 onwards, but best
left at least a decade into the new century, it will need altering again.
[One could write the code to automate this adjustment, but the man
page would still need updating.] More significant changes will be
needed as the 101st century approaches (years 10000 and beyond), as
then a 2 digit century will no longer be adequate. Call me then, and
if I'm able, I'll fix it.
If someone really has a need to schedule a shutdown for sometime
between 1969 and 1999 that can still be done by explicitly giving
the "19" cc value. It is just no longer ever the default.
Otherwise, now, years 20..90 mean the 21st century (2020..2099)
(the first 2 of those are already unusable, but, IMO, that's OK)
and years 00..19 mean the 22nd century (2100..2119) (except that
00, 2100, is still technically the final year of the 21st century).
This is advance planning for near the end of the 21st century when
someone wants to schedule a shutdown for early in the following
century, and can't be bothered typing the 2 century digits.
|
| 1.33 | 14-Sep-2016 |
kre | Update the history, shutdown was first in 4.1 BSD (and existed earlier).
Ride date bump for previous update.
|
| 1.32 | 12-Sep-2016 |
sevan | shutdown appeared as a standalone utility in 4.2BSD release, in 4BSD its a
target in init.
http://www.tuhs.org/cgi-bin/utree.pl?file=4BSD/usr/src/cmd/init.c
http://www.tuhs.org/cgi-bin/utree.pl?file=4.2BSD/usr/src/etc/shutdown.c
Amend HISTORY.
Bump date.
|
| 1.31 | 04-Oct-2011 |
dholland | Fix thinko about halt vs. poweroff; from Moritz Wilhelmy in PR 45141.
|
| 1.30 | 16-Feb-2011 |
wiz | Add -vxz to SYNOPSIS. Sort.
|
| 1.29 | 16-Feb-2011 |
dyoung | Add flags -v, -x, and -z for verbose, debug, and silent shutdowns,
respectively, by passing flags AB_VERBOSE, AB_DEBUG, and/or AB_SILENT to
reboot(2).
|
| 1.28 | 21-Oct-2008 |
lukem | branches: 1.28.14;
xref rescue(8)
|
| 1.27 | 09-Feb-2008 |
dholland | branches: 1.27.4;
Improvements and clarifications to log messages and also to the man page.
Partially cherry-picked from or inspired by PR bin/36551 by Greg A. Woods,
plus some additional grammar/usage/clarity adjustments while I was passing
through. Any mistakes are mine.
|
| 1.26 | 07-Aug-2003 |
agc | branches: 1.26.22; 1.26.24;
Move UCB-licensed code from 4-clause to 3-clause licence.
Patches provided by Joel Baker in PR 22308, verified by myself.
|
| 1.25 | 30-Jun-2003 |
wiz | Add Ns.
|
| 1.24 | 18-Oct-2002 |
wiz | New sentence, new line in last. Bump date for last.
|
| 1.23 | 18-Oct-2002 |
atatat | Add "-b bootstr" for shutdown to pass to reboot(8), so that shutdown
(which runs rc.shutdown, which might do stuff like, say, save your
ipnat or ipf state for restoration on reboot) can tell machines (sparc
and sun3 machines presently) how to boot.
|
| 1.22 | 16-Nov-2001 |
wiz | Whitespace nits
|
| 1.21 | 17-Oct-2000 |
wiz | change mentioning of `login' to a .Xr in one place
|
| 1.20 | 25-Jul-2000 |
jdolecek | backoff rev 1.18 & 1.19 - it's made obsolete by last rc.d changes and using
arbitrary hard time limit for /etc/rc.shutdown is not right anyway
|
| 1.19 | 20-Jul-2000 |
jdolecek | fix synopsis line so that the -T syntax is right
|
| 1.18 | 20-Jul-2000 |
jdolecek | when running /etc/rc.shutdown, don't wait on it until it completes
indefinitely - by default, wait maximum of 300 seconds only
the timeout is settable via new -T flag
Adjust history to mention addition of shutdown hooks and -T option on manpage,
also move description of -D further up and slighly adjust.
This fixes bin/10637.
|
| 1.17 | 29-Oct-1998 |
bad | branches: 1.17.10;
Run /etc/rc.shutdown when the final shutdown time has come.
Thanks to Ted Lemon for helping with my English.
|
| 1.16 | 29-Oct-1998 |
bad | Delete redundant "the".
|
| 1.15 | 09-Oct-1998 |
enami | Sort options in SYNOPSIS alphabetically.
|
| 1.14 | 06-Jun-1998 |
thorpej | Add a -p option, to power down the system at the specified time.
|
| 1.13 | 29-Apr-1998 |
fair | fix bad .Xr references
|
| 1.12 | 23-Mar-1998 |
fair | add -D (no detach) option, per PR#4810
|
| 1.11 | 20-Jan-1998 |
mycroft | Document previous changes.
|
| 1.10 | 20-Jan-1998 |
perry | make Y2K compliant and document as such.
|
| 1.9 | 16-Sep-1997 |
lukem | branches: 1.9.2;
resolve conflicts from lite-2 merge
|
| 1.8 | 15-Sep-1997 |
lukem | * cleanup for WARNS=1
* deprecate register
* fix .Nm usage
|
| 1.7 | 09-Jul-1997 |
jtk | add -d option to shutdown, as companion to reboot's -d flag (force crash dump)
|
| 1.6 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.5 | 17-Sep-1994 |
mycroft | Merge with 4.4-Lite version.
|
| 1.4 | 01-Aug-1993 |
mycroft | Add RCS indentifiers.
|
| 1.3 | 23-Mar-1993 |
cgd | changed "Id" to "Header" for rcsids
|
| 1.2 | 22-Mar-1993 |
cgd | added rcs ids to all files
|
| 1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.3 | 16-Sep-1997 |
lukem | imported from lite-2
|
| 1.1.1.2 | 17-Sep-1994 |
mycroft | Import original 4.4-Lite version.
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | initial import of 386bsd-0.1 sources
|
| 1.9.2.1 | 29-Jan-1998 |
mellon | Pull up 1.10 and 1.11 (mycroft)
|
| 1.17.10.2 | 25-Jul-2000 |
jdolecek | pullup rev 1.20 from trunk (approved by thorpej):
backoff rev. 1.17.10.1 - it's made obsolete by last rc.d changes and using
arbitrary hard time limit for /etc/rc.shutdown is not right anyway
|
| 1.17.10.1 | 20-Jul-2000 |
jdolecek | pullup from trunk (approved by thorpej):
wait only finite time for completition of /etc/rc.shutdown - default is
300 seconds, that value is adjustable by new -T flag
Mention addition of shutdown hooks and -T option in HISTORY, slighly adjust
also description of -D flag and move it where it alhabetically belongs.
This fixes bin/10637.
|
| 1.26.24.1 | 18-Feb-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.26.22.1 | 23-Mar-2008 |
matt | sync with HEAD
|
| 1.27.4.1 | 17-Jan-2009 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.28.14.1 | 17-Feb-2011 |
bouyer | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.59 | 07-Dec-2024 |
martin | As discussed on tech-userlevel: pass a "what" argument to /etc/rc.shutdown
describing why we are shutting down. This allows e.g. for UPS actions
if we are powering down.
|
| 1.58 | 01-Jul-2022 |
kre | branches: 1.58.4;
Bring shutdown(8) into the 21st century.
I found this juxtaposition in the shutdown man page kind of
interesting:
time Time is the time at which shutdown will bring the system down
and may be the word now or a future time in one of two formats:
... [2nd format:] [[[[[cc]yy]mm]dd]hh]mm, ...
If the century [cc] is not specified, it defaults to 1900 for
years [yy] between 69 and 99, ...
In that, all the "[text]" except the one "[[[[["(etc) sequence are my
interjections, The ellipses ("...") represent where I omitted irrelevant
(for here) text.
Interesting yes, bizarre also. Requiring a future time, and then
defaulting to the (long gone) 20th century (for any random year)
makes no sense at all. So I fixed it.
In another hundred years or so, anytime from 2100 onwards, but best
left at least a decade into the new century, it will need altering again.
[One could write the code to automate this adjustment, but the man
page would still need updating.] More significant changes will be
needed as the 101st century approaches (years 10000 and beyond), as
then a 2 digit century will no longer be adequate. Call me then, and
if I'm able, I'll fix it.
If someone really has a need to schedule a shutdown for sometime
between 1969 and 1999 that can still be done by explicitly giving
the "19" cc value. It is just no longer ever the default.
Otherwise, now, years 20..90 mean the 21st century (2020..2099)
(the first 2 of those are already unusable, but, IMO, that's OK)
and years 00..19 mean the 22nd century (2100..2119) (except that
00, 2100, is still technically the final year of the 21st century).
This is advance planning for near the end of the 21st century when
someone wants to schedule a shutdown for early in the following
century, and can't be bothered typing the 2 century digits.
|
| 1.57 | 07-Aug-2017 |
uwe | Use NULL instead of 0 for null pointer.
|
| 1.56 | 28-Mar-2014 |
apb | When the third arg to fwrite() is a size in bytes, then the second arg
should be 1. sizeof(*mbuf) happens to equal 1, but it's better not
to rely on that.
|
| 1.55 | 27-Aug-2011 |
joerg | branches: 1.55.2; 1.55.8;
statc + __dead
|
| 1.54 | 16-Feb-2011 |
wiz | Add -b and -vxz to usage.
|
| 1.53 | 16-Feb-2011 |
dyoung | Add flags -v, -x, and -z for verbose, debug, and silent shutdowns,
respectively, by passing flags AB_VERBOSE, AB_DEBUG, and/or AB_SILENT to
reboot(2).
|
| 1.52 | 09-Jun-2010 |
riz | branches: 1.52.2;
Remove _PATH_NOLOGIN before reboot, as well as before exit(), to prevent
a root file system which has been marked read-only in fstab from continuing
to prevent logins after reboot. From Ian D. Leroux in PR#43390.
|
| 1.51 | 20-Jul-2008 |
lukem | Remove the \n and tabs from the __COPYRIGHT() strings.
(Tweak some to use a consistent format.)
|
| 1.50 | 09-Feb-2008 |
dholland | branches: 1.50.4; 1.50.8;
Improvements and clarifications to log messages and also to the man page.
Partially cherry-picked from or inspired by PR bin/36551 by Greg A. Woods,
plus some additional grammar/usage/clarity adjustments while I was passing
through. Any mistakes are mine.
|
| 1.49 | 15-Dec-2007 |
perry | convert __attribute__s to applicable cdefs.h macros
|
| 1.48 | 10-Jul-2007 |
jnemeth | branches: 1.48.4; 1.48.6;
PR/36626 - Jukka Salmi -- fails to compile if DEBUG is defined
|
| 1.47 | 14-Mar-2007 |
christos | - sprinkle static
- pass WARNS=4 and lint
- use size_t/time_t where appropriate
- get/setprogname()
- before executing rc.shutdown, set the real user id to 0, because shutdown
scripts may depend on it (for example su depends on being root).
- use warn instead of perror, and make sure we use the right errno.
|
| 1.46 | 07-Mar-2006 |
jnemeth | branches: 1.46.4; 1.46.6;
PR/31531: Takahiro Kambe: shutdown(8) quietly exit if execed from login shell
|
| 1.45 | 27-Jun-2005 |
christos | Move WARNS=3 to the Makefile.inc, and add a little const to the remaining
programs that did not compile before.
|
| 1.44 | 05-Feb-2005 |
xtraeme | branches: 1.44.2;
Finish previous (use ANSI function declarations) this time.
|
| 1.43 | 05-Feb-2005 |
xtraeme | Kill __P(), use ANSI function declarations.
|
| 1.42 | 05-Nov-2004 |
dsl | Add (unsigned char) cast to ctype functions
|
| 1.41 | 09-Oct-2004 |
dsainty | Comment typo: unecessary->unnecessary
|
| 1.40 | 07-Aug-2003 |
agc | Move UCB-licensed code from 4-clause to 3-clause licence.
Patches provided by Joel Baker in PR 22308, verified by myself.
|
| 1.39 | 18-Oct-2002 |
atatat | Add "-b bootstr" for shutdown to pass to reboot(8), so that shutdown
(which runs rc.shutdown, which might do stuff like, say, save your
ipnat or ipf state for restoration on reboot) can tell machines (sparc
and sun3 machines presently) how to boot.
|
| 1.38 | 20-Dec-2000 |
cgd | __CONCAT does token pasting, not string concatnation. if something like:
__CONCAT("foo","bar");
actually works to concantate strings, it's because the preprocessor expands
it into "foo""bar" as separate strings, and then ANSI string concatenation
is performed on that. It's more straightforward to just use ANSI string
concatenation directly, and newer GCCs complain (rightly) about misuse
of token pasting.
|
| 1.37 | 25-Jul-2000 |
jdolecek | backoff rev 1.36 - it's made obsolete by last rc.d changes and using
arbitrary hard time limit for /etc/rc.shutdown is not right anyway
|
| 1.36 | 20-Jul-2000 |
jdolecek | when running /etc/rc.shutdown, don't want on it until it completes
indefinitely - by default, wait maximum of 300 seconds only
the timeout is settable via new -T flag
Adjust history to mention addition of shutdown hooks and -T option on manpage
This fixes bin/10637.
|
| 1.35 | 31-Oct-1999 |
is | branches: 1.35.6;
exect->execve.
During my investigation, no reason could be found to enable tracing.
Fixes PR 7782 by Christoph Martin.
|
| 1.34 | 22-Nov-1998 |
bad | branches: 1.34.4;
testo. We want to source /etc/rc.shutdown.
Fixes PR #6474.
|
| 1.33 | 29-Oct-1998 |
bad | Run /etc/rc.shutdown when the final shutdown time has come.
Thanks to Ted Lemon for helping with my English.
|
| 1.32 | 09-Oct-1998 |
enami | Initialize the global variable `shuttime' with current time when
user requested to shutdown now, so that correct time is written in
/etc/nologin.
|
| 1.31 | 09-Oct-1998 |
enami | Add -p option in usage.
|
| 1.30 | 25-Aug-1998 |
ross | from Erik Bertelsen <erik@mediator.uni-c.dk>
{ put } { in } { lots } { of } { these } { to } { shut } { up } { egcs }
|
| 1.29 | 26-Jul-1998 |
mycroft | const poisoning.
|
| 1.28 | 05-Jul-1998 |
mrg | KNF. ensure hostname is nul-terminated
|
| 1.27 | 06-Jun-1998 |
thorpej | Add a -p option, to power down the system at the specified time.
|
| 1.26 | 01-Apr-1998 |
kleink | Need <time.h> for ctime(), time(), localtime() and mktime() prototypes.
|
| 1.25 | 23-Mar-1998 |
fair | add -D (no detach) option, per PR#4810
|
| 1.24 | 21-Jan-1998 |
mycroft | Oops; remove DEBUG.
|
| 1.23 | 21-Jan-1998 |
mycroft | Slight code rearrangement.
|
| 1.22 | 20-Jan-1998 |
mycroft | Document previous changes.
|
| 1.21 | 20-Jan-1998 |
mycroft | Recognize `-' only if it is the only argument after the time.
|
| 1.20 | 20-Jan-1998 |
mycroft | Allow `-dh'. Rearrange a bit.
|
| 1.19 | 20-Jan-1998 |
mycroft | Use err*(3) and warn*(3). Fix reading of the message from stdin.
|
| 1.18 | 20-Jan-1998 |
mycroft | Allow a century to be specified.
Don't validate the mmddhhmm values; mktime(3) does it.
|
| 1.17 | 20-Jan-1998 |
perry | make Y2K compliant and document as such.
|
| 1.16 | 01-Oct-1997 |
enami | branches: 1.16.2;
Don't delcare optind.
|
| 1.15 | 16-Sep-1997 |
lukem | resolve conflicts from lite-2 merge
|
| 1.14 | 15-Sep-1997 |
lukem | * cleanup for WARNS=1
* deprecate register
* fix .Nm usage
|
| 1.13 | 10-Jul-1997 |
mikel | cleanup for gcc -Wall
|
| 1.12 | 09-Jul-1997 |
jtk | add -d option to shutdown, as companion to reboot's -d flag (force crash dump)
|
| 1.11 | 23-Jan-1997 |
mikel | eliminate possibility that execle() will be called with one too many
arguments.
|
| 1.10 | 11-Dec-1996 |
thorpej | After passing the terminating NULL for the argv list to execle(),
don't forget the (NULL) envp.
From Lennart Augustsson <augustss@cs.chalmers.se>, PR #2737.
|
| 1.9 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.8 | 23-Sep-1994 |
mycroft | Eliminate uses of some obsolete functions.
|
| 1.7 | 17-Sep-1994 |
mycroft | Merge with 4.4-Lite version.
|
| 1.6 | 17-Sep-1994 |
mycroft | Don't remove /etc/nologin if `-k' was used.
|
| 1.5 | 16-Feb-1994 |
cgd | when warning, actually warn about the correct thing!
|
| 1.4 | 01-Aug-1993 |
mycroft | Add RCS identifiers.
|
| 1.3 | 23-Mar-1993 |
cgd | changed "Id" to "Header" for rcsids
|
| 1.2 | 22-Mar-1993 |
cgd | added rcs ids to all files
|
| 1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.3 | 16-Sep-1997 |
lukem | imported from lite-2
|
| 1.1.1.2 | 17-Sep-1994 |
mycroft | Import original 4.4-Lite version.
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | initial import of 386bsd-0.1 sources
|
| 1.16.2.1 | 29-Jan-1998 |
mellon | Pull up 1.17-1.24 (mycroft)
|
| 1.34.4.1 | 27-Dec-1999 |
wrstuden | Pull up to last week's -current.
|
| 1.35.6.2 | 25-Jul-2000 |
jdolecek | pullup rev 1.37 from trunk (approved by thorpej):
backoff rev. 1.35.6.1 - it's made obsolete by last rc.d changes and using
arbitrary hard time limit for /etc/rc.shutdown is not right anyway
|
| 1.35.6.1 | 20-Jul-2000 |
jdolecek | pullup from trunk (approved by thorpej):
wait only finite time for completition of /etc/rc.shutdown - default is
300 seconds, that value is adjustable by new -T flag
Mention addition of shutdown hooks and -T option in HISTORY, slighly adjust
also description of -D flag and move it where it alhabetically belongs.
This fixes bin/10637.
|
| 1.44.2.1 | 30-May-2009 |
snj | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by jnemeth in ticket #2019):
sbin/shutdown/Makefile: revision 1.9
sbin/shutdown/shutdown.c: revision 1.45-1.48
Move WARNS=3 to the Makefile.inc, and add a little const to the remaining
programs that did not compile before.
PR/31531: Takahiro Kambe: shutdown(8) quietly exit if execed from login shell
- sprinkle static
- pass WARNS=4 and lint
- use size_t/time_t where appropriate
- get/setprogname()
- before executing rc.shutdown, set the real user id to 0, because shutdown
scripts may depend on it (for example su depends on being root).
- use warn instead of perror, and make sure we use the right errno.
PR/36626 - Jukka Salmi -- fails to compile if DEBUG is defined
|
| 1.46.6.1 | 03-Sep-2007 |
wrstuden | Sync w/ NetBSD-4-RC_1
|
| 1.46.4.1 | 17-Jul-2007 |
liamjfoy | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by jnemeth in ticket #771):
sbin/shutdown/Makefile: revision 1.9
sbin/shutdown/shutdown.c: revision 1.47
sbin/shutdown/shutdown.c: revision 1.48
- sprinkle static
- pass WARNS=4 and lint
- use size_t/time_t where appropriate
- get/setprogname()
- before executing rc.shutdown, set the real user id to 0, because shutdown
scripts may depend on it (for example su depends on being root).
- use warn instead of perror, and make sure we use the right errno.
PR/36626 - Jukka Salmi -- fails to compile if DEBUG is defined
|
| 1.48.6.2 | 18-Feb-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.48.6.1 | 27-Dec-2007 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.48.4.2 | 23-Mar-2008 |
matt | sync with HEAD
|
| 1.48.4.1 | 09-Jan-2008 |
matt | sync with HEAD
|
| 1.50.8.1 | 18-Sep-2008 |
wrstuden | Sync with wrstuden-revivesa-base-2.
|
| 1.50.4.1 | 28-Sep-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.52.2.1 | 17-Feb-2011 |
bouyer | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.55.8.1 | 20-Aug-2014 |
tls | Rebase to HEAD as of a few days ago.
|
| 1.55.2.1 | 22-May-2014 |
yamt | sync with head.
for a reference, the tree before this commit was tagged
as yamt-pagecache-tag8.
this commit was splitted into small chunks to avoid
a limitation of cvs. ("Protocol error: too many arguments")
|
| 1.58.4.1 | 02-Aug-2025 |
perseant | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.10 | 08-Jul-2006 |
tsutsui | Misc fixes for sl(4) and slattach(8) man pages:
- note that ifconfig(8) create subcommand is required before slattach(8)
- network addresses aren't defined by slattach(8) but ifconfig(8)
- Add a BUGS section in slattach(8) to note that currently there is no way to
specify/see an interface name to be attached
- move description about link[0-2] flags from slattach(8) to sl(4)
(rather than adding a new description...)
- move description about SLIP limitations to a new BUGS section in sl(4)
- remove inappropriate MLINKS of slip.8 to slattach.8
- create MLINKS of slip.4 to sl.4 instead
- add some more xrefs
Ok'ed by christos, and closes PR kern/33672 and PR bin/33923.
|
| 1.9 | 27-Jun-2005 |
christos | Move WARNS=3 to the Makefile.inc, and add a little const to the remaining
programs that did not compile before.
|
| 1.8 | 05-Feb-2005 |
xtraeme | Kill __P(), use ANSI function declarations; WARNS=3.
|
| 1.7 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.6 | 22-Dec-1994 |
cgd | specify man pages the new way.
|
| 1.5 | 23-Sep-1994 |
mycroft | Merge with 4.4-Lite version.
|
| 1.4 | 31-Jul-1993 |
mycroft | Add RCS indentifiers.
|
| 1.3 | 23-Mar-1993 |
cgd | changed "Id" to "Header" for rcsids
|
| 1.2 | 22-Mar-1993 |
cgd | added rcs ids to all files
|
| 1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.2 | 23-Sep-1994 |
mycroft | Import original 4.4-Lite version.
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | initial import of 386bsd-0.1 sources
|
| 1.30 | 19-Jan-2020 |
thorpej | Remove the strip(4) - Starmode Radio IP - pseudo-device driver. It is
long since obsolete.
|
| 1.29 | 12-Nov-2018 |
christos | Improve examples and netmask information (from Dan Plassche)
|
| 1.28 | 08-Jul-2006 |
tsutsui | branches: 1.28.84; 1.28.86;
Misc fixes for sl(4) and slattach(8) man pages:
- note that ifconfig(8) create subcommand is required before slattach(8)
- network addresses aren't defined by slattach(8) but ifconfig(8)
- Add a BUGS section in slattach(8) to note that currently there is no way to
specify/see an interface name to be attached
- move description about link[0-2] flags from slattach(8) to sl(4)
(rather than adding a new description...)
- move description about SLIP limitations to a new BUGS section in sl(4)
- remove inappropriate MLINKS of slip.8 to slattach.8
- create MLINKS of slip.4 to sl.4 instead
- add some more xrefs
Ok'ed by christos, and closes PR kern/33672 and PR bin/33923.
|
| 1.27 | 07-Aug-2003 |
agc | Move UCB-licensed code from 4-clause to 3-clause licence.
Patches provided by Joel Baker in PR 22308, verified by myself.
|
| 1.26 | 25-Feb-2003 |
wiz | .Nm does not need a dummy argument ("") before punctuation or
for correct formatting of the SYNOPSIS any longer.
|
| 1.25 | 03-Oct-2002 |
wiz | New sentence, new line. From Robert Elz.
|
| 1.24 | 05-Dec-2001 |
wiz | Sort options. Improve english in DIAGNOSTICS.
[Pointed at this file by augustss.]
|
| 1.23 | 05-Jun-2001 |
wiz | Drop arguments of .Os.
|
| 1.22 | 12-Sep-1999 |
kleink | Use full month names with .Dd, as per mdoc.samples(7).
|
| 1.21 | 03-Sep-1999 |
proff | -n don't detach from tty
|
| 1.20 | 19-Mar-1999 |
tron | Add "-l" to "SYNOPSIS" section and use same order as "slattach" when
printing command line usage.
|
| 1.19 | 23-Mar-1998 |
fair | add the ability to run SLIP with CLOCAL set, per PR#3586
|
| 1.18 | 04-Dec-1997 |
msaitoh | Fix SYNOPSIS section.
|
| 1.17 | 17-Nov-1997 |
thorpej | Document the STRIP-related options.
|
| 1.16 | 11-Nov-1997 |
mrg | add missing .Nm sections.
|
| 1.15 | 20-Oct-1997 |
scottr | branches: 1.15.2;
Add support for DTR/CTS flow control, from Bill Studenmund.
|
| 1.14 | 15-Sep-1997 |
lukem | * cleanup for WARNS=1
* fix .Nm usage
* deprecate register
|
| 1.13 | 10-Aug-1996 |
explorer | Reference the new sl(4) page
|
| 1.12 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.11 | 23-Sep-1994 |
mycroft | Merge with 4.4-Lite version.
|
| 1.10 | 13-Aug-1994 |
mycroft | Don't capitalize program name in SYNOPSIS.
|
| 1.9 | 13-Aug-1994 |
mycroft | Document what link[0-2] do.
|
| 1.8 | 01-Apr-1994 |
cgd | branches: 1.8.2;
fix type, from Mark Weaver
|
| 1.7 | 10-Dec-1993 |
cgd | deal with change in setting of slip params
|
| 1.6 | 02-Dec-1993 |
mycroft | From: Ian McDonnell <imcd@apriori.demon.co.uk>
* Initialize termios struct before using it, from the current tty settings.
* Set speed earlier. (This, combined with the above, was causing DTR to be
dropped briefly on startup.)
* Add `-m' option to avoid using HUPCL.
Also:
* Remove findspeed() altogether, as we don't need it and it's ugly.
* Use tcgetattr() and tcsetattr() rather than TIOCGETA and TIOCSETA. The
former is POSIX; the latter is not.
|
| 1.5 | 01-Aug-1993 |
mycroft | Add RCS indentifiers.
|
| 1.4 | 08-Apr-1993 |
cgd | patched w/changes from blymn@mulga.awadi.com.AU (Brett Lymn) to
fix things like flow control support, SLIP option support etc.
|
| 1.3 | 23-Mar-1993 |
cgd | changed "Id" to "Header" for rcsids
|
| 1.2 | 22-Mar-1993 |
cgd | added rcs ids to all files
|
| 1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.2 | 23-Sep-1994 |
mycroft | Import original 4.4-Lite version.
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | initial import of 386bsd-0.1 sources
|
| 1.8.2.2 | 13-Aug-1994 |
mycroft | update from trunk
|
| 1.8.2.1 | 13-Aug-1994 |
mycroft | update from trunk
|
| 1.15.2.2 | 17-Nov-1997 |
thorpej | Sync w/ trunk.
|
| 1.15.2.1 | 11-Nov-1997 |
mrg | pull up from trunk: add missing .Nm sections.
|
| 1.28.86.2 | 08-Apr-2020 |
martin | Merge changes from current as of 20200406
|
| 1.28.86.1 | 10-Jun-2019 |
christos | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.28.84.1 | 26-Nov-2018 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD, resolve a couple of conflicts
|
| 1.33 | 20-Oct-2013 |
mbalmer | attach tty line discipline by name, not by number. remove unused case value. lgtm christos
|
| 1.32 | 30-Dec-2011 |
christos | branches: 1.32.6;
PR/45759: Khanh-Dang Nguyen Thu Lam: slattach(8) is not compatible with
pseudo-terminals. Fixed by ignoring the error for the DTR ioctl.
|
| 1.31 | 27-Aug-2011 |
joerg | branches: 1.31.2;
static + __dead
|
| 1.30 | 20-Jul-2008 |
lukem | Remove the \n and tabs from the __COPYRIGHT() strings.
(Tweak some to use a consistent format.)
|
| 1.29 | 05-Feb-2005 |
xtraeme | branches: 1.29.26; 1.29.30;
Kill __P(), use ANSI function declarations; WARNS=3.
|
| 1.28 | 05-Jan-2004 |
jmmv | Homogenize usage messages: make the 'usage' word all lowercase, as this seems
to be the most common practice in our tree.
|
| 1.27 | 07-Aug-2003 |
agc | Move UCB-licensed code from 4-clause to 3-clause licence.
Patches provided by Joel Baker in PR 22308, verified by myself.
|
| 1.26 | 16-Jan-2003 |
kleink | Rename `sigset' locals to avoid symbol shadowing warning.
|
| 1.25 | 20-Dec-2001 |
soren | Sync getopt() / man page with actual getopt options.
|
| 1.24 | 19-Feb-2001 |
cgd | convert to use getprogname()
|
| 1.23 | 04-Feb-2001 |
christos | fix nested extern
|
| 1.22 | 03-Sep-1999 |
proff | use daemon(3) instead of vanilla fork()
use err(3) instead of perror..exit
add new flag: -n don't detach from tty
|
| 1.21 | 23-Mar-1998 |
fair | add the ability to run SLIP with CLOCAL set, per PR#3586
|
| 1.20 | 17-Nov-1997 |
thorpej | Cosmetic changes.
|
| 1.19 | 20-Oct-1997 |
scottr | branches: 1.19.2;
Add support for DTR/CTS flow control, from Bill Studenmund.
|
| 1.18 | 15-Sep-1997 |
lukem | * cleanup for WARNS=1
* fix .Nm usage
* deprecate register
|
| 1.17 | 19-May-1996 |
jonathan | Support attaching a STRIP line via the "-t strip" flag.
It has been suggested that a separate "stattach" command would be better.
|
| 1.16 | 21-Mar-1995 |
mycroft | Use POSIX signals.
|
| 1.15 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.14 | 18-Dec-1994 |
cgd | -Wall cleanups from Jim Jegers
|
| 1.13 | 31-Oct-1994 |
cgd | pull in string.h
|
| 1.12 | 23-Sep-1994 |
mycroft | Merge with 4.4-Lite version.
|
| 1.11 | 10-Feb-1994 |
cgd | oops; last patch to slattach should have been to sliplogin!
|
| 1.10 | 10-Feb-1994 |
cgd | update for slip.h
|
| 1.9 | 10-Dec-1993 |
cgd | deal with change in setting of slip params
|
| 1.8 | 02-Dec-1993 |
mycroft | From: Ian McDonnell <imcd@apriori.demon.co.uk>
* Initialize termios struct before using it, from the current tty settings.
* Set speed earlier. (This, combined with the above, was causing DTR to be
dropped briefly on startup.)
* Add `-m' option to avoid using HUPCL.
Also:
* Remove findspeed() altogether, as we don't need it and it's ugly.
* Use tcgetattr() and tcsetattr() rather than TIOCGETA and TIOCSETA. The
former is POSIX; the latter is not.
|
| 1.7 | 01-Aug-1993 |
mycroft | Add RCS identifiers.
|
| 1.6 | 29-Jun-1993 |
brezak | Support 38400, 57600, and 115200 tty speeds.
|
| 1.5 | 28-Apr-1993 |
cgd | fixed:
SLATTACH hangs up on connect to modem port
reported by: bugs@rafal.slip.uiuc.edu
|
| 1.4 | 08-Apr-1993 |
cgd | patched w/changes from blymn@mulga.awadi.com.AU (Brett Lymn) to
fix things like flow control support, SLIP option support etc.
|
| 1.3 | 23-Mar-1993 |
cgd | changed "Id" to "Header" for rcsids
|
| 1.2 | 22-Mar-1993 |
cgd | added rcs ids to all files
|
| 1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.2 | 23-Sep-1994 |
mycroft | Import original 4.4-Lite version.
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | initial import of 386bsd-0.1 sources
|
| 1.19.2.1 | 17-Nov-1997 |
thorpej | Sync w/ trunk.
|
| 1.29.30.1 | 18-Sep-2008 |
wrstuden | Sync with wrstuden-revivesa-base-2.
|
| 1.29.26.1 | 28-Sep-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.31.2.2 | 22-May-2014 |
yamt | sync with head.
for a reference, the tree before this commit was tagged
as yamt-pagecache-tag8.
this commit was splitted into small chunks to avoid
a limitation of cvs. ("Protocol error: too many arguments")
|
| 1.31.2.1 | 17-Apr-2012 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.32.6.1 | 20-Aug-2014 |
tls | Rebase to HEAD as of a few days ago.
|
| 1.1 | 29-Jun-2007 |
rumble | Add read-only support for SGI's Extent File System.
Reviewed by pooka@.
|
| 1.3 | 13-May-2009 |
wiz | Sort option descriptions.
|
| 1.2 | 30-Jun-2007 |
rumble | Make mount_efs.8 and svhlabel.8 reference one another.
|
| 1.1 | 29-Jun-2007 |
rumble | Add read-only support for SGI's Extent File System.
Reviewed by pooka@.
|
| 1.7 | 07-Feb-2013 |
apb | getrawpartition(3) may fail, so call it only once and test for failure.
Coverity CID 274527.
|
| 1.6 | 27-Aug-2011 |
joerg | branches: 1.6.2; 1.6.8;
__dead + kill main prototype.
|
| 1.5 | 06-Apr-2009 |
lukem | fix sign-compare issue
|
| 1.4 | 30-Jun-2007 |
rumble | branches: 1.4.22;
When checking for an EFS filesystem just read in the whole superblock,
rather than jump to the hard-coded magic field offset.
|
| 1.3 | 30-Jun-2007 |
rumble | Add missing include.
|
| 1.2 | 29-Jun-2007 |
rumble | Superblock magic numbers are #define'd, so use them.
|
| 1.1 | 29-Jun-2007 |
rumble | Add read-only support for SGI's Extent File System.
Reviewed by pooka@.
|
| 1.4.22.1 | 13-May-2009 |
jym | Sync with HEAD.
Third (and last) commit. See http://mail-index.netbsd.org/source-changes/2009/05/13/msg221222.html
|
| 1.6.8.1 | 25-Feb-2013 |
tls | resync with head
|
| 1.6.2.1 | 22-May-2014 |
yamt | sync with head.
for a reference, the tree before this commit was tagged
as yamt-pagecache-tag8.
this commit was splitted into small chunks to avoid
a limitation of cvs. ("Protocol error: too many arguments")
|
| 1.5 | 27-Aug-2006 |
martin | As discussed on tech-userlevel: enhance the -A/-U commands to take a -t
auto flag, which queries all local harddisks for swap partitions/
wedges and adds/removes them as swap device, a -f option to use the
first found swap device as dump device, and a -o option to only
auto-configure the dump device, but leave swap alone.
Add a -n option to make swapctl only say what it would do, but not
change any system state.
|
| 1.4 | 27-Jun-2005 |
christos | Move WARNS=3 to the Makefile.inc, and add a little const to the remaining
programs that did not compile before.
|
| 1.3 | 09-Feb-2005 |
xtraeme | Kill __P(), use ANSI function declarations, constify; WARNS=3.
Reviewed by mrg@.
|
| 1.2 | 12-Jun-1997 |
mrg | link to swapon.
|
| 1.1 | 12-Jun-1997 |
mrg | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 12-Jun-1997 |
mrg | swapctl program for new swap code.
|
| 1.46 | 08-Jul-2024 |
pgoyette | s/point mount/mount point/
|
| 1.45 | 04-Feb-2024 |
mrg | branches: 1.45.2;
update my email address.
|
| 1.44 | 18-Mar-2014 |
riastradh | Merge riastradh-drm2 to HEAD.
|
| 1.43 | 20-Jul-2013 |
wiz | Use Mt for email addresses.
|
| 1.42 | 01-Jun-2011 |
jruoho | branches: 1.42.4; 1.42.10; 1.42.14;
Clarify placement of commas. From Snader_LB on freenode/#netbsd-code.
|
| 1.41 | 24-Sep-2009 |
apb | Make the exit status from "swapctl -A" and "swapctl -U" tri-state:
0 for success; 1 for error; and 2 when no devices of the appropriate type
are defined in fstab(5). Previously, "no apropriate devices" was
indistinguishable from "error".
|
| 1.40 | 29-May-2008 |
mrg | remove clause #3 from my license where there are no other
copyright holders involved.
|
| 1.39 | 02-Aug-2007 |
he | branches: 1.39.10; 1.39.12; 1.39.14; 1.39.16;
Re-phrase description of -A option, as per suggestion from Jukka Salmi
at netbsd-users@ and with a slight tweak by myself -- at the end the last
dump device will remain as the single active dump device.
Fix a nearby typo.
Bump date.
|
| 1.38 | 02-Sep-2006 |
wiz | Sort sections. Fix typo. Start sentence with upper-case letter.
|
| 1.37 | 27-Aug-2006 |
martin | Add a caveats section describing potential problems with autoconfigured
swap partitons.
|
| 1.36 | 27-Aug-2006 |
martin | As discussed on tech-userlevel: enhance the -A/-U commands to take a -t
auto flag, which queries all local harddisks for swap partitions/
wedges and adds/removes them as swap device, a -f option to use the
first found swap device as dump device, and a -o option to only
auto-configure the dump device, but leave swap alone.
Add a -n option to make swapctl only say what it would do, but not
change any system state.
|
| 1.35 | 23-Aug-2006 |
wiz | Sort options. Sync usage with man page.
|
| 1.34 | 23-Aug-2006 |
wiz | Sort sections. Fix typos.
|
| 1.33 | 22-Aug-2006 |
martin | Only one -D synopsis line
|
| 1.32 | 22-Aug-2006 |
martin | Allow unsetting the dump device via "swapctl -D none".
For -l (list swap partitions) and -z (list dump device) return a usefull
error status, so scripts can easily decide if swap or dump are configured.
|
| 1.31 | 08-Jun-2004 |
wiz | Drop trailing whitespace.
|
| 1.30 | 08-Jun-2004 |
cjep | Add options for swapon in the Synopsis section. Closes PR#25866 from
Kouichirou Hiratsuka.
|
| 1.29 | 21-Dec-2003 |
mrg | branches: 1.29.2;
bump date for previous
|
| 1.28 | 20-Dec-2003 |
mrg | support "-g" and "-m" as well as "-k" and "-h". swapctl & swaplist code
from Martin Weber, adapted for pstat by myself.
|
| 1.27 | 20-Dec-2003 |
mrg | add a "-h" (humanize_number(3)) option to swapctl(8) and pstat(8), from
Martin Weber in PR#23805.
ps: now we only need someone to do ls(1) :-)
|
| 1.26 | 25-Feb-2003 |
wiz | .Nm does not need a dummy argument ("") before punctuation or
for correct formatting of the SYNOPSIS any longer.
|
| 1.25 | 24-Jan-2003 |
hubertf | Mention that the mount point for a remote swap file must exist as a directory.
Sanity checked by salo.
|
| 1.24 | 01-Oct-2002 |
wiz | New sentence, new line. Use some more mdoc.
|
| 1.23 | 08-Feb-2002 |
ross | Generate <>& symbolically. I'm avoiding .../dist/... directories for now.
|
| 1.22 | 16-Nov-2001 |
wiz | Sort sections, use standard section headers.
|
| 1.21 | 01-Oct-2001 |
wiz | Remove swapoff mention, per misc/14120.
Some whitespace, section name, section order fixes while I'm here.
|
| 1.20 | 05-Jun-2001 |
wiz | Drop arguments of .Os.
|
| 1.19 | 11-Apr-2001 |
mrg | add a section on swap priorities. document the round robin scheme.
fixes half of PR#12610.
|
| 1.18 | 17-Nov-2000 |
mrg | support new `swapctl -z' that shows the dump device.
|
| 1.17 | 05-Mar-2000 |
lukem | * add support for -U, which is the opposite of -A (i.e, it unconfigures
all swap devices in /etc/fstab).
* fix description of -D
|
| 1.16 | 13-Jan-2000 |
ad | swapctl(SWAP_OFF, ...) now works.
|
| 1.15 | 23-Feb-1999 |
mrg | add a new fstab type "dp" for the user-specified dump device.
change swapctl -A to see this and add it via swapctl(2). also
add a new swapctl -D <device> to change the dump device on the
fly.
|
| 1.14 | 22-May-1998 |
msaitoh | sort entries and delete extra periods in SEE also section.
|
| 1.13 | 10-Feb-1998 |
mrg | make swapctl exit with non-zero if -A and nothing swapped on
|
| 1.12 | 26-Jan-1998 |
ross | Typo corrections.
|
| 1.11 | 11-Nov-1997 |
mrg | add missing .Nm sections.
|
| 1.10 | 23-Oct-1997 |
mrg | oops; forgot to update the license here.
|
| 1.9 | 20-Oct-1997 |
enami | branches: 1.9.2;
Fix .Nm usage.
|
| 1.8 | 15-Sep-1997 |
lukem | * fix .Nm usage
* prototype main() for WARNS=1
|
| 1.7 | 03-Aug-1997 |
mikel | note that swapoff is unsupported; from Brian Grayson in PR misc/3930
|
| 1.6 | 26-Jun-1997 |
perry | move -t option to stand on its own and change a bit.
add a WARNINGS about the dangers of running without swap or only using
swap files if you have local disk to fsck.
|
| 1.5 | 25-Jun-1997 |
thorpej | Add a "-t blk|noblk" device type option to swapctl -A. This allows the
user to specify "only add block devices" or "only add non-block devices".
This is useful during early system startup where swapping may be needed
before swap files are available (e.g. if fsck'ing large file systems).
|
| 1.4 | 15-Jun-1997 |
mrg | note what N in priority=N means.
|
| 1.3 | 15-Jun-1997 |
mrg | make option lists much clearer.
|
| 1.2 | 15-Jun-1997 |
mrg | document nfsmntpt option, re-arrange a little.
|
| 1.1 | 12-Jun-1997 |
mrg | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 12-Jun-1997 |
mrg | swapctl program for new swap code.
|
| 1.9.2.2 | 11-Nov-1997 |
mrg | pull up from trunk: add missing .Nm sections.
|
| 1.9.2.1 | 23-Oct-1997 |
mrg | pull up from trunk: oops; forgot to update the license here.
|
| 1.29.2.1 | 13-Jun-2004 |
jdc | Pull up revision 1.30 (requested by cjep in ticket #460).
Add options for swapon in the Synopsis section. Closes PR#25866 from
Kouichirou Hiratsuka.
|
| 1.39.16.2 | 02-Aug-2007 |
he | Re-phrase description of -A option, as per suggestion from Jukka Salmi
at netbsd-users@ and with a slight tweak by myself -- at the end the last
dump device will remain as the single active dump device.
Fix a nearby typo.
Bump date.
|
| 1.39.16.1 | 02-Aug-2007 |
he | file swapctl.8 was added on branch matt-mips64 on 2007-08-02 18:53:47 +0000
|
| 1.39.14.1 | 23-Jun-2008 |
wrstuden | Sync w/ -current. 34 merge conflicts to follow.
|
| 1.39.12.1 | 04-Jun-2008 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.39.10.1 | 02-Jun-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.42.14.1 | 23-Jul-2013 |
riastradh | sync with HEAD
|
| 1.42.10.1 | 20-Aug-2014 |
tls | Rebase to HEAD as of a few days ago.
|
| 1.42.4.1 | 22-May-2014 |
yamt | sync with head.
for a reference, the tree before this commit was tagged
as yamt-pagecache-tag8.
this commit was splitted into small chunks to avoid
a limitation of cvs. ("Protocol error: too many arguments")
|
| 1.45.2.1 | 02-Aug-2025 |
perseant | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.43 | 01-Mar-2023 |
kre | Fix a typo in a newly added comment.
Someone please tell me why these things become obvious only after
the code has been committed!
NFC
|
| 1.42 | 01-Mar-2023 |
kre | When processing swapon -a (or swapctl -A, or swapctl -U) ignore lines in
fstab that have nothing to do with swapping (fs_type is neither "sw" nor "dp")
before running getfsspecname() on the fs_spec field of the line.
This avoids entries like this:
NAME=OFTEN_UNCONNECTED /local/archived ffs rw,log,noauto 0 0
in fstab from generating spurious error messages when the wedge named
is not currently connected to the system - that is the drive on which the
wedge exists is not connected, or not powered on. "noauto" handles that
for some other uses, the "0"s in fs_freq and fs_passno work for other uses,
but swap{on,ctl} never look at those fields (not for this purpose).
Non "sw"/"dp" lines were being ignored anyway, but not until (a little) later.
|
| 1.41 | 04-Apr-2022 |
andvar | fix various typos, mainly in comments.
|
| 1.40 | 11-Oct-2015 |
mrg | don't stop processing /etc/fstab when one entry fails, both for
add and remove loops. now when you add a new swap file and run
"swapctl -A" it won't give up after the existing one gives EBUSY
and move on to the rest.
|
| 1.39 | 01-Jan-2013 |
dsl | Explicitly include sys/ioctl.h
|
| 1.38 | 26-Dec-2012 |
mlelstv | Allow named wedges to be used on command line, also fix name lookup
for the dump device.
|
| 1.37 | 07-Apr-2012 |
christos | branches: 1.37.2;
use getfsspecname()
|
| 1.36 | 27-Aug-2011 |
joerg | branches: 1.36.2;
static + __dead
|
| 1.35 | 24-Sep-2009 |
apb | Make the exit status from "swapctl -A" and "swapctl -U" tri-state:
0 for success; 1 for error; and 2 when no devices of the appropriate type
are defined in fstab(5). Previously, "no apropriate devices" was
indistinguishable from "error".
|
| 1.34 | 28-Dec-2008 |
christos | fix dev_t format.
|
| 1.33 | 29-May-2008 |
mrg | remove clause #3 from my license where there are no other
copyright holders involved.
|
| 1.32 | 27-Aug-2006 |
martin | branches: 1.32.18; 1.32.20; 1.32.22;
As discussed on tech-userlevel: enhance the -A/-U commands to take a -t
auto flag, which queries all local harddisks for swap partitions/
wedges and adds/removes them as swap device, a -f option to use the
first found swap device as dump device, and a -o option to only
auto-configure the dump device, but leave swap alone.
Add a -n option to make swapctl only say what it would do, but not
change any system state.
|
| 1.31 | 23-Aug-2006 |
wiz | Sort options. Sync usage with man page.
|
| 1.30 | 22-Aug-2006 |
martin | Allow unsetting the dump device via "swapctl -D none".
For -l (list swap partitions) and -z (list dump device) return a usefull
error status, so scripts can easily decide if swap or dump are configured.
|
| 1.29 | 12-Jun-2005 |
christos | Remove some const. This is better than using __UNCONST at the second
argument of swapctl.
|
| 1.28 | 09-Feb-2005 |
xtraeme | Kill __P(), use ANSI function declarations, constify; WARNS=3.
Reviewed by mrg@.
|
| 1.27 | 10-Jan-2005 |
lukem | support RESCUEDIR (for mount_nfs and umount)
|
| 1.26 | 08-Jun-2004 |
cjep | Fix usage string (i.e. add information about -z). Fixes PR#25865 from
Kouichirou Hiratsuka.
|
| 1.25 | 20-Dec-2003 |
mrg | branches: 1.25.2;
support "-g" and "-m" as well as "-k" and "-h". swapctl & swaplist code
from Martin Weber, adapted for pstat by myself.
|
| 1.24 | 20-Dec-2003 |
mrg | add a "-h" (humanize_number(3)) option to swapctl(8) and pstat(8), from
Martin Weber in PR#23805.
ps: now we only need someone to do ls(1) :-)
|
| 1.23 | 21-Oct-2003 |
fvdl | The 3rd argument to swapctl() is an int, don't pass NULL in it.
|
| 1.22 | 23-Jun-2003 |
agc | Add NetBSD RCS Ids.
|
| 1.21 | 18-Sep-2002 |
drochner | print something sensible on -z if no dump device is set
|
| 1.20 | 21-Jun-2002 |
jdolecek | Support 'dp' as mount option for 'sw' fstype, so it DTRT for entries like:
/dev/wd0b none swap sw,dp 0 0
|
| 1.19 | 26-Nov-2001 |
pooka | Add word "WARNING" when complaining about swap being world-read/writeable
to clarify that this was not an error condition and that swap was indeed
added despite the problem.
|
| 1.18 | 19-Feb-2001 |
cgd | convert to use getprogname()
|
| 1.17 | 17-Nov-2000 |
lukem | fix incorrect comment; -d does work!
|
| 1.16 | 17-Nov-2000 |
mrg | support new `swapctl -z' that shows the dump device.
|
| 1.15 | 07-Jul-2000 |
itojun | warnx?/errx? audit. don't pass variable/function return value alone.
use with "%s". from openbsd.
|
| 1.14 | 13-Apr-2000 |
mrg | branches: 1.14.4;
use <sys/swap.h>. should have happened years ago.
|
| 1.13 | 13-Mar-2000 |
soren | Fix doubled 'the's.
|
| 1.12 | 05-Mar-2000 |
lukem | * add support for -U, which is the opposite of -A (i.e, it unconfigures
all swap devices in /etc/fstab).
* fix description of -D
|
| 1.11 | 26-Apr-1999 |
mrg | add a -D line to usage().
|
| 1.10 | 23-Feb-1999 |
mrg | add a new fstab type "dp" for the user-specified dump device.
change swapctl -A to see this and add it via swapctl(2). also
add a new swapctl -D <device> to change the dump device on the
fly.
|
| 1.9 | 26-Jul-1998 |
mycroft | const poisoning.
|
| 1.8 | 10-Feb-1998 |
mrg | make swapctl exit with non-zero if -A and nothing swapped on
|
| 1.7 | 10-Oct-1997 |
mrg | remove advertising clause from all my licenses.
|
| 1.6 | 15-Sep-1997 |
lukem | * fix .Nm usage
* prototype main() for WARNS=1
|
| 1.5 | 11-Jul-1997 |
mikel | add comparisons to NULL implicit in my last changes
|
| 1.4 | 25-Jun-1997 |
thorpej | Add a "-t blk|noblk" device type option to swapctl -A. This allows the
user to specify "only add block devices" or "only add non-block devices".
This is useful during early system startup where swapping may be needed
before swap files are available (e.g. if fsck'ing large file systems).
|
| 1.3 | 24-Jun-1997 |
mikel | include <err.h> for err*() and warn*() prototypes
cast long to int for use by printf("%d",..)
add parens for gcc -Wall
|
| 1.2 | 15-Jun-1997 |
thorpej | Totally rework the command parsing, eliminating a few walk-offs of
bogus pointers, etc.
|
| 1.1 | 12-Jun-1997 |
mrg | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 12-Jun-1997 |
mrg | swapctl program for new swap code.
|
| 1.14.4.1 | 27-Jul-2000 |
itojun | pullup (approved by releng-1-5)
printf-like format pedant. do not pass string variable alone. use "%s".
from openbsd.
/cvsroot/basesrc/sbin/swapctl/swapctl.c 1.14 -> 1.15
/cvsroot/basesrc/sbin/ping6/ping6.c 1.15 -> 1.16
/cvsroot/basesrc/sbin/disklabel/disklabel.c 1.84 -> 1.85
/cvsroot/basesrc/sbin/ccdconfig/ccdconfig.c 1.30 -> 1.31
|
| 1.25.2.1 | 13-Jun-2004 |
jdc | Pull up revision 1.26 (requested by cjep in ticket #460).
Fix usage string (i.e. add information about -z). Fixes PR#25865 from
Kouichirou Hiratsuka.
|
| 1.32.22.1 | 23-Jun-2008 |
wrstuden | Sync w/ -current. 34 merge conflicts to follow.
|
| 1.32.20.1 | 04-Jun-2008 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.32.18.2 | 17-Jan-2009 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.32.18.1 | 02-Jun-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.36.2.2 | 23-Jan-2013 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.36.2.1 | 17-Apr-2012 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.37.2.1 | 25-Feb-2013 |
tls | resync with head
|
| 1.6 | 29-May-2008 |
mrg | remove clause #3 from my license where there are no other
copyright holders involved.
|
| 1.5 | 22-Aug-2006 |
martin | branches: 1.5.18; 1.5.20; 1.5.22;
Allow unsetting the dump device via "swapctl -D none".
For -l (list swap partitions) and -z (list dump device) return a usefull
error status, so scripts can easily decide if swap or dump are configured.
|
| 1.4 | 09-Feb-2005 |
xtraeme | Kill __P(), use ANSI function declarations, constify; WARNS=3.
Reviewed by mrg@.
|
| 1.3 | 20-Dec-2003 |
mrg | add a "-h" (humanize_number(3)) option to swapctl(8) and pstat(8), from
Martin Weber in PR#23805.
ps: now we only need someone to do ls(1) :-)
|
| 1.2 | 10-Oct-1997 |
mrg | remove advertising clause from all my licenses.
|
| 1.1 | 12-Jun-1997 |
mrg | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 12-Jun-1997 |
mrg | swapctl program for new swap code.
|
| 1.5.22.1 | 23-Jun-2008 |
wrstuden | Sync w/ -current. 34 merge conflicts to follow.
|
| 1.5.20.1 | 04-Jun-2008 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.5.18.1 | 02-Jun-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.19 | 11-Dec-2023 |
mlelstv | Avoid overflow of totals.
|
| 1.18 | 31-May-2016 |
pgoyette | Minor formatting change in swapctl -l as noted in my PR bin/51155
|
| 1.17 | 06-Apr-2009 |
lukem | redo previous to fix amd64 build
|
| 1.16 | 06-Apr-2009 |
lukem | fix sign-compare issue
|
| 1.15 | 29-May-2008 |
mrg | branches: 1.15.4;
remove clause #3 from my license where there are no other
copyright holders involved.
|
| 1.14 | 22-Aug-2006 |
martin | branches: 1.14.18; 1.14.20; 1.14.22;
Allow unsetting the dump device via "swapctl -D none".
For -l (list swap partitions) and -z (list dump device) return a usefull
error status, so scripts can easily decide if swap or dump are configured.
|
| 1.13 | 09-Feb-2005 |
xtraeme | Kill __P(), use ANSI function declarations, constify; WARNS=3.
Reviewed by mrg@.
|
| 1.12 | 20-Dec-2003 |
mrg | support "-g" and "-m" as well as "-k" and "-h". swapctl & swaplist code
from Martin Weber, adapted for pstat by myself.
|
| 1.11 | 20-Dec-2003 |
mrg | add a "-h" (humanize_number(3)) option to swapctl(8) and pstat(8), from
Martin Weber in PR#23805.
ps: now we only need someone to do ls(1) :-)
|
| 1.10 | 23-Jun-2003 |
agc | Add NetBSD RCS Ids.
|
| 1.9 | 19-Aug-2000 |
soren | Add space in summary printf.
|
| 1.8 | 08-Oct-1998 |
mrg | branches: 1.8.10;
print the strerror if swapctl fails.
|
| 1.7 | 29-Aug-1998 |
mrg | <vm/vm_swap.h> -> <sys/swap.h>
|
| 1.6 | 29-Aug-1998 |
mrg | add a `char se_path[PATH_MAX]' member to struct swapent, that
the pathname of the swap device is saved into. add a char *swd_path
member to struct swapdev, that contains a copy of the pathname
(using malloc(9)). rename swapctl(2)'s SWAP_STATS to SWAP_OSTATS,
and add a new SWAP_STATS command (number). make swapctl(SWAP_STATS,
...) [new version] copy the path out. if COMPAT_13, also include
support for SWAP_OSTATS. also fix a minor bug in swapctl(2).
the point of this is that swapfiles are now shown in `swapctl -l'.
|
| 1.5 | 17-Jun-1998 |
ross | Fix this to correctly do swapctl -l for regions > 2^31 bytes.
We include <inttypes.h> in case at some point in the future we do things
the SUSV2 way and originate the 64-bit scalar defs there.
|
| 1.4 | 10-Oct-1997 |
mrg | branches: 1.4.2;
remove advertising clause from all my licenses.
|
| 1.3 | 21-Jul-1997 |
mrg | free() what you malloc().
|
| 1.2 | 25-Jun-1997 |
mikel | include <err.h> for err*() and warn*() prototypes
fix some printf() formats to take long args instead of int
|
| 1.1 | 12-Jun-1997 |
mrg | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 12-Jun-1997 |
mrg | swapctl program for new swap code.
|
| 1.4.2.1 | 25-Sep-1998 |
cgd | Pull up part of rev 1.6 ("test correct return value", mrg)
|
| 1.8.10.1 | 03-Sep-2000 |
soren | Pull up rev 1.9:
> date: 2000/08/19 21:31:58; author: soren; state: Exp; lines: +2 -2
> Add space in summary printf.
|
| 1.14.22.1 | 23-Jun-2008 |
wrstuden | Sync w/ -current. 34 merge conflicts to follow.
|
| 1.14.20.1 | 04-Jun-2008 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.14.18.1 | 02-Jun-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.15.4.1 | 13-May-2009 |
jym | Sync with HEAD.
Third (and last) commit. See http://mail-index.netbsd.org/source-changes/2009/05/13/msg221222.html
|
| 1.22 | 18-Aug-2019 |
kamil | sysctl: Add indirection of symbols to remove clash with sanitizers
Add indirection and symbol renaming under MKSANITIZER for the linked in
version of sysctlbyname and sysctlgetmibinfo.
|
| 1.21 | 29-Nov-2012 |
christos | branches: 1.21.30; 1.21.32;
use the proper variable
|
| 1.20 | 13-Dec-2010 |
pooka | branches: 1.20.6; 1.20.12;
RUMP_ACTION -> RUMPPRG
|
| 1.19 | 05-Nov-2010 |
pooka | make sysctl(8) work as a rump client
|
| 1.18 | 13-Feb-2009 |
uebayasi | Comment out CFLAGS+=-g.
|
| 1.17 | 06-Apr-2005 |
christos | branches: 1.17.28; 1.17.30;
PPR/29909: Manuel Bouyer: sysctl dumps core if kern.consdev returns unknown
device. If we cannot determine the device name of the console, print the
console dev_t in hex.
|
| 1.16 | 25-Mar-2004 |
atatat | Move sysctlbyname(), sysctlnametomib(), and sysctlgetmibinfo() from
sysctl(8) into libc, making the minor number jump. Add prototypes to
sys/sysctl.h, fix sets, modify man pages, etc. That oughta cover it.
|
| 1.15 | 04-Dec-2003 |
atatat | New sysctl(8) binary. Performs auto-discovery and can add/remove
nodes from the tree. Never needs to be recompiled again.
|
| 1.14 | 30-Nov-2002 |
lukem | tweaks for fparseln(3) move from libutil to libc:
- remove #include <util.h> if nothing else needed it
- remove LDFLAGS+=-lutil if nothing else needed it
|
| 1.13 | 19-Aug-2002 |
lukem | Use ${NETBSDSRCDIR}/some/path instead of ${.CURDIR}/../../some/path
|
| 1.12 | 20-Mar-2002 |
christos | handle new emulation sysctls, and cleanup function duplication.
|
| 1.11 | 12-Mar-2000 |
tsarna | Add a "-f file" flag to process directives from a file.
|
| 1.10 | 17-Jan-2000 |
itojun | don't install /usr/sbin/sysctl (backward compat symlink)
|
| 1.9 | 17-Jan-2000 |
itojun | move sysctl to /sbin/sysctl. symlink from /usr/sbin/sysctl
is supplied for backward compatibility.
add /sbin/sysctl to base/mi (does not remove /usr/sbin/sysctl
as we have a symlink)
|
| 1.8 | 17-Jan-2000 |
itojun | Moved from usr.sbin/sysctl/Makefile,v
|
| 1.7 | 03-Jul-1999 |
itojun | s/CFLAGS/CPPFLAGS/ for -D and -I.
|
| 1.6 | 02-Jul-1999 |
itojun | IPv6/IPsec sysctl MIB support.
|
| 1.5 | 05-Mar-1998 |
christos | WARNSify
|
| 1.4 | 18-Oct-1997 |
lukem | enable WARNS=1 by default, but disable in unclean 3rd party code
|
| 1.3 | 30-Sep-1995 |
thorpej | New-style RCS ids.
|
| 1.2 | 22-Dec-1994 |
cgd | specify man pages the new way.
|
| 1.1 | 09-May-1994 |
cgd | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 09-May-1994 |
cgd | sysctl-of-fish
|
| 1.17.30.1 | 13-May-2009 |
jym | Sync with HEAD.
Third (and last) commit. See http://mail-index.netbsd.org/source-changes/2009/05/13/msg221222.html
|
| 1.17.28.1 | 08-Dec-2010 |
riz | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by uwe in ticket #1490):
usr.bin/mkdep/Makefile: revision 1.16
sbin/dump_lfs/Makefile: revision 1.10
usr.sbin/services_mkdb/Makefile: revision 1.5
sbin/ifconfig/Makefile: revision 1.40
usr.sbin/racoonctl/Makefile: revision 1.3
sbin/sysctl/Makefile: revision 1.18
Comment out CFLAGS+=-g.
Disable debug.
|
| 1.20.12.1 | 25-Feb-2013 |
tls | resync with head
|
| 1.20.6.1 | 16-Jan-2013 |
yamt | sync with (a bit old) head
|
| 1.21.32.1 | 19-Aug-2019 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by kamil in ticket #95):
sbin/sysctl/prog_ops.h: revision 1.3
sbin/sysctl/sysctl_rumpops.c: revision 1.2
sbin/sysctl/sysctl_hostops.c: revision 1.2
sbin/sysctl/Makefile: revision 1.22
sbin/sysctl/sysctl.c: revision 1.162
sysctl: Add indirection of symbols to remove clash with sanitizers
Add indirection and symbol renaming under MKSANITIZER for the linked in
version of sysctlbyname and sysctlgetmibinfo.
|
| 1.21.30.1 | 13-Apr-2020 |
martin | Mostly merge changes from HEAD upto 20200411
|
| 1.7 | 25-Mar-2004 |
atatat | Move sysctlbyname(), sysctlnametomib(), and sysctlgetmibinfo() from
sysctl(8) into libc, making the minor number jump. Add prototypes to
sys/sysctl.h, fix sets, modify man pages, etc. That oughta cover it.
|
| 1.6 | 07-Aug-2003 |
agc | Move UCB-licensed code from 4-clause to 3-clause licence.
Patches provided by Joel Baker in PR 22308, verified by myself.
|
| 1.5 | 14-Apr-2000 |
simonb | Don't declare 'extern opt*' getopt variables.
|
| 1.4 | 17-Jan-2000 |
itojun | Moved from usr.sbin/sysctl/pathconf.c,v
|
| 1.3 | 01-Nov-1997 |
lukem | getopt returns -1 not EOF
|
| 1.2 | 30-Sep-1995 |
thorpej | New-style RCS ids.
|
| 1.1 | 09-May-1994 |
cgd | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 09-May-1994 |
cgd | sysctl-of-fish
|
| 1.3 | 18-Aug-2019 |
kamil | sysctl: Add indirection of symbols to remove clash with sanitizers
Add indirection and symbol renaming under MKSANITIZER for the linked in
version of sysctlbyname and sysctlgetmibinfo.
|
| 1.2 | 13-Dec-2010 |
pooka | branches: 1.2.46; 1.2.48;
use crunchops for crunchables
|
| 1.1 | 13-Dec-2010 |
pooka | RUMP_ACTION -> RUMPPRG
|
| 1.2.48.1 | 19-Aug-2019 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by kamil in ticket #95):
sbin/sysctl/prog_ops.h: revision 1.3
sbin/sysctl/sysctl_rumpops.c: revision 1.2
sbin/sysctl/sysctl_hostops.c: revision 1.2
sbin/sysctl/Makefile: revision 1.22
sbin/sysctl/sysctl.c: revision 1.162
sysctl: Add indirection of symbols to remove clash with sanitizers
Add indirection and symbol renaming under MKSANITIZER for the linked in
version of sysctlbyname and sysctlgetmibinfo.
|
| 1.2.46.1 | 13-Apr-2020 |
martin | Mostly merge changes from HEAD upto 20200411
|
| 1.162 | 03-Aug-2011 |
christos | allow -q flag to work for reads.
|
| 1.161 | 30-Sep-2009 |
elad | Remove stale references to the "read only at securelevel [12]" flags in
the documentation and code comments.
|
| 1.160 | 01-Apr-2009 |
christos | Don't print an error with sysctl -w name?=value if name does not exist.
Should be pulled up to 5.0
|
| 1.159 | 11-Nov-2008 |
reed | branches: 1.159.2;
Reference secmodel_securelevel(9) manual page.
|
| 1.158 | 02-May-2008 |
martin | branches: 1.158.4;
Move TNF licenses to 2 clause form
|
| 1.157 | 04-Dec-2006 |
pavel | branches: 1.157.12; 1.157.14;
Move the description of sysctl MIBs from sysctl.3 to a new manual page
sysctl.7. Remove the list of MIBs from sysctl.8 so we don't have to
maintain duplicate information, as proposed by YAMAMOTO Takashi on
tech-userlevel. Also remove references to header files from sysctl.8.
The numeric constants remain documented, they are still needed in some
cases. See the discussion on tech-userlevel. ("mib list in sysctl.8")
OK by YAMAMOTO Takashi.
|
| 1.156 | 25-Nov-2006 |
christos | branches: 1.156.2;
PR/34837: Mindaguas: Add SysV SHM dynamic reallocation and locking to the
physical memory
|
| 1.155 | 22-Nov-2006 |
elad | Initial implementation of PaX Segvguard (this is still work-in-progress,
it's just to get it out of my local tree).
|
| 1.154 | 26-Sep-2006 |
elad | Change the PaX mprotect(2) restrictions' "global_protection" knob to
just "global" -- it's shorter and more readable. Update documentation.
|
| 1.153 | 05-Sep-2006 |
rpaulo | Import of TCP ECN algorithm for congestion control.
Both available for IPv4 and IPv6.
Basic implementation test results are available at
http://netbsd-soc.sourceforge.net/projects/ecn/testresults.html.
Work sponsored by the Google Summer of Code project 2006.
Special thanks to Kentaro Kurahone, Allen Briggs and Matt Thomas for their
help, comments and support during the project.
|
| 1.152 | 04-Sep-2006 |
liamjfoy | add net.inet.ip.maxflows. Bump date.
|
| 1.151 | 08-Aug-2006 |
wiz | Bump date for previous.
|
| 1.150 | 08-Aug-2006 |
kardel | document timecounter sysctls
|
| 1.149 | 14-Jul-2006 |
elad | branches: 1.149.2;
move security.setid_core.* to kern.coredump.setid.*, as requested by yamt@.
|
| 1.148 | 14-Jul-2006 |
elad | okay, since there was no way to divide this to two commits, here it goes..
introduce fileassoc(9), a kernel interface for associating meta-data with
files using in-kernel memory. this is very similar to what we had in
veriexec till now, only abstracted so it can be used more easily by more
consumers.
this also prompted the redesign of the interface, making it work on vnodes
and mounts and not directly on devices and inodes. internally, we still
use file-id but that's gonna change soon... the interface will remain
consistent.
as a result, veriexec went under some heavy changes to conform to the new
interface. since we no longer use device numbers to identify file-systems,
the veriexec sysctl stuff changed too: kern.veriexec.count.dev_N is now
kern.veriexec.tableN.* where 'N' is NOT the device number but rather a
way to distinguish several mounts.
also worth noting is the plugging of unmount/delete operations
wrt/fileassoc and veriexec.
tons of input from yamt@, wrstuden@, martin@, and christos@.
|
| 1.147 | 29-May-2006 |
liamjfoy | bump date (.Dd)
|
| 1.146 | 29-May-2006 |
liamjfoy | document Common Address Redundancy Protocol sysctls, aka CARP
ok joerg@
|
| 1.145 | 16-May-2006 |
elad | Introduce PaX MPROTECT -- mprotect(2) restrictions used to strengthen
W^X mappings.
Disabled by default.
First proposed in:
http://mail-index.netbsd.org/tech-security/2005/12/18/0000.html
More information in:
http://pax.grsecurity.net/docs/mprotect.txt
Read relevant parts of options(4) and sysctl(3) before using!
Lots of thanks to the PaX author and Matt Thomas.
|
| 1.144 | 06-Mar-2006 |
christos | add the 3 opencrypto sysctls.
|
| 1.143 | 04-Feb-2006 |
wiz | Bump date for security.*
|
| 1.142 | 02-Feb-2006 |
elad | - make use of the recently added mode_bits for security.setid_core.mode;
- document setid_core variables.
|
| 1.141 | 14-Jan-2006 |
elad | add some more to kern.
|
| 1.140 | 14-Jan-2006 |
elad | remove dup cnmagic.
|
| 1.139 | 14-Jan-2006 |
elad | Sync and sort ddb, hw, kern, vm.
|
| 1.138 | 13-Jan-2006 |
elad | oops - this should not have been commited. remove sugid_coredump line.
|
| 1.137 | 13-Jan-2006 |
elad | grrr... another space -> tab...
|
| 1.136 | 13-Jan-2006 |
elad | space -> tab
|
| 1.135 | 13-Jan-2006 |
elad | Sync net.{inet,inet6,key}
|
| 1.134 | 21-Dec-2005 |
yamt | add vm.inactivepct.
|
| 1.133 | 13-Dec-2005 |
yamt | add vm.idlezero. noted by Hubert Feyrer.
|
| 1.132 | 27-Nov-2005 |
yamt | bump date for the previous.
|
| 1.131 | 27-Nov-2005 |
yamt | add ddb.commandonenter.
|
| 1.130 | 15-Oct-2005 |
xtraeme | Mention "kern.bufq.strategies", bump date.
|
| 1.129 | 06-Oct-2005 |
wiz | Add missing comma.
|
| 1.128 | 03-Oct-2005 |
elad | Document security level for sysctl and security.curtain.
Hi Hubert! :)
|
| 1.127 | 24-Sep-2005 |
rpaulo | Document kern.hardclock_ticks. Pointed out by Hubert.
|
| 1.126 | 23-Sep-2005 |
wiz | Drop trailing whitespace.
|
| 1.125 | 21-Sep-2005 |
xtraeme | Mention vfs.sync.*, bump date.
|
| 1.124 | 06-Sep-2005 |
rpaulo | Handle net.inet.tcp.debug, net.inet.tcp.debx, net.ns.spp.debug and
net.ns.spp.debx. Bump man page date.
|
| 1.123 | 04-Aug-2005 |
rpaulo | Added net.bpf.peers and net.bpf.stats and bumped the date.
|
| 1.122 | 24-May-2005 |
wiz | Bump date for previous. <> -> \*[Lt]\*[Gt].
|
| 1.121 | 24-May-2005 |
elad | Add man-page bits about the 'count' node.
|
| 1.120 | 20-May-2005 |
elad | Remove common code for returning supported fingerprints. This is done now
via sysctl(8) using kern.veriexec.algorithms.
Also add an entry for the 'algorithms' variable in sysctl.8 forgotten in
the last commit.
|
| 1.119 | 19-May-2005 |
elad | Some changes in veriexec.
New features:
- Add a veriexec_report() routine to make most reporting consistent and
remove some common code.
- Add 'strict' mode that controls how veriexec behaves.
- Add sysctl knobs:
o kern.veriexec.verbose controls verbosity levels. Value: 0, 1.
o kern.veriexec.strict controls strict level. Values: 0, 1, 2. See
documentation in sysctl(3) for details.
o kern.veriexec.algorithms returns a string with a space separated
list of supported hashing algorithms in veriexec.
- Updated documentation in man pages for sysctl(3) and sysctl(8).
Bug fixes:
- veriexec_removechk(): Code cleanup + handle FINGERPRINT_NOTEVAL
correctly.
- exec_script(): Don't pass 0 as flag when executing a script; use the
defined VERIEXEC_INDIRECT - which is 1. Makes indirect execution
enforcement work.
- Fix some printing formats and types..
|
| 1.118 | 26-Dec-2004 |
christos | branches: 1.118.2;
PR/28782: OBATA Akio: Document that kern.rtc_offset is writable.
|
| 1.117 | 21-Nov-2004 |
jdolecek | add vfs.cd9660.utf8_joliet, and couple other vfs.* entries while here
bump date and add TNF copyright
|
| 1.116 | 15-Oct-2004 |
daniel | Add vm.bufcache, vm.bufmem, vm.bufmem_lowater, m.bufmem_hiwater (PR misc/27247, misc/27233).
|
| 1.115 | 27-Aug-2004 |
wiz | Bump date for removal of net.key.random_int.
|
| 1.114 | 27-Aug-2004 |
itojun | remove net.key.random_int
|
| 1.113 | 28-Apr-2004 |
snj | Bump date for last.
|
| 1.112 | 28-Apr-2004 |
ragge | Note net.inet.arp.* entries.
|
| 1.111 | 24-Mar-2004 |
wiz | branches: 1.111.2;
Remove duplicate and superfluous words.
|
| 1.110 | 24-Mar-2004 |
snj | Bump date for last.
|
| 1.109 | 24-Mar-2004 |
atatat | Bring sysctl man pages up to date (wrt new query interface, the
versioning, and descriptions).
|
| 1.108 | 22-Jan-2004 |
wiz | Bump date for previous.
|
| 1.107 | 22-Jan-2004 |
jonathan | Document net.bpf.maxbufsize in sysctl(8).
NB: bpf isn't a PF_, so where to list it in sysctl(3)?
|
| 1.106 | 08-Jan-2004 |
atatat | Used to say "type=", but now says "size=" since that's what it's
supposed to say.
|
| 1.105 | 31-Dec-2003 |
wiz | Simplify Oo/Oc to Op, since it has only one simple short argument.
|
| 1.104 | 30-Dec-2003 |
atatat | Update sysctl.8 man page to cover all the new stuff.
|
| 1.103 | 15-Oct-2003 |
wiz | Slight option ordering change.
|
| 1.102 | 27-Sep-2003 |
dsl | Forgot the date....
|
| 1.101 | 27-Sep-2003 |
dsl | Add kern.drivers and kern.root_partition to match recent kern_sysctl.c
Add kern.root_device which was absent.
|
| 1.100 | 21-Sep-2003 |
wiz | Combine multiple single-letter options.
|
| 1.99 | 20-Sep-2003 |
grant | add -e flag to set the separator to '=' where the default is ' = '.
this allows sysctl output to fed back into itself. inspired by
FreeBSD's sysctl(8).
ok'd by atatat.
|
| 1.98 | 17-Sep-2003 |
grant | put flags in a list with descriptions. add proper description of -w.
|
| 1.97 | 07-Aug-2003 |
wiz | Mention /etc/sysctl.conf. Bump date. Closes PR 22213.
|
| 1.96 | 07-Aug-2003 |
agc | Move UCB-licensed code from 4-clause to 3-clause licence.
Patches provided by Joel Baker in PR 22308, verified by myself.
|
| 1.95 | 04-Jul-2003 |
wiz | Bump date for last, and replace some \*[Lt]/\*[Gt] with .Aq.
|
| 1.94 | 03-Jul-2003 |
ragge | Add somaxkva.
|
| 1.93 | 19-Apr-2003 |
christos | add tcp.ident.
|
| 1.92 | 12-Apr-2003 |
christos | add checkinterface
|
| 1.91 | 17-Mar-2003 |
wiz | Consistent tab usage.
|
| 1.90 | 15-Mar-2003 |
wiz | Use "its" instead of "it's" where appropriate.
From Soren Jacobsen in PR 20730.
|
| 1.89 | 06-Mar-2003 |
thorpej | hw.physpages -> hw.physmem64, hw.userpages -> hw.usermem64
|
| 1.88 | 01-Mar-2003 |
thorpej | Document net.inet.tcp.init_win_local.
|
| 1.87 | 27-Feb-2003 |
thorpej | Document hw.physpages and hw.userpages.
|
| 1.86 | 02-Feb-2003 |
kleink | Add sysconf(3) knobs for recent additions.
|
| 1.85 | 01-Feb-2003 |
kleink | Add several missing items, and be less rageous about memory locking.
|
| 1.84 | 11-Dec-2002 |
jdolecek | Add kern.forkfsleep sysctl - set/get time (in miliseconds) for which
process would be forced to sleep in fork() if it hits either global
or user maxproc limit. Default is zero (no forced sleep).
Maximum is 20 seconds.
|
| 1.83 | 11-Dec-2002 |
scw | Add two sysctls: kern.labelsector and kern.labeloffset.
These are of use to userland code which previously depended on the
hard-coded values of LABELSECTOR and LABELOFFSET to figure out the
location of the disklabel for a particular platform.
With the introduction of umbrella ports such as evbarm, evbmips, etc,
the location of the disklabel may vary between kernels for the same
MACHINE. This sysctl will allow userland programs to remain independent
of the particular flavour of MACHINE in such cases.
|
| 1.82 | 07-Nov-2002 |
manu | Added two sysctl-able flags: proc.curproc.stopfork and proc.curproc.stopexec
that can be used to block a process after fork(2) or exec(2) calls. The
new process is created in the SSTOP state and is never scheduled for running.
This feature is designed so that it is esay to attach the process using gdb
before it has done anything.
It works also with sproc, kthread_create, clone...
|
| 1.81 | 03-Oct-2002 |
wiz | New sentence, new line. From Robert Elz.
|
| 1.80 | 01-Oct-2002 |
wiz | Replace some \*[Lt]...\*[Gt] with .Aq ...
|
| 1.79 | 29-May-2002 |
msaitoh | document vfs.nfs.iothreads
|
| 1.78 | 28-May-2002 |
itojun | document net.inet6.ip6.maxfrags
|
| 1.77 | 19-May-2002 |
itojun | branches: 1.77.2;
document net.key.* sysctl. provide sysctl MIB for controlling
proposal payload on ACQUIRE message. sync w/kame
|
| 1.76 | 14-May-2002 |
itojun | rename: net.inet6.ip6.bindv6only -> net.inet6.ip6.v6only
sync w/kame.
|
| 1.75 | 24-Mar-2002 |
sommerfeld | Add -q flag, for use with -w and -f, which suppresses output after a set.
|
| 1.74 | 08-Feb-2002 |
ross | Generate <>& symbolically. I'm avoiding .../dist/... directories for now.
|
| 1.73 | 28-Jan-2002 |
simonb | Document the new kern.tkstat.* sysctls.
|
| 1.72 | 27-Jan-2002 |
simonb | Prod from lukem - remember to add hw.disk* here too.
|
| 1.71 | 24-Dec-2001 |
chs | update for changed vm knobs.
|
| 1.70 | 30-Oct-2001 |
wiz | Sort sections, whitespace nits.
|
| 1.69 | 30-Oct-2001 |
kml | Added descriptions of the new sysctls for controlling the disposition
of IPv4 routes added via redirects, rediraccept and redirtimeout.
|
| 1.68 | 20-Aug-2001 |
hubertf | Remove duplicate listing of "net.inet.tcp.init_win" system variable as
reported in PR 13760 by Don Yuniskis <auryn@gci-net.com>
|
| 1.67 | 16-Jun-2001 |
jdolecek | Add port of high performance pipe implementation written by John S. Dyson
for FreeBSD project. Besides huge speed boost compared with socketpair-based
pipes, this implementation also uses pagable kernel memory instead of mbufs.
Significant differences to FreeBSD version:
* uses uvm_loan() facility for direct write
* async/SIGIO handling correct also for sync writer, async reader
* limits settable via sysctl, amountpipekva and nbigpipes available via sysctl
* pipes are unidirectional - this is enforced on file descriptor level
for now only, the code would be updated to take advantage of it
eventually
* uses lockmgr(9)-based locks instead of home brew variant
* scatter-gather write is handled correctly for direct write case, data
is transferred by PIPE_DIRECT_CHUNK bytes maximum, to avoid running out of kva
All FreeBSD/NetBSD specific code is within appropriate #ifdef, in preparation
to feed changes back to FreeBSD tree.
This pipe implementation is optional for now, add 'options NEW_PIPE'
to your kernel config to use it.
|
| 1.66 | 27-Mar-2001 |
itojun | net.inet.ip.maxfragpackets defines the maximum size of ip reass queue
(prevents fragment flood from chewing up mbuf memory space).
derived from KAME net.inet6.ip6.maxfragpackets.
|
| 1.65 | 09-Mar-2001 |
chs | add UBC memory-usage balancing. we track the number of pages in use for
each of the basic types (anonymous data, executable image, cached files)
and prevent the pagedaemon from reusing a given page if that would reduce
the count of that type of page below a sysctl-setable minimum threshold.
the thresholds are controlled via three new sysctl tunables:
vm.anonmin, vm.vnodemin, and vm.vtextmin. these tunables are the
percentages of pageable memory reserved for each usage, and we do not allow
the sum of the minimums to be more than 95% so that there's always some
memory that can be reused.
|
| 1.64 | 07-Feb-2001 |
itojun | during ip6/icmp6 inbound packet processing, do not call log() nor printf() in
normal operation (/var can get filled up by flodding bogus packets).
sysctl net.inet6.icmp6.nd6_debug will turn on diagnostic messages.
(#define ND6_DEBUG will turn it on by default)
improve stats in ND6 code.
lots of synchronziation with kame (including comments and cometic ones).
|
| 1.63 | 26-Jan-2001 |
hubertf | Document that there's currently no registry for vendor sysctls.
After discussion with John Hawkinson and Frank van der Linden.
|
| 1.62 | 10-Jan-2001 |
hubertf | * Document the vendor.* sysctl branch
* in sysctl.3, sort the list of CTL_ prefixes and sync with sysctl.h
|
| 1.61 | 21-Dec-2000 |
itojun | document net.inet6.icmp6.mtudisc_{lo,hi}wat.
|
| 1.60 | 08-Nov-2000 |
eeh | Document new hw.cnmagic sysctl(8) variable.
|
| 1.59 | 26-Oct-2000 |
jdolecek | add couple of missing entries, update kern.maxptys entry - it is not raise only
|
| 1.58 | 15-Oct-2000 |
bjh21 | Ah, so _that_'s how you get a backslash in a macro argument.
Thanks to itojun for pointing it out.
|
| 1.57 | 15-Oct-2000 |
bjh21 | Various formatting cleanups (mostly to use .Ql).
Note that getting a single backslash inside Ql seems to need SIXTEEN
of them in the source!
|
| 1.56 | 26-Sep-2000 |
jdolecek | fix typo (remplaced --> replaced)
|
| 1.55 | 09-Sep-2000 |
jdolecek | document kern.maxptys/KERN_MAXPTYS
note that kern.maxvnodes is raise only
|
| 1.54 | 26-Aug-2000 |
itojun | implement net.inet6.ip6.{anon,low}port{min,max} sysctl variable.
|
| 1.53 | 26-Aug-2000 |
itojun | document net.inet.ip.lowport{min,max}
|
| 1.52 | 28-Jul-2000 |
itojun | nuke net.inet*.ip*.*ratelimit.
|
| 1.51 | 27-Jul-2000 |
itojun | add net.inet.tcp.rstppslimit
|
| 1.50 | 10-Jul-2000 |
itojun | document sysctl variable "net.inet.icmp.errppslimit".
|
| 1.49 | 09-Jul-2000 |
itojun | add description for net.inet6.icmp6.{errppslimit,nd6_maxnudhint}
|
| 1.48 | 27-Jun-2000 |
mrg | <vm/vm_param.h> is now <uvm/uvm_param.h>
|
| 1.47 | 23-May-2000 |
itojun | branches: 1.47.4;
correct FILES section. mention IPv6/IPsec headers.
|
| 1.46 | 08-Apr-2000 |
soren | Update usage with -f.
|
| 1.45 | 12-Mar-2000 |
tsarna | Add a "-f file" flag to process directives from a file.
|
| 1.44 | 27-Feb-2000 |
itojun | add hw.alignbytes sysctl mib. this gives you the value of ALIGNBYTES
at the kernel compilation time (ALIGNBYTES that the kernel uses).
|
| 1.43 | 26-Feb-2000 |
itojun | remove net.inet6.ip6.nd6_proxyall sysctl.
support "ndp -s <ip6> <mac> proxy" for proxy NDP.
|
| 1.42 | 17-Feb-2000 |
fvdl | List vfs.generic.usermount in manpage. Don't try to handle machdep.diskinfo
for the i386, thus avoiding a warning message in 'sysctl -a'.
|
| 1.41 | 15-Feb-2000 |
thorpej | Note net.inet.icmp.errratelimit and net.inet.tcp.rstratelimit.
|
| 1.40 | 09-Feb-2000 |
jdolecek | Add reference to the include file with TCP sysctl constants. Fixes bin/9378.
|
| 1.39 | 06-Feb-2000 |
fair | Document KERN_LOGSIGEXIT.
sort sysctl variable list in sysctl.8
|
| 1.38 | 17-Jan-2000 |
itojun | Moved from usr.sbin/sysctl/sysctl.8,v
|
| 1.37 | 06-Jan-2000 |
itojun | make IPV6_BINDV6ONLY setsockopt available. it controls behavior of
AF_INET6 wildcard listening socket. heavily documented in ip6(4).
net.inet6.ip6.bindv6only defines default value. default is 1.
"options INET6_BINDV6ONLY" removes any code fragment that supports
IPV6_BINDV6ONLY == 0 case (not defopt'ed as use of this is rare).
|
| 1.36 | 06-Jan-2000 |
itojun | add missing variables under net.inet6.ip6.
|
| 1.35 | 02-Jan-2000 |
itojun | add net.inet6.icmp6.nodeinfo sysctl.
this allows you to disable/enable ICMPv6 node information query/reply
processing (which tells remote end the gethostname(3) setting, interface
addresses on the node, and some other things - documented in
draft-ietf-ipngwg-icmp-name-lookup* or something alike).
to test it, try ping6 -w ::1 with nodeinfo=0 and nodeinfo=1.
(sync with kame change)
|
| 1.34 | 17-Dec-1999 |
garbled | Fix some minor typos and word usage nits.
|
| 1.33 | 18-Nov-1999 |
kristerw | Typos (from OpenBSD)
|
| 1.32 | 14-Oct-1999 |
jdolecek | document ddb.fromconsole & DBCTL_FROMCONSOLE, description taken from options(4)
|
| 1.31 | 28-Sep-1999 |
bouyer | Add handling of the proc hierarchy. Document it, as well as kern.defcorename.
|
| 1.30 | 02-Jul-1999 |
itojun | branches: 1.30.2;
IPv6/IPsec sysctl MIB support.
|
| 1.29 | 23-May-1999 |
ad | Add new sysctl (net.inet.tcp.log_refused) that when set, causes refused TCP
connections to be logged.
|
| 1.28 | 26-Apr-1999 |
thorpej | Add support for kern.mbuf.*
|
| 1.27 | 28-Mar-1999 |
kleink | Forgot to add these a while ago.
|
| 1.26 | 10-Sep-1998 |
mouse | Create tcp.keepidle, tcp.keepintvl, tcp.keepcnt, tcp.slowhz sysctls.
|
| 1.25 | 28-Jun-1998 |
nathanw | Document shortcorename support and control.
|
| 1.24 | 24-May-1998 |
kleink | Permit checking the availability of the POSIX File Synchronization Option
(a/k/a fsync(2)), System V style message queues, semaphores and shared memory
at runtime by adding a sysctl variable for each.
|
| 1.23 | 02-May-1998 |
thorpej | Note net.inet.tcp.ack_on_push.
|
| 1.22 | 30-Apr-1998 |
thorpej | Note the existence of net.inet.ip.mtudisctimeout.
|
| 1.21 | 30-Apr-1998 |
thorpej | Note the presence of net.inet.tcp.: mssdflt, sack, win_scale, timestamps,
compat_42, cwm, cwm_burstsize.
|
| 1.20 | 13-Apr-1998 |
kml | Fix to ensure that the correct MSS is advertised for loopback
TCP connections by using the MTU of the interface. Also added
a knob, mss_ifmtu, to force all connections to use the MTU of
the interface to calculate the advertised MSS.
|
| 1.19 | 06-Feb-1998 |
perry | macroize BSD, NetBSD, FreeBSD and misc cleanup
|
| 1.18 | 05-Jan-1998 |
lukem | document net.inet.ip.anonport{min,max}
|
| 1.17 | 11-Dec-1997 |
thorpej | Mention net.inet.tcp.init_win.
|
| 1.16 | 11-Dec-1997 |
thorpej | Fix a paste-o.
|
| 1.15 | 18-Oct-1997 |
kml | branches: 1.15.2;
change sysctl net.inet.icmp.mtudisc to net.inet.ip.mtudisc
|
| 1.14 | 17-Oct-1997 |
thorpej | Note net.inet.ip.subnetsarelocal.
|
| 1.13 | 19-Sep-1997 |
leo | Commit userland part of pr-1891.
|
| 1.12 | 28-Jul-1997 |
thorpej | Document new UDP and TCP tunables.
|
| 1.11 | 06-Jun-1997 |
veego | Update the manpage for hw.machine_arch.
|
| 1.10 | 29-May-1997 |
cgd | Fix broken uses of Dd. Both the mdoc and mdoc.samples pages agree:
.Dd is supposed to be invoked like:
.Dd month day, year
e.g. ".Dd January 25, 1989", rather than:
.Dd "month day, year"
which is what these pages did.
|
| 1.9 | 23-Apr-1997 |
cjs | added net.inet.ip.allowsrcrt
|
| 1.8 | 09-Jan-1997 |
thorpej | Grok and document CTL_DDB.
|
| 1.7 | 17-Jul-1996 |
explorer | Document the new autonice sysctls
|
| 1.6 | 16-Jan-1996 |
thorpej | Add a net.inet.ip.directed-broadcast sysctl as suggested by
Darren Reed <darrenr@vitruvius.arbld.unimelb.edu.au> in PR #1227.
This change is slightly different than the one submitted by Darren in
that the DIRECTED_BROADCAST compile-time option will behave like it used
to so that existing configurations utilizing it won't have to change.
|
| 1.5 | 15-Jan-1996 |
thorpej | Add net.inet.ip.forwsrcrt: if zero, the system will not forward
source-routed packets. Note this value is protected by kernel security
level; it can only be changed if securelevel < 1.
|
| 1.4 | 30-Sep-1995 |
thorpej | New-style RCS ids.
|
| 1.3 | 30-Sep-1995 |
thorpej | Add support for the net.inet.tcp sysctl group and document. From
John Kohl <jtk@kolvir.blrc.ma.us>.
|
| 1.2 | 04-Aug-1995 |
thorpej | Mention the `kern.maxpartitions' and `kern.rawpartition' variables.
|
| 1.1 | 09-May-1994 |
cgd | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 09-May-1994 |
cgd | sysctl-of-fish
|
| 1.15.2.1 | 11-Dec-1997 |
thorpej | Pull up from trunk: fix paste-o.
|
| 1.30.2.1 | 27-Dec-1999 |
wrstuden | Pull up to last week's -current.
|
| 1.47.4.9 | 15-Mar-2003 |
he | Pull up revision 1.79 (via patch, requested by msaitoh in ticket #18):
Document vfs.nfs.iothreads.
|
| 1.47.4.8 | 07-Jun-2001 |
he | Apply patch (requested by he):
Typo correction; add a plural ``s'' to ``maxfragpacket''.
|
| 1.47.4.7 | 24-Apr-2001 |
he | Pull up revision 1.66 (requested by itojun):
Introduce net.inet.ip.maxfragpackets, which controls the maximum
number of IPv4 fragment reassembly queue entries. Defends against
certain DoS attacks.
|
| 1.47.4.6 | 26-Feb-2001 |
he | Um, undo one more commit done in error.
|
| 1.47.4.5 | 26-Feb-2001 |
he | Pull up revisions 1.62-1.63 (requested by hubertf):
Document the vendor.* sysctl branch, and note that we currently
have no registry for these sysctl values.
|
| 1.47.4.4 | 26-Sep-2000 |
jdolecek | pullup rev. 1.56 (approved by thorpej):
fix typo (remplaced --> replaced)
|
| 1.47.4.3 | 27-Aug-2000 |
itojun | pullup (approved by releng-1-5)
> implement net.inet6.ip6.{anon,low}port{min,max} sysctl variable.
> cvs rdiff -r1.67 -r1.68 basesrc/lib/libc/gen/sysctl.3
> cvs rdiff -r1.53 -r1.54 basesrc/sbin/sysctl/sysctl.8
> cvs rdiff -r1.18 -r1.19 syssrc/sys/netinet6/in6.h
> cvs rdiff -r1.29 -r1.30 syssrc/sys/netinet6/in6_pcb.c
> cvs rdiff -r1.3 -r1.4 syssrc/sys/netinet6/in6_src.c
> cvs rdiff -r1.25 -r1.26 syssrc/sys/netinet6/ip6_input.c
> cvs rdiff -r1.14 -r1.15 syssrc/sys/netinet6/ip6_var.h
|
| 1.47.4.2 | 27-Aug-2000 |
itojun | pullup (approved by releng-1-5)
> document net.inet.ip.lowport{min,max}
> cvs rdiff -r1.66 -r1.67 basesrc/lib/libc/gen/sysctl.3
> cvs rdiff -r1.52 -r1.53 basesrc/sbin/sysctl/sysctl.8
|
| 1.47.4.1 | 16-Aug-2000 |
itojun | pullup (approved by releng-1-5)
document *ppslimit.
sbin/sysctl/sysctl.8 1.48 -> 1.52
lib/libc/gen/sysctl.3 1.60 -> 1.63, 1.64 -> 1.65
|
| 1.77.2.1 | 30-May-2002 |
tv | Pull up revision 1.79 (requested by msaitoh in ticket #81):
document vfs.nfs.iothreads
|
| 1.111.2.2 | 04-Jun-2007 |
bouyer | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by adrianp in ticket #11330):
sys/netinet6/ip6_input.c: revision 1.102 via patch
sys/netinet6/route6.c: revision 1.18 via patch
sys/netinet6/ip6_var.h: revisions 1.41-1.42 via patch
sbin/sysctl/sysctl.8: patch
Disable processing of routing header type 0 packets since they can be used
of DoS attacks. Provide a sysctl to re-enable them (net.inet6.ip6.rht0).
Information from:
http://www.secdev.org/conf/IPv6_RH_security-csw07.pdf
|
| 1.111.2.1 | 12-Nov-2004 |
jmc | branches: 1.111.2.1.2;
Pullup rev 1.116 (requested by daniel in ticket #926)
Add vm.bufcache, vm.bufmem, vm.bufmem_lowater, m.bufmem_hiwater
|
| 1.111.2.1.2.2 | 04-Jun-2007 |
bouyer | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by adrianp in ticket #11330):
sys/netinet6/ip6_input.c: revision 1.102 via patch
sys/netinet6/route6.c: revision 1.18 via patch
sys/netinet6/ip6_var.h: revisions 1.41-1.42 via patch
sbin/sysctl/sysctl.8: patch
Disable processing of routing header type 0 packets since they can be used
of DoS attacks. Provide a sysctl to re-enable them (net.inet6.ip6.rht0).
Information from:
http://www.secdev.org/conf/IPv6_RH_security-csw07.pdf
|
| 1.111.2.1.2.1 | 18-Jun-2005 |
riz | branches: 1.111.2.1.2.1.2;
Pull up revision 1.118 (requested by peter in ticket #1998):
PR/28782: OBATA Akio: Document that kern.rtc_offset is writable.
|
| 1.111.2.1.2.1.2.1 | 04-Jun-2007 |
bouyer | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by adrianp in ticket #11330):
sys/netinet6/ip6_input.c: revision 1.102 via patch
sys/netinet6/route6.c: revision 1.18 via patch
sys/netinet6/ip6_var.h: revisions 1.41-1.42 via patch
sbin/sysctl/sysctl.8: patch
Disable processing of routing header type 0 packets since they can be used
of DoS attacks. Provide a sysctl to re-enable them (net.inet6.ip6.rht0).
Information from:
http://www.secdev.org/conf/IPv6_RH_security-csw07.pdf
|
| 1.118.2.5 | 26-Apr-2007 |
ghen | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by christos in ticket #1766):
sys/netinet6/ip6_input.c: revision 1.102 via patch
sys/netinet6/route6.c: revision 1.18 via patch
sys/netinet6/ip6_var.h: revision 1.41 via patch
sys/netinet6/ip6_var.h: revision 1.42 via patch
sbin/sysctl/sysctl.8: patch
Disable processing of routing header type 0 packets since they can be used
of DoS attacks. Provide a sysctl to re-enable them (net.inet6.ip6.rht0).
Information from:
http://www.secdev.org/conf/IPv6_RH_security-csw07.pdf
fix typo.
|
| 1.118.2.4 | 10-Jun-2005 |
tron | branches: 1.118.2.4.2; 1.118.2.4.4;
Pull up revision 1.122 (requested by elad in ticket #389):
Bump date for previous. <> -> *[Lt]*[Gt].
|
| 1.118.2.3 | 10-Jun-2005 |
tron | Pull up revision 1.121 (requested by elad in ticket #389):
Add man-page bits about the 'count' node.
|
| 1.118.2.2 | 10-Jun-2005 |
tron | Pull up revision 1.120 (requested by elad in ticket #389):
Remove common code for returning supported fingerprints. This is done now
via sysctl(8) using kern.veriexec.algorithms.
Also add an entry for the 'algorithms' variable in sysctl.8 forgotten in
the last commit.
|
| 1.118.2.1 | 10-Jun-2005 |
tron | Pull up revision 1.119 (requested by elad in ticket #389):
Some changes in veriexec.
New features:
- Add a veriexec_report() routine to make most reporting consistent and
remove some common code.
- Add 'strict' mode that controls how veriexec behaves.
- Add sysctl knobs:
o kern.veriexec.verbose controls verbosity levels. Value: 0, 1.
o kern.veriexec.strict controls strict level. Values: 0, 1, 2. See
documentation in sysctl(3) for details.
o kern.veriexec.algorithms returns a string with a space separated
list of supported hashing algorithms in veriexec.
- Updated documentation in man pages for sysctl(3) and sysctl(8).
Bug fixes:
- veriexec_removechk(): Code cleanup + handle FINGERPRINT_NOTEVAL
correctly.
- exec_script(): Don't pass 0 as flag when executing a script; use the
defined VERIEXEC_INDIRECT - which is 1. Makes indirect execution
enforcement work.
- Fix some printing formats and types..
|
| 1.118.2.4.4.1 | 26-Apr-2007 |
ghen | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by christos in ticket #1766):
sys/netinet6/ip6_input.c: revision 1.102 via patch
sys/netinet6/route6.c: revision 1.18 via patch
sys/netinet6/ip6_var.h: revision 1.41 via patch
sys/netinet6/ip6_var.h: revision 1.42 via patch
sbin/sysctl/sysctl.8: patch
Disable processing of routing header type 0 packets since they can be used
of DoS attacks. Provide a sysctl to re-enable them (net.inet6.ip6.rht0).
Information from:
http://www.secdev.org/conf/IPv6_RH_security-csw07.pdf
fix typo.
|
| 1.118.2.4.2.1 | 26-Apr-2007 |
ghen | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by christos in ticket #1766):
sys/netinet6/ip6_input.c: revision 1.102 via patch
sys/netinet6/route6.c: revision 1.18 via patch
sys/netinet6/ip6_var.h: revision 1.41 via patch
sys/netinet6/ip6_var.h: revision 1.42 via patch
sbin/sysctl/sysctl.8: patch
Disable processing of routing header type 0 packets since they can be used
of DoS attacks. Provide a sysctl to re-enable them (net.inet6.ip6.rht0).
Information from:
http://www.secdev.org/conf/IPv6_RH_security-csw07.pdf
fix typo.
|
| 1.149.2.2 | 08-Sep-2006 |
rpaulo | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by liamjfoy in ticket #127):
lib/libc/gen/sysctl.3: revision 1.181
sbin/sysctl/sysctl.8: revision 1.152
add net.inet.ip.maxflows. Bump date.
document net.inet.ip.maxflows. dump date.
|
| 1.149.2.1 | 12-Aug-2006 |
riz | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by kardel in ticket #14):
sbin/sysctl/sysctl.8: revision 1.150 - 1.151
document timecounter sysctls
Bump date for previous.
|
| 1.156.2.1 | 28-Apr-2007 |
bouyer | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by christos in ticket #587):
sys/netinet6/ip6_input.c: revision 1.102
sys/netinet6/route6.c: revision 1.18
sys/netinet6/ip6_var.h: revision 1.41
sys/netinet6/ip6_var.h: revision 1.42
sbin/sysctl/sysctl.8: patch
Disable processing of routing header type 0 packets since they can be used
of DoS attacks. Provide a sysctl to re-enable them (net.inet6.ip6.rht0).
Information from:
http://www.secdev.org/conf/IPv6_RH_security-csw07.pdf
fix typo.
|
| 1.157.14.1 | 18-May-2008 |
yamt | sync with head.
|
| 1.157.12.2 | 17-Jan-2009 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.157.12.1 | 02-Jun-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.158.4.2 | 01-Apr-2009 |
snj | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by christos in ticket #635):
sbin/sysctl/sysctl.8: revision 1.160
sbin/sysctl/sysctl.c: revision 1.129
Don't print an error with sysctl -w name?=value if name does not exist.
Should be pulled up to 5.0
|
| 1.158.4.1 | 12-Nov-2008 |
snj | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by reed in ticket #46):
sbin/sysctl/sysctl.8: revision 1.159
lib/libc/gen/sysctl.3: revision 1.195
Reference secmodel_securelevel(9) manual page.
|
| 1.159.2.1 | 13-May-2009 |
jym | Sync with HEAD.
Third (and last) commit. See http://mail-index.netbsd.org/source-changes/2009/05/13/msg221222.html
|
| 1.165 | 02-Apr-2023 |
ryo | commonize case block
|
| 1.164 | 02-Apr-2023 |
ryo | don't pass add=1 to print_tree() when displaying by specifying nodes.
For example, "sysctl -w kern.mbuf=" had been displayed extra node names in the MIB.
# sysctl -w kern.mbuf=
kern.mbuf.mbuf.msize = 512
kern.mbuf.mbuf.mclbytes = 2048
:
|
| 1.163 | 28-Dec-2021 |
christos | kern.hashstat takes too long and it is meaningless here.
|
| 1.162 | 18-Aug-2019 |
kamil | sysctl: Add indirection of symbols to remove clash with sanitizers
Add indirection and symbol renaming under MKSANITIZER for the linked in
version of sysctlbyname and sysctlgetmibinfo.
|
| 1.161 | 30-Oct-2018 |
kre | branches: 1.161.2;
kern.boottime was changed from a struct timeval to a struct timespec
in January 2009 (the Christos' time merge, when time_t went to 64 bits).
sysctl needs to catch up. (So do other progs, which will happen, eventually,
but most of them are unaffected in any practical way.)
If you are running a system (NetBSD 6 or later) without this change, try
sysctl -nn kern.boottime
and marvel at the result (in theory, seconds.microseconds) most
probably being something like:
jinx$ sysctl -nn kern.boottime
1540801874.999995564
(There is a 1 in 1000 chance your system will have booted
in the interval [0 , 999999] nanoseconds after some second,
in which case this will not be observed. You should get
(almost) the same value after this change - just now it is as
it should be (there should now always be 9 digits after the '.').
On the other hand, if you're on a big-endian 64 bit host (running
64 bit sysctl) you would have always seen 0 for the microseconds field.
That should be fixed by this.
In sysctl(7) also document what we mean by "the time the system booted".
XXX Pullup -8
XXX Pullup -7
XXX Pullup -6 (oops, missed that one...)
|
| 1.160 | 04-Feb-2018 |
mrg | branches: 1.160.2; 1.160.4;
updates for GCC 6.4:
identd has aliasing violations, use -fno-strict-aliasing.
newfs_msdos's getbpbinfo() has missing {} issues.
sysctl's kern_cp_id() has missing {} issues.
|
| 1.159 | 13-Apr-2017 |
christos | say ipsec stats are viewable with netstat.
|
| 1.158 | 31-Jul-2016 |
dholland | branches: 1.158.2;
Apply patch from PR 43587, mostly from martin and kre. When writing a
sysctl variable using ?= fails with EPERM, don't print an error
message.
Ideally setting a sysctl to the same value it already has should also
not fail regardless of permissions, but this would need to be done in
the kernel.
|
| 1.157 | 13-Dec-2015 |
christos | branches: 1.157.2;
mention ip6addrctl
|
| 1.156 | 17-Aug-2015 |
knakahara | Add intrctl(8).
|
| 1.155 | 09-Nov-2014 |
christos | remove debugging
|
| 1.154 | 09-Nov-2014 |
christos | add handler for /kern/evcnt and print the actual error when failing.
|
| 1.153 | 16-May-2014 |
martin | Get rid of all sysc_init_field uses - initialize fields directly in C99
notation.
|
| 1.152 | 16-May-2014 |
martin | Do not loop over children if a node is not marked as CTLTYPE_NODE.
|
| 1.151 | 10-Jan-2014 |
christos | branches: 1.151.2;
use __func__, EXIT_{SUCCESS,FAILURE}
|
| 1.150 | 10-Jan-2014 |
pooka | give err() some reason to avoid:
sysctl.c:2713:5: error: zero-length gnu_printf format string [-Werror=format-zero-length]
|
| 1.149 | 13-Dec-2012 |
msaitoh | Add missing free() in error path.
|
| 1.148 | 07-Dec-2012 |
christos | use __BITMAP_TYPE
|
| 1.147 | 05-Dec-2012 |
christos | fix bug found by clang.
|
| 1.146 | 01-Dec-2012 |
christos | switch from fd_set to bitmap macros, by popular demand.
|
| 1.145 | 29-Nov-2012 |
christos | put back line I accidentally deleted.
|
| 1.144 | 29-Nov-2012 |
christos | add a handler for the reserved port sysctl variable.
|
| 1.143 | 02-Jun-2012 |
dsl | branches: 1.143.2;
Add support for unsigned decimal values.
|
| 1.142 | 15-Mar-2012 |
joerg | Add __printflike attribution to use vprintf and friends with an argument
as format string.
|
| 1.141 | 11-Mar-2012 |
christos | PR/44961: Jukka Ruohonen: for sysctl's with built-in handlers, return OPNOTSUPP
if we don't have handlers instead of using the handler we have and silently
failing on attempts to write a node that cannot be written.
|
| 1.140 | 12-Feb-2012 |
christos | branches: 1.140.2;
Only print errors when -A or required. Fix the error message to match others.
|
| 1.139 | 04-Jan-2012 |
drochner | include <netipsec/ipsec.h> rather than <netinet6/ipsec.h> from userland
where possible, for consistency and compatibility to FreeBSD
(exception: KAME specific statistics gathering in netstat(1) and systat(1))
|
| 1.138 | 29-Aug-2011 |
joerg | branches: 1.138.2;
Use __dead
|
| 1.137 | 24-Aug-2011 |
christos | Instead of using strncat and re-scanning the strings all the time, use and
append printf function.
|
| 1.136 | 03-Aug-2011 |
christos | no -A or -a with -q
|
| 1.135 | 03-Aug-2011 |
christos | allow -q flag to work for reads.
|
| 1.134 | 16-Apr-2011 |
christos | PR/44864: Paul Ripke: Compile regular expressions on demand and only once.
|
| 1.133 | 13-Dec-2010 |
pooka | RUMP_ACTION -> RUMPPRG
|
| 1.132 | 05-Nov-2010 |
pooka | make sysctl(8) work as a rump client
|
| 1.131 | 11-Apr-2010 |
mrg | implement CTLTYPE_BOOL support. it was entirely missing. HI MATT!
|
| 1.130 | 30-Sep-2009 |
elad | Remove stale references to the "read only at securelevel [12]" flags in
the documentation and code comments.
|
| 1.129 | 01-Apr-2009 |
christos | Don't print an error with sysctl -w name?=value if name does not exist.
Should be pulled up to 5.0
|
| 1.128 | 20-Mar-2009 |
lukem | fix sign-compare issues
|
| 1.127 | 18-Mar-2009 |
pgoyette | Format the address/offset of hexdump in hex, not decimal.
Addresses my PR bin/41035
|
| 1.126 | 05-Mar-2009 |
njoly | Add missing free() in machdep_diskinfo().
|
| 1.125 | 28-Dec-2008 |
christos | branches: 1.125.2;
fix dev_t format.
|
| 1.124 | 20-Jul-2008 |
lukem | branches: 1.124.2;
Remove the \n and tabs from the __COPYRIGHT() strings.
(Tweak some to use a consistent format.)
|
| 1.123 | 29-Apr-2008 |
martin | branches: 1.123.2;
Convert to new 2 clause license
|
| 1.122 | 21-Dec-2006 |
elad | branches: 1.122.12; 1.122.14;
PR/35304: C J Coleman: Off-by-one nul byte overwrite in mode_bits routine
of sbin/sysctl
|
| 1.121 | 18-Dec-2006 |
christos | Exit with non-zero on errors.
|
| 1.120 | 02-Nov-2006 |
christos | branches: 1.120.2;
PR/34965: Nicolas Joly: sysctl(1) small memory leak
|
| 1.119 | 01-Nov-2006 |
christos | prefix name in kern.drivers
|
| 1.118 | 15-Oct-2006 |
christos | support printing kern.drivers
|
| 1.117 | 30-Jul-2006 |
elad | CTLFLAG_READONLY1 and CTLFLAG_READONLY2 were deprecated in earlier commit, remove them here too
|
| 1.116 | 14-Jul-2006 |
elad | move security.setid_core.* to kern.coredump.setid.*, as requested by yamt@.
|
| 1.115 | 30-Mar-2006 |
jnemeth | Coverity CID 2784: Add more checks for value==NULL.
|
| 1.114 | 26-Mar-2006 |
christos | Coverity CID 2763: Add more checks for value==NULL.
|
| 1.113 | 26-Mar-2006 |
christos | Coverity CID 2764: Avoid null reference
|
| 1.112 | 22-Mar-2006 |
christos | Coverity CID 786: Avoid NULL dereference.
|
| 1.111 | 08-Feb-2006 |
christos | detect integer overflow differently. previous change broke negative sysctl
values.
|
| 1.110 | 05-Feb-2006 |
christos | PR/17441: John F. Woods: integer sysctl does not accept numbers > 0x7fffffff
Use unsigned int in the range comparison, and use strerror() instead of
home brewed error strings.
|
| 1.109 | 02-Feb-2006 |
elad | - make use of the recently added mode_bits for security.setid_core.mode;
- document setid_core variables.
|
| 1.108 | 02-Feb-2006 |
elad | add support for parsing file mode bits.
when printed, you'll see something like "0600 (rw-------)", like the
ls output. when reading input you can either specify octal mode (0600)
or chmod-like (u=rw).
ideas from atatat@ and kjk@; okay and lots of help from atatat@.
|
| 1.107 | 06-Sep-2005 |
rpaulo | Handle net.inet.tcp.debug, net.inet.tcp.debx, net.ns.spp.debug and
net.ns.spp.debx. Bump man page date.
|
| 1.106 | 28-Aug-2005 |
rpaulo | net.inet?.*.stats are viewable with netstat(1).
|
| 1.105 | 04-Aug-2005 |
rpaulo | Inform the user that net.bpf.stats and net.bpf.peers are viewable with
netstat(1).
|
| 1.104 | 27-Jun-2005 |
christos | Move WARNS=3 to the Makefile.inc, and add a little const to the remaining
programs that did not compile before.
|
| 1.103 | 16-Jun-2005 |
christos | Add code to handle cp_id. From atatat.
|
| 1.102 | 06-Apr-2005 |
christos | PPR/29909: Manuel Bouyer: sysctl dumps core if kern.consdev returns unknown
device. If we cannot determine the device name of the console, print the
console dev_t in hex.
|
| 1.101 | 28-Mar-2005 |
christos | make sysctl -n print the real console tty name and -nn print the numeric
value.
XXX: -n means don't print name, not numeric. We should stop overloading
it and use a different flag.
|
| 1.100 | 23-Mar-2005 |
atatat | If a "create" or "destroy" operation succeeds, mark the cached tree as
"stale" so that the next time we try to read or write to it, we can
purge (and refresh) it.
Addresses PR 29222.
|
| 1.99 | 19-Mar-2005 |
atatat | Fix possible segmentation fault when retrieving descriptions. Thought
I committed this a while ago. I guess the fact that no one filed a pr
meant no one else found it. :)
|
| 1.98 | 18-Mar-2005 |
atatat | Use regexes instead of static lists of annoying numbers to recognize
sysctl nodes that have "helpers". This is more concise, imho more
easy to understand, and has the added bonus of making it *possible* to
assign helpers to dynamically numbered nodes.
|
| 1.97 | 15-Mar-2005 |
atatat | branches: 1.97.2;
Make requestors of kern.file2 be referred to pstat (the same as
kern.file) and add EINVAL to the list of errno values which are
silently ignored when walking the tree.
|
| 1.96 | 17-Dec-2004 |
atatat | Pass dynamic buffer pointer to display_string(), not static buffer
pointer. Causes...misfunction if the kernel says the buffer needs to
be too much larger.
|
| 1.95 | 17-Oct-2004 |
jdolecek | constify handlers[]
|
| 1.94 | 25-Apr-2004 |
atatat | When converting a string to a number, also make sure that you didn't
convert an empty string to a zero.
Follow on to PR bin/25115 in private email.
|
| 1.93 | 23-Apr-2004 |
atatat | Allocate adjusted size, not fixed size.
|
| 1.92 | 22-Apr-2004 |
atatat | Some lint cleaning, strip leading (and sometimes trailing) whitespace
from values to be assigned when processing a file. Clean up error
reporting (print the name of the file and the line number), and tidy
some numeric conversions. Continue after most "errors" when
processing a -f argument.
Addresses PR bin/25115.
|
| 1.91 | 14-Apr-2004 |
atatat | If the node was specifically requested but has no description, print
the "no description" message instead of skipping (as happens when
recursing into a subtree). This does not apply to non-node-type
nodes.
|
| 1.90 | 08-Apr-2004 |
atatat | Don't copy the size that sysctl gave back directly, copy the size of
the description. *thwap*
|
| 1.89 | 08-Apr-2004 |
atatat | Don't copy the size that sysctl gave back directly, copy the size of
the description.
|
| 1.88 | 08-Apr-2004 |
atatat | Do nothing else for nodes with no children if -d is used (dflag is
set). Otherwise, some nodes (those with "printers") will also print
the "use foo ..." message.
|
| 1.87 | 06-Apr-2004 |
atatat | Add -d flag to usage message(s).
|
| 1.86 | 26-Mar-2004 |
he | branches: 1.86.2;
Make this too gcc2-compileable.
|
| 1.85 | 25-Mar-2004 |
atatat | Move sysctlbyname(), sysctlnametomib(), and sysctlgetmibinfo() from
sysctl(8) into libc, making the minor number jump. Add prototypes to
sys/sysctl.h, fix sets, modify man pages, etc. That oughta cover it.
|
| 1.84 | 24-Mar-2004 |
atatat | Implement sysctl descriptions. Now all that remains is actually to
write them.
|
| 1.83 | 24-Mar-2004 |
atatat | Tango on sysctl_createv() and flags. The flags have all been renamed,
and sysctl_createv() now uses more arguments.
|
| 1.82 | 20-Mar-2004 |
atatat | A little syntactic sugar
|
| 1.81 | 20-Feb-2004 |
atatat | Make this:
% sysctl -A kern.cp_time
(and also "sysctl -A" without the kern.cp_time argument) print this:
kern.cp_time: user = 851648, nice = 683496, sys = 69383, ...
kern.cp_time.0: user = 85648, nice = 68496, sys = 6983, ...
...
instead of just:
kern.cp_time.0: user = 85648, nice = 68496, sys = 6983, ...
...
|
| 1.80 | 19-Feb-2004 |
atatat | More better display of kern.cp_time for MP machines. Now we use one
sysctl() call to query for each of three different display modes:
(1) sum across all cpus
% sysctl kern.cp_time
kern.cp_time: user = 93240, nice = 1507, sys = 17252, ...
(2) data for just cpu 0
% sysctl kern.cp_time.0
kern.cp_time.0: user = 93282, nice = 1507, sys = 17264, ...
(3) each cpu individually up to hw.ncpu
% sysctl -A kern.cp_time
kern.cp_time.0: user = 93349, nice = 1507, sys = 17280, ...
kern.cp_time.1: user = 93403, nice = 1507, sys = 17291, ...
...
|
| 1.79 | 19-Feb-2004 |
atatat | Miscellaneous display bugfixes.
|
| 1.78 | 19-Feb-2004 |
atatat | Rename sysctlnametomib() to sysctlgetmibinfo() and add FreeBSD
compatible sysctlnametomib() and sysctlbyname() functions.
These are intended to move to libc real soon now.
|
| 1.77 | 05-Jan-2004 |
jmmv | Homogenize usage messages: make the 'usage' word all lowercase, as this seems
to be the most common practice in our tree.
|
| 1.76 | 04-Dec-2003 |
atatat | sysctlnametomib() is a private function for the moment.
|
| 1.75 | 04-Dec-2003 |
atatat | New sysctl(8) binary. Performs auto-discovery and can add/remove
nodes from the tree. Never needs to be recompiled again.
|
| 1.74 | 10-Nov-2003 |
jonathan | Make per-protocol network input queue stats visible to userland via
sysctl. Add a protocol-independent sysctl handler to show the per-protocol
"struct ifq' statistics. Add IP(v4) specific call to the handler.
Other protocols can show their per-protocol input statistics by
allocating a sysclt node and calling sysctl_ifq() with their own struct ifq *.
As posted to tech-kern plus improvements/cleanup suggested by Andrew Brown.
|
| 1.73 | 21-Sep-2003 |
wiz | Combine multiple single-letter options.
|
| 1.72 | 20-Sep-2003 |
grant | add -e flag to set the separator to '=' where the default is ' = '.
this allows sysctl output to fed back into itself. inspired by
FreeBSD's sysctl(8).
ok'd by atatat.
|
| 1.71 | 07-Aug-2003 |
agc | Move UCB-licensed code from 4-clause to 3-clause licence.
Patches provided by Joel Baker in PR 22308, verified by myself.
|
| 1.70 | 17-Jun-2003 |
simonb | Remove the KERN_DRIVERS case handler (prototype code?).
|
| 1.69 | 16-Jun-2003 |
dsl | Print hw.cnmagic as escaped hex bytes (unless -n given).
Change 'special' to be a numeral not a bit, it isn't ever used as a bit
and I can't see why it should ever be used that way.
|
| 1.68 | 31-May-2003 |
thorpej | Avoid a strict-alias warning in gcc 3.3.
|
| 1.67 | 18-May-2003 |
itojun | simplify more
|
| 1.66 | 18-May-2003 |
itojun | simplify by strlcpy/cat
|
| 1.65 | 06-Apr-2003 |
lukem | Tweak behaviour introduced in rev 1.50;
* by default, warning messages go to stderr
* if -A or -a is used, send warning messages to stdout instead.
The behaviour in 1.50 meant that
somevar=`sysctl -n machdep.booted_kernel 2>/dev/null`
could end up with $somevar="machdep.booted_kernel: the value is not available"
rather than the more useful $somevar="".
(This way, "sysctl -A | grep ..." is still useful.)
|
| 1.64 | 07-Mar-2003 |
fvdl | Quell formwat warning for LP64 for the diskinfo printf.
|
| 1.63 | 22-Jan-2003 |
dsl | display machdep.diskinfo for i386 and x86_84
(agreed by christos)
|
| 1.62 | 24-Dec-2002 |
manu | On Darwin, mach_init is the system bootstrap process. It is responsible
for forking the traditional UNIX init(8) and it does the Mach port naming
service. We need mach_init for the naming service, but unfortunately, it
will only act as such if its PID is 1. We introduce a sysctl
(emul.darwin.init_pid) to fool a given process into thinking its PID is 1.
That way we can get mach_init into behaving as the name server.
Typical use:
/sbin/sysctl -w emul.darwin.init_pid=$$ ; exec /emul/darwin/sbin/mach_init
|
| 1.61 | 30-Nov-2002 |
lukem | tweaks for fparseln(3) move from libutil to libc:
- remove #include <util.h> if nothing else needed it
- remove LDFLAGS+=-lutil if nothing else needed it
|
| 1.60 | 09-Nov-2002 |
manu | Added sysctl to change all IRIX kernel values reported by uname and systeminfo:
OS name, hw name, kernel version, and so forth.
|
| 1.59 | 03-Nov-2002 |
simonb | When printing out nodes of type "string", don't print anything if
sysctl() reports that 0 bytes were returned.
Reported by Matt Green with "sysctl hw.disknames" on a system with no
disks.
|
| 1.58 | 24-Mar-2002 |
sommerfeld | branches: 1.58.2;
Add -q flag, for use with -w and -f, which suppresses output after a set.
|
| 1.57 | 20-Mar-2002 |
christos | remove debugging line.
|
| 1.56 | 20-Mar-2002 |
christos | handle new emulation sysctls, and cleanup function duplication.
|
| 1.55 | 31-Jan-2002 |
christos | fix inconsistencies with USEAPP; centralize the flags check so that we
don't have to deal with it in the future.
|
| 1.54 | 28-Jan-2002 |
simonb | Descend into kern.tkstat.
|
| 1.53 | 28-Jan-2002 |
simonb | ANSIfy.
|
| 1.52 | 27-Jan-2002 |
simonb | Fix a tyop in a comment.
|
| 1.51 | 27-Jan-2002 |
simonb | Teach sysctl(8) that hw.diskstats is a structure.
|
| 1.50 | 24-Dec-2001 |
lukem | change a lot of the "error" messages to display to stdout instead of
stderr, so that "sysctl -A" output is actually usable. requested by perry
|
| 1.49 | 27-Jul-2001 |
itojun | show net.inet6.tcp6.* as mirror image of net.inet.tcp. better for future
INET-less kernels.
|
| 1.48 | 02-Jul-2001 |
jdolecek | pipe sysctl stuff is now in <sys/pipe.h>
|
| 1.47 | 16-Jun-2001 |
jdolecek | Add port of high performance pipe implementation written by John S. Dyson
for FreeBSD project. Besides huge speed boost compared with socketpair-based
pipes, this implementation also uses pagable kernel memory instead of mbufs.
Significant differences to FreeBSD version:
* uses uvm_loan() facility for direct write
* async/SIGIO handling correct also for sync writer, async reader
* limits settable via sysctl, amountpipekva and nbigpipes available via sysctl
* pipes are unidirectional - this is enforced on file descriptor level
for now only, the code would be updated to take advantage of it
eventually
* uses lockmgr(9)-based locks instead of home brew variant
* scatter-gather write is handled correctly for direct write case, data
is transferred by PIPE_DIRECT_CHUNK bytes maximum, to avoid running out of kva
All FreeBSD/NetBSD specific code is within appropriate #ifdef, in preparation
to feed changes back to FreeBSD tree.
This pipe implementation is optional for now, add 'options NEW_PIPE'
to your kernel config to use it.
|
| 1.46 | 09-Mar-2001 |
chs | add UBC memory-usage balancing. we track the number of pages in use for
each of the basic types (anonymous data, executable image, cached files)
and prevent the pagedaemon from reusing a given page if that would reduce
the count of that type of page below a sysctl-setable minimum threshold.
the thresholds are controlled via three new sysctl tunables:
vm.anonmin, vm.vnodemin, and vm.vtextmin. these tunables are the
percentages of pageable memory reserved for each usage, and we do not allow
the sum of the minimums to be more than 95% so that there's always some
memory that can be reused.
|
| 1.45 | 19-Feb-2001 |
cgd | convert to use getprogname()
|
| 1.44 | 04-Feb-2001 |
christos | fix nested extern.
|
| 1.43 | 09-Jan-2001 |
fvdl | Number of toplevel names grew by one, account for it.
|
| 1.42 | 05-Jan-2001 |
lukem | use %ll_ instead of the less standard %q_
|
| 1.41 | 19-Jul-2000 |
enami | Free storage allocated by fparseln.
|
| 1.40 | 15-Jul-2000 |
simonb | Handle KERN_MSGBUF and KERN_CONSDEV gracefully.
|
| 1.39 | 15-Jul-2000 |
itojun | sync with sys/sysctl.h change (is it the right way to workaround this?)
|
| 1.38 | 26-Jun-2000 |
mrg | we now need <uvm/uvm_param.h>
|
| 1.37 | 07-Jun-2000 |
itojun | branches: 1.37.2;
s/PIMCTL/PIM6CTL/ to avoid future confusion.
|
| 1.36 | 29-May-2000 |
matt | LP64 format problems. u_int64_t on alpha != %llu
|
| 1.35 | 29-May-2000 |
simonb | cp_time[] is an array of u_int64_t's now.
|
| 1.34 | 27-May-2000 |
simonb | branches: 1.34.2;
Handle kern.proc_args as well.
|
| 1.33 | 27-May-2000 |
simonb | s/fprintf(stdout/printf(/
|
| 1.32 | 27-May-2000 |
simonb | Deal with new structure returning sysctl()s.
|
| 1.31 | 21-Apr-2000 |
simonb | Fix minor annoyance - when showing the boottime, the ctime() result
already has a trailing newline, so don't add an extra one.
|
| 1.30 | 14-Apr-2000 |
simonb | Don't declare 'extern opt*' getopt variables.
|
| 1.29 | 08-Apr-2000 |
soren | Update usage with -f.
|
| 1.28 | 12-Mar-2000 |
tsarna | Fix warning.
|
| 1.27 | 12-Mar-2000 |
tsarna | Add a "-f file" flag to process directives from a file.
|
| 1.26 | 17-Feb-2000 |
fvdl | List vfs.generic.usermount in manpage. Don't try to handle machdep.diskinfo
for the i386, thus avoiding a warning message in 'sysctl -a'.
|
| 1.25 | 12-Feb-2000 |
thorpej | Support vm.nkmempages.
|
| 1.24 | 06-Feb-2000 |
itojun | fix include file path.
|
| 1.23 | 17-Jan-2000 |
itojun | Moved from usr.sbin/sysctl/sysctl.c,v
|
| 1.22 | 28-Sep-1999 |
bouyer | Add handling of the proc hierarchy. Document it, as well as kern.defcorename.
|
| 1.21 | 30-Jul-1999 |
itojun | branches: 1.21.2;
do not include sys/netinet6/in6_systm.h, this has been empty.
|
| 1.20 | 02-Jul-1999 |
itojun | IPv6/IPsec sysctl MIB support.
|
| 1.19 | 26-Apr-1999 |
thorpej | Add support for kern.mbuf.*
|
| 1.18 | 13-Nov-1998 |
thorpej | Direct the user to use nfsstat to print nfs statistics.
|
| 1.17 | 13-Nov-1998 |
thorpej | Implement support for the vfs. toplevel.
|
| 1.16 | 11-Mar-1998 |
thorpej | Fix typos lossage on the Alpha.
|
| 1.15 | 05-Mar-1998 |
tron | Include unistd.h to import declaration of getopt(3)
|
| 1.14 | 05-Mar-1998 |
christos | WARNSify
|
| 1.13 | 01-Mar-1998 |
fvdl | Merge with Lite2 + local changes
|
| 1.12 | 06-Feb-1998 |
jonathan | Tell user to use xnptdc to view kern.ntptime, as a workaround until
sysctl and libntp agree about "progname".
Based on a patch suggested by Soren S. Jorvang <soren@t.dk> in PR bin/4433.
|
| 1.11 | 01-Nov-1997 |
lukem | getopt returns -1 not EOF
|
| 1.10 | 09-Jan-1997 |
thorpej | Grok and document CTL_DDB.
|
| 1.9 | 30-Sep-1995 |
thorpej | New-style RCS ids.
|
| 1.8 | 30-Sep-1995 |
thorpej | Add support for the net.inet.tcp sysctl group and document. From
John Kohl <jtk@kolvir.blrc.ma.us>.
|
| 1.7 | 07-Jun-1995 |
cgd | typeof(timeval.tv_sec) != time_t
|
| 1.6 | 02-Jun-1995 |
pk | Correct argument in error msg. (PR #1087)
|
| 1.5 | 23-Dec-1994 |
cgd | be safe with types
|
| 1.4 | 18-Sep-1994 |
mycroft | Print tickadj.
|
| 1.3 | 13-May-1994 |
cgd | re-enable net sysctl code
|
| 1.2 | 09-May-1994 |
cgd | punt networking goo for now
|
| 1.1 | 09-May-1994 |
cgd | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.2 | 01-Mar-1998 |
fvdl | Import 4.4BSD-Lite2
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 09-May-1994 |
cgd | sysctl-of-fish
|
| 1.21.2.1 | 27-Dec-1999 |
wrstuden | Pull up to last week's -current.
|
| 1.34.2.1 | 22-Jun-2000 |
minoura | Sync w/ netbsd-1-5-base.
|
| 1.37.2.4 | 10-Nov-2002 |
itojun | sbin/sysctl/sysctl.c 1.59
When printing out nodes of type "string", don't print anything if
sysctl() reports that 0 bytes were returned. Reported by Matt Green.
(simonb)
|
| 1.37.2.3 | 22-Jul-2000 |
simonb | Pull up rev 1.40:
Handle KERN_MSGBUF and KERN_CONSDEV gracefully.
|
| 1.37.2.2 | 22-Jul-2000 |
enami | Pullup revision 1.41 (requested by thorpej):
Free storage allocated by fparseln.
|
| 1.37.2.1 | 15-Jul-2000 |
itojun | pullup 1.38 -> 1.39 (requested by releng-1-5)
sync with sys/sysctl.h change (constify)
|
| 1.58.2.1 | 15-Nov-2002 |
lukem | Pull up revision 1.59 (requested by simon in ticket #958):
When printing out nodes of type "string", don't print anything if
sysctl() reports that 0 bytes were returned.
Reported by Matt Green with "sysctl hw.disknames" on a system with no
disks.
--
|
| 1.86.2.10 | 28-Apr-2004 |
jmc | branches: 1.86.2.10.2;
Pullup rev 1.94 (requested by atatat in ticket #192)
When converting a string to a number, also make sure that you didn't
convert an empty string to a zero. PR#25115
|
| 1.86.2.9 | 26-Apr-2004 |
jdc | Pull up revision 1.93 (requested by atatat in ticket #181)
Allocate adjusted size, not fixed size.
|
| 1.86.2.8 | 22-Apr-2004 |
tron | Pull up revision 1.92 (requested by atatat in ticket #174):
Some lint cleaning, strip leading (and sometimes trailing) whitespace
from values to be assigned when processing a file. Clean up error
reporting (print the name of the file and the line number), and tidy
some numeric conversions. Continue after most "errors" when
processing a -f argument.
Addresses PR bin/25115.
|
| 1.86.2.7 | 16-Apr-2004 |
tron | Pull up revision 1.91 (requested by atatat in ticket #136):
If the node was specifically requested but has no description, print
the "no description" message instead of skipping (as happens when
recursing into a subtree). This does not apply to non-node-type
nodes.
|
| 1.86.2.6 | 08-Apr-2004 |
jdc | Pull up revision 1.90 (requested by atatat in ticket #94)
Don't copy the size that sysctl gave back directly, copy the size of
the description. *thwap*
|
| 1.86.2.5 | 08-Apr-2004 |
jdc | Pull up revision 1.89 (requested by atatat in ticket #92)
Don't copy the size that sysctl gave back directly, copy the size of
the description.
|
| 1.86.2.4 | 08-Apr-2004 |
jdc | Backout previous. It contained the changes for both
tickets #92 and #94 (instead of just #92).
|
| 1.86.2.3 | 08-Apr-2004 |
jdc | Pull up revision 1.89 (requested by atatat in ticket #92)
Don't copy the size that sysctl gave back directly, copy the size of
the description.
|
| 1.86.2.2 | 08-Apr-2004 |
jdc | Pull up revision 1.88 (requested by atatat in ticket #88)
Do nothing else for nodes with no children if -d is used (dflag is
set). Otherwise, some nodes (those with "printers") will also print
the "use foo ..." message.
|
| 1.86.2.1 | 07-Apr-2004 |
jmc | Pullup rev 1.87 (requested by atatat in ticket #81)
Add -d flag to usage message(s).
|
| 1.86.2.10.2.1 | 06-Apr-2005 |
he | Pull up revision 1.96 (requested by atatat in ticket #1048):
Pass dynamic buffer pointer to display_string(), not static
buffer pointer. This fixes a problem if the kernel says the
buffer needs to be too much larger.
|
| 1.97.2.3 | 23-Mar-2005 |
tron | Pull up revision 1.100 (requested by atatat in ticket #52):
If a "create" or "destroy" operation succeeds, mark the cached tree as
"stale" so that the next time we try to read or write to it, we can
purge (and refresh) it.
Addresses PR 29222.
|
| 1.97.2.2 | 20-Mar-2005 |
tron | Pull up revision 1.99 (requested by atatat in ticket #36):
Fix possible segmentation fault when retrieving descriptions. Thought
I committed this a while ago. I guess the fact that no one filed a pr
meant no one else found it. :)
|
| 1.97.2.1 | 19-Mar-2005 |
tron | Pull up revision 1.98 (requested by atatat in ticket #11):
Use regexes instead of static lists of annoying numbers to recognize
sysctl nodes that have "helpers". This is more concise, imho more
easy to understand, and has the added bonus of making it *possible* to
assign helpers to dynamically numbered nodes.
|
| 1.120.2.1 | 30-Dec-2006 |
riz | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by elad in ticket #298):
sbin/sysctl/sysctl.c: revision 1.122
PR/35304: C J Coleman: Off-by-one nul byte overwrite in mode_bits routine
of sbin/sysctl
|
| 1.122.14.1 | 18-May-2008 |
yamt | sync with head.
|
| 1.122.12.3 | 17-Jan-2009 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.122.12.2 | 28-Sep-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.122.12.1 | 02-Jun-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.123.2.1 | 18-Sep-2008 |
wrstuden | Sync with wrstuden-revivesa-base-2.
|
| 1.124.2.2 | 13-Jan-2013 |
bouyer | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by msaitoh in ticket #1832):
sbin/sysctl/sysctl.c: revision 1.149 via patch
Add missing free() in error path.
|
| 1.124.2.1 | 01-Apr-2009 |
snj | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by christos in ticket #635):
sbin/sysctl/sysctl.8: revision 1.160
sbin/sysctl/sysctl.c: revision 1.129
Don't print an error with sysctl -w name?=value if name does not exist.
Should be pulled up to 5.0
|
| 1.125.2.1 | 13-May-2009 |
jym | Sync with HEAD.
Third (and last) commit. See http://mail-index.netbsd.org/source-changes/2009/05/13/msg221222.html
|
| 1.138.2.4 | 22-May-2014 |
yamt | sync with head.
for a reference, the tree before this commit was tagged
as yamt-pagecache-tag8.
this commit was splitted into small chunks to avoid
a limitation of cvs. ("Protocol error: too many arguments")
|
| 1.138.2.3 | 16-Jan-2013 |
yamt | sync with (a bit old) head
|
| 1.138.2.2 | 30-Oct-2012 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.138.2.1 | 17-Apr-2012 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.140.2.1 | 25-Dec-2012 |
snj | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by msaitoh in ticket #757):
sbin/sysctl/sysctl.c: revision 1.149
Add missing free() in error path.
|
| 1.143.2.2 | 20-Aug-2014 |
tls | Rebase to HEAD as of a few days ago.
|
| 1.143.2.1 | 25-Feb-2013 |
tls | resync with head
|
| 1.151.2.1 | 10-Aug-2014 |
tls | Rebase.
|
| 1.157.2.2 | 26-Apr-2017 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.157.2.1 | 06-Aug-2016 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.158.2.1 | 21-Apr-2017 |
bouyer | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.160.4.2 | 13-Apr-2020 |
martin | Mostly merge changes from HEAD upto 20200411
|
| 1.160.4.1 | 10-Jun-2019 |
christos | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.160.2.1 | 26-Nov-2018 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD, resolve a couple of conflicts
|
| 1.161.2.1 | 19-Aug-2019 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by kamil in ticket #95):
sbin/sysctl/prog_ops.h: revision 1.3
sbin/sysctl/sysctl_rumpops.c: revision 1.2
sbin/sysctl/sysctl_hostops.c: revision 1.2
sbin/sysctl/Makefile: revision 1.22
sbin/sysctl/sysctl.c: revision 1.162
sysctl: Add indirection of symbols to remove clash with sanitizers
Add indirection and symbol renaming under MKSANITIZER for the linked in
version of sysctlbyname and sysctlgetmibinfo.
|
| 1.2 | 18-Aug-2019 |
kamil | sysctl: Add indirection of symbols to remove clash with sanitizers
Add indirection and symbol renaming under MKSANITIZER for the linked in
version of sysctlbyname and sysctlgetmibinfo.
|
| 1.1 | 13-Dec-2010 |
pooka | branches: 1.1.46; 1.1.48;
RUMP_ACTION -> RUMPPRG
|
| 1.1.48.1 | 19-Aug-2019 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by kamil in ticket #95):
sbin/sysctl/prog_ops.h: revision 1.3
sbin/sysctl/sysctl_rumpops.c: revision 1.2
sbin/sysctl/sysctl_hostops.c: revision 1.2
sbin/sysctl/Makefile: revision 1.22
sbin/sysctl/sysctl.c: revision 1.162
sysctl: Add indirection of symbols to remove clash with sanitizers
Add indirection and symbol renaming under MKSANITIZER for the linked in
version of sysctlbyname and sysctlgetmibinfo.
|
| 1.1.46.1 | 13-Apr-2020 |
martin | Mostly merge changes from HEAD upto 20200411
|
| 1.2 | 18-Aug-2019 |
kamil | sysctl: Add indirection of symbols to remove clash with sanitizers
Add indirection and symbol renaming under MKSANITIZER for the linked in
version of sysctlbyname and sysctlgetmibinfo.
|
| 1.1 | 13-Dec-2010 |
pooka | branches: 1.1.46; 1.1.48;
RUMP_ACTION -> RUMPPRG
|
| 1.1.48.1 | 19-Aug-2019 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by kamil in ticket #95):
sbin/sysctl/prog_ops.h: revision 1.3
sbin/sysctl/sysctl_rumpops.c: revision 1.2
sbin/sysctl/sysctl_hostops.c: revision 1.2
sbin/sysctl/Makefile: revision 1.22
sbin/sysctl/sysctl.c: revision 1.162
sysctl: Add indirection of symbols to remove clash with sanitizers
Add indirection and symbol renaming under MKSANITIZER for the linked in
version of sysctlbyname and sysctlgetmibinfo.
|
| 1.1.46.1 | 13-Apr-2020 |
martin | Mostly merge changes from HEAD upto 20200411
|
| 1.10 | 25-Mar-2004 |
atatat | Move sysctlbyname(), sysctlnametomib(), and sysctlgetmibinfo() from
sysctl(8) into libc, making the minor number jump. Add prototypes to
sys/sysctl.h, fix sets, modify man pages, etc. That oughta cover it.
|
| 1.9 | 24-Mar-2004 |
atatat | Remove #define of __USE_NEW_SYSCTL. I'm not even sure I remember what
I used it for, but we certainly don't need it now.
|
| 1.8 | 24-Mar-2004 |
atatat | This file should have a copyright notice on it.
|
| 1.7 | 24-Mar-2004 |
atatat | New node version and layout. This should take care of the netbsd32
emulation problem, formalizes the versioning (should it ever be needed
again), and provides a slot for descriptions.
|
| 1.6 | 24-Mar-2004 |
atatat | The new sysctl query interface returns the same information as the old
one, but you must pass in an empty node that indicates the version
you're using.
|
| 1.5 | 24-Mar-2004 |
atatat | Tango on sysctl_createv() and flags. The flags have all been renamed,
and sysctl_createv() now uses more arguments.
|
| 1.4 | 19-Feb-2004 |
atatat | Rename sysctlnametomib() to sysctlgetmibinfo() and add FreeBSD
compatible sysctlnametomib() and sysctlbyname() functions.
These are intended to move to libc real soon now.
|
| 1.3 | 19-Feb-2004 |
atatat | Avoid using things that don't smell like they're the right size (the
size should be a multiple of sizeof(struct sysctlnode)), and avoid
leaking memory in the case of things that don't have children.
|
| 1.2 | 04-Dec-2003 |
atatat | sysctlnametomib() is a private function for the moment.
|
| 1.1 | 04-Dec-2003 |
atatat | New sysctl(8) binary. Performs auto-discovery and can add/remove
nodes from the tree. Never needs to be recompiled again.
|
| 1.5 | 27-Jun-2005 |
christos | Move WARNS=3 to the Makefile.inc, and add a little const to the remaining
programs that did not compile before.
|
| 1.4 | 19-Jan-2005 |
xtraeme | Kill __P(), ANSIfy, remove main() prototype; WARNS=3
|
| 1.3 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.2 | 22-Dec-1994 |
cgd | specify man pages the new way.
|
| 1.1 | 30-Mar-1994 |
cgd | add 'ttyflags', to set driver specific tty flags
|
| 1.12 | 06-Oct-2006 |
elad | PR/13478: Greg A. Woods: some tty-related documentation fixes
Patch applied with "minor tweaks" from me, thanks!
|
| 1.11 | 14-Feb-2003 |
grant | 'NetBSD.org' and some mdoc fixes.
|
| 1.10 | 03-Oct-2002 |
wiz | New sentence, new line. From Robert Elz.
|
| 1.9 | 16-Nov-2001 |
wiz | Whitespace nits
|
| 1.8 | 05-Jun-2001 |
wiz | Drop arguments of .Os.
|
| 1.7 | 14-Jun-2000 |
cgd | sweep of my licenses (userland files w/o only my copyright) for
consistency. (no functional changes)
|
| 1.6 | 14-Jun-2000 |
cgd | fix up NetBSD RCS Ids to match the standard, and the leading comment as
to match as well. No functional changes.
|
| 1.5 | 06-Apr-1999 |
pk | branches: 1.5.6;
1, 2, 3 and.. 4!
|
| 1.4 | 24-Nov-1997 |
lukem | branches: 1.4.2;
fix .Nx usage (use 1.0 instead of 0.9a, etc), and other minor cleanups
|
| 1.3 | 15-Sep-1997 |
lukem | * cleanup for WARNS=1
* fix .Nm usage
|
| 1.2 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.1 | 30-Mar-1994 |
cgd | add 'ttyflags', to set driver specific tty flags
|
| 1.4.2.1 | 07-Apr-1999 |
pk | Pull up from trunk: copyright text warts.
|
| 1.5.6.1 | 22-Jun-2000 |
minoura | Sync w/ netbsd-1-5-base.
|
| 1.19 | 04-May-2014 |
mrg | open the tty with O_RDWR|O_NONBLOCK. it seems valid to ask for
write permission when we're setting flags, and ucom(4) has an
existing workaround for a bug when O_RDWR is not used, and thus
ttyflags would not work for ucom devices.
|
| 1.18 | 27-Aug-2011 |
joerg | branches: 1.18.2; 1.18.8; 1.18.18;
static + __dead
|
| 1.17 | 20-Jul-2008 |
lukem | Remove the \n and tabs from the __COPYRIGHT() strings.
(Tweak some to use a consistent format.)
|
| 1.16 | 17-Jan-2007 |
hubertf | branches: 1.16.12; 1.16.16;
Remove more duplicate #includes,
from Slava Semushin <slava.semushin@gmail.com>
|
| 1.15 | 19-Jan-2005 |
xtraeme | Kill __P(), ANSIfy, remove main() prototype; WARNS=3
|
| 1.14 | 12-Jul-2003 |
itojun | use strlcat/strlcpy
|
| 1.13 | 14-Feb-2003 |
grant | 'NetBSD.org' and some mdoc fixes.
|
| 1.12 | 14-Jun-2000 |
cgd | sweep of my licenses (userland files w/o only my copyright) for
consistency. (no functional changes)
|
| 1.11 | 14-Jun-2000 |
cgd | fix up NetBSD RCS Ids to match the standard, and the leading comment as
to match as well. No functional changes.
|
| 1.10 | 20-Oct-1997 |
scottr | branches: 1.10.10;
Add support for DTR/CTS flow control, from Bill Studenmund.
|
| 1.9 | 15-Sep-1997 |
lukem | * cleanup for WARNS=1
* fix .Nm usage
|
| 1.8 | 09-Apr-1996 |
cgd | recent changes cause this to require <string.h> for proper prototyping.
Include it.
|
| 1.7 | 17-Mar-1996 |
christos | Fix PR/2222: ttyflags hex flag printing in verbose mode reflected the
TIOCFLAG_ values not the TTY_ values. Fixed to print the flags as strings
to avoid confusion.
|
| 1.6 | 13-Aug-1995 |
cgd | don't complain about errors opening 'on' ttys, if the error is ENXIO.
|
| 1.5 | 23-Apr-1995 |
cgd | slightly clean rcs ids, etc.
|
| 1.4 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.3 | 19-Apr-1994 |
cgd | don't complain if ENXIO on open and not verbose
|
| 1.2 | 30-Mar-1994 |
cgd | be a bit smarter when being verbose
|
| 1.1 | 30-Mar-1994 |
cgd | add 'ttyflags', to set driver specific tty flags
|
| 1.10.10.1 | 22-Jun-2000 |
minoura | Sync w/ netbsd-1-5-base.
|
| 1.16.16.1 | 18-Sep-2008 |
wrstuden | Sync with wrstuden-revivesa-base-2.
|
| 1.16.12.1 | 28-Sep-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.18.18.1 | 10-Aug-2014 |
tls | Rebase.
|
| 1.18.8.1 | 20-Aug-2014 |
tls | Rebase to HEAD as of a few days ago.
|
| 1.18.2.1 | 22-May-2014 |
yamt | sync with head.
for a reference, the tree before this commit was tagged
as yamt-pagecache-tag8.
this commit was splitted into small chunks to avoid
a limitation of cvs. ("Protocol error: too many arguments")
|
| 1.14 | 27-Jun-2005 |
christos | Move WARNS=3 to the Makefile.inc, and add a little const to the remaining
programs that did not compile before.
|
| 1.13 | 09-Feb-2005 |
xtraeme | WARNS=3.
|
| 1.12 | 19-Aug-2002 |
lukem | Use ${NETBSDSRCDIR}/some/path instead of ${.CURDIR}/../../some/path
|
| 1.11 | 09-Nov-2001 |
lukem | Change -F from "special must be a regular file" to "special can be any type,
and don't attempt to do any file name translation (e.g, search in fstab)".
In the non -F case, search for special in fstab. If found, convert fs_spec
to a raw device name. In any case, use opendisk(3) to open the device.
|
| 1.10 | 19-Aug-2001 |
lukem | - add -F; indicates "special" is a file system image in a regular file
- reorder "special" validation to after option parsing
- use getopt(3) instead of homegrown code
- add getnum() to parse and validate a number
- clean up man page
- ansi KNF, WARNS=2
|
| 1.9 | 15-Jan-1999 |
bouyer | branches: 1.9.4;
#include machine/bswap.h and remove -lutil.
|
| 1.8 | 18-Mar-1998 |
bouyer | Add support for non-native byteorder FFS.
|
| 1.7 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.6 | 22-Dec-1994 |
cgd | specify man pages the new way.
|
| 1.5 | 08-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Update from 4.4-Lite, with local changes.
|
| 1.4 | 31-Jul-1993 |
mycroft | Add RCS indentifiers.
|
| 1.3 | 23-Mar-1993 |
cgd | changed "Id" to "Header" for rcsids
|
| 1.2 | 22-Mar-1993 |
cgd | added rcs ids to all files
|
| 1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.2 | 13-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Import 4.4-Lite version.
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | initial import of 386bsd-0.1 sources
|
| 1.9.4.1 | 19-Oct-1999 |
fvdl | Add CPPFLAGS+=-I${.CURDIR}/../../sys for convenience. This should be
reverted before the branch is merged with the trunk.
|
| 1.49 | 17-Jan-2022 |
christos | update date
|
| 1.48 | 17-Jan-2022 |
kim | Move the possible optimize_preference values back under the -o flag
|
| 1.47 | 18-Jun-2020 |
wiz | The ACL flag is -p, not -n.
|
| 1.46 | 07-Jun-2020 |
wiz | Sort option descriptions.
|
| 1.45 | 16-May-2020 |
christos | Add ACL support for FFS. From FreeBSD.
|
| 1.44 | 09-Aug-2014 |
wiz | Bump date for previous. New sentence, new line. Use more markup.
Remove superfluous Pp in list.
|
| 1.43 | 09-Aug-2014 |
mlelstv | add -S option to adjust the superblock for different sector sizes. While
the kernel ignores this information, userland tools rely on it.
This is needed when moving images between devices of different sector size.
|
| 1.42 | 03-Dec-2012 |
wiz | Document how to resize the WAPBL log size.
Based on patch by Edgar Fuß <ef@math.uni-bonn.de>.
|
| 1.41 | 08-Apr-2012 |
wiz | branches: 1.41.2;
Remove unnecessary Bk/Ek pairs from SYNOPSIS.
No effective change except where I used the opportunity to sort options
and/or option descriptions.
|
| 1.40 | 06-Mar-2011 |
wiz | branches: 1.40.4;
Fix punctuation markup; new sentence, new line.
|
| 1.39 | 06-Mar-2011 |
bouyer | merge the bouyer-quota2 branch. This adds a new on-disk format
to store disk quota usage and limits, integrated with ffs
metadata. Usage is checked by fsck_ffs (no more quotacheck)
and is covered by the WAPBL journal. Enabled with kernel
option QUOTA2 (added where QUOTA was enabled in kernel config files),
turned on with tunefs(8) on a per-filesystem
basis. mount_mfs(8) can also turn quotas on.
See http://mail-index.netbsd.org/tech-kern/2011/02/19/msg010025.html
for details.
|
| 1.38 | 22-Feb-2009 |
ad | branches: 1.38.2;
PR kern/26878 FFSv2 + softdep = livelock (no free ram)
PR kern/16942 panic with softdep and quotas
PR kern/19565 panic: softdep_write_inodeblock: indirect pointer #1 mismatch
PR kern/26274 softdep panic: allocdirect_merge: ...
PR kern/26374 Long delay before non-root users can write to softdep partitions
PR kern/28621 1.6.x "vp != NULL" panic in ffs_softdep.c:4653 while unmounting a softdep (+quota) filesystem
PR kern/29513 FFS+Softdep panic with unfsck-able file-corruption
PR kern/31544 The ffs softdep code appears to fail to write dirty bits to disk
PR kern/31981 stopping scsi disk can cause panic (softdep)
PR kern/32116 kernel panic in softdep (assertion failure)
PR kern/32532 softdep_trackbufs deadlock
PR kern/37191 softdep: locking against myself
PR kern/40474 Kernel panic after remounting raid root with softdep
Retire softdep, pass 2. As discussed and later formally announced on the
mailing lists.
|
| 1.37 | 31-Jul-2008 |
simonb | branches: 1.37.4;
Merge the simonb-wapbl branch. From the original branch commit:
Add Wasabi System's WAPBL (Write Ahead Physical Block Logging)
journaling code. Originally written by Darrin B. Jewell while
at Wasabi and updated to -current by Antti Kantee, Andy Doran,
Greg Oster and Simon Burge.
OK'd by core@, releng@.
|
| 1.36 | 20-Dec-2004 |
hubertf | branches: 1.36.26; 1.36.30; 1.36.32;
Add comment that there are strings attached to the fish. Beware!
(Source: http://www.livejournal.com/community/unixhistory/1808.html)
|
| 1.35 | 18-Nov-2004 |
hubertf | Remove (wrong?) default for minfree, xref newfs.8 instead.
Suggested by Ignatios.
|
| 1.34 | 26-Apr-2004 |
grant | according to newfs(8) and reality, the default minfree value is actually
5%, not 10%. make it so.
|
| 1.33 | 07-Aug-2003 |
agc | branches: 1.33.2;
Move UCB-licensed code from 4-clause to 3-clause licence.
Patches provided by Joel Baker in PR 22308, verified by myself.
|
| 1.32 | 02-Apr-2003 |
fvdl | Add support for UFS2. UFS2 is an enhanced FFS, adding support for
64 bit block pointers, extended attribute storage, and a few
other things.
This commit does not yet include the code to manipulate the extended
storage (for e.g. ACLs), this will be done later.
Originally written by Kirk McKusick and Network Associates Laboratories for
FreeBSD.
|
| 1.31 | 25-Feb-2003 |
wiz | .Nm does not need a dummy argument ("") before punctuation or
for correct formatting of the SYNOPSIS any longer.
|
| 1.30 | 21-Dec-2002 |
wiz | dependent only has es, no as; from Adrian Mrva.
|
| 1.29 | 16-Nov-2001 |
wiz | Sort sections.
|
| 1.28 | 16-Nov-2001 |
wiz | Whitespace nits
|
| 1.27 | 09-Nov-2001 |
lukem | Change -F from "special must be a regular file" to "special can be any type,
and don't attempt to do any file name translation (e.g, search in fstab)".
In the non -F case, search for special in fstab. If found, convert fs_spec
to a raw device name. In any case, use opendisk(3) to open the device.
|
| 1.26 | 06-Sep-2001 |
lukem | Incorporate the enhanced ffs_dirpref() by Grigoriy Orlov, as found in
FreeBSD (three commits; the initial work, man page updates, and a fix
to ffs_reload()), with the following differences:
- Be consistent between newfs(8) and tunefs(8) as to the options which
set and control the tuning parameters for this work (avgfilesize & avgfpdir)
- Use u_int16_t instead of u_int8_t to keep track of the number of
contiguous directories (suggested by Chuck Silvers)
- Work within our FFS_EI framework
- Ensure that fs->fs_maxclusters and fs->fs_contigdirs don't point to
the same area of memory
The new algorithm has a marked performance increase, especially when
performing tasks such as untarring pkgsrc.tar.gz, etc.
The original FreeBSD commit messages are attached:
=====
mckusick 2001/04/10 01:39:00 PDT
Directory layout preference improvements from Grigoriy Orlov <gluk@ptci.ru>.
His description of the problem and solution follow. My own tests show
speedups on typical filesystem intensive workloads of 5% to 12% which
is very impressive considering the small amount of code change involved.
------
One day I noticed that some file operations run much faster on
small file systems then on big ones. I've looked at the ffs
algorithms, thought about them, and redesigned the dirpref algorithm.
First I want to describe the results of my tests. These results are old
and I have improved the algorithm after these tests were done. Nevertheless
they show how big the perfomance speedup may be. I have done two file/directory
intensive tests on a two OpenBSD systems with old and new dirpref algorithm.
The first test is "tar -xzf ports.tar.gz", the second is "rm -rf ports".
The ports.tar.gz file is the ports collection from the OpenBSD 2.8 release.
It contains 6596 directories and 13868 files. The test systems are:
1. Celeron-450, 128Mb, two IDE drives, the system at wd0, file system for
test is at wd1. Size of test file system is 8 Gb, number of cg=991,
size of cg is 8m, block size = 8k, fragment size = 1k OpenBSD-current
from Dec 2000 with BUFCACHEPERCENT=35
2. PIII-600, 128Mb, two IBM DTLA-307045 IDE drives at i815e, the system
at wd0, file system for test is at wd1. Size of test file system is 40 Gb,
number of cg=5324, size of cg is 8m, block size = 8k, fragment size = 1k
OpenBSD-current from Dec 2000 with BUFCACHEPERCENT=50
You can get more info about the test systems and methods at:
http://www.ptci.ru/gluk/dirpref/old/dirpref.html
Test Results
tar -xzf ports.tar.gz rm -rf ports
mode old dirpref new dirpref speedup old dirprefnew dirpref speedup
First system
normal 667 472 1.41 477 331 1.44
async 285 144 1.98 130 14 9.29
sync 768 616 1.25 477 334 1.43
softdep 413 252 1.64 241 38 6.34
Second system
normal 329 81 4.06 263.5 93.5 2.81
async 302 25.7 11.75 112 2.26 49.56
sync 281 57.0 4.93 263 90.5 2.9
softdep 341 40.6 8.4 284 4.76 59.66
"old dirpref" and "new dirpref" columns give a test time in seconds.
speedup - speed increasement in times, ie. old dirpref / new dirpref.
------
Algorithm description
The old dirpref algorithm is described in comments:
/*
* Find a cylinder to place a directory.
*
* The policy implemented by this algorithm is to select from
* among those cylinder groups with above the average number of
* free inodes, the one with the smallest number of directories.
*/
A new directory is allocated in a different cylinder groups than its
parent directory resulting in a directory tree that is spreaded across
all the cylinder groups. This spreading out results in a non-optimal
access to the directories and files. When we have a small filesystem
it is not a problem but when the filesystem is big then perfomance
degradation becomes very apparent.
What I mean by a big file system ?
1. A big filesystem is a filesystem which occupy 20-30 or more percent
of total drive space, i.e. first and last cylinder are physically
located relatively far from each other.
2. It has a relatively large number of cylinder groups, for example
more cylinder groups than 50% of the buffers in the buffer cache.
The first results in long access times, while the second results in
many buffers being used by metadata operations. Such operations use
cylinder group blocks and on-disk inode blocks. The cylinder group
block (fs->fs_cblkno) contains struct cg, inode and block bit maps.
It is 2k in size for the default filesystem parameters. If new and
parent directories are located in different cylinder groups then the
system performs more input/output operations and uses more buffers.
On filesystems with many cylinder groups, lots of cache buffers are
used for metadata operations.
My solution for this problem is very simple. I allocate many directories
in one cylinder group. I also do some things, so that the new allocation
method does not cause excessive fragmentation and all directory inodes
will not be located at a location far from its file's inodes and data.
The algorithm is:
/*
* Find a cylinder group to place a directory.
*
* The policy implemented by this algorithm is to allocate a
* directory inode in the same cylinder group as its parent
* directory, but also to reserve space for its files inodes
* and data. Restrict the number of directories which may be
* allocated one after another in the same cylinder group
* without intervening allocation of files.
*
* If we allocate a first level directory then force allocation
* in another cylinder group.
*/
My early versions of dirpref give me a good results for a wide range of
file operations and different filesystem capacities except one case:
those applications that create their entire directory structure first
and only later fill this structure with files.
My solution for such and similar cases is to limit a number of
directories which may be created one after another in the same cylinder
group without intervening file creations. For this purpose, I allocate
an array of counters at mount time. This array is linked to the superblock
fs->fs_contigdirs[cg]. Each time a directory is created the counter
increases and each time a file is created the counter decreases. A 60Gb
filesystem with 8mb/cg requires 10kb of memory for the counters array.
The maxcontigdirs is a maximum number of directories which may be created
without an intervening file creation. I found in my tests that the best
performance occurs when I restrict the number of directories in one cylinder
group such that all its files may be located in the same cylinder group.
There may be some deterioration in performance if all the file inodes
are in the same cylinder group as its containing directory, but their
data partially resides in a different cylinder group. The maxcontigdirs
value is calculated to try to prevent this condition. Since there is
no way to know how many files and directories will be allocated later
I added two optimization parameters in superblock/tunefs. They are:
int32_t fs_avgfilesize; /* expected average file size */
int32_t fs_avgfpdir; /* expected # of files per directory */
These parameters have reasonable defaults but may be tweeked for special
uses of a filesystem. They are only necessary in rare cases like better
tuning a filesystem being used to store a squid cache.
I have been using this algorithm for about 3 months. I have done
a lot of testing on filesystems with different capacities, average
filesize, average number of files per directory, and so on. I think
this algorithm has no negative impact on filesystem perfomance. It
works better than the default one in all cases. The new dirpref
will greatly improve untarring/removing/coping of big directories,
decrease load on cvs servers and much more. The new dirpref doesn't
speedup a compilation process, but also doesn't slow it down.
Obtained from: Grigoriy Orlov <gluk@ptci.ru>
=====
=====
iedowse 2001/04/23 17:37:17 PDT
Pre-dirpref versions of fsck may zero out the new superblock fields
fs_contigdirs, fs_avgfilesize and fs_avgfpdir. This could cause
panics if these fields were zeroed while a filesystem was mounted
read-only, and then remounted read-write.
Add code to ffs_reload() which copies the fs_contigdirs pointer
from the previous superblock, and reinitialises fs_avgf* if necessary.
Reviewed by: mckusick
=====
=====
nik 2001/04/10 03:36:44 PDT
Add information about the new options to newfs and tunefs which set the
expected average file size and number of files per directory. Could do
with some fleshing out.
=====
|
| 1.25 | 03-Sep-2001 |
lukem | comment the commenting-out, to reduce confusion
|
| 1.24 | 03-Sep-2001 |
lukem | - rename option `-t trackskew' to `-k trackskew', for consistency with newfs(8)
- add CHANGEVAL() macro, which does the hard work of changing a parameter
- sort options in usage()
- use .ig [ ... ] .. to comment out sections of man pages (instead
of .\" at the start of each line
|
| 1.23 | 19-Aug-2001 |
lukem | - add -F; indicates "special" is a file system image in a regular file
- reorder "special" validation to after option parsing
- use getopt(3) instead of homegrown code
- add getnum() to parse and validate a number
- clean up man page
- ansi KNF, WARNS=2
|
| 1.22 | 05-Jun-2001 |
wiz | Drop arguments of .Os.
|
| 1.21 | 05-Mar-2001 |
aymeric | Move reference to article on soft-updates from tunefs.8 to mount_ffs.8
OK'd by Ignatios.
|
| 1.20 | 15-Jun-2000 |
fvdl | branches: 1.20.2;
Disable (unifdef for now) tunefs -n <disable|enable>, this is done via
a mount option now.
|
| 1.19 | 27-Apr-2000 |
nathanw | branches: 1.19.2;
Finish describing what the soft dependancy code does.
Add a reference to the McKusick/Ganger Usenix paper.
Addresses PR#8838.
|
| 1.18 | 30-Mar-2000 |
jdolecek | State the possible values of optimize_prefernce in description of
-o flag. Fixes bin/9706.
|
| 1.17 | 28-Jan-2000 |
wiz | reorder long descriptions for arguments to be in alphabetical order.
XXX: shouldn't 'enable' and 'disable' for -n be marked up in some way?
|
| 1.16 | 15-Nov-1999 |
fvdl | Fix typo.
|
| 1.15 | 15-Nov-1999 |
fvdl | Update for soft updates code.
|
| 1.14 | 07-Mar-1999 |
mycroft | branches: 1.14.4; 1.14.8;
Clean up SYNOPSIS formatting.
|
| 1.13 | 20-Oct-1997 |
enami | Fix .Nm usage.
|
| 1.12 | 16-Sep-1997 |
lukem | resolve conflicts from lite-2 merge
|
| 1.11 | 15-Sep-1997 |
lukem | * fix .Nm usage
* prototype main() to pass WARNS=1
|
| 1.10 | 27-Dec-1996 |
mikel | oops, missed a comma.
|
| 1.9 | 26-Dec-1996 |
mikel | eliminate obsolete references to mkfs(8);
from Klaus Klein <kleink@layla.inka.de>
|
| 1.8 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.7 | 08-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Update from 4.4-Lite, with local changes.
|
| 1.6 | 20-Apr-1994 |
cgd | back to 10%, per mkm
|
| 1.5 | 12-Apr-1994 |
cgd | documentation, general cleanup. ick.
|
| 1.4 | 01-Aug-1993 |
mycroft | Add RCS indentifiers.
|
| 1.3 | 23-Mar-1993 |
cgd | changed "Id" to "Header" for rcsids
|
| 1.2 | 22-Mar-1993 |
cgd | added rcs ids to all files
|
| 1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.3 | 16-Sep-1997 |
lukem | imported from lite-2
|
| 1.1.1.2 | 13-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Import 4.4-Lite version.
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | initial import of 386bsd-0.1 sources
|
| 1.14.8.1 | 27-Dec-1999 |
wrstuden | Pull up to last week's -current.
|
| 1.14.4.1 | 19-Oct-1999 |
fvdl | Bring in Kirk McKusick's FFS softdep code on a branch.
|
| 1.19.2.1 | 22-Jun-2000 |
minoura | Sync w/ netbsd-1-5-base.
|
| 1.20.2.2 | 25-Nov-2001 |
he | Pull up revision 1.26 (requested by lukem):
Pull in enhanced ffs_dirpref() algorithm, which provides a
substantial performance improvement through better locality
between parent/child directories and their files, and by easing
the pressure on the buffer cache for metadata operations.
|
| 1.20.2.1 | 25-Nov-2001 |
he | Pull up revisions 1.23-1.25 (requested by lukem):
Add ``-F'' option, and rename ``-t'' option to ``-k''.
|
| 1.33.2.1 | 29-Apr-2004 |
jmc | Pullup rev 1.34 (requested by grant in ticket #208)
According to newfs(8) and reality, the default minfree value is actually
5%, not 10%.
|
| 1.36.32.2 | 28-Jul-2008 |
simonb | A wapbl(8) should be a wapbl(4).
Found by wizd.
|
| 1.36.32.1 | 28-Jul-2008 |
simonb | Add support for creating a WAPBL log in the filesystem. Will
create an in-filesystem log on first "mount -o log" if one doesn't
exist, and will then continue to use same log in the future. See
(soon to be added) wapbl(4) for more info.
Adds a new B_CONTIG low-level allocation flag that uses hints in
"struct ffs_inode_ext" to lay out an ffs file's data contiguously.
Thanks to Greg Oster for helping with the design of this and to
Antti Kantee for code review and suggestions.
|
| 1.36.30.1 | 18-Sep-2008 |
wrstuden | Sync with wrstuden-revivesa-base-2.
|
| 1.36.26.1 | 28-Sep-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.37.4.1 | 13-May-2009 |
jym | Sync with HEAD.
Third (and last) commit. See http://mail-index.netbsd.org/source-changes/2009/05/13/msg221222.html
|
| 1.38.2.1 | 20-Jan-2011 |
bouyer | Snapshot of work in progress on a modernised disk quota system:
- new quotactl syscall (versionned for backward compat), which takes
as parameter a path to a mount point, and a prop_dictionary
(in plistref format) describing commands and arguments.
For each command, status and data are returned as a prop_dictionary.
quota commands features will be added to take advantage of this,
exporting quota data or getting quota commands as plists.
- new on disk-format storage (all 64bit wide), integrated to metadata for
ffs (and playing nicely with wapbl).
Quotas are enabled on a ffs filesystem via superblock flags.
tunefs(8) can enable or disable quotas.
On a quota-enabled filesystem, fsck_ffs(8) will track per-uid/gid
block and inode usages, and will check and update quotas in Pass 6.
quota usage and limits are stored in unliked files (one for users,
one for groups)l fsck_ffs(8) will create the files if needed, or
free them if needed. This means that after enabling or disabling
quotas on a filesystem; a fsck_ffs(8) run is required.
quotacheck(8) is not needed any more, on a unclean shutdown
fsck or journal replay will take care of fixing quotas.
newfs(8) can create a ready-to-mount quota-enabled filesystem
(superblock flags are set and quota inodes are created).
Other new features or semantic changes:
- default quota datas, applied to users or groups which don't already
have a quota entry
- per-user/group grace time (instead of a filesystem global one)
- 0 really means "nothing allowed at all", not "no limit".
If you want "no limit", set the limit to UQUAD_MAX (tools will
understand "unlimited" and "-")
A quota file is structured as follow:
it starts with a header, containing a few per-filesystem values,
and the default quota limits.
Quota entries are linked together as a simple list, each entry has a
pointer (as an offset withing the file) to the next.
The header has a pointer to a list of free quota entries, and
a hash table of in-use entries. The size of the hash table depends
on the filesystem block size (header+hash table should fit in the
first block). The file is not sparse and is a multiple of
filesystem block size (when the free quota entry list is empty a new
filesystem block is allocated). quota entries to not cross
filesystem block boundaries.
In memory, the kernel keeps a cache of recently used quota entries
as a reference to the block number, and offset withing the block.
The quota entry itself is keept in the buf cache.
fsck_ffs(8), tunefs(8) and newfs(8) supports are completed (with
related atf tests :)
The kernel can update disk usage and report it via quotactl(2).
Todo: enforce quotas limits (limits are not checked by kernel yet)
update repquota, edquota and rpc.rquotad to the new world
implement compat_50_quotactl ioctl.
update quotactl(2) man page
fsck_ffs required fixes so that allocating new blocks or inodes will
properly update the superblock and cg sumaries. This was not an issue up
to now because superblock and cg sumaries check happened last, but now
allocations or frees can happen in pass 6.
|
| 1.40.4.2 | 16-Jan-2013 |
yamt | sync with (a bit old) head
|
| 1.40.4.1 | 17-Apr-2012 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.41.2.2 | 20-Aug-2014 |
tls | Rebase to HEAD as of a few days ago.
|
| 1.41.2.1 | 25-Feb-2013 |
tls | resync with head
|
| 1.58 | 07-Jan-2023 |
chs | ufs: fixed signed/unsigned bugs affecting large file systems
Apply these commits from FreeBSD:
commit e870d1e6f97cc73308c11c40684b775bcfa906a2
Author: Kirk McKusick <mckusick@FreeBSD.org>
Date: Wed Feb 10 20:10:35 2010 +0000
This fix corrects a problem in the file system that treats large
inode numbers as negative rather than unsigned. For a default
(16K block) file system, this bug began to show up at a file system
size above about 16Tb.
To fully handle this problem, newfs must be updated to ensure that
it will never create a filesystem with more than 2^32 inodes. That
patch will be forthcoming soon.
Reported by: Scott Burns, John Kilburg, Bruce Evans
Followup by: Jeff Roberson
PR: 133980
MFC after: 2 weeks
commit 81479e688b0f643ffacd3f335b4b4bba460b769d
Author: Kirk McKusick <mckusick@FreeBSD.org>
Date: Thu Feb 11 18:14:53 2010 +0000
One last pass to get all the unsigned comparisons correct.
In additional to the changes from FreeBSD, this commit includes quite a few
related changes to appease -Wsign-compare.
|
| 1.57 | 19-Dec-2022 |
chs | tunefs: clarify that "-a" refers to NFSv4 ACLs
|
| 1.56 | 17-Nov-2022 |
chs | branches: 1.56.2;
Restore backward compatibility of UFS2 with previous NetBSD releases by
disabling support in UFS2 for extended attributes (including ACLs).
Add a new variant of UFS2 called "UFS2ea" that does support extended attributes.
Add new fsck_ffs operations "-c ea" and "-c no-ea" to convert file systems
from UFS2 to UFS2ea and vice-versa (both of which delete all existing extended
attributes in the process).
|
| 1.55 | 18-Sep-2021 |
christos | Change the default for ACLs to be posix1e instead of nfsv4 to match FreeBSD.
Requested by chuq.
|
| 1.54 | 26-Nov-2020 |
dholland | Add missing newlines to ACL prints in tunefs; from Jan Schaumann in PR 55824.
|
| 1.53 | 08-Aug-2020 |
christos | Find the if a device points to an active filesystem by looking at the mount
list.
|
| 1.52 | 16-May-2020 |
christos | Add ACL support for FFS. From FreeBSD.
|
| 1.51 | 09-Apr-2020 |
christos | Refresh the superblock in memory if changing a mounted partition.
|
| 1.50 | 12-Apr-2019 |
pgoyette | Add missing space in "quotas disabled" output from tunefs -N
|
| 1.49 | 26-Aug-2015 |
mlelstv | branches: 1.49.16;
Use getfsspecname also when not found in /etc/fstab.
|
| 1.48 | 09-Aug-2014 |
mlelstv | add -S option to adjust the superblock for different sector sizes. While
the kernel ignores this information, userland tools rely on it.
This is needed when moving images between devices of different sector size.
|
| 1.47 | 26-Apr-2014 |
martin | Provide proper alignement for "buf" - it is casted to a struct fs pointer,
so it requires the same alignement.
Fixes crashes on armv5.
|
| 1.46 | 23-Jun-2013 |
dholland | branches: 1.46.4;
fsbtodb() -> FFS_FSBTODB(), EXT2_FSBTODB(), or MFS_FSBTODB()
dbtofsb() -> FFS_DBTOFSB() or EXT2_DBTOFSB()
(Christos already did the lfs ones a few days back)
|
| 1.45 | 07-Apr-2012 |
christos | branches: 1.45.2;
use getfsspecname()
|
| 1.44 | 29-Aug-2011 |
joerg | branches: 1.44.2;
Use __dead
|
| 1.43 | 06-Mar-2011 |
bouyer | merge the bouyer-quota2 branch. This adds a new on-disk format
to store disk quota usage and limits, integrated with ffs
metadata. Usage is checked by fsck_ffs (no more quotacheck)
and is covered by the WAPBL journal. Enabled with kernel
option QUOTA2 (added where QUOTA was enabled in kernel config files),
turned on with tunefs(8) on a per-filesystem
basis. mount_mfs(8) can also turn quotas on.
See http://mail-index.netbsd.org/tech-kern/2011/02/19/msg010025.html
for details.
|
| 1.42 | 13-Sep-2009 |
bouyer | branches: 1.42.2;
Restore change from 1.39 after previous commit.
|
| 1.41 | 13-Sep-2009 |
bouyer | Allow tunefs to clear any type of WAPBL log, not only in-filesystem
ones. Discussed in
http://mail-index.netbsd.org/tech-kern/2009/08/17/msg005896.html
and followups.
|
| 1.40 | 17-Aug-2009 |
bouyer | fix pasto: UFS_WAPBL_FLAGS_CREATE_LOG is "create-log" not "clear-log"
|
| 1.39 | 07-Apr-2009 |
lukem | fix sign-compare issue
|
| 1.38 | 22-Feb-2009 |
ad | PR kern/26878 FFSv2 + softdep = livelock (no free ram)
PR kern/16942 panic with softdep and quotas
PR kern/19565 panic: softdep_write_inodeblock: indirect pointer #1 mismatch
PR kern/26274 softdep panic: allocdirect_merge: ...
PR kern/26374 Long delay before non-root users can write to softdep partitions
PR kern/28621 1.6.x "vp != NULL" panic in ffs_softdep.c:4653 while unmounting a softdep (+quota) filesystem
PR kern/29513 FFS+Softdep panic with unfsck-able file-corruption
PR kern/31544 The ffs softdep code appears to fail to write dirty bits to disk
PR kern/31981 stopping scsi disk can cause panic (softdep)
PR kern/32116 kernel panic in softdep (assertion failure)
PR kern/32532 softdep_trackbufs deadlock
PR kern/37191 softdep: locking against myself
PR kern/40474 Kernel panic after remounting raid root with softdep
Retire softdep, pass 2. As discussed and later formally announced on the
mailing lists.
|
| 1.37 | 31-Jul-2008 |
simonb | branches: 1.37.2; 1.37.4; 1.37.6; 1.37.8;
Just use printf(...) instead of fprintf(stdout, ...).
|
| 1.36 | 31-Jul-2008 |
simonb | Pretty-print the journal log size with humanize_number(3).
|
| 1.35 | 31-Jul-2008 |
simonb | Merge the simonb-wapbl branch. From the original branch commit:
Add Wasabi System's WAPBL (Write Ahead Physical Block Logging)
journaling code. Originally written by Darrin B. Jewell while
at Wasabi and updated to -current by Antti Kantee, Andy Doran,
Greg Oster and Simon Burge.
OK'd by core@, releng@.
|
| 1.34 | 20-Jul-2008 |
lukem | branches: 1.34.2;
Remove the \n and tabs from the __COPYRIGHT() strings.
(Tweak some to use a consistent format.)
|
| 1.33 | 19-Jan-2005 |
xtraeme | branches: 1.33.26; 1.33.30;
Remove main() prototype.
|
| 1.32 | 25-Jun-2004 |
wiz | Remove removed options from usage. From Kouichirou Hiratsuka in PR 25874.
|
| 1.31 | 27-Mar-2004 |
dsl | don'e require FS_FLAGS_UPDATED be set for ffsv2
|
| 1.30 | 21-Mar-2004 |
dsl | When searching for the superblock, don't pick an ffsv1 superblock from the
location where we expect to find an ffsv2 superblock.
It could be the first alternate for a ffsv1 filesystem with 64k blocks.
Fixes part of PR kern/24809
|
| 1.29 | 05-Jan-2004 |
jmmv | Homogenize usage messages: make the 'usage' word all lowercase, as this seems
to be the most common practice in our tree.
|
| 1.28 | 07-Aug-2003 |
agc | Move UCB-licensed code from 4-clause to 3-clause licence.
Patches provided by Joel Baker in PR 22308, verified by myself.
|
| 1.27 | 02-Apr-2003 |
fvdl | Add support for UFS2. UFS2 is an enhanced FFS, adding support for
64 bit block pointers, extended attribute storage, and a few
other things.
This commit does not yet include the code to manipulate the extended
storage (for e.g. ACLs), this will be done later.
Originally written by Kirk McKusick and Network Associates Laboratories for
FreeBSD.
|
| 1.26 | 09-Nov-2001 |
lukem | move guts of non-F special parsing into separate openpartition() func
|
| 1.25 | 09-Nov-2001 |
lukem | Change -F from "special must be a regular file" to "special can be any type,
and don't attempt to do any file name translation (e.g, search in fstab)".
In the non -F case, search for special in fstab. If found, convert fs_spec
to a raw device name. In any case, use opendisk(3) to open the device.
|
| 1.24 | 06-Sep-2001 |
lukem | Incorporate the enhanced ffs_dirpref() by Grigoriy Orlov, as found in
FreeBSD (three commits; the initial work, man page updates, and a fix
to ffs_reload()), with the following differences:
- Be consistent between newfs(8) and tunefs(8) as to the options which
set and control the tuning parameters for this work (avgfilesize & avgfpdir)
- Use u_int16_t instead of u_int8_t to keep track of the number of
contiguous directories (suggested by Chuck Silvers)
- Work within our FFS_EI framework
- Ensure that fs->fs_maxclusters and fs->fs_contigdirs don't point to
the same area of memory
The new algorithm has a marked performance increase, especially when
performing tasks such as untarring pkgsrc.tar.gz, etc.
The original FreeBSD commit messages are attached:
=====
mckusick 2001/04/10 01:39:00 PDT
Directory layout preference improvements from Grigoriy Orlov <gluk@ptci.ru>.
His description of the problem and solution follow. My own tests show
speedups on typical filesystem intensive workloads of 5% to 12% which
is very impressive considering the small amount of code change involved.
------
One day I noticed that some file operations run much faster on
small file systems then on big ones. I've looked at the ffs
algorithms, thought about them, and redesigned the dirpref algorithm.
First I want to describe the results of my tests. These results are old
and I have improved the algorithm after these tests were done. Nevertheless
they show how big the perfomance speedup may be. I have done two file/directory
intensive tests on a two OpenBSD systems with old and new dirpref algorithm.
The first test is "tar -xzf ports.tar.gz", the second is "rm -rf ports".
The ports.tar.gz file is the ports collection from the OpenBSD 2.8 release.
It contains 6596 directories and 13868 files. The test systems are:
1. Celeron-450, 128Mb, two IDE drives, the system at wd0, file system for
test is at wd1. Size of test file system is 8 Gb, number of cg=991,
size of cg is 8m, block size = 8k, fragment size = 1k OpenBSD-current
from Dec 2000 with BUFCACHEPERCENT=35
2. PIII-600, 128Mb, two IBM DTLA-307045 IDE drives at i815e, the system
at wd0, file system for test is at wd1. Size of test file system is 40 Gb,
number of cg=5324, size of cg is 8m, block size = 8k, fragment size = 1k
OpenBSD-current from Dec 2000 with BUFCACHEPERCENT=50
You can get more info about the test systems and methods at:
http://www.ptci.ru/gluk/dirpref/old/dirpref.html
Test Results
tar -xzf ports.tar.gz rm -rf ports
mode old dirpref new dirpref speedup old dirprefnew dirpref speedup
First system
normal 667 472 1.41 477 331 1.44
async 285 144 1.98 130 14 9.29
sync 768 616 1.25 477 334 1.43
softdep 413 252 1.64 241 38 6.34
Second system
normal 329 81 4.06 263.5 93.5 2.81
async 302 25.7 11.75 112 2.26 49.56
sync 281 57.0 4.93 263 90.5 2.9
softdep 341 40.6 8.4 284 4.76 59.66
"old dirpref" and "new dirpref" columns give a test time in seconds.
speedup - speed increasement in times, ie. old dirpref / new dirpref.
------
Algorithm description
The old dirpref algorithm is described in comments:
/*
* Find a cylinder to place a directory.
*
* The policy implemented by this algorithm is to select from
* among those cylinder groups with above the average number of
* free inodes, the one with the smallest number of directories.
*/
A new directory is allocated in a different cylinder groups than its
parent directory resulting in a directory tree that is spreaded across
all the cylinder groups. This spreading out results in a non-optimal
access to the directories and files. When we have a small filesystem
it is not a problem but when the filesystem is big then perfomance
degradation becomes very apparent.
What I mean by a big file system ?
1. A big filesystem is a filesystem which occupy 20-30 or more percent
of total drive space, i.e. first and last cylinder are physically
located relatively far from each other.
2. It has a relatively large number of cylinder groups, for example
more cylinder groups than 50% of the buffers in the buffer cache.
The first results in long access times, while the second results in
many buffers being used by metadata operations. Such operations use
cylinder group blocks and on-disk inode blocks. The cylinder group
block (fs->fs_cblkno) contains struct cg, inode and block bit maps.
It is 2k in size for the default filesystem parameters. If new and
parent directories are located in different cylinder groups then the
system performs more input/output operations and uses more buffers.
On filesystems with many cylinder groups, lots of cache buffers are
used for metadata operations.
My solution for this problem is very simple. I allocate many directories
in one cylinder group. I also do some things, so that the new allocation
method does not cause excessive fragmentation and all directory inodes
will not be located at a location far from its file's inodes and data.
The algorithm is:
/*
* Find a cylinder group to place a directory.
*
* The policy implemented by this algorithm is to allocate a
* directory inode in the same cylinder group as its parent
* directory, but also to reserve space for its files inodes
* and data. Restrict the number of directories which may be
* allocated one after another in the same cylinder group
* without intervening allocation of files.
*
* If we allocate a first level directory then force allocation
* in another cylinder group.
*/
My early versions of dirpref give me a good results for a wide range of
file operations and different filesystem capacities except one case:
those applications that create their entire directory structure first
and only later fill this structure with files.
My solution for such and similar cases is to limit a number of
directories which may be created one after another in the same cylinder
group without intervening file creations. For this purpose, I allocate
an array of counters at mount time. This array is linked to the superblock
fs->fs_contigdirs[cg]. Each time a directory is created the counter
increases and each time a file is created the counter decreases. A 60Gb
filesystem with 8mb/cg requires 10kb of memory for the counters array.
The maxcontigdirs is a maximum number of directories which may be created
without an intervening file creation. I found in my tests that the best
performance occurs when I restrict the number of directories in one cylinder
group such that all its files may be located in the same cylinder group.
There may be some deterioration in performance if all the file inodes
are in the same cylinder group as its containing directory, but their
data partially resides in a different cylinder group. The maxcontigdirs
value is calculated to try to prevent this condition. Since there is
no way to know how many files and directories will be allocated later
I added two optimization parameters in superblock/tunefs. They are:
int32_t fs_avgfilesize; /* expected average file size */
int32_t fs_avgfpdir; /* expected # of files per directory */
These parameters have reasonable defaults but may be tweeked for special
uses of a filesystem. They are only necessary in rare cases like better
tuning a filesystem being used to store a squid cache.
I have been using this algorithm for about 3 months. I have done
a lot of testing on filesystems with different capacities, average
filesize, average number of files per directory, and so on. I think
this algorithm has no negative impact on filesystem perfomance. It
works better than the default one in all cases. The new dirpref
will greatly improve untarring/removing/coping of big directories,
decrease load on cvs servers and much more. The new dirpref doesn't
speedup a compilation process, but also doesn't slow it down.
Obtained from: Grigoriy Orlov <gluk@ptci.ru>
=====
=====
iedowse 2001/04/23 17:37:17 PDT
Pre-dirpref versions of fsck may zero out the new superblock fields
fs_contigdirs, fs_avgfilesize and fs_avgfpdir. This could cause
panics if these fields were zeroed while a filesystem was mounted
read-only, and then remounted read-write.
Add code to ffs_reload() which copies the fs_contigdirs pointer
from the previous superblock, and reinitialises fs_avgf* if necessary.
Reviewed by: mckusick
=====
=====
nik 2001/04/10 03:36:44 PDT
Add information about the new options to newfs and tunefs which set the
expected average file size and number of files per directory. Could do
with some fleshing out.
=====
|
| 1.23 | 03-Sep-2001 |
lukem | - rename option `-t trackskew' to `-k trackskew', for consistency with newfs(8)
- add CHANGEVAL() macro, which does the hard work of changing a parameter
- sort options in usage()
- use .ig [ ... ] .. to comment out sections of man pages (instead
of .\" at the start of each line
|
| 1.22 | 19-Aug-2001 |
lukem | - add -F; indicates "special" is a file system image in a regular file
- reorder "special" validation to after option parsing
- use getopt(3) instead of homegrown code
- add getnum() to parse and validate a number
- clean up man page
- ansi KNF, WARNS=2
|
| 1.21 | 17-Aug-2001 |
lukem | remove third argument (`int ns') from ffs_sb_swap(), and let ffs_sb_swap()
determine the endianness of the `struct fs *o' superblock from o->fs_magic
and set needswap as necessary, rather than trusting the caller to get
it right. invariably, almost every caller of ffs_sb_swap() was calling it
with ns set to the wrong value for ns anyway!
ansi KNF ffs_bswap.c declarations whilst here.
this fixes all sorts of problems when trying to use other-endian file systems,
notably the kernel trying to access memory *way* off, possibly corrupting or
panicing, and userland programs SEGVing and/or corrupting things (e.g,
"fsck_ffs -B" to swap a file system endianness).
whilst the previous rev of ffs_bswap.c (1.10, 2000/12/23) made this problem
worse, i suspect that the problem was always there and previous versions
just happened not to trash things at the wrong time.
FFS_EI should now be a lot more stable.
|
| 1.20 | 15-Jun-2000 |
fvdl | branches: 1.20.2;
Disable (unifdef for now) tunefs -n <disable|enable>, this is done via
a mount option now.
|
| 1.19 | 15-Nov-1999 |
fvdl | branches: 1.19.2;
Update for soft updates code.
|
| 1.18 | 15-Jan-1999 |
bouyer | branches: 1.18.4; 1.18.8;
#include machine/bswap.h and remove -lutil.
|
| 1.17 | 25-Aug-1998 |
ross | from Erik Bertelsen <erik@mediator.uni-c.dk>
{ put } { in } { lots } { of } { these } { to } { shut } { up } { egcs }
|
| 1.16 | 28-Jul-1998 |
mycroft | __AUDIT__ cleanup.
|
| 1.15 | 26-Jul-1998 |
mycroft | const poisoning.
|
| 1.14 | 26-Mar-1998 |
thorpej | Need <string.h> for memcpy() prototype.
|
| 1.13 | 18-Mar-1998 |
bouyer | Add support for non-native byteorder FFS.
|
| 1.12 | 16-Sep-1997 |
lukem | resolve conflicts from lite-2 merge
|
| 1.11 | 15-Sep-1997 |
lukem | * fix .Nm usage
* prototype main() to pass WARNS=1
|
| 1.10 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.9 | 30-Jan-1995 |
mycroft | Use S_IS*().
|
| 1.8 | 08-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Update from 4.4-Lite, with local changes.
|
| 1.7 | 20-Apr-1994 |
cgd | back to 10%, per mkm
|
| 1.6 | 12-Apr-1994 |
cgd | documentation, general cleanup. ick.
|
| 1.5 | 12-Apr-1994 |
cgd | off_t casts, from Thomas Eberhardt
|
| 1.4 | 01-Aug-1993 |
mycroft | Add RCS identifiers.
|
| 1.3 | 23-Mar-1993 |
cgd | changed "Id" to "Header" for rcsids
|
| 1.2 | 22-Mar-1993 |
cgd | added rcs ids to all files
|
| 1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.3 | 16-Sep-1997 |
lukem | imported from lite-2
|
| 1.1.1.2 | 13-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Import 4.4-Lite version.
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | initial import of 386bsd-0.1 sources
|
| 1.18.8.1 | 27-Dec-1999 |
wrstuden | Pull up to last week's -current.
|
| 1.18.4.1 | 19-Oct-1999 |
fvdl | Bring in Kirk McKusick's FFS softdep code on a branch.
|
| 1.19.2.1 | 22-Jun-2000 |
minoura | Sync w/ netbsd-1-5-base.
|
| 1.20.2.3 | 25-Nov-2001 |
he | Pull up revision 1.24 (requested by lukem):
Pull in enhanced ffs_dirpref() algorithm, which provides a
substantial performance improvement through better locality
between parent/child directories and their files, and by easing
the pressure on the buffer cache for metadata operations.
|
| 1.20.2.2 | 25-Nov-2001 |
he | Pull up revisions 1.22-1.23 (requested by lukem):
Add ``-F'' option, and rename ``-t'' option to ``-k''.
|
| 1.20.2.1 | 25-Nov-2001 |
he | Pull up revision 1.21 (requested by lukem):
Call ffs_sb_swap() with the correct arguments. Fixes problems
with using other-endian file systems.
|
| 1.33.30.1 | 18-Sep-2008 |
wrstuden | Sync with wrstuden-revivesa-base-2.
|
| 1.33.26.1 | 28-Sep-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.34.2.3 | 28-Jul-2008 |
simonb | Fix a printf(3) format.
Noticed by martin@.
|
| 1.34.2.2 | 28-Jul-2008 |
simonb | Add support for creating a WAPBL log in the filesystem. Will
create an in-filesystem log on first "mount -o log" if one doesn't
exist, and will then continue to use same log in the future. See
(soon to be added) wapbl(4) for more info.
Adds a new B_CONTIG low-level allocation flag that uses hints in
"struct ffs_inode_ext" to lay out an ffs file's data contiguously.
Thanks to Greg Oster for helping with the design of this and to
Antti Kantee for code review and suggestions.
|
| 1.34.2.1 | 20-Jul-2008 |
simonb | file tunefs.c was added on branch simonb-wapbl on 2008-07-28 12:40:06 +0000
|
| 1.37.8.1 | 21-Apr-2010 |
matt | sync to netbsd-5
|
| 1.37.6.1 | 25-Aug-2009 |
snj | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by bouyer in ticket #917):
sbin/tunefs/tunefs.c: revision 1.40
fix pasto: UFS_WAPBL_FLAGS_CREATE_LOG is "create-log" not "clear-log"
|
| 1.37.4.1 | 13-May-2009 |
jym | Sync with HEAD.
Third (and last) commit. See http://mail-index.netbsd.org/source-changes/2009/05/13/msg221222.html
|
| 1.37.2.2 | 03-Oct-2009 |
snj | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by bouyer in ticket #1036):
sbin/fsck_ffs/extern.h: revision 1.25 via patch
sbin/fsck_ffs/setup.c: revision 1.88 via patch
sbin/fsck_ffs/wapbl.c: revision 1.4 via patch
sbin/tunefs/tunefs.c: revision 1.41 via patch
sys/ufs/ffs/ffs_vfsops.c: revision 1.252 via patch
sys/ufs/ffs/ffs_wapbl.c: revision 1.13 via patch
Allow tunefs to clear any type of WAPBL log, not only in-filesystem
ones. Discussed in
http://mail-index.netbsd.org/tech-kern/2009/08/17/msg005896.html
and followups.
--
Do some basic checks of the WAPBL journal, to abort the boot before the
kernel refuse to mount a filesystem read-write (booting a system
multiuser with critical filesystems read-only is bad):
Add a check_wapbl() which will check some WAPBL values in the superblock,
and try to read the journal via wapbl_replay_start() if there is one.
pfatal() if one of these fail (abort boot if in preen mode,
as "CONTINUE" otherwise). In non-preen mode the bogus journal will
be cleared.
check_wapbl() is always called if the superblock supports WAPBL.
Even if FS_DOWAPBL is not there, there could be flags asking the
kernel to clear or create a log with bogus values which would cause the
kernel refuse to mount the filesystem.
Discussed in
http://mail-index.netbsd.org/tech-kern/2009/08/17/msg005896.html
and followups.
--
If the WAPBL journal can't be read (ffs_wapbl_replay_start() fails),
mount the filesystem anyway if MNT_FORCE is present.
This allows to still boot single-user a system with a corrupted
WAPBL on /, and so get a chance to run fsck to fix it.
http://mail-index.netbsd.org/tech-kern/2009/08/17/msg005896.html
and followups.
|
| 1.37.2.1 | 25-Aug-2009 |
snj | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by bouyer in ticket #917):
sbin/tunefs/tunefs.c: revision 1.40
fix pasto: UFS_WAPBL_FLAGS_CREATE_LOG is "create-log" not "clear-log"
|
| 1.42.2.1 | 20-Jan-2011 |
bouyer | Snapshot of work in progress on a modernised disk quota system:
- new quotactl syscall (versionned for backward compat), which takes
as parameter a path to a mount point, and a prop_dictionary
(in plistref format) describing commands and arguments.
For each command, status and data are returned as a prop_dictionary.
quota commands features will be added to take advantage of this,
exporting quota data or getting quota commands as plists.
- new on disk-format storage (all 64bit wide), integrated to metadata for
ffs (and playing nicely with wapbl).
Quotas are enabled on a ffs filesystem via superblock flags.
tunefs(8) can enable or disable quotas.
On a quota-enabled filesystem, fsck_ffs(8) will track per-uid/gid
block and inode usages, and will check and update quotas in Pass 6.
quota usage and limits are stored in unliked files (one for users,
one for groups)l fsck_ffs(8) will create the files if needed, or
free them if needed. This means that after enabling or disabling
quotas on a filesystem; a fsck_ffs(8) run is required.
quotacheck(8) is not needed any more, on a unclean shutdown
fsck or journal replay will take care of fixing quotas.
newfs(8) can create a ready-to-mount quota-enabled filesystem
(superblock flags are set and quota inodes are created).
Other new features or semantic changes:
- default quota datas, applied to users or groups which don't already
have a quota entry
- per-user/group grace time (instead of a filesystem global one)
- 0 really means "nothing allowed at all", not "no limit".
If you want "no limit", set the limit to UQUAD_MAX (tools will
understand "unlimited" and "-")
A quota file is structured as follow:
it starts with a header, containing a few per-filesystem values,
and the default quota limits.
Quota entries are linked together as a simple list, each entry has a
pointer (as an offset withing the file) to the next.
The header has a pointer to a list of free quota entries, and
a hash table of in-use entries. The size of the hash table depends
on the filesystem block size (header+hash table should fit in the
first block). The file is not sparse and is a multiple of
filesystem block size (when the free quota entry list is empty a new
filesystem block is allocated). quota entries to not cross
filesystem block boundaries.
In memory, the kernel keeps a cache of recently used quota entries
as a reference to the block number, and offset withing the block.
The quota entry itself is keept in the buf cache.
fsck_ffs(8), tunefs(8) and newfs(8) supports are completed (with
related atf tests :)
The kernel can update disk usage and report it via quotactl(2).
Todo: enforce quotas limits (limits are not checked by kernel yet)
update repquota, edquota and rpc.rquotad to the new world
implement compat_50_quotactl ioctl.
update quotactl(2) man page
fsck_ffs required fixes so that allocating new blocks or inodes will
properly update the superblock and cg sumaries. This was not an issue up
to now because superblock and cg sumaries check happened last, but now
allocations or frees can happen in pass 6.
|
| 1.44.2.2 | 22-May-2014 |
yamt | sync with head.
for a reference, the tree before this commit was tagged
as yamt-pagecache-tag8.
this commit was splitted into small chunks to avoid
a limitation of cvs. ("Protocol error: too many arguments")
|
| 1.44.2.1 | 17-Apr-2012 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.45.2.1 | 20-Aug-2014 |
tls | Rebase to HEAD as of a few days ago.
|
| 1.46.4.1 | 10-Aug-2014 |
tls | Rebase.
|
| 1.49.16.2 | 13-Apr-2020 |
martin | Mostly merge changes from HEAD upto 20200411
|
| 1.49.16.1 | 10-Jun-2019 |
christos | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.56.2.2 | 13-May-2023 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by chs in ticket #160):
usr.sbin/makefs/ffs/ffs_alloc.c: revision 1.31
sbin/tunefs/tunefs.c: revision 1.58
sbin/fsck_ffs/setup.c: revision 1.105
sbin/fsck_ffs/pass5.c: revision 1.56
usr.sbin/makefs/ffs.c: revision 1.74
usr.sbin/makefs/ffs/mkfs.c: revision 1.42
usr.sbin/makefs/Makefile: revision 1.40
sys/ufs/ffs/fs.h: revision 1.71
sbin/fsdb/fsdb.c: revision 1.54
sbin/resize_ffs/resize_ffs.c: revision 1.58
sbin/fsck_ffs/pass4.c: revision 1.29
usr.sbin/makefs/ffs/ffs_extern.h: revision 1.9
sbin/newfs/mkfs.c: revision 1.133
sys/ufs/ffs/ffs_alloc.c: revision 1.172
sbin/fsck_ffs/pass1b.c: revision 1.24
usr.sbin/dumpfs/dumpfs.c: revision 1.68
sys/ufs/ffs/ffs_extern.h: revision 1.88
usr.sbin/quotacheck/quotacheck.c: revision 1.51
sys/ufs/ffs/ffs_subr.c: revision 1.54
sbin/fsck_ffs/main.c: revision 1.91
sbin/fsck_ffs/pass1.c: revision 1.63
ufs: fixed signed/unsigned bugs affecting large file systems
Apply these commits from FreeBSD:
commit e870d1e6f97cc73308c11c40684b775bcfa906a2
Author: Kirk McKusick <mckusick@FreeBSD.org>
Date: Wed Feb 10 20:10:35 2010 +0000
This fix corrects a problem in the file system that treats large
inode numbers as negative rather than unsigned. For a default
(16K block) file system, this bug began to show up at a file system
size above about 16Tb.
To fully handle this problem, newfs must be updated to ensure that
it will never create a filesystem with more than 2^32 inodes. That
patch will be forthcoming soon.
Reported by: Scott Burns, John Kilburg, Bruce Evans
Followup by: Jeff Roberson
PR: 133980
MFC after: 2 weeks
commit 81479e688b0f643ffacd3f335b4b4bba460b769d
Author: Kirk McKusick <mckusick@FreeBSD.org>
Date: Thu Feb 11 18:14:53 2010 +0000
One last pass to get all the unsigned comparisons correct.
In additional to the changes from FreeBSD, this commit includes quite a few
related changes to appease -Wsign-compare.
|
| 1.56.2.1 | 20-Dec-2022 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by chs in ticket #10):
sbin/tunefs/tunefs.c: revision 1.57
tunefs: clarify that "-a" refers to NFSv4 ACLs
|
| 1.1 | 31-Jul-2018 |
khorben | branches: 1.1.2; 1.1.4;
Add a port of the umb(4) driver from OpenBSD
The umb(4) driver provides support for USB MBIM (Mobile Broadband
Interface Model) devices.
MBIM devices establish connections via cellular networks such as GPRS,
UMTS, and LTE. They appear as a regular point-to-point network interface, transporting raw IP frames.
Required configuration parameters like PIN and APN have to be set with
umbctl(8), a new tool specific to this driver. The IP address is configured
automatically; the default route and DNS server information have to be set
separately.
The driver is not fully functional yet, it is therefore still marked as
experimental and disabled by default. Any help welcome to complete it!
Tested on NetBSD/amd64, with a Sierra Wireless EM7345 LTE modem on a Lenovo
ThinkPad T440s. No functional change expected otherwise.
|
| 1.1.4.2 | 10-Jun-2019 |
christos | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.1.4.1 | 31-Jul-2018 |
christos | file Makefile was added on branch phil-wifi on 2019-06-10 22:05:36 +0000
|
| 1.1.2.2 | 06-Sep-2018 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD
Resolve a couple of conflicts (result of the uimin/uimax changes)
|
| 1.1.2.1 | 31-Jul-2018 |
pgoyette | file Makefile was added on branch pgoyette-compat on 2018-09-06 06:55:21 +0000
|
| 1.3 | 22-Mar-2020 |
khorben | Forbid command line parameters when parsing configuration files
This behaviour was ambiguous at best.
While there, also correct the usage screen, and the corresponding manual
page.
|
| 1.2 | 01-Aug-2018 |
wiz | branches: 1.2.2; 1.2.4;
Various improvements to the man page.
|
| 1.1 | 31-Jul-2018 |
khorben | Add a port of the umb(4) driver from OpenBSD
The umb(4) driver provides support for USB MBIM (Mobile Broadband
Interface Model) devices.
MBIM devices establish connections via cellular networks such as GPRS,
UMTS, and LTE. They appear as a regular point-to-point network interface, transporting raw IP frames.
Required configuration parameters like PIN and APN have to be set with
umbctl(8), a new tool specific to this driver. The IP address is configured
automatically; the default route and DNS server information have to be set
separately.
The driver is not fully functional yet, it is therefore still marked as
experimental and disabled by default. Any help welcome to complete it!
Tested on NetBSD/amd64, with a Sierra Wireless EM7345 LTE modem on a Lenovo
ThinkPad T440s. No functional change expected otherwise.
|
| 1.2.4.3 | 08-Apr-2020 |
martin | Merge changes from current as of 20200406
|
| 1.2.4.2 | 10-Jun-2019 |
christos | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.2.4.1 | 01-Aug-2018 |
christos | file umbctl.8 was added on branch phil-wifi on 2019-06-10 22:05:36 +0000
|
| 1.2.2.2 | 06-Sep-2018 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD
Resolve a couple of conflicts (result of the uimin/uimax changes)
|
| 1.2.2.1 | 01-Aug-2018 |
pgoyette | file umbctl.8 was added on branch pgoyette-compat on 2018-09-06 06:55:21 +0000
|
| 1.4 | 13-May-2020 |
khorben | Fix and improve parsing of configuration files
XXX pull-up to netbsd-9
|
| 1.3 | 22-Mar-2020 |
khorben | Forbid command line parameters when parsing configuration files
This behaviour was ambiguous at best.
While there, also correct the usage screen, and the corresponding manual
page.
|
| 1.2 | 02-Aug-2018 |
roy | branches: 1.2.2; 1.2.4;
Mark _error() as printflikee
|
| 1.1 | 31-Jul-2018 |
khorben | Add a port of the umb(4) driver from OpenBSD
The umb(4) driver provides support for USB MBIM (Mobile Broadband
Interface Model) devices.
MBIM devices establish connections via cellular networks such as GPRS,
UMTS, and LTE. They appear as a regular point-to-point network interface, transporting raw IP frames.
Required configuration parameters like PIN and APN have to be set with
umbctl(8), a new tool specific to this driver. The IP address is configured
automatically; the default route and DNS server information have to be set
separately.
The driver is not fully functional yet, it is therefore still marked as
experimental and disabled by default. Any help welcome to complete it!
Tested on NetBSD/amd64, with a Sierra Wireless EM7345 LTE modem on a Lenovo
ThinkPad T440s. No functional change expected otherwise.
|
| 1.2.4.3 | 08-Apr-2020 |
martin | Merge changes from current as of 20200406
|
| 1.2.4.2 | 10-Jun-2019 |
christos | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.2.4.1 | 02-Aug-2018 |
christos | file umbctl.c was added on branch phil-wifi on 2019-06-10 22:05:36 +0000
|
| 1.2.2.2 | 06-Sep-2018 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD
Resolve a couple of conflicts (result of the uimin/uimax changes)
|
| 1.2.2.1 | 02-Aug-2018 |
pgoyette | file umbctl.c was added on branch pgoyette-compat on 2018-09-06 06:55:21 +0000
|
| 1.21 | 03-Jun-2023 |
lukem | bsd.own.mk: rename GCC_NO_* to CC_WNO_*
Rename compiler-warning-disable variables from
GCC_NO_warning
to
CC_WNO_warning
where warning is the full warning name as used by the compiler.
GCC_NO_IMPLICIT_FALLTHRU is CC_WNO_IMPLICIT_FALLTHROUGH
Using the convention CC_compilerflag, where compilerflag
is based on the full compiler flag name.
|
| 1.20 | 23-Apr-2020 |
christos | make umount NAME= work
|
| 1.19 | 13-Oct-2019 |
mrg | introduce some common variables for use in GCC warning disables:
GCC_NO_FORMAT_TRUNCATION -Wno-format-truncation (GCC 7/8)
GCC_NO_STRINGOP_TRUNCATION -Wno-stringop-truncation (GCC 8)
GCC_NO_STRINGOP_OVERFLOW -Wno-stringop-overflow (GCC 8)
GCC_NO_CAST_FUNCTION_TYPE -Wno-cast-function-type (GCC 8)
use these to turn off warnings for most GCC-8 complaints. many
of these are false positives, most of the real bugs are already
commited, or are yet to come.
we plan to introduce versions of (some?) of these that use the
"-Wno-error=" form, which still displays the warnings but does
not make it an error, and all of the above will be re-considered
as either being "fix me" (warning still displayed) or "warning
is wrong."
|
| 1.18 | 01-Jul-2013 |
christos | branches: 1.18.28;
Instead of borrowing the mount code to get the nfs arguments, just use
the system call directly. It is shorter and works...
|
| 1.17 | 29-Jun-2013 |
christos | Use the protocol we mounted the filesystem with instead of always udp.
(untested, but should fail back to udp).
|
| 1.16 | 21-Jan-2006 |
dsl | Izumi Tsutsui pointed out that we don't need vfslist.c (from ../mount)
if we are defining SMALL.
|
| 1.15 | 21-Jan-2006 |
dsl | Set -DSMALL if SMALLPROG defined - ie building install ramdisk images.
Removes the code that uses rpc to query remote systems about nfs mounts.
The last references to the xdr routines escape - saving 64k+
|
| 1.14 | 20-Jan-2005 |
xtraeme | WARNS=2 is the default defined in sbin/Makefile.inc. (thanks wiz)
|
| 1.13 | 19-Jan-2005 |
xtraeme | Remove main() prototype; WARNS=2
|
| 1.12 | 19-Aug-2002 |
lukem | Use ${NETBSDSRCDIR}/some/path instead of ${.CURDIR}/../../some/path
|
| 1.11 | 10-Oct-1997 |
christos | CFLAGS->CPPFLAGS
|
| 1.10 | 16-Sep-1997 |
lukem | resolve conflicts from lite-2 merge
|
| 1.9 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.8 | 22-Dec-1994 |
cgd | specify man pages the new way.
|
| 1.7 | 17-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Fix a couple of Makefile bogons.
|
| 1.6 | 08-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Update from 4.4-Lite, with local changes.
|
| 1.5 | 08-Oct-1993 |
cgd | there is no librpc any more
|
| 1.4 | 31-Jul-1993 |
mycroft | Add RCS indentifiers.
|
| 1.3 | 23-Mar-1993 |
cgd | changed "Id" to "Header" for rcsids
|
| 1.2 | 22-Mar-1993 |
cgd | added rcs ids to all files
|
| 1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.3 | 16-Sep-1997 |
lukem | imported from lite-2
|
| 1.1.1.2 | 13-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Import 4.4-Lite version.
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | initial import of 386bsd-0.1 sources
|
| 1.18.28.1 | 13-Apr-2020 |
martin | Mostly merge changes from HEAD upto 20200411
|
| 1.23 | 01-Jul-2025 |
kre | PR bin/59495
Make umount less noisy when a single -v is used (just say
what has been unmounted), and only include details of
running (or not running) external umount_fstype progs
when more than one -v is given.
While here, make it more clear in the messages produce
when the -F (fake it) option is used, that nothing was
actually unmounted (just what would have been).
Man page updated to match.
|
| 1.22 | 29-May-2025 |
gutteridge | umount.8: note a limitation of the -d option
(As discussed in PR bin/57903.)
|
| 1.21 | 25-Mar-2025 |
gutteridge | umount.8: some minor corrections after -d addition
Use the term "unconfigure" rather than "detach", since that's what's
consistently used elsewhere to describe this on NetBSD (as opposed to
other OSes the commit is mimicking). Also fix grammar and reflect the
date this materially changed, source-wise (rather than the day the
patch arrived, over a year ago).
|
| 1.20 | 25-Mar-2025 |
christos | GitHub/31: Ricardo Branco: Add -d flag to umount to detach vnds, like FreeBSD
and Linux.
|
| 1.19 | 22-Jan-2022 |
wiz | branches: 1.19.4;
Fix grammar
|
| 1.18 | 07-Jun-2017 |
abhinav | s/filesystem/file system/
|
| 1.17 | 12-Sep-2016 |
sevan | umount appeared in V1
http://minnie.tuhs.org/cgi-bin/utree.pl?file=V1/man/man1/umount.1
Amend HISTORY.
Bump date.
|
| 1.16 | 26-Jun-2016 |
dholland | Document external unmount programs. PR 698. Bump date.
|
| 1.15 | 17-May-2009 |
mjf | Add an exmaple of unmounting all file systems apart from NFS and MFS
e.g,
umount -a -t nonfs,mfs
This makes it clear that the "no prefix" only needs to be on the first
file-system argument to -t. The mount(8) man page has a clear example
of this but for some reason umount(8) was missing one.
|
| 1.14 | 30-Dec-2005 |
mjl | Typo fix (to umount is not yet a verb). Via OpenBSD bugs mailing list.
|
| 1.13 | 21-Apr-2004 |
wiz | Call -t argument fstypelist, to be in sync with code
and usage. Okayed by christos.
|
| 1.12 | 21-Apr-2004 |
christos | Make options match reality and agree with the source.
Don't document -A; it is there for compatibility only, and we want to
deprecate its use.
|
| 1.11 | 07-Aug-2003 |
agc | Move UCB-licensed code from 4-clause to 3-clause licence.
Patches provided by Joel Baker in PR 22308, verified by myself.
|
| 1.10 | 25-Feb-2003 |
wiz | .Nm does not need a dummy argument ("") before punctuation or
for correct formatting of the SYNOPSIS any longer.
|
| 1.9 | 05-Jun-2001 |
wiz | Drop arguments of .Os.
|
| 1.8 | 06-Jun-2000 |
chs | change ``-a'' to be a synonym for ``-A''.
addresses PR 7629.
|
| 1.7 | 17-Apr-1998 |
fair | branches: 1.7.8;
Changes to implement "-R" (raw) option to umount, per PR#4030.
|
| 1.6 | 18-Dec-1997 |
mikel | document -F flag; part of PR 4030 from der Mouse
|
| 1.5 | 20-Oct-1997 |
enami | Fix .Nm usage.
|
| 1.4 | 16-Sep-1997 |
lukem | resolve conflicts from lite-2 merge
|
| 1.3 | 15-Sep-1997 |
lukem | * cleanup for WARNS=1
* fix .Nm usage
|
| 1.2 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.1 | 08-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | branches: 1.1.1;
Update from 4.4-Lite, with local changes.
|
| 1.1.1.2 | 16-Sep-1997 |
lukem | imported from lite-2
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 13-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Import 4.4-Lite version.
|
| 1.7.8.1 | 22-Jun-2000 |
minoura | Sync w/ netbsd-1-5-base.
|
| 1.19.4.1 | 02-Aug-2025 |
perseant | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.56 | 01-Jul-2025 |
kre | PR bin/59495
Make umount less noisy when a single -v is used (just say
what has been unmounted), and only include details of
running (or not running) external umount_fstype progs
when more than one -v is given.
While here, make it more clear in the messages produce
when the -F (fake it) option is used, that nothing was
actually unmounted (just what would have been).
Man page updated to match.
|
| 1.55 | 25-Mar-2025 |
christos | move sfs declaration in #ifdef SMALL
|
| 1.54 | 25-Mar-2025 |
christos | GitHub/31: Ricardo Branco: Add -d flag to umount to detach vnds, like FreeBSD
and Linux.
|
| 1.53 | 23-Apr-2020 |
christos | branches: 1.53.8;
make umount NAME= work
|
| 1.52 | 26-Jun-2016 |
dholland | Don't assume that getaddrinfo sets the result pointer to null when it
fails. (In fact it probably doesn't...)
|
| 1.51 | 26-Jun-2016 |
dholland | Fix previous to avoid using an uninitialized pointer when using -R (raw).
|
| 1.50 | 26-Jun-2016 |
dholland | If an external unmount program of the form "umount_TYPE" exists
(e.g. umount_ffs, umount_nfs, etc.) exec it instead of calling
unmount(2).
Closes PR 698.
Note that the original plan for the PR also involved adding a generic
facility to store an alternate FS type name in the kernel to use when
unmounting. This was intended to support filesystems implemented as
loopback nfs servers, where the visible mount would be of type "nfs"
pointing at localhost; in that case one would want to be able to
provide an additional string in order to run an unmount program that
would both remove that mount and also shut down the loopback nfs
server daemon.
However, in the 21+ years since the PR was filed, loopback nfs servers
have gone out of favor (for good reasons) so I don't see any need to
worry about this case at present, especially since the PR has been
hanging around this long anyway. (If anyone still has a loopback nfs
server that they want to use a custom unmount program with, file a new
PR and assign it to me and I'll deal with it specifically in the nfs
mount args structure, which unmount already knows how to retrieve and
examine.)
It is my understanding that filesystems implemented with fuse (which
has displaced the loopback nfs server model) can already set the FS
type field so no further work is needed to allow them to use a custom
unmount program. If this is not the case, please let me know and I'll
attend to it.
There is no longer any need that I see to provide a general facility
for storing an alternate filesystem type name.
(One might also ask whether there's any real need for this
functionality at all any more; this is a fair question, but (a) the
change is small and (b) there are certainly cases when doing FS
research where you want a custom unmount program; been there & done
that.)
|
| 1.49 | 26-Jun-2016 |
dholland | When SMALL, if realpath() fails, warn() using the failing path instead
of the buffer realpath has declined to write anything into.
|
| 1.48 | 27-Jun-2015 |
manu | Remove useless and harmful sync(2) call in umount(8)
Remove sync(2) call before unmount(2) in umount(8). This sync(2) is useless
since unmount(2) will perform a VFS_SYNC anyway.
But moreover, this sync(2) may be harmful, as there are some situation where
it cannot return (unreachable NFS server, for instance), causing umount -f
to be uneffective.
|
| 1.47 | 02-Jul-2013 |
christos | branches: 1.47.6;
move proto to small
|
| 1.46 | 01-Jul-2013 |
christos | Instead of borrowing the mount code to get the nfs arguments, just use
the system call directly. It is shorter and works...
|
| 1.45 | 29-Jun-2013 |
christos | one copy of the name is enough, and free it.
|
| 1.44 | 29-Jun-2013 |
christos | Use the protocol we mounted the filesystem with instead of always udp.
(untested, but should fail back to udp).
|
| 1.43 | 05-Aug-2008 |
pooka | branches: 1.43.18; 1.43.24;
Refactor mount utilities to provide a mount_fs_parseargs() routine.
Use this routine both in mount_fs and rump_fs to provide equivalent
command line parameters and therefore usage interchangeability.
While doing this, combine some common mountgoop to mountprog.h
|
| 1.42 | 20-Jul-2008 |
lukem | Remove the \n and tabs from the __COPYRIGHT() strings.
(Tweak some to use a consistent format.)
|
| 1.41 | 15-Dec-2007 |
perry | branches: 1.41.4; 1.41.8;
convert __attribute__s to applicable cdefs.h macros
|
| 1.40 | 17-Jul-2007 |
christos | branches: 1.40.4; 1.40.6;
kill MFSNAMELEN
|
| 1.39 | 16-Jul-2007 |
pooka | Make all mount(2) return value error checks against -1. Some file
systems just checked != 0, breaking MNT_GETARGS. Others worked with < 0,
but make them check against -1 too for consistency. And sprinkle some
stylish line wrapping where appropriate.
|
| 1.38 | 27-Jun-2005 |
christos | Move WARNS=3 to the Makefile.inc, and add a little const to the remaining
programs that did not compile before.
|
| 1.37 | 31-Jan-2005 |
erh | Fix PR#3205 for the -a case: when the list of mount points comes from the
kernel, always use "raw" mode (-R option) so unmounting odd mount points works.
Also, fix available options in SMALL mode to include -R, not -r.
|
| 1.36 | 19-Jan-2005 |
xtraeme | Remove main() prototype; WARNS=2
|
| 1.35 | 01-Sep-2004 |
chs | pass data to a function via an argument instead of via a global variable.
this avoids a name collision with libcurses functions when both are
present in a crunched static binary. part of PR 26458.
|
| 1.34 | 21-Apr-2004 |
christos | add #ifdef SMALL so that we can use this in the install media.
|
| 1.33 | 21-Apr-2004 |
christos | Replace the statfs() family of system calls with statvfs().
Retain binary compatibility.
|
| 1.32 | 12-Mar-2004 |
dsl | stop umount temporarily modifying what might be argv[n].
|
| 1.31 | 12-Mar-2004 |
dsl | KNF and const sprinkle
|
| 1.30 | 12-Mar-2004 |
dsl | Fix 'umount host:/filesystem' - it is documented on the man page but hasn't actually
worked for 10 years!
Remove the (broken) code that once supported 'umount /filesystem@host' since that
syntax isn't used anywhere.
Fixes PR bin/22099
|
| 1.29 | 07-Aug-2003 |
agc | Move UCB-licensed code from 4-clause to 3-clause licence.
Patches provided by Joel Baker in PR 22308, verified by myself.
|
| 1.28 | 20-Jun-2000 |
fvdl | branches: 1.28.2;
Adapt to new RPC interface. Use getaddrinfo(), not gethostbyname().
|
| 1.27 | 06-Jun-2000 |
chs | change ``-a'' to be a synonym for ``-A''.
addresses PR 7629.
|
| 1.26 | 09-Nov-1999 |
drochner | branches: 1.26.2;
Since our gcc doesn't warn about NULL format strings anymore, we can
fix the incorrect err(1, "%s", "") et al.
Closes PR bin/7592 by cgd.
|
| 1.25 | 02-Aug-1999 |
sommerfeld | branches: 1.25.4;
Fix PR7747: umount -R dumps core
(fix by Ronald Khoo from PR applied)
|
| 1.24 | 17-Apr-1998 |
fair | Changes to implement "-R" (raw) option to umount, per PR#4030.
|
| 1.23 | 01-Apr-1998 |
kleink | No need to include <sys/socketvar.h>.
|
| 1.22 | 18-Dec-1997 |
mikel | document -F flag; part of PR 4030 from der Mouse
|
| 1.21 | 01-Nov-1997 |
drochner | Since umount works from the top we have to traverse the information
returned by getmountinfo() from the top too. Otherwise we get
the wrong mount data in case of 2 mounts on 1 pountpoint.
|
| 1.20 | 16-Sep-1997 |
lukem | branches: 1.20.2;
resolve conflicts from lite-2 merge
|
| 1.19 | 15-Sep-1997 |
lukem | * cleanup for WARNS=1
* fix .Nm usage
|
| 1.18 | 21-May-1997 |
pk | Code previous somewhat more compactly.
|
| 1.17 | 21-May-1997 |
pk | Do not force the ISBLK and ISDIR checks on the mount point.
|
| 1.16 | 11-May-1996 |
mycroft | Use kernel mount info rather than fstab. From greywolf@starwolf.com, slightly
modified.
|
| 1.15 | 22-Sep-1995 |
mycroft | Fix the case where stat() fails, so that the file system is still unmounted.
|
| 1.14 | 18-Jun-1995 |
cgd | don't assume f_fstypename is larger than MFSNAMELEN or is nul-terminated
|
| 1.13 | 18-Mar-1995 |
cgd | convert to new RCS Id conventions; reduce my headache
|
| 1.12 | 30-Jan-1995 |
mycroft | Make arg to selected() const. Disallow multiple `-t' options.
|
| 1.11 | 30-Jan-1995 |
mycroft | Cosmetic changes to type list parsing.
|
| 1.10 | 30-Jan-1995 |
mycroft | Be careful to only parse the host name from the mount path for NFS mounts.
|
| 1.9 | 25-Aug-1994 |
cgd | branches: 1.9.2;
several fixes from Mark Weaver <mhw@cs.brown.edu>, relating to error
reporting. (pr 431)
|
| 1.8 | 23-Aug-1994 |
cgd | fix from John Kohl to return correct status when unmounting named fs's.
|
| 1.7 | 08-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | branches: 1.7.2;
Update from 4.4-Lite, with local changes.
|
| 1.6 | 14-Apr-1994 |
cgd | fs type names, and much clean
|
| 1.5 | 05-Dec-1993 |
deraadt | should bzero automatic sockaddr's before use
|
| 1.4 | 01-Aug-1993 |
mycroft | Add RCS identifiers.
|
| 1.3 | 23-Mar-1993 |
cgd | changed "Id" to "Header" for rcsids
|
| 1.2 | 22-Mar-1993 |
cgd | added rcs ids to all files
|
| 1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.3 | 16-Sep-1997 |
lukem | imported from lite-2
|
| 1.1.1.2 | 13-Jun-1994 |
mycroft | Import 4.4-Lite version.
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 21-Mar-1993 |
cgd | initial import of 386bsd-0.1 sources
|
| 1.7.2.1 | 23-Aug-1994 |
mycroft | update from trunk
|
| 1.9.2.2 | 25-Aug-1994 |
cgd | several fixes from Mark Weaver <mhw@cs.brown.edu>, relating to error
reporting. (pr 431)
|
| 1.9.2.1 | 25-Aug-1994 |
cgd | file umount.c was added on branch netbsd-1-0 on 1994-08-25 02:14:02 +0000
|
| 1.20.2.1 | 02-Nov-1997 |
mellon | Pull rev 1.21 up from trunk (drochner)
|
| 1.25.4.1 | 27-Dec-1999 |
wrstuden | Pull up to last week's -current.
|
| 1.26.2.1 | 22-Jun-2000 |
minoura | Sync w/ netbsd-1-5-base.
|
| 1.28.2.2 | 20-Jun-2000 |
fvdl | Adapt to new RPC interface. Use getaddrinfo(), not gethostbyname().
|
| 1.28.2.1 | 20-Jun-2000 |
fvdl | file umount.c was added on branch netbsd-1-5 on 2000-06-20 00:45:25 +0000
|
| 1.40.6.1 | 27-Dec-2007 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.40.4.1 | 09-Jan-2008 |
matt | sync with HEAD
|
| 1.41.8.1 | 18-Sep-2008 |
wrstuden | Sync with wrstuden-revivesa-base-2.
|
| 1.41.4.1 | 28-Sep-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.43.24.1 | 20-Aug-2014 |
tls | Rebase to HEAD as of a few days ago.
|
| 1.43.18.1 | 22-May-2014 |
yamt | sync with head.
for a reference, the tree before this commit was tagged
as yamt-pagecache-tag8.
this commit was splitted into small chunks to avoid
a limitation of cvs. ("Protocol error: too many arguments")
|
| 1.47.6.1 | 04-Nov-2015 |
riz | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by manu in ticket #882):
sbin/umount/umount.c: revision 1.48
sys/nfs/nfsmount.h: revision 1.53
sys/nfs/nfs_var.h: revision 1.94
sys/nfs/nfs_iod.c: revision 1.7
sys/nfs/nfs_socket.c: revision 1.197
sys/nfs/nfs_bio.c: revision 1.191
sys/nfs/nfs_vfsops.c: revision 1.230
sys/nfs/nfs_clntsocket.c: revision 1.3
Remove useless and harmful sync(2) call in umount(8)
Remove sync(2) call before unmount(2) in umount(8). This sync(2) is useless
since unmount(2) will perform a VFS_SYNC anyway.
But moreover, this sync(2) may be harmful, as there are some situation where
it cannot return (unreachable NFS server, for instance), causing umount -f
to be uneffective.
Fix soft NFS force unmount
For many reasons, forcibly unmounting a soft NFS mount could hang forever.
Here are the fixes:
- Introduce decents timeouts in operation that awaited NFS server reply.
- On timeout, fails operations on soft mounts with EIO.
- Introduce NFSMNT_DISMNTFORCE to let the filesystem know that a
force unmount is ongoing. This causes timeouts to be reduced and
prevents the NFS client to attempt reconnecting to the NFS server.
Also fix a race condition where some asynchronous I/O could reference
destroyed mount structures. We fix this by awaiting asynchronous I/O
to drain before proceeding.
Reviewed by Chuck Silvers.
|
| 1.53.8.1 | 02-Aug-2025 |
perseant | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.14 | 24-Jul-2008 |
dholland | Adjust this to not need -Wno-pointer-sign.
|
| 1.13 | 21-Jul-2008 |
gmcgarry | Add HAVE_PCC tests for -Wno-pointer-sign.
|
| 1.12 | 28-Nov-2006 |
elad | branches: 1.12.18; 1.12.22;
Make Veriexec use proplib(3) for kernel-userland data passing.
Obviously, this breaks the already unstable Veriexec ABI, but that's
it. Some cool additions are planned to be introduced, and this just
makes it so that NetBSD 4.0 users will be able to easily use them as
well.
This also removes the fingerprint type name limit, so relevant code
was adjusted.
Thoroughly tested (even uncovered a bug in proplib! thanks for fixing
that cube@!). Documentation updated.
|
| 1.11 | 11-May-2006 |
mrg | sprinkle some -fno-strict-aliasing and -Wno-pointer-sign with GCC4.
|
| 1.10 | 27-Jun-2005 |
christos | Move WARNS=3 to the Makefile.inc, and add a little const to the remaining
programs that did not compile before.
|
| 1.9 | 06-May-2005 |
jmc | Need -I. here as well so OBJDIR's work correctly in all cases
|
| 1.8 | 25-Apr-2005 |
blymn | Remove veriexec(4) man page.
|
| 1.7 | 21-Apr-2005 |
christos | Minor cleanups, KNF, error handling consistency.
|
| 1.6 | 21-Apr-2005 |
he | Make this compile again after the latest overhaul.
Use -I${.CURDIR} instead of -I. to support placement of objects elsewhere.
Make sure arguments to ctype functions are unsigned char by changing the
type of one function argument.
Fix "local declaration shadows global" warnings by renaming variables.
Fix printing of size_t variable to use %zu format instead of %u.
|
| 1.5 | 20-Apr-2005 |
blymn | Rototill of the verified exec functionality.
* We now use hash tables instead of a list to store the in kernel
fingerprints.
* Fingerprint methods handling has been made more flexible, it is now
even simpler to add new methods.
* the loader no longer passes in magic numbers representing the
fingerprint method so veriexecctl is not longer kernel specific.
* fingerprint methods can be tailored out using options in the kernel
config file.
* more fingerprint methods added - rmd160, sha256/384/512
* veriexecctl can now report the fingerprint methods supported by the
running kernel.
* regularised the naming of some portions of veriexec.
|
| 1.4 | 20-Jan-2005 |
xtraeme | branches: 1.4.2;
WARNS=2 is the default defined in sbin/Makefile.inc. (thanks wiz)
|
| 1.3 | 19-Jan-2005 |
xtraeme | Kill __P(); WARNS=2
|
| 1.2 | 26-Apr-2003 |
jdolecek | don't compile this -static, depend on MKDYNAMICROOT check in ../Makefile.inc
for that
|
| 1.1 | 23-Nov-2002 |
blymn | Renamed verified exec fingerprint loader.
|
| 1.4.2.5 | 10-Jul-2005 |
tron | Pull up revision 1.9 (requested by blymn in ticket #569):
Need -I. here as well so OBJDIR's work correctly in all cases
|
| 1.4.2.4 | 10-Jun-2005 |
tron | Pull up revision 1.8 (requested by elad in ticket #389):
Remove veriexec(4) man page.
|
| 1.4.2.3 | 10-Jun-2005 |
tron | Pull up revision 1.7 (requested by elad in ticket #389):
Minor cleanups, KNF, error handling consistency.
|
| 1.4.2.2 | 10-Jun-2005 |
tron | Pull up revision 1.6 (requested by elad in ticket #389):
Make this compile again after the latest overhaul.
Use -I${.CURDIR} instead of -I. to support placement of objects elsewhere.
Make sure arguments to ctype functions are unsigned char by changing the
type of one function argument.
Fix "local declaration shadows global" warnings by renaming variables.
Fix printing of size_t variable to use %zu format instead of %u.
|
| 1.4.2.1 | 10-Jun-2005 |
tron | Pull up revision 1.5 (requested by elad in ticket #389):
Rototill of the verified exec functionality.
* We now use hash tables instead of a list to store the in kernel
fingerprints.
* Fingerprint methods handling has been made more flexible, it is now
even simpler to add new methods.
* the loader no longer passes in magic numbers representing the
fingerprint method so veriexecctl is not longer kernel specific.
* fingerprint methods can be tailored out using options in the kernel
config file.
* more fingerprint methods added - rmd160, sha256/384/512
* veriexecctl can now report the fingerprint methods supported by the
running kernel.
* regularised the naming of some portions of veriexec.
|
| 1.12.22.1 | 18-Sep-2008 |
wrstuden | Sync with wrstuden-revivesa-base-2.
|
| 1.12.18.1 | 28-Sep-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.3 | 24-Apr-2005 |
blymn | branches: 1.3.2;
Move veriexec(4) man page to correct place.
|
| 1.2 | 22-Apr-2005 |
wiz | Grammar, wording, and punctuation improvements. Sort SEE ALSO. Remove some superfluous .Pp.
|
| 1.1 | 20-Apr-2005 |
blymn | Rototill of the verified exec functionality.
* We now use hash tables instead of a list to store the in kernel
fingerprints.
* Fingerprint methods handling has been made more flexible, it is now
even simpler to add new methods.
* the loader no longer passes in magic numbers representing the
fingerprint method so veriexecctl is not longer kernel specific.
* fingerprint methods can be tailored out using options in the kernel
config file.
* more fingerprint methods added - rmd160, sha256/384/512
* veriexecctl can now report the fingerprint methods supported by the
running kernel.
* regularised the naming of some portions of veriexec.
|
| 1.3.2.3 | 10-Jun-2005 |
tron | Pull up file removal (requested by elad in ticket #389):
Move veriexec(4) man page to correct place.
|
| 1.3.2.2 | 10-Jun-2005 |
tron | Pull up revision 1.2 (requested by elad in ticket #389):
Grammar, wording, and punctuation improvements. Sort SEE ALSO. Remove
some superfluous .Pp.
|
| 1.3.2.1 | 10-Jun-2005 |
tron | Pull up revision 1.1 (requested by elad in ticket #389):
Rototill of the verified exec functionality.
* We now use hash tables instead of a list to store the in kernel
fingerprints.
* Fingerprint methods handling has been made more flexible, it is now
even simpler to add new methods.
* the loader no longer passes in magic numbers representing the
fingerprint method so veriexecctl is not longer kernel specific.
* fingerprint methods can be tailored out using options in the kernel
config file.
* more fingerprint methods added - rmd160, sha256/384/512
* veriexecctl can now report the fingerprint methods supported by the
running kernel.
* regularised the naming of some portions of veriexec.
|
| 1.40 | 03-Jul-2017 |
wiz | Remove workaround for ancient HTML generation code.
|
| 1.39 | 18-Mar-2014 |
riastradh | Merge riastradh-drm2 to HEAD.
|
| 1.38 | 20-Jul-2013 |
wiz | Use Mt for email addresses.
|
| 1.37 | 28-Apr-2011 |
wiz | branches: 1.37.4; 1.37.10; 1.37.14;
Mark up file as argument.
|
| 1.36 | 28-Apr-2011 |
wiz | security(7), not (8).
|
| 1.35 | 31-Aug-2008 |
dholland | Document -v. PR 39441 from Stathis Kamperis. Bump date.
|
| 1.34 | 18-Feb-2008 |
elad | branches: 1.34.4; 1.34.8;
Following input from Matthew Mondor, some Veriexec documentation changes:
- Document the signatures file format in a veriexec(5) man-page,
- Document the strict levels and a general Veriexec intro in veriexec(8)
instead of security(8).
Okay blymn@.
|
| 1.33 | 15-Feb-2008 |
elad | Allow no signatures file to be specified for the "load" command, and use
the default one in such cases.
Update command usage and documentation to reflect the above.
|
| 1.32 | 10-Feb-2008 |
elad | Xref security(8) from veriexec(4), veriexec(9), veriexecctl(8), and
veriexecgen(8).
Suggested by Matthew Mondor.
|
| 1.31 | 13-Dec-2007 |
wiz | Whitespace and HTML output fixes.
|
| 1.30 | 15-May-2007 |
elad | branches: 1.30.4; 1.30.6;
Some Veriexec stuff that's been rotting in my tree for months.
Bug fixes:
- Fix crash reported by Scott Ellis on current-users@.
- Fix race conditions in enforcing the Veriexec rename and remove
policies. These are NOT security issues.
- Fix memory leak in rename handling when overwriting a monitored
file.
- Fix table deletion logic.
- Don't prevent query requests if not in learning mode.
KPI updates:
- fileassoc_table_run() now takes a cookie to pass to the callback.
- veriexec_table_add() was removed, it is now done internally. As a
result, there's no longer a need for VERIEXEC_TABLESIZE.
- veriexec_report() was removed, it is now internal.
- Perform sanity checks on the entry type, and enforce default type
in veriexec_file_add() rather than in veriexecctl.
- Add veriexec_flush(), used to delete all Veriexec tables, and
veriexec_dump(), used to fill an array with all Veriexec entries.
New features:
- Add a '-k' flag to veriexecctl, to keep the filenames in the kernel
database. This allows Veriexec to produce slightly more accurate
logs under certain circumstances. In the future, this can be either
replaced by vnode->pathname translation, or combined with it.
- Add a VERIEXEC_DUMP ioctl, to dump the entire Veriexec database.
This can be used to recover a database if the file was lost.
Example usage:
# veriexecctl dump > /etc/signatures
Note that only entries with the filename kept (that is, were loaded
with the '-k' flag) will be dumped.
Idea from Brett Lymn.
- Add a VERIEXEC_FLUSH ioctl, to delete all Veriexec entries. Sample
usage:
# veriexecctl flush
- Add a 'veriexec_flags' rc(8) variable, and make its default have
the '-k' flag. On systems using the default signatures file
(generaetd from running 'veriexecgen' with no arguments), this will
use additional 32kb of kernel memory on average.
- Add a '-e' flag to veriexecctl, to evaluate the fingerprint during
load. This is done automatically for files marked as 'untrusted'.
Misc. stuff:
- The code for veriexecctl was massively simplified as a result of
eliminating the need for VERIEXEC_TABLESIZE, and now uses a single
pass of the signatures file, making the loading somewhat faster.
- Lots of minor fixes found using the (still under development)
Veriexec regression testsuite.
- Some of the messages Veriexec prints were improved.
- Various documentation fixes.
All relevant man-pages were updated to reflect the above changes.
Binary compatibility with existing veriexecctl binaries is maintained.
|
| 1.29 | 29-Nov-2006 |
elad | branches: 1.29.2; 1.29.4; 1.29.6;
Support escaping characters in the path so that spaces etc. are allowed
in entries for Veriexec.
This has been requested for a long time, most recently by Brad Harder.
Thanks a lot to Michael van Elst for the patch, done during the latest
hackathon.
|
| 1.28 | 30-Sep-2006 |
elad | If Veriexec enforces access type, don't allow mmap() to use PROT_EXEC on
files that don't have the "indirect" flag. Also change the "library" alias
in veriexecctl(8) to mean "file, indirect".
okay blymn@
|
| 1.27 | 17-Sep-2006 |
elad | .Sh -> .Ss
mmm mdoclint. :)
|
| 1.26 | 16-Sep-2006 |
elad | Reference veriexecgen(8) instead of the old scripts. Bump date.
|
| 1.25 | 16-Sep-2006 |
elad | Scripts don't have to be *shell* scripts.
|
| 1.24 | 22-Jul-2006 |
elad | no VERIFIED_EXEC anymore, just a pseudo-device.
|
| 1.23 | 14-Jul-2006 |
elad | misc cleanup: remove #if 0 code, unused var, and make pretty.
|
| 1.22 | 12-Dec-2005 |
wiz | Grammar improvement.
|
| 1.21 | 12-Dec-2005 |
elad | Add and document a "query" keyword to veriexecctl. Usage:
/sbin/veriexecctl query /path/to/file
will print out filename, device, inode, evaluation status, entry flags,
fingerprint, and fingerprinting algorithm.
|
| 1.20 | 10-Dec-2005 |
elad | Add and document a VERIEXEC_DELETE operation for Veriexec.
We can now delete an entry from the tables using
veriexecctl delete /path/to/file
or remove an entire table using
veriexecctl delete /mount_point
(any directory will work for the mount point it's on)
|
| 1.19 | 05-Oct-2005 |
wiz | Make sentence more readable.
|
| 1.18 | 05-Oct-2005 |
elad | Introduce per-page fingerprints in Veriexec.
This closes a hole pointed out by Thor Lancelot Simon on tech-kern ~3
years ago.
The problem was with running binaries from remote storage, where our
kernel (and Veriexec) has no control over any changes to files.
An attacker could, after the fingerprint has been verified and
program loaded to memory, inject malicious code into the backing
store on the remote storage, followed by a forced flush, causing
a page-in of the malicious data from backing store, bypassing
integrity checks.
Initial implementation by Brett Lymn.
|
| 1.17 | 07-Aug-2005 |
wiz | Bump date for previous; use more markup.
|
| 1.16 | 06-Aug-2005 |
blymn | Add and document some convenience aliases for commonly required option
combinations.
|
| 1.15 | 02-Aug-2005 |
elad | Sync with reality.
- Verified Exec -> Veriexec
- pseudo-device is `veriexec'
- veriexec.conf -> signatures, and mention /etc/signatures as the default
location
- We use veriexec's strict level, not the system securelevel
- Mention the `direct' option
- Mention that the signatures file can have multiple options in a single
entry, comma-separated
- Mention that both `direct' and `indirect' access modes are implied
if no access modes are explicitly mention in the options
- Bump date
|
| 1.14 | 13-Jun-2005 |
wiz | Bump date for previous.
|
| 1.13 | 13-Jun-2005 |
elad | Remove bits about deprecated 'fingerprints' command.
|
| 1.12 | 20-May-2005 |
elad | Remove common code for returning supported fingerprints. This is done now
via sysctl(8) using kern.veriexec.algorithms.
Also add an entry for the 'algorithms' variable in sysctl.8 forgotten in
the last commit.
|
| 1.11 | 24-Apr-2005 |
blymn | Add bugs sub-heading to warn about whitespace in filenames.
|
| 1.10 | 22-Apr-2005 |
wiz | Add Xr to veriexec.4.
|
| 1.9 | 22-Apr-2005 |
wiz | Mention command names in SYNOPSIS; add gen_rmd160 to SEE ALSO;
improve formatting; bump date.
|
| 1.8 | 20-Apr-2005 |
blymn | Rototill of the verified exec functionality.
* We now use hash tables instead of a list to store the in kernel
fingerprints.
* Fingerprint methods handling has been made more flexible, it is now
even simpler to add new methods.
* the loader no longer passes in magic numbers representing the
fingerprint method so veriexecctl is not longer kernel specific.
* fingerprint methods can be tailored out using options in the kernel
config file.
* more fingerprint methods added - rmd160, sha256/384/512
* veriexecctl can now report the fingerprint methods supported by the
running kernel.
* regularised the naming of some portions of veriexec.
|
| 1.7 | 06-Jan-2005 |
wiz | branches: 1.7.2;
Remove unnecessary dot, and bump date for new SEE ALSO section.
|
| 1.6 | 06-Jan-2005 |
hubertf | Add SEE ALSO section pointing at the scripts to create signatures
XXX they should be installed as veriexec_gen_* IMHO,
XXX not dwell in /usr/share/examples
|
| 1.5 | 06-Mar-2004 |
wiz | Bump date for previous.
|
| 1.4 | 06-Mar-2004 |
blymn | Fix error in description of signature file syntax (thanks to Chrisian
Biere)
Fix wording to match changed syntax line
Add some clarifications to the wording
Improve vertical spacing of some sections.
|
| 1.3 | 19-Jan-2003 |
atatat | The next release will be 2.0, not 1.7.
|
| 1.2 | 21-Dec-2002 |
wiz | Remove traces of old names (verifiedexec_load and /dev/verifiedexec).
|
| 1.1 | 23-Nov-2002 |
blymn | Renamed verified exec fingerprint loader.
|
| 1.7.2.10 | 15-Aug-2005 |
tron | Pull up revision 1.17 (requested by elad in ticket #655):
Bump date for previous; use more markup.
|
| 1.7.2.9 | 15-Aug-2005 |
tron | Pull up revision 1.16 (requested by elad in ticket #655):
Add and document some convenience aliases for commonly required option
combinations.
|
| 1.7.2.8 | 12-Aug-2005 |
snj | Pull up revision 1.15 (requested by elad in ticket #645):
Sync with reality.
- Verified Exec -> Veriexec
- pseudo-device is `veriexec'
- veriexec.conf -> signatures, and mention /etc/signatures as the default
location
- We use veriexec's strict level, not the system securelevel
- Mention the `direct' option
- Mention that the signatures file can have multiple options in a single
entry, comma-separated
- Mention that both `direct' and `indirect' access modes are implied
if no access modes are explicitly mention in the options
- Bump date
|
| 1.7.2.7 | 02-Jul-2005 |
tron | Pull up revision 1.14 (requested by elad in ticket #487):
Bump date for previous.
|
| 1.7.2.6 | 02-Jul-2005 |
tron | Pull up revision 1.13 (requested by elad in ticket #487):
Remove bits about deprecated 'fingerprints' command.
|
| 1.7.2.5 | 10-Jun-2005 |
tron | Pull up revision 1.12 (requested by elad in ticket #389):
Remove common code for returning supported fingerprints. This is done now
via sysctl(8) using kern.veriexec.algorithms.
Also add an entry for the 'algorithms' variable in sysctl.8 forgotten in
the last commit.
|
| 1.7.2.4 | 10-Jun-2005 |
tron | Pull up revision 1.11 (requested by elad in ticket #389):
Add bugs sub-heading to warn about whitespace in filenames.
|
| 1.7.2.3 | 10-Jun-2005 |
tron | Pull up revision 1.10 (requested by elad in ticket #389):
Add Xr to veriexec.4.
|
| 1.7.2.2 | 10-Jun-2005 |
tron | Pull up revision 1.9 (requested by elad in ticket #389):
Mention command names in SYNOPSIS; add gen_rmd160 to SEE ALSO;
improve formatting; bump date.
|
| 1.7.2.1 | 10-Jun-2005 |
tron | Pull up revision 1.8 (requested by elad in ticket #389):
Rototill of the verified exec functionality.
* We now use hash tables instead of a list to store the in kernel
fingerprints.
* Fingerprint methods handling has been made more flexible, it is now
even simpler to add new methods.
* the loader no longer passes in magic numbers representing the
fingerprint method so veriexecctl is not longer kernel specific.
* fingerprint methods can be tailored out using options in the kernel
config file.
* more fingerprint methods added - rmd160, sha256/384/512
* veriexecctl can now report the fingerprint methods supported by the
running kernel.
* regularised the naming of some portions of veriexec.
|
| 1.29.6.1 | 22-Feb-2008 |
bouyer | Apply patch, requested by elad in ticket #1080:
sbin/veriexecctl/veriexecctl.8: patch
reflect reality in the veriexecctl(8) man-page.
|
| 1.29.4.1 | 03-Jun-2008 |
skrll | Sync with netbsd-4.
|
| 1.29.2.1 | 22-Feb-2008 |
bouyer | Apply patch, requested by elad in ticket #1080:
sbin/veriexecctl/veriexecctl.8: patch
reflect reality in the veriexecctl(8) man-page.
|
| 1.30.6.2 | 18-Feb-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.30.6.1 | 27-Dec-2007 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.30.4.2 | 23-Mar-2008 |
matt | sync with HEAD
|
| 1.30.4.1 | 09-Jan-2008 |
matt | sync with HEAD
|
| 1.34.8.1 | 18-Sep-2008 |
wrstuden | Sync with wrstuden-revivesa-base-2.
|
| 1.34.4.1 | 28-Sep-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.37.14.1 | 23-Jul-2013 |
riastradh | sync with HEAD
|
| 1.37.10.1 | 20-Aug-2014 |
tls | Rebase to HEAD as of a few days ago.
|
| 1.37.4.1 | 22-May-2014 |
yamt | sync with head.
for a reference, the tree before this commit was tagged
as yamt-pagecache-tag8.
this commit was splitted into small chunks to avoid
a limitation of cvs. ("Protocol error: too many arguments")
|
| 1.40 | 10-Jan-2017 |
christos | need <sys/stat.h> ... for stat()
|
| 1.39 | 16-Jun-2015 |
christos | branches: 1.39.2;
fix error messages containing \n
|
| 1.38 | 26-Apr-2015 |
maxv | Be a bit more verbose if the kernel rejects a file
|
| 1.37 | 27-Jul-2014 |
dholland | branches: 1.37.2;
Fix snprintf usage and, while here, don't trundle off the end of an
array. Part of PR 47976 from Henning Petersen.
|
| 1.36 | 09-Feb-2014 |
maxv | branches: 1.36.2;
Fix error message; argv[1] could be NULL
|
| 1.35 | 29-Aug-2011 |
joerg | branches: 1.35.2; 1.35.8;
Use __dead
|
| 1.34 | 16-Mar-2009 |
lukem | fix sign-compare issues
|
| 1.33 | 31-Aug-2008 |
dholland | branches: 1.33.4;
Remove trailing whitespace. Noted in PR 39440 by Stathis Kamperis.
|
| 1.32 | 31-Aug-2008 |
dholland | Don't dump core if given no arguments. Fixes PR 39440 from Stathis Kamperis
(but with a different patch).
|
| 1.31 | 15-Feb-2008 |
elad | branches: 1.31.4; 1.31.8;
Allow no signatures file to be specified for the "load" command, and use
the default one in such cases.
Update command usage and documentation to reflect the above.
|
| 1.30 | 06-Sep-2007 |
xtraeme | branches: 1.30.2;
CID 4498: print_entry() returning without freeing 'fp'.
Ok by rmind@.
|
| 1.29 | 17-Aug-2007 |
pavel | branches: 1.29.2;
Attempt at fixing build failures after proplib was converted to bool:
FALSE -> false, TRUE -> true, boolean_t -> bool, int -> bool when
appropriate, include stdbool.h . proplib.h no longer provides boolean_t,
so it is necessary to change to bool.
From Tom Spindler (dogcow@).
|
| 1.28 | 15-May-2007 |
oster | Add missing #include <sys/ioctl.h> to make this build without warnings.
|
| 1.27 | 15-May-2007 |
elad | Some Veriexec stuff that's been rotting in my tree for months.
Bug fixes:
- Fix crash reported by Scott Ellis on current-users@.
- Fix race conditions in enforcing the Veriexec rename and remove
policies. These are NOT security issues.
- Fix memory leak in rename handling when overwriting a monitored
file.
- Fix table deletion logic.
- Don't prevent query requests if not in learning mode.
KPI updates:
- fileassoc_table_run() now takes a cookie to pass to the callback.
- veriexec_table_add() was removed, it is now done internally. As a
result, there's no longer a need for VERIEXEC_TABLESIZE.
- veriexec_report() was removed, it is now internal.
- Perform sanity checks on the entry type, and enforce default type
in veriexec_file_add() rather than in veriexecctl.
- Add veriexec_flush(), used to delete all Veriexec tables, and
veriexec_dump(), used to fill an array with all Veriexec entries.
New features:
- Add a '-k' flag to veriexecctl, to keep the filenames in the kernel
database. This allows Veriexec to produce slightly more accurate
logs under certain circumstances. In the future, this can be either
replaced by vnode->pathname translation, or combined with it.
- Add a VERIEXEC_DUMP ioctl, to dump the entire Veriexec database.
This can be used to recover a database if the file was lost.
Example usage:
# veriexecctl dump > /etc/signatures
Note that only entries with the filename kept (that is, were loaded
with the '-k' flag) will be dumped.
Idea from Brett Lymn.
- Add a VERIEXEC_FLUSH ioctl, to delete all Veriexec entries. Sample
usage:
# veriexecctl flush
- Add a 'veriexec_flags' rc(8) variable, and make its default have
the '-k' flag. On systems using the default signatures file
(generaetd from running 'veriexecgen' with no arguments), this will
use additional 32kb of kernel memory on average.
- Add a '-e' flag to veriexecctl, to evaluate the fingerprint during
load. This is done automatically for files marked as 'untrusted'.
Misc. stuff:
- The code for veriexecctl was massively simplified as a result of
eliminating the need for VERIEXEC_TABLESIZE, and now uses a single
pass of the signatures file, making the loading somewhat faster.
- Lots of minor fixes found using the (still under development)
Veriexec regression testsuite.
- Some of the messages Veriexec prints were improved.
- Various documentation fixes.
All relevant man-pages were updated to reflect the above changes.
Binary compatibility with existing veriexecctl binaries is maintained.
|
| 1.26 | 29-Nov-2006 |
elad | Type changed from size_t to uint64_t, adjust format string.
Pointed out by Tom Spindler, thanks!
|
| 1.25 | 28-Nov-2006 |
elad | Make Veriexec use proplib(3) for kernel-userland data passing.
Obviously, this breaks the already unstable Veriexec ABI, but that's
it. Some cool additions are planned to be introduced, and this just
makes it so that NetBSD 4.0 users will be able to easily use them as
well.
This also removes the fingerprint type name limit, so relevant code
was adjusted.
Thoroughly tested (even uncovered a bug in proplib! thanks for fixing
that cube@!). Documentation updated.
|
| 1.24 | 21-Nov-2006 |
elad | Update my email address.
|
| 1.23 | 14-Jul-2006 |
elad | misc cleanup: remove #if 0 code, unused var, and make pretty.
|
| 1.22 | 14-Jul-2006 |
elad | oops, forgot to handle new abi for "query", noted by he@, thanks!
|
| 1.21 | 14-Jul-2006 |
elad | okay, since there was no way to divide this to two commits, here it goes..
introduce fileassoc(9), a kernel interface for associating meta-data with
files using in-kernel memory. this is very similar to what we had in
veriexec till now, only abstracted so it can be used more easily by more
consumers.
this also prompted the redesign of the interface, making it work on vnodes
and mounts and not directly on devices and inodes. internally, we still
use file-id but that's gonna change soon... the interface will remain
consistent.
as a result, veriexec went under some heavy changes to conform to the new
interface. since we no longer use device numbers to identify file-systems,
the veriexec sysctl stuff changed too: kern.veriexec.count.dev_N is now
kern.veriexec.tableN.* where 'N' is NOT the device number but rather a
way to distinguish several mounts.
also worth noting is the plugging of unmount/delete operations
wrt/fileassoc and veriexec.
tons of input from yamt@, wrstuden@, martin@, and christos@.
|
| 1.20 | 13-Dec-2005 |
dsl | Use PRIu64 to print ino_t (maybe there should be a PRIino_t somewhere....)
|
| 1.19 | 12-Dec-2005 |
elad | Add and document a "query" keyword to veriexecctl. Usage:
/sbin/veriexecctl query /path/to/file
will print out filename, device, inode, evaluation status, entry flags,
fingerprint, and fingerprinting algorithm.
|
| 1.18 | 10-Dec-2005 |
elad | Add and document a VERIEXEC_DELETE operation for Veriexec.
We can now delete an entry from the tables using
veriexecctl delete /path/to/file
or remove an entire table using
veriexecctl delete /mount_point
(any directory will work for the mount point it's on)
|
| 1.17 | 05-Oct-2005 |
elad | Introduce per-page fingerprints in Veriexec.
This closes a hole pointed out by Thor Lancelot Simon on tech-kern ~3
years ago.
The problem was with running binaries from remote storage, where our
kernel (and Veriexec) has no control over any changes to files.
An attacker could, after the fingerprint has been verified and
program loaded to memory, inject malicious code into the backing
store on the remote storage, followed by a forced flush, causing
a page-in of the malicious data from backing store, bypassing
integrity checks.
Initial implementation by Brett Lymn.
|
| 1.16 | 13-Jun-2005 |
elad | Some refactoring and bugfixes:
- Report line numbers correctly.
- Don't perform a 2nd pass when there are were errors during 1st.
- Support multiple, comma-separated flags. This is mostly a reworking of
some parser internals preparing for planned features.
|
| 1.15 | 03-Jun-2005 |
elad | No need for this one, apparently. Reported by Hisashi T Fujinaka.
|
| 1.14 | 03-Jun-2005 |
elad | Don't create duplicate tables for the same device.
|
| 1.13 | 01-Jun-2005 |
elad | Newline in end of usage.
|
| 1.12 | 30-May-2005 |
elad | Warn when failing to load an entry; don't fail the whole process.
|
| 1.11 | 21-May-2005 |
skrll | Remove unused variables.
|
| 1.10 | 20-May-2005 |
elad | Remove leftovers from Vexec.
|
| 1.9 | 20-May-2005 |
elad | Remove common code for returning supported fingerprints. This is done now
via sysctl(8) using kern.veriexec.algorithms.
Also add an entry for the 'algorithms' variable in sysctl.8 forgotten in
the last commit.
|
| 1.8 | 21-Apr-2005 |
christos | Minor cleanups, KNF, error handling consistency.
|
| 1.7 | 21-Apr-2005 |
he | Make this compile again after the latest overhaul.
Use -I${.CURDIR} instead of -I. to support placement of objects elsewhere.
Make sure arguments to ctype functions are unsigned char by changing the
type of one function argument.
Fix "local declaration shadows global" warnings by renaming variables.
Fix printing of size_t variable to use %zu format instead of %u.
|
| 1.6 | 20-Apr-2005 |
blymn | Rototill of the verified exec functionality.
* We now use hash tables instead of a list to store the in kernel
fingerprints.
* Fingerprint methods handling has been made more flexible, it is now
even simpler to add new methods.
* the loader no longer passes in magic numbers representing the
fingerprint method so veriexecctl is not longer kernel specific.
* fingerprint methods can be tailored out using options in the kernel
config file.
* more fingerprint methods added - rmd160, sha256/384/512
* veriexecctl can now report the fingerprint methods supported by the
running kernel.
* regularised the naming of some portions of veriexec.
|
| 1.5 | 06-Mar-2004 |
blymn | branches: 1.5.6;
Made error messages more descriptive.
|
| 1.4 | 05-Jan-2004 |
jmmv | Homogenize usage messages: make the 'usage' word all lowercase, as this seems
to be the most common practice in our tree.
|
| 1.3 | 21-Dec-2002 |
wiz | Remove traces of old names (verifiedexec_load and /dev/verifiedexec).
|
| 1.2 | 06-Dec-2002 |
thorpej | Need <stdlib.h> for exit() prototype.
|
| 1.1 | 23-Nov-2002 |
blymn | Renamed verified exec fingerprint loader.
|
| 1.5.6.11 | 02-Jul-2005 |
tron | Pull up revision 1.16 (requested by elad in ticket #487):
Some refactoring and bugfixes:
- Report line numbers correctly.
- Don't perform a 2nd pass when there are were errors during 1st.
- Support multiple, comma-separated flags. This is mostly a reworking of
some parser internals preparing for planned features.
|
| 1.5.6.10 | 10-Jun-2005 |
tron | Pull up revision 1.15 (requested by elad in ticket #390):
No need for this one, apparently. Reported by Hisashi T Fujinaka.
|
| 1.5.6.9 | 10-Jun-2005 |
tron | Pull up revision 1.14 (requested by elad in ticket #389):
Don't create duplicate tables for the same device.
|
| 1.5.6.8 | 10-Jun-2005 |
tron | Pull up revision 1.13 (requested by elad in ticket #389):
Newline in end of usage.
|
| 1.5.6.7 | 10-Jun-2005 |
tron | Pull up revision 1.12 (requested by elad in ticket #389):
Warn when failing to load an entry; don't fail the whole process.
|
| 1.5.6.6 | 10-Jun-2005 |
tron | Pull up revision 1.11 (requested by elad in ticket #389):
Remove unused variables.
|
| 1.5.6.5 | 10-Jun-2005 |
tron | Pull up revision 1.10 (requested by elad in ticket #389):
Remove leftovers from Vexec.
|
| 1.5.6.4 | 10-Jun-2005 |
tron | Pull up revision 1.9 (requested by elad in ticket #389):
Remove common code for returning supported fingerprints. This is done now
via sysctl(8) using kern.veriexec.algorithms.
Also add an entry for the 'algorithms' variable in sysctl.8 forgotten in
the last commit.
|
| 1.5.6.3 | 10-Jun-2005 |
tron | Pull up revision 1.8 (requested by elad in ticket #389):
Minor cleanups, KNF, error handling consistency.
|
| 1.5.6.2 | 10-Jun-2005 |
tron | Pull up revision 1.7 (requested by elad in ticket #389):
Make this compile again after the latest overhaul.
Use -I${.CURDIR} instead of -I. to support placement of objects elsewhere.
Make sure arguments to ctype functions are unsigned char by changing the
type of one function argument.
Fix "local declaration shadows global" warnings by renaming variables.
Fix printing of size_t variable to use %zu format instead of %u.
|
| 1.5.6.1 | 10-Jun-2005 |
tron | Pull up revision 1.6 (requested by elad in ticket #389):
Rototill of the verified exec functionality.
* We now use hash tables instead of a list to store the in kernel
fingerprints.
* Fingerprint methods handling has been made more flexible, it is now
even simpler to add new methods.
* the loader no longer passes in magic numbers representing the
fingerprint method so veriexecctl is not longer kernel specific.
* fingerprint methods can be tailored out using options in the kernel
config file.
* more fingerprint methods added - rmd160, sha256/384/512
* veriexecctl can now report the fingerprint methods supported by the
running kernel.
* regularised the naming of some portions of veriexec.
|
| 1.29.2.2 | 23-Mar-2008 |
matt | sync with HEAD
|
| 1.29.2.1 | 06-Nov-2007 |
matt | sync with HEAD
|
| 1.30.2.1 | 18-Feb-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.31.8.1 | 18-Sep-2008 |
wrstuden | Sync with wrstuden-revivesa-base-2.
|
| 1.31.4.1 | 28-Sep-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.33.4.1 | 13-May-2009 |
jym | Sync with HEAD.
Third (and last) commit. See http://mail-index.netbsd.org/source-changes/2009/05/13/msg221222.html
|
| 1.35.8.1 | 20-Aug-2014 |
tls | Rebase to HEAD as of a few days ago.
|
| 1.35.2.1 | 22-May-2014 |
yamt | sync with head.
for a reference, the tree before this commit was tagged
as yamt-pagecache-tag8.
this commit was splitted into small chunks to avoid
a limitation of cvs. ("Protocol error: too many arguments")
|
| 1.36.2.1 | 10-Aug-2014 |
tls | Rebase.
|
| 1.37.2.1 | 19-May-2015 |
snj | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by maxv in ticket #764):
sbin/veriexecctl/veriexecctl.c: revision 1.38
share/man/man9/veriexec.9: revision 1.10
sys/conf/files: revision 1.1128
sys/dev/verified_exec.c: revisions 1.70, 1.71
sys/kern/kern_veriexec.c: revisions 1.1-1.8
sys/kern/kern_verifiedexec.c: delete
Rename kern_verifiedexec.c to kern_veriexec.c. "Veriexec" is the name of
the subsystem, not "Verifiedexec".
The revisions of kern_verifiedexec.c are now in Attic/.
No change between kern_verifiedexec.c and kern_veriexec.c.
Also, update the man page accordingly.
Okayed by christos@ and blymn@ some months ago.
--
KNF
--
Don't mix veriexec lock and file lock in veriexec_file_verify().
Now:
- 'veriexec_op_lock' needs to be held when calling veriexec_file_verify()
- the 'file_lock_state' argument indicates if the file is locked
- add some KASSERTs
--
Instead of duplicating code, add veriexec_fp_status(). Also reorder a
useless goto.
--
Make veriexec_renamechk() more readable. Also add a KASSERT on vte_count.
No real functional change
--
If we already have an entry for the file being loaded, return EEXIST, don't
silently skip it.
--
Remove FreeBSD.
ok elad@
--
KASSERT x then y, not (x && y).
--
KNF
--
Not to add even more confusion in an already overcomplicated subsystem,
remove the FreeBSD code. This code is likely to be outdated, and Veriexec
is in all cases not available on FreeBSD.
--
Be a bit more verbose if the kernel rejects a file
|
| 1.39.2.1 | 20-Mar-2017 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.12 | 06-Jun-2020 |
thorpej | Update for proplib(3) API changes.
|
| 1.11 | 31-Aug-2008 |
dholland | Remove trailing whitespace. Noted in PR 39440 by Stathis Kamperis.
|
| 1.10 | 15-May-2007 |
elad | branches: 1.10.12; 1.10.16;
Some Veriexec stuff that's been rotting in my tree for months.
Bug fixes:
- Fix crash reported by Scott Ellis on current-users@.
- Fix race conditions in enforcing the Veriexec rename and remove
policies. These are NOT security issues.
- Fix memory leak in rename handling when overwriting a monitored
file.
- Fix table deletion logic.
- Don't prevent query requests if not in learning mode.
KPI updates:
- fileassoc_table_run() now takes a cookie to pass to the callback.
- veriexec_table_add() was removed, it is now done internally. As a
result, there's no longer a need for VERIEXEC_TABLESIZE.
- veriexec_report() was removed, it is now internal.
- Perform sanity checks on the entry type, and enforce default type
in veriexec_file_add() rather than in veriexecctl.
- Add veriexec_flush(), used to delete all Veriexec tables, and
veriexec_dump(), used to fill an array with all Veriexec entries.
New features:
- Add a '-k' flag to veriexecctl, to keep the filenames in the kernel
database. This allows Veriexec to produce slightly more accurate
logs under certain circumstances. In the future, this can be either
replaced by vnode->pathname translation, or combined with it.
- Add a VERIEXEC_DUMP ioctl, to dump the entire Veriexec database.
This can be used to recover a database if the file was lost.
Example usage:
# veriexecctl dump > /etc/signatures
Note that only entries with the filename kept (that is, were loaded
with the '-k' flag) will be dumped.
Idea from Brett Lymn.
- Add a VERIEXEC_FLUSH ioctl, to delete all Veriexec entries. Sample
usage:
# veriexecctl flush
- Add a 'veriexec_flags' rc(8) variable, and make its default have
the '-k' flag. On systems using the default signatures file
(generaetd from running 'veriexecgen' with no arguments), this will
use additional 32kb of kernel memory on average.
- Add a '-e' flag to veriexecctl, to evaluate the fingerprint during
load. This is done automatically for files marked as 'untrusted'.
Misc. stuff:
- The code for veriexecctl was massively simplified as a result of
eliminating the need for VERIEXEC_TABLESIZE, and now uses a single
pass of the signatures file, making the loading somewhat faster.
- Lots of minor fixes found using the (still under development)
Veriexec regression testsuite.
- Some of the messages Veriexec prints were improved.
- Various documentation fixes.
All relevant man-pages were updated to reflect the above changes.
Binary compatibility with existing veriexecctl binaries is maintained.
|
| 1.9 | 28-Nov-2006 |
elad | Make Veriexec use proplib(3) for kernel-userland data passing.
Obviously, this breaks the already unstable Veriexec ABI, but that's
it. Some cool additions are planned to be introduced, and this just
makes it so that NetBSD 4.0 users will be able to easily use them as
well.
This also removes the fingerprint type name limit, so relevant code
was adjusted.
Thoroughly tested (even uncovered a bug in proplib! thanks for fixing
that cube@!). Documentation updated.
|
| 1.8 | 21-Nov-2006 |
elad | Update my email address.
|
| 1.7 | 14-Jul-2006 |
elad | misc cleanup: remove #if 0 code, unused var, and make pretty.
|
| 1.6 | 14-Jul-2006 |
elad | okay, since there was no way to divide this to two commits, here it goes..
introduce fileassoc(9), a kernel interface for associating meta-data with
files using in-kernel memory. this is very similar to what we had in
veriexec till now, only abstracted so it can be used more easily by more
consumers.
this also prompted the redesign of the interface, making it work on vnodes
and mounts and not directly on devices and inodes. internally, we still
use file-id but that's gonna change soon... the interface will remain
consistent.
as a result, veriexec went under some heavy changes to conform to the new
interface. since we no longer use device numbers to identify file-systems,
the veriexec sysctl stuff changed too: kern.veriexec.count.dev_N is now
kern.veriexec.tableN.* where 'N' is NOT the device number but rather a
way to distinguish several mounts.
also worth noting is the plugging of unmount/delete operations
wrt/fileassoc and veriexec.
tons of input from yamt@, wrstuden@, martin@, and christos@.
|
| 1.5 | 12-Dec-2005 |
elad | Add and document a "query" keyword to veriexecctl. Usage:
/sbin/veriexecctl query /path/to/file
will print out filename, device, inode, evaluation status, entry flags,
fingerprint, and fingerprinting algorithm.
|
| 1.4 | 20-May-2005 |
elad | branches: 1.4.2;
Remove leftovers from Vexec.
|
| 1.3 | 21-Apr-2005 |
christos | Minor cleanups, KNF, error handling consistency.
|
| 1.2 | 21-Apr-2005 |
he | Make this compile again after the latest overhaul.
Use -I${.CURDIR} instead of -I. to support placement of objects elsewhere.
Make sure arguments to ctype functions are unsigned char by changing the
type of one function argument.
Fix "local declaration shadows global" warnings by renaming variables.
Fix printing of size_t variable to use %zu format instead of %u.
|
| 1.1 | 21-Apr-2005 |
blymn | Add missing header file.
|
| 1.4.2.5 | 10-Jun-2005 |
tron | Pull up revision 1.4 (requested by elad in ticket #389):
Remove leftovers from Vexec.
|
| 1.4.2.4 | 10-Jun-2005 |
tron | Pull up revision 1.3 (requested by elad in ticket #389):
Minor cleanups, KNF, error handling consistency.
|
| 1.4.2.3 | 10-Jun-2005 |
tron | Pull up revision 1.2 (requested by elad in ticket #389):
Make this compile again after the latest overhaul.
Use -I${.CURDIR} instead of -I. to support placement of objects elsewhere.
Make sure arguments to ctype functions are unsigned char by changing the
type of one function argument.
Fix "local declaration shadows global" warnings by renaming variables.
Fix printing of size_t variable to use %zu format instead of %u.
|
| 1.4.2.2 | 10-Jun-2005 |
tron | Pull up revision 1.1 (requested by elad in ticket #389):
Add missing header file.
|
| 1.4.2.1 | 20-May-2005 |
tron | file veriexecctl.h was added on branch netbsd-3 on 2005-06-10 14:50:26 +0000
|
| 1.10.16.1 | 18-Sep-2008 |
wrstuden | Sync with wrstuden-revivesa-base-2.
|
| 1.10.12.1 | 28-Sep-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.15 | 24-May-2011 |
joerg | input is unused.
|
| 1.14 | 29-Oct-2009 |
christos | use %option instead of #define YY_NO_...
|
| 1.13 | 28-Oct-2009 |
christos | we don't need unput
|
| 1.12 | 31-Aug-2008 |
dholland | Remove trailing whitespace. Noted in PR 39440 by Stathis Kamperis.
|
| 1.11 | 15-May-2007 |
elad | branches: 1.11.12; 1.11.16;
Some Veriexec stuff that's been rotting in my tree for months.
Bug fixes:
- Fix crash reported by Scott Ellis on current-users@.
- Fix race conditions in enforcing the Veriexec rename and remove
policies. These are NOT security issues.
- Fix memory leak in rename handling when overwriting a monitored
file.
- Fix table deletion logic.
- Don't prevent query requests if not in learning mode.
KPI updates:
- fileassoc_table_run() now takes a cookie to pass to the callback.
- veriexec_table_add() was removed, it is now done internally. As a
result, there's no longer a need for VERIEXEC_TABLESIZE.
- veriexec_report() was removed, it is now internal.
- Perform sanity checks on the entry type, and enforce default type
in veriexec_file_add() rather than in veriexecctl.
- Add veriexec_flush(), used to delete all Veriexec tables, and
veriexec_dump(), used to fill an array with all Veriexec entries.
New features:
- Add a '-k' flag to veriexecctl, to keep the filenames in the kernel
database. This allows Veriexec to produce slightly more accurate
logs under certain circumstances. In the future, this can be either
replaced by vnode->pathname translation, or combined with it.
- Add a VERIEXEC_DUMP ioctl, to dump the entire Veriexec database.
This can be used to recover a database if the file was lost.
Example usage:
# veriexecctl dump > /etc/signatures
Note that only entries with the filename kept (that is, were loaded
with the '-k' flag) will be dumped.
Idea from Brett Lymn.
- Add a VERIEXEC_FLUSH ioctl, to delete all Veriexec entries. Sample
usage:
# veriexecctl flush
- Add a 'veriexec_flags' rc(8) variable, and make its default have
the '-k' flag. On systems using the default signatures file
(generaetd from running 'veriexecgen' with no arguments), this will
use additional 32kb of kernel memory on average.
- Add a '-e' flag to veriexecctl, to evaluate the fingerprint during
load. This is done automatically for files marked as 'untrusted'.
Misc. stuff:
- The code for veriexecctl was massively simplified as a result of
eliminating the need for VERIEXEC_TABLESIZE, and now uses a single
pass of the signatures file, making the loading somewhat faster.
- Lots of minor fixes found using the (still under development)
Veriexec regression testsuite.
- Some of the messages Veriexec prints were improved.
- Various documentation fixes.
All relevant man-pages were updated to reflect the above changes.
Binary compatibility with existing veriexecctl binaries is maintained.
|
| 1.10 | 29-Nov-2006 |
elad | Support escaping characters in the path so that spaces etc. are allowed
in entries for Veriexec.
This has been requested for a long time, most recently by Brad Harder.
Thanks a lot to Michael van Elst for the patch, done during the latest
hackathon.
|
| 1.9 | 28-Nov-2006 |
elad | Make Veriexec use proplib(3) for kernel-userland data passing.
Obviously, this breaks the already unstable Veriexec ABI, but that's
it. Some cool additions are planned to be introduced, and this just
makes it so that NetBSD 4.0 users will be able to easily use them as
well.
This also removes the fingerprint type name limit, so relevant code
was adjusted.
Thoroughly tested (even uncovered a bug in proplib! thanks for fixing
that cube@!). Documentation updated.
|
| 1.8 | 21-Nov-2006 |
elad | Update my email address.
|
| 1.7 | 05-Jan-2006 |
elad | Allow multiple lines entries using '\' at the end of the line.
Simplified by martin@, thanks. :)
|
| 1.6 | 13-Jun-2005 |
elad | Some refactoring and bugfixes:
- Report line numbers correctly.
- Don't perform a 2nd pass when there are were errors during 1st.
- Support multiple, comma-separated flags. This is mostly a reworking of
some parser internals preparing for planned features.
|
| 1.5 | 21-Apr-2005 |
blymn | Fix format type error in yyerror printf.
|
| 1.4 | 21-Apr-2005 |
christos | Minor cleanups, KNF, error handling consistency.
|
| 1.3 | 20-Apr-2005 |
blymn | Rototill of the verified exec functionality.
* We now use hash tables instead of a list to store the in kernel
fingerprints.
* Fingerprint methods handling has been made more flexible, it is now
even simpler to add new methods.
* the loader no longer passes in magic numbers representing the
fingerprint method so veriexecctl is not longer kernel specific.
* fingerprint methods can be tailored out using options in the kernel
config file.
* more fingerprint methods added - rmd160, sha256/384/512
* veriexecctl can now report the fingerprint methods supported by the
running kernel.
* regularised the naming of some portions of veriexec.
|
| 1.2 | 19-Jan-2005 |
xtraeme | branches: 1.2.2;
Kill __P(); WARNS=2
|
| 1.1 | 23-Nov-2002 |
blymn | Renamed verified exec fingerprint loader.
|
| 1.2.2.4 | 02-Jul-2005 |
tron | Pull up revision 1.6 (requested by elad in ticket #487):
Some refactoring and bugfixes:
- Report line numbers correctly.
- Don't perform a 2nd pass when there are were errors during 1st.
- Support multiple, comma-separated flags. This is mostly a reworking of
some parser internals preparing for planned features.
|
| 1.2.2.3 | 10-Jun-2005 |
tron | Pull up revision 1.5 (requested by elad in ticket #389):
Fix format type error in yyerror printf.
|
| 1.2.2.2 | 10-Jun-2005 |
tron | Pull up revision 1.4 (requested by elad in ticket #389):
Minor cleanups, KNF, error handling consistency.
|
| 1.2.2.1 | 10-Jun-2005 |
tron | Pull up revision 1.3 (requested by elad in ticket #389):
Rototill of the verified exec functionality.
* We now use hash tables instead of a list to store the in kernel
fingerprints.
* Fingerprint methods handling has been made more flexible, it is now
even simpler to add new methods.
* the loader no longer passes in magic numbers representing the
fingerprint method so veriexecctl is not longer kernel specific.
* fingerprint methods can be tailored out using options in the kernel
config file.
* more fingerprint methods added - rmd160, sha256/384/512
* veriexecctl can now report the fingerprint methods supported by the
running kernel.
* regularised the naming of some portions of veriexec.
|
| 1.11.16.1 | 18-Sep-2008 |
wrstuden | Sync with wrstuden-revivesa-base-2.
|
| 1.11.12.1 | 28-Sep-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.26 | 16-Mar-2009 |
lukem | fix sign-compare issues
|
| 1.25 | 31-Aug-2008 |
dholland | branches: 1.25.4;
Remove trailing whitespace. Noted in PR 39440 by Stathis Kamperis.
|
| 1.24 | 24-Jul-2008 |
dholland | Adjust this to not need -Wno-pointer-sign.
|
| 1.23 | 01-Oct-2007 |
xtraeme | branches: 1.23.8; 1.23.12;
Remove intval from %union, it's unused... ok christos@.
|
| 1.22 | 17-Aug-2007 |
pavel | branches: 1.22.2;
Attempt at fixing build failures after proplib was converted to bool:
FALSE -> false, TRUE -> true, boolean_t -> bool, int -> bool when
appropriate, include stdbool.h . proplib.h no longer provides boolean_t,
so it is necessary to change to bool.
From Tom Spindler (dogcow@).
|
| 1.21 | 15-May-2007 |
elad | Some Veriexec stuff that's been rotting in my tree for months.
Bug fixes:
- Fix crash reported by Scott Ellis on current-users@.
- Fix race conditions in enforcing the Veriexec rename and remove
policies. These are NOT security issues.
- Fix memory leak in rename handling when overwriting a monitored
file.
- Fix table deletion logic.
- Don't prevent query requests if not in learning mode.
KPI updates:
- fileassoc_table_run() now takes a cookie to pass to the callback.
- veriexec_table_add() was removed, it is now done internally. As a
result, there's no longer a need for VERIEXEC_TABLESIZE.
- veriexec_report() was removed, it is now internal.
- Perform sanity checks on the entry type, and enforce default type
in veriexec_file_add() rather than in veriexecctl.
- Add veriexec_flush(), used to delete all Veriexec tables, and
veriexec_dump(), used to fill an array with all Veriexec entries.
New features:
- Add a '-k' flag to veriexecctl, to keep the filenames in the kernel
database. This allows Veriexec to produce slightly more accurate
logs under certain circumstances. In the future, this can be either
replaced by vnode->pathname translation, or combined with it.
- Add a VERIEXEC_DUMP ioctl, to dump the entire Veriexec database.
This can be used to recover a database if the file was lost.
Example usage:
# veriexecctl dump > /etc/signatures
Note that only entries with the filename kept (that is, were loaded
with the '-k' flag) will be dumped.
Idea from Brett Lymn.
- Add a VERIEXEC_FLUSH ioctl, to delete all Veriexec entries. Sample
usage:
# veriexecctl flush
- Add a 'veriexec_flags' rc(8) variable, and make its default have
the '-k' flag. On systems using the default signatures file
(generaetd from running 'veriexecgen' with no arguments), this will
use additional 32kb of kernel memory on average.
- Add a '-e' flag to veriexecctl, to evaluate the fingerprint during
load. This is done automatically for files marked as 'untrusted'.
Misc. stuff:
- The code for veriexecctl was massively simplified as a result of
eliminating the need for VERIEXEC_TABLESIZE, and now uses a single
pass of the signatures file, making the loading somewhat faster.
- Lots of minor fixes found using the (still under development)
Veriexec regression testsuite.
- Some of the messages Veriexec prints were improved.
- Various documentation fixes.
All relevant man-pages were updated to reflect the above changes.
Binary compatibility with existing veriexecctl binaries is maintained.
|
| 1.20 | 08-Dec-2006 |
elad | Don't reset entry-type for every flag_spec.
|
| 1.19 | 28-Nov-2006 |
elad | branches: 1.19.2;
Make Veriexec use proplib(3) for kernel-userland data passing.
Obviously, this breaks the already unstable Veriexec ABI, but that's
it. Some cool additions are planned to be introduced, and this just
makes it so that NetBSD 4.0 users will be able to easily use them as
well.
This also removes the fingerprint type name limit, so relevant code
was adjusted.
Thoroughly tested (even uncovered a bug in proplib! thanks for fixing
that cube@!). Documentation updated.
|
| 1.18 | 21-Nov-2006 |
elad | Update my email address.
|
| 1.17 | 30-Sep-2006 |
elad | If Veriexec enforces access type, don't allow mmap() to use PROT_EXEC on
files that don't have the "indirect" flag. Also change the "library" alias
in veriexecctl(8) to mean "file, indirect".
okay blymn@
|
| 1.16 | 05-Sep-2006 |
elad | Fix two horrible bugs found during a routine audit session with Brett Lymn.
First one was incorrectly loading entries -- we were treating each file as
a mount, which resulted in huge mess. I have no excuse for how I didn't
catch this earlier.
Second, use the table name we create for the Veriexec sysctl node and not
the fixed "table0".
Both are fileassoc(9) integration fallout.
|
| 1.15 | 14-Jul-2006 |
elad | branches: 1.15.2;
misc cleanup: remove #if 0 code, unused var, and make pretty.
|
| 1.14 | 14-Jul-2006 |
elad | okay, since there was no way to divide this to two commits, here it goes..
introduce fileassoc(9), a kernel interface for associating meta-data with
files using in-kernel memory. this is very similar to what we had in
veriexec till now, only abstracted so it can be used more easily by more
consumers.
this also prompted the redesign of the interface, making it work on vnodes
and mounts and not directly on devices and inodes. internally, we still
use file-id but that's gonna change soon... the interface will remain
consistent.
as a result, veriexec went under some heavy changes to conform to the new
interface. since we no longer use device numbers to identify file-systems,
the veriexec sysctl stuff changed too: kern.veriexec.count.dev_N is now
kern.veriexec.tableN.* where 'N' is NOT the device number but rather a
way to distinguish several mounts.
also worth noting is the plugging of unmount/delete operations
wrt/fileassoc and veriexec.
tons of input from yamt@, wrstuden@, martin@, and christos@.
|
| 1.13 | 05-Oct-2005 |
elad | Introduce per-page fingerprints in Veriexec.
This closes a hole pointed out by Thor Lancelot Simon on tech-kern ~3
years ago.
The problem was with running binaries from remote storage, where our
kernel (and Veriexec) has no control over any changes to files.
An attacker could, after the fingerprint has been verified and
program loaded to memory, inject malicious code into the backing
store on the remote storage, followed by a forced flush, causing
a page-in of the malicious data from backing store, bypassing
integrity checks.
Initial implementation by Brett Lymn.
|
| 1.12 | 06-Aug-2005 |
blymn | Add and document some convenience aliases for commonly required option
combinations.
|
| 1.11 | 02-Aug-2005 |
elad | Support multiple entry types. Direct, indirect, and file can now be
combined in the signatures file using commas.
|
| 1.10 | 13-Jun-2005 |
elad | Some refactoring and bugfixes:
- Report line numbers correctly.
- Don't perform a 2nd pass when there are were errors during 1st.
- Support multiple, comma-separated flags. This is mostly a reworking of
some parser internals preparing for planned features.
|
| 1.9 | 27-May-2005 |
elad | Don't access a NULL pointer.
|
| 1.8 | 20-May-2005 |
elad | Remove leftovers from Vexec.
|
| 1.7 | 21-Apr-2005 |
christos | Minor cleanups, KNF, error handling consistency.
|
| 1.6 | 21-Apr-2005 |
he | Make this compile again after the latest overhaul.
Use -I${.CURDIR} instead of -I. to support placement of objects elsewhere.
Make sure arguments to ctype functions are unsigned char by changing the
type of one function argument.
Fix "local declaration shadows global" warnings by renaming variables.
Fix printing of size_t variable to use %zu format instead of %u.
|
| 1.5 | 20-Apr-2005 |
blymn | Rototill of the verified exec functionality.
* We now use hash tables instead of a list to store the in kernel
fingerprints.
* Fingerprint methods handling has been made more flexible, it is now
even simpler to add new methods.
* the loader no longer passes in magic numbers representing the
fingerprint method so veriexecctl is not longer kernel specific.
* fingerprint methods can be tailored out using options in the kernel
config file.
* more fingerprint methods added - rmd160, sha256/384/512
* veriexecctl can now report the fingerprint methods supported by the
running kernel.
* regularised the naming of some portions of veriexec.
|
| 1.4 | 19-Jan-2005 |
xtraeme | branches: 1.4.2;
Kill __P(); WARNS=2
|
| 1.3 | 06-Mar-2004 |
blymn | Removed arbitrary 255 character limit on file field
Verify that the path in the file field is not > MAXPATHLEN, if it is
too long then skip that entry in the signature file.
|
| 1.2 | 21-Dec-2002 |
wiz | Remove traces of old names (verifiedexec_load and /dev/verifiedexec).
|
| 1.1 | 23-Nov-2002 |
blymn | Renamed verified exec fingerprint loader.
|
| 1.4.2.8 | 15-Aug-2005 |
tron | Pull up revision 1.12 (requested by elad in ticket #655):
Add and document some convenience aliases for commonly required option
combinations.
|
| 1.4.2.7 | 12-Aug-2005 |
snj | Pull up revision 1.11 (requested by elad in ticket #644):
Support multiple entry types. Direct, indirect, and file can now be
combined in the signatures file using commas.
|
| 1.4.2.6 | 02-Jul-2005 |
tron | Pull up revision 1.10 (requested by elad in ticket #487):
Some refactoring and bugfixes:
- Report line numbers correctly.
- Don't perform a 2nd pass when there are were errors during 1st.
- Support multiple, comma-separated flags. This is mostly a reworking of
some parser internals preparing for planned features.
|
| 1.4.2.5 | 10-Jun-2005 |
tron | Pull up revision 1.9 (requested by elad in ticket #389):
Don't access a NULL pointer.
|
| 1.4.2.4 | 10-Jun-2005 |
tron | Pull up revision 1.8 (requested by elad in ticket #389):
Remove leftovers from Vexec.
|
| 1.4.2.3 | 10-Jun-2005 |
tron | Pull up revision 1.7 (requested by elad in ticket #389):
Minor cleanups, KNF, error handling consistency.
|
| 1.4.2.2 | 10-Jun-2005 |
tron | Pull up revision 1.6 (requested by elad in ticket #389):
Make this compile again after the latest overhaul.
Use -I${.CURDIR} instead of -I. to support placement of objects elsewhere.
Make sure arguments to ctype functions are unsigned char by changing the
type of one function argument.
Fix "local declaration shadows global" warnings by renaming variables.
Fix printing of size_t variable to use %zu format instead of %u.
|
| 1.4.2.1 | 10-Jun-2005 |
tron | Pull up revision 1.5 (requested by elad in ticket #389):
Rototill of the verified exec functionality.
* We now use hash tables instead of a list to store the in kernel
fingerprints.
* Fingerprint methods handling has been made more flexible, it is now
even simpler to add new methods.
* the loader no longer passes in magic numbers representing the
fingerprint method so veriexecctl is not longer kernel specific.
* fingerprint methods can be tailored out using options in the kernel
config file.
* more fingerprint methods added - rmd160, sha256/384/512
* veriexecctl can now report the fingerprint methods supported by the
running kernel.
* regularised the naming of some portions of veriexec.
|
| 1.15.2.1 | 08-Sep-2006 |
riz | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by elad in ticket #121):
sbin/veriexecctl/veriexecctl_parse.y: revision 1.16
sys/dev/verified_exec.c: revision 1.43
Fix two horrible bugs found during a routine audit session with Brett Lymn.
First one was incorrectly loading entries -- we were treating each file as
a mount, which resulted in huge mess. I have no excuse for how I didn't
catch this earlier.
Second, use the table name we create for the Veriexec sysctl node and not
the fixed "table0".
Both are fileassoc(9) integration fallout.
|
| 1.19.2.1 | 09-Dec-2006 |
bouyer | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by elad in ticket #265):
sbin/veriexecctl/veriexecctl_parse.y: revision 1.20
Don't reset entry-type for every flag_spec.
|
| 1.22.2.1 | 06-Nov-2007 |
matt | sync with HEAD
|
| 1.23.12.1 | 18-Sep-2008 |
wrstuden | Sync with wrstuden-revivesa-base-2.
|
| 1.23.8.1 | 28-Sep-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.25.4.1 | 13-May-2009 |
jym | Sync with HEAD.
Third (and last) commit. See http://mail-index.netbsd.org/source-changes/2009/05/13/msg221222.html
|
| 1.1 | 04-Nov-2000 |
thorpej | Add a program to manipulate watchdog timers.
|
| 1.28 | 23-Sep-2022 |
riastradh | wdogctl(8): Minor tweak suggested by a passing umarell.
Plus another wording improvement.
|
| 1.27 | 22-Sep-2022 |
uwe | wdogctl(8): fix -width in previous
|
| 1.26 | 22-Sep-2022 |
riastradh | wdogctl(8): Rework prose and markup in man page.
No functional change.
|
| 1.25 | 11-Jul-2020 |
jruoho | Xref x86/tco(4) instead of the parent x86/ichlpcib(4) bridge.
|
| 1.24 | 11-Aug-2011 |
mbalmer | Xr pwdog(4).
|
| 1.23 | 19-Mar-2011 |
wiz | Add missing comma.
|
| 1.22 | 18-Mar-2011 |
jruoho | Xref x86/ichlpcib(4) instead of ichlpcib(4).
|
| 1.21 | 17-Jan-2011 |
jmcneill | Xr acpiwdrt(4)
|
| 1.20 | 23-Dec-2010 |
hauke | First release that shipped wdogctl(8) was 1.6, not 1.5.1.
|
| 1.19 | 18-May-2009 |
wiz | Sort SEE ALSO.
|
| 1.18 | 09-Jan-2008 |
xtraeme | Xref gcscpcib(4).
|
| 1.17 | 29-Dec-2007 |
xtraeme | Xref itesio(4).
|
| 1.16 | 23-Nov-2007 |
xtraeme | branches: 1.16.2;
Mention evbarm/iopwdog(4) and swwdog(4).
|
| 1.15 | 23-Nov-2007 |
xtraeme | Mention some watchdog drivers in SEE ALSO and don't mention envsys(4)
or envstat(8), they don't have nothing in common with watchdogs.
<wizd> Bump date.
|
| 1.14 | 13-Aug-2006 |
wiz | branches: 1.14.8;
Bump date for new -x.
|
| 1.13 | 13-Aug-2006 |
dyoung | Add a flag to wdogctl(8), -x, that activates a user-mode timer that
is NOT disarmed when wdogctl closes the watchdog device. The -x
mode protects against the case where the kernel kills wdogctl,
sshd, and other essential userland programs (due to memory exhaustion,
for example), lobotomizing a mission-critical NetBSD system and
necessitating an operator visit to reboot it.
|
| 1.12 | 21-Jan-2005 |
wiz | "-offset indent" is fine for option lists -- re-add it,
backing out previous. jmmv does not disagree.
|
| 1.11 | 13-Jan-2005 |
jmmv | Remove extra indentation from the options list.
|
| 1.10 | 11-Jan-2005 |
wiz | Sort options. Fix a typo. Bump date for -e/-t.
|
| 1.9 | 09-Jan-2005 |
smb | Add a software watchdog timer facility. Because this slightly
changes the "tickle" model of wdogctl(8), it was modified as well;
while I was in there, I cleaned up the argument parsing.
The code was reviewed by simonb@.
|
| 1.8 | 25-Feb-2003 |
wiz | .Nm does not need a dummy argument ("") before punctuation or
for correct formatting of the SYNOPSIS any longer.
|
| 1.7 | 03-Oct-2002 |
wiz | New sentence, new line. From Robert Elz.
|
| 1.6 | 29-Jul-2002 |
wiz | Format the path to a file with .Pa.
|
| 1.5 | 29-Jul-2002 |
thorpej | Note that not all watchdog timers can be disarmed once armed, and that
when such a case is encountered, an error message will be displayed and
the timer will remain armed if an attempt to disarm it is made.
|
| 1.4 | 16-Nov-2001 |
wiz | branches: 1.4.2;
Use standard section headers.
|
| 1.3 | 05-Jun-2001 |
wiz | Drop arguments of .Os.
|
| 1.2 | 26-Nov-2000 |
ad | typo
|
| 1.1 | 04-Nov-2000 |
thorpej | Add a program to manipulate watchdog timers.
|
| 1.4.2.2 | 30-Jul-2002 |
lukem | Pull up revision 1.6 (requested by thorpej in ticket #578):
Format the path to a file with .Pa.
|
| 1.4.2.1 | 30-Jul-2002 |
lukem | Pull up revision 1.5 (requested by thorpej in ticket #577):
Note that not all watchdog timers can be disarmed once armed, and that
when such a case is encountered, an error message will be displayed and
the timer will remain armed if an attempt to disarm it is made.
|
| 1.14.8.2 | 23-Mar-2008 |
matt | sync with HEAD
|
| 1.14.8.1 | 09-Jan-2008 |
matt | sync with HEAD
|
| 1.16.2.2 | 18-Feb-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.16.2.1 | 23-Nov-2007 |
mjf | file wdogctl.8 was added on branch mjf-devfs on 2008-02-18 21:04:18 +0000
|
| 1.21 | 06-May-2015 |
pgoyette | Use _PATH_WATCHDOG from <paths.h> instead of locally-defined value.
|
| 1.20 | 27-Aug-2011 |
joerg | static + __dead
|
| 1.19 | 04-Jan-2011 |
wiz | Fix fd leaks. Found by cppcheck.
|
| 1.18 | 16-Mar-2009 |
lukem | fix sign-compare issues
|
| 1.17 | 13-Aug-2006 |
wiz | branches: 1.17.28;
Add -x to usage.
|
| 1.16 | 13-Aug-2006 |
dyoung | Add a flag to wdogctl(8), -x, that activates a user-mode timer that
is NOT disarmed when wdogctl closes the watchdog device. The -x
mode protects against the case where the kernel kills wdogctl,
sshd, and other essential userland programs (due to memory exhaustion,
for example), lobotomizing a mission-critical NetBSD system and
necessitating an operator visit to reboot it.
|
| 1.15 | 31-Aug-2005 |
dyoung | If ioctl(,WDOGIOC_SMODE,) fails, kill the child process before
killing self, instead of the other way around.
Fixes a bug where the child process would use 100% CPU spinning
while it waited for its parent to arm a non-existent watchdog timer.
Now, the child process gets killed, as was intended.
|
| 1.14 | 31-Aug-2005 |
dyoung | Cosmetic: KNF.
|
| 1.13 | 12-Jan-2005 |
drochner | apply "& WDOG_MODE_MASK" at some places, fixes termination of the
usermode tickler process and watchdog display,
make error handling more reasonable in case a wdog disappeared
|
| 1.12 | 11-Jan-2005 |
wiz | Sort options in usage.
|
| 1.11 | 09-Jan-2005 |
smb | Add a software watchdog timer facility. Because this slightly
changes the "tickle" model of wdogctl(8), it was modified as well;
while I was in there, I cleaned up the argument parsing.
The code was reviewed by simonb@.
|
| 1.10 | 05-Jan-2004 |
jmmv | Homogenize usage messages: make the 'usage' word all lowercase, as this seems
to be the most common practice in our tree.
|
| 1.9 | 13-Jul-2003 |
itojun | use bounded string op
|
| 1.8 | 23-Jun-2003 |
agc | Add NetBSD RCS Ids.
|
| 1.7 | 20-Feb-2001 |
cgd | use getprogname()
|
| 1.6 | 04-Feb-2001 |
christos | fix nested extern
|
| 1.5 | 11-Jan-2001 |
soren | Remove extern __progname from enable_user(); no longer used.
|
| 1.4 | 11-Jan-2001 |
lukem | use explicit name rather than __progname in openlog
|
| 1.3 | 10-Jan-2001 |
lukem | don't use LOG_CONS
fix typo
|
| 1.2 | 06-Nov-2000 |
minoura | #include <string.h> for strlen() and strcpy().
|
| 1.1 | 04-Nov-2000 |
thorpej | Add a program to manipulate watchdog timers.
|
| 1.17.28.1 | 13-May-2009 |
jym | Sync with HEAD.
Third (and last) commit. See http://mail-index.netbsd.org/source-changes/2009/05/13/msg221222.html
|
| 1.17 | 25-Dec-2021 |
mlelstv | Add support for a read-only edid attribute that shows the result of
WSDISPLAYIO_GET_EDID.
Uses code from sys/dev/videomode to parse and print the edid data.
|
| 1.16 | 26-Oct-2021 |
rillig | wsconsctl: revert adding LINTFLAGS
https://mail-index.netbsd.org/source-changes-d/2021/10/26/msg013482.html
https://mail-index.netbsd.org/source-changes-d/2021/10/26/msg013483.html
|
| 1.15 | 11-Oct-2021 |
rillig | wsconsctl: include correct header for lint
Running lint in non-tools mode picked up the header from the installed
system, not the one corresponding to the source code. The installed
header on NetBSD 9.99.88 does not define WSMOUSECFG_MAX yet.
|
| 1.14 | 26-Oct-2008 |
apb | Pass SED=${TOOL_SED:Q} in the environment to scripts run during the build.
|
| 1.13 | 19-Oct-2008 |
apb | Use ${TOOL_AWK} instead of ${AWK} or plain "awk" in make commands.
Pass AWK=${TOOL_AWK:Q} to shell scripts that use awk.
|
| 1.12 | 20-Jan-2005 |
xtraeme | branches: 1.12.26;
WARNS=2 is the default defined in sbin/Makefile.inc. (thanks wiz)
|
| 1.11 | 19-Jan-2005 |
xtraeme | Kill __P(), ANSIfy, remove main() prototype; WARNS=2
|
| 1.10 | 21-Oct-2003 |
lukem | Rework how MAKEVERBOSE operates:
* Don't bother prefixing commands with a line of ${_MKCMD}\
and instead rely upon "make -s". This is less intrusive on
all the Makefiles than the former. Idea from David Laight.
* Rename the variables use to print messages. The scheme now is:
_MKMSG_FOO Run _MKMSG 'foo'
_MKTARGET_FOO Run _MKMSG_FOO ${.TARGET}
From discussion with Alistair Crooks.
|
| 1.9 | 19-Oct-2003 |
lukem | rework to use the newer _MKMSGCREATE (et al) macros
|
| 1.8 | 19-Oct-2003 |
lukem | support MAKEVERBOSE and use ${HOST_SH}
|
| 1.7 | 01-Aug-2003 |
lukem | Rework how dependency generation is performed:
* DPSRCS contains extra dependencies, but is _NOT_ added to CLEANFILES.
This is a change of behaviour. If a Makefile wants the clean semantics
it must specifically append to CLEANFILES.
Resolves PR toolchain/5204.
* To recap: .d (depend) files are generated for all files in SRCS and DPSRCS
that have a suffix of: .c .m .s .S .C .cc .cpp .cxx
* If YHEADER is set, automatically add the .y->.h to DPSRCS & CLEANFILES
* Ensure that ${OBJS} ${POBJS} ${LOBJS} ${SOBJS} *.d depend upon ${DPSRCS}
* Deprecate the (short lived) DEPENDSRCS
Update the various Makefiles to these new semantics; generally either
adding to CLEANFILES (because DPSRCS doesn't do that anymore), or replacing
specific .o dependencies with DPSRCS entries.
Tested with "make -j 8 distribution" and "make distribution".
|
| 1.6 | 29-Jul-2003 |
lukem | move ${DEPENDSRCS} target to after .include <bsd.*.mk>
|
| 1.5 | 28-Jul-2003 |
lukem | Use ${DEPENDSRCS} as a target instead of .depend, now that
<bsd.dep.mk> builds .depend from .dep files.
|
| 1.4 | 30-Jan-2002 |
tv | Move the inclusion of <bsd.prog.mk> up so that keysym.h can have ${DESTDIR}
properly in its dependency list.
|
| 1.3 | 03-Jul-2000 |
matt | More include fixups and GCC 2.96 nonsense
|
| 1.2 | 10-Jan-1999 |
augustss | Make keysym.h depend on dev/wscons/wsksymdef.h.
|
| 1.1 | 28-Dec-1998 |
hannken | wsconsctl(8) - a program to manipulate wscons devices.
- lacks wsdisplay support (driver needs work on ioctls).
- man page needs work.
|
| 1.12.26.1 | 17-Jan-2009 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.19 | 20-Oct-2024 |
mlelstv | Handle EDID data larger than 256 bytes.
|
| 1.18 | 20-Oct-2024 |
mlelstv | Retrieve configured console font with WSDISPLAYIO_GFONT.
|
| 1.17 | 25-Dec-2021 |
mlelstv | branches: 1.17.4;
Add support for a read-only edid attribute that shows the result of
WSDISPLAYIO_GET_EDID.
Uses code from sys/dev/videomode to parse and print the edid data.
|
| 1.16 | 20-Mar-2012 |
matt | Convert to C89 function definitions
|
| 1.15 | 28-Apr-2008 |
martin | branches: 1.15.20;
Remove clause 3 and 4 from TNF licenses
|
| 1.14 | 13-Aug-2006 |
uwe | branches: 1.14.18; 1.14.20;
Mark splash.enable and splash.progress write-only, there are no ioctls
to get the values.
|
| 1.13 | 18-Feb-2006 |
jmcneill | branches: 1.13.2;
Add the ability to control the splash screen.
wsconsctl -d -w splash.enable=<1|0> to toggle the splash screen, and
wsconsctl -d -w splash.progress=1 to update the splash animation
|
| 1.12 | 05-Feb-2006 |
jmmv | Style fixes:
- Use EXIT_SUCCESS/EXIT_FAILURE where appropriate.
- Cut long lines.
- Properly indent continuation of lines.
- Sort includes.
- Replace u_int with unsigned int.
- Remove parenthesis around return values.
- Add blank line at the beginning of functions without local parameters.
- Cast *printf calls to void.
|
| 1.11 | 30-Apr-2005 |
jmmv | Do not use FLG_MODIFY to mark color settings. I thought this was used to
denote that a flag was readable/writeable, but that is achieved by passing
a 0 as the flags.
Thanks to uwe@ for finding this out and explaining me why it was wrong.
|
| 1.10 | 27-Feb-2005 |
uwe | branches: 1.10.2;
Support backlight, brightness and contrast wsdisplay paramteres.
Useful for hpc* ports.
|
| 1.9 | 19-Jan-2005 |
xtraeme | Kill __P(), ANSIfy, remove main() prototype; WARNS=2
|
| 1.8 | 30-Jul-2004 |
jmmv | Add 2004 to copyright notice as these has been significantly modified recently.
|
| 1.7 | 30-Jul-2004 |
jmmv | Do not show several variables when they are not available.
At the moment this only affects the display part, hiding console colors,
border color and/or console scrollback if their respective ioctls are
not supported by the running kernel.
Trying to write to these variables will still fail with the correct ioctl
error message.
|
| 1.6 | 29-Jul-2004 |
jmmv | Implement border color customization in wscons(4), only available for vga(4)
at the moment.
This includes the addition of two new wsdisplay ioctls, WSDISPLAY_{G,S}BORDER,
one to get the actual color and one to set it, respectively. Possible colors
match those defined by ANSI (and listed in wsdisplayvar.h).
It also adds two accessops to the underlying graphics device, getborder and
setborder, which mach their ioctl counterparts.
Two kernel options are added: WSDISPLAY_CUSTOM_BORDER, which enables the
ioctls described above (to customize the border color from userland after
boot), and WSDISPLAY_BORDER_COLOR, which sets the color at boot time.
The former is enabled by default on the GENERIC kernel, but not on INSTALL
(among others). The later is always commented out, leaving the usual black
border as a default.
wsconsctl is modified to allow accessing this value easily. For example,
'wsconsctl -d -w border=blue'.
|
| 1.5 | 28-Jul-2004 |
jmmv | Implement support to dynamically change wscons console and kernel colors.
Two new ioctls are added to the wsdisplay device, named WSDISPLAY_GMSGATTRS
and WSDISPLAY_SMSGATTRS, used to retrieve the actual values and set them,
respectively (the name, if you are wondering, comes from "message attributes").
A new emulop is added to the underlying display driver (only vga, for now)
which sets the new attribute for the whole screen, without having to clear
it. This is optional, which means that this also works with other drivers
that don't have this new operation.
Five new kernel options have been added, although only documented in
i386 kernels (for now):
- WSDISPLAY_CUSTOM_OUTPUT, which enables the ioctls described above to
change the colors dynamically from userland. This is enabled by default
in the GENERIC kernel (as well as others) but disabled on all INSTALL*
kernels (as this feature is useless there).
- WS_DEFAULT_COLATTR, WS_DEFAULT_MONOATTR, WS_DEFAULT_BG and WS_DEFAULT_FG,
which specify the default colors for the console at boot time. These have
the same meaning as the (already existing) WS_KERNEL_* variables.
wsconsctl is modified to add msg.default.{attrs,bg,fg} and
msg.kernel.{attrs,bg,fg} to the display part, so that colors can be changed
after boot.
Tested on NetBSD/i386 with vga (and vga in mono mode), and on NetBSD/mac68k.
No objections in tech-kern@.
|
| 1.4 | 03-Jun-2004 |
christos | If scrolling support is not compiled in the kernel, fail gracefully.
|
| 1.3 | 28-May-2004 |
christos | PR/19925: David Ferlier: add scrolling support to wscons
|
| 1.2 | 07-Apr-2002 |
hannken | branches: 1.2.4;
Allow setting display's font.
|
| 1.1 | 28-Dec-1998 |
hannken | wsconsctl(8) - a program to manipulate wscons devices.
- lacks wsdisplay support (driver needs work on ioctls).
- man page needs work.
|
| 1.2.4.2 | 07-Jun-2004 |
tron | Pull up revision 1.4 (requested by recht in ticket #451):
If scrolling support is not compiled in the kernel, fail gracefully.
|
| 1.2.4.1 | 07-Jun-2004 |
tron | Pull up revision 1.3 (requested by recht in ticket #451):
PR/19925: David Ferlier: add scrolling support to wscons
|
| 1.10.2.1 | 01-May-2005 |
tron | Pull up revision 1.11 (requested by jmmv in ticket #227):
Do not use FLG_MODIFY to mark color settings. I thought this was used to
denote that a flag was readable/writeable, but that is achieved by passing
a 0 as the flags.
Thanks to uwe@ for finding this out and explaining me why it was wrong.
|
| 1.13.2.1 | 14-Aug-2006 |
ghen | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by uwe in ticket #22):
sbin/wsconsctl/display.c: revision 1.14
Mark splash.enable and splash.progress write-only, there are no ioctls
to get the values.
|
| 1.14.20.1 | 18-May-2008 |
yamt | sync with head.
|
| 1.14.18.1 | 02-Jun-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.15.20.1 | 17-Apr-2012 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.17.4.1 | 02-Aug-2025 |
perseant | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.12 | 22-Sep-2021 |
mlelstv | fail on error, not on success.
|
| 1.11 | 13-Sep-2020 |
mlelstv | Document keyboard mode ioctls and let wsconsctl manage it.
|
| 1.10 | 23-Nov-2018 |
mlelstv | When merging entries with the keyboard map, print only the resulting changes.
While here, replace bcopy with standad memcpy.
|
| 1.9 | 28-Apr-2008 |
martin | branches: 1.9.60; 1.9.62;
Remove clause 3 and 4 from TNF licenses
|
| 1.8 | 05-Feb-2006 |
jmmv | branches: 1.8.20; 1.8.22;
Style fixes:
- Use EXIT_SUCCESS/EXIT_FAILURE where appropriate.
- Cut long lines.
- Properly indent continuation of lines.
- Sort includes.
- Replace u_int with unsigned int.
- Remove parenthesis around return values.
- Add blank line at the beginning of functions without local parameters.
- Cast *printf calls to void.
|
| 1.7 | 19-Jan-2005 |
xtraeme | Kill __P(), ANSIfy, remove main() prototype; WARNS=2
|
| 1.6 | 30-Jul-2004 |
jmmv | Add 2004 to copyright notice as these has been significantly modified recently.
|
| 1.5 | 28-Jun-2004 |
christos | PR/26101: Dheeraj: WSKBDIO_GETSCROLL: Operation not supported by device
should not be fatal.
|
| 1.4 | 28-May-2004 |
christos | PR/19925: David Ferlier: add scrolling support to wscons
|
| 1.3 | 19-Sep-2001 |
ad | branches: 1.3.4;
- Sync device lists with wsconsio.h.
- Get/set keyclick on keyboards that support it.
|
| 1.2 | 06-Jul-2000 |
hannken | Fix type of WSKBDIO_?ETENCODING.
|
| 1.1 | 28-Dec-1998 |
hannken | branches: 1.1.10;
wsconsctl(8) - a program to manipulate wscons devices.
- lacks wsdisplay support (driver needs work on ioctls).
- man page needs work.
|
| 1.1.10.1 | 07-Jul-2000 |
hannken | Pull up revision 1.2:
- fix type of kbdencoding.
|
| 1.3.4.2 | 02-Jul-2004 |
he | Pull up revision 1.5 (requested by recht in ticket #574):
It should not be a fatal error If the WSKBDIO_GETSCROLL is
not supported by the device. Fixes PR#26101.
|
| 1.3.4.1 | 07-Jun-2004 |
tron | Pull up revision 1.4 (requested by recht in ticket #451):
PR/19925: David Ferlier: add scrolling support to wscons
|
| 1.8.22.1 | 18-May-2008 |
yamt | sync with head.
|
| 1.8.20.1 | 02-Jun-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.9.62.1 | 10-Jun-2019 |
christos | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.9.60.1 | 26-Nov-2018 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD, resolve a couple of conflicts
|
| 1.10 | 29-Jan-2010 |
drochner | follow KS_GROUP_Ascii->KS_GROUP_Plain rename in kernel,
noticed by Andreas Gustafsson
|
| 1.9 | 06-Apr-2009 |
lukem | fix sign-compare issues
|
| 1.8 | 28-Apr-2008 |
martin | branches: 1.8.6;
Remove clause 3 and 4 from TNF licenses
|
| 1.7 | 05-Feb-2006 |
jmmv | branches: 1.7.20; 1.7.22;
Style fixes:
- Use EXIT_SUCCESS/EXIT_FAILURE where appropriate.
- Cut long lines.
- Properly indent continuation of lines.
- Sort includes.
- Replace u_int with unsigned int.
- Remove parenthesis around return values.
- Add blank line at the beginning of functions without local parameters.
- Cast *printf calls to void.
|
| 1.6 | 26-Jun-2005 |
christos | constify.
|
| 1.5 | 19-Jan-2005 |
xtraeme | Kill __P(), ANSIfy, remove main() prototype; WARNS=2
|
| 1.4 | 03-Jul-2000 |
matt | More include fixups and GCC 2.96 nonsense
|
| 1.3 | 08-Feb-1999 |
hannken | Numbers 0..9 must be treated as keysyms depending on context. Allow
`unknown_%d' for keysym with value `%d' so wsconsctl may read its own
output. Closes PR 6888.
|
| 1.2 | 02-Jan-1999 |
nathanw | Update for the 1990s: don't try to pass an integer in a pointer in ksym2name().
Makes this build on the alpha.
|
| 1.1 | 28-Dec-1998 |
hannken | wsconsctl(8) - a program to manipulate wscons devices.
- lacks wsdisplay support (driver needs work on ioctls).
- man page needs work.
|
| 1.7.22.1 | 18-May-2008 |
yamt | sync with head.
|
| 1.7.20.1 | 02-Jun-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.8.6.1 | 13-May-2009 |
jym | Sync with HEAD.
Third (and last) commit. See http://mail-index.netbsd.org/source-changes/2009/05/13/msg221222.html
|
| 1.12 | 23-Oct-2012 |
christos | allow non-command keysyms to be mapped as commands (experimental)
|
| 1.11 | 23-Oct-2012 |
christos | - remove obsolete = { syntac
- print context for yyerror()
- add a production to clarify a syntax error
|
| 1.10 | 27-Aug-2011 |
joerg | branches: 1.10.2; 1.10.8;
Mark yyerror as static and dead.
|
| 1.9 | 30-Nov-2010 |
phx | Allow standalone commands to be recognized, as in the in-kernel keymaps.
Also allow the Cmd token. Examples:
keycode 210 = Cmd Cmd_BrightnessUp
keycode 211 = Cmd_VolumeToggle
|
| 1.8 | 06-Apr-2009 |
lukem | fix sign-compare issues
|
| 1.7 | 28-Apr-2008 |
martin | branches: 1.7.6;
Remove clause 3 and 4 from TNF licenses
|
| 1.6 | 05-Feb-2006 |
jmmv | branches: 1.6.20; 1.6.22;
Style fixes:
- Use EXIT_SUCCESS/EXIT_FAILURE where appropriate.
- Cut long lines.
- Properly indent continuation of lines.
- Sort includes.
- Replace u_int with unsigned int.
- Remove parenthesis around return values.
- Add blank line at the beginning of functions without local parameters.
- Cast *printf calls to void.
|
| 1.5 | 26-Jun-2005 |
christos | constify.
|
| 1.4 | 19-Jan-2005 |
xtraeme | Kill __P(), ANSIfy, remove main() prototype; WARNS=2
|
| 1.3 | 27-Jun-2004 |
itohy | Fix typos in comment.
|
| 1.2 | 08-Feb-1999 |
hannken | Numbers 0..9 must be treated as keysyms depending on context. Allow
`unknown_%d' for keysym with value `%d' so wsconsctl may read its own
output. Closes PR 6888.
|
| 1.1 | 28-Dec-1998 |
hannken | wsconsctl(8) - a program to manipulate wscons devices.
- lacks wsdisplay support (driver needs work on ioctls).
- man page needs work.
|
| 1.6.22.1 | 18-May-2008 |
yamt | sync with head.
|
| 1.6.20.1 | 02-Jun-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.7.6.1 | 13-May-2009 |
jym | Sync with HEAD.
Third (and last) commit. See http://mail-index.netbsd.org/source-changes/2009/05/13/msg221222.html
|
| 1.10.8.1 | 20-Nov-2012 |
tls | Resync to 2012-11-19 00:00:00 UTC
|
| 1.10.2.1 | 30-Oct-2012 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.7 | 24-May-2011 |
joerg | input is unused
|
| 1.6 | 30-Nov-2010 |
phx | Allow standalone commands to be recognized, as in the in-kernel keymaps.
Also allow the Cmd token. Examples:
keycode 210 = Cmd Cmd_BrightnessUp
keycode 211 = Cmd_VolumeToggle
|
| 1.5 | 28-Oct-2009 |
christos | add %option noyywrap
|
| 1.4 | 28-Apr-2008 |
martin | Remove clause 3 and 4 from TNF licenses
|
| 1.3 | 05-Feb-2006 |
jmmv | branches: 1.3.20; 1.3.22;
Style fixes:
- Use EXIT_SUCCESS/EXIT_FAILURE where appropriate.
- Cut long lines.
- Properly indent continuation of lines.
- Sort includes.
- Replace u_int with unsigned int.
- Remove parenthesis around return values.
- Add blank line at the beginning of functions without local parameters.
- Cast *printf calls to void.
|
| 1.2 | 19-Jan-2005 |
xtraeme | Kill __P(), ANSIfy, remove main() prototype; WARNS=2
|
| 1.1 | 28-Dec-1998 |
hannken | wsconsctl(8) - a program to manipulate wscons devices.
- lacks wsdisplay support (driver needs work on ioctls).
- man page needs work.
|
| 1.3.22.1 | 18-May-2008 |
yamt | sync with head.
|
| 1.3.20.1 | 02-Jun-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.2 | 26-Jun-2005 |
christos | constify.
|
| 1.1 | 28-Dec-1998 |
hannken | wsconsctl(8) - a program to manipulate wscons devices.
- lacks wsdisplay support (driver needs work on ioctls).
- man page needs work.
|
| 1.11 | 28-Sep-2021 |
nia | wsconsctl: allow the new "precision scrolling" variables to be configured
|
| 1.10 | 24-Dec-2012 |
khorben | Added complete support for touchscreen calibration (see PR kern/45872).
Tested with the uts(4) driver, as well as with mice without calibration
support.
Reviewed by uwe@ (thank you!)
|
| 1.9 | 24-Dec-2012 |
khorben | Added read-only support for touchscreen calibration (see PR kern/45872).
Tested with the uts(4) driver, as well as with mice without calibration
support.
Reviewed by uwe@ (thank you!)
|
| 1.8 | 28-Apr-2008 |
martin | branches: 1.8.20; 1.8.22; 1.8.26;
Remove clause 3 and 4 from TNF licenses
|
| 1.7 | 05-Feb-2006 |
jmmv | branches: 1.7.20; 1.7.22;
Style fixes:
- Use EXIT_SUCCESS/EXIT_FAILURE where appropriate.
- Cut long lines.
- Properly indent continuation of lines.
- Sort includes.
- Replace u_int with unsigned int.
- Remove parenthesis around return values.
- Add blank line at the beginning of functions without local parameters.
- Cast *printf calls to void.
|
| 1.6 | 05-Feb-2006 |
jmmv | Fix two pastos in the code to set 'samplerate'.
|
| 1.5 | 05-Feb-2006 |
jmmv | Add support to automatically repeat mouse button events in wsmouse(4) and
change wsconsctl(4) so that this is configurable.
This is specially useful for mice that provide page up/down buttons instead
of a real wheel and that do not send events repeatedly from the hardware.
(E.g.: Logitech Marble Mouse.)
No objections in tech-kern@.
|
| 1.4 | 19-Jan-2005 |
xtraeme | Kill __P(), ANSIfy, remove main() prototype; WARNS=2
|
| 1.3 | 15-Nov-1999 |
ad | If we changed the sample rate or resolution, then say so.
|
| 1.2 | 11-Nov-1999 |
ad | Allow setting mouse resolution and sample rate.
|
| 1.1 | 28-Dec-1998 |
hannken | branches: 1.1.6;
wsconsctl(8) - a program to manipulate wscons devices.
- lacks wsdisplay support (driver needs work on ioctls).
- man page needs work.
|
| 1.1.6.1 | 27-Dec-1999 |
wrstuden | Pull up to last week's -current.
|
| 1.7.22.1 | 18-May-2008 |
yamt | sync with head.
|
| 1.7.20.1 | 02-Jun-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.8.26.1 | 25-Feb-2013 |
tls | resync with head
|
| 1.8.22.1 | 11-Feb-2013 |
riz | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by khorben in ticket #814):
sbin/wsconsctl/wsconsctl.h: revision 1.12
sbin/wsconsctl/mouse.c: revision 1.9
sbin/wsconsctl/mouse.c: revision 1.10
sbin/wsconsctl/util.c: revision 1.31
Added a field type for signed integers. This is required when handling
touchscreen calibration values, which is about to be implemented in
wsconsctl (see PR kern/45872).
Reviewed by uwe@ (thank you!)
Added a field type for signed integers. This is required when handling
touchscreen calibration values, which is about to be implemented in
wsconsctl (see PR kern/45872).
Reviewed by uwe@ (thank you!)
Added read-only support for touchscreen calibration (see PR kern/45872).
Tested with the uts(4) driver, as well as with mice without calibration
support.
Reviewed by uwe@ (thank you!)
Added complete support for touchscreen calibration (see PR kern/45872).
Tested with the uts(4) driver, as well as with mice without calibration
support.
Reviewed by uwe@ (thank you!)
|
| 1.8.20.1 | 23-Jan-2013 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.34 | 20-Oct-2024 |
mlelstv | Add descriptions for all display types in wsconsio.h.
|
| 1.33 | 25-Dec-2021 |
mlelstv | branches: 1.33.4;
Add support for a read-only edid attribute that shows the result of
WSDISPLAYIO_GET_EDID.
Uses code from sys/dev/videomode to parse and print the edid data.
|
| 1.32 | 23-Nov-2018 |
mlelstv | When merging entries with the keyboard map, print only the resulting changes.
While here, replace bcopy with standad memcpy.
|
| 1.31 | 24-Dec-2012 |
khorben | branches: 1.31.28; 1.31.30;
Added a field type for signed integers. This is required when handling
touchscreen calibration values, which is about to be implemented in
wsconsctl (see PR kern/45872).
Reviewed by uwe@ (thank you!)
|
| 1.30 | 15-Dec-2011 |
phx | branches: 1.30.2; 1.30.6;
Amiga wscons/Xorg support, first phase.
Implemented wscons for CV64 and CV64/3D. Other graphics cards drivers are
prepared for it, but will not be attempted before Xorg is not running.
The wscons support is disabled by default. A GENERIC kernel should behave
like always. Use WSCONS to try out a kernel with wscons support.
Done by rkujawa@ and phx@.
|
| 1.29 | 06-Feb-2011 |
pooka | branches: 1.29.4;
update macro names to match new ones
(i don't know why they changed, just fixing the build)
|
| 1.28 | 06-Apr-2009 |
lukem | branches: 1.28.2;
fix sign-compare issues
|
| 1.27 | 28-Apr-2008 |
martin | branches: 1.27.6;
Remove clause 3 and 4 from TNF licenses
|
| 1.26 | 19-Jun-2006 |
gdamore | branches: 1.26.20; 1.26.22;
Initial import of bluetooth stack on behalf of Iain Hibbert. (plunky@,
NetBSD Foundation Membership still pending.) This stack was written by
Iain under sponsorship from Itronix Inc.
The stack includes support for rfcomm networking (networking via your
bluetooth enabled cell phone), hid devices (keyboards/mice), and headsets.
Drivers for both PCMCIA and USB bluetooth controllers are included.
|
| 1.25 | 05-Feb-2006 |
jmmv | Style fixes:
- Use EXIT_SUCCESS/EXIT_FAILURE where appropriate.
- Cut long lines.
- Properly indent continuation of lines.
- Sort includes.
- Replace u_int with unsigned int.
- Remove parenthesis around return values.
- Add blank line at the beginning of functions without local parameters.
- Cast *printf calls to void.
|
| 1.24 | 05-Feb-2006 |
jmmv | Add support to automatically repeat mouse button events in wsmouse(4) and
change wsconsctl(4) so that this is configurable.
This is specially useful for mice that provide page up/down buttons instead
of a real wheel and that do not send events repeatedly from the hardware.
(E.g.: Logitech Marble Mouse.)
No objections in tech-kern@.
|
| 1.23 | 26-Jun-2005 |
christos | constify.
|
| 1.22 | 31-Jan-2005 |
joff | o Add missing SGI wskbd type
o Add new MATRIXKP wskbd type
|
| 1.21 | 19-Jan-2005 |
xtraeme | Kill __P(), ANSIfy, remove main() prototype; WARNS=2
|
| 1.20 | 30-Jul-2004 |
jmmv | Do not show several variables when they are not available.
At the moment this only affects the display part, hiding console colors,
border color and/or console scrollback if their respective ioctls are
not supported by the running kernel.
Trying to write to these variables will still fail with the correct ioctl
error message.
|
| 1.19 | 28-Jul-2004 |
jmmv | Implement support to dynamically change wscons console and kernel colors.
Two new ioctls are added to the wsdisplay device, named WSDISPLAY_GMSGATTRS
and WSDISPLAY_SMSGATTRS, used to retrieve the actual values and set them,
respectively (the name, if you are wondering, comes from "message attributes").
A new emulop is added to the underlying display driver (only vga, for now)
which sets the new attribute for the whole screen, without having to clear
it. This is optional, which means that this also works with other drivers
that don't have this new operation.
Five new kernel options have been added, although only documented in
i386 kernels (for now):
- WSDISPLAY_CUSTOM_OUTPUT, which enables the ioctls described above to
change the colors dynamically from userland. This is enabled by default
in the GENERIC kernel (as well as others) but disabled on all INSTALL*
kernels (as this feature is useless there).
- WS_DEFAULT_COLATTR, WS_DEFAULT_MONOATTR, WS_DEFAULT_BG and WS_DEFAULT_FG,
which specify the default colors for the console at boot time. These have
the same meaning as the (already existing) WS_KERNEL_* variables.
wsconsctl is modified to add msg.default.{attrs,bg,fg} and
msg.kernel.{attrs,bg,fg} to the display part, so that colors can be changed
after boot.
Tested on NetBSD/i386 with vga (and vga in mono mode), and on NetBSD/mac68k.
No objections in tech-kern@.
|
| 1.18 | 02-Apr-2004 |
heas | Add descriptions for SGI & Sun specific displays that were added to wsconsio.h
in revisions 1.59 - 1.61.
|
| 1.17 | 21-Jan-2004 |
heas | Add text descriptions for wskbd types sun and sun-type5.
|
| 1.16 | 31-Jan-2003 |
thomas | Define Atari keyboard type.
|
| 1.15 | 10-Dec-2002 |
itohy | Add WSKBD_TYPE_MAPLE and WSMOUSE_TYPE_MAPLE for Dreamcast Maple bus devices.
|
| 1.14 | 07-Apr-2002 |
hannken | Allow setting display's font.
|
| 1.13 | 24-Feb-2002 |
ad | Add WSMOUSE_TYPE_MAXINE.
|
| 1.12 | 13-Jan-2002 |
jandberg | added amiga display/mouse/keyboard types
|
| 1.11 | 04-Dec-2001 |
ad | Fix typo; pointed out by Gregory McGarry. :-)
|
| 1.10 | 04-Dec-2001 |
gmcgarry | Update for new HP devices. Add some others while here.
Pointed out by Andrew Doran.
|
| 1.9 | 19-Sep-2001 |
ad | - Sync device lists with wsconsio.h.
- Get/set keyclick on keyboards that support it.
|
| 1.8 | 14-Mar-2000 |
sato | add some keyboard and mouse type from sys/dev/wscons/wsconsio.h.
|
| 1.7 | 13-Mar-2000 |
ad | Add new framebuffer types since 1.4 and change descriptions on a few
existing entries.
|
| 1.6 | 21-Dec-1999 |
drochner | remove a leftover debug message
|
| 1.5 | 10-Nov-1999 |
drochner | allow to set multiple keyboard "variants" simultanously.
Follows PR kern/8456 by Michael Eriksson <eramore@era-t.ericsson.se>,
implemented diffently.
|
| 1.4 | 30-Dec-1998 |
augustss | branches: 1.4.6;
Add USB keyboard type.
|
| 1.3 | 30-Dec-1998 |
augustss | Add a wscons display type `unknown' that the generic VGA driver can
return until someone fixes it for real.
|
| 1.2 | 30-Dec-1998 |
augustss | Add a special wsmouse type for USB mice.
|
| 1.1 | 28-Dec-1998 |
hannken | wsconsctl(8) - a program to manipulate wscons devices.
- lacks wsdisplay support (driver needs work on ioctls).
- man page needs work.
|
| 1.4.6.1 | 27-Dec-1999 |
wrstuden | Pull up to last week's -current.
|
| 1.26.22.1 | 18-May-2008 |
yamt | sync with head.
|
| 1.26.20.1 | 02-Jun-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.27.6.1 | 13-May-2009 |
jym | Sync with HEAD.
Third (and last) commit. See http://mail-index.netbsd.org/source-changes/2009/05/13/msg221222.html
|
| 1.28.2.1 | 08-Feb-2011 |
bouyer | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.29.4.2 | 23-Jan-2013 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.29.4.1 | 17-Apr-2012 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.30.6.1 | 25-Feb-2013 |
tls | resync with head
|
| 1.30.2.1 | 11-Feb-2013 |
riz | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by khorben in ticket #814):
sbin/wsconsctl/wsconsctl.h: revision 1.12
sbin/wsconsctl/mouse.c: revision 1.9
sbin/wsconsctl/mouse.c: revision 1.10
sbin/wsconsctl/util.c: revision 1.31
Added a field type for signed integers. This is required when handling
touchscreen calibration values, which is about to be implemented in
wsconsctl (see PR kern/45872).
Reviewed by uwe@ (thank you!)
Added a field type for signed integers. This is required when handling
touchscreen calibration values, which is about to be implemented in
wsconsctl (see PR kern/45872).
Reviewed by uwe@ (thank you!)
Added read-only support for touchscreen calibration (see PR kern/45872).
Tested with the uts(4) driver, as well as with mice without calibration
support.
Reviewed by uwe@ (thank you!)
Added complete support for touchscreen calibration (see PR kern/45872).
Tested with the uts(4) driver, as well as with mice without calibration
support.
Reviewed by uwe@ (thank you!)
|
| 1.31.30.1 | 10-Jun-2019 |
christos | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.31.28.1 | 26-Nov-2018 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD, resolve a couple of conflicts
|
| 1.33.4.1 | 02-Aug-2025 |
perseant | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.30 | 13-Jul-2020 |
nia | Move description of keyboard layouts to wskbd.4, add newer layouts
Previously, the best reference was pckbd.4. This does not make much
sense to read if you are on, say, an evbarm device with only USB.
wsconsctl.8 contained a vaguer description of supported language names,
which isn't very useful because you can't pass full language names
to the command. Point readers to wskbd.4 instead.
Note in the wskbd.4 page that while all layouts are generally supported
by pckbd(4) and ukbd(4), older keyboard interfaces might only support
a subset.
|
| 1.29 | 12-Jul-2020 |
nia | More keyboard layouts
|
| 1.28 | 14-Feb-2012 |
wiz | branches: 1.28.42;
Fix typo.
|
| 1.27 | 09-Jun-2009 |
snj | branches: 1.27.6;
Mention a number of keyboard encodings.
From Jukka Ruohonen in PR kern/15955.
|
| 1.26 | 29-Nov-2008 |
jnemeth | PR/40059 - Bug Hunting -- add Xref to wscons.conf(5)
|
| 1.25 | 30-Apr-2008 |
martin | branches: 1.25.4; 1.25.6;
Convert TNF licenses to new 2 clause variant
|
| 1.24 | 22-Oct-2006 |
christos | branches: 1.24.2; 1.24.14; 1.24.18; 1.24.20;
Mention include proper file for keyboard defines; from Zafer.
|
| 1.23 | 11-Sep-2005 |
wiz | Fix typo. From YOMURA Masanori in private mail.
|
| 1.22 | 24-Jul-2005 |
wiz | Sort options. Various other fixes.
|
| 1.21 | 24-Jul-2005 |
rpaulo | Add examples for scroll.fastlines and scroll.slowlines.
Also, bump the man page date.
ok wiz@, hubertf@
|
| 1.20 | 03-May-2005 |
augustss | Show an example of turning off auto repeat.
|
| 1.19 | 03-May-2005 |
wiz | Fix a typo and add an s.
|
| 1.18 | 03-May-2005 |
augustss | Add an example for setting keyboard auto repeat rate.
|
| 1.17 | 29-Apr-2005 |
augustss | Change the default controlling devices to /dev/wskbd and /dev/wsmouse
(instead wskbd0 and wsmouse0), this way changes will affect all devices
instead of just the first one.
|
| 1.16 | 05-Apr-2005 |
hubertf | Portuguese keyboards are supported to.
By Rui Paulo in PR 29884.
|
| 1.15 | 30-Jul-2004 |
jmmv | branches: 1.15.2;
Add 2004 to copyright notice as these has been significantly modified recently.
|
| 1.14 | 30-Jul-2004 |
jmmv | Add an example on how to change the kernel message colors. This is
illustrative because it shows the use of the '-d' flag and how one can
set multiple variables in the same run of wsconsctl(8).
|
| 1.13 | 13-May-2004 |
wiz | Add comma in enumeration.
|
| 1.12 | 13-May-2004 |
pooka | + note finnish encoding
+ shuffle things around a bit, since the encodings we were listing
were not countries (most of them were languages)
|
| 1.11 | 05-Apr-2003 |
wiz | branches: 1.11.4;
Some minor fixes from Soren Jacobsen in PR 21017.
|
| 1.10 | 25-Feb-2003 |
wiz | .Nm does not need a dummy argument ("") before punctuation or
for correct formatting of the SYNOPSIS any longer.
|
| 1.9 | 03-Oct-2002 |
wiz | New sentence, new line. From Robert Elz.
|
| 1.8 | 19-Aug-2002 |
wiz | Sort supported languages, and sync them with reality, as suggested by
Julio Merino in bin/17993, with a minor correction.
|
| 1.7 | 16-Nov-2001 |
wiz | Whitespace nits
|
| 1.6 | 03-Oct-2000 |
bjh21 | Put the sections in the canonical order.
Fix formatting of '=' and '+='.
File names are .Pa, not .Ar.
|
| 1.5 | 12-Sep-1999 |
kleink | Use full month names with .Dd, as per mdoc.samples(7).
|
| 1.4 | 28-Jun-1999 |
agc | Flesh out the manual page, add an examples section, and correct some of the
English.
|
| 1.3 | 03-Feb-1999 |
augustss | Xref wscons wsconscfg wsfontload
|
| 1.2 | 30-Dec-1998 |
augustss | Remove a slight ambiguity in the flag description.
|
| 1.1 | 28-Dec-1998 |
hannken | wsconsctl(8) - a program to manipulate wscons devices.
- lacks wsdisplay support (driver needs work on ioctls).
- man page needs work.
|
| 1.11.4.1 | 13-May-2005 |
riz | Pull up revision 1.17 (requested by augustss in ticket #1490):
Change the default controlling devices to /dev/wskbd and /dev/wsmouse
(instead wskbd0 and wsmouse0), this way changes will affect all devices
instead of just the first one.
|
| 1.15.2.1 | 01-May-2005 |
tron | Pull up revision 1.17 (requested by augustss in ticket #220):
Change the default controlling devices to /dev/wskbd and /dev/wsmouse
(instead wskbd0 and wsmouse0), this way changes will affect all devices
instead of just the first one.
|
| 1.24.20.1 | 18-May-2008 |
yamt | sync with head.
|
| 1.24.18.2 | 17-Jan-2009 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.24.18.1 | 02-Jun-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.24.14.1 | 18-Aug-2009 |
bouyer | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by dholland in ticket #1345):
sbin/wsconsctl/wsconsctl.8: revision 1.26
PR/40059 - Bug Hunting -- add Xref to wscons.conf(5)
|
| 1.24.2.1 | 18-Aug-2009 |
bouyer | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by dholland in ticket #1345):
sbin/wsconsctl/wsconsctl.8: revision 1.26
PR/40059 - Bug Hunting -- add Xref to wscons.conf(5)
|
| 1.25.6.1 | 26-Jul-2009 |
snj | branches: 1.25.6.1.2;
Pull up following revision(s) (requested by dholland in ticket #873):
sbin/wsconsctl/wsconsctl.8: revision 1.26
PR/40059 - Bug Hunting -- add Xref to wscons.conf(5)
|
| 1.25.6.1.2.1 | 21-Apr-2010 |
matt | sync to netbsd-5
|
| 1.25.4.1 | 26-Jul-2009 |
snj | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by dholland in ticket #873):
sbin/wsconsctl/wsconsctl.8: revision 1.26
PR/40059 - Bug Hunting -- add Xref to wscons.conf(5)
|
| 1.27.6.1 | 17-Apr-2012 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.28.42.2 | 18-Jul-2020 |
martin | Fix editor mishap during processing of ticket #1002
|
| 1.28.42.1 | 13-Jul-2020 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by nia in ticket #1002):
sys/dev/wscons/wsksymdef.h: revision 1.68
sys/dev/wscons/wsksymdef.h: revision 1.69
sys/dev/pckbport/wskbdmap_mfii.c: revision 1.28
sys/dev/pckbport/wskbdmap_mfii.c: revision 1.29
sys/dev/hid/hidkbdmap.c: revision 1.10
share/man/man4/pckbd.4: revision 1.23
share/man/man4/wskbd.4: revision 1.18
share/man/man4/wskbd.4: revision 1.19
share/man/man4/pckbd.4: revision 1.25
sys/dev/wscons/wsksymdef.h: revision 1.70
sys/dev/wscons/wsksymdef.h: revision 1.71
sys/dev/pckbport/wskbdmap_mfii.c: revision 1.30
sys/dev/wscons/wsksymdef.h: revision 1.72
sys/dev/pckbport/wskbdmap_mfii.c: revision 1.31
sys/dev/wscons/wsksymdef.h: revision 1.73
sys/dev/pckbport/wskbdmap_mfii.c: revision 1.32
sys/dev/pckbport/wskbdmap_mfii.c: revision 1.33
sys/dev/hid/hidkbdmap.c: revision 1.4
sbin/wsconsctl/wsconsctl.8: revision 1.30
sys/dev/hid/hidkbdmap.c: revision 1.5
etc/wscons.conf: revision 1.20
sys/dev/hid/hidkbdmap.c: revision 1.6
etc/wscons.conf: revision 1.21
sys/dev/hid/hidkbdmap.c: revision 1.7
sys/dev/hid/hidkbdmap.c: revision 1.8
sys/dev/hid/hidkbdmap.c: revision 1.9
Add support for the Brazilian keyboard layout to pckbd and ukbd.
This is significantly different from the European Portugese layout,
and was pieced together from Wikipedia, X11 layout files, and to
some extent with trial and error.
Thanks to lun-4 for helping test this.
PR kern/44570
Update lists of keyboard layouts to add Turkish and Brazilian
Bring br.nodead closer to X11
Add Estonian layout as a variation of Swedish for ukbd and pckbd
Add KB_TR for uhid keyboards (it was PS/2 only, this seems wrong)
Add Icelandic keyboard layout to ukbd/pckbd.
Add keyboard layout for Latin American Spanish to ukbd/pckbd
Canadian French keyboard layout for ukbd/pckbd
Clarify that KB_TR is the "Q" layout - there's two standards for Turkish.
Move description of keyboard layouts to wskbd.4, add newer layouts
Previously, the best reference was pckbd.4. This does not make much
sense to read if you are on, say, an evbarm device with only USB.
wsconsctl.8 contained a vaguer description of supported language names,
which isn't very useful because you can't pass full language names
to the command. Point readers to wskbd.4 instead.
Note in the wskbd.4 page that while all layouts are generally supported
by pckbd(4) and ukbd(4), older keyboard interfaces might only support
a subset.
wskbd.4: Add KB_LA
Point readers at wskbd.4
|
| 1.19 | 23-Nov-2018 |
mlelstv | When merging entries with the keyboard map, print only the resulting changes.
While here, replace bcopy with standad memcpy.
|
| 1.18 | 25-Aug-2008 |
dholland | branches: 1.18.58; 1.18.60;
Clarify message that says the map isn't shown when -a is given.
Resolves PR 32436 from Igor Sobrado based on a suggestion by
Dieter Roelants, except I expanded the message further.
|
| 1.17 | 28-Apr-2008 |
martin | branches: 1.17.2;
Remove clause 3 and 4 from TNF licenses
|
| 1.16 | 15-Dec-2007 |
perry | branches: 1.16.4; 1.16.6;
convert __attribute__s to applicable cdefs.h macros
|
| 1.15 | 15-Dec-2007 |
perry | include sys/cdefs.h so that __attribute__ can be fixed later
|
| 1.14 | 05-Feb-2006 |
jmmv | branches: 1.14.10; 1.14.12;
Style fixes:
- Use EXIT_SUCCESS/EXIT_FAILURE where appropriate.
- Cut long lines.
- Properly indent continuation of lines.
- Sort includes.
- Replace u_int with unsigned int.
- Remove parenthesis around return values.
- Add blank line at the beginning of functions without local parameters.
- Cast *printf calls to void.
|
| 1.13 | 26-Jun-2005 |
christos | constify.
|
| 1.12 | 02-Jun-2005 |
lukem | appease gcc -Wuninitialized
|
| 1.11 | 29-Apr-2005 |
augustss | Change the default controlling devices to /dev/wskbd and /dev/wsmouse
(instead wskbd0 and wsmouse0), this way changes will affect all devices
instead of just the first one.
|
| 1.10 | 19-Jan-2005 |
xtraeme | branches: 1.10.2;
Kill __P(), ANSIfy, remove main() prototype; WARNS=2
|
| 1.9 | 30-Jul-2004 |
jmmv | Add 2004 to copyright notice as these has been significantly modified recently.
|
| 1.8 | 30-Jul-2004 |
jmmv | Do not show several variables when they are not available.
At the moment this only affects the display part, hiding console colors,
border color and/or console scrollback if their respective ioctls are
not supported by the running kernel.
Trying to write to these variables will still fail with the correct ioctl
error message.
|
| 1.7 | 25-Jun-2004 |
wiz | Sync usage with man page (add -w name+=value).
Closes PR 25876 by Kouichirou Hiratsuka.
|
| 1.6 | 04-May-2003 |
jmmv | branches: 1.6.2;
Explicitly close open file descriptor before exiting.
|
| 1.5 | 18-Feb-2002 |
yamt | s/read only/write only/ for FLG_WRONLY.
|
| 1.4 | 19-Feb-2001 |
cgd | convert to use getprogname()
|
| 1.3 | 03-Jul-2000 |
matt | More include fixups and GCC 2.96 nonsense
|
| 1.2 | 29-Dec-1998 |
hannken | Display usage information if called without arguments.
|
| 1.1 | 28-Dec-1998 |
hannken | wsconsctl(8) - a program to manipulate wscons devices.
- lacks wsdisplay support (driver needs work on ioctls).
- man page needs work.
|
| 1.6.2.1 | 22-Aug-2004 |
tron | branches: 1.6.2.1.2;
Sync usage with man page (add -w name+=value).
Closes PR 25876 by Kouichirou Hiratsuka.
|
| 1.6.2.1.2.1 | 13-May-2005 |
riz | Pull up revision 1.11 (requested by augustss in ticket #1490):
Change the default controlling devices to /dev/wskbd and /dev/wsmouse
(instead wskbd0 and wsmouse0), this way changes will affect all devices
instead of just the first one.
|
| 1.10.2.1 | 01-May-2005 |
tron | Pull up revision 1.11 (requested by augustss in ticket #220):
Change the default controlling devices to /dev/wskbd and /dev/wsmouse
(instead wskbd0 and wsmouse0), this way changes will affect all devices
instead of just the first one.
|
| 1.14.12.1 | 27-Dec-2007 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.14.10.1 | 09-Jan-2008 |
matt | sync with HEAD
|
| 1.16.6.1 | 18-May-2008 |
yamt | sync with head.
|
| 1.16.4.2 | 28-Sep-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.16.4.1 | 02-Jun-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.17.2.1 | 18-Sep-2008 |
wrstuden | Sync with wrstuden-revivesa-base-2.
|
| 1.18.60.1 | 10-Jun-2019 |
christos | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.18.58.1 | 26-Nov-2018 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD, resolve a couple of conflicts
|
| 1.14 | 25-Dec-2021 |
mlelstv | Add support for a read-only edid attribute that shows the result of
WSDISPLAYIO_GET_EDID.
Uses code from sys/dev/videomode to parse and print the edid data.
|
| 1.13 | 23-Nov-2018 |
mlelstv | When merging entries with the keyboard map, print only the resulting changes.
While here, replace bcopy with standad memcpy.
|
| 1.12 | 24-Dec-2012 |
khorben | branches: 1.12.28; 1.12.30;
Added a field type for signed integers. This is required when handling
touchscreen calibration values, which is about to be implemented in
wsconsctl (see PR kern/45872).
Reviewed by uwe@ (thank you!)
|
| 1.11 | 27-Aug-2011 |
joerg | branches: 1.11.2; 1.11.4; 1.11.8;
Mark yyerror as static and dead.
|
| 1.10 | 28-Apr-2008 |
martin | Remove clause 3 and 4 from TNF licenses
|
| 1.9 | 05-Feb-2006 |
jmmv | branches: 1.9.20; 1.9.22;
Add support to automatically repeat mouse button events in wsmouse(4) and
change wsconsctl(4) so that this is configurable.
This is specially useful for mice that provide page up/down buttons instead
of a real wheel and that do not send events repeatedly from the hardware.
(E.g.: Logitech Marble Mouse.)
No objections in tech-kern@.
|
| 1.8 | 26-Jun-2005 |
christos | constify.
|
| 1.7 | 19-Jan-2005 |
xtraeme | Kill __P(), ANSIfy, remove main() prototype; WARNS=2
|
| 1.6 | 30-Jul-2004 |
jmmv | Add 2004 to copyright notice as these has been significantly modified recently.
|
| 1.5 | 30-Jul-2004 |
jmmv | Do not show several variables when they are not available.
At the moment this only affects the display part, hiding console colors,
border color and/or console scrollback if their respective ioctls are
not supported by the running kernel.
Trying to write to these variables will still fail with the correct ioctl
error message.
|
| 1.4 | 28-Jul-2004 |
jmmv | Implement support to dynamically change wscons console and kernel colors.
Two new ioctls are added to the wsdisplay device, named WSDISPLAY_GMSGATTRS
and WSDISPLAY_SMSGATTRS, used to retrieve the actual values and set them,
respectively (the name, if you are wondering, comes from "message attributes").
A new emulop is added to the underlying display driver (only vga, for now)
which sets the new attribute for the whole screen, without having to clear
it. This is optional, which means that this also works with other drivers
that don't have this new operation.
Five new kernel options have been added, although only documented in
i386 kernels (for now):
- WSDISPLAY_CUSTOM_OUTPUT, which enables the ioctls described above to
change the colors dynamically from userland. This is enabled by default
in the GENERIC kernel (as well as others) but disabled on all INSTALL*
kernels (as this feature is useless there).
- WS_DEFAULT_COLATTR, WS_DEFAULT_MONOATTR, WS_DEFAULT_BG and WS_DEFAULT_FG,
which specify the default colors for the console at boot time. These have
the same meaning as the (already existing) WS_KERNEL_* variables.
wsconsctl is modified to add msg.default.{attrs,bg,fg} and
msg.kernel.{attrs,bg,fg} to the display part, so that colors can be changed
after boot.
Tested on NetBSD/i386 with vga (and vga in mono mode), and on NetBSD/mac68k.
No objections in tech-kern@.
|
| 1.3 | 07-Apr-2002 |
hannken | Allow setting display's font.
|
| 1.2 | 04-Feb-2001 |
christos | avoid redundant declaration
|
| 1.1 | 28-Dec-1998 |
hannken | wsconsctl(8) - a program to manipulate wscons devices.
- lacks wsdisplay support (driver needs work on ioctls).
- man page needs work.
|
| 1.9.22.1 | 18-May-2008 |
yamt | sync with head.
|
| 1.9.20.1 | 02-Jun-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.11.8.1 | 25-Feb-2013 |
tls | resync with head
|
| 1.11.4.1 | 11-Feb-2013 |
riz | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by khorben in ticket #814):
sbin/wsconsctl/wsconsctl.h: revision 1.12
sbin/wsconsctl/mouse.c: revision 1.9
sbin/wsconsctl/mouse.c: revision 1.10
sbin/wsconsctl/util.c: revision 1.31
Added a field type for signed integers. This is required when handling
touchscreen calibration values, which is about to be implemented in
wsconsctl (see PR kern/45872).
Reviewed by uwe@ (thank you!)
Added a field type for signed integers. This is required when handling
touchscreen calibration values, which is about to be implemented in
wsconsctl (see PR kern/45872).
Reviewed by uwe@ (thank you!)
Added read-only support for touchscreen calibration (see PR kern/45872).
Tested with the uts(4) driver, as well as with mice without calibration
support.
Reviewed by uwe@ (thank you!)
Added complete support for touchscreen calibration (see PR kern/45872).
Tested with the uts(4) driver, as well as with mice without calibration
support.
Reviewed by uwe@ (thank you!)
|
| 1.11.2.1 | 23-Jan-2013 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.12.30.1 | 10-Jun-2019 |
christos | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.12.28.1 | 26-Nov-2018 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD, resolve a couple of conflicts
|
